From bea76554f96f3fef546d0968bc294456bbb56a42 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Martin Trigaux Date: Thu, 6 May 2021 16:55:55 +0200 Subject: [PATCH 1/2] [FIX] translate the documentation Monkeypatch the docname_to_domain to avoid having one big "application.pot" file --- Makefile | 7 ++----- conf.py | 9 ++++++++- 2 files changed, 10 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) diff --git a/Makefile b/Makefile index a3ddf23ac..02ca83d8d 100644 --- a/Makefile +++ b/Makefile @@ -55,13 +55,10 @@ latexpdf: cp $(BUILD_DIR)/latex/*.pdf $(BUILD_DIR)/html/ @echo "Build finished." -l10n: +gettext: @echo "Generating translatable files..." - $(SPHINX_BUILD) -c $(CONFIG_DIR) -b gettext $(SOURCE_DIR) $(BUILD_DIR)/gettext + $(SPHINX_BUILD) -c $(CONFIG_DIR) -b gettext $(SOURCE_DIR) locale/sources @echo "Generation finished." - @echo "Localizing translation strings..." - sphinx-intl update -p $(BUILD_DIR)/gettext -l $(L10N_LANGUAGES) - @echo "Localization finished." extensions/odoo_theme/static/style.css: extensions/odoo_theme/static/style.scss extensions/odoo_theme/static/scss/*.scss @echo "Compiling stylesheets..." diff --git a/conf.py b/conf.py index 922709e57..9499ec7bb 100644 --- a/conf.py +++ b/conf.py @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ from pathlib import Path from pygments.lexers import JsonLexer, XmlLexer from sphinx.util import logging +import sphinx _logger = logging.getLogger(__name__) @@ -128,7 +129,13 @@ intersphinx_mapping = { github_user = 'odoo' github_project = 'documentation' -locale_dirs = ['locale/'] +locale_dirs = ['../locale/'] + +# custom docname_to_domain to devide the translations of applications in subdirectories +sphinx.transforms.i18n.docname_to_domain = ( + sphinx.util.i18n.docname_to_domain +) = lambda docname, compact: docname.split('/')[1 if docname.startswith('applications/') else 0] + supported_languages = { 'de': 'Deutsch', 'en': 'English', From 9e49550239f579a3517041a415984d722d0671a8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Martin Trigaux Date: Fri, 7 May 2021 12:53:47 +0200 Subject: [PATCH 2/2] [I18N] *: export all .pot files .tx/config: update the list of files Fetch newly generated .po files from Transifex --- .tx/config | 115 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 8 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1158 -- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 784 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 663 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 1460 -- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 26 - .../LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} | 6474 ++++---- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 396 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 381 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 397 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 10 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 7781 ---------- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 9777 ++++++++++++ locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 444 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 198 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 524 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 43 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 1375 -- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 169 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 22 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 1540 ++ locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 1600 -- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 1740 --- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 26 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 3332 ++++- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/services.po | 2412 +++ locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 200 + locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/support.po | 683 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 2331 --- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 4104 +++++ locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 8 +- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1155 -- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 785 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 663 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 1457 -- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 26 - .../LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} | 6493 ++++---- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 401 +- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 381 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 398 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 10 +- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 7796 ---------- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 9795 ++++++++++++ locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 444 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 197 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 522 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 43 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 1374 -- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 169 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 22 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 1539 ++ locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 1599 -- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 1740 --- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 26 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 3332 ++++- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po | 2410 +++ locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 200 + locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/support.po | 681 - locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 1866 --- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 3608 +++++ locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 12340 ---------------- locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 22 - locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1151 -- locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 721 - locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 658 - locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 1352 -- locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 22 - locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 895 -- locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 472 - locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 393 - locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 22 - locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 7687 ---------- locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 366 - locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 193 - locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 516 - locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 116 - locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 1363 -- locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 164 - locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 22 - locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 1589 -- locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 1988 --- locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 22 - locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 1396 -- locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 1382 -- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 13 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1266 -- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 866 -- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 842 -- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 1673 --- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 23 - .../LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} | 6860 +++++---- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 416 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 381 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 399 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 15 +- .../{inventory.po => inventory_and_mrp.po} | 6138 +++++--- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 470 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 255 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 568 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 43 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 1500 -- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 171 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 23 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 1741 +++ locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 2029 --- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 23 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 3593 ++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/{project.po => services.po} | 1482 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 258 + locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po | 734 - locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 2125 --- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 4128 ++++++ locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 13 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1505 -- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 1087 -- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 934 -- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 1867 --- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 23 - .../LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} | 7116 +++++---- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 418 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 464 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 515 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 15 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 8984 ----------- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 11269 ++++++++++++++ locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 565 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 258 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 525 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 47 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 1778 --- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 219 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 26 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 2071 +++ locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 1665 --- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 2028 --- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 23 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 4145 +++++- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po | 2668 ++++ locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 275 + locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po | 798 - locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 2468 ---- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 4690 ++++++ locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 8 +- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1521 -- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 789 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 662 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 1458 -- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 26 - .../LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} | 6490 ++++---- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 395 +- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 381 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 398 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 16 +- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 7784 ---------- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 9775 ++++++++++++ locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 444 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 198 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 524 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 42 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 1373 -- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 171 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 26 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 1539 ++ locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 1605 -- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 1741 --- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 26 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 3679 ++++- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/services.po | 2455 +++ locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 200 + locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/support.po | 773 - locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 1863 --- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 3608 +++++ locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 13 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1254 -- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 838 -- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 682 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 1518 -- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 23 - .../LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} | 6508 ++++---- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 412 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 398 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 471 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 15 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 8093 ---------- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 10144 +++++++++++++ locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 536 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 200 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 531 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 43 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 1397 -- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 171 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 23 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 1647 +++ locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 1788 --- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 23 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 3495 ++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/{project.po => services.po} | 1489 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 217 + locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/support.po | 683 - locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 2085 --- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 3887 +++++ locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 10629 ------------- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 22 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 2526 ---- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 521 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 562 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 1242 -- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 22 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 831 -- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 667 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 22 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 7665 ---------- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 728 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 2947 ---- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 22 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 1696 --- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 2922 ---- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 22 - locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 1880 --- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 1390 -- locale/sources/applications.pot | 9 +- locale/sources/business.pot | 22 - locale/sources/crm.pot | 867 -- locale/sources/db_management.pot | 530 - locale/sources/discuss.pot | 434 - locale/sources/ecommerce.pot | 1113 -- locale/sources/expense.pot | 259 - locale/sources/expenses.pot | 22 - .../sources/{accounting.pot => finance.pot} | 6122 ++++---- locale/sources/general.pot | 373 +- locale/sources/getting_started.pot | 222 - locale/sources/helpdesk.pot | 294 - locale/sources/index.pot | 11 +- locale/sources/inventory.pot | 5878 -------- locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot | 7272 +++++++++ locale/sources/iot.pot | 334 - locale/sources/livechat.pot | 142 - locale/sources/manufacturing.pot | 353 - locale/sources/mobile.pot | 34 - locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot | 1056 -- locale/sources/portal.pot | 114 - locale/sources/practical.pot | 22 - locale/sources/productivity.pot | 1066 ++ locale/sources/project.pot | 1110 -- locale/sources/purchase.pot | 1241 -- locale/sources/recruitment.pot | 22 - locale/sources/sales.pot | 3954 +++-- locale/sources/services.pot | 1766 +++ locale/sources/settings.pot | 134 + locale/sources/support.pot | 575 - locale/sources/website.pot | 1346 -- locale/sources/websites.pot | 2651 ++++ locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 10675 ------------- locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 23 - locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 2527 ---- locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 522 - locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 563 - locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 1243 -- locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 23 - locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 832 -- locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 668 - locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 23 - locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 7674 ---------- locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 729 - locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 2963 ---- locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 23 - locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 1697 --- locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 2923 ---- locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 23 - locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 1863 --- locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 1390 -- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 13 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1462 -- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 1040 -- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 912 -- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 1823 --- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 23 - .../LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} | 7080 +++++---- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 417 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 541 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 502 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 15 +- .../{inventory.po => inventory_and_mrp.po} | 6464 +++++--- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 558 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 251 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 693 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 44 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 1711 --- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 222 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 23 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 2006 +++ locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 2236 --- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 23 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 4003 ++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/{project.po => services.po} | 1628 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 264 + locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/support.po | 717 - locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 2159 --- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 4320 ++++++ locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 13 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1223 -- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 838 -- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 730 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 1492 -- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 23 - .../LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} | 7320 +++++---- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 410 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 413 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 414 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 15 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 8123 ---------- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po | 10233 +++++++++++++ locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 452 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 209 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 544 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 43 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 1414 -- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 173 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 23 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po | 1663 +++ locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 1673 --- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 1795 --- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 23 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 3477 ++++- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/services.po | 2513 ++++ locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 223 + locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po | 694 - locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 1976 --- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po | 3786 +++++ 330 files changed, 207001 insertions(+), 327338 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po rename locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} (55%) delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po create mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po create mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po create mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/services.po create mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/support.po delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/website.po create mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po rename locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} (54%) delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/project.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/support.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/general.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/index.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/project.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po delete mode 100644 locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/website.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po rename locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} (66%) delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po rename locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/{inventory.po => inventory_and_mrp.po} (51%) delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po create mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po rename locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/{project.po => services.po} (59%) create mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po create mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po rename locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} (65%) delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po create mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po create mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po create mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po create mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po create mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po rename locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} (54%) delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/project.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/services.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/support.po delete mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/website.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po rename locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} (58%) delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po create mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po create mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po rename locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/{project.po => services.po} (54%) create mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/support.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po create mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po delete mode 100644 locale/sources/business.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/crm.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/db_management.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/discuss.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/ecommerce.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/expense.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/expenses.pot rename locale/sources/{accounting.pot => finance.pot} (53%) delete mode 100644 locale/sources/getting_started.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/helpdesk.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/inventory.pot create mode 100644 locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/iot.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/livechat.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/manufacturing.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/mobile.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/portal.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/practical.pot create mode 100644 locale/sources/productivity.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/project.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/purchase.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/recruitment.pot create mode 100644 locale/sources/services.pot create mode 100644 locale/sources/settings.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/support.pot delete mode 100644 locale/sources/website.pot create mode 100644 locale/sources/websites.pot delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po delete mode 100644 locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po rename locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} (72%) delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po rename locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/{inventory.po => inventory_and_mrp.po} (53%) delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po create mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po rename locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/{project.po => services.po} (59%) create mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/support.po delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po create mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po rename locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/{accounting.po => finance.po} (60%) delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po create mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po create mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po create mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/services.po create mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po create mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po diff --git a/.tx/config b/.tx/config index ee9a84786..2b6ae98b8 100644 --- a/.tx/config +++ b/.tx/config @@ -2,39 +2,14 @@ host = https://www.transifex.com type = PO -[odoo-12-doc.accounting] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po -source_file = locale/sources/accounting.pot -source_lang = en - [odoo-12-doc.applications] file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/applications.po source_file = locale/sources/applications.pot source_lang = en -[odoo-12-doc.crm] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/crm.po -source_file = locale/sources/crm.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-12-doc.db_management] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po -source_file = locale/sources/db_management.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-12-doc.discuss] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po -source_file = locale/sources/discuss.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-12-doc.ecommerce] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po -source_file = locale/sources/ecommerce.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-12-doc.expenses] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po -source_file = locale/sources/expenses.pot +[odoo-12-doc.finance] +file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +source_file = locale/sources/finance.pot source_lang = en [odoo-12-doc.general] @@ -42,74 +17,19 @@ file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/general.po source_file = locale/sources/general.pot source_lang = en -[odoo-12-doc.getting_started] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po -source_file = locale/sources/getting_started.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-12-doc.helpdesk] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po -source_file = locale/sources/helpdesk.pot -source_lang = en - [odoo-12-doc.index] file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/index.po source_file = locale/sources/index.pot source_lang = en -[odoo-12-doc.inventory] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po -source_file = locale/sources/inventory.pot +[odoo-12-doc.inventory_and_mrp] +file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +source_file = locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot source_lang = en -[odoo-12-doc.iot] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/iot.po -source_file = locale/sources/iot.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-12-doc.livechat] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po -source_file = locale/sources/livechat.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-12-doc.mobile] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po -source_file = locale/sources/mobile.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-12-doc.manufacturing] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po -source_file = locale/sources/manufacturing.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-12-doc.point_of_sale] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po -source_file = locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-12-doc.portal] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/portal.po -source_file = locale/sources/portal.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-12-doc.practical] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/practical.po -source_file = locale/sources/practical.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-12-doc.project] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/project.po -source_file = locale/sources/project.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-12-doc.purchase] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po -source_file = locale/sources/purchase.pot -source_lang = en - -[odoo-12-doc.recruitment] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po -source_file = locale/sources/recruitment.pot +[odoo-12-doc.productivity] +file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +source_file = locale/sources/productivity.pot source_lang = en [odoo-12-doc.sales] @@ -117,12 +37,17 @@ file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/sales.po source_file = locale/sources/sales.pot source_lang = en -[odoo-12-doc.support] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/support.po -source_file = locale/sources/support.pot +[odoo-12-doc.services] +file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/services.po +source_file = locale/sources/services.pot source_lang = en -[odoo-12-doc.website] -file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/website.po -source_file = locale/sources/website.pot +[odoo-12-doc.user_settings] +file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/settings.po +source_file = locale/sources/settings.pot +source_lang = en + +[odoo-12-doc.websites] +file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +source_file = locale/sources/websites.pot source_lang = en diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 0f4405952..ab4016888 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # @@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 15:29+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Hans Henrik Gabelgaard , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" @@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: da\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../applications.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications.rst:3 msgid "Applications" msgstr "Ansøgninger" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po deleted file mode 100644 index a51423b43..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1158 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# JonathanStein , 2019 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "CRM" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 -msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM" -" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can " -"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 -msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" -" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 -msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " -"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" -" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" -" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 -msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 -msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 -msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " -"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " -"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 -msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " -"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " -"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " -"Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 -msgid "" -"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," -" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " -"fields you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " -"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " -"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 -msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " -"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " -"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 -msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " -"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 -msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " -"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " -"*Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 -msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " -"process along." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " -"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " -"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " -"directions)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 -msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " -"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 -msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Aktiver API'en." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " -"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 -msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" -"Vælg *Web browser (Javascript)* som kalds kilde, og *Bruger data* som slags " -"på data." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " -"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " -"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " -"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " -"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" -" in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" -" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " -"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" -" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " -"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " -"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" -" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 -msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 -msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduktion" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" -" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " -"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " -"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " -"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " -"configuration procedure below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " -"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " -"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " -"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 -msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 -msgid "**Mode** should be Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " -"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 -msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 -msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 -msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 -msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can find all this information by logging in at " -"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " -"and refer to the fields as pictured below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " -"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" -" Odoo and in OnSIP)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " -"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 -msgid "" -"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" -" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " -"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " -"international prefix for the United States)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " -"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 -msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " -"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" -" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " -"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 -msgid "" -"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " -"Wave `_." -" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " -"then have to configure it as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 -msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 -msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 -msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 -msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 -msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " -"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " -"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " -"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" -" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " -"Assistant `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" -" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 -msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "Afhængigheder" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 -msgid "wget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 -msgid "gcc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 -msgid "g++" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 -msgid "ncurses-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 -msgid "libxml2-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 -msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 -msgid "libsrtp-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 -msgid "libuuid-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 -msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 -msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 -msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " -"`_. Once the source directory is " -"extracted:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 -msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 -msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 -msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 -msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 -msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " -"`there `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 -msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 -msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 -msgid "" -"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " -"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " -"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " -"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 -msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " -"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " -"run 'make config'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 -msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 -msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" -" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 -msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 -msgid "" -"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " -"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " -"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" -" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " -"uncommented:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " -"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " -"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " -"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " -"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 -msgid "" -"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " -"lines:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 -msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 -msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 -msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 -msgid "" -"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" -" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" -" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " -"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" -" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 -msgid "" -"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " -"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " -"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " -"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " -"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 -msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" -" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " -"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " -"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 -msgid "Configure your kanban stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " -"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" -" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" -" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " -"more accurate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" -" you can modify them manually of course." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 -msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " -"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" -" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 -msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " -"closing, letting you prioritize." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 -msgid "" -"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " -"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " -"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 -msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 -msgid "" -"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " -"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " -"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " -"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " -"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " -"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 -msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " -"Win/Loss ratio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" -" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " -"on filter and check Won/Lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 -msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 -msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" -" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " -"can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 -msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " -"*Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " -"there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 -msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 -msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" -" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 -msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " -"Reason*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 -msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 -msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " -"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " -"clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" -" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " -"also archive the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 -msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " -"want to take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 -msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " -"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 -msgid "" -"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " -"address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 -msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " -"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " -"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," -" you can only be a member of one channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 -msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " -"all of its opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " -"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " -"*Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" -" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" -" criterias." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " -"that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " -"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" -" can manage your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " -"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " -"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 -msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " -"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " -"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " -"This domain can include scores." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " -"more refined domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " -"Assignation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " -"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " -"useful to do something with them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " -"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" -" unassigned leads from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 -msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " -"interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " -"they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " -"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 -msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " -"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 -msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 -msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " -"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " -"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " -"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " -"pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " -"chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 -msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po deleted file mode 100644 index cd899296c..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,784 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " -"`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " -"click on the `Manage Your Databases " -"`__ button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" -" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " -"database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 -msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`Upgrade `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " -"features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Duplicate `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " -"flows without compromising your daily operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Rename `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " -"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`Domains `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid ":ref:`Delete `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 -msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Access our `support page `__ with the correct " -"database already selected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Opgrader" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " -"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" -" the process before upgrading your production database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " -"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " -"experience." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " -"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " -"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" -" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " -"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " -"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " -"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " -"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " -"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " -"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 -msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 -msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " -"database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " -"same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " -"access the `database management page `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 -msgid "" -"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " -"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 -msgid "" -"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " -"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " -"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " -"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " -"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" -" and asking another request will not be possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " -"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " -"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " -"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " -"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " -"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " -"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" -" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " -"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " -"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " -"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " -"test database through our `Support page `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" -" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " -"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " -"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " -"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " -"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " -"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" -" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " -"the process is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " -"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " -"migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " -"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " -"database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 -msgid "" -"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " -"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" -" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 -msgid "" -"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" -" database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " -"example)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 -msgid "" -"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " -"behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " -"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187 -msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189 -msgid "" -"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " -"want to rename, access the `database management page " -"`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " -"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200 -msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204 -msgid "" -"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " -"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " -"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " -"backup may be several hours old at that point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210 -msgid "" -"From the `database management page `__, " -"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217 -msgid "" -"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " -"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227 -msgid "" -"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " -"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233 -msgid "" -"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " -"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" -" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" -" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" -"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " -"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " -"message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account `__ or with your Account" -" Manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " -"development database? `Find a partner `__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"`__ with the button \"Unlink " -"database\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " -"as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 -msgid "" -"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " -"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." -" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"`__, a short message will appear " -"specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " -"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "" -"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " -"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " -"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 -msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" -" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " -"outgoing connections towards:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 -msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 -msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " -"Update notification runs once a week." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 -msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" -" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 -msgid "" -"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " -"countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " -"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115 -msgid "or" -msgstr "eller" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 -msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " -"`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " -"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " -"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," -" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification ` to make the " -"message disappear right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " -"subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139 -msgid "" -"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" -" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " -"database is expired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " -"that" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 -msgid "" -"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " -"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " -"card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149 -msgid "Contact our `Support `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151 -msgid "" -"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 -msgid "" -"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " -"server (/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " -"duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170 -msgid "" -"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " -"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " -"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " -"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " -"registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " -"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " -"`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" -" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " -"by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" ` and :ref:`on premise ` " -"installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " -"rights.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " -"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" -" to **Inactive** immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po deleted file mode 100644 index a2c214bbb..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,663 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Hans Henrik Gabelgaard , 2019 -# lhmflexerp , 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp , 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "Beskeder" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" -" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " -"`Odoo Online `__ & `Odoo.sh " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " -"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " -"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " -"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " -"reputation yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " -"own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " -"`__ to make it work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " -"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " -"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" -" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__ to configure" -" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " -"`Google documentation " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" -" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " -"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " -"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." -" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " -"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "" -"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " -"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " -"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " -"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "etc." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " -"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " -"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " -"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " -"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " -"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " -"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " -"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " -"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " -"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " -"Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 -msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 -msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 -msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 -msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3757b5932..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1460 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Pernille Kristensen , 2019 -# lhmflexerp , 2019 -# jonas jensen , 2019 -# Sanne Kristensen , 2019 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard , 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard , 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "Webshop" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Kom igang" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Varekartotek" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " -"your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " -"an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " -"delay, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " -"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " -"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " -"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " -"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Opsætning" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " -"time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Priser" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Moms" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "Betaling" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "Hvordan man bliver betalt med Authorize.net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"`__ that " -"you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account `__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" -" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " -"`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" -" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " -"production mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "Authorize.net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "Buckaroo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "PayUmoney" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "Sips" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "Stribe" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " -"activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription `__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us. `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" -" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " -"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " -"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," -" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" -" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " -"confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " -"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " -"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " -"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " -"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " -"orders straight on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " -"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " -"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " -"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" -" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " -"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " -"payments " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 -msgid "" -"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " -"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " -"only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " -"*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " -"Business Account " -"`__" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 -msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" -" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " -"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. " -"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`paypal documentation. `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "Aktivering" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "Kortoplysninger" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -"*Profile > About the business*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141 -msgid "" -"..note:: `Traders in the EU " -"`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " -"with credit cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "See also" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "Tilmeld dig" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po deleted file mode 100644 index e2e16e977..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sanne Kristensen , 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen , 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Øvrige omkostninger" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po similarity index 55% rename from locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po rename to locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 0eb582554..d875fe8c1 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -1,33 +1,32 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# jonas jensen , 2019 -# JonathanStein , 2019 -# Hans Henrik Gabelgaard , 2019 -# peso , 2019 -# lhmflexerp , 2019 -# Kenneth Hansen , 2019 -# Morten Schou , 2019 -# Joe Hansen , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Pernille Kristensen , 2019 -# Ejner Sønniksen , 2019 -# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 -# walther_b , 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 +# Joe Hansen , 2021 +# jonas jensen , 2021 +# JonathanStein , 2021 +# Hans Henrik Gabelgaard , 2021 +# peso , 2021 +# Pernille Kristensen , 2021 +# Morten Schou , 2021 +# lhmflexerp , 2021 +# Kenneth Hansen , 2021 +# Ejner Sønniksen , 2021 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2021 # Mads Søndergaard , 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard , 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen , 2021\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -35,90 +34,94 @@ msgstr "" "Language: da\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:3 +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "Finans" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:318 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "Bank og kasse" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Bankfeeds" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 msgid "" "CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" " well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " "bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " "software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " "statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 msgid "Install the CODA feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 msgid "" "If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " "CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" @@ -126,7 +129,7 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 msgid "" "If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " "application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -134,11 +137,11 @@ msgid "" "in .CODA Format** and apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 msgid "Import your first CODA file" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -146,25 +149,25 @@ msgid "" "Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 msgid "" "Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 msgid "" "If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " "reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 msgid "Importing CODA files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 msgid "" "After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " "automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " @@ -172,7 +175,7 @@ msgid "" "directly click on the link **Import Statement**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 msgid "" "Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " "will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " @@ -181,7 +184,7 @@ msgid "" "reconciliation process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 msgid "" "Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " "already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" @@ -189,70 +192,70 @@ msgid "" " bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`ofx`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`qif`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`manual`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "Registrer kontoudtog manuelt" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Oversigt" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " "but also register your bank statements manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " "do is install the accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 msgid "Create your Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 msgid "" "In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " "journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " "will be found underneath." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 msgid "" "Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " "statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " @@ -260,105 +263,105 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 msgid "" "The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" " equal to the computed balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 msgid "" "You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" " |manual04|" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 msgid "" "You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" " on **Reconcile # Items**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " "missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 msgid "" "If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " "reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 msgid "" "Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 msgid "Close Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 msgid "" "On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " "then click on Bank Statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 msgid "Import OFX statement files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 msgid "" "Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " "exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " "consumers via the Internet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " "software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " "bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 msgid "" "In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." " In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" @@ -366,7 +369,7 @@ msgid "" "option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -374,18 +377,18 @@ msgid "" " on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 msgid "" "Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 msgid "Importing OFX files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 msgid "" "After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " "automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " @@ -393,8 +396,8 @@ msgid "" "click on the link **Import Statement**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 msgid "" "Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " "will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " @@ -403,16 +406,16 @@ msgid "" "reconciliation process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`coda`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have" " to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." @@ -424,11 +427,11 @@ msgstr "" " Synkroniseringen udføres hver 4. time, og du kan begynde at afstemme PayPal" " betalinger med et enkelt klik." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" -msgstr "Installer account_yodlee moduelt" +msgstr "Installer account_yodlee modulet" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 msgid "" "Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already " "installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -442,15 +445,15 @@ msgstr "" "**Bank & Kontant** skal du markere indstillingen **Bank Interface - " "Synkroniser din bank feeds automatisk**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." msgstr "Klik på anvend knappe når du er færdig." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 msgid "Setup your PayPal account" msgstr "Opsæt din PayPal konto" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 msgid "" "A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your " "PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " @@ -462,7 +465,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bankkonti`. Opret en ny bankkonto og navngiv den **PayPal**. I bank feltet " "angiver du **PayPal**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 msgid "" "Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " "and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" @@ -472,13 +475,13 @@ msgstr "" "instrumentbrættet og klik på **Synkroniser* knappen. I dialogboksen vælger " "du **PayPal** som online institutionen, og klik på konfigurer knappen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." msgstr "" "Derefter skal du angive dine legitimationsoplysninger for at forbinde til " "PayPal." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 msgid "" "Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " "the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" @@ -492,7 +495,7 @@ msgstr "" " med Online feeds (du kan skifte fra den nye til den gamle brugerflade i din" " Paypal konto)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 msgid "" "If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " "English or that the site is not supported." @@ -500,7 +503,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hvis du ikke gør dette, vil du enten få en besked om at Paypal er på " "Engelsk, eller om at siden ikke er understøttet." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 msgid "" "If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " "step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " @@ -512,7 +515,7 @@ msgstr "" "at indhente transaktioner fra, og en liste af konti at vælge mellem. Du bør " "vælge **Paypal saldo** kontoen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " "Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." @@ -520,7 +523,7 @@ msgstr "" "Når alt er færdigt, bør du kunne se dine PayPal transkationer direkte i " "Odoo, og du kan begynde at afstemme dine betalinger." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 msgid "" "Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " "anymore." @@ -528,7 +531,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nyd den komplette integration! Du behøver ikke længere at registrere " "transaktioner manuelt." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 msgid "" "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." @@ -536,11 +539,11 @@ msgstr "" "Du skal kun angive dine legitimationsoplysninger første gang. Når det er " "gjort, vil Odoo automatisk synkronisere med PayPal hver 4. time." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 msgid "Import QIF statement files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 msgid "" "Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " "writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " @@ -548,20 +551,20 @@ msgid "" " the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" " and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " "statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 msgid "" "In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." " In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" @@ -569,7 +572,7 @@ msgid "" "option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -577,21 +580,21 @@ msgid "" " on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 msgid "" "Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 msgid "Importing QIF files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" " statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " @@ -600,7 +603,7 @@ msgid "" "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 msgid "" "Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " "proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" @@ -609,59 +612,59 @@ msgid "" "supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 msgid "Odoo Online Users" msgstr "Odoo Online Brugere" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 msgid "" "If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" " already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" " module **account_yodlee**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" msgstr "Odoo Enterprise Brugere" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 msgid "" "If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " "you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " "registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 msgid "" "you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " "following addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" msgstr "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 msgid "Sync your bank feeds" msgstr "Synkroniser dine bank feeds" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 msgid "" "Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " "your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" @@ -669,35 +672,35 @@ msgid "" " account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 msgid "" "In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " "**Bank Synchronization**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 msgid "" "Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " "**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " "and fill in your bank credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 msgid "" "Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " "every 4 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "Ofte Stillede Spørgsmål" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 msgid "" "Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this " "doesn't always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. " @@ -706,13 +709,13 @@ msgid "" "Yodlee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 msgid "" "You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button " "\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 msgid "" "Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " "fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" @@ -720,39 +723,39 @@ msgid "" "won't import it, you will have to wait till the status changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 msgid "" "What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " "transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" " bank statements to the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 msgid "" "Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to " "your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 msgid "" "Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 msgid "" "Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 msgid "" "This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " "synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" @@ -760,24 +763,25 @@ msgid "" "Unfortunately, there is not much to do about it except for being patient." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch transactions up to 3 months in the past." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Diverse" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 msgid "" "When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " "will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " @@ -785,59 +789,59 @@ msgid "" "manually bring the checks to the bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 msgid "" "The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" " be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 msgid "" "The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " "reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 msgid "" "Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " "reconcile them with your bank statement easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 msgid "" "In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " "Deposit** to be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 msgid "" "Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" " your country." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 msgid "" "To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " "application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " "deposits on your main bank accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 msgid "" "To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " "the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " @@ -845,13 +849,13 @@ msgid "" "Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 msgid "" "In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" " to **Batch Deposit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 msgid "" "If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " "payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " @@ -859,15 +863,15 @@ msgid "" "Deposits afterwards." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 msgid "From checks received to the bank" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 msgid "Receive customer checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 msgid "" "Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " "plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " @@ -875,28 +879,28 @@ msgid "" "Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 msgid "" "payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " "Payment** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 msgid "" "From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 msgid "" "Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " "deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " @@ -904,17 +908,17 @@ msgid "" "check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 msgid "" "You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " "the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 msgid "" "When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " "ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " @@ -922,61 +926,61 @@ msgid "" "the bank statement line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 msgid "" "If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " "contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " "deposit in the example below)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:117 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 msgid "" "If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " "be two reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 msgid "" "After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " "page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" " button of your browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 msgid "" "If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " "in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " "refused." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 msgid "" "In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " "bank statement matching." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" "A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" " is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " @@ -985,7 +989,7 @@ msgstr "" "En virksomhed kan have flere bankkonti eller kasseapparater. Indenfor odoo " "er det muligt at håndtere interne overførsler af penge men kun et par klik." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " "accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " @@ -994,11 +998,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vi vil bruge følgende eksempel. Min virksomhed har to bankkonti, og jeg vil " "overføre 50.000 euro fra en af vores bankkonti, til en anden." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" msgstr "Tjek din Kontoplan og standard overførsels mængde" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" @@ -1012,7 +1016,7 @@ msgstr "" "overførsels kontoen, kan du gå ind i regnskabsmodulets indstillinger, og " "vælge :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Indstillinger`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " "specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." @@ -1020,7 +1024,7 @@ msgstr "" "Din kontoplan vil blive forudinstalleret afhængig af landet specificeret " "under din registrering, den kan ikke ændres." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 msgid "" "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " @@ -1029,11 +1033,11 @@ msgstr "" "Standard overførselskontoen vil også blive oprettet automatisk, afhængig af " "dit lands lovgivning. Om nødvendigt kan det redigeres fra samme side." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" msgstr "Opret en anden bankkonto / journal" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" "Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" " accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " @@ -1047,15 +1051,15 @@ msgstr "" "Bankkonti`. Opret en ny bankkonti. Du bør udfylde **Kontonummer**. Du kan " "også oprette og redigere din bank for at specificere dine bankdetaljer." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." msgstr "Ved at gemme ændringerne har du nu 2 bankkonti." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." msgstr "Registrer en intern overførsel fra en bank til en anden." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 msgid "" "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " "9533 1498** account." @@ -1063,11 +1067,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vi vil nu overføre 50.000 euro fra vores **Bank** til vores **Bank BE57 0633" " 9533 1498** konto." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "Bogfør en intern overførsel" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" "The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " "accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " @@ -1077,7 +1081,7 @@ msgstr "" "skal du gå til dit regnskabs instrumentbræt, klik på **mere** knappen for en" " af dine banker, og vælg :menuselection:`Ny --> Intern Overførsel`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" "Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" " transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " @@ -1087,17 +1091,17 @@ msgstr "" " automatisk. Vælg **Banken** du vil overføre til, specificer **Mængden**, og" " tilføj et **Notat** hvis du ønsker." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " "`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." msgstr "Gem og bekræft ændringerne for at registrere betalingen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " @@ -1106,11 +1110,11 @@ msgstr "" "Hvad regnskab angår er pengene nu bogført i overførselskontoen. For at " "bogføre pengene i de endelige konto, skal vi importere kontoudtog." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" msgstr "Importer kontoudtog og udlign" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." @@ -1118,7 +1122,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bemærk at kontoens saldo udregnet af Odoo er forskellig fra det sidste udtog" " i din bank." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " "receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " @@ -1132,7 +1136,7 @@ msgstr "" "Når du modtager din kontoudtog, skal du klikke på **nyt udtog** knappen på " "den tilsvarende bank for at importere dem." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -1145,11 +1149,11 @@ msgstr "" "bankkonto. Hvis den stemmer overens med kontoudtoget, betyder at der ikke " "forekom nogen fejl. Udfyld **Slutsaldo** og klik på *Udlign** knappen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 msgid "The following window will open:" msgstr "Det følgende vindue vil åbnes:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " @@ -1157,9 +1161,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Du skal vælge modparter for betalingen. Vælg den korrekte linje på " "kontoudtoget, som svarer til betalingen, og klik på **udlign** knappen. " -"Afslut udtoget for at færdiggøre transaktionen." +"Afslut udtoget for at færdiggøre transaktionen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " @@ -1170,47 +1174,47 @@ msgstr "" "Bemærk at hvis du specificere den samme mængde og samme notat i begge " "kontoudtog, vil udligningen af betalingstransaktionerne ske automatisk." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Bankudligning" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 msgid "Configure model of entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " "order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " "my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " "current balance. This fee is thus variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 msgid "" "First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " "to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " ":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 msgid "" "We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " "depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 msgid "" "We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " "book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " @@ -1218,62 +1222,62 @@ msgid "" "Odoo to take the entire fee into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 msgid "Save your changes when you are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 msgid "" "If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " "under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 msgid "" "You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 msgid "" "Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " "impacted by the payment of the bank fee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 msgid "" "When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " "**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" " relevant data instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`brugstilfælde`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " "task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " @@ -1287,19 +1291,19 @@ msgstr "" "Heldigvis kan du med Odoo nemt matche dine faktura eller andre " "betalingsdokumenter med dine kontoudtog." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." msgstr "Der eksisterer to muligheder for afstemningsprocessen i Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" msgstr "Vi kan specificere betalingen direkte på fakturaen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "Vi kan afstemme åbne faktura med kontoudtog" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " "is to install the accounting app." @@ -1307,15 +1311,15 @@ msgstr "" "Der påkræves ingen særlig konfiguration for at registrere faktura. Alt vi " "skal gøre, er blot at installere regnskabs applikationen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Brugstilfælde" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "Tilfælde 1: Betalingsregistration" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " "issued to Smith & Co." @@ -1323,7 +1327,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vi modtog betalingsbeviset på vores faktura som 2100 euro udstedt til Smith " "& Co." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " @@ -1337,7 +1341,7 @@ msgstr "" "denne faktura som betalt med det samme, for at indikere at vi kan begynde at" " udføre ydelsen for vores kunde." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." @@ -1345,7 +1349,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vores kunde sender os en betalingsbekræftelse. Vi kan derfor registrere en " "betaling og markere fakturaen som betalt." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " "has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " @@ -1355,7 +1359,7 @@ msgstr "" "har betalt fakturaen. Vi skal derfor specificere mængden og " "betalingsmetoden." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" " :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." @@ -1363,18 +1367,18 @@ msgstr "" "Nu kan vi altid finde betalingsdetaljer på fakturaen ved at klikke på " ":menuselection:`Info --> Åben Betaling`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" msgstr "" "Fakturaen er blevet betalt, og **afstemningen er blevet udført automatisk**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "Tilfælde 2: Afstemning af Kontoudtog" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." @@ -1382,7 +1386,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vi starter ved vores udstedte faktura på 3000 euro til Smith & Co. Lad os " "antage, at andre faktura er åbne for forskellige kunder." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " "Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." @@ -1390,7 +1394,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vi modtager vores kontoudtog, af finder at ikke blot fakturaen udstedt til " "Smith & Co er blevet betalt, men at den til Buzz på 92 euro også er." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." @@ -1398,11 +1402,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Importer** eller **Opret** kontoudtog. Referer venligst til dokumenterne " "fra Bank Feeds sektionen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" msgstr "På instrumentbrættet, klik på **Afstem # Genstande**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." @@ -1410,11 +1414,11 @@ msgstr "" "Hvis alt var korrekt (korrekt partnernavn, korret mængde), vil Odoo udføre " "afstemningen **automatisk**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "Hvis der findes nogen fejl, vil du skulle **manuelt tage handling**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" @@ -1422,7 +1426,7 @@ msgstr "" "For eksempel, hvis partneren mangler fra dit kontoudtog, skal du blot " "udfylde :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" @@ -1430,52 +1434,53 @@ msgstr "" "Hvis betalingen udføres med en afbetaling, skal du blot tjekke at alt er i " "orden, og validere alle relaterede betalinger :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "Tryk CTRL-Enter for at afstemme alle afbalancerede linjer på arket." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:168 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Opsætning" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " "guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 msgid "Edit a bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 msgid "" "To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" " it first before filling your own bank information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " "click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 msgid "" "Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " "method like SEPA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 msgid "Create a bank account" msgstr "Opret en bankkonto" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" " on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" @@ -1483,98 +1488,65 @@ msgid "" "Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 msgid "" "If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " "the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " "accounts from another company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Type" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." -msgstr "Bank kontotype: Normal eller IBAN. Udledt fra kontonummer" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "ABA/Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "Account Holder Name" -msgstr "Konto Indehaver" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " -"Holder" -msgstr "Kontoindehaver navnet, hvis det er forskellig fra Kontoindehaver" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 msgid "Todo" msgstr "To Do" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:45 msgid "add inherited field tooltip" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:47 msgid "" "**Display on reports :** Display this bank account on the documents that " "will be printed or send to the customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:50 msgid "" "**Bank Identifier Code** = BIC : SWIFT Address assigned to a bank in order " "to send automated payments quickly and accurately to the banks concerned" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 msgid "" "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " "of the previous one within the same journal automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 msgid "" "From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " "the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " "menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " "company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " @@ -1587,7 +1559,7 @@ msgstr "" "der sker i en anden valuta, lagre Odoo både værdien i virksomhedens valuta, " "samt værdien i transaktionens valuta." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" @@ -1595,15 +1567,15 @@ msgstr "" "Når du har en bankkonto i udenlandsk valuta, gemmer Odoo to værdier for hver" " transaktion:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" msgstr "Debet/kredit i virksomhedens valuta" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" msgstr "Debet/kredit i bankkontos valuta" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " "Central bank web-services." @@ -1611,11 +1583,11 @@ msgstr "" "Valutakurser opdateres automatisk via yahoo.com, eller gennem Den Europæiske" " Centralbank web-tjenester." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" msgstr "Aktiver multi-valuta funktionaliteten" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" "In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " "activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " @@ -1630,20 +1602,25 @@ msgstr "" "krydset af. Angiv en **Valutavekslings Gevinst / Tab\" konto, og klik " "derefter på **Anvend**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" msgstr "Konfigurer valutaer" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu " +"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " -"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " -"(to activate a currency, check his active field)" +"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" +" activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" +"Når Odoo er konfigureret til at understøtte flere valutaer, bør du aktivere " +"de valuta du har i sinde at arbejde med. For at gøre dette, skal du gå til " +"menuen :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Valutaer`. Alle valutaerne er " +"oprettet per standard, men du bør aktivere dem, du gerne vil gør brug af " +"(for at aktivere en valuta skal du sætte kryds i dets \"Aktiv\" felt)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" "After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" @@ -1653,15 +1630,15 @@ msgstr "" "automatisk opdatering af valutakurser. Disse muligheder findes også i " "Rengskab applikationens indstillinger, i bunden af siden:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." msgstr "Klik på **Opdatér Nu** linket for at opdatere valutakurserne nu." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" msgstr "Opret en ny bankkonto" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." @@ -1669,21 +1646,21 @@ msgstr "" "I Regnskab applikationen, går vi først til :menuselection:`Konfiguration -->" " Regnskab / Bankkonto`, og opretter en ny en." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" msgstr "" "Når du gemmer denne bankkonto, vil Odoo oprette alle dokumenterne for dig:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" msgstr "En konto i prøve saldoen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" msgstr "En journal på dit instrumentbræt" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "" "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" @@ -1691,11 +1668,11 @@ msgstr "" "Information om bankkontoen vil blive vist i dine fakturas sidefod, hvis du " "satte kryds i boksen **Vis i Faktura Sidefod**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" msgstr "Eksempel: En leverandørfaktura i udenlandsk valuta" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." @@ -1703,14 +1680,14 @@ msgstr "" "Lad os antage, at vi modtager den følgende regning fra en leverandør i Kina," " baseret på ovenstående eksempel." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" msgstr "" "I :menuselection:`Indkøb --> Leverandørfakturaer`, kan du se følgende:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." @@ -1718,7 +1695,7 @@ msgstr "" "Når du er klar til at betale denne regning, skal du klikke på registrer " "betaling på fakturaen for at registrere en betaling." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" "That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" " gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " @@ -1730,7 +1707,7 @@ msgstr "" "afhængig af om valutakurserne steg eller faldt mellem fakturering- og " "betalingsdatoen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " "Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." @@ -1738,11 +1715,11 @@ msgstr "" "Bemærk at du kan betale en udenlandsk regning i en anden valuta. I så fald " "vil Odoo automatisk konvertere mellem de to valutaer." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" msgstr "Kundeudtog" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " @@ -1752,7 +1729,7 @@ msgstr "" "der skal betales af din kunde (til din leverandør) er altid udtrykt i " "fakturaens valuta." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" "If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " "customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " @@ -1761,16 +1738,21 @@ msgstr "" "Hvis du har flere faktura med forskellige valuta for samme kunde, vil Odoo " "dele kundeudtoget op per valuta, som vist i rapporten nedenunder." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " "managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" -" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " -"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" -" be converted in this currency." +" in its own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable for " +"this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically " +"be converted to this currency." msgstr "" +"I ovenstående rapport er tilgodehavende kontoen, der er knyttet til " +"Camptocamp, ikke styret i en sekundær valuta, hvilket betyder, at den holder" +" hver transaktion i sin egen valuta. Hvis du foretrækker det, kan du " +"indstille den tilgodehavende for denne kunde i en sekundær valuta, og al " +"dens gæld konverteres automatisk til denne valuta." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" "In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " "general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " @@ -1780,11 +1762,11 @@ msgstr "" "kunden forventer, eftersom de foretrækker at se mængderne i valutaen fra de " "faktura de modtog;" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a cash register?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " @@ -1794,7 +1776,7 @@ msgstr "" "betalingstransaktioner. Den udregner det samlede indgående og udgående " "beløb, og udregner dermed den samlede saldo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." @@ -1802,7 +1784,7 @@ msgstr "" "Konfigurer Kontantjournalen i :menuselection:`Regnskab --> Konfiguration -->" " Journaler`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" @@ -1810,322 +1792,15 @@ msgstr "" "I Journalposterings fanen kan Standard Debet og Kredit Konto konfigureres, " "så vel som valutaen for journalen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Aktiv" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." -msgstr "Sæt aktiv til falsk for at skjule journalen uden at fjerne den." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Use in Point of Sale" -msgstr "Anvend i kasse" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a" -" point of sale." -msgstr "" -"Marker dette felt, hvis denne journal definerer en betalingsmetode, der kan " -"bruges i POS." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Virksomhed" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "Virksomhed knyttet til denne konto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "Kort kode" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "" -"Journalposterne i denne journal vil blive navngivet ved hjælp af dette " -"præfiks." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Number" -msgstr "Næste nummer" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." -msgstr "Det næste bilagsnummer vil blive anvendt til den næste faktura." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Bilagsserie" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Dette felt indeholder oplysningerne om nummereringen af journalposterne i " -"denne journal." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" -msgstr "Dedikeret kreditnotat sekvens" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" -" credit notes made from this journal" -msgstr "" -"Afkryds dette felt hvis du ikke ønsker at dele samme rækkefølge fakturaer og" -" kreditnotaer lavet i denne journal" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Notes: Next Number" -msgstr "Kreditnotaer: Næste nummer" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." -msgstr "Det næste bilagsnummer vil blive anvendt til den næste kreditnota." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Kreditnotat sekvens" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " -"note entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Dette felt indeholder information relateret til nummereringen af kreditnota " -"posteringer for denne journal." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "Standard debit konto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "Det fungerer som en standardkonto for debetbeløb" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "Standard krediteringskonto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "Det fungerer som en standardkonto for kreditbeløb" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Currency" -msgstr "Valuta" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "Valuta bruges til at indtaste kontoudtoget" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" -msgstr "Definer hvordan kontoudtogene skal registreres" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Creation of Bank Statements" -msgstr "Oprettelse af kontoudtog" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "from your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Incoming Payments" -msgstr "Til indkommende betalinger" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting " -"a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing " -"online (payment token)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you" -" are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable " -"this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Outgoing Payments" -msgstr "Til udgående betalinger" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "Indtægtskonto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" -" from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Bruges til at registrere en indtægt, når kassebeholdningen for et " -"kasseapparat adskiller sig fra, hvad systemet beregner" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "Tabskonto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " -"from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Bruges til at registrere et tab, når kassebeholdningen for et kasseapparat " -"adskiller sig fra, hvad systemet beregner" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "Gruppér fakturalinjer" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " -"when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "" -"Hvis denne boks er markeret, forsøger systemet at gruppere " -"regnskabsposteringerne, når de genereres fra fakturaer." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "Poster ved Bankafstemning" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in " -"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when " -"performing bank reconciliation." -msgstr "" -"Hvorvidt betalinger foretaget i denne journal bør genereres i kladde " -"tilstand eller ej, så at de relaterede journalposteringer kun posteres ved " -"udførsel af bankafstemning." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Alias Navn for Leverandørfaktura" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email." -msgstr "Opretter leverandørfaktura kladder ved at sende en email. " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "Udskrevet check er valgt som betalingsmetode" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" -" method." -msgstr "" -"Teknisk funktion brugt til at vide hvorvidt check printning var slået til " -"som en betalings metode." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "Check rækkefølge" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "Rækkefølge af check nummerering." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "Manuel nummerering" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "Sæt kryds her hvis dine allerede printede checks ikke er nummererede." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "Næste checknummer" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "Rækkefølge nummer for den næste udskrivende check. " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" -msgstr "Autoriseret beløbsforskel" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field depicts the maximum difference allowed between the ending balance" -" and the theoretical cash when closing a session, for non-POS managers. If " -"this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing " -"of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager." -msgstr "" -"Dette felt viser den maksimale difference tilladt mellem den afsluttende " -"saldo og den teoretiske saldo ved afslutning af sessionen, for ikke-POS " -"ledere. Hvis maksimum nås, vil brugeren få en fejlbesked ved afslutning af " -"deres session, som informere dem om, at de skal kontakte deres leder." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Anvendelse" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "Hvordan registrere man kontant betalinger?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" @@ -2133,7 +1808,7 @@ msgstr "" "For at registrere en kontant betaling specifik for en anden kunden, bør du " "gøre følgende:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" @@ -2141,11 +1816,11 @@ msgstr "" "Gå til :menuselection:`Regnskab --> Instrumentbræt --> Kontant --> Registrer" " Transaktioner`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "Udfyld start og slut saldo" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" @@ -2153,11 +1828,11 @@ msgstr "" "Registrer transaktionerne, hvor du specificerer kunden forbundet til " "transaktionen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "Indsæt penge" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " @@ -2167,11 +1842,11 @@ msgstr "" "begynder din transaktion. Fra Registrer Transaktioner vinduet, skal du gå " "til :menuselection:`Mere --> Indsæt penge`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "Hæv penge" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " @@ -2181,80 +1856,80 @@ msgstr "" "du har afsluttet alle dine transaktioner. Fra Registrer Transaktion vinduet," " skal du gå til :menuselection:`Mere --> Hæv penge`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" "Transaktionerne vil blive tilføjet til den nuværende kontant betalings " "registrering." -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "Lokaliseringer" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Colombia" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introduktion" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 msgid "" "**l11n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " "document types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" " for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " "based on the DIAN legal requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "Arbejdsgang" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "2. Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " "credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 msgid "" "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" " environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " @@ -2262,94 +1937,94 @@ msgid "" "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 msgid "3. Configure your report data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 msgid "4.1 Partner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 msgid "4.1.1 Identification" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " "their identification number and document type set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " "number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " "information required by the DIAN ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 msgid "4.2 Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " "This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " "display taxes in the invoice PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 msgid "4.3 Journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " @@ -2358,65 +2033,65 @@ msgid "" "Setting --> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 msgid "4.4 Users" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:202 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 msgid "1. Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "1.1 Invoice creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " "invoice are the next fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " @@ -2424,28 +2099,28 @@ msgid "" "the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " "the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -2455,142 +2130,142 @@ msgid "" " invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 msgid "After this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 msgid "1.4 Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " "after updating the electronic invoice status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 msgid "2. Additional use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 msgid "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "Introducción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 msgid "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 msgid "" "módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " "siguientes puntos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "a. Plan Contable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "b. Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "c. Retenciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 msgid "" "adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " "generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" " DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 msgid "Flujo General" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 msgid "Configuración" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 msgid "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 msgid "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 msgid "cz" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 msgid "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 msgid "" "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " "Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 msgid "" "Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " "**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 msgid "" "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " "ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" @@ -2599,7 +2274,7 @@ msgid "" "`__," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 msgid "" "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " "el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " @@ -2607,36 +2282,36 @@ msgid "" " la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `__," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 msgid "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 msgid "" "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " "Bancaria." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 msgid "" "Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" " Electrónica Colombiana**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 msgid "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 msgid "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 msgid "4.1.1 Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 msgid "" "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " "por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " @@ -2644,31 +2319,31 @@ msgid "" "de documento correspondiente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 msgid "" "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 msgid "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 msgid "" "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " "Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 msgid "" "Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " "Información Fiscal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "" "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " "régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " @@ -2677,24 +2352,24 @@ msgid "" "opciones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 msgid "4.2 Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 msgid "" "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " "necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 msgid "" "Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" " Valor" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 msgid "" "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " "en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " @@ -2702,28 +2377,28 @@ msgid "" "gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 msgid "4.3 Diarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 msgid "" "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" " con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 msgid "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " "ruta:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 msgid "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." @@ -2731,36 +2406,36 @@ msgstr "" "Når sekvensen er åbnet, skal felterne Præfiks og Næste Nummer konfigureres " "og synkroniseres med Financial CEN. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 msgid "4.4 Usuarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 msgid "" "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " "Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "1. Invoice Creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "" "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " "factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " @@ -2768,55 +2443,55 @@ msgid "" "manualmente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 msgid "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 msgid "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 msgid "transacciones de importación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 msgid "" "utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " "ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " "factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 msgid "1. Invoice Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 msgid "" "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " "desplegado en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 msgid "" "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " "con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" @@ -2824,11 +2499,11 @@ msgid "" "inicial **En Proceso**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 msgid "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 msgid "" "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " "validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " @@ -2838,36 +2513,36 @@ msgid "" "CUFE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 msgid "" "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " "automáticamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 msgid "en el historial de la Factura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 msgid "" "Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" " mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 msgid "1. Errores Frecuentes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 msgid "" "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " "relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " @@ -2875,72 +2550,72 @@ msgid "" "desplegados en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 msgid "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " "botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 msgid "" "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " "igual." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "Frankrig" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" " --> FEC`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "" "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -2949,39 +2624,39 @@ msgid "" "through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " @@ -2992,33 +2667,33 @@ msgid "" "contact your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "" "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " "menu:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "" "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 msgid "" "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -3026,13 +2701,13 @@ msgid "" "country from the list; Do not create a new country." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " "should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " @@ -3040,13 +2715,13 @@ msgid "" "List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -3056,59 +2731,59 @@ msgid "" " installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " "located in France or in any DOM-TOM." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 msgid "Security" msgstr "Sikkerhed" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 msgid "" "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " "document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -3117,7 +2792,7 @@ msgid "" "document recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " @@ -3125,11 +2800,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 msgid "Storage" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -3137,24 +2812,24 @@ msgid "" "recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " @@ -3162,7 +2837,7 @@ msgid "" " hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " @@ -3170,74 +2845,74 @@ msgid "" "counted in the very next closing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " "developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " "--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Ansvar" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Tyskland" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " "choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -3245,51 +2920,51 @@ msgid "" "section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Balance" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "Indtægt & Tab" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" msgstr "Partner moms Intra" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "" "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " "able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " @@ -3298,11 +2973,11 @@ msgid "" "the **Export Datev (csv)** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "" "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" " configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " @@ -3311,11 +2986,11 @@ msgid "" "l’interscambio di informazioni." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 msgid "" "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " "funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" @@ -3324,13 +2999,13 @@ msgid "" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 msgid "" "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" " elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " @@ -3340,14 +3015,14 @@ msgid "" "`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " "elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " "della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " @@ -3355,34 +3030,34 @@ msgid "" "previa comunicazione." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " "commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 msgid "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "" "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " "fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " @@ -3390,18 +3065,18 @@ msgid "" "l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 msgid "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "" "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " "necessarie informazioni legali." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "" "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" " i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" @@ -3409,11 +3084,11 @@ msgid "" "necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " "dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" @@ -3422,53 +3097,53 @@ msgid "" "tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "" "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 msgid "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 msgid "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Mexico" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "" "This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" " documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " @@ -3478,30 +3153,30 @@ msgid "" "\"Mexico\" set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "" "**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" " account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" " list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," " payment complement, invoice addendum." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " "accounting are here (Accounting app required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 msgid "" "With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " "with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" @@ -3510,33 +3185,33 @@ msgid "" "company in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 msgid "" "After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" " to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " "debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" "When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " "when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 msgid "" "To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" @@ -3545,11 +3220,11 @@ msgid "" " integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 msgid "" "First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " "in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " @@ -3557,20 +3232,28 @@ msgid "" "position on your company’s contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +"vat to **EKU9003173C9**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " +"(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " +"configuration. If you want to manage another currency, let MXN be the " +"default currency and use price list instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:91 msgid "" "4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the " "company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:93 msgid "" "Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " "order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " @@ -3580,11 +3263,11 @@ msgid "" "the option)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:100 msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:103 msgid "" "This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " "available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " @@ -3592,11 +3275,11 @@ msgid "" "https://www.odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:108 msgid "Enable debug mode:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 msgid "" "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " @@ -3604,7 +3287,7 @@ msgid "" "name does not exist)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:119 msgid "" "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " @@ -3612,36 +3295,36 @@ msgid "" "the default behavior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:128 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:648 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:138 msgid "" "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" " set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:145 msgid "" "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " "faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " @@ -3649,7 +3332,7 @@ msgid "" "and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " @@ -3659,7 +3342,7 @@ msgstr "" " udføres via PAC'en selv. I dette tilfælde vil vi have to (2) tilgængelige: " "`Finkok`_ og `Gennemførlig løsning`_. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " @@ -3668,124 +3351,118 @@ msgid "" "environment with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178 -msgid "`Certificate`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +msgid "" +":download:` Certificate ` :download:` Certificate Key" +" ` - **Password:** 12345678a" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179 -msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 -msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189 msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:191 msgid "" "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " "\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:205 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "Fakturering" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:217 msgid "" "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " "invoice by email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:224 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:233 msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:235 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:245 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:261 msgid "" "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " "good control of the cancellation reasons." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:264 msgid "" "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " @@ -3796,28 +3473,28 @@ msgstr "" " skal annulleres for at følge den samme fremgangsmåde, men indstille " "\"Tillad annuller poster\" i selve betalingen. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " "important." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " "the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " @@ -3825,23 +3502,23 @@ msgid "" "generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "" "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " "``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " @@ -3849,31 +3526,31 @@ msgid "" "next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "" "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -3882,66 +3559,66 @@ msgid "" "caso de anticipos recibidos**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" "1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:334 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:337 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:346 msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -3957,17 +3634,17 @@ msgstr "" "bliver angivet automatisk; mærkaterne der angives er dem der er valgt til " "brug i kontoplanens xml." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:363 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -3975,11 +3652,11 @@ msgid "" "is not created you can create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:373 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:375 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -3988,28 +3665,28 @@ msgid "" "the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:388 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:390 msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:392 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:395 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -4017,25 +3694,25 @@ msgid "" "the same, with our providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " "to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:406 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " "find in the SAT website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:410 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -4043,24 +3720,24 @@ msgid "" "to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:421 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -4069,18 +3746,18 @@ msgid "" "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:432 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:436 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -4090,7 +3767,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -4098,41 +3775,41 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:448 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:450 msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:452 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:474 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -4141,34 +3818,34 @@ msgid "" " suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " "properly configured already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " "itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:491 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -4178,26 +3855,26 @@ msgid "" "your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:507 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:509 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:514 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -4207,17 +3884,17 @@ msgid "" "information daily in the system manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " @@ -4225,116 +3902,130 @@ msgid "" "debug mode enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:536 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:537 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:538 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:539 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:546 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:559 msgid "" "This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " "or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" " above but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:563 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 -msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572 msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute " +"'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; " +"this underruns the allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute " +"'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the " +"pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:577 msgid "" "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:609 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:576 -msgid "" -":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 msgid "" -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing." +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute " +"'Regimen' is required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal'" +" is required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:587 msgid "" "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -4344,47 +4035,63 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:594 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " "set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " "Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:607 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02'," +" '03', '04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', " +"'25', '26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:610 msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:617 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute " +"'LugarExpedicion': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of " +"the set {'00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute " +"'LugarExpedicion': '' is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:619 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 msgid "" "**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " @@ -4393,44 +4100,47 @@ msgid "" "info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:624 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "" "**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " +"is required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 msgid "" -":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " "Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " "is required but missing.\", '')" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:645 msgid "" "**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Holland" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 msgid "" "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" " all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " @@ -4439,112 +4149,112 @@ msgid "" "then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" msgstr "Spanien" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " "Localization** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Schweiz" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " "ISR*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " "010391391 as CHF ISR reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " "coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " @@ -4553,11 +4263,11 @@ msgid "" "Reports` and tick this box :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 msgid "" "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " "Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -4565,28 +4275,28 @@ msgid "" "you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 msgid "" "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" " for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 msgid "" "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " "module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " @@ -4595,13 +4305,13 @@ msgid "" "\"upgrade\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 msgid "" "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " "to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " @@ -4609,264 +4319,264 @@ msgid "" "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 msgid "" "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" " details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Name**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Scope**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tag**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 msgid "7.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "TVA 7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "Indkøb" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 msgid "7.7% invest." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 msgid "3.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "TVA 3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 msgid "3.7% invest" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Salg" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "7.7% Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "3.7% Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "" "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " "your fiscal positions accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 msgid "Others" msgstr "Andre" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 msgid "Adviser" msgstr "Manager" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 msgid "Manage your fixed assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 msgid "" "The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " "machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " @@ -4874,7 +4584,7 @@ msgid "" "assets and perform reports on your company assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 msgid "" "As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " "amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " @@ -4883,53 +4593,53 @@ msgid "" " for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 msgid "" "The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " "describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 msgid "Install the Asset module" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" " application:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 msgid "" "Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 msgid "Defining Asset Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 msgid "" "Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " "deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " @@ -4938,7 +4648,7 @@ msgid "" "asset type on the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 msgid "" "You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " "like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " @@ -4946,202 +4656,40 @@ msgid "" "duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 msgid "" "To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 msgid "Create assets manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 msgid "" "To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Assets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 msgid "" "Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " "on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " "confirming the asset." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 msgid "" "if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" " this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " "entries, not those related to the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 -msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Status" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" -" lines can be posted in the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " -"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Asset Category" -msgstr "Kategori for aktiv" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Category of asset" -msgstr "Kategorier af aktiver" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date" -msgstr "Dato" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date of asset" -msgstr "Dato for aktiv" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Depreciation Dates" -msgstr "Afskrivningsdatoer" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based" -" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on " -"the periodicity of the depreciations)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the " -"purchase date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "First Depreciation Date" -msgstr "Første afskrivningsdato" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal " -"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting " -"date" -msgstr "" -"Bemærk at denne dato ikke ændre udregningen af den første journal postering," -" i tilfælde af prorata temporis aktiver. Den ændre blot den bogførings dato" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross Value" -msgstr "Brutto værdi" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross value of asset" -msgstr "Brutto værdi af aktiver" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Salvage Value" -msgstr "Restværdi" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." -msgstr "Det er det beløb, du planlægger at få, du ikke kan afskrive." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Computation Method" -msgstr "Beregningsmetode" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Time Method Based On" -msgstr "Tidsmetode baseret på" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 " -"depreciations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " -"depreciations won't go beyond." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Prorata Temporis" -msgstr "Prorata Temporis" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " -"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start " -"date of fiscal year" -msgstr "" -"Indikere at den første afskrivnings postering for dette aktiv, skal " -"foretages fra aktiv datoen (købs datoen), i stedet for den første Januar / " -"start dato for finansåret" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "Antal afskrivninger" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" -msgstr "Antallet af afskrivninger der er nødvendigt for at afskrive dit aktiv" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Months in a Period" -msgstr "Antal måneder i en periode" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" -msgstr "Tiden mellem afskrivninger i måneder" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 -msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:83 msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:85 msgid "" "Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " "is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " @@ -5149,7 +4697,7 @@ msgid "" "the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:92 msgid "" "Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " "created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " @@ -5159,17 +4707,17 @@ msgid "" "accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:99 msgid "" "if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " "be filled in the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:103 msgid "How to depreciate an asset?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:105 msgid "" "Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " "date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" @@ -5177,40 +4725,40 @@ msgid "" "been created for this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:110 msgid "" "But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " "on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:117 msgid "" "In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " "entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " "entries which are already posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:122 msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:124 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 msgid "Change the number of depreciation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:127 msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 msgid "" "If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." " Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " @@ -5218,23 +4766,23 @@ msgid "" "should be registered through a customer invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 msgid "→ This has to be changed in Odoo: selling an asset should:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 msgid "remove all \"Red\" lines" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:141 msgid "create a new line that deprecate the whole residual value" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" "Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " "people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" @@ -5244,7 +4792,7 @@ msgid "" "Analytic Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 msgid "" "We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " "with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " @@ -5252,45 +4800,45 @@ msgid "" "than 700." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 msgid "" "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" " is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " "and Finance** app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 msgid "" "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" " feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" msgstr "Budgetpositioner" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "" "Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" " (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" " know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 msgid "" "The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" " in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 msgid "" "Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " "ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " "least one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 msgid "" "If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" " *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " @@ -5298,25 +4846,25 @@ msgid "" "not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 msgid "" "Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " "accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 msgid "" "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 msgid "" "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " "expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." @@ -5324,25 +4872,25 @@ msgstr "" "I dette tilfælde vælger vi de tre relevante konti brugt, hvori vi vil booke " "vores udgifter." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 msgid "" "Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " "select the relevant income accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 msgid "Analytical account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 msgid "" "Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " "budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " @@ -5352,30 +4900,30 @@ msgid "" " partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 msgid "" "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " "gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "" "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 msgid "" "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " "Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" " an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 msgid "" "Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " "select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " @@ -5385,128 +4933,128 @@ msgid "" "corresponding analytic account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 msgid "" "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " "is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 msgid "Check your budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 msgid "" "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" " Invoices and Vendors Bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 msgid "" "if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" " in the invoice and / or purchase line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " "Amount** column." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " "budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." +"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" +" that could have been realised." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 msgid "" "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " "should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," " and accurate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 msgid "" "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " "and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " "balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 msgid "" "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " "accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 msgid "" "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " "statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 msgid "" "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " "**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " "affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " "loans and fixed assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 msgid "" "Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " "on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " @@ -5515,35 +5063,35 @@ msgid "" "reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 msgid "" "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " "book entries for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 msgid "" "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" " example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 msgid "**Tax adjustments**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 msgid "" "If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " "they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " @@ -5551,7 +5099,7 @@ msgid "" "these against your Odoo balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 msgid "" "During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" "Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " @@ -5560,11 +5108,11 @@ msgid "" "auditing the books." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 msgid "Closing the fiscal year" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" " close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " @@ -5574,7 +5122,7 @@ msgid "" "**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 msgid "" "Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" " **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" @@ -5583,21 +5131,21 @@ msgid "" "reporting a 0 balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 msgid "" "You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 msgid "" "This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" " debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " @@ -5607,28 +5155,28 @@ msgid "" "occurred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 msgid "" "For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " "journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " "reversed at that date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Analytisk" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" "Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " "and subcontracting in the accounting module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 msgid "" "We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " "customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " @@ -5637,13 +5185,13 @@ msgid "" " to the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 msgid "" "The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " "module and install the following apps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 msgid "" "Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " "**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " @@ -5651,32 +5199,32 @@ msgid "" " the Sales management app as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" "Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " "accounting box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 msgid "" "Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " "box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "" "First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " "all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " @@ -5684,25 +5232,25 @@ msgid "" "this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 msgid "" "We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " "see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 msgid "Create an expense product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 msgid "" "We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " "Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " @@ -5710,32 +5258,32 @@ msgid "" " the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Book the expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 msgid "" "Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " "Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " "discussed above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 msgid "" "Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " "entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 msgid "Purchase Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 msgid "" "We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" " a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " @@ -5743,18 +5291,18 @@ msgid "" "select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 msgid "" "Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " "cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Subcontracting" msgstr "Underlevering" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 msgid "" "The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" " subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " @@ -5762,51 +5310,51 @@ msgid "" "analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 msgid "Track costs in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 msgid "" "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " "open it to check the costs related to that account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " "analytical account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" "Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " "particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " "the invoiced amounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " "**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " @@ -5815,86 +5363,86 @@ msgid "" "compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 msgid "" "First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " "namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " "name and install them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "" "Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " "tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 msgid "Create an employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 msgid "" "In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" " an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " "new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 msgid "" "On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " "specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " "cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " "related to a User." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 msgid "" "Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " "specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 msgid "Issue a Sales Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 msgid "" "We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " "**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " "customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 msgid "" "We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " "unit of measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " "material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " "Progress)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79 msgid "" "Add a link, and the document is under Sales --> Invoicing Methods --> " "Services --> How to invoices blabla" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " "analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " @@ -5903,11 +5451,11 @@ msgid "" " below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 msgid "Fill in timesheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 msgid "" "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " "specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " @@ -5915,43 +5463,43 @@ msgid "" " Account** discussed above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" " the **Analytic Account**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Analyse regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "" "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " "registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 msgid "Without filters" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 msgid "" "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " "analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " @@ -5959,115 +5507,115 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 msgid "" "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " "credit and debit balance of the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 msgid "" "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " "of cost and revenues (see picture below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "" "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " "with the corresponding description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "With filters" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 msgid "" "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" " resource cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 msgid "" "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " "contains the **Sales Order** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 msgid "" "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " "corresponding costs and revenues." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 msgid "" "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " "**Graph view** to have a clear overview." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 msgid "Analytic account use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 msgid "analyse costs of a company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 msgid "" "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "" "To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " "each in one of three different types of company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "" "In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" " departments and products the company itself is built on." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 msgid "" "The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " "department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " @@ -6075,38 +5623,38 @@ msgid "" "product ranges the company makes and sells." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 msgid "" "**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 msgid "Marketing Department" msgstr "Marketing Afdeling" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 msgid "Commercial Department" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 msgid "Administration Department" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 msgid "Production Range 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "Production Range 2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 msgid "" "In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " "invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " @@ -6115,156 +5663,156 @@ msgid "" "that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " "example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**General accounts**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**Analytic accounts**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Title**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Debit**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Credit**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "2122" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" msgstr "1500" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" msgstr "Underleverandører" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "450" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "-450" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "Kreditnota for defekte materialer." +msgstr "Kreditnota for defekte materialer" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "200" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "Transport charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "Staff costs" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" msgstr "Markedsføring" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "-3 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" msgstr "Administrative" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" msgstr "PR" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 msgid "" "The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " "costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " @@ -6272,7 +5820,7 @@ msgid "" "above:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 msgid "" "In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " "only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " @@ -6280,51 +5828,51 @@ msgid "" "accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 msgid "" "The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " "profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" "This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " "companies and industries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 msgid "" "A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " "departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " "This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 msgid "" "Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " "effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " "product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "" "Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " "current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" " given file/analytic account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 msgid "" "A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" " the profitability by case and by employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 msgid "" "Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " "timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " @@ -6333,13 +5881,13 @@ msgid "" "cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 msgid "" "So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " "management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 msgid "" "Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" " entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " @@ -6348,7 +5896,7 @@ msgid "" " basis of the hourly cost per employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 msgid "" "At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " "them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " @@ -6358,125 +5906,125 @@ msgid "" "depending on the time actually worked." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 msgid "" "The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " "can find for your analytic account:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "Study the file (1 h)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Case 1.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "-15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "Search for information (3 h)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Case 2.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "-60" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "Service charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Stationery purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "-42" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "42" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "613 – Transports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "35" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "Staff salaries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "6201 – Salaries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" "Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" " various transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 msgid "" "For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " ":doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 msgid "" "But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " "profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" @@ -6485,40 +6033,40 @@ msgid "" "products that manage timesheet or expenses ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 msgid "project planning," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 msgid "managing support contracts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 msgid "" "To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " "structured by project and by sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 msgid "" "The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " "presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " "also similar." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 msgid "" "But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " "prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " @@ -6527,7 +6075,7 @@ msgid "" "an analytic account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 msgid "" "In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " "as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " @@ -6536,267 +6084,212 @@ msgid "" "contract remain." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "Konklussion" +msgstr "Konklusion" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" "Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" " case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " "production performance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 msgid "" "Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 msgid "What is an account type ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 msgid "" "An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " "account's purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " "country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " "generate opening entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 msgid "" "Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " "category according to its behaviour or purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " "types. Just pick the one related to your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 msgid "**List of account types**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 msgid "Receivable" msgstr "Debitorer" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 msgid "Payable" msgstr "Kreditor" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 msgid "Bank and Cash" msgstr "Bank og kasse" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 msgid "Current Assets" msgstr "Omsætningsaktiver" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 msgid "Non-current Assets" msgstr "Langfristede aktiver" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 msgid "Prepayments" msgstr "Plus debitor forudbetalinger" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 msgid "Fixed Assets" msgstr "Anlægsaktiver" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 msgid "Current Liabilities" msgstr "Nuværende passiver" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 msgid "Non-current Liabilities" msgstr "Langfristede forpligtelser" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 msgid "Equity" msgstr "Egenkapital" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 msgid "Current Year Earnings" msgstr "Nuværende årsindtjening" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 msgid "Other Income" msgstr "Anden indkomst" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Income" msgstr "Omsætning" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 msgid "Depreciation" msgstr "Afskrivning" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:4 msgid "Expenses" msgstr "Øvrige omkostninger" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 msgid "Direct Costs" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 msgid "" "Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " "By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " "related to your country." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 msgid "" "It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " "you can create your own accounts too." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 msgid "" "If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 msgid "" "To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " -"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" -" entries." -msgstr "" -"Konto type bliver brugt til informations brug, for at generere " -"landsspecifikke juridiske rapporter, og laver regler for at lukke et " -"regnskabsår samt oprette startposter." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Tags" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "Valgfrie tags, du måske vil tildele til tilpasset rapportering" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "Konto valuta" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "Tvinger alle handlinger for denne konto til at have denne valuta." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "Intern type" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " -"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" -" for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr "" -"Den 'interne type' bruges til funktioner, der er tilgængelige på forskellige" -" typer konti: likviditetstype er til kontanter eller bankkonti, betalbar / " -"tilgodehavende er til leverandør / kundekonti." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "Tillad udligning" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " -"journal items." -msgstr "" -"Afkryds dette felt, hvis denne konto tillader fakturaer og betalinger, der " -"matcher journalposter." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" "In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" " have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " "settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 msgid "" "However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " "fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " "this case, some additional configuration is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " "activate the fiscal years." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 msgid "" "You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " "configuration --> fiscal years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 msgid "" "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " "months." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Lager" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" "As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " "`__, one of " @@ -6804,7 +6297,7 @@ msgid "" " average cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 msgid "" "This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " "method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " @@ -6814,38 +6307,38 @@ msgid "" "standard of FIFO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 msgid "Definition of average cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 msgid "" "The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " "goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " "formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" "When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " "as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " "not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " @@ -6853,282 +6346,282 @@ msgid "" "products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Handling" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Lagerværdi" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$0" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 msgid "0" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "8" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "$144" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "-10\\*$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "$24" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" "At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" " inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " "logically the purchase price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 msgid "" "At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " "inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " "the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." " Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" " each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Purchase return use case" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" "In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" " value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " "of these products!)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "-1\\*$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 msgid "Explanation: counter example" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "" "Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " "the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," " you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "" "As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " "customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " "purchased it). Here is the operation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 msgid "-1\\*$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 msgid "" "As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " "of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 msgid "" "The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " "cost:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**$0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 msgid "" "On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " "correct inventory value at all times." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 msgid "" "For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " "another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " @@ -7137,54 +6630,54 @@ msgid "" "shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "" "Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " "price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" " price:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "stock input" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "price diff" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " "price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " @@ -7193,102 +6686,102 @@ msgid "" "average cost and the original purchase price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 msgid "" "Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " "in a different currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 msgid "" "After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " "into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " "fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 msgid "" "Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 msgid "" "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " "in **Dollars**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "" "You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " "Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 msgid "Configure your journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " "currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " "Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 msgid "" "Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" " you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " "you can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" " currency. Then click on **confirm**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " "click on **Add** to allocate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 msgid "" "Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " "the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " @@ -7296,46 +6789,59 @@ msgid "" "in which it was paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 msgid "" "The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +msgid "" +"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " +"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " +"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" +" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " +"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " +"them until that final amount is paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" "Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " "sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " @@ -7344,23 +6850,23 @@ msgid "" "activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 msgid "Turn on multi-currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " "registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " @@ -7368,36 +6874,36 @@ msgid "" "The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 msgid "You can change it in the settings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 msgid "View or edit rate being used" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 msgid "" "You can manually configure the currency rates in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " "to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" " **Save** when you are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 msgid "Live Currency Rate" msgstr "Online valuta kurs" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 msgid "" "By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " "synchronize it with `Yahoo Charts of " "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " "for this account to have the account currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 msgid "Configure your journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " "on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 msgid "" "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" " will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " "can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " "items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " "document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " "document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 msgid "Payment Registrations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " "payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 msgid "Bank Statements" msgstr "Kontoudtog" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " "currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " "actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" " in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:122 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " "entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " "life." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 msgid "" "All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " "However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " @@ -7548,87 +7054,87 @@ msgid "" "force a specific currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 msgid "" "When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" " the amounts automatically using that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 msgid "" "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" " journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 msgid "Invoices" msgstr "Fakturaer" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "Leverandørfakturaer" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " "Then click on **Confirm**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Rapportering" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo 12 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " "new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " @@ -7636,98 +7142,98 @@ msgid "" "ever." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" msgstr "Aktivér udviklertilstand" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " "**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " "user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " "**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " "separated by ;)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -7737,96 +7243,96 @@ msgid "" "by one of their columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " "displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 msgid "What are the main reports available?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 msgid "" "Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " "very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " "countries :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 msgid "**Chart of Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 msgid "" "You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " "Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " "more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" " want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " @@ -7834,66 +7340,66 @@ msgid "" "default **Previous 1 Period** option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" " of your organisation as at a particular date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "Resultatopgørelse" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " "organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 msgid "Chart of account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "Ledelsesinformation" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "" "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " "figures you need to run your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 msgid "" "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " "reporting :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " @@ -7901,56 +7407,56 @@ msgid "" "result of those sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "" "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " "across all your customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" " all your bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 msgid "" "How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " "i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " "your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " "(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " @@ -7958,11 +7464,11 @@ msgid "" "typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 msgid "General Ledger" msgstr "Regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" " chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " @@ -7971,65 +7477,65 @@ msgid "" "occurred during a certain period of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 msgid "Aged Payable" msgstr "Forfaldne kreditorer" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" " bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " "gone unpaid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 msgid "Aged Receivable" msgstr "Forfaldne debitorer" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 msgid "" "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " "payment during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "Likviditetsopgørelse" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " "income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " "operating, investing and financing activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "Moms rapport" +msgstr "Momsrapport" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "Taxes" msgstr "Moms" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 msgid "" "When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " "included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" " environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " "the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " @@ -8038,7 +7544,7 @@ msgid "" "that's easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 msgid "" "This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " "two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " @@ -8047,54 +7553,54 @@ msgid "" "case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 msgid "" "But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " "product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 msgid "" "So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " "have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" " taxes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 msgid "" "If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " "will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " "Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 msgid "" "This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " "you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" " form within the same company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 msgid "" "In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " "instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " @@ -8106,7 +7612,7 @@ msgid "" "salespeople." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " "your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " @@ -8117,53 +7623,53 @@ msgid "" "and you have no specific configuration to do." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 msgid "" "If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " "excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " "must:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 msgid "" "always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" " tax (price included on the product form)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 msgid "" "create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 msgid "" "assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " "benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 msgid "" "but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " "website" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 msgid "Setting your products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 msgid "" "Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " "usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " @@ -8171,7 +7677,7 @@ msgid "" "Accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 msgid "" "Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " "pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " @@ -8179,25 +7685,25 @@ msgid "" "per customer segment**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 msgid "" "Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " "default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 msgid "" "Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " "included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," " from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 msgid "" "From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " "menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " @@ -8205,18 +7711,18 @@ msgid "" "included in price)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 msgid "Test by creating a quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 msgid "" "Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " "result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 msgid "" "Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " "position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " @@ -8224,15 +7730,15 @@ msgid "" "8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 msgid "" "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " "included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " @@ -8240,7 +7746,7 @@ msgid "" "of this customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 msgid "" "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." @@ -8248,7 +7754,7 @@ msgstr "" "Prislisten i **Salg & Indkøb** fanen under kunde formularen, og " "finanspositionen i regnskabs fanen." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 msgid "" "Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " "included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " @@ -8256,21 +7762,21 @@ msgid "" "to only work with one price reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 msgid "" "Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " "To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 msgid "Create tax mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 msgid "" "A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" " on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " @@ -8278,7 +7784,7 @@ msgid "" "purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 msgid "" "The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " "localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " @@ -8287,7 +7793,7 @@ msgid "" "Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " "according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " @@ -8295,34 +7801,34 @@ msgid "" "foreign countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 msgid "" "If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" "mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 msgid "" "Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " "for the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 msgid "" "If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " "will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " "same customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 msgid "" "Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " "destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " @@ -8331,81 +7837,81 @@ msgid "" "your office or warehouse)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 msgid "" "If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " "tax-mapping to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 msgid "" "Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 msgid "" "This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " "fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 msgid "" "For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " "update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " "his shipping address." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 msgid "Specific use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " "replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," " just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`create`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " "validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" @@ -8413,7 +7919,7 @@ msgid "" "method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 msgid "" "Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " "receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " @@ -8421,25 +7927,25 @@ msgid "" "2nd quarter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 msgid "" "You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " "define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " "proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "" "In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." " You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " @@ -8447,63 +7953,63 @@ msgid "" "Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 msgid "" "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " "When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " "your accounting:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 msgid "Receivables $115" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 msgid "Income Account $100" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "Bankjournal" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 msgid "Bank $115" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 msgid "" "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" msgstr "Moms kontant basis journal" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 msgid "" "The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" " tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " @@ -8511,11 +8017,11 @@ msgid "" "zero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 msgid "How to create new taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" " value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " @@ -8523,133 +8029,133 @@ msgid "" "with the right taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 msgid "" "This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " "menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 msgid "Select a computation method:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " "item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " "posts the tax journal item in the income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 msgid "" "If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " "probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " "using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 msgid "" "If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " "**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " "code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "Avanceret Konfiguration" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 msgid "" "**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " "on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " "following label on invoice \"15%\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 msgid "" "**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " "the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " "footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 msgid "" "**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " "generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 msgid "" "**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " "empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`application`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to set default taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " "localizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 msgid "" "Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " "tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " "country/state than you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 msgid "" "To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 msgid "" "If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " "may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " "login into two different companies and change this field for each company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 msgid "" "A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " "for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " @@ -8657,63 +8163,63 @@ msgid "" "withholding tax applies to employment income." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 msgid "" "With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" " pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " "amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 msgid "" "In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " "the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " "**government**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 msgid "" "In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " "retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 msgid "" "In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " "specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 msgid "" "Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " "invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 msgid "" "If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" " Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " "(normal tax and retention)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 msgid "" "Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " "customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " "line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 msgid "" "When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " "line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " @@ -8721,71 +8227,71 @@ msgid "" "taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 msgid "How to set tax-included prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 msgid "" "In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " "*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 msgid "" "This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " "let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" " product form is $100." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 msgid "Price without tax: $100" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 msgid "Taxes: $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 msgid "Total to pay: $110" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 msgid "If the tax is included in the price" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 msgid "Taxes: $9.09" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 msgid "Total to pay: $100" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 msgid "" "You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " "and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 msgid "" "By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " "display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " @@ -8793,11 +8299,11 @@ msgid "" "Display)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" "The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" " for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " @@ -8806,255 +8312,253 @@ msgid "" "special jurisdiction in the United States." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 msgid "In TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" "Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " "website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "" "Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " "Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " "where you collect sales tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" " and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " "categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" " imply specific rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 msgid "" "Set a specific TaxCloud Category on the *General Information* tab of the " "Product, or on the Product Category." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " "code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " "to open and edit your Company record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " ":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" " installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " "this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " "order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " "triggers the automated tax computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 msgid "" "Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " "You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " "**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" "The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " "follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " "different screens you will need." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"Once you have installed the Accounting application, you should click on the " +"top-right progressbar to get access to the implementation guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:15 msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 msgid "Completing your company settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:18 msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 msgid "Importing your customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 msgid "Importing your suppliers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 msgid "Importing your products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 msgid "Importing your starting balances" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 msgid "Define the users for accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:32 msgid "" "Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " "bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " "configuration of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 msgid "" "This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " "each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " "order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " "are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 msgid "" "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " "basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "Multi-companies" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " "reports following your consolidation rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 msgid "Multi-currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 msgid "" "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " "transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " @@ -9063,16 +8567,16 @@ msgid "" "reconciliation of the journal items." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 msgid "International Standards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 msgid "" "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " "implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " @@ -9080,92 +8584,86 @@ msgid "" "chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " "including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " "sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 -msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " "per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " "revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " "reports include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -9175,7 +8673,7 @@ msgid "" "banking or wait for your paper bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -9183,39 +8681,39 @@ msgid "" "ledger transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" " tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Lagerværdi" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " "(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:132 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -9223,152 +8721,152 @@ msgid "" "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 msgid "Transcript" msgstr "Udskrift" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " "century." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " "synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 msgid "" "Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " "them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 msgid "" "Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " "inventory and subscriptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 msgid "" "This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " "the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 msgid "" "Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " "to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " "intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 msgid "" "Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " "go." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:7 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:13 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " "over a specific period (usually the current year)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:18 msgid "" "The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " "sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:23 msgid "" "**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" " as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " "beyond the costs of products sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " "date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:34 msgid "" "**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " "includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " "cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:40 msgid "" "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " "to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:45 msgid "" "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" " shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:50 msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:56 msgid "" "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " "(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:59 msgid "" "A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" " (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " "having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:66 msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Kontoplan" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:71 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " "sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," @@ -9376,276 +8874,276 @@ msgid "" "an other account (debit)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:78 msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Journalposter" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:88 msgid "" "Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " "a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " "impacting several accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:92 msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:104 msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 msgid "The customer owes $1,090" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:127 msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:113 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:121 msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:126 msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Reconciliation" msgstr "Udligning" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:134 msgid "" "Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " "account, matching credits and debits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:137 msgid "" "Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " "to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " "done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:141 msgid "" "An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " "reconciled with the related payment journal items." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:146 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:147 msgid "" "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " "matching process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 msgid "Customer Statement Example" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Accounts Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Debet" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Kredit" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "100" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "70" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "Invoice 2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "65" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 1.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "Payment 2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 msgid "Invoice 3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "50" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "Total To Pay" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:181 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " "your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " "from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:190 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:189 msgid "" "the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " "` with the related invoice when processing the " "bank statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:195 msgid "" "Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " "should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," @@ -9653,108 +9151,108 @@ msgid "" "balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 msgid "Checks Handling" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:207 msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:208 msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:212 msgid "" "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " "invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Account" msgstr "Konto" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Debitorkonto" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 msgid "Invoice ABC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Undeposited funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Check 0123" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Bank" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:237 msgid "" "A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " "reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" " journal entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Bank Statement" msgstr "Kontoudtog fra bank" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 msgid "Statement XYZ" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 msgid "Process overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " "and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " @@ -9763,11 +9261,11 @@ msgid "" "efficiently and accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 msgid "" "If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " "goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " @@ -9777,7 +9275,7 @@ msgid "" "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 msgid "" "Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " "you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" @@ -9787,18 +9285,18 @@ msgid "" "supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "" "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " "directly if you would like." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" "An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " "in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " @@ -9806,144 +9304,144 @@ msgid "" " and precise manner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 msgid "Draft invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 msgid "" "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " "While these invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 msgid "" "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " "is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 msgid "Product: iMac" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 msgid "Quantity: 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 msgid "Unit Price: 100" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" " tax information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "" "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " "moves from the Draft state to the Open state." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 msgid "" "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " "defined, and modifiable, sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 msgid "" "Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" " when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " "entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "" "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " "customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" " follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Agrolait" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 msgid "01/07/2015" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "115" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "15" msgstr "15" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 msgid "Payment" msgstr "Betaling" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 msgid "" "In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " "entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " @@ -9951,67 +9449,67 @@ msgid "" "entered the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 msgid "" "You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " "in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " "your accounting localisation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 msgid "" "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " "journal and enter an amount of $100 ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" msgstr "Udlign" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" msgstr "Lad os afstemme!" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" "After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " "display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" " them to pay this invoice. \"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 msgid "" "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" " invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" msgstr "Betaling opfølgning" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "" "There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " "Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" " faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 msgid "" "Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " "pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " @@ -10021,33 +9519,33 @@ msgid "" " same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " "to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 msgid "" "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" " collection efforts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " "Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " @@ -10055,29 +9553,29 @@ msgid "" " and Expenses.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 msgid "Balance sheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" "For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " "method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " "material has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 msgid "" "Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" " correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " @@ -10085,18 +9583,18 @@ msgid "" "aged payable balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " "the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " "them automatically based on past purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" msgstr "Registrer en ny leverandørregning" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 msgid "" "When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " @@ -10104,21 +9602,21 @@ msgid "" "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 msgid "" "To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " "their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " "lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 msgid "" "Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " "screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " "without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 msgid "" "On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " "vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " @@ -10129,64 +9627,64 @@ msgid "" "bottom left table to adjust and match." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " "on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" " on the the accounting package you choose to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 msgid "" "For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" "For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 msgid "" "You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " "validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 msgid "Pay a bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 msgid "" "To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " "**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 msgid "" "From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " "card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " @@ -10196,7 +9694,7 @@ msgid "" "correctly)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 msgid "" "You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " "a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " @@ -10204,11 +9702,11 @@ msgid "" "directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 msgid "Printing vendor Checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 msgid "" "If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " "so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " @@ -10216,19 +9714,19 @@ msgid "" "checks in batches." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " "list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 msgid "" "By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " "list of all payments that are ready to be processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 msgid "" "Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " "them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " @@ -10236,11 +9734,11 @@ msgid "" "once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 msgid "" "In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" " can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " @@ -10253,7 +9751,7 @@ msgstr "" "-> Forfaldne Kreditorer`) for at få en visning over alle dine udestående " "regninger." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" "From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " "of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " @@ -10262,52 +9760,52 @@ msgid "" "what you see on the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:3 msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 msgid "" "Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" " then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " "most frequently are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 msgid "" "other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " "carried out by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 msgid "" "To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " "from the Apps module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 msgid "" "You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " "re-invoice your expenses to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 msgid "" "Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " "products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " @@ -10315,51 +9813,51 @@ msgid "" "Products` in the **Expenses** application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 msgid "Some examples of products can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 msgid "**Travel (car)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 msgid "Product Type: Service" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 msgid "" "Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " "Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 msgid "**Hotel**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 msgid "" "In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " "employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " @@ -10367,7 +9865,7 @@ msgid "" " hotel." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 msgid "" "Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " "checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " @@ -10376,83 +9874,83 @@ msgid "" "customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 msgid "The expenses workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 msgid "Record a new expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 msgid "" "Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " ":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " "personal expenses work that way:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 msgid "the accountant post journal entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 msgid "" "the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " "with a payable account)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 msgid "" "if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " "the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 msgid "a product: the expense type" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 msgid "" "a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" " car)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 msgid "" "Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " "photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " "the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 msgid "" "If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" " an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " @@ -10460,70 +9958,70 @@ msgid "" "this feature)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 msgid "" "Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " "**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " "expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 msgid "" "An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " "action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 msgid "Validation by the manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 msgid "" "Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " "manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " "menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 msgid "The manager can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 msgid "" "discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " "bill is missing);" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 msgid "reject an expense;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 msgid "approve an expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 msgid "Control by the accountant" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 msgid "" "Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " "by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " "created and posted in your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 msgid "" "If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " "expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 msgid "" "If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " "the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " @@ -10532,14 +10030,14 @@ msgid "" " project)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 msgid "" "To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." " (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " "invoice all your orders in batch)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 msgid "" "tip If you want to learn more; check the documentation page :doc: " "../../../sale/invoicing/service/expense `*How to re-invoice expenses to your" @@ -10547,63 +10045,63 @@ msgid "" "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 msgid "Reimburse the employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 msgid "" "If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " "reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" " payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 msgid "" "All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " "due." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 msgid "" "If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " "options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 msgid "" "if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " "invoicing policy on the product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 msgid "" "if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " "reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" " invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 msgid ":doc:`forecast`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" "When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " "different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " @@ -10611,32 +10109,32 @@ msgid "" "availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " "vendors efficiently." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " "Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " "on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 msgid "50% within 30 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 msgid "50% within 45 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" "To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " @@ -10644,7 +10142,7 @@ msgid "" " directly and the balance after 30 days." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 msgid "" "Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " "default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" @@ -10652,17 +10150,17 @@ msgid "" "propose you automatically the right payment term." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 msgid "" "If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " "able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 msgid "" "In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " "report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " @@ -10671,16 +10169,16 @@ msgid "" "payment term)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 msgid "" "This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" "Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " "list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" @@ -10688,22 +10186,22 @@ msgid "" "payment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 msgid "" "From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " "to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " "\"Due Date\" feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Payments" msgstr "Leverandørbetalinger" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" "Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " "Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " @@ -10711,12 +10209,12 @@ msgid "" "suppliers with actual bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 msgid "Install the required module" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 msgid "" "To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " "Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " @@ -10725,18 +10223,18 @@ msgid "" "print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " "may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " "install, it's configured by default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " "on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -10745,64 +10243,64 @@ msgid "" "set **Check**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 msgid "United States" msgstr "USA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" "I forhold til De Forenede Stater, understøtter Odoo standard check " "formaterne for:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." msgstr "" "Det er også muligt at tilpasse dit eget check format via tilpasninger." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "udskrivning af checks i parti for alle registrerede betalinger " -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 msgid "reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 msgid "" "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -10810,95 +10308,11 @@ msgid "" "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "Har fakturaer" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "Teknisk felt anvendt til brugbarhed" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "Skjul betalingsmetode" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " -"only one available which is 'manual'" -msgstr "" -"Teknisk felt bruges til at skjule betalingsmetoden, hvis den valgte journal " -"kun har en tilgængelig, som er 'manuel'" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " -"you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " -"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "Vis partner bank konto" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " -"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" -msgstr "" -"Teknisk felt brugt til at vide hvorvidt feltet `partner_bank_account_id` " -"skal fremvises eller ej, i betalings formular visningen" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Kode" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." -msgstr "" -"Teknisk felt som bruges til at tilpasse grænsefladen til den valgte " -"betalingstype." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "Check nummer" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" -"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " -"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." -msgstr "" -"Den valgte journal er konfigureret til at printe checknumre. Hvis dit forud-" -"printet checkpapir allerede har numre, eller hvis den nuværende nummerering " -"er forkert, kan du ændre det på journal konfiguration siden." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:77 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:79 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -10906,7 +10320,7 @@ msgid "" "in batch or review them one by one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:84 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -10914,7 +10328,7 @@ msgid "" " number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:90 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." @@ -10922,107 +10336,107 @@ msgstr "" "For at udskrive alle checks i partier, skal du vælge alle betalinger fra " "liste visningen, og Udskriv Check fra \"Udskriv\" menuen øverst." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:99 msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " "payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 msgid "" "to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:114 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:124 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" " flow to print checks in batch:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:128 msgid "`Print checks `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:130 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " "with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " "able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 msgid "Record several payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" "In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " "open the accounting application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " "the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 msgid "" "Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " "Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " "**Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 msgid "" "We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" " on **Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" "Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" " the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " @@ -11030,137 +10444,137 @@ msgid "" "expense transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "" "In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " "following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" " vendor.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 msgid "" "In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" " the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " "the page, click on **Register Payment**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 msgid "" "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " "for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 msgid "" "You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " "recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 msgid "First, we need to create a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" "Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " "and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " "the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 msgid "" "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " "remaining to reconcile." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "" "After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " "reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " "transaction amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 msgid "" "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " "various bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "" "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " "statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 msgid "" "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " "offer us early payment discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 msgid "" "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" " term." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 msgid "We have created the following bills:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 msgid "" "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" " cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:71 msgid "Pay with SEPA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -11168,23 +10582,30 @@ msgid "" "transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 msgid "" "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " "Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " "with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " -"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file " -"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" -" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." +"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 +msgid "" +"By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " +"specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among " +"banks. However, according to the country set on your company, another format" +" can be used : **'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and " +"**'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 msgid "" "Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " "account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " @@ -11192,24 +10613,24 @@ msgid "" "statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 msgid "" "To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " "module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " "Odoo payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:45 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " "related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -11217,20 +10638,20 @@ msgid "" "account and select the \"Settings\" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 msgid "" "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " "Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" " Transfer**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:62 msgid "" "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " "initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " @@ -11238,38 +10659,38 @@ msgid "" "company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "Register your payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 msgid "" "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " "(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " "one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:88 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:94 msgid "" "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " "pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" @@ -11277,17 +10698,17 @@ msgid "" "linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 msgid "Generate SEPA files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:102 msgid "" "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " "generate for every bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:108 msgid "" "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " "SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " @@ -11295,47 +10716,48 @@ msgid "" "Download SEPA Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:122 msgid "" -"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " -"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " -"error message to your Odoo partner." +"Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** " +"(the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they " +"don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the error " +"message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 msgid "" "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" " IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " "for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:139 msgid "How to define a new bank?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:140 msgid "How to reconcile bank statements?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 msgid "" "Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" " for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " @@ -11344,7 +10766,7 @@ msgid "" "confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " "will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " @@ -11352,20 +10774,20 @@ msgid "" "means no debt account is necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 msgid "" "Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," " as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 msgid "" "If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " "receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " "handle them in accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 msgid "" "Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " "a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " @@ -11373,35 +10795,35 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 msgid "" "To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " "installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 msgid "" "Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" " \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 msgid "Register a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 msgid "" "By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " "Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 msgid "" "To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " "app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 msgid "" "Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " "Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " @@ -11409,31 +10831,31 @@ msgid "" " accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 msgid "" "In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " "option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " "the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 msgid "" "Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " ":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " "completely close the transaction in your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " "incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " "need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" @@ -11441,76 +10863,76 @@ msgid "" "management processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 msgid "" "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " "products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " "only one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " "install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " "automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " "within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " "click create." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " "since it is important:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " "track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " "will allow for receiving these kinds of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " "not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " @@ -11518,7 +10940,7 @@ msgid "" "of these designations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " @@ -11526,15 +10948,15 @@ msgid "" "product type to **Service**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 msgid "Purchasing products or services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " "products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " @@ -11544,17 +10966,17 @@ msgid "" "Reference)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 msgid "Receiving Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " @@ -11563,13 +10985,13 @@ msgid "" "is outlined in red below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 msgid "" "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" " the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " @@ -11579,22 +11001,22 @@ msgid "" "following screen where you then will receive the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 msgid "" "When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" " a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 msgid "" "The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" " the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " @@ -11607,28 +11029,28 @@ msgid "" "reference number or your internal purchase order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " "need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " "prices)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 msgid "" "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " "the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " @@ -11638,76 +11060,76 @@ msgid "" " validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" " quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " "reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 msgid "" "The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" " have not ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 msgid "" "The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," " as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " "understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" " not going to appear anywhere in the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 msgid "" "Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "How product quantities are managed" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " "quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " @@ -11717,25 +11139,25 @@ msgid "" "field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "Bestilt antal" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 msgid "or Received quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "Batch Billing" msgstr "Parti Fakturering" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " "you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " @@ -11744,20 +11166,20 @@ msgid "" " be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "Kundefakturaer" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" " pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -11766,11 +11188,11 @@ msgid "" "period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 msgid "Set up a cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" @@ -11779,11 +11201,11 @@ msgid "" "valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "Start offering the cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " "term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" @@ -11792,11 +11214,11 @@ msgid "" "calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 msgid "Grant the cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 msgid "" "The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " "cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " @@ -11804,7 +11226,7 @@ msgid "" "click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 msgid "" "You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " "easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " @@ -11814,26 +11236,26 @@ msgid "" " default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 msgid "Register the full payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 msgid "" "In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " "benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " "the payment with the two related journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 msgid "Set up cash roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" "In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " "Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" @@ -11841,59 +11263,59 @@ msgid "" "that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "" "First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " "Cash Rounding." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" "There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 msgid "" "Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " "strategies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 msgid "" "**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" " your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " "define the account in which the rounding will go." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 msgid "" "**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " "highest tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 msgid "" "Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" " the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" @@ -11901,11 +11323,11 @@ msgid "" " If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" "Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " "balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " @@ -11916,7 +11338,7 @@ msgid "" "posted on the income statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 msgid "" "For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " "begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " @@ -11924,18 +11346,18 @@ msgid "" " is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 msgid "" "Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " "by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " "revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 msgid "Module installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 msgid "" "In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " "application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " @@ -11943,87 +11365,87 @@ msgid "" "**Revenue Recognition Management** module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 msgid "" "In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" " the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" " might check if the module is correctly installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 msgid "Define deferred revenue types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " "From the Accounting application, go to the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 msgid "1 year service contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 msgid "3 years service contracts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 msgid "" "Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " "products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" " revenue type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 msgid "" "Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Product" msgstr "Produkt" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" msgstr "Type for udskudt omsætning" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 msgid "Flowers every month" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 msgid "1 year product contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 msgid "Sell and invoice products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 msgid "" "Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " "this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " @@ -12031,96 +11453,96 @@ msgid "" "entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Dr**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Cr**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 msgid "Accounts receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 msgid "24000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 msgid "Deferred revenue account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 msgid "" "Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " "recognition." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 msgid "1000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 msgid "Service revenue account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 msgid "" "To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" " the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`overview`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 msgid "" "In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " "payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " "bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 msgid "" "payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " "for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " "payment term but an invoice policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 msgid "" "Configure your usual installment plans from the application " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 msgid "" "A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " "3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " @@ -12129,39 +11551,39 @@ msgid "" "exactly 100%)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 msgid "" "The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " "order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 msgid "Payment terms for customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 msgid "You can set payment terms on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 msgid "" "**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " "or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " "this payment term for all future orders for this customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 msgid "" "**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " "this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 msgid "" "If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " "invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " @@ -12169,55 +11591,55 @@ msgid "" "any tax on the invoice):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 msgid "Due date" msgstr "Forfaldsdato" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 msgid "" "If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " "days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 msgid "Jan 03" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 msgid "10" msgstr "10" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 msgid "Jan 30" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 msgid "90" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 msgid "" "On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " "To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " "ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " @@ -12227,46 +11649,46 @@ msgid "" "email)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "" "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " "create draft invoices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 msgid "" "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" " order. You have different options like:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " "invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " "delivery order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " "the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 msgid "" "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " "the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " @@ -12274,19 +11696,19 @@ msgid "" "fixed advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on sales orders.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 msgid "" "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" " sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " @@ -12294,22 +11716,22 @@ msgid "" " actual Kg)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " "later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on delivery orders.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "" "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " @@ -12317,44 +11739,44 @@ msgid "" "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 msgid "Contracts" msgstr "Kontrakter" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "" "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " "salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 msgid "Activities can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 msgid "" "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." " This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " @@ -12362,101 +11784,101 @@ msgid "" "use a regular sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 msgid "" "Read more: - *How to invoice based on time and material?* - *How to manage" " contracts and invoicing plans?*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 msgid "" "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " "frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" " the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 msgid "Read more: *Subscription based invoicing.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " "process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 msgid "if you need to create a refund" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 msgid "If you need to give a discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 msgid "Specific modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" "Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " "customer invoices and supplier bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 msgid "" "Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " "specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " "term but invoice conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 msgid "" "Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " "Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " "appear on the invoice or the sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 msgid "" "A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " "3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " @@ -12465,61 +11887,61 @@ msgid "" "100%)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 msgid "" "screenshot payment term forms, after QDP have commited the change planned on" " this object" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 msgid "" "**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " "or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " "this payment term for all future orders of this customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 msgid "" "**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " "this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 msgid "" "If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " "is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " "this journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 msgid "" "In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 msgid "" "The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " "date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" " is enough." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 msgid "" "But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " "still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " @@ -12527,15 +11949,15 @@ msgid "" " due date for all installments will be automatically created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 msgid "" "In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and " "sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the " @@ -12543,79 +11965,79 @@ msgid "" "original invoice to close them and create a new invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 msgid "" "If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " "the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, " "reconcile, and create a new draft invoice\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 msgid "Odoo will automatically:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 msgid "" "Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as " "Paid)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 msgid "Cancelling an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 msgid "" "If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " "the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund " "and reconcile\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 msgid "" "Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or " "email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 msgid "" "If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " "button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " "refund\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund " "(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," " send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 msgid "" "Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a " "refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the " @@ -12623,21 +12045,21 @@ msgid "" "payment refund." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Kundebetalinger" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " "approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 msgid "" "**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " "check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " @@ -12645,7 +12067,7 @@ msgid "" "from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 msgid "" "**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " "payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" @@ -12654,131 +12076,131 @@ msgid "" "entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 msgid "" "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " "balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " "yet). Both approaches require the same effort." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 msgid "" "You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " "checks to your bank accounts in batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 msgid "" "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 msgid "From check payments to bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 msgid "" "The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " "become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 msgid "" "Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " "**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 msgid "" "Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" " default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "100.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 msgid "Undeposited Funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the check that is in Undeposited Funds." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "X" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " "checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " "(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 msgid "" "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" " process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " @@ -12786,39 +12208,39 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 msgid "Memo: write the check number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 msgid "" "Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" " statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " "relate it to the statement line)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 msgid "" "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " "invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" @@ -12826,7 +12248,7 @@ msgid "" " will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " "**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " @@ -12834,17 +12256,17 @@ msgid "" "the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" " both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 msgid "" "**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " "the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " @@ -12853,7 +12275,7 @@ msgid "" "account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 msgid "" "**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " "credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," @@ -12862,14 +12284,14 @@ msgid "" "payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 msgid "" "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " "balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " "cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 msgid "" "If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" " take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " @@ -12877,96 +12299,96 @@ msgid "" "approach." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " "users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 msgid "" "On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " "--> Create`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 msgid "" "Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 msgid "" "The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " "set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 msgid "" "The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " "Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" " transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 msgid "" "Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " "and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 msgid "Credit Cards" msgstr "Kreditkort" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 msgid "" "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 msgid "Credit cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " "of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " "account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 msgid "" "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" " process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " @@ -12974,21 +12396,21 @@ msgid "" "bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 msgid "" "There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " "this method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 msgid "" "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " "recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " @@ -12996,7 +12418,7 @@ msgid "" "and relate it to the statement line)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 msgid "" "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " "invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" @@ -13005,7 +12427,7 @@ msgid "" "with invoices)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " "report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" @@ -13013,43 +12435,43 @@ msgid "" "option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 msgid ":doc:`recording`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 msgid ":doc:`followup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 msgid "" "It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." " Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " "send the appropriate reminders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 msgid "Manage your follow-ups" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 msgid "" "We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " "follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" " customer that has already paid you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 msgid "" "The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " @@ -13057,14 +12479,14 @@ msgid "" " on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 msgid "" "Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " "later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " "set on the statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 msgid "" "To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " "number of days calculated between each report by going to " @@ -13072,17 +12494,17 @@ msgid "" "Follow-up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 msgid "" "You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " "normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 msgid "Send reminders in batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 msgid "" "To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " "from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " @@ -13091,11 +12513,11 @@ msgid "" "automatically generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 msgid "Plan a follow-up process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 msgid "" "To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " @@ -13103,7 +12525,7 @@ msgid "" "Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 msgid "" "A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " "you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " @@ -13112,18 +12534,18 @@ msgid "" "the stage of the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 msgid "" "If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " "negative number of due days." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 msgid "Get paid with SEPA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -13131,7 +12553,7 @@ msgid "" "your customers with their approval." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can record customer mandates, generate an SDD XML file " "containing customer payments and upload it in your bank interface. The file " @@ -13139,90 +12561,90 @@ msgid "" "well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate the SEPA Direct Debit (SDD) Feature. Enter the Creditor Identifier " "of your company. This number is provided by your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 msgid "Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "Direkte debit mandater" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 msgid "" "Before withdrawing money from a customer bank account, your customer has to " "sign a mandate. Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Direct Debit " "Mandates` and create a new mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit only works between IBAN Bank Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 msgid "" "Once you have entered all the information in the customer mandate, you can " "print it and ask your customer to sign it. Once it is done, you can upload " "the mandate signed by your customer on the mandate in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 msgid "You can now validate the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 msgid "Let's create an invoice for that customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 msgid "" "When you will validate this invoice, the payment will be automatically " "generated and your invoice will be directly marked as paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 msgid "" "If you already had some invoices for that customer that could be paid using " "that mandate, it's still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on " "register payment and choose the Sepa Direct Debit as payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 msgid "Generate SDD Files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 msgid "" "You can generate the SDD File with all the customer payments to send to your" " bank directly from the accounting dashboard :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 msgid "" "You select the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD " "File, click on action and select \"Generate Direct Debit XML\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 msgid "" "You can now download the XML file generated by Odoo and upload it in your " "bank interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated XML by activating the developer mode and " "going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payments --> SDD " "Payment File`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 msgid "" "The Direct Debit mandate will be closed automatically once the end date " "defined on it is reached. However, you can **close** a mandate earlier than " @@ -13233,30 +12655,30 @@ msgid "" "be reopened." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 msgid "" "You can also **revoke** a mandate. In that case, you won't be able to pay " "any invoice using that mandate anymore, no matter the invoice date.To do " "that, simply go on the mandate and click on the \"Revoke\" button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" " alone record for use on a later date:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 msgid "" "If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " "invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 msgid "" "If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " "credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " @@ -13264,25 +12686,25 @@ msgid "" "bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 msgid "Paying an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 msgid "" "If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " "payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " "due." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 msgid "" "The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" " payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " "the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " "linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" @@ -13290,15 +12712,15 @@ msgid "" "Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 msgid "Registering a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 msgid "" "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " "menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " @@ -13306,7 +12728,7 @@ msgid "" " be reconciled on an invoice later on." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 msgid "" "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " "payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " @@ -13315,23 +12737,23 @@ msgid "" "document in the memo field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 msgid "" "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " "just made in the accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 msgid "" "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " "invoice directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 msgid "" "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " "payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " @@ -13339,55 +12761,55 @@ msgid "" "\"Outstanding Payments\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 msgid "" "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " "(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " "feature within Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 msgid "" "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " "Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " "Receivable and Payable, respectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 msgid "" "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " "and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " "matching of all their payments and invoices at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 msgid "" "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " "reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 msgid "" "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " "between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 msgid "" "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " "payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 msgid "" "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " "the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " @@ -13396,6 +12818,322 @@ msgid "" " with two journal entries for the same transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:7 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:16 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:18 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:26 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:21 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:23 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:28 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:30 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " +":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report " +"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " +"behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:47 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:50 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "Manuelt" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:61 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:72 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference between brackets (e.g. [Food]). Type the " +"expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:87 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action > Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:102 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:107 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:109 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:116 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:122 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:130 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:138 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "Regnskab: Bogholder eller rådgiver" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "Udgifter: Leder" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:149 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:155 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:157 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:162 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:164 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:170 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:181 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:183 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:190 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:192 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:197 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:203 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:205 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:212 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:215 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:225 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 0df74f6f6..6d3ae001a 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -1,21 +1,22 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: # Ejner Sønniksen , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Mads Søndergaard , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,144 +24,144 @@ msgstr "" "Language: da\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../general.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 msgid "General" msgstr "Generel" -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Godkendelse" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" "Connect to your Google account and go to " "`https://console.developers.google.com/ " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:7 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:15 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:20 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:25 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:30 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:38 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:40 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " "Then click on **Create**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "" "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " "nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " "User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " "import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " @@ -168,66 +169,66 @@ msgid "" "etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " "corresponding field using the search." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " @@ -235,7 +236,7 @@ msgid "" "their own list menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " "is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " @@ -243,45 +244,45 @@ msgid "" "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "How to import data into Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 msgid "" "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" " and even orders!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 msgid "" "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " "already done." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -289,17 +290,17 @@ msgid "" "corresponding field." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -309,18 +310,18 @@ msgid "" " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -331,18 +332,18 @@ msgid "" " default." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " "complete list of fields for each column." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -352,7 +353,7 @@ msgid "" "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -360,7 +361,7 @@ msgid "" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -368,11 +369,11 @@ msgid "" "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -382,56 +383,56 @@ msgid "" "crash." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -439,20 +440,20 @@ msgid "" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 msgid "" "If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " @@ -461,17 +462,17 @@ msgid "" "filter settings' > Save)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " "'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" @@ -481,58 +482,58 @@ msgid "" "import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -540,13 +541,13 @@ msgid "" "Database ID)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -555,23 +556,23 @@ msgid "" "Products and their Categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:162 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -582,20 +583,20 @@ msgid "" "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -603,19 +604,19 @@ msgid "" " of your CSV file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:175 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " @@ -626,41 +627,41 @@ msgid "" "you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -670,17 +671,17 @@ msgid "" "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:204 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -688,11 +689,11 @@ msgid "" "assigning the default value." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:211 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -700,7 +701,7 @@ msgid "" "person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" @@ -710,37 +711,36 @@ msgid "" "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database)" +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database `)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:222 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:228 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:235 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:241 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" @@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ msgid "" " who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -758,25 +758,45 @@ msgid "" "company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:4 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "Mobil" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:7 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "Push notifikationer" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, there is no more complex configuration to enable push " +"notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " +"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 msgid "How to add a user" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " "point." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 msgid "Add individual users" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 msgid "" "From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" " and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " @@ -784,27 +804,27 @@ msgid "" " and a picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 msgid "" "Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " "and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" "When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " "invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" " on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 msgid "" "Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " "Refer to our `*Pricing page* `__ for more " "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 msgid "" "You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " "screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " @@ -813,84 +833,84 @@ msgid "" "under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 msgid "" "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 msgid "Todo" msgstr "To Do" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 msgid "Add link to How to add companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " "select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" "To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " "--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " @@ -900,45 +920,45 @@ msgid "" "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" "**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" " this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" " Unsplash key in a transparent way." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "`_ and click on **New " "Application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " "**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " @@ -946,48 +966,48 @@ msgid "" "**Create application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " "50 Unsplash requests per hour." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "`_ and click on your newly created " "Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" " ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po deleted file mode 100644 index d3e600177..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,381 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " -"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " -"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" -" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" -" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" -" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" -" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " -"practices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" -" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " -"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " -"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " -"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " -"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" -" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" -" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " -"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " -"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " -"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " -"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the `Odoo documentation " -"`__, `The elearning " -"platform `__ and the " -"testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "2. Project Scope" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " -"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " -"project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " -"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " -"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " -"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" -" clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " -"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" -" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " -"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " -"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " -"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " -"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" -" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " -"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " -"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " -"experiment of the standard in production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "3. Managing expectations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " -"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" -" account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " -"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," -" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " -"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " -"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " -"check that this is still the case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " -"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" -" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " -"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" -" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " -"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " -"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " -"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " -"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " -"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " -"to pursue this same objective." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 -msgid "" -"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " -"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " -"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " -"tools\\* :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " -"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " -"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " -"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " -"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 -msgid "" -"`The Proof of Concept `__ A " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 -msgid "" -"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" -" the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " -"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " -"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " -"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " -"verifying its veracity beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 -msgid "" -"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " -"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 -msgid "4. Communication Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " -"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " -"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " -"follow those principles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 -msgid "" -"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " -"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " -"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " -"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " -"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" -" manager are clearly defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 -msgid "" -"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " -"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " -"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " -"reached;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 -msgid "5. Customizations and Development" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " -"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " -"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 -msgid "" -"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " -"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," -" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " -"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" -" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " -"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " -"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." -" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " -"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " -"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 -msgid "" -"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " -"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" -" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" -" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " -"business processes of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 -msgid "" -"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" -" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " -"needs of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 -msgid "" -"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " -"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " -"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " -"requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 -msgid "" -"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " -"noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " -"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "**or**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " -"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "7. Data Imports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 -msgid "" -"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " -"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " -"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " -"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " -"it will be decided :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 -msgid "" -"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " -"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " -"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 -msgid "" -"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " -"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " -"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " -"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" -" import will be made before the production launch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 -msgid "" -"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " -"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " -"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " -"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 -msgid "8. Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " -"questions or technical issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 -msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po deleted file mode 100644 index d2d909340..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,397 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sanne Kristensen , 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen , 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Helpdesk" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 -msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 -msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 -msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 -msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 -msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 -msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 -msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 -msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 -msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 -msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 -msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index a321ca5b9..2550d4616 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 15:27+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -17,6 +17,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: da\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" +#: ../../content/index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po deleted file mode 100644 index a5b2df88b..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7781 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Pernille Kristensen , 2019 -# peso , 2019 -# JonathanStein , 2019 -# Ejner Sønniksen , 2019 -# Sanne Kristensen , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# lhmflexerp , 2019 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard , 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard , 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Lager" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "Stregkoder" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "Daglige aktiviteter" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "From the Barcode application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 -msgid "Click on **Inventory**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" -" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " -"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " -"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " -"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " -"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " -"accessible, visible or is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " -"finish the operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 -msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" -msgstr "I Odoo er der to typer af interne overførsler:" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " -"of the dashboard)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 -msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 -msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 -msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 -msgid "Scan the **destination location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 -msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " -"outgoing deliveries:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " -"the lots/serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" -" one automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 -msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " -"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " -"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " -"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 -msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" -" product (you can also use the keyboard)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 -msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " -"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " -"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " -"visible or is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 -msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 -msgid "Open operation interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 -msgid "Scan." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " -"and keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Opsætning" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 -msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " -"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " -"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 -msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " -"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " -"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " -"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" -" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " -"be configured to be so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" -" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " -"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " -"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " -"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " -"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " -"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " -"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " -"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " -"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," -" it is essential to test it first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 -msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 -msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 -msgid "" -"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " -"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " -"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" -" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 -msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " -"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " -"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" -" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " -"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" -" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " -"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " -"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " -"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " -"the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 -msgid "Set products barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" -" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " -"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " -"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and " -"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This " -"interface can also be accessed via the planner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " -"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " -"them)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33 -msgid "Set locations barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " -"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " -"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " -"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " -"paper." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " -"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 -msgid "Barcode formats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " -"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " -"your own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "Lagerstyring" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "Lagerjustering" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 -msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " -"keep the inventory right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " -"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " -"the right locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " -"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 -msgid "Start the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 -msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" -" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 -msgid "" -"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" -" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 -msgid "" -"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " -"set the location of your product from this screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" -" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " -"has automatically been created and validated by the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "Multiple products at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" -" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " -"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" -" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" -" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " -"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" -" (or child) locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 -msgid "" -"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " -"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " -"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " -"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " -"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" -" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " -"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 -msgid "" -"additional information will be available according to the options you " -"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Rapportering" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " -"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " -"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " -"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " -"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " -"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Aktiv" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the " -"orderpoint without removing it." -msgstr "" -"Hvis det aktive felt er sat til 'False', vil det tillade dig at skjule " -"ordretidspunktet uden at fjerne det. " - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Product Unit of Measure" -msgstr "Vareenhed" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations." -msgstr "Standard måleenhed, der anvendes til alle lageroperationer." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Procurement Group" -msgstr "Indkøbsgruppe" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into " -"one big picking." -msgstr "" -"Bevægelser oprettet via dette bestillings sted vil blive lagt i denne " -"indkøbsgruppe. Hvis ingen er angivet, vil bevægelserne oprettet ud fra lager" -" regler blive sammenlagt til ét stort pluk." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Minimum Quantity" -msgstr "Minimum antal" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field," -" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max " -"Quantity." -msgstr "" -"Når det virtuelle lager bliver lavere end minimumslageret for det " -"specificerede felt, vil Odoo generere et indkøb for at bringe det beregnede " -"antal op på maksimumslageret. " - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Maximum Quantity" -msgstr "Maksimum antal" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a " -"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as " -"Max Quantity." -msgstr "" -"Når det virtuelle lager bliver lavere end minimumslageret, vil Odoo generere" -" et indkøb for at bringe det beregnede antal op på antallet specificeret som" -" maksimumslager. " - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Quantity Multiple" -msgstr "Multipelt antal" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " -"the exact quantity will be used." -msgstr "" -"Indkøbsmængden vil blive oprundet til dette multiplum. Hvis det er 0, vil " -"den nøjagtige kvantitet blive brugt." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Lead Time" -msgstr "Leveringstid" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or " -"to order to the vendor" -msgstr "" -"Antal dage indtil modtagelse af produkter eller bestilling ved forhandler " -"ved udløsning af bestillingsstedet" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " -"stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " -"(or any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " -"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " -"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" -" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" -" those virtual warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12 -msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" -" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " -"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " -"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " -"create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " -"because you will need it later in the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " -"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" -" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " -"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" -" A+B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37 -msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" -" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " -"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" -" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" -" A and one in warehouse B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Leveringsordrer" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 -msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " -"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " -"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " -"any bad surprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " -"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " -"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" -" cancel the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" -" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 -msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " -"limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " -"**Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " -"this delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 -msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " -"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " -"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " -"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " -"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " -"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " -"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" -"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " -"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," -" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 -msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " -"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " -"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" -" space in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" -" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " -"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" -" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " -"sense!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" -" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " -"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" -" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" -" tracking number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " -"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " -"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" -" that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 -msgid "" -"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " -"is drop-shipping and how to use it `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 -msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " -"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" -" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " -"on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " -"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " -"supplier to the products you want to dropship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 -msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" -" that the route is **Dropshipping**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " -"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " -"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " -"will see that one shipment has been created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " -"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " -"dropship card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 -msgid "" -"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" -" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " -"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "To Do" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of " -"my vendors?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " -"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " -"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 -msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " -"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " -"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " -"to handle orders very quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" -" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " -"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " -"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " -"especially when the items you stock are big in size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " -"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " -"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " -"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 -msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 -msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " -"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" -" methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" -" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " -"carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " -"you create a new sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" -" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " -"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 -msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " -"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 -msgid "" -"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " -"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " -"and edit the concerned warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " -"Only)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "Opret en salgsordre" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " -"picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " -"Orders** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 -msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: " -"From sales orders to delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133 -msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " -"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " -"**Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " -"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 -msgid "*Sale process*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 -msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 -msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " -"redirected to the Delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 -msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " -"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " -"Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" -" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " -"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 -msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 -msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," -" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " -"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " -"before shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 -msgid "" -"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " -"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " -"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " -"customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" -" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " -"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " -"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " -"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " -"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" -" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " -"correct method for your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "Install the Inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 -msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" -" orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Allow managing routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" -" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " -"the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " -"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " -"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 -msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " -"that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " -"Ship).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Create a Sale Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 -msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 -msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 -msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" -" Zone**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Packing)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 -msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" -" kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 -msgid "" -"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 -msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " -"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders" -" to delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " -"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " -"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" -" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " -"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " -"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " -"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " -"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " -"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " -"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " -"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Allow management of routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " -"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " -"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" -" checked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " -"check the radio button above)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " -"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " -"activated beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 -msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " -"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " -"some products to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " -"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " -"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " -"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " -"listed in the **To Do** column)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130 -msgid "" -"link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From" -" sales orders to delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Indkommende leverancer" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" -" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " -"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 -msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " -"before being admitted in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " -"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " -"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " -"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 -msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " -"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " -"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " -"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" -" goods receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" -" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " -"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " -"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " -"return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 -msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" -" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" -" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " -"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 -msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 -msgid "Use advanced routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " -"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " -"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " -"goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " -"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " -"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "How to control a receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " -"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" -" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " -"This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " -"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " -"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" -" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " -"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " -"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " -"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " -"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" -" Control**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " -"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " -"ready to be controlled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 -msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " -"process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " -"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" -" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " -"controlled and has moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " -"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " -"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " -"processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " -"ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " -"methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " -"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" -" steps)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " -"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " -"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " -"form view. This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" -" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 -msgid "" -"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" -" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " -"which makes the product available for the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 -msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " -"quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " -"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " -"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Lot og Serienumre" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduktion" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 -msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 -msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" -" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" -" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " -"**Track lots or serial numbers**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " -"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 -msgid "Operation types configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" -" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" -" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "Manage lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 -msgid "Transfers" -msgstr "Overførsler" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " -"input the lot number(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Click on the lot icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " -"and the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " -"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 -msgid "Inventory adjustment" -msgstr "Lagerjustering" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "Classic inventory by products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "Inventory of a lot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 -msgid "" -"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " -"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " -"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " -"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 -msgid "" -"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 -msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`differences`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " -"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " -"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " -"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" -" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " -"location where the products are moved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " -"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " -"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" -" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " -"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " -"Split icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 -msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " -"numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 -msgid "" -"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " -"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are " -"moving those serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory of a serial number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 -msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " -"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " -"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" -" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " -":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " -"serial number corresponding to your search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "Diverse handlinger" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 -msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned " -"transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 -msgid "Immediate Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and " -"quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is" -" why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the " -"column \"Done\" for the quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A " -"to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the " -"transfer right now)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 -msgid "Planned Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase " -"order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an " -"initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the " -"inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many " -"units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. " -"Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process " -"the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " -"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" -" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " -"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " -"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" -" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " -"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 -msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " -"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " -"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" -" it blank if you are the owner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " -"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " -"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " -"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " -"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " -"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " -"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " -"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " -"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " -"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " -"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," -" deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " -"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " -"configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "How to scrap products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 -msgid "content recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " -"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per " -"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 -msgid "" -"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " -"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" -" --> Locations.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " -"location form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "Different ways to scrap product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 -msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Receipts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 -msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 -msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 -msgid "" -"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " -"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " -"**Scrap**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " -"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Valuation Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " -"sheet. This implies two main choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 -msgid "" -"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " -"Real Price);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 -msgid "" -"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " -"Perpetual)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 -msgid "Costing Method" -msgstr "Kostpris metode" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 -msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "Standard pris" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "Handling" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 -msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "Enhedsomkostning" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "Lagerværdi" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 -msgid "+8*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "$80" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 -msgid "12" -msgstr "12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 -msgid "+4*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 -msgid "$120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 -msgid "$20" -msgstr "$20" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 -msgid "4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 -msgid "+2*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 -msgid "$40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " -"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " -"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 -msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "Gennemsnitspris" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 -msgid "+4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 -msgid "$9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 -msgid "+2*$6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 -msgid "$36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " -"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" -" (see here attached)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 -msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" -" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " -"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" -" up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 -msgid "" -"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " -"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " -"matters in the cost computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 -msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 -msgid "$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-8*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-2*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 -msgid "$32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 -msgid "$11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 -msgid "$44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 -msgid "" -"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " -"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " -"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " -"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " -"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " -"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " -"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " -"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 -msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," -" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-6*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 -msgid "$8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," -" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " -"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " -"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" -" quantity in stock * cost price)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 -msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 -msgid "" -"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " -"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " -"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " -"physical inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 -msgid "" -"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" -" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " -"postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "Leverandørfaktura" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "Debet" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "Kredit" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "4.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "54.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " -"related product (Expense Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 -msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 -msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "Kundefaktura" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "109" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " -"product (Income Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 -msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 -msgid "Customer Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "Produktionsordrer" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" -" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" -" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " -"inventory value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 -msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 -msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 -msgid "" -"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " -"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" -"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " -"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " -"testing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 -msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 -msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 -msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" -" specific product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 -msgid "" -"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " -"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " -"product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 -msgid "" -"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 -msgid "" -"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " -"as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-6*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 -msgid "€8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 -msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 -msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 -msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 -msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 -msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 -msgid "" -"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " -"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" -" locations (possibly virtual)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 -msgid "Operations" -msgstr "Operationer" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -msgid "Production Order" -msgstr "Produktionsordre" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 -msgid "Consume:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 -msgid "Produce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Configurarion:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -msgid "Client Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 -msgid "Pick" -msgstr "Pluk" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 -msgid "Pack" -msgstr "Pakke" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "Levering" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 -msgid "Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 -msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 -msgid "Missing products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 -msgid "Extra products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 -msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Reception" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 -msgid "Analysis" -msgstr "Analyse" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " -"products * product cost)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 -msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 -msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 -msgid "" -"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" -" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -msgid "New sale orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Effect" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -msgid "" -"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " -"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " -"(property)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" -msgstr "Minimum lager regler" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 -msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 -msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Procurement rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 -msgid "" -"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " -"be fulfilled e.g.:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 -msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 -msgid "" -"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " -"To Stock)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 -msgid "needs schema thing from FP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 -msgid "Routes" -msgstr "Ruter" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " -"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " -"sales order lines, warehouse,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "Lagre" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 -msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 -msgid "Picking List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 -msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 -msgid "Pack List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 -msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Delivery Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Gate A → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 -msgid "" -"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " -"the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "A Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 -msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 -msgid "Reception:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 -msgid "Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 -msgid "Confirmation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 -msgid "Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Storage:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Product Category" -msgstr "Produktkategori" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 -msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 -msgid "Cross-Docks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 -msgid "Input → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Delivery:" -msgstr "Levering:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 -msgid "Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Sale Order Line" -msgstr "Salgsordrelinje" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 -msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "Push regler (skub)" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " -"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" -" used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Kvalitetskontrol" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 -msgid "Product lands in Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 -msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Warehouse Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 -msgid "Product lands in Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 -msgid "Procurement Groups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 -msgid "" -"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " -"provided:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 -msgid "Picking" -msgstr "Plukning" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 -msgid "Packing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 -msgid "Delivery Order" -msgstr "Følgeseddel" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 -msgid "Purchase Order" -msgstr "Indkøbsordre" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 -msgid "..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 -msgid "" -"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " -"and locations are the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 -msgid "" -"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " -"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " -"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " -"together)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " -"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " -"repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " -"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " -"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " -"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " -"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " -"procurements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " -"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" -" item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " -"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" -" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " -"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " -"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " -"enough stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 -msgid "" -"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" -" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 -msgid "" -"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " -"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " -"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " -"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " -"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " -"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " -"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" -" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " -"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " -"can be used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " -"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " -"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " -"or MTS,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " -"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " -"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " -"procurement group and locations are the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " -"between locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " -"in a warehouse or location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " -"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " -"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " -"units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " -"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " -"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" -" minimum stock rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " -"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " -"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " -"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " -"packing zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " -"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" -" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " -"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " -"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 -msgid "" -"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " -"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " -"goes in rack 3, storage A)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 -msgid "" -"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" -" it from the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "From procurement to delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " -"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" -" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" -" delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " -"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " -"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " -"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 -msgid "How to process a receipt ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Install Purchase application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 -msgid "Make a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " -"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " -"products to your request for quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " -"quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 -msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 -msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 -msgid "From the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 -msgid "" -"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " -"related **Receipt**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 -msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 -msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 -msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" -" the list of your deliveries to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 -msgid "Process the Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 -msgid "" -"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " -"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " -"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " -":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 -msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 -msgid "Install Sales application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 -msgid "Place a sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " -"some products to your quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 -msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 -msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 -msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 -msgid "From the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 -msgid "" -"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " -"**Delivery**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 -msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " -"list of your receipts to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" -" on your dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 -msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 -msgid "" -"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " -"methods. Please read the document " -":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 -msgid "" -"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " -"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 -msgid "" -"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " -"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " -"transfers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 -msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 -msgid "" -"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " -"warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" -"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " -"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " -"different screens you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" -"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 -msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Set up your warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Import your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Import your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Set up the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" -" valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" -" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" -" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " -"and use your scanner optimally." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " -"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" -" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " -"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " -"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " -"docking and is it for me? `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 -msgid "Warehouse and routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" -" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" -" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," -" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 -msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 -msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 -msgid "then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 -msgid "Cross Docking Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 -msgid "" -"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " -"for the remaining part:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " -"created as an internal physical location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 -msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 -msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 -msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 -msgid "Product with cross dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 -msgid "" -"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" -" above as well as the **Buy** route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 -msgid "" -"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " -"for replenishment of a stockable product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " -"application in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid "" -"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " -"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " -"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 -msgid "" -"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " -"and routes in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " -"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 -msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " -"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" -" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " -"been generated for your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " -"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" -" you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " -"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " -"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" -" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " -"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " -"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " -"orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " -"all yours product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" -" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " -"proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 -msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 -msgid "" -"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " -"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " -"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " -"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 -msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 -msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 -msgid "" -"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " -"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " -"indicate how much products you process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " -"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " -"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " -"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possible :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "Håndtér standard lokation per produkt" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" -msgstr "" -"Hjælper håndtering af udlejning, ved at generere automatiske returordrer for" -" udlejede produkter" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 -msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 -msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 -msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 -msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 -msgid "Product Costing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " -"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " -"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " -"to be installed)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 -msgid "Add costs to products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " -"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" -" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. " -"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines " -"will be split accross your transfers lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 -msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " -"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " -"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " -"appropriate location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 -msgid "" -"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" -" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " -"of a potential chemical reaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " -"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " -"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " -"level)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " -"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" -" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 -msgid "Setting up a strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " -"product quality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " -"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " -"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " -"Strategy**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " -"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " -"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " -"automatically be transferred to the correct location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Current Inventory`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 -msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " -"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " -"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " -"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " -"on the **location**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " -"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " -"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 -msgid "Types of removal strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 -msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "" -"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " -"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " -"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " -"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 -msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " -"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 -msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 -msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " -"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " -"shelf life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" -" ``WH/Stock`` location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 -msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 -msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" -" according to their expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " -"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" -" to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " -"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " -"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 -msgid "" -"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " -"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " -"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " -"goods with this serial/lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " -"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " -"removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 -msgid "" -"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " -"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " -"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " -"lots pass their **alert date**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " -"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" -" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " -"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " -"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," -" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " -"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " -"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " -"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " -"after the lot has been created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " -"expiration date fields as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 -msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 -msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 -msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 -msgid "" -"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " -"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " -"expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Product**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "LOT0001" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "Ice Cream" -msgstr "Is" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "08/20/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "LOT0002" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "08/10/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "LOT0003" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "08/15/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 -msgid "" -"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " -"removal strategy **FEFO**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 -msgid "" -"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" -" the removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Opsætning" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Varer" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different units of measure?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, " -"you will need to convert the units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "Setting up units on your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you " -"would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " -"**Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " -"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " -"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 -msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " -"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 -msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " -"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 -msgid "Procurement" -msgstr "Indkøb" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " -"measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 -msgid "The quality control is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " -"check is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " -"**Draft**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " -"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" -" the unit to the dozen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" -" measure :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " -"converted automatically :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Create a link when the document is available - When should you use " -"packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Unit of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." -" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" -" warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "Pakker" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "Emballering" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 -msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " -"notice and the power plug." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 -msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " -"only for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 -msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 -msgid "" -"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " -"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" -" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" -" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " -"**packaging**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " -"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Using product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " -"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " -"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 -msgid "B&C T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 -msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " -"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." -" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " -"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " -"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " -"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " -"the template or the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " -"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " -"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " -"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " -"variant)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " -"product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " -"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " -"Income Account, Taxes)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 -msgid "When should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 -msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " -"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " -"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" -" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " -"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" -" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " -"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " -"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " -"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" -" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " -"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 -msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " -"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " -"of managing lots of products that are similars." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 -msgid "" -"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" -" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " -"product templates and all their related variations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 -msgid "" -"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " -"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " -"example, a company having these products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 -msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 -msgid "" -"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " -"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " -"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " -"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " -"e-Commerce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 -msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 -msgid "Product Template: Polos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 -msgid "Activate the variant feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " -"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " -"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " -"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " -"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 -msgid "Creating products with variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 -msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " -"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " -"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " -"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " -"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 -msgid "" -"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " -"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " -"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " -"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 -msgid "" -"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 -msgid "Managing Product Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " -"variant attributes :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 -msgid "T-Shirt B&C" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 -msgid "Managing combination possibilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 -msgid "" -"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " -"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " -"you can deactivate the white product variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." -" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " -"XXL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 -msgid "" -"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " -"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " -"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " -"variant that will be added to the original price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 -msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226 -msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227 -msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " -"warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new location?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" -" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" -" describe your location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 -msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " -"fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 -msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " -"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " -"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " -"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " -"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " -"edit it afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 -msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " -"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 -msgid "" -"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 -msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " -"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " -"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" -" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " -"Tracking Ref**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 -msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 -msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 -msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " -"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " -"get a new tracking number and a new label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 -msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 -msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " -"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " -"Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " -"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 -msgid "" -"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " -"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 -msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " -"order and proceed to deliver the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" -" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " -"add a line to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 -msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 -msgid "How to print shipping labels?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " -"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " -"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " -"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 -msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 -msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " -"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" -" more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " -"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 -msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 -msgid "Company configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " -"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 -msgid "" -"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " -"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " -"data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " -"computation cannot be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " -"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" -" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 -msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " -"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" -" third party shipper in the additional info tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 -msgid "" -"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 -msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " -"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " -"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " -"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " -"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 -msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 -msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 -msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 -msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " -"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 -msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 -msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 -msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 -msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " -"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " -"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " -"underneath:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " -"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " -"but also on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " -"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " -"compute the real price and the packagings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 -msgid "Install the inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " -"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" -" order to see it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" -" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 -msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " -"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " -"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " -"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " -"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " -"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " -"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " -"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " -":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " -"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 -msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "Levering" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 -msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 -msgid "" -"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " -"chosen delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " -"Rest of the world)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " -"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 -msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " -"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " -"given in the demo data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " -"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" -" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" -" shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " -"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " -"will appear on your ecommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 -msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " -"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " -"For more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " -"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " -"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " -"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " -"United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" -" you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " -"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " -"method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " -"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " -"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " -"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" -" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" -" be computed once the transfer is validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" -" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " -"to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" -" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" -" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " -"Service in order to to open an account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" -" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " -"online profile by following these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "" -"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" -" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " -"complete the registration process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " -"follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com `__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 -msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 -msgid "" -"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " -"Details** section of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 -msgid "" -"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " -"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" -" States.q" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 -msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 -msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 -msgid "" -"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " -"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 -msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 -msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 -msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " -"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " -"contact." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..45d672bec --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -0,0 +1,9777 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# JonathanStein , 2021 +# Morten Schou , 2021 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2021 +# peso , 2021 +# Ejner Sønniksen , 2021 +# Mads Søndergaard , 2021 +# Pernille Kristensen , 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2021 +# lhmflexerp , 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp , 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory & Mrp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:66 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Lager" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "Stregkoder" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "Daglige aktiviteter" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "From the Barcode application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Inventory**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" +" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " +"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " +"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " +"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " +"scan products directly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " +"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " +"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " +"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " +"accessible, visible or is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " +"finish the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 +msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 +msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " +"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " +"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" +msgstr "I Odoo er der to typer af interne overførsler:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " +"of the dashboard)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 +msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 +msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 +msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 +msgid "Scan the **destination location**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 +msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " +"outgoing deliveries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " +"the lots/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" +" one automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 +msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " +"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " +"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " +"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" +" product (you can also use the keyboard)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 +msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " +"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " +"scan products directly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " +"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " +"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " +"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " +"visible or is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 +msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " +"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " +"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 +msgid "Open operation interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 +msgid "Scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " +"and keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Opsætning" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " +"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " +"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " +"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " +"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" +" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " +"be configured to be so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" +" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " +"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " +"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " +"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," +" it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" +" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " +"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " +"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" +" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " +"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" +" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " +"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " +"the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +msgid "Set products barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" +" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " +"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " +"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and " +"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This " +"interface can also be accessed via the planner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " +"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " +"them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33 +msgid "Set locations barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " +"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " +"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " +"paper." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " +"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 +msgid "Barcode formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " +"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " +"your own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "Lagerstyring" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "Lagerjustering" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 +msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " +"keep the inventory right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " +"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " +"the right locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " +"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 +msgid "Start the initial inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 +msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" +" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 +msgid "" +"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" +" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 +msgid "" +"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " +"set the location of your product from this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" +" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " +"has automatically been created and validated by the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 +msgid "Multiple products at once" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" +" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " +"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" +" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" +" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " +"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" +" (or child) locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " +"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " +"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " +"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " +"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" +" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " +"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 +msgid "" +"additional information will be available according to the options you " +"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Rapportering" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " +"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " +"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " +"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " +"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " +"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " +"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " +"stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " +"(or any other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:60 +msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "Leveringsordrer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 +msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Oversigt" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " +"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " +"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " +"any bad surprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " +"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " +"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" +" cancel the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" +" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 +msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " +"limit them to a certain number of countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " +"**Delivery Methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " +"this delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 +msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " +"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " +"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " +"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " +"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " +"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " +"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" +"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " +"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," +" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 +msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " +"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " +"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" +" space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" +" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " +"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" +" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " +"sense!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" +" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " +"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" +" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" +" tracking number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " +"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " +"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" +" that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " +"is drop-shipping and how to use it `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 +msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " +"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" +" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " +"on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " +"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " +"supplier to the products you want to dropship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 +msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" +" that the route is **Dropshipping**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " +"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " +"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " +"will see that one shipment has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " +"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " +"dropship card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" +" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " +"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "To Do" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of " +"my vendors?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " +"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " +"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " +"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " +"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " +"to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" +" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " +"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " +"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " +"especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " +"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " +"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " +"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " +"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " +"delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" +" methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" +" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " +"you create a new sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" +" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " +"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " +"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 +msgid "" +"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " +"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " +"and edit the concerned warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " +"Only)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "Opret en salgsordre" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " +"deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " +"the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " +"Orders** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 +msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: " +"From sales orders to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133 +msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " +"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " +"**Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " +"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 +msgid "*Sale process*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 +msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 +msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " +"redirected to the Delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 +msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " +"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " +"Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" +" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " +"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 +msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 +msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " +"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " +"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " +"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " +"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "Configuring lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " +"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " +"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 +msgid "At a product level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 +msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " +"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " +"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" +" select a supplier lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " +"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " +"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" +" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 +msgid "**Customer lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " +"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " +"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " +"time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 +msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" +" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " +"create manufacturing routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 +msgid "At the company level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 +msgid "" +"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " +"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " +"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " +"of delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" +" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " +"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " +"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " +"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " +"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " +"keep your commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " +"of safety days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " +"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " +"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " +"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " +"here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +msgid "At route level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" +" can also influence the computed date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " +"app when creating a new push rule in a route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 +msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 +msgid "At sale order level:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "**Requested date**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " +"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" +" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" +" display a warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " +"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." +" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " +"on your configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +msgid "" +"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +msgid "" +"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " +"lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " +"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," +" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " +"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " +"before shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " +"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " +"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" +" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " +"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " +"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " +"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " +"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" +" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " +"correct method for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "Install the Inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 +msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Allow managing routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" +" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " +"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " +"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 +msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " +"that will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " +"Ship).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 +msgid "Create a Sale Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " +"deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " +"the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 +msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 +msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " +"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 +msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" +" Zone**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " +"product available for the next step (Packing)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 +msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 +msgid "" +"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " +"product available for the next step (Shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 +msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " +"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders" +" to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " +"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" +" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " +"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " +"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " +"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " +"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " +"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " +"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " +"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "Allow management of routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " +"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " +"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" +" checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " +"check the radio button above)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " +"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " +"activated beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 +msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " +"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " +"some products to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " +"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " +"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " +"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " +"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" +" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " +"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " +"listed in the **To Do** column)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" +" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130 +msgid "" +"link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From" +" sales orders to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "Indkommende leverancer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" +" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " +"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " +"before being admitted in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " +"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " +"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " +"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " +"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " +"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " +"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" +" goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" +" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " +"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " +"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " +"return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " +"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " +"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " +"receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," +" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " +"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" +" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" +" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" +" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " +"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 +msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 +msgid "Use advanced routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " +"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " +"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " +"goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " +"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " +"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "How to control a receipt?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 +msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " +"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" +" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " +"This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " +"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " +"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" +" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " +"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "" +"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " +"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " +"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " +"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" +" Control**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " +"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " +"ready to be controlled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 +msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " +"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " +"process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " +"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" +" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " +"controlled and has moved to your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " +"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " +"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " +"processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " +"ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " +"methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " +"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" +" steps)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " +"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " +"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " +"form view. This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" +" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 +msgid "" +"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" +" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " +"which makes the product available for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 +msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " +"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " +"quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " +"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " +"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "Lot og Serienumre" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduktion" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" +" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " +"altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " +"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " +"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " +"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " +"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" +" way you manage these products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " +"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " +"for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " +"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" +" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " +"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" +" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " +"**Track lots or serial numbers**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " +"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 +msgid "Operation types configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" +" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" +" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "Manage lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 +msgid "Transfers" +msgstr "Overførsler" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " +"input the lot number(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Click on the lot icon :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " +"and the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " +"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +msgid "Inventory adjustment" +msgstr "Lagerjustering" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "Classic inventory by products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "Inventory of a lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " +"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " +"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " +"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " +"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 +msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`differences`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " +"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " +"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " +"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" +" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " +"location where the products are moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " +"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " +"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" +" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " +"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " +"Split icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " +"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are " +"moving those serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory of a serial number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " +"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 +msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " +"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " +"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" +" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " +":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " +"serial number corresponding to your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "Diverse handlinger" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 +msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "Immediate Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and " +"quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is" +" why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the " +"column \"Done\" for the quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A " +"to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the " +"transfer right now)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 +msgid "Planned Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase " +"order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an " +"initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many " +"units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. " +"Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process " +"the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " +"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " +"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " +"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" +" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " +"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " +"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " +"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" +" it blank if you are the owner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 +msgid "What is a scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " +"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " +"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " +"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 +msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " +"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " +"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " +"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " +"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " +"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " +"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 +msgid "Run the scheduler manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" +" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " +"click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " +"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " +"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," +" deliveries and supplier purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" +" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " +"click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " +"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 +msgid "How to scrap products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" +" basic material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 +msgid "content recoverable through recycling." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " +"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " +"during picking or physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " +"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " +"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per " +"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " +"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" +" --> Locations.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " +"location form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 +msgid "Different ways to scrap product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 +msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 +msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Receipts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 +msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 +msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 +msgid "" +"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " +"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " +"**Scrap**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " +"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " +"sheet. This implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:12 +msgid "" +"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " +"Real Price);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:15 +msgid "" +"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " +"Perpetual)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:19 +msgid "Costing Method" +msgstr "Kostpris metode" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:66 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "Standard pris" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "Handling" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "Enhedsomkostning" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:187 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "Lagerværdi" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:204 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 +msgid "+8*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "$80" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 +msgid "+4*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 +msgid "$120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:206 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 +msgid "$20" +msgstr "$20" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:59 +msgid "+2*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 +msgid "$40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " +"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " +"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:121 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "Gennemsnitspris" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 +msgid "+4*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 +msgid "$9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:212 +msgid "+2*$6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 +msgid "$36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " +"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" +" (see here attached)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 +msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:114 +msgid "" +"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" +" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " +"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" +" up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 +msgid "" +"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " +"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " +"matters in the cost computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:174 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:151 +msgid "$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-8*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-2*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 +msgid "$32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 +msgid "$11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 +msgid "$44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:216 +msgid "" +"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " +"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " +"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " +"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " +"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " +"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " +"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " +"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:173 +msgid "" +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," +" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-4*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-6*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 +msgid "$8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," +" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " +"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " +"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" +" quantity in stock * cost price)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 +msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:241 +msgid "" +"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " +"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " +"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " +"physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:246 +msgid "" +"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" +" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " +"postings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +msgid "Vendor Bill" +msgstr "Leverandørfaktura" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "Debet" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "Kredit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:309 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:259 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:259 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:260 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:260 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:74 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " +"related product (Expense Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:267 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:290 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "Kundefaktura" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:276 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:276 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:277 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:277 +msgid "109" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " +"product (Income Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:282 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:287 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:290 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "Produktionsordrer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:296 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" +" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" +" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 +msgid "" +"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " +"inventory value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:305 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:310 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:316 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:317 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 +msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:323 +msgid "" +"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " +"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" +"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " +"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " +"testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:330 +msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" +" specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:352 +msgid "" +"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " +"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " +"product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:356 +msgid "" +"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359 +msgid "" +"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " +"as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 +msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:359 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:360 +msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:205 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:60 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:213 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:152 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-6*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 +msgid "€8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:310 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:313 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 +msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " +"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" +" locations (possibly virtual)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 +msgid "Operations" +msgstr "Operationer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:32 +msgid "Production Order" +msgstr "Produktionsordre" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 +msgid "Consume:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:28 +msgid "Produce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:29 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:38 +msgid "Drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:35 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:38 +msgid "Configurarion:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:47 +msgid "Client Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 +msgid "Pick" +msgstr "Pluk" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 +msgid "Pack" +msgstr "Pakke" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "Levering" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:46 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:54 +msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:51 +msgid "Transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:59 +msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 +msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 +msgid "Missing products in inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +msgid "Extra products in inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:67 +msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:74 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 +msgid "Analysis" +msgstr "Analyse" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " +"products * product cost)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:82 +msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 +msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:152 +msgid "" +"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" +" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:161 +msgid "New sale orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "Effect" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +msgid "" +"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " +"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " +"(property)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:166 +msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" +msgstr "Minimum lager regler" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 +msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:167 +msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "Procurement rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:172 +msgid "" +"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " +"be fulfilled e.g.:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:175 +msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:176 +msgid "" +"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " +"To Stock)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:181 +msgid "needs schema thing from FP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 +msgid "Routes" +msgstr "Ruter" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " +"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " +"sales order lines, warehouse,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " +"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "Lagre" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 +msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 +msgid "Picking List:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 +msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:200 +msgid "Pack List:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 +msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +msgid "Delivery Order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +msgid "Gate A → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " +"the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 +msgid "A Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 +msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 +msgid "Reception:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 +msgid "Supplier → Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:211 +msgid "Confirmation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 +msgid "Storage:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 +msgid "Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:223 +msgid "Product Category" +msgstr "Produktkategori" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 +msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 +msgid "Cross-Docks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 +msgid "Input → Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:223 +msgid "Delivery:" +msgstr "Levering:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 +msgid "Output → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 +msgid "Sale Order Line" +msgstr "Salgsordrelinje" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:226 +msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 +msgid "Order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 +msgid "Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Push regler (skub)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " +"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" +" used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Kvalitetskontrol" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 +msgid "Product lands in Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:242 +msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 +msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:246 +msgid "Warehouse Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:245 +msgid "Product lands in Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:246 +msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 +msgid "Procurement Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:251 +msgid "" +"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " +"provided:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 +msgid "Picking" +msgstr "Plukning" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 +msgid "Packing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 +msgid "Delivery Order" +msgstr "Følgeseddel" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:257 +msgid "Purchase Order" +msgstr "Indkøbsordre" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 +msgid "..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " +"and locations are the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:263 +msgid "" +"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " +"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " +"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " +"together)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Terminologies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " +"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " +"repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " +"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " +"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " +"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " +"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " +"procurements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " +"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" +" item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " +"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" +" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " +"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " +"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " +"enough stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" +" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " +"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " +"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " +"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " +"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " +"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " +"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" +" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " +"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " +"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " +"can be used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " +"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " +"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " +"or MTS,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " +"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " +"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " +"procurement group and locations are the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " +"between locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " +"in a warehouse or location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " +"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " +"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " +"units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " +"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " +"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" +" minimum stock rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " +"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " +"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " +"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " +"packing zone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " +"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" +" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " +"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " +"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 +msgid "" +"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " +"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " +"goes in rack 3, storage A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" +" it from the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "From procurement to delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " +"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" +" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" +" delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " +"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " +"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " +"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 +msgid "How to process a receipt ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 +msgid "Install Purchase application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " +"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 +msgid "Make a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " +"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " +"products to your request for quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 +msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 +msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 +msgid "From the purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " +"related **Receipt**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 +msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 +msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" +" the list of your deliveries to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 +msgid "Process the Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " +"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " +"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " +":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 +msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 +msgid "Install Sales application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 +msgid "Place a sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" +" team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " +"some products to your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 +msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 +msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 +msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 +msgid "From the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 +msgid "" +"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " +"**Delivery**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 +msgid "" +"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " +"list of your receipts to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" +" on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 +msgid "Process the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 +msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 +msgid "" +"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " +"methods. Please read the document " +":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 +msgid "" +"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " +"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 +msgid "" +"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " +"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " +"transfers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 +msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " +"warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" +"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " +"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " +"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " +"different screens you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" +"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 +msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Set up your warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 +msgid "Import your vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Import your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 +msgid "Set up the initial inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 +msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" +" valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" +" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" +" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " +"and use your scanner optimally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " +"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" +" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " +"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " +"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " +"docking and is it for me? `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +msgid "Warehouse and routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" +" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" +" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," +" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 +msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 +msgid "then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +msgid "Cross Docking Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 +msgid "" +"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " +"for the remaining part:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " +"created as an internal physical location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 +msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 +msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 +msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 +msgid "Product with cross dock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 +msgid "" +"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" +" above as well as the **Buy** route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 +msgid "" +"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " +"for replenishment of a stockable product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " +"application in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " +"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " +"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +msgid "" +"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " +"and routes in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " +"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " +"characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +msgid "" +"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" +" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " +"been generated for your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " +"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" +" you can skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " +"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " +"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " +"select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" +" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " +"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " +"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " +"orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " +"all yours product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" +" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " +"proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "" +"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " +"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " +"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " +"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " +"products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +msgid "Select the right transfer order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +msgid "" +"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " +"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " +"indicate how much products you process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " +"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " +"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " +"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a procurement rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " +"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" +" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " +"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " +"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " +"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " +"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" +" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " +"dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 +msgid "" +"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" +" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " +"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " +"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " +"of storing goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " +"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " +"using rules\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 +msgid "Procurement rules settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " +"go to Configuration > Routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 +msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " +"possible :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 +msgid "Move from another location rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 +msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " +"manufacturing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " +"defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 +msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a push rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" +" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " +"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " +"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " +"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " +"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " +"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " +"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " +"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " +"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " +"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " +"inability to meet customer demand for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" +" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " +"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " +"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " +"be triggered automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" +" rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 +msgid "Push rules settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 +msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " +"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " +"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " +"quality control location move to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +msgid "Stock transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" +" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " +"waiting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " +"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " +"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" +" the main stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +msgid "How to use routes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" +" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 +msgid "Manage default locations per product" +msgstr "Håndtér standard lokation per produkt" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " +"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products" +msgstr "" +"Hjælper håndtering af udlejning, ved at generere automatiske returordrer for" +" udlejede produkter" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " +"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " +"routing of products using rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " +"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " +"can combine several choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 +msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" +" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " +"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 +msgid "Routes applied on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " +"be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," +" select the route(s):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 +msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " +"categories it will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" +" under the **Logistics** section :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 +msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " +"time you make a sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" +" the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 +msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 +msgid "Procurement and push rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 +msgid "Please refer to the documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 +msgid "Procurement configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " +"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " +"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " +"**Preferred Routes**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 +msgid "Make-to-Order Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " +"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " +"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " +"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 +msgid "Product Costing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " +"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " +"to be installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " +"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" +" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. " +"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines " +"will be split accross your transfers lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 +msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " +"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " +"appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" +" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " +"of a potential chemical reaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " +"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " +"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " +"level)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " +"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" +" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 +msgid "Setting up a strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " +"product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " +"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " +"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " +"Strategy**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " +"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " +"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " +"automatically be transferred to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " +"Control --> Current Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 +msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " +"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " +"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 +msgid "" +"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " +"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " +"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " +"on the **location**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " +"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " +"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 +msgid "Types of removal strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 +msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " +"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " +"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " +"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " +"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 +msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " +"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 +msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " +"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " +"shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" +" ``WH/Stock`` location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 +msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 +msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" +" according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " +"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" +" to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " +"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " +"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +msgid "" +"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " +"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " +"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " +"goods with this serial/lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " +"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " +"removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 +msgid "" +"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " +"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " +"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " +"lots pass their **alert date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " +"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" +" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " +"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " +"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," +" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " +"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " +"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " +"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " +"after the lot has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " +"expiration date fields as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 +msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 +msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 +msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " +"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " +"expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "LOT0001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "Ice Cream" +msgstr "Is" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "08/20/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "LOT0002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "08/10/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "LOT0003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "08/15/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +msgid "" +"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 +msgid "" +"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " +"removal strategy **FEFO**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 +msgid "" +"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" +" the removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Opsætning" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Varer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" +" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " +"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " +"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " +"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " +"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" +" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " +"multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " +"other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "How to use different units of measure?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, " +"you will need to convert the units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "Setting up units on your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you " +"would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " +"**Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " +"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " +"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 +msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " +"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 +msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 +msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " +"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 +msgid "Procurement" +msgstr "Indkøb" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " +"measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 +msgid "The quality control is done by unit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " +"check is done by unit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " +"**Draft**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " +"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" +" the unit to the dozen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" +" measure :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " +"converted automatically :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Create a link when the document is available - When should you use " +"packages, units of measure or kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Unit of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." +" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" +" warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "Pakker" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "Emballering" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 +msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " +"notice and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 +msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " +"only for indicative purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 +msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " +"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" +" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" +" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " +"**packaging**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " +"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Using product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " +"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " +"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " +"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." +" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " +"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " +"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " +"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " +"the template or the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " +"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " +"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " +"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " +"variant)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " +"product may have its own primary picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " +"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " +"Income Account, Taxes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "When should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " +"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " +"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" +" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " +"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" +" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " +"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " +"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " +"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" +" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " +"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " +"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " +"of managing lots of products that are similars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" +" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " +"product templates and all their related variations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " +"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " +"example, a company having these products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " +"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " +"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " +"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " +"e-Commerce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "Product Template: Polos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 +msgid "Activate the variant feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " +"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " +"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " +"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " +"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 +msgid "Creating products with variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 +msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " +"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " +"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " +"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " +"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " +"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " +"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " +"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 +msgid "Managing Product Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " +"variant attributes :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 +msgid "T-Shirt B&C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 +msgid "Managing combination possibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " +"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " +"you can deactivate the white product variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." +" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " +"XXL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 +msgid "" +"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " +"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " +"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " +"variant that will be added to the original price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 +msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226 +msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227 +msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new location?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " +"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" +" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " +"click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" +" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " +"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" +" to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" +" describe your location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 +msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " +"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " +"containing all the sublocations in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " +"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" +" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " +"click on **apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " +"fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 +msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " +"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " +"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " +"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " +"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " +"edit it afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 +msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " +"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" +" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " +"Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " +"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " +"get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " +"add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" +" more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " +"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " +"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " +"data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " +"computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " +"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" +" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" +" third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " +"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " +"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " +"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " +"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " +"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " +"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " +"underneath:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " +"but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " +"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" +" order to see it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" +" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " +"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " +"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " +"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " +"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " +"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " +"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " +"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " +":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " +"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "Levering" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A DHL Password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "A DHL Account Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " +"Rest of the world)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " +"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " +"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " +"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" +" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" +" shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " +"will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " +"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " +"United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" +" you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " +"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " +"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" +" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" +" be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " +"to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A UPS account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "An Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" +" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Create a UPS Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" +" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " +"Service in order to to open an account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" +" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " +"online profile by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" +" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com `__)" +" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" +" States.q" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " +"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "" +"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " +"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "Verify your contact information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " +"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " +"contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Produktion" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " +"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " +"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " +"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " +"describe multiple variants of the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " +"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " +"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " +"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " +"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " +"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " +"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " +"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " +"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " +"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " +"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " +"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " +"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " +"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " +"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " +"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " +"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " +"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " +"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" +" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " +"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " +"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " +"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 +msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " +"primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " +"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " +"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " +"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " +"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" +"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " +"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " +"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" +"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " +"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" +" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " +"subassembly is created as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 +msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " +"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " +"subassembly as you would for any product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 +msgid "" +"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " +"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " +"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " +"effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " +"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " +"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " +"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " +"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " +"Manufacturing apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " +"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " +"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " +"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " +"right shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " +"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " +"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " +"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" +" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " +"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no special configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " +"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " +"their default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" +" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" +" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " +"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " +"will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " +"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 +msgid "" +"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " +"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" +" order rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 +msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " +"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " +"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " +"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " +"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " +"performed in an order defined by **routings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 +msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " +"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " +"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " +"work orders and routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " +"are two basic phases from planning to production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 +msgid "Create manufacturing orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 +msgid "Record Production" +msgstr "Optag produktion" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 +msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" +" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " +"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " +"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " +"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " +"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " +"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " +"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" +" step of scheduling work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 +msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 +msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 +msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 +msgid "Unbuild a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " +"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" +" unbuild products you have received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " +"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " +"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " +"unbuilding them and recycling them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 +msgid "Unbuild Order" +msgstr "Tilbagefør Produktion" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 +msgid "" +"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" +" menu *Unbuild Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " +"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " +"something you received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 +msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " +"components from the MO back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " +"BoM back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:6 +msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair.rst:4 +msgid "Repair Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +msgid "Repair products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " +"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " +"defect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 +msgid "Create a Repair Order" +msgstr "Opret en reparationsordre" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " +"new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +msgid "Manage a repair" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." +" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " +"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" +" might need, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " +"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " +"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +msgid "You can now invoice the repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "Indkøb" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases.rst:3 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Indkøb" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "Stamdata" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 +msgid "Import vendors pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " +"to date on products pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 +msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 +msgid "Import a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 +msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 +msgid "See below a template of the columns used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 +msgid "" +":download:`Click here to download the template " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 +msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " +"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 +msgid "Add vendors in a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " +"select a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " +"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 +msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " +"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " +"t-shirt in different sizes!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " +"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" +" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" +" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " +"between sales and purchase very easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Let's take the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " +"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " +"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " +"quantities in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" +" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " +"correctly installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom01|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom02|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 +msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " +"unit of measures (advanced)** box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 +msgid "Standard units of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " +"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" +" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " +"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 +msgid "" +"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " +"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " +"customers in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " +"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" +" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " +"purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " +"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 +msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " +"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " +"curtains in **square meters**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " +"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " +"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" +" where both units have a conversion relationship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" +" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " +"below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " +"**Inter-Category-Computation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " +"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " +"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " +"of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 +msgid "Create two new units:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" +" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" +" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " +"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" +" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" +" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " +"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " +"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 +msgid "" +"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " +"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 +msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 +msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " +"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " +"products have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " +"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 +msgid "" +"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " +"not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " +"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" +" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " +"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " +"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 +msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " +"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " +"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " +"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " +"their future orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 +msgid "Issue some purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " +"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "Analyzing your vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 +msgid "Generate flexible reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " +"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " +"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " +"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " +"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " +"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " +"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " +"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " +"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " +"\"Products\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " +"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" +" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " +"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " +"dependent and one independent measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Customize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " +"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " +"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " +"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " +"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " +"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " +"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " +"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " +"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " +"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 +msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " +"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " +"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" +" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " +"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 +msgid "Approve the order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " +"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " +"of what your users can or can't do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 +msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 +msgid "Bill Control" +msgstr "Fakturakontrol" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" +" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" +" you receive the goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 +msgid "Change the control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" +" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " +"page under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 +msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " +"*Shipment* tab," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " +"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" +" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " +"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "Cancel a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " +"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" +" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 +msgid "" +"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " +"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " +"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " +"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " +"cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " +"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " +"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 +msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 +msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " +"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " +"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 +msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " +"cancel the PO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 +msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " +"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." +" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " +"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 +msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " +"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " +"ask you the permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" +" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " +"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 +msgid "Create reverse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" +" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." +" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" +" corresponding location and click on **Return**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " +"stock to your vendor location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" +" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " +"cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`bills`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`reception`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " +"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " +"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " +"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " +"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 +msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " +"Quotation` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " +"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " +"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " +"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " +"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " +"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " +"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " +"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " +"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " +"supplier or enter a new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 +msgid "" +"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" +" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " +"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " +"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " +"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" +" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" +" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Dropshipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " +"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " +"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " +"drop shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " +"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " +"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " +"dropship route on the SO line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "Drop ship a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " +"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " +"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " +"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" +" through your own stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Lock a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 +msgid "Lock an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 +msgid "" +"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " +"the order preventing any further modification on the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 +msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 +msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " +"products to receive and to control supplier bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" +" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " +"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 +msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " +"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " +"others), which is required with **Purchase**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 +msgid "Create products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " +"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 +msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " +"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " +"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " +"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" +" set his product type field as **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 +msgid "Control products receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 +msgid "Purchase products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " +"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" +" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " +"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " +"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 +msgid "Receive Products" +msgstr "Modtag produkter" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " +"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " +"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " +"receipt box of the related warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " +"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " +"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" +" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " +"the lines within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " +"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " +"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " +"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " +"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " +"the quantity received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 +msgid "" +"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" +" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " +"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " +"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`cancel`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 +msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " +"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " +"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " +"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 +msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " +"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " +"blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 +msgid "Add a warning on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" +" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 +msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " +"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 +msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Agreements" +msgstr "Indkøbsaftaler" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " +"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " +"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 +msgid "Start a Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " +"Agreements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " +"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " +"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " +"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " +"the top right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 +msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " +"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " +"choose the quantity and confirm the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" +" you have already ordered from your blanket order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 +msgid "Vendors prices on your product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " +"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " +"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " +"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " +"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 +msgid "Create a Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " +"and select *Call for Tender*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " +"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " +"right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 +msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " +"from your Call for Tender." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 +msgid "Select the best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" +" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 +msgid "Close the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 +msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "Genopfyldning" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment Flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 +msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " +"Times*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 +msgid "" +"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " +"manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 +msgid "Configure Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 +msgid "Vendor Lead Time" +msgstr "Leverandør Ledetid" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " +"product to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " +"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " +"lead time for that Vendor & Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "Kunde leveringstid" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " +"the product to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 +msgid "Manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " +"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " +"engagements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " +"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " +"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " +"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 +msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 +msgid "" +"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " +"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " +"is your product’s configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 +msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 +msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 +msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" +" your configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 +msgid "" +"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 +msgid "" +"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 +msgid "" +"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " +"9 days of vendor lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Setup drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " +"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 +msgid "" +"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " +"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " +"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " +"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " +"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 +msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " +"concerned order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " +"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" +" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 +msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " +"orders on each sale you make." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" +" just one step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " +"*Make To Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 +msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " +"Odoo for this feature to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 +msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " +"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " +"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " +"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " +"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" +" *Shipment* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " +"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " +"automatically under it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " +"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " +"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 +msgid "Set a reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 +msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " +"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " +"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " +"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " +"12:00PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 +msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" +" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " +"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " +"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " +"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " +"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," +" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " +"issue with the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-Companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " +"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " +"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " +"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " +"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " +"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " +"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " +"on your sales and purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 +msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Manage intercompany rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" +" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 +msgid "New options will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " +"for the other companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " +"user has the rights to manage the companies." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po deleted file mode 100644 index ec3645fc8..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,444 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Mads Søndergaard , 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard , 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../iot.rst:5 -msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "Internet of Things (IoT)" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:34 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:36 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:38 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:70 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:76 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Now, download the latest image `here " -"`__, and extract it from the " -"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " -"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " -"minutes for it to finish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:3 -msgid "IoT Box not found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" -" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " -"can follow to find your IoT box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:10 -msgid "HTTPS Issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:12 -msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " -"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" -" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " -"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here `__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " -"`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:9 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:17 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:22 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " -"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " -"`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:28 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:30 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:32 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:35 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "Indstil" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:44 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " -"`__, but other hardware" -" might work as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:50 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " -"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " -"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " -"your barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:62 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " -"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " -"device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " -"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " -"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " -"on boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:77 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:80 -msgid "Troubleshoot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:83 -msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" -" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" -" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " -"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " -"LED." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " -"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " -"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " -"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " -"devices on your network router." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" -" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:106 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " -"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:113 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " -"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " -"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " -"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " -"enough power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" -" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" -" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:134 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " -"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:140 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:142 -msgid "" -"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " -"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " -"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " -"and the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:148 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:150 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " -"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:155 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " -"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " -"contact support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:162 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:164 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7f4b8593d..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# lhmflexerp , 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp , 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Live Chat" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 -msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " -"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " -"answered wherever you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " -"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 -msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 -msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 06665c33f..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,524 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# JonathanStein , 2019 -# Sanne Kristensen , 2019 -# lhmflexerp , 2019 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Produktion" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " -"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " -"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " -"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " -"describe multiple variants of the same product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " -"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " -"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " -"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " -"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " -"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " -"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " -"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " -"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " -"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " -"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " -"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " -"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 -msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "" -"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " -"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " -"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " -"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " -"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " -"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " -"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" -" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " -"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " -"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " -"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 -msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " -"primary product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " -"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " -"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " -"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " -"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" -"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " -"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " -"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" -"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " -"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" -" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " -"subassembly is created as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " -"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " -"subassembly as you would for any product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 -msgid "" -"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " -"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " -"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " -"effect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " -"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " -"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 -msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " -"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " -"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " -"Manufacturing apps must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " -"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "" -"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " -"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " -"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " -"right shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " -"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " -"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " -"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" -" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " -"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no special configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " -"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " -"their default values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" -" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" -" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " -"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " -"will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " -"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " -"stock management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 -msgid "" -"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " -"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" -" order rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduktion" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " -"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " -"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " -"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " -"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " -"performed in an order defined by **routings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " -"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " -"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " -"work orders and routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " -"are two basic phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 -msgid "Create manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "Record Production" -msgstr "Rekord produktion" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" -" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " -"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " -"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " -"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " -"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " -"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " -"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" -" step of scheduling work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 -msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 -msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " -"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" -" unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " -"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " -"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " -"unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 -msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "Ikke færdige ordrer" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 -msgid "" -"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" -" menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " -"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " -"something you received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 -msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " -"components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " -"BoM back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " -"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " -"defect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "Opret en reparationsordre" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " -"new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." -" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " -"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" -" might need, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " -"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " -"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 -msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po deleted file mode 100644 index dd301b0fb..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "Mobil" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "Push notifikationer" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As of Odoo 12.0, there is no more complex configuration to enable push " -"notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " -"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po deleted file mode 100644 index 59506b205..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1375 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jonathan Stein , 2019 -# JonathanStein , 2019 -# Sanne Kristensen , 2019 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "POS" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 -msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This " -"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They " -"are all explained below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the " -"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 -msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 -msgid "And the cashier will be changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 -msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 -msgid "" -"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 -msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 -msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 -msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 -msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 -msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " -"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " -"allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "Stregkode plan" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " -"barcode:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " -"interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " -"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " -"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 -msgid "" -"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " -"finish the transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " -"*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " -"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " -"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " -"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " -"everything in between." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "" -"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " -"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " -"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " -"rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" -" finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " -"can of course change it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduktion" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example `__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Opsætning" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "IoT Boks" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " -"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" -" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " -"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " -"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " -"VAT signing card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " -"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " -"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" -" any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " -"any future transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/pos`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " -"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " -"definitive ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 -msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 -msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " -"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " -"can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." -" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 -msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" -" you can add the printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 -msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 -msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 -msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 -msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " -"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" -"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " -"option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 -msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " -"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " -"important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 -msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " -"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 -msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 -msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 -msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Shop Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " -"is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 -msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 -msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " -"the opening and closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" -" values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 -msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " -"Balance*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 -msgid "" -"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " -"modify it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 -msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " -"button as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" -" have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " -"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " -"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " -"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " -"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " -"or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " -"select it and validate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 -msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" -" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" -" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 -msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po deleted file mode 100644 index e0ee43208..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,169 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sanne Kristensen , 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 -msgid "My Odoo Portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " -"subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo `__ . If you are already logged in, just" -" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "Tilbud" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " -"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " -"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " -"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " -"pricing and other useful information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " -"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 -msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "Salgsordre" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" -" registered under this section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " -"purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "Fakturaer" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 -msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " -"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" -" been paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 -msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "Opgaver" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 -msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support `," -" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " -"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " -"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 -msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "Abonnementer" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78 -msgid "" -"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " -"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " -"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " -"and the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " -"the new credit card details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " -"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" -" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101 -msgid "" -"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" -" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" -" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will" -" no longer be able to access the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 -msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 -msgid "" -"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " -"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " -"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If you need information about how to manage your database see " -":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po deleted file mode 100644 index d0f073ee6..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8da186135 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -0,0 +1,1540 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2021 +# lhmflexerp , 2021 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2021 +# Hans Henrik Gabelgaard , 2021 +# Mads Søndergaard , 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard , 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:3 +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "Produktivitet" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:4 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "Beskeder" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" +" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " +"`Odoo Online `__ & `Odoo.sh " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " +"`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:24 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:36 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:47 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:55 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " +"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " +"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:86 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:98 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " +"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " +"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " +"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " +"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " +"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 +msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" +" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" +" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 +msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " +"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " +"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" +" this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " +"the previous example you should write " +"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " +"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 +msgid "Getting the API key and secret" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +msgid "" +"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " +"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:3 +msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." +" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " +"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " +"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " +"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " +"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" +"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " +"another channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:15 +msgid "Direct messaging a user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " +"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " +"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " +"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " +"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " +"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " +"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " +"they are offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:28 +msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " +"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" +" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " +"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:3 +msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " +"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " +"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:13 +msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " +"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " +"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " +"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " +"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " +"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " +"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " +"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " +"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " +"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " +"simple and searchable interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get organized by planning activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " +"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " +"undertake." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" +" your priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " +"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " +"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 +msgid "Schedule meetings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " +"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " +"open to let you select a time slot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " +"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " +"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " +"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," +" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "Creating a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " +"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " +"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " +"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" +" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " +"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " +"information)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:31 +msgid "Configuring a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " +"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." +" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " +"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" +" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " +"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" +" a public channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:47 +msgid "How to set up a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " +":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" +" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " +"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " +"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " +"messages by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "Locating a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " +"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" +" clicking the plus icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " +"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " +"channels from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " +"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:76 +msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " +"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " +"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " +"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " +"character wildcard.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:6 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," +" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:14 +msgid "How to choose the events to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " +"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " +"**Project** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:23 +msgid "How to add other followers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " +"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" +" link back to the original document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:34 +msgid "How to be a default follower" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " +"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" +" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " +"created, an opportunity won)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" +" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " +"about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:4 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "Internet of Things (IoT)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, download the latest image `here " +"`__, and extract it from the " +"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " +"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " +"minutes for it to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 +msgid "IoT Box not found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" +" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " +"can follow to find your IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 +msgid "HTTPS Issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 +msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " +"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" +" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " +"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " +"can be found `here `__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " +"`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " +"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " +"`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:28 +msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:35 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "Indstil" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " +"`__, but other hardware" +" might work as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:50 +msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " +"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " +"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " +"your barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:62 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " +"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " +"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " +"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " +"on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" +" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:77 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:80 +msgid "Troubleshoot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:83 +msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" +" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" +" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " +"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " +"LED." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " +"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " +"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " +"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " +"devices on your network router." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" +" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:106 +msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " +"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:113 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " +"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " +"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " +"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " +"enough power." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" +" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" +" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:134 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " +"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:140 +msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:142 +msgid "" +"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " +"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " +"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " +"and the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:148 +msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " +"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:155 +msgid "The printer is offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " +"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " +"contact support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:162 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "Enheder" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "Forbindelse" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:18 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " +"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " +"steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " +"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " +"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"`__,." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " +"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " +"drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" +" cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:17 +msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your printer is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " +"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " +"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " +"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" +" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." +" Click on it and it will print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" +" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " +"Categories* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " +"will be printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" +" their price are based on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 +msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box `_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " +"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 +msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " +"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " +"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " +"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " +"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " +"price to the cart." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6aec3a88d..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1600 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Morten Schou , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Sanne Kristensen , 2019 -# Mads Søndergaard , 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard , 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "Projekt" - -#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Avanceret" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 -msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "E-mail skabelon" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 -msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Rapportering" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 -msgid "" -"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" -" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " -"spent on that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 -msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 -msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 -msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Udskrift" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Ansvar" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "Følgere" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ```` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Creating a new project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 -msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " -"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " -"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " -"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " -"have to cope with." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 -msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 -msgid "" -"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " -"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " -"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" -" and indicate if the task is ready." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " -"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " -"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" -" to their creation date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " -"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " -"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " -"easily in a single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " -"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 -msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 -msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 -msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 -msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 -msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 -msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 -msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4da42acd8..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1740 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Jesper Carstensen , 2018 -# Ejner Sønniksen , 2018 -# peso , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Morten Schou , 2019 -# Sanne Kristensen , 2019 -# lhmflexerp , 2019 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard , 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard , 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "Indkøb" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Indkøb" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 -msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "Stamdata" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 -msgid "Import vendors pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " -"to date on products pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 -msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 -msgid "Import a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 -msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " -"import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 -msgid "See below a template of the columns used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 -msgid "" -"`Template download " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 -msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " -"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 -msgid "Add vendors in a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " -"select a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 -msgid "" -"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " -"on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " -"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 -msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " -"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " -"period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " -"t-shirt in different sizes!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " -"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" -" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" -" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " -"between sales and purchase very easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 -msgid "Let's take the following examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " -"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " -"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " -"quantities in **Liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" -" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " -"correctly installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom01|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom02|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 -msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " -"unit of measures (advanced)** box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 -msgid "Standard units of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " -"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" -" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " -"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 -msgid "" -"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " -"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " -"customers in **Liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 -msgid "" -"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " -"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" -" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " -"purchase)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " -"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 -msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " -"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " -"curtains in **square meters**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " -"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " -"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" -" where both units have a conversion relationship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" -" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " -"below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " -"**Inter-Category-Computation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " -"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " -"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " -"of Measure`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 -msgid "Create two new units:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 -msgid "" -"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" -" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" -" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " -"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" -" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" -" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " -"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " -"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 -msgid "" -"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " -"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 -msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 -msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " -"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " -"products have been received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " -"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " -"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 -msgid "" -"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " -"not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " -"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" -" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " -"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " -"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " -"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " -"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " -"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " -"their future orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " -"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " -"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " -"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " -"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " -"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " -"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " -"\"Products\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" -" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " -"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " -"below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 -msgid "" -"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " -"dependent and one independent measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " -"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " -"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 -msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " -"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " -"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 -msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" -" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " -"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 -msgid "Approve the order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " -"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " -"of what your users can or can't do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 -msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 -msgid "Bill Control" -msgstr "Fakturakontrol" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" -" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" -" you receive the goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 -msgid "Change the control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" -" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " -"page under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 -msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " -"*Shipment* tab," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " -"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" -" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " -"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "Cancel a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " -"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" -" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 -msgid "" -"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " -"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " -"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " -"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " -"cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " -"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " -"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 -msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 -msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " -"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " -"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 -msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " -"cancel the PO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 -msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " -"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." -" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " -"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 -msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " -"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " -"ask you the permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" -" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " -"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 -msgid "Create reverse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" -" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." -" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" -" corresponding location and click on **Return**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " -"stock to your vendor location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" -" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " -"cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`bills`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " -"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " -"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " -"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " -"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 -msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " -"Quotation` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " -"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " -"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt" -msgstr "Modtagelse" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Indkommende leverancer" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor" -msgstr "Leverandør" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." -msgstr "" -"Du kan finde en leverandør ud fra navn, TIN, email, eller intern reference." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "Leverandør reference/fakturanr." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " -"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " -"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." -msgstr "" -"Reference af salgsordren eller bud sendt af leverandør. Bruges til " -"sammenligning når du modtager produkterne, eftersom denne reference normalt " -"er skrevet på leveringsordren sendt fra din leverandør." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "Ordredato" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " -"a purchase order." -msgstr "Datoen hvor tilbuddet skal være konverteret til en indkøbsordre." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "Kildedokument" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" -" sales order)" -msgstr "" -"Reference fra det dokument, som genererede denne indkøbsordreanmodning (fx " -"en salgsordre)" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "Levere til" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "Dette vil afgøre operations typen af indgående forsendelse" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "Dropship adresse" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " -"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." -msgstr "" -"Indsæt en adresse hvis du ønsker at levere direkte fra leverandøren til " -"kunden. Hold den ellers tom hvis du ønsker levering til din egen virksomhed." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "Lokationstypen for destinationen" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "Teknisk felt til visning af dropshipping adressen" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "Incoterm" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " -"used in international transactions." -msgstr "" -"Internationale leveringsbetingelser er en serie af foruddefinerede " -"kommercielle vilkår, der anvendes i internationale transaktioner." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " -"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " -"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " -"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " -"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " -"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " -"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " -"supplier or enter a new one)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 -msgid "" -"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" -" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " -"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " -"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " -"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" -" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" -" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " -"to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " -"*Dropshipping*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " -"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " -"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " -"drop shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " -"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " -"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " -"dropship route on the SO line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "Drop ship a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " -"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " -"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " -"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" -" through your own stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Lock a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 -msgid "Lock an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 -msgid "" -"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " -"the order preventing any further modification on the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 -msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 -msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " -"products to receive and to control supplier bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" -" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " -"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 -msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " -"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " -"others), which is required with **Purchase**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 -msgid "Create products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " -"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 -msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " -"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 -msgid "" -"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " -"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " -"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" -" set his product type field as **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 -msgid "Control products receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 -msgid "Purchase products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " -"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" -" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " -"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " -"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 -msgid "Receive Products" -msgstr "Modtag produkter" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " -"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " -"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " -"receipt box of the related warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " -"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " -"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" -" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " -"the lines within it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " -"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " -"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " -"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " -"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " -"the quantity received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 -msgid "" -"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" -" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " -"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " -"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`cancel`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 -msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " -"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " -"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " -"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 -msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " -"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " -"blocking message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 -msgid "Add a warning on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" -" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 -msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " -"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 -msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Agreements" -msgstr "Indkøbsaftaler" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " -"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " -"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 -msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " -"Agreements`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " -"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " -"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " -"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " -"the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 -msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " -"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " -"choose the quantity and confirm the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 -msgid "" -"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" -" you have already ordered from your blanket order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 -msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " -"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " -"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " -"name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " -"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 -msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " -"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 -msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " -"and select *Call for Tender*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " -"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " -"right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 -msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " -"from your Call for Tender." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 -msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" -" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 -msgid "Close the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 -msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "Genopfyldning" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment Flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 -msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " -"Times*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 -msgid "" -"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " -"manufacture products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 -msgid "Configure Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 -msgid "Vendor Lead Time" -msgstr "Leverandør Ledetid" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " -"product to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " -"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " -"lead time for that Vendor & Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 -msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "Kunde leveringstid" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " -"the product to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " -"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 -msgid "" -"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " -"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 -msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " -"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " -"engagements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " -"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " -"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " -"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 -msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 -msgid "" -"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " -"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " -"is your product’s configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 -msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 -msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 -msgid "" -"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" -" your configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 -msgid "" -"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " -"time for Sales)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 -msgid "" -"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " -"time for Purchase)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 -msgid "" -"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " -"9 days of vendor lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Setup drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " -"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 -msgid "" -"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " -"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " -"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " -"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " -"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 -msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " -"concerned order lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " -"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" -" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 -msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " -"orders on each sale you make." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" -" just one step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 -msgid "Configure the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " -"*Make To Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 -msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " -"Odoo for this feature to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 -msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " -"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " -"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " -"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 -msgid "" -"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " -"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" -" *Shipment* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " -"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 -msgid "" -"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " -"automatically under it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " -"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " -"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 -msgid "Set a reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 -msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " -"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " -"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " -"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " -"12:00PM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " -"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 -msgid "" -"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " -"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " -"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " -"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," -" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " -"issue with the configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 -msgid "Multi-Companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " -"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " -"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " -"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " -"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " -"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " -"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " -"on your sales and purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 -msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Manage intercompany rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" -" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 -msgid "New options will appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " -"options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " -"for the other companies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " -"user has the rights to manage the companies." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po deleted file mode 100644 index f92f7a9f2..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "Ansættelse" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index c1e5cc660..024f828d8 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -1,23 +1,26 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: # peso , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # lhmflexerp , 2019 # Pernille Kristensen , 2019 -# Sanne Kristensen , 2019 +# JonathanStein , 2021 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2021 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Jonathan Stein , 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Jonathan Stein , 2021\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,97 +28,2831 @@ msgstr "" "Language: da\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:4 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Salg" -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:4 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "CRM" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM" +" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can " +"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " +"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " +"directions)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " +"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +msgid "Go to the API & Services page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "Aktiver API'en." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " +"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +msgid "Create credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" +"Vælg *Web browser (Javascript)* som kalds kilde, og *Bruger data* som slags " +"på data." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " +"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " +"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " +"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " +"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" +" in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" +" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " +"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" +" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " +"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " +"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" +" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 +msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduktion" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" +" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " +"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " +"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " +"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " +"configuration procedure below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " +"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " +"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " +"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 +msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 +msgid "**Mode** should be Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " +"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 +msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 +msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 +msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 +msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can find all this information by logging in at " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " +"and refer to the fields as pictured below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " +"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" +" Odoo and in OnSIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " +"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" +" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " +"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"international prefix for the United States)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " +"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 +msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " +"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" +" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " +"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " +"Wave `_." +" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"then have to configure it as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 +msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 +msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 +msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 +msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 +msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " +"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " +"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " +"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" +" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " +"Assistant `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" +" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Installing Asterisk server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "Afhængigheder" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 +msgid "wget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 +msgid "gcc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 +msgid "g++" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 +msgid "ncurses-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 +msgid "libxml2-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 +msgid "sqlite-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 +msgid "libsrtp-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 +msgid "libuuid-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 +msgid "openssl-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 +msgid "pkg-config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 +msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " +"`_. Once the source directory is " +"extracted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 +msgid "**run:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 +msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 +msgid "**Update shared library links:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 +msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 +msgid "**The result should be:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Asterisk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " +"`there `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Extract Asterisk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 +msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 +msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " +"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " +"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " +"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 +msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " +"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " +"run 'make config'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 +msgid "DTLS Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 +msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" +" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 +msgid "Configure Asterisk server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " +"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " +"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" +" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " +"uncommented:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " +"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " +"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " +"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " +"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " +"lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 +msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 +msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 +msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 +msgid "" +"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" +" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 +msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " +"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " +"configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " +"\"Integrations\" section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" +" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " +"defined in the http.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 +msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" +" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " +"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " +"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 +msgid "Configure your kanban stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " +"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" +" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" +" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " +"more accurate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" +" you can modify them manually of course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 +msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " +"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" +" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 +msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " +"closing, letting you prioritize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 +msgid "" +"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " +"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " +"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 +msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 +msgid "" +"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " +"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " +"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " +"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " +"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " +"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:4 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "POS" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 +msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " +"`__) is required to accept credit card payments" +" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " +"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " +"American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 +msgid "" +"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " +"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " +"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 +msgid "Install Mercury" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " +"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " +"mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 +msgid "" +"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods` and create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " +"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This " +"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They " +"are all explained below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the " +"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 +msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 +msgid "And the cashier will be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 +msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 +msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 +msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 +msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 +msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 +msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "Stregkode plan" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 +msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " +"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 +msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " +"product discount also at 50%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "" +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " +"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " +"pricing strategy tailored to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " +"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" +" on *Pricelists*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " +"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " +"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " +"whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 +msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " +"select the right pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 +msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " +"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " +"statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " +"--> Orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 +msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 +msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example `__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Opsætning" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "IoT Boks" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Oversigt" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " +"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " +"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " +"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " +"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " +"customer can be identified from the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " +"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 +msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " +"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 +msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" +" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" +" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " +"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" +" in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" +" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 +msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " +"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 +msgid "Create your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " +"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 +msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 +msgid "You can register the next orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 +msgid "" +"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " +"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " +"now close the session from the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 +msgid "" +"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 +msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" +" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " +"closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 +msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " +":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/connect` and " +":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "Betaling terminaler" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the payments " +"section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for " +"Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and create new Vantiv " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Register multiple orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " +"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " +"Sale application can help you to fulfill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " +"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your table management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" +" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " +"Point of sale`.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" +" *Floors*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 +msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" +" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " +"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " +"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " +"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 +msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " +"register an order and payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" +" you can also transfer the order to another table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Transfer customers between tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " +"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " +"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " +"you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 +msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " +"select the new table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 +msgid "Accept returns and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " +"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " +"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " +"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" +" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +msgid "" +"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " +"to process the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 msgid "" "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " "Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 msgid "" "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " "any document in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 msgid "From Contacts Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 msgid "" "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " "Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 msgid "" "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " "interface and from the drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 msgid "" "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " "**Apply** when you're done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." @@ -123,17 +2860,17 @@ msgid "" "Description**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" @@ -141,21 +2878,21 @@ msgid "" "well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -167,15 +2904,15 @@ msgid "" "listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal `_. Once you are " @@ -183,7 +2920,7 @@ msgid "" "clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " @@ -191,97 +2928,97 @@ msgid "" "needed to configure the module in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " "Key**. Apply the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " "other fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 msgid "Request a down payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " "rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " "protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 msgid "" "When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" " option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" "The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " "and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 msgid "" "On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " "automatically deducted." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 msgid "" "You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" " income account & customer taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " @@ -289,107 +3026,107 @@ msgid "" " you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 msgid "Expenses configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 msgid "" "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" " --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 msgid "" "From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " "hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 msgid "" "You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " "create a new one from right there." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 msgid "" "Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 msgid "" "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " "Configuration --> Expense products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 msgid "" "Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " "invoicing:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 msgid "" "Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " "order is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" "Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " "partial delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" "The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " "of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" @@ -397,52 +3134,52 @@ msgid "" "the actual delivered quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" "You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " "options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " "invoice a fixed advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 msgid "" "From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " "policy and select the one you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 msgid "Send the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" "Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " "quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 msgid "" "If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " "confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" " to validate the delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 msgid "" "Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " "automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered" " if you did a partial delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 msgid "" "Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " "each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" @@ -452,41 +3189,42 @@ msgid "" "project's progress and pay in several installments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 msgid "Create milestone products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " "configure products to work this way, go to any product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 msgid "" "You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " "select *Milestones* in the sales tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 msgid "Invoice milestones" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 msgid "" "From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " "complete a milestone." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " "delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" @@ -496,221 +3234,221 @@ msgid "" " not being a demand or request for payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 msgid "" "From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" "forma invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 msgid "" "When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " "in attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 msgid "Sell subscriptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " "planning ahead much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " "the subscription product your previously created." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" "When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " "You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " "upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" "Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" " to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" " the project requirements would most likely change." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 msgid "" "This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " "the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" " the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 msgid "" "For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" " to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" " purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 msgid "Invoice time configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 msgid "" "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " "Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 msgid "" "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 msgid "Invoice your time spent" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 msgid "" "From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " "invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" " project*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 msgid "" "Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" " project overview and one for the current task." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 msgid "" "You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " "from the *Project* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 msgid "" "Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " "how many hours they worked on the project so far." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 msgid "Invoice purchases" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 msgid "" "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" " it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 msgid "" "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " "*Purchase Analytics*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 msgid "" "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 msgid "" "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " "will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:3 msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 msgid "Manage your pricing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 msgid "" "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " "Invoicing/Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " "pricelist setup form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" " the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 msgid "" "The public price is in your company's main currency (see " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 msgid "" "The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " @@ -718,25 +3456,25 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" " rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" " to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " @@ -745,87 +3483,87 @@ msgid "" "quantity and get a price break), etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 msgid "" "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " "completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" "*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " "default product price ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 msgid "" "*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " "products ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " "and roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Several prices per product" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " "in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " "Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " "Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " @@ -835,59 +3573,59 @@ msgid "" " or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " "e-Commerce)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" " option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 msgid "Discounts with roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 msgid "Prices per country" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " @@ -895,149 +3633,149 @@ msgid "" "pricelist without any country group." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" +" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " +"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." +"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" +" column (see why below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" -"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " -"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" +" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " "import screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" -" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " -"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " +"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " +"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" -"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " -"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one" +" of your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" +"duplicates." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " +"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " +"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "Opsæt moms" -#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 msgid "eBay" msgstr "eBay" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" "As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to" " entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer " @@ -1045,19 +3783,19 @@ msgid "" "price that is no longer cost effective for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Set a deadline" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 msgid "Use deadline in templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 msgid "" "You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time " "that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find" @@ -1066,32 +3804,32 @@ msgid "" "ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " "This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their " "invoice location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Customer Addresses* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 msgid "" "If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will" " automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for " @@ -1099,59 +3837,59 @@ msgid "" "from the quotation or sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, " "they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under " ":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 msgid "" "These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you " "send by email or print." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving " "the time of both your customers and yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 msgid "Activate online payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Online Signature & Payment* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 msgid "" "Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your " "acquirers of choice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 msgid "" "You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment " "acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, " @@ -1160,164 +3898,160 @@ msgid "" "`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 msgid "" "If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also " "pick a default setting for each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 msgid "Register a payment" msgstr "Registrer en betaling" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 msgid "" "From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you" " and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a " "traditional process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 msgid "" "If you are using `quotation templates `_, you can also pick a " "default setting for each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 msgid "Validate an order with a signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 msgid "" "When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online" " instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 msgid "" "The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful " "products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could" " be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 msgid "" "Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add" " related products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the" " suggested products to the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 msgid "" "The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on " "any of the little carts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 msgid "" "Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or " "pay to confirm the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 msgid "" "Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales" " order, letting the salesperson see it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" "If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time " "by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a " "complete quotation in no time." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 msgid "" "You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 msgid "" "You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to" " select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for" " the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " "in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration " "and can be alterated by customer pricelists." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 msgid "Edit your template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 msgid "" "You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept " "or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and " @@ -1325,61 +4059,61 @@ msgid "" "quotation editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 msgid "" "This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building" " blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated" " to each product." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 msgid "" "The description set for the products will be used in all quotations " "templates containing those products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" "You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* " "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 msgid "" "Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital " "signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 msgid "" "Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" "Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " "between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " @@ -1387,39 +4121,39 @@ msgid "" " to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " "quotation, sales order and invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " "*Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 msgid "" "In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " "appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 msgid "" "A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" " on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 msgid "" "You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " "conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/services.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c4e378362 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -0,0 +1,2412 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# JonathanStein , 2021 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2021 +# Mads Søndergaard , 2021 +# Morten Schou , 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Morten Schou , 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:3 ../../content/services.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Serviceydelser" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:4 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Helpdesk" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Oversigt" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 +msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 +msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," +" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " +"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," +" or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 +msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " +"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " +"the lower right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " +"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " +"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +msgid "Start receiving tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 +msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " +"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " +"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Website Form allows your customer to go to " +"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " +"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " +"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " +"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " +"documentation `*here* " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 +msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" +" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " +"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " +"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " +"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " +"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 +msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +msgid "" +"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" +" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " +"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " +"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " +"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 +msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " +"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +msgid "Grey - Normal State" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 +msgid "Red - Blocked" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 +msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " +"Ticket form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 +msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +msgid "" +"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " +"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " +"timesheets will log against." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" +" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " +"ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 +msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 +msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " +"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " +"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " +"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "The modules needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " +"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " +"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 +msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 +msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " +"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " +"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" +" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " +"previously created as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" +" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " +"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " +"unit will do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " +"configuration :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 +msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 +msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 +msgid "Step 1 : place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " +"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" +" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " +"the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 +msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " +"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" +" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" +" and select the task on its form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 +msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " +"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " +"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 +msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" +" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " +"appear as the delivered quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +msgid "" +"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " +"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:4 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "Projekt" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avanceret" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " +"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " +"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " +"customers using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " +"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " +"Sad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 +msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " +"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " +"apps module and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " +"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " +"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " +"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 +msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +msgid "" +"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +msgid "" +"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 +msgid "Project configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " +"**Customer satisfaction** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "E-mail skabelon" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " +"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." +" You can directly edit it from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 +msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" +" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " +"will be added to the chatter of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Rapportering" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " +"the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 +msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 +msgid "" +"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " +"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" +" Issue** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" +" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" +" end of the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 +msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " +"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " +"from sales order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " +"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " +"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" +" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " +"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " +"and Services departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " +"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " +"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " +"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " +"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" +" overtime spent on the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 +msgid "Install the required applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " +"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" +" the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +msgid "" +"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" +" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " +"spent on that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 +msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 +msgid "Create and set up a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " +"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " +"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " +"the`following setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 +msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 +msgid "**Product Type**: Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " +"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" +" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " +"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " +"product to hours as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " +"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " +"will then create a project per SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 +msgid "Create the Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " +"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " +"sale order, the task will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 +msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 +msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 +msgid "" +"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 +msgid "" +"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " +"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 +msgid "" +"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" +" your customers based on your invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " +"source document of the task is the related sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application.rst:3 +msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:3 +msgid "Demonstration Video" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 +msgid "Transcript" +msgstr "Udskrift" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" +" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " +"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" +" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" +" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" +" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " +"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" +"saving!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:28 +msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration and basic usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "Ansvar" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 +msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " +"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " +"suggestions in the drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " +"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 +msgid "Followers" +msgstr "Følgere" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" +" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " +"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " +"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." +" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " +"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " +"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " +"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 +msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" +" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " +"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " +"see the big picture all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 +msgid "Task: follow a specific task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " +"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " +"that task also appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 +msgid "Choose which action to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " +"Following button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " +"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " +"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 +msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " +"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " +"help you track time easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " +"available in projects and on tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " +"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" +" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " +"automatically created under the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 +msgid "Click on the settings of a project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 +msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " +"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " +"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " +"it, or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" +" timesheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 +msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " +"Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " +"Analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" +" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 +msgid "Document Management in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" +" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" +" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 +msgid "" +"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " +"tab on the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " +"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " +"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " +"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 +msgid "Collaborate on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" +" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " +"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" +" delegation and the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 +msgid "Create a task from an email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " +"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " +"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " +"project gets an automatic email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 +msgid "" +"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " +"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " +"Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"This email address create by default following the project name can be " +"changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 +msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 +msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 +msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 +msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " +"history of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " +"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " +"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " +"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " +"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " +"to remember past interactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" +" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " +"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" +" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " +"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 +msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " +"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " +"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " +"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " +"creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 +msgid "" +"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " +"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 +msgid "" +"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " +"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " +"Click on the ```` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " +"follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 +msgid "Tasks states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 +msgid "Set the state of a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" +" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " +"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 +msgid "" +"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " +"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 +msgid "Custom states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 +msgid "" +"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " +"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," +" then click on edit:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 +msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 +msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 +msgid "Color Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 +msgid "" +"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " +"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " +"them thanks to the filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 +msgid "" +"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" +" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " +"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " +"the tag, directly from the task:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " +"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " +"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" +" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " +"employees working on this project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Installing the Project module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " +"**Install**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +msgid "Creating a new project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," +" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:32 +msgid "The privacy setting works as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:34 +msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " +"**Customer** field empty if not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:48 +msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Manage your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:54 +msgid "Add your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:56 +msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" +" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " +"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " +"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " +"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " +"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" +" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " +"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " +"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`visualization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:101 +msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "How to record time spent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " +"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " +"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " +"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " +"Employee and Timesheet apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 +msgid "Recording timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " +"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 +msgid "Recording in a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " +"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" +" click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 +msgid "Recording in a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " +"and open the task on which you have been working." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " +"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 +msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " +"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " +"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " +"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " +"have to cope with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 +msgid "Create a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 +msgid "" +"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 +msgid "In the project, create a new task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " +"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 +msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " +"to the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " +"one have the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" +" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" +" logo in the upper right corner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " +"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" +" and indicate if the task is ready." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 +msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " +"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " +"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" +" to their creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " +"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 +msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " +"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " +"easily in a single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " +"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:133 +msgid "" +"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " +"dropping the task to another case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "" +"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " +"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" +" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " +"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " +"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " +"project manager too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 +msgid "" +"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" +" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " +"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " +"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." +" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " +"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 +msgid "" +"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " +"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" +" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " +"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " +"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " +"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " +"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " +"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" +" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" +" the progress of each task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " +"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" +" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" +" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " +"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " +"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " +"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " +"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " +"planning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " +"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " +"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " +"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" +" each team member." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" +" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " +"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " +"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " +"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" +" team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " +"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " +"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " +"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " +"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " +"app, it will help you get started quickly too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 +msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 +msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:3 +msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " +"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " +"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " +"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " +"install the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" +" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " +"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " +"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:28 +msgid "" +"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " +"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " +"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:36 +msgid "Manage tasks with views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" +" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " +"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " +"and the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " +"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:47 +msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " +"ones having the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:61 +msgid "Add/rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " +"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " +"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " +"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " +"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " +"Done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +msgid "Sort tasks by priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " +"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " +"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " +"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " +"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " +"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:97 +msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:100 +msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " +"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " +"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" +" each time the employee will add an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " +"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " +"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " +"show you the progression of each task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:119 +msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " +"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " +"single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:128 +msgid "" +"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" +" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " +"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:138 +msgid ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "How to forecast tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction to forecast" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," +" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:11 +msgid "" +"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " +"progress of a project and its related tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " +"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " +"team members to collaborate better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " +"workload and human resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "How to configure the projects?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the project application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" +" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" +" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " +"employee should complete it!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " +"application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " +"Forecast option and click **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " +"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " +"all the projects that you manage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Configure a specific project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " +"Forecast\" in your project settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:51 +msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " +"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:59 +msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:62 +msgid "How to create a forecast?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " +"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " +"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " +"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " +"space in the Gantt chart calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " +"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " +"take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" +" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " +"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:91 +msgid "" +"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " +"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " +"in the Effective hours field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:96 +msgid "What are the difference between the views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " +"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " +"by projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:103 +msgid "By users : people management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " +"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." +" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " +"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " +"third, you see which tasks they're on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " +"the duration of the task in the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " +"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " +"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " +"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:126 +msgid "Plan the workload" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " +"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " +"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" +" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " +"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " +"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " +"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " +"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " +"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " +"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " +"that this is feasible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:191 +msgid "Gantt view advantages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:151 +msgid "" +"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" +" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " +"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " +"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " +"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:193 +msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +msgid "" +"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " +"the future or in the past" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:198 +msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:200 +msgid "modify an existing forecast" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:202 +msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:170 +msgid "By projects: project management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " +"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " +"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " +"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:177 +msgid "" +"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " +"level of hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" +" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " +"they're on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " +"Users** section)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support.rst:4 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Support" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "- Ikke angivet -" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:77 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:7 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:11 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:22 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " +"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:38 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack `__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:5 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Odoo Enterprise" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form `_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:13 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:15 +msgid "your subscription number," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "" +"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also " +"send the URL of your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:22 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:24 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:26 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:28 +msgid "Our `documentation pages `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +msgid "" +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise `_ to get the support and " +"bugfix services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:35 +msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa88219c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# peso , 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:22+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: peso , 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Opsætning" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" ` and :ref:`on premise ` " +"installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " +"rights.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:81 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:43 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:46 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " +"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" +" to **Inactive** immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:67 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:81 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:103 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:108 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:121 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/support.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6fdeb27d5..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,683 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Hans Henrik Gabelgaard , 2019 -# Morten Schou , 2019 -# JonathanStein , 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:35+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: JonathanStein , 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../support.rst:5 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Support" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " -"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " -"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17 -msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Release date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "🟢" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "- Ikke angivet -" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "🟠" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "🔴" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 -msgid "🟢 Supported version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 -msgid "🔴 End-of-support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 -msgid "" -"🟠 Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo Online " -"servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:66 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:68 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:70 -msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6 -msgid "Contribute to the documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9 -msgid "First of all..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15 -msgid "Edit an existing page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub " -"account `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Pick a page in our `user documentation " -"`_. **Please take care of choosing " -"the right version of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19 -msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork " -"repository**, else you won't see this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax " -"called `RST `_. Don't worry, it's " -"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a " -"quick overview of RST commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable" -" format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your " -"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the " -"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a " -"longer explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44 -msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45 -msgid "Click on **Create pull request**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your " -"help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49 -msgid "" -"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in " -"your contribution message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55 -msgid "RST Cheat Sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Kode" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Display" -msgstr "Vis" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Comments" -msgstr "Bemærkninger" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62 -msgid "Text in *italics*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66 -msgid "Text in **bold** letters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Numbered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77 -msgid "Bullet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78 -msgid "List" -msgstr "Liste" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "This is `a hyper link `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85 -msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90 -msgid "" -"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation " -"`_ of " -"RST." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94 -msgid "Add images to your documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the " -"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on " -"improving this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101 -msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103 -msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large" -" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include " -"any personal data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page " -"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109 -msgid "" -"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128 -msgid "Technical Details for Nerds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository " -"`_. Then submit a pull request " -"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133 -msgid "" -"See our `README `_ file about building the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138 -msgid "Developer documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside " -"`the source code of Odoo `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143 -msgid "" -"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related " -"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36 -msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 -msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 -msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " -"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 -msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 -msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " -"etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack `__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise" -msgstr "Odoo Enterprise" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " -"support teams through our `support form `_, no " -"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " -"server)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 -msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "your subscription number," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 -msgid "" -"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also " -"send the URL of your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 -msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 -msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 -msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 -msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 -msgid "Our `documentation pages `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Ask your question on the `community forum " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 -msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise `_ to get the support and " -"bugfix services." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/website.po deleted file mode 100644 index 20f307069..000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2331 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Per Rasmussen , 2019 -# Pernille Kristensen , 2019 -# Ejner Sønniksen , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Sanne Kristensen , 2019 -# lhmflexerp , 2019 -# JonathanStein , 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard , 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:16+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard , 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" -msgstr "Hjemmeside" - -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "Optimér" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "Hvordan du sporer din hjemmesides trafik med Google Analytics" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "For at følge din hjemmesides trafik med Google Analytics:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 -msgid "" -"`Create a Google Analytics account `__ if" -" you don't have any." -msgstr "" -"`Opret en Google Analytics konto `__ hvis" -" du ikke har nogen." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " -"ID." -msgstr "" -"Gennemgå oprettelses formularen og accepter betingelserne, for at få et " -"sporings ID." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "Kopier sporings ID'et til indsættelse i Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " -"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "" -"Gå til *Konfiguration* menuen i dit Odoos Hjemmeside app. I indstillinger " -"aktiverer du Google Analytics, og indsætter sporings ID'et. Gem derefter " -"siden." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " -"Documentation. " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_instrumentbræt`" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "Hvordan du sporer hjemmeside trafik fra dit Odoo Instrumentbræt" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " -"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "" -"Du kan følge dine trafik statistikker direkte fra dit Odoo Hjemmeside " -"Instrumentbræt, takket være Google Analytics." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " -"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "" -"Et forudgående skridt i oprettelsen af en Google Analytics konto og " -"indtastning af dit sporings ID i din hjemmesides indstillinger (se " -":doc:`google_analytics`)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " -"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" -"Gå til `Google APIs platform `__ for " -"at generere Analytics API legitimationsoplysninger. Log ind med din Google " -"konto." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 -msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "Vælg Analytics API." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" -"Opret et nyt projekt og giv den et navn (f.eks. Odoo). Dette projekt er " -"nødvendig, for at gemme dine API legitimationsoplysninger." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Aktiver API'en." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "Opret legitimationsoplysninger til brug i Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" -"Vælg *Web browser (Javascript)* som kalds kilde, og *Bruger data* som slags " -"på data." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" -"Opret derefter et Klient ID. Angiv navnet på applikationen (f.eks. Odoo) og " -"de tilladte sider hvorfra du vil blive omdirigeret. *Autoriseret JavaScript " -"oprindelse* er din Odoo instans URL. *Autoriseret omdirigerings URI* er din " -"Odoo instans URL efterfulgt af '/google_account/authentication'." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " -"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " -"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " -"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" -"Gennemgå Samtykke skærm trinet ved at angive et produktnavn (f.eks. Google " -"Analytics i Odoo). Du er velkommen til at tjekke tilpasningsmulighederne, " -"men det er ikke obligatorisk. Samtykke skærmen vil kun vises efter du har " -"angivet Klient ID'et i Odoo for første gang." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "Endelig tildeles du dit Klient ID. Kopier og indsæt det i Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" -" your Client ID." -msgstr "" -"Åben dit Hjemmeside Instrumentbræt i Odoo, og forbind din Analytics konto, " -"for at indsætte dit Klient ID. " - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 -msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "Autorisér Odoos adgang til Google API, som et sidste skridt." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" -msgstr "Hvordan man laver Søgemaskine Optimering (SEO) i Odoo" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" -" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " -"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." -msgstr "" -"Søgemaskine Optimering (SEO) er et sæt af bedste praksis til at optimere din" -" hjemmeside, så at du får den bedste rangering på søgemaskiner så som " -"Google. Kort sagt, gør en god SEO det muligt for dig at få mange besøgende." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``

``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " -"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " -"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "" -"Nogle eksempler på SEO regler: Din hjemmeside bør indlæses hurtigt, din side" -" bør have en, og kun én, titel ``

``, meta tags (alt-tag, titel-tag) bør " -"være konsistente med indholdet, din hjemmeside bør have en ``/sitemap.xml`` " -"fil, osv." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " -"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " -"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." -msgstr "" -"For at garanterer at Odoo Hjemmeside og Odoo eHandel brugere har en god SEO," -" sammenfatter Odoo alle de tekniske kompleksiteter ved SEO, og administrere " -"alt for dig, på den bedst mulige måde. Dette vil blive forklaret nedenunder." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 -msgid "" -"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " -"content and the meta tags of your website." -msgstr "" -"Men lad os først se, hvordan du nemt forøger din rangering, ved at " -"finjustere indholdet samt meta tags på din hjemmeside." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "Meta Tags" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 -msgid "Title, Description" -msgstr "Titel, Beskrivelse" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ```` and ``<description>`` meta " -"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " -"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" -" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " -"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." -msgstr "" -"Enhver side bør definere ``<title>`` og ``<description>`` meta data. Disse " -"informations elementer bruges af søgemaskiner til at promovere din " -"hjemmeside. De genereres automatisk ud fra side titel og indhold, men du kan" -" finjustere dem. Tjek at de passer til indholdet på siden, for hvis ikke, " -"vil du blive nedgraderet på søgemaskiner." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 -msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "Nøgleord" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " -"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " -"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " -"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " -"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." -msgstr "" -"For at skrive kvalitets indhold og forøge din trafik, tilbyder Odoo en " -"``<keyword>`` finder. Disse nøgleord er de søgninger du ønsker skal pege mod" -" din hjemmeside. For hvert nøgleord ser du hvordan det er anvendt på siden " -"(H1, H2, side titel, side beskrivelse, side indhold) og hvad de relaterede " -"søgninger er på Google. Dets flere nøgleord dets bedre." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " -"search tags." -msgstr "" -"Hvis din hjemmeside er på flere sprog, kan du bruge Promovér værktøjet for " -"hvert sprog for hver enkelt side, og angive specifik titel, beskrivelse, og " -"søgnings tags." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 -msgid "Content is King" -msgstr "Indhold er Kongen" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your website content:" -msgstr "" -"Når det gælder SEO, er indhold typisk kongen. Odoo tilbyder flere moduler " -"som hjælper dig med at opbygge din hjemmesides indhold:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "**Odoo Blogs**: skriv fantastisk indhold." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" -" Odoo.com landing pages)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." -msgstr "" -"404 Siden er en normal side, som du kan redigere som enhver anden side i " -"Odoo. På den måde kan du bygge en god 404 side til at omdirigere til toppen " -"af dit indhold på din hjemmeside, når besøgende farer vild og bruger " -"ugyldige URL'er." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 -msgid "Use Social Networks" -msgstr "Brug Sociale netværk" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" -" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " -"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." -msgstr "" -"Sociale medier er bygget til masse-deling. Hvis mange mennesker deler dit " -"indhold på sociale medier, er det sandsynligt, at flere vil linke til det, " -"og links er en kæmpe faktor i SEO rangering." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 -msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo indlejrer flere værktøjer til deling af indhold via sociale medier:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "Social Netværk" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." -" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." -msgstr "" -"Odoo gør det muligt at forbinde alle dine sociale netværks konti i din " -"hjemmesides sidefod. Alt du skal gøre, er at referere dine konti i din " -"virksomheds indstillinger." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 -msgid "Social Share" -msgstr "Social deling" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." -" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " -"media wall." -msgstr "" -"Smid byggeklodsen *Del* på enhver side, som du ønsker dine besøgende skal " -"dele. Ved at klikke på ikonet, spørges de, om de vil dele siden på deres " -"sociale medie væg." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " -"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " -"your page in the Promote tool." -msgstr "" -"De fleste sociale medier bruger et billede af billedet til at dekorere det " -"delte indlæg. Odoo bruger hjemmeside logoet per standard, men du kan vælge " -"ethvert andet billede på din side i Promovér værktøjet." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 -msgid "Facebook Page" -msgstr "Facebook side" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" -" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " -"timeline, the next events and the messages." -msgstr "" -"Smid byggeklodsen *Facebook Side* for at vise en widget af din Facebook " -"virksomheds side, og opfordre besøgende til at følge den. Du kan vise " -"tidslinjen, de næste begivenheder, og beskederne." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "Twitter Scroller" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " -"will increase the number of tweets and shares." -msgstr "" -"Vis Twitter feedet med kunde tilfredshed på din hjemmeside. Dette vil forøge" -" antallet af tweets og delinger." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "Test din hjemmeside" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 -msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 -msgid "URLs Handling" -msgstr "URL Håndtering" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 -msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." -msgstr "Denne sektion kaster lys på, hvordan Odoo gør URL'er SEO-venlige." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "URL'er Strukture" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "Et typisk Odoo URL vil se sådan her ud:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "Med de følgende komponenter:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "**https://** = Protokol" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "**www.minside.com** = Dit domæne navn" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" -" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " -"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = side sprog. Denne del af URL'en fjernes hvis den besøgende " -"kigger på modersmålet for hjemmesiden. Derfor er den primære version af " -"denne side: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." -msgstr "" -"**/shop/produkt** = ethvert modul definere dets egen navneområde (/shop er " -"til kataloget tilhørende eHandel modulet, /shop/produkt er for en produkt " -"side)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"**mit-fantastiske-produkt** = per standard er dette den sidste såkaldt " -"slugificeret titel på produktet denne side henviser til. Du kan tilpasse den" -" i forhold til SEO. Et produkt ved navn \"Firkantet brød\" vil blive " -"slugificeret til \"firkantet-broed\". Afhængig af navneområdet, kan dette " -"være forskellige objekter (blog indlæg, side titler, forum indlæg, forum " -"kommentarer, produkt kategorier, osv.)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "**-31** = Det unikke produkt ID" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" -"Bemærk at enhver dynamisk komponent i en URL kan reduceres til dens ID. Som " -"et eksempel, kan følgende URL'er alle foretage en 301 omdirigering til " -"ovenstående URL:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (kort version)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (endnu kortere version)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (gammelt navn " -"for produkt)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "" -"Visse URL'er har flere dynamiske dele, så som denne (en blog kategori og et " -"indlæg):" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "I ovenstående eksempel:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" -msgstr "*Virksomheds nyheder* er titlen på bloggen" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 -msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "*Odoo historien* er titlen på et specifikt blog indlæg" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" -"Når en Odoo side har en pager, angives side nummeret direkte i URL'en (har " -"ikke et GET argument). Dette gør det muligt for enhver side at blive " -"indekseret af søgemaskiner. Eksempel:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "Ændringer i URL'er & Titler" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" -"Når en sides URL ændres (f.eks. en mere SEO-venlig udgave af dit produkt " -"navn), behøver du ikke bekymre dig om at opdatere alle links:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." -msgstr "Odoo vil automatisk opdatere alle dets links til den nye URL." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new website." -msgstr "" -"Hvis eksterne hjemmesider stadig peger på den gamle URL, vil en 301 " -"omdirigering udføres, for at omdirigere besøgende til den nye hjemmeside." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "Som et eksempel. Denne URL:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/gammel-produkt-navn-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" -msgstr "Vil automatisk omdirigere til:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/nyt-og-bedre-produkt-navn-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " -"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." -msgstr "" -"Kort sagt, kan du blot ændre titlen på et blog indlæg eller navnet på et " -"produkt, og ændringerne vil automatisk blive anvendt over alt på din " -"hjemmeside. Det gamle link virker stadig for trafik fra eksterne hjemmeside," -" via en 301 omdirigering, for ikke at miste SEO link juice." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "HTTPS" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " -"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " -"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " -"equivalent." -msgstr "" -"Søgemaskiner forøger rangeringen på sikre HTTPS/SSL hjemmesider. Derfor er " -"alle Odoo Online instanser fuldt ud baseret på HTTPS per standard. Hvis den " -"besøgende tilgår din hjemmeside via et URL som ikke er HTTPS, får de en 301 " -"omdirigering til dens tilsvarende HTTPS." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 -msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" -msgstr "Links: Nofollow strategi" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 -msgid "" -"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " -"is for your SEO." -msgstr "" -"Dets mere en side linkes fra eksterne kvalitets hjemmesider, dets bedre er " -"det for din SEO." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 -msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "Her er Odoos strategier for håndtering af links:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " -"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." -msgstr "" -"Ethvert link du tilføjer til din hjemmeside er \"dofollow\", hvilket " -"betyder, at dette link vil bidrage til SEO Juicen for den forbundne side." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 -msgid "" -"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" -"Ethvert link posteret af en bidragende (forum indlæg, blog kommentar, osv.) " -"som linker til din egen hjemmeside er også \"dofollow2. " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" -"Men hvert link posteret af en bidrager som forbinder til en ekstern " -"hjemmeside er \"nofollow\". På den måde løber du ikke risikoen for, at folk " -"postere links på din hjemmeside, som peger mod tredjeparts hjemmesider med " -"et dårligt omdømme." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "" -"Bemærk at, ved brug af forummet, kan man stole på bidragere med meget Karma." -" I sådanne tilfælde, vil deres links ikke have nogen ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"egenskab." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 -msgid "Multi-Language Support" -msgstr "Flersprogs understøttelse" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 -msgid "Multi-Language URLs" -msgstr "Flersprogs URL'er" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" -"Hvis du kører en hjemmeside på flere sprog, vil det samme indhold være " -"tilgængelig via forskellige URL'er, alt afhængig af hvilket sprog anvendes:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " -"here)" -msgstr "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (Primært sprog, her " -"Engelsk)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (Fransk " -"udgave)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" -"I dette eksempel, er fr\\_FR sproget på siden. Du kan sågar have flere " -"variationer af samme sprog: pt\\_BR (Brasiliansk Portugisisk), pt\\_PT " -"(Portugisisk Portugisisk). " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 -msgid "Language Annotation" -msgstr "Sprog kommentarer" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " -"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" -" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" -"For at lade søgemaskiner vide, at den sekundære URL er en Fransk " -"oversættelse af den primære URL, vil Odoo tilføje et HTML link element i " -"sidehovedet. I HTML kodens <head> sektion i den primære version, tilføjer " -"Odoo automatisk et link element, som peget på de oversatte udgaver af " -"hjemmesiden;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "Med denne tilgang:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " -"language." -msgstr "" -"Søgemaskiner vil omdirigere til det korrekte sprog, ud fra den besøgendes " -"sprog." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " -"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " -"same content." -msgstr "" -"Du bliver ikke straffet af søgemaskiner hvis din side endnu ikke er oversat." -" Det er ikke kopieret indhold; det er en anden version af det samme indhold." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 -msgid "Language Detection" -msgstr "Sprogregistrering" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" -"Når en besøgende lander for første gang på din hjemmeside (f.eks. " -"dinhjemmeside.com/shop), kan de muligvis blive omdirigeret til en oversat " -"udgave automatisk, ud fra deres browsers sprog præference " -"(f.eks.dinhjemmeside.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 -msgid "" -"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " -"redirection." -msgstr "" -"Næste gang beholder den en cookie over det nuværende sprog, for at undgå " -"omdirigering." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" -"For at tvinge den besøgende til at holde sig til et standard sprog, kan du " -"bruge koden for standard sproget i dit link, for eksempel: " -"dinhjemmeside.com/en\\_US/shop. Dette vil gøre at besøgende altid lander på " -"den Engelske udgave af siden, uden at anvende browserens sprog præferencer." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 -msgid "Page Speed" -msgstr "Side hastighed" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduktion" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 -msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " -"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " -"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" -" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " -"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" -" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " -"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" -"-billion-sales>`__." -msgstr "" -"Tiden det tager at indlæse en side er et vigtigt kriterie for søgemaskiner. " -"En hurtigere hjemmeside forbedre ikke kun dine besøgendes oplevelse, men " -"giver dig også en bedre side rangering. Visse studier har påvist, at hvis du" -" dividere tiden til at indlæse dine sider side med to (f.eks. 2 sekunder i " -"stedet for 4 sekunder), vil frafaldsraten for besøgende også blive divideret" -" med 2. (25% til 12,5%). Ét ekstra sekund til at indlæse en side kunne " -"`koste Amazon $1,6mia i salg <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-" -"second-could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " -"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " -"your website ranks using these two tools:" -msgstr "" -"Heldigvis gør Odoo det hele for dig. Nedenunder finder du de tricks Odoo " -"bruger til at forøge hastigheden på din siders indlæsnings tid. Du kan " -"sammenligne hvordan din hjemmeside rangere via disse to værktøjer:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 -msgid "" -"`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Google Side Hastighed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 -msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Pingdom Hjemmeside Hastigheds Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "Billeder" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " -"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " -"for .JPG)." -msgstr "" -"Når du lægger nye billeder op, komprimere Odoo dem automatisk for at " -"reducere deres størrelse (tabsløst komprimering for .PNG og .GIF samt " -"tabende komprimering for .JPG)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "" -"Fra uploader knappen har du mulighed for at beholde det oprindelige billede " -"uredigeret, hvis du foretrækker at optimere kvaliteten på biledet, i stedet " -"for ydeevnen." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" -"Odoo komprimerer billeder når de er lagt op på din hjemmeside, ikke når de " -"anmodes af den besøgende. Derfor er det muligt, hvis du anvender et " -"tredjeparts tema, at det bruger billeder som ikke er komprimeret effektivt. " -"Men alle billeder brugt i Odoos officielle temaer er blevet komprimeret per " -"standard." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "" -"Når du klikker på et billede, viser Odoo dig Alt og titel egenskaber for " -"``<img>`` tagget. Du kan klikke på den for at angive din egen titel og Alt " -"egenskaber for billedet." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "Når du klikker på dette link, vil det følgende vindue komme frem:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" -"Odoos piktogrammer er implementeret via en font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ i de fleste Odoo " -"temaer). Derfor kan du bruge så mange piktogrammer som du ønsker på din " -"side, og de vil ikke resultere i ekstra indlæsningstid for siden." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 -msgid "Static Resources: CSS" -msgstr "Statisk ressourcer: CSS" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" -msgstr "" -"Alle CSS filer er forudbehandlet, sammenkædet, minificeret, komprimeret og " -"cachelagret (på serveren og i browseren). Resultatet:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 -msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "kun én CSS fil anmodning er nødvendig for at indlæse en side" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "" -"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " -"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " -"resource." -msgstr "" -"denne CSS fil er delt og cachelagret iblandt sider, så når en besøgende " -"klikker på en anden side, skal browseren ikke engang indlæse én eneste CSS " -"ressource." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 -msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "denne CSS fil er optimeret til at være lille" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 -msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " -"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " -"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " -"file." -msgstr "" -"**Forudbehandlet:** CSS rammen som anvendes af Odoo er Bootstrap. Selv om et" -" tema måske bruger en anden ramme, udvider og tilpasser de fleste af `Odoo " -"temaer <https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ Bootstrap direkte. Siden Odoo " -"understøtter Less og Sass, kan du redigere CSS regler, i stedet for at " -"overskrive dem via ekstra CSS linjer, hvilket resultere i en mindre fil." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 -msgid "" -"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " -"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " -"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " -"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " -"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " -"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " -"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." -msgstr "" -"**Sammenkædet:** ethvert modul eller bibliotek som du kunne anvende i Odoo " -"har dets eget sæt af CSS, Less eller Sass filer (eHandel, blogs, temaer, " -"osv.). At have flere CSS filer er godt for modulariteten, men ikke godt for " -"ydeevnen, eftersom de fleste browsere kun can udføre 6 anmodninger " -"parallelt, hvilket resultere i at en masse filer indlæses i serier. " -"Ventetiden ved overførsel af en fil er normalt meget længere end den " -"faktiske overførsels tid på data, for små filer så som .JS og .CSS. Derfor " -"afhænger tiden det tager at indlæse CSS ressourcer af antallet af " -"anmodninger der skal udføres, en den faktiske filstørrelse." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 -msgid "" -"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " -"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " -"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " -"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " -"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" -msgstr "" -"For at imødekomme dette problem, er alle CSS / Less / Sass filer sammenkædet" -" til én enkelt .CSS fil til afsendelse til browseren. Derfor har en " -"besøgende **kun én .CSS fil til indlæsning** per side, hvilket er særdeles " -"effektivt. Eftersom CSS'en er delt iblandt alle sider, skal browseren end " -"ikke indlæse en ny CSS fil, når en bruger klikker på en anden side!" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "**Begge filer i <head>'et**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "**Hvad den besøgende modtager (kun én fil)**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* Fra bootstrap.css \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr ".text-muted {" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "farve: #666;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "farve: #777;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "baggrund: gul" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "baggrund: gul;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 -msgid "}" -msgstr "}" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* Fra my-theme.css \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 -msgid "" -"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " -"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " -"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " -"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " -"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " -"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " -"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" -" backend (/web)." -msgstr "" -"CSS'en afsendt til Odoo inkludere alle CSS / Less / Sass for alle sider / " -"moduler. Ved at gøre dette, vil yderligere side visninger fra den samme " -"besøgende ikke skulle indlæse yderligere CSS filer overhovedet. Men visse " -"moduler kan inkludere kæmpe CSS/Javascript ressourcer, som du ikke vil " -"indlæse på forhånd på den første side, fordi de er for store. I dette " -"tilfælde, deler Odoo denne ressoruce op i en sekundær bundt, som kun " -"indlæses når siden der skal anvende den bliver anmodet. Et eksempel på dette" -" er backend'en der kun indlæses, når en besøgende logger ind og tilgør " -"backenden (/web)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 -msgid "" -"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " -"themes fit below this limit." -msgstr "" -"Hvis CSS filen er meget stor, vil Odoo dele den op i to mindre filer, for at" -" undgå 4059 selector begrænsningen per ark for Internet Explorer. Men de " -"fleste temaer passer ind under denne grænse." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 -msgid "" -"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " -"is minified to reduce its size." -msgstr "" -"**Minificeret:** Efter at være forudbehandlet og sammenkædet, minificeres " -"den resulterende CSS, for at reducere dens størrelse." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "**Før minificering**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "**Efter minificering**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* nogle kommentarer \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "" -"Det endelige resultat komprimeres derefter, før det leveres til browseren." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 -msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" -"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" -" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." -msgstr "" -"Derefter gemmes en cachelageret version på serveren (så vi ikke skal " -"forudbehandle, sammenkæde, og minificiere ved hver eneste efterspørgsel) " -"samt i browseren (så den samme besøgende vil indlæse CSS'en kun én gang for " -"alle sider de besøger)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 -msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" -msgstr "Statisk Ressourcer: Javascript" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 -msgid "" -"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." -msgstr "" -"Som med CSS ressourcer, er Javascript ressourcer også sammenkædet, " -"minificeret, komprimeret, og cachelageret (på serveren og i browseren)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 -msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "Odoo oprette tre Javascript bundter:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 -msgid "" -"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"En for alle sider på hjemmesiden (inklusiv kode for parallax effekter, " -"formular godkendelse, osv.)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 -msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" -msgstr "" -"En for almindelig Javascript kode delt mellem frontend og backend " -"(Bootstrap)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 -msgid "" -"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" -" employees using Odoo)" -msgstr "" -"En for backend specifik Javascript kode (Odoo Web Klient Interface for dine " -"ansatte som bruger Odoo)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 -msgid "" -"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " -"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " -"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " -"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." -msgstr "" -"De fleste besøgende på din hjemmeside vil kun have behov for de første to " -"bundter, hvilket resultere i maks 2 Javascript filer til indlæsning for at " -"gengive en side. Eftersom disse filer er delt iblandt alle sider, vil " -"yderligere klik fra samme besøgende ikke indlæse nogen anden Javascript " -"ressource." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 -msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "CDN" -msgstr "CDN" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 -msgid "" -"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " -"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" -" Network has three advantages:" -msgstr "" -"Hvis du aktivere CDN funktionen i Odoo, indlæses statiske ressourcer " -"(Javascript, CSS, billeder) fra et Indholds Leverings Netværk (CDN). Brugen " -"af et Indholds Leverings Netværk har tre fordele:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 -msgid "" -"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" -" around the globe)" -msgstr "" -"Indlæs ressourcer fra en nærliggende server (de fleste CDN har servere i " -"primære lande rundt omkring på kloden)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " -"server)" -msgstr "" -"Cachelager ressourcer effektivt (ingen beregnings ressourcer tages i brug på" -" din egen server)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " -"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " -"domain)" -msgstr "" -"Del ressource indlæsningen ud på flere forskellige tjenester, hvilket gør " -"det muligt at indlæse flere ressourcer parallelt (siden Chrome grænsen er 6 " -"parallel anmodninger per domæne)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 -msgid "" -"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" -" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" -msgstr "" -"Du kan konfigurere dine CDN indstillinger fra **Hjemmeside Administrator** " -"applikationen, via Konfiguration menuen. Her er et eksempel på en " -"konfiguration du kan bruge:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 -msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "HTML Sider" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 -msgid "" -"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " -"server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "" -"HTML Siderne kan komprimeres, men dette håndteres oftest af din web server " -"(NGINX eller Apache)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " -"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." -msgstr "" -"Odoo Hjemmeside byggeren er blevet optimeret til at garantere en ren og kort" -" HTML kode. Byggeklodserne er blevet udviklet til at producere ren HTML " -"kode, normalt via Bootstrap samt HTML editoren." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 -msgid "" -"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " -"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " -"following code:" -msgstr "" -"Som et eksempel, hvis du burger farve vælgeren til at ændre farven på et " -"afsnit til den primære farve på din hjemmeside, vil Odoo producere den " -"følgende kode:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 -msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">Min Tekst</p>``" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " -"code:" -msgstr "" -"Hvorimod de fleste HTML editorer (så som CKEditor) vil producere den " -"følgende kode:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 -msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Min Tekst</p>``" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 -msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "Responsivt Design" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 -msgid "" -"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " -"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " -"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." -msgstr "" -"Hjemmesider som ikke er mobil-venlige påvirkes negativ i forhold til " -"søgemaskinernes rangering. Alle Odoo temaer afhænger af Bootstrap til " -"effektiv gengivelse, i forhold til enheden: PC, tablet, eller mobil." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 -msgid "" -"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly." -msgstr "" -"Eftersom alle Odoo moduler bruger den samme teknologi, er samtlige sider på " -"din hjemmeside mobil-venlige." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 -msgid "Browser Caching" -msgstr "Browser Cachelagring" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 -msgid "" -"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " -"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " -"your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 -msgid "" -"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " -"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." -msgstr "" -"Dette gør det muligt for Odoo at anvende en meget stor cachelagrings " -"forsinkelse (XXX) vedrørende disse ressourcer: XXX sekunder, imens de " -"opdateres med det samme, hvis du opdatere ressourcen." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 -msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "Skalérbarhed" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 -msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " -"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " -"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:568 -msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " -"eCommerce." -msgstr "" -"Her er diassen der opsummere skalérbarheden for Odoo Hjemmeside & eHandel." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:574 -msgid "Search Engines Files" -msgstr "Søgemaskiner Filer" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 -msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "Sitemap" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:579 -msgid "" -"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " -"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " -"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." -msgstr "" -"Sitemappet udpeger sider til indeksering for søgemaskine robotter. Odoo " -"generere en ``/sitemap.xml`` fil automatisk for dig. Af hensyn til ydeevne, " -"lagres og opdateres denne fil hver 12. time." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 -msgid "" -"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " -"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " -"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " -"chunks per file." -msgstr "" -"Per standard vil alle URL være i én enkelt ``/sitemap.xml`` fil, men hvis du" -" har mange sider, vil Odoo automatisk oprette en Sitemap Index fil, i " -"overensstemmelse med `sitemaps.org protokollen " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ , og gruppere sitemap URL i 45000" -" lunser per fil." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:589 -msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "Alle sitemap anførelser har 4 egenskaber der udregnes automatisk:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:591 -msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "``<loc>``: URL på en side" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:593 -msgid "" -"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " -"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." -msgstr "" -"``<lastmod>``: Den sidste dato hvor ressourcen blev redigeret, udregnet " -"automatisk baseret på relateret objekt. For en side relateret til et " -"produkt, kunne dette være den sidste dato hvor produktet eller siden blev " -"redigeret." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:598 -msgid "" -"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" -" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" -" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." -msgstr "" -"``<priority>``: Moduler kan implementerer deres egen prioritets algoritme, " -"baseret på deres indhold (eksempel: et fora kan tildele en prioritet baseret" -" på antallet af stemmer på et givent indlæg). Prioriteten på en statisk side" -" er defineret ud fra dens prioriterings felt, som er normaliseret (16 er " -"standard)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:605 -msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "Struktureret Data Markering" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:607 -msgid "" -"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " -"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" -"presented search results." -msgstr "" -"Struktureret Data Markering bruges til at generere berigede Snippets i " -"søgemaskine resultater. Det er en måde hvorpå hjemmeside ejere kan sende " -"struktureret data til søgemaskine robotter; hvilket hjælper dem med at " -"forstå dit indhold, og oprette en god præsentation i søgeresultaterne." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 -msgid "" -"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " -"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." -msgstr "" -"Google understøtter et antal af indholds typer for berigede Snippets, " -"inklusiv: Anmeldelser, folk, produkter, virksomheder, begivenheder, og " -"organisationer." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " -"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " -"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo implementerer micro data som defineret i `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ specifikationen for begivenheder, eHandel produkter, " -"forum indlæg, og kontakt adresser. Dette gør det muligt for dine produkt " -"sider at blive fremvist på Google med ekstra information, så som pris og " -"bedømmelse af et produkt:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 -msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "robots.txt" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 -msgid "" -"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " -"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " -"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" -msgstr "" -"Når de indekserer din hjemmeside, kigger søgemaskiner først på de generelle " -"indekserings regler i en ``/robots.txt`` fil (tilladte robotter, sitemap " -"sti, osv.). Odoo opretter den automatisk. Dens indhold er:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:631 -msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 -msgid "" -"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " -"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " -"address." -msgstr "" -"Det betyder at alle robotter har tilladelse til at indeksere din hjemmeside," -" og der er ingen andre indekserings regler for den følgende adresse, end " -"specificeret i sitemappet." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:638 -msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " -"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," -" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " -"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "Publicer" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "Hvordan du bruger dit eget domæne navn" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " -"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " -"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" -"Per standard har din Odoo Online instans og hjemmeside et *.odoo.com* domæne" -" navn, for både URL og emails. Men du kan ændre til dit eget (f.eks. " -"www.dinvirksomhed.com)." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "Hvad er et godt domæne navn" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " -"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " -"domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" -"Din hjemmeside adresse er lige så vigtig for dit brand, som navnet på din " -"forretning eller virksomhed, så tænk over at ændre det til et ordentligt " -"domæne. Her er nogle råd:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "Enkelt og indlysende" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "Nemt at huske og stave til" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "Jo kortere jo bedre" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "Undgå specielle tegn" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "Gå efter en .com og / eller din landekode" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" -msgstr "" -"Læs mere: `Hvordan man vælger et domæne navn for maksimal SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "Hvordan man køber et domæne navn" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "Køb dit domæne navn hos en populær registrator:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " -"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" -"Skridt til at købe et domæne navn er stort set lige ud ad landevejen. I " -"tilfælde af problemer, kan du tjekke disse vejledninger:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " -"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " -"This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" -"Du er velkommen til at købe en email server så du kan bruge email adresse " -"med dit domæne. Men køb dog ikke nogen ekstra tjenester til oprettelse eller" -" hosting af din hjemmeside. Det er Odoos job!" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "Hvordan anvender jeg mit domæne navn på min Odoo instans" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 -msgid "" -"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" -"Las os først autorisere omdirigeringen (dinvirksomhed.com -> " -"dinvirksomhed.odoo.com):" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "Åben din Odoo.com konto fra din hjemmeside." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "Gå til *Administrer Databaser* siden." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" -"Klik på *Domæner* til højre for databasen du gerne vil omdirigere til." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " -"www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" -"En database domæne prompt vil vises. Angiv dit eget domæne (f.eks. " -"www.dinvirksomhed.com)." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" -"Vi kan nu anvende omdirigeringen fra din domænenavns administrationskonto:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "Log ind på din konto og søg efter DNZ Zone håndteringssiden." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." -" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " -"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" -"Opret et CNAME datasæt *www.ditdomæne.com* som pege på " -"*minhjemmeside.odoo.com*. Hvis du vil bruge det nøgne domæne (f.eks. " -"ditdomæne.com), skal du omdirigere *ditdomæne.com* til *www.ditdomæne.com*." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" -"Her er nogle specifikke retningslinjer til oprettelse af CNAME datasæt:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -msgstr "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "Hvordan du aktiverer SSL (HTTPS) for din Odoo instans" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " -"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." -msgstr "" -"Indtil for nyligt skulle Odoo brugere anvende en tredjeparts CDN udbyder, så" -" som CloudFlare, for at anvende SSL." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 -msgid "" -"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " -"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " -"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " -"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " -"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." -msgstr "" -"Det er ikke nødvendigt længere: Odoo genererer certifikatet for dig " -"automatisk, via integration med `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority and " -"ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. For at få dette, " -"skal du blot tilføje dit domænenavn i din kundeportal (et særskilt " -"certifikat genereres for hvert domænenavn angivet)." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" -" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du allerede bruger CloudFlare, eller en lignende tjeneste, kan du " -"fortsætte med at bruge det, eller blot ændre til Odoo. Det er op til dig." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 -msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" -msgstr "Min hjemmeside er indekseret to gange af Google" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," -" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " -"Odoo cloud platforms/" -msgstr "" -"Hvis du har oprettet et tilpasset domæne *mitdomæne.com* navn for " -"*mindatabase.odoo.com*, Google indekserer din hjemmeside under begge navne. " -"Dette er en begrænsning af Odoo Cloud platformene/" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Multi Websites" -msgstr "Administrer Flere Hjemmesider" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " -"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " -"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" -msgstr "" -"Odoos Multi-Hjemmesider åbner op for en bred vifte af muligheder for " -"diversificering og kunde segmentering for din virksomhed. Et mangedoblet " -"publikum og forøget omsætning er blot et par klik væk!" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " -"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," -" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" -msgstr "" -"Hver hjemmeside fungere på en fuldt ud uafhængig måde, med dets temaer, " -"branding, domænenavn, sidehoved- og fod, sider, sprog, produkter, blog " -"indlæg, fora, dias, begivenheder, live chat kanaler, osv. Lad os tage en " -"rundvisning!" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Opsætning" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → " -"Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " -"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" -" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " -"visitors to it using Geo IP." -msgstr "" -"Angiv et navn for din hjemmeside, og specificer et domænenavn, i den " -"kommende prompt. Lad den stå tom for at udgive den nye hjemmeside under " -"standard domænet for din Odoo database. Du kan senere angive nogle " -"landegrupper som omdirigerer besøgende til den via Geo IP." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " -"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " -"theme!" -msgstr "" -"Vælg så et tema. Denne nye hjemmeside kan har et helt andet formål eller " -"publikum end den første. Så du kan roligt prøve et andet tema!" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " -"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." -msgstr "" -"Når et tema er valgt, kan du begynde at bygge forsiden for din hjemmeside. " -"Følg de lilla dråber; de vil hjælpe dig med de første skridt." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" -" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 -msgid "Create the menu" -msgstr "Opret menuen" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " -"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" -" the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 -msgid "Switch from one website to another" -msgstr "Skift fra en hjemmeside til en anden" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " -"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " -"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" -" sign in." -msgstr "" -"Så nemt som ABC! Der er en hjemmeside skifter i højre hjørne af " -"redigeringsbjælken. Skift til en anden hjemmeside vil forbinde til domænet " -"for denne hjemmeside. Hvis du bruger et andet domæne for hjemmesiden, bedes " -"brugeren om at logge ind igen." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " -"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " -"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 -msgid "Add features" -msgstr "Tilføj funktioner" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" -" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " -"removing the menu item." -msgstr "" -"De hjemmeside applikationer du installerer (f.eks. Dias, Blog) gøres " -"tilgængelige på alle dine hjemmesider. Du kan, selvfølgelig, holde dem " -"skjult på en hjemmeside ved at fjerne menu genstanden." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " -"First, select the website to configure." -msgstr "Hver hjemmeside ko" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " -"only impact the very website you are working on." -msgstr "" -"Tag derefter et kig på indstillingerne markeret med et jordklode-ikon. Det " -"betyder at de kun påvirker selve den hjemmeside du arbejder på." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 -msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "Du kan, for eksempel, angive specifik :" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 -msgid "languages," -msgstr "sprog," - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 -msgid "domain names," -msgstr "domæne navne," - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 -msgid "social media links," -msgstr "links til sociale medier," - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 -msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "kundeportal tilstande (B2C eller B2B)," - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 -msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "dedikerede live chat kanaler," - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "etc." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 -msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." -msgstr "" -"De andre indstillinger er globale, og gælder for alle dine hjemmesider." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 -msgid "Manage domain names" -msgstr "Administrer domænenavne" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 -msgid "" -"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " -"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " -"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " -"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 -msgid "" -"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 -msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "Tilpas den besøgendes oplevelse" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" -" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " -"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " -"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " -"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." -msgstr "" -"Kundeoplevelsen kan tilpasses i stor grad takket være menuen \\*Tilpas\\*. " -"Alle de visuelle indstillinger der er specifikke til hver hjemmeside. " -"Gennemgå de forskellige sider for at tilpasse dem til det nye publikum. " -"Fokuser på workflows og automatiske sider (eHandel check-ud, blogs, " -"begivenheder, osv.) eftersom antallet af tilgængelige indstillinger er " -"større der." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 -msgid "Publish specific content per website" -msgstr "Udgiv specifikt indhold per hjemmeside" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " -"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " -"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " -"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." -msgstr "" -"Som med statistik sider, udgives indhold oprettet i front-enden (produkt, " -"blog indlæg, osv.) altid på den nuværende hjemmeside. Du kan ændre dette fra" -" rediger form visningen i back-enden, ved at lade *Hjemmeside* feltet stå " -"tomt. Dette vil udgive det på alle hjemmesider." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " -"websites*:" -msgstr "" -"Her er alle objekterne du kan forbinde til *enten en eller alle " -"hjemmesider*:" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Varer" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 -msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" -msgstr "Produktkategorier for eHandel" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 -msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "Blogs" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 -msgid "Slide Channels" -msgstr "Dias Kanaler" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 -msgid "Forums" -msgstr "Fora" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "Arrangementer" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 -msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "Stillinger" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 -msgid "" -"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " -"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." -msgstr "" -"Når du opretter datasættet fra backenden og udgiver den - typisk et produkt " -"eller en begivenhed - gøres det tilgængelig på alle hjemmesider." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 -msgid "Publish a page in all websites" -msgstr "Udgiv en side på alle hjemmesider" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 -msgid "" -"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." -" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration → Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " -"and set the new website." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du vil kopiere den til blot én anden hjemmeside, skal du kopiere siden " -"og angive den nye hjemmeside." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 -msgid "" -"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" -" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " -"being linked to all websites." -msgstr "" -"Når du redigere siden igen, vil ændringen kun anvendes på den nuværende " -"hjemmeside. En ny side kopieres og bindes op på hjemmesiden. Den oprindelige" -" side vil fortsat være forbundet til alle hjemmesider." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 -msgid "" -"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " -"page behind each edited page." -msgstr "" -"Ved at gruppere sider ud fra URL i sidehåndteringen, kan du hurtigt finde " -"den oprindelige side bag hver redigeret side." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Multi-companies" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" -"companies environment." -msgstr "" -"Hver hjemmeside kan forbindes til en specifik virksomhed tilhørende dit " -"system, i et multi-virksomheds miljø." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 -msgid "" -"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " -"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Med en sådan konfiguration, vises kun virksomheds-relateret data på " -"hjemmesiden (produkter, stillinger, begivenheder, osv.)." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 -msgid "" -"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " -"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " -"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " -"visitors." -msgstr "" -"Hjemmeside redigering kan kun vise og redigere siderne tilhørende de datasæt" -" de har adgang til, typisk dem der tilhører den nuværende virksomhed (og " -"deres datter selskaber, eller child companies på Odoo sprog). Og sådan er " -"det også for besøgende." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 -msgid "" -"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " -"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" -" selector in the menu." -msgstr "" -"Hvis hjemmesider er multi-virksomheder, ændre du ikke virksomhed ved at " -"skifte hjemmeside. For at ændre virksomheden og se relateret indhold, skal " -"du bruge virksomheds vælgeren i menuen." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 -msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" -msgstr "Konfigurer din eHandels hjemmeside" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 -msgid "" -"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" -" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " -"website." -msgstr "" -"eHandel er en kritisk funktion i multi-virksomheds miljøet. Vi har sørget " -"for at hele flowet kan tilpasses til selve publikummet for hver hjemmeside." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 -msgid "Products only available on one website" -msgstr "Produkter kun tilgængelig på en hjemmeside" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 -msgid "" -"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." -" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " -"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." -msgstr "" -"Vi har tidligere set hvordan man udgiver et specifikt datasæt på kun én " -"hjemmeside. Du finder \\*Hjemmeside\\* feltet i eHandels fanen på produkt " -"redigerings formularen. Tom betyder at den er tilgængelig på alle " -"hjemmesider." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 -msgid "Products available on *some* websites" -msgstr "Produkter der er tilgængelige på *nogle* hjemmesider" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 -msgid "" -"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " -"should duplicate the product for each website." -msgstr "" -"For at gøre et produkt tilgængelig på nogle hjemmesider, men ikke dem alle, " -"bør du kopiere produktet for hver hjemmeside." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 -msgid "" -"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " -"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " -"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" -" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " -"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du skal bruge en unik reference til at håndtere dit lager, bør du " -"installere *Produktion* og oprette *Sæt* styklister. Hvert sæt vil forbinde " -"hvert udgivet \"virtuelt\" produkt til den primær reference håndteret i dit " -"lager. På den måde vil ethvert produkt solgt fra din hjemmeside blive " -"omdannet til en lagerprodukt på leveringsordren." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 -msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "Prislister" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 -msgid "" -"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " -"Prices per Product* in Website settings." -msgstr "" -"For at administrere specifikke priser på hjemmesider, kan du aktivere *Flere" -" Salgspriser per Produkt* i Hjemmeside indstillinger." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products → Pricelists` to create " -"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " -"this website." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du har behov for hjælp. Vælg en hjemmeside for at oprette en prisliste " -"der kun er tilgængelig på denne hjemmeside." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " -"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " -"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." -msgstr "" -"Ved at lade feltet stå tomt får du det til at virke på alle hjemmesider hvis" -" *Kan vælges* er angivet. Ellers gøres det kun tilgængeligt for backend " -"operationer for Salg og Point of Sale applikationer." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 -msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" -msgstr "Betalingsindløsere og Leveringsmetoder" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 -msgid "" -"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" -" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " -"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " -"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." -msgstr "" -"Per standard sendes alle udgivede betalingsindløsere og leveringsmetoder på " -"alle hjemmesider. Du kunne allerede anvende specifikke betalingsindsløsere " -"per land via Geo IP, ved at definere lande i deres konfiguration. Nu kan du " -"også gøre det per hjemmeside ved at udfylde *Hjemmeside* feltet." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 -msgid "Customer accounts" -msgstr "Kundekonti" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 -msgid "" -"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " -"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " -"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " -"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " -"the visitor mind." -msgstr "" -"I Hjemmeside indstillinger er der en indstilling til at vælge hvorledes " -"kundekonti skal administreres. Du kan enten tillade at kunde bruger én konto" -" på tværs af alle hjemmesider, eller tilskynde dem til at oprette en konto " -"for hver hjemmeside. Denne sidste mulighed er nyttig hvis dine hjemmesider " -"ikke bør være relateret til hinanden ud fra den besøgendes synspunkt." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 -msgid "Technical hints for customization" -msgstr "Teknisk råd til tilpasning" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 -msgid "" -"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" -" make it work with multi websites:" -msgstr "" -"Hvis du vil udgive tilpassede objekter på hjemmesiden, er her et par råd til" -" at få det til at virke med multi-hjemmesider:" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" -msgstr "Sitemap: glem ikke domænet i ruten hvor der kun skal udgives" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." -msgstr "tilgængelige datasæt i hver hjemmesides sitemap." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "Adgang: Du bør kalde metoden" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 -msgid "" -"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" -" can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "" -"*can_access_from_current_website* i controlleren for at forsikre at den " -"besøgende kan se et datasæt i den nuværende hjemmeside." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 -msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" -msgstr "Søg: Når en liste af datasæt vises, må du ikke glemme at specificerer" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 -msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." -msgstr "" -"domænet for kun at vise datasæt tilgængelig for den nuværende hjemmeside." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "Hvordan oversætter du din hjemmeside" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " -"possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "" -"Udover at oprette fantastiske moderne hjemmesider, giver Odoo dig også " -"mulighed for at oversætte dem til forskellige sprog." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "Behandl" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" -" many different languages as you want." -msgstr "" -"Når din hjemmeside er oprettet, har du mulighed for at oversætte den til så " -"mange sprog som du ønsker." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " -"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " -"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " -"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " -"install anything, and follow the next step." -msgstr "" -"Der er to måder hvorpå du kan oversætte din hjemmeside. Du kan gøre det " -"manuelt på egen hånd, eller automatisk med Gengo applikationen. Hvis du vil " -"gøre det automatisk, skal du gå til **App** modulet og installere " -"**Automated translations through Gengo Api** samt **Website Gengo " -"Translator**. Hvis du vil gøre det manuelt, skal du ikke installere noget, " -"og blot følge næste trin." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " -"**Add a language**." -msgstr "" -"Gå derefter til din hjemmeside. Klik på **Tilføj et sprog** nede i højre " -"hjørne af siden." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " -"click on **Load.**" -msgstr "" -"Vælg det sprog som du vil oversætte din hjemmeside til, og klik på " -"**Indlæs**." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " -"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " -"some of the text has been translated automatically." -msgstr "" -"Du vil nu se, at der ved siden af Engelsk også er Fransk, hvilket betyder at" -" siden for oversættelsen er blevet oprettet. Du kan også se at visse af " -"teksterne er blevet oversat automatisk." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " -"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "" -"For at oversætte indholdet af hjemmesiden, skal du klikke på **Oversæt** " -"(her **Traduire** siden vi vil oversætte hjemmesiden til Fransk)." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "" -"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" -" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " -"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " -"ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "Indholdet du gerne vil oversætte vil blive oversat automatisk." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " -"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " -"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " -"automatically." -msgstr "" -"Nu kan du se at det meste af indholdet er fremhævet med gult eller grønt. " -"Gult repræsenterer det indhold du skal oversætte selv. Grønt repræsenterer " -"det indhold der allerede er blevet oversat automatisk." diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..69527e9b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -0,0 +1,4104 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# jonas jensen <j.jensen@tcomp.dk>, 2021 +# JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2021 +# Per Rasmussen <perhgrasmussen@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2021 +# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2021 +# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2021 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2021 +# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:23+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:3 +msgid "Websites" +msgstr "Websites" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:4 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "Webshop" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Kom igang" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "Varekartotek" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to show product availability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " +"your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " +"an option in *Availability*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " +"delay, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 +msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " +"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " +"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " +"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " +"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " +"available options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " +"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " +"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " +"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " +"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " +"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Adapt prices to website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This section sheds light on pricing features found in the eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: " +":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP automatically applies the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, visitors who aren't " +"logged in yet will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers " +"choose their own. Check the *Selectable* box to add the pricelist to the " +"website drop-down menu, which can be found in *Pricelists* under the " +"*Products* menu, located in the Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Opsætning" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Oversigt" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " +"time. The topics follow the buying process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Product Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 +msgid "Shop Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Priser" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Moms" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Checkout process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 +msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "Betaling" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 +msgid "Shipping & Tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Hvordan man bliver betalt med Authorize.net" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " +"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " +"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " +"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " +"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " +"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " +"'Get Started'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" +" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " +"press the related option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 +msgid "Go through the registration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " +"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 +msgid "Set up Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " +"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 +msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" +" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " +"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" +" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 +msgid "Go live" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " +"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " +"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " +"production mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " +"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" +" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " +"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" +" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " +"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " +"Invoicing apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 +msgid "What are the payment methods available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 +msgid "Wire transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " +"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" +" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" +"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 +msgid "Payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" +" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" +" over time:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 +msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "Ingenico" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 +msgid "Authorize.net" +msgstr "Authorize.net" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 +msgid "PayUmoney" +msgstr "PayUmoney" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 +msgid "Sips" +msgstr "Sips" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stribe" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 +msgid "How to go live" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " +"activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 +msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " +"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." +" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 +msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 +msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " +"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " +"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 +msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 +msgid "" +"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " +"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" +" from the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 +msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " +"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" +" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 +msgid "How to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 +msgid "Switch to developer mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 +msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " +"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " +"duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 +msgid "Other configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " +"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " +"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" +"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " +"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " +"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" +" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " +"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "What are the payment status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 +msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " +"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," +" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" +" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " +"confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " +"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " +"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " +"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 +msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " +"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " +"orders straight on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " +"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " +"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " +"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" +" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " +"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " +"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " +"payments " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 +msgid "" +"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " +"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " +"only available with Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " +"*Capture Transaction*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " +"Business Account " +"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" +" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " +"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:105 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, " +"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" +"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" +"payments-ewp>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:120 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Aktivering" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:126 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Kortoplysninger" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +"*Profile > About the business*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" +"fees>`__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 +msgid "" +"..note:: `Traders in the EU " +"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" +"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " +"with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:158 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:178 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:184 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:186 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:188 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:196 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:198 +msgid "See also" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:200 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:202 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "Tilmeld dig" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:4 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Live Chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:7 +msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " +"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " +"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," +" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " +"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " +"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" +" and then click on install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " +"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 +msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " +"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" +" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " +"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " +"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " +"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 +msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " +"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " +"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" +" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " +"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 +msgid "Prepare automatic messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" +" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" +" through the live chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 +msgid "Start chatting with customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " +"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " +"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " +"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " +"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " +"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " +"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " +"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:99 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " +"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " +"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:105 +msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:107 +msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:109 +msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:113 +msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " +"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " +"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:123 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " +"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " +"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," +" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " +"assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " +"visitors, enjoy !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:4 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "Hjemmeside" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "Optimér" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "Hvordan du sporer din hjemmesides trafik med Google Analytics" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "For at følge din hjemmesides trafik med Google Analytics:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" +" you don't have any." +msgstr "" +"`Opret en Google Analytics konto <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ hvis" +" du ikke har nogen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " +"ID." +msgstr "" +"Gennemgå oprettelses formularen og accepter betingelserne, for at få et " +"sporings ID." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "Kopier sporings ID'et til indsættelse i Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " +"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +msgstr "" +"Gå til *Konfiguration* menuen i dit Odoos Hjemmeside app. I indstillinger " +"aktiverer du Google Analytics, og indsætter sporings ID'et. Gem derefter " +"siden." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " +"Documentation. " +"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_instrumentbræt`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "Hvordan du sporer hjemmeside trafik fra dit Odoo Instrumentbræt" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " +"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "" +"Du kan følge dine trafik statistikker direkte fra dit Odoo Hjemmeside " +"Instrumentbræt, takket være Google Analytics." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " +"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "" +"Et forudgående skridt i oprettelsen af en Google Analytics konto og " +"indtastning af dit sporings ID i din hjemmesides indstillinger (se " +":doc:`google_analytics`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" +"Gå til `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ for " +"at generere Analytics API legitimationsoplysninger. Log ind med din Google " +"konto." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "Vælg Analytics API." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " +"to store your API credentials." +msgstr "" +"Opret et nyt projekt og giv den et navn (f.eks. Odoo). Dette projekt er " +"nødvendig, for at gemme dine API legitimationsoplysninger." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "Aktiver API'en." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "Opret legitimationsoplysninger til brug i Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" +"Vælg *Web browser (Javascript)* som kalds kilde, og *Bruger data* som slags " +"på data." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" +" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " +"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" +"Opret derefter et Klient ID. Angiv navnet på applikationen (f.eks. Odoo) og " +"de tilladte sider hvorfra du vil blive omdirigeret. *Autoriseret JavaScript " +"oprindelse* er din Odoo instans URL. *Autoriseret omdirigerings URI* er din " +"Odoo instans URL efterfulgt af '/google_account/authentication'." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " +"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " +"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " +"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" +"Gennemgå Samtykke skærm trinet ved at angive et produktnavn (f.eks. Google " +"Analytics i Odoo). Du er velkommen til at tjekke tilpasningsmulighederne, " +"men det er ikke obligatorisk. Samtykke skærmen vil kun vises efter du har " +"angivet Klient ID'et i Odoo for første gang." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "Endelig tildeles du dit Klient ID. Kopier og indsæt det i Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" +" your Client ID." +msgstr "" +"Åben dit Hjemmeside Instrumentbræt i Odoo, og forbind din Analytics konto, " +"for at indsætte dit Klient ID. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "Autorisér Odoos adgang til Google API, som et sidste skridt." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "Spor klik og besøgende via Link sporere" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" +"Link sporere gør dig i stand til, at spore dine marketing kampagner (emails," +" bannere, reklamer, blog indlæg, sociale medie indlæg, filial links, osv.). " +"På denne måde kan du identificere dine bedste trafik kilder, og foretage " +"informerede valg vedrørende distribueringen af dit marketing budget." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" +"Gå til :menuselection:`Hjemmeside --> Konfiguration --> Indstillinger`og " +"aktiver *Link sporere*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "Opsæt sporbare URL'er" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" +"Gå til :menuselection:`Hjemmeside --> Gå til hjemmeside --> Promover --> " +"Spor denne side`. Her kan du hente en specifik sporet URL, baseret på " +"kampagne, medie, og kilde der anvendes." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" +"**URL**: URL på siden du vil følge (f.eks. forsiden eller et produkts side)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "**Kampagne**: Kontekst på dit link (f.eks. en særlig promovering)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" +"**Medie**: Kanal brugt til at dele (levere) dit link (f.eks. en email eller " +"en Facebook reklame)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" +"**Kilde**: Platform hvor trafikken oprinder fra (f.eks. Google eller " +"Twitter)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" +"Kluk nu på *Få sporet link* få et generere en URL som du kan postere og " +"sende via kilden du har bestemt dig for." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "Følg op på sporede links" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete " +"statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those " +"clicks." +msgstr "" +"For at se statistikker på dine links, kan du gå til " +":menuselection:`Hjemmeside --> Gå til hjemmeside --> Promover --> Spor denne" +" side`. Udover at du kan se links med *Fleste klik* og som er *Anvendt for " +"nyligt*, kan du også klikke på *Statistikker* og se komplette statistikker " +"over antallet af klik samt oprindelseslandene for de klik." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "" +"Du kan også tilgå link sporeren ved at skrive *odoo.com/r* i din browser." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" +"Aktiver udvikler tilstand (:menuselection:`Indstillinger --> Aktiver " +"udvikler tilstanden`) og tilgå *Link sporer* modulet samt dets back-end " +"funktionaliteter." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" +"Integreret med :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, vil de sporere " +"gør dig i stand til at se antallet af klik samt besøgende, for at holde dig " +"opdateret vedrørende dine marketing kampagner." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " +"<../../../sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows you to " +"understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" +msgstr "Hvordan man laver Søgemaskine Optimering (SEO) i Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" +"Søgemaskine Optimering (SEO) er et sæt af bedste praksis til at optimere din" +" hjemmeside, så at du får den bedste rangering på søgemaskiner så som " +"Google. Kort sagt, gør en god SEO det muligt for dig at få mange besøgende." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" +"Nogle eksempler på SEO regler: Din hjemmeside bør indlæses hurtigt, din side" +" bør have en, og kun én, titel ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, titel-tag) bør " +"være konsistente med indholdet, din hjemmeside bør have en ``/sitemap.xml`` " +"fil, osv." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" +"For at garanterer at Odoo Hjemmeside og Odoo eHandel brugere har en god SEO," +" sammenfatter Odoo alle de tekniske kompleksiteter ved SEO, og administrere " +"alt for dig, på den bedst mulige måde. Dette vil blive forklaret nedenunder." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" +"Men lad os først se, hvordan du nemt forøger din rangering, ved at " +"finjustere indholdet samt meta tags på din hjemmeside." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "Meta Tags" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "Titel, Beskrivelse" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" +"Enhver side bør definere ``<title>`` og ``<description>`` meta data. Disse " +"informations elementer bruges af søgemaskiner til at promovere din " +"hjemmeside. De genereres automatisk ud fra side titel og indhold, men du kan" +" finjustere dem. Tjek at de passer til indholdet på siden, for hvis ikke, " +"vil du blive nedgraderet på søgemaskiner." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "Nøgleord" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" +"For at skrive kvalitets indhold og forøge din trafik, tilbyder Odoo en " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Disse nøgleord er de søgninger du ønsker skal pege mod" +" din hjemmeside. For hvert nøgleord ser du hvordan det er anvendt på siden " +"(H1, H2, side titel, side beskrivelse, side indhold) og hvad de relaterede " +"søgninger er på Google. Dets flere nøgleord dets bedre." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" +"Hvis din hjemmeside er på flere sprog, kan du bruge Promovér værktøjet for " +"hvert sprog for hver enkelt side, og angive specifik titel, beskrivelse, og " +"søgnings tags." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "Indhold er Kongen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" +"Når det gælder SEO, er indhold typisk kongen. Odoo tilbyder flere moduler " +"som hjælper dig med at opbygge din hjemmesides indhold:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "**Odoo Blogs**: skriv fantastisk indhold." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" +" Odoo.com landing pages)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" +"404 Siden er en normal side, som du kan redigere som enhver anden side i " +"Odoo. På den måde kan du bygge en god 404 side til at omdirigere til toppen " +"af dit indhold på din hjemmeside, når besøgende farer vild og bruger " +"ugyldige URL'er." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "Brug Sociale netværk" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" +"Sociale medier er bygget til masse-deling. Hvis mange mennesker deler dit " +"indhold på sociale medier, er det sandsynligt, at flere vil linke til det, " +"og links er en kæmpe faktor i SEO rangering." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo indlejrer flere værktøjer til deling af indhold via sociale medier:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "Social Netværk" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" +"Odoo gør det muligt at forbinde alle dine sociale netværks konti i din " +"hjemmesides sidefod. Alt du skal gøre, er at referere dine konti i din " +"virksomheds indstillinger." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "Social deling" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" +"Smid byggeklodsen *Del* på enhver side, som du ønsker dine besøgende skal " +"dele. Ved at klikke på ikonet, spørges de, om de vil dele siden på deres " +"sociale medie væg." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" +"De fleste sociale medier bruger et billede af billedet til at dekorere det " +"delte indlæg. Odoo bruger hjemmeside logoet per standard, men du kan vælge " +"ethvert andet billede på din side i Promovér værktøjet." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "Facebook side" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" +"Smid byggeklodsen *Facebook Side* for at vise en widget af din Facebook " +"virksomheds side, og opfordre besøgende til at følge den. Du kan vise " +"tidslinjen, de næste begivenheder, og beskederne." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "Twitter Scroller" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" +"Vis Twitter feedet med kunde tilfredshed på din hjemmeside. Dette vil forøge" +" antallet af tweets og delinger." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "Test din hjemmeside" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "URL Håndtering" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "Denne sektion kaster lys på, hvordan Odoo gør URL'er SEO-venlige." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "URL'er Struktur" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "Et typisk Odoo URL vil se sådan her ud:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "Med de følgende komponenter:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "**https://** = Protokol" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "**www.minside.com** = Dit domæne navn" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = side sprog. Denne del af URL'en fjernes hvis den besøgende " +"kigger på modersmålet for hjemmesiden. Derfor er den primære version af " +"denne side: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" +"**/shop/produkt** = ethvert modul definere dets egen navneområde (/shop er " +"til kataloget tilhørende eHandel modulet, /shop/produkt er for en produkt " +"side)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"**mit-fantastiske-produkt** = per standard er dette den sidste såkaldt " +"slugificeret titel på produktet denne side henviser til. Du kan tilpasse den" +" i forhold til SEO. Et produkt ved navn \"Firkantet brød\" vil blive " +"slugificeret til \"firkantet-broed\". Afhængig af navneområdet, kan dette " +"være forskellige objekter (blog indlæg, side titler, forum indlæg, forum " +"kommentarer, produkt kategorier, osv.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "**-31** = Det unikke produkt ID" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" +"Bemærk at enhver dynamisk komponent i en URL kan reduceres til dens ID. Som " +"et eksempel, kan følgende URL'er alle foretage en 301 omdirigering til " +"ovenstående URL:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (kort version)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (endnu kortere version)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (gammelt navn " +"for produkt)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" +"Visse URL'er har flere dynamiske dele, så som denne (en blog kategori og et " +"indlæg):" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "I ovenstående eksempel:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "*Virksomheds nyheder* er titlen på bloggen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "*Odoo historien* er titlen på et specifikt blog indlæg" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" +"Når en Odoo side har en pager, angives side nummeret direkte i URL'en (har " +"ikke et GET argument). Dette gør det muligt for enhver side at blive " +"indekseret af søgemaskiner. Eksempel:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "Ændringer i URL'er & Titler" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" +"Når en sides URL ændres (f.eks. en mere SEO-venlig udgave af dit produkt " +"navn), behøver du ikke bekymre dig om at opdatere alle links:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "Odoo vil automatisk opdatere alle dets links til den nye URL." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new website." +msgstr "" +"Hvis eksterne hjemmesider stadig peger på den gamle URL, vil en 301 " +"omdirigering udføres, for at omdirigere besøgende til den nye hjemmeside." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "Som et eksempel. Denne URL:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/gammel-produkt-navn-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "Vil automatisk omdirigere til:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/nyt-og-bedre-produkt-navn-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " +"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" +"Kort sagt, kan du blot ændre titlen på et blog indlæg eller navnet på et " +"produkt, og ændringerne vil automatisk blive anvendt over alt på din " +"hjemmeside. Det gamle link virker stadig for trafik fra eksterne hjemmeside," +" via en 301 omdirigering, for ikke at miste SEO link juice." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" +"Søgemaskiner forøger rangeringen på sikre HTTPS/SSL hjemmesider. Derfor er " +"alle Odoo Online instanser fuldt ud baseret på HTTPS per standard. Hvis den " +"besøgende tilgår din hjemmeside via et URL som ikke er HTTPS, får de en 301 " +"omdirigering til dens tilsvarende HTTPS." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "Links: Nofollow strategi" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" +"Dets mere en side linkes fra eksterne kvalitets hjemmesider, dets bedre er " +"det for din SEO." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "Her er Odoos strategier for håndtering af links:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" +"Ethvert link du tilføjer til din hjemmeside er \"dofollow\", hvilket " +"betyder, at dette link vil bidrage til SEO Juicen for den forbundne side." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" +"Ethvert link posteret af en bidragende (forum indlæg, blog kommentar, osv.) " +"som linker til din egen hjemmeside er også \"dofollow\". " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" +"Men hvert link posteret af en bidrager som forbinder til en ekstern " +"hjemmeside er \"nofollow\". På den måde løber du ikke risikoen for, at folk " +"postere links på din hjemmeside, som peger mod tredjeparts hjemmesider med " +"et dårligt omdømme." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" +"Bemærk at, ved brug af forummet, kan man stole på bidragere med meget Karma." +" I sådanne tilfælde, vil deres links ikke have nogen ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"egenskab." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "Flersprogs understøttelse" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "Flersprogs URL'er" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" +"Hvis du kører en hjemmeside på flere sprog, vil det samme indhold være " +"tilgængelig via forskellige URL'er, alt afhængig af hvilket sprog anvendes:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (Primært sprog, her " +"Engelsk)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (Fransk " +"udgave)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" +"I dette eksempel, er fr\\_FR sproget på siden. Du kan sågar have flere " +"variationer af samme sprog: pt\\_BR (Brasiliansk Portugisisk), pt\\_PT " +"(Portugisisk Portugisisk). " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "Sprog kommentarer" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" +"For at lade søgemaskiner vide, at den sekundære URL er en Fransk " +"oversættelse af den primære URL, vil Odoo tilføje et HTML link element i " +"sidehovedet. I HTML kodens <head> sektion i den primære version, tilføjer " +"Odoo automatisk et link element, som peget på de oversatte udgaver af " +"hjemmesiden;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "Med denne tilgang:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" +"Søgemaskiner vil omdirigere til det korrekte sprog, ud fra den besøgendes " +"sprog." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" +"Du bliver ikke straffet af søgemaskiner hvis din side endnu ikke er oversat." +" Det er ikke kopieret indhold; det er en anden version af det samme indhold." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "Sprogregistrering" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" +"Når en besøgende lander for første gang på din hjemmeside (f.eks. " +"dinhjemmeside.com/shop), kan de muligvis blive omdirigeret til en oversat " +"udgave automatisk, ud fra deres browsers sprog præference " +"(f.eks.dinhjemmeside.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" +"Næste gang beholder den en cookie over det nuværende sprog, for at undgå " +"omdirigering." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" +"For at tvinge den besøgende til at holde sig til et standard sprog, kan du " +"bruge koden for standard sproget i dit link, for eksempel: " +"dinhjemmeside.com/en\\_US/shop. Dette vil gøre at besøgende altid lander på " +"den Engelske udgave af siden, uden at anvende browserens sprog præferencer." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "Side hastighed" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduktion" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" +"Tiden det tager at indlæse en side er et vigtigt kriterie for søgemaskiner. " +"En hurtigere hjemmeside forbedre ikke kun dine besøgendes oplevelse, men " +"giver dig også en bedre side rangering. Visse studier har påvist, at hvis du" +" dividere tiden til at indlæse dine sider side med to (f.eks. 2 sekunder i " +"stedet for 4 sekunder), vil frafaldsraten for besøgende også blive divideret" +" med 2. (25% til 12,5%). Ét ekstra sekund til at indlæse en side kunne " +"`koste Amazon $1,6mia i salg <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-" +"second-could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" +"Heldigvis gør Odoo det hele for dig. Nedenunder finder du de tricks Odoo " +"bruger til at forøge hastigheden på din siders indlæsnings tid. Du kan " +"sammenligne hvordan din hjemmeside rangere via disse to værktøjer:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Google Side Hastighed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Pingdom Hjemmeside Hastigheds Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Billeder" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "" +"Når du lægger nye billeder op, komprimere Odoo dem automatisk for at " +"reducere deres størrelse (tabsløst komprimering for .PNG og .GIF samt " +"tabende komprimering for .JPG)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" +"Fra upload knappen har du mulighed for at beholde det oprindelige billede " +"uredigeret, hvis du foretrækker at optimere kvaliteten på biledet, i stedet " +"for ydeevnen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" +"Odoo komprimerer billeder når de er lagt op på din hjemmeside, ikke når de " +"anmodes af den besøgende. Derfor er det muligt, hvis du anvender et " +"tredjeparts tema, at det bruger billeder som ikke er komprimeret effektivt. " +"Men alle billeder brugt i Odoos officielle temaer er blevet komprimeret per " +"standard." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" +"Når du klikker på et billede, viser Odoo dig Alt og titel egenskaber for " +"``<img>`` tagget. Du kan klikke på den for at angive din egen titel og Alt " +"egenskaber for billedet." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "Når du klikker på dette link, vil det følgende vindue komme frem:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" +"Odoos piktogrammer er implementeret via en font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ i de fleste Odoo " +"temaer). Derfor kan du bruge så mange piktogrammer som du ønsker på din " +"side, og de vil ikke resultere i ekstra indlæsningstid for siden." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "Statisk ressourcer: CSS" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "" +"Alle CSS filer er forudbehandlet, sammenkædet, minificeret, komprimeret og " +"cachelagret (på serveren og i browseren). Resultatet:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "kun én CSS fil anmodning er nødvendig for at indlæse en side" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "" +"denne CSS fil er delt og cachelagret iblandt sider, så når en besøgende " +"klikker på en anden side, skal browseren ikke engang indlæse én eneste CSS " +"ressource." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "denne CSS fil er optimeret til at være lille" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" +"**Forudbehandlet:** CSS rammen som anvendes af Odoo er Bootstrap. Selv om et" +" tema måske bruger en anden ramme, udvider og tilpasser de fleste af `Odoo " +"temaer <https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ Bootstrap direkte. Siden Odoo " +"understøtter Less og Sass, kan du redigere CSS regler, i stedet for at " +"overskrive dem via ekstra CSS linjer, hvilket resultere i en mindre fil." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" +"**Sammenkædet:** ethvert modul eller bibliotek som du kunne anvende i Odoo " +"har dets eget sæt af CSS, Less eller Sass filer (eHandel, blogs, temaer, " +"osv.). At have flere CSS filer er godt for modulariteten, men ikke godt for " +"ydeevnen, eftersom de fleste browsere kun can udføre 6 anmodninger " +"parallelt, hvilket resultere i at en masse filer indlæses i serier. " +"Ventetiden ved overførsel af en fil er normalt meget længere end den " +"faktiske overførsels tid på data, for små filer så som .JS og .CSS. Derfor " +"afhænger tiden det tager at indlæse CSS ressourcer af antallet af " +"anmodninger der skal udføres, en den faktiske filstørrelse." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" +"For at imødekomme dette problem, er alle CSS / Less / Sass filer sammenkædet" +" til én enkelt .CSS fil til afsendelse til browseren. Derfor har en " +"besøgende **kun én .CSS fil til indlæsning** per side, hvilket er særdeles " +"effektivt. Eftersom CSS'en er delt iblandt alle sider, skal browseren end " +"ikke indlæse en ny CSS fil, når en bruger klikker på en anden side!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "**Begge filer i <head>'et**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "**Hvad den besøgende modtager (kun én fil)**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* Fra bootstrap.css \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr ".text-muted {" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "farve: #666;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "farve: #777;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "baggrund: gul" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "baggrund: gul;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "}" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* Fra my-theme.css \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" +"CSS'en afsendt til Odoo inkludere alle CSS / Less / Sass for alle sider / " +"moduler. Ved at gøre dette, vil yderligere side visninger fra den samme " +"besøgende ikke skulle indlæse yderligere CSS filer overhovedet. Men visse " +"moduler kan inkludere kæmpe CSS/Javascript ressourcer, som du ikke vil " +"indlæse på forhånd på den første side, fordi de er for store. I dette " +"tilfælde, deler Odoo denne ressoruce op i en sekundær bundt, som kun " +"indlæses når siden der skal anvende den bliver anmodet. Et eksempel på dette" +" er backend'en der kun indlæses, når en besøgende logger ind og tilgør " +"backenden (/web)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" +"Hvis CSS filen er meget stor, vil Odoo dele den op i to mindre filer, for at" +" undgå 4059 selector begrænsningen per ark for Internet Explorer. Men de " +"fleste temaer passer ind under denne grænse." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" +"**Minificeret:** Efter at være forudbehandlet og sammenkædet, minificeres " +"den resulterende CSS, for at reducere dens størrelse." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "**Før minificering**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "**Efter minificering**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* nogle kommentarer \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "" +"Det endelige resultat komprimeres derefter, før det leveres til browseren." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "" +"Derefter gemmes en cachelageret version på serveren (så vi ikke skal " +"forudbehandle, sammenkæde, og minificiere ved hver eneste efterspørgsel) " +"samt i browseren (så den samme besøgende vil indlæse CSS'en kun én gang for " +"alle sider de besøger)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "Statisk Ressourcer: Javascript" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "" +"Som med CSS ressourcer, er Javascript ressourcer også sammenkædet, " +"minificeret, komprimeret, og cachelageret (på serveren og i browseren)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "Odoo oprette tre Javascript bundter:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, etc.)" +msgstr "" +"En for alle sider på hjemmesiden (inklusiv kode for parallax effekter, " +"formular godkendelse, osv.)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "" +"En for almindelig Javascript kode delt mellem frontend og backend " +"(Bootstrap)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" +"En for backend specifik Javascript kode (Odoo Web Klient Interface for dine " +"ansatte som bruger Odoo)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +msgid "" +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" +"De fleste besøgende på din hjemmeside vil kun have behov for de første to " +"bundter, hvilket resultere i maks 2 Javascript filer til indlæsning for at " +"gengive en side. Eftersom disse filer er delt iblandt alle sider, vil " +"yderligere klik fra samme besøgende ikke indlæse nogen anden Javascript " +"ressource." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +msgid "" +"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " +"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" +" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " +"from their original versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "CDN" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" +"Hvis du aktivere CDN funktionen i Odoo, indlæses statiske ressourcer " +"(Javascript, CSS, billeder) fra et Indholds Leverings Netværk (CDN). Brugen " +"af et Indholds Leverings Netværk har tre fordele:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "" +"Indlæs ressourcer fra en nærliggende server (de fleste CDN har servere i " +"primære lande rundt omkring på kloden)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "" +"Cachelager ressourcer effektivt (ingen beregnings ressourcer tages i brug på" +" din egen server)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "" +"Del ressource indlæsningen ud på flere forskellige tjenester, hvilket gør " +"det muligt at indlæse flere ressourcer parallelt (siden Chrome grænsen er 6 " +"parallel anmodninger per domæne)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" +"Du kan konfigurere dine CDN indstillinger fra **Hjemmeside Administrator** " +"applikationen, via Konfiguration menuen. Her er et eksempel på en " +"konfiguration du kan bruge:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "HTML Sider" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +msgid "" +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" +"HTML Siderne kan komprimeres, men dette håndteres oftest af din web server " +"(NGINX eller Apache)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" +"Odoo Hjemmeside byggeren er blevet optimeret til at garantere en ren og kort" +" HTML kode. Byggeklodserne er blevet udviklet til at producere ren HTML " +"kode, normalt via Bootstrap samt HTML editoren." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "" +"Som et eksempel, hvis du burger farve vælgeren til at ændre farven på et " +"afsnit til den primære farve på din hjemmeside, vil Odoo producere den " +"følgende kode:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">Min Tekst</p>``" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "" +"Hvorimod de fleste HTML editorer (så som CKEditor) vil producere den " +"følgende kode:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Min Tekst</p>``" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "Responsivt Design" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "" +"Hjemmesider som ikke er mobil-venlige påvirkes negativ i forhold til " +"søgemaskinernes rangering. Alle Odoo temaer afhænger af Bootstrap til " +"effektiv gengivelse, i forhold til enheden: PC, tablet, eller mobil." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "" +"Eftersom alle Odoo moduler bruger den samme teknologi, er samtlige sider på " +"din hjemmeside mobil-venlige." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "Browser Cachelagring" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: " +"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" +"Dette gør det muligt for Odoo at anvende en meget stor cachelagrings " +"forsinkelse (XXX) vedrørende disse ressourcer: XXX sekunder, imens de " +"opdateres med det samme, hvis du opdatere ressourcen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "Skalérbarhed" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " +"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." +msgstr "" +"Her er diassen der opsummere skalérbarheden for Odoo Hjemmeside & eHandel." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:574 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "Søgemaskiner Filer" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "Sitemap" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:579 +msgid "" +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" +"Sitemappet udpeger sider til indeksering for søgemaskine robotter. Odoo " +"generere en ``/sitemap.xml`` fil automatisk for dig. Af hensyn til ydeevne, " +"lagres og opdateres denne fil hver 12. time." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:583 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" +"Per standard vil alle URL være i én enkelt ``/sitemap.xml`` fil, men hvis du" +" har mange sider, vil Odoo automatisk oprette en Sitemap Index fil, i " +"overensstemmelse med `sitemaps.org protokollen " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ , og gruppere sitemap URL i 45000" +" lunser per fil." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:589 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "Alle sitemap anførelser har 4 egenskaber der udregnes automatisk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:591 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "``<loc>``: URL på en side" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:593 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "" +"``<lastmod>``: Den sidste dato hvor ressourcen blev redigeret, udregnet " +"automatisk baseret på relateret objekt. For en side relateret til et " +"produkt, kunne dette være den sidste dato hvor produktet eller siden blev " +"redigeret." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:598 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" +"``<priority>``: Moduler kan implementerer deres egen prioritets algoritme, " +"baseret på deres indhold (eksempel: et fora kan tildele en prioritet baseret" +" på antallet af stemmer på et givent indlæg). Prioriteten på en statisk side" +" er defineret ud fra dens prioriterings felt, som er normaliseret (16 er " +"standard)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:605 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "Struktureret Data Markering" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:607 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" +"Struktureret Data Markering bruges til at generere berigede Snippets i " +"søgemaskine resultater. Det er en måde hvorpå hjemmeside ejere kan sende " +"struktureret data til søgemaskine robotter; hvilket hjælper dem med at " +"forstå dit indhold, og oprette en god præsentation i søgeresultaterne." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:612 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" +"Google understøtter et antal af indholds typer for berigede Snippets, " +"inklusiv: Anmeldelser, folk, produkter, virksomheder, begivenheder, og " +"organisationer." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo implementerer micro data som defineret i `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specifikationen for begivenheder, eHandel produkter, " +"forum indlæg, og kontakt adresser. Dette gør det muligt for dine produkt " +"sider at blive fremvist på Google med ekstra information, så som pris og " +"bedømmelse af et produkt:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:625 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "robots.txt" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:627 +msgid "" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" +"Når de indekserer din hjemmeside, kigger søgemaskiner først på de generelle " +"indekserings regler i en ``/robots.txt`` fil (tilladte robotter, sitemap " +"sti, osv.). Odoo opretter den automatisk. Dens indhold er:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:631 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" +"Det betyder at alle robotter har tilladelse til at indeksere din hjemmeside," +" og der er ingen andre indekserings regler for den følgende adresse, end " +"specificeret i sitemappet." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:638 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " +"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," +" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " +"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "Publicer" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own domain name" +msgstr "Hvordan du bruger dit eget domæne navn" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " +"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " +"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" +"Per standard har din Odoo Online instans og hjemmeside et *.odoo.com* domæne" +" navn, for både URL og emails. Men du kan ændre til dit eget (f.eks. " +"www.dinvirksomhed.com)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +msgid "What is a good domain name" +msgstr "Hvad er et godt domæne navn" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " +"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " +"domain. Here are some tips:" +msgstr "" +"Din hjemmeside adresse er lige så vigtig for dit brand, som navnet på din " +"forretning eller virksomhed, så tænk over at ændre det til et ordentligt " +"domæne. Her er nogle råd:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +msgid "Simple and obvious" +msgstr "Enkelt og indlysende" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +msgid "Easy to remember and spell" +msgstr "Nemt at huske og stave til" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +msgid "The shorter the better" +msgstr "Jo kortere jo bedre" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +msgid "Avoid special characters" +msgstr "Undgå specielle tegn" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" +msgstr "Gå efter en .com og / eller din landekode" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" +msgstr "" +"Læs mere: `Hvordan man vælger et domæne navn for maksimal SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +msgid "How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "Hvordan man køber et domæne navn" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "Køb dit domæne navn hos en populær registrator:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" +msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" +msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " +"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" +msgstr "" +"Skridt til at købe et domæne navn er stort set lige ud ad landevejen. I " +"tilfælde af problemer, kan du tjekke disse vejledninger:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " +"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " +"This is Odoo's job!" +msgstr "" +"Du er velkommen til at købe en email server så du kan bruge email adresse " +"med dit domæne. Men køb dog ikke nogen ekstra tjenester til oprettelse eller" +" hosting af din hjemmeside. Det er Odoos job!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" +msgstr "Hvordan anvender jeg mit domæne navn på min Odoo instans" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +msgid "" +"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" +msgstr "" +"Las os først autorisere omdirigeringen (dinvirksomhed.com -> " +"dinvirksomhed.odoo.com):" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." +msgstr "Åben din Odoo.com konto fra din hjemmeside." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." +msgstr "Gå til *Administrer Databaser* siden." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." +msgstr "" +"Klik på *Domæner* til højre for databasen du gerne vil omdirigere til." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " +"www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" +"En database domæne prompt vil vises. Angiv dit eget domæne (f.eks. " +"www.dinvirksomhed.com)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +msgstr "" +"Vi kan nu anvende omdirigeringen fra din domænenavns administrationskonto:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "Log ind på din konto og søg efter DNZ Zone håndteringssiden." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." +" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " +"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." +msgstr "" +"Opret et CNAME datasæt *www.ditdomæne.com* som pege på " +"*minhjemmeside.odoo.com*. Hvis du vil bruge det nøgne domæne (f.eks. " +"ditdomæne.com), skal du omdirigere *ditdomæne.com* til *www.ditdomæne.com*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" +"Her er nogle specifikke retningslinjer til oprettelse af CNAME datasæt:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" +msgstr "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" +msgstr "Hvordan du aktiverer SSL (HTTPS) for din Odoo instans" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "" +"Indtil for nyligt skulle Odoo brugere anvende en tredjeparts CDN udbyder, så" +" som CloudFlare, for at anvende SSL." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" +"Det er ikke nødvendigt længere: Odoo genererer certifikatet for dig " +"automatisk, via integration med `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority and " +"ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. For at få dette, " +"skal du blot tilføje dit domænenavn i din kundeportal (et særskilt " +"certifikat genereres for hvert domænenavn angivet)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "" +"**Bemærk venligst at certifikat oprettelsen kan tage op til 24 timer.**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du allerede bruger CloudFlare, eller en lignende tjeneste, kan du " +"fortsætte med at bruge det, eller blot ændre til Odoo. Det er op til dig." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:98 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "Min hjemmeside er indekseret to gange af Google" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" +"Hvis du har oprettet et tilpasset domæne *mitdomæne.com* navn for " +"*mindatabase.odoo.com*, Google indekserer din hjemmeside under begge navne. " +"Dette er en begrænsning af Odoo Cloud platformene/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:105 +msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "Administrer Flere Hjemmesider" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" +"Odoos Multi-Hjemmesider åbner op for en bred vifte af muligheder for " +"diversificering og kunde segmentering for din virksomhed. Et mangedoblet " +"publikum og forøget omsætning er blot et par klik væk!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" +"Hver hjemmeside fungere på en fuldt ud uafhængig måde, med dets temaer, " +"branding, domænenavn, sidehoved- og fod, sider, sprog, produkter, blog " +"indlæg, fora, dias, begivenheder, live chat kanaler, osv. Lad os tage en " +"rundvisning!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → " +"Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" +"Angiv et navn for din hjemmeside, og specificer et domænenavn, i den " +"kommende prompt. Lad den stå tom for at udgive den nye hjemmeside under " +"standard domænet for din Odoo database. Du kan senere angive nogle " +"landegrupper som omdirigerer besøgende til den via Geo IP." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" +"Vælg så et tema. Denne nye hjemmeside kan har et helt andet formål eller " +"publikum end den første. Så du kan roligt prøve et andet tema!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" +"Når et tema er valgt, kan du begynde at bygge forsiden for din hjemmeside. " +"Følg de lilla dråber; de vil hjælpe dig med de første skridt." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "Opret menuen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" +" the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "Skift fra en hjemmeside til en anden" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" +"Så nemt som ABC! Der er en hjemmeside skifter i højre hjørne af " +"redigeringsbjælken. Skift til en anden hjemmeside vil forbinde til domænet " +"for denne hjemmeside. Hvis du bruger et andet domæne for hjemmesiden, bedes " +"brugeren om at logge ind igen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "Tilføj funktioner" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" +"De hjemmeside applikationer du installerer (f.eks. Dias, Blog) gøres " +"tilgængelige på alle dine hjemmesider. Du kan, selvfølgelig, holde dem " +"skjult på en hjemmeside ved at fjerne menu punktet." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" +"Hver hjemmeside kommer med en lang række specifikke valgmuligheder i " +"indstillingerne. Vælg først hjemmesiden der skal konfigureres." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" +"Tag derefter et kig på indstillingerne markeret med et jordklode-ikon. Det " +"betyder at de kun påvirker selve den hjemmeside du arbejder på." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "Du kan, for eksempel, angive specifikke :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "sprog," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "domænenavne," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "links til sociale medier," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "kundeportal tilstande (B2C eller B2B)," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "dedikerede live chat kanaler," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" +"De andre indstillinger er globale, og gælder for alle dine hjemmesider." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "Administrer domænenavne" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 +msgid "" +"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "Tilpas den besøgendes oplevelse" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" +"Kundeoplevelsen kan tilpasses i stor grad takket være menuen \\*Tilpas\\*. " +"Alle de visuelle indstillinger der er specifikke til hver hjemmeside. " +"Gennemgå de forskellige sider for at tilpasse dem til det nye publikum. " +"Fokuser på workflows og automatiske sider (eHandel check-ud, blogs, " +"begivenheder, osv.) eftersom antallet af tilgængelige indstillinger er " +"større der." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "Udgiv specifikt indhold per hjemmeside" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" +"Som med statiske sider, udgives indhold oprettet i front-enden (produkt, " +"blog indlæg, osv.) altid på den nuværende hjemmeside. Du kan ændre dette fra" +" rediger form visningen i back-enden, ved at lade *Hjemmeside* feltet stå " +"tomt. Dette vil udgive det på alle hjemmesider." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" +"Her er alle objekterne du kan forbinde til *enten en eller alle " +"hjemmesider*:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Varer" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "Produktkategorier for eHandel" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "Blogs" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "Dias Kanaler" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "Fora" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "Arrangementer" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "Stillinger" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" +"Når du opretter datasættet fra backenden og udgiver den - typisk et produkt " +"eller en begivenhed - gøres det tilgængelig på alle hjemmesider." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "Udgiv en side på alle hjemmesider" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration → Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du vil kopiere den til blot én anden hjemmeside, skal du kopiere siden " +"og angive den nye hjemmeside." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" +"Når du redigere siden igen, vil ændringen kun anvendes på den nuværende " +"hjemmeside. En ny side kopieres og bindes op på hjemmesiden. Den oprindelige" +" side vil fortsat være forbundet til alle hjemmesider." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" +"Ved at gruppere sider ud fra URL i sidehåndteringen, kan du hurtigt finde " +"den oprindelige side bag hver redigeret side." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Multi-companies" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" +"Hver hjemmeside kan forbindes til en specifik virksomhed tilhørende dit " +"system, i et multi-virksomheds miljø." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Med en sådan konfiguration, vises kun virksomheds-relateret data på " +"hjemmesiden (produkter, stillinger, begivenheder, osv.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" +"Hjemmeside redigering kan kun vise og redigere siderne tilhørende de datasæt" +" de har adgang til, typisk dem der tilhører den nuværende virksomhed (og " +"deres datter selskaber, eller child companies på Odoo sprog). Og sådan er " +"det også for besøgende." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" +"Hvis hjemmesider er multi-virksomheder, ændre du ikke virksomhed ved at " +"skifte hjemmeside. For at ændre virksomheden og se relateret indhold, skal " +"du bruge virksomheds vælgeren i menuen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "Konfigurer din eHandels hjemmeside" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" +"eHandel er en kritisk funktion i multi-virksomheds miljøet. Vi har sørget " +"for at hele flowet kan tilpasses til selve publikummet for hver hjemmeside." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "Produkter kun tilgængelig på en hjemmeside" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" +"Vi har tidligere set hvordan man udgiver et specifikt datasæt på kun én " +"hjemmeside. Du finder \\*Hjemmeside\\* feltet i eHandels fanen på produkt " +"redigerings formularen. Tom betyder at den er tilgængelig på alle " +"hjemmesider." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "Produkter der er tilgængelige på *nogle* hjemmesider" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" +"For at gøre et produkt tilgængelig på nogle hjemmesider, men ikke dem alle, " +"bør du kopiere produktet for hver hjemmeside." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du skal bruge en unik reference til at håndtere dit lager, bør du " +"installere *Produktion* og oprette *Sæt* styklister. Hvert sæt vil forbinde " +"hvert udgivet \"virtuelt\" produkt til den primær reference håndteret i dit " +"lager. På den måde vil ethvert produkt solgt fra din hjemmeside blive " +"omdannet til en lagerprodukt på leveringsordren." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "Prislister" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" +"For at administrere specifikke priser på hjemmesider, kan du aktivere *Flere" +" Salgspriser per Produkt* i Hjemmeside indstillinger." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products → Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du har behov for hjælp. Vælg en hjemmeside for at oprette en prisliste " +"der kun er tilgængelig på denne hjemmeside." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" +"Ved at lade feltet stå tomt får du det til at virke på alle hjemmesider hvis" +" *Kan vælges* er angivet. Ellers gøres det kun tilgængeligt for backend " +"operationer for Salg og Point of Sale applikationer." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "Betalingsindløsere og Leveringsmetoder" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" +"Per standard sendes alle udgivede betalingsindløsere og leveringsmetoder på " +"alle hjemmesider. Du kunne allerede anvende specifikke betalingsindsløsere " +"per land via Geo IP, ved at definere lande i deres konfiguration. Nu kan du " +"også gøre det per hjemmeside ved at udfylde *Hjemmeside* feltet." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "Kundekonti" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" +"I Hjemmeside indstillinger er der en indstilling til at vælge hvorledes " +"kundekonti skal administreres. Du kan enten tillade at kunde bruger én konto" +" på tværs af alle hjemmesider, eller tilskynde dem til at oprette en konto " +"for hver hjemmeside. Denne sidste mulighed er nyttig hvis dine hjemmesider " +"ikke bør være relateret til hinanden ud fra den besøgendes synspunkt." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "Teknisk råd til tilpasning" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" +"Hvis du vil udgive tilpassede objekter på hjemmesiden, er her et par råd til" +" at få det til at virke med multi-hjemmesider:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "Sitemap: glem ikke domænet i ruten hvor der kun skal udgives" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "tilgængelige datasæt i hver hjemmesides sitemap." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "Adgang: Du bør kalde metoden" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* i controlleren for at forsikre at den " +"besøgende kan se et datasæt i den nuværende hjemmeside." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "Søg: Når en liste af datasæt vises, må du ikke glemme at specificerer" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" +"domænet for kun at vise datasæt tilgængelig for den nuværende hjemmeside." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "Hvordan oversætter du din hjemmeside" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" +"Udover at oprette fantastiske moderne hjemmesider, giver Odoo dig også " +"mulighed for at oversætte dem til forskellige sprog." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "Behandl" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" +"Når din hjemmeside er oprettet, har du mulighed for at oversætte den til så " +"mange sprog som du ønsker." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " +"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " +"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " +"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" +"Der er to måder hvorpå du kan oversætte din hjemmeside. Du kan gøre det " +"manuelt på egen hånd, eller automatisk med Gengo applikationen. Hvis du vil " +"gøre det automatisk, skal du gå til **App** modulet og installere " +"**Automated translations through Gengo Api** samt **Website Gengo " +"Translator**. Hvis du vil gøre det manuelt, skal du ikke installere noget, " +"og blot følge næste trin." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "" +"Gå derefter til din hjemmeside. Klik på **Tilføj et sprog** nede i højre " +"hjørne af siden." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" +"Vælg det sprog som du vil oversætte din hjemmeside til, og klik på " +"**Indlæs**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" +"Du vil nu se, at der ved siden af Engelsk også er Fransk, hvilket betyder at" +" siden for oversættelsen er blevet oprettet. Du kan også se at visse af " +"teksterne er blevet oversat automatisk." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "" +"For at oversætte indholdet af hjemmesiden, skal du klikke på **Oversæt** " +"(her **Traduire** siden vi vil oversætte hjemmesiden til Fransk)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" +" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " +"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " +"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " +"ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "Indholdet du gerne vil oversætte vil blive oversat automatisk." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" +"Nu kan du se at det meste af indholdet er fremhævet med gult eller grønt. " +"Gult repræsenterer det indhold du skal oversætte selv. Grønt repræsenterer " +"det indhold der allerede er blevet oversat automatisk." diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index efe177082..a9b11d8e4 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 15:29+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Johannes Croe <jcr@odoo.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../applications.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications.rst:3 msgid "Applications" msgstr "Applications" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po deleted file mode 100644 index 99dd9d7a4..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1155 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "Kundenverwaltung" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 -msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM" -" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can " -"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 -msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" -" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 -msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " -"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" -" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" -" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 -msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 -msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 -msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " -"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " -"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 -msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " -"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " -"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " -"Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 -msgid "" -"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," -" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " -"fields you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " -"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " -"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 -msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " -"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " -"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 -msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " -"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 -msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "Ein neues Angebot erstellen" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " -"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " -"*Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 -msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " -"process along." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " -"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " -"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " -"directions)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 -msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 -msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " -"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 -msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " -"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " -"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " -"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " -"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" -" in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" -" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " -"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" -" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " -"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " -"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" -" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 -msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 -msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Überblick" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" -" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " -"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " -"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " -"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " -"configuration procedure below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " -"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " -"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " -"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 -msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 -msgid "**Mode** should be Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " -"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 -msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 -msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 -msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 -msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can find all this information by logging in at " -"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " -"and refer to the fields as pictured below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " -"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" -" Odoo and in OnSIP)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " -"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 -msgid "" -"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" -" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " -"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " -"international prefix for the United States)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " -"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 -msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " -"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" -" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " -"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 -msgid "" -"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " -"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." -" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " -"then have to configure it as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 -msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 -msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 -msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 -msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 -msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " -"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " -"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " -"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" -" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " -"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" -"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" -" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 -msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "Abhängigkeiten" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 -msgid "wget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 -msgid "gcc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 -msgid "g++" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 -msgid "ncurses-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 -msgid "libxml2-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 -msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 -msgid "libsrtp-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 -msgid "libuuid-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 -msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 -msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 -msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " -"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " -"extracted:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 -msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 -msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 -msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 -msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 -msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " -"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" -"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 -msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 -msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 -msgid "" -"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " -"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " -"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " -"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 -msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " -"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " -"run 'make config'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 -msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 -msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" -" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 -msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 -msgid "" -"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " -"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " -"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" -" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " -"uncommented:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " -"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " -"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " -"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " -"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 -msgid "" -"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " -"lines:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 -msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 -msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 -msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 -msgid "" -"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" -" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" -" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " -"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" -" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 -msgid "" -"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " -"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " -"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " -"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " -"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 -msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" -" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " -"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " -"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 -msgid "Configure your kanban stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " -"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" -" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" -" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " -"more accurate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" -" you can modify them manually of course." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 -msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " -"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" -" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 -msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " -"closing, letting you prioritize." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 -msgid "" -"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " -"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " -"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 -msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 -msgid "" -"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " -"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " -"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " -"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " -"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " -"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 -msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " -"Win/Loss ratio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" -" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " -"on filter and check Won/Lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 -msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 -msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" -" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " -"can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 -msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " -"*Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " -"there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 -msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 -msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" -" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 -msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " -"Reason*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 -msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 -msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " -"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " -"clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" -" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " -"also archive the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 -msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " -"want to take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 -msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " -"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 -msgid "" -"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " -"address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 -msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " -"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " -"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," -" you can only be a member of one channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 -msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " -"all of its opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " -"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " -"*Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" -" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" -" criterias." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " -"that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " -"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" -" can manage your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " -"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " -"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 -msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " -"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " -"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " -"This domain can include scores." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " -"more refined domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " -"Assignation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " -"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " -"useful to do something with them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " -"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" -" unassigned leads from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 -msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " -"interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " -"they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " -"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 -msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " -"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 -msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 -msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " -"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " -"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " -"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " -"pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " -"chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 -msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po deleted file mode 100644 index 85ea37fb6..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,785 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# darenkster <inactive+darenkster@transifex.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: darenkster <inactive+darenkster@transifex.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " -"click on the `Manage Your Databases " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" -" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " -"database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 -msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " -"features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " -"flows without compromising your daily operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " -"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 -msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " -"database already selected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Aktualisieren" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " -"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" -" the process before upgrading your production database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " -"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " -"experience." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " -"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " -"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" -" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " -"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " -"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " -"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " -"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " -"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " -"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 -msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 -msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " -"database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " -"same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " -"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 -msgid "" -"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " -"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 -msgid "" -"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " -"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " -"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " -"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " -"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" -" and asking another request will not be possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " -"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " -"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " -"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " -"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " -"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " -"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" -" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " -"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " -"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " -"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " -"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" -" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " -"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " -"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " -"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " -"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " -"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" -" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " -"the process is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " -"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " -"migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " -"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " -"database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 -msgid "" -"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " -"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" -" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 -msgid "" -"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" -" database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " -"example)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 -msgid "" -"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " -"behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " -"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187 -msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189 -msgid "" -"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " -"want to rename, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " -"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200 -msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204 -msgid "" -"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " -"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " -"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " -"backup may be several hours old at that point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210 -msgid "" -"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " -"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217 -msgid "" -"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " -"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227 -msgid "" -"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " -"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233 -msgid "" -"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " -"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" -" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" -" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" -"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " -"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " -"message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" -" Manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " -"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " -"database\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " -"as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 -msgid "" -"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " -"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." -" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " -"specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " -"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " -"<duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "" -"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " -"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " -"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 -msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" -" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " -"outgoing connections towards:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 -msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 -msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " -"Update notification runs once a week." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 -msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" -" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 -msgid "" -"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " -"countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " -"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115 -msgid "or" -msgstr "oder" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 -msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com " -"/documentation/user/12.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " -"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " -"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," -" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " -"message disappear right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " -"subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139 -msgid "" -"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" -" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " -"database is expired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " -"that" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 -msgid "" -"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " -"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " -"card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149 -msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151 -msgid "" -"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 -msgid "" -"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " -"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " -"duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170 -msgid "" -"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " -"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " -"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " -"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " -"registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " -"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " -"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" -" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " -"by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " -"installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " -"rights.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " -"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" -" to **Inactive** immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6d6b76dda..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,663 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "Diskussion" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" -" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " -"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " -"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " -"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " -"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " -"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " -"reputation yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " -"own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " -"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " -"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" -" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" -" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " -"`Google documentation " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" -" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " -"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " -"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." -" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " -"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "" -"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " -"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " -"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " -"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" -"/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "usw." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " -"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " -"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " -"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " -"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " -"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " -"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " -"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " -"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " -"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " -"Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 -msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 -msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 -msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 -msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po deleted file mode 100644 index 024e09d6c..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1457 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# JackTheHunter <Maximilian.N98@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Anja Funk <anja.funk@afimage.de>, 2019 -# DE T2 <e2f48d4s5vd1s2@outlook.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "eCommerce" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Beginnen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Produktkatalog" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " -"your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " -"an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " -"delay, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " -"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " -"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " -"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " -"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Einrichtung" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Übersicht" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " -"time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Preiskalkulation" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Steuern" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "Zahlung" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "Wie Sie mit Authorize.Net bezahlt werden" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " -"you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" -" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " -"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" -" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " -"production mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "Buckaroo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "PayUmoney" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "Sips" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "Stripe" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " -"activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" -"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" -" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " -"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " -"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," -" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" -" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " -"confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " -"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " -"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " -"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " -"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " -"orders straight on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " -"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " -"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " -"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" -" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " -"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " -"payments " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 -msgid "" -"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " -"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " -"only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " -"*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " -"Business Account " -"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 -msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" -" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " -"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. " -"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" -"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" -"payments-ewp>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "Aktivierung" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "Credentials" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -"*Profile > About the business*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" -"fees>`__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141 -msgid "" -"..note:: `Traders in the EU " -"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" -"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " -"with credit cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "See also" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "Registrieren" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po deleted file mode 100644 index 853a9083a..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Aufwand" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po similarity index 54% rename from locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po rename to locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 7765fbf7d..eb762396d 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -1,39 +1,35 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Thorsten Vocks <thorsten.vocks@openbig.org>, 2019 -# Johannes Croe <jcr@odoo.com>, 2019 -# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2019 -# Philipp Hug <philipp@hug.cx>, 2019 -# f91684c3ff9ec3e650d5c8461e534581_686eae3 <449b96d9f63071f94d89e129677b83de_366193>, 2019 -# Michael Schütt <michael.schuett.lwl@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019 -# DE T2 <e2f48d4s5vd1s2@outlook.com>, 2019 -# Jan Meyer, 2019 -# Wolfgang Taferner, 2019 -# Rudolf Schnapka <rs@techno-flex.de>, 2019 -# Matt <matt.fasola@braintec-group.com>, 2019 -# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Felix Schubert <felix.schubert@go-erp.com>, 2019 -# Ermin Trevisan <trevi@twanda.com>, 2019 -# Florian Pose <fp@igh.de>, 2020 -# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2020 -# Tobias Arndt, 2020 -# EugenBrodskiSAMSAIT <eugen.brodski@samsa-it.de>, 2021 +# Rudolf Schnapka <rs@techno-flex.de>, 2021 +# Thorsten Vocks <thorsten.vocks@openbig.org>, 2021 +# Ermin Trevisan <trevi@twanda.com>, 2021 +# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2021 +# Johannes Croe <jcr@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Felix Schubert <felix.schubert@go-erp.com>, 2021 +# Philipp Hug <philipp@hug.cx>, 2021 +# Wolfgang Taferner, 2021 +# Andreas Stauder <andreas.stauder@brain-tec.ch>, 2021 +# Florian Pose <fp@igh.de>, 2021 # Andreas Schmidt <schmigo@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Jan Meyer, 2021 +# Tobias Arndt, 2021 +# EugenBrodskiSAMSAIT <eugen.brodski@samsa-it.de>, 2021 +# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Andreas Schmidt <schmigo@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -41,90 +37,94 @@ msgstr "" "Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:3 +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "Finanzen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:318 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "Finanzen" -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "Bank & Kasse" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Bank Datenübertragung" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 msgid "" "CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" " well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " "bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " "software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " "statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" "q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 msgid "Install the CODA feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 msgid "" "If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " "CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ msgid "" "<InstallCoda_>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 msgid "" "If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " "application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -140,11 +140,11 @@ msgid "" "in .CODA Format** and apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 msgid "Import your first CODA file" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -152,25 +152,25 @@ msgid "" "Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 msgid "" "Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 msgid "" "If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " "reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 msgid "Importing CODA files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 msgid "" "After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " "automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ msgid "" "directly click on the link **Import Statement**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 msgid "" "Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " "will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ msgid "" "reconciliation process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 msgid "" "Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " "already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" @@ -195,70 +195,70 @@ msgid "" " bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`ofx`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`qif`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`manual`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Übersicht" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " "but also register your bank statements manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " "do is install the accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 msgid "Create your Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 msgid "" "In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " "journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " "will be found underneath." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 msgid "" "Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " "statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " @@ -266,105 +266,105 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 msgid "" "The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" " equal to the computed balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 msgid "" "You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" " |manual04|" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 msgid "" "You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" " on **Reconcile # Items**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " "missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 msgid "" "If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " "reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 msgid "" "Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 msgid "Close Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 msgid "" "On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " "then click on Bank Statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 msgid "Import OFX statement files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 msgid "" "Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " "exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " "consumers via the Internet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " "software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " "bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 msgid "" "In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." " In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ msgid "" "option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -380,18 +380,18 @@ msgid "" " on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 msgid "" "Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 msgid "Importing OFX files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 msgid "" "After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " "automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " @@ -399,8 +399,8 @@ msgid "" "click on the link **Import Statement**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 msgid "" "Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " "will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " @@ -409,16 +409,16 @@ msgid "" "reconciliation process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`coda`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have" " to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." @@ -426,11 +426,11 @@ msgid "" "PayPal payments in just a click." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 msgid "" "Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already " "installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -439,15 +439,15 @@ msgid "" "automatically**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 msgid "Setup your PayPal account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 msgid "" "A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your " "PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " @@ -455,18 +455,18 @@ msgid "" "field, you can set **PayPal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 msgid "" "Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " "and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" " the online institution and click on the configure button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 msgid "" "Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " "the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" @@ -475,13 +475,13 @@ msgid "" "account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 msgid "" "If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " "English or that the site is not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 msgid "" "If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " "step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " @@ -489,29 +489,29 @@ msgid "" "choose the **Paypal balance** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " "Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 msgid "" "Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " "anymore." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 msgid "" "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 msgid "Import QIF statement files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 msgid "" "Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " "writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " @@ -519,20 +519,20 @@ msgid "" " the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" " and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " "statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 msgid "" "In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." " In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ msgid "" "option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -548,21 +548,21 @@ msgid "" " on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 msgid "" "Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 msgid "Importing QIF files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" " statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 msgid "" "Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " "proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" @@ -580,59 +580,59 @@ msgid "" "supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 msgid "Odoo Online Users" msgstr "Oddo Benutzer online" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 msgid "" "If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" " already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" " module **account_yodlee**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 msgid "" "If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " "you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " "registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 msgid "" "you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " "following addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 msgid "Sync your bank feeds" msgstr "Synchronisieren Sie ihre Bank Konten" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 msgid "" "Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " "your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" @@ -640,35 +640,35 @@ msgid "" " account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 msgid "" "In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " "**Bank Synchronization**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 msgid "" "Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " "**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " "and fill in your bank credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 msgid "" "Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " "every 4 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 msgid "" "Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this " "doesn't always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. " @@ -677,13 +677,13 @@ msgid "" "Yodlee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 msgid "" "You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button " "\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 msgid "" "Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " "fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" @@ -691,39 +691,39 @@ msgid "" "won't import it, you will have to wait till the status changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 msgid "" "What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " "transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" " bank statements to the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 msgid "" "Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to " "your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 msgid "" "Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 msgid "" "Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 msgid "" "This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " "synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" @@ -731,24 +731,25 @@ msgid "" "Unfortunately, there is not much to do about it except for being patient." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch transactions up to 3 months in the past." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Sonstiges" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 msgid "" "When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " "will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " @@ -756,59 +757,59 @@ msgid "" "manually bring the checks to the bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 msgid "" "The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" " be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 msgid "" "The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " "reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 msgid "" "Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " "reconcile them with your bank statement easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 msgid "" "In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " "Deposit** to be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 msgid "" "Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" " your country." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 msgid "" "To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " "application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " "deposits on your main bank accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 msgid "" "To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " "the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " @@ -816,13 +817,13 @@ msgid "" "Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 msgid "" "In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" " to **Batch Deposit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 msgid "" "If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " "payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " @@ -830,15 +831,15 @@ msgid "" "Deposits afterwards." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 msgid "From checks received to the bank" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 msgid "Receive customer checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 msgid "" "Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " "plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " @@ -846,28 +847,28 @@ msgid "" "Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 msgid "" "payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " "Payment** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 msgid "" "From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 msgid "" "Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " "deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " @@ -875,17 +876,17 @@ msgid "" "check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 msgid "" "You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " "the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 msgid "" "When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " "ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " @@ -893,79 +894,79 @@ msgid "" "the bank statement line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 msgid "" "If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " "contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " "deposit in the example below)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:117 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 msgid "" "If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " "be two reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 msgid "" "After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " "page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" " button of your browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 msgid "" "If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " "in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " "refused." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 msgid "" "In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " "bank statement matching." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" "A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" " is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " "clicks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " "accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " "to the another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" @@ -974,24 +975,24 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " "specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 msgid "" "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " "from the same page." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" "Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" " accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " @@ -1000,66 +1001,66 @@ msgid "" "your bank to specify your bank's details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 msgid "" "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " "9533 1498** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" "The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " "accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " "select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" "Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" " transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " "**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " "<Reconcile_>`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " "accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " "receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " @@ -1068,7 +1069,7 @@ msgid "" "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -1077,18 +1078,18 @@ msgid "" "**Reconcile** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 msgid "The following window will open:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " "button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " @@ -1096,47 +1097,47 @@ msgid "" "happen automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "Ausgleich Bankkonto" +msgstr "Bank-Abgleich" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 msgid "Configure model of entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " "order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " "my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " "current balance. This fee is thus variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 msgid "" "First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " "to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " ":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 msgid "" "We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " "depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 msgid "" "We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " "book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " @@ -1144,62 +1145,62 @@ msgid "" "Odoo to take the entire fee into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 msgid "Save your changes when you are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 msgid "" "If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " "under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 msgid "" "You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 msgid "" "Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " "impacted by the payment of the bank fee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 msgid "" "When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " "**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" " relevant data instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " "task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " @@ -1208,39 +1209,39 @@ msgid "" "any other payment document with your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " "is to install the accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Anwendungsfälle" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " "issued to Smith & Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " @@ -1249,125 +1250,126 @@ msgid "" " services to our customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " "has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " "method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" " :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " "Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" msgstr "Auf dem Dashboard, klicke auf **Ausgleich # Posten**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:168 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Einrichtung" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " "guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 msgid "Edit a bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 msgid "" "To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" " it first before filling your own bank information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " "click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 msgid "" "Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " "method like SEPA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "neues Bankkonto hinzu fügen." +msgstr "Klicken Sie, um ein neues Bankkonto hinzuzufügen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" " on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" @@ -1375,99 +1377,65 @@ msgid "" "Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 msgid "" "If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " "the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " "accounts from another company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Typ" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." -msgstr "" -"Bankverbindungstyp: Normal oder IBAN. Abgeleitet von der Bankkontonummer." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "ABA/Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "Account Holder Name" -msgstr "Abweichender Kontoinhaber" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " -"Holder" -msgstr "Inhaber der Bankverbindung, wenn dieser nicht der Kunde ist" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 msgid "Todo" msgstr "Zu erledigen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:45 msgid "add inherited field tooltip" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:47 msgid "" "**Display on reports :** Display this bank account on the documents that " "will be printed or send to the customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:50 msgid "" "**Bank Identifier Code** = BIC : SWIFT Address assigned to a bank in order " "to send automated payments quickly and accurately to the banks concerned" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 msgid "" "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " "of the previous one within the same journal automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 msgid "" "From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " "the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " "menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " "company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " @@ -1476,31 +1444,31 @@ msgid "" "transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " "Central bank web-services." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" "In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " "activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " @@ -1509,82 +1477,82 @@ msgid "" "**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu " +"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " -"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " -"(to activate a currency, check his active field)" +"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" +" activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" "After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" " the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "" "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" "That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" " gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " @@ -1592,505 +1560,193 @@ msgid "" "and the payment date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " "Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " "the currency of the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" "If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " "customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " "the report below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " "managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" -" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " -"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" -" be converted in this currency." +" in its own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable for " +"this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically " +"be converted to this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" "In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " "general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " "amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a cash register?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " "balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Aktiv" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." -msgstr "" -"Deaktivieren Sie die Option, um das Journal Tag auszublenden, ohne es zu " -"entfernen." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Use in Point of Sale" -msgstr "Beim Point-of-Sale verwenden" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a" -" point of sale." -msgstr "" -"Aktivieren Sie diese Option, wenn dieses Journal eine Zahlungsmethode " -"definiert hat, die in einem Point-of-Sales verwendet werden kann." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Unternehmen" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "Unternehmen für dieses Journal" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "Kurzzeichen" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "" -"Die Buchungssätze dieses Journals werden unter Verwendung dieses Präfixes " -"benannt." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Number" -msgstr "Nächste Nummer zuweisen" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." -msgstr "Die nächste Sequenznummer wird für die nächste Rechnung verwendet." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Eingabereihenfolge" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"In diesem Feld finden Sie Angaben zum Nummernkreis, der für die Nummerierung" -" der Posten in diesem Journal verwendet wird." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" -msgstr "Fest zugeordnete Gutschrift-Sequenz" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" -" credit notes made from this journal" -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Sie für Rechnungen und Gutschriften aus diesem" -" Journal nicht den gleichen Nummernkreis verwenden wollen" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Notes: Next Number" -msgstr "Gutschriften: Nächste Zahl" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." -msgstr "Die nächste Sequenznummer wird für die nächste Gutschrift verwendet." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Eingabesequenz Gutschrift" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " -"note entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"In diesem Feld finden Sie Angaben zum Nummernkreis, der für die Nummerierung" -" der Posten in dieser Gutschrift verwendet wird." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "Standard Sollkonto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "Dieses Konto fungiert als Standard Debitorenkonto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "Standard-Habenkonto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "Fungiert als Standardkonto für die Haben-Buchung in diesem Journal" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Currency" -msgstr "Währung" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "Währung bei Erfassung des Kontoauszugs" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" -msgstr "Legt fest, wie Kontoauszüge verarbeitet werden" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Creation of Bank Statements" -msgstr "Erstellung von Kontoauszügen" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "from your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Incoming Payments" -msgstr "Für eingehende Zahlungen" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting " -"a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing " -"online (payment token)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you" -" are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable " -"this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Outgoing Payments" -msgstr "Für ausgehende Zahlungen" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "Erlöskonto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" -" from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Wird verwendet, um einen Gewinn zu buchen, wenn der Saldo einer Kasse vom " -"errechneten bzw. erwarteten abweicht." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "Verlustkonto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " -"from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Wird verwendet, um einen Verlust zu buchen, wenn der Saldo einer Kasse vom " -"errechneten bzw. erwarteten abweicht." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "Rechnungszeilen zusammenfassen" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " -"when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "" -"Bei Auswahl versucht das System die Buchungszeilen bei der Erzeugung aus " -"Rechnungen zu gruppieren." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "Buche bei Begleichung durch Bank" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in " -"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when " -"performing bank reconciliation." -msgstr "" -"Ob die in dieses Journal gebuchten Zahlungen im Entwurf angelegt werden oder" -" nicht, so dass die zugehörigen Journalposten nur bei Bankausgleich gebucht " -"werden." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Alternativbezeichnung für Eingangsrechnungen" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email." -msgstr "Dies erzeugt Eingangsrechnungen im Entwurf durch Emailversand." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "Scheckdruck-Zahlungsweg ausgewählt" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" -" method." -msgstr "" -"Technische Funktion zur Prüfung, ob Schecks als offizieller Zahlungsweg " -"aktiviert wurden." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "Scheck-Nummernfolge" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "Scheck-Nummernfolge" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "Manuelle Nummerierungen" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Ihre vorab ausgedruckten Schecks nicht " -"nummeriert sind." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "Nächste Schecknummer" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "Laufende Nummer für den nächsten Scheckdruck. " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" -msgstr "Genehmigter Differenzbetrag" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field depicts the maximum difference allowed between the ending balance" -" and the theoretical cash when closing a session, for non-POS managers. If " -"this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing " -"of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager." -msgstr "" -"Dieses Feld zeigt die maximal zulässige Differenz zwischen dem Endsaldo und " -"dem errechneten Bargeld beim Schließen einer Sitzung für nicht-PoS-Manager. " -"Wenn dieses Maximum erreicht ist, erhält der Benutzer beim Schließen seiner " -"Sitzung eine Fehlermeldung, die ihn dazu auffordert, seinen Manager zu " -"kontaktieren." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Verwendung" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Kolumbien" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Überblick" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 msgid "" "**l11n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " "document types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" " for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " "based on the DIAN legal requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "Arbeitsablauf" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "2. Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " "credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 msgid "" "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" " environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " @@ -2098,94 +1754,94 @@ msgid "" "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 msgid "3. Configure your report data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 msgid "4.1 Partner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 msgid "4.1.1 Identification" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " "their identification number and document type set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " "number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " "information required by the DIAN ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 msgid "4.2 Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " "This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " "display taxes in the invoice PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 msgid "4.3 Journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " @@ -2194,65 +1850,65 @@ msgid "" "Setting --> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 msgid "4.4 Users" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:202 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 msgid "1. Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "1.1 Invoice creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " "invoice are the next fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " @@ -2260,28 +1916,28 @@ msgid "" "the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " "the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -2291,142 +1947,142 @@ msgid "" " invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 msgid "After this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 msgid "1.4 Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " "after updating the electronic invoice status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 msgid "2. Additional use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 msgid "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "Introducción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 msgid "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 msgid "" "módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " "siguientes puntos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "a. Plan Contable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "b. Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "c. Retenciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 msgid "" "adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " "generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" " DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 msgid "Flujo General" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 msgid "Configuración" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 msgid "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 msgid "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 msgid "cz" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 msgid "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 msgid "" "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " "Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 msgid "" "Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " "**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 msgid "" "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " "ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" @@ -2435,7 +2091,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 msgid "" "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " "el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " @@ -2443,36 +2099,36 @@ msgid "" " la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 msgid "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 msgid "" "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " "Bancaria." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 msgid "" "Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" " Electrónica Colombiana**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 msgid "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 msgid "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 msgid "4.1.1 Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 msgid "" "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " "por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " @@ -2480,31 +2136,31 @@ msgid "" "de documento correspondiente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 msgid "" "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 msgid "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 msgid "" "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " "Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 msgid "" "Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " "Información Fiscal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "" "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " "régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " @@ -2513,24 +2169,24 @@ msgid "" "opciones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 msgid "4.2 Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 msgid "" "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " "necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 msgid "" "Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" " Valor" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 msgid "" "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " "en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " @@ -2538,63 +2194,63 @@ msgid "" "gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 msgid "4.3 Diarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 msgid "" "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" " con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 msgid "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " "ruta:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 msgid "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 msgid "4.4 Usuarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 msgid "" "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " "Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "1. Invoice Creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "" "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " "factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " @@ -2602,55 +2258,55 @@ msgid "" "manualmente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 msgid "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 msgid "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 msgid "transacciones de importación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 msgid "" "utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " "ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " "factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 msgid "1. Invoice Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 msgid "" "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " "desplegado en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 msgid "" "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " "con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" @@ -2658,11 +2314,11 @@ msgid "" "inicial **En Proceso**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 msgid "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 msgid "" "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " "validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " @@ -2672,36 +2328,36 @@ msgid "" "CUFE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 msgid "" "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " "automáticamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 msgid "en el historial de la Factura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 msgid "" "Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" " mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 msgid "1. Errores Frecuentes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 msgid "" "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " "relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " @@ -2709,72 +2365,72 @@ msgid "" "desplegados en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 msgid "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " "botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 msgid "" "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " "igual." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "Frankreich" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" " --> FEC`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "" "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -2783,39 +2439,39 @@ msgid "" "through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " @@ -2826,33 +2482,33 @@ msgid "" "contact your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "" "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " "menu:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "" "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 msgid "" "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -2860,13 +2516,13 @@ msgid "" "country from the list; Do not create a new country." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " "should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " @@ -2874,13 +2530,13 @@ msgid "" "List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -2890,59 +2546,59 @@ msgid "" " installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " "located in France or in any DOM-TOM." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 msgid "Security" msgstr "Sicherheit" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 msgid "" "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " "document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -2951,7 +2607,7 @@ msgid "" "document recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " @@ -2959,11 +2615,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 msgid "Storage" msgstr "Lagerung" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -2971,24 +2627,24 @@ msgid "" "recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " @@ -2996,7 +2652,7 @@ msgid "" " hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " @@ -3004,74 +2660,74 @@ msgid "" "counted in the very next closing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " "developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " "--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Verantwortlichkeiten" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" "DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Deutschland" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " "choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -3079,51 +2735,51 @@ msgid "" "section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Bilanz" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Erfolgsrechnung" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "" "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " "able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " @@ -3132,11 +2788,11 @@ msgid "" "the **Export Datev (csv)** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "" "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" " configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " @@ -3145,11 +2801,11 @@ msgid "" "l’interscambio di informazioni." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 msgid "" "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " "funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" @@ -3158,13 +2814,13 @@ msgid "" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 msgid "" "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" " elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " @@ -3174,14 +2830,14 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/discuss/email_servers.html>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " "elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " "della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " @@ -3189,34 +2845,34 @@ msgid "" "previa comunicazione." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " "commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 msgid "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "" "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " "fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " @@ -3224,18 +2880,18 @@ msgid "" "l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 msgid "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "" "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " "necessarie informazioni legali." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "" "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" " i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" @@ -3243,11 +2899,11 @@ msgid "" "necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " "dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" @@ -3256,53 +2912,53 @@ msgid "" "tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "" "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 msgid "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 msgid "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Mexiko" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "" "This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" " documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " @@ -3312,30 +2968,30 @@ msgid "" "\"Mexico\" set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "" "**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" " account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" " list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," " payment complement, invoice addendum." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " "accounting are here (Accounting app required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 msgid "" "With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " "with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" @@ -3344,33 +3000,33 @@ msgid "" "company in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 msgid "" "After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" " to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " "debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" "When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " "when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 msgid "" "To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" @@ -3379,11 +3035,11 @@ msgid "" " integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 msgid "" "First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " "in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " @@ -3391,20 +3047,28 @@ msgid "" "position on your company’s contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +"vat to **EKU9003173C9**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " +"(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " +"configuration. If you want to manage another currency, let MXN be the " +"default currency and use price list instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:91 msgid "" "4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the " "company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:93 msgid "" "Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " "order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " @@ -3414,11 +3078,11 @@ msgid "" "the option)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:100 msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:103 msgid "" "This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " "available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " @@ -3426,11 +3090,11 @@ msgid "" "https://www.odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:108 msgid "Enable debug mode:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 msgid "" "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " @@ -3438,7 +3102,7 @@ msgid "" "name does not exist)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:119 msgid "" "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " @@ -3446,36 +3110,36 @@ msgid "" "the default behavior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:128 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:648 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:138 msgid "" "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" " set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:145 msgid "" "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " "faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " @@ -3483,14 +3147,14 @@ msgid "" "and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " @@ -3499,152 +3163,146 @@ msgid "" "environment with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178 -msgid "`Certificate`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +msgid "" +":download:` Certificate <files/certificate.cer>` :download:` Certificate Key" +" <files/certificate.key>` - **Password:** 12345678a" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179 -msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 -msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189 msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:191 msgid "" "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " "\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:205 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "Abrechnung" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:217 msgid "" "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " "invoice by email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:224 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:233 msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:235 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:245 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:261 msgid "" "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " "good control of the cancellation reasons." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:264 msgid "" "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " "important." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " "the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " @@ -3652,23 +3310,23 @@ msgid "" "generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "" "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " "``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " @@ -3676,31 +3334,31 @@ msgid "" "next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "" "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -3709,66 +3367,66 @@ msgid "" "caso de anticipos recibidos**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" "1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:334 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:337 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:346 msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -3778,17 +3436,17 @@ msgid "" " xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:363 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -3796,11 +3454,11 @@ msgid "" "is not created you can create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:373 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:375 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -3809,28 +3467,28 @@ msgid "" "the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:388 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:390 msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:392 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:395 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -3838,25 +3496,25 @@ msgid "" "the same, with our providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " "to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:406 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " "find in the SAT website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:410 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -3864,24 +3522,24 @@ msgid "" "to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:421 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -3890,18 +3548,18 @@ msgid "" "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:432 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:436 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -3911,7 +3569,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -3919,41 +3577,41 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:448 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:450 msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:452 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:474 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -3962,34 +3620,34 @@ msgid "" " suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " "properly configured already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " "itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:491 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -3999,26 +3657,26 @@ msgid "" "your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:507 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:509 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:514 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -4028,17 +3686,17 @@ msgid "" "information daily in the system manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " @@ -4046,116 +3704,130 @@ msgid "" "debug mode enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:536 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:537 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:538 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:539 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:546 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:559 msgid "" "This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " "or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" " above but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:563 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 -msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572 msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute " +"'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; " +"this underruns the allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute " +"'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the " +"pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:577 msgid "" "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:609 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:576 -msgid "" -":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 msgid "" -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing." +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute " +"'Regimen' is required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal'" +" is required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:587 msgid "" "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -4165,47 +3837,63 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:594 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " "set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " "Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:607 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02'," +" '03', '04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', " +"'25', '26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:610 msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:617 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute " +"'LugarExpedicion': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of " +"the set {'00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute " +"'LugarExpedicion': '' is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:619 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 msgid "" "**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " @@ -4214,44 +3902,47 @@ msgid "" "info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:624 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "" "**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " +"is required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 msgid "" -":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " "Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " "is required but missing.\", '')" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:645 msgid "" "**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Niederlande" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 msgid "" "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" " all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " @@ -4260,112 +3951,112 @@ msgid "" "then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" msgstr "Spanien" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " "Localization** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Schweiz" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " "ISR*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " "010391391 as CHF ISR reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " "coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " @@ -4374,11 +4065,11 @@ msgid "" "Reports` and tick this box :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 msgid "" "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " "Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -4386,28 +4077,28 @@ msgid "" "you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 msgid "" "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" " for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 msgid "" "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " "module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " @@ -4416,13 +4107,13 @@ msgid "" "\"upgrade\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 msgid "" "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " "to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " @@ -4430,264 +4121,264 @@ msgid "" "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 msgid "" "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" " details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Name**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Scope**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tag**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 msgid "7.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "TVA 7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "Einkauf" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 msgid "7.7% invest." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 msgid "3.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "TVA 3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 msgid "3.7% invest" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Verkäufe" +msgstr "Verkauf" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "7.7% Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "3.7% Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "" "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " "your fiscal positions accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 msgid "Others" msgstr "Andere" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 msgid "Adviser" msgstr "Finanzberater" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 msgid "Manage your fixed assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 msgid "" "The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " "machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " @@ -4695,7 +4386,7 @@ msgid "" "assets and perform reports on your company assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 msgid "" "As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " "amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " @@ -4704,53 +4395,53 @@ msgid "" " for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 msgid "" "The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " "describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 msgid "Install the Asset module" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" " application:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 msgid "" "Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " "<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 msgid "Defining Asset Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 msgid "" "Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " "deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " @@ -4759,7 +4450,7 @@ msgid "" "asset type on the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 msgid "" "You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " "like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " @@ -4767,206 +4458,40 @@ msgid "" "duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 msgid "" "To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 msgid "Create assets manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 msgid "" "To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Assets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 msgid "" "Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " "on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " "confirming the asset." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 msgid "" "if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" " this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " "entries, not those related to the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 -msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Status" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" -" lines can be posted in the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " -"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Asset Category" -msgstr "Anlagenkategorie" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Category of asset" -msgstr "Anlagenkategorien" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date" -msgstr "Datum" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date of asset" -msgstr "Datum Geschäftsausstattung" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Depreciation Dates" -msgstr "Abschreibungsdaten" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based" -" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on " -"the periodicity of the depreciations)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the " -"purchase date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "First Depreciation Date" -msgstr "Abschreibungsbeginn" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal " -"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting " -"date" -msgstr "" -"Bemerken Sie, dass dies bei Prorata Temporis - Anlagen, nicht die Berechnung" -" der ersten Journalbuchung beeinträchtigt. Es wird nur das Buchungsdatum " -"verändert." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross Value" -msgstr "Bruttoerlös" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross value of asset" -msgstr "Bruttowert der Anlage" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Salvage Value" -msgstr "Liquidationswert" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." -msgstr "" -"Das ist der geplante Erinnerungswert, der nicht abgeschrieben werden kann." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Computation Method" -msgstr "Berechnungsmethode" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Time Method Based On" -msgstr "Zeit-Verfahren basiert auf" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 " -"depreciations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " -"depreciations won't go beyond." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Prorata Temporis" -msgstr "Pro rata temporis" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " -"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start " -"date of fiscal year" -msgstr "" -"Signalisiert, dass der Abschreibungsbeginn dieser Anlage vom Zugangsdatum " -"(Kaufdatum) und nicht vom Geschäftsjahresbeginn abgeleitet wird" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "Anzahl der Abschreibungen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" -msgstr "" -"Die Anzahl an Abschreibungen, die das Anlagegut über die Nutzungsdauer " -"vollständig abschreibt." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Months in a Period" -msgstr "Anzahl der Monate in Perioden" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" -msgstr "" -"Die Zeitspanne, in Monaten, die zwischen zwei Abschreibungen liegen soll." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 -msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:83 msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:85 msgid "" "Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " "is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " @@ -4974,7 +4499,7 @@ msgid "" "the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:92 msgid "" "Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " "created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " @@ -4984,17 +4509,17 @@ msgid "" "accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:99 msgid "" "if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " "be filled in the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:103 msgid "How to depreciate an asset?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:105 msgid "" "Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " "date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" @@ -5002,40 +4527,40 @@ msgid "" "been created for this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:110 msgid "" "But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " "on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:117 msgid "" "In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " "entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " "entries which are already posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:122 msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:124 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 msgid "Change the number of depreciation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:127 msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 msgid "" "If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." " Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " @@ -5043,23 +4568,23 @@ msgid "" "should be registered through a customer invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 msgid "→ This has to be changed in Odoo: selling an asset should:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 msgid "remove all \"Red\" lines" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:141 msgid "create a new line that deprecate the whole residual value" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" "Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " "people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" @@ -5069,7 +4594,7 @@ msgid "" "Analytic Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 msgid "" "We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " "with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " @@ -5077,45 +4602,45 @@ msgid "" "than 700." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 msgid "" "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" " is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " "and Finance** app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 msgid "" "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" " feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" msgstr "Budgetpositionen" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "" "Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" " (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" " know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 msgid "" "The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" " in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 msgid "" "Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " "ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " "least one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 msgid "" "If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" " *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " @@ -5123,49 +4648,49 @@ msgid "" "not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 msgid "" "Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " "accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 msgid "" "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 msgid "" "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " "expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 msgid "" "Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " "select the relevant income accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 msgid "Analytical account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 msgid "" "Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " "budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " @@ -5175,30 +4700,30 @@ msgid "" " partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 msgid "" "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " "gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "" "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 msgid "" "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " "Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" " an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 msgid "" "Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " "select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " @@ -5208,128 +4733,128 @@ msgid "" "corresponding analytic account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 msgid "" "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " "is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 msgid "Check your budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 msgid "" "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" " Invoices and Vendors Bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 msgid "" "if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" " in the invoice and / or purchase line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " "Amount** column." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " "budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." +"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" +" that could have been realised." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 msgid "" "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " "should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," " and accurate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 msgid "" "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " "and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " "balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 msgid "" "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " "accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 msgid "" "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " "statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 msgid "" "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " "**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " "affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " "loans and fixed assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 msgid "" "Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " "on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " @@ -5338,35 +4863,35 @@ msgid "" "reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 msgid "" "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " "book entries for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 msgid "" "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" " example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 msgid "**Tax adjustments**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 msgid "" "If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " "they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " @@ -5374,7 +4899,7 @@ msgid "" "these against your Odoo balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 msgid "" "During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" "Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " @@ -5383,11 +4908,11 @@ msgid "" "auditing the books." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 msgid "Closing the fiscal year" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" " close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " @@ -5397,7 +4922,7 @@ msgid "" "**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 msgid "" "Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" " **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" @@ -5406,21 +4931,21 @@ msgid "" "reporting a 0 balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 msgid "" "You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 msgid "" "This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" " debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " @@ -5430,28 +4955,28 @@ msgid "" "occurred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 msgid "" "For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " "journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " "reversed at that date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Kostenstelle" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" "Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " "and subcontracting in the accounting module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 msgid "" "We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " "customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " @@ -5460,13 +4985,13 @@ msgid "" " to the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 msgid "" "The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " "module and install the following apps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 msgid "" "Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " "**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " @@ -5474,32 +4999,32 @@ msgid "" " the Sales management app as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" "Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " "accounting box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 msgid "" "Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " "box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "" "First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " "all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " @@ -5507,25 +5032,25 @@ msgid "" "this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 msgid "" "We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " "see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 msgid "Create an expense product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 msgid "" "We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " "Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " @@ -5533,32 +5058,32 @@ msgid "" " the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Book the expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 msgid "" "Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " "Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " "discussed above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 msgid "" "Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " "entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 msgid "Purchase Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 msgid "" "We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" " a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " @@ -5566,18 +5091,18 @@ msgid "" "select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 msgid "" "Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " "cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Subcontracting" msgstr "An Subunternehmer vergeben" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 msgid "" "The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" " subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " @@ -5585,51 +5110,51 @@ msgid "" "analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 msgid "Track costs in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 msgid "" "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " "open it to check the costs related to that account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " "analytical account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" "Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " "particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " "the invoiced amounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " "**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " @@ -5638,86 +5163,86 @@ msgid "" "compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 msgid "" "First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " "namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " "name and install them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "" "Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " "tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 msgid "Create an employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 msgid "" "In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" " an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " "new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 msgid "" "On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " "specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " "cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " "related to a User." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 msgid "" "Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " "specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 msgid "Issue a Sales Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 msgid "" "We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " "**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " "customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 msgid "" "We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " "unit of measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " "material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " "Progress)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79 msgid "" "Add a link, and the document is under Sales --> Invoicing Methods --> " "Services --> How to invoices blabla" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " "analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " @@ -5726,11 +5251,11 @@ msgid "" " below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 msgid "Fill in timesheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 msgid "" "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " "specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " @@ -5738,43 +5263,43 @@ msgid "" " Account** discussed above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" " the **Analytic Account**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Kostenrechnung" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "" "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " "registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 msgid "Without filters" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 msgid "" "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " "analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " @@ -5782,115 +5307,115 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 msgid "" "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " "credit and debit balance of the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 msgid "" "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " "of cost and revenues (see picture below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "" "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " "with the corresponding description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "With filters" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 msgid "" "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" " resource cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 msgid "" "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " "contains the **Sales Order** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 msgid "" "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " "corresponding costs and revenues." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 msgid "" "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " "**Graph view** to have a clear overview." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 msgid "Analytic account use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 msgid "analyse costs of a company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 msgid "" "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "" "To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " "each in one of three different types of company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "" "In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" " departments and products the company itself is built on." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 msgid "" "The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " "department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " @@ -5898,38 +5423,38 @@ msgid "" "product ranges the company makes and sells." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 msgid "" "**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 msgid "Marketing Department" msgstr "Marketingabteilung" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 msgid "Commercial Department" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 msgid "Administration Department" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 msgid "Production Range 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "Production Range 2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 msgid "" "In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " "invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " @@ -5938,156 +5463,156 @@ msgid "" "that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " "example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**General accounts**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**Analytic accounts**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Title**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Debit**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Credit**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "2122" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" msgstr "Subunternehmer" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "450" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "-450" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "200" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "Transport charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "Staff costs" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" msgstr "Marketing" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "-3 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" msgstr "Verwaltung" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" msgstr "PR" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 msgid "" "The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " "costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " @@ -6095,7 +5620,7 @@ msgid "" "above:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 msgid "" "In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " "only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " @@ -6103,51 +5628,51 @@ msgid "" "accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 msgid "" "The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " "profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" "This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " "companies and industries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 msgid "" "A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " "departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " "This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 msgid "" "Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " "effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " "product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "" "Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " "current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" " given file/analytic account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 msgid "" "A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" " the profitability by case and by employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 msgid "" "Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " "timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " @@ -6156,13 +5681,13 @@ msgid "" "cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 msgid "" "So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " "management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 msgid "" "Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" " entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " @@ -6171,7 +5696,7 @@ msgid "" " basis of the hourly cost per employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 msgid "" "At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " "them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " @@ -6181,125 +5706,125 @@ msgid "" "depending on the time actually worked." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 msgid "" "The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " "can find for your analytic account:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "Study the file (1 h)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Case 1.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "-15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "Search for information (3 h)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Case 2.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "-60" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "Service charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Stationery purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "-42" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "42" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "613 – Transports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "35" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "Staff salaries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "6201 – Salaries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" "Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" " various transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 msgid "" "For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " ":doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 msgid "" "But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " "profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" @@ -6308,40 +5833,40 @@ msgid "" "products that manage timesheet or expenses ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 msgid "project planning," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 msgid "managing support contracts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 msgid "" "To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " "structured by project and by sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 msgid "" "The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " "presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " "also similar." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 msgid "" "But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " "prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " @@ -6350,7 +5875,7 @@ msgid "" "an analytic account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 msgid "" "In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " "as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " @@ -6359,269 +5884,212 @@ msgid "" "contract remain." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" "Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" " case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " "production performance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 msgid "" "Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 msgid "What is an account type ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 msgid "" "An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " "account's purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " "country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " "generate opening entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 msgid "" "Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " "category according to its behaviour or purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " "types. Just pick the one related to your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 msgid "**List of account types**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 msgid "Receivable" msgstr "Debitoren" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 msgid "Payable" msgstr "Kreditoren" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 msgid "Bank and Cash" msgstr "Liquide Mittel" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 msgid "Current Assets" msgstr "Umlaufvermögen" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 msgid "Non-current Assets" msgstr "Anlagevermögen" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 msgid "Prepayments" msgstr "Vorauszahlungen" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 msgid "Fixed Assets" msgstr "Sachanlagen" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 msgid "Current Liabilities" msgstr "Kurzfristige Verbindlichkeiten" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 msgid "Non-current Liabilities" msgstr "Langfristige Verbindlichkeiten" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 msgid "Equity" msgstr "Eigenkapital" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 msgid "Current Year Earnings" msgstr "Jahresüberschuss/Jahresfehlbetrag" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 msgid "Other Income" msgstr "Sonstige betriebliche Erträge" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Income" msgstr "Erlöse" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 msgid "Depreciation" msgstr "Abschreibungen" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:4 msgid "Expenses" msgstr "Aufwand" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 msgid "Direct Costs" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 msgid "" "Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " "By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " "related to your country." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 msgid "" "It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " "you can create your own accounts too." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 msgid "" "If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 msgid "" "To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " -"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" -" entries." -msgstr "" -"Die Kontoart hat Informationscharakter und wird verwendet, um " -"länderspezifsche Berichte zu generieren sowie den Jahresabschluss zu steuern" -" und Eröffnungsbilanzbuchungen zu generieren" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Stichwörter" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "" -"Optionale Schlagworte, die Sie vielleicht für Berichtszwecke hinterlegen " -"möchten." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "Kontowährung" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "Erzwingt diese Währung bei allen Buchungen dieses Kontos." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "Kontentyp" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " -"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" -" for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr "" -"Die 'interne Art' wird für Konten mit unterschiedlichen Eigenschaften " -"verwendet: Die Art Umlaufvermögen findet bei Bargeld oder Bankkonten " -"Verwendung, Forderungen/Verbindlichkeiten sind für Kunden/Lieferanten." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "Erlaube Abstimmung" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " -"journal items." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie diese Box an, wenn dieses Konto einen Ausgleich von gebuchten " -"Rechnungen & Zahlungen ermöglicht." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" "In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" " have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " "settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 msgid "" "However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " "fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " "this case, some additional configuration is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " "activate the fiscal years." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 msgid "" "You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " "configuration --> fiscal years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 msgid "" "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " "months." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Lager" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" "As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " @@ -6629,7 +6097,7 @@ msgid "" " average cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 msgid "" "This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " "method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " @@ -6639,38 +6107,38 @@ msgid "" "standard of FIFO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 msgid "Definition of average cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 msgid "" "The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " "goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " "formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" "When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " "as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " "not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " @@ -6678,282 +6146,282 @@ msgid "" "products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Vorgang" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Inventurbestandswert" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$0" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 msgid "0" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$80" msgstr "80 USD" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "8" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "$144" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "-10\\*$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "$24" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" "At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" " inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " "logically the purchase price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 msgid "" "At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " "inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " "the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." " Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" " each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Purchase return use case" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" "In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" " value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " "of these products!)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "-1\\*$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 msgid "Explanation: counter example" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "" "Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " "the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," " you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "" "As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " "customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " "purchased it). Here is the operation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 msgid "-1\\*$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 msgid "" "As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " "of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 msgid "" "The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " "cost:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**$0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 msgid "" "On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " "correct inventory value at all times." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 msgid "" "For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " "another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " @@ -6962,54 +6430,54 @@ msgid "" "shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "" "Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " "price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" " price:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "stock input" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "price diff" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " "price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " @@ -7018,102 +6486,102 @@ msgid "" "average cost and the original purchase price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 msgid "" "Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " "in a different currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 msgid "" "After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " "into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " "fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 msgid "" "Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 msgid "" "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " "in **Dollars**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "" "You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " "Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 msgid "Configure your journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " "currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " "Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 msgid "" "Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" " you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " "you can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" " currency. Then click on **confirm**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " "click on **Add** to allocate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 msgid "" "Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " "the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " @@ -7121,46 +6589,59 @@ msgid "" "in which it was paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 msgid "" "The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +msgid "" +"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " +"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " +"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" +" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " +"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " +"them until that final amount is paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" "Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " "sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " @@ -7169,23 +6650,23 @@ msgid "" "activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 msgid "Turn on multi-currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " "registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " @@ -7193,36 +6674,36 @@ msgid "" "The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 msgid "You can change it in the settings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 msgid "View or edit rate being used" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 msgid "" "You can manually configure the currency rates in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " "to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" " **Save** when you are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 msgid "Live Currency Rate" msgstr "Online-Wechselkurs" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 msgid "" "By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " "synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" @@ -7231,141 +6712,141 @@ msgid "" "Rate** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 msgid "" "Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " "force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" " are set !" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 msgid "Configure your charts of account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " "for this account to have the account currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 msgid "Configure your journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " "on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 msgid "" "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" " will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " "can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " "items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " "document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " "document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 msgid "Payment Registrations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " "payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 msgid "Bank Statements" msgstr "Bankauszüge" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " "currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " "actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" " in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:122 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " "entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " "life." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 msgid "" "All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " "However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " @@ -7373,87 +6854,87 @@ msgid "" "force a specific currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 msgid "" "When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" " the amounts automatically using that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 msgid "" "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" " journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 msgid "Invoices" msgstr "Rechnungen" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "Eingangsrechnungen" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " "Then click on **Confirm**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Berichtswesen" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo 12 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " "new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " @@ -7461,98 +6942,98 @@ msgid "" "ever." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" msgstr "Entwicklermodus aktivieren" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " "**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " "user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " "**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " "separated by ;)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -7562,96 +7043,96 @@ msgid "" "by one of their columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " "displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 msgid "What are the main reports available?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 msgid "" "Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " "very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " "countries :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 msgid "**Chart of Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 msgid "" "You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " "Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " "more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" " want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " @@ -7659,66 +7140,66 @@ msgid "" "default **Previous 1 Period** option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" " of your organisation as at a particular date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "Gewinn und Verlust" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " "organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 msgid "Chart of account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "Kurzbericht" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "" "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " "figures you need to run your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 msgid "" "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " "reporting :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " @@ -7726,56 +7207,56 @@ msgid "" "result of those sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "" "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " "across all your customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" " all your bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 msgid "" "How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " "i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " "your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " "(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " @@ -7783,11 +7264,11 @@ msgid "" "typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 msgid "General Ledger" msgstr "Hauptbuch" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" " chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " @@ -7796,65 +7277,65 @@ msgid "" "occurred during a certain period of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 msgid "Aged Payable" msgstr "Überfällige Verbindlichkeit" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" " bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " "gone unpaid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 msgid "Aged Receivable" msgstr "Überfällige Forderungen" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 msgid "" "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " "payment during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "Cash-Flow-Bericht" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " "income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " "operating, investing and financing activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "Umsatzsteuerbericht" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "Taxes" msgstr "Steuern" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 msgid "" "When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " "included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" " environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " "the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " @@ -7863,7 +7344,7 @@ msgid "" "that's easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 msgid "" "This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " "two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " @@ -7872,54 +7353,54 @@ msgid "" "case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 msgid "" "But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " "product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 msgid "" "So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " "have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" " taxes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 msgid "" "If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " "will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " "Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 msgid "" "This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " "you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" " form within the same company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 msgid "" "In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " "instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " @@ -7931,7 +7412,7 @@ msgid "" "salespeople." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " "your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " @@ -7942,53 +7423,53 @@ msgid "" "and you have no specific configuration to do." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 msgid "" "If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " "excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " "must:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 msgid "" "always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" " tax (price included on the product form)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 msgid "" "create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 msgid "" "assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " "benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 msgid "" "but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " "website" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 msgid "Setting your products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 msgid "" "Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " "usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " @@ -7996,7 +7477,7 @@ msgid "" "Accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 msgid "" "Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " "pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " @@ -8004,25 +7485,25 @@ msgid "" "per customer segment**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 msgid "" "Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " "default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 msgid "" "Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " "included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," " from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 msgid "" "From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " "menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " @@ -8030,18 +7511,18 @@ msgid "" "included in price)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 msgid "Test by creating a quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 msgid "" "Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " "result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 msgid "" "Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " "position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " @@ -8049,15 +7530,15 @@ msgid "" "8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 msgid "" "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " "included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " @@ -8065,13 +7546,13 @@ msgid "" "of this customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 msgid "" "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 msgid "" "Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " "included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " @@ -8079,21 +7560,21 @@ msgid "" "to only work with one price reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 msgid "" "Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " "To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 msgid "Create tax mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 msgid "" "A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" " on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " @@ -8101,7 +7582,7 @@ msgid "" "purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 msgid "" "The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " "localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " @@ -8110,7 +7591,7 @@ msgid "" "Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " "according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " @@ -8118,34 +7599,34 @@ msgid "" "foreign countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 msgid "" "If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" "mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 msgid "" "Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " "for the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 msgid "" "If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " "will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " "same customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 msgid "" "Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " "destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " @@ -8154,81 +7635,81 @@ msgid "" "your office or warehouse)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 msgid "" "If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " "tax-mapping to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 msgid "" "Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 msgid "" "This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " "fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 msgid "" "For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " "update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " "his shipping address." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 msgid "Specific use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " "replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," " just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`create`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " "validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" @@ -8236,7 +7717,7 @@ msgid "" "method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 msgid "" "Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " "receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " @@ -8244,25 +7725,25 @@ msgid "" "2nd quarter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 msgid "" "You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " "define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " "proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "" "In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." " You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " @@ -8270,63 +7751,63 @@ msgid "" "Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 msgid "" "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " "When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " "your accounting:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 msgid "Receivables $115" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 msgid "Income Account $100" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "Bankjournal" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 msgid "Bank $115" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 msgid "" "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" msgstr "Journal für die Besteuerung nach vereinnahmten Entgelten" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 msgid "" "The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" " tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " @@ -8334,11 +7815,11 @@ msgid "" "zero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 msgid "How to create new taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" " value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " @@ -8346,133 +7827,133 @@ msgid "" "with the right taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 msgid "" "This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " "menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 msgid "Select a computation method:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " "item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " "posts the tax journal item in the income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 msgid "" "If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " "probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " "using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 msgid "" "If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " "**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " "code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 msgid "" "**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " "on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " "following label on invoice \"15%\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 msgid "" "**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " "the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " "footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 msgid "" "**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " "generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 msgid "" "**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " "empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`application`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to set default taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " "localizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 msgid "" "Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " "tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " "country/state than you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 msgid "" "To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 msgid "" "If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " "may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " "login into two different companies and change this field for each company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 msgid "" "A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " "for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " @@ -8480,63 +7961,63 @@ msgid "" "withholding tax applies to employment income." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 msgid "" "With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" " pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " "amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 msgid "" "In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " "the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " "**government**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 msgid "" "In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " "retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 msgid "" "In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " "specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 msgid "" "Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " "invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 msgid "" "If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" " Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " "(normal tax and retention)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 msgid "" "Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " "customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " "line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 msgid "" "When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " "line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " @@ -8544,71 +8025,71 @@ msgid "" "taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 msgid "How to set tax-included prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 msgid "" "In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " "*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 msgid "" "This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " "let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" " product form is $100." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 msgid "Price without tax: $100" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 msgid "Taxes: $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 msgid "Total to pay: $110" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 msgid "If the tax is included in the price" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 msgid "Taxes: $9.09" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 msgid "Total to pay: $100" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 msgid "" "You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " "and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 msgid "" "By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " "display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " @@ -8616,11 +8097,11 @@ msgid "" "Display)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" "The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" " for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " @@ -8629,255 +8110,253 @@ msgid "" "special jurisdiction in the United States." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 msgid "In TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" "Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " "website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "" "Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " "Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " "where you collect sales tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" " and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " "categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" " imply specific rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 msgid "" "Set a specific TaxCloud Category on the *General Information* tab of the " "Product, or on the Product Category." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " "code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " "to open and edit your Company record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " ":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" " installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " "this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " "order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " "triggers the automated tax computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 msgid "" "Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " "You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " "**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" "The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " "follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " "different screens you will need." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"Once you have installed the Accounting application, you should click on the " +"top-right progressbar to get access to the implementation guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:15 msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 msgid "Completing your company settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:18 msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 msgid "Importing your customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 msgid "Importing your suppliers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 msgid "Importing your products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 msgid "Importing your starting balances" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 msgid "Define the users for accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:32 msgid "" "Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " "bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " "configuration of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 msgid "" "This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " "each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " "order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " "are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 msgid "" "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " "basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "Multi-Unternehmen" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " "reports following your consolidation rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 msgid "Multi-currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 msgid "" "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " "transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " @@ -8886,16 +8365,16 @@ msgid "" "reconciliation of the journal items." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 msgid "International Standards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 msgid "" "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " "implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " @@ -8903,92 +8382,86 @@ msgid "" "chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " "including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " "sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 -msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " "per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " "revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " "reports include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -8998,7 +8471,7 @@ msgid "" "banking or wait for your paper bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -9006,39 +8479,39 @@ msgid "" "ledger transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" " tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Inventur Bewertung" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " "(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:132 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -9046,152 +8519,152 @@ msgid "" "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 msgid "Transcript" msgstr "Transkript" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " "century." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " "synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 msgid "" "Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " "them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 msgid "" "Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " "inventory and subscriptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 msgid "" "This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " "the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 msgid "" "Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " "to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " "intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 msgid "" "Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " "go." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:7 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:13 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " "over a specific period (usually the current year)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:18 msgid "" "The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " "sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:23 msgid "" "**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" " as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " "beyond the costs of products sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " "date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:34 msgid "" "**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " "includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " "cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:40 msgid "" "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " "to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:45 msgid "" "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" " shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:50 msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:56 msgid "" "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " "(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:59 msgid "" "A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" " (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " "having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:66 msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Kontenplan" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:71 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " "sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," @@ -9199,276 +8672,276 @@ msgid "" "an other account (debit)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:78 msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Buchungssätze" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:88 msgid "" "Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " "a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " "impacting several accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:92 msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:104 msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 msgid "The customer owes $1,090" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:127 msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:113 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:121 msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:126 msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Reconciliation" -msgstr "Ausgleich offener Posten" +msgstr "Abstimmung offener Posten" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:134 msgid "" "Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " "account, matching credits and debits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:137 msgid "" "Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " "to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " "done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:141 msgid "" "An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " "reconciled with the related payment journal items." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:146 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:147 msgid "" "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " "matching process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 msgid "Customer Statement Example" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Accounts Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Soll" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Haben" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "100" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "70" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "Invoice 2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "65" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 1.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "30" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "Payment 2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 msgid "Invoice 3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "50" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "Total To Pay" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:181 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " "your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " "from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:190 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:189 msgid "" "the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " "<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " "bank statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:195 msgid "" "Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " "should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," @@ -9476,108 +8949,108 @@ msgid "" "balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 msgid "Checks Handling" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:207 msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:208 msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:212 msgid "" "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " "invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Account" msgstr "Konto" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Debitorenkonto" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 msgid "Invoice ABC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Undeposited funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Check 0123" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Bank" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:237 msgid "" "A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " "reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" " journal entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Bank Statement" msgstr "Bankauszug" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 msgid "Statement XYZ" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 msgid "Process overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " "and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " @@ -9586,11 +9059,11 @@ msgid "" "efficiently and accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 msgid "" "If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " "goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " @@ -9600,7 +9073,7 @@ msgid "" "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 msgid "" "Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " "you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" @@ -9610,18 +9083,18 @@ msgid "" "supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "" "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " "directly if you would like." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" "An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " "in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " @@ -9629,144 +9102,144 @@ msgid "" " and precise manner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 msgid "Draft invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 msgid "" "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " "While these invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 msgid "" "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " "is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 msgid "Product: iMac" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 msgid "Quantity: 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 msgid "Unit Price: 100" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" " tax information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "" "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " "moves from the Draft state to the Open state." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 msgid "" "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " "defined, and modifiable, sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 msgid "" "Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" " when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " "entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "" "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " "customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" " follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Agrolait" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 msgid "01/07/2015" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "115" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "15" -msgstr "" +msgstr "15" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 msgid "Payment" msgstr "Zahlung" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 msgid "" "In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " "entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " @@ -9774,67 +9247,67 @@ msgid "" "entered the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 msgid "" "You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " "in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " "your accounting localisation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 msgid "" "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " "journal and enter an amount of $100 ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "Ausgleich" +msgstr "Abstimmen" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" "After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " "display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" " them to pay this invoice. \"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 msgid "" "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" " invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zahlungsnachverfolgung" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "" "There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " "Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" " faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 msgid "" "Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " "pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " @@ -9844,33 +9317,33 @@ msgid "" " same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " "to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 msgid "" "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" " collection efforts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " "Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " @@ -9878,29 +9351,29 @@ msgid "" " and Expenses.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 msgid "Balance sheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" "For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " "method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " "material has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 msgid "" "Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" " correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " @@ -9908,18 +9381,18 @@ msgid "" "aged payable balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " "the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " "them automatically based on past purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" msgstr "Neue Eingangsrechnung eintragen." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 msgid "" "When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " @@ -9927,21 +9400,21 @@ msgid "" "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 msgid "" "To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " "their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " "lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 msgid "" "Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " "screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " "without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 msgid "" "On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " "vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " @@ -9952,64 +9425,64 @@ msgid "" "bottom left table to adjust and match." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " "on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" " on the the accounting package you choose to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 msgid "" "For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" "For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 msgid "" "You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " "validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 msgid "Pay a bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 msgid "" "To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " "**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 msgid "" "From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " "card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " @@ -10019,7 +9492,7 @@ msgid "" "correctly)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 msgid "" "You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " "a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " @@ -10027,11 +9500,11 @@ msgid "" "directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 msgid "Printing vendor Checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 msgid "" "If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " "so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " @@ -10039,19 +9512,19 @@ msgid "" "checks in batches." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " "list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 msgid "" "By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " "list of all payments that are ready to be processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 msgid "" "Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " "them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " @@ -10059,11 +9532,11 @@ msgid "" "once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 msgid "" "In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" " can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " @@ -10071,7 +9544,7 @@ msgid "" " visual of all of your outstanding bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" "From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " "of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " @@ -10080,52 +9553,52 @@ msgid "" "what you see on the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:3 msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 msgid "" "Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" " then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " "most frequently are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 msgid "" "other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " "carried out by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 msgid "" "To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " "from the Apps module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 msgid "" "You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " "re-invoice your expenses to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 msgid "" "Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " "products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " @@ -10133,51 +9606,51 @@ msgid "" "Products` in the **Expenses** application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 msgid "Some examples of products can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 msgid "**Travel (car)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 msgid "Product Type: Service" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 msgid "" "Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " "Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 msgid "**Hotel**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 msgid "" "In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " "employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " @@ -10185,7 +9658,7 @@ msgid "" " hotel." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 msgid "" "Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " "checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " @@ -10194,83 +9667,83 @@ msgid "" "customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 msgid "The expenses workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 msgid "Record a new expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 msgid "" "Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " ":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " "personal expenses work that way:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 msgid "the accountant post journal entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 msgid "" "the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " "with a payable account)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 msgid "" "if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " "the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 msgid "a product: the expense type" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 msgid "" "a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" " car)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 msgid "" "Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " "photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " "the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 msgid "" "If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" " an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " @@ -10278,70 +9751,70 @@ msgid "" "this feature)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 msgid "" "Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " "**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " "expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 msgid "" "An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " "action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 msgid "Validation by the manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 msgid "" "Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " "manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " "menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 msgid "The manager can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 msgid "" "discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " "bill is missing);" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 msgid "reject an expense;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 msgid "approve an expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 msgid "Control by the accountant" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 msgid "" "Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " "by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " "created and posted in your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 msgid "" "If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " "expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 msgid "" "If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " "the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " @@ -10350,14 +9823,14 @@ msgid "" " project)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 msgid "" "To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." " (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " "invoice all your orders in batch)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 msgid "" "tip If you want to learn more; check the documentation page :doc: " "../../../sale/invoicing/service/expense `*How to re-invoice expenses to your" @@ -10365,63 +9838,63 @@ msgid "" "<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1_6VclRWfESHfvNPZI32q5ANFi2C7cCTwkLXpbGTz6B8/edit?usp=sharing>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 msgid "Reimburse the employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 msgid "" "If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " "reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" " payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 msgid "" "All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " "due." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 msgid "" "If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " "options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 msgid "" "if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " "invoicing policy on the product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 msgid "" "if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " "reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" " invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 msgid ":doc:`forecast`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" "When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " "different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " @@ -10429,32 +9902,32 @@ msgid "" "availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " "vendors efficiently." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " "Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " "on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 msgid "50% within 30 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 msgid "50% within 45 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" "To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " @@ -10462,7 +9935,7 @@ msgid "" " directly and the balance after 30 days." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 msgid "" "Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " "default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" @@ -10470,17 +9943,17 @@ msgid "" "propose you automatically the right payment term." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 msgid "" "If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " "able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 msgid "" "In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " "report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " @@ -10489,16 +9962,16 @@ msgid "" "payment term)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 msgid "" "This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" "Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " "list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" @@ -10506,22 +9979,22 @@ msgid "" "payment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 msgid "" "From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " "to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " "\"Due Date\" feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Payments" msgstr "Zahlungen des Lieferanten" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" "Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " "Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " @@ -10529,12 +10002,12 @@ msgid "" "suppliers with actual bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 msgid "Install the required module" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 msgid "" "To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " "Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " @@ -10543,18 +10016,18 @@ msgid "" "print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " "may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " "install, it's configured by default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " "on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -10563,61 +10036,61 @@ msgid "" "set **Check**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 msgid "United States" msgstr "USA - Vereinigte Staaten von Amerika" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 msgid "reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 msgid "" "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -10625,95 +10098,11 @@ msgid "" "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "Rechnungen vorhanden" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "Hilfs-Feld zur Bedienungserleichterung" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "Zahlungsmethode verbergen" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " -"only one available which is 'manual'" -msgstr "" -"Hilfs-Feld zum Verstecken der Zahlweise, wenn das ausgewählte Journal nur " -"eine anbietet, nämlich 'manuell'" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " -"you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " -"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "Partner Bankkonto anzeigen" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " -"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" -msgstr "" -"Technisches Feld um festzulegen ob das Feld `partner_bank_account_id` auf " -"Zahlungsformularen angezeigt werden muss oder nicht" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Code" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." -msgstr "" -"Hilfs-Feld zur Anpassung der Benutzerschnittstelle an die ausgewählte " -"Zahlweise." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "Schecknummer" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" -"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " -"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." -msgstr "" -"Das ausgewählte Journal wurde für Scheckdruck konfiguriert. Falls Ihr vorab " -"ausgedruckter Scheck bereits eine laufende Nummer hat, können Sie dies über " -"die Konfiguration Ihres Journals anpassen." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:77 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:79 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -10721,7 +10110,7 @@ msgid "" "in batch or review them one by one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:84 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -10729,113 +10118,113 @@ msgid "" " number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:90 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:99 msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " "payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 msgid "" "to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:114 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:124 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" " flow to print checks in batch:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:128 msgid "`Print checks <PrintChecks_>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:130 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " "with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " "able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 msgid "Record several payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" "In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " "open the accounting application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " "the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 msgid "" "Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " "Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " "**Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 msgid "" "We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" " on **Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" "Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" " the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " @@ -10843,137 +10232,137 @@ msgid "" "expense transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "" "In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " "following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" " vendor.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 msgid "" "In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" " the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " "the page, click on **Register Payment**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 msgid "" "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " "for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 msgid "" "You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " "recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 msgid "First, we need to create a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" "Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " "and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " "the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 msgid "" "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " "remaining to reconcile." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "" "After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " "reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " "transaction amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 msgid "" "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " "various bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "" "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " "statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 msgid "" "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " "offer us early payment discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 msgid "" "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" " term." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 msgid "We have created the following bills:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 msgid "" "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" " cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:71 msgid "Pay with SEPA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -10981,23 +10370,30 @@ msgid "" "transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 msgid "" "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " "Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " "with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " -"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file " -"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" -" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." +"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 +msgid "" +"By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " +"specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among " +"banks. However, according to the country set on your company, another format" +" can be used : **'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and " +"**'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 msgid "" "Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " "account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " @@ -11005,24 +10401,24 @@ msgid "" "statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 msgid "" "To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " "module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " "Odoo payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:45 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " "related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -11030,20 +10426,20 @@ msgid "" "account and select the \"Settings\" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 msgid "" "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " "Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" " Transfer**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:62 msgid "" "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " "initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " @@ -11051,38 +10447,38 @@ msgid "" "company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "Register your payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 msgid "" "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " "(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " "one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:88 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:94 msgid "" "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " "pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" @@ -11090,17 +10486,17 @@ msgid "" "linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 msgid "Generate SEPA files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:102 msgid "" "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " "generate for every bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:108 msgid "" "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " "SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " @@ -11108,47 +10504,48 @@ msgid "" "Download SEPA Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:122 msgid "" -"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " -"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " -"error message to your Odoo partner." +"Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** " +"(the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they " +"don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the error " +"message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 msgid "" "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" " IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " "for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:139 msgid "How to define a new bank?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:140 msgid "How to reconcile bank statements?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 msgid "" "Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" " for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " @@ -11157,7 +10554,7 @@ msgid "" "confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " "will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " @@ -11165,20 +10562,20 @@ msgid "" "means no debt account is necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 msgid "" "Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," " as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 msgid "" "If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " "receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " "handle them in accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 msgid "" "Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " "a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " @@ -11186,35 +10583,35 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 msgid "" "To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " "installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 msgid "" "Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" " \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 msgid "Register a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 msgid "" "By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " "Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 msgid "" "To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " "app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 msgid "" "Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " "Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " @@ -11222,31 +10619,31 @@ msgid "" " accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 msgid "" "In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " "option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " "the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 msgid "" "Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " ":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " "completely close the transaction in your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " "incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " "need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" @@ -11254,76 +10651,76 @@ msgid "" "management processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 msgid "" "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " "products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " "only one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " "install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " "automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " "within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " "click create." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " "since it is important:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " "track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " "will allow for receiving these kinds of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " "not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " @@ -11331,7 +10728,7 @@ msgid "" "of these designations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " @@ -11339,15 +10736,15 @@ msgid "" "product type to **Service**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 msgid "Purchasing products or services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " "products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " @@ -11357,17 +10754,17 @@ msgid "" "Reference)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 msgid "Receiving Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " @@ -11376,13 +10773,13 @@ msgid "" "is outlined in red below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 msgid "" "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" " the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " @@ -11392,22 +10789,22 @@ msgid "" "following screen where you then will receive the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 msgid "" "When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" " a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 msgid "" "The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" " the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " @@ -11420,28 +10817,28 @@ msgid "" "reference number or your internal purchase order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " "need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " "prices)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 msgid "" "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " "the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " @@ -11451,76 +10848,76 @@ msgid "" " validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" " quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " "reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 msgid "" "The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" " have not ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 msgid "" "The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," " as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " "understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" " not going to appear anywhere in the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 msgid "" "Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "How product quantities are managed" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " "quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " @@ -11530,25 +10927,25 @@ msgid "" "field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "Rechnung bei Auftrag" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 msgid "or Received quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "Batch Billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " "you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " @@ -11557,20 +10954,20 @@ msgid "" " be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "Ausgangsrechnungen" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" " pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -11579,11 +10976,11 @@ msgid "" "period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 msgid "Set up a cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" @@ -11592,11 +10989,11 @@ msgid "" "valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "Start offering the cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " "term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" @@ -11605,11 +11002,11 @@ msgid "" "calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 msgid "Grant the cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 msgid "" "The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " "cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " @@ -11617,7 +11014,7 @@ msgid "" "click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 msgid "" "You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " "easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " @@ -11627,26 +11024,26 @@ msgid "" " default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 msgid "Register the full payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 msgid "" "In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " "benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " "the payment with the two related journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 msgid "Set up cash roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" "In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " "Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" @@ -11654,59 +11051,59 @@ msgid "" "that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "" "First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " "Cash Rounding." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" "There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 msgid "" "Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " "strategies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 msgid "" "**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" " your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " "define the account in which the rounding will go." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 msgid "" "**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " "highest tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 msgid "" "Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" " the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" @@ -11714,11 +11111,11 @@ msgid "" " If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" "Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " "balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " @@ -11729,7 +11126,7 @@ msgid "" "posted on the income statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 msgid "" "For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " "begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " @@ -11737,18 +11134,18 @@ msgid "" " is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 msgid "" "Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " "by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " "revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 msgid "Module installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 msgid "" "In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " "application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " @@ -11756,87 +11153,87 @@ msgid "" "**Revenue Recognition Management** module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 msgid "" "In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" " the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" " might check if the module is correctly installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 msgid "Define deferred revenue types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " "From the Accounting application, go to the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 msgid "1 year service contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 msgid "3 years service contracts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 msgid "" "Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " "products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" " revenue type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 msgid "" "Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Product" msgstr "Produkt" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" msgstr "Passiver Rechnungsabgrenzungstyp" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 msgid "Flowers every month" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 msgid "1 year product contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 msgid "Sell and invoice products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 msgid "" "Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " "this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " @@ -11844,96 +11241,96 @@ msgid "" "entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Dr**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Cr**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 msgid "Accounts receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 msgid "24000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 msgid "Deferred revenue account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 msgid "" "Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " "recognition." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 msgid "1000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 msgid "Service revenue account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 msgid "" "To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" " the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`overview`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 msgid "" "In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " "payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " "bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 msgid "" "payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " "for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " "payment term but an invoice policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 msgid "" "Configure your usual installment plans from the application " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 msgid "" "A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " "3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " @@ -11942,39 +11339,39 @@ msgid "" "exactly 100%)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 msgid "" "The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " "order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 msgid "Payment terms for customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 msgid "You can set payment terms on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 msgid "" "**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " "or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " "this payment term for all future orders for this customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 msgid "" "**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " "this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 msgid "" "If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " "invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " @@ -11982,55 +11379,55 @@ msgid "" "any tax on the invoice):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 msgid "Due date" msgstr "Fälligkeitsdatum" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 msgid "" "If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " "days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 msgid "Jan 03" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 msgid "10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "10" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 msgid "Jan 30" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 msgid "90" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 msgid "" "On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " "To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " "ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " @@ -12040,46 +11437,46 @@ msgid "" "email)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "" "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " "create draft invoices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 msgid "" "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" " order. You have different options like:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " "invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " "delivery order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " "the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 msgid "" "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " "the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " @@ -12087,19 +11484,19 @@ msgid "" "fixed advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on sales orders.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 msgid "" "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" " sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " @@ -12107,22 +11504,22 @@ msgid "" " actual Kg)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " "later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on delivery orders.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "" "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " @@ -12130,44 +11527,44 @@ msgid "" "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 msgid "Contracts" msgstr "Verträge" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "" "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " "salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 msgid "Activities can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 msgid "" "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." " This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " @@ -12175,101 +11572,101 @@ msgid "" "use a regular sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 msgid "" "Read more: - *How to invoice based on time and material?* - *How to manage" " contracts and invoicing plans?*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 msgid "" "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " "frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" " the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 msgid "Read more: *Subscription based invoicing.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " "process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 msgid "if you need to create a refund" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 msgid "If you need to give a discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 msgid "Specific modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" "Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " "customer invoices and supplier bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 msgid "" "Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " "specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " "term but invoice conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 msgid "" "Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " "Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " "appear on the invoice or the sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 msgid "" "A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " "3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " @@ -12278,61 +11675,61 @@ msgid "" "100%)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 msgid "" "screenshot payment term forms, after QDP have commited the change planned on" " this object" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 msgid "" "**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " "or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " "this payment term for all future orders of this customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 msgid "" "**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " "this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 msgid "" "If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " "is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " "this journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 msgid "" "In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 msgid "" "The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " "date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" " is enough." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 msgid "" "But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " "still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " @@ -12340,15 +11737,15 @@ msgid "" " due date for all installments will be automatically created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 msgid "" "In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and " "sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the " @@ -12356,79 +11753,79 @@ msgid "" "original invoice to close them and create a new invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 msgid "" "If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " "the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, " "reconcile, and create a new draft invoice\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 msgid "Odoo will automatically:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 msgid "" "Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as " "Paid)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 msgid "Cancelling an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 msgid "" "If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " "the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund " "and reconcile\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 msgid "" "Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or " "email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 msgid "" "If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " "button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " "refund\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund " "(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," " send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 msgid "" "Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a " "refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the " @@ -12436,21 +11833,21 @@ msgid "" "payment refund." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Kundeneinzahlungen" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " "approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 msgid "" "**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " "check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " @@ -12458,7 +11855,7 @@ msgid "" "from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 msgid "" "**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " "payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" @@ -12467,131 +11864,131 @@ msgid "" "entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 msgid "" "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " "balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " "yet). Both approaches require the same effort." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 msgid "" "You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " "checks to your bank accounts in batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 msgid "" "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 msgid "From check payments to bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 msgid "" "The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " "become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 msgid "" "Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " "**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 msgid "" "Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" " default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "100.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 msgid "Undeposited Funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the check that is in Undeposited Funds." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "X" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " "checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " "(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 msgid "" "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" " process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " @@ -12599,39 +11996,39 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 msgid "Memo: write the check number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 msgid "" "Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" " statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " "relate it to the statement line)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 msgid "" "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " "invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" @@ -12639,7 +12036,7 @@ msgid "" " will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " "**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " @@ -12647,17 +12044,17 @@ msgid "" "the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" " both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 msgid "" "**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " "the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " @@ -12666,7 +12063,7 @@ msgid "" "account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 msgid "" "**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " "credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," @@ -12675,14 +12072,14 @@ msgid "" "payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 msgid "" "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " "balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " "cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 msgid "" "If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" " take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " @@ -12690,96 +12087,96 @@ msgid "" "approach." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " "users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 msgid "" "On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " "--> Create`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 msgid "" "Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 msgid "" "The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " "set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 msgid "" "The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " "Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" " transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 msgid "" "Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " "and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 msgid "Credit Cards" msgstr "Kreditkarten" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 msgid "" "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 msgid "Credit cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " "of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " "account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 msgid "" "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" " process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " @@ -12787,21 +12184,21 @@ msgid "" "bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 msgid "" "There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " "this method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 msgid "" "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " "recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " @@ -12809,7 +12206,7 @@ msgid "" "and relate it to the statement line)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 msgid "" "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " "invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" @@ -12818,7 +12215,7 @@ msgid "" "with invoices)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " "report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" @@ -12826,43 +12223,43 @@ msgid "" "option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 msgid ":doc:`recording`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 msgid ":doc:`followup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 msgid "" "It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." " Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " "send the appropriate reminders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 msgid "Manage your follow-ups" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 msgid "" "We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " "follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" " customer that has already paid you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 msgid "" "The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " @@ -12870,14 +12267,14 @@ msgid "" " on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 msgid "" "Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " "later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " "set on the statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 msgid "" "To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " "number of days calculated between each report by going to " @@ -12885,17 +12282,17 @@ msgid "" "Follow-up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 msgid "" "You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " "normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 msgid "Send reminders in batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 msgid "" "To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " "from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " @@ -12904,11 +12301,11 @@ msgid "" "automatically generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 msgid "Plan a follow-up process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 msgid "" "To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " @@ -12916,7 +12313,7 @@ msgid "" "Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 msgid "" "A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " "you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " @@ -12925,18 +12322,18 @@ msgid "" "the stage of the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 msgid "" "If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " "negative number of due days." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 msgid "Get paid with SEPA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -12944,7 +12341,7 @@ msgid "" "your customers with their approval." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can record customer mandates, generate an SDD XML file " "containing customer payments and upload it in your bank interface. The file " @@ -12952,90 +12349,90 @@ msgid "" "well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate the SEPA Direct Debit (SDD) Feature. Enter the Creditor Identifier " "of your company. This number is provided by your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 msgid "Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "Lastschriftmandate" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 msgid "" "Before withdrawing money from a customer bank account, your customer has to " "sign a mandate. Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Direct Debit " "Mandates` and create a new mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit only works between IBAN Bank Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 msgid "" "Once you have entered all the information in the customer mandate, you can " "print it and ask your customer to sign it. Once it is done, you can upload " "the mandate signed by your customer on the mandate in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 msgid "You can now validate the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 msgid "Let's create an invoice for that customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 msgid "" "When you will validate this invoice, the payment will be automatically " "generated and your invoice will be directly marked as paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 msgid "" "If you already had some invoices for that customer that could be paid using " "that mandate, it's still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on " "register payment and choose the Sepa Direct Debit as payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 msgid "Generate SDD Files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 msgid "" "You can generate the SDD File with all the customer payments to send to your" " bank directly from the accounting dashboard :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 msgid "" "You select the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD " "File, click on action and select \"Generate Direct Debit XML\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 msgid "" "You can now download the XML file generated by Odoo and upload it in your " "bank interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated XML by activating the developer mode and " "going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payments --> SDD " "Payment File`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 msgid "" "The Direct Debit mandate will be closed automatically once the end date " "defined on it is reached. However, you can **close** a mandate earlier than " @@ -13046,30 +12443,30 @@ msgid "" "be reopened." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 msgid "" "You can also **revoke** a mandate. In that case, you won't be able to pay " "any invoice using that mandate anymore, no matter the invoice date.To do " "that, simply go on the mandate and click on the \"Revoke\" button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" " alone record for use on a later date:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 msgid "" "If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " "invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 msgid "" "If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " "credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " @@ -13077,25 +12474,25 @@ msgid "" "bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 msgid "Paying an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 msgid "" "If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " "payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " "due." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 msgid "" "The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" " payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " "the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " "linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" @@ -13103,15 +12500,15 @@ msgid "" "Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 msgid "Registering a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 msgid "" "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " "menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " @@ -13119,7 +12516,7 @@ msgid "" " be reconciled on an invoice later on." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 msgid "" "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " "payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " @@ -13128,23 +12525,23 @@ msgid "" "document in the memo field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 msgid "" "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " "just made in the accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 msgid "" "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " "invoice directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 msgid "" "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " "payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " @@ -13152,55 +12549,55 @@ msgid "" "\"Outstanding Payments\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 msgid "" "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " "(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " "feature within Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 msgid "" "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " "Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " "Receivable and Payable, respectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 msgid "" "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " "and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " "matching of all their payments and invoices at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 msgid "" "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " "reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 msgid "" "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " "between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 msgid "" "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " "payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 msgid "" "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " "the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " @@ -13209,6 +12606,322 @@ msgid "" " with two journal entries for the same transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:7 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:16 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:18 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:26 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:21 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:23 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:28 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:30 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " +":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report " +"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " +"behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:47 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:50 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "Manuell" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:61 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:72 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference between brackets (e.g. [Food]). Type the " +"expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:87 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action > Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:102 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:107 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:109 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:116 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:122 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:130 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:138 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "Buchhaltung: Buchhalter oder Berater" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "Spesen: Manager" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:149 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:155 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:157 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:162 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:164 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:170 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:181 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:183 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:190 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:192 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:197 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:203 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:205 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:212 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:215 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:225 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 3a80efa7e..45e4a8275 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -1,19 +1,20 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -21,144 +22,144 @@ msgstr "" "Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../general.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 msgid "General" msgstr "Allgemein" -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Authentifizierung" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" "Connect to your Google account and go to " "`https://console.developers.google.com/ " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:7 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:15 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:20 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:25 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:30 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:38 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:40 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " "Then click on **Create**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "" "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " "nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " "User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " "import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " @@ -166,66 +167,66 @@ msgid "" "etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " "corresponding field using the search." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " @@ -233,7 +234,7 @@ msgid "" "their own list menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " "is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " @@ -241,45 +242,45 @@ msgid "" "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "How to import data into Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 msgid "" "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" " and even orders!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 msgid "" "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " "already done." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -287,17 +288,17 @@ msgid "" "corresponding field." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -307,18 +308,18 @@ msgid "" " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -329,18 +330,18 @@ msgid "" " default." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " "complete list of fields for each column." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -350,7 +351,7 @@ msgid "" "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -358,7 +359,7 @@ msgid "" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -366,11 +367,11 @@ msgid "" "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -380,56 +381,56 @@ msgid "" "crash." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -437,20 +438,20 @@ msgid "" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 msgid "" "If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " @@ -459,17 +460,17 @@ msgid "" "filter settings' > Save)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " "'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" @@ -479,58 +480,58 @@ msgid "" "import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -538,13 +539,13 @@ msgid "" "Database ID)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -553,23 +554,23 @@ msgid "" "Products and their Categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:162 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -580,20 +581,20 @@ msgid "" "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -601,19 +602,19 @@ msgid "" " of your CSV file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:175 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " @@ -624,41 +625,41 @@ msgid "" "you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -668,17 +669,17 @@ msgid "" "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:204 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -686,11 +687,11 @@ msgid "" "assigning the default value." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:211 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -698,7 +699,7 @@ msgid "" "person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" @@ -708,37 +709,36 @@ msgid "" "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database</a>)" +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:222 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:228 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:235 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:241 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" @@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ msgid "" " who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -756,25 +756,50 @@ msgid "" "company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:4 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "Mobil" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:7 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "Push-Benachrichtigungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, there is no more complex configuration to enable push " +"notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" +"Ab Odoo 12.0 gibt es keine komplexere Konfiguration mehr, um Push-" +"Benachrichtigungen in der mobilen Anwendung zu ermöglichen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " +"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" +"Gehen Sie einfach zu *Einstellungen* > *Allgemeine Einstellungen* > *Odoo " +"Cloud Benachrichtigung (OCN)* und stellen Sie sicher, dass **Push-" +"Benachrichtigungen** markiert ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 msgid "How to add a user" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " "point." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 msgid "Add individual users" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 msgid "" "From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" " and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " @@ -782,27 +807,27 @@ msgid "" " and a picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 msgid "" "Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " "and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" "When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " "invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" " on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 msgid "" "Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " "Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more " "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 msgid "" "You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " "screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " @@ -811,84 +836,84 @@ msgid "" "under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 msgid "" "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 msgid "Todo" msgstr "Zu erledigen" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 msgid "Add link to How to add companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " "select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" "To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " "--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " @@ -898,45 +923,45 @@ msgid "" "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" "**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" " this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" " Unsplash key in a transparent way." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " "Application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " "**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " @@ -944,48 +969,48 @@ msgid "" "**Create application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " "50 Unsplash requests per hour." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " "Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" " ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9a372e67f..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,381 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " -"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " -"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" -" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" -" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" -" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" -" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " -"practices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" -" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " -"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " -"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " -"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " -"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" -" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" -" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " -"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " -"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " -"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " -"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the `Odoo documentation " -"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning " -"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the " -"testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "2. Project Scope" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " -"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " -"project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " -"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " -"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " -"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" -" clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " -"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" -" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " -"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " -"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " -"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " -"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" -" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " -"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " -"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " -"experiment of the standard in production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "3. Managing expectations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " -"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" -" account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " -"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," -" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " -"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " -"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " -"check that this is still the case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " -"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" -" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " -"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" -" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " -"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " -"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " -"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " -"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " -"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " -"to pursue this same objective." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 -msgid "" -"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " -"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " -"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " -"tools\\* :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " -"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " -"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " -"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " -"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 -msgid "" -"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 -msgid "" -"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" -" the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " -"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " -"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " -"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " -"verifying its veracity beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 -msgid "" -"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " -"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 -msgid "4. Communication Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " -"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " -"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " -"follow those principles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 -msgid "" -"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " -"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " -"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " -"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " -"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" -" manager are clearly defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 -msgid "" -"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " -"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " -"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " -"reached;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 -msgid "5. Customizations and Development" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " -"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " -"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 -msgid "" -"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " -"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," -" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " -"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" -" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " -"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " -"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." -" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " -"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " -"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 -msgid "" -"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " -"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" -" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" -" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " -"business processes of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 -msgid "" -"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" -" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " -"needs of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 -msgid "" -"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " -"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " -"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " -"requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 -msgid "" -"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " -"noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " -"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "**or**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " -"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "7. Data Imports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 -msgid "" -"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " -"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " -"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " -"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " -"it will be decided :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 -msgid "" -"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " -"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " -"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 -msgid "" -"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " -"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " -"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " -"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" -" import will be made before the production launch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 -msgid "" -"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " -"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " -"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " -"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 -msgid "8. Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " -"questions or technical issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 -msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po deleted file mode 100644 index 756e53820..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,398 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# DE T2 <e2f48d4s5vd1s2@outlook.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Kundendienst" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Übersicht" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 -msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/12.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 -msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 -msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 -msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 -msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 -msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 -msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 -msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 -msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 -msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 -msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 97919d0c9..2db638084 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 15:27+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -17,6 +17,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" +#: ../../content/index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po deleted file mode 100644 index ac13dd5d8..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7796 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Thorsten Vocks <thorsten.vocks@openbig.org>, 2019 -# Anja Funk <anja.funk@afimage.de>, 2019 -# Ermin Trevisan <trevi@twanda.com>, 2019 -# Katharina Moritz <kmo@e2f.com>, 2019 -# f91684c3ff9ec3e650d5c8461e534581_686eae3 <449b96d9f63071f94d89e129677b83de_366193>, 2019 -# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019 -# DE T2 <e2f48d4s5vd1s2@outlook.com>, 2019 -# Wolfgang Taferner, 2019 -# Niki Waibel, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Bülent Tiknas <btiknas@googlemail.com>, 2019 -# Johannes Croe <jcr@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019 -# Andreas Schmidt <schmigo@gmail.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Andreas Schmidt <schmigo@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Lager" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "Barcodes" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "Tagesgeschäft" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "From the Barcode application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 -msgid "Click on **Inventory**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" -" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " -"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " -"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " -"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." -msgstr "" -"Es gibt zwei Ansätze, um Lieferaufträge zu bearbeiten: Sie können entweder " -"auf gedruckten Dokumenten (und Scan der Zeilen auf den Dokumenten) oder auf " -"einem Bildschirm (und Scan der Produkte direkt) arbeiten." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " -"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " -"accessible, visible or is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " -"finish the operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 -msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." -msgstr "Nehmen und scannen Sie jedes aufgelistete Produkt." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" -msgstr "In Odoo gibt es zwei Arten von internen Übertragungen:" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" -msgstr "" -"Diejenigen, die automatisch vom System initiiert werden (z.B. eine " -"Qualitätskontrolle)" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " -"of the dashboard)." -msgstr "" -"Die von einem Arbeiter erzeugten (z. B. durch den internen Transferbereich " -"des Dashboards)." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 -msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 -msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 -msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 -msgid "Scan the **destination location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 -msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " -"outgoing deliveries:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " -"the lots/serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" -" one automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 -msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " -"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " -"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " -"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 -msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" -" product (you can also use the keyboard)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 -msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " -"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " -"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " -"visible or is missing." -msgstr "" -"Dann scannen Sie den Barcode jedes Produkts oder scannen Sie den Barcode des" -" Produkts auf der Kommissionierlinie, wenn der Barcode auf dem Produkt nicht" -" leicht zugänglich oder sichtbar ist, oder fehlt." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 -msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 -msgid "Open operation interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 -msgid "Scan." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " -"and keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Einrichtung" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 -msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " -"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " -"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 -msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " -"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " -"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " -"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" -" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " -"be configured to be so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" -" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " -"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " -"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " -"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " -"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " -"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " -"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " -"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " -"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," -" it is essential to test it first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 -msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 -msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "Tastaturbelegung" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 -msgid "" -"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " -"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " -"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" -" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 -msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "Automatischer Zeilenumbruch" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " -"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " -"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" -" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " -"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" -" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " -"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " -"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " -"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " -"the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 -msgid "Set products barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" -" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " -"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " -"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and " -"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This " -"interface can also be accessed via the planner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " -"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " -"them)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33 -msgid "Set locations barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " -"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " -"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " -"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " -"paper." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " -"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 -msgid "Barcode formats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " -"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " -"your own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "Lager & Logistik" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "Inventur" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 -msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " -"keep the inventory right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " -"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " -"the right locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "Produktkonfiguration" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " -"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 -msgid "Start the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 -msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" -" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 -msgid "" -"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" -" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 -msgid "" -"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " -"set the location of your product from this screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" -" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " -"has automatically been created and validated by the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "Multiple products at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" -" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " -"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" -" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" -" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " -"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" -" (or child) locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 -msgid "" -"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " -"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " -"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " -"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " -"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" -" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " -"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 -msgid "" -"additional information will be available according to the options you " -"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Berichtswesen" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " -"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " -"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " -"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " -"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " -"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Aktiv" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the " -"orderpoint without removing it." -msgstr "" -"Durch Deaktivierung können Sie die Ansicht für den Bestellzeitpunkt " -"ausblenden." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Product Unit of Measure" -msgstr "Produkteinheit" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations." -msgstr "Standardmaßeinheit, die für alle Lagervorgänge verwendet wird." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Procurement Group" -msgstr "Beschaffungsgruppe" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into " -"one big picking." -msgstr "" -"Die vom Meldebestand ausgelösten Lieferungen werden in einer Gruppe " -"zusammengefasst. Wenn keine Gruppe angegeben wurde, werden alle Lieferungen " -"in einer einzigen großen Pickliste zusammengefasst." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Minimum Quantity" -msgstr "Minimalbestand" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field," -" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max " -"Quantity." -msgstr "" -"Wenn der verfügbare Bestand geringer ist als der hier definierte " -"Mindestbestand, erstellt Odoo einen Beschaffungsvorschlag zur " -"Wiederauffüllung des Lagers." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Maximum Quantity" -msgstr "Maximale Menge" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a " -"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as " -"Max Quantity." -msgstr "" -"Wenn der verfügbare Bestand geringer ist als der hier definierte " -"Mindestbestand, erstellt Odoo einen Beschaffungsvorschlag zur " -"Wiederauffüllung des Lagers." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Quantity Multiple" -msgstr "Vielfaches" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " -"the exact quantity will be used." -msgstr "" -"Die zu beschaffende Menge wird auf dieses Vielfache aufgerundet. Wenn hier 0" -" eingetragen ist, wird die exakte Anzahl verwendet. " - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Lead Time" -msgstr "Vorlaufzeit" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or " -"to order to the vendor" -msgstr "" -"Anzahl der Tage, an denen der Auftragspunkt ausgelöst wird, um die Produkte " -"zu empfangen oder vom Verkäufer zu bestellen" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " -"stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " -"(or any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " -"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " -"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" -" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" -" those virtual warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12 -msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" -" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " -"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " -"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " -"create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " -"because you will need it later in the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " -"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" -" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " -"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" -" A+B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37 -msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" -" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " -"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" -" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" -" A and one in warehouse B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Lieferaufträge" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 -msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Übersicht" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " -"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " -"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " -"any bad surprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " -"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " -"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" -" cancel the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" -" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 -msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " -"limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " -"**Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " -"this delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 -msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " -"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " -"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " -"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " -"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " -"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " -"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" -"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " -"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," -" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 -msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " -"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " -"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" -" space in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" -" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " -"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" -" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " -"sense!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" -" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " -"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" -" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" -" tracking number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " -"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " -"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" -" that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 -msgid "" -"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " -"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" -"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 -msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " -"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" -" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " -"on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " -"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " -"supplier to the products you want to dropship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 -msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" -" that the route is **Dropshipping**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " -"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " -"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " -"will see that one shipment has been created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " -"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " -"dropship card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 -msgid "" -"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" -" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " -"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Zu erledigen" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of " -"my vendors?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " -"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " -"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 -msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " -"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " -"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " -"to handle orders very quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" -" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " -"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " -"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " -"especially when the items you stock are big in size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " -"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " -"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " -"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 -msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 -msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " -"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" -" methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" -" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " -"carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " -"you create a new sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" -" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " -"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 -msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " -"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 -msgid "" -"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " -"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " -"and edit the concerned warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " -"Only)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " -"picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " -"Orders** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 -msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: " -"From sales orders to delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133 -msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " -"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " -"**Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " -"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 -msgid "*Sale process*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 -msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 -msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " -"redirected to the Delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 -msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " -"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " -"Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" -" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " -"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 -msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 -msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," -" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " -"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " -"before shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 -msgid "" -"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " -"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " -"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " -"customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" -" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " -"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " -"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " -"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " -"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" -" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " -"correct method for your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "Install the Inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 -msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" -" orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Allow managing routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" -" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " -"the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " -"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " -"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 -msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " -"that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " -"Ship).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Create a Sale Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 -msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 -msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 -msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" -" Zone**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Packing)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 -msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" -" kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 -msgid "" -"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 -msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " -"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders" -" to delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " -"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " -"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" -" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " -"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " -"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " -"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " -"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " -"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " -"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " -"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Allow management of routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " -"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " -"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" -" checked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " -"check the radio button above)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " -"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " -"activated beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 -msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " -"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " -"some products to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " -"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " -"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " -"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " -"listed in the **To Do** column)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130 -msgid "" -"link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From" -" sales orders to delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Wareneingang" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" -" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " -"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 -msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " -"before being admitted in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " -"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " -"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " -"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 -msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " -"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " -"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " -"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" -" goods receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" -" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " -"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " -"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " -"return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 -msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" -" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" -" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " -"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 -msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 -msgid "Use advanced routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " -"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " -"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " -"goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " -"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " -"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "How to control a receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " -"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" -" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " -"This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " -"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " -"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" -" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " -"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " -"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " -"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " -"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" -" Control**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " -"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " -"ready to be controlled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 -msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " -"process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " -"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" -" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " -"controlled and has moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " -"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " -"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " -"processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " -"ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " -"methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " -"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" -" steps)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " -"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " -"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " -"form view. This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" -" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 -msgid "" -"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" -" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " -"which makes the product available for the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 -msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " -"quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " -"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " -"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Los- und Seriennummern" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Überblick" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 -msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 -msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" -" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" -" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " -"**Track lots or serial numbers**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " -"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 -msgid "Operation types configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" -" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" -" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "Manage lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 -msgid "Transfers" -msgstr "Bewegungen" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " -"input the lot number(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Click on the lot icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " -"and the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " -"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 -msgid "Inventory adjustment" -msgstr "Bestandsabgleich" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "Classic inventory by products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "Inventory of a lot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 -msgid "" -"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " -"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " -"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " -"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 -msgid "" -"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 -msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`differences`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " -"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " -"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " -"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" -" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " -"location where the products are moved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " -"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " -"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" -" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " -"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " -"Split icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 -msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " -"numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 -msgid "" -"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " -"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are " -"moving those serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory of a serial number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 -msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " -"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " -"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" -" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " -":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " -"serial number corresponding to your search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "Sonstige Operationen" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 -msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned " -"transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 -msgid "Immediate Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and " -"quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is" -" why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the " -"column \"Done\" for the quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A " -"to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the " -"transfer right now)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 -msgid "Planned Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase " -"order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an " -"initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the " -"inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many " -"units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. " -"Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process " -"the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " -"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" -" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " -"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " -"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" -" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " -"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 -msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " -"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " -"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" -" it blank if you are the owner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " -"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " -"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " -"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " -"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " -"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " -"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " -"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " -"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " -"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " -"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," -" deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " -"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " -"configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "How to scrap products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 -msgid "content recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " -"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per " -"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 -msgid "" -"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " -"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" -" --> Locations.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " -"location form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "Different ways to scrap product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 -msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Receipts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 -msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 -msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 -msgid "" -"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " -"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " -"**Scrap**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " -"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Valuation Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " -"sheet. This implies two main choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 -msgid "" -"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " -"Real Price);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 -msgid "" -"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " -"Perpetual)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 -msgid "Costing Method" -msgstr "Kalkulationsverfahren" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 -msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "Standardpreis" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "Vorgang" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 -msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "Kosten pro ME" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "Inventurbestandswert" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 -msgid "+8*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "80 USD" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 -msgid "12" -msgstr "12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 -msgid "+4*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 -msgid "$120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 -msgid "$20" -msgstr "20 USD" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 -msgid "4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 -msgid "+2*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 -msgid "$40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " -"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " -"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 -msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "Durchschnittspreis" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 -msgid "+4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 -msgid "$9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 -msgid "+2*$6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 -msgid "$36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " -"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" -" (see here attached)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 -msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" -" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " -"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" -" up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 -msgid "" -"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " -"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " -"matters in the cost computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 -msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 -msgid "$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-8*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-2*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 -msgid "$32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 -msgid "$11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 -msgid "$44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 -msgid "" -"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " -"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " -"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " -"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " -"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " -"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " -"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " -"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 -msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," -" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-6*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 -msgid "$8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," -" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " -"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " -"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" -" quantity in stock * cost price)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 -msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 -msgid "" -"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " -"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " -"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " -"physical inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 -msgid "" -"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" -" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " -"postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "Lieferantenrechnung" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "Soll" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "Haben" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "4.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "54.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " -"related product (Expense Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 -msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 -msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "Ausgangsrechnung" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "109" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " -"product (Income Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 -msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 -msgid "Customer Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "Fertigungsaufträge" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" -" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" -" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " -"inventory value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 -msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 -msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 -msgid "" -"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " -"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" -"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " -"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " -"testing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 -msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 -msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 -msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" -" specific product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 -msgid "" -"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " -"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " -"product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 -msgid "" -"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 -msgid "" -"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " -"as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-6*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 -msgid "€8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 -msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 -msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 -msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 -msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 -msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 -msgid "" -"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " -"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" -" locations (possibly virtual)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 -msgid "Operations" -msgstr "Vorgänge" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -msgid "Production Order" -msgstr "Fertigungsauftrag" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 -msgid "Consume:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 -msgid "Produce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Configurarion:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -msgid "Client Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 -msgid "Pick" -msgstr "Picken" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 -msgid "Pack" -msgstr "Paket" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "Versand" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 -msgid "Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 -msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 -msgid "Missing products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 -msgid "Extra products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 -msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Reception" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 -msgid "Analysis" -msgstr "Analyse der Plandaten" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " -"products * product cost)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 -msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 -msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 -msgid "" -"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" -" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -msgid "New sale orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Effect" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -msgid "" -"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " -"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " -"(property)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" -msgstr "Meldebestandsregeln" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 -msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 -msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Procurement rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 -msgid "" -"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " -"be fulfilled e.g.:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 -msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 -msgid "" -"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " -"To Stock)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 -msgid "needs schema thing from FP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 -msgid "Routes" -msgstr "Routen" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " -"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " -"sales order lines, warehouse,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "Lager" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 -msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 -msgid "Picking List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 -msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 -msgid "Pack List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 -msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Delivery Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Gate A → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 -msgid "" -"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " -"the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "A Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 -msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 -msgid "Reception:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 -msgid "Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 -msgid "Confirmation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 -msgid "Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Storage:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Product Category" -msgstr "Produktkategorie" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 -msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 -msgid "Cross-Docks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 -msgid "Input → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Delivery:" -msgstr "Lieferung:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 -msgid "Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Sale Order Line" -msgstr "Auftragspositionen" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 -msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "Push Regeln" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " -"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" -" used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Qualitätskontrolle" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 -msgid "Product lands in Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 -msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Warehouse Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 -msgid "Product lands in Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 -msgid "Procurement Groups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 -msgid "" -"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " -"provided:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 -msgid "Picking" -msgstr "Liefervorgang" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 -msgid "Packing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 -msgid "Delivery Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 -msgid "Purchase Order" -msgstr "Beschaffungsauftrag" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 -msgid "..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 -msgid "" -"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " -"and locations are the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 -msgid "" -"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " -"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " -"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " -"together)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " -"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " -"repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " -"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " -"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " -"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " -"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " -"procurements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " -"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" -" item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " -"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" -" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " -"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " -"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " -"enough stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 -msgid "" -"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" -" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 -msgid "" -"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " -"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " -"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " -"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " -"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " -"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " -"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" -" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " -"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " -"can be used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " -"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " -"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " -"or MTS,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " -"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " -"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " -"procurement group and locations are the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " -"between locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " -"in a warehouse or location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " -"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " -"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " -"units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " -"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " -"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" -" minimum stock rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " -"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " -"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " -"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " -"packing zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " -"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" -" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " -"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " -"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 -msgid "" -"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " -"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " -"goes in rack 3, storage A)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 -msgid "" -"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" -" it from the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "From procurement to delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " -"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" -" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" -" delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " -"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " -"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " -"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 -msgid "How to process a receipt ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Install Purchase application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 -msgid "Make a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " -"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " -"products to your request for quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " -"quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 -msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 -msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 -msgid "From the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 -msgid "" -"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " -"related **Receipt**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 -msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 -msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 -msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" -" the list of your deliveries to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 -msgid "Process the Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 -msgid "" -"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " -"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " -"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " -":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 -msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 -msgid "Install Sales application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 -msgid "Place a sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " -"some products to your quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 -msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 -msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 -msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 -msgid "From the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 -msgid "" -"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " -"**Delivery**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 -msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " -"list of your receipts to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" -" on your dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 -msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 -msgid "" -"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " -"methods. Please read the document " -":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 -msgid "" -"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " -"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 -msgid "" -"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " -"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " -"transfers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 -msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 -msgid "" -"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " -"warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" -"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " -"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " -"different screens you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" -"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 -msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Set up your warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Import your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Import your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Set up the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" -" valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" -" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" -" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " -"and use your scanner optimally." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " -"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" -" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " -"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " -"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " -"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post" -"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 -msgid "Warehouse and routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" -" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" -" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," -" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 -msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 -msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 -msgid "then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 -msgid "Cross Docking Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 -msgid "" -"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " -"for the remaining part:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " -"created as an internal physical location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 -msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 -msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 -msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 -msgid "Product with cross dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 -msgid "" -"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" -" above as well as the **Buy** route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 -msgid "" -"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " -"for replenishment of a stockable product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " -"application in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid "" -"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " -"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " -"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 -msgid "" -"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " -"and routes in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " -"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 -msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " -"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" -" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " -"been generated for your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " -"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" -" you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " -"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " -"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" -" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " -"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " -"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " -"orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " -"all yours product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" -" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " -"proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 -msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 -msgid "" -"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " -"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " -"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " -"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 -msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 -msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 -msgid "" -"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " -"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " -"indicate how much products you process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " -"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " -"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " -"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possible :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "Verwalten von Produktherstellungsketten" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "Verwalte standard Lagerplätze je Produkt" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" -msgstr "" -"Unterstützen Sie die Vermietungsverwaltung, indem Sie automatisierte " -"Rücklaufbewegungen für gemietete Produkte generieren" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 -msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 -msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 -msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 -msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 -msgid "Product Costing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " -"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " -"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " -"to be installed)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 -msgid "Add costs to products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " -"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" -" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. " -"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines " -"will be split accross your transfers lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 -msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " -"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " -"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " -"appropriate location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 -msgid "" -"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" -" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " -"of a potential chemical reaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " -"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " -"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " -"level)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " -"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" -" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 -msgid "Setting up a strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " -"product quality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " -"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " -"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " -"Strategy**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " -"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " -"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " -"automatically be transferred to the correct location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Current Inventory`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 -msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " -"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " -"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " -"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " -"on the **location**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " -"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " -"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 -msgid "Types of removal strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 -msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "" -"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " -"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " -"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " -"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 -msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " -"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 -msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 -msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " -"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " -"shelf life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" -" ``WH/Stock`` location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 -msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 -msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" -" according to their expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " -"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" -" to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " -"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " -"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 -msgid "" -"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " -"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " -"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " -"goods with this serial/lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " -"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " -"removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 -msgid "" -"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " -"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " -"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " -"lots pass their **alert date**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " -"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" -" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " -"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " -"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," -" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " -"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " -"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " -"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " -"after the lot has been created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " -"expiration date fields as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 -msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 -msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 -msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 -msgid "" -"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " -"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " -"expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Product**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "LOT0001" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "Ice Cream" -msgstr "Eiscreme" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "08/20/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "LOT0002" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "08/10/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "LOT0003" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "08/15/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 -msgid "" -"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " -"removal strategy **FEFO**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 -msgid "" -"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" -" the removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Einstellungen" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Produkte" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different units of measure?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, " -"you will need to convert the units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "Setting up units on your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you " -"would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " -"**Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " -"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " -"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 -msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " -"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 -msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " -"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 -msgid "Procurement" -msgstr "Beschaffung" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " -"measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 -msgid "The quality control is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " -"check is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " -"**Draft**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " -"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" -" the unit to the dozen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" -" measure :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " -"converted automatically :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Create a link when the document is available - When should you use " -"packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Unit of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." -" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" -" warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "Verpackungen" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "Verpackung" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 -msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " -"notice and the power plug." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 -msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " -"only for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 -msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 -msgid "" -"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " -"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" -" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" -" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " -"**packaging**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " -"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Using product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " -"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " -"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 -msgid "B&C T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 -msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " -"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." -" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " -"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " -"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " -"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " -"the template or the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " -"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " -"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " -"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " -"variant)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " -"product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " -"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " -"Income Account, Taxes)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 -msgid "When should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 -msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " -"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " -"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" -" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " -"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" -" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " -"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " -"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " -"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" -" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " -"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 -msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " -"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " -"of managing lots of products that are similars." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 -msgid "" -"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" -" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " -"product templates and all their related variations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 -msgid "" -"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " -"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " -"example, a company having these products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 -msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 -msgid "" -"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " -"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " -"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " -"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " -"e-Commerce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 -msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 -msgid "Product Template: Polos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 -msgid "Activate the variant feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " -"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " -"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " -"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " -"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 -msgid "Creating products with variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 -msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " -"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " -"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " -"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " -"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 -msgid "" -"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " -"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " -"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " -"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 -msgid "" -"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 -msgid "Managing Product Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " -"variant attributes :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 -msgid "T-Shirt B&C" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 -msgid "Managing combination possibilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 -msgid "" -"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " -"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " -"you can deactivate the white product variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." -" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " -"XXL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 -msgid "" -"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " -"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " -"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " -"variant that will be added to the original price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 -msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226 -msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227 -msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " -"warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new location?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" -" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" -" describe your location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 -msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " -"fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 -msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " -"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " -"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " -"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " -"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " -"edit it afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 -msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " -"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 -msgid "" -"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 -msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " -"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " -"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" -" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " -"Tracking Ref**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 -msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 -msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 -msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " -"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " -"get a new tracking number and a new label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 -msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 -msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " -"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " -"Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " -"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 -msgid "" -"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " -"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 -msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " -"order and proceed to deliver the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" -" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " -"add a line to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 -msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 -msgid "How to print shipping labels?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " -"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " -"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " -"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 -msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 -msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " -"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" -" more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " -"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 -msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 -msgid "Company configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " -"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 -msgid "" -"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " -"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " -"data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " -"computation cannot be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " -"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" -" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 -msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " -"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" -" third party shipper in the additional info tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 -msgid "" -"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 -msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " -"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " -"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " -"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " -"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 -msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 -msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 -msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 -msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " -"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 -msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 -msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 -msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 -msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " -"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " -"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " -"underneath:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " -"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " -"but also on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " -"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " -"compute the real price and the packagings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 -msgid "Install the inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " -"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" -" order to see it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" -" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 -msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " -"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " -"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " -"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " -"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " -"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " -"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " -"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " -":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " -"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 -msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "Lieferung" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 -msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 -msgid "" -"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " -"chosen delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " -"Rest of the world)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " -"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 -msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " -"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " -"given in the demo data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " -"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" -" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" -" shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " -"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " -"will appear on your ecommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 -msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " -"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " -"For more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " -"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " -"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " -"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " -"United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" -" you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " -"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " -"method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " -"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " -"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " -"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" -" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" -" be computed once the transfer is validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" -" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " -"to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" -" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" -" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " -"Service in order to to open an account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" -" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " -"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " -"online profile by following these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "" -"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" -" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " -"complete the registration process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " -"follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 -msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 -msgid "" -"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " -"Details** section of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 -msgid "" -"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " -"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" -" States.q" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 -msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 -msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 -msgid "" -"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " -"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 -msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 -msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 -msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " -"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " -"contact." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17e259704 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -0,0 +1,9795 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Anja Funk <anja.funk@afimage.de>, 2021 +# Katharina Moritz <kmo@e2f.com>, 2021 +# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2021 +# Niki Waibel, 2021 +# Tobias Arndt, 2021 +# Bülent Tiknas <btiknas@googlemail.com>, 2021 +# Wolfgang Taferner, 2021 +# Thorsten Vocks <thorsten.vocks@openbig.org>, 2021 +# Andreas Schmidt <schmigo@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Ermin Trevisan <trevi@twanda.com>, 2021 +# Andreas Stauder <andreas.stauder@brain-tec.ch>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory & Mrp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:66 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Lager" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "Barcodes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "Tagesgeschäft" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "From the Barcode application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Inventory**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" +" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " +"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " +"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " +"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " +"scan products directly)." +msgstr "" +"Es gibt zwei Ansätze, um Lieferaufträge zu bearbeiten: Sie können entweder " +"auf gedruckten Dokumenten (und Scan der Zeilen auf den Dokumenten) oder auf " +"einem Bildschirm (und Scan der Produkte direkt) arbeiten." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " +"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " +"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " +"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " +"accessible, visible or is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " +"finish the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 +msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 +msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." +msgstr "Nehmen und scannen Sie jedes aufgelistete Produkt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " +"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " +"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" +msgstr "In Odoo gibt es zwei Arten von internen Übertragungen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" +msgstr "" +"Diejenigen, die automatisch vom System initiiert werden (z.B. eine " +"Qualitätskontrolle)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " +"of the dashboard)." +msgstr "" +"Die von einem Arbeiter erzeugten (z. B. durch den internen Transferbereich " +"des Dashboards)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 +msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 +msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 +msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 +msgid "Scan the **destination location**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 +msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " +"outgoing deliveries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " +"the lots/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" +" one automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 +msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " +"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " +"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " +"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" +" product (you can also use the keyboard)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 +msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " +"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " +"scan products directly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " +"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " +"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " +"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " +"visible or is missing." +msgstr "" +"Dann scannen Sie den Barcode jedes Produkts oder scannen Sie den Barcode des" +" Produkts auf der Kommissionierlinie, wenn der Barcode auf dem Produkt nicht" +" leicht zugänglich oder sichtbar ist, oder fehlt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 +msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " +"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " +"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 +msgid "Open operation interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 +msgid "Scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " +"and keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Einrichtung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " +"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " +"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " +"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " +"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" +" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " +"be configured to be so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" +" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " +"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " +"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " +"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," +" it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "Tastaturbelegung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" +" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "Automatischer Zeilenumbruch" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " +"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " +"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" +" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " +"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" +" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " +"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " +"the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +msgid "Set products barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" +" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " +"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " +"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and " +"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This " +"interface can also be accessed via the planner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " +"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " +"them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33 +msgid "Set locations barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " +"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " +"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " +"paper." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " +"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 +msgid "Barcode formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " +"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " +"your own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "Lager & Logistik" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "Inventur" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 +msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " +"keep the inventory right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " +"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " +"the right locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "Produktkonfiguration" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " +"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 +msgid "Start the initial inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 +msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" +" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 +msgid "" +"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" +" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 +msgid "" +"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " +"set the location of your product from this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" +" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " +"has automatically been created and validated by the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 +msgid "Multiple products at once" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" +" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " +"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" +" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" +" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " +"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" +" (or child) locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " +"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " +"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " +"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " +"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" +" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " +"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 +msgid "" +"additional information will be available according to the options you " +"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Berichtswesen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " +"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " +"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " +"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " +"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " +"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " +"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " +"stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " +"(or any other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:60 +msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "Lieferaufträge" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 +msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " +"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " +"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " +"any bad surprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " +"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " +"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" +" cancel the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" +" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 +msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " +"limit them to a certain number of countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " +"**Delivery Methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " +"this delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 +msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " +"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " +"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " +"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " +"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " +"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " +"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" +"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " +"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," +" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 +msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " +"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " +"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" +" space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" +" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " +"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" +" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " +"sense!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" +" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " +"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" +" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" +" tracking number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " +"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " +"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" +" that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " +"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" +"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 +msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " +"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" +" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " +"on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " +"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " +"supplier to the products you want to dropship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 +msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" +" that the route is **Dropshipping**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " +"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " +"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " +"will see that one shipment has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " +"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " +"dropship card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" +" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " +"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Zu erledigen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of " +"my vendors?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " +"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " +"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " +"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " +"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " +"to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" +" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " +"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " +"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " +"especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " +"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " +"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " +"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " +"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " +"delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" +" methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" +" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " +"you create a new sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" +" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " +"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " +"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 +msgid "" +"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " +"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " +"and edit the concerned warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " +"Only)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " +"deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " +"the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " +"Orders** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 +msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: " +"From sales orders to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133 +msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " +"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " +"**Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " +"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 +msgid "*Sale process*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 +msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 +msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " +"redirected to the Delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 +msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " +"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " +"Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" +" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " +"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 +msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 +msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " +"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " +"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " +"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " +"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "Configuring lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " +"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " +"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 +msgid "At a product level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 +msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " +"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " +"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" +" select a supplier lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " +"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " +"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" +" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 +msgid "**Customer lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " +"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " +"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " +"time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 +msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" +" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " +"create manufacturing routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 +msgid "At the company level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 +msgid "" +"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " +"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " +"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " +"of delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" +" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " +"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " +"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " +"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " +"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " +"keep your commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " +"of safety days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " +"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " +"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " +"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " +"here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +msgid "At route level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" +" can also influence the computed date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " +"app when creating a new push rule in a route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 +msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 +msgid "At sale order level:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "**Requested date**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " +"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" +" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" +" display a warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " +"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." +" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " +"on your configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +msgid "" +"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +msgid "" +"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " +"lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " +"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," +" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " +"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " +"before shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " +"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " +"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" +" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " +"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " +"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " +"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " +"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" +" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " +"correct method for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "Install the Inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 +msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Allow managing routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" +" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " +"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " +"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 +msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " +"that will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " +"Ship).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 +msgid "Create a Sale Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " +"deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " +"the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 +msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 +msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " +"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 +msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" +" Zone**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " +"product available for the next step (Packing)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 +msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 +msgid "" +"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " +"product available for the next step (Shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 +msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " +"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders" +" to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " +"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" +" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " +"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " +"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " +"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " +"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " +"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " +"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " +"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "Allow management of routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " +"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " +"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" +" checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " +"check the radio button above)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " +"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " +"activated beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 +msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " +"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " +"some products to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " +"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " +"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " +"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " +"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" +" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " +"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " +"listed in the **To Do** column)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" +" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130 +msgid "" +"link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From" +" sales orders to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "Wareneingang" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" +" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " +"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " +"before being admitted in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " +"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " +"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " +"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " +"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " +"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " +"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" +" goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" +" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " +"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " +"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " +"return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " +"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " +"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " +"receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," +" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " +"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" +" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" +" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" +" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " +"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 +msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 +msgid "Use advanced routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " +"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " +"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " +"goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " +"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " +"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "How to control a receipt?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 +msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " +"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" +" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " +"This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " +"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " +"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" +" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " +"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "" +"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " +"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " +"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " +"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" +" Control**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " +"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " +"ready to be controlled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 +msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " +"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " +"process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " +"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" +" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " +"controlled and has moved to your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " +"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " +"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " +"processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " +"ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " +"methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " +"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" +" steps)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " +"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " +"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " +"form view. This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" +" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 +msgid "" +"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" +" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " +"which makes the product available for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 +msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " +"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " +"quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " +"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " +"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "Los- und Seriennummern" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Überblick" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" +" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " +"altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " +"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " +"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " +"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " +"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" +" way you manage these products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " +"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " +"for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " +"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" +" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " +"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" +" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " +"**Track lots or serial numbers**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " +"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 +msgid "Operation types configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" +" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" +" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "Manage lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 +msgid "Transfers" +msgstr "Transfers" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " +"input the lot number(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Click on the lot icon :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " +"and the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " +"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +msgid "Inventory adjustment" +msgstr "Bestandsabgleich" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "Classic inventory by products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "Inventory of a lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " +"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " +"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " +"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " +"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 +msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`differences`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " +"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " +"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " +"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" +" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " +"location where the products are moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " +"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " +"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" +" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " +"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " +"Split icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " +"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are " +"moving those serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory of a serial number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " +"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 +msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " +"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " +"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" +" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " +":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " +"serial number corresponding to your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "Sonstige Operationen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 +msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "Immediate Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and " +"quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is" +" why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the " +"column \"Done\" for the quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A " +"to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the " +"transfer right now)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 +msgid "Planned Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase " +"order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an " +"initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many " +"units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. " +"Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process " +"the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " +"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " +"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " +"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" +" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " +"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " +"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " +"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" +" it blank if you are the owner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 +msgid "What is a scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " +"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " +"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " +"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 +msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " +"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " +"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " +"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " +"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " +"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " +"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 +msgid "Run the scheduler manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" +" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " +"click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " +"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " +"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," +" deliveries and supplier purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" +" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " +"click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " +"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 +msgid "How to scrap products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" +" basic material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 +msgid "content recoverable through recycling." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " +"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " +"during picking or physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " +"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " +"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per " +"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " +"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" +" --> Locations.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " +"location form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 +msgid "Different ways to scrap product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 +msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 +msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Receipts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 +msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 +msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 +msgid "" +"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " +"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " +"**Scrap**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " +"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " +"sheet. This implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:12 +msgid "" +"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " +"Real Price);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:15 +msgid "" +"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " +"Perpetual)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:19 +msgid "Costing Method" +msgstr "Kalkulationsverfahren" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:66 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "Standardpreis" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "Vorgang" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "Kosten pro ME" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:187 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "Inventurbestandswert" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:204 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 +msgid "+8*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "80 USD" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 +msgid "+4*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 +msgid "$120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:206 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 +msgid "$20" +msgstr "20 USD" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:59 +msgid "+2*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 +msgid "$40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " +"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " +"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:121 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "Durchschnittspreis" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 +msgid "+4*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 +msgid "$9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:212 +msgid "+2*$6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 +msgid "$36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " +"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" +" (see here attached)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 +msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:114 +msgid "" +"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" +" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " +"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" +" up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 +msgid "" +"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " +"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " +"matters in the cost computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:174 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:151 +msgid "$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-8*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-2*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 +msgid "$32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 +msgid "$11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 +msgid "$44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:216 +msgid "" +"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " +"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " +"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " +"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " +"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " +"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " +"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " +"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:173 +msgid "" +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," +" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-4*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-6*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 +msgid "$8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," +" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " +"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " +"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" +" quantity in stock * cost price)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 +msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:241 +msgid "" +"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " +"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " +"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " +"physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:246 +msgid "" +"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" +" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " +"postings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +msgid "Vendor Bill" +msgstr "Lieferantenrechnung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "Soll" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "Haben" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:309 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:259 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:259 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:260 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:260 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:74 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " +"related product (Expense Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:267 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:290 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "Ausgangsrechnung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:276 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:276 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:277 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:277 +msgid "109" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " +"product (Income Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:282 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:287 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:290 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "Fertigungsaufträge" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:296 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" +" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" +" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 +msgid "" +"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " +"inventory value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:305 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:310 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:316 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:317 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 +msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:323 +msgid "" +"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " +"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" +"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " +"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " +"testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:330 +msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" +" specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:352 +msgid "" +"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " +"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " +"product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:356 +msgid "" +"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359 +msgid "" +"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " +"as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 +msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:359 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:360 +msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:205 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:60 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:213 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:152 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-6*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 +msgid "€8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:310 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:313 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 +msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " +"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" +" locations (possibly virtual)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 +msgid "Operations" +msgstr "Vorgänge" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:32 +msgid "Production Order" +msgstr "Fertigungsauftrag" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 +msgid "Consume:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:28 +msgid "Produce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:29 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:38 +msgid "Drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:35 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:38 +msgid "Configurarion:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:47 +msgid "Client Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 +msgid "Pick" +msgstr "Picken" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 +msgid "Pack" +msgstr "Paket" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "Versand" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:46 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:54 +msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:51 +msgid "Transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:59 +msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 +msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 +msgid "Missing products in inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +msgid "Extra products in inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:67 +msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:74 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 +msgid "Analysis" +msgstr "Analyse der Plandaten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " +"products * product cost)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:82 +msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 +msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:152 +msgid "" +"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" +" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:161 +msgid "New sale orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "Effect" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +msgid "" +"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " +"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " +"(property)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:166 +msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" +msgstr "Meldebestandsregeln" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 +msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:167 +msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "Procurement rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:172 +msgid "" +"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " +"be fulfilled e.g.:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:175 +msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:176 +msgid "" +"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " +"To Stock)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:181 +msgid "needs schema thing from FP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 +msgid "Routes" +msgstr "Routen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " +"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " +"sales order lines, warehouse,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " +"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "Lager" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 +msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 +msgid "Picking List:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 +msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:200 +msgid "Pack List:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 +msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +msgid "Delivery Order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +msgid "Gate A → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " +"the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 +msgid "A Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 +msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 +msgid "Reception:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 +msgid "Supplier → Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:211 +msgid "Confirmation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 +msgid "Storage:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 +msgid "Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:223 +msgid "Product Category" +msgstr "Produktkategorie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 +msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 +msgid "Cross-Docks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 +msgid "Input → Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:223 +msgid "Delivery:" +msgstr "Lieferung:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 +msgid "Output → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 +msgid "Sale Order Line" +msgstr "Auftragspositionen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:226 +msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 +msgid "Order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 +msgid "Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Push Regeln" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " +"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" +" used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Qualitätskontrolle" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 +msgid "Product lands in Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:242 +msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 +msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:246 +msgid "Warehouse Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:245 +msgid "Product lands in Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:246 +msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 +msgid "Procurement Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:251 +msgid "" +"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " +"provided:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 +msgid "Picking" +msgstr "Kommissionierung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 +msgid "Packing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 +msgid "Delivery Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:257 +msgid "Purchase Order" +msgstr "Beschaffungsauftrag" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 +msgid "..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " +"and locations are the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:263 +msgid "" +"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " +"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " +"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " +"together)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Terminologies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " +"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " +"repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " +"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " +"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " +"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " +"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " +"procurements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " +"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" +" item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " +"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" +" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " +"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " +"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " +"enough stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" +" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " +"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " +"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " +"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " +"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " +"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " +"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" +" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " +"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " +"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " +"can be used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " +"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " +"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " +"or MTS,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " +"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " +"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " +"procurement group and locations are the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " +"between locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " +"in a warehouse or location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " +"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " +"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " +"units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " +"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " +"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" +" minimum stock rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " +"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " +"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " +"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " +"packing zone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " +"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" +" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " +"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " +"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 +msgid "" +"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " +"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " +"goes in rack 3, storage A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" +" it from the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "From procurement to delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " +"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" +" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" +" delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " +"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " +"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " +"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 +msgid "How to process a receipt ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 +msgid "Install Purchase application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " +"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 +msgid "Make a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " +"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " +"products to your request for quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 +msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 +msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 +msgid "From the purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " +"related **Receipt**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 +msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 +msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" +" the list of your deliveries to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 +msgid "Process the Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " +"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " +"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " +":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 +msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 +msgid "Install Sales application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 +msgid "Place a sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" +" team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " +"some products to your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 +msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 +msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 +msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 +msgid "From the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 +msgid "" +"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " +"**Delivery**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 +msgid "" +"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " +"list of your receipts to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" +" on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 +msgid "Process the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 +msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 +msgid "" +"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " +"methods. Please read the document " +":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 +msgid "" +"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " +"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 +msgid "" +"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " +"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " +"transfers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 +msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " +"warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" +"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " +"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " +"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " +"different screens you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" +"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 +msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Set up your warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 +msgid "Import your vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Import your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 +msgid "Set up the initial inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 +msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" +" valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" +" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" +" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " +"and use your scanner optimally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " +"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" +" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " +"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " +"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " +"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post" +"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +msgid "Warehouse and routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" +" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" +" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," +" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 +msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 +msgid "then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +msgid "Cross Docking Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 +msgid "" +"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " +"for the remaining part:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " +"created as an internal physical location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 +msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 +msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 +msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 +msgid "Product with cross dock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 +msgid "" +"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" +" above as well as the **Buy** route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 +msgid "" +"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " +"for replenishment of a stockable product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " +"application in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " +"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " +"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +msgid "" +"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " +"and routes in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " +"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " +"characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +msgid "" +"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" +" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " +"been generated for your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " +"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" +" you can skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " +"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " +"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " +"select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" +" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " +"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " +"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " +"orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " +"all yours product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" +" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " +"proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "" +"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " +"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " +"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " +"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " +"products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +msgid "Select the right transfer order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +msgid "" +"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " +"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " +"indicate how much products you process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " +"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " +"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " +"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a procurement rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " +"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" +" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " +"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " +"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " +"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " +"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" +" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " +"dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 +msgid "" +"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" +" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " +"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " +"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " +"of storing goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " +"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " +"using rules\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 +msgid "Procurement rules settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " +"go to Configuration > Routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 +msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " +"possible :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 +msgid "Move from another location rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 +msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " +"manufacturing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " +"defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 +msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a push rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" +" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " +"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " +"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " +"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " +"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " +"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " +"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " +"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " +"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " +"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " +"inability to meet customer demand for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" +" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " +"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " +"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " +"be triggered automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" +" rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 +msgid "Push rules settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 +msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " +"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " +"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " +"quality control location move to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +msgid "Stock transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" +" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " +"waiting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " +"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " +"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" +" the main stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +msgid "How to use routes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" +" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" +msgstr "Verwalten von Produktherstellungsketten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 +msgid "Manage default locations per product" +msgstr "Verwalte standard Lagerplätze je Produkt" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " +"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products" +msgstr "" +"Unterstützen Sie die Vermietungsverwaltung, indem Sie automatisierte " +"Rücklaufbewegungen für gemietete Produkte generieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " +"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " +"routing of products using rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " +"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " +"can combine several choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 +msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" +" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " +"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 +msgid "Routes applied on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " +"be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," +" select the route(s):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 +msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " +"categories it will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" +" under the **Logistics** section :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 +msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " +"time you make a sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" +" the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 +msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 +msgid "Procurement and push rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 +msgid "Please refer to the documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 +msgid "Procurement configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " +"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " +"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " +"**Preferred Routes**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 +msgid "Make-to-Order Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " +"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " +"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " +"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 +msgid "Product Costing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " +"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " +"to be installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " +"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" +" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. " +"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines " +"will be split accross your transfers lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 +msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " +"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " +"appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" +" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " +"of a potential chemical reaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " +"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " +"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " +"level)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " +"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" +" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 +msgid "Setting up a strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " +"product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " +"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " +"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " +"Strategy**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " +"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " +"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " +"automatically be transferred to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " +"Control --> Current Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 +msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " +"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " +"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 +msgid "" +"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " +"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " +"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " +"on the **location**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " +"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " +"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 +msgid "Types of removal strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 +msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " +"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " +"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " +"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " +"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 +msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " +"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 +msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " +"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " +"shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" +" ``WH/Stock`` location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 +msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 +msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" +" according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " +"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" +" to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " +"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " +"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +msgid "" +"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " +"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " +"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " +"goods with this serial/lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " +"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " +"removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 +msgid "" +"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " +"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " +"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " +"lots pass their **alert date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " +"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" +" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " +"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " +"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," +" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " +"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " +"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " +"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " +"after the lot has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " +"expiration date fields as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 +msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 +msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 +msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " +"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " +"expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "LOT0001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "Ice Cream" +msgstr "Eiscreme" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "08/20/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "LOT0002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "08/10/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "LOT0003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "08/15/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +msgid "" +"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 +msgid "" +"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " +"removal strategy **FEFO**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 +msgid "" +"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" +" the removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Einstellungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Produkte" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" +" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " +"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " +"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " +"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " +"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" +" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " +"multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " +"other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "How to use different units of measure?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, " +"you will need to convert the units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "Setting up units on your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you " +"would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " +"**Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " +"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " +"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 +msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " +"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 +msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 +msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " +"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 +msgid "Procurement" +msgstr "Beschaffung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " +"measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 +msgid "The quality control is done by unit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " +"check is done by unit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " +"**Draft**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " +"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" +" the unit to the dozen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" +" measure :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " +"converted automatically :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Create a link when the document is available - When should you use " +"packages, units of measure or kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Unit of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." +" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" +" warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "Verpackungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "Verpackung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 +msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " +"notice and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 +msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " +"only for indicative purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 +msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " +"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" +" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" +" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " +"**packaging**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " +"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Using product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " +"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " +"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " +"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." +" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " +"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " +"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " +"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " +"the template or the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " +"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " +"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " +"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " +"variant)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " +"product may have its own primary picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " +"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " +"Income Account, Taxes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "When should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " +"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " +"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" +" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " +"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" +" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " +"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " +"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " +"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" +" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " +"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " +"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " +"of managing lots of products that are similars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" +" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " +"product templates and all their related variations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " +"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " +"example, a company having these products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " +"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " +"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " +"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " +"e-Commerce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "Product Template: Polos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 +msgid "Activate the variant feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " +"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " +"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " +"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " +"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 +msgid "Creating products with variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 +msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " +"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " +"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " +"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " +"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " +"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " +"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " +"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 +msgid "Managing Product Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " +"variant attributes :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 +msgid "T-Shirt B&C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 +msgid "Managing combination possibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " +"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " +"you can deactivate the white product variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." +" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " +"XXL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 +msgid "" +"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " +"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " +"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " +"variant that will be added to the original price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 +msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226 +msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227 +msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new location?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " +"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" +" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " +"click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" +" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " +"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" +" to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" +" describe your location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 +msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " +"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " +"containing all the sublocations in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " +"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" +" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " +"click on **apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " +"fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 +msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " +"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " +"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " +"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " +"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " +"edit it afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 +msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " +"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" +" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " +"Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " +"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " +"get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " +"add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" +" more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " +"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " +"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " +"data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " +"computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " +"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" +" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" +" third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " +"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " +"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " +"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " +"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " +"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " +"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " +"underneath:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " +"but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " +"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" +" order to see it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" +" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " +"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " +"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " +"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " +"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " +"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " +"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " +"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " +":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " +"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "Lieferung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A DHL Password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "A DHL Account Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " +"Rest of the world)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " +"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " +"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " +"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" +" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" +" shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " +"will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " +"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " +"United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" +" you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " +"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " +"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" +" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" +" be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " +"to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A UPS account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "An Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" +" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Create a UPS Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" +" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " +"Service in order to to open an account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" +" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " +"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " +"online profile by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" +" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" +" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" +" States.q" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " +"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "" +"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " +"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " +"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "Verify your contact information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " +"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " +"contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Fertigung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "Fertigungs-Management" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" +msgstr "Wie man eine Stückliste erstellt" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " +"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " +"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." +msgstr "" +"Eine Stückliste (Bill of Materials, BoM) ist ein Dokument, das die " +"Komponentenprodukte, die Menge jeder Komponente und den Prozess beschreibt, " +"der zur Herstellung eines Produkts erforderlich ist, einschließlich eines " +"Arbeitsplans und einzelner Schritte." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " +"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " +"describe multiple variants of the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " +"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " +"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " +"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " +"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " +"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " +"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " +"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " +"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " +"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " +"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " +"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " +"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " +"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " +"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " +"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " +"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " +"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " +"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" +" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " +"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " +"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " +"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 +msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " +"primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " +"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " +"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " +"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " +"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" +"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " +"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " +"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" +"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " +"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" +" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " +"subassembly is created as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 +msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " +"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " +"subassembly as you would for any product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 +msgid "" +"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " +"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " +"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " +"effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " +"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " +"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " +"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " +"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " +"Manufacturing apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " +"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " +"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " +"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " +"right shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " +"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " +"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " +"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" +" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " +"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no special configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " +"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " +"their default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" +" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" +" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " +"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " +"will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " +"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 +msgid "" +"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " +"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" +" order rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 +msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " +"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " +"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " +"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " +"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " +"performed in an order defined by **routings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 +msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " +"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " +"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " +"work orders and routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " +"are two basic phases from planning to production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 +msgid "Create manufacturing orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 +msgid "Record Production" +msgstr "Produktion aufzeichnen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 +msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" +" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " +"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " +"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " +"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " +"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " +"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " +"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" +" step of scheduling work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 +msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 +msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 +msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 +msgid "Unbuild a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " +"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" +" unbuild products you have received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " +"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " +"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " +"unbuilding them and recycling them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 +msgid "Unbuild Order" +msgstr "Demontageauftrag" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 +msgid "" +"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" +" menu *Unbuild Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " +"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " +"something you received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 +msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " +"components from the MO back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " +"BoM back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:6 +msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair.rst:4 +msgid "Repair Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +msgid "Repair products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " +"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " +"defect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 +msgid "Create a Repair Order" +msgstr "Reparaturauftrag anlegen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " +"new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +msgid "Manage a repair" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." +" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " +"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" +" might need, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " +"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " +"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +msgid "You can now invoice the repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "Einkauf" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases.rst:3 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Einkauf" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "Stammdaten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 +msgid "Import vendors pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " +"to date on products pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 +msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 +msgid "Import a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 +msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 +msgid "See below a template of the columns used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 +msgid "" +":download:`Click here to download the template " +"<files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 +msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " +"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 +msgid "Add vendors in a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " +"select a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " +"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 +msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " +"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " +"t-shirt in different sizes!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " +"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" +" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" +" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " +"between sales and purchase very easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Let's take the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " +"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " +"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " +"quantities in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" +" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " +"correctly installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom01|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom02|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 +msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " +"unit of measures (advanced)** box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 +msgid "Standard units of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " +"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" +" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " +"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 +msgid "" +"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " +"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " +"customers in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " +"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" +" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " +"purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " +"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 +msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " +"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " +"curtains in **square meters**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " +"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " +"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" +" where both units have a conversion relationship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" +" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " +"below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " +"**Inter-Category-Computation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " +"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " +"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " +"of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 +msgid "Create two new units:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" +" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" +" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " +"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" +" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" +" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " +"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " +"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 +msgid "" +"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " +"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 +msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 +msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " +"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " +"products have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " +"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 +msgid "" +"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " +"not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " +"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" +" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " +"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " +"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 +msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " +"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " +"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " +"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " +"their future orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 +msgid "Issue some purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " +"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "Analyzing your vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 +msgid "Generate flexible reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " +"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " +"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " +"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " +"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " +"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " +"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " +"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " +"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " +"\"Products\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " +"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" +" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " +"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " +"dependent and one independent measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Customize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " +"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " +"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " +"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " +"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " +"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " +"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " +"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " +"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " +"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 +msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " +"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " +"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" +" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " +"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 +msgid "Approve the order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " +"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " +"of what your users can or can't do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 +msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 +msgid "Bill Control" +msgstr "Rechnungsprüfung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" +" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" +" you receive the goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 +msgid "Change the control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" +" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " +"page under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 +msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " +"*Shipment* tab," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " +"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" +" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " +"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "Cancel a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " +"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" +" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 +msgid "" +"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " +"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " +"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " +"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " +"cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " +"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " +"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 +msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 +msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " +"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " +"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 +msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " +"cancel the PO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 +msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " +"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." +" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " +"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 +msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " +"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " +"ask you the permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" +" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " +"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 +msgid "Create reverse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" +" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." +" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" +" corresponding location and click on **Return**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " +"stock to your vendor location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" +" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " +"cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`bills`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`reception`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " +"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " +"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " +"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " +"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 +msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " +"Quotation` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " +"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " +"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " +"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " +"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " +"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " +"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " +"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " +"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " +"supplier or enter a new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 +msgid "" +"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" +" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " +"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " +"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " +"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" +" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" +" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Dropshipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " +"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " +"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " +"drop shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " +"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " +"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " +"dropship route on the SO line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "Drop ship a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " +"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " +"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " +"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" +" through your own stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Lock a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 +msgid "Lock an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 +msgid "" +"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " +"the order preventing any further modification on the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 +msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 +msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " +"products to receive and to control supplier bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" +" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " +"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 +msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " +"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " +"others), which is required with **Purchase**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 +msgid "Create products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " +"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 +msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " +"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " +"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " +"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" +" set his product type field as **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 +msgid "Control products receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 +msgid "Purchase products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " +"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" +" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " +"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " +"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 +msgid "Receive Products" +msgstr "Produktzugänge" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " +"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " +"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " +"receipt box of the related warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " +"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " +"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" +" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " +"the lines within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " +"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " +"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " +"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " +"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " +"the quantity received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 +msgid "" +"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" +" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " +"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " +"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`cancel`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 +msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " +"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " +"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " +"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 +msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " +"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " +"blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 +msgid "Add a warning on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" +" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 +msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " +"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 +msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Agreements" +msgstr "Kaufverträge" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " +"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " +"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 +msgid "Start a Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " +"Agreements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " +"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " +"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " +"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " +"the top right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 +msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " +"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " +"choose the quantity and confirm the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" +" you have already ordered from your blanket order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 +msgid "Vendors prices on your product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " +"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " +"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " +"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " +"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 +msgid "Create a Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " +"and select *Call for Tender*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " +"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " +"right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 +msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " +"from your Call for Tender." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 +msgid "Select the best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" +" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 +msgid "Close the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 +msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "Auffüllung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment Flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 +msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " +"Times*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 +msgid "" +"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " +"manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 +msgid "Configure Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 +msgid "Vendor Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " +"product to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " +"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " +"lead time for that Vendor & Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "Auslieferungszeit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " +"the product to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 +msgid "Manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " +"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " +"engagements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " +"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " +"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " +"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 +msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 +msgid "" +"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " +"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " +"is your product’s configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 +msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 +msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 +msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" +" your configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 +msgid "" +"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 +msgid "" +"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 +msgid "" +"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " +"9 days of vendor lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Setup drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " +"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 +msgid "" +"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " +"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " +"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " +"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " +"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 +msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " +"concerned order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " +"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" +" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 +msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " +"orders on each sale you make." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" +" just one step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " +"*Make To Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 +msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " +"Odoo for this feature to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 +msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " +"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " +"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " +"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " +"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" +" *Shipment* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " +"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " +"automatically under it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " +"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " +"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 +msgid "Set a reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 +msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " +"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " +"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " +"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " +"12:00PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 +msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" +" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " +"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " +"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " +"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " +"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," +" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " +"issue with the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-Companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " +"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " +"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " +"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " +"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " +"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " +"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " +"on your sales and purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 +msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Manage intercompany rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" +" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 +msgid "New options will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " +"for the other companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " +"user has the rights to manage the companies." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po deleted file mode 100644 index 298c44524..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,444 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../iot.rst:5 -msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:34 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:36 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:38 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:70 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:76 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <http://wwww.balena.org>`__, " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Now, download the latest image `here " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the " -"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " -"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " -"minutes for it to finish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:3 -msgid "IoT Box not found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" -" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " -"can follow to find your IoT box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:10 -msgid "HTTPS Issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:12 -msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " -"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" -" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " -"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:9 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:17 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:22 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " -"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:28 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:30 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:32 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:35 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "Einrichten" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:44 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" -" might work as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:50 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " -"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " -"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " -"your barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:62 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " -"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " -"device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " -"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " -"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " -"on boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:77 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:80 -msgid "Troubleshoot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:83 -msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" -" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" -" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " -"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " -"LED." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " -"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " -"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " -"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " -"devices on your network router." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" -" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:106 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " -"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:113 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " -"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " -"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " -"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " -"enough power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" -" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" -" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:134 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " -"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:140 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:142 -msgid "" -"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " -"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " -"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " -"and the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:148 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:150 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " -"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:155 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " -"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " -"contact support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:162 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:164 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9970cb5a4..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,197 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Live-Chat" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 -msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " -"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " -"answered wherever you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " -"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 -msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 -msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5e1a3c433..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,522 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# DE T2 <e2f48d4s5vd1s2@outlook.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Fertigung" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " -"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " -"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " -"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " -"describe multiple variants of the same product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " -"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " -"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " -"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " -"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " -"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " -"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " -"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " -"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " -"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " -"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " -"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " -"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 -msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "" -"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " -"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " -"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " -"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " -"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " -"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " -"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" -" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " -"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " -"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " -"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 -msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " -"primary product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " -"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " -"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " -"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " -"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" -"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " -"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " -"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" -"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " -"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" -" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " -"subassembly is created as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " -"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " -"subassembly as you would for any product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 -msgid "" -"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " -"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " -"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " -"effect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " -"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " -"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 -msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " -"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " -"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " -"Manufacturing apps must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " -"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "" -"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " -"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " -"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " -"right shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " -"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " -"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " -"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" -" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " -"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no special configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " -"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " -"their default values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" -" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" -" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " -"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " -"will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " -"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " -"stock management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 -msgid "" -"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " -"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" -" order rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Überblick" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " -"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " -"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " -"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " -"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " -"performed in an order defined by **routings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " -"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " -"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " -"work orders and routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " -"are two basic phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 -msgid "Create manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "Record Production" -msgstr "Produktion aufzeichnen" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" -" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " -"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " -"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " -"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " -"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " -"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " -"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" -" step of scheduling work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 -msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 -msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " -"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" -" unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " -"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " -"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " -"unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 -msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "Demontageauftrag" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 -msgid "" -"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" -" menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " -"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " -"something you received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 -msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " -"components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " -"BoM back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Übersicht" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " -"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " -"defect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "Reparaturauftrag anlegen" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " -"new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." -" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " -"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" -" might need, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " -"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " -"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 -msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po deleted file mode 100644 index 77b8ed84f..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "Mobil" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "Mitteilungen" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As of Odoo 12.0, there is no more complex configuration to enable push " -"notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " -"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po deleted file mode 100644 index 88d8e7b31..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1374 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# DE T2 <e2f48d4s5vd1s2@outlook.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Point of Sale" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 -msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This " -"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They " -"are all explained below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the " -"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 -msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 -msgid "And the cashier will be changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 -msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 -msgid "" -"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 -msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 -msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 -msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 -msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 -msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " -"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " -"allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "Barcode Nomenklatur" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " -"barcode:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " -"interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " -"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " -"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 -msgid "" -"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " -"finish the transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " -"*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " -"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " -"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " -"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " -"everything in between." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "" -"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " -"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " -"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " -"rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" -" finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " -"can of course change it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Überblick" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Einrichtung" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "IoT Box" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " -"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" -" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " -"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " -"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " -"VAT signing card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Übersicht" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " -"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " -"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" -" any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " -"any future transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/pos`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " -"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " -"definitive ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 -msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 -msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " -"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " -"can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." -" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 -msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" -" you can add the printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 -msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 -msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 -msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 -msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " -"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" -"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " -"option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 -msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " -"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " -"important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 -msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " -"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 -msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 -msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 -msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Shop Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " -"is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 -msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 -msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " -"the opening and closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" -" values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 -msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " -"Balance*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 -msgid "" -"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " -"modify it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 -msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " -"button as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" -" have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " -"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " -"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " -"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " -"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " -"or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " -"select it and validate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 -msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" -" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" -" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 -msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po deleted file mode 100644 index 45877666e..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,169 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Andreas Stauder <andreas.stauder@brain-tec.ch>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Andreas Stauder <andreas.stauder@brain-tec.ch>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 -msgid "My Odoo Portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " -"subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged in, just" -" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "Angebote" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " -"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " -"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " -"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " -"pricing and other useful information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " -"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 -msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "Verkaufsaufträge" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" -" registered under this section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " -"purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "Rechnungen" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 -msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " -"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" -" been paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 -msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "Veranstaltungs-Ticket" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 -msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`," -" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " -"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " -"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 -msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "Abonnements" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78 -msgid "" -"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " -"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " -"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " -"and the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " -"the new credit card details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " -"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" -" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101 -msgid "" -"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" -" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" -" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will" -" no longer be able to access the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 -msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 -msgid "" -"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " -"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " -"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If you need information about how to manage your database see " -":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po deleted file mode 100644 index 93ccdf548..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c17e7722 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -0,0 +1,1539 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:3 +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "Produktivität" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:4 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "Diskussion" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" +"Wie Sie ihren Mail-Server zum Senden und Empfangen von E-Mails in Odoo " +"verwenden" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" +" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " +"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:24 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:36 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" +"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:47 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:55 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " +"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " +"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:86 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:98 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/project-management>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "usw." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " +"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " +"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " +"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " +"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " +"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 +msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" +" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" +" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 +msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " +"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " +"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" +" this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " +"the previous example you should write " +"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " +"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 +msgid "Getting the API key and secret" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +msgid "" +"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " +"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:3 +msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." +" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " +"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " +"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " +"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " +"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" +"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " +"another channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:15 +msgid "Direct messaging a user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " +"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " +"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " +"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " +"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " +"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " +"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " +"they are offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:28 +msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " +"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" +" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " +"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:3 +msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " +"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " +"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:13 +msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " +"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " +"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " +"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " +"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " +"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " +"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " +"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " +"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " +"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " +"simple and searchable interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get organized by planning activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " +"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " +"undertake." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" +" your priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " +"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " +"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 +msgid "Schedule meetings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " +"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " +"open to let you select a time slot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " +"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " +"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " +"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," +" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "Creating a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " +"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " +"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " +"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" +" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " +"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " +"information)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:31 +msgid "Configuring a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " +"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." +" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " +"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" +" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " +"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" +" a public channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:47 +msgid "How to set up a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " +":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" +" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " +"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " +"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " +"messages by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "Locating a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " +"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" +" clicking the plus icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " +"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " +"channels from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " +"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:76 +msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " +"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " +"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " +"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " +"character wildcard.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:6 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," +" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:14 +msgid "How to choose the events to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " +"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " +"**Project** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:23 +msgid "How to add other followers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " +"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" +" link back to the original document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:34 +msgid "How to be a default follower" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " +"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" +" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " +"created, an opportunity won)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" +" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " +"about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:4 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__, " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, download the latest image `here " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the " +"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " +"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " +"minutes for it to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 +msgid "IoT Box not found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" +" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " +"can follow to find your IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 +msgid "HTTPS Issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 +msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " +"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" +" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " +"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " +"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " +"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:28 +msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:35 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "Einrichten" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" +" might work as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:50 +msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " +"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " +"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " +"your barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:62 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " +"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " +"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " +"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " +"on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" +" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:77 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:80 +msgid "Troubleshoot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:83 +msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" +" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" +" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " +"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " +"LED." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " +"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " +"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " +"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " +"devices on your network router." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" +" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:106 +msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " +"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:113 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " +"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " +"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " +"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " +"enough power." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" +" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" +" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:134 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " +"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:140 +msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:142 +msgid "" +"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " +"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " +"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " +"and the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:148 +msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " +"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:155 +msgid "The printer is offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " +"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " +"contact support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:162 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "Geräte" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "Verbindung" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:18 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " +"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " +"steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " +"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " +"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " +"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " +"drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" +" cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:17 +msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your printer is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " +"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " +"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " +"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" +" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." +" Click on it and it will print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" +" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " +"Categories* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " +"will be printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" +" their price are based on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 +msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/iot-hardware>`_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " +"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 +msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " +"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " +"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " +"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " +"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " +"price to the cart." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/project.po deleted file mode 100644 index 748464cd7..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1599 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# DE T2 <e2f48d4s5vd1s2@outlook.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Wolfgang Taferner, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wolfgang Taferner, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "Projekt" - -#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Fortgeschritten" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Übersicht" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 -msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "E-Mail Vorlage" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 -msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Berichtswesen" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 -msgid "" -"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" -" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " -"spent on that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 -msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 -msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 -msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Transkript" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Verantwortlichkeiten" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "Abonnenten" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Creating a new project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 -msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " -"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " -"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " -"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " -"have to cope with." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 -msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 -msgid "" -"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " -"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " -"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" -" and indicate if the task is ready." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " -"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " -"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" -" to their creation date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " -"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " -"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " -"easily in a single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " -"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 -msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 -msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 -msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 -msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 -msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 -msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 -msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0c698be3c..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1740 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# DE T2 <e2f48d4s5vd1s2@outlook.com>, 2019 -# Thorsten Vocks <thorsten.vocks@openbig.org>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019 -# Tobias Arndt, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Tobias Arndt, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "Einkauf" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Einkauf" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 -msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "Stammdaten" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 -msgid "Import vendors pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " -"to date on products pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 -msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 -msgid "Import a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 -msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " -"import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 -msgid "See below a template of the columns used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 -msgid "" -"`Template download " -"<https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1N8c_eejLV_8NhYMGCfZau_oGCnRkUIT9nwdX7n0shhY/edit#gid=964193981>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 -msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " -"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 -msgid "Add vendors in a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " -"select a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 -msgid "" -"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " -"on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " -"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 -msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " -"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " -"period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " -"t-shirt in different sizes!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " -"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" -" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" -" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " -"between sales and purchase very easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 -msgid "Let's take the following examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " -"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " -"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " -"quantities in **Liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" -" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " -"correctly installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom01|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom02|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 -msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " -"unit of measures (advanced)** box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 -msgid "Standard units of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " -"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" -" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " -"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 -msgid "" -"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " -"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " -"customers in **Liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 -msgid "" -"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " -"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" -" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " -"purchase)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " -"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 -msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " -"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " -"curtains in **square meters**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " -"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " -"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" -" where both units have a conversion relationship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" -" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " -"below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " -"**Inter-Category-Computation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " -"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " -"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " -"of Measure`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 -msgid "Create two new units:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 -msgid "" -"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" -" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" -" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " -"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" -" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" -" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " -"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " -"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 -msgid "" -"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " -"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 -msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 -msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " -"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " -"products have been received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " -"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " -"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 -msgid "" -"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " -"not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " -"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" -" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " -"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " -"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " -"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " -"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " -"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " -"their future orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " -"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " -"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " -"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " -"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " -"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " -"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " -"\"Products\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" -" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " -"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " -"below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 -msgid "" -"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " -"dependent and one independent measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " -"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " -"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 -msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " -"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " -"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 -msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" -" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " -"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 -msgid "Approve the order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " -"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " -"of what your users can or can't do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 -msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 -msgid "Bill Control" -msgstr "Rechnungsprüfung" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" -" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" -" you receive the goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 -msgid "Change the control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" -" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " -"page under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 -msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " -"*Shipment* tab," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " -"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" -" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " -"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "Cancel a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " -"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" -" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 -msgid "" -"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " -"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " -"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " -"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " -"cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " -"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " -"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 -msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 -msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " -"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " -"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 -msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " -"cancel the PO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 -msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " -"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." -" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " -"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 -msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " -"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " -"ask you the permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" -" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " -"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 -msgid "Create reverse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" -" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." -" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" -" corresponding location and click on **Return**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " -"stock to your vendor location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" -" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " -"cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`bills`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " -"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " -"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " -"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " -"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 -msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " -"Quotation` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " -"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " -"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt" -msgstr "Bon" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Wareneingang" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor" -msgstr "Lieferant" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." -msgstr "" -"Sie finden einen Anbieter anhand seines Namens, seiner TIN, seiner E-Mail-" -"Adresse oder seiner internen Referenz." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "Lieferantenreferenz" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " -"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " -"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." -msgstr "" -"Referenz zum Verkaufsauftrag oder zum Angebot eines Lieferanten. Diese wird " -"beim Lieferempfang zur Zuordnung genutzt, da sie normalerweise auch als " -"Referenz auf dem Lieferschein Ihres Lieferanten angegeben ist." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "Bestelldatum" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " -"a purchase order." -msgstr "" -"Bestimmt das Datum, indem eine Angebotsanfrage bestätigt und in eine " -"Bestellung gewandelt werden sollte." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "Referenzbeleg" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" -" sales order)" -msgstr "" -"Referenz zum Dokument, welches diesen Bestellauftrag erzeugt hat (z. B. ein " -"Verkaufsauftrag)" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "Ausliefern an" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "Dies bestimmt den Vorgangstyp einer eingehenden Lieferung." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "Streckengeschäft-Anschrift" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " -"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." -msgstr "" -"Weisen Sie eine Anschrift zu, wenn Sie direkt vom Lieferanten an den Kunden " -"liefern möchten. Ansonsten lassen Sie das Feld leer, um zunächst selbst " -"beliefert zu werden." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "Lieferzielort Typ" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "Technisches Feld zur Anzeige der Streckengeschäft Postanschrift" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "Lieferbedingung" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " -"used in international transactions." -msgstr "" -"International Lieferbedingungen sind vordefinierte Konditionen und " -"Bedingungen, die zumeist im internationalen Handel eingesetzt werden." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " -"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " -"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " -"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " -"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " -"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " -"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " -"supplier or enter a new one)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 -msgid "" -"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" -" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " -"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " -"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " -"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" -" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" -" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " -"to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " -"*Dropshipping*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " -"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " -"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " -"drop shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " -"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " -"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " -"dropship route on the SO line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "Drop ship a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " -"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " -"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " -"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" -" through your own stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Lock a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 -msgid "Lock an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 -msgid "" -"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " -"the order preventing any further modification on the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 -msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 -msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " -"products to receive and to control supplier bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" -" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " -"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 -msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " -"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " -"others), which is required with **Purchase**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 -msgid "Create products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " -"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 -msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " -"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 -msgid "" -"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " -"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " -"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" -" set his product type field as **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 -msgid "Control products receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 -msgid "Purchase products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " -"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" -" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " -"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " -"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 -msgid "Receive Products" -msgstr "Produktzugänge" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " -"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " -"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " -"receipt box of the related warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " -"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " -"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" -" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " -"the lines within it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " -"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " -"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " -"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " -"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " -"the quantity received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 -msgid "" -"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" -" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " -"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " -"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`cancel`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 -msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " -"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " -"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " -"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 -msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " -"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " -"blocking message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 -msgid "Add a warning on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" -" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 -msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " -"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 -msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Agreements" -msgstr "Kaufverträge" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " -"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " -"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 -msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " -"Agreements`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " -"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " -"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " -"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " -"the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 -msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " -"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " -"choose the quantity and confirm the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 -msgid "" -"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" -" you have already ordered from your blanket order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 -msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " -"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " -"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " -"name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " -"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 -msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " -"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 -msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " -"and select *Call for Tender*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " -"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " -"right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 -msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " -"from your Call for Tender." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 -msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" -" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 -msgid "Close the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 -msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "Auffüllung" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment Flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 -msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " -"Times*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 -msgid "" -"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " -"manufacture products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 -msgid "Configure Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 -msgid "Vendor Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " -"product to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " -"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " -"lead time for that Vendor & Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 -msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "Auslieferungszeit" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " -"the product to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " -"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 -msgid "" -"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " -"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 -msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " -"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " -"engagements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " -"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " -"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " -"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 -msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 -msgid "" -"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " -"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " -"is your product’s configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 -msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 -msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 -msgid "" -"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" -" your configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 -msgid "" -"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " -"time for Sales)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 -msgid "" -"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " -"time for Purchase)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 -msgid "" -"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " -"9 days of vendor lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Setup drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Übersicht" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " -"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 -msgid "" -"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " -"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " -"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " -"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " -"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 -msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " -"concerned order lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " -"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" -" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 -msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " -"orders on each sale you make." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" -" just one step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 -msgid "Configure the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " -"*Make To Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 -msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " -"Odoo for this feature to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 -msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " -"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " -"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " -"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 -msgid "" -"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " -"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" -" *Shipment* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " -"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 -msgid "" -"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " -"automatically under it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " -"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " -"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 -msgid "Set a reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 -msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " -"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " -"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " -"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " -"12:00PM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " -"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 -msgid "" -"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " -"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " -"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " -"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," -" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " -"issue with the configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 -msgid "Multi-Companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " -"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " -"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " -"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " -"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " -"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " -"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " -"on your sales and purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 -msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Manage intercompany rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" -" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 -msgid "New options will appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " -"options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " -"for the other companies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " -"user has the rights to manage the companies." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po deleted file mode 100644 index 42be3ef58..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "Personalbeschaffung" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index fbdca0636..6c773e711 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -1,20 +1,25 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2021 +# Kevin Harrings <kha@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Florian Pose <fp@igh.de>, 2021 +# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Andreas Stauder <andreas.stauder@brain-tec.ch>, 2021 +# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -22,97 +27,2829 @@ msgstr "" "Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:4 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Verkäufe" -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:4 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "Kundenverwaltung" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM" +" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can " +"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "Ein neues Angebot erstellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " +"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " +"directions)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +msgid "Go to the API & Services page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " +"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +msgid "Create credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " +"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " +"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " +"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " +"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" +" in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" +" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " +"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" +" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " +"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " +"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" +" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 +msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Überblick" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" +" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " +"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " +"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " +"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " +"configuration procedure below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " +"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " +"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " +"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 +msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 +msgid "**Mode** should be Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " +"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 +msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 +msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 +msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 +msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can find all this information by logging in at " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " +"and refer to the fields as pictured below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " +"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" +" Odoo and in OnSIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " +"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" +" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " +"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"international prefix for the United States)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " +"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 +msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " +"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" +" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " +"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " +"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." +" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"then have to configure it as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 +msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 +msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 +msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 +msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 +msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " +"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " +"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " +"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" +" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " +"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" +" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Installing Asterisk server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "Abhängigkeiten" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 +msgid "wget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 +msgid "gcc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 +msgid "g++" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 +msgid "ncurses-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 +msgid "libxml2-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 +msgid "sqlite-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 +msgid "libsrtp-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 +msgid "libuuid-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 +msgid "openssl-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 +msgid "pkg-config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 +msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " +"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " +"extracted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 +msgid "**run:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 +msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 +msgid "**Update shared library links:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 +msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 +msgid "**The result should be:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Asterisk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " +"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" +"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Extract Asterisk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 +msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 +msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " +"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " +"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " +"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 +msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " +"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " +"run 'make config'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 +msgid "DTLS Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 +msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" +" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 +msgid "Configure Asterisk server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " +"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " +"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" +" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " +"uncommented:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " +"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " +"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " +"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " +"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " +"lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 +msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 +msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 +msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 +msgid "" +"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" +" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 +msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " +"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " +"configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " +"\"Integrations\" section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" +" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " +"defined in the http.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 +msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" +" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " +"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " +"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 +msgid "Configure your kanban stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " +"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" +" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" +" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " +"more accurate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" +" you can modify them manually of course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 +msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " +"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" +" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 +msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " +"closing, letting you prioritize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 +msgid "" +"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " +"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " +"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 +msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 +msgid "" +"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " +"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " +"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " +"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " +"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " +"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:4 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "Point of Sale" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 +msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " +"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments" +" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " +"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " +"American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 +msgid "" +"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " +"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " +"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 +msgid "Install Mercury" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " +"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " +"mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 +msgid "" +"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods` and create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " +"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This " +"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They " +"are all explained below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the " +"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 +msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 +msgid "And the cashier will be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 +msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 +msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 +msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 +msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 +msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 +msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "Barcode-Nomenklatur" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 +msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " +"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 +msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " +"product discount also at 50%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "" +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " +"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " +"pricing strategy tailored to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " +"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" +" on *Pricelists*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " +"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " +"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " +"whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 +msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " +"select the right pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 +msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " +"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " +"statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " +"--> Orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 +msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 +msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Einrichtung" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " +"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " +"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " +"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " +"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " +"customer can be identified from the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " +"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 +msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " +"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 +msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" +" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" +" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " +"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" +" in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" +" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 +msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " +"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 +msgid "Create your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " +"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 +msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 +msgid "You can register the next orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 +msgid "" +"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " +"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " +"now close the session from the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 +msgid "" +"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 +msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" +" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " +"closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 +msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " +":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/connect` and " +":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "Zahlungsterminals" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the payments " +"section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for " +"Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and create new Vantiv " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Register multiple orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " +"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " +"Sale application can help you to fulfill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " +"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your table management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" +" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " +"Point of sale`.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" +" *Floors*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 +msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" +" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " +"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " +"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " +"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 +msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " +"register an order and payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" +" you can also transfer the order to another table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Transfer customers between tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " +"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " +"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " +"you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 +msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " +"select the new table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 +msgid "Accept returns and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " +"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " +"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " +"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" +" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +msgid "" +"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " +"to process the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 msgid "" "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " "Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 msgid "" "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " "any document in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 msgid "From Contacts Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 msgid "" "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " "Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 msgid "" "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " "interface and from the drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 msgid "" "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " "**Apply** when you're done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." @@ -120,17 +2857,17 @@ msgid "" "Description**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" @@ -138,21 +2875,21 @@ msgid "" "well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -164,15 +2901,15 @@ msgid "" "listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " @@ -180,7 +2917,7 @@ msgid "" "clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " @@ -188,97 +2925,97 @@ msgid "" "needed to configure the module in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " "Key**. Apply the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " "other fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 msgid "Request a down payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " "rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " "protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 msgid "" "When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" " option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" "The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " "and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 msgid "" "On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " "automatically deducted." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 msgid "" "You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" " income account & customer taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " @@ -286,107 +3023,107 @@ msgid "" " you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 msgid "Expenses configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 msgid "" "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" " --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 msgid "" "From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " "hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 msgid "" "You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " "create a new one from right there." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 msgid "" "Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 msgid "" "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " "Configuration --> Expense products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 msgid "" "Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " "invoicing:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 msgid "" "Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " "order is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" "Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " "partial delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" "The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " "of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" @@ -394,52 +3131,52 @@ msgid "" "the actual delivered quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" "You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " "options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " "invoice a fixed advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 msgid "" "From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " "policy and select the one you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 msgid "Send the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" "Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " "quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 msgid "" "If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " "confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" " to validate the delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 msgid "" "Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " "automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered" " if you did a partial delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 msgid "" "Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " "each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" @@ -449,41 +3186,42 @@ msgid "" "project's progress and pay in several installments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 msgid "Create milestone products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " "configure products to work this way, go to any product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 msgid "" "You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " "select *Milestones* in the sales tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 msgid "Invoice milestones" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 msgid "" "From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " "complete a milestone." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " "delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" @@ -493,221 +3231,221 @@ msgid "" " not being a demand or request for payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 msgid "" "From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" "forma invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 msgid "" "When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " "in attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 msgid "Sell subscriptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " "planning ahead much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " "the subscription product your previously created." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" "When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " "You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " "upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" "Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" " to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" " the project requirements would most likely change." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 msgid "" "This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " "the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" " the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 msgid "" "For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" " to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" " purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 msgid "Invoice time configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 msgid "" "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " "Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 msgid "" "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 msgid "Invoice your time spent" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 msgid "" "From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " "invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" " project*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 msgid "" "Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" " project overview and one for the current task." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 msgid "" "You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " "from the *Project* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 msgid "" "Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " "how many hours they worked on the project so far." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 msgid "Invoice purchases" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 msgid "" "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" " it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 msgid "" "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " "*Purchase Analytics*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 msgid "" "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 msgid "" "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " "will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:3 msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 msgid "Manage your pricing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 msgid "" "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " "Invoicing/Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " "pricelist setup form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" " the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 msgid "" "The public price is in your company's main currency (see " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 msgid "" "The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " @@ -715,25 +3453,25 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" " rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" " to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " @@ -742,87 +3480,87 @@ msgid "" "quantity and get a price break), etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 msgid "" "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " "completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" "*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " "default product price ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 msgid "" "*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " "products ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " "and roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Several prices per product" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " "in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " "Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " "Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " @@ -832,59 +3570,59 @@ msgid "" " or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " "e-Commerce)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" " option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 msgid "Discounts with roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 msgid "Prices per country" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " @@ -892,149 +3630,149 @@ msgid "" "pricelist without any country group." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" +" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " +"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." +"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" +" column (see why below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" -"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " -"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" +" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " "import screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" -" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " -"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " +"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " +"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" -"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " -"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one" +" of your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" +"duplicates." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " +"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " +"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "Steuern festlegen" -#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 msgid "eBay" msgstr "eBay" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" "As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to" " entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer " @@ -1042,19 +3780,19 @@ msgid "" "price that is no longer cost effective for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Set a deadline" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 msgid "Use deadline in templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 msgid "" "You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time " "that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find" @@ -1063,32 +3801,32 @@ msgid "" "ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " "This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their " "invoice location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Customer Addresses* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 msgid "" "If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will" " automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for " @@ -1096,59 +3834,59 @@ msgid "" "from the quotation or sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, " "they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under " ":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 msgid "" "These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you " "send by email or print." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving " "the time of both your customers and yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 msgid "Activate online payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Online Signature & Payment* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 msgid "" "Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your " "acquirers of choice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 msgid "" "You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment " "acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, " @@ -1157,164 +3895,160 @@ msgid "" "`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 msgid "" "If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also " "pick a default setting for each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 msgid "Register a payment" msgstr "Eine Zahlung registrieren" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 msgid "" "From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you" " and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a " "traditional process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 msgid "" "If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id" "=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, you can also pick a " "default setting for each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 msgid "Validate an order with a signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 msgid "" "When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online" " instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 msgid "" "The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful " "products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could" " be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 msgid "" "Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add" " related products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the" " suggested products to the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 msgid "" "The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on " "any of the little carts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 msgid "" "Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or " "pay to confirm the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 msgid "" "Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales" " order, letting the salesperson see it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" "If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time " "by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a " "complete quotation in no time." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 msgid "" "You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 msgid "" "You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to" " select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for" " the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " "in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration " "and can be alterated by customer pricelists." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 msgid "Edit your template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 msgid "" "You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept " "or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and " @@ -1322,61 +4056,61 @@ msgid "" "quotation editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 msgid "" "This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building" " blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated" " to each product." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 msgid "" "The description set for the products will be used in all quotations " "templates containing those products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" "You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* " "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 msgid "" "Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital " "signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 msgid "" "Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" "Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " "between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " @@ -1384,39 +4118,39 @@ msgid "" " to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " "quotation, sales order and invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " "*Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 msgid "" "In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " "appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 msgid "" "A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" " on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 msgid "" "You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " "conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30c89158e --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -0,0 +1,2410 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2021 +# Wolfgang Taferner, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wolfgang Taferner, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:3 ../../content/services.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Dienstleistungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:4 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Kundendienst" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 +msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 +msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," +" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " +"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," +" or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 +msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " +"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " +"the lower right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " +"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " +"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +msgid "Start receiving tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 +msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " +"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " +"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Website Form allows your customer to go to " +"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " +"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " +"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " +"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " +"documentation `*here* " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/12.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 +msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" +" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " +"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " +"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " +"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " +"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 +msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +msgid "" +"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" +" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " +"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " +"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " +"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 +msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " +"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +msgid "Grey - Normal State" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 +msgid "Red - Blocked" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 +msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " +"Ticket form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 +msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +msgid "" +"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " +"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " +"timesheets will log against." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" +" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " +"ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 +msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 +msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " +"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " +"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " +"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "The modules needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " +"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " +"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 +msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 +msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " +"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " +"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" +" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " +"previously created as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" +" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " +"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " +"unit will do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " +"configuration :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 +msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 +msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 +msgid "Step 1 : place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " +"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" +" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " +"the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 +msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " +"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" +" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" +" and select the task on its form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 +msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " +"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " +"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 +msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" +" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " +"appear as the delivered quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +msgid "" +"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " +"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:4 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "Projekt" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Fortgeschritten" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " +"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " +"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " +"customers using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " +"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " +"Sad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 +msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " +"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " +"apps module and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " +"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " +"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " +"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 +msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +msgid "" +"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +msgid "" +"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 +msgid "Project configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " +"**Customer satisfaction** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "E-Mail Vorlage" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " +"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." +" You can directly edit it from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 +msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" +" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " +"will be added to the chatter of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Berichtswesen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " +"the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 +msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 +msgid "" +"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " +"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" +" Issue** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" +" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" +" end of the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 +msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " +"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " +"from sales order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " +"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " +"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" +" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " +"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " +"and Services departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " +"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " +"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " +"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " +"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" +" overtime spent on the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 +msgid "Install the required applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " +"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" +" the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +msgid "" +"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" +" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " +"spent on that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 +msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 +msgid "Create and set up a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " +"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " +"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " +"the`following setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 +msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 +msgid "**Product Type**: Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " +"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" +" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " +"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " +"product to hours as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " +"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " +"will then create a project per SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 +msgid "Create the Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " +"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " +"sale order, the task will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 +msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 +msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 +msgid "" +"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 +msgid "" +"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " +"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 +msgid "" +"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" +" your customers based on your invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " +"source document of the task is the related sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application.rst:3 +msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:3 +msgid "Demonstration Video" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 +msgid "Transcript" +msgstr "Transkript" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" +" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " +"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" +" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" +" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" +" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " +"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" +"saving!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:28 +msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration and basic usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "Verantwortlichkeiten" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 +msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " +"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " +"suggestions in the drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " +"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 +msgid "Followers" +msgstr "Abonnenten" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" +" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " +"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " +"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." +" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " +"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " +"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " +"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 +msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" +" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " +"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " +"see the big picture all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 +msgid "Task: follow a specific task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " +"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " +"that task also appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 +msgid "Choose which action to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " +"Following button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " +"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " +"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 +msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " +"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " +"help you track time easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " +"available in projects and on tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " +"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" +" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " +"automatically created under the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 +msgid "Click on the settings of a project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 +msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " +"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " +"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " +"it, or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" +" timesheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 +msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " +"Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " +"Analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" +" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 +msgid "Document Management in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" +" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" +" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 +msgid "" +"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " +"tab on the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " +"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " +"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " +"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 +msgid "Collaborate on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" +" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " +"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" +" delegation and the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 +msgid "Create a task from an email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " +"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " +"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " +"project gets an automatic email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 +msgid "" +"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " +"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " +"Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"This email address create by default following the project name can be " +"changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 +msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 +msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 +msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 +msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " +"history of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " +"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " +"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " +"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " +"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " +"to remember past interactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" +" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " +"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" +" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " +"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 +msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " +"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " +"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " +"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " +"creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 +msgid "" +"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " +"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 +msgid "" +"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " +"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " +"Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " +"follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 +msgid "Tasks states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 +msgid "Set the state of a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" +" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " +"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 +msgid "" +"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " +"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 +msgid "Custom states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 +msgid "" +"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " +"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," +" then click on edit:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 +msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 +msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 +msgid "Color Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 +msgid "" +"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " +"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " +"them thanks to the filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 +msgid "" +"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" +" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " +"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " +"the tag, directly from the task:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " +"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " +"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" +" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " +"employees working on this project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Installing the Project module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " +"**Install**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +msgid "Creating a new project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," +" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:32 +msgid "The privacy setting works as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:34 +msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " +"**Customer** field empty if not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:48 +msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Manage your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:54 +msgid "Add your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:56 +msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" +" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " +"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " +"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " +"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " +"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" +" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " +"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " +"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`visualization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:101 +msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "How to record time spent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " +"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " +"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " +"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " +"Employee and Timesheet apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 +msgid "Recording timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " +"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 +msgid "Recording in a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " +"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" +" click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 +msgid "Recording in a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " +"and open the task on which you have been working." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " +"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 +msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " +"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " +"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " +"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " +"have to cope with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 +msgid "Create a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 +msgid "" +"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 +msgid "In the project, create a new task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " +"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 +msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " +"to the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " +"one have the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" +" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" +" logo in the upper right corner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " +"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" +" and indicate if the task is ready." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 +msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " +"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " +"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" +" to their creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " +"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 +msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " +"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " +"easily in a single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " +"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:133 +msgid "" +"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " +"dropping the task to another case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "" +"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " +"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" +" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " +"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " +"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " +"project manager too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 +msgid "" +"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" +" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " +"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " +"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." +" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " +"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 +msgid "" +"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " +"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" +" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " +"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " +"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " +"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " +"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " +"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" +" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" +" the progress of each task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " +"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" +" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" +" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " +"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " +"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " +"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " +"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " +"planning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " +"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " +"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " +"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" +" each team member." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" +" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " +"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " +"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " +"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" +" team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " +"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " +"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " +"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " +"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " +"app, it will help you get started quickly too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 +msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 +msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:3 +msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " +"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " +"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " +"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " +"install the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" +" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " +"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " +"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:28 +msgid "" +"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " +"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " +"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:36 +msgid "Manage tasks with views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" +" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " +"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " +"and the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " +"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:47 +msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " +"ones having the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:61 +msgid "Add/rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " +"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " +"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " +"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " +"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " +"Done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +msgid "Sort tasks by priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " +"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " +"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " +"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " +"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " +"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:97 +msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:100 +msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " +"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " +"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" +" each time the employee will add an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " +"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " +"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " +"show you the progression of each task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:119 +msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " +"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " +"single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:128 +msgid "" +"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" +" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " +"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:138 +msgid ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "How to forecast tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction to forecast" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," +" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:11 +msgid "" +"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " +"progress of a project and its related tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " +"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " +"team members to collaborate better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " +"workload and human resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "How to configure the projects?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the project application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" +" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" +" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " +"employee should complete it!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " +"application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " +"Forecast option and click **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " +"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " +"all the projects that you manage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Configure a specific project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " +"Forecast\" in your project settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:51 +msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " +"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:59 +msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:62 +msgid "How to create a forecast?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " +"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " +"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " +"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " +"space in the Gantt chart calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " +"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " +"take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" +" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " +"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:91 +msgid "" +"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " +"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " +"in the Effective hours field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:96 +msgid "What are the difference between the views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " +"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " +"by projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:103 +msgid "By users : people management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " +"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." +" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " +"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " +"third, you see which tasks they're on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " +"the duration of the task in the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " +"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " +"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " +"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:126 +msgid "Plan the workload" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " +"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " +"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" +" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " +"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " +"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " +"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " +"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " +"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " +"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " +"that this is feasible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:191 +msgid "Gantt view advantages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:151 +msgid "" +"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" +" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " +"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " +"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " +"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:193 +msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +msgid "" +"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " +"the future or in the past" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:198 +msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:200 +msgid "modify an existing forecast" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:202 +msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:170 +msgid "By projects: project management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " +"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " +"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " +"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:177 +msgid "" +"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " +"level of hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" +" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " +"they're on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " +"Users** section)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support.rst:4 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Support" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "Nicht verfügbar" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:77 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:7 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:11 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:22 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " +"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:38 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:5 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Odoo Enterprise" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:13 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:15 +msgid "your subscription number," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "" +"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also " +"send the URL of your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:22 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:24 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:26 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:28 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +msgid "" +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and " +"bugfix services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:35 +msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c2ee261f --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:22+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Einstellungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " +"installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " +"rights.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:81 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:43 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:46 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " +"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" +" to **Inactive** immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:67 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:81 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:103 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:108 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:121 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/support.po deleted file mode 100644 index 70e33624c..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,681 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Wolfgang Taferner, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:35+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wolfgang Taferner, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../support.rst:5 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Support" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " -"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " -"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17 -msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Release date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "🟢" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "Nicht verfügbar" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "🟠" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "🔴" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 -msgid "🟢 Supported version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 -msgid "🔴 End-of-support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 -msgid "" -"🟠 Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo Online " -"servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:66 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:68 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:70 -msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6 -msgid "Contribute to the documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9 -msgid "First of all..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15 -msgid "Edit an existing page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub " -"account <https://help.github.com/en/articles/signing-up-for-a-new-github-" -"account>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Pick a page in our `user documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`_. **Please take care of choosing " -"the right version of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19 -msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork " -"repository**, else you won't see this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax " -"called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's " -"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a " -"quick overview of RST commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable" -" format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your " -"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the " -"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a " -"longer explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44 -msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45 -msgid "Click on **Create pull request**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your " -"help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49 -msgid "" -"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in " -"your contribution message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55 -msgid "RST Cheat Sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Code" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Display" -msgstr "Anzeige" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Comments" -msgstr "Kommentare" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62 -msgid "Text in *italics*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66 -msgid "Text in **bold** letters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Numbered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77 -msgid "Bullet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78 -msgid "List" -msgstr "Liste" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "This is `a hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard " -"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85 -msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90 -msgid "" -"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation " -"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of " -"RST." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94 -msgid "Add images to your documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the " -"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on " -"improving this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101 -msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103 -msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large" -" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include " -"any personal data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page " -"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109 -msgid "" -"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128 -msgid "Technical Details for Nerds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository " -"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request " -"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133 -msgid "" -"See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-" -"user/blob/12.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138 -msgid "Developer documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside " -"`the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/12.0/doc>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143 -msgid "" -"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related " -"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36 -msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 -msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 -msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " -"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 -msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 -msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " -"etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise" -msgstr "Odoo Enterprise" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " -"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " -"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " -"server)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 -msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "your subscription number," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 -msgid "" -"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also " -"send the URL of your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 -msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 -msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 -msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 -msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 -msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Ask your question on the `community forum " -"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 -msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and " -"bugfix services." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po deleted file mode 100644 index c4e1580f7..000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1866 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# DE T2 <e2f48d4s5vd1s2@outlook.com>, 2019 -# Ralf Hilgenstock <rh@dialoge.info>, 2019 -# Ermin Trevisan <trevi@twanda.com>, 2019 -# Thomas Neu <t.neu@runbox.com>, 2019 -# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:16+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" -msgstr "Website" - -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 -msgid "" -"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" -" you don't have any." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " -"ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " -"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " -"Documentation. " -"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " -"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " -"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 -msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " -"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " -"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " -"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" -" your Client ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 -msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" -" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " -"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " -"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " -"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " -"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " -"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 -msgid "" -"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " -"content and the meta tags of your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 -msgid "Title, Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " -"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " -"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" -" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " -"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 -msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "Schlüsselworter" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " -"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " -"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " -"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " -"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " -"search tags." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 -msgid "Content is King" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your website content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" -" Odoo.com landing pages)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 -msgid "Use Social Networks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" -" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " -"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 -msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." -" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 -msgid "Social Share" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." -" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " -"media wall." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " -"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " -"your page in the Promote tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 -msgid "Facebook Page" -msgstr "Facebook Seite" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" -" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " -"timeline, the next events and the messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "Twitter Scroller" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " -"will increase the number of tweets and shares." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 -msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 -msgid "URLs Handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 -msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" -" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " -"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 -msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " -"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " -"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " -"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " -"equivalent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 -msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 -msgid "" -"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " -"is for your SEO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 -msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " -"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 -msgid "" -"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 -msgid "Multi-Language Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 -msgid "Multi-Language URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " -"here)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 -msgid "Language Annotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " -"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" -" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " -"language." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " -"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " -"same content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 -msgid "Language Detection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 -msgid "" -"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " -"redirection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 -msgid "Page Speed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Überblick" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 -msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " -"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " -"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" -" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " -"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" -" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " -"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" -"-billion-sales>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " -"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " -"your website ranks using these two tools:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 -msgid "" -"`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 -msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "Bilder" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " -"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " -"for .JPG)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 -msgid "Static Resources: CSS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 -msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "" -"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " -"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " -"resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 -msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 -msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " -"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " -"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " -"file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 -msgid "" -"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " -"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " -"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " -"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " -"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " -"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " -"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 -msgid "" -"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " -"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " -"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " -"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " -"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 -msgid "}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 -msgid "" -"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " -"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " -"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " -"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " -"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " -"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " -"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" -" backend (/web)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 -msgid "" -"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " -"themes fit below this limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 -msgid "" -"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " -"is minified to reduce its size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 -msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" -"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" -" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 -msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 -msgid "" -"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 -msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 -msgid "" -"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 -msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 -msgid "" -"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" -" employees using Odoo)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 -msgid "" -"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " -"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " -"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " -"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 -msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "CDN" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 -msgid "" -"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " -"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" -" Network has three advantages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 -msgid "" -"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" -" around the globe)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " -"server)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " -"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " -"domain)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 -msgid "" -"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" -" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 -msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 -msgid "" -"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " -"server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " -"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 -msgid "" -"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " -"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " -"following code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 -msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " -"code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 -msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 -msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 -msgid "" -"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " -"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " -"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 -msgid "" -"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 -msgid "Browser Caching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 -msgid "" -"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " -"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " -"your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 -msgid "" -"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " -"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 -msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 -msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " -"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " -"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:568 -msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " -"eCommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:574 -msgid "Search Engines Files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 -msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:579 -msgid "" -"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " -"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " -"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 -msgid "" -"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " -"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " -"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " -"chunks per file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:589 -msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:591 -msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:593 -msgid "" -"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " -"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:598 -msgid "" -"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" -" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" -" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:605 -msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:607 -msgid "" -"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " -"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" -"presented search results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 -msgid "" -"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " -"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " -"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " -"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 -msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 -msgid "" -"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " -"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " -"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:631 -msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 -msgid "" -"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " -"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:638 -msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " -"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," -" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " -"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "Veröffentlichen" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " -"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " -"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " -"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " -"domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "Einfach und naheliegend" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "Einfach zu merken und zu buchstabieren" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "Je kürzer, desto besser" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "Möglichst keine Spezialzeichen" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "" -"Suchen Sie nach einer Domain mit .com und/oder Ihrer Landeserweiterung" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " -"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " -"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " -"This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 -msgid "" -"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " -"www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." -" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " -"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " -"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 -msgid "" -"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " -"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " -"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " -"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " -"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" -" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 -msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," -" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " -"Odoo cloud platforms/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Multi Websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " -"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " -"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " -"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," -" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Einrichtung" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → " -"Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " -"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" -" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " -"visitors to it using Geo IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " -"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " -"theme!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " -"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" -" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 -msgid "Create the menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " -"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" -" the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 -msgid "Switch from one website to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " -"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " -"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" -" sign in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " -"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " -"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 -msgid "Add features" -msgstr "Features hinzufügen" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" -" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " -"removing the menu item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " -"First, select the website to configure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " -"only impact the very website you are working on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 -msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 -msgid "languages," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 -msgid "domain names," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 -msgid "social media links," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 -msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 -msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "usw." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 -msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 -msgid "Manage domain names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 -msgid "" -"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " -"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " -"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " -"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 -msgid "" -"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 -msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" -" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " -"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " -"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " -"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 -msgid "Publish specific content per website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " -"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " -"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " -"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " -"websites*:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Produkte" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 -msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 -msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "Blogs" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 -msgid "Slide Channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 -msgid "Forums" -msgstr "Forenverzeichnis" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "Events" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 -msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "Arbeitsstellen" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 -msgid "" -"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " -"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 -msgid "Publish a page in all websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 -msgid "" -"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." -" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration → Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " -"and set the new website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 -msgid "" -"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" -" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " -"being linked to all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 -msgid "" -"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " -"page behind each edited page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Multi-Unternehmen" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" -"companies environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 -msgid "" -"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " -"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 -msgid "" -"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " -"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " -"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " -"visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 -msgid "" -"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " -"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" -" selector in the menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 -msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 -msgid "" -"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" -" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 -msgid "Products only available on one website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 -msgid "" -"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." -" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " -"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 -msgid "Products available on *some* websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 -msgid "" -"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " -"should duplicate the product for each website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 -msgid "" -"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " -"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " -"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" -" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " -"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 -msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "Preislisten" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 -msgid "" -"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " -"Prices per Product* in Website settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products → Pricelists` to create " -"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " -"this website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " -"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " -"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 -msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 -msgid "" -"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" -" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " -"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " -"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 -msgid "Customer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 -msgid "" -"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " -"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " -"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " -"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " -"the visitor mind." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 -msgid "Technical hints for customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 -msgid "" -"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" -" make it work with multi websites:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 -msgid "" -"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" -" can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 -msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 -msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Übersicht" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " -"possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "Prozess" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" -" many different languages as you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " -"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " -"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " -"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " -"install anything, and follow the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " -"**Add a language**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " -"click on **Load.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " -"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " -"some of the text has been translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " -"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "" -"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" -" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " -"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " -"ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " -"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " -"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " -"automatically." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..47010e3bd --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -0,0 +1,3608 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Thomas Neu <t.neu@runbox.com>, 2021 +# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2021 +# Ralf Hilgenstock <rh@dialoge.info>, 2021 +# Jérôme JEK <jek@odoo.com>, 2021 +# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2021 +# Ermin Trevisan <trevi@twanda.com>, 2021 +# JackTheHunter <Maximilian.N98@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:23+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:3 +msgid "Websites" +msgstr "Websites" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:4 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "eCommerce" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Beginnen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "Produktkatalog" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to show product availability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " +"your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " +"an option in *Availability*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " +"delay, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 +msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " +"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " +"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " +"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " +"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " +"available options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " +"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " +"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " +"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " +"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " +"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Adapt prices to website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This section sheds light on pricing features found in the eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: " +":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP automatically applies the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, visitors who aren't " +"logged in yet will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers " +"choose their own. Check the *Selectable* box to add the pricelist to the " +"website drop-down menu, which can be found in *Pricelists* under the " +"*Products* menu, located in the Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Einrichtung" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " +"time. The topics follow the buying process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Product Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 +msgid "Shop Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Preiskalkulation" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Steuern" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Checkout process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 +msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "Zahlung" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 +msgid "Shipping & Tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Wie Sie mit Authorize.Net bezahlt werden" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " +"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " +"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " +"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " +"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " +"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " +"'Get Started'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" +" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " +"press the related option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 +msgid "Go through the registration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " +"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 +msgid "Set up Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " +"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 +msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" +" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " +"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" +" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 +msgid "Go live" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " +"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " +"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " +"production mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " +"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" +" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " +"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" +" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " +"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " +"Invoicing apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 +msgid "What are the payment methods available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 +msgid "Wire transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " +"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" +" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" +"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 +msgid "Payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" +" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" +" over time:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 +msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "Ingenico" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 +msgid "Authorize.net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 +msgid "PayUmoney" +msgstr "PayUmoney" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 +msgid "Sips" +msgstr "Sips" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stripe" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 +msgid "How to go live" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " +"activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 +msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " +"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." +" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 +msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 +msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " +"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " +"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 +msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 +msgid "" +"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " +"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" +" from the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 +msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " +"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" +" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 +msgid "How to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 +msgid "Switch to developer mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 +msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " +"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " +"duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 +msgid "Other configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " +"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " +"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" +"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " +"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " +"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" +" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " +"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "What are the payment status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 +msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " +"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," +" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" +" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " +"confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " +"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " +"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " +"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 +msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " +"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " +"orders straight on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " +"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " +"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " +"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" +" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " +"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " +"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " +"payments " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 +msgid "" +"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " +"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " +"only available with Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " +"*Capture Transaction*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " +"Business Account " +"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" +" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " +"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:105 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, " +"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" +"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" +"payments-ewp>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:120 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Aktivierung" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:126 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Credentials" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +"*Profile > About the business*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" +"fees>`__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 +msgid "" +"..note:: `Traders in the EU " +"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" +"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " +"with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:158 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:178 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:184 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:186 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:188 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:196 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:198 +msgid "See also" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:200 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:202 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "Registrieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:4 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Live-Chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:7 +msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " +"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " +"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," +" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " +"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " +"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" +" and then click on install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " +"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 +msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " +"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" +" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " +"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " +"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " +"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 +msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " +"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " +"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" +" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " +"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 +msgid "Prepare automatic messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" +" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" +" through the live chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 +msgid "Start chatting with customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " +"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " +"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " +"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " +"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " +"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " +"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " +"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:99 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " +"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " +"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:105 +msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:107 +msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:109 +msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:113 +msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " +"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " +"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:123 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " +"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " +"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," +" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " +"assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " +"visitors, enjoy !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:4 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "Website" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "Optimieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" +" you don't have any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " +"ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " +"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " +"Documentation. " +"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " +"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " +"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " +"to store your API credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" +" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " +"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " +"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " +"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " +"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" +" your Client ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete " +"statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " +"<../../../sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows you to " +"understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "Schlüsselworter" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" +" Odoo.com landing pages)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "Facebook-Seite" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "Twitter Scroller" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " +"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Überblick" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Bilder" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +msgid "" +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +msgid "" +"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " +"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" +" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " +"from their original versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +msgid "" +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: " +"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " +"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:574 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:579 +msgid "" +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:583 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:589 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:591 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:593 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:598 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:605 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:607 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:612 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:625 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:627 +msgid "" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:631 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:638 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " +"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," +" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " +"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "Veröffentlichen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " +"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " +"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +msgid "What is a good domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " +"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " +"domain. Here are some tips:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +msgid "Simple and obvious" +msgstr "Einfach und naheliegend" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +msgid "Easy to remember and spell" +msgstr "Einfach zu merken und zu buchstabieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +msgid "The shorter the better" +msgstr "Je kürzer, desto besser" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +msgid "Avoid special characters" +msgstr "Möglichst keine Spezialzeichen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" +msgstr "" +"Suchen Sie nach einer Domain mit .com und/oder Ihrer Landeserweiterung" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +msgid "How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " +"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " +"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " +"This is Odoo's job!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +msgid "" +"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " +"www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." +" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " +"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:98 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:105 +msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → " +"Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" +" the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "Features hinzufügen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "usw." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 +msgid "" +"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Produkte" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "Blogs" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "Forenverzeichnis" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "Events" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "Arbeitsstellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration → Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Multi-Unternehmen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "Preislisten" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products → Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "Prozess" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " +"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " +"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " +"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" +" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " +"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " +"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " +"ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po deleted file mode 100644 index 345bc46ab..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12340 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:283 -msgid "Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 -msgid "Bank & Cash" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Bank Feeds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 -msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 -msgid "" -"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" -" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" -"q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 -msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " -"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" -" move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file " -"<InstallCoda_>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " -"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " -"in .CODA Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 -msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " -"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " -"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 -msgid "Importing CODA files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " -"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " -"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" -" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" -" bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 -msgid "Register bank statements manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " -"but also register your bank statements manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 -msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " -"do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 -msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " -"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " -"will be found underneath." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " -"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " -"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" -" equal to the computed balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 -msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" -" |manual04|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" -" on **Reconcile # Items**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " -"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 -msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " -"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 -msgid "Close Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 -msgid "" -"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " -"then click on Bank Statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 -msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 -msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " -"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " -"consumers via the Internet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 -msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " -"click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`coda`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have" -" to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." -" The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling " -"PayPal payments in just a click." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already " -"installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application. In the section " -"**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " -"automatically**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 -msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 -msgid "Setup your PayPal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 -msgid "" -"A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your " -"PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " -"Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " -"field, you can set **PayPal**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " -"and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" -" the online institution and click on the configure button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 -msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " -"the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" -" you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with " -"Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal " -"account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " -"English or that the site is not supported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " -"step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " -"date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must " -"choose the **Paypal balance** account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " -"Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " -"anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " -"will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 -msgid "Import QIF statement files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " -"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " -"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" -" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" -" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 -msgid "Importing QIF files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" -" statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " -"forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You " -"can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " -"proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" -" supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, " -"Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially " -"supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 -msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 -msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 -msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo Online Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" -" already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" -" module **account_yodlee**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " -"you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " -"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 -msgid "" -"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " -"following addresses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 -msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 -msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 -msgid "Sync your bank feeds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " -"your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" -" accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank" -" account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " -"**Bank Synchronization**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " -"**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " -"and fill in your bank credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " -"every 4 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 -msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this " -"doesn't always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. " -"In that case, Yodlee retries one hour or two later. This is why in Odoo " -"there is a cron that is running every 4 hours to fetch the information from " -"Yodlee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button " -"\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " -"fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" -" status \"pending\" and not the status \"posted\". In that case, Yodlee " -"won't import it, you will have to wait that the status changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 -msgid "" -"What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " -"transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" -" bank statement in the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 -msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to " -"your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community " -"Version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 -msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " -"synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" -" may need a bit more time to have a 100% working synchronization. " -"Unfortunately, there is not much to do about except being patient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 -msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 -msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch up transactions to 3 months in the past." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 -msgid "Miscellaneous" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " -"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " -"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " -"manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" -" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " -"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " -"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 -msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " -"Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" -" your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " -"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " -"deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " -"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " -"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " -"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" -" to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " -"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " -"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " -"Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 -msgid "From checks received to the bank" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 -msgid "Receive customer checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once your record checks received, record them on the bank account on which " -"you plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal" -" is you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit." -" Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 -msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " -"Payment** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 -msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 -msgid "" -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " -"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposit yet. That way, you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " -"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 -msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " -"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " -"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " -"the bank statement line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fills all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in this batch " -"deposit the example below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 -msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " -"be two reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 -msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features, you need to reload the " -"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" -" button of your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 -msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 -msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " -"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " -"refused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In this case, click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " -"bank statement matching." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" -" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " -"clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " -"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " -"to the another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 -msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " -"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" -" your chart of account. To parameter your chart of account and check the " -"default transfer account go into your the accounting module, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " -"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " -"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " -"from the same page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 -msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" -" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." -" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " -"your bank to specify your bank's details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 -msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 -msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 -msgid "" -"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " -"9533 1498** account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 -msgid "Log an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The first step is to register the internal paiement. To do so, go into your " -"accounting dashboard. click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " -"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" -" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " -"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " -"<Reconcile_>`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 -msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " -"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 -msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " -"statement of your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 -msgid "" -"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " -"departure and arrival of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " -"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " -"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " -"the corresponding bank to import them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " -"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " -"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " -"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " -"**Reconcile** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 -msgid "The following window will open:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 -msgid "" -"You need to choose counterparts for the paiement. Select the correct bank " -"statement line corresponding to the paiement and click on the **reconcile** " -"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " -"statement. Note that if you specify the correct amount, and the same memo in" -" both bank statement and payment transaction then the reconciliation will " -"happen automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 -msgid "Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 -msgid "Configure model of entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " -"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " -"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " -"current balance. This fee is thus variable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 -msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " -"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " -":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 -msgid "" -"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " -"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 -msgid "" -"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " -"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " -"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " -"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 -msgid "Save your changes when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " -"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 -msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " -"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 -msgid "" -"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " -"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" -" relevant data instantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 -msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Linking your bank statements with your accounting can be a lot of work. You " -"need to find invoices back, relate payments and that amount of " -"administration can cast a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very " -"easily link your invoices or any other payment with your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:14 -msgid "Two reconciliation processes exist in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -msgid "We can directly register a payment on the invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:17 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:22 -msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All we need to " -"do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:32 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:34 -msgid "" -"We received the payment proof for our invoice of 2100 euros issued to Smith " -"& Co." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:37 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " -"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles the bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark the " -"invoice as paid so we can remember we can start the service with our " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " -"and mark the invoice as paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:49 -msgid "" -"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:56 -msgid "" -"We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the " -":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " -"automatically.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:66 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:68 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " -"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:74 -msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and not only the invoice of Smith & Co has " -"been paid, the one of Buzz of 92 euros as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:77 -msgid "" -"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " -"from the Bank Feeds section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:83 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " -"the reconciliations **automatically**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:94 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:96 -msgid "" -"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " -"it in :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " -"and validate all related payments :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " -"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 -msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" -" it first before filling your own bank information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " -"method like SEPA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 -msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" -" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" -" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " -"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " -"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " -"accounts from another company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "ABA/Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "Account Holder Name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " -"Holder" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " -"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 -msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 -msgid "" -"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " -"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " -"menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " -"company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," -" Odoo stores two values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 -msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 -msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " -"Central bank web-services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 -msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance " -"Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " -"**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 -msgid "Configure currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " -"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " -"(to activate a currency, check his active field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " -"automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" -" the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 -msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 -msgid "Create a new bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 -msgid "An account in the trial balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 -msgid "A journal in your dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" -" the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 -msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " -"a supplier in China." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " -"see:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " -"to record a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 -msgid "" -"That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" -" gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " -"depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice " -"and the payment date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " -"Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 -msgid "Customers Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " -"So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " -"the currency of the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " -"customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " -"the report below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 -msgid "" -"In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " -"managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" -" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " -"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" -" be converted in this currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 -msgid "" -"In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " -"general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " -"amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a cash register?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " -"transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " -"balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " -"configured as well as the currency of the journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Use in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a" -" point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" -" credit notes made from this journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Notes: Next Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " -"note entries of this journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Creation of Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "from your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Incoming Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting " -"a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing " -"online (payment token)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you" -" are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable " -"this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Outgoing Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" -" from what the system computes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " -"from what the system computes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " -"when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in " -"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when " -"performing bank reconciliation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" -" method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field depicts the maximum difference allowed between the ending balance" -" and the theoretical cash when closing a session, for non-POS managers. If " -"this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing " -"of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 -msgid "Usage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 -msgid "How to register cash payments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " -"these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " -"Transactions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 -msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " -"transaction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 -msgid "Put money in" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " -"transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " -":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 -msgid "Take money out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " -"all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " -":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 -msgid "Localizations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" -" next modules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l11n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " -"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " -"document types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" -" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " -"based on the DIAN legal requirements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 -msgid "Workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 -msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 -msgid "" -"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " -"first two modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 -msgid "2. Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " -"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " -"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " -"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" -" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " -"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" -" the testing environment can be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 -msgid "3. Configure your report data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 -msgid "" -"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " -"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 -msgid "4.1 Partner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "4.1.1 Identification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " -"their identification number and document type set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 -msgid "" -"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " -"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " -"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 -msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " -"information required by the DIAN ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 -msgid "" -"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " -"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 -msgid "4.2 Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " -"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " -"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " -"display taxes in the invoice PDF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 -msgid "4.3 Journals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " -"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " -"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration " -"Setting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " -"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 -msgid "4.4 Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 -msgid "Usage and testing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 -msgid "1. Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 -msgid "" -"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" -" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 -msgid "1.1 Invoice creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 -msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 -msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " -"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 -msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " -"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 -msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 -msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" -" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 -msgid "" -"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " -"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " -"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 -msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 -msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " -"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " -"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " -"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" -" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 -msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 -msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 -msgid "1.4 Common errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 -msgid "" -"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 -msgid "2. Additional use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " -"the functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 -msgid "France" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 -msgid "FEC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " -"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" -" --> FEC`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " -"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 -msgid "French Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " -"accounting reports specific to France:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 -msgid "Bilan comptable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 -msgid "Compte de résultats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 -msgid "Plan de Taxes France" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 -msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " -"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " -"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " -"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " -"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 -msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " -"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 -msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 -msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 -msgid "" -"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " -"VAT and therefore are not affected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 -msgid "Get certified with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 -msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" -" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " -"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" -" `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__. If you " -"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/online/setup/enterprise.html>`__ or " -"contact your Odoo service provider." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 -msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 -msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " -"menu:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 -msgid "" -"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 -msgid "" -"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " -"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " -"country from the list; Do not create a new country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " -"the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " -"List* in the top-menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " -"restart your server beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" -" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" -" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " -"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " -"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" -" installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 -msgid "Anti-fraud features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 -msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 -msgid "" -"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " -"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 -msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 -msgid "" -"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " -"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 -msgid "Inalterability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 -msgid "" -"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " -"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " -"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " -"companies are impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 -msgid "Security" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" -" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " -"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 -msgid "" -"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " -"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " -"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " -"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " -"document recorded in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " -"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " -"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 -msgid "Storage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " -"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" -" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " -"recorded in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " -"Invoicing and Accounting apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " -"Type = Sales)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 -msgid "" -"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 -msgid "" -"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " -"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " -"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" -" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 -msgid "" -"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " -"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " -"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " -"counted in the very next closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 -msgid "" -"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -"developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " -"--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" -" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " -"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " -"the inalterability of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" -" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 -msgid "More Information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 -msgid "" -"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " -"documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 -msgid "" -"`Frequently Asked Questions " -"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 -msgid "" -"`Official Statement " -"<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" -"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 -msgid "" -"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " -"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 -msgid "Germany" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 -msgid "German Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " -"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " -"not created any accounting entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 -msgid "German Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 -msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 -msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 -msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 -msgid "Partner VAT Intra" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 -msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 -msgid "" -"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " -"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " -"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " -"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 -msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" -" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " -"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " -"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " -"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " -"\"Mexico\" set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 -msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx:** All the basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the " -"chart of account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended " -"copy of the list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," -" payment complement, invoice addendum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " -"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 -msgid "" -"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " -"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" -" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " -"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " -"company in Mexico." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 -msgid "" -"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" -" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " -"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 -msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 -msgid "" -"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " -"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 -msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" -" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" -" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " -"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" -" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 -msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 -msgid "" -"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " -"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " -"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " -"position on your company’s contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 -msgid "" -"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" -" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 -msgid "" -"4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the " -"company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " -"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " -"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " -"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" -" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " -"the option)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94 -msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97 -msgid "" -"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " -"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " -"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade sending a ticket to support in " -"https://www.odoo.com/help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102 -msgid "Enable debug mode:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " -"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " -"name does not exist)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " -"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " -"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " -"the default behavior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 -msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "" -"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " -"field set to \"Tasa\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 -msgid "" -"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" -" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" -" set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139 -msgid "" -"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " -"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " -"faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146 -msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148 -msgid "" -"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " -"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " -"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " -"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " -"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158 -msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " -"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" -" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " -"environment with real transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168 -msgid "" -"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " -"PAC username or password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175 -msgid "" -"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " -"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178 -msgid "`Certificate`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179 -msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 -msgid "**Password :** 12345678a" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 -msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 -msgid "" -"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " -"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " -"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 -msgid "" -"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " -"a new tax you should choose a tag." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 -msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 -msgid "" -"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " -"the normal Odoo's behaviour." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 -msgid "" -"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " -"like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211 -msgid "" -"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" -" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " -"invoice by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " -"looks like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 -msgid "Cancelling invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227 -msgid "" -"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 -msgid "If the invoice is not paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 -msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 -msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244 -msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 -msgid "" -"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " -"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 -msgid "**Legal considerations**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 -msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 -msgid "" -"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " -"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " -"good control of the cancellation reasons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 -msgid "" -"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" -" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " -"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 -msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 -msgid "" -"To generate the payment complement you just must to follow the normal " -"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " -"important." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 -msgid "" -"All payment done in the same day of the invoice will be considered as It " -"will not be signed, because It is the expected behavior legally required for" -" \"Cash payment\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 -msgid "" -"To test a regular signed payment just create an invoice for the day before " -"today and then pay it today." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:273 -msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 -msgid "" -"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " -"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " -"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" -" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " -"caso de anticipos recibidos**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 -msgid "" -"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " -"Payment without a proper invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 -msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:286 -msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288 -msgid "DIOT report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 -msgid "" -"1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " -"report only available on the context of the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 -msgid "" -"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " -"app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:299 -msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 -msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:304 -msgid "" -"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " -"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311 -msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" -" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" -" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" -" xml." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 -msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 -msgid "" -"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" -" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:332 -msgid "" -"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " -"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " -"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " -"is not created you can create one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:338 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 -msgid "" -"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " -"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " -"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " -"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " -"the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 -msgid "" -"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" -" regular Odoo Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:353 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 -msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" -" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:360 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " -"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " -"the same, with our providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 -msgid "" -"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" -" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " -"to. submit the DIOT:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 -msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "" -"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " -"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " -"find in the SAT website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " -"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " -"to said data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 -msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " -"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 -msgid "" -"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " -"this after having made up to 500 records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " -"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " -"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" -" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " -"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:395 -msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:401 -msgid "" -"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " -"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " -"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" -" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:408 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " -"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " -"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:413 -msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 -msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:422 -msgid "" -"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " -"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:428 -msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 -msgid "" -"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 -msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:439 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " -"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " -"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " -"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" -" suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:447 -msgid "" -"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " -"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " -"properly configured already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:450 -msgid "" -"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" -" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " -"following standard odoo procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 -msgid "" -"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " -"itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456 -msgid "" -"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 -msgid "" -"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " -"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " -"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" -" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " -"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " -"your partners are correctly set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:469 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 -msgid "Contact Module (Free)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:474 -msgid "" -"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " -"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 -msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 -msgid "" -"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" -" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " -"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " -"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " -"information daily in the system manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:494 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with " -"debug mode enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:505 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:506 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:511 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 -msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:520 -msgid "" -"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 -msgid "" -"This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " -"or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" -" above but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:528 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:537 -msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:539 -msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 -msgid "" -"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:580 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:593 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 -msgid "" -":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 -msgid "" -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 -msgid "" -"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:559 -msgid "" -"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " -"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " -"set 601, it will look like the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:567 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " -"Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 -msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:587 -msgid "" -"**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " -"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" -"info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:595 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 -msgid "" -"**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" -" Mexico, fix it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:606 -msgid "" -":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " -"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " -"is required but missing.\", '')" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:610 -msgid "" -"**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" -" used on the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 -msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 -msgid "XAF Export" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 -msgid "" -"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" -" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" -" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " -"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 -msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " -"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 -msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 -msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 -msgid "Spain" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 -msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 -msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 -msgid "PGCE Entitades" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " -"default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 -msgid "Switzerland" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 -msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " -"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " -"ISR*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " -"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " -"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 -msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 -msgid "" -"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " -"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " -"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " -"Reports` and tick this box :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 -msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " -"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " -"you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 -msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" -" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" -" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 -msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " -"have to do anything." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " -"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " -":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " -"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " -"\"upgrade\"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " -"rates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " -"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " -"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 -msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " -"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" -" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" -" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 -msgid "" -"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 302 tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 -msgid "" -"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 342 tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 -msgid "" -"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " -"included in Odoo by default" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Name**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Rate**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Label on Invoice**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tax Scope**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "**Tag**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -msgid "7.7% achat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA 7.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -msgid "7.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -msgid "7.7% invest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -msgid "3.7% achat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA 3.7%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -msgid "3.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -msgid "3.7% invest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -msgid "3.7% invest Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -msgid "7.7% Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -msgid "3.7% Incl." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -msgid "" -"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " -"odoo.com/help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" -" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " -"your fiscal positions accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 -msgid "Others" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 -msgid "Adviser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your fixed assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " -"machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " -"depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose " -"assets and perform reports on your company assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " -"amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " -"create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by " -"$1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts" -" for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " -"describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 -msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 -msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Asset module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 -msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" -" application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 -msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 -msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " -"<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 -msgid "Defining Asset Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " -"deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " -"configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to " -"provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an " -"asset type on the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " -"like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " -"assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the " -"duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 -msgid "Create assets manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 -msgid "" -"To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " -"Assets`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " -"on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " -"confirming the asset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 -msgid "" -"if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" -" this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " -"entries, not those related to the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 -msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" -" lines can be posted in the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " -"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Asset Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Category of asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date of asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Depreciation Dates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based" -" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on " -"the periodicity of the depreciations)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the " -"purchase date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "First Depreciation Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal " -"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting " -"date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross value of asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Salvage Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Computation Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Time Method Based On" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 " -"depreciations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " -"depreciations won't go beyond." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Prorata Temporis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " -"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start " -"date of fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Months in a Period" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 -msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 -msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " -"is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " -"the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of " -"the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " -"created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " -"directly so that you won't forget to confirm it afterwards. (check the field" -" *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when " -"you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 -msgid "" -"if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " -"be filled in the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 -msgid "How to depreciate an asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " -"date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" -" depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has " -"been created for this line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " -"on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 -msgid "" -"In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " -"entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " -"entries which are already posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 -msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 -msgid "Change the number of depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 -msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." -" Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " -"full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that " -"should be registered through a customer invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. It allows you " -"to measure your actual financial performance against the planned one. Odoo " -"manages its budgets using both General and Analytic Accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:12 -msgid "" -"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " -"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " -"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " -"than 700." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" -" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " -"and Finance** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" -" feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:35 -msgid "Budgetary Positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Budgetary positions are the general accounts for which you want to keep " -"budgets (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so " -"Odoo can know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information. " -"Some might be already installed with your chart of accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " -"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:46 -msgid "" -"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " -"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" -" our expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:58 -msgid "Click on *Select*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63 -msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " -"select the relevant income accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:69 -msgid "Analytical account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " -"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " -"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting " -"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open " -"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" -" partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:82 -msgid "Set a budget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " -"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " -":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:91 -msgid "" -"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " -"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" -" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " -"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " -"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " -"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " -"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " -"corresponding analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " -"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:111 -msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 -msgid "Check your budget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:116 -msgid "" -"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" -" Invoices and Vendors Bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:121 -msgid "" -"if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" -" in the invoice and / or purchase line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:125 -msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:129 -msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " -"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " -"Amount** column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 -msgid "" -"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " -"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " -"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 -msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 -msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 -msgid "" -"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" -" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " -"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " -"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " -"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " -"occurred." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " -"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " -"reversed at that date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 -msgid "Analytic" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " -"and subcontracting in the accounting module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " -"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " -"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" -" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" -" to the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " -"module and install the following apps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " -"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " -"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" -" the Sales management app as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 -msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " -"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " -"accounting box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " -"box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 -msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 -msgid "Create an Analytical account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 -msgid "" -"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " -"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " -"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 -msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 -msgid "Record an expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " -"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 -msgid "Create an expense product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 -msgid "" -"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " -"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " -"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" -" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 -msgid "Book the expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " -"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " -"discussed above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " -"entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 -msgid "Purchase Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 -msgid "" -"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" -" a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " -"product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and " -"select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " -"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 -msgid "Subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 -msgid "" -"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" -" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " -"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " -"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 -msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 -msgid "Track costs in accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " -"open it to check the costs related to that account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " -"Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " -"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 -msgid "" -"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " -"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " -"analytical account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " -"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " -"the invoiced amounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " -"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " -"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " -"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " -"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " -"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " -"name and install them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " -"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " -"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 -msgid "Apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 -msgid "Create an employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" -" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " -"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 -msgid "" -"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " -"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " -"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " -"related to a User." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " -"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 -msgid "Issue a Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 -msgid "" -"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " -"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " -"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 -msgid "" -"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" -" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " -"unit of measures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " -"Progress)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 -msgid "" -"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " -"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " -"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" -" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" -" below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 -msgid "Fill in timesheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 -msgid "" -"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " -"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " -"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" -" Account** discussed above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 -msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 -msgid "" -"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " -"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" -" the **Analytic Account**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " -"automatically computed (see picture below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 -msgid "Analytic accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " -"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " -"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 -msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 -msgid "Without filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " -"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " -"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " -"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " -"credit and debit balance of the account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 -msgid "" -"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " -"of cost and revenues (see picture below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " -"with the corresponding description." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 -msgid "With filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 -msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " -"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" -" resource cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 -msgid "" -"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" -" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " -"contains the **Sales Order** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 -msgid "" -"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " -"corresponding costs and revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 -msgid "" -"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " -"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " -"**Graph view** to have a clear overview." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 -msgid "Analytic account use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 -msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 -msgid "analyse costs of a company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 -msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 -msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " -"each in one of three different types of company:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 -msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 -msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 -msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" -" departments and products the company itself is built on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " -"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " -"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " -"product ranges the company makes and sells." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 -msgid "Marketing Department" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 -msgid "Commercial Department" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 -msgid "Administration Department" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -msgid "Production Range 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 -msgid "Production Range 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " -"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " -"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " -"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " -"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " -"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 -msgid "**General accounts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 -msgid "**Analytic accounts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Title**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -msgid "**Value**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "2122" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "1500" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "-1 500" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "450" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -msgid "-450" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -msgid "200" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -msgid "Transport charges" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "Staff costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "2121" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "10000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 -msgid "-2 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 -msgid "Commercial" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 -msgid "-3 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "Administrative" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -msgid "-1 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "PR" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "-400" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " -"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " -"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " -"above:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 -msgid "" -"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " -"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " -"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " -"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 -msgid "" -"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " -"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " -"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 -msgid "" -"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " -"companies and industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " -"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " -"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " -"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " -"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 -msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " -"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" -" given file/analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 -msgid "" -"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" -" the profitability by case and by employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " -"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " -"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " -"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " -"cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 -msgid "" -"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " -"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" -" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " -"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" -" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" -" basis of the hourly cost per employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " -"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " -"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that " -"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " -"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " -"depending on the time actually worked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 -msgid "" -"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " -"can find for your analytic account:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Amount**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**General Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -msgid "Study the file (1 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "Case 1.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -msgid "-15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -msgid "Search for information (3 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -msgid "-45" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "Consultation (4 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "Case 2.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "-60" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "Service charges" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "280" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "705 – Billing services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "Stationery purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "-42" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "42" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "-35" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "613 – Transports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "35" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "Staff salaries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "6201 – Salaries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "3 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 -msgid "" -"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" -" various transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " -":doc:`timesheets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 -msgid "" -"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " -"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" -" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " -"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " -"products that manage timesheet or expenses ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 -msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 -msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 -msgid "project planning," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 -msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 -msgid "managing support contracts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 -msgid "" -"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " -"structured by project and by sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 -msgid "" -"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " -"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " -"also similar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 -msgid "" -"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " -"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " -"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " -"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " -"an analytic account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " -"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " -"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " -"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " -"contract remain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 -msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 -msgid "" -"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" -" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " -"production performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " -"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 -msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 -msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " -"account's purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " -"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " -"generate opening entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " -"category according to its behaviour or purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 -msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " -"types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 -msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 -msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 -msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " -"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " -"related to your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 -msgid "" -"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " -"you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 -msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " -"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" -" average cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " -"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " -"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " -"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " -"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " -"standard of FIFO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 -msgid "Definition of average cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " -"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " -"formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " -"as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 -msgid "Defining the purchase price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " -"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " -"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " -"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 -msgid "Average cost example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Avg Cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -msgid "+8\\*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -msgid "+4\\*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -msgid "-10\\*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" -" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " -"logically the purchase price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " -"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " -"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." -" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" -" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 -msgid "Purchase return use case" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" -" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " -"of these products!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 -msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "-1\\*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 -msgid "Explanation: counter example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " -"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," -" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 -msgid "" -"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " -"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " -"purchased it). Here is the operation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -msgid "-1\\*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$2**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "**0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " -"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " -"cost:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "**$0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " -"correct inventory value at all times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 -msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 -msgid "" -"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " -"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " -"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " -"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " -"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " -"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" -" price:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "stock input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "price diff" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -msgid "($80)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -msgid "($64)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$10**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$12**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 -msgid "" -"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " -"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " -"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" -" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " -"average cost and the original purchase price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 -msgid "Multicurrency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 -msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " -"in a different currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 -msgid "" -"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " -"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " -"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 -msgid "Enable multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " -"in **Dollars**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " -"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 -msgid "Configure your journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " -"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " -"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" -" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " -"you can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 -msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" -" currency. Then click on **confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 -msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " -"click on **Add** to allocate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 -msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " -"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " -"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " -"in which it was paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 -msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " -"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " -"are recorded in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " -"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " -"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " -"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " -"activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 -msgid "Turn on multi-currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 -msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " -"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " -"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " -"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 -msgid "You can change it in the settings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 -msgid "View or edit rate being used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can manually configure the currency rates in " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " -"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 -msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" -" **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 -msgid "Live Currency Rate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 -msgid "" -"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " -"synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" -"converter/>`__ or the `European Central Bank <http://www.ecb.europa.eu>`__. " -"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " -"Rate** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " -"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" -" are set !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 -msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 -msgid "Configure your charts of account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " -"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " -"for this account to have the account currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " -"Active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 -msgid "Configure your journals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " -"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " -"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" -" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " -"can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " -"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 -msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 -msgid "" -"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " -"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " -"document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 -msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " -"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " -"document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 -msgid "Payment Registrations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " -"payment and set the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " -"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " -"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" -" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" -" in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 -msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`exchange`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " -"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " -"life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " -"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " -"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " -"force a specific currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " -"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" -" the amounts automatically using that currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 -msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 -msgid "" -"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " -":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " -"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" -" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 -msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 -msgid "Multi-currency Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " -"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " -"Then click on **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 -msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " -"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " -"are recorded in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 -msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 9 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet for a specific country)" -" to suit your needs is now easier than ever." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:13 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " -"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 -msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:30 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once the name is filled, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:41 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:43 -msgid "Based on date ranges (eg Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:45 -msgid "Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (eg." -" Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:50 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (eg Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:54 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:56 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:63 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:67 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:69 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:76 -msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:83 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:87 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:93 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 -msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 -msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. You can open a tax " -"and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash " -"Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76 -msgid "Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are" -" needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the US thanks to TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to calculate the sales tax for every" -" address in the United States and keeps track of which product types are " -"exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. TaxCloud " -"calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special " -"jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In Tax Cloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `*TaxCloud* <https://taxcloud.net/#register>`__ " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "Register your website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and check *Compute sales tax automatically using TaxCloud*. Click *Apply*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Still in those settings, enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Hit *Sync TaxCloud Categories (TIC)* to import TIC product categories from " -"TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific " -"rates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Set default *TIC Code* and taxe rates. This will apply to any new product " -"created. A default sales tax is needed to trigger the tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:43 -msgid "" -"For products under a specific category, select it in its detail form (in " -"*Sales* tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is well defined (especially the state and the" -" zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and click " -"*Configure your company data*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:51 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Automatic tax assignation works thanks to fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A specific fiscal position is created when installing " -"*TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This fiscal position is set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when " -"the customer country is *United States*. This is triggering the automated " -"tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Add a product with a default sales tax. Odoo will automatically send a " -"request to TaxCloud, get the correct tax percentage based on the customer " -"location (state and zip code) and product TIC category, create a new tax " -"rate if that tax percentage does not already exist in your system and return" -" it in the order item line (e.g. 7.0%)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "How to create specific tax mappings using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "" -"You can create several fiscal positions using TaxCloud. Check *Use TaxCloud " -"API* to do so. Such fiscal postions can be assigned to customers in their " -"detail form in order to get them by default whenever they buy you something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`default_taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " -"different screens you will need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 -msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Completing your company settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 -msgid "Importing your customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Importing your suppliers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Importing your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Importing your starting balances" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Define the users for accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " -"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " -"configuration of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 -msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 -msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 -msgid "" -"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 -msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " -"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 -msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 -msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 -msgid "" -"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " -"century." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " -"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " -"them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 -msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 -msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " -"inventory and subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " -"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 -msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " -"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " -"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " -"go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 -msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 millions of happy users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 -msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " -"over a specific period (usually the current year)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " -"sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" -" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " -"beyond the costs of products sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " -"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 -msgid "" -"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " -"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " -"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " -"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 -msgid "" -"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" -" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 -msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 -msgid "" -"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " -"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 -msgid "" -"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" -" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " -"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 -msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " -"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," -" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " -"an other account (debit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 -msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 -msgid "Journal Entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " -"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " -"impacting several accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 -msgid "" -"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " -"equal to the sum of all its credits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 -msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 -msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 -msgid "Explanation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 -msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 -msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 -msgid "The customer owes $1,090" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 -msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 -msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 -msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 -msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 -msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 -msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 -msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -msgid "Reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " -"account, matching credits and debits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " -"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " -"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 -msgid "" -"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " -"reconciled with the related payment journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 -msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 -msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 -msgid "" -"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " -"matching process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 -msgid "Customer Statement Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -msgid "Invoice 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -msgid "Payment 1.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -msgid "70" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -msgid "Invoice 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "65" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -msgid "Payment 1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -msgid "30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "Payment 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -msgid "Invoice 3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 -msgid "Total To Pay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " -"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " -"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 -msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 -msgid "" -"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " -"matched when checking the bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 -msgid "recorded as a new payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 -msgid "" -"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " -"<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " -"bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 -msgid "recorded as another transaction:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 -msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 -msgid "" -"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " -"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," -" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " -"balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 -msgid "Checks Handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 -msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 -msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 -msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 -msgid "" -"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " -"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -msgid "Account Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -msgid "Invoice ABC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -msgid "Undeposited funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -msgid "Check 0123" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 -msgid "Bank" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 -msgid "" -"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " -"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" -" journal entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -msgid "Bank Statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -msgid "Statement XYZ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 -msgid "Process overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " -"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " -"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " -"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " -"efficiently and accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 -msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " -"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " -"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " -"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " -"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " -"report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " -"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" -" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " -"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " -"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " -"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " -"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " -"directly if you would like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 -msgid "" -"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " -"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " -"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" -" and precise manner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 -msgid "Draft invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 -msgid "" -"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " -"While these invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 -msgid "" -"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " -"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 -msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Customer: Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 -msgid "Product: iMac" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 -msgid "Quantity: 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 -msgid "Unit Price: 100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 -msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 -msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 -msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 -msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 -msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 -msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 -msgid "" -"An invoice will usually include the quantity and price the of goods and/or " -"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" -" tax information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 -msgid "" -"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " -"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 -msgid "" -"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " -"defined, and modifiable, sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" -" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " -"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 -msgid "Send the invoice to customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 -msgid "" -"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " -"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 -msgid "" -"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" -" follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Partner**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Due date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -msgid "01/07/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " -"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " -"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " -"entered the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 -msgid "" -"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 -msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 -msgid "" -"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " -"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " -"your accounting localisation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " -"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 -msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 -msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " -"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 -msgid "" -"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " -"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" -" them to pay this invoice. \"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" -" invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 -msgid "Payment Followup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 -msgid "" -"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " -"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" -" faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " -"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " -"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " -"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " -"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" -" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 -msgid "" -"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" -" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 -msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 -msgid "" -"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " -"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" -" collection efforts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 -msgid "" -"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " -"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " -"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" -" and Expenses.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The balance sheet summarizes the your company's liabilities, assets and " -"equity at a specific moment in time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 -msgid "" -"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " -"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " -"material has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 -msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" -" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " -"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " -"aged payable balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " -"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " -"them automatically based on past purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 -msgid "Record a new vendor bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " -":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " -"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " -"dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " -"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " -"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " -"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " -"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " -"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " -"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " -"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " -"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " -"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " -"bottom left table to adjust and match." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 -msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " -"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" -" on the the accounting package you choose to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 -msgid "" -"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " -"accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 -msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 -msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 -msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " -"accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 -msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " -"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 -msgid "Pay a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 -msgid "" -"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " -"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 -msgid "" -"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " -"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " -"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " -"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " -"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " -"correctly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " -"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " -"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " -"directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 -msgid "Printing vendor Checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 -msgid "" -"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " -"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " -"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " -"checks in batches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " -"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 -msgid "" -"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " -"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " -"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " -"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " -"once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 -msgid "Aged payable balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 -msgid "" -"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" -" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " -":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" -" visual of all of your outstanding bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 -msgid "" -"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " -"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " -"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " -"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " -"what you see on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 -msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 -msgid "Account Payables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 -msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" -" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " -"most frequently are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 -msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 -msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 -msgid "" -"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " -"carried out by the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " -"from the Apps module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " -"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " -"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " -"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " -"Products` in the **Expenses** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 -msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 -msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 -msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 -msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 -msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " -"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 -msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 -msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " -"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " -"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" -" hotel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " -"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " -"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" -" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 -msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 -msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 -msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 -msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " -":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " -"personal expenses work that way:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 -msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 -msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 -msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 -msgid "" -"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " -"with a payable account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 -msgid "" -"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " -"the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 -msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 -msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 -msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" -" car)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " -"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " -"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" -" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " -"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " -"this feature)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " -"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " -"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " -"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 -msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " -"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " -"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 -msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 -msgid "" -"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " -"bill is missing);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 -msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 -msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 -msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " -"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " -"created and posted in your accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " -"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 -msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " -"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " -"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " -"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" -" project)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 -msgid "" -"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." -" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " -"invoice all your orders in batch)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 -msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " -"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" -" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 -msgid "" -"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 -msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 -msgid "" -"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " -"options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 -msgid "" -"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " -"invoicing policy on the product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 -msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 -msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 -msgid "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " -"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " -"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " -"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " -"vendors efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration: payment terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " -"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " -"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 -msgid "50% within 30 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "50% within 45 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " -"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" -" directly and the balance after 30 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " -"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" -" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " -"propose you automatically the right payment term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " -"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " -"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " -"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared " -"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " -"payment term)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 -msgid "" -"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 -msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " -"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" -" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " -"payment)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 -msgid "" -"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " -"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " -"\"Due Date\" feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 -msgid "Pay by Checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " -"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " -"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " -"suppliers with actual bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 -msgid "Install the required module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " -"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " -"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the " -"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " -"print U.S. checks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 -msgid "" -"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " -"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " -"install, it's configured by default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 -msgid "Activate checks payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " -"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " -"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " -"set **Check**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 -msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 -msgid "United States" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 -msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 -msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 -msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 -msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to customize your own check format through " -"customizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 -msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 -msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 -msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 -msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 -msgid "reconcile bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 -msgid "Register a payment by check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " -":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " -"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " -"**Check** and validate the payment dialog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " -"only one available which is 'manual'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " -"you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " -"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " -"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" -"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " -"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 -msgid "Print checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 -msgid "" -"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " -"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " -"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " -"in batch or review them one by one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " -"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " -"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" -" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 -msgid "" -"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " -"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 -msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " -"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " -"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 -msgid "" -"to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " -"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" -" weeks ago." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 -msgid "Pay anything with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 -msgid "" -"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," -" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " -"payment and select a payment method by check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " -"**Memo** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " -"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" -" flow to print checks in batch:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 -msgid "`Print checks <PrintChecks_>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 -msgid "`Reconcile bank statements <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " -"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " -"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 -msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Record several payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " -"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " -"open the accounting application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " -"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " -"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " -"**Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" -" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" -" on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" -" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " -"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " -"expense transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 -msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " -"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" -" vendor.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" -" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " -"the page, click on **Register Payment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " -"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 -msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " -"recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 -msgid "First, we need to create a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 -msgid "" -"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " -"Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " -"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " -"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 -msgid "" -"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " -"remaining to reconcile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 -msgid "" -"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " -"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " -"transaction amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 -msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 -msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 -msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " -"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " -"various bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 -msgid "" -"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 -msgid "" -"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " -"offer us early payment discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 -msgid "" -"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" -" term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 -msgid "We have created the following bills:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 -msgid "" -"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" -" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 -msgid "" -"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " -"model for cash discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 -msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 -msgid "Pay with SEPA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 -msgid "" -"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " -"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." -" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " -"transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 -msgid "" -"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " -"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " -"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " -"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file " -"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" -" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " -"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " -"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " -"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " -"Odoo payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 -msgid "" -"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " -"be installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 -msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " -"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " -"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " -"account and select the \"Settings\" option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " -"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" -" Transfer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " -"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 -msgid "" -"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " -"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " -"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " -"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 -msgid "Register your payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," -" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " -"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " -"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " -"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 -msgid "" -"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " -"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 -msgid "" -"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " -"**memo** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " -"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" -" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " -"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 -msgid "Generate SEPA files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 -msgid "" -"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " -"generate for every bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " -"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " -"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " -"Download SEPA Payments`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 -msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " -"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " -"error message to your Odoo partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 -msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 -msgid "" -"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" -" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " -"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`check`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" -" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " -"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " -"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " -"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " -"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " -"means no debt account is necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " -"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " -"handle them in accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " -"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " -"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " -"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" -" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 -msgid "" -"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " -"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " -"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " -"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" -" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " -"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " -"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " -":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " -"completely close the transaction in your accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " -"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " -"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" -" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " -"management processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 -msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " -"vendor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " -"Order (PO)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " -"stockable products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " -"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " -"only one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 -msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, Installing Purchase will " -"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 -msgid "Creating products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase, and " -"click create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " -"it is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " -"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " -"will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " -"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " -"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " -"of these designations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 -msgid "" -"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " -"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" -" type to **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 -msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 -msgid "Purchasing products or services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " -"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " -"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " -"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " -"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " -"Reference)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 -msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " -"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " -"you confirm a Purchase Order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " -"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " -"is outlined in red below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the Vendor " -"(Partner), the product, or the source document, also known as the reference " -"of your purchase order. You also have the capability to group the orders by " -"different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will" -" open the following screen where you then will receive the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 -msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 -msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 -msgid "" -"When you receive a Vendor Bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" -" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" -" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a Vendor Bill is to select" -" the appropriate Vendor as this will also pull up any associated accounting " -"or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify any one or " -"multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you select a" -" Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced products " -"associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " -"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"Vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " -"reference number or your internal purchase order number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 -msgid "" -"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" -" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 -msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " -"products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 -msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " -"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " -"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" -" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" -" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" -" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 -msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 -msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " -"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " -"reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 -msgid "" -"the vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 -msgid "" -"the vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 -msgid "or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 -msgid "" -"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " -"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " -"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " -"could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 -msgid "" -"the vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 -msgid "" -"someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 -msgid "or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 -msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 -msgid "" -"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " -"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 -msgid "" -"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " -"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " -"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings" -" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct " -"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " -"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 -msgid "" -"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " -"to be based on either:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 -msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 -msgid "or Received quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 -msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 -msgid "" -"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from that purchase order.. If you have not deleted the" -" previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked " -"to all the appropriate purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 -msgid "Account Receivables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 -msgid "Customer Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 -msgid "Offer cash discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" -" pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " -"period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 -msgid "Set up a cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" -" *Percent* type of term with a corresponding value (e.g. 98% of the total " -"price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " -"valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 -msgid "Start offering the cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " -"term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" -" the account receivables part of the journal entry into two installments " -"having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already " -"calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 -msgid "Grant the cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " -"cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " -"the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and " -"click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " -"easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " -"applied to your invoices. This means that if you handle multiple tax rates, " -"you need to create several reconciliation models. Note that depending on " -"your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" -" default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 -msgid "Register the full payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " -"benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " -"the payment with the two related journal entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 -msgid "Set up cash roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " -"Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" -" paid in cash, you have to round their total amount to the smallest coin " -"that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 -msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 -msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 -msgid "" -"First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"Cash Rounding." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 -msgid "" -"There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " -"strategies:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" -" your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " -"define the account in which the rounding will go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " -"highest tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 -msgid "Apply roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" -" the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" -" where you can simply choose one of the rounding methods created previously." -" If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " -"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " -"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " -"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," -" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " -"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " -"posted on the income statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " -"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " -"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" -" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " -"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " -"revenue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 -msgid "Module installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " -"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " -"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " -"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" -" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" -" might check if the module is correctly installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 -msgid "Define deferred revenue types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 -msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 -msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 -msgid "1 year service contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "3 years service contracts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 -msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " -"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" -" revenue type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "Flowers every month" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "1 year product contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 -msgid "Sell and invoice products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " -"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " -"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " -"entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Dr**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Cr**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -msgid "Accounts receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -msgid "24000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -msgid "Deferred revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " -"recognition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "1000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "Service revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" -" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 -msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " -"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 -msgid "" -"payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " -"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " -"payment term but an invoice policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " -"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " -"exactly 100%)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 -msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 -msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " -"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " -"any tax on the invoice):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " -"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "90" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 -msgid "" -"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " -"To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " -"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " -"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " -"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " -"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " -"email)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " -"create draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 -msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " -"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" -" order. You have different options like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " -"invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " -"delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " -"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 -msgid "" -"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " -"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " -"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " -"fixed advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 -msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 -msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" -" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " -"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" -" actual Kg)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 -msgid "" -"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " -"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " -"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 -msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 -msgid "" -"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " -"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " -"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 -msgid "Contracts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 -msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " -"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " -"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 -msgid "Activities can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 -msgid "" -"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 -msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 -msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 -msgid "" -"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 -msgid "" -"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." -" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " -"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " -"use a regular sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 -msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 -msgid "" -"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " -"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" -" the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 -msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " -"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " -"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " -"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 -msgid "if you need to create a refund" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 -msgid "If you need to give a discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 -msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 -msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 -msgid "Specific modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 -msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 -msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 -msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " -"customer invoices and supplier bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " -"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " -"term but invoice conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " -"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " -"appear on the invoice or the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" -" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " -"100%)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 -msgid "Using Payment Terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 -msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " -"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"this journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " -"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" -" is enough." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 -msgid "" -"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " -"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " -"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" -" due date for all installments will be automatically created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 -msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and " -"sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the " -"legal way to handle that is to refund the invoice, reconcile it with the " -"original invoice to close them and create a new invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 -msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " -"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, " -"reconcile, and create a new draft invoice\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo will automatically:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 -msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as " -"Paid)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 -msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 -msgid "Cancelling an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " -"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund " -"and reconcile\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or " -"email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 -msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " -"button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " -"refund\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund " -"(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," -" send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a " -"refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the " -"customer has already paid, they should be reimbursed by doing a customer " -"payment refund." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 -msgid "Customer Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Statement Match" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 -msgid "100.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " -"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 -msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 -msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" -" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " -"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " -"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " -"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " -"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," -" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " -"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " -"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " -"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" -" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " -"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " -"approach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " -"users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " -"--> Create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 -msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 -msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 -msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " -"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 -msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " -"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" -" transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " -"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 -msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 -msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " -"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " -"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " -"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " -"bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 -msgid "" -"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " -"this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 -msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 -msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " -"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " -"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " -"and relate it to the statement line)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" -" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " -"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " -"with invoices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " -"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" -" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " -"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 -msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." -" Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " -"send the appropriate reminders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 -msgid "Manage your follow-ups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " -"follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" -" customer that has already paid you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " -"easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" -" on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " -"later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " -"set on the statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " -"number of days calculated between each report by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " -"Follow-up`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " -"normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 -msgid "Send reminders in batch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " -"from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " -"process, click on *Action* and then on *Process Follow-ups*. A pdf document " -"containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " -"automatically generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 -msgid "Plan a follow-up process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " -"under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " -"Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 -msgid "" -"A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " -"you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " -"overdue days, plan to send an email, a letter or to undertake a manual " -"action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " -"the stage of the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " -"negative number of due days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 -msgid "Get paid with SEPA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 -msgid "" -"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " -"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." -" SEPA Direct Debit allows you to withdraw money from the bank accounts of " -"your customers with their approval." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can record customer mandates, generate an SDD XML file " -"containing customer payments and upload it in your bank interface. The file " -"follows the SEPA Direct Debit PAIN.008.001.02 specifications. This is a " -"well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate the SEPA Direct Debit (SDD) Feature. Enter the Creditor Identifier " -"of your company. This number is provided by your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 -msgid "Direct Debit Mandates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Before withdrawing money from a customer bank account, your customer has to " -"sign a mandate. Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Direct Debit " -"Mandates` and create a new mandate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit only works between IBAN Bank Accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Once you have entered all the information in the customer mandate, you can " -"print it and ask your customer to sign it. Once it is done, you can upload " -"the mandate signed by your customer on the mandate in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 -msgid "You can now validate the mandate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 -msgid "Let's create an invoice for that customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When you will validate this invoice, the payment will be automatically " -"generated and your invoice will be directly marked as paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you already had some invoices for that customer that could be paid using " -"that mandate, it's still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on " -"register payment and choose the Sepa Direct Debit as payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 -msgid "Generate SDD Files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can generate the SDD File with all the customer payments to send to your" -" bank directly from the accounting dashboard :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 -msgid "" -"You select the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD " -"File, click on action and select \"Generate Direct Debit XML\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You can now download the XML file generated by Odoo and upload it in your " -"bank interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 -msgid "" -"You can retrieve all the generated XML by activating the developer mode and " -"going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payments --> SDD " -"Payment File`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 -msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The Direct Debit mandate will be closed automatically once the end date " -"defined on it is reached. However, you can **close** a mandate earlier than " -"initially planned. To do that, simply go on the mandate and click on the " -"\"Close\" button.The end date of the mandate will be updated to today's " -"date. This means you will not be able to pay invoices with an invoice date " -"superior to this end date. Be careful, once a mandate is closed, it cannot " -"be reopened." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 -msgid "" -"You can also **revoke** a mandate. In that case, you won't be able to pay " -"any invoice using that mandate anymore, no matter the invoice date.To do " -"that, simply go on the mandate and click on the \"Revoke\" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" -" alone record for use on a later date:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " -"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " -"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " -"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 -msgid "Paying an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " -"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" -" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " -"the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " -"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" -" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " -"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 -msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 -msgid "Registering a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 -msgid "" -"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " -"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " -"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" -" be reconciled on an invoice later on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " -"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " -"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a " -"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " -"document in the memo field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " -"just made in the accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 -msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " -"invoice directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 -msgid "" -"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " -"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " -"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " -"\"Outstanding Payments\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 -msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 -msgid "" -"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " -"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " -"feature within Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " -"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " -"Receivable and Payable, respectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " -"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " -"matching of all their payments and invoices at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 -msgid "" -"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " -"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " -"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 -msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " -"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 -msgid "" -"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 -msgid "" -"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " -"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " -"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go " -"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" -" with two journal entries for the same transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9b06a9eb7..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../applications.rst:3 -msgid "Applications" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po deleted file mode 100644 index e75cdcd0d..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1151 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-03 08:44+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 -msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM" -" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can " -"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 -msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" -" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 -msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " -"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" -" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" -" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 -msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 -msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 -msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from ready-to-use contact form on " -"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " -"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 -msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to contact you. You will then need to build a custom contact form on your " -"website. Those contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the " -"system (emails, leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module. Only available in " -"Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From any page you want your contact form to be in, in edit mode, drag the " -"form builder in the page and you will be able to add all the fields you " -"wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default any new contact form will send an email, you can switch to " -"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second information will" -" be added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 -msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When using a contact form, it is advised to use a qualification step before " -"assigning to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in CRM " -"settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 -msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " -"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 -msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " -"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " -"*Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 -msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " -"process along." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " -"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " -"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " -"directions)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 -msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 -msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " -"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 -msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " -"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " -"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " -"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " -"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" -" in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" -" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " -"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" -" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " -"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " -"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" -" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 -msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 -msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" -" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " -"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " -"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " -"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " -"configuration procedure below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " -"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " -"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " -"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 -msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 -msgid "**Mode** should be Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " -"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 -msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 -msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 -msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 -msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can find all this information by logging in at " -"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " -"and refer to the fields as pictured below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " -"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" -" Odoo and in OnSIP)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " -"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 -msgid "" -"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" -" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " -"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " -"international prefix for the United States)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " -"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 -msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " -"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" -" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " -"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 -msgid "" -"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " -"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." -" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " -"then have to configure it as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 -msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 -msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 -msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 -msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 -msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " -"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " -"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " -"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" -" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " -"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" -"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" -" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 -msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 -msgid "wget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 -msgid "gcc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 -msgid "g++" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 -msgid "ncurses-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 -msgid "libxml2-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 -msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 -msgid "libsrtp-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 -msgid "libuuid-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 -msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 -msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 -msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " -"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " -"extracted:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 -msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 -msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 -msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 -msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 -msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " -"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" -"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 -msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 -msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 -msgid "" -"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " -"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " -"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " -"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 -msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " -"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " -"run 'make config'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 -msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 -msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" -" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 -msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 -msgid "" -"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " -"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " -"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" -" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " -"uncommented:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " -"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " -"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " -"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " -"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 -msgid "" -"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " -"lines:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 -msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 -msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 -msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 -msgid "" -"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" -" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" -" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " -"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" -" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 -msgid "" -"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " -"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " -"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " -"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " -"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 -msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" -" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " -"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " -"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 -msgid "Configure your kanban stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " -"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" -" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" -" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " -"more accurate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" -" you can modify them manually of course." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 -msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " -"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" -" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 -msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " -"closing, letting you prioritize." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 -msgid "" -"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " -"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " -"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 -msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 -msgid "" -"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " -"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " -"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " -"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " -"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " -"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 -msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " -"Win/Loss ratio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" -" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " -"on filter and check Won/Lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 -msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 -msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" -" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " -"can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 -msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " -"*Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " -"there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 -msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 -msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" -" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 -msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " -"Reason*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 -msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 -msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " -"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " -"clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" -" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " -"also archive the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 -msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " -"want to take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 -msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " -"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 -msgid "" -"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " -"address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 -msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " -"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " -"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," -" you can only be a member of one channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 -msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " -"all of its opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " -"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " -"*Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" -" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" -" criterias." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " -"that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " -"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" -" can manage your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " -"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " -"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 -msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " -"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " -"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " -"This domain can include scores." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " -"more refined domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " -"Assignation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " -"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " -"useful to do something with them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " -"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" -" unassigned leads from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 -msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " -"interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " -"they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " -"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 -msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " -"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 -msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 -msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " -"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " -"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " -"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " -"pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " -"chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 -msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po deleted file mode 100644 index e557c1685..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,721 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " -"click on the `Manage Your Databases " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" -" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " -"database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 -msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " -"features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " -"flows without compromising your daily operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " -"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 -msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " -"database already selected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the" -" database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, " -"click on the \"Upgrade\" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will" -" automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be " -"generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will " -"receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test " -"database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified " -"by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 -msgid "" -"You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data " -"(e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual " -"flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, " -"you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on " -"Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production " -"database to the new version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " -"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " -"migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " -"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " -"database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 -msgid "" -"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " -"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" -" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" -" database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " -"example)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " -"behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " -"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137 -msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 -msgid "" -"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " -"want to rename, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " -"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150 -msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154 -msgid "" -"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " -"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " -"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " -"backup may be several hours old at that point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 -msgid "" -"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " -"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167 -msgid "" -"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " -"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177 -msgid "" -"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " -"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183 -msgid "" -"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premise Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " -"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" -" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" -" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" -"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " -"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " -"message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" -" Manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " -"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " -"database\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " -"as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190 -msgid "" -"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " -"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." -" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " -"specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " -"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " -"<duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "" -"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " -"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " -"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84 -msgid "" -"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" -" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93 -msgid "" -"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " -"countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99 -msgid "" -"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " -"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102 -msgid "or" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104 -msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com " -"/documentation/user/11.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " -"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " -"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," -" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " -"message disappear right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118 -msgid "" -"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " -"subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 -msgid "" -"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" -" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " -"database is expired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " -"that" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133 -msgid "" -"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " -"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " -"card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136 -msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 -msgid "" -"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145 -msgid "Force an Update Notification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-" -"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription" -" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will " -"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause " -"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications " -"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you" -" can force an Update using the following procedure:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154 -msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right " -"menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer" -" mode**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > " -"\"Scheduled Actions\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on " -"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 -msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 -msgid "" -"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive " -"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this " -"documentation <duplicate_premise>` to know how to change the UUID. After the" -" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production " -"database will then be correctly identified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 -msgid "" -"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " -"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " -"duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184 -msgid "" -"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " -"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " -"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " -"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " -"registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " -"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " -"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" -" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " -"by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " -"installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " -"rights.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " -"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" -" to **Inactive** immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0452f77c1..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,658 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" -" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " -"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " -"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " -"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " -"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " -"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " -"reputation yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " -"own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " -"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " -"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" -" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" -" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders*" -" section. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" -" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " -"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " -"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 -msgid "" -"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." -" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " -"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 -msgid "" -"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " -"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " -"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " -"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95 -msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" -"/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " -"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " -"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " -"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " -"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " -"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " -"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " -"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " -"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " -"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " -"Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 -msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 -msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 -msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 -msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po deleted file mode 100644 index cadcfe86c..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1352 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " -"your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " -"an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " -"delay, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " -"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " -"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " -"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " -"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " -"time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " -"you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" -" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " -"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" -" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " -"production mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " -"activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" -"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" -" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " -"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " -"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," -" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" -" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " -"confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " -"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " -"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " -"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " -"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " -"orders straight on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " -"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " -"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " -"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" -" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " -"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " -"payments " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 -msgid "" -"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " -"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " -"only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " -"*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Paypal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is the easiest online payment acquirer to configure. It is also the " -"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any " -"starter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11 -msgid "Set up your Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Create a `Paypal Business Account <https://www.paypal.com>`__ or upgrade " -"your account to *Business account* if you have a basic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal <https://www.paypal.com>`__ and open the settings of your " -"**Profile**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22 -msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27 -msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Turn on **Auto Return** and enter the **Return URL**: " -"<odoo_instance_url>/shop/confirmation. Verify that this address uses the " -"correct protocol (HTTP/HTTPS)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Turn on **Payment Data Transfer**. When saving, an **Identity Token** is " -"generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then, get back to your profile to activate the **Instant Payment " -"Notification (IPN)** in *My selling tools*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "Enter the **Notification URL**: <odoo_instance_url>/payment/paypal/ipn" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Now you must change the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo " -"to Paypal. To do so, get back to *My selling tools* and click **PayPal " -"button language encoding** in *More Selling Tools* section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " -"**UTF-8**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66 -msgid "" -"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, " -"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting -->" -" Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your " -"**Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:82 -msgid "" -"They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My " -"business info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Enter your **Identity Token** in Odoo (from *Auto Return* option). To do so," -" open the *Settings* and activate the **Developer Mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System" -" Parameters` and create a parameter with following values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:94 -msgid "Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 -msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114 -msgid "" -"You can charge an extra to the customer to cover the transaction fees Paypal" -" charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied" -" to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the *Configuration* tab of Paypal config form in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*. Default fees for US can be seen here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:123 -msgid "" -"To apply the right fees for your country, please refer to `Paypal Fees " -"<https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 -msgid "Test the payment flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com>`__ with your" -" Paypal credentials. This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:136 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Sandbox <https://www.sandbox.paypal.com>`__ with the " -"merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set on " -"*Test* mode. Also, make sure the confirmation mode of Paypal is not " -"*Authorize & capture the amount, confirm the SO and auto-validate the " -"invoice on acquirer confirmation*. Otherwise a confirmed invoice will be " -"automatically generated when the transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po deleted file mode 100644 index b9b74557c..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/general.po deleted file mode 100644 index fe3897873..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,895 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../general.rst:5 -msgid "General" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 -msgid "Authentication" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 -msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connect to your Google account and go to " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " -"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 -msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 -msgid "" -"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " -"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" -" save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " -"Client ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" -" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" -" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " -"Then click on **Create**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " -"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 -msgid "Data Import" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt an import template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" -" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " -"corresponding field using the search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " -"work straight away the very next time you try to import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " -"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 -msgid "How to import data into Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 -msgid "How to start" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" -" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" -" and even orders!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 -msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 -msgid "" -"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " -"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " -"already done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 -msgid "How to adapt the template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 -msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 -msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" -" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " -"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " -"corresponding field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " -"on the very next time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 -msgid "How to import from another application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 -msgid "" -"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " -"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " -"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " -"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " -"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" -" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " -"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " -"whenever possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 -msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " -"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " -"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " -"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " -"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " -"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" -" default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " -"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " -"complete list of fields for each column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 -msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess" -" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can" -" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be " -"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month " -"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the" -" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 -msgid "" -"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " -"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " -"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" -" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " -"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" -" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " -"whatever your locale date format is." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 -msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" -" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " -"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " -"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " -"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " -"crash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 -msgid "32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 -msgid "32000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 -msgid "32,000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 -msgid "-32000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 -msgid "(32000.00)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 -msgid "$ 32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 -msgid "(32000.00 €)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 -msgid "Example that will not work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 -msgid "ABC 32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 -msgid "$ (32.000,00)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 -msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 -msgid "" -"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " -"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " -"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" -" CSV file bar after you select your file)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " -"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " -"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 -msgid "" -"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " -"application?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 -msgid "" -"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " -"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " -"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " -"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " -"filter settings' > Save)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " -"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 -msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " -"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" -" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " -"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " -"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " -"import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " -"different fields to import:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 -msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " -"postgresql column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" -" (or the .XML file that imported it)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 -msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 -msgid "Country: Belgium" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 -msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 -msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 -msgid "" -"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " -"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " -"according to your need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" -" have been created manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " -"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " -"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " -"Database ID)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " -"party application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 -msgid "" -"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" -" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " -"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " -"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " -"Products and their Categories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 -msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 -msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 -msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 -msgid "" -"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " -"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " -"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " -"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " -"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " -"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " -"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 -msgid "" -"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " -"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " -"'Category'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 -msgid "" -"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " -"multiple tags)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" -" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " -"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" -" of your CSV file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 -msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 -msgid "" -"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " -"Sales Order)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 -msgid "" -"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" -" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " -"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " -"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " -"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " -"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " -"you can import, based on demo data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 -msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 -msgid "" -"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " -"respective purchase order lines:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 -msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 -msgid "" -"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " -"contacts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 -msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 -msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " -"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " -"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import " -"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " -"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " -"depending if it's new or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 -msgid "" -"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " -"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 -msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 -msgid "" -"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " -"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " -"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " -"assigning the default value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 -msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 -msgid "" -"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " -"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" -" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " -"person and the company they work for)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 -msgid "" -"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " -"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" -" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " -"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " -"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " -"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 -msgid "" -"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " -"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " -"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 -msgid "" -"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" -" the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 -msgid "" -"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " -"following SQL command in PSQL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 -msgid "" -"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " -"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" -" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " -"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " -"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" -" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 -msgid "" -"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " -"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " -"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " -"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 -msgid "Basics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " -"point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 -msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " -"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" -" and a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " -"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 -msgid "" -"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" -" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " -"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " -"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" -" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " -"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 -msgid "" -"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" -" each user can use Odoo in his own language ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 -msgid "Load your desired language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " -"instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 -msgid "" -"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" -" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " -"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" -" to change the navigation language on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 -msgid "Change your language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" -"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " -"**SAVE.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 -msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 -msgid "Change another user's language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " -"language." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " -"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " -"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the " -"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can" -" change the Language to any previously installed language and click " -"**SAVE.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 -msgid "Unsplash" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:5 -msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Go to your `applications dashboard " -"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " -"Application**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:12 -msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " -"**Description**. Once done, click on **Create application**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" -" to find your **access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " -"tutorial: `How to generate an Unsplash access key " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/unsplash_access_key.html>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Go to your `applications dashboard " -"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " -"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " -"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" -" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/application_id``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Note that if you `apply for a production account " -"<https://unsplash.com/documentation#registering-your-application>`_ and it " -"got approved, your will also find your application ID in the UI. It will be " -"listed next to your **Access Key** on your application details page." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po deleted file mode 100644 index 132616b6e..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,472 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " -"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " -"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" -" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" -" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" -" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" -" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " -"practices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" -" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " -"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " -"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " -"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " -"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" -" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" -" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " -"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " -"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " -"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " -"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the `Odoo documentation " -"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning " -"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the " -"testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "2. Project Scope" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " -"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " -"project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " -"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " -"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " -"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" -" clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " -"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" -" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " -"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " -"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " -"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " -"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" -" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " -"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " -"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " -"experiment of the standard in production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "3. Managing expectations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " -"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" -" account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " -"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," -" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " -"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " -"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " -"check that this is still the case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " -"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" -" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " -"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" -" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " -"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " -"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " -"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " -"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " -"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " -"to pursue this same objective." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 -msgid "" -"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " -"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " -"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " -"tools\\* :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " -"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " -"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 -msgid "" -"`The User Story <https://help.rallydev.com/writing-great-user-story>`__: " -"This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, " -"responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant" -" who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 -msgid "" -"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 -msgid "" -"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" -" the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " -"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " -"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " -"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " -"verifying its veracity beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 -msgid "" -"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " -"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 -msgid "4. Communication Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " -"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " -"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " -"follow those principles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 -msgid "" -"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " -"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " -"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " -"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " -"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" -" manager are clearly defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 -msgid "" -"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " -"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " -"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " -"reached;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 -msgid "5. Customizations and Development" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " -"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " -"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 -msgid "" -"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " -"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," -" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " -"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" -" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " -"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " -"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." -" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " -"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " -"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 -msgid "" -"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " -"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" -" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" -" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " -"business processes of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 -msgid "" -"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" -" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " -"needs of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 -msgid "" -"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " -"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " -"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " -"requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 -msgid "" -"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " -"noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " -"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "**or**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " -"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "7. Data Imports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 -msgid "" -"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " -"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " -"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " -"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " -"it will be decided :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 -msgid "" -"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " -"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " -"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 -msgid "" -"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " -"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " -"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " -"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" -" import will be made before the production launch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 -msgid "" -"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " -"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " -"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " -"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 -msgid "8. Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:260 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:264 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:267 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " -"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:274 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:279 -msgid "Importation of documents into your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:281 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:292 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po deleted file mode 100644 index becf1dc6f..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,393 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 -msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 -msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 -msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 -msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 -msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 -msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 -msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 -msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 -msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 -msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 -msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/index.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1c6428902..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po deleted file mode 100644 index 84eb93f5f..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7687 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "From the Barcode application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 -msgid "Click on **Inventory**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" -" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " -"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " -"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " -"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " -"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " -"accessible, visible or is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " -"finish the operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 -msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " -"of the dashboard)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 -msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 -msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 -msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 -msgid "Scan the **destination location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 -msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " -"outgoing deliveries:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " -"the lots/serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" -" one automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 -msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " -"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " -"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " -"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 -msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" -" product (you can also use the keyboard)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 -msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " -"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " -"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " -"visible or is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 -msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 -msgid "Open operation interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 -msgid "Scan." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " -"and keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 -msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " -"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " -"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 -msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " -"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " -"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " -"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" -" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " -"be configured to be so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" -" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " -"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " -"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to" -" check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " -"consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " -"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " -"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models using " -"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " -"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," -" it is essential to test it first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 -msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 -msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 -msgid "" -"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " -"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " -"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" -" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 -msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " -"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " -"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" -" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " -"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" -" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " -"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " -"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " -"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " -"the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform more " -"actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19 -msgid "Document: |download_barcode|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23 -msgid "Set products barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" -" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " -"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " -"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and " -"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This " -"interface can also be accessed via the planner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " -"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " -"them)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:44 -msgid "Set locations barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " -"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " -"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " -"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " -"paper." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " -"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 -msgid "Barcode formats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " -"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " -"your own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 -msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " -"keep the inventory right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " -"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " -"the right locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " -"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 -msgid "Start the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 -msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" -" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 -msgid "" -"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" -" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 -msgid "" -"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " -"set the location of your product from this screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" -" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " -"has automatically been created and validated by the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "Multiple products at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" -" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " -"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" -" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" -" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " -"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" -" (or child) locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 -msgid "" -"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " -"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " -"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " -"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " -"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" -" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " -"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 -msgid "" -"additional information will be available according to the options you " -"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " -"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " -"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " -"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " -"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " -"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the " -"orderpoint without removing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Product Unit of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Procurement Group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into " -"one big picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Minimum Quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field," -" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max " -"Quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Maximum Quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a " -"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as " -"Max Quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Quantity Multiple" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " -"the exact quantity will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or " -"to order to the vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " -"stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " -"(or any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 -msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " -"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " -"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " -"any bad surprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " -"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " -"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" -" cancel the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" -" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 -msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " -"limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " -"**Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " -"this delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 -msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " -"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " -"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " -"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " -"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " -"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " -"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" -"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " -"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," -" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 -msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " -"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " -"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" -" space in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" -" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " -"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" -" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " -"sense!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" -" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " -"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" -" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" -" tracking number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " -"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " -"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" -" that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 -msgid "" -"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " -"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" -"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 -msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " -"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" -" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " -"on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " -"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " -"supplier to the products you want to dropship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 -msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" -" that the route is **Dropshipping**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " -"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " -"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " -"will see that one shipment has been created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " -"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " -"dropship card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 -msgid "" -"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" -" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " -"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " -"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " -"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 -msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " -"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " -"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " -"to handle orders very quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" -" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " -"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " -"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " -"especially when the items you stock are big in size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " -"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " -"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " -"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 -msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 -msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " -"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" -" methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" -" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " -"carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " -"you create a new sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" -" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " -"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 -msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " -"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 -msgid "" -"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " -"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " -"and edit the concerned warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " -"Only)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " -"picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " -"Orders** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 -msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " -"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " -"**Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " -"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 -msgid "*Sale process*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 -msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 -msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " -"redirected to the Delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 -msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " -"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " -"Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" -" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " -"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 -msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 -msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," -" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " -"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " -"before shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 -msgid "" -"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " -"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " -"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " -"customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" -" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " -"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " -"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " -"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " -"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" -" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " -"correct method for your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "Install the Inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 -msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" -" orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Allow managing routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" -" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " -"the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " -"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " -"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 -msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " -"that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " -"Ship).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Create a Sale Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 -msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 -msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 -msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" -" Zone**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Packing)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 -msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" -" kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 -msgid "" -"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 -msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " -"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " -"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " -"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" -" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " -"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " -"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " -"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " -"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " -"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " -"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " -"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Allow management of routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " -"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " -"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" -" checked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " -"check the radio button above)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " -"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " -"activated beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 -msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " -"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " -"some products to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " -"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " -"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " -"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " -"listed in the **To Do** column)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" -" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " -"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 -msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " -"before being admitted in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " -"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " -"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " -"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 -msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " -"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " -"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " -"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" -" goods receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" -" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " -"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " -"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " -"return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 -msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" -" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" -" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " -"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 -msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 -msgid "Use advanced routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " -"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " -"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " -"goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " -"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " -"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "How to control a receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " -"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" -" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " -"This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " -"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " -"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" -" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " -"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " -"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " -"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " -"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" -" Control**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " -"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " -"ready to be controlled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 -msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " -"process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " -"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" -" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " -"controlled and has moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " -"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " -"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " -"processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " -"ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " -"methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " -"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" -" steps)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " -"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " -"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " -"form view. This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" -" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 -msgid "" -"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" -" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " -"which makes the product available for the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 -msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " -"quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " -"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " -"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 -msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 -msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" -" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" -" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " -"**Track lots or serial numbers**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " -"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 -msgid "Operation types configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" -" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" -" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "Manage lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 -msgid "Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " -"input the lot number(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Click on the lot icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " -"and the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " -"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 -msgid "Inventory adjustment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "Classic inventory by products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "Inventory of a lot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 -msgid "" -"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " -"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " -"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " -"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 -msgid "" -"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 -msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`differences`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " -"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " -"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " -"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" -" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " -"location where the products are moved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " -"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " -"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" -" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " -"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " -"Split icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 -msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " -"numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 -msgid "" -"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " -"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are " -"moving those serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory of a serial number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 -msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " -"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " -"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" -" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " -":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " -"serial number corresponding to your search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 -msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned " -"transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 -msgid "Immediate Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and " -"quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is" -" why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the " -"column \"Done\" for the quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A " -"to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the " -"transfer right now)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 -msgid "Planned Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase " -"order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an " -"initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the " -"inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many " -"units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. " -"Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process " -"the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " -"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" -" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " -"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " -"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" -" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " -"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 -msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " -"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " -"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" -" it blank if you are the owner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " -"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " -"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " -"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " -"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " -"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " -"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " -"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " -"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " -"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " -"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," -" deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " -"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " -"configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "How to scrap products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 -msgid "content recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " -"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per " -"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 -msgid "" -"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " -"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" -" --> Locations.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " -"location form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "Different ways to scrap product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 -msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Receipts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 -msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 -msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 -msgid "" -"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " -"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " -"**Scrap**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " -"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Valuation Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " -"sheet. This implies two main choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 -msgid "" -"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " -"Real Price);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 -msgid "" -"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " -"Perpetual)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 -msgid "Costing Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 -msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 -msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 -msgid "+8*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 -msgid "12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 -msgid "+4*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 -msgid "$120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 -msgid "$20" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 -msgid "4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 -msgid "+2*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 -msgid "$40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " -"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " -"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 -msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 -msgid "+4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 -msgid "$9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 -msgid "+2*$6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 -msgid "$36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " -"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" -" (see here attached)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 -msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" -" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " -"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" -" up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 -msgid "" -"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " -"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " -"matters in the cost computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 -msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 -msgid "$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-8*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-2*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 -msgid "$32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 -msgid "$11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 -msgid "$44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 -msgid "" -"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " -"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " -"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " -"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " -"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " -"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " -"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " -"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 -msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," -" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-6*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 -msgid "$8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," -" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " -"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " -"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" -" quantity in stock * cost price)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 -msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 -msgid "" -"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " -"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " -"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " -"physical inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 -msgid "" -"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" -" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " -"postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "4.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "54.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " -"related product (Expense Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 -msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 -msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "109" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " -"product (Income Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 -msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 -msgid "Customer Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" -" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" -" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " -"inventory value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 -msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 -msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 -msgid "" -"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " -"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" -"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " -"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " -"testing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 -msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 -msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 -msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" -" specific product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 -msgid "" -"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " -"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " -"product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 -msgid "" -"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 -msgid "" -"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " -"as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-6*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 -msgid "€8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 -msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 -msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 -msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 -msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 -msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 -msgid "" -"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " -"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" -" locations (possibly virtual)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 -msgid "Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -msgid "Production Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 -msgid "Consume:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 -msgid "Produce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Configurarion:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -msgid "Client Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 -msgid "Pick" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 -msgid "Pack" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 -msgid "Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 -msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 -msgid "Missing products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 -msgid "Extra products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 -msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Reception" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 -msgid "Analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " -"products * product cost)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 -msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 -msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 -msgid "" -"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" -" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -msgid "New sale orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Effect" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -msgid "" -"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " -"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " -"(property)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 -msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 -msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Procurement rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 -msgid "" -"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " -"be fulfilled e.g.:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 -msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 -msgid "" -"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " -"To Stock)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 -msgid "Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " -"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " -"sales order lines, warehouse,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 -msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 -msgid "Picking List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 -msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 -msgid "Pack List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 -msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Delivery Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Gate A → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 -msgid "" -"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " -"the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "A Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 -msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 -msgid "Reception:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 -msgid "Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 -msgid "Confirmation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 -msgid "Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Storage:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Product Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 -msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 -msgid "Cross-Docks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 -msgid "Input → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Delivery:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 -msgid "Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Sale Order Line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 -msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " -"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" -" used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 -msgid "Product lands in Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 -msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Warehouse Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 -msgid "Product lands in Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 -msgid "Procurement Groups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 -msgid "" -"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " -"provided:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 -msgid "Picking" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 -msgid "Packing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 -msgid "Delivery Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 -msgid "Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 -msgid "..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 -msgid "" -"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " -"and locations are the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 -msgid "" -"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " -"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " -"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " -"together)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " -"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " -"repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " -"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " -"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " -"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " -"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " -"procurements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " -"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" -" item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " -"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" -" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " -"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " -"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " -"enough stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 -msgid "" -"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" -" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 -msgid "" -"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " -"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " -"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " -"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " -"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " -"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " -"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" -" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " -"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " -"can be used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " -"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " -"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " -"or MTS,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " -"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " -"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " -"procurement group and locations are the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " -"between locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " -"in a warehouse or location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " -"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " -"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " -"units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " -"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " -"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" -" minimum stock rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " -"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " -"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " -"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " -"packing zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " -"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" -" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " -"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " -"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 -msgid "" -"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " -"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " -"goes in rack 3, storage A)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 -msgid "" -"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" -" it from the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "From procurement to delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " -"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" -" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" -" delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " -"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " -"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " -"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 -msgid "How to process a receipt ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Install Purchase application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 -msgid "Make a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " -"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " -"products to your request for quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " -"quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 -msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 -msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 -msgid "From the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 -msgid "" -"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " -"related **Receipt**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 -msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 -msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 -msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" -" the list of your deliveries to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 -msgid "Process the Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 -msgid "" -"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " -"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " -"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " -":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 -msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 -msgid "Install Sales application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 -msgid "Place a sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " -"some products to your quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 -msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 -msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 -msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 -msgid "From the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 -msgid "" -"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " -"**Delivery**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 -msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " -"list of your receipts to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" -" on your dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 -msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 -msgid "" -"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " -"methods. Please read the document " -":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 -msgid "" -"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " -"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 -msgid "" -"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " -"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " -"transfers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 -msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 -msgid "" -"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " -"warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" -"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " -"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " -"different screens you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" -"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 -msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Set up your warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Import your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Import your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Set up the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" -" valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" -" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" -" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " -"and use your scanner optimally." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " -"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" -" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " -"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " -"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " -"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post" -"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 -msgid "Warehouse and routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" -" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" -" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," -" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 -msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 -msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 -msgid "then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 -msgid "Cross Docking Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 -msgid "" -"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " -"for the remaining part:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " -"created as an internal physical location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 -msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 -msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 -msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 -msgid "Product with cross dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 -msgid "" -"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" -" above as well as the **Buy** route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 -msgid "" -"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " -"for replenishment of a stockable product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " -"application in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid "" -"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " -"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " -"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 -msgid "" -"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " -"and routes in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " -"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 -msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " -"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" -" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " -"been generated for your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " -"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" -" you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " -"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " -"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" -" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " -"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " -"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " -"orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " -"all yours product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" -" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " -"proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 -msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 -msgid "" -"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " -"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " -"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " -"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 -msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 -msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 -msgid "" -"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " -"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " -"indicate how much products you process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " -"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " -"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " -"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possibles :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory. This increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 -msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 -msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 -msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 -msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 -msgid "Product Costing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate landed costs in the cost of the product?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 -msgid "Landed costs include all charges associated to a good transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:10 -msgid "Landed cost includes = Cost of product + Shipping + Customs + Risk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 -msgid "" -"All of these components might not be applicable in every shipment, but " -"relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We have" -" to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it will " -"impact on company profits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21 -msgid "Applications configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the use of the landed costs. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check " -"accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & " -"**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> " -"Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price " -"costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40 -msgid "Landed Cost Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed " -"Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time " -"valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured " -"on the product category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:55 -msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Landed Costs`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to " -"attribute landed costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend " -"you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be " -"easier to keep track of your postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split " -"across the picking lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:79 -msgid "" -"To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " -"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " -"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " -"appropriate location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 -msgid "" -"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" -" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " -"of a potential chemical reaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " -"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " -"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " -"level)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " -"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" -" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 -msgid "Setting up a strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " -"product quality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " -"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " -"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " -"Strategy**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " -"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " -"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " -"automatically be transferred to the correct location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Current Inventory`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 -msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " -"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " -"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " -"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " -"on the **location**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " -"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " -"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 -msgid "Types of removal strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 -msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "" -"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " -"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " -"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " -"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 -msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " -"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 -msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 -msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " -"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " -"shelf life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" -" ``WH/Stock`` location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 -msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 -msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" -" according to their expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " -"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" -" to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " -"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " -"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 -msgid "" -"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " -"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategym " -"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " -"goods with this serial/lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " -"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " -"removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 -msgid "" -"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " -"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " -"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " -"lots pass their **alert date**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " -"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" -" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " -"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " -"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," -" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " -"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " -"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " -"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " -"after the lot has been created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " -"expiration date fields as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 -msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 -msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 -msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 -msgid "" -"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " -"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " -"expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Product**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "LOT0001" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "Ice Cream" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "08/20/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "LOT0002" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "08/10/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "LOT0003" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "08/15/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 -msgid "" -"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " -"removal strategy **FEFO**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 -msgid "" -"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" -" the removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different units of measure?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, " -"you will need to convert the units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "Setting up units on your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which " -"you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " -"**Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " -"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " -"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 -msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " -"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 -msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " -"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 -msgid "Procurement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " -"measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 -msgid "The quality control is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " -"check is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " -"**Draft**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " -"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" -" the unit to the dozen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" -" measure :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " -"converted automatically :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Unit of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." -" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" -" warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 -msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " -"notice and the power plug." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 -msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " -"only for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 -msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 -msgid "" -"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " -"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" -" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" -" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " -"**packaging**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " -"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Using product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " -"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " -"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 -msgid "B&C T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 -msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " -"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." -" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " -"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " -"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " -"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " -"the template or the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " -"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " -"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " -"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " -"variant)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " -"product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " -"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " -"Income Account, Taxes)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 -msgid "When should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 -msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " -"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " -"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" -" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " -"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" -" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " -"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " -"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " -"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" -" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " -"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 -msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " -"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " -"of managing lots of products that are similars." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 -msgid "" -"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" -" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " -"product templates and all their related variations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 -msgid "" -"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " -"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " -"example, a company having these products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 -msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 -msgid "" -"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " -"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " -"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " -"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " -"e-Commerce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 -msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 -msgid "Product Template: Polos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 -msgid "Activate the variant feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " -"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " -"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " -"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " -"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 -msgid "Creating products with variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 -msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " -"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " -"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " -"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " -"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 -msgid "" -"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " -"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " -"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " -"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 -msgid "" -"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 -msgid "Managing Product Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " -"variant attributes :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 -msgid "T-Shirt B&C" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 -msgid "Managing combination possibilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 -msgid "" -"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " -"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " -"you can deactivate the white product variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." -" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " -"XXL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 -msgid "" -"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " -"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " -"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " -"variant that will be added to the original price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 -msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " -"warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new location?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" -" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" -" describe your location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 -msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " -"fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 -msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " -"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " -"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " -"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " -"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " -"edit it afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 -msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " -"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 -msgid "" -"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 -msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " -"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " -"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" -" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " -"Tracking Ref**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 -msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 -msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 -msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " -"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " -"get a new tracking number and a new label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 -msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 -msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " -"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " -"Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " -"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 -msgid "" -"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " -"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 -msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " -"order and proceed to deliver the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " -"add a line to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 -msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 -msgid "How to print shipping labels?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " -"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " -"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " -"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 -msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 -msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " -"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" -" more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " -"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 -msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 -msgid "Company configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " -"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 -msgid "" -"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " -"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " -"data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " -"computation cannot be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " -"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" -" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 -msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " -"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" -" third party shipper in the additional info tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 -msgid "" -"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 -msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " -"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " -"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " -"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " -"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 -msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 -msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 -msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 -msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " -"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 -msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 -msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 -msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 -msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " -"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " -"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " -"underneath:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " -"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " -"but also on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " -"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " -"compute the real price and the packagings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 -msgid "Install the inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " -"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" -" order to see it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" -" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 -msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " -"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " -"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " -"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " -"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " -"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " -"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " -"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " -":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " -"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 -msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 -msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 -msgid "" -"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " -"chosen delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " -"Rest of the world)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " -"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 -msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " -"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " -"given in the demo data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " -"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" -" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" -" shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " -"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " -"will appear on your ecommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 -msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " -"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " -"For more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " -"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " -"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " -"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " -"United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" -" you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " -"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " -"method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " -"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " -"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " -"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" -" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" -" be computed once the transfer is validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" -" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " -"to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" -" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" -" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " -"Service in order to to open an account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" -" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " -"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " -"online profile by following these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "" -"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" -" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " -"complete the registration process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " -"follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 -msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 -msgid "" -"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " -"Details** section of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 -msgid "" -"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " -"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" -" States.q" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 -msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 -msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 -msgid "" -"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " -"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 -msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 -msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 -msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " -"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " -"contact." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5ef27e395..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,366 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../iot.rst:5 -msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:34 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:36 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:38 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:70 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:76 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:9 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:17 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:22 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " -"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:28 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:30 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:32 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:35 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:44 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" -" might work as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:50 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " -"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " -"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " -"your barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:62 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " -"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " -"device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " -"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " -"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " -"on boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:77 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:80 -msgid "Troubleshoot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:83 -msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" -" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" -" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " -"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " -"LED." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " -"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " -"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " -"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " -"devices on your network router." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" -" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:106 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " -"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:113 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " -"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " -"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " -"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " -"enough power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" -" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" -" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:134 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " -"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:140 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:142 -msgid "" -"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " -"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " -"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " -"and the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:148 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:150 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " -"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:155 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " -"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " -"contact support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:162 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:164 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po deleted file mode 100644 index aa8161aa8..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,193 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in live with website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 -msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 -msgid "" -"In practice, the conversations initiated by the visitors will appear in the " -"Discuss module and will also pop up as a direct message. Therefore, " -"inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If there several operators in charge of a channel, the system will dispatch " -"sessions randomly between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 -msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 -msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 522da85dc..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,516 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " -"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " -"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " -"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " -"describe multiple variants of the same product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " -"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " -"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " -"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " -"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " -"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " -"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " -"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " -"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " -"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " -"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " -"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " -"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 -msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "" -"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " -"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " -"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " -"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " -"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " -"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " -"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" -" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " -"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " -"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " -"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 -msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " -"primary product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " -"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " -"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " -"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " -"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" -"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " -"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " -"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" -"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " -"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" -" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " -"subassembly is created as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " -"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " -"subassembly as you would for any product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 -msgid "" -"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " -"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " -"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " -"effect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " -"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " -"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 -msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " -"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " -"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " -"Manufacturing apps must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " -"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "" -"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " -"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " -"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " -"right shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " -"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " -"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " -"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" -" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " -"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no special configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " -"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " -"their default values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" -" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" -" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " -"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " -"will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " -"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " -"stock management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 -msgid "" -"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " -"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" -" order rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " -"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " -"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " -"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " -"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " -"performed in an order defined by **routings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " -"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " -"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " -"work orders and routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " -"are two basic phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 -msgid "Create manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "Record Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" -" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " -"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " -"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " -"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " -"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " -"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " -"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" -" step of scheduling work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 -msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 -msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " -"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" -" unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " -"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " -"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " -"unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 -msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 -msgid "" -"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" -" menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " -"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " -"something you received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 -msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " -"components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " -"BoM back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " -"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " -"defect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " -"new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." -" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " -"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" -" might need, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " -"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " -"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 -msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po deleted file mode 100644 index a8a4357c3..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,116 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Setup your Firebase Cloud Messaging" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In order to have mobile notifications in our Android app, you need an API " -"key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 -msgid "" -"If it is not automatically configured (for instance for On-premise or " -"Odoo.sh) please follow these steps below to get an API key for the android " -"app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The iOS app doesn't support mobile notifications for Odoo versions < 12." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:22 -msgid "Firebase Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:25 -msgid "Create a new project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:27 -msgid "" -"First, make sure you to sign in to your Google Account. Then, go to " -"`https://console.firebase.google.com " -"<https://console.firebase.google.com/>`__ and create a new project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Choose a project name, click on **Continue**, then click on **Create " -"project**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:37 -msgid "When you project is ready, click on **Continue**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the overview project page (see next screenshot)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:43 -msgid "Add an app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:45 -msgid "In the overview page, click on the Android icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You must use \"com.odoo.com\" as Android package name. Otherwise, it will " -"not work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:56 -msgid "" -"No need to download the config file, you can click on **Next** twice and " -"skip the fourth step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:60 -msgid "Get generated API key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:62 -msgid "On the overview page, go to Project settings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:67 -msgid "" -"In **Cloud Messaging**, you will see the **API key** and the **Sender ID** " -"that you need to set in Odoo General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:74 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:76 -msgid "Simply paste the API key and the Sender ID from Cloud Messaging." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3078e77d8..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1363 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "You can find more about Barcode Nomenclature here (ADD HYPERLINK)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:25 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:37 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:39 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " -"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " -"allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner, you can see the" -" documentation about it `here <https://docs.google.com/document/d" -"/1tg7yarr2hPKTddZ4iGbp9IJO-cp7u15eHNVnFoL40Q8/edit>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " -"barcode:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " -"interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " -"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " -"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:50 -msgid "" -"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " -"finish the transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " -"*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " -"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " -"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " -"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " -"everything in between." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "" -"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " -"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " -"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " -"rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" -" finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " -"can of course change it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 -msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This " -"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They " -"are all explained below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the " -"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 -msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 -msgid "And the cashier will be changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 -msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 -msgid "" -"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 -msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 -msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 -msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 -msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 -msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:20 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:22 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " -"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" -" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " -"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " -"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " -"VAT signing card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " -"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " -"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" -" any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " -"any future transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/pos`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " -"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " -"definitive ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 -msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 -msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " -"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " -"can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:19 -msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" -" you can add the printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:28 -msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:33 -msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:36 -msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:38 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:43 -msgid "" -"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 -msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " -"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" -"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " -"option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 -msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " -"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " -"important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 -msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " -"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 -msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 -msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31 -msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Shop Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " -"is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 -msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 -msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " -"the opening and closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" -" values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 -msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " -"Balance*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 -msgid "" -"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " -"modify it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 -msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " -"button as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" -" have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " -"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " -"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " -"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " -"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " -"or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " -"select it and validate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 -msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" -" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" -" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 -msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po deleted file mode 100644 index b0f0837f6..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,164 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 -msgid "My Odoo Portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your " -"Subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To access this section you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged-in just " -"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to " -"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that" -" date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you " -"will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the " -"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 -msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. " -"will be registered under this section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products " -"purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 -msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, " -"will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate " -"you if the invoice has been paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 -msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 -msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find " -"all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our " -"Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77 -msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79 -msgid "" -"You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first " -"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding" -" your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing " -"information and the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89 -msgid "" -"To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " -"the new credit card details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on " -"\"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on " -"\"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102 -msgid "" -"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" -" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" -" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will " -"no longer be able to access the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 -msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110 -msgid "" -"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " -"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " -"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you need information about how to manage your database see " -":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po deleted file mode 100644 index d56e4f7af..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/project.po deleted file mode 100644 index ea754cd51..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1589 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 -msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 -msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Moreover if you wish to be able to invoice your customers based on time " -"spent on the task, it is also necessary to install the **Timesheet** module." -" Simply go into the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 -msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 -msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Creating a new project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 -msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " -"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " -"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " -"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " -"have to cope with." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 -msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 -msgid "" -"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " -"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " -"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" -" and indicate if the task is ready." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " -"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " -"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" -" to their creation date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " -"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " -"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " -"easily in a single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " -"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 -msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 -msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 -msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 -msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 -msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 -msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 -msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4ae6e15ba..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1988 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 -msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 -msgid "Import vendors pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " -"to date on products pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 -msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 -msgid "Import a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 -msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " -"import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 -msgid "See below a template of the columns used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 -msgid "" -"`Template download " -"<https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1N8c_eejLV_8NhYMGCfZau_oGCnRkUIT9nwdX7n0shhY/edit#gid=964193981>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 -msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " -"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 -msgid "Add vendors in a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " -"select a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 -msgid "" -"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " -"on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " -"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 -msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " -"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " -"period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " -"t-shirt in different sizes!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " -"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" -" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" -" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " -"between sales and purchase very easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 -msgid "Let's take the following examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " -"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " -"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " -"quantities in **Liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" -" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " -"correctly installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom01|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom02|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 -msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " -"unit of measures (advanced)** box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 -msgid "Standard units of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " -"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" -" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " -"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 -msgid "" -"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " -"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " -"customers in **Liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 -msgid "" -"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " -"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" -" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " -"purchase)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " -"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 -msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " -"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " -"curtains in **square meters**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " -"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " -"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" -" where both units have a conversion relationship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" -" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " -"below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " -"**Inter-Category-Computation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " -"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " -"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " -"of Measure`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 -msgid "Create two new units:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 -msgid "" -"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" -" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" -" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " -"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" -" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" -" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " -"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " -"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 -msgid "" -"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " -"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 -msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 -msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " -"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " -"products have been received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " -"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " -"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 -msgid "" -"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " -"not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " -"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" -" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " -"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " -"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " -"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " -"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " -"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " -"their future orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " -"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " -"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " -"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " -"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " -"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " -"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " -"\"Products\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" -" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " -"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " -"below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 -msgid "" -"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " -"dependent and one independent measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " -"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " -"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 -msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " -"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " -"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 -msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" -" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " -"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 -msgid "Approve the order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " -"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " -"of what your users can or can't do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 -msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 -msgid "Control supplier bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " -"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " -"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" -" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " -"management processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:13 -msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " -"vendor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " -"Order (PO)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " -"stockable products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " -"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " -"only one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 -msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing purchase will " -"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:41 -msgid "Creating products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the **Products** submenu under **Purchase**," -" and click **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " -"it is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Products that are set as **Stockable** or **Consumable** will allow you to " -"keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management " -"and will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service** or **Digital Product** " -"will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " -"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " -"of these designations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:64 -msgid "" -"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " -"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" -" type to **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:70 -msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:73 -msgid "Purchasing products or services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:75 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " -"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " -"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " -"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " -"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " -"Reference)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the **Inventory** " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89 -msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " -"you will need to receive the products from the **Inventory** application " -"after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you " -"should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This " -"button is outlined in red below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the " -"**Vendor** (or **Partner**), the product, or the source document, also known" -" as the reference of your purchase order. You also have the capability to " -"group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item" -" from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive " -"the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117 -msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120 -msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:122 -msgid "" -"When you receive a **Vendor Bill** for a previous purchase, be sure to " -"record it in the **Purchases** application under the **Control Menu**. You " -"need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a **Vendor Bill** is to " -"select the appropriate **Vendor** as this will also pull up any associated " -"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " -"any one or multiple purchase orders to populate the vendor bill with. When " -"you select a purchase order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " -"products associated to that purchase order and automatically populate that " -"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " -"reference number or your internal purchase order number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:144 -msgid "" -"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" -" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:149 -msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same purchase order if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " -"products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:154 -msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " -"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " -"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" -" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" -" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" -" validate the vendor bill, you may override this zero quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:165 -msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:168 -msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:170 -msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " -"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " -"reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:181 -msgid "Or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " -"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " -"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:187 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " -"could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:190 -msgid "" -"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:193 -msgid "" -"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:196 -msgid "Or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:199 -msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:201 -msgid "" -"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " -"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:204 -msgid "" -"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " -"quantities, you will need to enable **Debug Mode** from the **About Odoo** " -"information. Once debug mode is activated, select the product(s) you wish to" -" modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase " -"Bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:213 -msgid "" -"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " -"to be based on either:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:216 -msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:218 -msgid "Received quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:221 -msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:223 -msgid "" -"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from that purchase order. If you have not deleted the " -"previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked to" -" all the appropriate purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "Cancel a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " -"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" -" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 -msgid "" -"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " -"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " -"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " -"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " -"cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " -"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " -"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 -msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 -msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " -"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " -"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 -msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " -"cancel the PO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 -msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " -"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." -" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " -"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 -msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " -"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " -"ask you the permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" -" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " -"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 -msgid "Create reverse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" -" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." -" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" -" corresponding location and click on **Return**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " -"stock to your vendor location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" -" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " -"cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`bills`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " -"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " -"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " -"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " -"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 -msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " -"Quotation` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " -"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " -"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " -"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " -"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " -"a purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" -" sales order)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " -"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " -"used in international transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " -"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " -"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " -"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " -"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " -"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " -"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " -"supplier or enter a new one)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 -msgid "" -"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" -" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " -"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " -"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " -"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" -" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" -" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " -"to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " -"*Dropshipping*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " -"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " -"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " -"drop shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " -"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " -"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " -"dropship route on the SO line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "Drop ship a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " -"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " -"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " -"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" -" through your own stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Lock a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 -msgid "Lock an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 -msgid "" -"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " -"the order preventing any further modification on the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 -msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 -msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " -"products to receive and to control supplier bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" -" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " -"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 -msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " -"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " -"others), which is required with **Purchase**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 -msgid "Create products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " -"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 -msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " -"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 -msgid "" -"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " -"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " -"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" -" set his product type field as **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 -msgid "Control products receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 -msgid "Purchase products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " -"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" -" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " -"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " -"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 -msgid "Receive Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " -"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " -"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " -"receipt box of the related warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " -"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " -"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" -" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " -"the lines within it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " -"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " -"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " -"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " -"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " -"the quantity received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 -msgid "" -"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" -" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " -"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " -"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`cancel`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 -msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " -"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " -"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " -"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 -msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " -"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " -"blocking message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 -msgid "Add a warning on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" -" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 -msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " -"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 -msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " -"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " -"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 -msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " -"Agreements`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " -"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " -"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " -"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " -"the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 -msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " -"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " -"choose the quantity and confirm the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 -msgid "" -"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" -" you have already ordered from your blanket order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 -msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " -"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " -"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " -"name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " -"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 -msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " -"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 -msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " -"and select *Call for Tender*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " -"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " -"right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 -msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " -"from your Call for Tender." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 -msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" -" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 -msgid "Close the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 -msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment Flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 -msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " -"Times*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 -msgid "" -"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " -"manufacture products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 -msgid "Configure Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 -msgid "Vendor Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " -"product to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " -"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " -"lead time for that Vendor & Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 -msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " -"the product to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " -"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 -msgid "" -"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " -"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 -msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " -"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " -"engagements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " -"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " -"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " -"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 -msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 -msgid "" -"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " -"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " -"is your product’s configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 -msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 -msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 -msgid "" -"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" -" your configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 -msgid "" -"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " -"time for Sales)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 -msgid "" -"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " -"time for Purchase)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 -msgid "" -"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " -"9 days of vendor lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Setup drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " -"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 -msgid "" -"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " -"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " -"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " -"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " -"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 -msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " -"concerned order lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " -"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" -" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 -msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " -"orders on each sale you make." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" -" just one step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 -msgid "Configure the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " -"*Make To Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 -msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " -"Odoo for this feature to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 -msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " -"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " -"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " -"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 -msgid "" -"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " -"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" -" *Shipment* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " -"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 -msgid "" -"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " -"automatically under it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " -"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " -"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 -msgid "Set a reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 -msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " -"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " -"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " -"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " -"12:00PM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " -"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 -msgid "" -"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " -"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " -"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " -"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," -" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " -"issue with the configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 -msgid "Multi-Companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " -"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " -"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " -"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " -"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " -"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " -"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " -"on your sales and purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 -msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Manage intercompany rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" -" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 -msgid "New options will appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " -"options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " -"for the other companies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " -"user has the rights to manage the companies." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po deleted file mode 100644 index 416c07573..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po deleted file mode 100644 index c51946ec5..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1396 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../sales.rst:5 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 -msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " -"Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 -msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " -"any document in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 -msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 -msgid "From Contacts Module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 -msgid "" -"From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " -"created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " -"Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " -"interface and from the drop down." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 -msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " -"content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " -"**Apply** when you're done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 -msgid "" -"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " -"contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to list a product?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 -msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 -msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "Invoicing Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Request a down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " -"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " -"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" -" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " -"amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " -"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 -msgid "" -"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " -"automatically deducted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 -msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" -" income account & customer taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 -msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " -"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " -"consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company," -" you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 -msgid "Expenses configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " -"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" -" --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 -msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 -msgid "" -"From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " -"hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 -msgid "" -"You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " -"create a new one from right there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 -msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " -"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " -"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 -msgid "" -"To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " -"Configuration --> Expense products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 -msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 -msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " -"invoicing:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " -"order is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " -"partial delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " -"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" -" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " -"the actual delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " -"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " -"invoice a fixed advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 -msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 -msgid "" -"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " -"policy and select the one you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 -msgid "Send the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " -"quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " -"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" -" to validate the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " -"automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered" -" if you did a partial delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice project milestones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " -"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" -" build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is " -"comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow " -"throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the " -"project's progress and pay in several installments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 -msgid "Create milestone products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " -"configure products to work this way, go to any product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " -"select *Milestones* in the sales tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 -msgid "Invoice milestones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 -msgid "" -"From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " -"complete a milestone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 -msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 -msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " -"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" -" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" -"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " -"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" -" not being a demand or request for payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" -"forma invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " -"in attachment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 -msgid "Sell subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " -"planning ahead much easier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 -msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " -"the subscription product your previously created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 -msgid "" -"When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " -"You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " -"upper right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" -" to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" -" the project requirements would most likely change." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 -msgid "" -"This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " -"the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" -" the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 -msgid "" -"For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" -" to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" -" purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 -msgid "Invoice time configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " -"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" -" --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 -msgid "Invoice your time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " -"invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" -" project*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 -msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" -" project overview and one for the current task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " -"from the *Project* app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " -"how many hours they worked on the project so far." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 -msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 -msgid "" -"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " -"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " -"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 -msgid "Invoice purchases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 -msgid "" -"The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" -" it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 -msgid "" -"You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " -"*Purchase Analytics*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 -msgid "" -"While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " -"will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 -msgid "Products & Prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your pricing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 -msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " -"Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " -"Invoicing/Accounting apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " -"pricelist setup form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" -" the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 -msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 -msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The public price is in your company's main currency (see " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " -"European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See" -" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 -msgid "Set your own prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 -msgid "" -"This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" -" rates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" -" to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " -"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to " -"use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order " -"quantity and get a price break), etc. As pricelists only suggest prices, " -"they can be overridden by users completing sales orders. Choose your pricing" -" strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:16 -msgid "Several prices per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " -"segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " -"in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Prices per customer segment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " -"segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " -"Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38 -msgid "Temporary prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40 -msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " -"period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:50 -msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " -"prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:60 -msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The third option allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative " -"to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another " -"pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be " -"forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). " -"Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either " -"(nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" -" (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " -"e-Commerce)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " -"internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" -" option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " -"another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 -msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:88 -msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 -msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 -msgid "Discounts with roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 -msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 -msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106 -msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112 -msgid "Prices per country" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " -"gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " -"country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first " -"pricelist without any country group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:116 -msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 -msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 -msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 -msgid "" -"In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" -" % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126 -msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " -"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" -" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " -"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " -"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Set taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 -msgid "eBay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 -msgid "Send Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 -msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline; Both to" -" entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer " -"and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a " -"price that is no longer cost effective for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 -msgid "Set a deadline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 -msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 -msgid "Use deadline in templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time " -"that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find" -" more info about quotation templates `here " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-" -"ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 -msgid "On your customer side, they will see this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " -"This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their " -"invoice location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Customer Addresses* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 -msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will" -" automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for " -"both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a new one right " -"from the quotation or sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 -msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, " -"they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under " -":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 -msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 -msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 -msgid "" -"These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you " -"send by email or print." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving " -"the time of both your customers and yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 -msgid "Activate online payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Online Signature & Payment* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your " -"acquirers of choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment " -"acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, " -"`Authorize.Net (pay by credit card) " -"<../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, and others under the " -"`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also " -"pick a default setting for each template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 -msgid "Register a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 -msgid "" -"From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 -msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you" -" and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a " -"traditional process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 -msgid "Activate online signature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id" -"=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, you can also pick a " -"default setting for each template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 -msgid "Validate an order with a signature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online" -" instantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 -msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 -msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful " -"products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could" -" be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 -msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 -msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add" -" related products or services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 -msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 -msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 -msgid "" -"When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the" -" suggested products to the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on " -"any of the little carts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or " -"pay to confirm the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales" -" order, letting the salesperson see it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 -msgid "Use quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time " -"by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a " -"complete quotation in no time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 -msgid "Create your first template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to" -" select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for" -" the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 -msgid "" -"On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " -"in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration " -"and can be alterated by customer pricelists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 -msgid "Edit your template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept " -"or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and " -"products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be brought to the " -"quotation editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 -msgid "" -"This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building" -" blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated" -" to each product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The description set for the products will be used in all quotations " -"templates containing those products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 -msgid "Use a quotation template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 -msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 -msgid "Confirm the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital " -"signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 -msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " -"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " -"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" -" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " -"quotation, sales order and invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 -msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Default Terms & Conditions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " -"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 -msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 -msgid "" -"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" -" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " -"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" -" attachment for all quotation emails sent." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/website.po deleted file mode 100644 index 61ca9d7cc..000000000 --- a/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1382 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:16+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (Germany) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de_DE/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de_DE\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 -msgid "" -"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" -" you don't have any." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " -"ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " -"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " -"Documentation. " -"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " -"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " -"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 -msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " -"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " -"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " -"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" -" your Client ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 -msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:6 -msgid "How is SEO handled in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" -" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " -"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load faster, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, your website should have a " -"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website Builder is probably the most SEO-ready CMS out there. We " -"consider SEO a top priority. To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce " -"users have a great SEO, Odoo abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO" -" and handles everything for you, in the best possible way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:23 -msgid "Page speed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:26 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for Google. A faster " -"website not only improves your visitor's experience, but Google gives you a " -"better page ranking if your page loads faster than your competitors. Some " -"studies have shown that, if you divide the time to load your pages by two " -"(e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor abandonment rate is also " -"divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to load a page could `cost " -"$1.6b to Amazon in sales <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-" -"could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " -"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " -"your website ranks using these two tools:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:44 -msgid "" -"`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:46 -msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:49 -msgid "Static resources: CSS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:51 -msgid "" -"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server side and browser side). The result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:54 -msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:56 -msgid "" -"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " -"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " -"resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 -msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo 9 is bootstrap 3. Although" -" a theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, so you can modify CSS rules, " -"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " -"file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:79 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:121 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:80 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:122 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:78 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:84 -msgid "" -"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blog, theme, etc.) Having several" -" CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the performance " -"because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel resulting in " -"lots of files that are loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a file" -" is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small files " -"like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more on the " -"number of requests to be done than the actual file size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:94 -msgid "" -"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " -"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " -"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " -"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " -"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:100 -msgid "" -"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " -"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " -"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " -"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " -"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " -"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " -"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" -" backend (/web)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer 8. But most " -"themes fit below this limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:114 -msgid "" -"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " -"is minified to reduce its size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120 -msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120 -msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored on the server side (so we do not have to " -"pre-process, concatenate, minify at every request) and the browser side (so " -"the same visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages he will visit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you are in debug mode, the CSS resources are neither concatenated nor " -"minified. That way, it's easier to debug (but it's much slower)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:140 -msgid "Static resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:142 -msgid "" -"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server side and browser side)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 -msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 -msgid "" -"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, …)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:150 -msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (bootstrap)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 -msgid "" -"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" -" employees using Odoo)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Most visitors to your website will only need the first two bundles, " -"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " -"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " -"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 -msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:168 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:170 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images using the website builder, Odoo automatically " -"compresses them to reduce their sizes. (lossless compression for .PNG and " -".GIF and lossy compression for .JPG)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:195 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:200 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 -msgid "CDN" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 -msgid "" -"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " -"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" -" Network has three advantages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" -" around the globe)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " -"server)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " -"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " -"domain)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 -msgid "" -"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" -" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:232 -msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:234 -msgid "" -"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " -"server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:237 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " -"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using bootstrap and the HTML editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241 -msgid "" -"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " -"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " -"following code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 -msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:247 -msgid "" -"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " -"code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 -msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:253 -msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 -msgid "" -"As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in" -" Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render " -"efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile phone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 -msgid "" -"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have " -"mobile friendly themes, but some specific modules or pages are not designed " -"to be mobile friendly as they all have their own CSS frameworks)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270 -msgid "Browser caching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 -msgid "" -"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " -"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " -"your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 -msgid "" -"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " -"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 -msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:289 -msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' " -"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " -"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 -msgid "" -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296 -msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo" -" CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303 -msgid "URLs handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:306 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:308 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:316 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:318 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if " -"the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, " -"but you can set another language as the main one). Thus, the English version" -" of this page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:324 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This" -" name can not be customized to avoid conflicts in different URLs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:338 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:341 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "" -"This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle " -"efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:357 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359 -msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 -msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:363 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:367 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370 -msgid "" -"Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although" -" most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not " -"always been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:385 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:391 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:393 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still works for links coming from external website. (with a 301 " -"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:399 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:401 -msgid "" -"As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL" -" websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on " -"HTTPS. If the visitor accesses your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets" -" a 301 redirect to its HTTPS equivalent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:407 -msgid "Links: nofollow strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how " -"your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is " -"linked from external and quality websites, the better is it for your SEO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "" -"Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", " -"which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 -msgid "" -"Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:428 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:433 -msgid "Multi-language support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 -msgid "Multi-language URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:438 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:441 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = " -"default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450 -msgid "Language annotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first " -"URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> " -"section of the English version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the other versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:460 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:462 -msgid "" -"Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose" -" the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since" -" it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same " -"content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 -msgid "Language detection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to his browser language preference: (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478 -msgid "" -"Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time " -"visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current " -"language to avoid any redirection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:482 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:492 -msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:494 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ``<title>``, ``<description>`` and " -"``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search " -"engines to rank and categorize your website according to a specific search " -"query. So, it is important to have titles and keywords in line with what " -"people search in Google." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:500 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your " -"website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website " -"builder. This tool will contact Google to give you information about your " -"keywords and do the matching with titles and contents in your page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:509 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 -msgid "" -"In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your" -" content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo " -"provides a page that allows you to quickly scan the meta tags of all your " -"blog posts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 -msgid "" -"This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged " -"in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:526 -msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528 -msgid "" -"Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For " -"performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:531 -msgid "" -"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " -"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " -"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " -"chunks per file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:537 -msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:539 -msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:541 -msgid "" -"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " -"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 -msgid "" -"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" -" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" -" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized. (16 is the default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553 -msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 -msgid "" -"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " -"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them to understand your content and create well-" -"presented search results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 -msgid "" -"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " -"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:563 -msgid "" -"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " -"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " -"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:573 -msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:575 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its " -"content is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:578 -msgid "User-agent: \\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 -msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 -msgid "Content is king" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585 -msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your contents on your website:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:588 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" -" Odoo.com landing pages)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:604 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:609 -msgid "Social Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 -msgid "Twitter Cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:614 -msgid "" -"Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next " -"version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:620 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All " -"you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the" -" **Website Admin** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 -msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " -"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " -"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " -"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " -"domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " -"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " -"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " -"This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 -msgid "" -"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " -"www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." -" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " -"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 -msgid "" -"To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider such as " -"CloudFlare.com." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " -"possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" -" many different languages as you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " -"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " -"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " -"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " -"install anything, and follow the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " -"**Add a language**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " -"click on **Load.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " -"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " -"some of the text has been translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " -"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "" -"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" -" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " -"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " -"ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " -"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " -"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " -"automatically." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 75168005d..6cee8afd6 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -1,15 +1,18 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 15:29+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2018\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -18,6 +21,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../applications.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications.rst:3 msgid "Applications" msgstr "Solicitudes" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2cbcf4020..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1266 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2018 -# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo <l92hunaf@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Julián Andrés Osorio López <mcjulian1107@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Cris Martin <cristina.marrod@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2020 -# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "CRM" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "Adquiere leads" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 -msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "Convierte iniciativas en oportunidades" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM" -" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can " -"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 -msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "Convierte un lead en una oportunidad" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "Genera leads/oportunidades desde emails" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" -" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 -msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "Configurar seudónimos de correo" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " -"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" -" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "Genera leads/oportunidades desde la página web de contacto" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" -" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 -msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "Usa el contáctanos en tu página web" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 -msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "Primero debes ir a la página web de tu aplicación" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 -msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " -"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " -"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 -msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "Crea una forma de contacto customizada" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " -"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " -"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " -"Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "" -"Necesitarás el módulo gratuito * Form Builder *, solo disponible en Odoo " -"Enterprise." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 -msgid "" -"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," -" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " -"fields you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " -"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " -"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 -msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "Genera leads en vez de oportunidades" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " -"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " -"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 -msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "Envía presupuestos" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " -"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 -msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "Crea un nuevo presupuesto" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " -"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " -"*Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "" -"Encontrarás todos tus presupuestos a esa oportunidad específica bajo el menú" -" *Presupuestos* en esa página." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 -msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "Márcalos como ganados/perdidos" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " -"process along." -msgstr "" -"Ahora necesitarás marcar tu oportunidad como ganada o perdida para avanzar " -"en el proceso" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " -"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "" -"Si las marcas como ganadas, se moverán a tu columna *Ganadas* en tu vista " -"Kanban. Si las marcas como *Perdidas* serán archivadas." - -#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "Optimiza tu trabajo diario" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "Sincroniza tu calendario Google con Odoo" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " -"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " -"directions)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo está perfectamente integrado con el calendario de Google así que puedes" -" ver y administrar tus reuniones con ambas plataformas (las actualizaciones " -"van a ambas direcciones)." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 -msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "Configuración en Google" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" -"Ve a la Plataforma de APIs de Google " -"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__ para generar las credenciales " -"para la API de Google Calendar. Accede con tu cuenta de Google." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 -msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "Ve a la página API & Servicios." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "Busca por *Calendario API Google* y selecciónalo." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Activa el API" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " -"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." -msgstr "" -"Selecciona o crea un proyecto API para almacenar las credenciales si es que " -"no lo hizo previamente. Nómbralo con un título específico (Ej. Odoo Sync)." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 -msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "Crea Credenciales" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" -"Selecciona *Web browser (Javascript)* como fuente de llamada y *User data* " -"como tipo de data." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " -"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " -"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " -"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " -"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" -" in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" -" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "Configuración en Odoo" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " -"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" -" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " -"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " -"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" -" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 -msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "¡A partir de ahora ya no tienes excusas para perderte una reunión!" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 -msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introducción" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" -" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " -"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " -"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " -"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " -"configuration procedure below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." -msgstr "Ir a Aplicaciones e instalar el módulo **VoIP OnSIP**." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " -"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " -"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " -"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 -msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 -msgid "**Mode** should be Production" -msgstr "**Modo** debe ser Producción" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " -"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 -msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 -msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 -msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 -msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can find all this information by logging in at " -"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " -"and refer to the fields as pictured below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " -"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" -" Odoo and in OnSIP)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " -"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 -msgid "" -"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" -" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " -"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " -"international prefix for the United States)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " -"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 -msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " -"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" -" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " -"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 -msgid "" -"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " -"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." -" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " -"then have to configure it as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 -msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 -msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 -msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 -msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 -msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " -"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " -"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " -"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" -" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " -"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" -"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" -" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "Instalar el servidor Asterisk" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 -msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "Dependencias" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" -msgstr "" -"Antes de instalar Asterisk es necesario instalar las siguientes " -"dependencias:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 -msgid "wget" -msgstr "wget" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 -msgid "gcc" -msgstr "gcc" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 -msgid "g++" -msgstr "g++" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 -msgid "ncurses-devel" -msgstr "ncurses-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 -msgid "libxml2-devel" -msgstr "libxml2-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 -msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "sqlite-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 -msgid "libsrtp-devel" -msgstr "libsrtp-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 -msgid "libuuid-devel" -msgstr "libuuid-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 -msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "openssl-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 -msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "pkg-config" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 -msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "Para instalar libsrtp, siga las siguientes instrucciones:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " -"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " -"extracted:" -msgstr "" -"También necesita instalar PJSIP, puede descargar el recurso aquí " -"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Una vez el directorio recurso es " -"extraído:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "**Cambia a directorio proyecto pj recurso:**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 -msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "**ejecutar:**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 -msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "** Construye y instale proyectopj:**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 -msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "**Actualizar enlaces compartidas de biblioteca**." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 -msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "verifique que el proyecto pj está instalado." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 -msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "** Wl resultado debe ser**." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "Asterisco" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " -"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" -"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar Asterisk 13.7.0, puede descargar la fuente directamente `aqui " -"<http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" -"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "extracto del Asterisco:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" -msgstr "introduzca el directorio Asterisco." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 -msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "Ejecutar el script configuración Asterisco." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 -msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "Ejecute la herramienta asterisco menú selección " - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 -msgid "" -"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " -"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " -"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " -"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." -msgstr "" -"En el menú selección, ir a la opción de recursos y asegurar que el res-srtp " -"está inhabilitado. Si hay 3x´s junto a res-srtp, hay un problema con la " -"biblioteca srtp y debes reinstalarlo. Guardar la configuración (presionar " -"x). Debe también ver las estrellas delante de las lineas res-pjsip." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 -msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "Compilar e instalar Asterisk." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " -"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " -"run 'make config'." -msgstr "" -"Si necesita el ejemplo de configuración puede ejecutar 'realizar ejemplos' " -"para instalar la configuración de ejemplos. Si necesita instalar el script " -"de inicio del asterisco puede ejecutar 'make config'." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 -msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "Certificados DTLS" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 -msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "Después necesita ajustar los certificados DTLS." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "Introduzca el directorio de scripts del asterisco:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" -" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" -msgstr "" -"Crear los certtificados DTLS ( reemplazar pbx.mycompany.com con su dirección" -" ip o nombre dns, reemplaza MY Super Company con su nombre de compañia):" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 -msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "Configurar el servidor Asterisco" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 -msgid "" -"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " -"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " -"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" -" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " -"uncommented:" -msgstr "" -"Para WebRTC, muchas configuraciónes obligatórias deben hacerse en el " -"apartado \"peer settings\", por que, en occasiónes contrario a lo necesario," -" configuraciónes en el apartado \"global settings\" no se populan bien al " -"\"peer setting\". Por defecto, archivos de configuracion Asterisk estan " -"ubicados en /etc/asterisk/. Se recomienda empezar por editar http.conf y " -"asegurarse que las siguientes lineas estan descommentadas:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " -"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " -"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " -"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " -"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" -msgstr "" -"Luego, editar sip.conf. El \"WebRTC\" peer requiere de \"encryption\", " -"\"avpf\", y \"icesupport\" para habilitarlo. En la mayoría de casos, " -"\"directmedia\" debe estar deshabilitado. Tambien en el cliente WebRTC, el " -"transporte debe figurar como \"ws\" para permitir conexiones de websocket. " -"Todas estas lineas de configuración debenerian estar bajo el mismo peer; " -"configurarlos globalmente probablemente no funciona:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 -msgid "" -"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " -"lines:" -msgstr "" -"En los archivos sip.conf y rtp.conf, es necesario tambien agregar o " -"descomentar las lineas:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 -msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" -msgstr "por último ajustar extensiones.conf: " - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 -msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "Configure Odoo VOIP." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 -msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "" -"En Odoo, la configuración debe ser hecha en las preferencias del usuario." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 -msgid "" -"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" -" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" -" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " -"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" -" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." -msgstr "" -"La \"SIP Login/Browser´s Extension\" es el número que se configuró " -"anteriormente en el archivo sip.conf. En nuestro ejemplo: 1060. El \"SIP " -"Password\" es la clave que se estableció en el archivo sip.conf. La " -"extensión de su teléfono de oficina no es un campo requerido, pero se usa " -"cuando quiere transferir una llamada desde Odoo a su extensión física, la " -"cual tambien ha sido configurada en el achrivo sip.conf." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 -msgid "" -"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " -"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " -"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " -"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " -"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." -msgstr "" -"La configuración tambien se deberia hacer en los ajustes de venta bajo el " -"menu \"Configuración PBX\". Debe colocar la IP configurada dentro del " -"archivo http.conf y el WebSocket deberia ser: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. La " -"parte \"127.0.0.1\" debe ser la misma IP definida previamente y el \"8088\" " -"es el puerto que definió en el archivo http.conf." - -#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "Analizar el rendimiento" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 -msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" -" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " -"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " -"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 -msgid "Configure your kanban stages" -msgstr "Configura tus etapas en el kanban" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " -"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" -" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" -" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " -"more accurate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" -" you can modify them manually of course." -msgstr "" -"Cada una de sus oportunidades tendrá la probabilidad establecida por " -"defecto, pero puede modificarlas manualmente." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 -msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" -msgstr "Fija tu oportunidad esperada fecha de ingreso y cierre" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " -"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" -" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 -msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" -msgstr "Ver las oportunidades vencidas o que se cierran pronto" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " -"closing, letting you prioritize." -msgstr "" -"En su flujo del CRM, puede filtrar oportunidades según la rapidez con la que" -" se cerrarán, lo cual le permitirá establecer prioridades." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 -msgid "" -"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " -"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " -"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." -msgstr "" -"Como gerente de ventas, esta herramienta también te puede ayudar a mejorar " -"tu proceso de venta. Por ejemplo, tener muchas oportunidades en etapas " -"inciales con fechas de cierre cercanas puede indicar un problema." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 -msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" -msgstr "Ve tus ingresos totales esperados y rotación esperada" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 -msgid "" -"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " -"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." -msgstr "" -"En tu vista Kanban, puedes ver los ingresos esperados para cada una de tus " -"etapas. Esto es basado en cada oportunidad ingresos esperados que fijas" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " -"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " -"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " -"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " -"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 -msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "Revisa tu Ratio Ganancia/Pérdida" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " -"Win/Loss ratio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" -" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " -"on filter and check Won/Lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 -msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "También puedes cambiar las *medidas* a *Ingresos Totales*" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 -msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "También tienes la habilidad de cambiar a vista gráfico de pie." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "Organice la fuente de información" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "Administra oportunidades perdidas" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" -" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " -"can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "" -"Al trabajar con tus oportunidades, puedes perder algunas de ellas. Vas a " -"querer controlar las razones por las que lo perdiste y también qué caminos " -"Odoo puede tomar para ayudarte a recuperarlo en el futuro." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 -msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "Marca un lead como perdido" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " -"*Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " -"there." -msgstr "" -"Puedes luego seleccionar una existente *Razon Perdida* o crear una nueva ahí" -" mismo." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 -msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "Administra y crea razones perdidas" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "" -"Puede seleccionar y cambiar el nombre de cualquiera de ellos, así como crear" -" uno nuevo desde allí." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 -msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "Recuperar las oportunidades perdidas" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" -" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 -msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "Luego verás todas tus oportunidades perdidas." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " -"Reason*." -msgstr "" -"Si quieres refinarlas aún más, puedes añadir un filtro en la *Razón " -"Perdida*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 -msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." -msgstr "Por ejemplo, * Demasiado costoso*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 -msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "Restablecer las oportunidades perdidas" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " -"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " -"clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" -" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " -"also archive the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 -msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "" -"Para seleccionar oportunidades específicas, debe cambiar a la vista lista." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " -"want to take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 -msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "Maneja varios equipos de ventas" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " -"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "Crear un nuevo canal de ventas" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 -msgid "" -"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " -"address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 -msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "Añade miembros a tu canal de ventas" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " -"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " -"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," -" you can only be a member of one channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 -msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " -"all of its opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "Tablero Canal de Ventas" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " -"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " -"*Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" -" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "Asignar y rastrear iniciativas" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "Asignar oportunidades basadas en puntuación" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" -" criterias." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " -"that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " -"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "Crear reglas de puntaje" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" -" can manage your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " -"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " -"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "" -"Cada hora, cada oportunidad sin puntaje se escaneará automáticamente y se le" -" asignará su puntaje correcto de acuerdo con sus reglas de puntuación." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 -msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "Asignar iniciativas" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " -"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " -"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " -"This domain can include scores." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " -"more refined domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " -"Assignation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "Evaluar & usar las iniciativas no asignadas" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " -"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " -"useful to do something with them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "" -"En tu página de iniciativas puedes poner un filtro para encontrar tus " -"clientes potenciales no asignados." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " -"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" -" unassigned leads from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 -msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "Rastrea las visitas de tus prospectos" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " -"interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "" -"Rastrear las páginas de tu sitio web te dará mucha más información sobre los" -" intereses de los visitantes de tu sitio web." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " -"they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " -"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 -msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "Rastrea una página web" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " -"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "" -"Vaya a cualquier página estática que desee rastrear en su sitio web y en la " -"pestaña * Promocionar * encontrará * Optimizar SEO *" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 -msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "" -"Allí verá una casilla de verificación *Rastrear página* para seguir esta " -"página." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 -msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "Ver páginas visitadas en tus iniciativas/ oportunidades" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " -"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " -"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " -"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"Ahora, cada vez que se crea un cliente potencial desde el formulario de " -"contacto, realizará un seguimiento de las páginas visitadas por ese " -"visitante. Tiene dos formas de ver esas páginas, en la esquina superior " -"derecha de su cliente potencial / oportunidad puede ver un botón * Vistas de" -" página *, pero también más abajo las verá en la charla." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " -"pages." -msgstr "" -"Ambos se actualizarán si los visitantes vuelven a su sitio web y visitan más" -" páginas." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " -"chatter." -msgstr "" -"La función no repetirá múltiples visualizaciones de las mismas páginas en la" -" conversación." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 -msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "¡Tus clientes ya no podrán ocultarte ningún secreto!" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po deleted file mode 100644 index 948d3411a..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,866 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Antonio Trueba, 2018 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "Administración base de datos en línea" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " -"click on the `Manage Your Databases " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" -" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " -"database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 -msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "Hay varias acciones disponibles:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " -"features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " -"flows without compromising your daily operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "Cambie el nombre de su base de datos (y su URL)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "**Backup**" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " -"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 -msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "Eliminar una base de datos instantáneamente" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "Contactar Soporte" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " -"database already selected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Actualizar" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " -"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" -" the process before upgrading your production database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " -"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " -"experience." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " -"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " -"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" -" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " -"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " -"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " -"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " -"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " -"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " -"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 -msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 -msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " -"database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " -"same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " -"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 -msgid "" -"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " -"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 -msgid "" -"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " -"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " -"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " -"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " -"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" -" and asking another request will not be possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " -"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " -"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " -"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " -"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " -"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " -"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" -" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " -"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " -"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " -"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " -"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" -" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " -"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " -"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " -"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " -"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " -"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" -" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " -"the process is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " -"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " -"migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "Duplicando una base de datos" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " -"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " -"database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 -msgid "" -"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " -"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" -" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" -"Si quiere duplicar en la línea de la base de datos, tendrá algunos botones. " -"Para duplicar su base de datos, solo de clic en **Duplicar**. Tendrá que " -"darle un nombre a su duplicado, luego de clic en **Duplicar Base de Datos**." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 -msgid "" -"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" -" database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "Los correos electrónicos fueron enviados" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " -"example)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "Órdenes de envio (proveedores de envio) fueron enviadas" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "Etc." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 -msgid "" -"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " -"behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " -"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" -"Después de unos segundos, podrás iniciar sesión en tu base de datos " -"duplicada. Observe que la dirección URL utiliza el nombre que elijo para su " -"base de datos duplicada." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "" -"Las bases de datos duplicadas expiran automaticamente después de 15 días." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187 -msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "Renombrar una Base de datos" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189 -msgid "" -"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " -"want to rename, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " -"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200 -msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "Borrar una Base de datos" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204 -msgid "" -"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " -"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " -"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " -"backup may be several hours old at that point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210 -msgid "" -"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " -"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217 -msgid "" -"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " -"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227 -msgid "" -"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " -"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233 -msgid "" -"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "Registrar una Base de datos" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " -"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" -" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" -" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" -"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " -"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "Mensaje de Error de Registración" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " -"message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "Soluciones" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "¿Tiene una suscripción Enterprise válida?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" -" Manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " -"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " -"database\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " -"as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "¿Tiene la versión de Odoo 9 actualizada?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 -msgid "" -"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " -"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" -"A partír de Julio de 2016 en adelante, Odoo 0 cambiara el uuid de una base " -"dedatos duplicada automaticamente; una operación manual ya no es necesaria." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." -" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " -"specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " -"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " -"<duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "" -"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " -"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " -"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 -msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" -" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " -"outgoing connections towards:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 -msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 -msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " -"Update notification runs once a week." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 -msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" -" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 -msgid "" -"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " -"countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " -"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115 -msgid "or" -msgstr "o" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 -msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com " -"/documentation/user/12.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " -"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " -"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," -" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " -"message disappear right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "Mensaje de Error Base de datos expirada" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " -"subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139 -msgid "" -"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" -" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " -"database is expired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " -"that" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 -msgid "" -"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " -"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " -"card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149 -msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "Contacta nuestro `Soporte <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151 -msgid "" -"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "Duplicar una base de datos" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 -msgid "" -"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " -"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " -"duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" -"Puede duplicar su base de datos ingresando a la base de datos del " -"administrador en su servidor (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). En esta " -"página, puede fácilmente duplicar su base de datos (entre otras cosas)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170 -msgid "" -"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " -"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " -"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " -"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " -"registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" -"Cuando duplique una base de datos local, se recomienda **fuertemente** " -"cambiar los uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier) de las bases de datos " -"duplicadas, desde que el uuid es como su base de datos se identifica a si " -"misma con otros servidores. Teniendo dos bases de datos con el mismo uuid " -"podría resultar en problemas de facturación o problemas de registro bajo la " -"línea." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " -"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " -"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" -" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " -"by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" -"El uuid de la base de datos es actualmente accesible desde el menú **Ajustes" -" > Técnicos > Parámetros del Sistema**, recomendamos usar un `generador uuid" -" <https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or usar el comando unix ``uuidgen`` para" -" generar un nuevo uuid. Puede luego simplemente reemplazarlo como cualquier " -"otro registro dando clic en el y usando el botón editar." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "Usuarios y Funcionalidades" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" -"Como administrador de tu base de datos, tu eres el responsable de su uso. " -"Esto incluye las Aplicaciones que instalas así como el número de usuarios " -"que se utilizan." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo son muchas cosas (ERP, CMS, aplicación CRM, comercio electrónico, etc.)" -" pero *no* un smartphone. Debe tomar precauciones al añadir/eliminar " -"características (especialmente Aplicaciones) en tu base de datos debido a " -"que esto puede impactar en el monto de la suscripción siginficativamente (o " -"cambiarte de una cuenta gratuita a una de paga en plataforma en línea)." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " -"installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"Si tienes preguntas sobre el contenido de esta página o si encuentras un " -"problema al realizar estos procesos, por favor contactanos por el " -"`formulario de soporte <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "Desactivar Usuarios" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese que tiene los suficientes **permisos administrativos** si quieres " -"cambiar el estatus de cualquiera de tus usuarios." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " -"rights.**" -msgstr "" -"En tu instancia de Odoo, da click en **Configuración**.Tendrás una sección " -"mostrando los usuarios activos en la base de datos. Da click en " -"**Administrar permisos de acceso.**" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|ajustes|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|buscar_usuarios|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "Luego verá la lista de sus usuarios." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" -"El filtro pre-seleccionado *Usuarios Internos* muestra sus usuarios " -"pagadores (diferentes del *Portal de Usuarios* los cuales son gratis). Si " -"remueve este filtro, obtendrá todos sus usuarios (de los que paga y los del " -"portal)" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " -"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" -" to **Inactive** immediately." -msgstr "" -"En su lista de usuarios, de clic en el usuario que quiere desactivar. Tan " -"pronto como este en el formulario del usuario, vaya con el cursor del ratón " -"al estado **Activar** (parte superior). De clic en Activar y notará que el " -"estado cambiará a **Inactivo** inmediatamente." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "El usuario ahora esta desactivado." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "**Nunca** desactive al usuario principal (*admin*)" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "Desinstalar Aplicaciones" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" -"En su instancia de Odoo de clic en **Ajustes**; en esta aplicación, podrá " -"ver cuántas aplicaciones ha instalado. De clic en **Buscar Aplicaciones** " -"para acceder a la lista de sus aplicaciones instaladas." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|buscar_aplicaciones|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" -"En su tablero de aplicaciones, verá todos los ícones de sus aplicaciones. De" -" clic en la aplicación que quiere desinstalar. Luego, en el formulario de la" -" aplicación, de clic en **Desinstalar**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Algunas aplicaciones tienen dependencias, como facturación, comercio " -"electrónico, etc. Por lo tanto, el sistema le dará un mensaje de alerta para" -" advertirle de lo que esta a punto de ser removido. Si desinstala su " -"aplicación, todas sus dependencias también serán desinstaladas (y la " -"información en ellas desaparecerá permanentemente). Si esta seguro que igual" -" quiere desinstalarla, de clic en **Confirmar**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Por último, después de haber revisado el mensaje de alerta (si hay), de clic" -" en **Confirmar**" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "Ha terminado de desinstalar su aplicación." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "Bueno saber" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" -"**Desinstalar aplicaciones, administrar usuarios, etc. es su decisión**: " -"nadie mejor que Ud. puede saber si el flujo de su negocio esta roto. Si " -"nosotros desinstalaramos aplicaciones por Ud, nunca podríamos decir si " -"información importante ha sido removida o si uno de los flujos de su negocio" -" se rompió porque nosotros *no sabemos como Ud. trabaja* y por lo tanto, no " -"podemos validar estos tipos de operaciones." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" -"**Las aplicaciones de Odoo tienen dependencias**: esto significa que puede " -"necesitar instalar módulos que no usa activamente para acceder a algunas " -"funciones de Odoo que podría necesitar. Por ejemplo, se requiere de la " -"aplicación Constructor de Página Web para poder mostrar a su cliente sus " -"Cotizaciones en una página web. Aún así podría no necesitar o usar la Página" -" Web en si misma, si es necesaria para la función de Cotizaciones En Línea " -"para trabajar apropiadamente." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" -"**Siempre pruebe la instalación/eliminación de aplicaciones en un " -"duplicado** (o en una base de datos de prueba gratis): de esta forma puede " -"saber que otras aplicaciones pueden ser requeridas, etc. Esto evitará " -"sorpresas cuando desinstale o cuando reciba sus facturas." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8ebd1fd70..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,842 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo <l92hunaf@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Alonso Muñoz <Alonso.munoz.91@outlook.com>, 2020 -# Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "Debates" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" -"Cómo usar mi servidor de correo para enviar y recibir correos electrónicos " -"en Odoo" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" -" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " -"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " -"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " -"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " -"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " -"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " -"reputation yourself." -msgstr "" -"Si nadie en tu compañía esta acostumbrado a administrar servidores de " -"correo, te recomendamos fuertemente optes por las soluciones de alojamiento " -"de Odoo. Su sistema de correo funciona instantáneamente y es monitoreada por" -" profesionales. Sin embargo aun puedes utilizar tu propio servidor de correo" -" si quieres administrar su reputación tu mismo." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " -"own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Abajo encontraras información útil en como integrar tu propia solución de " -"correo con Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "Cómo administrar mensajes de correo salientes" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " -"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " -"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" -"Como administrador de sistema , ve a :menuselection:`Settings --> Ajustes " -"Generales` y marca *Servidor externo de correo*. Después, has clic en " -"*Servidor de correo saliente* para crear uno e ingresa la información SMTP " -"de tu servidor de correo. Una vez que toda la información sea llenada has " -"clic en \"Probar conexión\"." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "Esta es una configuración típica del servidor G Suite." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "Después establece tu nombre de dominio en Ajustes Generales." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "¿Puedo usar un servidor de Office 365?" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" -" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "" -"Puedes utilizar un servidor Office 365 si usas Odoo Local. Los repetidores " -"SMTP de Office 365 no son compatibles con Odoo en linea." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" -" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" -"Favor de acudir a la documentación de Microsoft,<https://support.office.com" -"/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__  para " -"configurar un repetidor SMTP para tu dirección IP de Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "Cómo usar un servidor de G Suite" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " -"`Google documentation " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -msgstr "" -"Puedes utilizar un servidor G Suite para cualquier tipo de alojamiento de " -"Odoo. Para hacerlo necesitas configurar un servicio de repetidor SMTP. Los " -"pasos para configurarlo estas explicados en la documentación de Google, " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "Cumplir con SPF" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" -" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " -"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" -"En caso de que uses SPF (Sender Policy Framework) para incrementar la " -"entrega de tus correos salientes, no olvides autorizar a Odoo como un emisor" -" en la configuración de tu nombre de dominio. Aqui esta la configuracion " -"para Odoo Online:" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " -"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" -"Si ningún registro TXT es establecido para el SPF , crea uno con la " -"siguiente definición v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." -" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " -"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" -"En caso de que un registro TXT de SPF ya este en uso, agregar " -"\"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g. para un nombre de dominio que envia correos " -"vía Odoo Online y vía G Suite podría ser: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com " -"include:_spf.google.com ~all" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" -"Encuentra aquí <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ el procedimiento " -"exacto para crear o modificar un registro TXT en tu propio dominio." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" -"Tu nuevo registro SPF puede tomar hasta 84 horas para entrar en efecto, pero" -" usualmente pasa más rápido. " - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Agregar mas de un registro SPF en tu dominio puede causar problemas en la " -"entrega de tus correos o en la clasificación del spam. En lugar de eso " -"recomendamos que se utiliza solo un registro modificandolo para autorizar " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "Permitir DKIM" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "" -"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " -"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " -"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " -"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" -"Debe hacer lo mismo si DKIM (Correo identificado con claves de dominio) está" -" habilitado en su servidor de correo electrónico. En el caso de Odoo Online " -"& Odoo.sh, debe agregar un registro CNAME DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" a " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". Por ejemplo, para \"foo.com\" deben tener un " -"registro \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" que sea un CNAME con el valor " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "¿Cómo administrar los mensajes de correo entrantes?" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" -"Odoo se basa en pseudónimos de correo electrónico genéricos para recuperar " -"los mensajes entrantes." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" -"**Los mensajes de respuesta** de los mensajes enviados desde Odoo se enrutan" -" a su hilo de discusión original (y a la bandeja de entrada de todos sus " -"seguidores) mediante el alias de catchall (**catchall @**)." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." -msgstr "" -"**Los mensajes rebotados * se enrutan a **bounce@** para rastrearlos en " -"Odoo. Esto se utiliza especialmente en `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ para excluir a los " -"destinatarios no válidos." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" -"**Mensajes originales**: varios objetos comerciales tienen su propio alias " -"para crear nuevos registros en Odoo a partir de correos electrónicos " -"entrantes:" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Canal de ventas (para crear prospectos u oportunidades en `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Canal de soporte (para crear Tickets en `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" -"/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Proyectos (para crear nuevas Tareas en `Odoo Project " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Puestos de trabajo (para crear candidatos en `Odoo Reclutamiento " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "etc." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" -"Dependiendo de su servidor de correo, puede haber varios métodos para buscar" -" correos electrónicos. El método más fácil y recomendado es administrar una " -"dirección de correo electrónico por alias de Odoo en su servidor de correo." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Cree las direcciones de correo electrónico correspondientes en su servidor " -"de correo (catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "Establezca su nombre de dominio en la Configuración general." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " -"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " -"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " -"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " -"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" -"Si usa Odoo en las instalaciones, cree un *Servidor de correo entrante* en " -"Odoo para cada alias. También puede hacerlo desde la Configuración general. " -"Complete el formulario de acuerdo con la configuración de su proveedor de " -"correo electrónico. Deje *Acciones para realizar en correos entrantes* en " -"blanco. Una vez completada toda la información, haga clic en *PROBAR Y " -"CONFIRMAR*." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " -"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " -"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " -"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " -"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " -"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" -"Si usa Odoo Online u Odoo.sh, recomendamos redirigir los mensajes entrantes " -"al nombre de dominio de Odoo en lugar de usar exclusivamente su propio " -"servidor de correo electrónico. De esa forma, recibirá los mensajes " -"entrantes sin demora. De hecho, Odoo Online está obteniendo mensajes " -"entrantes de servidores externos solo una vez por hora. Debe establecer " -"redirecciones para todas las direcciones de correo electrónico al nombre de " -"dominio de Odoo en su servidor de correo electrónico (por ejemplo, " -"*catchall@mydomain.ext* a *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " -"Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "Cómo seguir el feed de Twitter desde Odoo" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." -msgstr "" -"Puede seguir hashtags específicos en Twitter y ver los tweets dentro de los " -"canales de discusión de Odoo de su elección. Los tweets se recuperan " -"periódicamente de Twitter. Un usuario autenticado puede retuitear los " -"mensajes." - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "Configurar la aplicación desde Twitter" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "Nombre: Este es el nombre de la aplicación en Twitter" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." -msgstr "" -"No olvide aceptar los términos **Acuerdo de desarrollador* de uso y haga " -"clic en **Crea tu aplicación de Twitter** al final de la página." - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "Obtener la clave secreta de la API" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 -msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "" -"¿Cómo llamar la atención de otros usuarios en mis mensajes.Cómo llamar la " -"atención de otros usuarios en mis mensajes?" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." -msgstr "" -"Puede **mencionar** a un usuario en un canal o chat escribiendo **@nombre-" -"usuario**. Mencionando un usuario en el chat lo configurará como un seguidor" -" de ese ítem (si ya no lo están) y enviar un mensaje a su bandeja de " -"entrada. El ítem que contiene la mención también será resaltado en la vista " -"de lista. Mencionando un usuario en un canal enviará un mensaje a su bandeja" -" de entrada. No puede mencionar a un usuario en un canal que no esta " -"suscrito al canal. Escribiendo **#nombre-canal** proveerá un vinculo para " -"ser mencionado en el canal ya sea en un chat u otro canal." - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "Enviar mensajes directamente a un usuario" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." -msgstr "" -"Los **Mensajes Directos** son mensajes privados visibles solo por el emisor " -"y el receptor. Puede enviar mensajes directos a otros usuarios desde el " -"módulo Discutir creando una nueva conversación o seleccionando una existente" -" en la barra lateral. Los mensajes directos se pueden enviar desde cualquier" -" lugar en Odoo usando el ícono en forma de burbuja en la barra superior. El " -"estado en línea de otros usuarios se muestra a la izquierda de sus nombres. " -"Un **punto verde** indica que un usuario esta En Línea, un **punto naranja**" -" que están inactivos, y un **punto verde** que están desconectados." - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "Notificaciones de escritorio desde Discusión" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." -msgstr "" -"Puede elegir ver **notificaciones de escritorio** cuando reciba un nuevo " -"mensaje directo. La notificación le muestra el emisor y una breve vista " -"previa del contenido del mensaje. Estos pueden ser configurados o " -"deshabilitados dando clic en el ícono de engranaje en la esquina de la " -"notificación." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "Cómo responder en el trabajo gracias a mi bandeja de entrada de Odoo" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "Puedes vigilar tu ** Bandeja de entrada ** desde cualquier pantalla." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "¿Por qué usar Odoo Discuss?" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." -msgstr "" -"Odoo Discuss es una herramienta fácil de usar aplicación de mensajería para" -" los equipos que trae todas las comunicaciones de su empresa en un solo " -"lugar y se integra perfectamente con la plataforma Odoo. Discuss le permite " -"enviar y recibir mensajes desde donde se encuentre en Odoo además de " -"administrar sus mensajes y notificaciones fácilmente desde dentro de la " -"aplicación. Discuss permite crear canales ** ** para chats de equipo, las " -"conversaciones sobre proyectos, coordinación de reuniones, y más en una " -"sencilla interfaz de búsqueda " - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "Organízate planeando actividades" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." -msgstr "" -"La planificación de actividades es la manera perfecta de mantenerse al día " -"con su trabajo. Recuerde lo que debe hacer y programe sus próximas " -"actividades." - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." -msgstr "" -"Tus actividades están disponibles en cualquier lugar de Odoo. Es fácil " -"administrar sus prioridades." - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 -msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "Establece tus tipos de actividad" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "Programar reuniones" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "Programar una cadena de actividades a seguir" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." -msgstr "" -"Puede utilizar **canales** con el fin de organizar debates entre quipos " -"individuales, departamentos, proyectos, o cualquier otro grupo que requiere " -"comunicación regular. Al tener conversaciones que todos en los canales " -"pueden ver, es fácil mantener todo el equipo en el circulo con las últimas " -"novedades." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "In Discuss hay dos tipos de canales-**público y **privado**." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." -msgstr "" -"Un ** Canal público**solo puede ser creado por un administrador con " -"previlegios de escritos y puede ser visto por todos en la organización. Al " -"contrario, un **canal privado** puede ser creado por cualquier usuario y por" -" defecto es sólo visible para usuarios que han sido invitados al canal." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." -msgstr "" -"Un canal público se usa mejor cuando muchos empleados necesitan acceder a " -"la información ( tales como la comunicación inerdepartamental o anuncio de " -"la compañia), mientras el canal privado debe ser utilizado siempre que la " -"información debe ser limitada a unos usuarios / empleados específicos ( " -"tales como departamento específico o información personal o confidencial)." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." -msgstr "" -"Puede configurar el nombre del canal, descripción, derechos de acceso, " -"subscripción automática, y enviar correo electrónic a partir: seleción de " -"menú:# nombre - canal-> Ajustes`. El cambio de los derechos de acceso de " -"canal le permite controlar qué grupos pueden ver cada canal. Puede " -"visiblizar un canal para todos los usuarios, los usuarios invitados, o " -"usuarios dentro de un grupo de usuarios seleccionados. Cabe señalar que " -"permitir a \"Todos\" a seguir un canal privado les permiterá a otros " -"usuarios ver y unirse como si lo harían con un canal público. " - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." -msgstr "" -"Un canal se puede configurar como una lista de correo. Desde dentro: menú de" -" selección:`#nombre- canal--> Ajustes`, define el correo electrónico que " -"desea usar. Los usuarios pueden luego enviar al canal y elegir para recebir " -"notificaciones utilizando la direccion de correo electrónico definido. Un " -"icono de form de sobre aparecerá al lado del nombre del canal en la lista " -"para indicar que un canal envíará mensajes por correo electrónico." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." -msgstr "" -"Si usted no puede ver un canal en su panel, puede buscar la lista del ** " -"canal público** para localizar el canal correcto o crear un nuevo canal solo" -" tiene que pulsar el icono más." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." -msgstr "" -"Puede también pulsar los **CANALES** para buscar una lista de todos los " -"canales públicos. Esto permite al usuario manualmente ** unir** ** " -"abandonar** los canales público desde una única pantalla." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 -msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." -msgstr "" -"Es aconsejable buscar un canal antes de crear uno nuevo para asegurar que " -"las entradas duplicadas no están creada por el mismo tema. " - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" -msgstr "" -"La barra superior de búsqueda otorga acceso a la misma función integral de " -"búsqueda presente en el resto de Odoo. Puede aplicar múltiples **criterios " -"de filtro** y **guardar filtros** para uso posterior. La función de búsqueda" -" acepta comodines usando el carácter subrayado \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" para " -"representar un **carácter comodín singular.**" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 -msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." -msgstr "" -"Puede invitar a otros usuarios y añadir canales como seguidores. Añadir un " -"canal como un seguidor enviará mensajes publicados en el chat al canal con " -"un enlace de vuelta al documento original." - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2848e8bc5..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1673 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# José Vicente <txusev@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Kelly Quintero <kiutba@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Diego de cos <diegodecos@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "Comercio electrónico" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Empezar" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "Cómo customizar mi página de catálogo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Catálogo del producto" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" -"Todos tus artículos publicados aparecerán en tu página de catálogo (o página" -" de compra)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." -msgstr "" -"La mayoría de las opciones están disponibles en el menú de *Personalizar*: " -"atributos de la pantalla, categorías de la página, etc." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "Destacar un producto" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" -"Aumenta la visibilidad de tus productos estrella/promocionados: impúlsalos " -"hacia arriba, hazlos más grandes, añade una etiqueta que pueda editar " -"(venta, nuevo, etc.). Abre la página Tienda, cambia al modo Edición y haz " -"clic en cualquier elemento para comenzar a personalizar la cuadrícula." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" -"Vé cómo hacerlo: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "Añadir al carrito" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" -"Si tus clientes compran una gran cantidad de artículos a la vez, reduce el " -"tiempo de procesamiento de sus órdenes, permitiendo compras en la página del" -" catálogo. Para ello, agrega la descripción del producto y el botón de " -"agregar al carro. Activa las siguientes opciones en el menú *Personalizar*: " -"Descripción del producto, Añadir al carro, Vista de lista (para mostrar la " -"descripción del producto mejor)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "Cómo crear una página de un producto" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" -"En la página web haz clic en *Nueva Página* en la esquina superior derecha." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" -"Después haz clic en *Nuevo Producto* y sigue las sugerencias intermitentes." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "Aquí están los elementos principales de la página del producto:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" -"Muchos elementos se pueden hacer visibles desde el menú *Personalizar*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "" -"Ve cómo configurar tus productos desde los vínculos presentados abajo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "Administrar mis productos " - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "Cómo mostrar varias imágenes por producto" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" -"De forma predeterminada, la página web de su producto sólo muestra la imagen" -" principal de tu producto. Si quieres mostrar tus productos bajo varios " -"ángulos, puedes convertir la imagen en un carrusel." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Consulta *Varias imágenes por producto* en: selección de menú: " -"`Administrador Sitio Web -> Configuración -> Herramientas´." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" -"Abre un formulario de detalle del producto y carga imágenes desde la pestaña" -" *Imágenes*. Pulsa *Crear* en el modo de edición para obtener el asistente " -"de carga." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" -"Dicha imágen adicional es común para todas las variantes del producto (si " -"las hay)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "Cómo mostrar la disponibilidad de un producto" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " -"your customers." -msgstr "" -"La disponibilidad de tus productos se puede ver en la página web para " -"tranquilizar a tus clientes." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " -"an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" -"Para visualizar esto, abre la pestaña *Ventas* en el formulario de detalle " -"del producto y selecciona una opción en *Disponibilidad*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " -"delay, etc." -msgstr "" -"Un mensaje de advertencia personalizado puede ser cualquier cosa relacionada" -" con una salida de stock, retraso en la entrega, etc." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta no requiere la instalación de la aplicación de Inventario." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " -"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " -"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" -"Si un artículo ya no está disponible para la venta, despublícalo de tu sitio" -" web. Si se trata de una variante de producto particular, desactiva la " -"variante en el backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "Cómo gestionar variantes de productos " - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." -msgstr "" -"Las variantes de productos son usadas para ofrecer a sus clientes " -"variaciones del mismo producto en la página de productos, por ejemplo si el " -"cliente elige una camiseta y luego selecciona la talla y el color. En el " -"ejemplo mostrado a continuación, de las opciones disponibles, el cliente " -"elige un teléfono y luego selecciona la memoria, el color y el ancho de " -"banda Wi-Fi." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "Cómo crear atributos y variantes" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Activar *Los productos pueden tener varios atributos, definiendo variantes " -"(Ejemplo: tamaño, color,...)* en: menuselection:`Ventas--> Ajustes`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" -"Selecciona un producto de la lista de productos, ve a la pestaña *Variantes*" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" -"Agregue tantos atributos como necesite de 3 tipos diferentes: botones de " -"opción, menús desplegables o botones de color. Obtendrá distintas variantes " -"tan pronto como tenga 2 valores por 1 atributo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "Cómo editar variantes" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" -"Ve todas las variantes del formulario de detalle de la plantilla del " -"producto." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "Puedes editar los siguientes datos:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "Imagen (se actualizará en tiempo real en el sitio web)," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "Código de barra," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "Referencia interna (SKU #)," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "Volumen," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "Peso," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "Activo (disponible en citas y sitio web)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" -"Tanto el código de barras como la referencia interna son específicos de cada" -" variante. Es necesario rellenarlos una vez generadas las variantes." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." -msgstr "" -"También mire y edite todas las variantes de :menuselection;'Sales --> Sales " -"-->Product Variants'. Puede ser mas rápido si usted maneja muchas variantes." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "Cómo fijar precios específicos por variante" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" -"También puede configurar un precio publico específico por variante, al hacer" -" clic en \"Precios de las Variantes\" en el formulario de detalle del " -"producto (acción en la parte superior-izquierda)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" -"El \"Precio Extra\" es agregado al precio del producto cuando el valor del " -"atributo correspondiente es seleccionado" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" -"Las fórmulas en las listas de precios le permiten configurar métodos de " -"cálculos de precios avanzados para las variantes de los productos. Ver: " -"doc:'../maximzing_revenue/pricing'" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "Cómo desactivar/archivar variantes " - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" -"Se pueden deshabilitar variantes específicas para que no estén disponibles " -"en cotizaciones u otras secciones del sitio web (variantes no en existencia," -" obsoletos, etc.). Simplemente desmarque la casilla 'Activar' en el " -"formulario de detalle" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" -"Para recuperar ítems archivados, presione/haga clic en \"Archivado\" al " -"buscar en la lista de variantes. Las puede reactivar de la misma manera." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "Maximizar mis ganancias" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "Cómo vender accesorios y productos opcionales (venta cruzada)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" -msgstr "" -"Usted vende computadoras, por qué no estimular a sus clientes para que " -"compren una pantalla de primera categoría o adquieran extra garantía? Ese es" -" el objetivo de las funcionalidades de venta cruzada." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "Productos accesorios en la página de pago," - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" -"Productos opcionales en una nueva ventana *Añadir a la compra* (no instalado" -" por defecto)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "Productos accesorios al pagar" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" -"Los accesorios (por ejemplo para computadoras: el ratón, el teclado) " -"aparecen cuando el cliente revisa la cesta de compra antes de hacer el pago." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" -"Selecciona accesorios en la pestaña *Ventas* de la página de detalles del " -"producto." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." -msgstr "" -"Existe un algoritmo para resolver cual es el mejor accesorio a mostrar, en " -"caso de que varios ítems sean agregados a la cesta de compra. Si algún ítem " -"es el accesorio de varios productos agregados a la cesta de compra, es muy " -"probable que se ubique en el top de la lista de accesorios sugeridos" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "Productos opcionales al agregar a la cesta de compra" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" -"Los productos opcionales están directamente relacionados al ítem agregado a " -"la cesta de compra (por ejemplo, para computadoras: la garantía, el sistema " -"operativo, componentes extra). Cada vez que un producto primario es agregado" -" a la cesta de compra, una nueva ventana aparece como paso adicional." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "Para publicar productos opcionales:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." -msgstr "" -"Instale el componente \"Productos Opcionales eCommerce\" en el menú " -"\"Apps\". También remueva el filtro por defecto para buscar componentes, de " -"lo contrario solo las aplicaciones principales aparecerán." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione ítems opcionales en la etiqueta \"ventas\" en el formulario de " -"detalle del producto" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" -"La cantidad de ítems opcionales agregados a la cesta de compra es la misma " -"que la del ítem principal." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "Como ajustar los precios para los visitantes de mi sitio web" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" -"Esta sección da una idea sobre el precio de las funciones de la aplicación " -"eCommerce" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "forzar un precio por geo-localización," - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "dejar que el cliente elija la moneda." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" -"Como pre-requisito, revise como administrar precio de productos:\n" -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "Geo-IP para actualizar automáticamente el precio correcto" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " -"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" -"Asigne grupos de países a sus listas de precios. De esta forma, los " -"visitantes que aun no hayan iniciado sesión verán su propia moneda de divisa" -" cuando visiten su sitio web." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" -"Una vez haya iniciado sesión, ellos obtendrán la lista de precios " -"equivalente a la de su país." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "Selector de moneda" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " -"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"Si vende en distintas monedas, puede permitirle a sus clientes seleccionar " -"su propia moneda. Marque \"Seleccionable\" para agregar la lista de precios " -"al menú desplegable del sitio web." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "Cómo crear y compartir códigos promocionales" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" -"Quiere aumentar sus ventas para Navidad? Comparta códigos promocionales a " -"través de sus campañas de mercadeo y aplique cualquier tipo de descuentos." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Configurar" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" -"Ir a :menuselection:'Sales-->Settings' y seleccionar \"Opciones avanzadas de" -" precios basado en formula\" para \"Precio de venta\"" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" -"Ir a :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` y crear una " -"nueva lista de precios con la regla de descuento (ver :doc:'pricing'). Luego" -" ingrese un código" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" -"Active el campo de texto Promocode en la cesta de compra (La opcion se " -"encuentra en el menu \"Personalizar\"). Agregue un producto a la cesta de " -"compra para visualizarlo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" -"Una vez activado verá una nueva sección en el lado derecho. Al seleccionar " -"*Aplicar* los precios serán actualizados automáticamente en la cartilla" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" -"El código promocional utilizado por el cliente se almacena en el sistema " -"para que puedas analizar el rendimiento de tus campañas de marketing." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "Muestra las ventas por lista de precios" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "Cómo habilitar comentarios y calificación" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" -"Publicar y monitorear la experiencia del cliente lo ayudará a ganar la " -"confianza de nuevos clientes y a ser involucrados mejor con su comunidad. " -"¡En 2 clics, permites que su cliente comparta sus comentarios!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Active los comentarios y la calificación desde el menú *Personalizar* de la" -" página web del producto." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" -"Los visitantes deben iniciar sesión para compartir sus comentarios. " -"Asegúrese de que puedan hacerlo (consulte la documentación del Portal)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "Revisa las publicaciones en tiempo real" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" -"Cada vez que se publica una publicación, el gerente de producto y todos los " -"seguidores del producto reciben una notificación en su bandeja de entrada " -"(menú *Discusión*)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "" -"De forma predeterminada, el usuario que creó el producto se establece " -"automáticamente como seguidor." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el nombre del producto para abrir el formulario de detalles y " -"revisar el comentario (en el hilo de discusión del producto)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "Moderar y anular la publicación" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "" -"Puede moderar fácilmente utilizando la charla, ya sea en el formulario de " -"detalles del producto o en la página web." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" -"Para anular la publicación de la publicación, abra la página web del " -"producto y haga clic en el botón *Publicado* para que se vuelva rojo (*No " -"publicado*)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "..tip::" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" -"Puede acceder a la página web desde el formulario de detalles haciendo clic " -"en el botón inteligente *Publicado* (y viceversa)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "Cómo vender productos alternativos más caros (venta adicional)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" -"Para maximizar sus ingresos, sugerir productos alternativos más costosos es " -"altamente recomendable para artículos básicos. De esa manera, su cliente " -"pasará más tiempo navegando por su catálogo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "Para hacerlo:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione tales *Productos alternativos* en la pestaña *Ventas* del " -"formulario de detalles del producto. ¡3 alternativas están bien! No publique" -" demasiados, de lo contrario sus clientes se confundirán." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Active *Productos alternativos* desde el menú *Personalizar* de la página " -"web del producto." - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "Introducción al comercio electrónico con Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " -"time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" -"La documentación le ayudará a poner en marcha su sitio web de comercio " -"electrónico en poco tiempo. Los temas siguen el proceso de compra:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "Página del producto" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "Página de la tienda" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Precio" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Impuestos" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "Proceso de pago" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "Venta ascendente y venta cruzada" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "Pagos" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "Envío y seguimiento" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "Lanzar mi sitio web" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "Recibir pagos" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "Cómo recibir pagos con Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " -"you like." -msgstr "" -"Authorize.Net es una de las plataformas de pago de comercio electrónico más " -"populares de América del Norte. A diferencia de la mayoría de los otros " -"adquirentes de pagos compatibles con Odoo, Authorize.Net se puede usar como " -"\"pasarela de " -"pago\"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__" -" only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " -"you like." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "Crea una cuenta de Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" -"Crear una cuenta de 'Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ dele clic " -"a 'Get Started'." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "Siga los pasos de registro." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "Una vez listo, cambie al modo **Producción**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "Configure Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." -msgstr "" -"Ingrese su **ID de inicio de sesión** y su **Clave de transacción de API **." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" -" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " -"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" -" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "Dar inicio" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " -"production mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "Buckaroo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "PayUmoney" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "Sips" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "Stripe" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "¿Cómo iniciar?" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " -"activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "¿Cómo permitirle a los clientes guardar y reusar tarjetas de crédito?" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "¿Cómo usar otras adquisiciones (avanzadas)?" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "¿Cómo?:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "Cambiar a modo de desarrollador" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "Toma el método de pago **personalizado**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "Otras configuraciones" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" -"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Cómo administrar pedidos pagados con adquirentes de pagos" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" -" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " -"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" -"Odoo confirma los pedidos automáticamente tan pronto como un adquirente de " -"pagos autoriza el pago. Esto desencadena la entrega. Si factura en función " -"de las cantidades solicitadas, también se le solicita que facture el pedido." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "¿Cúal es el estado del pago?" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" -"En cualquier momento, el vendedor puede verificar el estado de la " -"transacción de la orden." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "*Borrador*: la transacción se está procesando." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " -"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" -"*Pendiente*: el adquirente de pagos mantiene la transacción en espera y " -"usted debe autorizarla desde la interfaz del adquirente." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," -" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" -" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" -"*Autorizado*: el pago ha sido autorizado pero aún no capturado. En Odoo, el " -"pedido ya está confirmado. Una vez realizada la entrega, puede capturar la " -"cantidad desde la interfaz del adquirente (o desde Odoo si usa " -"Authorize.net)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " -"confirmed." -msgstr "" -"*Hecho*: el pago fue autorizado y recibido. La orden ha sido confirmada." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " -"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" -"*Error*: un error se ha producido durante la transacción. El cliente " -"necesita volver a intentar el pago. La orden está aún en borrador." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " -"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" -"*Cancelado*: cuando el cliente cancela el pago en el formulario de " -"adquirente de pago. Es devuelto a Odoo para modificar la orden." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " -"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" -"Se proporcionan mensajes específicos a sus clientes para cada estado de " -"pago, cuando se les redirige a Odoo después de la transacción. Para editar " -"dichos mensajes, vaya a la pestaña *Mensajes* del método de pago." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "Validar automáticamente las facturas en el pedido" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " -"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " -"orders straight on." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se confirma el pedido, también puede hacer que se emita y pague una " -"factura automáticamente. Esto totalmente automatizado hecho para empresas " -"que facturan pedidos directamente." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " -"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " -"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " -"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" -" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " -"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " -"payments " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "Recibe el pago después de la entrega" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 -msgid "" -"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " -"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " -"only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" -"Con este modo, el pedido se confirma pero el monto se mantiene en espera. " -"Una vez procesada la entrega, puede capturar el pago de Odoo. Este modo solo" -" está disponible con Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " -"*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" -"Para capturar el pago, abra la transacción del pedido. Luego haga clic en " -"*Capturar transacción*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Con otros adquirentes de pagos, puede administrar la captura en sus propias " -"interfaces, no desde Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " -"Business Account " -"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 -msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" -" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " -"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. " -"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" -"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" -"payments-ewp>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "Configuraciones en Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "Activación" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "Credenciales" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -"*Profile > About the business*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "Comisiones por transacción" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" -"fees>`__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141 -msgid "" -"..note:: `Traders in the EU " -"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" -"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " -"with credit cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" -"Ejecuta una transacción de prueba desde Odoo con la cuenta personal de " -"sandbox." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "See also" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "¿Cómo los clientes pueden acceder a su cuenta?" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" -"Nunca ha sido tan fácil para sus clientes acceder a su cuenta de cliente. " -"Olvídese de los infinitos formularios de registro, Odoo lo hace tan fácil " -"como ABC. Se sugiere que se registren (nombre, correo electrónico, " -"contraseña) cuando se realiza el pedido y no antes. De hecho, nada es más " -"molesto que pasar por un proceso de registro antes de comprar algo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "Registrarse" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" -"La invitación a registrarse aparece cuando el cliente quiere visualizar el " -"pedido desde el correo electrónico de confirmación del pedido." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "Cuenta del cliente" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que haya iniciado sesión, el cliente accederá a la cuenta haciendo " -"clic en *Mi cuenta* en el menú desplegable de inicio de sesión." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "" -"Allí encuentran toda su historia. La dirección principal (facturación) " -"también se puede modificar." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" -"Si el cliente está configurado como contacto de una empresa en su libreta de" -" direcciones, verá todos los documentos cuyo cliente pertenece a esta " -"empresa." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "Cómo recibir pago a través de transferencias electrónicas" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "Cómo proporcionar a los clientes instrucciones de pago" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "Cómo administrar una orden una vez que te han pagado" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "Cómo crear otros métodos de pago manuales " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "Impuestos recaudados" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po deleted file mode 100644 index ab7491003..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Gastos" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po similarity index 66% rename from locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po rename to locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 2ae574be0..5963dc073 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -1,70 +1,67 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# josue giron <josvasmetal@icloud.com>, 2018 -# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2018 -# David Sanchez <david.sanchez@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# miguelchuga <miguelchuga@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Javier Sabena <jsabena@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Juan Pablo Vargas Soruco <juanpablo.vargas@cruzoil.com>, 2018 -# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2018 -# Alejandro Die Sanchis <marketing@domatix.com>, 2018 -# José Vicente <txusev@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Esteban Echeverry <tebanep@nubark.com>, 2018 -# eduardo mendoza <emendozajz@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Sergio Flores <vitavitae1@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Cristóbal Martí Oliver <info@moblesmarti.com>, 2018 -# Loredana Pepe <lpp@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Carlos Lopez <celm1990@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Nefi Lopez Garcia <nlopezg87@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo <l92hunaf@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Daniel Altamirano <ciarmail@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Manuel Mahecha <info@mittelstd.com>, 2018 -# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2018 -# Antonio Trueba, 2018 -# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Germana Oliveira <germana@vauxoo.com>, 2018 -# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Daniel Blanco <daniel@blancomartin.com.ar>, 2018 -# Massiel Acuna <mac@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 -# cc53a0412107de288f77ae97a300f6b0, 2018 -# Edilianny Sanchez - https://www.vauxoo.com/ <esanchez@vauxoo.com>, 2019 -# Luis Marin <marin.guadarrama@gmail.com>, 2019 -# John Guardado <jgu@odoo.com>, 2019 -# gabriumaa <gabriel.umana@delfixcr.com>, 2019 -# Angel Moya - PESOL <angel.moya@pesol.es>, 2019 -# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Rick Hunter <rick_hunter_ec@yahoo.com>, 2019 -# Sabina Batlle <sbb@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2019 -# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Osiris Román <osiris.roman@yachaytech.edu.ec>, 2020 -# Paulina Rodriguez <pauli.rodriguez.c@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Jorge Obiols <jorge.obiols@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 -# Leonardo J. Caballero G. <leonardocaballero@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Susanna Pujol, 2020 -# Cinthya Yepez <cye@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Javier Sabena <jsabena@gmail.com>, 2021 +# josue giron <josvasmetal@icloud.com>, 2021 +# David Sanchez <david.sanchez@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Jorge Obiols <jorge.obiols@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Rick Hunter <rick_hunter_ec@yahoo.com>, 2021 +# miguelchuga <miguelchuga@gmail.com>, 2021 # Gabriela Enriquez Manzano <gmz@odoo.com>, 2021 +# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2021 +# José Vicente <txusev@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Juan Pablo Vargas Soruco <juanpablo.vargas@cruzoil.com>, 2021 +# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Alejandro Die Sanchis <marketing@domatix.com>, 2021 +# eduardo mendoza <emendozajz@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Paulina Rodriguez <pauli.rodriguez.c@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Esteban Echeverry <tebanep@nubark.com>, 2021 +# Germana Oliveira <germana@vauxoo.com>, 2021 +# Valentino <vgaffuri2018@student.hult.edu>, 2021 +# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 +# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2021 +# renodoo <ren@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Daniel Blanco <daniel@blancomartin.com.ar>, 2021 +# Antonio Trueba, 2021 +# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo <l92hunaf@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Daniel Altamirano <ciarmail@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Manuel Mahecha <info@mittelstd.com>, 2021 +# Loredana Pepe <lpp@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Sabina Batlle <sbb@odoo.com>, 2021 +# John Guardado <jgu@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Osiris Román <osiris.roman@yachaytech.edu.ec>, 2021 +# jabelchi, 2021 +# Wilson Pujols <wpujols@capw.com.do>, 2021 +# Leonardo J. Caballero G. <leonardocaballero@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2021 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2021 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2021 +# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Nefi Lopez Garcia <nlopezg87@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Cinthya Yepez <cye@odoo.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gabriela Enriquez Manzano <gmz@odoo.com>, 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Cinthya Yepez <cye@odoo.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -72,24 +69,28 @@ msgstr "" "Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:3 +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "Financiar" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:318 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" -msgstr "Cuentas y efectivo" +msgstr "Caja y banco" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 msgid "Bank Feeds" -msgstr "Canales de comunicación bancarios" +msgstr "Fuentes bancarias" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" msgstr "Importar archivos de estados de cuenta CODA (sólo Bélgica)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 msgid "" "CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" " well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " @@ -99,7 +100,7 @@ msgstr "" "La mayoría de los bancos Belgas, así como el software Isabel, permiten " "descargar un archivo CODA con todos tus estados de cuenta bancarios." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " "software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " @@ -109,7 +110,7 @@ msgstr "" "contabilidad e importarlo directamente en Odoo. Esto creará todos los " "estados de cuenta bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" @@ -119,52 +120,52 @@ msgstr "" "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" "q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 msgid "Install the CODA feature" msgstr "Instalar la función CODA" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 msgid "" "If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " "CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" @@ -174,7 +175,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si ha instalado el Plan de Cuentas de Bélgica prestado por Odoo,\n" "la función de importación CODA ya está instalada por defecto. En tal caso, puede ir directamente a la siguiente sección `Importe su primer archivo coda <InstallCoda_>`_" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 msgid "" "If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " "application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -186,11 +187,11 @@ msgstr "" "sección de Contabilidad, marque la opción \"Importar extracto bancarios en " "formato CODA.\" y luego al botón Aceptar. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 msgid "Import your first CODA file" msgstr "Importe su primer archivo CODA" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -203,7 +204,7 @@ msgstr "" " de \"Más\" de la tarjeta de la cuenta bancaria. A continuación, haga clic " "en \"Importar declaración\" para cargar tu primer archivo de CODA." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 msgid "" "Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." @@ -211,9 +212,9 @@ msgstr "" "Cargue tu archivo de CODA en la siguiente pantalla y haga clic en 'Importar'" " para crear todos sus estados de cuenta bancarios." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 msgid "" "If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " "reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." @@ -221,11 +222,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si el archivo es cargado exitosamente, usted será redirigido a la pantalla " "de conciliaciones bancarias con todas las transacciones por conciliar." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 msgid "Importing CODA files" msgstr "Importando archivos CODA" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 msgid "" "After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " "automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " @@ -237,7 +238,7 @@ msgstr "" " próxima importación, no necesitas ir al botón de 'Más', ya puedes " "directamente clic al enlace 'Importar Declaración'." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 msgid "" "Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " "will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " @@ -251,7 +252,7 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente los próximos pagos que recibe o realice en estos contactos. " "Esto acelerará mucho el proceso de reconciliación." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 msgid "" "Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " "already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" @@ -263,47 +264,47 @@ msgstr "" "por evitar importar dos veces el mismo archivo: Odoo controlará todo por " "usted antes de crear nuevos estados de cuenta bancarios." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`ofx`" msgstr ":doc:`ofx`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`qif`" msgstr ":doc:`qif`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" msgstr ":doc:`sincronizar`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`manual`" msgstr ":doc:`manual`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "Registrar extractos bancarios manualmente" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Información general" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " "but also register your bank statements manually." @@ -312,7 +313,7 @@ msgstr "" "su banco, sino también registrar sus estados de cuenta bancarios de forma " "manual." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " "do is install the accounting app." @@ -320,11 +321,11 @@ msgstr "" "Sin configuración especial es necesario registrar las facturas. Todo lo que " "necesitas hacer es instalar la aplicación contable." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 msgid "Create your Bank Statements" msgstr "Cree sus Estados de Cuenta Bancarios" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 msgid "" "In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " "journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " @@ -334,7 +335,7 @@ msgstr "" " diarios de banco. Si hay que hacer algunas conciliaciones, el vínculo Nueva" " Declaración se encuentra debajo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 msgid "" "Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " "statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " @@ -346,7 +347,7 @@ msgstr "" "puede dejar en blanco. Le recomendamos que rellenar el socio para facilitar " "el proceso de reconciliación." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 msgid "" "The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" " equal to the computed balance." @@ -354,15 +355,15 @@ msgstr "" "La diferencia entre el saldo inicial y el saldo final debe ser igual al " "saldo computarizado." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." msgstr "Cuando haya terminado, clic en **Guardar**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" msgstr "Conciliar los extractos bancarios" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 msgid "" "You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" " |manual04|" @@ -370,7 +371,7 @@ msgstr "" "Usted puede elegir para conciliar directamente la declaración haciendo clic " "en el botón |manual04|" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 msgid "" "You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" " on **Reconcile # Items**." @@ -378,7 +379,7 @@ msgstr "" "También puede iniciar el proceso de reconciliación en el tablero haciendo " "clic en **Reconciliar # Artículos**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " "missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." @@ -386,17 +387,17 @@ msgstr "" "Haga clic en **Validar** para conciliar su estado de cuenta. Si el socio no " "se encuentra, Odoo le pedirá que **seleccione un socio**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." msgstr "" "Presiona CTRL-Enter para reconciliar todas las partidas equilibradas en las " "hojas." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" msgstr "Cerrar Declaraciones de Banco de la reconciliación" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 msgid "" "If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " "reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." @@ -404,18 +405,18 @@ msgstr "" "Si el saldo es correcta, puede cerrar directamente la declaración de la " "reconciliación haciendo clic en |manual07|." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 msgid "" "Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." msgstr "" "De lo contrario, haga clic en |manual08| para abrir la cuenta y corregir el " "problema." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 msgid "Close Bank Statements" msgstr "Cerrar Estado de Cuenta Bancario" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 msgid "" "On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " "then click on Bank Statements." @@ -423,24 +424,24 @@ msgstr "" "Sobre el tablero de contabilidad, haga clic en el botón Más de su diario del" " banco, luego haga clic en estados de cuenta bancarios." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." msgstr "Para cerrar el estado de cuenta bancario, haga clic en **Validar**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 msgid "Import OFX statement files" msgstr "Importar archivos de extractos bancarios OFX" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 msgid "" "Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " "exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " @@ -450,7 +451,7 @@ msgstr "" "especificación para el intercambio electrónico de datos financieros entre " "las instituciones financieras, negocios y consumidores en internet." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " "software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " @@ -460,7 +461,7 @@ msgstr "" "contabilidad e importarlo directamente en su instancia de Odoo, creando " "todos los extractos bancarios." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" @@ -468,7 +469,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pruebe ahora la funcionalidad `con este archivo OFX de prueba " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 msgid "" "In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." " In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" @@ -480,7 +481,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configuracion...>Parametros: Desde los parametros de contabilidad, eligir la" " opcion 'Import in QFX Format' y aplicar el programa. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -493,7 +494,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Más** de la cuenta bancaria. Luego, haga clic en **Importar Extracto** " "para cargar su primer archivo OFX." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 msgid "" "Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." @@ -501,12 +502,12 @@ msgstr "" "Cargue su archivo OFX en la siguiente pantalla y haga clic en **Importar** " "para crear todos sus estados de cuenta bancarios." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 msgid "Importing OFX files" msgstr "Importar archivos OFX" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 msgid "" "After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " "automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " @@ -518,8 +519,8 @@ msgstr "" "la próxima importación, ya no necesita ir al menú **Más**, usted puede hacer" " clic directamente en el link **Importar Extracto** " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 msgid "" "Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " "will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " @@ -533,16 +534,16 @@ msgstr "" "completará el próximo pago que usted recibe o realice a esos contactos. Eso " "acelará muchoel proceso de reconciliación." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`coda`" msgstr ":doc:`coda`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" msgstr "¿Cómo sincronizar su cuenta PayPal con Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have" " to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." @@ -550,18 +551,18 @@ msgid "" "PayPal payments in just a click." msgstr "" "y puede empezar de sumar a llos pagos de Paypal solo con un clic. \n" -"Empezar instalando el modulo ''account_yodlee''. Si no es ya instalado. Para hacer esto, ir al menu 'multiselection; Contabilidad...>Configuracion...>Parametros de la contabilidad aplicada. En la seccion ''Bank& Cash'', inserar 'Bank Interfaz-Sincr las funciones del banco automaticamente. " +"Empezar instalando el modulo ''account_yodlee''. Si no es ya instalado. Para hacer esto, ir al menú :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuracion --> Parametros de la contabilidad aplicada`. En la seccion ''Bank & Cash'', insertar 'Bank Interfaz-Sincr las funciones del banco automaticamente." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" msgstr "" "Empezar Instalando al módulo account_yodle. Si no es aun instalado. Para " -"hacer eso, ir al menu 'multiselection: Contabilidad....> " -"Configuracion....>Parametros de l'aplicado de contabilidad. En la seccion " -"''Bank&Cash meter la opcion ''Interfaz del Banco-Sincronizar las acciones " -"del banco automaticamente." +"hacer eso, ir al menú :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuracion --> " +"Parametros de la aplicacion de contabilidad`. En la seccion ''Bank & Cash " +"meter la opcion ''Interfaz del Banco-Sincronizar las acciones del banco " +"automaticamente." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 msgid "" "Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already " "installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -569,28 +570,28 @@ msgid "" "**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " "automatically**." msgstr "" -"Empeiza por instalar el módulo **cuenta-yodlee**, si no está instaldo aún. Para ello, accede al menú: selección menú: Contabilidad--> Configuración--> Ajustes de la aplicación de cuentas. En la sección ** Banco&efectivo**, ajustar la opción\n" -" ** Interfaz Bancaria- sincronice su comisiones bancarias automáticamente**." +"Empeiza por instalar el módulo **account_yodlee**, si no está instaldo aún. Para ello, accede al menú :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` de la aplicación de cuentas. En la sección **Banco & efectivo**, ajustar la opción\n" +" **Interfaz Bancaria - sincronice su comisiones bancarias automáticamente**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." msgstr "Haga clic en el botón Aplicar una vez que esto está realizado." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 msgid "Setup your PayPal account" msgstr "Configurar su cuenta PayPal" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 msgid "" "A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your " "PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " "Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " "field, you can set **PayPal**." msgstr "" -"Una cuenta Paypal en Odoo debe ser tratado como cuenta de banco. Para instalar su cuneta Paypal, utilizar al menu 'menuselection: Configuraacion...>Cuentas de Bnaco. Crear una nueva cuenta de banco llamandole ''Paypal'' en le campo de banco, puede instalar ''Paypal''.\n" -"Cuando la cuenta Paypal es creado, ir otra vez a la Tabla de Contenidos (''Dashboard'') y clicar al boton 'Synchronize en el dialogo, eligir ''Paypal'' como la institucion online y clicar al boton del configurar. " +"Una cuenta Paypal en Odoo debe ser tratado como cuenta de banco. Para instalar su cuneta Paypal, utilizar al menú :menuselection:`Configuraacion --> Cuentas de Banco`. Crear una nueva cuenta de banco llamandole ''Paypal'' en le campo de banco, puede instalar ''Paypal''.\n" +"Cuando la cuenta Paypal es creado, ir otra vez a la Tabla de Contenidos (''Dashboard'') y clicar al boton 'Synchronize en el dialogo, eligir ''Paypal'' como la institucion online y clicar al boton del configurar." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 msgid "" "Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " "and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" @@ -600,13 +601,13 @@ msgstr "" "pulse en la botón de **Sincronización**. En el dialogo, elige **PayPal** " "como institucion online y pulsa en el botón de configurar. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." msgstr "" "A continuación, tendrá que proporcionar sus tarjetas para conectarse a " "PayPal." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 msgid "" "Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " "the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" @@ -619,7 +620,7 @@ msgstr "" "antiguo interfaz para poder funcionar con comisiones online ( puede cambiar " "del nuevo al antiguo interfaz en la cuenta de su Paypal)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 msgid "" "If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " "English or that the site is not supported." @@ -627,7 +628,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si no hace esto usted recibirá un mensaje diciendo ya sea para poner de " "Paypal en Inglés o que el sitio no es compatible." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 msgid "" "If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " "step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " @@ -639,7 +640,7 @@ msgstr "" " para buscar la transacción del y una lista de cuentas para elegir. Debes " "elegir cuenta ** saldo Paypal**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " "Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." @@ -647,7 +648,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que todo está hecho, usted debe ver sus transacciones de PayPal " "justo en Odoo y usted puede comenzar a reconciliar sus pagos." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 msgid "" "Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " "anymore." @@ -655,7 +656,7 @@ msgstr "" "¡Disfrute de una integración completa! Ya no es necesario registrar la " "transacción manualmente." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 msgid "" "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." @@ -663,11 +664,11 @@ msgstr "" "Usted sólo tiene que proporcionar sus tarjetas la primera vez. Una vez hecho" " esto, Odoo sincronizará con PayPal cada 4 horas de forma automática." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 msgid "Import QIF statement files" msgstr "Importar archivos de estados de cuenta QIF" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 msgid "" "Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " "writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " @@ -680,7 +681,7 @@ msgstr "" "que Intercambio Financiero Abierto (OFX - siglas en inglés) y deberá usar la" " versión OFX si puede exportar ambos formatos de archivo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" " and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " @@ -690,7 +691,7 @@ msgstr "" "software e importarlo directamente en la instancia Odoo. Esto creará todos " "los estados de cuenta bancarios." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" @@ -698,7 +699,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ahora revise la función `con este modelo de archivo QIF " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 msgid "" "In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." " In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" @@ -710,7 +711,7 @@ msgstr "" "de menu: Configuración -->Ajuste. desde ajuste de cuenta, verificar la " "opción de estado bancario **importar en formato QIF** y aplicar." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -723,7 +724,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Más** de la cuenta bancaria. Luego, haga clic en **Importar Extracto** " "para cargar su primer archivo QIF." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 msgid "" "Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." @@ -733,15 +734,15 @@ msgstr "" "Como sincronizar Odoo con su banco?\n" "Odoo puede sincronizar con su banco directamente para hacer importar todos reportes automaticamente en Odoo, cada" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 msgid "Importing QIF files" msgstr "Importando archivos QIF" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" msgstr "¿Cómo sincronizar Odoo con su banco?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" " statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " @@ -755,7 +756,7 @@ msgstr "" " compatible con su banco. Se puede encontrar en las `Características de " "Contabilidad de Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 msgid "" "Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " "proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" @@ -767,24 +768,24 @@ msgstr "" "(57)Como sincronizar su cuenta Paypal con Odoo?\n" "Con Odoo, puede sincronizar su cuenta Paypal. De esto modo, no tiene que recordar a todas transacciones de su Paypal en el software favorido. La sincronizacion se hace cada 4 horas" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" msgstr "" "Con el fin de conectar con los bancos, Odoo utiliza dos servicios web:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." msgstr "Plaid: para los principales bancos de EE.UU." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" msgstr "Yodlee: para todos los bancos" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 msgid "Odoo Online Users" msgstr "Usuarios Odoo en línea" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 msgid "" "If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" " already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" @@ -794,11 +795,11 @@ msgstr "" "ya se debe instalar. Si no está instalado, puede instalar manualmente el " "módulo **account_yodlee**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" msgstr "Usuario de Enterprise de Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 msgid "" "If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " "you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " @@ -808,7 +809,7 @@ msgstr "" " no necesita hacer algo en especial, solo asegurase de que su base de datos " "esta registrada en su contrato Enterprise." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 msgid "" "you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " "following addresses" @@ -816,19 +817,19 @@ msgstr "" "es posible que desee comprobar que usted no tiene un firewall / proxy de " "bloqueo de las siguientes direcciones" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" msgstr "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" msgstr "https://api.plaid.com/" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 msgid "Sync your bank feeds" msgstr "Sincronizar sus comisiones bancarias" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 msgid "" "Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " "your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" @@ -840,7 +841,7 @@ msgstr "" "de control contable. En el menú, haga clic en Configuración para configurar " "esta cuenta bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 msgid "" "In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " "**Bank Synchronization**." @@ -848,7 +849,7 @@ msgstr "" "En la forma del banco, desde la ficha de la cuenta bancaria, establecer las " "entradas del banco en la opción de **Sincronización del Banco**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 msgid "" "Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " "**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " @@ -858,7 +859,7 @@ msgstr "" " de **Sincronización en línea** de su tarjeta bancaria. Haga clic en este " "botón y rellene con sus tarjetas bancarias." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 msgid "" "Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " "every 4 hours." @@ -866,16 +867,16 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que usted llenó con sus tarjetas, sus entradas bancarias se " "sincronizarán cada 4 horas." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?" msgstr "La sincroniación no está funcionando en tiempo real, ¿es normal?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 msgid "" "Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this " "doesn't always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. " @@ -889,7 +890,7 @@ msgstr "" " la razón por la cual en Odoo existe un proceso cron que se ejecuta cada 4 " "horas para obtener la informacion de Yodlee." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 msgid "" "You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button " "\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard." @@ -897,7 +898,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sin embargo puede forzar esta sincronización haciendo clic en el botón " "\"Sincronizar ahora\" desde el tablero de contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 msgid "" "Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " "fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" @@ -905,18 +906,18 @@ msgid "" "won't import it, you will have to wait till the status changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 msgid "" "What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " "transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" " bank statements to the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" msgstr "¿Yodlee está incluido en mi contrato?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 msgid "" "Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to " "your database." @@ -924,7 +925,7 @@ msgstr "" "Versión Enterprise: Si, si tiene un contrato enterprise valido enlazado a su" " base de datos." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 msgid "" "Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." @@ -932,17 +933,17 @@ msgstr "" "Versión COmmunity: No, esta característica no está incluida en la Versión " "Commnity." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 msgid "" "Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" "Version Online: Si, incluso si se beneficia del contrato One App Free." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?" msgstr "Algunos bancos tienen el estatus \"Beta\", ¿qué significa esto?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 msgid "" "This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " "synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" @@ -950,24 +951,25 @@ msgid "" "Unfortunately, there is not much to do about it except for being patient." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" msgstr "¿Por qué mis transacciones pasadas no están en Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch transactions up to 3 months in the past." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Varios" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" msgstr "¿Cómo manejar depósitos de lote de cheques?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 msgid "" "When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " "will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " @@ -979,7 +981,7 @@ msgstr "" "fisica, alguien lo debe llevar al banco y depositar en nombre de su compañia" " manualmente." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 msgid "" "The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" " be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " @@ -989,7 +991,7 @@ msgstr "" " de depósito) para ser rellenado con los detalles de los cheques o dinero en" " efectivo que se incluirán en las transacciones." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 msgid "" "The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " "reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." @@ -997,7 +999,7 @@ msgstr "" "El estado de cuenta reflejará la cantidad total que se deposita y la " "referencia en el recibo de depósito, no en los comprobantes individuales." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 msgid "" "Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " "reconcile them with your bank statement easily." @@ -1005,11 +1007,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo le ayuda a preparar e imprimir sus recibos de depósito, y más tarde " "reconciliarlos con su estado de cuenta bancario con facilidad." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" msgstr "Instalar la función de depósito por lotes" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 msgid "" "In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " "Deposit** to be installed." @@ -1017,7 +1019,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para utilizar la característica de depósito por lotes, necesita el módulo de" " **Depósito por grupos** para ser instalado." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 msgid "" "Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" " your country." @@ -1025,7 +1027,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por lo general, este módulo se instala automáticamente si los comprobantes " "son ampliamente utilizados en su país." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 msgid "" "To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " @@ -1035,11 +1037,11 @@ msgstr "" " vaya al :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` de la aplicación de " "contabilidad. Compruebe la función: **Permitir depósito por grupos**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" msgstr "Activar la función en sus cuentas bancarias" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " "deposits on your main bank accounts." @@ -1048,7 +1050,7 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente los depósitos bancarios en sus principales cuentas " "bancarias." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 msgid "" "To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " "the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " @@ -1061,7 +1063,7 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, en la applicación de " "Contabilidad, :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Contabilidad --> Diarios`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 msgid "" "In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" " to **Batch Deposit**." @@ -1069,7 +1071,7 @@ msgstr "" "En la ficha de **Configuración avanzada**, en la sección de **Varios**, " "establezca el Método de débito para el **Depósito por grupos**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 msgid "" "If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " "payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " @@ -1081,15 +1083,15 @@ msgstr "" "quiere realizar o recibir un pago) será de aplicación para la creación de " "Depósitos por grupos más tarde." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 msgid "From checks received to the bank" msgstr "De cheques recibidos al banco" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 msgid "Receive customer checks" msgstr "Recibir cheques de los clientes" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 msgid "" "Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " "plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " @@ -1097,11 +1099,11 @@ msgid "" "Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." msgstr "En el campo memo, puede establecer la referencia del cheque." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 msgid "" "payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " @@ -1111,11 +1113,11 @@ msgstr "" "Pagos`, o directamente desde la correspondiente factura, utilizando el botón" " **Registrar Pago**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" msgstr "Preparar un depósito por lotes" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 msgid "" "From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." @@ -1123,7 +1125,7 @@ msgstr "" "Desde el módulo de Contabilidad, vaya la menú de :menuselection_`Ventas --> " "Depósito por grupos`, y crea un nuevo**Depósito por grupos**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 msgid "" "Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " "deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " @@ -1131,7 +1133,7 @@ msgid "" "check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 msgid "" "You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " "the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." @@ -1140,11 +1142,11 @@ msgstr "" "momento de llenar un formulario de constancia de deposición en lote que " "normalmente exige el banco." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" msgstr "Conciliando el depósito con el estado de cuenta bancario" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 msgid "" "When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " "ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " @@ -1156,23 +1158,23 @@ msgstr "" "arranque, el usuario podrá seleccionar la deposición por lote que coincida " "con la linea del extracto bancario." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 msgid "" "If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " "contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " "deposit in the example below)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:117 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Solución de problemas" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" msgstr "¿No veo el link a la deposición por lote en los extractos bancarios?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 msgid "" "If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " "be two reasons:" @@ -1180,23 +1182,23 @@ msgstr "" "Si usted no tiene una relación de depósito por lotes en su estado de cuenta " "bancario, podría haber dos razones:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 msgid "" "After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " "page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" " button of your browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." msgstr "" "Usted no tiene un depósito por lotes creado para esta cuenta bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" msgstr "¿Qué sucede si un cheque fue rechazado?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 msgid "" "If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " "in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " @@ -1206,17 +1208,17 @@ msgstr "" "deposición en lote, esto posiblemente significaria que uno de sus cheques ha" " sido rechazado." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 msgid "" "In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " "bank statement matching." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" msgstr "¿Como transferir dinero de un banco a otro?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" "A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" " is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " @@ -1225,7 +1227,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una compañia puede tener varias cuentas bancarias o cajas registradoras. En " "Odoo es posible manejar transferencias internas con tan solo unos clicks." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " "accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " @@ -1235,11 +1237,11 @@ msgstr "" "cuentas bancarias y quiero transferir 50.000 euros de una de nuestras " "cuentas a la otra." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" msgstr "Revise su plan contable y su cuenta de transferencia por defecto" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" @@ -1247,8 +1249,13 @@ msgid "" "default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Para manejar transferencias internas se necesita una cuenta de transferencia" +" en el plan contable. Odoo generará una cuenta basada automáticamente en el " +"país del plan de cuentas. Para configurar el plan de cuentas y comprobar la " +"cuenta de transferencia por defecto, ir a la configuración del módulo " +"contable, seleccionar :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " "specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." @@ -1256,7 +1263,7 @@ msgstr "" "Su plan de cuentas será pre-instalado dependiendo del país especificado " "durante su registro, no puede ser cambiado. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 msgid "" "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " @@ -1266,11 +1273,11 @@ msgstr "" "automaticamente dependiendo de la legislación de su país. Si necesario, se " "puede modificar en la misma página." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" msgstr "Crear una segunda cuenta de banco / Diario" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" "Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" " accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " @@ -1285,15 +1292,15 @@ msgstr "" " de Cuenta**. Tambien puede crear y editar su banco para especificar los " "detalles correspondientes." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." msgstr "Al guardar los cambios, ahora tiene 2 cuentas bancarias." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." msgstr "Registrar una transferencia interna de un banco a otro." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 msgid "" "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " "9533 1498** account." @@ -1301,18 +1308,21 @@ msgstr "" "Transferiremos ahora 50.000 Euros desde nuestro **Banco** a nuestra cuenta " "**Banco BE57 0633 9533 1498**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "Iniciar una transferencia interna" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" "The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " "accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " "select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." msgstr "" +"El primer paso es registrar el pago interno. Para hacerlo ir al panel de " +"contabilidad, hacer clic en el botón **más** de uno de los bancos y " +"seleccionar :menuselection:`Nuevo --> Transferencia interna`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" "Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" " transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " @@ -1322,7 +1332,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"transferenica interna\". Seleccione al **Banco** al que quiere tranferir, " "especifique el **Monto** y opcionalmente agregue una **Nota**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " "<Reconcile_>`_)." @@ -1330,11 +1340,11 @@ msgstr "" "La **Nota** es importante si quiere conciliar automaticamente (`ver " "<Reconcile_>`_)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." msgstr "Guarde y confirme los cambios para registrar el pago." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " @@ -1344,11 +1354,11 @@ msgstr "" "de transferenica. Necesitarémos importar los extractos bancarios para llevar" " este monto a su cuenta final." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" msgstr "Importación de extractos de cuenta y conciliaciones" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." @@ -1356,7 +1366,7 @@ msgstr "" "Observe que el saldo del banco calculado por Odoo ahora es diferente del " "saldo del ultimo extracto bancario de su banco." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " "receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " @@ -1365,7 +1375,7 @@ msgid "" "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -1378,18 +1388,18 @@ msgstr "" " su cuenta bancaria. Si corresponde al extracto bancario, significa que no " "hay errores. Llene el **Balance Final** y haga click en **Conciliar**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 msgid "The following window will open:" msgstr "La siguiente ventana se abrirá:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " "button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " @@ -1397,17 +1407,17 @@ msgid "" "happen automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "Reconciliación bancaria" +msgstr "Conciliación Bancaria" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 msgid "Configure model of entries" msgstr "Configure el modelo de entradas" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " "order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." @@ -1416,7 +1426,7 @@ msgstr "" "orden de facilitar la reconciliación de partidas recurrentes como comisiones" " bancarias." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " "my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " @@ -1426,11 +1436,11 @@ msgstr "" "compañía recibe un costo bancario, el cual depende de nuestra saldo " "recurrente en la cuenta. Esta tarifa es por tanto variable." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" msgstr "Crear modelos de conciliación" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 msgid "" "First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " "to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " @@ -1440,7 +1450,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para hacerlo, vaya a la aplicación contabilidad en el tablero. En su diario " "bancario, de clic en :menuselection:`Mas --> Modelos de Reconciliación`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 msgid "" "We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " "depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." @@ -1449,7 +1459,7 @@ msgstr "" " deduce gastos dependiendo de nuestro saldo, es decir que puede variar cada " "mes." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 msgid "" "We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " "book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " @@ -1503,11 +1513,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 msgid "Save your changes when you are done." msgstr "Guarde los cambios cuando haya terminado." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 msgid "" "If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " "under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." @@ -1515,7 +1525,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si el monto de sus gastos bancarios es fijo, puede también seleccionar " "**Fijo** bajo el tipo de monto y especificar el monto en la pestaña monto." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 msgid "" "You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" @@ -1523,11 +1533,11 @@ msgstr "" "También puede usar esta funcionalidad para manejar descuentos. Por favor " "refierase a :doc:`../../por cobrar/cliente_facturas/efectivo_descuentos`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" msgstr "Registra tus pagos basados en un modelo de reconciliación" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 msgid "" "Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " "impacted by the payment of the bank fee." @@ -1535,7 +1545,7 @@ msgstr "" "Registre su pago importando sus extractos bancarios que serán afectados por " "el pago de la comisión bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 msgid "" "When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " "**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" @@ -1545,29 +1555,29 @@ msgstr "" " y dar clic en el botón **Modelo de Reconciliación** (in este caso, **Gastos" " Bancarios**) para obtener toda la información relevante instantáneamente." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." msgstr "Finalmente, de clic en **Reconciliar** para finalizar el proceso." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" msgstr "Los casos de uso en el proceso de conciliación bancaria" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " "task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " @@ -1575,34 +1585,42 @@ msgid "" "lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " "any other payment document with your bank statements." msgstr "" +"Casar los apuntes bancarios con los registros contables puede ser una tarea " +"tediosa. Se necesita encontrar las facturas correspondientes y comparar los " +"detalles de cantidades y partners con los que hay en el apunte del banco. " +"Estos pasos pueden tomar mucho tiempo. Afortunadamente, con Odoo puede casar" +" fácilmente las facturas y cualquier otro documento de pago con los apuntes " +"del banco. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En Odoo existen dos opciones para el proceso de conciliación." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" msgstr "Podemos especificar directamente el pago en la factura" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "Podemos conciliar facturas abiertas con estados de cuenta bancarios" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " "is to install the accounting app." msgstr "" +"No se necesita ninguna configuración especial para registrar facturas. Todo " +"lo que se necesita es instalar la aplicación de contabilidad. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Casos de uso" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "Caso 1: Registración de pagos" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " "issued to Smith & Co." @@ -1610,7 +1628,7 @@ msgstr "" "Recibimos el comprobante de pago para nuestra factura de 2100 euros emitida " "a Smith & Co. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " @@ -1618,8 +1636,13 @@ msgid "" "invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" " services to our customer." msgstr "" +"Empezamos con nuestra factura emitida a Smith & Co. por 2100 €. Pedimos un " +"pago inmediato, ya que el producto vendido es un servicio. Nuestro contable " +"sólo gestiona apuntes bancarios al final de la semana, por lo que debemos " +"marcar esta factura como pagada inmediatamente para indicar que podemos " +"empezar a prestar servicios a nuestro cliente. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." @@ -1627,20 +1650,25 @@ msgstr "" "Nuestro cliente nos envía una confirmación de pago. Así podemos registrar un" " pago y marcar la factura como pagada." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " "has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " "method." msgstr "" +"Haciendo click en **registrar pago,** informamos a Odoo que nuestro cliente " +"ha pagado la factura. Por tanto, debemos especificar el importe y el método " +"de pago." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" " :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." msgstr "" +"Ahora siempre podremos encontrar los detalles de pago en la factura haciendo" +" click en :menuselection:`Info --> Información de pago`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" @@ -1648,11 +1676,11 @@ msgstr "" "La factura ha sido pagada y **la reconciliación se ha hecho " "automáticamente.**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "Caso 2: Reconciliaciones de extractos bancarios" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." @@ -1660,13 +1688,15 @@ msgstr "" "Empezamos con nuestra factura emitida de 3000 euros para Smith & Co. " "Asumamos también que otras facturas están abiertas para clientes diferentes." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " "Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." msgstr "" +"Recibimos nuestro extracto bancario y vemos que no sólo se ha pagado la " +"factura expedida a Smith & Co, sino también una a Buzz de 92€." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." @@ -1674,11 +1704,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Importar** o **Crear** los extractos bancarios. Por favor refiérase a los " "documentos desde la sección Fuentes Bancarias." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" msgstr "En el tablero, haga clic en **Reconciliación # Elementos**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." @@ -1686,13 +1716,13 @@ msgstr "" "Si todo salió bien (nombre de asociado correcto, monto correcto) Odoo hará " "las reconciliaciones **automáticamente**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" "Si se encuentran algunos problemas, tendrá que realizar **acciones " "manuales**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" @@ -1700,7 +1730,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por ejemplo, si esta faltando el asociado en su extracto bancario, solo " "llénelo en:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" @@ -1708,20 +1738,21 @@ msgstr "" "Si el pago fue hecho con un pago anticipado, solo revise si esta correcto y " "valide todos los pagos relacionados : " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "" "Pulse CTRL-Enter para reconciliar todos los asientos balanceados en la hoja." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:168 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configurar" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" msgstr "¿Cómo configurar una nueva cuenta bancaria?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " "guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " @@ -1731,11 +1762,11 @@ msgstr "" "será guiado en la creación, modificación o supresión de un banco o una " "cuenta de tarjeta de crédito." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 msgid "Edit a bank account" msgstr "Editar una cuenta bancaria" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 msgid "" "To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" " it first before filling your own bank information." @@ -1743,7 +1774,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para facilitar el proceso, ya está ahí una cuenta bancaria. Sugerimos que la" " edite primero antes de llenar su propia información bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " "click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." @@ -1751,7 +1782,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Cuentas Bancarias`" " y de clic en el ítem **Banco**. Editelo. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 msgid "" "Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " "method like SEPA" @@ -1759,11 +1790,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo detectará el tipo de cuenta bancaria (ej. IBAN) para permitir algunos " "métodos de pago como SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 msgid "Create a bank account" msgstr "Crear una cuenta bancaria" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" " on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" @@ -1775,7 +1806,7 @@ msgstr "" " de la cuenta bancaria si pretende enviar documentos como órdenes de venta o" " facturas. Seleccione los métodos de pago que soporta esta cuenta bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 msgid "" "If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " "the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " @@ -1785,73 +1816,37 @@ msgstr "" "compañía en las preferencias de su usuario para poder agregar, editar o " "borrar cuentas bancarias de otra compañía." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Tipo" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." -msgstr "" -"Tipo de cuenta bancaria: Normal o IBAN. Se infiere del número de cuenta." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "ABA/Routing" -msgstr "Número de enrutamiento de ABA" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" -msgstr "Número de enrutamiento de la American Bankers Association" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "Account Holder Name" -msgstr "Nombre del titular de la cuenta" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " -"Holder" -msgstr "" -"Nombre del titular de la cuenta, en caso de que sea diferente al nombre del " -"titular de la cuenta" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Vea **Cuenta Bancaria** en nuestra Demostración En Línea" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Por hacer" +msgstr "Todo" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:45 msgid "add inherited field tooltip" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:47 msgid "" "**Display on reports :** Display this bank account on the documents that " "will be printed or send to the customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:50 msgid "" "**Bank Identifier Code** = BIC : SWIFT Address assigned to a bank in order " "to send automated payments quickly and accurately to the banks concerned" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 msgid "" "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " "of the previous one within the same journal automatically." @@ -1859,11 +1854,11 @@ msgstr "" "El saldo inicial de una cuenta bancaria será ajustado al saldo de cierre del" " anterior dentro del mismo diario automáticamente." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" msgstr "Eliminar una cuenta bancaria o cuenta de tarjeta de crédito" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 msgid "" "From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " "the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " @@ -1873,11 +1868,11 @@ msgstr "" "borrelos desde el menú acción o vaya al formato y borre un solo ítem desde " "el menú acción" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" msgstr "¿Cómo administrar un banco en una moneda extranjera?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " "company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " @@ -1890,7 +1885,7 @@ msgstr "" " para transacciones que ocurren en otra moneda, Odoo guarda ambos, el valor " "en la moneda de la compañía y el valor en la moneda de la transacción. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" @@ -1898,15 +1893,15 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando tiene un extracto bancario en moneda extranjera, para cada " "transacción, Odoo guarda dos valores:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" msgstr "El débito/crédito en la moneda de la compañía" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" msgstr "El débito/crédito en la moneda de la cuenta bancaria" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " "Central bank web-services." @@ -1914,11 +1909,11 @@ msgstr "" "Los tipos de moneda son actualizados automáticamente usando yahoo.com, o los" " servicios web del Banco Central Europeo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" msgstr "Activar la función multi-moneda" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" "In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " "activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " @@ -1933,25 +1928,20 @@ msgstr "" "marcada. Proporcione una cuenta **Ganancia o Pérdida en Cambio de Moneda**, " "luego de clic en **Aplicar**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" msgstr "Configurar monedas" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu " +"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " -"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " -"(to activate a currency, check his active field)" +"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" +" activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" -"Una vez Odoo esta configurado para soportar monedas múltiples, debe activar " -"las monedas con las que planea trabajar. Para hacerlo, vaya al menú " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Monedas`. Todas las monedas estan creadas " -"por defecto, pero debe activar las que planea mantener. (para activar una " -"moneda, revise su campo activo)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" "After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" @@ -1961,17 +1951,17 @@ msgstr "" "automatizar la actualización del tipo de moneda. Éstas opciones también " "estan en los ajustes de la aplicación Contabilidad, al final de la página:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." msgstr "" "De clic en el link **Actualizar Ahora** para actualizar ahora los tipos de " "moneda." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" msgstr "Crear una nueva cuenta bancaria" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." @@ -1979,22 +1969,22 @@ msgstr "" "En la aplicación contabilidad, primero vamos a :menuselection:`Configuración" " --> Contabilidad / Cuenta bancaria`, y creamos una nueva." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" msgstr "" "Una vez guarde esta cuenta bancaria, Odoo creará todos los documentos por " "Ud.:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" msgstr "Una cuenta en el balance de prueba" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" msgstr "Un diario en su tablero" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "" "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" @@ -2002,11 +1992,11 @@ msgstr "" "Información acerca de la cuenta bancaria en el pie de página de sus facturas" " si verifica la casilla **Mostrar en Pie de Página de Facturas**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" msgstr "Ejemplo: Una factura de proveedor en una moneda extranjera" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." @@ -2014,7 +2004,7 @@ msgstr "" "Basado en el ejemplo anterior, asumamos que recibimos el siguiente recibo de" " un proveedor en China." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" @@ -2022,7 +2012,7 @@ msgstr "" "En el :menuselection:`Compra --> Factura de Proveedor` esto es lo que podrá " "ver: " -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." @@ -2030,7 +2020,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez este listo para pagar esta factura, de clic en registrar pago en la " "factura para registrar un pago." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" "That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" " gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " @@ -2042,7 +2032,7 @@ msgstr "" "factura, dependiendo del aumento o reducción del tipo de moneda entre la " "fecha de la factura y el pago." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " "Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." @@ -2050,11 +2040,11 @@ msgstr "" "Note que puede pagar una factura de proveedor con otra moneda. En tal caso, " "Odoo automáticamente convertirá las dos monedas." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" msgstr "Extractos de Clientes" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " @@ -2064,7 +2054,7 @@ msgstr "" "factura. Entonces, el monto pendiente por su cliente (a su proveedor) esta " "siempre expresado en la moneda de la factura." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" "If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " "customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " @@ -2074,21 +2064,16 @@ msgstr "" "separará el extracto del cliente por moneda, como se muestra en el reporte " "abajo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " "managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" -" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " -"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" -" be converted in this currency." +" in its own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable for " +"this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically " +"be converted to this currency." msgstr "" -"En el reporte anterior, la cuenta por cobrar asociada a Camptocamp no es " -"administrada en una segunda moneda, lo cual significa que mantiene cada " -"transacción en su propia moneda. Si prefiere, puede configurar la cuenta por" -" cobrar de su cliente con una segunda moneda y todo sus débitos " -"automáticamente se convertirán a esta moneda." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" "In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " "general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " @@ -2098,11 +2083,11 @@ msgstr "" "general, esto no es lo que el cliente espera en tanto que prefiere ver los " "montos en la moneda de las facturas que recibió;" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a cash register?" msgstr "Cómo administrar una caja registradora?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " @@ -2112,7 +2097,7 @@ msgstr "" " pago. Calcula el total de entradas y salidas de efectivo, computando el " "saldo total." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." @@ -2120,7 +2105,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configurar el diario Efectivo en :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " "Configuración --> Diarios`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" @@ -2128,328 +2113,15 @@ msgstr "" "En la pestaña Asientos de Diarios, la cuenta Débito y Crédito preestablecida" " puede ser configurada también como la moneda del diario" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Activo" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." -msgstr "Establezca active a false para ocultar el diario sin eliminarlo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "Selecciona \"Venta\" para ver registros de facturas de clientes." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "Selecciona \"Compra\" para registros de facturas de vendedores." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " -"payments." -msgstr "" -"Selecciona \"Efectivo\" o \"Banco\" para registros que son usados en pagos " -"de clientes y vendedores." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "Seleccioina \"General\" para operaciones misceláneas de registros." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Use in Point of Sale" -msgstr "Utilizar en el TPV" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a" -" point of sale." -msgstr "" -"Marca esta casilla de selección si este diario define un método de pago que " -"puede ser utilizado en el punto de venta." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Compañía" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "Compañía relacionada con este diario" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "Código corto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "Los asientos de este diario será nombrados usando este prefijo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Number" -msgstr "Próximo número" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." -msgstr "El siguiente número de secuencia se usará para la próxima factura." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Secuencia del asiento" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Este campo contiene información relacionada con la numeración de los " -"asientos de este diario." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" -msgstr "Secuencia de notas de crédito dedicada" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" -" credit notes made from this journal" -msgstr "" -"Marque esta casilla si no desea compartir la misma secuencia de facturas y " -"notas de crédito de este diario" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Notes: Next Number" -msgstr "Notas de crédito: Número siguiente" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." -msgstr "" -"El siguiente número de secuencia se usará para la siguiente nota de crédito." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Secuencia de entradas de nota de crédito" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " -"note entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Este campo contiene la información relacionada con la numeración de las " -"entradas de la nota de crédito de este diario." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "Cuenta deudora por defecto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "Actúa como una cuenta por defecto para importes en el debe." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "Cuenta acreedora por defecto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "Actúa como una cuenta por defecto para los importes en el haber." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Currency" -msgstr "Moneda" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "La divisa utilizada para introducir asientos." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" -msgstr "Define como se registrarán los extractos bancarios" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Creation of Bank Statements" -msgstr "Creación de extracto bancario" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" -msgstr "Define cuándo un nuevo extracto bancario" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" -msgstr "se creará al buscar nuevas transacciones." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "from your bank account." -msgstr "de tu cuenta bancaria. " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Incoming Payments" -msgstr "Para pagos recibidos" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "Manual: Cobra en cash, cheque o cualquier otro método fuera de Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting " -"a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing " -"online (payment token)." -msgstr "" -"Electrónico: Cobra automáticamente a través de un adquiridor de pagos al " -"solicitar transacciones en una tarjeta guardada por el consumidor al comprar" -" o subscribirse online (token de pago)." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you" -" are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable " -"this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Outgoing Payments" -msgstr "Para pagos salientes" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "Manual: Paga facturas en cash o cualquier otro método fuera de Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "Cheque:Paga factura con cheque e imprimirlo desde Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "Cuenta de beneficios" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" -" from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Usado para registrar una ganancia cuando el saldo final de un registro de " -"caja difiere de lo que el sistema calcula" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "Cuenta de pérdidas" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " -"from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Usado para registrar una pérdida cuando el saldo final de un registro de " -"caja difiere de lo que el sistema calcula" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "Agrupar líneas de factura" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " -"when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "" -"Si esta opción está marcada, el sistema tratará de agrupar las líneas del " -"asiento cuando se generen desde facturas." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "Validar en la conciliación bancaria" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in " -"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when " -"performing bank reconciliation." -msgstr "" -"Si los pagos realizados en este diario se deben generar o no en un estado " -"borrador, de modo que las entradas de diario relacionadas solo se " -"contabilicen cuando se realice la conciliación bancaria." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Alias para Facturas de Proveedor" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email." -msgstr "" -"Crea un borrador de factura del vendedor al enviar un correo electrónico." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "Comprueba la impresión del método de pago seleccionado" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" -" method." -msgstr "" -"Campo técnico usado para saber si la impresión de cheques se habilitó como " -"método de pago." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "Secuencia de los cheques" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "Secuencia de numeración de los cheques." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "Numeración manual" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "Marque esta opción si sus cheques pre-impresos no están numerados." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "Nº del próximo cheque" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "Número de secuencia del próximo cheque impreso." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" -msgstr "Importe de la diferencia permitida" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field depicts the maximum difference allowed between the ending balance" -" and the theoretical cash when closing a session, for non-POS managers. If " -"this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing " -"of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager." -msgstr "" -"Este campo representa la diferencia máxima permitida entre el saldo final y " -"el efectivo teórico al cerrar una sesión, para usuarios no administradores " -"TPV . Si se alcanza este máximo, el usuario tendrá un mensaje de error en el" -" cierre de su sesión diciendo que él tiene que ponerse en contacto con su " -"manager ." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "¿Cómo registrar pagos en efectivo?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" @@ -2457,7 +2129,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para registrar una caja registradora especifica a otro cliente, deberá " "seguir los siguientes pasos:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" @@ -2465,11 +2137,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Tablero --> Efectivo --> Registro de" " Transacciones`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "Llene en el balance de inicio y cierre" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" @@ -2477,11 +2149,11 @@ msgstr "" "Registre las transacciones, especificando los clientes vinculados a la " "transacción" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "Poner dinero" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " @@ -2491,11 +2163,11 @@ msgstr "" "iniciar sus transacciones. Desde la ventada Registro de Transacciones, vaya " "a :menuselection:`Más --> Ingresar dinero`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "Sacar dinero" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " @@ -2505,27 +2177,27 @@ msgstr "" "de finalizadas todas sus transacciones. Desde la ventada Registro de " "Transacciones, vaya a :menuselection:`Más --> Retirar dinero`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" "Las transacciones serán agregadas al registro actual de pago en efectivo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "Localizaciones" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Colombia" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introducción" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" @@ -2533,7 +2205,7 @@ msgstr "" "La facturación electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " "requiere los siguientes módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 msgid "" "**l11n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " @@ -2543,7 +2215,7 @@ msgstr "" "contabilidad, contiene la configuración por defecto para: plan de cuentas, " "impuestos, retenciones, identificaciones y tipos de documentos." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" " for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " @@ -2553,15 +2225,15 @@ msgstr "" " para la inntegración con Carvajal T&S y generar la facturación electrónica," " basada en los requerimientos legales de DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "Flujo" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "1. Instalar los módulos de la localización colombiana" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." @@ -2569,11 +2241,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para hacerlo, vaya a Aplicaciones y busque “Colombia”. Haga click en " "“Instalar” para los primeros dos módulos." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "2. Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" msgstr "2. Configure las credenciales para el webservice “Carvajal T&S”" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " @@ -2583,8 +2255,8 @@ msgstr "" "con el webservice Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar las credenciales de " "usuario. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." @@ -2592,7 +2264,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ir a :menuselection:`Contabilidad —> Configuración —> Ajustes` y busque la " "sección *Facturación Electrónica para Colombia*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 msgid "" "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" " environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " @@ -2604,7 +2276,7 @@ msgstr "" "integración conn el portal financiero CEN, el cual está accesible aquí: " "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." @@ -2612,11 +2284,11 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que Odoo y Carvajal T&S estén completamente configurados y listos " "para producción, el entorno de test puede ser deshabilitado." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 msgid "3. Configure your report data" msgstr "3. Configurar sus datos de informes" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." @@ -2625,19 +2297,19 @@ msgstr "" "puede definir los datos para la sección fiscal y la información bancaria en " "el PDF." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "4. Configurar datos requeridos en el XML" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 msgid "4.1 Partner" msgstr "4.1 Cliente" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 msgid "4.1.1 Identification" msgstr "4.1.1. Identificación" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " @@ -2648,7 +2320,7 @@ msgstr "" "clientes colombianos deben tener su número de identificación y tipo de " "documento configurados." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " @@ -2658,11 +2330,11 @@ msgstr "" " configurado en Odoo incluyendo el dígito verificador, Odoo dividirá este " "número cuando los datos sean enviados al proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" msgstr "4.1.2. Estructura fiscal (RUT)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " @@ -2672,15 +2344,15 @@ msgstr "" "sonn incluídas como parte del módulo de facturación electrónica, debido a " "que es parte de la información requerida por el DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" msgstr "" -"Estos campos se pueden encontrar en :seleccion de menu: `Socio--> Lengüeta " -"de Ventas & Compras ---> Información Fiscal" +"Estos campos se pueden encontrar en :seleccion de menu: `Socio-->Lengüeta de" +" Ventas & Compras --->Información Fiscal" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." @@ -2688,29 +2360,29 @@ msgstr "" "Adicionalmente se agregaron dos campos booleanos para especificar el régimen" " fiscal del socio." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 msgid "4.2 Taxes" msgstr "4.2 Impuestos" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " "This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " "display taxes in the invoice PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 msgid "4.3 Journals" msgstr "4.3 Diarios" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " @@ -2719,32 +2391,32 @@ msgid "" "Setting --> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 msgid "4.4 Users" msgstr "4.4 Usuarios " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:202 msgid "Usage and testing" -msgstr "Uso y pruebas" +msgstr "Uso y prueba" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 msgid "1. Invoice" msgstr "1. Factura" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." @@ -2752,11 +2424,11 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez configurados todos sus datos maestros y credenciales, es posible " "comenzar a probar el flujo de trabajo de la factura electrónica." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "1.1 Invoice creation" msgstr "1.1. Creación de facturas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " @@ -2766,11 +2438,11 @@ msgstr "" "factura no cambia. Los principales cambios que se introducen con la factura " "electrónica son los siguientes campos:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos: " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." @@ -2778,7 +2450,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura Electronica**: Este es el tipo de documento regular y es aplicable" " para Facturas, Notas de crédito y Notas de débito." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." @@ -2786,23 +2458,23 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura de Importación**: Esto debe ser seleccionado para las " "transacciones de importación." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " "necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " "the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." msgstr "" -"** Factura de contingencia **: Este es un tipo excepcional que se utiliza " -"como copia de seguridad manual en caso de que la empresa no pueda usar el " -"ERP y es necesario generar la factura manualmente, cuando esta factura se " -"agrega al ERP, este tipo de factura debe ser seleccionado." +"**Factura de contingencia**: Este es un tipo excepcional que se utiliza como" +" copia de seguridad manual en caso de que la empresa no pueda usar el ERP y " +"es necesario generar la factura manualmente, cuando esta factura se agrega " +"al ERP, este tipo de factura debe ser seleccionado." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" msgstr "1.2 Validación de facturas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." @@ -2810,7 +2482,7 @@ msgstr "" "Después de validar la factura, se crea un archivo XML y se envía " "automáticamente a Carvajal, este archivo se muestra en el chatter." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " @@ -2821,11 +2493,11 @@ msgstr "" "muestra con el estado de Factura electrónica, con el valor inicial \"En " "progreso\":" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "1.3 Recepción de XML legal y PDF" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -2842,11 +2514,11 @@ msgstr "" "único (CUFE), una factura en PDF que incluye un código QR y también se " "genera el CUFE." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 msgid "After this:" msgstr "Después de esto: " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" @@ -2854,15 +2526,15 @@ msgstr "" "Un ZIP que contiene el XML legal y el PDF se descarga y se muestra en el " "chatter de la factura:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "El estado de la factura electrónica cambia a \"Aceptado\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 msgid "1.4 Common errors" msgstr "1.4 Errores comunes " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " @@ -2873,7 +2545,7 @@ msgstr "" "error se muestran en el chatter después de actualizar el estado de la " "factura electrónica." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" @@ -2881,11 +2553,11 @@ msgstr "" "Después de corregir los datos maestros, es posible reprocesar el XML con los" " nuevos datos y enviar la versión actualizada, usando el siguiente botón:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 msgid "2. Additional use cases" msgstr "2. Casos de uso adicionales" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." @@ -2893,101 +2565,101 @@ msgstr "" "El proceso para las notas de crédito y débito es exactamente el mismo que la" " factura, el flujo de trabajo funcional también sigue siendo el mismo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 msgid "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "Introducción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 msgid "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 msgid "" "módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " "siguientes puntos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "a. Plan Contable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "b. Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "c. Retenciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 msgid "" "adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " "generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" " DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 msgid "Flujo General" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 msgid "Configuración" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 msgid "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 msgid "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 msgid "cz" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 msgid "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 msgid "" "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " "Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 msgid "" "Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " "**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 msgid "" "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " "ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" @@ -2996,7 +2668,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 msgid "" "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " "el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " @@ -3004,11 +2676,11 @@ msgid "" " la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 msgid "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 msgid "" "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " @@ -3018,25 +2690,25 @@ msgstr "" "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " "Bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 msgid "" "Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" " Electrónica Colombiana**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 msgid "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 msgid "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 msgid "4.1.1 Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 msgid "" "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " "por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " @@ -3044,31 +2716,31 @@ msgid "" "de documento correspondiente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 msgid "" "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 msgid "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 msgid "" "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " "Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 msgid "" "Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " "Información Fiscal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "" "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " "régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " @@ -3077,24 +2749,24 @@ msgid "" "opciones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 msgid "4.2 Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 msgid "" "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " "necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 msgid "" "Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" " Valor" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 msgid "" "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " "en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " @@ -3102,28 +2774,28 @@ msgid "" "gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 msgid "4.3 Diarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 msgid "" "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" " con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 msgid "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " "ruta:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 msgid "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." @@ -3131,36 +2803,36 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 msgid "4.4 Usuarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 msgid "" "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " "Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "1. Invoice Creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "" "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " "factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " @@ -3168,48 +2840,48 @@ msgid "" "manualmente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 msgid "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 msgid "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 msgid "transacciones de importación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 msgid "" "utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " "ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " "factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 msgid "1. Invoice Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 msgid "" "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " @@ -3219,7 +2891,7 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo está " "desplegado en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 msgid "" "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " "con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" @@ -3227,11 +2899,11 @@ msgid "" "inicial **En Proceso**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 msgid "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 msgid "" "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " "validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " @@ -3241,36 +2913,36 @@ msgid "" "CUFE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 msgid "" "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " "automáticamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 msgid "en el historial de la Factura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 msgid "" "Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" " mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 msgid "1. Errores Frecuentes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 msgid "" "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " "relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " @@ -3282,7 +2954,7 @@ msgstr "" "detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " "desplegados en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 msgid "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " @@ -3291,65 +2963,65 @@ msgstr "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible procesar el XML con la " "nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente botón:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 msgid "" "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " "igual." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "Francia" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" " --> FEC`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "" "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "Informes contables franceses" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "Plan de Impuestos de Francia" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -3358,39 +3030,39 @@ msgid "" "through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "¿Requiero que mi compañía use software anti fraude?" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." msgstr "Algunos de sus clientes son particulares privados (B2C)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "Obtiene certificación con Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "Ser compatible con Odoo es muy fácil." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " @@ -3401,33 +3073,33 @@ msgid "" "contact your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "Para obtener la certificación solo sigue los siguientes pasos:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "" "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " "menu:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "" "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 msgid "" "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -3435,13 +3107,13 @@ msgid "" "country from the list; Do not create a new country." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " "should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " @@ -3449,7 +3121,7 @@ msgid "" "List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." @@ -3457,7 +3129,7 @@ msgstr "" "En caso de que use Odoo on-premise, debe actualizar su instalación y " "reiniciar su servidor de antemano." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -3467,15 +3139,15 @@ msgid "" " installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "Características antifraude" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "El módulo antifraude introduce las siguientes características:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" @@ -3483,13 +3155,13 @@ msgstr "" "** Inalterabilidad **: desactivación de todas las formas de cancelar o " "modificar datos clave de pedidos POS, facturas y entradas de diario;" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "" "** Seguridad **: algoritmo de encadenamiento para verificar la " "inalterabilidad;" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." @@ -3497,11 +3169,11 @@ msgstr "" "** Almacenamiento **: cierres de ventas automáticos con computación del " "período y totales acumulados (diario, mensual, anual)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "Inalterabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " @@ -3511,7 +3183,7 @@ msgstr "" "pedidos de POS pagados, las facturas confirmadas y los asientos de diario se" " desactivan, si la empresa está ubicada en Francia o en cualquier DOM-TOM." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." @@ -3519,18 +3191,18 @@ msgstr "" "Si ejecuta un entorno de múltiples empresas, solo se verán afectados los " "documentos de dichas empresas." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguridad" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 msgid "" "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " "document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -3539,7 +3211,7 @@ msgid "" "document recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " @@ -3547,11 +3219,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 msgid "Storage" msgstr "Almacenamiento" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -3559,24 +3231,24 @@ msgid "" "recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " @@ -3584,7 +3256,7 @@ msgid "" " hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " @@ -3592,41 +3264,41 @@ msgid "" "counted in the very next closing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " "developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " "--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Responsabilidades" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "Más información" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" @@ -3634,7 +3306,7 @@ msgstr "" "Encontrará más información sobre esta legislación en los documentos " "oficiales:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__" @@ -3642,7 +3314,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Preguntas frecuentes " "<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" @@ -3652,7 +3324,7 @@ msgstr "" "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" "DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`__" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__" @@ -3660,15 +3332,15 @@ msgstr "" "`Artículo 88 de la Ley de Finanzas 2016 " "<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Alemania" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Plan de Cuentas Alemán" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " "choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -3679,8 +3351,8 @@ msgstr "" "desee en: menuselection: `Contabilidad-> Configuración` y luego elija el " "paquete que desea en la sección de localización fiscal." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -3688,48 +3360,48 @@ msgstr "" "Tenga cuidado, solo puede cambiar el paquete contable siempre y cuando no " "haya creado ninguna entrada contable." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" "Cuando crea una nueva base de datos SaaS, el SKR03 se instala de forma " "predeterminada." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" msgstr "Informes contables alemanes" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" "Aquí está la lista de informes específicos de alemán disponibles en Odoo " "Enterprise:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "Balance de situación" +msgstr "Balance de Situación" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "Ganancias y Pérdidas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" msgstr "Informe de Impuestos (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" msgstr "Empresa de IVA Intra" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "Exportación de Odoo a Datev" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "" "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " "able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " @@ -3743,11 +3415,11 @@ msgstr "" "menuselection: `Contabilidad-> Informes-> Contabilidad General` luego haga " "clic en el botón ** Exportar Datev (csv) **." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "" "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" " configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " @@ -3756,11 +3428,11 @@ msgid "" "l’interscambio di informazioni." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 msgid "" "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " "funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" @@ -3769,13 +3441,13 @@ msgid "" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 msgid "" "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" " elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " @@ -3785,14 +3457,14 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/discuss/email_servers.html>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " "elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " "della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " @@ -3800,34 +3472,34 @@ msgid "" "previa comunicazione." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " "commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 msgid "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "" "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " "fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " @@ -3835,18 +3507,18 @@ msgid "" "l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 msgid "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "" "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " "necessarie informazioni legali." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "" "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" " i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" @@ -3854,11 +3526,11 @@ msgid "" "necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " "dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" @@ -3867,53 +3539,53 @@ msgid "" "tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "" "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 msgid "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 msgid "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "México" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "" "This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" " documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " @@ -3929,18 +3601,18 @@ msgstr "" "información necesaria para permitir usar Odoo en una empresa con sede fijada" " en \"México\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" msgstr "La localización mexicana es un grupo de 3 módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "" "**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" " account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" " list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," " payment complement, invoice addendum." @@ -3948,7 +3620,7 @@ msgstr "" "**l10n_mx_edi**: Todo sobre las transacciones electrónicas, CFDI 3.2 y 3.3, " "complemento de pago, adición de factura." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " "accounting are here (Accounting app required)." @@ -3956,7 +3628,7 @@ msgstr "" "**l10n_mx_reports**: todos los informes obligatorios para la contabilidad " "electrónica están aquí (se requiere aplicación de contabilidad)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 msgid "" "With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " "with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" @@ -3970,7 +3642,7 @@ msgstr "" "normales para este mercado, cosa que hace de Odoo la solución perfecta para " "administrar su empresa en México." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 msgid "" "After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" " to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " @@ -3980,17 +3652,17 @@ msgstr "" "de seguir el proceso paso a paso para evitar perder el tiempo en solucionar " "problemas. En cualquier paso puede retroceder y volver a intentarlo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" msgstr "1. Instala la localización contable mexicana" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." msgstr "" "Para esto, vaya a aplicaciones y busque México. Después, haga clic en " "*Instalar*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" "When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " "when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " @@ -3999,11 +3671,11 @@ msgstr "" "Al crear una base de datos desde www.odoo.com, si se elige México como país " "al crear la cuenta, la localización mexicana se instalará automáticamente." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" msgstr "2. Facturación electrónica (formato CDFI 3.2 y 3.3)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 msgid "" "To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" @@ -4017,11 +3689,11 @@ msgstr "" "3.3) y generar también el complemento de pago firmado (3.3 solamente); todo " "se integra completamente con el flujo de facturación normal en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company" msgstr "3. Establece tu información legal en la empresa" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 msgid "" "First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " "in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " @@ -4033,17 +3705,22 @@ msgstr "" "Empresas` e ingrese una dirección válida y el IVA. No olvides definir una " "posición fiscal mexicana en la información contacto de tu empresa." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +"vat to **EKU9003173C9**." msgstr "" -"Si desea usar la localización mexicana en modo de prueba, puede poner " -"cualquier dirección conocida dentro de México con todos los campos para la " -"dirección de la empresa y configurar al VAT como **TCM970625MB1**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " +"(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " +"configuration. If you want to manage another currency, let MXN be the " +"default currency and use price list instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:91 msgid "" "4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the " "company" @@ -4051,7 +3728,7 @@ msgstr "" "4. Establezca la \"Posición fiscal\" adecuada en el tipo de socio que " "representa la empresa" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:93 msgid "" "Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " "order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " @@ -4063,11 +3740,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a la carta de la información general de la compañía, y configure la Posición Fiscal correcta. \n" "(para el ** Entorno de prueba ** debe seleccionar * 601 - General de Ley Personas Morales *, simplemente búsquelo como un campo en la barra de búsqueda de Odoo si no encuentra la opción)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:100 msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" msgstr "5. Habilitación de la nueva localización mexicana 3.3 CFDI" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:103 msgid "" "This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " "available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " @@ -4079,11 +3756,11 @@ msgstr "" " versión 11.0 en su instancia de SaaS, solicite una actualización. Para " "enviar un ticket a soporte, diríjase a https://www.odoo.com/help." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:108 msgid "Enable debug mode:" msgstr "Habilite el modo desarrollador: " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 msgid "" "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " @@ -4095,7 +3772,7 @@ msgstr "" "llamado * l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version * a 3.3 (créelo si la entrada con este " "nombre no existe )." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:119 msgid "" "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " @@ -4107,12 +3784,12 @@ msgstr "" "SAT en cualquier base de datos nueva creada desde la versión v.11.0. CFDI " "3.3 es el comportamiento predeterminado." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:128 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "Consideraciones importantes al habilitar el CFDI 3.3" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:648 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." @@ -4120,7 +3797,7 @@ msgstr "" "Su impuesto, que representa el 16% de IVA y el 0%, debe tener el campo " "\"Tipo de factor\" establecido en \"Tasa\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:138 msgid "" "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" @@ -4130,7 +3807,7 @@ msgstr "" "correcto (son los primeros 3 números en el nombre), por ejemplo, para el " "test, debe establecer 601, se verá como la imagen." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:145 msgid "" "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " @@ -4140,11 +3817,11 @@ msgstr "" "campo \"Referencia\" correctamente configurados, puede exportarlos y volver " "a importarlos para hacerlo más rápido." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" msgstr "6. Configure el PAC para firmar correctamente las facturas." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " @@ -4156,7 +3833,7 @@ msgstr "" "dentro de la ** Lista de PAC admitidos ** en el campo * PAC * y luego " "ingresar su nombre de usuario de PAC y la contraseña de PAC." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " @@ -4166,7 +3843,7 @@ msgstr "" "se puede hacer con el PAC mismo en este caso, tendremos dos (2) Finkok`_ y " "`Solución Factible`_ disponibles." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " @@ -4180,7 +3857,7 @@ msgstr "" "propuesto para el SAT con el fin de establecer esta información para su " "entorno de producción con transacciones reales." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." @@ -4188,7 +3865,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si marcó la casilla * entorno de prueba MX PAC * no es necesario ingresar un" " nombre de usuario o contraseña de PAC." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." @@ -4196,23 +3873,17 @@ msgstr "" "Aquí puede encontrar un certificado del SAT para usar el *Ambiente de " "Prueba* para la localización contable mexicana." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178 -msgid "`Certificate`_" -msgstr "`Certificado`_" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179 -msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "`Clave del certificado`_" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 -msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +msgid "" +":download:` Certificate <files/certificate.cer>` :download:` Certificate Key" +" <files/certificate.key>` - **Password:** 12345678a" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189 msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" msgstr "7. Configure la etiqueta en impuestos de ventas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:191 msgid "" "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " @@ -4223,7 +3894,7 @@ msgstr "" "el impuesto es un impuesto de venta, el campo \"Etiqueta\" debería ser " "\"IVA\", \"ISR\" o \"IEPS\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." @@ -4231,11 +3902,11 @@ msgstr "" "Tenga en cuenta que los impuestos predeterminados ya tienen una etiqueta " "asignada, pero cuando cree un nuevo impuesto, debe elegir una etiqueta." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:205 msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "Facturación" +msgstr "Facturación / Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." @@ -4243,7 +3914,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para usar la facturación mexicana solo necesita crear una factura estándar  " "siguiendo los procesos normales dentro de Odoo. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" @@ -4251,7 +3922,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que valide su primera factura, una factura firmada correctamente " "debe tener este aspecto:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:217 msgid "" "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " @@ -4261,7 +3932,7 @@ msgstr "" "factura o enviándolo por correo electrónico siguiendo el proceso normal en " "odoo para enviar su factura por correo electrónico." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:224 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." @@ -4269,11 +3940,11 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que envíe la factura electrónica por correo electrónico, esta es la " "forma en que debería verse." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "Cancelando facturas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:233 msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." @@ -4281,37 +3952,37 @@ msgstr "" "El proceso de cancelación está completamente vinculado a la cancelación " "normal en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:235 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "Si la factura no esta pagada." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" msgstr "Vaya al diario de facturas del cliente al que pertenece la factura." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:245 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field" msgstr "Marque el campo \"Permitir cancelación de asientos\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"" msgstr "Vuelva a su factura y haga clic en el botón \"Cancelar factura\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "**Consideraciones legales**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "Una factura cancelada se cancelará automáticamente con el SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:261 msgid "" "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " @@ -4321,18 +3992,18 @@ msgstr "" " la cantidad de CFDI cancelada que intentó, entonces todos esos XML son " "importantes para mantener un buen control de los motivos de cancelación." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:264 msgid "" "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "Pagos (Solo disponible para CFDI 3.3)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " @@ -4342,7 +4013,7 @@ msgstr "" " normal en Odoo, estas consideraciones para entender el comportamiento son " "importantes." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." @@ -4351,28 +4022,28 @@ msgstr "" "PPD, ya que es el comportamiento esperado legalmente requerido para el " "\"Pago en efectivo\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "" "**1.1. ¿Cómo puedo generar una factura con un término de pago `PUE`?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " "the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " "calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " "generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" -"`De acuerdo con la ducumentación del SAT`_ un pago es clasiifiicado como " -"``PUE`` si se acordó pagar completamente una factura antes dl día 17 del " +"`De acuerdo con la ducumentación del SAT`_ un pago es clasificado como " +"``PUE`` si se acordó pagar completamente una factura antes del día 17 del " "siguiente mes calendario (el próximo mes de la fecha del CFDI), cualquier " "otra condición va a generar una factura ``PPD``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" msgstr "**1.2. ¿Cómo puedo conseguir esto con Odoo?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." @@ -4381,7 +4052,7 @@ msgstr "" "establecerse fácilmente utilizando los ``Términos de pago`` definidos en la " "factura." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." @@ -4389,7 +4060,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si se genera una factura sin ``Plazo de pago`` el atributo ``MetodoPago`` " "será ``PUE``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "" "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " "``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " @@ -4401,7 +4072,7 @@ msgstr "" "primer día del mes siguiente, este significa que es antes del día 17 del mes" " siguiente, entonces el atributo ``MetodoPago`` será `` PUE ''." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "" "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " @@ -4411,24 +4082,24 @@ msgstr "" "``Fecha de Vencimiento`` es mayor que el día 17 del mes siguiente, el " "``MetodoPago`` será ``PPD``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "Necesita imprimir el pago para poder obtener el PDF correctamente. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -4442,49 +4113,49 @@ msgstr "" "oficial `dada por el SAT`_ en la sección ** Apéndice 2 Procedimiento Para la" " emisión de los CFDI en el caso de anticipos recibidos **." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "La contabilidad para México en Odoo es compuesta por 3 reportes: " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "Balanza de Comprobación Electrónica." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "Reporte DIOT" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" "1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:334 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Contabilidad Electrónica (Requiere Aplicación de Contabilidad)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:337 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " @@ -4494,17 +4165,17 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:’Contabilidad --> Informes --> México --> COA’ y darle clic " "en el botón **Exportar para SAT (XML)**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:346 msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" msgstr "**¿Como agregar nuevas cuentas?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -4514,11 +4185,11 @@ msgid "" " xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" msgstr "**¿Cuál es el significado de la etiqueta?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:363 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." @@ -4527,7 +4198,7 @@ msgstr "" "sitio web del SAT en la sección llamada ** Código agrupador de cuentas del " "SAT **." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -4539,11 +4210,11 @@ msgstr "" "en su base de datos), tendrá por defecto las etiquetas más comunes. Si la " "etiqueta que necesita no está creada, puede crearla." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:373 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "Balanza de Comprobación Electrónica" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:375 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -4558,21 +4229,21 @@ msgstr "" "superior ** Exportar para SAT (XML) ** con la selección previa del período " "que desea exportar." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:388 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Informe DIOT (Requiere Contabilidad App)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:390 msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" msgstr "** ¿Qué es el DIOT y la importancia de presentarlo al SAT **" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:392 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " @@ -4582,7 +4253,7 @@ msgstr "" "sabemos que no debemos descuidar lo que presentamos. Para que las cosas no " "pasen en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:395 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -4590,18 +4261,18 @@ msgid "" "the same, with our providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " "to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:406 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " @@ -4611,7 +4282,7 @@ msgstr "" "obtenerlo en la página del SAT, es el formato electrónico A-29 que puede " "encontrar en el sitio web del SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:410 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -4619,24 +4290,24 @@ msgid "" "to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:421 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -4645,18 +4316,18 @@ msgid "" "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:432 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:436 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -4666,7 +4337,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -4674,15 +4345,15 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:448 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:450 msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" msgstr "**¿Como generar este reporte en Odoo?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:452 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." @@ -4690,17 +4361,17 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:’Contabilidad --> Informes --> Mexico --> " "Transacciones con terceras partes (DIOT)’. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." @@ -4708,11 +4379,11 @@ msgstr "" "Guarda en un lugar seguro el archivo descargado, vaya al sitio web de SAT y " "sigue los pasos necesarios para declararlo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:474 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -4726,34 +4397,34 @@ msgstr "" "necesita hacer nada más allí, pero el *L10N MX tipo de operación* deber ser " "configurado en todos sus proveedores." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " "properly configured already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " "itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:491 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -4763,26 +4434,26 @@ msgid "" "your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "Funciones adicionales recomendadas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:507 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "Módulo de Contactos (Gratis)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:509 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:514 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Multi moneda (Requiere de aplicación de Contabilidad) " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -4797,11 +4468,11 @@ msgstr "" "dejara bajar el tipo de cambio automáticamente del SAT sin necesidad de " "configurar esta información todos los días manualmente en el sistema. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" @@ -4809,7 +4480,7 @@ msgstr "" "Habilitación de errores explícitos en el CFDI utilizando el validador local " "XSD (CFDI 3.3)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " @@ -4817,22 +4488,22 @@ msgid "" "debug mode enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:536 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection: `Configuración --> Técnico --> Acciones --> Acciones " +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Técnico --> Acciones --> Acciones " "del servidor`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:537 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "Busque la acción llamada \"Descargar archivos XSD a CFDI\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:538 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "Haga clic en el botón \"Crear acción contextual\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:539 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" @@ -4840,16 +4511,16 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya al formulario de la empresa :menuselection:`Configuración --> Usuarios " "y empresas --> Empresas`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "Abre cualquier empresa que tengas." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "Haga clic en \"Acción\" y luego en \"Descargar archivo XSD a CFDI\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:546 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " @@ -4859,15 +4530,15 @@ msgstr "" "sin código que es bastante común) y se mostrará un error explícito en su " "lugar, uno genérico sin explicación." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "Si ves un error como este:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "El CFDI generado no es válido. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " @@ -4877,44 +4548,44 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:559 msgid "" "This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " "or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" " above but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:563 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "Ve a la empresa en donde ocurre el error. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "**Mensaje de error** (Solo aplica en el CFDI 3.3):" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 -msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID" msgstr "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572 msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute " +"'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; " +"this underruns the allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute " +"'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the " +"pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:577 msgid "" "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " @@ -4923,35 +4594,36 @@ msgstr "" "**Solución:** Olvidaste asignar el campo \"Referencia\" en el producto, ve " "al formulario del producto y asígnalo correctamente." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:609 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "**Mensaje de error**:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:576 -msgid "" -":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" msgstr "" -":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 msgid "" -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing." +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute " +"'Regimen' is required but missing." msgstr "" -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal'" +" is required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:587 msgid "" "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -4967,62 +4639,63 @@ msgstr "" " de valores posibles de SAT. Una opción adicional es que se le olvidó seguir" " las consideraciones sobre las posiciones fiscales." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:594 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " "set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " "Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID" msgstr "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:607 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02'," +" '03', '04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', " +"'25', '26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:610 msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "**Solución:** El método de pago es requerido en tu factura. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:617 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute " +"'LugarExpedicion': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of " +"the set {'00" msgstr "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute " +"'LugarExpedicion': '' is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:619 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 msgid "" "**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " @@ -5031,19 +4704,7 @@ msgid "" "info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:624 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "" "**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." @@ -5051,21 +4712,27 @@ msgstr "" "**Solución:** El código postal en la dirección de su empresa no es uno " "valido para México, debería corregirlo. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " +"is required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 msgid "" -":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " "Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " "is required but missing.\", '')" msgstr "" -":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " -"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " -"is required but missing.\", '')" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:645 msgid "" "**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." @@ -5073,15 +4740,15 @@ msgstr "" "**Solución:** Configura el nombre mexicano para el impuesto del 0% y el 16% " "que existe en tu sistema y se usa en las facturas. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Holanda" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 msgid "" "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" " all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " @@ -5090,51 +4757,51 @@ msgid "" "then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" msgstr "España" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Plan de cuenta Español" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " @@ -5144,61 +4811,61 @@ msgstr "" "Configuración` y luego elija el paquete que desee en la sección ** " "Localización fiscal **." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "Reporte de Impuestos (Modelo 111)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "Reporte de Impuestos (Modelo 115)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "Reporte de Impuestos (Modelo 303)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Suiza" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " "ISR*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " "010391391 as CHF ISR reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " "coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " @@ -5207,11 +4874,11 @@ msgid "" "Reports` and tick this box :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "Actualización en vivo de la tasa de cambio" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 msgid "" "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " "Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -5219,28 +4886,28 @@ msgid "" "you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 msgid "" "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" " for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 msgid "" "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " "module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " @@ -5249,13 +4916,13 @@ msgid "" "\"upgrade\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 msgid "" "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " "to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " @@ -5263,269 +4930,264 @@ msgid "" "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 msgid "" "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" " details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Name**" msgstr "** Nombre del impuesto**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "**Tarifa**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" msgstr "** Etiqueta en factura**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Scope**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tag**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "7.7%" msgstr "7.7%" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 msgid "7.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "TVA 7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "Compras" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 msgid "7.7% invest." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "3.7%" msgstr "3.7%" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 msgid "3.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "TVA 3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 msgid "3.7% invest" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Ventas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "7.7% Incl." msgstr "7.7% Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "3.7% Incl." msgstr "3.7% Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "" "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " "your fiscal positions accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 msgid "Others" -msgstr "" -"Otros\n" -"Retirar dinero\n" -"Tomar dinero es utilizado para tomar su cash manualmente despues el fin de todas transacciones. De los windows Register Transactios, ir al menuselection. Mas-Retirar dinero\n" -"Las transacciones seran agregado al registro del pago cash.\n" -"Auditor " +msgstr "Otros" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 msgid "Adviser" msgstr "Asesor" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 msgid "Manage your fixed assets" msgstr "Administre sus activos fijos" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 msgid "" "The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " "machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " @@ -5537,7 +5199,7 @@ msgstr "" " depreciación mensuales automáticamente, junta toda la depreciación, vende o" " enajena los activos y realizar informes sobre los activos de la compañía." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 msgid "" "As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " "amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " @@ -5552,7 +5214,7 @@ msgstr "" " un gasto. Después de 3 años, este patrimonio cuenta por $ 0 (valor " "residual) en su balance." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 msgid "" "The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " "describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" @@ -5560,23 +5222,23 @@ msgstr "" "Los diferentes tipos de activos se agrupan en \"Tipos de Activos\" que " "describen cómo deprecian un activo. He aquí dos ejemplos de activos tipos:" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" msgstr "Edificio: 10 años, depreciación lineal anual" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" msgstr "Coche: 5 años, la depreciación lineal mensual" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 msgid "Install the Asset module" msgstr "Instalar el módulo de Activos" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" msgstr "Iniciar con *Instalar el Módulo de Activos.*" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" " application:" @@ -5584,15 +5246,15 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que el módulo ya está instalado, usted podrá ver los dos menús que " "se despliegan en la aplicación de Contabilidad:" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" msgstr ":menuselection:`Asesor --> Activos`" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" msgstr ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Tipos de Activos`" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 msgid "" "Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " "<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." @@ -5600,11 +5262,11 @@ msgstr "" "Antes de registrar su primer activo, usted debe :ref:`definir sus Tipos de " "Activos <accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 msgid "Defining Asset Types" msgstr "Definir los Tipos de Activos" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 msgid "" "Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " "deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " @@ -5619,7 +5281,7 @@ msgstr "" "proporcionar ninguna información contable que sea compleja. Sólo tienen que " "proporcionar un tipo de activo en la factura de proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 msgid "" "You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " "like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " @@ -5632,18 +5294,18 @@ msgstr "" "Nombre de acuerdo a la duración del activo como \"36 meses\", \"10 Años\", " "..." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 msgid "" "To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" msgstr "" "Para definir los Tipos de Activos, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " "Tipos de Activos`" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 msgid "Create assets manually" msgstr "Crear Activos manualmente" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 msgid "" "To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Assets`." @@ -5651,7 +5313,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para registrar activos manualmente, vaya al menú :menuselection:`Asesor --> " "Activos`." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 msgid "" "Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " "on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " @@ -5661,7 +5323,7 @@ msgstr "" "clic en el botón Depreciación Computadora para comprobar en el tablero antes" " de confirmar la depreciación del activo." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 msgid "" "if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" " this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " @@ -5671,183 +5333,11 @@ msgstr "" "proveedor para este activo. El documento activo sólo producirá los asientos " "de diario de depreciación, no los relacionados con la factura del proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 -msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "Explicación de los campos:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Estado" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." -msgstr "Cuando un activo es creado, el estado es 'Borrador'." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" -" lines can be posted in the accounting." -msgstr "" -"Si el activo es confirmado, el estado entra en 'Funcionamiento' y las líneas" -" de depreciación pueden ser publicadas en la contabilidad." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " -"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." -msgstr "" -"Puede manualmente cerrar un activo cuando la depreciación se termina. Si la " -"última línea de depreciación es publicada, el activo automáticamente va a " -"ese estado." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Asset Category" -msgstr "Categoría de activo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Category of asset" -msgstr "Categoría del activo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date" -msgstr "Fecha" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date of asset" -msgstr "Fecha del activo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Depreciation Dates" -msgstr "Fechas de depreciación" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based" -" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on " -"the periodicity of the depreciations)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the " -"purchase date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "First Depreciation Date" -msgstr "Primera fecha de depreciación" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal " -"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting " -"date" -msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta que esta fecha no altera el cálculo de la primera entrada " -"del diario en caso de activos prorrata temporis. Simplemente cambia su fecha" -" contable." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross Value" -msgstr "Valor bruto" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross value of asset" -msgstr "Valor bruto del activo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Salvage Value" -msgstr "Valor residual" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." -msgstr "Es el importe que prevee tener que no puede depreciar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Computation Method" -msgstr "Método de cálculo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." -msgstr "" -"Elija el método a usar para calcular el monto en las líneas de depreciación." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "Lineal: Calculado en base de: Valor Bruto / Número de Depreciaciones" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" -msgstr "" -"Decreciente: Calculado en base de: Valor Residual * Factor Decreciente" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Time Method Based On" -msgstr "Método de tiempo basado en" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 " -"depreciations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " -"depreciations won't go beyond." -msgstr "" -"Fecha de Cierre: Elija el tiempo entre 2 depreciaciones y la fecha en que " -"las depreciaciones no irán por encima de." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Prorata Temporis" -msgstr "Tiempo prorrateado" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " -"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start " -"date of fiscal year" -msgstr "" -"Indica que la primera entrada de depreciación para este Activo debe hacerse " -"desde la fecha del activo (fecha de compra) en lugar del primero de enero / " -"fecha de inicio del año fiscal" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "Número de depreciaciones" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" -msgstr "El número de amortizaciones para amortizar el activo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Months in a Period" -msgstr "Número de meses en un periodo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" -msgstr "La cantidad de tiempo entre dos amortizaciones, en meses" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 -msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "Trata de crear un *Activo* en la demostración en línea." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:83 msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" msgstr "Crear activos automáticamente desde la factura del proveedor" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:85 msgid "" "Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " "is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " @@ -5860,7 +5350,7 @@ msgstr "" "se creará automáticamente un activo, utilizando la información de la factura" " de proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:92 msgid "" "Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " "created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " @@ -5876,7 +5366,7 @@ msgstr "" "Generar activos en el proyecto sólo cuando usted quiere que su asesor " "controle todos los activos antes de la publicación a sus cuentas." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:99 msgid "" "if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " "be filled in the supplier bill." @@ -5884,11 +5374,11 @@ msgstr "" "si usted pone el activo en el producto, la categoría del activo " "automáticamente se cubrirá en la factura de proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:103 msgid "How to depreciate an asset?" msgstr "¿Cómo depreciar un activo?" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:105 msgid "" "Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " "date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" @@ -5900,7 +5390,7 @@ msgstr "" "puede controlar en el tablero de la depreciación: una viñeta verde que " "significa que la entrada de diario se ha creado para esta línea." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:110 msgid "" "But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " "on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." @@ -5909,7 +5399,7 @@ msgstr "" "prevista, haga clic en el botón verde y así se hará creará la entrada de la " "depreciación relacionada." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:117 msgid "" "In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " "entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " @@ -5919,29 +5409,29 @@ msgstr "" "entrada del diario. De clic en :guilabel:`Artículos` botón que se encuentra " "en la parte superior, el cual permitirá ver las entradas publicadas. " -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:122 msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" msgstr "¿Cómo modificar un activo existente?" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:124 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" msgstr "Da clic en :guilabel:`Modificar Depreciación`" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 msgid "Change the number of depreciation" msgstr "Cambiar el valor de la depreciación" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:127 msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." msgstr "" "Odoo recalculará automáticamente el cambio y lo mostrará en una nueva " "entrada del tablero." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" msgstr "¿Cómo registrar la venta o disposición de un activo?" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 msgid "" "If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." " Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " @@ -5954,23 +5444,23 @@ msgstr "" "registrar la transacción de venta que debe ser registrada por medio de una " "factura de cliente." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 msgid "→ This has to be changed in Odoo: selling an asset should:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 msgid "remove all \"Red\" lines" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:141 msgid "create a new line that deprecate the whole residual value" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" msgstr "¿Cómo administrar un presupuesto financiero?" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" "Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " "people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" @@ -5980,7 +5470,7 @@ msgid "" "Analytic Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 msgid "" "We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " "with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " @@ -5991,7 +5481,7 @@ msgstr "" " con Smith&Co y nos gustaría presupuestar los ingresos y gastos de ese " "proyecto. Planeamos tener una renta de 1000 y no queremos gastar mas de 700." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 msgid "" "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" " is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " @@ -6001,41 +5491,41 @@ msgstr "" "presupuestos. El módulo principal es la aplicación contabilidad. Vaya al " "módulo de la aplicación e instale la aplicación **Contabilidad y Finanzas**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 msgid "" "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" " feature" msgstr "" -"También es necesario configuración adicional. Vaya a menuselection:`Módulo " +"También es necesario configuración adicional. Vaya a :menuselection:`Módulo " "de contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y habilite la función " "**administracion de presupuesto**" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" msgstr "Posiciones presupuestarias" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "" "Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" " (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" " know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 msgid "" "The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" " in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 msgid "" "Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " "ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " "least one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 msgid "" "If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" " *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " @@ -6043,13 +5533,13 @@ msgid "" "not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 msgid "" "Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " "accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 msgid "" "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." @@ -6057,7 +5547,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para definir las posiciones entre al :menuselection:`módulo de Contabilidad " "--> Configuración --> Posiciones Presupuestales`." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 msgid "" "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " "expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." @@ -6066,7 +5556,7 @@ msgstr "" "gastos de nuestro proyecto. Crear una posición y agregar ítems para " "seleccionar las cuentas." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." @@ -6074,15 +5564,15 @@ msgstr "" "En este caso seleccionamos las tres cuentas relevantes usadas en donde " "registraremos nuestros gastos." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." msgstr "Haga clicn en *Seleccionar*." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." msgstr "Guarde los cambios para confirmar su posición presupuestal." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 msgid "" "Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " "select the relevant income accounts." @@ -6090,11 +5580,11 @@ msgstr "" "Repita estos pasos para crear una posición de renta presupuestal. Solo en " "este caso seleccione las cuentas de ingreso relevantes." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 msgid "Analytical account" msgstr "Contabilidad Analítica" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 msgid "" "Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " "budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " @@ -6104,11 +5594,11 @@ msgid "" " partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" msgstr "Configurar un presupuesto" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 msgid "" "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " "gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." @@ -6117,7 +5607,7 @@ msgstr "" " que esperamos ganar 1000 con este proyecto y que nos gustaría no gastar mas" " de 700." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "" "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." @@ -6126,7 +5616,7 @@ msgstr "" "seleccione :menuselection:`Consejeros --> Presupuestos` y cree un nuevo " "Presupuesto." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 msgid "" "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " "Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" @@ -6137,7 +5627,7 @@ msgstr "" "Seguidamente agregue un ítem para especificar sus objetivos en la Línea de " "Presupuesto." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 msgid "" "Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " "select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " @@ -6154,7 +5644,7 @@ msgstr "" "**monto negativo**. Finalmente, seleccione la cuenta analítica " "correspondiente. " -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 msgid "" "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " "is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" @@ -6163,15 +5653,15 @@ msgstr "" "posición Presupuestal es Ingreso y el Monto Planeado es 1000. Guarde y " "cierre" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." msgstr "Necesitará **Confirmar** y **Aprobar** el presupuesto." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 msgid "Check your budget" msgstr "Revisar su presupuesto" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 msgid "" "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" " Invoices and Vendors Bills." @@ -6179,7 +5669,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede revisar su presupuesto en cualquier momento. Para ver la evolución, " "registremos algunas Facturas y Facturas de Proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 msgid "" "if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" " in the invoice and / or purchase line." @@ -6187,21 +5677,21 @@ msgstr "" "si usa cuentas analíticas recuerd que necesita especificar la cuenta en la " "factura y/o línea de compra." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" msgstr "" "para más información acerca de reservación de facturas y órdenes de compra " "vea:" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" msgstr ":doc:`../../cuentas por cobrar/cliente_facturas/resumen`" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." msgstr "Regrese en la lista de presupuesto y encuentre el Proyecto Smith." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " @@ -6211,25 +5701,20 @@ msgstr "" "factura y las líneas de compra reservadas en las cuentas y las mostrará en " "la columna **Monto Práctico**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " "budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." +"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" +" that could have been realised." msgstr "" -"El monto teórico representa la cantidad de dinero que teóricamente podría " -"haber gastado / debería haber recibido en función de la fecha. Cuando su " -"presupuesto es 1200 para 12 meses (enero a diciembre), y hoy es 31 de enero," -" el monto teórico será 1000, desde que este es el monto actual que podría " -"haber sido efectuado." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" msgstr "Cómo hacer el cierre del año en Odoo? (cerrar un año fiscal)" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 msgid "" "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " "should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," @@ -6239,7 +5724,7 @@ msgstr "" "normalmente se deberá realizar para asegurar que su contabilidad esta " "correcta, actualizada y exacta:" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 msgid "" "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " "and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " @@ -6249,22 +5734,22 @@ msgstr "" "hasta el final del año y confirme que los saldos del libro de cierre " "concuerden con los saldos de sus extractos bancarios." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." msgstr "" "Verifique que todas las **facturas de cliente** han sido ingresadas y " "aprobadas." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." msgstr "" "Confirme que ha ingresado y aprobado todas las **facturas de proveedor**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "Valide todos los **gastos**, asegúrando su exactitud." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 msgid "" "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " "accurately." @@ -6272,21 +5757,21 @@ msgstr "" "Corrobore que todos los **pagos recibidos** han sido ingresados y " "registrados exactamente." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "Lista de chequeo de fin de año" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" "Ejecute un **Reporte de Impuestos**, y verifique que su información de " "impuestos es correcta." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" msgstr "Concilie todas las cuentas en su **Hoja de Balance**" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 msgid "" "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " "statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." @@ -6295,7 +5780,7 @@ msgstr "" " sus extractos. Utilice el reporte **Conciliación Bancaria** para apoyarse " "con esto." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 msgid "" "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " "**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." @@ -6303,7 +5788,7 @@ msgstr "" "Concilie todas las transacciones en efectivo y cuentas bancarias ejecutando " "sus reportes **Viejas Cuentas por Cobrar** y **Viejas Cuentas por Pagar**" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " "affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " @@ -6313,7 +5798,7 @@ msgstr "" " que las afectan y la naturaleza de las transacciones, asegurándose de " "incluir préstamos y activos fijos." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 msgid "" "Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " "on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " @@ -6328,7 +5813,7 @@ msgstr "" "pendientes y facturas son conciliados, y puede conducir en encontrar errores" " o equivocaciones en el sistema. " -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 msgid "" "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " "book entries for:" @@ -6336,7 +5821,7 @@ msgstr "" "A su contador/contable probablemente le gustará verificar sus items en la " "hoja de balance y el libro de entradas para:" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 msgid "" "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" " example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." @@ -6345,23 +5830,23 @@ msgstr "" " (Por ejemplo, los reportes **Ganancias Corrientes del Año** y **Ganancias " "Retenidas**)." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." msgstr "**Trabajo en Progreso**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." msgstr "**Diario de Asientos de Depreciación**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." msgstr "**Préstamos**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 msgid "**Tax adjustments**." msgstr "**Ajustes de Impuestos**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 msgid "" "If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " "they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " @@ -6373,7 +5858,7 @@ msgstr "" " bancarias, pagos por anticipado, reportes de impuesto de ventas, etc...) " "para comporarlos contra sus saldos en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 msgid "" "During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" "Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " @@ -6387,11 +5872,11 @@ msgstr "" "contador puede confiar que nadie mas esta cambiando las transacciones " "previas del año mientras esta auditando los libros." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 msgid "Closing the fiscal year" msgstr "Cerrando el ejercicio fiscal" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" " close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " @@ -6408,7 +5893,7 @@ msgstr "" "inicio corresponderá con la fecha de inicio del **Año Fiscal** y los saldos " "de las cuenta serán todos 0." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 msgid "" "Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" " **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" @@ -6422,21 +5907,21 @@ msgstr "" " que la si o no ganancia corriente del año en la **Hoja de Balance** esta " "correctamente reportando un saldo 0." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 msgid "" "You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 msgid "" "This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" " debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " @@ -6446,22 +5931,22 @@ msgid "" "occurred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 msgid "" "For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " "journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " "reversed at that date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Analítico" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" msgstr "Como rastrear costos de compras, gastos, subcontratación?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" "Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " "and subcontracting in the accounting module." @@ -6469,7 +5954,7 @@ msgstr "" "Gracias a la contabilidad analítica podemos rastrear costos de compras, " "gastos y subcontratación en el módulo de contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 msgid "" "We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " "customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " @@ -6483,7 +5968,7 @@ msgstr "" " esta transacción ya que debemos pagar costos por compras, gastos, y " "subcontratación relacionados al proyecto." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 msgid "" "The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " "module and install the following apps:" @@ -6491,7 +5976,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los siguientes módulos necesitan ser instalados para rastrear costos. " "Ingrese al módulo aplicaciones e instale las siguientes aplicaciones:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 msgid "" "Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " "**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " @@ -6503,11 +5988,11 @@ msgstr "" "re-facturar estos costos a nuestros clientes. Para rastrear y **re-facturar " "costos** se debe también instalar la aplicación Administración de Ventas." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" msgstr "Habilitar Contabilidad Analítica" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" "Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " @@ -6517,7 +6002,7 @@ msgstr "" "contabilidad, seleccione :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y de " "clic en la casilla Contabilidad analítica. " -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 msgid "" "Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " "box." @@ -6525,15 +6010,15 @@ msgstr "" "Así mismo, desplácese hacia abajo y seleccione la casilla **Contabilidad " "analítica para compras**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." msgstr "No olvide guardar sus cambios." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." msgstr "Cree una Cuenta Analítica." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "" "First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " "all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " @@ -6546,17 +6031,17 @@ msgstr "" "este caso la llamaremos \"paquete de consulta\" para nuestro cliente " "Smith&Co." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." msgstr "" "Dirigiremos todos nuestros costos a esta cuenta para mantener rastro de los " "mismos." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" msgstr "Registrar un gasto" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 msgid "" "We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " "see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." @@ -6564,11 +6049,11 @@ msgstr "" "Empezaremos registrando un gasto. Nuestro técnico IT tuvo que tomar un tren " "para ir a ver a nuestro cliente. Él mismo pago por su tiquete." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 msgid "Create an expense product" msgstr "Cree un producto de gasto" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 msgid "" "We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " "Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " @@ -6580,11 +6065,11 @@ msgstr "" "nuevo producto llamado Tiquete de tren y configure el precio costo a 15.50 " "euros. Asegúrese que la casilla **Puede ser gastado** esta marcada." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Book the expense" msgstr "Registre el gasto" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 msgid "" "Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " "Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " @@ -6594,7 +6079,7 @@ msgstr "" "Crear`. Seleccione el producto Tiquete de tren y vinculelo a la cuenta " "analítica discutida antes." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 msgid "" "Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " "entries." @@ -6602,15 +6087,15 @@ msgstr "" "Preséntelo al administrador y espere a que el administrador apruebe y " "publique los asientos en el diario." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" msgstr "Cree una Orden de Compra vinculada a la cuenta analítica" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 msgid "Purchase Product" msgstr "Producto de Compra" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 msgid "" "We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" " a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " @@ -6618,7 +6103,7 @@ msgid "" "select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 msgid "" "Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " "cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " @@ -6628,11 +6113,11 @@ msgstr "" "precio de costo (campo **Precio del Proveedor**) será registrado en la " "cuenta analítica." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Subcontracting" msgstr "Subcontratación" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 msgid "" "The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" " subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " @@ -6645,17 +6130,17 @@ msgstr "" " analítica correcta. Simplemente necesitamos crear el producto correcto del " "proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" "Puede también rastrear costos con hojas de trabajo, vea :doc:`hojas de " "trabajo`" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 msgid "Track costs in accounting" msgstr "Rastree costos en la contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 msgid "" "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " "open it to check the costs related to that account." @@ -6663,7 +6148,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ahora que todo esta registrado y apunta a la cuenta analítica. Simplemente " "ábralo para revisar los costos relacionados a esa cuenta." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." @@ -6671,7 +6156,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ingrese al módulo contabilidad, de clic en :menuselection:`Consejeros --> " "Cuentas Analíticas --> Abrir Asientos`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." @@ -6679,7 +6164,7 @@ msgstr "" "Seleccione \"paquete de consulta - Smith\" y de clic en el botón costo e " "ingreso para tener un resumen de todos los costos vinculados a la cuenta." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " @@ -6689,11 +6174,11 @@ msgstr "" " en el menú de la factura y vincular la línea de la factura a esta misma " "cuenta analítica." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" msgstr "Cómo rastrear costos de recursos humanos con hojas de trabajo?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" "Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " "particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " @@ -6703,7 +6188,7 @@ msgstr "" "cuesta a la compañía un contrato particular en términos de poder humano en " "relación con los montos facturados." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " "**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " @@ -6718,7 +6203,7 @@ msgstr "" "dentro de la aplicación contabilidad, y compararlos con el ingreso del " "servicio de consultoría." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 msgid "" "First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " "namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " @@ -6728,7 +6213,7 @@ msgstr "" "funcionalidad, a saber **Contabilidad**, **Ventas** y **Hojas de Trabajo**. " "Ingrese al módulo el nombre de las aplicaciones e instálelas." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "" "Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " @@ -6739,15 +6224,15 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y marque la opción **Contabilidad" " analítica** (vea imagen abajo)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." msgstr "Aplique sus cambios." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 msgid "Create an employee" msgstr "Cree un empleado" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 msgid "" "In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" " an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " @@ -6757,7 +6242,7 @@ msgstr "" "empleado ingrese a la aplicación **Empleado**. Seleccione **Empleados** y " "cree un nuevo empleado, llene el nombre y la información básica." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 msgid "" "On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " "specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " @@ -6768,7 +6253,7 @@ msgstr "" " Harry tiene un costo de 18 euros / hora. De esta manera llenaremos con 18 " "este campo." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " "related to a User." @@ -6776,7 +6261,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si quiere que el empleado ingrese a la hoja de trabajo él/ella debe ser " "relacionado como Usuario." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 msgid "" "Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " "specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." @@ -6784,11 +6269,11 @@ msgstr "" "Repita la operación para crear el empleado Cedric Digory. No olvide " "especificar su usuario relacionado y **Costos de Hoja de Trabajo**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 msgid "Issue a Sales Order" msgstr "Emita una Orden de Ventas" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 msgid "" "We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " "**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " @@ -6799,7 +6284,7 @@ msgstr "" " nuestro cliente Smith&Co donde registrarán sus horas en una hoja de " "trabajo." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 msgid "" "We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " @@ -6809,7 +6294,7 @@ msgstr "" "**servicio** facturado **basado en tiempo y material** y rastreado por hojas" " de trabajo con **horas** como unidad de medida." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " "material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " @@ -6819,13 +6304,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiempo y material por favor vea: *Cómo facturar basado en tiempo y material*" " (Trabajo en Progreso)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79 msgid "" "Add a link, and the document is under Sales --> Invoicing Methods --> " "Services --> How to invoices blabla" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " "analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " @@ -6839,11 +6324,11 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta (en este caso **SO002-Smith&Co**) para poder facturar sus horas (vea " "imagen abajo)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 msgid "Fill in timesheet" msgstr "Llene la hoja de trabajo" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 msgid "" "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " "specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " @@ -6856,11 +6341,11 @@ msgstr "" " trabajo** e ingresamos una línea detallada señalando a la **Cuenta " "Analítica** discutida antes." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." msgstr "Harry trabajó tres horas en un análisis FODA para Smith&Co." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" @@ -6870,7 +6355,7 @@ msgstr "" "1 hora y lo especificó también en su hoja de trabajo personal, señalándolo " "también en la **Cuenta Analítica**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." @@ -6878,11 +6363,11 @@ msgstr "" "En la **Orden de Ventas** notamos que el monto de horas entregadas es " "automáticamente calculado (vea imagen abajo)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Contabilidad analítica" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "" "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " @@ -6892,15 +6377,15 @@ msgstr "" "ingresos. Todos los ingresos y costos de estas transacciones se han " "registrado en la cuenta **SO002-Smith&Co**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." msgstr "Podemos usar dos métodos para analizar esta situación." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 msgid "Without filters" msgstr "Sin filtros" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 msgid "" "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " "analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " @@ -6913,7 +6398,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Contabilidad*, seleccione :menuselection:`Consejero --> Cuentas Analíticas " "--> Abrir Asientos`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 msgid "" "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " @@ -6923,7 +6408,7 @@ msgstr "" "situación actual debe mantener los campos vacíos. Ya podemos notar el saldo " "débito y crédito de la cuenta." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 msgid "" "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " "of cost and revenues (see picture below)." @@ -6931,7 +6416,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si damos clic en la cuenta tenemos un botón especial para obtener los " "detalles de costo e ingresos (vea imagen abajo)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "" "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " "with the corresponding description." @@ -6939,17 +6424,17 @@ msgstr "" "De clic en el botón **Costo/Ingreso** para tener un resumen del costo e " "ingresos con la descripción correspondiente." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "With filters" msgstr "Con filtros" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "" "De esta manera podemos filtrar esta información desde las **Entradas " "Analíticas**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 msgid "" "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" @@ -6959,7 +6444,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Consejero --> Entradas Analíticas`. En este menú tendrá " "varias opciones para analizar el costo de recurso humano." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 msgid "" "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " @@ -6969,7 +6454,7 @@ msgstr "" "proyecto. Agreguemos un **Filtro** personalizado donde la **Cuenta " "Analítica** contenga el número de la **Orden de Ventas**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 msgid "" "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " "corresponding costs and revenues." @@ -6977,7 +6462,7 @@ msgstr "" "En los resultados vemos las actividades de las hojas de trabajo y líneas " "facturadas correspondientes a costos e ingresos." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 msgid "" "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " @@ -6987,27 +6472,27 @@ msgstr "" "respectivos ingresos. Simplemente agrupar por **Cuenta Analítica** y " "seleccionar la **Vista Gráfica** para tener un resumen claro." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 msgid "Analytic account use cases" msgstr "Casos de uso de cuentas analíticas" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" msgstr "La contabilidad analítica puede ser usada para muchos propósitos:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 msgid "analyse costs of a company" msgstr "analice costos de una compañía" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" msgstr "re-factura tiempo a un cliente" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" msgstr "analice comportamiento de un servicio o un proyecto" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 msgid "" "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" @@ -7015,7 +6500,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para manejar contabilidad analítica, debe activarla en " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "" "To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " "each in one of three different types of company:" @@ -7023,23 +6508,23 @@ msgstr "" "Para ilustrar cuentas analíticas claramente, seguirá tres casos de uso, cada" " uno de tres diferentes tipos de compañía:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "Compañía industrial: Analice Costos" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" msgstr "Firma de Abogados: re-facture horas gastadas" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" msgstr "Compañía de Servicios/IT: análisis de resultados" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "Caso 1: Compañía industrial: Analice costos" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "" "In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" " departments and products the company itself is built on." @@ -7047,7 +6532,7 @@ msgstr "" "En industria, usualmente encontrará planes de cuentas estructurados en " "departamentos y productos en los que la compañía misma fue creada." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 msgid "" "The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " "department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " @@ -7059,40 +6544,40 @@ msgstr "" "abarca los diferentes departamentos, y los niveles más bajos representan los" " rangos de producto que la compañía hace y vende." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 msgid "" "**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" msgstr "" "**Plan Analítico de Cuentas para una Compañía de la Industria " "Manufacturera**:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 msgid "Marketing Department" msgstr "Departamento de marketing" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 msgid "Commercial Department" msgstr "Departamento Comercial" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 msgid "Administration Department" msgstr "Departamento de Administración" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 msgid "Production Range 1" msgstr "Rango de Producción 1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "Production Range 2" msgstr "Rango de Producción 2" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 msgid "" "In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " "invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " @@ -7106,7 +6591,7 @@ msgstr "" "asiento en las cuentas generales, hay por lo menos un asiento analítico que " "localiza costos al departamento que incurrió en ellos." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " "example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" @@ -7114,150 +6599,150 @@ msgstr "" "Aquí hay un posible desglose de algunos asientos de contabilidad general " "para el ejemplo anterior, asignados a varias cuentas analíticas:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**General accounts**" msgstr "**Contabilidad General**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**Analytic accounts**" msgstr "**Contabilidad Analítica**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Title**" msgstr "**Derecho**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "**Cuenta**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Debit**" msgstr "**Débito**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Credit**" msgstr "**Crédito**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "**Valor**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" msgstr "Compra de Materias Primas" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "2122" msgstr "2122" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" msgstr "1500" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" msgstr "-1 500" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" msgstr "Subcontratistas" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "450" msgstr "450" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "-450" msgstr "-450" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" msgstr "Nota de crédito por materiales defectuosos" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "200" msgstr "200" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "Transport charges" msgstr "Los gastos de transporte" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "Staff costs" msgstr "Gastos del personal" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" msgstr "2121" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" msgstr "10000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" msgstr "Marketing" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" msgstr "-2 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" msgstr "Comercial" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "-3 000" msgstr "-3 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" msgstr "Administrativo" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" msgstr "-1 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" msgstr "PR" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" msgstr "-400" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 msgid "" "The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " "costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " @@ -7269,7 +6754,7 @@ msgstr "" "analítico muestra la distribución de los costos de la compañía usando el " "ejemplo anterior:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 msgid "" "In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " "only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " @@ -7282,7 +6767,7 @@ msgstr "" "analíticas, le permite obtener un desglose de costos dentro de un " "departamento dado." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 msgid "" "The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " @@ -7292,7 +6777,7 @@ msgstr "" "compañía. Asignaciones analíticas pueden ser tan efectivas para ventas. Eso " "le da rentabilidad (ventas - costos) de diferentes departamentos." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" "This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " "companies and industries." @@ -7300,7 +6785,7 @@ msgstr "" "Esta representación analítica por departamento es usada generalmente por " "compañías comercializadoras e industrias." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 msgid "" "A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " "departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " @@ -7310,21 +6795,21 @@ msgstr "" "mercadeo, es asignar cada costo a su correspondiente rango de producto. Esto" " le dará un análisis de la rentabilidad de cada rango de producto." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 msgid "" "Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " "effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " "product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" msgstr "" -"Eligiendo uno sobre el otro depende depende en cómo examine su labor de " -"mercadeo. Es un costo global asignado en forma general, o es cada rango de " -"producto responsable por sus propios costos de mercadeo?" +"Eligiendo uno sobre el otro depende en cómo examine su labor de mercadeo. Es" +" un costo global asignado en forma general, o es cada rango de producto " +"responsable por sus propios costos de mercadeo?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" msgstr "Caso 2: Firma de Abogados: costos de recursos humanos?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "" "Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " "current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" @@ -7334,7 +6819,7 @@ msgstr "" "donde cada caso representa un archivo de cliente actual. Todos los gastos y " "productos son luego agregados a un archivo/cuenta analítica dada." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 msgid "" "A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" " the profitability by case and by employee." @@ -7342,7 +6827,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una preocupación principal de las firmas de abogados es la facturación de " "horas trabajadas, y la rentabilidad por caso y por empleado." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 msgid "" "Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " "timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " @@ -7356,7 +6841,7 @@ msgstr "" "contabilidad analítica. En el formato empleado, especifique el costo del " "empleado. El cargopor hora es una función del costo del empleado." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 msgid "" "So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " "management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." @@ -7365,7 +6850,7 @@ msgstr "" "cual refleje la administración del tiempo que el empleado trabaja en los " "diferentes casos de clientes." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 msgid "" "Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" " entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " @@ -7379,7 +6864,7 @@ msgstr "" "analíticas y no tienen contrapartes exactas en las cuentas generales. Eston " "son calculados en la base de costo por hora por empleado. " -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 msgid "" "At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " "them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " @@ -7395,7 +6880,7 @@ msgstr "" "permite comparar los totales, entonces podrá reajustar sus estimados de " "costo por hora por empleado dependiendo del tiempo actualmente trabajado." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 msgid "" "The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " "can find for your analytic account:" @@ -7403,107 +6888,107 @@ msgstr "" "La siguiente tabla muestra un ejemplo de diferentes asientos analíticos que " "puede encontrar para su cuenta analítica:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" msgstr "**Cantidad**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" msgstr "**Contabilidad General**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "Study the file (1 h)" msgstr "Estudiar el archivo (1 h)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Case 1.1" msgstr "Caso 1.1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "-15" msgstr "-15" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "Search for information (3 h)" msgstr "Buscar la información (3 h)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" msgstr "-45" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" msgstr "Consulta (4 h)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Case 2.1" msgstr "Caso 2.1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "-60" msgstr "-60" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "Service charges" msgstr "Cargo de servicios" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" msgstr "280" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" msgstr "705 - Servicios de facturación" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Stationery purchase" msgstr "Compra de Papelería" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "-42" msgstr "-42" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" msgstr "601 - Compra de muebles" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "42" msgstr "42" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" msgstr "Costo de combustible - Viaje de cliente" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" msgstr "-35" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "613 – Transports" msgstr "613 - Transportes" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "35" msgstr "35" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "Staff salaries" msgstr "Salarios de empleados" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "6201 – Salaries" msgstr "6201 - Salarios" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" msgstr "3 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" "Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" " various transactions." @@ -7511,15 +6996,15 @@ msgstr "" "Tal estructura le permite hacer un estudio detallado de la rentabilidad de " "varias transacciones." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 msgid "" "For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " ":doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" "Para más detalles acerde de rentabilidad, por favor lea el siguiente " -"documento: :doc:`hojas de trabajo`" +"documento: :doc:`timesheets`" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 msgid "" "But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " "profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" @@ -7533,30 +7018,30 @@ msgstr "" "Para facturar clientes, solo vincule la cuenta analítica a una orden de " "ventas y venda productos que manejen hojas de trabajo o gastos." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" msgstr "Caso 3: Compañía de Servicios IT: análisis de rendimiento" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" msgstr "" "La mayoría de compañías que prestan servicios IT enfrentan los siguientes " "problemas:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 msgid "project planning," msgstr "planificación de proyectos," -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," msgstr "" "facturación, la rentabilidad y el seguimiento financiero de los proyectos," -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 msgid "managing support contracts." msgstr "la gestión de los contratos de soporte." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 msgid "" "To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " "structured by project and by sale order." @@ -7564,7 +7049,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para lidiar con estos problemas, use un plan de cuentas analítico " "estructurado por proyecto y por orden de venta." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 msgid "" "The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " "presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " @@ -7574,7 +7059,7 @@ msgstr "" "antes para abogados. La facturación y el estudio de rentabilidad también son" " similares." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 msgid "" "But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " "prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " @@ -7588,7 +7073,7 @@ msgstr "" "contratos de soporte, cree un producto configurado a una factura en orden y " "vincule la orden de venta a una cuenta analítica" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 msgid "" "In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " "as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " @@ -7602,11 +7087,11 @@ msgstr "" "cantidades vendidas y usadas de cada orden de ventas para determinar si " "quedan horas pendientes del contrato de soporte." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" msgstr "Conclusión" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" "Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" " case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " @@ -7616,7 +7101,7 @@ msgstr "" "que sea el caso. Puede vender o comprar servicios, rastrear tiempo o " "analizar el rendimiento de la producción." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 msgid "" "Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." @@ -7625,15 +7110,15 @@ msgstr "" "aplicaciones de Odoo (ventas, compras, hojas de trabajo, producción, " "facturas,...)." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" msgstr "¿Qué es un tipo de cuenta y cómo lo configuro?" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 msgid "What is an account type ?" msgstr "¿Qué es un tipo de cuenta?" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 msgid "" "An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " "account's purpose." @@ -7641,7 +7126,7 @@ msgstr "" "Un tipo de cuenta es el nombre o código dado a una cuenta que indica el " "propósito de la cuenta." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " "country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " @@ -7651,7 +7136,7 @@ msgstr "" "generar reportes legales específicos del país, configure las reglas de " "cierre del año fiscal y genere asientos de entrada." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 msgid "" "Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " "category according to its behaviour or purpose." @@ -7659,11 +7144,11 @@ msgstr "" "Básicamente, los tipos de Cuentas categorizan cuentas generales con algunas " "categorías específicas de acuerdo a su comportamiento o propósito." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" msgstr "¿Cuáles son los tipos de cuenta en Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " "types. Just pick the one related to your account." @@ -7671,83 +7156,84 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo cubre todo tipo de contabilidades. Por lo tanto, no puede crear nuevos " "tipos de cuentas. Solo elija la que se relacione con su cuenta." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 msgid "**List of account types**" msgstr "**Listas de los tipos de cuentas**" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "Por cobrar" +msgstr "Cuenta por cobrar" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 msgid "Payable" msgstr "A pagar" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 msgid "Bank and Cash" msgstr "Banco y caja" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "Activos actuales" +msgstr "Activos Circulantes" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "Activos no-corrientes" +msgstr "Activos no-circulantes" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 msgid "Prepayments" msgstr "Pre-pagos" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 msgid "Fixed Assets" msgstr "Activos fijos" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "Pasivo actual" +msgstr "Pasivo circulantes" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "Pasivos no-corrientes" +msgstr "Pasivos no-circulantes" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 msgid "Equity" msgstr "Valor neto" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 msgid "Current Year Earnings" msgstr "Ganancias año actual" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "Otro impuesto" +msgstr "Otro Ingreso" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Income" msgstr "Ingreso" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 msgid "Depreciation" msgstr "Amortización" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:4 msgid "Expenses" msgstr "Gastos" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 msgid "Direct Costs" msgstr "Costos Directos" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" msgstr "¿Cómo configurar mis cuentas?" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 msgid "" "Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " "By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " @@ -7757,7 +7243,7 @@ msgstr "" " cuentas, por defecto Odoo trae varios planes de cuentas, solo instale el " "relacionado a su país" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 msgid "" "It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " "you can create your own accounts too." @@ -7765,7 +7251,7 @@ msgstr "" "Este instalará cuentas genéricas. Pero si no cubre todos los casos, puede " "crear sus propias cuentas también." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 msgid "" "If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " "installed." @@ -7773,7 +7259,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si Ud. es un usuario Saas, el plan de cuentas de su país se instalará " "automáticamente." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 msgid "" "To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " @@ -7783,113 +7269,56 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Consejero --> Plan de Cuentas`, de clic en el botón " "**Crear**." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " -"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" -" entries." -msgstr "" -"El tipo de cuenta es usado con propósito informativo, para generar informes " -"legales específicos de cada país, y establecer las reglas para cerrar un " -"ejercicio fiscal y generar los apuntes de apertura." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Categorías" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "Etiquetas opcionales a asignar en informes personalizados" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "Cuenta de la moneda" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "" -"Fuerza a todos los movimientos de esta cuenta a tener la moneda de la misma." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "Tipo interno" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " -"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" -" for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr "" -"El 'tipo interno' se utiliza en características disponibles en diferentes " -"tipos de cuentas: el tipo liquidez es para efectivo o cuentas bancarias, " -"pagable/pendiente de pago es para cuentas de proveedores/clientes." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "Permitir conciliación" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " -"journal items." -msgstr "" -"Marque esta casilla si la cuenta permite conciliar facturas y pagos del " -"diario." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Vea **Crear una Cuenta** en nuestra Demostración en Línea" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" msgstr "Administrar Años Fiscales" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" "In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" " have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " "settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 msgid "" "However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " "fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " "this case, some additional configuration is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " "activate the fiscal years." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 msgid "" "You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " "configuration --> fiscal years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 msgid "" "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " "months." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Inventario" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" msgstr "" "Impacto en la valuación del precio promedio cuando se devuelven productos" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" "As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " @@ -7901,7 +7330,7 @@ msgstr "" "los posiblmes métodos de costeo que puede usar en la valuación perpetua de " "inventario, es el costo promedio." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 msgid "" "This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " "method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " @@ -7917,11 +7346,11 @@ msgstr "" "perpetua (opuesto al periódico) y en el método de costeo del precio promedio" " (opuesto al estándar de FIFO)." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 msgid "Definition of average cost" msgstr "Definición de costo promedio" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 msgid "" "The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " "goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." @@ -7930,7 +7359,7 @@ msgstr "" " de productos vendidas con base en el costo promedio ponderado del " "inventario." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " "formula:" @@ -7938,7 +7367,7 @@ msgstr "" "El costo promedio ponderado por unidad es calculado usando la siguiente " "fórmula:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" "When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " "as:" @@ -7946,17 +7375,17 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando nuevos productos llegan a una bodega, el nuevo costo promedio es " "recalculado como:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" msgstr "" "Cuando los productos salen de la bodega: el costo promedio **no** cambia" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" msgstr "Definiendo el precio de compra" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " "not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " @@ -7969,161 +7398,161 @@ msgstr "" "por los productos, pero también puede incluir costos adicionales, como " "costos de entrega." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" msgstr "Costo promedio ejemplo" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Operación" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "Valor Delta" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Valor del inventario" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "Cantidad Disponible" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "Costo Promedio" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$0" msgstr "$0" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" msgstr "Recibidos 8 productos a $10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" msgstr "+8\\*$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$10" msgstr "$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" msgstr "Recividos 4 productos a $16" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" msgstr "+4\\*$16" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "$144" msgstr "$144" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$12" msgstr "$12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "Entregar 10 Productos" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "-10\\*$12" msgstr "-10\\*$12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "$24" msgstr "$24" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" "At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" " inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " @@ -8133,7 +7562,7 @@ msgstr "" " alguno en el inventario. Cuando se realice la primera recepción, el costo " "promedio se convierte, lógicamente, en el precio de compra." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 msgid "" "At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " "inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " @@ -8143,7 +7572,7 @@ msgstr "" "del inventario total ahora es ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. Como tenemos 12 " "unidades a la mano, el precio promedio por unidad es ``$144 / 12 = $12``." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." " Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" @@ -8153,11 +7582,11 @@ msgstr "" "hecho, el valor del inventario ahora es $24 ya que solo mantenemos 2 unidad " "de cada uno ``$24 / 2 = $12``." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Purchase return use case" msgstr "Caso de uso de compras devueltas" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" "In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" " value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " @@ -8167,37 +7596,37 @@ msgstr "" " el valor del inventario es reducido usando la fórmula de costo promedio (no" " al precio inicial de estos productos!)." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" msgstr "Lo que significa que la tabla anterior se actualizará así:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" msgstr "Devolución del Producto 1 inicialmente comprado en $10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "-1\\*$12" msgstr "-1\\*$12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "1" msgstr "1" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 msgid "Explanation: counter example" msgstr "Explicación: ejemplo mostrador" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "" "Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " "the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," @@ -8207,7 +7636,7 @@ msgstr "" "el costo promedio de un producto saliendo del inventario. Si rompe esta " "regla, podría dejar inconsistencias en su inventario." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "" "As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " "customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " @@ -8217,26 +7646,26 @@ msgstr "" "devuelve la otra a su proveedor (al costo que la compró). Aquí esta la " "explicación:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" msgstr "Entrega a Cliente producto 1" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 msgid "-1\\*$10" msgstr "-1\\*$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "**$2**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**0**" msgstr "**0**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 msgid "" "As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " "of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." @@ -8244,7 +7673,7 @@ msgstr "" "Como puede ver en este ejemplo, esto no es correcto: una valuación de " "inventario de $2 para 0 piezas en la bodega." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 msgid "" "The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " "cost:" @@ -8252,11 +7681,11 @@ msgstr "" "El escenario correcto debería ser la devolución de los productos al costo " "promedio actual:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**$0**" msgstr "**$0**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 msgid "" "On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " "correct inventory value at all times." @@ -8264,11 +7693,11 @@ msgstr "" "Por otro lado, usando el costo promedio para valuar la devolución asegura " "una correcta valuación de inventario en todo momento." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" msgstr "Pensamientos más allá en modo anglosajón" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 msgid "" "For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " "another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " @@ -8283,7 +7712,7 @@ msgstr "" " de inventario aumentará en la recepción de envíos entrando y se reducirá " "cuando reciba las correspondientes facturas de proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "" "Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " "price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" @@ -8293,47 +7722,47 @@ msgstr "" "el precio promedio, el monto registrado en la cuenta de entrada de " "inventario es el precio original de compra:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "stock input" msgstr "Entrada de inventario" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "price diff" msgstr "diferencia de precio" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" msgstr "($80)" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "Factura de proveedor recibida $80" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" msgstr "($64)" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "Factura de proveedor recibida $64" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "**$10**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "**$12**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "Devolución de proveedor recibida $10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$2" msgstr "$2" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " "price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " @@ -8348,15 +7777,15 @@ msgstr "" "producto es usada para registrar la diferencia entre el costo promedio y el " "precio original de compra." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 msgid "Multicurrency" -msgstr "Multimoneda" +msgstr "Múltiple moneda" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "Registrar diferencias en cambio en pagos" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 msgid "" "Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " "in a different currency." @@ -8364,7 +7793,7 @@ msgstr "" "Algunas compañías que realizan comercio internacional enfrentan el caso " "donde los pagos son en una moneda diferente." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 msgid "" "After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " "into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " @@ -8374,11 +7803,11 @@ msgstr "" "moneda de su compañía. El pago multi-moneda implica fluctuaciones de tasas. " "Las diferencias de tasa son registradas automáticamente por Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" msgstr "Habilitar multi-monedas" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." @@ -8386,7 +7815,7 @@ msgstr "" "En el módulo contabilidad, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`" " y marque **Permitir multi-monedas**, luego de clic en **aplicar**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 msgid "" "Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." @@ -8394,7 +7823,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configure las tasas monetarias en: :menuselection:`Configuración --> " "Monedas`. Escriba la tasa y asegúrese que la moneda esta activa. " -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 msgid "" "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " "in **Dollars**." @@ -8402,21 +7831,21 @@ msgstr "" "En este documento, la base monetaria es **Euro** y registrará pagos en " "**Dólares**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "" "You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " "Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." msgstr "" "Puede automáticamente traer las tasas monetarias desde el **Banco Central " "Europeo** o desde **Yahoo**. Por favor lea el documento : " -":doc:`como_funciona`." +":doc:`how_it_works`." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 msgid "Configure your journal" msgstr "Configure su diario" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " "currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " @@ -8426,7 +7855,7 @@ msgstr "" "monetaria** en el diario. Vaya a la aplicación contabilidad, de clic en " "**Más** en el diario y **Ajustes**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 msgid "" "Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" " you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " @@ -8436,11 +7865,11 @@ msgstr "" "cual registrará sus pagos. Si una moneda es completada, significa que puede " "registrar pagos solamente en esta moneda." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" msgstr "Registrar un pago en una moneda diferente" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" @@ -8450,13 +7879,13 @@ msgstr "" " Registre el pago e indique que fue hecho en moneda extranjera. Luego de " "clic en **confirmar**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." msgstr "La entrada en el diario ha sido registrada pero no localizada." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " "click on **Add** to allocate the payment." @@ -8464,11 +7893,11 @@ msgstr "" "Regrese a su factura (:menuselection:`Ventas --> Facturas de Clientes`) y de" " clic en **Agregar** para localizar el pago. " -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" msgstr "Registre un extracto bancario en una moneda diferente" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 msgid "" "Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " "the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " @@ -8480,7 +7909,7 @@ msgstr "" "moneda**, el cual es el momento que fue actualmente pagado y la **Moneda** " "en el cual fue pagado." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -8490,11 +7919,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura** correcta.Obtendrá el precio de la factura en la moneda de la " "factura y el monto en la moneda de la compañía." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" msgstr "Revise las diferencias en tasa de cambio" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " @@ -8504,30 +7933,43 @@ msgstr "" "entradas del diario para **Diferencia en Cambio**. Todas las diferencias de " "tipo de cambio son registradas allí." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 msgid "" "The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." msgstr "" "El diario de Diferencia en cambio puede ser cambio en sus ajustes de " "contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +msgid "" +"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " +"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " +"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" +" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " +"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " +"them until that final amount is paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" msgstr ":doc:`../../banco/conciliación/configuración`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../banco/conciliación/casos_de_uso`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" msgstr "Cómo funciona la multi-moneda de Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" "Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " "sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " @@ -8541,11 +7983,11 @@ msgstr "" "cuentas bancarias en otras monedas y ejecturar reportes de sus actividades " "en moneda extranjera." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 msgid "Turn on multi-currency" msgstr "Active la multi-moneda" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." @@ -8553,13 +7995,13 @@ msgstr "" "En el módulo contabilidad, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`" " y marque **Permitir multi monedas**, luego de clic en **Aplicar**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" msgstr "Diario de Tipo de Cambio" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " "registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " @@ -8572,15 +8014,15 @@ msgstr "" "cambiado. La fluctuación implica algunas pérdidas o ingresos que son " "registrados por Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 msgid "You can change it in the settings:" msgstr "Puede cambiarlo en los ajustes:" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 msgid "View or edit rate being used" msgstr "Vea o edite la tasa que ha sido usada" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 msgid "" "You can manually configure the currency rates in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " @@ -8590,11 +8032,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Monedas`. Abra las monedas que quiere usar" " en Odoo y editelas. Asegúrese que la moneda esta activa. " -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" msgstr "De clic en **Ver Tasas** para editarlas y ver la historia :" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" " **Save** when you are done." @@ -8602,11 +8044,11 @@ msgstr "" "De clic en **Crear** para agregar la tasa. Llene la fecha y la tasa. De clic" " en **Guardar** cuando este listo." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 msgid "Live Currency Rate" msgstr "Tipo de cambio en vivo" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 msgid "" "By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " "synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" @@ -8620,7 +8062,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`, vaya a la sección **Tasa " "Monetaria Viva**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 msgid "" "Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " "force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" @@ -8630,15 +8072,15 @@ msgstr "" "Siempre puede forzar la actualización dando clic en **Actualizar Ahora**. " "Seleccione el proveedor, y esta configurado!" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" msgstr "Solo las monedas **activas** son actualizadas" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 msgid "Configure your charts of account" msgstr "Configue sus planes de cuentas" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " @@ -8648,7 +8090,7 @@ msgstr "" "de Cuentas`. En cada cuenta, puede configurar una moneda. Esto forzará a " "todos los movimientos para esta cuenta a tener la cuenta de moneda." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." @@ -8656,11 +8098,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si lo deja vacío, significa que puede manejar todas las monedas que están " "Activas." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 msgid "Configure your journals" msgstr "Configure sus diarios" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " @@ -8670,8 +8112,8 @@ msgstr "" "moneda en el diario. Vaya a la aplicación contabilidad, De clic en **Más** " "en el diario y **Ajustes**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 msgid "" "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" " will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " @@ -8681,8 +8123,8 @@ msgstr "" "registrará los pagos. Si se llena con una moneda, significa que puede " "registrar pagos solo en esta moneda." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " "items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." @@ -8690,12 +8132,12 @@ msgstr "" "Ahora que esta trabajando en un ambiente multi-moneda, todos los ítems " "contables serán vinculados a esta moneda, locales o extranjeros." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" msgstr "Órdenes de Venta y Facturas" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " @@ -8705,12 +8147,12 @@ msgstr "" "órdenes de venta y facturas. La moneda es configurada para todo el " "documento." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" msgstr "Órdenes de Compra y Facturas de Proveedor" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " @@ -8720,11 +8162,11 @@ msgstr "" " de compra y facturas de proveedor. Esta moneda es configurada para todo el " "documento." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 msgid "Payment Registrations" msgstr "Registros de Pagos" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " "payment and set the currency." @@ -8732,12 +8174,12 @@ msgstr "" "En la aplicación **Contabilidad**, vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> Pagos`." " Registre el pago y configure la monenda." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 msgid "Bank Statements" msgstr "Extractos bancarios" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " "currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " @@ -8747,7 +8189,7 @@ msgstr "" " moneda de la compañía. Pero ahora hay dos campos complementarios, el monton" " que de hecho fue cancelado y la moneda en la que fue pagado." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -8757,7 +8199,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura** correcta. Obtendrá el precio de la factura en la moneda de la " "factura y el monto en la moneda de la compañía." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" @@ -8767,20 +8209,20 @@ msgstr "" "entradas del diario para **Diferencia en Cambio**. Todas las diferencias de " "tipo de cambio son registradas allí." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -msgstr ":doc:`facturas_pagos`" +msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:122 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" -msgstr ":doc:`tipo de cambio`" +msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" msgstr "¿Cómo administrar facturas y pagos en múltiples monedas?" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " "entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " @@ -8790,7 +8232,7 @@ msgstr "" "o pérdidas. Hay algunas cosas en las que Odoo ha estado para facilitar la " "vida del usuario." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 msgid "" "All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " "However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " @@ -8802,7 +8244,7 @@ msgstr "" "del diario donde se verá una segunda moneda y su monto. Puede crear diarios " "multi-moneda o forzar una moneda específica." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 msgid "" "When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" @@ -8812,46 +8254,46 @@ msgstr "" "obstante, Odoo toma la moneda designada por la compañía por defecto. " "Convertirá todos los montos automáticamente usando esa moneda." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" msgstr "Habilitar Multi-Moneda" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 msgid "" "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" "Para más información acerca de la habilitación Multi-Moneda, por favor lea " -"el documento: :doc:`cómo_funciona`" +"el documento: :doc:`how_it_works`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" " journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." msgstr "" "Para registrar pagos en otras monedas, debe remover la restricción de la " -"moneda en el diario. Vaya a la aplicación contabilidad, De clic en **Más** " -"en el diario y **Ajustes**." +"moneda en el diario. Vaya a la aplicación contabilidad, De clic en " +":menuselection:`Más --> Ajustes`." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" msgstr "Facturas Multi-moneda y Facturas de Proveedor" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 msgid "Invoices" msgstr "Facturas" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Facturas de proveedor" +msgstr "Facturas de proveedores" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" msgstr "Pagos Multi-moneda" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " @@ -8861,11 +8303,11 @@ msgstr "" "Registre el pago e indique que fue hecho en moneda extranjera. Luego de clic" " en **confirmar**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" msgstr "Extractos Bancarios Multi-Moneda" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -8875,7 +8317,7 @@ msgstr "" " correcta. Obtendrá el precio de la factura en la moneda de la factura y el " "monto en la moneda de la compañía." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " @@ -8885,21 +8327,21 @@ msgstr "" "entradas del diario para **Diferencia en Cambio**. Todas las diferencias de " "tipo de cambio son registradas allí." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr ":doc:`cómo_funciona`" +msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Informes" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" msgstr "¿Cómo crear reportes personalizados con sus propias fórmulas?" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo 12 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " "new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " @@ -8907,11 +8349,11 @@ msgid "" "ever." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" msgstr "Activar modo desarrollador" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " "**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " @@ -8922,15 +8364,15 @@ msgstr "" "el perfil del usuario en el extremo superior derecho del menú, luego " "**Acerca De**." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." msgstr "De clic en: **Activar el modo desarrollador**." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "Crear sus reportes financieros" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" @@ -8938,43 +8380,46 @@ msgstr "" "Primero, debe crear su reporte financiero. Para hacerlo, vaya a " ":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Reportes Financieros`" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" msgstr "" +"Una vez se introduce el nombre, hay otros dos parámetros que hay que " +"configurar: " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "**Mostrar Columnas Crédito y Débito**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "**Período de Análisis**:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Basado en rango de fechas (p.e. Pérdidas y Ganancias)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Basado en una sóla fecha (p.e. Balance)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" +"Basado en rangos de fecha y flujo de caja (p.e. Estado de Flujo de Caja) " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "Agregue líneas en sus reportes personalizados" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " @@ -8985,7 +8430,7 @@ msgstr "" "línea), un **número de secuencia** y un **nivel** (Usado para el " "procesamiento de la línea)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " @@ -8995,11 +8440,11 @@ msgstr "" "valores a la columna balance (y a las columnas débito y crédito si aplica - " "separado por ;)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "Tiene varios objetos disponibles en la fórmula:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." @@ -9007,7 +8452,7 @@ msgstr "" "``Ndías`` : El número de días en el período seleccionado (para reportes con " "un rango de fechas)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" @@ -9016,7 +8461,7 @@ msgstr "" "valor balance (también están disponibles ``.crédito``, ``.débito`` y " "``.monto_residual``)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -9032,15 +8477,15 @@ msgstr "" "de los movimientos de línea en el dominio. También puede agrupar por campo " "el grupo de movimientos de líneas por una de sus columnas." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "Otros campos útiles:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "**Tipo** : Tipo de resultado de la fórmula." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." @@ -9049,7 +8494,7 @@ msgstr "" "calculando la comparación de columnas. Revise si el crecimiento es bueno " "(mostrado en verde) o no." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." @@ -9057,7 +8502,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Cambiador especial de fecha** : SI una línea específica en un reporte no " "debe usar las mismas fechas del resto del reporte." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " @@ -9067,15 +8512,15 @@ msgstr "" "plegable (``por defecto``, escondido en el principio pero puede ser " "plegable), ``siempre`` (siempre se muestra) o ``nunca`` (nunca se muestra)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr ":doc:`reportes_principales`" +msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 msgid "What are the main reports available?" msgstr "¿Cuáles son los reportes principales disponibles?" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 msgid "" "Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " "very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " @@ -9085,47 +8530,47 @@ msgstr "" "localización, unos pocos muy utilizados, **genéricos** y **reportes " "dinámicos** están disponibles para todos los países :" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "**Hoja de Balance**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "**Ganancia y pérdida**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 msgid "**Chart of Account**" msgstr "**Plan de Cuentas**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "**Resumen Ejecutivo**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "**Libro Mayor General**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "**Antiguas Cuentas por Pagar**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "**Antiguas Cuentas por Cobrar**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "**Estado de Flujo de Efectivo**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "**Reporte de Impuestos**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" msgstr "**Conciliación Bancaria**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 msgid "" "You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " "Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " @@ -9135,7 +8580,7 @@ msgstr "" "Exportar a xls para extra análisis. Profundice en los reportes para ver más " "detalles (pagos, facturas, ítems del diario, etc.)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" " want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " @@ -9147,7 +8592,7 @@ msgstr "" "anteriores desde la fecha del reporte si no quiere usar la opción por " "defecto **Período 1 Anterior**." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" " of your organisation as at a particular date." @@ -9155,11 +8600,11 @@ msgstr "" "La **Hoja de Balance** muestra un resumen de los activos, pasivos y " "patrimonio de su organización en una fecha particular." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "Pérdidas y ganancias" +msgstr "Ganancias y Pérdidas" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " "organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" @@ -9169,19 +8614,19 @@ msgstr "" "ingreso neto de su organización, por deducción de gastos de los ingresoso " "para el período reportado." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 msgid "Chart of account" msgstr "Plan de cuentas" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." msgstr "Un listado de todas sus cuentas agrupadas por clase." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "Resumen ejecutivo" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "" "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " "figures you need to run your company." @@ -9189,7 +8634,7 @@ msgstr "" "El **Resumen Ejecutivo** permite una mirada rápida de todas las cifras en " "las que necesita ejecutar su compañía." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 msgid "" "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " "reporting :" @@ -9197,15 +8642,15 @@ msgstr "" "En términos muy básicos, esto es lo que cada uno de los ítems en esta " "selección esta reportando :" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "**Rendimiento:**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "**Márgen de utilidad bruta:**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." @@ -9214,11 +8659,11 @@ msgstr "" "cualquier costo directo requerido para hacer esas ventas (cosas como labor, " "materiales, etc)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "**Márgen de utilidad neta:**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " @@ -9230,11 +8675,11 @@ msgstr "" " gasto general fijo que su compañía tiene (cosas como renta, electricidad, " "impuestos que debe pagar como resultado de esas ventas)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" msgstr "**Rentabilidad de la inversión:**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "" "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." @@ -9242,15 +8687,15 @@ msgstr "" "El radio de ganancia neta hecha, al monto de activos que la compañía usó " "para producir esas ganancias." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "**Posición:**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" msgstr "**Días promedio del deudor:**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " "across all your customer invoices." @@ -9258,11 +8703,11 @@ msgstr "" "El promedio de días que le toma a sus clientes pagarle (totalmente), a " "través de todas las facturas de sus clientes." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" msgstr "**Días promedio del acreedor:**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" " all your bills." @@ -9270,11 +8715,11 @@ msgstr "" "El promedio de días que le toma pagarle a sus proveedores (totalmente), a " "través de todas las facturas de sus proveedores." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" msgstr "**Previsión corto plazo de liquidez:**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 msgid "" "How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " "i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " @@ -9284,11 +8729,11 @@ msgstr "" "mes ej. balance de sus **Cuentas de ventas** del mes menos el balance de sus" " **Cuentas de compras** del mes." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "**Activos corrientes a pasivos:**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " "(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " @@ -9301,11 +8746,11 @@ msgstr "" "Esto es típicamente usado como una medida de la habilidad de la compañía " "para mantener su crédito." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 msgid "General Ledger" msgstr "Libro mayor" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" " chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " @@ -9319,11 +8764,11 @@ msgstr "" "transacción o cualquier excepción. Este reporte es práctivo para revisar " "cada transacción ocurrida durante un cierto período de tiempo." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 msgid "Aged Payable" msgstr "Vencida por Pagar" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" " bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " @@ -9333,11 +8778,11 @@ msgstr "" "información de facturas individuales, notas crédito y sobrepagos que deba, y" " por cuánto tiempo estos han estado sin pagar." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "A cobrar vencido" +msgstr "Vencida por Cobrar" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 msgid "" "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " "payment during a selected month and several months prior." @@ -9346,11 +8791,11 @@ msgstr "" " aún están esperando pagando durante un mes seleccionado y varios meses " "anteriores." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "Estado de Flujos de Efectivo" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " "income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " @@ -9361,11 +8806,11 @@ msgstr "" "efectivo, y descompone el análisis a actividades operativas, de inversión y " "financieras." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "Reporte Impuestos" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." @@ -9373,18 +8818,18 @@ msgstr "" "Este reporte le permite ver el **neto** y los **montos de impuestos** para " "todos los impuestos agrupados por tipo (venta/compra)." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "Taxes" msgstr "Impuestos" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" msgstr "" "¿Como manejar precios para negocios (impuestos exclidos) y precios para el " "consumidor final (impuestos incluidos)?" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 msgid "" "When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " "included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" @@ -9395,7 +8840,7 @@ msgstr "" "parte de comercio electrónico). Sin embargo, cuando se trabaja en un entorno" " B2B, las empresas suelen negociar precios con impuestos excluidos." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " "the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " @@ -9409,7 +8854,7 @@ msgstr "" "solamente, todavía se puede hacer fácilmente la orden de venta con un precio" " que tiene sin impuestos (o incluidas): eso es fácil." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 msgid "" "This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " "two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " @@ -9423,17 +8868,17 @@ msgstr "" "simétrica con precios incluidos y precios excluidos, como se muestra en este" " caso de uso, en Bélgica con un impuesto del 21%:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" msgstr "Su tienda en linea lista un producto a **10€ (impuestos incluidos)**" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" msgstr "" "Esto resulta siendo **8.26€ (impuestos exluidos)** y **un impuesto de " "1.74€**" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 msgid "" "But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " "product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" @@ -9442,11 +8887,11 @@ msgstr "" "formulario del producto (8.26€), obtendrá un precio con impuestos incluidos " "de 9.99€ porque:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 msgid "" "So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " "have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" @@ -9456,15 +8901,15 @@ msgstr "" "del producto, obtendrá resultados diferentes para el precio impuestos " "incluidos y el precio impuestos excluidos:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" msgstr "Impuestos excluidos: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" msgstr "Impuestos incluidos: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 msgid "" "If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " "will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " @@ -9475,7 +8920,7 @@ msgstr "" "(impuestos)**, que es bien diferente de un precio por unidad de 8.26€ " "impuestos excluidos." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 msgid "" "This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " "you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" @@ -9485,7 +8930,7 @@ msgstr "" "manejar dos precios (impuestos incluidos y impuestos excluidos) en el " "formulario del producto dentro de la misma compañia." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 msgid "" "In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " "instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " @@ -9506,7 +8951,7 @@ msgstr "" "impuestos excluidos, que es menos propenso a errores y mas facil para su " "fuerza de venta." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " "your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " @@ -9525,7 +8970,7 @@ msgstr "" "esta determinación. Esto funciona perfectamente \"out-of-the-box\" y no " "necesitara configurar ajustes especiales algunos." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 msgid "" "If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " "excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " @@ -9534,7 +8979,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si no puede hacer esto y si realmente negocia precios con impuestos " "excluidos y con otros clientes precios con impuestos incluidos, necesitará:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 msgid "" "always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" " tax (price included on the product form)" @@ -9543,20 +8988,20 @@ msgstr "" "del producto y aplicar un impuesto (precio incluido) en el formulario del " "producto." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" msgstr "" "crear una lista de precios con precios impuestos incluidos para clientes " "especificos" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 msgid "" "create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" msgstr "" "crear una posicion tributaria que cambie los impuestos excluidos por los " "impuestos incluidos" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 msgid "" "assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " "benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" @@ -9564,25 +9009,25 @@ msgstr "" "asignar ambos, la lista de precios y la posicion tributaria, a los clientes " "que corresponden a la configuracion de precios impuestos incluidos" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" msgstr "Para efectos de esta documentación, utilizaremos el caso anterior:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 msgid "" "but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " "website" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 msgid "Setting your products" msgstr "Configurar sus productos" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 msgid "" "Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " "usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " @@ -9590,7 +9035,7 @@ msgid "" "Accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 msgid "" "Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " "pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " @@ -9602,17 +9047,17 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` del módulo Ventas. Elija la " "opción **precios diferentes por segmento de cliente**" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 msgid "" "Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " "default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." msgstr "" -"Una vez terminado, cree una lista de precios B2C desde el menú: " +"Una vez terminado, cree una lista de precios B2C desde el menú " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. También es bueno renombrar la" " lista de precios por defecto en B2B para evitar confusión. " -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 msgid "" "Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " "included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," @@ -9623,11 +9068,11 @@ msgstr "" "clientes B2C en 10€, desde el: :menuselection:`Ventas --> Productos` menú de" " la aplicación Ventas. " -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" msgstr "Configurando la posición fiscal B2C" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 msgid "" "From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " "menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " @@ -9639,11 +9084,11 @@ msgstr "" "fiscal debe corresponder al IVA 21% (impuesto excluido de precio) con un IVA" " 21% (impuesto incluido en precio)" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 msgid "Test by creating a quotation" msgstr "Ensaye creando una cotización" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 msgid "" "Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " @@ -9653,7 +9098,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Ventas --> Cotizaciones`. Debe tener el siguiente resultado:" " 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 msgid "" "Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " "position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " @@ -9665,15 +9110,15 @@ msgstr "" " tener el resultado esperado, el cual es un precio total de 10€ para el " "cliente: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." msgstr "Este es el comportamiento esperado para un cliente de su tienda. " -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" msgstr "Evite cambiar cada orden de ventas" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 msgid "" "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " "included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " @@ -9681,7 +9126,7 @@ msgid "" "of this customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 msgid "" "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." @@ -9689,7 +9134,7 @@ msgstr "" "La lista de precios esta en la pestaña **Ventas y Compras** del formato del " "cliente, y la posición fiscal esta en la pestaña de contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 msgid "" "Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " "included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " @@ -9701,11 +9146,11 @@ msgstr "" "incluida, podría incurrir en mala calculación de precios. Es por esto que " "recomendamos compañías que solamente trabajan con una referencia de precios." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" msgstr "Cómo adaptar impuestos a mi estado de cliente o localización" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 msgid "" "Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " "To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." @@ -9714,11 +9159,11 @@ msgstr "" "localización. Para mapear los impuestos, Odoo trae lo que llamamos " "*Posiciones Fiscales*." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 msgid "Create tax mapping" msgstr "Crear mapeo de impuestos" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 msgid "" "A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" " on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " @@ -9731,7 +9176,7 @@ msgstr "" "impuestos en lugar del 15% establecido por defecto, tanto para ventas como " "para compras." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 msgid "" "The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " "localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " @@ -9744,7 +9189,7 @@ msgstr "" "específicos. Para definir posiciones fiscales, dirígete a: " "Facturación/Contabilidad - Configuración - Posiciones Fiscales." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " "according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " @@ -9756,11 +9201,11 @@ msgstr "" "países, los beneficios de las ventas no se publican en la misma cuenta que " "los beneficios de las ventas en países extranjeros." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" msgstr "Adapta los impuestos al estado de tu cliente" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 msgid "" "If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" "mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." @@ -9769,7 +9214,7 @@ msgstr "" "un mapeo de impuestos. Para hacer esto, crea una posición fiscal y asígnala " "a tus clientes." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 msgid "" "Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " "for the customer." @@ -9777,7 +9222,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo usará esa posición fiscal para cualquier pedido/factura registrado por " "el cliente." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 msgid "" "If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " "will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " @@ -9787,12 +9232,12 @@ msgstr "" "factura, solo aplicara a este documento y no a órdenes/facturas del mismo " "cliente." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" msgstr "" "Adapta los impuestos a la dirección de tus clientes (basados en destino)." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 msgid "" "Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " "destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " @@ -9806,7 +9251,7 @@ msgstr "" "comprador), mientras otros requieren que los colectes a la tarifa del punto " "de origen (p.e. tu oficina)." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 msgid "" "If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " "tax-mapping to apply." @@ -9814,18 +9259,18 @@ msgstr "" "Si estás bajo la regla basada en destino, crea una posición fiscal por mapeo" " de impuestos para aplicar." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." msgstr "Selecciona la opción \"Detecta Automáticamente\"." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 msgid "" "Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." msgstr "" "Selecciona un grupo de países, un país, un estado o una ciudad para activar " "la asignación de impuestos." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 msgid "" "This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " "fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." @@ -9834,7 +9279,7 @@ msgstr "" " elegirá la posición fiscal que coincida con la dirección de envío al crear " "un pedido." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 msgid "" "For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " "update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " @@ -9844,11 +9289,11 @@ msgstr "" " automáticamente y aplicará el nuevo impuesto después que el visitante ha " "ingresado o llenado su dirección de entrega." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 msgid "Specific use cases" msgstr "Casos de uso específicos" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " "replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." @@ -9857,7 +9302,7 @@ msgstr "" "de reemplazarlo por otro, simplemente mantenga vacío el campo *Impuestos a " "aplicar*." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," " just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." @@ -9866,37 +9311,37 @@ msgstr "" "otros dos impuestos, simplemente crea dos líneas que tengan el mismo " "*Impuesto sobre el producto*." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`create`" msgstr ":doc:`crear`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" msgstr "Cómo administrar impuestos de transacciones en efectivo" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " "validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" @@ -9909,7 +9354,7 @@ msgstr "" "el método de base de efectivo es legal en algunos países y bajo ciertas " "condiciones." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 msgid "" "Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " "receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " @@ -9921,29 +9366,29 @@ msgstr "" "base de efectivo, el impuesto que tienes que pagar a la administración se " "debe para el 2do trimestre." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" msgstr "¿Cómo configurar impuestos de transacciones en efectivo?" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 msgid "" "You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " "define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." msgstr "" -"Primero tienes que activar el ajuste en: selección del menú: `Contabilidad " -"-> Configuración -> Ajustes -> Permitir Impuestos de Transacciones en " -"Efectivo '. Se te pedirá que definas el Diario de Impuestos de Transacciones" -" en Efectivo." +"Primero tienes que activar el ajuste en :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " +"Configuración --> Ajustes --> Permitir Impuestos de Transacciones en " +"Efectivo`. Se te pedirá que definas el Diario de Impuestos de Transacciones " +"en Efectivo." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " "proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "" "In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." " You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " @@ -9951,13 +9396,13 @@ msgid "" "Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" msgstr "" "¿Cuál es el impacto de usa impuesto para transacciones en efectivo en mi " "contabilidad?" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 msgid "" "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " "When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " @@ -9967,52 +9412,52 @@ msgstr "" "base de transacciones en efectivo. Al validar la factura del cliente, se " "crea la siguiente entrada en tú contabilidad:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" msgstr "Diario de facturas del cliente" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 msgid "Receivables $115" msgstr "Cuentas por cobrar $115" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 msgid "Income Account $100" msgstr "Cuenta de ingresos $100" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" msgstr "Unos días después, recibirás el pago:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "Diario del banco" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 msgid "Bank $115" msgstr "Banco $115" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 msgid "" "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" msgstr "Al reconciliar la factura y el pago, se genera esta entrada:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" msgstr "Impuestos Diario de base de efectivo" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" msgstr "Cuenta de impuestos recibidos $15" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 msgid "" "The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" " tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " @@ -10020,11 +9465,11 @@ msgid "" "zero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 msgid "How to create new taxes" msgstr "¿Cómo crear nuevos impuestos?" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" " value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " @@ -10037,14 +9482,14 @@ msgstr "" "fiscales, etc. Para la mayoría de los países, su sistema está preconfigurado" " con los impuestos correctos." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 msgid "" "This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." msgstr "" "Esta sección detalla como definir nuevos impuestos para casos de uso " "específicos." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " "menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." @@ -10053,34 +9498,34 @@ msgstr "" "Desde este menú, obtienes todos los impuestos que puedes utilizar: impuestos" " sobre las ventas e impuestos sobre la compra." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." msgstr "" "Elija un campo: Ventas, Compra o Ninguno (por ejemplo, impuestos obsoletos)." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 msgid "Select a computation method:" msgstr "Selecciona un método de cálculo:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." msgstr "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" msgstr "" "**Porcentaje del precio**: más común (por ejemplo, 15% de impuesto sobre las" " ventas)" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." msgstr "**Porcentaje de Precio Impuestos Incluidos**: usado en Brasil, etc." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" msgstr "**Grupo de impuestos**: permite tener un impuesto compuesto" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " "item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " @@ -10091,7 +9536,7 @@ msgstr "" "campo es opcional, si lo mantienes vacío, Odoo publicará el ítem del diario " "de impuestos en la cuenta de ingresos." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 msgid "" "If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " "probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " @@ -10102,7 +9547,7 @@ msgstr "" "tanto, para evitar que los usuarios continúen usando este impuesto, debes " "establecer el campo *Ámbito fiscal* a *Ninguno*." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 msgid "" "If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " "**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " @@ -10111,11 +9556,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si necesitas un mecanismo fiscal más avanzado, puede instalar el módulo " "**account_tax_python** y podrás definir nuevos impuestos con código Python." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "Configuración avanzada" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 msgid "" "**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " "on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " @@ -10126,7 +9571,7 @@ msgstr "" "denominado \"15% en Servicios\" puede tener la siguiente etiqueta en la " "factura \"15%\"." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 msgid "" "**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " "the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " @@ -10137,7 +9582,7 @@ msgstr "" "impuestos serán agrupados en el pie de página de la factura. Ejemplos de " "grupo de impuestos: IVA, Retención." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 msgid "" "**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " "generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." @@ -10145,7 +9590,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Incluir en Costo Analítico**: el impuesto es contado como un costo y, así," " genera una entrada analítica si su factura usa cuentas analíticas." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 msgid "" "**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " "empty." @@ -10153,17 +9598,17 @@ msgstr "" "**Etiquetas**: se utilizan para informes personalizados. Por lo general, " "puedes mantener este campo vacío." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`application`" msgstr ":doc:`aplicación`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to set default taxes" msgstr "¿Cómo establecer impuestos predeterminados?" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " "localizations." @@ -10171,7 +9616,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los impuestos aplicados en tú país se instalan automáticamente para la " "mayoría de las localizaciones." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 msgid "" "Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " "tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " @@ -10181,7 +9626,7 @@ msgstr "" "de la ficha de facturación de cada producto. Tales impuestos se utilizan " "cuando se vende a empresas que están en el mismo país / estado que tú." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 msgid "" "To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -10190,7 +9635,7 @@ msgstr "" " producto creado, ve a: selección de menú: `Facturación / Contabilidad -> " "Configuración -> Ajustes`." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 msgid "" "If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " "may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " @@ -10201,11 +9646,11 @@ msgstr "" "trabajas. Puedes iniciar sesión en dos empresas diferentes y cambiar este " "campo para cada empresa." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" msgstr "¿Cómo administrar retenciones de impuestos?" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 msgid "" "A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " "for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " @@ -10218,7 +9663,7 @@ msgstr "" "mayoría de las jurisdicciones, el impuesto retenido aplica a ingresos " "salariales." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 msgid "" "With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" " pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " @@ -10229,11 +9674,11 @@ msgstr "" "retenidos son deducidos del monto a pagar, ya que el impuesto será cancelado" " por el cliente." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" msgstr "Como ejemplo, en Colombia puede tener la siguiente factura:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 msgid "" "In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " "the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " @@ -10242,7 +9687,7 @@ msgstr "" "En este ejemplo, la **compañía quien envió la factura debe $20 de impuestos " "al **gobierno** y el **cliente** debe $10 de impuestos al **gobierno**." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 msgid "" "In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " "retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " @@ -10252,7 +9697,7 @@ msgstr "" " una retención del 10%, configuraría el siguiente impuesto (accesible a " "través de :menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`):" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 msgid "" "In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " "specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " @@ -10262,7 +9707,7 @@ msgstr "" " de impuestos específico **Retención** en sus impuestos, en la pestaña " "**Opciones Avanzadas**." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 msgid "" "Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " "invoices." @@ -10270,7 +9715,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez el impuesto es definido, puede usarlo en sus productos, órdenes de " "venta o facturas." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 msgid "" "If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" " Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " @@ -10280,11 +9725,11 @@ msgstr "" "con **Calculación de Impuesto** como un **Grupo de Impuestos** y configure " "los dos impuestos en este grupo (el impuesto normal y la retención)." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" msgstr "Aplicando retención de impuestos en facturas" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 msgid "" "Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " "customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " @@ -10294,7 +9739,7 @@ msgstr "" "cliente, órdenes de venta o facturas de clientes. Puede aplicar varios " "impuestos en una sola línea de factura de cliente." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 msgid "" "When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " "line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " @@ -10306,24 +9751,24 @@ msgstr "" "retenciones). Pero cuando imprima o envíe la factura, Odoo hace la " "agrupación correcta entre todos los impuestos." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." msgstr "" "La factura impresa mostrará los diferentes montos en cada grupo de " "impuestos." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 msgid "How to set tax-included prices" msgstr "¿Cómo establecer los precios con impuestos incluidos?" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 msgid "" "In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " "*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 msgid "" "This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " "let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" @@ -10333,39 +9778,39 @@ msgstr "" "impuesto. Por ejemplo, digamos que tienes un producto con un impuesto de " "ventas del 10%. El precio de venta en el formulario de producto es $100." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" msgstr "Si el impuesto no esta incluido en el precio, obtendrá:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 msgid "Price without tax: $100" msgstr "Precio sin impuesto: $100" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 msgid "Taxes: $10" msgstr "Impuestos: $10" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 msgid "Total to pay: $110" msgstr "Total a pagar: $110" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 msgid "If the tax is included in the price" msgstr "Si el impuesta esta incluido en el precio" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" msgstr "Precio sin impuesto: 90.91" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 msgid "Taxes: $9.09" msgstr "Impuestos: $9.09" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 msgid "Total to pay: $100" msgstr "Total a pagar: $100" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 msgid "" "You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " "and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." @@ -10374,13 +9819,13 @@ msgstr "" "impuestos incluidos (B2C) como los impuestos excluidos (B2B): " ":doc:`B2B_B2C`." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" msgstr "" "Mostrar los precios con impuestos incluidos en el catálogo de comercio " "electrónico" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 msgid "" "By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " "display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " @@ -10393,11 +9838,11 @@ msgstr "" "selección de menú: `Ventas -> Configuración -> Ajustes' (Visualización de " "impuestos)." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" "The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" " for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " @@ -10406,11 +9851,11 @@ msgid "" "special jurisdiction in the United States." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 msgid "In TaxCloud" msgstr "En TaxCloud" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" "Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " "website." @@ -10418,107 +9863,107 @@ msgstr "" "Crea una cuenta gratuita en el sitio de `TaxCloud " "<https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "" "Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " "Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " "where you collect sales tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "En Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" " and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " "categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" " imply specific rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 msgid "" "Set a specific TaxCloud Category on the *General Information* tab of the " "Product, or on the Product Category." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " "code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " "to open and edit your Company record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" msgstr "¿Cómo funciona?" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " ":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" " installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " "this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " "order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " "triggers the automated tax computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 msgid "" "Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " "You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " "**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Primeros pasos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" msgstr "¿Cómo configurar la Contabilidad de Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" "The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " "follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " @@ -10528,68 +9973,62 @@ msgstr "" "usted debe seguir para configurarlo. Es un asistente paso a paso, con " "enlaces a las diferentes pantallas que necesita." -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"Once you have installed the Accounting application, you should click on the " +"top-right progressbar to get access to the implementation guide." msgstr "" -"Una vez que haya `instalado la aplicación de Contabilidad " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, debe " -"hacer clic en la barra superior derecha donde se ve el proceso para tener " -"acceso a la guía de implementación." -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:15 msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" msgstr "" "La guía de implementación le ayudará a través de los siguientes pasos:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 msgid "Completing your company settings" msgstr "Completar la configuración de la empresa" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:18 msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" msgstr "Tener acceso a las cuentas bancarias" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" msgstr "Seleccionar su plan de ventas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" msgstr "Confirmar sus tasas habituales de impuestos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" msgstr "Creación de cualquier moneda extranjera" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 msgid "Importing your customers" msgstr "La importación de sus clientes" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 msgid "Importing your suppliers" msgstr "La importación de sus proveedores" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 msgid "Importing your products" msgstr "La importación de sus productos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" msgstr "La importación de sus transacciones pendientes" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 msgid "Importing your starting balances" msgstr "La importación de sus balances de saldos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 msgid "Define the users for accounting" msgstr "Definir los usuarios para la Contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:32 msgid "" "Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " "bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " @@ -10599,15 +10038,15 @@ msgstr "" "Hecho\", en la parte inferior de la pantalla. De esa manera, usted puede " "seguir el progreso de la configuración global de Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" msgstr "Conceptos Principales" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" msgstr "La Contabilidad detrás de Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 msgid "" "This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " "transactions." @@ -10615,11 +10054,11 @@ msgstr "" "Esta página resume las posiciones que ofrece Odoo de cuentas y transacciones" " típicas." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" msgstr "Contabilidad de doble entrada" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " "each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " @@ -10629,7 +10068,7 @@ msgstr "" " para cada una de sus operaciones contables: facturas de clientes, orden del" " punto de venta, los gastos, movimientos del inventario, etc." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " "are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." @@ -10637,7 +10076,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo utiliza las reglas de la doble entrada: todas las entradas de diario se" " equilibran automáticamente (suma de los débitos = suma de créditos)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" @@ -10645,22 +10084,22 @@ msgstr "" "`Comprender las transacciones contables de Odoo por documento " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" msgstr "Métodos básicos de efectivo y formas de devengar el efectivo" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 msgid "" "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " "basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "Multi-empresas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " @@ -10670,18 +10109,18 @@ msgstr "" "de datos. Cada compañía tiene su propio plan de cuentas y reglas. Puede " "obtener informes de consolidación siguiendo sus reglas de consolidación." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." msgstr "" "Los usuarios pueden acceder a varias empresas pero siempre trabajar en una " "empresa al momento." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 msgid "Multi-currencies" msgstr "Multi-monedas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 msgid "" "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " "transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " @@ -10695,18 +10134,18 @@ msgstr "" "los cambios necesarios. Odoo puede generar divisas de ganancias y pérdidas " "después de la reconciliación en los diarios de artículos." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." msgstr "" "Los tipos de cambio se actualizan una vez al día usando un servicio web en " "línea de yahoo.com." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 msgid "International Standards" msgstr "Estándares Internacionales" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 msgid "" "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " "implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " @@ -10719,41 +10158,32 @@ msgstr "" "especificidades del país, como el plan de cuentas, los impuestos o las " "interfaces bancarias." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" msgstr "En particular, el motor del soporte de contabilidad central de Odoo:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " "including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " "sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "" "Contabilidad Europea donde los gastos se contabilizan en la cuenta del " "proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "" -"La contabilidad Storno (Italia) donde las facturas de devolución tienen " -"créditos/débitos negativos en lugar de una reversión de los ítems originales" -" del diario." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 -msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "Odoo también tienen módulos para cumplir con las normas IFRS." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "Cuentas por cobrar y por pagar" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " @@ -10764,7 +10194,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede crear cuentas separadas por clientes y/o por proveedores, pero no es " "necesario." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " @@ -10775,11 +10205,11 @@ msgstr "" "como la declaración del cliente, los ingresos por clientes, cuentas por " "pagar por cobrar, edad, ..." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "Amplia gama de reportes financieros" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " @@ -10789,32 +10219,32 @@ msgstr "" "de Odoo van desde reportes básicos de contabilidad hasta los reportes de " "gestión avanzada. Los reportes de Odoo incluyen:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" "Reportes de rendimiento (tales como las pérdidas o ganancias, variantes del " "presupuestos)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" "Reportes de posición (como balance general, cuentas por pagar pasadas, " "cuentas por cobrar pasadas)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "Reportes de efectivo (tales como el resumen de los bancos)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "Reportes a detalle (tales como el balance y la contabilidad general)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "Gestión de reportes (como presupuestos y resumen ejecutivo)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." @@ -10822,11 +10252,11 @@ msgstr "" "La configuración de informes en Odoo le permite personalizar su propio " "informe sobre la base de sus propias fórmulas." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "Importar automáticamente los canales de bancos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -10843,7 +10273,7 @@ msgstr "" "vista diaria de su flujo de efectivo sin tener que acceder a su banca en " "línea o esperar sus estados de cuenta bancarios impresos." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -10855,11 +10285,11 @@ msgstr "" " también recuerda cómo se han tratado otras líneas de extractos de cuenta y " "proporciona sugerencia de transacciones del libro mayor." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" @@ -10870,11 +10300,11 @@ msgstr "" "continuación, puede comprobar el impuesto sobre las ventas mediante la " "ejecución del Reporte de Impuestos de Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Valoración del inventario" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " @@ -10884,7 +10314,7 @@ msgstr "" "(automatizadas). Los métodos disponibles son el precio estándar, precio " "medio, LIFO (para los países que le permiten) y FIFO." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:132 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" @@ -10892,11 +10322,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Ver el impacto del método de valoración de las transacciones " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "Utilidades retenidas fácilmente" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -10904,15 +10334,15 @@ msgid "" "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" msgstr "Introducción a la Contabilidad Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 msgid "Transcript" msgstr "Transcripción" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " "century." @@ -10920,7 +10350,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo es un software de contabilidad hermosa diseñado para las necesidades " "del siglo 21." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " "synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." @@ -10929,7 +10359,7 @@ msgstr "" "son sincronizadas cada hora y la conciliación es asombrosamente rápida. Es " "como magia." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 msgid "" "Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " "them." @@ -10937,17 +10367,17 @@ msgstr "" "Instátaneamente cree facturas y envíelas con solo un clic. No necesita " "imprimirlas." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." msgstr "Odoo puede enviarlas por Ud por email o correo regular." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." msgstr "" "Sus clientes pagan en línea, lo que quiere decir que obtiene su dinero " "inmediatamente." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 msgid "" "Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " "inventory and subscriptions." @@ -10955,7 +10385,7 @@ msgstr "" "La contabilidad de Odoo esta conectada con todas las aplicaciones de Odoo " "como ventas, compras, inventarios y suscripciones." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 msgid "" "This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " "the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." @@ -10964,18 +10394,18 @@ msgstr "" "Configure un proveedor, seleccione la órden de compra y Odoo llena todo lo " "demás por Ud. automáticamente." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." msgstr "" "Luego, solo use el protocolo SEPA o imprima cheques para pagar a proveedores" " en lotes." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." msgstr "Es así de fácil con Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 msgid "" "Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " "to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " @@ -10986,7 +10416,7 @@ msgstr "" "función de inteligencia de negocios de Odoo para navegar a través de toda la" " información de su compañía." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 msgid "" "Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " "go." @@ -10994,15 +10424,15 @@ msgstr "" "Por supuesto, Odoo también es portátil. Puede usarlo para revisar sus " "cuentas en el camino." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:7 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "Recordatorio rápido de Contabilidad para Emprendedores (US GAAP)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:13 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " "over a specific period (usually the current year)." @@ -11010,7 +10440,7 @@ msgstr "" "El informe de **Pérdidas y Ganancias** (P&G) muestra el rendimiento de la " "empresa durante un período determinado (generalmente el año en curso)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:18 msgid "" "The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " "sold." @@ -11018,7 +10448,7 @@ msgstr "" "La **Ganancia Bruta** es igual a los ingresos provenientes de las ventas " "menos el costo de los bienes vendidos." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:23 msgid "" "**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" " as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " @@ -11028,7 +10458,7 @@ msgstr "" " como la renta y los servicios públicos, gastos diversos, seguros... nada " "más lo que está en los costos de los productos vendidos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " "date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" @@ -11037,7 +10467,7 @@ msgstr "" "empresa en una fecha determinada (a diferencia de la de pérdidas y " "ganancias, que es un análisis en un período)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:34 msgid "" "**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " "includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " @@ -11048,7 +10478,7 @@ msgstr "" "corrientes incluyen cuentas bancarias y dinero en efectivo. Un cliente que " "debe dinero es un activo. Un empleado no es un activo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:40 msgid "" "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " "to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." @@ -11057,7 +10487,7 @@ msgstr "" "empresa tendrá que pagar en el futuro (facturas de servicios públicos, " "deudas, proveedores pendientes de pago)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:45 msgid "" "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" " shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." @@ -11066,13 +10496,13 @@ msgstr "" "(fundadores o accionistas), además de las ganancias retenidas previamente (o" " las pérdidas)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:50 msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." msgstr "" "Cada año, las utilidades netas (o pérdidas) se reportan en los resultados " "acumulados." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:56 msgid "" "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " "(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." @@ -11080,7 +10510,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lo que es de la propiedad (un activo) se ha financiado a través del " "reembolso de deudas (pasivos) o del capital (ganancias, capital)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:59 msgid "" "A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" " (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " @@ -11091,15 +10521,15 @@ msgstr "" " intrínseco en el tiempo, en comparación con los gastos que tienen otro " "valor, ya que se consumen para que la empresa \"trabaje\"." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:66 msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "Activos = Pasivos + Equidad" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Plan contable" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:71 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " "sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," @@ -11111,15 +10541,15 @@ msgstr "" "financiera (por ejemplo, un pago, una factura) modifican las cuentas por " "valor de pasar de una cuenta (crédito) a otro cuenta (débito)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:78 msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "Balance = Débito - Crédito" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Asientos contables" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:88 msgid "" "Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " "a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " @@ -11129,7 +10559,7 @@ msgstr "" " de cuenta bancario, un recibo de pago, un contrato de ampliación de " "capital) se registra como una entrada de diario, impactando varias cuentas." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:92 msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." @@ -11137,51 +10567,51 @@ msgstr "" "Por cada entrada de diario debe ser *balanceada*, la suma de todos sus " "débitos debe ser igual a la suma de todos sus créditos." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" msgstr "" "ejemplos de algunas entradas contables de diferentes entradas. Por ejemplo:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" msgstr "Ejemplo 1: Factura del cliente:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "Explicación:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" msgstr "Usted genera un ingreso de $1,000" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:104 msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" msgstr "Usted tiene un impuesto a pagar de $90" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 msgid "The customer owes $1,090" msgstr "El cliente debe $1,090" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Configuración:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" msgstr "Ingresos: definido en el producto, o en la categoría del producto" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:127 msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" msgstr "Cuenta por Cobrar: definido en el cliente" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" msgstr "Impuestos: definir en el conjunto de impuestos la línea de factura" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:113 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." @@ -11190,30 +10620,30 @@ msgstr "" "sustituye a la Cuenta de ingresos o el impuesto definido en el producto por " "otro." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" msgstr "Ejemplo 2: Pago del Cliente:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:121 msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" msgstr "Su cliente le debe $1,090 menos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" msgstr "Su recibo $1,090 en su cuenta bancaria" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:126 msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" msgstr "Cuenta Bancaria: definida en el diario bancario relacionado" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Reconciliation" msgstr "Conciliación" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:134 msgid "" "Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " "account, matching credits and debits." @@ -11221,7 +10651,7 @@ msgstr "" "La reconciliación es el proceso de vinculación de diarios de artículos en " "una cuenta específica, créditos y débitos a juego." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:137 msgid "" "Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " "to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " @@ -11232,7 +10662,7 @@ msgstr "" "cliente. Esto se hace mediante una reconciliación en las *Cuentas por " "Cobrar*." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:141 msgid "" "An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " "reconciled with the related payment journal items." @@ -11241,15 +10671,15 @@ msgstr "" "por cobrar son reconciliados con los artículos de diarios de pago " "relacionadas." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" msgstr "La reconciliación se realiza automáticamente por el sistema cuando:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:146 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" msgstr "el pago se ha registrado directamente en la factura" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:147 msgid "" "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " "matching process" @@ -11257,114 +10687,114 @@ msgstr "" "los vínculos entre los pagos y las facturas se detectan en el proceso del " "banco correspondiente" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 msgid "Customer Statement Example" msgstr "Ejemplo de una Declaración de Cliente" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Accounts Receivable" msgstr "Cuentas por Cobrar" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Debe" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Haber" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "Factura 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "100" msgstr "100" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "Pago 1.1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "70" msgstr "70" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "Invoice 2" msgstr "Factura 2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "65" msgstr "65" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 1.2" msgstr "Pago 1.2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "Payment 2" msgstr "Pago 2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 msgid "Invoice 3" msgstr "Factura 3" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "Total To Pay" msgstr "Total por Pagar" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:181 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " "your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " @@ -11375,11 +10805,11 @@ msgstr "" " (pagos a proveedores o desde los clientes). Para cada línea en un estado de" " cuenta bancaria, que puede ser:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" msgstr "correspondido con un registro de pago anterior:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" @@ -11387,11 +10817,11 @@ msgstr "" "un pago es registrado cuando se recibe un cheque de un cliente, luego " "correspondido cuando se esta revisando el extracto bancario" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:190 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" msgstr "registrado como un nuevo pago:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:189 msgid "" "the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " "<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " @@ -11401,15 +10831,15 @@ msgstr "" "<contabilidad/conciliación>` con la correspondiente factura cuando se esta " "procesando el extracto bancario" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" msgstr "registrado como otra transacción:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." msgstr "transferencia bancaria, cargo directo, etc." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:195 msgid "" "Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " "should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," @@ -11421,25 +10851,25 @@ msgstr "" "conciliación bancaria es finalizado, el balance en la cuenta bancaria en " "Odoo debe corresponder al balance del extracto bancario." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 msgid "Checks Handling" msgstr "Revise la Manipulación" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" msgstr "" "Hay dos enfoques para administrar cheques y trasferencias electrónicas " "internas:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:207 msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" msgstr "Dos asientos del diario y una conciliación" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:208 msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" msgstr "Un asiento del diario y una conciliación bancaria" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:212 msgid "" "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " "invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." @@ -11447,63 +10877,63 @@ msgstr "" "El primer asiento del diario es creado registrando el pago en la factura. El" " segundo es creado cuando se registra el extracto bancario." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Account" msgstr "Cuenta" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Cuenta a cobrar" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 msgid "Invoice ABC" msgstr "Factura ABC" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Undeposited funds" msgstr "Fondos no depositados" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Check 0123" msgstr "Cheque 0123" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Banco" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:237 msgid "" "A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " "reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" @@ -11513,23 +10943,23 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando concilie el extracto bancario, la línea del extracto es vinculada al " "asiento del diario existente. " -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Bank Statement" msgstr "Extracto bancario" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 msgid "Statement XYZ" msgstr "Extracto XYZ" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 msgid "Process overview" msgstr "Perspectiva general del proceso" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "De la facturación a clientes a la recepción de cobros" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " "and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " @@ -11543,11 +10973,11 @@ msgstr "" " facturas y tomar descuentos por pagos anticipados, puede hacerlo eficiente " "y exactamente." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" msgstr "Desde el Borrador Factura hasta Ganancias y Pérdidas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 msgid "" "If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " "goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " @@ -11563,7 +10993,7 @@ msgstr "" "finalmente presentará sus Ingresos en el Estado de Pérdidas y Ganancias y " "mostrará la disminución en Activos en la Hoja de Balance." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 msgid "" "Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " "you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" @@ -11580,11 +11010,11 @@ msgstr "" " se mueve a o desde un camión. En este punto, Odoo soporta la creación de lo" " que es llamado Factura Borrador por el personal de Bodega." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "Creación de Facturas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "" "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " @@ -11594,7 +11024,7 @@ msgstr "" " como Órdenes de Venta, Órdenes de Compra, etc. Aunque puede crear una " "factura borrador directamente si quiere." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" "An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " "in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " @@ -11606,11 +11036,11 @@ msgstr "" "También debe incluir otra información necesaria para pagar la factura a " "tiempo y de manera precisa." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 msgid "Draft invoices" msgstr "Facturas borrador" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 msgid "" "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " "While these invoices" @@ -11618,7 +11048,7 @@ msgstr "" "El sistema genera facturas las cuales inicialmente se configuraron en estado" " Borrador. Mientras que estas facturas " -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 msgid "" "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " "is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." @@ -11626,59 +11056,59 @@ msgstr "" "permanezcan inválidas, no tienen impacto contable dentro del sistema. No hay" " nada que impida a los usuarios de crear sus propias facturas borrador." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" msgstr "Creemos una factura de cliente con la siguiente información:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" msgstr "Cliente: Agrolait" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 msgid "Product: iMac" msgstr "Producto: iMac" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 msgid "Quantity: 1" msgstr "Cantidad: 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 msgid "Unit Price: 100" msgstr "Precio Unitario: 100" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" msgstr "Impuestos: Impuesto 15%" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" msgstr "El documento esta compuesto de tres partes:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," msgstr "la parte superior de la factura, con la información del cliente," -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," msgstr "el cuerpo principal de la factura, con líneas de factura detalladas," -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." msgstr "" "el final de la página, con detalle acerca de los impuestos, y los totales." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "Facturas Pro-forma o Abiertas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" " tax information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "" "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " "moves from the Draft state to the Open state." @@ -11686,7 +11116,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Valide\" la factura cuando este listo para aprobarla. Luego, la factura se" " mueve desde el estado Borrador al estado Abierto." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 msgid "" "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " "defined, and modifiable, sequence." @@ -11694,7 +11124,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando ha validado una factura, Odoo le da un número único desde una " "secuencia definida y modificable." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 msgid "" "Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" " when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " @@ -11705,11 +11135,11 @@ msgstr "" "en la entrada en el campo Diario de Entrada en la pestaña \"Otra " "Información\"." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" msgstr "Enviar la factura al cliente" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "" "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " "customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." @@ -11717,49 +11147,49 @@ msgstr "" "Después de validar la factura de cliente, puede enviarla directamente al " "cliente a través de la funcionalidad 'Enviar por email'." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" " follows:" msgstr "" "Una entrada de diario típica desde una factura validada se verá como sigue:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" msgstr "**Asociado**" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "**Fecha de vencimiento**" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Agrolait" msgstr "Agrolait" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 msgid "01/07/2015" msgstr "01/07/2015" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "115" msgstr "115" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "15" msgstr "15" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 msgid "Payment" msgstr "Pagos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 msgid "" "In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " "entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " @@ -11771,17 +11201,17 @@ msgstr "" "habido una conciliación, la factura permanecerá en el estado Abierto hasta " "que haya ingresado el pago." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" msgstr "" "Una entrada de diario típica desde una factura validada se verá como sigue:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" msgstr "Recibir un pago parcial a través del extracto bancario" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 msgid "" "You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " "in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " @@ -11791,7 +11221,7 @@ msgstr "" "importarlos desde un archivo csv o desde otros varios formatos predefinidos " "de acuerdo a la localización de su contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 msgid "" "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " "journal and enter an amount of $100 ." @@ -11799,15 +11229,15 @@ msgstr "" "Cree un extracto bancario desde el tablero contable con el diario " "relacionado e ingrese un monto de $100 ." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" msgstr "Conciliar" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" msgstr "Ahora concilie!" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." @@ -11815,7 +11245,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ahora puede ir a través de cada transacción y conciliarlas o conciliar en " "masa con las instrucciones al final." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" "After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " "display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" @@ -11825,18 +11255,18 @@ msgstr "" "muestra \"Tiene pagos pendientes para este cliente. Puede conciliarlos para " "pagar esta factura.\"" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 msgid "" "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" " invoice." msgstr "" "Aplicar el pago. Abajo, puede ver que el pago ha sido agregado a la factura." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" msgstr "Seguimiento de Pagos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "" "There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " "Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" @@ -11846,7 +11276,7 @@ msgstr "" "tarde. Además, los recaudadores deben realizar todo tipo de esfuerzos para " "captar el dinero y captarlo más rápido." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 msgid "" "Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " "pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " @@ -11863,7 +11293,7 @@ msgstr "" " Si hay otras facturas pendientes del mismo cliente, se ejecutarán las " "acciones de la factura más vencida." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." @@ -11871,11 +11301,11 @@ msgstr "" "Pasando por los registros del cliente y profundizando en los \"Pagos " "Pendientes\" verá el mensaje de seguimiento y todas las facturas pendientes." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" msgstr "Reporte de Antigüedad de Cliente:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " "to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." @@ -11884,7 +11314,7 @@ msgstr "" "para que el recaudador entienda los problemas de crédito del cliente, y " "prioretice su trabajo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 msgid "" "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" " collection efforts." @@ -11892,11 +11322,11 @@ msgstr "" "Use el reporte de antigüedad para determinar cuales clientes están " "pendientes e inicie con sus esfuerzos de captación." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "Ganancias y pérdidas" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " "Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " @@ -11908,17 +11338,17 @@ msgstr "" "Pérdidas Netas. Algunas veces es referido como \"Estado de Ingresos\" o " "\"Estado de Ingresos y Gastos.\"" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 msgid "Balance sheet" msgstr "Hoja de Balance" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" "For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " "method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " @@ -11928,12 +11358,12 @@ msgstr "" "perpetua, debe esperar una disminución en la cuenta \"Activos Corrientes\" " "una vez el material ha sido entregado al cliente." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" msgstr "Desde Facturas de Proveedor a Pagos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 msgid "" "Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" " correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " @@ -11945,7 +11375,7 @@ msgstr "" " muy tarde, no muy temprano; dependiendo de las políticas de su proveedor). " "Odoo también ofrece reportes para rastrear sus balances antigüos por pagar." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " "the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " @@ -11955,11 +11385,11 @@ msgstr "" "puede usar la aplicación Compras de Odoo que le permiten controlarlas y pre-" "completarlas automáticamente basado en las órdenes de compra pasadas." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" msgstr "Registrar una nueva factura de proveedor" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 msgid "" "When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " @@ -11971,7 +11401,7 @@ msgstr "" "Contabilidad. Como acceso directo, puede usar la función **Nueva Factura** " "en el tablero de contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 msgid "" "To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " "their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " @@ -11982,7 +11412,7 @@ msgstr "" "agregue y confirme las líneas del producto, asegurándose de tener las " "cantidas de producto, impuestos y precios correctos." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 msgid "" "Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " "screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " @@ -11992,7 +11422,7 @@ msgstr "" "final de la pantalla. En su mayoría requerirá configurar los precios de sus " "productos sin impuestos ya que Odoo calculará el impuesto por Ud." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 msgid "" "On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " "vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " @@ -12011,11 +11441,11 @@ msgstr "" "proveedor tiene un monto de impuestos diferente en su factura, puede cambiar" " el monton en la tabla de la izquieda al final para ajustar y corresponder." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" msgstr "Validar la Factura del Proveedor" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " "on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" @@ -12025,7 +11455,7 @@ msgstr "" "diario basada en la configuración de la factura. Esta entrada de diario " "puede diferir dependiendo del paquete contable que elija usar." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 msgid "" "For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" @@ -12033,21 +11463,21 @@ msgstr "" "Para la mayoría de países Europeos, la entrada del diario usará las " "siguientes cuentas:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" msgstr "**Cuentas por Pagar:** definidas en el formulario del proveedor" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" msgstr "**Impuestos:** definidos en los productos y por línea" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" msgstr "**Gastos:** definidos en la línea del ítem del producto usado" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" "For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" @@ -12055,11 +11485,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para la contabilidad Anglosajona (USA), la entrada del diario usará las " "siguientes cuentas:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" msgstr "**Bienes Recibidos:** definidos en el formulario del producto" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 msgid "" "You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " "validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." @@ -12068,11 +11498,11 @@ msgstr "" " de haber validado algunas facturas de proveedor para ver el impacto en su " "Libro Mayor." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 msgid "Pay a bill" msgstr "Pagar una factura" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 msgid "" "To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " "**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." @@ -12080,7 +11510,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para crear un pago directamente de una factura de proveedor abierta, puede " "dar clic en **Registrar un Pago** en la parte superior del formulario." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 msgid "" "From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " "card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " @@ -12096,7 +11526,7 @@ msgstr "" "proveedor como referencia (Odoo automáticamente llenará este campo desde la " "factura del proveedor si se ha configurado correctamente)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 msgid "" "You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " "a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " @@ -12108,11 +11538,11 @@ msgstr "" "Luego, desde la factura del proveedor podrá conciliar este pago " "directamente." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 msgid "Printing vendor Checks" msgstr "Imprimiendo Cheques del Proveedor" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 msgid "" "If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " "so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " @@ -12124,7 +11554,7 @@ msgstr "" "hace en una base diaria o prefiere hacerlo al final de la semana, puede " "imprimir en cheques en lotes." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " "list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." @@ -12132,7 +11562,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si tiene cheques a imprimir, el tablero contable de Odoo actúa como una " "lista de tareas y le recuerda cuántos cheques tiene pendientes por imprimir." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 msgid "" "By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " "list of all payments that are ready to be processed." @@ -12140,7 +11570,7 @@ msgstr "" "Seleccionando el monto de cheques a imprimir, puede profundizar en una lista" " de todos los pagos que están listos a ser procesados." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 msgid "" "Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " "them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " @@ -12152,11 +11582,11 @@ msgstr "" "pedirá configurar el siguiente número de cheque en la secuencia y luego " "imprimirá todos los cheques de una vez." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "Balance de Antiguas Cuentas por Pagar" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 msgid "" "In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" " can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " @@ -12169,7 +11599,7 @@ msgstr "" "Negocios --> Antiguas Cuentas por Pagar`) para obtener una visual de todas " "sus facturas pendientes." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" "From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " "of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " @@ -12183,19 +11613,19 @@ msgstr "" "momento mientras esta mirando el reporte, puede imprimir directamente a " "Excel o PDF y obtener exactamente lo que ve en la pantalla." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -msgstr ":doc:`cliente_factura`" +msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:3 msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "Cuentas por Pagar" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" msgstr "¿Cómo mantener el rastro de los gastos de empleados?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 msgid "" "Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" " then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " @@ -12205,16 +11635,16 @@ msgstr "" "compañía luego reembolsa estos gastos al empleado. Los recibos encontrados " "más frecuentemente son:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," msgstr "" "viaje en carro, reembolsado por unidad de distancia (milla o kilometro)," -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," msgstr "gastos de subsistencia, reembolsados con base en la factura," -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 msgid "" "other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " "carried out by the employee." @@ -12222,7 +11652,7 @@ msgstr "" "otras compras, como papelería y libros, destinados para la compañía pero " "llevados a cabo por el empleado." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 msgid "" "To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " "from the Apps module." @@ -12230,7 +11660,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para administrar los gastos, necesita instalar la aplicación **Rastreador de" " Gastos** desde el módulo de aplicaciones." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 msgid "" "You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " "re-invoice your expenses to your customers." @@ -12238,7 +11668,7 @@ msgstr "" "También necesitará instalar el módulo **Administración de Ventas** para re-" "facturar sus gastos a sus clientes." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 msgid "" "Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " "products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " @@ -12250,33 +11680,33 @@ msgstr "" "productos, vaya al menú :menuselection:`Configuración --> Productos de " "Gastos` en la aplicación **Gastos**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 msgid "Some examples of products can be:" msgstr "Algunos ejemplos de productos pueden ser:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 msgid "**Travel (car)**" msgstr "**Viaje (en carro)**" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 msgid "Product Type: Service" msgstr "Tipo de producto: Servicio" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" msgstr "Política de Facturación: Facturar basado en tiempo y material" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" msgstr "Política de Factura de Gastos: En precio de venta" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" msgstr "Precio de Venta: 0.32" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 msgid "" "Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " "Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" @@ -12285,19 +11715,19 @@ msgstr "" "Unidades de Medida** desde :menuselection:`Módulo de Ventas --> " "Configuración`)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 msgid "**Hotel**" msgstr "**Hotel**" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" msgstr "Política de facturación de gastos: Al costo" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" msgstr "**Unidad de Medida**: Unidad" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 msgid "" "In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " "employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " @@ -12309,7 +11739,7 @@ msgstr "" "visitar al cliente): 0.32€ / km. El hotel es reembolsado basado en el costo " "real del hotel." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 msgid "" "Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " "checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " @@ -12323,27 +11753,27 @@ msgstr "" " esta relacionado al proyecto/órden de venta de un cliente, Odoo re-" "facturará este gasto al cliente." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" msgstr "Odoo soporta dos tipos de gastos:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" msgstr "gastos pagados por el empleado con su propio dinero" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" msgstr "gastos pagados con una tarjeta de crédito de la compañía" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 msgid "The expenses workflow" msgstr "Flujo de gastos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 msgid "Record a new expense" msgstr "Registrar un nuevo gasto" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 msgid "" "Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " ":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " @@ -12353,19 +11783,19 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`aplicación de gastos --> Mis Gastos`. El flujo para gastos " "de personal funciona así:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" msgstr "un empleado registra sus gastos, y los sube al supervisor" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" msgstr "el supervisor aprueba o rechaza el gasto" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 msgid "the accountant post journal entries" msgstr "el contador publica las entradas en el diario" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 msgid "" "the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " "with a payable account)" @@ -12373,7 +11803,7 @@ msgstr "" "la compañía reembolsa los gastos del empleado (el empleado es como un " "proveedor, con una cuenta por pagar)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 msgid "" "if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " "the customer" @@ -12381,19 +11811,19 @@ msgstr "" "si el gasto es vinculado a una cuenta analítica, la compañía puede " "reembolsar al cliente" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" msgstr "Para cada gasto, el empleado debe registrar al menos:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" msgstr "una descripción: que debe incluir la referencia del recibo/factura" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 msgid "a product: the expense type" msgstr "un producto: el tipo de gasto" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 msgid "" "a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" " car)" @@ -12401,7 +11831,7 @@ msgstr "" "un precio (ej. hotel) o una cantidad (ej. reembolsar km si el viaje fue " "hecho con su propio carro)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 msgid "" "Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " "photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " @@ -12411,7 +11841,7 @@ msgstr "" "una foto del gasto. Para hacerlo, solo escriba un mensaje al final del gasto" " con el escaner del recibo/factura en adjunto." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 msgid "" "If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" " an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " @@ -12423,7 +11853,7 @@ msgstr "" "venta del cliente (podría tener que activar cuentas analíticas en los " "ajustes contables para obtener esta funcionalidad)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 msgid "" "Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " "**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " @@ -12434,7 +11864,7 @@ msgstr "" "deben subir sus gastos agrupados al final del mes, o al final de un viaje de" " negocios." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 msgid "" "An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " "action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." @@ -12443,11 +11873,11 @@ msgstr "" " Gastos desde la vista de lista de gastos, o los íconos pequeños en la vista" " de lista." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 msgid "Validation by the manager" msgstr "Validación del supervisor" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 msgid "" "Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " "manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " @@ -12458,11 +11888,11 @@ msgstr "" " usar el menú **Para Aprobar** para revisar todos los gastos que están " "esperando validación." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 msgid "The manager can:" msgstr "El supervisor puede:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 msgid "" "discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " "bill is missing);" @@ -12470,19 +11900,19 @@ msgstr "" "comentar en un gasto pidiendo más información (ej. si no esta el escaner de " "la factura);" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 msgid "reject an expense;" msgstr "rechazar un gasto;" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 msgid "approve an expense." msgstr "aprobar un gasto." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 msgid "Control by the accountant" msgstr "Control del contador" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 msgid "" "Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " "by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " @@ -12492,7 +11922,7 @@ msgstr "" "registrados por el contador. Cuando un gasto es publicado, la entrada del " "diario relacionada es creada y publicada en su contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 msgid "" "If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " "expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." @@ -12501,11 +11931,11 @@ msgstr "" "gastos, puede publicar gastos en lote desde la vista de lista de todos los " "gastos." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" msgstr "Refacturar gastos a clientes" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 msgid "" "If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " "the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " @@ -12519,7 +11949,7 @@ msgstr "" "factura que será enviada al cliente (cargos por viaje y acomodación en un " "proyecto de cliente)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 msgid "" "To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." " (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " @@ -12529,7 +11959,7 @@ msgstr "" " ventas. (o se hará automáticamente al final de la semana/mes si factura " "todas sus órdenes en lote)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 msgid "" "tip If you want to learn more; check the documentation page :doc: " "../../../sale/invoicing/service/expense `*How to re-invoice expenses to your" @@ -12537,11 +11967,11 @@ msgid "" "<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1_6VclRWfESHfvNPZI32q5ANFi2C7cCTwkLXpbGTz6B8/edit?usp=sharing>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 msgid "Reimburse the employee" msgstr "Reembolsar al empleado" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 msgid "" "If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " "reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" @@ -12551,7 +11981,7 @@ msgstr "" "reembolsar al empleado. En tal caso, el empleado aparecerá en el balance de " "antiguas cuentas por pagar hasta que la compañía le reembolse sus gastos." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 msgid "" "All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " "due." @@ -12559,18 +11989,18 @@ msgstr "" "Si unos gastos no deben ser refacurados a clientes, Usted tiene dos " "opciones." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" msgstr "Gastos que no son refacturados a clientes" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 msgid "" "If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " "options:" msgstr "" "Si algunos gastos no deben ser refacturados a clientes, tiene dos opciones:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 msgid "" "if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " "invoicing policy on the product:" @@ -12578,7 +12008,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si la decisión de facturar o no está relacionada al producto, cambie la " "política de facturación en el producto:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" msgstr "" "El coste del envio real es escrito en el ordinador cuando la entrega es confirmada.\n" @@ -12586,11 +12016,11 @@ msgstr "" "Volver al orde de ventas, el coste real ha sido ahoraagregado al orden de ventas.\n" "''basado en tiempo y material, refacturar el cliente." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" msgstr "**basado en órdenes de venta**: no refacturar al cliente" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 msgid "" "if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " "reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" @@ -12600,15 +12030,15 @@ msgstr "" "refacturada al cliente, no configure la cuenta analítica relacionada para " "esta factura." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 msgid ":doc:`forecast`" msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" msgstr "¿Cómo pronosticar futuras facturas a pagar?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" "When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " "different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " @@ -12621,7 +12051,7 @@ msgstr "" "disponibilidad de efectivo y pagando muy tarde puede incurrir en cargos " "extra." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " "vendors efficiently." @@ -12629,11 +12059,11 @@ msgstr "" "Afortunadamente, Odoo le provee las herramientas adecuadas para administrar " "eficientemente órdenes de pago a proveedores." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" msgstr "Configuración: términos de pago" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " "Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " @@ -12644,15 +12074,15 @@ msgstr "" "calcular la fecha de vencimiento en una factura. Como ejemplo, un término de" " pago puede ser:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 msgid "50% within 30 days" msgstr "50% dentro de 30 días" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 msgid "50% within 45 days" msgstr "50% dentro de 45 días" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" "To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " @@ -12664,7 +12094,7 @@ msgstr "" " aplicación Contabilidad. El siguiente ejemplo muestra un término de pago de" " 30% directamente y el balance después de 30 días." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 msgid "" "Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " "default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" @@ -12677,7 +12107,7 @@ msgstr "" "compre a este proveedor, Odoo le propondrá automáticamente el término de " "pago correcto." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 msgid "" "If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " "able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." @@ -12685,12 +12115,12 @@ msgstr "" "Si no configura un término específico de pago en un proveedor, igual puede " "configurar un término específico de pago en la factura del proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" msgstr "" "Facturas de previsión a pagar con el reporte de Antiguas Cuentas por Pagar" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 msgid "" "In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " "report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " @@ -12704,17 +12134,17 @@ msgstr "" " por proveedor, comparado con su fecha de vencimiento (la fecha de " "vencimiento calculada en cada factura usando el término de pago)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 msgid "" "This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." msgstr "" "Este reporte le dice cuanto tendrá que pagar dentro de los siguientes meses." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" msgstr "Seleccionar facturas a pagar" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" "Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " "list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" @@ -12726,7 +12156,7 @@ msgstr "" "puede listar todas las facturas que debe pagar o las facturas que están " "vencidas (que están atrasadas en el pago)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 msgid "" "From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " "to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " @@ -12736,15 +12166,15 @@ msgstr "" "gráfica para obtener estadísticas de los montos que se deben para el mes " "siguiente, usando la función agrupar por \"Fecha de Vencimiento\"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Payments" msgstr "Pagos de Proveedor" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" msgstr "Pagar por Cheques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" "Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " "Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " @@ -12757,12 +12187,12 @@ msgstr "" "corresponderá los cheques que envío a los proveedores con los extractos " "bancarios reales." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 msgid "Install the required module" msgstr "Instalar el módulo requerido" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 msgid "" "To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " "Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " @@ -12776,7 +12206,7 @@ msgstr "" "acuerdo al país. Como ejemplo, el módulo **Impresión de Cheques USA** es " "requerido para imprimir cheques en USA." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " "may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " @@ -12786,11 +12216,11 @@ msgstr "" "instalados por defecto. (ejemplo: Usuarios en USA no tienen nada que " "instalar, esta configurado por defecto)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" msgstr "Activar métodos de pago en cheque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " "on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -12804,35 +12234,35 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta bancaria en la opción :menuselection:`Más --> Ajustes`. En el campo " "**Método de Pago**, configure **Cheque**. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "Papelería de cheques compatible para imprimir cheques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 msgid "United States" msgstr "Estados Unidos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" "Para los Estados Unidos, Odoo soporta por defecto los formatos de cheque de:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" msgstr "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: cheque en la parte superior, talonario en el medio" " y al final" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" msgstr "" "**Peachtree**: cheque en el medio, talonario en la parte superior y al final" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "**ADP**: cheque en la parte superior, y talonario en el final." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." @@ -12840,32 +12270,32 @@ msgstr "" "También es posible personalizar sus propios cheques a través de " "personalizaciones." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "Pagar una factura de proveedor con un cheque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "" "Pagar una factura de proveedor con un cheque es resuelto en tres pasos:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" msgstr "registrando un pago le gustaría hacerlo en la factura" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "Imprimir cheques en lote para todos los pagos registrados" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 msgid "reconcile bank statements" msgstr "Conciliar extractos bancarios" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "Registrar un pago con cheque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 msgid "" "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -12873,95 +12303,11 @@ msgid "" "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "Explicación de los campos en la pantalla de pago: " - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "Tiene facturas" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "Campo técnico utilizado por usabilidad" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "Ocultar método de pago" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " -"only one available which is 'manual'" -msgstr "" -"Campo técnico utilizado para ocultar el método de pago si el diario " -"seleccionado tiene únicamente como disponible el 'manual'" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " -"you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " -"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "Mostrar cuenta bancaria del Contacto" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " -"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" -msgstr "" -"El campo técnico usado para saber si el campo `partner_bank_account_id` debe" -" mostrarse o no en las vistas del formulario de pagos" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Código" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." -msgstr "" -"Campo técnico utilizado para adaptar la interfaz al tipo de pago " -"seleccionado." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "Número de cheque" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" -"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " -"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." -msgstr "" -"El diario seleccionado está configurado para imprimir números de cheque . Si" -" sus cheques pre-impresos ya tienen números o si la numeración actual es " -"incorrecta, puede cambiarla en la página de configuración del diario." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "Tratar de pagar una factura de proveedor con un cheque" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:77 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "Imprimir cheques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:79 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -12973,7 +12319,7 @@ msgstr "" "los cheques que no se han impreso aún. Desde esta pantalla, puede imprimir " "todos los cheques en lote o revisarlos uno por uno." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:84 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -12985,7 +12331,7 @@ msgstr "" " preguntará el número del cheque. Automáticamente le propone el siguiente " "número, pero puede cambiarlo si no coincide con su siguiente número." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:90 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." @@ -12994,11 +12340,11 @@ msgstr "" " vista de lista e imprima el cheque desde el menú \"imprimir\" en la parte " "superior." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:99 msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" msgstr "Conciliar extractos bancarios" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " @@ -13008,7 +12354,7 @@ msgstr "" "desde su cuenta bancaria, Odoo le propondrá automáticamente corresponderlo " "con el pago. Esto marcará el pago como **Conciliado**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 msgid "" "to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" @@ -13018,11 +12364,11 @@ msgstr "" " y filtre en el estado Enviado. Revise los pagos que tienen fecha de más de " "2 semanas." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "Pagar cualquier cosa con un cheque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:114 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -13032,7 +12378,7 @@ msgstr "" "proveedor. Para hacerlo, use el menú superior: :menuselection:`Compras --> " "Pagos`. Registre su pago y seleccione el método de pago con cheque." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." @@ -13040,7 +12386,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si paga una factura de proveedor específica, ponga la referencia de la " "factura en el campo **Memo**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:124 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" @@ -13050,19 +12396,19 @@ msgstr "" "vez confirmado, puede usar **Imprimir Cheque** directamente o seguir el " "flujo anterior para imprimir cheques en lote:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:128 msgid "`Print checks <PrintChecks_>`_" msgstr "`Imprimir cheques <ImprimirCheques_>`_" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:130 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" msgstr "`Conciliar extractos bancarios <ConciliarExtractosBancarios_>`_" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" msgstr "¿Cómo pagar varias facturas a la vez?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " "with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " @@ -13072,15 +12418,15 @@ msgstr "" " la vez, con opciones rápidas o complejas. Con un solo proceso, cualquiera " "puede tramitar facturas y pagos en solo unos pocos clics." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" msgstr "Pagar múltiples facturas con un pago" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 msgid "Record several payments" msgstr "Registrar varios pagos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" "In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " @@ -13090,7 +12436,7 @@ msgstr "" "todo el proceso desde su tablero de contabilidad (es la primera pantalla que" " tiene cuando abre la aplicación de contabilidad)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " "the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." @@ -13098,7 +12444,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para crear una factura, abra el menú del Tablero y de clic en **Facturas de " "Proveedor**. En la ventana de Facturas de Proveedor, de clic en **Crear**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 msgid "" "Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " "Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " @@ -13108,11 +12454,11 @@ msgstr "" " un ítem para agreguar un(o) (o más) producto(s). De clic en **Guardar** y " "luego en **Validar**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" msgstr "Pagar facturas de proveedor, una después de la otra" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 msgid "" "We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" @@ -13122,7 +12468,7 @@ msgstr "" "luego de clic en **Registrar Pago**. Ingrese el Método de Pago, Fecha y " "Monto, y de clic en **Validar**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" "Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" " the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " @@ -13134,11 +12480,11 @@ msgstr "" "generará un movimiento desde la cuenta del pago y lo conciliará con la " "transacción del gasto." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" msgstr "Pagar varias facturas de proveedor en conjunto" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "" "In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " "following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" @@ -13148,7 +12494,7 @@ msgstr "" "siguiente la guía estándar anterior. **Asegúrese que todas las facturas " "pertenecen al mismo proveedor.**" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 msgid "" "In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" " the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " @@ -13158,7 +12504,7 @@ msgstr "" "crear marcando la casilla al la lado de cada una de ellas. En el menú de " "Acción localizado en el medio de la página, de clic en **Registrar Pago**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 msgid "" "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " "for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." @@ -13166,11 +12512,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ingrese los datos del pago. El sistema calculó el monto total de ambas " "facturas, puede libremente modificarlo. De clic en **Validar**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" msgstr "Registre el pago, luego concilie" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 msgid "" "You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " "recorded." @@ -13178,11 +12524,11 @@ msgstr "" "Puede también conciliar un pago con facturas después que el pago ha sigo " "registrado." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 msgid "First, we need to create a payment" msgstr "Primero, necesitamos crear un pago" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" @@ -13190,7 +12536,7 @@ msgstr "" "Esto se manejará desde el menú :menuselection:`Tablero --> Diario Bancario " "--> Más Opciones --> Enviar Dinero`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" "Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " "and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " @@ -13201,7 +12547,7 @@ msgstr "" "detalles, confirmaremos la órden de pago la cual generará la transacción de " "pago con el sistema. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 msgid "" "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " "remaining to reconcile." @@ -13209,7 +12555,7 @@ msgstr "" "Como puede ver, el estado de pago de la factura muestra lo que esta " "registrado y lo que esta pendiente por conciliar." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "" "After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " "reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " @@ -13219,22 +12565,22 @@ msgstr "" " puede conciliar la transacción desde el Tablero. Éste automáticamente " "corresponderá el monto de la transacción." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" msgstr "" "Para más información del proceso de conciliación bancaria, por favor lea:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" msgstr "Pagos parciales de varias facturas de proveedor" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "" "¿Cómo pagar varias facturas de proveedor a la vez teniendo descuentos por " "pronto pago?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 msgid "" "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " @@ -13244,7 +12590,7 @@ msgstr "" "de los pagos parciales? Tomaremos otro ejemplo donde haremos pagos parciales" " para varias facturas." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "" "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " "statements." @@ -13252,7 +12598,7 @@ msgstr "" "Creamos varias facturas y las pagamos parcialmente a través de los extractos" " bancarios." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 msgid "" "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " "offer us early payment discount." @@ -13260,7 +12606,7 @@ msgstr "" "Agregamos términos de pago que permiten algunos descuentos por pronto pago " "donde el proveedor nos ofrece descuento en pago anticipado." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 msgid "" "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" " term." @@ -13268,11 +12614,11 @@ msgstr "" "Creamos las siguientes facturas con la asignación de los términos de pago " "anteriores." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 msgid "We have created the following bills:" msgstr "Hemos creado las siguientes facturas:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 msgid "" "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" " cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." @@ -13281,7 +12627,7 @@ msgstr "" "descuento por pronto pago que nuestro proveedor otorgó bajo los términos de " "pago." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." @@ -13289,21 +12635,21 @@ msgstr "" "Antes de conciliar este extracto bancario, necesitamos crear un modelo de " "extracto para descuentos por pronto pago." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "" "Ahora regresamos al extracto bancario y abrimos la vista de conciliación." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" msgstr "Para la conciliación bancaria con opción de modelo, vea" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:71 msgid "Pay with SEPA" msgstr "Pagar con SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -13315,8 +12661,8 @@ msgstr "" "Euros. El SEPA le permite enviar órdenes de pago a su banco para automatizar" " las transferencias bancarias electrónicas." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 msgid "" "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " "Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." @@ -13324,22 +12670,23 @@ msgstr "" "El SEPA es apoyado por los bancos de los 28 estados miembros europeos así " "como también por Islandia, Noruega, Suiza, Andorra, Mónaco y San Marino." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " "with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " -"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file " -"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" -" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." +"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." msgstr "" -"Con Odoo, una vez decida pagarle a un proveedor, puede seleccionar la " -"factura con SEPA. Luego, al final del día, el supervisor puede generar el " -"archivo SEPA que contiene toda las transferencias bancarias electrónicas y " -"enviarlo al banco. El archivo sigue las especificaciones de Crédito de " -"Transferencia 'PAIN.001.001.03'. Este es un estándar bien definido que hace " -"posible el consenso entre bancos." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 +msgid "" +"By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " +"specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among " +"banks. However, according to the country set on your company, another format" +" can be used : **'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and " +"**'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 msgid "" "Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " "account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " @@ -13351,7 +12698,7 @@ msgstr "" " corresponderá sin ningún problema las órdenes SEPA que envió a su banco con" " los extractos bancarios reales." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 msgid "" "To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " "module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " @@ -13361,7 +12708,7 @@ msgstr "" "Transferencia SEPA**. Este módulo administra el proceso de generar archivos " "SEPA basado en pagos en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." @@ -13369,11 +12716,11 @@ msgstr "" "De acuerdo a su país y el plan de cuentas que use, este módulo pueden ser " "instalado por defecto. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:45 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" msgstr "Activar métodos de pago SEPA en bancos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " "related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -13385,7 +12732,7 @@ msgstr "" "obtiene cuando ingresa a la aplicación de contabilidad), de clic en \"Más\" " "en su cuenta bancaria y elija la opción \"Ajustes\"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 msgid "" "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " "Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" @@ -13395,7 +12742,7 @@ msgstr "" "parte de **Métodos de Pago** de la sección **Misceláneos**, marque la " "casilla **Transferencia por Crédito SEPA**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." @@ -13404,7 +12751,7 @@ msgstr "" "doméstico no funcionará con SEPA) y el BIC (código de identificación del " "banco) en su diario bancario." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:62 msgid "" "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " "initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " @@ -13417,22 +12764,22 @@ msgstr "" "ajustes de su compañía, en la pestaña **Configuración**, bajo la sección del" " **SEPA**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "Register your payments" msgstr "Registre sus pagos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." msgstr "" "Puede registrar un pago que no esta relacionado con una factura de " -"proveedor. Para hacerlo, use el menú en la parte superior " +"proveedor. Para hacerlo, use el menú en la parte superior del menú " ":menuselection:`Compras --> Pagos`. Registre su pago y seleccione el método " "de pago de Crédito de Transferencia SEPA. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 msgid "" "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " @@ -13443,7 +12790,7 @@ msgstr "" "y BIC (Código de Identificación del Banco). Odoo automáticamente verificará " "el formato IBAN." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " @@ -13452,7 +12799,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para futuros pagos a este proveedor, Odoo automáticamente le propondrá las " "cuentas bancarias pero Ud. podrá seleccionar otra o crear una nueva." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:88 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**memo** field." @@ -13460,7 +12807,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si paga una factura de proveedor específica, ponga la referencia de la " "factura en el campo **nota**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:94 msgid "" "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " "pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" @@ -13473,11 +12820,11 @@ msgstr "" "el pago está directamente vinculado a la factura y será automáticamente " "conciliado a éste." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 msgid "Generate SEPA files" msgstr "Generar archivos SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:102 msgid "" "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " "generate for every bank account." @@ -13485,7 +12832,7 @@ msgstr "" "Desde su tablero de contabilidad, debe ver si hay archivos SEPA que generar " "de cada una de las cuentas bancarias." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:108 msgid "" "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " "SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " @@ -13495,29 +12842,27 @@ msgstr "" "De clic en el link para revisar que todos los pagos están listos para ser " "transferidos via SEPA. Luego, seleccione todos los pagos que quiere enviar " "(o marque la casilla superior para seleccionar todos los pagos a la vez) y " -"de clic en :menuselection:`Más--> Descargar pagos SEPA`." +"de clic en :menuselection:`Más --> Descargar pagos SEPA`." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "El banco rechaza mi archivo SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:122 msgid "" -"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " -"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " -"error message to your Odoo partner." +"Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** " +"(the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they " +"don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the error " +"message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" -"Pregúntele a su banco si soporte **Transferencias Crédito SEPA " -"PAIN.001.001.03**. Si no, o no puede proveer información relevante, por " -"favor reenvíe el mensaje de error a su asociado de Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "" "No hay un Código de Identificación del Banco registrado para cuentas " "bancarias..." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 msgid "" "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" " IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " @@ -13528,25 +12873,25 @@ msgstr "" "IBAN para el asociado al que le esta pagando pero olvido llenar el espacio " "BIC." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`check`" -msgstr ":doc:`revisar`" +msgstr ":doc:`check`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:139 msgid "How to define a new bank?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:140 msgid "How to reconcile bank statements?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" msgstr "¿Cuándo debo usar facturas de proveedor o recibos de compra?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 msgid "" "Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" " for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " @@ -13561,7 +12906,7 @@ msgstr "" "período de tiempo definido para pagar la Factura. Los recibos de Compra son " "confirmaciones de pagos recibidos. Son mis comprobantes de recibo diarios." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " "will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " @@ -13574,7 +12919,7 @@ msgstr "" "recibos de compra, lo cual significa que no hay necesidad de adeudar la " "cuenta. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 msgid "" "Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," " as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." @@ -13583,7 +12928,7 @@ msgstr "" "por línea de producto, mientras que las facturas de proveedor aplican un " "solo monto de impuesto para toda la factura." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 msgid "" "If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " "receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " @@ -13593,7 +12938,7 @@ msgstr "" "un recibo de compra es emitido, debo usar la función recibos de compra en " "Odoo para administrarlos contablemente." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 msgid "" "Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " "a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " @@ -13605,7 +12950,7 @@ msgstr "" "comprar 50 euros de té y una tetera que vale 20 euros. Pagamos a través de " "la cuenta bancaria de la compañía." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 msgid "" "To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " "installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." @@ -13614,7 +12959,7 @@ msgstr "" " una aplicación. Vaya al módulo aplicaciones e instale la aplicación " "contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 msgid "" "Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" " \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." @@ -13622,11 +12967,11 @@ msgstr "" "Luego, vaya a la barra de búsqueda, borre el módulo de búsqueda por defecto," " y busque \"compra\". Instale el módulo **Vales de Venta y Compra**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 msgid "Register a receipt" msgstr "Registrar un recibo" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 msgid "" "By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " "Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." @@ -13635,7 +12980,7 @@ msgstr "" "menú desplegable **Recibos de Compra** sea visible en la aplicación de " "contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 msgid "" "To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " "app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." @@ -13644,7 +12989,7 @@ msgstr "" "a la aplicación contabilidad, seleccione :menuselection:`Compras --> Recibos" " de Compra`." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 msgid "" "Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " "Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " @@ -13657,7 +13002,7 @@ msgstr "" "generará entrada contable crédito mientras que Pagar Ahora acreditará " "inmediatamente la Cuenta Bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 msgid "" "In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " "option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " @@ -13668,7 +13013,7 @@ msgstr "" "y el impuesto apropiado. Para el ejemplo supones que el té tiene un impuesto" " del 12% y la Tetera del 21%." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 msgid "" "Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " ":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " @@ -13678,11 +13023,11 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`conciliar pagos <../../banco/conciliación/casos_de_uso>` para cerrar " "completamente la transacción en su contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" msgstr "¿Cómo administrar Facturas de Proveedor?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " "incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." @@ -13691,7 +13036,7 @@ msgstr "" "los productos entrantes y las facturas de los proveedores, todo a la " "perfección en un mismo lugar. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " "need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" @@ -13703,11 +13048,11 @@ msgstr "" "se ha comprado y recibido es el primer paso hacia la comprensión de sus " "procesos de gestión de compras." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" msgstr "Aquí está un flujo de trabajo estándar de Odoo:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." @@ -13715,7 +13060,7 @@ msgstr "" "Usted empezará con las **Solicitudes de Presupuesto (RfQ)** que se enviarán " "a sus proveedor(es)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." @@ -13723,7 +13068,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que el proveedor haya aceptado la RfQ, es necesario confirmar la " "entrada de RfQ en las **Órdenes de Compra (PO)**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." @@ -13731,7 +13076,7 @@ msgstr "" "Confirmando la PO se generará un **Envío entrante**, en caso de adquirir " "cualquiera de los productos almacenables." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 msgid "" "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " "products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." @@ -13740,7 +13085,7 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta con productos recibidos en el paso anterior para asegurar la " "precisión." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " "only one." @@ -13748,35 +13093,35 @@ msgstr "" "Este proceso puede estar hecho por tres diferentes personas de la compañía o" " por una sola. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" msgstr "Instalación de Solicitudes de Compra e Inventarios" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " "install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " "automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" msgstr "Creando productos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " "within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " "click create." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " "since it is important:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " "track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " @@ -13787,7 +13132,7 @@ msgstr "" " implican la gestión de almacenes y permitirán la recepción de este tipo de " "productos." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " "not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " @@ -13799,7 +13144,7 @@ msgstr "" "hecho de que no existe un inventario que administrar. No podrá recibir " "productos en cualquiera de estas designaciones." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " @@ -13807,15 +13152,15 @@ msgid "" "product type to **Service**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" msgstr "Gestionando las cuentas de sus vendedores" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 msgid "Purchasing products or services" msgstr "Comprando productos o servicios" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " "products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " @@ -13832,7 +13177,7 @@ msgstr "" "después (como la factura de proveedor probablemente incluirá la Referencia " "del Proveedor)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " "application." @@ -13840,11 +13185,11 @@ msgstr "" "Valide la órden de compra y reciba los productos desde la aplicación " "Inventario." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 msgid "Receiving Products" msgstr "Recibiendo productos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " @@ -13853,13 +13198,13 @@ msgid "" "is outlined in red below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 msgid "" "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" " the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " @@ -13869,22 +13214,22 @@ msgid "" "following screen where you then will receive the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." msgstr "Comprar productos de servicio no desencadena una órden de entrega." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" msgstr "Gestionando las cuentas de sus vendedores" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 msgid "" "When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" " a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 msgid "" "The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" " the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " @@ -13897,20 +13242,20 @@ msgid "" "reference number or your internal purchase order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " "need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " "prices)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" "Su proveedor puede enviarle varias facturas para la misma Órden de Compra " "sí:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." @@ -13918,11 +13263,11 @@ msgstr "" "Su proveedor está en la parte trasera de la orden y usted está el envío de " "facturas, ya que se envían los productos." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "Su proveedor le envía una factura parcial o pregunta por un depósito." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 msgid "" "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " "the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " @@ -13939,23 +13284,23 @@ msgstr "" "cualquier momento, antes que valide la Factura de Proveedor, puede anular " "esta cantidad cero." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" msgstr "Facturas de Proveedor Acompañadas" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "" "¿Qué hacer si su factura de proveedor no coincide con lo que ha recibido?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" " quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " "reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 msgid "" "The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" " have not ordered." @@ -13963,7 +13308,7 @@ msgstr "" "El proveedor le está cobrando de forma incorrecta los productos y/o " "servicios que usted no haya solicitado." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 msgid "" "The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," " as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." @@ -13972,11 +13317,11 @@ msgstr "" "haya recibido todavía, como el control de la facturación puede basarse en " "cantidades solicitadas o recibidas." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " @@ -13986,7 +13331,7 @@ msgstr "" " de compra asociada al proveedor, sea precisa y que entienda lo que usted ha" " pedido y lo que haya recibido." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" @@ -13994,28 +13339,28 @@ msgstr "" "Si no puede encontrar una orden de compra relacionada con la factura de " "proveedor, esto podría deberse a una de varias razones:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" " not going to appear anywhere in the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 msgid "" "Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" "Alguien en la empresa se olvidó de registrar una orden de compra para este " "proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "How product quantities are managed" msgstr "¿Cómo se manejan las cantidades de productos?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." @@ -14024,7 +13369,7 @@ msgstr "" "mientras los almacenables y consumibles se gestionan sobre la base de las " "cantidades recibidas." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " "quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " @@ -14041,7 +13386,7 @@ msgstr "" "modificar, y deberá ver que un nuevo campo aparece, marcado como **Controlar" " Facturas de Proveedor**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" @@ -14049,19 +13394,19 @@ msgstr "" "A continuación, puede cambiar el método de gestión predeterminada para el " "producto seleccionado a basarse en cualquiera:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "Cantidades pedidas" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 msgid "or Received quantities" msgstr "o Cantidades recibidas" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "Batch Billing" msgstr "Facturación por lotes" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " "you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " @@ -14075,20 +13420,20 @@ msgstr "" " no ha eliminado las líneas de pedido anteriores de la primera orden de " "compra, la factura se vinculará a todas las órdenes de compra apropiadas." -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "Cuentas por Cobrar" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "Facturas de cliente" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" msgstr "Ofrece descuentos en efectivo" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" " pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -14102,11 +13447,11 @@ msgstr "" "primeros 5 días de la factura, cuando vence en 30 días. Este enfoque puede " "mejorar enormemente su período de recolección promedio." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 msgid "Set up a cash discount" msgstr "Configura un descuento en efectivo" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" @@ -14115,11 +13460,11 @@ msgid "" "valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "Start offering the cash discount" msgstr "Comienza a ofrecer el descuento en efectivo" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " "term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" @@ -14128,11 +13473,11 @@ msgid "" "calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 msgid "Grant the cash discount" msgstr "Ofrece el descuento en efectivo" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 msgid "" "The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " "cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " @@ -14140,7 +13485,7 @@ msgid "" "click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 msgid "" "You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " "easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " @@ -14156,26 +13501,26 @@ msgstr "" "your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" " default." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 msgid "Register the full payment" msgstr "Registra el pago completo" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 msgid "" "In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " "benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " "the payment with the two related journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 msgid "Set up cash roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" "In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " "Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" @@ -14183,59 +13528,59 @@ msgid "" "that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" msgstr "Hay dos estrategias para el redondeo:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" msgstr "Añada una línea en la factura para el redondeo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" msgstr "Agregar el redondeo en el importe del impuesto" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." msgstr "Ambas estrategias son aplicables en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "" "First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " "Cash Rounding." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" "There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 msgid "" "Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " "strategies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 msgid "" "**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" " your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " "define the account in which the rounding will go." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 msgid "" "**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " "highest tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "Aplicar redondeos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 msgid "" "Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" " the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" @@ -14243,11 +13588,11 @@ msgid "" " If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" msgstr "Ingresos diferidos: ¿cómo automatizarlos?" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" "Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " "balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " @@ -14265,7 +13610,7 @@ msgstr "" "cliente. Como los productos o servicios son entregados durante un tiempo, el" " ingreso es reconocido y registrado en el estado de ingresos." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 msgid "" "For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " "begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " @@ -14278,7 +13623,7 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta de ganancias diferidas. Esto es porque los $24,000 que recibió no se " "han ganado aún." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 msgid "" "Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " "by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " @@ -14288,11 +13633,11 @@ msgstr "" "$1,000 ($24,000/24) en una base mensual y reconociendo que ese monto es un " "ingreso." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 msgid "Module installation" msgstr "Instalación del módulo" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 msgid "" "In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " "application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " @@ -14304,7 +13649,7 @@ msgstr "" "opción **Administración de Activos y reconocimiento de ingresos**. Esto " "instalará el módulo **Administración de Reconocimiento de Ingresos**." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 msgid "" "In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" " the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" @@ -14314,11 +13659,11 @@ msgstr "" "instalar el módulo \"Administración de Reconocimiento de Ingresos\". Si esta" " usando Odoo 9, podrá revisar si el módulo esta correctamente instalado." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 msgid "Define deferred revenue types" msgstr "Definir tipos de ingresos diferidos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " "From the Accounting application, go to the menu " @@ -14328,29 +13673,29 @@ msgstr "" "Desde la aplicación Contabilidad, vaya al menú :menuselection:`Configuración" " --> Tipos de Ingresos Diferidos`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" msgstr "Ejemplo: contrato de mantenimiento por 12 meses" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" msgstr "Algunos ejemplos de tipos de ingresos diferidos:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 msgid "1 year service contract" msgstr "contrato de servicio por 1 año" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 msgid "3 years service contracts" msgstr "contratos de servicio por 3 años" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" msgstr "Configurar ingresos diferidos en productos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 msgid "" "Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " "products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" @@ -14360,42 +13705,42 @@ msgstr "" "en los productos relacionados. En el formulario del producto, en la pestaña " "Contabilidad, puede configurar un tipo de ingreso diferido." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 msgid "" "Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" msgstr "" "Aquí tenemos algunos ejemplos de productos y sus tipos de ingresos diferidos" " relacionados:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Product" msgstr "Producto" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" msgstr "Tipo de ingreso diferido" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" msgstr "Contrato de Soporte: 3 años" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" msgstr "Suscripción a Netflix: 3 años" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 msgid "Flowers every month" msgstr "Flores cada mes" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 msgid "1 year product contract" msgstr "contrato de servicio por 1 año" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 msgid "Sell and invoice products" msgstr "Vender y facturar productos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 msgid "" "Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " "this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " @@ -14407,31 +13752,31 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente creará un ingreso diferido, y la entrada del diario " "relacionada." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Dr**" msgstr "**Dr**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Cr**" msgstr "**Cr**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 msgid "Accounts receivable" msgstr "Cuentas por Cobrar" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 msgid "24000" msgstr "24000" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 msgid "Deferred revenue account" msgstr "Cuenta de Ingresos Diferidos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 msgid "" "Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " "recognition." @@ -14439,16 +13784,16 @@ msgstr "" "Luego, cada mes, Odoo registrará una entrada de diario para cada " "reconocimiento de ingreso." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 msgid "1000" msgstr "1000" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 msgid "Service revenue account" msgstr "Cuenta de Ingresos por Servicios" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 msgid "" "To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" " the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." @@ -14456,16 +13801,16 @@ msgstr "" "Para analizar todos sus contratos actuales que tienen ingresos diferidos, " "puede usar el menú Reportes > Análisis de Ingresos Diferidos." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`overview`" msgstr ":doc:`resumen`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" msgstr "¿Cómo definir un plan de plazos en facturas de cliente?" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 msgid "" "In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " "payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " @@ -14475,22 +13820,22 @@ msgstr "" "términos de pago en Odoo. Éstos aplican tanto en facturas de cliente como en" " facturas de proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" msgstr "Ejemplo, para una factura específica:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" msgstr "Pago del 50% dentro de 10 días" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" msgstr "Pagar el saldo pendiente dentro de 30 días" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 msgid "" "payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " "for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " @@ -14500,7 +13845,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si, para una órden específica, factura a un cliente en dos partes, eso no es" " un término de pago sino una política de facturación." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 msgid "" "Configure your usual installment plans from the application " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." @@ -14508,7 +13853,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configure sus planes de plazos usuales desde la aplicación " ":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración > Términos de Pago`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 msgid "" "A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " "3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " @@ -14517,23 +13862,23 @@ msgid "" "exactly 100%)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 msgid "" "The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " "order." msgstr "" "La descripción del término de pago aparecerá en la factura u órden de venta." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 msgid "Payment terms for customers" msgstr "Términos de pago para clientes" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 msgid "You can set payment terms on:" msgstr "Puede configurar términos de pago en:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 msgid "" "**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " "or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " @@ -14544,7 +13889,7 @@ msgstr "" " para clientes si le concede este término de pago a todas las futuras " "órdenes del cliente." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 msgid "" "**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " "this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" @@ -14553,12 +13898,12 @@ msgstr "" "creadas desde esta cotización u órden de venta, pero no en otras " "cotizaciones" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" msgstr "" "**una factura**: el término de pago aplicará solamente en esta factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 msgid "" "If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " "invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " @@ -14570,15 +13915,15 @@ msgstr "" "producirá la siguiente entrada de diario (para claridad del ejemplo, no " "configuramos ningún impuesto en la factura):" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 msgid "Due date" msgstr "Fecha vencimiento" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 msgid "" "If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " "days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" @@ -14587,27 +13932,27 @@ msgstr "" "de 3 días y el saldo dentro de 30 días, obtendrá la siguiente entrada de " "diario:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 msgid "Jan 03" msgstr "Ene 03" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 msgid "10" msgstr "10" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 msgid "Jan 30" msgstr "Ene 30" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 msgid "90" msgstr "90" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 msgid "" "On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " "To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." @@ -14616,15 +13961,15 @@ msgstr "" "vencimiento. Para obtener el estado del cliente, use el menú Ventas > Estado" " de Clientes." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" msgstr ":doc:`términos_de_pago`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "Descripción general del proceso de facturación" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " "ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " @@ -14641,7 +13986,7 @@ msgstr "" "facturas y enviar las facturas al montón (por correo ordinario o correo " "electrónico)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "" "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " "create draft invoices:" @@ -14649,11 +13994,11 @@ msgstr "" "Dependiendo del trabajo, usted puede optar por una de las siguientes maneras" " de crear proyectos de facturas:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Órdenes de Venta ‣ Factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 msgid "" "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" @@ -14664,7 +14009,7 @@ msgstr "" "facturas se crean en base a la orden de venta. Usted tiene diferentes " "opciones como:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " "invoice" @@ -14672,7 +14017,7 @@ msgstr "" "Facturar manualmente: usar un botón en la órden de ventas para accionar la " "factura borrador" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " "delivery order" @@ -14680,11 +14025,11 @@ msgstr "" "Facturar antes de entregar: facture la órden completa antes de generar la " "órden de entrega" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" msgstr "Facturar basado en órden de entrega: vea la siguiente sección" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " "the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" @@ -14693,7 +14038,7 @@ msgstr "" "comercio electrónico cuando el cliente paga en la orden y se entrega " "después. (Pagado por adelantado)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 msgid "" "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " "the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " @@ -14705,19 +14050,19 @@ msgstr "" "órden completa, facturar un porcentaje (avanzado), facturar algunas líneas, " "facturar un anticipo fijo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "Este proceso es bueno para ambos servicios y productos físicos." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on sales orders.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Órdenes de Venta ‣ Órden de Entrega ‣ Factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 msgid "" "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" " sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " @@ -14729,7 +14074,7 @@ msgstr "" "para las empresas donde las cantidades que se entregan mayores difieren de " "las cantidades pedidas: alimentos (factura basada en Kg reales)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " @@ -14740,15 +14085,15 @@ msgstr "" "parcialmente y el resto más adelante), el cliente recibirá dos facturas, una" " por cada orden de entrega." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on delivery orders.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Órden de Comercio Electrónico ‣ Factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "" "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " @@ -14760,15 +14105,15 @@ msgstr "" " por cheque o transferencia bancaria, Odoo sólo creará un pedido y la " "factura se activará una vez que se recibe el pago." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 msgid "Contracts" msgstr "Contratos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Contratos Regulares ‣ Facturas" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "" "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " @@ -14778,32 +14123,32 @@ msgstr "" "gastados, gastos o líneas fijas de productos/servicios. Cada mes, el " "vendedor generará la factura basado en actividades del contrato." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 msgid "Activities can be:" msgstr "Las actividades puede ser:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" "productos/servicios fijos, traídos de una órden de venta vinculada a este " "contrato" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" msgstr "materiales comprados (que Ud. re-facturará)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "" "tiempo y material basado en hojas de trabajo o compras (subcontratación)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" msgstr "gastos como viaje y acomodación que re-factura al cliente" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 msgid "" "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." " This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " @@ -14815,17 +14160,17 @@ msgstr "" "tiempo y material. Para compañías de servicio que facturan en precio fijo, " "usan una órden de venta regular." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 msgid "" "Read more: - *How to invoice based on time and material?* - *How to manage" " contracts and invoicing plans?*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Contratos Recurrentes ‣ Facturas" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 msgid "" "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " "frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" @@ -14835,15 +14180,15 @@ msgstr "" "automática. La frecuencia de la facturación y de los servicios/productos " "facturados están definidos en el contrato." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 msgid "Read more: *Subscription based invoicing.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" msgstr "Crear una factura de manera manual" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " @@ -14854,7 +14199,7 @@ msgstr "" "necesita para administrar el proceso de venta (citas), o la entrega de los " "productos o servicios." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" @@ -14862,47 +14207,47 @@ msgstr "" "Aunque generar la factura de un pedido de cliente, es posible que deba crear" " facturas manualmente en los casos de uso excepcionales:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 msgid "if you need to create a refund" msgstr "si usted necesita crear un reembolso" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 msgid "If you need to give a discount" msgstr "Si usted necesita hacer un descuento" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "" "si usted necesita generar un cambio en la factura hay que crearlo desde las " "órdenes de ventas" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" msgstr "si necesita facturar algo no relacionado con su negocio principal" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 msgid "Specific modules" msgstr "Módulos específicos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "" "Algunos módulos específicos también son capaces de generar proyectos de " "facturas:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" msgstr "**membresía**: facture a sus afiliados cada año" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "reparaciones: facturar después de la venta de servicios" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" msgstr "¿Cómo instalar y usar términos de pago?" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" "Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " "customer invoices and supplier bills." @@ -14910,7 +14255,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los términos de pago definen las condiciones para pagar una factura. Éstos " "aplican tanto para facturas de cliente como para facturas de proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 msgid "" "Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " "specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " @@ -14920,7 +14265,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si, por un pedido específico, facturas al cliente en dos partes, no se trata" " de un plazo de pago sino de las condiciones de la factura." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 msgid "" "Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " "Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " @@ -14930,7 +14275,7 @@ msgstr "" " aplicación de Cuentas. La descripción del término de pago es la que aparece" " en la factura o la órden de venta." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 msgid "" "A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " "3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " @@ -14944,21 +14289,21 @@ msgstr "" "10 días y 50% en 21 días porque, con el redondeo, puede no calcular " "exactamente el 100%)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 msgid "" "screenshot payment term forms, after QDP have commited the change planned on" " this object" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "Usar Términos de Pago" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" msgstr "Los términos de pago puede ser configurados en:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 msgid "" "**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " "or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " @@ -14969,7 +14314,7 @@ msgstr "" "pago para clientes si le concede este término de pago a todas las futuras " "órdenes del cliente." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 msgid "" "**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " "this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" @@ -14978,12 +14323,12 @@ msgstr "" "creadas desde esta cotización u órden de venta, pero no en otras " "cotizaciones" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" msgstr "" "**una factura**: para aplicar el término de pago solamente en esta factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 msgid "" "If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " "is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " @@ -14993,18 +14338,18 @@ msgstr "" " a la factura es diferente. Sin término de pago o impuesto, una factura de " "$100 producirá la siguiente entrada de diario:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 msgid "" "In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." msgstr "" "En el estado del cliente, verá dos líneas con diferentes fechas de " "vencimiento. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" msgstr "Términos de pago para facturas de proveedor" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 msgid "" "The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " "date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" @@ -15014,7 +14359,7 @@ msgstr "" "proveedor es registrar una fecha de vencimiento en la factura. No necesita " "asignar un término de pago, con la fecha de vencimiento es suficiente." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 msgid "" "But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " "still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " @@ -15027,15 +14372,15 @@ msgstr "" "necesita configurar una fecha de vencimiento. La fecha exacta de vencimiento" " para todos los plazos será creada automáticamente." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -msgstr ":doc:`descuentos_por_pronto_pago`" +msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" msgstr "¿Cómo editar o reembolsar una factura?" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 msgid "" "In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and " "sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the " @@ -15047,11 +14392,11 @@ msgstr "" "de manejarlo es reembolsando la factura, conciliarla con la factura original" " para cerrarlas y crear una nueva factura." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" msgstr "Modificar una factura validada" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 msgid "" "If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " "the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, " @@ -15061,18 +14406,18 @@ msgstr "" "factura. En el campo método de reembolso, seleccione \"Modificar: crear un " "reembolso, conciliar, y crear una nueva factura borrador\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 msgid "Odoo will automatically:" msgstr "Odoo automáticamente:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" msgstr "Crear un reembolso para su factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 msgid "" "Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as " "Paid)" @@ -15080,22 +14425,22 @@ msgstr "" "Conciliar la factura reembolsada con la factura original (marcar las dos " "como Pagadas)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" msgstr "Crear una nueva factura borrador que puede modificar" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." msgstr "" "Luego, puede modificar la factura borrador y validarla una vez esta " "correcta." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 msgid "Cancelling an invoice" msgstr "Cancelando una factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 msgid "" "If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " "the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund " @@ -15105,7 +14450,7 @@ msgstr "" "factura. En el campo método de reembolso, seleccione \"Cancelar: crear un " "reembolso y conciliar\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 msgid "" "Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or " "email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." @@ -15113,11 +14458,11 @@ msgstr "" "No necesita hacerse nada más. Puede enviar el reembolso por correo regular o" " correo electrónico a su cliente, si ya ha enviado la factura original." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" msgstr "Reembolso de parte de una factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 msgid "" "If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " "button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " @@ -15127,7 +14472,7 @@ msgstr "" "Reembolsar Factura en la factura. En el campo método de reembolso, " "seleccione \"Crear un reembolso borrador\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund " "(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," @@ -15138,7 +14483,7 @@ msgstr "" " Luego, envíe el reembolso por correo regular o correo electrónico a su " "cliente." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 msgid "" "Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a " "refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the " @@ -15150,15 +14495,15 @@ msgstr "" " el cliente ya ha hecho el pago, ellos deben ser reembolsados a través de un" " reembolso de pago de cliente." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Pagos de cliente" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" msgstr "¿Cómo registrar pagos de clientes con cheques?" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " "approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." @@ -15166,7 +14511,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hay dos formas de manejar los pagos recibidos en cheque. Odoo soporta ambos " "enfoques para que pueda usar la que más se adapte a sus hábitos." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 msgid "" "**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " "check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " @@ -15178,7 +14523,7 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta Fondos Sin Depositar). Luego, una vez el cheque entra a su cuenta " "bancaria, mueva el dinero desde Fondos Sin Depositar a su cuenta bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 msgid "" "**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " "payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" @@ -15192,7 +14537,7 @@ msgstr "" "correspondencia con su banco y el pago en cheque, sin crear una entrada de " "diario dedicada." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 msgid "" "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " "balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " @@ -15202,7 +14547,7 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta bancaria es preciso, si se toman en cuenta los cheques que no se han " "canjeado aún). Ambos enfoques requieren del mismo esfuerzo. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." @@ -15211,7 +14556,7 @@ msgstr "" "porque algunos contadores están acostumbrados a usarlo (usuarios de " "quickbooks y peachtree). " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 msgid "" "You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " "checks to your bank accounts in batch." @@ -15219,34 +14564,34 @@ msgstr "" "Puede echar un vistazo a la *Función Depósito de Billete* si deposita varios" " cheques en lote en su cuenta bancaria. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "Opción 1: Fondos no depositados" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" msgstr "Crear un Diario **Cheques**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" msgstr "" "Configurar **Cheques sin Depositar** como una cuenta crédito/débito por " "defecto" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 msgid "" "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" "Configurar la cuenta bancaria relacionada a este diario como **Permitir " "Conciliación**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 msgid "From check payments to bank statements" msgstr "Desde pago de cheques hasta estados de cuenta bancario" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 msgid "" "The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " "become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." @@ -15255,8 +14600,8 @@ msgstr "" "cheques se convierten en un método de pago en sí mismo y registrará dos " "transacciones." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 msgid "" "Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " "**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" @@ -15264,7 +14609,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez reciba el cheque de un cliente, vaya a la factura relacionada y de " "clic en **Registrar Pago**. Llene la información acerca del pago:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 msgid "" "Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" " default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" @@ -15272,50 +14617,50 @@ msgstr "" "Método de pago: Diario de Cheques (que configuró con las cuentas débito y " "crédito por defecto como **Fondos sin Depositar**)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "Memo: escriba el número de cheque" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "Esta operación producirá la siguiente entrada de diario:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "Correspondencia de Extractos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 msgid "Undeposited Funds" msgstr "Fondos no depositados" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." msgstr "La factura es marcada como pagada tan pronto como registre el cheque." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the check that is in Undeposited Funds." @@ -15323,14 +14668,14 @@ msgstr "" "Luego, una vez obtiene los extractos bancarios, corresponderá este extracto " "con el cheque que estan en Fondos sin Depositar." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " "checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " @@ -15340,7 +14685,7 @@ msgstr "" "cheques que no han sido canjeados en la cuenta **Fondos sin Depositar** " "(accesible, por ejemplo, desde el libro mayor general)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 msgid "" "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" " process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " @@ -15352,12 +14697,12 @@ msgstr "" "limpio porque estos cheques no han sido registrdos en su cuenta bancaria " "aún." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "Opción 2: Una sola entrada de diario" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." @@ -15365,15 +14710,15 @@ msgstr "" "No hay nada que configurar si planea administrar sus cheques usando este " "método." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "**Método de pago:** el banco que será usado para el depósito" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 msgid "Memo: write the check number" msgstr "Memo: escriba el número de cheque" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 msgid "" "Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" " statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " @@ -15383,14 +14728,14 @@ msgstr "" "extracto y este pago. (técnicamente: apunte este pago y relacionelo con la " "línea del extracto)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "" "Con este enfoque, obtendrá el siguiente asiento de entrada en sus libros:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 msgid "" "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " "invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" @@ -15402,7 +14747,7 @@ msgstr "" " ser más conveniente si tiene varios cheques en un lote, pero tendrá que " "conciliar las entradas luego (corresponder pagos con facturas)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " "**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " @@ -15415,11 +14760,11 @@ msgstr "" "la opción **Más** en el tablero de Contabilidad en la cuenta bancaria " "relacionada)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" msgstr "¿Como registrar pagos de facturas con tarjeta de crédito?" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" " both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." @@ -15428,7 +14773,7 @@ msgstr "" "soporta ambos enfoques para que pueda usar la que más se adapte a sus " "hábitos." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 msgid "" "**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " "the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " @@ -15443,7 +14788,7 @@ msgstr "" "pago con tarjeta de crédito en su cuenta bancaria, mueva el dinero de Fondos" " Sin Depositar a su cuenta bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 msgid "" "**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " "credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," @@ -15458,7 +14803,7 @@ msgstr "" "con su banco y pago con tarjeta de crédito, sin crear una entrada del diario" " dedicada." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 msgid "" "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " "balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " @@ -15468,7 +14813,7 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta bancaria es preciso, si se toman en cuenta las tarjetas de crédito " "que no se han canjeado aún). Ambos enfoques requieren del mismo esfuerzo. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 msgid "" "If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" " take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " @@ -15480,7 +14825,7 @@ msgstr "" "pagada será automáticamente registrada en el diario correcto. Utilizará el " "segundo enfoque." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " @@ -15490,7 +14835,7 @@ msgstr "" "porque algunos contadores están acostumbrados a usarlo (usuarios de " "**Quickbooks** y **Peachtree**). " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 msgid "" "On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " "--> Create`" @@ -15498,26 +14843,26 @@ msgstr "" "En el módulo de Contabilidad, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " "Diarios --> Crear`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 msgid "" "Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" msgstr "" "Crear un Diario llamado 'Pagos con tarjeta de crédito' con la siguiente " "información:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" msgstr "**Nombre del Diario**: Tarjeta de crédito" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" msgstr "**Cuenta débito por defecto**: Tarjetas de crédito" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" msgstr "**Cuenta crédito por defecto**: Tarjetas de crédito" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 msgid "" "The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " "set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." @@ -15526,12 +14871,12 @@ msgstr "" "olvides establecer la cuenta de \"Tarjetas de crédito\" como \"Permitir " "reconciliación\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" msgstr "Desde pagos con tarjeta de crédito hasta extractos bancarios" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 msgid "" "The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " "Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" @@ -15541,8 +14886,8 @@ msgstr "" "tarjetas de crédito. Así, las tarjetas de crédito se convierten en un método" " de pago en sí mismo y registrarán dos transacciones." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 msgid "" "Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " "and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" @@ -15551,26 +14896,26 @@ msgstr "" "factura relacionada y de clic en Registrar Pago. Llene la información acerca" " del pago:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" msgstr "**Método de pago**: Tarjetas de crédito" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" msgstr "**Nota**: escriba la referencia de la factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 msgid "Credit Cards" msgstr "Tarjetas de Crédito" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 msgid "" "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." msgstr "" "La factura es marcada como pagada tan pronto como registre el pago con " "tarjeta de crédito." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." @@ -15578,11 +14923,11 @@ msgstr "" "Luego, una vez obtiene los extractos bancarios, corresponderá este extracto " "con el tarjeta de crédito que esta en la cuenta 'Tarjeta de crédito'." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 msgid "Credit cards" msgstr "Tarjetas de Crédito" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " "of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " @@ -15593,7 +14938,7 @@ msgstr "" " canjeados en la cuenta \"Tarjetas de crédito\" (accesible, por ejemplo, " "desde el libro mayor general)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 msgid "" "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" " process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " @@ -15605,7 +14950,7 @@ msgstr "" "éste es más limpio porque estas tarjetas de crédito no han sido reportadas " "en su cuenta bancaria aún." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 msgid "" "There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " "this method." @@ -15613,15 +14958,15 @@ msgstr "" "No hay nada que configurar si planea administrar sus tarjetas de crédito " "usando este método." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "**Método de pago:** el banco que será usado para el depósito" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" msgstr "**Nota**: escriba el número de transacción de la tarjeta de crédito" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 msgid "" "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " "recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " @@ -15633,7 +14978,7 @@ msgstr "" "correspondencia con el extracto y este pago (técnicamente: apunte este pago " "y relacionelo con la línea del extracto)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 msgid "" "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " "invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" @@ -15647,7 +14992,7 @@ msgstr "" "lote, pero tendrá que conciliar las entradas luego (corresponder pagos con " "facturas)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " "report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" @@ -15660,25 +15005,25 @@ msgstr "" " esta disponible desde la opción \"Más\" en el tablero de Contabilidad en la" " cuenta bancaria relacionada)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 msgid ":doc:`recording`" msgstr ":doc:`recording`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 msgid ":doc:`followup`" msgstr ":doc:`followup`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hacer seguimiento de facturas y cobrar más rápidamente" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 msgid "" "It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." " Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " @@ -15688,18 +15033,18 @@ msgstr "" "ayudará a identificar los pagos atrasados y le permitirá enviar los " "recordatorios correspondientes." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 msgid "Manage your follow-ups" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 msgid "" "We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " "follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" " customer that has already paid you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 msgid "" "The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " @@ -15713,7 +15058,7 @@ msgstr "" "puede hacer clic en el botón * Listo * para ver el siguiente seguimiento que" " necesita su atención." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 msgid "" "Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " "later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " @@ -15723,7 +15068,7 @@ msgstr "" "en * Recordármelo más tarde *. Obtendrá el siguiente informe de acuerdo con " "la * Fecha del siguiente recordatorio * establecida en el estado de cuenta." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 msgid "" "To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " "number of days calculated between each report by going to " @@ -15735,7 +15080,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuselection: `Contabilidad -> Configuración -> Configuración -> " "Seguimiento de pagos`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 msgid "" "You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " "normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." @@ -15743,11 +15088,11 @@ msgstr "" "También puede establecer un nivel de confianza para sus clientes marcándolos" " como deudores malos, normales o buenos en los informes de seguimiento." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 msgid "Send reminders in batch" msgstr "Enviar recordatorios por lotes" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 msgid "" "To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " "from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " @@ -15761,11 +15106,11 @@ msgstr "" "luego en *Procesar seguimientos*. También se generará automáticamente un " "documento pdf que contenga todas las cartas de seguimiento para que imprima." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 msgid "Plan a follow-up process" msgstr "Planifique un proceso de seguimiento" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 msgid "" "To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " @@ -15778,7 +15123,7 @@ msgstr "" "clic en el nuevo botón * Niveles de seguimiento * que ha aparecido en su " "página de configuración." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 msgid "" "A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " "you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " @@ -15793,7 +15138,7 @@ msgstr "" "editar la plantilla utilizada para la declaración de acuerdo con la etapa " "del proceso." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 msgid "" "If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " "negative number of due days." @@ -15801,12 +15146,12 @@ msgstr "" "Si desea recibir un recordatorio antes de la fecha de vencimiento real, " "establezca un número negativo de días de vencimiento." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 msgid "Get paid with SEPA" msgstr "Cobre con SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -15814,7 +15159,7 @@ msgid "" "your customers with their approval." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can record customer mandates, generate an SDD XML file " "containing customer payments and upload it in your bank interface. The file " @@ -15822,73 +15167,73 @@ msgid "" "well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate the SEPA Direct Debit (SDD) Feature. Enter the Creditor Identifier " "of your company. This number is provided by your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 msgid "Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "Mandatos de adeudo directo" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 msgid "" "Before withdrawing money from a customer bank account, your customer has to " "sign a mandate. Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Direct Debit " "Mandates` and create a new mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit only works between IBAN Bank Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 msgid "" "Once you have entered all the information in the customer mandate, you can " "print it and ask your customer to sign it. Once it is done, you can upload " "the mandate signed by your customer on the mandate in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 msgid "You can now validate the mandate." msgstr "Ahora puedes validar el mandato." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 msgid "Let's create an invoice for that customer." msgstr "Vamos a crear una factura para ese cliente." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 msgid "" "When you will validate this invoice, the payment will be automatically " "generated and your invoice will be directly marked as paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 msgid "" "If you already had some invoices for that customer that could be paid using " "that mandate, it's still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on " "register payment and choose the Sepa Direct Debit as payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 msgid "Generate SDD Files" msgstr "Generar archivos SDD" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 msgid "" "You can generate the SDD File with all the customer payments to send to your" " bank directly from the accounting dashboard :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 msgid "" "You select the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD " "File, click on action and select \"Generate Direct Debit XML\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 msgid "" "You can now download the XML file generated by Odoo and upload it in your " "bank interface." @@ -15896,18 +15241,18 @@ msgstr "" "Ahora puede descargar el archivo XML generado por Odoo y cargarlo en la " "interfaz de su banco." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated XML by activating the developer mode and " "going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payments --> SDD " "Payment File`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "Cerrar o revocar un mandato." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 msgid "" "The Direct Debit mandate will be closed automatically once the end date " "defined on it is reached. However, you can **close** a mandate earlier than " @@ -15918,7 +15263,7 @@ msgid "" "be reopened." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 msgid "" "You can also **revoke** a mandate. In that case, you won't be able to pay " "any invoice using that mandate anymore, no matter the invoice date.To do " @@ -15928,11 +15273,11 @@ msgstr "" "ninguna factura con ese mandato, sin importar la fecha de la factura. Para " "hacerlo, simplemente ingresa al mandato y haz clic en el botón \"Revocar\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" msgstr "¿Cuáles son las diferentes formas de registrar un pago?" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" " alone record for use on a later date:" @@ -15940,7 +15285,7 @@ msgstr "" "En Odoo, un pago puede ser vinculado directamente a una factura o ser solo " "un registro para ser usado en una fecha posterior:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 msgid "" "If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " "invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." @@ -15948,7 +15293,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si un pago es vinculado a una factura, este reduce el monto adeudado de la " "factura. Puede tener múltiples pagos vinculados a la misma factura. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 msgid "" "If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " "credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " @@ -15960,11 +15305,11 @@ msgstr "" "proveedor. Puede usar este débito/crédito pendiente para pagar futuras " "facturas o recibos." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 msgid "Paying an invoice" msgstr "Pagar una factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 msgid "" "If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " "payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " @@ -15974,7 +15319,7 @@ msgstr "" " pago es conciliado automáticamente con la factura reduciendo el monto " "adeudado." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 msgid "" "The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" " payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " @@ -15984,7 +15329,7 @@ msgstr "" "pago. Desde allí puede elegir abrir el diario de entrada o conciliar el " "pago." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " "linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" @@ -15997,15 +15342,15 @@ msgstr "" "Ganancia/Pérdida por Diferencia en Cambio publicada en la conciliación de " "ese entonces." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" msgstr "Pagados no sujetados a una factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 msgid "Registering a payment" msgstr "Registrar un pago" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 msgid "" "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " "menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " @@ -16017,7 +15362,7 @@ msgstr "" "un proveedor). Si usa estos menús, el pago no es vinculado a una factura, " "pero puede fácilmente ser conciliado en una factura posterior." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 msgid "" "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " "payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " @@ -16031,7 +15376,7 @@ msgstr "" "venta, órden de compra o factura), configure la referencia de este documento" " en el campo nota." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 msgid "" "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " "just made in the accounting application." @@ -16039,11 +15384,11 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez confirmado, una entrada de diario será publicada reflejando la " "transacción que se acabo de realizar en la aplicación de contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" msgstr "Conciliar pagos de facturas" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 msgid "" "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " "invoice directly." @@ -16051,7 +15396,7 @@ msgstr "" "La manera más fácil de conciliar un pago con una factura es hacerlo " "directamente en la factura." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 msgid "" "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " "payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " @@ -16063,11 +15408,11 @@ msgstr "" "este pago a la factura cerca de los totales en la parte superior, bajo " "\"Pagos Pendientes\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" msgstr "Concilar todos sus pagos pendientes y facturas" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 msgid "" "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " "(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " @@ -16077,7 +15422,7 @@ msgstr "" " de hacerlo uno por uno), puede usar la función conciliacion en lote dentro " "de Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 msgid "" "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " "Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " @@ -16087,7 +15432,7 @@ msgstr "" "tarjeta Facturas de Cliente y Facturas de Proveedor para conciliación de " "Cuentas por Cobrar y por Pagar, respectivamente." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 msgid "" "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " "and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " @@ -16097,7 +15442,7 @@ msgstr "" "proveedores no conciliados y le dará la oportunidad de procesarlos uno por " "uno, haciendo la correspondiencia de todos sus pagos y facturas a la vez." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 msgid "" "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " @@ -16107,11 +15452,11 @@ msgstr "" "corresponde, significa que todavía queda un saldo que debe ser conciliado en" " una fecha posterior, o que necesita ser anulado directamente. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" msgstr "Transferir dinero desde una cuenta bancaria a otra." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 msgid "" "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " "between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." @@ -16120,14 +15465,14 @@ msgstr "" "internamente entre sus cuentas bancarias desde el tablero o desde los menús " "en la parte superior." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 msgid "" "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " "payments." msgstr "" "Esto le llevará a la misma pantalla que tiene para recibir y hacer pagos." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 msgid "" "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " "the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " @@ -16141,6 +15486,399 @@ msgstr "" "a cuenta. No haga este proceso de nuevo en la otra cuenta bancaria o " "terminará con dos entradas de diario para la misma transacción." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" msgstr ":doc:`credit_cards`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:7 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "Como configurar tipos de gasto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" +"El primer paso para realizar un seguimiento de los gastos es configurar los " +"tipos de gastos (gestionados como productos en Odoo) que su empresa permite," +" desde el menú *Configuración*. Cuando se reembolsa un gasto específico a un" +" precio fijo, establezca un costo para el producto. De lo contrario, " +"mantenga el costo en 0.0 y los empleados informarán el costo real por gasto." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:16 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "Estos son algunos de los ejemplos para configurar:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:18 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "Restaurante:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:26 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "Costo: 0.00 (el costo del boleto se registrará en cada gasto)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:21 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "Viajar con coche personal:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:23 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "Costo: 0.30 (el precio por milla reembolsado por la empresa es fijo)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "Hotel:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:28 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "Otros:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:30 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "Coste: 0.0" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " +":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report " +"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " +"behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" +"La aplicación *Ventas* le permite especificar unidades de medida para sus " +"tipos de gastos (unidades, millas, noches, etc.). Vaya a " +":menuselection:`Ventas --> Configuración --> Configuración` y marque " +"*Algunos productos pueden venderse / comprarse en diferentes unidades de " +"medida (avanzado) *." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:47 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "Cómo registrar gastos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:50 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "Manualmente" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" +"Como empleado (Empleado con derechos de acceso de usuario), puede registrar " +"los gastos de :menuselection:`Mis gastos --> Gastos a enviar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione el producto relacionado e ingrese el monto total que pagó (con " +"Cantidad = 1) o el precio unitario si la Cantidad es contable (por ejemplo, " +"número de noches de hotel)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:61 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "Introduce la fecha del gasto." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" +"Elija si pagó la factura por su cuenta (y espera que se le reembolse) o si " +"la empresa pagó directamente (por ejemplo, si utilizó la tarjeta de crédito " +"de una empresa)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" +"Establezca la referencia de la factura, agregue algunas notas si se solicita" +" y adjunte una foto / escaneo del recibo del hilo de discusión. Eso ayudará " +"al gerente y al contador a validarlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:72 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "Correos en un solo clic" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" +"Deje que sus empleados registren sus gastos desde un simple correo " +"electrónico. Haga una instantánea del recibo y envíelo por correo " +"electrónico, o simplemente ¡envíe una factura!" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" +"Lo único que debe hacer es configurar un alias de correo electrónico en " +":menuselection: `Gastos --> Configuración --> Configuración` (por ejemplo, " +"*gastos* @mycompany.odoo.com). Por motivos de seguridad, solo se aceptan " +"correos electrónicos de empleados autenticados (cfr. * Correo electrónico " +"laboral * en el formulario de detalles del empleado)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference between brackets (e.g. [Food]). Type the " +"expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:87 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "Cómo enviar gastos a los responsables" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action > Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" +"También puede enviar los gastos uno por uno desde el botón *Enviar al " +"Responsable* en la vista de formulario de un gasto." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:102 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" +"Todos los informes de gastos enviados se pueden encontrar en " +":menuselection:`Gastos --> Mis gastos --> Informes de gastos`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:107 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "Cómo aprobar gastos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:109 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" +"Los gerentes de recursos humanos y de equipo obtienen una descripción " +"general de todos los informes de gastos para validar desde el menú superior " +":menuselection: `Para aprobar -> Informes de gastos para aprobar`. Dichos " +"usuarios deben tener al menos derechos de acceso de *Oficiales* para " +"*Gastos*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:116 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" +"Pueden revisar informes de gastos, aprobarlos o rechazarlos, así como dar " +"retroalimentación gracias a la herramienta de comunicación integrada." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:122 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" +"Como gerente de equipo, puede encontrar fácilmente los informes de gastos de" +" los miembros de su equipo. Debe establecerse como gerente en la forma " +"detallada de esos empleados." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:130 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "Cómo contabilizar gastos en contabilidad" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" +"Una vez que los gerentes aprueban los informes de gastos, el departamento de" +" contabilidad va a :menuselection: `Gastos --> Contador --> Informes de " +"gastos a contabilizar` para consultar cuentas, productos e impuestos. Pueden" +" hacer clic en *Publicar entradas de diario* para publicar entradas de " +"diario relacionadas en sus libros. Para hacerlo, el usuario debe tener los " +"siguientes derechos de acceso:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:138 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "Contabilidad: Contable o asesor" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "Gastos: Responsable" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Para contabilizar un gasto, se debe establecer una *Dirección particular* en" +" el empleado. Si recibe un mensaje de bloqueo relacionado al publicar, haga " +"clic en el empleado, vaya a la pestaña *Información personal* y seleccione /" +" cree el contacto de su empleado en la libreta de direcciones. Se ha creado " +"un contacto automáticamente si esta persona está usando Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:149 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "Cómo reembolsar a los empleados" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" +"Ahora puede ver todos los informes de gastos para reembolsar en " +":menuselection:`Gastos --> Contador --> Informes de gastos a pagar`. Para " +"registrar el pago o pagar con cheque, haga clic en *Registrar un pago*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:155 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "Vea cómo puede administrar fácilmente el proceso de pago en Odoo:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:157 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:162 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "¿Cómo volver a facturar gastos a sus clientes?" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:164 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" +"Si realiza un seguimiento de los gastos de los proyectos de los clientes, " +"puede cargarlos automáticamente a sus clientes." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:170 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "Habilite **Facturación al cliente** en la configuración de Gastos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" +"Vaya al menú de configuración del producto y configure el método de " +"facturación en todos sus tipos de gastos:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" +"Cantidades solicitadas: facturará los gastos en función de la cantidad " +"solicitada" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" +"Cantidades entregadas: facturará los gastos en función de la cantidad de " +"gastos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:181 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "A costo: facturará los gastos a su costo real." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:183 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" +"A precio de venta: se facturará en base a un precio de venta fijo " +"establecido en la orden de venta." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:190 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "Crear un pedido" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:192 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" +"Como vendedor, cree y confirme una orden de venta para los servicios " +"prestados a su cliente. Si no incluye ningún gasto en el pedido, se agregará" +" automáticamente una vez que el contador lo publique." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:197 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "Vincula el gasto a la orden de venta." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:203 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "Presentar, validar y contabilizar gastos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:205 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" +"Como gerente, asegúrese de que la cuenta analítica esté configurada en cada " +"línea de gastos al aprobar los informes de gastos. Haga clic en la línea " +"para agregar una si falta. Los empleados ya pueden configurar uno al enviar." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:212 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "Como contador, publique entradas de diario." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:215 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "Gastos de factura" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" +"Ahora puedes facturar el pedido. Aparece en :menuselection:`Ventas --> " +"Facturación --> Ventas a Facturar`. Los gastos se han agregado " +"automáticamente en las líneas de pedido. Dichos artículos se muestran en " +"azul (es decir, para facturar)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:225 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "e (es decir, para facturar)." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index c2efd2c0a..4cf65a899 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -8,17 +8,18 @@ # Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2018 # Jimmy Ramos <jimmybanegas93@gmail.com>, 2018 # Francisco de la Peña <fran@fran.cr>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Victoria Quesada <victoria.quesada@nybblegroup.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Victoria Quesada <victoria.quesada@nybblegroup.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -26,19 +27,19 @@ msgstr "" "Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../general.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 msgid "General" msgstr "General" -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autentificación" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" msgstr "OAuth" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." @@ -47,11 +48,11 @@ msgstr "" "identificación de OAuth de Microsoft Azure NO es compatible con Odoo en este" " momento." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" msgstr "Cómo permitir a usuarios acceder con su cuenta de Google" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" "Connect to your Google account and go to " "`https://console.developers.google.com/ " @@ -61,18 +62,18 @@ msgstr "" "`https://console.developers.google.com/ " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:7 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" "Selecciona **Crear Proyecto** e introduce el nombre y detalles del proyecto." " " -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:15 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "Selecciona **Usar APIs de Google**" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:20 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." @@ -81,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" "(**Administrador API**) y después selecciona **Pantalla de Autorización " "OAuth**." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:25 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." @@ -89,7 +90,7 @@ msgstr "" "Completa tu dirección de, correo electrónico y nombre del producto (p.e. " "Odoo) y selecciona guardar." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:30 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." @@ -97,7 +98,7 @@ msgstr "" "Luego selecciona <b>Agregar Credenciales</b> y selecciona la segunda opción " "(OAuth 2.0 ID Cliente)." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:38 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." @@ -105,7 +106,7 @@ msgstr "" "Revisa que el tipo de aplicación está configurado en **Aplicación Web**. " "Ahora configura las páginas permitidas en las que se te redigirá." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:40 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " @@ -115,7 +116,7 @@ msgstr "" "y pega el siguiente link en la caja: " "http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Después selecciona **Crear**" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." @@ -123,23 +124,23 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez finalizado, recibirás tu ID de Cliente y Cliente Secreto. Tienes que" " introducir tu ID de Cliente en *Configuración General**." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "Cómo permitir que los usuarios inicien sesión con LDAP" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." msgstr "Instale el módulo LDAP en Configuración general." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." msgstr "Haga clic en **Crear** en Configurar su servidor LDAP." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." msgstr "Elija la empresa que está a punto de utilizar LDAP." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." @@ -147,11 +148,11 @@ msgstr "" "En **Información del servidor**, ingrese la dirección IP de su servidor y el" " puerto que escucha." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." msgstr "Marque **Usuario TLS** si su servidor es compatible." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." @@ -160,7 +161,7 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta utilizada para consultar el servidor. Si se deja vacío, el servidor " "se consultará de forma anónima." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "" "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " "nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." @@ -168,11 +169,11 @@ msgstr "" "En **Procesar Parámetro**, ingrese el nombre de dominio de su servidor LDAP " "en la nomenclatura LDAP (por ejemplo, ``dc=example,dc=com``)." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" msgstr "En **filtro LDAP**, ingrese ``uid=%s``" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " "User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." @@ -180,7 +181,7 @@ msgstr "" "En **Información de usuario**, marque *Crear usuario* si desea que Odoo cree" " un perfil de usuario la primera vez que alguien inicie sesión con LDAP." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." @@ -189,15 +190,15 @@ msgstr "" "creados. Si se deja en blanco, el perfil de administrador se utilizará como " "plantilla." -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "Importación de Datos" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" msgstr "Cómo adaptar la plantilla de importación" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " "import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " @@ -209,11 +210,11 @@ msgstr "" "Puedes abrirlos con cualquier software de hojas de cálculo (Microsoft " "Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "Cómo customizar el archivo" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." @@ -221,15 +222,15 @@ msgstr "" "Elimina columnas que no necesitas. Te recomendamos no eliminar la de *ID* (a" " continuación puedes ver por qué)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" "Establece un ID único a cada uno de los registros arrastrando hacia abajo la" " secuencia de ID." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " @@ -239,7 +240,7 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente si la etiqueta no corresponde a ningún campo en el sistema. " "Si es así, encuentra el campo correspondiente usando la búsqueda." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." @@ -248,11 +249,11 @@ msgstr "" "importación para poder hacer que funcione directamente la próxima vez que " "intentes importar." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" msgstr "Por qué una columna de *ID*" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " @@ -262,14 +263,14 @@ msgstr "" " usar el correspondiente a tu software anterior para facilitar la transición" " a Odoo." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" "Estableciendo un ID no es obligatorio cuando estás importando pero ayuda en " "muchos casos:" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" @@ -277,15 +278,15 @@ msgstr "" "Actualiza importaciones: puedes importar el mismo archivo varias veces sin " "crear duplicados;" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "Importa campos de relación (ver a continuación)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "Cómo importar campos de relación" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " @@ -297,7 +298,7 @@ msgstr "" "etc.). Para importar esas relaciones necesitas importar los registros del " "objeto relacionado primero desde su propio menú." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " "is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " @@ -309,15 +310,15 @@ msgstr "" "\"/ID\" al final del título de la columna (p.e. para atributos de producto: " "Atributos de Producto/Atributo/ID). " -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "How to import data into Odoo" msgstr "Cómo importar datos a Odoo" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" msgstr "Cómo empezar" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 msgid "" "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" @@ -327,11 +328,11 @@ msgstr "" "formatos de Excel (.xlsx) o CSV (.csv): contactos, productos, resguardos " "bancarios e incluso pedidos!" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." msgstr "Abre la vista del objeto que quieras popular y selecciona *Importar*" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 msgid "" "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " @@ -341,22 +342,22 @@ msgstr "" "información. Dichas plantillas se pueden importar en un solo clic; el mapeo " "de información ya está hecho." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "Cómo añadir la plantilla" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" "Añade, elimina y organiza columnas para adaptarse a la estructura de tu " "información." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" "Aconsejamos no eliminar el *ID* (averigua por qué en la siguente sección)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -368,7 +369,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si es así, puedes mapear las nuevas columnas manualmente cuando testees la " "importación. Encuentra el campo correspondiente usando la búsqueda." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." @@ -376,11 +377,11 @@ msgstr "" "A continuación, usa la etiqueta de este campo en tu archivo para hacerlo " "funcionar bien la siguiente vez." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "Cómo importar desde otra aplicación" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -396,7 +397,7 @@ msgstr "" "original. Puedes también encontrar este registro usando su nombre pero te " "vas a encontrar con al menos 2 registros con el mismo nombre." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " @@ -406,11 +407,11 @@ msgstr "" "re-importar los datos después, aunque es buena práctica especificarlo cuando" " sea posible." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "No puedo encontrar este campo y quiero mapear mi columna a" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -428,7 +429,7 @@ msgstr "" "también posible que no salga bien o que quieras mapear tu columna con un " "campo que no es propuesto por defecto." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " @@ -438,11 +439,11 @@ msgstr "" "campos de relación (avanzado)**, despúes podrás elegir de la lista completa " "de cada columna." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "¿Dónde puedo cambiar el formato de fecha de importación?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -459,7 +460,7 @@ msgstr "" " un formato de fecha es el día y qué parte es el mes en una fecha como " "'01-03-2016 '." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -472,7 +473,7 @@ msgstr "" "puedes cambiarlo a tu preferencia usando el **ISO 8601** para definir el " "formato." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -484,11 +485,11 @@ msgstr "" "almacenan. De esa forma te puedes asegurar que el formato de fecha está " "correcto independientemente del formato de fecha de la localización." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "¿Puedo importar números con signos de divisa (p.e.: $32.00)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -503,59 +504,59 @@ msgstr "" " un símbolo de moneda que no es conocido por Odoo, puede no ser reconocido " "como un número y podrá dar error." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" "Ejemplos de números soportados (usadndo treinta y dos mil como ejemplo):" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "32000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "32,000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "-32000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "(32000.00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "$ 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "(32000.00 €)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "Ejemplo que no servirá:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" "¿Qué puedo hacer cuando la tabla de vista previa de Importar no se muestra " "correctamente?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -568,7 +569,7 @@ msgstr "" "formato de archivo (mostradas bajo la barra de 'Seleccionar archivo CSV' " "después de seleccionar el archivo)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " @@ -579,7 +580,7 @@ msgstr "" "formato de archivo en su aplicación de hoja de cálculo. Vea la siguiente " "pregunta." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" @@ -587,7 +588,7 @@ msgstr "" "¿Cómo puede cambiar el formato del archivo CSV cuando se guarda en mi " "aplicación de hoja de cálculo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 msgid "" "If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " @@ -601,7 +602,7 @@ msgstr "" "modificar dichas opciones (en 'Guardar como...' > Marcar casilla 'Editar " "filtro' > Gurdar)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " "'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." @@ -610,11 +611,11 @@ msgstr "" " archivo CSV (en el cuadro de diálogo 'Guardar como' > pulsar la lista " "desplegable 'Herramientas' > pestaña 'Codificación')." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre id. de la BD e ID Externo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" @@ -629,7 +630,7 @@ msgstr "" "campos. Odoo provee 3 mecanismos. Debe usar uno y sólo uno de esos " "mecanismos por campo a importar." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" @@ -637,11 +638,11 @@ msgstr "" "Por ejemplo, para referenciar el país de un contacto, Odoo propone 3 modos " "diferentes de importación:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "País: el nombre o código del país" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" @@ -649,7 +650,7 @@ msgstr "" "País/ID de Base de datos: el ID único de Odoo para un registro, definido por" " la columna ID de PostgreSQL" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" @@ -657,24 +658,24 @@ msgstr "" "País/ID Externo: el ID de este registro referenciado en otra aplicación (o " "del archivo .XML que lo importó)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" "Para el país Bélgica, puede usar uno de estos3 métodos de importación:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "País: Bélgica" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "País/Id. de la BD: 21" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "País/Id. externo: base.be" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " @@ -684,7 +685,7 @@ msgstr "" "referenciar registros en las relaciones. Aquí es donde debe usar una u otra," " conforme a sus necesidades:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." @@ -692,7 +693,7 @@ msgstr "" "Usar País: Ésta es lo forma más sencilla cuando los datos provienen de " "archivos CSV que se han creado manualmente." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -704,7 +705,7 @@ msgstr "" "tener nunca conflictos (puede que tenga varios registros con el mismo " "nombre, pero sólo tendrán un único id. de base de datos)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." @@ -712,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr "" "Usar País/Id. externo: Use id. externo cuando importa datos de una " "aplicación externa." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -726,27 +727,23 @@ msgstr "" "tipo \"Id. de campo/externo\". Los siguientes dos archivos son un ejemplo " "para los productos y sus categorías." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Archivo CSV para categorías " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Archivo CSV para Productos " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:162 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "¿Qué puedo hacer si tengo múltiples coincidencias para un campo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -764,7 +761,7 @@ msgstr "" " de categorías de producto (\"Misc. Productos/Vendibles\"). Recomendamos " "modificar uno de los valores duplicados o la jerarquía de categorías." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " @@ -774,7 +771,7 @@ msgstr "" "producto, le recomendamos que haga uso de id. externo para este campo " "'Categoría'." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" @@ -782,7 +779,7 @@ msgstr "" "¿Cómo puedo importar un campo de relación many2many (muchos a muchos; por " "ejemplo: un cliente que tiene múltiples etiquetas)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -794,15 +791,13 @@ msgstr "" "'Mayorista', entonces debes codificar 'Fabricante,Mayorista\" en la misma " "columna del archivo CSV." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:175 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -"`Archivo CSV para Fabricante, Minorista " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" @@ -810,7 +805,7 @@ msgstr "" "¿Cómo puedo importar una relación uno a muchos (one2many - por ejemplo: las " "líneas de pedido del pedido de venta)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " @@ -826,15 +821,13 @@ msgstr "" "la información relativa al pedido. Cualquier línea adicional necesitará una " "fila adicional que no tenga información en los campos relativos al pedido." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Archivo para algunas Cotizaciones " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" @@ -842,15 +835,13 @@ msgstr "" "El siguiente archivo CSV muestra como importar pedidos de compra con sus " "respectivas líneas de pedido de compra:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Pedidos de compra con sus respectivas líneas de pedido de compra " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" @@ -858,19 +849,17 @@ msgstr "" "El siguiente archivo CSV muestra cómo importar clientes y sus respectivos " "contactos:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Clientes y sus respectivos contactos " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "¿Se puede importar varias veces el mismo registro?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -886,7 +875,7 @@ msgstr "" "entre dos importaciones. Odoo tendrá cuidado de crear o modificar cada " "registro dependiendo de si es nuevo o no." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." @@ -895,11 +884,11 @@ msgstr "" "de Odoo para modificar un lote de registros en su aplicación de hoja de " "cálculo favorita." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:204 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "¿Qué pasa si no proveo de un valor para un campo específico?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -911,12 +900,12 @@ msgstr "" "establece campos con valores vacíos en su archivo CSV, Odoo establecerá el " "valor VACÍO en el campo, en lugar de asignar el valor por defecto." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:211 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" "¿Cómo exportar/importar diferentes tablas de una aplicación SQL a Odoo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -928,7 +917,7 @@ msgstr "" "importa compañías y personas, tendrá que recrear el enlace entre cada " "persona y la compañía para la que trabaja)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" @@ -944,23 +933,16 @@ msgstr "" "practica para prefijar este \"External ID\" con el nombre de la aplicación o" " la tabla (como \"company _1\", \"contact_1\", en lugar de \"1\")." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database</a>)" +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -"Como ejemplo, supongo que tiene una base de datos SQL con dos tablas que " -"quiere importar: compañías y personas. Cada persona pertenece a una " -"compañía, por lo que tendrá que recrear el enlace entre la persona y la " -"compañía en la que trabaja. (Si quiere comprobar este ejemplo, aquí hay un<a" -" href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump de dicha " -"base de datos PostgreSQL</a>)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:222 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" @@ -968,11 +950,11 @@ msgstr "" "Se exportará primero todas las compañías y sus id. externos. En PSQL, " "escriba el siguiente comando:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:228 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" msgstr "Este comando SQL creará el siguiente archivo CSV:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:235 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" @@ -980,11 +962,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para crear un archivo CSV para personas, enlazadas a compañías, usaremos el " "siguiente comando SQL en PSQL:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:241 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" msgstr "Se creará el siguiente archivo CSV:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" @@ -1001,7 +983,7 @@ msgstr "" " (person_1 y company_1 comparten el mismo ID 1 en la base de datos " "original)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -1014,15 +996,35 @@ msgstr "" "enlazados a la primer compañía). Debe importar primero las compañías y luego" " los contactos." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:4 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "Móvil" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:7 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "Notificaciones automáticas" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, there is no more complex configuration to enable push " +"notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " +"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "Básico" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 msgid "How to add a user" msgstr "Cómo agregar un usuario" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " "point." @@ -1030,11 +1032,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo le provee la opción de agregar usuarios adicionales en cualquier " "momento." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 msgid "Add individual users" msgstr "Agregar usuarios individuales" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 msgid "" "From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" " and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " @@ -1046,7 +1048,7 @@ msgstr "" " vendedor y su correo electrónico profesional o de la empresa, el que usará " "para iniciar sesión en la instancia de Odoo, así como la imagen del perfil." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 msgid "" "Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " "and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." @@ -1055,7 +1057,7 @@ msgstr "" "tiene acceso y puede utilizar. Los diferentes niveles de derechos están " "disponibles dependiendo de la aplicación. " -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" "When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " "invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" @@ -1066,7 +1068,7 @@ msgstr "" "El usuario deberá dar clic en aceptar la invitación para su instancia y " "deberá crear un ingreso." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 msgid "" "Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " "Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more " @@ -1076,7 +1078,7 @@ msgstr "" "Refierase a nuestra `*Página de precios* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ " "para más información." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 msgid "" "You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " "screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " @@ -1092,7 +1094,7 @@ msgstr "" "contraseña. A continuación, será capaz de definir sus derechos de acceso " "bajo el menú :menuselection:`Configuración --> Usuarios`." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 msgid "" "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`_" @@ -1100,19 +1102,19 @@ msgstr "" "`Desactivando Usuarios <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`_" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 msgid "Todo" msgstr "Por hacer" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 msgid "Add link to How to add companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" msgstr "Gestione Odoo en su propio lenguaje" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." @@ -1120,18 +1122,18 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo le provee la opción de gestrionar Odoo en diferentes lenguajes, y cada " "usuario puede usar Odoo en su propio lenguaje." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" msgstr "Cargue su lenguaje deseado" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." msgstr "" "Lo primero por hacer es cargar su lenguaje deseado en la instancia Odoo." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " @@ -1142,7 +1144,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cargar una Traducción`, seleccionar un lenguaje a instalar y clic en " "**CARGAR.**" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." @@ -1150,11 +1152,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si selecciona los \"Sitios web a traducir\" tendrá la opción de cambiar el " "lenguaje de navenagción en su sitio web." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" msgstr "Modificar su lenguaje" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." @@ -1162,7 +1164,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puedes cambiar el lenguaje instalado yendo al menú desplegable en la esquina" " superior derecha de tu pantalla, elige **Preferencias**" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" @@ -1170,15 +1172,15 @@ msgstr "" "Después change la configuración Lenguaje a tu lenguaje instalado y haz clic " "en **GUARDAR.**" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." msgstr "Abre un nuuevo menú para ver los cambios." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" msgstr "Cambiar el lenguaje de otro usuario" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." @@ -1186,7 +1188,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo también le da la posibilidad de que cada usuario elija su lenguaje de " "preferencial." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" "To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " "--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " @@ -1202,34 +1204,34 @@ msgstr "" "ezquina superior izquierda. Bajo Preferencias puedes cambair el Lenguaje a " "cualquier lenguaje instalado previamenre y hacer clic en **SAVE.**" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "Cómo generar una llave de acceso de Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" "**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" " this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" " Unsplash key in a transparent way." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "Crear una cuenta en `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " @@ -1239,11 +1241,11 @@ msgstr "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ y haga clic en **New " "Application**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "Acepte las condiciones y haga clic en **Aceptar términos**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " "**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " @@ -1251,7 +1253,7 @@ msgid "" "**Create application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." @@ -1259,28 +1261,28 @@ msgstr "" "Debería redirigirle a su página de detalles de aplicación. Desplácese un " "poco hacia abajo para encontrar su **llave de acceso**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " "50 Unsplash requests per hour." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" msgstr "Cómo generar un ID de aplicación de Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " @@ -1290,14 +1292,14 @@ msgstr "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ y haga clic en su aplicación " "Unsplash recién creada bajo **Your applications**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" " ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po deleted file mode 100644 index ff354e5a4..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,381 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " -"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " -"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" -" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" -" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" -" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" -" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " -"practices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" -" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " -"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " -"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " -"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " -"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" -" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" -" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " -"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " -"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " -"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " -"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the `Odoo documentation " -"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning " -"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the " -"testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "2. Project Scope" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " -"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " -"project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " -"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " -"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " -"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" -" clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " -"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" -" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " -"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " -"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " -"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " -"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" -" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " -"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " -"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " -"experiment of the standard in production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "3. Managing expectations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " -"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" -" account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " -"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," -" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " -"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " -"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " -"check that this is still the case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " -"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" -" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " -"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" -" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " -"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " -"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " -"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " -"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " -"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " -"to pursue this same objective." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 -msgid "" -"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " -"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " -"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " -"tools\\* :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " -"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " -"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " -"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " -"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 -msgid "" -"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 -msgid "" -"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" -" the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " -"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " -"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " -"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " -"verifying its veracity beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 -msgid "" -"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " -"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 -msgid "4. Communication Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " -"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " -"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " -"follow those principles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 -msgid "" -"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " -"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " -"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " -"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " -"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" -" manager are clearly defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 -msgid "" -"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " -"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " -"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " -"reached;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 -msgid "5. Customizations and Development" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " -"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " -"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 -msgid "" -"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " -"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," -" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " -"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" -" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " -"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " -"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." -" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " -"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " -"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 -msgid "" -"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " -"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" -" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" -" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " -"business processes of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 -msgid "" -"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" -" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " -"needs of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 -msgid "" -"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " -"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " -"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " -"requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 -msgid "" -"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " -"noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " -"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "**or**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " -"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "7. Data Imports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 -msgid "" -"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " -"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " -"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " -"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " -"it will be decided :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 -msgid "" -"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " -"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " -"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 -msgid "" -"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " -"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " -"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " -"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" -" import will be made before the production launch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 -msgid "" -"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " -"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " -"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " -"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 -msgid "8. Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " -"questions or technical issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 -msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po deleted file mode 100644 index 596cfe510..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,399 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Diego de cos <diegodecos@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Noemi Nahomy <noemi.t.angles@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Noemi Nahomy <noemi.t.angles@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Ayuda" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Iniciar con Odoo HelpDesk" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Comenzando con Odoo HelpDesk (Mesa de Ayuda)" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "Instalando Odoo Helpdesk:" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 -msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "Iniciar recibiendo tickets" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/12.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 -msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 -msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 -msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 -msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 -msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "Gris - Estado Normal" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "Rojo - Bloqueado" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "Verde - Listo para la siguiente etapa" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 -msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 -msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 -msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "Paso 4 : Factura de cliente" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 -msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 -msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index b886f2c8f..b4df12672 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -1,16 +1,15 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 15:27+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -18,6 +17,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "Documentación de usuario de Odoo" +#: ../../content/index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po similarity index 51% rename from locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po rename to locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 859a72032..b7b532188 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -1,42 +1,45 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Carlos Lopez <celm1990@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# David Sanchez <david.sanchez@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2018 -# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2018 -# Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Javier Sabena <jsabena@gmail.com>, 2018 -# eduardo mendoza <emendozajz@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 -# miguelchuga <miguelchuga@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2018 -# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales <paloma.reyes@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# Antonio Trueba, 2018 -# Nefi Lopez Garcia <nlopezg87@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Juan Carlos Daniel Fernandez <estudiofaz@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Julián Andrés Osorio López <mcjulian1107@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Miguel Orueta <mo@landoo.es>, 2018 -# Miquel Torner <miq@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 -# Susanna Pujol, 2020 -# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2020 +# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2021 +# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2021 +# Jose Manuel <admin@jaboweb.com>, 2021 +# Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Miguel Orueta <mo@landoo.es>, 2021 +# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Javier Sabena <jsabena@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Antonio Trueba, 2021 +# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo <l92hunaf@gmail.com>, 2021 +# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# David Sanchez <david.sanchez@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# miguelchuga <miguelchuga@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Julián Andrés Osorio López <mcjulian1107@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Fernando La Chica <fernandolachica@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2021 +# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales <paloma.reyes@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Nefi Lopez Garcia <nlopezg87@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Juan Carlos Daniel Fernandez <estudiofaz@gmail.com>, 2021 +# eduardo mendoza <emendozajz@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Susanna Pujol, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2020\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Susanna Pujol, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -44,31 +47,36 @@ msgstr "" "Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory & Mrp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:66 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Inventario" -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3 msgid "Barcodes" msgstr "Códigos de barras" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 msgid "Daily Operations" msgstr "Operaciones diarias" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" msgstr "¿Cómo hacer un ajuste de inventario con los códigos de barras?" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "From the Barcode application:" msgstr "A partir de la aplicación del código de barras:" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Inventory**" msgstr "Haga clic en **Inventario**" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 msgid "" "Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" " use the keyboard to set the quantity)." @@ -76,7 +84,7 @@ msgstr "" "Escanear todos los productos (si tiene 5 artículos idénticos, escanearlos 5 " "veces, o utilizar el teclado para establecer la cantidad)." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " "products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " @@ -86,7 +94,7 @@ msgstr "" "productos. Por ejemplo. escanear el código de barras de un estante; escanear" " cada producto en el estante; repita para cada estante en el almacén." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 msgid "" "When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." @@ -94,11 +102,11 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando haya escaneado todos los productos del lugar, valide el inventario de" " forma manual o mediante el escaneo de **validación** del código de barras" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 msgid "How to process delivery orders?" msgstr "¿Cómo procesar órdenes de entrega?" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " "printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " @@ -108,11 +116,11 @@ msgstr "" "impresos (y escanear líneas en los documentos), o en una pantalla (y " "escanear productos directamente)." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" msgstr "Procesar órdenes de entrega impresas:" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 msgid "" "Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " "Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." @@ -121,7 +129,7 @@ msgstr "" "desde la lista *To Do (Pendientes)* e imprima * Picking Operations " "(Operaciones de Picking)* desde el menú superior." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 msgid "" "Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " "top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." @@ -130,7 +138,7 @@ msgstr "" "de barras** en el rincón superior derecho del documento para cargar el " "registro correcto en la pantalla." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 msgid "" "Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " "product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " @@ -140,31 +148,31 @@ msgstr "" " de barras del producto en la linea de recolección si el código de barras en" " el producto no es fácilmente accesible, visible o es un faltante." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 msgid "" "Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " "finish the operation." msgstr "Una vez que escaneas todos los productos, " -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" msgstr "" "Procesar órdenes de entrega desde una computadora o dispositivo móvil:" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 msgid "" "Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." msgstr "" "Cargar todas las ordenes de entrega marcadas como \"Por Hacer\", y abrir la " "primera." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." msgstr "Recoger y escanear cada producto listado." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 msgid "" "When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " "**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." @@ -173,7 +181,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Validar** o escanea el \"Código de validación\", acción para finalizar la " "operación" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 msgid "" "Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " "right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." @@ -182,22 +190,22 @@ msgstr "" "superior- derecho derecho **flecha** o escanear la **página-siguiente** " "acción de código de barras." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" msgstr "¿Cómo realizar una transferencia interna?" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" msgstr "En Odoo, hay dos tipos de transferencias internas:" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 msgid "" "Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" msgstr "" "Los iniciados automáticamente por el sistema (por ejemplo, un control de " "calidad)" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 msgid "" "Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " "of the dashboard)." @@ -205,33 +213,33 @@ msgstr "" "Los creados por un trabajador (por ejemplo, a través del área de " "transferencias internas del tablero)." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" msgstr "Realizar una transferencia interna:" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" msgstr "" "Desde el inicio de la aplicación del escritorio, escanea la **fuente de " "locación**" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" msgstr "Tomar y **escanear los productos** " -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 msgid "Scan the **destination location**" msgstr "Escanear la **Ubicación de destinación**" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" msgstr "\"Validar\" la transferencia para finalizar" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" msgstr "¿Cómo manejar los lotes y números de serie con los códigos de barras?" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" "Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " "outgoing deliveries:" @@ -239,14 +247,14 @@ msgstr "" "Los números pueden ser codificados desde los albaranes entrantes, " "movimientos internos y albaranes salientes? " -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 msgid "" "In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" msgstr "" "En el interfaz del código de barras, **escanear** los productos que quieras " "crear desde el lote." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 msgid "" "If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " "the lots/serial numbers" @@ -254,7 +262,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si este producto debe manejarse por lotes, una ventana se abrirá para " "ayudarte a escanear los lotes/números de serie" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 msgid "" "**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" " one automatically" @@ -262,15 +270,15 @@ msgstr "" "**Escanear** el código de barras del lote, **Escribir** uno manualmente o " "**dejar vació** para generar uno automáticamente." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" msgstr "Clic en escanear **Validar** una vez que este listo" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" msgstr "¿Cual es la diferencia entre \"Lotes\" y \"Números de serie\" " -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "" "**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " "you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." @@ -279,7 +287,7 @@ msgstr "" "cada vez que se escanea un numero de lote, Odoo adherirá uno a la cuenta del" " producto." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 msgid "" "On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " "barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " @@ -289,11 +297,11 @@ msgstr "" "único código de barras, adherido únicamente a cada producto. Esto significa " "que Odoo no acepta escanear mas de un número de serie por operación. " -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." msgstr "Aquí. configuramos **Lu -Petit Beukelaer** seguimiento por lotes." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 msgid "" "Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" " product (you can also use the keyboard)." @@ -301,15 +309,15 @@ msgstr "" "Escanea un producto desde este albarán entrante, después escanea el número " "de lote de cada producto (también puedes usar el teclado)." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." msgstr "Clic guardar/escanear **Validar** y estará listo." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" msgstr "¿Cómo procesar los recibos entrantes?" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " "on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " @@ -320,11 +328,11 @@ msgstr "" " los documentos), o en una pantalla (y escanear los productos directamente)." " " -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" msgstr "Procesar recibos de entrada impresos:" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " "Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." @@ -333,7 +341,7 @@ msgstr "" " la lista **Para recibir** e imprima **Manejo de operaciones** desde el menú" " superior. " -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " "top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." @@ -342,7 +350,7 @@ msgstr "" "entrada en la esquina superior derecha del documento para cargar el registro" " en la pantalla." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 msgid "" "Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " "on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " @@ -352,12 +360,12 @@ msgstr "" "barras laa líneas de albarán si el código de barras del producto no es " "fácilmente accesible, visible o falta." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" msgstr "" "Procesos de recibos de entrada desde una computadora o dispositivo móvil:" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 msgid "" "Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " "one." @@ -365,7 +373,7 @@ msgstr "" "Carga todos las facturas entrantes desde la computadora o el dispositivo " "móvil." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 msgid "" "When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " "**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." @@ -373,7 +381,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando hayas tomado todos los artículos, clic en el botón de **Validación** " "o escanea el código de barras para finalizar la operación." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 msgid "" "Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " "right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." @@ -382,20 +390,20 @@ msgstr "" "el superior- derecho derecho **flecha** o escaneando **Pagina- siguiente** " "acción de código de barras." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "Example" msgstr "Ejemplo" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 msgid "Open operation interface." msgstr "Interfaz de operación abierta." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 msgid "Scan." msgstr "Escanear." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 msgid "" "The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " "and keyboard." @@ -403,15 +411,15 @@ msgstr "" "La recogida aparece. Escánear ítems y/o llenar información usando el ratón y" " el teclado." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configurar" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "Configurar su escáner de código de barras" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " @@ -422,12 +430,12 @@ msgstr "" "las herramientas. Esta guía le ayudara a través de tareas de elección y " "configuración del escáner de código de barras. " -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "" "Encuentre el escáner de código de barras que se adapte a sus necesidades" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " @@ -438,7 +446,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Escáner USB**, **El escáner por bluetooth** y el **Escáner móvil por " "computadora**. " -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" @@ -451,7 +459,7 @@ msgstr "" "escáner es compatible con su distribución del teclado o puede ser " "configurado para que lo este." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " @@ -466,7 +474,7 @@ msgstr "" "almacén con la posibilidad de revisar su teléfono inteligente de vez en " "cuando y usar el software 'manualmente'." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " @@ -485,15 +493,15 @@ msgstr "" " variedad de modelos y configuraciones en el mercado, es esencial probarlo " "primero." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "Configurar su escáner de código de barras" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "Diseño del teclado" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " @@ -506,11 +514,11 @@ msgstr "" "ejemplo). La mayoría de los escáneres están configurados para escanear el " "código de barras apropiado en el manual del usuario." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "Retorno de carro automático" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " @@ -527,11 +535,11 @@ msgstr "" "un código de barras específico en el manual del usuario ('CR suffix ON', " "'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" msgstr "¿Cómo activar los códigos de barras en Odoo?" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " @@ -546,11 +554,11 @@ msgstr "" "eficientemente controlando el software casi que exclusivamente con el " "escaner de código de barras." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 msgid "Set products barcodes" msgstr "Configurar código de barras de productos" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 msgid "" "In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" " that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " @@ -570,7 +578,7 @@ msgstr "" "producto. A esta interfaz también se puede acceder a través del " "planificador." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 msgid "" "Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " "not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " @@ -580,11 +588,11 @@ msgstr "" "no a la plantilla de producto (de lo contrario no sería capaz de " "diferenciarlos) " -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33 msgid "Set locations barcodes" msgstr "Configurar localizaciones de código de barras" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -602,7 +610,7 @@ msgstr "" "de barra de las ubicaciones. Hay 4 códigos de barra por página, organizados " "de forma que es conveniente imprimir en papel adhesivo." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" "Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " "name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" @@ -611,11 +619,11 @@ msgstr "" "corto de ubicación** - (**Corredor X** - **Estantería Y** - **Altura Z**) " "Ejemplo: A032-025-133" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 msgid "Barcode formats" msgstr "Formato de código de barras" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " "proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " @@ -628,7 +636,7 @@ msgstr "" "código EAN (es por esto que dos productos en una tienda nunca tendrán el " "mismo código EAN)." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61 msgid "" "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " "your own barcode format for internal use." @@ -637,19 +645,19 @@ msgstr "" "manera siempre puede definir su propio formato de código de barras para uso " "interno." -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3 msgid "Warehouse Management" msgstr "Gestión de almacenes" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 msgid "Inventory Adjustment" msgstr "Ajuste de Inventario" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" msgstr "¿Cómo hacer un inventario inicial?" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 msgid "" "One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " "keep the inventory right." @@ -657,7 +665,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una de las mas importante característica de la dirección de un almacén es " "almacenar bien el inventario. " -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 msgid "" "Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " "inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " @@ -667,13 +675,13 @@ msgstr "" "inventario inicial. Usted reflejara realmente por inventariar las cantidades" " justas en las locaciones correctas. " -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Product Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de producto" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 msgid "" "In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " "Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " @@ -683,15 +691,15 @@ msgstr "" "--> Productos`, luego de clic en **Crear** para crear un nuevo producto. " "Configure el tipo de producto para que sea **Almacenable** y no consumible." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 msgid "Start the initial inventory" msgstr "Empezar el inventario inicial." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" msgstr "Actualizar la cantidad de producto por un producto." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 msgid "" "In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" " 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." @@ -700,7 +708,7 @@ msgstr "" "tenemos 0 productos en mano. Clic en el botón **Actualizar cantidad en " "mano**." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 msgid "" "A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" " of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." @@ -709,7 +717,7 @@ msgstr "" "cantidad de producto que se contiene actualmente en existencia, después clic" " en **Aplicar**." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 msgid "" "if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " "set the location of your product from this screen." @@ -717,14 +725,14 @@ msgstr "" "Si utiliza múltilpes ubicaciones para su almacén, podrá establecer la " "ubicación de su producto desde esta pantalla." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 msgid "" "You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." msgstr "" "Usted puede ver ahora desde la etiqueta en mano que la cantidad ha sido " "actualizada. " -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 msgid "" "Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" " menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " @@ -734,11 +742,11 @@ msgstr "" "Inventario**, verás que una nueva linea \"INV: (Nombre de tu producto)\" ha " "sido creada automaticamente y validada por el sistema." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 msgid "Multiple products at once" msgstr "Múltiples productos a la vez." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 msgid "" "Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" " products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " @@ -752,7 +760,7 @@ msgstr "" "el sistema por ubicación, Para ir ;Selección del menú, Control de Inventario" " --> Ajustes de Inventarios para empezar el inventario Inicial." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 msgid "" "Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" " of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " @@ -764,7 +772,7 @@ msgstr "" "(como en existencia, la cual puede ser separada en sub locaciones), puede " "también seleccionar las sub (o descendientes) locaciones. " -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 msgid "" "You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " "only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." @@ -773,7 +781,7 @@ msgstr "" "algunos o para uno. En este caso, escogeremos la opción **Todos los " "productos**" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 msgid "" "If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " "one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " @@ -786,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr "" "el campo Impulsar Valuación del Período. El módulo de contabilidad requiere " "ser instalado." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 msgid "" "Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" " have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " @@ -797,13 +805,13 @@ msgstr "" "Puedes tener para agregar los productos manualmente haciendo click en " "**Agregar un elemento**" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 msgid "" "Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." msgstr "" "Añada la **cantidad real** que tiene en existencias para cada producto." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 msgid "" "additional information will be available according to the options you " "activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." @@ -811,7 +819,7 @@ msgstr "" "Información adicional estará disponible decuerdo a la opcion que activaste, " "(Varias Ubicaciones, Numero Serial, Stock consignado)" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 msgid "" "Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " "it." @@ -819,11 +827,11 @@ msgstr "" "Click en el boton **Validar Inventario** para confirmar el inventario y " "postearlo" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Informes" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 msgid "" "To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " "Products`, and click on the **list button**:" @@ -831,11 +839,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para revisar el stock actual, ve: Selección de Menú --> Products, y click en" " la **lista boton**:" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" msgstr "¿Cómo elegir entre regla de stock mínimo y bajo pedido?" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 msgid "" "**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " "different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " @@ -845,17 +853,17 @@ msgstr "" "consecuencias similares pero reglas diferentes. Éstos deben ser usados " "dependiendo de sus estrategias de producción y entrega." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "Terminología" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 msgid "Minimum stock rule" msgstr "Regla de stock mínimo" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 msgid "" "**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " "amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " @@ -870,14 +878,14 @@ msgstr "" "generará una adquisición con la cantidad requerida para alcanzar el nivel " "máximo de existencias." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "Orden bajo pedido" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 msgid "" "The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " "amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " @@ -890,48 +898,63 @@ msgstr "" "significa que el borrador de una orden de compra sera generado a pesar de la" " cantidad en mano del producto." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 msgid "Minimum stock rules" msgstr "Reglas de stock mínimo" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 msgid "" "The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " @@ -944,94 +967,7 @@ msgstr "" "Crear ** para establecer los valores de las existencias mínimas y máximas " "para un producto determinado." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Activo" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the " -"orderpoint without removing it." -msgstr "" -"Si el campo activo se establece a Falso, permite ocultar la regla de stock " -"mínimo sin eliminarla." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Product Unit of Measure" -msgstr "Unidad de medida del producto" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations." -msgstr "" -"Unidad de medida por defecto utilizada para todas las operaciones de stock" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Procurement Group" -msgstr "Grupo de abastecimiento" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into " -"one big picking." -msgstr "" -"Los movimientos creados a través de este punto de pedido se incluirán en " -"este grupo de compras. Si no se da ninguna, los movimientos generados por " -"las reglas de stock se agruparán en una gran selección." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Minimum Quantity" -msgstr "Cantidad mínima" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field," -" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max " -"Quantity." -msgstr "" -"Cuando el stock virtual esté por debajo de la cantidad mínima especificada " -"en este campo, Odoo generará un abastecimiento para llevar la cantidad " -"prevista a la cantidad máxima." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Maximum Quantity" -msgstr "Cantidad máxima" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a " -"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as " -"Max Quantity." -msgstr "" -"Cuando el stock virtual esté por debajo de la cantidad, Odoo generará un " -"abastecimiento para llevar la cantidad prevista a la cantidad especificada " -"como aquí como máxima." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Quantity Multiple" -msgstr "Múltiplo de la cantidad" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " -"the exact quantity will be used." -msgstr "" -"La cantidad a abastecer se redondeará a este múltiplo. Si es 0, se utilizará" -" la cantidad exacta." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Lead Time" -msgstr "Plazo de entrega" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or " -"to order to the vendor" -msgstr "" -"Número de días antes de que el punto de pedido sea generado para recibir los" -" productos o para pedirlos al proveedor" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:43 msgid "" "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " "**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." @@ -1040,7 +976,7 @@ msgstr "" "relacionado y, en el **submenú de Inventario**, no olvide seleccionar un " "proveedor." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " "consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " @@ -1050,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr "" "Un consumible no puede ser almacenado así que no sera contado en la " "valoración de almacén." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 msgid "" "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " "your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " @@ -1061,18 +997,18 @@ msgstr "" "Inventario --> Productos` (o cualquier otro módulo donde los productos estén" " disponibles)." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:60 msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." msgstr "" "En la forma de producto, bajo **Inventario**, clic en **Orden bajo Pedido**." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "Choice between the two options" msgstr "Elegir entre las dos opciones " -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 msgid "" "The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " "strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " @@ -1085,11 +1021,11 @@ msgstr "" "sus existencias únicamente tras confirmar una venta, es mejor usar reglas " "bajo pedido." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " "products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " @@ -1098,11 +1034,11 @@ msgid "" " those virtual warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12 msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14 msgid "" "Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" " warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " @@ -1111,13 +1047,13 @@ msgid "" "create." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "" "The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " "because you will need it later in the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " "warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" @@ -1126,11 +1062,11 @@ msgid "" " A+B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37 msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "" "Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" " warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " @@ -1138,51 +1074,55 @@ msgid "" "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47 msgid "" "Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" " order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "Órdenes de entrega" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" msgstr "¿Cómo cancelo una órden de entrega?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Información general" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " "been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." @@ -1191,7 +1131,7 @@ msgstr "" "sido validado muy rápido, porque necesita ser modificado o por cualquier " "otra razón." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 msgid "" "Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " "delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " @@ -1201,13 +1141,13 @@ msgstr "" "de cancelar su órden de entrega lo más rápido posible, si es necesario, para" " no tener ninguna mala sorpresa." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 msgid "Sale process" msgstr "Proceso de Venta" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 msgid "" "Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " "Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." @@ -1215,7 +1155,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya al módulo de **Ventas**, de clic en **Ventas** y luego en **Órden de " "Ventas**. Luego del clic en la órden de ventas que quiere cancelar." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 msgid "" "Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " "order." @@ -1223,7 +1163,7 @@ msgstr "" "De clic en el botón **Entregar**, en la esquina superior derecha de la órden" " de venta." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 msgid "" "Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " "**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" @@ -1233,7 +1173,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Referencia de Rastreo del Transportista**, hay un botón de **Cancelar**. " "De clic en el para cancelar la entrega." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 msgid "" "To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" " receive the confirmation of the cancellation." @@ -1241,12 +1181,12 @@ msgstr "" "Para asegurarse que su entrega ha sido cancelada, revise la historia, " "recibirá la confirmación de la cancelación." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" msgstr "" "¿Cómo puedo limitar un método de entrega a un cierto número de países?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " "limit them to a certain number of countries." @@ -1254,7 +1194,7 @@ msgstr "" "Con Odoo, puede tener diferentes tipos de métodos de entrega, y puede " "limitarlos a un cierto número de países." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 msgid "" "Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " "**Delivery Methods**." @@ -1262,12 +1202,12 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya al módulo de **Inventario**, de clic en **Configuración** y luego en " "**Métodos de Entrega**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 msgid "" "Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." msgstr "Seleccione el método de entrega que quiere cambiar, o cree uno nuevo." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 msgid "" "In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " "this delivery method." @@ -1275,11 +1215,11 @@ msgstr "" "En la pestaña **Destino**, elija los países a los cuales quiere aplicar este" " método de entrega." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." msgstr "Ahora, que eso esta hecho. Veamos el resultado." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 msgid "" "If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " "your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " @@ -1289,7 +1229,7 @@ msgstr "" "detalles y procede al pago, el sitio web le propondrá solamente los métodos " "de entrega que aplican a su dirección de entrega." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 msgid "" "This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " "Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." @@ -1297,20 +1237,20 @@ msgstr "" "Este proceso no funciona en backend. Asumimos que cuando Ud. crea una Órden " "de Ventas, sabe que método de entega puede usar desde que Ud. los creó." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "" "How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" msgstr "" "¿Cómo enviar productos a los clientes directamente de los proveedores (envió" " directo)?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 msgid "What is drop-shipping?" msgstr "" "¿Qué es el envió directo? \n" " " -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 msgid "" "Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " "shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " @@ -1329,12 +1269,12 @@ msgstr "" "entregado directamente desde el proveedor hasta el cliente. Además, el " "producto no necesita pasar por su bodega." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" msgstr "" "Puntos a ser considerados mientras se esta implementando el envío-directo" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 msgid "" "Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " "stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " @@ -1346,7 +1286,7 @@ msgstr "" "productos que son enviados-directamente, entonces solo debe mantenerlo para " "ítems que ocupan mucho espacio en su bodega." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 msgid "" "Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" " in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " @@ -1360,7 +1300,7 @@ msgstr "" "método de entrega más costoso no será retribuido financieramente. Pero si su" " producto es único, entonces tiene sentido!" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 msgid "" "To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" " for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." @@ -1368,7 +1308,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para proteger tus clientes de malas experiencias, prueba las compañías de " "envió directo por ti mismo con anticipación y en lista los mejores. " -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 msgid "" "Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " "amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" @@ -1380,7 +1320,7 @@ msgstr "" "manejarlo por Ud. mismo. También es bueno proveer a sus clientes con un " "número de rastreo." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " "product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " @@ -1392,7 +1332,7 @@ msgstr "" " esa información, informele a sus clientes que no dispone del ítem en " "existencias y que esta sujeto a disponibilidad por parte de un tercero." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 msgid "" "For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " "is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" @@ -1402,11 +1342,11 @@ msgstr "" " `Qué es el envío-directo y cómo utilizarlo <https://www.odoo.com/blog" "/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" msgstr "Configuración de envió directo" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "" "Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " "to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" @@ -1418,7 +1358,7 @@ msgstr "" "casilla **Permitir a proveedores entregar directamente a sus clientes**. " "Luego, de clic en **Aplicar**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" "Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " "Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " @@ -1428,7 +1368,7 @@ msgstr "" "Localice **Ruta de Pedido** y marque la casilla **Elegir rutas específicas " "en líneas de órdenes de venta (avanzado)**. De clic en **Aplicar**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 msgid "" "Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " "supplier to the products you want to dropship." @@ -1436,11 +1376,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ahora, abra el menú :menuselection:`Ventas --> Ventas --> Productos`. " "Agregue un proveedor a los productos que quiere enviar-directamente." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 msgid "" "Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" " that the route is **Dropshipping**." @@ -1448,7 +1388,7 @@ msgstr "" "Crear **Ordenes de Venta** y especifica en las lineas de ordenes de venta " "por tus productos que la ruta es **Envió directo**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 msgid "" "Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " "Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " @@ -1460,7 +1400,7 @@ msgstr "" "adquisición con la ruta envío-directo. Una vez el pedido es confirmado, verá" " que ese envío ha sido creado." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 msgid "" "To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " "**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " @@ -1470,7 +1410,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Inventario\". En el escritorio, clic en **#PARA RECIBIR** en la tarjeta de" " envió." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 msgid "" "It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" " it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " @@ -1480,33 +1420,33 @@ msgstr "" "transferencia una vez este realizada. Los ítems serán entregados " "directamente desde el proveedor al cliente sin transitar a su bodega." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" msgstr ":doc:`inventory_flow`" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222 msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Por hacer" +msgstr "Todo" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106 msgid "" "Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of " "my vendors?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" msgstr "" "¿Cómo elegir el flujo de inventario justo para manejar las ordenes de envió?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " "warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " @@ -1516,24 +1456,24 @@ msgstr "" "bodega, el número de órdenes que registra cada día... la manera como maneje " "las entregas a sus clientes puede variar mucho." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" msgstr "" "Odoo le permite manejar los envíos desde su bodega en 3 formas diferentes:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" msgstr "**Un paso (envío)**: Enviar directamente desde existencias" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 msgid "" "**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" msgstr "" "**Dos pasos (elejir + enviar)**: Traer bienes a la ubicación de salida antes" " del envío" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 msgid "" "**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " "location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" @@ -1541,7 +1481,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Tres pasos (elejir + empacar + enviar)**: Hacer empaques dentro de una " "ubicación destinada para, traerlos a la ubicación de salida para envío" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 msgid "" "For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " "stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " @@ -1553,7 +1493,7 @@ msgstr "" "es la solución más simple, ya que no requiere mucha configuración y permite " "manejar los pedidos muy rápidamente." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 msgid "" "Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" " two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " @@ -1568,7 +1508,7 @@ msgstr "" "existencias y especialmente cuando los ítems que almacena son de tamaño " "grande." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 msgid "" "The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " "one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " @@ -1581,40 +1521,40 @@ msgstr "" "destino, y luego ajustados a camiones de salida para la entrega final a " "clientes." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 msgid "One step flow" msgstr "Flujo de un paso" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" msgstr "Por favor lea la documentación en :doc:`un_paso`" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 msgid "Two steps flow" msgstr "Flujo de dos pasos" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" msgstr "Por favor lea la documentación en :doc:`dos_pasos`" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 msgid "Three steps flow" msgstr "Flujo de tres pasos" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" msgstr "Por favor lea la documentación en :doc:`tres_pasos`" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 msgid "How can I change the label type?" msgstr "¿Cómo puedo cambiar el tipo de etiqueta?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " "orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " @@ -1624,7 +1564,7 @@ msgstr "" "de entrega. Siga los siguientes pasos y dele una etiquieta apropiada a su " "entrega." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" " methods**." @@ -1632,11 +1572,11 @@ msgstr "" "En el módulo de **Inventario**, vaya a **Configuración** y de clic en " "**Métodos de Entrega**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." msgstr "Elija un método de entrega y de clic en **Editar**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" " of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " @@ -1646,7 +1586,7 @@ msgstr "" "Fedex**, puede elegir uno de los tipos disponibles. La disponibilidad " "variará dependiendo del transportador." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " "you create a new sale order." @@ -1654,7 +1594,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez esto esta hecho, puede ver el resultado si va al módulo de Ventas y " "crea una nueva órden de venta." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 msgid "" "As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" " you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." @@ -1663,7 +1603,7 @@ msgstr "" "cual ha modificado el tipo de etiqueta, La Etiqueta aparecerá en su " "historia." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 msgid "" "The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " "bottom half for example, here is the difference :" @@ -1671,11 +1611,11 @@ msgstr "" "El tipo de etiqueta por defecto es carta de papel, y si elije el tipo de " "etiqueta mitad inferior por ejemplo, aquí esta la diferencia :" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" msgstr "¿Cómo procesar órdenes de entrega en un paso (envío)?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " @@ -1686,7 +1626,7 @@ msgstr "" "todos los bienes están disponibles, estos están disponibles para ser " "enviados en una sola órden de entrega." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 msgid "" "There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " "configured to be directly delivered from the stock." @@ -1694,7 +1634,7 @@ msgstr "" "No hay necesidad de configuración. Los envíos de salida por defecto están " "configurados para ser directamente entregados desde las existencias." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 msgid "" "However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " "configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " @@ -1706,7 +1646,7 @@ msgstr "" "configuración de entrega de un-paso. Vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración " "--> Bodegas` y edite la bodega correspondiente." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" "Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " "Only)**" @@ -1714,12 +1654,12 @@ msgstr "" "Configure la opción de envíos de salida a **Enviar directamente desde " "existencias (Enviar solamente)**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Create a Sales Order" msgstr "Crear Órdenes de Venta" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 msgid "" "Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " "deliver." @@ -1727,7 +1667,7 @@ msgstr "" "Crear una órden de ventas (Desde cotización a órden de ventas) con algunos " "productos a entregar." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 msgid "" "Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " "the **stat button** above the sales order." @@ -1735,22 +1675,22 @@ msgstr "" "Note que ahora vemos ``1`` entrega asociada con esta órden de ventas en el " "**botón estado** bajo la órden de ventas." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 msgid "" "If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " "picking." msgstr "" "Si da clic en el botón de estado **1 Entrega**, ahora deberá ver su envío." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 msgid "Process a Delivery" msgstr "Procesar una Entrega" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 msgid "" "Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " "Orders** kanban card." @@ -1758,17 +1698,17 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya al **Inventario** y de clic en el link **# PARA HACER** bajo la tarjeta" " kanban **Órdenes de Entrega**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." msgstr "De clic en el envío que quiere procesar." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " "**customer**." @@ -1776,7 +1716,7 @@ msgstr "" "De clic en **Validar** para completar el movimiento de la **WH/Salida** al " "**Cliente**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 msgid "" "This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " "**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " @@ -1786,23 +1726,23 @@ msgstr "" "**Realizado** en la columna de estado en la parte superior de la página, lo " "que significa que el producto ha sido enviado al cliente." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64 msgid "" "Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: " "From sales orders to delivery orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133 msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" msgstr "¿Cómo puede cambiar el tipo de empaque para su órden de venta?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " "adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " @@ -1811,7 +1751,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo le da la posibilidad de cambiar el tipo de empaque por defecto y " "adaptar la forma de empaque que quiera, dependiendo del peso de la órden." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " "**Settings**." @@ -1819,7 +1759,7 @@ msgstr "" "En el módulo de **Inventario**, vaya a **Configuración** y luego de clic en " "**Ajustes**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 msgid "" "In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " "on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" @@ -1827,21 +1767,21 @@ msgstr "" "En :menuselection:`Trazabilidad --> Paquetes`, Bandera **Registrar paquetes " "usados en empaque : pallets, boxes,...**" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 msgid "*Sale process*" msgstr "*Proceso de Venta*" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." msgstr "" "En el módulo de **Ventas**, de clic en **Más** y clic en **Órdenes de " "Venta**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." msgstr "Cree su nueva Órden de Venta, y **Confirme la Venta**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 msgid "" "Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " "redirected to the Delivery order." @@ -1849,11 +1789,11 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez ha confirmado la Venta, debe dar clic en **Entregar**, para ser " "redireccionado a la Órden de entrega." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." msgstr "De clic en **Editar**, y ahora puede cambiar el empaque." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 msgid "" "In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " "number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " @@ -1863,7 +1803,7 @@ msgstr "" " el número de productos que quiere empacar juntos. Luego de clic en **Poner " "en Paquete**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 msgid "" "Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" " has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " @@ -1873,20 +1813,20 @@ msgstr "" "adaptado a su empaque, y puede cambiarlo manualmente si quiere ser más " "preciso. Luego de clic en **Guardar**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." msgstr "" "Repita la operación hasta que todos los productos son puestos en paquete." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." msgstr "Finalmente, de clic en **Conciliar** para confirmar la entrega." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" msgstr "¿Cómo es calculada la fecha de entrega programada?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" "Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " "receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " @@ -1903,11 +1843,11 @@ msgstr "" "fechas que son calculadas son dependientes de los tiempos de entrega " "configurados en Odoo." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "Configuring lead times" msgstr "Configurando tiempo de entregas" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 msgid "" "Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " "scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " @@ -1918,21 +1858,21 @@ msgstr "" "retrasos (en términos de entrega, fabricación, ...) prometidos a sus " "diferentes socios y / o clientes." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" msgstr "" "La configuración de los diferentes tiempos de entrega es realizada como " "sigue:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 msgid "At a product level" msgstr "A nivel de un producto" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" msgstr "**Tiempo de entrega de Proveedor**:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 msgid "" "Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " "configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " @@ -1944,7 +1884,7 @@ msgstr "" "y vaya a la pestaña **Inventario**. Usted tendrá que añadir un **Proveedor**" " a su producto para poder seleccionar un plazo de entrega de proveedores." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 msgid "" "Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " "different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." @@ -1952,7 +1892,7 @@ msgstr "" "No olvide que es posible agregar diferentes proveedores y así diferentes " "tiempos de entrega dependiendo del proveedor." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 msgid "" "Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " "time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" @@ -1964,11 +1904,11 @@ msgstr "" "influencia, los días de entrega programados serán iguales a: **Fecha** de la" " órden de compra + **Tiempo de Entrega**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 msgid "**Customer lead time**:" msgstr "**Tiempo de ventaja de Cliente**:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 msgid "" "Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " "warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " @@ -1980,11 +1920,11 @@ msgstr "" "cualquier producto. Simplemente seleccione un producto, vaya a la pestaña de" " ventas e indique su **Tiempo de ventaja de cliente**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" msgstr "**Producir tiempo de ventaja**:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 msgid "" "At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" " as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " @@ -1994,7 +1934,7 @@ msgstr "" "Producción**. El tiempo de ventaja de Producción es el tiempo necesario para" " fabricar el producto." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 msgid "" "Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " "create manufacturing routes." @@ -2002,11 +1942,11 @@ msgstr "" "No olvide marcar la casilla producción en inventario si quiere crear rutas " "de producción." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 msgid "At the company level" msgstr "En el nivel de la compañía" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 msgid "" "At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " "cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " @@ -2018,11 +1958,11 @@ msgstr "" " La idea es sustraer días **respaldo** desde **fecha programada calculada** " "en caso de retrasos." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" msgstr "**Días de Seguridad en Ventas**:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 msgid "" "Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" " your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " @@ -2041,7 +1981,7 @@ msgstr "" "a su cliente. De esa manera puede estar seguro que puede mantener su " "compromiso." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 msgid "" "To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " "settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." @@ -2050,7 +1990,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuración -> Configuración general` y haga clic en " "**Configurar los datos de su empresa**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "" "Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " "of safety days." @@ -2058,17 +1998,17 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez el menú esta abierto, vaya a la pestaña de configuración e indique " "el número de días de seguridad." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" msgstr "**Días de Seguridad en Compras**:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." msgstr "" "Los días de compra siguen la misma lógica de los días de seguridad en " "ventas." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 msgid "" "They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " "purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " @@ -2081,7 +2021,7 @@ msgstr "" "de proveedores. La compra de tiempo de espera se puede encontrar en el mismo" " menú de los días de seguridad ventas." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 msgid "" "Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " "here." @@ -2089,11 +2029,11 @@ msgstr "" "Note que también puede configurar un tiempo de ventaja de Producción desde " "aquí." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 msgid "At route level" msgstr "En nivel de ruta" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" "The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" " can also influence the computed date." @@ -2101,7 +2041,7 @@ msgstr "" "Las transferencias internas que un producto pueda tiener debido al " "movimiento de existencias también pueden influir en la fecha calculada." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 msgid "" "The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " "app when creating a new push rule in a route." @@ -2110,21 +2050,21 @@ msgstr "" "en la aplicación de **Inventario** creando una nueva regla de impulso en una" " ruta." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." msgstr "" "Vaya a la sección de impulso de reglas de un formulario de ruta para " "configurar un retraso." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 msgid "At sale order level:" msgstr "En nivel de órden de venta:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "**Requested date**:" msgstr "**Fecha solicitada**:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 msgid "" "Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " "indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" @@ -2136,7 +2076,7 @@ msgstr "" "esta fecha es anterior a la fecha calculada teóricamente, Odoo mostrará " "automáticamente una advertencia." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 msgid "" "As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " "order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." @@ -2148,19 +2088,19 @@ msgstr "" "Enero). En tal escenario, el organizador puede provocar los siguientes " "eventos, en base a su configuración:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" msgstr "" "19 de Enero: entrega programada real (1 día en los días seguridad en ventas)" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 msgid "" "January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" msgstr "" "18 de Enero: recibir el producto de su proveedor (1 día en los días de " "compra)" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 msgid "" "January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " "lead time)" @@ -2168,7 +2108,7 @@ msgstr "" "10 de Enero: fecha límite para pedir a su proveedor (9 días del tiempo de " "espera en la entrega del proveedor)" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 msgid "" "January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " "need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." @@ -2177,13 +2117,13 @@ msgstr "" "equipo necesita un promedio de 2 días para encontrar el proveedor adecuado y" " la órden." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" msgstr "" "¿Cómo procesar órdenes de entrega en tres pasos (selección + empaque + " "envío)?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," @@ -2198,7 +2138,7 @@ msgstr "" "puede no reflejar la realidad y su compañía puede requerir más pasos antes " "del envío." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 msgid "" "With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " "transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " @@ -2210,7 +2150,7 @@ msgstr "" "de destino, y luego ajustados a camiones de salida para la entrega final a " "clientes." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 msgid "" "A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" " + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " @@ -2225,7 +2165,7 @@ msgstr "" " creará una ubicación llamada ``WH/Salida`` y otra llamada ``WH/Zona de " "Empaque``." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 msgid "" "Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " "Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" @@ -2236,8 +2176,8 @@ msgstr "" "**WH/Salida**. Luego, finalmente, será entregado desde **WH/Salida** a su " "**destino final**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 msgid "" "Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " "correct method for your needs." @@ -2245,17 +2185,17 @@ msgstr "" "Revise :doc:`inventory_flow` para determinar si este flujo de inventario es " "el método correcto para sus necesidades." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 msgid "Install the Inventory module" msgstr "Instalar el modulo de inventario " -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." msgstr "" "Desde el menú de **Aplicaciones**, busque e instale el módulo de " "**Inventario**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 msgid "" "You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" " orders." @@ -2263,11 +2203,11 @@ msgstr "" "Además tu necesitas instalar el modulo **Ventas** para ser capaz de emitir " "ordenes de venta." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Allow managing routes" msgstr "Permitir la gestión de rutas" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" " mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " @@ -2277,7 +2217,7 @@ msgstr "" "rutas proveen un mecanismo para vincular diferentes acciones juntas. En este" " caso, vincularemos el paso de selección al paso de envío." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`" @@ -2285,7 +2225,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para permitir el manejo de rutas, ir a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " "Ajustes`" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " "button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " @@ -2295,11 +2235,11 @@ msgstr "" " **Ruteo Avanzado de productos usando reglas**. Asegúrese que la opción " "**Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega** esta activada también." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" msgstr "Configurar el almacén para Selección + Empaque + Envío " -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " "that will be used." @@ -2307,7 +2247,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Bodegas` y edite la bodega que será" " utilizada." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 msgid "" "For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " "location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " @@ -2317,11 +2257,11 @@ msgstr "" " una ubicación específica, traerlos a la ubicación de salida para envío " "(Selección + Empaque + Envío)** " -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 msgid "Create a Sale Order" msgstr "Crear una orden de venta" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " "deliver." @@ -2329,7 +2269,7 @@ msgstr "" "Desde el modulo de **Venta** crear las ordenes de ventas con algunos " "productos para entregar." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 msgid "" "Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " "the **stat button** above the sales order." @@ -2337,33 +2277,33 @@ msgstr "" "Note que ahora vemos ``3`` transferencias asociadas con esta órden de ventas" " en el **botón estado** bajo la órden de ventas." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" msgstr "Si da clic en el botón, ahora deberá tres diferentes selecciones:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," msgstr "" "La primera con una referencia **SELECCIÓN** para designar el proceso de " "selección," -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 msgid "" "The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," msgstr "" "La segunda con la referencia **EMPAQUE** que es el proceso de empaque," -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" "La última con la referencia **SALIDA** para designar el proceso de envío" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" msgstr "¿Como procesar los Pasos de Envío?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 msgid "" "Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " "click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." @@ -2372,13 +2312,13 @@ msgstr "" "**Inventario** y de clic en el link **Esperando** bajo la tarjeta kanban " "**Selección**" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." msgstr "" "Clic en **Reservar** para reservar los productos si están disponibles." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" " Zone**." @@ -2386,7 +2326,7 @@ msgstr "" "De clic en **Validar** para completar el movimiento de la **WH/Salida** al " "**WH/Zona de Empaque**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 msgid "" "This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " "**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " @@ -2399,11 +2339,11 @@ msgstr "" "ubicación **WH/Zona de Empaque**, lo que hace que el producto esté " "disponible para el siguiente paso (Empaque)." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" msgstr "¿Como procesar los pasos de envió?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" " kanban card." @@ -2411,7 +2351,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya al **Inventario** y de clic en el link **# PARA HACER** bajo la tarjeta" " kanban **Empacar**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " "**WH/Output**." @@ -2419,7 +2359,7 @@ msgstr "" "De clic en **Validar** para completar el movimiento desde **WH/Zona de " "Empaque** a **WH/Salidas**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 msgid "" "This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " "**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " @@ -2432,12 +2372,12 @@ msgstr "" "**WH/Ubicación de Salida**, lo que hace que el producto esté disponible para" " el siguiente paso (Envío)." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" msgstr "¿Como procesar el Paso de Envío?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " "**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " @@ -2447,7 +2387,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Cliente**. (De clic en **Aplicar** para asignar cantidades basadas en las " "cantidades listadas en la columna **Para Hacer**)." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 msgid "" "This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " "**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " @@ -2457,17 +2397,17 @@ msgstr "" "**Realizado** en la columna de estado en la parte superior de la página. El " "producto ha sido enviado al cliente." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160 msgid "" "Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders" " to delivery orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" msgstr "¿Cómo procesar órdenes de entrega en dos pasos (selección + envío)?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " @@ -2486,7 +2426,7 @@ msgstr "" " son **seleccionados** en la bodega y traídos a la **ubicación de salida** " "para **envío**. Los bienes son luego enviados." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " "necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " @@ -2505,11 +2445,11 @@ msgstr "" "``WH/Salida`` a ``WH/Clientes`` (en el caso de ordenes de venta) en el " "segundo paso (Envío)." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 msgid "Allow management of routes" msgstr "Permitir la dirección de rutas" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 msgid "" "Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " "provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " @@ -2519,7 +2459,7 @@ msgstr "" "Rutas provee un mecanismo para diferentes acciones juntas en cadena. En este" " caso, podemos encadenar los pasos de recolección para la etapa de envió." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`." @@ -2527,7 +2467,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para permitir la dirección de rutas, ir a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " "Ajustes`." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 msgid "" "Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" " checked." @@ -2535,7 +2475,7 @@ msgstr "" "Asegúrese que el botón de radio **Enrutado avanzado de productos usando " "reglas** esta marcado." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 msgid "" "Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " "check the radio button above)." @@ -2543,7 +2483,7 @@ msgstr "" "De clic en **Aplicar** en la parte superior de la página para guardar los " "cambios (si debió marcar el botón de radio anterior)." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " "need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " @@ -2553,11 +2493,11 @@ msgstr "" "activar **Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega** si no fue activada de " "antemano." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" msgstr "Configurar el almacén por elección + enviar " -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 msgid "" "To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" " Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." @@ -2566,7 +2506,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Bodegas` y edite la bodega que será " "utilizada." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 msgid "" "For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " "before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" @@ -2574,7 +2514,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para los envíos de salida, asignar la opción para **obtener bienes para el " "lugar de producción antes del envío (elección + enviar)** " -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 msgid "" "Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " "some products to deliver." @@ -2582,7 +2522,7 @@ msgstr "" "Instalar la **Venta** si no es el caso, y crear las ordenes de venta con " "algunos productos para entregar. " -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " "the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." @@ -2590,7 +2530,7 @@ msgstr "" "Note que ahora vemos ``2`` transferencias asociadas con esta órden de ventas" " en el botón estado **Entrega** bajo la órden de ventas." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " "different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " @@ -2602,7 +2542,7 @@ msgstr "" "proceso de selección y otro con una referencia **SALIDA** para designar el " "proceso de envío." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 msgid "" "Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " "click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." @@ -2611,7 +2551,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Inventario** y de clic en el link **Esperando** bajo la tarjeta kanban " "**Selección**" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " "**WH/Output**." @@ -2619,7 +2559,7 @@ msgstr "" "Clic en **Validar** para completar el movimiento desde **WH/Existencias** a " "**WH/Salidas**" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" " **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " @@ -2632,7 +2572,7 @@ msgstr "" "**WH/Ubicación de Salida**, lo que hace que el producto esté disponible para" " el siguiente paso (Envío)." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " "customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " @@ -2642,7 +2582,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cliente. (De clic en **Aplicar** para asignar cantidades basadas en las " "cantidades listadas en la columna **Para Hacer**)." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 msgid "" "This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" " **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " @@ -2652,22 +2592,22 @@ msgstr "" "**Realizado** en la columna de estado en la parte superior de la página. El " "producto ha sido enviado al cliente." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From" " sales orders to delivery orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 msgid "Incoming Shipments" msgstr "Envíos a recibir" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" msgstr "" "¿Cómo elegir el flujo de inventario apropiado para manejar las recibos?" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 msgid "" "Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" " warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " @@ -2677,22 +2617,22 @@ msgstr "" "bodega, el número de órdenes que registra cada día... la manera como maneje " "las entregas a sus clientes puede variar mucho." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" msgstr "" "Odoo te permite el manejo de recepciones desde tu almacén en 3 diferentes " "formas:" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." msgstr "**Paso uno**: Recepción de bienes directamente en almacén." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." msgstr "**Paso dos**: Descargar en el lugar de entrada, después ir a almacén." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 msgid "" "**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " "before being admitted in stock." @@ -2700,7 +2640,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Paso tres**: Descargar en el lugar de entrada, ir a través del control de " "calidad antes de ser admitido en almacén." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 msgid "" "Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " "receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " @@ -2712,15 +2652,15 @@ msgstr "" "Por estándar, la recepción es un proceso de un paso, pero cambiar la " "configuración permite tener 2 o incluso 3 pasos." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 msgid "The principles are the following:" msgstr "Los principios son los siguientes: " -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." msgstr "**Paso uno**: Recibes los bienes directamente en tu almacén." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 msgid "" "**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " "from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " @@ -2731,7 +2671,7 @@ msgstr "" "sean transferidos en tu almacén, ellos no estarán disponibles para mas " "procedimiento." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 msgid "" "**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " "good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " @@ -2744,7 +2684,7 @@ msgstr "" "control de calidad en el proceso de recibir producto puede llegar a ser " "esencial. " -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 msgid "" "You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" " for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " @@ -2759,28 +2699,28 @@ msgstr "" "que es válida y decidir que enviará de regreso la cantidad que no esta en " "buen estado." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." msgstr "Esta es la configuración por defecto de Odoo." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71 msgid "" "Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" msgstr "" "¿Cómo añadir una etapa de control de calidad en la entrada de mercancías? (3" " pasos)" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 msgid "" "In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " "to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " @@ -2792,8 +2732,8 @@ msgstr "" "acordados con los proveedores. Por lo tanto, agregar un paso de control de " "calidad al proceso de recepción de mercancías puede ser esencial." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" " steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," @@ -2805,7 +2745,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por defecto, la recepción es un proceso de un paso, pero cambiar la " "configuración permite tener 2 o incluso 3 pasos." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 msgid "" "The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" " transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" @@ -2820,17 +2760,17 @@ msgstr "" "cantidad y solamente transferir a Existencias la cantidad que es válida y " "decidir que enviará de regreso la cantidad que no esta en buen estado." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." msgstr "Este es el caso que será explicado en este documento." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 msgid "Use advanced routes" msgstr "Utilizar rutas avanzadas" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -2838,8 +2778,8 @@ msgstr "" "Para permitir la administración de rutas, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario " "--> Configuración --> Ajustes`." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 msgid "" "Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " "checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." @@ -2848,19 +2788,19 @@ msgstr "" "reglas** esta marcado. luego de clic en **Aplicar** para guardar los " "cambios." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 msgid "" "Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." msgstr "" "Asegúrese de que ** Administrar varias ubicaciones por almacén ** también " "está marcado." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" msgstr "" "¿Cómo añadir una etapa de control de calidad en la entrada de mercancías?" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 msgid "" "Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " "and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." @@ -2868,7 +2808,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya al menú :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Bodegas` y " "elija la bodega donde quiere cambiar los métodos de recepción." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 msgid "" "By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " "goods directly into stock**)." @@ -2876,7 +2816,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por defecto, las bodegas están configuradas con la recepción de un paso " "(**Recibir mercancías directamente en existencias**)." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " "**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " @@ -2887,15 +2827,15 @@ msgstr "" "a través de control de calidad antes de ser admitido en existencias (3 " "pasos)**." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 msgid "How to control a receipt?" msgstr "Cómo controlar un recibo?" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" msgstr "¿Cómo procesar el paso de recibo?" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 msgid "" "In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " "**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" @@ -2907,7 +2847,7 @@ msgstr "" "relacionado con la órden de compra en el botón de estado arriba del formato " "de vista de la órden de compra. Este es el paso de recibo." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " "**Receipts** card." @@ -2915,7 +2855,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ve al ** Inventario ** y haz click en el enlace **# PARA RECIBIR ** en la " "tarjeta ** Recibos **." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 msgid "" "Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " "complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." @@ -2923,7 +2863,7 @@ msgstr "" "Haz click en el recibo que deseas procesar. Has click en ** Validar ** para " "completar el movimiento de ubicación del **Vendedor** a la **WH/Entrada**." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 msgid "" "This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " "page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" @@ -2936,14 +2876,14 @@ msgstr "" " la **WH/Entrada**, lo que hace que el producto esté disponible para el " "siguiente paso (Mover a la zona de control de calidad)" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 msgid "" "How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" msgstr "" "Cómo mover el producto desde la zona de recepción a la zona de control de " "calidad?" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 msgid "" "Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " "ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " @@ -2956,7 +2896,7 @@ msgstr "" "TRANSFERENCIAS** en las **Transferencias Internas** para procesar el control" " de calidad." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" " Control**." @@ -2964,7 +2904,7 @@ msgstr "" "Haz click en **Validar** para completar el movimiento de la **WH/Entrada** " "al **WH/Control de Calidad**." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 msgid "" "This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " "top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " @@ -2974,11 +2914,11 @@ msgstr "" "parte superior de la página para **WH/Entrada* ahora debería mostrarse como " "**Realizado** . El recibo ahora esta listo para ser controlado." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" msgstr "¿Cómo procesar el control de calidad?" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 msgid "" "Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " "Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " @@ -2988,7 +2928,7 @@ msgstr "" "clic en el link **# TRANSFERENCIAS** en la tarjeta de **Transferencias " "Internas** para procesar el control de calidad." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 msgid "" "Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " "move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." @@ -2996,7 +2936,7 @@ msgstr "" "De clic en la última selección para procesar. De clic en **Validar** para " "completar el movimiento **WH/Control de Calidad** a **WH/Existencias**." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" " of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " @@ -3006,15 +2946,15 @@ msgstr "" "parte superior de la página para **WH/Entrada* ahora deberá verse como " "**Realizado** . El recibo ha sido controlado y trasladado a sus existencias." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" msgstr ":doc:`two_steps`" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" msgstr "Cómo descargar su envío a una posición de entrada? (2 pasos)" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 msgid "" "The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " "then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " @@ -3026,7 +2966,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mientras la mercancía no sea transferida a sus existencias, esta no estará " "disponible para otros procesos." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`" @@ -3034,7 +2974,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para permitir la administración de rutas, vaya al menú " ":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 msgid "" "Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " "ticked." @@ -3042,11 +2982,11 @@ msgstr "" "Asegúrese de que ** Administrar varias ubicaciones por almacén ** también " "está marcado." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" msgstr "Cómo configurar su almacén?" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 msgid "" "Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " @@ -3055,7 +2995,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya al menú :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Bodegas` y " "elija la bodega donde quiere cambiar los métodos de recepción." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 msgid "" "By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " "**Receive goods directly into stock**)." @@ -3063,7 +3003,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por defecto, las bodegas están configuradas con la recepción de un paso " "(opción **Recibir mercancías directamente en existencias**)." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 msgid "" "To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" " steps)**." @@ -3071,15 +3011,15 @@ msgstr "" "Para agregar el paso de control, marque **Descargar en ubicación de entrada " "luego llevar a existencias (2 pasos)**." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" msgstr "Cómo recibir un envío en 2 pasos?" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" msgstr "Cómo procesar el paso de Recibo?" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 msgid "" "In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " "the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " @@ -3091,7 +3031,7 @@ msgstr "" "relacionado con la órden de compra en el **botón de estado** arriba en el " "formato de vista de la órden de compra. Este es el paso de recibo." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 msgid "" "Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " "**Receipts** card." @@ -3099,7 +3039,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ve al **Inventario** y haz click en el link **# PARA RECIBIR** sobre la " "tarjeta **Recibos**." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" " complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." @@ -3107,7 +3047,7 @@ msgstr "" "De clic en el recibo que desea procesar. Haga clic en ** Validar ** para " "completar el movimiento desde el **Proveedor** a la **WH/Entrada**." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 msgid "" "This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" " product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " @@ -3118,11 +3058,11 @@ msgstr "" "ubicación de la **WH/Entrada**, lo que hace que el producto esté disponible " "para el siguiente paso." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" msgstr "¿Cómo transferir el recibo a su stock?" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" "Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " "Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " @@ -3132,7 +3072,7 @@ msgstr "" "clic en el link **# TRANSFERENCIAS** en las **Transferencias Internas** para" " procesar el control de calidad." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 msgid "" "Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " "the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." @@ -3140,7 +3080,7 @@ msgstr "" "Haz click en la selección que deseas procesar. Haz click en **Validar** para" " completar el movimiento de **WH/Entrada** a **WH/Stock**." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 msgid "" "This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " "**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." @@ -3148,26 +3088,27 @@ msgstr "" "Esto ha completado el paso de transferencia interna y el movimiento referido" " como **WH/Entrada*. El recibo ha sido trasladado a existencias." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" msgstr ":doc:`three_steps`" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "Numeros de Lote/Serie" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre lotes y números de serie?" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introducción" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " "system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" @@ -3177,7 +3118,7 @@ msgstr "" "funcional pero son diferentes en su comportamiento. Ambos son administrados " "dentro del **Inventario**, **Compras** y la aplicación de **Ventas**." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 msgid "" "**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " "altogether in one single pack." @@ -3185,7 +3126,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los **Lotes** corresponden a un cierto número de productos que recibió y " "almacenó juntos en un solo paquete." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 msgid "" "**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " "particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " @@ -3195,11 +3136,11 @@ msgstr "" "en particular, para permitir el seguimiento histórico de un ítem desde la " "recepción hasta la entrega y posterior a la entrega." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 msgid "When to use" msgstr "Cuando usarlo" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 msgid "" "**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " "which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " @@ -3213,7 +3154,7 @@ msgstr "" "identificar un número de piezas teniendo por ejemplo un fallo de producción." " También puede ser útil para un lote de producción de ropa o alimentos." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 msgid "" "**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " "service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " @@ -3225,11 +3166,11 @@ msgstr "" "dispositivo electrónico. Puede utilizar el número de serial del fabricante o" " el propio, dependiendo de la forma como administra estos productos." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 msgid "When not to use" msgstr "Cuando no usarlo" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 msgid "" "Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " "paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " @@ -3239,7 +3180,7 @@ msgstr "" "lápices y bloques de papel en lotes no tendría ningún sentido, ya que hay " "pocas oportunidades que pueda regresarlos por fallos de producción." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 msgid "" "On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" "consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " @@ -3251,21 +3192,21 @@ msgstr "" "tienen una garantía y/o servicio de post-venta. Ponerle un número de serial " "al pan, por ejemplo, no tiene ningún sentido." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" msgstr "¿Cómo administrar lotes de productos idénticos?" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " "lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" @@ -3278,7 +3219,7 @@ msgstr "" "número de piezas teniendo por ejemplo una falla de producción. Puede ser " "útil para un lote de producción de ropa o alimentos." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" "Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " "traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." @@ -3286,8 +3227,8 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo tiene la capacidad de administrar lotes garantizando cumplimiento de " "los requerimientos de trazabilidad impuestos por la mayoría de industrias." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 msgid "" "The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " "traceability." @@ -3295,17 +3236,17 @@ msgstr "" "La administración de doble-entrada de Odoo le permite ejecutar trazabilidad " "muy avanzada." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 msgid "Setting up" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "Aplicación de configuración" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 msgid "" "You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" " application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " @@ -3315,7 +3256,7 @@ msgstr "" " **Inventario** vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`, " "seleccione **Rastrear lotes o números seriales**" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " "**Manage several locations per warehouse**." @@ -3323,18 +3264,18 @@ msgstr "" "Para tener una administración avanzada de lotes, debe también seleccionar " "**Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega**." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 msgid "Then click on **Apply**." msgstr "Luego de clic en **Aplicar**." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 msgid "Operation types configuration" msgstr "Configuración de tipos de operaciones" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 msgid "" "You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" " **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " @@ -3344,7 +3285,7 @@ msgstr "" "la aplicación de **Inventario**, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " "Tipos de Operaciones`." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 msgid "" "For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" " you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." @@ -3353,13 +3294,13 @@ msgstr "" "configurar si puede crear nuevos números de lote o solo usar los números de " "lote existentes." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." msgstr "Finalmente, debe configurar que productos desea rastrear en lotes." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 msgid "" "Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " "product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " @@ -3370,16 +3311,16 @@ msgstr "" "**Inventario**, seleccione **Seguimiento por Lotes**, luego de clic en " "**Guardar**." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 msgid "Manage lots" msgstr "Administrar lotes" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 msgid "Transfers" msgstr "Transferencias" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 msgid "" "In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " "input the lot number(s)." @@ -3387,11 +3328,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para procesar una transferencia de un producto rastreado por lote, debe " "ingresar el/los número(s) de lote." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 msgid "Click on the lot icon :" msgstr "De clic en el ícono del lote :" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 msgid "" "A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " "and the quantity." @@ -3399,7 +3340,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una ventana aparecerá. De clic en **Agregar un ítem** y llene el número de " "lote y la cantidad." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 msgid "" "Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " "new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." @@ -3407,31 +3348,31 @@ msgstr "" "Dependiendo de su configuración de tipo de operación, podrá llenar nuevos " "números de lote, o solo usar los existentes." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." msgstr "En la interface de escaner, solo debe escanear los números de lote." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 msgid "Inventory adjustment" msgstr "Ajuste de inventario" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" msgstr "" "El inventario de un producto rastreado por lote puede hacer de dos maneras:" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 msgid "Classic inventory by products" msgstr "Inventario clásico de productos" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 msgid "Inventory of a lot" msgstr "Inventario de un lote" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " "product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." @@ -3439,7 +3380,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando realice un inventario clásico, hay una columna **Número de Serie**. " "Si el producto ya le ha sido asignado un número, ya esta pre-llenado." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 msgid "" "Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " "can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." @@ -3448,7 +3389,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede fácilmente crear lotes, solo escriba el nuevo número de lote en la " "columna." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 msgid "" "You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " "fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " @@ -3459,11 +3400,11 @@ msgstr "" "escriba el número, una ventana aparecerá para vincular el número a un " "producto." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "Trazabilidad de lotes" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 msgid "" "You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" @@ -3471,21 +3412,21 @@ msgstr "" "Puede revisar la trazabilidad de lotes desde :menuselection:`Inventario --> " "Control de Inventario --> Números de Serie/Lotes`" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" msgstr "Puede tener más detalles dando clic en el botón **Trazabilidad** :" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr ":doc:`differences`" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" msgstr "¿Cómo trabajar con números de serie?" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 msgid "" "Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " "every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " @@ -3502,7 +3443,7 @@ msgstr "" "manera puede obtener la última ubicación desde donde los productos son " "trasladados." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 msgid "" "You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " "**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " @@ -3512,7 +3453,7 @@ msgstr "" " **Inventario** vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`, " "seleccione **Rastrear lotes o números de serie**." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 msgid "" "Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " "product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " @@ -3523,11 +3464,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Inventario**, seleccione **Por Número Único de Serie**, luego de clic en " "**Guardar**." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" msgstr "Administrar Números de Serie" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " "have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" @@ -3541,11 +3482,11 @@ msgstr "" " su transferencia como realizada. De clic en el botón **Marcar como " "REALIZADO** para mostrar el ícono División de Lote." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" msgstr "De clic en el ícono número de serie :" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 msgid "" "A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " "numbers." @@ -3553,29 +3494,29 @@ msgstr "" "Una ventana aparecerá. De clic en **Agregar un ítem** y llene con los " "números de serie." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 msgid "" "If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " "appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are " "moving those serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." msgstr "En la interfaz de escaner, solo debe escanear los números de serie." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" msgstr "" "El inventario de un producto rastreado por número de serie puede hacerse de " "dos maneras:" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 msgid "Inventory of a serial number" msgstr "Inventario de un número de serie" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " "can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." @@ -3584,11 +3525,11 @@ msgstr "" "Puede fácilmente número de serie, solo escriba el nuevo número en la " "columna." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." msgstr "La cantidad debe ser 1 por cada línea." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 msgid "" "You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " "will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " @@ -3600,11 +3541,11 @@ msgstr "" "Solo escriba el número, una ventana aparecerá para vincular el número a un " "producto." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "Serial Number traceability" msgstr "Trazabilidad de número de serie" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 msgid "" "The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" " were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " @@ -3614,7 +3555,7 @@ msgstr "" "de donde fueron recibidos, puestos en existencias, a quien fueron vendidos y" " a donde fueron despachados." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 msgid "" "To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " ":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " @@ -3624,15 +3565,15 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Control de Inventario --> Números de Serie/lotes`, de clic " "en el número de serie correspondiente a su búsqueda." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "Operaciones varias" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" msgstr "Transferencias inmediatas y planificadas" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned " "transfers." @@ -3640,18 +3581,18 @@ msgstr "" "En Odoo, puede crear dos tipos de transferencias: transferencias inmediatas " "o planificadas." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 msgid "Immediate Transfers" msgstr "Transferencias Inmediatas" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 msgid "" "When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." msgstr "" "Cuando crea una transferencia manualmente, es una transferencia inmediata " "por defecto." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" "In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and " "quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is" @@ -3663,7 +3604,7 @@ msgstr "" "reserva. Por esta razón, la columna \"Demanda inicial\" no se puede editar. " "Solo rellena la columna \"Hecho\" para las cantidades." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 msgid "" "This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A " "to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the " @@ -3673,24 +3614,24 @@ msgstr "" " a una ubicación B y esto no está planificado (está procesando la " "transferencia en este momento)." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 msgid "Planned Transfers" msgstr "Transferencias planificadas" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 msgid "" "When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase " "order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an " "initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 msgid "" "If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the " "inventory dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 msgid "" "In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many " "units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. " @@ -3698,11 +3639,11 @@ msgid "" "the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" msgstr "¿Cómo administrar existencias que no le pertenecen?" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 msgid "" "Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " "having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." @@ -3711,7 +3652,7 @@ msgstr "" "productos sin tener que comprar estos ítems: esta técnica es conocida como " "**Inventario en consignación**." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 msgid "" "Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" " products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " @@ -3724,7 +3665,7 @@ msgstr "" "inventario en consignación les permitirá exponer un producto para revisar su" " mercado sin tener que pagar por el en primer lugar." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " "settings." @@ -3732,7 +3673,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo tiene la habilidad de adminsitrar inventario en consignación a través " "de los ajustes avanzados." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 msgid "" "Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" " in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " @@ -3742,11 +3683,11 @@ msgstr "" " la sección **Dueños de Producto**, seleccione **Administrar inventarios en " "consignación (avanzado)**, luego de clic en **Aplicar**." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" msgstr "Recepción de Inventario en Consignación" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 msgid "" "In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " "reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " @@ -3758,15 +3699,15 @@ msgstr "" "**Propietario** ha aparecido. Puede específicar la empresa a la cual le " "pertenece el inventario o dejarlo en blanco si Ud. es el propietario." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" msgstr "¿Cómo configurar y ejecutar programadores?" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 msgid "What is a scheduler" msgstr "Que es un programador" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 msgid "" "The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " "production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " @@ -3779,11 +3720,11 @@ msgstr "" "ejecutarse una vez al día (Odoo automáticamente crea una **Acción " "Programada** para esto)." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" msgstr "Calcular Requerimientos / Programación" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 msgid "" "Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " "started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " @@ -3794,7 +3735,7 @@ msgstr "" "la producción, tareas o compras dependiendo de la configuración del producto" " requerido." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 msgid "" "You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " "and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " @@ -3809,15 +3750,15 @@ msgstr "" "los requerimientos, puede estar seguro que los requerimientos más urgentes " "serán producidos primero." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" msgstr "Configurar y ejecutar el programador" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 msgid "Run the scheduler manually" msgstr "Ejecutar el programador manualmente" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 msgid "" "This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" " see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " @@ -3828,7 +3769,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Ayuda --> Acerca De` y de clic en **Activar el modo de " "programador**." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 msgid "" "You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " @@ -3842,11 +3783,11 @@ msgstr "" " por producto, proveedores y la compañía para determinar las prioridades " "entre las diferentes órdenes de producción, entregas y compras de proveedor." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" msgstr "Configurar y ejecutar el programador (solo para usuarios avanzados)" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 msgid "" "This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" " see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " @@ -3857,7 +3798,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Ayuda --> Acerca De` y de clic en **Activar el modo de " "programador**." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 msgid "" "You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " "corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " @@ -3869,15 +3810,15 @@ msgstr "" "Automatización --> Acciones Programadas`. Modificar la configuración del " "Programador Ejecutar MRP. " -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 msgid "How to scrap products?" msgstr "¿Cómo desechar productos?" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 msgid "" "Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" " basic material" @@ -3885,11 +3826,11 @@ msgstr "" "Desechar significa desperdicio que ya sea que no tiene valor económico o " "solo el valor de su material básico" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 msgid "content recoverable through recycling." msgstr "volumen recuperable a través del reciclaje." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 msgid "" "In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " "unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " @@ -3900,7 +3841,7 @@ msgstr "" "Habitualmente nota esto durante las actividades de picking o de inventario " "físico." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 msgid "" "Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " "product." @@ -3908,7 +3849,7 @@ msgstr "" "Desde que Ud. no puede normalmente vender o almacenar estos productos, tiene" " que desechar el producto." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 msgid "" "When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " "the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." @@ -3917,7 +3858,7 @@ msgstr "" "parte del inventario. El material desechado será físicamente trasladado al " "área de desecho." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 msgid "" "When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " "default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." @@ -3926,14 +3867,14 @@ msgstr "" "una ubicación de desecho por defecto, llamada **ubicación " "virtual/Desechado**." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 msgid "" "To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per " "warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 msgid "" "After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " "new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" @@ -3943,7 +3884,7 @@ msgstr "" "crear una nueva ubicación de desecho en :menuselection:`Configuración --> " "Administración de Bodegas --> Ubicaciones.`" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 msgid "" "To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " "location form view." @@ -3951,19 +3892,19 @@ msgstr "" "Para definir una ubicación de desecho, debe marcar **¿Es una ubicación de " "Desecho?** en la vista del formulario de ubicaciones." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 msgid "Different ways to scrap product" msgstr "Difrentes maneras de desechar un producto" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." msgstr "Odoo ofrece varias formas para desechar productos." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." msgstr "1) Desechar desde el Recibo (pestaña Demanda Inicial)." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 msgid "" "To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Receipts`." @@ -3971,7 +3912,7 @@ msgstr "" "Desechar el producto desde el embarque entrante, Vaya a " ":menuselection:`Inventario --> Tablero --> Recibos`." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 msgid "" "Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " "scrap products button." @@ -3979,11 +3920,11 @@ msgstr "" "Abra el embarque ingresando, y en la pestaña **Demanda Inicial**, de clic en" " el botón desecho de productos." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." msgstr "2) Desechar desde órden de entrega (pestaña Demanda Inicial)." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 msgid "" "To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" @@ -3991,7 +3932,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para desechar el producto desde el embarque en salida, Vaya a " ":menuselection:`Inventario --> Tablero --> Órdenes de Entrega`." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 msgid "" "Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " "scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." @@ -4000,17 +3941,17 @@ msgstr "" "el botón desecho de productos en el movimiento de existencias en la pestaña " "de demanda inicial." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." msgstr "3) Desechar desde transferencias internas (pestaña Demanda Inicial)." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 msgid "" "To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 msgid "" "Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " "scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." @@ -4019,7 +3960,7 @@ msgstr "" "en el botón desecho de productos en el movimiento de existencias en la " "pestaña de demanda inicial." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 msgid "" "When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " "quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " @@ -4029,23 +3970,23 @@ msgstr "" "Puede ingresar la cantidad de productos, y específicar la ubicación de " "desecho, luego de clic en **Desechar**." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 msgid "" "To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " "several location per warehouse** in the settings at " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Valuation Methods" msgstr "Métodos de Valoración" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" msgstr "¿Cómo hacer una valoración de inventario? (Contabilidad Anglosajona)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:9 msgid "" "Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " "sheet. This implies two main choices:" @@ -4053,8 +3994,8 @@ msgstr "" "Cada año su valoración de inventario tiene que ser registrada en su hoja de " "balance. Esto implica dos elecciones principales:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:12 msgid "" "the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " "Real Price);" @@ -4062,8 +4003,8 @@ msgstr "" "la forma como Ud. calcula el costo de sus ítems almacenados (Estándar vs. " "Promedio vs. Precio Real);" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:15 msgid "" "the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " "Perpetual)." @@ -4071,218 +4012,218 @@ msgstr "" "la forma como registre el valor del inventario dentro de sus libros " "(periódico vs. Perpetuo)." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:19 msgid "Costing Method" msgstr "Método de coste" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:66 msgid "Standard Price" msgstr "Precio estándar" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Operación" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 msgid "Unit Cost" msgstr "Coste unitario" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "Cantidad Disponible" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:187 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "Valor Delta" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Valor del inventario" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:204 msgid "$10" msgstr "$10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 msgid "$0" msgstr "$0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" msgstr "Recibidos 8 productos a $10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 msgid "+8*$10" msgstr "+8*$10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" msgstr "Recividos 4 productos a $16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 msgid "+4*$10" msgstr "+4*$10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 msgid "$120" msgstr "$120" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "Entregar 10 Productos" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:206 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-10*$10" msgstr "-10*$10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 msgid "$20" msgstr "20$" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" msgstr "Recividos 2 productos a $9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 msgid "4" msgstr "4" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:59 msgid "+2*$10" msgstr "+2*$10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 msgid "$40" msgstr "$40" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:63 msgid "" "**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " "materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " @@ -4293,60 +4234,60 @@ msgstr "" "final de un período específico (usualmente una vez al año). Ingresa este " "precio de costo en el formulario del producto." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:121 msgid "Average Price" msgstr "Precio medio" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 msgid "$12" msgstr "$12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 msgid "+4*$16" msgstr "+4*$16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 msgid "$144" msgstr "$144" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-10*$12" msgstr "-10*$12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 msgid "$24" msgstr "$24" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" msgstr "Recividos 2 productos a $6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 msgid "$9" msgstr "$9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:212 msgid "+2*$6" msgstr "+2*$6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 msgid "$36" msgstr "$36" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:108 msgid "" "The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " "has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" @@ -4356,13 +4297,13 @@ msgstr "" "órden de recibo ha sido procesada, basado en los precios definidos en " "órdenes de compra amarradas: FORMULA (vea el adjunto aquí)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." msgstr "El costo promedio no cambia cuando los productos salen de la bodega." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:114 msgid "" "From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" " huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " @@ -4374,8 +4315,8 @@ msgstr "" " a su complejidad operacional. Realmente necesita un software como Odoo para" " fácilmente mantener este costo actualizado." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 msgid "" "This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " "business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " @@ -4385,40 +4326,40 @@ msgstr "" "negocio bien establecidos porque el orden en el cual procese las órdenes de " "recibo tienen importancia en el cálculo del costo." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:174 msgid "FIFO" msgstr "FIFO" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:151 msgid "$16" msgstr "$16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-8*$10" msgstr "-8*$10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-2*$16" msgstr "-2*$16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 msgid "$32" msgstr "$32" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 msgid "$11" msgstr "$11" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 msgid "$44" msgstr "$44" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:216 msgid "" "For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " "by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " @@ -4440,8 +4381,8 @@ msgstr "" "precio de costo es usado para valorizar cualquier producto no recibido desde" " una órden de compra (ej. ajustes de inventario). " -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:173 msgid "" "FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," " Inventory). It suits any kind of users." @@ -4449,30 +4390,30 @@ msgstr "" "El método FIFO es recomendado si administra todo su flujo de trabajo en Odoo" " (Ventas, Compras, Inventario). Se acopla a todo tipo de usuarios." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" msgstr "LIFO (no aceptado en IFRS)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-4*$16" msgstr "-4*$16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-6*$10" msgstr "-6*$10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 msgid "$8" msgstr "$8" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." msgstr "El método LIFO no esta autorizado fuera de los Estados Unidos." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:228 msgid "" "Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," " check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " @@ -4485,8 +4426,8 @@ msgstr "" " desde las categorías internas de los productos. Las categorías se mostrarán" " en la pestaña de Inventario en el formulario del producto." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:234 msgid "" "Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" @@ -4496,13 +4437,13 @@ msgstr "" "inventario en :menuselection:`Inventario --> Reportes --> Valoración de " "Inventario` (ej. cantidades actuales en existencias * precio de costo)." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Valoración Periódica del Inventario" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:241 msgid "" "In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " "have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " @@ -4514,8 +4455,8 @@ msgstr "" "del mes o del año, el contador registrar una entrada de diario representando" " el valor del inventario físico." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:246 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " @@ -4525,84 +4466,84 @@ msgstr "" "momento. Revise las siguientes operaciones y encuentre como Odoo administra " "los registros contables." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 msgid "Vendor Bill" msgstr "Factura de proveedor" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 msgid "\\" msgstr "\\" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Debe" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Haber" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:309 msgid "Assets: Inventory" msgstr "Activos: Inventario" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:259 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" msgstr "Activos: Impuesto Diferido de Activos" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:259 msgid "4.68" msgstr "4.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:260 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" msgstr "Pasivo: Cuentas por Pagar" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:260 msgid "54.68" msgstr "54.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:74 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Configuración:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" @@ -4610,71 +4551,71 @@ msgstr "" "Mercancías Adquiridas: definido en el producto o en la categoría interna " "relacionada al producto (Campo de Cuenta de Gastos)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "" "Impuesto Diferido de Activos: definido en el impuesto usado en la línea de " "la órden de compra" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "" "Cuentas por Pagar: definido en el proveedor relacionado con la factura" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:267 msgid "Goods Receptions" msgstr "Recibos de Mercancías" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:290 msgid "No Journal Entry" msgstr "No Entrada de diario" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 msgid "Customer Invoice" msgstr "Factura de cliente" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "Ingresos: Mercancías Vendidas" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 msgid "100" msgstr "100" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:276 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "Pasivos: Impuestos Diferidos de Pasivos" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:276 msgid "9" msgstr "9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:277 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "Activos: Cuenta por Cobrar" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:277 msgid "109" msgstr "109" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" @@ -4682,21 +4623,21 @@ msgstr "" "Ingresos: definido en el producto en la categoría interna del producto " "relacionado (campo de Cuenta de Ingresos)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:282 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" "Impuesto Diferido de Pasivos: definido en el impuesto usado en la línea de " "la factura" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "" "Cuentas por Cobrar: definido en el cliente (Cuenta de Cuentas por Cobrar)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." @@ -4705,18 +4646,18 @@ msgstr "" "sustituye a la Cuenta de ingresos o el impuesto definido en el producto por " "otro." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:287 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "Entrega a Cliente " -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:290 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" msgstr "Órdenes de producción" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:296 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." @@ -4724,7 +4665,7 @@ msgstr "" "Al final del mes/año, su compañía realiza un inventario físico o solo confía" " en el inventario en Odoo para valorizar el inventario dentro de los libros." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:300 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" @@ -4732,7 +4673,7 @@ msgstr "" "Luego debe desglosar el balance de compra entre ambos, el inventario y el " "costo de mercancías vendidas usando la siguiente fórmula:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" @@ -4740,44 +4681,44 @@ msgstr "" "Costo de mercancías vendidas (COGS) = Valor del inventario inicial - Valor " "del Inventario final" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:305 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "" "Para actualizar la valoración del inventario en sus libros, registre tal " "entrada:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "Activos: Inventario (valoración de cierre)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:310 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" msgstr "Gastos: Costo de Mercancías Vendidas" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:316 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" msgstr "Gastos: Mercancías Compradas" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:317 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "Activos: Inventario (valoración de inicio)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Valoración Perpetua del Inventario" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:323 msgid "" "In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " "are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" @@ -4791,31 +4732,31 @@ msgstr "" "expertos y usuarios avanzados solamente. Contrario a la valoración " "periódica, este requiere configuración adicional y prueba." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:330 msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." msgstr "Tomemos el caso del distribuidor." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 msgid "**Configuration:**" msgstr "**Configuración:**" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "" "Cuentas por Cobrar/Pagar: definido en el proveedor (pestaña de Contabilidad)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" "Impuesto Diferido de Activos/Pasivos: definido en el impuesto usado en la " "línea de la factura" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:349 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." @@ -4823,7 +4764,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ingresos: definidos en la categoría del producto como un valor " "predeterminado, o específicamente a un producto específico." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:352 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " @@ -4833,7 +4774,7 @@ msgstr "" "vendidos\". Definido en la categoría del producto como un valor " "predeterminado, o específicamente en el formulario del producto." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:356 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4841,7 +4782,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mercancía Recibida No Comprada: para configurar la Cuenta de Entrada de " "Inventario en la categoría interna del producto" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4849,15 +4790,15 @@ msgstr "" "Mercancías Expedidas No Facturadas: para configurar la Cuenta de Salida de " "Inventario en la categoría interna del producto" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:354 msgid "" "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" msgstr "" "Inventario: para configurar la Cuenta de Valoración de Inventario en la " "categoría interna del producto" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" @@ -4865,190 +4806,190 @@ msgstr "" "Diferencia de Precio: para configurar la categoría interna del producto o en" " el formulario del producto como un valor específico de reemplazo" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" msgstr ":doc:`../../rutas/estrategias/traslado`" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:359 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" msgstr "" -":doc:`../../../contabilidad/otros/inventario/valoración_precio_promedio`" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:360 msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" msgstr ":doc:`../../rutas/costeo/costos_en_destino`" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" msgstr "¿Cómo hacer una valoración de inventario? (Contabilidad Continental)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:205 msgid "€10" msgstr "€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 msgid "€0" msgstr "€0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" msgstr "Recibe 8 productos a €10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 msgid "+8*€10" msgstr "+8*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 msgid "€80" msgstr "€80" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" msgstr "Recibe 4 Productos a €16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 msgid "+4*€10" msgstr "+4*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 msgid "€120" msgstr "€120" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-10*€10" msgstr "-10*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 msgid "€20" msgstr "€20" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" msgstr "Recibe 2 productos a €9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:60 msgid "+2*€10" msgstr "+2*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 msgid "€40" msgstr "€40" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 msgid "€12" msgstr "€12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 msgid "+4*€16" msgstr "+4*€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 msgid "€144" msgstr "€144" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-10*€12" msgstr "-10*€12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 msgid "€24" msgstr "€24" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" msgstr "Recibe 2 productos a €6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 msgid "€9" msgstr "€9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:213 msgid "+2*€6" msgstr "+2*€6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 msgid "€36" msgstr "€36" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:152 msgid "€16" msgstr "€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-8*€10" msgstr "-8*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-2*€16" msgstr "-2*€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 msgid "€32" msgstr "€32" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 msgid "€11" msgstr "€11" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 msgid "€44" msgstr "€44" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-4*€16" msgstr "-4*€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-6*€10" msgstr "-6*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 msgid "€8" msgstr "€8" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:299 msgid "" "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " "Profit&Loss section to your assets." @@ -5056,11 +4997,11 @@ msgstr "" "Crear una entrada del diario para trasladar el valor de la variación de " "inventario desde su sección de Ganancias&Pérdidas a sus activos." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:310 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" msgstr "Gastos: Variaciones del Inventario" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:313 msgid "" "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " "**Inventory Variations** debited." @@ -5068,7 +5009,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si el valor del inventario desciende, la cuenta **Inventario** es acreditada" " y las **Variaciones de Inventario** debitada." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:348 msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" " also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." @@ -5077,7 +5018,7 @@ msgstr "" "productos; también pueden ser configurados en el formulario del producto " "(Pestaña de Contabilidad) como un valor específico de reemplazo." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:351 msgid "" "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -5085,15 +5026,15 @@ msgstr "" "Variaciones de Inventario: para configurar la Cuenta de Entrada/Salida de " "Inventario en la categoría interna del producto" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" msgstr "Conceptos Principales" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" msgstr "Introducción a la Gestión de Inventario" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:9 msgid "" "A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " "products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" @@ -5104,185 +5045,185 @@ msgstr "" "operaciones son movimientos de inventario entre ubicaciones (posiblemente " "virtual)." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 msgid "Operations" msgstr "Operaciones" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:20 msgid "" "Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." msgstr "" "Los movimientos de inventario representan el tránsito de la mercancía y " "materiales entre ubicaciones." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:32 msgid "Production Order" msgstr "Orden de producción" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 msgid "Consume:" msgstr "Consumir:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" msgstr "2 Llantas: Inventario → Producción" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" msgstr "1 Marco de Bicicleta: Inventario → Producción" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:28 msgid "Produce:" msgstr "Producir:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:29 msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Producción → Inventario" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" msgstr "Inventario: la ubicación desde donde inicia la Órden de Producción" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" msgstr "" "Producción: en el formulario del producto, campo \"Ubicación de Producción\"" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:38 msgid "Drop-shipping" msgstr "Envío-directo" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:35 msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Proveedor → Cliente" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:38 msgid "Configurarion:" msgstr "Configuración:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Supplier: on the product form" msgstr "Proveedor: en el formulario del producto" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" msgstr "Cliente: la misma órden de venta" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:47 msgid "Client Delivery" msgstr "Entrega a Cliente" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 msgid "Pick" msgstr "Recogida" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Inventario → Zona de Empaque" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 msgid "Pack" msgstr "Paquete" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Zona de Empaque → Salida" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3 msgid "Shipping" msgstr "Envío" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:46 msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Salida → Cliente" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" msgstr "en la ruta selección+empaque+envío para la bodega" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:54 msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" msgstr "Transferencia Entre-Bodega" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:51 msgid "Transfer:" msgstr "Transferir:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Bodega 1 → Transito" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Transito → Bodega 2" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" msgstr "Bodega 2: la ubicación desde donde se inicia la transferencia" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" msgstr "Bodega 1: en la ruta de tránsito" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:59 msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" msgstr "Producto roto (desechado)" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Bodega → Desecho" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" msgstr "Desecho: Ubicación de desecho donde se crea el desecho" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 msgid "Missing products in inventory" msgstr "Productos perdidos en el inventario" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Bodega → Pérdida de Inventario" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 msgid "Extra products in inventory" msgstr "Productos adicionales en el inventario" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Pérdida de Inventario → Bodega" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:67 msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" msgstr "" "Pérdida de Inventario: campo de \"Ubicación del Inventario\" en el producto" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:74 msgid "Reception" msgstr "Recepción" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Proveedor → Entrada" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Entrada → Inventario" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" msgstr "Proveedor: órden de compra del proveedor" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" msgstr "Entrada: campo de \"destino\" de la órden de compra" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 msgid "Analysis" msgstr "Análisis" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:79 msgid "" "Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " "products * product cost)." @@ -5290,17 +5231,17 @@ msgstr "" "El análisis de inventario puede utilizar el conteo de productos o el valor " "de productos (= número de productos * costo del producto)." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:82 msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" msgstr "" "Para cada ubicación de inventario, varios puntos de información pueden ser " "analizados:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" msgstr "Adquisiciones y Reglas de Adquisición" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:152 msgid "" "A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" " location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" @@ -5309,17 +5250,17 @@ msgstr "" " para una ubicación específica. Pueden ser creados manualmente o " "automáticamente impulsados por:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:161 msgid "New sale orders" msgstr "Nuevas órdenes de venta" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 msgid "Effect" msgstr "Efecto" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 msgid "" "A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " "by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" @@ -5327,7 +5268,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una adquisición es creada en la ubicación del cliente para cada producto " "ordenado por el cliente (Ud. debe entregar al cliente)" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 msgid "" "Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " "(property)" @@ -5335,28 +5276,28 @@ msgstr "" "Ubicación de Adquisiciones: en el cliente, campo \"Ubicación de Cliente\" " "(propiedad)" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:166 msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" msgstr "Reglas de stock mínimo" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." msgstr "Una adquisición es creada en la ubicación de reglas." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:167 msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" msgstr "Ubicación de Adquisiciones: en regla, campo \"Ubicación\"" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 msgid "Procurement rules" msgstr "Reglas de Adquisición" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" msgstr "" "Una nueva adquisición es creada en la fuente de ubicación de las reglas." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:172 msgid "" "*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " "be fulfilled e.g.:" @@ -5364,11 +5305,11 @@ msgstr "" "Las *Reglas de Adquisición* describen como las adquisiciones en ubicaciones " "específicas deben ser completadas ej.:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:175 msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" msgstr "desde donde debe venir el producto (ubicación de origen)" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:176 msgid "" "whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " "To Stock)`" @@ -5376,15 +5317,15 @@ msgstr "" "si la adquisición es: :abbr:`MTO (Fabricada por Pedido)` or :abbr:`MTS " "(Fabricada para Inventario)`" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:181 msgid "needs schema thing from FP" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 msgid "Routes" msgstr "Rutas" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:186 msgid "" "Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " "must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " @@ -5394,7 +5335,7 @@ msgstr "" "caminos que el producto debe seguir. Las rutas puede ser o no aplicadas, " "dependiendo de los productos, líneas de órden de ventas, bodega,..." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:190 msgid "" "To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " "routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" @@ -5402,125 +5343,125 @@ msgstr "" "Para llenar una adquisición, el sistema buscará las reglas pertenecientes a " "reglas que son definidas en (por orden de prioridad):" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "Almacenes" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" msgstr "Ejemplo de Ruta de Bodega: Selección → Empaque → Envío" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 msgid "Picking List:" msgstr "Lista de Empaque:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" msgstr "Zona de Selección → Zona de Empaque" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:200 msgid "Pack List:" msgstr "Lista de Embalaje:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" msgstr "Zona de Empaque → Puerta A" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 msgid "Delivery Order:" msgstr "Órden de Entrega:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 msgid "Gate A → Customer" msgstr "Puerta A → Cliente" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 msgid "" "Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " "the warehouse." msgstr "" "Las rutas describen como organizar su bodega debe ser definido en la bodega." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 msgid "A Product" msgstr "Un Producto" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" msgstr "Ejemplo de Ruta de Producto: Control de Calidad" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 msgid "Reception:" msgstr "Recepción:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 msgid "Supplier → Input" msgstr "Proveedor → Entrada" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:211 msgid "Confirmation:" msgstr "Confirmación:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 msgid "Input → Quality Control" msgstr "Entrada → Control de Calidad" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 msgid "Storage:" msgstr "Almacenamiento:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 msgid "Quality Control → Stock" msgstr "Control de Calidad → Inventario" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:223 msgid "Product Category" msgstr "Categoría de producto" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" msgstr "Ejemplo de Categoría de Ruta de Producto: cruce de andén" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 msgid "Cross-Docks:" msgstr "Cruce de Andén:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 msgid "Input → Output" msgstr "Entrada → Salida" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:223 msgid "Delivery:" msgstr "Entrega:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 msgid "Output → Customer" msgstr "Salida → Cliente" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 msgid "Sale Order Line" msgstr "Línea pedido de venta" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:226 msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" msgstr "Ejemplo de Línea de Órden de Venta: Envío-directo" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 msgid "Order:" msgstr "Órden:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 msgid "Supplier → Customer" msgstr "Proveedor → Cliente" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 msgid "Push Rules" msgstr "Reglas push" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:234 msgid "" "Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " "automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" @@ -5531,40 +5472,40 @@ msgstr "" "ubicación. Si una regla de impulso puede ser utilizada o no depende de las " "reglas aplicables." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 msgid "Quality Control" msgstr "Control calidad" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 msgid "Product lands in Input" msgstr "Producto descargado en Entrada" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:242 msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" msgstr "Impulso 1: Entrada → Control de Calidad" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" msgstr "Impulso 2: Control de Calidad → Inventario" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:246 msgid "Warehouse Transit" msgstr "Tránsito en Bodega" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:245 msgid "Product lands in Transit" msgstr "Producto descargado en Tránsito" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:246 msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" msgstr "Impulso: Transito → Bodega 2" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 msgid "Procurement Groups" msgstr "Grupos de Adquisición" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:251 msgid "" "Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " "provided:" @@ -5572,27 +5513,27 @@ msgstr "" "Las rutas y reglas definen los movimientos de inventario. Para cada regla, " "un tipo de documento es entregado:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 msgid "Picking" msgstr "Albarán" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 msgid "Packing" msgstr "Empaque" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 msgid "Delivery Order" msgstr "Órden de Entrega" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:257 msgid "Purchase Order" msgstr "Pedido de compra" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 msgid "..." msgstr "..." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:260 msgid "" "Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " "and locations are the same." @@ -5600,7 +5541,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los movimientos estan agrupados con el mismo tipo de documento si su grupo " "de adquisición y ubicaciones son el mismo." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:263 msgid "" "A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " "orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " @@ -5612,11 +5553,11 @@ msgstr "" "grupos específicos reordenando las reglas también. (ej. para agrupar compras" " de productos específicos juntas)" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 msgid "Terminologies" msgstr "Terminologías" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 msgid "" "**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " "It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " @@ -5626,7 +5567,7 @@ msgstr "" "productos. Puede ser física o una bodega virtual. Puede ser una tienda o un " "depósito." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 msgid "" "**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " "warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " @@ -5637,7 +5578,7 @@ msgstr "" "internas (su bodega), Odoo tiene ubicaciones para proveedores, clientes, " "contrapartes de pérdida de inventario, etc." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 msgid "" "**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " "serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " @@ -5649,7 +5590,7 @@ msgstr "" " producto (ej. un set de 24 botellas). Usualmente, los lotes vienen de los " "lotes de órdenes de producción o adquisiciones." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 msgid "" "**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " "product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" @@ -5659,7 +5600,7 @@ msgstr "" "producto específico. Técnicamente, los números de serie son similares a " "tener un lote de 1 único ítem." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 msgid "" "**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " "Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" @@ -5670,7 +5611,7 @@ msgstr "" "misma categoría (ej: tamaño) puede convertirse a otras (m, cm, mm) usando un" " radio fijo." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 msgid "" "**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " "level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " @@ -5682,13 +5623,13 @@ msgstr "" "entregar. Cuando se requiere de este producto, Odoo supone que Ud. siempre " "tiene suficiente inventario." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 msgid "" "**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." msgstr "" "**Almacenable**: Un producto del cual desea administrar nivel de inventario." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 msgid "" "**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" " number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." @@ -5696,7 +5637,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Empaque:** Un empaque contiene varios productos (identificado o no por " "número de serie/lotes). Ejemplo: una caja contiene cuchillos y tenedores." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 msgid "" "**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " "products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " @@ -5713,7 +5654,7 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente, debe poner atención a las excepciones (ej. un producto debe" " ser comprado desde un proveedor, pero no hay proveedor definido)." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 msgid "" "**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " "applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" @@ -5726,7 +5667,7 @@ msgstr "" " que pertenecen a las rutas que están definidas en el producto/órden de " "venta relacionado." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 msgid "" "**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " "They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " @@ -5737,7 +5678,7 @@ msgstr "" "producto a la nueva ubicación. Si una regla de impulso puede ser utilizada o" " no depende de las reglas aplicables." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 msgid "" "**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " "procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " @@ -5749,7 +5690,7 @@ msgstr "" "deben ser llenadas ej.: de donde debe venir el producto (ubicación de " "origen), si la adquisición es MTO o MTS,..." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 msgid "" "**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " "rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " @@ -5762,7 +5703,7 @@ msgstr "" " dentro del mismo tipo de documento si su grupo de adquisición y ubicaciones" " son las mismas." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 msgid "" "**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " "between locations." @@ -5770,7 +5711,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Movimientos de Inventario**: Los movimientos de inventario representan el " "tránsito de la mercancía y materiales entre ubicaciones." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 msgid "" "**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " "in a warehouse or location." @@ -5778,7 +5719,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Cantidad A La Mano**: La cantidad de un producto específico que " "actualmente se encuentra en una bodega o ubicación." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 msgid "" "**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " "specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " @@ -5790,7 +5731,7 @@ msgstr "" "Órdenes de Entrega Futuras + Futuros despachos entrando + Futuras unidades " "producidas." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 msgid "" "**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " "trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " @@ -5802,7 +5743,7 @@ msgstr "" "proveedor o lanzar una órden de producción). Son impulsadas cuando la " "cantidad estimada encuentra la regla de inventario mínimo." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 msgid "" "**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " "materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " @@ -5816,7 +5757,7 @@ msgstr "" "trailers, o vagones de tren saliendo, sin bodegaje entre ellos. (no va al " "inventario, directamente desde la entrada a la zona de empaque)" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 msgid "" "**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " "the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" @@ -5828,7 +5769,7 @@ msgstr "" " usuales canales de distribución. Los productos son enviados directamente " "desde el proveedor al cliente, sin pasar a través de su propia bodega." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 msgid "" "**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " "for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." @@ -5837,7 +5778,7 @@ msgstr "" "producto seleccionar para una operación específica. Ejemplo: FIFO, LIFO, " "FEFO." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 msgid "" "**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " "specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " @@ -5848,7 +5789,7 @@ msgstr "" "llegue a alguna parte. (ejemplo: los cables van en la estantería 3, bodega " "A)" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 msgid "" "**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" " it from the stock." @@ -5856,15 +5797,15 @@ msgstr "" "**Desperdicio**: Un producto que esta roto u obsoleto. Desperdiciar un " "producto lo elimina del inventario." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process.rst:3 msgid "Process Overview" msgstr "Información general del Proceso" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 msgid "From procurement to delivery" msgstr "Desde adquisición a inventario" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 msgid "" "Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " "with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" @@ -5876,7 +5817,7 @@ msgstr "" "mostraremos en este documento que fácil es realizar el proceso completo, " "desde el recibo hasta la entrega." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " "**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " @@ -5888,15 +5829,15 @@ msgstr "" "procesos, también esta totalmente integrado con nuestras aplicaciones de " "**Comercio electrónico**, **Producción** y **Reparaciones**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 msgid "How to process a receipt ?" msgstr "¿Cómo procesar un recibo?" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 msgid "Install Purchase application" msgstr "Instalar la aplicación de Compras" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 msgid "" "First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " "to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." @@ -5904,11 +5845,11 @@ msgstr "" "Primero, necesitará instalar la aplicación **Administración de Compras**. " "Vaya a :menuselection:`Aplicaciones` e instalelo. " -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 msgid "Make a purchase order" msgstr "Realizar un pedido de compra" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 msgid "" "Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " "Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." @@ -5916,7 +5857,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a las aplicaciones de **Compras**. La primera pantalla es la lista de " "**Requerimiento para Cotización**. De clic en el botón **Crear**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 msgid "" "Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " "products to your request for quotation." @@ -5924,7 +5865,7 @@ msgstr "" "Llene la información del **Proveedor** y de clic en **Agregar un Ítem** para" " agregar algunos productos a su requerimiento de cotización." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 msgid "" "Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " "quantity." @@ -5932,19 +5873,19 @@ msgstr "" "De clic en **Confirmar órden** cuando este seguro de los productos, precios " "y cantidades." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" msgstr "Recuperar el Recibo" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" msgstr "Puede recuperar la órden de recibo en 2 formas:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 msgid "From the purchase order" msgstr "Desde la órden de compra" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 msgid "" "On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " "related **Receipt**:" @@ -5952,17 +5893,17 @@ msgstr "" "En la parte superior derecha de su órden de compra, verá el botón con el " "**Recibo** relacionado:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." msgstr "De clic en el para ver la **Órden de Transferencia**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" msgstr "Desde el Tablero de Inventario" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 msgid "" "When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" " the list of your deliveries to process." @@ -5970,16 +5911,16 @@ msgstr "" "Al abrir la aplicación ** ** Inventario, haga clic en ** ** # recibir para " "ver la lista de sus entregas para procesar." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" msgstr "En la lista, de clic en la relacionada con la órden de compra:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 msgid "Process the Receipt" msgstr "Procesar el Recibo" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 msgid "" "To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " "transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " @@ -5990,7 +5931,7 @@ msgstr "" "preguntándole si quiere procesar la órden completa, aceptela dando clic en " "**Aplicar**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 msgid "" "Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " ":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " @@ -6000,15 +5941,15 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`../../administración/ajustes/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` para más " "información." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" msgstr "¿Cómo procesar una órden de entrega?" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 msgid "Install Sales application" msgstr "Instalar la aplicación de Ventas" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 msgid "" "First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." @@ -6016,11 +5957,11 @@ msgstr "" "Primero, necesitará instalar la aplicación **Administración de Ventas**. " "Vaya a :menuselection:`Aplicaciones` e instalela. " -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 msgid "Place a sale order" msgstr "Colocar una órden de venta" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 msgid "" "Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" " team." @@ -6028,14 +5969,14 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a las aplicaciones de **Ventas**. De clic en el botón de " "**Cotizaciones** de su equipo." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 msgid "" "You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " "button." msgstr "" "Obtendrá la lista de todas sus cotizaciones. De clic en el botón **Crear**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 msgid "" "Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " "some products to your quotation." @@ -6043,23 +5984,23 @@ msgstr "" "Llene la **Información del Cliente** y de clic en **Agregar un Ítem** para " "agregar algunos productos a su cotización." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." msgstr "De clic en **Confirmar venta** para colocar la órden." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" msgstr "Recuperar la Órden de entrega" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" msgstr "Puede recuperar la órden de entrega en 2 formas:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 msgid "From the sale order" msgstr "Desde la órden de venta" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 msgid "" "On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " "**Delivery**:" @@ -6067,7 +6008,7 @@ msgstr "" "En la parte superior derecha de su órden de venta, verá el botón relacionado" " a la **Entrega**:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 msgid "" "When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " "list of your receipts to process." @@ -6075,11 +6016,11 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando abra la aplicación de **Inventario**, de clic en **# hacer** para ver" " la lista de sus recibos a procesar." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" msgstr "En la lista, de clic en la relacionada con la órden de venta:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 msgid "" "If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" " on your dashboard." @@ -6087,15 +6028,15 @@ msgstr "" "Si el producto no esta en existencias, la órden de venta será listada en su " "tablero como **Esperando**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 msgid "Process the delivery" msgstr "Procesar la Entrega" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." msgstr "Las órdenes de Comercio Electrónico son procesadas de la misma forma." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 msgid "" "You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " "methods. Please read the document " @@ -6105,11 +6046,11 @@ msgstr "" "entrega. Por favor lea el documento " ":doc:`../../envío/entrada/método_entrega`." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 msgid "Advanced flows" msgstr "Flujos avanzados" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 msgid "" "In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " "Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." @@ -6117,7 +6058,7 @@ msgstr "" "En este documento, los flujos explicados son los más simples. Odoo también " "se acopla a compañías que tienen administración avanzada de bodegas." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 msgid "" "By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " "activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " @@ -6127,11 +6068,11 @@ msgstr "" "puede activar el uso de multi-ubicaciones y multi-bodegas para hacer " "**transferencias internas**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" msgstr "**Rutas**: puede automatizar flujos con reglas de impulso y arranque." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 msgid "" "**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " "warehouse" @@ -6139,7 +6080,7 @@ msgstr "" "Recibos y entregas **Multi-paso** pueden ser configurados fácilmente para " "cada bodega" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 msgid "" "Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" "docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " @@ -6150,15 +6091,15 @@ msgstr "" "transportista, **primera entrada de inventario** y estrategias de " "**traslado**... Todo esto es posible con Odoo." -#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Primeros pasos" -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" msgstr "¿Cómo configurar el Inventario de Odoo?" -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 msgid "" "The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " "follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " @@ -6168,7 +6109,7 @@ msgstr "" "debe seguir para configurarlo. Es un manual paso a paso, con enlaces a las " "diferentes pantallas que necesita." -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 msgid "" "Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" "right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." @@ -6177,36 +6118,36 @@ msgstr "" "de progreso en la parte superior derecha para tener acceso a la guía de " "implementación." -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" msgstr "" "La guía de implementación le ayudará a través de los siguientes pasos:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 msgid "Set up your warehouse" msgstr "Configura tu almacén" -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 msgid "Import your vendors" msgstr "Importar sus proveedores" -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 msgid "Import your products" msgstr "Importar sus productos" -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 msgid "Set up the initial inventory" msgstr "Configura el inventario inicial" -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" msgstr "Configurar sus flujos de ventas y compras" -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" msgstr "Configura mecanismos de reabastecimento." -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" " valuation." @@ -6214,7 +6155,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configurar funciones avanzadas como empaque, trazabilidad, rutas y " "valoración de inventario." -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 msgid "" "If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" " should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" @@ -6227,19 +6168,19 @@ msgstr "" " de código de barras le guiará para configurar y usar su escaner de manera " "óptima." -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Routes" msgstr "Rutas Avanzadas" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 msgid "Concepts" msgstr "Conceptos" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" msgstr "¿Cómo organizar un cruce-de-andén en su almacén?" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" "Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " "instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" @@ -6255,7 +6196,7 @@ msgstr "" "donde el producto se posiciona directamente desde la ubicación del proveedor" " y transfiere esto a la puerta de embarque para entrega al cliente." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 msgid "" "For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " "docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post" @@ -6265,11 +6206,11 @@ msgstr "" " y aplica para mí? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-" "cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "Warehouse and routes" msgstr "Bodega y rutas" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" " --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" @@ -6279,7 +6220,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ajustes --> Ubicación y Bodegas` luego en **Rutas**, seleccione **Ruteado " "avanzado de productos usando reglas**, luego de clic en **Aplicar**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 msgid "" "Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," " then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." @@ -6288,28 +6229,28 @@ msgstr "" "Bodegas`, luego abra la bodega que desea someter a cross-dock y de clic en " "**Editar**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" msgstr "En la pestaña **Configuración de Bodega**, seleccione:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "" "**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" msgstr "" "**Despachos Entrando**: Descargar en un ubicación de entrada luego llevar a " "existencias (2 pasos)" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" msgstr "" "**Despachos Saliendo**: Envíos directamente desde existencias (Envío " "solamente)" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 msgid "then click on **Save**." msgstr "luego de clic en **Guardar**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" "This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." @@ -6317,11 +6258,11 @@ msgstr "" "Estos pasos han generado una ruta paso-de-andén que puede ver en " ":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Rutas --> Rutas`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 msgid "Cross Docking Route" msgstr "Ruta Cross Docking" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 msgid "" "We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " "for the remaining part:" @@ -6329,7 +6270,7 @@ msgstr "" "Usaremos la ruta **Comprar** para la primera parte del flujo y creamos una " "ruta para la parte pendiente:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 msgid "" "Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " "created as an internal physical location." @@ -6337,23 +6278,23 @@ msgstr "" "Ahora serán configuradas cada una de las reglas de adquisición. La ubicación" " Cross Dock es crada como una ubicación física interna." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" msgstr ":menuselection:`Entrada --> Cross Dock`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" msgstr ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Salida`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" msgstr ":menuselection:`Salida --> Cliente`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 msgid "Product with cross dock" msgstr "Producto con cross dock" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 msgid "" "We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" " above as well as the **Buy** route." @@ -6361,7 +6302,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hemos creado el producto Verdura de Hinojo y le hemos asignado las rutas " "creadas abajo así como la ruta **Comprar**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 msgid "" "We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " "for replenishment of a stockable product." @@ -6369,19 +6310,19 @@ msgstr "" "También hemos específicado un proveedor y una regla de órden mínima la cual " "es requerida para reabastecimiento de producto almacenable." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" msgstr ":doc:`usar_rutas`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" msgstr ":doc:`../../administración/entrando/dos_pasos`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" msgstr "¿Cómo realizar transferencias inter-bodegas?" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" "If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " "warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " @@ -6391,7 +6332,7 @@ msgstr "" "mercancía desde una bodega a la otra. Esto es muy fácil gracias a la " "aplicación de inventario en Odoo." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 msgid "" "First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " @@ -6403,7 +6344,7 @@ msgstr "" "Luego marque la opción **Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega**. Por " "favor no olvide **aplicar** sus cambios." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 msgid "" "This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " "and routes in your warehouse." @@ -6411,12 +6352,12 @@ msgstr "" "Esta opción también debe marcarse si desea administrar diferentes " "ubicaciones y rutas en su bodega." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" msgstr "Crear una nueva bodega" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 msgid "" "The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " "click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " @@ -6427,7 +6368,7 @@ msgstr "" "de clic en :menuselection:`Configuración --> Administración de Bodegas --> " "Bodegas`. Ahora puede crear su bodega dando clic en **Crear**. " -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 msgid "" "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " "characters maximum." @@ -6435,7 +6376,7 @@ msgstr "" "Llene un **Nombre de Bodega** y un **Nombre Corto**. El nombre corto es de 5" " caracteres máximo." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 msgid "" "please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " "your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" @@ -6445,7 +6386,7 @@ msgstr "" " sus órdenes de transferencia y otros documentos de la bodega. Sería " "estupendo usar uno entendible (ej.: WH/[primeras letras de ubicación])." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 msgid "" "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " "been generated for your new warehouse." @@ -6453,11 +6394,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si regresa al tablero, nuevas operaciones se han generado automáticamente " "para su nueva bodega." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "Creating a new inventory" msgstr "Crear un nuevo inventario" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 msgid "" "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " "inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" @@ -6467,7 +6408,7 @@ msgstr "" "físico en ella. En ese caso debe crear un inventario en Odoo, si no puede " "saltarse este paso." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" "Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " "--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " @@ -6479,7 +6420,7 @@ msgstr "" "dando clic en **Crear**. Llene la **Referencia de Inventario**, **Fecha** y " "asegúrese de seleccionar la bodega y ubicación correctas." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" " able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " @@ -6493,7 +6434,7 @@ msgstr "" "cambiar ya que representa una cantidad calculada desde compras y órdenes de " "venta." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 msgid "" "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " "all yours product." @@ -6501,11 +6442,11 @@ msgstr "" "No olvide validar su inventario una vez haya registrado el estado de todos " "sus productos." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "Crear una transferencia interna" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" " units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " @@ -6515,7 +6456,7 @@ msgstr "" "unidades de un producto desde su primera bodega a otra en Bruselas, proceda " "como sigue:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 msgid "" "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " "warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." @@ -6523,7 +6464,7 @@ msgstr "" "Desde su tablero, seleccione un movimiento interno de una de las dos " "bodegas. Para hacerlo, de clic en :menuselection:`Más --> Transferir`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 msgid "" "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " "zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " @@ -6533,7 +6474,7 @@ msgstr "" "origen (en este caso nuestra \"bodega anterior\") y la zona de ubicación de " "destino (en este caso nuestra \"nueva\" bodega ubicada en Bruselas)." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 msgid "" "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " "don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." @@ -6542,13 +6483,13 @@ msgstr "" "Ítem** y no olvide **Validar** o **Marcar como POR HACER** una vez haya " "terminado." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "" "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." msgstr "" "Si selecciona **Validar**, Odoo procesará todas las cantidades a transferir." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 msgid "" "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " "Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " @@ -6558,21 +6499,21 @@ msgstr "" "estado de **Esperando Disponilidad**. De clic en **Reservar** para reservar " "el monto de productos en su bodega de origen." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "También es posible manualmente transferir cada producto:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "" "A través de su tablero, seleccione la órden de transferencia en su ubicación" " de orígen." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 msgid "Select the right transfer order" msgstr "Seleccione la órden de transferencia correcta" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 msgid "" "3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " "open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " @@ -6582,7 +6523,7 @@ msgstr "" "abrir la ventana de detalle de operaciones. En esta nueva ventana puede " "manualmente indicar cuantos productos procesa" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 msgid "" "If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " "products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " @@ -6596,11 +6537,11 @@ msgstr "" " órden pendiente si espera procesar los productos pendientes luego, no cree " "una órden pendiente si no suministrará/recibirá los productos pendientes." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 msgid "What is a procurement rule?" msgstr "¿Qué es una regla de adquisición?" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 msgid "" "The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " "With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" @@ -6622,7 +6563,7 @@ msgstr "" " obtener un envío a tiempo. Esto le deja a la compañía imposibilitada de " "completar la órden y contribuye a la insatisfacción del cliente." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 msgid "" "An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" " is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " @@ -6637,7 +6578,7 @@ msgstr "" "de espacio de almacenamiento requerido para inventario y los costos de " "almacenamiento de mercancías." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 msgid "" "Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " "application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " @@ -6647,11 +6588,11 @@ msgstr "" "Inventario>Configuración>Ajustes y marque \"Ruteado avanzado de productos " "usando reglas\"." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 msgid "Procurement rules settings" msgstr "Ajustes de reglas de adquisición" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 msgid "" "The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " "go to Configuration > Routes." @@ -6659,30 +6600,30 @@ msgstr "" "Las reglas de adquisición son parte de las rutas. En la aplicación de " "Inventario, vaya a Configuración > Rutas." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." msgstr "En la sección de reglas de Adquisición, de clic en Agregar un ítem." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 msgid "" "Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " "possible :" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 msgid "Move from another location rules" msgstr "Trasladar desde otra ubicación de reglas" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 msgid "" "Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 msgid "" "The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " "manufacturing rules." @@ -6690,7 +6631,7 @@ msgstr "" "La aplicación de Producción debe ser instalada para impulsar las reglas de " "producción." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 msgid "" "The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " "rules." @@ -6698,11 +6639,7 @@ msgstr "" "La aplicación de Compras debe ser instalada para impulsar las reglas de " "**compra**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "Tratar de crear una regla de adquisición en nuestra instancia demo." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 msgid "" "Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " "defined." @@ -6710,29 +6647,29 @@ msgstr "" "Algunas Configuraciones de Bodega crean rutas con reglas de adquisición ya " "definidas." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" msgstr ":doc:`regla_de_arranque`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" msgstr ":doc:`entre_bodega`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 msgid "What is a push rule?" msgstr "¿Qué es una regla de arranque?" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 msgid "" "The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" " meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " @@ -6748,7 +6685,7 @@ msgid "" "inability to meet customer demand for the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 msgid "" "A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" " as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " @@ -6763,7 +6700,7 @@ msgstr "" "(ubicación de destino, retraso, tipo de movimiento, diario). Puede ser " "impulsado automáticamente o manualmente." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 msgid "" "Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" @@ -6773,11 +6710,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y marque **Ruteado" " avanzado de productos usando reglas**. " -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 msgid "Push rules settings" msgstr "Ajustes de reglas de impulso" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 msgid "" "The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Routes`." @@ -6785,11 +6722,11 @@ msgstr "" "Las reglas de impulso están configuradas en las rutas. Vaya a " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Rutas`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." msgstr "En la sección de reglas de impulso, de clic en **Agregar un ítem**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 msgid "" "Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " "is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " @@ -6802,22 +6739,18 @@ msgstr "" "que la mercancía que esta en la ubicación de control de calidad se traslade " "a existencias." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "Tratar de crear una regla de impulso en nuestra instancia demo." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 msgid "" "Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." msgstr "" "Algunas Configuraciones de Bodega crean rutas con reglas de impulso ya " "definidas." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 msgid "Stock transfers" msgstr "Transferencias de Inventario" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 msgid "" "The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" " route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " @@ -6827,7 +6760,7 @@ msgstr "" "la configuración de la regla en su ruta, verá que algunas transferencias " "podrían estar listas y otras en espera." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 msgid "" "The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " "location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." @@ -6835,7 +6768,7 @@ msgstr "" "La regla de impulso que fue configurada antes creará movimientos desde la " "ubicación **WH/Entrada** a la ubicación **WH/Control de Calidad**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 msgid "" "In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " "it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" @@ -6845,16 +6778,16 @@ msgstr "" "regla de impulso, la cual define cuando esta listo el control de calidad, la" " mercancía será movida al inventario principal." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" msgstr ":doc:`adquisición_regla`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 msgid "How to use routes?" msgstr "¿Cómo usar las reglas?" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 msgid "" "A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" " advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" @@ -6863,15 +6796,15 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo puede administrar configuraciones avanzadas de rutas de " "impulso/arranque, por ejemplo:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" msgstr "Gestionar cadenas de fabricación de productos" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 msgid "Manage default locations per product" msgstr "Gestiona ubicaciones predeterminadas por producto" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " "quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" @@ -6879,7 +6812,7 @@ msgstr "" "Defina rutas dentro de su bodega de acuerdo a las necesidades del negocio, " "como control de calidad, servicios post-venta o devoluciones de proveedor" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 msgid "" "Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " "products" @@ -6887,7 +6820,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ayudar a la gestión de alquileres, generando movimientos automáticos de " "devolución de productos alquilados" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 msgid "" "Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " "application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " @@ -6897,15 +6830,15 @@ msgstr "" "**Inventario**, :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y marque " "\"Ruteado avanzado de productos usando reglas\"." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 msgid "Pre-configured routes" msgstr "Rutas pre-configuradas" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." msgstr "Odoo tiene algunas rutas pre-configuradas para sus bodegas." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 msgid "" "In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Warehouses`." @@ -6913,7 +6846,7 @@ msgstr "" "En la aplicación de Inventario, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " "Bodegas`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 msgid "" "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " "**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." @@ -6922,11 +6855,11 @@ msgstr "" "Llegando** y **Envíos Saliendo** configuran algunas rutas de acuerdo a sus " "elecciones." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "Rutas personalizadas" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Routes`." @@ -6934,7 +6867,7 @@ msgstr "" "En la aplicación de **Inventario**, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración -->" " Rutas`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 msgid "" "First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " "can combine several choices." @@ -6942,11 +6875,11 @@ msgstr "" "Primero, debe seleccionar los lugares donde esta ruta puede ser " "seleccionada. Puede combinar varias elecciones." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" msgstr "Rutas aplicadas en bodegas" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 msgid "" "If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" " applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " @@ -6956,11 +6889,11 @@ msgstr "" " configurada para todas las transferencias en esa bodega que apliquen a las " "condiciones de las reglas de adquisición e impulso." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 msgid "Routes applied on products" msgstr "Rutas aplicadas en productos" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 msgid "" "If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " "be applied." @@ -6968,7 +6901,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si marca **Productos**, debe configurar manualmente en cual producto será " "aplicada." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 msgid "" "Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " "(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," @@ -6978,11 +6911,11 @@ msgstr "" "(:menuselection:`Inventario --> Control --> Productos`). En la pestaña de " "Inventario, seleccione la(s) ruta(s):" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" msgstr "Rutas aplicadas en Categorías de Productos" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 msgid "" "If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " "categories it will be applied." @@ -6990,7 +6923,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si marca **Categorías de Productos**, deberá configurar manualmente en que " "categorías será aplicada." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 msgid "" "Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " "(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" @@ -7000,11 +6933,11 @@ msgstr "" "(:menuselection:`Configuración --> --> Categorías de Productos`). Seleccione" " la(s) ruta(s) bajo la sección **Logística**:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" msgstr "Rutas aplicadas en líneas de Órden de Ventas" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "" "If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " "time you make a sale order." @@ -7012,7 +6945,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si marca **Líneas de órden de ventas**, debe configurar manualmente la ruta " "cada vez que realice una órden de venta." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 msgid "" "In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" " the sales order." @@ -7020,7 +6953,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para hacerlo funcionar, también debe activar el uso de las rutas en las " "órdenes de venta." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 msgid "" "In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." @@ -7029,23 +6962,23 @@ msgstr "" "Ajustes` y marque **Elegir rutas específicas en líneas de órden de venta " "(avanzado)**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" msgstr "Ahora puede elegir las rutas para cada línea de sus órdenes de venta:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 msgid "Procurement and push rules" msgstr "Reglas de adquisición e impulso" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 msgid "Please refer to the documents:" msgstr "Por favor refiérase a los documentos:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 msgid "Procurement configuration" msgstr "Configuración de adquisiciones" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 msgid "" "When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " "On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " @@ -7057,11 +6990,11 @@ msgstr "" "Productos`), de clic en **Requerimiento de Adquisición**. Elija la ruta que " "desee usar a continuación en **Rutas Preferidas**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 msgid "Make-to-Order Route" msgstr "Ruta Órden Bajo Pedido" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 msgid "" "If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " "the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " @@ -7073,39 +7006,39 @@ msgstr "" "**Fabricar** y automáticamente accionará la órden de compra o la Órden de " "Producción cuando sus productos estén agotados." -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 msgid "Product Costing" msgstr "Costeo de Productos" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "" "How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 msgid "" "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 msgid "" "Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " "an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " "to be installed)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " "on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" @@ -7114,19 +7047,19 @@ msgid "" "will be split accross your transfers lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" msgstr "Estrategias de Remoción y Traslado" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" msgstr "¿En qué consiste una estrategia de traslado?" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 msgid "" "A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " "to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " @@ -7134,7 +7067,7 @@ msgid "" "appropriate location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 msgid "" "If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" " make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " @@ -7144,7 +7077,7 @@ msgstr "" "asegúrarse de que ciertos productos no seran almacenados cerca el uno del " "otro debido a una potencial reacción química." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 msgid "" "A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " "affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " @@ -7152,7 +7085,7 @@ msgid "" "level)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " "option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" @@ -7162,18 +7095,18 @@ msgstr "" " la opción **Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega y Ruteado avanzado de" " productos usando reglas**, luego de clic en **Aplicar**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 msgid "Setting up a strategy" msgstr "Configurar una estrategia" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 msgid "" "Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." msgstr "" "Tomemos un ejemplo de una tienda minorista donde almacenamos vegetales y " "frutas." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 msgid "" "We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " "product quality." @@ -7181,7 +7114,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debemos almacenar este tipo de productos en diferentes ubicaciones para " "mantener la calidad del producto." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 msgid "" "Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " "location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." @@ -7189,7 +7122,7 @@ msgstr "" "Suponga que hay una ubicación de bodega **WH/Existencias** y hay sub " "ubicaciones **WH/Existencias/Vegetales** & **WH/Existencias/Frutas**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 msgid "" "You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " @@ -7201,7 +7134,7 @@ msgstr "" "configurar una estrategia de traslado, de clic en **Editar** y sitúe la " "opción **Estrategia de Traslado**. " -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 msgid "" "Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " "form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " @@ -7212,20 +7145,20 @@ msgstr "" "un nombre para la estrategia, y configurar el método y ubicación fija para " "cada categoría." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 msgid "" "When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." msgstr "" "Cuando haya introducido toda la información necesaria, haga clic en " "**Guardar**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 msgid "" "Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " "automatically be transferred to the correct location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 msgid "" "To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " "Control --> Current Inventory`" @@ -7233,15 +7166,15 @@ msgstr "" "Para revisar el inventario actual, Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> " "Inventario Control de Inventario --> Inventario Actual`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." msgstr "Allí puede ver el inventario actual por ubicación." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 msgid "" "Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " "products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " @@ -7252,7 +7185,7 @@ msgstr "" "trabajador, con propósitos de control de calidad o debido a la razón de " "caducidad de productos." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 msgid "" "When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " "that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " @@ -7264,7 +7197,7 @@ msgstr "" "asigna estos productos depende de la **estrategia de remoción** definida en " "la **categoría del producto** o en la **ubicación**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`:" @@ -7272,7 +7205,7 @@ msgstr "" "En la aplicación de **Inventario**, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración -->" " Ajustes`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 msgid "" "Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " "warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " @@ -7282,7 +7215,7 @@ msgstr "" "ubicaciones por bodega** y **Ruteado avanzado de productos usando reglas**, " "luego de clic en **Aplicar**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 msgid "" "Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " "location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." @@ -7290,15 +7223,15 @@ msgstr "" "Luego, abra :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ubicaciones` y abra la " "ubicación en la cual desea aplicar una estrategia de remoción. " -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 msgid "Types of removal strategy" msgstr "Tipos de estrategias de remoción" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" msgstr "FIFO ( Primeras en Entrar Primeras en Salir )" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 msgid "" "A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " "stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " @@ -7313,7 +7246,7 @@ msgstr "" "como ropa, deberán elegir FIFO para asegurar que no estan bloqueadas con " "estilos desactualizados en inventario." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." @@ -7321,11 +7254,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ubicaciones`, abra " "la ubicación de inventario y configue la estrategia de remoción **FIFO**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." msgstr "Tomemos un ejemplo de una estrategia de remoción FIFO." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 msgid "" "In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " "``iPod 32 Gb`` available." @@ -7333,19 +7266,19 @@ msgstr "" "En la ubicación del inventario en su bodega (``WH/Existencias``), hay ``3`` " "lotes de `iPod 32 Gb`` disponibles." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 msgid "" "You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." msgstr "" "Puede encontrar detalles del inventario disponible en el reporte de " "valoración de inventario." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." msgstr "" "Cree una órden de venta de ``25`` unidades de ``iPod 32 Gb`` y confirmela." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 msgid "" "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " "assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." @@ -7353,11 +7286,11 @@ msgstr "" "Puede ver en el envío de salida del producto que los ``Ipod 32 Gb`` son " "asignados con los **mayores** lotes, usando la estrategia de remoción FIFO." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" msgstr "LIFO (Últimas en Entrar Primeras en Salir)" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 msgid "" "In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " "moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " @@ -7367,7 +7300,7 @@ msgstr "" " se mueven primero. El LIFO es usado para el caso de productos que no tienen" " caducidad." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." @@ -7375,7 +7308,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ubicaciones`, abra " "la ubicación de inventario y configue la estrategia de remoción **LIFO**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 msgid "" "In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" " ``WH/Stock`` location." @@ -7383,11 +7316,11 @@ msgstr "" "En nuestro ejemplo, veamos el inventario disponible actual de ``Ipod 32 Gb``" " en la ubicación ``WH/Existencias``." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." msgstr "Cree una órden de venta de ``10`` unidades de ``iPod 32 Gb``." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 msgid "" "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " "assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." @@ -7395,11 +7328,11 @@ msgstr "" "Puede ver en el envío de salida del producto que los ``Ipod 32 Gb`` son " "asignados con los **últimos** lotes, usando la estrategia de remoción LIFO." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" msgstr "FEFO ( Primeras en Expirar Primeras en Salir )" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 msgid "" "In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" " according to their expiration date." @@ -7407,7 +7340,7 @@ msgstr "" "En la administración de bodega FEFO, los productos son despachados desde la " "ubicación en bodega de acuerdo a su fecha de caducidad." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " "option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" @@ -7417,7 +7350,7 @@ msgstr "" "la opción **Definir fecha de expiración en números de serie**. Luego de clic" " en **Aplicar** para guardar los cambios." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 msgid "" "This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " "number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " @@ -7425,39 +7358,39 @@ msgid "" "Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 msgid "" "**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " "serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 msgid "" "**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " "serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" "**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " "number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " "goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 msgid "" "**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " "goods with this serial/lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 msgid "" "Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " "latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " "removal dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 msgid "" "All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " "purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " @@ -7465,7 +7398,7 @@ msgid "" "lots pass their **alert date**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 msgid "" "Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " "received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" @@ -7479,29 +7412,29 @@ msgid "" "after the lot has been created." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 msgid "" "Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " "expiration date fields as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 msgid "" "To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" " --> Locations` and choose FEFO." @@ -7509,7 +7442,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para configurar la estrategia de remoción en la ubicación, vaya a " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ubicaciones` y elija FEFO." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 msgid "" "Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " "``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " @@ -7519,54 +7452,54 @@ msgstr "" "ubicación ``WH/Existencias``: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` con " "diferentes fechas de expiración." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" msgstr "**Lote / Serie No**" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "**Product**" msgstr "**Producto**" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "**Expiration Date**" msgstr "**Fecha de Expiración**" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 msgid "LOT0001" msgstr "LOT0001" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 msgid "Ice Cream" msgstr "Helado" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 msgid "08/20/2015" msgstr "08/20/2015" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 msgid "LOT0002" msgstr "LOT0002" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 msgid "08/10/2015" msgstr "08/10/2015" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 msgid "LOT0003" msgstr "LOT0003" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 msgid "08/15/2015" msgstr "08/15/2015" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 msgid "" "We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." msgstr "Creemos una órden de venta de ``15kg`` de ``helado`` y confirmemola." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 msgid "" "The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " "removal strategy **FEFO**." @@ -7574,7 +7507,7 @@ msgstr "" "El envío de salida relacionado con la órden de venta hará el movimiento " "basado en la estrategia de remoción **FEFO**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 msgid "" "It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" " the removal dates." @@ -7582,27 +7515,27 @@ msgstr "" "Esta tomará ``10kg`` desde ``LOT0002`` y ``5kg`` desde ``LOT0003`` basada en" " las fechas de remoción." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" msgstr ":doc:`../../administración/reportes/métodos_valoración_continental`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" msgstr ":doc:`../../administración/reportes/métodos_valoración_anglosajón`" -#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings.rst:3 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Ajustes" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products.rst:3 msgid "Products" msgstr "Productos" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" msgstr "Como escoger la estrategia de reposición adecuada" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 msgid "" "Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " "different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " @@ -7612,7 +7545,7 @@ msgstr "" "consecuencias similares pero reglas diferentes. Deberían ser usados según " "sus estrategias de producción y entrega." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 msgid "" "Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " "amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " @@ -7621,7 +7554,7 @@ msgid "" " quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 msgid "" "The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " "the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " @@ -7629,7 +7562,7 @@ msgid "" "regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 msgid "" "The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " "module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" @@ -7637,40 +7570,40 @@ msgid "" "values for a given product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 msgid "" "Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " "multiple\" fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 msgid "" "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " "\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " "stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 msgid "" "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " "your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " "other module where products are available)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "How to use different units of measure?" msgstr "¿Cómo usar diferentes unidades de medida?" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." " For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" @@ -7678,14 +7611,14 @@ msgid "" "you will need to convert the units." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 msgid "" "You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." msgstr "" "Puede configurar a Odoo para trabajar con diferentes unidades de medida para" " un producto." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " @@ -7697,18 +7630,18 @@ msgstr "" "pueden ser vendidos/comprados en diferentes unidades de medida (avanzado)**," " luego de clic en **Aplicar**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "Setting up units on your products" msgstr "Configurar unidades en sus productos" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "" "In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you " "would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " "**Edit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "" "In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " "will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." @@ -7717,7 +7650,7 @@ msgstr "" "producto será vendido y en la cual se llevarán a cabo las transferencias " "internas." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 msgid "" "In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " "purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." @@ -7725,23 +7658,23 @@ msgstr "" "En la sección de **Unidad de Medida**, seleccione la unidad en la cual " "compra el producto. Cuando finalice, de clic en **Guardar**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." msgstr "" "De clic en el botón editar |editar| para crear nuevas unidades de medida." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" msgstr "Transferir desde una unidad a otra" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 msgid "" "When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." msgstr "" "Cuando realice transferencias entre-unidades, el redondeo es realizado " "automáticamente por Odoo." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 msgid "" "The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " "condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." @@ -7749,25 +7682,25 @@ msgstr "" "La unidad de medida puede ser cambiada a lo largo de todo el proceso. La " "única condición es que la unidad de medida sea parte de la misma categoría." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" msgstr "En este ejemplo, estamos en el negocio de los huevos :" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" msgstr "Compramos huevo en bandejas (30 huevos)" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" msgstr "" "Revisamos todos los huevos individualmente cuando son recibidos (control de " "calidad)" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" msgstr "Vendemos los huevos por docena a los clientes" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " "**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." @@ -7775,18 +7708,18 @@ msgstr "" "El **Precio de Venta** es expresado en la **Unidad de medida del producto**." " El **Precio de costo** es expresado en la **Unidad de medida de compra**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 msgid "" "All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." msgstr "" "Todas las transferencias internas son expresadas en la **Unidad de Medida " "del Producto**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 msgid "Procurement" msgstr "Abastecimiento" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 msgid "" "When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " "measure." @@ -7794,15 +7727,15 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando realice su requerimiento de adquisición, aún puede cambiar la unidad " "de medida." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" msgstr "La unidad de medida también puede cambiarse en la órden de compra :" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "The quality control is done by unit." msgstr "El control de calidad se realiza por unidad." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 msgid "" "The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " "check is done by unit." @@ -7810,7 +7743,7 @@ msgstr "" "La unidad básica de medida de nuestro producto es **Unidad**. Además el " "chequeo de calidad es realizado por unidad." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 msgid "" "The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " "**Draft**." @@ -7818,12 +7751,12 @@ msgstr "" "La unidad de medida solo puede cambiarse cuando el estado de transferencia " "esta en **Borrador**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 msgid "Delivery process" msgstr "Proceso de entrega" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 msgid "" "The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " "sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" @@ -7833,7 +7766,7 @@ msgstr "" "documento órden de venta. Cuando lo haga, el precio es calculado " "automáticamente desde la unidad o la docena." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" " measure :" @@ -7841,7 +7774,7 @@ msgstr "" "En la órden de entrega, la demanda inicial queda realizada en la unidad de " "medida de la órden de venta :" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 msgid "" "But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " "converted automatically :" @@ -7849,21 +7782,21 @@ msgstr "" "Pero la transferencia es realizada en la unidad de medida del producto. Todo" " es convertido automáticamente :" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125 msgid "" "Create a link when the document is available - When should you use " "packages, units of measure or kits?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" msgstr "¿Cuándo debo usar paquetes, unidades de medida o kits?" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 msgid "Unit of measures" msgstr "Unidades de medida" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 msgid "" "Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." " Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." @@ -7872,12 +7805,12 @@ msgstr "" "manejar un producto. Los productos pueden ser expresados en múltiples " "unidades de medida a la vez." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 msgid "" "Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." msgstr "Active esta opción si esta trabajando con varias en su bodega." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 msgid "" "The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" " warehouse." @@ -7885,14 +7818,14 @@ msgstr "" "La unidad de medida de compra podría ser diferente que la que Ud. usa en su " "bodega." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 msgid "" "The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." msgstr "" "La unidad de medida de venta es configurada en la órden de venta y puede ser" " diferente." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 msgid "" "The conversion between the different units of measures is done " "automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " @@ -7902,11 +7835,11 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente. La única condición es que todas las unidades deben estar en" " la misma categoría (Unidad, Peso, Volumen, Longitud,...)" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Paquetes" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 msgid "" "The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " "product." @@ -7914,15 +7847,15 @@ msgstr "" "El paquete es el contenedor físico en el cual Ud. coloca uno o varios " "productos." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Empaquetado" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." msgstr "El empaque es el contenedor físico que proteje su producto." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 msgid "" "If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " "notice and the power plug." @@ -7930,11 +7863,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si esta vendiendo computadores, el empaque contiene el computador con el " "aviso y el conector de electricidad." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." msgstr "En Odoo, los empaques solo son usados con propósitos indicativos." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 msgid "" "You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " "only for indicative purpose." @@ -7942,11 +7875,11 @@ msgstr "" "Puede definir su uso en los **Paquetes** con **Empaque**. Pero es solo con " "propósitos indicativos." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" msgstr "¿Cuándo usar paquetes, empaques o unidades de medida?" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 msgid "" "For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " "individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" @@ -7956,7 +7889,7 @@ msgstr "" "individualmente. Lotes de huevos son desechados y lo hace huevo por huevo. " "La **unidad de medida** es `Unidad(es)``." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 msgid "" "If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" " ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." @@ -7964,7 +7897,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si esta vendiendo huevos por docena, la **unidad de medida** de venta es la " "``Docena``. Lo configurará en su órden de venta." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 msgid "" "The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " "**packaging**." @@ -7972,7 +7905,7 @@ msgstr "" "Las ``bandejas de cartón`` que contienen las docenas de huevos es el " "**empaque**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 msgid "" "When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " "``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." @@ -7980,19 +7913,19 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando vende varias bandejas, podría envolver todas las bandejas en una " "``caja`` o en un ``plástico`` envoltorio. Esto es el **paquete**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" msgstr ":doc:`../../resumen/inicio/configurar`" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`uom`" msgstr ":doc:`uom`" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 msgid "Using product variants" msgstr "Usar variantes de productos" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " "like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " @@ -8003,26 +7936,26 @@ msgstr "" "producto a nivel de modelo (para todas las variaciones) y a nivel de " "variante (atributos específicos)" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 msgid "" "As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" msgstr "" "Como ejemplo, una compañía que vende camisetas puede tener el siguiente " "producto:" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 msgid "B&C T-shirt" msgstr "Camiseta B&C " -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "Tallas: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "Colores: Azul, Rojo, Blanco, Negro" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "" "In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " "T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." @@ -8030,7 +7963,7 @@ msgstr "" "En este ejemplo, **Camiseta B&C** es la denominación del modelo y **Camiseta" " B&C, S, Azul** es una variante. Las tallas y colores son **atributos**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" "The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." " Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." @@ -8039,11 +7972,11 @@ msgstr "" "colores). Cada uno de estos productos tiene su propio inventario, ventas, " "etc." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "Impacto de variantes" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" "**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " "template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." @@ -8052,7 +7985,7 @@ msgstr "" "variante, no al modelo. Cada variante puede tener su propio código de barras" " / SKU." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 msgid "" "**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " "based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " @@ -8064,7 +7997,7 @@ msgstr "" "para cada variante (+$3 para color rojo). No obstante, puede definir reglas " "de lista de precio que apliquen en el modelo o en la variante." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 msgid "" "**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " "t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " @@ -8078,7 +8011,7 @@ msgstr "" " modelo del producto, obtiene el inventario que es la suma de cada variante." " (pero el inventario actual es calculado por variante)" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 msgid "" "**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " "product may have its own primary picture." @@ -8086,7 +8019,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Imágen**: la imágen esta relacionada a la variante, cada variación de un " "producto puede tener su propia imágen principal." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 msgid "" "**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " "If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " @@ -8096,19 +8029,19 @@ msgstr "" "producto. Si los actualiza, actualiza automáticamente todas las variantes. " "(ejemplo: Cuenta de Ingresos, Impuestos)" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 msgid "Should you use variants?" msgstr "¿Debo usar variantes?" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 msgid "When should you use variants?" msgstr "¿Cuándo debe usar variantes?" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" msgstr "Usar variantes tiene los siguientes impactos:" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " "templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " @@ -8119,7 +8052,7 @@ msgstr "" "en tal producto, el tendrá opciones a elegir entre las variantes (colores, " "tallas, ...)" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 msgid "" "**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" " for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " @@ -8134,7 +8067,7 @@ msgstr "" " y agregar algunas líneas que específican la dimensión S, y otras líneas que" " específican el color Rojo." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 msgid "" "**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " "the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " @@ -8149,11 +8082,11 @@ msgstr "" " cada variante. Sin embargo, también es posible crear reglas de precio para " "fijar precios por variantes." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" msgstr "¿Cuándo debe evitar usar variantes?" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 msgid "" "Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " "should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " @@ -8163,7 +8096,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo. Debe considerar usar variantes solo si necesita reducir la complejidad" " de administrar lotes de productos que son similares." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 msgid "" "As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" " use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " @@ -8173,7 +8106,7 @@ msgstr "" "si usa variantes. No puede solo importar una lista de productos, debe " "importar los modelos del producto y todas sus variaciones relacionadas." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 msgid "" "In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " "you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " @@ -8183,23 +8116,23 @@ msgstr "" "que administra como modelos de producto separados y estas como variantes. " "Como ejemplo, una compañía que tiene estos productos:" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" msgstr "Calidad: Camisetas, Polos, Camisas" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 msgid "Color: Red, Blue" msgstr "Color: Rojo, Azul" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" msgstr "Talla: S, M, L, XL" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 msgid "" "In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " "variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " @@ -8213,19 +8146,19 @@ msgstr "" "camisas y el cliente espera ver estos como dos productos diferentes en el " "Comercio Electrónico:" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" msgstr "Modelo de Producto: Remera" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 msgid "Product Template: Polos" msgstr "Modelo de Producto: Polos" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 msgid "Activate the variant feature" msgstr "Activar la función variante" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 msgid "" "Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " "variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " @@ -8239,11 +8172,11 @@ msgstr "" "línea **Variantes de Productos**, y marque la opción **Los productos pueden " "tener varios atributos**, luego de clic en **Aplicar**. " -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "Creating products with variants" msgstr "Creando productos con variantes" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " @@ -8253,11 +8186,11 @@ msgstr "" " productos. Para hacerlo, vaya al módulo de Ventas, :menuselection:`Ventas " "--> Productos`. También accesible desde los módulos de Compras e inventario." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." msgstr "Ahora, de clic en el producto al que desea agregar variantes." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 msgid "" "In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " "purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " @@ -8269,7 +8202,7 @@ msgstr "" "que este producto tiene actualmente. Para agregar nuevas variantes, de clic " "en la ficha. En la nueva ventana, de clic en **Crear**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 msgid "" "In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " "variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " @@ -8279,7 +8212,7 @@ msgstr "" "variación que desea agregar. Si la variante no existe todavía, puede crearla" " sobre la marcha dando clic en Crear y editar..." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 msgid "" "In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " "attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " @@ -8289,7 +8222,7 @@ msgstr "" "atributo como Verde, Plástico o 32GB. El campo **Atributo** es el tipo de " "variante como Color, Material o Memoria." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 msgid "" "You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " "**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " @@ -8299,14 +8232,14 @@ msgstr "" "campo **Atribuir Precio Adicional**, o elegir modificarlo posteriormente. De" " clic en **Guardar**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 msgid "" "You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." msgstr "" "También puede agregar a la variante un código de barras y referencia interna" " diferente." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 msgid "" "When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " "**Save**." @@ -8314,11 +8247,11 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando haya introducido todas las especificaciones de la variante, haga clic" " en **Guardar**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 msgid "Managing Product Variants" msgstr "Gestionando Variantes de Producto" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 msgid "" "The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " "variant attributes :" @@ -8326,23 +8259,23 @@ msgstr "" "Los ejemplos a continuación estan todos basados en este modelo de producto " "que tiene dos variantes atributo :" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 msgid "T-Shirt B&C" msgstr "Remera B&C" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" msgstr "Color: Rojo, Azul, Blanco" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "Tamaños: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 msgid "Managing combination possibilities" msgstr "Gestionando combinaciones posibles" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 msgid "" "By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " "(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " @@ -8352,7 +8285,7 @@ msgstr "" "diferentes (3 colores, 5 tamaños). Si el tamaño XXL sólo existe para las " "camisetas rojas y azules, puede desactivar la variante de producto blanco." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" "To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." " From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " @@ -8362,17 +8295,17 @@ msgstr "" "XXL, Blanca. Desde el formulario del producto, desmarque la casilla " "**Activar** de la Camiseta Blanca, XXL." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 msgid "" "That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." msgstr "" "Esa desactivación de un producto es diferente que tener un inventario de 0." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 msgid "Setting a price per variant" msgstr "Establecer un precio por variante" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 msgid "" "You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " "product." @@ -8380,7 +8313,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede agregar un costo sobre el precio principal de las variantes de un " "producto." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " @@ -8393,7 +8326,7 @@ msgstr "" "en el botón **Variantes de Precios** para acceder a la lista de valores " "variante." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 msgid "" "Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " "editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " @@ -8403,25 +8336,25 @@ msgstr "" " hacer los 3 campos editables. En el campo **Atribuir Precio Adicional**, " "agregue el costo de la variante que será agregada al precio original." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." msgstr "" "Cuando haya introducido todos los valores adicionales, haga clic en " "**Guardar**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226 msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227 msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre depósitos y ubicaciones?" -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " "are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " @@ -8431,7 +8364,7 @@ msgstr "" "almacenados. Puede configurar múltiples bodegas y crear movimientos entre " "bodegas." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 msgid "" "A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " "considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " @@ -8445,11 +8378,11 @@ msgstr "" " posible vincular una ubicación a múltiples bodegas. Puede configurar tantas" " ubicaciones como necesite bajo una bodega." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" msgstr "Hay 3 tipos de ubicaciones:" -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " "warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " @@ -8459,7 +8392,7 @@ msgstr "" " las cuales Ud. es el propietario. Estas pueden ser el área de cargue y " "descargue de sy bodega, una estantería o un departamento, etc." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " "warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " @@ -8469,7 +8402,7 @@ msgstr "" "proveedor o cliente. Estos funcionan de la misma manera que las ubicaciones " "Físicas con la única diferencia que Ud. no es el propietario de la bodega." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 msgid "" "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " "products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " @@ -8483,7 +8416,7 @@ msgstr "" "fuera de existencias (en la **Pérdida de Inventario**), o cuando quiere " "tener en cuenta productos que van camino a su bodega (**Adquisiciones**)." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 msgid "" "In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " "locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " @@ -8495,25 +8428,25 @@ msgstr "" "padre-hijo. Esto le da niveles más detallados de análisi de sus operaciones " "de inventario y la organización de sus bodegas." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`" -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 msgid "How to create a new location?" msgstr "¿Cómo crear una nueva ubicación?" -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 msgid "Creating a new location" msgstr "Crear una nueva ubicación" -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 msgid "" "In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " "manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " @@ -8527,7 +8460,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bodega**, marque la casilla **Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega**, " "luego de clic en **Aplicar**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " @@ -8537,7 +8470,7 @@ msgstr "" "Administración de Bodegas --> Ubicaciones` En la ventada de Ubicaciones de " "clic en **Crear**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 msgid "" "Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" " **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " @@ -8549,7 +8482,7 @@ msgstr "" "ser física, de un tercero o una ubicación virtual, y puede agregar tantas " "sub-ubicaciones como sean necesarias a una ubicación." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 msgid "" "You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" " describe your location." @@ -8557,11 +8490,11 @@ msgstr "" "También puede llenar en los campos **Información Adicional** y agregar una " "nota para describir su ubicación." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." msgstr "Cuando esté terminado, haga clic en **Guardar**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 msgid "" "A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " "hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " @@ -8571,16 +8504,16 @@ msgstr "" "jerárquicas, Odoo creará la ubicación matriz de la bodega, conteniendo todas" " las sub-ubicaciones en ella. " -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" msgstr ":doc:`diferencia_bodega_ubicación`" -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" msgstr "¿Cómo crear una nueva bodega?" -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 msgid "" "In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " "manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " @@ -8594,7 +8527,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bodega**, marque la casilla **Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega**, " "luego de clic en **Aplicar**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 msgid "" "Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " "Warehouses`" @@ -8602,7 +8535,7 @@ msgstr "" "Abra el menú :menuselection:`Configuración --> Administración de Bodegas -->" " Bodegas`" -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 msgid "" "In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " "fields :" @@ -8610,11 +8543,11 @@ msgstr "" "En la pantalla de bodegas, de clic en **Crear**. Aparece una nueva ventana, " "con 3 campos :" -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." msgstr "En **Nombre de Bodega**, ingrese el nombre completo de la bodega." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 msgid "" "In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " "Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " @@ -8625,7 +8558,7 @@ msgstr "" "por lo tanto, asegúrese de elegir un nombre fácil de entender y fácil de " "ingresar." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 msgid "" "In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " "on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " @@ -8637,12 +8570,12 @@ msgstr "" "compañía que seleccionó. También puede dejar este campo en blanco y editarlo" " posteriormente." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." msgstr "" "De clic en **Guardar** para finalizar la configuración de su nueva bodega." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 msgid "" "When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " "types and main child locations for this main location in the background." @@ -8651,15 +8584,15 @@ msgstr "" "selección necesarios y las ubicaciones menores principales para este " "ubicación principal." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Operations" msgstr "Operaciones de Envío" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" msgstr "¿Cómo cancelar un requerimiento de envío a un transportista?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." @@ -8668,7 +8601,7 @@ msgstr "" "transportistas. Odoo será vinculado con el sistema de rastreo de la compañía" " de transporte." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 msgid "" "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." @@ -8676,17 +8609,17 @@ msgstr "" "Esto le permitirá administrar la compañía de transporte, los precios reales " "y el destino." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." msgstr "" "También puede fácilmente cancelar la requisición hecha al sistema de " "transporte." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" msgstr "¿Cómo cancelar un requerimiento de envío?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." @@ -8694,7 +8627,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si la órden de entrega no es **Validada**, luego la requisición no se ha " "hecho. Puede elegir cancelar la entrega o cambiar el transportador." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " "should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" @@ -8706,19 +8639,19 @@ msgstr "" "Simplemente de clic en el botón **Cancelar** al lado de la **Ref de " "Seguimiento del Transportador**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." msgstr "Ahora verá que el envío ha sido cancelado." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." msgstr "Ahora puede cambiar el transportador si lo desea." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" msgstr "¿Cómo enviar un requerimiento de envío después de cancelar uno?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 msgid "" "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " @@ -8728,34 +8661,34 @@ msgstr "" "que desea usar. Confírmelo haciendo clic en el botón **Enviar al " "transportador**. Obtendrá un número de seguimiento y una nueva etiqueta." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" msgstr "¿Cómo facturar el costo de envío al cliente?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" msgstr "Hay dos formas de facturar los costos de envío:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" msgstr "Acuerde con el cliente más de un costo y sellelo en la órden de venta" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." msgstr "Facturar el costo real del envío." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 msgid "" "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " @@ -8765,7 +8698,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Inventario**, de clic en :menuselection:`Configuración --> Entrega --> " "Métodos de Entrega." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 msgid "" "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " "rules." @@ -8773,7 +8706,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede manualmente configurar un precio para el envío: Puede ser fijo o " "basado en reglas." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 msgid "" "Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " "document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" @@ -8781,16 +8714,16 @@ msgstr "" "O puede usar el sistema de cálculo de la compañía de transporte. Lea el " "documento :doc:`../configurar/tercero_transportista`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" msgstr "¿Cómo facturar los costos de envío al cliente?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" msgstr "Facturar el precio configurado en la órden de venta" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 msgid "" "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " "**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." @@ -8798,8 +8731,8 @@ msgstr "" "En su órden de venta, elija el transportador que será utilizado. De clic en " "**Método de Entrega** para elegir el correcto." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." @@ -8807,7 +8740,7 @@ msgstr "" "El precio es calculado cuando **guarda** la órden de venta o cuando da clic " "en **Precio configurado**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 msgid "" "To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " @@ -8817,7 +8750,7 @@ msgstr "" "en **Precio configurado**, esto agregará una línea con el nombre del método " "de entrega como un producto. Puede variar del precio real." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." msgstr "" @@ -8827,11 +8760,11 @@ msgstr "" "Gastos sobre cuales no ya facturas de nuevo a clientes\n" "El precio es introducido en el ordinador cuando hace clic en 'save' el orden de venta. Confirmar el orden de venta y entregar el producto. " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" msgstr "Facturar los costos reales de envío" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " "order and proceed to deliver the product." @@ -8839,26 +8772,26 @@ msgstr "" "El precio es calculado cuando **guarda** la órden de venta. Confirme la " "órden de venta y proceda a entregar el producto." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 msgid "" "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" " can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 msgid "" "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." msgstr "" "Regrese a la órden de venta, el costo real ahora esta agregado en la órden " "de venta." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." msgstr "" "Cuando cree la factura, tomará el precio calcuado por el transportador." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 msgid "" "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " "add a line to the sale order." @@ -8866,20 +8799,20 @@ msgstr "" "Si divide la entrega y realiza varias, cada órden de entrega agregará una " "línea a la órden de venta." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`labels`" msgstr ":doc:`labels`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 msgid "How to print shipping labels?" msgstr "¿Cómo imprimir etiquetas de envío?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " "linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " @@ -8892,12 +8825,12 @@ msgstr "" "precios reales y el destino. Y finalmente, podrá imprimir las etiquetas de " "despacho directamente desde Odoo." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" msgstr "Instalar el módulo de conector de empresa transportista" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " @@ -8907,15 +8840,15 @@ msgstr "" "Ajustes`. Bajo **Conectores de Envío**, marque las compañías de transporte " "que desea integrar :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 msgid "Configure the delivery method" msgstr "Configurar el método de entrega" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." @@ -8923,7 +8856,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para configurar sus métodos de entrega, vaya a la aplicación **Inventario**," " de clic en :menuselection:`Configuración --> Métodos de Entrega`." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created." @@ -8931,7 +8864,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los métodos de entrega para los transportadores elegidos han sido creados " "automáticamente." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " "will be handled and computed by the shipper system." @@ -8939,11 +8872,11 @@ msgstr "" "En la pestaña de **Precios**, el nombre del proveedor significa que la " "entrega será manejada y calculada por el sistema del transportador." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" msgstr "La configuración del transportador esta dividida en dos columnas :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" " more information, please refer to the provider website." @@ -8952,8 +8885,8 @@ msgstr "" "contraseña,...). Para más información, por favor refiérase a la página web " "del proveedor." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 msgid "" "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " "packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." @@ -8961,13 +8894,13 @@ msgstr "" "La segunda columna varia de acuerdo al **proveedor**. Puede elegir el tipo " "de empaque, el tipo de servicio, el peso de la unidad..." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." msgstr "Destilde **Modo Testeo** cuando finalice con las pruebas." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 msgid "Company configuration" msgstr "" "Configuración de Compañía\n" @@ -8975,8 +8908,8 @@ msgstr "" "Para introducir el precio correcto el proveedor necesita su informacion de empresa. Sea seguro que la direcion y el numeor del telefono son correctos.\n" "Usando el menu ''multiselection, Compras...>Cuentas del vendedor puede listar las debidas del vendedor. Usando los filtros avanzados, puede listar todas debidas que debe pagar o las debidas que han retrasaodo (ha retrasado el pago)" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 msgid "" "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " "information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." @@ -8985,8 +8918,8 @@ msgstr "" " compañía. Asegúrese que su dirección y teléfono están codificados " "correctamente." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 msgid "" "To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " "**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " @@ -8996,13 +8929,13 @@ msgstr "" " **Ajustes Generales**. Haga clic en el primer vinculo **Configurar la " "información de su compañía**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" msgstr "Configuración del producto" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " "computation cannot be done." @@ -9010,7 +8943,7 @@ msgstr "" "La compañía de transporte necesita el peso de su producto, de otra forma no " "se puede realizar la calculación de precio. " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 msgid "" "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." @@ -9018,7 +8951,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya al módulo de **Ventas**, de clic en :menuselection:`Ventas --> " "Productos`. Abra los productos que desea enviar y configure un peso." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" " the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." @@ -9026,11 +8959,11 @@ msgstr "" "El peso en el formulario del producto es expresado en kilogramos. No olvide " "hacer la conversión si esta acostumbrado al sistema de medida imperial." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" msgstr "¿Cómo imprimir etiquetas de envío?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 msgid "" "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " "information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." @@ -9038,8 +8971,8 @@ msgstr "" "La órden de entrega creada desde la órden de venta tomará la información de " "envío desde allí, pero puede cambiar el transportador si lo desea." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 msgid "" "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" " third party shipper in the additional info tab." @@ -9047,26 +8980,26 @@ msgstr "" "Si crea una transferencia de entrega desde el módulo de inventario, puede " "agregar el tercero transportista en la pestaña de info adicional." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." msgstr "" "De clic en **Validar** para recibir el número de rastreo y la(s) " "**etiqueta(s)**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 msgid "" "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" msgstr "" "La etiqueta a adherir en su paquete esta disponible en la historia inferior " ":" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" msgstr "Clic allí para abrir el documento e imprimirlo:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 msgid "" "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " "one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." @@ -9074,11 +9007,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si la mayoría del tiempo, esta llevando a cabo envíos multi-empaque, habrá " "una etiqueta por paquete. Cada etiqueta aparecerá en la historia de entrega." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" msgstr "¿Cómo gestionar múltiples paquetes para la misma orden de entrega?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 msgid "" "By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " "But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " @@ -9088,7 +9021,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pero Ud. puede fácilmente enviar sus entregas con mas de un paquete. Esta " "totalmente integrado con los terceros transportistas." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 msgid "" "To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " @@ -9098,25 +9031,25 @@ msgstr "" "--> Configuración --> Ajustes`. Localice la sección **Paquetes** y marque " "**Registrar paquetes usados en empaque: pallets, cajas,...**" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." msgstr "De clic en **Aplicar** cuando finalice." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 msgid "Sale order" msgstr "Orden de venta" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." msgstr "Haga clic en un **Método de Entrega** para elegir el correcto." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" msgstr "Entrega de Multi-paquetes" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it." @@ -9124,11 +9057,11 @@ msgstr "" "La órden de entrega creada desde la órden de venta tomará la información de " "envío desde allí." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." msgstr "Desde aquí, puede dividir su entrega en múltiples paquetes." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 msgid "" "Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " "column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." @@ -9136,23 +9069,23 @@ msgstr "" "Elija la cantidad que desea poner en el primer paquete en la columna " "**Realizado**, luego de clic en el vinculo **Ponerlo en Paquete**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." msgstr "Automáticamente creará un paquete con la cantidad requerida." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." msgstr "Realice los mismos pasos para las otras piezas que desea empacar." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." msgstr "De clic en **Validar** una vez que este listo." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" msgstr "Múlti-paquetes con un 3ra parte-transportista" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " "The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " @@ -9163,7 +9096,7 @@ msgstr "" "Haga clic en el botón **Rastreo** para verificar su entrega en la página web" " del proveedor." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 msgid "" "The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " "underneath:" @@ -9171,15 +9104,15 @@ msgstr "" "Las **etiquetas** a adherir en sus paquetes están disponibles en la historia" " inferior :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Setup" msgstr "Configuración de envío" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" msgstr "¿Cómo configurar un método de entrega?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " "default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " @@ -9189,7 +9122,7 @@ msgstr "" "defecto. Los métodos de entrega pueden ser usados para sus órdenes de venta," " sus entregas pero también en su comercio electrónico." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 msgid "" "Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " "the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " @@ -9199,11 +9132,11 @@ msgstr "" " precio y el destino. Incluso puede integrar Odoo con los transportadores " "externos para calcular el precio real y los empaques." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 msgid "Install the inventory module" msgstr "Instalar el módulo de Inventario" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 msgid "" "Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " "**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" @@ -9213,8 +9146,8 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a **Aplicaciones** y busque el módulo. Debe remover el filtro " "**Aplicaciones** para verlo :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 msgid "" "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" " install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." @@ -9222,17 +9155,17 @@ msgstr "" "Si desea integrar los métodos de entrega en su comercio electrónico, tendrá " "que instalar el módulo de **Entrega Comercio Electrónico**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." msgstr "Primero configure un nombre y una compañía de transporte." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 msgid "" "Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." msgstr "" "Luego tendrá que configurar el precio. Puede ser fijo o basado en reglas." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 msgid "" "If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " "price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " @@ -9242,7 +9175,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si desea que la entrega sea gratuita por encima de cierto monto, marque la " "opción **Gratis si la Órden total es más de** y configure un precio." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 msgid "" "If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " "**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " @@ -9252,7 +9185,7 @@ msgstr "" "clic en **agregar un ítem en una regla de precio**. Elija una condición " "basada ya sea en el peso, el volumen, el precio o la cantidad." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " "can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " @@ -9262,7 +9195,7 @@ msgstr "" "límite puede ser aplicado a algunos países, estados o incluso códigos zip. " "Esta función limita la lista de países en su comercio electrónico." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 msgid "" "You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " "price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " @@ -9272,7 +9205,7 @@ msgstr "" " y empaques, y manejar la impresión de las etiquetas de despacho. Vea " ":doc:`tercera_parte_transportador`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 msgid "" "You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " "to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " @@ -9284,16 +9217,16 @@ msgstr "" "**Precio configurado**, esto agregará una línea con el nombre del método de " "entrega como un producto. " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 msgid "Delivery" msgstr "Entrega" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." msgstr "Puede agregar o cambiar el método de entrega en la entrega misma." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 msgid "" "On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " "chosen delivery method." @@ -9301,80 +9234,62 @@ msgstr "" "En la entrega, revise la **Información del Transportador**. El transportador" " es el método de entrega elegido." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A DHL Password" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "A DHL Account Number" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 msgid "" "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " "Rest of the world)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 msgid "" "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " "Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "" "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " "details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " -"given in the demo data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" msgstr "¿Cómo intregar un tercero transportista?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " @@ -9386,7 +9301,7 @@ msgstr "" "compañía de transporte. Esto le permitirá administrar la compañía de " "transporte, los precios reales y el destino. " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid "" "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " @@ -9396,7 +9311,7 @@ msgstr "" " Bajo **Conectores de Envío**, marque las compañías de transporte que desea " "integrar :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" @@ -9408,7 +9323,7 @@ msgstr "" "para el mismo proveedor: uno para despachos **internacionales** y el otro " "para envíos **domésticos**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 msgid "" "You can create other methods with the same provider with other " "configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." @@ -9416,7 +9331,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede crear otros métodos con el mismo proveedor con otra configuración, por" " ejemplo el **Tipo de Empaque**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 msgid "" "You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " "will appear on your ecommerce." @@ -9424,11 +9339,11 @@ msgstr "" "Puede elegir el **Nombre** del método de entrega. Este es el nombre que " "aparecerá en su comercio electrónico." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." msgstr "Marque **Envío permitido** cuando este listo para usarlo." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 msgid "" "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " "computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." @@ -9437,11 +9352,11 @@ msgstr "" "precios** significa que el precio será calculado por el sistema del " "transportador." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" msgstr "La configuración del transportador esta dividida en dos columnas :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " "For more information, please refer to the provider website." @@ -9450,7 +9365,7 @@ msgstr "" "contraseña,...). Para más información, por favor refiérase a la página web " "del proveedor." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " "limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " @@ -9464,7 +9379,7 @@ msgstr "" "proveedores domésticos. Por ejemplo, USPS US solo entrega desde los Estados " "Unidos a los Estados Unidos." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 msgid "" "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" " you want to ship and set a weight on it." @@ -9472,7 +9387,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya al menú :menuselection:`Ventas --> Ventas --> Productos`. Abra los " "productos que desea enviar y configure un peso." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " "make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." @@ -9480,7 +9395,7 @@ msgstr "" "El peso en el formulario del producto es expresado en kilogramos. No olvide " "hacer la conversión si esta acostumbrado al sistema de medida imperial." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 msgid "" "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " "method** to choose the right one." @@ -9488,7 +9403,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ahora puede elegir el transportador en su órden de venta. De clic en " "**Método de entrega** para elegir el correcto." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 msgid "" "The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." @@ -9496,7 +9411,7 @@ msgstr "" "El precio es calculado cuando guarda la órden de venta o cuando da clic en " "**Precio configurado**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 msgid "" "If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " "click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " @@ -9506,7 +9421,7 @@ msgstr "" "clic en **Precio configurado**, esto agregará una línea con el nombre del " "método de entrega como un producto. Puede variar del precio real." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 msgid "" "Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " "automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" @@ -9516,7 +9431,7 @@ msgstr "" "será agregado automáticamente a la factura. Para más información, por favor " "lea el documento :doc:`../operación/facturación`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." @@ -9524,7 +9439,7 @@ msgstr "" "La entrega creada desde la órden de venta tomará la información de envío " "desde allí, pero puede cambiar el transportador si lo desea." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 msgid "" "The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" " be computed once the transfer is validated." @@ -9532,7 +9447,7 @@ msgstr "" "El peso es calculado basado en los pesos de los productos. El costo de envío" " será calculado una vez la transferencia es validada." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" " ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " @@ -9542,31 +9457,31 @@ msgstr "" " Rastreo del transportador** será llenado automáticamente. Haga clic en el " "botón **Rastreo** para verificar su entrega en la página web del proveedor." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "¿Cómo obtener credenciales UPS para integración con Odoo?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" msgstr "Para usar el API Odoo UPS, necesitará:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" msgstr "Un usuario ID y contraseña UPS.com" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A UPS account number" msgstr "Un número de cuenta UPS" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 msgid "An Access Key" msgstr "Una Llave de Acceso" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 msgid "" "An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" " UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." @@ -9575,11 +9490,11 @@ msgstr "" "el acceso al Kit Desarrollador UPS en los servidores de Desarrollo y " "Producción API." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" msgstr "Crear una Cuenta UPS" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" "Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" " you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " @@ -9589,7 +9504,7 @@ msgstr "" " línea. Si Ud. esta localizado fuera de USA, deberá contactar a Servicio al " "Cliente de UPS para abrir una cuenta." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 msgid "" "You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" " website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " @@ -9599,7 +9514,7 @@ msgstr "" "página web, en la página, `Cómo Abrir una Cuenta UPS En Línea " "<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 msgid "" "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " "online profile by following these steps:" @@ -9607,7 +9522,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si aún no tiene una cuenta UPS, puede crear una junto con su perfil en línea" " siguiendo los siguientes pasos:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 msgid "" "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" " click the **New User** link at the top of the page." @@ -9615,7 +9530,7 @@ msgstr "" "1. Acceda al sitio web UPS.com en `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, y " "haga clic en el vinculo **Usuario Nuevo** en la parte superior de la página." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 msgid "" "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " "complete the registration process." @@ -9623,14 +9538,14 @@ msgstr "" "2. Haga clic en el botón **Registro para MyUPS**, y siga las instrucciones " "para el completar el proceso de registro." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 msgid "" "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " "follows:" msgstr "" "Si ya tiene una cuenta UPS, puede agregarla a su perfil en línea como sigue:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" "1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" " using your UPS.com User ID and Password." @@ -9638,15 +9553,15 @@ msgstr "" "1. Ingrese al sitio UPS.com (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__) " "usando su ID de Usuario y Contraseña UPS.com." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "De clic en la pestaña **My UPS**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "De clic en el vinculo **Resumen de Cuenta**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." @@ -9654,7 +9569,7 @@ msgstr "" "4. De clic en el vinculo **Agregar una Cuenta UPS Existente** en la sección " "**Detalles de Cuenta UPS** de la página." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" @@ -9664,15 +9579,15 @@ msgstr "" "**Número de Cuenta UPS**, **Nombre de Cuenta**, **Código Postal**. El país " "por defecto es Estados Unidos." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "De clic en el botón **Siguiente** para continuar." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "Obtener una Llave de Acceso" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" @@ -9680,7 +9595,7 @@ msgstr "" "Después que ha agregado su número de cuenta UPS a su perfil de usuario, " "puede solicitar una Llave de Acceso desde UPS usanso los siguientes pasos:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "" "1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " "`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " @@ -9690,23 +9605,23 @@ msgstr "" "`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " "<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "Ingrese a UPS.com con su usuario ID y contraseña" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "Haga clic en el vinculo **Solicitar una llave de acceso**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "Verifique su información de contacto" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "De clic en el botón **Solicitar Llave de Acceso**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " @@ -9715,3 +9630,2410 @@ msgstr "" "La **Llave de Acceso** le será otorgada en la página web, y un correo " "electrónico con la Llave de Acceso será enviado al correo electrónico del " "contacto principal." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Fabricación" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" +msgstr "¿Cómo crear una lista de materiales?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " +"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " +"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " +"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " +"describe multiple variants of the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" +msgstr "Configuración de una lista de materiales básica" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " +"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." +msgstr "" +"Si eliges administrar tus operaciones de manufactura usando sólo órdenes de " +"producción, tendrás que definir la lista de materiales sin ruta de " +"producción" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " +"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " +"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " +"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " +"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " +"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " +"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " +"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " +"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " +"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " +"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " +"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" +msgstr "Agregar la ruta de producción a la lista de materiales" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " +"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " +"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " +"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " +"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " +"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " +"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" +" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " +"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " +"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " +"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 +msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " +"primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " +"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " +"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " +"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " +"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" +"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " +"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " +"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" +"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " +"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" +" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " +"subassembly is created as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 +msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " +"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " +"subassembly as you would for any product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 +msgid "" +"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " +"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " +"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " +"effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " +"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " +"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" +msgstr "Cómo vender un conjunto de productos como un kit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " +"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " +"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " +"Manufacturing apps must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Un *kit* es un conjunto de componentes que se entregan sin ser ensamblados o" +" mezclados previamente. Los kits se describen en Odoo usando *lista de " +"materiales*. Hay dos formas básicas de configurar kits, dependiendo de cómo " +"se gestionará el stock del kit. En cualquier caso, las aplicaciones de " +"inventario y fabricación deben ser instaladas." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "Gestión del Stock de los Componentes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " +"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " +"step." +msgstr "" +"Si quiere ensamblar los kits a medida que se lo solicitan, gestionando el " +"stok de los *componentes* solamente, debe utilizar una lista de materiales " +"sin ningún paso de fabricación." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " +"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " +"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " +"right shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" +"Un producto que use una lista de materiales tipo Kit, aparecerá como una " +"sola línea en una oferta y pedido de venta, pero generará una orden de " +"entrega con una línea de pedido para cada uno de los componentes del kit. " +"Como puede observar en el ejemplo siguiente, la imagen de la izquierda " +"muestra un pedido de venta para el kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", mientras que" +" la imagen de la derecha muestra el pedido de entrega correspondiente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " +"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " +"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " +"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" +" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " +"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." +msgstr "" +"Desde el menú **Productos** de la aplicación de Inventario o Fabricación, " +"cree cada producto componente como lo haría con cualquier otro producto, " +"luego cree el producto de nivel superior, o kit. El producto kit debe tener " +"al menos la ruta **Fabricación**. Dado que no puedes rastrear el stock de en" +" los productos de kit, el tipo de producto debe establecerse como " +"**Consumible**. Además, ya que un producto de kit no se puede comprar, el " +"check **se puede comprar** debe estar sin marcar." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no special configuration." +msgstr "" +"Todos los demás parámetros del producto del kit pueden modificarse como " +"desee. Los componentes no requieren ninguna configuración especial." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " +"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " +"their default values." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que los productos estén configurados, cree una lista de materiales " +"para el producto kit. Añada cada componente y su cantidad. Seleccione el " +"tipo de lista de materiales **Kit**. Todas las demás opciones pueden " +"quedarse con sus valores por defecto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "Gestión del Stock de los productos Kit y sus componentes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" +" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" +" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " +"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " +"will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" +"Si desea gestionar el stock del producto de kit de nivel superior, deberá " +"usar una lista de materiales estándar con un paso de fabricación en lugar de" +" una lista de materiales del producto kit. Cuando utilice una lista de " +"materiales estándar para ensamblar kits, se creará una orden de fabricación." +" La orden de fabricación debe marcarse como completada antes de que el " +"producto kit aparezca en su stock." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " +"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" +"En el producto kit, seleccione la ruta **Fabricación**. Puede marcar la ruta" +" **Bajo pedido**, si lo que desea es crear una órden de producción al " +"confirmar un pedido de venta. Seleccione el tipo de producto **Producto " +"almacenable** para habilitar la gestión de stock." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 +msgid "" +"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " +"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" +" order rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" +"Cuando crees una lista de materiales, selecciona Tipo LdM **Fabricación**. " +"El ensamblado del kit será descrito en la orden de producción en lugar de " +"una operación de embalaje." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 +msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " +"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " +"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " +"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " +"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " +"performed in an order defined by **routings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 +msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " +"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " +"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " +"work orders and routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " +"are two basic phases from planning to production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 +msgid "Create manufacturing orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 +msgid "Record Production" +msgstr "Registro de producción" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 +msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" +" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " +"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " +"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " +"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " +"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " +"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " +"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" +" step of scheduling work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 +msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 +msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 +msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 +msgid "Unbuild a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " +"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" +" unbuild products you have received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " +"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " +"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " +"unbuilding them and recycling them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 +msgid "Unbuild Order" +msgstr "örden de desconstrucción" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 +msgid "" +"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" +" menu *Unbuild Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " +"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " +"something you received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 +msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " +"components from the MO back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " +"BoM back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:6 +msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair.rst:4 +msgid "Repair Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +msgid "Repair products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " +"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " +"defect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 +msgid "Create a Repair Order" +msgstr "Crear una orden de reparación" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " +"new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +msgid "Manage a repair" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." +" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " +"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" +" might need, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " +"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " +"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +msgid "You can now invoice the repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "Compra" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases.rst:3 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Compras" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "Datos principales" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 +msgid "Import vendors pricelists" +msgstr "Importar la lista de precios de vendedor" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " +"to date on products pricing." +msgstr "" +"Es crucial para las empresas poder importar las listas de precios para estar" +" al día del precio de los productos." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 +msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 +msgid "Import a pricelist" +msgstr "Importar una lista de precios" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 +msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 +msgid "See below a template of the columns used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 +msgid "" +":download:`Click here to download the template " +"<files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 +msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " +"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 +msgid "Add vendors in a product" +msgstr "Añada vendedores en un producto" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " +"select a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " +"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." +msgstr "" +"Tenga en cuenta que cada primera vez que el producto se compre con un " +"proveedor nuevo, Odoo enlazará automáticamente el contacto y el precio con " +"el producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 +msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " +"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " +"t-shirt in different sizes!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " +"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" +" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" +" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " +"between sales and purchase very easily." +msgstr "" +"En un negocio de día por día, puede suceder que su proveedor utilice una " +"unidad de medida diferente de como se registra en las ventas. Esto puede " +"causar confusión representativa dentro de las ventas y las compras e incluso" +" hace perder mucho tiempo en las medidas de conversión. Por suerte en Odoo, " +"puede manejar diferentes unidades de medidas dentro de las ventas y las " +"compras muy fácilmente. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Let's take the following examples:" +msgstr "Vamos a tomar los siguientes ejemplos:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " +"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " +"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " +"quantities in **Liters**." +msgstr "" +"Usted compra agua a un proveedor. El proveedor es americano y vende su agua " +"en **Galones**. Su cliente, sin embargo, es europeo. Por lo tanto usted " +"desea ver las cantidades de sus compras expresadas en **Galones** y las " +"cantidades vendidas en **Litros**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" +" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." +msgstr "" +"Usted compra las cortinas de un proveedor. El proveedor vende las cortinas " +"en **rollo** y usted necesita vender las cortinas en **metros cuadrados**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" +msgstr "Instalar los módulos de compra y ventas" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " +"correctly installed." +msgstr "" +"El primer paso es asegurarse que los módulos de **Ventas** y **Compras** " +"estén correctamente instalados. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom01|" +msgstr "|uom01|" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom02|" +msgstr "|uom02|" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 +msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" +msgstr "Active la opción Unidad de Medida" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " +"unit of measures (advanced)** box." +msgstr "" +"Entre al módulo de compras, seleccione :menuselection:`Configuración --> " +"Ajustes` y apruebe la casilla **Algunos productos podrán ser " +"vendidos/comprados en diferentes unidades de medidas (avanzado)**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" +msgstr "Especifique las unidades de medidas de las ventas y las compras" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 +msgid "Standard units of measures" +msgstr "Unidades de medidas estándares" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " +"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" +" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " +"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." +msgstr "" +"Tomemos las clásicas unidades de medidas existentes en Odoo como primer " +"ejemplo. Por favor recuerde que las diferentes unidades de medidas entre las" +" ventas y las compras necesariamente tienen que compartir la misma " +"categoría. Las categorías incluyen: **Unidad**, **Peso**, **Tiempo de " +"trabajo**, **Volumen**, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 +msgid "" +"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " +"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." +msgstr "" +"Es posible crear su propia categoría y si las unidades de medida no son " +"estándares en Odoo (ver en el siguiente capítulo)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " +"customers in **Liters**." +msgstr "" +"Supongamos que compramos agua de nuestros proveedores en **Galones** y " +"vendemos a nuestros clientes en **Litros**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Products`." +msgstr "" +"Entramos al módulo de compras y seleccionamos :menuselection:`Compras --> " +"Productos`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " +"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" +" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " +"purchase)." +msgstr "" +"Crea tu propio producto o seleccione uno existente. En la información " +"general de productos usted tiene la posibilidad de seleccionar la **Unidad " +"de medida** (se utilizará en las ventas, inventarios, ...) y la ** Unidad de" +" Medida de Adquisición** (de compra)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " +"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" +"En este caso seleccione **Litros** en **Unidades de Medidas** y **Galones** " +"de **Unidades de Medida de Adquisición**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 +msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" +msgstr "" +"Crear sus propias unidades de medida y la categoría de las unidades de " +"medida" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " +"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " +"curtains in **square meters**)." +msgstr "" +"Tomemos ahora el segundo ejemplo (usted comprará cortinas a su proveedor, el" +" cual las vende en unidades de **rollo** y usted venderá las cortinas en " +"**metros cuadrados**)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " +"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " +"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" +" where both units have a conversion relationship." +msgstr "" +"Las dos medidas son parte de diferentes categorías. Recuerde, que no se " +"puede relacionar una unidad existente de una categoría con otra unidad " +"existente de otra categoría. Que por lo tanto usted primero debe crear una " +"**Categoría de Medida** compartida donde las dos unidades tengan una " +"relación de conversión. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" +" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " +"below)." +msgstr "" +"Para hacer eso, vaya al módulo de ventas y seleccione " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Productos --> Unidades de Medidas`. Crear " +"una nueva unidad para **Categoría de Medida** para seleccionar la lista " +"desplegable y hacer clic en crear y editar (como se muestra en la imagen " +"siguiente)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " +"**Inter-Category-Computation**." +msgstr "" +"Crear una nueva unidad de medida. En este caso su categoría será llamada " +"**Inter-Categoría-Computación**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " +"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " +"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " +"of Measure`." +msgstr "" +"El siguiente paso es crear las unidades de medida que se usarán **Rollos** y" +" **Metros cuadrados** y unirlos a la nueva categoría. Para hacer eso, vaya " +"al módulo de compras y seleccione :menuselection:`Configuración --> " +"Productos --> Unidades de Medida`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 +msgid "Create two new units:" +msgstr "Crear dos unidades nuevas:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" +" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" +" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " +"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" +" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"La unidad **Rollo** es parte de la categoría Inter-Categoría-Computación y " +"es un **Tipo de Referencia de Unidades** (ver la siguiente imagen). El tipo " +"de Referencias de Unidades se establece la medida como una referencia dentro" +" de la categoría. Significa que otras medidas serán convertidas dependiendo " +"de esta medida (por ejemplo: 1 rollo = 10 metros cuadrados, 2 rollos = 20 " +"metros cuadrados, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" +" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " +"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " +"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." +msgstr "" +"Para los **Metros Cuadrados**, usted deberá especificar que ``1 rollo = 10 " +"metros cuadrados`` de cortina. En consecuencia, será necesario especificar " +"que tipo es, los metros cuadrados son más grandes que la referencia de " +"unidad. El **Más grande Ratio** es ``10`` como `ùn rollo = 10 metros " +"cuadrados``." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 +msgid "" +"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " +"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." +msgstr "" +"Ahora es posible introducir **metros cuadrados** como Unidad de medida y " +"**rollo** como Unidad de Medida Adquirida en la forma del producto. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 +msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 +msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " +"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " +"products have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " +"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 +msgid "" +"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " +"not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " +"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" +" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" +msgstr "Analizar el rendimiento de sus vendedores" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " +"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " +"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" +msgstr "" +"Si su empresa compra regularmente productos de varios proveedores, sería " +"útil obtener estadísticas sobre sus compras. Hay varias razones para " +"realizar un seguimiento y analizar el rendimiento de su proveedor:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 +msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +msgstr "Usted puede ver cómo depende de un proveedor de su empresa es;" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" +msgstr "Puede negociar descuentos en precios;" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" +msgstr "Puede chequear el promedio de tiempo de entrega por proveedor;" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "Etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " +"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " +"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " +"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " +"their future orders." +msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, un distribuidor de productos para las TI que emite decenas de " +"órdenes de compra a varios proveedores cada semana puede querer a medida " +"cada producto, el precio total pagado por cada proveedor y el retraso en la " +"entrega. Las ideas recogidas por la compañía ayudará a analizar mejor, " +"pronosticar y planificar sus futuros pedidos." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" +msgstr "Instalación el módulo de Gestión de Compras" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " +"module." +msgstr "" +"Desde el menú de **Aplicaciones**, busque e instale el módulo de **Gestión " +"de Compras**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 +msgid "Issue some purchase orders" +msgstr "Expedir algunas órdenes de compra" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " +"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "Analyzing your vendors" +msgstr "Analizando sus vendedores" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 +msgid "Generate flexible reports" +msgstr "Generar reportes flexibles" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " +"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " +"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " +"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " +"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " +"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +msgstr "" +"Usted tiene acceso a las actuaciones de los proveedores en el menú de " +"Informes. De forma predeterminada, los grupos de informes de todas las " +"órdenes de compra estarán en una tabla dinámica por **precio total**, " +"**cantidad de producto** y el **precio promedio** para **cada mes** y para " +"**cada proveedor**. Por el simple hecho de acceder a este informe básico, se" +" puede obtener una visión general rápida de su desempeño real. Usted puede " +"agregar una gran cantidad de datos adicionales para su informe haciendo clic" +" en el icono de **Medidas**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " +"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " +"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " +"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " +"\"Products\"." +msgstr "" +"Al hacer click en los icono **+** y **-**, puede despleagar su informe hacía" +" arriba o abajo con el fin de cambiar la forma de la informacion en la que " +"está visualizada. Por ejemplo, si quiere ver todos los productos adqueridos " +"de este mes, solo necesito hacer un click en el icono **+** en el eje " +"vertical y luego hacer click en el producto. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " +"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" +" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " +"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " +"below." +msgstr "" +"En función de los datos que desea poner al inicio, puede que tenga que " +"mostrar sus informes en una vista más visual. Usted puede transformar su " +"informe en un solo clic en 3 vistas de gráfico: un **Gráfico Circular**, " +"**Gráfico de Barras** y ** Gráfico de líneas**: Estas vistas son accesibles " +"a través de los iconos resaltados en la pantalla de abajo ." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " +"dependent and one independent measure." +msgstr "" +"Por el contrario a la tabla dinámica, un gráfico que sólo puede ser " +"calculado con un dependiente y una medida independiente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Customize reports" +msgstr "Personalizar reportes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " +"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " +"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " +"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " +"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " +"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " +"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " +"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +msgstr "" +"Usted puede personalizar fácilmente sus reportes dependiendo de sus " +"necesidades. Para hacerlo, es necesario usar la **Vista de búsqueda " +"avanzada** situada en el lado derecho de la pantalla, haciendo clic en el " +"icono de la lupa en el extremo del botón de la barra de búsqueda. Esta " +"función le permite resaltar sólo los datos seleccionados en su informe. La " +"opción de **filtros** es muy útil con el fin de mostrar algunas categorías " +"de datos, mientras que la opción de **Grupo de** mejora la legibilidad de " +"los informes. Observe que puede filtrar y agrupar por cualquier campo " +"existente, haciendo que su personalización sea muy flexible y potente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " +"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " +"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +msgstr "" +"Puede guardar y volver a utilizar cualquier filtro personalizado haciendo " +"clic en **Favoritos** de la **Vista de Búsqueda Avanzada** y luego en " +"**Guardar Búsqueda Actual**. Entonces el filtro guardado será accesible " +"desde el menú de **Favoritos**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 +msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " +"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " +"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" +" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " +"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 +msgid "Approve the order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " +"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " +"of what your users can or can't do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 +msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." +msgstr "Una vez aprobada, la orden de compra sigue el proceso normal." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 +msgid "Bill Control" +msgstr "Control de Factura" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" +" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" +" you receive the goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 +msgid "Change the control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" +" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " +"page under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 +msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " +"*Shipment* tab," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " +"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" +" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " +"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "Cancel a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " +"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" +" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Debido a malentendidos, errores humanos o cambio de planes, a veces es " +"necesario cancelar los pedidos enviados a los proveedores. Odoo le permite " +"hacer, incluso si una parte o incluso la totalidad de la mercancía pedida " +"que ya está en su almacén." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 +msgid "" +"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " +"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " +"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " +"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " +"cancel." +msgstr "" +"Primero vamos a tomar como ejemplo el caso de que usted pide **3 iPad mini**" +" que no han llegado a sus transferencias todavía. Como se requiere la " +"instalación de la aplicación de inventario cuando se utiliza el módulo de " +"**Compra**, también es interesante ver el caso de los bienes en partes " +"entregados que desea cancelar." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "Crear un pedido de compra" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " +"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " +"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" +msgstr "" +"El primer paso para crear una **Orden de Compra** es crear una **Solicitud " +"de Cotización** (RfQ) en el menú :menuselection:`Compras --> Compras --> " +"Solicitudes de Cotización`. Confirme su RfQ para tener la orden de compra " +"confirmada" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 +msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" +msgstr "Cancelar su Orden de Compra" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 +msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" +msgstr "Caso de uso 1: Aún no se recibe ningún bien." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " +"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." +msgstr "" +"Si usted ya confirmó su orden de compra y no ha recibido todavía su " +"mercancía, sólo tiene que cancelar el pedido haciendo clic en el botón de " +"cancelar." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " +"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." +msgstr "" +"Odoo cancelará automáticamente los envíos pendientes relacionadas con esta " +"orden de compra y la barra de estado cambiará de **Orden de Compra** a " +"**Cancelado**. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 +msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" +msgstr "Use el caso 2 : si la mercancía está parcialmente entregada" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " +"cancel the PO." +msgstr "" +"En el caso, **2** de las **3 Ipad Mini** llegaron antes de lo necesario para" +" cancelar la orden de compra. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 +msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" +msgstr "Registrar la mercancía recibida y cancelar los pedidos pendientes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " +"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." +" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " +"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." +msgstr "" +"La primer cosa a hacer será para registrar los bienes recibidos, y para " +"cancelar la llegada del tercer **iPad mini** que todavía se supone va a ser " +"enviado. Desde el PO, haga clic en **Recibir producto** y, en la **línea " +"para el iPad mini*, manualmente hay que cambiar las cantidades recibidas en " +"virtud de la Columna **Hecho**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 +msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" +msgstr "Para conocer más, vea :doc:`reception`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " +"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " +"ask you the permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic en **Validar**, Odoo le avisará que ha procesado menos " +"productos que la demanda inicial (2 en lugar de 3, en nuestro caso) y le " +"pedirá permiso para crear un pedido pendiente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" +" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " +"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en **Sin pedido pendiente** para cancelar el suministro del " +"producto restante. Se dará cuenta de que la cantidad a recibir se ha " +"modificado en consecuencia y, por lo tanto, el estado de entrega ha cambiado" +" a **Hecho**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 +msgid "Create reverse transfer" +msgstr "Crear transferencia inversa" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" +" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." +" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" +" corresponding location and click on **Return**." +msgstr "" +"Ahora, usted necesita devolver el iPad mini que ha recibido a la ubicación " +"de su proveedor. Para ello, haga clic en el botón **Inverso** del mismo " +"documento. Una ventana de transferencia inversa aparecerá. Ingresa la " +"cantidad a devolver y la ubicación correspondiente y haga clic en " +"**Devolver**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " +"stock to your vendor location." +msgstr "" +"Procesar la devolución y controla que la acción del movimiento del almacén " +"sea de la ubicación del proveedor." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" +" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " +"cancelled." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se hace la transferencia inversa, el estatus de la orden de compras " +"será ajustará a hecho automáticamente, lo que significa que la orden de " +"compra ha sido completamente cancelada. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`bills`" +msgstr ":doc:`bills`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`reception`" +msgstr ":doc:`reception`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " +"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " +"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " +"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " +"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." +msgstr "" +"Una Solicitud de Cotización (RfQ) se utiliza cuando se va a comprar algunos " +"productos y le gustaría recibir un presupuesto para esos productos. En Odoo," +" la solicitud de cotización se utiliza para enviar una lista de productos " +"deseados a su proveedor. Una vez que el proveedor ha respondido a su " +"solicitud, puede optar por seguir adelante con la oferta y la compra o " +"rechazar la oferta." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 +msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "Creando una Solicitud de Cotización" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " +"Quotation` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" +"En el módulo de Compras, abra el menú :menuselection:`Compras --> Solicitud " +"de Cotización` y haga clic en **Crear**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " +"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " +"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione a su proveedor en el menú de **Proveedor**, o puede crearlo en la" +" marcha, haga clic en **Crear y Editar**. En el campo **Fecha de pedido**, " +"seleccione la fecha en la que desea continuar con el orden real." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " +"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " +"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " +"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " +"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " +"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " +"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " +"supplier or enter a new one)." +msgstr "" +"En los **Productos**, haga clic en Agregar un elemento. Seleccione el " +"producto que desea ordenar en el menú **Producto**. Especifique la " +"**Cantidad** insertando el número y la selección de la unidad de medida. En " +"el campo **Precio por unidad**, especifique el precio que le gustaría " +"ofrecer (también se puede dejar en blanco si no sabe cual precio debería " +"ser), y añadir la fecha de entrega prevista en el campo **Fecha " +"programada**. Haga clic en **Guardar** y, a continuación, **Imprimir Rfq**, " +"o **Enviar Rfq por correo electrónico**, (asegúrese de que la dirección de " +"correo electrónico sea especifica para este proveedor o introduzca uno " +"nuevo)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 +msgid "" +"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" +" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." +msgstr "" +"Después de haber hecho clic en **Enviar**, usted se dará cuenta de que el " +"estado de la petición de oferta pasará de **Borrador** a **RFQ enviados**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " +"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " +"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que el proveedor ha respondido con la oferta, se deben actualizar " +"los RfQ haciendo clic en **Editar** para adaptarse a la cotización (precios," +" impuestos, plazo de entrega previsto, condiciones de pago, etc.), a " +"continuación, haga clic en **Guardar** para emitir una Orden de Compra." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " +"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." +msgstr "" +"Para continuar con la orden, haga clic en **Confirmar Orden** para enviar el" +" pedido al proveedor. El estado del RfQ cambiará a **Orden de Compra**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" +" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." +msgstr "" +"El estado de la RfQ cambiará a la ORDEN DE COMPRA. En la esquina superior " +"derecha de la orden se mostrarán 1 Envío y 0 Facturas." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" +" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Dropshipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " +"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " +"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " +"drop shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " +"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " +"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " +"dropship route on the SO line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "Drop ship a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " +"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " +"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " +"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" +" through your own stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Lock a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 +msgid "Lock an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 +msgid "" +"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " +"the order preventing any further modification on the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 +msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 +msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " +"products to receive and to control supplier bills." +msgstr "" +"El módulo de **Compra** le permite gestionar sus órdenes de compra, para el " +"control de productos para recibir y controlar las facturas de los " +"proveedores." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" +" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " +"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." +msgstr "" +"Si quieres obtener las previsiones de productos y recepciones bajo control, " +"lo primero que debe hacer es implementar el proceso de compra Odoo. Saber lo" +" que han comprado en base de la previsión y el control de recepciones." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 +msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "Instalar el módulo de Compras y de Inventario" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " +"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " +"others), which is required with **Purchase**." +msgstr "" +"Inicia instalando el módulo de Compras desde el módulo **Aplicaciones**. " +"Este hará automáticamente la instalación del módulo de **Inventario** (entre" +" otros), el cual es requerido para **Compras**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 +msgid "Create products" +msgstr "Crear productos" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " +"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" +"Después, se necesita crear los productos que desea vender. Vaya al módulo de" +" **Compras**, luego :menuselection:`Compras --> Productos`, y haga clic en " +"**Crear**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 +msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" +msgstr "" +"Cuando se esta creando un producto, en el campo **Tipo de Producto** es " +"importante:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." +msgstr "" +"**Almacenable y Consumible**: son productos que se necesitna para ser " +"recibidos en su inventario." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " +"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." +msgstr "" +"**Servicios y Productos Digitales** (únicamente cuando el módulo de " +"**eCommerce** está instalada): no hay control sobre lo que usted recibe o no" +" recibe. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " +"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " +"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" +" set his product type field as **Service**." +msgstr "" +"Siempre es bueno crear un **Producto Diverso** para todos los productos que " +"usted compró en diferentes ocasiones y para los que no desea gestionar los " +"almacenes o tienen estadísticas de compra/venta. Si crea un producto de este" +" tipo, se recomienda establecer su campo de tipo de producto como de " +"**Servicio**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 +msgid "Control products receptions" +msgstr "Controlar recepciones de productos" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 +msgid "Purchase products" +msgstr "Comprar productos" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " +"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" +" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " +"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " +"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." +msgstr "" +"A partir de la solicitud de compra, crear una orden de compra con algunos " +"productos. Si el proveedor le envía una orden de venta o una cita, ponga su " +"referencia en el campo de **Referencia de Proveedor**. Esto le permitirá " +"hacer fácilmente la coincidencia con la orden de entrega más adelante (como " +"la orden de entrega probablemente incluirá la **Referencia de Proveedor** de" +" su orden de venta)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 +msgid "Receive Products" +msgstr "Recibir productos" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " +"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " +"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " +"receipt box of the related warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Si ha adquirido bienes físicos (almacenables o productos consumibles), puede" +" recibir los productos del módulo de **Inventario**. Desde el tablero de " +"**Inventario**, debería ver un botón **X para Recibir**, en el cuadro de la " +"recepción de la bodega correspondiente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Haz click en este botón y accede a una lista de todos los pedidos en espera " +"para este almacén." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " +"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " +"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" +" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " +"the lines within it." +msgstr "" +"Si usted tiene una gran cantidad de pedidos en espera, puede usar la barra " +"de filtro para buscar en el **Proveedor** (también llamado **Socio** en " +"Odoo), el producto o el documento de origen, que es la referencia de su " +"orden de compra. Puede abrir el documento que coincida con el almacén de " +"entrega recibido y procesar todas las líneas dentro de ella." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " +"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " +"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " +"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." +msgstr "" +"Usted puede validar todo el documento a la vez haciendo clic en el botón " +"**Validar** o puede controlar todos los productos, uno por uno, cambiando " +"manualmente la cantidad a **Hecho** (lo que en realidad se ha recibido). " +"Cuando una línea es de color verde, significa que la cantidad recibida " +"coincida con lo que se esperaba." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " +"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " +"the quantity received." +msgstr "" +"Si usted trabaja con lotes o números de serie, no se puede establecer la " +"cantidad procesada, pero usted tiene que proporcionar todos los lotes o " +"números de serie para registrar la cantidad recibida." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 +msgid "" +"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" +" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" +"Al validar la recepción, si ha recibido menos productos que la demanda " +"inicial, Odoo le pedirá permiso para crear un pedido pendiente. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " +"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " +"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." +msgstr "" +"Si va a recibir el producto restante en el futuro, seleccione **Crear Pedido" +" Pendiente**. Odoo creará un nuevo documento para los productos en espera. " +"Si escoge **Sin Pedido Pendiente**, el pedido se considerará cumplido." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`cancel`" +msgstr ":doc:`cancel`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 +msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " +"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " +"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " +"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 +msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " +"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " +"blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 +msgid "Add a warning on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" +" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 +msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " +"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 +msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Agreements" +msgstr "Acuerdos de compra" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " +"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " +"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 +msgid "Start a Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " +"Agreements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " +"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " +"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " +"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " +"the top right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 +msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " +"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " +"choose the quantity and confirm the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" +" you have already ordered from your blanket order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 +msgid "Vendors prices on your product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " +"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " +"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " +"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " +"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 +msgid "Create a Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " +"and select *Call for Tender*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " +"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " +"right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 +msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " +"from your Call for Tender." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 +msgid "Select the best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" +" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 +msgid "Close the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 +msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "Reposición" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment Flows" +msgstr "Flujo de reposición" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 +msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " +"Times*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 +msgid "" +"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " +"manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 +msgid "Configure Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 +msgid "Vendor Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " +"product to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " +"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " +"lead time for that Vendor & Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "Plazo de entrega del cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " +"the product to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 +msgid "Manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " +"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " +"engagements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " +"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " +"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " +"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 +msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 +msgid "" +"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " +"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " +"is your product’s configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 +msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 +msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 +msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" +" your configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 +msgid "" +"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 +msgid "" +"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 +msgid "" +"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " +"9 days of vendor lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Setup drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " +"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." +msgstr "" +"Envío que permite entregar la mercancía directamente desde el proveedor al " +"cliente. Esto significa que los productos no hacen parada en su almacén." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 +msgid "" +"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " +"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " +"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " +"section." +msgstr "" +"En primer lugar, configurar las **Rutas** y **Dropshipping**. Ir a " +":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes. Compruebe **Las " +"rutas avanzadas de los productos utilizando reglas** en la sección de " +"**Rutas** y en **Permitir a los proveedores para entregar directamente a sus" +" clientes** en la sección de **Dropshipping**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " +"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " +"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" +"Usted tiene que permitir la elección de la ruta en el orden de venta. Ir a " +"el módulo de **Ventas**, :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y " +"seleccione **Elegir rutas específicas en las líneas de órdenes de venta " +"(avanzadas)**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 +msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" +msgstr "Cómo usar el dropshipping?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " +"concerned order lines." +msgstr "" +"Crea la orden de venta y selecciona la ruta como **Dropshipping** en las " +"líneas de la orden en cuestión." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " +"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que el pedido ha sido confirmado, ningún movimiento se crea a partir" +" del almacén. Las mercancías serán entregadas directamente desde el " +"proveedor a su cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" +" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." +msgstr "" +"Con el fin de ser capaz de facturar el envío, debe establecer la política de" +" la factura de su producto en **Cantidades pedidos**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 +msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " +"orders on each sale you make." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" +" just one step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " +"*Make To Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 +msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " +"Odoo for this feature to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 +msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " +"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " +"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " +"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " +"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" +" *Shipment* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " +"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " +"automatically under it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " +"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " +"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 +msgid "Set a reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 +msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " +"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " +"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " +"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " +"12:00PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 +msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" +" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " +"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Solución de problemas" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " +"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " +"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " +"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," +" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " +"issue with the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-Companies" +msgstr "Multi-Compañías" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" +msgstr "¿Cómo configurar una multi-empresa con flujo de compra/venta?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " +"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " +"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " +"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." +msgstr "" +"Odoo es una solución excelente para ayudar a las pequeñas empresas hacer " +"crecer su negocio. Pero también responde perfectamente a las necesidades de " +"las empresas. La función de multinacional entre empresas ayuda a comprar y/o" +" vender productos y servicios entre las diferentes ramas dentro de su " +"conglomerado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " +"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " +"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " +"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " +"on your sales and purchase orders." +msgstr "" +"Las órdenes de compra y órdenes de venta se pueden relacionar. Si una " +"empresa dentro de su grupo crea una compra o una orden de venta, el " +"documento correspondiente se crea automáticamente para su empresa. Todo lo " +"que tienes que hacer es comprobar que todo está correcto y confirmar la " +"venta. Puede automatizar la validación en sus ventas y órdenes de compra." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 +msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." +msgstr "También es posible sólo para manejar las facturas y los reembolsos." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Manage intercompany rules" +msgstr "Gestión de reglas internas de la empresa" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" +" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes Generales`. Seleccione " +"**Administrar múltiples empresas** y después **Gestión interna de la " +"empresa**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "Haga clic en **Aplicar**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 +msgid "New options will appear." +msgstr "Nuevas opciones aparecerán." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." +msgstr "" +"En la lista desplegable, seleccione la empresa en la que desea agregar " +"reglas." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " +"options." +msgstr "" +"Si hace clic en **Configuración interna de la empresa para SO y PO**, " +"obtendrá opciones adicionales." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " +"for the other companies." +msgstr "" +"Cuando haya terminado, haga clic en **Aplicar**, después tendrá que repetir " +"los mismos pasos para las otras compañías." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " +"user has the rights to manage the companies." +msgstr "" +"Con el fin de poder gestionar las reglas entre empresas, asegúrese de que su" +" usuario tiene los derechos para gestionar las empresas." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po deleted file mode 100644 index dc36d632a..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,470 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2018 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2018 -# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../iot.rst:5 -msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:34 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:36 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:38 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:70 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:76 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <http://wwww.balena.org>`__, " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Now, download the latest image `here " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the " -"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " -"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " -"minutes for it to finish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:3 -msgid "IoT Box not found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" -" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " -"can follow to find your IoT box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:10 -msgid "HTTPS Issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:12 -msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " -"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" -" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " -"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:9 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "Pre-requisitos" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:17 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "Una computadora o tableta con un navegador web actualizado a la fecha" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:22 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " -"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:28 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" -msgstr "" -"Un Escáner de código de barras USB Honeywell Eclipse u otro escáner " -"compatible" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:30 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "Un cajón de dinero Epson compatible" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:32 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:35 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "Configurar" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:44 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" -" might work as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:50 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr "" -"**Impresora**: Conectar una impresora ESC/POS a un puerto USB y encenderla." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" -"**Cajón de dinero**: El cajón de dinero debe conectarse a la impresora con " -"un cable RJ25." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " -"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " -"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " -"your barcode scanner." -msgstr "" -"**Escáner de código de barras**: Conecte el escáner de código de barras. " -"Para que se escáner sea compatible, debe comportarse como un teclado y debe " -"ser configurado en **US QWERTY**. También debe poner fin a los códigos de " -"barras con una tecla ENTER (código clave 28). Esto es más probable en la " -"configuración por defecto de su escáner." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:62 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "**Escala**: Conecte su escala y enciéndala. " - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " -"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " -"device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " -"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " -"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " -"on boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:77 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:80 -msgid "Troubleshoot" -msgstr "Solución de problemas" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:83 -msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" -" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" -" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " -"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " -"LED." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " -"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " -"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " -"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " -"devices on your network router." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" -" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:106 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "Asegúrese que el PdV no está cargado sobre HTTPS." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " -"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:113 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "El escáner de código de barra no está funcionando" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " -"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " -"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." -msgstr "" -"El escáner de código de barras se debe configurar en los Estados Unidos " -"QWERTY y emite un Enter después de cada código de barras. Esta es la " -"configuración por defecto de la mayoría de los lectores de códigos de " -"barras. Consulte la documentación del lector de código de barras para " -"obtener más información." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " -"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " -"enough power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" -" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" -" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." -msgstr "" -"Algunos escáneres de códigos de barras necesitarán más de 2A y no " -"funcionarán, o funcionan poco fiable, incluso con la fuente de alimentación " -"proporcionada. En estos casos usted puede conectar el escáner de código de " -"barras en un concentrador USB con alimentación propia." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:134 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "El escáner de código de barra no está funcionando de manera segura" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " -"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:140 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "Impresión del recibo tarda demasiado tiempo" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:142 -msgid "" -"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " -"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " -"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " -"and the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:148 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "Algunos caracteres no se imprimen correctamente en el recibo" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:150 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " -"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:155 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "La impresora está fuera de línea" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " -"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " -"contact support." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que la impresora esté conectada, funcionando, debe de tener " -"suficiente papel y tener su tapa cerrada, y que no informe error. Si el " -"error persiste, póngase en contacto con soporte." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:162 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "El cajón de dinero no abre" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:164 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" -"El cajón de dinero debe estar conectado a la impresora y se debe activar en " -"la configuración de la terminal." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0aae943e7..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,255 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Victoria Quesada <victoria.quesada@nybblegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Victoria Quesada <victoria.quesada@nybblegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Charla en vivo" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" -msgstr "Hable en tiempo real con los visitantes del sitio web" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." -msgstr "" -"Con Odoo Live Chat, puede establecer un contacto directo con los visitantes " -"de su sitio web. Un cuadro de diálogo simple estará disponible en su " -"pantalla y les permitirá ponerse en contacto con uno de sus representantes " -"de ventas. De esta manera, puede convertir fácilmente a los prospectos en " -"posibles oportunidades comerciales. También podrá brindar asistencia a sus " -"clientes. En general, esta es la herramienta perfecta para mejorar la " -"satisfacción del cliente." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." -msgstr "" -"Para obtener la función de chat en vivo, abra el módulo Aplicaciones, busque" -" \"Chat en vivo\" y luego haga clic en instalar." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." -msgstr "" -"El módulo Live Chat le proporciona acceso directo a sus canales. Allí, los " -"operadores pueden unirse fácilmente y abandonar el chat." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" -msgstr "Agregue el chat en vivo a un sitio web de Odoo" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." -msgstr "" -"Si su sitio web fue creado con Odoo, entonces el chat en vivo se agrega " -"automáticamente. Todo lo que queda por hacer es ir a: menu selection: `Sitio" -" web -> Configuración -> Configuración` para seleccionar el canal que se va " -"a vincular al sitio web." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "Agregue el chat en vivo a un sitio web externo" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." -msgstr "" -"Si su sitio web no se creó con Odoo, vaya al módulo Chat en vivo y luego " -"seleccione el canal que se va a vincular. Allí, simplemente copie y pegue el" -" código disponible en su sitio web. También se proporciona una URL " -"específica que puede enviar a clientes o proveedores para que accedan al " -"chat en vivo." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "Ocultar / mostrar el chat en vivo de acuerdo a las reglas" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." -msgstr "" -"Las reglas para el chat en vivo se pueden definir en el formulario del " -"canal. Por ejemplo, puede elegir mostrar el chat en los países en los que " -"habla el idioma. Por el contrario, puede ocultar el chat en países en los " -"que su empresa no vende. Si selecciona *Auto popup*, también puede " -"establecer el tiempo que tarda el chat en aparecer." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "Preparar mensajes automáticos" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 -msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." -msgstr "" -"En el formulario del canal, en la sección *Opciones*, se pueden escribir " -"varios mensajes para que aparezcan automáticamente en el chat. Esto atraerá " -"a los visitantes a contactarlo a través del chat en vivo." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" -msgstr "Comience a chatear con los clientes" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." -msgstr "" -"Para comenzar a chatear con los clientes, primero asegúrese de que el canal " -"esté publicado en su sitio web. Para hacerlo, seleccione *No publicado en el" -" sitio web* en la esquina superior derecha del formulario del canal para " -"alternar la configuración *Publicado*. Luego, el chat en vivo puede comenzar" -" una vez que un operador se haya unido al canal." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." -msgstr "" -"Si no hay un operador disponible y/o si el canal no está publicado en el " -"sitio web, el botón de chat en vivo no aparecerá para los visitantes." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " -"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " -"answered wherever you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Las conversaciones iniciadas por visitantes aparecerán en el módulo de " -"Discusión y también aparecerán como un mensaje directo haciendo que " -"despliegue el cuadro de conversación. De esta forma podrá responder las " -"consultas desde cualquier módulo en Odoo. " - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " -"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." -msgstr "" -"Si más de un operador ingresa a un canal el sistema les va a generar " -"sesiones de visitante de manera aleatoria. " - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "Usar comandos" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" -msgstr "" -"Los comandos son atajos útiles para completar ciertas acciones o para " -"acceder a la información que pueda necesitar. Para usar esta función, " -"simplemente escriba los comandos en el chat. Las siguientes acciones están " -"disponibles:" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." -msgstr "**/help**: muestra un mensaje de ayuda." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk** : crea un ticket de servicio de asistencia." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk\\_search** : busca un ticket de servicio de asistencia." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." -msgstr "**/history** : ver 15 últimas páginas visitadas." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." -msgstr "**/lead** : crea una nueva iniciativa." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." -msgstr "**/leave** : dejar el canal." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 -msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "" -"Si se crea un ticket de servicio de asistencia desde el chat, la " -"conversación de la que se generó aparecerá automáticamente como la " -"descripción del ticket. Lo mismo ocurre con la creación de una iniciativa." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "Enviar respuestas guardadas" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." -msgstr "" -"Las respuestas guardadas le permiten crear sustitutos a oraciones genéricas " -"que usa con frecuencia. Escribir una palabra en vez de varias le ahorrará " -"mucho tiempo. Para agregar respuestas guardadas, vaya a: menuselection: " -"`CHAT EN VIVO -> Configuración -> Respuestas guardadas` y cree todas las que" -" necesite. Luego, para usarlos durante un chat, simplemente escriba \":\" " -"seguido del atajo que asignó." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 -msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" -msgstr "" -"Ahora tiene todas las herramientas necesarias para chatear en vivo con los " -"visitantes de su sitio web, ¡disfrútelo!" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 40f93ccc5..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,568 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Fernando La Chica <fernandolachica@gmail.com>, 2019 -# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Fabricación" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" -msgstr "¿Cómo crear una lista de materiales?" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " -"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " -"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " -"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " -"describe multiple variants of the same product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" -msgstr "Configuración de una lista de materiales básica" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " -"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." -msgstr "" -"Si eliges administrar tus operaciones de manufactura usando sólo órdenes de " -"producción, tendrás que definir la lista de materiales sin ruta de " -"producción" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " -"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " -"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " -"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " -"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " -"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " -"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " -"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " -"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " -"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " -"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " -"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 -msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" -msgstr "Agregar la ruta de producción a la lista de materiales" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "" -"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " -"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " -"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " -"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " -"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " -"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " -"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" -" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " -"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " -"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " -"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 -msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " -"primary product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " -"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " -"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " -"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " -"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" -"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " -"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " -"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" -"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " -"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" -" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " -"subassembly is created as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " -"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " -"subassembly as you would for any product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 -msgid "" -"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " -"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " -"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " -"effect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " -"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " -"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 -msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" -msgstr "Cómo vender un conjunto de productos como un kit" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " -"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " -"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " -"Manufacturing apps must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Un *kit* es un conjunto de componentes que se entregan sin ser ensamblados o" -" mezclados previamente. Los kits se describen en Odoo usando *lista de " -"materiales*. Hay dos formas básicas de configurar kits, dependiendo de cómo " -"se gestionará el stock del kit. En cualquier caso, las aplicaciones de " -"inventario y fabricación deben ser instaladas." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "Gestión del Stock de los Componentes" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " -"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " -"step." -msgstr "" -"Si quiere ensamblar los kits a medida que se lo solicitan, gestionando el " -"stok de los *componentes* solamente, debe utilizar una lista de materiales " -"sin ningún paso de fabricación." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "" -"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " -"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " -"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " -"right shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" -"Un producto que use una lista de materiales tipo Kit, aparecerá como una " -"sola línea en una oferta y pedido de venta, pero generará una orden de " -"entrega con una línea de pedido para cada uno de los componentes del kit. " -"Como puede observar en el ejemplo siguiente, la imagen de la izquierda " -"muestra un pedido de venta para el kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", mientras que" -" la imagen de la derecha muestra el pedido de entrega correspondiente." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " -"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " -"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " -"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" -" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " -"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." -msgstr "" -"Desde el menú **Productos** de la aplicación de Inventario o Fabricación, " -"cree cada producto componente como lo haría con cualquier otro producto, " -"luego cree el producto de nivel superior, o kit. El producto kit debe tener " -"al menos la ruta **Fabricación**. Dado que no puedes rastrear el stock de en" -" los productos de kit, el tipo de producto debe establecerse como " -"**Consumible**. Además, ya que un producto de kit no se puede comprar, el " -"check **se puede comprar** debe estar sin marcar." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no special configuration." -msgstr "" -"Todos los demás parámetros del producto del kit pueden modificarse como " -"desee. Los componentes no requieren ninguna configuración especial." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " -"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " -"their default values." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que los productos estén configurados, cree una lista de materiales " -"para el producto kit. Añada cada componente y su cantidad. Seleccione el " -"tipo de lista de materiales **Kit**. Todas las demás opciones pueden " -"quedarse con sus valores por defecto." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "Gestión del Stock de los productos Kit y sus componentes" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" -" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" -" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " -"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " -"will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" -"Si desea gestionar el stock del producto de kit de nivel superior, deberá " -"usar una lista de materiales estándar con un paso de fabricación en lugar de" -" una lista de materiales del producto kit. Cuando utilice una lista de " -"materiales estándar para ensamblar kits, se creará una orden de fabricación." -" La orden de fabricación debe marcarse como completada antes de que el " -"producto kit aparezca en su stock." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " -"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " -"stock management." -msgstr "" -"En el producto kit, seleccione la ruta **Fabricación**. Puede marcar la ruta" -" **Bajo pedido**, si lo que desea es crear una órden de producción al " -"confirmar un pedido de venta. Seleccione el tipo de producto **Producto " -"almacenable** para habilitar la gestión de stock." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 -msgid "" -"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " -"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" -" order rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" -"Cuando crees una lista de materiales, selecciona Tipo LdM **Fabricación**. " -"El ensamblado del kit será descrito en la orden de producción en lugar de " -"una operación de embalaje." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introducción" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " -"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " -"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " -"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " -"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " -"performed in an order defined by **routings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " -"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " -"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " -"work orders and routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " -"are two basic phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 -msgid "Create manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "Record Production" -msgstr "Registro de producción" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" -" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " -"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " -"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " -"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " -"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " -"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " -"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" -" step of scheduling work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 -msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 -msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " -"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" -" unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " -"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " -"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " -"unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 -msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "örden de desconstrucción" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 -msgid "" -"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" -" menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " -"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " -"something you received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 -msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " -"components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " -"BoM back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " -"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " -"defect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "Crear una orden de reparación" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " -"new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." -" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " -"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" -" might need, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " -"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " -"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 -msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po deleted file mode 100644 index cac29e5e2..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Victoria Quesada <victoria.quesada@nybblegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Victoria Quesada <victoria.quesada@nybblegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "Móvil" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "Notificaciones automáticas" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As of Odoo 12.0, there is no more complex configuration to enable push " -"notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " -"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6b56628f7..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1500 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Cristopher Cravioto <ccr@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Punto de venta" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "Temas avanzados" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "Usando códigos de barras en PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "Añadir códigos de barras al producto." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "Escanear productos" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 -msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This " -"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They " -"are all explained below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the " -"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 -msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 -msgid "And the cashier will be changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 -msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 -msgid "" -"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 -msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 -msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 -msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 -msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 -msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "Usando etiquetas de descuento con un escáner de código de barras" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " -"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " -"allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" -"Si desea vender sus productos con un descuento, por ejemplo, para un " -"producto que se acerca a su fecha de vencimiento, puede usar etiquetas de " -"descuento. Te permiten escanear códigos de barras de descuento." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "Nomenclatura de código de barras" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" -"Para usar las etiquetas de descuentos, necesitamos aprender acerca de la " -"nomenclatura de códigos de barras." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " -"barcode:" -msgstr "" -"Digamos que quiere tener un descuento para el producto con el siguiente " -"código de barras:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " -"interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " -"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " -"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "Escanea los productos y etiquetas" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" -"Primero tienes que escanear el producto deseado (en nuestro caso, un limón)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 -msgid "" -"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " -"finish the transaction." -msgstr "" -"Y luego escanear la etiqueta de descuento. Se aplicará el descuento y podrás" -" finalizar la transacción." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "Gestiona un programa de lealtad" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " -"*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" -"Anime a sus clientes que sigan comprando en su punto de venta con un " -"*Programa de lealtad*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " -"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" -"Para activar la función *Programa de lealtad*, vaya a: menuselection: `Punto" -" de Ventas -> Configuración-> Punto de ventas ` y seleccione su interfaz de " -"PdV. En las funciones de precios, seleccione * Programa de lealtad*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "Desde allí puedes crear y editar tus programas de lealtad." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " -"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " -"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " -"everything in between." -msgstr "" -"Puedes decidir qué tipo de programa deseas utilizar, si la recompensa es un " -"descuento o un regalo, házlo específico para algunos productos o cubra todo " -"su inventario. Aplica reglas para que solo sea válido en situaciones " -"específicas y todo lo demas." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "Usa el programa de lealtad en tu interfaz PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "" -"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " -"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " -"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " -"rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se establece un cliente, ahora verá los puntos que obtendrá por la " -"transacción y se acumularán hasta que se gasten. Se gastan usando el botón " -"*Recompensas* cuando tienen suficientes puntos de acuerdo con las reglas " -"definidas en el programa de lealtad." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" -" finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" -"Puede ver que el precio se actualiza instantáneamente para reflejar la lista" -" de precios. Puedes finalizar el pedido de la forma habitual." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " -"can of course change it." -msgstr "" -"Si selecciona un cliente con una lista de precios predeterminada, se " -"aplicará. Por supuesto, puedes cambiarlo." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "Aplicar descuentos manuales." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" -"Si rara vez utilizas descuentos, aplicar descuentos manuales podría ser la " -"solución más fácil para tu punto de venta." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." -msgstr "" -"Puedes aplicar un descuento en todo el pedido o en productos específicos." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "Aplicar un descuento en un producto." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "Desde la interfaz de tu sesión, use el botón *Desc*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." -msgstr "" -"Luego puedes ingresar un descuento (en porcentaje) sobre el producto " -"actualmente seleccionado y se aplicará el descuento." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "Aplicar un descuento global" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "Aplicar descuentos por tiempo limitado." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "Crear una lista de precios" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "Usando una lista de precios en la interfaz PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "Analizar las ventas" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" -msgstr "Módulo de Datos Fiscales Bélgicos" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "" -"Configuración del Módulo de Datos Fiscales con el Punto de Venta de Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introducción" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." -msgstr "" -"El gobierno Belga requiere que ciertos negocios usen un dispoistivo " -"certificado por el gobierno llamado **Módulo de Información Físcal** " -"(también conocido como **blackbox**). Este dispositivo trabaja junto con la " -"aplicación de TPV y registra ciertas transacciones. Junto con eso, la " -"aplicación TPV debe ser certificada por el gobierno y debe adherirse a " -"estríctos estándares especificados por ellos. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) " -"es una aplicación certificada <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be" -"/systemes-certifies>`_. Más información referente al Módulo de Información " -"Físcal puede ser encontrara en `el sitio web oficial " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "El hardware requerido" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" -"El gobierno certifica el Módulo de Datos Fiscales " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ por el Punto de Venta, todos ellos deben " -"trabajar, pero se recomienda el Cleancash SC-B, que también se necesitará:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Serial cable de módem nulo por FDM (`ejemplo <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Adaptador Serial-to-USB para FDM (`ejemplo " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Configurar" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "IoT Box" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " -"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" -" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " -"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " -"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " -"VAT signing card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "Certificación & Instalación local" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" -"La certificación otorgada por el gobierno está restringida al úso en el SaaS" -" de odoo.com. El uso del módulo desde el código fuente o una versión " -"modificada **no** estará certificada. Para usuarios con instalación local, " -"también soportamos el Módulo de Información fiscal en dichas instalaciones. " -"La mayor restricción es que requiere una versión ofuscada del módulo " -"``pos_blackbox_be`` que se provee sobre pedido para clientes Enterprise." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "Restricciones" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" -"Como se mencionó anteriormente, de acuerdo con el certificado del módulo de " -"Punto de Venta deben cumplir las especificaciones del Gobierno descritas. " -"Por lo mismo, el certificado de la Terminal del Punto de Venta de Odoo tiene" -" algunas limitaciones no presentes en el no certificado del Punto de Venta " -"de Odoo." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "El reembolso se desactiva" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "Modificación de precios de las líneas de pedido" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "Crear/modificar/eliminar órdenes del Punto de Venta" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "Vender productos sin el impuesto válido" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "Lista negra de módulos: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "Registrar clientes" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " -"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " -"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" -" any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "" -"El registro de sus clientes le dará la posibilidad de otorgarles diversos " -"privilegios, como descuentos, programas de lealtad y comunicación " -"específica. También será necesario si desean una factura y su registro hará " -"que cualquier interacción futura con ellos sea más rápida." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "Crear un cliente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "Desde la interfaz de su sesión, use el botón de cliente." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "Crea uno nuevo usando este botón." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "" -"Se le invitará a completar el formulario del cliente con su información." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " -"any future transactions." -msgstr "" -"Utilice el botón Guardar cuando haya terminado. Ahora podra seleccionar ese " -"cliente en cualquier transacción futura." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "Primeros pasos con el Punto de Venta de Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" -"Usted será capaz de ejecutar las estadísticas en tiempo real y " -"consolidaciones en todas sus tiendas sin la molestia de la integración de " -"varias aplicaciones externas." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "Instalar la aplicación Punto de Venta." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "Vaya a Aplicaciones e instale la aplicación Punto de venta." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "Hacer productos disponibles en el Punto de Venta." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" -"Para que los productos estén disponibles en el punto de venta, abra un " -"producto, vaya a la pestaña Ventas y marque la casilla \"Disponible en el " -"punto de venta\"." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "" -"También puede definir allí si el producto debe pesarse con una escala." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "Crea tu primera sesión de PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "Su primera orden" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" -"Ahora está listo para realizar sus primeras ventas a través del punto de " -"venta. Desde el panel de control de PdV, puede ver todos sus puntos de venta" -" y puede comenzar una nueva sesión." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "Ahora llegas a la interfaz PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que se completa un pedido, puedes registrar el pago. Todos los " -"métodos de pago disponibles aparecen a la izquierda de la pantalla. " -"Selecciona el método de pago e ingresa la cantidad recibida. A continuación," -" puedes validar el pago." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "Puedes registrar los siguientes pedidos." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "Cierre la sesión de PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" -"Al final del día, cerrarás tu sesión de PdV. Para ello, haz clic en el botón" -" de cerrar que aparece en la esquina superior derecha y confirma. Ahora " -"puedes cerrar la sesión desde el panel de control." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "Es muy recomendable cerrar la sesión de PoS al final de cada día." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" -"A continuación, verá un resumen de todas las transacciones por método de " -"pago." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" -"Puede hacer clic en una línea de ese resumen para ver todos los pedidos que " -"se han pagado con este método de pago durante esa sesión de PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "" -"Si todo esta correcto, puedes validar la sesión de PdV y publicar las " -"entradas de cierre." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "Está hecho, ahora haz cerrado tu primera sesión de PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/pos`" -msgstr "" -"Para conectar el PdV al hardware con un Odoo IoT Box, consulte la sección " -":doc:`../../../iot/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/pos`" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" -msgstr "Características Avanzadas de Restaurantes" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " -"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " -"definitive ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 -msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 -msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " -"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " -"can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." -" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 -msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" -" you can add the printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 -msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 -msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 -msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 -msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " -"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" -"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " -"option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 -msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " -"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " -"important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 -msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " -"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 -msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 -msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 -msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Shop Features" -msgstr "Características Avanzadas de la Tienda" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " -"is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 -msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "Activar el control de efectivo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Para activar la función *Control de efectivo *, vaya a: menuselection: " -"`Punto de Ventas -> Configuración -> Punto de Venta` y seleccione su " -"interfaz PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 -msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "" -"En la categoría de pagos, encontrará la configuración de control de " -"efectivo." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " -"the opening and closing." -msgstr "" -"En este ejemplo, pueden ver que quiero tener 275 $ en varias denominaciones " -"en la apertura y el cierre." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" -" values." -msgstr "" -"Al hacer clic en **Valores de apertura / cierre**, podrá crear esos valores." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 -msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "Iniciar una sesion" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " -"Balance*" -msgstr "" -"Ahora tiene un nuevo botón agregado cuando abre una sesión, *Establecer " -"saldo inicial*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 -msgid "" -"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " -"modify it." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, utilizará los valores que agregó anteriormente, pero siempre " -"puede modificarlo." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 -msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "Cerrar una sesion" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " -"button as well." -msgstr "" -"Cuando desee cerrar su sesión, ahora también tiene un botón *Establecer " -"saldo final*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" -" have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "" -"Luego puede ver el balance teórico, el balance de cierre real (lo que acaba " -"de contar) y la diferencia entre los dos." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " -"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " -"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "" -"Si usa la opción *Sacar Dinero* para realizar sus transacciones para esta " -"sesión, ahora tiene una diferencia de suma cero y el mismo saldo de cierre " -"que su saldo de apertura. Tu caja está lista para la próxima sesión." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "Factura desde la interfaz PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " -"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Algunos de tus clientes pueden solicitar una factura al comprar desde su " -"punto de venta, puede administrarlo fácilmente directamente desde la " -"interfaz de PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "Activar facturación" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " -"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "" -"En *Facturas y recibos* verá la opción de facturación, márquela. No olvide " -"elegir en qué diario se deben crear las facturas." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "Selecciona un cliente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "Desde la interfaz de su sesión, use el botón de cliente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " -"or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" -"Luego, puede seleccionar un cliente existente y configurarlo como su cliente" -" o crear uno nuevo con este botón." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "" -"Se le invitará a completar el formulario del cliente con su información." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "Facturación al cliente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " -"select it and validate." -msgstr "" -"Desde la pantalla de pago, ahora tiene una opción de facturación, use el " -"botón para seleccionarla y validarla." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 -msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "Despues, puede imprimir la factura y pasar a su próximo pedido." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "Recuperar facturas" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" -" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" -" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" -msgstr "Acepta devoluciones y devolución de productos." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 -msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po deleted file mode 100644 index e9f907a13..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2018 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2018\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 -msgid "My Odoo Portal" -msgstr "Mi portal de Odoo" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " -"subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged in, just" -" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "Presupuestos" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " -"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " -"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " -"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " -"pricing and other useful information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " -"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 -msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "Pedidos de ventas" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" -" registered under this section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " -"purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "Facturas" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 -msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " -"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" -" been paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 -msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "Tickets" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 -msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`," -" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " -"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " -"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 -msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "Suscripciones" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78 -msgid "" -"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " -"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " -"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " -"and the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " -"the new credit card details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " -"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" -" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101 -msgid "" -"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" -" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" -" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will" -" no longer be able to access the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 -msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "Success Packs" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 -msgid "" -"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " -"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " -"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If you need information about how to manage your database see " -":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" -"Si necesitas información acerca de cómo manejar tu base de datos ve " -":ref:`db_online`" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po deleted file mode 100644 index 70b86d710..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2018\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "Información Práctica" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f081ea675 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -0,0 +1,1741 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2021 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2021 +# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo <l92hunaf@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Alonso Muñoz <Alonso.munoz.91@outlook.com>, 2021 +# Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:3 +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "Productividad" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:4 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "Discusión" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" +"Cómo usar mi servidor de correo para enviar y recibir correos electrónicos " +"en Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" +" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " +"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" +"Si nadie en tu compañía esta acostumbrado a administrar servidores de " +"correo, te recomendamos fuertemente optes por las soluciones de alojamiento " +"de Odoo. Su sistema de correo funciona instantáneamente y es monitoreada por" +" profesionales. Sin embargo aun puedes utilizar tu propio servidor de correo" +" si quieres administrar su reputación tu mismo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Abajo encontraras información útil en como integrar tu propia solución de " +"correo con Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:24 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "Cómo administrar mensajes de correo salientes" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" +"Como administrador de sistema , ve a :menuselection:`Settings --> Ajustes " +"Generales` y marca *Servidor externo de correo*. Después, has clic en " +"*Servidor de correo saliente* para crear uno e ingresa la información SMTP " +"de tu servidor de correo. Una vez que toda la información sea llenada has " +"clic en \"Probar conexión\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "Esta es una configuración típica del servidor G Suite." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:36 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "Después establece tu nombre de dominio en Ajustes Generales." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "¿Puedo usar un servidor de Office 365?" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "" +"Puedes utilizar un servidor Office 365 si usas Odoo Local. Los repetidores " +"SMTP de Office 365 no son compatibles con Odoo en linea." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" +"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" +"Favor de acudir a la documentación de Microsoft,<https://support.office.com" +"/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__  para " +"configurar un repetidor SMTP para tu dirección IP de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:47 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "Cómo usar un servidor de G Suite" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." +msgstr "" +"Puedes utilizar un servidor G Suite para cualquier tipo de alojamiento de " +"Odoo. Para hacerlo necesitas configurar un servicio de repetidor SMTP. Los " +"pasos para configurarlo estas explicados en la documentación de Google, " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:55 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "Cumplir con SPF" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" +"En caso de que uses SPF (Sender Policy Framework) para incrementar la " +"entrega de tus correos salientes, no olvides autorizar a Odoo como un emisor" +" en la configuración de tu nombre de dominio. Aqui esta la configuracion " +"para Odoo Online:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" +"Si ningún registro TXT es establecido para el SPF , crea uno con la " +"siguiente definición v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" +"En caso de que un registro TXT de SPF ya este en uso, agregar " +"\"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g. para un nombre de dominio que envia correos " +"vía Odoo Online y vía G Suite podría ser: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com " +"include:_spf.google.com ~all" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" +"Encuentra aquí <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ el procedimiento " +"exacto para crear o modificar un registro TXT en tu propio dominio." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" +"Tu nuevo registro SPF puede tomar hasta 48 horas para entrar en efecto, pero" +" usualmente pasa más rápido. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " +"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " +"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Agregar mas de un registro SPF en tu dominio puede causar problemas en la " +"entrega de tus correos o en la clasificación del spam. En lugar de eso " +"recomendamos que se utiliza solo un registro modificandolo para autorizar " +"Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "Permitir DKIM" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" +"Debe hacer lo mismo si DKIM (Correo identificado con claves de dominio) está" +" habilitado en su servidor de correo electrónico. En el caso de Odoo Online " +"& Odoo.sh, debe agregar un registro CNAME DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" a " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". Por ejemplo, para \"foo.com\" deben tener un " +"registro \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" que sea un CNAME con el valor " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:86 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "¿Cómo administrar los mensajes de correo entrantes?" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" +"Odoo se basa en pseudónimos de correo electrónico genéricos para recuperar " +"los mensajes entrantes." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" +"**Los mensajes de respuesta** de los mensajes enviados desde Odoo se enrutan" +" a su hilo de discusión original (y a la bandeja de entrada de todos sus " +"seguidores) mediante el alias de catchall (**catchall @**)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" +"**Los mensajes rebotados * se enrutan a **bounce@** para rastrearlos en " +"Odoo. Esto se utiliza especialmente en `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ para excluir a los " +"destinatarios no válidos." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:98 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" +"**Mensajes originales**: varios objetos comerciales tienen su propio alias " +"para crear nuevos registros en Odoo a partir de correos electrónicos " +"entrantes:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Canal de ventas (para crear prospectos u oportunidades en `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Canal de soporte (para crear Tickets en `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/project-management>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Proyectos (para crear nuevas Tareas en `Odoo Project " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Puestos de trabajo (para crear candidatos en `Odoo Reclutamiento " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" +"Dependiendo de su servidor de correo, puede haber varios métodos para buscar" +" correos electrónicos. El método más fácil y recomendado es administrar una " +"dirección de correo electrónico por alias de Odoo en su servidor de correo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Cree las direcciones de correo electrónico correspondientes en su servidor " +"de correo (catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "Establezca su nombre de dominio en la Configuración general." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" +"Si usa Odoo en las instalaciones, cree un *Servidor de correo entrante* en " +"Odoo para cada alias. También puede hacerlo desde la Configuración general. " +"Complete el formulario de acuerdo con la configuración de su proveedor de " +"correo electrónico. Deje *Acciones para realizar en correos entrantes* en " +"blanco. Una vez completada toda la información, haga clic en *PROBAR Y " +"CONFIRMAR*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" +"Si usa Odoo Online u Odoo.sh, recomendamos redirigir los mensajes entrantes " +"al nombre de dominio de Odoo en lugar de usar exclusivamente su propio " +"servidor de correo electrónico. De esa forma, recibirá los mensajes " +"entrantes sin demora. De hecho, Odoo Online está obteniendo mensajes " +"entrantes de servidores externos solo una vez por hora. Debe establecer " +"redirecciones para todas las direcciones de correo electrónico al nombre de " +"dominio de Odoo en su servidor de correo electrónico (por ejemplo, " +"*catchall@mydomain.ext* a *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " +"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " +"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " +"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" +msgstr "Cómo seguir el feed de Twitter desde Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " +"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " +"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +msgstr "" +"Puede seguir hashtags específicos en Twitter y ver los tweets dentro de los " +"canales de discusión de Odoo de su elección. Los tweets se recuperan " +"periódicamente de Twitter. Un usuario autenticado puede retuitear los " +"mensajes." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 +msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" +msgstr "Configurar la aplicación desde Twitter" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" +" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" +" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 +msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" +msgstr "Nombre: Este es el nombre de la aplicación en Twitter" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " +"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " +"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" +" this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " +"the previous example you should write " +"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " +"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" +"No olvide aceptar los términos **Acuerdo de desarrollador* de uso y haga " +"clic en **Crea tu aplicación de Twitter** al final de la página." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 +msgid "Getting the API key and secret" +msgstr "Obtener la clave secreta de la API" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +msgid "" +"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " +"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:3 +msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" +msgstr "" +"¿Cómo llamar la atención de otros usuarios en mis mensajes.Cómo llamar la " +"atención de otros usuarios en mis mensajes?" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." +" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " +"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " +"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " +"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " +"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" +"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " +"another channel." +msgstr "" +"Puede **mencionar** a un usuario en un canal o chat escribiendo **@nombre-" +"usuario**. Mencionando un usuario en el chat lo configurará como un seguidor" +" de ese ítem (si ya no lo están) y enviar un mensaje a su bandeja de " +"entrada. El ítem que contiene la mención también será resaltado en la vista " +"de lista. Mencionando un usuario en un canal enviará un mensaje a su bandeja" +" de entrada. No puede mencionar a un usuario en un canal que no esta " +"suscrito al canal. Escribiendo **#nombre-canal** proveerá un vinculo para " +"ser mencionado en el canal ya sea en un chat u otro canal." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:15 +msgid "Direct messaging a user" +msgstr "Enviar mensajes directamente a un usuario" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " +"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " +"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " +"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " +"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " +"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " +"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " +"they are offline." +msgstr "" +"Los **Mensajes Directos** son mensajes privados visibles solo por el emisor " +"y el receptor. Puede enviar mensajes directos a otros usuarios desde el " +"módulo Discutir creando una nueva conversación o seleccionando una existente" +" en la barra lateral. Los mensajes directos se pueden enviar desde cualquier" +" lugar en Odoo usando el ícono en forma de burbuja en la barra superior. El " +"estado en línea de otros usuarios se muestra a la izquierda de sus nombres. " +"Un **punto verde** indica que un usuario esta En Línea, un **punto naranja**" +" que están inactivos, y un **punto verde** que están desconectados." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:28 +msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" +msgstr "Notificaciones de escritorio desde Discusión" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " +"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" +" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " +"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +msgstr "" +"Puede elegir ver **notificaciones de escritorio** cuando reciba un nuevo " +"mensaje directo. La notificación le muestra el emisor y una breve vista " +"previa del contenido del mensaje. Estos pueden ser configurados o " +"deshabilitados dando clic en el ícono de engranaje en la esquina de la " +"notificación." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:3 +msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" +msgstr "Cómo responder en el trabajo gracias a mi bandeja de entrada de Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " +"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " +"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:13 +msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." +msgstr "Puedes vigilar tu ** Bandeja de entrada ** desde cualquier pantalla." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " +"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " +"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " +"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " +"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "¿Por qué usar Odoo Discuss?" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " +"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " +"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " +"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " +"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " +"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " +"simple and searchable interface." +msgstr "" +"Odoo Discuss es una herramienta fácil de usar aplicación de mensajería para" +" los equipos que trae todas las comunicaciones de su empresa en un solo " +"lugar y se integra perfectamente con la plataforma Odoo. Discuss le permite " +"enviar y recibir mensajes desde donde se encuentre en Odoo además de " +"administrar sus mensajes y notificaciones fácilmente desde dentro de la " +"aplicación. Discuss permite crear canales ** ** para chats de equipo, las " +"conversaciones sobre proyectos, coordinación de reuniones, y más en una " +"sencilla interfaz de búsqueda " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get organized by planning activities" +msgstr "Organízate planeando actividades" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " +"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " +"undertake." +msgstr "" +"La planificación de actividades es la manera perfecta de mantenerse al día " +"con su trabajo. Recuerde lo que debe hacer y programe sus próximas " +"actividades." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" +" your priorities." +msgstr "" +"Tus actividades están disponibles en cualquier lugar de Odoo. Es fácil " +"administrar sus prioridades." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " +"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "Establece tus tipos de actividad" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " +"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 +msgid "Schedule meetings" +msgstr "Programar reuniones" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " +"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " +"open to let you select a time slot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " +"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" +msgstr "Programar una cadena de actividades a seguir" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " +"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " +"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," +" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +msgstr "" +"Puede utilizar **canales** con el fin de organizar debates entre quipos " +"individuales, departamentos, proyectos, o cualquier otro grupo que requiere " +"comunicación regular. Al tener conversaciones que todos en los canales " +"pueden ver, es fácil mantener todo el equipo en el circulo con las últimas " +"novedades." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "Creating a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." +msgstr "In Discuss hay dos tipos de canales-**público y **privado**." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " +"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " +"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " +"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +msgstr "" +"Un ** Canal público**solo puede ser creado por un administrador con " +"previlegios de escritos y puede ser visto por todos en la organización. Al " +"contrario, un **canal privado** puede ser creado por cualquier usuario y por" +" defecto es sólo visible para usuarios que han sido invitados al canal." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" +" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " +"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " +"information)." +msgstr "" +"Un canal público se usa mejor cuando muchos empleados necesitan acceder a " +"la información ( tales como la comunicación inerdepartamental o anuncio de " +"la compañia), mientras el canal privado debe ser utilizado siempre que la " +"información debe ser limitada a unos usuarios / empleados específicos ( " +"tales como departamento específico o información personal o confidencial)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:31 +msgid "Configuring a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " +"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." +" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " +"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" +" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " +"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" +" a public channel." +msgstr "" +"Puede configurar el nombre del canal, descripción, derechos de acceso, " +"subscripción automática, y enviar correo electrónic a partir: seleción de " +"menú:# nombre - canal-> Ajustes`. El cambio de los derechos de acceso de " +"canal le permite controlar qué grupos pueden ver cada canal. Puede " +"visiblizar un canal para todos los usuarios, los usuarios invitados, o " +"usuarios dentro de un grupo de usuarios seleccionados. Cabe señalar que " +"permitir a \"Todos\" a seguir un canal privado les permiterá a otros " +"usuarios ver y unirse como si lo harían con un canal público. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:47 +msgid "How to set up a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " +":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" +" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " +"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " +"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " +"messages by email." +msgstr "" +"Un canal se puede configurar como una lista de correo. Desde dentro: menú de" +" selección:`#nombre- canal--> Ajustes`, define el correo electrónico que " +"desea usar. Los usuarios pueden luego enviar al canal y elegir para recebir " +"notificaciones utilizando la direccion de correo electrónico definido. Un " +"icono de form de sobre aparecerá al lado del nombre del canal en la lista " +"para indicar que un canal envíará mensajes por correo electrónico." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "Locating a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " +"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" +" clicking the plus icon." +msgstr "" +"Si usted no puede ver un canal en su panel, puede buscar la lista del ** " +"canal público** para localizar el canal correcto o crear un nuevo canal solo" +" tiene que pulsar el icono más." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " +"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " +"channels from a single screen." +msgstr "" +"Puede también pulsar los **CANALES** para buscar una lista de todos los " +"canales públicos. Esto permite al usuario manualmente ** unir** ** " +"abandonar** los canales público desde una única pantalla." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " +"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +msgstr "" +"Es aconsejable buscar un canal antes de crear uno nuevo para asegurar que " +"las entradas duplicadas no están creada por el mismo tema. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:76 +msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " +"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " +"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " +"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " +"character wildcard.**" +msgstr "" +"La barra superior de búsqueda otorga acceso a la misma función integral de " +"búsqueda presente en el resto de Odoo. Puede aplicar múltiples **criterios " +"de filtro** y **guardar filtros** para uso posterior. La función de búsqueda" +" acepta comodines usando el carácter subrayado \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" para " +"representar un **carácter comodín singular.**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:6 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," +" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:14 +msgid "How to choose the events to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " +"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " +"**Project** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:23 +msgid "How to add other followers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " +"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" +" link back to the original document." +msgstr "" +"Puede invitar a otros usuarios y añadir canales como seguidores. Añadir un " +"canal como un seguidor enviará mensajes publicados en el chat al canal con " +"un enlace de vuelta al documento original." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:34 +msgid "How to be a default follower" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " +"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" +" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " +"created, an opportunity won)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" +" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " +"about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:4 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__, " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, download the latest image `here " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the " +"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " +"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " +"minutes for it to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 +msgid "IoT Box not found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" +" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " +"can follow to find your IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 +msgid "HTTPS Issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 +msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " +"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" +" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " +"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " +"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Pre-requisitos" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "Una computadora o tableta con un navegador web actualizado a la fecha" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " +"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:28 +msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" +msgstr "" +"Un Escáner de código de barras USB Honeywell Eclipse u otro escáner " +"compatible" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" +msgstr "Un cajón de dinero Epson compatible" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:35 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "Configurar" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" +" might work as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:50 +msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." +msgstr "" +"**Impresora**: Conectar una impresora ESC/POS a un puerto USB y encenderla." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" +"**Cajón de dinero**: El cajón de dinero debe conectarse a la impresora con " +"un cable RJ25." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " +"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " +"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " +"your barcode scanner." +msgstr "" +"**Escáner de código de barras**: Conecte el escáner de código de barras. " +"Para que se escáner sea compatible, debe comportarse como un teclado y debe " +"ser configurado en **US QWERTY**. También debe poner fin a los códigos de " +"barras con una tecla ENTER (código clave 28). Esto es más probable en la " +"configuración por defecto de su escáner." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:62 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "**Escala**: Conecte su escala y enciéndala. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " +"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " +"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " +"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " +"on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" +" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:77 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:80 +msgid "Troubleshoot" +msgstr "Solución de problemas" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:83 +msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" +" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" +" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " +"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " +"LED." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " +"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " +"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " +"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " +"devices on your network router." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" +" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:106 +msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." +msgstr "Asegúrese que el PdV no está cargado sobre HTTPS." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " +"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:113 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" +msgstr "El escáner de código de barra no está funcionando" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " +"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " +"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +msgstr "" +"El escáner de código de barras se debe configurar en los Estados Unidos " +"QWERTY y emite un Enter después de cada código de barras. Esta es la " +"configuración por defecto de la mayoría de los lectores de códigos de " +"barras. Consulte la documentación del lector de código de barras para " +"obtener más información." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " +"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " +"enough power." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" +" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" +" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +msgstr "" +"Algunos escáneres de códigos de barras necesitarán más de 2A y no " +"funcionarán, o funcionan poco fiable, incluso con la fuente de alimentación " +"proporcionada. En estos casos usted puede conectar el escáner de código de " +"barras en un concentrador USB con alimentación propia." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:134 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" +msgstr "El escáner de código de barra no está funcionando de manera segura" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " +"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:140 +msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" +msgstr "Impresión del recibo tarda demasiado tiempo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:142 +msgid "" +"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " +"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " +"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " +"and the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:148 +msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" +msgstr "Algunos caracteres no se imprimen correctamente en el recibo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " +"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:155 +msgid "The printer is offline" +msgstr "La impresora está fuera de línea" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " +"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " +"contact support." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de que la impresora esté conectada, funcionando, debe de tener " +"suficiente papel y tener su tapa cerrada, y que no informe error. Si el " +"error persiste, póngase en contacto con soporte." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:162 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "El cajón de dinero no abre" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" +"El cajón de dinero debe estar conectado a la impresora y se debe activar en " +"la configuración de la terminal." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "Dispositivos" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "Conexión" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:18 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " +"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " +"steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " +"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " +"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " +"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " +"drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" +" cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:17 +msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your printer is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " +"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " +"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " +"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" +" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." +" Click on it and it will print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" +" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " +"Categories* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " +"will be printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" +" their price are based on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 +msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/iot-hardware>`_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " +"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 +msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " +"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " +"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " +"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " +"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " +"price to the cart." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7d1475d85..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2029 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# Jose Manuel <admin@jaboweb.com>, 2018 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2018 -# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo <l92hunaf@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Carlos Lopez <celm1990@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jesus Vicente Alcala Rodriguez <jesus.alcala@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 -# Susanna Pujol, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Susanna Pujol, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "Compra" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Compras" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 -msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "Datos principales" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 -msgid "Import vendors pricelists" -msgstr "Importar la lista de precios de vendedor" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " -"to date on products pricing." -msgstr "" -"Es crucial para las empresas poder importar las listas de precios para estar" -" al día del precio de los productos." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 -msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 -msgid "Import a pricelist" -msgstr "Importar una lista de precios" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 -msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " -"import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 -msgid "See below a template of the columns used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 -msgid "" -"`Template download " -"<https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1N8c_eejLV_8NhYMGCfZau_oGCnRkUIT9nwdX7n0shhY/edit#gid=964193981>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 -msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " -"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 -msgid "Add vendors in a product" -msgstr "Añada vendedores en un producto" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " -"select a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 -msgid "" -"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " -"on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " -"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." -msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta que cada primera vez que el producto se compre con un " -"proveedor nuevo, Odoo enlazará automáticamente el contacto y el precio con " -"el producto." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 -msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " -"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " -"period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " -"t-shirt in different sizes!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " -"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" -" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" -" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " -"between sales and purchase very easily." -msgstr "" -"En un negocio de día por día, puede suceder que su proveedor utilice una " -"unidad de medida diferente de como se registra en las ventas. Esto puede " -"causar confusión representativa dentro de las ventas y las compras e incluso" -" hace perder mucho tiempo en las medidas de conversión. Por suerte en Odoo, " -"puede manejar diferentes unidades de medidas dentro de las ventas y las " -"compras muy fácilmente. " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 -msgid "Let's take the following examples:" -msgstr "Vamos a tomar los siguientes ejemplos:" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " -"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " -"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " -"quantities in **Liters**." -msgstr "" -"Usted compra agua a un proveedor. El proveedor es americano y vende su agua " -"en **Galones**. Su cliente, sin embargo, es europeo. Por lo tanto usted " -"desea ver las cantidades de sus compras expresadas en **Galones** y las " -"cantidades vendidas en **Litros**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" -" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." -msgstr "" -"Usted compra las cortinas de un proveedor. El proveedor vende las cortinas " -"en **rollo** y usted necesita vender las cortinas en **metros cuadrados**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" -msgstr "Instalar los módulos de compra y ventas" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " -"correctly installed." -msgstr "" -"El primer paso es asegurarse que los módulos de **Ventas** y **Compras** " -"estén correctamente instalados. " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom01|" -msgstr "|uom01|" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom02|" -msgstr "|uom02|" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 -msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" -msgstr "Active la opción Unidad de Medida" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " -"unit of measures (advanced)** box." -msgstr "" -"Entre al módulo de compras, seleccione :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Ajustes` y apruebe la casilla **Algunos productos podrán ser " -"vendidos/comprados en diferentes unidades de medidas (avanzado)**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" -msgstr "Especifique las unidades de medidas de las ventas y las compras" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 -msgid "Standard units of measures" -msgstr "Unidades de medidas estándares" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " -"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" -" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " -"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." -msgstr "" -"Tomemos las clásicas unidades de medidas existentes en Odoo como primer " -"ejemplo. Por favor recuerde que las diferentes unidades de medidas entre las" -" ventas y las compras necesariamente tienen que compartir la misma " -"categoría. Las categorías incluyen: **Unidad**, **Peso**, **Tiempo de " -"trabajo**, **Volumen**, etc." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 -msgid "" -"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " -"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." -msgstr "" -"Es posible crear su propia categoría y si las unidades de medida no son " -"estándares en Odoo (ver en el siguiente capítulo)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " -"customers in **Liters**." -msgstr "" -"Supongamos que compramos agua de nuestros proveedores en **Galones** y " -"vendemos a nuestros clientes en **Litros**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 -msgid "" -"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Products`." -msgstr "" -"Entramos al módulo de compras y seleccionamos :menuselection:`Compras --> " -"Productos`." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " -"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" -" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " -"purchase)." -msgstr "" -"Crea tu propio producto o seleccione uno existente. En la información " -"general de productos usted tiene la posibilidad de seleccionar la **Unidad " -"de medida** (se utilizará en las ventas, inventarios, ...) y la ** Unidad de" -" Medida de Adquisición** (de compra)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " -"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" -"En este caso seleccione **Litros** en **Unidades de Medidas** y **Galones** " -"de **Unidades de Medida de Adquisición**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 -msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" -msgstr "" -"Crear sus propias unidades de medida y la categoría de las unidades de " -"medida" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " -"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " -"curtains in **square meters**)." -msgstr "" -"Tomemos ahora el segundo ejemplo (usted comprará cortinas a su proveedor, el" -" cual las vende en unidades de **rollo** y usted venderá las cortinas en " -"**metros cuadrados**)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " -"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " -"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" -" where both units have a conversion relationship." -msgstr "" -"Las dos medidas son parte de diferentes categorías. Recuerde, que no se " -"puede relacionar una unidad existente de una categoría con otra unidad " -"existente de otra categoría. Que por lo tanto usted primero debe crear una " -"**Categoría de Medida** compartida donde las dos unidades tengan una " -"relación de conversión. " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" -" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " -"below)." -msgstr "" -"Para hacer eso, vaya al módulo de ventas y seleccione " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Productos --> Unidades de Medidas`. Crear " -"una nueva unidad para **Categoría de Medida** para seleccionar la lista " -"desplegable y hacer clic en crear y editar (como se muestra en la imagen " -"siguiente)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " -"**Inter-Category-Computation**." -msgstr "" -"Crear una nueva unidad de medida. En este caso su categoría será llamada " -"**Inter-Categoría-Computación**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " -"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " -"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " -"of Measure`." -msgstr "" -"El siguiente paso es crear las unidades de medida que se usarán **Rollos** y" -" **Metros cuadrados** y unirlos a la nueva categoría. Para hacer eso, vaya " -"al módulo de compras y seleccione :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Productos --> Unidades de Medida`." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 -msgid "Create two new units:" -msgstr "Crear dos unidades nuevas:" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 -msgid "" -"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" -" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" -" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " -"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" -" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"La unidad **Rollo** es parte de la categoría Inter-Categoría-Computación y " -"es un **Tipo de Referencia de Unidades** (ver la siguiente imagen). El tipo " -"de Referencias de Unidades se establece la medida como una referencia dentro" -" de la categoría. Significa que otras medidas serán convertidas dependiendo " -"de esta medida (por ejemplo: 1 rollo = 10 metros cuadrados, 2 rollos = 20 " -"metros cuadrados, etc.)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" -" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " -"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " -"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." -msgstr "" -"Para los **Metros Cuadrados**, usted deberá especificar que ``1 rollo = 10 " -"metros cuadrados`` de cortina. En consecuencia, será necesario especificar " -"que tipo es, los metros cuadrados son más grandes que la referencia de " -"unidad. El **Más grande Ratio** es ``10`` como `ùn rollo = 10 metros " -"cuadrados``." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 -msgid "" -"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " -"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." -msgstr "" -"Ahora es posible introducir **metros cuadrados** como Unidad de medida y " -"**rollo** como Unidad de Medida Adquirida en la forma del producto. " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 -msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 -msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " -"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " -"products have been received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " -"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " -"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 -msgid "" -"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " -"not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " -"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" -" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" -msgstr "Analizar el rendimiento de sus vendedores" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " -"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " -"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" -msgstr "" -"Si su empresa compra regularmente productos de varios proveedores, sería " -"útil obtener estadísticas sobre sus compras. Hay varias razones para " -"realizar un seguimiento y analizar el rendimiento de su proveedor:" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "Usted puede ver cómo depende de un proveedor de su empresa es;" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "Puede negociar descuentos en precios;" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "Puede chequear el promedio de tiempo de entrega por proveedor;" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "Etc." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " -"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " -"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " -"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " -"their future orders." -msgstr "" -"Por ejemplo, un distribuidor de productos para las TI que emite decenas de " -"órdenes de compra a varios proveedores cada semana puede querer a medida " -"cada producto, el precio total pagado por cada proveedor y el retraso en la " -"entrega. Las ideas recogidas por la compañía ayudará a analizar mejor, " -"pronosticar y planificar sus futuros pedidos." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "Instalación el módulo de Gestión de Compras" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " -"module." -msgstr "" -"Desde el menú de **Aplicaciones**, busque e instale el módulo de **Gestión " -"de Compras**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "Expedir algunas órdenes de compra" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "Analizando sus vendedores" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "Generar reportes flexibles" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " -"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " -"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " -"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " -"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " -"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." -msgstr "" -"Usted tiene acceso a las actuaciones de los proveedores en el menú de " -"Informes. De forma predeterminada, los grupos de informes de todas las " -"órdenes de compra estarán en una tabla dinámica por **precio total**, " -"**cantidad de producto** y el **precio promedio** para **cada mes** y para " -"**cada proveedor**. Por el simple hecho de acceder a este informe básico, se" -" puede obtener una visión general rápida de su desempeño real. Usted puede " -"agregar una gran cantidad de datos adicionales para su informe haciendo clic" -" en el icono de **Medidas**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " -"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " -"\"Products\"." -msgstr "" -"Al hacer click en los icono **+** y **-**, puede despleagar su informe hacía" -" arriba o abajo con el fin de cambiar la forma de la informacion en la que " -"está visualizada. Por ejemplo, si quiere ver todos los productos adqueridos " -"de este mes, solo necesito hacer un click en el icono **+** en el eje " -"vertical y luego hacer click en el producto. " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" -" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " -"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " -"below." -msgstr "" -"En función de los datos que desea poner al inicio, puede que tenga que " -"mostrar sus informes en una vista más visual. Usted puede transformar su " -"informe en un solo clic en 3 vistas de gráfico: un **Gráfico Circular**, " -"**Gráfico de Barras** y ** Gráfico de líneas**: Estas vistas son accesibles " -"a través de los iconos resaltados en la pantalla de abajo ." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 -msgid "" -"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " -"dependent and one independent measure." -msgstr "" -"Por el contrario a la tabla dinámica, un gráfico que sólo puede ser " -"calculado con un dependiente y una medida independiente." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "Personalizar reportes" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " -"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " -"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" -"Usted puede personalizar fácilmente sus reportes dependiendo de sus " -"necesidades. Para hacerlo, es necesario usar la **Vista de búsqueda " -"avanzada** situada en el lado derecho de la pantalla, haciendo clic en el " -"icono de la lupa en el extremo del botón de la barra de búsqueda. Esta " -"función le permite resaltar sólo los datos seleccionados en su informe. La " -"opción de **filtros** es muy útil con el fin de mostrar algunas categorías " -"de datos, mientras que la opción de **Grupo de** mejora la legibilidad de " -"los informes. Observe que puede filtrar y agrupar por cualquier campo " -"existente, haciendo que su personalización sea muy flexible y potente." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "" -"Puede guardar y volver a utilizar cualquier filtro personalizado haciendo " -"clic en **Favoritos** de la **Vista de Búsqueda Avanzada** y luego en " -"**Guardar Búsqueda Actual**. Entonces el filtro guardado será accesible " -"desde el menú de **Favoritos**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 -msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " -"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " -"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 -msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" -" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " -"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 -msgid "Approve the order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " -"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " -"of what your users can or can't do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 -msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." -msgstr "Una vez aprobada, la orden de compra sigue el proceso normal." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 -msgid "Bill Control" -msgstr "Control de Factura" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" -" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" -" you receive the goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 -msgid "Change the control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" -" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " -"page under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 -msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " -"*Shipment* tab," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " -"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" -" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " -"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "Cancel a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " -"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" -" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Debido a malentendidos, errores humanos o cambio de planes, a veces es " -"necesario cancelar los pedidos enviados a los proveedores. Odoo le permite " -"hacer, incluso si una parte o incluso la totalidad de la mercancía pedida " -"que ya está en su almacén." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 -msgid "" -"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " -"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " -"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " -"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " -"cancel." -msgstr "" -"Primero vamos a tomar como ejemplo el caso de que usted pide **3 iPad mini**" -" que no han llegado a sus transferencias todavía. Como se requiere la " -"instalación de la aplicación de inventario cuando se utiliza el módulo de " -"**Compra**, también es interesante ver el caso de los bienes en partes " -"entregados que desea cancelar." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "Crear una Orden de Compra" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " -"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " -"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" -msgstr "" -"El primer paso para crear una **Orden de Compra** es crear una **Solicitud " -"de Cotización** (RfQ) en el menú :menuselection:`Compras --> Compras --> " -"Solicitudes de Cotización`. Confirme su RfQ para tener la orden de compra " -"confirmada" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 -msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" -msgstr "Cancelar su Orden de Compra" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 -msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" -msgstr "Caso de uso 1: Aún no se recibe ningún bien." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " -"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." -msgstr "" -"Si usted ya confirmó su orden de compra y no ha recibido todavía su " -"mercancía, sólo tiene que cancelar el pedido haciendo clic en el botón de " -"cancelar." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " -"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." -msgstr "" -"Odoo cancelará automáticamente los envíos pendientes relacionadas con esta " -"orden de compra y la barra de estado cambiará de **Orden de Compra** a " -"**Cancelado**. " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 -msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" -msgstr "Use el caso 2 : si la mercancía está parcialmente entregada" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " -"cancel the PO." -msgstr "" -"En el caso, **2** de las **3 Ipad Mini** llegaron antes de lo necesario para" -" cancelar la orden de compra. " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 -msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" -msgstr "Registrar la mercancía recibida y cancelar los pedidos pendientes" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " -"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." -" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " -"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." -msgstr "" -"La primer cosa a hacer será para registrar los bienes recibidos, y para " -"cancelar la llegada del tercer **iPad mini** que todavía se supone va a ser " -"enviado. Desde el PO, haga clic en **Recibir producto** y, en la **línea " -"para el iPad mini*, manualmente hay que cambiar las cantidades recibidas en " -"virtud de la Columna **Hecho**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 -msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" -msgstr "Para conocer más, vea :doc:`reception`" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " -"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " -"ask you the permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" -"Al hacer clic en **Validar**, Odoo le avisará que ha procesado menos " -"productos que la demanda inicial (2 en lugar de 3, en nuestro caso) y le " -"pedirá permiso para crear un pedido pendiente." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" -" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " -"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en **Sin pedido pendiente** para cancelar el suministro del " -"producto restante. Se dará cuenta de que la cantidad a recibir se ha " -"modificado en consecuencia y, por lo tanto, el estado de entrega ha cambiado" -" a **Hecho**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 -msgid "Create reverse transfer" -msgstr "Crear transferencia inversa" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" -" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." -" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" -" corresponding location and click on **Return**." -msgstr "" -"Ahora, usted necesita devolver el iPad mini que ha recibido a la ubicación " -"de su proveedor. Para ello, haga clic en el botón **Inverso** del mismo " -"documento. Una ventana de transferencia inversa aparecerá. Ingresa la " -"cantidad a devolver y la ubicación correspondiente y haga clic en " -"**Devolver**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " -"stock to your vendor location." -msgstr "" -"Procesar la devolución y controla que la acción del movimiento del almacén " -"sea de la ubicación del proveedor." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" -" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " -"cancelled." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se hace la transferencia inversa, el estatus de la orden de compras " -"será ajustará a hecho automáticamente, lo que significa que la orden de " -"compra ha sido completamente cancelada. " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`bills`" -msgstr ":doc:`bills`" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`reception`" -msgstr ":doc:`reception`" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " -"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " -"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " -"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " -"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." -msgstr "" -"Una Solicitud de Cotización (RfQ) se utiliza cuando se va a comprar algunos " -"productos y le gustaría recibir un presupuesto para esos productos. En Odoo," -" la solicitud de cotización se utiliza para enviar una lista de productos " -"deseados a su proveedor. Una vez que el proveedor ha respondido a su " -"solicitud, puede optar por seguir adelante con la oferta y la compra o " -"rechazar la oferta." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 -msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "Creando una Solicitud de Cotización" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " -"Quotation` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" -"En el módulo de Compras, abra el menú :menuselection:`Compras --> Solicitud " -"de Cotización` y haga clic en **Crear**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " -"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " -"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione a su proveedor en el menú de **Proveedor**, o puede crearlo en la" -" marcha, haga clic en **Crear y Editar**. En el campo **Fecha de pedido**, " -"seleccione la fecha en la que desea continuar con el orden real." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt" -msgstr "Recepción" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Envíos a recibir" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor" -msgstr "Proveedor" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." -msgstr "" -"Puedes encontrar un vendedor por su nombre, tin, email or referencia " -"interna." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "Referencia de proveedor" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " -"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " -"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." -msgstr "" -"Referencia del pedido de venta o la oferta enviada por el proveedor. Se " -"utiliza para hacer la correspondencia cuando usted recibe los productos, " -"esta referencia se suele escribir en la orden de entrega enviado por el " -"proveedor." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "Fecha de pedido" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " -"a purchase order." -msgstr "" -"Representa la fecha en que el presupuesto debe ser validado y se convierte " -"en una orden de compra." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "Documento origen" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" -" sales order)" -msgstr "" -"Referencia del documento que generó esta solicitud de pedido de compra (por " -"ejemplo, un pedido de cliente)" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "Entregar a" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "Esto determinará el tipo de operación del envío entrante" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "Dirección Drop Ship" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " -"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." -msgstr "" -"Ponga una dirección si desea entregar directamente desde el proveedor al " -"cliente. De lo contrario, mantenga vacía para entregar a su propia compañía." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "Tipo de ubicación de destino" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "Campo técnico utilizado para mostrar la dirección de envió directo" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "Incoterm" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " -"used in international transactions." -msgstr "" -"Los términos de comercio internacional son una serie de condiciones " -"comerciales usadas en las transacciones internacionales." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Vista de la *Solicitud de Cotización* en la demostración en línea" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " -"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " -"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " -"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " -"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " -"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " -"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " -"supplier or enter a new one)." -msgstr "" -"En los **Productos**, haga clic en Agregar un elemento. Seleccione el " -"producto que desea ordenar en el menú **Producto**. Especifique la " -"**Cantidad** insertando el número y la selección de la unidad de medida. En " -"el campo **Precio por unidad**, especifique el precio que le gustaría " -"ofrecer (también se puede dejar en blanco si no sabe cual precio debería " -"ser), y añadir la fecha de entrega prevista en el campo **Fecha " -"programada**. Haga clic en **Guardar** y, a continuación, **Imprimir Rfq**, " -"o **Enviar Rfq por correo electrónico**, (asegúrese de que la dirección de " -"correo electrónico sea especifica para este proveedor o introduzca uno " -"nuevo)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 -msgid "" -"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" -" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." -msgstr "" -"Después de haber hecho clic en **Enviar**, usted se dará cuenta de que el " -"estado de la petición de oferta pasará de **Borrador** a **RFQ enviados**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " -"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " -"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que el proveedor ha respondido con la oferta, se deben actualizar " -"los RfQ haciendo clic en **Editar** para adaptarse a la cotización (precios," -" impuestos, plazo de entrega previsto, condiciones de pago, etc.), a " -"continuación, haga clic en **Guardar** para emitir una Orden de Compra." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " -"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." -msgstr "" -"Para continuar con la orden, haga clic en **Confirmar Orden** para enviar el" -" pedido al proveedor. El estado del RfQ cambiará a **Orden de Compra**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" -" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." -msgstr "" -"El estado de la RfQ cambiará a la ORDEN DE COMPRA. En la esquina superior " -"derecha de la orden se mostrarán 1 Envío y 0 Facturas." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" -" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " -"to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " -"*Dropshipping*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " -"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " -"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " -"drop shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " -"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " -"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " -"dropship route on the SO line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "Drop ship a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " -"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " -"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " -"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" -" through your own stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Lock a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 -msgid "Lock an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 -msgid "" -"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " -"the order preventing any further modification on the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 -msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 -msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " -"products to receive and to control supplier bills." -msgstr "" -"El módulo de **Compra** le permite gestionar sus órdenes de compra, para el " -"control de productos para recibir y controlar las facturas de los " -"proveedores." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" -" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " -"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." -msgstr "" -"Si quieres obtener las previsiones de productos y recepciones bajo control, " -"lo primero que debe hacer es implementar el proceso de compra Odoo. Saber lo" -" que han comprado en base de la previsión y el control de recepciones." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 -msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "Instalar el módulo de Compras y de Inventario" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " -"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " -"others), which is required with **Purchase**." -msgstr "" -"Inicia instalando el módulo de Compras desde el módulo **Aplicaciones**. " -"Este hará automáticamente la instalación del módulo de **Inventario** (entre" -" otros), el cual es requerido para **Compras**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 -msgid "Create products" -msgstr "Crear productos" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " -"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" -"Después, se necesita crear los productos que desea vender. Vaya al módulo de" -" **Compras**, luego :menuselection:`Compras --> Productos`, y haga clic en " -"**Crear**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 -msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" -msgstr "" -"Cuando se esta creando un producto, en el campo **Tipo de Producto** es " -"importante:" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." -msgstr "" -"**Almacenable y Consumible**: son productos que se necesitna para ser " -"recibidos en su inventario." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " -"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." -msgstr "" -"**Servicios y Productos Digitales** (únicamente cuando el módulo de " -"**eCommerce** está instalada): no hay control sobre lo que usted recibe o no" -" recibe. " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 -msgid "" -"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " -"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " -"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" -" set his product type field as **Service**." -msgstr "" -"Siempre es bueno crear un **Producto Diverso** para todos los productos que " -"usted compró en diferentes ocasiones y para los que no desea gestionar los " -"almacenes o tienen estadísticas de compra/venta. Si crea un producto de este" -" tipo, se recomienda establecer su campo de tipo de producto como de " -"**Servicio**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 -msgid "Control products receptions" -msgstr "Controlar recepciones de productos" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 -msgid "Purchase products" -msgstr "Comprar productos" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " -"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" -" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " -"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " -"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." -msgstr "" -"A partir de la solicitud de compra, crear una orden de compra con algunos " -"productos. Si el proveedor le envía una orden de venta o una cita, ponga su " -"referencia en el campo de **Referencia de Proveedor**. Esto le permitirá " -"hacer fácilmente la coincidencia con la orden de entrega más adelante (como " -"la orden de entrega probablemente incluirá la **Referencia de Proveedor** de" -" su orden de venta)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 -msgid "Receive Products" -msgstr "Recibir productos" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " -"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " -"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " -"receipt box of the related warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Si ha adquirido bienes físicos (almacenables o productos consumibles), puede" -" recibir los productos del módulo de **Inventario**. Desde el tablero de " -"**Inventario**, debería ver un botón **X para Recibir**, en el cuadro de la " -"recepción de la bodega correspondiente." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Haz click en este botón y accede a una lista de todos los pedidos en espera " -"para este almacén." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " -"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " -"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" -" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " -"the lines within it." -msgstr "" -"Si usted tiene una gran cantidad de pedidos en espera, puede usar la barra " -"de filtro para buscar en el **Proveedor** (también llamado **Socio** en " -"Odoo), el producto o el documento de origen, que es la referencia de su " -"orden de compra. Puede abrir el documento que coincida con el almacén de " -"entrega recibido y procesar todas las líneas dentro de ella." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " -"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " -"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " -"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." -msgstr "" -"Usted puede validar todo el documento a la vez haciendo clic en el botón " -"**Validar** o puede controlar todos los productos, uno por uno, cambiando " -"manualmente la cantidad a **Hecho** (lo que en realidad se ha recibido). " -"Cuando una línea es de color verde, significa que la cantidad recibida " -"coincida con lo que se esperaba." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " -"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " -"the quantity received." -msgstr "" -"Si usted trabaja con lotes o números de serie, no se puede establecer la " -"cantidad procesada, pero usted tiene que proporcionar todos los lotes o " -"números de serie para registrar la cantidad recibida." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 -msgid "" -"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" -" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" -"Al validar la recepción, si ha recibido menos productos que la demanda " -"inicial, Odoo le pedirá permiso para crear un pedido pendiente. " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " -"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " -"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." -msgstr "" -"Si va a recibir el producto restante en el futuro, seleccione **Crear Pedido" -" Pendiente**. Odoo creará un nuevo documento para los productos en espera. " -"Si escoge **Sin Pedido Pendiente**, el pedido se considerará cumplido." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`cancel`" -msgstr ":doc:`cancel`" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 -msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " -"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " -"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " -"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 -msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " -"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " -"blocking message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 -msgid "Add a warning on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" -" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 -msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " -"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 -msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Agreements" -msgstr "Acuerdos de compra" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " -"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " -"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 -msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " -"Agreements`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " -"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " -"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " -"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " -"the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 -msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " -"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " -"choose the quantity and confirm the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 -msgid "" -"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" -" you have already ordered from your blanket order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 -msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " -"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " -"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " -"name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " -"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 -msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " -"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 -msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " -"and select *Call for Tender*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " -"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " -"right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 -msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " -"from your Call for Tender." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 -msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" -" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 -msgid "Close the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 -msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "Reposición" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment Flows" -msgstr "Flujo de reposición" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 -msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " -"Times*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 -msgid "" -"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " -"manufacture products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 -msgid "Configure Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 -msgid "Vendor Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " -"product to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " -"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " -"lead time for that Vendor & Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 -msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "Plazo de entrega del cliente" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " -"the product to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " -"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 -msgid "" -"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " -"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 -msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " -"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " -"engagements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " -"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " -"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " -"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 -msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 -msgid "" -"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " -"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " -"is your product’s configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 -msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 -msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 -msgid "" -"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" -" your configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 -msgid "" -"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " -"time for Sales)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 -msgid "" -"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " -"time for Purchase)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 -msgid "" -"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " -"9 days of vendor lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Setup drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " -"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." -msgstr "" -"Envío que permite entregar la mercancía directamente desde el proveedor al " -"cliente. Esto significa que los productos no hacen parada en su almacén." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 -msgid "" -"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " -"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " -"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " -"section." -msgstr "" -"En primer lugar, configurar las **Rutas** y **Dropshipping**. Ir a " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes. Compruebe **Las " -"rutas avanzadas de los productos utilizando reglas** en la sección de " -"**Rutas** y en **Permitir a los proveedores para entregar directamente a sus" -" clientes** en la sección de **Dropshipping**." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " -"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " -"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" -"Usted tiene que permitir la elección de la ruta en el orden de venta. Ir a " -"el módulo de **Ventas**, :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y " -"seleccione **Elegir rutas específicas en las líneas de órdenes de venta " -"(avanzadas)**." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 -msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" -msgstr "Cómo usar el dropshipping?" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " -"concerned order lines." -msgstr "" -"Crea la orden de venta y selecciona la ruta como **Dropshipping** en las " -"líneas de la orden en cuestión." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " -"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que el pedido ha sido confirmado, ningún movimiento se crea a partir" -" del almacén. Las mercancías serán entregadas directamente desde el " -"proveedor a su cliente." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" -" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." -msgstr "" -"Con el fin de ser capaz de facturar el envío, debe establecer la política de" -" la factura de su producto en **Cantidades pedidos**." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 -msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " -"orders on each sale you make." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" -" just one step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 -msgid "Configure the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " -"*Make To Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 -msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " -"Odoo for this feature to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 -msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " -"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " -"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " -"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 -msgid "" -"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " -"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" -" *Shipment* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " -"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 -msgid "" -"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " -"automatically under it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " -"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " -"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 -msgid "Set a reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 -msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " -"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " -"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " -"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " -"12:00PM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " -"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Solución de problemas" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 -msgid "" -"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " -"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " -"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " -"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," -" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " -"issue with the configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 -msgid "Multi-Companies" -msgstr "Multi-Compañías" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" -msgstr "¿Cómo configurar una multi-empresa con flujo de compra/venta?" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " -"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " -"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " -"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." -msgstr "" -"Odoo es una solución excelente para ayudar a las pequeñas empresas hacer " -"crecer su negocio. Pero también responde perfectamente a las necesidades de " -"las empresas. La función de multinacional entre empresas ayuda a comprar y/o" -" vender productos y servicios entre las diferentes ramas dentro de su " -"conglomerado." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " -"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " -"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " -"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " -"on your sales and purchase orders." -msgstr "" -"Las órdenes de compra y órdenes de venta se pueden relacionar. Si una " -"empresa dentro de su grupo crea una compra o una orden de venta, el " -"documento correspondiente se crea automáticamente para su empresa. Todo lo " -"que tienes que hacer es comprobar que todo está correcto y confirmar la " -"venta. Puede automatizar la validación en sus ventas y órdenes de compra." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 -msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." -msgstr "También es posible sólo para manejar las facturas y los reembolsos." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Manage intercompany rules" -msgstr "Gestión de reglas internas de la empresa" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" -" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes Generales`. Seleccione " -"**Administrar múltiples empresas** y después **Gestión interna de la " -"empresa**." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "Haga clic en **Aplicar**." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 -msgid "New options will appear." -msgstr "Nuevas opciones aparecerán." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." -msgstr "" -"En la lista desplegable, seleccione la empresa en la que desea agregar " -"reglas." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " -"options." -msgstr "" -"Si hace clic en **Configuración interna de la empresa para SO y PO**, " -"obtendrá opciones adicionales." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " -"for the other companies." -msgstr "" -"Cuando haya terminado, haga clic en **Aplicar**, después tendrá que repetir " -"los mismos pasos para las otras compañías." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " -"user has the rights to manage the companies." -msgstr "" -"Con el fin de poder gestionar las reglas entre empresas, asegúrese de que su" -" usuario tiene los derechos para gestionar las empresas." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po deleted file mode 100644 index f7e14871c..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2018\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "Proceso de Selección" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index be552da4a..3495e3d06 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -1,29 +1,39 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 # Esteban Echeverry <tebanep@nubark.com>, 2018 # Jesus Chaparro <hawsue4@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2018 -# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2018 # Luis Marin <marin.guadarrama@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2019 # Noemi Nahomy <noemi.t.angles@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Cristopher Cravioto <ccr@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Cris Martin <cristina.marrod@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2021 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2021 +# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo <l92hunaf@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Julián Andrés Osorio López <mcjulian1107@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2021 +# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -31,23 +41,2968 @@ msgstr "" "Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:4 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Ventas" -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:4 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "CRM" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "Adquiere leads" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "Convierte iniciativas en oportunidades" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM" +" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can " +"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "Convierte un lead en una oportunidad" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "Genera leads/oportunidades desde emails" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "Configurar seudónimos de correo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "Genera leads/oportunidades desde la página web de contacto" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "Usa el contáctanos en tu página web" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "Primero debes ir a la página web de tu aplicación" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "Crea una forma de contacto customizada" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" +"Necesitarás el módulo gratuito * Form Builder *, solo disponible en Odoo " +"Enterprise." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "Genera leads en vez de oportunidades" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "Envía presupuestos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "Crea un nuevo presupuesto" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" +"Encontrarás todos tus presupuestos a esa oportunidad específica bajo el menú" +" *Presupuestos* en esa página." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "Márcalos como ganados/perdidos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" +"Ahora necesitarás marcar tu oportunidad como ganada o perdida para avanzar " +"en el proceso" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" +"Si las marcas como ganadas, se moverán a tu columna *Ganadas* en tu vista " +"Kanban. Si las marcas como *Perdidas* serán archivadas." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "Optimiza tu trabajo diario" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "¿Cómo motivar y recompensar a mis vendedores?" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "Crear un reto" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "Asignando un responsable;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "Selecione sus objetivos;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "Configure los objetivos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Los objetivos pueden incluir la configuración de su base de datos, así (por " +"ejemplo, establecer los datos de la empresa y una zona horaria, crear nuevos" +" usuarios, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "Establecer recompensas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "Sincroniza tu calendario Google con Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " +"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " +"directions)." +msgstr "" +"Odoo está perfectamente integrado con el calendario de Google así que puedes" +" ver y administrar tus reuniones con ambas plataformas (las actualizaciones " +"van a ambas direcciones)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "Configuración en Google" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" +"Ve a la Plataforma de APIs de Google " +"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__ para generar las credenciales " +"para la API de Google Calendar. Accede con tu cuenta de Google." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +msgid "Go to the API & Services page." +msgstr "Ve a la página API & Servicios." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." +msgstr "Busca por *Calendario API Google* y selecciónalo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "Activa el API" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " +"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." +msgstr "" +"Selecciona o crea un proyecto API para almacenar las credenciales si es que " +"no lo hizo previamente. Nómbralo con un título específico (Ej. Odoo Sync)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +msgid "Create credentials." +msgstr "Crea Credenciales" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" +"Selecciona *Web browser (Javascript)* como fuente de llamada y *User data* " +"como tipo de data." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " +"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " +"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " +"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " +"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" +" in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" +" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "Configuración en Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " +"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" +" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " +"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " +"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" +" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" +msgstr "¡A partir de ahora ya no tienes excusas para perderte una reunión!" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 +msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introducción" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" +" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " +"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " +"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " +"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " +"configuration procedure below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." +msgstr "Ir a Aplicaciones e instalar el módulo **VoIP OnSIP**." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " +"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " +"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " +"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 +msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 +msgid "**Mode** should be Production" +msgstr "**Modo** debe ser Producción" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " +"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 +msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 +msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 +msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 +msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can find all this information by logging in at " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " +"and refer to the fields as pictured below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " +"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" +" Odoo and in OnSIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " +"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" +" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " +"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"international prefix for the United States)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " +"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 +msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " +"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" +" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " +"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " +"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." +" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"then have to configure it as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 +msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 +msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 +msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 +msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 +msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " +"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " +"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " +"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" +" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " +"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" +" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Installing Asterisk server" +msgstr "Instalar el servidor Asterisk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "Dependencias" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" +msgstr "" +"Antes de instalar Asterisk es necesario instalar las siguientes " +"dependencias:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 +msgid "wget" +msgstr "wget" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 +msgid "gcc" +msgstr "gcc" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 +msgid "g++" +msgstr "g++" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 +msgid "ncurses-devel" +msgstr "ncurses-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 +msgid "libxml2-devel" +msgstr "libxml2-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 +msgid "sqlite-devel" +msgstr "sqlite-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 +msgid "libsrtp-devel" +msgstr "libsrtp-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 +msgid "libuuid-devel" +msgstr "libuuid-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 +msgid "openssl-devel" +msgstr "openssl-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 +msgid "pkg-config" +msgstr "pkg-config" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 +msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" +msgstr "Para instalar libsrtp, siga las siguientes instrucciones:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " +"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " +"extracted:" +msgstr "" +"También necesita instalar PJSIP, puede descargar el recurso aquí " +"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Una vez el directorio recurso es " +"extraído:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" +msgstr "**Cambia a directorio proyecto pj recurso:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 +msgid "**run:**" +msgstr "**ejecutar:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 +msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" +msgstr "** Construye y instale proyectopj:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 +msgid "**Update shared library links:**" +msgstr "**Actualizar enlaces compartidas de biblioteca**." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 +msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" +msgstr "verifique que el proyecto pj está instalado." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 +msgid "**The result should be:**" +msgstr "** Wl resultado debe ser**." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Asterisk" +msgstr "Asterisco" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " +"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" +"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." +msgstr "" +"Para instalar Asterisk 13.7.0, puede descargar la fuente directamente `aqui " +"<http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" +"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Extract Asterisk:" +msgstr "extracto del Asterisco:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" +msgstr "introduzca el directorio Asterisco." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 +msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" +msgstr "Ejecutar el script configuración Asterisco." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 +msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" +msgstr "Ejecute la herramienta asterisco menú selección " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " +"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " +"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " +"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." +msgstr "" +"En el menú selección, ir a la opción de recursos y asegurar que el res-srtp " +"está inhabilitado. Si hay 3x´s junto a res-srtp, hay un problema con la " +"biblioteca srtp y debes reinstalarlo. Guardar la configuración (presionar " +"x). Debe también ver las estrellas delante de las lineas res-pjsip." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 +msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" +msgstr "Compilar e instalar Asterisk." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " +"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " +"run 'make config'." +msgstr "" +"Si necesita el ejemplo de configuración puede ejecutar 'realizar ejemplos' " +"para instalar la configuración de ejemplos. Si necesita instalar el script " +"de inicio del asterisco puede ejecutar 'make config'." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 +msgid "DTLS Certificates" +msgstr "Certificados DTLS" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 +msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." +msgstr "Después necesita ajustar los certificados DTLS." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" +msgstr "Introduzca el directorio de scripts del asterisco:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" +" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" +msgstr "" +"Crear los certtificados DTLS ( reemplazar pbx.mycompany.com con su dirección" +" ip o nombre dns, reemplaza MY Super Company con su nombre de compañia):" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 +msgid "Configure Asterisk server" +msgstr "Configurar el servidor Asterisco" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " +"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " +"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" +" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " +"uncommented:" +msgstr "" +"Para WebRTC, muchas configuraciónes obligatórias deben hacerse en el " +"apartado \"peer settings\", por que, en occasiónes contrario a lo necesario," +" configuraciónes en el apartado \"global settings\" no se populan bien al " +"\"peer setting\". Por defecto, archivos de configuracion Asterisk estan " +"ubicados en /etc/asterisk/. Se recomienda empezar por editar http.conf y " +"asegurarse que las siguientes lineas estan descommentadas:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " +"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " +"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " +"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " +"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" +msgstr "" +"Luego, editar sip.conf. El \"WebRTC\" peer requiere de \"encryption\", " +"\"avpf\", y \"icesupport\" para habilitarlo. En la mayoría de casos, " +"\"directmedia\" debe estar deshabilitado. Tambien en el cliente WebRTC, el " +"transporte debe figurar como \"ws\" para permitir conexiones de websocket. " +"Todas estas lineas de configuración debenerian estar bajo el mismo peer; " +"configurarlos globalmente probablemente no funciona:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " +"lines:" +msgstr "" +"En los archivos sip.conf y rtp.conf, es necesario tambien agregar o " +"descomentar las lineas:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 +msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" +msgstr "por último ajustar extensiones.conf: " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 +msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" +msgstr "Configure Odoo VOIP." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 +msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." +msgstr "" +"En Odoo, la configuración debe ser hecha en las preferencias del usuario." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 +msgid "" +"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" +" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 +msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " +"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " +"configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " +"\"Integrations\" section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" +" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " +"defined in the http.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "Analizar el rendimiento" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 +msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" +" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " +"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " +"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 +msgid "Configure your kanban stages" +msgstr "Configura tus etapas en el kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " +"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" +" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" +" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " +"more accurate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" +" you can modify them manually of course." +msgstr "" +"Cada una de sus oportunidades tendrá la probabilidad establecida por " +"defecto, pero puede modificarlas manualmente." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 +msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" +msgstr "Fija tu oportunidad esperada fecha de ingreso y cierre" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " +"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" +" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 +msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" +msgstr "Ver las oportunidades vencidas o que se cierran pronto" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " +"closing, letting you prioritize." +msgstr "" +"En su flujo del CRM, puede filtrar oportunidades según la rapidez con la que" +" se cerrarán, lo cual le permitirá establecer prioridades." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 +msgid "" +"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " +"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " +"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." +msgstr "" +"Como gerente de ventas, esta herramienta también te puede ayudar a mejorar " +"tu proceso de venta. Por ejemplo, tener muchas oportunidades en etapas " +"inciales con fechas de cierre cercanas puede indicar un problema." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 +msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" +msgstr "Ve tus ingresos totales esperados y rotación esperada" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 +msgid "" +"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " +"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." +msgstr "" +"En tu vista Kanban, puedes ver los ingresos esperados para cada una de tus " +"etapas. Esto es basado en cada oportunidad ingresos esperados que fijas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " +"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " +"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " +"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " +"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "Revisa tu Ratio Ganancia/Pérdida" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "También puedes cambiar las *medidas* a *Ingresos Totales*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "También tienes la habilidad de cambiar a vista gráfico de pie." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "Organice la fuente de información" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "Administra oportunidades perdidas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" +"Al trabajar con tus oportunidades, puedes perder algunas de ellas. Vas a " +"querer controlar las razones por las que lo perdiste y también qué caminos " +"Odoo puede tomar para ayudarte a recuperarlo en el futuro." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "Marca un lead como perdido" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" +"Puedes luego seleccionar una existente *Razon Perdida* o crear una nueva ahí" +" mismo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "Administra y crea razones perdidas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" +"Puede seleccionar y cambiar el nombre de cualquiera de ellos, así como crear" +" uno nuevo desde allí." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "Recuperar las oportunidades perdidas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "Luego verás todas tus oportunidades perdidas." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" +"Si quieres refinarlas aún más, puedes añadir un filtro en la *Razón " +"Perdida*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "Por ejemplo, * Demasiado costoso*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "Restablecer las oportunidades perdidas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" +"Para seleccionar oportunidades específicas, debe cambiar a la vista lista." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "Maneja varios equipos de ventas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "Crear un nuevo canal de ventas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "Añade miembros a tu canal de ventas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "Tablero Canal de Ventas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "Asignar y rastrear iniciativas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "Asignar oportunidades basadas en puntuación" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "Crear reglas de puntaje" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" +"Cada hora, cada oportunidad sin puntaje se escaneará automáticamente y se le" +" asignará su puntaje correcto de acuerdo con sus reglas de puntuación." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "Asignar iniciativas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "Evaluar & usar las iniciativas no asignadas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" +"En tu página de iniciativas puedes poner un filtro para encontrar tus " +"clientes potenciales no asignados." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "Rastrea las visitas de tus prospectos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" +"Rastrear las páginas de tu sitio web te dará mucha más información sobre los" +" intereses de los visitantes de tu sitio web." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "Rastrea una página web" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" +"Vaya a cualquier página estática que desee rastrear en su sitio web y en la " +"pestaña * Promocionar * encontrará * Optimizar SEO *" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" +"Allí verá una casilla de verificación *Rastrear página* para seguir esta " +"página." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "Ver páginas visitadas en tus iniciativas/ oportunidades" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Ahora, cada vez que se crea un cliente potencial desde el formulario de " +"contacto, realizará un seguimiento de las páginas visitadas por ese " +"visitante. Tiene dos formas de ver esas páginas, en la esquina superior " +"derecha de su cliente potencial / oportunidad puede ver un botón * Vistas de" +" página *, pero también más abajo las verá en la conversación." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" +"Ambos se actualizarán si los visitantes vuelven a su sitio web y visitan más" +" páginas." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" +"La función no repetirá múltiples visualizaciones de las mismas páginas en la" +" conversación." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "¡Tus clientes ya no podrán ocultarte ningún secreto!" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:4 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "Punto de venta" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced topics" +msgstr "Temas avanzados" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "Usando códigos de barras en PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "Añadir códigos de barras al producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "Escanear productos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 +msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " +"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments" +" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " +"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " +"American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 +msgid "" +"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " +"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " +"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 +msgid "Install Mercury" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " +"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " +"mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 +msgid "" +"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods` and create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " +"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This " +"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They " +"are all explained below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the " +"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 +msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 +msgid "And the cashier will be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 +msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 +msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 +msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 +msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 +msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 +msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "Usando etiquetas de descuento con un escáner de código de barras" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" +"Si desea vender sus productos con un descuento, por ejemplo, para un " +"producto que se acerca a su fecha de vencimiento, puede usar etiquetas de " +"descuento. Te permiten escanear códigos de barras de descuento." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "Nomenclatura de código de barras" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" +"Para usar las etiquetas de descuentos, necesitamos aprender acerca de la " +"nomenclatura de códigos de barras." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" +"Digamos que quiere tener un descuento para el producto con el siguiente " +"código de barras:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "Escanea los productos y etiquetas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" +"Primero tienes que escanear el producto deseado (en nuestro caso, un limón)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" +"Y luego escanear la etiqueta de descuento. Se aplicará el descuento y podrás" +" finalizar la transacción." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "Gestiona un programa de lealtad" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" +"Anime a sus clientes que sigan comprando en su punto de venta con un " +"*Programa de lealtad*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" +"Para activar la función *Programa de lealtad*, vaya a: menuselection: `Punto" +" de Ventas -> Configuración-> Punto de ventas ` y seleccione su interfaz de " +"PdV. En las funciones de precios, seleccione * Programa de lealtad*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "Desde allí puedes crear y editar tus programas de lealtad." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" +"Puedes decidir qué tipo de programa deseas utilizar, si la recompensa es un " +"descuento o un regalo, házlo específico para algunos productos o cubra todo " +"su inventario. Aplica reglas para que solo sea válido en situaciones " +"específicas y todo lo demas." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "Usa el programa de lealtad en tu interfaz PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se establece un cliente, ahora verá los puntos que obtendrá por la " +"transacción y se acumularán hasta que se gasten. Se gastan usando el botón " +"*Recompensas* cuando tienen suficientes puntos de acuerdo con las reglas " +"definidas en el programa de lealtad." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" +"Puede ver que el precio se actualiza instantáneamente para reflejar la lista" +" de precios. Puedes finalizar el pedido de la forma habitual." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona un cliente con una lista de precios predeterminada, se " +"aplicará. Por supuesto, puedes cambiarlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "Aplicar descuentos manuales." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" +"Si rara vez utilizas descuentos, aplicar descuentos manuales podría ser la " +"solución más fácil para tu punto de venta." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +msgstr "" +"Puedes aplicar un descuento en todo el pedido o en productos específicos." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "Aplicar un descuento en un producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 +msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." +msgstr "Desde la interfaz de tu sesión, use el botón *Desc*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " +"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +msgstr "" +"Luego puedes ingresar un descuento (en porcentaje) sobre el producto " +"actualmente seleccionado y se aplicará el descuento." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "Aplicar un descuento global" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 +msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " +"product discount also at 50%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "" +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "Aplicar descuentos por tiempo limitado." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " +"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " +"pricing strategy tailored to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " +"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" +" on *Pricelists*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "Crear una lista de precios" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " +"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " +"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " +"whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 +msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" +msgstr "Usando una lista de precios en la interfaz PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " +"select the right pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze sales" +msgstr "Analizar las ventas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 +msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " +"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " +"statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " +"--> Orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 +msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 +msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" +msgstr "Módulo de Datos Fiscales Bélgicos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "" +"Configuración del Módulo de Datos Fiscales con el Punto de Venta de Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." +msgstr "" +"El gobierno Belga requiere que ciertos negocios usen un dispoistivo " +"certificado por el gobierno llamado **Módulo de Información Físcal** " +"(también conocido como **blackbox**). Este dispositivo trabaja junto con la " +"aplicación de TPV y registra ciertas transacciones. Junto con eso, la " +"aplicación TPV debe ser certificada por el gobierno y debe adherirse a " +"estríctos estándares especificados por ellos. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) " +"es una aplicación certificada <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be" +"/systemes-certifies>`_. Más información referente al Módulo de Información " +"Físcal puede ser encontrara en `el sitio web oficial " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "El hardware requerido" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" +"El gobierno certifica el Módulo de Datos Fiscales " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ por el Punto de Venta, todos ellos deben " +"trabajar, pero se recomienda el Cleancash SC-B, que también se necesitará:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Serial cable de módem nulo por FDM (`ejemplo <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Adaptador Serial-to-USB para FDM (`ejemplo " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Configurar" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "Certificación & Instalación local" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" +"La certificación otorgada por el gobierno está restringida al úso en el SaaS" +" de odoo.com. El uso del módulo desde el código fuente o una versión " +"modificada **no** estará certificada. Para usuarios con instalación local, " +"también soportamos el Módulo de Información fiscal en dichas instalaciones. " +"La mayor restricción es que requiere una versión ofuscada del módulo " +"``pos_blackbox_be`` que se provee sobre pedido para clientes Enterprise." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "Restricciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" +"Como se mencionó anteriormente, de acuerdo con el certificado del módulo de " +"Punto de Venta deben cumplir las especificaciones del Gobierno descritas. " +"Por lo mismo, el certificado de la Terminal del Punto de Venta de Odoo tiene" +" algunas limitaciones no presentes en el no certificado del Punto de Venta " +"de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "El reembolso se desactiva" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "Modificación de precios de las líneas de pedido" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "Crear/modificar/eliminar órdenes del Punto de Venta" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "Vender productos sin el impuesto válido" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "Lista negra de módulos: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "Registrar clientes" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" +"El registro de sus clientes le dará la posibilidad de otorgarles diversos " +"privilegios, como descuentos, programas de lealtad y comunicación " +"específica. También será necesario si desean una factura y su registro hará " +"que cualquier interacción futura con ellos sea más rápida." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "Crear un cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "Desde la interfaz de su sesión, use el botón de cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "Crea uno nuevo usando este botón." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "" +"Se le invitará a completar el formulario del cliente con su información." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "" +"Utilice el botón Guardar cuando haya terminado. Ahora podra seleccionar ese " +"cliente en cualquier transacción futura." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" +msgstr "Primeros pasos con el Punto de Venta de Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " +"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " +"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " +"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " +"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " +"customer can be identified from the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " +"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." +msgstr "" +"Usted será capaz de ejecutar las estadísticas en tiempo real y " +"consolidaciones en todas sus tiendas sin la molestia de la integración de " +"varias aplicaciones externas." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 +msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" +msgstr "Instalar la aplicación Punto de Venta." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." +msgstr "Vaya a Aplicaciones e instale la aplicación Punto de venta." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " +"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 +msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" +msgstr "Hacer productos disponibles en el Punto de Venta." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" +" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" +"Para que los productos estén disponibles en el punto de venta, abra un " +"producto, vaya a la pestaña Ventas y marque la casilla \"Disponible en el " +"punto de venta\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." +msgstr "" +"También puede definir allí si el producto debe pesarse con una escala." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" +" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " +"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" +" in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" +" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 +msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " +"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 +msgid "Create your first PoS session" +msgstr "Crea tu primera sesión de PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "Su primera orden" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " +"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." +msgstr "" +"Ahora está listo para realizar sus primeras ventas a través del punto de " +"venta. Desde el panel de control de PdV, puede ver todos sus puntos de venta" +" y puede comenzar una nueva sesión." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 +msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "Ahora llegas a la interfaz PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que se completa un pedido, puedes registrar el pago. Todos los " +"métodos de pago disponibles aparecen a la izquierda de la pantalla. " +"Selecciona el método de pago e ingresa la cantidad recibida. A continuación," +" puedes validar el pago." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 +msgid "You can register the next orders." +msgstr "Puedes registrar los siguientes pedidos." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "Cierre la sesión de PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 +msgid "" +"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " +"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " +"now close the session from the dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Al final del día, cerrarás tu sesión de PdV. Para ello, haz clic en el botón" +" de cerrar que aparece en la esquina superior derecha y confirma. Ahora " +"puedes cerrar la sesión desde el panel de control." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 +msgid "" +"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "Es muy recomendable cerrar la sesión de PoS al final de cada día." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 +msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." +msgstr "" +"A continuación, verá un resumen de todas las transacciones por método de " +"pago." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" +" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." +msgstr "" +"Puede hacer clic en una línea de ese resumen para ver todos los pedidos que " +"se han pagado con este método de pago durante esa sesión de PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " +"closing entries." +msgstr "" +"Si todo esta correcto, puedes validar la sesión de PdV y publicar las " +"entradas de cierre." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 +msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." +msgstr "Está hecho, ahora haz cerrado tu primera sesión de PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " +":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/connect` and " +":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "Terminales de pago" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the payments " +"section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for " +"Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and create new Vantiv " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" +msgstr "Características Avanzadas de Restaurantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Register multiple orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " +"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " +"Sale application can help you to fulfill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " +"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your table management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" +" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " +"Point of sale`.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" +" *Floors*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 +msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" +" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " +"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " +"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " +"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 +msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " +"register an order and payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" +" you can also transfer the order to another table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Transfer customers between tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " +"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " +"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " +"you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 +msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " +"select the new table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Shop Features" +msgstr "Características Avanzadas de la Tienda" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "Activar el control de efectivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Para activar la función *Control de efectivo *, vaya a: menuselection: " +"`Punto de Ventas -> Configuración -> Punto de Venta` y seleccione su " +"interfaz PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "" +"En la categoría de pagos, encontrará la configuración de control de " +"efectivo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "" +"En este ejemplo, pueden ver que quiero tener 275 $ en varias denominaciones " +"en la apertura y el cierre." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic en **Valores de apertura / cierre**, podrá crear esos valores." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "Iniciar una sesion" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "" +"Ahora tiene un nuevo botón agregado cuando abre una sesión, *Establecer " +"saldo inicial*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto, utilizará los valores que agregó anteriormente, pero siempre " +"puede modificarlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "Cerrar una sesion" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "" +"Cuando desee cerrar su sesión, ahora también tiene un botón *Establecer " +"saldo final*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" +"Luego puede ver el balance teórico, el balance de cierre real (lo que acaba " +"de contar) y la diferencia entre los dos." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" +"Si usa la opción *Sacar Dinero* para realizar sus transacciones para esta " +"sesión, ahora tiene una diferencia de suma cero y el mismo saldo de cierre " +"que su saldo de apertura. Tu caja está lista para la próxima sesión." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "Factura desde la interfaz PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Algunos de tus clientes pueden solicitar una factura al comprar desde su " +"punto de venta, puede administrarlo fácilmente directamente desde la " +"interfaz de PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "Activar facturación" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" +"En *Facturas y recibos* verá la opción de facturación, márquela. No olvide " +"elegir en qué diario se deben crear las facturas." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "Selecciona un cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "Desde la interfaz de su sesión, use el botón de cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" +"Luego, puede seleccionar un cliente existente y configurarlo como su cliente" +" o crear uno nuevo con este botón." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "" +"Se le invitará a completar el formulario del cliente con su información." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "Facturación al cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "" +"Desde la pantalla de pago, ahora tiene una opción de facturación, use el " +"botón para seleccionarla y validarla." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "Despues, puede imprimir la factura y pasar a su próximo pedido." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "Recuperar facturas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 +msgid "Accept returns and refund products" +msgstr "Acepta devoluciones y devolución de productos." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " +"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " +"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " +"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" +" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +msgid "" +"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " +"to process the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "Temas avanzados" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" msgstr "¿Cómo dar permisos de acceso portal a mis clientes?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" msgstr "¿Que es acceso Portal/Quién es usuario de portal?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 msgid "" "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " "Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." @@ -55,13 +3010,13 @@ msgstr "" "Un acceso al portal se ortoga a un usario que necesita aceso a la instancia " "de Odoo para ver ciertos documentos o información en el sistema." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." msgstr "" "Por ejemplo, un cliente a largo plazo que necesita ver cotizaciones en " "línea." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 msgid "" "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " "any document in the system." @@ -69,15 +3024,15 @@ msgstr "" "Un usuario de portal solo tiene acceso de lectura. No podra editar nigun " "documento en el sistema." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" msgstr "¿Como otorgar acceso el portal para clientes?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 msgid "From Contacts Module" msgstr "Desde el módulo de contactos" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 msgid "" "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " @@ -87,7 +3042,7 @@ msgstr "" "creado todavia en el sistema, haga click en el botón **Crear** para crear un" " nuevo contacto. Ingrese los detalles y haga click en **Guardar**." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 msgid "" "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " "interface and from the drop down." @@ -96,11 +3051,11 @@ msgstr "" "superior del interfaz y del drop down sellecione **Gestión de Acceso al " "Portal**." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." msgstr "Un pop up emerge." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 msgid "" "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " @@ -110,7 +3065,7 @@ msgstr "" "agregue el contenido para ser incluido en el correo electronico en la " "casilla de texto abajo. Haga click en **Aplicar** cuando haya terminado." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." @@ -119,15 +3074,15 @@ msgstr "" "contacto ahora se encuentra habilitado como usuario del portal de la " "instancia repsectiva." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "¿Cómo listar un producto?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "Listado sin variación" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." @@ -135,7 +3090,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para listar un producto, debe seleccionar el campo **Usar eBay** en un " "formulario de producto. La pestaña de eBay estará disponible." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." @@ -143,7 +3098,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando el campo **Usar Cantidad de Existencias** es seleccionado, la " "cantidad definida en eBay será la **Cantidad Pronosticada** de Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." @@ -155,7 +3110,7 @@ msgstr "" " del producto. Puede usar html dentro de la **Plantilla de Descripción** y " "en la **Descripción eBay**." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." @@ -163,11 +3118,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para poder utilizar imagenes en sus listados, debe agregarlso como " "**Adjuntos** en la plantilla de productos, \"el producto padre\"." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "Listado con variaciones" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" @@ -180,11 +3135,11 @@ msgstr "" "variante será listada en eBay así como ajustar el precio y la cantidad de " "cada variante." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" msgstr "Listado con items especificos" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." @@ -193,11 +3148,11 @@ msgstr "" " de producto con un valor en la pestaña **Variantes** en el formulario de " "producto." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "Identificadores de Productos" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -217,15 +3172,15 @@ msgstr "" "deben ser definidos en la pestaña **Variantes** de la ficha del producto. Si" " estos valores no son fijados, 'No aplica' será utilizado por la lista eBay." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" msgstr "¿Cómo configurar eBay en Odoo?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" msgstr "Crear tokens de eBay" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " @@ -237,7 +3192,7 @@ msgstr "" "ingresado, puede crear **Claves de Prueba** y **Claves de Producción** " "haciendo clic en los botones adecuados." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " @@ -249,11 +3204,11 @@ msgstr "" "de la página. Diligencie el formulario, ingrese en su cuenta de eBay y " "obtendrá las claves y el token necesarios para configurar el módulo en Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" msgstr "¿Configurar tokens en Odoo?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -261,7 +3216,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para configurar la integración con eBay, vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> " "Configuración --> Ajustes`." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " @@ -271,7 +3226,7 @@ msgstr "" "Luego llene los campos **Llave de Desarrollador**, **Token**, **Clave de la " "Aplicación**, **Clave del Certificado**. Aplicar los cambios." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " @@ -281,7 +3236,7 @@ msgstr "" "información de eBay. Pulse sobre **Sync countries and currencies**, para " "llenar los otros campos." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." @@ -289,15 +3244,15 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando todos los campos se rellenan, puede sincronizar las categorías y las " "políticas haciendo clic en los botones adecuados." -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Método de facturación" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 msgid "Request a down payment" msgstr "Solicitar un pago inicial" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " "rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " @@ -307,11 +3262,11 @@ msgstr "" "se pagará más adelante. Para pedidos o proyectos costosos, es una forma de " "protegerse y asegurarse de que su cliente sea serio." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "Primera vez que solicite un pago inicial" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 msgid "" "When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" " option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " @@ -321,7 +3276,7 @@ msgstr "" "de pago inicial. Puede ser una cantidad fija o un porcentaje de la cantidad " "total." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" "The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " "and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." @@ -330,11 +3285,11 @@ msgstr "" "ingresos y una configuración de impuestos que se reutilizará para los " "próximos pagos iniciales." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." msgstr "A continuación, verá la factura para el pago inicial." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 msgid "" "On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " "automatically deducted." @@ -342,15 +3297,15 @@ msgstr "" "En la factura posterior o final, cualquier pago anticipado realizado se " "deducirá automáticamente." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "Modificar la cuenta de ingresos y los impuestos de clientes." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." msgstr "En la lista de productos, busque *Pago inicial*." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 msgid "" "You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" " income account & customer taxes." @@ -358,11 +3313,11 @@ msgstr "" "Luego puede editarlo, en la pestaña de facturación podrá cambiar la cuenta " "de ingresos y los impuestos de los clientes." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "Volver a facturar los gastos a los clientes." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " @@ -374,13 +3329,13 @@ msgstr "" "consultor que paga por un hotel para que trabaje en el sitio de su cliente. " "Como empresa, te gustaría poder facturar este gasto a tu cliente." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 msgid "Expenses configuration" msgstr "Configuración gastos" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 msgid "" "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." @@ -388,21 +3343,21 @@ msgstr "" "Para rastrear y facturar gastos, necesitará la aplicación de gastos. Vaya a:" " menuselection: `Apps -> Gastos` para instalarlo." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" " --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" msgstr "Agregue gastos a su orden de venta" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 msgid "" "From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " "hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." @@ -410,8 +3365,8 @@ msgstr "" "Desde la aplicación de gastos, usted o su asesor pueden crear uno nuevo, " "p.ej. El hotel para la primera semana en el sitio de su cliente." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 msgid "" "You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " "create a new one from right there." @@ -419,48 +3374,48 @@ msgstr "" "Luego puede ingresar una descripción relevante y seleccionar un producto " "existente o crear uno nuevo desde allí mismo." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" msgstr "Aquí, puedes crear un producto *Hotel*:" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 msgid "" "Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 msgid "" "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " "Configuration --> Expense products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 msgid "" "Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." msgstr "" "De nuevo en el gasto, agregue la orden de venta original en el gasto a " "enviar." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." msgstr "Luego puede enviarse al gerente, aprobarse y finalmente publicarse." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." msgstr "Luego estará en el pedido de venta y listo para ser facturado." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" msgstr "Factura basada en cantidades entregadas o pedidas" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " "invoicing:" @@ -468,7 +3423,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dependiendo de tu negocio y de lo que venda, tiene dos opciones para " "facturar:" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 msgid "" "Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " "order is confirmed." @@ -476,7 +3431,7 @@ msgstr "" "Factura por cantidad pedida: factura la orden completa tan pronto se " "confirma la orden de venta." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" "Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " "partial delivery." @@ -484,11 +3439,11 @@ msgstr "" "Factura por cantidad entregada: factura por lo que entregó, incluso si es " "una entrega parcial." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." msgstr "La factura por cantidad ordenada es el modo por defecto." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" "The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " "of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" @@ -500,7 +3455,7 @@ msgstr "" "cantidades, la cantidad puede variar un poco y, por lo tanto, es mejor " "facturar la cantidad entregada real." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" "You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " "options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " @@ -510,11 +3465,11 @@ msgstr "" "controlar todas las opciones: facturas listas para facturar líneas, facturar" " un porcentaje (anticipo), facturar un anticipo fijo." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" msgstr "Decida la política en la página de producto" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 msgid "" "From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " "policy and select the one you want." @@ -522,11 +3477,11 @@ msgstr "" "Desde cualquier página de productos, en la pestaña de contabilidad " "encontrará la política de facturación y seleccionará la que desee." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 msgid "Send the invoice" msgstr "Enviar la factura" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" "Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " "quantities." @@ -534,7 +3489,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que confirme la venta, podrá ver las cantidades entregadas y " "facturadas." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 msgid "" "If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " "confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" @@ -544,7 +3499,7 @@ msgstr "" " la venta. Sin embargo, si seleccionó las cantidades entregadas, primero " "deberá validar la entrega." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 msgid "" "Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " "automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered" @@ -554,11 +3509,11 @@ msgstr "" "agregará automáticamente las cantidades facturadas según la cantidad que " "haya entregado si realizó una entrega parcial." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" msgstr "Hitos del proyecto de factura" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 msgid "" "Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " "each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" @@ -568,41 +3523,42 @@ msgid "" "project's progress and pay in several installments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 msgid "Create milestone products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " "configure products to work this way, go to any product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 msgid "" "You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " "select *Milestones* in the sales tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 msgid "Invoice milestones" msgstr "Facturar hitos" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 msgid "" "From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " "complete a milestone." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" msgstr "Enviar una factura pro-forma" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " "delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" @@ -612,34 +3568,34 @@ msgid "" " not being a demand or request for payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "Activar esta característica" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 msgid "" "From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" "forma invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 msgid "" "When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " "in attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 msgid "Sell subscriptions" msgstr "Vender suscripciones" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " "planning ahead much easier." @@ -647,11 +3603,11 @@ msgstr "" "La venta de productos de suscripción te proporcionará ingresos predecibles, " "lo que facilitará mucho la planificación." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" msgstr "Hacer una suscripción de un pedido de venta" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " "the subscription product your previously created." @@ -659,7 +3615,7 @@ msgstr "" "Desde la aplicación de ventas, crea una cotización para el cliente deseado y" " selecciona el producto de suscripción que creaste anteriormente." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" "When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " "You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " @@ -669,11 +3625,11 @@ msgstr "" "un enlace directo desde la orden de venta a la Suscripción en la esquina " "superior derecha." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" msgstr "Factura basada en tiempo y materiales." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" "Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" " to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" @@ -683,7 +3639,7 @@ msgstr "" "no es posible estimar con precisión el tamaño del proyecto, o cuando se " "espera que los requisitos del proyecto cambien. " -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 msgid "" "This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " "the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" @@ -694,7 +3650,7 @@ msgstr "" "contrato, sin importar lo que los contratistas paguen a sus empleados, " "subcontratistas y proveedores." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 msgid "" "For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" " to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" @@ -704,27 +3660,27 @@ msgstr "" "facturar su tiempo, sus diversos gastos (transporte, alojamiento, ...) y " "compras." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 msgid "Invoice time configuration" msgstr "Configuración para la facturación de tiempo. " -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 msgid "" "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " "Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 msgid "" "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 msgid "Invoice your time spent" msgstr "Facturar tu tiempo invertido" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 msgid "" "From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " "invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" @@ -734,11 +3690,11 @@ msgstr "" "opciones en la pestaña de contabilidad, seleccione *Hojas de horas en las " "tareas* y *Crear una tarea en un nuevo proyecto*." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." msgstr "También puede agregar la tarea a un proyecto existente." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 msgid "" "Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" " project overview and one for the current task." @@ -746,7 +3702,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que confirme un pedido de venta, ahora verá dos nuevos botones, uno " "para el resumen del proyecto y otro para la tarea actual." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 msgid "" "You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " "from the *Project* app." @@ -754,7 +3710,7 @@ msgstr "" "Usted estará directamente en la tarea si hace clic en ella, también puede " "acceder a ella desde la aplicación *Project*." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 msgid "" "Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " "how many hours they worked on the project so far." @@ -762,11 +3718,11 @@ msgstr "" "Bajo las hojas de horas, puede asignar quién trabaja en él. Puede o pueden " "agregar cuántas horas trabajaron en el proyecto hasta el momento." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "A partir de la orden de venta, puede facturar esas horas." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " @@ -776,11 +3732,11 @@ msgstr "" " *al costo* o *Precio de venta* también dependiendo de si desea facturar el " "costo de sus gastos o un precio de venta previamente acordado." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 msgid "Invoice purchases" msgstr "Facturar Compras" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 msgid "" "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" " it." @@ -788,78 +3744,78 @@ msgstr "" "Lo último que puede necesitar agregar a la orden de venta son las compras " "realizadas para ella." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 msgid "" "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " "*Purchase Analytics*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 msgid "" "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 msgid "" "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " "will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:3 msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "Productos & Precios" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 msgid "Manage your pricing" msgstr "Gestiona tus precios" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" msgstr "Cómo vender en monedas extranjeras." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." msgstr "" "Las listas de precios también se pueden utilizar para administrar los " "precios en monedas extranjeras." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 msgid "" "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " "Invoicing/Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " "pricelist setup form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" " the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." msgstr "Los precios en monedas extranjeras se pueden definir de dos maneras." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" msgstr "Conversión automática del precio público." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 msgid "" "The public price is in your company's main currency (see " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 msgid "" "The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " @@ -867,11 +3823,11 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" msgstr "Establece tus propios precios" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" " rates." @@ -879,15 +3835,15 @@ msgstr "" "Esto se recomienda si no deseas que tus precios cambien junto con las tasas " "de cambio." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" msgstr "Cómo adaptar tus precios a tus clientes y aplicar descuentos." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" " to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " @@ -896,36 +3852,36 @@ msgid "" "quantity and get a price break), etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 msgid "" "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " "completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" "*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " "default product price ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 msgid "" "*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " "products ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " "and roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Several prices per product" msgstr "Varios precios por producto." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " @@ -936,18 +3892,18 @@ msgstr "" " pestaña *Ventas* en el formulario de detalles del producto. Puedes " "configurar las siguientes estrategias." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" msgstr "Precios por segmento de clientes" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "" "Cree listas de precios para sus segmentos de clientes: p.ej, registrado, " "premium, etc." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " @@ -958,17 +3914,17 @@ msgstr "" "formulario de detalles del cliente y cambia la *Lista de precios de venta* " "en la pestaña *Ventas y compras*." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" msgstr "Precios temporales" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "" "Aplica ofertas para días festivos, etc. Ingresa las fechas de inicio y " "finalización." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." @@ -977,11 +3933,11 @@ msgstr "" "precios fuera del período de ofertas. De lo contrario, podrías tener " "problemas una vez finalizado el período." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" msgstr "Precios por cantidad mínima." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." @@ -990,11 +3946,11 @@ msgstr "" "primeros precios que coinciden con la fecha del pedido y / o las cantidades " "mínimas." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" msgstr "Descuentos, márgenes, redondeos." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " "Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " @@ -1004,14 +3960,14 @@ msgid "" " or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " "e-Commerce)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" @@ -1022,7 +3978,7 @@ msgstr "" "producto específico. Al igual que en la segunda opción, puede establecer " "fechas y cantidades mínimas." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." @@ -1031,43 +3987,43 @@ msgstr "" "artículo en particular y otra para su categoría, Odoo tomará la regla del " "artículo." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." msgstr "" "Asegúrate de que al menos un artículo de la lista de precios cubra todos sus" " productos." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." msgstr "Hay 3 modos de cálculo: precio fijo, descuento y fórmula." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." msgstr "" "Aquí hay diferentes configuraciones de precios posibles gracias a las " "fórmulas." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 msgid "Discounts with roundings" msgstr "Descuentos con redondeos." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." msgstr "p.ej. Descuentos del 20% con precios redondeados hasta 9.99." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" msgstr "Costos con recargos (venta minorista)" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 msgid "Prices per country" msgstr "Precios por pais" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " @@ -1080,23 +4036,23 @@ msgstr "" "En caso de que no se establezca un país para el cliente, Odoo toma la " "primera lista de precios sin ningún grupo de países." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." msgstr "" "La lista de precios predeterminada se puede reemplazar al crear un pedido de" " venta." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." msgstr "" "Puede cambiar la secuencia de listas de precios arrastrando y soltando en la" " vista de lista." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" msgstr "Calcular y mostrar % de descuento a los clientes." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" @@ -1105,7 +4061,7 @@ msgstr "" "calculado en pedidos de venta impresos y en tu catálogo de comercio " "electrónico. Para hacerlo:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." @@ -1114,155 +4070,128 @@ msgstr "" " :menuselection: 'Ventas --> Configuración --> Ajustes --> Cotizaciones & " "Ventas --> Descuentos'." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." msgstr "" "Aplica la opción en el formulario de configuración de la lista de precios." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`currencies`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "Gestiona tus productos" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "Cómo importar productos con categorías y variantes." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" +" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " +"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" -"Importa plantillas provistas en la herramienta de importación de la " -"información más común (contactos, productos, resguardos bancarios, etc.). " -"Puedes abrirlos con cualquier software de hojas de cálculo (Microsoft " -"Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "Cómo customizar el archivo" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." +"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" +" column (see why below)." msgstr "" -"Elimina columnas que no necesitas. Te recomendamos no eliminar la de *ID* (a" -" continuación puedes ver por qué)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" "Establece un ID único a cada uno de los registros arrastrando hacia abajo la" " secuencia de ID." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" -"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " -"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" +" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " "import screen." msgstr "" -"No cambies las etiquetas de las columnas que quieras importar. De lo " -"contrario, Odoo no los reconocerá más y tendrás que mapearlos por tu cuenta " -"en la pantalla de importación." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" -" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " -"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " +"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " +"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." msgstr "" -"Para agregar nuevas columnas, no dude en agregar nuevas columnas, pero los " -"campos deben existir en Odoo. Si Odoo falla al hacer coincidir el nombre de " -"la columna con un campo, puede hacerlo manualmente al importar al navegar " -"por una lista de campos disponibles." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "Por qué una columna de *ID*" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" -"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " -"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one" +" of your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." msgstr "" -"La ID es un identificador único para la línea de pedido. Siéntase libre de " -"usar el de tu software anterior para facilitar la transición a Odoo." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -"Estableciendo un ID no es obligatorio cuando estás importando pero ayuda en " -"muchos casos:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" +"duplicates." msgstr "" -"Actualiza importaciones: puedes importar el mismo archivo varias veces sin " -"crear duplicados;" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "Importa campos de relación (ver a continuación)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "Cómo importar campos de relación" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" -"Un objeto de Odoo siempre está relacionado a muchos otros objetos (p.e. un " -"producto está relacionado a categorías de productos, atributos, vendedores, " -"etc.). Para importar esas relaciones necesitas importar los registros del " -"objeto relacionado primero desde su propio menú." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " +"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " +"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -"Puedes hacerlo tanto usando el nombre del registro relacionado o su ID. El " -"ID se espera cuando dos registros tienen el mismo nombre. En tal caso añade " -"\"/ID\" al final del título de la columna (p.e. para atributos de producto: " -"Atributos de Producto/Atributo/ID). " -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "Establecer impuestos" -#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 msgid "eBay" msgstr "eBay" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "Enviar cotizaciones" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" msgstr "Motiva a los clientes con fecha límite de cotizaciones" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" "As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to" " entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer " @@ -1270,21 +4199,21 @@ msgid "" "price that is no longer cost effective for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Set a deadline" msgstr "Establece una fecha límite" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." msgstr "" "En cada cotización u orden de venta puede agregar una *Fecha de " "vencimiento*." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 msgid "Use deadline in templates" msgstr "Utilizar fecha límite en las plantillas." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 msgid "" "You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time " "that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find" @@ -1298,15 +4227,15 @@ msgstr "" "cotización `aquí <https://docs.google.com/document/d/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-" "ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" msgstr "Entrega y facturación a diferentes direcciones." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " "This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their " @@ -1316,17 +4245,17 @@ msgstr "" " Esto es clave, no todos tendrán la misma ubicación de entrega que su " "ubicación de factura." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Customer Addresses* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" msgstr "Agregar diferentes direcciones a una cotización u orden de venta" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 msgid "" "If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will" " automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for " @@ -1338,26 +4267,26 @@ msgstr "" "utilizará para ambos, pero usted puede, por supuesto, cambiarla " "instantáneamente y crear una nueva a partir de la oferta o pedido." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" msgstr "Añadir direcciones de entrega y factura a un cliente" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, " "they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under " ":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." msgstr "Desde allí puede agregar nuevas direcciones al cliente." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" msgstr "Varias direcciones en las cotizaciones / pedidos de venta." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 msgid "" "These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you " "send by email or print." @@ -1365,11 +4294,11 @@ msgstr "" "Estas dos direcciones se utilizarán en el presupuesto o pedido de cliente " "que envíes por correo electrónico o imprimes." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "Recibe el pago para confirmar un pedido" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving " "the time of both your customers and yourself." @@ -1377,24 +4306,24 @@ msgstr "" "Puede utilizar los pagos en línea para obtener pedidos confirmados " "automáticamente. Ahorrando el tiempo tanto de tus clientes como de ti mismo." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 msgid "Activate online payment" msgstr "Activa pago en línea" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Online Signature & Payment* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 msgid "" "Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your " "acquirers of choice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 msgid "" "You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment " "acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, " @@ -1403,28 +4332,28 @@ msgid "" "`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 msgid "" "If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also " "pick a default setting for each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 msgid "Register a payment" msgstr "Registrar un pago" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 msgid "" "From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." msgstr "" "Su cliente podrá pagar en línea directamente del correo electrónico de " "cotización que envió." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" msgstr "Obtener una firma para confirmar un pedido" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you" " and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a " @@ -1434,11 +4363,11 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente. Tanto tu como tu cliente ahorrarán tiempo al utilizar esta " "función en comparación con un proceso tradicional." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" msgstr "Activar firma online" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 msgid "" "If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id" "=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, you can also pick a " @@ -1449,11 +4378,11 @@ msgstr "" "ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, también puedes elegir una configuración " "predeterminada para cada plantilla." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 msgid "Validate an order with a signature" msgstr "Validar un pedido con una firma." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 msgid "" "When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online" " instantly." @@ -1461,15 +4390,15 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando envías una cotización a tu cliente, pueden aceptarla y firmar en " "línea al instante." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." msgstr "Una vez firmado, se confirmará la cotización y comenzará la entrega." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" msgstr "Incrementa tus ventas con productos sugeridos." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 msgid "" "The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful " "products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could" @@ -1480,16 +4409,16 @@ msgstr "" "teléfono celular se le pueden mostrar accesorios como una funda protectora, " "una cubierta de pantalla y auriculares." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" msgstr "Añada productos sugeridos a sus plantillas de cotización" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." msgstr "" "Los productos sugeridos se pueden configurar en *Plantillas de cotización*." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 msgid "" "Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add" " related products or services." @@ -1497,16 +4426,16 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez en una plantilla, puedes ver una pestaña *Productos sugeridos* donde" " puedes agregar productos o servicios relacionados." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." msgstr "" "También puedes agregar o modificar productos sugeridos en la cotización." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" msgstr "Añada productos sugeridos a la cotización" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the" " suggested products to the order." @@ -1514,7 +4443,7 @@ msgstr "" "Al abrir la oferta del correo electrónico recibido, el cliente puede agregar" " los productos sugeridos al pedido." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 msgid "" "The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on " "any of the little carts." @@ -1522,7 +4451,7 @@ msgstr "" "El producto(s) se agregará instantáneamente a su cotización al hacer clic en" " cualquiera de los carritos." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 msgid "" "Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or " "pay to confirm the quotation." @@ -1530,7 +4459,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dependiendo de tu proceso de confirmación, pueden firmar digitalmente o " "pagar para confirmar la cotización." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 msgid "" "Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales" " order, letting the salesperson see it." @@ -1538,11 +4467,11 @@ msgstr "" "Cada movimiento realizado por el cliente a la cotización será rastreado en " "la orden de venta, permitiendo que el vendedor lo vea." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" msgstr "Usar plantillas de cotización" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" "If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time " "by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a " @@ -1552,27 +4481,23 @@ msgstr "" "tiempo creando plantillas de cotización personalizadas. Mediante el uso de " "una plantilla puedes enviar una cotización completa rapidamente." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "Crea tu primera plantilla" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 msgid "" "You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 msgid "" "You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to" " select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for" @@ -1582,7 +4507,7 @@ msgstr "" "seleccionar los producto(s) y su cantidad, así como el tiempo de vencimiento" " de la cotización." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " "in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration " @@ -1593,11 +4518,11 @@ msgstr "" "configuración del producto y puede ser modificado por las listas de precios " "de los clientes." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 msgid "Edit your template" msgstr "Edita tu plantilla" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 msgid "" "You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept " "or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and " @@ -1609,7 +4534,7 @@ msgstr "" "productos. Cuando hagas clic en * Editar plantilla *, aparecerá el editor de" " presupuestos." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 msgid "" "This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building" " blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated" @@ -1619,7 +4544,7 @@ msgstr "" "&drop\" de bloques de creación. Para describir tus productos, agrega un " "bloque de contenido en la zona dedicada a cada producto." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 msgid "" "The description set for the products will be used in all quotations " "templates containing those products." @@ -1627,19 +4552,19 @@ msgstr "" "El conjunto de descripciones de los productos se utilizará en todas las " "plantillas de citas que contengan dichos productos." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "Utiliza una plantilla de cotización" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." msgstr "Al crear una cotización, puedes seleccionar una plantilla." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." msgstr "Cada producto en esa plantilla se agregará a tu cotización." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" "You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* " "settings." @@ -1647,11 +4572,11 @@ msgstr "" "Puedes seleccionar una plantilla que se sugerirá de forma predeterminada en " "la configuración de *Ventas*." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "Confirmar la cotización" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 msgid "" "Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital " "signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." @@ -1660,22 +4585,22 @@ msgstr "" "clientes con una firma digital o pago en línea. Puedes seleccionar eso en la" " propia plantilla." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." msgstr "Cada cotización ahora tendrá esta configuración añadida. " -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 msgid "" "Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" "Por supuesto, todavía podras cambiarla y hacerla específica para cada " "cotización. " -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" msgstr "Añadir términos y condiciones a los pedidos" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" "Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " "between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " @@ -1688,7 +4613,7 @@ msgstr "" "permitiendo al cliente leer todos esos términos antes de comprometerse con " "cualquier cosa." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " "quotation, sales order and invoice." @@ -1696,17 +4621,17 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo te permite incluir fácilmente tus términos y condiciones " "predeterminados en cada oferta, pedido de venta y factura." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" msgstr "Configurar tus términos y condiciones predeterminados" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " "*Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 msgid "" "In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " "appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." @@ -1714,11 +4639,11 @@ msgstr "" "En ese cuadro puedes agregar tus términos y condiciones predeterminados. " "Luego aparecerán en cada cotización, orden de venta y factura." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" msgstr "Configurar términos y condiciones más detalladas" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 msgid "" "A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" " on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." @@ -1727,7 +4652,7 @@ msgstr "" " publicarla en la web y consultar ese enlace en los términos y condiciones " "de Odoo." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 msgid "" "You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " "conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po similarity index 59% rename from locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po rename to locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 301f1a3cd..b44f0be58 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -1,31 +1,33 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Carlos Lopez <celm1990@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Ruben Dario Machado <ruben@vauxoo.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2018 -# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2018 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2018 -# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# Antonio Trueba, 2018 -# Miguel Mendez <migmen@virtuellhandel.no>, 2018 -# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019 # Ivan Garcia <capiscuas@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Miguel Mendez <migmen@virtuellhandel.no>, 2021 +# Ruben Dario Machado <ruben@vauxoo.com>, 2021 +# Diego de cos <diegodecos@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2021 +# Antonio Trueba, 2021 +# Noemi Nahomy <noemi.t.angles@gmail.com>, 2021 +# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 +# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2021 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2021 +# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Garcia <capiscuas@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,26 +35,403 @@ msgstr "" "Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "Proyecto" +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:3 ../../content/services.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Servicios" -#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Avanzado" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:4 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Mesa de Ayuda" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "¿Cómo obtener retroalimentación de los clientes?" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "Iniciar con Odoo HelpDesk" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Información general" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "Comenzando con Odoo HelpDesk (Mesa de Ayuda)" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 +msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" +msgstr "Instalando Odoo Helpdesk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 +msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," +" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " +"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," +" or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 +msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " +"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " +"the lower right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " +"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " +"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +msgid "Start receiving tickets" +msgstr "Iniciar recibiendo tickets" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 +msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " +"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " +"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Website Form allows your customer to go to " +"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " +"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " +"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " +"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " +"documentation `*here* " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/12.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 +msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" +" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " +"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " +"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " +"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " +"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 +msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +msgid "" +"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" +" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " +"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " +"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " +"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 +msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " +"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +msgid "Grey - Normal State" +msgstr "Gris - Estado Normal" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 +msgid "Red - Blocked" +msgstr "Rojo - Bloqueado" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 +msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" +msgstr "Verde - Listo para la siguiente etapa" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " +"Ticket form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 +msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +msgid "" +"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " +"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " +"timesheets will log against." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" +" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " +"ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 +msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 +msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " +"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " +"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " +"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "The modules needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " +"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " +"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 +msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 +msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " +"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " +"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" +" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " +"previously created as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" +" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " +"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " +"unit will do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " +"configuration :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 +msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 +msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 +msgid "Step 1 : place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " +"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" +" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " +"the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 +msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " +"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" +" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" +" and select the task on its form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 +msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " +"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " +"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 +msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" +msgstr "Paso 4 : Factura de cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" +" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " +"appear as the delivered quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +msgid "" +"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " +"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:4 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "Proyecto" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avanzado" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" +msgstr "¿Cómo obtener retroalimentación de los clientes?" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 msgid "" "As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " "Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " @@ -64,7 +443,7 @@ msgstr "" "evaluar el rendimiento de los equipos. Usted puede reunir muy fácilmente " "evaluaciones de sus clientes utilizando Odoo." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 msgid "" "An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " "just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " @@ -74,11 +453,11 @@ msgstr "" "retroalimentación de los clientes. Sólo tiene que elegir entre 3 iconos para" " evaluar su trabajo (Sonrisa, neutra o triste)." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" msgstr "¿Cómo obtener retroalimentación de los clientes?" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 msgid "" "Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " "necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " @@ -88,7 +467,7 @@ msgstr "" "necesario instalar el módulo de **Proyecto**. Para ello sólo tiene que ir al" " módulo de aplicaciones e instalarlo." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 msgid "" "Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " "module." @@ -96,7 +475,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por otra parte, en el mismo menú, usted tiene que instalar el módulo de " "**Clasificación del Proyecto**." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 msgid "" "Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " "**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " @@ -109,29 +488,29 @@ msgstr "" "**Permitir la activación de puntuación de los usuarios en los proyectos, al " "finalizar el asunto**. No se olvide de aplicar los cambios." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" msgstr "¿Cómo obtener una retroalimentación del cliente?" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 msgid "" "A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." msgstr "" "Un e-mail puede ser enviado a los clientes en cada etapa de los proyectos en" " curso." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 msgid "" "First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." msgstr "" "Primero, necesita elegir la opción de los proyectos que usted quiere que " "reciban retroalimentación. " -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 msgid "Project configuration" msgstr "Configuración de Proyecto" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 msgid "" "Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " "**Customer satisfaction** option." @@ -139,11 +518,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya al módulo de **Proyectos**, en los ajustes del proyecto seleccione la " "opción de **Satisfacción del Cliente**." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 msgid "Email Template" msgstr "Plantilla de correo electrónico" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 msgid "" "Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " "column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." @@ -154,12 +533,12 @@ msgstr "" "Elija la plantilla de correo electrónico que se utilizará. Usted puede " "editar directamente desde allí." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" msgstr "" "Aquí hay un ejemplo de correo electrónico que un cliente puede recibir :" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 msgid "" "The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" " your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " @@ -169,11 +548,11 @@ msgstr "" "para evaluar su trabajo. El cliente puede responder al correo electrónico " "para agregar más información. Que se añadirá a la conversación de la tarea." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Informes" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 msgid "" "You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " "the project." @@ -181,11 +560,11 @@ msgstr "" "Usted tiene un breve resumen sobre la satisfacción en la esquina superior " "derecha del proyecto." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" msgstr "¿Cómo mostrar las calificaciones en su sitio web?" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 msgid "" "First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " "To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." @@ -194,7 +573,7 @@ msgstr "" " Web**. Para ello sólo tiene que ir al módulo de aplicaciones y buscas el " "constructor del sitio web. " -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 msgid "" "Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" " Issue** module." @@ -202,7 +581,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por otra parte, en el mismo menú, usted tiene que instalar el módulo de la " "**Clasificación del Proyecto del Sitio web**." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 msgid "" "Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" " the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" @@ -212,11 +591,11 @@ msgstr "" " clic en el botón de página web en la esquina superior derecha y confirmando" " que en el parte delantera de la página web." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" msgstr "¿Cómo crear tareas desde órdenes de ventas?" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 msgid "" "In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " "management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " @@ -226,7 +605,7 @@ msgstr "" " **Configuración de proyectos** y **Ventas** y de manera más específica en " "como generar tareas desde las líneas de órdenes de ventas. " -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 msgid "" "In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " "within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " @@ -242,7 +621,7 @@ msgstr "" "generar una tarea de una orden de venta con el fin de agilizar el proceso " "entre los departamentos de ventas y servicios." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 msgid "" "As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " "``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " @@ -259,17 +638,17 @@ msgstr "" "refacturados según el acuerdo con el cliente y con el tiempo extra dedicado " "al proyecto." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 msgid "Install the required applications" msgstr "Instalar las aplicaciones requeridas " -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 msgid "" "In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " "install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" @@ -279,22 +658,22 @@ msgstr "" "que instalar los módulos de **Gestión de Ventas** y el de **Proyecto**. Sólo" " tienes que ir al módulo de la aplicación e instalar lo siguiente:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 msgid "" "And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" " task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " "spent on that task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 msgid "Create and set up a product" msgstr "Crear y configurar un producto" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 msgid "" "You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " "generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " @@ -306,15 +685,15 @@ msgstr "" "utilice el menú :menuselection:`Ventas --> Productos`y crea un nuevo " "producto con la configuración de `siguiente:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" msgstr "**Nombre**: Soporte técnico" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 msgid "**Product Type**: Service" msgstr "**Tipo de producto**: Servicio" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 msgid "" "**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " @@ -325,7 +704,7 @@ msgstr "" "pueden ser vendidos/comprados en diferentes unidades de medidas (avanzada)**" " del botón)" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 msgid "" "**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " "quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" @@ -336,7 +715,7 @@ msgstr "" "fácilmente la cantidad de horas que se entregaron y/o facturaron a su " "cliente." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 msgid "" "**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " "service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " @@ -346,7 +725,7 @@ msgstr "" "producto es un servicio facturable por hora, se tiene que configurar las " "unidades de medidas del producto también en horas." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 msgid "" "Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " "product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " @@ -356,11 +735,11 @@ msgstr "" "el producto es específico del proyecto. De lo contrario, puede dejarlo en " "blanco, Odoo creará un proyecto por SO." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 msgid "Create the Sales Order" msgstr "Crear una Orden de Venta" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 msgid "" "Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " "the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " @@ -370,22 +749,22 @@ msgstr "" "de venta con el producto relacionado. Una vez que la cita se confirma y se " "transforma en una orden de venta, se creará la tarea." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" msgstr "Acceder a la tarea generada desde la orden de venta" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" msgstr "En el módulo de Proyecto, su nueva tarea aparecerá :" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 msgid "" "either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" msgstr "" "ya sea en un proyecto relacionado si ha seleccionado uno en la forma del " "producto" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 msgid "" "either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " "(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " @@ -395,7 +774,7 @@ msgstr "" "venta como el título (se puede cambiar fácilmente el nombre del proyecto, " "haga clic en :menuselection:`Más --> Ajustes`)" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 msgid "" "On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" " your customers based on your invoicing policy." @@ -403,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" "En la tarea en sí, ahora será capaz de grabar partes de horas y facturar a " "sus clientes en función de su política de facturación." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 msgid "" "On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " "source document of the task is the related sales order." @@ -411,29 +790,29 @@ msgstr "" "En Odoo, el documento central es la orden de las ventas, lo que significa " "que el documento de origen de la tarea es la orden de venta relacionada." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:137 msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application.rst:3 msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" msgstr "Aplicaciones Impresionantes de las Hojas de tiempo" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:3 msgid "Demonstration Video" msgstr "Video de demostración" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 msgid "Transcript" msgstr "Transcripción" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:13 msgid "" "Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" " spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." @@ -442,7 +821,7 @@ msgstr "" " al instante cualquier tiempo dedicado a los proyectos en un solo clic. Es " "tan fácil." -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:16 msgid "" "Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " "the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" @@ -453,7 +832,7 @@ msgstr "" "basta con hacer clic y empezar. Es suave. Funciona sin conexión también y se" " sincroniza automáticamente con mi cuenta Odoo." -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:21 msgid "" "Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" " further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" @@ -463,7 +842,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puedo ir más allá en el análisis en mi cuenta Odoo. Recibo informes de hojas" " de tiempos por usuario, de desglose por proyecto, y mucho más." -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:25 msgid "" "Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " "billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" @@ -473,27 +852,27 @@ msgstr "" "de Odoo, la facturación de los clientes se realiza automáticamente. Pero " "también con proyectos de Odoo. Es el ahorro de tiempo!" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:28 msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." msgstr "Descarga increíble de hoja de tiempo ahora y gana en productividad." -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration.rst:3 msgid "Configuration and basic usage" msgstr "Configuración y uso básico" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" msgstr "¿Cómo administrar y colaborar en tareas? " -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Responsabilidades" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." msgstr "In Odoo, tu puedes asignar a la persona que se encargara de la tarea." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 msgid "" "When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " "this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " @@ -503,7 +882,7 @@ msgstr "" "esto simplemente escribiendo el nombre de usuario de otra persona y que la " "elección de las sugerencias en el menú desplegable." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 msgid "" "If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " "order to do so, you need the administrator rights." @@ -511,11 +890,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si aggrega a alguien nuevo, puede \"Crear y Editar\" un nuevo usuario de " "paso. Para poder hacer esto, necesita derechos de administrador." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 msgid "Followers" msgstr "Seguidores" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 msgid "" "In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" " that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " @@ -536,11 +915,11 @@ msgstr "" "respondiendo al correo. Los seguidores pueden ver toda la tarea como usted, " "con descripcón y chatter." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" msgstr "Proyecto: sigue a un proyecto para seguir la cartera de tareas" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 msgid "" "You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" " any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " @@ -554,11 +933,11 @@ msgstr "" "funcionalidad esta perfecta para un gestor de proyectos que quiere ver la " "perspectiva general a cualquier momento." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 msgid "Task: follow a specific task" msgstr "Tarea: sigue a una tarea especifica" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 msgid "" "Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " "focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " @@ -568,11 +947,11 @@ msgstr "" "esta enfocado en una parte especifica del proyecto. Todas las notificaciónes" " y cambios también apareceran en su bandeja de entrada." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 msgid "Choose which action to follow" msgstr "Seleccióne cuales acciónes a seguir" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 msgid "" "You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " "Following button." @@ -580,7 +959,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede elegir a que quiere hacer seguimiento haciendo click en la flecha " "hacia abajo del botón Seguir." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 msgid "" "By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " "notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " @@ -590,11 +969,11 @@ msgstr "" "notificado cuando se registra una nota, cuando se crea una tarea, cuando sea" " bloqueada o lista, y cuando la fase de la tarea cambió." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" msgstr "Gestión de tiempo: cuentas analiticas" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 msgid "" "Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " "or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." @@ -603,7 +982,7 @@ msgstr "" "facturar, la gestión de tiempo del módulo de gestión de poyectos es un " "ventaja real." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 msgid "" "The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " "help you track time easily." @@ -611,7 +990,7 @@ msgstr "" "La applicación Odoo de Parte de horas es perfectamente integrada con Odoo " "Proyectos y puede ayudarle en registrar tiempos de forma fácil." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 msgid "" "Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " "available in projects and on tasks." @@ -619,7 +998,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez instalaldo Odoo Parte de horas, la opción es automaticamente " "disponible an poyectos y tareas." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 msgid "" "To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " "account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" @@ -631,19 +1010,19 @@ msgstr "" "o contrato especifico. Cada vez un proyecto se crea, tambien será una cuenta" " analítica con el mismo nombre de forma automatica." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" msgstr "Registra un parte de horas con un proyecto:" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 msgid "Click on the settings of a project." msgstr "Haga click en los ajustes del proyecto." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." msgstr "De clic en el botón Parte de horas en el menú gris superior." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 msgid "" "You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " "today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " @@ -655,7 +1034,7 @@ msgstr "" "automaticamente selecciónado como cuenta analítica. Niguna tarea esta " "colocada, sin embargo, opcionalmente, puede escoger una." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 msgid "" "If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" " timesheets." @@ -663,15 +1042,15 @@ msgstr "" "Si ahora se diriga a Odoo Parte de horas, la linea estaria registrada con " "los otros partes de hora." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" msgstr "Registra un Parte de hora con una tarea:" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." msgstr "Dentro de una tarea, la opción parte de hora también es disponible." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 msgid "" "In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " "Add an item." @@ -679,7 +1058,7 @@ msgstr "" "En la tarea, de clic en el botón Editar. Vaya al renglon Parte de horas y de" " clic en Agregar ítem." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 msgid "" "A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " "Analytic account." @@ -687,14 +1066,14 @@ msgstr "" "Una linea aparecerá con el nombre del mismo proycto seleccionado como cuenta" " analítica." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 msgid "" "Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " "application." msgstr "" "Igualmente, encontrará estos registors en la aplicación Odoo Parte de horas." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 msgid "" "At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" " it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." @@ -702,11 +1081,11 @@ msgstr "" "Al terminar el proyecto, puede obtener una idea del timpo gastado buscando " "por el nombre de su cuneta analítica." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 msgid "Document Management in tasks" msgstr "Gestión de documentos dentro de tareas" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 msgid "" "You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" " the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" @@ -716,7 +1095,7 @@ msgstr "" "imagenes, etcétera. ¡Una imagen a vezes dice mas que mil palabras! Tiene dos" " opciónes para agregar un documento a una tarea." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 msgid "" "1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " "tab on the top of the form." @@ -724,7 +1103,7 @@ msgstr "" "1. Puede agregar una imgaen / un documento a su tarea haciendo clic en el " "renglón Adjuntos en la parte superior del formulario." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 msgid "" "2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " "log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " @@ -736,7 +1115,7 @@ msgstr "" "alguien manda un correo con un adjunto, éste será automaticamente guardado " "con la tarea." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 msgid "" "If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " "set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." @@ -745,11 +1124,11 @@ msgstr "" "configurar como carátula de la tarea. Aparecerá en la vista Kanban " "directamente." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 msgid "Collaborate on tasks" msgstr "Collaborar en tareas" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 msgid "" "Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" " colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." @@ -757,7 +1136,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tareas en Odoo Proyectos estan hechos para ayudarle en colaborar de forma " "fácil con sus colegas. Esto le ayudará a ahorrar tiempo y energía." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 msgid "" "The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " "with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" @@ -767,11 +1146,11 @@ msgstr "" " colegas escribiendo en las mismas tareas al mismo tiempo con la delegación " "de tareas y el chatter." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 msgid "Create a task from an email" msgstr "Crear una tarea desde un correo electronico" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 msgid "" "You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " "sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " @@ -782,7 +1161,7 @@ msgstr "" "automaticamente una tarea en la primera etapa del proyecto con todos los " "receptores (A/Cc/Bcc) como seguidores." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 msgid "" "With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " "project gets an automatic email address." @@ -790,7 +1169,7 @@ msgstr "" "Con Odoo En Línea, el gateway ya esta configurado y cada proyecto obtiene " "una dirección de correo de forma autoamtica." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 msgid "" "The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " "space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " @@ -799,7 +1178,7 @@ msgstr "" "El correo siempre es el nombre del proyecto (con \"-\" en vez de espacio), " "lo puede ver abajo del nombre del proyecto en el tablero del proyecto." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 msgid "" "This email address create by default following the project name can be " "changed." @@ -807,27 +1186,27 @@ msgstr "" "Esta dirreción por defecto que sigue el nombre del proyecto puede ser " "cambiada." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." msgstr "" "El alias de la dirección de correo puede ser cambiado por el gerente de " "proyectos." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." msgstr "" "Para esto, vaya a Ajustes del proyecto y de clic en el renglón Correo " "electronico." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." msgstr "Puede directamente editar el correo electronico de su proyecto." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." msgstr "El Chatter, estado y seguimiento." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 msgid "" "The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " "history of the task." @@ -835,7 +1214,7 @@ msgstr "" "El Chatter es una herramienta muy útil de communicación y demuestra el " "histrotial de la tarea." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 msgid "" "In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " "passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " @@ -851,7 +1230,7 @@ msgstr "" "son registrados en el chatter, para que el lider del task los pueda recordar" " de forma fácil." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 msgid "" "You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" " or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " @@ -865,11 +1244,11 @@ msgstr "" "especifica, puede agregar un mensaje para notificarlos todos. Para ambas " "opciónes fecha y hora estan guardadas con el registro." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" msgstr "La descripción de una tarea, el Pad" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " "collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " @@ -883,7 +1262,7 @@ msgstr "" "a un mismo contenido. Cada usuario tiene su propio color y usted puede " "reproducir todo el proceso de la creación de contenido." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 msgid "" "To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " "tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." @@ -891,7 +1270,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para activar esta opción, vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes del proyecto --> " "Pads` y active \"Descripciónes en tareas collaborativas en richt text\". " -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 msgid "" "If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " "icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " @@ -905,15 +1284,15 @@ msgstr "" "descripción de la tarea: esto resulta útil si lo quiere compartir con algien" " sin colocarlo como seguidor de la tarea." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 msgid "Tasks states" msgstr "Estados de tareas" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 msgid "Set the state of a task" msgstr "Coloque el estado de una tarea" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 msgid "" "The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" " are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " @@ -923,7 +1302,7 @@ msgstr "" "cuando este trabajando en una tarea, si la tarea esta lista o bloqueada. Es " "un indicador visual de fácil captura." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 msgid "" "You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " "the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" @@ -931,11 +1310,11 @@ msgstr "" "Puede cambiar el estado de la tarea de la vista kanban o directamente desde " "la tarea. Solamente de clic el balón de estado para obtener las opciónes:" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 msgid "Custom states" msgstr "Estados personalizados" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 msgid "" "You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " "project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," @@ -945,19 +1324,19 @@ msgstr "" "la vista kanban de clic en el icono de engranaje en cima del estado, pues de" " clic on editar:" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." msgstr "Aneco al balón de color, escribe la explicación del estado." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" msgstr "Ahora, la explicacipone sera mostrada en vez del texto genérico." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 msgid "Color Tags" msgstr "Etiquetas de color" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 msgid "" "In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " "tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " @@ -967,7 +1346,7 @@ msgstr "" "categorizar tareas. Ayuda para resaltar tareas en la vista kanban o para " "encontrarlos mejor con filtros." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 msgid "" "If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" " tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " @@ -977,7 +1356,7 @@ msgstr "" "las tareas conteniendo esta etiqueta con los colores. Cada etiqueta puede " "tener un color especifico, es bastante visual en la vista kanban." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 msgid "" "In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " "the tag, directly from the task:" @@ -985,11 +1364,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para hacerlo aparecer en la vista kanban, debe configurar un color en la " "etiqueta, directamente desde la tarea:" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" msgstr "¿Cómo inicializar y configurar un proyecto?" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " "and to communicate with any member for each project and task." @@ -998,7 +1377,7 @@ msgstr "" "equipo, y permite comunicarse con cualquier miembro de cada proyecto y de la" " tarea." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:11 msgid "" "It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " "project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" @@ -1010,11 +1389,11 @@ msgstr "" "tarea es algo para realizar como parte de un proyecto. Usted será capaz de " "asignar diferentes tareas a varios empleados que trabajan en este proyecto." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:17 msgid "Installing the Project module" msgstr "Instalando el módulo de Proyecto" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:19 msgid "" "Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " "**Install**." @@ -1022,11 +1401,11 @@ msgstr "" "Abrir el módulo **Aplicaciones**, buscar **Project Management**, y clic en " "**Instalar**." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:26 msgid "Creating a new project" msgstr "Crear un nuevo proyecto" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:28 msgid "" "Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," " you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " @@ -1036,28 +1415,28 @@ msgstr "" "ventana, puede especificar el nombre del proyecto y establecer la privacidad" " del proyecto." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:32 msgid "The privacy setting works as:" msgstr "La configuración de seguridad trabaja como:" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:34 msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." msgstr "" "**Cliente de Proyecto**: visible en portal si el cliente es un seguidor." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:37 msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." msgstr "" "**Todos los empleados**: empleados ven todas las tareas o incidencias." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:39 msgid "" "**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" msgstr "" "**Proyecto privado**: seguidores pueden ver solo las tareas o incidencias " "que siguen" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:42 msgid "" "You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " "**Customer** field empty if not." @@ -1065,25 +1444,25 @@ msgstr "" "También puede especificar si el proyecto está destinado a un cliente, o " "dejar el campo del **Cliente**vacío si no. " -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:48 msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." msgstr "" "Cuando haya introducido todos los datos requeridos, haga clic en " "**Guardar**." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:51 msgid "Manage your project's stages" msgstr "Administre sus estados de proyecto" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:54 msgid "Add your project's stages" msgstr "Agregue sus estados de proyectos" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:56 msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." msgstr "En su tablero de proyecto. Clic en **# Tareas**." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:61 msgid "" "In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" " of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " @@ -1093,7 +1472,7 @@ msgstr "" "con la primer etapa del proyecto, después añada tantas columnas como " "necesite según las etapas de su proyecto. " -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:68 msgid "" "For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " "that you can personalize to fit your needs." @@ -1101,7 +1480,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por cada etapa, existen marcas para los estatus de las tareas entre las " "etapas, y usted puede personalizarlas según sus necesidades." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:71 msgid "" "Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " "bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." @@ -1110,7 +1489,7 @@ msgstr "" "el icono que aparece, y en después en el menú de inicio, haga clic en " "**Editar**." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:77 msgid "" "A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " "customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " @@ -1121,15 +1500,15 @@ msgstr "" " por lo que es más fácil saber qué tarea requiere atención. Usted puede no " "brindarles ningún significado si gusta." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:84 msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." msgstr "Clic en **Guardar** cuando finalice." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:87 msgid "Rearrange stages" msgstr "Reorganizar etapas" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:89 msgid "" "You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " "creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " @@ -1146,23 +1525,23 @@ msgstr "" " la ubicación deseada. También puede plegar o desplegar sus etapas " "utilizando el icono **Configuración** en la etapa deseada." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`visualization`" msgstr ":doc:`visualization`" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:101 msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" msgstr ":doc:`collaboration`" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:102 msgid ":doc:`time_record`" msgstr ":doc:`time_record`" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 msgid "How to record time spent?" msgstr "¿Cómo guardar el tiempo transcurrido?" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " "simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." @@ -1171,7 +1550,7 @@ msgstr "" "proyecto, para los informes sencillos, así como para la facturación directa " "al cliente." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 msgid "" "In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " "invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " @@ -1183,7 +1562,7 @@ msgstr "" "abra :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`. En la sección de **Hojas de" " tiempo**, marque **Activar tabla de tiempos en los asuntos**." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 msgid "" "Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " "Employee and Timesheet apps." @@ -1191,11 +1570,11 @@ msgstr "" "Activando la opción se instalarán las ventas, facturación, seguimiento de " "problemas, los empleados y aplicaciones del parte de horas." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 msgid "Recording timesheets" msgstr "Registrar hojas de horas" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 msgid "" "You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " "application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." @@ -1204,11 +1583,11 @@ msgstr "" "módulo de proyectos. Puede registrar una hoja de horas en un proyecto o en " "una tarea." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 msgid "Recording in a project" msgstr "Guardando en un proyecto" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 msgid "" "In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " "project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." @@ -1217,7 +1596,7 @@ msgstr "" "proyecto al cual usted quiere añadir la hoja de horas, y haga clic en **Hoja" " de horas**." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 msgid "" "In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" " click on **Save**." @@ -1225,11 +1604,11 @@ msgstr "" "En la nueva ventana, haga clic en **Crear**e inserte los detalles " "requeridos, después haga clic en **Guardar**." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 msgid "Recording in a task" msgstr "Guardando en una tarea" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 msgid "" "In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " "and open the task on which you have been working." @@ -1238,7 +1617,7 @@ msgstr "" "registrar las hojas de hora, y abra la tarea en la que desea empezar a " "trabajar. " -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 msgid "" "In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " "**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." @@ -1247,11 +1626,11 @@ msgstr "" " en **Añadir un artículo**. Inserte los detalles requeridos, después haga " "clic en **Guardar**." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" msgstr "Visualiza la tarea de un proyecto" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 msgid "" "In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " "amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " @@ -1265,22 +1644,22 @@ msgstr "" "una carga. Por suerte, Odoo te permite visualizar efectivamente y organizar " "las diferentas tareas que tienes que abarcar." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 msgid "Create a task" msgstr "Crea una tarea" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 msgid "" "While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." msgstr "" "En la aplicación de proyecto, selecciona un proyecto existente o crea uno " "nuevo." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 msgid "In the project, create a new task." msgstr "En el proyecto, crea una tarea nueva." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 msgid "" "In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " "deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." @@ -1289,11 +1668,11 @@ msgstr "" " una fecha límite, descripciones... y todo lo que puedas necesitar para esa " "tarea" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" msgstr "Ve tus tareas con la vista Kanban" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 msgid "" "Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " "to the Kanban view." @@ -1301,7 +1680,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez creadas las distintas tareas, pueden ser gestionadas y se puede dar " "seguimiento gracias a la vista de Kanban." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 msgid "" "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " "enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " @@ -1311,8 +1690,8 @@ msgstr "" "Permite tener una visión clara de las etapas de sus tareas que se encuentran" " en y que cuales tienen prioridades más altas." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:53 msgid "" "The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" " on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" @@ -1322,7 +1701,7 @@ msgstr "" "usted desea otra vista, se puede volver a ella en cualquier momento haciendo" " clic en el logotipo de la vista Kanban en la esquina superior derecha." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 msgid "" "You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " "the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" @@ -1332,11 +1711,11 @@ msgstr "" "desde la vista kanban usando el punto pequeño, notificará al seguidor de la " "tarea e indicará si la tarea está lista." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" msgstr "Ordena tareas en la vista Kanban" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 msgid "" "Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " "next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " @@ -1348,14 +1727,14 @@ msgstr "" "significa que si las mueves manualmente usandro arrastra & suelta, estarán " "en ese orden y finalmente por su ID conectada a la fecha de creación." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 msgid "" "Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." msgstr "" "Las tareas que fueron pasadas sus fechas límites, aparecerán en rojo en tu " "vista Kanban." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 msgid "" "If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " "the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." @@ -1364,11 +1743,11 @@ msgstr "" "próxima vez, se habrá movido de vuelta abajo de las tareas con alta " "prioridad" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" msgstr "Administra fechas límites en la vista de Calendario" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 msgid "" "You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " "allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " @@ -1378,7 +1757,7 @@ msgstr "" "calendario, permitiéndote ver todas las fechas límite para cada tarea que " "tiene una fecha límite asignada fácilmente en una sola ventana." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 msgid "" "Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " "filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." @@ -1387,8 +1766,8 @@ msgstr "" "puedes filtrar las fechas límites por empleado al seleccionar la fecha " "límite de la persona que desees." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:133 msgid "" "You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " "dropping the task to another case." @@ -1396,11 +1775,11 @@ msgstr "" "Puede cambiar fácilmente la fecha límite desde la vista de calendario " "arrastrando y soltando la tarea a otro caso." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" msgstr "Introducción al Odoo Proyecto" -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 msgid "" "As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " "To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." @@ -1409,7 +1788,7 @@ msgstr "" "múltiples partes interesadas. Para gestionar todas las tareas a la " "perfección, el módulo de Proyectos de Odoo es de gran ayuda." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 msgid "" "With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" " launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " @@ -1424,7 +1803,7 @@ msgstr "" "cualquier tarea en cualquier momento, y por cualquier usuario. Es " "conveniente para cualquier otro gestor de proyectos." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 msgid "" "These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" " one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " @@ -1437,7 +1816,7 @@ msgstr "" "revisión final, así que añado esta etapa. El módulo de Proyectos de Odoo " "está diseñado para trabajar en cualquier tipo de negocio." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 msgid "" "Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." " That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " @@ -1448,7 +1827,7 @@ msgstr "" "tarea antes de cambiar el escenario con un simple arrastrar y soltar. Fácil," " ¿no?" -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 msgid "" "We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " "select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" @@ -1474,7 +1853,7 @@ msgstr "" "esta integración de parte de horas, el director del proyecto tiene un " "seguimiento exhaustivo sobre el progreso de cada tarea." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 msgid "" "Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " "activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" @@ -1497,7 +1876,7 @@ msgstr "" "volver a asignar una tarea o adaptar la fecha límite. El módulo de Proyectos" " de Odoo es perfecto para la planificación estratégica y ejecutiva." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 msgid "" "Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " "For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " @@ -1512,7 +1891,7 @@ msgstr "" " equipo. También puedo mirar el número de horas asignadas a cada miembro del" " equipo." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 msgid "" "Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" " a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " @@ -1529,7 +1908,7 @@ msgstr "" "También puede iniciar una nueva conversación con cualquier persona del " "equipo." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 msgid "" "In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " "projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " @@ -1544,7 +1923,7 @@ msgstr "" " El módulo también crea automáticamente una factura de tiempo dedicado a las" " tareas y cuestiones." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 msgid "" "Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " "planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " @@ -1555,26 +1934,26 @@ msgstr "" "objetivos y establecer la aplicación del proyecto. Obtener esta aplicación, " "que le ayudará a empezar rápidamente también." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" msgstr "" "¡Comience su prueba gratuita ahora y gestione mejor sus proyectos con Odoo!" -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" msgstr "" "Comience su prueba gratuita ahora con el CRM de ventas que la gente quiere" -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning.rst:3 msgid "Planning your project" msgstr "Planificando su proyecto" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:3 msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" msgstr "" "¿Cómo planificar y realizar un seguimiento de las tareas de los empleados?" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:5 msgid "" "Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " "especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " @@ -1585,7 +1964,7 @@ msgstr "" "usando el módulo de Proyectos de Odoo, puede manejarlo en tan sólo un par de" " clics." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:12 msgid "" "The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " "module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " @@ -1595,7 +1974,7 @@ msgstr "" "Proyectos**. Para ello, vaya al módulo de aplicaciones, busque proyectos e " "instale el módulo." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:19 msgid "" "If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" " tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " @@ -1610,7 +1989,7 @@ msgstr "" "**gestionar la estimación de tiempo de tareas**. No te olvides de aplicar " "los cambios." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:28 msgid "" "This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " "Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " @@ -1621,11 +2000,11 @@ msgstr "" "de horas, la barra se actualizará en consecuencia, sobre la base de las " "horas previstas inicialmente." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:36 msgid "Manage tasks with views" msgstr "Administrar tareas con vistas" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:38 msgid "" "You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" " available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " @@ -1638,7 +2017,7 @@ msgstr "" "empleados: la vista Kanban, la vista de lista (usando hojas de horas) y de " "la vista de calendario." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:43 msgid "" "Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " "fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." @@ -1647,11 +2026,11 @@ msgstr "" "No olvides de asignar a la persona responsable y el tiempo estimado en caso " "de tenerlos." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:47 msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" msgstr "Obtener una visión general de las actividades con la vista Kanban" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:49 msgid "" "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " "enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " @@ -1661,11 +2040,11 @@ msgstr "" "Permite tener una visión clara de las etapas de las tareas que se encuentran" " y las que tienen más alta prioridad." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:61 msgid "Add/rearrange stages" msgstr "Añadir y reorganizar las etapas" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:63 msgid "" "You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " "creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " @@ -1683,7 +2062,7 @@ msgstr "" "que desea mover a la ubicación deseada. También puede plegar o desplegar las" " etapas utilizando el icono de **ajuste** en su etapa deseada." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:75 msgid "" "Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " "development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " @@ -1693,11 +2072,11 @@ msgstr "" " el desarrollo de proyecto, las etapas podrían ser: Especificaciones, " "Desarrollo, Pruebas, Terminado." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:80 msgid "Sort tasks by priority" msgstr "Ordenar tareas por prioridad" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:82 msgid "" "On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " "priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " @@ -1712,7 +2091,7 @@ msgstr "" " para etiquetarlo como de **alta prioridad**. Para las tareas que no están " "etiquetadas, Odoo clasificará automáticamente en función de sus plazos." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:89 msgid "" "Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " "view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." @@ -1721,17 +2100,17 @@ msgstr "" "(también en la vista de lista) para que pueda seguir con facilidad hasta la " "progresión de las diferentes tareas." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:97 msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." msgstr "" "No olvide que puede usar el filtro para las tareas con el filtro del menú." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:100 msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" msgstr "" "Realice el seguimiento del progreso de cada tarea con la vista de lista" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:102 msgid "" "If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " "be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " @@ -1744,7 +2123,7 @@ msgstr "" "deTiempo del Trabajo** se actualizará cada vez que el empleado añada una " "actividad." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:110 msgid "" "As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " "employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " @@ -1757,11 +2136,11 @@ msgstr "" "el icono de la vista de lista (ver más abajo). La última columna le mostrará" " el progreso de cada tarea." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:119 msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" msgstr "Mantenga seguimiento en los plazos con la vista de Calendario" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:121 msgid "" "If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " "As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " @@ -1771,7 +2150,7 @@ msgstr "" "calendario. Como gerente, este punto de vista le permite mantener un " "seguimiento en todos los plazos en una sola ventana." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:128 msgid "" "All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" " to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " @@ -1782,19 +2161,19 @@ msgstr "" "empleados marcando las casillas correspondientes en la derecha de la vista " "de calendario." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:138 msgid ":doc:`forecast`" msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:3 msgid "How to forecast tasks?" msgstr "¿Cómo pronosticar tareas?" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:6 msgid "Introduction to forecast" msgstr "Introduccón a pronosticos" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:8 msgid "" "Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," " the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." @@ -1802,7 +2181,7 @@ msgstr "" "Programar y pronosticar tareas es otra manera de manejar proyectos. En odoo," " la opción de pronósticos le da acceso a la tabla de Gantt." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:11 msgid "" "So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " "progress of a project and its related tasks." @@ -1810,7 +2189,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hasta ahora, ha trabajado con la vista kanban, que le muestra el progreso " "del proyecto y de las tareas relacionadas." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:14 msgid "" "Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " "It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " @@ -1820,7 +2199,7 @@ msgstr "" "general. Es altamente visual que es una ventaja considerable para proyectos " "complejos y ayuda a los miebros del equipo de colaborar mejor." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:18 msgid "" "This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " "workload and human resources." @@ -1828,15 +2207,15 @@ msgstr "" "Esta opción es un beneficio real en cuanto a planear y organizar la carga de" " trabajo y los recursos humanos." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:22 msgid "How to configure the projects?" msgstr "¿Cómo configurar los proyectos?" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:25 msgid "Configure the project application" msgstr "Configurar el método de poyectos" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:27 msgid "" "The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" " when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" @@ -1848,7 +2227,7 @@ msgstr "" "especifica. Para eso, cada tarea se le esta asignando un presupuesto de " "tiempo (monto en horas) en el cual su empleado debe cumplir la tarea." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:32 msgid "" "First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " "application:" @@ -1856,7 +2235,7 @@ msgstr "" "Primero, necesita habilitar la opción **Pronósticos** para la aplicación de " "proyectos entera:" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:35 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " "Forecast option and click **Apply**." @@ -1864,7 +2243,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:`Proyectos --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. Seleccióne " "la opción Pronósticos y de clic an **Aplicar**." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:41 msgid "" "Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " "specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " @@ -1874,11 +2253,11 @@ msgstr "" "especificamente para su **proyecto** (posiblemente no necesita la tabla " "Gantt para todos los proyectos que esta gestionando)." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:46 msgid "Configure a specific project." msgstr "Cnfigure un proyecto específico." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:48 msgid "" "When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " "Forecast\" in your project settings." @@ -1886,12 +2265,12 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando se crea un nuevo proyecto, asegurase de selecciónar la opción " "\"Permitir pronósticos\" en los ajustes del proyecto." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:51 msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." msgstr "" "Veerá la opción de **Pronósticos** aparecer en el menú en la parte superior." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:56 msgid "" "If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " "task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." @@ -1899,15 +2278,15 @@ msgstr "" "Si esta agregando la opción de pronósticos a un proyecto existente, contenga" " tareas con fechas o sin fechas, estas no seran mostrados." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:59 msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." msgstr "Las tareas de un poyecto no estan relacionadas con un pronóstico." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:62 msgid "How to create a forecast?" msgstr "¿Cómo crear un pronóstico?" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:64 msgid "" "Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " "projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." @@ -1915,7 +2294,7 @@ msgstr "" "Antes de crear un proyecto con pronósticos, enlista todas las tareas junto " "con su tiempo proyectado. Le ayudara en la coordinación del trabajo." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:68 msgid "" "In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " "forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " @@ -1925,7 +2304,7 @@ msgstr "" "pronóstico desde la página de una tarea. Para crear un pronóstico, de clic " "en la esquina superior izquierda de una tarea, **Crear un pronóstico**." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:76 msgid "" "You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " "space in the Gantt chart calendar." @@ -1933,7 +2312,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tambien puede crear un nuevo pronóstico de forma fácil haciendo clic en un " "espacio vacío en la tabla Gantt." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:79 msgid "" "The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " "automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " @@ -1943,7 +2322,7 @@ msgstr "" "forma automática. Solo debe agregar las fechas y teimpos que la tarea " "deberia consumir." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:87 msgid "" "The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" " installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " @@ -1953,7 +2332,7 @@ msgstr "" "aplicación **Parte de horas** en su base de datos. Esta opción le ayuda ver " "el progreso en una tarea gracias a la integración con Parte de horas." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:91 msgid "" "For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " "(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " @@ -1963,11 +2342,11 @@ msgstr "" "proyecto (cuenta analítica), con 10 horas empleados, el pronóstico relatará " "estos 10 horas en el campo Horas efectivas." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:96 msgid "What are the difference between the views?" msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre las vistas?" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:98 msgid "" "In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " "helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " @@ -1977,11 +2356,11 @@ msgstr "" "le ayuda a ver la tabla Gantt desde diferentes perspectivas: por usuarios o " "por proyectos." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:103 msgid "By users : people management" msgstr "Por usuarios: gestión de gente" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:105 msgid "" "This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " "chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." @@ -1991,7 +2370,7 @@ msgstr "" "Gantt de Odoo le muestra quienes estan involucrados; le da la vista general " "sobre el proyecto. Es muy útil para asignar recursos de forma eficiente." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:109 msgid "" "On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " "on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " @@ -2001,7 +2380,7 @@ msgstr "" "involucrados. Luego, en el segundo nivel, puede ver a cuales proyectos estan" " asignados. En el tercer nivel, puede ver en cuales tareas estan trabajando." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:113 msgid "" "Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " "the duration of the task in the calendar." @@ -2009,7 +2388,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cada tarea esta representada por un rectángulo colorido. Este rectángulo " "refleja la duración de la tarea en el calendario." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:116 msgid "" "The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " "from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " @@ -2022,11 +2401,11 @@ msgstr "" "significa que este usuario esta asignado a multiples tareas que totalizan a " "mas de 100% de su tiempo disponible." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:126 msgid "Plan the workload" msgstr "Planea la carga de trabajo" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:128 msgid "" "When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " "on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " @@ -2039,7 +2418,7 @@ msgstr "" "resumen puede escoger de 1 a 100% como sus usuarios deben organizar su " "tiempo para trabajar en differentes tareas." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:134 msgid "" "The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " "example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " @@ -2049,7 +2428,7 @@ msgstr "" " Por ejemplo, si un experto ya esta asignado al 40% en otra tarea en un otro" " proyecto, solo le puede reservar al 60% para este periodo." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:138 msgid "" "In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " "(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " @@ -2065,12 +2444,12 @@ msgstr "" "assignados a esta tarea. Sino, el gerente de proyectos puede cambiar los " "tiempos o las fechas, para asegurar que esto sea posible." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:191 msgid "Gantt view advantages" msgstr "Ventajas de la tabla Gantt" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:151 msgid "" "This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" " avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " @@ -2085,13 +2464,13 @@ msgstr "" "proximas tareas. Este meétodo le ayuda a mejor entender las relaciónes entre" " las tareas." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:193 msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" msgstr "La vista dinamica de la tabla Gantt en Odoo le permite:" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:195 msgid "" "change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " "the future or in the past" @@ -2099,26 +2478,26 @@ msgstr "" "cambiar tiempo y fecha de un pronóstico haciendo clic y deslizando la tarea " "hacia el futuro o hacia el pasado." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:198 msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" msgstr "crear un nuevo pronóstico directamente dentro de la table Gantt" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:200 msgid "modify an existing forecast" msgstr "modificar un pronóstico existente" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:202 msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." msgstr "cambiar el largo de una tarea extendiento y recortando el rectángulo" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:170 msgid "By projects: project management" msgstr "Por proyectos: gestión de proyectos" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:172 msgid "" "The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " "interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " @@ -2131,7 +2510,7 @@ msgstr "" "ejecución. La tabla Gantt de Odoo es transparente y ayuda a coordinar las " "tareas de forma eficiente." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:177 msgid "" "This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " "level of hierarchy." @@ -2139,7 +2518,7 @@ msgstr "" "Esta opción muestra la tabla Gantt mostrando los proyectos en el primer " "nivel jerarquico." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:180 msgid "" "On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" " level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " @@ -2149,10 +2528,497 @@ msgstr "" " el segundo nivel, puede ver los usuarios asignados. En el tercer nivel, " "puede ver en cuales tareas estan trabajando." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:184 msgid "" "This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " "Users** section)" msgstr "" "Esta vista no mostrará su tiempo de RRHH. Los colores no aplican. (ver " "sección **por usuarios**)" + +#: ../../content/services/support.rst:4 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Soporte" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "Versiones con soporte" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Odoo provee soporte y corrección de \"bugs\" **a las últimas 3 versiones " +"mayores** de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" +"Usuarios hospedados en **Odoo Online** pueden usar versiones intermedias (a " +"veces llamadas *versiones SaaS*) que también reciben soporte. Estas " +"versiones no se publican para Odoo.sh o para instalaciones \"On-Premise\"." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "¿Cuál es el estatus de soporte para mi versión de Odoo?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "Esta tabla muestra el estatus de soporte para todas las versiones." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "**Versiones mayores en negrita.**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "Odoo en línea" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "Odoo.sh" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "On-Premise" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "Fecha de lanzamiento" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "Octubre 2019" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "N/A" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "Agosto 2019" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "Octubre 2018" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "Abril 2018" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "Octubre 2017" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "Marzo 2017" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "Enero 2017" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "Octubre 2016" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "Mayo 2016" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "Octubre 2015" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "Febrero 2015" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "Septiembre 2014" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "|green| Versión con soporte" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "|red| Fin de soporte" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "N/A Nunca hubo par esta plataforma" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" +"|orange| Algunos de nuestros clientes más antiguos quizás aún usen esta " +"versión en nuestros servidores de Odoo Online, para ellos únicamente " +"apoyamos con asuntos que estén bloqueando su operación y recomendamos que se" +" actualicen a una versión posterior." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "🏁 Versión futura, aún no disponibe" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:77 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "Uso una versión más antigua de Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 y 5.0 ya no reciben soporte, en ninguna plataforma." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 y 1.0 ya no reciben soporte, en ninguna plataforma." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "Considera `actualizar <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ tu base de datos." + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:7 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "¿Qué puedo esperar del equipo de soporte?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:11 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "5 días a la semana" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" +"Tu suscripción online incluye **soporte ilimitado 24 horas sin costo extra, " +"lunes a viernes**. Nuestros equipos están localizados alrededor del mundo " +"para asegurar que tengas soporte, sin importar tu ubicación. ¡Tu asesor de " +"soporte puede estar en San Francisco, Bélgica, o India!" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" +"Nuestro equipo de soporte puede ser contactado a través de nuestro " +"`formulario de soporte online <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:22 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "¿Qué tipo de soporte está incluido?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" +"Proveerte con material relevante (guías, documentación de producto, etc...)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" +"Respuestas a preguntas o problemas relacionados con tu base de datos de Odoo" +" estándar (por ej., “No puedo cerrar mi Punto de Venta” o “¿Dónde puedo " +"encontrar los KPI's de ventas?”)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "Preguntas relacionadas con tu cuenta, suscripción, o facturación." + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" +"Resolución de \"bugs\" (problemas que estén bloqueando el servicio o " +"comportamientos inesperados que no se deban a configuraciones erróneas o " +"personalizaciones)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" +"Situaciones que pueden ocurrir en una base de datos de prueba después de " +"actualizar a una nueva versión" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " +"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" +"*Soporte de Odoo no hace cambios a tu base de datos de producción, ¡pero te " +"proporciona materiales y conocimientos para que lo hagas tú mismo!*" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:38 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "¿Qué tipo de soporte no está incluido?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" +"Preguntas relacionadas a la implementación de tu base de datos que requieran" +" que entendamos tus procesos de negocio específicos" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" +"Entrenamiento en cómo usar el software (te dirigiremos\n" +" a nuestros variados recursos)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "Cómo importar información o documentos a tu base de datos" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" +"Orientación respecto a cómo configurar las aplicaciones o la base de datos" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" +"Cómo fijar modelos de configuración (tales como rutas de inventario, " +"términos de pago, bodegas, etc.)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "" +"Cualquier intervención en tus propios servidores o instalaciones de Odoo" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" +"Cualquier intervención en las cuentas que tengas en otras compañías " +"(Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, etc.)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" +"Preguntas o asuntos relacionados a desarrollos o personalizaciones hechas " +"específicamente para tu base de datos, ya sea por Odoo o un tercero (así " +"como cualquier asunto relacionado con programación)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Puedes tener este tipo de soporte con un `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. Con un pack, uno de nuestros consultores analizará la " +"manera que manejas tu negocio y te dirá cómo puedes optimizar el uso de tu " +"base de datos de Odoo. Haremos todas las configuraciones y te entrenaremos " +"en cómo usar Odoo." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:5 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "¿Dónde encuentro ayuda?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Odoo Enterprise" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" +"Usuarios con una suscripción activa de Odoo Enterprise pueden contactar al " +"equipo de soporte a través de nuestro `formulario de soporte " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, sin importar el tipo de hospedaje (Odoo " +"Online, Odoo.sh, o tu propio servidor)." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:13 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "Por favor incluye en tu solicitud de apoyo:" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:15 +msgid "your subscription number," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "" +"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also " +"send the URL of your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "Nuestros agentes se pondrán en contacto contigo lo antes posible." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:22 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "Odoo Community" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:24 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" +"*Los usuarios de Odoo Community no tienen acceso al servicio de soporte.*" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:26 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "Estos son algunos de los recursos con los que te puedes apoyar:" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:28 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "Nuestro `sitio de documentación <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "" +"Haz tu pregunta en el `foro comunitario " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +msgid "" +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and " +"bugfix services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:35 +msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f40f6349 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:22+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Ajustes" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "Usuarios y Funcionalidades" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" +"Como administrador de tu base de datos, tu eres el responsable de su uso. " +"Esto incluye las Aplicaciones que instalas así como el número de usuarios " +"que se utilizan." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" +"Odoo son muchas cosas (ERP, CMS, aplicación CRM, comercio electrónico, etc.)" +" pero *no* un smartphone. Debe tomar precauciones al añadir/eliminar " +"características (especialmente Aplicaciones) en tu base de datos debido a " +"que esto puede impactar en el monto de la suscripción siginficativamente (o " +"cambiarte de una cuenta gratuita a una de paga en plataforma en línea)." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " +"installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" +"Si tienes preguntas sobre el contenido de esta página o si encuentras un " +"problema al realizar estos procesos, por favor contactanos por el " +"`formulario de soporte <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "Desactivar Usuarios" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese que tiene los suficientes **permisos administrativos** si quieres " +"cambiar el estatus de cualquiera de tus usuarios." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " +"rights.**" +msgstr "" +"En tu instancia de Odoo, da click en **Configuración**.Tendrás una sección " +"mostrando los usuarios activos en la base de datos. Da click en " +"**Administrar permisos de acceso.**" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:81 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "|ajustes|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:43 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "|buscar_usuarios|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:46 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "Luego verá la lista de sus usuarios." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" +"El filtro pre-seleccionado *Usuarios Internos* muestra sus usuarios " +"pagadores (diferentes del *Portal de Usuarios* los cuales son gratis). Si " +"remueve este filtro, obtendrá todos sus usuarios (de los que paga y los del " +"portal)" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " +"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" +" to **Inactive** immediately." +msgstr "" +"En su lista de usuarios, de clic en el usuario que quiere desactivar. Tan " +"pronto como este en el formulario del usuario, vaya con el cursor del ratón " +"al estado **Activar** (parte superior). De clic en Activar y notará que el " +"estado cambiará a **Inactivo** inmediatamente." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "El usuario ahora esta desactivado." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:67 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "**Nunca** desactive al usuario principal (*admin*)" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "Desinstalar Aplicaciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" +"En su instancia de Odoo de clic en **Ajustes**; en esta aplicación, podrá " +"ver cuántas aplicaciones ha instalado. De clic en **Buscar Aplicaciones** " +"para acceder a la lista de sus aplicaciones instaladas." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:81 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "|buscar_aplicaciones|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" +"En su tablero de aplicaciones, verá todos los ícones de sus aplicaciones. De" +" clic en la aplicación que quiere desinstalar. Luego, en el formulario de la" +" aplicación, de clic en **Desinstalar**." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" +"Algunas aplicaciones tienen dependencias, como facturación, comercio " +"electrónico, etc. Por lo tanto, el sistema le dará un mensaje de alerta para" +" advertirle de lo que esta a punto de ser removido. Si desinstala su " +"aplicación, todas sus dependencias también serán desinstaladas (y la " +"información en ellas desaparecerá permanentemente). Si esta seguro que igual" +" quiere desinstalarla, de clic en **Confirmar**." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" +"Por último, después de haber revisado el mensaje de alerta (si hay), de clic" +" en **Confirmar**" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:103 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "Ha terminado de desinstalar su aplicación." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "Bueno saber" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:108 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" +"**Desinstalar aplicaciones, administrar usuarios, etc. es su decisión**: " +"nadie mejor que Ud. puede saber si el flujo de su negocio esta roto. Si " +"nosotros desinstalaramos aplicaciones por Ud, nunca podríamos decir si " +"información importante ha sido removida o si uno de los flujos de su negocio" +" se rompió porque nosotros *no sabemos como Ud. trabaja* y por lo tanto, no " +"podemos validar estos tipos de operaciones." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" +"**Las aplicaciones de Odoo tienen dependencias**: esto significa que puede " +"necesitar instalar módulos que no usa activamente para acceder a algunas " +"funciones de Odoo que podría necesitar. Por ejemplo, se requiere de la " +"aplicación Constructor de Página Web para poder mostrar a su cliente sus " +"Cotizaciones en una página web. Aún así podría no necesitar o usar la Página" +" Web en si misma, si es necesaria para la función de Cotizaciones En Línea " +"para trabajar apropiadamente." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:121 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" +"**Siempre pruebe la instalación/eliminación de aplicaciones en un " +"duplicado** (o en una base de datos de prueba gratis): de esta forma puede " +"saber que otras aplicaciones pueden ser requeridas, etc. Esto evitará " +"sorpresas cuando desinstale o cuando reciba sus facturas." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8fb59a243..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,734 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2019 -# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Noemi Nahomy <noemi.t.angles@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:35+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../support.rst:5 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Soporte" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "Versiones con soporte" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Odoo provee soporte y corrección de \"bugs\" **a las últimas 3 versiones " -"mayores** de Odoo." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " -"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " -"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." -msgstr "" -"Usuarios hospedados en **Odoo Online** pueden usar versiones intermedias (a " -"veces llamadas *versiones SaaS*) que también reciben soporte. Estas " -"versiones no se publican para Odoo.sh o para instalaciones \"On-Premise\"." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17 -msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "¿Cuál es el estatus de soporte para mi versión de Odoo?" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "Esta tabla muestra el estatus de soporte para todas las versiones." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "**Versiones mayores en negrita.**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "Odoo en línea" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "Odoo.sh" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "On-Premise" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Release date" -msgstr "Fecha de lanzamiento" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "🟢" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "Octubre 2019" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "N/A" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "Agosto 2019" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "Octubre 2018" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "Abril 2018" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "Octubre 2017" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" -msgstr "*Fin de soporte planificado para octubre 2020*" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "🟠" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "Marzo 2017" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "Enero 2017" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "🔴" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "Octubre 2016" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "Mayo 2016" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "Octubre 2015" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "Febrero 2015" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "Septiembre 2014" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 -msgid "🟢 Supported version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 -msgid "🔴 End-of-support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "N/A Nunca hubo par esta plataforma" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 -msgid "" -"🟠 Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo Online " -"servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "🏁 Versión futura, aún no disponibe" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:66 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "Uso una versión más antigua de Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:68 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 y 5.0 ya no reciben soporte, en ninguna plataforma." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:70 -msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 y 1.0 ya no reciben soporte, en ninguna plataforma." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." -msgstr "Considera `actualizar <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ tu base de datos." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6 -msgid "Contribute to the documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9 -msgid "First of all..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15 -msgid "Edit an existing page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub " -"account <https://help.github.com/en/articles/signing-up-for-a-new-github-" -"account>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Pick a page in our `user documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`_. **Please take care of choosing " -"the right version of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19 -msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork " -"repository**, else you won't see this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax " -"called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's " -"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a " -"quick overview of RST commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable" -" format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your " -"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the " -"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a " -"longer explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44 -msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45 -msgid "Click on **Create pull request**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your " -"help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49 -msgid "" -"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in " -"your contribution message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55 -msgid "RST Cheat Sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Código" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Display" -msgstr "Mostrar en pantalla" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Comments" -msgstr "Comentarios" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62 -msgid "Text in *italics*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66 -msgid "Text in **bold** letters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Numbered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77 -msgid "Bullet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78 -msgid "List" -msgstr "Lista" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "This is `a hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard " -"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85 -msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90 -msgid "" -"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation " -"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of " -"RST." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94 -msgid "Add images to your documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the " -"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on " -"improving this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101 -msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103 -msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large" -" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include " -"any personal data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page " -"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109 -msgid "" -"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128 -msgid "Technical Details for Nerds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository " -"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request " -"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133 -msgid "" -"See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-" -"user/blob/12.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138 -msgid "Developer documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside " -"`the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/12.0/doc>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143 -msgid "" -"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related " -"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36 -msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 -msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "¿Qué puedo esperar del equipo de soporte?" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 -msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "5 días a la semana" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" -msgstr "" -"Tu subscripción online incluye **soporte ilimitado 24 horas sin costo extra," -" Lunes a Viernes**. Nuestros equipos estan localizados alrededor del mundo " -"para asegurar que tengas soporte, sin importar tu localización. Tu " -"representativo de soporte puede comunicarse contigo desde San Francisco, " -"Bélgica, o India!" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"Nuestro equipo de soporte puede ser contactado a través de nuestra `forma de" -" soporte online <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "¿Qué tipo de soporte está incluido?" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" -"Proveerte con material relevante (guías, documentación de producto, etc...)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" -"Respuestas para asegurar que puedes encontrarte en tu database de Odoo " -"stándar (ej. \"No puedo cerrar my Punto de Venta\" o \"¿No puedo encontrar " -"los KPI's de ventas?)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "Preguntas relacionadas con tu cuenta, subscripción, o facturación." - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" -"Resolución de problemas (bloquear problemas o comportamientos inesperados no" -" por desconfiguración o customización)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "" -"Situaciones que pueden ocurrir en una base de datos de prueba despues de " -"actualizar a la nueva versión " - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " -"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" -"*Soporte de Odoo no hace cambios a tu base de datos de producción, pero te " -"entrega material y conocimiento para que lo hagas tu mismo!*" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "¿Qué tipo de soporte no está incluido?" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "" -"Preguntas que requieren que entendamos tu proceso de negocio para así " -"ayudarte a implementar tu base de datos" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "" -"Entrenamiento en cómo usar tu Software (te direccionaremos a nuestros " -"variados recursos)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 -msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "Cómo importar información o documentos a tu base de datos" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "" -"Guía en qué configuraciones aplicar dentro de una aplicación o la base de " -"datos" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" -"Como fijar modelos de configuración (Ejemplos incluyen: Rutas de Inventario," -" Términos de Pagos, Bodegas, etc)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 -msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" -msgstr "" -"Cualquier intervención en tus propios servidores o instalaciones de Odoo" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " -"etc)" -msgstr "" -"Cualquier intervención en las cuentas que tengas en otras compañías " -"(Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, etc.)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "" -"Preguntas o situaciones relacionadas a desarrollos específicos o " -"customizaciones hechas por Odoo o un tercero (esto es específico sólo para " -"tu base de datos o código involvente)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Puedes tener este tipo de soporte con un `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. Con un pack, uno de nuestros consultantes analizará la " -"manera que manejas tu negocio y decirte cómo puedes obtener lo mejor de tu " -"base de datos de Odoo. Manejaremos todas las configuraciones y te " -"entrenaremos en cómo usar Odoo." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "¿Dónde encuentro ayuda?" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise" -msgstr "Odoo Enterprise" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " -"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " -"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " -"server)." -msgstr "" -"Usuarios con una suscripción activa de Odoo Enterprise pueden contactar al " -"equipo de soporte a través de nuestro `formulario de soporte " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, sin importar el tipo de hospedaje (Odoo " -"Online, Odoo.sh, o tu propio servidor)." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 -msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "Por favor incluye en tu solicitud de apoyo:" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "your subscription number," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 -msgid "" -"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also " -"send the URL of your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 -msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "Nuestros agentes se pondrán en contacto contigo lo antes posible." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 -msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "Odoo Community" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 -msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "" -"*Los usuarios de Odoo Community no tienen acceso al servicio de soporte.*" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 -msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "Estos son algunos de los recursos con los que te puedes apoyar:" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 -msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." -msgstr "Nuestro `sitio de documentación <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Ask your question on the `community forum " -"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." -msgstr "" -"Haz tu pregunta en el `foro comunitario " -"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 -msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and " -"bugfix services." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po deleted file mode 100644 index f0d940cf9..000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2125 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Rick Hunter <rick_hunter_ec@yahoo.com>, 2018 -# eduardo mendoza <emendozajz@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Leonardo J. Caballero G. <leonardocaballero@gmail.com>, 2018 -# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2018 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Alejandro Die Sanchis <marketing@domatix.com>, 2018 -# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2018 -# Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales <paloma.reyes@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# Juan Carlos Daniel Fernandez <estudiofaz@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2019 -# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2019 -# b7db2840ea95169a8b66b2e8c18d323d_52caf48 <e188a842d22a1f8229ec8e1ab8414c94_389188>, 2019 -# Cris Martin <cristina.marrod@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Carolina Gonzalez <cgo@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Alonso Muñoz <Alonso.munoz.91@outlook.com>, 2020 -# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:16+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" -msgstr "Sitio web" - -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "Optimizar" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "" -"Cómo realizar el seguimiento del tráfico de tu sitio web en Google Analytics" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" -"Para hacer seguimiento del tráfico de tu página web con Google Analytics:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 -msgid "" -"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" -" you don't have any." -msgstr "" -"`Crea una cuenta en Google Analytics <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ " -"si no tienes una." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " -"ID." -msgstr "" -"Revisa la forma de creación y acepta las condiciones para obtener la " -"identificación de seguimiento." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "Copia la identificación de seguimiento para insertarla en Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " -"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "" -"Ve al menú de *Configuración* en la aplicación de página web. En los " -"ajustes, enciende Google Analytics y pega la identificación de seguimiento. " -"Luego guarda la página." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " -"Documentation. " -"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" -msgstr "" -"Para dar tus primeros pasos en Google Analytics, ve a `Google Documentation." -" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "Como monitorear el tráfico de tu página web desde el tablero de Odoo" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " -"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "" -"Puedes monitorear las estadísticas directamente del panel de control de tu " -"página web de Odoo gracias a Google Analytics." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " -"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "" -"Un paso preliminar es crear una cuenta en Google Analytics y registrar la " -"identificación de seguimiento en los ajustes de tu página web (ve " -":doc:`google_analytics`)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" -"Ve a la plataforma `Google APIs <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ " -"para generar credenciales analíticas API. Inicia sesión con tu cuenta de " -"Google." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 -msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "Selecciona Analíticas API." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" -"Crea un nuevo proyecto y asígnale un nombre (p.e. Odoo). Este proyecto se " -"necesita para almacenar las credenciales de tu API." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Activa el API" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "Crear credenciales para usar en Odoo" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" -"Selecciona *Web browser (Javascript)* como fuente de llamada y *User data* " -"como tipo de data." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" -"A continuación puedes crear una ID de cliente. Introduce el nombre de la " -"aplicación (p.e. Odoo) y las páginas permitidas a las que te redirigirá. El " -"origen autorizado de JavaScript es la URL de tu instancia de Odoo. La URI de" -" redirección autorizada es la URL de tu instancia de Odoo seguida de " -"'/google_account/authentication'." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " -"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " -"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " -"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" -"Revisa el paso de la pantalla de acceso registrando el nombre de un producto" -" (e.j. Google Analytics en Odoo). Puedes revisar las opciones de " -"customización pero no es obligación. La pantalla de acceso solo aparecerá " -"cuando ingreses la identificación en Odoo por primera vez." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Finalmente, se te provee la identificación de tu cliente para que Copies y " -"pegues en Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" -" your Client ID." -msgstr "" -"Abre el panel de control de tu página web en Odoo y conéctala con tu cuenta " -"de Analytics. Para pegar la identificación de tu cliente." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 -msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "Como último paso, autoriza a Odoo para acceder a API Google." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" -" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " -"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." -msgstr "" -"Buscar Optimización de Motor (SEO) es un paquete de buenas practicas para " -"optimizar su sitio web tanto que tendrá un mejor nivel en motores de " -"búsquedas como Google. En corto, un buen SEO permite que tenga mas " -"visitantes." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " -"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " -"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "" -"Algunos ejemplos de de reglas SEO: tu pagina web deberá cargar rápidamente, " -"tu pagina deberá tener uno y solamente un titulo``<h1>``, las meta etiquetas" -" (alt-tag, title-tag) deberán ser consistentes con el contenido, tu sitio " -"web deberá tener un archivo ``/sitemap.xml``, etc" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " -"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " -"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." -msgstr "" -"Para garantizar que los usuarios de Odoo Web y Odoo eCommerce tengan un " -"gran SEO, Odoo deshace todas las complejidades técnicas de SEO y maneja todo" -" por ti en la mejor manera posible. Esto sera explicado aquí abajo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 -msgid "" -"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " -"content and the meta tags of your website." -msgstr "" -"Pero primero, veremos como aumentar el ranking haciendo ajustes de contenido" -" y de las meta etiquetas de tu sitio." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "Meta etiquetas" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 -msgid "Title, Description" -msgstr "Titulo, descripción " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " -"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " -"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" -" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " -"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 -msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "Palabras clave" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " -"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " -"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " -"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " -"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " -"search tags." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 -msgid "Content is King" -msgstr "El contenido es el rey" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your website content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "**Blogs Odoo**: escribir buenos contenidos." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" -msgstr "" -"**Diapositivas Odoo**: publican todas sus presentaciones en Powerpoint o " -"PDF. Su contenido es automáticamente indexado en la página web. Ejemplo: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" -" Odoo.com landing pages)" -msgstr "" -"**Foro Odoo**: permite a su comunidad crear contenidos para Ud. Ejemplo: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (cuenta por el 30% " -"de páginas de destino Odoo.com)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" -"**Archivo de Lista de Correo Odoo**: publica archivos de lista de correo en " -"su sitio web. Ejemplo: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 páginas creadas por mes)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 -msgid "Use Social Networks" -msgstr "Utilizar Redes Sociales" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" -" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " -"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 -msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "Red Social" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." -" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 -msgid "Social Share" -msgstr "Compartir social" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." -" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " -"media wall." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " -"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " -"your page in the Promote tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 -msgid "Facebook Page" -msgstr "Página de Facebook" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" -" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " -"timeline, the next events and the messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "Panel de Twitter" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " -"will increase the number of tweets and shares." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "Pruebe su sitio Web " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 -msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" -msgstr "" -"Puede comparar como se clasifica su sitio web, en términos de SEO, contra " -"Odoo usando los servicios gratuitos de WooRank: `https://www.woorank.com " -"<https://www.woorank.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 -msgid "URLs Handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 -msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "Estructura de las URL" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "Una URL típica de Odoo se muestra como la siguiente:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "Con los siguientes componentes:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "**https://** = Protocolo" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "**www.misitio.com** = su nombre de dominio" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" -" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " -"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "**-31** = ID único del producto" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" -"Note que cualquier componente dinámico de una URL puede ser reducido a su " -"ID. Como ejemplo, las siguientes URLs todas hacen una redirección 301 a la " -"URL anterior:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (versión aún más corta)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (nombre " -"anterior del producto)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "" -"Algunas URLs tienen varias partes dinámicas, como este (una categoría de " -"blog y una publicación):" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "En el ejemplo anterior:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" -msgstr "*Noticias de la Compañía* es el título del blog" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 -msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "*La historia de Odoo* es el título de una entrada concreta del blog" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" -"Cuando una página de Odoo tiene un paginador, el número de página es " -"configurado directamente en la URL (no tiene un argumento GET). Esto permite" -" que cada página sea indexada por los motores de búsqueda. Ejemplo:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "Cambios en URLs y Títulos" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" -"Cuando la URL de una página cambia (ej. a versión SEO más amigable de su " -"nombre de producto), no necesita preocuparse de actualizar todos los " -"vinculos:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "Como ejemplo. esta URL:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "http://misitio.com/tienda/producto/old-nombre-producto-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" -msgstr "Se redigirá automáticamente a:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "" -"http://misitio.com/tienda/producto/nuevo-y-mejorado-nombre-producto-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " -"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "HTTPS" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " -"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " -"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " -"equivalent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 -msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 -msgid "" -"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " -"is for your SEO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 -msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " -"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 -msgid "" -"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" -"Pero cada vinculado publicado por un contribuidor que vincula a una página " -"web externa es \"noseguido\". En ese caso, no ejecuta el riesgo de gente " -"publicando vinculos en su página web to páginas web de terceras-partes las " -"cuales tienen mala reputación." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 -msgid "Multi-Language Support" -msgstr "Soporte multi-idioma" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 -msgid "Multi-Language URLs" -msgstr "URLs multi-idioma" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" -"Si ejecuta un sitio web en varios idiomas, el mismo contenido estará " -"disponible en diferentes direcciones URL, dependiendo del idioma utilizado:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " -"here)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "" -"https://www.misitioweb.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (Versión " -"Francesa)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" -"En este ejemplo, fr\\_FR es el idioma de la página. Puede incluso tener " -"muchas variaciones del mismo idioma pt\\_BR (Portugués de Brazil) , pt\\_PT " -"(Portugués de Portugal)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 -msgid "Language Annotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " -"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" -" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "Con este enfoque:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " -"language." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " -"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " -"same content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 -msgid "Language Detection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 -msgid "" -"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " -"redirection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" -"Para forzar a un visitante a mantenerse en el idioma por defecto, puede usar" -" el código del idioma por defecto en su vinculo, ejemplo: " -"yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Esto siempre aterrizará a los visitantes en la" -" versión en Inglés de la página, sin usar las preferencias de idioma del " -"navegador." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 -msgid "Page Speed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introducción" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 -msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " -"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " -"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" -" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " -"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" -" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " -"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" -"-billion-sales>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " -"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " -"your website ranks using these two tools:" -msgstr "" -"Afortunadamente, Odoo hace toda la magia por ti. Debajo, encontraras los " -"trucos que Odoo usa para acelerar el tiempo de carga de su página. Puedes " -"comparar como su sitio web ordena usando estas dos herramientas:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 -msgid "" -"`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 -msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Pingdom sitio para test de velocidad <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "Imagenes" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " -"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " -"for .JPG)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "" -"Desde el botón de cargar, tiene la opción de mantener la imagen original sin" -" modificar si prefiere optimizar la calidad de la imagen mas no el " -"rendimiento." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" -"Odoo comprime imagenes al momento que las carga en su página web, no en el " -"momento qu un visitador los solicita. Por eso es posible en el caso de que " -"utilice un tema de terceros que las imagenes proveídos no son comprimidos de" -" manera eficiente. Sin embargo, todas las imagenes utilizadas en temas " -"oficiales de Odoo han sidos comprimidas debidamente por defecto." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "" -"Si hace clic en una imagen, Odoo le muestra los attributos Alt y título de " -"la etiqueta ``<img>`` . Puede dar cic para configurar su propio attributo " -"título y Alt para la imagen." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "Cuando hace clic en este enlace, la siguente ventana aparecerá:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" -"Los pictrogramas de Odoo han sido implementados utilizando une fuente (`Font" -" Awesome <https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ en la " -"mayoría de temas Odoo). Por ende, puede utilizarlos sin limitaciones en su " -"página. No resultaran en rqeusts addicionales para cargar la página." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 -msgid "Static Resources: CSS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 -msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "" -"Solo una solicitud de archivo CSS, es necesario para cargar una página." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "" -"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " -"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " -"resource." -msgstr "" -"este archivo CSS está en la caché compartida entre las páginas, de modo que " -"cuando el usuario hace click en otra página, el navegador no tiene que " -"cargar un solo recurso CSS." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 -msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "Este archivo CSS es optimizado para ser pequeño" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 -msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " -"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " -"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " -"file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 -msgid "" -"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " -"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " -"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " -"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " -"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " -"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " -"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 -msgid "" -"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " -"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " -"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " -"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " -"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" -msgstr "" -"Para circumvenir este problema, tdos los archivos CSS / Less / Sass estan " -"siendo concatenados en uns solo archivo CSS que se envia hacia el navegador." -" En consequencia, un visitador, solo **necesita cargar un solo archivo CSS**" -" per página, algo especialmente eficiente. Como el CSS esta siendo " -"compartido entre todas las páginas, cuando un visitador hace clic en otra " -"página, ¡el navegador ni siquera debe recargar un nuevo archivo CSS!" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "**Ambos archivos en el <head>**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "**Que obtiene el visitante (solo un archivo)**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr ".text-muted {" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "color: #666;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "color: #777;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "background: yellow" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "background: yellow;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 -msgid "}" -msgstr "}" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 -msgid "" -"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " -"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " -"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " -"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " -"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " -"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " -"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" -" backend (/web)." -msgstr "" -"El archivo CSS enviado por Odoo incluye todos los CSS / Less / Sass de todas" -" las páginas y módulos. Haciendo esto, visitas de páginas addiciónales del " -"mismo visitador no deben recargar nigun archivo CSS. Sin embargo, algunos " -"módulos pueden incluir recursos CSS / Javascript pesados los cuales no " -"quiere precargar con la primera página por el mero tamaño. En este caso, " -"Odoo separa este recurso en un segundo paquete que solo se carga cuando la " -"página que lo este usando esta siendo soliciada. Un ejemplo es el backand " -"que solamente esta cargado cuando un visitador esta ingresando al backend " -"(/web)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 -msgid "" -"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " -"themes fit below this limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 -msgid "" -"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " -"is minified to reduce its size." -msgstr "" -"**Minimizados:** Después de ser preprocesado y concatenado, el archivo CSS " -"es minimizados para reducir su tamaño." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "**Antes de minimizar**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "**Después de minimizar**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* algunos comentarios \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "" -"El resultado final es entonces comprimido, antes de ser entregado al " -"navegador." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 -msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" -"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" -" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 -msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 -msgid "" -"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 -msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "Odoo crea arboles de Paquetes Javascript:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 -msgid "" -"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 -msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 -msgid "" -"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" -" employees using Odoo)" -msgstr "" -"Uno para código Javascript del backend (interfaz del Odoo Web Client para " -"sus empleados utilizando Odoo)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 -msgid "" -"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " -"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " -"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " -"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 -msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "CDN" -msgstr "CDN (Red de distribuición de contenido)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 -msgid "" -"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " -"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" -" Network has three advantages:" -msgstr "" -"Si activa la opción CDN en Odoo, recursos estaticos (Javascript, CSS, " -"imagenes) estan siendo cargados desde una red de distribuicipon de contenido" -" (CDN). Utilizando una red de distribuición de contenido conlleva tres " -"ventajas:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 -msgid "" -"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" -" around the globe)" -msgstr "" -"Cargar recursos de un servidor cercano (la mayoria de CDN mantiene " -"servidores en los principales países alrededor del mundo)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " -"server)" -msgstr "" -"Guardar recursos eficientemente (no uso de recursos de computación en su " -"propio servidor)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " -"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " -"domain)" -msgstr "" -"Distribuir la tarea de cargar recursos a traves de diferentes servicios " -"permitiendo cargar maás recursos en paralelo (debido a que el límite de " -"Chrome de 6 requestes en paralelo cuenta por dominio)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 -msgid "" -"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" -" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" -msgstr "" -"Puede configurar sus opciones CDN desde la aplicación **Administrador de " -"página web** utilizando el menú de configuración. Aqui esta un ejemplo de " -"configuración que puede utilizar:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 -msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "Páginas HTML" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 -msgid "" -"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " -"server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "" -"Las páginas HTML pueden ser comprimidas, pero esto es usualmente manejado " -"por el servidor de tu web (NGINX or Apache)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " -"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 -msgid "" -"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " -"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " -"following code:" -msgstr "" -"Como ejemplo, si usa el seleccionador de color para cambiar el color de un " -"parrafo al color primario de su página web, Odoo producirá el siguiente " -"código:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 -msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">Mi Texto</p>``" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " -"code:" -msgstr "" -"Considerando que la mayoría de editores HTML (como CKEditor) producirá el " -"siguiente código:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 -msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Mi Texto</p>``" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 -msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "Diseño Responsive" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 -msgid "" -"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " -"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " -"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 -msgid "" -"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 -msgid "Browser Caching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 -msgid "" -"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " -"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " -"your website." -msgstr "" -"Javascript, imágenes y recursos CSS tiene una URL que cambia dinámicamente " -"cuando su contenido cambia. Como ejemplo, todos los archivos CSS son " -"cargadados a través de este URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"El ``457-0da1d9d`` parte de esta URL cambiará si modifca el CSS de su página" -" web." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 -msgid "" -"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " -"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." -msgstr "" -"Esto permite que Odoo configure una memoria de caché muy larga (XXXX) en " -"estos recursos: XXX segs, mientras esta siendo actualizado instantáneamente " -"si actualiza el recurso." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 -msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "Escalabilidad" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 -msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " -"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " -"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:568 -msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " -"eCommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:574 -msgid "Search Engines Files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 -msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "Mapa del sitio" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:579 -msgid "" -"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " -"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " -"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 -msgid "" -"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " -"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " -"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " -"chunks per file." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, todas las URLs estarán en un solo archivo ``/sitemap.xml``, " -"pero si tiene varias páginas, Odoo automáticamente creará una archivo índice" -" Mapa del sitio, respetando `sitemaps.org protocol " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ el agrupado de URLs de mapas del " -"sitio en 45000 pedazos por archivo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:589 -msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "" -"Cada entrada de mapa del sitio tiene 4 atributos que son calculados " -"automáticamente:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:591 -msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "``<loc>`` : la URL de una pagina" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:593 -msgid "" -"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " -"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:598 -msgid "" -"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" -" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" -" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:605 -msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "Datos Estructurados Marcados" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:607 -msgid "" -"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " -"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" -"presented search results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 -msgid "" -"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " -"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." -msgstr "" -"Google soporta un número de fragmentos enriquecidos por tipos de contenido, " -"incluyendo: Revisiones, Gente, Productos, Negocios, Eventos y " -"Organizaciones." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " -"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " -"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo implementa micro datos como esta definido en la `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ especificación para eventos, productos de comercio " -"electrónico, publicaciones de foro y direcciones de contacto. Esto permite " -"que sus páginas de producto sean mostradas en Google usando información " -"adicional como el precio y rating de un producto:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 -msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "robots.txt" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 -msgid "" -"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " -"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " -"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:631 -msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 -msgid "" -"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " -"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:638 -msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " -"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," -" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " -"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "Publicar" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "Cómo usar mi propio nombre de dominio" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " -"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " -"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, tu ocasión y página web Odoo Online tiene un nombre de dominio " -"*.odoo.com* tanto para los URL como los correos. Pero lo puedes cambiar a " -"uno customizado (p. ej. www.tucompañía.com)." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "Cuál es un buen nombre de dominio" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " -"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " -"domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" -"Tu dirección de página web es tan imporante para tu marcado como el nombre " -"de tu negocio u organización, a si que piensa en cambiarlo por un dominio " -"apropiado. Aquí hay algunos consejos:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "Simple y obvio" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "Fácil de recordar y pronunciar" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "Cuanto más corto mejor" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "Evite caracteres especiales" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "Intente conseguir un .com y/o la extensión de su país" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" -msgstr "" -"Lee más: `Cómo Elegir un Nombre de Dominio para Máximo SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "Cómo comprar un nombre de dominio" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "Compra tu nombre de dominio en un registrar popular:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " -"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" -"Los pasos para comprar un dominio son sensillos. En caso de problemas, mira " -"estos tutoriales simples:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " -"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " -"This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" -"Puedes comprar un servidor de correo para tener direcciones de correo usando" -" el nombre de tu dominio. Sin embargo, no compres un servicio extra para " -"crear o alojar tu página web. Esto es trabajo de Odoo!" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "Cómo aplicar mi nombre de dominio a mi ocasión Odoo" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 -msgid "" -"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" -"Primero autorizemos la redirección (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "Abre tu cuenta Odoo.com desde tu página de inicio." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "Ve a la página *Administrar Base de Datos*" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" -"Haz clic en *Dominios* a la derecha de la base de datos que quieres " -"redireccionar." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " -"www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" -"La base de datos pronta del dominio aparecerá. Ingresa tu dominio " -"customizado (e.j. www.yourcompany.com)." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" -"Podemos aplicar la redirección desde el administrador de cuenta del nombre " -"de tu dominio:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" -"Inicia sesión en tu cuenta y busca la página de administración de las Zonas " -"DNS." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." -" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " -"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" -"Crea un récord CNAME *www.yourdomain.com* apuntando a *mywebsite.odoo.com*. " -"Si quieres usar el dominio desnudo (e.j. yourdomain.com), tienes que " -"redireccionar *yourdomain.com* a *www.yourdomain.com*." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "Aquí hay algunos lineamientos para crear un record CNAME:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -msgstr "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "Como habilitar SSL (HTTPS) para mi ocasión Odoo" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " -"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 -msgid "" -"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " -"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " -"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " -"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " -"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" -" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 -msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," -" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " -"Odoo cloud platforms/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Multi Websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " -"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " -"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " -"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," -" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Configurar" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → " -"Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " -"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" -" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " -"visitors to it using Geo IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " -"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " -"theme!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " -"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" -" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 -msgid "Create the menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " -"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" -" the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 -msgid "Switch from one website to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " -"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " -"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" -" sign in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " -"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " -"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 -msgid "Add features" -msgstr "Añadir característica" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" -" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " -"removing the menu item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " -"First, select the website to configure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " -"only impact the very website you are working on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 -msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 -msgid "languages," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 -msgid "domain names," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 -msgid "social media links," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 -msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 -msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "etc." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 -msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 -msgid "Manage domain names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 -msgid "" -"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " -"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " -"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " -"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 -msgid "" -"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 -msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" -" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " -"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " -"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " -"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 -msgid "Publish specific content per website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " -"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " -"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " -"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " -"websites*:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Productos" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 -msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 -msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "Blogs" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 -msgid "Slide Channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 -msgid "Forums" -msgstr "Foros" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "Eventos" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 -msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "Puestos de trabajo" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 -msgid "" -"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " -"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 -msgid "Publish a page in all websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 -msgid "" -"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." -" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration → Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " -"and set the new website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 -msgid "" -"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" -" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " -"being linked to all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 -msgid "" -"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " -"page behind each edited page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Multi-empresas" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" -"companies environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 -msgid "" -"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " -"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 -msgid "" -"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " -"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " -"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " -"visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 -msgid "" -"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " -"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" -" selector in the menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 -msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 -msgid "" -"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" -" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 -msgid "Products only available on one website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 -msgid "" -"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." -" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " -"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 -msgid "Products available on *some* websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 -msgid "" -"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " -"should duplicate the product for each website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 -msgid "" -"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " -"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " -"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" -" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " -"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 -msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "Tarifas" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 -msgid "" -"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " -"Prices per Product* in Website settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products → Pricelists` to create " -"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " -"this website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " -"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " -"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 -msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 -msgid "" -"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" -" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " -"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " -"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 -msgid "Customer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 -msgid "" -"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " -"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " -"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " -"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " -"the visitor mind." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 -msgid "Technical hints for customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 -msgid "" -"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" -" make it work with multi websites:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 -msgid "" -"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" -" can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 -msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 -msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "Cómo traducir mi sitio web" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " -"possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "" -"Además de crear buenos y modernos sitios web, Odoo le da la posibilidad de " -"traducirlo a diferentes idiomas." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "Procesar" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" -" many different languages as you want." -msgstr "" -"Una vez su sitio web es creado, tiene la oportunidad de traducirlo a tantos " -"diferentes idiomas como desee." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " -"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " -"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " -"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " -"install anything, and follow the next step." -msgstr "" -"Hay dos formas de traducir su sitio web, puede hacerlo manualmente o " -"automáticamente con la aplicación Gengo. Si quiere hacerlo automáticamente, " -"vaya al módulo de **Aplicaciones** e instale **traducciones automáticas a " -"través del Api Gengo** y **Traductor de Sitio Web Gengo**. Si quiere hacerlo" -" manualmente, no instale nada, y siga el siguiente paso." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " -"**Add a language**." -msgstr "" -"Ahora vaya a su página web. En la esquina superior derecha de la página, de " -"clic en **Agregar un idioma**." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " -"click on **Load.**" -msgstr "" -"Elija el idioma en el cual quiere traducir su sitio web y luego de clic en " -"**Cargar.**" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " -"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " -"some of the text has been translated automatically." -msgstr "" -"Lo verá Ahora, al lado de Inglés también esta Francés, lo que significa que " -"la página para la traducción ha sido creada. También puede ver que algunos " -"de los textos han sido traducidos automáticamente." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " -"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "" -"Para traducir el contenido del sitio web, de clic en **Traducir** (aquí " -"**Traduire** desde que queremos traductir el sitio web a Francés)." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "" -"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" -" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " -"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " -"ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" -"Allí, si tiene instalado el Traductor Gengo, Verá que junto al botón de " -"**Traducir** también tiene el botón **Traducir automáticamente**. Una vez da" -" clic en ese botón, le será requerida alguna información de su cuenta. Si no" -" tiene aún una cuenta, vaya a `*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ para crear una. Debe solicitar una " -"llave pública y una privada." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "El contenido que desea traducir será luego traducido automáticamente." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " -"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " -"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " -"automatically." -msgstr "" -"Ahora puede ver que la mayoría del contenido esta resaltado en amarillo o en" -" verde. El amarillo representa el contenido que debe traducir Ud. mismo. El " -"verde representa el contenido que ya ha sido traducido automáticamente." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df0542a2b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -0,0 +1,4128 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# b7db2840ea95169a8b66b2e8c18d323d_52caf48 <e188a842d22a1f8229ec8e1ab8414c94_389188>, 2021 +# Diego de cos <diegodecos@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# Carolina Gonzalez <cgo@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Rick Hunter <rick_hunter_ec@yahoo.com>, 2021 +# eduardo mendoza <emendozajz@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Leonardo J. Caballero G. <leonardocaballero@gmail.com>, 2021 +# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2021 +# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2021 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2021 +# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Juan Carlos Daniel Fernandez <estudiofaz@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Victoria Quesada <victoria.quesada@nybblegroup.com>, 2021 +# Alonso Muñoz <Alonso.munoz.91@outlook.com>, 2021 +# Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Alejandro Die Sanchis <marketing@domatix.com>, 2021 +# Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales <paloma.reyes@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021 +# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Kelly Quintero <kiutba@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2021 +# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:23+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:3 +msgid "Websites" +msgstr "Sitios web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:4 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "Comercial Electrónico" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Empezar" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "Cómo customizar mi página de catálogo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "Catálogo de productos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" +"Todos tus artículos publicados aparecerán en tu página de catálogo (o página" +" de compra)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "" +"La mayoría de las opciones están disponibles en el menú de *Personalizar*: " +"atributos de la pantalla, categorías de la página, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "Destacar un producto" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" +"Aumenta la visibilidad de tus productos estrella/promocionados: impúlsalos " +"hacia arriba, hazlos más grandes, añade una etiqueta que pueda editar " +"(venta, nuevo, etc.). Abre la página Tienda, cambia al modo Edición y haz " +"clic en cualquier elemento para comenzar a personalizar la cuadrícula." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" +"Vé cómo hacerlo: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "Añadir al carrito" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" +"Si tus clientes compran una gran cantidad de artículos a la vez, reduce el " +"tiempo de procesamiento de sus órdenes, permitiendo compras en la página del" +" catálogo. Para ello, agrega la descripción del producto y el botón de " +"agregar al carro. Activa las siguientes opciones en el menú *Personalizar*: " +"Descripción del producto, Añadir al carro, Vista de lista (para mostrar la " +"descripción del producto mejor)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "Cómo crear una página de un producto" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" +"En la página web haz clic en *Nueva Página* en la esquina superior derecha." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "" +"Después haz clic en *Nuevo Producto* y sigue las sugerencias intermitentes." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "Aquí están los elementos principales de la página del producto:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "" +"Muchos elementos se pueden hacer visibles desde el menú *Personalizar*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "" +"Ve cómo configurar tus productos desde los vínculos presentados abajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "Administrar mis productos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "Cómo mostrar varias imágenes por producto" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" +"De forma predeterminada, la página web de su producto sólo muestra la imagen" +" principal de tu producto. Si quieres mostrar tus productos bajo varios " +"ángulos, puedes convertir la imagen en un carrusel." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Consulta *Varias imágenes por producto* en: selección de menú: " +"`Administrador Sitio Web -> Configuración -> Herramientas´." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" +"Abre un formulario de detalle del producto y carga imágenes desde la pestaña" +" *Imágenes*. Pulsa *Crear* en el modo de edición para obtener el asistente " +"de carga." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" +"Dicha imágen adicional es común para todas las variantes del producto (si " +"las hay)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to show product availability" +msgstr "Cómo mostrar la disponibilidad de un producto" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " +"your customers." +msgstr "" +"La disponibilidad de tus productos se puede ver en la página web para " +"tranquilizar a tus clientes." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " +"an option in *Availability*." +msgstr "" +"Para visualizar esto, abre la pestaña *Ventas* en el formulario de detalle " +"del producto y selecciona una opción en *Disponibilidad*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " +"delay, etc." +msgstr "" +"Un mensaje de advertencia personalizado puede ser cualquier cosa relacionada" +" con una salida de stock, retraso en la entrega, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 +msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta no requiere la instalación de la aplicación de Inventario." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " +"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " +"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." +msgstr "" +"Si un artículo ya no está disponible para la venta, despublícalo de tu sitio" +" web. Si se trata de una variante de producto particular, desactiva la " +"variante en el backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "Cómo gestionar variantes de productos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " +"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " +"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " +"available options." +msgstr "" +"Las variantes de productos son usadas para ofrecer a sus clientes " +"variaciones del mismo producto en la página de productos, por ejemplo si el " +"cliente elige una camiseta y luego selecciona la talla y el color. En el " +"ejemplo mostrado a continuación, de las opciones disponibles, el cliente " +"elige un teléfono y luego selecciona la memoria, el color y el ancho de " +"banda Wi-Fi." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "Cómo crear atributos y variantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " +"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Activar *Los productos pueden tener varios atributos, definiendo variantes " +"(Ejemplo: tamaño, color,...)* en: menuselection:`Ventas--> Ajustes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "" +"Selecciona un producto de la lista de productos, ve a la pestaña " +"*Variantes*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " +"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " +"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" +"Agregue tantos atributos como necesite de 3 tipos diferentes: botones de " +"opción, menús desplegables o botones de color. Obtendrá distintas variantes " +"tan pronto como tenga 2 valores por 1 atributo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "Cómo editar variantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "" +"Ve todas las variantes del formulario de detalle de la plantilla del " +"producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "Puedes editar los siguientes datos:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "Imagen (se actualizará en tiempo real en el sitio web)," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "Código de barra," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "Referencia interna (SKU #)," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "Volumen," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "Peso," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "Activo (disponible en citas y sitio web)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" +"Tanto el código de barras como la referencia interna son específicos de cada" +" variante. Es necesario rellenarlos una vez generadas las variantes." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" +"También mire y edite todas las variantes de :menuselection;'Sales --> Sales " +"-->Product Variants'. Puede ser mas rápido si usted maneja muchas variantes." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "Cómo fijar precios específicos por variante" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " +"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" +"También puede configurar un precio publico específico por variante, al hacer" +" clic en \"Precios de las Variantes\" en el formulario de detalle del " +"producto (acción en la parte superior-izquierda)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" +"El \"Precio Extra\" es agregado al precio del producto cuando el valor del " +"atributo correspondiente es seleccionado." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" +"Las fórmulas en las listas de precios le permiten configurar métodos de " +"cálculos de precios avanzados para las variantes de los productos. Ver " +":doc:'../maximzing_revenue/pricing’." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "Cómo desactivar/archivar variantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" +"Se pueden deshabilitar variantes específicas para que no estén disponibles " +"en cotizaciones u otras secciones del sitio web (variantes no en existencia," +" obsoletos, etc.). Simplemente desmarque la casilla 'Activar' en el " +"formulario de detalle." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " +"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" +"Para recuperar ítems archivados, presione/haga clic en \"Archivado\" al " +"buscar en la lista de variantes. Las puede reactivar de la misma manera." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "Maximizar mis ganancias" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "Cómo vender accesorios y productos opcionales (venta cruzada)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "" +"Usted vende computadoras, por qué no estimular a sus clientes para que " +"compren una pantalla de primera categoría o adquieran extra garantía? Ese es" +" el objetivo de las funcionalidades de venta cruzada:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "Productos accesorios en la página de pago," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" +"Productos opcionales en una nueva ventana *Añadir a la compra* (no instalado" +" por defecto)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "Productos accesorios al pagar" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" +"Los accesorios (por ejemplo para computadoras: el ratón, el teclado) " +"aparecen cuando el cliente revisa la cesta de compra antes de hacer el pago." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" +"Selecciona accesorios en la pestaña *Ventas* de la página de detalles del " +"producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "" +"Existe un algoritmo para resolver cual es el mejor accesorio a mostrar, en " +"caso de que varios ítems sean agregados a la cesta de compra. Si algún ítem " +"es el accesorio de varios productos agregados a la cesta de compra, es muy " +"probable que se ubique en el top de la lista de accesorios sugeridos." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "Productos opcionales al agregar a la cesta de compra" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" +"Los productos opcionales están directamente relacionados al ítem agregado a " +"la cesta de compra (por ejemplo, para computadoras: la garantía, el sistema " +"operativo, componentes extra). Cada vez que un producto primario es agregado" +" a la cesta de compra, una nueva ventana aparece como paso adicional." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "Para publicar productos opcionales:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "" +"Instale el componente \"Productos Opcionales eCommerce\" en el menú " +"\"Apps\". También remueva el filtro por defecto para buscar componentes, de " +"lo contrario solo las aplicaciones principales aparecerán." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione ítems opcionales en la etiqueta \"ventas\" en el formulario de " +"detalle del producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" +"La cantidad de ítems opcionales agregados a la cesta de compra es la misma " +"que la del ítem principal." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Adapt prices to website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This section sheds light on pricing features found in the eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "forzar un precio por geo-localización," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "dejar que el cliente elija la moneda." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: " +":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP automatically applies the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, visitors who aren't " +"logged in yet will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "" +"Una vez haya iniciado sesión, ellos obtendrán la lista de precios " +"equivalente a la de su país." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "Selector de moneda" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers " +"choose their own. Check the *Selectable* box to add the pricelist to the " +"website drop-down menu, which can be found in *Pricelists* under the " +"*Products* menu, located in the Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "Cómo crear y compartir códigos promocionales" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" +"Quiere aumentar sus ventas para Navidad? Comparta códigos promocionales a " +"través de sus campañas de mercadeo y aplique cualquier tipo de descuentos." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Configurar" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" +"Ir a :menuselection:’Ventas --> Configuración’ y seleccionar \"Opciones " +"avanzadas de precios basado en formula\" para \"Precio de venta”." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" +"Ir a :menuselection:`Administrador de Sitio Web --> Catálogo --> Lista de " +"Precios` y crear una nueva lista de precios con la regla de descuento (ver " +":doc:'pricing'). Luego ingrese un código." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" +"Active el campo de texto Promocode en la cesta de compra (La opcion se " +"encuentra en el menu \"Personalizar\"). Agregue un producto a la cesta de " +"compra para visualizarlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" +"Una vez activado verá una nueva sección en el lado derecho. Al seleccionar " +"*Aplicar* los precios serán actualizados automáticamente en la cartilla." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" +"El código promocional utilizado por el cliente se almacena en el sistema " +"para que puedas analizar el rendimiento de tus campañas de marketing." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "Muestra las ventas por lista de precios…" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "Cómo habilitar comentarios y calificación" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" +"Publicar y monitorear la experiencia del cliente lo ayudará a ganar la " +"confianza de nuevos clientes y a ser involucrados mejor con su comunidad. " +"¡En 2 clics, permites que su cliente comparta sus comentarios!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" +"Active los comentarios y la calificación desde el menú *Personalizar* de la" +" página web del producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" +"Los visitantes deben iniciar sesión para compartir sus comentarios. " +"Asegúrese de que puedan hacerlo (consulte la documentación del Portal)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "Revisa las publicaciones en tiempo real" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" +"Cada vez que se publica una publicación, el gerente de producto y todos los " +"seguidores del producto reciben una notificación en su bandeja de entrada " +"(menú *Discusión*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "" +"De forma predeterminada, el usuario que creó el producto se establece " +"automáticamente como seguidor." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el nombre del producto para abrir el formulario de detalles y " +"revisar el comentario (en el hilo de discusión del producto)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "Moderar y anular la publicación" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "" +"Puede moderar fácilmente utilizando la charla, ya sea en el formulario de " +"detalles del producto o en la página web." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" +"Para anular la publicación de la publicación, abra la página web del " +"producto y haga clic en el botón *Publicado* para que se vuelva rojo (*No " +"publicado*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "..tip::" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" +"Puede acceder a la página web desde el formulario de detalles haciendo clic " +"en el botón inteligente *Publicado* (y viceversa)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "Cómo vender productos alternativos más caros (venta adicional)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" +"Para maximizar sus ingresos, sugerir productos alternativos más costosos es " +"altamente recomendable para artículos básicos. De esa manera, su cliente " +"pasará más tiempo navegando por su catálogo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "Para hacerlo:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione tales *Productos alternativos* en la pestaña *Ventas* del " +"formulario de detalles del producto. ¡3 alternativas están bien! No publique" +" demasiados, de lo contrario sus clientes se confundirán." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" +"Active *Productos alternativos* desde el menú *Personalizar* de la página " +"web del producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" +msgstr "Introducción al comercio electrónico con Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " +"time. The topics follow the buying process:" +msgstr "" +"La documentación le ayudará a poner en marcha su sitio web de comercio " +"electrónico en poco tiempo. Los temas siguen el proceso de compra:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Product Page" +msgstr "Página del producto" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 +msgid "Shop Page" +msgstr "Página de la tienda" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Precio" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Impuestos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Checkout process" +msgstr "Proceso de pago" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 +msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" +msgstr "Venta ascendente y venta cruzada" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "Pagos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 +msgid "Shipping & Tracking" +msgstr "Envío y seguimiento" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "Lanzar mi sitio web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "Recibir pagos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Cómo recibir pagos con Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " +"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " +"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " +"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " +"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " +"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " +"you like." +msgstr "" +"Authorize.Net es una de las plataformas de pago de comercio electrónico más " +"populares de América del Norte. A diferencia de la mayoría de los otros " +"adquirentes de pagos compatibles con Odoo, Authorize.Net se puede usar como " +"\"pasarela de " +"pago\"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__" +" only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " +"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " +"you like." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "Crea una cuenta de Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " +"'Get Started'." +msgstr "" +"Crear una cuenta de 'Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ dele clic " +"a 'Get Started'." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" +" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " +"press the related option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 +msgid "Go through the registration steps." +msgstr "Siga los pasos de registro." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " +"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." +msgstr "Una vez listo, cambie al modo **Producción**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 +msgid "Set up Odoo" +msgstr "Configure Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " +"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 +msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." +msgstr "" +"Ingrese su **ID de inicio de sesión** y su **Clave de transacción de API **." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" +" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " +"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" +" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 +msgid "Go live" +msgstr "Dar inicio" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " +"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " +"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " +"production mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " +"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" +" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " +"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" +" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " +"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`payment`" +msgstr ":doc:`payment`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" +msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " +"Invoicing apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 +msgid "What are the payment methods available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 +msgid "Wire transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " +"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" +" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" +"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 +msgid "Payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" +" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" +" over time:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 +msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "Ingenico" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 +msgid "Authorize.net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 +msgid "PayUmoney" +msgstr "PayUmoney" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 +msgid "Sips" +msgstr "Sips" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stripe" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 +msgid "How to go live" +msgstr "¿Cómo iniciar?" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " +"activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 +msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" +msgstr "¿Cómo permitirle a los clientes guardar y reusar tarjetas de crédito?" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " +"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." +" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 +msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 +msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " +"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " +"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 +msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 +msgid "" +"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " +"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" +" from the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 +msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" +msgstr "¿Cómo usar otras adquisiciones (avanzadas)?" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " +"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" +" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 +msgid "How to:" +msgstr "¿Cómo?:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 +msgid "Switch to developer mode." +msgstr "Cambiar a modo de desarrollador" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 +msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." +msgstr "Toma el método de pago **personalizado**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " +"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " +"duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 +msgid "Other configurations" +msgstr "Otras configuraciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " +"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " +"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" +"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " +"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " +"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "Cómo administrar pedidos pagados con adquirentes de pagos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" +" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " +"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." +msgstr "" +"Odoo confirma los pedidos automáticamente tan pronto como un adquirente de " +"pagos autoriza el pago. Esto desencadena la entrega. Si factura en función " +"de las cantidades solicitadas, también se le solicita que facture el pedido." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "What are the payment status" +msgstr "¿Cuál es el estado del pago?" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." +msgstr "" +"En cualquier momento, el vendedor puede verificar el estado de la " +"transacción de la orden." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 +msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." +msgstr "*Borrador*: la transacción se está procesando." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " +"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." +msgstr "" +"*Pendiente*: el adquirente de pagos mantiene la transacción en espera y " +"usted debe autorizarla desde la interfaz del adquirente." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," +" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" +" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." +msgstr "" +"*Autorizado*: el pago ha sido autorizado pero aún no capturado. En Odoo, el " +"pedido ya está confirmado. Una vez realizada la entrega, puede capturar la " +"cantidad desde la interfaz del adquirente (o desde Odoo si usa " +"Authorize.net)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " +"confirmed." +msgstr "" +"*Hecho*: el pago fue autorizado y recibido. La orden ha sido confirmada." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " +"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." +msgstr "" +"*Error*: un error se ha producido durante la transacción. El cliente " +"necesita volver a intentar el pago. La orden está aún en borrador." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " +"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." +msgstr "" +"*Cancelado*: cuando el cliente cancela el pago en el formulario de " +"adquirente de pago. Es devuelto a Odoo para modificar la orden." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " +"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" +"Se proporcionan mensajes específicos a sus clientes para cada estado de " +"pago, cuando se les redirige a Odoo después de la transacción. Para editar " +"dichos mensajes, vaya a la pestaña *Mensajes* del método de pago." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 +msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" +msgstr "Validar automáticamente las facturas en el pedido" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " +"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " +"orders straight on." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se confirma el pedido, también puede hacer que se emita y pague una " +"factura automáticamente. Esto totalmente automatizado hecho para empresas " +"que facturan pedidos directamente." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " +"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " +"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " +"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" +" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " +"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " +"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " +"payments " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "Recibe el pago después de la entrega" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 +msgid "" +"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " +"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " +"only available with Authorize.net." +msgstr "" +"Con este modo, el pedido se confirma pero el monto se mantiene en espera. " +"Una vez procesada la entrega, puede capturar el pago de Odoo. Este modo solo" +" está disponible con Authorize.net." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " +"*Capture Transaction*." +msgstr "" +"Para capturar el pago, abra la transacción del pedido. Luego haga clic en " +"*Capturar transacción*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Con otros adquirentes de pagos, puede administrar la captura en sus propias " +"interfaces, no desde Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " +"Business Account " +"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" +" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " +"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" +"A continuación, haz clic en *Más opciones* y establece los dos formatos de " +"codificación predeterminados como **UTF-8**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:105 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, " +"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" +"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" +"payments-ewp>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "Configuraciones en Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:120 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Activación" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:126 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Credenciales" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +"*Profile > About the business*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "Comisiones por transacción" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" +"fees>`__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 +msgid "" +"..note:: `Traders in the EU " +"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" +"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " +"with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:158 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:178 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:184 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:186 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:188 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:196 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" +"Ejecuta una transacción de prueba desde Odoo con la cuenta personal de " +"sandbox." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:198 +msgid "See also" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:200 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:202 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "¿Cómo los clientes pueden acceder a su cuenta?" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" +"Nunca ha sido tan fácil para sus clientes acceder a su cuenta de cliente. " +"Olvídese de los infinitos formularios de registro, Odoo lo hace tan fácil " +"como ABC. Se sugiere que se registren (nombre, correo electrónico, " +"contraseña) cuando se realiza el pedido y no antes. De hecho, nada es más " +"molesto que pasar por un proceso de registro antes de comprar algo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "Registrarse" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" +"La invitación a registrarse aparece cuando el cliente quiere visualizar el " +"pedido desde el correo electrónico de confirmación del pedido." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "Cuenta del cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya iniciado sesión, el cliente accederá a la cuenta haciendo " +"clic en *Mi cuenta* en el menú desplegable de inicio de sesión." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Allí encuentran toda su historia. La dirección principal (facturación) " +"también se puede modificar." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" +"Si el cliente está configurado como contacto de una empresa en su libreta de" +" direcciones, verá todos los documentos cuyo cliente pertenece a esta " +"empresa." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "Cómo recibir pago a través de transferencias electrónicas" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "Cómo proporcionar a los clientes instrucciones de pago" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "Cómo administrar una orden una vez que te han pagado" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "Cómo crear otros métodos de pago manuales" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "Impuestos recaudados" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:4 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Charla en vivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:7 +msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" +msgstr "Hable en tiempo real con los visitantes del sitio web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " +"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " +"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," +" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " +"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " +"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +msgstr "" +"Con Odoo Live Chat, puede establecer un contacto directo con los visitantes " +"de su sitio web. Un cuadro de diálogo simple estará disponible en su " +"pantalla y les permitirá ponerse en contacto con uno de sus representantes " +"de ventas. De esta manera, puede convertir fácilmente a los prospectos en " +"posibles oportunidades comerciales. También podrá brindar asistencia a sus " +"clientes. En general, esta es la herramienta perfecta para mejorar la " +"satisfacción del cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" +" and then click on install." +msgstr "" +"Para obtener la función de chat en vivo, abra el módulo Aplicaciones, busque" +" \"Chat en vivo\" y luego haga clic en instalar." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " +"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +msgstr "" +"El módulo Live Chat le proporciona acceso directo a sus canales. Allí, los " +"operadores pueden unirse fácilmente y abandonar el chat." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 +msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" +msgstr "Agregue el chat en vivo a un sitio web de Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " +"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" +" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Si su sitio web fue creado con Odoo, entonces el chat en vivo se agrega " +"automáticamente. Todo lo que queda por hacer es ir a: menu selection: `Sitio" +" web -> Configuración -> Configuración` para seleccionar el canal que se va " +"a vincular al sitio web." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" +msgstr "Agregue el chat en vivo a un sitio web externo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " +"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " +"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " +"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +msgstr "" +"Si su sitio web no se creó con Odoo, vaya al módulo Chat en vivo y luego " +"seleccione el canal que se va a vincular. Allí, simplemente copie y pegue el" +" código disponible en su sitio web. También se proporciona una URL " +"específica que puede enviar a clientes o proveedores para que accedan al " +"chat en vivo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 +msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" +msgstr "Ocultar / mostrar el chat en vivo de acuerdo a las reglas" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " +"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " +"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" +" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " +"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +msgstr "" +"Las reglas para el chat en vivo se pueden definir en el formulario del " +"canal. Por ejemplo, puede elegir mostrar el chat en los países en los que " +"habla el idioma. Por el contrario, puede ocultar el chat en países en los " +"que su empresa no vende. Si selecciona *Auto popup*, también puede " +"establecer el tiempo que tarda el chat en aparecer." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 +msgid "Prepare automatic messages" +msgstr "Preparar mensajes automáticos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" +" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" +" through the live chat." +msgstr "" +"En el formulario del canal, en la sección *Opciones*, se pueden escribir " +"varios mensajes para que aparezcan automáticamente en el chat. Esto atraerá " +"a los visitantes a contactarlo a través del chat en vivo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 +msgid "Start chatting with customers" +msgstr "Comience a chatear con los clientes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " +"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " +"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " +"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +msgstr "" +"Para comenzar a chatear con los clientes, primero asegúrese de que el canal " +"esté publicado en su sitio web. Para hacerlo, seleccione *No publicado en el" +" sitio web* en la esquina superior derecha del formulario del canal para " +"alternar la configuración *Publicado*. Luego, el chat en vivo puede comenzar" +" una vez que un operador se haya unido al canal." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " +"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +msgstr "" +"Si no hay un operador disponible y/o si el canal no está publicado en el " +"sitio web, el botón de chat en vivo no aparecerá para los visitantes." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " +"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " +"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Las conversaciones iniciadas por visitantes aparecerán en el módulo de " +"Discusión y también aparecerán como un mensaje directo haciendo que " +"despliegue el cuadro de conversación. De esta forma podrá responder las " +"consultas desde cualquier módulo en Odoo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " +"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +msgstr "" +"Si más de un operador ingresa a un canal el sistema les va a generar " +"sesiones de visitante de manera aleatoria. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:99 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "Usar comandos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " +"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " +"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +msgstr "" +"Los comandos son atajos útiles para completar ciertas acciones o para " +"acceder a la información que pueda necesitar. Para usar esta función, " +"simplemente escriba los comandos en el chat. Las siguientes acciones están " +"disponibles:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:105 +msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." +msgstr "**/help**: muestra un mensaje de ayuda." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:107 +msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "**/helpdesk** : crea un ticket de servicio de asistencia." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:109 +msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "**/helpdesk\\_search** : busca un ticket de servicio de asistencia." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." +msgstr "**/history** : ver 15 últimas páginas visitadas." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:113 +msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." +msgstr "**/lead** : crea una nueva iniciativa." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." +msgstr "**/leave** : dejar el canal." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " +"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " +"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" +"Si se crea un ticket de servicio de asistencia desde el chat, la " +"conversación de la que se generó aparecerá automáticamente como la " +"descripción del ticket. Lo mismo ocurre con la creación de una iniciativa." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:123 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "Enviar respuestas guardadas" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " +"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " +"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," +" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"Las respuestas guardadas le permiten crear sustitutos a oraciones genéricas " +"que usa con frecuencia. Escribir una palabra en vez de varias le ahorrará " +"mucho tiempo. Para agregar respuestas guardadas, vaya a: menuselection: " +"`CHAT EN VIVO -> Configuración -> Respuestas guardadas` y cree todas las que" +" necesite. Luego, para usarlos durante un chat, simplemente escriba \":\" " +"seguido del atajo que asignó." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " +"visitors, enjoy !" +msgstr "" +"Ahora tiene todas las herramientas necesarias para chatear en vivo con los " +"visitantes de su sitio web, ¡disfrútelo!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:4 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "Sitio web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "Optimizar" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "" +"Cómo realizar el seguimiento del tráfico de tu sitio web en Google Analytics" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "" +"Para hacer seguimiento del tráfico de tu página web con Google Analytics:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" +" you don't have any." +msgstr "" +"`Crea una cuenta en Google Analytics <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ " +"si no tienes una." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " +"ID." +msgstr "" +"Revisa la forma de creación y acepta las condiciones para obtener la " +"identificación de seguimiento." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "Copia la identificación de seguimiento para insertarla en Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " +"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +msgstr "" +"Ve al menú de *Configuración* en la aplicación de página web. En los " +"ajustes, enciende Google Analytics y pega la identificación de seguimiento. " +"Luego guarda la página." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " +"Documentation. " +"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" +msgstr "" +"Para dar tus primeros pasos en Google Analytics, ve a `Google Documentation." +" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "Como monitorear el tráfico de tu página web desde el tablero de Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " +"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "" +"Puedes monitorear las estadísticas directamente del panel de control de tu " +"página web de Odoo gracias a Google Analytics." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " +"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "" +"Un paso preliminar es crear una cuenta en Google Analytics y registrar la " +"identificación de seguimiento en los ajustes de tu página web (ve " +":doc:`google_analytics`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" +"Ve a la plataforma `Google APIs <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ " +"para generar credenciales analíticas API. Inicia sesión con tu cuenta de " +"Google." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "Selecciona Analíticas API." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " +"to store your API credentials." +msgstr "" +"Crea un nuevo proyecto y asígnale un nombre (p.e. Odoo). Este proyecto se " +"necesita para almacenar las credenciales de tu API." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "Activa el API" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "Crear credenciales para usar en Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" +"Selecciona *Web browser (Javascript)* como fuente de llamada y *User data* " +"como tipo de data." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" +" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " +"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" +"A continuación puedes crear una ID de cliente. Introduce el nombre de la " +"aplicación (p.e. Odoo) y las páginas permitidas a las que te redirigirá. El " +"origen autorizado de JavaScript es la URL de tu instancia de Odoo. La URI de" +" redirección autorizada es la URL de tu instancia de Odoo seguida de " +"'/google_account/authentication'." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " +"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " +"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " +"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" +"Revisa el paso de la pantalla de acceso registrando el nombre de un producto" +" (e.j. Google Analytics en Odoo). Puedes revisar las opciones de " +"customización pero no es obligación. La pantalla de acceso solo aparecerá " +"cuando ingreses la identificación en Odoo por primera vez." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Finalmente, se te provee la identificación de tu cliente para que Copies y " +"pegues en Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" +" your Client ID." +msgstr "" +"Abre el panel de control de tu página web en Odoo y conéctala con tu cuenta " +"de Analytics. Para pegar la identificación de tu cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "Como último paso, autoriza a Odoo para acceder a API Google." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete " +"statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " +"<../../../sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows you to " +"understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" +"Buscar Optimización de Motor (SEO) es un paquete de buenas practicas para " +"optimizar su sitio web tanto que tendrá un mejor nivel en motores de " +"búsquedas como Google. En corto, un buen SEO permite que tenga mas " +"visitantes." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" +"Algunos ejemplos de de reglas SEO: tu pagina web deberá cargar rápidamente, " +"tu pagina deberá tener uno y solamente un titulo``<h1>``, las meta etiquetas" +" (alt-tag, title-tag) deberán ser consistentes con el contenido, tu sitio " +"web deberá tener un archivo ``/sitemap.xml``, etc" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" +"Para garantizar que los usuarios de Odoo Web y Odoo eCommerce tengan un " +"gran SEO, Odoo deshace todas las complejidades técnicas de SEO y maneja todo" +" por ti en la mejor manera posible. Esto sera explicado aquí abajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" +"Pero primero, veremos como aumentar el ranking haciendo ajustes de contenido" +" y de las meta etiquetas de tu sitio." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "Meta etiquetas" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "Titulo, descripción " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "Palabras clave" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "El contenido es el rey" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "**Blogs Odoo**: escribir buenos contenidos." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1>`__" +msgstr "" +"**Diapositivas Odoo**: publican todas sus presentaciones en Powerpoint o " +"PDF. Su contenido es automáticamente indexado en la página web. Ejemplo: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" +" Odoo.com landing pages)" +msgstr "" +"**Foro Odoo**: permite a su comunidad crear contenidos para Ud. Ejemplo: " +"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (cuenta por el 30% " +"de páginas de destino Odoo.com)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" +"**Archivo de Lista de Correo Odoo**: publica archivos de lista de correo en " +"su sitio web. Ejemplo: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 páginas creadas por mes)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "Utilizar Redes Sociales" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "Red Social" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "Compartir social" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "Página de Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "Panel de Twitter" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "Pruebe su sitio Web " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" +msgstr "" +"Puede comparar como se clasifica su sitio web, en términos de SEO, contra " +"Odoo usando los servicios gratuitos de WooRank: `https://www.woorank.com " +"<https://www.woorank.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "Estructura de las URL" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "Una URL típica de Odoo se muestra como la siguiente:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "Con los siguientes componentes:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "**https://** = Protocolo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "**www.mysite.com** = su nombre de dominio" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "**-31** = ID único del producto" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" +"Note que cualquier componente dinámico de una URL puede ser reducido a su " +"ID. Como ejemplo, las siguientes URLs todas hacen una redirección 301 a la " +"URL anterior:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (versión aún más corta)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (nombre " +"anterior del producto)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" +"Algunas URLs tienen varias partes dinámicas, como este (una categoría de " +"blog y una publicación):" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "En el ejemplo anterior:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "*Noticias de la Compañía* es el título del blog" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "*La historia de Odoo* es el título de una entrada concreta del blog" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" +"Cuando una página de Odoo tiene un paginador, el número de página es " +"configurado directamente en la URL (no tiene un argumento GET). Esto permite" +" que cada página sea indexada por los motores de búsqueda. Ejemplo:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "Cambios en URLs y Títulos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" +"Cuando la URL de una página cambia (ej. a versión SEO más amigable de su " +"nombre de producto), no necesita preocuparse de actualizar todos los " +"vinculos:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "Como ejemplo. esta URL:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "Se redigirá automáticamente a:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " +"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" +"Pero cada vinculado publicado por un contribuidor que vincula a una página " +"web externa es \"noseguido\". En ese caso, no ejecuta el riesgo de gente " +"publicando vinculos en su página web to páginas web de terceras-partes las " +"cuales tienen mala reputación." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "Soporte multi-idioma" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "URLs multi-idioma" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" +"Si ejecuta un sitio web en varios idiomas, el mismo contenido estará " +"disponible en diferentes direcciones URL, dependiendo del idioma utilizado:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (Versión " +"francesa)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" +"En este ejemplo, fr\\_FR es el idioma de la página. Puede incluso tener " +"muchas variaciones del mismo idioma pt\\_BR (Portugués de Brazil) , pt\\_PT " +"(Portugués de Portugal)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "Con este enfoque:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" +"Para forzar a un visitante a mantenerse en el idioma por defecto, puede usar" +" el código del idioma por defecto en su vinculo, ejemplo: " +"yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Esto siempre aterrizará a los visitantes en la" +" versión en Inglés de la página, sin usar las preferencias de idioma del " +"navegador." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introducción" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" +"Afortunadamente, Odoo hace toda la magia por ti. Debajo, encontraras los " +"trucos que Odoo usa para acelerar el tiempo de carga de su página. Puedes " +"comparar como su sitio web ordena usando estas dos herramientas:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Pingdom sitio para test de velocidad <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Imagenes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" +"Desde el botón de cargar, tiene la opción de mantener la imagen original sin" +" modificar si prefiere optimizar la calidad de la imagen mas no el " +"rendimiento." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" +"Odoo comprime imagenes al momento que las carga en su página web, no en el " +"momento qu un visitador los solicita. Por eso es posible en el caso de que " +"utilice un tema de terceros que las imagenes proveídos no son comprimidos de" +" manera eficiente. Sin embargo, todas las imagenes utilizadas en temas " +"oficiales de Odoo han sidos comprimidas debidamente por defecto." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" +"Si hace clic en una imagen, Odoo le muestra los attributos Alt y título de " +"la etiqueta ``<img>`` . Puede dar cic para configurar su propio attributo " +"título y Alt para la imagen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "Cuando hace clic en este enlace, la siguente ventana aparecerá:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" +"Los pictrogramas de Odoo han sido implementados utilizando une fuente (`Font" +" Awesome <https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ en la " +"mayoría de temas Odoo). Por ende, puede utilizarlos sin limitaciones en su " +"página. No resultaran en rqeusts addicionales para cargar la página." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "" +"Solo una solicitud de archivo CSS, es necesario para cargar una página." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "" +"este archivo CSS está en la caché compartida entre las páginas, de modo que " +"cuando el usuario hace click en otra página, el navegador no tiene que " +"cargar un solo recurso CSS." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "Este archivo CSS es optimizado para ser pequeño" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" +"Para circumvenir este problema, tdos los archivos CSS / Less / Sass estan " +"siendo concatenados en uns solo archivo CSS que se envia hacia el navegador." +" En consequencia, un visitador, solo **necesita cargar un solo archivo CSS**" +" per página, algo especialmente eficiente. Como el CSS esta siendo " +"compartido entre todas las páginas, cuando un visitador hace clic en otra " +"página, ¡el navegador ni siquera debe recargar un nuevo archivo CSS!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "**Ambos archivos en el <head>**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "**Que obtiene el visitante (solo un archivo)**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr ".text-muted {" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "color: #666;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "color: #777;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "background: yellow" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "background: yellow;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "}" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" +"El archivo CSS enviado por Odoo incluye todos los CSS / Less / Sass de todas" +" las páginas y módulos. Haciendo esto, visitas de páginas addiciónales del " +"mismo visitador no deben recargar nigun archivo CSS. Sin embargo, algunos " +"módulos pueden incluir recursos CSS / Javascript pesados los cuales no " +"quiere precargar con la primera página por el mero tamaño. En este caso, " +"Odoo separa este recurso en un segundo paquete que solo se carga cuando la " +"página que lo este usando esta siendo soliciada. Un ejemplo es el backand " +"que solamente esta cargado cuando un visitador esta ingresando al backend " +"(/web)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" +"**Minimizados:** Después de ser preprocesado y concatenado, el archivo CSS " +"es minimizados para reducir su tamaño." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "**Antes de minimizar**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "**Después de minimizar**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* algunos comentarios \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "" +"El resultado final es entonces comprimido, antes de ser entregado al " +"navegador." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "Odoo crea arboles de Paquetes Javascript:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" +"Uno para código Javascript del backend (interfaz del Odoo Web Client para " +"sus empleados utilizando Odoo)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +msgid "" +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +msgid "" +"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " +"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" +" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " +"from their original versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "CDN (Red de distribuición de contenido)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" +"Si activa la opción CDN en Odoo, recursos estáticos (Javascript, CSS, " +"imágenes) están siendo cargados desde una red de distribución de contenido. " +"Utilizar una red de distribuición de contenido conlleva tres ventajas:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "" +"Cargar recursos de un servidor cercano (la mayoria de CDN mantiene " +"servidores en los principales países alrededor del mundo)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "" +"Guardar recursos eficientemente (no uso de recursos de computación en su " +"propio servidor)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "" +"Distribuir la tarea de cargar recursos a traves de diferentes servicios " +"permitiendo cargar maás recursos en paralelo (debido a que el límite de " +"Chrome de 6 requestes en paralelo cuenta por dominio)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" +"Puede configurar sus opciones CDN desde la aplicación **Administrador de " +"página web** utilizando el menú de configuración. Aqui esta un ejemplo de " +"configuración que puede utilizar:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "Páginas HTML" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +msgid "" +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" +"Las páginas HTML pueden ser comprimidas, pero esto es usualmente manejado " +"por el servidor de tu web (NGINX or Apache)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "" +"Como ejemplo, si usa el seleccionador de color para cambiar el color de un " +"parrafo al color primario de su página web, Odoo producirá el siguiente " +"código:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">Mi Texto</p>``" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "" +"Considerando que la mayoría de editores HTML (como CKEditor) producirá el " +"siguiente código:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Mi Texto</p>``" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "Diseño Responsive" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: " +"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" +"Javascript, imágenes y recursos CSS tiene una URL que cambia dinámicamente " +"cuando su contenido cambia. Como ejemplo, todos los archivos CSS son " +"cargadados a través de este URL: " +"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"El ``457-0da1d9d`` parte de esta URL cambiará si modifca el CSS de su página" +" web." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" +"Esto permite que Odoo configure una memoria de caché muy larga (XXXX) en " +"estos recursos: XXX segs, mientras esta siendo actualizado instantáneamente " +"si actualiza el recurso." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "Escalabilidad" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " +"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:574 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "Mapa del sitio" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:579 +msgid "" +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:583 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto, todas las URLs estarán en un solo archivo ``/sitemap.xml``, " +"pero si tiene varias páginas, Odoo automáticamente creará una archivo índice" +" Mapa del sitio, respetando `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ el agrupado de URLs de mapas del " +"sitio en 45000 pedazos por archivo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:589 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "" +"Cada entrada de mapa del sitio tiene 4 atributos que son calculados " +"automáticamente:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:591 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "``<loc>`` : la URL de una pagina" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:593 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:598 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:605 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "Datos Estructurados Marcados" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:607 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:612 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" +"Google soporta un número de fragmentos enriquecidos por tipos de contenido, " +"incluyendo: Revisiones, Gente, Productos, Negocios, Eventos y " +"Organizaciones." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo implementa micro datos como esta definido en la `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ especificación para eventos, productos de comercio " +"electrónico, publicaciones de foro y direcciones de contacto. Esto permite " +"que sus páginas de producto sean mostradas en Google usando información " +"adicional como el precio y rating de un producto:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:625 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "robots.txt" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:627 +msgid "" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:631 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:638 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " +"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," +" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " +"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "Publicar" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own domain name" +msgstr "Cómo usar mi propio nombre de dominio" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " +"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " +"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto, tu ocasión y página web Odoo Online tiene un nombre de dominio " +"*.odoo.com* tanto para los URL como los correos. Pero lo puedes cambiar a " +"uno customizado (p. ej. www.yourcompany.com)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +msgid "What is a good domain name" +msgstr "Cuál es un buen nombre de dominio" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " +"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " +"domain. Here are some tips:" +msgstr "" +"Tu dirección de página web es tan imporante para tu marcado como el nombre " +"de tu negocio u organización, a si que piensa en cambiarlo por un dominio " +"apropiado. Aquí hay algunos consejos:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +msgid "Simple and obvious" +msgstr "Simple y obvio" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +msgid "Easy to remember and spell" +msgstr "Fácil de recordar y pronunciar" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +msgid "The shorter the better" +msgstr "Cuanto más corto mejor" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +msgid "Avoid special characters" +msgstr "Evite caracteres especiales" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" +msgstr "Intente conseguir un .com y/o la extensión de su país" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" +msgstr "" +"Lee más: `Cómo Elegir un Nombre de Dominio para Máximo SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +msgid "How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "Cómo comprar un nombre de dominio" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "Compra tu nombre de dominio en un registrar popular:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" +msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" +msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " +"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" +msgstr "" +"Los pasos para comprar un dominio son sensillos. En caso de problemas, mira " +"estos tutoriales simples:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " +"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " +"This is Odoo's job!" +msgstr "" +"Puedes comprar un servidor de correo para tener direcciones de correo usando" +" el nombre de tu dominio. Sin embargo, no compres un servicio extra para " +"crear o alojar tu página web. Esto es trabajo de Odoo!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" +msgstr "Cómo aplicar mi nombre de dominio a mi ocasión Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +msgid "" +"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" +msgstr "" +"Primero autorizemos la redirección (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." +msgstr "Abre tu cuenta Odoo.com desde tu página de inicio." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." +msgstr "Ve a la página *Administrar Base de Datos*" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." +msgstr "" +"Haz clic en *Dominios* a la derecha de la base de datos que quieres " +"redireccionar." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " +"www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" +"La base de datos pronta del dominio aparecerá. Ingresa tu dominio " +"customizado (e.j. www.yourcompany.com)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +msgstr "" +"Podemos aplicar la redirección desde el administrador de cuenta del nombre " +"de tu dominio:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "" +"Inicia sesión en tu cuenta y busca la página de administración de las Zonas " +"DNS." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." +" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " +"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." +msgstr "" +"Crea un récord CNAME *www.yourdomain.com* apuntando a *mywebsite.odoo.com*. " +"Si quieres usar el dominio desnudo (e.j. yourdomain.com), tienes que " +"redireccionar *yourdomain.com* a *www.yourdomain.com*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "Aquí hay algunos lineamientos para crear un record CNAME:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" +msgstr "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" +msgstr "Como habilitar SSL (HTTPS) para mi ocasión Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:98 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:105 +msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → " +"Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" +" the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "Añadir característica" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 +msgid "" +"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Productos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "Blogs" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "Foros" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "Eventos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "Puestos de trabajo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration → Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Multi-empresas" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "Tarifas" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products → Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "Cómo traducir mi sitio web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" +"Además de crear buenos y modernos sitios web, Odoo le da la posibilidad de " +"traducirlo a diferentes idiomas." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "Procesar" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" +"Una vez su sitio web es creado, tiene la oportunidad de traducirlo a tantos " +"diferentes idiomas como desee." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " +"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " +"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " +"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" +"Hay dos formas de traducir su sitio web, puede hacerlo manualmente o " +"automáticamente con la aplicación Gengo. Si quiere hacerlo automáticamente, " +"vaya al módulo de **Aplicaciones** e instale **traducciones automáticas a " +"través del Api Gengo** y **Traductor de Sitio Web Gengo**. Si quiere hacerlo" +" manualmente, no instale nada, y siga el siguiente paso." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "" +"Ahora vaya a su página web. En la esquina superior derecha de la página, de " +"clic en **Agregar un idioma**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" +"Elija el idioma en el cual quiere traducir su sitio web y luego de clic en " +"**Cargar.**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" +"Lo verá Ahora, al lado de Inglés también esta Francés, lo que significa que " +"la página para la traducción ha sido creada. También puede ver que algunos " +"de los textos han sido traducidos automáticamente." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "" +"Para traducir el contenido del sitio web, de clic en **Traducir** (aquí " +"**Traduire** desde que queremos traductir el sitio web a Francés)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" +" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " +"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " +"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " +"ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" +"Allí, si tiene instalado el Traductor Gengo, Verá que junto al botón de " +"**Traducir** también tiene el botón **Traducir automáticamente**. Una vez da" +" clic en ese botón, le será requerida alguna información de su cuenta. Si no" +" tiene aún una cuenta, vaya a `*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " +"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ para crear una. Debe solicitar una " +"llave pública y una privada." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "El contenido que desea traducir será luego traducido automáticamente." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" +"Ahora puede ver que la mayoría del contenido esta resaltado en amarillo o en" +" verde. El amarillo representa el contenido que debe traducir Ud. mismo. El " +"verde representa el contenido que ya ha sido traducido automáticamente." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index d62a4154e..609f1b302 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -1,15 +1,18 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 15:29+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2018\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -18,6 +21,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../applications.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications.rst:3 msgid "Applications" msgstr "Candidatures" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po deleted file mode 100644 index 435a8c94e..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1505 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2018 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2018 -# Michell Portrait <mportrait@happylibre.fr>, 2019 -# Sébastien BÜHL <buhlsebastien@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2019 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "CRM" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "Acquérir des pistes" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 -msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "Convertir les pistes en opportunités" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM" -" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can " -"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" -"Le système peut générer des pistes plutôt que des opportunités, afin " -"d'ajouter une étape de qualification avant de convertir une *Piste* en " -"*Opportunité* et de l'assigner à la bonne équipe commerciale. Vous pouvez " -"activer ce mode dans la Configuration du module CRM. Il s'appliquera par " -"défaut à tous vos canaux de vente. Vous pouvez cependant l'adapter à des " -"canaux particuliers depuis leur formulaire de configuration." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, allez dans :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` et cochez la case *Pistes*." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." -msgstr "" -"Vous aurez maintenant un nouveau sous-menu *Pistes* sous *Pistes* où elles " -"viendront s'ajouter." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 -msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "Convertir une piste en opportunité" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." -msgstr "" -"Quand vous cliquez sur une *Piste*, vous aurez la possibilité de la " -"convertir en opportunité et de décider si elle doit toujours être assignée " -"au/à la même canal/personne et si vous avez besoin de créer un nouveau " -"client." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez déjà défini une opportunité pour un client, Odoo vous proposera" -" automatiquement de fusionner avec cette opportunité. De la même manière, " -"Odoo vous proposera automatiquement de créer un lien vers un client qui " -"existerait déjà." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "Générer des pistes/opportunités à partir d'e-mails" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" -" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." -msgstr "" -"Automatiser la création de pistes/opportunités améliorera considérablement " -"votre efficacité. Par défaut, tout mail envoyé à " -"*sales@database\\_domain.ext* créera une opportunité dans le pipeline du " -"canal de ventes par défaut." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 -msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "Configurer les alias d'adresse e-mail" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " -"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" -" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" -"Chaque canal de vente peut avoir ses propres alias mail afin de générer des " -"pistes/opportunités qui lui seront automatiquement assignées. Cela est utile" -" si vous gérez plusieurs équipes commerciales avec des processus commerciaux" -" spécifiques. Le paramétrage se fait dans :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Équipes commerciales`." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "" -"Générer des pistes/opportunités à partir de la page contact de votre site " -"internet" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" -" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." -msgstr "" -"Automatiser la création de pistes/opportunités améliorera considérablement " -"votre efficacité. Tout visiteur utilisant le formulaire de contact de votre " -"site web créera une piste/opportunité dans le pipeline." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 -msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "Utiliser le formulaire de contact de votre site internet" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 -msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "Rendez-vous, tout d'abord, sur l'application Site Web." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 -msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " -"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "" -"Avec l'installation de l'application CRM, vous bénéficiez sur votre site Web" -" Odoo d'un formulaire de contact prêt à l'emploi qui génère automatiquement " -"des pistes et des opportunités." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " -"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." -msgstr "" -"Pour assigner les pistes à une équipe commerciale particulière, allez dans " -":menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration --> Configuration` dans la partie" -" *Communication*. Vous trouverez les informations sur le Formulaire de " -"contact et vous pourrez modifier l'*Équipe commerciale* ou le *Vendeur*." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 -msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "Créer un formulaire de contact personnalisé" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " -"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " -"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez vouloir en apprendre plus sur vos visiteurs quand ils utilisent " -"le formulaire de contact pour vous joindre. Vous aurez alors besoin de " -"construire un formulaire de contact personnalisé sur votre site Web. Ces " -"formulaires de contact peuvent générer de nombreux types d'enregistrements " -"dans le système (emails, pistes/opportunités, tâches, tickets d'assistance " -"technique, etc.)." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " -"Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "" -"Vous devez installer le module gratuit *Générateur de formulaire*, qui est " -"uniquement disponible dans Odoo Entreprise." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 -msgid "" -"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," -" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " -"fields you wish." -msgstr "" -"Allez tout d'abord sur la page où vous désirez insérer votre formulaire de " -"contact. Dans le mode édition, déplacez le générateur de formulaire dans " -"votre page et vous pourrez ajouter tous les champs que vous souhaitez." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " -"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, tout nouveau contact générera l'envoi d'un email. Vous pouvez " -"passer à la génération de pistes ou d'opportunités dans *Modifier les " -"paramètres du formulaire*." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " -"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"Si un même utilisateur utilise le formulaire de contact deux fois, la " -"deuxième entrée sera ajoutée à la première piste ou opportunité de la " -"discussion." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 -msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "Générer des pistes plutôt que des opportunités" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " -"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " -"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous utilisez un formulaire de contact, vous devez utiliser une " -"étape de qualification avant d'attribuer le formulaire aux vendeurs. Pour le" -" faire, activez *Pistes* dans les paramètres CRM et référez-vous à " -":doc:`convert`." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 -msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "Envoyer des devis" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " -"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Quand vous qualifiez une piste en opportunité, vous aurez sans doute besoin " -"de lui faire parvenir un devis. Vous pouvez faire cela directement dans " -"l'application CRM d'Odoo." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 -msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "Créer un nouveau devis" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " -"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." -msgstr "" -"En cliquant sur une opportunité ou une piste, vous verrez apparaître un " -"bouton *Nouveau Devis* qui vous amènera à un nouveau menu vous permettant de" -" gérer votre devis." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " -"*Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "" -"Vous trouverez tous vos devis relatifs à cette opportunité sous le menu " -"*Devis* de cette page." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 -msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "Marquer comme gagné/perdu" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " -"process along." -msgstr "" -"Vous devrez maintenant marquer votre opportunité comme gagnée ou perdue pour" -" passer à l'étape suivante." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " -"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "" -"Si vous les marquez comme gagnées, elles se placeront dans la colonne " -"*Gagné* de la vue Kanban. Si néanmoins vous les marquez comme *Perdu*, elles" -" seront archivées." - -#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "Optimiser votre travail quotidien" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "Synchroniser votre agenda Google avec Odoo" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " -"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " -"directions)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo s'intègre parfaitement au Calendrier Google, ainsi vous pouvez gérez " -"vos rendez-vous depuis les deux plateformes (les mises à jour s'effectuant " -"dans les deux sens)." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 -msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "Configuration dans Google" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" -"Allez sur la `plateforme des APIs de Google " -"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__ pour générer les identifiants de " -"l'API Google Calendar." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 -msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "Allez à la page des API et Services." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "Cherchez *Google Calendar API* et sélectionnez-le." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Activez l'API." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " -"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez ou créez un projet d'API pour enregistrer les identifiants si " -"vous ne l'avez jamais fait. Donnez-lui un nom explicite (e.g. Odoo Sync)." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 -msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "Créez des identifiants." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez *Navigateur Web (Javascript)* comme contexte à partir duquel " -"l'API sera appelée et *Données utilisateur* pour le type de données demandé." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " -"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " -"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez alors créer un Identifiant Client. Entrez le nom de " -"l'application (e.g. Odoo Calendar) et les pages autorisées vers lesquelles " -"vous serez re-dirigé(e). L'*Origine du Javascript Autorisé* est l'URL de " -"votre instance Odoo. L'*URI de redirection autorisée* est l'URL de votre " -"instance Odoo suivie de '/google_account/authentication'." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " -"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " -"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" -" in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" -"Parcourez l'écran de consentement en entrant le nom du produit (e.g. " -"Calendrier Odoo). Vous pouvez prendre connaissance des options de " -"personnalisation mais ce n'est pas obligatoire. L'écran d'accord " -"n'apparaîtra qu'une fois que vous aurez entré l'identifiant client dans " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" -" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Pour terminer, on vous indique votre **ID Client**. Cliquez sur " -"*Credentials* pour obtenir ensuite le **Client Secret**. Vous aurez besoin " -"de ces deux informations dans Odoo." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "Configuration dans Odoo" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " -"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Installez l'application **Calendrier Google** que vous trouverez dans le " -"menu *Applications* ou en cochant la case dans :menuselection:`Paramètres " -"--> Paramètres Généraux`." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" -" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." -msgstr "" -"Rendez-vous dans :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Paramètres Généraux` et " -"entrez votre **Id. client** et **Client Secret** dans les paramètres du " -"Calendrier Google." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " -"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " -"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" -" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." -msgstr "" -"Le paramétrage est maintenant terminé. Ouvrez votre Calendrier Google et " -"synchronisez-le avec Google. La première fois que vous le faites vous êtes " -"redirigé sur une page Google pour autoriser la connexion. De retour dans " -"Odoo, re-cliquez sur le bouton synchroniser. Vous pouvez cliquer sur ce " -"bouton chaque fois que vous voulez synchroniser votre calendrier." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 -msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "" -"À partir de maintenant, vous n'avez plus d'excuses pour rater une réunion !" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 -msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" -msgstr "Utiliser les services VOIP dans Odoo avec OnSIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduction" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" -" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " -"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." -msgstr "" -"La VoIP Odoo peut être paramétrée pour fonctionner avec OnSIP " -"(www.onsip.com). Dans ce cas, l'installation et le paramétrage d'un serveur " -"Asterisk ne sont pas nécessaires puisque toute l'infrastructure est hébergée" -" et gérée par OnSIP." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " -"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " -"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " -"configuration procedure below." -msgstr "" -"Vous aurez besoin d'ouvrir un compte OnSIP pour utiliser ce service. Avant " -"de vous engager, assurez-vous que votre zone et celle de vos correspondants " -"sont couvertes par ce service. Après l'ouverture du compte OnSIP, suivez la " -"procédure ci-dessous." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." -msgstr "Allez à la page Applications et installez le module **VoIP OnSIP**." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " -"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" -msgstr "" -"Allez dans Paramètres/Paramètres Généraux. Dans la partie " -"Intégration/Asterisk (VoIP), renseignez les 3 champs :" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " -"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " -"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." -msgstr "" -"**OnSIP Domain** est le domaine que vous avez choisi quand vous avez créé un" -" compte sur www.onsip.com. Si vous ne le connaissez pas, connectez-vous à " -"https://admin.onsip.com/, vous le trouverez dans le coin supérieur droit de " -"l'écran." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 -msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -msgstr "**WebSocket** devrait contenir wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 -msgid "**Mode** should be Production" -msgstr "**Mode** devrait indiquer Production" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " -"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" -msgstr "" -"Allez dans **Configuration/Utilisateurs**. Dans le formulaire représentant " -"chaque utilisateur de la VoIP, dans l'onglet Préférences, remplissez la " -"partie **Configuration PBX** :" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 -msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "**Login SIP / Extension du navigateur** : le 'Username' OnSIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 -msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "**Autorisation de l'Utilisateur OnSIP** : le 'Auth Username' OnSIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 -msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "**Mot de passe SIP** : le 'SIP Password' de OnSIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 -msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" -msgstr "**Extension de Combiné** : le 'Extension' de OnSIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can find all this information by logging in at " -"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " -"and refer to the fields as pictured below." -msgstr "" -"Vous pourrez trouver toutes ces informations en vous connectant sur " -"https://admin.onsip.com/users puis en sélectionnant l’utilisateur que vous " -"voulez configurer et regarder les champs dans l'image ci-dessous." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " -"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" -" Odoo and in OnSIP)." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez maintenant passer des appels en cliquant sur l'icône de " -"téléphone dans le coin supérieur droit d'Odoo (assurez-vous d'être connecté " -"en tant qu'utilisateur correctement configuré dans Odoo et dans OnSIP)." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " -"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." -msgstr "" -"Si vous voyez un message *Paramètre manquant* dans l'application VoIP " -"d'Odoo, rechargez la page et ré-essayez." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 -msgid "" -"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" -" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " -"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " -"international prefix for the United States)." -msgstr "" -"Si vous voyez un message *Mauvais Numéro* dans l'application VoIP d'Odoo, " -"assurez-vous que vous utilisez le format international, commençant par le " -"signe plus (+) suivi de l'indicatif du pays. E.g. : +16506913277 (+1 étant " -"l'indicatif international pour les États-Unis)." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " -"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez aussi recevoir des appels. Votre numéro est celui qui vous a été" -" fourni par OnSIP. Odoo sonnera et affichera une notification." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 -msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" -msgstr "OnSIP sur votre smartphone" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " -"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" -" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " -"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." -msgstr "" -"Afin de passer et de recevoir des appels quand vous n'êtes pas devant votre " -"ordinateur, vous pouvez utiliser une application de VoIP sur votre " -"smartphone en parallèle à l'application VoIP Odoo. C'est pratique pour les " -"appels en mobilité mais aussi pour s'assurer de ne pas manquer un appel ou " -"simplement par commodité. N'importe quelle application de VoIP compatible " -"SIP fonctionnera." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 -msgid "" -"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " -"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." -" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " -"then have to configure it as follows:" -msgstr "" -"Sur Android et iOS, OnSIP a été testé avec succès avec l'application " -"`Grandstream Wave " -"<https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_. " -"Quand vous créez un compte, sélectionnez OnSIP dans la liste des opérateurs." -" Vous devrez ensuite la configurer comme suit :" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 -msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" -msgstr "Nom du compte : OnSIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 -msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" -msgstr "**Serveur SIP** : le 'Domain' OnSIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 -msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "**ID d'utilisateur SIP** : le 'Username' OnSIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 -msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "**ID d'authentification SIP** : le 'Auth Username' OnSIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 -msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "**Mot de passe** : le 'SIP Password' OnSIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " -"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " -"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " -"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" -" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " -"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" -"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." -msgstr "" -"Hormis les appels que vous pouvez passer depuis l'application Granstream " -"Wave sur votre smartphone, vous pouvez aussi passer des appels en cliquant " -"sur un numéro de téléphone dans le navigateur internet de votre PC. Cette " -"action fera sonner Grandstream Wave et transférera l'appel pour votre " -"correspondant sur votre téléphone. Cette approche est utile pour éviter de " -"perdre du temps à composer des numéros de téléphone. Pour cela, vous aurez " -"besoin de l'extension Chrome `OnSIP Call Assistant " -"<https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" -"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" -" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." -msgstr "" -"L'inconvénient d'utiliser une application de téléphonie sur IP sur votre " -"smartphone est que vos appels ne seront pas journalisés dans Odoo car " -"l'application agit comme un programme indépentant." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" -msgstr "Configurer votre serveur VoIP Asterisk pour Odoo" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "Installation d'un serveur Asterisk" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 -msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "Dépendances" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" -msgstr "" -"Avant d'installer Asterisk, vous devez installer les dépendances suivantes :" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 -msgid "wget" -msgstr "wget" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 -msgid "gcc" -msgstr "gcc" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 -msgid "g++" -msgstr "g++" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 -msgid "ncurses-devel" -msgstr "ncurses-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 -msgid "libxml2-devel" -msgstr "libxml2-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 -msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "sqlite-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 -msgid "libsrtp-devel" -msgstr "libsrtp-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 -msgid "libuuid-devel" -msgstr "libuuid-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 -msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "openssl-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 -msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "pkg-config" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 -msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "Pour installer libsrtp, suivez les instructions suivantes :" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " -"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " -"extracted:" -msgstr "" -"Vous devez également installer PJSIP, vous pouvez télécharger le code source" -" `ici <http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Une fois le répertoire source " -"extrait :" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "**Déplacez-vous dans le répertoire des sources de pjproject :**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 -msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "**Lancez la commande suivante :**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 -msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "**Construisez et installez pjproject :**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 -msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "**Mettez à jour les liens vers les librairies partagées :**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 -msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "**Vérifiez que pjproject est installé :**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 -msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "**Le résultat doit être :**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "Asterisk" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " -"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" -"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." -msgstr "" -"Pour installer Asterisk 13.7.0, vous pouvez télécharger le code source " -"directement `ici <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" -"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "Extraire le code source d'Asterisk :" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" -msgstr "Entrez dans le répertoire d'Asterisk :" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 -msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "Lancez le script de configuration d'Asterisk :" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 -msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "Lancez l'outil menuselect d'Asterisk :" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 -msgid "" -"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " -"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " -"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " -"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." -msgstr "" -"Dans menuselect, allez à l'option des ressources et vérifiez que res_srtp " -"est activé. S'il y a 3 x à côté de res_srtp, il y a un problème avec la " -"bibliothèque srtp et vous devez la réinstaller. Enregistrez la configuration" -" (appuyez sur x). Vous devriez également voir les étoiles en face des lignes" -" de res_pjsip." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 -msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "Compilez et installez Asterisk :" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " -"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " -"run 'make config'." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez besoin d'exemples de configurations vous pouvez exécuter 'make " -"samples' pour installer les exemples de configurations. Si vous voulez " -"installer le script de démarrage d'Asterisk, exécutez 'make config'." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 -msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "Certificats DTLS" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 -msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "Ensuite vous devez configurer les certificats DTLS." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "Entrez dans le répertoire des scripts d'Asterisk :" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" -" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" -msgstr "" -"Créer les certificats DTLS (remplacez pbx.mycompany.com avec votre adresse " -"IP ou votre nom DNS, remplacer My Super Company avec le nom de votre " -"entreprise):" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 -msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "Configurer un serveur Asterisk" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 -msgid "" -"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " -"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " -"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" -" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " -"uncommented:" -msgstr "" -"Pour le WebRTC, un grand nombre de paramètres obligatoires DOIVENT être dans" -" les paramètres des pairs. Les paramètres globaux ne sont pas très bien " -"hérités par les paramètres des pairs. Par défaut, les fichiers de " -"configuration d'Asterisk sont situés dans /etc/asterisk/. Commencez par " -"éditer http.conf et assurez-vous que les lignes suivantes ne sont pas " -"commentées :" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " -"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " -"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " -"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " -"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, modifier sip.conf. Le pair WebRTC requiert que le chiffrement, avpf" -" et icesupport soient activés. Dans la plupart des cas, directmedia doit " -"être désactivé. Toujours dans le cadre du client WebRTC, le transport doit " -"être réglé à «ws» pour permettre les connexions websocket. Toutes ces lignes" -" de configuration devrait être dans le pair; définir ces lignes de " -"configuration globalement pourrait ne pas fonctionner :" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 -msgid "" -"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " -"lines:" -msgstr "" -"Dans les fichiers sip.conf et rtp.conf vous devez également ajouter ou " -"décommenter ces lignes :" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 -msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" -msgstr "Enfin, configurez extensions.conf :" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 -msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "Configurer VOIP dans Odoo" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 -msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, la configuration doit être effectuée dans les préférences de " -"l'utilisateur." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 -msgid "" -"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" -" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" -" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " -"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" -" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." -msgstr "" -"L'identifiant SIP / Extension de navigateur est le numéro que vous avez " -"configuré précédemment dans le fichier sip.conf. Dans notre exemple, 1060. " -"Le Mot de passe SIP est celui que vous avez choisi dans le fichier sip.conf." -" L'extension du téléphone de votre bureau n'est pas un champ obligatoire, " -"mais il est utilisé si vous souhaitez transférer votre appel de Odoo à un " -"téléphone externe. Il également configuré dans le fichier sip.conf." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 -msgid "" -"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " -"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " -"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " -"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " -"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." -msgstr "" -"La configuration doit également être effectuée dans la configuration du " -"module de Ventes,dans la rubrique \"Configuration VOIP\". Vous devez mettre " -"l'adresse IP que vous avez définie dans le fichier http.conf et WebSocket " -"doit être : ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. La partie \"127.0.0.1\" doit être la " -"même que l'adresse IP définie précédemment, et le \"8088\" est le port que " -"vous avez défini dans le fichier http.conf." - -#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "Analyser la performance" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 -msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" -msgstr "Obtenir un chiffre d'affaire probable précis" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" -" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " -"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " -"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." -msgstr "" -"Alors que vous progressez dans votre cycle de ventes et passez d'une étape à" -" l'autre, vous pouvez espérer obtenir une information plus précise sur une " -"opportunité donnée, vous fournissant une meilleure idée de la probabilité de" -" l'amener à terme. Ceci est important afin de visualiser votre chiffre " -"d'affaire attendu dans les différents rapports. " - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 -msgid "Configure your kanban stages" -msgstr "Configurez les étapes de votre vue kanban" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " -"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" -" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" -" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " -"more accurate." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, la vue kanban d'Odoo comporte quatre étapes : Nouveau, Qualifié," -" Proposition, Gagné ayant respectivement des probabilité de succès de 10, " -"30, 70 et 100%.Vous pouvez ajouter des étapes et/ou les modifier. En " -"affinant les probabilités de succès par défaut de chaque étape, vous pouvez " -"rendre votre chiffre d'affaire probable de plus en plus précis." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" -" you can modify them manually of course." -msgstr "" -"Chacune de vos opportunités aura une probabilité réglée par défaut mais vous" -" pouvez la modifier." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 -msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" -msgstr "Entrer les revenus attendus et la date d'expiration de l'opportunité" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " -"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" -" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." -msgstr "" -"Quand vous recueillez des informations sur un prospect, il est important " -"d'indiquer un revenu attendu et une date d'expiration. Cela vous permettra " -"de voir l'ensemble de vos revenus attendus par étape ainsi que d'affiner le " -"chiffre d'affaire probable." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 -msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" -msgstr "Visualiser les opportunités expirées ou proches de l'expiration" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " -"closing, letting you prioritize." -msgstr "" -"Dans votre pipeline, vous pouvez filtrer les opportunités par date " -"d'expiration, ce qui vous permet de les prioriser." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 -msgid "" -"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " -"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " -"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." -msgstr "" -"En tant que responsable commercial, cet outil peut également vous aider à " -"trouver des moyens potentiels d'améliorer votre processus de vente, par " -"exemple, avoir beaucoup d'opportunités dans les premières étapes mais " -"présentant une date d'expiration proche peut révéler un problème." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 -msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" -msgstr "" -"Visualiser votre revenu global attendu et votre chiffre d'affaire probable" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 -msgid "" -"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " -"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." -msgstr "" -"Quand vous êtes dans votre vue kanban, vous pouvez voir les revenus attendus" -" à chacune des étapes. Ceci grâce au revenu attendu que vous indiquez pour " -"chaque opportunité." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " -"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " -"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " -"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " -"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." -msgstr "" -"En tant que responsable, vous pouvez aller dans :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Analyse --> Pipeline`. Par défaut, l'unité de mesure est le *Revenu au " -"prorata*. Ce rapport prendra en compte le revenu fixé pour chaque " -"opportunité mais également la probabilité de le clore. Cela vous donnera une" -" bien meilleure idée de vos revenus attendus, vous permettant d'établir des " -"plans d'action et fixer des objectifs." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 -msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "Contrôler votre ratio Gagné/Perdu" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " -"Win/Loss ratio." -msgstr "" -"Pour voir comment vous vous en sortez avec votre pipeline, regardez le ratio" -" Gagné/Perdu." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." -msgstr "" -"Pour accéder à ce rapport, allez dans votre vue *Pipeline*, dans l'onglet " -"*Analyse*." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" -" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " -"on filter and check Won/Lost." -msgstr "" -"À ce niveau, vous pouvez filtrer quelles opportunités vous souhaitez voir : " -"les vôtres, celles de votre équipe commerciale, de toute votre entreprise, " -"etc. Vous pouvez alors cliquer sur filtrer et voir le ratio Gagné/perdu." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 -msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "Vous pouvez également changer la *Mesure* pour *Revenu espéré*." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 -msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "Vous pouvez également basculer sur la vue diagramme." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "Organiser le pipeline" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "Gérer les opportunités perdues" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" -" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " -"can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "" -"Quand vous travaillez sur vos opportunités, vous pourriez en perdre quelques" -" unes. Vous voudrez sans doute garder la trace de la raison de ces échecs et" -" aussi comment Odoo pourrait vous aider à les reconquérir plus tard." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 -msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "Marquer une pise comme perdue" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " -"*Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "" -"Dans votre pipeline, sélectionnez l'opportunité désirée et vous verrez un " -"bouton *Marquer comme perdu*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " -"there." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez sélectionner un *Motif de la perte* ou en créer un nouveau ici." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 -msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "Gérer & créer des motifs de perte" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "" -"Vous trouverez vos *Motifs de la perte* dans le menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Motifs de la perte`." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez sélectionner & renommer n'importe lequel ou en créer un nouveau " -"à cet endroit." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 -msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "Récupérer les opportunités perdues" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" -" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "" -"Pour récupérer les opportunités perdues et agir sur elles (envoyer un mail, " -"rappeler pour un bilan, etc.) choisissez le filtre *Perdu* dans la barre de " -"recherche." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 -msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "Vous verrez alors toutes vos opportunités perdues." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " -"Reason*." -msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez affiner plus avant, vous pouvez ajouter un filtre *Motif de " -"la perte*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 -msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." -msgstr "Par exemple, *Trop cher*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 -msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "Restaurer les opportunités perdues" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " -"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " -"clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "" -"Dans la vue Kanban, avec le(s) filtre(s) activés, vous pouvez sélectionner " -"n'importe quelle opportunité, pour la traiter comme d'habitude. Vous pouvez " -"aussi la restaurer en cliquant sur *Restaurer*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" -" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " -"also archive the same way." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez aussi restaurer les éléments par lot dans la vue Kanban, quand " -"ils appartiennent à la même étape. Sélectionnez *Désarchiver* dans les " -"options de la colonne. Vous pouvez également les archiver de la même " -"manière." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 -msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "" -"Pour sélectionner certaines opportunités, vous devriez passer en vue liste." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " -"want to take." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez alors sélectionner autant d'opportunités que désiré, ou toutes, " -"et choisir les actions à entreprendre." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 -msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "Gérer plusieurs équipes commerciales" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " -"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "" -"Dans 0doo, vous pouvez gérer plusieurs équipes commerciales, départements ou" -" canaux avec des processus de vente spécifiques. Pour cela, nous utilisons " -"le concept d' *Équipe Commerciale*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "Créer une nouvelle équipe commerciale" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" -"Pour créer une nouvelle *Équipe Commerciale*, allez dans " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Équipes Commerciales`." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 -msgid "" -"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " -"address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ici définir un alias mail pour cette équipe. Chaque message " -"envoyé à cette adresse mail créera une piste/opportunité." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 -msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "Ajouter des membres à votre équipe commerciale" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " -"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " -"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," -" you can only be a member of one channel." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ajouter des membres à n'importe quelle équipe ; de cette manière" -" ces membres verront la structure du pipeline de l'équipe commerciale en " -"l'ouvrant. Toute piste/opportunité qui leur aura été assignée sera " -"rattachée à l'équipe commerciale. Par conséquent, on ne peut être membre que" -" d'une seule équipe commerciale." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 -msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "Ceci facilitera le processus de supervision par le chef d'équipe." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " -"all of its opportunities." -msgstr "" -"Si vous filtrez maintenant sur cette équipe dans votre pipeline, vous verrez" -" toutes ses opportunités." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "Le tableau de bord de l'équipe commerciale" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " -"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " -"*Reporting*." -msgstr "" -"Pour voir les opérations et les résultats de n'importe quelle équipe " -"commerciale d'un coup d’œil, le directeur commercial a également accès au " -"*Tableau de bord de l'Équipe Commerciale*, sous le menu *Rapports*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" -" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." -msgstr "" -"Il est partagé avec tout son environnement, ainsi toute source de revenu en " -"fait partie : Les ventes, l'e-commerce, les points de vente, etc." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "Assigner et suivre des pistes" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "Assigner des pistes d'après leur score" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" -" criterias." -msgstr "" -"Avec la *Notation des Pistes* vous pouvez classer vos pistes automatiquement" -" en fonction des critères sélectionnés." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " -"that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "" -"Par exemple, vous pourriez mieux noter les visiteurs issus de votre pays ou " -"ceux qui ont visité des pages précises de votre site web." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " -"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser le classement, installez le module gratuit *Classement des " -"Pistes* depuis la page *Apps* (accessible uniquement dans la version Odoo " -"Entreprise)." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "Créer des règles de notation" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" -" can manage your scoring rules." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez maintenant un nouvel onglet *Gestion des Pistes* dans votre " -"application *CRM* où vous pouvez gérer vos règles de notation." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " -"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "" -"Voici un exemple pour une piste canadienne, vous pouvez modifier tous les " -"critères servant à noter vos pistes. Vous pouvez ajouter autant de critères " -"que vous souhaitez." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " -"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "" -"Toutes les heures, les pistes n'ayant pas de score seront automatiquement " -"examinées et recevront la note qui correspond à vos règles de notation." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 -msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "Assigner des pistes" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " -"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " -"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " -"This domain can include scores." -msgstr "" -"Une fois les notes calculées, les pistes peuvent être assignées à une équipe" -" particulière en utilisant le même mécanisme de domaine. Pour ce faire, " -"allez dans :menuselection:`CRM --> Gestion des Pistes --> Attibution aux " -"Équipes` et appliquer un domaine spécifique à chacun. Ce domaine peut " -"inclure des notes." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " -"more refined domain." -msgstr "" -"Mieux encore, vous pouvez assigner une piste à un membre de l'équipe en " -"particulier avec un domaine encore plus précis." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " -"Assignation`." -msgstr "" -"Pour cela, allez dans :menuselection:`CRM --> Gestion des Pistes --> " -"Assignation des pistes`." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "" -"L'assignation des équipes & pistes affectera les pistes non assignées une " -"fois par jour." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "Évaluer et utiliser les pistes non assignées" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " -"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " -"useful to do something with them." -msgstr "" -"Une fois vos règles de notation établies vous aurez certainement encore des " -"pistes non assignées. Certaines d'entre elles pourraient encore se " -"transformer en opportunité aussi il et utile d'en faire quelque chose." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "" -"Dans la page des pistes, vous pouvez activer un filtre pour trouver toutes " -"vos pistes non-assignées." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " -"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" -" unassigned leads from there." -msgstr "" -"Pourquoi ne pas utiliser les applications :menuselection:`Marketing Email` " -"ou :menuselection:`Automatisation Marketing` pour leur envoyer un " -"publipostage ? De la même manière, vous pouvez également trouver des pistes " -"non assignées à partir de cet endroit." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 -msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "Suivre les visites de vos prospects" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " -"interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "" -"Suivre les visites des pages de votre site web vous donnera beaucoup plus " -"d'information sur les centres d'intérêt de vos visiteurs." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " -"they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "" -"Toutes les pages suivies qu'ils visitent seront enregistrées dans votre " -"piste/opportunité s'ils utilisent le formulaire de contact de votre site " -"web." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " -"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser cette fonctionnalité, installez le module gratuit *Notation " -"des Pistes* depuis la page *Apps* (accessible uniquement dans la version " -"Odoo Entreprise)." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 -msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "Suivre une page web" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " -"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "" -"Rendez-vous sur n'importe quelle page statique que vous voulez suivre sur " -"votre site web. Vous trouverez un bouton *Optimisez le SEO* dans l'onglet " -"*Mettre en avant*" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 -msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "Là vous trouverez une case à cocher *Suivre la Page*." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 -msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "Voir les pages visitées dans vos pistes/opportunités" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " -"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " -"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " -"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"À présent, chaque fois qu'une piste est crée depuis le formulaire de " -"contact, elle gardera la trace des pages consultées par ce visiteur. Il y a " -"deux manières de voir ces pages, dans le coin supérieur droit de votre " -"piste/opportunité, vous trouverez un bouton *Pages Visitées* mais également " -"plus bas, vous pourrez les voir dans le chatter." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " -"pages." -msgstr "" -"Tous les deux seront mis à jour si le visiteur revient sur votre site pour " -"consulter d'autres pages." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " -"chatter." -msgstr "" -"Cette fonctionnalité ne relèvera pas les visites multiples d'une même page " -"dans le chatter." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 -msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "Vos clients ne pourront plus vous cacher quoi que ce soit !" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8eec257ed..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1087 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Lucas Deliege <lud@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Rémi FRANÇOIS <remi@sudokeys.com>, 2018 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2018 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "Gestion de la base de données en ligne" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " -"click on the `Manage Your Databases " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." -msgstr "" -"Pour gérer vos bases de données, accédez à la page de gestion des bases de " -"données <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (vous devrez vous " -"identifier). Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton \"Gérer vos bases de données\" " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" -" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " -"database." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous d'être connecté en tant qu'administrateur de la base de données" -" que vous souhaitez gérer - de nombreuses opérations dépendent de votre " -"identification à distance à cette base de données." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 -msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "Plusieurs actions sont disponibles :" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Mise à jour <upgrade_button>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " -"features" -msgstr "" -"Pour profiter des fonctionnalités de pointe, actualisez votre base de " -"données avec la dernière version d'Odoo" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Dupliquer <duplicate_online>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " -"flows without compromising your daily operations" -msgstr "" -"Faites une copie exacte de votre base de données, si vous voulez essayer de " -"nouvelles applications ou de nouveaux flux sans compromettre vos opérations " -"quotidiennes" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Renommer <rename_online_database>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "Renommer votre base de données (et son URL)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "**Sauvegarde**" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " -"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" -msgstr "" -"Téléchargez une sauvegarde instantanée de votre base de données. Sachez que " -"nous sauvegardons chaque jour les bases de données conformément à notre " -"contrat de services Odoo Cloud." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Domaines <custom_domain>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "" -"Configurez des domaines personnalisés pour accéder à votre base de données " -"via une autre URL." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Supprimer <delete_online_database>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 -msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "Supprimer instantanément une base de données." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "Contacter l'assistance" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " -"database already selected" -msgstr "" -"Consultez notre `page d'assistance <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ après " -"avoir sélectionné la bonne base de données." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Mettre à jour" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " -"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" -" the process before upgrading your production database." -msgstr "" -"Mettre à jour votre base de données vers une version plus récente d'Odoo est" -" une opération complexe qui demande du temps et de la prudence. Il est très " -"important que vous testiez la totalité de votre processus avant de mettre à " -"jour votre base de données de production." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " -"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " -"experience." -msgstr "" -"Odoo lance régulièrement des nouvelles versions (au moins une fois par an), " -"la mise à jour de votre base de données pour profiter des nouvelles " -"fonctionnalités d'Odoo fait partie de l'expérience Odoo en ligne." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " -"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " -"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" -" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " -"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." -msgstr "" -"Le processus de mise à jour peut prendre un certain temps, surtout si vous " -"utilisez plusieurs applications ou des applications qui traitent des données" -" sensibles (par ex. Comptabilité, Inventaire, etc.). En général, plus la " -"base de données sera petite, plus la mise à jour sera rapide. Une base de " -"données à utilisateur unique qui utilise uniquement le CRM, sera traitée " -"plus vite qu'une base de données multi-entreprises ou multi-utilisateurs qui" -" utilise la Comptabilité, les Ventes, les Achats et la Production." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " -"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " -"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " -"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " -"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " -"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." -msgstr "" -"Malheureusement, il est impossible de donner des estimations de temps pour " -"chaque demande de mise à jour, car Odoo.com testera manuellement chaque mise" -" à jour de base de données au moins une fois et devra corriger/adapter les " -"changements apportés aux applications Odoo standard (par ex. par le biais de" -" Studio ou d'un Success Pack) au cas par cas. Cela peut ralentir le " -"processus, car les demandes sont traitées dans l'ordre dans lequel elles " -"arrivent. Cela est particulièrement vrai dans les mois qui suivent la sortie" -" d'une nouvelle version majeure, ce qui peut allonger considérablement le " -"délai de mise à jour." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 -msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "Le processus de mise à jour est assez simple de votre côté :" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 -msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "Vous demandez un test de mise à jour." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " -"database" -msgstr "" -"Une fois que tous les tests ont été validés **par vous**, vous pouvez mettre" -" à jour votre base de données actuelle." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " -"same." -msgstr "" -"Le processus est le même pour demander un test ou une mise à jour de la " -"production (*réel*)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " -"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." -msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, assurez-vous d'être connecté à la base de données que vous " -"voulez mettre à jour et accédez à la `page de gestion de votre base de " -"données <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 -msgid "" -"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " -"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." -msgstr "" -"Pour que le bouton soit visible, vous devez avoir une session active avec " -"accès à l'application Paramètres dans la base de données que vous voulez " -"mettre à jour." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 -msgid "" -"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " -"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le menu \"Cog\" dans la ligne de la base de données que vous " -"voulez mettre à jour. Si une nouvelle version d'Odoo est disponible, un " -"bouton 'Mise à jour' s'affichera. " - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " -"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez la possibilité de choisir la version à utiliser pour la mise à " -"jour. Par défaut, nous sélectionnons la version la plus récente disponible " -"pour votre base de données. Si vous étiez déjà en train de tester une mise à" -" jour, c'est la version déjà en test qui sera automatiquement sélectionnée " -"(même si nous avons publié une version plus récente pendant vos tests)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " -"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " -"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" -" and asking another request will not be possible." -msgstr "Dupliquer une base de données" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " -"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " -"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " -"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " -"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " -"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " -"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." -msgstr "" -"Une mise à jour de test va générer une copie de votre base de données, faire" -" une mettre à jour et vous la rendre directement accessible dès que la mise " -"à jour est réussie. S'il s'agit du premier test que vous effectuez pour " -"cette base de données, une phase de test manuelle sera réalisée par " -"Odoo.com, cela peut prendre un certain temps (jusqu'à quelques semaines). " -"Les demandes ultérieures ne passeront pas par cette étape manuelle de test " -"et seront généralement mises à disposition en quelques heures. Dès que la " -"base de données de test est disponible, vous recevrez un email avec son URL." -" " - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" -" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " -"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " -"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " -"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " -"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"**Tester votre base de données est l'étape la plus importante du processus " -"de mise à jour!** Même si nous testons manuellement toutes les mises à jour," -" nous ne connaissons pas vos processus. Un changement des flux de travail " -"standards d'Odoo dans les nouvelles versions pourrait vous obliger à " -"modifier les processus internes, ou certaines des personnalisations que vous" -" avez faites via Odoo Studio pourraient maintenant fonctionner correctement." -" *C'est à vous de vérifier que tout fonctionne correctement!* Vous pouvez " -"signaler les problèmes rencontrés avec vos bases de données de test via la " -"page `Assistance <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" -" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " -"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " -"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous de faire un dernier test de votre mise à jour avant la mise à " -"jour finale (par ex. un jour avant) pour être sûr que tout fonctionne " -"correctement. Le déclassement n'est pas possible et il est toujours plus " -"facile de procéder à un reclassement après coup que de ne pas pouvoir " -"travailler à cause d'un problème de mise à jour." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " -"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " -"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " -"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" -" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " -"the process is completed." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que vous êtes prêt et que vous avez validé tous vos tests, vous " -"pouvez basculer votre base de données de production vers la nouvelle version" -" en cliquant sur le bouton Mise à jour (le bouton avec la petite fusée!). " -"Votre base de données sera alors mise hors ligne pendant 10 minutes pour " -"être automatiquement mise à jour. Dès que le processus est finalisé, vous " -"recevrez une confirmation par email." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " -"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " -"migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "" -"Votre base de données sera mise hors ligne pendant la mise à jour (cela peut" -" prendre de 30 minutes à plusieurs heures pour des grandes base de données)," -" pensez donc à planifier la migration en dehors des heures de bureau." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "Dupliquer une base de données" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " -"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " -"database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "" -"La duplication des bases de données, le changement de nom, la " -"personnalisation du DNS, etc., ne sont pas disponibles pour les bases de " -"données d'essai disponibles sur notre plateforme en ligne. Les bases de " -"données payantes et la base de données \"One App Free\" peuvent être " -"dupliquées sans problème." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 -msgid "" -"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " -"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" -" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" -"Sur la ligne de la base de données que vous souhaitez dupliquer, vous verrez" -" quelques boutons. Pour dupliquer votre base de données, il suffit de " -"cliquer sur **Dupliquer**. Vous devrez donner un nom à votre copie, puis " -"cliquez sur **Dupliquer la base de données**." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 -msgid "" -"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" -" database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne cochez pas la case \"À des fins de test\" lorsque vous dupliquez " -"une base de données, toute communication externe restera active." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "Les courriels sont envoyés" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " -"example)" -msgstr "" -"Les paiements sont traités (par ex. dans l'application E-commerce ou " -"Abonnements);" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "Les bons de livraison (fournisseurs d'expédition) sont envoyés" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "Etc." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 -msgid "" -"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " -"behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez modifier cela, assurez-vous de cocher la case \"À des fins" -" de test\"." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " -"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" -"Après quelques secondes, vous serez connecté à votre copie de base de " -"données. Notez que l'URL utilise le nom que vous avez choisi lors de la " -"duplication." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "" -"Les copies de bases de données expirent automatiquement après 15 jours." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187 -msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "Renommer une base de données" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189 -msgid "" -"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " -"want to rename, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " -"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." -msgstr "" -"Pour renommer votre base de données, assurez-vous d'être connecté à la base " -"de données que vous voulez renommer, accédez à la `page de gestion de votre " -"base de données <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ et cliquez " -"**Renommer**. Vous devrez donner un nouveau nom à votre base de données, " -"puis cliquer sur **Renommer base de données**." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200 -msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "Supprimer une base de données." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez uniquement supprimer les base de données dont vous êtes " -"l'administrateur." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204 -msgid "" -"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " -"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " -"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " -"backup may be several hours old at that point." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous supprimez une base de données, toutes les données sont " -"définitivement perdues. La suppression est instantanée et s'applique à tous " -"les utilisateurs. Nous vous conseillons d'effectuer une sauvegarde " -"instantanée de votre base de données avant de la supprimer, car la dernière " -"sauvegarde quotidienne peut avoir été faite plusieurs heures avant le moment" -" de la suppression; " - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210 -msgid "" -"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " -"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Depuis la `page de gestion de la base de données " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, sur la ligne de la base de données " -"que vous voulez supprimer, cliquez sur le bouton \"Supprimer\"." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217 -msgid "" -"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " -"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "" -"Lisez attentivement le message d'avertissement qui s'affiche et poursuivez " -"uniquement si vous comprenez parfaitement les conséquences de la suppression" -" d'une base de données." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " -"automatically." -msgstr "" -"Après quelques secondes, la base de données sera supprimée et la page sera " -"automatiquement actualisée." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227 -msgid "" -"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "" -"Le nom de cette base de données sera immédiatement disponible si vous devez " -"le réutiliser." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " -"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" -"Si la base de données est expirée ou liée à un Abonnement, elle ne peut pas " -"être supprimée. Dans ce cas, contactez `Odoo Assistance " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233 -msgid "" -"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez supprimer votre compte, veuillez contacter `Odoo " -"assistance <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "Gestion de la base de données sur site" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "Enregistrer une base de données" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " -"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" -" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" -" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" -"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " -"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" -"Pour enregistrer votre base de données, il vous suffit d'entrer votre code " -"d'abonnement dans la bannière de l'App Switcher. Veillez à ne pas ajouter " -"d'espaces supplémentaires avant ou après votre code d'abonnement. Si " -"l'enregistrement est réussi, il deviendra vert et vous indiquera la date " -"d'expiration de votre base de données récemment enregistrée. Vous pouvez " -"vérifier cette date d'épiration dans le menu À propos (Odoo 9) ou dans le " -"tableau de bord des paramètres (Odoo 10)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "Enregistrement d'un message d'erreur" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " -"message:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne pouvez pas enregistrer votre base de données, vous verrez " -"probablement ce message :" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "Solutions" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "Avez-vous un abonnement Entreprise valide ?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" -" Manager" -msgstr "" -"Vérifiez si les détails de votre abonnement possèdent l'étiquette \"En " -"progrès\" sur votre `Compte Odoo " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ ou via votre Compte " -"administrateur." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" -"Avez-vous déjà associé un base de données à votre référence d'abonnement ?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " -"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez relier une seule base de données par abonnement. (Besoin d'un " -"test ou d'une base de données de développement ? `Trouvez un partenaire sur " -"<https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " -"database\"" -msgstr "" -"Via le bouton \"Dissocier la base de données\", vous pouvez vous-même " -"dissocier l'ancienne base de données dans votre `Contrat Odoo " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__. " - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " -"as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" -"Un message de confirmation s'affichera. Vérifiez qu'il s'agit bien de la " -"base de données concernée car celle-ci sera rapidement désactivée. " - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "Avez-vous la dernière version Odoo 9 ?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 -msgid "" -"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " -"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" -"Depuis Juillet 2016, Odoo 9 modifie maintenant automatiquement l'UUID d'une " -"base de données dupliquée; une opération manuelle n'est plus nécessaire." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." -" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " -"specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" -"Si ce n'est pas le cas, il se pourrait que vous ayez plusiuers bases de " -"données qui partagent le même UUID. Veuillez vérifier dans votre `Contrat " -"Odoo <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, un message court " -"s'affichera pour indiquer quelle base de données pose problème :" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " -"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " -"<duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "" -"Dans ce cas, vous devez modifier l'UUID dans votre base de données de test " -"pour résoudre le problème. Vous trouverez plus d'informations à ce sujet " -"dans :ref:`cette section 1`." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "" -"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " -"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " -"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" -"Pour votre information, nous identifions les bases de données via les UUID. " -"Par conséquent, chaque base de données doit avoir un UUID distinct pour " -"garantir que l'enregistrement et la facturation se déroulent sans difficulté" -" pour vous et pour nous." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 -msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "Vérifiez votre réseau et vos paramètres de pare-feu." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" -" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " -"outgoing connections towards:" -msgstr "" -"La notification de mise à jour doit être capable d'atteindre les serveurs de" -" validation d'abonnement d'Odoo. En d'autres termes, assurez-vous que le " -"serveur d'Odoo est capable d'ouvrir des connexions sortantes vers :" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 -msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 -msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "" -"services.openerp.com sur le port 443 (ou 80) pour des déploiement plus " -"anciens" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " -"Update notification runs once a week." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que vous avez activé votre base de données, vous devez garder ces " -"ports ouverts, car les notifications de mise à jour fonctionnent une fois " -"par semaine." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 -msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "Message d'erreur causé par un nombre trop important d'utilisateurs" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" -" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez plus d'utilisateurs dans votre base de données que ceux " -"indiqués dans votre abonnement Odoo Entreprise, vous aurez probablement ce " -"message :" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 -msgid "" -"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " -"countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" -"Le message s'affiche 30 jours avant l'expiration, et le compte à rebours est" -" mis à jour chaque jour." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " -"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" -"**Ajouter plus d'utilisateurs** à votre abonnement : suivez le lien, validez" -" le devis de vente incitative et payez pour les utilisateurs " -"supplémentaires." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115 -msgid "or" -msgstr "ou" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 -msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com " -"/documentation/user/12.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " -"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " -"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," -" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " -"message disappear right away." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que votre base de données a le nombre correct d'utilisateurs, le " -"message d'expiration disparaîtra automatiquement après quelques jours, lors " -"de la prochaine vérification. Nous comprenons qu'il peut être un peu " -"effrayant de voir un compte à rebours, vous pouvez donc :ref:`forcer une " -"notification de mise à jour <force_ping>` pour faire disparaître le message" -" directement." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "Message d'erreur de la base de données périmée" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " -"subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" -"Si votre base de données arrive à sa date d'expiration avant que vous " -"renouveliez votre abonnement, vous verrez ce message :" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139 -msgid "" -"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" -" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " -"database is expired." -msgstr "" -"Ce message de **blocage** s'affiche après un message non-bloquant qui dure " -"30 jours. Si vous ne prenez aucune mesure avant la fin du compte à rebours, " -"la base de données est périmée." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " -"that" -msgstr "" -"Renouvelez votre abonnement : suivez le lien et renouvelez votre abonnement." -" Attention :" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 -msgid "" -"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " -"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " -"card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" -"Si vous désirez payer par virement bancaire, votre abonnement ne sera " -"réellement renouvelé que lorsque le paiement sera effectué, ce qui peut " -"prendre quelques jours. Les paiements par carte de crédit sont traités " -"immédiatement. " - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149 -msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "Contactez notre `Assistance technique <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151 -msgid "" -"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" -"Aucune de ces solutions ne fonctionne pour vous ? Veuillez contacter notre " -"`Assistance technique <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__. " - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "Dupliquer une base de données" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 -msgid "" -"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " -"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " -"duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez dupliquer votre base de données en accédant au gestionnaire de " -"base de données sur votre serveur (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). Dans" -" cette page, vous pouvez facilement dupliquer votre base de données (entre " -"autres choses)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170 -msgid "" -"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " -"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " -"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " -"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " -"registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous dupliquez une base de données locale, il est **fortement** " -"conseillé de changer l'UUID (Universally Unique Identifier) de la base de " -"données dupliquée, puisque cet UUID est utilisé par votre base de données " -"pour s'identifier avec nos serveurs. Avoir deux bases de données avec le " -"même UUID pourrait entraîner des problèmes de facturation ou des problèmes " -"d'iidentification à tous les niveaux." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " -"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " -"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" -" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " -"by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" -"L'UUID d'une base de données est actuellement accessible à partir du menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Technique --> Paramètres --> Paramètres " -"systèmes`. Nous vous conseillons d'utiliser un générateur `UUID " -"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ ou d'utiliser la commande unix " -"``uuidgen`` pour générer un nouveau UUID. Vous pouvez alors simplement le " -"remplacer comme tout autre enregistrement en cliquant dessus et en utilisant" -" le bouton Modifier." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "Utilisateurs et fonctionnalités" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" -"En tant qu'administrateur de votre base de données, vous êtes responsable de" -" son utilisation. Cela inclut les Applications que vous installez, ainsi que" -" le nombre d'utilisateurs qui les utilisent." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo est beaucoup de choses (ERP, CMS, CRM application, site de " -"eCommerce,etc...) mais ce n'est *pas* un smartphone. Vous devez faire preuve" -" de prudence lorsque vous ajouter/supprimez des fonctionnalités (en " -"particulier les applications) à votre base de données, car cela pourrait " -"influer sur le montant de votre abonnement de manière significative (ou vous" -" faire passer d'un compte gratuit à un payant sur notre plate-forme en " -"ligne)." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" -"Cette page contient quelques informations sur la façon de gérer votre " -"instance Odoo. Avant d'appliquer ces procédures nous vous recommandons " -"**fortement** des les tester d'abord sur un double de votre base de données." -" De cette façon, si quelque chose se passe mal, votre activité quotidienne " -"n'en sera pas affectée." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " -"installations." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez trouver des instruction sur la manière de dupliquer vos bases de" -" données à la fois pour les installations :ref:`en ligne <duplicate_online>`" -" et :ref:`sur site <duplicate_premise>`." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez des questions sur le contenu de cette page ou si vous " -"rencontrez un problème lors de l'exécution de ces procédures, contactez-nous" -" via notre `formulaire d'assistance <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "Désactivation d'Utilisateurs" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que vous disposez des **permissions** suffisantes si vous " -"voulez changer le statut de l'un de vos utilisateurs." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " -"rights.**" -msgstr "" -"Dans votre instance Odoo, cliquez sur **Configuration**. Vous aurez une " -"section montrant les utilisateurs actifs sur votre base de données. Cliquez " -"sur **Gérer les droits d'accès**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|settings|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|browse_users|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "Vous verrez alors la liste de vos utilisateurs." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" -"Le filtre pré-sélectionné *Utilisateurs Internes* montre vos utilisateurs " -"payants (pas les *Utilisateurs du Portail* qui sont gratuits). Si vous " -"supprimez ce filtre, vous obtiendrez tous les utilisateurs (les payants et " -"ceux du portail)" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " -"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" -" to **Inactive** immediately." -msgstr "" -"Dans la liste de vos utilisateurs, cliquez sur celui que vous voulez " -"désactiver. Dans la fiche utilisateur, cliquez sur le bouton **Actif** (en " -"haut à droite). Vous constaterez que le statut changera immédiatement à " -"**Inactif**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "L'utilisateur est maintenant désactivé." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "Ne désactivez **jamais** l'utilisateur principal (*admin*)" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "Désinstallation d'Applications" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous d'abord de tester ce que vous allez faire sur une " -":ref:`duplication` <duplicate_online>` de votre base de données avant de " -"faire des modifications (*surtout* l'installation/désinstallation " -"d'applications)." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" -"Dans votre instance Odoo cliquez sur **Configuration**; dans ce module, vous" -" verrez le nombre d'applications que vous avez installées. Cliquez sur " -"**Parcourir les applications** pour accéder à la liste des applications." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|browse_apps|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" -"Dans le tableau de bord de vos applications, vous verrez toutes les icônes " -"de vos applications. Cliquez sur l'application que vous souhaitez " -"désinstaller. Puis, sur la fiche de l'application, cliquez sur " -"**Désinstaller**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Certaines applications ont des dépendances, comme Facturation, eCommerce, " -"etc... Par conséquent, le système vous avertira pour vous informer de ce qui" -" est sur le point d'être retiré. Si vous désinstallez votre application, " -"toutes ses dépendances seront également désinstallées (et les données " -"qu'elles contiennent vont disparaître également de façon irréversible). Si " -"vous êtes sûr que vous voulez toujours la désinstaller, alors cliquez sur " -"**Confirmer**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Enfin, après avoir vérifié le message d'avertissement (le cas échéant), " -"cliquez sur **Confirmer**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "Vous avez terminé la désinstallation de votre application." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "Bon à savoir" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" -"**Désinstaller des applications, gérer les utilisateurs, etc... c'est à vous" -" de le faire**: personne mieux que vous ne peut savoir si les activités de " -"votre entreprise sont interrompues. Si nous devions désinstaller des " -"applications pour vous, nous ne serions jamais en mesure de dire si des " -"données pertinentes ont été supprimées ou si l'une de vos activités a été " -"interrompue, parce que nous *ne savons pas comment vous travaillez* et ne " -"pouvons donc pas valider ce types d'opérations." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" -"**Les Applications Odoo ont des dépendances** : cela signifie que vous " -"pouvez avoir besoin d'installer des modules que vous n'utilisez pas " -"activement, pour accéder à certaines fonctionnalités de Odoo dont vous avez " -"besoin. Par exemple, l'application Construction de site web est nécessaire " -"pour pouvoir montrer des devis dans une page web à vos clients. Même si vous" -" n'avez pas besoin du site web lui-même, il est requis pour que la " -"fonctionnalité Offres en ligne fonctionne correctement." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" -"**Tester toujours l'installation/la suppression d'application sur une " -"copie** (ou sur une base de données d'essai gratuit) : de cette façon, vous " -"pouvez savoir quelles autres applications peuvent être nécessaires, etc... " -"Cela évitera des surprises lors de la désinstallation ou lors de la " -"réception de vos factures d'abonnement." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po deleted file mode 100644 index b74f5741c..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,934 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2018 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2018 -# kaj nithi <kajanth.nithiy@skipthedishes.ca>, 2018 -# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2019 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "Messages" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" -"Comment utiliser mon serveur de messagerie pour envoyer et recevoir des " -"emails dans Odoo" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" -" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " -"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " -"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." -msgstr "" -"Ce document est principalement destiné aux utilisateurs sur site d'Odoo qui " -"ne bénéficient pas d'une solution prête à l'emploi pour envoyer et recevoir " -"des e-mails dans Odoo, contrairement à `Odoo Online " -"<https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " -"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " -"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " -"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " -"reputation yourself." -msgstr "" -"Si personne dans votre entreprise n'est chargé de la gestion des serveurs de" -" messagerie, nous vous recommandons fortement d'opter pour ces solutions " -"d'hébergement Odoo. Leur système de courrier électronique fonctionne " -"instantanément et est supervisé par des professionnels. Néanmoins, vous " -"pouvez encore utiliser vos propres serveurs de messagerie si vous souhaitez " -"gérer vous-même la réputation de votre serveur de messagerie." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " -"own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Vous trouverez ci-dessous quelques informations utiles pour intégrer votre " -"propre solution de messagerie avec Odoo. " - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." -msgstr "" -"Les serveurs de messagerie Office 365 ne permettent pas facilement l'envoi " -"d'emails externes depuis des hôtes comme Odoo. Pour savoir comment procéder," -" référez-vous à la `documentation Microsoft <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ ." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "Comment gérer les messages sortants" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " -"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " -"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" -"En tant qu'administrateur système, allez sur :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " -"Paramètres généraux` et cochez *Serveurs de messagerie externe*. Puis, " -"cliquez sur *Serveurs de messagerie sortant* pour en créer un et référencer " -"les données SMTP de votre serveur de messagerie. Une fois toutes les " -"informations complétées, cliquez sur *Tester la connection*." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "Voici la configuration typique d'un serveur G suite." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" -"Définissez ensuite l'adresse email de votre nom de domaine dans les " -"paramètres généraux." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "Puis-je utiliser un serveur Office 365?" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" -" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez utiliser un serveur Office 365 si vous exécutez Odoo sur site. " -"Les relais Office 365 SMTP ne sont pas compatibles sur Odoo en ligne." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" -" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" -"Référez-vous à la `Documentation Microsoft <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ pour " -"configurez un relais SMTP pour votre adresse IP Odoo" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "Comment utiliser un serveur G suite" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " -"`Google documentation " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez utiliser un serveur G Suite pour n'importe quel type de " -"hébergement Odoo. Pour cela, vous devez configurer le service relai SMTP. " -"Les étapes de configuration sont décrites dans `Google documentation " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "Être conforme au système SPF" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" -" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " -"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez le système SPF (Sender Policy Framework) pour augmenter la " -"délivrabilité de votre système sortant, n'oubliez pas d'autoriser Odoo comme" -" hôte expéditeur dans les paramètres de votre nom de domaine. Voici la " -"configuration pour Odoo en ligne." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " -"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" -"Si aucun enregistrement TXT n'est configuré pour le SPF, vous devez en créer" -" un avec la définition suivante : v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." -" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " -"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" -"Si un enregistrement SPF TXT est déjà configuré, ajoutez " -"\"include:_spf.odoo.com\". par ex. pour un nom de domaine qui envoie des " -"emails via Odoo en ligne et G Suite cela pourrait être : v=spf1 " -"include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" -"Vous trouverez `ici <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ la procédure " -"exacte pour créer ou modifier des enregistrements TXT sur votre propre " -"registraire de domaine." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" -"Votre nouvel enregistrement SPF peut prendre jusqu'à 48 heures pour prendre " -"effet, mais d'habitude cela se fait plus rapidement." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Ajouter plus d'un enregistrement SPF à votre domaine peut générer des " -"problèmes à la livraison des emails et à la classification en spams. Nous " -"vous recommandons plutôt d'utiliser un seul enregistrement SPF en le " -"modifiant pour autoriser Oddo." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "Activer DKIM" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "" -"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " -"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " -"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " -"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" -"Vous devriez faire la même chose si le DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) " -"est activé sur votre serveur de messagerie. Dans le cas de Odoo en ligne et " -"de Odoo.sh, vous devez ajouter un enregistrement DNS CNAME " -"\"odoo._domainkey\" à \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". Par exemple, pour " -"\"foo.com\" ils devraient avoir un enregistrement " -"\"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" qui est un enregistrement CNAME avec la valeur " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "Comment gérer les messages entrants" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "Oddo recourt à des alias email pour récupérer des messages entrants." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" -"**Les emails de réponse automatiques** envoyés depuis Odoo sont acheminés " -"vers leur fil de discussion original (ainsi que vers les boîtes de réception" -" de tous les followers) via l'alias catch-all (**catchall@**)." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." -msgstr "" -"**Les emails rejetés** sont acheminés vers **bounce@** pour qu'on puisse les" -" tracer sur Odoo. Cela est surtout utilisé pour désinscrire les " -"destinataires invalides dans le `Marketing par courrier électronique Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ ." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" -"**Les emails originaux**: Plusieurs objets de gestion ont leur propre alias " -"pour créer des nouveaux enregistrements sur Oddo depuis les emails entrants " -":" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Canal de ventes (pour créer Leads or des opportunités dans la plateforme " -"`Odoo CRM <https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Canal de support (pour créer des tickets dans la plateforme de `Support " -"technique de Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" -"/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Projets (pour créer des nouvelles tâches dans la plateforme `Odoo Projet " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Postes de travail (Pour créer des candidats sur la plateforme de " -"`Recrutement de Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "etc." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" -"Selon votre serveur de messagerie, il peut y avoir plusieurs méthodes pour " -"récupérer les emails. La méthode la plus facile et la plus recommandée, " -"c'est gérer une adresse email par alias Odoo dans votre serveur de " -"messagerie ." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Créez les adresses email correspondantes dans votre serveur de messagerie " -"(catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "Configurez votre nom de domaine dans les paramètres généraux" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " -"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " -"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " -"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " -"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez Odoo sur site, créez un *Serveur de messagerie entrant* " -"pour chaque alias. Vous pouvez le faire également depuis les paramètres " -"généraux. Remplissez le formulaire selon les paramètres de votre fournisseur" -" de messagerie. Laissez vide le champ *Actions à effectuer sur les emails " -"entrants*. Une fois toutes les informations renseignées, cliquez sur *TESTER" -" & CONFIRMER*." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " -"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " -"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " -"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " -"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " -"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez Odoo Online ou Odoo.sh, nous vous recommandons de rediriger" -" les messages entrants vers le nom de domaine d'Odoo plutôt que d'utiliser " -"exclusivement votre propre serveur de messagerie. De cette façon, vous " -"recevrez des messages entrants sans délai. En effet, Odoo Online ne récupère" -" les messages entrants des serveurs externes qu'une fois par heure. Vous " -"devez définir dans votre serveur de messagerie des redirections pour toutes " -"les adresses email vers le nom de domaine d'Odoo (par ex. " -"*catchall@mydomain.ext* vers *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." -msgstr "" -"Tous les alias sont personnalisables dans Odoo. Les objets alias peuvent " -"être édités depuis leur écran de configuration respectifs. Pour éditer le " -"catch-all et rejeter des alias, vous devez tout d'abord activer le mode " -"développeur depuis les paramètres du tableau de bord." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" -"Actualisez ensuite votre écran et allez sur :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " -"Technique --> Réglages --> Réglages du système` pour personnaliser les alias" -" (*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " -"Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, les messages entrants sont récupérés tous les 5 minutes par Odoo" -" sur site. Vous pouvez modifier cette valeur dans le mode développeur. Allez" -" sur :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " -"Actions` et chercher *Mail: Fetchmail Service*." - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "Comment suivre le fil Twitter depuis Odoo" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez suivre certains hashtags sur Twitter et voir les tweets dans les" -" canaux de discussion Odoo de votre choix. Les tweets sont récupérés " -"régulièrement depuis Twitter. Un utilisateur authentifié peut retweeter les " -"messages." - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "Paramétrer l'application du côté de Twitter" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" -msgstr "" -"De son côté, Twitter utilise une \"App\" qui permet d'ouvrir une passerelle " -"vers laquelle Odoo demande des tweets, et à travers laquelle un utilisateur " -"peut retweeter. Pour configurer cette application, allez sur " -"http://apps.twitter.com/app/new et insérer les valeurs :" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "Nom : c'est le nom de l'application sur Twitter" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." -msgstr "" -"Site Web : c'est l'url externe de votre base de données Odoo suivi de " -"\"/web\". Par exemple, si votre instance Oddo est hébergée sur " -"\"http://www.example.com\", vous devez insérer dans ce champ " -"\"http://www.example.com/web\"." - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." -msgstr "" -"URL de rappel automatique : c'est l'adresse à laquelle Twitter va répondre. " -"Comme dans les exemples précédents, vous devez écrire " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." -msgstr "" -"N'oubliez pas d'accepter les conditions de la **Convention d'utilisation " -"développeur** et de cliquer sur **Créer votre application Twitter** au bas " -"de la page." - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "Obtenir la clé API et la confidentialité" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." -msgstr "" -"Une fois sur le tableau de bord de l'application, basculez ver l'onglet " -"**Clés et jetons d'accès**." - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 -msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." -msgstr "" -"Copiez ces valeurs dans Odoo à :menuselection:`Paramètres--> Paramètres " -"généraux--> Intégration de discussion Twitter` et cliquez sur **Sauver** " -"pour sauvegarder les paramètres." - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "Comment attirer l'attention des autres utilisateurs vers mes messages" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez **citer** un utilisateur dans un canal ou un bavardage en tapant" -" **@nom-d'utilisateur**. Mentionner un utilisateur dans le bavardage va le " -"définir comme un suiveur de l'article (s'il ne l'est pas déjà) et envoyer un" -" message à leur boîte de réception. L'article contenant la citation sera " -"également mis en gras dans la vue en liste. Mentionner un utilisateur dans " -"un canal va envoyer un message à sa boîte de réception. Dans un canal, vous " -"ne pouvez pas citer un utilisateur qui n'est pas inscrit à ce canal. Saisir " -"**#nom-du-canal** fournira un lien vers le canal mentionné, tant dans un " -"bavardage que dans un autre canal." - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "Comment envoyer des messages ciblées à un utilisateur" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." -msgstr "" -"Les **Messages Directs** sont des messages privés visibles seulement par " -"l'expéditeur et le destinataire. Vous pouvez envoyer des messages directs à " -"d'autres utilisateurs depuis le module Discutez en créant une nouvelle " -"conversation, ou en en sélectionnant une existante dans la barre latérale. " -"Les messages directs peuvent être envoyés partout dans Odoo en utilisant " -"l'icône de bulle dans la barre supérieure. Le statut en ligne des autres " -"utilisateurs est affiché à gauche de leur nom. Un **point vert** indique " -"qu'un utilisateur est en ligne, un **point orange** qu'il est inoccupé, et " -"un **point gris** qu'il est déconnecté." - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "Recevoir des notifications de bureau depuis Discuss" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez choisir d'avoir des **notifications de bureau** lorsque vous " -"recevez un nouveau message direct. La notification indique l'expéditeur et " -"un bref aperçu du contenu du message. Ceci peut être configuré ou désactivé " -"en cliquant sur l'icône en forme d'engrenage dans le coin de la " -"notification." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "Comme être réactif au travail grâce à ma messagerie Odoo " - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez la **messagerie** dans l'application Discuss pour surveiller les " -"mises à jour et la progression de tout ce que vous faites dans Odoo. Les " -"notifications et les messages des tweets que vous suivez ou dans lesquels on" -" vous mentionne apparaissent dans votre boîte email." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez garder un œil sur votre **boîte de réception** depuis n'importe " -"quel écran." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous cochez un élément, il est défini comme **lu** et il est " -"supprimé de votre boîte de réception. Si vous souhaitez sauver un élément " -"pour une référence ou une action future, marquez-le d'une étoile pour " -"l'ajouter à la boîte **Étoilé**. Vous pouvez ajouter une étoile à n'importe " -"quel message ou notification dans Discuss ou à n'importe lequel des " -"chatteurs spécifiques à un élément dans Odoo pour garder un œil sur eux. " - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Pourquoi utiliser Odoo discuss" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." -msgstr "" -"Odoo Discuter est une application de messagerie pour les équipes, facile à " -"utiliser, qui concentre toutes les communications de votre organisation à un" -" seul endroit, et est parfaitement intégrée avec la plate-forme Odoo. Odoo " -"Discuter vous permet d'envoyer et de recevoir des messages où que vous soyez" -" dans Odoo, et de gérer vos messages et notifications facilement au sein de " -"l'application. Odoo Discuter vous permet de créer des **canaux** pour les " -"bavardages de l'équipe, les conversations sur les projets, la coordination " -"de réunion, et plus encore dans une interface simple et facilement " -"consultable." - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "S'organiser en planifiant les activités" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." -msgstr "" -"Planifier les activités est le meilleur moyen de rester à jour dans votre " -"travail. Faites-vous rappeler ce qui doit être fait et planifiez les " -"prochaines activités à entreprendre." - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." -msgstr "" -"Vos activités sont accessibles où que vous soyez dans Odoo. Il est aisé de " -"gérer vos priorités." - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" -msgstr "" -"Les activités peuvent être planifiées et gérées depuis le chatter ou dans " -"les vues kanban. Voici un exemple pour les opportunités :" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 -msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "Paramétrer vos types d'activités" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." -msgstr "" -"Une série de types d'activités sont disponibles par défaut dans Odoo (e.g. " -"appel téléphonique, email, rendez-vous, etc.). Si vous voulez en créer de " -"nouveaux, allez dans :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Paramètres Généraux --> " -"Types d'activités`." - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "Planifier des rendez-vous" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." -msgstr "" -"Les activités sont prévues sur des journées. Si vous avez besoin d'indiquer " -"une heure, choisissez le type d'activité *Rendez-vous*. Quand vous en " -"planifiez un, le calendrier s'ouvrira pour vous demander d'indiquer un " -"créneau horaire." - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez besoin d'utiliser un autre type d'activité avec une " -"planification calendaire, paramétrez bien leur *Catégorie* comme étant un " -"*Rendez-vous*." - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "Planifiez une chaîne d'activités à suivre" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." -msgstr "" -"Odoo vous aide à facilement planifier votre flux d'activités habituel. Allez" -" sur :menuselection:`Configuration --> Types d'activité` et définissez les " -"étapes communes suivantes sur *Prochaines activités recommandées*." - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" -"Maintenant, lorsqu'une activité est finalisée, vous pouvez sélectionner " -"*Finaliser et planifier la prochaine*. Les étapes suivantes vous seront " -"automatiquement proposées. " - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "Amusez-vous à mieux vous organiser en planifiant des activités!" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" -"Comment communiquer de façon efficace dans une équipe en utilisant les " -"canaux" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez utiliser des **canaux** pour organiser des discussions entre " -"équipes individuelles, départements, projets, ou n'importe quel autre groupe" -" qui nécessite une communication régulière. En ayant ces conversations que " -"chacun dans la chaîne peut consulter, il est facile de garder l'équipe " -"entière dans la boucle sur les derniers développements." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "Créer un canal" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "Dans Discuter il y a deux types de canaux - **public** et **privé**." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." -msgstr "" -"Un **canal public** ne peut être créé que par un administrateur avec des " -"privilèges d'écriture, et peut être consulté par tout le monde dans " -"l'organisation. En revanche, un **canal privé** peut être créé par un " -"utilisateur, et est par défaut uniquement visible par les utilisateurs qui " -"ont été invités." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." -msgstr "" -"Un canal public est approprié lorsque de nombreux employés ont besoin " -"d'accéder aux informations (telles que des communications inter-services ou " -"des annonces de la compagnie), alors qu'un canal privé doit être utilisé " -"chaque fois que l'information est limitée à des utilisateurs/employés " -"spécifiques (comme un service spécifique ou des informations " -"confidentielles)." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "Configurer un canal" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez configurer le nom d'un canal, la description, les droits " -"d'accès, l'abonnement automatique, et l'envoi de courriels dans " -":menuselection:`#nom-du-canal --> Settings`. La modification des droits " -"d'accès du canal vous permet de contrôler quels groupes peuvent voir chaque " -"canal. Vous pouvez créer un canal visible par tous les utilisateurs, par les" -" utilisateurs invités, ou les utilisateurs au sein d'un groupe sélectionné. " -"Notez que permettre à \"Tout le monde\" de suivre un canal privé va " -"permettre à d'autres utilisateurs de l'afficher et le rejoindre comme si " -"c'était un canal public." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "Comment configurer une liste de diffusion" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." -msgstr "" -"Un canal peut être configuré pour se comporter comme une liste de diffusion." -" Dans :menuselection:`#nom-du-canal --> Settings`, définissez l'email que " -"vous souhaitez utiliser. Les utilisateurs peuvent ensuite poster sur le " -"canal et choisir de recevoir des notifications en utilisant l'adresse e-mail" -" définie. Une icône d'enveloppe apparaîtra à côté du nom du canal dans la " -"liste, pour indiquer qu'un canal envoie des messages par courriel." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "Localiser un canal" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne voyez pas un canal sur votre tableau de bord, vous pouvez " -"rechercher dans la liste des **canaux publics** pour le localiser, ou créer " -"un nouveau canal en cliquant sur l'icône **+**." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également cliquer sur l'entête **CANAUX** pour parcourir la " -"liste de tous les canaux publics. Cela permet à l'utilisateur de " -"**rejoindre** et **quitter** manuellement les canaux publics depuis un seul " -"écran." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 -msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." -msgstr "" -"Il est toujours judicieux de rechercher un canal avant d'en créer un " -"nouveau, afin d'éviter de créer des doublons pour le même sujet." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "Utiliser des filtres pour naviguer dans l'application Discuss" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" -msgstr "" -"La barre de recherche en haut permet d'accéder à la même fonction de " -"recherche que dans le reste d'Odoo. Vous pouvez appliquer plusieurs " -"**critères de filtre** et **enregistrer des filtres** pour une utilisation " -"ultérieure. La fonction de recherche accepte le caractère de soulignement " -"\"\\ **\\_**\\ \" comme joker pour représenter un **caractère générique " -"unique**." - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "Comment suivre un fil de discussion et définir ce que je veux voir" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "Comment suivre un fil de discussion" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 -msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." -msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, vous pouvez garder une trace de pratiquement n'importe quel objet" -" de gestion (une occasion, une citation, une activité, etc.) en le " -"**suivant**." - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "Comment choisir les événements à suivre" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez choisir pour quels types d’événements vous désirez recevoir des " -"notifications. L'exemple ci-dessous montre les options disponibles lorsque " -"vous suivez une **tâche** dans l'application **Projet**." - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "Comment ajouter d'autres followers" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez inviter d'autres utilisateurs et ajouter des canaux comme " -"abonnés. L'ajout d'un canal comme abonné enverra des messages postés dans le" -" bavardage du canal, avec un lien vers le document original." - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "Comment être un follower par défaut" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." -msgstr "" -"Vous êtes automatiquement défini comme follower par défaut de tout élément " -"que vous créez. Dans certaines applications comme CRM et Projet, vous pouvez" -" être un follower par défaut de tout nouvel enregistrement créé pour " -"recevoir des notifications d'événements spécifiques (par ex., une nouvelle " -"tâche créée, une opportunité remportée)." - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." -msgstr "" -"Pour cela, commencez à suivre l'objet de gestion principal (par ex. le canal" -" de ventes dans CRM, le projet dans Projet). Puis, choisissez les événements" -" que vous souhaitez suivre." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1a7d0d22a..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1867 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Clo <clo@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Hamid Darabi, 2018 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2018 -# Xavier Brochard <xavier@alternatif.org>, 2019 -# Rihab LOUKIL <loukil.rihab@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Adriana Ierfino <adriana.ierfino@savoirfairelinux.com>, 2019 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "eCommerce" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Démarrer" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "Comment personnaliser ma page de catalogue" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Catalogue d'articles" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" -"Tous vos articles publiés s'affichent dans votre page de catalogue (ou page " -"*Shop*)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." -msgstr "" -"La plupart des options sont disponibles dans le menu *Personnaliser* : " -"attributs d'affichage, catégories de sites, etc." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "Mettre un produit en surbrillance" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" -"Augmentez la visibilité de vos produits vedettes/promotionnels : poussez-les" -" vers le haut, agrandissez-les, ajoutez un ruban que vous pouvez éditer " -"(Vente, Nouveau, etc.). Ouvrez la page Boutique, passez en mode Edition et " -"cliquez sur n'importe quel élément pour commencer à personnaliser la grille." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" -"Voir comment faire : " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "Ajouter rapidement au panier" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" -"Si vos clients achètent beaucoup d'articles à la fois, raccourcissez leur " -"processus en activant les achats à partir de la page du catalogue. Pour ce " -"faire, ajoutez la description du produit et le bouton Ajouter au panier. " -"Activez les options suivantes dans le menu *Personnaliser* : Description du " -"produit, Ajouter au panier, Affichage de la liste (pour mieux afficher la " -"description du produit)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "Comment construire une page produit" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" -"Sur le site Web, cliquez sur *Nouvelle page* dans le coin supérieur droit." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez ensuite sur *Nouveau produit* et suivez les conseils qui clignotent." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "Voici les principaux éléments de la page Produit :" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" -"De nombreux éléments peuvent être rendus visibles à partir du menu " -"*Personnaliser*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "Voyez comment configurer vos produits à partir des liens ci-dessous." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "Gérer mes produits" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "Comment afficher plusieurs images par produit" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, la page internet de votre produit n'affiche que l'image " -"principal de celui-ci. Si vous souhaitez afficher vos produits sous " -"différents angles, vous pouvez activer l'image en mode carrousel." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Consultez *Plusieurs images par produit* dans :menuselection:`Website Admin " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" -"Ouvrez le formulaire des détails du produit et téléchargez des images à " -"partir de l'onglet *Images*. Tapez *Créer* dans le mode édition pour obtenir" -" l'assistant de téléchargement." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" -"Cette image supplémentaire est commune à toutes les variantes du produit (le" -" cas échéant)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "Comment montrer la disponibilité des produits" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " -"your customers." -msgstr "" -"La disponibilité de vos produits peut être démontrée sur le site pour " -"rassurer vos clients." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " -"an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" -"Pour l'afficher, ouvrez l'onglet *Ventes* dans le formulaire détaillé du " -"produit et sélectionnez une option dans *Disponibilité*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " -"delay, etc." -msgstr "" -"Un message d'avertissement personnalisé peut être lié à une rupture de " -"stock, un retard de livraison, etc." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "Cet outil ne nécessite pas l'installation de l'application Inventory." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " -"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " -"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" -"Si un article n'est plus vendable, ne le publiez plus sur votre site Web. " -"S'il s'agit d'une variante de produit particulière, désactivez-la dans le " -"backend (voir :doc:`.../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "Comment gérer les variantes de produits" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." -msgstr "" -"Les variantes de produit sont utilisées pour offrir des variantes du même " -"produit à vos clients sur la page produits. Par exemple, le client choisit " -"un T-shirt, puis en choisit la taille et la couleur. Dans l'exemple ci-" -"dessous, le client choisit un téléphone, puis sélectionne la mémoire, la " -"couleur et la bande Wi-Fi parmi les options disponibles." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "Comment créer des attributs et des variantes" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Activer *Les produits peuvent avoir plusieurs attributs, définissant des " -"variantes (Exemple : taille, couleur,...)* dans :menuselection:` Ventes --> " -"Paramètres`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez un produit dans la liste Produits, allez dans l'onglet " -"*Variantes*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" -"Ajoutez autant d'attributs que vous le souhaitez à partir de 3 types " -"différents : boutons radio, menu déroulant ou boutons de couleur. Vous " -"obtenez plusieurs variantes dès qu'il y a 2 valeurs pour 1 attribut." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "Comment traiter les variantes" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" -"Voir toutes les variantes du formulaire de détail du modèle de produit." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "Vous pouvez modifier les données suivantes :" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "Photo (mise à jour en temps réel sur le site)," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "Code à barres," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "Référence interne (no de référence)," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "Contenance, " - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "Poids," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "Actif (disponible entre guillemets et site web)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" -"Le code à barres et la référence interne sont tous deux spécifiques à une " -"variante. Vous devez les remplir une fois les variantes générées." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." -msgstr "" -"Consultez et éditez toutes les variantes à partir de :menuselection:`Ventes " -"--> Ventes --> Variantes du produit` également. Cela pourrait être plus " -"rapide si vous gérez un grand nombre de variantes." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "Comment définir des prix spécifiques par variante" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également définir un prix public spécifique par variante en " -"cliquant sur *Prix variante* dans le formulaire des détails du produit (sur " -"le coin supérieur gauche)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" -"Le prix supplémentaire est ajouté au prix du produit chaque fois que la " -"valeur de l'attribut correspondante est sélectionnée." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" -"Les formules des listes de prix vous permettent de définir des méthodes " -"avancées de calcul des prix pour les variantes des produits. Consultez " -":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "Comment désactiver/archiver les variantes" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez désactiver/archiver des variantes spécifiques pour qu'elles ne " -"soient plus disponibles dans les offres et sur le site Web (n'existant pas " -"dans votre stock, obsolète, etc.). Décochez simplement *Activé* sur leur " -"formulaire spécifique." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" -"Pour retrouver les éléments archivés, cliquez sur *Archivé* pendant la " -"recherche sur la liste des variantes. Pour les réactiver, procédez de la " -"même façon." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "Augmenter mon chiffre d'affaires" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "" -"Comment vendre des accessoires et des produits optionnels (vente croisée)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" -msgstr "" -"Vous vendez des ordinateurs. Alors, pourquoi ne pas inciter vos clients à " -"acheter un écran haut de gamme ou à prendre une garantie supplémentaire? " -"C'est l'objectif des fonctionnalités de la vente croisée." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "Des produits accessoires sur la page de vérification," - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" -"Des produits optionnels sur un nouvel écran *Ajouter au panier* (pas " -"installé par défaut)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "Des produits accessoires sur la page de vérification" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" -"Des accessoires (par ex. pour les ordinateurs : souris, clavier) sont " -"proposés au client lors de l'étape de vérification du panier avant le " -"paiement." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez accessoires sur l'onglet *Ventes* de la page de détails du " -"produit." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque plusieurs articles sont ajoutés au panier, un algorithme détermine " -"quels sont les meilleurs accessoires à afficher. Si un article est identifié" -" en tant qu'accessoire à plusieurs produits du panier, il sera probablement " -"affiché en haut de la liste d'accessoires proposés." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "Produits optionnels lors de l'ajout au panier" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" -"Des articles optionnels sont directement liés aux articles ajoutés au panier" -" (par ex. pour les ordinateurs : garanties, logiciels OS, composants " -"supplémentaires). Dès que l'article principal est ajouté au panier un nouvel" -" écran de ce type est proposé en tant qu'étape supplémentaire." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "Pour publier des produits optionnels:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." -msgstr "" -"Installez le module complémentaire *Produits optionnels eCommerce* sur le " -"menu *Applications*. Pour chercher également dans les modules " -"complémentaires supprimez le filtre par défaut, sinon seules les " -"applications principales seront affichées." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez accessoires sur l'onglet *Ventes* de la page des détails du " -"produit." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" -"La quantité d'articles optionnels ajoutés au panier est identique à celle de" -" l'article principal." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "Comment adapter les prix aux visiteurs de mon site Web" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" -"Cette rubrique donne quelques indications sur les modules de gestion des " -"prix de l'application eCommerce." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "imposer un prix par la géolocalisation," - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "laisser le client choisir la devise." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" -"Vérifiez au préalable comment gérer la tarification des produits : " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "" -"Utilisez la géolocalisation IP pour appliquer automatiquement le prix " -"correct" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " -"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" -"Attribuez des groupes de pays à vos listes de prix. De cette façon, en se " -"connectant sur votre site Web les visiteurs auront leur propre devise. " - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" -"Une fois connectés ils auront une liste de prix correspondant à leur pays." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "Sélecteur de devises" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " -"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"Dans le cas où vous vendriez en plusieurs devises, vous pouvez laisser les " -"clients choisir leur propre devise. Cochez *Sélectionnable* pour ajouter la " -"liste de prix au menu déroulant du site Web." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "Comment créer et partager des codes promotionnels" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" -"Vous voulez booster vos ventes à Noël? Partagez des codes promotionnels via " -"vos campagnes de marketing et appliquez toute sorte de réductions." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" -"Allez sur :menuselection:`Ventes --> Paramètres` et choisissez *Tarification" -" avancée basée sur la formule* pour *Prix de vente*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" -"Allez sur :menuselection:`Admin site Web --> Catalogue --> Liste de prix` et" -" créez une nouvelle liste de prix avec la règle de réduction (voir " -":doc:`pricing`). Puis, entrez un code." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" -"Rendez le code promotionnel disponible sur la page de votre *Panier " -"d'achats* (une option du menu *Personnaliser*). Pour y accèder il faut " -"ajouter un produit au panier." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" -"Une fois cette fonction activée, une nouvelle rubrique sera visible du côté " -"droit da la page. En cliquant sur *Appliquer* les prix du panier seront " -"automatiquement mis à jour." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" -"Le code promotionnel utilisé par le client est enregistré dans le système. " -"Vous pourrez ainsi analyser l'impact de vos campagnes de marketing." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "Afficher les ventes par listes de prix..." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`tarification`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "Comment autoriser les commentaires et les évaluations" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" -"La publication et le monitorage de l'expérience de vos clients vous aidera à" -" gagner la confiance des nouveaux client et à mieux collaborer avec votre " -"communauté. Autorisez vos clients à partager leurs commentaires en 2 clics." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Activez les commentaires et les évaluations à partir du menu *Personnaliser*" -" de la page internet du produit." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" -"Pour pouvoir partager leurs commentaire les visiteurs doivent se connecter. " -"Assurez-vous qu'ils peuvent le faire (voir la documentation du portail). " - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "Révisez les commentaires en temps réel" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" -"À chaque fois qu'un commentaire est publié, le gestionnaire du produit ainsi" -" que tous les followers reçoivent une notification dans leur messagerie " -"(menu *Discussion*)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, l'utilisateur qui a créé le produit est défini comme follower." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le nom du produit pour ouvrir la page des détails et revoir le " -"commentaire (sur le fil de discussion du produit)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "Moderez et dépubliez" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez facilement modérer les commentaires en utilisant le chat, soit " -"sur la page des détails du produit soit sur la page internet." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" -"Pour dépublier le commentaire, ouvrez la page internet du produit et cliquez" -" sur le bouton *Publié* pour qu'il devienne rouge (*Dépublié*)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "..tip::" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez accéder à la page internet à partir de la page détails en " -"cliquant sur le bouton *Publié* (et vice-versa)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "Comment vendre des produits alternatifs plus chers (vente incitative)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" -"Pour augmenter votre chiffre d'affaires, nous vous recommandons fortement de" -" proposer, pour des articles de base, un produit alternatif plus cher. " - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "Pour cela:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez de tels *Produits alternatifs* sur l'onglet *Ventes* de la page" -" détails du produit. Ne publiez pas plus de trois options, sinon vos clients" -" seront perturbés." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Activez l'option *Produits alternatifs* dans le menu *Personnaliser* de la " -"page internet du produit." - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "Introduction au module Odoo eCommerce" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " -"time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" -"Cette documentation vous aidera à créer votre site eCommerce en un temps " -"record. Les rubriques suivent le processus d'achat:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "Page produit" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "Page boutique" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Tarif" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Taxes" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "Procédure de paiement" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "Vente incitative et vente croisée" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "Paiement" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "Expédition et localisation" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "Lancer mon site Web" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "Se faire payer" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "Comment se faire payer avec Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " -"you like." -msgstr "" -"Authorize.Net est l'une des plateformes de paiement eCommerce les plus " -"populaires en Amérique du Nord. Contrairement à la plupart des autres " -"intermédiaires de paiement compatibles avec Odoo, Authorize.Net peut être " -"utilisée uniquement comme `passerelle de paiement " -"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ . " -"Vous pouvez ainsi utiliser le `processeur de paiement ou le compte marchand " -"que vous désirez " -"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ ." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "Créez un compte Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" -"Créez un compte `Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ en cliquant " -"sur 'Démarrer'." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur *Inscrivez-vous* sur la page de tarification si vous voulez " -"utiliser Authorize.net à la fois comme passerelle de paiement et compte " -"marchand. Si vous préférez utiliser votre propre compte marchand, cliquez " -"sur l'option connexe. " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "Parcourez les étapes d'enregistrement" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, le compte est défini comme un compte de test. Vous pouvez " -"utiliser ce compte pour effectuer une transaction test à partir de Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "Une fois prêt, basculez en mode **Production**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "Configurez Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" -"Activez Authorize.Net sur Odoo à partir de :menuselection:`Site Web ou " -"Ventes ou Comptabilité --> Paramètres --> Intermédiaires de paiement`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." -msgstr "" -"Insérez votre **ID de connexion** ainsi que votre **Clé de transaction " -"API**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" -" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " -"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" -" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." -msgstr "" -"Pour obtenir les identifiants sur Authorize.Net, vous pouvez vous baser sur " -"la vidéo *ID d'identification et clé de transaction API * disponible sur " -"`Authorize.Net Video Tutorials <https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Ce " -"genre de vidéos donnent des renseignements utiles pour que vous puissiez " -"installer votre compte Authorize.Net en fonction de vos besoins." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "Démarrez" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" -"Votre configuration est maintenant prête! Vous pouvez rendre Authorize.Net " -"visible sur votre interface marchand et activer le mode **Production**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " -"production mode." -msgstr "" -"Les identifiants fournis par Authorize.net sont différents en mode de test " -"ou en mode production. N'oubliez pas de les mettre à jour sur Odoo lorsque " -"vous activez le mode production." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "Évaluez Authorize.Net en tant que méthode de paiement" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." -msgstr "" -"En créant un `compte développeur <https://developer.authorize.net>`__vous " -"pouvez tester et évaluer gratuitement Authorize.Net. " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque le compte est créé vous recevez vos identifiants sandbox. Entrez-les" -" dans Odoo comme expliqué ci-dessus et assurez-vous d'être toujours en mode " -"de *Test*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez aussi vous connecter sur `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ pour configurer votre compte sandbox." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." -msgstr "" -"Pour réaliser des transactions fictives vous pouvez utiliser des faux " -"numéros de carte disponibles sur `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Comment être payé avec les intermédiaires de paiement" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" -"Odoo intègre plusieurs modes de paiement sur les applications eCommerce, " -"Ventes et Facturation." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "Quels sont les modes de paiement disponibles" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "Virement bancaire" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" -"Le virement bancaire est la méthode de paiement par défaut. Le but est de " -"fournir vos coordonnées bancaires aux clients pour qu'ils puissent effectuer" -" le paiement via leur banque. C'est très facile au départ, mais c'est un " -"processus lent et inefficace. Privilégiez si possible les plateformes de " -"paiement en ligne." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "Intermédiaires de paiement" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" -"Redirigez vos clients vers des plateformes de paiement pour recevoir de " -"l'argent facilement et pour suivre le statut du paiement (call-back). " -"Progressivement, Odoo prend en charge de plus en plus de plateformes." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" -msgstr "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "Authorize.net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "Buckaroo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "PayUmoney" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "Sips" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "Stripe" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "Comment passer en direct" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " -"activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque le mode de paiement a été défini, rendez-le visible sur l'interface " -"de paiement et activez le mode **Production**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" -"Comment permettre aux clients de sauver et de réutiliser leur carte de " -"crédit" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" -"Pour faciliter le paiement des anciens clients, vous pouvez leur permettre " -"d'enregistrer et de réutiliser leur carte de crédit s'ils le souhaitent. " -"Dans ce cas, un jeton de paiement sera sauvegardé dans Odoo. Cette option " -"est disponible avec Ingenico et Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez activer cette fonction à partir du formulaire de configuration " -"de l'acheteur." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "Comment débiter des cartes de crédit pour payer des abonnements" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" -"`L'abonnement Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ permet de " -"facturer des services automatiquement de façon récurrente. Vous pouvez " -"également faire débiter automatique la carte de crédit du client." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "Cette option est disponible avec Ingenico et Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" -"De cette manière, un jeton de paiement sera enregistré lorsque le client " -"achète l'abonnement et un débit automatique sera généré chaque fois qu'une " -"facture est émise à partir de l'abonnement." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "Comment utiliser d'autres intermédiaires de paiement (avancé)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" -"Odoo peut soumettre des requêtes individuelles de paiement et rediriger vers" -" n'importe quel intermédiaire de paiement. Mais il n'y a pas de call-back, " -"c'est-à-dire, Odoo ne trace pas le statut de la transaction. Vous devez " -"confirmer les ordres manuellement lorsque vous êtes payé." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "Comment :" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "Basculer en mode développeur." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "Utiliser le mode de paiement **Personnalisé**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" -"Configurez le formulaire de paiement (S2S Form Template) d'après les " -"instructions de votre intermédiaire de paiement. Vous pouvez démarrer à " -"partir du *default_acquirer_button*  que vous pouvez dupliquer." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "Autres configurations" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" -"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo peut également être utilisé pour des processus de paiement plus avancés" -" comme les plans d'échelonnements (par ex. `Plans d'échelonnements Paypal " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" -"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" -msgstr "" -"Un tel service de personnalisation est fourni sur demande par nos experts " -"techniques en fonction de vos besoins. Un conseiller commercial peut vous " -"joindre à ce propos. `Contactez-nous. " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Comment gérer les ordres payées via les intermédiaires de paiement" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" -" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " -"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" -"Dès que le paiement est autorisé par un intermédiaire de paiement, Odoo " -"confirme les commandes de façon automatique. Cela déclenche la livraison. Si" -" vous facturez sur la base des quantités commandés, vous devez également " -"facturer la commande." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "Quels sont les statuts de paiement" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" -"À tout moment, le vendeur peut vérifier le statut de la transaction depuis " -"la commande." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "*Brouillon*: transaction en cours." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " -"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" -"*En cours* : l'intermédiaire de paiement garde la transaction en suspens et " -"vous devez l'autoriser depuis l'interface de l'intermédiaire." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," -" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" -" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" -"*Autorisé* : le paiement a été autorisé mais n'a pas encore été encaissé. La" -" commande est déjà confirmée sur Odoo, une fois que la livraison est " -"effectuée, vous pouvez encaisser le montant depuis l'interface de " -"l'intermédiaire (ou depuis Odoo si vous utilisez Authorize.net)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " -"confirmed." -msgstr "" -"*Terminé* : le paiement est autorisée et encaissé. La commande a été " -"confirmée." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " -"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" -"*Erreur* : une erreur est survenue pendant la transaction. Le client doit " -"recommencer le processus de paiement. La commande est encore en statut " -"brouillon." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " -"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" -"*Annulée* : lorsque le client annule le paiement dans le formulaire de " -"paiement de l'intermédiaire, il est redirigé vers Odoo pour modifier sa " -"commande." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " -"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" -"Des messages spécifiques sont envoyés à vos clients pour chaque statut de " -"paiement, lorsqu'ils ont été rédirigés vers Odoo après la transaction. Pour " -"éditer ces messages, allez sur l'onglet *Messages* du mode de paiement." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "Validation automatique des factures en commande" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " -"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " -"orders straight on." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque la commande a été confirmée, une facture peut être automatiquement " -"générée et payée. Cette fonction entièrement automatisée est destinée aux " -"entreprises qui facturent directement les commandes." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " -"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " -"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " -"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" -" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " -"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " -"payments " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." -msgstr "" -"Si vous choisissez cette fonction vous devez sélectionner un journal de " -"paiement pour enregistrer les paiements dans vos livres. Ce paiement est " -"automatiquement This payment is automatically rattaché avec la facture, " -"l'indiquant comme payé. Sélectionnez votre **compte bancaire** si vous êtes " -"payé directement sur votre compte. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous pouvez créer" -" un journal spécifique pour l'intermédiaire de paiement (type = banque). De " -"cette façon, vous pouvez tracer les paiements en ligne sur un compte " -"intermédiaire de vos livres jusqu'à ce que vous soyez payé sur votre compte " -"bancaire (consultez `Comment enregistrer les paiements des cartes de crédit " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "Déclenchez le paiement après la livraison" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 -msgid "" -"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " -"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " -"only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" -"Avec cette fonction, la commande est confirmée mais le montant est mis en " -"attente. Une fois que la livraison est effectuée, vous pouvez encaisser le " -"paiement depuis Odoo. Cette fonction n'est disponible qu'avec Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " -"*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" -"Pour encaisser le paiement, ouvrez la transaction depuis la commande. " -"Cliquez ensuite sur *Encaisser la transaction*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Avec d'autres intermédiaires de paiement, vous ne pouvez gérer le " -"déclenchement du paiement qu'à partir de leurs propres interfaces, mais pas " -"à partir de Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "Configurez votre compte Paypal " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" -"Paypal est accessible et populaire dans le monde entier. Créer un compte est" -" très facile et l'inscription est gratuite. C'est pourquoi nous le " -"recommandons d'emblée à ceux qui débutent sur Odoo. Cela fonctionne comme un" -" flux continu dans lequel le client est dirigé vers le site de Paypal pour " -"enregistrer le paiement." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "Compte Paypal" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " -"Business Account " -"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." -msgstr "" -"Vous devez avoir un compte Business pour être payé avec Paypal. Créez un " -"`Compte Business Paypal sur " -"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" -" ou passez d'un compte personnel en un compte Business. Pour cela, allez sur" -" les paramètres de Paypal et cliquez sur *Passer à un compte Business*. " -"Puis, suivez les quelques étapes de configuration." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "Paramètres sur Paypal" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 -msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, voyons comment configurer votre compte Paypal afin de créer " -"une expérience client optimale avec Odoo. " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" -" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." -msgstr "" -"Connectez-vous et ouvrez les paramètres. Allez sur *Produits & Services > " -"paiements du site Web* et cliquez sur *Actualiser* sur *Préférences du site " -"Web*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "Retour automatique" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " -"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." -msgstr "" -"*Retour automatique* redirige automatiquement vos clients vers Odoo une fois" -" que le paiement est traité. Cochez *Retour automatique* et introduisez " -"votre nom de domaine \"/shop/confirmation\" comme *URL de retour* (par ex. " -"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." -msgstr "" -"Cette URL est requise par Paypal mais elle n'est pas utilisée dans la " -"pratique car Odoo la transmet à chaque transaction. Ne vous inquiétez pas si" -" vous devez gérer plusieurs canaux de vente ou bases de données Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"La fonctionnalité *Transfert des données de paiement* transmet la " -"confirmation de paiement à Odoo dès que celle-ci est traitée. Sans elle, " -"Odoo ne peut pas finaliser le flux de vente. Ce paramètre doit également " -"être activé. Lors de la sauvegarde, un *Jeton d'identité* est généré. Plus " -"tard vous devrez l'introduire dans Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "Compte Paypal optionnel" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" -"Nous vous conseillons de ne pas inciter vos clients à se connecter avec un " -"compte Paypal lorsqu'ils règlent leurs achats. Laissez-les payer également " -"avec des cartes de débit ou de crédit, ou vous pourriez perdre certaines " -"affaires. Assurez-vous que ce paramètre est activé." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "Notification instantanée de paiement (IPN)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" -"Le transfert des données de paiement (PDT) n'envoie les confirmations de " -"commande qu'une seule fois. C'est pourquoi votre site doit être en " -"fonctionnement lorsque cela arrive. Autrement, il ne recevra jamais ce " -"message. C'est pourquoi nous vous conseillons d'utiliser la *Notification " -"instantanée de paiement* (IPN) en plus. Avec l'IPN, la réception des " -"confirmations de commande est quasi garantie puisque l'IPN renvoie la " -"confirmation jusqu'à ce que votre site en accuse réception." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer l'IPN, retournez au menu de *Paiements du site Web* et cliquez " -"sur *Actualiser* sur la *Notification instantanée de paiement*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." -msgstr "" -"La *URL de notification* à définir est votre nom de domaine + " -"“payment/paypal/ipn” (par ex. " -"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "Format des messages de paiement" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. " -"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*." -msgstr "" -"Enfin, assurez-vous que le format d'encodage des messages de paiement est " -"correctement défini. Allez sur *bouton d'encodage de la langue de PayPal\"." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur *Plus d'options* et règlez les deux formats d'encodage par " -"défaut sur *UTF-8*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "Votre compte Paypal est prêt!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" -"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" -"payments-ewp>`__" -msgstr "" -"Pour les Paiements sur site marchand cryptés & les erreurs de " -"PARAMÉTRAGE_EWP, veuillez consulter la `documentation paypal . " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" -"/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-payments-ewp>`__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "Paramètres dans Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "Activation" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" -"Activez *Paypal* à partir de la barre de configuration de l'application " -"Ventes, Facturation et eCommerce, ou à partir du menu de configuration de * " -"Acquirers*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "Identités" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "Odoo requiert trois identifiants Paypal :" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "*ID email* c'est votre adresse email de connexion sur Paypal." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -"*Profile > About the business*." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez trouver l'*ID marchand* dans les paramètres de votre compte " -"Paypal, sur *Profil > À propos de l'entreprise*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "" -"Le *jeton PDT Paypal* est fourni dans la configuration *Payements du site " -"Web* comme expliqué ci-dessus." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "Frais de transaction" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" -"Pour couvrir les frais de transaction que Paypal vous facture, vous pouvez à" -" votre tour facturer des frais supplémentaires à vos clients qui paient avec" -" Paypal. Une fois redirigé vers Paypal, votre client voit un supplément " -"appliqué au montant de sa commande." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer cette fonction, cochez la case *Ajouter des frais " -"supplémentaires* sur l'onglet de configuration de la configuration Paypal de" -" Odoo. " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" -"fees>`__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" -"Pour configurer les frais vous pouvez vous référer à `Frais Paypal " -"<https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__ " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141 -msgid "" -"..note:: `Traders in the EU " -"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" -"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " -"with credit cards." -msgstr "" -"..attention : `Les commerçants de l'UE " -"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" -"payments/index_en.htm>`__ ne sont pas autorisés à charger des frais " -"supplémentaire pour les paiements par carte de crédit." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "Passez en direct!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "" -"Votre configuration est prête à fonctionner. Assurez-vous que le mode " -"*Production* est activé. Ensuite, publiez le mode de paiement en cliquant " -"sur le bouton *Publié* à côté de celui-ci." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" -"Paypal est maintenant proposé dans les formulaires de paiement disponibles " -"sur les applications de eCommerce, de ventes et de facturation. En cliquant " -"sur \"Payer\" les clients sont redirigés vers le site Web de Paypal. Dès que" -" le payement est traité, ils sont redirigés vers une page de confirmation " -"sur Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "Environnement de test" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez tester l'intégralité du flux de paiement sur Odoo grâce aux " -"comptes sandbox de Paypal." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" -"Connectez-vous au `Site de développement de Paypal " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ avec vos identifiants Paypal." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "Cela va générer deux comptes sandbox :" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" -"Un compte professionnel (à utiliser comme marchand, par ex. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" -"Un compte personnel par défaut (à utiliser comme client, par ex. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" -"Connectez-vous au sandbox Paypal avec le compte marchand et suivez les mêmes" -" instructions de configuration. Entrez vos identifiants sandbox dans Odoo et" -" assurez-vous que Paypal est toujours défini sur *Environnement de test*. " -"Assurez-vous également que la facturation automatique n'est pas activée dans" -" vos paramètres eCommerce, pour ne pas générer de factures lorsqu'une " -"transaction fictive est finalisée. " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" -"Lancez une transaction test depuis Odoo en utilisant le compte personnel " -"sandox." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "See also" -msgstr "Pour plus d'infos" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "Comment les clients peuvent-ils accéder à leur compte client" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" -"Ça n'a jamais été aussi facile d'obtenir un compte client. Oubliez les " -"formulaires qui n'en finissent pas, avec Odoo c'est simple comme 1-2-3. Odoo" -" suggère aux clients de s'enregistrer (nom, courriel, mot de passe) après " -"leur paiement, au lieu d'avant. Quoi de plus ennuyant que les étapes de " -"création d'un compte avant même d'acheter quelque chose ?" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "S'enregistrer" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque le client souhaite visualiser sa commande à partir de l'email de " -"confirmation de la commande, un message lui demandant de s'inscrire " -"s'affiche." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "Compte client" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" -"Une fois connecté, le client accède à son compte en cliquant sur *Mon " -"compte* dans le menu de connexion déroulant. " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "" -"C'est là qu'ils peuvent retracer tout leur historique. L'adresse principale " -"(de facturation) peut également être modifiée." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" -"Si le client est défini comme contact d'une entreprise dans votre carnet " -"d'adresses, tous les documents de cette entreprise dont le client fait " -"partie s'afficheront." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "Comment être payé avec les virements bancaires" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" -"**Le virement bancaire** est la méthode de paiement par défaut. Le but est " -"de fournir vos coordonnées bancaires aux clients pour qu'ils puissent " -"effectuer le paiement via leur banque. Même si très facile au départ, il " -"s'agit d'un processus lent et inefficace. Privilégiez si possible les " -"plateformes de paiement en ligne!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "Comment transmettre des instructions de paiement aux clients" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" -"Introduisez les intructions de paiement dans la case **Message de " -"remerciement** de votre mode de paiement." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "Les clients verront ceci lorsqu'ils passeront une commande." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "Comment gérer une commande lorsque vous êtes payé." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" -"À chaque fois qu'un client paye par virement bancaire, l'ordre reste au " -"stage intermédiaire **Devis envoyé** (par ex. commande impayée). Lorsque le " -"paiement est effectué, vous devez confirmer l'ordre manuellement pour " -"déclencher la livraison." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "Comment créer d'autres modes de paiement manuels" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" -"Si vous gérez une activité B2B, vous pouvez créer d'autres méthodes de " -"paiement manuel comme les paiements par chèque. Pour cela, renommez tout " -"simplement *Virement bancaire* ou dupliquez-le." - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "Percevoir les taxes" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7c26205bf..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Notes de frais" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po similarity index 65% rename from locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po rename to locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index ba2784e90..48348748c 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -1,52 +1,52 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2018 -# zoe <yann.hoareau@migs.re>, 2018 -# Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2018 -# Malo Maisonneuve <malo.maisonneuve@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Bastien Foerster <bfo@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Pierrick Brun <brun.pierrick@protonmail.com>, 2018 -# ShevAbam, 2018 -# Tony Barbou <tonybarbou@live.fr>, 2018 -# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2018 -# Florence Lambrechts <fla@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2018 -# Lucas Deliege <lud@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Maxime Vanderhaeghe <mv@taktik.be>, 2018 -# Frédéric Clementi <frederic.clementi@camptocamp.com>, 2018 -# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2018 -# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2018 -# Fabien Pinckaers <fp@openerp.com>, 2018 -# Cyrille de Lambert <cyrille.delambert@auguria.fr>, 2018 -# Guillaume Rancourt <guillaumerancourt971@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2018 -# Fred Gilson <fgi@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Florent de Labarre <florent@iguanayachts.com>, 2018 -# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Vincent M <subnetiq@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Christophe CHAUVET <christophe.chauvet@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019 -# Olivier ANDRE <frsw194@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Alexandra Jubert <aju@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Valaeys Stéphane <svalaeys@fiefmanage.ch>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Cyrille de Lambert <cyrille.delambert@auguria.fr>, 2021 +# 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2021 +# Tony Barbou <tonybarbou@live.fr>, 2021 +# Ludvig Auvens <lau@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2021 +# Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2021 +# Malo Maisonneuve <malo.maisonneuve@gmail.com>, 2021 +# David David <f322p3ph@yahoo.fr>, 2021 +# ShevAbam, 2021 +# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2021 +# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2021 +# Aurélien Pillevesse <aurelienpillevesse@hotmail.fr>, 2021 +# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Florence Lambrechts <fla@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Fabien Pinckaers <fp@openerp.com>, 2021 +# Lucas Deliege <lud@odoo.com>, 2021 +# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2021 +# Guillaume Rancourt <guillaumerancourt971@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Jonathan Castillo <jcs@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Christophe CHAUVET <christophe.chauvet@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Maxime Vanderhaeghe <mv@taktik.be>, 2021 +# Frédéric Clementi <frederic.clementi@camptocamp.com>, 2021 +# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2021 +# Florent de Labarre <florent@iguanayachts.com>, 2021 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Vincent M <subnetiq@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Olivier ANDRE <frsw194@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2021 +# Fred Gilson <fgi@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -54,24 +54,28 @@ msgstr "" "Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:3 +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "Finance" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:318 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité" -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "Banque et liquidités" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Provenance des relevés bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" msgstr "Importer des fichiers CODA (uniquement en Belgique)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 msgid "" "CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" " well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " @@ -81,7 +85,7 @@ msgstr "" "banques belges, ainsi que le logiciel Isabel, permet de télécharger un " "fichier CODA contenant tous vos relevés bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " "software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " @@ -91,7 +95,7 @@ msgstr "" "logiciel comptable et l'importer directement dans Odoo. Ceci va créer vos " "relevés bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" @@ -101,52 +105,52 @@ msgstr "" "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" "q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuration" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 msgid "Install the CODA feature" msgstr "Installer la fonctionnalité CODA" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 msgid "" "If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " "CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" @@ -158,7 +162,7 @@ msgstr "" " Dans ce cas, vous pouvez passer directement à la section suivante `Importez" " votre premier fichier CODA <InstallCoda_>`_" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 msgid "" "If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " "application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -171,11 +175,11 @@ msgstr "" "comptabilité , cochez l'option **Importer au format .coda** et cliquez sur " "Appliquer." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 msgid "Import your first CODA file" msgstr "Importez votre premier fichier CODA" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -189,7 +193,7 @@ msgstr "" "cliquez sur **Importation d'un relevé** pour charger votre premier fichier " "CODA." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 msgid "" "Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." @@ -197,9 +201,9 @@ msgstr "" "Chargez votre fichier CODA depuis l'écran suivant et cliquez sur " "**Importer** pour créer tous vos relevés bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 msgid "" "If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " "reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." @@ -207,11 +211,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si ce fichier s'est chargé avec succès, vous allez être redirigé vers " "l'écran de rapprochement bancaire avec toutes les transactions à vérifier." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 msgid "Importing CODA files" msgstr "Importation des fichiers CODA" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 msgid "" "After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " "automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " @@ -224,7 +228,7 @@ msgstr "" "nécessaire de cliquer sur le bouton **Plus**, vous pourrez directement " "cliquer sur le lien **Importer un relevé**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 msgid "" "Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " "will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " @@ -238,7 +242,7 @@ msgstr "" "automatiquement les prochains versements que vous obtenez ou faites pour ces" " contacts. Cela permettra d'accélérer le processus de rapprochement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 msgid "" "Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " "already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" @@ -250,47 +254,47 @@ msgstr "" "même fichier : Odoo vérifiera tout cela pour vous avant de créer de nouveaux" " relevés de compte." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`ofx`" msgstr ":doc:`ofx`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`qif`" msgstr ":doc:`qif`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" msgstr ":doc:`synchronize`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`manual`" msgstr ":doc:`manual`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "Enregistrez vos relevés bancaires manuellement" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " "but also register your bank statements manually." @@ -298,7 +302,7 @@ msgstr "" "Avec Odoo, vous pouvez importer vos extraits de compte, synchroniser avec " "votre banque, mais aussi enregistrer vos extraits de compte manuellement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " "do is install the accounting app." @@ -307,11 +311,11 @@ msgstr "" "factures. Tout ce dont vous avez besoin est d'installer l'application de " "comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 msgid "Create your Bank Statements" msgstr "Créez vos relevés bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 msgid "" "In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " "journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " @@ -321,7 +325,7 @@ msgstr "" " bancaire. Si des rapprochements doivent être faits, le lien **Nouveau " "Relevé** sera situé au-dessous." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 msgid "" "Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " "statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " @@ -333,7 +337,7 @@ msgstr "" "pouvez le laisser vide. Nous vous recommandons de remplir le champ " "partenaire afin de faciliter le processus de rapprochement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 msgid "" "The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" " equal to the computed balance." @@ -341,15 +345,15 @@ msgstr "" "La différence entre le solde de départ et le solde de clôture doit être " "égale au solde calculé." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." msgstr "Quand vous avez fini, cliquez sur **Enregistrer**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" msgstr "Réconciliez vos relevés bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 msgid "" "You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" " |manual04|" @@ -357,7 +361,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez choisir de rapprocher directement le relevé en cliquant sur le " "bouton |manual04|" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 msgid "" "You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" " on **Reconcile # Items**." @@ -365,7 +369,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez aussi démarrer le processus de rapprochement à partir du tableau" " de bord en cliquant sur **Rapprocher # Elements**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " "missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." @@ -374,17 +378,17 @@ msgstr "" "partenaire est manquant, Odoo vous demandera de **sélectionner un " "partenaire**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." msgstr "" "Appuyer CTRL-Enter pour rapprocher toutes les écritures équilibrées sur les " "feuilles." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" msgstr "Fermer les Relevés Bancaire depuis le rapprochement" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 msgid "" "If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " "reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." @@ -392,17 +396,17 @@ msgstr "" "Si la balance de vérification est exacte, vous pouvez directement fermer le " "relevé depuis le rapprochement en appuyant sur |manual07|." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 msgid "" "Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." msgstr "" "Sinon, appuyez sur |manual08| pour ouvrir le relevé et corriger le problème." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 msgid "Close Bank Statements" msgstr "Fermer les Relevés Bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 msgid "" "On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " "then click on Bank Statements." @@ -410,24 +414,24 @@ msgstr "" "Sur le tableau de bord de la comptabilité, cliquez sur le bouton Plus de " "votre journal de banque, puis cliquez sur Relevés bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." msgstr "Pour fermer le relevé bancaire, cliquez simplement sur **Valider**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 msgid "Import OFX statement files" msgstr "Importer des fichiers de relevé OFX" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 msgid "" "Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " "exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " @@ -437,7 +441,7 @@ msgstr "" "électronique de données financières entre les institutions financières, les " "entreprises et les consommateurs via Internet." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " "software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " @@ -447,7 +451,7 @@ msgstr "" "depuis votre logiciel comptable et l'importer directement dans Odoo. Ceci " "créera tous vos relevés bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" @@ -455,7 +459,7 @@ msgstr "" "Essayez maintenant cette fonctionnalité avec ce fichier OFX exemple " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 msgid "" "In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." " In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" @@ -468,7 +472,7 @@ msgstr "" "liquidités + Relevés bancaires, cochez l'option **Importer au format .ofx**" " et cliquez sur Appliquer." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -481,7 +485,7 @@ msgstr "" " et cliquez sur le bouton **Plus** du compte bancaire. Ensuite, cliquez sur " "**Importation d'un relevé** pour charger votre premier fichier OFX." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 msgid "" "Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." @@ -489,12 +493,12 @@ msgstr "" "Chargez votre fichier OFX depuis l'écran suivant et cliquez sur **Importer**" " pour créer tous vos relevés bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 msgid "Importing OFX files" msgstr "Importation de fichiers OFX" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 msgid "" "After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " "automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " @@ -507,8 +511,8 @@ msgstr "" "nécessaire d'accéder au menu **Plus**, vous pourrez directement cliquer sur " "le lien **Importer un relevé**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 msgid "" "Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " "will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " @@ -522,16 +526,16 @@ msgstr "" "automatiquement les prochains versements que vous obtenez ou faites pour ces" " contacts. Cela permettra d'accélérer le processus de rapprochement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`coda`" msgstr ":doc:`coda`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" msgstr "Comment synchroniser votre compte PayPal avec Odoo ?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have" " to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." @@ -544,11 +548,11 @@ msgstr "" "toutes les 4 heures, et vous pouvez commencer à rapprocher les paiements " "PayPal en un seul clic." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" msgstr "Installer le module account_yodlee" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 msgid "" "Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already " "installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -562,15 +566,15 @@ msgstr "" "**Banque & liquidités**, activez l'option **Interface Bancaire- Synchronisez" " vos flux bancaires automatiquement**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer une fois fait." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 msgid "Setup your PayPal account" msgstr "Configurer votre compte Paypal" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 msgid "" "A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your " "PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " @@ -583,7 +587,7 @@ msgstr "" "compte bancaire et nommez le **PayPal** . Dans le champ Banque, vous pouvez " "définir **PayPal** ." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 msgid "" "Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " "and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" @@ -594,13 +598,13 @@ msgstr "" "la boîte de dialogue, choisissez **PayPal** comme Institution en ligne puis " "cliquez sur le bouton Configure." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." msgstr "" "Ensuite, vous devrez fournir vos informations d'identification pour la " "connexion à PayPal." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 msgid "" "Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " "the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" @@ -614,7 +618,7 @@ msgstr "" "synchronisation en ligne des données fonctionne (vous pouvez passer de la " "nouvelle à l'ancienne interface dans votre compte Paypal)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 msgid "" "If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " "English or that the site is not supported." @@ -622,7 +626,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous ne faites pas cela, vous obtiendrez un message disant soit de mettre" " Paypal en anglais, soit que le site n'est pas pris en charge." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 msgid "" "If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " "step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " @@ -635,7 +639,7 @@ msgstr "" "voulez récupérer les transactions et une liste pour choisir le compte. Vous " "devez choisir le compte **Balance PayPal**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " "Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." @@ -643,7 +647,7 @@ msgstr "" "Une fois que tout est fait, vous devriez voir vos transactions PayPal dans " "Odoo et vous pourrez commencer à rapprocher vos paiements." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 msgid "" "Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " "anymore." @@ -651,7 +655,7 @@ msgstr "" "Profitez d'une interface complète ! Il n'est désormais plus nécessaire de " "saisir vos transactions manuellement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 msgid "" "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." @@ -660,11 +664,11 @@ msgstr "" "fois. Une fois cela fait, Odoo se synchronisera automatiquement avec PayPal " "toutes les 4 heures." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 msgid "Import QIF statement files" msgstr "Importer les fichiers de relevés QIF" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 msgid "" "Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " "writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " @@ -677,7 +681,7 @@ msgstr "" "Open Financial Exchange (OFX) et vous devriez plutôt utiliser le format OFX " "si vous avez la possibilité d'exporter vers les deux formats de fichiers." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" " and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " @@ -687,7 +691,7 @@ msgstr "" "depuis votre logiciel comptable et l'importer directement dans Odoo. Ceci " "créera tous les relevés bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" @@ -695,7 +699,7 @@ msgstr "" "Essayez maintenant cette fonctionnalité avec ce fichier QIF exemple " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 msgid "" "In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." " In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" @@ -708,7 +712,7 @@ msgstr "" "liquidités + Relevés bancaires, cochez l'option **Importer des fichiers " ".qif** et cliquez sur Appliquer." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -721,7 +725,7 @@ msgstr "" " et cliquez sur le bouton **Plus** du compte bancaire. Ensuite, cliquez sur " "**Importation d'un relevé** pour charger votre premier fichier QIF." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 msgid "" "Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." @@ -729,15 +733,15 @@ msgstr "" "Chargez votre fichier QIF depuis l'écran suivant et cliquez sur **Importer**" " pour créer tous vos relevés bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 msgid "Importing QIF files" msgstr "Importation de fichiers QIF" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" msgstr "Comment synchroniser Odoo avec votre banque ?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" " statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " @@ -752,7 +756,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Fonctionnalités de la Comptabilité d'Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page" "/accounting-features>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 msgid "" "Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " "proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" @@ -767,23 +771,23 @@ msgstr "" "pays sont partiellement supportés, incluant: Colombie, Inde, France, Espagne" " etc. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" msgstr "Afin de se connecter aux banques, Odoo utilise deux services web :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." msgstr "Plaid: Pour les principales banques des États-Unis." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" msgstr "Yodlee: pour toutes les autres banques" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 msgid "Odoo Online Users" msgstr "Utilisateurs Odoo en ligne" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 msgid "" "If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" " already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" @@ -793,11 +797,11 @@ msgstr "" "bancaire devrait déjà être installé. Si elle ne l'est pas, vous pouvez " "installer manuellement le module **account_yodlee**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" msgstr "Utilisateurs d'Odoo Entreprise" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 msgid "" "If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " "you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " @@ -807,7 +811,7 @@ msgstr "" "Enterprise, vous n'avez rien d'autre à faire, seulement vous assurer que " "votre base de données est inscrite sur votre contrat Odoo Enterprise." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 msgid "" "you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " "following addresses" @@ -815,19 +819,19 @@ msgstr "" "vous devriez vérifier que vous ne disposez pas d'un pare-feu / proxy " "bloquant les adresses suivantes" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" msgstr "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" msgstr "https://api.plaid.com/" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 msgid "Sync your bank feeds" msgstr "Synchronisez vos flux bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 msgid "" "Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " "your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" @@ -839,7 +843,7 @@ msgstr "" "choix dans le tableau de bord de la comptabilité. Dans le menu, cliquez sur " "Configuration pour configurer ce compte bancaire." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 msgid "" "In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " "**Bank Synchronization**." @@ -847,7 +851,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dans le formulaire de la banque, dans l'onglet Compte bancaire, mettre " "l'option Provenance des relevés bancaires sur **Synchronisation bancaire**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 msgid "" "Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " "**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " @@ -857,7 +861,7 @@ msgstr "" "devriez voir un bouton **Online Synchronisation** sur la carte de votre " "banque. Cliquez sur ce bouton et remplissez vos identifiants bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 msgid "" "Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " "every 4 hours." @@ -865,16 +869,16 @@ msgstr "" "Une fois que vous aurez rempli vos informations d'identification, vos flux " "bancaires seront synchronisés toutes les 4 heures." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?" msgstr "La synchronisation ne fonctionne pas en temps réel, est-ce normal ?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 msgid "" "Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this " "doesn't always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. " @@ -888,7 +892,7 @@ msgstr "" " tard. C'est pourquoi il existe un cron dans Odoo s'exécutant toutes les 4 " "heures pour récupérer les information de Yodlee" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 msgid "" "You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button " "\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard." @@ -896,7 +900,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez cependant forcer la synchronisation en cliquant sur le bouton " "\"Synchroniser maintenant\" depuis le tableau de bord de comptabilité" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 msgid "" "Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " "fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" @@ -908,7 +912,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Attente\" et non en statut \"Publié\". Dans ce cas, Yodlee ne l'importera " "pas, vous devrez attendre le changement de statut." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 msgid "" "What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " "transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" @@ -918,11 +922,11 @@ msgstr "" " de transaction en temps réel mais un service qui facilite l'importation de " "relevés bancaire dans la base de données." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" msgstr "La fonctionnalité Yodlee est-elle incluse à mon contrat" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 msgid "" "Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to " "your database." @@ -930,7 +934,7 @@ msgstr "" "Version Enterprise : Oui, si vous avez un contrat valide lié à votre base de" " données. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 msgid "" "Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." @@ -938,17 +942,17 @@ msgstr "" "Verion Communautaire : Non, cette fonctionnalité n'est pas incluse dans le " "version communautaire. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 msgid "" "Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" "Version Online : Oui, même si vous bénéficiez d'un contrat 1-app-gratuite" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?" msgstr "Certaines banques ont un statut \"Beta\", qu'est-ce que cela signifie ? " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 msgid "" "This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " "synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" @@ -961,27 +965,28 @@ msgstr "" "synchronisation qui fonctionne à 100%. Malheureusement, il n'y a pas grand " "chose à faire à ce sujet, si ce n'est d'être patient." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" msgstr "" "Une partie de mon historique de transaction n'apparaît pas dans Odoo, " "pourquoi?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch transactions up to 3 months in the past." msgstr "" "Yodlee n'affiche qu'un maximum de 3 mois d'historique de transactions." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Divers" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" msgstr "Comment gérer les dépôts de chèques par lots ?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 msgid "" "When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " "will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " @@ -994,7 +999,7 @@ msgstr "" "quelqu'un de votre entreprise doit apporter manuellement les chèques à la " "banque." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 msgid "" "The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" " be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " @@ -1004,7 +1009,7 @@ msgstr "" "dépôt) soit rempli avec les détails des chèques ou des espèces pour être " "inclus dans les transactions." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 msgid "" "The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " "reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." @@ -1012,7 +1017,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le relevé bancaire indiquera le montant total qui a été déposé et la " "référence du billet de dépôt, mais pas le détail des chèques." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 msgid "" "Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " "reconcile them with your bank statement easily." @@ -1020,11 +1025,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo vous aide à préparer et imprimer vos bordereaux de dépôt puis à les " "rapprocher facilement avec votre relevé bancaire." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" msgstr "Installer la fonctionnalité Bordereau de dépôt" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 msgid "" "In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " "Deposit** to be installed." @@ -1032,7 +1037,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour utiliser la fonction de dépôt de lot, vous avez besoin du module ** " "Dépôt de lot ** préinstallé." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 msgid "" "Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" " your country." @@ -1040,7 +1045,7 @@ msgstr "" "Habituellement, ce module est installé automatiquement si les chèques sont " "largement utilisés dans votre pays." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 msgid "" "To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " @@ -1051,11 +1056,11 @@ msgstr "" "l'application de la comptabilité. Cochez l'option : **Utiliser dépôt de " "lot**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" msgstr "Activer la fonction sur vos comptes bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " "deposits on your main bank accounts." @@ -1063,7 +1068,7 @@ msgstr "" "Une fois cette fonctionnalité installée, Odoo active automatiquement les " "dépôts bancaires sur vos principaux comptes bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 msgid "" "To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " "the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " @@ -1076,7 +1081,7 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, dans l'application de " "comptabilité, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Comptabilité --> Journaux`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 msgid "" "In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" " to **Batch Deposit**." @@ -1084,7 +1089,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dans l'onglet **Paramètres avancés**, dans la section **Divers**, dans les " "Méthodes de débit, cochez l'option **Batch Deposit**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 msgid "" "If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " "payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " @@ -1096,15 +1101,15 @@ msgstr "" "vous voulez effectuer ou recevoir un paiement) soient éligibles à la " "création de Dépôts par lot." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 msgid "From checks received to the bank" msgstr "Des chèques reçus à la banque" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 msgid "Receive customer checks" msgstr "Réceptionner des chèques client" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 msgid "" "Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " "plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " @@ -1118,11 +1123,11 @@ msgstr "" "lot. Sélectionnez cette option si vous envisagez de déposer les chèques à " "votre banque." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." msgstr "Dans le champ mémo, vous pouvez définir la référence du chèque." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 msgid "" "payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " @@ -1132,11 +1137,11 @@ msgstr "" " --> Paiements`, ou directement sur la facture correspondante, en utilisant " "le bouton **Enregistrer le paiement**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" msgstr "Preparer un dépôt par lot" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 msgid "" "From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." @@ -1145,7 +1150,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Ventes --> Bordereau de dépôt`, et créer un nouveau " "**Bordereau de dépôt**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 msgid "" "Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " "deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " @@ -1157,7 +1162,7 @@ msgstr "" " qui n'ont pas encore été déposés. Ainsi, vous pouvez vérifier que vous " "n'avez pas oublié ou perdu un chèque." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 msgid "" "You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " "the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." @@ -1165,11 +1170,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez ensuite imprimer le bordereau de dépôt, qui sera très utile pour" " préparer celui que la banque requière habituellement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" msgstr "Rapprocher le Dépôt avec le Relevé de Banque" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 msgid "" "When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " "ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " @@ -1181,7 +1186,7 @@ msgstr "" " de rapprochement sera lancé, l'utilisateur sera en mesure de choisir le " "bordereau de dépôt qui correspond à la ligne de relevé bancaire." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 msgid "" "If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " "contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " @@ -1191,18 +1196,18 @@ msgstr "" "tous les chèques contenus dans ce dépôt pour la correspondance (2 chèques " "étaient dans le bordereau de dépôt de l'exemple ci-dessous)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:117 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Dépannage" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" msgstr "" "Je ne vois pas le lien \"Sélectionner un bordereau de dépôt\" sur les " "relevés bancaires ?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 msgid "" "If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " "be two reasons:" @@ -1210,7 +1215,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous ne voyez pas le lien \"Selectionner le bordereau de dépôt\" dans " "votre relevé bancaire, il peut y avoir deux explications :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 msgid "" "After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " "page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" @@ -1220,15 +1225,15 @@ msgstr "" "recharger la page afin que le navigateur soit au courant de cette nouvelle " "fonctionnalité. Cliquez sur le bouton d'actualisation de votre navigateur." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." msgstr "Vous n'avez pas créé de bordereau de dépôt pour ce compte bancaire." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "Qu'est-ce qui se passe si un chèque a été refusé ?" +msgstr "Que se passe-t-il si un chèque a été refusé?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 msgid "" "If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " "in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " @@ -1238,7 +1243,7 @@ msgstr "" " de votre bordereau de dépôt, cela signifie probablement que l'un de vos " "chèques a été refusé." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 msgid "" "In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " "bank statement matching." @@ -1246,11 +1251,11 @@ msgstr "" "Dans ce cas, cliquez sur la ligne relative à ce chèque pour le supprimer de " "la correspondance du relevé bancaire." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" msgstr "Comment faire un virement bancaire d'une banque à une autre ?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" "A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" " is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " @@ -1260,7 +1265,7 @@ msgstr "" "enregistreuses. Dans Odoo il est possible de gérer les transferts internes " "d'argent en seulement quelques clics." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " "accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " @@ -1269,11 +1274,11 @@ msgstr "" "Prenons l'exemple suivant pour illustrer. Mon entreprise a deux comptes " "bancaires et je veux transférer 50.000 euros d'un compte bancaire à l'autre." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" msgstr "Vérifier votre plan comptable et le compte de transfert par défaut" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" @@ -1287,7 +1292,7 @@ msgstr "" "comptable et vérifier le compte de transfert par défaut, allez dans la " "comptabilité, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Configuration -> Settings`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " "specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." @@ -1295,7 +1300,7 @@ msgstr "" "Votre plan comptable a été pré-installé en fonction du pays spécifié lors de" " l'installation, il ne peut pas être changé." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 msgid "" "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " @@ -1305,11 +1310,11 @@ msgstr "" "de la législation de votre pays. Si nécessaire, il peut être modifié sur la " "même page." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" msgstr "Créer un deuxième compte bancaire / Journal" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" "Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" " accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " @@ -1325,15 +1330,15 @@ msgstr "" "pouvez également créer et modifier votre banque pour spécifier les détails " "de votre banque." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." msgstr "Après sauvegarde, vous avez maintenant 2 comptes bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." msgstr "Enregistrez un transfert interne d'une banque à une autre." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 msgid "" "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " "9533 1498** account." @@ -1341,11 +1346,11 @@ msgstr "" "Nous allons maintenant transférer 50.000 euros de notre compte bancaire " "**Bank** vers notre compte bancaire **Bank BE57 0633 9533 1498**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "Enregistrer un transfert interne" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" "The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " "accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " @@ -1355,7 +1360,7 @@ msgstr "" " allez dans votre tableau de bord de comptabilité. cliquez sur le bouton " "**Plus** de l'une de vos banques et sélectionnez **Transfert interne**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" "Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" " transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " @@ -1366,7 +1371,7 @@ msgstr "" "souhaitez réaliser le transfert, spécifiez le ** Montant ** et ajoutez un " "**Mémo** si vous le souhaitez." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " "<Reconcile_>`_)." @@ -1374,12 +1379,12 @@ msgstr "" "Le mémo est important si vous souhaitez rapprocher automatiquement (`voir " "<Reconcile _>` _)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." msgstr "" "Enregistrer et confirmer les modifications pour enregistrer le paiement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " @@ -1389,11 +1394,11 @@ msgstr "" "compte de transfert. Nous aurons besoin d'importer des relevés bancaires " "pour comptabiliser l'argent sur le compte définitif." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" msgstr "Importer les relevés bancaires et les rappocher" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." @@ -1401,7 +1406,7 @@ msgstr "" "Notez que le solde bancaire calculé par Odoo est différent de celui du " "dernier relevé de votre banque." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " "receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " @@ -1416,7 +1421,7 @@ msgstr "" "bancaires, cliquez sur le bouton **nouveau relevé** de la banque " "correspondante pour les importer." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -1430,11 +1435,11 @@ msgstr "" "bancaire, cela signifie qu'aucune erreur n'a été faite. Remplissez le champ " "**Solde Final** et cliquez sur le bouton **Rapprocher**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 msgid "The following window will open:" msgstr "La fenêtre suivante va s'ouvrir :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " @@ -1444,7 +1449,7 @@ msgstr "" " de relevé bancaire correspondant au paiement et cliquez sur le bouton " "**Rapprocher**. Fermez le relevé pour terminer la transaction." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " @@ -1456,17 +1461,17 @@ msgstr "" "même note dans le relevé bancaire et dans les opérations de paiement, le " "rapprochement se fera automatiquement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "Lettrage bancaire" +msgstr "Rapprochement bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 msgid "Configure model of entries" msgstr "Configurer des modèles de pièces" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " "order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." @@ -1474,7 +1479,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dans Odoo vous avez la possibilité de pré-remplir des pièces comptables afin" " de rapprocher facilement les pièces récurrentes comme les frais bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " "my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " @@ -1484,11 +1489,11 @@ msgstr "" " reçoit des frais bancaires, dont le montant dépend du solde de notre compte" " en banque. Ces frais sont donc variables." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" msgstr "Créer des modèles de rapprochement" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 msgid "" "First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " "to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " @@ -1499,7 +1504,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sur votre journal de banque, cliquez sur :menuslection:`Plus --> Modèles de " "lettrage`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 msgid "" "We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " "depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." @@ -1508,7 +1513,7 @@ msgstr "" "banque prélève des frais en fonction du solde, ce qui signifie qu'ils " "peuvent varier chaque mois." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 msgid "" "We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " "book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " @@ -1521,11 +1526,11 @@ msgstr "" " Montant de 100%. Ces réglages vont spécifier à Odoo de prendre la totalité " "des frais en compte." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 msgid "Save your changes when you are done." msgstr "Sauvegardez vos modifications quand vous avez terminé." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 msgid "" "If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " "under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." @@ -1533,7 +1538,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si le montant de vos frais bancaires est fixe, vous pouvez sélectionner " "**Fixé** come Type de montant et préciser le Montant des frais." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 msgid "" "You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" @@ -1541,11 +1546,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez également utiliser cette fonctionnalité pour gérer les " "ristournes. Voir :doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" msgstr "Enregistrez vos paiements basés sur un modèle de lettrage" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 msgid "" "Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " "impacted by the payment of the bank fee." @@ -1553,7 +1558,7 @@ msgstr "" "Enregistrez vos paiements en important des relevés bancaires qui contiennent" " des frais bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 msgid "" "When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " "**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" @@ -1563,29 +1568,29 @@ msgstr "" "et cliquez sur le bouton **Modèle de lettrage** (dans ce cas, **Frais " "bancaires**) pour obtenir toutes les données pertinentes instantanément." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." msgstr "Enfin, cliquez sur **Lettrer** pour terminer le processus." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" msgstr "Exemples courants de processus de rapprochement bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " "task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " @@ -1600,20 +1605,20 @@ msgstr "" " avec Odoo, vous pouvez très facilement faire correspondre vos factures ou " "tout autre document de paiement avec vos relevés bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." msgstr "Deux méthodes de rapprochement existent dans Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" msgstr "Nous pouvons directement spécifier le paiement sur la facture" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "" "Vous pouvez rapprocher des factures ouvertes avec des relevés bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " "is to install the accounting app." @@ -1621,15 +1626,15 @@ msgstr "" "Aucune configuration particulière n'est nécessaire pour enregistrer les " "factures. Il suffit d'installer l'application de comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Cas d'utilisation" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "Cas 1 : Enregistrement de paiements" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " "issued to Smith & Co." @@ -1637,7 +1642,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nous avons reçu la preuve de paiement de notre facture de 2100 euros émise à" " Smith & Co." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " @@ -1652,7 +1657,7 @@ msgstr "" "immédiatement afin d'indiquer que nous pouvons commencer à fournir des " "services à notre client." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." @@ -1660,7 +1665,7 @@ msgstr "" "Notre client nous envoie une confirmation de paiement. Nous pouvons donc " "enregistrer un paiement et marquer la facture payée." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " "has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " @@ -1670,7 +1675,7 @@ msgstr "" " client a payé la facture. Nous devons donc préciser le montant et le mode " "de paiement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" " :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." @@ -1679,17 +1684,17 @@ msgstr "" " la facture en cliquant sur le lien :menuselection:`Info --> Paiement " "ouvert`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" msgstr "La facture a été payée et **le lettrage a été fait automatiquement.**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "Cas 2 : rapprochement des relevés bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." @@ -1697,7 +1702,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nous commençons par notre facture émise de 3000 euros pour Smith & Co. " "Supposons aussi que d'autres factures sont ouvertes pour différents clients." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " "Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." @@ -1706,7 +1711,7 @@ msgstr "" "facture émise à Smith & Co a été payée, mais aussi celle de 92 euros " "adressée à Buzz." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." @@ -1714,11 +1719,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Importer** ou **Créer** les relevés bancaires. Référez-vous à la " "documentation de la section Flux bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "Sur le tableau de bord, cliquezsur **Rapprocher # Elements**." +msgstr "Sur le tableau de bord, cliquez sur **Rapprocher # Éléments**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." @@ -1726,13 +1731,13 @@ msgstr "" "Si tout est correct (nom du partenaire correct, montant correct) Odoo fera " "les rapprochements **automatiquement**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" "Si certains problèmes sont détectés, vous devrez effectuer des **actions " "manuelles**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" @@ -1740,7 +1745,7 @@ msgstr "" "Par exemple, si le partenaire est absent de votre relevé bancaire, il suffit" " de le remplir :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" @@ -1748,21 +1753,22 @@ msgstr "" "Si le paiement est effectué avec un acompte, il suffit de vérifier qu'il est" " correct et valider tous les paiements liés :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "" "Appuyer CTRL-Enter pour rapprocher toutes les écritures équilibrées dans les" " feuilles." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:168 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configuration" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" msgstr "Comment configurer un nouveau compte bancaire ?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " "guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " @@ -1772,11 +1778,11 @@ msgstr "" "vous serez guidé pour la création, la modification ou la suppression d'une " "compte banque ou d'un compte de carte de crédit." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 msgid "Edit a bank account" msgstr "Modifier un compte bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 msgid "" "To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" " it first before filling your own bank information." @@ -1784,7 +1790,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour faciliter le processus, un compte bancaire existe déjà. Nous vous " "suggérons de le visualiser avant de créer le vôtre." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " "click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." @@ -1792,7 +1798,7 @@ msgstr "" "Aller à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Comptes " "bancaires` et cliquez sur la ligne **Bank**. Modifiez-le." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 msgid "" "Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " "method like SEPA" @@ -1800,11 +1806,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo détectera le type de compte bancaire (par exemple IBAN) afin de " "permettre une méthode de paiement comme SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 msgid "Create a bank account" msgstr "Créer un compte bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" " on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" @@ -1818,7 +1824,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sélectionnez les méthodes de paiement que vous autorisez avec ce compte " "bancaire." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 msgid "" "If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " "the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " @@ -1828,73 +1834,37 @@ msgstr "" "d'entreprise dans vos préférences utilisateur afin d'ajouter, modifier ou " "supprimer des comptes bancaires pour une autre société." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Type" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." -msgstr "" -"Type de compte banque: normal ou IBAN. Déterminé par le numéro de compte." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "ABA/Routing" -msgstr "Acheminement de l'ABA" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" -msgstr "Numéro d'acheminement de l'American Bankers Association" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "Account Holder Name" -msgstr "Ancien nom du compte" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " -"Holder" -msgstr "" -"Nom du détenteur du compte, dans le cas où il est différent du nom du " -"partenaire lié au compte du compte." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Voir les *Comptes bancaires* dans notre Démonstration en Ligne" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 msgid "Todo" msgstr "À faire" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:45 msgid "add inherited field tooltip" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:47 msgid "" "**Display on reports :** Display this bank account on the documents that " "will be printed or send to the customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:50 msgid "" "**Bank Identifier Code** = BIC : SWIFT Address assigned to a bank in order " "to send automated payments quickly and accurately to the banks concerned" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 msgid "" "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " "of the previous one within the same journal automatically." @@ -1902,11 +1872,11 @@ msgstr "" "Le solde initial d'un relevé bancaire sera réglé automatiquement sur le " "solde de clôture du relevé précédent dans le même journal." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" msgstr "Supprimer un compte bancaire ou de carte de crédit" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 msgid "" "From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " "the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " @@ -1916,11 +1886,11 @@ msgstr "" "supprimez-les par l'option Supprimer du menu Action, ou aller dans la fiche " "d'un compte et supprimez-le par l'option Supprimer du menu Action" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" msgstr "Comment gérer un compte bancaire dans une monnaie étrangère ?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " "company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " @@ -1933,7 +1903,7 @@ msgstr "" "pour les transactions qui se produisent dans une autre devise, Odoo " "enregistre en plus la valeur dans la devise de la transaction." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" @@ -1941,15 +1911,15 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque vous avez un compte bancaire dans une monnaie étrangère, pour chaque" " transaction, Odoo stocke deux valeurs :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" msgstr "Le débit/crédit dans la devise de la société" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" msgstr "Le débit/crédit dans la devise du compte bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " "Central bank web-services." @@ -1957,11 +1927,11 @@ msgstr "" "Les taux de change sont mis à jour automatiquement en utilisant yahoo.com ou" " les web-services de la banque centrale européenne." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" -msgstr "Activez l'environnement multi-devises" +msgstr "Activez l'environnement multidevises" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" "In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " "activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " @@ -1970,31 +1940,31 @@ msgid "" "**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" "Afin de permettre à votre entreprise de travailler avec plusieurs devises, " -"vous devez activer le mode multi-devises. Dans l'application de " -"comptabilité, allez dans :menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration -->" -" Comptabilité & Finance` vérifiez que la case **Autoriser devises " -"multiples** est cochée. Fournissez un **Journal des différences de taux**, " -"puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**." +"vous devez activer le mode multidevises. Dans l'application de comptabilité," +" allez dans :menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration --> Comptabilité" +" & Finance` vérifiez que la case **Autoriser devises multiples** est cochée." +" Fournissez un **Journal des différences de taux**, puis cliquez sur " +"**Appliquer**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" msgstr "Configurer des devises" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu " +"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " -"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " -"(to activate a currency, check his active field)" +"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" +" activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" "Une fois qu'Odoo est configuré pour supporter plusieurs devises, vous devez " -"activer les devises que vous envisagez d'utiliser. Pour ce faire, allez dans" -" le menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Devises`. Toutes les devises sont" -" créées par défaut, mais vous devez activer celles que vous allez utiliser. " -"(Pour activer une monnaie, cochez-la)" +"activer les devises avec lesquelles vous comptez travailler. Pour ce faire, " +"allez au menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Devises`. Toutes les devises" +" sont créées par défaut, mais vous devez activer celles que vous allez " +"utiliser (pour activer une monnaie, cochez son champ \"Activé\")." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" "After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" @@ -2004,17 +1974,17 @@ msgstr "" "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" " the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." msgstr "" "Cliquez sur le lien **Mettre à jour immédiatement** pour mettre à jour les " "taux de change maintenant." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" msgstr "Créer un nouveau compte bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." @@ -2023,22 +1993,22 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Comptabilité --> Comptes bancaires`, et " "nous en créons un nouveau." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" msgstr "" "Une fois que ce compte bancaire est enregistré, Odoo va créer tous les " "documents pour vous :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" msgstr "Un compte dans la balance générale" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" msgstr "Un journal dans votre tableau de bord" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "" "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" @@ -2046,11 +2016,11 @@ msgstr "" "Des informations sur le compte bancaire dans le pied de page de vos factures" " si vous avez coché la case **Afficher dans le pied des factures**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" msgstr "Exemple : une facture fournisseur dans une monnaie étrangère" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." @@ -2058,7 +2028,7 @@ msgstr "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" @@ -2066,7 +2036,7 @@ msgstr "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." @@ -2074,7 +2044,7 @@ msgstr "" "Quand vous êtes prêt à payer cette facture, cliquez sur Enregistrer un " "paiement sur a facture pour enregistrer un paiement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" "That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" " gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " @@ -2086,7 +2056,7 @@ msgstr "" "selon que le taux de change a augmenté ou diminué entre la facture et la " "date de paiement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " "Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." @@ -2094,11 +2064,11 @@ msgstr "" "Notez que vous pouvez payer une facture étrangère avec une autre monnaie. " "Dans ce cas, Odoo convertira automatiquement entre les deux monnaies." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" msgstr "Relevés Clients" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " @@ -2108,7 +2078,7 @@ msgstr "" "facture. Ainsi, le montant dû par le client (à votre fournisseur) est " "toujours exprimée dans la monnaie de la facture." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" "If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " "customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " @@ -2118,21 +2088,16 @@ msgstr "" "client, Odoo va diviser le relevé client par devise, comme dans le rapport " "ci-dessous." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " "managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" -" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " -"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" -" be converted in this currency." +" in its own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable for " +"this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically " +"be converted to this currency." msgstr "" -"Dans le rapport ci-dessus, le compte client associé à Camptocamp n'est pas " -"géré dans une devise secondaire, ce qui signifie qu'il conserve toutes les " -"transactions dans sa propre monnaie. Si vous préférez, vous pouvez " -"configurer le compte de ce client avec une monnaie secondaire et toutes ses " -"dettes seront automatiquement converties dans cette devise." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" "In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " "general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " @@ -2142,11 +2107,11 @@ msgstr "" "général, ce n'est pas ce que le client attend car il préfère voir les " "montants dans la devise des factures qu'il a reçues;" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a cash register?" msgstr "Comment gérer une caisse enregistreuse ?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " @@ -2156,7 +2121,7 @@ msgstr "" "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " "balance." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." @@ -2164,7 +2129,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configurez le journal de Caisse dans :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> " "Configuration --> Journaux`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" @@ -2172,334 +2137,15 @@ msgstr "" "Dans l'onglet Pièces Comptables, les comptes de débit et de crédit par " "défaut peuvent être configurés, de même que la devise du journal" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Actif" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." -msgstr "" -"Mettre le champs actif à faux pour masquer le journal sans le supprimer." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "Sélectionnez \"Vente\" pour le journal des factures clients." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "Sélectionner 'Achat' pour le journal des factures fournisseurs." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " -"payments." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner 'Liquidité' ou 'Banque' pour le journal utilisé pour les " -"paiements clients et fournisseurs." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "Sélectionner 'General' pour le journal des opérations divers." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Use in Point of Sale" -msgstr "Utiliser dans le point de vente" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a" -" point of sale." -msgstr "" -"Cochez cette case si ce journal défini une méthode de paiement qui peut être" -" utilisée dans le point de vente." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Société" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "Société associée à ce journal" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "Code" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "Les pièces comptables de ce journal seront nommées avec ce préfixe." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Number" -msgstr "Nombre Suivant" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." -msgstr "" -"Le prochain numéro de séquence sera utilisé pour la prochaine facture." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Séquence d'écriture" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Cet champ contient les informations relatives à la numérotation des " -"écritures de ce journal." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" -msgstr "Séquence dédiée aux avoirs" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" -" credit notes made from this journal" -msgstr "" -"Cochez cette case si vous ne souhaitez pas partager la même séquence pour " -"les factures et les avoirs créés à partir de ce journal." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Notes: Next Number" -msgstr "Avoirs : numéro suivant" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." -msgstr "Le prochain numéro de séquence sera utilisé pour le prochain avoir." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Séquence d'écriture de l'avoir" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " -"note entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Ce champ contient les informations relatives à la numérotation des écritures" -" d'avoirs de ce journal." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "Compte de débit par défaut" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "Ça sert de compte par défaut pour les montants en débit" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "Compte de crédit par défaut" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "Sert de compte par défaut pour le crédit" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Currency" -msgstr "Devise" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "La devise utilisée pour entrer les relevés" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" -msgstr "Définissez comment les relevés bancaires seront enregistrés" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Creation of Bank Statements" -msgstr "Création des relevés bancaires" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" -msgstr "Définissez quand un nouveau relevé bancaire" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" -msgstr "sera créé lors de l'extraction de nouvelles transactions" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "from your bank account." -msgstr "depuis votre compte bancaire." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Incoming Payments" -msgstr "Pour les Paiements Entrants" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "Manuelle: Soyez payé comptant, chèque ou autre à l'extérieur d'Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting " -"a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing " -"online (payment token)." -msgstr "" -"Électronique: faites-vous payer automatiquement par l'intermédiaire d'un " -"acquéreur de paiement en demandant une transaction sur une carte enregistrée" -" par le client lors de l'achat ou de la souscription en ligne (jeton/crédit " -"de paiement)." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you" -" are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable " -"this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Outgoing Payments" -msgstr "Pour les Paiements Sortants" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Manuelle: Payez une facture comptant ou de toutes autres méthodes à " -"l'extérieur d'Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "Chèque: Payez par chèque et l'imprimer avec Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "Compte de profit" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" -" from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Utilisé pour enregistrer un profit lorsque le solde final de la caisse est " -"différent de ce qui a été calculé par le système" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "Compte de perte" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " -"from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Utilisé pour enregistrer une perte lorsque le solde final de la caisse est " -"différent de ce qui a été calculé par le système" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "Grouper les lignes de facture" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " -"when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "" -"Si cette case est cochée, le système essaiera de grouper les lignes " -"comptables lorsqu'il les créera à partir des factures." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in " -"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when " -"performing bank reconciliation." -msgstr "" -"Indiquez si les paiements effectués dans ce journal doivent être générés à " -"l'état brouillon afin que les écritures correspondantes ne soient " -"enregistrées que lors du rapprochement bancaire." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Pseudonyme pour la facture fournisseur." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email." -msgstr "" -"Il crée un brouillon de facture fournisseur en envoyant un courrier " -"électronique." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "Méthode de paiement d'impression des chèques sélectionnées" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" -" method." -msgstr "" -"Fonction technique utilisée afin de savoir si l'impression du chèque a été " -"activée comme méthode de paiement." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "Séquence chèque" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "Séquence de numérotation des chèques." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "Numérotation manuelle" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "" -"Cochez cette option si vos chèques pré-imprimés ne sont pas numérotés." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "Numéro de chèque suivant" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "Numéro de séquence du prochain chèque imprimé." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" -msgstr "Montant d'écart autorisé" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field depicts the maximum difference allowed between the ending balance" -" and the theoretical cash when closing a session, for non-POS managers. If " -"this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing " -"of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager." -msgstr "" -"Ce champ montre la différence maximum autorisée entre la balance de fin et " -"le cash théorique lors de la fermeture d'une session, pour des non-managers " -"de POS. Si ce montant maximum est atteint, l'utilisateur verra apparaître un" -" message d'erreur lors de la fermeture de sa session disant qu'il doit " -"contacter son manager. " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Usage" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "Comment enregistrer des paiements en espèces ?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" @@ -2507,7 +2153,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour enregistrer un paiement en espèces spécifique à un autre client, vous " "devez suivre ces étapes :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" @@ -2515,11 +2161,11 @@ msgstr "" "Aller à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Tableau de bord --> Cash --> " "Nouvelles Transactions`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "Remplissez la balance initiale et le solde final" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" @@ -2527,11 +2173,11 @@ msgstr "" "Enregistrer les transactions, en précisant les clients liés à chaque " "transaction" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "Mettre de l'argent dedans" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " @@ -2541,11 +2187,11 @@ msgstr "" "avant de commencer vos transactions. Dans la fenêtre Caisses, aller à " ":menuselection:`Action -> Mettre de l'argent dedans`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "Retirer de l'argent" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " @@ -2555,28 +2201,28 @@ msgstr "" "manuellement après la fin de toutes vos transactions. Depuis la fenêtre " "Caisses, aller à :menuselection:`Action -> Retirer de l'argent`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" "Les transactions seront ajoutées à l'enregistrement des paiements en espèces" " en cours." -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "Localisation" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Colombie" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introduction" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" @@ -2584,7 +2230,7 @@ msgstr "" "La facturation électronique pour la Colombie est disponible à partir d'Odoo " "12 et nécessite les modules suivants :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 msgid "" "**l11n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " @@ -2594,7 +2240,7 @@ msgstr "" "comptabilité, contient la configuration par défaut pour : tableau des " "comptes, impôts, rétentions, types de documents d’identification." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" " for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " @@ -2604,15 +2250,15 @@ msgstr "" "nécessaires pour l’intégration avec Carvajal & Taha et génèrent la facture " "électronique, fondée sur les exigences légales de DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "Flux de travail" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "1. Installation des modules de la localisation Colombienne" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." @@ -2620,19 +2266,19 @@ msgstr "" "Pour cela, allez dans Applications et recherchez la Colombie. Cliquez " "ensuite sur Installer pour les deux premiers modules." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "2. Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " "credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." @@ -2640,7 +2286,7 @@ msgstr "" "Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et " "cherchez la section *Facture électronique colombienne*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 msgid "" "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" " environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " @@ -2648,42 +2294,42 @@ msgid "" "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 msgid "3. Configure your report data" msgstr "3. Configurez vos données de rapport" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 msgid "4.1 Partner" msgstr "4.1 Partenaire" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 msgid "4.1.1 Identification" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " "their identification number and document type set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " @@ -2693,18 +2339,18 @@ msgstr "" "configuré dans Odoo, y compris le chiffre de vérification. Odoo divisera ce " "numéro lors de l'envoi des données du fournisseur tiers." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " "information required by the DIAN ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" @@ -2712,7 +2358,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ces champs se trouvent dans :menuselection:`Partenaire --> Onglet ventes et " "achat --> Information fiscale`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." @@ -2720,11 +2366,11 @@ msgstr "" "De plus, deux champs booléens ont été ajoutés afin de spécifier le régime " "fiscal du partenaire." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 msgid "4.2 Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " @@ -2735,18 +2381,18 @@ msgstr "" "être configuré par taxe.Cette option se trouve dans l’onglet Options " "avancées." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " "display taxes in the invoice PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 msgid "4.3 Journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " @@ -2755,53 +2401,53 @@ msgid "" "Setting --> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 msgid "4.4 Users" msgstr "4.4 Utilisateurs" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:202 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "Utilisation et test" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 msgid "1. Invoice" msgstr "1. Factures" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "1.1 Invoice creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " "invoice are the next fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "Il existe trois types de documents:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." @@ -2809,7 +2455,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura Electronica**: C'est le type de document standard et il est " "appliqué aux factures, aux notes de crédit et aux notes de débit." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." @@ -2817,7 +2463,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura de Importación**: Doit être sélectionné pour les transactions " "d'importation." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " @@ -2830,19 +2476,19 @@ msgstr "" "manuellement. Lorsque cette facture est ajoutée à l'ERP, ce type de facture " "doit être sélectionné." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" msgstr "1.2 Validation des factures" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." msgstr "" "Une fois que facture est validée, un fichier XML est généré et envoyé " -"automatiquement à Carvajal, ce fichier est affiché dans la conversation." +"automatiquement à Carvajal, ce fichier est affiché dans le chatter." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " @@ -2853,11 +2499,11 @@ msgstr "" "supplémentaire est affiché avec le statut de la facture électronique, avec " "la valeur initiale \"En cours\":" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -2867,62 +2513,62 @@ msgid "" " invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 msgid "After this:" msgstr "Après ceci: " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" "Un ZIP contenant le XML légal et le PDF est téléchargé et affiché dans le " -"\"chatter\" de la facture:" +"\"chatter\" de la facture :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "Le statut de la facture électronique passe à \"Accepté\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 msgid "1.4 Common errors" msgstr "1.4 Erreurs communes" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " "after updating the electronic invoice status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 msgid "2. Additional use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" msgstr "Colombia (ES)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 msgid "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" msgstr "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "Introducción" msgstr "Introducción" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 msgid "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" @@ -2930,37 +2576,37 @@ msgstr "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" msgstr "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 msgid "" "módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " "siguientes puntos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "a. Plan Contable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "b. Impuestos" msgstr "b. Impuestos" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "c. Retenciones" msgstr "c. Retenciones" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" msgstr "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 msgid "" "adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " "generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" @@ -2970,19 +2616,19 @@ msgstr "" "generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" " DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 msgid "Flujo General" msgstr "Flujo General" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 msgid "Configuración" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 msgid "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" msgstr "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 msgid "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" @@ -2990,15 +2636,15 @@ msgstr "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 msgid "cz" msgstr "cz" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 msgid "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" msgstr "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 msgid "" "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " @@ -3008,7 +2654,7 @@ msgstr "" "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " "Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 msgid "" "Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " "**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" @@ -3016,7 +2662,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " "**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 msgid "" "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " "ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" @@ -3030,7 +2676,7 @@ msgstr "" " través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " "<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 msgid "" "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " "el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " @@ -3042,11 +2688,11 @@ msgstr "" "información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" " la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 msgid "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" msgstr "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 msgid "" "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " @@ -3056,7 +2702,7 @@ msgstr "" "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " "Bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 msgid "" "Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" " Electrónica Colombiana**." @@ -3064,19 +2710,19 @@ msgstr "" "Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" " Electrónica Colombiana**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 msgid "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" msgstr "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 msgid "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" msgstr "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 msgid "4.1.1 Identificación" msgstr "4.1.1 Identificación" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 msgid "" "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " "por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " @@ -3088,7 +2734,7 @@ msgstr "" "cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " "de documento correspondiente." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 msgid "" "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " @@ -3098,11 +2744,11 @@ msgstr "" "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 msgid "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 msgid "" "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " @@ -3112,13 +2758,13 @@ msgstr "" "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " "Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 msgid "" "Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " "Información Fiscal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "" "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " "régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " @@ -3132,11 +2778,11 @@ msgstr "" "Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " "opciones." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 msgid "4.2 Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 msgid "" "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " @@ -3146,7 +2792,7 @@ msgstr "" "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " "necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 msgid "" "Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" " Valor" @@ -3154,7 +2800,7 @@ msgstr "" "Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" " Valor" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 msgid "" "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " "en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " @@ -3166,11 +2812,11 @@ msgstr "" "considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " "gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 msgid "4.3 Diarios" msgstr "4.3 Diarios" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 msgid "" "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" @@ -3180,7 +2826,7 @@ msgstr "" "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" " con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 msgid "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " "ruta:" @@ -3188,11 +2834,11 @@ msgstr "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " "ruta:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 msgid "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" msgstr "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." @@ -3200,11 +2846,11 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 msgid "4.4 Usuarios" msgstr "4.4 Usuarios" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" @@ -3212,15 +2858,15 @@ msgstr "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "Facturas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 msgid "" "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " @@ -3230,11 +2876,11 @@ msgstr "" "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " "Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "1. Invoice Creation" msgstr "1. Création de factures" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "" "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " "factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " @@ -3246,7 +2892,7 @@ msgstr "" "independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " "manualmente." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" @@ -3254,31 +2900,31 @@ msgstr "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" msgstr "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 msgid "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 msgid "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" msgstr "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 msgid "transacciones de importación." msgstr "transacciones de importación." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" msgstr "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 msgid "" "utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " "ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " @@ -3288,11 +2934,11 @@ msgstr "" "ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " "factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 msgid "1. Invoice Validation" msgstr "1. Validation des factures" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 msgid "" "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " @@ -3302,7 +2948,7 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " "desplegado en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 msgid "" "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " "con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" @@ -3314,11 +2960,11 @@ msgstr "" " que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " "inicial **En Proceso**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 msgid "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" msgstr "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 msgid "" "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " "validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " @@ -3334,7 +2980,7 @@ msgstr "" "(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " "CUFE." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 msgid "" "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " @@ -3344,19 +2990,19 @@ msgstr "" "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " "automáticamente." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" msgstr "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 msgid "en el historial de la Factura." msgstr "en el historial de la Factura." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 msgid "" "Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" " mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" @@ -3364,11 +3010,11 @@ msgstr "" "Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" " mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 msgid "1. Errores Frecuentes" msgstr "1. Errores Frecuentes" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 msgid "" "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " "relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " @@ -3380,7 +3026,7 @@ msgstr "" "detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " "desplegados en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 msgid "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " @@ -3390,11 +3036,11 @@ msgstr "" "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " "botón:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 msgid "" "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " @@ -3404,15 +3050,15 @@ msgstr "" "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " "igual." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "France" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "FEC" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" @@ -3422,17 +3068,17 @@ msgstr "" " FEC. Pour le faire, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité -->Déclaration -->" " France --> FEC`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "" "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "Rapports comptables français" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" @@ -3440,23 +3086,23 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous avez installé la comptabilité française, vous aurez accès à certains" " rapports comptables spécifiques à la France:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "Bilan comptable" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "Compte de résultats" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "Plan de Taxes France" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "Se conformer à la législation anti-fraude à la TVA avec Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -3473,11 +3119,11 @@ msgstr "" "additionnel à installer et une attestation de conformité individuelle à " "télécharger." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "Mon entreprise doit-elle utiliser un logiciel anti-fraude?" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" @@ -3485,17 +3131,17 @@ msgstr "" "Votre entreprise est tenue d'utiliser un logiciel de caisse anti-fraude " "comme Odoo (CGI article 286, I. 3 ° bis) si:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "" "Vous êtes assujetti à la TVA et n'êtes pas concerné par le régime de " "franchise de la TVA," -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." msgstr "Certains de vos clients sont des particuliers (B2C)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." @@ -3503,15 +3149,15 @@ msgstr "" "Cette règle s'applique à toute taille d'entreprise. Les auto-entrepreneurs " "sont exemptés de la TVA et ne sont donc pas affectés." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "Se conformer à la législation" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "Se conformer à cette nouvelle législation est très facile." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " @@ -3530,18 +3176,18 @@ msgstr "" "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/online/setup/enterprise.html>`__ ou " "contacter votre prestataire de services Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" "En cas de non-conformité, votre entreprise risque une amende de 7500€." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "" "Pour être en conformité avec la législation, veuillez suivre les étapes " "suivantes:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "" "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " "menu:" @@ -3549,7 +3195,7 @@ msgstr "" "Installez le module anti-fraude qui correspond à votre environnement Odoo " "depuis le menu *Applications*:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "" "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" @@ -3557,7 +3203,7 @@ msgstr "" "if vous utilisez Odoo Point de Vente: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-" "Fraud Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 msgid "" "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" @@ -3565,7 +3211,7 @@ msgstr "" "dans les autres cas: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -3578,7 +3224,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Utilisateurs & Sociétés --> Sociétés`. " "Sélectionnez un pays parmis la liste; Ne créez pas un nouveau pays." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." @@ -3586,7 +3232,7 @@ msgstr "" "Téléchargez votre attestation de conformité délivrée par SA `ici " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " "should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " @@ -3599,7 +3245,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Configuration*. Ensuite, allez dans le menu *Applications* et cliquez sur " "*Mettre à jour la liste des Applications* depuis le menu supérieur." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." @@ -3607,7 +3253,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous utilisez Odoo hébergé sur serveur propre, vous devez mettre à jour " "votre installation Odoo et redémarrer votre serveur." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -3623,15 +3269,15 @@ msgstr "" "module dans le menu *Applications* et cliquez sur le bouton *Mettre à jour*." " Enfin, vérifiez que le module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* est installé." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "Fonctionnalités anti-fraude" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "Le module anti-fraude introduit les fonctionnalités suivantes:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" @@ -3640,11 +3286,11 @@ msgstr "" "modification des données clés des commandes de PdV, factures et entrées " "comptables." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "**Sécurité**: algorithme de chainage pour vérifier l'inaltérabilié;" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." @@ -3652,11 +3298,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Stockage**: clôtures de ventes automatiques avec calculs des totaux " "périodiques et cumulatifs (journaliers, mensuels, annuels)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "Inaltérabilité" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " @@ -3666,7 +3312,7 @@ msgstr "" " de Point de Vente payés, factures confirmées ou entrées comptables sont " "désactivées, si la société est localisée en France ou dans les DOM-TOM." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." @@ -3674,11 +3320,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous utilisez un environnement multi-sociétés, seuls les documents des " "sociétés françaises ou DOM-TOM sont cryptés." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 msgid "Security" msgstr "Sécurité" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 msgid "" "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " @@ -3689,7 +3335,7 @@ msgstr "" "partir des données clés du document et à partir du hash des documents " "précédents." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -3704,7 +3350,7 @@ msgstr "" "initiales. En cas de différence, le système fournit la référence du premier " "document corrompu." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " @@ -3717,11 +3363,11 @@ msgstr "" "françaises`. Pour les factures et entrées comptables, allez dans " ":menuselection:`Facturation --> Rapports --> Déclarations françaises`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 msgid "Storage" msgstr "Stockage" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -3733,7 +3379,7 @@ msgstr "" "distincte le total de ventes d'une période ainsi que le grands total " "cumulatif depuis la première entrée enregistrée dans le système." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." @@ -3741,7 +3387,7 @@ msgstr "" "Les clôtures sont accessibles depuis le menu *Déclarations françaises* des " "modules Point de Vente et Facturation." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." @@ -3749,14 +3395,14 @@ msgstr "" "Les clôtures calculent les totaux des entrées comptables des journaux de " "ventes (Type de Journal = Ventes)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" "Dans les environnements multi-sociétés, les clôtures sont effectuées par " "société." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " @@ -3770,7 +3416,7 @@ msgstr "" " de reprendre une session de vente ouverte depuis plus de 24 heures. Une " "telle session doit être clôturée pour pouvoir vendre à nouveau." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " @@ -3781,7 +3427,7 @@ msgstr "" " comptabilisées après la précédente clôture du même type (journalier, " "mensuel, annuel), quelque soit la date de comptabilisation." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " "developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " @@ -3792,11 +3438,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Technique --> Automatisation --> Actions " "planififées`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Responsabilités" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." @@ -3805,7 +3451,7 @@ msgstr "" " toutes les données précedemment enregistrées ne seraient plus considérées " "comme étant inaltérées." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " @@ -3816,7 +3462,7 @@ msgstr "" "autorisé de modifier le code source qui guarantit l'inaltérabilité des " "données." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." @@ -3824,11 +3470,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo SA se décharge de toute responsabilité en cas d'altération des " "fonctionnalités anti-fraude par des modules tiers non certifiés par Odoo SA." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "Plus d'informations" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" @@ -3836,7 +3482,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous trouverez plus d'informations sur la législation dans les documents " "officiels:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__" @@ -3844,7 +3490,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Foire Aux Questions " "<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" @@ -3854,7 +3500,7 @@ msgstr "" "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" "DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`__" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__" @@ -3862,15 +3508,15 @@ msgstr "" "`Article 88 de la Loi sur les Finances de 2016 " "<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Allemagne" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Plan comptable allemand" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " "choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -3878,55 +3524,55 @@ msgid "" "section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" "Lorsque vous créez une nouvelle base de données SaaS, le SKR03 est installé " "par défaut." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" msgstr "Rapports comptables allemands" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" "Voici la liste des rapports spécifiques à l'Allemagne disponibles sur Odoo " -"Enterprise:" +"Enterprise :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Bilan" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "Pertes et Profits" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -msgstr "Déclaration d'impôt (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" +msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" msgstr "Numéro de TVA Intra du Partenaire" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "Exporter d'Odoo vers Datev" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "" "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " "able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " @@ -3935,11 +3581,11 @@ msgid "" "the **Export Datev (csv)** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" msgstr "Italy (IT)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "" "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" " configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " @@ -3953,11 +3599,11 @@ msgstr "" "inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " "l’interscambio di informazioni." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 msgid "" "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " "funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" @@ -3971,7 +3617,7 @@ msgstr "" "Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" @@ -3979,7 +3625,7 @@ msgstr "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 msgid "" "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" " elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " @@ -3989,7 +3635,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/discuss/email_servers.html>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " @@ -3999,7 +3645,7 @@ msgstr "" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " "elettronica." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " "della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " @@ -4011,7 +3657,7 @@ msgstr "" "che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " "previa comunicazione." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." @@ -4019,7 +3665,7 @@ msgstr "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " @@ -4029,15 +3675,15 @@ msgstr "" "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " "commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 msgid "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." @@ -4045,7 +3691,7 @@ msgstr "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "" "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " "fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " @@ -4057,11 +3703,11 @@ msgstr "" "rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " "l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 msgid "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "" "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " @@ -4071,7 +3717,7 @@ msgstr "" "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " "necessarie informazioni legali." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "" "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" " i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" @@ -4083,11 +3729,11 @@ msgstr "" " e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " "necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " "dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" @@ -4101,25 +3747,25 @@ msgstr "" "quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " "tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "" "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" @@ -4129,19 +3775,19 @@ msgstr "" "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" msgstr "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 msgid "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 msgid "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." @@ -4149,11 +3795,11 @@ msgstr "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Mexique" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "" "This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" " documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " @@ -4163,24 +3809,24 @@ msgid "" "\"Mexico\" set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" msgstr "Le module de localisation mexicain est composé de 3 modules:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "" "**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" " account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" " list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," " payment complement, invoice addendum." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " "accounting are here (Accounting app required)." @@ -4188,7 +3834,7 @@ msgstr "" "**l10n_mx_reports**: Tous les rapports électroniques obligatoires pour la " "comptabilité électronique sont ici (application de comptabilité requise)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 msgid "" "With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " "with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" @@ -4197,7 +3843,7 @@ msgid "" "company in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 msgid "" "After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" " to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " @@ -4208,17 +3854,17 @@ msgstr "" " de problèmes de débogage. Dans n'importe quelle étape, vous pouvez revenir " "en arrière et essayer à nouveau." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." msgstr "" "Pour cela, allez dans Applications et recherchez le Mexique. Cliquez ensuite" " sur *Installer*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" "When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " "when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " @@ -4228,11 +3874,11 @@ msgstr "" " choisissez le Mexique comme pays lors de la création de votre compte, la " "localisation mexicaine sera automatiquement installée." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 msgid "" "To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" @@ -4241,11 +3887,11 @@ msgid "" " integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 msgid "" "First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " "in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " @@ -4253,24 +3899,28 @@ msgid "" "position on your company’s contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +"vat to **EKU9003173C9**." msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez utiliser la localisation mexicaine en mode test, vous pouvez " -"mettre n'importe quelle adresse enregistrée au Mexique ainsi que tous les " -"champs réservés à l'adresse de la société et régler la TVA sur " -"**TCM970625MB1**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " +"(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " +"configuration. If you want to manage another currency, let MXN be the " +"default currency and use price list instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:91 msgid "" "4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the " "company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:93 msgid "" "Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " "order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " @@ -4280,11 +3930,11 @@ msgid "" "the option)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:100 msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" msgstr "5. Activer CFDI version 3.3" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:103 msgid "" "This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " "available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " @@ -4297,11 +3947,11 @@ msgstr "" "mise à niveau et envoyer un ticket au support technique à l'adresse " "https://www.odoo.com/help." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:108 msgid "Enable debug mode:" msgstr "Activer le mode débogage:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 msgid "" "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " @@ -4313,7 +3963,7 @@ msgstr "" "système` et configurez le paramètre *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* sur 3.3 (Si " "l'entrée portant ce nom n'existe pas, créez-la)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:119 msgid "" "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " @@ -4321,36 +3971,36 @@ msgid "" "the default behavior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:128 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "Considérations importantes lorsque vous activez le CFDI 3.3" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:648 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:138 msgid "" "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" " set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:145 msgid "" "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " "faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " @@ -4358,14 +4008,14 @@ msgid "" "and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " @@ -4374,52 +4024,46 @@ msgid "" "environment with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178 -msgid "`Certificate`_" -msgstr "`Certificat`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +msgid "" +":download:` Certificate <files/certificate.cer>` :download:` Certificate Key" +" <files/certificate.key>` - **Password:** 12345678a" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179 -msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "`Clé Du Certificat`_" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 -msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" -msgstr "**Password:** 12345678a" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189 msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:191 msgid "" "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " "\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:205 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "Facturation" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." @@ -4427,7 +4071,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour utiliser la facturation mexicaine, il vous suffit de faire une facture " "normale en respectant le comportement habituel d'Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" @@ -4435,7 +4079,7 @@ msgstr "" "Voici à quoi doit ressembler une facture correctement signée une fois que " "vous avez validé votre première facture :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:217 msgid "" "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " @@ -4446,7 +4090,7 @@ msgstr "" " la procédure normale dans odoo afin d'envoyer votre facture par courrier " "électronique." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:224 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." @@ -4454,11 +4098,11 @@ msgstr "" "Voici à quoi doit ressembler la facture électronique une fois que vous " "l'avez envoyée par email." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "Annulation de factures" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:233 msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." @@ -4466,55 +4110,55 @@ msgstr "" "Le processus d'annulation est entièrement lié aux annulations régulières " "d'Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:235 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "Si la facture n'est pas payé." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:245 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "**Considérations Légales**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:261 msgid "" "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " "good control of the cancellation reasons." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:264 msgid "" "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "Paiements (disponible uniquement pour CFDI 3.3)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " @@ -4524,17 +4168,17 @@ msgstr "" "processus de paiement normal dans Odoo. Ces considérations sont importantes " "pour comprendre le comportement." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " "the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " @@ -4542,17 +4186,17 @@ msgid "" "generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" msgstr "**1.2. Comment puis-je avoir cela avec Odoo?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." @@ -4560,7 +4204,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si une facture est générée sans ``Termes de paiement``, l'attribut ``Metodo " "Pago`` sera ``PUE``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "" "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " "``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " @@ -4568,31 +4212,31 @@ msgid "" "next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "" "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -4601,69 +4245,69 @@ msgid "" "caso de anticipos recibidos**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "La comptabilité pour Mexico est composée, dans Odoo, de 3 rapports:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "Plan comptable (appelé et indiqué comme COA)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "Balance générale électronique." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "Rapport DIOT" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" "1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:334 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Comptabilité électronique (application de comptabilité requise)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:337 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" -msgstr "Plan comptable électronique CoA" +msgstr "Plan comptable électronique COA" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" msgstr "" "La comptabilité électronique n'a jamais été aussi simple, il suffit d'aller " -"sur :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Rapport --> Mexique --> COA` et cliquez" +"sur :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Rapport --> Mexique --> COA` et cliquer" " sur le bouton **Exporter pour SAT (XML)**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:346 msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -4673,17 +4317,17 @@ msgid "" " xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:363 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -4691,11 +4335,11 @@ msgid "" "is not created you can create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:373 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "Balance générale électronique." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:375 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -4704,28 +4348,28 @@ msgid "" "the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:388 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Rapport DIOT (application de comptabilité requise)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:390 msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:392 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:395 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -4733,25 +4377,25 @@ msgid "" "the same, with our providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " "to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:406 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " "find in the SAT website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:410 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -4759,24 +4403,24 @@ msgid "" "to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:421 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -4785,18 +4429,18 @@ msgid "" "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:432 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:436 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -4806,7 +4450,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -4814,41 +4458,41 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:448 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "Vous pouvez trouver l'`information officielle ici`_." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:450 msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:452 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "Cliquez sur \"Exporter (TXT)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:474 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -4857,37 +4501,37 @@ msgid "" " suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " "properly configured already." msgstr "" -"Il existe 3 options de TVA pour ce rapport: 16%, 0% et exonéré. Dans Odoo, " -"une ligne de facturation est considérée comme exonérée si aucune taxe n’est " -"appliquée, les 2 autres taxes sont déjà configurées correctement." +"Il existe 3 options de TVA pour ce rapport : 16 %, 0 % et exonéré. Dans " +"Odoo, une ligne de facturation est considérée comme exonérée si aucune taxe " +"n’est appliquée, les 2 autres taxes sont déjà configurées correctement." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " "itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:491 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -4897,26 +4541,26 @@ msgid "" "your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:507 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "Application Contacts (gratuite)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:509 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:514 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Multi-devises (application de comptabilité requise)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -4933,17 +4577,17 @@ msgstr "" "devoir entrer quotidiennement et manuellement ces informations dans le " "système." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "Allez sur paramètres et activez la fonctionnalité multidevise." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " @@ -4951,22 +4595,22 @@ msgid "" "debug mode enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:536 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" "Allez à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Actions --> Actions " "serveur`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:537 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "Reherchez l'Action \"Télécharger le fichier XSD au format CFDI\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:538 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton \"Créer une action contextuelle\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:539 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" @@ -4974,18 +4618,18 @@ msgstr "" "Allez sur le formulaire de la société depuis :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " "Utilisateurs&Sociétés --> Sociétés`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "Ouvrez toutes les sociétés que vous avez." +msgstr "Ouvrez l'une de vos sociétés." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" "Cliquez sur \"Action\" puis sur \"Télécharger le fichier XSD au format " "CFDI\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:546 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " @@ -4995,15 +4639,15 @@ msgstr "" "exemple un produit sans code, ce qui est assez courant) et une erreur " "explicite sera affichée à la place d'une erreur générique sans explication." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "Si vous voyez une erreur comme celle-ci :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "Le CFDI généré n'est pas valide" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " @@ -5013,37 +4657,44 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' ne se " "résout pas à une définition de type simple., ligne 36" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:559 msgid "" "This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " "or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" " above but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:563 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "Allez à la société dans laquelle l'erreur s'est produite." +msgstr "Choisissez la société dans laquelle l'erreur s'est produite." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "**Message d'erreur** (applicable uniquement sur CFDI 3.3):" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 -msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572 msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute " +"'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; " +"this underruns the allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute " +"'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the " +"pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:577 msgid "" "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " @@ -5053,29 +4704,36 @@ msgstr "" " dans le produit. Veuillez vous reporter à la fiche du produit et définir " "correctement votre référence interne." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:609 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "**Message d'erreur**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:576 -msgid "" -":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 msgid "" -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing." +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute " +"'Regimen' is required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal'" +" is required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:587 msgid "" "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -5085,47 +4743,63 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:594 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " "set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " "Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:607 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02'," +" '03', '04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', " +"'25', '26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:610 msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:617 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute " +"'LugarExpedicion': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of " +"the set {'00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute " +"'LugarExpedicion': '' is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:619 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 msgid "" "**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " @@ -5134,15 +4808,7 @@ msgid "" "info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:624 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "" "**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." @@ -5150,35 +4816,41 @@ msgstr "" "**Solution:** Le code postal de l'adresse de votre entreprise n'est pas " "valide pour le Mexique, corrigez-le." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " +"is required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 msgid "" -":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " "Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " "is required but missing.\", '')" msgstr "" -":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': L'attribut 'TipoFactor' est " -"obligatoire mais manquant. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " -"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': L'attribut 'TipoFactor' est" -" obligatoire mais manquant.\", '')" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:645 msgid "" "**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Pays-Bas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" msgstr "Export XAF" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 msgid "" "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" " all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " @@ -5187,11 +4859,11 @@ msgid "" "then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" msgstr "Rapports comptables néerlandais" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" @@ -5199,23 +4871,23 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous installez la localisation de comptabilité néerlandaise, vous aurez " "accès à certains rapports spécifiques aux Pays-Bas, tels que:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "Déclaration Intrastat (ICP)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" msgstr "Espagne" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Plan comptable espagnol" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" @@ -5223,19 +4895,19 @@ msgstr "" "Par défaut , différents plans comptables espagnols sont disponibles dans " "Odoo :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" msgstr "PGCE Entitades" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " @@ -5245,7 +4917,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configuration` puis, sélectionnez celui que vous voulez dans la section " "**Localisation fiscale**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." @@ -5253,11 +4925,11 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque vous créez une nouvelle base de données SaaS, le PGCE PYMEs 2008 est" " installé par défaut." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "Rapports comptables espagnols" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" @@ -5265,45 +4937,45 @@ msgstr "" "Si la localisation comptable Espagnole est installée, vous aurez accès aux " "rapports de comptabilité spécifiques à l’Espagne:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Modelo 111)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Modelo 115)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Modelo 303)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Suisse" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " "ISR*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " "010391391 as CHF ISR reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " "coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " @@ -5312,11 +4984,11 @@ msgid "" "Reports` and tick this box :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "Mise à jour du taux de change en direct" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 msgid "" "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " "Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -5324,11 +4996,11 @@ msgid "" "you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" msgstr "Mise à jour de la TVA pour janvier 2018" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 msgid "" "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" @@ -5338,18 +5010,18 @@ msgstr "" "appliqués en Suisse. Le taux normal de 8,0% passera à 7,7% et le taux " "spécifique au secteur hôtelier passera de 3,8% à 3,7%." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "" "Comment mettre à jour vos taxes dans Odoo Enterprise (SaaS ou On Premise)?" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 msgid "" "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " "module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " @@ -5363,7 +5035,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Suisse - Rapports comptables\" --> ouvrez le module --> et cliquez sur " "\"mettre à jour\"`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." @@ -5371,7 +5043,7 @@ msgstr "" "Une fois que cela est fait, vous pouvez créer de nouvelles taxes pour les " "taux mis à jour." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 msgid "" "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " "to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " @@ -5379,273 +5051,273 @@ msgid "" "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "" "La création de ce type de taxes devrait se faire de la manière suivante : " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 msgid "" "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" " details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -"Pour des taxes de 7,7 % : Formulaire de TVA suisse : base de la grille 302, " -"Formulaire de TVA suisse : taxe de la grille 302" +"Pour des taxes de 7,7 % : Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille" +" de base 302, Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille d'impôt 302" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -"Pour des taxes de 3,7 % : Formulaire de TVA suisse : base de la grille 342, " -"Formulaire de TVA suisse : taxe de la grille 342" +"Pour des taxes de 3,7 % : Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille" +" de base 342, Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille d'impôt 342" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Name**" msgstr "**Nom de la taxe**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "**Taux**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" -msgstr "**Étiquette sur les factures**" +msgstr "**Étiquettes sur les factures**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "**Groupe de taxes (à partir de V10)**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Scope**" msgstr "**Portée de la taxe**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tag**" -msgstr "**Balise**" +msgstr "**Étiquette**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7,7 % sur achat B&S (TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7,7 % sur les achats B&S (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "7.7%" -msgstr "7.7%" +msgstr "7,7 %" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 msgid "7.7% achat" -msgstr "7.7% achat" +msgstr "7,7 % sur les achats" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "TVA 7.7%" msgstr "TVA 7,7 %" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "Achats" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" -msgstr "Formulaire TVA de la Suisse : grille 400" +msgstr "Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille 400" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" msgstr "TVA 7,7 % sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "7.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "7,7 % achats Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7,7 % sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 msgid "7.7% invest." -msgstr "7.7% invest." +msgstr "7,7 % invest." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" msgstr "Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille 405" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7,7 % sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." msgstr "7,7 % invest. Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3,7 % sur achat B&S (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "3.7%" -msgstr "3.7%" +msgstr "3,7 %" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 msgid "3.7% achat" -msgstr "3.7% achat" +msgstr "3,7 % achat" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "TVA 3.7%" -msgstr "TVA 3.7%" +msgstr "TVA 3,7 %" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3,7 % sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "3.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "3,7 % achat Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" msgstr "TVA 3,7 % sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 msgid "3.7% invest" msgstr "3,7 % invest" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3,7 % sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." msgstr "3,7 % invest Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" msgstr "TVA due à 7,7 % (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Vente" +msgstr "Ventes" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" "Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille de base 302, Formulaire " -"suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille de d'impôt 302" +"suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille d'impôt 302" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA due à 7,7 % (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "7.7% Incl." -msgstr "7.7% Incl." +msgstr "7,7 % Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" "Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille de base 342, Formulaire " "suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille d'impôt 342" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" msgstr "TVA due à 3,7 % (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "3.7% Incl." msgstr "3,7 % Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "" "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " "your fiscal positions accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 msgid "Others" msgstr "Autres" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 msgid "Adviser" msgstr "Conseiller" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 msgid "Manage your fixed assets" msgstr "Gérer vos immobilisations" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 msgid "" "The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " "machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " @@ -5659,7 +5331,7 @@ msgstr "" "détruire des immobilisations, et de générer des rapports sur les " "immobilisations de votre entreprise." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 msgid "" "As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " "amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " @@ -5674,7 +5346,7 @@ msgstr "" "charge. Après 3 ans, cet immobilisation comptera pour 0 € (valeur de " "récupération) dans votre bilan." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 msgid "" "The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " "describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" @@ -5683,23 +5355,23 @@ msgstr "" " décrivent comment se déprécie un atout. Voici deux exemples de types " "d'immobilisations :" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" msgstr "Bâtiment : 10 ans, amortissement linéaire annuel" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" msgstr "Voiture : 5 ans, amortissement linéaire mensuel" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 msgid "Install the Asset module" msgstr "Installer le module Gestion des immobilisations" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" msgstr "Commencez par l'*installation du module Gestion des immobilisations*" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" " application:" @@ -5707,15 +5379,15 @@ msgstr "" "Une fois le module installé, vous devriez trouver deux nouveaux menus dans " "l'application Comptabilité :" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" msgstr ":menuselection:`Conseiller --> Immobilisations`" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" msgstr ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Types d'immobilisation`" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 msgid "" "Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " "<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." @@ -5724,11 +5396,11 @@ msgstr "" "vos types d'immobilisations " "<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 msgid "Defining Asset Types" msgstr "Définition de Types d'immobilisation" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 msgid "" "Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " "deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " @@ -5744,7 +5416,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'information comptable complexe. Ils ont juste besoin de fournir un type " "d'immobilisation sur la facture du fournisseur." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 msgid "" "You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " "like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " @@ -5757,18 +5429,18 @@ msgstr "" "vous pouvez créer des types d'immobilisation génériques. Nommez-les en " "fonction de la durée de l'immobilisation comme \"36 mois\", \"10 ans\", ..." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 msgid "" "To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" msgstr "" "Pour définir des types d'immobilisation, allez à " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Types d'immobilisation`" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 msgid "Create assets manually" msgstr "Créer des imobilisations manuellement" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 msgid "" "To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Assets`." @@ -5776,7 +5448,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour enregistrer une immobilisation manuellement, allez dans le menu " ":menuselection:`Conseiller -> Immobilisations`." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 msgid "" "Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " "on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " @@ -5786,7 +5458,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez également cliquer sur le bouton Calcule les amortissements pour " "vérifier le tableau d'amortissement avant de confirmer l'immobilisation." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 msgid "" "if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" " this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " @@ -5797,188 +5469,12 @@ msgstr "" "l'immobilisation ne produira que les écritures d'amortissement, et non celes" " liées à la facture fournisseur." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 -msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "Explication des champs :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "État" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." -msgstr "Lorsqu'une immobilisation est créée, le statut est « Brouillon »." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" -" lines can be posted in the accounting." -msgstr "" -"Si l'immobilisation est confirmée, l'état passe «En cours » et les lignes " -"d'amortissement peuvent être comptabilisées." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " -"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez fermer manuellement une immobilisation lorsque l'amortissement " -"est terminé. Si la dernière ligne de l'amortissement est comptabilisée, " -"l'immobilisation passe automatiquement dans ce statut." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Asset Category" -msgstr "Catégorie d'immobilisation" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Category of asset" -msgstr "Catégorie d'immobilisation" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date" -msgstr "Date " - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date of asset" -msgstr "Date de l'immobilisation" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Depreciation Dates" -msgstr "Dates de dépréciation" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based" -" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on " -"the periodicity of the depreciations)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the " -"purchase date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "First Depreciation Date" -msgstr "Première date de dépréciation" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal " -"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting " -"date" -msgstr "" -"Notez que cette date ne modifie pas le calcul de la première entrée de " -"journal dans le cas d'actifs prorata temporis. Il change simplement sa date " -"de comptabilisation" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross Value" -msgstr "Valeur brute" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross value of asset" -msgstr "Valeur brute des immobilisations" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Salvage Value" -msgstr "Valeur de récupération" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." -msgstr "Il s'agit de la part non dépréciable de l'immobilisation." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Computation Method" -msgstr "Méthode de calcul" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez la méthode à utiliser pour calculer le montant des lignes " -"d'amortissement." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "" -"* Linéaire: Calculé sur la base de : Valeur brute / Nombre d'Amortissements" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" -msgstr "" -"* Dégressif : Calculé sur la base de: Valeur résiduelle * Taux " -"d'amortissement Dégressif" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Time Method Based On" -msgstr "Méthode temporelle basée sur" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 " -"depreciations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " -"depreciations won't go beyond." -msgstr "" -"* Date de fin : Choisissez le temps entre 2 amortissements et la date au " -"delà de laquelle les amortissements cesseront." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Prorata Temporis" -msgstr "Prorata temporis" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " -"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start " -"date of fiscal year" -msgstr "" -"Indiquez si le premier amortissement doit être calculé à partir de la date " -"d'achat ou à partir du 1er janvier / premier jour de l'exercice comptable." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "Nombre d'amortissements" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" -msgstr "" -"Le nombre d'amortissements nécessaire pour amortir votre immobilisation" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Months in a Period" -msgstr "Nombre de mois dans une période" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" -msgstr "La durée entre deux amortissements, en mois" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 -msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "" -"Essayez de créer une *Immobilisation* dans notre démonstration en ligne" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:83 msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" msgstr "" "Créer automatiquement des immobilisations depuis une facture fournisseur" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:85 msgid "" "Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " "is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " @@ -5991,7 +5487,7 @@ msgstr "" " validera la facture, une immobilisation sera créée automatiquement, en " "utilisant les informations de la facture fournisseur." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:92 msgid "" "Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " "created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " @@ -6008,7 +5504,7 @@ msgstr "" "vous voulez que votre conseiller puisse contrôler toutes les immobilisations" " avant de les comptabiliser." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:99 msgid "" "if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " "be filled in the supplier bill." @@ -6016,11 +5512,11 @@ msgstr "" "si vous mettez l'immobilisation sur l'article, la catégorie d'immobilisation" " sera automatiquement remplie dans la facture fournisseur." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:103 msgid "How to depreciate an asset?" msgstr "Comment amortir une immobilisation ?" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:105 msgid "" "Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " "date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" @@ -6032,7 +5528,7 @@ msgstr "" "pouvez contrôler dans le tableau d'amortissement : une puce verte signifie " "que l'écriture a été générée pour cette ligne." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:110 msgid "" "But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " "on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." @@ -6041,7 +5537,7 @@ msgstr "" "cliquant sur le point vert et en forçant la création d'écriture " "d'amortissement." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:117 msgid "" "In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " "entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " @@ -6051,28 +5547,28 @@ msgstr "" "l'écriture. Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Items' en haut pour voir les " "écritures qui sont déjà générées." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:122 msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" msgstr "Comment modifier une immobilisation existante ?" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:124 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" msgstr "Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier l'amortissement`" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 msgid "Change the number of depreciation" msgstr "Changez le nombre d'amortissements" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:127 msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." msgstr "" "Odoo va automatiquement recalculer un nouveau tableau d'amortissement." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" msgstr "Comment enregistrer la vente ou la destruction d'une immobilisation ?" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 msgid "" "If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." " Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " @@ -6085,23 +5581,23 @@ msgstr "" "immobilisation, mais il n'enregistrera pas la transaction de vente qui doit " "être enregistrée par le biais d'une facture client." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 msgid "→ This has to be changed in Odoo: selling an asset should:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 msgid "remove all \"Red\" lines" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:141 msgid "create a new line that deprecate the whole residual value" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" msgstr "Comment gérer un budget financier ?" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" "Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " "people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" @@ -6111,7 +5607,7 @@ msgid "" "Analytic Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 msgid "" "We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " "with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " @@ -6121,9 +5617,9 @@ msgstr "" "Nous allons utiliser l'exemple suivant pour illustrer. Nous avons juste " "commencé un projet avec Smith & Co et nous aimerions budgetiser les recettes" " et les dépenses de ce projet. Nous prévoyons d'avoir un chiffre d'affaires " -"de 1000 et nous ne voulons pas dépenser plus de 700." +"de 1 000 et nous ne voulons pas dépenser plus de 700." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 msgid "" "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" " is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " @@ -6134,7 +5630,7 @@ msgstr "" "dans le module Applications et installez l'application **Comptabilité et " "finance**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 msgid "" "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" @@ -6144,31 +5640,31 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Configuration` et activez" " la fonctionnalité **Gestion de budget**" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" msgstr "Postes budgétaires" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "" "Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" " (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" " know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 msgid "" "The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" " in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 msgid "" "Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " "ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " "least one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 msgid "" "If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" " *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " @@ -6176,7 +5672,7 @@ msgid "" "not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 msgid "" "Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " "accounts." @@ -6184,7 +5680,7 @@ msgstr "" "Certaines positions budgétaires sont peut-être déjà installées avec votre " "plan comptable." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 msgid "" "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." @@ -6192,7 +5688,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour définir les postes entrez dans :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> " "Configuration --> Postes budgétaires`." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 msgid "" "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " "expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." @@ -6201,7 +5697,7 @@ msgstr "" "dépenses de notre projet. Créez un poste et ajoutez des éléments pour " "sélectionner les comptes." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." @@ -6209,15 +5705,15 @@ msgstr "" "Dans cet exemple, nous sélectionnons les trois comptes pertinents utilisés " "dans lesquels nous comptabiliserons nos dépenses." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." msgstr "Cliquez sur *Selectionner*" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." msgstr "Enregistrez les modifications pour confirmer votre poste budgétaire." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 msgid "" "Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " "select the relevant income accounts." @@ -6225,11 +5721,11 @@ msgstr "" "Répétez cette étape pour créer un poste budgétaire des recettes. Seulement " "dans ce cas sélectionnez les comptes de revenus appropriées." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 msgid "Analytical account" msgstr "Compte analytique" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 msgid "" "Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " "budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " @@ -6239,11 +5735,11 @@ msgid "" " partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" msgstr "Définir un budget" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 msgid "" "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " "gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." @@ -6252,7 +5748,7 @@ msgstr "" "nous nous attendons à gagner 1000 avec ce projet et nous aimerions ne pas " "dépenser plus de 700." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "" "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." @@ -6261,7 +5757,7 @@ msgstr "" "sélectionnez :menuselection:`Conseiller -> Budgets` et créez un nouveau " "budget." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 msgid "" "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " "Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" @@ -6272,7 +5768,7 @@ msgstr "" "applicable. Ensuite, ajoutez un élément pour spécifier vos cibles dans les " "lignes de budget." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 msgid "" "Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " "select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " @@ -6289,7 +5785,7 @@ msgstr "" "spécifier un **montant négatif**. Enfin, sélectionnez le compte analytique " "correspondant." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 msgid "" "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " "is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" @@ -6298,15 +5794,15 @@ msgstr "" "poste budgétaire est Revenu et le montant prévu est 1000. Sauvegarder et " "fermer" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." msgstr "Vous devrez confirmer et approuver le budget." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 msgid "Check your budget" msgstr "Vérifier votre budget" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 msgid "" "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" " Invoices and Vendors Bills." @@ -6314,7 +5810,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez vérifier votre budget à tout moment. Pour voir l'évolution, " "enregistrons quelques factures clients et fournisseur." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 msgid "" "if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" " in the invoice and / or purchase line." @@ -6322,21 +5818,21 @@ msgstr "" "si vous utilisez des comptes analytiques rappelez-vous que vous devez " "spécifier le compte sur la ligne de la facture client et/ou fournisseur." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" msgstr "" "pour plus d'informations sur l'enregistrement des factures clients et " "fournisseurs voir :" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." msgstr "Revenez à la liste des budgets et trouvez le Projet Smith." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " @@ -6346,26 +5842,21 @@ msgstr "" "clients et fournisseurs enregistrées dans les comptes et les afficher dans " "la colonne **Montant réel**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " "budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." +"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" +" that could have been realised." msgstr "" -"Le montant théorique représente le montant d'argent que vous devriez " -"théoriquement dépenser / recevoir en fonction de la date. Lorsque votre " -"budget est de 1200 pendant 12 mois (janvier à décembre), et si aujourd'hui " -"est le 31 janvier, le montant théorique sera 100, car cela est le montant " -"réel qui aurait du être réalisé." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" msgstr "" "Comment faire une fin d'année dans Odoo ? (clôturer d'un exercice financier)" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 msgid "" "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " "should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," @@ -6375,7 +5866,7 @@ msgstr "" "étapes qu'il faut généralement réaliser pour veiller à ce que votre " "comptabilité soit correcte, à jour, et précise :" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 msgid "" "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " "and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " @@ -6385,22 +5876,22 @@ msgstr "" " jusqu'à la fin de l'année et que vos soldes comptables sont en " "correspondance avec le solde de vos relevés bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." msgstr "" "Vérifiez que toutes les factures clients ont été saisies et approuvées." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." msgstr "" "Confirmez que vous avez saisi et accepté toutes les **factures " "fournisseurs**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "Validez toutes les **notes de frais**, vérifiez leur exactitude." +msgstr "Validez toutes les **dépenses** et vérifiez leur exactitude." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 msgid "" "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " "accurately." @@ -6408,21 +5899,21 @@ msgstr "" "Vérifiez que tous les **paiements reçus** ont été saisis et enregistrés avec" " précision." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "Liste de vérification de fin d'année" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" "Générez un **Rapport de taxes**, et vérifiez que vos informations fiscales " "sont correctes." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" msgstr "Lettrez tous les comptes de votre bilan" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 msgid "" "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " "statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." @@ -6431,7 +5922,7 @@ msgstr "" "réels sur vos relevés. Utilisez le rapport **Réconciliation par relevé " "bancaire** pour cela." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 msgid "" "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " "**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." @@ -6439,7 +5930,7 @@ msgstr "" "Rapprocher toutes les transactions dans votre caisse et vos comptes " "bancaires en exécutant vos rapports **Balance âgée des tiers**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " "affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " @@ -6449,7 +5940,7 @@ msgstr "" "concernent et la nature des opérations, en veillant à inclure les prêts et " "les immobilisations." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 msgid "" "Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " "on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " @@ -6465,7 +5956,7 @@ msgstr "" " rapprochés, et pourrait conduire à trouver des anomalies ou des erreurs " "dans le système." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 msgid "" "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " "book entries for:" @@ -6473,7 +5964,7 @@ msgstr "" "Votre comptable vérifiera probablement vos éléments de bilan et vos " "écritures pour :" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 msgid "" "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" " example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." @@ -6482,23 +5973,23 @@ msgstr "" "--> Pièces comptables** (Par exemple, les rapports **Gains de l'Année " "actuelle** et **Revenus différés**)." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." msgstr "**Travail en cours**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." msgstr "**Ecritures d'amortissement**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." msgstr "**Prêts**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 msgid "**Tax adjustments**." msgstr "**Ajustements fiscaux**" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 msgid "" "If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " "they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " @@ -6510,7 +6001,7 @@ msgstr "" "les comptes bancaires, les paiements anticipés, les déclarations de taxe de " "vente, etc ...) afin de les confronter à vos soldes dans Odoo ." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 msgid "" "During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" "Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " @@ -6524,11 +6015,11 @@ msgstr "" "façon, le comptable peut être sûr que personne ne change les transactions de" " l'année précédente pendant la vérification des livres." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 msgid "Closing the fiscal year" msgstr "Clôture de l'exercice" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" " close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " @@ -6545,7 +6036,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Compte de résultat**, la date de début correspondra avec le début de " "l'**Exercice** et les soldes des comptes seront tous à 0." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 msgid "" "Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" " **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" @@ -6558,21 +6049,21 @@ msgstr "" " au dernier jour de l'exercice. Assurez-vous avant de le faire que les " "résultats de l'exercice en cours dans le **Bilan** ont bien un solde à 0." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 msgid "" "You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 msgid "" "This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" " debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " @@ -6582,24 +6073,23 @@ msgid "" "occurred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 msgid "" "For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " "journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " "reversed at that date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Analytique" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" msgstr "" -"Comment suivre les coûts des achats, des frais de déplacement, de la sous-" -"traitance ?" +"Comment suivre les coûts des achats, des dépenses et de la sous-traitance?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" "Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " "and subcontracting in the accounting module." @@ -6607,7 +6097,7 @@ msgstr "" "Grâce à la comptabilité analytique, nous pouvons suivre les coûts des " "achats, des dépenses et de la sous-traitance dans le module de comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 msgid "" "We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " "customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " @@ -6616,13 +6106,13 @@ msgid "" " to the project." msgstr "" "Nous allons prendre l'exemple suivant. Nous avons vendu une mission de " -"conseil pour un client. Le coût de la mission est tout compris, ce qui " -"signifie qu'aucun coût supplémentaire ne peut être ajouté. Nous aimerions " -"toutefois suivre quels coûts ont été liés à cette mission car nous devons " -"payer les achats, les notes de frais et les coûts de sous-traitance liés au " -"projet." +"consultance pour un client. Il s'agit d'une mission tout compris, ce qui " +"signifie qu'aucun coût supplémentaire ne peut être ajouté à celle-ci. Nous " +"aimerions toutefois suivre quels coûts ont été liés à cette mission car nous" +" devons payer les achats, les notes de frais et les coûts de sous-traitance " +"liés au projet." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 msgid "" "The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " "module and install the following apps:" @@ -6630,7 +6120,7 @@ msgstr "" "Les modules suivants doivent être installés pour suivre les coûts. Entrez " "dans le module Aapplication et installez les applications suivantes :" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 msgid "" "Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " "**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " @@ -6642,11 +6132,11 @@ msgstr "" "automatiquement ces coûts à nos clients. Pour suivre et **refacturer les " "coûts** vous devez également installer l'application Gestion des ventes." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" msgstr "Activer la Comptabilité Analytique" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" "Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " @@ -6656,7 +6146,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'application de Comptabilité, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Configuration` et cochez la Comptabilité Analytique." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 msgid "" "Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " "box." @@ -6664,15 +6154,15 @@ msgstr "" "De plus, faites défiler vers le bas et cocher l'option **Comptabilité " "analytique pour les achats**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." msgstr "N'oubliez pas de sauvegarder vos modifications" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." msgstr "Créer un compte analytique." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "" "First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " "all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " @@ -6682,18 +6172,18 @@ msgstr "" "Tout d'abord, vous devez créer un compte analytique sur lequel vous pouvez " "pointer toutes vos dépenses. Entrez dans l'application de Comptabilité, " "sélectionnez :menuselection:`Configuration --> Comptes analytiques`. Créez " -"en un nouveau. Dans cet exemple, nous l'appellerons \"mission de conseil\" " -"pour notre client Smith&Co." +"en un nouveau. Dans cet exemple, nous l'appellerons \"mission de " +"consultation\" pour notre client Smith&Co." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." msgstr "Nous allons affecter tous nos coûts à ce compte les suivre." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" msgstr "Enregistrer une dépense" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 msgid "" "We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " "see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." @@ -6702,11 +6192,11 @@ msgstr "" " dû prendre un train pour aller voir notre client. Il a payé son billet lui-" "même." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 msgid "Create an expense product" msgstr "Créer un article de note de frais" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 msgid "" "We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " "Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " @@ -6719,11 +6209,11 @@ msgstr "" "le prix à 15,50 euros. Assurez-vous que la case **Peut être inséré dans une " "note de frais** est cochée." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Book the expense" msgstr "Enregistrer la dépense" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 msgid "" "Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " "Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " @@ -6731,9 +6221,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Entrez dans le module de Notes de frais, cliquez sur :menuselection:`Mes " "notes de frais --> Créer`. Sélectionnez l'article billet de train et " -"affectez-le au compte analytique discuté ci-dessus." +"affectez-le au compte analytique vu ci-dessus." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 msgid "" "Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " "entries." @@ -6741,15 +6231,15 @@ msgstr "" "Soumettez-le au gestionnaire et attendez que le gestionnaire l'approuve et " "comptabilise la pièce." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" msgstr "Créer une commande d'achat liée au compte analytique" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 msgid "Purchase Product" msgstr "Article acheté" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 msgid "" "We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" " a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " @@ -6757,7 +6247,7 @@ msgid "" "select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 msgid "" "Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " "cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " @@ -6767,11 +6257,11 @@ msgstr "" "le prix de revient (champ **Prix d'achat**) sera affecté au compte " "analytique." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Subcontracting" msgstr "Sous-traitance" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 msgid "" "The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" " subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " @@ -6784,17 +6274,17 @@ msgstr "" " commande d'achat au compte analyse concerné. Nous devons juste créer " "l'article approprié." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également suivre les coûts avec des feuilles de temps, voir : " -":doc:`timesheets`" +"Vous pouvez également suivre les coûts avec des feuilles de présence, voir :" +" :doc:`timesheets`" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 msgid "Track costs in accounting" msgstr "Suivre les coûts en comptabilité" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 msgid "" "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " "open it to check the costs related to that account." @@ -6802,7 +6292,7 @@ msgstr "" "Maintenant tout est comptabilisé et affecté au compte analytique. Il suffit " "de l'ouvrir pour vérifier les coûts liés à ce compte." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." @@ -6810,7 +6300,7 @@ msgstr "" "Entrez dans le module Comptabilité, cliquez sur :menuselection:`Conseiller " "--> Comptes analytiques --> Ouvrir le plan comptable`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." @@ -6818,7 +6308,7 @@ msgstr "" "Selectionnez \"Mision de conseil - Smith\" et cliquez sur le bouton coût et " "recette pour avoir une vue d'ensemble de tous les coûts liés à ce compte." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " @@ -6828,11 +6318,13 @@ msgstr "" "la Mission de conseil par le menu Factures clients, et affecter la ligne de " "facture à ce même compte analytique." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" -msgstr "Comment suivre les coûts de personnels avec des feuilles de temps ?" +msgstr "" +"Comment suivre les coûts du personnel en utilisant des feuilles de présence " +"?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" "Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " "particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " @@ -6842,7 +6334,7 @@ msgstr "" "combien un contrat particulier coûte à l'entreprise en terme de ressources " "humaines par rapport aux montants facturés." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " "**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " @@ -6851,13 +6343,13 @@ msgid "" "compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." msgstr "" "Nous prendrons l'exemple suivant : Nos deux employés **Harry Potter** et " -"**Cedric Digory** travaillent tous les deux sur un **Projet de conseils** " -"pour notre client **Smith & Co**. Harry est payé 18 € / h et le salaire de " -"Cedric est de 12 € / h. Nous aimerions suivre leurs coûts horaires au sein " -"de l'application de comptabilité, et les comparer avec les recettes du " -"service de conseil." +"**Cedric Digory** travaillent tous les deux sur un **Projet de consultance**" +" pour notre client **Smith & Co**. Harry est payé 18 €/h et le salaire de " +"Cedric est de 12 €/h. Nous aimerions suivre leurs coûts horaires au sein de " +"l'application de comptabilité, et les comparer avec les recettes du service " +"de consultance." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 msgid "" "First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " "namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " @@ -6865,9 +6357,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Tout d'abord, installez les trois applications nécessaires pour utiliser " "cette fonctionnalité, à savoir **Comptabilité**, **Ventes** et **Feuilles de" -" temps**. Entrez le nom des applications et installez-les." +" présence**. Entrez le nom des applications et installez-les." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "" "Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " @@ -6878,15 +6370,15 @@ msgstr "" "--> Configuration` et cochez l'option **Compte analytique** (voir image ci-" "dessous)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." msgstr "Appliquez vos modifications." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 msgid "Create an employee" msgstr "Créer un employé" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 msgid "" "In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" " an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " @@ -6896,26 +6388,26 @@ msgstr "" " an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " "new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 msgid "" "On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " "specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " "cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." msgstr "" -"Sur le formulaire de l'employé entrez dans l'onglet **Paramètres RH**. Ici, " -"vous êtes en mesure de préciser le **Coût horaire (de la feuille de " -"temps...)** de votre employé. Dans notre exemple, Harry a un coût de 18 " -"euros / heure. Nous allons donc saisir 18 dans ce champ." +"Sur la fiche de l'employé allez à l'onglet **Paramètres RH**. Là, vous serez" +" en mesure de préciser le **Coût horaire de la feuille de présence** de cet " +"employé. Dans notre exemple, Harry a un coût de 18 euros/heure. Nous allons " +"donc saisir 18 dans ce champ." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " "related to a User." msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez que l'employé puisse saisir ses feuilles de temps il doit " -"être relié à un utilisateur." +"Si vous voulez permettre aux employés de saisir des feuilles de présence, " +"celles-ci doivent être reliées à un utilisateur." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 msgid "" "Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " "specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." @@ -6923,32 +6415,32 @@ msgstr "" "Répétez l'opération pour créer l'employé Cedric Diggory. N'oubliez pas de " "spécifier son utilisateur et son **Coût horaire**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 msgid "Issue a Sales Order" msgstr "Émettre une commande client" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 msgid "" "We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " "**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " "customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." msgstr "" -"Nous avons créé deux employés appelés Harry Potter et Cedric Diggory dans " -"l'application **Employés**. Tous les deux vont travailler sur un contrat de " -"conseil pour notre client Smith & Co où ils pointeront leurs heures sur une " -"feuille de temps." +"Nous avons créé les employés Harry Potter et Cedric Diggory dans " +"l'application **Employés**. Tous les deux travailleront sur un contrat de " +"consultance pour notre client Smith & Co et devront indiquer leurs heures " +"sur une feuille de présence." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 msgid "" "We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " "unit of measures." msgstr "" -"Nous avons donc besoin de créer une **commande** avec un article de type " -"**service** facturé en **reinvoice costs** et suivi par des feuilles de " -"temps avec des **heures** comme unité de mesure." +"Nous devons donc créer une **commande** avec un article de type **service** " +"facturé **sur la base du temps et du matériel** et suivi par des feuilles de" +" présence qui utilisent les **heures** comme unité de mesure." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " "material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " @@ -6958,13 +6450,13 @@ msgstr "" "costs\" consultez : *Comment facturer en \"reinvoice costs\"* (travail en " "cours)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79 msgid "" "Add a link, and the document is under Sales --> Invoicing Methods --> " "Services --> How to invoices blabla" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " "analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " @@ -6978,11 +6470,11 @@ msgstr "" "(dans cet exemple **SO002-Smith & Co**) afin de pouvoir facturer leurs " "heures (voir photo ci-dessous)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 msgid "Fill in timesheet" -msgstr "Remplir une feuille de temps" +msgstr "Remplir une feuille de présence" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 msgid "" "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " "specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " @@ -6990,26 +6482,26 @@ msgid "" " Account** discussed above." msgstr "" "En tant qu'employé lié à un utilisateur, Harry peut entrer dans " -"l'application **Feuilles de temps** et enregistrer ses feuilles de temps " -"pour le contrat. Connecté à Odoo avec le compte de Harry, entrons dans " -"l'application **Feuilles de temps** et saisissons une ligne détaillée " -"pointant sur le **Compte Analytique** discuté ci-dessus." +"l'application **Feuille de présence** et enregistrer ses feuilles de " +"présence pour ce contrat. Une fois connectés sur le compte Odoo d'Harry, " +"accédons à l'application **Feuille de présence** et saisissons une ligne " +"détaillée pointant sur le **Compte Analytique** indiqué ci-dessus." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." msgstr "Harry a travaillé trois heures sur une analyse SWOT pour Smith & Co." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" " the **Analytic Account**." msgstr "" -"En attendant, Cédric a discuté des besoins d'affaires avec le client pendant" -" 1 heure et l'a également enregistré dans sa feuille de temps personnelle, " -"pointant sur le même **Compte Analytique**." +"Pendant ce temps, Cédric a discuté des besoins de l'entreprise avec le " +"client pendant une heure et l'a également enregistré dans sa feuille de " +"présence, en pointant également sur le **Compte Analytique**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." @@ -7017,11 +6509,11 @@ msgstr "" "Dans le **Bon de Commande** nous remarquons que les quantités d'heures " "livrées/prestées est automatiquement calculé (voir image ci-dessous)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Compte analytique" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "" "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " @@ -7031,15 +6523,15 @@ msgstr "" " des ressources humaines et des revenus. Tous les revenus et les coûts de " "ces transactions ont été enregistrés dans le compte **SO002-Smith & Co**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." msgstr "Nous pouvons utiliser deux méthodes pour analyser la situation." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 msgid "Without filters" msgstr "Sans filtres" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 msgid "" "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " "analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " @@ -7052,7 +6544,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Comptabilité*, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Conseiller --> Comptes " "analytiques --> Ouvrir le Plan Comptable`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 msgid "" "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " @@ -7062,7 +6554,7 @@ msgstr "" "souhaitez ouvrir la situation actuelle, vous devez garder les champs vides. " "Nous pouvons déjà noter le solde du compte." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 msgid "" "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " "of cost and revenues (see picture below)." @@ -7070,7 +6562,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si l'on clique sur le compte, un bouton spécial est fourni pour avoir les " "détails des coûts et des revenus (voir image ci-dessous)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "" "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " "with the corresponding description." @@ -7078,17 +6570,17 @@ msgstr "" "Cliquez sur le bouton **Coût/Revenu** pour avoir une vue d'ensemble des " "coûts et des revenus avec la description correspondante." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "With filters" msgstr "Avec des filtres" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "" "Nous pouvons donc filtrer ces informations à partir des **Pièces " "Analytiques**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 msgid "" "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" @@ -7098,7 +6590,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Conseiller --> Ecritures analytiques`. Dans ce menu, nous " "avons plusieurs options pour analyser le coût des ressources humaines." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 msgid "" "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " @@ -7108,15 +6600,15 @@ msgstr "" "recettes du projet. Ajoutez un **Filtre** personnalisé où le **Compte " "analytique** contient le numéro de **Bon de Commande**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 msgid "" "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " "corresponding costs and revenues." msgstr "" -"Dans les résultats, nous voyons les activités de feuilles de temps et des " -"lignes facturées avec les coûts et les revenus correspondants." +"Dans les résultats, nous voyons les activités des feuilles de présence et " +"les lignes facturées ainsi que leurs coûts et revenus correspondants." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 msgid "" "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " @@ -7127,27 +6619,27 @@ msgstr "" "Analytique** et de sélectionnez la **Vue graphique** pour avoir une vue " "d'ensemble claire." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 msgid "Analytic account use cases" msgstr "Exemple d'utilisation de comptes analytiques" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" msgstr "La comptabilité analytique peut être utilisée à plusieurs fins :" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 msgid "analyse costs of a company" msgstr "analyser les coûts d'une entreprise" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" msgstr "refacturer du temps à un client" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" msgstr "analyser les performances d'un service ou d'un projet" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 msgid "" "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" @@ -7155,7 +6647,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour gérer la comptabilité analytique, vous devez l'activer dans " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration`:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "" "To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " "each in one of three different types of company:" @@ -7163,23 +6655,23 @@ msgstr "" "Pour décrire les comptes analytiques clairement, vous suivrez trois cas " "d'utilisation, chacun dans l'un des trois types de sociétés différentes :" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "Société Industrielle : analyse des coûts" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" msgstr "Cabinet d'Avocats : refacturation des heures prestées" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" msgstr "Société de Services Informatiques : Analyse de performance" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "Cas 1 : Société Industrielle: analyse des coûts" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "" "In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" " departments and products the company itself is built on." @@ -7187,7 +6679,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dans l'industrie, vous trouverez souvent des plans de comptes analytiques " "structurés en services et en articles de l'entreprise." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 msgid "" "The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " "department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " @@ -7199,40 +6691,40 @@ msgstr "" "différents services, et les niveaux inférieurs représentent les gammes " "d'articles que la société fabrique et vend." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 msgid "" "**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" msgstr "" "**Plan de Comptes Analytiques pour une Entreprise de Fabrication " "Industrielle** :" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 msgid "Marketing Department" msgstr "Département marketing" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 msgid "Commercial Department" msgstr "Service Commercial" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 msgid "Administration Department" msgstr "Services Administratifs" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 msgid "Production Range 1" msgstr "Gamme de Production 1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "Production Range 2" msgstr "Gamme de Production 2" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 msgid "" "In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " "invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " @@ -7246,7 +6738,7 @@ msgstr "" "correspondants. Pour chaque pièce sur un compte comptable, il y a au moins " "une pièce analytique qui affecte les coûts au service qui les a engagés." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " "example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" @@ -7254,150 +6746,150 @@ msgstr "" "Voici, pour l'exemple ci-dessus, un détail de quelques écritures comptables," " affectées à différents comptes analytiques :" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**General accounts**" msgstr "**Comptes comptables**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**Analytic accounts**" msgstr "**Comptes Analytiques**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Title**" msgstr "**Titre**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "**Compte**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Debit**" msgstr "**Débit**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Credit**" msgstr "**Crédit**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "**Valeur**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" msgstr "Achat de Matières Premières" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "2122" msgstr "2122" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" msgstr "1500" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" msgstr "-1 500" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" msgstr "Sous-Traitants" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "450" msgstr "450" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "-450" msgstr "-450" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "Avoir pour des matériaux défectueux" +msgstr "Recevoir des notes de crédit pour des matériaux défectueux" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "200" msgstr "200" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "Transport charges" msgstr "Frais de transport" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "Staff costs" msgstr "Frais de personnel" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" msgstr "2121" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" msgstr "10000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" msgstr "Marketing" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" msgstr "-2 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" msgstr "Commercial" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "-3 000" msgstr "-3 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" msgstr "Administratifs" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" msgstr "-1 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" msgstr "RP" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" msgstr "-400" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 msgid "" "The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " "costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " @@ -7409,7 +6901,7 @@ msgstr "" "analytique montre la répartition des coûts de l'entreprise en utilisant " "l'exemple ci-dessus:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 msgid "" "In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " "only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " @@ -7422,7 +6914,7 @@ msgstr "" "comptes généraux et aux comptes analytiques vous permet d'obtenir une " "ventilation des coûts au sein d'un service donné." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 msgid "" "The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " @@ -7433,7 +6925,7 @@ msgstr "" "ventes. Cela vous donne la rentabilité (ventes - coûts) des différents " "services." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" "This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " "companies and industries." @@ -7441,7 +6933,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cette représentation analytique par service est généralement utilisée par " "les sociétés de négoce et les industries." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 msgid "" "A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " "departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " @@ -7452,7 +6944,7 @@ msgstr "" "correspondante. Cela vous donnera une analyse de la rentabilité de chaque " "gamme de produits." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 msgid "" "Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " "effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " @@ -7463,11 +6955,11 @@ msgstr "" "générale, ou chaque gamme de produits est-elle responsable de ses propres " "frais de commercialisation ?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" msgstr "Cabinet d'Avocats : coûts des ressources humaines ?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "" "Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " "current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" @@ -7478,7 +6970,7 @@ msgstr "" " les revenus sont alors affectés à un dossier, c'est à dire à un compte " "analytique donné." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 msgid "" "A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" " the profitability by case and by employee." @@ -7486,7 +6978,7 @@ msgstr "" "Une préoccupation principale des cabinets d'avocats est la facturation des " "heures travaillées, et la rentabilité par affaire et par employé." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 msgid "" "Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " "timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " @@ -7494,13 +6986,13 @@ msgid "" "cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " "cost." msgstr "" -"Les mécanismes utilisés pour enregistrées les heures travaillées seront " -"traitées en détail dans la documentation sur les feuilles de temps. Comme la" -" plupart des processus du système, les heures travaillées sont intégrées " -"dans la comptabilité analytique. Dans la fiche de l'employé, préciser le " -"coût de l'employé. Le tarif horaire est une fonction du coût de l'employé." +"Les mécanismes utilisés pour enregistrer les heures travaillées sont abordés" +" en détail dans la documentation sur les feuilles de présence. Comme la " +"plupart des processus du système, les heures travaillées sont intégrées dans" +" la comptabilité analytique. Précisez le coût de l'employé sur sa fiche. Le " +"tarif horaire est l'une des fonctions du coût de l'employé." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 msgid "" "So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " "management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." @@ -7509,7 +7001,7 @@ msgstr "" "reflète la gestion du temps que les employés passent sur les différentes " "affaires des clients." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 msgid "" "Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" " entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " @@ -7524,7 +7016,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'équivalents exacts dans les comptes comptables. Les factures sont établies" " sur la base du coût horaire par employé." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 msgid "" "At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " "them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " @@ -7541,7 +7033,7 @@ msgstr "" "réajuster vos estimations du coût horaire par employé en fonction du temps " "effectivement travaillé." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 msgid "" "The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " "can find for your analytic account:" @@ -7549,107 +7041,107 @@ msgstr "" "Le tableau suivant montre un exemple de différentes pièces analytiques que " "vous pouvez trouver pour votre compte analytique :" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" msgstr "**Montant**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" msgstr "** Compte général**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "Study the file (1 h)" -msgstr "Etudier le dossier (1 h)" +msgstr "Étudier le dossier (1 heure)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Case 1.1" msgstr "Affaire 1.1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "-15" msgstr "-15" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "Search for information (3 h)" msgstr "Recherche d'informations (3 h)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" msgstr "-45" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" msgstr "Consultation (4 h)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Case 2.1" msgstr "Affaire 2.1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "-60" msgstr "-60" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "Service charges" msgstr "Frais de service" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" msgstr "280" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" msgstr "705 – Services de facturation" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Stationery purchase" msgstr "Achat de fournitures" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "-42" msgstr "-42" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" msgstr "601 – Achat de fournitures" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "42" msgstr "42" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" msgstr "Coût de carburant - Déplacement client" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" msgstr "-35" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "613 – Transports" msgstr "613 – Transports" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "35" msgstr "35" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "Staff salaries" msgstr "Salaires du personnel" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "6201 – Salaries" msgstr "6201 – Salaires" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" msgstr "3 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" "Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" " various transactions." @@ -7657,7 +7149,7 @@ msgstr "" "Une telle structure vous permet d'effectuer une étude détaillée de la " "rentabilité des différentes transactions." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 msgid "" "For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " ":doc:`timesheets`" @@ -7665,7 +7157,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour plus de détails sur la rentabilité, lisez le document suivant : " ":doc:`timesheets`" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 msgid "" "But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " "profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" @@ -7673,36 +7165,36 @@ msgid "" "invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " "products that manage timesheet or expenses ." msgstr "" -"Mais la comptabilité analytique ne se limite pas à une simple analyse de la " -"rentabilité des différents clients. Les mêmes données peuvent être utilisées" -" pour refacturer automatiquement les services aux clients à la fin du mois. " -"Pour facturer les clients, relier juste le compte analytique à une commande " -"et des articles vendus qui gèrent des feuilles de temps ou des notes de " -"frais." +"Néanmoins, la comptabilité analytique ne se limite pas à une simple analyse " +"de la rentabilité des différents clients. Les mêmes données peuvent être " +"utilisées à la fin du mois pour une refacturation automatique des services " +"aux clients. Pour facturer les clients, reliez tout simplement le compte " +"analytique à une commande et vendez des articles qui gèrent des feuilles de " +"présence ou des dépenses." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" -msgstr "Cas 3 : Société de Services Informatiques : Analyse de performance" +msgstr "Cas 3 : Société de services informatiques : analyse de la performance" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" msgstr "" "La plupart des sociétés de services informatiques sont confrontées aux " "problèmes suivants :" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 msgid "project planning," msgstr "planification de projet," -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," msgstr "la facturation, la rentabilité et le suivi financier des projets," -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 msgid "managing support contracts." msgstr "la gestion des contrats de maintenance." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 msgid "" "To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " "structured by project and by sale order." @@ -7710,7 +7202,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour faire face à ces problèmes, vous devez utiliser un plan de comptes " "analytiques structurés par projet et par commande." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 msgid "" "The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " "presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " @@ -7720,7 +7212,7 @@ msgstr "" "présentée ci-dessus pour les avocats. La facturation et l'étude de la " "rentabilité sont également similaires." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 msgid "" "But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " "prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " @@ -7735,7 +7227,7 @@ msgstr "" "un article configuré pour facturer à la commande et relier le bon de " "commande à un compte analytique." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 msgid "" "In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " "as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " @@ -7749,11 +7241,11 @@ msgstr "" "vous pouvez additionner les quantités vendues et utilisées sur chaque " "commande pour déterminer s'il reste des heures dans le contrat de support." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" msgstr "Conclusion" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" "Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" " case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " @@ -7763,24 +7255,24 @@ msgstr "" " case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " "production performance." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 msgid "" "Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "" "La comptabilité analytique est flexible et facile à utiliser depuis toutes " -"les applications d'Odoo (ventes, achats, feuilles de temp, production, " +"les applications d'Odoo (ventes, achats, feuilles de présence, production, " "facturation, ...)." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'un type de compte et comment dois-je le configurer ?" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 msgid "What is an account type ?" msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'un type de compte ?" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 msgid "" "An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " "account's purpose." @@ -7788,7 +7280,7 @@ msgstr "" "Un type de compte est un nom ou un code donné à un compte qui indique " "l'usage du compte." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " "country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " @@ -7798,7 +7290,7 @@ msgstr "" " générer les documents légaux propres à chaque pays, pour définir les règles" " pour fermer un exercice financier et pour générer des entrées d'ouverture." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 msgid "" "Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " "category according to its behaviour or purpose." @@ -7807,11 +7299,11 @@ msgstr "" "certaines catégories spécifiques en fonction de leur comportement ou de leur" " rôle." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" msgstr "Quels sont les types de compte dans Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " "types. Just pick the one related to your account." @@ -7820,83 +7312,84 @@ msgstr "" "pas créer de nouveaux types de compte. Il suffit de choisir celui lié à " "votre compte." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 msgid "**List of account types**" msgstr "**Liste des types de compte**" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "Recevable" +msgstr "Débiteur" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 msgid "Payable" msgstr "Payable" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 msgid "Bank and Cash" msgstr "Banque et liquidités" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 msgid "Current Assets" msgstr "Actif circulant" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 msgid "Non-current Assets" msgstr "Actif immobilisé" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 msgid "Prepayments" msgstr "Prépaiements" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 msgid "Fixed Assets" msgstr "Immobilisations" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 msgid "Current Liabilities" msgstr "Dettes à court terme" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 msgid "Non-current Liabilities" msgstr "Passif immobilisé" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 msgid "Equity" msgstr "Capitaux propres" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 msgid "Current Year Earnings" msgstr "Bénéfices de l'année en cours" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 msgid "Other Income" msgstr "Autres revenus" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Income" msgstr "Revenus" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 msgid "Depreciation" msgstr "Amortissement" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:4 msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Notes de frais" +msgstr "Dépenses" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 msgid "Direct Costs" msgstr "Coûts directs" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" msgstr "Comment puis-je configurer mes comptes?" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 msgid "" "Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " "By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " @@ -7906,7 +7399,7 @@ msgstr "" "plan comptable. Par défaut, Odoo fournit de nombreux plans comptables, il " "suffit d'installer celui correspondant à votre pays." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 msgid "" "It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " "you can create your own accounts too." @@ -7914,7 +7407,7 @@ msgstr "" "Il va installer des comptes génériques. Mais s'il ne couvre pas tous vos " "cas, vous pouvez aussi créer vos propres comptes." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 msgid "" "If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " "installed." @@ -7922,7 +7415,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous êtes un utilisateur Saas, le plan comptable de votre pays est " "automatiquement installé." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 msgid "" "To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " @@ -7932,94 +7425,33 @@ msgstr "" "Ouvrez le menu :menuselection:`Conseiller --> Plan comptable`, et cliquez " "sur le bouton **Créer**." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " -"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" -" entries." -msgstr "" -"Le type de compte est utilisé comme indication pour l'utilisateur, ainsi que" -" pour créer des rapports comptables spécifiques à certains pays, et enfin " -"pour gérer les clôtures d'exercices (et établir les écritures " -"correspondantes)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Étiquettes" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "" -"Étiquettes optionnelles que vous pourriez assigner pour des rapports " -"personnalisés" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "Devise du compte" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "" -"Oblige toutes les écritures de ce compte à avoir cette devise secondaire." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "Type interne" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " -"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" -" for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr "" -"Le \"Type interne\" est utilisé pour des caractéristiques disponibles sur " -"différents types de comptes : le type liquidité est pour l'argent cash ou " -"les comptes banquaires, payabls/recevables par les comptes des " -"vendeurs/clients." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "Autoriser le lettrage" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " -"journal items." -msgstr "" -"Cochez cette case si ce compte permet de faire du rapprochement entre " -"factures et paiements." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Voir *Créer un compte* dans notre démonstration en ligne" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" msgstr "Gérer les années fiscales" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" "In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" " have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " "settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 msgid "" "However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " "fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " "this case, some additional configuration is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " "activate the fiscal years." msgstr "" "Allez à :menuselection:`comptabilité --> configuration --> paramètres` et " -"activez les années fiscales." +"activez les exercices fiscaux." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 msgid "" "You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " "configuration --> fiscal years`." @@ -8027,7 +7459,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez alors configurer vos exercices fiscaux dans " ":menuselection:`comptabilité --> configuration --> exercice fiscal`." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 msgid "" "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " "months." @@ -8035,32 +7467,32 @@ msgstr "" "Vous ne devez créer des exercices fiscaux que s'ils ont une durée de plus ou" " moins 12 mois." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" msgstr ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Stock" +msgstr "Inventaire" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" msgstr "" "Impact sur l'évaluation du prix moyen en cas de retour de marchandises" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" "As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " "the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" " average cost." msgstr "" -"Come indiqué sur la `*page de valorisation des stocks* " +"Come indiqué sur la `*page de valorisation des inventaires* " "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, une des " "méthodes de comptabilité dont vous pouvez vous servir pour la valorisation " "des stocks permanent est le coût moyen." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 msgid "" "This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " "method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " @@ -8076,26 +7508,26 @@ msgstr "" "valorisation permanente (plutôt que périodique) et à la méthode du coût " "moyen pondéré (plutôt qu'aux critères FIFO)." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 msgid "Definition of average cost" msgstr "Définition du coût moyen" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 msgid "" "The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " "goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." msgstr "" -"La méthode du coût moyen consiste à calculer le coût du stock final et le " -"coût des biens vendus sur la base du coût unitaire moyen pondéré de chaque " -"élément de l'inventaire." +"La méthode du coût moyen consiste à calculer le coût de l'inventaire final " +"et le coût des biens vendus sur la base du coût unitaire moyen pondéré de " +"chaque élément de l'inventaire." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " "formula:" msgstr "Le coût unitaire moyen pondéré est calculé selon la formule suivante:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" "When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " "as:" @@ -8103,17 +7535,17 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque de nouveaux produits arrivent en entrepôt, le nouveau coût moyen est" " recalculé de cette façon :" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" msgstr "" "Lorsque des produits quittent l'entrepôt : le coût moyen ne change **pas**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" msgstr "Définir le prix d'achat" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " "not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " @@ -8126,161 +7558,161 @@ msgstr "" "payé pour les produits, mais il peut aussi inclure les frais " "supplémentaires, tels que les coûts au débarquement." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" msgstr "Exemple de coût moyen" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Opération" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "Valeur de delta" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Valeur d'inventaire" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "Qté en réserve" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "CM" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$0" msgstr "0$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" msgstr "Réception de 8 produits à 10$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" msgstr "+8\\*10$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$80" msgstr "80$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$10" msgstr "10$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" msgstr "Réception de 4 produits à 16$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" msgstr "+4\\*16$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "$144" msgstr "144$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$12" msgstr "12$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "Livraison de 10 produits" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "-10\\*$12" msgstr "-10\\*12$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "$24" msgstr "24$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" "At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" " inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " @@ -8290,32 +7722,32 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque la première réception se fait, le coût moyen devient conséquemment " "le prix d'achat." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 msgid "" "At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " "inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " "the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." msgstr "" "A la deuxième réception, le coût moyen est actualisé puisque la valeur " -"d'inventaire totale est maintenant de ``80$ + 4*16$ = 144$``. Comme nous " -"avons 12 unités en réserve, le prix unitaire moyen est de ``144$ / 12 = " -"12$``." +"d'inventaire totale est maintenant de ``80 $ + 4*16 $ = 144 $``. Comme nous " +"avons 12 unités en réserve, le prix unitaire moyen est de ``144 $ / 12 = 12 " +"$``." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." " Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" " each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." msgstr "" "Par définition, la livraison de 10 produits ne change pas le coût moyen. En " -"effet, la valeur d'inventaire est maintenant de 24$ puisqu'il ne nous reste " -"que 2 unités de chaque ``24$ / 2 = 12$``." +"effet, la valeur d'inventaire est maintenant de 24 $ puisqu'il ne nous reste" +" que 2 unités de chaque ``24 $ / 2 = 12 $``." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Purchase return use case" msgstr "Cas de retour d'un achat" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" "In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" " value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " @@ -8325,37 +7757,37 @@ msgstr "" " valeur d'inventaire est diminuée selon les formules du coût moyen (pas au " "prix initial de ces produits!)." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" msgstr "Ce qui signifie que le tableau du dessus sera actualisé ainsi :" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" -msgstr "Retour d'1 produit initialement acheté pour 10$" +msgstr "Retour d'un produit initialement acheté à 10 $" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "-1\\*$12" msgstr "-1\\*12$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "1" msgstr "1" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 msgid "Explanation: counter example" msgstr "Explication : contre-exemple" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "" "Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " "the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," @@ -8366,7 +7798,7 @@ msgstr "" "enfreignez cette règle, cela pourrait mener à des incohérences dans votre " "inventaire." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "" "As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " "customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " @@ -8376,34 +7808,34 @@ msgstr "" "retournez l'autre à votre fournisseur (au coût auquel vous l'avez acheté). " "Voici l'opération qui s'effectue :" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" msgstr "Envoi d'1 produit au client" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 msgid "-1\\*$10" msgstr "-1\\*10$" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$2**" -msgstr "**2$**" +msgstr "**2 $**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**0**" msgstr "**0**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 msgid "" "As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " "of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." msgstr "" "Comme vous pouvez le voir dans cet exemple, cela n'est pas correct : une " -"valorisation des stocks à 2$ pour 0 éléments dans l'entrepôt." +"valorisation des stocks à 2 $ pour 0 éléments dans l'entrepôt." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 msgid "" "The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " "cost:" @@ -8411,11 +7843,11 @@ msgstr "" "Le scénario correct devrait être de retourner la marchandise au prix moyen " "actuel :" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**$0**" -msgstr "**$0**" +msgstr "**0 $**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 msgid "" "On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " "correct inventory value at all times." @@ -8423,11 +7855,11 @@ msgstr "" "D'autre part, utiliser le coût moyen pour valoriser le retour assure une " "valorisation d'inventaire correcte en tout temps." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" msgstr "Autres réflexions sur le mode anglo-saxon" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 msgid "" "For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " "another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " @@ -8442,7 +7874,7 @@ msgstr "" "augmentera à la réception des livraisons entrantes et diminuera lors de la " "réception des factures fournisseurs liées." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "" "Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " "price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" @@ -8452,47 +7884,47 @@ msgstr "" "prix moyen, le montant comptabilisé dans le compte d'entrée de stock est le " "prix d'achat initial :" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "stock input" msgstr "entrée de stock" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "price diff" msgstr "différence de prix" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" msgstr "($80)" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "Reçu facture fournisseur $80" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" msgstr "($64)" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "Reçu facture fournisseur $64" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$10**" -msgstr "**$10**" +msgstr "**10 $**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "**$12**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "Reçu avoir fournisseur $10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$2" -msgstr "$2" +msgstr "2 $" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " "price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " @@ -8507,15 +7939,15 @@ msgstr "" "utilisé pour enregistrer la différence entre le coût moyen et le prix " "d'achat initial." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "Multi-devise" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "Enregistrer les taux de change des paiements" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 msgid "" "Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " "in a different currency." @@ -8523,7 +7955,7 @@ msgstr "" "Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " "in a different currency." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 msgid "" "After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " "into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " @@ -8534,11 +7966,11 @@ msgstr "" "implique des fluctuations de taux de change. Les écarts de change sont " "automatiquement enregistrées par Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" msgstr "Activer multi-devises" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." @@ -8547,7 +7979,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configuration` et cochez **Autoriser devises multiples**, puis cliquez sur " "**Appliquer**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 msgid "" "Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." @@ -8555,7 +7987,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configurez les taux de change dans :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Devises`. Saisissez le taux et assurez-vous que la monnaie est active." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 msgid "" "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " "in **Dollars**." @@ -8563,7 +7995,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dans ce document, la devise de base est **Euro** et nous enregistrerons les " "paiements en **Dollars**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "" "You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " "Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." @@ -8572,12 +8004,12 @@ msgstr "" "**Banque Centrale Européenne** ou de **Yahoo**. Lisez le document : " ":doc:`how_it_works`." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 msgid "Configure your journal" msgstr "Configurer votre journal" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " "currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " @@ -8588,7 +8020,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'application de Comptabilité, cliquez sur **Plus** sur le journal, puis sur" " **Configuration**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 msgid "" "Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" " you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " @@ -8598,11 +8030,11 @@ msgstr "" "laquelle vous enregistrerez les paiements. Si une devise est définie, cela " "signifie que vous ne pouvez enregistrer les paiements que dans cette devise." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" msgstr "Enregistrer un paiement dans une autre devise" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" @@ -8612,13 +8044,13 @@ msgstr "" "Paiements`. Enregistrez le paiement et indiquez qu'il a été réalisé dans la " "devise étrangère. Puis cliquez sur **Confirmer**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." msgstr "La pièce comptable a été comptabilisée mais pas attribuée." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " "click on **Add** to allocate the payment." @@ -8626,11 +8058,11 @@ msgstr "" "Revenez à votre facture (:menuselection:`Ventes --> Factures clients`) et " "cliquez sur **Ajouter** pour attribuer le paiement." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" msgstr "Enregistrer un relevé bancaire dans une autre devise" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 msgid "" "Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " "the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " @@ -8642,7 +8074,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Montant devise**, qui est le montant qui a été effectivement payé et la " "**Devise** dans laquelle il a été payé." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -8652,11 +8084,11 @@ msgstr "" "la bonne **Facture**. Vous obtiendrez le prix de la facture dans la devise " "de la facture et le montant dans la devise de votre entreprise." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" msgstr "Vérifier les écarts de change" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " @@ -8665,30 +8097,43 @@ msgstr "" "Aller à :menuselection:`Conseiller --> Pièces comptables` et chercher les " "pièces **Écarts de change**. Tous les écarts de change y sont comptabilisés." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 msgid "" "The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." msgstr "" "Le Journal des Écarts de Change peut être modifié dans la configuration de " "la comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +msgid "" +"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " +"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " +"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" +" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " +"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " +"them until that final amount is paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "Comment fonctionne le mode multi-devises d'Odoo ?" +msgstr "Comment fonctionne le mode multidevises d'Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" "Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " "sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " @@ -8696,18 +8141,18 @@ msgid "" "bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " "activities." msgstr "" -"Choisir d'utiliser l'option multi-devises dans Odoo vous permettra d'envoyer" -" des factures, des devis et des bons de commande, ou de recevoir des " -"factures et des paiements dans des devises autres que la vôtre. Avec le mode" -" multi-devises, vous pouvez également créer des comptes bancaires dans " -"d'autres devises et des obtenir des rapports sur vos activités en devises " +"Choisir d'utiliser l'option multidevises dans Odoo vous permettra d'envoyer " +"des factures, des devis et des bons de commande, ou de recevoir des factures" +" et des paiements dans des devises autres que la vôtre. Avec le mode " +"multidevises, vous pouvez également créer des comptes bancaires dans " +"d'autres devises et obtenir des rapports sur vos activités en devises " "étrangères." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 msgid "Turn on multi-currency" -msgstr "Activer le mode multi-devises" +msgstr "Activer le mode multidevises" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." @@ -8716,13 +8161,13 @@ msgstr "" "Configuration` et cochez **Autoriser devises multiples**, puis cliquez sur " "**Appliquer**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" msgstr "Journal de taux de change" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " "registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " @@ -8735,15 +8180,15 @@ msgstr "" "change a probablement changé. La fluctuation implique une certaine perte ou " "un certain gain qui est enregistré par Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 msgid "You can change it in the settings:" msgstr "Vous pouvez le changer dans la configuration :" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 msgid "View or edit rate being used" msgstr "Afficher ou modifier le taux utilisé" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 msgid "" "You can manually configure the currency rates in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " @@ -8754,11 +8199,11 @@ msgstr "" "souhaitez utiliser dans Odoo et modifiez-les. Assurez-vous que la devise est" " active." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" msgstr "Cliquez sur **Voir les Taux** pour l'éditer et voir l'historique :" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" " **Save** when you are done." @@ -8766,11 +8211,11 @@ msgstr "" "Cliquez sur **Créer** pour ajouter le taux. Indiquez la date et le taux. " "Cliquez sur **Sauvegarder** lorsque vous avez terminé." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 msgid "Live Currency Rate" msgstr "Taux de change courant" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 msgid "" "By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " "synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" @@ -8784,7 +8229,7 @@ msgstr "" "<http://www.ecb.europa.eu>` __. Dans :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Configuration`, aller à la section **Taux de change courant**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 msgid "" "Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " "force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" @@ -8795,15 +8240,15 @@ msgstr "" "**Mettre à jour immédiatement**. Sélectionnez le Fournisseur du service, et " "vous êtes prêt !" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" msgstr "Seules les devises **actives** sont mises à jour" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 msgid "Configure your charts of account" msgstr "Configurer votre plan comptable" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " @@ -8814,7 +8259,7 @@ msgstr "" " Cela va forcer tous les mouvements de ce compte à utiliser la monnaie " "définie pour ce compte." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." @@ -8822,11 +8267,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous le laissez vide, cela signifie qu'il peut utiliser toutes les " "devises qui sont Actives." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 msgid "Configure your journals" msgstr "Configurer vos journaux" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " @@ -8837,8 +8282,8 @@ msgstr "" "Comptabilité, cliquez sur **Plus** sur le journal, puis sur " "**Configuration**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 msgid "" "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" " will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " @@ -8848,21 +8293,21 @@ msgstr "" "laquelle vous enregistrerez les paiements. Si une devise est définie, cela " "signifie que vous ne pouvez enregistrer les paiements que dans cette devise." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " "items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." msgstr "" -"Maintenant que vous travaillez dans un environnement multi-devises, tous les" -" écritures seront liés à une monnaie, nationale ou étrangère." +"Maintenant que vous travaillez dans un environnement multidevises, tous les " +"écritures seront liées à une monnaie, nationale ou étrangère." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" msgstr "Commandes et factures client" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " @@ -8872,12 +8317,12 @@ msgstr "" "votre entreprise sur vos commandes et factures client. La devise est définie" " pour l'ensemble du document." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" msgstr "Bons de commande et factures fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " @@ -8887,11 +8332,11 @@ msgstr "" "votre entreprise sur vos commandes et factures fournisseur. La devise est " "définie pour l'ensemble du document." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 msgid "Payment Registrations" msgstr "Enregistrements de paiement" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " "payment and set the currency." @@ -8899,12 +8344,12 @@ msgstr "" "Dans l'application de Comptabilité, aller à :menuselection:`Ventes --> " "Paiements`. Enregistrez le paiement et définissez la devise." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 msgid "Bank Statements" msgstr "Relevés bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " "currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " @@ -8915,7 +8360,7 @@ msgstr "" "complémentaires, le montant qui a été effectivement payé et la devise dans " "laquelle il a été payé." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -8925,7 +8370,7 @@ msgstr "" "la bonne Facture. Vous obtiendrez le prix de la facture dans la devise de la" " facture et le montant dans la devise de votre entreprise." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" @@ -8934,30 +8379,30 @@ msgstr "" "Aller à :menuselection:`Conseiller --> Pièces comptables` et chercher les " "pièces Écarts de change. Tous les écarts de change y sont comptabilisés." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:122 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" msgstr "Comment gérer des factures et des paiements avec plusieurs devises ?" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " "entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " "life." msgstr "" -"Odoo fournit un support multi-devises avec un enregistrement automatique des" -" écarts de change. Il y a plusieurs choses qu'Odoo fait pour faciliter la " +"Odoo fournit un support multidevises avec un enregistrement automatique des " +"écarts de change. Il y a plusieurs choses que Odoo fait pour faciliter la " "vie de l'utilisateur." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 msgid "" "All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " "However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " @@ -8967,9 +8412,9 @@ msgstr "" "Toutes les opérations comptables seront effectuées en utilisant la devise de" " la société. Cependant, vous pouvez voir deux champs supplémentaires dans la" " pièce comptable : la devise secondaire et le montant. Vous pouvez créer des" -" journaux multi-devises de forcer une monnaie spécifique." +" journaux multidevises ou forcer une monnaie spécifique." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 msgid "" "When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" @@ -8980,19 +8425,19 @@ msgstr "" "par défaut. Il convertira tous les montants automatiquement en utilisant " "cette monnaie." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" -msgstr "Activer le mode multi-devises" +msgstr "Activer le mode multidevises" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 msgid "" "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" -"Pour plus d'informations sur l'activation du mode multi-devises, lisez le " +"Pour plus d'informations sur l'activation du mode multidevises, lisez le " "document : :doc:`how_it_works`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" @@ -9003,24 +8448,24 @@ msgstr "" "Comptabilité, sur le journal, cliquez sur :menuselection:`Plus --> " "Configuration`." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Factures clients et fournisseurs multi-devises" +msgstr "Factures clients et fournisseurs multidevises" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 msgid "Invoices" msgstr "Factures" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Factures fournisseur" +msgstr "Factures fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" -msgstr "Paiements Multi-devises" +msgstr "Paiements multidevises" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " @@ -9030,11 +8475,11 @@ msgstr "" "Paiements`. Enregistrez le paiement et indiquez qu'il a été réalisé dans la " "devise étrangère. Puis cliquez sur **Confirmer**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" msgstr "Relevés Bancaires Multi-Devises" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -9044,7 +8489,7 @@ msgstr "" "la bonne facture. Vous obtiendrez le prix de la facture dans la devise de la" " facture et le montant dans la devise de votre entreprise." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " @@ -9053,21 +8498,21 @@ msgstr "" "Aller à :menuselection:`Conseiller --> Pièces comptables` et chercher les " "pièces **Écarts de Change**. Tous les écarts de change y sont comptabilisés." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Analyse" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" msgstr "Comment créer un rapport personnalisé avec vos propres formules ?" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo 12 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " "new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " @@ -9075,11 +8520,11 @@ msgid "" "ever." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" msgstr "Activer le mode développeur" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " "**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " @@ -9090,15 +8535,15 @@ msgstr "" "profil de l'utilisateur dans le menu en haut à droite, puis sur **A propos " "de**." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." msgstr "Cliquez sur : **Activer le mode développeur**." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "Créez votre rapport financier" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" @@ -9107,7 +8552,7 @@ msgstr "" " à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Rapports financiers` " "et cliquez sur **Créer**." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" @@ -9115,23 +8560,23 @@ msgstr "" "Une fois que le nom est rempli, il y a deux autres paramètres qui doivent " "être configurés :" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "**Montrer les colonnes de crédit et débit**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "**Périodes d'analyse**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "Basé sur des plages de dates (par ex. Compte de Résultat)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "Basé sur une date unique (par ex. bilan)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" @@ -9139,15 +8584,15 @@ msgstr "" "Basé sur des plages de date avec les colonnes 'anciens' et 'total' et les 3 " "derniers mois (par ex. Balances Agées des Tiers)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "Ajouter des lignes dans vos rapports personnalisés" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " @@ -9158,7 +8603,7 @@ msgstr "" "référence à la ligne), d'un **numéro de séquence** et d'un **niveau** " "(utilisé pour le rendu de la ligne)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " @@ -9168,11 +8613,11 @@ msgstr "" "pour attribuer une valeur à la colonne solde (et aux colonnes de débit et de" " crédit le cas échéant - séparées par ;)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "Vous avez plusieurs objets disponibles dans la formule:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." @@ -9180,7 +8625,7 @@ msgstr "" "``Ndays`` : le nombre de jours de la période choisie (pour les rapports avec" " une plage de dates)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" @@ -9189,7 +8634,7 @@ msgstr "" " son solde (sont également disponible ``.credit``, ``.debit`` et " "``.amount_residual``)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -9206,15 +8651,15 @@ msgstr "" "domaine. Vous pouvez également utiliser le champ Grouper par le champ pour " "regrouper les lignes d'écritures comptable par une de leurs colonnes." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "Autres champs utiles :" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "**Type** : Type du résultat de la formule." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." @@ -9223,7 +8668,7 @@ msgstr "" "calcul de la colonne de comparaison. Vérifie si la croissance est bonne " "(affiché en vert) ou non." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." @@ -9231,7 +8676,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Changement de date spécial**: Si une ligne spécifique dans un rapport ne " "doit pas utiliser les mêmes dates que le reste du rapport." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " @@ -9241,15 +8686,15 @@ msgstr "" "les valeurs : replié (``default``, caché au début, mais peut être déplié), " "``always`` (toujours affiché) ou ``never`` (jamais montré)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "Quels sont les principaux rapports disponibles ?" +msgstr "Quels sont les principaux rapports disponibles?" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 msgid "" "Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " "very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " @@ -9259,47 +8704,47 @@ msgstr "" "régionalisation, quelques **rapports génériques** et **dynamiques** très " "utiles sont disponibles pour tous les pays :" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "**Bilan**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "**Compte de Résultat**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 msgid "**Chart of Account**" msgstr "**Plan Comptable**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "**Résumé Analytique**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "**Grand Livre**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "**Balance Agée Fournisseurs**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "**Balance Agée Clients**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "**Flux de Trésorerie**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "**Rapport de Taxes**" +msgstr "**Rapport de taxes**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" msgstr "**Rapprochement Bancaire**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 msgid "" "You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " "Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " @@ -9310,7 +8755,7 @@ msgstr "" "supplémentaires. Creuser dans les rapports pour plus de détails (paiements, " "factures, écritures, etc.)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" " want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " @@ -9323,7 +8768,7 @@ msgstr "" " du rapport, si vous ne souhaitez pas utiliser l'option par défaut **Période" " Précédente**." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" " of your organisation as at a particular date." @@ -9331,11 +8776,11 @@ msgstr "" "Le **Bilan** montre un aperçu des actifs, des passifs et des capitaux " "propres de votre organisation à une date particulière." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "Compte de résultat" +msgstr "Compte de résultats" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " "organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" @@ -9345,19 +8790,19 @@ msgstr "" "organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" " period." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 msgid "Chart of account" msgstr "Plan comptable" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." msgstr "Une liste de tous vos comptes regroupés par classe" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "Résumé général" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "" "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " "figures you need to run your company." @@ -9365,7 +8810,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le **Résumé Analytique** permet un rapide coup d'oeil à tous les chiffres " "importants dont vous avez besoin pour faire fonctionner votre entreprise." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 msgid "" "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " "reporting :" @@ -9373,15 +8818,15 @@ msgstr "" "En termes très simples, voilà ce que chacun des éléments de cette section " "rapporte :" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "**Performance :**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "**Marge brute :**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." @@ -9390,11 +8835,11 @@ msgstr "" "moins les coûts directs nécessaires pour faire ces ventes (comme la " "main-d'œuvre, les matériaux, etc.)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "**Marge nette :**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " @@ -9406,11 +8851,11 @@ msgstr "" "frais généraux fixes de votre entreprise (comme le loyer, l'électricité, les" " impôts que vous devez payer à la suite de ces ventes)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" msgstr "**Retour sur Investissement (p.a.) :**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "" "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." @@ -9418,15 +8863,15 @@ msgstr "" "Le ratio du bénéfice net réalisé, avec le montant des actifs de l'entreprise" " utilisés pour faire ces bénéfices." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "**Situation :**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" msgstr "**Moyenne des Jours Débiteurs**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " "across all your customer invoices." @@ -9434,11 +8879,11 @@ msgstr "" "Le nombre moyen de jours qu'il faut à vos clients pour vous payer " "(entièrement), calculé à partir de toutes vos factures clients." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" msgstr "**Moyenne des Jours Créditeurs**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" " all your bills." @@ -9446,11 +8891,11 @@ msgstr "" "Le nombre moyen de jours qu'il vous faut pour payer (entièrement) vos " "fournisseurs, calculé à partir de toutes vos factures fournisseurs." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" msgstr "**Prévisions de trésorerie à court terme :**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 msgid "" "How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " "i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " @@ -9460,11 +8905,11 @@ msgstr "" " le prochain mois, c'est à dire le solde de vos **Ventes** pour le mois " "moins le solde de vos **Achats** pour le mois." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "**Actif à court terme au passif :**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " "(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " @@ -9477,11 +8922,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ceci est généralement utilisé comme une mesure de la capacité d'une " "entreprise à rembourser sa dette." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 msgid "General Ledger" msgstr "Grand livre" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" " chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " @@ -9496,22 +8941,22 @@ msgstr "" "toutes les transactions qui ont eu lieu au cours d'une certaine période de " "temps." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 msgid "Aged Payable" msgstr "Balance agée des fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" " bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " "gone unpaid." msgstr "overpayments " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "Balance agée clients" +msgstr "Balance agée des clients" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 msgid "" "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " "payment during a selected month and several months prior." @@ -9519,11 +8964,11 @@ msgstr "" "La **Balance Agée Clients** montre les factures clients qui ont été en " "attente de paiement au cours d'un mois sélectionné et plusieurs mois avant." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "Flux de trésorerie" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " "income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " @@ -9533,28 +8978,28 @@ msgstr "" "comptes de bilan et les revenus affectent la trésorerie, et ventile " "l'analyse entre l'exploitation, les investissement et le financement." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "Rapport de taxes" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" -"Ce rapport vous permet de voir le montant **hors taxes** et le montant des " -"**taxes** pour toutes les taxes regroupées par type (vente/achat)." +"Ce rapport vous permet de voir les montants **nets** et **taxes** pour " +"toutes les taxes regroupées par type (vente/achat)." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "Taxes" msgstr "Taxes" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" msgstr "Comment gérer les prix pour le B2B (HT) et pour le B2C (TTC) ?" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 msgid "" "When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " "included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" @@ -9565,7 +9010,7 @@ msgstr "" "sites eCommerce). Mais, lorsque vous travaillez dans un environnement B2B, " "les entreprises négocient généralement des prix hors taxes." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " "the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " @@ -9579,7 +9024,7 @@ msgstr "" "toujours faire facilement des bons de commande ayant des prix hors taxes (ou" " inclus) : c'est facile." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 msgid "" "This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " "two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " @@ -9593,15 +9038,15 @@ msgstr "" "relation symétrique entre les prix TTC et les prix HT, comme indiqué dans ce" " cas d'utilisation, en Belgique, avec une taxe de 21%:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "Votre site de eCommerce a un article à **10€ (TTC)**" +msgstr "Votre site de eCommerce a un article à **10 € (TTC)**" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" msgstr "Cela ferait **8,26€ (HT)** et une **TVA de 1,74€**" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 msgid "" "But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " "product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" @@ -9609,11 +9054,11 @@ msgstr "" "Mais pour le même cas d'utilisation, si vous n'enregistrez que le prix HT " "sur la fiche article (8,26€), vous obtenez un prix TTC à 9,99 €, parce que :" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 msgid "" "So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " "have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" @@ -9622,15 +9067,15 @@ msgstr "" "Donc, selon la façon dont vous enregistrez vos prix sur la fiche article, " "vous aurez des résultats différents pour le prix TTC et le prix HT :" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" msgstr "HT : **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "TTC : **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "TTC : **8,26 € & 9,99 €**" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 msgid "" "If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " "will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " @@ -9640,7 +9085,7 @@ msgstr "" " obtiendrez : **1000€ (TTC) = 826,45€ (prix) + 173,55€ (TVA) ** ce qui est " "très différent d'un prix par pièce à 8,26€ HT." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 msgid "" "This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " "you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" @@ -9650,7 +9095,7 @@ msgstr "" "spécifique où vous avez besoin pour gérer les deux prix (HT et TTC) sur la " "fiche article au sein de la même société." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 msgid "" "In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " "instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " @@ -9671,7 +9116,7 @@ msgstr "" " tout gérer en HT, ce qui est moins sujet aux erreurs et plus facile pour " "vos vendeurs." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " "your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " @@ -9689,7 +9134,7 @@ msgstr "" "contrats avec les clients en conséquence. Cela fonctionne parfaitement avec " "Odoo sorti-de-boite et vous n'avez aucune configuration spécifique à faire." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 msgid "" "If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " "excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " @@ -9698,7 +9143,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous ne pouvez pas faire cela et que vous avez vraiment négocié des prix " "HT pour certains clients et TTC pour d'autres clients, vous devez :" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 msgid "" "always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" " tax (price included on the product form)" @@ -9706,17 +9151,17 @@ msgstr "" "toujours enregistrer le prix par défaut HT sur la fiche article, et " "appliquer une taxe (prix inclus sur la fiche produit)" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" msgstr "" "créer une liste de prix avec les prix en TTC, pour des clients spécifiques" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 msgid "" "create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" msgstr "créer une position fiscale qui bascule du HT au TTC" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 msgid "" "assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " "benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" @@ -9724,27 +9169,27 @@ msgstr "" "affecter à la fois la liste des prix et la position fiscale aux clients qui " "souhaitent bénéficier de cette liste de prix et de cette position fiscale" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" msgstr "" "Dans le cadre de cette documentation, nous allons utiliser le cas d'usage " "ci-dessus :" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" msgstr "votre prix de vente article par défaut est 8.26 € HT" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 msgid "" "but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " "website" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 msgid "Setting your products" msgstr "Configuration de vos articles" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 msgid "" "Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " "usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " @@ -9752,7 +9197,7 @@ msgid "" "Accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 msgid "" "Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " "pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " @@ -9764,7 +9209,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` de l'application de Ventes. " "Choisissez l'option **Prix différents par segment de clients**." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 msgid "" "Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " @@ -9775,7 +9220,7 @@ msgstr "" "recommandé de renommer la liste de prix par défaut en B2B pour éviter toute " "confusion." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 msgid "" "Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " "included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," @@ -9786,11 +9231,11 @@ msgstr "" "B2C à 10€, à partir du menu :menuselection:`Ventes --> Articles` de " "l'application de Ventes :" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" msgstr "Configuration de la position fiscale B2C" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 msgid "" "From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " "menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " @@ -9802,11 +9247,11 @@ msgstr "" "fiscale devrait faire correspondre la TVA de 21% (taxe non incluse dans le " "prix) avec une TVA de 21% (taxe incluse dans le prix)" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 msgid "Test by creating a quotation" msgstr "Test en créant un devis" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 msgid "" "Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " @@ -9816,7 +9261,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Ventes --> Devis`. Vous devriez avoir le résultat suivant: " "8,26 € + 1,73 € = 9.99 €." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 msgid "" "Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " "position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " @@ -9828,15 +9273,15 @@ msgstr "" "devriez avoir le résultat escompté, qui est un prix total de 10 € pour le " "client : 8,26 € + 1,74 € = 10.00 €." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." msgstr "Ceci est le comportement attendu pour un client de votre boutique." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" msgstr "Éviter de changer chaque bon de commande" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 msgid "" "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " "included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " @@ -9844,7 +9289,7 @@ msgid "" "of this customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 msgid "" "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." @@ -9852,7 +9297,7 @@ msgstr "" "La liste des prix est définie dans l'onglet **Ventes et achats** de la fiche" " client, et la position fiscale dans l'onglet **Comptabilité**." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 msgid "" "Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " "included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " @@ -9865,21 +9310,21 @@ msgstr "" "Voilà pourquoi nous recommandons généralement aux entreprises de travailler " "avec une seule référence de prix." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 msgid "" "Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " "To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 msgid "Create tax mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 msgid "" "A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" " on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " @@ -9887,7 +9332,7 @@ msgid "" "purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 msgid "" "The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " "localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " @@ -9896,7 +9341,7 @@ msgid "" "Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " "according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " @@ -9904,34 +9349,34 @@ msgid "" "foreign countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 msgid "" "If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" "mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 msgid "" "Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " "for the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 msgid "" "If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " "will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " "same customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 msgid "" "Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " "destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " @@ -9940,28 +9385,28 @@ msgid "" "your office or warehouse)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 msgid "" "If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " "tax-mapping to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "Cochez la case *Détection automatique*" +msgstr "Cochez la case *Détection automatique*." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 msgid "" "Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 msgid "" "This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " "fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 msgid "" "For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " "update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " @@ -9971,11 +9416,11 @@ msgstr "" "automatiquement mise à jour et la nouvelle TVA sera appliquée lorsque le " "visiteur se sera connecté ou aura saisi son adresse de livraison." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 msgid "Specific use cases" msgstr "Cas d'utilisation particuliers" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " "replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." @@ -9984,7 +9429,7 @@ msgstr "" " lieu de la remplacer par une autre, laissez simplement le champ *Taxe à " "appliquer* vide." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," " just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." @@ -9993,37 +9438,37 @@ msgstr "" " deux autres taxes, créez simplement deux lignes ayant la même *Taxe sur le " "produit*." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`create`" msgstr ":doc:`create`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " "validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" @@ -10031,7 +9476,7 @@ msgid "" "method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 msgid "" "Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " "receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " @@ -10039,25 +9484,25 @@ msgid "" "2nd quarter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 msgid "" "You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " "define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " "proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "" "In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." " You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " @@ -10065,63 +9510,63 @@ msgid "" "Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 msgid "" "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " "When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " "your accounting:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" msgstr "Journal de facturation des clients" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 msgid "Receivables $115" msgstr "Créances 115 $" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" msgstr "Compte fiscal temporaire 15 $" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 msgid "Income Account $100" msgstr "Compte de revenus 100 €" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" msgstr "Vous recevez le paiement quelques jours après :" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "Journal de banque" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 msgid "Bank $115" msgstr "Banque 115 $" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 msgid "" "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" msgstr "Journal pour taxes sur base des paiements" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 msgid "" "The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" " tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " @@ -10129,11 +9574,11 @@ msgid "" "zero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 msgid "How to create new taxes" msgstr "Comment créer de nouvelles taxes" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" " value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " @@ -10141,60 +9586,60 @@ msgid "" "with the right taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 msgid "" "This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." msgstr "" "Cette section décrit comment vous pouvez définir de nouvelles taxes pour des" " cas d'utilisation particuliers." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " "menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 msgid "Select a computation method:" msgstr "Sélectionnez une méthode de calcul:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." msgstr "**Fixé**: écotaxes, etc." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" msgstr "" "**Pourcentage de prix** : plus courant (par ex. 15 % de taxes sur les " "ventes)" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" msgstr "**Groupe de taxes** : permet d'avoir une taxe composée" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " "item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " "posts the tax journal item in the income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 msgid "" "If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " "probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " "using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 msgid "" "If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " "**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " @@ -10204,18 +9649,18 @@ msgstr "" "installer le module **account_tax_python** et vous pourrez définir de " "nouvelles taxes avec du code Python." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "Configuration avancée" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 msgid "" "**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " "on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " "following label on invoice \"15%\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 msgid "" "**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " "the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " @@ -10226,7 +9671,7 @@ msgstr "" "regroupées sur le pied de page de la facture. Des exemples de groupe de taxe" " : TVA, rétention." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 msgid "" "**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " "generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." @@ -10235,23 +9680,23 @@ msgstr "" "coût et, par conséquent, génére une entrée analytique si votre facture " "utilise des comptes analytiques." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 msgid "" "**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " "empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`application`" msgstr ":doc:`application`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to set default taxes" msgstr "Comment définir les taxes par défaut" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " "localizations." @@ -10259,31 +9704,31 @@ msgstr "" "Les taxes appliquées dans votre pays sont automatiquement installées pour la" " plupart des localisations." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 msgid "" "Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " "tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " "country/state than you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 msgid "" "To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 msgid "" "If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " "may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " "login into two different companies and change this field for each company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" msgstr "Comment gérer les taxes prélevées à la source ?" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 msgid "" "A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " "for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " @@ -10296,7 +9741,7 @@ msgstr "" " la plupart des juridictions, la retenue à la source s'applique aux charges " "de personnel." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 msgid "" "With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" " pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " @@ -10307,12 +9752,12 @@ msgstr "" "sont déduits du montant à payer, étant donné que la taxe sera payée par le " "client." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" msgstr "" "A titre d'exemple, en Colombie, vous pouvez avoir la facture suivante :" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 msgid "" "In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " "the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " @@ -10322,7 +9767,7 @@ msgstr "" "taxes au **gouvernement** et le **client** doit 10 $ de taxes au " "**gouvernement**." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 msgid "" "In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " "retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " @@ -10332,7 +9777,7 @@ msgstr "" "négatif. Pour une rétention de 10%, vous pouvez configurer la TVA suivante " "(accessible via :menuselection:`Configuration -> Taxes`) :" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 msgid "" "In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " "specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " @@ -10342,7 +9787,7 @@ msgstr "" "définir un groupe fiscal spécifique **Retenues** sur vos taxes, dans " "l'onglet **Options avancées**." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 msgid "" "Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " "invoices." @@ -10350,7 +9795,7 @@ msgstr "" "Une fois que la taxe est définie, vous pouvez l'utiliser dans vos articles, " "commande ou factures." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 msgid "" "If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" " Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " @@ -10360,11 +9805,11 @@ msgstr "" "un **Calcul de Taxe** comme un **Groupe de taxe** et mettez les deux taxes " "dans ce groupe (taxe normale et rétention)." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" msgstr "Application des taxes de rétention sur les factures" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 msgid "" "Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " "customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " @@ -10374,7 +9819,7 @@ msgstr "" "clients, les commandes clients ou les factures clients. Vous pouvez " "appliquer plusieurs taxes sur une seule ligne de facture client." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 msgid "" "When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " "line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " @@ -10386,63 +9831,63 @@ msgstr "" "Mais lorsque vous imprimez ou envoyez dans la facture, Odoo fait le " "regroupement correct de toutes les taxes." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." msgstr "" "La facture imprimée montrera les différentes quantités de chaque groupe de " "taxe" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 msgid "How to set tax-included prices" msgstr "Comment définir des prix avec taxes incluses" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 msgid "" "In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " "*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 msgid "" "This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " "let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" " product form is $100." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" msgstr "Si la taxe n'est pas comprise dans le prix" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 msgid "Price without tax: $100" msgstr "Prix hors taxe : 100 €" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 msgid "Taxes: $10" msgstr "Taxes : 10 €" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 msgid "Total to pay: $110" msgstr "Total à payer : 110 €" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 msgid "If the tax is included in the price" msgstr "Si la taxe est comprise dans le prix" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" msgstr "Prix hors taxe : 90.91 €" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "Taxes : 9.09 €" +msgstr "Taxes : 9,09 €" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 msgid "Total to pay: $100" msgstr "Total à payer : 100 €" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 msgid "" "You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " "and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." @@ -10451,11 +9896,11 @@ msgstr "" "besoin des prix taxes comprises (B2C) et des prix hors taxes (B2B): " ":doc:`B2B_B2C`." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" msgstr "Afficher les prix TTC dans le catalogue eCommerce" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 msgid "" "By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " "display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " @@ -10463,11 +9908,11 @@ msgid "" "Display)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" "The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" " for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " @@ -10476,11 +9921,11 @@ msgid "" "special jurisdiction in the United States." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 msgid "In TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" "Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " "website." @@ -10488,107 +9933,107 @@ msgstr "" "Créez un compte gratuit dans `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " "site Web." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "" "Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " "Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " "where you collect sales tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "Dans Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" " and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." msgstr "Introduisez vos identifiants TaxCloud." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " "categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" " imply specific rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 msgid "" "Set a specific TaxCloud Category on the *General Information* tab of the " "Product, or on the Product Category." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " "code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " "to open and edit your Company record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" msgstr "Comment cela fonctionne" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " ":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" " installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " "this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " "order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " "triggers the automated tax computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 msgid "" "Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " "You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " "**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Commencer" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" msgstr "Comment configurer la Comptabilité d'Odoo ?" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" "The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " "follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " @@ -10599,85 +10044,79 @@ msgstr "" "assistant pas-à-pas avec des liens vers les différents composants dont vous " "aurez besoin." -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"Once you have installed the Accounting application, you should click on the " +"top-right progressbar to get access to the implementation guide." msgstr "" -"Une fois que vous aurez installé `l'application de Comptabilité " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, vous " -"devez cliquer sur la barre de progression en haut à droite pour accéder au " -"guide d'implémentation." -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:15 msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" msgstr "Le guide d'implémentation vous assistera tout au long de ces étapes :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 msgid "Completing your company settings" msgstr "Remplissage des paramètres de votre entreprise" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:18 msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" msgstr "Saisie de vos coordonnées bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" msgstr "Sélection de votre plan comptable" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" msgstr "Confirmation de vos taux de TVA habituels" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" msgstr "Configuration des devises étrangères" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 msgid "Importing your customers" msgstr "Importation de vos clients" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 msgid "Importing your suppliers" msgstr "Importation de vos fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 msgid "Importing your products" msgstr "Importation de vos articles" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" msgstr "Importation de vos opérations en cours" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 msgid "Importing your starting balances" msgstr "Importation de votre solde initial" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 msgid "Define the users for accounting" msgstr "Création des utilisateurs de la comptabilité" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:32 msgid "" "Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " "bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " "configuration of Odoo." msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'une étape est effectuée, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton \"Marquer " -"comme fait\" en bas de l'écran. De cette façon, vous pouvez surveiller votre" -" progression générale de la configuration de Odoo." +"Lorsqu'une étape est terminée, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton \"Marquer " +"comme finalisé\" en bas de l'écran. De cette façon, vous pouvez suivre la " +"progression de votre configuration globale d'Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" msgstr "Concepts principaux" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" msgstr "La comptabilité derrière Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 msgid "" "This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " "transactions." @@ -10685,11 +10124,11 @@ msgstr "" "Cette page résume la manière dont Odoo gère habituellement les comptes et " "transactions." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" msgstr "Comptabilité en partie double" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " "each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " @@ -10697,9 +10136,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo crée automatiquement en coulisse toutes les entrées de journaux pour " "chacune de vos opérations comptables : factures clients, ticket de point de " -"vente, achats, mouvement de stocks, etc." +"vente, dépenses, mouvement de stocks, etc." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " "are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." @@ -10708,7 +10147,7 @@ msgstr "" "entrées de journaux sont automatiquement équilibrées (somme des débits = " "somme des crédits)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" @@ -10716,22 +10155,22 @@ msgstr "" "`Comprendre les opérations de comptabilité de Odoo sous forme de document " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" msgstr "Méthodes de l'accumulation et de la trésorerie" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 msgid "" "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " "basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "Multi-sociétés" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " @@ -10742,18 +10181,18 @@ msgstr "" "règles. Vous pouvez obtenir des rapports de consolidation en suivant vos " "règles de consolidation." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." msgstr "" "Les utilisateurs peuvent accéder à plusieurs sociétés, mais travaillent " "toujours sur une seule société à la fois." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 msgid "Multi-currencies" msgstr "Multi-devises" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 msgid "" "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " "transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " @@ -10766,18 +10205,18 @@ msgstr "" "enregistre de plus la valeur dans la devise de la transaction. Odoo peut " "générer des gains et pertes de change après le rapprochement des écritures." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." msgstr "" "Les taux de change sont mis à jour quotidiennement en utilisant un web-" "service en ligne yahoo.com." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 msgid "International Standards" msgstr "Standard internationaux" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 msgid "" "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " "implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " @@ -10785,40 +10224,32 @@ msgid "" "chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" msgstr "En particulier, le noyau de la comptabilité d'Odoo prend en charge :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " "including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " "sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "" "La comptabilité européenne où les achats sont comptabilisées à la date de la" " facture fournisseur." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "" -"La comptabilité Storno (Italie), où les factures de remboursement ont un " -"crédit / débit négatif au lieu d'une inversion des écritures originales." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 -msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "Odoo a également des modules pour se conformer aux règles IFRS." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "Comptes Débiteurs & Créditeurs" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " @@ -10829,7 +10260,7 @@ msgstr "" " pouvez créer des comptes séparés pour chaque client / fournisseur, mais ce " "n'est pas une obligation." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " @@ -10840,44 +10271,44 @@ msgstr "" "fournisseur, comme les arrêtés de compte client, les revenus par client, les" " balances âgés..." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "Large choix de rapports financiers" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " "reports include:" msgstr "" "Dans Odoo, vous pouvez générer des rapports financiers en temps réel. Les " -"rapports d' Odoo vont des rapports comptables de base aux rapports de " -"gestion avancées. Les rapports de Odoo comprennent :" +"rapports d'Odoo vont des rapports comptables de base aux rapports de gestion" +" avancées. Les rapports d'Odoo comprennent :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" "Les rapports de performance (comme le Compte de résultat, les Ecarts " "Budgétaires)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "Les rapports de situation (comme le Bilan, les Balances Agées)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "les rapports de trésorerie (comme les Relevés de Banque)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "Les rapports détaillés (comme la Balance Générale et le Grand Livre)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "Les rapports de gestion (comme les Budgets, et le Résumé Analytique)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." @@ -10885,11 +10316,11 @@ msgstr "" "Le générateur de rapports d'Odoo vous permet de personnaliser vos propres " "rapports basés sur vos propres formules." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "Importation automatique des données bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -10907,7 +10338,7 @@ msgstr "" "connecter à votre banque en ligne ou à attendre vos relevés bancaires " "papier." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -10919,11 +10350,11 @@ msgstr "" "souvient aussi de la façon dont vous avez traité d'autres lignes de relevés " "et fournit des suggestions parmi les transactions du grand livre." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "Calcul de l'impôt que vous devez à votre autorité fiscale" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" @@ -10931,23 +10362,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo totalise toutes les transactions comptables de votre période " "d'imposition et utilise ces totaux pour calculer vos impôts. Vous pouvez " -"ensuite vérifier votre impôt en exécutant Rapport de taxes dans Odoo." +"ensuite vérifier votre impôt en exécutant le Rapport de taxes d'Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Valorisation de l'inventaire" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " "(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" -"Odoo supporte à la fois la valorisation des stocks périodique (manuelle) et " -"permanente (automatisée). Les méthodes disponibles sont le coût standard, le" -" coût moyen, LIFO (pour les pays qui l'autorisent) et FIFO." +"Odoo supporte à la fois la valorisation des inventaires périodique " +"(manuelle) et permanente (automatisée). Les méthodes disponibles sont le " +"coût standard, le coût moyen, LIFO (pour les pays qui l'autorisent) et le " +"FIFO." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:132 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" @@ -10955,11 +10387,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Voir l'impact de la méthode d'évaluation sur vos transactions " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "Résultats non distribués faciles à gérer" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -10972,15 +10404,15 @@ msgstr "" "en reportant automatiquement le solde de votre compte de résultat dans votre" " bilan." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" msgstr "Introduction à la Comptabilité dans Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 msgid "Transcript" msgstr "Transcription" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " "century." @@ -10988,7 +10420,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo est un beau logiciel de comptabilité conçu pour les besoins du 21e " "siècle." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " "synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." @@ -10997,7 +10429,7 @@ msgstr "" "transactions sont synchronisées toutes les heures et la réconciliation est " "ultra-rapide. Il est magique." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 msgid "" "Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " "them." @@ -11005,17 +10437,17 @@ msgstr "" "Créez instantanément des factures et envoyez-les d'un simple clic. Pas " "besoin de les imprimer." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." msgstr "Odoo peut les envoyer pour vous par courriel ou courrier postal." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." msgstr "" "Vos clients paient en ligne, ce qui signifie que vous obtenez votre argent " "tout de suite." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 msgid "" "Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " "inventory and subscriptions." @@ -11023,7 +10455,7 @@ msgstr "" "La comptabilité d'Odoo est connectée à toutes les applications de Odoo comme" " les ventes, les achats, l'inventaire et les abonnements." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 msgid "" "This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " "the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." @@ -11032,18 +10464,18 @@ msgstr "" "Sélectionnez un fournisseur, puis la facture, et Odoo remplit tout pour vous" " automatiquement." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." msgstr "" "Ensuite, il suffit d'utiliser le protocole SEPA ou d'imprimer des chèques " "pour payer les fournisseurs en masse." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." msgstr "C'est si facile avec Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 msgid "" "Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " "to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " @@ -11054,7 +10486,7 @@ msgstr "" "et dynamiques. Utilisez les fonctionnalités de Business Intelligence d'Odoo " "pour naviguer à travers toutes les données de vos entreprises." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 msgid "" "Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " "go." @@ -11062,15 +10494,15 @@ msgstr "" "Et bien sûr, Odoo est aussi mobile. Vous pouvez l'utiliser pour vérifier vos" " comptes lors de vos déplacements." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:7 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "Memo de Comptabilité pour les Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:13 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " "over a specific period (usually the current year)." @@ -11078,7 +10510,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le **Compte de Résultats** montre la performance de l'entreprise sur une " "période donnée (en général l'année en cours)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:18 msgid "" "The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " "sold." @@ -11086,18 +10518,18 @@ msgstr "" "Le **Bénéfice Brut** est égal au revenus des ventes après déduction du coût " "des marchandises vendues." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:23 msgid "" "**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" " as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " "beyond the costs of products sold." msgstr "" "Les **Charges d'Exploitation** (OPEX) incluent les salaires des services " -"administratifs, de vente et de R&D, ainsi que les loyers et charges, les " -"frais divers, les assurances... tous les coûts autres que ceux des produits " -"vendus." +"administratifs, de vente et de R&D, ainsi que les loyers et les charges, les" +" frais divers, les assurances... tous les coûts autres que ceux des produits" +" vendus." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " "date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" @@ -11105,7 +10537,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le **Bilan** est un aperçu des finances de l'entreprise à une date donnée " "(par opposition au Compte de Résultats qui est une analyse sur une période)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:34 msgid "" "**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " "includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " @@ -11116,7 +10548,7 @@ msgstr "" "bureaux, les actifs courants comprennent les comptes bancaires et les " "espèces. Une dette client est un actif. Un employé est pas un actif." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:40 msgid "" "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " "to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." @@ -11125,7 +10557,7 @@ msgstr "" "société devra payer à l'avenir (factures de services publics, dettes, par " "ex. dettes fournisseurs)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:45 msgid "" "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" " shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." @@ -11134,13 +10566,13 @@ msgstr "" "(fondateurs ou actionnaires) auxquels s'ajoutent les bénéfices non " "redistribués (ou les pertes)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:50 msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." msgstr "" "Chaque année, les bénéfices nets (ou les pertes) sont rapportées aux " "bénéfices non redistribués." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:56 msgid "" "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " "(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." @@ -11148,26 +10580,27 @@ msgstr "" "Ce qui est possédé (un actif) a été financé par des dettes à rembourser " "(passif) ou des capitaux propres (bénéfices, capital)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:59 msgid "" "A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" " (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " "having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." msgstr "" "Une différence est faite entre l'achat d'un actif (par ex. un bâtiment) et " -"les dépenses (par ex. du carburant). Les actifs ont une valeur intrinsèque " -"au fil du temps, alors que les dépenses avaient une valeur qui a été " -"consommée par le fonctionnement de l'entreprise." +"les dépenses (par ex. de carburant). Les actifs ont une valeur intrinsèque " +"au fil du temps, alors que les dépenses ont une valeur dans la mesure où " +"elles sont consommées pour permettre le \" fonctionnement \" de " +"l'entreprise." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:66 msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "Actifs = Passifs + Capitaux Propres" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Plan comptable" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:71 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " "sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," @@ -11179,15 +10612,15 @@ msgstr "" "(par exemple un paiement, une facture) impacte les comptes en déplaçant la " "valeur d'un compte (crédit) à un autre compte (débit)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:78 msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "Solde = Débit - Crédit" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Pièces comptables" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:88 msgid "" "Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " "a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " @@ -11197,7 +10630,7 @@ msgstr "" "bancaire, un bulletin de paie, un contrat d'augmentation de capital) est " "enregistré comme une entrée de journal, impactant plusieurs comptes." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:92 msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." @@ -11205,50 +10638,50 @@ msgstr "" "Pour qu'une écriture soit *équilibrée*, la somme de tous ses débits doit " "être égale à la somme de tous ses crédits." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" msgstr "exemples d'écritures pour diverses transactions. Exemple :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" msgstr "Exemple 1 : Facture Client :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "Explication :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" msgstr "Vous générez un chiffre d'affaires de $1,000" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:104 msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" -msgstr "Vous devez payer une taxe de $90" +msgstr "Vous devez payer une taxe de 90 $" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 msgid "The customer owes $1,090" msgstr "Le client vous doit $1,090" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Configuration :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" msgstr "Bénéfice : défini sur l'article ou la catégorie d'article" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:127 msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" msgstr "Compte client : défini sur le client" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" msgstr "Taxe : définie sur l'ensemble des taxes des lignes de facture" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:113 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." @@ -11256,30 +10689,30 @@ msgstr "" "La position fiscale utilisée sur la facture peut avoir une règle qui " "remplace le compte de revenu ou la taxe définie sur l'article par un autre." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" msgstr "Exemple 2 : Paiement Client" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:121 msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" msgstr "Votre client doit $1,090 en moins" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" msgstr "Vous recevez $1,090 sur votre compte bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:126 msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" msgstr "Compte bancaire : défini sur le journal de banque lié" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Reconciliation" msgstr "Lettrage" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:134 msgid "" "Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " "account, matching credits and debits." @@ -11287,7 +10720,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le lettrage est le processus de liaison des écritures d'un compte " "spécifique, aux crédits et débits correspondant." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:137 msgid "" "Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " "to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " @@ -11297,7 +10730,7 @@ msgstr "" "afin de marquer les factures qui sont payées et vider le relevé client. Cela" " se fait en faisant un rapprochement sur les *Comptes Client*." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:141 msgid "" "An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " "reconciled with the related payment journal items." @@ -11305,15 +10738,15 @@ msgstr "" "Une facture est marquée comme payée lorsque ses écritures de Compte Client " "sont lettrées avec les écritures de paiement correspondantes." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" msgstr "Le lettrage est effectué automatiquement par le système quand :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:146 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" msgstr "Le paiement est enregistré directement sur la facture" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:147 msgid "" "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " "matching process" @@ -11321,114 +10754,114 @@ msgstr "" "Les liens entre les paiements et les factures sont détectés automatiquement " "lors du rapprochement bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 msgid "Customer Statement Example" msgstr "Exemple de Relevé Client" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Accounts Receivable" msgstr "Comptes Débiteurs" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Débit" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Crédit" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "Facture 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "100" msgstr "100" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "Paiement 1.1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "70" msgstr "70" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "Invoice 2" msgstr "Facture 2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "65" msgstr "65" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 1.2" msgstr "Paiement 1.2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "Payment 2" msgstr "Paiement 2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 msgid "Invoice 3" msgstr "Facture 3" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "Total To Pay" msgstr "Total à payer" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:181 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " "your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " @@ -11439,11 +10872,11 @@ msgstr "" "interne (paiements aux fournisseurs ou des clients). Pour chaque ligne dans " "un relevé bancaire, il peut être :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" msgstr "mis en correspondance avec un paiement précédemment enregistré" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" @@ -11451,11 +10884,11 @@ msgstr "" "un paiement est enregistré lorsqu'un chèque est reçu d'un client, puis " "lettré en vérifiant le relevé bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:190 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" msgstr "enregistré comme un nouveau paiement :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:189 msgid "" "the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " "<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " @@ -11465,15 +10898,15 @@ msgstr "" "<accounting/reconciliation>` avec la facture correspondante lors du " "traitement du relevé bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" msgstr "enregistré comme une autre transaction :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." msgstr "virement bancaire, charge directe, etc." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:195 msgid "" "Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " "should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," @@ -11485,24 +10918,24 @@ msgstr "" "le processus de rapprochement bancaire est terminé, le solde du compte " "bancaire dans Odoo doit correspondre au solde du relevé bancaire." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 msgid "Checks Handling" msgstr "Manipulation des chèques" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" msgstr "" "Il existe deux approches pour gérer les chèques et les virements internes :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:207 msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" msgstr "Deux écritures et un lettrage" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:208 msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" msgstr "Une écriture et un rapprochement bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:212 msgid "" "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " "invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." @@ -11510,63 +10943,63 @@ msgstr "" "La première écriture est créée par l'enregistrement du paiement sur la " "facture. La seconde est créée lors de l'enregistrement du relevé bancaire." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Account" msgstr "Compte" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Compte client" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 msgid "Invoice ABC" msgstr "Facture ABC" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Undeposited funds" msgstr "Valeurs à l'encaissement" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Check 0123" msgstr "Chèque 0123" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Banque" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:237 msgid "" "A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " "reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" @@ -11576,23 +11009,23 @@ msgstr "" " du rapprochement du relevé bancaire, la ligne de relevé est reliée à " "l'écriture existante." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Bank Statement" msgstr "Relevé bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 msgid "Statement XYZ" msgstr "Relevé XYZ" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 msgid "Process overview" msgstr "Vue d'ensemble du processus" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" msgstr "De la Facture Client à l'Encaissement" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " "and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " @@ -11607,11 +11040,11 @@ msgstr "" " pour paiements anticipés, vous pouvez le faire avec efficacité et " "précision." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" msgstr "De la Facture Brouillon au Compte de Résultats" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 msgid "" "If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " "goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " @@ -11627,7 +11060,7 @@ msgstr "" "retard sur les paiements; et enfin présenter vos revenus sur le Compte de " "Résultats et montrer la diminution des actifs sur le Bilan." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 msgid "" "Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " "you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" @@ -11645,11 +11078,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo permet la création de ce qu'on appelle une Facture Brouillon par le " "personnel de l'entrepôt." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "Création d'une facture" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "" "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " @@ -11659,7 +11092,7 @@ msgstr "" "documents tels que les commandes, les bons de commande, etc. Vous pouvez " "aussi créer directement une facture brouillon si vous le souhaitez." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" "An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " "in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " @@ -11671,11 +11104,11 @@ msgstr "" "Elle doit également inclure d'autres informations nécessaires pour payer la " "facture d'une manière opportune et précise." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 msgid "Draft invoices" msgstr "Factures brouillon" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 msgid "" "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " "While these invoices" @@ -11683,7 +11116,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le système génère des factures qui sont initialement à l'état Brouillon. " "Tant que ces factures" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 msgid "" "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " "is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." @@ -11692,59 +11125,59 @@ msgstr "" "Il n'y a rien pour empêcher les utilisateurs de créer leurs propres factures" " brouillon." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" msgstr "Créez une facture client avec les informations suivantes :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" msgstr "Client : Agrolait" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 msgid "Product: iMac" msgstr "Article : iMac" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 msgid "Quantity: 1" msgstr "Quantité : 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 msgid "Unit Price: 100" msgstr "Prix unitaire : 100" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" msgstr "Taxes : TVA 15%" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" msgstr "Le document est composé de 3 parties :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," msgstr "L'entête de la facture, avec les informations sur le client," -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," msgstr "" "le corps principal de la facture, avec des lignes de factures détaillées," -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." msgstr "le bas de la page, avec des détails sur les taxes, et les totaux." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "Factures Ouvertes ou Pro-forma" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" " tax information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "" "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " "moves from the Draft state to the Open state." @@ -11752,7 +11185,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Valider\" la facture lorsque vous êtes prêt à l'approuver. La facture " "passe alors de l'état Brouillon à l'état Ouverte." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 msgid "" "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " "defined, and modifiable, sequence." @@ -11760,7 +11193,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque vous avez validé une facture, Odoo lui donne un numéro unique à " "partir d'une séquence définie, et modifiable." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 msgid "" "Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" " when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " @@ -11771,19 +11204,19 @@ msgstr "" "détails en cliquant sur la pièce comptable dans l'onglet \"Autres " "informations\"." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" msgstr "Envoyer la facture au client" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "" "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " "customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." msgstr "" "Après validation de la facture du client, vous pouvez l'envoyer directement " -"au client via la fonctionnalité \"Envoyer par courriel\"." +"au client via la fonctionnalité \"Envoyer par email\"." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" " follows:" @@ -11791,42 +11224,42 @@ msgstr "" "Une pièce comptable typique générée à partir d'une facture validée " "ressemblera à ce qui suit :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" msgstr "**Tiers**" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "**Date d'échéance**" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Agrolait" msgstr "Agrolait" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 msgid "01/07/2015" msgstr "07/01/2015" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "115" msgstr "115" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "15" msgstr "15" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 msgid "Payment" msgstr "Paiement" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 msgid "" "In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " "entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " @@ -11838,18 +11271,17 @@ msgstr "" " rapprochement, la facture restera dans l'état Ouverte jusqu'à vous avez " "enregistré le paiement." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" msgstr "" -"Une pièce comptable typique générée par un paiement ressemblera à ce qui " -"suit :" +"Une pièce comptable typique générée par un paiement ressemblera à ceci :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" msgstr "Recevoir un paiement partiel par le relevé bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 msgid "" "You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " "in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " @@ -11859,7 +11291,7 @@ msgstr "" "pouvez les importer depuis un fichier csv ou d'autres formats prédéfinis " "selon les pays." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 msgid "" "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " "journal and enter an amount of $100 ." @@ -11867,15 +11299,15 @@ msgstr "" "Créer un relevé bancaire depuis le tableau de bord de la comptabilité, dans " "le journal approprié, et entrez un montant de $100." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" msgstr "Lettrer" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "Maintenant, nous allons rapprocher !" +msgstr "Maintenant, nous allons rapprocher!" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." @@ -11883,7 +11315,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez maintenant passer sur chaque transaction et la rapprocher, ou " "effecter un rapprochement en masse avec les instructions ci-dessous." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" "After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " "display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" @@ -11893,7 +11325,7 @@ msgstr "" "correspondante affichera alors \"Vous avez des paiements en suspens pour ce " "client. Vous pouvez les rapprocher pour payer cette facture.\"" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 msgid "" "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" " invoice." @@ -11901,11 +11333,11 @@ msgstr "" "Appliquer le paiement. Ci-dessous, vous pouvez voir que le paiement a été " "ajouté à la facture." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" msgstr "Suivi du Paiement" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "" "There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " "Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" @@ -11915,7 +11347,7 @@ msgstr "" " plus tard. Par conséquent, les encaisseurs doivent faire des efforts pour " "recueillir l'argent, et pour le recueillir plus rapidement." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 msgid "" "Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " "pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " @@ -11932,7 +11364,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'autres factures en souffrance pour le même client, la actions de la " "facture la plus en retard seront exécutées." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." @@ -11940,11 +11372,11 @@ msgstr "" "En allant à la fiche client, dans les «paiements en souffrance\", vous " "verrez le message de suivi et toutes les factures en souffrance." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" msgstr "Balance agée client :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " "to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." @@ -11953,7 +11385,7 @@ msgstr "" "pour comprendre les problèmes de crédit à la clientèle, et pour prioriser " "leur travail." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 msgid "" "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" " collection efforts." @@ -11961,11 +11393,11 @@ msgstr "" "Utilisez la balance agée pour déterminer quels clients sont en retard et " "commencer vos efforts de collecte." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "Compte de résultat" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " "Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " @@ -11977,17 +11409,17 @@ msgstr "" "Il est parfois appelé la « Déclaration de Revenu » ou « État des Revenus et " "Dépenses »." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 msgid "Balance sheet" msgstr "Bilan" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" "For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " "method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " @@ -11997,12 +11429,12 @@ msgstr "" " permanent, vous devriez obtenir une diminution du compte «Actifs " "Circulants» une fois que le matériel a été expédié au client." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" msgstr "De la Facture Fournisseur au Paiement" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 msgid "" "Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" " correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " @@ -12014,7 +11446,7 @@ msgstr "" "(pas trop tard, pas trop tôt, en fonction de votre politique fournisseur). " "Odoo propose également des rapports pour suivre vos balances âgées à payer." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " "the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " @@ -12025,11 +11457,11 @@ msgstr "" " et de les pré-remplir automatiquement en fonction des commandes d'achat " "passées." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" msgstr "Enregistrer une nouvelle facture fournisseur" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 msgid "" "When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " @@ -12042,7 +11474,7 @@ msgstr "" "fonctionnalité **Nouvelle Facture** sur le tableau de bord de la " "Comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 msgid "" "To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " "their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " @@ -12053,7 +11485,7 @@ msgstr "" "Fournisseur**, puis ajoutez et confirmez les lignes de produits, en veillant" " à avoir les bonnes quantités et taxes, et les bons prix." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 msgid "" "Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " "screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " @@ -12063,7 +11495,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'écran. Vous aurez probablement besoin de configurer les prix hors taxes de" " vos produits car Odoo calcule les taxes pour vous." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 msgid "" "On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " "vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " @@ -12083,11 +11515,11 @@ msgstr "" "modifier le montant dans le tableau en bas à gauche pour ajuster et " "correspondre." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" msgstr "Valider la Facture Fournisseur" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " "on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" @@ -12098,7 +11530,7 @@ msgstr "" " peut varier en fonction du module de comptabilité que vous avez choisi " "d'utiliser." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 msgid "" "For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" @@ -12106,21 +11538,21 @@ msgstr "" "Pour la plupart des pays européens, la pièce comptable utilisera les comptes" " suivants :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" msgstr "**Compte fournisseur:** défini sur la fiche du fournisseur" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" msgstr "**TVA:** définie par article et par ligne" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr "**Charge:** définie dans la fiche de l'article" +msgstr "**Dépenses :** défini sur la ligne du produit utilisé." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" "For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" @@ -12128,11 +11560,11 @@ msgstr "" "Pour la comptabilité Anglo-Saxonne (Etats-Unis), la pièce comptable " "utilisera les comptes suivants :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" msgstr "**Marchandises Reçues:** définies sur la fiche produit" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 msgid "" "You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " "validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." @@ -12140,11 +11572,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez vérifier votre Compte de Résultat ou votre Bilan après avoir " "validé quelques factures pour voir l'impact sur votre Grand Livre." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 msgid "Pay a bill" msgstr "Payer une facture" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 msgid "" "To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " "**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." @@ -12152,7 +11584,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour créer un paiement pour une facture fournisseur ouverte directement, " "vous pouvez cliquer sur **Payer** en haut du formulaire." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 msgid "" "From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " "card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " @@ -12168,7 +11600,7 @@ msgstr "" " facture du fournisseur comme référence (Odoo remplira automatiquement ce " "champ depuis la facture fournisseur s'il a déjà été saisi)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 msgid "" "You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " "a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " @@ -12181,11 +11613,11 @@ msgstr "" "Puis, à partir de la facture fournisseur, vous serez en en mesure de " "rapprocher ce paiement directement." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 msgid "Printing vendor Checks" msgstr "Impression des Chèques fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 msgid "" "If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " "so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " @@ -12198,7 +11630,7 @@ msgstr "" "vous préfériez le faire à la fin de la semaine, vous pouvez imprimer des " "chèques par lots." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " "list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." @@ -12207,7 +11639,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'Odoo agit comme une to do list et vous rappelle combien de chèques il vous" " reste à imprimer." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 msgid "" "By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " "list of all payments that are ready to be processed." @@ -12215,7 +11647,7 @@ msgstr "" "En sélectionnant le nombre de chèques à imprimer, vous pouvez parcourir la " "liste de tous les paiements qui sont prêts à être traités." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 msgid "" "Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " "them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " @@ -12227,11 +11659,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Imprimer chèques**. Odoo vous demandera de définir le prochain numéro de " "chèque dans la séquence et imprimera ensuite tous les chèques à la fois." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "Balance agée fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 msgid "" "In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" " can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " @@ -12243,7 +11675,7 @@ msgstr "" "des rapports (dans :menuselection:`Rapport --> Rapport PDF --> Balance agée " "des tiers `) pour obtenir un visuel de toutes vos factures en suspens." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" "From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " "of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " @@ -12257,39 +11689,39 @@ msgstr "" "vous naviguez dans le rapport, vous pouvez imprimer directement vers Excel " "ou PDF et obtenir exactement ce que vous voyez à l'écran." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:3 msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "Comptes Débiteurs" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "Comment suivre les dépenses des employés ?" +msgstr "Comment suivre les dépenses des employés?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 msgid "" "Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" " then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " "most frequently are:" msgstr "" "Les frais de personnel sont des frais engagés pour le compte de la société. " -"La société rembourse ensuite ces frais à l'employé.Les reçus les plus " -"fréquemment rencontrés sont les suivants :" +"La société rembourse ensuite ces frais à l'employé. Les reçus les plus " +"utilisés sont les suivants :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," msgstr "" "Des déplacements en voiture personnelle, remboursés par unité de distance " "(mile ou kilomètre)," -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "Des frais de séjour, remboursés sur la base des factures," +msgstr "des frais de séjour, remboursés sur la base des factures, " -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 msgid "" "other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " "carried out by the employee." @@ -12297,7 +11729,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'autres achats, tels que la papeterie et les livres, destinés à " "l'entreprise, mais payés par l'employé." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 msgid "" "To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " "from the Apps module." @@ -12305,7 +11737,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour gérer les dépenses, vous devez installer l'application **Suivi des " "Dépenses** à partir du module Applications." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 msgid "" "You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " "re-invoice your expenses to your customers." @@ -12313,7 +11745,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous aurez également besoin d'installer le module **Gestion des ventes** " "afin de refacturer les dépenses à vos clients." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 msgid "" "Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " "products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " @@ -12322,36 +11754,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Une fois ces applications installées, vous pouvez configurer les différents " "articles qui représentent les types de dépenses. Pour créer les premiers " -"articles, allez dans le menu :menuselection:`Configuration -> Articles de " -"note de frais` dans l'application **Notes de frais**." +"articles, allez au menu :menuselection:`Configuration -> Articles de " +"dépenses` dans l'application **Dépenses**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 msgid "Some examples of products can be:" msgstr "Quelques exemples d'articles de note de frais :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 msgid "**Travel (car)**" msgstr "**Voyage (voiture)**" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 msgid "Product Type: Service" msgstr "Catégorie d'article : Service" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" msgstr "Politique de facturation: facture sur la base du temps et du matériel" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" msgstr "Politique de facturation des frais : Au prix de vente" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "Prix de vente : 0.32" +msgstr "Prix de vente : 0,32" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 msgid "" "Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " "Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" @@ -12359,19 +11791,19 @@ msgstr "" "Unité de mesure : Km ou mile (vous devrez activer l'option **Unités de " "mesure multiples** dans :menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration`)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 msgid "**Hotel**" msgstr "**Hôtel**" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" msgstr "Politique de facturation des frais : Au coût réel" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" msgstr "Unité de mesure : Unité" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 msgid "" "In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " "employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " @@ -12383,7 +11815,7 @@ msgstr "" "(par exemple pour visiter un client): 0,32 € / km. L'hôtel est remboursé sur" " la base des coûts réels de l'hôtel." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 msgid "" "Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " "checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " @@ -12396,49 +11828,49 @@ msgstr "" " Cette politique de facturation signifie que, si la dépense est liée à un " "projet / commande client, Odoo refacturera ces frais au client." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" msgstr "Odoo prend en charge deux types de dépenses :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" msgstr "les dépenses payées par les employés avec leur propre argent" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" msgstr "les dépenses payées avec une carte de crédit d'entreprise" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 msgid "The expenses workflow" msgstr "Le process de suivi des dépenses" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 msgid "Record a new expense" msgstr "Enregistrer une nouvelle dépense" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 msgid "" "Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " ":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " "personal expenses work that way:" msgstr "" -"Chaque employé de la société peut enregistrer ses dépenses à partir de " +"Chaque employé de la société peut enregistrer ses notes de frais depuis " ":menuselection:`Notes de frais --> Mes notes de frais`. Le processus pour " "saisir ses dépenses personnelles fonctionne de cette façon :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" msgstr "un employé enregistre une dépense, et la soumet au gestionnaire" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" msgstr "le gestionnaire accepte ou refuse la dépense" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 msgid "the accountant post journal entries" msgstr "le comptable enregistre les pièces" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 msgid "" "the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " "with a payable account)" @@ -12446,7 +11878,7 @@ msgstr "" "la compagnie rembourse la dépense à l'employé (l'employé est comme un " "fournisseur, avec un compte de charge)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 msgid "" "if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " "the customer" @@ -12454,20 +11886,20 @@ msgstr "" "si la dépense est liée à un compte analytique, l'entreprise peut refacturer " "au client" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" msgstr "Pour chaque dépense, l'employé doit enregistrer au moins :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" msgstr "" "une description : qui doit inclure la référence du billet ou de la facture" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 msgid "a product: the expense type" msgstr "un article : le type de dépense" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 msgid "" "a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" " car)" @@ -12475,7 +11907,7 @@ msgstr "" "un prix (par ex. pour un hôtel) ou une quantité (par ex. des kms de trajet " "avec une voiture personnelle)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 msgid "" "Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " "photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " @@ -12485,7 +11917,7 @@ msgstr "" "dépense. Pour ce faire, écrivez juste un message en bas de la note de frais " "avec le scan de la facture ou du ticket en pièce jointe." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 msgid "" "If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" " an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " @@ -12497,7 +11929,7 @@ msgstr "" "activer l'option Compte analytique dans la configuration de la Comptabilité " "pour accéder à cette fonctionnalité)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 msgid "" "Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " "**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " @@ -12505,38 +11937,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Une fois que la note de frais est entièrement enregistrée, l'employé doit " "cliquer sur le bouton **Soumettre au responsable**. Dans certaines " -"entreprises, les employés doivent soumettre leurs dépenses regroupées à la " -"fin du mois, ou à la fin d'un voyage d'affaires." +"entreprises, les employés doivent soumettre leurs notes de frais regroupées " +"à la fin du mois, ou à la fin d'un voyage d'affaires." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 msgid "" "An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " "action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." msgstr "" -"Un employé peut soumettre toutes ses dépenses en une fois, en utilisant " -"l'option « Soumettre les notes de frais » du menu « Action » de la vue en " -"liste des notes de frais, ou les petites icônes « √ » dans la vue en liste." +"Un employé peut soumettre toutes ses notes de frais en une fois, en " +"utilisant l'option Soumettre les notes de frais depuis la vue en liste des " +"dépenses ou depuis les petites icônes de la vue en liste." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 msgid "Validation by the manager" msgstr "Validation par le gestionnaire" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 msgid "" "Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " "manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " "menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." msgstr "" -"Les gestionnaires recoivent un courriel pour chaque note de frais à " -"approuver (le gestionnaire d'un employé est défini sur la fiche de " -"l'employé). Ils peuvent utiliser le menu **A approuver** pour vérifier " -"toutes les notes de frais qui sont en attente de validation." +"Les gestionnaires reçoivent un email pour chaque note de frais à approuver " +"(le gestionnaire d'un employé est défini sur sa fiche). Ils peuvent utiliser" +" le menu **À approuver** pour vérifier toutes les notes de frais qui sont en" +" attente de validation." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 msgid "The manager can:" msgstr "Le gestionnaire peut :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 msgid "" "discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " "bill is missing);" @@ -12544,19 +11976,19 @@ msgstr "" "discuter sur une note de frais pour demander plus d'informations (par " "exemple, si la copie de la facture est absente);" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 msgid "reject an expense;" msgstr "refuser une note de frais;" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 msgid "approve an expense." msgstr "approuver une note de frais." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 msgid "Control by the accountant" msgstr "Contrôle par le comptable" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 msgid "" "Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " "by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " @@ -12564,23 +11996,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Ensuite, toutes les notes de frais qui ont été validées par le gestionnaire " "doivent être enregistrées par le comptable. Quand une note de frais est " -"enregistrée, la pièce comptable liée est créée et enregistrée dans votre " +"enregistrée, l'écriture comptable liée est créée et enregistrée dans votre " "comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 msgid "" "If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " "expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." msgstr "" -"Si le comptable veut créer une seule pièce pour un ensemble de notes de " -"frais, il peut enregistrer les notes de frais en une fois à partir de la vue" -" en liste de toutes les notes de frais." +"Si le comptable veut créer une seule écriture comptable pour un ensemble de " +"notes de frais, il peut enregistrer cet ensemble depuis la vue en liste de " +"toutes les notes de frais." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "Refacturer les notes de frais aux clients" +msgstr "Refacturer les dépenses aux clients" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 msgid "" "If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " "the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " @@ -12594,7 +12026,7 @@ msgstr "" " qui sera envoyée au client (imputation des frais de trajet et de séjour à " "un projet client)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 msgid "" "To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." " (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " @@ -12604,7 +12036,7 @@ msgstr "" "sur son bon de commande. (ou ce sera fait automatiquement à la fin de la " "semaine ou du mois si vous facturez toutes vos commandes en une fois)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 msgid "" "tip If you want to learn more; check the documentation page :doc: " "../../../sale/invoicing/service/expense `*How to re-invoice expenses to your" @@ -12612,21 +12044,21 @@ msgid "" "<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1_6VclRWfESHfvNPZI32q5ANFi2C7cCTwkLXpbGTz6B8/edit?usp=sharing>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 msgid "Reimburse the employee" msgstr "Rembourser l'employé" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 msgid "" "If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " "reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" " payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." msgstr "" -"Si la note de frais a été payée par l'employé, l'entreprise doit rembourser " -"l'employé. Dans ce cas, l'employé apparaît dans la balance âgée fournisseur " -"jusqu'à ce que la société lui rembourse ses notes de frais." +"Si la note de frais a été payée par l'employé, l'entreprise doit le " +"rembourser. Dans ce cas, l'employé apparaît dans la balance âgée fournisseur" +" jusqu'à ce que la société lui rembourse ses notes de frais." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 msgid "" "All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " "due." @@ -12634,19 +12066,19 @@ msgstr "" "Tout ce que vous avez à faire est de créer un paiement pour cet employé pour" " le montant dû." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "Les notes de frais qui ne sont pas refacturées aux clients" +msgstr "Les dépenses qui ne sont pas refacturées aux clients" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 msgid "" "If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " "options:" msgstr "" -"Si certaines notes de frais ne doivent pas être refacturées aux clients, " -"vous avez deux options :" +"Si certaines dépenses ne doivent pas être refacturées aux clients, vous avez" +" deux options :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 msgid "" "if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " "invoicing policy on the product:" @@ -12654,15 +12086,15 @@ msgstr "" "si la décision de facturer ou non est liée à l'article, changer la politique" " de facturation sur le produit :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" msgstr "**Reinvoice costs** : refacturer le client" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" msgstr "**Quantités commandées** : ne pas refacturer le client" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 msgid "" "if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " "reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" @@ -12672,15 +12104,15 @@ msgstr "" "reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" " invoice." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 msgid ":doc:`forecast`" msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" msgstr "Comment prévoir les futures factures à payer ?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" "When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " "different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " @@ -12693,7 +12125,7 @@ msgstr "" " vos fournisseurs trop tôt peut diminuer votre trésorerie, et payert trop " "tard peut entraîner des frais supplémentaires." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " "vendors efficiently." @@ -12701,11 +12133,11 @@ msgstr "" "Heureusement, Odoo vous fournit les bons outils pour gérer les paiement " "fournisseurs efficacement." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" msgstr "Configuration : conditions de règlement" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " "Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " @@ -12716,15 +12148,15 @@ msgstr "" "trace des conditions pour calculer la date d'échéance d'une facture. A titre" " d'exemple, un délai de paiement peut être :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 msgid "50% within 30 days" msgstr "50% sous 30 jours" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 msgid "50% within 45 days" msgstr "50% sous 45 jours" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" "To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " @@ -12736,7 +12168,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'application de **Comptabilité**. L'exemple suivant montre des conditions " "de règlement de 30% de suite et le solde sous 30 jours." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 msgid "" "Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " "default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" @@ -12749,7 +12181,7 @@ msgstr "" "façon, chaque fois que vous allez acheter à ce fournisseur, Odoo vous " "proposera automatiquement le délai de paiement à droite." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 msgid "" "If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " "able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." @@ -12758,11 +12190,11 @@ msgstr "" "fournisseur, vous serez toujours en mesure de mettre des conditions de " "règlement spécifiques sur la facture fournisseur." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" msgstr "Prévision des factures à payer avec la Balance Agée Fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 msgid "" "In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " "report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " @@ -12777,17 +12209,17 @@ msgstr "" "date d'échéance étant calculée sur chaque facture en utilisant les " "conditions de règlement)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 msgid "" "This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." msgstr "" "Ce rapport vous indique combien vous aurez à payer dans les prochains mois." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" msgstr "Sélectionner des factures à payer" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" "Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " "list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" @@ -12799,7 +12231,7 @@ msgstr "" " avancés, vous pouvez lister toutes les factures que vous devez payer ou les" " factures qui sont en retard (vous êtes en retard sur le paiement)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 msgid "" "From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " "to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " @@ -12810,15 +12242,15 @@ msgstr "" "cours du mois suivant, en utilisant la fonction grouper par \"Date " "d'échéance\"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Payments" msgstr "Règlements fournisseur" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" msgstr "Payer par Chèques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" "Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " "Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " @@ -12831,12 +12263,12 @@ msgstr "" "bancaire fera correspondre les chèques que vous avez envoyés aux " "fournisseurs avec les relevés bancaires réels." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 msgid "Install the required module" msgstr "installer le module requis" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 msgid "" "To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " "Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " @@ -12845,7 +12277,7 @@ msgid "" "print U.S. checks." msgstr "l'impression " -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " "may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " @@ -12855,11 +12287,11 @@ msgstr "" " être installés par défaut. (exemple: les utilisateurs des États-Unis n'ont " "rien à installer, c'est configuré par défaut)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" msgstr "Activer la méthode de paiment par chèque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " "on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -12874,34 +12306,34 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Plus --> Configuration`. Dans le champ **Méthodes de " "paiement**, cochez **Chèques**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "Pré-imprimés de chèques compatibles pour l'impression des chèques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 msgid "United States" msgstr "États Unis" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" "Pour les États-Unis, Odoo prend en charge par défaut les formats de chèques " "suivants :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" msgstr "" "**QuickBooks® & Quicken®**: chèque en haut, talons au milieu et en bas" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" msgstr "**Peachtree®** : chèque au milieu, talons en haut et en bas" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "**ADP®**: chèque en bas, et talons en haut" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." @@ -12909,31 +12341,31 @@ msgstr "" "Il est également possible de définir votre propre format de chèque à travers" " les personnalisations." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "Payer un fournisseur par chèque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "Le paiement d'un fournisseur par chèque se fait en trois étapes :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" msgstr "l'enregistrement du paiement que vous souhaitez faire sur la facture" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "L'impression des chèques par lots pour tous les paiements enregistrés" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 msgid "reconcile bank statements" msgstr "rapprochement bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "Enregistrer un paiement par chèque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 msgid "" "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -12941,96 +12373,11 @@ msgid "" "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "Explication des champs de l'écran de paiement :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "Présente des factures" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "Champ technique utilisé à des fins ergonomiques" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "Masquer la méthode de paiement" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " -"only one available which is 'manual'" -msgstr "" -"Champ technique utilisé pour cacher la méthode de paiement si le journal " -"sélectionné a seulement une méthode possible qui est \"manuelle\"" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " -"you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " -"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "Montrer le Compte Bancaire du Partenaire" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " -"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" -msgstr "" -"Champ technique utilisé pour savoir si le champ partner_bank_account_id doit" -" être affiché ou non dans la vue formulaire des paiements" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Code" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." -msgstr "" -"Champ technique utilisé pour adapter l'interface au type de paiement " -"sélectionné ." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "Numéro de chèque" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" -"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " -"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." -msgstr "" -"Le journal sélectionné est configuré pour imprimer les numéros de chèques. " -"Si votre chèque pré-imprimé a déjà un numéro ou si la numérotation existante" -" est mauvaise, vous pouvez la changer dans la page de configuration du " -"journal." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "Essayez de payer une facture fournisseur avec un chèque" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:77 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "Imprimer des chèques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:79 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -13043,7 +12390,7 @@ msgstr "" "Depuis cet écran, vous pouvez imprimer tous les chèques d'un coup ou les " "examiner un par un." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:84 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -13056,7 +12403,7 @@ msgstr "" "vous propose automatiquement le numéro suivant, mais vous pouvez le changer " "s'il ne correspond pas à votre prochain numéro de chèque." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:90 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." @@ -13065,11 +12412,11 @@ msgstr "" " la liste et sélectionnez ensuite **Imprimer --> Chèques** dans le menu " "\"Imprimer\" en haut." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:99 msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" msgstr "Rapprochement Bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " @@ -13079,7 +12426,7 @@ msgstr "" "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " "payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 msgid "" "to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" @@ -13089,11 +12436,11 @@ msgstr "" "paiements et filtrer sur l'état Envoyé. Examiner les paiements qui ont une " "date de plus de 2 semaines." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "Tout payer par chèque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:114 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -13104,7 +12451,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> Paiements`. Enregistrez votre paiement et sélectionnez une méthode de " "paiement par chèque." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." @@ -13112,7 +12459,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous payez une facture fournisseur spécifique, saisissez la référence de " "la facture dans le champ **Mémo**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:124 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" @@ -13123,19 +12470,19 @@ msgstr "" "directement ou suivre la méthode précédente pour imprimer les chèques par " "lot :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:128 msgid "`Print checks <PrintChecks_>`_" msgstr "`Imprimer les chèques <PrintChecks_>`_" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:130 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" msgstr "`Rapprochement Bancaire <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" -msgstr "Comment payer plusieurs factures à la fois ?" +msgstr "Comment payer plusieurs factures à la fois?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " "with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " @@ -13146,15 +12493,15 @@ msgstr "" " tout le monde est capable de gérer les factures et le paiement en quelques " "clics." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" msgstr "Payez plusieurs factures fournisseurs en un seul paiement" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 msgid "Record several payments" msgstr "Enregistrer plusieurs paiements" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" "In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " @@ -13165,7 +12512,7 @@ msgstr "" "(premier écran que vous obtenez lorsque vous ouvrez l'application de " "Comptabilité)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " "the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." @@ -13174,7 +12521,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factures fournisseur**. Dans la fenêtre des factures fournisseur, cliquez " "sur **Créer**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 msgid "" "Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " "Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " @@ -13184,11 +12531,11 @@ msgstr "" "cliquez sur Ajouter un élément pour ajouter un (ou plusieurs) article(s). " "Cliquez sur **Enregistrer** et **Valider**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" msgstr "Payer les factures fournisseurs, l'une après l'autre" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 msgid "" "We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" @@ -13199,7 +12546,7 @@ msgstr "" "paiement, la Date et le Montant, et cliquez sur **Enregistrer le " "règlement**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" "Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" " the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " @@ -13211,11 +12558,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Payée**. Le système génèrera également un mouvement à partir du compte de " "paiement et le rapprochera avec la transaction d'achat" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" msgstr "Payer plusieurs factures d'un coup" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "" "In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " "following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" @@ -13225,7 +12572,7 @@ msgstr "" "suivants le guide ci-dessus. **Assurez-vous que toutes les factures " "proviennent du même fournisseur.**" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 msgid "" "In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" " the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " @@ -13236,7 +12583,7 @@ msgstr "" "Autres options situé en haut et au milieu de la page, cliquez sur " "**Enregistrer le règlement**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 msgid "" "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " "for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." @@ -13245,11 +12592,11 @@ msgstr "" "deux factures, mais vous pouvez le modifier librement. Cliquez sur " "**Valider**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" msgstr "Enregistrer le paiement, rapprocher par la suite" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 msgid "" "You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " "recorded." @@ -13257,11 +12604,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez également rapprocher un paiement avec des factures après que le " "paiement ait été enregistré." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 msgid "First, we need to create a payment" msgstr "Tout d'abord, nous devons créer un paiement" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" @@ -13269,7 +12616,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ceci se fait par :menuselection:`Tableau de bord --> Banque --> Plus --> " "Envoyer de l'argent`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" "Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " "and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " @@ -13280,7 +12627,7 @@ msgstr "" "Après saisie de tous les détails, nous vous confirmerons l'ordre de paiement" " qui va générer la transaction de paiement avec le système." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 msgid "" "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " "remaining to reconcile." @@ -13288,7 +12635,7 @@ msgstr "" "Comme vous pouvez le voir, l'état de paiement de factures montre ce qui est " "comptabilisé et ce qui reste à rapprocher." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "" "After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " "reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " @@ -13298,22 +12645,22 @@ msgstr "" "paiement, vous pouvez rapprocher la transaction à partir du tableau de bord." " Le montant de la transaction sera automatiquement récupéré." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" msgstr "" "Pour plus de détails sur le processus de rapprochement bancaire, lisez :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" msgstr "Paiements partiels de plusieurs factures fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "" "Comment payer plusieurs factures fournisseurs à la fois si elles ont des " "escomptes de caisse ?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 msgid "" "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " @@ -13323,7 +12670,7 @@ msgstr "" "il du paiement partiel ? Prenons un autre exemple où nous allons faire un " "paiement partiel pour plusieurs factures." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "" "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " "statements." @@ -13331,7 +12678,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nous créons plusieurs factures et les payons partiellement par des relevés " "bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 msgid "" "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " "offer us early payment discount." @@ -13339,7 +12686,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nous ajoutons des conditions de règlement qui permettent des escomptes de " "caisse où le vendeur nous offre une réduction pour paiement anticipé." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 msgid "" "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" " term." @@ -13347,11 +12694,11 @@ msgstr "" "Nous créons les factures suivantes en utilisant les conditions de règlement " "ci-dessus." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 msgid "We have created the following bills:" msgstr "Nous avons créé les factures suivantes :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 msgid "" "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" " cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." @@ -13360,7 +12707,7 @@ msgstr "" "ajusterons l'escompte que notre fournisseur consent en vertu des conditions " "de règlement." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." @@ -13368,22 +12715,22 @@ msgstr "" "Avant de rapprocher ce relevé bancaire, nous devons créer un modèle de " "relevé d'escompte de caisse" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "" "Maintenant, nous allons revenir au relevé de banque et ouvrir la vue de " "rapprochement." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" msgstr "Pour un rapprochement de relevé bancaire avec option de modèle, voir" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:71 msgid "Pay with SEPA" msgstr "Pay avec SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -13395,31 +12742,33 @@ msgstr "" " SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " "transfer." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 msgid "" "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " "Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." msgstr "" -"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " -"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." +"Le SEPA est pris en charge par les banques des 28 États membres de l'UE " +"ainsi que par l'Islande, la Norvège, la Suisse, Andorre, Monaco et Saint-" +"Marin." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " "with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " -"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file " -"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" -" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." +"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." msgstr "" -"Avec Odoo, lorsque vous décidez de payer un fournisseur, vous pouvez choisir" -" de payer la facture par virement SEPA. Ainsi, à la fin de la journée, le " -"responsable peut générer le fichier SEPA contenant tous les virements " -"bancaires et l'envoyer à la banque. Le fichier suit le standard SEPA " -"'PAIN.001.001.03'. C'est est une norme bien définie qui fait consensus parmi" -" les banques." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 +msgid "" +"By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " +"specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among " +"banks. However, according to the country set on your company, another format" +" can be used : **'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and " +"**'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 msgid "" "Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " "account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " @@ -13431,7 +12780,7 @@ msgstr "" " rapprochement bancaire fera parfaitement correspondre les ordres SEPA que " "vous avez envoyés à votre banque aux relevés bancaires réels." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 msgid "" "To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " "module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " @@ -13441,7 +12790,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Transfert de crédit SEPA**. Ce module gère le processus de création des " "fichiers SEPA basé sur les paiements Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." @@ -13449,11 +12798,11 @@ msgstr "" "Selon votre pays et le plan comptable que vous utilisez, ce module peut être" " installé par défaut." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:45 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" msgstr "Activer les méthodes de paiement SEPA sur les banques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " "related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -13466,7 +12815,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'application de Comptabilité), cliquez sur \"Plus\" sur votre compte " "bancaire et sélectionnez l'option \"Configuration\"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 msgid "" "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " "Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" @@ -13476,7 +12825,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Méthodes de paiement** dans la section **Divers**, cochez la case **Sepa " "Credit Transfer**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." @@ -13485,7 +12834,7 @@ msgstr "" "national ne fonctionnera pas avec SEPA) et le BIC (code d'identification de " "banque) dans votre journal de banque." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:62 msgid "" "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " "initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " @@ -13498,11 +12847,11 @@ msgstr "" "personnaliser dans les \"Données de votre société\", dans l'onglet " "**Configuration**, sous la section **SEPA**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "Register your payments" msgstr "Enregistrez vos paiements" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -13513,7 +12862,7 @@ msgstr "" "-> Paiements`. Enregistrez votre paiement et sélectionnez une méthode de " "paiement par Sepa Credit Transfer." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 msgid "" "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " @@ -13523,7 +12872,7 @@ msgstr "" "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " "(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " @@ -13533,7 +12882,7 @@ msgstr "" "automatiquement le compte bancaire, mais vous serez en mesure d'en " "sélectionner un autre ou d'en créer un nouveau." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:88 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**memo** field." @@ -13541,7 +12890,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous payez une facture fournisseur spécifique, saisissez la référence de " "la facture dans le champ **mémo**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:94 msgid "" "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " "pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" @@ -13554,11 +12903,11 @@ msgstr "" "fournisseur. Le formulaire est le même, mais le paiement est directement lié" " à la facture et sera automatiquement rapprochée avec elle." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 msgid "Generate SEPA files" -msgstr "Générer les fichiers SEPA" +msgstr "Générer des fichiers SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:102 msgid "" "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " "generate for every bank account." @@ -13566,7 +12915,7 @@ msgstr "" "À partir du tableau de bord de votre Comptabilité, vous devriez voir s'il y " "a des fichiers SEPA à générer pour chaque compte bancaire." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:108 msgid "" "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " "SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " @@ -13579,26 +12928,24 @@ msgstr "" "paiements à la fois) et cliquez sur :menuselection:`Plus -> Télécharger les " "paiements SEPA`." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "La banque refuse mon fichier SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:122 msgid "" -"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " -"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " -"error message to your Odoo partner." +"Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** " +"(the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they " +"don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the error " +"message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" -"Demandez à votre banque si elle accepte **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit " -"Transfers**. Si elle ne l'accepte pas, ou ne ne vous donne pas d'explication" -" convaincante, transmettez le message d'erreur à votre partenaire Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "" "Il n'y a pas de Bank Identifier Code enregistré pour le compte bancaire ..." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 msgid "" "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" " IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " @@ -13609,26 +12956,26 @@ msgstr "" "probablement enregistré un code IBAN pour le partenaire que vous payez, mais" " oublié de remplir le champ BIC." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr ":doc:`check`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:139 msgid "How to define a new bank?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:140 msgid "How to reconcile bank statements?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" msgstr "" "Quand dois-je utiliser les factures fournisseurs ou les reçus d'achat ?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 msgid "" "Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" " for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " @@ -13643,7 +12990,7 @@ msgstr "" " facture. Un reçu d'achat est la confirmation d'un paiement reçu. Ce sont " "les reçus de mes achats au jour le jour." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " "will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " @@ -13656,7 +13003,7 @@ msgstr "" "les reçus d'achat, ce qui signifie qu'aucun compte fournisseur n'est " "nécessaire." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 msgid "" "Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," " as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." @@ -13665,7 +13012,7 @@ msgstr "" "ligne de produits, alors que les factures fournisseurs appliquent un seul " "montant de la TVA sur la totalité de la facture." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 msgid "" "If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " "receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " @@ -13676,7 +13023,7 @@ msgstr "" "utiliser la fonction de reçus d'achat d'Odoo pour les traiter en " "comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 msgid "" "Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " "a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " @@ -13688,7 +13035,7 @@ msgstr "" "semaine acheter 50 euros de thé et une théière d'une valeur de 20 euros. " "Nous payons avec le compte bancaire de l'entreprise." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 msgid "" "To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " "installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." @@ -13697,7 +13044,7 @@ msgstr "" "être installés. Allez dans le module Applications et installez l'application" " de Comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 msgid "" "Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" " \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." @@ -13706,11 +13053,11 @@ msgstr "" " par défaut, et recherchez l'expression « achats ». Installez le module " "**Paiements de ventes et d'achats**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 msgid "Register a receipt" msgstr "Enregistrer un reçu" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 msgid "" "By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " "Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." @@ -13719,7 +13066,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'option de menu déroulant **Reçus d'Achat** visible dans l'application de " "Comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 msgid "" "To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " "app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." @@ -13728,7 +13075,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'application de Comptabilité, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Achats -> Reçus " "d'achat`." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 msgid "" "Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " "Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " @@ -13741,7 +13088,7 @@ msgstr "" "significative car Régler plus tard va générer une pièce comptable alors que " "Régler directement va immédiatement créditer le compte de banque." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 msgid "" "In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " "option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " @@ -13752,7 +13099,7 @@ msgstr "" "concerné et la TVA appropriée. Pour l'exemple, nous supposons que le thé est" " soumis à une TVA de 12% et la théière à une TVA de 21%." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 msgid "" "Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " ":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " @@ -13762,11 +13109,11 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`rapprocher les paiements <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` afin " "de clore complètement la transaction dans votre comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" msgstr "Comment gérer les factures fournisseurs ?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " "incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." @@ -13775,7 +13122,7 @@ msgstr "" " réception des produits, et les factures fournisseurs, tout cela de façon " "transparente et à un seul endroit." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " "need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" @@ -13787,11 +13134,11 @@ msgstr "" " d'achat dans Odoo. Savoir ce qui a été acheté et receptionné est la " "première étape vers la compréhension de vos processus de gestion des achats." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" msgstr "Voici le cheminement standard dans Odoo :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." @@ -13799,7 +13146,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous commencez avec une **Demande de Prix (DP)** à envoyer à vos " "fournisseur(s)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." @@ -13807,7 +13154,7 @@ msgstr "" "Une fois que le vendeur a accepté la Demande de Prix, confirmez-la en **Bon " "de Commande (BC)**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." @@ -13815,7 +13162,7 @@ msgstr "" "La confirmation du BC génère une **Expédition** si vous avez acheté des " "produits stockables." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 msgid "" "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " "products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." @@ -13823,7 +13170,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lors de la réception d'une **Facture Fournisseur**, validez-la avec les " "produits reçus à l'étape précédente pour en vérifier l'exactitude." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " "only one." @@ -13831,23 +13178,23 @@ msgstr "" "Ce processus peut être réalisé par trois personnes différentes au sein de " "l'entreprise, ou une seule." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" msgstr "" "Installez les applications Gestion des achats et Gestion de l'inventaire" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " "install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " "automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" msgstr "Création d'articles" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " "within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " @@ -13857,7 +13204,7 @@ msgstr "" " achats de façon rapide et efficace. Allez dans le sous-menu Articles de " "l'application Achats, et cliquez sur Créer." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " "since it is important:" @@ -13865,7 +13212,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lors de la création du produit, faites attention au champ **Type de " "produit**, car il est important:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " "track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " @@ -13875,7 +13222,7 @@ msgstr "" "permettront de suivre leurs niveaux de stocks. Ces options sous-entendent " "une gestion des stocks et permettront la réception de ces types d'articles." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " "not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " @@ -13887,7 +13234,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'inventaire à gérer. Vous ne serez pas en mesure de réceptionner des " "articles sous cette désignation." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " @@ -13895,15 +13242,15 @@ msgid "" "product type to **Service**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" msgstr "Gestion de vos Factures Fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 msgid "Purchasing products or services" msgstr "Achat de marchandises ou de services" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " "products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " @@ -13920,7 +13267,7 @@ msgstr "" " facture fournisseur (car la facture fournisseur contiendra probablement la " "référence fournisseur)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " "application." @@ -13928,11 +13275,11 @@ msgstr "" "Valider la commande et de réceptionner les articles avec l'application " "Inventaire." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 msgid "Receiving Products" msgstr "Réception des Produits" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " @@ -13947,13 +13294,13 @@ msgstr "" "transfert des articles. Ce bouton est entouré en rouge dans l'illustration " "ci-dessous :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 msgid "" "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" " the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " @@ -13963,16 +13310,16 @@ msgid "" "following screen where you then will receive the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." msgstr "" "L'achat d'articles de type service ne déclenche pas de bon de livraison." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" msgstr "Gestion des factures fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 msgid "" "When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" @@ -13983,7 +13330,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous devez créer une nouvelle facture fournisseur, même si vous avez déjà " "enregistré un bon de commande." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 msgid "" "The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" " the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " @@ -14007,20 +13354,20 @@ msgstr "" " liste en saisissant la référence du fournisseur ou votre numéro interne de " "commande." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " "need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " "prices)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" "Votre fournisseur peut vous envoyer plusieurs factures pour le même Bon de " "Commande si :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." @@ -14028,13 +13375,13 @@ msgstr "" "Votre fournisseur est en reliquats et vous envoie les factures lorsqu'il " "expédie les articles." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "" "Votre fournisseur vous envoie une facture partielle ou vous demande un " "acompte." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 msgid "" "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " "the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " @@ -14051,24 +13398,24 @@ msgstr "" "sujet. A tout moment, avant de valider la facture fournisseur, vous pouvez " "modifier cette quantité qui est à zéro." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" msgstr "Rapprochement de Facture Fournisseur" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "" "Que faire si votre facture fournisseur ne correspond pas à ce que vous avez " "reçu" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" " quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " "reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 msgid "" "The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" " have not ordered." @@ -14076,7 +13423,7 @@ msgstr "" "Te fournisseur vous a facturé des articles et/ou des services que vous " "n'avez pas commandés." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 msgid "" "The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," " as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." @@ -14085,11 +13432,11 @@ msgstr "" "alors que le contrôle de facturation est basé sur les quantités commandées " "et reçues." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " @@ -14099,7 +13446,7 @@ msgstr "" "commande associées au vendeur, sont exactes, et que vous comprenez ce que " "vous avez commandé et ce que vous avez déjà réceptionné." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" @@ -14107,7 +13454,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous ne parvenez pas à trouver un commande relié à une facture " "fournisseur, cela peut être dû à l'une des raisons suivantes :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" " not going to appear anywhere in the selection." @@ -14115,23 +13462,23 @@ msgstr "" "Le fournisseur vous a déjà facturé pour cette commande, donc elle ne va " "apparaître nulle part dans la sélection." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 msgid "" "Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" "Quelqu'un dans votre entreprise a oublié d'enregistrer une commande pour ce " "fournisseur." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." msgstr "" "Le vendeur vous facture pour quelque chose que vous n'avez pas commandé." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "How product quantities are managed" msgstr "Comment les quantités d'articles sont gérées" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." @@ -14140,7 +13487,7 @@ msgstr "" "alors que les articles stockables et les consommables sont gérés en fonction" " des quantités reçues." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " "quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " @@ -14157,7 +13504,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'article que vous souhaitez modifier, et vous devriez voir un nouveau " "champ, nommé **Contrôle des factures d'achat**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" @@ -14165,19 +13512,19 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez alors modifier la méthode de gestion par défaut pour l'article " "sélectionné, qui pour être basée sur :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "Quantités commandées" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 msgid "or Received quantities" msgstr "ou Quantités reçues" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "Batch Billing" msgstr "Facturation par lots" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " "you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " @@ -14186,20 +13533,20 @@ msgid "" " be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "Comptes Débiteurs" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "Factures clients" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" msgstr "Offrir des escomptes" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" " pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -14208,11 +13555,11 @@ msgid "" "period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 msgid "Set up a cash discount" msgstr "Configurer des escomptes" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" @@ -14221,11 +13568,11 @@ msgid "" "valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "Start offering the cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " "term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" @@ -14234,11 +13581,11 @@ msgid "" "calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 msgid "Grant the cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 msgid "" "The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " "cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " @@ -14246,7 +13593,7 @@ msgid "" "click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 msgid "" "You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " "easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " @@ -14262,11 +13609,11 @@ msgstr "" "rapprochement. Notez qu'en fonction de votre localisation, vous disposez " "peut-être déjà d'un modèle de remise au comptant disponible par défaut." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 msgid "Register the full payment" msgstr "Enregistrer le paiement complet" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 msgid "" "In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " "benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " @@ -14277,15 +13624,15 @@ msgstr "" "compte, faites correspondre le paiement aux deux écritures de journal " "associées." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 msgid "Set up cash roundings" msgstr "Mise en place d'arrondis d'espèces" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" "In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " "Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" @@ -14293,30 +13640,30 @@ msgid "" "that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "" "First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " "Cash Rounding." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" "There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." @@ -14325,20 +13672,20 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection: `Comptabilité -> Configuration -> Gestion -> Arrondi " "d'espèces`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 msgid "" "Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " "strategies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 msgid "" "**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" " your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " "define the account in which the rounding will go." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 msgid "" "**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " "highest tax." @@ -14346,11 +13693,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Modifier le montant de la taxe**: Odoo ajoutera l’arrondi au montant de la" " taxe la plus élevée." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 msgid "" "Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" " the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" @@ -14358,11 +13705,11 @@ msgid "" " If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" msgstr "Revenus différés: comment les automatiser ?" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" "Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " "balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " @@ -14380,7 +13727,7 @@ msgstr "" "les produits ou services sont livrés, le chiffre d'affaires est comptabilisé" " sur le compte de revenus." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 msgid "" "For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " "begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " @@ -14393,7 +13740,7 @@ msgstr "" "comptabilisés dans un compte de revenus reportés. En effet, les 24 000 € que" " vous recevez n'ont pas encore été gagnés." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 msgid "" "Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " "by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " @@ -14403,11 +13750,11 @@ msgstr "" "reportés de 1000 € (24000€/24) tous les mois et en convertissant ce montant " "en chiffre d'affaires." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 msgid "Module installation" msgstr "Installation du module" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 msgid "" "In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " "application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " @@ -14419,7 +13766,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configuration` et activer l'option **Gestion d'actifs**. Cela permet " "d'installer le module **Gestion de la reconnaissance de revenu**." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 msgid "" "In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" " the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" @@ -14430,11 +13777,11 @@ msgstr "" "Contrats». Si vous utilisez Odoo 9, vérifiez si le module est correctement " "installé." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 msgid "Define deferred revenue types" msgstr "Définir des catégories de revenus différs" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " "From the Accounting application, go to the menu " @@ -14444,29 +13791,29 @@ msgstr "" "différés. Depuis l'application de Comptabilité, allez dans le menu " ":menusélection:`Configuration -> Catégories de Revenus Différés`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" msgstr "Exemple : contrat de maintenance de 12 mois" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" msgstr "Quelques exemples de catégories de revenus différés :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 msgid "1 year service contract" msgstr "contrats de service de 1 an" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 msgid "3 years service contracts" msgstr "contrats de service de 3 ans" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" msgstr "Définir des revenus reportés sur des produits" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 msgid "" "Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " "products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" @@ -14477,42 +13824,42 @@ msgstr "" "l'onglet Comptabilité, vous pouvez définir une catégorie de revenus " "reportés." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 msgid "" "Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" msgstr "" "Voici quelques exemples d'articles et leurs catégories de revenus différés " "associées :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Product" msgstr "Article" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" msgstr "Type de revenu différé" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" msgstr "Contrat de Support : 3 ans" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" msgstr "Abonnement Netflix : 3 years" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 msgid "Flowers every month" msgstr "Des fleurs chaque mois" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 msgid "1 year product contract" msgstr "contrat de fourniture de produits 1 an" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 msgid "Sell and invoice products" msgstr "Vendre et facturer des articles" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 msgid "" "Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " "this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " @@ -14524,31 +13871,31 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo créera automatiquement un revenu différé pour vous, et la pièce " "comptable associée." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Dr**" msgstr "**Débit**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Cr**" msgstr "**Crédit**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 msgid "Accounts receivable" msgstr "Comptes clients" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 msgid "24000" msgstr "24000" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 msgid "Deferred revenue account" msgstr "Compte des revenus différés" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 msgid "" "Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " "recognition." @@ -14556,16 +13903,16 @@ msgstr "" "Ensuite, tous les mois, Odoo créera une pièce comptable pour la " "comptabilisation du chiffre d'affaires." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 msgid "1000" msgstr "1000" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 msgid "Service revenue account" msgstr "Compte de prestations de services" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 msgid "" "To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" " the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." @@ -14573,17 +13920,17 @@ msgstr "" "Pour analyser tous vos contrats actuels ayant un revenu différé, vous pouvez" " utiliser le menu :menusélection:`Rapport --> Analyse des revenus différés`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`overview`" msgstr ":doc:`overview`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" msgstr "" "Comment définir un calendrier de versement sur les factures des clients ?" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 msgid "" "In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " "payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " @@ -14593,22 +13940,22 @@ msgstr "" "utiliser les conditions de règlement dans Odoo. Ceci s'applique aussi bien " "aux factures clients qu'aux factures fournisseurs." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" msgstr "Par exemple, pour une facture spécifique :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" msgstr "Payer 50% sous 10 jours" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" msgstr "Payer le solde restant sous 30 jours" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 msgid "" "payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " "for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " @@ -14618,7 +13965,7 @@ msgstr "" "pour une commande spécifique, vous emettez deux factures client, ce ne sont " "pas des conditions de règlement, mais une politique de facturation." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 msgid "" "Configure your usual installment plans from the application " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." @@ -14626,7 +13973,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configurez vos calendriers de versement habituels depuis l'application " ":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration > Conditions de règlement`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 msgid "" "A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " "3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " @@ -14640,7 +13987,7 @@ msgstr "" "soit le solde. (Évitez 50% sous 10 jours et 50% sous 21 jours, parce que, " "avec les arrondis, le calcul pourrait ne pas être exactement 100%)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 msgid "" "The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " "order." @@ -14648,16 +13995,16 @@ msgstr "" "Les conditions de règlement apparaîtront sur la facture ou le bon de " "commande." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 msgid "Payment terms for customers" msgstr "Les conditions de paiement pour les clients" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 msgid "You can set payment terms on:" msgstr "Vous pouvez configurer des conditions de règlement pour :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 msgid "" "**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " "or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " @@ -14668,7 +14015,7 @@ msgstr "" "conditions de paiement sur les clients si vous voulez accorder ces " "conditions de paiement pour toutes les futures commandes pour ces clients." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 msgid "" "**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " "this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" @@ -14677,13 +14024,13 @@ msgstr "" "factures créées à partir de ce devis ou bon de commande, mais pas à d'autres" " devis" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" msgstr "" "**une facture** : les conditions de paiement s'appliqueront uniquement à " "cette facture" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 msgid "" "If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " "invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " @@ -14695,15 +14042,15 @@ msgstr "" "100 € va produire la pièce comptable suivante (pour simplifier l'exemple, " "les taxes ne sont pas indiquées) :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 msgid "Due date" msgstr "Date d'échéance" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 msgid "" "If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " "days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" @@ -14712,27 +14059,27 @@ msgstr "" " 10% sous 3 jours et le solde sous 30 jours, vous aurez la pièce comptable " "suivante :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 msgid "Jan 03" msgstr "Jan 03" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 msgid "10" msgstr "10" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 msgid "Jan 30" msgstr "30 Janvier" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 msgid "90" msgstr "90" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 msgid "" "On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " "To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." @@ -14741,15 +14088,15 @@ msgstr "" "différentes. Pour obtenir le relevé du client, utilisez le menu de Ventes > " "Relevés Clients." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "Vue d'ensemble du processus de facturation" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " "ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " @@ -14763,9 +14110,9 @@ msgstr "" " Odoo. Habituellement, les factures brouillon sont créées par le système " "(avec des informations provenant d'autres documents tels que les commandes " "client ou les contrats), et le comptable doit juste valider les factures " -"brouillon et envoyer les factures par lots (par la poste ou par courriel)." +"brouillon et envoyer les factures par lots (par la poste ou par email)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "" "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " "create draft invoices:" @@ -14773,11 +14120,11 @@ msgstr "" "Selon votre activité, vous pouvez opter pour l'une des façons suivantes pour" " créer des factures brouillon :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Commandes Client ‣ Facture" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 msgid "" "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" @@ -14788,7 +14135,7 @@ msgstr "" "factures brouillon sont créées sur la base des bons de commande. Vous avez " "différentes options comme :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " "invoice" @@ -14796,7 +14143,7 @@ msgstr "" "Facturation manuelle : utilisez un bouton sur la commande client pour " "déclencher la facture brouillon" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " "delivery order" @@ -14804,21 +14151,21 @@ msgstr "" "Facturation avant livraison: facturez la commande complète avant le " "déclenchement de l'ordre de livraison" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" msgstr "" -"Facturation fondée sur l'ordre de livraison : voir la section suivante" +"Facturation en fonction de ordre de livraison : voir la section suivante" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " "the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" msgstr "" -"Facturer avant la livraison est habituellement utilisé par l'application de " -"eCommerce lorsque le client paie à la commande et nous expédions ensuite. " -"(prépaiement)" +"La facturation avant la livraison est habituellement pratiquée par " +"l'application d'eCommerce lorsque le client paie lors de la commande et que " +"l'expédition se fait plus tard. (pré-paiement)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 msgid "" "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " "the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " @@ -14831,20 +14178,20 @@ msgstr "" " un pourcentage (avance), facturer certaines lignes, facturer un montant " "partiel fixe." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "" "Cette méthode est valable aussi bien pour les services que les marchandises." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on sales orders.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Commandes Client ‣ Bon de Livraison ‣ Facture" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 msgid "" "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" " sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " @@ -14857,26 +14204,26 @@ msgstr "" "peuvent différer des quantités commandées : aliments (facture sur le poids " "réel)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " "later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." msgstr "" -"Ainsi, si vous n'expédiez qu'une partie d'une commande, vous ne facturez que" -" ce que vous avez vraiment expédié. Si vous gérez les reliquats de commandes" -" (livraison partielle et le reste plus tard), le client recevra deux " -"factures, une pour chaque bordereau de livraison." +"Ainsi, si vous n'expédiez qu'une commande partielle, vous ne facturez que ce" +" que vous avez vraiment expédié. Si vous gérez les reliquats de commandes " +"(livraison partielle et le reste plus tard), le client recevra deux " +"factures, une pour chaque bon de livraison." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on delivery orders.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Commande eCommerce ‣ Facturation" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "" "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " @@ -14889,15 +14236,15 @@ msgstr "" "commande, et la création de la facture ne sera déclenchée qu'une fois le " "paiement reçu." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 msgid "Contracts" msgstr "Contrats" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Contrats Ordinaires ‣ Factures" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "" "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " @@ -14905,35 +14252,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Si vous utilisez des contrats, vous pouvez déclencher les factures en " "fonction du temps et du matériel utilisé, des dépenses ou des lignes " -"précises de services/produits. Chaque mois, le vendeur déclenchera la " -"création d'une facture en fonction des évenements sur le contrat." +"précises de services/produits. Chaque mois, le vendeur déclenchera une " +"facture en fonction des activités indiquées sur le contrat." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 msgid "Activities can be:" msgstr "Les évenements peuvent être :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" "des produits/services précis, provenant d'une commande liée à ce contrat" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" msgstr "des matériaux achetés (que vous refacturez)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "" -"du temps et du matériel basés sur des feuilles de temps ou des achats (sous-" -"traitance)" +"du temps et du matériel basés sur des feuilles de présence ou sur des achats" +" (sous-traitance)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" -msgstr "des frais de déplacement que vous refacturez au client" +msgstr "" +"des dépenses comme les frais de déplacement que vous refacturez au client" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 msgid "" "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." " This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " @@ -14946,17 +14294,17 @@ msgstr "" "matériel. Quant aux entreprises de services qui facturent un prix fixe, " "elles utilisent une commande ordinaire." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 msgid "" "Read more: - *How to invoice based on time and material?* - *How to manage" " contracts and invoicing plans?*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Contrats Récurrents ‣ Factures" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 msgid "" "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " "frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" @@ -14966,15 +14314,15 @@ msgstr "" " La fréquence de la facturation et les services / produits facturés sont " "définis dans le contrat." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 msgid "Read more: *Subscription based invoicing.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" msgstr "Création d'une facture manuellement" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " @@ -14985,7 +14333,7 @@ msgstr "" "n'avez pas besoin de gérer le processus de vente (devis), ou la livraison " "des produits ou services." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" @@ -14994,47 +14342,47 @@ msgstr "" "devrez peut-être créer des factures manuellement dans les cas d'utilisation " "exceptionnelles :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 msgid "if you need to create a refund" msgstr "si vous devez créer un remboursement" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 msgid "If you need to give a discount" msgstr "Si vous voulez effectuer une remise" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "" "si vous voulez modifier une facture créée à partir d'une commande client" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" msgstr "" "si vous voulez facturer quelque chose qui n'est pas en rapport avec votre " "cœur de métier" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 msgid "Specific modules" msgstr "Modules spécifiques" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "" "Quelques modules spécifiques peuvent aussi générer des factures brouillon :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" msgstr "**Adhésion** : facture vos adhérents chaque année" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "**Gestion de la maintenance** : facture vos services après-vente" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" msgstr "Comment configurer et utiliser des modalités de règlement." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" "Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " "customer invoices and supplier bills." @@ -15043,7 +14391,7 @@ msgstr "" "facture. Elles s'appliquent à la fois aux factures clients et aux factures " "fournisseurs." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 msgid "" "Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " "specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " @@ -15054,7 +14402,7 @@ msgstr "" " parties, il ne s’agit pas d’un terme de paiement mais de conditions de " "facturation." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 msgid "" "Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " "Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " @@ -15065,7 +14413,7 @@ msgstr "" "condition de règlement est celle qui apparaît sur la facture ou la commande " "client." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 msgid "" "A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " "3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " @@ -15079,21 +14427,21 @@ msgstr "" "soit le solde. (Évitez 50% sous 10 jours et 50% sous 21 jours, parce que, " "avec les arrondis, ça pourrait ne pas donner exactement 100%)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 msgid "" "screenshot payment term forms, after QDP have commited the change planned on" " this object" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "Utilisation des Conditions de Paiement" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" msgstr "Les conditions de paiement peuvent être définies sur :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 msgid "" "**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " "or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " @@ -15104,7 +14452,7 @@ msgstr "" "conditions de règlement sur les clients si vous accordez ces conditions de " "règlement pour toutes les futures commandes de ce client." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 msgid "" "**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " "this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" @@ -15113,13 +14461,13 @@ msgstr "" "factures créées à partir de ce devis ou de cette commande, mais pas sur " "d'autres devis" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" msgstr "" "**une facture**: pour appliquer les conditions de paiement seulement à cette" " facture" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 msgid "" "If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " "is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " @@ -15129,18 +14477,18 @@ msgstr "" "facture est différente. Sans conditions de règlement ou taxes, une facture " "de 100 $ produira cette pièce comptable :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 msgid "" "In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." msgstr "" "Dans le relevé client, vous verrez deux lignes avec des dates d'échéance " "différentes." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" msgstr "Les conditions de règlement pour les factures fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 msgid "" "The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " "date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" @@ -15151,7 +14499,7 @@ msgstr "" "devez pas attribuer de conditions de règlement, la date d'échéance est " "suffisante." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 msgid "" "But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " "still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " @@ -15165,15 +14513,15 @@ msgstr "" "définir la date d'échéance. Les dates d'échéance exactes pour chaque " "versement seront automatiquement créées." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" msgstr "Comment modifier ou rembourser une facture ?" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 msgid "" "In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and " "sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the " @@ -15186,11 +14534,11 @@ msgstr "" "rapprocher avec la facture originale pour les fermer et de créer une " "nouvelle facture." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" msgstr "Modification d'une facture validée" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 msgid "" "If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " "the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, " @@ -15200,39 +14548,39 @@ msgstr "" "Avoir sur la facture. Dans le champ Méthode d'avoir, sélectionnez \"Modifier" " : créer un avoir, le rapprocher et créer une nouvelle facture\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 msgid "Odoo will automatically:" msgstr "Odoo va automatiquement :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" msgstr "Créer un avoir sur votre facture" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 msgid "" "Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as " "Paid)" msgstr "Rapprocher l'avoir avec la facture (en les marquant Payées)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" msgstr "Créer une nouvelle facture brouillon que vous pouvez modifier" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." msgstr "" "Ensuite, vous pouvez modifier la facture brouillon et la valider une fois " "qu'elle est correcte." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 msgid "Cancelling an invoice" msgstr "Annulation d'une facture" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 msgid "" "If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " "the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund " @@ -15242,7 +14590,7 @@ msgstr "" "facture. Dans le champ Méthode d'avoir, sélectionnez « Annuler: créer " "l'avoir et lettrer »." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 msgid "" "Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or " "email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." @@ -15251,11 +14599,11 @@ msgstr "" "facture originale à votre client, vous devez juste lui envoyer l'avoir par " "la poste ou par courriel." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" msgstr "Remboursement d'une partie d'une facture" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 msgid "" "If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " "button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " @@ -15265,7 +14613,7 @@ msgstr "" "bouton Avoir de la facture. Dans le champ Méthode d'avoir, sélectionnez « " "Créer un avoir en brouillon »." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund " "(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," @@ -15276,7 +14624,7 @@ msgstr "" "valider. Ensuite, envoyez l'avoir par la poste ou par courriel à votre " "client." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 msgid "" "Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a " "refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the " @@ -15288,15 +14636,15 @@ msgstr "" "client a déjà payé, il doit être remboursé en faisant un remboursement de " "paiement client." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Paiements client" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" msgstr "Comment enregistrer les paiements par chèques des clients ?" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " "approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." @@ -15305,7 +14653,7 @@ msgstr "" "supporte les deux approches de sorte que vous puissiez utiliser celle qui " "correspond le mieux à vos habitudes." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 msgid "" "**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " "check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " @@ -15319,7 +14667,7 @@ msgstr "" " l'argent du compte « Valeurs à l'encaissement » vers votre compte de " "banque." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 msgid "" "**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " "payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" @@ -15333,7 +14681,7 @@ msgstr "" "votre relevé bancaire, vous faites le rapprochement entre votre mouvement " "bancaire et le paiement par chèque, sans créer de transaction dédiée." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 msgid "" "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " "balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " @@ -15344,7 +14692,7 @@ msgstr "" "qui n'ont pas encore été encaissés). Les deux approches exigent le même " "effort." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." @@ -15353,7 +14701,7 @@ msgstr "" "deuxième, car certains comptables sont habitués (les utilisateurs de " "QuickBooks et de Peachtree)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 msgid "" "You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " "checks to your bank accounts in batch." @@ -15361,32 +14709,32 @@ msgstr "" "Vous devriez jeter un oeil à la fonctionnalité *Ticket de Dépôt* si vous " "déposez plusieurs chèques à la fois sur vos comptes bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "Option 1 : Valeurs à l'Encaissement" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" msgstr "Créer un journal **Chèques**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" msgstr "" "Configurer pour ce journal un compte **Chèques à encaisser** comme compte " "par défaut de débit/crédit" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 msgid "" "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "Activer dans ce compte l'option **Autoriser le lettrage**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 msgid "From check payments to bank statements" msgstr "Des paiements par chèque aux relevés bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 msgid "" "The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " "become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." @@ -15395,8 +14743,8 @@ msgstr "" "Ainsi, les chèques deviennent une méthode de paiement particulière et vous " "enregistrerez deux transactions." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 msgid "" "Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " "**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" @@ -15405,60 +14753,60 @@ msgstr "" "et cliquez sur Enregistrer le règlement. Saisissez les informations sur le " "paiement :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 msgid "" "Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" " default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" msgstr "" -"Méthode de paiement: Chèques (le journal que vous avez configuré avec comme " -"comptes de débit/crédit par défaut **Chèques à encaisser**)" +"Mode de paiement : journal de chèque (que vous avez configuré avec les " +"comptes par défaut de débit et de crédit **Chèques à encaisser**)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "Memo : saisissez le numéro de Chèque" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "Cette opération créera la pièce comptable suivante :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "Correspondance Relevé" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 msgid "Undeposited Funds" msgstr "Valeurs à l'Encaissement" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" "La facture est marquée payée dès que vous enregistrez le paiement par " "chèque." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the check that is in Undeposited Funds." @@ -15466,14 +14814,14 @@ msgstr "" "Puis, quand vous disposerez des relevés bancaires, vous rapprocherez le " "mouvement avec celui qui se trouve dans le compte « Chèques à encaisser »." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " "checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " @@ -15484,7 +14832,7 @@ msgstr "" "dans le compte « Chèques à encaisser » (accessible, par exemple, dans le " "Grand Livre)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 msgid "" "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" " process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " @@ -15496,12 +14844,12 @@ msgstr "" "cette méthode est plus propre car ces chèques ne sont pas encore " "comptabilisés sur votre compte de banque." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "Option 2 : Une seule transcation" +msgstr "Option 2 : Une seule écriture" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." @@ -15509,15 +14857,15 @@ msgstr "" "Il n'y a rien à configurer si vous prévoyez de gérer vos chèques en " "utilisant cette méthode." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "**Méthode de paiement**: la banque qui sera utilisée pour le dépôt" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 msgid "Memo: write the check number" msgstr "Memo : saisissez le numéro de Chèque" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 msgid "" "Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" " statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " @@ -15527,15 +14875,15 @@ msgstr "" "entre le relevé et ce paiement effectif (techniquement : pointer ce paiement" " et le relier à la ligne de relevé)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "" "Avec cette approche, vous obtiendrez la transaction suivante dans vos livres" " :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 msgid "" "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " "invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" @@ -15548,7 +14896,7 @@ msgstr "" "chèques à enregistrer d'un coup, mais vous devrez rapprocher les pièces " "comptables par la suite (rapprocher les paiements des factures)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " "**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " @@ -15561,12 +14909,12 @@ msgstr "" "disponible à partir du tableau de bord de la Comptabilité, par l'option " "\"Plus\" sur la carte de la banque concernée)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" msgstr "" "Comment enregistrer des paiements par carte de crédit sur des factures?" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" " both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." @@ -15575,7 +14923,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo supporte les deux approches de sorte que vous puissiez utiliser celle " "qui correspond le mieux à vos habitudes." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 msgid "" "**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " "the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " @@ -15591,7 +14939,7 @@ msgstr "" "compte bancaire, vous déplacez l'argent du compte « Valeurs à l'encaissement" " » vers votre compte de banque." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 msgid "" "**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " "credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," @@ -15606,7 +14954,7 @@ msgstr "" " bancaire, vous faites le rapprochement entre votre mouvement bancaire et le" " paiement, sans créer de transaction dédiée." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 msgid "" "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " "balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " @@ -15617,7 +14965,7 @@ msgstr "" " par cartes qui n'ont pas encore été encaissés). Les deux approches exigent " "le même effort." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 msgid "" "If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" " take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " @@ -15629,7 +14977,7 @@ msgstr "" "facture payée sera automatiquement enregistrée dans le bon journal. Vous " "utiliserez la deuxième approche." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " @@ -15639,7 +14987,7 @@ msgstr "" "deuxième, car certains comptables sont habitués (les utilisateurs de " "*QuickBooks* et de *Peachtree*)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 msgid "" "On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " "--> Create`" @@ -15647,35 +14995,35 @@ msgstr "" "Dans le module Comptabilité, aller à :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Journaux --> Créer`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 msgid "" "Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" msgstr "Créer un journal appelé « Paiements CB » avec les données suivantes :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" msgstr "**Nom du Journal** : Paiements CB" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" msgstr "**Compte de débit par défaut** : CB à encaisser" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" msgstr "**Compte de crédit par défaut** : CB à encaisser" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 msgid "" "The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " "set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" msgstr "Des paiements par carte de crédit aux relevés bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 msgid "" "The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " "Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" @@ -15685,8 +15033,8 @@ msgstr "" "carte de crédit. Ainsi, les cartes de crédit deviennent une méthode de " "paiement particulière et vous enregistrerez deux transactions." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 msgid "" "Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " "and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" @@ -15695,26 +15043,26 @@ msgstr "" "facture correspondante et cliquez sur **Enregistrer le règlement**. " "Saisissez les informations sur le paiement :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" msgstr "**Méthode de paiement** : Paiements CB" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" msgstr "**Memo** : saisissez la référence de la facture" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "Carte de crédit" +msgstr "Cartes de crédit" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 msgid "" "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." msgstr "" "La facture est marquée payée dès que vous enregistrez le paiement par carte " "de crédit." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." @@ -15722,11 +15070,11 @@ msgstr "" "Puis, quand vous disposerez des relevés bancaires, vous rapprocherez le " "mouvement avec celui qui se trouve dans le compte « CB à encaisser »." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 msgid "Credit cards" msgstr "Cartes de Crédit" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " "of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " @@ -15737,7 +15085,7 @@ msgstr "" "n'ont pas été encaissés dans le compte « CB à encaisser » (accessible, par " "exemple, dans le Grand Livre)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 msgid "" "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" " process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " @@ -15749,7 +15097,7 @@ msgstr "" "n'ont pas été encaissés, cette méthode est plus propre car ces paiments ne " "sont pas encore comptabilisés sur votre compte de banque." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 msgid "" "There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " "this method." @@ -15757,15 +15105,15 @@ msgstr "" "Il n'y a rien à configurer si vous prévoyez de gérer vos paiements par " "cartes de crédit en utilisant cette méthode." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "**Méthode de paiement**: la banque qui sera utilisée pour le dépôt" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" msgstr "**Mémo**: saisissez le numéro de transaction de carte de crédit" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 msgid "" "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " "recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " @@ -15777,7 +15125,7 @@ msgstr "" "rapprochement entre le relevé et ce paiement effectif (techniquement : " "pointer ce paiement et le relier à la ligne de relevé)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 msgid "" "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " "invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" @@ -15792,7 +15140,7 @@ msgstr "" "rapprocher les pièces comptables par la suite (rapprocher les paiements des " "factures)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " "report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" @@ -15806,36 +15154,36 @@ msgstr "" "bord de la Comptabilité, par l'option \"Plus\" sur la carte de la banque " "concernée)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 msgid ":doc:`recording`" msgstr ":doc:`recording`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 msgid ":doc:`followup`" msgstr ":doc:`followup`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "Faites le suivi des factures et soyez payé plus rapidement" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 msgid "" "It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." " Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " "send the appropriate reminders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 msgid "Manage your follow-ups" msgstr "Gérez vos relances" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 msgid "" "We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " "follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" @@ -15845,7 +15193,7 @@ msgstr "" "votre processus de suivi. Cela vous évitera d'avoir à envoyer un relevé à un" " client qui vous a déjà payé." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 msgid "" "The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " @@ -15853,14 +15201,14 @@ msgid "" " on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 msgid "" "Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " "later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " "set on the statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 msgid "" "To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " "number of days calculated between each report by going to " @@ -15868,7 +15216,7 @@ msgid "" "Follow-up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 msgid "" "You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " "normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." @@ -15877,11 +15225,11 @@ msgstr "" " identifiant comme débiteurs mauvais, normaux ou bons dans les rapports de " "suivi." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 msgid "Send reminders in batch" msgstr "Envoyer des rappels groupés" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 msgid "" "To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " "from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " @@ -15890,11 +15238,11 @@ msgid "" "automatically generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 msgid "Plan a follow-up process" msgstr "Planifiez un processus de suivi" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 msgid "" "To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " @@ -15902,7 +15250,7 @@ msgid "" "Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 msgid "" "A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " "you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " @@ -15911,7 +15259,7 @@ msgid "" "the stage of the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 msgid "" "If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " "negative number of due days." @@ -15919,12 +15267,12 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous souhaitez recevoir un rappel avant la date d'échéance réelle, " "définissez un nombre négatif de jours d'échéance." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 msgid "Get paid with SEPA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -15932,7 +15280,7 @@ msgid "" "your customers with their approval." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can record customer mandates, generate an SDD XML file " "containing customer payments and upload it in your bank interface. The file " @@ -15940,90 +15288,90 @@ msgid "" "well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate the SEPA Direct Debit (SDD) Feature. Enter the Creditor Identifier " "of your company. This number is provided by your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 msgid "Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "Mandats de prélèvement automatique" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 msgid "" "Before withdrawing money from a customer bank account, your customer has to " "sign a mandate. Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Direct Debit " "Mandates` and create a new mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit only works between IBAN Bank Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 msgid "" "Once you have entered all the information in the customer mandate, you can " "print it and ask your customer to sign it. Once it is done, you can upload " "the mandate signed by your customer on the mandate in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 msgid "You can now validate the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 msgid "Let's create an invoice for that customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 msgid "" "When you will validate this invoice, the payment will be automatically " "generated and your invoice will be directly marked as paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 msgid "" "If you already had some invoices for that customer that could be paid using " "that mandate, it's still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on " "register payment and choose the Sepa Direct Debit as payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 msgid "Generate SDD Files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 msgid "" "You can generate the SDD File with all the customer payments to send to your" " bank directly from the accounting dashboard :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 msgid "" "You select the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD " "File, click on action and select \"Generate Direct Debit XML\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 msgid "" "You can now download the XML file generated by Odoo and upload it in your " "bank interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated XML by activating the developer mode and " "going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payments --> SDD " "Payment File`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "Clôturer ou révoquer un mandat" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 msgid "" "The Direct Debit mandate will be closed automatically once the end date " "defined on it is reached. However, you can **close** a mandate earlier than " @@ -16034,18 +15382,18 @@ msgid "" "be reopened." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 msgid "" "You can also **revoke** a mandate. In that case, you won't be able to pay " "any invoice using that mandate anymore, no matter the invoice date.To do " "that, simply go on the mandate and click on the \"Revoke\" button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" msgstr "Quelles sont les différentes façons d'enregistrer un paiement ?" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" " alone record for use on a later date:" @@ -16053,7 +15401,7 @@ msgstr "" "En Odoo, un paiement peut être soit directement lié à une facture ou être un" " enregistrement autonome pour une utilisation ultérieure:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 msgid "" "If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " "invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." @@ -16061,7 +15409,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si un paiement est lié à une facture, il réduit le montant dû de la facture." " Vous pouvez avoir plusieurs paiements liés à la même facture." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 msgid "" "If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " "credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " @@ -16073,11 +15421,11 @@ msgstr "" "un fournisseur. Vous pouvez utiliser ce crédit/débit en attente pour payer " "des factures enregistrées ou des factures à venir." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 msgid "Paying an invoice" msgstr "Paiement d'une facture" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 msgid "" "If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " "payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " @@ -16087,7 +15435,7 @@ msgstr "" "fournisseur, le paiement est automatiquement rapproché avec la facture en " "réduisant le montant dû." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 msgid "" "The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" " payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " @@ -16097,7 +15445,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'informations sur le paiement. De là, vous pouvez choisir d'ouvrir la pièce" " comptable ou de rapprocher le paiement." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " "linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" @@ -16109,15 +15457,15 @@ msgstr "" "autre devise, Odoo va créer une entrée de journal pour inverser l'Écart de " "Change enregistré au moment du lettrage." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" msgstr "Paiements non liés à une facture" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 msgid "Registering a payment" msgstr "Enregistrement d'un paiement" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 msgid "" "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " "menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " @@ -16130,7 +15478,7 @@ msgstr "" "est pas lié à une facture, mais peut facilement être rapproché " "ultérieurement avec une facture." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 msgid "" "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " "payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " @@ -16145,7 +15493,7 @@ msgstr "" "fournisseur ou une facture), notez la référence de ce document dans le champ" " Mémo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 msgid "" "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " "just made in the accounting application." @@ -16154,11 +15502,11 @@ msgstr "" "reflétant la transaction qui vient d'être faite dans l'application de " "Comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" msgstr "Rapprocher les paiements des factures" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 msgid "" "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " "invoice directly." @@ -16166,7 +15514,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le moyen le plus facile de rapprocher un paiement avec une facture est de le" " faire depuis la facture." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 msgid "" "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " "payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " @@ -16178,11 +15526,11 @@ msgstr "" " cas, vous pouvez rapprocher ce paiement à la facture près des totaux au " "bas, sous la rubrique « encours de crédits »." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" msgstr "Rapprocher tous vos paiements et factures en suspens" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 msgid "" "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " "(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " @@ -16190,9 +15538,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Si vous voulez rapprocher d'un coup tous les paiements et factures en " "suspens (au lieu de le faire un par un), vous pouvez utiliser la fonction de" -" rapprochement par lots de Odoo." +" rapprochement par lots d'Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 msgid "" "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " "Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " @@ -16202,7 +15550,7 @@ msgstr "" "bord sur les cartes des factures clients et des Factures fournisseurs pour " "lettrer respectivement les comptes débiteurs et créditeurs." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 msgid "" "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " "and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " @@ -16213,7 +15561,7 @@ msgstr "" "par un, en faisant correspondre tous leurs paiements et leurs factures à la " "fois." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 msgid "" "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " @@ -16223,11 +15571,11 @@ msgstr "" "correspondent pas, cela signifie qu'il y a un solde restant qui, soit devra " "être rapproché à une date ultérieure, soit devra être éliminé directement." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" msgstr "Transfert d'argent d'un compte bancaire à un autre" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 msgid "" "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " "between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." @@ -16236,7 +15584,7 @@ msgstr "" " transférer de l'argent en interne entre vos comptes bancaires à partir du " "tableau de bord ou à partir des menus en haut." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 msgid "" "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " "payments." @@ -16244,7 +15592,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cela vous mènera au même écran que celui pour recevoir et effectuer des " "paiements." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 msgid "" "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " "the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " @@ -16255,6 +15603,414 @@ msgstr "" "Pour faire un transfert interne d'un compte bancaire à un autre, depuis le tableau de bord sélectionnez « Tranfert interne » sur la carte du compte bancaire à débiter. Puis dans l'écran d'enregistrement des paiements, sélectionnez le compte à créditer.\n" "Ne refaites pas la même opération à partir du compte bancaire à créditer, ou vous allez créer deux pièces comptables qui vont s'annuler pour la même transaction." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" msgstr ":doc:`credit_cards`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:7 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "Comment configurer les types de dépenses" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" +"La première étape pour faire le suivi de vos dépenses est la configuration " +"des types de dépenses (gérés comme produits dans Odoo) autorisées par votre " +"entreprise, depuis le menu *Configuration*. Lorsqu'une dépense spécifique " +"est remboursée à un prix fixe, définissez un coût pour le produit. Sinon, " +"maintenez le coût à 0,0 et les employés indiqueront le coût réel par " +"dépense." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:16 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "Voici quelques exemples de configuration :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:18 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "Restaurant :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:26 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "Coût : 0.00 (le coût du ticket sera enregistré sur chaque dépense)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:21 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "Déplacement avec une voiture personnelle :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:23 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "" +"Coût : 0.30 (le prix du kilomètre remboursé par l'entreprise est fixe)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "Hôtel :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:28 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "Autres :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:30 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "Côut: 0.0" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " +":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report " +"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " +"behaviour." +msgstr "" +"N'oubliez pas de fixer des taxes pour chaque type de dépense (ainsi qu'un " +"compte si vous utilisez Odoo Comptabilité). Il est généralement recommandé " +"d'utiliser des taxes configurées avec les *Frais compris* (voir : " +":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). Les employés peuvent ainsi " +"déclarer leurs dépenses avec des prix toutes taxes comprises, ce qui est " +"généralement la pratique attendue." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" +"L'application *Ventes* vous permet de spécifier l'unité de mesures pour les " +"types de dépenses (unités, kilomètres, nuits, etc.). Allez à " +":menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et vérifiez " +"*Certains produits peuvent être vendus/achetés dans différentes unités de " +"mesures (avancé)*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:47 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "Comment enregistrer les dépenses" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:50 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "Manuellement" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" +"En tant qu'employé (employé en droits d'accès), vous pouvez enregistrer vos " +"dépenses depuis :menuselection:`Mes dépenses --> Dépenses à soumettre`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez le produit concerné et introduisez soit le montant total que " +"vous avez payé (avec Quantité = 1) soit le prix unitaire si la quantité est " +"comptabilisable (par ex. le nombre de nuits d'hôtel)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:61 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "Entrez la date de la dépense." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" +"Indiquez si vous avez payé la facture vous-même (et souhaitez être " +"remboursé) ou si l'entreprise l'a payée directement (par ex. si vous avez " +"utilisé la carte de crédit de l'entreprise)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" +"Définissez la référence de la facture, ajoutez quelques notes si nécessaire " +"et joignez une photo ou scan du reçu provenant du fil de discussion. Cela " +"aidera le responsable et le comptable à valider votre demande." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:72 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "En un clic depuis les emails" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" +"Permettez à vos employés d'enregistrer leurs dépenses depuis un simple " +"email. Faites une capture d'écran du reçu et envoyez-la par mail ou " +"transmettez simplement une facture!" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" +"Tout ce dont vous avez à faire c'est configurer l'alias de l'email dans " +":menuselection:`Dépenses --> Configuration --> Paramètres` (par ex. " +"*dépenses* @mycompany.odoo.com). Pour des raisons de sécurité, seuls les " +"emails provenant d'employés authentifiés sont acceptés (cfr. *Email " +"professionnel* dans le formulaire de renseignement sur les employés)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference between brackets (e.g. [Food]). Type the " +"expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too." +msgstr "" +"Le produit des dépenses est configuré automatiquement si le sujet de l'email" +" contient la référence interne du produit entre crochets (par ex. " +"[Alimentation]). Introduisez le montant de la dépense dans le sujet de " +"l'email pour le configurer également dans la dépense." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:87 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "Comment soumettre des dépenses aux responsables" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action > Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également soumettre vos notes de frais une par une depuis le " +"bouton *Soumettre au responsable* dans la vue formulaire d'une dépense." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:102 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" +"Tous vous rapports de dépenses soumis se trouvent dans " +":menuselection:`Dépenses --> Mes dépenses --> Rapports de dépenses`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:107 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "Comment approuver les dépenses" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:109 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" +"L'équipe RH et l'équipe de responsables ont accès à un aperçu de tous les " +"rapports de dépenses à valider à partir du menu principal :menuselection:`À " +"approuver --> Rapports de dépenses à approuver`. Ces utilisateurs doivent " +"avoir au moins des droits d'accès *Administrateurs* pour les *Dépenses*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:116 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" +"Grâce à l'outil de communication intégrée, ils peuvent revoir les rapports " +"de dépenses, les approuver ou les rejeter, et également faire des " +"commentaires." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:122 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" +"En tant que responsable vous pouvez facilement avoir accès aux rapports de " +"dépenses des membres de votre équipe. Pour cela, vous devez être défini " +"comme responsable dans le formulaire de renseignement de vos employés." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:130 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "Comment publier des dépenses dans la comptabilité" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" +"Pour vérifier les comptes, les produits et les taxes, le service comptable " +"doit, une fois les rapports de dépenses approuvés par les responsables, " +"aller à :menuselection:`Dépenses --> Comptabilité --> Rapports de dépenses à" +" publier`. Pour publier les écritures comptables correspondantes dans vos " +"livres, ils peuvent cliquer sur *Publier les écritures comptables*. Pour ce " +"faire, ils doivent disposer des droits d'accès suivants :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:138 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "Comptabilité : comptable ou conseiller" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "Dépenses : responsable" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Pour publier une dépense, il faut qu'une *adresse privée* soit configurée " +"pour l’employé. Si vous recevez un message d'erreur lors de la publication, " +"cliquez sur employé, allez à l'onglet *Données privées* et " +"sélectionnez/créez un contact pour l'employé dans le répertoire. Si la " +"personne en question utilise Odoo, un contact sera automatiquement créé." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:149 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "Comment rembourser les employés" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" +"Vous avez désormais accès à tous les rapports de dépenses à rembourser dans " +":menuselection:`Dépenses --> Comptabilité --> Rapports de dépenses à payer`." +" Pour enregistrer le paiement ou payer par chèque, cliquez sur *Enregistrer " +"un paiement*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:155 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" +"Pour savoir comment gérer facilement le processus de paiement dans Odoo :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:157 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:162 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "Comment refacturer des dépenses à vos clients ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:164 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" +"Si vous faites le suivi des dépenses dans vos projets clients, vous pouvez " +"facturer automatiquement vos clients." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:170 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "Activez la **Facturation client** dans les paramètres des dépenses." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" +"Allez au menu de configuration du produit et configurez le mode de " +"facturation sur tous vos types de dépenses :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" +"Quantités commandées : les dépenses seront facturées selon la quantité " +"commandé." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" +"Quantités livrées : les dépenses seront facturées selon la quantité livrée." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:181 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "Au coût : les dépenses seront facturés selon leur coût réel." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:183 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" +"Au prix de vente : la facturation se fera sur la base du prix de vente " +"indiqué sur le bon de commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:190 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "Créer une commande" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:192 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" +"En tant que vendeur, créez et confirmez des ordres de vente pour les " +"services fournis à vos clients. Si vous n'ajoutez aucune dépense sur l'ordre" +" de vente, cela se fera automatiquement lors de sa publication par le " +"comptable." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:197 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "Relier la dépense à l'ordre de vente" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:203 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "Soumettre, valider et afficher les dépenses" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:205 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" +"En tant que responsable, assurez-vous que le compte analytique est configuré" +" sur chaque ligne des rapports des dépenses approuvées. S'il en manque une, " +"cliquez sur la ligne pour l'ajouter. Les employés peuvent déjà les " +"configurer lorsqu'ils les soumettent." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:212 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "En tant que comptable, publiez les écritures du journal." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:215 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "Facturez les dépenses" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez à présent facturer l'ordre de vente. Elle apparaît dans " +":menuselection:`Ventes --> Facturation --> Ventes` À facturer. Les dépenses " +"ont automatiquement été ajoutées aux lignes de commande. Ces postes " +"apparaissent en bleu (c'est à dire à facturer)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:225 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "e (par ex. à facturer)." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index cd69a10fb..2c1d98f32 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -9,15 +9,16 @@ # 1d432ba7e4292878d212aa334c4d2933, 2018 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,19 +26,19 @@ msgstr "" "Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../general.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 msgid "General" msgstr "Général" -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Identification" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" msgstr "Oauth" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." @@ -46,12 +47,12 @@ msgstr "" "OAuth, l'identification sur Microsoft Azure OAuth n'est PAS compatible avec " "Odoo pour le moment." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" msgstr "" "Comment autoriser les utilisateurs à se connecter avec leur compte Google" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" "Connect to your Google account and go to " "`https://console.developers.google.com/ " @@ -61,18 +62,18 @@ msgstr "" "`https://console.developers.google.com/ " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:7 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" "Cliquez sur **Créer un projet** et introduisez le nom du projet ainsi que " "d'autres détails." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:15 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "Cliquez sur **Utiliser les APIs Google **" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:20 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." @@ -80,7 +81,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sur le menu à gauche, sélectionnez **Identifiants** (depuis le " "**Gestionnaire API**) puis sélectionnez **écran de consentement OAuth**." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:25 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." @@ -88,7 +89,7 @@ msgstr "" "Introduisez votre adresse email ainsi que le nom du produit (par ex. Odoo) " "et sauvez." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:30 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." @@ -96,7 +97,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cliquez ensuite sur **Ajouter identifiants** et sélectionnez la deuxième " "option (OAuth 2.0 Client ID)." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:38 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." @@ -105,7 +106,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configurez ensuite les pages autorisées vers lesquelles vous souhaitez être " "redirigé." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:40 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " @@ -115,7 +116,7 @@ msgstr "" "collez le lien suivant dans la case : " "http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin et cliquez ensuite sur **Créer**." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." @@ -124,23 +125,23 @@ msgstr "" "ID client secret). Vous devez introduire votre ID client dans les " "**Paramètres généraux**." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "Comment autoriser les utilisateurs à se connecter avec LDAP" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." msgstr "Installez le module LDAP depuis les paramètres généraux." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." msgstr "Cliquez sur **Créer** dans Configurez votre serveur LDAP." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." msgstr "Choisissez l'entreprise qui va utiliser le LDAP." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." @@ -148,12 +149,12 @@ msgstr "" "Dans **Information serveur**, entrez l'adresse IP de votre serveur ainsi que" " le port utilisé par celui-ci." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." msgstr "" "Cochez **Utilisateur TLS** si votre serveur est compatible à celui-ci." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." @@ -162,7 +163,7 @@ msgstr "" " utilisé pour interroger le serveur. Si ce champ n'est pas rempli, le " "serveur sera interrogé de façon anonyme." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "" "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " "nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." @@ -170,11 +171,11 @@ msgstr "" "Dans **Paramètres de traitement**, entrez le nom de domaine de votre serveur" " LDAP selon la nomenclature LDAP (par ex. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" msgstr "Dans **Filtre LDAP**, entrez ``uid=%s``." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " "User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." @@ -183,7 +184,7 @@ msgstr "" "utilisateur* si vous voulez que Odoo crée un profil utilisateur lorsque " "quelqu'un se connecte avec le LDAP pour la première fois." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." @@ -192,15 +193,15 @@ msgstr "" "profils créés. Si ce champ n'est pas rempli, le profil administrateur sera " "utilisé comme modèle." -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "Importation de données" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" msgstr "Comment adapter un template d'importation" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " "import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " @@ -212,11 +213,11 @@ msgstr "" "bancaires, etc.). Vous pouvez les ouvrir avec n'importe quel logiciel " "tableur (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "Comment personnaliser le fichier" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." @@ -224,15 +225,15 @@ msgstr "" "Supprimez les colonnes dont vous n'avez pas besoin. Nous vous conseillons de" " ne pas supprimer la colonne *ID* (voyez pourquoi ci-dessous)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" "Définissez un ID unique pour chaque enregistrement en tirant la séquence ID " "vers le bas." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " @@ -243,7 +244,7 @@ msgstr "" "système. Dans ce cas, utilisez la fonction de recherche pour trouver le " "champ correspondant." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." @@ -252,11 +253,11 @@ msgstr "" "d'importation pour le fqu'il fonctionne directement la prochaine fois que " "vous essayez d'importer." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" msgstr "Pourquoi utiliser une colonne “ID”" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " @@ -266,14 +267,14 @@ msgstr "" "N'hésitez pas à utiliser celui de votre ancien logiciel pour faciliter la " "transition vers Odoo." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" "Vous n'êtes pas obligé de configurer un ID lors de l'importation mais cela " "peut être utile dans certains cas :" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" @@ -281,15 +282,15 @@ msgstr "" "Importations de mise à jour : vous pouvez importer le même fichier plusieurs" " fois sans devoir créer un doublon;" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "Importer des champs liés (voir ci-dessous)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "Comment importer des champs liés" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " @@ -301,7 +302,7 @@ msgstr "" "vendeurs, etc.). Pour importer ces relations, vous devez d'abord importer " "les enregistrements de l'objet lié depuis leur propre menu déroulant." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " "is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " @@ -314,15 +315,15 @@ msgstr "" "ex. pour les caractéristiques du produit : Caractéristiques du produit / " "Caractéristiques / ID)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "How to import data into Odoo" msgstr "Comment importer des données vers Odoo" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" msgstr "Comment démarrer" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 msgid "" "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" @@ -333,13 +334,13 @@ msgstr "" "contacts, des produits, des relevés bancaires, des écritures comptables et " "même des commandes!" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." msgstr "" "Ouvrez l'écran de l'objet que vous voulez alimenter et cliquez sur " "*Importer*." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 msgid "" "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " @@ -349,23 +350,23 @@ msgstr "" "propres données. Ces templates peuvent être importés en un clic; la " "cartographie des données a déjà été faite." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "Comment adapter le template" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" "Ajoutez, supprimez et triez les colonnes pour qu'elles correspondent au " "mieux à votre structure de données." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" "Nous vous conseillons de ne pas supprimer la colonne **ID** (voyez pourquoi " "dans la section suivante)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -377,7 +378,7 @@ msgstr "" " Vous pouvez tracer les nouvelles colonnes manuellement lorsque vous testez " "l'importation. Recherchez le champ correspondant dans la liste." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." @@ -385,11 +386,11 @@ msgstr "" "Utilisez ensuite le libellé de ce champ dans votre fichier pour le faire " "fonctionner directement la prochaine fois." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "Comment importer depuis une autre application" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -406,7 +407,7 @@ msgstr "" "enregistrement via son nom mais vous serez bloqué si au moins deux " "enregistrements ont le même nom." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " @@ -416,12 +417,12 @@ msgstr "" "vous devez importer à nouveau des données modifiées plus tard, il est donc " "conseillé de le spécifier lorsque c'est possible." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "" "Je ne peux pas retrouver le champ avec lequel je veux relier ma colonne" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -440,7 +441,7 @@ msgstr "" "correspondre votre colonne à un champ qui ne vous est pas proposé par " "défaut." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " @@ -450,11 +451,11 @@ msgstr "" "des champs de relation (avancé)**, vous pourrez ainsi choisir depuis la " "liste complète de champs pour chaque colonne." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "Où puis-je changer le format de la date d'importation?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -471,7 +472,7 @@ msgstr "" "difficile de deviner quelle partie du format de date correspond au jour et " "laquelle correspond au mois dans une date telle que '01-03-2016'." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -484,7 +485,7 @@ msgstr "" "pouvez le modifier selon vos préférences en utilisant l'*ISO 8601* pour " "définir le format." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -496,12 +497,12 @@ msgstr "" "Excel est différent de leur stockage. Vous vous assurez ainsi que le format " "de date dans Odoo est correct quel que soit le format de date local." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "" "Puis-je importer des nombres avec un symbole monétaire (par ex.: 32,00 $)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -517,60 +518,60 @@ msgstr "" "un symbole monétaire qui est inconnu pour Odoo, il ne le reconnaîtra pas " "comme un nombre et il générera une erreur." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" "Voici quelques exemples des nombres pris en charge (en utilisant trente-deux" " mille comme exemple) :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "32000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "32,000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "-32000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "(32000.00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "$ 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "(32000.00 €)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "Exemple de ce qui ne fonctionne pas :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" "Que puis-je faire lorsque le tableau d'aperçu de l'importation ne s'affiche " "pas correctement?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -583,7 +584,7 @@ msgstr "" "Options de format de fichier (affichées sous la barre Parcourir le fichier " "CSV après avoir sélectionné votre fichier)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " @@ -594,7 +595,7 @@ msgstr "" " format du fichier sur l'application tableur. Consultez la question " "suivante. " -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" @@ -602,7 +603,7 @@ msgstr "" "Comment puis-je modifier les options de format du fichier CSV lors de la " "sauvegarde dans mon application tableur?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 msgid "" "If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " @@ -617,7 +618,7 @@ msgstr "" "(dans la boîte de dialogue 'Enregistrer sous' > cochez la case 'Modifier les" " paramètres du filtre' > Sauvez)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " "'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." @@ -626,11 +627,11 @@ msgstr "" " l'encodage (dans la boîte de dialogue 'Sauver sous' > cliquez sur 'Liste " "déroulante des outils > Onglet d'encodage)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "Quelle est la différence entre base de données ID et ID externe?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" @@ -646,7 +647,7 @@ msgstr "" "champs, Odoo prévoit trois méthodes. Vous devez utiliser une seule de ces " "méthodes pour chaque champ que vous voulez importer." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" @@ -654,11 +655,11 @@ msgstr "" "Par exemple, pour référencer le pays d'un contact, Odoo vous propose trois " "différents champs pour importer :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "Pays : le nom ou code du pays" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" @@ -666,7 +667,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pays/Base de données ID : l'ID unique de Odoo pour un enregistrement, " "définit par la colonne ID PostgreSQL." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" @@ -674,25 +675,25 @@ msgstr "" "Pays/ID externe : l'ID de cet enregistrement référencé dans une autre " "application (ou le fichier .XML que l'a importé)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" "Pour la Belgique vous pouvez utiliser l'une de ces trois méthodes pour " "importer :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "Pays : Belgique" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "Pays/Base de données ID : 21" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "Pays/Id. externe: base.be" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " @@ -702,7 +703,7 @@ msgstr "" "référencer les enregistrements dans les relations. Voici les situations dans" " lesquelles vous devriez utiliser l'une ou l'autre, selon vos besoins :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." @@ -710,7 +711,7 @@ msgstr "" "Utilisez Pays : c'est la façon la plus facile lorsque vos données viennent " "d'un fichier CSV qui a été créé manuellement." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -723,7 +724,7 @@ msgstr "" "plusieurs données avec le même nom, mais elles ont toujours une base de " "données ID unique)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." @@ -731,7 +732,7 @@ msgstr "" "Utilisez Pays/ID externe : utilisez l'ID externe lorsque vous importez des " "données d'une application tierce." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -745,27 +746,23 @@ msgstr "" " données par des colonnes telles que \"Champ/ID externe\". Les deux fichiers" " CSV suivants vous donnent un exemple pour les produits et leurs catégories." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Fichier CSV pour les catégories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Fichier CSV pour les produits " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:162 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "Que puis-je faire si j'ai plusieurs correspondances pour un champ ?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -785,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" "modifier une des valeurs des doublons ou votre hiérarchie de catégories de " "produits." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " @@ -795,7 +792,7 @@ msgstr "" " de produits, nous vous recommandons d'utiliser l'ID externe pour le champ " "'Catégorie'." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" @@ -803,7 +800,7 @@ msgstr "" "Comment puis-je importer un champ de relation de un à plusieurs (par ex. un " "client qui possède différentes balises)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -815,15 +812,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"Fabricant\" et \"Détaillant\", vous devez encoder \"Fabricant, " "Détaillant\" dans la même colonne de votre fichier CSV." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:175 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -"`Fichier CSV pour fabricant et distributeur " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" @@ -831,7 +826,7 @@ msgstr "" "Comment puis-je importer une relation de un à plusieurs (par ex. plusieurs " "lignes de commande ou un ordre de vente)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " @@ -842,15 +837,13 @@ msgid "" "you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Fichier pour certains devis " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" @@ -858,15 +851,13 @@ msgstr "" "Le fichier CSV suivant montre comment importer des commandes et leurs lignes" " de commande respectives :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Les commandes et leurs lignes de commande respectives " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" @@ -874,19 +865,17 @@ msgstr "" "Le fichier CSV suivant montre comment importer des clients et leurs contacts" " respectifs :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Clients et leurs contacts respectifs " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "Puis-je importer plusieurs fois le même enregistrement ?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -902,7 +891,7 @@ msgstr "" "quelques modifications entre deux importations. Odoo se chargera de créer ou" " de modifier chaque enregistrement selon qu'il est nouveau ou non." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." @@ -910,12 +899,12 @@ msgstr "" "Cette fonctionnalité vous permet d'utiliser l'outil Import/Export de Odoo " "pour modifier un lot de données dans votre application tableur favorite." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:204 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "" "Que se passe t-il si je ne propose pas de valeur pour un champ spécifique?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -928,13 +917,13 @@ msgstr "" "définira la valeur VIDE dans le champ, au lieu d'assigner la valeur par " "défaut." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:211 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" "Comment exporter/importer de tables différentes depuis une application SQL " "vers Odoo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -947,7 +936,7 @@ msgstr "" "recréer le lien entre chaque personne et la société pour laquelle elle " "travaille)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" @@ -964,24 +953,16 @@ msgstr "" "l'application ou de la table. (comme 'entreprise_1', 'personne_1' au lieu de" " '1'). " -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database</a>)" +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -"Supposons, par exemple, que vous avez une base de données SQL avec deux " -"tableaux que vous voulez importer : entreprises et personnes. Chaque " -"personne fait partie d'une entreprise, vous allez devoir donc récréer le " -"lien entre la personne et l'entreprise pour laquelle elle travaille. (si " -"vous voulez tester cet exemple, voici un <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump d'une telle " -"base de données PostgreSQL</a>)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:222 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" @@ -989,11 +970,11 @@ msgstr "" "Nous allons importer d'abord toutes les entreprises ainsi que leur \"ID " "externe\". Dans PSQL, tapez la commande :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:228 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" msgstr "Cette commande SQL va générer le fichier CSV suivant :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:235 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" @@ -1001,11 +982,11 @@ msgstr "" "Pour créer les fichiers CSV pour les personnes, liées à des entreprises, " "nous allons utiliser la commande SQL suivante en PSQL :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:241 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" msgstr "Cela va générer le fichier CSV suivant :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" @@ -1022,7 +1003,7 @@ msgstr "" "et les entreprises (personne_1 et entreprise_1 qui avaient le même ID 1 dans" " la base de données initiale)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -1035,26 +1016,49 @@ msgstr "" "première entreprise). Vous devez d'abord importer les entreprises et ensuite" " les personnes." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:4 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "Mobile" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:7 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "Notifications Push" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, there is no more complex configuration to enable push " +"notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " +"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" +"Rendez vous dans *Configuration* > *Paramètres généraux* > *Odoo Cloud " +"Notification (OCN)* et assurez vous que la case **Push Notifications** est " +"cochée." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "Basique" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 msgid "How to add a user" msgstr "Comment ajouter un utilisateur" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " "point." msgstr "" "Odoo vous permet d'ajouter des utilisateurs supplémentaires à tout moment." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 msgid "Add individual users" msgstr "Ajoutez des utilisateurs individuels" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 msgid "" "From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" " and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " @@ -1066,7 +1070,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ajoutez d'abord le nom de votre nouvel utilisateur, l'adresse email " "professionnelle qu'il utilisera pour se connecter à Odoo et une image." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 msgid "" "Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " "and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." @@ -1075,7 +1079,7 @@ msgstr "" "que votre utilisateur peut accéder et utiliser. Différents niveaux de droits" " sont disponibles en fonction de l'application." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" "When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " "invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" @@ -1086,14 +1090,14 @@ msgstr "" "l'utilisateur. Celui-ci doit cliquer dessus pour accepter l'invitation et se" " connecter à votre instance. " -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 msgid "" "Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " "Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more " "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 msgid "" "You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " "screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " @@ -1108,7 +1112,7 @@ msgstr "" "pour définir son mot de passe. Vous pourrez alors définir ses droits d'accès" " sous le menu :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Menu utilisateurs`." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 msgid "" "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`_" @@ -1116,19 +1120,19 @@ msgstr "" "`Désactivation des utilisateurs <../../db_management/documentation.html" "#deactivating-users>`_" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 msgid "Todo" msgstr "À faire" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 msgid "Add link to How to add companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" msgstr "Gérez Odoo dans votre propre langue" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." @@ -1136,11 +1140,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vous avez la possibilité de gérer Odoo en différentes langues, et chaque " "utilisateur peut utiliser Odoo dans sa propre langue." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" msgstr "Chargez la langue désirée" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." @@ -1148,7 +1152,7 @@ msgstr "" "La première chose à faire est charger la langue que vous désirez dans " "l'instance Odoo." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " @@ -1159,7 +1163,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Traductions --> Télécharger une traduction`, puis " "sélectionnez une langue d'installation et cliquez sur **TÉLÉCHARGER.**" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." @@ -1167,11 +1171,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous cochez la case \"Sites Web à traduire\" vous aurez la possibilité de" " changer la langue de navigation sur votre site Web." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" msgstr "Modifiez votre langue" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." @@ -1179,7 +1183,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour modifier la langue installée, allez sur le menu déroulant situé dans le" " coin supérieur droit de l'écran et sélectionnez **Préférences**." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" @@ -1187,15 +1191,15 @@ msgstr "" "Modifiez ensuite les paramètres de la langue que vous avez installée et " "cliquez sur ENREGISTRER." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." msgstr "Ouvrez un nouveau menu pour voir les modifications." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" msgstr "Modifiez la langue d'un autre utilisateur" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." @@ -1203,7 +1207,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo donne également à chaque utilisateur la possibilité de modifier sa " "langue de préférence." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" "To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " "--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " @@ -1220,19 +1224,19 @@ msgstr "" "Préférences, vous pouvez changer la langue pour n'importe quelle autre " "langue précédemment installée et cliquer sur **Enregistrer.**" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "Comment générer une clé d'accès Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" "**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" " this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" @@ -1243,15 +1247,15 @@ msgstr "" "d'Unsplash, puisque vous utiliserez notre propre clé Odoo Unsplash de " "manière transparente." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" msgstr "Générez une clé d'accès Unsplash pour les utilisateurs **non-Saas**" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "Créez un compte sur `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " @@ -1261,13 +1265,13 @@ msgstr "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ et cliquez sur **Nouvelle " "application**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "" "Acceptez les conditions d'utilisation et cliquez sur **Accepter les " "conditions**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " "**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " @@ -1279,7 +1283,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"**Odoo:**\" afin qu'Unsplash puisse la reconnaître comme une instance " "Odoo. Ensuite, cliquez sur **Créer une application.**" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." @@ -1287,7 +1291,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous devez être redirigé vers la page des détails de votre application. " "Faites défiler vers le bas pour trouver votre clé d'accès." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " @@ -1297,15 +1301,15 @@ msgstr "" "pour une clé Unsplash de production et serez limité à votre clé de test qui " "a une restriction de 50 demandes Unsplash par heure." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" msgstr ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" msgstr "Comment générer un ID pour l'application Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." @@ -1313,7 +1317,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous devez d'abord créer et configurer votre application Unsplash avec ce " "tutoriel : :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " @@ -1323,7 +1327,7 @@ msgstr "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ et cliquez sur votre application" " Unsplash nouvellement créée qui se trouve sous **Vos applications**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" @@ -1334,7 +1338,7 @@ msgstr "" "se présenter sous la forme suivante " "``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po deleted file mode 100644 index c71da1789..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,464 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Priscilla Sanchez <prs@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "Les bases de la méthodologie QuickStart." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " -"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Ce document reprend les services d'Odoo Online, notre méthodologie " -"d'implémentation de Success Pack et les pratiques les plus conseillées afin " -"de commencer à utiliser notre produit." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "1. Le SPoC (*Single Point of Contac*) et le Consultant" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " -"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" -" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" -" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "" -"Dans le cadre de votre projet, il est hautement recommandé de désigner et de" -" maintenir des deux côtés (du vôtre et du nôtre) **une seule et unique " -"personne de contact** (en anglais : Single Point of Contact ou SPoC), qui se" -" chargera de votre projet et qui en sera responsable. Il/Elle aura également" -" **l'autorité** en termes de prise de décision." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" -" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" -" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " -"practices." -msgstr "" -"**Les consultants assurent l'implémentation du projet de A à Z** : Du début " -"à la fin du projet, il/elle assurera la cohérence globale de " -"l'implémentation sur Odoo et partagera son expertise en termes de bonnes " -"pratiques. " - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" -" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " -"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " -"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"**Un seul et unique décisionnaire du côté du client (SPoC)** : Il/Elle est " -"responsable de transmettre ses connaissances de l'activité (coordinera des " -"interventions des utilisateurs clés si nécessaire) et de la consistence de " -"l'implémentation d'un point de vue business (prise de décision, ch" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " -"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " -"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" -" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" -" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " -"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." -msgstr "" -"**Optimisation des réunions**. Le Consultant Odoo n'est pas impliqué dans le" -" processus de prise de décision d'un point de vue business et ne précise pas" -" non plus les processus ou procédures internes à l'entreprise (sauf dans le " -"cas d'une demande spécifique ou d'une exception). Les réunions de projet, " -"qui prendront place une à deux fois par semaine, ont pour objectif de " -"s'aligner sur les besoins de l'entreprise (SPoC) et de définir la manière " -"dont ces besoins seront implémentés sur Odoo (Consultant)." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " -"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " -"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " -"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the `Odoo documentation " -"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning " -"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the " -"testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "2. Project Scope" -msgstr "2. Etendue du projet" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " -"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " -"project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "" -"Afin de s'assurer que tous les intervenants impliqués suivent la même " -"direction, il est nécessaire de définir et de faire évoluer la portée du " -"projet tant que l'implémentation du projet se poursuit." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " -"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " -"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " -"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" -" clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " -"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" -" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " -"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " -"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " -"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " -"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" -" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " -"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " -"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " -"experiment of the standard in production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "3. Managing expectations" -msgstr "3. Gérer les attentes" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " -"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" -" account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "" -"L'écart entre la réalité d'une implémentation et les attentes des futurs " -"utilisateurs est un facteur crucial. Trois aspects importants devraient être" -" pris en compte dès le début du projet :" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " -"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," -" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " -"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " -"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " -"check that this is still the case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " -"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" -" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " -"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" -" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " -"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " -"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " -"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " -"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " -"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " -"to pursue this same objective." -msgstr "" -"**Concentrez-vous sur la réussite du projet, et non pas sur la solution " -"idéale** : L'objectif principal du SPoC et du consultant est de mener à bien" -" le projet qui leur est confié afin de trouver la solution la plus efficace " -"pour répondre aux besoins exprimés. Cet objectif peut parfois aller à " -"l'encontre de la vision que se fait l'utilisateur final d'une solution " -"idéale. Dans ce cas, le SPoC et le consultant appliqueront la règle des " -"80-20 : se concentrer sur 80% des besoins exprimés et retirer les 20% " -"restants des objectifs les plus défavorables en termes de rapport " -"coût/bénéfice (ces proportions peuvent bien sûr changer au fil du temps). " -"Par conséquent, si un allègement global est constaté, il sera jugé " -"acceptable d'intégrer une manipulation plus chronophage." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 -msgid "" -"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " -"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " -"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " -"tools\\* :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " -"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " -"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "" -"**L'analyse des gaps** : La comparaison entre la requête et les " -"fonctionnalités standard proposées par Odoo permettra d'identifier le manque" -" à combler par des développements/personnalisations ou des changements des " -"processus opérationnels." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " -"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " -"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "" -"**L'Histoire de l'Utilisateur**: Cette technique sépare clairement les " -"responsabilités entre le SPoC, responsable d'expliquer le QUOI, le POURQUOI " -"et le QUI, et le consultant qui fournira une réponse au COMMENT." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 -msgid "" -"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes." -msgstr "" -"`La démonstration de faisabilité " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ Une version simplifiée, " -"un prototype de ce qui est attendu pour arriver à un accord sur les grandes " -"lignes des changements attendus." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 -msgid "" -"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" -" the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "" -"**La maquête** : Dans la même idée que la démonstration de faisabilité, elle" -" viendra s’aligner aux changements liés à l'interface." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " -"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " -"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " -"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " -"verifying its veracity beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 -msgid "" -"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " -"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "" -"*Cette liste peut, évidemment, être complétée avec d'autres outils qui " -"correspondraient plus adéquatement à la réalité des besoins de votre " -"projet.*" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 -msgid "4. Communication Strategy" -msgstr "4. Stratégie de communication" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " -"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " -"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " -"follow those principles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 -msgid "" -"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " -"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " -"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " -"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " -"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" -" manager are clearly defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 -msgid "" -"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " -"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " -"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "" -"Le compte-rendu des réunions sera limité aux décisions et aux validations;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " -"reached;" -msgstr "" -"Les statut des projets ne seront définis que lorsqu'une étape importante " -"sera franchie." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "" -"Des sessions de formation sur la solution classique ou personnalisée seront " -"organisées." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 -msgid "5. Customizations and Development" -msgstr "5. Customisations et développements" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " -"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " -"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 -msgid "" -"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " -"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," -" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " -"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" -" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " -"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " -"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." -" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " -"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " -"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 -msgid "" -"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " -"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" -" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" -" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " -"business processes of the company." -msgstr "" -"**Remplacer, sans dupliquer** : La décision de changer le logiciel de " -"gestion a été prise pour une bonne raison. Dans ce contexte, le moment de la" -" mise en œuvre est LE bon moment pour accepter et même être un initiateur de" -" changement tant au niveau de la manière dont le logiciel sera utilisé qu'au" -" niveau des processus d'affaires de l'entreprise." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 -msgid "" -"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" -" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " -"needs of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 -msgid "" -"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " -"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " -"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " -"requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "" -"**Répartition des rôles** : Dans ce contexte, le consultant sera chargé " -"d'apporter une solution qui correspond aux spécifications définies et le " -"SpoC devra tester et valider la solution livrée pour vérifier si elle répond" -" aux exigences de la réalité opérationnelle." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 -msgid "" -"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " -"noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "" -"**Gestion des changements** : Lorsqu'un changement doit être apporté à la " -"solution, l'écart est causé par :" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " -"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "" -"La différence entre le cahier des charges et la solution livrée. Cette " -"modification est sous la responsabilité du consultant. " - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "**or**" -msgstr "**ou**" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " -"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "" -"La différence entre les spécifications et les impératifs de la réalité " -"opérationnelle. Cette modification est sous la responsabilité du SPoC. " - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "7. Data Imports" -msgstr "7. Import de données" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 -msgid "" -"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " -"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " -"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " -"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " -"it will be decided :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 -msgid "" -"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " -"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " -"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 -msgid "" -"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " -"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " -"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " -"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" -" import will be made before the production launch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 -msgid "" -"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " -"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " -"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " -"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 -msgid "8. Support" -msgstr "8. Support" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " -"questions or technical issues." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque votre projet est mis en production, nos équipes de support prennent " -"vos questions ou problèmes techniques en charge." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 -msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "Voir :ref:`support-expectations`." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po deleted file mode 100644 index a2ae1e1a3..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,515 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2018 -# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Assistance" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Démarrez avec Odoo Assistance" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Démarrez avec Odoo Assistance" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "Installation d'Odoo Assistance" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" -msgstr "" -"Ouvrez le module Apps, recherchez \"Assistance technique\", et cliquez sur " -"installer." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "Mise en place des équipes d'Assistance" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, Odoo Assistance est accompagné d'une équipe appelée \"Support\"" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" -"Pour modifier cette équipe, ou en ajouter d'autres. Sélectionnez " -"\"Configuration\" dans la bar mauve puis \"Paramètres\"." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." -msgstr "" -"Ici, vous pouvez créer de nouvelles équipes, décider quels membres ajouter à" -" une équipe, préciser comment vos clients soumettent des tickets et mettre " -"en place les politiques d'accord de niveau de service. Les tickets sont " -"assignés de manière aléatoire, équilibrée ou manuelle. " - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "Comment mettre en place différentes étapes pour chaque équipe" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 -msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." -msgstr "" -"Vous devez d'abord activer le mode développeur. Pour le faire, allez sur le " -"module paramètres et sélectionnez le lien pour \"Activer le mode " -"développeur\" dans le coin inférieur droit de la page. " - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" -msgstr "" -"Maintenant, lorsque vous retournez sur le module Assistance technique et " -"sélectionnez \"Configuration\" sur la barre mauve, vous trouvez des options " -"supplémentaires, telles que \"Étapes\". Vous pouvez ainsi créer des " -"nouvelles étapes et les attribuer à une ou plusieurs équipes, et cela de " -"façon personnalisée." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "Commencer à recevoir des tickets" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "Comment mes clients peuvent-ils émettre des tickets?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" -msgstr "" -"Sur la barre mauve sélectionnez \"Configuration\" et ensuite \"Paramètres\"," -" puis choisissez votre équipe Assistance technique. Sous \"Canaux vous " -"trouverez 4 options :" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." -msgstr "" -"La fonction Email Alias permet aux clients d'envoyer par e-mail l'alias que " -"vous avez choisi pour créer un ticket. Le sujet de l'email devient le sujet " -"du ticket." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" -msgstr "" -"La fonction Formulaire site Web permet à vos clients d'allez sur " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit et soumettre un ticket via le " -"formulaire du site Web tout come sur odoo.com/help!" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." -msgstr "" -"Le Live Chat permet à vos clients de soumettre un ticket via le Live Chat " -"sur votre site Web. Votre client démarre le chat en direct et l'opérateur du" -" chat peut créer le ticket via la commande /Sujet assistance technique ou " -"Ticket." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/12.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" -msgstr "Des tickets ont été créés, et maintenant?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." -msgstr "" -"Vos employés peuvent à présent travailler sur ces tickets! Si vous avez " -"sélectionné une méthode d'attribution manuelle, vos employés devront eux-" -"aussi s'attribuer des tickets en utilisant le bouton \"Attribuer à moi-" -"même\" qui se trouve dans le coin supérieur gauche du ticket ou en " -"introduisant leur nom dans le champ \"Attribué à\"." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 -msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez sélectionnez la méthode d'attribution \"aléatoire\" ou " -"\"équilibrée\", vos tickets seront attribués à un membre de l'équipe " -"Assistance technique concernée." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 -msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." -msgstr "" -"Ils pourront alors commencer à résoudre les tickets et modifier leur statut " -"vers résolu lorsque ceux-ci seront finalisés." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" -msgstr "Comment puis-je identifier ce ticket comme urgent ?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 -msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." -msgstr "" -"Sur vos tickets vous verrez des étoiles. Vous pouvez définir l'urgence du " -"ticket en sélectionnant une ou plusieurs étoiles sur celui-ci. Vous pouvez " -"le faire sur la vue Kanban ou sur le ticket même." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" -"Pour mettre en place une politique d'Accord de services pour vos employés, " -"activez d'abord ce paramètre dans les \"Paramètres\"." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "Sélectionnez \"Configurer les politiques SLA\" et cliquez sur \"Créer\"." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 -msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." -msgstr "" -"Complétez les informations: équipe Assistance technique, priorité minimale " -"du ticket (les étoiles) ainsi que les objectifs du ticket." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "Que faire si un ticket est bloqué ou prêt à être utilisé?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 -msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" -msgstr "" -"Si un ticket ne peut pas être résolu ou s'il est bloqué, vous pouvez " -"modifier le \"Statut Kanban\" sur le ticket. Vous avez trois options:" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "Gris - statut normal" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "Rouge - bloqué" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "Vert - prêt pour l'étape suivante" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." -msgstr "" -"Tout comme pour les étoiles, vous pouvez définir le statut dans la vue " -"Kanban ou sur le ticket." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "" -"Comment mes employés peuvent-ils enregistrer leur temps de travail sur un " -"ticket?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 -msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." -msgstr "" -"D'abord, allez sur \"Paramètres\" et sélectionnez l'option \"Feuille de " -"temps du ticket\". Un champ vous permettant de sélectionner le projet sur " -"lequel les feuilles de temps doivent s'enregistrer apparaîtra." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 -msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" -msgstr "" -"Une fois que vous avez sélectionné un projet, vous pouvez sauver. Si vous " -"retournez vers vos tickets, vous verrez qu'un nouvel onglet appelé " -"\"Feuilles de temps\" a été ajouté." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." -msgstr "" -"Ici, vos employés peuvent ajouter une ligne pour indiquer le travail qu'ils " -"ont effectué pour ce ticket." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" -msgstr "Comment permettre à vos clients d'évaluer le service qu'ils ont reçu" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" -"Vous devez tout d'abord activer le paramètre évaluation depuis " -"\"Paramètres\"" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." -msgstr "" -"Désormais, lorsqu'un ticket passera au statut de ticket résolu ou terminé, " -"le client recevra un email lui demandant d'évaluer le service fourni." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "Enregistrez et facturez le temps dédié aux tickets" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." -msgstr "" -"Pour pouvoir fournir à vos clients une assistance technique, vous devrez " -"avoir avec eux des contrats de service. Pour cela, Odoo vous aide à " -"enregistrer le temps consacré à résoudre le problème, et plus important, à " -"facturer ce temps à vos clients." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "Les modules requis" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" -"Afin d'enregistrer et de facturer le temps passé sur les tickets, les " -"modules suivants sont nécessaires : Assistance technique, Projet, Feuilles " -"de temps, Vente. S'il vous manque un de ces modules, allez dans le module " -"Apps, cherchez-le et cliquez sur *Installer*." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "Commencez à offrir le service d'assistance technique" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "Étape 1 : démarrez un projet d'assistance technique" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." -msgstr "" -"Pour démarrer un projet dédié au service Assistance technique, allez d'abord" -" sur :menuselection:`Projet --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et assurez-" -"vous que la fonctionnalité *Feuilles de temps* est activée." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, allez sur votre tableau de bord, créez le nouveau projet et liez " -"des feuilles de temps à celui-ci." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" -msgstr "Étape 2 : constituez une équipe d'assistance technique" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." -msgstr "" -"Pour définir une équipe dédiée au service assistance technique, allez sur " -":menuselection:`Assistance technique --> Configuration --> Équipe assistance" -" technique` et créez une nouvelle équipe ou sélectionnez une équipe déjà " -"existante. Sur le formulaire, cochez la case *Feuille de temps du ticket* " -"pour activer cette fonctionnalité. N'oubliez pas de sélectionner le projet " -"d'assistance technique que vous avez précédemment créé également." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" -msgstr "Étape 3 : démarrez le service d'assistance technique" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." -msgstr "" -"Pour finir, allez sur :menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> " -"Paramètres` pour lancer le nouveau service d'assistance technique. Assurez-" -"vous que la fonctionnalité *Unités de mesure* est activée." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." -msgstr "" -"Allez ensuite sur :menuselection:`Produits --> Produits` et créez-en un " -"nouveau. Vérifiez que produit est configuré en tant que service." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." -msgstr "" -"Nous vous suggérons de configurer l'*Unité de mesure* sur *Heure(s)*, mais " -"n'importe quelle unité conviendra." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez ensuite le mode de gestion de facturation que vous désirez " -"depuis la barre *Ventes* du formulaire du produit. Nous vous recommandons la" -" configuration suivante :" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "Vous êtes désormais prêt à recevoir des tickets!" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "Résoudre les problèmes et enregistrer le temps dédié au ticket" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "Étape 1 : passez une commande" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." -msgstr "" -"Vous êtes maintenant dans le module d'assistance technique et vous venez de " -"recevoir un ticket d'un client. Pour créer une nouvelle commande, allez sur " -":menuselection:`Ventes --> Commandes --> Commandes` et créez-en une pour le " -"produit du service d'assistance technique que vous avez précédemment " -"enregistré. Configurez le nombre d'heures prévues pour aider le client et " -"confirmez la vente." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "Étape 2 : liez la tâche au ticket" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous accédez au projet d'assistance technique dédié, vous verrez " -"qu'une nouvelle tâche a été automatiquement générée avec la commande. Pour " -"relier cette nouvelle tâche au ticket du client, allez sur le module " -"Assistance technique et sélectionnez-la sur le formulaire du ticket " -"concerné." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "Étape 3 : enregistrez le temps dédié à aider le client" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 -msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" -"L'assistance a été fournie et le problème du client a été réglé. Pour " -"enregistrer les heures consacrées à résoudre cette tâche, retournez sur le " -"formulaire du ticket et ajoutez-les depuis l'onglet *Feuilles de temps*." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." -msgstr "" -"Les heures enregistrées sur le ticket apparaîtront également de façon " -"automatique dans le module Feuilles de temps ainsi que sur la tâche dédiée." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "Étape 4 : facturez le client" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 -msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" -"Pour facturer le client, retournez au module Ventes et sélectionnez la " -"commande qui a été placée. Vous verrez que les heures enregistrées sur le " -"ticket apparaissent désormais comme étant livrées." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 -msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" -msgstr "" -"Tout ce qu'il reste à faire, c'est créer une facture depuis la commande et " -"la valider ensuite. Vous ne devez plus qu'attendre le paiement des clients!" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index ac574e6f1..926b0c7de 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -1,16 +1,15 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 15:27+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -18,6 +17,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "Documentation pour utilisateurs d'Odoo" +#: ../../content/index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8ad559f2a..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8984 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# ShevAbam, 2018 -# Melanie Bernard <mbe@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2018 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Nicolas Seinlet <nicolas@seinlet.com>, 2018 -# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2018 -# Benjamin Frantzen, 2018 -# Stéphane GUILLY <stephane.guilly@laposte.net>, 2018 -# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2018 -# Pierrick Brun <brun.pierrick@protonmail.com>, 2018 -# Fabien Pinckaers <fp@openerp.com>, 2018 -# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2018 -# Lionel Sausin <ls@numerigraphe.com>, 2018 -# Clo <clo@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2018 -# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Thomas Dobbelsteyn <tdo@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Stock" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "Codes-barres" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "Opérations journalières" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" -msgstr "Comment réaliser un ajustement d'inventaire avec des codes à barres ?" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "From the Barcode application:" -msgstr "Depuis l'application code-barre :" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 -msgid "Click on **Inventory**" -msgstr "Cliquez sur **Inventaire**" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" -" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." -msgstr "" -"Scannez tous les articles (Si vous avez 5 articles identiques, scannez-les 5" -" fois, ou utilisez le clavier pour préciser la quantité)." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " -"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " -"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders?" -msgstr "Comment traiter des ordres de livraison ?" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " -"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." -msgstr "" -"Il y a deux approches pour procéder aux commandes de livraison: vous pouvez " -"soit travailler sur des documents papier (et scanner les lignes des " -"documents), ou sur un écran (et scanner les produits directement)." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" -msgstr "Traiter les ordres de livraison imprimés:" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " -"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " -"accessible, visible or is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " -"finish the operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 -msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." -msgstr "Ramassez et scannez chaque article listé." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" -msgstr "Comment faire un transfert interne ?" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" -msgstr "Dans Odoo, il y a deux types de transferts internes :" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" -msgstr "" -"Ceux initialisés automatiquement par le système (par exemple, un contrôle " -"qualité)" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " -"of the dashboard)." -msgstr "" -"Ceux créés par un collègue (par exemple, via une zone de transfert interne " -"sur le tableau de bord)." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 -msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" -msgstr "Pour faire un transfert Interne :" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 -msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" -msgstr "" -"Depuis l'accueil de l'application code-barre, scanner l**'emplacement " -"source**" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 -msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 -msgid "Scan the **destination location**" -msgstr "Scanner l'**emplacement destination**" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 -msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" -msgstr "" -"Comment traiter des lots et des numéros de série avec des codes à barres ?" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " -"outgoing deliveries:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " -"the lots/serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" -" one automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 -msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " -"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " -"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " -"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 -msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" -" product (you can also use the keyboard)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 -msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" -msgstr "Comment traiter des livraisons entrantes ?" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " -"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " -"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " -"visible or is missing." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, scannez le code-barres de tous les produits, ou scannez le code-" -"barres du produit sur la ligne du transfert si celui-ci n'est pas facilement" -" accessible, visible ou est manquant." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 -msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "Exemple" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 -msgid "Open operation interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 -msgid "Scan." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " -"and keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 -msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "Configurer votre scanner de code à barres" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " -"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " -"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 -msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " -"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " -"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " -"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" -" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " -"be configured to be so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" -" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " -"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " -"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " -"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " -"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " -"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " -"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " -"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " -"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," -" it is essential to test it first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 -msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" -msgstr "Configurez votre lecteur de code-barres" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 -msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "Format du clavier" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 -msgid "" -"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " -"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " -"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" -" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 -msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "Retour à la ligne automatique" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " -"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " -"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" -" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " -"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" -" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" -msgstr "Comment activer les codes à barres dans Odoo ?" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " -"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " -"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " -"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " -"the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 -msgid "Set products barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" -" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " -"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " -"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and " -"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This " -"interface can also be accessed via the planner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " -"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " -"them)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33 -msgid "Set locations barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " -"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " -"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " -"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " -"paper." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " -"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 -msgid "Barcode formats" -msgstr "Formats de code-barre" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " -"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " -"your own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "Gestion d'entrepôt" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "Ajustement de stock" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 -msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" -msgstr "Comment faire l'inventaire initial ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " -"keep the inventory right." -msgstr "" -"Une des plus importantes caractéristiques d'un logiciel de gestion " -"d'entrepôt est de garder l'inventaire à jour." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " -"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " -"the right locations." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que vos articles ont été définis, il est temps de faire " -"l'inventaire initial. Vous refléterez la réalité en inventoriant les bonnes " -"quantités aux bons endroits." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration d'article" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " -"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." -msgstr "" -"Dans le module d'inventaire, ouvrez :menuselection:`Gestion des stocks --> " -"Articles`, puis cliquez sur **Créer** pour créer un nouvel article. " -"Configurez le type d'article à **Produit stockable**, pas à consommable." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 -msgid "Start the initial inventory" -msgstr "Démarrer l'inventaire initial" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 -msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" -" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'article que vous venez de créer, vous pouvez voir dans les boutons en" -" haut que nous avons 0 produit en stock. Cliquez sur le lien **Mettre à jour" -" le stock disponible**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 -msgid "" -"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" -" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"Une nouvelle fenêtre apparaît. Dans le champ **Nouvelle quantité " -"disponible**, saisissez la quantité de produit que vous détenez actuellement" -" en stock, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 -msgid "" -"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " -"set the location of your product from this screen." -msgstr "" -"si vous utilisez plusieurs emplacements dans votre entrepôt, vous serez en " -"mesure de définir l'emplacement de votre produit dans cet écran." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez maintenant voir dans le bouton En stock que la quantité a été " -"mise à jour." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" -" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " -"has automatically been created and validated by the system." -msgstr "" -"Maintenant, si vous vérifiez les **Ajustements de stock** dans le menu " -"**Gestion des stocks**, vous verrez qu'une nouvelle ligne nommée \"INV:(nom " -"de votre produit)\" a été automatiquement créée et validée par le système." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "Multiple products at once" -msgstr "Plusieurs produits à la fois" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" -" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " -"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" -" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." -msgstr "" -"Créez tous les articles dont vous voulez suivre le stock (comme produits " -"stockables). Une fois que les articles sont définis, utilisez une opération " -"d'inventaire initial pour définir les quantités actuelles par emplacement " -"dans le système. Aller à :menuselection:`Gestion des stocks --> Ajustements " -"de stock` pour commencer votre inventaire initial." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" -" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " -"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" -" (or child) locations." -msgstr "" -"Donnez-lui un nom (par exemple Inventaire initial) et sélectionnez " -"l'emplacement du stock de votre inventaire. Notez que lorsque vous " -"sélectionnez un emplacement parent (comme Stock, qui peut être divisé en " -"sous-emplacements), vous pouvez également sélectionner les sous-emplacements" -" (ou enfants)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 -msgid "" -"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " -"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez choisir de faire un inventaire de tous les produits, de " -"quelques-uns ou d'un seul. Dans cet exemple, nous choisissons l'option " -"**Tous les produits**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " -"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " -"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " -"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez besoin de faire votre valorisation de stock pour une période " -"différente de celle correspondant à la date de fin d'inventaire, saisissez " -"la période comptable correspondante dans le champ Forcer la date comptable. " -"Le module de comptabilité doit être installé." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" -" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " -"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le bouton **Inventaire de départ**. Selon le type d'inventaire " -"que vous avez choisi (tous les produits ou une sélection), vous pourriez " -"avoir à ajouter des articles manuellement en cliquant sur **Ajouter un " -"élément**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." -msgstr "Saisissez la **Quantité réelle** de chaque article en stock." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 -msgid "" -"additional information will be available according to the options you " -"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." -msgstr "" -"des informations supplémentaires seront disponibles selon les options que " -"vous avez activées (multi-emplacements, numéro de série, stocks consignés)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " -"it." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le bouton **Valider l'inventaire** pour confirmer l'inventaire " -"et le publier." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Analyse" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" -msgstr "" -"Pour vérifier le stock actuel, allez à :menuselection:`Gestion des stocks " -"--> Articles`, et cliquez sur le **bouton de vue en liste** :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" -msgstr "" -"Comment choisir entre des règles de stock minimum et l'approvisionnement à " -"la commande ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" -"Les règles de **Stock Minimum** et d'**Approvisionnement à la commande** ont" -" des conséquences similaires, mais des règles différentes. Elles doivent " -"être utilisés en fonction de vos stratégies de fabrication et de livraison." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "Terminologie" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "Règle de stock minimum" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " -"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" -"Les règles de **Stock Minimum** sont utilisées pour être surs d'avoir " -"toujours des matières premières en stock afin de fabriquer vos articles " -"et/ou de répondre aux besoins de vos clients. Lorsque le niveau de stock " -"d'un article atteint son minimum, le système génère automatiquement un " -"approvisionnement avec la quantité nécessaire pour atteindre le niveau de " -"stock maximum." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "Approvisionnement à la commande" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " -"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " -"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " -"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" -"La fonction **Approvisionnement à la commande** déclenchera une **Commande " -"Fournisseur** de la quantité de la **Commande Client** relative à l'article." -" Le système ne vérifiera **pas** la quantité déjà en stock. Cela signifie " -"qu'une commande forunisseur à l'état brouillon sera générée, indépendamment " -"de la quantité en stock de l'article." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "Règles de stock minimum" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " -"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" -"La configuration des Règles de Stock Minimum est disponible via le menu " -":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Gestion des stocks --> Règles de " -"réapprovisionnement`. Là, cliquez sur **Créer** pour définir les valeurs de " -"stock minimum et maximum pour un article donné." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Actif" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the " -"orderpoint without removing it." -msgstr "" -"Si le champ \"Actif\" n'est pas coché, cela vous permettra de cacher les " -"points de commande sans les supprimer." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Product Unit of Measure" -msgstr "Unité de mesure d'article" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations." -msgstr "" -"Unité de mesure par défaut utilisée pour toutes les opérations de stock" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Procurement Group" -msgstr "Groupe d'approvisionnement" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into " -"one big picking." -msgstr "" -"Les mouvements créés à travers cette règle de réapprovisionnement seront mis" -" dans ce groupe d'approvisionnement. Si aucun n'est donné, les mouvements " -"générés par les règles de stock seront groupés dans un seul transfert." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Minimum Quantity" -msgstr "Quantité minimum" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field," -" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max " -"Quantity." -msgstr "" -"Quand le stock virtuel tombe en dessous de la quantité mini indiquée dans de" -" champ, Odoo génère un approvisionnement pour ramener la quantité prévue à " -"la quantité maxi." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Maximum Quantity" -msgstr "Quantité maximale" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a " -"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as " -"Max Quantity." -msgstr "" -"Quand le stock virtuel tombe en dessous de la quantité mini, Odoo génère un " -"approvisionnement pour ramener la quantité prévue à la quantité indiquée " -"ici." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Quantity Multiple" -msgstr "Quantité multiple de" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " -"the exact quantity will be used." -msgstr "" -"La quantité à approvisionner sera arrondie à ce multiple. S'il est à 0, la " -"quantité exacte sera utilisée." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Lead Time" -msgstr "Délai" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or " -"to order to the vendor" -msgstr "" -"Nombre de jours pour déclancher la règle de point de commande pour recevoir " -"les produits ou pour commander chez le fournisseur." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, cliquez sur votre article pour accéder à sa fiche, et dans l'onglet" -" **Inventaire**, n'oubliez pas de sélectionner un fournisseur." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " -"stock valuation." -msgstr "" -"N'oubliez pas de sélectionner le type d'article correct dans la fiche du " -"produit. Un consommable ne peut pas être stocké, et ne sera donc pas pris en" -" compte dans l'évaluation des stocks." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " -"(or any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" -"La configuration de l'Approvisionnement à la commande est disponible sur la " -"fiche article via :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Gestion des Stocks --> " -"Articles` (ou depuis tout autre module où les articles sont disponibles)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." -msgstr "" -"Dans la fiche article, dans l'onglet **Inventaire**, cochez la case " -"**Approvisionnement à la commande**. " - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "Choix entre les deux options" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" -"Le choix entre les deux options est donc dépendant de votre stratégie " -"d'inventaire. Si vous préférez avoir un stock tampon et toujours avoir au " -"moins un stock minimum, la règle de stock minimum doit être utilisée. Si " -"vous souhaitez réapprovisionner vos stocks seulement si votre vente est " -"confirmée, il est préférable d'utiliser l'Approvisionnement à la commande." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " -"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " -"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" -" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" -" those virtual warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12 -msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" -msgstr "Configurez des entrepôts virtuels" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" -" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " -"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " -"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " -"create." -msgstr "" -"Imaginez que vous avez deux entrepôts : l'entrepôt A et l'entrepôt B. Créez " -"un nouvel entrepôt qui sera un entrepôt virtuel. Cela vous permettra de " -"déplacer le stock de A à B. Pour le faire, allez dans les paramètres de " -"votre application inventaire et autorisez la fonctionnalité multi-entrepôts." -" Ensuite, allez sur le menu entrepôts et cliquez sur créer." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " -"because you will need it later in the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " -"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" -" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " -"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" -" A+B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37 -msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" -msgstr "Vendez un produit depuis un magasin virtuel" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" -" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " -"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" -" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" -" A and one in warehouse B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Livraisons" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 -msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "Comment puis-je annuler un ordre de livraison" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " -"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "" -"Odoo vous permet d'annuler un ordre de livraison, qu'il ait été validé trop " -"vite, ou qu'il doive être modifié, ou pour toute autre raison." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " -"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " -"any bad surprise." -msgstr "" -"Certains transporteurs sont plus souples que d'autres, alors assurez-vous " -"d'annuler votre ordre de livraison le plus rapidement possible, de sorte que" -" vous n'ayez pas de mauvaise surprise." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "Processus de vente" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " -"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "" -"Allez dans le module **Ventes**, cliquez sur **Ventes** puis sur **Bons de " -"commande**. Puis cliquez sur la commande que vous voulez annuler." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le bouton **Livraison**, dans le coin en haut à droite de la " -"commande." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " -"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" -" cancel the delivery." -msgstr "" -"Maintenant, cliquez sur l'onglet **Informations additionnelles** et vous " -"verrez qu'à coté du champ **Référence de suivi du transporteur**, il y a un " -"bouton **Annuler**. Cliquer sur ce bouton pour annuler la livraison." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" -" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "" -"Pour vous assurez que votre livraison est annulée, vérifiez dans " -"l'historique, vous recevrez une confirmation de l'annulation." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 -msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "" -"Comment puis-je restreindre une méthode de livraison à certains pays ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " -"limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "" -"Avec Odoo, vous avez différents types de méthodes de livraison, et vous " -"pouvez les limiter à un certain nombre de pays." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " -"**Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "" -"Allez dans le module **Inventaire**, cliquez sur **Configuration** puis sur " -"**Méthodes de livraison**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez la méthode de livraison que vous voulez modifier, ou créez-en " -"une nouvelle." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " -"this delivery method." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'onglet **Destination**, choisissez les pays auxquels vous voulez " -"appliquer cette méthode de livraison." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 -msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "Maintenant que cela est fait, allons voir le résultat." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " -"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " -"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "" -"Si vous allez sur le site web, et que vous essayez d'acheter quelque chose, " -"une fois que vous avez saisi les détails et que vous procédez au paiement, " -"le site web vous proposera seulement les méthodes de livraison qui " -"s'appliquent à votre adresse de livraison." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " -"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "" -"Ce processus ne fonctionne que via le site web. Nous supposons que lorsque " -"vous créez une commande client, vous savez quelle méthode de livraison vous " -"pouvez utiliser puisque vous les avez créées." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" -msgstr "" -"Comment envoyer des articles aux clients directement par les fournisseurs " -"(livraison directe) ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is drop-shipping?" -msgstr "Qu'est-ce que la livraison directe ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " -"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " -"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " -"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" -"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " -"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," -" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." -msgstr "" -"La livraison directe est un système qui permet à des commandes prises dans " -"votre magasin, d'être expédiés directement par votre fournisseur à votre " -"client. Dans un système de livraison habituel, les produits sont envoyés par" -" votre fournisseur à votre entrepôt pour être stockés, puis expédiés à vos " -"clients après la commande. Avec la livraison directe, aucun article n'est " -"stocké. Quand un client passe une commande dans votre boutique, l'article " -"est livré directement du fournisseur au client. Par conséquent, le produit " -"n'a pas besoin de passer par votre entrepôt." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 -msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" -msgstr "" -"Points à prendre en considération lors de la mise en place de la livraison " -"directe" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " -"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " -"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" -" space in your warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez la livraison directe seulement pour les produits que vous ne pouvez" -" pas, ou ne voulez pas, garder en stock. Une raison est que vous ferez " -"toujours de plus petites marges sur les articles qui sont livrés " -"directement, donc vous ne devriez l'utiliser que pour les articles qui " -"prennent beaucoup d'espace dans votre entrepôt." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" -" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " -"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" -" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " -"sense!" -msgstr "" -"La livraison directe est mieux adaptée aux produits de niche. Il y a des " -"risques que les produits qui sont en forte demande soient proposés par de " -"gros fournisseurs à une fraction du prix que vous pouvez facturer, donc " -"utiliser une méthode de transport plus coûteuse ne sera pas judicieux " -"financièrement. Mais si votre produit est unique, alors ça a du sens !" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" -" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." -msgstr "" -"Pour éviter de mauvaises expériences à vos clients, testez au préalable les " -"entreprises de livraison directe pour vous-même et sélectionnez les " -"meilleures." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " -"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" -" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" -" tracking number." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que le temps n'est pas contre vous. La livraison directe " -"nécessite un délai raisonnable, sûrement pas plus long que si vous aviez " -"géré tout cela vous-même. De plus, il est agréable de pouvoir fournir à vos " -"clients un numéro de suivi." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " -"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " -"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" -" that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "" -"Les articles doivent être disponibles chez votre fournisseur. Il est bon de " -"savoir si le produit que vous vendez est disponible en amont. Si vous ne " -"disposez pas de cette information, informez vos clients que vous ne détenez " -"pas l'article en stock et qu'il est soumis à la disponibilité d'un tiers." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 -msgid "" -"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " -"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" -"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." -msgstr "" -"Pour plus d'informations et d'idées sur la livraison directe, lisez notre " -"blog `Qu'est-ce que la livraison directe et comment l'utiliser " -"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-" -"how-to-use-it-250>`__." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 -msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" -msgstr "Configuration de la livraison directe" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " -"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" -" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " -"on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"Ouvrez le menu :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Allez à **Emplacement & Entrepôt**, localisez la rubrique **Livraison " -"directe**et cochez la case **Permettre aux fournisseurs de livrer " -"directement à vos clients**. Ensuite, cliquez sur **Appliquer**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " -"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"Puis allez dans le menu :menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> " -"Configuration`. Localisez **Routage des commandes** et cochez la case " -"**Choisir des routes spécifiques à chaque ligne de commande (avancé)**. " -"Cliquez sur **Appliquer**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " -"supplier to the products you want to dropship." -msgstr "" -"Maintenant, ouvrez le menu :menuselection:`Ventes --> Ventes --> Articles`. " -"Ajoutez un fournisseur aux articles que vous voulez livrer directement." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 -msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" -" that the route is **Dropshipping**." -msgstr "" -"Créez une **Commande Client** et précisez sur une ligne de commande pour vos" -" articles que la route est **Livraison directe**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " -"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " -"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " -"will see that one shipment has been created." -msgstr "" -"Ouvrez le menu :menuselection:`Achats --> Achat --> Demande de prix`. La " -"commande fournisseur brouillon est automatiquement créée par " -"l'approvisionnement avec la route livraison directe. Une fois que la " -"commande est confirmée, vous verrez qu'une expédition a été créée." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " -"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " -"dropship card." -msgstr "" -"Pour confirmer l'envoi du fournisseur au client, revenez dans l'application " -"**Inventaire**. Sur le tableau de bord, cliquez sur **# A RECEVOIR** de la " -"fiche kanban Livraison directe." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 -msgid "" -"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" -" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " -"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Cela va ouvrir la liste des transferts en livraison directe. Validez le " -"transfert une fois qu'il a été réalisé. Les articles seront directement " -"livrés du fournisseur au client sans passer par votre entrepôt." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" -msgstr ":doc:`inventory_flow`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "À faire" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of " -"my vendors?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" -msgstr "" -"Comment choisir le bon flux de stocks pour gérer les ordres de livraison ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " -"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " -"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" -"En fonction de facteurs tels que le type d'articles que vous vendez, la " -"taille de votre entrepôt, le nombre de commandes que vous enregistrez chaque" -" jour... la façon dont vous gérez les livraisons clients peut beaucoup " -"varier." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo vous permet de gérer les expéditions depuis votre entrepôt de 3 " -"manières différentes :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 -msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr "**Une seule étape (expédition)**: Expédition directe du stock" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" -msgstr "" -"**Deux étapes (prélèvement + expédition)**: Amener les marchandises à " -"l'emplacement en sortie de stock avant expédition" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" -msgstr "" -"**Trois étapes (prélèvement + emballage + expédition)**: Réaliser le " -"colisage à un emplacement dédié, puis amener les colis en sortie de stock " -"pour expédition" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " -"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " -"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " -"to handle orders very quickly." -msgstr "" -"Pour les entreprises ayant un assez petit entrepôt et qui ne nécessitent pas" -" un stock élevé d'articles, ou qui ne vendent pas de produits périssables, " -"une expédition en une étape est la solution la plus simple, car elle ne " -"nécessite pas beaucoup de configuration, et elle permet de gérer les " -"commandes très rapidement." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" -" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " -"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " -"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " -"especially when the items you stock are big in size." -msgstr "" -"L'utilisation de méthodes d'inventaire telles que FIFO, LIFO et FEFO " -"nécessite d'avoir au moins deux étapes pour gérer une expédition. La méthode" -" de prélèvement sera déterminée par la stratégie de retrait, et les articles" -" prélevés seront ensuite expédiés au client. Cette méthode est également " -"appropriée si vous gérez des stocks importants, surtout si les articles que " -"vous avez en stock sont de grande taille." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " -"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " -"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " -"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." -msgstr "" -"Le système en trois étapes est utile dans des situations plus spécifiques, " -"en particulier pour le traitement des stocks très importants. Les articles " -"sont transférés dans une zone d'emballage, où ils sont regroupés par zone de" -" destination, puis chargés dans les camions pour la livraison finale aux " -"clients." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "Circuit en une étape" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "Lisez la documentation :doc:`one_step`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 -msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "Circuit en deux étapes" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "Lisez la documentation :doc:`two_steps`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 -msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "Circuit en trois étapes" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "Lisez la documentation :doc:`three_steps`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "Comment puis-je changer le type d'étiquette ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " -"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " -"delivery." -msgstr "" -"Avec Odoo, vous pouvez choisir entre différents types d'étiquettes pour vos " -"ordres de livraison. Suivez les étapes ci-dessous et sélectionnez un type " -"d'étiquette appropriée à votre livraison." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" -" methods**." -msgstr "" -"Dans le module **Inventaire**, allez dans **Configuration** et cliquez sur " -"**Méthodes de livraison**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "Choisissez une méthode de livraison, puis cliquez sur **Modifier**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" -" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " -"carrier." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'onglet **Prix**, sous **Etiquettes Fedex de type stock**, vous pouvez" -" choisir l'un des types d'étiquette disponibles. Les types disponibles " -"varient selon le transporteur." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " -"you create a new sale order." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que c'est fait, vous pouvez voir le résultat en allant dans le " -"module Ventes et en créant une nouvelle commande client." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" -" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." -msgstr "" -"Dès que vous confirmerez la vente et validerez la livraison avec le " -"transporteur pour lequel vous avez modifié le type d'étiquette, l'étiquette " -"apparaîtra dans votre historique." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " -"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" -msgstr "" -"Le type d'étiquette par défaut est Letter, et si vous choisissez par exemple" -" le type Bottom Half, voici la différence :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" -msgstr "Comment traiter des ordres de livraison en une étape (expédition) ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." -msgstr "" -"Quand une commande arrive au service expédition pour la livraison finale, " -"Odoo est configuré par défaut pour une seule étape : quand tous les produits" -" sont disponibles, ils peuvent être expédiés dans un seul ordre de " -"livraison." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 -msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " -"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." -msgstr "" -"Il n'y a pas de configuration nécessaire. Les expéditions par défaut sont " -"configurées pour être livrées directement depuis le stock." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 -msgid "" -"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " -"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " -"and edit the concerned warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Toutefois, si le routage avancé est activé et que vous définissez une autre " -"configuration d'expédition sur votre entrepôt, vous pourrez revenir à la " -"configuration de livraison en une seule étape. Aller à " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Entrepôts` et modifier l'entrepôt " -"concerné." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " -"Only)**" -msgstr "" -"Configurez l'option Expéditions à **Expédition directe depuis le stock (en 1" -" étape)**" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "Créez une commande client" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" -"Créer une commande client (du devis à la commande) avec quelques articles à " -"livrer." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" -"Notez que nous voyons maintenant ``1` livraison associée à cette commande " -"client, dans le **bouton** en haut de la commande." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " -"picking." -msgstr "" -"Si vous cliquez sur le bouton **1 Livraison**, vous devriez maintenant voir " -"votre opération de stock." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "Traiter une livraison" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " -"Orders** kanban card." -msgstr "" -"Allez dans le module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **# A FAIRE** " -"dans la fiche kanban **Livraisons**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 -msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." -msgstr "Cliquez sur l'opération de stock que vous voulez traiter." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" -"Ceci a terminé l'**Etape d'Expédition**, et le WH/OUT doit maintenant " -"indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page, ce qui indique" -" que la commande a été expédiée au client." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: " -"From sales orders to delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133 -msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" -msgstr "" -"Comment pouvez-vous changer le type d'emballage sur votre bon de commande " -"client ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " -"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " -"order." -msgstr "" -"Odoo vous permet de changer le type d'emballage par défaut, et d'adapter " -"l'emballage comme vous le souhaitez, en fonction du poids de la commande." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " -"**Settings**." -msgstr "" -"Dans le module **Inventaire**, allez dans **Configuration** puis cliquez sur" -" **Configuration**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " -"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" -"Dans :menuselection:`Traçabilité --> Colis`, cochez **Enregister les paquets" -" à utiliser: palettes, boîtes, ...**" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 -msgid "*Sale process*" -msgstr "*Processus de vente*" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 -msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." -msgstr "" -"Dans le module **Ventes**, allez dans **Ventes** et cliquez sur **Bons de " -"commande**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 -msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." -msgstr "Créez votre nouvelle commande client, et **Confirmer la vente**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " -"redirected to the Delivery order." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que vous aurez confirmé la Vente, vous devrez cliquer sur " -"**Livraison** pour être redirigé vers l'ordre de Livraison." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 -msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur **Modifier**, et vous pouvez maintenant changer l'emballage." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " -"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " -"Pack**." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'onglet **Opérations**, dans la dernière colonne, changez le **0** et " -"saisissez le nombre d'articles que vous voulez emballer ensemble. Puis " -"cliquez sur **Ajouter au colis**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" -" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " -"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez le type d'emballage que vous souhaitez. Vous pouvez aussi voir " -"que le poids à été adapté à votre colisage, et vous pouvez le changer " -"manuellement si vous voulez être plus précis. Puis cliquez sur " -"**Sauvegarder**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 -msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." -msgstr "" -"Répétez l'opération jusqu'à ce que tous les produits soient mis dans des " -"colis." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 -msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "Pour finir, cliquer sur **Valider** pour confirmer la livraison." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "Comment la date de livraison prévue est-elle calculée ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Les dates prévues sont calculées afin de pouvoir planifier les livraisons, " -"réceptions et ainsi de suite. En tenant compte des habitudes de votre " -"entreprise, Odoo génère automatiquement les dates prévues via le " -"planificateur. Le planificateur Odoo calcule tout par ligne, que ce soit " -"pour un ordre de fabrication, un bon de livraison, une commande client, etc." -" Les dates calculées dépendent des délais qui sont configurés dans Odoo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "Configuration des délais de mise en œuvre" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" -"La configuration des différents délais d'exécution se fait comme suit :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "Au niveau article" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "**Délai fournisseur** :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" -"C'est le temps nécessaire au fournisseur pour livrer votre article acheté. " -"Pour configurer le délai fournisseur, sélectionnez un article et allez dans " -"l'onglet **Inventaire**. Vous devrez ajouter un fournisseur à votre article " -"pour pouvoir définir un délai fournisseur." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" -"Notez qu'il est possible d'ajouter différents fournisseurs et donc " -"différents délais de livraison en fonction du fournisseur." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" -"Une fois qu'un fournisseur est sélectionné, il suffit d'ouvrir sa fiche et " -"de saisir son **Délai de livraison**. Dans ce cas, les jours de sécurité " -"n'ont aucune influence, les jours de livraison prévue seront égaux à : " -"**Date** de la commande fournisseur + **Délai de Livraison**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "**Délai client** :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" -"Le délai client est le temps nécessaire pour transférer votre article de " -"votre magasin/entrepôt chez votre client. Il peut être configuré pour tout " -"article. Sélectionnez un article, allez dans l'onglet Ventes, et indiquez " -"votre **Délai client**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "**Délai de fabrication** :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Sur la même page, il est également possible de configurer le **Délai de " -"Fabrication**. Le délai de fabrication est le temps nécessaire pour la " -"fabrication de l'article." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" -"N'oubliez pas de cocher la case Produire dans l'onglet Inventaire si vous " -"voulez créer des routes de fabrication." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "Au niveau société" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" -"Au niveau société, il est possible de configurer des **jours de sécurité**, " -"afin de faire face à des retards éventuels et pour être sûr de respecter vos" -" engagements. L'idée est de sosutraire ces **jours de réserve** de la **date" -" prévue calculée** en cas de retard." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "**Jours de Sécurité à la Vente** :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" -"Les jours de sécurité à la vente sont des jours de **réserve** pour être sûr" -" de livrer vos clients à temps. Ils représentent les marges d'erreurs sur " -"les délais de livraison. Les jours de sécurité suivent la même logique que " -"les débuts de la montre-bracelet : arriver à l'heure. L'idée est de " -"soustraire le nombre de jours de sécurité du calcul, et donc de calculer une" -" date prévue antérieure à celle que vous avez promis à votre client. De " -"cette façon, vous êtes sûr de respecter vos engagements." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que le menu est ouvert, allez dans l'onglet de configuration et " -"indiquez le nombre de jours de sécurité." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "**Jours de sécurité à l'Achat** :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" -"Les jours de sécurité à l'achat suivent la même logique que les jours de " -"sécurité à la vente." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" -"Ils représentent les marges d'erreur sur les délais fournisseur. Lorsque le " -"système génère des commandes fournisseur pour l'acquisition d'articles, " -"elles seront planifiées quelques jours plus tôt que nécessaire pour faire " -"face à des retards fournisseurs inattendus. Le délai d'achat se trouve dans " -"le même menu que les jours de sécurité à la vente." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" -"Notez que vous pouvez également configurer ici un délai de Fabrication par " -"défaut." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "Au niveau routage" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" -"Les transferts internes qu'un article peut faire à cause des mouvements de " -"stock peuvent aussi avoir un impact sur la date calculée." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" -"Les délais dus aux transferts internes peuvent être définis dans " -"l'application **Inventaire**, lors de la création d'une nouvelle règle de " -"flux poussé dans une route." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" -"Allez dans la section Règles de flux poussé dans la fiche d'une route pour " -"définir un délai." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "Au niveau commande client :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "**Date demandée** :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" -"Odoo permet de préciser la date demandée par le client en l'indiquant dans " -"l'onglet Autres informations de la commande client. Si la date est " -"antérieure à la date calculée théorique, Odoo affichera automatiquement une " -"alerte." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" -"A titre d'exemple, vous pouvez vendre une voiture aujourd'hui (1er Janvier)," -" qui est achetée à la commande, et vous promettez de livrer votre client " -"dans un délai de 20 jours (20 janvier). Dans un tel scénario, le " -"planificateur peut déclencher les événements suivants, en fonction de votre " -"configuration :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "19 Janvier : date de livraison réelle (1 jour de Sécurité à la Vente)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" -"18 Janvier : réception de l'article de votre fournisseur (1 jour de sécurité" -" à l'Achat)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" -"10 janvier : date limite pour passer la commande fournisseur (9 jours de " -"délai fournisseur)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" -"8 Janvier : déclencher une demande d'achat à votre équipe d'achat, " -"puisqu'elle a besoin en moyenne de 2 jours pour trouver le bon fournisseur " -"et commander." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" -msgstr "" -"Comment traiter des ordres de livraison en trois étapes (collecte + " -"emballage + expédition) ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," -" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " -"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " -"before shipping." -msgstr "" -"Quand une commande arrive au service expédition pour la livraison finale, " -"Odoo est configuré par défaut pour **une seule étape** : quand tous les " -"produits sont disponibles, ils peuvent être expédiés dans un seul ordre de " -"livraison. Toutefois, ce processus peut ne pas refléter la réalité et votre " -"entreprise peut nécessiter plusieurs étapes avant l'expédition." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 -msgid "" -"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " -"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " -"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " -"customers." -msgstr "" -"Avec le processus **trois étapes** (**Préparation + Emballage + " -"Expédition**), les articles sont transférés dans une zone d'emballage, où " -"ils seront assemblés par zone de destination, et rassemblés dans des camions" -" de livraison afin d'être livrés aux clients." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" -" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " -"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " -"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " -"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." -msgstr "" -"Quelques étapes de configuration sont nécessaires afin d'accomplir les " -"opérations **Préparation + Emballage + Expédition**. Ces étapes créent des " -"emplacements supplémentaires, qui sont appelées par défaut **Zone " -"Expédition** et **Zone Emballage**. Ainsi, si votre code d'entrepôt est " -"``WH`, cette configuration créera un emplacement appelé ``WH/Zone " -"Expédition`` et un autre appelé ``WH/Zone Emballage``. " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " -"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" -" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." -msgstr "" -"Les marchandises sont transférées de **WH/Stock** vers **WH/Zone Emballage**" -" dans la première étape. Puis de **WH/Zone Emballage** vers **WH/Zone " -"Expédition**. Finalement elles seront livrées de **WH/Zone Expédition** vers" -" leur **destination finale**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " -"correct method for your needs." -msgstr "" -"Consultez :doc:`inventory_flow` pour vérifier si ce circuit de stock est " -"celui qui correspond à vos besoins." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "Install the Inventory module" -msgstr "Installez le module Inventaire" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 -msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." -msgstr "" -"Depuis le menu **Applications**, recherchez et installez le module " -"**Inventaire**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" -" orders." -msgstr "" -"Vous devrez aussi installer le module **Ventes** pour pouvoir passer des " -"commandes client." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Allow managing routes" -msgstr "Permettre la gestion des routes" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" -" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " -"the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" -"Odoo configure le transfert des ordres de livraison par des **routes**. Les " -"routes fournissent un mécanisme pour lier différentes actions entre elles. " -"Dans ce cas, nous allons lier l'étape de préparation à l'étape d'expédition." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`" -msgstr "" -"Pour permettre la gestion des routes, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Configuration`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " -"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " -"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." -msgstr "" -"Dans :menuselection:`Emplacement & Entrepôt --> Routes`, cochez le bouton " -"radio **Routage avancé des articles en utilisant des règles**. Vérifiez que " -"l'option **Gérer plusieurs emplacements par entrepôt** est également " -"activée." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 -msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" -msgstr "Configurez l'entrepôt pour Préparation + Emballage + Expédition" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " -"that will be used." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Entrepôts` et modifiez l'entrepôt " -"qui sera utilisé." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " -"Ship).**" -msgstr "" -"Pour les expéditions, sélectionnez l'option **Faire les colis à un " -"emplacement dédié, puis les amener à l'emplacement de sortie pour expédition" -" (prélèvement + colisage + expédition)**" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Create a Sale Order" -msgstr "Créez une commande client" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" -"Depuis le module **Ventes**, créez une commande client avec quelques " -"articles à expédier." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" -"Notez que nous voyons maintenant ``3` livraisons associées à cette commande " -"client, dans le **bouton** en haut de la commande." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous cliquez sur le bouton, vous devez maintenant voir trois opérations " -"de stock différentes :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," -msgstr "" -"La première avec une référence **PICK** pour l'opération de prélèvement" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," -msgstr "" -"La seconde avec une référence **PACK** qui est l'opération de colisage," - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 -msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "La dernière avec une référence **OUT** pour l'opération d'expédition." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 -msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" -msgstr "Comment Traiter l'Etape de Préparation ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" -"Vérifiez que vous avez suffisamment d'articles en stock, allez dans le " -"module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **En retard** dans la fiche " -"kanban **Préparation**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 -msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur **Réserver** pour réserver les produits s'ils sont disponibles." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" -" Zone**." -msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Stock** vers " -"**WH/Zone Empaquetage**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Packing)." -msgstr "" -"Ceci a terminé l'**Etape de Préparation**, et le WH/PICK doit maintenant " -"indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page. L'article a " -"été déplacé de l'emplacement **WH/Stock** à l'emplacement **WH/Packing " -"Zone**, ce qui le rend disponible pour l'étape suivante (Emballage)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 -msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" -msgstr "Comment traiter l'Etape d'Emballage ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" -" kanban card." -msgstr "" -"Allez dans le module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **# A " -"TRANSFERER** dans la fiche kanban **Emballage**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Zone " -"Empaquetage** vers **WH/Sortie**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 -msgid "" -"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Shipping)." -msgstr "" -"Ceci a terminé l'étape de colisage, et le WH/PACK doit maintenant indiquer " -"**Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page. L'article a été " -"transféré de l'emplacement **WH/Packing Zone** à l'emplacement " -"**WH/Output**, ce qui le rend disponible pour l'étape suivante (Expédition)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 -msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" -msgstr "Comment Traiter l'Etape d'Expédition ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " -"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Output** vers " -"le **client** (Cliquez sur **Appliquer** pour assigner les quantités listées" -" dans la colonne **A Faire**)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" -"Ceci a terminé l'**Etape d'Expédition**, et le WH/OUT doit maintenant " -"indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page. La commande a " -"été expédiée au client." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders" -" to delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" -msgstr "" -"Comment traiter des ordres de livraison en deux étapes (collecte + " -"expédition) ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " -"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " -"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" -" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " -"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." -msgstr "" -"Quand une commande arrive au service expédition pour la livraison finale, " -"Odoo est configuré par défaut pour **une seule étape** : quand tous les " -"produits sont disponibles, ils peuvent être expédiés dans un seul ordre de " -"livraison. Toutefois, votre entreprise a peut-être plusieurs étapes avant " -"l'expédition. Dans le circuit **deux étapes**, les articles de l'ordre de " -"livraison sont **prélévés** dans l'entrepôt et amenés à un **emplacement de " -"sortie** pour **expédition**. Les marchandises sont ensuite expédiées." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " -"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " -"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " -"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " -"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " -"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " -"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Allow management of routes" -msgstr "Permettre la gestion des routes" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " -"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " -"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" -"Odoo configure le transfert des ordres de livraison par les **routes**. Les " -"routes fournissent un mécanisme pour lier différentes actions entre elles. " -"Dans ce cas, nous allons lier l'étape de préparation à l'étape d'expédition." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Pour permettre la gestion des routes, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Configuration`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" -" checked." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que le bouton radio **Routage avancé des article en utilisant " -"des règles** est coché." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " -"check the radio button above)." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur **Appliquer** en haut de la page pour sauvegarder les " -"modifications (si vous avez du cocher le bouton radio ci-dessus)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " -"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " -"activated beforehand." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez coché l'option **Routage avancé des produits en utilisant des " -"règles**, vous devrez peut-être activer **Gérer plusieurs emplacements par " -"entrepôt** si cela n'avait pas été activé au préalable." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 -msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" -msgstr "Configurez l'entrepôt pour Préparation + Expédition" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." -msgstr "" -"Pour configurer un mouvement **Préparation + Expédition**, allez à " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Entrepôts` et modifiez l'entrepôt qui sera" -" utilisé." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " -"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" -msgstr "" -"Pour les expéditions, sélectionnez l'option **Apporter les marchandises à " -"l'emplacement de sortie avant l'expédition (préparation + expédition)**" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " -"some products to deliver." -msgstr "" -"Installez le module **Ventes** si nécessaire, et créez une commande client " -"avec quelques articles à expédier." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." -msgstr "" -"Notez que nous voyons maintenant ``2` livraisons associées à cette commande " -"client, dans le **bouton** en haut de la commande." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " -"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " -"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " -"process." -msgstr "" -"Si vous cliquez sur le bouton **2 Livraison**, vous devriez maintenant voir " -"deux opérations de stock différentes, une avec une référence **PICK** pour " -"l'opération de préparation, et une autre avec une référence **OUT** pour " -"l'opération d'expédition." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" -"Vérifiez que vous avez suffisamment d'articles en stock, allez dans le " -"module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **En retard** dans la fiche " -"kanban **Préparation**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Stock** vers " -"**WH/Output**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " -"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." -msgstr "" -"Ceci a terminé l'**Etape de Préparation**, et le WH/PICK doit maintenant " -"indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page. L'article a " -"été déplacé de l'emplacement **WH/Stock** à l'emplacement **WH/Output**, ce " -"qui le rend disponible pour l'étape suivante (Expédition)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " -"listed in the **To Do** column)" -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Output** vers " -"le client (Cliquez sur **Appliquer** pour assigner les quantités listées " -"dans la colonne **A Faire**)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" -"Ceci a terminé l'**Etape d'Expédition**, et le WH/OUT doit maintenant " -"indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page. La commande a " -"été expédiée au client." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130 -msgid "" -"link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From" -" sales orders to delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Réceptions" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" -msgstr "Comment choisir le bon flux de stocks pour gérer les réceptions ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" -" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " -"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" -"En fonction de facteurs tels que le type d'articles que vous réceptionnez, " -"la taille de votre entrepôt, le nombre de réceptions que vous réalisez " -"chaque jour... la façon dont vous gérez les réceptions fournisseurs peut " -"beaucoup varier." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo vous permet de traiter les réceptions dans votre entrepôt de 3 façons " -"différentes :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 -msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr "**Une étape** : Marchandises reçues directement en stock" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr "" -"**Deux étapes** : Décharger dans l'emplacement d'entrée puis aller en stock" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " -"before being admitted in stock." -msgstr "" -"**Trois étapes** : Décharger dans l'emplacement d'entrée, passer par un " -"contrôle qualité avant d'être admis en stock" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " -"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " -"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " -"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" -"Odoo utilise des **routes** pour définir exactement comment vous allez gérer" -" les différentes étapes de réception. La configuration se fait au niveau de " -"l'entrepôt. En standard, la réception est un processus en une seule étape, " -"mais changer la configuration permet d'avoir 2 ou même 3 étapes." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "Les principes sont les suivants :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 -msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr "" -"**Une étape** : vous réceptionnez les marchandises directement dans votre " -"stock" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " -"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" -"**Deux étapes** : Vous recevez les marchandises dans une zone d'entrée, puis" -" vous les transférez de la zone d'entrée au stock. Tant que les marchandises" -" ne sont pas transférés dans le stock, elles ne sont pas disponibles pour un" -" traitement ultérieur." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " -"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " -"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" -" goods receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" -"**Trois étapes** : Dans de nombreuses entreprises, il est nécessaire " -"d'évaluer les marchandises reçues. L'objectif est de vérifier que les " -"produits correspondent aux exigences de qualité convenues avec les " -"fournisseurs. Ajouter une étape de contrôle qualité dans le processus de " -"réception des marchandises devient alors essentiel." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" -" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " -"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " -"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " -"return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 -msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "C'est la configuration par défaut dans Odoo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" -msgstr "" -"Comment ajouter une étape de contrôle qualité à la réception des " -"marchandises ? (3 étapes)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" -"Dans de nombreuses entreprises, il est nécessaire d'évaluer les marchandises" -" reçues. L'objectif est de vérifier que les produits correspondent aux " -"exigences de qualité convenues avec les fournisseurs. Par conséquent, " -"l'ajout d'une étape de contrôle qualité dans le processus de réception des " -"marchandises devient essentiel." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" -"Odoo utilise des routes pour définir exactement comment vous allez gérer les" -" différentes étapes de réception. La configuration se fait au niveau de " -"l'entrepôt. Par défaut, la réception est un processus en une seule étape, " -"mais changer la configuration permet d'avoir 2 ou même 3 étapes." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" -" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" -" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " -"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" -"Le flux en 3 étapes est comme suit : Vous recevez les marchandises dans une " -"zone d'entrée, puis vous les transférez dans une zone qualité pour le " -"contrôle. Quand le contrôle qualité a été réalisé, vous pouvez transférer " -"les marchandises de la zone qualité au stock. Bien sûr, vous pouvez changer " -"les quantités et seulement transférer dans le stock la quantité d'articles " -"conformes, et décider de renvoyer les articles non conformes." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 -msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." -msgstr "C'est celui qui est expliqué dans ce document." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 -msgid "Use advanced routes" -msgstr "Utilisez des routages avancés" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Pour permettre la gestion des routes, allez dans le menu " -":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Configuration`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " -"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que l'option **Routage avancé des articles en utilisant des " -"règles** est cochée, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer** pour sauvegarder les " -"modifications." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que l'option **Gérer plusieurs emplacements par entrepôt** est " -"également cochée." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" -msgstr "" -"Comment ajouter une étape de contrôle qualité à la réception des " -"marchandises ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " -"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." -msgstr "" -"Allez dans le menu :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> " -"Entrepôts` et choisissez l'entrepôt où vous voulez changer les méthodes de " -"réception." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " -"goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, les entrepôts sont configurés pour la réception en une étape " -"(**Marchandises reçues directement en stock**). " - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " -"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " -"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." -msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter le contrôle qualité avant le transfert des marchandises en " -"stock, cochez **Décharger dans l'emplacement d'entrée, passer par un " -"contrôle qualité avant d'être admis en stock (3 étapes)**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "How to control a receipt?" -msgstr "Comment contrôler une réception ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" -msgstr "Comment traiter l'étape de réception ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " -"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" -" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " -"This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" -"Dans le module **Achats**, créez une **Demande de prix**. Cliquez sur le " -"bouton **Confirmer la commande**. Vous pouvez voir qu'il y a une " -"**Expédition** relative à la commande fournisseur dans le bouton en haut de " -"la fiche de la commande. C'est l'étape de réception." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" -"Allez dans le module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **# A RECEVOIR**" -" dans la fiche kanban **Réceptions**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " -"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur la réception que vous voulez traiter, puis cliquer sur " -"**Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de l'emplacement **Fournisseur** " -"vers **WH/Input**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " -"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" -" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " -"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" -msgstr "" -"Ceci a terminé l'étape de réception**, et la ligne d'état en haut de la page" -" pour **WH/IN** doit maintenant indiquer **Terminé**. L'article a été " -"transféré du **Fournisseur** à l'emplacement **WH/Input**, ce qui le rend " -"disponible pour l'étape suivante (Transfert dans la zone de contrôle " -"qualité)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" -msgstr "" -"Comment transférer vos articles de la zone de réception à la zone de " -"contrôle qualité ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " -"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " -"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " -"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" -" Control**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " -"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " -"ready to be controlled." -msgstr "" -"Ceci a terminé l'étape de transfert interne, et la ligne d'état en haut de " -"la page pour **WH/INT** doit maintenant indiquer **Terminé**. L'article est " -"maintenant prêt a être contrôlé." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 -msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " -"process the quality control." -msgstr "" -"Revenez dans le tableau de bord du module **Inventaire**. Le transfert en " -"attente est maintenant prêt. Cliquez sur le lien **# Transferts** dans la " -"fiche kanban **Transferts internes** pour procéder au contrôle qualité." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " -"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur la dernière opération de stock à traiter. Cliquez sur " -"**Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Quality Control** vers " -"**WH/Stock**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" -" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " -"controlled and has moved to your stock." -msgstr "" -"Ceci a terminé l'étape de contrôle qualité, et la ligne d'état en haut de la" -" page pour **WH/INT** doit maintenant indiquer **Terminé**. L'article a été " -"contrôlé et transféré dans votre stock." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr ":doc:`two_steps`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" -msgstr "" -"Comment décharger votre expédition à un emplacement d'entrée ? (2 étapes)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " -"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " -"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " -"processing." -msgstr "" -"Le flux en 2 étapes est le suivant : Vous recevez les marchandises dans une " -"zone d'entrée, puis vous les transférez de la zone d'entrée au stock. Tant " -"que les marchandises ne sont pas transférés dans le stock, elles ne sont pas" -" disponibles pour un traitement ultérieur." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" -"Pour permettre la gestion des routes, allez dans le menu " -":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Configuration`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " -"ticked." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que l'option **Gérer plusieurs emplacements par entrepôt** est " -"également cochée." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" -msgstr "Comment configurer votre entrepôt ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " -"methods." -msgstr "" -"Allez dans le menu :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> " -"Entrepôts` et choisissez l'entrepôt où vous voulez changer les méthodes de " -"réception." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " -"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, les entrepôts sont configurés pour la réception en une étape " -"(option **Marchandises reçues directement en stock**)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" -" steps)**." -msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter l'étape de contrôle, cochez **Décharger dans l'emplacement " -"d'entrée puis aller en stock (2 étapes)**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" -msgstr "Comment réceptionner une expédition en 2 étapes ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" -msgstr "Comment traiter l'étape de Réception ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " -"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " -"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " -"form view. This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" -"Dans le module Achats, créez une **Demande de prix**, puis cliquez sur le " -"bouton **Confirmer la commande**. Vous pouvez voir qu'il y a une " -"**Expédition** relative à la commande fournisseur, dans le bouton en haut de" -" la fiche de la commande fournisseur. C'est l'étape de réception." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" -"Allez dans le module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **# A RECEVOIR**" -" dans la fiche kanban **Réceptions**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" -" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur la réception que vous voulez traiter, puis cliquer sur " -"**Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert du **Fournisseur** vers " -"**WH/Input**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 -msgid "" -"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" -" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " -"which makes the product available for the next step." -msgstr "" -"Ceci a terminé l'Etape de Réception, et l'opération de stock référencée par " -"**WH/IN**. L'article a été transféré du **Fournisseur** à l'emplacement " -"**WH/Input**, ce qui le rend disponible pour l'étape suivante." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 -msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " -"quality control." -msgstr "" -"Revenez dans le tableau de bord du module **Inventaire**. Le transfert en " -"attente est maintenant prêt. Cliquez sur **# Transferts** dans la fiche " -"kanban **Transferts internes** pour procéder au contrôle qualité." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " -"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur l'opération de stock que vous voulez traiter. Cliquez sur " -"**Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Input** vers **WH/Stock**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " -"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." -msgstr "" -"Ceci a terminé l'étape de transfert interne, et l'opération de stock " -"référencée par **WH/INT**.La réception a été transférée dans votre stock." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr ":doc:`three_steps`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Lots et numéros de série" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "Quelle est la différence entre des lots et des numéros de série ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduction" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 -msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "Quand l'utiliser" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 -msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr ":doc:`lots`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" -msgstr "Comment gérer des lots d'articles identiques ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" -" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "Configuration de l'application" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" -" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " -"**Track lots or serial numbers**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " -"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "Cliquez ensuite sur **Appliquer**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 -msgid "Operation types configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" -" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" -" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "Manage lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 -msgid "Transfers" -msgstr "Transferts" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " -"input the lot number(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Click on the lot icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " -"and the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " -"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 -msgid "Inventory adjustment" -msgstr "Ajustement de stock" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "Classic inventory by products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "Inventory of a lot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 -msgid "" -"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " -"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " -"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " -"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 -msgid "" -"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 -msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`differences`" -msgstr ":doc:`differences`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" -msgstr "Comment travailler avec des numéros de série ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " -"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " -"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " -"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" -" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " -"location where the products are moved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " -"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Gérer les numéros de série" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " -"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" -" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " -"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " -"Split icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 -msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " -"numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 -msgid "" -"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " -"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are " -"moving those serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory of a serial number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 -msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " -"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " -"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" -" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " -":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " -"serial number corresponding to your search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "Opérations diverses" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 -msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned " -"transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 -msgid "Immediate Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and " -"quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is" -" why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the " -"column \"Done\" for the quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A " -"to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the " -"transfer right now)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 -msgid "Planned Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase " -"order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an " -"initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the " -"inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many " -"units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. " -"Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process " -"the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" -msgstr "Comment gérer un stock que vous ne possédez pas ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " -"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." -msgstr "" -"Certains fournisseurs peuvent parfois vous permettre de stocker et de vendre" -" leurs produits sans que vous ayez à les acheter : cette technique est " -"appelée **Stock consignataire**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" -" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " -"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " -"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." -msgstr "" -"Le stock consignataire est un excellent moyen pour les fabricants et les " -"fournisseurs pour lancer de nouveaux produits. Comme les revendeurs peuvent " -"être réticents à acheter un produit qu'ils ne sont pas sûrs de pouvoir " -"vendre, le stock consignataire va leur permettre de proposer un article pour" -" vérifier son marché sans devoir d'abord l'acheter." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " -"settings." -msgstr "" -"Odoo a la capacité de gérer les stocks consignataires à travers les " -"paramètres avancés." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" -" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " -"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"Ouvrez le menu :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> " -"Configuration`, et dans la section **Propriétaire du produit** , " -"sélectionnez **Gérer les stocks consignataires (avancé)**, puis cliquez sur " -"**Appliquer**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 -msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" -msgstr "Réception de Stock Consignataire" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " -"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " -"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" -" it blank if you are the owner." -msgstr "" -"Dans le Tableau de bord de l'Inventaire, ouvrez les **Réceptions** et créez " -"une nouvelle réception. Vous pouvez voir que dans la partie droite de la " -"page, une nouvelle ligne **Propriétaire** est apparue. Vous pouvez spécifier" -" le partenaire qui détient le stock, ou laisser le champ vide si vous êtes " -"le propriétaire." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" -msgstr "Comment configurer et lancer des planificateurs ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler" -msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'un planificateur" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " -"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " -"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " -"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." -msgstr "" -"Le planificateur est le moteur de calcul qui planifie et priorise la " -"production et les achats automatiquement en fonction des règles définies sur" -" les articles. Par défaut, le planificateur est configuré pour s'exécuter " -"une fois par jour (Odoo crée automatiquement une **Action Planifiée** pour " -"cela)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "Calcul des besoins / Planification" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " -"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." -msgstr "" -"La planification ne valide que les approvisionnements qui sont confirmés, " -"mais pas encore lancés. Ces réservations d'approvisionnement vont elles-" -"mêmes lancer la production, des tâches ou des achats en fonction de la " -"configuration du produit demandé." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " -"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " -"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " -"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " -"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." -msgstr "" -"Vous prenez en compte la priorité des opérations lors du démarrage des " -"réservations et des approvisionnements. Les demandes urgentes, celles avec " -"une date dans le passé, ou celles avec une date antérieure aux autres seront" -" lancées en premier. Dans le cas où il n'y a pas assez de produits en stock " -"pour satisfaire toutes les demandes, vous pouvez être sûr que les demandes " -"les plus urgentes seront produites en premier." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "Configurez et lancez le planificateur" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "Lancez le planificateur manuellement" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " -"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " -"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," -" deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez lancer le planificateur manuellement depuis le menu " -":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Planificateurs --> Lancer les " -"planificateurs`. Le planificateur utilise tous les paramètres pertinents " -"définis pour les produits, les fournisseurs et l'entreprise afin de " -"déterminer les priorités entre les différents ordres de production, de " -"livraison et les commandes fournisseurs." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" -msgstr "" -"Configurez et lancez le planificateur (seulement pour les utilisateurs " -"avancés)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" -"Cette fonctionnalité n'est pas visible par défaut. Vous devez activer le " -"**mode debug** pour la voir. Pour activer le mode debug, allez dans " -":menuselection:`Aide -> A propos` et cliquez sur **Activer le mode " -"développeur**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " -"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez régler l'heure de lancement du planificateur en modifiant " -"l'action correspondante dans le menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Technique --> Automatisation --> Actions planifiées`. Modifiez la " -"configuration de \"Run mrp scheduler\"." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" -msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "How to scrap products?" -msgstr "Comment mettre au rebut des produits ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material" -msgstr "" -"Mettre au rebut des déchets qui soit n'ont pas de valeur économique, ou " -"seulement la valeur de leurs matériaux de base valorisables par recyclage." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 -msgid "content recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory." -msgstr "" -"Dans votre entrepôt vous trouvez parfois des produits qui sont endommagés ou" -" qui sont inutilisables en raison d'une expiration ou pour une autre raison." -" Vous remarquez en général cela pendant la collecte ou lors d'un inventaire " -"physique." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Puisque vous ne pouvez normalement pas vendre ou stocker ces articles, vous " -"devez les mettre au rebut." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque des marchandises sont mises au rebut elles ne sont plus prises en " -"compte dans le système en tant que partie de l'inventaire. Les marchandises " -"mises au rebut seront transférées physiquement dans la zone rebut." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " -"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous installez la gestion des stocks, Odoo crée automatiquement un " -"emplacement de mise au rebut par défaut, nommé **Virtual " -"location/Scrapped**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per " -"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 -msgid "" -"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " -"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" -" --> Locations.`" -msgstr "" -"Après avoir appliquer **Gérer plusieurs emplacements par entrepôt**, vous " -"pouvez créer un nouvel emplacement de mise au rebut dans " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Gestion d'entrepôt --> Emplacements`." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " -"location form view." -msgstr "" -"Pour définir un emplacement de mise au rebut, vous devez cocher **Est un " -"emplacement de rebut ?** sur la fiche de l'emplacement." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "Different ways to scrap product" -msgstr "Différentes façons de mettre un article au rebut" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 -msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "1) Mise au rebut à la Réception (onglet Demande Initiale)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Receipts`." -msgstr "" -"Pour mettre des articles au rebut à la réception, allez à " -":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Tableau de bord --> Réceptions`." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button." -msgstr "" -"Ouvrez la réception, et dans l'onglet **Demande initiale**, cliquez sur le " -"bouton Mettre au rebut." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 -msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." -msgstr "2) Mettre au rebut à l'expédition (onglet Demande initiale)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" -msgstr "" -"Pour mettre des articles au rebut à l'expédition, allez à " -":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Tableau de bord --> Livraisons`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" -"Ouvrez l'expédition, et dans l'onglet **Demande initiale**, cliquez sur le " -"bouton Mettre au rebut sur la ligne d'opération de stock." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 -msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" -"3) Mettre au rebut depuis un transfert interne (onglet Demande initiale)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" -"Ouvrez le transfert interne, et dans l'onglet **Demande initiale**, cliquez " -"sur le bouton Mettre au rebut sur la ligne d'opération de stock." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 -msgid "" -"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " -"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " -"**Scrap**." -msgstr "" -"Quand vous cliquez sur le bouton Mettre au rebut, une fenêtre popup " -"apparaît. Vous pouvez saisir la quantité d'articles, et préciser " -"l'emplacement de mise au rebut, puis cliquez sur **Rebut**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " -"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Valuation Methods" -msgstr "Méthodes de Valorisation" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" -msgstr "" -"Comment faire une valorisation des stocks ? (Comptabilité Anglo-Saxonne)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " -"sheet. This implies two main choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 -msgid "" -"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " -"Real Price);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 -msgid "" -"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " -"Perpetual)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 -msgid "Costing Method" -msgstr "Méthode de coût" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 -msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "Prix standard" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "Opération" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 -msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "Coût unitaire" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "Qté en réserve" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "Valeur de delta" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "Valeur d'inventaire" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "10$" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 -msgid "0" -msgstr "0" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "0$" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "Réception de 8 produits à 10$" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 -msgid "8" -msgstr "8" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 -msgid "+8*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "80$" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "Réception de 4 produits à 16$" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 -msgid "12" -msgstr "12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 -msgid "+4*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 -msgid "$120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "Livraison de 10 produits" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 -msgid "2" -msgstr "2" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 -msgid "$20" -msgstr "20$" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 -msgid "4" -msgstr "4" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 -msgid "+2*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 -msgid "$40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " -"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " -"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 -msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "Prix moyen" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "12$" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 -msgid "+4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "144$" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "24$" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 -msgid "$9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 -msgid "+2*$6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 -msgid "$36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " -"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" -" (see here attached)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 -msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" -" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " -"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" -" up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 -msgid "" -"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " -"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " -"matters in the cost computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 -msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "FIFO" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 -msgid "$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-8*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-2*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 -msgid "$32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 -msgid "$11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 -msgid "$44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 -msgid "" -"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " -"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " -"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " -"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " -"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " -"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " -"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " -"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 -msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," -" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-6*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 -msgid "$8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," -" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " -"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " -"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" -" quantity in stock * cost price)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 -msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 -msgid "" -"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " -"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " -"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " -"physical inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 -msgid "" -"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" -" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " -"postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "Facture fournisseur" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "\\" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "Débit" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "Crédit" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -msgid "50" -msgstr "50" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "4.68" -msgstr "4,68" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "54.68" -msgstr "54,68" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "Configuration :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " -"related product (Expense Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 -msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 -msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "Réception des marchandises" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "Pas d'écriture comptable" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "Facture client" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "9" -msgstr "9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "109" -msgstr "109" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " -"product (Income Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 -msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" -"La position fiscale utilisée sur la facture peut avoir une règle qui " -"remplace le compte de revenu ou la taxe définie sur l'article par un autre." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 -msgid "Customer Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "Ordres de fabrication" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" -" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" -" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " -"inventory value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 -msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "X" -msgstr "X" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 -msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 -msgid "" -"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " -"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" -"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " -"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " -"testing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 -msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 -msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr "**Configuration** :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 -msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" -" specific product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 -msgid "" -"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " -"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " -"product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 -msgid "" -"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" -"Inventaire : pour configurer un compte de valorisation de l'inventaire dans " -"la catégorie interne du produit" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 -msgid "" -"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " -"as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" -msgstr "" -"Comment faire une valorisation des stocks ? (Comptabilité Continentale)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "10 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "€0" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "Recevez 8 produits à 10 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "+8*10 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "80 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "Recevez 4 produits à 16 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "+4*10 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "120 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "-10*10 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "20 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "Recevez 2 Produits pour 9 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "+2*10 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "40 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "12 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "+4*16 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "144 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "-10*12 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "24 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "Recevez 2 Produits pour 6 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "9 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "+2*6 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "36 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "16 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "-8*10 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "-2*16 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "32 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "11 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "44 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-6*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 -msgid "€8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 -msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "Dépenses : variations d'inventaire" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 -msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "" -"Si la valeur du stock a diminué, le compte **Inventaire** est crédité et les" -" **Variations d'inventaire** débitées." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 -msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 -msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "Concepts principaux" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 -msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 -msgid "" -"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " -"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" -" locations (possibly virtual)." -msgstr "" -"Un inventaire en double-entrée n'a pas de stock d'entrée, de sortie " -"(disparition des produits) ou de transformation. Au lieu de cela, toutes les" -" opérations sont des mouvements de stock entre des emplacements " -"(éventuellement virtuels)." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 -msgid "Operations" -msgstr "Opérations" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." -msgstr "" -"Les mouvements de stock représentent le transit de marchandises et de " -"matériels entre des emplacements." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -msgid "Production Order" -msgstr "Ordre de fabrication" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 -msgid "Consume:" -msgstr "Consommer :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" -msgstr "2 Roues : Stock → Production" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" -msgstr "1 Cadre de Vélo : Stock → production" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 -msgid "Produce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" -msgstr "1 Vélo : Production → Stock" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" -msgstr "" -"Stock : l'emplacement à partir duquel l'Ordre de Fabrication est lancé" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" -msgstr "Production : sur la fiche de l'article, le champ \"Lieu de Production\"" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Drop-shipping" -msgstr "Livraison directe" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "1 Vélo : Fournisseur → Client" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Configurarion:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -msgid "Client Delivery" -msgstr "Livraison Client" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 -msgid "Pick" -msgstr "Préparer" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" -msgstr "1 Vélo: Stock → Zone Emballage" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 -msgid "Pack" -msgstr "Colis" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" -msgstr "1 Vélo: Zone Emballage → Zone Expédition" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "Expédition" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" -msgstr "1 Vélo : Sortie → Client" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" -msgstr "Transferts inter-entrepôts" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 -msgid "Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" -msgstr "1 Vélo : Entrpôt 1 → Transit" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "1 Vélo : Transit → Entrepôt 2" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" -msgstr "Article cassé (mise au rebut)" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" -msgstr "1 Vélo : Entrepôt → Rebut" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 -msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 -msgid "Missing products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" -msgstr "1 Vélo : Entrepôt → Perte de Stock" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 -msgid "Extra products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" -msgstr "1 Inventory Loss: Perte de Stock → Entrepôt" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 -msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Reception" -msgstr "Réception" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" -msgstr "1 Vélo : Fournisseur → Entrée" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" -msgstr "1 Vélo : Entrée → Stock" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 -msgid "Analysis" -msgstr "Analyses" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " -"products * product cost)." -msgstr "" -"L'analyse de l'inventaire peut utiliser le nombre d'articles ou la valeur " -"des articles (= nombre d'articles * coût de l'article)." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 -msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" -msgstr "" -"Pour chaque emplacement de stock, plusieurs données peuvent être analysées :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 -msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" -msgstr "Achats & Règles d'approvisionnement" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 -msgid "" -"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" -" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" -msgstr "" -"Un approvisionnement est une demande pour une quantité spécifique de " -"produits à un endroit précis. Ils peuvent être créés manuellement ou " -"automatiquement déclenchés par :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -msgid "New sale orders" -msgstr "De nouvelles commandes client" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Effect" -msgstr "Résultat" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -msgid "" -"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " -"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" -msgstr "" -"Un approvisionnement est créé à l'emplacement client pour chaque article " -"commandé par le client (vous devez livrer le client)" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " -"(property)" -msgstr "" -"Lieu d'Approvisionnement : dans la fiche client, dans le champ **Adresse** " -"(propriété)" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" -msgstr "Règles de stock minimum" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 -msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." -msgstr "" -"Un approvisionnement est réalisé à l'emplacement défini dans la règle." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 -msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" -msgstr "" -"Lieu d'Approvisionnement : dans le formulaire de la règle, dans le champ " -"**Lieu**" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Procurement rules" -msgstr "des Règles d'approvisionnement" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" -msgstr "" -"Un nouvel approvisionnement est réalisé à l'emplacement défini dans la règle" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 -msgid "" -"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " -"be fulfilled e.g.:" -msgstr "" -"Les *règles d'approvisionnement* décrivent comment les approvisionnements " -"pour des emplacements spécifiques doivent être réalisés, par ex. :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 -msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" -msgstr "d'où le produit doit provenir (emplacement source)" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 -msgid "" -"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " -"To Stock)`" -msgstr "" -"si l'approvisionnement est :abbr:`MTO (Make To Order)` ou :abbr:`MTS (Make " -"To Stock)`" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 -msgid "needs schema thing from FP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 -msgid "Routes" -msgstr "Routes" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " -"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " -"sales order lines, warehouse,..." -msgstr "" -"Les règles d'approvisionnement sont regroupées en routes. Les routes " -"définissent les chemins que le produit doit suivre. Les routes peuvent être " -"applicables ou non, selon les produits, les lignes de commande client, " -"l'entrepôt, ..." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" -msgstr "" -"Pour réaliser un approvisionnement, le système recherchera des règles " -"appartenant à des routes qui sont définis dans (par ordre de priorité) :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "Entrepôts" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 -msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" -msgstr "Exemple de Route d'Entrepôt : Collecte → Emballage → Expédition" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 -msgid "Picking List:" -msgstr "Liste de Prélèvement :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 -msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" -msgstr "Zone de Prélèvement → Zone d'Emballage" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 -msgid "Pack List:" -msgstr "Liste de Colisage :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 -msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" -msgstr "Zone d'Emballage → Quai A" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Delivery Order:" -msgstr "Ordre de Livraison :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Gate A → Customer" -msgstr "Quai A → Client" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 -msgid "" -"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " -"the warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Les routes qui décrivent la manière dont vous organisez votre entrepôt " -"doivent être définies sur l'entrepôt." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "A Product" -msgstr "Un Article" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 -msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" -msgstr "Exemple de Route d'Article : Contrôle Qualité" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 -msgid "Reception:" -msgstr "Réception :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 -msgid "Supplier → Input" -msgstr "Fournisseur → Entrée de Stock" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 -msgid "Confirmation:" -msgstr "Confirmation :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 -msgid "Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "Entrée de Stock → Contrôle Qualité" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Storage:" -msgstr "Stockage :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "Contrôle Qualité → Stock" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Product Category" -msgstr "Catégorie d'article" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 -msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" -msgstr "Exemple de Route de Catégorie d'Article : transbordement" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 -msgid "Cross-Docks:" -msgstr "Transbordements :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 -msgid "Input → Output" -msgstr "Entrée de Stock → Sortie de Stock" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Delivery:" -msgstr "Livraison :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 -msgid "Output → Customer" -msgstr "Sortie de Stock → Client" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Sale Order Line" -msgstr "Ligne de commande" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 -msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" -msgstr "Exemple de Route de Ligne de Commande Client : Livraison Directe" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Order:" -msgstr "Commande :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "Fournisseur → Client" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "Règles de flux poussés" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " -"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" -" used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" -"Les règles de flux poussé se déclenchent lorsque les articles entrent dans " -"un emplacement spécifique. Ils déplacent automatiquement l'article à un " -"nouvel emplacement. Le fait qu'une règle de flux poussé puisse être utilisée" -" dépend des routes applicables." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Contrôle qualité" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 -msgid "Product lands in Input" -msgstr "L'article arrive en Entrée de Stock" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "Flux poussé 1 : Entrée de Stock → Contrôle Qualité" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 -msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "Flux poussé 2 : Contrôle Qualité → Stock" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Warehouse Transit" -msgstr "Passage en Entrepôt" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 -msgid "Product lands in Transit" -msgstr "L'article arrive en Transit" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "Flux poussé : Transit → Entrepôt 2" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 -msgid "Procurement Groups" -msgstr "Groupes d'Approvisionnement" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 -msgid "" -"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " -"provided:" -msgstr "" -"Les routes et les règles définissent des mouvement de stock. Pour chaque " -"règle, un type de document est fourni :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 -msgid "Picking" -msgstr "Opération de manutention" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 -msgid "Packing" -msgstr "Emballage" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 -msgid "Delivery Order" -msgstr "Ordre de Livraison" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 -msgid "Purchase Order" -msgstr "Commande fournisseur" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 -msgid "..." -msgstr "..." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 -msgid "" -"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " -"and locations are the same." -msgstr "" -"Les mouvements sont regroupés dans le même type de document si leur groupe " -"d'approvisionnement et les emplacements sont les mêmes." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 -msgid "" -"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " -"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " -"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " -"together)" -msgstr "" -"Une commande client crée un groupe d'approvisionnement, de sorte que les " -"prélèvements et les ordres de livraison de la même commande sont regroupés. " -"Mais vous pouvez aussi définir des groupes spécifiques sur les règles de " -"réapprovisionnement (par ex. pour regrouper des achats d'articles " -"spécifiques ensemble)." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Terminologies" -msgstr "Terminologies" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " -"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " -"repository." -msgstr "" -"**Entrepôt** : Un entrepôt dans Odoo est un endroit où vous stockez des " -"produits. C'est soit un entrepôt physique, soit un entrepôt virtuel. Ça peut" -" être un magasin ou un dépôt." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " -"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " -"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." -msgstr "" -"**Emplacement**: Les emplacements sont utilisés pour structurer les zones de" -" stockage dans un entrepôt. En plus des emplacements internes (votre " -"entrepôt), Odoo a des emplacements pour les fournisseurs, les clients, les " -"pertes d'inventaire, etc." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " -"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " -"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " -"procurements." -msgstr "" -"**Lots**: Les lots sont des ensembles de produits identifiés avec un code à " -"barres ou un numéro de série uniques. Tous les éléments d'un lot sont de la " -"même produit. (par ex. un ensemble de 24 bouteilles) Habituellement, les " -"lots proviennent de la fabrication de lots de commande, ou " -"d'approvisionnements." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " -"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" -" item." -msgstr "" -"**Numéro de série**: Un numéro de série est un identifiant unique d'un " -"produit spécifique. Techniquement, les numéros de série reviennent à avoir " -"un lot de 1 pièce unique." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " -"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" -" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." -msgstr "" -"**Unité de mesure**: Définit comment la quantité de produits est exprimée. " -"Mètres, Livres, Paquet de 24, Kilogrammes,... Les unités de mesure de la " -"même catégorie (ex: taille) peuvent être converties les unes vers les autres" -" (m, cm, mm) en utilisant un rapport fixe." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " -"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " -"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " -"enough stock." -msgstr "" -"**Consommable**: Un produit pour lequel vous ne souhaitez pas gérer le " -"niveau de stock (pas de quantité en stock ou prévue), mais que vous pouvez " -"recevoir et livrer. Lorsque ce produit est nécessaire, Odoo suppose que vous" -" en avez toujours assez en stock." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 -msgid "" -"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." -msgstr "" -"**Stockable**: Un produit pour lequel vous souhaitez gérer le niveau des " -"stocks." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" -" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." -msgstr "" -"**Paquet**: Un paquet contient plusieurs produits (identifiés par leur " -"numéro de série/lots ou pas). Exemple: une boîte contenant des couteaux et " -"des fourchettes." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 -msgid "" -"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " -"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " -"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " -"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " -"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " -"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." -msgstr "" -"**Approvisionnement**: Un approvisionnement est une demande pour une " -"quantité spécifique de produits à un endroit précis. Les approvisionnements " -"sont automatiquement déclenchés par d'autres documents : Commandes Clients, " -"Règles de Stock Minimum et Règles d'Approvisionnement. Vous pouvez " -"déclencher l'approvisionnement manuellement. Lorsque les approvisionnements " -"sont déclenchés automatiquement, vous devez toujours être attentif aux " -"exceptions (par exemple, un produit doit être acheté auprès d'un " -"fournisseur, mais aucun fournisseur n'est défini)." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " -"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" -" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." -msgstr "" -"**Routes**: Les routes définissent les chemins que l'article doit suivre. " -"Les routes s'appliquent ou non, selon les articles, les commandes client, " -"l'entrepôt,... Pour réaliser à un approvisionnement, le système recherchera " -"des règles appartenant à des routes qui sont définies dans l'article et/ou " -"la commande concernés." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " -"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " -"can be used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" -"**Règles de flux poussé** : les règles de flux poussé se déclenchent lorsque" -" les articles entrent dans un emplacement spécifique. Elles déplacent " -"automatiquement l'article vers un nouvel emplacement. Le fait qu'une règle " -"de flux poussé soit utilisée dépend des routes applicables." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " -"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " -"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " -"or MTS,..." -msgstr "" -"**Règles d'Approvisionnement** or **Règles de Flux Tiré**: les Règles " -"d'Approvisionnement décrivent comment les approvisionnements d'emplacements " -"spécifiques doivent être réalisés. Par ex. : d'où un produit doit provenir " -"(emplacement source), si l'approvisionnement est MTO ou MTS,..." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " -"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " -"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " -"procurement group and locations are the same." -msgstr "" -"**Groupe d'Approvisionnement**: les Routes et les règles définissent les " -"mouvements de stocks. Pour chaque règle, un type de document est fourni : " -"Prélèvement, Colisage, Ordre de livraison, Commande Fournisseur, ... Les " -"mouvements sont regroupés dans le même type de document si leur groupe " -"d'approvisionnement et les emplacements sont les mêmes." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " -"between locations." -msgstr "" -"**Mouvements de Stock** : les Mouvements de Stock représentent le transfert " -"de marchandise ou de matériels entre emplacements." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " -"in a warehouse or location." -msgstr "" -"**Quantité En Inventaire** : la quantité d'un article spécifique qui est " -"actuellement dans un entrepôt ou un emplacement." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " -"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " -"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " -"units." -msgstr "" -"**Quantité Prévisionnelle** : la quantité d'articles que vous pouvez vendre," -" pour un entrepôt ou un emplacement spécifique. Elle est définie comme la " -"Quantité en Inventaire - les Futures Livraisons Sortantes + les Futures " -"Livraisons Entrantes + les Futures Unités Fabriquées." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " -"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " -"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" -" minimum stock rule." -msgstr "" -"**Règles de Réapprovisionnement** : elle définit les conditions pour qu'Odoo" -" déclenche automatiquement une requête d'approvisionnement (achat à un " -"fournisseur ou lancement d'un ordre de fabrication). Elle est déclenchée " -"lorsque la quantité prévisionnelle atteint la règle de stock minimum." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " -"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " -"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " -"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " -"packing zone)" -msgstr "" -"**Transborder**: le transbordement est une pratique logistique, de " -"déchargement de matériels à partir d'un camion ou wagon entrant, suivi du " -"chargement directement dans les camions ou wagons sortants, sans stockage " -"entre les deux (directement de la zone d'entrée à la zone d'emballage)." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " -"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" -" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " -"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." -msgstr "" -"**Livraison Directe** : transfère les articles directement du " -"fournisseur/fabricant au client (qui peut être un détaillant ou un " -"consommateur) sans passer par les canaux de distribution habituels. Les " -"produits sont envoyés directement du fournisseur au client, sans passer par " -"votre propre entrepôt." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " -"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." -msgstr "" -"**Stratégies d'Enlèvement** : la stratégie à utiliser pour choisir quel " -"produit prélever pour une opération spécifique. Exemple : FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 -msgid "" -"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " -"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " -"goes in rack 3, storage A)" -msgstr "" -"**Stratégies d'Entrée en Stock** : la stratégie à utiliser pour décider à " -"quel endroit chaque article doit être rangé à son arrivée. (exemple: les " -"câbles vont dans le rack 3, stockage A)" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 -msgid "" -"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" -" it from the stock." -msgstr "" -"**Mise au rebut** : Un article cassé ou obsolète. La mise au rebut d'un " -"article le supprime du stock." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble des processus" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "From procurement to delivery" -msgstr "De l'approvisionnement à la livraison" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " -"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" -" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" -" delivery." -msgstr "" -"La gestion du stock est le cœur de votre entreprise. Ça peut être parfois " -"compliqué, mais avec Odoo, faire une réception ou une livraison n'a jamais " -"été aussi facile. Nous allons vous montrer dans ce document comment faire " -"facilement un cycle complet, de la réception à la livraison." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " -"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " -"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " -"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." -msgstr "" -"La Gestion du stock dans Odoo est entièrement interfacée avec les autres " -"applications, comme les **Achats** ou les **Ventes**. Mais pas seulement, " -"car elle est également entièrement interfacée avec les applications de " -"**eCommerce **, de **Fabrication** et de **Maintenance**." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 -msgid "How to process a receipt ?" -msgstr "Comment traiter une réception ?" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Install Purchase application" -msgstr "Installez l'application de Gestion des achats" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, vous devrez Installer l'application de **Gestion des achats**." -" Allez dans **Applications** et installez-la." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 -msgid "Make a purchase order" -msgstr "Passez une commande fournisseur" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " -"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." -msgstr "" -"Allez dans l'application **Achats**. Le premier écran est la liste **Demande" -" de Prix**. Cliquez sur le bouton **Créer**." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " -"products to your request for quotation." -msgstr "" -"Complétez les informations **Fournisseur** puis cliquez sur **Ajouter un " -"élément** pour ajouter quelques articles à votre demande de prix." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " -"quantity." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur **Confirmer la commande** quand vous êtes sûr des articles, des " -"prix et des quantités." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 -msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" -msgstr "Récupérez la réception" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 -msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "Vous pouvez récupérer l'ordre de réception de 2 façons :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 -msgid "From the purchase order" -msgstr "Depuis la commande fournisseur" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 -msgid "" -"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " -"related **Receipt**:" -msgstr "" -"En haut à droite de votre commande fournisseur, vous trouverez un bouton " -"avec la **Réception** concernée :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 -msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." -msgstr "Cliquez dessus pour voir l'**Ordre de Transfert**." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 -msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" -msgstr "Depuis le Tableau de bord de la Gestion de l'inventaire" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 -msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" -" the list of your deliveries to process." -msgstr "" -"A l'ouverture de l'application de **Gestion de l'inventaire**, cliquez sur " -"**# à recevoir** pour voir la liste des réceptions à traiter." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" -msgstr "Dans la liste, cliquez sur celle relative à la commande fournisseur :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 -msgid "Process the Receipt" -msgstr "Traitez la Réception" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 -msgid "" -"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " -"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " -"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"Pour traiter le transfert de stock, cliquez simplement sur **Valider** pour " -"terminer le transfert. Un message apparaîtra, vous demandant si vous " -"souhaitez traiter l'ensemble de la commande, acceptez-le en cliquant sur " -"**Appliquer**." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " -":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Les approvisionnements peuvent être automatisés. Pour plus d'informations, " -"lisez notre documentation " -":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto`." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 -msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" -msgstr "Comment traiter un ordre de livraison ?" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 -msgid "Install Sales application" -msgstr "Installez l'application de Ventes" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, vous devrez installer l'application **Gestion des ventes**. " -"Aller à :menuselection:`Applications` et installez-la." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 -msgid "Place a sale order" -msgstr "Passez une Commande Client" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" -" team." -msgstr "" -"Allez dans l'application de **Ventes**. Cliquez sur le bouton **Devis** de " -"votre équipe." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Vous obtiendrez la liste de tous vos devis. Cliquez sur le bouton **Créer**." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " -"some products to your quotation." -msgstr "" -"Complétez les informations **Client**, puis cliquez sur **Ajouter un " -"élément** pour ajouter quelques articles à votre devis." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 -msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." -msgstr "Cliquez sur **Confirmer la vente** pour passer la commande." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 -msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" -msgstr "Récupérez l'ordre de Livraison" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 -msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "Vous pouvez récupérer l'ordre de livraison de 2 façons :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 -msgid "From the sale order" -msgstr "Depuis la commande client" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 -msgid "" -"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " -"**Delivery**:" -msgstr "" -"En haut à droite de votre commande client, vous trouverez un bouton avec la " -"**Livraison** concernée :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 -msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " -"list of your receipts to process." -msgstr "" -"A l'ouverture de l'application de **Gestion de l'inventaire**, cliquez sur " -"**# à faire** pour voir la liste des livraisons à traiter." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" -msgstr "Dans la liste, cliquez sur celle relative à la commande client :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" -" on your dashboard." -msgstr "" -"Si l'article n'est pas en stock, la commande client sera **En attente** sur " -"votre tableau de bord." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "Traiter la livraison" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 -msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." -msgstr "Les commandes de eCommerce sont traitées de la même façon." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 -msgid "" -"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " -"methods. Please read the document " -":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez facilement intégrer vos ordres de livraison avec différentes " -"méthodes de livraison. Lisez le document " -":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced flows" -msgstr "Flux avancés" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 -msgid "" -"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " -"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." -msgstr "" -"Dans ce document, seuls les flux plus simples sont expliqués. Odoo convient " -"aussi aux entreprises ayant une gestion d'entrepôt avancé." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 -msgid "" -"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " -"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " -"transfers**." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, seules les **réceptions** et les **livraisons** sont " -"configurées, mais vous pouvez activer l'utilisation multi-emplacements et " -"multi-entrepôts, et faire ainsi des **transferts internes**." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 -msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" -msgstr "" -"**Routes** : vous pouvez automatiser les flux avec des règles de flux " -"poussés et tirés" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 -msgid "" -"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " -"warehouse" -msgstr "" -"Des réceptions et des livraisons **Multi-étapes** peuvent être facilement " -"configurées" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" -"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " -"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Encore plus de fonctionnalités : **Lecture de Codes à Barres**, **Numéros de" -" Série**, **Lots**, **Transbordement**, **Livraison Directe**, interface " -"avec un transporteur **tiers**, stratégies de **Rangement en rayon** et " -"d'**Enlèvement**... Tout cela est possible avec Odoo." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Commencer" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" -msgstr "Comment configurer l'inventaire dans Odoo ?" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " -"different screens you need." -msgstr "" -"L'application de Gestion de l'inventaire d'Odoo dispose d'un guide de mise " -"en œuvre que vous devriez suivre pour la configurer. C'est un manuel pas à " -"pas, avec des liens vers les différents écrans dont vous avez besoin." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" -"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que vous avez installé l'application de **Gestion de " -"l'inventaire**, cliquez sur la barre de progression en haut à droite pour " -"accéder au guide de mise en œuvre." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 -msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" -msgstr "Le guide de mise en œuvre vous aide avec les étapes suivantes :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Set up your warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Import your vendors" -msgstr "Importez vos fournisseurs" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Import your products" -msgstr "Importez vos articles" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Set up the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" -msgstr "Configurez vos flux de ventes et d'achats" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" -" valuation." -msgstr "" -"Configurez les fonctionnalités avancées comme l'emballage, la traçabilité, " -"les routes et la valorisation des stocks." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" -" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" -" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " -"and use your scanner optimally." -msgstr "" -"Si, dans votre entrepôt, vous voulez gérer les opérations avec des lecteurs " -"de codes à barres, vous devez installer l'application **Codes à Barres**, " -"qui ajoute des fonctionnalités à l'application de Gestion de l'inventaire. " -"L'application de codes à barres vous guidera pour configurer et d'utiliser " -"votre scanner de manière optimale." - -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "Routages Avancés" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "Concepts" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" -msgstr "Comment organiser un transbordement dans votre entrepôt ?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " -"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" -" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " -"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " -"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " -"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post" -"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 -msgid "Warehouse and routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" -" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" -" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," -" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 -msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 -msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 -msgid "then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 -msgid "Cross Docking Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 -msgid "" -"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " -"for the remaining part:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " -"created as an internal physical location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 -msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 -msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 -msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`Sortie de Stock --> Client`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 -msgid "Product with cross dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 -msgid "" -"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" -" above as well as the **Buy** route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 -msgid "" -"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " -"for replenishment of a stockable product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" -msgstr ":doc:`use_routes`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "Comment faire des transferts inter-entrepôts ?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " -"application in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid "" -"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " -"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " -"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 -msgid "" -"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " -"and routes in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "Création d'un nouvel entrepôt" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " -"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 -msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " -"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" -" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " -"been generated for your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "Créez un nouvel inventaire" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " -"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" -" you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " -"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " -"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" -"Allez dans l'application inventaire, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Contrôle " -"de l'inventaire --> Ajustement de l'inventaire`. Vous pouvez créer un nouvel" -" inventaire en cliquant sur **Créer**. Introduisez la **Référence de " -"l'inventaire*, la **Date** et assurez-vous de choisir le bon entrepôt et le " -"bon emplacement." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" -" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " -"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " -"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " -"orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " -"all yours product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "Créez un transfert interne" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" -" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " -"proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 -msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 -msgid "" -"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " -"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " -"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " -"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 -msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "Il est également possible de transférer chaque produit manuellement :" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 -msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "Sélectionnez le bon ordre de transfert" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 -msgid "" -"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " -"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " -"indicate how much products you process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " -"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " -"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " -"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'une règle d'approvisionnement ?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "Paramètres des règles d'approvisionnement" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possible :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'une règle de flux poussé ?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "Comment utiliser des routages ?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "Gérer la chaine de fabrication" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "Gérer les emplacements par défaut par produit" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" -msgstr "" -"Gérez les locations, en créant des retour automatiques pour les produits " -"loués" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "Des routes pré-configurées" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'application Inventaire, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Entrepôts`." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 -msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'application **Inventaire** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 -msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" -msgstr "" -"Ouvrez le produit sur lequel vous souhaitez appliquer les routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventaire --> Contrôle --> Produits`). Dans l'onglet " -"Inventaire, sélectionnez la(les) route(s):" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "Veuillez vous référez aux documents suivants :" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 -msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 -msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 -msgid "Product Costing" -msgstr "Coûts des Articles" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " -"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " -"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " -"to be installed)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 -msgid "Add costs to products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " -"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" -" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. " -"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines " -"will be split accross your transfers lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 -msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" -msgstr "Stratégies de rangement et de suppression" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" -msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'une stratégie d'entrée ?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " -"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " -"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " -"appropriate location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 -msgid "" -"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" -" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " -"of a potential chemical reaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " -"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " -"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " -"level)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " -"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" -" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 -msgid "Setting up a strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " -"product quality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " -"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " -"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " -"Strategy**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " -"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " -"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " -"automatically be transferred to the correct location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Current Inventory`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 -msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "Qu'est-ce une stratégie de sortie (FIFO, LIFO et FEFO)?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " -"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " -"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " -"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " -"on the **location**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`:" -msgstr "" -"Dans l'application **Inventaire**, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Paramètres` :" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " -"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " -"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 -msgid "Types of removal strategy" -msgstr "Types de stratégie de retrait" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 -msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" -msgstr "FIFO ( First In First Out )" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "" -"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " -"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " -"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " -"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." -msgstr "" -"Une stratégie **First In First Out** implique que les produits entrées en " -"premier dans le stock, sortiront en premier. Les entreprises qui vendent des" -" produits périssables doivent utiliser la méthode FIFO. Les entreprises " -"vendant des articles dont le cycle de demande est relativement court, comme " -"des vêtements, peuvent également devoir choisir la méthode FIFO pour " -"s'assurer qu'elles ne sont pas coincées avec des styles périmés en stock." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Stock --> Configuration --> Sites`, ouvrez " -"l'emplacement du stock et configurez la stratégie de sortie **FIFO**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 -msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "Prenons un exemple de stratégie de sortie FIFO" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " -"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez trouver des détails sur l'inventaire disponible dans le rapport " -"d'évaluation de l'inventaire." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 -msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" -"Créez un bon de commande de ``25`` unités de ``iPod 32 GB`` et confirmez le." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez voir dans le produit de l'envoi sortant que l'article ``Ipod 32 " -"Gb`` est assigné avec les lots **le plus anciens**, en utilisant la " -"stratégie de sortie FIFO." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 -msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" -msgstr "LIFO (Last In First Out)" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " -"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " -"shelf life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Emplacements`, " -"ouvrez l'emplacement du stock et configurez la stratégie de sortie **LIFO**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" -" ``WH/Stock`` location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 -msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 -msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" -msgstr "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" -" according to their expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " -"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" -" to save changes." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`. Cochez" -" l'option **Définir la date d'expiration des numéros en série**. Cliquez " -"ensuite sur **Appliquer** pour enregistrer les modifications." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " -"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " -"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 -msgid "" -"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " -"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " -"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " -"goods with this serial/lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " -"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " -"removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 -msgid "" -"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " -"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " -"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " -"lots pass their **alert date**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " -"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" -" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " -"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " -"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," -" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " -"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " -"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " -"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " -"after the lot has been created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " -"expiration date fields as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 -msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" -msgstr "Délai avant retrait --> Date de retrait" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 -msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" -msgstr "Durée de vie du produit --> Fin de la date limite" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 -msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 -msgid "" -"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " -"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " -"expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr "**Lot / Numéro de série**" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Product**" -msgstr "**Produit**" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr "**Date d'expiration**" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "LOT0001" -msgstr "LOT0001" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "Ice Cream" -msgstr "Crème glacée" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "08/20/2015" -msgstr "20/08/2015" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "LOT0002" -msgstr "LOT0002" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "08/10/2015" -msgstr "10/08/2015" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "LOT0003" -msgstr "LOT0003" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "08/15/2015" -msgstr "15/08/2015" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 -msgid "" -"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " -"removal strategy **FEFO**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 -msgid "" -"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" -" the removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Articles" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different units of measure?" -msgstr "Comment utiliser différentes unités de mesure ?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, " -"you will need to convert the units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez configurer Odoo pour travailler avec différentes unités de " -"mesure pour un article." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'application **Inventaire**, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Configuration`. Dans la section **Articles**, sélectionnez **Certains " -"articles peuvent être vendus/achetés avec différentes unités de mesure " -"(avancé)**, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "Setting up units on your products" -msgstr "Définnissez des unités sur vos articles" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you " -"would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " -"**Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " -"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." -msgstr "" -"Dans le champ **Unité de mesure**, sélectionnez l'unité dans laquelle le " -"produit sera vendu et dans laquelle les transferts internes seront faits." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " -"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"Dans le champ **Unité de mesure d'achat**, sélectionnez l'unité dans " -"laquelle vous achetez l'article. Quand vous avez terminé, cliquez sur " -"**Sauvegarder**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 -msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" -msgstr "Convertissez d'une unité à une autre" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Lors de la conversion entre unités, l'arrondi est fait automatiquement par " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " -"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." -msgstr "" -"L'unité de mesure peut être changée à tout moment. La seule condition est " -"que l'unité de mesure fasse partie de la même catégorie." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" -msgstr "Dans cet exemple, dans le commerce des œufs :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" -msgstr "Nous achetons des œufs par plateaux (30 œufs)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" -msgstr "" -"Nous vérifions tous les œufs individuellement à la réception (contrôle " -"qualité)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 -msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" -msgstr "Nous vendons les œufs à la douzaine aux clients" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " -"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" -"Le **Prix de vente** est exprimé dans l'**Unité de mesure de l'article**. Le" -" **Prix d'achat** est exprimé dans l'**Unité de mesure d'achat**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" -"Tous les transferts internes sont exprimés en **Unité de mesure de " -"l'article**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 -msgid "Procurement" -msgstr "Approvisionnement" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " -"measure." -msgstr "" -"Quand vous faites votre demande d'approvisionnement, vous pouvez encore " -"modifier l'unité de mesure." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" -msgstr "" -"L'unité de mesure peut également être modifiée dans la commande fournisseur " -":" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 -msgid "The quality control is done by unit." -msgstr "Le contrôle qualité est réalisé à l'unité." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " -"check is done by unit." -msgstr "" -"L'unité de mesure de base de notre produit est l'**Unité**. Par conséquent, " -"le contrôle qualité se fait à l'unité." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " -"**Draft**." -msgstr "" -"L'unité de mesure ne peut être changée que lorsque le transfert est à l'état" -" **Brouillon**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "Processus de livraison" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " -"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" -" the unit to the dozen." -msgstr "" -"Les œufs sont vendus à la douzaine. Vous pouvez choisir l'unité de mesure " -"sur le document de la commande client. En faisant cela, le prix est " -"automatiquement calculé à partir de l'unité vers la douzaine." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" -" measure :" -msgstr "" -"Dans l'ordre de livraison, la demande initiale est effectuée dans l'unité de" -" mesure de la commande client :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " -"converted automatically :" -msgstr "" -"Mais le transfert est effectué dans l'unité de mesure de l'article. Tout est" -" automatiquement converti :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Create a link when the document is available - When should you use " -"packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "Quand utiliser des emballages, des unités de mesure ou des kits ?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Unit of measures" -msgstr "Unités de mesure" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." -" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." -msgstr "" -"Les unités de mesures sont une indication sur l'unité utilisée pour gérer un" -" article. Les articles peuvent être décrits dans plusieurs unités de mesure." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Activez cette option si vous utilisez plusieurs unités de mesure dans votre " -"entrepôt." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" -" warehouse." -msgstr "" -"L'unité de mesure d'achat peut être différente de celle que vous utilisez " -"dans votre entrepôt." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." -msgstr "" -"L'unité de mesure de vente est définie sur la commande client, et peut être " -"différente." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" -"La conversion entre les différentes unités de mesure est faite " -"automatiquement. La seule condition est que toutes les unités soient dans la" -" même catégorie (Unité, Poids, Volume, Longueur,...)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "Colis" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"product." -msgstr "" -"L'emballage est le conteneur physique dans lequel vous mettez un ou " -"plusieurs articles." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "Conditionnement" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 -msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." -msgstr "L'emballage est le conteneur physique qui protège votre produit." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " -"notice and the power plug." -msgstr "" -"Si vous vendez des ordinateurs, l'emballage contient l'ordinateur, la notice" -" et le câble d'alimentation." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 -msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." -msgstr "Dans Odoo, les emballages ne sont utilisées qu'à titre indicatif." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " -"only for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" -"Dans les **Colis*, vous pouvez définir quel **Emballage** est utilisé. Mais " -"c'est seulement à titre indicatif." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 -msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" -msgstr "Quand utiliser des colis, des emballages ou des unités de mesure ?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 -msgid "" -"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " -"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" -" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." -msgstr "" -"Par exemple, supposons que vous vendez des œufs. Dans votre entrepôt, vous " -"gérez les œufs individuellement. De nombreux œufs sont mis au rebut et vous " -"le faites œuf par œuf. L'**unité de mesure** est l'`` Unité``." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" -" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." -msgstr "" -"Si vous vendez des œufs à la douzaine, l'**unité de mesure** de vente est la" -" ``Douzaine``. Vous le définirez sur votre commande client." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " -"**packaging**." -msgstr "" -"Le ``plateau en carton`` qui contient la douzaine d'œufs est " -"l'**emballage**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " -"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous vendez plusieurs plateaux, vous pouvez rassembler tous les " -"plateaux dans une ``boite`` ou dans un emballage en ``plastique``. C'est le " -"**colis**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`uom`" -msgstr ":doc:`uom`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Using product variants" -msgstr "Utilisation de variantes d'articles" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " -"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " -"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." -msgstr "" -"Les variantes d'article sont utilisées pour gérer les produits ayant " -"différentes variations, comme la taille, la couleur, etc. Il permet de gérer" -" l'article au niveau du modèle (pour toutes les variantes) et au niveau de " -"la variante (attributs spécifiques)." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "" -"A titre d'exemple, une entreprise qui vend des t-shirts peut avoir l'article" -" suivant :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 -msgid "B&C T-shirt" -msgstr "B&C T-shirt" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "Tailles : S, M, L, XL, XXL" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 -msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" -msgstr "Couleurs : Bleu, Rouge, Blanc, Noir" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " -"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." -msgstr "" -"Dans cet exemple, **B&C T-Shirt** est le modèle d'article, et **B&C T-Shirt," -" S, Bleu** est une variante. La taille et la couleur sont des **attributs**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." -" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." -msgstr "" -"L'exemple ci-dessus a un total de 20 articles différents (5 tailles x 4 " -"couleurs). Chacun de ces articles a son propre stock, ses propres ventes, " -"etc..." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "Impact des variantes" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " -"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr "" -"**Code à barres**: le code et le code à barres est associé à la variante, " -"pas au modèle. Chaque variante peut avoir son propre code à barres / UGS." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " -"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " -"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " -"the template or the variant." -msgstr "" -"**Prix**: chaque variante du produit a son propre prix public qui est " -"calculée en fonction du prix du modèle (20€) avec un prix supplémentaire " -"pour chaque variante (+3€ pour la couleur rouge). Cependant, vous pouvez " -"définir des règles sur le tarif qui s'appliquent au modèle ou à la variante." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " -"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " -"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " -"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " -"variant)" -msgstr "" -"**Inventaire**: le stock est géré par variante de produit. Vous ne possédez " -"pas des t-shirts, vous possédez des \"T-shirts, S, Rouge\", ou des " -"\"T-shirts, M, Bleu\". A titre d'information, sur la fiche du modèle " -"d'article, est indiqué l'inventaire qui est la somme de toutes les " -"variantes. (Mais l'inventaire réel est calculé par variante)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " -"product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr "" -"**Image**: l'image est liée à la variante, chaque variante d'un article peut" -" avoir sa propre image." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " -"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " -"Income Account, Taxes)" -msgstr "" -"**Autres champs**: la plupart des autres champs appartiennent au modèle " -"d'article. Si vous les mettez à jour, cela met automatiquement à jour toutes" -" les variantes (par ex. : compte de revenus, taxes)." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Should you use variants?" -msgstr "Devez-vous utiliser des variantes ?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 -msgid "When should you use variants?" -msgstr "Quand devez-vous utiliser des variantes ?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 -msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" -msgstr "L'utilisation de variantes a les conséquences suivantes :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " -"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " -"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" -msgstr "" -"**eCommerce** : dans votre boutique en ligne, le client ne verra que les " -"modèles d'article dans le catalogue. Une fois que le visiteur clique sur un " -"tel article, il aura des options à choisir parmi les variantes (couleurs, " -"tailles, ...)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" -" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " -"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" -" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " -"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." -msgstr "" -"**Fabrication**: l'utilisation de variantes permet de définir une seule " -"nomenclature par modèle d'article, et de légères variations pour certaines " -"des variantes. Exemple: au lieu de créer une nomenclature pour \"T-shirt, " -"Rouge, S\", vous créez une nomenclature pour \"T-shirt\" et vous ajoutez " -"quelques lignes qui sont spécifiques à la dimension S, et d'autres " -"spécifiques à la la couleur Rouge." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " -"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " -"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" -" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " -"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." -msgstr "" -"**Tarification**: le prix par défaut d'un article est calculé en utilisant " -"le prix du modèle d'article, et en ajoutant le prix supplémentaire pour " -"chaque attirbut de la variante. De cette façon, les prix des variantes sont " -"plus faciles à maintenir puisque vous n'êtes pas obligé de définir le prix " -"pour chaque variante. Il est toutefois aussi possible de créer des règles de" -" tarif pour fixer le prix par variante." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 -msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" -msgstr "Quand devez-vous éviter d'utiliser des variantes ?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " -"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " -"of managing lots of products that are similars." -msgstr "" -"L'utilisation de variantes peut ajouter un niveau de complexité sur la façon" -" dont vous utilisez Odoo. Vous ne devez envisager d'utiliser des variantes " -"que pour réduire la complexité de la gestion des lots d'articles qui sont " -"similaires." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 -msgid "" -"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" -" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " -"product templates and all their related variations." -msgstr "" -"Par exemple, l'importation de votre liste d'articles pré-existants est plus " -"complexe si vous utilisez des variantes. Vous ne pouvez pas juste importer " -"une liste d'articles, vous devez importer les modèles d'articles et leur " -"variantes." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 -msgid "" -"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " -"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " -"example, a company having these products:" -msgstr "" -"En plus de cela, vous devez également sélectionner avec soin les " -"caractéristiques que vous gérez en tant que modèles de d'articles distincts " -"et ceux que vous gérez en variantes. A titre d'exemple, une entreprise ayant" -" ces produits :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 -msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" -msgstr "Qualité : T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue" -msgstr "Couleur : Rouge, Bleu" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" -msgstr "Taille : S, M, L, XL" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 -msgid "" -"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " -"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " -"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " -"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " -"e-Commerce:" -msgstr "" -"Dans une telle situation, vous pourriez créer 1 modèle avec trois dimensions" -" de variantes (Qualité, Couleur, Taille). Mais il est plutôt recommandé de " -"créer trois modèles de produits différents, car des T-shirts diffèrent " -"fortement des polos ou des chemises, et les clients s'attendent à voir cela " -"comme trois produits différents dans les boutiques de eCommerce:" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 -msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" -msgstr "Modèle d'article : T-shirt" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 -msgid "Product Template: Polos" -msgstr "Modèle d'article : Polos" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 -msgid "Activate the variant feature" -msgstr "Activer la fonctionnalité de variante" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " -"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " -"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " -"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " -"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"Avant de pouvoir utiliser des variantes d'articles, vous devez d'abord " -"activer les variantes d'article dans les réglages. Pour ce faire, vous devez" -" aller dans l'application de Ventes. Dans le menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration`, recherchez la ligne " -"**Variantes d'articles**, et cochez l'option **Les produits peuvent avoir " -"plusieurs attributs...**, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 -msgid "Creating products with variants" -msgstr "Création d'articles avec des variantes" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que vous avez activé l'option de variante, vous pouvez ajouter des " -"variantes à vos articles. Pour ce faire, allez dans l'application de Ventes," -" puis dans :menuselection:`Ventes --> Articles`. C'est également accessible " -"à partir des applications Achats et Inventaire." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 -msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." -msgstr "" -"Maintenant, cliquez sur l'article auquel vous voulez ajouter des variantes." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " -"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " -"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" -"Sur la fiche article, un nouvel onglet appelé Variantes est présent. Le " -"nombre écrit en violet en haut de la fiche est le nombre de variantes que " -"l'article possède actuellement. Pour ajouter de nouvelles variantes, cliquez" -" sur ce bouton \"# Variantes\". Dans la nouvelle fenêtre, cliquez sur " -"**Créer**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " -"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " -"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" -msgstr "" -"Dans **Caractéristiques**, cliquez sur le menu déroulant et sélectionnez le " -"type de la variante que vous souhaitez ajouter. Si la variante n'existe pas " -"encore, vous pouvez la créer à la volée en cliquant sur Créer et modifier " -"..." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 -msgid "" -"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " -"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " -"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." -msgstr "" -"Dans la fenêtre Caractéristiques, le champ **Valeur** est la description de " -"l'attribut tel que Vert, Plastique ou 32Go. Le champ **Attribut** est le " -"type de variante, comme Couleur, Matériau ou Mémoire." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " -"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ajouter à la volée un coût pour la variante, dans le champ " -"**Supplément pour cette caractéristique**, ou choisir de le modifier " -"ultérieurement. Cliquez sur **Sauvegarder**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 -msgid "" -"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également ajouter un code à barres et une référence interne " -"différents à la variante." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous avez saisi toutes les spécifications de la variante, cliquez " -"sur **Sauvegarder**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 -msgid "Managing Product Variants" -msgstr "Gestion des Variantes d'Article" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " -"variant attributes :" -msgstr "" -"Les exemples ci-dessous sont tous basés sur ce modèle d'article qui a deux " -"variantes :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 -msgid "T-Shirt B&C" -msgstr "T-Shirt B&C" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" -msgstr "Couleur : Rouge, Bleu, Blanc" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "Taille : S, M, L, XL, XXL" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 -msgid "Managing combination possibilities" -msgstr "Gestion des possibilités de combinaison" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 -msgid "" -"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " -"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " -"you can deactivate the white product variant." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, avec le modèle d'article ci-dessus, vous avez 15 articles " -"différents (3 couleurs, 5 tailles). Si la taille XXL n'existe que pour des " -"t-shirts rouges et bleus, vous pouvez désactiver la variante blanche." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." -" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " -"XXL." -msgstr "" -"Pour ce faire, cliquez sur le bouton **15 Variantes**, sélectionnez le " -"T-shirt XXL, Rouge. Dans la fiche de l'article, décochez la case **Actif**. " -"Faites de même pour l'article T-shirt XXL, Bleu." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 -msgid "" -"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." -msgstr "" -"Cette désactivation d'article est une chose différente que d'avoir un " -"inventaire de 0." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "Définition d'un prix par variante" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ajouter un coût à ajouter au prix principal pour certaines " -"variantes d'un article." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " -"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que vous avez activé l'option de variante, vous pouvez ajouter des " -"variantes à vos articles. Pour ce faire, allez dans l'application de Ventes," -" puis dans :menuselection:`Ventes --> Articles` et cliquez sur l'article que" -" vous voulez modifier. Cliquez sur le bouton **Prix de la Variante** pour " -"accéder à la liste des valeurs de variante." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " -"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " -"variant that will be added to the original price." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le nom de la variante à laquelle vous souhaitez ajouter une " -"valeur, pour rendre les 3 champs modifiables. Dans le champ **Supplément " -"pour cette caractéristique**, ajoutez le coût de la variante qui sera ajouté" -" au prix initial." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 -msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous avez saisi toutes les valeurs supplémentaires, cliquez sur " -"**Sauvegarder**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226 -msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227 -msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "Quelle sont les différences entre des entrepôts et des emplacements ?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " -"warehouses." -msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, un **Entrepôt** est le bâtiment où vos articles sont stockés. " -"Vous pouvez configurer plusieurs entrepôts et créer des mouvements entre " -"entrepôts." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Un **Emplacement** est un espace spécifique dans votre entrepôt. Il peut " -"être considéré comme une sous-localisation de votre entrepôt, ça peut être " -"une étagère, un plancher, une allée, etc... Par conséquent, un emplacement " -"fait partie d'un seul entrepôt et il est impossible de relier un emplacement" -" à plusieurs entrepôts. Vous pouvez configurer autant d'emplacements que " -"vous voulez dans un entrepôt." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "Il existe 3 types d'emplacements :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" -"Les **Emplacements Physiques** sont des emplacements internes qui font " -"partie des entrepôts que vous possédez. Ça peut être les zones de chargement" -" et de déchargement de votre entrepôt, une étagère, un service, etc..." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Les **Emplacements des Partenaires** sont des espaces dans l'entrepôt d'un " -"client et/ou d'un fournisseur. Ils fonctionnent de la même manière que les " -"Emplacements Physiques, la seule différence étant que vous n'êtes pas " -"propriétaire de l'entrepôt." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" -"Les **Emplacements Virtuels** sont des lieux qui n'existent pas, mais dans " -"lesquels les produits peuvent être placés quand ils ne sont pas encore (ou " -"plus) physiquement dans un stock. Ils sont utilisés lorsque vous voulez " -"placer des articles perdus hors de votre stock (dans la **Perte de stock**)," -" ou lorsque vous voulez prendre en compte des articles qui sont sur le " -"chemin de votre entrepôt (**Approvisionnement**) ." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, les emplacements sont organisés hiérarchiquement. Vous pouvez " -"organiser vos emplacements comme un arbre, avec des relations parent-enfant." -" Cela vous donne des niveaux plus détaillés de l'analyse de vos opérations " -"de stock et de l'organisation de vos entrepôts." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new location?" -msgstr "Comment créer un nouvel emplacement ?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new location" -msgstr "Création d'un nouvel emplacement" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"Pour pouvoir créer de nouveaux emplacements, vous devez permettre au système" -" de gérer plusieurs sites. Dans le module **Inventaire**, ouvrez le menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration`. Dans la section " -"**Emplacement & Entrepôt**, cochez la case **Gérer plusieurs emplacements " -"par entrepôt**, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" -"Dans le module **Inventaire**, ouvrez :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Gestion d'entrepôt --> Emplacements` Dans la fenêtre Emplacements, cliquez " -"sur **Créer**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" -" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" -"Saisissez le nom de l'emplacement dans le champ **Nom de l'emplacement**, et" -" sélectionnez l'**Emplacement Parent** dans la liste. L'emplacement parent " -"peut être un emplacement physique, un partenaire ou un emplacement virtuel, " -"et vous pouvez ajouter autant de sous-emplacements que nécessaire dans un " -"emplacement." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" -" describe your location." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également remplir les champs **Information complémentaire** et " -"ajouter une note pour décrire votre emplacement." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 -msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." -msgstr "Lorsque vous avez terminé, cliquez sur **Sauvegarder**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" -"Un entrepôt correspond également à un emplacement. Comme les emplacements " -"sont hiérarchiques, Odoo va créer l'emplacement parent entrepôt, contenant " -"tous les sous-emplacements." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" -msgstr "Comment créer un nouvel entrepôt ?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **apply**." -msgstr "" -"Pour pouvoir créer de nouveaux entrepôts, vous devez permettre au système de" -" gérer plusieurs sites. Dans le module **Inventaire**, ouvrez le menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration`. Dans la section " -"**Emplacement & Entrepôt**, cochez la case **Gérer plusieurs emplacements " -"par entrepôt**, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`" -msgstr "" -"Ouvrez :menuselection:`Configuration --> Gestion d'entrepôt --> Entrepôts`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " -"fields :" -msgstr "" -"Dans l'écran des entrepôts, cliquez sur **Créer**. Un nouvel écran apparaît," -" avec 3 champs :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 -msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." -msgstr "Dans **Nom de l'entrepôt**, insérez le nom complet de l'entrepôt." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " -"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " -"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." -msgstr "" -"Dans le champ **Nom court**, insérer un code à 5 caractères pour votre " -"entrepôt. Gardez à l'esprit que ce code est celui qui apparaîtra dans les " -"listes, alors assurez-vous de choisir un nom qui soit facile à comprendre et" -" à saisir." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " -"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " -"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " -"edit it afterwards." -msgstr "" -"Dans le champ **Adresse**, vous pouvez sélectionner une entreprise existante" -" ou en créer une à la volée. Ainsi, l'adresse de votre entrepôt sera la même" -" que celle de la société que vous avez sélectionnée. Vous pouvez aussi " -"laisser ce champ vide et le modifier ultérieurement." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 -msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur **Sauvegarder** pour terminer la configuration de votre nouvel " -"entrepôt." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " -"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous créez un entrepôt, le système va autoamtiquement créer les " -"types de prélèvement nécessaires et les principaux emplacements enfants pour" -" cet emplacement principal." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Operations" -msgstr "Opérations d'Expédition" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" -msgstr "Comment annuler une demande d'expédition envoyée à un transporteur ?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 -msgid "" -"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 -msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" -msgstr "Comment annuler une demande d'expédition ?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " -"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " -"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" -" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " -"Tracking Ref**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 -msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 -msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 -msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" -msgstr "" -"Comment envoyer une demande d'expédition après en avoir annulé une autre?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " -"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " -"get a new tracking number and a new label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" -msgstr "Comment facturer les frais de port au client ?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 -msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "Il y a deux façons de facturer les frais de port :" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 -msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " -"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " -"Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " -"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également utiliser le système de calcul de la société de " -"transport. Consultez le document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" -msgstr "Comment facturer les frais de port au client ?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "Facturez le prix indiqué sur l'ordre de vente" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 -msgid "" -"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " -"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 -msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "Facturez les frais de port réels" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " -"order and proceed to deliver the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" -" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." -msgstr "" -"Retournez sur le bon de commande, le coût réel a été ajouté à celui-ci." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." -msgstr "" -"''base sur temps et material, refacturer le client\n" -"Quand Vous creez la facture, elle va prendre le prix inscrit dans l'ordinateur.\n" -"''base sur ordres de vente'' ne refacturer pas le client\n" -"Si Vous partagez la livraison et en faire quelque ordres , chaque livraison va ajouter une ligne a l'ordre de ventes. \n" -"Si Vous devez faire une exception pour une facture qui doit etre refacturer au clent, n'instalez pas le compte analytique pour cette facture." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " -"add a line to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 -msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr ":doc:`labels`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 -msgid "How to print shipping labels?" -msgstr "Comment imprimer des étiquettes d'expédition ?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " -"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " -"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " -"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 -msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 -msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "Configurez votre mode de livraison" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "" -"Pour configurer vos modes de livraison, allez dans module **Inventaire**, " -"cliquez sur :menuselection:`Configuration --> Modes de livraison`." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " -"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" -" more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " -"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 -msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 -msgid "Company configuration" -msgstr "Configuration de l'entreprise" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " -"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 -msgid "" -"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " -"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " -"data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "Configuration d'article" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " -"computation cannot be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " -"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" -" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 -msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" -msgstr "Comment imprimer des étiquettes d'expédition ?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " -"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" -" third party shipper in the additional info tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 -msgid "" -"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 -msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " -"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "Comment gérer plusieurs colis pour le même ordre de livraison ?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " -"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " -"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " -"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" -"Pour configurer l'utilisation des colis, allez dans le menu " -":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`. Repérez la " -"section **Colis** et cochez **Enregistrer les colis utilisés pour " -"l'emballage : palettes, boîtes,...**" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 -msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "Cliquez sur **Appliquer** quand vous avez terminé." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 -msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "Commande client" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 -msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "Cliquez sur **Mode de livraison** pour choisir celui qui convient." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 -msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " -"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez la quantité que vous voulez mettre dans le premier emballage dans" -" la colonne **Terminé**, puis cliquez sur le lien **Ajouter au colis**." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 -msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." -msgstr "Cela créera automatiquement un colis avec la quantité demandée." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 -msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "" -"Répétez les mêmes étapes pour les autres article que vous voulez emballer." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 -msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "Cliquez sur Valider lorsque vous avez terminé." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 -msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " -"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " -"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " -"underneath:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Setup" -msgstr "Configurer de l'Expédition" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" -msgstr "Comment configurer une méthode de livraison ?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " -"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " -"but also on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " -"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " -"compute the real price and the packagings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 -msgid "Install the inventory module" -msgstr "Installez le module inventaire" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " -"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" -" order to see it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" -" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 -msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " -"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " -"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " -"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " -"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " -"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " -"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " -"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " -":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " -"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 -msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "Livraison" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 -msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 -msgid "" -"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " -"chosen delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" -msgstr "Pour utiliser Odoo DHL API, vous aurez besoin de :" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "Identifiant ID du site DHL.com" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "Un mot de passe DHL" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "Numéro de compte DHL" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " -"Rest of the world)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " -"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 -msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " -"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " -"given in the demo data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "**Mot de passe**: alkd89nBV" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "**Numéro de compte DHL** : 803921577" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" -msgstr "Comment intégrer un expéditeur tiers ?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " -"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" -" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" -" shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " -"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " -"will appear on your ecommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 -msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " -"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " -"For more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " -"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " -"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " -"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " -"United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" -" you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " -"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " -"method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez désormais choisir le transporteur sur votre bon de commande. " -"Cliquez sur **Mode de livraison** pour choisir celui que vous voulez." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " -"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " -"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " -"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" -" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" -"Dans le cas contraire, le prix réel (appliqué lorsque la livraison est " -"validée) sera automatiquement ajouté à la facture. Pour plus d'informations," -" veuillez lire le document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" -" be computed once the transfer is validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" -" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " -"to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" -"Comment obtenir les informations d'identification UPS pour l'intégration " -"avec Odoo ?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "Pour utiliser Odoo UPS API, vous aurez besoin de :" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "Un ID utilisateur et un mot de passe UPS.com" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "Une clé d'accès" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" -" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "Créez un compte UPS" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" -" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " -"Service in order to to open an account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" -" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " -"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" -msgstr "" -"Vous trouverez plus d'informations sur comment ouvrir un compte UPS sur leur" -" site Web, à la page `Comment ouvrir un compte UPS en ligne " -"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " -"online profile by following these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "" -"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" -" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." -msgstr "" -"1. Connectez-vous au site Web UPS.com sur `www.ups.com " -"<http://www.ups.com/>`__, et cliquez sur le lien **Nouvel utilisateur** dans" -" le haut de la page." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " -"complete the registration process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " -"follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 -msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "Cliquez sur l'onglet **Mon UPS**." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 -msgid "" -"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " -"Details** section of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 -msgid "" -"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " -"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" -" States.q" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 -msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "Pour continuer, cliquez sur le bouton **Suivant**." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 -msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 -msgid "" -"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " -"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 -msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 -msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "Vérifiez vos informations de contact" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 -msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " -"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " -"contact." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..02ea4f4cf --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -0,0 +1,11269 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2021 +# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2021 +# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2021 +# Stéphane GUILLY <stephane.guilly@laposte.net>, 2021 +# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Melanie Bernard <mbe@odoo.com>, 2021 +# ShevAbam, 2021 +# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2021 +# Fabien Pinckaers <fp@openerp.com>, 2021 +# guillaume bauer <guillaume.bauer@syentys.fr>, 2021 +# Alain Prasquier <aprasquier@odm-tech.com>, 2021 +# David David <f322p3ph@yahoo.fr>, 2021 +# Clo <clo@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Nicolas Seinlet <nicolas@seinlet.com>, 2021 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2021 +# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2021 +# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2021 +# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Thomas Deleval <thd@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Lionel Sausin <ls@numerigraphe.com>, 2021 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2021 +# thomas quertinmont <tqu@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory & Mrp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:66 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Inventaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "Codes-barres" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "Opérations journalières" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" +msgstr "Comment réaliser un ajustement d'inventaire avec des codes à barres ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "From the Barcode application:" +msgstr "Depuis l'application code-barre :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Inventory**" +msgstr "Cliquez sur **Inventaire**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" +" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." +msgstr "" +"Scannez tous les articles (Si vous avez 5 articles identiques, scannez-les 5" +" fois, ou utilisez le clavier pour préciser la quantité)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " +"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " +"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders?" +msgstr "Comment traiter des ordres de livraison ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " +"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " +"scan products directly)." +msgstr "" +"Il y a deux approches pour procéder aux commandes de livraison: vous pouvez " +"soit travailler sur des documents papier (et scanner les lignes des " +"documents), ou sur un écran (et scanner les produits directement)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" +msgstr "Traiter les ordres de livraison imprimés:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " +"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " +"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " +"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " +"accessible, visible or is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " +"finish the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 +msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 +msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." +msgstr "Ramassez et scannez chaque article listé." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " +"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " +"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" +msgstr "Comment faire un transfert interne ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" +msgstr "Dans Odoo, il y a deux types de transferts internes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" +msgstr "" +"Ceux initialisés automatiquement par le système (par exemple, un contrôle " +"qualité)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " +"of the dashboard)." +msgstr "" +"Ceux créés par un collègue (par exemple, via une zone de transfert interne " +"sur le tableau de bord)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 +msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" +msgstr "Pour faire un transfert Interne :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 +msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" +msgstr "" +"Depuis l'accueil de l'application code-barre, scanner l**'emplacement " +"source**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 +msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 +msgid "Scan the **destination location**" +msgstr "Scanner l'**emplacement destination**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 +msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" +msgstr "" +"Comment traiter des lots et des numéros de série avec des codes à barres ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " +"outgoing deliveries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " +"the lots/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" +" one automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 +msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " +"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " +"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " +"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" +" product (you can also use the keyboard)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 +msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" +msgstr "Comment traiter des livraisons entrantes ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " +"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " +"scan products directly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " +"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " +"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " +"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " +"visible or is missing." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, scannez le code-barres de tous les produits, ou scannez le code-" +"barres du produit sur la ligne du transfert si celui-ci n'est pas facilement" +" accessible, visible ou est manquant." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 +msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " +"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " +"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Exemple" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 +msgid "Open operation interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 +msgid "Scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " +"and keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "Configurer votre scanner de code à barres" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " +"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " +"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "Trouvez le scanner de code-barre qui correspond à vos besoins" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " +"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " +"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" +" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " +"be configured to be so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" +" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " +"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " +"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " +"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," +" it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "Configurez votre lecteur de code-barres" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "Format du clavier" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" +" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "Retour à la ligne automatique" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " +"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " +"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" +" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " +"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" +" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" +msgstr "Comment activer les codes à barres dans Odoo ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " +"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " +"the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +msgid "Set products barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" +" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " +"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " +"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and " +"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This " +"interface can also be accessed via the planner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " +"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " +"them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33 +msgid "Set locations barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " +"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " +"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " +"paper." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " +"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 +msgid "Barcode formats" +msgstr "Formats de code-barre" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " +"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " +"your own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "Gestion d'entrepôt" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "Ajustement d'Inventaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 +msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" +msgstr "Comment faire l'inventaire initial ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " +"keep the inventory right." +msgstr "" +"Une des plus importantes caractéristiques d'un logiciel de gestion " +"d'entrepôt est de garder l'inventaire à jour." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " +"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " +"the right locations." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que vos articles ont été définis, il est temps de faire " +"l'inventaire initial. Vous refléterez la réalité en inventoriant les bonnes " +"quantités aux bons endroits." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration d'article" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " +"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." +msgstr "" +"Dans le module d'inventaire, ouvrez :menuselection:`Gestion des stocks --> " +"Articles`, puis cliquez sur **Créer** pour créer un nouvel article. " +"Configurez le type d'article à **Produit stockable**, pas à consommable." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 +msgid "Start the initial inventory" +msgstr "Démarrer l'inventaire initial" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 +msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" +" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'article que vous venez de créer, vous pouvez voir dans les boutons en" +" haut que nous avons 0 produit en stock. Cliquez sur le lien **Mettre à jour" +" le stock disponible**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 +msgid "" +"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" +" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" +"Une nouvelle fenêtre apparaît. Dans le champ **Nouvelle quantité " +"disponible**, saisissez la quantité de produit que vous détenez actuellement" +" en stock, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 +msgid "" +"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " +"set the location of your product from this screen." +msgstr "" +"si vous utilisez plusieurs emplacements dans votre entrepôt, vous serez en " +"mesure de définir l'emplacement de votre produit dans cet écran." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez maintenant voir dans le bouton En stock que la quantité a été " +"mise à jour." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" +" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " +"has automatically been created and validated by the system." +msgstr "" +"Maintenant, si vous vérifiez les **Ajustements de stock** dans le menu " +"**Gestion des stocks**, vous verrez qu'une nouvelle ligne nommée \"INV:(nom " +"de votre produit)\" a été automatiquement créée et validée par le système." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 +msgid "Multiple products at once" +msgstr "Plusieurs produits à la fois" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" +" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " +"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" +" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." +msgstr "" +"Créez tous les articles dont vous voulez suivre le stock (comme produits " +"stockables). Une fois que les articles sont définis, utilisez une opération " +"d'inventaire initial pour définir les quantités actuelles par emplacement " +"dans le système. Aller à :menuselection:`Gestion des stocks --> Ajustements " +"de stock` pour commencer votre inventaire initial." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" +" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " +"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" +" (or child) locations." +msgstr "" +"Donnez-lui un nom (par exemple Inventaire initial) et sélectionnez " +"l'emplacement du stock de votre inventaire. Notez que lorsque vous " +"sélectionnez un emplacement parent (comme Stock, qui peut être divisé en " +"sous-emplacements), vous pouvez également sélectionner les sous-emplacements" +" (ou enfants)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " +"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez choisir de faire un inventaire de tous les produits, de " +"quelques-uns ou d'un seul. Dans cet exemple, nous choisissons l'option " +"**Tous les produits**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " +"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " +"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " +"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez besoin de faire votre valorisation de stock pour une période " +"différente de celle correspondant à la date de fin d'inventaire, saisissez " +"la période comptable correspondante dans le champ Forcer la date comptable. " +"Le module de comptabilité doit être installé." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" +" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " +"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le bouton **Inventaire de départ**. Selon le type d'inventaire " +"que vous avez choisi (tous les produits ou une sélection), vous pourriez " +"avoir à ajouter des articles manuellement en cliquant sur **Ajouter un " +"élément**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." +msgstr "Saisissez la **Quantité réelle** de chaque article en stock." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 +msgid "" +"additional information will be available according to the options you " +"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." +msgstr "" +"des informations supplémentaires seront disponibles selon les options que " +"vous avez activées (multi-emplacements, numéro de série, stocks consignés)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " +"it." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le bouton **Valider l'inventaire** pour confirmer l'inventaire " +"et le publier." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Analyse" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" +msgstr "" +"Pour vérifier le stock actuel, allez à :menuselection:`Gestion des stocks " +"--> Articles`, et cliquez sur le **bouton de vue en liste** :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" +msgstr "" +"Comment choisir entre des règles de stock minimum et l'approvisionnement à " +"la commande ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" +"Les règles de **Stock Minimum** et d'**Approvisionnement à la commande** ont" +" des conséquences similaires, mais des règles différentes. Elles doivent " +"être utilisés en fonction de vos stratégies de fabrication et de livraison." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "Terminologie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "Règle de stock minimum" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " +"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" +"Les règles de **Stock Minimum** sont utilisées pour être surs d'avoir " +"toujours des matières premières en stock afin de fabriquer vos articles " +"et/ou de répondre aux besoins de vos clients. Lorsque le niveau de stock " +"d'un article atteint son minimum, le système génère automatiquement un " +"approvisionnement avec la quantité nécessaire pour atteindre le niveau de " +"stock maximum." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "Approvisionnement à la commande" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " +"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " +"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " +"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" +"La fonction **Approvisionnement à la commande** déclenchera une **Commande " +"Fournisseur** de la quantité de la **Commande Client** relative à l'article." +" Le système ne vérifiera **pas** la quantité déjà en stock. Cela signifie " +"qu'une commande forunisseur à l'état brouillon sera générée, indépendamment " +"de la quantité en stock de l'article." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "Règles de stock minimum" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " +"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" +"La configuration des Règles de Stock Minimum est disponible via le menu " +":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Gestion des stocks --> Règles de " +"réapprovisionnement`. Là, cliquez sur **Créer** pour définir les valeurs de " +"stock minimum et maximum pour un article donné." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, cliquez sur votre article pour accéder à sa fiche, et dans l'onglet" +" **Inventaire**, n'oubliez pas de sélectionner un fournisseur." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " +"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " +"stock valuation." +msgstr "" +"N'oubliez pas de sélectionner le type d'article correct dans la fiche du " +"produit. Un consommable ne peut pas être stocké, et ne sera donc pas pris en" +" compte dans l'évaluation des stocks." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " +"(or any other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" +"La configuration de l'Approvisionnement à la commande est disponible sur la " +"fiche article via :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Gestion des Stocks --> " +"Articles` (ou depuis tout autre module où les articles sont disponibles)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:60 +msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." +msgstr "" +"Dans la fiche article, dans l'onglet **Inventaire**, cochez la case " +"**Approvisionnement à la commande**. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "Choix entre les deux options" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" +"Le choix entre les deux options est donc dépendant de votre stratégie " +"d'inventaire. Si vous préférez avoir un stock tampon et toujours avoir au " +"moins un stock minimum, la règle de stock minimum doit être utilisée. Si " +"vous souhaitez réapprovisionner vos stocks seulement si votre vente est " +"confirmée, il est préférable d'utiliser l'Approvisionnement à la commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "Configurez des entrepôts virtuels" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." +msgstr "" +"Imaginez que vous avez deux entrepôts : l'entrepôt A et l'entrepôt B. Créez " +"un nouvel entrepôt qui sera un entrepôt virtuel. Cela vous permettra de " +"déplacer le stock de A à B. Pour le faire, allez dans les paramètres de " +"votre application inventaire et autorisez la fonctionnalité multi-entrepôts." +" Ensuite, allez sur le menu entrepôts et cliquez sur créer." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "Vendez un produit depuis un magasin virtuel" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "Bons de livraison" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 +msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" +msgstr "Comment puis-je annuler un bon de livraison" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " +"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." +msgstr "" +"Odoo vous permet d'annuler un ordre de livraison, qu'il ait été validé trop " +"vite, ou qu'il doive être modifié, ou pour toute autre raison." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " +"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " +"any bad surprise." +msgstr "" +"Certains transporteurs sont plus souples que d'autres, alors assurez-vous " +"d'annuler votre bon de livraison le plus rapidement possible, pour éviter " +"les mauvaises surprises." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "Processus de vente" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " +"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." +msgstr "" +"Allez dans le module **Ventes**, cliquez sur **Ventes** puis sur **Bons de " +"commande**. Puis cliquez sur la commande que vous voulez annuler." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le bouton **Livraison**, dans le coin supérieur droit de la " +"commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " +"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" +" cancel the delivery." +msgstr "" +"Maintenant, cliquez sur l'onglet **Informations additionnelles** et vous " +"verrez qu'à coté du champ **Référence de suivi du transporteur**, il y a un " +"bouton **Annuler**. Cliquer sur ce bouton pour annuler la livraison." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" +" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." +msgstr "" +"Pour vous assurez que votre livraison est annulée, vérifiez dans " +"l'historique, vous recevrez une confirmation de l'annulation." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 +msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" +msgstr "" +"Comment puis-je restreindre une méthode de livraison à certains pays ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " +"limit them to a certain number of countries." +msgstr "" +"Avec Odoo, vous avez différents types de méthodes de livraison, et vous " +"pouvez les limiter à un certain nombre de pays." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " +"**Delivery Methods**." +msgstr "" +"Allez dans le module **Inventaire**, cliquez sur **Configuration** puis sur " +"**Modes de livraison**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez la méthode de livraison que vous voulez modifier, ou créez-en " +"une nouvelle." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " +"this delivery method." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'onglet **Destination**, choisissez les pays auxquels vous voulez " +"appliquer cette méthode de livraison." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 +msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." +msgstr "Maintenant que cela est fait, allons voir le résultat." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " +"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " +"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." +msgstr "" +"Si vous allez sur le site web, et que vous essayez d'acheter quelque chose, " +"une fois que vous avez saisi les détails et que vous procédez au paiement, " +"le site web vous proposera seulement les méthodes de livraison qui " +"s'appliquent à votre adresse de livraison." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " +"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." +msgstr "" +"Ce processus ne fonctionne que via le site Web. Nous supposons que lorsque " +"vous créez une commande client, vous savez quelle mode de livraison vous " +"pouvez utiliser puisque vous les avez créés." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" +msgstr "" +"Comment envoyer des articles aux clients directement par les fournisseurs " +"(livraison directe) ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is drop-shipping?" +msgstr "Qu'est-ce que la livraison directe ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " +"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " +"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " +"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" +"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " +"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," +" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" +"La livraison directe est un système qui permet à des commandes prises dans " +"votre magasin, d'être expédiés directement par votre fournisseur à votre " +"client. Dans un système de livraison habituel, les produits sont envoyés par" +" votre fournisseur à votre entrepôt pour être stockés, puis expédiés à vos " +"clients après la commande. Avec la livraison directe, aucun article n'est " +"stocké. Quand un client passe une commande dans votre boutique, l'article " +"est livré directement du fournisseur au client. Par conséquent, le produit " +"n'a pas besoin de passer par votre entrepôt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 +msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" +msgstr "" +"Points à prendre en considération lors de la mise en place de la livraison " +"directe" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " +"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " +"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" +" space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez la livraison directe seulement pour les produits que vous ne pouvez" +" pas, ou ne voulez pas, garder en stock. Une raison est que vous ferez " +"toujours de plus petites marges sur les articles qui sont livrés " +"directement, donc vous ne devriez l'utiliser que pour les articles qui " +"prennent beaucoup d'espace dans votre entrepôt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" +" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " +"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" +" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " +"sense!" +msgstr "" +"La livraison directe est mieux adaptée aux produits de niche. Il y a des " +"risques que les produits qui sont en forte demande soient proposés par de " +"gros fournisseurs à une fraction du prix que vous pouvez facturer, donc " +"utiliser une méthode de transport plus coûteuse ne sera pas judicieux " +"financièrement. Mais si votre produit est unique, alors ça a du sens !" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" +" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "" +"Pour éviter de mauvaises expériences à vos clients, testez au préalable les " +"entreprises de livraison directe pour vous-même et sélectionnez les " +"meilleures." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " +"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" +" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" +" tracking number." +msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que le temps n'est pas contre vous. La livraison directe " +"nécessite un délai raisonnable, sûrement pas plus long que si vous aviez " +"géré tout cela vous-même. De plus, il est agréable de pouvoir fournir à vos " +"clients un numéro de suivi." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " +"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " +"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" +" that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" +"Les articles doivent être disponibles chez votre fournisseur. Il est bon de " +"savoir si le produit que vous vendez est disponible en amont. Si vous ne " +"disposez pas de cette information, informez vos clients que vous ne détenez " +"pas l'article en stock et qu'il est soumis à la disponibilité d'un tiers." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " +"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" +"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." +msgstr "" +"Pour plus d'informations et d'idées sur la livraison directe, lisez notre " +"blog `Qu'est-ce que la livraison directe et comment l'utiliser " +"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-" +"how-to-use-it-250>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 +msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" +msgstr "Configuration de la livraison directe" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " +"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" +" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " +"on **Apply**." +msgstr "" +"Ouvrez le menu :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Allez à **Emplacement & Entrepôt**, localisez la rubrique **Livraison " +"directe**et cochez la case **Permettre aux fournisseurs de livrer " +"directement à vos clients**. Ensuite, cliquez sur **Appliquer**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " +"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" +"Puis allez dans le menu :menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> " +"Configuration`. Localisez **Routage des commandes** et cochez la case " +"**Choisir des routes spécifiques à chaque ligne de commande (avancé)**. " +"Cliquez sur **Appliquer**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " +"supplier to the products you want to dropship." +msgstr "" +"Maintenant, ouvrez le menu :menuselection:`Ventes --> Ventes --> Articles`. " +"Ajoutez un fournisseur aux articles que vous voulez livrer directement." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 +msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" +" that the route is **Dropshipping**." +msgstr "" +"Créez une **Commande Client** et précisez sur une ligne de commande pour vos" +" articles que la route est **Livraison directe**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " +"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " +"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " +"will see that one shipment has been created." +msgstr "" +"Ouvrez le menu :menuselection:`Achats --> Achat --> Demande de prix`. La " +"commande fournisseur brouillon est automatiquement créée par " +"l'approvisionnement avec la route livraison directe. Une fois que la " +"commande est confirmée, vous verrez qu'une expédition a été créée." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " +"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " +"dropship card." +msgstr "" +"Pour confirmer l'envoi du fournisseur au client, revenez dans l'application " +"**Inventaire**. Sur le tableau de bord, cliquez sur **# A RECEVOIR** de la " +"fiche kanban Livraison directe." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" +" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " +"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Cela va ouvrir la liste des transferts en livraison directe. Validez le " +"transfert une fois qu'il a été réalisé. Les articles seront directement " +"livrés du fournisseur au client sans passer par votre entrepôt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" +msgstr ":doc:`inventory_flow`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "À faire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of " +"my vendors?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "" +"Comment choisir le bon flux d'inventaire pour gérer les bons de livraison ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " +"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " +"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" +"En fonction de facteurs tels que le type d'articles que vous vendez, la " +"taille de votre entrepôt, le nombre de commandes que vous enregistrez chaque" +" jour... la façon dont vous gérez les livraisons clients peut beaucoup " +"varier." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo vous permet de gérer les expéditions depuis votre entrepôt de 3 " +"manières différentes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr "**Une seule étape (expédition)**: Expédition directe du stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +msgstr "" +"**Deux étapes (prélèvement + expédition)**: Amener les marchandises à " +"l'emplacement en sortie de stock avant expédition" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr "" +"**Trois étapes (prélèvement + emballage + expédition)**: Réaliser le " +"colisage à un emplacement dédié, puis amener les colis en sortie de stock " +"pour expédition" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " +"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " +"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " +"to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" +"Pour les entreprises ayant un assez petit entrepôt et qui ne nécessitent pas" +" un stock élevé d'articles, ou qui ne vendent pas de produits périssables, " +"une expédition en une étape est la solution la plus simple, car elle ne " +"nécessite pas beaucoup de configuration, et elle permet de gérer les " +"commandes très rapidement." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" +" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " +"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " +"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " +"especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" +"L'utilisation de méthodes d'inventaire telles que FIFO, LIFO et FEFO " +"nécessite d'avoir au moins deux étapes pour gérer une expédition. La méthode" +" de prélèvement sera déterminée par la stratégie de retrait, et les articles" +" prélevés seront ensuite expédiés au client. Cette méthode est également " +"appropriée si vous gérez des stocks importants, surtout si les articles que " +"vous avez en stock sont de grande taille." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " +"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " +"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " +"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" +"Le système en trois étapes est utile dans des situations plus spécifiques, " +"en particulier pour le traitement des stocks très importants. Les articles " +"sont transférés dans une zone d'emballage, où ils sont regroupés par zone de" +" destination, puis chargés dans les camions pour la livraison finale aux " +"clients." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "Circuit en une étape" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "Lisez la documentation :doc:`one_step`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "Circuit en deux étapes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "Lisez la documentation :doc:`two_steps`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "Circuit en trois étapes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "Lisez la documentation :doc:`three_steps`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "Comment puis-je changer le type d'étiquette ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " +"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " +"delivery." +msgstr "" +"Avec Odoo, vous pouvez choisir entre différents types d'étiquettes pour vos " +"bons de livraison. Suivez les étapes ci-dessous et sélectionnez un type " +"d'étiquette appropriée à votre livraison." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" +" methods**." +msgstr "" +"Dans le module **Inventaire**, allez dans **Configuration** et cliquez sur " +"**Méthodes de livraison**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "Choisissez une méthode de livraison, puis cliquez sur **Modifier**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" +" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'onglet **Prix**, sous **Etiquettes Fedex de type stock**, vous pouvez" +" choisir l'un des types d'étiquette disponibles. Les types disponibles " +"varient selon le transporteur." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " +"you create a new sale order." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que c'est fait, vous pouvez voir le résultat en allant dans le " +"module Ventes et en créant une nouvelle commande client." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" +" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +msgstr "" +"Dès que vous confirmerez la vente et validerez la livraison avec le " +"transporteur pour lequel vous avez modifié le type d'étiquette, l'étiquette " +"apparaîtra dans votre historique." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " +"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "" +"Le type d'étiquette par défaut est Letter, et si vous choisissez par exemple" +" le type Bottom Half, voici la différence :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" +msgstr "Comment traiter des ordres de livraison en une étape (expédition) ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" +"Quand une commande arrive au service expédition pour la livraison finale, " +"Odoo est configuré par défaut pour une seule étape : quand tous les produits" +" sont disponibles, ils peuvent être expédiés dans un seul ordre de " +"livraison." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " +"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." +msgstr "" +"Il n'y a pas de configuration nécessaire. Les expéditions par défaut sont " +"configurées pour être livrées directement depuis le stock." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 +msgid "" +"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " +"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " +"and edit the concerned warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Toutefois, si le routage avancé est activé et que vous définissez une autre " +"configuration d'expédition sur votre entrepôt, vous pourrez revenir à la " +"configuration de livraison en une seule étape. Aller à " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Entrepôts` et modifier l'entrepôt " +"concerné." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " +"Only)**" +msgstr "" +"Configurez l'option Expéditions à **Expédition directe depuis le stock (en 1" +" étape)**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "Créez une commande client" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " +"deliver." +msgstr "" +"Créer une commande client (du devis à la commande) avec quelques articles à " +"livrer." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " +"the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" +"Notez que nous voyons maintenant ``1` livraison associée à cette commande " +"client, dans le **bouton** en haut de la commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " +"picking." +msgstr "" +"Si vous cliquez sur le bouton **1 Livraison**, vous devriez maintenant voir " +"votre opération de stock." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "Traiter une livraison" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " +"Orders** kanban card." +msgstr "" +"Allez dans le module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **# A FAIRE** " +"dans la fiche kanban **Livraisons**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 +msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." +msgstr "Cliquez sur l'opération de stock que vous voulez traiter." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" +"Ceci a terminé l'**Etape d'Expédition**, et le WH/OUT doit maintenant " +"indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page, ce qui indique" +" que la commande a été expédiée au client." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: " +"From sales orders to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133 +msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" +msgstr "" +"Comment pouvez-vous changer le type d'emballage sur votre bon de commande " +"client ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " +"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " +"order." +msgstr "" +"Odoo vous permet de changer le type d'emballage par défaut, et d'adapter " +"l'emballage comme vous le souhaitez, en fonction du poids de la commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " +"**Settings**." +msgstr "" +"Dans le module **Inventaire**, allez dans **Configuration** puis cliquez sur" +" **Configuration**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " +"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" +"Dans :menuselection:`Traçabilité --> Colis`, cochez **Enregister les paquets" +" à utiliser: palettes, boîtes, ...**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 +msgid "*Sale process*" +msgstr "*Processus de vente*" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 +msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." +msgstr "" +"Dans le module **Ventes**, allez dans **Ventes** et cliquez sur **Bons de " +"commande**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 +msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." +msgstr "Créez votre nouvelle commande client, et **Confirmer la vente**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " +"redirected to the Delivery order." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que vous aurez confirmé la Vente, vous devrez cliquer sur " +"**Livraison** pour être redirigé vers l'ordre de Livraison." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 +msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur **Modifier**, et vous pouvez maintenant changer l'emballage." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " +"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " +"Pack**." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'onglet **Opérations**, dans la dernière colonne, changez le **0** et " +"saisissez le nombre d'articles que vous voulez emballer ensemble. Puis " +"cliquez sur **Ajouter au colis**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" +" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " +"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez le type d'emballage que vous souhaitez. Vous pouvez aussi voir " +"que le poids à été adapté à votre colisage, et vous pouvez le changer " +"manuellement si vous voulez être plus précis. Puis cliquez sur " +"**Sauvegarder**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 +msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." +msgstr "" +"Répétez l'opération jusqu'à ce que tous les produits soient mis dans des " +"colis." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 +msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." +msgstr "Pour finir, cliquer sur **Valider** pour confirmer la livraison." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" +msgstr "Comment la date de livraison prévue est-elle calculée ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " +"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " +"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " +"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " +"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Les dates prévues sont calculées afin de pouvoir planifier les livraisons, " +"réceptions et ainsi de suite. En tenant compte des habitudes de votre " +"entreprise, Odoo génère automatiquement les dates prévues via le " +"planificateur. Le planificateur Odoo calcule tout par ligne, que ce soit " +"pour un ordre de fabrication, un bon de livraison, une commande client, etc." +" Les dates calculées dépendent des délais qui sont configurés dans Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "Configuring lead times" +msgstr "Configuration des délais de mise en œuvre" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " +"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " +"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" +msgstr "" +"La configuration des différents délais d'exécution se fait comme suit :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 +msgid "At a product level" +msgstr "Au niveau article" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 +msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" +msgstr "**Délai fournisseur** :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " +"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " +"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" +" select a supplier lead time." +msgstr "" +"C'est le temps nécessaire au fournisseur pour livrer votre article acheté. " +"Pour configurer le délai fournisseur, sélectionnez un article et allez dans " +"l'onglet **Inventaire**. Vous devrez ajouter un fournisseur à votre article " +"pour pouvoir définir un délai fournisseur." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " +"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" +"Notez qu'il est possible d'ajouter différents fournisseurs et donc " +"différents délais de livraison en fonction du fournisseur." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " +"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" +" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" +"Une fois qu'un fournisseur est sélectionné, il suffit d'ouvrir sa fiche et " +"d'introduire son **Délai de livraison**. Dans ce cas, les jours de sécurité " +"n'ont aucune influence, les jours de livraison prévus seront égaux à : la " +"**Date** de la commande fournisseur + le **Délai de Livraison**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 +msgid "**Customer lead time**:" +msgstr "**Délai client** :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " +"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " +"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " +"time**." +msgstr "" +"Le délai client est le temps nécessaire pour transférer votre article de " +"votre magasin/entrepôt chez votre client. Il peut être configuré pour tout " +"article. Sélectionnez un article, allez dans l'onglet Ventes, et indiquez " +"votre **Délai client**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 +msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" +msgstr "**Délai de production** :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" +" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Sur la même page, il est également possible de configurer le **Délai de " +"Fabrication**. Le délai de fabrication est le temps nécessaire pour la " +"fabrication de l'article." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " +"create manufacturing routes." +msgstr "" +"N'oubliez pas de cocher la case Produire dans l'onglet Inventaire si vous " +"voulez créer des routes de fabrication." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 +msgid "At the company level" +msgstr "Au niveau société" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 +msgid "" +"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " +"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " +"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " +"of delays." +msgstr "" +"Au niveau société, il est possible de configurer des **jours de sécurité**, " +"afin de faire face à des retards éventuels et pour être sûr de respecter vos" +" engagements. L'idée est de sosutraire ces **jours de réserve** de la **date" +" prévue calculée** en cas de retard." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" +msgstr "**Jours de Sécurité à la Vente** :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" +" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " +"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " +"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " +"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " +"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " +"keep your commitment." +msgstr "" +"Les jours de sécurité à la vente sont des jours de **réserve** pour être sûr" +" de livrer vos clients à temps. Ils représentent les marges d'erreurs sur " +"les délais de livraison. Les jours de sécurité suivent la même logique que " +"les débuts de la montre-bracelet : arriver à l'heure. L'idée est de " +"soustraire le nombre de jours de sécurité du calcul, et donc de calculer une" +" date prévue antérieure à celle que vous avez promis à votre client. De " +"cette façon, vous êtes sûr de respecter vos engagements." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " +"of safety days." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que le menu est ouvert, allez dans l'onglet de configuration et " +"indiquez le nombre de jours de sécurité." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" +msgstr "**Jours de sécurité à l'Achat** :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." +msgstr "" +"Les jours de sécurité à l'achat suivent la même logique que les jours de " +"sécurité à la vente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " +"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " +"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " +"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" +msgstr "" +"Ils représentent les marges d'erreur sur les délais fournisseur. Lorsque le " +"système génère des commandes fournisseur pour l'acquisition d'articles, " +"elles seront planifiées quelques jours plus tôt que nécessaire pour faire " +"face à des retards fournisseurs inattendus. Le délai d'achat se trouve dans " +"le même menu que les jours de sécurité à la vente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " +"here." +msgstr "" +"Notez que vous pouvez également configurer un délai de production par défaut" +" à partir d'ici." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +msgid "At route level" +msgstr "Au niveau routage" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" +" can also influence the computed date." +msgstr "" +"Les transferts internes qu'un article peut faire à cause des mouvements de " +"stock peuvent aussi avoir un impact sur la date calculée." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " +"app when creating a new push rule in a route." +msgstr "" +"Les délais dus aux transferts internes peuvent être définis dans " +"l'application **Inventaire**, lors de la création d'une nouvelle règle de " +"flux poussé dans une route." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 +msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." +msgstr "" +"Allez dans la section Règles de flux poussé dans la fiche d'une route pour " +"définir un délai." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 +msgid "At sale order level:" +msgstr "Au niveau commande client :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "**Requested date**:" +msgstr "**Date demandée** :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " +"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" +" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" +" display a warning." +msgstr "" +"Odoo permet de préciser la date demandée par le client en l'indiquant dans " +"l'onglet Autres informations de la commande client. Si la date est " +"antérieure à la date calculée théorique, Odoo affichera automatiquement une " +"alerte." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " +"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." +" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " +"on your configuration:" +msgstr "" +"A titre d'exemple, vous pouvez vendre une voiture aujourd'hui (1er Janvier)," +" qui est achetée à la commande, et vous promettez de livrer votre client " +"dans un délai de 20 jours (20 janvier). Dans un tel scénario, le " +"planificateur peut déclencher les événements suivants, en fonction de votre " +"configuration :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" +msgstr "19 Janvier : date de livraison réelle (1 jour de Sécurité à la Vente)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +msgid "" +"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" +msgstr "" +"18 Janvier : réception de l'article de votre fournisseur (1 jour de sécurité" +" à l'Achat)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +msgid "" +"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " +"lead time)" +msgstr "" +"10 janvier : date limite pour passer la commande fournisseur (9 jours de " +"délai fournisseur)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " +"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" +"8 Janvier : déclencher une demande d'achat à votre équipe d'achat, " +"puisqu'elle a besoin en moyenne de 2 jours pour trouver le bon fournisseur " +"et commander." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" +msgstr "" +"Comment traiter des ordres de livraison en trois étapes (collecte + " +"emballage + expédition) ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," +" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " +"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " +"before shipping." +msgstr "" +"Quand une commande arrive au service expédition pour la livraison finale, " +"Odoo est configuré par défaut pour **une seule étape** : quand tous les " +"produits sont disponibles, ils peuvent être expédiés dans un seul ordre de " +"livraison. Toutefois, ce processus peut ne pas refléter la réalité et votre " +"entreprise peut nécessiter plusieurs étapes avant l'expédition." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " +"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " +"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " +"customers." +msgstr "" +"Avec le processus **trois étapes** (**Préparation + Emballage + " +"Expédition**), les articles sont transférés dans une zone d'emballage, où " +"ils seront assemblés par zone de destination, et rassemblés dans des camions" +" de livraison afin d'être livrés aux clients." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" +" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " +"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " +"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " +"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." +msgstr "" +"Quelques étapes de configuration sont nécessaires afin d'accomplir les " +"opérations **Préparation + Emballage + Expédition**. Ces étapes créent des " +"emplacements supplémentaires, qui sont appelées par défaut **Zone " +"Expédition** et **Zone Emballage**. Ainsi, si votre code d'entrepôt est " +"``WH`, cette configuration créera un emplacement appelé ``WH/Zone " +"Expédition`` et un autre appelé ``WH/Zone Emballage``. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " +"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" +" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." +msgstr "" +"Les marchandises sont transférées de **WH/Stock** vers **WH/Zone Emballage**" +" dans la première étape. Puis de **WH/Zone Emballage** vers **WH/Zone " +"Expédition**. Finalement elles seront livrées de **WH/Zone Expédition** vers" +" leur **destination finale**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " +"correct method for your needs." +msgstr "" +"Consultez :doc:`inventory_flow` pour vérifier si ce circuit de stock est " +"celui qui correspond à vos besoins." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "Install the Inventory module" +msgstr "Installez le module Inventaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 +msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." +msgstr "" +"Depuis le menu **Applications**, recherchez et installez le module " +"**Inventaire**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" +" orders." +msgstr "" +"Vous devrez aussi installer le module **Ventes** pour pouvoir passer des " +"commandes client." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Allow managing routes" +msgstr "Permettre la gestion des routes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" +" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" +"Odoo configure le transfert des ordres de livraison par des **routes**. Les " +"routes fournissent un mécanisme pour lier différentes actions entre elles. " +"Dans ce cas, nous allons lier l'étape de préparation à l'étape d'expédition." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`" +msgstr "" +"Pour permettre la gestion des routes, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Configuration`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " +"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " +"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." +msgstr "" +"Dans :menuselection:`Emplacement & Entrepôt --> Routes`, cochez le bouton " +"radio **Routage avancé des articles en utilisant des règles**. Vérifiez que " +"l'option **Gérer plusieurs emplacements par entrepôt** est également " +"activée." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 +msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" +msgstr "Configurez l'entrepôt pour Préparation + Emballage + Expédition" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " +"that will be used." +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Entrepôts` et modifiez l'entrepôt " +"qui sera utilisé." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " +"Ship).**" +msgstr "" +"Pour les expéditions, sélectionnez l'option **Faire les colis à un " +"emplacement dédié, puis les amener à l'emplacement de sortie pour expédition" +" (prélèvement + colisage + expédition)**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 +msgid "Create a Sale Order" +msgstr "Créez une commande client" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " +"deliver." +msgstr "" +"Depuis le module **Ventes**, créez une commande client avec quelques " +"articles à expédier." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " +"the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" +"Notez que nous voyons maintenant ``3` livraisons associées à cette commande " +"client, dans le **bouton** en haut de la commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" +"Si vous cliquez sur le bouton, vous devez maintenant voir trois opérations " +"de stock différentes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" +"La première avec une référence **PICK** pour l'opération de prélèvement" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," +msgstr "" +"La seconde avec une référence **PACK** qui est l'opération de colisage," + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 +msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "La dernière avec une référence **OUT** pour l'opération d'expédition." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 +msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" +msgstr "Comment Traiter l'Etape de Préparation ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " +"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" +"Vérifiez que vous avez suffisamment d'articles en stock, allez dans le " +"module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **En retard** dans la fiche " +"kanban **Préparation**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 +msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur **Réserver** pour réserver les produits s'ils sont disponibles." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" +" Zone**." +msgstr "" +"Cliquer sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Stock** vers " +"**WH/Zone Empaquetage**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " +"product available for the next step (Packing)." +msgstr "" +"Ceci a terminé l'**Etape de Préparation**, et le WH/PICK doit maintenant " +"indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page. L'article a " +"été déplacé de l'emplacement **WH/Stock** à l'emplacement **WH/Packing " +"Zone**, ce qui le rend disponible pour l'étape suivante (Emballage)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 +msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" +msgstr "Comment traiter l'Etape d'Emballage ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" +"Allez dans le module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **# A " +"TRANSFERER** dans la fiche kanban **Emballage**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "" +"Cliquer sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Zone " +"Empaquetage** vers **WH/Sortie**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 +msgid "" +"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " +"product available for the next step (Shipping)." +msgstr "" +"Ceci a terminé l'étape de colisage, et le WH/PACK doit maintenant indiquer " +"**Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page. L'article a été " +"transféré de l'emplacement **WH/Packing Zone** à l'emplacement " +"**WH/Output**, ce qui le rend disponible pour l'étape suivante (Expédition)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 +msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" +msgstr "Comment Traiter l'Etape d'Expédition ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " +"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Output** vers " +"le **client** (Cliquez sur **Appliquer** pour assigner les quantités listées" +" dans la colonne **A Faire**)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" +"Ceci a terminé l'**Etape d'Expédition**, et le WH/OUT doit maintenant " +"indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page. La commande a " +"été expédiée au client." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders" +" to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" +msgstr "" +"Comment traiter des ordres de livraison en deux étapes (collecte + " +"expédition) ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " +"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" +" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " +"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." +msgstr "" +"Quand une commande arrive au service expédition pour la livraison finale, " +"Odoo est configuré par défaut pour **une seule étape** : quand tous les " +"produits sont disponibles, ils peuvent être expédiés dans un seul ordre de " +"livraison. Toutefois, votre entreprise a peut-être plusieurs étapes avant " +"l'expédition. Dans le circuit **deux étapes**, les articles de l'ordre de " +"livraison sont **prélévés** dans l'entrepôt et amenés à un **emplacement de " +"sortie** pour **expédition**. Les marchandises sont ensuite expédiées." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " +"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " +"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " +"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " +"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " +"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " +"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "Allow management of routes" +msgstr "Permettre la gestion des routes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " +"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " +"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" +"Odoo configure le transfert des ordres de livraison par les **routes**. Les " +"routes fournissent un mécanisme pour lier différentes actions entre elles. " +"Dans ce cas, nous allons lier l'étape de préparation à l'étape d'expédition." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Pour permettre la gestion des routes, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Configuration`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" +" checked." +msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que le bouton radio **Routage avancé des article en utilisant " +"des règles** est coché." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " +"check the radio button above)." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur **Appliquer** en haut de la page pour sauvegarder les " +"modifications (si vous avez du cocher le bouton radio ci-dessus)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " +"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " +"activated beforehand." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez coché l'option **Routage avancé des produits en utilisant des " +"règles**, vous devrez peut-être activer **Gérer plusieurs emplacements par " +"entrepôt** si cela n'avait pas été activé au préalable." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 +msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" +msgstr "Configurez l'entrepôt pour Préparation + Expédition" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." +msgstr "" +"Pour configurer un mouvement **Préparation + Expédition**, allez à " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Entrepôts` et modifiez l'entrepôt qui sera" +" utilisé." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " +"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" +msgstr "" +"Pour les expéditions, sélectionnez l'option **Apporter les marchandises à " +"l'emplacement de sortie avant l'expédition (préparation + expédition)**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " +"some products to deliver." +msgstr "" +"Installez le module **Ventes** si nécessaire, et créez une commande client " +"avec quelques articles à expédier." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " +"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." +msgstr "" +"Notez que nous voyons maintenant ``2` livraisons associées à cette commande " +"client, dans le **bouton** en haut de la commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " +"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " +"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " +"process." +msgstr "" +"Si vous cliquez sur le bouton **2 Livraison**, vous devriez maintenant voir " +"deux opérations de stock différentes, une avec une référence **PICK** pour " +"l'opération de préparation, et une autre avec une référence **OUT** pour " +"l'opération d'expédition." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " +"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" +"Vérifiez que vous avez suffisamment d'articles en stock, allez dans le " +"module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **En retard** dans la fiche " +"kanban **Préparation**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Stock** vers " +"**WH/Output**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" +" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " +"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." +msgstr "" +"Ceci a terminé l'**Etape de Préparation**, et le WH/PICK doit maintenant " +"indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page. L'article a " +"été déplacé de l'emplacement **WH/Stock** à l'emplacement **WH/Output**, ce " +"qui le rend disponible pour l'étape suivante (Expédition)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " +"listed in the **To Do** column)" +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur **Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Output** vers " +"le client (Cliquez sur **Appliquer** pour assigner les quantités listées " +"dans la colonne **A Faire**)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" +" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" +"Ceci a terminé l'**Etape d'Expédition**, et le WH/OUT doit maintenant " +"indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page. La commande a " +"été expédiée au client." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130 +msgid "" +"link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From" +" sales orders to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "Réceptions" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "Comment choisir le bon flux de stocks pour gérer les réceptions ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" +" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " +"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" +"En fonction de facteurs tels que le type d'articles que vous réceptionnez, " +"la taille de votre entrepôt, le nombre de réceptions que vous réalisez " +"chaque jour... la façon dont vous gérez les réceptions fournisseurs peut " +"beaucoup varier." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo vous permet de traiter les réceptions dans votre entrepôt de 3 façons " +"différentes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr "**Une étape** : Marchandises reçues directement en stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr "" +"**Deux étapes** : Décharger dans l'emplacement d'entrée puis aller en stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " +"before being admitted in stock." +msgstr "" +"**Trois étapes** : Décharger dans l'emplacement d'entrée, passer par un " +"contrôle qualité avant d'être admis en stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " +"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " +"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " +"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" +"Odoo utilise des **routes** pour définir exactement comment vous allez gérer" +" les différentes étapes de réception. La configuration se fait au niveau de " +"l'entrepôt. En standard, la réception est un processus en une seule étape, " +"mais changer la configuration permet d'avoir 2 ou même 3 étapes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "Les principes sont les suivants :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr "" +"**Une étape** : vous réceptionnez les marchandises directement dans votre " +"stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " +"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" +"**Deux étapes** : Vous recevez les marchandises dans une zone d'entrée, puis" +" vous les transférez de la zone d'entrée au stock. Tant que les marchandises" +" ne sont pas transférés dans le stock, elles ne sont pas disponibles pour un" +" traitement ultérieur." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " +"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " +"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" +" goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" +"**Trois étapes** : Dans de nombreuses entreprises, il est nécessaire " +"d'évaluer les marchandises reçues. L'objectif est de vérifier que les " +"produits correspondent aux exigences de qualité convenues avec les " +"fournisseurs. Ajouter une étape de contrôle qualité dans le processus de " +"réception des marchandises devient alors essentiel." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" +" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " +"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " +"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " +"return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "C'est la configuration par défaut dans Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" +msgstr "" +"Comment ajouter une étape de contrôle qualité à la réception des " +"marchandises ? (3 étapes)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " +"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " +"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " +"receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" +"Dans de nombreuses entreprises, il est nécessaire d'évaluer les marchandises" +" reçues. L'objectif est de vérifier que les produits correspondent aux " +"exigences de qualité convenues avec les fournisseurs. Par conséquent, " +"l'ajout d'une étape de contrôle qualité dans le processus de réception des " +"marchandises devient essentiel." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," +" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " +"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" +"Odoo utilise des routes pour définir exactement comment vous allez gérer les" +" différentes étapes de réception. La configuration se fait au niveau de " +"l'entrepôt. Par défaut, la réception est un processus en une seule étape, " +"mais changer la configuration permet d'avoir 2 ou même 3 étapes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" +" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" +" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" +" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " +"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" +"Le flux en 3 étapes est comme suit : Vous recevez les marchandises dans une " +"zone d'entrée, puis vous les transférez dans une zone qualité pour le " +"contrôle. Quand le contrôle qualité a été réalisé, vous pouvez transférer " +"les marchandises de la zone qualité au stock. Bien sûr, vous pouvez changer " +"les quantités et seulement transférer dans le stock la quantité d'articles " +"conformes, et décider de renvoyer les articles non conformes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 +msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." +msgstr "C'est celui qui est expliqué dans ce document." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 +msgid "Use advanced routes" +msgstr "Utilisez des routages avancés" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Pour permettre la gestion des routes, allez dans le menu " +":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Configuration`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " +"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que l'option **Routage avancé des articles en utilisant des " +"règles** est cochée, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer** pour sauvegarder les " +"modifications." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." +msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que l'option **Gérer plusieurs emplacements par entrepôt** est " +"également cochée." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" +msgstr "" +"Comment ajouter une étape de contrôle qualité à la réception des " +"marchandises ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " +"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." +msgstr "" +"Allez dans le menu :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> " +"Entrepôts` et choisissez l'entrepôt où vous voulez changer les méthodes de " +"réception." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " +"goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, les entrepôts sont configurés pour la réception en une étape " +"(**Marchandises reçues directement en stock**). " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " +"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " +"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." +msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter le contrôle qualité avant le transfert des marchandises en " +"stock, cochez **Décharger dans l'emplacement d'entrée, passer par un " +"contrôle qualité avant d'être admis en stock (3 étapes)**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "How to control a receipt?" +msgstr "Comment contrôler une réception ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 +msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" +msgstr "Comment traiter l'étape de réception ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " +"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" +" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " +"This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" +"Dans le module **Achats**, créez une **Demande de prix**. Cliquez sur le " +"bouton **Confirmer la commande**. Vous pouvez voir qu'il y a une " +"**Expédition** relative à la commande fournisseur dans le bouton en haut de " +"la fiche de la commande. C'est l'étape de réception." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "" +"Allez dans le module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **# A RECEVOIR**" +" dans la fiche kanban **Réceptions**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " +"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur la réception que vous voulez traiter, puis cliquer sur " +"**Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de l'emplacement **Fournisseur** " +"vers **WH/Input**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " +"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" +" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " +"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" +msgstr "" +"Ceci a terminé l'étape de réception**, et la ligne d'état en haut de la page" +" pour **WH/IN** doit maintenant indiquer **Terminé**. L'article a été " +"transféré du **Fournisseur** à l'emplacement **WH/Input**, ce qui le rend " +"disponible pour l'étape suivante (Transfert dans la zone de contrôle " +"qualité)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "" +"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" +msgstr "" +"Comment transférer vos articles de la zone de réception à la zone de " +"contrôle qualité ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " +"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " +"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " +"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" +" Control**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " +"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " +"ready to be controlled." +msgstr "" +"Ceci a terminé l'étape de transfert interne, et la ligne d'état en haut de " +"la page pour **WH/INT** doit maintenant indiquer **Terminé**. L'article est " +"maintenant prêt a être contrôlé." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 +msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " +"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " +"process the quality control." +msgstr "" +"Revenez dans le tableau de bord du module **Inventaire**. Le transfert en " +"attente est maintenant prêt. Cliquez sur le lien **# Transferts** dans la " +"fiche kanban **Transferts internes** pour procéder au contrôle qualité." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " +"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur la dernière opération de stock à traiter. Cliquez sur " +"**Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Quality Control** vers " +"**WH/Stock**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" +" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " +"controlled and has moved to your stock." +msgstr "" +"Ceci a terminé l'étape de contrôle qualité, et la ligne d'état en haut de la" +" page pour **WH/INT** doit maintenant indiquer **Terminé**. L'article a été " +"contrôlé et transféré dans votre stock." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr ":doc:`two_steps`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" +msgstr "" +"Comment décharger votre expédition à un emplacement d'entrée ? (2 étapes)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " +"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " +"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " +"processing." +msgstr "" +"Le flux en 2 étapes est le suivant : Vous recevez les marchandises dans une " +"zone d'entrée, puis vous les transférez de la zone d'entrée au stock. Tant " +"que les marchandises ne sont pas transférés dans le stock, elles ne sont pas" +" disponibles pour un traitement ultérieur." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" +"Pour permettre la gestion des routes, allez dans le menu " +":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Configuration`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " +"ticked." +msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que l'option **Gérer plusieurs emplacements par entrepôt** est " +"également cochée." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" +msgstr "Comment configurer votre entrepôt ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " +"methods." +msgstr "" +"Allez dans le menu :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> " +"Entrepôts` et choisissez l'entrepôt où vous voulez changer les méthodes de " +"réception." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " +"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, les entrepôts sont configurés pour la réception en une étape " +"(option **Marchandises reçues directement en stock**)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" +" steps)**." +msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter l'étape de contrôle, cochez **Décharger dans l'emplacement " +"d'entrée puis aller en stock (2 étapes)**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" +msgstr "Comment réceptionner une expédition en 2 étapes ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" +msgstr "Comment traiter l'étape de Réception ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " +"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " +"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " +"form view. This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" +"Dans le module Achats, créez une **Demande de prix**, puis cliquez sur le " +"bouton **Confirmer la commande**. Vous pouvez voir qu'il y a une " +"**Expédition** relative à la commande fournisseur, dans le bouton en haut de" +" la fiche de la commande fournisseur. C'est l'étape de réception." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "" +"Allez dans le module **Inventaire**, et cliquez sur le lien **# A RECEVOIR**" +" dans la fiche kanban **Réceptions**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" +" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur la réception que vous voulez traiter, puis cliquer sur " +"**Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert du **Fournisseur** vers " +"**WH/Input**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 +msgid "" +"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" +" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " +"which makes the product available for the next step." +msgstr "" +"Ceci a terminé l'Etape de Réception, et l'opération de stock référencée par " +"**WH/IN**. L'article a été transféré du **Fournisseur** à l'emplacement " +"**WH/Input**, ce qui le rend disponible pour l'étape suivante." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 +msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " +"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " +"quality control." +msgstr "" +"Revenez dans le tableau de bord du module **Inventaire**. Le transfert en " +"attente est maintenant prêt. Cliquez sur **# Transferts** dans la fiche " +"kanban **Transferts internes** pour procéder au contrôle qualité." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " +"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur l'opération de stock que vous voulez traiter. Cliquez sur " +"**Valider** afin d'effectuer le transfert de **WH/Input** vers **WH/Stock**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " +"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." +msgstr "" +"Ceci a terminé l'étape de transfert interne, et l'opération de stock " +"référencée par **WH/INT**.La réception a été transférée dans votre stock." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr ":doc:`three_steps`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "Lots et numéros de série" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "Quelle est la différence entre des lots et des numéros de série ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduction" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" +" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " +"altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "Quand l'utiliser" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " +"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " +"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " +"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " +"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" +" way you manage these products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " +"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " +"for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr ":doc:`lots`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" +msgstr "Comment gérer des lots d'articles identiques ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " +"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" +" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " +"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "Configuration de l'application" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" +" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " +"**Track lots or serial numbers**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " +"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "Cliquez ensuite sur **Appliquer**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 +msgid "Operation types configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" +" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" +" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "Manage lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 +msgid "Transfers" +msgstr "Transferts" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " +"input the lot number(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Click on the lot icon :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " +"and the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " +"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +msgid "Inventory adjustment" +msgstr "Ajustement de stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "Classic inventory by products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "Inventory of a lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " +"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " +"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " +"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " +"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 +msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`differences`" +msgstr ":doc:`differences`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" +msgstr "Comment travailler avec des numéros de série ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " +"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " +"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " +"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" +" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " +"location where the products are moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " +"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "Gérer les numéros de série" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " +"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" +" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " +"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " +"Split icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " +"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are " +"moving those serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory of a serial number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " +"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 +msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " +"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " +"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" +" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " +":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " +"serial number corresponding to your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "Opérations diverses" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 +msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "Immediate Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and " +"quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is" +" why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the " +"column \"Done\" for the quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A " +"to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the " +"transfer right now)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 +msgid "Planned Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase " +"order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an " +"initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many " +"units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. " +"Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process " +"the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" +msgstr "Comment gérer un stock que vous ne possédez pas ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " +"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." +msgstr "" +"Certains fournisseurs peuvent parfois vous permettre de stocker et de vendre" +" leurs produits sans que vous ayez à les acheter : cette technique est " +"appelée **Stock consignataire**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " +"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " +"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +msgstr "" +"Le stock consignataire est un excellent moyen pour les fabricants et les " +"fournisseurs pour lancer de nouveaux produits. Comme les revendeurs peuvent " +"être réticents à acheter un produit qu'ils ne sont pas sûrs de pouvoir " +"vendre, le stock consignataire va leur permettre de proposer un article pour" +" vérifier son marché sans devoir d'abord l'acheter." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " +"settings." +msgstr "" +"Odoo a la capacité de gérer les stocks consignataires à travers les " +"paramètres avancés." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" +" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " +"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" +"Ouvrez le menu :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> " +"Configuration`, et dans la section **Propriétaire du produit** , " +"sélectionnez **Gérer les stocks consignataires (avancé)**, puis cliquez sur " +"**Appliquer**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "Réception de Stock Consignataire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " +"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " +"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" +" it blank if you are the owner." +msgstr "" +"Dans le Tableau de bord de l'Inventaire, ouvrez les **Réceptions** et créez " +"une nouvelle réception. Vous pouvez voir que dans la partie droite de la " +"page, une nouvelle ligne **Propriétaire** est apparue. Vous pouvez spécifier" +" le partenaire qui détient le stock, ou laisser le champ vide si vous êtes " +"le propriétaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" +msgstr "Comment configurer et lancer des planificateurs ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 +msgid "What is a scheduler" +msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'un planificateur" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " +"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " +"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " +"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." +msgstr "" +"Le planificateur est le moteur de calcul qui planifie et priorise la " +"production et les achats automatiquement en fonction des règles définies sur" +" les articles. Par défaut, le planificateur est configuré pour s'exécuter " +"une fois par jour (Odoo crée automatiquement une **Action Planifiée** pour " +"cela)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 +msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" +msgstr "Calcul des besoins / Planification" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " +"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " +"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." +msgstr "" +"La planification ne valide que les approvisionnements qui sont confirmés, " +"mais pas encore lancés. Ces réservations d'approvisionnement vont elles-" +"mêmes lancer la production, des tâches ou des achats en fonction de la " +"configuration du produit demandé." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " +"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " +"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " +"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " +"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." +msgstr "" +"Vous prenez en compte la priorité des opérations lors du démarrage des " +"réservations et des approvisionnements. Les demandes urgentes, celles avec " +"une date dans le passé, ou celles avec une date antérieure aux autres seront" +" lancées en premier. Dans le cas où il n'y a pas assez de produits en stock " +"pour satisfaire toutes les demandes, vous pouvez être sûr que les demandes " +"les plus urgentes seront produites en premier." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" +msgstr "Configurez et lancez le planificateur" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 +msgid "Run the scheduler manually" +msgstr "Lancez le planificateur manuellement" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" +" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " +"click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " +"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " +"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," +" deliveries and supplier purchases." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez lancer le planificateur manuellement depuis le menu " +":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Planificateurs --> Lancer les " +"planificateurs`. Le planificateur utilise tous les paramètres pertinents " +"définis pour les produits, les fournisseurs et l'entreprise afin de " +"déterminer les priorités entre les différents ordres de production, de " +"livraison et les commandes fournisseurs." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" +msgstr "" +"Configurez et lancez le planificateur (seulement pour les utilisateurs " +"avancés)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" +" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " +"click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" +"Cette fonctionnalité n'est pas visible par défaut. Vous devez activer le " +"**mode debug** pour la voir. Pour activer le mode debug, allez dans " +":menuselection:`Aide -> A propos` et cliquez sur **Activer le mode " +"développeur**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " +"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez régler l'heure de lancement du planificateur en modifiant " +"l'action correspondante dans le menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Technique --> Automatisation --> Actions planifiées`. Modifiez la " +"configuration de \"Run mrp scheduler\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" +msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 +msgid "How to scrap products?" +msgstr "Comment mettre au rebut des produits ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" +" basic material" +msgstr "" +"Mettre au rebut des déchets qui soit n'ont pas de valeur économique, ou " +"seulement la valeur de leurs matériaux de base valorisables par recyclage." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 +msgid "content recoverable through recycling." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " +"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " +"during picking or physical inventory." +msgstr "" +"Dans votre entrepôt vous trouvez parfois des produits qui sont endommagés ou" +" qui sont inutilisables en raison d'une expiration ou pour une autre raison." +" Vous remarquez en général cela pendant la collecte ou lors d'un inventaire " +"physique." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Puisque vous ne pouvez normalement pas vendre ou stocker ces articles, vous " +"devez les mettre au rebut." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " +"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque des marchandises sont mises au rebut elles ne sont plus prises en " +"compte dans le système en tant que partie de l'inventaire. Les marchandises " +"mises au rebut seront transférées physiquement dans la zone rebut." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " +"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous installez la gestion des stocks, Odoo crée automatiquement un " +"emplacement de mise au rebut par défaut, nommé **Virtual " +"location/Scrapped**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per " +"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " +"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" +" --> Locations.`" +msgstr "" +"Après avoir appliquer **Gérer plusieurs emplacements par entrepôt**, vous " +"pouvez créer un nouvel emplacement de mise au rebut dans " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Gestion d'entrepôt --> Emplacements`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " +"location form view." +msgstr "" +"Pour définir un emplacement de mise au rebut, vous devez cocher **Est un " +"emplacement de rebut ?** sur la fiche de l'emplacement." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 +msgid "Different ways to scrap product" +msgstr "Différentes façons de mettre un article au rebut" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 +msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 +msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "1) Mise au rebut à la Réception (onglet Demande Initiale)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Receipts`." +msgstr "" +"Pour mettre des articles au rebut à la réception, allez à " +":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Tableau de bord --> Réceptions`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button." +msgstr "" +"Ouvrez la réception, et dans l'onglet **Demande initiale**, cliquez sur le " +"bouton Mettre au rebut." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 +msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." +msgstr "2) Mettre au rebut à l'expédition (onglet Demande initiale)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" +msgstr "" +"Pour mettre des articles au rebut à l'expédition, allez à " +":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Tableau de bord --> Livraisons`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" +"Ouvrez l'expédition, et dans l'onglet **Demande initiale**, cliquez sur le " +"bouton Mettre au rebut sur la ligne d'opération de stock." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 +msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "" +"3) Mettre au rebut depuis un transfert interne (onglet Demande initiale)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" +"Ouvrez le transfert interne, et dans l'onglet **Demande initiale**, cliquez " +"sur le bouton Mettre au rebut sur la ligne d'opération de stock." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 +msgid "" +"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " +"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " +"**Scrap**." +msgstr "" +"Quand vous cliquez sur le bouton Mettre au rebut, une fenêtre popup " +"apparaît. Vous pouvez saisir la quantité d'articles, et préciser " +"l'emplacement de mise au rebut, puis cliquez sur **Rebut**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " +"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "Méthodes de Valorisation" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" +msgstr "" +"Comment faire une valorisation des stocks ? (Comptabilité Anglo-Saxonne)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " +"sheet. This implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:12 +msgid "" +"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " +"Real Price);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:15 +msgid "" +"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " +"Perpetual)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:19 +msgid "Costing Method" +msgstr "Méthode de coût" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:66 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "Prix standard" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "Opération" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "Coût unitaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "Qté en réserve" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:187 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "Valeur de delta" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "Valeur d'inventaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:204 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "10$" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 +msgid "0" +msgstr "0" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "0$" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "Réception de 8 produits à 10$" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 +msgid "8" +msgstr "8" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 +msgid "+8*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "80$" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "Réception de 4 produits à 16$" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 +msgid "+4*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 +msgid "$120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "Livraison de 10 produits" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:206 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 +msgid "$20" +msgstr "20$" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 +msgid "4" +msgstr "4" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:59 +msgid "+2*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 +msgid "$40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " +"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " +"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:121 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "Prix moyen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "12$" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 +msgid "+4*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "144$" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "24$" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 +msgid "$9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:212 +msgid "+2*$6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 +msgid "$36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " +"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" +" (see here attached)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 +msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:114 +msgid "" +"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" +" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " +"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" +" up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 +msgid "" +"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " +"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " +"matters in the cost computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:174 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "FIFO" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:151 +msgid "$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-8*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-2*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 +msgid "$32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 +msgid "$11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 +msgid "$44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:216 +msgid "" +"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " +"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " +"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " +"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " +"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " +"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " +"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " +"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:173 +msgid "" +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," +" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-4*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-6*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 +msgid "$8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," +" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " +"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " +"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" +" quantity in stock * cost price)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 +msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:241 +msgid "" +"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " +"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " +"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " +"physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:246 +msgid "" +"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" +" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " +"postings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +msgid "Vendor Bill" +msgstr "Facture fournisseur" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "\\" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "Débit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "Crédit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:309 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +msgid "50" +msgstr "50" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:259 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:259 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "4,68" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:260 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:260 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "54,68" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:74 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "Configuration :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " +"related product (Expense Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:267 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "Réception des marchandises" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:290 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "Pas d'écriture comptable" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "Facture client" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:276 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:276 +msgid "9" +msgstr "9" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:277 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:277 +msgid "109" +msgstr "109" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " +"product (Income Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:282 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" +"La position fiscale utilisée sur la facture peut avoir une règle qui " +"remplace le compte de revenu ou la taxe définie sur l'article par un autre." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:287 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:290 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "Ordres de production" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:296 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" +" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" +" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 +msgid "" +"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " +"inventory value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:305 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:310 +msgid "X" +msgstr "X" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:316 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:317 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 +msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:323 +msgid "" +"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " +"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" +"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " +"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " +"testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:330 +msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr "**Configuration** :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" +" specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:352 +msgid "" +"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " +"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " +"product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:356 +msgid "" +"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359 +msgid "" +"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" +"Inventaire : pour configurer un compte de valorisation de l'inventaire dans " +"la catégorie interne du produit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " +"as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 +msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:359 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:360 +msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" +msgstr "" +"Comment faire une valorisation des stocks ? (Comptabilité Continentale)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:205 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "10 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "0 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "Recevez 8 produits à 10 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "+8*10 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "80 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "Recevez 4 produits à 16 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "+4*10 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "120 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "-10*10 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "20 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "Recevez 2 Produits pour 9 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:60 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "+2*10 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "40 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "12 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "+4*16 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "144 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "-10*12 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "24 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "Recevez 2 Produits pour 6 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "9 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:213 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "+2*6 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "36 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:152 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "16 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "-8*10 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "-2*16 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "32 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "11 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "44 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-6*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 +msgid "€8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:310 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "Dépenses : variations d'inventaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:313 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" +"Si la valeur du stock a diminué, le compte **Inventaire** est crédité et les" +" **Variations d'inventaire** débitées." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "Concepts principaux" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 +msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " +"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" +" locations (possibly virtual)." +msgstr "" +"Un inventaire en double-entrée n'a pas de stock d'entrée, de sortie " +"(disparition des produits) ou de transformation. Au lieu de cela, toutes les" +" opérations sont des mouvements de stock entre des emplacements " +"(éventuellement virtuels)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 +msgid "Operations" +msgstr "Opérations" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." +msgstr "" +"Les mouvements de stock représentent le transit de marchandises et de " +"matériels entre des emplacements." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:32 +msgid "Production Order" +msgstr "Ordre de fabrication" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 +msgid "Consume:" +msgstr "Consommer :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" +msgstr "2 Roues : Stock → Production" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" +msgstr "1 Cadre de Vélo : Stock → production" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:28 +msgid "Produce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:29 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" +msgstr "1 Vélo : Production → Stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" +msgstr "" +"Stock : l'emplacement à partir duquel l'Ordre de Fabrication est lancé" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" +msgstr "Production : sur la fiche de l'article, le champ \"Lieu de Production\"" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:38 +msgid "Drop-shipping" +msgstr "Livraison directe" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:35 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "1 Vélo : Fournisseur → Client" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:38 +msgid "Configurarion:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:47 +msgid "Client Delivery" +msgstr "Livraison Client" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 +msgid "Pick" +msgstr "Préparer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" +msgstr "1 Vélo: Stock → Zone Emballage" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 +msgid "Pack" +msgstr "Colis" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" +msgstr "1 Vélo: Zone Emballage → Zone Expédition" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "Expédition" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:46 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" +msgstr "1 Vélo : Sortie → Client" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:54 +msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" +msgstr "Transferts inter-entrepôts" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:51 +msgid "Transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" +msgstr "1 Vélo : Entrpôt 1 → Transit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "1 Vélo : Transit → Entrepôt 2" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:59 +msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" +msgstr "Article cassé (mise au rebut)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" +msgstr "1 Vélo : Entrepôt → Rebut" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 +msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 +msgid "Missing products in inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" +msgstr "1 Vélo : Entrepôt → Perte de Stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +msgid "Extra products in inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" +msgstr "1 Inventory Loss: Perte de Stock → Entrepôt" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:67 +msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:74 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "Réception" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" +msgstr "1 Vélo : Fournisseur → Entrée" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" +msgstr "1 Vélo : Entrée → Stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 +msgid "Analysis" +msgstr "Analyses" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " +"products * product cost)." +msgstr "" +"L'analyse de l'inventaire peut utiliser le nombre d'articles ou la valeur " +"des articles (= nombre d'articles * coût de l'article)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:82 +msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" +msgstr "" +"Pour chaque emplacement de stock, plusieurs données peuvent être analysées :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 +msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" +msgstr "Achats & Règles d'approvisionnement" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:152 +msgid "" +"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" +" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" +msgstr "" +"Un approvisionnement est une demande pour une quantité spécifique de " +"produits à un endroit précis. Ils peuvent être créés manuellement ou " +"automatiquement déclenchés par :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:161 +msgid "New sale orders" +msgstr "De nouvelles commandes client" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "Effect" +msgstr "Résultat" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +msgid "" +"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " +"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" +msgstr "" +"Un approvisionnement est créé à l'emplacement client pour chaque article " +"commandé par le client (vous devez livrer le client)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " +"(property)" +msgstr "" +"Lieu d'Approvisionnement : dans la fiche client, dans le champ **Adresse** " +"(propriété)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:166 +msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" +msgstr "Règles de stock minimum" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 +msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." +msgstr "" +"Un approvisionnement est réalisé à l'emplacement défini dans la règle." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:167 +msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" +msgstr "" +"Lieu d'Approvisionnement : dans le formulaire de la règle, dans le champ " +"**Lieu**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "Procurement rules" +msgstr "des Règles d'approvisionnement" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" +msgstr "" +"Un nouvel approvisionnement est réalisé à l'emplacement défini dans la règle" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:172 +msgid "" +"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " +"be fulfilled e.g.:" +msgstr "" +"Les *règles d'approvisionnement* décrivent comment les approvisionnements " +"pour des emplacements spécifiques doivent être réalisés, par ex. :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:175 +msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" +msgstr "d'où le produit doit provenir (emplacement source)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:176 +msgid "" +"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " +"To Stock)`" +msgstr "" +"si l'approvisionnement est :abbr:`MTO (Make To Order)` ou :abbr:`MTS (Make " +"To Stock)`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:181 +msgid "needs schema thing from FP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 +msgid "Routes" +msgstr "Routes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " +"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " +"sales order lines, warehouse,..." +msgstr "" +"Les règles d'approvisionnement sont regroupées en routes. Les routes " +"définissent les chemins que le produit doit suivre. Les routes peuvent être " +"applicables ou non, selon les produits, les lignes de commande client, " +"l'entrepôt, ..." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " +"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" +msgstr "" +"Pour réaliser un approvisionnement, le système recherchera des règles " +"appartenant à des routes qui sont définis dans (par ordre de priorité) :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "Entrepôts" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 +msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" +msgstr "Exemple de Route d'Entrepôt : Collecte → Emballage → Expédition" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 +msgid "Picking List:" +msgstr "Liste de Prélèvement :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 +msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" +msgstr "Zone de Prélèvement → Zone d'Emballage" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:200 +msgid "Pack List:" +msgstr "Liste de Colisage :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 +msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" +msgstr "Zone d'Emballage → Quai A" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +msgid "Delivery Order:" +msgstr "Ordre de Livraison :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +msgid "Gate A → Customer" +msgstr "Quai A → Client" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " +"the warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Les routes qui décrivent la manière dont vous organisez votre entrepôt " +"doivent être définies sur l'entrepôt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 +msgid "A Product" +msgstr "Un Article" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 +msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" +msgstr "Exemple de Route d'Article : Contrôle Qualité" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 +msgid "Reception:" +msgstr "Réception :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 +msgid "Supplier → Input" +msgstr "Fournisseur → Entrée de Stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:211 +msgid "Confirmation:" +msgstr "Confirmation :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "Entrée de Stock → Contrôle Qualité" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 +msgid "Storage:" +msgstr "Stockage :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 +msgid "Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "Contrôle Qualité → Stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:223 +msgid "Product Category" +msgstr "Catégorie d'Article" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 +msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" +msgstr "Exemple de Route de Catégorie d'Article : transbordement" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 +msgid "Cross-Docks:" +msgstr "Transbordements :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 +msgid "Input → Output" +msgstr "Entrée de Stock → Sortie de Stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:223 +msgid "Delivery:" +msgstr "Livraison :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 +msgid "Output → Customer" +msgstr "Sortie de Stock → Client" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 +msgid "Sale Order Line" +msgstr "Ligne de commande" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:226 +msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" +msgstr "Exemple de Route de Ligne de Commande Client : Livraison Directe" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 +msgid "Order:" +msgstr "Commande :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 +msgid "Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "Fournisseur → Client" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Règles de flux poussés" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " +"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" +" used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" +"Les règles de flux poussé se déclenchent lorsque les articles entrent dans " +"un emplacement spécifique. Ils déplacent automatiquement l'article à un " +"nouvel emplacement. Le fait qu'une règle de flux poussé puisse être utilisée" +" dépend des routes applicables." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Contrôle qualité" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 +msgid "Product lands in Input" +msgstr "L'article arrive en Entrée de Stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:242 +msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "Flux poussé 1 : Entrée de Stock → Contrôle Qualité" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 +msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "Flux poussé 2 : Contrôle Qualité → Stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:246 +msgid "Warehouse Transit" +msgstr "Passage en Entrepôt" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:245 +msgid "Product lands in Transit" +msgstr "L'article arrive en Transit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:246 +msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "Flux poussé : Transit → Entrepôt 2" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 +msgid "Procurement Groups" +msgstr "Groupes d'Approvisionnement" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:251 +msgid "" +"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " +"provided:" +msgstr "" +"Les routes et les règles définissent des mouvement de stock. Pour chaque " +"règle, un type de document est fourni :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 +msgid "Picking" +msgstr "Transfert" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 +msgid "Packing" +msgstr "Emballage" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 +msgid "Delivery Order" +msgstr "Ordre de Livraison" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:257 +msgid "Purchase Order" +msgstr "Bon de Commande" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 +msgid "..." +msgstr "..." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " +"and locations are the same." +msgstr "" +"Les mouvements sont regroupés dans le même type de document si leur groupe " +"d'approvisionnement et les emplacements sont les mêmes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:263 +msgid "" +"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " +"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " +"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " +"together)" +msgstr "" +"Une commande client crée un groupe d'approvisionnement, de sorte que les " +"prélèvements et les ordres de livraison de la même commande sont regroupés. " +"Mais vous pouvez aussi définir des groupes spécifiques sur les règles de " +"réapprovisionnement (par ex. pour regrouper des achats d'articles " +"spécifiques ensemble)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Terminologies" +msgstr "Terminologies" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " +"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " +"repository." +msgstr "" +"**Entrepôt** : Un entrepôt dans Odoo est un endroit où vous stockez des " +"produits. C'est soit un entrepôt physique, soit un entrepôt virtuel. Ça peut" +" être un magasin ou un dépôt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " +"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " +"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." +msgstr "" +"**Emplacement**: Les emplacements sont utilisés pour structurer les zones de" +" stockage dans un entrepôt. En plus des emplacements internes (votre " +"entrepôt), Odoo a des emplacements pour les fournisseurs, les clients, les " +"pertes d'inventaire, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " +"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " +"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " +"procurements." +msgstr "" +"**Lots**: Les lots sont des ensembles de produits identifiés avec un code à " +"barres ou un numéro de série uniques. Tous les éléments d'un lot sont de la " +"même produit. (par ex. un ensemble de 24 bouteilles) Habituellement, les " +"lots proviennent de la fabrication de lots de commande, ou " +"d'approvisionnements." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " +"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" +" item." +msgstr "" +"**Numéro de série**: Un numéro de série est un identifiant unique d'un " +"produit spécifique. Techniquement, les numéros de série reviennent à avoir " +"un lot de 1 pièce unique." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " +"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" +" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." +msgstr "" +"**Unité de mesure**: Définit comment la quantité de produits est exprimée. " +"Mètres, Livres, Paquet de 24, Kilogrammes,... Les unités de mesure de la " +"même catégorie (ex: taille) peuvent être converties les unes vers les autres" +" (m, cm, mm) en utilisant un rapport fixe." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " +"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " +"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " +"enough stock." +msgstr "" +"**Consommable**: Un produit pour lequel vous ne souhaitez pas gérer le " +"niveau de stock (pas de quantité en stock ou prévue), mais que vous pouvez " +"recevoir et livrer. Lorsque ce produit est nécessaire, Odoo suppose que vous" +" en avez toujours assez en stock." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." +msgstr "" +"**Stockable**: Un produit pour lequel vous souhaitez gérer le niveau des " +"stocks." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" +" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." +msgstr "" +"**Paquet**: Un paquet contient plusieurs produits (identifiés par leur " +"numéro de série/lots ou pas). Exemple: une boîte contenant des couteaux et " +"des fourchettes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " +"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " +"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " +"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " +"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " +"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." +msgstr "" +"**Approvisionnement**: Un approvisionnement est une demande pour une " +"quantité spécifique de produits à un endroit précis. Les approvisionnements " +"sont automatiquement déclenchés par d'autres documents : Commandes Clients, " +"Règles de Stock Minimum et Règles d'Approvisionnement. Vous pouvez " +"déclencher l'approvisionnement manuellement. Lorsque les approvisionnements " +"sont déclenchés automatiquement, vous devez toujours être attentif aux " +"exceptions (par exemple, un produit doit être acheté auprès d'un " +"fournisseur, mais aucun fournisseur n'est défini)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " +"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" +" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " +"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." +msgstr "" +"**Routes**: Les routes définissent les chemins que l'article doit suivre. " +"Les routes s'appliquent ou non, selon les articles, les commandes client, " +"l'entrepôt,... Pour réaliser à un approvisionnement, le système recherchera " +"des règles appartenant à des routes qui sont définies dans l'article et/ou " +"la commande concernés." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " +"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " +"can be used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" +"**Règles de flux poussé** : les règles de flux poussé se déclenchent lorsque" +" les articles entrent dans un emplacement spécifique. Elles déplacent " +"automatiquement l'article vers un nouvel emplacement. Le fait qu'une règle " +"de flux poussé soit utilisée dépend des routes applicables." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " +"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " +"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " +"or MTS,..." +msgstr "" +"**Règles d'Approvisionnement** or **Règles de Flux Tiré**: les Règles " +"d'Approvisionnement décrivent comment les approvisionnements d'emplacements " +"spécifiques doivent être réalisés. Par ex. : d'où un produit doit provenir " +"(emplacement source), si l'approvisionnement est MTO ou MTS,..." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " +"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " +"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " +"procurement group and locations are the same." +msgstr "" +"**Groupe d'Approvisionnement**: les Routes et les règles définissent les " +"mouvements de stocks. Pour chaque règle, un type de document est fourni : " +"Prélèvement, Colisage, Ordre de livraison, Commande Fournisseur, ... Les " +"mouvements sont regroupés dans le même type de document si leur groupe " +"d'approvisionnement et les emplacements sont les mêmes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " +"between locations." +msgstr "" +"**Mouvements de Stock** : les Mouvements de Stock représentent le transfert " +"de marchandise ou de matériels entre emplacements." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " +"in a warehouse or location." +msgstr "" +"**Quantité En Inventaire** : la quantité d'un article spécifique qui est " +"actuellement dans un entrepôt ou un emplacement." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " +"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " +"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " +"units." +msgstr "" +"**Quantité Prévisionnelle** : la quantité d'articles que vous pouvez vendre," +" pour un entrepôt ou un emplacement spécifique. Elle est définie comme la " +"Quantité en Inventaire - les Futures Livraisons Sortantes + les Futures " +"Livraisons Entrantes + les Futures Unités Fabriquées." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " +"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " +"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" +" minimum stock rule." +msgstr "" +"**Règles de Réapprovisionnement** : elle définit les conditions pour qu'Odoo" +" déclenche automatiquement une requête d'approvisionnement (achat à un " +"fournisseur ou lancement d'un ordre de fabrication). Elle est déclenchée " +"lorsque la quantité prévisionnelle atteint la règle de stock minimum." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " +"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " +"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " +"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " +"packing zone)" +msgstr "" +"**Transborder**: le transbordement est une pratique logistique, de " +"déchargement de matériels à partir d'un camion ou wagon entrant, suivi du " +"chargement directement dans les camions ou wagons sortants, sans stockage " +"entre les deux (directement de la zone d'entrée à la zone d'emballage)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " +"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" +" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " +"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." +msgstr "" +"**Livraison Directe** : transfère les articles directement du " +"fournisseur/fabricant au client (qui peut être un détaillant ou un " +"consommateur) sans passer par les canaux de distribution habituels. Les " +"produits sont envoyés directement du fournisseur au client, sans passer par " +"votre propre entrepôt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " +"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." +msgstr "" +"**Stratégies d'Enlèvement** : la stratégie à utiliser pour choisir quel " +"produit prélever pour une opération spécifique. Exemple : FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 +msgid "" +"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " +"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " +"goes in rack 3, storage A)" +msgstr "" +"**Stratégies d'Entrée en Stock** : la stratégie à utiliser pour décider à " +"quel endroit chaque article doit être rangé à son arrivée. (exemple: les " +"câbles vont dans le rack 3, stockage A)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" +" it from the stock." +msgstr "" +"**Mise au rebut** : Un article cassé ou obsolète. La mise au rebut d'un " +"article le supprime du stock." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble des processus" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "From procurement to delivery" +msgstr "De l'approvisionnement à la livraison" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " +"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" +" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" +" delivery." +msgstr "" +"La gestion du stock est le cœur de votre entreprise. Ça peut être parfois " +"compliqué, mais avec Odoo, faire une réception ou une livraison n'a jamais " +"été aussi facile. Nous allons vous montrer dans ce document comment faire " +"facilement un cycle complet, de la réception à la livraison." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " +"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " +"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " +"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." +msgstr "" +"La Gestion du stock dans Odoo est entièrement interfacée avec les autres " +"applications, comme les **Achats** ou les **Ventes**. Mais pas seulement, " +"car elle est également entièrement interfacée avec les applications de " +"**eCommerce **, de **Fabrication** et de **Maintenance**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 +msgid "How to process a receipt ?" +msgstr "Comment traiter une réception ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 +msgid "Install Purchase application" +msgstr "Installez l'application de Gestion des achats" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " +"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "" +"Tout d'abord, vous devrez Installer l'application de **Gestion des achats**." +" Allez dans **Applications** et installez-la." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 +msgid "Make a purchase order" +msgstr "Passez une commande fournisseur" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " +"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." +msgstr "" +"Allez dans l'application **Achats**. Le premier écran est la liste **Demande" +" de Prix**. Cliquez sur le bouton **Créer**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " +"products to your request for quotation." +msgstr "" +"Complétez les informations **Fournisseur** puis cliquez sur **Ajouter un " +"élément** pour ajouter quelques articles à votre demande de prix." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " +"quantity." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur **Confirmer la commande** quand vous êtes sûr des articles, des " +"prix et des quantités." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 +msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" +msgstr "Récupérez la réception" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 +msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "Vous pouvez récupérer l'ordre de réception de 2 façons :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 +msgid "From the purchase order" +msgstr "Depuis la commande fournisseur" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " +"related **Receipt**:" +msgstr "" +"En haut à droite de votre commande fournisseur, vous trouverez un bouton " +"avec la **Réception** concernée :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 +msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." +msgstr "Cliquez dessus pour voir l'**Ordre de Transfert**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 +msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" +msgstr "Depuis le Tableau de bord de la Gestion de l'inventaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" +" the list of your deliveries to process." +msgstr "" +"A l'ouverture de l'application de **Gestion de l'inventaire**, cliquez sur " +"**# à recevoir** pour voir la liste des réceptions à traiter." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" +msgstr "Dans la liste, cliquez sur celle relative à la commande fournisseur :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 +msgid "Process the Receipt" +msgstr "Traitez la Réception" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " +"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " +"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." +msgstr "" +"Pour traiter le transfert de stock, cliquez simplement sur **Valider** pour " +"terminer le transfert. Un message apparaîtra, vous demandant si vous " +"souhaitez traiter l'ensemble de la commande, acceptez-le en cliquant sur " +"**Appliquer**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " +":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Les approvisionnements peuvent être automatisés. Pour plus d'informations, " +"lisez notre documentation " +":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 +msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" +msgstr "Comment traiter un ordre de livraison ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 +msgid "Install Sales application" +msgstr "Installez l'application de Ventes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "" +"Tout d'abord, vous devrez installer l'application **Gestion des ventes**. " +"Aller à :menuselection:`Applications` et installez-la." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 +msgid "Place a sale order" +msgstr "Passez une Commande Client" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" +" team." +msgstr "" +"Allez dans l'application de **Ventes**. Cliquez sur le bouton **Devis** de " +"votre équipe." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " +"button." +msgstr "" +"Vous obtiendrez la liste de tous vos devis. Cliquez sur le bouton **Créer**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " +"some products to your quotation." +msgstr "" +"Complétez les informations **Client**, puis cliquez sur **Ajouter un " +"élément** pour ajouter quelques articles à votre devis." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 +msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." +msgstr "Cliquez sur **Confirmer la vente** pour passer la commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 +msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" +msgstr "Récupérez l'ordre de Livraison" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 +msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "Vous pouvez récupérer l'ordre de livraison de 2 façons :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 +msgid "From the sale order" +msgstr "Depuis la commande client" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 +msgid "" +"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " +"**Delivery**:" +msgstr "" +"En haut à droite de votre commande client, vous trouverez un bouton avec la " +"**Livraison** concernée :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 +msgid "" +"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " +"list of your receipts to process." +msgstr "" +"A l'ouverture de l'application de **Gestion de l'inventaire**, cliquez sur " +"**# à faire** pour voir la liste des livraisons à traiter." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" +msgstr "Dans la liste, cliquez sur celle relative à la commande client :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" +" on your dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Si l'article n'est pas en stock, la commande client sera **En attente** sur " +"votre tableau de bord." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 +msgid "Process the delivery" +msgstr "Traiter la livraison" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 +msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." +msgstr "Les commandes de eCommerce sont traitées de la même façon." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 +msgid "" +"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " +"methods. Please read the document " +":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez facilement intégrer vos ordres de livraison avec différentes " +"méthodes de livraison. Lisez le document " +":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced flows" +msgstr "Flux avancés" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 +msgid "" +"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " +"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." +msgstr "" +"Dans ce document, seuls les flux plus simples sont expliqués. Odoo convient " +"aussi aux entreprises ayant une gestion d'entrepôt avancé." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 +msgid "" +"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " +"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " +"transfers**." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, seules les **réceptions** et les **livraisons** sont " +"configurées, mais vous pouvez activer l'utilisation multi-emplacements et " +"multi-entrepôts, et faire ainsi des **transferts internes**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 +msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" +msgstr "" +"**Routes** : vous pouvez automatiser les flux avec des règles de flux " +"poussés et tirés" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " +"warehouse" +msgstr "" +"Des réceptions et des livraisons **Multi-étapes** peuvent être facilement " +"configurées" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" +"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " +"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Encore plus de fonctionnalités : **Lecture de Codes à Barres**, **Numéros de" +" Série**, **Lots**, **Transbordement**, **Livraison Directe**, interface " +"avec un transporteur **tiers**, stratégies de **Rangement en rayon** et " +"d'**Enlèvement**... Tout cela est possible avec Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Commencer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" +msgstr "Comment configurer l'inventaire dans Odoo ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " +"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " +"different screens you need." +msgstr "" +"L'application de Gestion de l'inventaire d'Odoo dispose d'un guide de mise " +"en œuvre que vous devriez suivre pour la configurer. C'est un manuel pas à " +"pas, avec des liens vers les différents écrans dont vous avez besoin." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" +"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que vous avez installé l'application de **Gestion de " +"l'inventaire**, cliquez sur la barre de progression en haut à droite pour " +"accéder au guide de mise en œuvre." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 +msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" +msgstr "Le guide de mise en œuvre vous aide avec les étapes suivantes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Set up your warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 +msgid "Import your vendors" +msgstr "Importez vos fournisseurs" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Import your products" +msgstr "Importez vos articles" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 +msgid "Set up the initial inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 +msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" +msgstr "Configurez vos flux de ventes et d'achats" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" +" valuation." +msgstr "" +"Configurez les fonctionnalités avancées comme l'emballage, la traçabilité, " +"les routes et la valorisation des stocks." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" +" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" +" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " +"and use your scanner optimally." +msgstr "" +"Si, dans votre entrepôt, vous voulez gérer les opérations avec des lecteurs " +"de codes à barres, vous devez installer l'application **Codes à Barres**, " +"qui ajoute des fonctionnalités à l'application de Gestion de l'inventaire. " +"L'application de codes à barres vous guidera pour configurer et d'utiliser " +"votre scanner de manière optimale." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "Routages Avancés" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "Concepts" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" +msgstr "Comment organiser un transbordement dans votre entrepôt ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " +"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" +" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " +"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " +"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " +"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post" +"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +msgid "Warehouse and routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" +" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" +" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," +" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 +msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 +msgid "then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +msgid "Cross Docking Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 +msgid "" +"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " +"for the remaining part:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " +"created as an internal physical location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 +msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 +msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 +msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" +msgstr ":menuselection:`Sortie de Stock --> Client`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 +msgid "Product with cross dock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 +msgid "" +"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" +" above as well as the **Buy** route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 +msgid "" +"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " +"for replenishment of a stockable product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" +msgstr ":doc:`use_routes`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" +msgstr "Comment faire des transferts inter-entrepôts ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " +"application in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " +"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " +"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +msgid "" +"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " +"and routes in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "Création d'un nouvel entrepôt" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " +"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " +"characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +msgid "" +"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" +" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " +"been generated for your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "Créez un nouvel inventaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " +"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" +" you can skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " +"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " +"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " +"select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" +"Allez dans l'application inventaire, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Contrôle " +"de l'inventaire --> Ajustement de l'inventaire`. Vous pouvez créer un nouvel" +" inventaire en cliquant sur **Créer**. Introduisez la **Référence de " +"l'inventaire*, la **Date** et assurez-vous de choisir le bon entrepôt et le " +"bon emplacement." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" +" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " +"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " +"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " +"orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " +"all yours product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "Créez un transfert interne" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" +" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " +"proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "" +"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " +"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " +"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " +"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " +"products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "Il est également possible de transférer chaque produit manuellement :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +msgid "Select the right transfer order" +msgstr "Sélectionnez le bon ordre de transfert" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +msgid "" +"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " +"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " +"indicate how much products you process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " +"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " +"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " +"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a procurement rule?" +msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'une règle d'approvisionnement ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " +"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" +" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " +"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " +"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " +"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " +"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" +" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " +"dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 +msgid "" +"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" +" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " +"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " +"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " +"of storing goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " +"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " +"using rules\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 +msgid "Procurement rules settings" +msgstr "Paramètres des règles d'approvisionnement" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " +"go to Configuration > Routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 +msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " +"possible :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 +msgid "Move from another location rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 +msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " +"manufacturing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " +"defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" +msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" +msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 +msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" +msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a push rule?" +msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'une règle de flux poussé ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" +" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " +"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " +"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " +"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " +"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " +"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " +"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " +"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " +"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " +"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " +"inability to meet customer demand for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" +" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " +"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " +"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " +"be triggered automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" +" rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 +msgid "Push rules settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 +msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " +"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " +"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " +"quality control location move to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +msgid "Stock transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" +" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " +"waiting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " +"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " +"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" +" the main stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" +msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +msgid "How to use routes?" +msgstr "Comment utiliser des routages ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" +" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" +msgstr "Gérer la chaîne de production" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 +msgid "Manage default locations per product" +msgstr "Gérer les emplacements par défaut par produit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " +"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products" +msgstr "" +"Gérez les locations, en créant des retour automatiques pour les produits " +"loués" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " +"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " +"routing of products using rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" +msgstr "Des routes pré-configurées" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'application Inventaire, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Entrepôts`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " +"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Routes`." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'application **Inventaire** application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " +"can combine several choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 +msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" +" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " +"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 +msgid "Routes applied on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " +"be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," +" select the route(s):" +msgstr "" +"Ouvrez le produit sur lequel vous souhaitez appliquer les routes " +"(:menuselection:`Inventaire --> Contrôle --> Produits`). Dans l'onglet " +"Inventaire, sélectionnez la(les) route(s):" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 +msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " +"categories it will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" +" under the **Logistics** section :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 +msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " +"time you make a sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" +" the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 +msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 +msgid "Procurement and push rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 +msgid "Please refer to the documents:" +msgstr "Veuillez vous référez aux documents suivants :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 +msgid "Procurement configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " +"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " +"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " +"**Preferred Routes**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 +msgid "Make-to-Order Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " +"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " +"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " +"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 +msgid "Product Costing" +msgstr "Coûts des Articles" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " +"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " +"to be installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " +"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" +" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. " +"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines " +"will be split accross your transfers lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 +msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "Stratégies de rangement et de suppression" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" +msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'une stratégie d'entrée ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " +"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " +"appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" +" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " +"of a potential chemical reaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " +"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " +"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " +"level)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " +"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" +" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 +msgid "Setting up a strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " +"product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " +"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " +"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " +"Strategy**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " +"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " +"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " +"automatically be transferred to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " +"Control --> Current Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 +msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'une stratégie de sortie (FIFO, LIFO et FEFO)?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " +"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " +"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 +msgid "" +"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " +"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " +"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " +"on the **location**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`:" +msgstr "" +"Dans l'application **Inventaire**, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Paramètres` :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " +"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " +"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 +msgid "Types of removal strategy" +msgstr "Types de stratégie de retrait" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 +msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" +msgstr "FIFO ( First In First Out )" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " +"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " +"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " +"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " +"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." +msgstr "" +"Une stratégie **First In First Out** implique que les produits entrées en " +"premier dans le stock, sortiront en premier. Les entreprises qui vendent des" +" produits périssables doivent utiliser la méthode FIFO. Les entreprises " +"vendant des articles dont le cycle de demande est relativement court, comme " +"des vêtements, peuvent également devoir choisir la méthode FIFO pour " +"s'assurer qu'elles ne sont pas coincées avec des styles périmés en stock." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Stock --> Configuration --> Sites`, ouvrez " +"l'emplacement du stock et configurez la stratégie de sortie **FIFO**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 +msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "Prenons un exemple de stratégie de sortie FIFO" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " +"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez trouver des détails sur l'inventaire disponible dans le rapport " +"de valorisation de l'inventaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" +"Créez un bon de commande de ``25`` unités de ``iPod 32 GB`` et confirmez le." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez voir dans le produit de l'envoi sortant que l'article ``Ipod 32 " +"Gb`` est assigné avec les lots **le plus anciens**, en utilisant la " +"stratégie de sortie FIFO." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 +msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" +msgstr "LIFO (Last In First Out)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " +"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " +"shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Emplacements`, " +"ouvrez l'emplacement du stock et configurez la stratégie de sortie **LIFO**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" +" ``WH/Stock`` location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 +msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 +msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" +msgstr "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" +" according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " +"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" +" to save changes." +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`. Cochez" +" l'option **Définir la date d'expiration des numéros en série**. Cliquez " +"ensuite sur **Appliquer** pour enregistrer les modifications." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " +"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " +"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +msgid "" +"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " +"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " +"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " +"goods with this serial/lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " +"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " +"removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 +msgid "" +"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " +"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " +"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " +"lots pass their **alert date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " +"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" +" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " +"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " +"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," +" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " +"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " +"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " +"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " +"after the lot has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " +"expiration date fields as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 +msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" +msgstr "Délai avant retrait --> Date de retrait" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 +msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" +msgstr "Durée de vie du produit --> Fin de la date limite" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 +msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " +"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " +"expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr "**Lot / Numéro de série**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr "**Produit**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr "**Date d'expiration**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "LOT0001" +msgstr "LOT0001" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "Ice Cream" +msgstr "Crème glacée" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "08/20/2015" +msgstr "20/08/2015" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "LOT0002" +msgstr "LOT0002" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "08/10/2015" +msgstr "10/08/2015" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "LOT0003" +msgstr "LOT0003" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "08/15/2015" +msgstr "15/08/2015" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +msgid "" +"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 +msgid "" +"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " +"removal strategy **FEFO**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 +msgid "" +"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" +" the removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Articles" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" +" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " +"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " +"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " +"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " +"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" +" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " +"multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " +"other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "How to use different units of measure?" +msgstr "Comment utiliser différentes unités de mesure ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, " +"you will need to convert the units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez configurer Odoo pour travailler avec différentes unités de " +"mesure pour un article." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'application **Inventaire**, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Configuration`. Dans la section **Articles**, sélectionnez **Certains " +"articles peuvent être vendus/achetés avec différentes unités de mesure " +"(avancé)**, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "Setting up units on your products" +msgstr "Définnissez des unités sur vos articles" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you " +"would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " +"**Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " +"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." +msgstr "" +"Dans le champ **Unité de mesure**, sélectionnez l'unité dans laquelle le " +"produit sera vendu et dans laquelle les transferts internes seront faits." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " +"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" +"Dans le champ **Unité de mesure d'achat**, sélectionnez l'unité dans " +"laquelle vous achetez l'article. Quand vous avez terminé, cliquez sur " +"**Sauvegarder**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 +msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" +msgstr "Convertissez d'une unité à une autre" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Lors de la conversion entre unités, l'arrondi est fait automatiquement par " +"Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " +"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." +msgstr "" +"L'unité de mesure peut être changée à tout moment. La seule condition est " +"que l'unité de mesure fasse partie de la même catégorie." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 +msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" +msgstr "Dans cet exemple, dans le commerce des œufs :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" +msgstr "Nous achetons des œufs par plateaux (30 œufs)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" +msgstr "" +"Nous vérifions tous les œufs individuellement à la réception (contrôle " +"qualité)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 +msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" +msgstr "Nous vendons les œufs à la douzaine aux clients" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " +"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" +"Le **Prix de vente** est exprimé dans l'**Unité de mesure de l'article**. Le" +" **Prix d'achat** est exprimé dans l'**Unité de mesure d'achat**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" +"Tous les transferts internes sont exprimés en **Unité de mesure de " +"l'article**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 +msgid "Procurement" +msgstr "Approvisionnement" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " +"measure." +msgstr "" +"Quand vous faites votre demande d'approvisionnement, vous pouvez encore " +"modifier l'unité de mesure." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" +msgstr "" +"L'unité de mesure peut également être modifiée dans la commande fournisseur " +":" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 +msgid "The quality control is done by unit." +msgstr "Le contrôle qualité est réalisé à l'unité." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " +"check is done by unit." +msgstr "" +"L'unité de mesure de base de notre produit est l'**Unité**. Par conséquent, " +"le contrôle qualité se fait à l'unité." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " +"**Draft**." +msgstr "" +"L'unité de mesure ne peut être changée que lorsque le transfert est à l'état" +" **Brouillon**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "Processus de livraison" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " +"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" +" the unit to the dozen." +msgstr "" +"Les œufs sont vendus à la douzaine. Vous pouvez choisir l'unité de mesure " +"sur le document de la commande client. En faisant cela, le prix est " +"automatiquement calculé à partir de l'unité vers la douzaine." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" +" measure :" +msgstr "" +"Dans l'ordre de livraison, la demande initiale est effectuée dans l'unité de" +" mesure de la commande client :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " +"converted automatically :" +msgstr "" +"Mais le transfert est effectué dans l'unité de mesure de l'article. Tout est" +" automatiquement converti :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Create a link when the document is available - When should you use " +"packages, units of measure or kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" +msgstr "Quand utiliser des emballages, des unités de mesure ou des kits ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Unit of measures" +msgstr "Unités de mesure" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." +" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." +msgstr "" +"Les unités de mesures sont une indication sur l'unité utilisée pour gérer un" +" article. Les articles peuvent être décrits dans plusieurs unités de mesure." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Activez cette option si vous utilisez plusieurs unités de mesure dans votre " +"entrepôt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" +" warehouse." +msgstr "" +"L'unité de mesure d'achat peut être différente de celle que vous utilisez " +"dans votre entrepôt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." +msgstr "" +"L'unité de mesure de vente est définie sur la commande client, et peut être " +"différente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" +"La conversion entre les différentes unités de mesure est faite " +"automatiquement. La seule condition est que toutes les unités soient dans la" +" même catégorie (Unité, Poids, Volume, Longueur,...)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "Colis" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"product." +msgstr "" +"L'emballage est le conteneur physique dans lequel vous mettez un ou " +"plusieurs articles." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "Conditionnement" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 +msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." +msgstr "L'emballage est le conteneur physique qui protège votre produit." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " +"notice and the power plug." +msgstr "" +"Si vous vendez des ordinateurs, l'emballage contient l'ordinateur, la notice" +" et le câble d'alimentation." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 +msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." +msgstr "Dans Odoo, les emballages ne sont utilisées qu'à titre indicatif." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " +"only for indicative purpose." +msgstr "" +"Dans les **Colis*, vous pouvez définir quel **Emballage** est utilisé. Mais " +"c'est seulement à titre indicatif." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 +msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" +msgstr "Quand utiliser des colis, des emballages ou des unités de mesure ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " +"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" +" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." +msgstr "" +"Par exemple, supposons que vous vendez des œufs. Dans votre entrepôt, vous " +"gérez les œufs individuellement. De nombreux œufs sont mis au rebut et vous " +"le faites œuf par œuf. L'**unité de mesure** est l'`` Unité``." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" +" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." +msgstr "" +"Si vous vendez des œufs à la douzaine, l'**unité de mesure** de vente est la" +" ``Douzaine``. Vous le définirez sur votre commande client." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " +"**packaging**." +msgstr "" +"Le ``plateau en carton`` qui contient la douzaine d'œufs est " +"l'**emballage**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " +"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous vendez plusieurs plateaux, vous pouvez rassembler tous les " +"plateaux dans une ``boite`` ou dans un emballage en ``plastique``. C'est le " +"**colis**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`uom`" +msgstr ":doc:`uom`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Using product variants" +msgstr "Utilisation de variantes d'articles" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " +"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " +"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." +msgstr "" +"Les variantes d'article sont utilisées pour gérer les produits ayant " +"différentes variations, comme la taille, la couleur, etc. Il permet de gérer" +" l'article au niveau du modèle (pour toutes les variantes) et au niveau de " +"la variante (attributs spécifiques)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "" +"A titre d'exemple, une entreprise qui vend des t-shirts peut avoir l'article" +" suivant :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "B&C T-shirt" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "Tailles : S, M, L, XL, XXL" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "Couleurs : Bleu, Rouge, Blanc, Noir" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " +"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgstr "" +"Dans cet exemple, **B&C T-Shirt** est le modèle d'article, et **B&C T-Shirt," +" S, Bleu** est une variante. La taille et la couleur sont des **attributs**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." +" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" +"L'exemple ci-dessus a un total de 20 articles différents (5 tailles x 4 " +"couleurs). Chacun de ces articles a son propre stock, ses propres ventes, " +"etc..." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "Impact des variantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " +"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." +msgstr "" +"**Code à barres**: le code et le code à barres est associé à la variante, " +"pas au modèle. Chaque variante peut avoir son propre code à barres / UGS." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " +"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " +"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " +"the template or the variant." +msgstr "" +"**Prix**: chaque variante du produit a son propre prix public qui est " +"calculée en fonction du prix du modèle (20€) avec un prix supplémentaire " +"pour chaque variante (+3€ pour la couleur rouge). Cependant, vous pouvez " +"définir des règles sur le tarif qui s'appliquent au modèle ou à la variante." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " +"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " +"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " +"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " +"variant)" +msgstr "" +"**Inventaire**: le stock est géré par variante de produit. Vous ne possédez " +"pas des t-shirts, vous possédez des \"T-shirts, S, Rouge\", ou des " +"\"T-shirts, M, Bleu\". A titre d'information, sur la fiche du modèle " +"d'article, est indiqué l'inventaire qui est la somme de toutes les " +"variantes. (Mais l'inventaire réel est calculé par variante)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " +"product may have its own primary picture." +msgstr "" +"**Image**: l'image est liée à la variante, chaque variante d'un article peut" +" avoir sa propre image." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " +"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " +"Income Account, Taxes)" +msgstr "" +"**Autres champs**: la plupart des autres champs appartiennent au modèle " +"d'article. Si vous les mettez à jour, cela met automatiquement à jour toutes" +" les variantes (par ex. : compte de revenus, taxes)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Should you use variants?" +msgstr "Devez-vous utiliser des variantes ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "When should you use variants?" +msgstr "Quand devez-vous utiliser des variantes ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" +msgstr "L'utilisation de variantes a les conséquences suivantes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " +"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " +"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" +msgstr "" +"**eCommerce** : dans votre boutique en ligne, le client ne verra que les " +"modèles d'article dans le catalogue. Une fois que le visiteur clique sur un " +"tel article, il aura des options à choisir parmi les variantes (couleurs, " +"tailles, ...)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" +" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " +"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" +" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " +"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." +msgstr "" +"**Fabrication**: l'utilisation de variantes permet de définir une seule " +"nomenclature par modèle d'article, et de légères variations pour certaines " +"des variantes. Exemple: au lieu de créer une nomenclature pour \"T-shirt, " +"Rouge, S\", vous créez une nomenclature pour \"T-shirt\" et vous ajoutez " +"quelques lignes qui sont spécifiques à la dimension S, et d'autres " +"spécifiques à la la couleur Rouge." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " +"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " +"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" +" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " +"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." +msgstr "" +"**Tarification**: le prix par défaut d'un article est calculé en utilisant " +"le prix du modèle d'article, et en ajoutant le prix supplémentaire pour " +"chaque attirbut de la variante. De cette façon, les prix des variantes sont " +"plus faciles à maintenir puisque vous n'êtes pas obligé de définir le prix " +"pour chaque variante. Il est toutefois aussi possible de créer des règles de" +" tarif pour fixer le prix par variante." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" +msgstr "Quand devez-vous éviter d'utiliser des variantes ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " +"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " +"of managing lots of products that are similars." +msgstr "" +"L'utilisation de variantes peut ajouter un niveau de complexité sur la façon" +" dont vous utilisez Odoo. Vous ne devez envisager d'utiliser des variantes " +"que pour réduire la complexité de la gestion des lots d'articles qui sont " +"similaires." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" +" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " +"product templates and all their related variations." +msgstr "" +"Par exemple, l'importation de votre liste d'articles pré-existants est plus " +"complexe si vous utilisez des variantes. Vous ne pouvez pas juste importer " +"une liste d'articles, vous devez importer les modèles d'articles et leur " +"variantes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " +"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " +"example, a company having these products:" +msgstr "" +"En plus de cela, vous devez également sélectionner avec soin les " +"caractéristiques que vous gérez en tant que modèles de d'articles distincts " +"et ceux que vous gérez en variantes. A titre d'exemple, une entreprise ayant" +" ces produits :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" +msgstr "Qualité : T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue" +msgstr "Couleur : Rouge, Bleu" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "Taille : S, M, L, XL" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " +"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " +"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " +"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " +"e-Commerce:" +msgstr "" +"Dans une telle situation, vous pourriez créer 1 modèle avec trois dimensions" +" de variantes (Qualité, Couleur, Taille). Mais il est plutôt recommandé de " +"créer trois modèles de produits différents, car des T-shirts diffèrent " +"fortement des polos ou des chemises, et les clients s'attendent à voir cela " +"comme trois produits différents dans les boutiques de eCommerce:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" +msgstr "Modèle d'article : T-shirt" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "Product Template: Polos" +msgstr "Modèle d'article : Polos" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 +msgid "Activate the variant feature" +msgstr "Activer la fonctionnalité de variante" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " +"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " +"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " +"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " +"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" +"Avant de pouvoir utiliser des variantes d'articles, vous devez d'abord " +"activer les variantes d'article dans les réglages. Pour ce faire, vous devez" +" aller dans l'application de Ventes. Dans le menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration`, recherchez la ligne " +"**Variantes d'articles**, et cochez l'option **Les produits peuvent avoir " +"plusieurs attributs...**, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 +msgid "Creating products with variants" +msgstr "Création d'articles avec des variantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que vous avez activé l'option de variante, vous pouvez ajouter des " +"variantes à vos articles. Pour ce faire, allez dans l'application de Ventes," +" puis dans :menuselection:`Ventes --> Articles`. C'est également accessible " +"à partir des applications Achats et Inventaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 +msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +msgstr "" +"Maintenant, cliquez sur l'article auquel vous voulez ajouter des variantes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " +"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " +"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" +"Sur la fiche article, un nouvel onglet appelé Variantes est présent. Le " +"nombre écrit en violet en haut de la fiche est le nombre de variantes que " +"l'article possède actuellement. Pour ajouter de nouvelles variantes, cliquez" +" sur ce bouton \"# Variantes\". Dans la nouvelle fenêtre, cliquez sur " +"**Créer**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " +"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " +"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +msgstr "" +"Dans **Caractéristiques**, cliquez sur le menu déroulant et sélectionnez le " +"type de la variante que vous souhaitez ajouter. Si la variante n'existe pas " +"encore, vous pouvez la créer à la volée en cliquant sur Créer et modifier " +"..." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " +"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " +"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +msgstr "" +"Dans la fenêtre Caractéristiques, le champ **Valeur** est la description de " +"l'attribut tel que Vert, Plastique ou 32Go. Le champ **Attribut** est le " +"type de variante, comme Couleur, Matériau ou Mémoire." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " +"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ajouter à la volée un coût pour la variante, dans le champ " +"**Supplément pour cette caractéristique**, ou choisir de le modifier " +"ultérieurement. Cliquez sur **Sauvegarder**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également ajouter un code à barres et une référence interne " +"différents à la variante." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous avez saisi toutes les spécifications de la variante, cliquez " +"sur **Sauvegarder**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 +msgid "Managing Product Variants" +msgstr "Gestion des Variantes d'Article" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " +"variant attributes :" +msgstr "" +"Les exemples ci-dessous sont tous basés sur ce modèle d'article qui a deux " +"variantes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 +msgid "T-Shirt B&C" +msgstr "T-Shirt B&C" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" +msgstr "Couleur : Rouge, Bleu, Blanc" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "Taille : S, M, L, XL, XXL" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 +msgid "Managing combination possibilities" +msgstr "Gestion des possibilités de combinaison" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " +"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " +"you can deactivate the white product variant." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, avec le modèle d'article ci-dessus, vous avez 15 articles " +"différents (3 couleurs, 5 tailles). Si la taille XXL n'existe que pour des " +"t-shirts rouges et bleus, vous pouvez désactiver la variante blanche." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." +" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " +"XXL." +msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, cliquez sur le bouton **15 Variantes**, sélectionnez le " +"T-shirt XXL, Rouge. Dans la fiche de l'article, décochez la case **Actif**. " +"Faites de même pour l'article T-shirt XXL, Bleu." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 +msgid "" +"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." +msgstr "" +"Cette désactivation d'article est une chose différente que d'avoir un " +"inventaire de 0." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "Définition d'un prix par variante" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ajouter un coût à ajouter au prix principal pour certaines " +"variantes d'un article." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " +"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que vous avez activé l'option de variante, vous pouvez ajouter des " +"variantes à vos articles. Pour ce faire, allez dans l'application de Ventes," +" puis dans :menuselection:`Ventes --> Articles` et cliquez sur l'article que" +" vous voulez modifier. Cliquez sur le bouton **Prix de la Variante** pour " +"accéder à la liste des valeurs de variante." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " +"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " +"variant that will be added to the original price." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le nom de la variante à laquelle vous souhaitez ajouter une " +"valeur, pour rendre les 3 champs modifiables. Dans le champ **Supplément " +"pour cette caractéristique**, ajoutez le coût de la variante qui sera ajouté" +" au prix initial." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 +msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous avez saisi toutes les valeurs supplémentaires, cliquez sur " +"**Sauvegarder**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226 +msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227 +msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "Quelle sont les différences entre des entrepôts et des emplacements ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" +"Dans Odoo, un **Entrepôt** est le bâtiment où vos articles sont stockés. " +"Vous pouvez configurer plusieurs entrepôts et créer des mouvements entre " +"entrepôts." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Un **Emplacement** est un espace spécifique dans votre entrepôt. Il peut " +"être considéré comme une sous-localisation de votre entrepôt, ça peut être " +"une étagère, un plancher, une allée, etc... Par conséquent, un emplacement " +"fait partie d'un seul entrepôt et il est impossible de relier un emplacement" +" à plusieurs entrepôts. Vous pouvez configurer autant d'emplacements que " +"vous voulez dans un entrepôt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "Il existe 3 types d'emplacements :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" +"Les **Emplacements Physiques** sont des emplacements internes qui font " +"partie des entrepôts que vous possédez. Ça peut être les zones de chargement" +" et de déchargement de votre entrepôt, une étagère, un service, etc..." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Les **Emplacements des Partenaires** sont des espaces dans l'entrepôt d'un " +"client et/ou d'un fournisseur. Ils fonctionnent de la même manière que les " +"Emplacements Physiques, la seule différence étant que vous n'êtes pas " +"propriétaire de l'entrepôt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" +"Les **Emplacements Virtuels** sont des lieux qui n'existent pas, mais dans " +"lesquels les produits peuvent être placés quand ils ne sont pas encore (ou " +"plus) physiquement dans un stock. Ils sont utilisés lorsque vous voulez " +"placer des articles perdus hors de votre stock (dans la **Perte de stock**)," +" ou lorsque vous voulez prendre en compte des articles qui sont sur le " +"chemin de votre entrepôt (**Approvisionnement**) ." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" +"Dans Odoo, les emplacements sont organisés hiérarchiquement. Vous pouvez " +"organiser vos emplacements comme un arbre, avec des relations parent-enfant." +" Cela vous donne des niveaux plus détaillés de l'analyse de vos opérations " +"de stock et de l'organisation de vos entrepôts." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" +msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" +msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new location?" +msgstr "Comment créer un nouvel emplacement ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new location" +msgstr "Création d'un nouvel emplacement" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " +"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" +" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " +"click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" +"Pour pouvoir créer de nouveaux emplacements, vous devez permettre au système" +" de gérer plusieurs sites. Dans le module **Inventaire**, ouvrez le menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration`. Dans la section " +"**Emplacement & Entrepôt**, cochez la case **Gérer plusieurs emplacements " +"par entrepôt**, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" +"Dans le module **Inventaire**, ouvrez :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Gestion d'entrepôt --> Emplacements` Dans la fenêtre Emplacements, cliquez " +"sur **Créer**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" +" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " +"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" +" to a location." +msgstr "" +"Saisissez le nom de l'emplacement dans le champ **Nom de l'emplacement**, et" +" sélectionnez l'**Emplacement Parent** dans la liste. L'emplacement parent " +"peut être un emplacement physique, un partenaire ou un emplacement virtuel, " +"et vous pouvez ajouter autant de sous-emplacements que nécessaire dans un " +"emplacement." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" +" describe your location." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également remplir les champs **Information complémentaire** et " +"ajouter une note pour décrire votre emplacement." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 +msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." +msgstr "Lorsque vous avez terminé, cliquez sur **Sauvegarder**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " +"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " +"containing all the sublocations in it." +msgstr "" +"Un entrepôt correspond également à un emplacement. Comme les emplacements " +"sont hiérarchiques, Odoo va créer l'emplacement parent entrepôt, contenant " +"tous les sous-emplacements." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" +msgstr ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" +msgstr "Comment créer un nouvel entrepôt ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " +"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" +" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " +"click on **apply**." +msgstr "" +"Pour pouvoir créer de nouveaux entrepôts, vous devez permettre au système de" +" gérer plusieurs sites. Dans le module **Inventaire**, ouvrez le menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration`. Dans la section " +"**Emplacement & Entrepôt**, cochez la case **Gérer plusieurs emplacements " +"par entrepôt**, puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`" +msgstr "" +"Ouvrez :menuselection:`Configuration --> Gestion d'entrepôt --> Entrepôts`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " +"fields :" +msgstr "" +"Dans l'écran des entrepôts, cliquez sur **Créer**. Un nouvel écran apparaît," +" avec 3 champs :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 +msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "Dans **Nom de l'entrepôt**, insérez le nom complet de l'entrepôt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " +"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " +"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." +msgstr "" +"Dans le champ **Nom court**, insérer un code à 5 caractères pour votre " +"entrepôt. Gardez à l'esprit que ce code est celui qui apparaîtra dans les " +"listes, alors assurez-vous de choisir un nom qui soit facile à comprendre et" +" à saisir." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " +"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " +"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " +"edit it afterwards." +msgstr "" +"Dans le champ **Adresse**, vous pouvez sélectionner une entreprise existante" +" ou en créer une à la volée. Ainsi, l'adresse de votre entrepôt sera la même" +" que celle de la société que vous avez sélectionnée. Vous pouvez aussi " +"laisser ce champ vide et le modifier ultérieurement." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 +msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur **Sauvegarder** pour terminer la configuration de votre nouvel " +"entrepôt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " +"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous créez un entrepôt, le système va autoamtiquement créer les " +"types de prélèvement nécessaires et les principaux emplacements enfants pour" +" cet emplacement principal." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "Opérations d'Expédition" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "Comment annuler une demande d'expédition envoyée à un transporteur ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "Comment annuler une demande d'expédition ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" +" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " +"Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "" +"Comment envoyer une demande d'expédition après en avoir annulé une autre?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " +"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " +"get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "Comment facturer les frais de port au client ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "Il y a deux façons de facturer les frais de port :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également utiliser le système de calcul de la société de " +"transport. Consultez le document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "Comment facturer les frais de port au client ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "Facturez le prix indiqué sur le bon de commande" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "Facturez les frais de port réels" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" +"Retournez sur le bon de commande, le coût réel a été ajouté à celui-ci." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "" +"''base sur temps et material, refacturer le client\n" +"Quand Vous creez la facture, elle va prendre le prix inscrit dans l'ordinateur.\n" +"''base sur ordres de vente'' ne refacturer pas le client\n" +"Si Vous partagez la livraison et en faire quelque ordres , chaque livraison va ajouter une ligne a l'ordre de ventes. \n" +"Si Vous devez faire une exception pour une facture qui doit etre refacturer au clent, n'instalez pas le compte analytique pour cette facture." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " +"add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr ":doc:`labels`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "Comment imprimer des étiquettes d'expédition ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "Configurez votre mode de livraison" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" +"Pour configurer vos modes de livraison, allez dans module **Inventaire**, " +"cliquez sur :menuselection:`Configuration --> Modes de livraison`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" +" more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " +"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "Configuration de l'entreprise" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " +"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " +"data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "Configuration d'article" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " +"computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " +"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" +" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "Comment imprimer des étiquettes d'expédition ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" +" third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " +"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "Comment gérer plusieurs colis pour le même bon de livraison ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " +"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " +"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " +"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" +"Pour configurer l'utilisation des colis, allez dans le menu " +":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`. Repérez la " +"section **Colis** et cochez **Enregistrer les colis utilisés pour " +"l'emballage : palettes, boîtes,...**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "Cliquez sur **Appliquer** quand vous avez terminé." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "Commande client" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "Cliquez sur **Mode de livraison** pour choisir celui qui convient." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez la quantité que vous voulez mettre dans le premier emballage dans" +" la colonne **Terminé**, puis cliquez sur le lien **Ajouter au colis**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "Cela créera automatiquement un colis avec la quantité demandée." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "" +"Répétez les mêmes étapes pour les autres article que vous voulez emballer." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "Cliquez sur Valider lorsque vous avez terminé." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " +"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " +"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " +"underneath:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "Configurer de l'Expédition" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "Comment configurer une méthode de livraison ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " +"but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " +"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "Installez le module inventaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" +" order to see it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" +" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " +"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " +"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " +"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " +"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " +"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " +"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " +"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " +":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " +"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "Livraison" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" +msgstr "Pour utiliser Odoo DHL API, vous aurez besoin de :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "Identifiant ID du site DHL.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A DHL Password" +msgstr "Un mot de passe DHL" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "A DHL Account Number" +msgstr "Numéro de compte DHL" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " +"Rest of the world)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " +"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " +"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "Comment intégrer un expéditeur tiers ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " +"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" +" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" +" shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " +"will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " +"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " +"United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" +" you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " +"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez désormais choisir le transporteur sur votre bon de commande. " +"Cliquez sur **Mode de livraison** pour choisir celui que vous voulez." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " +"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" +" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" +"Dans le cas contraire, le prix réel (appliqué lorsque la livraison est " +"validée) sera automatiquement ajouté à la facture. Pour plus d'informations," +" veuillez lire le document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" +" be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " +"to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" +"Comment obtenir les informations d'identification UPS pour l'intégration " +"avec Odoo ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" +msgstr "Pour utiliser Odoo UPS API, vous aurez besoin de :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "Un ID utilisateur et un mot de passe UPS.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A UPS account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "An Access Key" +msgstr "Une clé d'accès" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" +" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Create a UPS Account" +msgstr "Créez un compte UPS" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" +" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " +"Service in order to to open an account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" +" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " +"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" +msgstr "" +"Vous trouverez plus d'informations sur comment ouvrir un compte UPS sur leur" +" site Web, à la page `Comment ouvrir un compte UPS en ligne " +"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " +"online profile by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" +" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" +"1. Connectez-vous au site Web UPS.com sur `www.ups.com " +"<http://www.ups.com/>`__, et cliquez sur le lien **Nouvel utilisateur** dans" +" le haut de la page." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" +" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "Cliquez sur l'onglet **Mon UPS**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" +" States.q" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "Pour continuer, cliquez sur le bouton **Suivant**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " +"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "" +"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " +"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " +"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "Verify your contact information" +msgstr "Vérifiez vos informations de contact" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " +"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " +"contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Production" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "Gestion de la production" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " +"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " +"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " +"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " +"describe multiple variants of the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " +"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " +"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " +"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " +"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " +"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " +"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " +"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " +"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " +"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " +"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " +"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " +"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " +"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " +"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " +"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " +"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " +"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " +"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" +" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " +"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " +"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " +"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 +msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " +"primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " +"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " +"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " +"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " +"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" +"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " +"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " +"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" +"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " +"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" +" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " +"subassembly is created as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 +msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " +"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " +"subassembly as you would for any product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 +msgid "" +"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " +"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " +"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " +"effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " +"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " +"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " +"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " +"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " +"Manufacturing apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " +"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " +"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " +"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " +"right shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " +"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " +"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " +"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" +" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " +"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no special configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " +"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " +"their default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" +" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" +" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " +"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " +"will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " +"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 +msgid "" +"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " +"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" +" order rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 +msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " +"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " +"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " +"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " +"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " +"performed in an order defined by **routings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 +msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " +"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " +"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " +"work orders and routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " +"are two basic phases from planning to production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 +msgid "Create manufacturing orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 +msgid "Record Production" +msgstr "Enregistrer la production" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 +msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" +" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " +"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " +"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " +"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " +"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " +"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " +"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" +" step of scheduling work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 +msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 +msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 +msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 +msgid "Unbuild a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " +"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" +" unbuild products you have received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " +"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " +"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " +"unbuilding them and recycling them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 +msgid "Unbuild Order" +msgstr "Ordre de deconstruction" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 +msgid "" +"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" +" menu *Unbuild Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " +"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " +"something you received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 +msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " +"components from the MO back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " +"BoM back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:6 +msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair.rst:4 +msgid "Repair Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +msgid "Repair products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " +"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " +"defect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 +msgid "Create a Repair Order" +msgstr "Créer un Ordre de Réparation" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " +"new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +msgid "Manage a repair" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." +" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " +"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" +" might need, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " +"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " +"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +msgid "You can now invoice the repair." +msgstr "Vous pouvez désormais facturer la facturation." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "Achats" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases.rst:3 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Achats" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "Données de base" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 +msgid "Import vendors pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " +"to date on products pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 +msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 +msgid "Import a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 +msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 +msgid "See below a template of the columns used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 +msgid "" +":download:`Click here to download the template " +"<files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 +msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " +"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 +msgid "Add vendors in a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " +"select a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " +"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." +msgstr "" +"Notez que chaque fois qu'un article est acheté pour la première fois auprès " +"d'un nouveau fournisseur, Odoo reliera automatiquement le fournisseur et le " +"prix à l'article." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 +msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " +"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " +"t-shirt in different sizes!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " +"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" +" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" +" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " +"between sales and purchase very easily." +msgstr "" +"Dans les affaires quotidiennes, il peut arriver que vos fournisseurs " +"utilisent des unités de mesure différentes des vôtres. Cela peut créer de la" +" confusion entre les ventes et les achats, et vous faire perdre beaucoup de " +"temps à convertir les mesures. Heureusement, avec Odoo, vous pouvez très " +"facilement gérer différentes unités de mesures entre les ventes et achats." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Let's take the following examples:" +msgstr "Prenons l'exemple suivant :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " +"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " +"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " +"quantities in **Liters**." +msgstr "" +"Vous achetez de l'eau à un fournisseur. Le fournisseur est américain et vend" +" son eau en **Gallons**. Votre client, par contre, est européen. Vous " +"souhaiteriez donc avoir vos quantités achetées exprimées en **Gallons** et " +"vos quantités vendues en **Litres**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" +" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." +msgstr "" +"Vous achetez des rideaux à un fournisseur. Le fournisseur vous vends les " +"rideaux en unité de **rouleau** et vous vendez les rideaux au **mètre " +"carré**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" +msgstr "Installez les module Gestion des ventes et Gestion des achats" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " +"correctly installed." +msgstr "" +"La première étape est de s'assurer que les applications **Ventes** et " +"**Achats** sont correctement installées." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom01|" +msgstr "|uom01|" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom02|" +msgstr "|uom02|" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 +msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" +msgstr "Activez l'option Unité de mesures." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " +"unit of measures (advanced)** box." +msgstr "" +"Entrez dans le module d'achats, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Configuration` et activez l'option **Certains produits peuvent être " +"vendus/achetés dans différentes unités de mesures (avancé)**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" +msgstr "Définissez les unités de mesures des achats et des ventes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 +msgid "Standard units of measures" +msgstr "Unités de mesures standard" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " +"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" +" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " +"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." +msgstr "" +"Prenons les unités de mesure classiques existant déjà dans Odoo comme " +"premier exemple. Retenez que les différentes unités de mesures entre les " +"ventes et les achats doivent appartenir à la même catégorie. Les catégories " +"sont: **Unité**, **poids**, **temps de travail**, **volume**, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 +msgid "" +"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " +"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible de créer votre propre catégorie et unité de mesure si elle " +"n'est pas standard dans Odoo (voir le chapitre suivant)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " +"customers in **Liters**." +msgstr "" +"Partons du principe que l'on achète de l'eau à nos fournisseurs en " +"**Gallons**, et la vendons à nos clients en **Litres**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Products`." +msgstr "" +"Nous allons dans le module d'achat sélectionner :menuselection:`Achat --> " +"Articles`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " +"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" +" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " +"purchase)." +msgstr "" +"Créez votre produit ou sélectionnez-en un existant. Dans les informations " +"générales, vous avez la possibilité de sélectionner l'**unité de mesure** " +"(qui sera utilisée pour les ventes, l'inventaire,...) et l'**unité de mesure" +" d'achat** (pour les achats). " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " +"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" +"Dans ces champs, sélectionnez **Litres** pour **Unité de mesure** et " +"**Gallons** pour **Unité de mesure d'achat**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 +msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" +msgstr "Créez vos propres unité de mesure et catégorie d'unité de mesure" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " +"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " +"curtains in **square meters**)." +msgstr "" +"Prenons maintenant notre second exemple (vous achetez des rideaux à un " +"fournisseur, le fournisseur vous vend le rideau par **rouleau** et vous " +"vendez les rideaux au **mètre carré**)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " +"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " +"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" +" where both units have a conversion relationship." +msgstr "" +"Les deux mesures font partie de deux catégories différentes. Rappelez-vous " +"que vous ne pouvez pas relier une mesure d'une catégorie avec une mesure " +"d'une autre catégorie. Nous devons donc d'abord créer une **Catégorie " +"d'unités de mesure** où les deux unités pourrons cohabiter." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" +" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " +"below)." +msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, allez dans le module ventes et sélectionnez " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Articles --> Unités de mesure`. Créez une " +"nouvelle **Catégorie de Mesure** en sélectionnant la liste déroulante et en " +"cliquant sur Créer et modifier (voir l'illustration ci-dessous)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " +"**Inter-Category-Computation**." +msgstr "" +"Créez une nouvelle catégorie d'unités de mesure. Dans cet exemple, notre " +"catégorie s'appellera **Inter-Category-Computation**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " +"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " +"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " +"of Measure`." +msgstr "" +"L'étape suivante est de créer les unités de mesure **Rouleau** et **Mètre " +"carré**. Pour ce faire, allez dans le module des ventes et sélectionnez " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Articles --> Unités de mesure`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 +msgid "Create two new units:" +msgstr "Créez deux nouvelles unités :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" +" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" +" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " +"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" +" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"L'unité **Rouleau** qui appartient à la catégorie Inter-Category-Computation" +" et est de type **Unité de mesure de référence pour cette catégorie** (voir " +"illustration ci-dessous). Ce type la mesure de référence dans cette " +"catégorie. Cela signifie que les autres mesures seront converties à partir " +"de cette mesure (ex: 1 rouleau = 10 mètres carrés, 2 rouleaux = 20 mètres " +"carrés, etc...)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" +" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " +"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " +"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." +msgstr "" +"Pour le **Mètre Carré**, nous spécifions que ``1 rouleau = 10 mètres " +"carrés`` de rideau. Il faudra donc spécifier dans le type, que le mètre " +"carré est plus petit que l'unité de référence. Le **Ratio** est ``10`` " +"puisque ``un rouleau = 10 mètres carrés``." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 +msgid "" +"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " +"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." +msgstr "" +"Il est maintenant possible de mettre le **Mètre carré** comme unité de " +"mesure et le **Rouleau** comme unité de mesure d'achat dans la fiche de " +"l'article." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 +msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 +msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " +"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " +"products have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " +"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 +msgid "" +"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " +"not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " +"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" +" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " +"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " +"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" +msgstr "" +"Si votre entreprise achète régulièrement des produits à plusieurs " +"fournisseurs, il serait utile d'obtenir des statistiques sur vos achats. Il " +"y a plusieurs raisons de suivre et d'analyser les performances de vos " +"fournisseurs :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 +msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez voir combien votre entreprise est dépendante d'un fournisseur;" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" +msgstr "vous pouvez négocier des remises sur les tarifs;" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" +msgstr "Vous pouvez vérifier le délai moyen de livraison par fournisseur;" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "Etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " +"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " +"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " +"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " +"their future orders." +msgstr "" +"Par exemple, un revendeur de produits informatiques qui émet des dizaines de" +" bons de commande à plusieurs fournisseurs chaque semaine peut vouloir " +"mesurer pour chaque produit le prix total payé pour chaque fournisseur et le" +" délai de livraison. Les informations recueillies vont l'aider à mieux " +"analyser, prévoir et planifier les futures commandes." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" +msgstr "Installez le module Gestion des achats" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " +"module." +msgstr "" +"Depuis le module **Applications**, recherchez et installez l'application de " +"**Gestion des achats**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 +msgid "Issue some purchase orders" +msgstr "Emettez quelques bons de commande" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " +"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "Analyzing your vendors" +msgstr "Analysez vos fournisseurs" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 +msgid "Generate flexible reports" +msgstr "Générer des rapports dynamiques" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " +"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " +"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " +"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " +"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " +"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +msgstr "" +"Vous avez accès aux performances de vos fournisseurs dans le menu Rapports. " +"Par défaut, le rapport regroupe tous vos bons de commande dans un tableau " +"croisé dynamique, par **prix total**, **quantité de produit** et **prix " +"moyen** pour **chaque mois** et **chaque fournisseur**. En accédant à ce " +"rapport de base, vous pouvez déjà obtenir un aperçu rapide de leurs " +"performances actuelles. Vous pouvez ajouter un grand nombre de données " +"supplémentaires à votre rapport en cliquant sur l'icône **Mesures**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " +"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " +"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " +"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " +"\"Products\"." +msgstr "" +"En cliquant sur les icônes **+** et **-**, vous pouvez naviguer vers le haut" +" et le bas dans votre rapport afin de changer la façon dont les informations" +" sont affichées. Par exemple, si vous voulez voir tous les produits achetés " +"pour le mois en cours, vous devez cliquer sur l'icône **+** sur l'axe " +"vertical, puis sur \"Articles\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " +"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" +" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " +"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " +"below." +msgstr "" +"Selon les données que vous souhaitez mettre en évidence, vous devrez peut-" +"être afficher vos rapports d'une façon plus visuelle. D'un seul clic, vous " +"pouvez transformer votre rapport en 3 vues graphiques: un **diagramme " +"circulaire**, un **graphique en barres** et un **graphique en courbes**: Ces" +" vues sont accessibles via les icônes entourés en rouge dans la capture " +"d'écran ci-dessous ." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " +"dependent and one independent measure." +msgstr "" +"Contrairement à un tableau croisé dynamique, un graphique ne peut être " +"calculé qu'avec une mesure dépendante et une mesure indépendante." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Customize reports" +msgstr "Rapports personnalisés" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " +"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " +"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " +"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " +"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " +"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " +"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " +"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez facilement personnaliser vos rapports d'achats pour satisfaire " +"vos besoins. Pour ce faire, utilisez la **vue Recherche avancée** située " +"dans la partie droite de votre écran, en cliquant sur l'icône loupe tout à " +"droite de la barre de recherche. Cette fonction vous permet de mettre en " +"évidence certaines données sur votre rapport. L'option **Filtres** est très " +"utile pour afficher certaines catégories de données, tandis que l'option " +"**Regrouper par** améliore la lisibilité de vos rapports. Notez que vous " +"pouvez filtrer et grouper par n'importe quel champ existant, ce qui rend " +"votre personnalisation très flexible et puissante." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " +"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " +"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez enregistrer et réutiliser un filtre personnalisé en cliquant sur" +" **Favoris** dans la **vue Recherche avancée**, puis sur **Enregistrer la " +"recherche actuelle**. Le filtre sera alors accessible depuis le menu " +"**Favoris**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 +msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " +"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " +"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" +" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " +"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 +msgid "Approve the order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " +"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " +"of what your users can or can't do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 +msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." +msgstr "Une fois approuvé, le bon de commande suit le processus normal." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 +msgid "Bill Control" +msgstr "Contrôle de facture" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" +" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" +" you receive the goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 +msgid "Change the control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" +" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " +"page under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 +msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " +"*Shipment* tab," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " +"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" +" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " +"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "Cancel a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " +"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" +" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" +"En raison de malentendus, d'erreurs humaines ou de changement de stratégies," +" il est parfois nécessaire d'annuler les commandes envoyées aux " +"fournisseurs. Odoo vous permet de le faire, même si une partie ou même la " +"totalité de la marchandise commandée est déjà arrivée dans votre entrepôt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 +msgid "" +"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " +"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " +"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " +"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " +"cancel." +msgstr "" +"Nous allons d'abord prendre comme exemple le cas où vous commandez **3 iPad " +"mini**, qui ne sont pas encore arrivés dans vos entrepôts. Comme " +"l'installation de l'application de Gestion de l''inventaire est requise lors" +" de l'utilisation du module **Achats**, il est également intéressant de voir" +" le cas de marchandises partiellement livrées que vous souhaitez annuler." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "Créez un Bon de Commande" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " +"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " +"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" +msgstr "" +"La première étape pour créer un **Bon de Commande** est de créer une " +"**Demande de Prix (DP)** dans le menu :menuselection:`Achats --> Achat --> " +"Demande de prix`. Confirmez votre DP pour avoir un bon de commande confirmé" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 +msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" +msgstr "Annulez votre commande" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 +msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" +msgstr "Cas 1 : vous n'avez pas encore reçu vos marchandises" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " +"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez confirmé votre commande et n'avez pas encore reçu vos " +"marchandises, vous pouvez simplement annuler la commande en cliquant sur le " +"bouton Annuler." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " +"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." +msgstr "" +"Odoo annulera automatiquement les livraisons en attente liées à cette " +"commande et la barre d'état passera de **Commande Fournisseur** à " +"**Annulé**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 +msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" +msgstr "Cas 2 : produits partiellement livrés" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " +"cancel the PO." +msgstr "" +"Dans ce cas, **2** des **3 iPad Mini** sont arrivés avant que vous décidiez " +"d'annuler la commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 +msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" +msgstr "Enregistrez la marchandise reçue et annuler les reliquats" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " +"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." +" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " +"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." +msgstr "" +"La première chose à faire sera d'enregistrer les marchandises reçues et " +"d'annuler l'arrivée du **troisième iPad mini** qui doit toujours être " +"expédié. Depuis le Bon de Commande, cliquez sur **Réception par article** " +"et, sur la ligne de commande **iPad Mini**, modifiez manuellement les " +"quantités reçues dans la colonne **Fait**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 +msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" +msgstr "Pour en savoir plus, voir :doc:`reception`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " +"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " +"ask you the permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous cliquerez sur **Valider**, Odoo vous avertira que vous avez " +"traité moins de produits que la demande initiale (2 au lieu de 3 dans notre " +"cas) et vous demandera la permission de créer un reliquat." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" +" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " +"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur **Pas de reliquat** pour annuler la fourniture du produit " +"restant. Notez que la quantité à recevoir a été modifiée en conséquence, et " +"le statut de livraison est donc passé à **Fait**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 +msgid "Create reverse transfer" +msgstr "Créez une rétrocession" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" +" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." +" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" +" corresponding location and click on **Return**." +msgstr "" +"Maintenant, vous devez renvoyer les iPad Minis que vous avez reçu à votre " +"fournisseur. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur le bouton **Inverser** à partir du " +"même document. Une fenêtre de retour apparaîtra. Saisissez la quantité à " +"renvoyer et l'emplacement correspondant, et cliquez sur **Retourner**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " +"stock to your vendor location." +msgstr "" +"Procédez à l'expédition de retour et contrôlez que le mouvement de stock va " +"de votre entrepôt à celui de votre fournisseur." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" +" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " +"cancelled." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque le retour est fait, l'état de votre commande sera automatiquement " +"mis à Terminé, ce qui signifie que votre commande a été complètement " +"annulée." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`bills`" +msgstr ":doc:`bills`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`reception`" +msgstr ":doc:`reception`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " +"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " +"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " +"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " +"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." +msgstr "" +"Une Demande de Prix (DP) est utilisée quand vous envisagez l'achat de " +"certains articles, et vous souhaitez obtenir une offre pour ces articles. " +"Dans Odoo, les demandes de prix sont utilisées quand vous envoyez la liste " +"des articles que vous désirez à votre fournisseur. Une fois que votre " +"fournisseur a donné sa réponse, vous pouvez choisir de confirmer l'offre, ou" +" de la refuser." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 +msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "Créez une Demande de Prix" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " +"Quotation` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" +"Dans le module Achats, ouvrez :menuselection:`Achat --> Demande de prix` et " +"cliquez sur **Créer**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " +"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " +"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez votre fournisseur dans le menu **Fournisseur**, ou créez-le à " +"la volée en cliquant sur **Créer et modifier...**. Dans le champ **Date de " +"commande**, sélectionnez la date à laquelle vous souhaitez passer la " +"commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " +"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " +"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " +"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " +"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " +"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " +"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " +"supplier or enter a new one)." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'onglet **Articles**, cliquez sur Ajouter un élément. Sélectionnez " +"l'article que vous souhaitez commander dans le menu **Article**. Spécifiez " +"la **Quantité** en insérant le nombre et en sélectionnant l'unité de mesure." +" Dans le champ **Prix unitaire**, indiquez le prix que vous souhaitez qu'on " +"vous propose (vous pouvez également laisser le champ vide si vous ne savez " +"pas quel est le prix), et ajouter la date de livraison prévue dans le champ " +"Date prévue. Cliquez sur **Sauvegarder**, puis sur **Imprimer Demande de " +"Prix** ou ** Envoyer la Demande de Prix par Email** (assurez-vous qu'une " +"adresse email est définie pour ce fournisseur ou entrez-en une nouvelle)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 +msgid "" +"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" +" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir cliqué sur **Envoyer...**, vous constaterez que le statut de la " +"Demande de Prix est passé de **Brouillon** à **Demande de Prix Envoyée**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " +"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " +"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que votre fournisseur a répondu avec une offre, mettez à jour la " +"Demande de Prix en cliquant sur **Modifier**, pour la faire concorder à " +"l'offre (prix, taxes, délai de livraison prévu, conditions de paiement, " +"etc.), puis cliquez sur **Enregistrer** pour émettre un Bon de Commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " +"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." +msgstr "" +"Pour passer la commande, cliquez sur **Confirmer la Commande** pour envoyer " +"la commande au fournisseur. Le statut de la Demande de Prix passera à " +"**Commande Fournisseur**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" +" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." +msgstr "" +"Le statut de la Demande de Prix changera pour Commande Fournisseur. Les " +"boutons dans le coin supérieur droit de la commande afficheront 1 expédition" +" et 0 facture." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" +" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " +"to work." +msgstr "" +"Pour que cette fonctionnalité fonctionne vous avez besoin des modules " +"*Ventes*, *Inventaire* et *Achats*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Dropshipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " +"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " +"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " +"drop shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " +"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " +"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " +"dropship route on the SO line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "Drop ship a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " +"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " +"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " +"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" +" through your own stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Lock a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 +msgid "Lock an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 +msgid "" +"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " +"the order preventing any further modification on the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 +msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 +msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " +"products to receive and to control supplier bills." +msgstr "" +"L'application **Achats** vous permet de gérer vos commandes d'achat, de " +"contrôler les produits à recevoir, et de contrôler les factures " +"fournisseurs." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" +" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " +"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." +msgstr "" +"Si vous souhaitez garder les prévisions et les réceptions de produits sous " +"contrôle, la première chose à faire est de déployer le processus d'achat " +"d'Odoo. Savoir ce qui a été acheté est à la base des prévisions et du " +"contrôle des réceptions." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 +msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" +"Installez les applications Gestion des achats et Gestion de l'inventaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " +"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " +"others), which is required with **Purchase**." +msgstr "" +"Commencez par installer l'application de Gestion des achats à partir du " +"module **Applications** . Cela installera automatiquement l'application " +"**Gestion de l'inventaire** (entre autres), qui est nécessaire à " +"l'application **Achats**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 +msgid "Create products" +msgstr "Créer des articles" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " +"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, vous devez créer les articles que vous souhaitez acheter. Allez " +"dans l'application **Achats** , puis dans : menuselection:`Achat --> " +"Articles`, et cliquez sur **Créer**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 +msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" +msgstr "" +"Lors de la création du produit, le champ **Type d'article** est important :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." +msgstr "" +"**Stockable & Consommable** : les produits doivent être réceptionnés dans " +"l'inventaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " +"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." +msgstr "" +"**Services & Produits Numériques** (seulement quand l'application " +"**eCommerce** est installée) : il n'y a aucun contrôle sur les réceptions." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " +"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " +"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" +" set his product type field as **Service**." +msgstr "" +"Il est conseillé de créer un article **Divers** pour tous les achats qui se " +"produisent rarement et ne nécessitent pas de gestion des stocks ni de " +"statistiques d'achats/ventes. Si vous créez un tel produit, il est " +"recommandé de définir le type d'article à **Service**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 +msgid "Control products receptions" +msgstr "Contrôlez les réceptions de produits" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 +msgid "Purchase products" +msgstr "Articles achetés" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " +"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" +" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " +"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " +"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." +msgstr "" +"Depuis l'application Achats, créez un bon de commande avec quelques " +"articles. Si le fournisseur vous envoie une confirmation ou un devis, " +"enregistrez le numéro de la commande dans le champ **Référence " +"fournisseur**. Cela vous permettra de faire facilement la correspondance " +"avec le bon de livraison par la suite (car le bordereau de livraison " +"comprendra probablement la **Référence du vendeur** de son bon de commande)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 +msgid "Receive Products" +msgstr "Réception par article" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " +"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " +"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " +"receipt box of the related warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez acheté des marchandises (produits stockables ou consommables), " +"vous pouvez les réceptionner dans l'application **Inventaire**. Dans le " +"tableau de bord de l'**Inventaire** , vous devriez voir un bouton **X à " +"recevoir**, dans la boîte de réception de l'entrepôt concerné." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur ce bouton et vous accédez à une liste de toutes les commandes en" +" attente pour cet entrepôt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " +"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " +"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" +" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " +"the lines within it." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez beaucoup de commandes en attente, vous pouvez utiliser la barre" +" de filtre pour rechercher le **Fournisseur** (également appelé " +"**Partenaire* dans Odoo), l'article ou le document source, c'est à dire la " +"référence de votre commande d'achat. Vous pouvez ouvrir le document qui " +"correspond au bordereau de livraison et traiter toutes les lignes qu'il " +"contient." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " +"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " +"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " +"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez valider l'ensemble du document en une seule fois en cliquant sur" +" le bouton **Valider**, ou vous pouvez contrôler tous les produits, un par " +"un, en changeant manuellement la quantité dans le champ **Fait** (ce qui a " +"été effectivement reçu). Quand une ligne est verte, cela signifie que la " +"quantité reçue correspond à ce qui était attendu." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " +"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " +"the quantity received." +msgstr "" +"Si vous travaillez avec des numéros de lots ou des numéros de série, vous ne" +" pouvez pas saisir la quantité traitée, mais vous devez fournir tous les " +"numéros de lots ou numéros de série pour enregistrer la quantité reçue." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 +msgid "" +"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" +" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous validez la réception, si vous avez reçu moins de produits que " +"la demande initiale, Odoo vous demandera l'autorisation de créer un " +"reliquat." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " +"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " +"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." +msgstr "" +"Si vous pensez recevoir les produit restants dans l'avenir, sélectionnez " +"**Créer un reliquat**. Odoo va créer un nouveau document pour les produits " +"en attente. Si vous choisissez **Pas de reliquat**, la commande est " +"considérée comme complète." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`cancel`" +msgstr ":doc:`cancel`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 +msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " +"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " +"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " +"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 +msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " +"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " +"blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 +msgid "Add a warning on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" +" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 +msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " +"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 +msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Agreements" +msgstr "Conventions d'achat" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " +"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " +"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 +msgid "Start a Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " +"Agreements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " +"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " +"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " +"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " +"the top right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 +msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " +"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " +"choose the quantity and confirm the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" +" you have already ordered from your blanket order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 +msgid "Vendors prices on your product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " +"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " +"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " +"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " +"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 +msgid "Create a Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " +"and select *Call for Tender*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " +"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " +"right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 +msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " +"from your Call for Tender." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 +msgid "Select the best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" +" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 +msgid "Close the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 +msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "Réapprovisionnement" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment Flows" +msgstr "Règles de Réapprovisionnement" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 +msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " +"Times*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 +msgid "" +"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " +"manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 +msgid "Configure Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 +msgid "Vendor Lead Time" +msgstr "Délai Fournisseur" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " +"product to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " +"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " +"lead time for that Vendor & Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "Délai de livraison au client" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " +"the product to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 +msgid "Manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " +"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " +"engagements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " +"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " +"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " +"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 +msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 +msgid "" +"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " +"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " +"is your product’s configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 +msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 +msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 +msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" +" your configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 +msgid "" +"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 +msgid "" +"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 +msgid "" +"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " +"9 days of vendor lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Setup drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " +"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." +msgstr "" +"La livraison directe permet de livrer les marchandises directement du " +"fournisseur au client. Cela signifie que les produits ne transitent pas par " +"votre stock." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 +msgid "" +"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " +"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " +"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " +"section." +msgstr "" +"Tout d'abord, configurer les **Routes** et la **Livraison directe**. Aller à" +" :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Cochez " +"**Routage avancé des articles utilisant des règles** dans la section " +"**Routes**, et **Permettre aux fournisseurs de livrer directement à vos " +"clients** dans la section **Livraison directe**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " +"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " +"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" +"Vous devez autoriser le choix de l'itinéraire sur la commande client. Aller " +"dans l'application de **Ventes**, :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` et cochez **Choisir des routes spécifiques à chaque ligne de " +"commande (avancé)**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 +msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" +msgstr "Comment utiliser la livraison directe ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " +"concerned order lines." +msgstr "" +"Créer la commande client et sélectionnez la route **Du fournisseur au client" +" - drop shipping** sur la ligne de commande concernée." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " +"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." +msgstr "" +"Une fois la commande confirmée, aucun mouvement ne sera créé dans votre " +"stock. Les marchandises seront livrées directement à partir de votre " +"fournisseur vers votre client." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" +" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." +msgstr "" +"Afin d'être en mesure de facturer la livraison, vous devez définir la " +"politique de facturation de votre produit sur **Quantités commandées**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 +msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " +"orders on each sale you make." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" +" just one step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " +"*Make To Order*." +msgstr "" +"Ouvrez une fiche produit et cochez les routes *Acheter* et *Passer une " +"commande* dans l'onglet **Inventaire**. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 +msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " +"Odoo for this feature to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 +msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " +"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " +"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " +"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " +"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" +" *Shipment* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " +"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " +"automatically under it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " +"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " +"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 +msgid "Set a reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 +msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " +"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " +"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " +"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " +"12:00PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 +msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" +" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " +"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Dépannage" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " +"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " +"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " +"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," +" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " +"issue with the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-Companies" +msgstr "Multi-Sociétés" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" +msgstr "" +"Comment configurer un flux de vente d'achat en environnement multi-sociétés " +"?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " +"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " +"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " +"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." +msgstr "" +"Odoo est une solution exceptionnelle pour aider les petites entreprises à " +"développer leur activité. Mais il répond aussi parfaitement aux besoins des " +"multinationales.Les fonctionnalités inter-entreprise vous aident à acheter " +"et/ou vendre des produits et des services entre les différentes divisions de" +" votre conglomérat." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " +"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " +"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " +"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " +"on your sales and purchase orders." +msgstr "" +"Les ordres d'achat et les ordres de vente peuvent être liés. Si une " +"entreprise au sein de votre groupe crée une commande d'achat ou de vente, le" +" document correspondant est automatiquement créé pour votre entreprise. Tout" +" ce que vous avez à faire est de vérifier que tout est correct et confirmer " +"la vente. Vous pouvez automatiser la validation sur vos commandes de ventes " +"et d'achats." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 +msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." +msgstr "" +"Il est également possible de ne traiter que les factures et les avoirs." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Manage intercompany rules" +msgstr "Gérez les règles intersociétés" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" +" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> General Settings`. Cochez **Manage" +" multiple companies** et **gestion inter-compagnies**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "Cliquez sur **Appliquer**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 +msgid "New options will appear." +msgstr "De nouvelles options apparaîtront." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." +msgstr "" +"Dans la liste déroulante, choisissez la société sur laquelle vous souhaitez " +"ajouter des règles." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " +"options." +msgstr "" +"Si vous cliquez sur **Paramétrage des commandes d'achats et de ventes pour " +"les relations inter-sociétés**, vous obtiendrez des options supplémentaires." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " +"for the other companies." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous avez terminé, cliquez sur **Appliquer**, puis vous pouvez " +"répéter les mêmes étapes pour les autres entreprises." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " +"user has the rights to manage the companies." +msgstr "" +"Afin d'être en mesure de gérer les règles intersociétés, assurez-vous que " +"votre utilisateur a le droit de gérer les entreprises." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po deleted file mode 100644 index cc63ccad2..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,565 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../iot.rst:5 -msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "Internet des objets (IoT)" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "Connectez une IoT Box à votre base de données" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" -"Installez l'application Internet des objets (IoT) sur votre base de données " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" -"Allez dans l'application IoT et cliquez sur Connecter sur la page des IoT " -"Box." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "Pour connecter votre IoT Box, suivez ces étapes :" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "Connexion Ethernet" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Connectez à votre IoT Box tous les appareils qui doivent être connectés par " -"câble (ethernet, périphériques USB, etc.)." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "Mettez la POSBox sous tension" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." -msgstr "Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton Scanner" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:34 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "Connexion WIFI" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:36 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "Mettez la IoT Box sous tension" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:38 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "Copiez votre jeton" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "" -"Connectez-vous au réseau Wi-Fi de l'IoT Box (assurez-vous qu'aucun câble " -"n'est connecté à votre ordinateur)." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." -msgstr "" -"Vous allez être redirigé vers la page d'accueil de l'IoT Box (si cela ne " -"fonctionne pas, connectez-vous à l'adresse IP de la Box). Donnez un nom à " -"votre IoT Box (pas obligatoire) et insérez le jeton, puis cliquez sur " -"suivant." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -msgstr "" -"Si vous êtes sur Runbot, n'oubliez pas d'ajouter le -all ou -base dans le " -"jeton (par ex. ce jeton **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** doit devenir " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez le réseau Wi-Fi auquel vous voulez vous connecter (entrez le mot " -"de passe s'il y en a un) et cliquez sur Envoyer. Vous serez redirigé vers " -"votre base de données en quelques secondes." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:70 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "L'IoT Box devrait maintenant s'afficher." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:76 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "Schéma de l'IoT Box" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "Flasher votre carte SD" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." -msgstr "" -"Dans certains cas, vous devrez peut-être refaire la carte SD de votre IoT " -"Box pour bénéficier de nos dernières mises à jour." - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" -msgstr "Mise à jour de votre carte SD en utilisant Etcher" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <http://wwww.balena.org>`__, " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Now, download the latest image `here " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the " -"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " -"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." -msgstr "" -"Téléchargez ensuite la dernière image `ici " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, et décompressez-la du " -"fichier zip. Puis, ouvrez *Etcher* et choisissez l'image. Sélectionnez le " -"lecteur à flasher (là où se trouve votre carte SD) et cliquez sur *Flash*!." - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " -"minutes for it to finish." -msgstr "" -"Votre image sera automatiquement actualisée. Cela ne prendra que 5 minutes." - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:3 -msgid "IoT Box not found" -msgstr "IoT Box introuvable." - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" -" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " -"can follow to find your IoT box." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous utilisez votre IoT Box, un problème récurrent que vous pourriez" -" rencontrer est que votre boîte ne se trouve pas dans votre base de données." -" Heureusement, il existe quelques étapes simples pour vous aider à la " -"retrouver." - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:10 -msgid "HTTPS Issues" -msgstr "Incidents HTTPS" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:12 -msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" -msgstr "" -"Votre IoT Box n'est pas trouvée? Vous avez probablement des problèmes de " -"serveur https!" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " -"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" -" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." -msgstr "" -"Pour le savoir, allez dans votre base de données et vérifiez si son adresse " -"commence par une adresse https (comme https://www.odoo.com). Si c'est le " -"cas, il se peut que vous ayez des problèmes avec l'image de votre IoT Box. " -"Elle doit être en version 18.12 ou supérieure." - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " -"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." -msgstr "" -"Si l'image de votre IoT Box provient d'une version antérieure, vous allez " -"devoir reflasher la carte SD de votre IoT Box pour mettre à jour l'image (la" -" dernière image se trouve `ici <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "Utilisez l'IoT Box pour le PdV" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:9 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "Prérequis" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "Avant de commencer, assurez-vous d'avoir :" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box" -msgstr "Une IoT Box;" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" -msgstr "Un adaptateur 2A Pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:17 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "Un ordinateur ou une tablette avec un navigateur web à jour" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" -msgstr "" -"Une instance Saas ou Odoo avec le Point de ventes et l'application IoT " -"installés;" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:22 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "Un réseau local configuré avec DHCP (c'est le réglage par défaut);" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " -"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Une imprimante Epson USB TM-T20 ou une autre imprimante ESC/ POS compatible " -"(les imprimantes officiellement prises en charge sont répertoriées sur la " -"page `Matériel PdV <https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:28 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" -msgstr "" -"Un scanner code à barre USB Eclipse Honeywell ou tout autre scanner " -"compatible" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:30 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "Un tiroir-caisse compatible Epson" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:32 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "Un câble Ethernet RJ45 (en option, le Wi-Fi est intégré)." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:35 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "Configurer" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:44 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "Vous devez ensuite connecter les périphériques à votre IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" -" might work as well." -msgstr "" -"La liste officielle du matériel compatible est disponible sur la page de " -"`spécifications matérielles du PdV <https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-" -"android-hardware>`__, bien qu'un matériel non-listé puisse tout aussi bien " -"fonctionner." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:50 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr "" -"**Imprimante**: Connectez une imprimante ESC/POS à un port USB et mettez la " -"en marche." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" -"**Tiroir caisse**: Le tiroir caisse devrait être connecté à l'imprimante " -"avec un cable RJ25." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " -"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " -"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " -"your barcode scanner." -msgstr "" -"**Scanner de code-barres**: Connectez votre scanner de code-barres. Pour que" -" votre scanner puisse être compatible, il doit se comporter comme un clavier" -" et être configuré en **US QWERTY**. Il doit également terminer les codes-" -"barres par le caractère Entrer (keycode 28). Il s'agit le plus souvent de la" -" configuration par défaut de votre scanner de code-barres." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:62 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "" -"**Balance**: Connectez votre balance électronique et mettez la en marche." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " -"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " -"device." -msgstr "" -"**Ethernet**: Si vous ne souhaitez pas utiliser le Wi-Fi, branchez le câble " -"Ethernet. Assurez-vous de connecter l'IoT Box sur le même réseau que votre " -"périphérique PdV." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " -"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " -"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " -"on boot." -msgstr "" -"**Wi-Fi** : La connexion Wi-Fi est intégrée à la version actuelle de l'IoT " -"Box. Assurez-vous de ne pas brancher un câble Ethernet lors du démarrage, " -"car toute fonctionnalité Wi-Fi sera ignorée lorsqu'une connexion réseau " -"câblée est disponible." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:77 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "" -"La configuration est faite, vous pouvez lancer votre nouvelle session PdV." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:80 -msgid "Troubleshoot" -msgstr "Problèmes" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:83 -msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" -msgstr "Le PdV ne se connecte pas à l'IoT Box" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" -" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" -" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " -"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" -msgstr "" -"La façon la plus simple de savoir si l'IoT Box est correctement configurée " -"est de l'allumer avec l'imprimante branchée car elle imprimera un reçu " -"indiquant toute erreur éventuelle ou l'adresse IP de l'IoT Box en cas de " -"succès. Si aucun reçu n'est imprimé, vérifiez les étapes suivantes :" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " -"LED." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que l'IoT Box est allumée, ce qui est indiqué par une LED " -"rouge." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " -"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " -"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que l'IoT Box est prête, cela est indiqué par une LED verte " -"juste à coté de la LED rouge. L'IoT Box devrait être prête environ 2 minutes" -" après le démarrage." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " -"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " -"devices on your network router." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que l'IoT Box est connectée au même réseau que votre PdV. Le " -"PdV et l'IoT Box doivent tout deux être visibles dans la liste des appareils" -" connectés sur votre réseau." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" -" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez spécifié l'adresse IP de l'IoT Box dans la configuration, " -"assurez-vous qu'elle correspond à l'adresse IP imprimée sur le reçu de " -"statut de l'IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:106 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "Assurez-vous que la page du PdV n'est pas chargé en HTTPS." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " -"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" -"Un bug dans l'implémentation HTTP de Firefox pourrait empêcher " -"l'autodiscovery de fonctionner de manière fiable. Vous pouvez également " -"configurer manuellement l'adresse IP de l'IoT Box dans la configuration du " -"PdV." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:113 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "Le scanner de code barre ne fonctionne pas correctement" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " -"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " -"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." -msgstr "" -"Le scanner doit être configuré en US QWERTY et doit émettre un caractère " -"ENTER après chaque code barre scanné. C'est la configuration par défaut sur " -"la plupart des scanners. Vérifiez le manuel du scanner pour plus " -"d'information." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " -"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " -"enough power." -msgstr "" -"L'IoT Box a besoin d'une alimentation 2A pour fonctionner avec certains " -"lecteurs. Si vous n'utilisez pas l'alimentation fournie avec l'IoT Box, " -"assurez-vous d'avoir assez de courant." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" -" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" -" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." -msgstr "" -"Certains scanners vont demander plus de 2A et ne fonctionneront pas or de " -"façon instable, même avec l'alimentation fournie. Dans ce cas, vous devrez " -"utiliser une alimentation externe pour le scanner." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" -"Des lecteurs bon marché ne sont pas détectés comme des lecteurs de code-" -"barres mais comme un clavier USB. Ceux-ci ne fonctionneront pas avec l'IoT " -"Box." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:134 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "Le scanner de codes-barres ne fonctionne pas de manière fiable" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " -"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que pas plus d'un périphérique avec «Scan via Proxy» / «Lecteur" -" de code-barres» activé n'est connecté à l'IoT Box en même temps." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:140 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "L'impression du reçu prend trop de temps" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:142 -msgid "" -"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " -"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " -"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " -"and the IoT Box." -msgstr "" -"Un petit délai est prévu avant la première impression car l'IoT Box " -"effectuera un prétraitement afin d'accélérer les impressions suivantes. Si " -"vous subissez des retards par la suite, ils sont très probablement dûs à une" -" mauvaise connexion réseau entre le PdV et l'IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:148 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "Certains caractères ne sont pas correctement imprimés sur le reçu" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:150 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " -"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" -"L'IoT Box ne prend pas en charge tous les langages et caractères. Elle " -"supporte actuellement les scripts basés en latin et en cyrillique, avec un " -"support japonais basique." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:155 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "L'imprimante est hors ligne" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " -"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " -"contact support." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que l'imprimante est connectée, sous tension, qu'elle contient " -"suffisamment de papier, que son couvercle est fermé et qu'elle ne signale " -"aucune erreur. Si l'erreur persiste, contactez le support technique." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:162 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "Le tiroir caisse n'ouvre pas" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:164 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" -"Le tiroir-caisse doit être connecté à l'imprimante et doit être activé dans " -"la configuration PdV." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8e0c611b2..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,258 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2018 -# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Live Chat" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" -msgstr "Chattez en direct avec les visiteurs de votre site Web." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." -msgstr "" -"Avec Odoo Discussion instantanée, vous pouvez établir un contact direct avec" -" les visiteur de votre site web. Une simple boite de dialogue sera " -"disponible sur leur écran et leur permettra de discuter av,ec un de vos " -"représentant commercial. de cette manière, vous pouvez facilement " -"transformer un intérêt en une potentielle opportunité. Vous serez aussi " -"capable d'apporter une aide à vos clients. En résumé, il s'agit du parfait " -"outil pour améliorer la satisfaction de votre clientèle" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." -msgstr "" -"Pour avoir la fonctionnalité Discussion Instantanée, ouvrez le module " -"Applications, cherchez \"Discussion Instantanée\" et cliquer sur installer." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." -msgstr "" -"Le module Discussion Instantanée vous donne un accès direct au canaux de " -"discussion, Là, les opérateurs peuvent facilement rejoindre et quitter les " -"discussions." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" -msgstr "Ajouter les discussions instantanées au site web Odoo" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." -msgstr "" -"Si votre site Web a été créé avec Odoo, le chat en direct est alors " -"directement ajouté à celui-ci." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "Ajouter le chat en direct à un site Web externe" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." -msgstr "" -"Si votre site Web n'a pas été créé avec Odoo, allez sur le module Chat en " -"direct et sélectionnez le canal qui doit être lié. Vous pouvez tout " -"simplement faire un copier coller du code disponible sur votre site Web. " -"Vous recevrez également une URL spécifique que vous pouvez envoyer à vos " -"clients et fournisseurs pour leur donner accès au chat en direct." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "Cachez / affichez le chat en direct selon les règles" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez définir des règles pour le chat en direct sur le formulaire du " -"canal. Par exemple, vous pouvez choisir d'afficher la fenêtre de chat des " -"pays dont vous parlez la langue. En revanche, vous avez la possibilité de " -"cacher le chat des pays pour lesquels votre entreprise ne vend pas. Si vous " -"sélectionnez le *Pop-up automatique*, vous pouvez également définir le temps" -" nécessaire au lancement du chat." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "Préparer des messages automatiques" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 -msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." -msgstr "" -"Dans la section *Options* du formulaire du canal, vous pouvez introduire les" -" différents messages qui apparaîtront automatiquement sur le chat. Cela " -"incitera les visiteurs à vous joindre via le chat en direct." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" -msgstr "Démarrez le chat avec vos clients" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." -msgstr "" -"Pour pouvoir commencer à chatter avec vos clients, assurez-vous d'abord que " -"le canal est publié sur votre site Web. Pour ce faire, sélectionnez *Pas " -"publié sur le site Web* dans le coin supérieur droit du formulaire du canal " -"et basculez vers le paramètre *Publié*. Dès qu'un opérateur aura rejoint le " -"canal, le chat en direct pourra alors démarrer." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." -msgstr "" -"Si aucun opérateur n'est disponible et/ou si le canal n'est pas publié sur " -"le site Web, alors les visiteurs ne verront pas le bouton chat en direct." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " -"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " -"answered wherever you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Les conversations démarrées par des visiteurs apparaîtront également dans le" -" module Discuss en plus du pop-up de message direct. Par conséquent, des " -"questions peuvent être répondues à partir de n'importe quel endroit d" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " -"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." -msgstr "" -"Si plusieurs opérateurs ont rejoint le canal, le système répartira " -"aléatoirement les sessions de visiteurs entre eux." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "Utiliser les commandes" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" -msgstr "" -"Les commandes sont des raccourcis utiles pour réaliser certaines actions ou " -"pour retrouver les informations dont vous pourriez avoir besoin. Pour " -"utiliser cette fonctionnalité, tapez simplement les commandes dans le chat. " -"Les actions suivantes sont disponibles :" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." -msgstr "**/aide** : affiche un message d'aide." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/support technique** : crée un ticket de support technique." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" -"**/support technique\\_cherchez** : cherche un ticket de support technique." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." -msgstr "**/historique** : affiche les 15 dernières pages visitées." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." -msgstr "**/piste** : créer une nouvelle piste." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." -msgstr "**/quitter** : quitter le canal." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 -msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "" -"Si un ticket de support technique est créé depuis le chat, alors la " -"discussion à partir de laquelle il a été généré s'affichera automatiquement " -"dans la description du ticket. Il en va de même pour la création d'une " -"piste." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "Envoyer des réponses toutes prêtes" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." -msgstr "" -"Les réponses toutes prêtes vous permettent de créer des phrases alternatives" -" à celles que vous utilisez fréquemment. Devoir taper un mot au lieu de " -"devoir en taper plusieurs vous fera gagner beaucoup de temps. Pour ajouter " -"des réponses toute prêtes, allez sur :menuselection:`CHATTER EN DIRECT --> " -"Configuration --> Réponses toute prêtes` et créez autant de réponses que " -"vous en avez besoin. Pour les utiliser ensuite pendant une séance de chat, " -"tapez simplement \":\" suivi du raccourci que vous leur avez attribué." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 -msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" -msgstr "" -"Vous avez maintenant tout les outils nécessaires pour chatter en direct avec" -" les visiteurs de votre site Web. Amusez-vous!" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9ba851995..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,525 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2018 -# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2018 -# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2019 -# thomas quertinmont <tqu@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Fabrication" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "Gestion de la production" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " -"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " -"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " -"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " -"describe multiple variants of the same product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " -"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " -"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " -"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " -"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " -"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " -"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " -"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " -"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " -"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " -"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " -"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " -"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 -msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "" -"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " -"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " -"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " -"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " -"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " -"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " -"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" -" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " -"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " -"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " -"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 -msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " -"primary product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " -"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " -"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " -"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " -"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" -"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " -"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " -"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" -"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " -"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" -" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " -"subassembly is created as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " -"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " -"subassembly as you would for any product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 -msgid "" -"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " -"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " -"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " -"effect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " -"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " -"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 -msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " -"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " -"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " -"Manufacturing apps must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " -"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "" -"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " -"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " -"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " -"right shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " -"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " -"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " -"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" -" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " -"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no special configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " -"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " -"their default values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" -" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" -" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " -"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " -"will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " -"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " -"stock management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 -msgid "" -"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " -"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" -" order rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduction" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " -"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " -"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " -"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " -"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " -"performed in an order defined by **routings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " -"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " -"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " -"work orders and routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " -"are two basic phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 -msgid "Create manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "Record Production" -msgstr "Enregistrer la production" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" -" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " -"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " -"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " -"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " -"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " -"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " -"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" -" step of scheduling work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 -msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 -msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " -"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" -" unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " -"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " -"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " -"unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 -msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "Ordre de deconstruction" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 -msgid "" -"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" -" menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " -"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " -"something you received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 -msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " -"components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " -"BoM back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " -"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " -"defect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "Créer un Ordre de Réparation" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " -"new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." -" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " -"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" -" might need, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " -"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " -"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 -msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "Vous pouvez désormais facturer la facturation." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po deleted file mode 100644 index 59577d438..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "Mobile" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "Notifications Push" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As of Odoo 12.0, there is no more complex configuration to enable push " -"notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " -"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." -msgstr "" -"Rendez vous dans *Configuration* > *Paramètres généraux* > *Odoo Cloud " -"Notification (OCN)* et assurez vous que la case **Push Notifications** est " -"cochée." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1bc080639..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1778 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2018 -# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2018 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Julien Bertrand <jub@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# André Madeira Cortes <amadeiracortes@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Point de vente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "Rubriques avancées" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "Utilisation de codes-barres dans le PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" -"L'utilisation d'un lecteur de code-barres pour traiter les commandes au " -"point de vente améliore votre efficacité et vous permet de gagner du temps " -"pour vous et vos clients." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser un lecteur de codes-barres, rendez-vous sur: menuselection: " -"`Point de Ventes -> Configuration -> Point de Ventes` et sélectionnez votre " -"interface PoS." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" -"Sous la catégorie IoT Box / Hardware, vous trouverez *Barcode Scanner* , " -"sélectionnez-le." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "Ajoutez des codes-barres à vos produits" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Catalogue --> Produits` et " -"sélectionnez un produit." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" -"Sous l'onglet Informations générales, vous pouvez trouver le champ du code-" -"barres dans lequel vous pouvez entrer n'importe quel code-barres." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "Scannez des produits" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" -"Depuis votre interface PdV, scannez n'importe quel code-barres avec votre " -"lecteur de code-barres. Le produit sera ajouté, vous pouvez re-scanner le " -"même produit pour l'ajouter plusieurs fois ou alors modifier la quantité " -"manuellement sur l'écran." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "Acceptez le paiement par carte de crédit en utilisant Mercury" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" -"Un compte MercuryPay (voir `*le site internet MercuryPay* " -"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>` __) est requis pour accepter les paiements " -"par carte de crédit dans Odoo 11 PdV, avec un lecteur de carte intégré. " -"MercuryPay ne fonctionne qu'avec des banques américaines et canadiennes, ce " -"qui rend cette procédure uniquement adaptée aux entreprises nord-" -"américaines." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" -"Une alternative au lecteur de carte intégré est de travailler avec un " -"lecteur de carte autonome, de copier le montant de la transaction depuis " -"l'écran PdV Odoo dans le lecteur de carte, et d'enregistrer la transaction " -"dans Odoo PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "Installez Mercury" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" -"Pour installer Mercury, allez à :menuselection:`Apps` et recherchez le " -"module *Mercury*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." -msgstr "" -"Pour configurer Mercury, vous devez activer le mode développeur. Pour ce " -"faire, allez à :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` et sélectionnez *Activer " -"le mode développeur*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 -msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." -msgstr "" -"En mode développeur, accédez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> " -"Configuration --> Configurations Mercury`." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" -"Créez une nouvelle configuration pour les cartes de crédit et entrez vos " -"informations d'identification Mercury." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> " -"Méthodes de paiement` et créez-en un nouveau." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" -"Sous *Point de Vente*, lorsque vous sélectionnez *Utiliser dans Point de " -"Vente*, vous pouvez sélectionner vos informations d'identification Mercury " -"que vous venez de créer." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez maintenant une nouvelle option de paiement par carte de crédit " -"lors de la validation d'un paiement." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" -msgstr "Gérez plusieurs caissiers" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This " -"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." -msgstr "" -"Avec Odoo Point de Vente, vous pouvez facilement gérer plusieurs caissiers. " -"Cela vous permet de savoir qui travaille dans le Point de Vente et quand." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They " -"are all explained below." -msgstr "" -"Il existe trois manières différentes de passer d'un caissier à l'autre dans " -"Odoo. Elles sont toutes expliquées ci-dessous." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." -msgstr "" -"Pour gérer plusieurs caissiers, vous devez avoir plusieurs utilisateurs (au " -"moins deux)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "Changer sans code PIN" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the " -"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Le moyen le plus simple de changer de caissier est sans code. Appuyez " -"simplement sur le nom de la caisse actuelle dans votre interface PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 -msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." -msgstr "Vous serez alors en mesure de choisir entre différents utilisateurs." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 -msgid "And the cashier will be changed." -msgstr "Et le caissier sera changé." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 -msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" -msgstr "Changer de caissier avec des codes PIN" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également définir un code PIN sur chaque utilisateur. Pour ce " -"faire, allez à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Gérer les droits d'accès` et " -"sélectionnez l'utilisateur." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 -msgid "" -"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." -msgstr "" -"Sur la page de l'utilisateur, sous l'onglet *Point de Vente*, vous pouvez " -"ajouter un code PIN de sécurité." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 -msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." -msgstr "" -"Maintenant, lorsque vous changez d'utilisateur, il vous sera demandé de " -"saisir un mot de passe ou \"code PIN\"." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 -msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" -msgstr "Changer de caissier avec des codes-barres" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 -msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également demander à vos caissiers de se connecter avec leurs " -"badges." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 -msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." -msgstr "" -"Là où vous aviez mis un code PIN de sécurité, vous pouvez également mettre " -"un code-barres." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." -msgstr "" -"Quand il scanne son code-barres, le caissier sera basculé vers cet " -"utilisateur." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 -msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" -msgstr "Lien vers la nomenclature des codes-barres plus tard" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "Ré-imprimer des reçus" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez la fonction *Ré-impression du reçu* si vous devez ré-imprimer un " -"ticket." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer la fonction *Réimprimer des reçus*, allez sur " -":menuselection:`Points de vente --> Configuration --> Points de vente`. et " -"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" -"Dans la catégorie Bills & Receipts, vous trouverez l'option *Ré-impression " -"du reçu*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" -"Pour autoriser l'option réimpression du reçu, vous devez activer " -"l'imprimante de reçus." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "Ré-imprimer un reçu" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" -"Sur votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Ré-impression du " -"reçu*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous l'utilisez, vous pouvez ensuite réimprimer votre dernier reçu." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" -msgstr "Fonctionnalités avancées de tarification" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "Utilisez des étiquettes de remise avec un scanner de codes-barres" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " -"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " -"allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez vendre vos produits avec un rabais, par exemple pour un " -"produit se rapprochant de sa date d'expiration, vous pouvez utiliser des " -"étiquettes de remise. Ils vous permettent de scanner des codes-barres à prix" -" réduit." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser les étiquettes de remises vous devez utiliser un scanner de " -"code-barres." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "Nomenclature de code-barres" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser les étiquettes de remises, nous devons apprendre la " -"nomenclature des codes-barres." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " -"barcode:" -msgstr "" -"Supposons que vous souhaitiez bénéficier d'une remise sur le produit avec le" -" code-barres suivant:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " -"interface." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez trouver la *Nomenclature par défaut* dans les paramètres de " -"votre interface PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " -"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " -"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" -"Disons que vous voulez 50% de remise sur un produit, vous devez commencer " -"votre code-barres par 22 (pour la nomenclature du code-barres de réduction) " -"puis 50 (pour le%) avant d'ajouter le code-barres du produit. Dans notre " -"exemple, le code-barres serait:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "Scannez les produits et tags" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" -"Vous devez d'abord scanner le produit désiré (dans notre cas, un citron)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 -msgid "" -"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " -"finish the transaction." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite scannez l'étiquette de remise. La réduction sera appliquée et vous " -"pourrez terminer la transaction." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "Gérez un programme de fidélité" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " -"*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" -"Encouragez vos clients à continuer à faire leurs achats dans votre Point de " -"Vente avec un *programme de fidélité*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " -"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" -"Pour activer la fonction *Programme Fidélité*, allez à :menuselection:`Point" -" de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et sélectionnez votre " -"interface PdV. Sous les fonctionnalités de Tarif, sélectionnez *Programme " -"de fidélité*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "De là, vous pouvez créer et éditer vos programmes de fidélité." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " -"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " -"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " -"everything in between." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez décider du type de programme que vous souhaitez utiliser, si la " -"récompense est un rabais ou un cadeau, le rendre spécifique à certains " -"produits ou couvrir toute votre gamme. Appliquez des règles pour qu'elles ne" -" soient valides que dans une situation spécifique et tout ce qui se trouve " -"entre les deux." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "Utilisez le programme de fidélité dans votre interface PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "" -"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " -"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " -"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " -"rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'un client est défini, vous verrez désormais les points qu'il " -"obtiendra pour la transaction et ils s'accumuleront jusqu'à ce qu'ils soient" -" dépensés. Ils sont dépensés en utilisant le bouton *Récompenses* quand ils " -"ont assez de points selon les règles définies dans le programme de fidélité." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" -" finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez voir que le prix est instantanément mis à jour pour refléter la " -"liste de prix. Vous pouvez finaliser la commande de votre manière " -"habituelle." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " -"can of course change it." -msgstr "" -"Si vous sélectionnez un client avec une liste de prix par défaut, il sera " -"appliqué. Vous pouvez bien sûr en changer." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "Appliquez des remises manuelles" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez rarement des remises, appliquer des remises manuelles peut " -"être la solution la plus simple pour votre point de vente." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez soit appliquer une réduction sur l'ensemble de la commande ou " -"sur des produits spécifiques." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "Appliquez une remise sur un produit" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "Depuis votre interface de session, utilisez le bouton *Rem* ." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ensuite entrer une remise (en pourcentage) sur le produit " -"actuellement sélectionné et la réduction sera appliquée." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "Appliquez une remise globale" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Pour appliquer une remise sur l'ensemble de la commande, rendez-vous sur " -":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et " -"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." -msgstr "" -"Sous la catégorie *Prix* , vous trouverez *Remise Globales* sélectionnez-le." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez maintenant un nouveau bouton *Remise* dans votre interface PoS." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." -msgstr "" -"Une fois cliqué vous pouvez alors entrer la remise désirée (en " -"pourcentages)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "" -"Sur cet exemple, vous pouvez voir une réduction globale de 50% ainsi qu'une " -"réduction de 50% spécifique au produit." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "Appliquez des remises limitées dans le temps" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" -"Encouragez vos clients et augmentez vos revenus en offrant des remises " -"limitées dans le temps ou saisonnières. Odoo dispose d'une fonction poussée " -"de liste de prix pour soutenir une stratégie de tarification adaptée à votre" -" activité." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer la fonction *Liste de Prix*, accédez à :menuselection:`Point de" -" vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente` et sélectionnez votre interface" -" PoS." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez les listes de prix que vous souhaitez mettre à disposition dans " -"ce Point de Vente et définissez la liste de prix par défaut. Vous pouvez " -"accéder à toutes vos Listes de Prix en cliquant sur *Liste de prix*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "Créez une liste de prix" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez définir plusieurs critères pour utiliser un prix spécifique: " -"périodes, quantité min. (répondre à une quantité minimum commandée et " -"obtenir une réduction de prix), etc. Vous pouvez également choisir " -"d'appliquer uniquement cette liste de prix sur des produits spécifiques ou " -"sur toute la gamme." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "Utilisation d'une liste de prix dans l'interface PoS" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez maintenant un nouveau bouton au-dessus de celui nommé *Client*, " -"utilisez-le pour sélectionner instantanément la bonne liste de prix." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "Analysez les ventes" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "Affichez les statistiques de votre Point de Vente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" -"Garder une trace de vos ventes est fondamental pour toute entreprise. C'est " -"pourquoi Odoo vous offre une vue pratique pour analyser vos ventes et " -"obtenir des statistiques significatives." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "Visualisez vos statistiques" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" -"Pour accéder à vos statistiques, allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente -> " -"Reporting -> Commandes`" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ensuite voir vos différentes statistiques sous forme de " -"graphique ou de table pivot." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également accéder aux vues de statistiques en cliquant ici" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" -msgstr "Module de données fiscales belges" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "Mise en place du module de données fiscales avec le PdV Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduction" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." -msgstr "" -"Le gouvernement belge exige que certaines entreprises utilisent un appareil " -"certifié par le gouvernement appelé **Module de données fiscales** " -"(également connu sous le nom de **blackbox**). Cet appareil fonctionne avec " -"l'application PdV et enregistre certaines transactions. En plus de cela, " -"l'application PdV utilisée doit également être certifiée par le gouvernement" -" et doit respecter les normes strictes spécifiées par eux. `Odoo 9 " -"(Enterprise Edition) est une application certifiée " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>` _. De plus " -"amples informations sur le module de données fiscales peuvent être trouvées " -"sur le site officiel <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/> `_." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "Matériel nécessaire" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" -"Un `Module de données fiscales certifié par le gouvernement " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>` _ par PdV, tous devraient fonctionner, mais le " -"Cleancash SC-B est recommandé, vous aurez également besoin de:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Câble serial null modem par FDM (`exemple <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM> `__)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Adaptateur série vers USB par FDM (`example " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "Une IoT Box enregistrée par configuration PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "IoT Box" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " -"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" -" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." -msgstr "" -"Afin d'utiliser un module de données fiscales, vous aurez besoin d'une " -"POSBox enregistrée. Ces POSBox sont similaires aux IoT Boxes que nous " -"vendons, mais elles sont enregistrées auprès du gouvernement belge. Ceci est" -" requis par la loi. Tenter d'utiliser un module de données fiscales sur une " -"IoT Box non enregistrée ne fonctionnera pas. Vous pouvez vérifier que le " -"module de données fiscales est reconnu par la POSBox en accédant à la * page" -" d'état du matériel * via la page d'accueil POSBox." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " -"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " -"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " -"VAT signing card." -msgstr "" -"Une application POS Odoo peut être dotée de capacités de point de vente " -"certifiées en installant l'application ** Belgian Registered Cash Register " -"** (nom technique: «pos_blackbox_be»). En raison des restrictions imposées " -"par le gouvernement, cette installation ne peut pas être annulée. Après " -"cela, vous devrez vous assurer que chaque configuration POS est associé à " -"une POSBox unique et enregistrée (: menuselection: `Point de Ventes -> " -"Configuration -> Point de Ventes` et vérifiez que le proxy matériel / IoT " -"Box ainsi que le numéro de série de votre IoT Box soient définis). La " -"première fois que vous ouvrez le Point de Ventes et tentez d'effectuer une " -"transaction, il vous sera demandé de saisir le code PIN que vous avez reçu " -"avec votre carte de signature TVA." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "Certification et On-premise" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" -"La certification accordée par le gouvernement est limitée à l'utilisation " -"sur l'instance SaaS d'odoo.com. L'utilisation du module à partir de la " -"source ou d'une version modifiée **ne sera pas** certifiée. Pour les clients" -" sur site, nous supportons aussi l'utilisation d'un module fisacle. " -"Cependant, une version figée du module peut etre distribuée a la demande " -"pour les clients Enterprise." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "Restrictions" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" -"Comme mentionné précédemment, afin d'obtenir la certification, la demande " -"PdV doit adhérer à des directives gouvernementales strictes. Pour cette " -"raison, un PdV Odoo certifié présente certaines limitations qui ne sont pas " -"présentes dans les PdV Odoo non certifiés." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "Le remboursement est désactivé" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "Modification des prix des lignes de commande" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "Créer / modifier / supprimer des commandes PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "Vendre des produits sans taxe valide" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "" -"Les multiples configurations Odoo POS par IoT Box ne sont pas autorisées" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "Utilisation du PdV sans connexion à l'IoT Box (et donc FDM)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "Modules blacklistés: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "Enregistrer des clients" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " -"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " -"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" -" any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "" -"L'inscription de vos clients vous donnera la possibilité de leur accorder " -"différents privilèges tels que des remises, un programme de fidélité ou " -"encore une communication spécifique. Ce sera également nécessaire s'ils " -"souhaitent recevoir une facture et rendra toute interaction future avec eux " -"plus rapide." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "Créez un client" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "Depuis votre interface de session, utilisez le bouton client." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "Créez-en un nouveau en utilisant ce bouton." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "Vous serez invité à remplir le formulaire client." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " -"any future transactions." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez le bouton Enregistrer lorsque vous avez terminé. Vous pouvez " -"ensuite sélectionner ce client dans toutes les transactions futures." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "Démarrer avec le Point de Vente Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" -"L'application en ligne Point de Vente d'Odoo est basée sur une interface " -"simple et conviviale. L'application Point de Vente peut être utilisée en " -"ligne ou hors ligne sur des iPads, des tablettes Android ou des ordinateurs " -"portables." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" -"Le Point de Vente Odoo est entièrement intégré aux applications d'inventaire" -" et de comptabilité. Toute transaction dans votre point de vente sera " -"automatiquement enregistrée dans vos entrées de stock et de comptabilité " -"mais également dans votre CRM puisque le client peut être identifié depuis " -"l'application." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" -"Vous serez en mesure d'obtenir des statistiques et des consolidations en " -"temps réel dans toutes vos boutiques sans avoir à intégrer plusieurs " -"applications externes." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "Installer l'application Point de Vente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "Allez à la page Apps et installez l'application Point de Vente." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez Odoo Comptabilité, n'oubliez pas d'installer un plan de " -"comptes si ce n'est déjà fait. Cela peut être réalisé dans les paramètres de" -" comptabilité." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "Rendez des produits disponibles dans le Point de Vente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" -"Pour rendre les produits disponibles à la vente dans le Point de Vente, " -"ouvrez un produit, rendez-vous dans l'onglet Ventes et cochez la case " -"\"Disponible dans le Point de Vente\"." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également définir ici si le produit doit être pesé avec une " -"balance." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "Configurez vos méthodes de paiement" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter un nouveau mode de paiement pour un Point de Vente, allez à " -":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente --> " -"Choisissez un Point de Vente --> Allez à la section Paiements` et cliquez " -"sur sur le lien \"Méthodes de paiement\"." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" -"Maintenant, vous pouvez créer de nouvelles méthodes de paiement. N'oubliez " -"pas de cocher la case \"Utiliser au Point de Vente\"." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" -"Une fois vos méthodes de paiement créées, vous pouvez décider dans quel " -"Point de Vente vous souhaitez les rendre disponibles, cela se fait dans la " -"configuration du Point de Vente." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "Configurez votre Point de Vente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente`" -" et sélectionnez le point de vente que vous voulez configurer. Depuis ce " -"menu, vous pouvez modifier tous les paramètres de votre Point de Vente." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "Créez votre première session PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "Votre première commande" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" -"Vous êtes maintenant prêt à faire vos premières ventes à travers le PdV. " -"Depuis le tableau de bord du PdV, vous voyez tous vos points de vente et " -"vous pouvez commencer une nouvelle session." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "Vous arrivez maintenant sur l'interface PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" -"Une fois qu'une commande est terminée, vous pouvez enregistrer le paiement. " -"Toutes les méthodes de paiement disponibles apparaissent sur la gauche de " -"l'écran. Sélectionnez la méthode de paiement et entrez le montant reçu. Vous" -" pouvez ensuite valider le paiement." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "Vous pouvez enregistrer les prochaines commandes." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "Fermer la session PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" -"À la fin de la journée, vous fermerez votre session PdV. Pour cela, cliquez " -"sur le bouton de fermeture qui apparaît dans le coin en haut à droite et " -"confirmez. Vous pouvez maintenant fermer la session à partir du tableau de " -"bord." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" -"Il est fortement conseillé de fermer votre session PdV à la fin de chaque " -"journée." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" -"Vous verrez alors un résumé de toutes les transactions par mode de paiement." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez cliquer sur une ligne de ce récapitulatif pour voir toutes les " -"commandes qui ont été payées par cette méthode de paiement au cours de cette" -" session PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "" -"Si tout est correct, vous pouvez valider la session PdV et afficher les " -"entrées de clôture." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "C'est fait, vous avez maintenant fermé votre première session de PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/pos`" -msgstr "" -"Pour connecter le PdV au matériel avec une IoT Box, consultez la section " -":doc:`../../../iot/connect` et :doc:`../../../iot/pos`" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" -msgstr "Caractéristiques avancées du restaurant" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "Imprimer la facture" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " -"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " -"definitive ticket." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez la fonction *Impression de factures* pour imprimer la facture avant" -" le paiement. Ceci est utile si la facture est encore sujette à évolution et" -" n'est donc pas le ticket définitif." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "Configurez l'impression de la facture" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer *Impression de factures*, allez à :menuselection:`Point de " -"Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et sélectionnez votre interface " -"PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "" -"Sous la catégorie Factures & Reçus, vous trouverez l'option *Impression de " -"factures*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 -msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "Divisez la facture" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "Sur votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Facture*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 -msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "Lorsque vous l'utilisez, vous pouvez ensuite imprimer la facture." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "Imprimer les commandes à la cuisine ou au bar" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " -"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " -"can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" -"Pour faciliter le flux de travail entre la salle et la cuisine, imprimer les" -" commandes prises sur l'interface PdV directement au bon endroit peut être " -"d'une aide précieuse." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "Activer l'imprimante bar/cuisine" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer la fonction *Impression de Commande*, accédez à " -":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et " -"sélectionnez votre interface de paiement." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." -" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "" -"Sous la catégorie IoT Box / Hardware, vous trouverez *Imprimantes de " -"commandes*. Sachez que vous aurez besoin d'une IoT Box pour connecter votre " -"imprimante au PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 -msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "Ajoutez une imprimante" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" -" you can add the printer." -msgstr "" -"Dans votre menu de configuration, vous aurez maintenant une option " -"*Imprimantes de Commandes* où vous pouvez ajouter l'imprimante." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 -msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "Imprimer une commande de la cuisine/du bar" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 -msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "Sélectionnez ou créez une imprimante." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 -msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "Imprimer la commande dans la cuisine /le bar" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "Sur votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Commande*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous appuyez dessus, il imprimera l'ordre sur votre imprimante de la" -" cuisine /du bar." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "Enregistrez plusieurs commandes" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." -msgstr "" -"L' App Point de Vente Odoo vous permet d'enregistrer plusieurs commandes " -"simultanément, vous donnant toute la flexibilité dont vous avez besoin." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 -msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "Enregistrer une commande supplémentaire" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous enregistrez une commande, vous pouvez utiliser le bouton *+* " -"afin d'en ajouter une nouvelle." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ensuite passer d'une commande à l'autre et traiter le paiement " -"en cas de besoin." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" -"En utilisant le bouton *-*, vous pouvez supprimer la commande en cours." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "Installation du PdV Restaurant / Bar" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" -"Les entreprises agroalimentaires ont des besoins très spécifiques que " -"l'application Odoo Point de Vente peut vous aider à remplir." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer les fonctionnalités *Bar / Restaurant*, allez à " -":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et " -"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "Sélectionnez *Est un bar / restaurant*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez maintenant plusieurs options spécifiques pour vous aider à " -"configurer votre Point de Vente. Vous pouvez voir que ces options ont un " -"petit logo de couteau et de fourchette à côté d'eux." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "Offrir une option de Partage d'addition" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " -"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" -"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" -"Offrir une solution facile à vos clients leur permettra de vivre une " -"expérience positive. C'est pourquoi cette fonctionnalité est prête à " -"l'emploi dans l'application Odoo Point de Vente." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer la fonctionnalité *Partage d'addition*, accédez à " -":menuselection:`Point de Vente -> Configuration -> Point de Vente` et " -"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " -"option." -msgstr "" -"Sous la catégorie Factures & Reçus, vous trouverez l'option de Partager " -"l'addition." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "Partager l'addition" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 -msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "Dans votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Partager*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " -"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous l'utilisez, vous serez en mesure de sélectionner ce qu'un " -"invité doit et de traiter le paiement, en répétant le processus pour chaque " -"invité." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "Configurez votre gestion de table" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que votre Point de Vente a été configuré pour l'utilisation d'un " -"bar / restaurant, sélectionnez *Gestion des tables* dans " -":menuselection:`Point de Vente -> Configuration -> Point de Vente`." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "Ajoutez un étage" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous sélectionnez *Gestion des tables*, vous pouvez gérer vos étages" -" en cliquant sur *Étages*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "Ajoutez des tables" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" -"À partir de votre interface PdV, vous verrez maintenant votre/vos étage(s)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous cliquez sur le crayon, vous entrez en mode édition, ce qui vous" -" permet de créer des tableaux, de les déplacer, de les modifier, ..." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" -"Dans cet exemple, j'ai 2 tables rondes pour six et 2 tables carrées pour " -"quatre, je leur ai attribué des codes couleur pour les rendre plus faciles à" -" trouver, vous pouvez aussi les renommer, changer leur forme, leur taille, " -"le nombre de personnes qu'ils possèdent et dupliquer eux avec la barre " -"d'outils pratique." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "" -"Une fois votre plan d'étage défini, vous pouvez fermer le mode d'édition." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "Enregistrer des commandes par table(s)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous sélectionnez une table, vous serez amené à votre interface " -"habituelle pour enregistrer une commande et un paiement." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez revenir rapidement à votre plan d'étage en sélectionnant le " -"bouton d'étage et vous pouvez également transférer la commande vers une " -"autre table." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "Intégrez une option de pourboire dans le paiement" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " -"important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Comme il est d'usage de donner un pourboire dans de nombreux pays à travers " -"le monde, il est important d'avoir l'option dans votre interface PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 -msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "Configurer les pourboires" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer la fonctionnalité *Pourboires*, allez à :menuselection:`Point " -"de vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente` et sélectionnez votre PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " -"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "" -"Sous la catégorie Factures & Reçus, vous trouverez *Pourboires*. " -"Sélectionnez-le et créez un *Produit de pourboires* tel que *Pourboires* " -"dans le cas présent." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 -msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "Ajouter des pourboires à la facture" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 -msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "" -"Une fois sur l'interface de paiement, vous avez maintenant un nouveau bouton" -" * Pourboires*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 -msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "" -"Ajoutez le pourboire que votre client veut donner et passez au paiement." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "Changez les clients de table" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" -"Si vos clients souhaitent changer de table après avoir passé une commande, " -"Odoo peut vous aider à transférer les clients et leur commande vers leur " -"nouvelle table, en gardant vos clients heureux sans que cela ne vous " -"complique la tâche." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "Transferez des clients" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez la table sur laquelle vos clients se trouvent actuellement. " - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez maintenant transférer les clients, utilisez simplement le bouton" -" de transfert et sélectionnez la nouvelle table" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Shop Features" -msgstr "Caractéristiques avancées pour une boutique" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "Mettez en place un Controle de la Caisse dans votre Point de Vente " - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " -"is missing." -msgstr "" -"Le Contrôle de la Caisse vous permet de vérifier le montant de la caisse à " -"l'ouverture et à la fermeture. Vous pouvez ainsi vous assurer qu'aucune " -"erreur n'a été commise et qu'aucune somme d'argent n'est manquante." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 -msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "Activez le Controle de la Caisse" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer la fonction *Contrôle de la Caisse*, accédez à " -":menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente` et " -"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 -msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "" -"Dans la catégorie des paiements, vous trouverez le paramètre de Contrôle de " -"la caisse." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " -"the opening and closing." -msgstr "" -"Dans cet exemple, vous voyez que je veux avoir 275 $ en différentes coupures" -" à l'ouverture et à la fermeture." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" -" values." -msgstr "" -"En cliquant sur *Valeurs d'ouverture / fermeture* vous serez capable de " -"créer ces valeurs." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 -msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "Démarrez une session" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " -"Balance*" -msgstr "" -"Vous avez maintenant ajouté un nouveau bouton visible lorsque vous ouvrez " -"une session, *Définir le solde d'ouverture*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 -msgid "" -"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " -"modify it." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, il utilisera la valeur que vous avez ajoutée auparavant, mais " -"vous pouvez toujours la modifier." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 -msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "Fermer une session" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " -"button as well." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous souhaitez fermer votre session, vous disposez également d'un " -"bouton * Définir un solde de clôture*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" -" have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez alors voir l'équilibre théorique, le solde de clôture réel (ce " -"que vous venez de compter) et la différence entre les deux." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " -"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " -"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez l'option *Sortir de l'argent* pour prendre vos transactions" -" pour cette session, vous avez maintenant une différence à somme nulle et le" -" même solde de clôture que votre solde d'ouverture. Votre caisse est prête " -"pour la prochaine session." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "Facture à partir de l'interface PoS" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " -"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Certains de vos clients peuvent demander une facture lors d'un achat dans " -"votre Point de Vente, vous pouvez facilement gérer cela depuis l'interface " -"PoS." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "Activez la facturation" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente`" -" et sélectionnez votre point de vente:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " -"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "" -"Sous les *Factures & Reçus* vous verrez l'option de facturation, cochez-la. " -"N'oubliez pas de choisir dans quel journal les factures doivent être créées." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "Sélectionnez un client" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "Depuis votre interface de session, utilisez le bouton client" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " -"or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ensuite sélectionner un client existant et le définir comme " -"client actuel ou en créer un nouveau en utilisant ce bouton." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "" -"Vous serez invité à remplir le formulaire client avec ses informations." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "Facturer votre client" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " -"select it and validate." -msgstr "" -"Depuis l'écran de paiement, vous avez maintenant une option de facture, " -"utilisez le bouton pour la sélectionner et valider." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 -msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ensuite imprimer la facture et passer à votre prochaine " -"commande." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "Retrouver des factures" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" -" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" -" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" -"Une fois sorti de l'interface PdV (:menuselection:`Fermer --> Confirmer` " -"dans le coin supérieur droit) vous trouverez toutes vos commandes dans: " -"menuselection:`Point de vente --> Commandes --> Commandes` et sous l'onglet " -"statut vous verrez ceux qui ont été facturés. Lorsque vous cliquez sur une " -"commande, vous pouvez accéder à la facture." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" -msgstr "Acceptez les retours et remboursez les produits" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." -msgstr "" -"Avoir une politique de retour réfléchie est la clé pour attirer et fidéliser" -" vos clients. Faciliter l'acceptation et le remboursement de ces retours est" -" donc également un aspect clé de votre interface *Point de Vente*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 -msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." -msgstr "" -"Depuis votre interface *Point de Vente*, sélectionnez le produit que votre " -"client souhaite renvoyer, utilisez le bouton +/- et entrez la quantité qu'il" -" doit retourner. S'ils ont besoin de retourner plusieurs produits, répétez " -"le processus." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." -msgstr "" -"Comme vous pouvez le voir, le total est en négatif, pour terminer le " -"remboursement il vous suffit de traiter le paiement." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po deleted file mode 100644 index e802faaf6..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,219 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Anthony Chaussin <chaussin.anthony@gmail.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Anthony Chaussin <chaussin.anthony@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 -msgid "My Odoo Portal" -msgstr "Portail \"My Odoo\"" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " -"subscriptions." -msgstr "" -"Dans cette section du portail, vous trouverez toutes les communications " -"entre vous et Odoo : les documents comme les devis, bons de commande, " -"factures et abonnements." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged in, just" -" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." -msgstr "" -"Pour accéder à cette section, vous devez vous identifier avec votre nom " -"d'utilisateur et mot de passe `Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . Si " -"vous êtes déjà identifié, cliquez simplement sur votre nom en haut à droite " -"et choisissez \"Mon compte\"." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "Devis" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " -"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "" -"Vous trouverez ici toutes les devis qui vous ont été envoyés par Odoo. Par " -"exemple, un devis peut être généré pour vous après avoir ajouté une " -"application ou un utilisateur à votre base de données ou si votre contrat " -"doit être renouvelé." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " -"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " -"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " -"pricing and other useful information." -msgstr "" -"La colonne *Valide jusqu'au* indique la date jusqu'à laquelle le devis est " -"valable ; après cette date, le devis sera \"Expiré\". En cliquant sur le " -"devis, vous verrez tous les détails de l'offre, tels que le prix et d'autres" -" informations utiles." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " -"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez accepter le devis, il vous suffit de cliquer sur " -"\"Accepter et payer\", et le devis sera confirmé. Si vous ne voulez pas " -"l'accepter, ou si vous devez demander des modifications, cliquez sur " -"\"Demander des modifications Rejeter\"." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 -msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "Bons de commandes" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" -" registered under this section." -msgstr "" -"Tous vos achats au sein d'Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) seront " -"enregistrés sous cette section." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " -"purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "" -"En cliquant sur l'ordre de vente, vous pouvez consulter les détails des " -"articles achetés et effectuer le paiement." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "Factures" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 -msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " -"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" -" been paid." -msgstr "" -"Toutes les factures de vos abonnements et/ou de vos commandes seront " -"indiquées dans cette section. L'étiquette précédant le montant dû indiquera " -"si la facture a été payée." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "" -"Il vous suffit de cliquer sur la facture si vous souhaitez obtenir plus " -"d'informations, payer la facture ou télécharger une version PDF du document." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 -msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "Tickets" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 -msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`," -" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " -"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " -"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous soumettez un ticket par l'intermédiaire de `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`, un ticket sera créé. Vous trouverez ici tous " -"les tickets que vous avez ouverts, les conversations entre vous et nos " -"agents, ainsi que les statuts et les identifiants (# Ref) des tickets." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 -msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "Abonnements" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78 -msgid "" -"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " -"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez accéder à vos abonnements avec Odoo à partir de cette section. " -"La première page vous montre les abonnements que vous avez et leur statut." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " -"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " -"and the payment method." -msgstr "" -"En cliquant sur l'abonnement, vous aurez accès à tous les détails concernant" -" votre forfait : le nombre d'applications achetées, les informations de " -"facturation et le mode de paiement." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " -"the new credit card details." -msgstr "" -"Pour modifier le mode de paiement, cliquez sur \"Modifier le mode de " -"paiement\" et saisissez les nouvelles données de la carte de crédit." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " -"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" -" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez supprimer les cartes de crédit qui sont enregistrées, vous" -" pouvez le faire en cliquant sur \"Gérer vos modes de paiement\" en bas de " -"la page. Cliquez sur \"Supprimer\" pour supprimer le mode de paiement." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101 -msgid "" -"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" -" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" -" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will" -" no longer be able to access the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 -msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "Success Packs" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 -msgid "" -"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " -"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " -"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." -msgstr "" -"Avec un Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, un expert vous est attribué pour " -"vous fournir une assistance personnalisée unique afin de vous aider à " -"personnaliser votre solution et à optimiser vos flux de travail dans le " -"cadre de votre mise en œuvre initiale. Ces heures n'expirent jamais, ce qui " -"vous permet de les utiliser chaque fois que vous avez besoin d'aide." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If you need information about how to manage your database see " -":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez besoin d'informations sur la façon de gérer votre base de " -"données, voir :ref:`db_online`" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0b00e6eac..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# André Madeira Cortes <amadeiracortes@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: André Madeira Cortes <amadeiracortes@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "Informations Pratiques" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d0ba3fbac --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -0,0 +1,2071 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Florian Hatat, 2021 +# Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# kaj nithi <kajanth.nithiy@skipthedishes.ca>, 2021 +# David David <f322p3ph@yahoo.fr>, 2021 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2021 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2021 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:3 +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "Productivité" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:4 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "Discussion" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" +"Comment utiliser mon serveur de messagerie pour envoyer et recevoir des " +"emails dans Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" +" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " +"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." +msgstr "" +"Ce document est principalement destiné aux utilisateurs sur site d'Odoo qui " +"ne bénéficient pas d'une solution prête à l'emploi pour envoyer et recevoir " +"des e-mails dans Odoo, contrairement à `Odoo Online " +"<https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" +"Si personne dans votre entreprise n'est chargé de la gestion des serveurs de" +" messagerie, nous vous recommandons fortement d'opter pour ces solutions " +"d'hébergement Odoo. Leur système de courrier électronique fonctionne " +"instantanément et est supervisé par des professionnels. Néanmoins, si vous " +"souhaitez gérer vous-même la réputation de votre serveur de messagerie, vous" +" pouvez également utiliser vos propres serveurs." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Vous trouverez ci-dessous quelques informations utiles pour intégrer votre " +"propre solution de messagerie à Odoo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" +"Les serveurs de messagerie Office 365 ne permettent pas facilement d'envoyer" +" des emails externes depuis des hôtes comme Odoo. Pour savoir comment " +"procéder, référez-vous à la `documentation Microsoft " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ ." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:24 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "Comment gérer les messages sortants" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" +"En tant qu'administrateur système, allez sur :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " +"Paramètres généraux` et cochez *Serveurs de messagerie externe*. Puis, " +"cliquez sur *Serveurs de messagerie sortant* pour en créer un et référencer " +"les données SMTP de votre serveur de messagerie. Une fois toutes les " +"informations complétées, cliquez sur *Tester la connection*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "Voici la configuration typique d'un serveur G suite." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:36 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" +"Configurez ensuite votre nom de domaine de messagerie dans les paramètres " +"généraux." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "Puis-je utiliser un serveur Office 365?" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez utiliser un serveur Office 365 si vous exécutez Odoo sur site. " +"Les relais Office 365 SMTP ne sont pas compatibles sur Odoo en ligne." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" +"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" +"Pour configurer un relais SMTP pour votre adresse IP Odoo, référez-vous à la" +" `Documentation Microsoft <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-" +"set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ ." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:47 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "Comment utiliser un serveur G suite" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez utiliser un serveur G Suite pour n'importe quel type " +"d'hébergement Odoo. Pour cela, vous devez configurer le service relais SMTP." +" Les étapes de configuration sont décrites dans la `Documentation Google " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:55 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "Être en conformité avec le système SPF" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez le système SPF (Sender Policy Framework) pour augmenter la " +"délivrabilité de votre messagerie sortante, n'oubliez pas d'autoriser Odoo " +"en tant qu'hôte expéditeur dans les paramètres de votre nom de domaine. " +"Voici la configuration pour Odoo en ligne :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" +"Si aucun enregistrement TXT n'est configuré pour le SPF, vous devez en créer" +" un avec la définition suivante : v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" +"Si un enregistrement SPF TXT est déjà configuré, ajoutez " +"\"include:_spf.odoo.com\". par ex. pour un nom de domaine qui envoie des " +"emails via Odoo en ligne et via G Suite cela pourrait être : v=spf1 " +"include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" +"Vous trouverez `ici <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ la procédure " +"exacte pour créer ou modifier des enregistrements TXT sur votre propre " +"registraire de domaine." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" +"Votre nouvel enregistrement SPF peut prendre jusqu'à 48 heures pour être " +"effectif, mais d'habitude cela se fait plus rapidement." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " +"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " +"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" +"L'ajout de plus d'un enregistrement SPF à votre domaine peut générer des " +"problèmes à la livraison des emails et à la classification en spams. Nous " +"vous recommandons plutôt d'utiliser un seul enregistrement SPF, en modifiant" +" celui-ci pour autoriser Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "Activer DKIM" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" +"Vous devriez faire la même chose si le DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) " +"est activé sur votre serveur de messagerie. Dans le cas d'Odoo en ligne et " +"d' Odoo.sh, vous devez ajouter un enregistrement DNS CNAME " +"\"odoo._domainkey\" à \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". Par exemple, pour " +"\"foo.com\" ils devraient avoir un enregistrement " +"\"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" qui est un enregistrement CNAME avec la valeur " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:86 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "Comment gérer les messages entrants" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "Odoo recourt à des alias email pour récupérer des messages entrants." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" +"**Les emails de réponse automatiques** envoyés depuis Odoo sont acheminés " +"vers leur fil de discussion original (ainsi que vers les boîtes de réception" +" de tous les followers) via l'alias catch-all (**catchall@**)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" +"**Les emails rejetés** sont acheminés vers **bounce@** pour qu'on puisse les" +" tracer sur Odoo. Cela est surtout utilisé pour désinscrire les " +"destinataires invalides dans le `Marketing par courrier électronique Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ ." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:98 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" +"**Les emails originaux**: Plusieurs objets de gestion ont leur propre alias " +"pour créer des nouveaux enregistrements sur Odoo depuis les emails entrants " +":" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Canal de ventes (pour créer des pistes ou des opportunités dans `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Canal de support (pour créer des tickets dans `Odoo Assistance technique " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/project-management>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Projets (pour créer des nouvelles tâches dans `Odoo Projet " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Postes de travail (pour créer des candidats dans `Odoo recrutement " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "etc" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" +"Selon votre serveur de messagerie, il peut y avoir plusieurs méthodes de " +"récupération des emails. La méthode la plus facile et la plus recommandée, " +"c'est gérer une adresse email par alias Odoo dans votre serveur de " +"messagerie ." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Créez les adresses email correspondantes dans votre serveur de messagerie " +"(catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "Configurez votre nom de domaine dans les paramètres généraux." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez Odoo sur site, créez un *Serveur de messagerie entrant* " +"pour chaque alias. Vous pouvez le faire également depuis les paramètres " +"généraux. Remplissez le formulaire selon les paramètres de votre fournisseur" +" de messagerie. Laissez vide le champ *Actions à effectuer sur les emails " +"entrants*. Une fois toutes les informations renseignées, cliquez sur *TESTER" +" & CONFIRMER*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez Odoo Online ou Odoo.sh, nous vous recommandons de rediriger" +" les messages entrants vers le nom de domaine d'Odoo plutôt que d'utiliser " +"exclusivement votre propre serveur de messagerie. Vous recevrez ainsi les " +"messages entrants sans délai. En effet, Odoo Online ne récupère les messages" +" entrants des serveurs externes qu'une fois par heure. Vous devez définir " +"dans votre serveur de messagerie des redirections pour toutes les adresses " +"email vers le nom de domaine d'Odoo (par ex. *catchall@mydomain.ext* vers " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " +"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " +"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Tous les alias sont personnalisables dans Odoo. Les objets alias peuvent " +"être édités depuis leur écran de configuration respectifs. Pour éditer le " +"catch-all et rejeter des alias, vous devez tout d'abord activer le mode " +"développeur depuis les paramètres du tableau de bord." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " +"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" +"Actualisez ensuite votre écran et allez sur :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " +"Technique --> Réglages --> Réglages du système` pour personnaliser les alias" +" (*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, les messages entrants sont récupérés tous les 5 minutes par Odoo" +" sur site. Vous pouvez modifier cette valeur depuis le mode développeur. " +"Allez sur :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Automatisation --> " +"Actions planifiées` et recherchez *Email: Service fetchmail*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" +msgstr "Comment suivre le fil Twitter depuis Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " +"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " +"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez suivre certains hashtags sur Twitter et voir les tweets dans les" +" canaux de discussion Odoo de votre choix. Les tweets sont récupérés " +"régulièrement depuis Twitter. Un utilisateur authentifié peut retweeter les " +"messages." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 +msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" +msgstr "Paramétrer l'application du côté de Twitter" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" +" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" +" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +msgstr "" +"De son côté, Twitter utilise une \"App\" qui permet d'ouvrir une passerelle " +"vers laquelle Odoo demande des tweets, et à travers laquelle un utilisateur " +"peut retweeter. Pour configurer cette application, allez sur " +"http://apps.twitter.com/app/new et insérer les valeurs :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 +msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" +msgstr "Nom : c'est le nom de l'application sur Twitter" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " +"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " +"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" +" this field." +msgstr "" +"Site Web : c'est l'url externe de votre base de données Odoo suivi de " +"\"/web\". Par exemple, si votre instance Odoo est hébergée sur " +"\"http://www.example.com\", vous devez insérer dans ce champ " +"\"http://www.example.com/web\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " +"the previous example you should write " +"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +msgstr "" +"URL de rappel automatique : c'est l'adresse à laquelle Twitter va répondre. " +"Comme dans les exemples précédents, vous devez écrire " +"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " +"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" +"N'oubliez pas d'accepter les conditions de la **Convention d'utilisation " +"développeur** et de cliquer sur **Créer votre application Twitter** au bas " +"de la page." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 +msgid "Getting the API key and secret" +msgstr "Obtenir la clé API et la confidentialité" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +msgstr "" +"Une fois sur le tableau de bord de l'application, basculez ver l'onglet " +"**Clés et jetons d'accès**." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +msgid "" +"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " +"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " +"settings." +msgstr "" +"Copiez ces valeurs dans Odoo à :menuselection:`Paramètres--> Paramètres " +"généraux--> Intégration de Twitter discuss` et cliquez sur **Sauver** pour " +"sauvegarder les paramètres." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:3 +msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" +msgstr "Comment attirer l'attention des autres utilisateurs vers mes messages" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." +" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " +"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " +"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " +"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " +"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" +"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " +"another channel." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez **mentionner** un utilisateur dans un canal ou un chatter en " +"tapant **@nom-d'utilisateur**. Le fait de mentionner un utilisateur dans le " +"chatter ou le canal le définira comme un suiveur de l'article (s'il ne l'est" +" pas déjà) et enverra un message dans sa boîte de réception. L'article " +"contenant la mention sera également mis en gras dans la vue en liste. Vous " +"ne pouvez pas mentionner un utilisateur dans un canal si celui-ci n'est pas " +"abonné à ce canal. En tapant **#nom-du-canal** vous obtiendrez un lien vers " +"le canal mentionné, soit dans un chatter soit dans un autre canal." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:15 +msgid "Direct messaging a user" +msgstr "Comment envoyer des messages ciblées à un utilisateur" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " +"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " +"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " +"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " +"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " +"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " +"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " +"they are offline." +msgstr "" +"Les **Messages Directs** sont des messages privés visibles seulement par " +"l'expéditeur et le destinataire. Vous pouvez envoyer des messages directs à " +"d'autres utilisateurs depuis le module Discutez en créant une nouvelle " +"conversation, ou en en sélectionnant une existante dans la barre latérale. " +"Les messages directs peuvent être envoyés partout dans Odoo en utilisant " +"l'icône de bulle dans la barre supérieure. Le statut en ligne des autres " +"utilisateurs est affiché à gauche de leur nom. Un **point vert** indique " +"qu'un utilisateur est en ligne, un **point orange** qu'il est inoccupé, et " +"un **point gris** qu'il est déconnecté." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:28 +msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" +msgstr "Recevoir des notifications de bureau depuis Discuss" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " +"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" +" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " +"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez choisir d'avoir des **notifications de bureau** lorsque vous " +"recevez un nouveau message direct. La notification indique l'expéditeur et " +"un bref aperçu du contenu du message. Ceci peut être configuré ou désactivé " +"en cliquant sur l'icône en forme d'engrenage dans le coin de la " +"notification." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:3 +msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" +msgstr "Comme être réactif au travail grâce à ma boîte de réception Odoo " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " +"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " +"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez la **Boîte de réception** dans l'application Discuss pour " +"surveiller les mises à jour et la progression de tout ce que vous faites " +"dans Odoo. Les notifications et les messages des tweets que vous suivez ou " +"dans lesquels on vous mentionne apparaissent dans votre boîte de réception." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:13 +msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez garder un œil sur votre **Boîte de réception** depuis n'importe " +"quel écran." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " +"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " +"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " +"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " +"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous cochez un élément, il est défini comme **lu** et supprimé de " +"votre boîte de réception. Si vous souhaitez sauver un élément pour une " +"référence ou une action future, marquez-le d'une étoile pour l'ajouter à la " +"boîte **Étoilé**. Vous pouvez ajouter une étoile à n'importe quel message ou" +" notification dans Discuss ou à n'importe lequel des chatteurs spécifiques à" +" un élément dans Odoo pour garder un œil sur eux. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "Pourquoi utiliser Odoo discuss" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " +"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " +"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " +"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " +"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " +"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " +"simple and searchable interface." +msgstr "" +"Odoo Discuter est une application de messagerie pour les équipes, facile à " +"utiliser, qui concentre toutes les communications de votre organisation à un" +" seul endroit, et est parfaitement intégrée avec la plate-forme Odoo. Odoo " +"Discuter vous permet d'envoyer et de recevoir des messages où que vous soyez" +" dans Odoo, et de gérer vos messages et notifications facilement au sein de " +"l'application. Odoo Discuter vous permet de créer des **canaux** pour les " +"bavardages de l'équipe, les conversations sur les projets, la coordination " +"de réunion, et plus encore dans une interface simple et facilement " +"consultable." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get organized by planning activities" +msgstr "S'organiser en planifiant les activités" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " +"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " +"undertake." +msgstr "" +"Planifier les activités est le meilleur moyen de rester à jour dans votre " +"travail. Faites-vous rappeler ce qui doit être fait et planifiez les " +"prochaines activités à entreprendre." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" +" your priorities." +msgstr "" +"Vos activités sont accessibles où que vous soyez dans Odoo. Il est aisé de " +"gérer vos priorités." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " +"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +msgstr "" +"Les activités peuvent être planifiées et gérées depuis le chatter ou dans " +"les vues kanban. Voici un exemple pour les opportunités :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "Paramétrer vos types d'activités" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " +"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" +"Une série de types d'activités sont disponibles par défaut dans Odoo (e.g. " +"appel téléphonique, email, rendez-vous, etc.). Si vous voulez en créer de " +"nouveaux, allez dans :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Paramètres Généraux --> " +"Types d'activités`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 +msgid "Schedule meetings" +msgstr "Planifier des rendez-vous" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " +"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " +"open to let you select a time slot." +msgstr "" +"Les activités sont prévues sur des journées. Si vous avez besoin d'indiquer " +"une heure, choisissez le type d'activité *Rendez-vous*. Quand vous en " +"planifiez un, le calendrier s'ouvrira pour vous demander d'indiquer un " +"créneau horaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " +"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez besoin d'utiliser un autre type d'activité avec une " +"planification calendaire, paramétrez bien leur *Catégorie* comme étant un " +"*Rendez-vous*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" +msgstr "Planifiez une chaîne d'activités à suivre" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " +"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +msgstr "" +"Odoo vous aide à planifier facilement votre flux d'activités habituel. Allez" +" sur :menuselection:`Configuration --> Types d'activité` et définissez les " +"étapes communes suivantes sur *Prochaines activités recommandées*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " +"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." +msgstr "" +"Maintenant, lorsqu'une activité est finalisée, vous pouvez sélectionner " +"*Finaliser et planifier la prochaine*. Les étapes suivantes vous seront " +"automatiquement proposées. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" +msgstr "Amusez-vous à mieux vous organiser en planifiant des activités!" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" +msgstr "" +"Comment communiquer de façon efficace dans une équipe en utilisant les " +"canaux de discussion" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," +" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez utiliser des **canaux** pour organiser des discussions entre " +"équipes individuelles, départements, projets, ou n'importe quel autre groupe" +" qui nécessite une communication régulière. En ayant ces conversations que " +"chacun dans la chaîne peut consulter, il est facile de garder l'équipe " +"entière dans la boucle sur les derniers développements." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "Creating a channel" +msgstr "Créer un canal de discussion" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." +msgstr "Dans Discuter il y a deux types de canaux - **public** et **privé**." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " +"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " +"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " +"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +msgstr "" +"Un **canal public** ne peut être créé que par un administrateur avec des " +"privilèges d'écriture, et peut être consulté par tout le monde dans " +"l'organisation. En revanche, un **canal privé** peut être créé par un " +"utilisateur, et est par défaut uniquement visible par les utilisateurs qui " +"ont été invités." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" +" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " +"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " +"information)." +msgstr "" +"Un canal public est approprié lorsque de nombreux employés ont besoin " +"d'accéder aux informations (telles que des communications inter-services ou " +"des annonces de la compagnie), alors qu'un canal privé doit être utilisé " +"chaque fois que l'information est limitée à des utilisateurs/employés " +"spécifiques (comme un service spécifique ou des informations " +"confidentielles)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:31 +msgid "Configuring a channel" +msgstr "Configurer un canal de discussion" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " +"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." +" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " +"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" +" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " +"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" +" a public channel." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez configurer le nom d'un canal, la description, les droits " +"d'accès, l'abonnement automatique, et l'envoi d'emails dans :menuselection" +":`#nom-du-canal --> Settings`. La modification des droits d'accès du canal " +"vous permet de contrôler quels groupes peuvent voir chaque canal. Vous " +"pouvez créer un canal visible par tous les utilisateurs, par les " +"utilisateurs invités, ou les utilisateurs au sein d'un groupe sélectionné. " +"Notez que permettre à \"Tout le monde\" de suivre un canal privé va " +"permettre à d'autres utilisateurs de l'afficher et le rejoindre comme si " +"c'était un canal public." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:47 +msgid "How to set up a mailing list" +msgstr "Comment configurer une liste de diffusion" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " +":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" +" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " +"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " +"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " +"messages by email." +msgstr "" +"Un canal peut être configuré pour se comporter comme une liste de diffusion." +" Dans :menuselection:`#nom-du-canal --> Settings`, définissez l'email que " +"vous souhaitez utiliser. Les utilisateurs peuvent ensuite poster sur le " +"canal et choisir de recevoir des notifications en utilisant l'adresse email " +"définie. Une icône d'enveloppe apparaîtra à côté du nom du canal dans la " +"liste, pour indiquer qu'un canal envoie des messages par email." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "Locating a channel" +msgstr "Localiser un canal de discussion" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " +"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" +" clicking the plus icon." +msgstr "" +"Si vous ne voyez pas un canal sur votre tableau de bord, vous pouvez " +"rechercher dans la liste des **canaux publics** pour le localiser, ou créer " +"un nouveau canal en cliquant sur l'icône **+**." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " +"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " +"channels from a single screen." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également cliquer sur l'entête **CANAUX** pour parcourir la " +"liste de tous les canaux publics. Cela permet à l'utilisateur de " +"**rejoindre** et **quitter** manuellement les canaux publics depuis un seul " +"écran." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " +"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +msgstr "" +"Il est toujours judicieux de rechercher un canal avant d'en créer un " +"nouveau, afin d'éviter de créer des doublons pour le même sujet." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:76 +msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" +msgstr "Utiliser des filtres pour naviguer dans l'application Discuss" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " +"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " +"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " +"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " +"character wildcard.**" +msgstr "" +"La barre de recherche en haut permet d'accéder à la même fonction de " +"recherche que dans le reste d'Odoo. Vous pouvez appliquer plusieurs " +"**critères de filtre** et **enregistrer des filtres** pour une utilisation " +"ultérieure. La fonction de recherche accepte le caractère de soulignement " +"\"\\ **\\_**\\ \" comme joker pour représenter un **caractère générique " +"unique**." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" +msgstr "Comment suivre un fil de discussion et définir ce que je veux voir" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:6 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" +msgstr "Comment suivre un fil de discussion" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," +" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +msgstr "" +"Dans Odoo, vous pouvez garder une trace de pratiquement n'importe quel objet" +" de gestion (une occasion, une citation, une activité, etc.) en le " +"**suivant**." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:14 +msgid "How to choose the events to follow" +msgstr "Comment choisir les événements à suivre" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " +"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " +"**Project** app." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez choisir pour quels types d’événements vous souhaitez être " +"notifié. L'exemple ci-dessous montre les options disponibles lorsque vous " +"suivez une **tâche** dans l'application **Projet**." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:23 +msgid "How to add other followers" +msgstr "Comment ajouter d'autres followers" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " +"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" +" link back to the original document." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez inviter d'autres utilisateurs et ajouter des canaux en tant que " +"followers. L'ajout d'un canal en tant que follower enverra au canal les " +"messages postés dans le chatter avec un lien vers le document original." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:34 +msgid "How to be a default follower" +msgstr "Comment devenir un follower par défaut" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " +"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" +" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " +"created, an opportunity won)." +msgstr "" +"Vous êtes automatiquement défini comme follower par défaut de tout élément " +"que vous créez. Dans certaines applications comme CRM et Projet, vous pouvez" +" être un follower par défaut de tout nouvel enregistrement créé pour " +"recevoir des notifications sur d'événements spécifiques (par ex., une " +"nouvelle tâche créée, une opportunité remportée)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" +" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " +"about." +msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, commencez à suivre l'objet de gestion principal (par ex. le " +"canal de ventes dans CRM, le projet dans Projet). Puis, choisissez les " +"événements que vous souhaitez suivre." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:4 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "Internet des objets (IoT)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "Connectez une IoT Box à votre base de données" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "" +"Installez l'application Internet des objets (IoT) sur votre base de données " +"Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "" +"Allez dans l'application IoT et cliquez sur Connecter sur la page des IoT " +"Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "Pour connecter votre IoT Box, suivez les étapes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "Connexion Ethernet" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Connectez à votre IoT Box tous les appareils qui doivent être connectés par " +"câble (ethernet, périphériques USB, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "Mettez l'IoT Box sous tension." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "Connexion Wi-Fi" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "Mettez l'IoT Box sous tension" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "Copiez votre jeton" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" +"Connectez-vous au réseau Wi-Fi de l'IoT Box (assurez-vous qu'aucun câble " +"n'est connecté à votre ordinateur)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" +"Vous allez être redirigé vers la page d'accueil de l'IoT Box (si cela ne " +"fonctionne pas, connectez-vous à l'adresse IP de la Box). Donnez un nom à " +"votre IoT Box (pas obligatoire) et insérez le jeton, puis cliquez sur " +"suivant." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" +"Si vous êtes sur Runbot, n'oubliez pas d'ajouter le -all ou -base dans le " +"jeton (par ex. ce jeton **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** doit devenir " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez le réseau Wi-Fi auquel vous voulez vous connecter (entrez le mot " +"de passe s'il y en a un) et cliquez sur Envoyer. Vous serez redirigé vers " +"votre base de données en quelques secondes." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "L'IoT Box devrait maintenant s'afficher." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "Schéma de l'IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "Flasher votre carte SD" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" +"Dans certains cas, vous devrez peut-être reflasher la carte SD de votre IoT " +"Box pour bénéficier de nos dernières mises à jour." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" +msgstr "Mise à jour de votre carte SD en utilisant Etcher" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__, " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it." +msgstr "" +"Allez sur le site de Balena et téléchargez `Etcher " +"<https://www.balena.io/>`__, C'est un logiciel open-source utilisé pour la " +"gravure de fichiers image. Installez-le et lancez-le." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, download the latest image `here " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the " +"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " +"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." +msgstr "" +"Téléchargez ensuite la dernière image `ici " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, et décompressez-la du " +"fichier zip. Puis, ouvrez *Etcher* et choisissez votre image. Sélectionnez " +"le lecteur à flasher (là où se trouve votre carte SD) et cliquez sur " +"*Flash*!." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " +"minutes for it to finish." +msgstr "" +"Votre image sera automatiquement actualisée. Cela ne prendra que 5 minutes." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 +msgid "IoT Box not found" +msgstr "IoT Box introuvable" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" +" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " +"can follow to find your IoT box." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous utilisez votre IoT Box, un incident récurrent que vous pourriez" +" rencontrer est que votre boîte ne se trouve pas dans votre base de données." +" Heureusement, il existe quelques étapes simples pour vous aider à la " +"retrouver." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 +msgid "HTTPS Issues" +msgstr "Incidents HTTPS" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 +msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" +msgstr "" +"Votre IoT Box n'est pas trouvée? Vous avez probablement des problèmes de " +"serveur https!" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " +"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" +" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." +msgstr "" +"Pour le savoir, allez dans votre base de données et vérifiez si son adresse " +"commence par une adresse https (comme https://www.odoo.com). Si c'est le " +"cas, il se peut que vous ayez des problèmes avec l'image de votre IoT Box. " +"Elle doit être en version 18.12 ou supérieure." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " +"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " +"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." +msgstr "" +"Si l'image de votre IoT Box provient d'une version antérieure, vous allez " +"devoir reflasher la carte SD de votre IoT Box pour mettre à jour l'image (la" +" dernière image se trouve `ici <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "Utilisez l'IoT Box pour le PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Prérequis" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "Avant de commencer, assurez-vous d'avoir :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box" +msgstr "Une IoT Box;" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" +msgstr "Un adaptateur secteur 2A Pi 3B + 2.5 A;" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "Un ordinateur ou une tablette avec un navigateur web à jour;" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "" +"Une instance Saas ou Odoo avec le Point de ventes et l'application IoT " +"installés;" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "Un réseau local configuré avec DHCP (c'est le réglage par défaut);" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " +"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Une imprimante Epson USB TM-T20 ou une autre imprimante ESC/ POS compatible " +"(les imprimantes officiellement prises en charge sont répertoriées sur la " +"page `Matériel PdV <https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-" +"hardware>`__);" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:28 +msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" +msgstr "" +"Un lecteur de code-barres USB Eclipse Honeywell ou tout autre lecteur " +"compatible;" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" +msgstr "Un tiroir-caisse compatible Epson;" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "Un câble Ethernet RJ45 (en option, le Wi-Fi est intégré)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:35 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "Vous devez ensuite connecter les périphériques à votre IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" +" might work as well." +msgstr "" +"La liste officielle du matériel compatible est disponible sur la page de " +"`spécifications matérielles du PdV <https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-" +"android-hardware>`__, bien qu'un matériel non-listé puisse tout aussi bien " +"fonctionner." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:50 +msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." +msgstr "" +"**Imprimante**: Connectez une imprimante ESC/POS à un port USB et mettez la " +"en marche." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" +"**Tiroir caisse**: Le tiroir caisse devrait être connecté à l'imprimante " +"avec un cable RJ25." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " +"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " +"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " +"your barcode scanner." +msgstr "" +"**Scanner de code-barres**: Connectez votre scanner de code-barres. Pour que" +" votre scanner puisse être compatible, il doit se comporter comme un clavier" +" et être configuré en **US QWERTY**. Il doit également terminer les codes-" +"barres par le caractère Entrer (keycode 28). Il s'agit le plus souvent de la" +" configuration par défaut de votre scanner de code-barres." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:62 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "" +"**Balance**: Connectez votre balance électronique et mettez la en marche." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " +"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " +"device." +msgstr "" +"**Ethernet**: Si vous ne souhaitez pas utiliser le Wi-Fi, branchez le câble " +"Ethernet. Assurez-vous de connecter l'IoT Box sur le même réseau que votre " +"appareil PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " +"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " +"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " +"on boot." +msgstr "" +"**Wi-Fi** : La connexion Wi-Fi est intégrée à la version actuelle de l'IoT " +"Box. Assurez-vous de ne pas brancher un câble Ethernet lors du démarrage, " +"car toute fonctionnalité Wi-Fi sera ignorée lorsqu'une connexion réseau " +"câblée est disponible." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" +" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:77 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "" +"La configuration est faite, vous pouvez lancer votre nouvelle session PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:80 +msgid "Troubleshoot" +msgstr "Problèmes" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:83 +msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" +msgstr "Le PdV ne se connecte pas à l'IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" +" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" +" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " +"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"La façon la plus simple de savoir si l'IoT Box est correctement configurée " +"est de l'allumer avec l'imprimante branchée car elle imprimera un reçu " +"indiquant toute erreur éventuelle ou l'adresse IP de l'IoT Box en cas de " +"succès. Si aucun reçu n'est imprimé, vérifiez les étapes suivantes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " +"LED." +msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que l'IoT Box est allumée, ce qui est indiqué par une LED " +"rouge." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " +"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " +"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." +msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que l'IoT Box est prête, cela est indiqué par une LED verte " +"juste à coté de la LED rouge. L'IoT Box devrait être prête environ 2 minutes" +" après le démarrage." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " +"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " +"devices on your network router." +msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que l'IoT Box est connectée au même réseau que votre appareil " +"PdV. Le PdV et l'IoT Box doivent touts deux être visibles dans la liste des " +"appareils connectés sur votre réseau." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" +" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez spécifié l'adresse IP de l'IoT Box dans la configuration, " +"assurez-vous qu'elle correspond à l'adresse IP imprimée sur le reçu de " +"statut de l'IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:106 +msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." +msgstr "Assurez-vous que la page du PdV n'est pas chargée en HTTPS." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " +"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" +"Un bug dans l'implémentation HTTP de Firefox pourrait empêcher " +"l'autodiscovery de fonctionner de manière fiable. Vous pouvez également " +"configurer manuellement l'adresse IP de l'IoT Box dans la configuration du " +"PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:113 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" +msgstr "Le lecteur de code-barres ne fonctionne pas correctement" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " +"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " +"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +msgstr "" +"Le lecteur de code-barres doit être configuré en US QWERTY et doit émettre " +"un caractère ENTER après chaque code-barre scanné. C'est la configuration " +"par défaut sur la plupart des appareils. Vérifiez le manuel du lecteur pour " +"plus d'information." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " +"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " +"enough power." +msgstr "" +"L'IoT Box a besoin d'une alimentation 2A pour fonctionner avec certains " +"lecteurs. Si vous n'utilisez pas l'alimentation fournie avec l'IoT Box, " +"assurez-vous d'avoir assez de courant." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" +" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" +" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +msgstr "" +"Certains lecteurs de code-barres auront besoin de plus de 2A et ne " +"fonctionneront pas, ou de façon instable, même avec l'alimentation fournie. " +"Dans ce cas, vous pouvez brancher le lecteur de code-barres dans un " +"adaptateur USB autonome." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" +"Certains lecteurs bon marché ne sont pas détectés comme des lecteurs de " +"code-barres mais comme des claviers USB. Ceux-ci ne fonctionneront pas avec " +"l'IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:134 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" +msgstr "Le lecteur de codes-barres ne fonctionne pas de manière fiable" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " +"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." +msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que pas plus d'un appareil avec «Scan via Proxy» / «Lecteur de " +"code-barres» activé n'est connecté à l'IoT Box en même temps." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:140 +msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" +msgstr "L'impression du reçu prend trop de temps" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:142 +msgid "" +"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " +"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " +"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " +"and the IoT Box." +msgstr "" +"Un petit délai est prévu avant la première impression car l'IoT Box " +"effectuera un prétraitement afin d'accélérer les impressions suivantes. Si " +"vous subissez des retards par la suite, ils sont très probablement dûs à une" +" mauvaise connexion réseau entre le PdV et l'IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:148 +msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" +msgstr "Certains caractères ne sont pas correctement imprimés sur le reçu" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " +"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." +msgstr "" +"L'IoT Box ne prend pas en charge tous les langages et caractères. Elle " +"supporte actuellement les scripts basés en latin et en cyrillique, avec un " +"support japonais basique." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:155 +msgid "The printer is offline" +msgstr "L'imprimante est hors ligne" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " +"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " +"contact support." +msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que l'imprimante est connectée, sous tension, qu'elle contient " +"suffisamment de papier, que son couvercle est fermé et qu'elle ne signale " +"aucune erreur. Si l'erreur persiste, contactez le support technique." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:162 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "Le tiroir-caisse ne s'ouvre pas" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" +"Le tiroir-caisse doit être connecté à l'imprimante et doit être activé dans " +"la configuration PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "Périphériques" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "Connectez un appareil photo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous utilisez votre *IoT Box* dans Odoo, vous pourriez avoir besoin " +"d'utiliser un appareil photo. La configuration de cet appareil est très " +"simple, et elle peut se faire en quelques étapes. Vous pourrez alors " +"l'utiliser dans votre processus de fabrication et le relier à un point de " +"contrôle. Ainsi, vous pourrez prendre des photos lorsque vous atteindrez le " +"point de contrôle de la qualité choisi." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "Connexion" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." +msgstr "" +"Pour connecter l'appareil photo à votre *IoT Box* reliez tout simplement les" +" deux par câble." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:18 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." +msgstr "" +"Dans certains cas, un adaptateur série vers un port USB peut être " +"nécessaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" +"Si votre appareil photo est `*compatible* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, vous ne devrez rien configurer car l'appareil sera détecté dès" +" sa connexion." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" +"Dans certains cas, il peut être nécessaire de redémarrer la Box et " +"télécharger les pilotes de votre appareil photo depuis la Box. Pour le " +"faire, allez à la *Page d'accueil de l'IoT Box* et cliquez sur *liste des " +"pilotes*. Puis, cliquez sur charger les pilotes." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "Connectez un appareil photo à un point de contrôle de la qualité" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "Avec l'application Fabrication" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" +"Dans votre *Application qualité*, vous pouvez configurer le périphérique sur" +" un *Point de contrôle de la qualité*. Allez dans le menu *Points de " +"contrôle*, sous *Contrôle de la qualité* et ouvrez le point de contrôle que " +"vous souhaitez relier à l'appareil photo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ensuite modifier le point de contrôle et sélectionner le " +"périphérique depuis la liste déroulante. Appuyez ensuite sur enregistrer." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" +"Votre appareil photo peut alors être utilisé avec le *point de contrôle* " +"choisi. Au cours du processus de fabrication, atteindre le *Point de " +"contrôle de la qualité* que vous avez choisi auparavant vous permettra de " +"prendre une photo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "Connectez une pédale de commande" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'on travaille, il est toujours mieux d'avoir les mains libres. " +"L'utilisation de l'*IoT Box d'Odoo* avec une pédale de commande vous en " +"donne la possibilité." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " +"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " +"steps." +msgstr "" +"En fait, vous pourrez passer d'un écran à l'autre en utilisant votre pied et" +" la pédale de commande. Très pratique, cela peut être configuré en quelques " +"étapes." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" +"Il est très simple de connecter la pédale de commande à l'*IoT Box*, il vous" +" suffit de relier les deux par câble." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" +"Dans certains cas, un adaptateur série vers un port USB peut être " +"nécessaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" +"Si votre pédale à commande `*compatible* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, vous ne devrez rien configurer car l'appareil sera " +"automatiquement détecté dès sa connexion." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " +"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " +"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" +"S'il ne s'agit pas d'un appareil compatible, il faudra redémarrer la Box et " +"télécharger les pilotes de votre pédale à commande depuis la Box. Pour le " +"faire, allez à la *Page d'accueil de l'IoT Box* et cliquez sur *liste des " +"pilotes*. Puis, cliquez sur charger les pilotes." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "Reliez une pédale à commande à un Poste de travail" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" +"Pour relier la pédale à commande à une action, elle doit être configurée sur" +" un poste de travail. Allez au poste de travail dans lequel vous voulez " +"utiliser la pédale à commande et ajoutez le périphérique dans l'onglet " +"*Déclencheurs de l'IoT*. Vous pouvez alors le lier à une action et ajouter " +"une clé pour le déclencher." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" +"Notez que c'est le premier de la liste qui sera choisi. Donc, l'ordre a son " +"importance ! Dans l'image ci-dessus, l'utilisation de la pédale de commande " +"permet, par exemple, de passer automatiquement la partie en cours du " +"processus sur lequel vous travaillez." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous êtes sur l'écran de commande du poste de travail, un bouton " +"d'état vous indique si vous êtes correctement connecté à la pédale de " +"commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "Connectez un outil de mesure" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." +msgstr "" +"Avec l'*IoT Box d'Odoo*, il est possible de connecter des outils de mesure à" +" votre base de données. Trouvez la liste des appareils compatibles ici: " +"`Appareils compatibles <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "Se connecter en USB" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter un périphérique connecté par USB, il suffit de brancher le " +"câble USB dans l'*IoT Box* et de redémarrer la Box. L'appareil devrait " +"apparaître dans votre base de données Odoo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " +"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " +"drivers." +msgstr "" +"Si le périphérique n'est pas trouvé, assurez-vous que les pilotes ont bien " +"été téléchargés dans votre IoT Box. Pour cela, connectez-vous à la *Page " +"d'accueil de l'IoT Box* et cliquez sur télécharger les pilotes." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "Se connecter via le bluetooth" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" +"Activez le Bluetooth sur votre appareil (voir le manuel de votre appareil " +"pour plus d'explications) et l'IoT Box essaiera automatiquement de se " +"connecter à l'appareil." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "Voici un exemple de ce à quoi ça doit ressembler :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "Reliez un outil de mesure à un point de contrôle de la qualité" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" +"Dans votre *Application qualité*, vous pouvez configurer le périphérique sur" +" vos *Points de contrôle de la qualité*. Pour cela, allez dans le menu " +"*Points de contrôle*, sous *Contrôle de la qualité* et ouvrez le point de " +"contrôle que vous souhaitez relier à l'outil de mesure." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ensuite modifier le point de contrôle et sélectionner le " +"périphérique depuis la liste déroulante. Appuyez ensuite sur enregistrer." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" +"Votre outils de mesure est maintenant relié au ¨*Point de contrôle* choisi. " +"La valeur, qui doit être modifiée manuellement, sera automatiquement mise à " +"jour lorsque l'appareil sera utilisé." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "Connectez une imprimante" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous utilisez votre *IoT Box* dans Odoo, vous pourriez avoir besoin " +"d'une imprimante. C'est facile et pratique et cela peut se faire en quelques" +" étapes. Vous pourrez ainsi l'utiliser pour imprimer des reçus, des " +"commandes ou même des rapports dans différentes applications Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" +" cable." +msgstr "" +"Pour connecter l'imprimante à votre *IoT Box* reliez tout simplement les " +"deux par câble." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:17 +msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" +"Dans certains cas, un adaptateur série vers un port USB peut être " +"nécessaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your printer is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" +"Si votre imprimante est `*compatible* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, vous ne devrez rien configurer car l'appareil sera détecté dès" +" sa connexion." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "" +"L'imprimante peut prendre jusqu'à deux minutes avant d'apparaître dans la " +"liste de vos périphériques." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" +"Dans certains cas, il peut être nécessaire de redémarrer la Box et " +"télécharger les pilotes de votre imprimante depuis la Box. Pour le faire, " +"allez à la *Page d'accueil de l'IoT Box* et cliquez sur *liste des pilotes*." +" Puis, cliquez sur télécharger les pilotes." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "Reliez l'imprimante" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "À des ordres de travail" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez relier des *Ordres de travail* à des imprimantes via le *Point " +"de contrôle de la qualité* pour imprimer des étiquettes pour les produits " +"fabriqués." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, vous devez créer un *Point de contrôle de la qualité* depuis " +"l'application *Qualité*. Vous pouvez ensuite choisir les opérations de " +"production et de commande de travail souhaitées. Dans type, sélectionnez " +"*Imprimer l'étiquette* puis enregistrez." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" +"Désormais, chaque fois que vous atteignez le point de contrôle de la qualité" +" pour le produit choisi, un bouton *Imprimer l'étiquette* apparaîtra." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "À des rapports" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également relier un type de rapport à une imprimante donnée. " +"Dans l'application *IoT*, allez au menu *Périphériques* et sélectionnez " +"l'imprimante que vous voulez configurer." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "Allez à présent dans l'onglet *Rapport de l'imprimante*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur éditer, puis sur *Ajouter une ligne*. Dans la fenêtre qui " +"s'affiche, cochez tous les types de rapports qui doivent être reliés à cette" +" imprimante. Cliquez sur sélectionner et enregistrer." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" +"Désormais, à chaque fois que vous cliquez sur *Imprimer* dans le panneau de " +"commande, le rapport ne sera pas téléchargé en format PDF, mais " +"automatiquement envoyé vers l'imprimante sélectionnée et imprimé." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "Imprimez des reçus depuis le PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez relier une imprimante à votre application *Point de ventes* pour" +" pouvoir imprimer des reçus directement depuis votre *PdV*. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " +"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " +"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +msgstr "" +"C'est vraiment très simple. Allez dans votre application *Point de ventes* " +"et ouvrez les paramètres de votre *PdV* sous *Configuration*. Cliquez sur " +"*Éditer* et cochez la fonctionnalité *IoT Box*. Puis, activez l'*Imprimante " +"des reçus*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " +"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez maintenant désormais différents types de tickets sur votre *PdV*" +" : **reçus**, **détails de vente** et **factures**." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" +" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." +msgstr "" +"Le reçu sera imprimé lorsque la commande sera validée. Ce processus est " +"automatisé si vous activez cette fonctionnalité dans votre *PdV*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" +"Les détails des ventes de la journée peuvent être imprimés en cliquant sur " +"l'icône de l'imprimante sur la barre de navigation en haut du *PdV*. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." +" Click on it and it will print the bill." +msgstr "" +"Quant à l'addition, elle n'est disponible qu'en mode restaurant. Dans les " +"paramètres de votre restaurant, activez les factures et un bouton *Facture* " +"apparaîtra dans le panneau de gauche. Cliquez sur ce bouton et la facture " +"s'imprimera." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "Imprimer des commandes dans la cuisine" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "" +"En mode restaurant, vous pouvez envoyer des reçus de commandes vers la " +"cuisine." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, allez dans l'application *PdV* et ouvrez les paramètres de " +"votre *PdV*. Puis cochez *Imprimante de commandes*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" +" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " +"Categories* field." +msgstr "" +"Allez ensuite dans le menu *Imprimantes*. Cliquez sur créer et sélectionnez " +"l'*IoT Box* avec toutes les catégories de produits qui doivent être " +"imprimées dans le champ *Catégories de produits à imprimer*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " +"will be printed." +msgstr "" +"Dans le *PdV*, lorsque vous ajoutez ou retirez un produit de l'une des " +"catégories sélectionnées, le bouton *Ordre* devient vert. Si vous cliquez " +"dessus, un ticket est imprimé." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" +" their price are based on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 +msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/iot-hardware>`_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " +"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 +msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " +"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " +"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " +"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " +"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " +"price to the cart." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po deleted file mode 100644 index 21127b856..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1665 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2018 -# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2018 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2018 -# Nissar Chababy <funilrys@outlook.com>, 2018 -# Rémi FRANÇOIS <remi@sudokeys.com>, 2018 -# Mensanh Dodji Anani LAWSON <omolowo73@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Eric BAELDE <eric@baelde.name>, 2018 -# N D <norig.d@hotmail.fr>, 2018 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "Projet" - -#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Avancé" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "Comment recueillir le feedback des clients ?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "Comment recueillir les feedbacks des clients " - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." -msgstr "" -"De plus, dans le même menu, vous devez installer le module **Évaluation de " -"Projet**" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "Comment obtenir le feedback d'un client ?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." -msgstr "" -"Un courriel peut être envoyé aux clients à chaque étapes des projets en " -"cours." - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 -msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." -msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, vous devez choisir pour quels projets vous souhaitez obtenir " -"un feedback." - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "Configuration du projet" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "Modèle de courriel" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "Voici un exemple de courriel qu'un client peut recevoir:" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 -msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Analyse" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez un bref résumé de la satisfaction dans le coin supérieur droit du " -"projet." - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "Comment afficher les notes sur votre site web?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "Installer les applications requises" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 -msgid "" -"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" -" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " -"spent on that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 -msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "Créer et configurer un produit" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "**Nom**: Assistance Technique" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "**Type d'article** : Service" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 -msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 -msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/installation`" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../ventes/facturation/abonnements`" - -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "Vidéo de démonstration" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Transcription" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" -"Sans regard a l'appareil, ll faut juste faire un clic a l'app de la feuile de programme de contabilite. Regarder au plugin de chrome. une Pas besoin d'entrer, juste cliquez pour demarrer. C'est normal. Ca travaille hors ligne aussi et il est sincronise avec le compte de Odoo automatiquement.\n" -"Nous suivons '' une methodologie pratique specifique, qui est utilisee pour mettre les clients dans une production dans une courte periode de temps et de cout bas.\n" -"Encoe, comme Odoo spporte toute fiches comme une barre de code, ainsi vous pouvez definir Votrepropre barre de code de format pour usage interne.\n" -"Selon le flux de travail d'entreprise et Vos besoins, il faudra peut etre delivrer vos lead internes a ventes differentes ou meme a vendeurs specifiques," - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" -"De plus, je reçois des statistiques individuelles via le mobile et le plugin" -" chrome. Je peux aller plus loin dans l'analyse dans mon compte Odoo. Je " -"reçois des rapports de feuilles de présence par utilisateur, des analyses " -"détaillées par projet, et bien plus encore." - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Responsabilités" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, vous pouvez affecter la personne qui est en charge de la tâche." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "Abonnés" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "Tâche : suivre une tâche particulière" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "Choisir quelle action suivre" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "Enregistrez une feuille de temps sur une tâche :" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "" -"L'option feuille de présence est également disponible à l'intérieur d'une " -"tâche." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" -"Dans la tâche, cliquez sur le bouton éditer. Allez à l'onglet Feuille de " -"présence et cliquez sur Ajouter un article." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez gérer et intégrer des documents en relation avec les tâches, " -"qu'ils soient des plans, des images du formatage etc. Une image est parfois " -"plus instructive qu'une page entière ! Il y a deux façons d'ajouter un " -"document à une tâche." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" -"1. Pour ajouter une image/document à une tâche, cliquer sur l'icône pièce " -"jointe en haut du formulaire." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" -"Si vous disposez d'une image importante pour la compréhension de la tâche, " -"vous pouvez la mettre en image de couverture. Elle sera directement visible " -"dans la vue ?Kanban? " - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "Collaborer sur des tâches" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" -"Les tâches dans le Projet Odoo permettent de travailler plus facilement avec" -" vos collègues, économisant ainsi temps et énergie." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "Créer une tâche depuis un email" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" -"Le chatter est un outil très pratique. Il s'agit d'un outil de communication" -" qui affiche l'historique de la tâche." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Creating a new project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 -msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr ":doc:`visualisation`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr ":doc:`collaboration`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr ":doc:`time_record`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." -msgstr "" -"Pour enregistrer le temps passé sur les projets, vous devez d'abord activer " -"la facturation des feuilles de présence. Dans l'application **Projet**, " -"ouvrez :menuselection:`Configuration --> Paramètres`. Dans la section " -"**Feuilles de présence**, cochez **Activer les feuilles de présence sur les " -"projets **." - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"Dans la tâche, cliquez sur **Éditer**, ouvrez l'onglet **Feuille de " -"présence** et cliquez sur **Ajouter un article**. Insérez les détails " -"requis, puis cliquez sur **Enregistrer**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " -"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " -"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " -"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " -"have to cope with." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 -msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 -msgid "" -"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " -"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " -"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" -" and indicate if the task is ready." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " -"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " -"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" -" to their creation date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " -"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " -"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " -"easily in a single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " -"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" -"Nous pouvons également organiser les différentes tâches en adaptant la vue. " -"Je sélectionne ici la vue en liste, qui affiche d'autres informations telles" -" que la progression du temps de travail. Si je clique sur ma tâche, j'arrive" -" sur la vue formulaire où je peux modifier les heures prévues et saisir mes " -"feuilles de présence. C'est un outil formidable pour tout chef de projet. Il" -" est essentiel de contrôler la progression du temps de travail et le temps " -"passé pour chaque membre de l'équipe. J'ai fixé le temps de formation de " -"l'équipe de vente à 24 heures. Aujourd'hui, j'ai préparé le matériel, je " -"vais donc enregistrer 4 heures dans la feuille de présence. La progression " -"du temps de travail se met automatiquement à jour. Grâce à l'intégration de " -"cette feuille de présence, le chef de projet dispose d'un suivi complet de " -"l'avancement de chaque tâche." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" -"créer une colonne par phase durant votre travail. Par exemple, dans un " -"projet de developpement, les phases doivent correspondre à : specifications," -" Développement, Essai, Fin. " - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 -msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 -msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 -msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 -msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 -msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 -msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 -msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po deleted file mode 100644 index 402f6b7a4..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2028 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2018 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# omaodoo <oma@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 -# guillaume bauer <guillaume.bauer@syentys.fr>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: guillaume bauer <guillaume.bauer@syentys.fr>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "Achats" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Achats" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 -msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "Données de base" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 -msgid "Import vendors pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " -"to date on products pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 -msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 -msgid "Import a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 -msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " -"import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 -msgid "See below a template of the columns used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 -msgid "" -"`Template download " -"<https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1N8c_eejLV_8NhYMGCfZau_oGCnRkUIT9nwdX7n0shhY/edit#gid=964193981>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 -msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " -"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 -msgid "Add vendors in a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " -"select a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 -msgid "" -"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " -"on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " -"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." -msgstr "" -"Notez que chaque fois qu'un article est acheté pour la première fois auprès " -"d'un nouveau fournisseur, Odoo reliera automatiquement le fournisseur et le " -"prix à l'article." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 -msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " -"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " -"period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " -"t-shirt in different sizes!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " -"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" -" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" -" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " -"between sales and purchase very easily." -msgstr "" -"Dans les affaires quotidiennes, il peut arriver que vos fournisseurs " -"utilisent des unités de mesure différentes des vôtres. Cela peut créer de la" -" confusion entre les ventes et les achats, et vous faire perdre beaucoup de " -"temps à convertir les mesures. Heureusement, avec Odoo, vous pouvez très " -"facilement gérer différentes unités de mesures entre les ventes et achats." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 -msgid "Let's take the following examples:" -msgstr "Prenons l'exemple suivant :" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " -"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " -"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " -"quantities in **Liters**." -msgstr "" -"Vous achetez de l'eau à un fournisseur. Le fournisseur est américain et vend" -" son eau en **Gallons**. Votre client, par contre, est européen. Vous " -"souhaiteriez donc avoir vos quantités achetées exprimées en **Gallons** et " -"vos quantités vendues en **Litres**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" -" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." -msgstr "" -"Vous achetez des rideaux à un fournisseur. Le fournisseur vous vends les " -"rideaux en unité de **rouleau** et vous vendez les rideaux au **mètre " -"carré**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" -msgstr "Installez les module Gestion des ventes et Gestion des achats" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " -"correctly installed." -msgstr "" -"La première étape est de s'assurer que les applications **Ventes** et " -"**Achats** sont correctement installées." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom01|" -msgstr "|uom01|" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom02|" -msgstr "|uom02|" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 -msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" -msgstr "Activez l'option Unité de mesures." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " -"unit of measures (advanced)** box." -msgstr "" -"Entrez dans le module d'achats, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Configuration` et activez l'option **Certains produits peuvent être " -"vendus/achetés dans différentes unités de mesures (avancé)**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" -msgstr "Définissez les unités de mesures des achats et des ventes." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 -msgid "Standard units of measures" -msgstr "Unités de mesures standard" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " -"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" -" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " -"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." -msgstr "" -"Prenons les unités de mesure classiques existant déjà dans Odoo comme " -"premier exemple. Retenez que les différentes unités de mesures entre les " -"ventes et les achats doivent appartenir à la même catégorie. Les catégories " -"sont: **Unité**, **poids**, **temps de travail**, **volume**, etc." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 -msgid "" -"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " -"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible de créer votre propre catégorie et unité de mesure si elle " -"n'est pas standard dans Odoo (voir le chapitre suivant)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " -"customers in **Liters**." -msgstr "" -"Partons du principe que l'on achète de l'eau à nos fournisseurs en " -"**Gallons**, et la vendons à nos clients en **Litres**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 -msgid "" -"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Products`." -msgstr "" -"Nous allons dans le module d'achat sélectionner :menuselection:`Achat --> " -"Articles`." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " -"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" -" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " -"purchase)." -msgstr "" -"Créez votre produit ou sélectionnez-en un existant. Dans les informations " -"générales, vous avez la possibilité de sélectionner l'**unité de mesure** " -"(qui sera utilisée pour les ventes, l'inventaire,...) et l'**unité de mesure" -" d'achat** (pour les achats). " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " -"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" -"Dans ces champs, sélectionnez **Litres** pour **Unité de mesure** et " -"**Gallons** pour **Unité de mesure d'achat**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 -msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" -msgstr "Créez vos propres unité de mesure et catégorie d'unité de mesure" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " -"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " -"curtains in **square meters**)." -msgstr "" -"Prenons maintenant notre second exemple (vous achetez des rideaux à un " -"fournisseur, le fournisseur vous vend le rideau par **rouleau** et vous " -"vendez les rideaux au **mètre carré**)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " -"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " -"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" -" where both units have a conversion relationship." -msgstr "" -"Les deux mesures font partie de deux catégories différentes. Rappelez-vous " -"que vous ne pouvez pas relier une mesure d'une catégorie avec une mesure " -"d'une autre catégorie. Nous devons donc d'abord créer une **Catégorie " -"d'unités de mesure** où les deux unités pourrons cohabiter." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" -" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " -"below)." -msgstr "" -"Pour ce faire, allez dans le module ventes et sélectionnez " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Articles --> Unités de mesure`. Créez une " -"nouvelle **Catégorie de Mesure** en sélectionnant la liste déroulante et en " -"cliquant sur Créer et modifier (voir l'illustration ci-dessous)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " -"**Inter-Category-Computation**." -msgstr "" -"Créez une nouvelle catégorie d'unités de mesure. Dans cet exemple, notre " -"catégorie s'appellera **Inter-Category-Computation**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " -"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " -"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " -"of Measure`." -msgstr "" -"L'étape suivante est de créer les unités de mesure **Rouleau** et **Mètre " -"carré**. Pour ce faire, allez dans le module des ventes et sélectionnez " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Articles --> Unités de mesure`. " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 -msgid "Create two new units:" -msgstr "Créez deux nouvelles unités :" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 -msgid "" -"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" -" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" -" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " -"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" -" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"L'unité **Rouleau** qui appartient à la catégorie Inter-Category-Computation" -" et est de type **Unité de mesure de référence pour cette catégorie** (voir " -"illustration ci-dessous). Ce type la mesure de référence dans cette " -"catégorie. Cela signifie que les autres mesures seront converties à partir " -"de cette mesure (ex: 1 rouleau = 10 mètres carrés, 2 rouleaux = 20 mètres " -"carrés, etc...)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" -" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " -"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " -"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." -msgstr "" -"Pour le **Mètre Carré**, nous spécifions que ``1 rouleau = 10 mètres " -"carrés`` de rideau. Il faudra donc spécifier dans le type, que le mètre " -"carré est plus petit que l'unité de référence. Le **Ratio** est ``10`` " -"puisque ``un rouleau = 10 mètres carrés``." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 -msgid "" -"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " -"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." -msgstr "" -"Il est maintenant possible de mettre le **Mètre carré** comme unité de " -"mesure et le **Rouleau** comme unité de mesure d'achat dans la fiche de " -"l'article." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 -msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 -msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " -"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " -"products have been received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " -"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " -"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 -msgid "" -"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " -"not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " -"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" -" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " -"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " -"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" -msgstr "" -"Si votre entreprise achète régulièrement des produits à plusieurs " -"fournisseurs, il serait utile d'obtenir des statistiques sur vos achats. Il " -"y a plusieurs raisons de suivre et d'analyser les performances de vos " -"fournisseurs :" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez voir combien votre entreprise est dépendante d'un fournisseur;" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "vous pouvez négocier des remises sur les tarifs;" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "Vous pouvez vérifier le délai moyen de livraison par fournisseur;" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "Etc." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " -"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " -"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " -"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " -"their future orders." -msgstr "" -"Par exemple, un revendeur de produits informatiques qui émet des dizaines de" -" bons de commande à plusieurs fournisseurs chaque semaine peut vouloir " -"mesurer pour chaque produit le prix total payé pour chaque fournisseur et le" -" délai de livraison. Les informations recueillies vont l'aider à mieux " -"analyser, prévoir et planifier les futures commandes." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "Installez le module Gestion des achats" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " -"module." -msgstr "" -"Depuis le module **Applications**, recherchez et installez l'application de " -"**Gestion des achats**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "Emettez quelques bons de commande" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "Analysez vos fournisseurs" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "Générer des rapports dynamiques" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " -"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " -"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " -"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " -"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " -"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez accès aux performances de vos fournisseurs dans le menu Rapports. " -"Par défaut, le rapport regroupe tous vos bons de commande dans un tableau " -"croisé dynamique, par **prix total**, **quantité de produit** et **prix " -"moyen** pour **chaque mois** et **chaque fournisseur**. En accédant à ce " -"rapport de base, vous pouvez déjà obtenir un aperçu rapide de leurs " -"performances actuelles. Vous pouvez ajouter un grand nombre de données " -"supplémentaires à votre rapport en cliquant sur l'icône **Mesures**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " -"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " -"\"Products\"." -msgstr "" -"En cliquant sur les icônes **+** et **-**, vous pouvez naviguer vers le haut" -" et le bas dans votre rapport afin de changer la façon dont les informations" -" sont affichées. Par exemple, si vous voulez voir tous les produits achetés " -"pour le mois en cours, vous devez cliquer sur l'icône **+** sur l'axe " -"vertical, puis sur \"Articles\"." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" -" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " -"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " -"below." -msgstr "" -"Selon les données que vous souhaitez mettre en évidence, vous devrez peut-" -"être afficher vos rapports d'une façon plus visuelle. D'un seul clic, vous " -"pouvez transformer votre rapport en 3 vues graphiques: un **diagramme " -"circulaire**, un **graphique en barres** et un **graphique en courbes**: Ces" -" vues sont accessibles via les icônes entourés en rouge dans la capture " -"d'écran ci-dessous ." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 -msgid "" -"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " -"dependent and one independent measure." -msgstr "" -"Contrairement à un tableau croisé dynamique, un graphique ne peut être " -"calculé qu'avec une mesure dépendante et une mesure indépendante." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "Rapports personnalisés" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " -"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " -"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez facilement personnaliser vos rapports d'achats pour satisfaire " -"vos besoins. Pour ce faire, utilisez la **vue Recherche avancée** située " -"dans la partie droite de votre écran, en cliquant sur l'icône loupe tout à " -"droite de la barre de recherche. Cette fonction vous permet de mettre en " -"évidence certaines données sur votre rapport. L'option **Filtres** est très " -"utile pour afficher certaines catégories de données, tandis que l'option " -"**Regrouper par** améliore la lisibilité de vos rapports. Notez que vous " -"pouvez filtrer et grouper par n'importe quel champ existant, ce qui rend " -"votre personnalisation très flexible et puissante." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez enregistrer et réutiliser un filtre personnalisé en cliquant sur" -" **Favoris** dans la **vue Recherche avancée**, puis sur **Enregistrer la " -"recherche actuelle**. Le filtre sera alors accessible depuis le menu " -"**Favoris**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 -msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " -"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " -"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 -msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" -" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " -"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 -msgid "Approve the order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " -"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " -"of what your users can or can't do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 -msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." -msgstr "Une fois approuvé, le bon de commande suit le processus normal." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 -msgid "Bill Control" -msgstr "Contrôle de facture" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" -" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" -" you receive the goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 -msgid "Change the control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" -" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " -"page under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 -msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " -"*Shipment* tab," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " -"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" -" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " -"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "Cancel a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " -"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" -" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" -"En raison de malentendus, d'erreurs humaines ou de changement de stratégies," -" il est parfois nécessaire d'annuler les commandes envoyées aux " -"fournisseurs. Odoo vous permet de le faire, même si une partie ou même la " -"totalité de la marchandise commandée est déjà arrivée dans votre entrepôt." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 -msgid "" -"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " -"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " -"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " -"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " -"cancel." -msgstr "" -"Nous allons d'abord prendre comme exemple le cas où vous commandez **3 iPad " -"mini**, qui ne sont pas encore arrivés dans vos entrepôts. Comme " -"l'installation de l'application de Gestion de l''inventaire est requise lors" -" de l'utilisation du module **Achats**, il est également intéressant de voir" -" le cas de marchandises partiellement livrées que vous souhaitez annuler." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "Créez un Bon de Commande" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " -"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " -"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" -msgstr "" -"La première étape pour créer un **Bon de Commande** est de créer une " -"**Demande de Prix (DP)** dans le menu :menuselection:`Achats --> Achat --> " -"Demande de prix`. Confirmez votre DP pour avoir un bon de commande confirmé" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 -msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" -msgstr "Annulez votre commande" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 -msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" -msgstr "Cas 1 : vous n'avez pas encore reçu vos marchandises" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " -"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez confirmé votre commande et n'avez pas encore reçu vos " -"marchandises, vous pouvez simplement annuler la commande en cliquant sur le " -"bouton Annuler." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " -"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." -msgstr "" -"Odoo annulera automatiquement les livraisons en attente liées à cette " -"commande et la barre d'état passera de **Commande Fournisseur** à " -"**Annulé**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 -msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" -msgstr "Cas 2 : produits partiellement livrés" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " -"cancel the PO." -msgstr "" -"Dans ce cas, **2** des **3 iPad Mini** sont arrivés avant que vous décidiez " -"d'annuler la commande." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 -msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" -msgstr "Enregistrez la marchandise reçue et annuler les reliquats" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " -"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." -" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " -"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." -msgstr "" -"La première chose à faire sera d'enregistrer les marchandises reçues et " -"d'annuler l'arrivée du **troisième iPad mini** qui doit toujours être " -"expédié. Depuis le Bon de Commande, cliquez sur **Réception par article** " -"et, sur la ligne de commande **iPad Mini**, modifiez manuellement les " -"quantités reçues dans la colonne **Fait**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 -msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" -msgstr "Pour en savoir plus, voir :doc:`reception`" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " -"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " -"ask you the permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous cliquerez sur **Valider**, Odoo vous avertira que vous avez " -"traité moins de produits que la demande initiale (2 au lieu de 3 dans notre " -"cas) et vous demandera la permission de créer un reliquat." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" -" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " -"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur **Pas de reliquat** pour annuler la fourniture du produit " -"restant. Notez que la quantité à recevoir a été modifiée en conséquence, et " -"le statut de livraison est donc passé à **Fait**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 -msgid "Create reverse transfer" -msgstr "Créez une rétrocession" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" -" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." -" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" -" corresponding location and click on **Return**." -msgstr "" -"Maintenant, vous devez renvoyer les iPad Minis que vous avez reçu à votre " -"fournisseur. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur le bouton **Inverser** à partir du " -"même document. Une fenêtre de retour apparaîtra. Saisissez la quantité à " -"renvoyer et l'emplacement correspondant, et cliquez sur **Retourner**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " -"stock to your vendor location." -msgstr "" -"Procédez à l'expédition de retour et contrôlez que le mouvement de stock va " -"de votre entrepôt à celui de votre fournisseur." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" -" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " -"cancelled." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque le retour est fait, l'état de votre commande sera automatiquement " -"mis à Terminé, ce qui signifie que votre commande a été complètement " -"annulée." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`bills`" -msgstr ":doc:`bills`" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`reception`" -msgstr ":doc:`reception`" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " -"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " -"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " -"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " -"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." -msgstr "" -"Une Demande de Prix (DP) est utilisée quand vous envisagez l'achat de " -"certains articles, et vous souhaitez obtenir une offre pour ces articles. " -"Dans Odoo, les demandes de prix sont utilisées quand vous envoyez la liste " -"des articles que vous désirez à votre fournisseur. Une fois que votre " -"fournisseur a donné sa réponse, vous pouvez choisir de confirmer l'offre, ou" -" de la refuser." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 -msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "Créez une Demande de Prix" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " -"Quotation` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" -"Dans le module Achats, ouvrez :menuselection:`Achat --> Demande de prix` et " -"cliquez sur **Créer**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " -"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " -"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez votre fournisseur dans le menu **Fournisseur**, ou créez-le à " -"la volée en cliquant sur **Créer et modifier...**. Dans le champ **Date de " -"commande**, sélectionnez la date à laquelle vous souhaitez passer la " -"commande." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt" -msgstr "Reçu" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Réceptions" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor" -msgstr "Fournisseur" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez trouver un fournisseur par son nom, numéro de TVA, courriel ou " -"sa référence interne." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "Référence fournisseur" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " -"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " -"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." -msgstr "" -"Référence du bon de commande ou offre envoyée par le fournisseur. Utilisé " -"principalement pour faire la correspondance lors de la réception des " -"articles, puisque cette référence est généralement écrite sur le bon de " -"livraison envoyé par votre fournisseur." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "Date de la commande" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " -"a purchase order." -msgstr "" -"Représente la date où le devis devrait être validé et le converti en bon " -"d'achat." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "Document d'origine" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" -" sales order)" -msgstr "" -"Référence du document qui a généré cette demande de bon de commande (p. ex. " -"un ordre de vente)" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "Livrer à" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "Cela déterminera le type d'opération des réceptions" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "Adresse de livraison directe" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " -"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." -msgstr "" -"Ajoutez une adresse si vous voulez livrer directement du fournisseur au " -"client. Sinon, laissez vide pour vous faire livrer à votre société." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "Type d'emplacement de destination" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "Champ technique utilisé pour afficher l'adresse de livraison directe." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "Incoterm" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " -"used in international transactions." -msgstr "" -"Les Incoterms sont une série de termes commerciaux prédéfinie utilisés dans " -"les transactions internationales." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Voir *Demande de Prix* dans notre Démonstration en Ligne" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " -"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " -"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " -"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " -"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " -"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " -"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " -"supplier or enter a new one)." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'onglet **Articles**, cliquez sur Ajouter un élément. Sélectionnez " -"l'article que vous souhaitez commander dans le menu **Article**. Spécifiez " -"la **Quantité** en insérant le nombre et en sélectionnant l'unité de mesure." -" Dans le champ **Prix unitaire**, indiquez le prix que vous souhaitez qu'on " -"vous propose (vous pouvez également laisser le champ vide si vous ne savez " -"pas quel est le prix), et ajouter la date de livraison prévue dans le champ " -"Date prévue. Cliquez sur **Sauvegarder**, puis sur **Imprimer Demande de " -"Prix** ou ** Envoyer la Demande de Prix par Courriel** (assurez-vous qu'une " -"adresse email est définie pour ce fournisseur ou entrez-en une nouvelle)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 -msgid "" -"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" -" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." -msgstr "" -"Après avoir cliqué sur **Envoyer...**, vous constaterez que le statut de la " -"Demande de Prix est passé de **Brouillon** à **Demande de Prix Envoyée**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " -"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " -"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que votre fournisseur a répondu avec une offre, mettez à jour la " -"Demande de Prix en cliquant sur **Modifier**, pour la faire concorder à " -"l'offre (prix, taxes, délai de livraison prévu, conditions de paiement, " -"etc.), puis cliquez sur **Enregistrer** pour émettre un Bon de Commande." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " -"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." -msgstr "" -"Pour passer la commande, cliquez sur **Confirmer la Commande** pour envoyer " -"la commande au fournisseur. Le statut de la Demande de Prix passera à " -"**Commande Fournisseur**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" -" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." -msgstr "" -"Le statut de la Demande de Prix changera pour Commande Fournisseur. Les " -"boutons dans le coin supérieur droit de la commande afficheront 1 expédition" -" et 0 facture." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" -" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " -"to work." -msgstr "" -"Pour que cette fonctionnalité fonctionne vous avez besoin des modules " -"*Ventes*, *Inventaire* et *Achats*." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " -"*Dropshipping*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " -"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " -"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " -"drop shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " -"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " -"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " -"dropship route on the SO line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "Drop ship a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " -"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " -"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " -"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" -" through your own stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Lock a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 -msgid "Lock an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 -msgid "" -"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " -"the order preventing any further modification on the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 -msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 -msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " -"products to receive and to control supplier bills." -msgstr "" -"L'application **Achats** vous permet de gérer vos commandes d'achat, de " -"contrôler les produits à recevoir, et de contrôler les factures " -"fournisseurs." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" -" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " -"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez obtenir des prévisions et des réceptions de produits sous " -"contrôle, la première chose à faire est de déployer le processus d'achat de " -"Odoo. Savoir ce qui a été acheté est la base des prévisions et du contrôle " -"de réceptions." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 -msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" -"Installez les applications Gestion des achats et Gestion de l'inventaire" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " -"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " -"others), which is required with **Purchase**." -msgstr "" -"Commencez par installer l'application de Gestion des achats à partir du " -"module **Applications** . Cela installera automatiquement l'application " -"**Gestion de l'inventaire** (entre autres), qui est nécessaire à " -"l'application **Achats**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 -msgid "Create products" -msgstr "Créer des articles" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " -"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, vous devez créer les articles que vous souhaitez acheter. Allez " -"dans l'application **Achats** , puis dans : menuselection:`Achat --> " -"Articles`, et cliquez sur **Créer**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 -msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" -msgstr "" -"Lors de la création du produit, le champ **Type d'article** est important :" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." -msgstr "" -"**Stockable & Consommable** : les produits doivent être réceptionnés dans " -"l'inventaire." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " -"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." -msgstr "" -"**Services & Produits Numériques** (seulement quand l'application " -"**eCommerce** est installée) : il n'y a aucun contrôle sur les réceptions." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 -msgid "" -"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " -"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " -"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" -" set his product type field as **Service**." -msgstr "" -"Il est conseillé de créer un article **Divers** pour tous les achats qui se " -"produisent rarement et ne nécessitent pas de gestion des stocks ni de " -"statistiques d'achats/ventes. Si vous créez un tel produit, il est " -"recommandé de définir le type d'article à **Service**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 -msgid "Control products receptions" -msgstr "Contrôlez les réceptions de produits" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 -msgid "Purchase products" -msgstr "Articles achetés" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " -"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" -" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " -"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " -"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." -msgstr "" -"Depuis l'application Achats, créez un bon de commande avec quelques " -"articles. Si le fournisseur vous envoie une confirmation ou un devis, " -"enregistrez le numéro de commande dans le champ **Référence Fournisseur**. " -"Cela vous permettra de faciliter le rapprochement ultérieur avec le " -"bordereau de livraison (car le bordereau de livraison contiendra " -"probablement la référence fournisseur)" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 -msgid "Receive Products" -msgstr "Réception par article" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " -"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " -"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " -"receipt box of the related warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez acheté des marchandises (produits stockables ou consommables), " -"vous pouvez les réceptionner dans l'application **Inventaire**. Dans le " -"tableau de bord de l'**Inventaire** , vous devriez voir un bouton **X à " -"recevoir**, dans la boîte de réception de l'entrepôt concerné." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur ce bouton et vous accédez à une liste de toutes les commandes en" -" attente pour cet entrepôt." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " -"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " -"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" -" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " -"the lines within it." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez beaucoup de commandes en attente, vous pouvez utiliser la barre" -" de filtre pour rechercher le **Fournisseur** (également appelé " -"**Partenaire* dans Odoo), l'article ou le document source, c'est à dire la " -"référence de votre commande d'achat. Vous pouvez ouvrir le document qui " -"correspond au bordereau de livraison et traiter toutes les lignes qu'il " -"contient." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " -"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " -"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " -"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez valider l'ensemble du document en une seule fois en cliquant sur" -" le bouton **Valider**, ou vous pouvez contrôler tous les produits, un par " -"un, en changeant manuellement la quantité dans le champ **Fait** (ce qui a " -"été effectivement reçu). Quand une ligne est verte, cela signifie que la " -"quantité reçue correspond à ce qui était attendu." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " -"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " -"the quantity received." -msgstr "" -"Si vous travaillez avec des numéros de lots ou des numéros de série, vous ne" -" pouvez pas saisir la quantité traitée, mais vous devez fournir tous les " -"numéros de lots ou numéros de série pour enregistrer la quantité reçue." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 -msgid "" -"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" -" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous validez la réception, si vous avez reçu moins de produits que " -"la demande initiale, Odoo vous demandera l'autorisation de créer un " -"reliquat." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " -"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " -"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." -msgstr "" -"Si vous pensez recevoir les produit restants dans l'avenir, sélectionnez " -"**Créer un reliquat**. Odoo va créer un nouveau document pour les produits " -"en attente. Si vous choisissez **Pas de reliquat**, la commande est " -"considérée comme complète." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`cancel`" -msgstr ":doc:`cancel`" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 -msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " -"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " -"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " -"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 -msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " -"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " -"blocking message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 -msgid "Add a warning on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" -" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 -msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " -"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 -msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Agreements" -msgstr "Conventions d'achat" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " -"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " -"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 -msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " -"Agreements`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " -"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " -"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " -"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " -"the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 -msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " -"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " -"choose the quantity and confirm the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 -msgid "" -"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" -" you have already ordered from your blanket order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 -msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " -"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " -"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " -"name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " -"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 -msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " -"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 -msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " -"and select *Call for Tender*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " -"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " -"right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 -msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " -"from your Call for Tender." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 -msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" -" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 -msgid "Close the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 -msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "Réapprovisionnement" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment Flows" -msgstr "Règles de Réapprovisionnement" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 -msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " -"Times*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 -msgid "" -"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " -"manufacture products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 -msgid "Configure Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 -msgid "Vendor Lead Time" -msgstr "Délai Fournisseur" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " -"product to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " -"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " -"lead time for that Vendor & Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 -msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "Délai de livraison au client" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " -"the product to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " -"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 -msgid "" -"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " -"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 -msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " -"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " -"engagements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " -"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " -"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " -"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 -msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 -msgid "" -"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " -"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " -"is your product’s configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 -msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 -msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 -msgid "" -"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" -" your configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 -msgid "" -"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " -"time for Sales)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 -msgid "" -"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " -"time for Purchase)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 -msgid "" -"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " -"9 days of vendor lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Setup drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " -"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." -msgstr "" -"La livraison directe permet de livrer les marchandises directement du " -"fournisseur au client. Cela signifie que les produits ne transitent pas par " -"votre stock." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 -msgid "" -"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " -"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " -"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " -"section." -msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, configurer les **Routes** et la **Livraison directe**. Aller à" -" :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Cochez " -"**Routage avancé des articles utilisant des règles** dans la section " -"**Routes**, et **Permettre aux fournisseurs de livrer directement à vos " -"clients** dans la section **Livraison directe**." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " -"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " -"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" -"Vous devez autoriser le choix de l'itinéraire sur la commande client. Aller " -"dans l'application de **Ventes**, :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` et cochez **Choisir des routes spécifiques à chaque ligne de " -"commande (avancé)**." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 -msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" -msgstr "Comment utiliser la livraison directe ?" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " -"concerned order lines." -msgstr "" -"Créer la commande client et sélectionnez la route **Du fournisseur au client" -" - drop shipping** sur la ligne de commande concernée." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " -"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." -msgstr "" -"Une fois la commande confirmée, aucun mouvement ne sera créé dans votre " -"stock. Les marchandises seront livrées directement à partir de votre " -"fournisseur vers votre client." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" -" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." -msgstr "" -"Afin d'être en mesure de facturer la livraison, vous devez définir la " -"politique de facturation de votre produit sur **Quantités commandées**." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 -msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " -"orders on each sale you make." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" -" just one step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 -msgid "Configure the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " -"*Make To Order*." -msgstr "" -"Ouvrez une fiche produit et cochez les routes *Acheter* et *Passer une " -"commande* dans l'onglet **Inventaire**. " - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 -msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " -"Odoo for this feature to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 -msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " -"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " -"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " -"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 -msgid "" -"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " -"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" -" *Shipment* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " -"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 -msgid "" -"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " -"automatically under it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " -"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " -"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 -msgid "Set a reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 -msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " -"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " -"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " -"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " -"12:00PM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " -"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Dépannage" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 -msgid "" -"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " -"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " -"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " -"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," -" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " -"issue with the configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 -msgid "Multi-Companies" -msgstr "Multi-Sociétés" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" -msgstr "" -"Comment configurer un flux de vente d'achat en environnement multi-sociétés " -"?" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " -"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " -"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " -"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." -msgstr "" -"Odoo est une solution exceptionnelle pour aider les petites entreprises à " -"développer leur activité. Mais il répond aussi parfaitement aux besoins des " -"multinationales.Les fonctionnalités inter-entreprise vous aident à acheter " -"et/ou vendre des produits et des services entre les différentes divisions de" -" votre conglomérat." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " -"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " -"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " -"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " -"on your sales and purchase orders." -msgstr "" -"Les ordres d'achat et les ordres de vente peuvent être liés. Si une " -"entreprise au sein de votre groupe crée une commande d'achat ou de vente, le" -" document correspondant est automatiquement créé pour votre entreprise. Tout" -" ce que vous avez à faire est de vérifier que tout est correct et confirmer " -"la vente. Vous pouvez automatiser la validation sur vos commandes de ventes " -"et d'achats." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 -msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." -msgstr "" -"Il est également possible de ne traiter que les factures et les avoirs." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Manage intercompany rules" -msgstr "Gérez les règles intersociétés" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" -" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> General Settings`. Cochez **Manage" -" multiple companies** et **gestion inter-compagnies**." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "Cliquez sur **Appliquer**." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 -msgid "New options will appear." -msgstr "De nouvelles options apparaîtront." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." -msgstr "" -"Dans la liste déroulante, choisissez la société sur laquelle vous souhaitez " -"ajouter des règles." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " -"options." -msgstr "" -"Si vous cliquez sur **Paramétrage des commandes d'achats et de ventes pour " -"les relations inter-sociétés**, vous obtiendrez des options supplémentaires." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " -"for the other companies." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous avez terminé, cliquez sur **Appliquer**, puis vous pouvez " -"répéter les mêmes étapes pour les autres entreprises." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " -"user has the rights to manage the companies." -msgstr "" -"Afin d'être en mesure de gérer les règles intersociétés, assurez-vous que " -"votre utilisateur a le droit de gérer les entreprises." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po deleted file mode 100644 index 01ea465bd..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Florian Hatat <mininet@wanadoo.fr>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "Recrutement" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index a1e827253..f027af110 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -7,23 +7,32 @@ # Saad Thaifa <saad.thaifa@gmail.com>, 2018 # Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2018 # Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Benjamin Frantzen, 2018 +# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2018 # Ikati Group SAS <ikatihosting@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2018 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Jonathan <jcs@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Priscilla Sanchez <prs@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Jonathan Castillo <jcs@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Priscilla (prs) Odoo <prs@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2021 +# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Nicolas BODART <nicolas.bodart@florennes.be>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2021 +# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Julien Bertrand <jub@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Sébastien BÜHL <buhlsebastien@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Michell Portrait <mportrait@happylibre.fr>, 2021 +# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2021 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021 +# David David <f322p3ph@yahoo.fr>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: David David <f322p3ph@yahoo.fr>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -31,23 +40,3525 @@ msgstr "" "Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:4 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Vente" -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:4 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "CRM" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "Acquérir des pistes" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "Convertir des pistes en opportunités" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM" +" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can " +"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" +"Le système peut générer des pistes plutôt que des opportunités, afin " +"d'ajouter une étape de qualification avant de convertir une *Piste* en " +"*Opportunité* et de l'assigner à la bonne équipe commerciale. Vous pouvez " +"activer ce mode dans la Configuration du module CRM. Il s'appliquera par " +"défaut à tous vos canaux de vente. Vous pouvez cependant l'adapter à des " +"canaux particuliers depuis leur formulaire de configuration." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, allez dans :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Paramètres` et cochez la case *Pistes*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "Elles viendront désormais s'ajouter au nouveau sous-menu *Pistes*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "Convertir une piste en une opportunité" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" +"Quand vous cliquez sur une *Piste*, vous aurez la possibilité de la " +"convertir en une opportunité, de décider si elle doit être toujours assignée" +" au même canal ou à la même personne, et si vous devez créer ou pas un " +"nouveau client." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez déjà défini une opportunité pour ce client, Odoo vous proposera" +" automatiquement de fusionner avec cette opportunité. De la même manière, " +"Odoo vous proposera de créer un lien vers un client qui existerait déjà." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "Générer des pistes et des opportunités à partir des emails" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" +"Automatiser la création de pistes et d'opportunités améliorera " +"considérablement votre efficacité. Par défaut, tout mail envoyé à " +"*sales@database\\_domain.ext* créera une opportunité dans le pipeline du " +"canal de ventes par défaut." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "Configurer les alias des adresses email" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" +"Chaque canal de vente peut avoir ses propres alias d'email afin de générer " +"des pistes et des opportunités qui lui sont automatiquement assignées. Cela " +"est utile si vous gérez plusieurs équipes commerciales avec des processus " +"commerciaux spécifiques. Le paramétrage se fait dans " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Équipes commerciales`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "" +"Générer des pistes et des opportunités à partir de la page contact de votre " +"site internet" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" +"Automatiser la création de pistes et d'opportunités améliorera " +"considérablement votre efficacité. Tout visiteur utilisant le formulaire de " +"contact de votre site web créera une piste ou une opportunité dans le " +"pipeline." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "Utiliser le formulaire de contact de votre site Web" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "Rendez-vous, tout d'abord, sur l'application Site Web." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" +"Avec l'installation de l'application CRM, vous bénéficiez sur votre site Web" +" Odoo d'un formulaire de contact prêt à l'emploi qui génère automatiquement " +"des pistes et des opportunités." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" +"Pour assigner les pistes à une équipe commerciale précise, allez dans " +":menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration --> Paramètres`, vous trouverez " +"dans la partie *Communication* les informations du formulaire de contact et " +"vous pourrez modifier l'*Équipe commerciale* ou le *Vendeur*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "Créer un formulaire de contact personnalisé" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez vouloir en apprendre plus sur vos visiteurs quand ils utilisent " +"le formulaire de contact pour vous joindre. Vous aurez alors besoin de " +"construire un formulaire de contact personnalisé sur votre site Web. Ces " +"formulaires de contact peuvent générer de nombreux types d'enregistrements " +"dans le système (emails, pistes/opportunités, tâches, tickets d'assistance " +"technique, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" +"Vous devez installer le module gratuit *Générateur de formulaire*, qui est " +"uniquement disponible dans Odoo Entreprise." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" +"Allez tout d'abord sur la page où vous désirez insérer votre formulaire de " +"contact. Dans le mode édition, déplacez le générateur de formulaire dans " +"votre page et vous pourrez ajouter tous les champs que vous souhaitez." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, tout nouveau contact générera l'envoi d'un email. Vous pouvez " +"passer à la génération de pistes ou d'opportunités dans *Modifier les " +"paramètres du formulaire*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Si un même utilisateur utilise le formulaire de contact deux fois, la " +"deuxième entrée sera ajoutée à la première piste ou opportunité dans le " +"chatter." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "Générer des pistes plutôt que des opportunités" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous utilisez un formulaire de contact, vous devez utiliser une " +"étape de qualification avant d'attribuer le formulaire aux vendeurs. Pour le" +" faire, activez *Pistes* dans les paramètres CRM et référez-vous à " +":doc:`convert`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "Envoyer des devis" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Quand vous qualifiez une piste en opportunité, vous aurez sans doute besoin " +"de lui faire parvenir un devis. Vous pouvez faire cela directement dans " +"l'application CRM d'Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "Créer un nouveau devis" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" +"En cliquant sur une opportunité ou une piste, vous verrez apparaître un " +"bouton *Nouveau Devis* qui vous amènera à un nouveau menu vous permettant de" +" gérer votre devis." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" +"Vous trouverez tous vos devis relatifs à cette opportunité sous le menu " +"*Devis* de cette page." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "Marquer comme gagné/perdu" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" +"Vous devrez maintenant marquer votre opportunité comme gagnée ou perdue pour" +" passer à l'étape suivante." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" +"Si vous les marquez comme gagnées, elles se placeront dans la colonne " +"*Gagné* de la vue Kanban. Si néanmoins vous les marquez comme *Perdu*, elles" +" seront archivées." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "Optimiser votre travail quotidien" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "Comment motiver et récompenser mes vendeurs ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" +"Encourager vos employés à atteindre des cibles précises avec des objectifs " +"et des récompenses est un excellent moyen de renforcer les bonnes habitudes " +"et d'améliorer la productivité de vos vendeurs. Le module Émulation d'Odoo " +"vous donne des moyens simples et créatifs pour motiver et évaluer vos " +"employés avec la reconnaissance en temps réel et des badges inspirés par " +"l'univers du jeu." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" +"Installez le module *Emulation*, ou *Emulation CRM*, qui ajoute des données " +"utiles (objectifs et défis) utilisables sur *CRM/Ventes*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "Créez un défi" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" +"Un défi est une mission que vous envoyez à votre équipe commerciale. Il peut" +" inclure un ou plusieurs objectifs, fixés pour une période de temps " +"spécifique. Configurez votre défi comme suit :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "Affecter les commerciaux à interpeller;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "Affectez un responsable;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "Configurez la périodicité avec la date de début et de fin;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "Sélectionnez vos objectifs;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "Configurez vos récompenses (badges)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "Définissez des objectifs" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Les objectifs peuvent aussi inclure la configuration de votre base de " +"données (par ex. définir les données de votre entreprise et un fuseau " +"horaire, créer de nouveaux utilisateurs, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "Configurez vos récompenses" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "Synchroniser votre agenda Google avec Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " +"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " +"directions)." +msgstr "" +"Odoo s'intègre parfaitement au Calendrier Google, ainsi vous pouvez gérez " +"vos rendez-vous depuis les deux plateformes (les mises à jour s'effectuant " +"dans les deux sens)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "Configuration dans Google" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" +"Allez sur la `plateforme des APIs de Google " +"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__ pour générer les identifiants de " +"l'API Google Calendar." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +msgid "Go to the API & Services page." +msgstr "Allez à la page des API et Services." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." +msgstr "Cherchez *Google Calendar API* et sélectionnez-le." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "Activez l'API." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " +"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez ou créez un projet d'API pour enregistrer les identifiants si " +"vous ne l'avez jamais fait. Donnez-lui un nom explicite (e.g. Odoo Sync)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +msgid "Create credentials." +msgstr "Créez des identifiants." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez *Navigateur Web (Javascript)* comme contexte à partir duquel " +"l'API sera appelée et *Données utilisateur* comme type de données." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " +"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " +"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez alors créer un Identifiant Client. Entrez le nom de " +"l'application (par ex. Odoo Calendar) et les pages autorisées vers " +"lesquelles vous serez redirigé. L'*Origine du Javascript autorisé* est l'URL" +" de votre instance Odoo. L'*URL de redirection autorisée* est l'URL de votre" +" instance Odoo suivie de '/google_account/authentication'." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " +"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " +"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" +" in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" +"Parcourez l'écran de consentement en entrant le nom du produit (e.g. " +"Calendrier Odoo). Vous pouvez prendre connaissance des options de " +"personnalisation mais ce n'est pas obligatoire. L'écran d'accord " +"n'apparaîtra qu'une fois que vous aurez entré l'identifiant client dans " +"Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" +" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Pour terminer, on vous indique votre **ID Client**. Cliquez sur " +"*Credentials* pour obtenir ensuite le **Client Secret**. Vous aurez besoin " +"de ces deux informations dans Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "Configuration dans Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " +"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Installez l'application **Calendrier Google** que vous trouverez dans le " +"menu *Applications* ou en cochant la case dans :menuselection:`Paramètres " +"--> Paramètres Généraux`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" +" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." +msgstr "" +"Rendez-vous dans :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Paramètres Généraux` et " +"entrez votre **Id. client** et **Client Secret** dans les paramètres du " +"Calendrier Google." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " +"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " +"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" +" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." +msgstr "" +"Le paramétrage est maintenant terminé. Ouvrez votre Calendrier Google et " +"synchronisez-le avec Google. La première fois que vous le faites vous êtes " +"redirigé sur une page Google pour autoriser la connexion. De retour dans " +"Odoo, re-cliquez sur le bouton synchroniser. Vous pouvez cliquer sur ce " +"bouton chaque fois que vous voulez synchroniser votre calendrier." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" +msgstr "" +"À partir de maintenant, vous n'avez plus d'excuses pour rater une réunion !" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 +msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" +msgstr "Utiliser les services VOIP dans Odoo avec OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduction" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" +" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " +"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." +msgstr "" +"La VoIP Odoo peut être paramétrée pour fonctionner avec OnSIP " +"(www.onsip.com). Dans ce cas, l'installation et le paramétrage d'un serveur " +"Asterisk ne sont pas nécessaires puisque toute l'infrastructure est hébergée" +" et gérée par OnSIP." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " +"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " +"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " +"configuration procedure below." +msgstr "" +"Vous aurez besoin d'ouvrir un compte OnSIP pour utiliser ce service. Avant " +"de vous engager, assurez-vous que votre zone et celle de vos correspondants " +"sont couvertes par ce service. Après l'ouverture du compte OnSIP, suivez la " +"procédure ci-dessous." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." +msgstr "Allez à la page Applications et installez le module **VoIP OnSIP**." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " +"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" +msgstr "" +"Allez dans Paramètres/Paramètres Généraux. Dans la partie " +"Intégration/Asterisk (VoIP), renseignez les 3 champs :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " +"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " +"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" +"**OnSIP Domain** est le domaine que vous avez choisi quand vous avez créé un" +" compte sur www.onsip.com. Si vous ne le connaissez pas, connectez-vous à " +"https://admin.onsip.com/, vous le trouverez dans le coin supérieur droit de " +"l'écran." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 +msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "**WebSocket** devrait contenir wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 +msgid "**Mode** should be Production" +msgstr "**Mode** devrait indiquer Production" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " +"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" +msgstr "" +"Allez dans **Configuration/Utilisateurs**. Dans le formulaire représentant " +"chaque utilisateur de la VoIP, dans l'onglet Préférences, remplissez la " +"partie **Configuration PBX** :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 +msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "**Login SIP / Extension du navigateur** : le 'Username' OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 +msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "**Autorisation de l'Utilisateur OnSIP** : le 'Auth Username' OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 +msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "**Mot de passe SIP** : le 'SIP Password' de OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 +msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" +msgstr "**Extension de Combiné** : le 'Extension' de OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can find all this information by logging in at " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " +"and refer to the fields as pictured below." +msgstr "" +"Vous pourrez trouver toutes ces informations en vous connectant sur " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users puis en sélectionnant l’utilisateur que vous " +"voulez configurer et regarder les champs dans l'image ci-dessous." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " +"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" +" Odoo and in OnSIP)." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez maintenant passer des appels en cliquant sur l'icône de " +"téléphone dans le coin supérieur droit d'Odoo (assurez-vous d'être connecté " +"en tant qu'utilisateur correctement configuré dans Odoo et dans OnSIP)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " +"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." +msgstr "" +"Si vous voyez un message *Paramètre manquant* dans l'application VoIP " +"d'Odoo, rechargez la page et ré-essayez." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" +" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " +"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"international prefix for the United States)." +msgstr "" +"Si vous voyez un message *Mauvais Numéro* dans l'application VoIP d'Odoo, " +"assurez-vous que vous utilisez le format international, commençant par le " +"signe plus (+) suivi de l'indicatif du pays. E.g. : +16506913277 (+1 étant " +"l'indicatif international pour les États-Unis)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " +"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez aussi recevoir des appels. Votre numéro est celui qui vous a été" +" fourni par OnSIP. Odoo sonnera et affichera une notification." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 +msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" +msgstr "OnSIP sur votre smartphone" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " +"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" +" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " +"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." +msgstr "" +"Afin de passer et de recevoir des appels quand vous n'êtes pas devant votre " +"ordinateur, vous pouvez utiliser une application de VoIP sur votre " +"smartphone en parallèle à l'application VoIP Odoo. C'est pratique pour les " +"appels en mobilité mais aussi pour s'assurer de ne pas manquer un appel ou " +"simplement par commodité. N'importe quelle application de VoIP compatible " +"SIP fonctionnera." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " +"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." +" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"then have to configure it as follows:" +msgstr "" +"Sur Android et iOS, OnSIP a été testé avec succès avec l'application " +"`Grandstream Wave " +"<https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_. " +"Quand vous créez un compte, sélectionnez OnSIP dans la liste des opérateurs." +" Vous devrez ensuite la configurer comme suit :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 +msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" +msgstr "Nom du compte : OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 +msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" +msgstr "**Serveur SIP** : le 'Domain' OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 +msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "**ID d'utilisateur SIP** : le 'Username' OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 +msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "**ID d'authentification SIP** : le 'Auth Username' OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 +msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "**Mot de passe** : le 'SIP Password' OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " +"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " +"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " +"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" +" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " +"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." +msgstr "" +"Hormis les appels que vous pouvez passer depuis l'application Granstream " +"Wave sur votre smartphone, vous pouvez aussi passer des appels en cliquant " +"sur un numéro de téléphone dans le navigateur internet de votre PC. Cette " +"action fera sonner Grandstream Wave et transférera l'appel pour votre " +"correspondant sur votre téléphone. Cette approche est utile pour éviter de " +"perdre du temps à composer des numéros de téléphone. Pour cela, vous aurez " +"besoin de l'extension Chrome `OnSIP Call Assistant " +"<https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" +" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." +msgstr "" +"L'inconvénient d'utiliser une application de téléphonie sur IP sur votre " +"smartphone est que vos appels ne seront pas journalisés dans Odoo car " +"l'application agit comme un programme indépentant." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" +msgstr "Configurer votre serveur VoIP Asterisk pour Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Installing Asterisk server" +msgstr "Installation d'un serveur Asterisk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "Dépendances" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" +msgstr "" +"Avant d'installer Asterisk, vous devez installer les dépendances suivantes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 +msgid "wget" +msgstr "wget" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 +msgid "gcc" +msgstr "gcc" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 +msgid "g++" +msgstr "g++" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 +msgid "ncurses-devel" +msgstr "ncurses-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 +msgid "libxml2-devel" +msgstr "libxml2-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 +msgid "sqlite-devel" +msgstr "sqlite-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 +msgid "libsrtp-devel" +msgstr "libsrtp-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 +msgid "libuuid-devel" +msgstr "libuuid-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 +msgid "openssl-devel" +msgstr "openssl-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 +msgid "pkg-config" +msgstr "pkg-config" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 +msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" +msgstr "Pour installer libsrtp, suivez les instructions suivantes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " +"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " +"extracted:" +msgstr "" +"Vous devez également installer PJSIP, vous pouvez télécharger le code source" +" `ici <http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Une fois le répertoire source " +"extrait :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" +msgstr "**Déplacez-vous dans le répertoire des sources de pjproject :**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 +msgid "**run:**" +msgstr "**Lancez la commande suivante :**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 +msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" +msgstr "**Construisez et installez pjproject :**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 +msgid "**Update shared library links:**" +msgstr "**Mettez à jour les liens vers les librairies partagées :**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 +msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" +msgstr "**Vérifiez que pjproject est installé :**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 +msgid "**The result should be:**" +msgstr "**Le résultat doit être :**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Asterisk" +msgstr "Asterisk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " +"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" +"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." +msgstr "" +"Pour installer Asterisk 13.7.0, vous pouvez télécharger le code source " +"directement `ici <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" +"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Extract Asterisk:" +msgstr "Extraire le code source d'Asterisk :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" +msgstr "Entrez dans le répertoire d'Asterisk :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 +msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" +msgstr "Lancez le script de configuration d'Asterisk :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 +msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" +msgstr "Lancez l'outil menuselect d'Asterisk :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " +"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " +"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " +"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." +msgstr "" +"Dans menuselect, allez à l'option des ressources et vérifiez que res_srtp " +"est activé. S'il y a 3 x à côté de res_srtp, il y a un problème avec la " +"bibliothèque srtp et vous devez la réinstaller. Enregistrez la configuration" +" (appuyez sur x). Vous devriez également voir les étoiles en face des lignes" +" de res_pjsip." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 +msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" +msgstr "Compilez et installez Asterisk :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " +"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " +"run 'make config'." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez besoin d'exemples de configurations vous pouvez exécuter 'make " +"samples' pour installer les exemples de configurations. Si vous voulez " +"installer le script de démarrage d'Asterisk, exécutez 'make config'." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 +msgid "DTLS Certificates" +msgstr "Certificats DTLS" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 +msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." +msgstr "Ensuite vous devez configurer les certificats DTLS." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" +msgstr "Entrez dans le répertoire des scripts d'Asterisk :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" +" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" +msgstr "" +"Créer les certificats DTLS (remplacez pbx.mycompany.com avec votre adresse " +"IP ou votre nom DNS, remplacer My Super Company avec le nom de votre " +"entreprise):" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 +msgid "Configure Asterisk server" +msgstr "Configurer un serveur Asterisk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " +"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " +"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" +" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " +"uncommented:" +msgstr "" +"Pour le WebRTC, un grand nombre de paramètres obligatoires DOIVENT être dans" +" les paramètres des pairs. Les paramètres globaux ne sont pas très bien " +"hérités par les paramètres des pairs. Par défaut, les fichiers de " +"configuration d'Asterisk sont situés dans /etc/asterisk/. Commencez par " +"éditer http.conf et assurez-vous que les lignes suivantes ne sont pas " +"commentées :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " +"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " +"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " +"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " +"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, modifier sip.conf. Le pair WebRTC requiert que le chiffrement, avpf" +" et icesupport soient activés. Dans la plupart des cas, directmedia doit " +"être désactivé. Toujours dans le cadre du client WebRTC, le transport doit " +"être réglé à «ws» pour permettre les connexions websocket. Toutes ces lignes" +" de configuration devrait être dans le pair; définir ces lignes de " +"configuration globalement pourrait ne pas fonctionner :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " +"lines:" +msgstr "" +"Dans les fichiers sip.conf et rtp.conf vous devez également ajouter ou " +"décommenter ces lignes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 +msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" +msgstr "Enfin, configurez extensions.conf :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 +msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" +msgstr "Configurer VOIP dans Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 +msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." +msgstr "" +"Dans Odoo, la configuration doit être effectuée dans les préférences de " +"l'utilisateur." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 +msgid "" +"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" +" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." +msgstr "" +"L'extension de connexion/navigateur SIP est le numéro que vous avez " +"configuré précédemment dans le fichier sip.conf (dans notre exemple : 1060)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 +msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" +"Le mot de passe SIP est celui que vous avez choisi dans le fichier sip.conf." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " +"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " +"configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" +"L'extension de votre téléphone au bureau n'est pas un champ obligatoire mais" +" il est utilisé si vous voulez transférer votre appel d'Odoo vers un " +"téléphone externe également configuré dans le fichier sip.conf." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " +"\"Integrations\" section." +msgstr "" +"La configuration doit également être effectuée dans les Paramètres généraux " +"sous la section \"Intégrations\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file." +msgstr "" +"L'adresse IP du serveur PBX doit être la même que celle que vous avez " +"définie dans le fichier http.conf." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" +" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " +"defined in the http.conf file." +msgstr "" +"Le WebSocket doit être : ws://localhost:XXXX/ws où \"localhost\" doit être " +"le même que l'IP définie précédemment et \"XXXX\" doit être le port défini " +"dans le fichier http.conf." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "Analyser la performance" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 +msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" +msgstr "Obtenir un chiffre d'affaire probable précis" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" +" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " +"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " +"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." +msgstr "" +"Alors que vous progressez dans votre cycle de ventes et passez d'une étape à" +" l'autre, vous pouvez espérer obtenir une information plus précise sur une " +"opportunité donnée, vous fournissant une meilleure idée de la probabilité de" +" l'amener à terme. Ceci est important afin de visualiser votre chiffre " +"d'affaire attendu dans les différents rapports. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 +msgid "Configure your kanban stages" +msgstr "Configurez les étapes de votre vue kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " +"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" +" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" +" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " +"more accurate." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, la vue kanban d'Odoo comporte quatre étapes : Nouveau, Qualifié," +" Proposition, Gagné ayant respectivement des probabilité de succès de 10, " +"30, 70 et 100%.Vous pouvez ajouter des étapes et/ou les modifier. En " +"affinant les probabilités de succès par défaut de chaque étape, vous pouvez " +"rendre votre chiffre d'affaire probable de plus en plus précis." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" +" you can modify them manually of course." +msgstr "" +"Chacune de vos opportunités aura une probabilité réglée par défaut mais vous" +" pouvez la modifier." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 +msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" +msgstr "Entrer les revenus attendus et la date d'expiration de l'opportunité" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " +"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" +" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." +msgstr "" +"Quand vous recueillez des informations sur un prospect, il est important " +"d'indiquer un revenu attendu et une date d'expiration. Cela vous permettra " +"de voir l'ensemble de vos revenus attendus par étape ainsi que d'affiner le " +"chiffre d'affaire probable." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 +msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" +msgstr "Visualiser les opportunités expirées ou proches de l'expiration" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " +"closing, letting you prioritize." +msgstr "" +"Dans votre pipeline, vous pouvez filtrer les opportunités par date " +"d'expiration, ce qui vous permet de les prioriser." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 +msgid "" +"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " +"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " +"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." +msgstr "" +"En tant que responsable commercial, cet outil peut également vous aider à " +"trouver des moyens potentiels d'améliorer votre processus de vente, par " +"exemple, avoir beaucoup d'opportunités dans les premières étapes mais " +"présentant une date d'expiration proche peut révéler un problème." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 +msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" +msgstr "" +"Visualiser votre revenu global attendu et votre chiffre d'affaire probable" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 +msgid "" +"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " +"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." +msgstr "" +"Quand vous êtes dans votre vue kanban, vous pouvez voir les revenus attendus" +" à chacune des étapes. Ceci grâce au revenu attendu que vous indiquez pour " +"chaque opportunité." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " +"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " +"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " +"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " +"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." +msgstr "" +"En tant que responsable, vous pouvez aller dans :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Analyse --> Pipeline`. Par défaut, l'unité de mesure est le *Revenu au " +"prorata*. Ce rapport prendra en compte le revenu fixé pour chaque " +"opportunité mais également la probabilité de le clore. Cela vous donnera une" +" bien meilleure idée de vos revenus attendus, vous permettant d'établir des " +"plans d'action et fixer des objectifs." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "Contrôler votre ratio Gagné/Perdu" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" +"Pour voir comment vous vous en sortez avec votre pipeline, regardez le ratio" +" Gagné/Perdu." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" +"Pour accéder à ce rapport, allez dans votre vue *Pipeline*, dans l'onglet " +"*Analyse*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" +"À ce niveau, vous pouvez filtrer quelles opportunités vous souhaitez voir : " +"les vôtres, celles de votre équipe commerciale, de toute votre entreprise, " +"etc. Vous pouvez alors cliquer sur filtrer et voir le ratio Gagné/perdu." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "Vous pouvez également changer la *Mesure* pour *Revenu espéré*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "Vous pouvez également basculer sur la vue diagramme." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "Organiser le pipeline" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "Gérer les opportunités perdues" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" +"Quand vous travaillez sur vos opportunités, vous pourriez en perdre quelques" +" unes. Vous voudrez sans doute garder la trace de la raison de ces échecs et" +" aussi comment Odoo pourrait vous aider à les reconquérir plus tard." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "Marquer une pise comme perdue" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" +"Dans votre pipeline, sélectionnez l'opportunité désirée et vous verrez un " +"bouton *Marquer comme perdu*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez sélectionner un *Motif de la perte* ou en créer un nouveau ici." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "Gérer & créer des motifs de perte" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" +"Vous trouverez vos *Motifs de la perte* dans le menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Motifs de la perte`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez sélectionner & renommer n'importe lequel ou en créer un nouveau " +"à cet endroit." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "Récupérer les opportunités perdues" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" +"Pour récupérer les opportunités perdues et agir sur elles (envoyer un mail, " +"rappeler pour un bilan, etc.) choisissez le filtre *Perdu* dans la barre de " +"recherche." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "Vous verrez alors toutes vos opportunités perdues." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" +"Si vous voulez affiner plus avant, vous pouvez ajouter un filtre *Motif de " +"la perte*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "Par exemple, *Trop cher*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "Restaurer les opportunités perdues" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" +"Dans la vue Kanban, avec le(s) filtre(s) activés, vous pouvez sélectionner " +"n'importe quelle opportunité, pour la traiter comme d'habitude. Vous pouvez " +"aussi la restaurer en cliquant sur *Restaurer*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez aussi restaurer les éléments par lot dans la vue Kanban, quand " +"ils appartiennent à la même étape. Sélectionnez *Désarchiver* dans les " +"options de la colonne. Vous pouvez également les archiver de la même " +"manière." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" +"Pour sélectionner certaines opportunités, vous devriez passer en vue liste." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez alors sélectionner autant d'opportunités que désiré, ou toutes, " +"et choisir les actions à entreprendre." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "Gérer plusieurs équipes commerciales" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" +"Dans 0doo, vous pouvez gérer plusieurs équipes commerciales, départements ou" +" canaux avec des processus de vente spécifiques. Pour cela, nous utilisons " +"le concept d' *Équipe Commerciale*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "Créer une nouvelle équipe commerciale" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer une nouvelle *Équipe Commerciale*, allez dans " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Équipes Commerciales`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ici définir un alias mail pour cette équipe. Chaque message " +"envoyé à cette adresse mail créera une piste/opportunité." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "Ajouter des membres à votre équipe commerciale" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ajouter des membres à n'importe quelle équipe ; de cette manière" +" ces membres verront la structure du pipeline de l'équipe commerciale en " +"l'ouvrant. Toute piste/opportunité qui leur aura été assignée sera " +"rattachée à l'équipe commerciale. Par conséquent, on ne peut être membre que" +" d'une seule équipe commerciale." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "Ceci facilitera le processus de supervision par le chef d'équipe." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" +"Si vous filtrez maintenant sur cette équipe dans votre pipeline, vous verrez" +" toutes ses opportunités." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "Le tableau de bord de l'équipe commerciale" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "" +"Pour voir les opérations et les résultats de n'importe quelle équipe " +"commerciale d'un coup d’œil, le directeur commercial a également accès au " +"*Tableau de bord de l'Équipe Commerciale*, sous le menu *Rapports*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" +"Il est partagé avec tout son environnement, ainsi toute source de revenu en " +"fait partie : Les ventes, l'e-commerce, les points de vente, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "Assigner et suivre des pistes" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "Assigner des pistes d'après leur score" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." +msgstr "" +"Avec la *Notation des Pistes* vous pouvez classer vos pistes automatiquement" +" en fonction des critères sélectionnés." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" +"Par exemple, vous pourriez mieux noter les visiteurs issus de votre pays ou " +"ceux qui ont visité des pages précises de votre site web." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser le classement, installez le module gratuit *Classement des " +"Pistes* depuis la page *Apps* (accessible uniquement dans la version Odoo " +"Entreprise)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "Créer des règles de notation" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" +"Vous avez maintenant un nouvel onglet *Gestion des Pistes* dans votre " +"application *CRM* où vous pouvez gérer vos règles de notation." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "" +"Voici un exemple pour une piste canadienne, vous pouvez modifier tous les " +"critères servant à noter vos pistes. Vous pouvez ajouter autant de critères " +"que vous souhaitez." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" +"Toutes les heures, les pistes n'ayant pas de score seront automatiquement " +"examinées et recevront la note qui correspond à vos règles de notation." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "Assigner des pistes" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" +"Une fois les notes calculées, les pistes peuvent être assignées à une équipe" +" particulière en utilisant le même mécanisme de domaine. Pour ce faire, " +"allez dans :menuselection:`CRM --> Gestion des Pistes --> Attibution aux " +"Équipes` et appliquer un domaine spécifique à chacun. Ce domaine peut " +"inclure des notes." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "" +"Mieux encore, vous pouvez assigner une piste à un membre de l'équipe en " +"particulier avec un domaine encore plus précis." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "" +"Pour cela, allez dans :menuselection:`CRM --> Gestion des Pistes --> " +"Assignation des pistes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" +"L'assignation des équipes & pistes affectera les pistes non assignées une " +"fois par jour." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "Évaluer et utiliser les pistes non assignées" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" +"Une fois vos règles de notation établies vous aurez certainement encore des " +"pistes non assignées. Certaines d'entre elles pourraient encore se " +"transformer en opportunité aussi il et utile d'en faire quelque chose." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" +"Dans la page des pistes, vous pouvez activer un filtre pour trouver toutes " +"vos pistes non-assignées." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" +"Pourquoi ne pas utiliser les applications :menuselection:`Marketing Email` " +"ou :menuselection:`Automatisation Marketing` pour leur envoyer un " +"publipostage ? De la même manière, vous pouvez également trouver des pistes " +"non assignées à partir de cet endroit." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "Suivre les visites de vos prospects" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" +"Suivre les visites des pages de votre site web vous donnera beaucoup plus " +"d'information sur les centres d'intérêt de vos visiteurs." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" +"Toutes les pages suivies qu'ils visitent seront enregistrées dans votre " +"piste/opportunité s'ils utilisent le formulaire de contact de votre site " +"web." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser cette fonctionnalité, installez le module gratuit *Notation " +"des Pistes* depuis la page *Apps* (accessible uniquement dans la version " +"Odoo Entreprise)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "Suivre une page web" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" +"Rendez-vous sur n'importe quelle page statique que vous voulez suivre sur " +"votre site web. Vous trouverez un bouton *Optimisez le SEO* dans l'onglet " +"*Mettre en avant*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "Là vous trouverez une case à cocher *Suivre la Page*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "Voir les pages visitées dans vos pistes/opportunités" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"À présent, chaque fois qu'une piste est crée depuis le formulaire de " +"contact, elle gardera la trace des pages consultées par ce visiteur. Il y a " +"deux manières de voir ces pages, dans le coin supérieur droit de votre " +"piste/opportunité, vous trouverez un bouton *Pages Visitées* mais vous " +"pouvez également le voir plus bas dans le chatter." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" +"Tous les deux seront mis à jour si le visiteur revient sur votre site pour " +"consulter d'autres pages." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" +"Cette fonctionnalité ne reprendra pas les visites multiples d'une même page " +"dans le chatter." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "Vos clients ne pourront plus vous cacher quoi que ce soit !" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:4 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "Point de Vente" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced topics" +msgstr "Rubriques avancées" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "Utilisation de codes-barres dans le PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" +"L'utilisation d'un lecteur de codes-barres pour traiter les commandes du " +"point de vente améliore votre efficacité et vous permet d'économiser du " +"temps pour vous et pour vos clients." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser un lecteur de codes-barres, allez à: menuselection: `Point de " +"Vente -> Configuration -> Point de Vente` et sélectionnez votre interface " +"PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" +"Sous la catégorie IoT Box / Matériel, vous trouverez *Lecteur de codes-" +"barres* , sélectionnez-le." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "Ajoutez des codes-barres à vos produits" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Catalogue --> Produits` et " +"sélectionnez un produit." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" +"Sous l'onglet Informations générales, vous trouverez le champ code-barres " +"dans lequel vous pouvez entrer n'importe quel code-barres." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "Scannez des produits" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" +"Depuis votre interface PdV, scannez n'importe quel code-barres avec votre " +"lecteur de codes-barres. Le produit y sera ajouté, vous pouvez rescanner le " +"même produit pour l'ajouter plusieurs fois ou alors modifier manuellement la" +" quantité à l'écran." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 +msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" +msgstr "Acceptez le paiement par carte de crédit en utilisant Mercury" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " +"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments" +" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " +"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " +"American businesses." +msgstr "" +"Un compte MercuryPay (voir `*le site internet MercuryPay* " +"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>` __) est requis pour accepter les paiements " +"par carte de crédit dans Odoo 11 PdV avec un lecteur de cartes intégré. " +"MercuryPay ne fonctionne qu'avec des banques américaines et canadiennes, ce " +"qui rend cette méthode adaptée uniquement aux entreprises nord-américaines." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 +msgid "" +"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " +"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " +"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." +msgstr "" +"Une alternative au lecteur de cartes intégré est de travailler avec un " +"lecteur de cartes autonome, de copier le montant de la transaction depuis " +"l'écran PdV Odoo dans le lecteur de cartes, et d'enregistrer la transaction " +"dans Odoo PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 +msgid "Install Mercury" +msgstr "Installez Mercury" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " +"module." +msgstr "" +"Pour installer Mercury, allez à :menuselection:`Apps` et recherchez le " +"module *Mercury*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " +"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " +"mode*." +msgstr "" +"Pour configurer le module Mercury, vous devez activer le mode développeur. " +"Pour ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Apps --> Paramètres` et sélectionnez " +"*Activer le mode développeur*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 +msgid "" +"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." +msgstr "" +"Dès que vous êtes en mode développeur, allez à :menuselection:`Point de " +"Vente --> Configuration --> Configurations Mercury`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " +"credentials." +msgstr "" +"Créez une nouvelle configuration pour les cartes de crédit et entrez vos " +"identifiants Mercury." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods` and create a new one." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Modes " +"de paiement` et créez-en un nouveau." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " +"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." +msgstr "" +"Sous *Point de Vente*, lorsque vous sélectionnez *Utiliser dans ce Point de " +"Vente*, vous pouvez sélectionner les identifiants Mercury que vous venez de " +"créer." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." +msgstr "" +"Vous avez maintenant une nouvelle option de paiement par carte de crédit " +"lors de la validation d'un paiement." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" +msgstr "Gérez plusieurs caissiers" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This " +"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." +msgstr "" +"Avec Odoo Point de Vente, vous pouvez facilement gérer plusieurs caissiers. " +"Cela vous permet de savoir qui travaille dans le Point de Vente et quand." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They " +"are all explained below." +msgstr "" +"Il existe trois manières différentes de passer d'un caissier à l'autre dans " +"Odoo. Elles sont toutes expliquées ci-dessous." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." +msgstr "" +"Pour gérer plusieurs caissiers, vous devez avoir plusieurs utilisateurs (au " +"moins deux)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "Changer sans utiliser un code PIN" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the " +"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Le moyen le plus simple de changer de caissier est sans code. Appuyez " +"simplement sur le nom de la caisse actuelle dans votre interface PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 +msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." +msgstr "Vous serez alors en mesure de choisir entre différents utilisateurs." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 +msgid "And the cashier will be changed." +msgstr "Et le caissier sera changé." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 +msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" +msgstr "Changer de caissier avec des codes PIN" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également définir un code PIN sur chaque utilisateur. Pour ce " +"faire, allez à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Gérer les droits d'accès` et " +"sélectionnez l'utilisateur." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." +msgstr "" +"Sur la page de l'utilisateur, sous l'onglet *Point de Vente*, vous pouvez " +"ajouter un code PIN de sécurité." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 +msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." +msgstr "" +"Maintenant, lorsque vous changez d'utilisateur, il vous sera demandé de " +"saisir un mot de passe ou \"code PIN\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 +msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" +msgstr "Changer de caissier avec des codes-barres" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 +msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également demander à vos caissiers de se connecter avec leurs " +"badges." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 +msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." +msgstr "" +"Là où vous aviez mis un code PIN de sécurité, vous pouvez également mettre " +"un code-barres." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." +msgstr "" +"Quand il scanne son code-barres, le caissier sera basculé vers cet " +"utilisateur." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 +msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" +msgstr "Lien vers la nomenclature des codes-barres plus tard" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "Réimprimer des reçus" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez la fonctionnalité *Réimpression du reçu* si vous devez réimprimer " +"un ticket." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer la fonctionnalité *Réimpression du reçu*, allez à " +":menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente`. et " +"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" +"Sous la catégorie Factures et Reçus, vous trouvez l'option *Réimpression du " +"reçu*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" +"Pour autoriser l'option réimpression du reçu, vous devez activer " +"l'imprimante de reçus." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "Réimprimer un reçu" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" +"Sur votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Réimpression du " +"reçu*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "Il vous donne la possibilité de réimprimer votre dernier reçu." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" +msgstr "Fonctionnalités avancées de tarification" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "Utilisez des étiquettes de remise avec un lecteur de codes-barres" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" +"Si vous souhaitez vendre vos produits avec un rabais, par exemple pour un " +"produit se rapprochant de sa date d'expiration, vous pouvez utiliser des " +"étiquettes de remise. Ils vous permettent de scanner des codes-barres à prix" +" réduit." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser les étiquettes de remises vous devez utiliser un lecteur de " +"codes-barres." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "Nomenclature de code-barres" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser les étiquettes de remises, il faut connaître la nomenclature " +"des codes-barres." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" +"Supposons que vous souhaitiez bénéficier d'une remise sur le produit avec le" +" code-barres suivant :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez trouver la *Nomenclature par défaut* dans les paramètres de " +"votre interface PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" +"Disons que vous voulez 50 % de remise sur un produit, vous devez commencer " +"votre code-barres par 22 (pour la nomenclature du code-barres de réduction) " +"puis 50 (pour le %) avant d'ajouter le code-barres du produit. Dans notre " +"exemple, le code-barres serait :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "Scannez les produits et tags" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" +"Vous devez d'abord scanner le produit désiré (dans notre cas, un citron)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite scannez l'étiquette de remise. La réduction sera appliquée et vous " +"pourrez terminer la transaction." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "Gérez un programme de fidélité" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" +"Encouragez vos clients à continuer à faire leurs achats dans votre Point de " +"Vente avec un *programme de fidélité*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" +"Pour activer la fonction *Programme de fidélité*, allez à " +":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et " +"sélectionnez votre interface PdV. Sous les fonctionnalités de Tarification " +"sélectionnez *Programme de fidélité*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "De là, vous pouvez créer et éditer vos programmes de fidélité." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez décider du type de programme que vous souhaitez utiliser, si la " +"récompense est un rabais ou un cadeau, le rendre spécifique à certains " +"produits ou couvrir toute votre gamme. Appliquez des règles pour qu'elles ne" +" soient valides que dans une situation spécifique et tout ce qui se trouve " +"entre les deux." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "Utilisez le programme de fidélité dans votre interface PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'un client est défini, vous verrez désormais les points qu'il " +"obtiendra pour la transaction et ils s'accumuleront jusqu'à ce qu'ils soient" +" dépensés. Ils sont dépensés en utilisant le bouton *Récompenses* quand ils " +"ont assez de points selon les règles définies dans le programme de fidélité." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez voir que le prix est instantanément mis à jour pour refléter la " +"liste de prix. Vous pouvez finaliser la commande de votre manière " +"habituelle." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" +"Si vous sélectionnez un client avec une liste de prix par défaut, il sera " +"appliqué. Vous pouvez bien sûr en changer." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "Appliquez des remises manuelles" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez rarement des remises, appliquer des remises manuelles peut " +"être la solution la plus simple pour votre Point de vente." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez soit appliquer une réduction sur l'ensemble de la commande ou " +"sur des produits spécifiques." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "Appliquez une remise sur un produit" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 +msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." +msgstr "Depuis votre interface de session, utilisez le bouton *Rem* ." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " +"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ensuite entrer une remise (en pourcentage) sur le produit " +"actuellement sélectionné et la réduction sera appliquée." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "Appliquez une remise globale" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Pour appliquer une remise sur l'ensemble de la commande, allez à " +":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et " +"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +msgstr "" +"Sous la catégorie *Tarification* , vous trouverez *Remises globales* " +"sélectionnez-le." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 +msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Vous avez maintenant un nouveau bouton *Remise* dans votre interface PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +msgstr "" +"Une fois cliqué vous pouvez alors entrer la remise désirée (en " +"pourcentages)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " +"product discount also at 50%." +msgstr "" +"Sur cet exemple, vous pouvez voir une réduction globale de 50% ainsi qu'une " +"réduction de 50% spécifique au produit." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "" +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "Appliquez des remises limitées dans le temps" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " +"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " +"pricing strategy tailored to your business." +msgstr "" +"Encouragez vos clients et augmentez vos revenus en offrant des remises " +"limitées dans le temps ou saisonnières. Odoo dispose d'une fonction poussée " +"de liste de prix pour soutenir une stratégie de tarification adaptée à votre" +" activité." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer la fonction *Liste de Prix*, allez à :menuselection:`Point de " +"vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente` et sélectionnez votre interface " +"PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " +"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" +" on *Pricelists*." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez les listes de prix que vous souhaitez mettre à disposition dans " +"ce Point de Vente et définissez la liste de prix par défaut. Vous pouvez " +"accéder à toutes vos Listes de Prix en cliquant sur *Liste de prix*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "Créez une liste de prix" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" +msgstr "" +"Vous avez une *Liste de prix publique* par défaut, pour en créer d'autres, " +"allez à :menuselection:`Point de vente --> Catalogue --> Listes de prix`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " +"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " +"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " +"whole range." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez définir plusieurs critères pour utiliser un prix spécifique: " +"périodes, quantité min. (répondre à une quantité minimum commandée et " +"obtenir une réduction de prix), etc. Vous pouvez également choisir " +"d'appliquer uniquement cette liste de prix sur des produits spécifiques ou " +"sur toute la gamme." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 +msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" +msgstr "Utilisation d'une liste de prix dans l'interface PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " +"select the right pricelist." +msgstr "" +"Vous avez maintenant un nouveau bouton au-dessus de celui nommé *Client*, " +"utilisez-le pour sélectionner instantanément la bonne liste de prix." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze sales" +msgstr "Analysez les ventes" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 +msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" +msgstr "Affichez les statistiques de votre Point de Vente" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " +"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " +"statistics." +msgstr "" +"Garder une trace de vos ventes est fondamental pour toute entreprise. C'est " +"pourquoi Odoo vous offre une vue pratique pour analyser vos ventes et " +"obtenir des statistiques significatives." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "Visualisez vos statistiques" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " +"--> Orders`" +msgstr "" +"Pour accéder à vos statistiques, allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente -> " +"Rapport -> Commandes`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 +msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ensuite voir vos différentes statistiques sous forme de " +"graphique ou de table pivot." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 +msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également accéder aux vues de statistiques en cliquant ici" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" +msgstr "Module de données fiscales belge" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "Mise en place du module de données fiscales avec le PdV Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." +msgstr "" +"Le gouvernement belge exige que certaines entreprises utilisent un appareil " +"certifié par le gouvernement appelé **Module de données fiscales** " +"(également connu sous le nom de **boîte noire**). Cet appareil fonctionne " +"avec l'application PdV et enregistre certaines transactions. En plus, " +"l'application PdV utilisée doit également être certifiée par le gouvernement" +" et doit respecter les normes strictes prévues par celui-ci. `Odoo 9 " +"(Enterprise Edition) est une application certifiée " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>` _. Vous " +"trouverez de plus amples informations sur le module de données fiscales sur " +"le `site officiel <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "Matériel requis" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" +"Un `Module de données fiscales certifié par le gouvernement par PdV " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ . Ils devraient tous fonctionner, mais nous " +"recommandons le Cleancash SC-B. Vous aurez également besoin de :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Câble serial null modem par FDM (`exemple <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Adaptateur série vers USB par FDM (`exemple " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "Une IoT Box enregistrée par configuration PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" +"Afin d'utiliser un module de données fiscales, vous aurez besoin d'une IoT " +"Box enregistrée. Ces IoT Box sont similaires aux IoT Box que nous vendons, " +"mais elles sont enregistrées auprès du gouvernement belge. Ceci est requis " +"par la loi. Tenter d'utiliser un module de données fiscales sur une IoT Box " +"non enregistrée ne fonctionnera pas. Vous pouvez vérifier que le module de " +"données fiscales est reconnu par la IoT Box en allant sur la *page d'état du" +" matériel * via la page d'accueil de l'IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" +"Une application PdV Odoo peut être reconnue en tant que point de vente " +"certifié par l'installation de l'application belge **Module d'enregistrement" +" du système de caisse enregistreuse (SCE)** (nom technique: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). En raison des restrictions imposées par le " +"gouvernement, cette installation ne peut pas être annulée. Vous devrez " +"ensuite vous assurer que chaque configuration PdV est liée à une unique IoT " +"Box enregistrée (:menuselection:`Point de Vente -> Configuration -> Point de" +" Vente` et vérifier que le proxy matériel / IoT Box ainsi que le numéro de " +"série de votre IoT Box ont été définis). Avant de pouvoir effectuer votre " +"première transaction, vous devez saisir le code PIN reçu avec votre carte de" +" signature TVA." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "Certification et On-premise" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" +"La certification accordée par le gouvernement est limitée à l'utilisation " +"sur l'instance SaaS d'odoo.com. L'utilisation du module à partir de la " +"source ou d'une version modifiée **ne sera pas** certifiée. Nous prenons " +"également en charge l'utilisation d'un module fiscale pour les clients sur " +"site. Cependant, une version figée du module peut être fournie sur demande " +"pour les clients Enterprise." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "Restrictions" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" +"Comme mentionné précédemment, afin d'obtenir la certification, la demande " +"PdV doit adhérer à des directives gouvernementales strictes. Pour cette " +"raison, un PdV Odoo certifié présente certaines limitations qui ne sont pas " +"présentes dans les PdV Odoo non certifiés." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "Le remboursement est désactivé" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "Modification des prix des lignes de commande" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "Créer / modifier / supprimer des commandes PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "Vendre des produits sans taxe valide" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "" +"Les configurations multiples d'un PdV Odoo par IoT Box ne sont pas " +"autorisées" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "Utilisation du PdV sans connexion à l'IoT Box (et donc FDM)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "Modules blacklistés: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "Enregistrer des clients" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" +"L'inscription de vos clients vous donnera la possibilité de leur accorder " +"différents privilèges tels que des remises, un programme de fidélité ou " +"encore une communication spécifique. Ce sera également nécessaire s'ils " +"souhaitent recevoir une facture et rendra toute interaction future avec eux " +"plus rapide." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "Créez un client" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "Depuis votre interface de session, utilisez le bouton client." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "Créez-en un nouveau en utilisant ce bouton." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "Vous serez invité à remplir le formulaire client." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez le bouton Enregistrer lorsque vous avez terminé. Vous pouvez " +"ensuite sélectionner ce client dans toutes les transactions futures." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" +msgstr "Démarrer avec le Point de Vente Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " +"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " +"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." +msgstr "" +"L'application en ligne Point de Vente d'Odoo est basée sur une interface " +"simple et conviviale. L'application Point de Vente peut être utilisée en " +"ligne ou hors ligne sur des iPads, des tablettes Android ou des ordinateurs " +"portables." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " +"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " +"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " +"customer can be identified from the app." +msgstr "" +"Le Point de Vente Odoo est entièrement intégré aux applications d'inventaire" +" et de comptabilité. Toute transaction dans votre point de vente sera " +"automatiquement enregistrée dans vos entrées de stock et de comptabilité " +"mais également dans votre CRM puisque le client peut être identifié depuis " +"l'application." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " +"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." +msgstr "" +"Vous serez en mesure d'obtenir des statistiques et des consolidations en " +"temps réel dans toutes vos boutiques sans avoir à intégrer plusieurs " +"applications externes." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 +msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" +msgstr "Installer l'application Point de Vente" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." +msgstr "Allez à la page Apps et installez l'application Point de Vente." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " +"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " +"settings." +msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez Odoo Comptabilité, n'oubliez pas d'installer un plan de " +"comptes si ce n'est déjà fait. Cela peut être réalisé dans les paramètres de" +" comptabilité." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 +msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" +msgstr "Rendez des produits disponibles dans le Point de Vente" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" +" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" +"Pour rendre les produits disponibles à la vente dans le Point de Vente, " +"ouvrez un produit, rendez-vous dans l'onglet Ventes et cochez la case " +"\"Disponible dans le Point de Vente\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également définir ici si le produit doit être pesé avec une " +"balance." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "Configurez vos modes de paiement" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" +" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " +"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." +msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter un nouveau mode de paiement pour un Point de Vente, allez à " +":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente --> " +"Choisissez un Point de Vente --> Allez à la section de Paiements` et cliquez" +" sur sur le lien \"Modes de paiement\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" +" in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" +"Maintenant, vous pouvez créer des nouveaux modes de paiement. N'oubliez pas " +"de cocher la case \"Utiliser au Point de Vente\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" +" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." +msgstr "" +"Dès que vos modes de paiement sont créés, vous pouvez décider dans quel " +"Point de Vente vous souhaitez les rendre disponibles, cela se fait dans la " +"configuration du Point de Vente." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 +msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" +msgstr "Configurez votre Point de Vente" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " +"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente`" +" et sélectionnez le point de vente que vous voulez configurer. Depuis ce " +"menu, vous pouvez modifier tous les paramètres de votre Point de Vente." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 +msgid "Create your first PoS session" +msgstr "Créez votre première session PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "Votre première commande" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " +"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." +msgstr "" +"Vous êtes maintenant prêt à faire vos premières ventes à travers le PdV. " +"Depuis le tableau de bord du PdV, vous voyez tous vos points de vente et " +"vous pouvez commencer une nouvelle session." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 +msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "Vous arrivez maintenant sur l'interface PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." +msgstr "" +"Une fois qu'une commande est terminée, vous pouvez enregistrer le paiement. " +"Tous les modes de paiement disponibles apparaissent à gauche de l'écran. " +"Sélectionnez le mode de paiement et entrez le montant reçu. Validez ensuite " +"le paiement." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 +msgid "You can register the next orders." +msgstr "Vous pouvez enregistrer les prochaines commandes." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "Fermer la session PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 +msgid "" +"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " +"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " +"now close the session from the dashboard." +msgstr "" +"À la fin de la journée, vous fermerez votre session PdV. Pour cela, cliquez " +"sur le bouton de fermeture qui apparaît dans le coin en haut à droite et " +"confirmez. Vous pouvez maintenant fermer la session à partir du tableau de " +"bord." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 +msgid "" +"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" +"Il est fortement conseillé de fermer votre session PdV à la fin de chaque " +"journée." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 +msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." +msgstr "" +"Vous verrez alors un récapitulatif de toutes les transactions classées par " +"mode de paiement." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" +" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur l'une des lignes de ce récapitulatif pour voir toutes les " +"commandes qui ont été payées via ce mode de paiement au cours de cette " +"session PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " +"closing entries." +msgstr "" +"Si tout est correct, vous pouvez valider la session PdV et afficher les " +"entrées de clôture." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 +msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." +msgstr "C'est fait, vous avez maintenant fermé votre première session de PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " +":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/connect` and " +":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "Terminaux de paiement" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "Connectez un terminal de paiement Vantiv à votre PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" +"La connexion d'un terminal de paiement Vantiv vous permet d'offrir un flux " +"de paiement fluide à vos clients et facilite le travail de vos caissiers." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" +"Sachez que MercuryPay fonctionne uniquement avec des banques américaines et " +"canadiennes, ce qui rend cette méthode adaptée uniquement aux entreprises " +"nord-américaines." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "Configuration du mode de paiement" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" +"Allez d'abord dans les paramètres généraux de votre application PdV et " +"activez le paramètre Vantiv." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the payments " +"section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for " +"Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and create new Vantiv " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer des nouveaux identifiants Vantiv, introduisez votre ID marchand " +"et votre mot de passe, puis enregistrez. Assurez-vous que les identifiants " +"que vous venez de créer sont sélectionnés, puis enregistrez le mode de " +"paiement." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "Payer avec un terminal de paiement" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" +"Dans votre interface PdV, sélectionnez votre mode de paiement Vantiv lors du" +" paiement... et c'est tout." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" +msgstr "Caractéristiques avancées du restaurant" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "Imprimer la facture" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez la fonction *Impression de factures* pour imprimer la facture avant" +" le paiement. Ceci est utile si la facture est encore sujette à évolution et" +" n'est donc pas le ticket définitif." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "Configurez l'impression de la facture" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer *Impression de factures*, allez à :menuselection:`Point de " +"Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et sélectionnez votre interface " +"PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "" +"Sous la catégorie Factures & Reçus, vous trouverez l'option *Impression des " +"factures*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "Divisez la facture" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "Sur votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Facture*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "Lorsque vous l'utilisez, vous pouvez ensuite imprimer la facture." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "Imprimer les commandes à la cuisine ou au bar" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" +"Pour faciliter le flux de travail entre la salle et la cuisine, imprimer les" +" commandes prises sur l'interface PdV directement au bon endroit peut être " +"d'une aide précieuse." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "Activer l'imprimante bar/cuisine" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer la fonction *Impression de Commande*, allez à " +":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et " +"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" +"Sous la catégorie IoT Box / Matériel, vous trouverez *Imprimantes de " +"commandes*. Sachez que vous aurez besoin d'une IoT Box pour connecter votre " +"imprimante au PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "Ajoutez une imprimante" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" +"Dans votre menu de configuration, vous aurez maintenant une option " +"*Imprimantes de Commandes* où vous pouvez ajouter l'imprimante." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "Imprimer une commande de la cuisine/du bar" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "Sélectionnez ou créez une imprimante." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "Imprimer la commande dans la cuisine /le bar" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "Sur votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Commande*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous appuyez dessus, il imprimera l'ordre sur votre imprimante de la" +" cuisine /du bar." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Register multiple orders" +msgstr "Enregistrez plusieurs commandes" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " +"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +msgstr "" +"L' App Point de Vente Odoo vous permet d'enregistrer plusieurs commandes " +"simultanément, vous donnant toute la flexibilité dont vous avez besoin." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "Enregistrer une commande supplémentaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " +"order." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous enregistrez une commande, vous pouvez utiliser le bouton *+* " +"afin d'en ajouter une nouvelle." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " +"needed." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ensuite passer d'une commande à l'autre et traiter le paiement " +"en cas de besoin." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" +"En utilisant le bouton *-*, vous pouvez supprimer la commande en cours." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" +msgstr "Installation du PdV Restaurant / Bar" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " +"Sale application can help you to fulfill." +msgstr "" +"Les entreprises agroalimentaires ont des besoins très spécifiques que " +"l'application Odoo Point de Vente peut vous aider à remplir." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer les fonctionnalités *Bar / Restaurant*, allez à " +":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et " +"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" +msgstr "Sélectionnez *Est un bar / restaurant*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " +"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." +msgstr "" +"Vous avez maintenant plusieurs options spécifiques pour vous aider à " +"configurer votre Point de Vente. Vous pouvez voir que ces options ont un " +"petit logo de couteau et de fourchette à côté d'eux." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "Offrir une option de Partage d'addition" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" +"Offrir une solution facile à vos clients leur permettra de vivre une " +"expérience positive. C'est pourquoi cette fonctionnalité est prête à " +"l'emploi dans l'application Odoo Point de Vente." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer la fonctionnalité *Partage d'addition*, allez à " +":menuselection:`Point de Vente -> Configuration -> Point de Vente` et " +"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "" +"Sous la catégorie Factures & Reçus, vous trouverez l'option Partager " +"l'addition." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "Partager l'addition" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "Dans votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Partager*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous l'utilisez, vous serez en mesure de sélectionner ce qu'un " +"invité doit et de traiter le paiement, en répétant le processus pour chaque " +"invité." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your table management" +msgstr "Configurez votre gestion de table" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" +" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " +"Point of sale`.." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que votre Point de Vente a été configuré pour l'utilisation d'un " +"bar / restaurant, sélectionnez *Gestion des tables* dans " +":menuselection:`Point de Vente -> Configuration -> Point de Vente`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "Ajoutez un étage" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" +" *Floors*" +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous sélectionnez *Gestion des tables*, vous pouvez gérer vos étages" +" en cliquant sur *Étages*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "Ajoutez des tables" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 +msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" +"À partir de votre interface PdV, vous verrez maintenant votre/vos étage(s)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" +" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous cliquez sur le crayon, vous entrez en mode édition, ce qui vous" +" permet de créer des tableaux, de les déplacer, de les modifier, ..." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " +"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " +"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " +"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." +msgstr "" +"Dans cet exemple, j'ai 2 tables rondes pour six personnes et 2 tables " +"carrées pour quatre personnes, je leur ai attribué des codes couleur pour " +"les rendre plus faciles à trouver, vous pouvez aussi les renommer, changer " +"leur forme, leur taille, le nombre de personnes par table et les dupliquer " +"avec la barre d'outils pratique." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 +msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." +msgstr "" +"Une fois votre plan d'étage défini, vous pouvez fermer le mode d'édition." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "Enregistrer des commandes par table(s)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " +"register an order and payment." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous sélectionnez une table, vous serez amené à votre interface " +"habituelle pour enregistrer une commande et un paiement." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" +" you can also transfer the order to another table." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez revenir rapidement à votre plan d'étage en sélectionnant le " +"bouton d'étage et vous pouvez également transférer la commande vers une " +"autre table." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "Intégrez une option de pourboire dans le paiement" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Comme il est d'usage de donner un pourboire dans de nombreux pays à travers " +"le monde, il est important d'avoir l'option dans votre interface PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "Configurer les pourboires" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer la fonctionnalité *Pourboires*, allez à :menuselection:`Point " +"de vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente` et sélectionnez votre PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" +"Sous la catégorie Factures & Reçus, vous trouverez *Pourboires*. " +"Sélectionnez-le et créez un *Produit de pourboires* tel que *Pourboires* " +"dans le cas présent." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "Ajouter des pourboires à la facture" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "" +"Une fois sur l'interface de paiement, vous avez maintenant un nouveau bouton" +" * Pourboires*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez le pourboire que votre client veut donner et passez au paiement." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Transfer customers between tables" +msgstr "Changez les clients de table" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " +"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " +"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " +"you." +msgstr "" +"Si vos clients souhaitent changer de table après avoir passé une commande, " +"Odoo peut vous aider à transférer les clients et leur commande vers leur " +"nouvelle table, en gardant vos clients heureux sans que cela ne vous " +"complique la tâche." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "Transferez des clients" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 +msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez la table sur laquelle vos clients se trouvent actuellement. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " +"select the new table" +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez maintenant transférer les clients, utilisez simplement le bouton" +" de transfert et sélectionnez la nouvelle table" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Shop Features" +msgstr "Caractéristiques avancées pour une boutique" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "Mettez en place un Controle de la Caisse dans votre Point de Vente " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "" +"Le Contrôle de la Caisse vous permet de vérifier le montant de la caisse à " +"l'ouverture et à la fermeture. Vous pouvez ainsi vous assurer qu'aucune " +"erreur n'a été commise et qu'aucune somme d'argent n'est manquante." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "Activez le Controle de la Caisse" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer la fonction *Contrôle de la Caisse*, allez à " +":menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente` et " +"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "" +"Dans la catégorie des paiements, vous trouverez le paramètre de Contrôle de " +"la caisse." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "" +"Dans cet exemple, vous voyez que je veux avoir 275 $ en différentes coupures" +" à l'ouverture et à la fermeture." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "" +"En cliquant sur *Valeurs d'ouverture / fermeture* vous serez capable de " +"créer ces valeurs." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "Démarrez une session" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "" +"Vous avez maintenant ajouté un nouveau bouton visible lorsque vous ouvrez " +"une session, *Définir le solde d'ouverture*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, il utilisera la valeur que vous avez ajoutée auparavant, mais " +"vous pouvez toujours la modifier." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "Fermer une session" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous souhaitez fermer votre session, vous disposez également d'un " +"bouton * Définir un solde de clôture*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez alors voir l'équilibre théorique, le solde de clôture réel (ce " +"que vous venez de compter) et la différence entre les deux." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez l'option *Sortir de l'argent* pour prendre vos transactions" +" pour cette session, vous avez maintenant une différence à somme nulle et le" +" même solde de clôture que votre solde d'ouverture. Votre caisse est prête " +"pour la prochaine session." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "Facture à partir de l'interface PdV" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Certains de vos clients peuvent demander une facture lors d'un achat dans " +"votre Point de Vente, vous pouvez facilement gérer cela depuis l'interface " +"PdV." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "Activez la facturation" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente`" +" et sélectionnez votre point de vente:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" +"Sous la catégorie *Factures & Reçus* vous verrez l'option de facturation, " +"cochez-la. N'oubliez pas de choisir dans quel journal les factures doivent " +"être créées." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "Sélectionnez un client" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "Depuis votre interface de session, utilisez le bouton client" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ensuite sélectionner un client existant et le définir comme " +"client actuel ou en créer un nouveau en utilisant ce bouton." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "" +"Vous serez invité à remplir le formulaire client avec ses informations." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "Facturer votre client" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "" +"Depuis l'écran de paiement, vous avez maintenant une option de facture, " +"utilisez le bouton pour la sélectionner et valider." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ensuite imprimer la facture et passer à votre prochaine " +"commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "Retrouver des factures" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" +"Une fois sorti de l'interface PdV (:menuselection:`Fermer --> Confirmer` " +"dans le coin supérieur droit) vous trouverez toutes vos commandes dans: " +"menuselection:`Point de vente --> Commandes --> Commandes` et sous l'onglet " +"statut vous verrez ceux qui ont été facturés. Lorsque vous cliquez sur une " +"commande, vous pouvez accéder à la facture." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 +msgid "Accept returns and refund products" +msgstr "Acceptez les retours et remboursez les produits" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " +"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " +"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +msgstr "" +"Avoir une politique de retour réfléchie est la clé pour attirer et fidéliser" +" vos clients. Faciliter l'acceptation et le remboursement de ces retours est" +" donc également un aspect clé de votre interface *Point de Vente*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " +"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" +" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +msgstr "" +"Depuis votre interface *Point de Vente*, sélectionnez le produit que votre " +"client souhaite renvoyer, utilisez le bouton +/- et entrez la quantité qu'il" +" doit retourner. S'ils ont besoin de retourner plusieurs produits, répétez " +"le processus." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +msgid "" +"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " +"to process the payment." +msgstr "" +"Comme vous pouvez le voir, le total est en négatif, pour terminer le " +"remboursement il vous suffit de traiter le paiement." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "Rubriques avancées" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" msgstr "Comment donner les droits d'accès portail à mes clients?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" msgstr "Qu'est-ce que l'accès Portail / Qui est un utilisateur du portail ?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 msgid "" "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " "Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." @@ -56,13 +3567,13 @@ msgstr "" "l'instance Odoo, pour afficher certains documents ou informations dans le " "système." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." msgstr "" "Par exemple, un client de long terme qui a besoin de voir les devis en " "ligne." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 msgid "" "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " "any document in the system." @@ -70,15 +3581,15 @@ msgstr "" "Un utilisateur du portail a un accès en lecture seulement. Il ou elle ne " "pourra pas modifier un document dans le système." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" msgstr "Comment donner un accès au portail aux clients ?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 msgid "From Contacts Module" msgstr "Depuis l'application Contacts" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 msgid "" "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " @@ -89,7 +3600,7 @@ msgstr "" " pour créer un nouveau contact. Entrez les détails du contact et cliquez sur" " \"Enregistrer\"." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 msgid "" "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " "interface and from the drop down." @@ -97,12 +3608,12 @@ msgstr "" "Choisissez un contact, cliquez sur le menu **Action** en haut au centre de " "l'interface et dans la liste déroulante." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." msgstr "" "Sélectionnez **Gestion del'accès au portail**. Une fenêtre pop-up apparaît." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 msgid "" "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " @@ -112,7 +3623,7 @@ msgstr "" "ajoutez le du message qui sera envoyé dans la zone de texte en bas. Cliquez " "sur **Appliquer** lorsque vous avez terminé." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." @@ -120,15 +3631,15 @@ msgstr "" "Un courriel sera envoyé à l'adresse e-mail indiquée, indiquant que le " "contact est maintenant un utilisateur du portail de l'instance Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "Comment lister un article ?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "Liste sans variantes" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." @@ -136,7 +3647,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour lister un produit, vous devez cocher le champ **use eBay ** sur une " "fiche article. L'onglet eBay sera disponible." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." @@ -144,7 +3655,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque le champ **Use Stock Quantity** est coché, la quantité définie sur " "eBay sera la **Quantité Prévisionnelle** dans Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." @@ -156,7 +3667,7 @@ msgstr "" "Description* de l'article. Vous pouvez utiliser du code html à l'intérieur " "du **Description Template** et du **eBay Description**." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." @@ -164,11 +3675,11 @@ msgstr "" "Pour utiliser des images dans vos listes, vous devez les ajouter comme " "**Pièces jointes** sur le modèle d'article." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "Liste avec variantes" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" @@ -181,11 +3692,11 @@ msgstr "" "variante sera listée sur eBay, ainsi que de définir le prix et la quantité " "pour chaque variante." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" msgstr "Liste avec des caractéristiques d''article" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." @@ -194,11 +3705,11 @@ msgstr "" "d'article avec une valeur dans l'onglet **Variantes** sur la fiche de " "l'article." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "Identifiants d'article" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -218,15 +3729,15 @@ msgstr "" "dans l'onglet **Variantes** de la fiche article. Si ces valeurs ne sont pas " "définies, «Non applicable» sera utilisé pour la liste eBay." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" msgstr "Comment configurer eBay dans Odoo ?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" msgstr "Créer des jetons eBay" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " @@ -238,7 +3749,7 @@ msgstr "" "êtes connecté, vous pouvez créer des **Sandbox Keys** et des **Production " "Keys** en cliquant sur les boutons adéquats." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " @@ -250,11 +3761,11 @@ msgstr "" " par le formulaire, connectez-vous avec votre compte eBay et vous obtiendrez" " les clés et jetons nécessaires pour configurer le module dans Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" msgstr "Mettre en place des jetons dans Odoo ?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -262,7 +3773,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour configurer l'interface eBay, allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " @@ -272,7 +3783,7 @@ msgstr "" "ou le bac à sable. Ensuite, remplissez les champs **Developer Key**, " "**Token**, **App Key**, **Cert Key**. Appliquez les modifications." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " @@ -282,7 +3793,7 @@ msgstr "" " depuis eBay. Appuyez sur **Sync countries and currencies**, vous pourrez " "alors remplir tous les autres champs." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." @@ -290,67 +3801,67 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque tous les champs sont remplis, vous pouvez synchroniser les " "catégories et les politiques en cliquant sur les boutons adéquats." -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Méthode de facturation" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 msgid "Request a down payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " "rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " "protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 msgid "" "When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" " option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" "The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " "and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 msgid "" "On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " "automatically deducted." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "Modifiez le compte de revenus et les taxes à la consommation" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 msgid "" "You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" " income account & customer taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " @@ -358,107 +3869,107 @@ msgid "" " you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 msgid "Expenses configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 msgid "" "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" " --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 msgid "" "From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " "hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 msgid "" "You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " "create a new one from right there." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 msgid "" "Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 msgid "" "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " "Configuration --> Expense products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 msgid "" "Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " "invoicing:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 msgid "" "Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " "order is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" "Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " "partial delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" "The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " "of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" @@ -466,52 +3977,52 @@ msgid "" "the actual delivered quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" "You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " "options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " "invoice a fixed advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 msgid "" "From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " "policy and select the one you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 msgid "Send the invoice" msgstr "Envoyez la facture" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" "Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " "quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 msgid "" "If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " "confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" " to validate the delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 msgid "" "Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " "automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered" " if you did a partial delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 msgid "" "Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " "each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" @@ -521,41 +4032,42 @@ msgid "" "project's progress and pay in several installments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 msgid "Create milestone products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " "configure products to work this way, go to any product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 msgid "" "You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " "select *Milestones* in the sales tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 msgid "Invoice milestones" msgstr "Facturer des étapes" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 msgid "" "From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " "complete a milestone." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" msgstr "Envoyez une facture pro-forma" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " "delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" @@ -565,223 +4077,223 @@ msgid "" " not being a demand or request for payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 msgid "" "From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" "forma invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 msgid "" "When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " "in attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 msgid "Sell subscriptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " "planning ahead much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" msgstr "Générez un abonnement depuis un bon de commande" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " "the subscription product your previously created." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" "When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " "You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " "upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" "Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" " to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" " the project requirements would most likely change." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 msgid "" "This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " "the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" " the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 msgid "" "For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" " to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" " purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 msgid "Invoice time configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 msgid "" "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " "Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 msgid "" "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 msgid "Invoice your time spent" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 msgid "" "From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " "invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" " project*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 msgid "" "Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" " project overview and one for the current task." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 msgid "" "You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " "from the *Project* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 msgid "" "Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " "how many hours they worked on the project so far." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "Depuis les bons de commande, vous pouvez facturer ces heures." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 msgid "Invoice purchases" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 msgid "" "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" " it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 msgid "" "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " "*Purchase Analytics*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 msgid "" "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 msgid "" "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " "will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:3 msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "Articles et prix" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 msgid "Manage your pricing" msgstr "Gérer vos prix" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" msgstr "Comment vendre en devise étrangère" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." msgstr "" "Les listes de prix peuvent également êtres utilisées pour gérer les prix en " "devise étrangère." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 msgid "" "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " "Invoicing/Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " "pricelist setup form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" " the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 msgid "" "The public price is in your company's main currency (see " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 msgid "" "The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " @@ -789,11 +4301,11 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" msgstr "Définissez vos propres prix" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" " rates." @@ -801,15 +4313,15 @@ msgstr "" "Ceci est conseillé si vous ne voulez pas que vos prix changent en fonction " "des taux de change." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" msgstr ":doc:`tarification`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" msgstr "Comment adapter vos prix à vos clients et appliquer des réductions" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" " to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " @@ -818,87 +4330,87 @@ msgid "" "quantity and get a price break), etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 msgid "" "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " "completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" "*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " "default product price ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 msgid "" "*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " "products ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " "and roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Several prices per product" msgstr "Différents prix par produit." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " "in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" msgstr "Prix par segment de client" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " "Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" msgstr "Prix temporaires" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" msgstr "Prix par quantité minimum" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " "Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " @@ -908,59 +4420,59 @@ msgid "" " or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " "e-Commerce)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" " option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 msgid "Discounts with roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 msgid "Prices per country" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " @@ -968,170 +4480,151 @@ msgid "" "pricelist without any country group." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`currencies`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "Gérez vos produits" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "Comment importer des produits avec des catégories et des variables." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" +" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " +"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" -"Des templates d'importation sont fournis dans l'outil d'importation des " -"données les plus courantes à importer (contacts, produits, relevés " -"bancaires, etc.). Vous pouvez les ouvrir avec n'importe quel logiciel " -"tableur (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "Comment personnaliser le fichier" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." +"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" +" column (see why below)." msgstr "" -"Supprimez les colonnes dont vous n'avez pas besoin. Nous vous conseillons de" -" ne pas supprimer la colonne *ID* (voyez pourquoi ci-dessous)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" "Définissez un ID unique pour chaque enregistrement en tirant la séquence ID " "vers le bas." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" -"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " -"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" +" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " "import screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" -" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " -"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " +"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " +"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "Pourquoi utiliser une colonne “ID”" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " -"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one" +" of your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." msgstr "" -"Vous n'êtes pas obligé de configurer un ID lors de l'importation mais cela " -"peut être utile dans certains cas :" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" +"duplicates." msgstr "" -"Importations de mise à jour : vous pouvez importer le même fichier plusieurs" -" fois sans devoir créer un doublon;" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "Importer des champs liés (voir ci-dessous)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "Comment importer des champs liés" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" -"Un objet Odoo est toujours lié à de nombreux autres objets (par ex. un " -"produit est lié à des catégories de produits, à des caractéristiques, à des " -"vendeurs, etc.). Pour importer ces relations, vous devez d'abord importer " -"les enregistrements de l'objet lié depuis leur propre menu déroulant." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " +"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " +"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -"Pour ce faire, vous pouvez soit utiliser le nom de l'enregistrement lié soit" -" son ID. Lorsque deux enregistrements ont le même nom, il faut utiliser " -"l'ID. Dans ce cas, ajoutez \" / ID\" à la fin du titre de la colonne (par " -"ex. pour les caractéristiques du produit : Caractéristiques du produit / " -"Caractéristiques / ID)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "Définir les taxes" -#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 msgid "eBay" msgstr "eBay" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "Envoyer des devis" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" "As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to" " entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer " @@ -1139,21 +4632,21 @@ msgid "" "price that is no longer cost effective for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Set a deadline" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." msgstr "" "Sur chaque devis ou bon de commande, vous pouvez ajouter une *date " "d'expiration*." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 msgid "Use deadline in templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 msgid "" "You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time " "that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find" @@ -1162,32 +4655,32 @@ msgid "" "ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:" msgstr "Du côté de votre client, ils verront ceci : " -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" msgstr "Livrer et facturer à différentes adresses" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " "This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their " "invoice location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Customer Addresses* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" msgstr "Ajoutez différentes adresses à un devis ou à un bon de commande." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 msgid "" "If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will" " automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for " @@ -1195,59 +4688,59 @@ msgid "" "from the quotation or sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" msgstr "Ajoutez une facture et une adresse de livraison à un client" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, " "they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under " ":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 msgid "" "These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you " "send by email or print." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving " "the time of both your customers and yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 msgid "Activate online payment" msgstr "Activez le paiement en ligne" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Online Signature & Payment* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 msgid "" "Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your " "acquirers of choice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 msgid "" "You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment " "acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, " @@ -1256,49 +4749,49 @@ msgid "" "`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 msgid "" "If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also " "pick a default setting for each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 msgid "Register a payment" msgstr "Enregistrer un paiement" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 msgid "" "From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." msgstr "" "Depuis le devis envoyé par e-mail, votre client pourra payer en ligne." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you" " and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a " "traditional process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" msgstr "Activez les signatures en ligne " -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 msgid "" "If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id" "=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, you can also pick a " "default setting for each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 msgid "Validate an order with a signature" msgstr "Validez une commande avec une signature." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 msgid "" "When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online" " instantly." @@ -1306,101 +4799,97 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque vous envoyez un devis à votre client, ils peuvent l'accpeter et " "signer en ligne instantanément." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." msgstr "Une fois signé, le devis sera confirmé et la livraison démarrera." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" msgstr "Augmentez vos ventes avec des produits suggérés." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 msgid "" "The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful " "products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could" " be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" msgstr "Ajoutez des produits suggérés à vos templates de devis." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 msgid "" "Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add" " related products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." msgstr "" "Vous pouvez également ajouter ou modifier les produits suggérés sur le " "devis." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" msgstr "Ajoutez les produits sugégrés au devis." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the" " suggested products to the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 msgid "" "The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on " "any of the little carts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 msgid "" "Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or " "pay to confirm the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 msgid "" "Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales" " order, letting the salesperson see it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" msgstr "Utilisez les templates de devis." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" "If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time " "by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a " "complete quotation in no time." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "Créez votre premier template." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 msgid "" "You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 msgid "" "You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to" " select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for" @@ -1410,18 +4899,18 @@ msgstr "" " pourrez sélectionner le(s) produit(s), leur quantité ainsi que la date " "d'expiration du devis." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " "in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration " "and can be alterated by customer pricelists." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 msgid "Edit your template" msgstr "Editez votre template" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 msgid "" "You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept " "or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and " @@ -1429,7 +4918,7 @@ msgid "" "quotation editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 msgid "" "This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building" " blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated" @@ -1439,7 +4928,7 @@ msgstr "" "les blocs de construction. Pour décrire vos produits, ajoutez un bloc de " "contenu dans la zone dédiée à chaque produit." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 msgid "" "The description set for the products will be used in all quotations " "templates containing those products." @@ -1447,19 +4936,19 @@ msgstr "" "Les descriptions configurées sur les produits seront utilisées dans tous les" " templates de devis contenant ces produits." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "Utilisez un template de devis." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." msgstr "Lors de la création d'un devis, vous pouvez sélectionner un template." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." msgstr "Chaque produit dans le template sera ajouté à votre devis." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" "You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* " "settings." @@ -1467,11 +4956,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez sélectionner un modèle afin qu'il soit suggéré par défaut dans " "les configurations du module *Vente*. " -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "Confirmez le devis" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 msgid "" "Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital " "signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." @@ -1480,22 +4969,22 @@ msgstr "" "clients procédant par une signature digitale ou un payment en ligne. Vous " "pouvez sélectionner celadans le modèle lui-même." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." msgstr "Sur chaque devis s'ajoutera désormais ce paramètre." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 msgid "" "Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" "Bien entendu, vous pouvez toujours le modifier et le rendre spécifique pour " "chaque devis." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" msgstr "Ajouter des termes et conditions sur les commandes" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" "Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " "between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " @@ -1508,7 +4997,7 @@ msgstr "" "autorisant le client à lire tous ces termes avant de s'engager à quoi que ce" " soit." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " "quotation, sales order and invoice." @@ -1516,17 +5005,17 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo vous laisse inclure vos termes et conditions par défaut sur chaque " "devis, bon de commande et facture." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" msgstr "Définissez vos termes et conditions par défaut." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " "*Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 msgid "" "In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " "appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." @@ -1534,17 +5023,17 @@ msgstr "" "Dans cette case vous pouvez ajouter vos termes et conditions par défaut. Ils" " apparaîtront alors sur chaque devis, bon de commande et facture." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" msgstr "Définir des termes et conditions plus détaillés." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 msgid "" "A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" " on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 msgid "" "You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " "conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b9a66927 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -0,0 +1,2668 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Vincent Luba <vincent@biz-4-africa.com>, 2021 +# amsodoo <ams@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Anthony Chaussin <chaussin.anthony@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2021 +# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2021 +# Nissar Chababy <funilrys@outlook.com>, 2021 +# Rémi FRANÇOIS <remi@sudokeys.com>, 2021 +# Mensanh Dodji Anani LAWSON <omolowo73@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2021 +# Eric BAELDE <eric@baelde.name>, 2021 +# N D <norig.d@hotmail.fr>, 2021 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Alexandra Jubert <aju@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Jonathan Castillo <jcs@odoo.com>, 2021 +# romrik_, 2021 +# Priscilla (prs) Odoo <prs@odoo.com>, 2021 +# David David <f322p3ph@yahoo.fr>, 2021 +# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2021 +# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:3 ../../content/services.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Services" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:4 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Assistance" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "Démarrez avec Odoo Assistance technique" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "Démarrez avec Odoo Assistance technique" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 +msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" +msgstr "Installation d'Odoo Assistance technique" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 +msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" +msgstr "" +"Ouvrez le module Apps, recherchez \"Assistance technique\", et cliquez sur " +"installer." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" +msgstr "Configuration des équipes d'assistance technique" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, Odoo Assistance technique est fourni avec une équipe " +"\"Support\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" +"Pour modifier cette équipe, ou en ajouter d'autres. Sélectionnez " +"\"Configuration\" dans la barre mauve, puis \"Paramètres\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," +" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " +"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," +" or manually." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez y créer des nouvelles équipes, décider quels membres ajouter à " +"cette équipe, indiquer comment vos clients peuvent soumettre des tickets et " +"mettre en place des politiques et des évaluations SLA. Les tickets peuvent " +"être attribués de manière aléatoire, contrôlée ou manuelle. " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 +msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" +msgstr "Comment mettre en place différentes étapes pour chaque équipe" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " +"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " +"the lower right-hand side." +msgstr "" +"Vous devez d'abord activer le mode développeur. Pour le faire, allez sur le " +"module paramètres et sélectionnez le lien pour \"Activer le mode " +"développeur\" dans le coin inférieur droit de la page. " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " +"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " +"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +msgstr "" +"Désormais, lorsque vous retournez au module Assistance technique et " +"sélectionnez \"Configuration\" sur la barre mauve, vous trouvez des options " +"supplémentaires, telles que \"Étapes\". Vous pouvez ainsi créer des " +"nouvelles étapes et les attribuer à une ou plusieurs équipes, et cela de " +"façon personnalisée." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +msgid "Start receiving tickets" +msgstr "Commencer à recevoir des tickets" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 +msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" +msgstr "Comment mes clients peuvent-ils soumettre des tickets?" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " +"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +msgstr "" +"Sur la barre mauve, sélectionnez \"Configuration\" et ensuite " +"\"Paramètres\", puis choisissez votre équipe d'assistance technique. Sous " +"\"Canaux vous trouverez 4 options :" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " +"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +msgstr "" +"La fonction Email Alias permet aux clients d'envoyer par e-mail l'alias que " +"vous avez choisi pour créer un ticket. Le sujet de l'email devient le sujet " +"du ticket." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Website Form allows your customer to go to " +"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " +"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +msgstr "" +"La fonction Formulaire du site Web permet à vos clients d'aller sur " +"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit et soumettre un ticket via le " +"formulaire du site Web. Tout comme sur odoo.com/help!" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " +"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " +"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +msgstr "" +"Le Live Chat permet à vos clients de soumettre un ticket via le Live Chat de" +" votre site Web. Le client démarre le chat en direct et l'opérateur du chat " +"peut créer le ticket via la commande /Sujet de l'assistance technique ou " +"Ticket." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " +"documentation `*here* " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/12.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 +msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" +msgstr "Des tickets ont été créés, et maintenant?" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" +" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " +"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " +"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +msgstr "" +"Vos employés peuvent à présent travailler sur ces tickets! Si vous avez " +"sélectionné une méthode d'attribution manuelle, ils devront eux-aussi " +"s'attribuer des tickets en utilisant le bouton \"Attribuer à moi-même\" qui " +"se trouve dans le coin supérieur gauche du ticket, ou en introduisant leur " +"nom dans le champ \"Attribué à\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " +"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez sélectionnez les méthodes d'attribution \"aléatoire\" ou " +"\"contrôlée\", vos tickets seront attribués à l'un des membres de l'une de " +"ces équipes d'assistance technique." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " +"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +msgstr "" +"Ils pourront alors commencer à résoudre les tickets et à les transférer vers" +" l'étape résolu lorsque ceux-ci seront finalisés." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 +msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" +msgstr "Comment puis-je définir l'urgence du ticket?" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +msgid "" +"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" +" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " +"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +msgstr "" +"Sur vos tickets vous verrez des étoiles. Vous pouvez définir l'urgence du " +"ticket en sélectionnant une ou plusieurs étoiles sur celui-ci. Vous pouvez " +"le faire sur la vue kanban ou sur le ticket lui-même." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " +"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" +"Pour mettre en place une politique d'Accord de services pour vos employés, " +"activez d'abord ce paramètre dans les \"Paramètres\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." +msgstr "Sélectionnez \"Configurer les politiques SLA\" et cliquez sur \"Créer\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " +"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +msgstr "" +"Complétez les informations: équipe Assistance technique, priorité minimale " +"du ticket (les étoiles), ainsi que les objectifs du ticket." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 +msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" +msgstr "Que faire si un ticket est bloqué ou prêt à être utilisé?" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " +"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +msgstr "" +"Si un ticket ne peut pas être résolu ou s'il est bloqué, vous pouvez " +"modifier le \"Statut kanban\" sur le ticket. Vous avez trois options :" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +msgid "Grey - Normal State" +msgstr "Gris - statut normal" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 +msgid "Red - Blocked" +msgstr "Rouge - bloqué" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 +msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" +msgstr "Vert - prêt pour l'étape suivante" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " +"Ticket form." +msgstr "" +"Tout comme pour les étoiles, vous pouvez définir le statut dans le kanban ou" +" sur le ticket." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 +msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" +msgstr "" +"Comment mes employés peuvent-ils enregistrer leur temps de travail sur un " +"ticket?" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +msgid "" +"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " +"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " +"timesheets will log against." +msgstr "" +"D'abord, allez sur \"Paramètres\" et sélectionnez l'option \"Feuille de " +"présence du ticket\". Un champ apparaîtra vous permettant de sélectionner le" +" projet sur lequel les feuilles de présence seront enregistrées." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" +" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +msgstr "" +"Une fois que vous avez sélectionné un projet, vous pouvez l'enregistrer. Si " +"vous retournez vers vos tickets, vous verrez qu'un nouvel onglet appelé " +"\"Feuilles de présence\" a été ajouté." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " +"ticket." +msgstr "" +"Vos employés peuvent y ajouter une ligne pour indiquer le travail qu'ils ont" +" effectué pour ce ticket." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 +msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" +msgstr "Comment permettre à vos clients d'évaluer le service fourni" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 +msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" +"Vous devez tout d'abord activer le paramètre évaluation depuis " +"\"Paramètres\"" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " +"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +msgstr "" +"Désormais, lorsqu'un ticket est transféré à l'étape de ticket résolu ou " +"terminé, le client recevra un email lui demandant d'évaluer le service " +"fourni." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" +msgstr "Enregistrez et facturez le temps dédié aux tickets" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " +"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " +"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +msgstr "" +"Pour pouvoir fournir à vos clients une assistance technique, vous devrez " +"avoir avec eux des contrats de service. Pour cela, Odoo vous aide à " +"enregistrer le temps consacré à résoudre le problème, et plus important, à " +"facturer ce temps à vos clients." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "The modules needed" +msgstr "Les modules requis" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " +"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " +"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" +"Vous devez avoir les modules suivants pour enregistrer et facturer le temps " +"passé sur les tickets : Assistance technique, Projet, Feuilles de présence, " +"Ventes. S'il vous manque l'un de ces modules, allez dans le module Apps, " +"cherchez-le et cliquez sur *Installer*." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 +msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" +msgstr "Commencez à proposer le service d'assistance technique" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 +msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" +msgstr "Étape 1 : démarrez un projet d'assistance technique" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " +"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +msgstr "" +"Pour démarrer un projet dédié au service Assistance technique, allez d'abord" +" sur :menuselection:`Projet --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et assurez-" +"vous que la fonctionnalité *Feuilles de présence* est activée." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " +"it." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, allez sur votre tableau de bord, créez le nouveau projet et liez " +"des feuilles de présence à celui-ci." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" +msgstr "Étape 2 : constituez une équipe d'assistance technique" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " +"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" +" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " +"previously created as well." +msgstr "" +"Pour définir une équipe responsable du service d'assistance technique, allez" +" à :menuselection:`Assistance technique --> Configuration --> Équipe " +"d'assistance technique` et créez une nouvelle équipe ou sélectionnez-en une " +"déjà existante. pour activer cette fonctionnalité, cochez la case *Feuille " +"de présence du ticket* sur le formulaire. N'oubliez pas de sélectionner " +"également le projet d'assistance technique que vous avez précédemment créé." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" +msgstr "Étape 3 : lancez le service d'assistance technique" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" +" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +msgstr "" +"Pour finir, allez sur :menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> " +"Paramètres` pour lancer le nouveau service d'assistance technique. Vérifiez " +"que la fonctionnalité *Unités de mesure* est activée." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " +"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +msgstr "" +"Allez ensuite sur :menuselection:`Produits --> Produits` et créez-en un " +"nouveau. Vérifiez que la case type de produit est configurée en tant que " +"service." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " +"unit will do." +msgstr "" +"Nous vous conseillons de configurer l'*Unité de mesure* sur *Heure(s)*, mais" +" n'importe quelle unité conviendra." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " +"configuration :" +msgstr "" +"Pour finir, sélectionnez le mode de gestion de facturation que vous " +"souhaitez depuis la barre *Ventes* du formulaire du produit. Nous vous " +"recommandons la configuration suivante :" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 +msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" +msgstr "Vous êtes désormais prêt à recevoir des tickets!" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 +msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" +msgstr "Résoudre des problèmes et enregistrer le temps consacré au ticket" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 +msgid "Step 1 : place an order" +msgstr "Étape 1 : passez une commande" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " +"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" +" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " +"the sale." +msgstr "" +"Vous êtes maintenant dans le module d'assistance technique et vous venez de " +"recevoir un ticket d'un client. Pour créer une nouvelle commande, allez sur " +":menuselection:`Ventes --> Commandes --> Commandes` et créez-en une pour le " +"produit du service d'assistance technique que vous avez précédemment " +"enregistré. Configurez le nombre d'heures prévues pour aider le client et " +"confirmez la vente." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 +msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "Étape 2 : liez la tâche au ticket" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " +"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" +" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" +" and select the task on its form." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous accédez au projet d'assistance technique dédié, vous verrez " +"qu'une nouvelle tâche a été automatiquement générée avec la commande. Pour " +"relier cette nouvelle tâche au ticket du client, allez sur le module " +"Assistance technique et sélectionnez-la sur le formulaire du ticket " +"concerné." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 +msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" +msgstr "Étape 3 : enregistrez le temps dédié à aider le client" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " +"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" +"L'assistance a été fournie et le problème du client a été résolu. Pour " +"enregistrer les heures dédiées à cette tâche, retournez au ticket et " +"ajoutez-les depuis l'onglet *Feuilles de présence*." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " +"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +msgstr "" +"Les heures enregistrées sur le ticket apparaîtront également de façon " +"automatique dans le module Feuilles de présence ainsi que sur la tâche " +"dédiée." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 +msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" +msgstr "Étape 4 : facturez le client" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" +" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " +"appear as the delivered quantity." +msgstr "" +"Pour facturer le client, retournez au module Ventes et sélectionnez la " +"commande qui a été enregistrée. Vous verrez que les heures enregistrées sur " +"le ticket apparaissent désormais comme étant livrées." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +msgid "" +"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " +"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +msgstr "" +"Tout ce qu'il reste à faire, c'est créer une facture depuis la commande et " +"la valider ensuite. Vous n'avez plus qu'à attendre le paiement des clients!" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:4 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "Projet" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avancé" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" +msgstr "Comment recueillir le feedback des clients ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " +"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " +"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " +"customers using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " +"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " +"Sad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 +msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" +msgstr "Comment recueillir les feedbacks des clients " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " +"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " +"apps module and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " +"module." +msgstr "" +"De plus, dans le même menu, vous devez installer le module **Évaluation de " +"Projet**" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " +"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " +"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " +"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 +msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" +msgstr "Comment obtenir le feedback d'un client ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +msgid "" +"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +msgstr "" +"Un email peut être envoyé aux clients à chaque étapes des projets en cours." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +msgid "" +"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." +msgstr "" +"Tout d'abord, vous devez choisir pour quels projets vous souhaitez obtenir " +"un feedback." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 +msgid "Project configuration" +msgstr "Configuration du projet" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " +"**Customer satisfaction** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "Modèle d'email" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " +"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." +" You can directly edit it from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 +msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" +msgstr "Voici un exemple d'email qu'un client peut recevoir:" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" +" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " +"will be added to the chatter of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Analyse" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " +"the project." +msgstr "" +"Vous avez un bref résumé de la satisfaction dans le coin supérieur droit du " +"projet." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 +msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" +msgstr "Comment afficher les notes sur votre site web?" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 +msgid "" +"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " +"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" +" Issue** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" +" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" +" end of the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 +msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " +"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " +"from sales order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " +"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " +"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" +" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " +"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " +"and Services departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " +"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " +"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " +"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " +"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" +" overtime spent on the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 +msgid "Install the required applications" +msgstr "Installer les applications requises" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " +"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" +" the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +msgid "" +"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" +" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " +"spent on that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 +msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 +msgid "Create and set up a product" +msgstr "Créer et configurer un produit" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " +"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " +"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " +"the`following setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 +msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" +msgstr "**Nom**: Assistance Technique" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 +msgid "**Product Type**: Service" +msgstr "**Type d'article** : Service" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " +"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" +" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " +"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " +"product to hours as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " +"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " +"will then create a project per SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 +msgid "Create the Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " +"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " +"sale order, the task will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 +msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 +msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 +msgid "" +"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 +msgid "" +"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " +"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 +msgid "" +"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" +" your customers based on your invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " +"source document of the task is the related sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" +msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application.rst:3 +msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:3 +msgid "Demonstration Video" +msgstr "Vidéo de démonstration" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 +msgid "Transcript" +msgstr "Transcription" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" +" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " +"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" +" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." +msgstr "" +"Quel que soit l'appareil, l'application feuille de présence est à portée " +"d'un clic. Prenez par exemple le plugin chrome. Pas besoin de s'identifier, " +"il suffit de cliquer et de démarrer. C'est simple. Il fonctionne aussi hors " +"ligne et est automatiquement synchronisé avec votre compte Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" +" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" +" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." +msgstr "" +"De plus, je reçois des statistiques individuelles via le mobile et le plugin" +" chrome. Je peux aller plus loin dans l'analyse dans mon compte Odoo. Je " +"reçois des rapports de feuilles de présence par utilisateur, des analyses " +"détaillées par projet, et bien plus encore." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " +"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" +"saving!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:28 +msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration and basic usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "Responsabilités" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 +msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." +msgstr "" +"Dans Odoo, vous pouvez affecter la personne qui est en charge de la tâche." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " +"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " +"suggestions in the drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " +"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 +msgid "Followers" +msgstr "Abonnés" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" +" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " +"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " +"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." +" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " +"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " +"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " +"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 +msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" +" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " +"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " +"see the big picture all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 +msgid "Task: follow a specific task" +msgstr "Tâche : suivre une tâche particulière" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " +"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " +"that task also appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 +msgid "Choose which action to follow" +msgstr "Choisir quelle action suivre" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " +"Following button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " +"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " +"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 +msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " +"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " +"help you track time easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " +"available in projects and on tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " +"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" +" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " +"automatically created under the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 +msgid "Click on the settings of a project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 +msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " +"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " +"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " +"it, or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" +" timesheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" +msgstr "Enregistrez une feuille de présence sur une tâche :" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 +msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." +msgstr "" +"L'option feuille de présence est également disponible à l'intérieur d'une " +"tâche." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " +"Add an item." +msgstr "" +"Dans la tâche, cliquez sur le bouton éditer. Allez à l'onglet Feuille de " +"présence et cliquez sur Ajouter un article." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " +"Analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" +" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 +msgid "Document Management in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" +" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" +" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez gérer et intégrer des documents en relation avec les tâches, " +"qu'ils soient des plans, des images du formatage etc. Une image est parfois " +"plus instructive qu'une page entière ! Il y a deux façons d'ajouter un " +"document à une tâche." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 +msgid "" +"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " +"tab on the top of the form." +msgstr "" +"1. Pour ajouter une image/document à une tâche, cliquer sur l'icône pièce " +"jointe en haut du formulaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " +"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " +"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " +"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." +msgstr "" +"Si vous disposez d'une image importante pour la compréhension de la tâche, " +"vous pouvez la mettre en image de couverture. Elle sera directement visible " +"dans la vue ?Kanban? " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 +msgid "Collaborate on tasks" +msgstr "Collaborer sur des tâches" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" +" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." +msgstr "" +"Les tâches dans le Projet Odoo permettent de travailler plus facilement avec" +" vos collègues, économisant ainsi temps et énergie." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " +"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" +" delegation and the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 +msgid "Create a task from an email" +msgstr "Créer une tâche depuis un email" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " +"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " +"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " +"project gets an automatic email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 +msgid "" +"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " +"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " +"Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"This email address create by default following the project name can be " +"changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 +msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 +msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 +msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 +msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " +"history of the task." +msgstr "" +"Le chatter est un outil très pratique. Il s'agit d'un outil de communication" +" qui affiche l'historique de la tâche." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " +"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " +"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " +"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " +"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " +"to remember past interactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" +" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " +"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" +" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " +"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 +msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " +"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " +"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " +"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " +"creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 +msgid "" +"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " +"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 +msgid "" +"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " +"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " +"Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " +"follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 +msgid "Tasks states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 +msgid "Set the state of a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" +" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " +"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 +msgid "" +"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " +"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 +msgid "Custom states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 +msgid "" +"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " +"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," +" then click on edit:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 +msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 +msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 +msgid "Color Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 +msgid "" +"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " +"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " +"them thanks to the filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 +msgid "" +"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" +" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " +"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " +"the tag, directly from the task:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " +"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " +"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" +" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " +"employees working on this project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Installing the Project module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " +"**Install**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +msgid "Creating a new project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," +" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:32 +msgid "The privacy setting works as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:34 +msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " +"**Customer** field empty if not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:48 +msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Manage your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:54 +msgid "Add your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:56 +msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" +" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " +"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " +"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " +"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " +"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" +" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " +"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " +"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`visualization`" +msgstr ":doc:`visualisation`" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:101 +msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" +msgstr ":doc:`collaboration`" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`time_record`" +msgstr ":doc:`time_record`" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "How to record time spent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " +"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " +"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " +"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +msgstr "" +"Pour enregistrer le temps passé sur les projets, vous devez d'abord activer " +"la facturation des feuilles de présence. Dans l'application **Projet**, " +"ouvrez :menuselection:`Configuration --> Paramètres`. Dans la section " +"**Feuilles de présence**, cochez **Activer les feuilles de présence sur les " +"projets **." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " +"Employee and Timesheet apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 +msgid "Recording timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " +"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 +msgid "Recording in a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " +"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" +" click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 +msgid "Recording in a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " +"and open the task on which you have been working." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " +"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" +"Dans la tâche, cliquez sur **Éditer**, ouvrez l'onglet **Feuille de " +"présence** et cliquez sur **Ajouter un article**. Insérez les détails " +"requis, puis cliquez sur **Enregistrer**." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 +msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " +"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " +"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " +"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " +"have to cope with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 +msgid "Create a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 +msgid "" +"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 +msgid "In the project, create a new task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " +"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 +msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " +"to the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " +"one have the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" +" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" +" logo in the upper right corner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " +"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" +" and indicate if the task is ready." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 +msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " +"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " +"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" +" to their creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " +"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 +msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " +"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " +"easily in a single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " +"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:133 +msgid "" +"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " +"dropping the task to another case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "" +"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " +"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" +" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " +"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " +"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " +"project manager too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 +msgid "" +"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" +" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " +"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " +"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." +" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " +"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 +msgid "" +"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " +"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" +" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " +"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " +"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " +"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " +"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " +"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" +" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" +" the progress of each task." +msgstr "" +"Nous pouvons également organiser les différentes tâches en adaptant la vue. " +"Je sélectionne ici la vue en liste, qui affiche d'autres informations telles" +" que la progression du temps de travail. Si je clique sur ma tâche, j'arrive" +" sur la vue formulaire où je peux modifier les heures prévues et saisir mes " +"feuilles de présence. C'est un outil formidable pour tout chef de projet. Il" +" est essentiel de contrôler la progression du temps de travail et le temps " +"passé pour chaque membre de l'équipe. J'ai fixé le temps de formation de " +"l'équipe de vente à 24 heures. Aujourd'hui, j'ai préparé le matériel, je " +"vais donc enregistrer 4 heures dans la feuille de présence. La progression " +"du temps de travail se met automatiquement à jour. Grâce à l'intégration de " +"cette feuille de présence, le chef de projet dispose d'un suivi complet de " +"l'avancement de chaque tâche." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " +"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" +" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" +" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " +"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " +"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " +"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " +"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " +"planning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " +"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " +"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " +"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" +" each team member." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" +" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " +"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " +"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " +"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" +" team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " +"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " +"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " +"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " +"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " +"app, it will help you get started quickly too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 +msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 +msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:3 +msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " +"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " +"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " +"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " +"install the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" +" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " +"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " +"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:28 +msgid "" +"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " +"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " +"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:36 +msgid "Manage tasks with views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" +" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " +"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " +"and the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " +"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:47 +msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " +"ones having the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:61 +msgid "Add/rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " +"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " +"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " +"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " +"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " +"Done." +msgstr "" +"créer une colonne par phase durant votre travail. Par exemple, dans un " +"projet de developpement, les phases doivent correspondre à : specifications," +" Développement, Essai, Fin. " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +msgid "Sort tasks by priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " +"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " +"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " +"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " +"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " +"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:97 +msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:100 +msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " +"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " +"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" +" each time the employee will add an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " +"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " +"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " +"show you the progression of each task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:119 +msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " +"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " +"single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:128 +msgid "" +"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" +" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " +"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:138 +msgid ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "How to forecast tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction to forecast" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," +" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:11 +msgid "" +"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " +"progress of a project and its related tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " +"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " +"team members to collaborate better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " +"workload and human resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "How to configure the projects?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the project application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" +" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" +" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " +"employee should complete it!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " +"application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " +"Forecast option and click **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " +"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " +"all the projects that you manage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Configure a specific project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " +"Forecast\" in your project settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:51 +msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " +"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:59 +msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:62 +msgid "How to create a forecast?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " +"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " +"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " +"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " +"space in the Gantt chart calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " +"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " +"take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" +" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " +"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:91 +msgid "" +"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " +"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " +"in the Effective hours field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:96 +msgid "What are the difference between the views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " +"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " +"by projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:103 +msgid "By users : people management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " +"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." +" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " +"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " +"third, you see which tasks they're on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " +"the duration of the task in the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " +"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " +"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " +"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:126 +msgid "Plan the workload" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " +"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " +"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" +" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " +"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " +"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " +"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " +"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " +"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " +"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " +"that this is feasible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:191 +msgid "Gantt view advantages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:151 +msgid "" +"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" +" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " +"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " +"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " +"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:193 +msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +msgid "" +"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " +"the future or in the past" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:198 +msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:200 +msgid "modify an existing forecast" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:202 +msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:170 +msgid "By projects: project management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " +"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " +"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " +"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:177 +msgid "" +"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " +"level of hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" +" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " +"they're on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " +"Users** section)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support.rst:4 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Assistance" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "Versions supportées" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Odoo assure le support et la résolution de bugs **pour les 3 dernières " +"versions majeures** d'Odoo." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" +"Les utilisateurs hébergés sur **Odoo Online** peuvent utiliser des versions " +"intermédiaires (parfois appelées *versions SaaS*) qui sont également prises " +"en charge. Ces versions ne sont pas publiées pour les installations Odoo.sh " +"ou On-Premise." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "Ma version d'Odoo est-elle supportée ?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "Cette matrice montre le statut de support de chaque version." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "**Les versions majeures sont indiquées en gras.**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "Odoo Online" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "Odoo.sh" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "On-Premise" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "Date de publication" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 14.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "|green|" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "Octobre 2020" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "Octobre 2019" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "Odoo 12.saas~3" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "N/D" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "Août 2019" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 12.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "Octobre 2018" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "Odoo 11.saas~3" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "|orange|" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "Avril 2018" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 11.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "|red|" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "Octobre 2017" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~15" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "Mars 2017" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~14" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "Janvier 2017" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 10.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "Octobre 2016" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "Odoo 9.saas~11" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "Mai 2016" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 9.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "Octobre 2015" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "Odoo 8.saas~6" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "Février 2015" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 8.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "Septembre 2014" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "|green| Version supportée" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "|red| Fin du support" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "N/D Jamais publié pour cette plateforme" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" +"|orange| Certains de nos anciens clients pourraient encore travailler avec " +"cette version sur nos serveurs Odoo Online, nous fournissons alors de l'aide" +" uniquement pour les problèmes bloquants et vous conseillons de migrer vers " +"une version plus récente." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "🏁 Prochaine version, pas encore publiée" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:77 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "J'utilise une ancienne version d'Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 et 5.0 ne sont plus supportés, quelle que soit la " +"plateforme." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 et 1.0 ne sont plus supportés, quelle que soit la " +"plateforme." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "" +"Vous devriez `migrer <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ votre base de données " +"vers une version plus récente." + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:7 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "Que puis-je attendre du service de Support ?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:11 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "5 jours par semaine" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" +"Votre abonnement Odoo Online inclut **un support illimité 24h/24 sans coût " +"supplémentaire, du lundi au vendredi**. Nos équipes se situent dans le monde" +" entier afin d'assurer que vous puissiez bénéficier du support, peut importe" +" où vous vous trouvez. Votre agent de support peut vous joindre depuis la " +"Belgique, San Francisco ou l'Inde !" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" +"Notre équipe Support est joignable via notre `formulaire de support en ligne" +" <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:22 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "Qu'est ce qui est inclus dans le Support ?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" +"Vous fournir des informations pertinentes (consignes, documentation sur le " +"produit, etc...)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" +"Des réponses aux problèmes que vous pourriez rencontrer dans votre base de " +"données standard Odoo (ex : “Je ne parviens pas à fermer mon Point de Vente”" +" ou “Je ne trouve pas mes KPIs de vente”)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "Des questions liées à votre compte, abonnement ou facturation" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" +"Résolution de bugs (problèmes bloquants ou comportement inattendus non dûs à" +" une mauvaise configuration ou personnalisation)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" +"Les problèmes qui pourraient survenir dans une base de données test après " +"une migration vers une version plus récente" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " +"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" +"*Le Support d'Odoo ne procède à aucun changement sur votre base de données " +"de production mais vous donne tout le matériel et les connaissances pour le " +"faire vous même !*" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:38 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "Qu'est ce qui n'est pas inclus dans le Support ?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" +"Les questions qui nous demandent de comprendre les flux de travail de votre " +"entreprise afin de vous aider à vous implémenter votre base de données" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" +"D'éventuelles formations à l'utilisation de notre logiciel (nous vous " +"dirigerons vers nos différentes ressources)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "L'importation de documents vers votre base de données" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" +"Des instructions sur les configurations à appliquer au sein d'un module ou " +"d'une base de données" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" +"Comment mettre en place des modèles de configuration (ex : les routes " +"d'inventaires, les délais de paiement, entrepôts, etc)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "Toute intervention sur votre propre serveur/déploiements d'Odoo" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" +"Toute intervention sur vos compte tiers (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, etc)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" +"Les questions ou problèmes liés à un développement ou une customisation " +"spécifique réalisée Odoo ou une partie tierce (qui est spécifique seulement " +"à votre base de données ou impliquant le code)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez bénéficier de ce type de Support avec un `Success Pack " +"<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__. Avec un pack, l'un de nos " +"consultants analysera la manière dont votre entreprise fonctionne et vous " +"dira comment tirer le maximum de votre base de données Odoo. Nous nous " +"occuperons de toutes les configurations ainsi que de vous former à utiliser " +"Odoo." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:5 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "Où trouver de l'aide ?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Odoo Entreprise" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" +"Les utilisateurs qui ont un abonnement Odoo Entreprise valide peuvent " +"toujours contacter nos équipes Support via notre `formulaire de support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, peu importe le type d'hébergement que vous " +"choisissez (Odoo en ligne, Odoo.sh ou sur votre propre serveur)." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:13 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "Merci d'inclure votre demande : " + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:15 +msgid "your subscription number," +msgstr "votre numéro de contrat," + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "" +"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also " +"send the URL of your database." +msgstr "" +"Si votre base de données est hébergée par Odoo (Odoo Online ou Odoo.sh), " +"merci d'envoyer l'URL de votre base de données." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "Nos agents reviendront vers vous dès que possible." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:22 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "Odoo Community" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:24 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" +"*Les utilisateurs d'Odoo Community n'ont pas accès au service de Support.*" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:26 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "Voici des ressources qui pourraient vous aider :" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:28 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "Nos `pages de documentation <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "" +"Posez vos questions sur le `forum de la communauté " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_, en anglais." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +msgid "" +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and " +"bugfix services." +msgstr "" +"`Achetez Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ pour bénéficier des " +"services Support et Bugfix." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:35 +msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" +msgstr "*Dernière modification de cette page :* |date|" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ef2649cc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,275 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2021 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:22+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "Utilisateurs et fonctionnalités" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" +"En tant qu'administrateur de votre base de données, vous êtes responsable de" +" son utilisation. Cela inclut les Applications que vous installez, ainsi que" +" le nombre d'utilisateurs qui les utilisent." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" +"Odoo est beaucoup de choses (ERP, CMS, CRM application, site de " +"eCommerce,etc...) mais ce n'est *pas* un smartphone. Vous devez faire preuve" +" de prudence lorsque vous ajouter/supprimez des fonctionnalités (en " +"particulier les applications) à votre base de données, car cela pourrait " +"influer sur le montant de votre abonnement de manière significative (ou vous" +" faire passer d'un compte gratuit à un payant sur notre plate-forme en " +"ligne)." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" +"Cette page contient quelques informations sur la façon de gérer votre " +"instance Odoo. Avant d'appliquer ces procédures nous vous recommandons " +"**fortement** des les tester d'abord sur un double de votre base de données." +" De cette façon, si quelque chose se passe mal, votre activité quotidienne " +"n'en sera pas affectée." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " +"installations." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez trouver des instruction sur la manière de dupliquer vos bases de" +" données à la fois pour les installations :ref:`en ligne <duplicate_online>`" +" et :ref:`sur site <duplicate_premise>`." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez des questions sur le contenu de cette page ou si vous " +"rencontrez un problème lors de l'exécution de ces procédures, contactez-nous" +" via notre `formulaire d'assistance <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "Désactivation d'Utilisateurs" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que vous disposez des **permissions** suffisantes si vous " +"voulez changer le statut de l'un de vos utilisateurs." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " +"rights.**" +msgstr "" +"Dans votre instance Odoo, cliquez sur **Configuration**. Vous aurez une " +"section montrant les utilisateurs actifs sur votre base de données. Cliquez " +"sur **Gérer les droits d'accès**." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:81 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "|settings|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:43 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "|browse_users|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:46 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "Vous verrez alors la liste de vos utilisateurs." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" +"Le filtre pré-sélectionné *Utilisateurs Internes* montre vos utilisateurs " +"payants (pas les *Utilisateurs du Portail* qui sont gratuits). Si vous " +"supprimez ce filtre, vous obtiendrez tous les utilisateurs (les payants et " +"ceux du portail)" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " +"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" +" to **Inactive** immediately." +msgstr "" +"Dans la liste de vos utilisateurs, cliquez sur celui que vous voulez " +"désactiver. Dans la fiche utilisateur, cliquez sur le bouton **Actif** (en " +"haut à droite). Vous constaterez que le statut changera immédiatement à " +"**Inactif**." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "L'utilisateur est maintenant désactivé." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:67 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "Ne désactivez **jamais** l'utilisateur principal (*admin*)" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "Désinstallation d'Applications" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous d'abord de tester ce que vous allez faire sur une " +":ref:`duplication` <duplicate_online>` de votre base de données avant de " +"faire des modifications (*surtout* l'installation/désinstallation " +"d'applications)." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" +"Dans votre instance Odoo cliquez sur **Configuration**; dans ce module, vous" +" verrez le nombre d'applications que vous avez installées. Cliquez sur " +"**Parcourir les applications** pour accéder à la liste des applications." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:81 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "|browse_apps|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" +"Dans le tableau de bord de vos applications, vous verrez toutes les icônes " +"de vos applications. Cliquez sur l'application que vous souhaitez " +"désinstaller. Puis, sur la fiche de l'application, cliquez sur " +"**Désinstaller**." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" +"Certaines applications ont des dépendances, comme Facturation, eCommerce, " +"etc... Par conséquent, le système vous avertira pour vous informer de ce qui" +" est sur le point d'être retiré. Si vous désinstallez votre application, " +"toutes ses dépendances seront également désinstallées (et les données " +"qu'elles contiennent vont disparaître également de façon irréversible). Si " +"vous êtes sûr que vous voulez toujours la désinstaller, alors cliquez sur " +"**Confirmer**." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" +"Enfin, après avoir vérifié le message d'avertissement (le cas échéant), " +"cliquez sur **Confirmer**." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:103 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "Vous avez terminé la désinstallation de votre application." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "Bon à savoir" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:108 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" +"**Désinstaller des applications, gérer les utilisateurs, etc... c'est à vous" +" de le faire**: personne mieux que vous ne peut savoir si les activités de " +"votre entreprise sont interrompues. Si nous devions désinstaller des " +"applications pour vous, nous ne serions jamais en mesure de dire si des " +"données pertinentes ont été supprimées ou si l'une de vos activités a été " +"interrompue, parce que nous *ne savons pas comment vous travaillez* et ne " +"pouvons donc pas valider ce types d'opérations." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" +"**Les Applications Odoo ont des dépendances** : cela signifie que vous " +"devrez peut-être installer des modules que vous n'utilisez pas activement " +"pour accéder à certaines fonctionnalités d'Odoo dont vous avez besoin. Par " +"exemple, l'application Construction de site web est requise pour pouvoir " +"montrer à vos clients des devis sur une page internet. Même si vous n'avez " +"pas besoin du site Web lui-même, il est requis pour que la fonctionnalité " +"Offres en ligne fonctionne correctement." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:121 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" +"**Tester toujours l'installation/la suppression d'application sur une " +"copie** (ou sur une base de données d'essai gratuit) : de cette façon, vous " +"pouvez savoir quelles autres applications peuvent être nécessaires, etc... " +"Cela évitera des surprises lors de la désinstallation ou lors de la " +"réception de vos factures d'abonnement." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po deleted file mode 100644 index dee55f6dc..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,798 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2019 -# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2020 -# romrik_, 2020 -# Priscilla Sanchez <prs@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:35+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../support.rst:5 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Assistance" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "Versions supportées" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Odoo fourni assistance et résolution de bogues **pour les trois dernières " -"versions majeures** d'Odoo" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " -"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " -"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." -msgstr "" -"Les utilisateurs hébergés sur **Odoo Online** peuvent utiliser des versions " -"intermédiaires (parfois appelées *SaaS versions*) qui sont également prises " -"en charge. Ces versions ne sont pas publiées pour les installations Odoo.sh " -"ou On-Premise." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17 -msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "Ma version d'Odoo est-elle supportée?" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "Cette matrice montre le statut (supportée ou non) de chaque version." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "**Les versions majeurs sont écrites en gras**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "Odoo Online" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "Odoo.sh" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "sur site" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Release date" -msgstr "Date de publication" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "🟢" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "Octobre 2019" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "Odoo 12.saas~3" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "N/D" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "Août 2019" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 12.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "Octobre 2018" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "Odoo 11.saas~3" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "Avril 2018" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 11.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "Octobre 2017" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" -msgstr "*La fin de l'assistance est prévue pour octobre 2020* " - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~15" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "🟠" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "Mars 2017" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~14" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "Janvier 2017" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 10.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "🔴" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "Octobre 2016" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "Odoo 9.saas~11" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "Mai 2016" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 9.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "Octobre 2015" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "Odoo 8.saas~6" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "Février 2015" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 8.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "Septembre 2014" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 -msgid "🟢 Supported version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 -msgid "🔴 End-of-support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "N/A Jamais publiée pour cette plateforme" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 -msgid "" -"🟠 Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo Online " -"servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "🏁 Future version, pas encore réalisée" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:66 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "J'utilise une ancienne version d'Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:68 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 et 5.0 n'ont plus droit à l'assistance, quelle que " -"soit la plateforme" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:70 -msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 et 1.0 n'est plus supporté, quelle que soit la " -"plateforme." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." -msgstr "" -"vous devriez `mettre à jour <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ votre base de " -"données." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6 -msgid "Contribute to the documentation" -msgstr "Contribuez à la documentation" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9 -msgid "First of all..." -msgstr "Pour commencer..." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" -"**... Merci d'avoir atterri ici et de nous aider à améliorer la " -"documentation utilisateur d'Odoo.**" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15 -msgid "Edit an existing page" -msgstr "Editer une page existante" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub " -"account <https://help.github.com/en/articles/signing-up-for-a-new-github-" -"account>`_." -msgstr "" -"Comme notre documentation est maintenue sur GitHub, vous aurez besoin d'un compte GitHub gratuit.\n" -"<https://help.github.com/en/articles/signing-up-for-a-new-github-account>`_." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Pick a page in our `user documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`_. **Please take care of choosing " -"the right version of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" -"Choisissez une page dans notre documentation utilisateur <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`_. \n" -"**Veillez à choisir la bonne version d'Odoo.**" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19 -msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu." -msgstr "Cliquez sur **Editez sur GitHub** dans le menu de gauche." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork " -"repository**, else you won't see this step." -msgstr "" -"Si c'est la première fois que vous éditez notre documentation, cliquez sur " -"**Fork repository**, sinon vous ne verrez pas cette étape." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax " -"called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's " -"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a " -"quick overview of RST commands." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez l'éditeur de GitHub pour ajouter votre texte. Le texte est marqué " -"avec une syntax simple appelée `RST " -"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Ne vous inquiétez pas, ce " -"n'est pas très compliqué à apprendre 🤓... Allez à la section suivante de ce " -"document pour un rapide aperçu des commandes RST." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable" -" format." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur **Prévisualiser les modifications** afin de revoir votre " -"contribution dans un format de lecture classique." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your " -"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the " -"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a " -"longer explanation." -msgstr "" -"Dans la section ** Propose file change**, ajoutez un court titre à votre " -"contribution. Le titre doit pouvoir résumer vos modifications. Vous pouvez " -"utiliser la seconde case pour ajouter un supplément de description si votre " -"contribution nécessite une explication plus exhaustive." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44 -msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**." -msgstr "Soumettez votre contribution en clickant sur **Propose file change**." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45 -msgid "Click on **Create pull request**." -msgstr "Cliquez sur **Create pull request**." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your " -"help!" -msgstr "" -"Attendez qu'un gestionnaire Odoo ajoute à votre contribution. Merci de votre" -" aide !" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49 -msgid "" -"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" -"Il n'y a pas de port automatique de votre édition à une autre version de la " -"documentation." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in " -"your contribution message." -msgstr "" -"Si vos modifications devraient s'apliquer à plusieurs versions d'Odoo, " -"n'hésitez pas à nous prévenir dans votre message de contribution." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55 -msgid "RST Cheat Sheet" -msgstr "Référence rapide RST" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our " -"documentation." -msgstr "" -"Voici un résumé des éléments de marquage que vous pourriez utiliser en " -"éditatnt notre documentation." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Code" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Display" -msgstr "Afficher" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Comments" -msgstr "Commentaires" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62 -msgid "Text in *italics*" -msgstr "Texte en *italique*" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66 -msgid "Text in **bold** letters" -msgstr "Texte en caractère **gras**" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Numbered" -msgstr "Numéroté" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77 -msgid "Bullet" -msgstr "Bullet" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78 -msgid "List" -msgstr "Liste" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines." -msgstr "Doit être entouré de lignes blanches" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "This is `a hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_." -msgstr "Voici un `hyper lien <https://www.odoo.com>`_." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard " -"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_." -msgstr "" -"Voici `comment entrer les backticks sur votre clavier " -"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85 -msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*." -msgstr "N'oubliez pas le terminal *underscore*." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90 -msgid "" -"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation " -"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of " -"RST." -msgstr "" -"Il y a bien plus de commandes disponibles comme vous pouvez le voir dans `la" -" documentation compréhensive " -"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ du " -"RST." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94 -msgid "Add images to your documents" -msgstr "Ajoutez des images à vos documents" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the " -"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on " -"improving this." -msgstr "" -"Cette procédure est uniquement possible pour les utilisateurs ayant un accès" -" **push** à la documentation du repository (ex. : principalement des " -"gestionnaires Odoo). Nous travaillons actuellement sur l'amélioration de " -"cette procédure." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101 -msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots." -msgstr "Tout d'abord, préparez vos captures d'écran." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103 -msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images." -msgstr "Ce doit être des images PNG de bonne qualité." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large" -" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation." -msgstr "" -"Recadrer votre capture d'écran pour n'afficher que la partie pertinente de " -"l'écran. Les grandes captures d'écran sont difficiles à lire et s'affichent " -"mal dans la documentation." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include " -"any personal data." -msgstr "" -"Prenez toujours vos captures d'écran sur une version demo d'Odoo; ne " -"**jamais** inclure de données personnelles. " - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page " -"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it." -msgstr "" -"Chargez les sur le répertoire ``media/`` se trouvant à côté de la page en " -"édition. Si le répertoire n'existe pas, créez le." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109 -msgid "" -"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:" -msgstr "" -"Quand vous éditez votre page, utilisez cette partie de code pour télécharger" -" votre image" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "Soumettez vos modifications" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128 -msgid "Technical Details for Nerds" -msgstr "Détails techniques pour les geeks" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository " -"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request " -"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow." -msgstr "" -"Les utilisateurs avancés peuvent, évidemment, faire un fork et un clone `du " -"repository GitHub <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Soumettez " -"ensuite une pull request avec le flux de travail canonique Git/Github." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133 -msgid "" -"See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-" -"user/blob/12.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138 -msgid "Developer documentation" -msgstr "Documentation développeur" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside " -"`the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/12.0/doc>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143 -msgid "" -"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related " -"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo." -msgstr "" -"La documentation utilisateur peut contenir des détails techniques, mais " -"seulement lorsqu'ils sont lié à la configuration et à l'utilisation " -"quotidienne d'Odoo." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36 -msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" -msgstr "*Dernière modification de cette page :* |date|" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 -msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "Que puis-je attendre du service de Support ?" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 -msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "5 jours par semaine" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" -msgstr "" -"Votre abonnement Odoo Online inclut **un support illimité 24h/24 sans coût " -"supplémentaire, du lundi au vendredi**. Nos équipes se situent dans le monde" -" entier afin d'assurer que vous puissiez bénéficier du support, peut importe" -" où vous vous trouvez. Votre agent de support peut vous joindre depuis la " -"Belgique, San Francisco ou l'Inde !" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"Notre équipe Support est joignable via notre formule de support en ligne " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "Qu'est ce qui est inclut dans le Support ?" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" -"Vous fournir du matériel pertinent (instructions, documentation sur le " -"produit, etc...)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" -"Des réponses aux problèmes que vous pourriez rencontrer dans votre base de " -"données standard Odoo (ex : \"Je ne parviens pas à fermer mon Point de " -"Vente\" ou \"Je ne trouve pas mes KPIs de vente\")" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "Des questions liées à votre compte, abonnement ou facturation" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" -"Résolution de Bug (problèmes bloquant ou comportement innatendu du à un " -"mauvais configuration ou customisation)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "" -"Des problèmes qui pourraient survenir dans une base de données test après " -"une migration vers une version plus récente" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " -"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" -"*Le Support d'Odoo ne procède à aucun changement sur votre base de données " -"de production mais vous donne tout le matériel et les connaissances pour le " -"faire vous même !*" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "Qu'est ce qui n'est pas inclut dans le Support ?" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "" -"Les questions qui nous demandent de comprendre vos flux d'entreprises afin " -"de vous aider à vous implémenter votre base de données." - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "" -"D'éventuelles formations à l'utilisation de notre logiciel (nous vous " -"dirigerons vers différentes ressources)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 -msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "L'import de documents vers votre base de données" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "" -"Des directions sur les configurations à appliquer au sein d'un module ou " -"d'une base de données" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" -"Comment mettre en place des modèles de configuration (Exemples incluts : les" -" routes d'inventaires, les délais de paiement, entrepôts, etc)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 -msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" -msgstr "Toute intervention sur votre propre serveur/déploiements d'Odoo" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " -"etc)" -msgstr "" -"Toute interevention sur votre propre compte tierce (Ingenico, Authorize, " -"UPS, etc)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "" -"Les questions ou problèmes liés à un développement ou une customisation " -"spécifique réalisée Odoo ou une partie tierce (qui est spécifique seulement " -"à votre base de données ou impliquant le code)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez bénéficier de ce type de Support avec un `Success Pack " -"<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__.  Avec un pack, l'un de nos " -"consultants analysera la manière dont votre entreprise fonctionne and vous " -"dira comment tirer le maximum de votre base de données Odoo. Nous nous " -"ocuperons de toutes les configurations ainsi que de vous coacher à utiliser " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "Où trouver de l'aide ?" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise" -msgstr "Entreprise Odoo" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " -"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " -"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " -"server)." -msgstr "" -"Les utilisateurs qui ont un abonnement Odoo Enterprise valide peuvent " -"toujours contacter nos équipes Support via notre formulaire de Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, peu importe le type d'hébergement que vous " -"choisissez (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh ou sur votre propre serveur)." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 -msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "Merci d'inclure votre demande : " - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "your subscription number," -msgstr "Votre numéro de contrat," - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 -msgid "" -"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also " -"send the URL of your database." -msgstr "" -"Si votre base de données est hébergée par Odoo (Odoo Onlie ou Odoo.sh), " -"merci d'envoyer l'URL de votre base de données." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 -msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "Nos agents reviendront vers vous dès que possible." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 -msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "Odoo Community" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 -msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "" -"* Les utilisateurs Odoo Community n'ont pas accès au service de Support." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 -msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "Voici des ressources qui pourraient vous aider :" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 -msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." -msgstr "Nos `pages de documentation <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Ask your question on the `community forum " -"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." -msgstr "" -"Posez vos questions sur le `forum Community " -"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 -msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and " -"bugfix services." -msgstr "" -"`Achetez Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ pour bénéficier des " -"services Support et Bugfix." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4198f7b56..000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2468 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2018 -# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Mohamed Cherkaoui <chermed@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Monsieur Chat <inactive+Blume@transifex.com>, 2018 -# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2018 -# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2019 -# André Madeira Cortes <amadeiracortes@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Fabien Pinckaers <fp@openerp.com>, 2019 -# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2019 -# Florian Hatat, 2019 -# Melanie Bernard <mbe@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019 -# Fred Gilson <fgi@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:16+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" -msgstr "Site Web" - -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "Optimisez" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "Comment suivre le trafic de votre site Web sur Google Analytics" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "Suivre le trafic de votre site Web sur Google Analytics" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 -msgid "" -"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" -" you don't have any." -msgstr "" -"`Créer un compte Google Analytics <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ si " -"vous n'en avez pas encore un." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " -"ID." -msgstr "" -"Pour obtenir un numéro de suivi, parcourez le formulaire de création et " -"acceptez les conditions." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "Copiez l'ID de suivi pour l'insérer dans Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " -"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "" -"Allez sur le menu *Configuration* de votre application de site web Odoo. " -"Dans les paramètres, turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. " -"Then save the page." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " -"Documentation. " -"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" -msgstr "" -"Pour démarrer dans Google Analytics, référez-vous à la `Documentation " -"Google. <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "" -"Comment contrôler le trafic de votre site Web sur le Tableau de bord Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " -"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "" -"Grâce à Google Analytics, vous pouvez suivre les statistiques de trafic " -"directement depuis le tableau de bord de votre site web Odoo " - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " -"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "" -"Dans un premier temps, créez un compte Google Analytics et entrez votre ID " -"de suivi sur les paramètres de votre site web (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" -"Allez sur `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ " -"pour générer des identifiants Analytics API. Connectez-vous avec votre " -"compte Google." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 -msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "Sélectionner Analytics API." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" -"Créez un nouveau projet et donnez-lui un nom (par ex. Odoo). Ce projet est " -"indispensable pour sauvegarder vos identifiants API." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Activer l'API." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "Créez des identifiants pour les utiliser dans Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez *Navigateur Web (Javascript)* comme contexte à partir duquel " -"l'API sera appelée et *Données utilisateur* pour le type de données demandé." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez alors créer un ID client. Entrez le nom de l'application (par " -"ex. Odoo) et les pages autorisées vers lesquelles vous serez redirigé. " -"L'*Origine du javascript autorisé* est l'URL de votre instance Odoo. L'*URI " -"de redirection autorisée* est l'URL de votre instance Odoo suivie de " -"'/google_account/authentication'." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " -"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " -"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " -"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" -"Parcourez l'écran de consentement en insérant un nom de produit (par ex. " -"Google Analytics sur Odoo). Vous pouvez consulter les options de " -"personnalisation mais ce n'est pas obligatoire. L'écran de consentement ne " -"sera visible que lorsque vous aurez entré l'ID client dans Odoo une première" -" fois." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Votre ID client est finalement généré. Copiez-le et collez-le dans Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" -" your Client ID." -msgstr "" -"Ouvrez le tableau de bord de votre site web sur Odoo et reliez votre compte " -"Analytics. Pour copier votre ID client." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 -msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "Pour finir, autorisez l'accès de Google API à Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" -msgstr "Comment faire l'optimisation des moteurs de recherche sur Odoo (SEO)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" -" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " -"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." -msgstr "" -"Le Search Engine Optimization (SEO) est un ensemble de méthodes destinées à " -"optimiser votre site internet afin d'obtenir un meilleur référencement dans " -"des moteurs de recherche tels que Google. Pour résumer, un bon SEO vous " -"permet d'avoir plus de visiteurs." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " -"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " -"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "" -"Voici quelques exemples de règles SEO: les pages de votre site web doivent " -"se charger plus vite, votre page ne doit avoir qu'un seul et unique titre " -"``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) doit être cohérente avec son " -"contenu, votre site web doit avoir un ``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " -"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " -"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." -msgstr "" -"Afin de garantir un bon SEO aux utilisateurs du site web et du eCommerce " -"Odoo, Odoo réduit la complexité technique du SEO et s'occupe de tout de la " -"meilleure façon possible. Plus de détails ci-dessous." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 -msgid "" -"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " -"content and the meta tags of your website." -msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, voyons comment vous pouvez facilement améliorer votre " -"classement par un réglage fin du contenu et des balises meta de votre site " -"web." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "Balises meta" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 -msgid "Title, Description" -msgstr "Titres, description" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " -"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " -"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" -" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " -"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." -msgstr "" -"Toute page web doit définir une donnée meta``<title>`` et ``<description>`` " -". Ces éléments d'information sont utilisés par les moteurs de recherche pour" -" promouvoir votre site web. Ils sont automatiquement générés en fonction du " -"titre et du contenu de la page, mais vous pouvez y effectuer un réglage fin " -"de ceux-ci. Assurez-vous qu'ils correspondent au contenu de la page, " -"autrement vous serez rétrogradé par les moteurs de recherche." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 -msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "Mots-clés" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " -"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " -"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " -"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " -"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." -msgstr "" -"Afin d'écrire un contenu de qualité et d'augmenter votre trafic, Odoo met à " -"votre disposition un moteur de recherche de``<keyword>`` . Ces mots-clés " -"sont les recherches que vous voulez effecteur vers votre site web. Vous " -"pouvez voir comment chaque mot est utilisé dans le contenu (H1, H2, titre de" -" la page, description de la page, contenu de la page) et quelles sont les " -"recherches associées dans Google. Plus vous utilisez de mots-clés; mieux ce " -"sera." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " -"search tags." -msgstr "" -"Si votre site web est conçu en plusieurs langues, vous pouvez utiliser " -"l'outil de promotion pour toutes les langues de chaque page et définir un " -"titre précis, une description et les mots-clés." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 -msgid "Content is King" -msgstr "Le contenu est roi" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your website content:" -msgstr "" -"En général, le contenu est roi en ce qui concerne le SEO. Odoo fournit " -"divers modules pour vous aider à construire le contenu de votre site web:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "**Odoo Blogs**: écrivez du contenu de qualité." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" -msgstr "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publiez toutes vos présentations Powerpoint ou PDF. Leur " -"contenu est automatiquement indexé sur la page web. Exemple : " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" -" Odoo.com landing pages)" -msgstr "" -"**Odoo Forum**: laissez votre communauté créer du contenu pour vous. Exemple" -" : `https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (compte pour 30% " -"des pages d'atterrissage Odoo.com)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publiez les archives des diffusions par email" -" sur votre site web. Exemple : `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages créées par mois)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." -msgstr "" -"La page 404 est une page normale que vous pouvez éditer comme toute autre " -"page dans Odoo. Vous pouvez ainsi créer une superbe page 404 et rediriger " -"les visiteurs perdus à cause d'une URL invalide vers le meilleur de votre " -"site web." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 -msgid "Use Social Networks" -msgstr "Utilisez les réseaux sociaux" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" -" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " -"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." -msgstr "" -"Les réseaux sociaux sont conçus pour un partage de masse. Si beaucoup de " -"personnes partagent vos contenus sur les réseaux sociaux, il est probable " -"que d'autres personnes y établissent également des liens, et les liens sont " -"un facteur essentiel pour le classement SEO." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 -msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" -msgstr "" -"Divers outils pour partager du contenu sur les réseaux sociaux sont intégrés" -" dans Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "Réseaux sociaux" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." -" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." -msgstr "" -"Odoo vous permet de relier tous vos comptes de réseaux sociaux à votre site." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 -msgid "Social Share" -msgstr "Partage social" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." -" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " -"media wall." -msgstr "" -"Déplacez le module *Share* sur les pages que vous voulez que vous visiteurs " -"partagent. En cliquant sur l'icône, ils seront invités à partager la page " -"sur leurs réseau sociaux." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " -"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " -"your page in the Promote tool." -msgstr "" -"La plupart des réseaux sociaux utilisent une image de l'image pour illustrer" -" le partage de posts. Odoo utilise par défaut le logo du site web, mais vous" -" pouvez choisir n'importe quelle image de votre page dans l'outil " -"Promouvoir." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 -msgid "Facebook Page" -msgstr "Page Facebook" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" -" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " -"timeline, the next events and the messages." -msgstr "" -"Déplacez le module *Facebook Page* pour afficher le widget de votre page " -"Facebook professionnelle et inciter les visiteurs à vous suivre. Vous pouvez" -" afficher la timeline, les évènements à venir et les messages." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "Defilé de Tweets" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " -"will increase the number of tweets and shares." -msgstr "" -"Affichez le fil Twitter avec la satisfaction des clients sur votre site web." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "Testez votre site web" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 -msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez comparer le classement de votre site, en terme de SEO, à celui " -"de Odoo en utilisant les services gratuits WooRank : " -"`https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 -msgid "URLs Handling" -msgstr "La gestion des URLs" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 -msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." -msgstr "" -"Cette rubrique apporte quelques précisions sur la façon dont Odoo rend les " -"URLs SEO friendly." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "Structure des URLs" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "Une URL Odoo typique ressemblera à ça :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "Avec les composants suivants :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "**https://** = Protocole" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "**www.monsite.com** = votre nom de domaine" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" -" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " -"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = langue de la page. Cette partie de l'URL est absente si le " -"visiteur navigue en utilisant la langue principale du site. Dès lors, la " -"version principale de la page est: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-" -"great-product-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." -msgstr "" -"**/shop/product** = chaque module a son espace-nom propre (/shop est réservé" -" au catalogue du module eCommerce, /shop/product désigne une page produit). " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"**my-great-product** =  ceci est par défaut la version slug du titre du " -"produit auquel cette page renvoie, mais vous pouvez le modifier pour le SEO." -" Un produit nommé \"Pain carré\" donnera en slug \"pain-carre\". En fonction" -" de l'espace-nom, il pourrait s'agir d'objets différents (post sur un blog, " -"titre d'une page, post sur un forum, commentaire sur un forum, catégorie de " -"produit, etc.)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "**-31** = l'ID unique du produit" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" -"Notez que toute composante dynamique d'une URL peut être réduite à son ID. " -"Par exemple, les URLs suivantes utilisent toutes une redirection 301 vers " -"l'URL du dessus :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (version courte)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (version encore plus courte)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (ancien nom du " -"produit)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "" -"Certaines URLs ont plusieurs parties dynamiques, comme celle-ci (une " -"catégorie de blog et un post) :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "Dans l'exemple ci-dessus :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" -msgstr "*Company News* est le titre du blog" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 -msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "*The Odoo Story* est le titre d'un post spécifique sur le blog" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'une page Odoo a de la pagination, le numéro de la page apparaît " -"directement dans l'URL (sans argument GET). Cela permet à chaque page d'être" -" indexée par tous les moteurs de recherche. Exemple :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "Changements des URLs & titres" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" -"Lorsque l'URL d'une page change (p. ex. pour une version plus adaptée au SEO" -" du nom de votre produit), vous n'avez pas à vous soucier de mettre à jour " -"tous les liens :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." -msgstr "Odoo met automatiquement à jour tous ses liens vers la nouvelle URL." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new website." -msgstr "" -"Si des sites web externes dirigent toujours vers l'ancienne URL, une " -"redirection 301 sera créée pour rediriger les visiteurs vers le nouveau " -"site." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "Par exemple, cette URL :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" -msgstr "Redirigera automatiquement vers :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " -"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." -msgstr "" -"Pour résumer, il vous suffit de changer le titre d'un post ou le nom d'un " -"produit pour que les changements s'appliquent automatiquement à tout votre " -"site. L'ancien lien fonctionnera toujours pour les sites externes avec une " -"redirection 301 pour ne pas perdre le link juice SEO." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "HTTPS" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " -"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " -"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " -"equivalent." -msgstr "" -"Les moteurs de recherche font booster le classement des sites sécurisés " -"HTTPS/SSL. Alors, toutes les instances en ligne de Odoo sont par défaut " -"entièrement fondées sur le HTTPS. Si le visiteur accède à votre site via une" -" URL non HTPPS, une redirection 301 vers son équivalent HTTPS a lieu." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 -msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" -msgstr "Liens : stratégie nofollow" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 -msgid "" -"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " -"is for your SEO." -msgstr "" -"Plus une page contient un lien vers des sites externes et de qualité, mieux " -"ce sera pour votre référencement." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 -msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "Voici les stratégies Odoo pour gérer les liens :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " -"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." -msgstr "" -"Tous les liens que vous ajoutez à votre site web sont en \"dofollow\", ce " -"qui signifie que ce lien contribuera au jus de référencement de la page " -"liée." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 -msgid "" -"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" -"Chaque lien créé par un contributeur (post sur un forum, commentaire sur un " -"blog, etc.) qui renvoie à votre propre site est également en \"dofollow\". " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" -"En revanche, tout lien posté par un contributeur qui renvoie à un site web " -"externe est en \"nofollow\". Ainsi, vous ne courez pas le risque que des " -"personnes postent des liens sur votre site vers des sites tiers de mauvaise " -"réputation." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "" -"Notez que sur un forum, les contributeurs avec beaucoup de karma sont dignes" -" de confiance. Dans ce cas, leurs liens n'auront pas d'attribut " -"``rel=\"nofollow\"``." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 -msgid "Multi-Language Support" -msgstr "Support multilingue" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 -msgid "Multi-Language URLs" -msgstr "URLs multilingues" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous gérez un site web en plusieurs langues, le même contenu sera " -"disponible sur différentes URLs, en fonction de la langue utilisée :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " -"here)" -msgstr "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (langue principale, ici " -"l'anglais)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (version " -"française)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" -"Dans cet exemple, fr\\_FR est la langue de la page. Vous pouvez même avoir " -"plusieurs variations de la même langue: pt\\_BR (portugais du Brésil), " -"pt\\_PT (portugais du Portugal)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 -msgid "Language Annotation" -msgstr "Annotation des langues" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " -"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" -" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" -"Pour indiquer aux moteurs de recherche que la seconde URL est la traduction " -"française de la première URL, Odoo ajoutera un élément HTML link dans l'en-" -"tête. Dans la section HTML <head> de la version anglaise, Odoo ajoute " -"automatiquement un élément link renvoyant à d'autres versions de cette page " -":" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "Grâce à cette approche :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " -"language." -msgstr "" -"Les moteurs de recherche vont rediriger le visiteur vers une langue " -"correspondant à sa propre langue. " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " -"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " -"same content." -msgstr "" -"Vous n'êtes pas pénalisé par les moteurs de recherche si votre page n'est " -"pas encore traduite. Car, il ne s'agit pas d'un contenu en doublon, mais " -"d'une version différente du même contenu." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 -msgid "Language Detection" -msgstr "Détection de la langue" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque des visiteurs arrivent sur votre site Web pour la première fois (p. " -"ex. yourwebsite.com/shop), ils peuvent automatiquement être redirigés vers " -"une version traduite en fonction des paramètres de langue de leur navigateur" -" : (p. ex. yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 -msgid "" -"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " -"redirection." -msgstr "" -"Pour éviter toute redirection, un cookie de la langue utilisée sera gardé la" -" prochaine fois." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" -"Pour forcer un visiteur à s'en tenir à la langue par défaut, vous pouvez " -"utiliser le code de votre langue par défaut dans votre lien, exemple : " -"yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Cela enverra toujours les visiteurs à la " -"version anglaise de votre page, sans prendre en compte les paramètres de " -"langue du navigateur." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 -msgid "Page Speed" -msgstr "Vitesse de la page" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduction" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 -msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " -"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " -"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" -" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " -"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" -" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " -"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" -"-billion-sales>`__." -msgstr "" -"Le temps de chargement d'une page est un critère important pour les moteurs " -"de recherche. Un site plus rapide permet non seulement d'améliorer " -"l'expérience de vos visiteurs, mais aussi d'obtenir un meilleur " -"référencement de votre page. Des études ont démontré que si vous divisez le " -"temps de chargement de vos pages par deux (p. ex. 2 secondes au lieu de 4 " -"secondes), le taux d'abandon des visiteurs est aussi divisé par deux (de 25%" -" à 12,5%). Une seconde supplémentaire de chargement pourrait `coûter à " -"Amazon 1,6 milliards de $ en ventes  <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005" -"/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " -"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " -"your website ranks using these two tools:" -msgstr "" -"Heureusement, Odoo se charge de tout pour vous. Vous trouverez ci-dessous " -"les astuces utilisées par Odoo pour accélérer le temps de chargement de " -"votre page. Vous pouvez comparer le référencement de votre site en utilisant" -" ces deux outils :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 -msgid "" -"`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 -msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -msgstr "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "Images" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " -"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " -"for .JPG)." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous téléchargez de nouvelles images, Odoo les compresse " -"automatiquement pour réduire leur taille (compression sans pertes pour le " -".PNG et le .GIF et avec pertes pour le .JPG)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "" -"Depuis le bouton de téléchargement, vous avez l'option de conserver l'image " -"originale sans modifications si vous préférez optimiser la qualité de " -"l'image plutôt que la performance." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" -"Odoo compresse les images lorsqu'elles sont téléchargées sur votre site, non" -" pas quand le visiteur en fait la requête. Ainsi, il est possible que, si " -"vous utilisez un thème d'origine tierce, il vous fournisse des images " -"compressées peu efficacement. Cependant, toutes les images utilisées par les" -" thèmes officiels Odoo ont été compressées par défaut." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous cliquez sur une image, Odoo vous montre les attributs alt et " -"title du tag ``<img>``. Vous pouvez cliquer dessus pour définir vos propres " -"attributs alt et title pour cette image." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "Lorsque vous cliquez sur ce lien, la fenêtre suivante apparaît :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" -"Les pictogrammes Odoo utilisent une police de caractères (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ dans la plupart des " -"thèmes Odoo). Vous pouvez donc utiliser autant de pictogrammes que vous le " -"voulez sur votre page, il n'en résultera pas de requêtes supplémentaires " -"pour la charger." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 -msgid "Static Resources: CSS" -msgstr "Ressources statiques : CSS" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" -msgstr "" -"Tous les fichiers CSS sont pré-traités, concaténés, minifiés, compressés et " -"mis en cache (côté serveur et côté client). Le résultat :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 -msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "une seule requête de fichier CSS suffit à charger une page" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "" -"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " -"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " -"resource." -msgstr "" -"ce fichier CSS est partagé et mis en cache entre les pages, ainsi lorsque le" -" visiteur clique sur une autre page, son navigateur n'a pas à charger une " -"seule ressource CSS." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 -msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "ce fichier CSS est optimisé pour être de petite taille" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 -msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " -"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " -"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " -"file." -msgstr "" -"**Pré-traité:** Le framework CSS utilisé par Odoo est Bootstrap. Même si un " -"thème peut utiliser un autre framework, la plupart des `thèmes Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ sont des extensions et des " -"modifications directes de Bootstrap. Puisque Odoo supporte Less et Sass, " -"vous pouvez modifier les règles CSS au lieu de les remplacer avec des lignes" -" de CSS supplémentaires, ce qui donne un fichier plus petit." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 -msgid "" -"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " -"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " -"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " -"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " -"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " -"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " -"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." -msgstr "" -"**Concaténé:** chaque module ou librairie que vous pouvez utiliser dans Odoo" -" a son propre ensemble de fichiers CSS, Less ou Sass (eCommerce, blog, " -"thème, etc.). Avoir plusieurs fichiers CSS offre une grande modularité, mais" -" cela est néfaste à la performance puisque la plupart des navigateurs ne " -"peuvent effectuer que 6 requêtes en parallèle, ce qui mène à un surplus de " -"fichiers chargés à la suite. Pour des petits fichiers tels que .JS et .CSS, " -"le temps de latence pour transférer un fichier est en général bien plus long" -" que le temps réel de transfert des données. Ainsi, le temps de chargement " -"des ressources CSS dépend plus du nombre de requêtes à effectuer que de la " -"taille du fichier." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 -msgid "" -"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " -"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " -"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " -"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " -"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" -msgstr "" -"Pour résoudre ce problème, tous les fichiers CSS / Less / Sass sont " -"concaténés en un seul fichier .CSS à envoyer au navigateur. Ainsi, un " -"visiteur n'a **qu'un seul fichier .CSS à charger** par page, ce qui est " -"particulièrement efficace. Puisque le CSS est partagé par toutes les pages, " -"lorsque le visiteur clique sur une autre page, son navigateur n'a même pas à" -" charger un nouveau fichier CSS!" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "**Les deux fichiers dans <head>**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "**Ce que le visiteur reçoit (un seul fichier)**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* Depuis bootstrap.css \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr ".text-muted {" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "color: #666" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "color: #777;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "background: yellow" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "background: yellow;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 -msgid "}" -msgstr "}" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* Depuis my-theme.css \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 -msgid "" -"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " -"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " -"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " -"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " -"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " -"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " -"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" -" backend (/web)." -msgstr "" -"Le CSS envoyé par Odoo contient tout le CSS / Less / Sass de tous les pages " -"/ modules. De cette manière, les consultations supplémentaires d'un même " -"visiteur sur une page ne nécessitent aucun fichier CSS. Mais certains " -"modules peuvent inclure des ressources CSS/Javascript volumineuses qui ne " -"doivent pas être pré-extraites sur la première page parce-qu'elles sont trop" -" lourdes. Dans ce cas, Odoo met cette ressource dans un deuxième paquet qui " -"ne se charge que lorsque la page qui l'utilise envoie une requête. Comme par" -" exemple le processus d'arrière-plan qui ne se charge que lorsque le " -"visiteur se connecte et accède à l'arrière-plan (/web)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 -msgid "" -"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " -"themes fit below this limit." -msgstr "" -"Si le fichier CSS est très lourd, Odoo le divisera en deux fichiers plus " -"petits pour éviter la limite de 4095 sélecteurs par page d'Internet " -"Explorer. Mais, la plupart des thèmes se trouvent en-dessous de cette " -"limite." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 -msgid "" -"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " -"is minified to reduce its size." -msgstr "" -"**Minifié:** Après avoir été pré-traité et concaténé, le CSS obtenu est " -"minifié pour en réduire sa taille." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "**Avant la minification**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "**Après la minification**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* quelques commentaires \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "" -"Le résultat final est alors compressé avant d'être envoyé au navigateur." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 -msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" -"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" -" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, une version est mise en cache côté client (pour éviter de devoir " -"pré-traiter, concaténer et minifier à chaque requête) et côté navigateur " -"(pour que le même visiteur n'ait à charger le CSS qu'une seule fois pour " -"toutes les pages qu'il visite)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 -msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" -msgstr "Ressources statiques : Javascript" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 -msgid "" -"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." -msgstr "" -"Comme pour les ressources CSS, les ressources Javascript sont aussi " -"concaténées, minifiées, compressées et mises en cache (côté serveur et côté " -"navigateur)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 -msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "Odoo crée trois paquets Javascript :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 -msgid "" -"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"Un pour chaque page du site Web (y compris le code pour les effets de " -"parallaxe, la validation des formulaires, etc.)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 -msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" -msgstr "" -"Un pour le code Javascript commun entre l'interface et l'arrière-plan " -"(Bootstrap)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 -msgid "" -"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" -" employees using Odoo)" -msgstr "" -"Un pour le code Javascript spécifique à l'arrière-plan (Odoo Web Client " -"Interface pour vos employés qui utilisent Odoo)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 -msgid "" -"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " -"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " -"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " -"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." -msgstr "" -"La plupart des visiteurs de votre site n'auront besoin que des deux premiers" -" paquets, ce qui résulte en un maximum de deux fichiers Javascript à charger" -" pour afficher une page. Puisque tous ces fichiers sont partagés par toutes " -"les pages, les clics supplémentaires venant du même visiteur ne chargeront " -"pas davantage de ressources Javascript." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 -msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." -msgstr "" -"Si vous êtes en mode débogage, le CSS et le Javascript ne sont ni " -"concaténés, ni minifiés. Par conséquent, cela est beaucoup plus lent. " -"Cependant, cela vous permet de facilement déboguer avec le débogueur de " -"Chrome puisque les ressources CSS et Javascript ne sont pas transformées " -"depuis leurs versions d'origine." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "CDN" -msgstr "CDN" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 -msgid "" -"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " -"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" -" Network has three advantages:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous activez la fonction CDN dans Odoo, les ressources statiques " -"(Javascript, CSS, images) sont chargées depuis un Content Delivery Network. " -"Utiliser un Content Delivery Network a trois avantages :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 -msgid "" -"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" -" around the globe)" -msgstr "" -"Charger des ressources depuis un serveur à proximité (la plupart des CDN ont" -" des serveurs dans les pays du monde entier)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " -"server)" -msgstr "" -"Mettre en cache les ressources efficacement (aucune utilisation de " -"ressources de calcul sur votre propre serveur)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " -"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " -"domain)" -msgstr "" -"Diviser la charge des ressources entre différents services, ce qui permet de" -" charger plus de ressources en parallèle (puisque la limite de Chrome de 6 " -"requêtes en parallèle se fait par domaine)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 -msgid "" -"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" -" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez configurez vos options de CDN depuis l'app **Website Admin** à " -"travers le menu de configuration. Voici un exemple de configuration que vous" -" pouvez utiliser :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 -msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "Pages HTML" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 -msgid "" -"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " -"server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "" -"Les pages HTML peuvent être compressées, mais cela est généralement pris en " -"charge par votre serveur (NGINX ou Apache)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " -"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." -msgstr "" -"Le Odoo Website Builder a été optimisé pour garantir un code HTML court et " -"propre. Des blocs ont été développés afin de produire un code HTML propre, " -"en utilisant généralement Bootstrap et l'éditeur HTML." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 -msgid "" -"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " -"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " -"following code:" -msgstr "" -"Par exemple, si vous utilisez le sélecteur de couleur pour qu'un paragraphe " -"utilise la couleur primaire de votre site web, Odoo produira le code suivant" -" :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 -msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "\"<p class=\"text-primary\">Mon texte</p>\"" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " -"code:" -msgstr "" -"Tandis que la plupart des éditeurs HTML (tels que CKEditor) produiront le " -"code suivant :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 -msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Mon texte</p>``" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 -msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "Design responsive" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 -msgid "" -"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " -"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " -"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." -msgstr "" -"Les sites qui ne sont pas adaptés aux mobiles ont un mauvais référencement " -"sur les moteurs de recherche. Tous les thèmes Odoo se fient à Bootstrap pour" -" un rendu adéquat selon l'appareil : ordinateur, tablette ou téléphone " -"portable." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 -msgid "" -"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly." -msgstr "" -"Comme tous les modules Odoo partagent la même technologie, toutes les pages " -"de votre site sont adaptées aux mobiles." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 -msgid "Browser Caching" -msgstr "Mise en cache navigateur" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 -msgid "" -"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " -"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " -"your website." -msgstr "" -"Les ressources Javascript, CSS et les images ont une URL qui change " -"dynamiquement avec leur contenu. Par exemple, tous les fichiers CSS sont " -"chargés à partir de cette URL : " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"La partie de l'URL ``457-0da1d9d`` changera si vous modifiez le CSS de votre" -" site web." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 -msgid "" -"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " -"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." -msgstr "" -"Cela permet à Odoo de définir un long délai de cache (XXX) sur ces " -"ressources : XXX secondes, en étant mis à jour instantanément si vous " -"changez la ressource." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 -msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "Flexibilité" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 -msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " -"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " -"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" -msgstr "" -"En plus d'être rapide, Odoo est aussi plus flexible que les CMS et eCommerce" -" traditionnels (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). Le lien suivant " -"fournit une analyse des CMS et eCommerce open source majeurs comparé à Odoo " -"lorsqu'il s'agit de hauts volumes de requêtes: " -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:568 -msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " -"eCommerce." -msgstr "" -"Voici la diapositive qui résume la flexibilité du site Web Odoo et de Odoo " -"eCommerce." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:574 -msgid "Search Engines Files" -msgstr "Fichiers des moteurs de recherche" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 -msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "Sitemap" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:579 -msgid "" -"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " -"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " -"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." -msgstr "" -"Le plan du site indique les pages à indexer aux robots des moteurs de " -"recherche. Odoo générera automatiquement pour vous un fichier " -"``/sitemap.xml``. Pour des raisons de performance, ce fichier est mis en " -"cache et mis à jour toutes les 12 heures." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 -msgid "" -"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " -"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " -"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " -"chunks per file." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, toutes les URLs sont mises dans un seul fichier " -"``/sitemap.xml``, mais si vous avez un grand nombre de pages, Odoo créera " -"automatiquement un seul fichier d'indexation sitemap, en accord avec le " -"`protocole sitemaps.org <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ groupant " -"toutes les URLs en 45000 chunks par fichier." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:589 -msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "" -"Chaque entrée sitemap possède 4 attributs qui sont calculés automatiquement " -":" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:591 -msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "``<loc>`` : l'URL d'une page" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:593 -msgid "" -"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " -"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." -msgstr "" -"``<lastmod>`` : date de la dernière modification d'une ressource, calculée " -"automatiquement en fonction de l'objet associé. Pour une page en rapport " -"avec un produit, il peut s'agir de la date de la dernière modification du " -"produit ou de la page." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:598 -msgid "" -"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" -" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" -" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." -msgstr "" -"``<priority>`` : les modules peuvent implémenter leur propre algorithme de " -"priorité en fonction de leur contenu (exemple : un forum pourrait assigner " -"une priorité en fonction du nombre de votes sur un post en particulier). La " -"priorité d'une page statique est définie par son champ priorité, qui est " -"normalisé (16 par défaut)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:605 -msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "Balisage des données structurées" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:607 -msgid "" -"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " -"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" -"presented search results." -msgstr "" -"Le balisage de données structurées est utilisé pour générer des rich " -"snippets dans les résultats des moteurs de recherche. C'est un moyen pour " -"les administrateurs de site Web d'envoyer des données structurées aux robots" -" d'indexation pour les aider à comprendre votre contenu afin de créer des " -"résultats de recherche bien présentés." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 -msgid "" -"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " -"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." -msgstr "" -"Google supporte un bon nombre de rich snippets en fonction du contenu, " -"comprenant : Critique, Personnes, Produits, Commerces, Evénements et " -"Organisations." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " -"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " -"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo implémente les microdonnées comme défini dans les spécifications de " -"`schema.org <http://schema.org>`__ pour les événements, les produits " -"eCommerce, les posts de forum et les adresses de contact. Cela permet à vos " -"pages d'être affichées sur Google avec des informations supplémentaires " -"telles que le prix et la note d'un produit." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 -msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "robots.txt" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 -msgid "" -"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " -"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " -"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" -msgstr "" -"Lors de l'indexation de votre site Web, les moteurs de recherche analysent " -"d'abord les règles générales d'indexation du fichier a``/robots.txt`` " -"(robots autorisés, chemin d'accès au plan du site, etc.). Odoo le génère " -"automatiquement. Voici son contenu:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:631 -msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 -msgid "" -"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " -"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " -"address." -msgstr "" -"Cela signifie que tous les robots sont autorisés à indexer votre site Web et" -" qu'il n'existent pas d'autres règles d'indexation que celles spécifiées " -"dans le plan du site qui se trouve à l'adresse suivante." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:638 -msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " -"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," -" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " -"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez personnaliser le fichier *robots* en mode développeur à partir " -"de *Settings --> Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclure des " -"robots, exclure certaines pages, rediriger vers un plan du site " -"personnalisé). Rendez le Model Data de la vue *Non actualisable* pour ne pas" -" réinitialiser le fichier après une mise à niveau du système." - -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "Publier" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "Comment utiliser mon propre nom de domaine" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " -"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " -"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, votre Odoo Online instance et site Web ont un nom de domaine " -"*.odoo.com*, pour la URL et les mails. Mais vous pouvez en choisir un " -"personnalisé (e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "En quoi consiste un bon nom de domaine" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " -"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " -"domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" -"L'adresse de votre site Web est aussi important pour votre image que le nom " -"de votre société ou de votre organisation, réfléchissez donc à la " -"possibilité de changer vers un nom de domaine plus approprié. Voici quelques" -" conseils:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "Simple et évident. " - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "Facile à se rappeler et à écrire" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "Le plus court le mieux" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "Eviter les caractères spéciaux" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "Préférez un site .com et/ou l'extension de votre pays" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" -msgstr "" -"En savoir plus: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "Comment acheter un nom de domaine" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "Achetez votre nom de domaine sur un registre populaire:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " -"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" -"Les étapes pour acheter un nom de domaine sont assez simples. En cas de " -"problème, consultez ces tutoriels:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " -"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " -"This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" -"N'hésitez pas à acheter un serveur de messagerie pour obtenir des adresses " -"de courriels avec votre nom de domaine. Cependant, n'achetez pas d'autres " -"services de création ou de hébergement pour votre site Web. Odoo fait cela " -"pour vous!" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "Comment appliquer mon nom de domaine à mon Odoo instance" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 -msgid "" -"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, autorisons la redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "Ouvrez votre compte Odoo.com à partir de votre page d'accueil." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "Allez sur la page *Manage Databases*." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur *Domains* à droite de la base de données que vous souhaitez " -"rediriger." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " -"www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" -"Un message de la base de données du domaine va apparaître. Entrez votre " -"domaine personnalisé (par ex. www.yourcompany.com)." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" -"Nous pouvons maintenant effectuer la redirection à partir du compte " -"gestionnaire de votre nom de domaine." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" -"Connectez-vous à votre compte et cherchez la page gestionnaire des zones " -"DNS." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." -" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " -"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" -"Créez un enregistrement CNAME *www.yourdomain.com* pointant vers " -"*mywebsite.odoo.com*. Si vous voulez utiliser un sous-domaine (par ex. " -"yourdomain.com), vous devez rediriger *yourdomain.com* to " -"*www.yourdomain.com*." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" -"Voici quelques recommandations spécifiques pour créer votre enregistrement " -"CNAME :" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -msgstr "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "Comment activer SSL (HTTPS) sur mon Odoo instance" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " -"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." -msgstr "" -"Jusqu'à maintenant, les utilisateurs de Odoo devaient utiliser un " -"fournisseur de CDN tiers comme CloudFlare pour activer SSL." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 -msgid "" -"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " -"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " -"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " -"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " -"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." -msgstr "" -"Cela n'est désormais plus nécessaire : Odoo vous génère automatiquement le " -"certificat, à l'aide de l'intégration `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " -"et le protocole ACME <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. Il vous " -"suffit tout simplement d'ajouter votre nom de domaine sur votre portail " -"client (un certificat différent est généré pour chaque nom de domaine " -"spécifié)." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" -" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez déjà CloudFlare ou un service similaire, vous pouvez " -"continuer à le faire ou changer tout simplement vers Odoo. Vous avez le " -"choix." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 -msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" -msgstr "Mon site Web est indexé deux fois par Google" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," -" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " -"Odoo cloud platforms/" -msgstr "" -"Si vous installez un nom de domaine personnalisé *mydomain.com* pour " -"*mydatabase.odoo.com*, Google indexera votre site Web sous les deux noms. Il" -" s'agit d'une limitation de la plateforme cloud de Odoo." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Multi Websites" -msgstr "Gérer des sites Web multiples" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " -"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " -"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" -msgstr "" -"Les sites Web multiples de Odoo offrent à votre entreprise de larges " -"possibilités de diversification et de segmentation de la clientèle. Une " -"audience multipliée et une augmentation du chiffre d'affaires en quelques " -"clics! " - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " -"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," -" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" -msgstr "" -"Chaque site Web peut fonctionner de façon complètement indépendante, avec " -"son propre thème, logo, nom de domaine, en tête et bas de page, pages, " -"langues, produits, blogs, forums, diapos, événements, canal de chat en " -"ligne, etc. Voyons ça de plus près!" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → " -"Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." -msgstr "" -"Pour créer un nouveau site web, allez sur :menuselection:`Site web --> " -"Configuration → Paramètres`. Le bouton *Créer un nouveau site web*, se " -"trouve dans la première partie." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " -"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" -" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " -"visitors to it using Geo IP." -msgstr "" -"Définissez sur l'écran suivant un nom et un nom de domaine pour votre site " -"Web. Si vous désirez publier le nouveau site sous le domaine par défaut de " -"votre base de données Odoo, laissez ce champ vide." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " -"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " -"theme!" -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, sélectionnez un thème. Ce nouveau site Web aura sans doute un " -"bjectif et une audience complètement différents de l'ancien. Alors, " -"n'hésitez pas à choisir un nouveau thème!" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " -"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que le thème est sélectionné, vous pouvez commencer à construire la" -" page d'accueil de votre site Web. Suivez les onglets mauves, ils vous " -"aideront à démarrer." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" -" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" -msgstr "" -"Si vous exécutez Odoo en ligne, n'oubliez-pas de rediriger tout nouveau nom " -"de domaine vers votre base de données Odoo (CNAME) et d'en donner " -"l'autorisation du côte de Oddo. `En savoir plus " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 -msgid "Create the menu" -msgstr "Créer le menu" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " -"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" -" the current website." -msgstr "" -"Le nouveau site Web a un menu par défaut qui contient toutes les " -"applications déjà installées. Pour l'éditer, cliquez sur *Pages > Edit " -"Menu*. En continuant, vous n'éditez que le menu du site Web actuel." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 -msgid "Switch from one website to another" -msgstr "Passez d'un site Web à un autre" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " -"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " -"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" -" sign in." -msgstr "" -"Aussi simple que de compter jusqu'à trois! Dans le coin droit de la barre " -"d'édition il y a un onglet de changement de site Web. Le fait de passer à un" -" autre site, vous connectera au domaine de ce site. Si vous utilisez un " -"autre domaine pour le site, l'utilisateur devra s'identifier." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " -"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " -"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." -msgstr "" -"En changeant de site, vous êtes redirigé vers le même chemin de domaine sur " -"ce site Web (par ex. /shop/myproduct). Si cette URL n'est pas utilisée, vous" -" serez redirigé vers une page 404 mais on vous proposera de créer une " -"nouvelle page à partir de là." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 -msgid "Add features" -msgstr "Ajouter des fonctionnalités" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" -" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " -"removing the menu item." -msgstr "" -"Les applications de site Web que vous avez installées (par ex. diapos, " -"blogs) sont disponibles sur tous vos sites. Vous pouvez bien sûr les cacher " -"sur l'un de vos sites en supprimant cette rubrique." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " -"First, select the website to configure." -msgstr "" -"Chaque site Web contient une large game d'options spécifiques dans ses " -"paramètres. Pour les configurer, sélectionnez tout d'abord le site." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " -"only impact the very website you are working on." -msgstr "" -"Jetez ensuite un coup d’œil aux options identifiées par une icône terre. " -"Cela signifie qu'elles impactent uniquement le site Web sur lequel vous " -"travaillez." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 -msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "Vous pouvez, par exemple, définir:" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 -msgid "languages," -msgstr "les langues," - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 -msgid "domain names," -msgstr "les noms de domaine," - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 -msgid "social media links," -msgstr "les liens vers les réseaux sociaux," - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 -msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "le mode portail client (B2C vs. B2B)," - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 -msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "les canaux dédiés de discussion en direct," - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "etc." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 -msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." -msgstr "" -"Les autres options sont générales et s'appliquent à tous vos sites Web." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 -msgid "Manage domain names" -msgstr "Gérer les noms de domaine" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 -msgid "" -"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " -"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " -"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " -"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." -msgstr "" -"Comme expliqué plus haut, vos sites Web peuvent soit partager un même nom de" -" domaine, soit utiliser un nom de domaine spécifique. Si vous partagez votre" -" site et aimerez que le contenu soit adapté par région, définissez des " -"groupes de pays dans les paramètres de chaque site. Les visiteurs seront " -"redirigés vers le bon site Web via la géolocalisation IP." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." -msgstr "" -"La géolocalisation IP est installée par défaut sur Odoo en ligne. Si vous " -"lancez Odoo sur site, n'oubliez pas d'installer la bibliothèque *GeoIP*." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 -msgid "" -"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," -msgstr "" -"`La documentation complète sur les noms de domaine est disponible ici: " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 -msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "Personnalisez votre expérience visiteur" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" -" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " -"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " -"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " -"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." -msgstr "" -"L'expérience des visiteurs peut être personnalisée de manière très " -"approfondie grâce au menu \\*Customize\\*. Toutes les options visuelles " -"disponibles dans ce menu sont spécifiques pour chaque site Web. Parcourez " -"les différentes pages pour les adapter à ce nouveau public. Privilégiez les " -"workflows et les pages automiques (eCommerce checkout, blogs, events, etc.) " -"as the number of available options is higher there." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 -msgid "Publish specific content per website" -msgstr "Publiez un contenu spécifique par site Web" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " -"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " -"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " -"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." -msgstr "" -"Comme pour les pages statiques, tout contenu créé à partir de l'interface " -"(produit, article de blog, etc.) est toujours uniquement publié sur le site " -"Web en cours. Vous pouvez modifier cela à partir de la vue du formulaire " -"d'édition à l'arrière plan et laisser le champ *Website* vide. Le contenu " -"sera alors publié sur tous les sites Web." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " -"websites*:" -msgstr "" -"Voici tous les éléments que vous pouvez lier à *un site en particulier ou à " -"tous les sites Web*:" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Articles" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 -msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" -msgstr "Catégorie de produits pour le eCommerce" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 -msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "Blogs" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 -msgid "Slide Channels" -msgstr "Canaux de diapositives" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 -msgid "Forums" -msgstr "Forums" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "Évènements" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 -msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "Postes" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 -msgid "" -"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " -"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous créez l'enregistrement en arrière-plan et que vous le publiez, " -"en général un produit ou un événement, il devient disponible sur tous les " -"sites Web." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 -msgid "Publish a page in all websites" -msgstr "Publiez une page sur tous les sites Web" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 -msgid "" -"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." -" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration → Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." -msgstr "" -"Une nouvelle page statique est créée et rendue accessible uniquement sur le " -"site web existant. Vous pouvez la dupliquer sur d'autres sites internet à " -"partir de :menuselection:`Site web --> Configuration → Pages`. Pour cela, " -"laissez le champ *Site web* vide." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " -"and set the new website." -msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez la dupliquer seulement sur un autre site Web, copiez la page " -"et configurez le nouveau site." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 -msgid "" -"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" -" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " -"being linked to all websites." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous modifiez à nouveau la page, la modification n'affecte que le " -"site Web en cours. Une nouvelle page est dupliquée et liée au site. La page " -"d'origine reste liée à tous les sites Web." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 -msgid "" -"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " -"page behind each edited page." -msgstr "" -"En regroupant les pages par URL dans le gestionnaire de pages, vous " -"retrouvez facilement la page originale derrière chaque page éditée." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Multi-sociétés" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" -"companies environment." -msgstr "" -"Dans un environnement multi-entreprises, chaque site Web peut être relié à " -"une entreprise en particulier de votre système." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 -msgid "" -"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " -"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Avec une telle configuration, seules les données relatives à la société " -"s'affichent sur le site Web (produits, emplois, événements, etc.)." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 -msgid "" -"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " -"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " -"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " -"visitors." -msgstr "" -"Les éditeurs du site Web ne peuvent consulter et éditer que les pages des " -"données auxquelles ils ont accès, généralement celles appartenant à leur " -"société actuelle (ainsi qu'à leurs sociétés affiliées ou filiales dans le " -"language Odoo). De même pour les visiteurs. " - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 -msgid "" -"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " -"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" -" selector in the menu." -msgstr "" -"Si les sites Web sont multi-sociétés, vous ne changez pas de société lorsque" -" vous basculez de site. Pour modifier la société et voir son contenu, " -"sélectionnez société dans le menu." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 -msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" -msgstr "Configurez votre site Web eCommerce" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 -msgid "" -"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" -" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " -"website." -msgstr "" -"Le eCommerce est un élément crucial de l'environnement multi-sociétés. Nous " -"avons fait en sorte que l'ensemble du flux soit personnalisable pour " -"s'adapter à tous les visiteurs de chacun des sites Web." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 -msgid "Products only available on one website" -msgstr "Des produits disponibles sur un seul site Web" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 -msgid "" -"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." -" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " -"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." -msgstr "" -"Nous avons déjà vu comment publier une donnée spécifique sur un seul site " -"Web. Vous trouverez le champ \\*Website\\* dans l'onglet eCommerce du " -"formulaire d'édition du produit. Un champ vide veut dire qu'il est " -"disponible sur tous les sites Web." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 -msgid "Products available on *some* websites" -msgstr "Des produits disponibles sur *certains* sites Web" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 -msgid "" -"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " -"should duplicate the product for each website." -msgstr "" -"Pour rendre un produit disponible sur certains site Web uniquement, vous " -"devez copier le produit sur chaque site." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 -msgid "" -"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " -"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " -"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" -" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " -"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." -msgstr "" -"Si vous devez gérer une référence particulière dans votre stock, vous devez " -"installer *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (nomenclatures). Chaque " -"kit reliera chaque produit “virtuel” publié à la référence principale gérée " -"dans votre stock. Ainsi, tout article vendu à partir de votre site Web sera " -"converti en un article stockable sur le bon de livraison." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 -msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "Listes de prix" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 -msgid "" -"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " -"Prices per Product* in Website settings." -msgstr "" -"Pour gérer des prix spécifiques par site Web, activez *Divers prix de vente " -"par produit* dans les paramètres du site." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products → Pricelists` to create " -"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," -msgstr "" -"Puis, allez sur :menuselection:`Site web --> Produits → Listes de prix` pour" -" créer des listes de prix supplémentaires. Lisez `Documentation sur les " -"listes de prix " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " -"this website." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez besoin d'aide. Sélectionnez un des sites Web pour rendre une " -"liste de prix disponible uniquement sur ce site." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " -"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " -"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." -msgstr "" -"Si vous laissez ce champ vide, cela signifie que vous la rendez disponible " -"sur tous les sites Web lorsque la case *Sélectionnable* est cochée. " -"Autrement, elle ne sera disponible que pour des opérations de vente en " -"arrière-plan ou des applications point de vente." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 -msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" -msgstr "Intermédiaires de paiement et modes de livraison" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 -msgid "" -"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" -" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " -"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " -"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." -msgstr "" -"Des intermédiaires de paiement et des modes de livraison sont affichés par " -"défaut sur tous les sites Web. Pour utiliser des intermédiaires de paiement " -"spécifiques, vous pouviez déjà définir les pays dans les paramètres de " -"géolocalisation IP. Maintenant, vous pouvez aussi définir les sites en " -"remplissant le champ *Site Web*." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 -msgid "Customer accounts" -msgstr "Comptes client" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 -msgid "" -"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " -"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " -"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " -"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " -"the visitor mind." -msgstr "" -"Dans les paramètres du site Web vous pouvez choisir comment gérer les " -"comptes clients. Vous pouvez soit autoriser les clients à utiliser un seul " -"compte pour tous les sites soit les obliger à créer un compte pour chaque " -"site. Cette dernière option est idéale si vous ne voulez pas que les " -"visiteurs fassent un lien entre vos sites Web." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 -msgid "Technical hints for customization" -msgstr "Des conseils techniques pour la personnalisation" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 -msgid "" -"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" -" make it work with multi websites:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous désirez publier des éléments personnalisés sur le site Web, voici " -"quelques conseils pour les faire fonctionner avec différents sites." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" -msgstr "" -"Plan du site : n'oubliez pas le domaine dans le routage pour ne publier " - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." -msgstr "que les données disponibles dans le plan de chaque site Web." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "Accès: vous devez le nommer" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 -msgid "" -"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" -" can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "" -"*can_access_from_current_website* sur l'unité de commande pour que le " -"visiteur puisse voir un enregistrement sur le site Web en cours." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 -msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" -msgstr "" -"Recherche : lorsqu'une liste d'enregistrements est affichée, n'oubliez pas " -"de spécifier" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 -msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." -msgstr "" -"le domaine pour n'afficher que les enregistrements disponibles sur le site " -"Web en cours." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "Comment traduire mon site Web" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " -"possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "" -"En plus de pouvoir créer des sites modernes, Odoo vous donne la possibilité " -"de le traduire en différentes langues." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "Processus" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" -" many different languages as you want." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que votre site est créé, vous avez l'opportunité de le traduire en " -"autant de langues que vous le voulez." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " -"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " -"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " -"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " -"install anything, and follow the next step." -msgstr "" -"Il y a deux manières de traduire votre site, vous pouvez le faire " -"manuellement ou automatiquement avec l'application Gengo. Si vous voulez le " -"faire automatiquement, allez dans le module **App** et installez **Automated" -" translations through Gengo Api** et **Website Gengo Translator**. Si vous " -"voulez le faire manuellement, n'installez rien et effectuez l'étape " -"suivante." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " -"**Add a language**." -msgstr "" -"A présent, rendez-vous sur votre site web. Dans le coin inférieur droit de " -"la page, cliquez sur **Ajouter une langue**." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " -"click on **Load.**" -msgstr "" -"Choisissez la langue dans laquelle vous voulez traduire votre site web puis " -"cliquez sur **Charger.**" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " -"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " -"some of the text has been translated automatically." -msgstr "" -"Vous verrez alors qu'à côté de l'anglais, il y a aussi du français, ce qui " -"signifie que la traduction de votre page a été créée. Vous pouvez aussi voir" -" qu'une partie du texte a été traduit automatiquement." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " -"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "Pour traduire le contenu de votre site web, cliquez sur **Traduire**." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "" -"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" -" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " -"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " -"ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez installé le traducteur Gengo, vous verrez à côté du bouton " -"**Traduire** un bouton **Traduire automatiquement**. Une fois que vous aurez" -" cliqué sur ce bouton, vous devrez rentrer les informations de votre compte." -" Si vous n'avez pas encore de compte, rendez-vous sur " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ afin d'en créer un. Vous devrez " -"demander une clé publique et une clé privée." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "" -"Le contenu que vous souhaitez traduire sera alors traduit automatiquement." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " -"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " -"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " -"automatically." -msgstr "" -"A présent vous pouvez voir que la plupart du contenu est surligné en jaune " -"ou en vert. Le jaune représente le contenu que vous devez traduire vous-" -"même. Le vert représente le contenu qui a été traduit automatiquement." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c885c155b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -0,0 +1,4690 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2021 +# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Adriana Ierfino <adriana.ierfino@savoirfairelinux.com>, 2021 +# Clo <clo@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2021 +# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2021 +# Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2021 +# Nicolas JEUDY <njeudy@panda-chi.io>, 2021 +# Fred Gilson <fgi@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Alexandra Jubert <aju@odoo.com>, 2021 +# André Madeira Cortes <amadeiracortes@gmail.com>, 2021 +# David David <f322p3ph@yahoo.fr>, 2021 +# Florian Hatat, 2021 +# Hamid Darabi, 2021 +# Melanie Bernard <mbe@odoo.com>, 2021 +# 2bb6a6c9c26c6796aa3f72da499aab31_c4bf95e <50ab448b17d7dd714d37f715e9558f9f_400401>, 2021 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2021 +# Aurélien Pillevesse <aurelienpillevesse@hotmail.fr>, 2021 +# Florian <fll@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Rihab LOUKIL <loukil.rihab@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:23+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:3 +msgid "Websites" +msgstr "Sites web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:4 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "eCommerce" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Démarrer" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "Comment personnaliser ma page de catalogue" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "Catalogue d'articles" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" +"Tous les articles publiés s'affichent sur la page de votre catalogue (ou " +"page *Shop*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "" +"La plupart des options sont disponibles dans le menu *Personnaliser* : " +"attributs d'affichage, catégories de sites, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "Mettre un produit en surbrillance" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" +"Augmentez la visibilité de vos produits vedettes/promotionnels : poussez-les" +" vers le haut, agrandissez-les, ajoutez un ruban que vous pouvez éditer " +"(Vente, Nouveau, etc.). Ouvrez la page Boutique, passez en mode Édition et " +"cliquez sur n'importe quel article pour commencer à personnaliser la grille." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" +"Voir comment faire : " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "Ajouter rapidement au panier" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" +"Si vos clients achètent beaucoup d'articles à la fois, raccourcissez leur " +"processus en activant les achats à partir de la page du catalogue. Pour ce " +"faire, ajoutez la description du produit et le bouton Ajouter au panier. " +"Activez les options suivantes dans le menu *Personnaliser* : Description du " +"produit, Ajouter au panier, Affichage de la liste (pour mieux afficher la " +"description du produit)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "Comment construire une page produit" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Sur le site Web, cliquez sur *Nouvelle page* dans le coin supérieur droit." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez ensuite sur *Nouveau produit* et suivez les conseils qui clignotent." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "Voici les principaux éléments de la page Produit :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "" +"De nombreux éléments peuvent être rendus visibles à partir du menu " +"*Personnaliser*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "Voyez comment configurer vos produits à partir des liens ci-dessous." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "Gérer mes produits" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "Comment afficher plusieurs images par produit" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, la page internet de votre produit n'affiche que l'image " +"principal de celui-ci. Si vous souhaitez afficher vos produits sous " +"différents angles, vous pouvez activer le mode carrousel." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Consultez *Plusieurs images par produit* dans :menuselection:`Admin site Web" +" --> Configuration --> Paramètres`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" +"Ouvrez la page détails du produit et téléchargez des images à partir de " +"l'onglet *Images*. Dans le mode édition, sélectionnez *Créer* pour obtenir " +"l'assistant de téléchargement." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" +"Cette image supplémentaire est commune à toutes les variantes du produit (le" +" cas échéant)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to show product availability" +msgstr "Comment montrer la disponibilité des produits" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " +"your customers." +msgstr "" +"La disponibilité de vos produits peut être démontrée sur le site pour " +"rassurer vos clients." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " +"an option in *Availability*." +msgstr "" +"Pour l'afficher, ouvrez l'onglet *Ventes* sur la page détails du produit et " +"sélectionnez une option dans *Disponibilité*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " +"delay, etc." +msgstr "" +"Un message d'avertissement personnalisé peut être lié à une rupture de " +"stock, un retard de livraison, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 +msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." +msgstr "Cet outil ne requière pas l'installation de l'application Inventaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " +"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " +"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." +msgstr "" +"Si un article n'est plus vendable, ne le publiez plus sur votre site Web. " +"S'il s'agit d'une variante de produit particulière, désactivez-la dans le " +"backend (voir :doc:`.../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "Comment gérer les variantes de produits" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " +"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " +"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " +"available options." +msgstr "" +"Les variantes de produit sont utilisées pour offrir des variantes du même " +"produit à vos clients sur la page produits. Par exemple, le client choisit " +"un T-shirt, puis en choisit la taille et la couleur. Dans l'exemple ci-" +"dessous, le client choisit un téléphone, puis sélectionne la mémoire, la " +"couleur et la bande Wi-Fi parmi les options disponibles." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "Comment créer des attributs et des variantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " +"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Activer *Les produits peuvent avoir plusieurs attributs, définissant des " +"variantes (Exemple : taille, couleur,...)* dans :menuselection:` Ventes --> " +"Paramètres`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez un produit dans la liste Produits, allez dans l'onglet " +"*Variantes*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " +"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " +"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez autant d'attributs que vous le souhaitez à partir de 3 types " +"différents : boutons radio, menu déroulant ou boutons de couleur. Vous " +"obtenez plusieurs variantes dès qu'il y a 2 valeurs pour 1 attribut." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "Comment traiter les variantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "Voir toutes les variantes de la page détails du modèle du produit." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "Vous pouvez modifier les données suivantes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "Photo (mise à jour en temps réel sur le site)," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "Code à barres," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "Référence interne (no de référence)," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "Contenance, " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "Poids," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "Actif (disponible entre guillemets et site web)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" +"Le code à barres et la référence interne sont tous deux spécifiques à une " +"variante. Vous devez les remplir une fois les variantes générées." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" +"Consultez et éditez toutes les variantes à partir de :menuselection:`Ventes " +"--> Ventes --> Variantes du produit`. Cela pourrait être plus rapide si vous" +" gérez un grand nombre de variantes." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "Comment définir des prix spécifiques par variante" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " +"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également définir un prix public spécifique par variante en " +"cliquant sur *Prix variante* sur la page détails du produit (sur le coin " +"supérieur gauche)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" +"Le prix supplémentaire est ajouté au prix du produit chaque fois que la " +"valeur de l'attribut correspondante est sélectionnée." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" +"Les formules des listes de prix vous permettent de définir des méthodes " +"avancées de calcul des prix pour les variantes des produits. Consultez " +":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "Comment désactiver/archiver les variantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez désactiver/archiver des variantes spécifiques pour qu'elles ne " +"soient plus disponibles dans les offres et sur le site Web (n'existant pas " +"dans votre stock, obsolète, etc.). Décochez simplement *Activé* sur la page " +"détails, " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " +"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" +"Pour retrouver les articles archivés, cliquez sur *Archivé* pendant la " +"recherche sur la liste des variantes. Pour les réactiver, procédez de la " +"même façon." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "Augmenter mon chiffre d'affaires" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "" +"Comment vendre des accessoires et des produits optionnels (vente croisée)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "" +"Vous vendez des ordinateurs. Alors, pourquoi ne pas inciter vos clients à " +"acheter un écran haut de gamme ou à prendre une garantie supplémentaire? " +"C'est l'objectif des fonctionnalités de la vente croisée." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "Des produits accessoires sur la page de vérification," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" +"Des produits optionnels sur un nouvel écran *Ajouter au panier* (pas " +"installé par défaut)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "Des produits optionnels sur la page de vérification" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" +"Des accessoires (par ex. pour les ordinateurs : souris, clavier) sont " +"proposés au client lors de l'étape de vérification du panier avant le " +"paiement." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez les accessoires sur l'onglet *Ventes* de la page détails du " +"produit." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque plusieurs articles sont ajoutés au panier, un algorithme détermine " +"quels sont les meilleurs accessoires à afficher. Si un article est identifié" +" en tant qu'accessoire à plusieurs produits du panier, il sera probablement " +"affiché en haut de la liste d'accessoires proposés." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "Produits optionnels lors de l'ajout au panier" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" +"Des articles optionnels sont directement liés aux articles ajoutés au panier" +" (par ex. pour les ordinateurs : garanties, logiciels OS, composants " +"supplémentaires). Dès que l'article principal est ajouté au panier un nouvel" +" écran de ce type est proposé en tant qu'étape supplémentaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "Pour publier des produits optionnels:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "" +"Installez le module complémentaire *Produits optionnels eCommerce* sur le " +"menu *Applications*. Pour chercher également dans les modules " +"complémentaires supprimez le filtre par défaut, sinon seules les " +"applications principales seront affichées." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez articles optionnels sur l'onglet *Ventes* de la page détails du" +" produit." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" +"La quantité d'articles optionnels ajoutés au panier est identique à celle de" +" l'article principal." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Adapt prices to website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This section sheds light on pricing features found in the eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "imposer un prix par la géolocalisation," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "laisser le client choisir la devise." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: " +":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP automatically applies the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, visitors who aren't " +"logged in yet will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "" +"Une fois connectés ils auront une liste de prix correspondant à leur pays." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "Sélecteur de devises" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers " +"choose their own. Check the *Selectable* box to add the pricelist to the " +"website drop-down menu, which can be found in *Pricelists* under the " +"*Products* menu, located in the Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "Comment créer et partager des codes promotionnels" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" +"Vous voulez booster vos ventes à Noël? Partagez des codes promotionnels via " +"vos campagnes de marketing et appliquez toute sorte de réductions." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" +"Allez sur :menuselection:`Ventes --> Paramètres` et choisissez *Tarification" +" avancée basée sur la formule* pour *Prix de vente*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" +"Allez sur :menuselection:`Admin site Web --> Catalogue --> Liste de prix` et" +" créez une nouvelle liste de prix avec la règle de réduction (voir " +":doc:`pricing`). Puis, entrez un code." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" +"Rendez disponible le code promotionnel sur la page *Panier d'achats* (une " +"option du menu *Personnaliser*). Pour y accéder, ajoutez un produit au " +"panier." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" +"Une fois cette fonction activée, une nouvelle rubrique est visible du côté " +"droit de la page. En cliquant sur *Appliquer*, les prix du panier sont " +"automatiquement mis à jour." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" +"Le système enregistre le code promotionnel utilisé par le client. Vous " +"pouvez ainsi analyser l'impact de vos campagnes de marketing." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "Afficher les ventes par listes de prix..." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "Comment autoriser les commentaires et les évaluations" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" +"La publication et le monitorage de l'expérience de vos clients vous aidera à" +" gagner la confiance des nouveaux client et à mieux collaborer avec votre " +"communauté. Autorisez vos clients à partager leurs commentaires en 2 clics." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" +"Activez l'option commentaires et évaluations à partir du menu " +"*Personnaliser* de la page internet du produit." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" +"Pour pouvoir partager leurs commentaire les visiteurs doivent se connecter. " +"Assurez-vous qu'ils peuvent le faire (voir la documentation du portail). " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "Révisez les commentaires en temps réel" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" +"À chaque fois qu'un commentaire est publié, le gestionnaire du produit ainsi" +" que tous les followers reçoivent une notification dans leur messagerie " +"(menu *Discussion*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, l'utilisateur qui a créé le produit est défini comme follower." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le nom du produit pour ouvrir la page détails et revoir le " +"commentaire (sur le fil de discussion du produit)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "Moderez et dépubliez" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez facilement modérer les commentaires en utilisant le chatter, " +"soit sur la page détails du produit soit sur la page internet." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" +"Pour dépublier le commentaire, ouvrez la page internet du produit et cliquez" +" sur le bouton *Publié* pour qu'il devienne rouge (*Dépublié*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "..tip::" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez accéder à la page internet à partir de la page détails en " +"cliquant sur le bouton *Publié* (et vice-versa)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "Comment vendre des produits alternatifs plus chers (vente incitative)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" +"Pour augmenter votre chiffre d'affaires, nous vous recommandons vivement de " +"proposer, pour des articles de base, un produit alternatif plus cher. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "Pour cela:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez de tels *Produits alternatifs* sur l'onglet *Ventes* de la page" +" détails du produit. Ne publiez pas plus de 3 options, sinon vos clients " +"seront perturbés." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" +"Activez l'option *Produits alternatifs* dans le menu *Personnaliser* de la " +"page internet du produit." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" +msgstr "Introduction au module Odoo eCommerce" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " +"time. The topics follow the buying process:" +msgstr "" +"Cette documentation vous aidera à mettre votre site eCommerce en ligne en un" +" temps record. Les rubriques suivent le processus d'achat:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Product Page" +msgstr "Page produit" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 +msgid "Shop Page" +msgstr "Page boutique" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Tarification" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Taxes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Checkout process" +msgstr "Procédure de paiement" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 +msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" +msgstr "Vente incitative et vente croisée" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "Paiement" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 +msgid "Shipping & Tracking" +msgstr "Expédition et localisation" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "Lancer mon site Web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "Se faire payer" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Comment se faire payer avec Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " +"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " +"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " +"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " +"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " +"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " +"you like." +msgstr "" +"Authorize.Net est l'une des plateformes de paiement eCommerce les plus " +"populaires en Amérique du Nord. Contrairement à la plupart des autres " +"intermédiaires de paiement compatibles avec Odoo, Authorize.Net peut être " +"utilisée uniquement comme `passerelle de paiement " +"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ . " +"Vous pouvez ainsi utiliser le `processeur de paiement ou le compte marchand " +"que vous désirez " +"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ ." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "Créez un compte Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " +"'Get Started'." +msgstr "" +"Créez un compte `Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ en cliquant " +"sur 'Démarrer'." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" +" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " +"press the related option." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur *Inscrivez-vous* sur la page de tarification si vous voulez " +"utiliser Authorize.net à la fois comme passerelle de paiement et compte " +"marchand. Si vous préférez utiliser votre propre compte marchand, cliquez " +"sur l'option connexe. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 +msgid "Go through the registration steps." +msgstr "Parcourez les étapes d'enregistrement" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " +"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, le compte est défini comme un compte de test. Vous pouvez " +"utiliser ce compte pour effectuer une transaction test à partir d'Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." +msgstr "Une fois prêt, basculez en mode **Production**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 +msgid "Set up Odoo" +msgstr "Configurez Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " +"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." +msgstr "" +"Activez Authorize.Net sur Odoo à partir de :menuselection:`Site Web ou " +"Ventes ou Comptabilité --> Paramètres --> Intermédiaires de paiement`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 +msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." +msgstr "" +"Insérez votre **ID de connexion** ainsi que votre **Clé de transaction " +"API**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" +" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " +"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" +" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." +msgstr "" +"Pour obtenir les identifiants sur Authorize.Net, vous pouvez vous baser sur " +"la vidéo *ID d'identification et clé de transaction API * disponible sur " +"`Authorize.Net Video Tutorials <https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Ce " +"genre de vidéos donnent des renseignements utiles pour que vous puissiez " +"installer votre compte Authorize.Net en fonction de vos besoins." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 +msgid "Go live" +msgstr "Passez en direct" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " +"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" +"Votre configuration est maintenant prête! Vous pouvez rendre Authorize.Net " +"visible sur votre interface marchand et activer le mode **Production**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " +"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " +"production mode." +msgstr "" +"Les identifiants fournis par Authorize.net sont différents en mode de test " +"ou en mode production. N'oubliez pas de les mettre à jour sur Odoo lorsque " +"vous activez le mode production." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" +msgstr "Évaluez Authorize.Net en tant que méthode de paiement" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " +"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." +msgstr "" +"En créant un `compte développeur <https://developer.authorize.net>`__vous " +"pouvez tester et évaluer gratuitement Authorize.Net. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" +" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque le compte est créé vous recevez vos identifiants sandbox. Entrez-les" +" dans Odoo comme expliqué ci-dessus et assurez-vous d'être toujours en mode " +"de *Test*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " +"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez aussi vous connecter sur `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " +"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ pour configurer votre compte sandbox." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" +" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " +"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." +msgstr "" +"Pour réaliser des transactions fictives vous pouvez utiliser des faux " +"numéros de carte disponibles sur `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " +"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`payment`" +msgstr ":doc:`payment`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" +msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "Comment être payé avec les intermédiaires de paiement" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " +"Invoicing apps." +msgstr "" +"Odoo intègre plusieurs modes de paiement sur les applications eCommerce, " +"Ventes et Facturation." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 +msgid "What are the payment methods available" +msgstr "Quels sont les modes de paiement disponibles" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 +msgid "Wire transfer" +msgstr "Virement bancaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " +"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" +" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" +"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" +"Le virement bancaire est le mode de paiement par défaut. Le but est de " +"fournir vos coordonnées bancaires aux clients pour qu'ils puissent effectuer" +" le paiement via leur banque. Même si très facile au départ, il s'agit d'un " +"processus lent et inefficace. Privilégiez si possible les intermédiaires de " +"paiement en ligne." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 +msgid "Payment acquirers" +msgstr "Intermédiaires de paiement" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" +" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" +" over time:" +msgstr "" +"Redirigez vos clients vers des plateformes de paiement pour recevoir de " +"l'argent facilement et pour suivre le statut du paiement (call-back). " +"Progressivement, Odoo prend en charge de plus en plus de plateformes." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 +msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" +msgstr "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "Ingenico" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 +msgid "Authorize.net" +msgstr "Authorize.net" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 +msgid "PayUmoney" +msgstr "PayUmoney" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 +msgid "Sips" +msgstr "Sips" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stripe" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 +msgid "How to go live" +msgstr "Comment passer en direct" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " +"activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque le mode de paiement a été défini, rendez-le visible sur l'interface " +"de paiement et activez le mode **Production**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 +msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" +msgstr "" +"Comment permettre aux clients de sauver et de réutiliser leur carte de " +"crédit" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " +"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." +" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" +"Pour faciliter le paiement des anciens clients, vous pouvez leur permettre " +"d'enregistrer et de réutiliser leur carte de crédit s'ils le souhaitent. " +"Dans ce cas, un jeton de paiement sera sauvegardé dans Odoo. Cette option " +"est disponible avec Ingenico et Authorize.net." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 +msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez activer cette fonction à partir du formulaire de configuration " +"de l'intermédiaire de paiement." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 +msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" +msgstr "Comment débiter des cartes de crédit pour payer des abonnements" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " +"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " +"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." +msgstr "" +"`L'abonnement Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ permet de " +"facturer des services automatiquement de façon récurrente. Vous pouvez " +"également faire débiter automatique la carte de crédit du client." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 +msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "Cette option est disponible avec Ingenico et Authorize.net." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 +msgid "" +"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " +"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" +" from the subscription." +msgstr "" +"De cette manière, un jeton de paiement sera enregistré lors de la " +"souscription de l'abonnement et un débit automatique sera généré à chaque " +"fois qu'une facture d'abonnement est émise." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 +msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" +msgstr "Comment utiliser d'autres intermédiaires de paiement (avancé)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " +"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" +" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." +msgstr "" +"Odoo peut soumettre des requêtes individuelles de paiement et rediriger vers" +" n'importe quel intermédiaire de paiement. Mais il n'y a pas de call-back, " +"c'est-à-dire, Odoo ne trace pas le statut de la transaction. Vous devez " +"confirmer les commandes manuellement lorsque vous êtes payé." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 +msgid "How to:" +msgstr "Comment :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 +msgid "Switch to developer mode." +msgstr "Basculer en mode développeur." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 +msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." +msgstr "Utiliser le mode de paiement **Personnalisé**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " +"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " +"duplicate." +msgstr "" +"Configurez le formulaire de paiement (S2S Form Template) d'après les " +"instructions de votre intermédiaire de paiement. Vous pouvez démarrer à " +"partir du *default_acquirer_button*  que vous pouvez dupliquer." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 +msgid "Other configurations" +msgstr "Autres configurations" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " +"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " +"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" +"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." +msgstr "" +"Odoo peut également être utilisé pour des processus de paiement plus avancés" +" comme les plans d'échelonnements (par ex. `Plans d'échelonnements Paypal " +"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" +"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " +"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " +"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" +msgstr "" +"Un tel service de personnalisation est fourni sur demande par nos experts " +"techniques en fonction de vos besoins. Un conseiller commercial peut vous " +"joindre à ce propos. `Contactez-nous. " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "Comment gérer les commandes payées via les intermédiaires de paiement" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" +" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " +"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." +msgstr "" +"Dès que le paiement est autorisé par un intermédiaire de paiement, Odoo " +"confirme les commandes de façon automatique. Cela déclenche la livraison. Si" +" vous facturez sur la base des quantités commandés, vous devez également " +"facturer la commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "What are the payment status" +msgstr "Quels sont les statuts de paiement" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." +msgstr "" +"À tout moment, le vendeur peut vérifier le statut de la transaction depuis " +"la commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 +msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." +msgstr "*Brouillon*: transaction en cours." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " +"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." +msgstr "" +"*En cours* : l'intermédiaire de paiement garde la transaction en suspens et " +"vous devez l'autoriser depuis l'interface de l'intermédiaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," +" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" +" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." +msgstr "" +"*Autorisé* : le paiement a été autorisé mais n'a pas encore été déclenché. " +"La commande est déjà confirmée sur Odoo, une fois que la livraison est " +"effectuée, vous pouvez déclencher le paiement depuis l'interface de " +"l'intermédiaire (ou depuis Odoo si vous utilisez Authorize.net)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " +"confirmed." +msgstr "" +"*Confirmé* : le paiement est autorisée et déclenché. La commande a été " +"confirmée." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " +"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." +msgstr "" +"*Erreur* : une erreur est survenue pendant la transaction. Le client doit " +"recommencer le processus de paiement. La commande est encore en statut " +"brouillon." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " +"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." +msgstr "" +"*Annulée* : lorsque le client annule le paiement dans le formulaire de " +"paiement de l'intermédiaire, il est redirigé vers Odoo pour modifier sa " +"commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " +"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" +"Des messages spécifiques sont envoyés à vos clients pour chaque statut de " +"paiement, lorsqu'ils ont été rédirigés vers Odoo après la transaction. Pour " +"éditer ces messages, allez sur l'onglet *Messages* du mode de paiement." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 +msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" +msgstr "Validation automatique des factures en commande" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " +"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " +"orders straight on." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque la commande a été confirmée, une facture peut être automatiquement " +"générée et payée. Cette fonction entièrement automatisée est destinée aux " +"entreprises qui facturent directement les commandes." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " +"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " +"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " +"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" +" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " +"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " +"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " +"payments " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." +msgstr "" +"Si vous choisissez cette fonction vous devez sélectionner un journal de " +"paiement pour enregistrer les paiements sur vos comptes. Ce paiement est " +"automatiquement rattaché à la facture, l'indiquant comme payée. Sélectionnez" +" votre **compte bancaire** si vous êtes payé directement sur votre compte. " +"Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous pouvez créer un journal de paiement spécifique " +"pour l'intermédiaire de paiement (type = banque). De cette façon, vous " +"pouvez tracer les paiements en ligne sur un compte intermédiaire jusqu'à ce " +"que vous soyez payé sur votre compte bancaire (consultez `Comment " +"enregistrer les paiements par carte de crédit " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "Déclenchez le paiement après la livraison" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 +msgid "" +"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " +"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " +"only available with Authorize.net." +msgstr "" +"Avec cette fonction, la commande est confirmée mais le montant est mis en " +"attente. Une fois que la livraison est effectuée, vous pouvez déclencher le " +"paiement depuis Odoo. Cette fonction n'est disponible qu'avec Authorize.net." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " +"*Capture Transaction*." +msgstr "" +"Pour déclencher le paiement, ouvrez la transaction depuis la commande. " +"Cliquez ensuite sur *Déclencher la transaction*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Avec d'autres intermédiaires de paiement, vous ne pouvez gérer le " +"déclenchement du paiement qu'à partir de leurs propres interfaces, mais pas " +"à partir d'Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "Configurez votre compte Paypal " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" +"Paypal est accessible et populaire dans le monde entier. Créer un compte est" +" très facile et l'inscription est gratuite. C'est pourquoi nous le " +"recommandons d'emblée à ceux qui débutent sur Odoo. Cela fonctionne comme un" +" flux continu dans lequel le client est dirigé vers le site de Paypal pour " +"enregistrer le paiement." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "Compte Paypal" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " +"Business Account " +"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" +"Vous devez avoir un compte Business pour être payé avec Paypal. Créez un " +"`Compte Business Paypal sur " +"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" +" ou passez d'un compte personnel en un compte Business. Pour cela, allez sur" +" les paramètres de Paypal et cliquez sur *Passer à un compte Business*. " +"Puis, suivez les quelques étapes de configuration." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "Paramètres sur Paypal" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Tout d'abord, voyons comment configurer votre compte Paypal afin de créer " +"une expérience client optimale avec Odoo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" +" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." +msgstr "" +"Connectez-vous et ouvrez les paramètres. Allez sur *Produits & Services > " +"paiements du site Web* et cliquez sur *Actualiser* sur *Préférences du site " +"Web*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "Retour automatique" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " +"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." +msgstr "" +"*Retour automatique* redirige automatiquement vos clients vers Odoo une fois" +" que le paiement est traité. Cochez *Retour automatique* et introduisez " +"votre nom de domaine \"/shop/confirmation\" comme *URL de retour* (par ex. " +"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" +"Cette URL est requise par Paypal mais elle n'est pas utilisée dans la " +"pratique car Odoo la transmet à chaque transaction. Ne vous inquiétez pas si" +" vous devez gérer plusieurs canaux de vente ou bases de données Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "Transfert des données de paiement (PDT)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"La fonctionnalité *Transfert des données de paiement* transmet la " +"confirmation de paiement à Odoo dès que celle-ci est traitée. Sans elle, " +"Odoo ne peut pas finaliser le flux de vente. Ce paramètre doit également " +"être activé. Lors de la sauvegarde, un *Jeton d'identité* est généré. Plus " +"tard vous devrez l'introduire dans Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "Compte Paypal optionnel" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" +"Nous vous conseillons de ne pas inciter vos clients à se connecter avec un " +"compte Paypal lorsqu'ils règlent leurs achats. Laissez-les payer également " +"avec des cartes de débit ou de crédit, ou vous pourriez perdre certaines " +"affaires. Assurez-vous que ce paramètre est activé." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "Notification instantanée de paiement (IPN)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" +"Le transfert des données de paiement (PDT) n'envoie les confirmations de " +"commande qu'une seule fois. Il faut donc que votre site soit en " +"fonctionnement lorsque cela arrive. Autrement, il ne recevra jamais ce " +"message. C'est pourquoi nous vous conseillons d'utiliser la *Notification " +"instantanée de paiement* (IPN) en plus. Avec l'IPN, la réception des " +"confirmations de commande est quasi garantie puisque les confirmations sont " +"renvoyées jusqu'à ce que votre site en accuse réception." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer l'IPN, retournez au menu de *Paiements du site Web* et cliquez " +"sur *Actualiser* sur la *Notification instantanée de paiement*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." +msgstr "" +"La *URL de notification* à définir est votre nom de domaine + " +"“payment/paypal/ipn” (par ex. " +"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "Format des messages de paiement" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez des caractères accentués (ou quelque chose d'autre que les " +"caractères latins) pour le nom de vos clients, leurs adresses... vous DEVEZ " +"configurer le format d'encodage de la rêquete de paiement envoyé par Odoo à " +"Paypal." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" +"Si vous ne configurez pas ce paramètre, certaines transactions échoueront " +"sans aucune notification." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "Pour cela, ouvrez :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" +"`cette page pour un compte de test <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" +"`cette page pour un compte de production <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez ensuite sur *Plus d'options* et configurez les deux formats " +"d'encodage par défaut sur **UTF-8**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:105 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "Votre compte Paypal est prêt!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, " +"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" +"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" +"payments-ewp>`__" +msgstr "" +"Pour les Paiements sur site marchand cryptés & les erreurs de " +"PARAMÉTRAGE_EWP, veuillez consulter la `documentation paypal . " +"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" +"/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-payments-ewp>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "Paramètres dans Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:120 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Activation" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" +"Activez *Paypal* depuis la barre de configuration des applications Ventes, " +"Facturation et eCommerce, ou depuis le menu de configuration *Intermédiaires" +" de paiement*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:126 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Identifiants" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "Odoo requiert trois identifiants Paypal :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "*ID email* c'est votre adresse email de connexion sur Paypal." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +"*Profile > About the business*." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez trouver l'*ID marchand* dans les paramètres de votre compte " +"Paypal, sur *Profil > À propos de l'entreprise*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" +"Le *jeton PDT Paypal* est fourni dans la configuration *Payements du site " +"Web* comme expliqué ci-dessus." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "Frais de transaction" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" +"Pour couvrir les frais de transaction que Paypal vous facture, vous pouvez à" +" votre tour facturer des frais supplémentaires à vos clients qui paient avec" +" Paypal. Une fois redirigé vers Paypal, votre client voit un supplément " +"appliqué au montant de sa commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, cochez la case *Ajouter des frais " +"supplémentaires* sur l'onglet de configuration de la configuration Paypal " +"d'Odoo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" +"fees>`__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" +"Pour configurer les frais vous pouvez vous référer à `Frais Paypal " +"<https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__ " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 +msgid "" +"..note:: `Traders in the EU " +"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" +"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " +"with credit cards." +msgstr "" +"..attention : `Les commerçants de l'UE " +"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" +"payments/index_en.htm>`__ ne sont pas autorisés à charger des frais " +"supplémentaire pour les paiements par carte de crédit." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:158 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "Passez en direct!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" +"Votre configuration est prête à fonctionner. Assurez-vous que le mode " +"*Production* est activé. Ensuite, publiez le mode de paiement en cliquant " +"sur le bouton *Publier* à côté de celui-ci." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" +"Paypal est maintenant proposé dans les formulaires de paiement disponibles " +"sur les applications de eCommerce, de ventes et de facturation. En cliquant " +"sur \"Payer\" les clients sont redirigés vers le site Web de Paypal. Dès que" +" le payement est traité, ils sont redirigés vers une page de confirmation " +"dans Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:178 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "Environnement de test" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez tester l'intégralité du flux de paiement dans Odoo grâce aux " +"comptes sandbox de Paypal." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" +"Connectez-vous au `Site de développement de Paypal " +"<https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ avec vos identifiants Paypal." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:184 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "Cela va générer deux comptes sandbox :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:186 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" +"Un compte Business (à utiliser en tant que marchand, par ex. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:188 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" +"Un compte personnel par défaut (à utiliser comme client, par ex. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" +"Connectez-vous au sandbox Paypal avec le compte marchand et suivez les mêmes" +" instructions de configuration. Entrez vos identifiants sandbox dans Odoo et" +" assurez-vous que Paypal est toujours défini sur *Environnement de test*. " +"Assurez-vous également que la facturation automatique n'est pas activée dans" +" vos paramètres eCommerce pour ne pas générer de factures lorsqu'une " +"transaction fictive est finalisée. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:196 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" +"Lancez une transaction test depuis Odoo en utilisant le compte personnel " +"sandox." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:198 +msgid "See also" +msgstr "Pour plus d'infos" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:200 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Comment gérer les commandes payées via les intermédiaires de paiement " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:202 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Comment gérer les commandes payées via les intermédiaires de paiement " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "Comment les clients peuvent-ils accéder à leur compte client" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" +"Ça n'a jamais été aussi facile d'obtenir un compte client. Oubliez les " +"formulaires qui n'en finissent pas, avec Odoo c'est simple comme 1-2-3. Odoo" +" suggère aux clients de s'enregistrer (nom, email, mot de passe) après leur " +"paiement, au lieu d'avant. Quoi de plus ennuyant que les étapes de création " +"d'un compte avant même d'acheter quelque chose ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "S'enregistrer" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque le client souhaite visualiser sa commande à partir de l'email de " +"confirmation de la commande, un message lui demandant de s'inscrire " +"s'affiche." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "Compte client" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" +"Une fois connecté, le client accède à son compte en cliquant sur *Mon " +"compte* dans le menu de connexion déroulant. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"C'est là qu'ils peuvent retracer tout leur historique. L'adresse principale " +"(de facturation) peut également être modifiée." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" +"Si le client est défini comme contact d'une entreprise dans votre carnet " +"d'adresses, tous les documents de cette entreprise dont le client fait " +"partie s'afficheront." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "Comment être payé avec les virements bancaires" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" +"**Le virement bancaire** est le mode de paiement par défaut. Le but est de " +"fournir vos coordonnées bancaires aux clients pour qu'ils puissent effectuer" +" le paiement via leur banque. Même si très facile au départ, il s'agit d'un " +"processus lent et inefficace. Privilégiez si possible les plateformes de " +"paiement en ligne!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "Comment transmettre des instructions de paiement aux clients" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" +"Introduisez les intructions de paiement dans la case **Message de " +"remerciement** de votre mode de paiement." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "Les clients verront ceci lorsqu'ils passeront une commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "Comment gérer une commande lorsque vous êtes payé." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" +"À chaque fois qu'un client paye par virement bancaire, l'ordre reste au " +"stage intermédiaire **Devis envoyé** (par ex. commande impayée). Lorsque le " +"paiement est effectué, vous devez confirmer l'ordre manuellement pour " +"déclencher la livraison." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "Comment créer d'autres modes de paiement manuels" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" +"Si vous gérez une activité B2B, vous pouvez créer d'autres méthodes de " +"paiement manuel comme les paiements par chèque. Pour cela, renommez tout " +"simplement *Virement bancaire* ou dupliquez-le." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "Percevoir les taxes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:4 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Live Chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:7 +msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" +msgstr "Chattez en direct avec les visiteurs de votre site Web." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " +"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " +"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," +" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " +"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " +"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +msgstr "" +"Avec Odoo Live Chat, vous pouvez établir un contact direct avec les " +"visiteurs de votre site Web. Une simple boite de dialogue sera disponible " +"sur leur écran et leur permettra de discuter avec l'un de vos représentants " +"commerciaux. Vous pouvez ainsi facilement transformer un intérêt en une " +"potentielle opportunité. Vous serez aussi capable d'apporter une aide à vos " +"clients. En résumé, il s'agit du parfait outil pour améliorer la " +"satisfaction de votre clientèle." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" +" and then click on install." +msgstr "" +"Pour avoir la fonctionnalité Live Chat, ouvrez le module Applications, " +"cherchez \"Live chat\" et cliquez sur installer." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " +"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +msgstr "" +"Le module Live Chat vous donne un accès direct au canaux de discussion, où " +"des opérateurs peuvent facilement rejoindre et quitter les discussions." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 +msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" +msgstr "Ajoutez les live chat sur un site Web Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " +"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" +" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Si votre site Web a été créé avec Odoo, le live chat est alors directement " +"ajouté à celui-ci. Tout ce qu'il vous reste à faire, c'est aller sur " +":menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration --> Paramètres` pour sélectionner" +" le canal de discussion qui devra être lié au site Web." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" +msgstr "Ajoutez le live chat à un site Web externe" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " +"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " +"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " +"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +msgstr "" +"Si votre site Web n'a pas été créé avec Odoo, allez sur le module Live Chat " +"et sélectionnez le canal de discussion qui doit être lié à votre site. Vous " +"pouvez tout simplement faire un copier coller du code disponible sur votre " +"site Web. Vous recevrez également une URL spécifique que vous pouvez envoyer" +" à vos clients et fournisseurs pour leur donner accès au live chat." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 +msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" +msgstr "Définissez des règles pour cacher/afficher le live chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " +"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " +"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" +" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " +"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez définir des règles pour le live chat sur le formulaire du canal " +"de discussion. Par exemple, vous pouvez choisir d'afficher le chat des pays " +"dont vous parlez la langue. En revanche, vous avez la possibilité de cacher " +"le chat des pays pour lesquels votre entreprise ne vend pas. Si vous " +"sélectionnez le *Pop-up automatique*, vous pouvez également définir le temps" +" nécessaire au lancement du chat." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 +msgid "Prepare automatic messages" +msgstr "Rédigez des messages automatiques" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" +" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" +" through the live chat." +msgstr "" +"Dans la section *Options* du formulaire du canal de discussion, vous pouvez " +"définir les différents messages que vous souhaitez afficher automatiquement " +"sur le chat. Cela incitera les visiteurs à vous joindre via le live chat." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 +msgid "Start chatting with customers" +msgstr "Commencez à chatter avec vos clients" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " +"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " +"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " +"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +msgstr "" +"Pour pouvoir commencer à chatter avec vos clients, assurez-vous d'abord que " +"le canal de discussion est publié sur votre site Web. Pour ce faire, " +"sélectionnez *Pas publié sur le site Web* dans le coin supérieur droit du " +"formulaire du canal et basculez vers le paramètre *Publié*. Dès qu'un " +"opérateur aura rejoint le canal, le chat démarrera." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " +"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +msgstr "" +"Si aucun opérateur n'est disponible et/ou si le canal n'est pas publié sur " +"le site Web, alors les visiteurs ne verront pas le bouton de chat." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " +"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " +"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Les conversations initiées par des visiteurs apparaissent également dans le " +"module Discuss en plus de s'afficher comme un message en direct. Ainsi, vous" +" pouvez répondre aux questions à partir de n'importe quel endroit dans Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " +"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +msgstr "" +"Si plusieurs opérateurs ont rejoint le canal, le système répartira " +"aléatoirement les sessions de visiteurs entre eux." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:99 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "Utilisez des commandes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " +"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " +"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +msgstr "" +"Les commandes sont des raccourcis utiles pour réaliser certaines actions ou " +"pour retrouver les informations dont vous pourriez avoir besoin. Pour " +"utiliser cette fonctionnalité, tapez simplement les commandes dans le chat. " +"Les actions suivantes sont disponibles :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:105 +msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." +msgstr "**/aide** : afficher un message d'aide." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:107 +msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "**/support technique** : créer un ticket d'assistance technique." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:109 +msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" +"**/support technique\\_cherchez** : chercher un ticket d'assistance " +"technique." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." +msgstr "**/historique** : afficher les 15 dernières pages visitées." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:113 +msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." +msgstr "**/piste** : créer une nouvelle piste." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." +msgstr "**/quitter** : quitter le canal de discussion." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " +"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " +"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" +"Si un ticket d'assistance technique est créé depuis le chat, alors la " +"discussion à partir de laquelle il a été généré s'affichera automatiquement " +"dans la description du ticket. Il en va de même pour la création d'une " +"piste." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:123 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "Envoyez des réponses toutes prêtes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " +"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " +"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," +" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"Les réponses toutes prêtes vous permettent de créer des phrases alternatives" +" à celles que vous utilisez fréquemment. Devoir taper un mot au lieu de " +"devoir en taper plusieurs vous fera gagner beaucoup de temps. Pour ajouter " +"des réponses toute prêtes, allez sur :menuselection:`CHATTER --> " +"Configuration --> Réponses toute prêtes` et créez autant de réponses que " +"vous en avez besoin. Pour les utiliser ensuite pendant une séance de chat, " +"tapez simplement \":\" suivi du raccourci que vous leur avez attribué." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " +"visitors, enjoy !" +msgstr "" +"Vous avez maintenant tout les outils nécessaires pour chatter en direct avec" +" les visiteurs de votre site Web. Amusez-vous!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:4 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "Site web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "Optimiser" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "Comment contrôler le trafic de votre site Web sur Google Analytics" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "Pour suivre le trafic de votre site Web sur Google Analytics :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" +" you don't have any." +msgstr "" +"`Créez un compte Google Analytics <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ si " +"vous n'en avez pas encore un." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " +"ID." +msgstr "" +"Parcourez le formulaire de création et acceptez les conditions pour obtenir " +"un ID de suivi." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "Copiez l'ID de suivi pour l'insérer dans Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " +"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +msgstr "" +"Allez sur le menu *Configuration* de votre application Odoo site Web. Dans " +"paramètres, ouvrez Google Analytics et copiez l'ID de suivi. Puis, " +"enregistrez." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " +"Documentation. " +"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" +msgstr "" +"Pour démarrer dans Google Analytics, référez-vous à la `Documentation " +"Google. <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "" +"Comment contrôler le trafic de votre site Web via le tableau de bord Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " +"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "" +"Grâce à Google Analytics, vous pouvez suivre vos statistiques de trafic " +"directement depuis le tableau de bord de votre site Web Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " +"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "" +"Dans un premier temps, créez un compte Google Analytics et entrez votre ID " +"de suivi dans les paramètres de votre site Web (voir " +":doc:`google_analytics`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" +"Pour générer des identifiants Analytics API, allez sur la `Plateforme Google" +" APIs <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ . Connectez-vous avec votre" +" compte Google." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "Sélectionnez Analytics API." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " +"to store your API credentials." +msgstr "" +"Créez un nouveau projet et donnez-lui un nom (par ex. Odoo). La création de " +"ce projet est indispensable pour sauvegarder vos identifiants API." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "Activez l'API." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "Créez les identifiants que vous utiliserez dans Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez *Navigateur Web (Javascript)* comme contexte à partir duquel " +"l'API sera appelée et *Données utilisateur* comme type de données." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" +" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " +"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, vous pouvez créer un ID client. Entrez le nom de l'application (par" +" ex. Odoo) et les pages autorisées vers lesquelles vous serez redirigé. " +"L'*Origine du Javascript autorisé* est l'URL de votre instance Odoo. L'*URL " +"de redirection autorisée* est l'URL de votre instance Odoo suivie de " +"'/google_account/authentication'." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " +"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " +"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " +"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" +"Parcourez l'écran de consentement en insérant un nom de produit (par ex. " +"Google Analytics sur Odoo). Vous pouvez consulter les options de " +"personnalisation, mais ce n'est pas obligatoire. L'écran de consentement " +"apparaîtra uniquement lorsque vous entrez l'ID client dans Odoo pour la " +"première fois." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Votre ID client est finalement généré. Copiez-le et collez-le dans Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" +" your Client ID." +msgstr "" +"Ouvrez le tableau de bord de votre site Web sur Odoo et reliez votre compte " +"Analytics à votre ID client." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "Pour finir, autorisez l'accès de Google API à Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete " +"statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " +"<../../../sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows you to " +"understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" +msgstr "Comment faire l'optimisation des moteurs de recherche (SEO) sur Odoo " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" +"Le Search Engine Optimization (SEO) est un ensemble de méthodes destinées à " +"optimiser votre site internet afin d'obtenir un meilleur référencement dans " +"des moteurs de recherche tels que Google. Pour résumer, un bon SEO vous " +"permet d'avoir plus de visiteurs." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" +"Voici quelques exemples de règles SEO: les pages de votre site web doivent " +"se charger rapidement, votre page ne doit avoir qu'un seul et unique titre " +"``<h1>``, les balises meta (balises alt, balises title) doivent être " +"cohérents avec le contenu proposé, votre site Web doit contenir un fichier " +"``/sitemap.xml``, etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" +"Afin de garantir un bon référencement aux utilisateurs du site Web et du " +"eCommerce Odoo, Odoo fait abstraction des détails techniques complexes du " +"SEO et s'occupe de tout pour vous de la meilleure façon possible. Plus de " +"détails ci-après. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" +"Voyons d'abord comment vous pouvez facilement améliorer votre référencement " +"par un réglage fin du contenu et des balises meta de votre site Web." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "Balises meta" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "Titre, Description" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" +"Toute page Web doit définir une donnée meta ``<title>`` et ``<description>``" +" . Ces éléments d'information sont utilisés par les moteurs de recherche " +"pour promouvoir votre site. Ils sont automatiquement générés en fonction du " +"titre et du contenu, mais vous pouvez effectuer un réglage fin de ceux-ci. " +"Assurez-vous qu'ils correspondent au contenu de la page, autrement vous " +"serez rétrogradé par les moteurs de recherche." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "Mots-clés" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" +"Afin d'écrire un contenu de qualité et d'augmenter votre trafic, Odoo met à " +"votre disposition un moteur de recherche de ``<keyword>`` . Ces mots-clés " +"sont les recherches que vous voulez effecteur vers votre site Web. Vous " +"pouvez voir comment chaque mot est utilisé dans le contenu (H1, H2, titre de" +" la page, description de la page, contenu de la page) et quelles sont les " +"recherches associées dans Google. Plus vous utilisez de mots-clés, mieux ce " +"sera." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" +"Si votre site Web est disponible en plusieurs langues, vous pouvez utiliser " +"l'outil Promouvoir pour définir des titres, des descriptions et des mots-" +"clés spécifiques pour chacune des langues de la page." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "Le contenu est roi" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" +"En général, le contenu est roi en ce qui concerne le SEO. Odoo fournit " +"divers modules pour vous aider à construire le contenu de votre site Web :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "**Odoo Blogs** : écrivez un contenu de qualité." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1>`__" +msgstr "" +"**Odoo Slides** : publiez toutes vos présentations powerpoint ou pdf. Leur " +"contenu est automatiquement indexé sur la page Web. Exemple : " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" +" Odoo.com landing pages)" +msgstr "" +"**Odoo Forum** : laissez votre communauté créer du contenu pour vous. " +"Exemple : `https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (compte " +"pour 30% des pages d'atterrissage dans Odoo.com)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive** : publiez les archives des listes de diffusion" +" sur votre site Web. Exemple : `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages créées par mois)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" +"La page 404 est une page normale que vous pouvez éditer comme toute autre " +"page dans Odoo. Vous pouvez ainsi créer une superbe page 404 et rediriger " +"les visiteurs égarés à cause d'une URL non valide vers le meilleur de votre " +"site Web." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "Utilisez les réseaux sociaux" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" +"Les réseaux sociaux sont conçus pour un partage de masse. Si beaucoup de " +"personnes partagent vos contenus sur les réseaux sociaux, il est probable " +"que plus de gens feront des liens vers ces contenus, et les liens sont un " +"facteur essentiel pour le classement SEO." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" +"Divers outils pour partager du contenu sur les réseaux sociaux sont intégrés" +" dans Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "Réseaux sociaux" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" +"Odoo permet de relier tous vos comptes de réseaux sociaux dans la partie " +"inférieure de la page de votre site. Pour ce faire, vous devez tout " +"simplement mentionner vos comptes dans le menu paramètres de votre société." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "Partage social" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" +"Déplacez le module *Partager* sur toutes les pages que vous voulez voir " +"partagées par vos visiteurs. En cliquant sur cette icône, ils seront invités" +" à partager ces pages sur leurs réseaux sociaux." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" +"La plupart des réseaux sociaux utilisent une image de l'image pour illustrer" +" le post de partage. Odoo utilise par défaut le logo du site Web, mais vous " +"pouvez choisir n'importe quelle image de votre page dans l'outil Promouvoir." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "Page Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" +"Déplacez le module *Page Facebook* pour afficher le widget de votre page " +"Facebook professionnelle et inciter les visiteurs à vous suivre. Vous pouvez" +" afficher la timeline, les événements à venir et les messages." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "Faire défiler les tweets" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" +"Affichez le fil Twitter avec la satisfaction des clients sur votre site Web." +" Cela augmentera le nombre de tweets et de partages." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "Testez votre site web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez comparer le classement de votre site, en terme de SEO, à celui " +"de Odoo en utilisant les services gratuits WooRank : " +"`https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "La gestion des URLs" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" +"Cette rubrique apporte quelques précisions sur la façon dont Odoo rend les " +"URLs SEO friendly." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "Structure des URLs" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "Une URL Odoo classique ressemblera à ceci :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31 ." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "Elle est composée des éléments suivants :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "**https://** = protocole." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "**www.monsite.com** = votre nom de domaine." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = langue de la page. Cette partie de l'URL est absente si le " +"visiteur navigue en utilisant la langue principale du site. Dès lors, la " +"version principale de la page est : https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-" +"great-product-31 ." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" +"**/shop/produit** = chaque module a son espace-nom propre (/shop est réservé" +" au catalogue du module eCommerce, /shop/produit désigne une page produit). " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"**mon-produit-phare** = ceci est par défaut la version slug du titre du " +"produit auquel cette page renvoie, mais vous pouvez le modifier pour le SEO." +" Un produit nommé \"Pain carré\" donnera en slug \"pain-carre\". En fonction" +" de l'espace-nom, il pourrait s'agir d'objets différents (post sur un blog, " +"titre d'une page, post sur un forum, commentaire sur un forum, catégorie de " +"produit, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "**-31** = l'ID unique du produit" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" +"Notez que toute composante dynamique d'une URL peut être réduite à son ID. " +"Par exemple, les URLs suivantes utilisent toutes une redirection 301 vers " +"l'URL ci-dessus :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (version courte)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (version encore plus courte)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (ancien nom du " +"produit)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" +"Certaines URLs ont plusieurs parties dynamiques, comme celle-ci (une " +"catégorie de blog et un post) :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "Dans l'exemple ci-dessus :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "*Nouvelles de l'entreprise* est le titre du blog" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "*The Odoo Story* est le titre d'un post spécifique sur le blog" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'une page Odoo a une pagination, le numéro de la page apparaît " +"directement dans l'URL (sans argument GET). Cela permet à chaque page d'être" +" indexée par les moteurs de recherche. Exemple :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "Changements des URLs & titres" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" +"Lorsque l'URL d'une page change (par ex. pour une version plus SEO friendly " +"du nom de votre produit), vous n'avez pas à vous soucier de la mise à jour " +"de tous les liens :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "Odoo met automatiquement à jour tous ses liens vers la nouvelle URL." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new website." +msgstr "" +"Si des sites Web externes dirigent toujours les visiteurs vers l'ancienne " +"URL, une redirection 301 sera créée pour les renvoyer vers le nouveau site." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "Par exemple, cette URL :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "Redirigera automatiquement vers :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " +"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" +"Pour résumer, il vous suffit de changer le titre d'un post ou le nom d'un " +"produit pour que les changements s'appliquent automatiquement à tout votre " +"site. L'ancien lien fonctionnera toujours pour les sites externes avec une " +"redirection 301 pour ne pas perdre le link juice SEO." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" +"Les moteurs de recherche font booster le classement des sites sécurisés " +"HTTPS/SSL. De ce fait, par défaut, toutes les instances d'Odoo en ligne sont" +" entièrement fondées sur le HTTPS. Si le visiteur accède à votre site Web " +"via une URL non HTPPS, une redirection 301 vers son équivalent HTTPS est " +"générée." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "Liens : la stratégie nofollow" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" +"Plus une page contient un lien vers des sites Web externes et de qualité, " +"mieux ce sera pour votre référencement." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "Voici les stratégies proposées par Odoo pour gérer des liens :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" +"Chaque lien que vous ajoutez à votre site Web se fait en \"dofollow\", ce " +"qui signifie que ce lien contribuera au jus de référencement de la page " +"reliée." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" +"Chaque lien créé par un contributeur (post sur un forum, commentaire sur un " +"blog, etc.) qui renvoie à votre propre site Web est également en " +"\"dofollow\". " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" +"En revanche, tout lien posté par un contributeur qui renvoie à un site Web " +"externe se fait en \"nofollow\". Ainsi, vous ne courez pas le risque que des" +" personnes affichent sur votre site Web des liens vers des sites tiers qui " +"ont une mauvaise réputation." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" +"Notez que sur un forum, les contributeurs avec beaucoup de karma sont dignes" +" de confiance. Dans ce cas, leurs liens n'auront pas d'attribut " +"``rel=\"nofollow\"``." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "Support multilingue" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "URLs multilingues" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" +"Si vous gérez un site Web en plusieurs langues, le même contenu sera " +"disponible sur différentes URLs, en fonction de la langue utilisée :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (langue principale, ici " +"l'anglais)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (version " +"française)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" +"Dans cet exemple, fr\\_FR est la langue de la page. Vous pouvez même avoir " +"plusieurs variations de la même langue : pt\\_BR (portugais du Brésil), " +"pt\\_PT (portugais du Portugal)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "Annotation de langue" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" +"Pour indiquer aux moteurs de recherche que la seconde URL est la traduction " +"française de la première URL, Odoo ajoutera un élément HTML link dans l'en-" +"tête. Dans la section HTML <head> de la version anglaise, Odoo ajoute " +"automatiquement un élément link renvoyant à d'autres versions de cette page " +":" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "Grâce à cette méthode :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" +"Les moteurs de recherche vont rediriger le visiteur vers une langue " +"correspondant à sa propre langue. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" +"Vous n'êtes pas pénalisé par les moteurs de recherche si votre page n'est " +"pas encore traduite. Car il ne s'agit pas d'un contenu en doublon, mais " +"d'une version différente du même contenu." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "Détection de la langue" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque des visiteurs arrivent sur votre site Web pour la première fois (par" +" ex. yourwebsite.com/shop), ils peuvent automatiquement être redirigés vers " +"une version traduite selon la langue prédéfinie par son navigateur : (p. ex." +" yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" +"Pour éviter toute redirection, un cookie de la langue utilisée sera gardé la" +" fois suivante." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" +"Pour forcer un visiteur à s'en tenir à la langue par défaut, vous pouvez " +"utiliser le code de la langue par défaut dans votre lien, par exemple : " +"yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Cela dirigera toujours les visiteurs vers la " +"version anglaise de votre page, sans prendre en compte les préférences de " +"langue du navigateur." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "Rapidité de la page" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduction" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" +"Le temps de chargement d'une page est un critère important pour les moteurs " +"de recherche. Un site plus rapide permet non seulement d'améliorer " +"l'expérience de vos visiteurs, mais aussi d'obtenir un meilleur " +"référencement de votre page. Des études ont démontré que si vous divisez le " +"temps de chargement de vos pages par deux (par ex. 2 secondes au lieu de 4 " +"secondes), le taux d'abandon des visiteurs est aussi divisé par deux (de 25 " +"% à 12,5 %). Une seconde supplémentaire de chargement pourrait `coûter à " +"Amazon 1,6 milliards de dollars en ventes " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" +"Heureusement, Odoo se charge de tout pour vous. Vous trouverez ci-dessous " +"les astuces utilisées par Odoo pour accélérer le temps de chargement de " +"votre page. Vous pouvez comparer le référencement de votre site Web en " +"utilisant ces deux outils :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Images" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous téléchargez des nouvelles images, Odoo les compresse " +"automatiquement pour réduire leur taille (compression sans pertes pour le " +".PNG et le .GIF et avec pertes pour le .JPG)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" +"Depuis le bouton de téléchargement, vous avez la possibilité de conserver " +"l'image originale non modifiée si vous préférez optimiser la qualité de " +"l'image plutôt que les performances." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" +"Odoo compresse les images lorsqu'elles sont téléchargées sur votre site, et " +"non pas lorsque le visiteur les demande. Ainsi, il est possible que si vous " +"utilisez un thème tiers, il vous fournisse des images qui ne sont pas " +"compressées efficacement. Cependant, toutes les images utilisées dans les " +"thèmes officiels Odoo ont été compressées par défaut." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous cliquez sur une image, Odoo vous montre les attributs alt et " +"title de la balise ``<img>``. Vous pouvez cliquer dessus pour définir vos " +"propres attributs alt et title pour cette image." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "Lorsque vous cliquez sur ce lien, la fenêtre suivante apparaît :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" +"Les pictogrammes d'Odoo sont implémentés en utilisant une police de " +"caractères (`police Awesome <https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-" +"Awesome/icons/>`__ dans la plupart des thèmes Odoo). Ainsi, vous pouvez " +"utiliser autant de pictogrammes que vous voulez dans votre page, ils " +"n'entraîneront pas de requêtes supplémentaires lors de son chargement." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "Ressources statiques : CSS" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "" +"Tous les fichiers CSS sont pré-traités, concaténés, minifiés, compressés et " +"mis en cache (côté serveur et côté client). Voici le résultat :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "" +"une seule requête de fichier CSS est nécessaire pour charger une page." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "" +"ce fichier CSS est partagé et mis en cache entre les pages, ainsi lorsque le" +" visiteur clique sur une autre page, son navigateur n'a pas à charger une " +"seule ressource CSS." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "ce fichier CSS est optimisé pour être de petite taille." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" +"**Pré-traité :** Le framework CSS utilisé par Odoo est Bootstrap. Même si un" +" thème peut utiliser un autre framework, la plupart des `thèmes Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ sont des extensions et des " +"modifications directes de Bootstrap. Puisque Odoo supporte Less et Sass, " +"vous pouvez modifier les règles CSS au lieu de les remplacer par des lignes " +"de CSS supplémentaires, ce qui donne un fichier plus petit." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" +"**Concaténé :** chaque module ou librairie que vous pouvez utiliser dans " +"Odoo a son propre ensemble de fichiers CSS, Less ou Sass (eCommerce, blog, " +"thème, etc.). Avoir plusieurs fichiers CSS offre une grande modularité, mais" +" cela est néfaste à la performance puisque la plupart des navigateurs ne " +"peuvent effectuer que 6 requêtes en parallèle, ce qui mène à un surplus de " +"fichiers chargés à la suite. Pour des petits fichiers tels que .JS et .CSS, " +"le temps de latence pour transférer un fichier est en général bien plus long" +" que le temps réel de transfert des données. Ainsi, le temps de chargement " +"des ressources CSS dépend plus du nombre de requêtes à effectuer que de la " +"taille du fichier." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" +"Pour résoudre ce problème, tous les fichiers CSS/Less/Sass sont concaténés " +"en un seul fichier .CSS à envoyer au navigateur. Ainsi, un visiteur n'a " +"**qu'un seul fichier .CSS à charger** par page, ce qui est particulièrement " +"efficace. Puisque le CSS est partagé par toutes les pages, lorsque le " +"visiteur clique sur une autre page, son navigateur n'a même pas besoin de " +"charger un nouveau fichier CSS!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "**Les deux fichiers dans <head>**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "**Ce que le visiteur voit (un seul fichier)**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* Depuis bootstrap.css \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr ".text-muted {" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "color: #666" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "color: #777" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "background: yellow" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "background: yellow" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "}" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* Depuis my-theme.css \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" +"Le CSS envoyé par Odoo contient tous les CSS/Less/Sass de tous les " +"pages/modules. De cette manière, les autres pages vues par le même visiteur " +"n'auront pas à charger de fichiers CSS du tout. Mais certains modules " +"peuvent inclure de ressources CSS/Javascript trop grandes qui vous ne voulez" +" pas précharger sur la première page parce qu'elles sont trop volumineuses. " +"Dans ce cas, Odoo divise cette ressource en un deuxième paquet qui n'est " +"chargé que lorsque la page qui l'utilise est consultée. Un exemple de ceci " +"est l'arrière-plan qui n'est chargé que lorsque le visiteur se connecte et " +"accède à l'arrière-plan (/web)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" +"Si le fichier CSS est très lourd, Odoo le divisera en deux fichiers plus " +"petits pour éviter la limite de 4095 sélecteurs par page d'Internet " +"Explorer. Mais, la plupart des thèmes se trouvent en-dessous de cette " +"limite." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" +"**Minifié :** Après avoir été pré-traité et concaténé, le CSS obtenu est " +"minifié pour en réduire sa taille." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "**Avant la minification**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "**Après la minification**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* quelques commentaires \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "" +"Le résultat final est ensuite compressé avant d'être envoyé au navigateur." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, une version mise en cache est sauvegardée côté client (pour éviter " +"de devoir pré-traiter, concaténer et minifier à chaque requête) et côté " +"navigateur (pour que le même visiteur n'ait à charger le CSS qu'une seule " +"fois pour toutes les pages qu'il visite)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "Ressources statiques : le Javascript" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "" +"Comme pour les ressources CSS, les ressources Javascript sont aussi " +"concaténées, minifiées, compressées et mises en cache (côté serveur et côté " +"navigateur)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "Odoo crée trois paquets Javascript :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, etc.)" +msgstr "" +"Un pour chaque page du site Web (y compris le code pour les effets de " +"parallaxe, la validation des formulaires, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "" +"Un pour le code Javascript commun entre l'interface et l'arrière-plan " +"(Bootstrap)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" +"Un pour le code Javascript spécifique à l'arrière-plan (l'interface client " +"Web Odoo pour vos employés utilisant Odoo)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +msgid "" +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" +"La plupart des visiteurs de votre site n'auront besoin que des deux premiers" +" paquets, ce qui signifie qu'il faut charger au maximum deux fichiers " +"Javascript pour afficher une page. Puisque ces fichiers sont partagés sur " +"toutes les pages, les clics ultérieurs du même visiteur ne chargeront aucune" +" autre ressource Javascript." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +msgid "" +"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " +"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" +" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " +"from their original versions." +msgstr "" +"Si vous fonctionnez en mode débogage, le CSS et le Javascript ne sont ni " +"concaténés, ni minifiés. Par conséquent, cela est beaucoup plus lent. " +"Cependant, cela vous permet de facilement déboguer avec le débogueur de " +"Chrome puisque les ressources CSS et Javascript ne sont pas transformées par" +" rapport à leurs versions d'origine." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "CDN" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" +"Si vous activez la fonction CDN dans Odoo, les ressources statiques " +"(Javascript, CSS, images) sont chargées depuis un Content Delivery Network. " +"Utiliser un Content Delivery Network a trois avantages :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "" +"On peut charger des ressources depuis un serveur à proximité (la plupart des" +" CDN ont des serveurs dans les pays du monde entier)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "" +"On peut mettre en cache des ressources de manière efficace (pas " +"d'utilisation de ressources de calcul sur votre propre serveur)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "" +"On peut répartir le chargement des ressources entre différents services, ce " +"qui permet de charger plus de ressources en parallèle (puisque Chrome fixe " +"la limite de 6 requêtes en parallèle par domaine)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez configurez vos options de CDN depuis l'app **Admin sit Web** à " +"travers le menu de configuration. Voici un exemple de configuration que vous" +" pouvez utiliser :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "Pages HTML" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +msgid "" +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" +"Les pages HTML peuvent être compressées, mais cela est généralement pris en " +"charge par votre serveur (NGINX ou Apache)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" +"Le module de construction de site internet a été optimisé pour garantir un " +"code HTML concis et propre. Des blocs ont été développés afin de produire un" +" code HTML propre, généralement en utilisant Bootstrap et l'éditeur HTML." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "" +"Par exemple, si vous utilisez le sélecteur de couleur pour qu'un paragraphe " +"utilise la couleur primaire de votre site Web, Odoo produira le code suivant" +" :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "\"<p class=\"text-primary\">Mon texte</p>\"" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "" +"Tandis que la plupart des éditeurs HTML (tels que CKEditor) produiront le " +"code suivant :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Mon texte</p>``" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "Design responsive" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "" +"Les sites qui ne sont pas adaptés aux mobiles ont un mauvais référencement " +"sur les moteurs de recherche. Tous les thèmes Odoo se fient à Bootstrap pour" +" un rendu adéquat selon l'appareil : ordinateur, tablette ou téléphone " +"portable." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "" +"Comme tous les modules Odoo partagent la même technologie, toutes les pages " +"de votre site Web sont adaptées aux mobiles." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "Mise en cache navigateur" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: " +"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" +"Les ressources Javascript, CSS et les images ont une URL qui change " +"dynamiquement lorsque leur contenu change. Par exemple, tous les fichiers " +"CSS sont chargés depuis cette URL : " +"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"La partie ``457-0da1d9d`` de l'URL changera si vous modifiez le CSS de votre" +" site Web." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" +"Cela permet à Odoo de définir un délai de cache très long (XXX) sur ces " +"ressources : XXX secondes, tout en étant mis à jour instantanément si vous " +"mettez à jour la ressource." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "Modulabilité" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " +"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" +msgstr "" +"En plus d'être rapide, Odoo est aussi plus modulable que les CMS et " +"eCommerce traditionnels (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). Le lien " +"suivant fournit une analyse des CMS et eCommerce open source majeurs comparé" +" à Odoo lorsqu'il s'agit de volumes de requêtes élevés : " +"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." +msgstr "" +"Voici la diapositive qui résume la modulabilité du site Web Odoo et d'Odoo " +"eCommerce." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:574 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "Fichiers des moteurs de recherche" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "Plan du site" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:579 +msgid "" +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" +"Le plan du site indique les pages à indexer aux robots des moteurs de " +"recherche. Odoo génère automatiquement pour vous un fichier " +"``/sitemap.xml``. Pour des raisons de performance, ce fichier est mis en " +"cache et mis à jour toutes les 12 heures." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:583 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, toutes les URLs sont dans un seul fichier ``/sitemap.xml``, mais" +" si vous avez beaucoup de pages, Odoo créera automatiquement un fichier " +"d'indexation sitemap, en suivant le `protocole sitemaps.org " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ et en regroupant toutes les URLs " +"en 45 000 fragments par fichier." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:589 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "" +"Chaque entrée sur le plan du site possède 4 attributs qui sont calculés " +"automatiquement :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:591 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "``<loc>`` : l'URL d'une page." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:593 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "" +"``<lastmod>`` : date de la dernière modification d'une ressource, calculée " +"automatiquement en fonction de l'objet associé. Pour une page en rapport " +"avec un produit, il peut s'agir de la date de la dernière modification du " +"produit ou de la page." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:598 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" +"``<priority>`` : les modules peuvent implémenter leur propre algorithme de " +"priorité en fonction de leur contenu (exemple : un forum pourrait assigner " +"une priorité en fonction du nombre de votes sur un post en particulier). La " +"priorité d'une page statique est définie par son champ priorité, qui est " +"normalisé (16 par défaut)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:605 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "Balisage des données structurées" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:607 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" +"Le balisage de données structurées est utilisé pour générer des rich " +"snippets dans les résultats des moteurs de recherche. C'est un moyen pour " +"les administrateurs de site Web d'envoyer des données structurées aux robots" +" d'indexation pour les aider à comprendre votre contenu afin de créer des " +"résultats de recherche bien présentés." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:612 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" +"Google supporte un bon nombre de rich snippets en fonction des types de " +"contenu, notamment : commentaires, personnes, produits, entreprises, " +"événements et organisations." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" +"Pour les événements, les produits eCommerce, les posts de forum et les " +"adresses de contact, Odoo implémente des microdonnées comme défini dans les " +"spécifications de `schema.org <http://schema.org>`__. Cela permet à vos " +"pages produit d'être affichées dans Google avec des informations " +"supplémentaires telles que le prix et la note d'un produit :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:625 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "robots.txt" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:627 +msgid "" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" +"Lors de l'indexation de votre site Web, les moteurs de recherche analysent " +"d'abord les règles générales d'indexation du fichier ``/robots.txt`` (robots" +" autorisés, chemin du plan du site, etc.). Odoo le génère automatiquement. " +"Voici son contenu :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:631 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" +"Cela signifie que tous les robots sont autorisés à indexer votre site Web et" +" qu'il n'existent pas d'autres règles d'indexation que celles spécifiées sur" +" le plan du site qui se trouve à l'adresse suivante." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:638 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " +"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," +" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " +"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez personnaliser le fichier *robots* en mode développeur à partir " +"de *Paramètres --> Technique --> Interface utilisateur --> Vues* (exclure " +"des robots, exclure certaines pages, rediriger vers un plan du site " +"personnalisé). Rendez le model data de la vue *Non actualisable* pour que le" +" fichier ne soit pas réinitialisé lors des mises à jour du système." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "Publier" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own domain name" +msgstr "Comment utiliser mon propre nom de domaine" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " +"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " +"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, votre instance Odoo en ligne et votre site Web Odoo ont un nom " +"de domaine *.odoo.com*, pour l\"URL et les emails. Mais vous pouvez en " +"choisir un personnalisé (par ex. www.yourcompany.com)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +msgid "What is a good domain name" +msgstr "En quoi consiste un bon nom de domaine" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " +"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " +"domain. Here are some tips:" +msgstr "" +"L'adresse de votre site Web est aussi importante pour votre image que le nom" +" de votre société ou de votre organisation, réfléchissez donc à la " +"possibilité de changer vers un nom de domaine plus approprié. Voici quelques" +" conseils :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +msgid "Simple and obvious" +msgstr "Simple et évident" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +msgid "Easy to remember and spell" +msgstr "Facile à se rappeler et à écrire" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +msgid "The shorter the better" +msgstr "Le plus court le mieux" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +msgid "Avoid special characters" +msgstr "Évitez les caractères spéciaux" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" +msgstr "Préférez un site.com et/ou l'extension de votre pays" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" +msgstr "" +"En savoir plus : `Comment choisir un nom de domaine pour un SEO optimal " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +msgid "How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "Comment acheter un nom de domaine" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "Achetez votre nom de domaine sur un registraire populaire:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" +msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" +msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " +"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" +msgstr "" +"Les étapes pour acheter un nom de domaine sont assez simples. En cas de " +"problème, consultez ces tutoriels :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " +"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " +"This is Odoo's job!" +msgstr "" +"N'hésitez pas à acheter un serveur de messagerie pour obtenir des adresses " +"email avec votre nom de domaine. Cependant, n'achetez pas d'autres services " +"de création ou de hébergement pour votre site Web. Odoo fait cela pour vous!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" +msgstr "Comment appliquer mon nom de domaine à mon instance Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +msgid "" +"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" +msgstr "" +"Tout d'abord, autorisons la redirection (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com) :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." +msgstr "Ouvrez votre compte Odoo.com à partir de votre page d'accueil." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." +msgstr "Allez sur la page *Gérer les bases de données*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur *Domaines* à droite de la base de données que vous souhaitez " +"rediriger." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " +"www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" +"Une fenêtre de la base de données du domaine va s'afficher. Entrez votre " +"domaine personnalisé (par ex. www.yourcompany.com)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez maintenant effectuer la redirection à partir du compte " +"gestionnaire de votre nom de domaine." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "" +"Connectez-vous à votre compte et cherchez la page gestionnaire des zones " +"DNS." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." +" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " +"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." +msgstr "" +"Créez un enregistrement CNAME *www.yourdomain.com* pointant vers " +"*mywebsite.odoo.com*. Si vous voulez utiliser un sous-domaine (par ex. " +"yourdomain.com), vous devez rediriger *yourdomain.com* to " +"*www.yourdomain.com*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" +"Voici quelques recommandations spécifiques pour créer votre enregistrement " +"CNAME :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" +msgstr "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" +msgstr "Comment activer SSL (HTTPS) sur mon instance Odoo " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "" +"Jusqu'à maintenant, les utilisateurs d'Odoo devaient utiliser un fournisseur" +" de CDN tiers comme CloudFlare pour activer le SSL." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" +"Cela n'est désormais plus nécessaire : Odoo vous génère automatiquement le " +"certificat, à l'aide de l'intégration `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"et le protocole ACME <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. Il vous " +"suffit tout simplement d'ajouter votre nom de domaine sur votre portail " +"client (un certificat différent est généré pour chaque nom de domaine " +"spécifié)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "**Attention : la crétaion du certificat peut prendre 24 heures.**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez déjà CloudFlare ou un service similaire, vous pouvez " +"continuer à le faire ou changer tout simplement vers Odoo. Vous avez le " +"choix." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:98 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "Mon site Web est indexé deux fois par Google" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" +"Si vous configurez un nom de domaine personnalisé *mydomain.com* pour " +"*mydatabase.odoo.com*, Google indexera votre site Web sous les deux noms. Il" +" s'agit d'une limitation de la plateforme cloud d'Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:105 +msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "Gérer des sites Web multiples" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" +"Les sites Web multiples d'Odoo offrent à votre entreprise des multiples " +"possibilités de diversification et de segmentation de la clientèle. Pour une" +" multiplication de l'audience et une augmentation du chiffre d'affaires en " +"quelques clics! " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" +"Chaque site Web peut fonctionner de façon complètement indépendante, avec " +"son propre thème, logo, nom de domaine, en tête et bas de page, pages, " +"langues, produits, blogs, forums, diapos, événements, canaux de live chat, " +"etc. Voyons ça de plus près!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → " +"Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer un nouveau site web, allez sur :menuselection:`Site web --> " +"Configuration --> Paramètres`. Le bouton *Créer un nouveau site web*, se " +"trouve dans la première partie." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" +"Sur l'écran suivant, définissez un nom ainsi qu'un nom de domaine pour votre" +" site Web. Si vous désirez publier le nouveau site sous le domaine par " +"défaut de votre base de données Odoo, laissez ce champ vide." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, sélectionnez un thème. Ce nouveau site Web aura sans doute un " +"objectif et une audience complètement différents de l'ancien. Alors, " +"n'hésitez pas à choisir un nouveau thème!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que le thème est sélectionné, vous pouvez commencer à construire la" +" page d'accueil de votre site Web. Suivez les onglets mauves, ils vous " +"aideront à démarrer." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" +msgstr "" +"Si vous exécutez Odoo en ligne, n'oubliez pas de rediriger chaque nouveau " +"nom de domaine vers votre base de données Odoo (CNAME) et d'en donner " +"l'autorisation du côte de Oddo. `En savoir plus " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "Créez le menu" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" +" the current website." +msgstr "" +"Le nouveau site Web a un menu par défaut qui affiche toutes les applications" +" installées. Pour l'éditer, cliquez sur *Pages > Éditer le menu*. En " +"continuant, vous n'éditez que le menu du site Web en cours." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "Passez d'un site Web à un autre" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" +"Aussi simple que de compter jusqu'à trois! Dans le coin droit de la barre " +"d'édition, il y a un onglet de changement de site Web. Si vous choisissez un" +" autre site, vous serez connecté au domaine de ce site. Si vous utilisez un " +"domaine différent, l'utilisateur devra s'identifier." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" +"En changeant de site, vous êtes redirigé vers le même chemin d'accès domaine" +" sur l'autre site Web (par ex. /shop/myproduct). Si cette URL n'est pas " +"utilisée, vous serez redirigé vers une page 404 mais on vous proposera de " +"créer une nouvelle page à ce moment-là." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "Ajoutez des fonctionnalités" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" +"Les applications de site Web que vous avez installées (par ex. diapos, " +"blogs) sont disponibles sur tous vos sites. Vous pouvez bien sûr les cacher " +"sur l'un de vos sites en supprimant cette rubrique." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" +"Chaque site Web contient une large gamme d'options spécifiques dans ses " +"paramètres. Pour les configurer, sélectionnez tout d'abord le site." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" +"Jetez ensuite un coup d’œil aux options identifiées par une icône terre. " +"Cela signifie qu'elles impactent uniquement le site Web sur lequel vous " +"travaillez." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "Vous pouvez, par exemple, définir :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "les langues" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "les noms de domaine" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "les liens vers les réseaux sociaux" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "le mode portail client (B2C vs. B2B)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "les canaux dédiés de live chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "etc" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" +"Les autres options sont générales et s'appliquent à tous vos sites Web." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "Gérer les noms de domaine" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." +msgstr "" +"Comme expliqué plus haut, vos sites Web peuvent soit partager un même nom de" +" domaine, soit utiliser un nom de domaine spécifique. Si vous partagez votre" +" site et aimeriez que le contenu soit adapté par région, définissez des " +"groupes de pays dans les paramètres de chaque site. Les visiteurs seront " +"redirigés vers le bon site Web via la géolocalisation IP." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." +msgstr "" +"La géolocalisation IP est installée par défaut sur Odoo en ligne. Si vous " +"lancez Odoo sur site, n'oubliez pas d'installer la bibliothèque *GeoIP*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 +msgid "" +"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," +msgstr "" +"`La documentation complète sur les noms de domaine est disponible ici : " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "Personnalisez l'expérience des visiteurs" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" +"L'expérience des visiteurs peut être personnalisée de manière très " +"approfondie grâce au menu \\*Personnaliser\\*. Toutes les options visuelles " +"disponibles dans ce menu sont spécifiques pour chaque site Web. Parcourez " +"les différentes pages pour les adapter à ce nouveau public. Privilégiez les " +"flux de travail et les pages automatiques (caisse eCommerce, blogs, " +"événements, etc.) car le nombre d'options disponibles y est plus élevé." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "Publiez un contenu spécifique par site Web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" +"Comme pour les pages statiques, tout contenu créé à partir de l'interface " +"(produit, article de blog, etc.) est toujours publié uniquement sur le *site" +" Web* en cours. Vous pouvez modifier cela à partir de la vue du formulaire " +"d'édition à l'arrière-plan et laisser le champ *Site Web* vide. Le contenu " +"sera alors publié sur tous les sites Web." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" +"Voici tous les éléments que vous pouvez lier à *un site en particulier ou à " +"tous les sites Web* :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Articles" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "Catégorie de produits pour le eCommerce" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "Blogs" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "Canaux de diapositives" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "Forums" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "Événements" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "Postes" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous publiez un enregistrement créé en arrière-plan, en général un " +"produit ou un événement, il devient disponible sur tous les sites Web." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "Publiez une page sur tous les sites Web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration → Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" +"Une nouvelle page statique est créée et rendue accessible uniquement sur le " +"site web existant. Vous pouvez la dupliquer sur d'autres sites internet à " +"partir de :menuselection:`Site web --> Configuration → Pages`. Pour cela, " +"laissez le champ *Site web* vide." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" +"Si vous voulez la dupliquer sur un autre site Web uniquement, copiez la page" +" et configurez le nouveau site." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous modifiez à nouveau la page, la modification n'affecte que le " +"site Web en cours. Une nouvelle page est dupliquée et liée au site. La page " +"d'origine reste liée à tous les sites Web." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" +"En regroupant les pages par URL dans le gestionnaire de pages, vous " +"retrouvez facilement la page originale derrière chaque page éditée." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Multi-sociétés" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" +"Dans un environnement multi-sociétés, chaque site Web peut être relié à une " +"société spécifique de votre système." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Avec une telle configuration, seules les données relatives à la société " +"s'affichent sur le site Web (produits, emplois, événements, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" +"Les éditeurs du site Web ne peuvent consulter et éditer que les pages des " +"données auxquelles ils ont accès, généralement celles appartenant à leur " +"société actuelle (ainsi qu'à leurs sociétés affiliées ou filiales dans le " +"language Odoo). De même pour les visiteurs. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" +"Si les sites Web sont multi-sociétés, vous ne changez pas de société lorsque" +" vous changez de site Web. Pour modifier la société et voir son contenu, " +"utilisez l'onglet de sélection de société dans le menu." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "Configurez votre site Web eCommerce" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Le eCommerce est un élément crucial de l'environnement multi-sites Web. Nous" +" avons fait en sorte que l'ensemble du flux puisse être personnalisable pour" +" s'adapter à tous les visiteurs de chacun des sites Web." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "Des produits disponibles sur un seul site Web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" +"Nous avons déjà vu comment publier une donnée spécifique sur un seul site " +"Web. Vous trouverez le champ \\*Site Web\\* dans l'onglet eCommerce du " +"formulaire d'édition du produit. Un champ vide veut dire qu'il est " +"disponible sur tous les sites Web." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "Des produits disponibles sur *certains* sites Web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" +"Pour rendre un produit disponible sur certains site Web uniquement, vous " +"devez dupliquer le produit pour chaque site." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" +"Si vous devez gérer une référence particulière dans votre stock, vous devez " +"installer *Fabrication\\ et création *Kits* BoMs (nomenclatures). Chaque kit" +" reliera chaque produit “virtuel” publié à la référence principale gérée " +"dans votre stock. Ainsi, tout article vendu à partir de votre site Web sera " +"converti en un article stockable sur le bon de livraison." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "Listes de prix" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" +"Pour gérer des prix spécifiques par site Web, activez *Divers prix de vente " +"par produit* dans les paramètres du site." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products → Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," +msgstr "" +"Puis, allez sur :menuselection:`Site web --> Produits → Listes de prix` pour" +" créer des listes de prix supplémentaires. Lisez la `Documentation sur les " +"listes de prix " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez besoin d'aide. Sélectionnez l'un des sites Web pour rendre une " +"liste de prix disponible uniquement sur ce site." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" +"Si vous laissez ce champ vide, cela signifie que vous la rendez disponible " +"sur tous les sites Web lorsque la case *Sélectionnable* est cochée. " +"Autrement, elle ne sera disponible que pour des opérations de vente en " +"arrière-plan ou pour des applications point de vente." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "Intermédiaires de paiement et modes de livraison" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" +"Des intermédiaires de paiement et des modes de livraison sont affichés par " +"défaut sur tous les sites Web. Pour utiliser des intermédiaires de paiement " +"spécifiques, vous pouviez déjà définir les pays dans les paramètres de " +"géolocalisation IP. Maintenant, vous pouvez aussi définir les sites en " +"remplissant le champ *Site Web*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "Comptes client" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" +"Dans les paramètres du site Web vous pouvez choisir comment gérer les " +"comptes clients. Vous pouvez soit autoriser les clients à utiliser un seul " +"compte pour tous les sites soit les obliger à créer un compte pour chaque " +"site. Cette dernière option est idéale si vous ne voulez pas que les " +"visiteurs fassent un lien entre vos différents sites Web." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "Des conseils techniques pour la personnalisation" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" +"Si vous désirez publier des éléments personnalisés sur le site Web, voici " +"quelques conseils pour les faire fonctionner avec des sites Web multiples :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" +"Plan du site : n'oubliez pas le domaine dans le routage pour ne publier " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "que les données disponibles dans le plan de chaque site Web." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "Accès : vous devez le nommer" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" +"*peut_accèder_depuis_actuel_site Web* sur l'unité de commande pour que le " +"visiteur puisse voir un enregistrement sur le site Web en cours." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" +"Recherche : lorsqu'une liste d'enregistrements est affichée, n'oubliez pas " +"de spécifier" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" +"le domaine pour n'afficher que les enregistrements disponibles sur le site " +"Web en cours." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "Comment traduire mon site Web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" +"En plus de pouvoir créer des sites modernes, Odoo vous donne la possibilité " +"de les traduire en différentes langues." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "Processus" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" +"Une fois votre site Web créé, vous avez l'opportunité de le traduire en " +"autant de langues que vous le souhaitez." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " +"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " +"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " +"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" +"Il y a deux manières de traduire votre site Web, vous pouvez le faire " +"manuellement ou automatiquement avec l'application Gengo. Si vous voulez le " +"faire automatiquement, allez dans le module **App** et installez " +"**Traductions automatiques via l'application Gengo** et **Traducteur de site" +" Web Gengo**. Si vous voulez le faire manuellement, n'installez rien et " +"suivez l'étape suivante." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, allez sur votre site Web. Dans le coin inférieur droit de la page, " +"cliquez sur **Ajouter une langue**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" +"Choisissez la langue vers laquelle vous voulez traduire votre site Web puis " +"cliquez sur **Télecharger.**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" +"Vous verrez que maintenant Français apparaît à côté de English, ce qui " +"signifie que la page pour la traduction a été créée. Vous pouvez aussi voir " +"qu'une partie du texte a été traduite automatiquement." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "" +"Pour traduire le contenu de votre site Web, cliquez sur **Traduire**, " +"cliquez sur **Traduire** (**Traduire** car nous voulons traduire notre site " +"vers le français)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" +" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " +"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " +"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " +"ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez installé le traducteur Gengo, vous verrez à côté du bouton " +"**Traduire** un bouton **Traduire automatiquement**. Une fois que vous aurez" +" cliqué sur ce bouton, vous devrez rentrer les informations de votre compte." +" Si vous n'avez pas encore de compte, rendez-vous sur " +"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " +"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ afin d'en créer un. Vous devrez " +"demander une clé publique et une clé privée." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "" +"Le contenu que vous souhaitez traduire sera alors traduit automatiquement." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" +"Vous verrez que maintenant la plupart du contenu est surligné en jaune ou en" +" vert. Le jaune représente le contenu que vous devez traduire vous-même. Le" +" vert représente le contenu qui a été traduit automatiquement." diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 3d0a39fd7..f959466fe 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 15:29+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" @@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: it\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../applications.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications.rst:3 msgid "Applications" msgstr "Applicazioni" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po deleted file mode 100644 index de415ba50..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1521 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Luigi Di Naro <gigidn@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Sara Ciaurri <sara.ciaurri@didotech.com>, 2020 -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "CRM" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "Acquisire nuovi contatti" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 -msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "Convertire i Lead in opportunità" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM" -" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can " -"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" -"Il sistema può generare contatti al posto di opportunità, in modo tale da " -"aggiungere un ulteriore passaggio di classificazione prima di convertire un " -"Contatto in un'Opportunità e poterlo, dunque, assegnare al personale di " -"vendita corretto. E' possibile attivare questa modalità dalle Impostazioni " -"del CRM che verrà applicata di default a tutti i canali di vendita " -"esistenti. E', inoltre, possibile rendere questa modalità più specifica per " -"determinati canali dal loro pannello di configurazione." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "" -"Per attivare questa funzionalità andare su: CRM -> Configurazione -> " -"Impostazioni e selezionare la funzione \"Contatti\"." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." -msgstr "" -"A questo punto apparirà un nuovo sotto-menù chiamato \"Contatti\" sotto " -"\"Contatti\" dove si aggregheranno." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 -msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "Convertire un Contatto in Opportunità" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." -msgstr "" -"Cliccando su un \"Contatto\" è possibile convertirlo in un'opportunità e " -"decidere se assegnarlo sempre allo stesso canale/persona e se è necessario " -"creare un nuovo cliente." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." -msgstr "" -"Nel caso sia già stata creata un'opportunità con un determinato cliente, " -"Odoo dà la possibilità di unire la nuova opportunità a quella esistente. " -"Allo stesso modo Odoo permette di collegare all’opportunità un cliente " -"esistente se quel cliente è stato precedentemente inserito." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "Generare Contatti/Opportunità dalle email" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" -" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." -msgstr "" -"Per migliorare considerevolmente le prestazioni è possibile automatizzare la" -" creazione di contatti/opportunità . Ogni email mandata a " -"*sales@database\\_domain.ext* genererà di default un'opportunità nel flusso " -"del canale di vendita predefinito." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 -msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "Configurare alias delle email" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " -"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" -" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" -"Ogni canale di vendita può avere la propria email alias usata per generare " -"contatti/opportunità assegnati automaticamente ad essa. Questo è utile per " -"gestire molteplici team di vendita con specifici processi di vendita. Per " -"configurare i canali di vendita andare su Configurazioni -> Canali di " -"vendita" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "" -"Generare Contatti / Opportunità dalla pagina di contatto del proprio sito " -"web" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" -" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." -msgstr "" -" Per migliorare considerevolmente le prestazioni è possibile automatizzare " -"la creazione di contatti/opportunità. Ogni visitatore genererà un " -"contatto/opportunità all'interno del flusso semplicemente usando il modulo " -"di contatto del proprio sito web." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 -msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "Utilizzare l’opzione contattaci direttamente dal proprio sito web" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 -msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "" -"Prima di tutto è necessario andare sull’applicazione del proprio sito web" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 -msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " -"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "" -"Con l'applicazione CRM installata, puoi beneficiare di un modulo di contatto" -" pronto all'uso sul tuo sito Web Odoo, che genererà automaticamente contatti" -" / opportunità." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " -"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." -msgstr "" -"Per impostare un canale di vendita specifico andare su Sito Web → " -"Configurazione → Impostazioni e nella sezione *Comunicazione* verranno " -"visualizzate le Informazioni relative al Modulo di Contatto e dove si " -"possono modificare il *Canale di Vendita* e il *Personale di Vendita*" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 -msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "Creare un Modulo di Contatto personalizzato" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " -"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " -"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"Se si desidera sapere di più sul visitatore che utilizza il modulo per " -"contattare l’azienda, è necessario costruire un modulo contatto " -"personalizzato sul proprio sito web. Questi moduli possono generare, nel " -"sistema, diversi tipi di registrazioni (email, contatti/opportunità, " -"progetti, ticket di assistenza, ecc.)." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " -"Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "" -"Per personalizzare il Modulo di Contatto sul proprio sito è necessario " -"installare il modulo gratuito *Form Builder*, disponibile solo in Odoo " -"Enterprise." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 -msgid "" -"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," -" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " -"fields you wish." -msgstr "" -"Per creare un modulo di contatto personalizzato, prima di tutto, andare " -"nella pagina dove si desidera inserirlo, entrare in modalità Modifica e " -"trascinare il modulo Form Builder sulla pagina, così da poter aggiungere " -"tutti i campi che si desiderano." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " -"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "" -"Di defalut, ogni modulo contatto compilato dai visitatori invierà un email. " -"Si può attivare la funzione che genera un Contatto/Opportunità nella sezione" -" *Cambia Parametri Modulo*." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " -"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"Se lo stesso visitatore compila il modulo due volte, la seconda " -"registrazione verrà aggiunta al primo Contatto/Opportunità nel chatter." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 -msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "Creare Contatti al posto di Opportunità" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " -"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " -"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." -msgstr "" -"Quando si utilizza un modulo di contatto, sarebbe opportuno aggiungere un " -"ulteriore passaggio di qualificazione prima di assegnare il contatto al " -"corretto personale di vendita. Per fare ciò, attivare i *Contatti* nelle " -"impostazioni del CRM e consultare la guida *Convertire i Contatti in " -"Opportunità*." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 -msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "Inviare Preventivi" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " -"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Quando si qualifica un contatto in opportunità è molto probabile che sia " -"necessario mandare un preventivo al cliente. E’ possibile fare questo " -"direttamente nell’App CRM di Odoo." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 -msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "Creare un nuovo preventivo" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " -"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." -msgstr "" -"Cliccando su qualsiasi Opportunità o Contatto apparirà un pulsante *Nuovo " -"Preventivo* che porterà ad un altro menù da cui sarà possibile gestirlo." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " -"*Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "" -"E’ possibile visualizzare tutti preventivi fatti per quella particolare " -"opportunità nel menù *Preventivi* proprio in quella pagina." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 -msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "Contrassegnare le opportunità come vinte/perse" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " -"process along." -msgstr "" -"Per continuare con il processo di vendita sarà necessario contrassegnare la " -"propria opportunità come vinta o persa." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " -"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "" -"Se si contrassegnano come vinte, esse saranno spostate nella colonna *Vinte*" -" della propria schermata Kanban, altrimenti, se contrassegnate come *Perse*," -" verranno archiviate." - -#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "Ottimizzare il lavoro quotidiano" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "Sincronizzare il Calendario Google a Odoo" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " -"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " -"directions)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo è perfettamente integrato con i calendari di Google, è possibile " -"visionare e gestire le riunioni da entrambe le piattaforme (gli " -"aggiornamenti sono bidirezionali)." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 -msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "Installazione in Google" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" -" Entrare nella 'piattaforma delle API Google " -"<https://console.developers.google.com>' per generare le credenziali per il " -"Calendario Google API. Effettuare l’accesso con il proprio Google Account;" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 -msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "Andare nella pagina API & Servizi" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "" -"Immettere la voce **Calendario Google API** nella barra di ricerca e " -"selezionarla." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Abilitare l'API" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " -"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." -msgstr "" -"Selezionare o creare un progetto API per conservare le credenziali, se non è" -" già stato fatto in precedenza, avendo cura di attribuirgli un nome " -"esplicito (es. Sincronizzazione Odoo)." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 -msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "Creare le credenziali" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" -"Selezionare la voce *Browser Web (Javascript)* come sorgente da cui verrà " -"chiamata l’API e *Dati Utente* come tipo di dati a cui si avrà accesso." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " -"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " -"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" -"Dopodiché creare un Client ID: immettere il nome dell’applicazione (es. " -"Calendario Odoo) e delle pagine autorizzate su cui si verrà indirizzati. " -"*L’origine Javascript Autorizzata* da impostare è l’istanza URL di Odoo, " -"mentre l’*URI di re-indirizzamento Autorizzato* è l’istanza URL di Odoo " -"seguita da '/google_account/authentication'." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " -"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " -"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" -" in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" -" Procedere nella configurazione immettendo il nome del prodotto (es. " -"Calendario Odoo) nella Schermata di Autorizzazione. Controllare le eventuali" -" opzioni di personalizzazione, se necessario. La Schermata di Autorizzazione" -" apparirà solo al primo inserimento del Client ID in Odoo." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" -" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." -msgstr "" -" Infine verrà fornito il **Client ID**. Andare nella sezione *Credenziali* " -"per vedere anche il **Client Secret** poiché entrambi sono richiesti in " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "Installazione in Odoo" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " -"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Installare l’applicazione **Calendario Google** dal menù delle *App* o " -"cliccando l’opzione da :menuselection:'Impostazioni → Impostazioni Generali'" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" -" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." -msgstr "" -"Andare su :menuselection:`Impostazioni → Impostazioni Generali' e immettere" -" il proprio **Client ID** e **Client Secret** nell’opzione del Calendario " -"Google." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " -"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " -"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" -" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." -msgstr "" -" L’installazione è, ora, pronta. Aprire il Calendario Odoo e sincronizzarlo " -"con quello Google. La prima volta che si effettuerà la sincronizzazione si " -"verrà re-indirizzati su Google per autorizzare la connessione. Una volta " -"ritornati su Odoo, cliccare nuovamente sul pulsante di sincronizzazione. E’ " -"possibile cliccare quel pulsante ogni qualvolta si desideri sincronizzare il" -" proprio calendario." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 -msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "" -"Da questo momento in poi non ci saranno più scuse per perdersi un " -"appuntamento!" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 -msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" -msgstr "Utilizzare i servizi VOIP in Odoo con OnSIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduzione" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" -" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " -"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." -msgstr "" -"Il VOIP di Odoo può essere impostato per lavorare con OnSIP (www.onsip.com)." -" In quel caso l’installazione e la configurazione di un Server Asterisk non " -"è necessaria poiché l’intera struttura sarà ospitata e gestita da OnSIP." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " -"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " -"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " -"configuration procedure below." -msgstr "" -"Per utilizzare questo servizio è necessario creare un account in OnSIP. " -"Prima di procedere, assicurarsi che l’area da cui si effettuano le chiamate " -"e le aree principali verso cui si dovranno indirizzare le chiamate, siano " -"coperte dal servizio. Dopo aver creato un account OnSIP, seguire la " -"procedura di configurazione riportata qui sotto." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." -msgstr "" -"Entrare nella pagina delle Applicazioni e installare il modulo **VoIP " -"OnSIP**." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " -"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" -msgstr "" -"Andare su Impostazioni → Impostazioni Generali e, nella sezione Integrazioni" -" → Asterisk (VoIP), completare i seguenti 3 campi:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " -"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " -"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." -msgstr "" -"**Dominio OnSIP**: è il dominio scelto quando si crea un accont OnSIP su " -"www.onsip.com. Nel caso non si conoscesse, accedere nel sito " -"https://admin.onsip.com/ ed esso comparirà nell’angolo in alto a destra " -"della pagina." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 -msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -msgstr "**WebSocket**: dovrebbe avere il percorso wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 -msgid "**Mode** should be Production" -msgstr "**Modalità**: selezionare la voce Produzione" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " -"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" -msgstr "" -"Successivamente andare su **Impostazioni** → **Utenti** e, nel modulo di " -"ogni utente VoIP, compilare i campi della **Configurazione PBX** nella " -"sezione Preferenze:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 -msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "" -"**SIP Login / Estensioni del Browser**: inserire l’username usato in OnSIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 -msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" -"**Autorizzazione OnSIP dell’utente**: Username di autorizzazione in OnSIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 -msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr " **SIP Password**: immettere la 'SIP password' di OnSIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 -msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" -msgstr " **Estensione Dispositivi Mobili**: 'Estensione' OnSIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can find all this information by logging in at " -"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " -"and refer to the fields as pictured below." -msgstr "" -"E’ possibile trovare tutte queste informazioni accedendo al sito " -"https://admin.onsip.com/users e, selezionando l’utente che si desidera " -"configurare, completare i campi basandosi sulle voci riportate nell’immagine" -" qui sotto." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " -"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" -" Odoo and in OnSIP)." -msgstr "" -"Ora è possibile fare delle telefonate cliccando sull’icona telefono in alto " -"a destra in Odoo (assicurarsi di aver effettuato l’accesso con un utente " -"opportunamente configurato con Odoo e OnSIP)." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " -"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." -msgstr "" -"Nel caso appaia il messaggio *Parametri Mancanti* nel softphone Odoo, " -"aggiornare la pagina Odoo e riprovare." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 -msgid "" -"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" -" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " -"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " -"international prefix for the United States)." -msgstr "" -"Se, nel softphone Odoo, appare il messaggio *Numero Errato*, assicurarsi di " -"utilizzare il formato internazionale, con il più (+) iniziale seguito dal " -"codice internazionale del paese. (es. +16506913277 dove +1 è il prefisso " -"degli Stati Uniti)" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " -"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." -msgstr "" -"Adesso è possibile anche ricevere chiamate in ingresso. Il proprio numero è " -"quello fornito da OnSIP. Quando si riceve una telefonata Odoo attiverà una " -"suoneria e mostrerà una notifica." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 -msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" -msgstr "OnSIP sul proprio Cellulare" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " -"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" -" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " -"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." -msgstr "" -"E’ possibile fare e ricevere chiamate, anche quando non si sta utilizzando " -"il computer, usando parallelamente l’applicazione softphone dal proprio " -"cellulare con Odoo VoIP. Questo è utile sia per effettuare chiamate rapide, " -"che per essere sicuri di sentire le chiamate in entrata o, semplicemente, " -"per comodità e funziona con qualsiasi softphone SIP." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 -msgid "" -"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " -"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." -" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " -"then have to configure it as follows:" -msgstr "" -"OnSIP è stato testato con successo con `Grandstream Wave " -"<https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_ sia " -"in Android che IOS. Quando si crea un account, selezionare OnSIP nella lista" -" di operatori e, successivamente, configurarlo come riportato di seguito:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 -msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" -msgstr " **Nome Account**: OnSIP;" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 -msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" -msgstr " **Server SIP**: inserire il 'dominio' in OnSIP;" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 -msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr " **ID Utente SIP**: immettere il nome 'utente' in OnSIP;" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 -msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" -" **ID Autenticazione SIP**: scrivere il 'nome utente di autorizzazione' in " -"OnSIP;" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 -msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr " **Password**: inserire la 'SIP password' usata in OnSIP." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " -"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " -"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " -"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" -" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " -"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" -"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." -msgstr "" -"A parte poter avviare le chiamate dal proprio cellulare utilizzando " -"Grandstream Wave, è possibile avviarle anche digitando i numeri di telefono " -"nel browser del PC. Questo farà squillare Grandstream Wave e indirizzerà la " -"chiamata tramite il cellulare all’altra parte. In questo modo si eviterà di " -"perdere tempo nella composizione dei numeri di telefono. Per questa " -"funzionalità, è necessario installare l’estensione di Chrome `Assistente " -"Chiamate OnSIP <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" -"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" -" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." -msgstr "" -"Lo svantaggio di usare un softphone dal proprio cellulare è il fatto che le " -"chiamate non saranno registrate in Odoo poiché il softphone agisce come " -"un’applicazione indipendente e separata." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" -msgstr "Configurare il proprio server di VOIP Asterisk per Odoo" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "Installazione server Asterisk" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 -msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "Dipendenze" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" -msgstr "" -"Prima di installare Asterisk è necessario configurare le seguenti " -"dipendenze:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 -msgid "wget" -msgstr " wget" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 -msgid "gcc" -msgstr " gcc" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 -msgid "g++" -msgstr " g++" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 -msgid "ncurses-devel" -msgstr " ncurses-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 -msgid "libxml2-devel" -msgstr " libxml2-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 -msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr " sqlite-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 -msgid "libsrtp-devel" -msgstr "libsrtp-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 -msgid "libuuid-devel" -msgstr "libuuid-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 -msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "openssl-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 -msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "pkg-config" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 -msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "Per installare libsrtp seguire le seguenti istruzioni:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " -"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " -"extracted:" -msgstr "" -"E’ necessario, inoltre, installare PJSIP, è possibile procedere al download " -"`qui <http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Una volta estratta la directory " -"sorgente:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "**entrare nella directory dei sorgenti di pjproject:**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 -msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "**eseguire:**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 -msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr " **compilare e installare pjproject:**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 -msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr " **aggiornare i link alle librerie condivise:**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 -msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr " **verificare che pjproject sia installato:**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 -msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr " **Il risultato dovrebbe essere il seguente:**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "Asterisk" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " -"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" -"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." -msgstr "" -"Per installare Asterisk 13.7.0 è possibile scaricare i sorgenti direttamente" -" da `qui <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" -"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "Estrarre Asterisk:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" -msgstr "Entrare nella directory di Asterisk:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 -msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr " Eseguire lo script di configurazione di Asterisk:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 -msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr " Eseguire lo strumento menuselect di Asterisk:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 -msgid "" -"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " -"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " -"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " -"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." -msgstr "" -" Nel menu selezione, andare sull’opzione risorse e assicurarsi che res_strp " -"sia abilitata. Nel caso ci siano 3 “x” dopo res_strp, potrebbero esserci dei" -" problemi nella libreria strp e si dovrà provvedere a reinstallarlo. Salvare" -" la configurazione (premendo X) e dovrebbero apparire degli asterischi " -"davanti alla stringa res_pjsip." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 -msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "Compilare e installare Asterisk:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " -"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " -"run 'make config'." -msgstr "" -"Se si desidera avere un esempio di configurazione è possibile avviare il " -"comando 'make samples' per installare la configurazione in esempio. Per " -"installare lo script di startup di Asterisk è possibile avviare il comando " -"'make config'." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 -msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "Certificati DTLS" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 -msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "Successivamente, bisogna configurare i certificati DTLS:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "Avviare la directory degli script di Asterisk:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" -" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" -msgstr "" -"Creare i certificati DTLS (sostituire pbx.mycompany.com con il proprio " -"indirizzo IP o il nome del DNS, sostituire anche My Company con il nome " -"della propria azienda):" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 -msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "Configurazione server Asterisk" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 -msgid "" -"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " -"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " -"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" -" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " -"uncommented:" -msgstr "" -"Molte delle impostazioni necessarie per il WebRTC DEVONO essere nelle " -"impostazioni peer. Le configurazioni globali non fluiscono bene sotto le " -"impostazioni peer. I file di configurazione di Asterisk sono locati di " -"default in /etc/asterisk/. Per prima cosa modificare l’http.conf e " -"assicurasi che le seguenti righe non siano commentate:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " -"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " -"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " -"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " -"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" -msgstr "" -"Successivamente è necessario modificare la riga sip.conf. Il peer di WebRTC " -"richiede l’attivazione di crittografia, avpf e icesupport. Nella maggior " -"parte dei casi il directmedia dovrebbe essere disabilitato. Inoltre, in " -"riferimento al client WebRTC, il transport deve essere elencato come “ws” " -"per permettere i collegamenti websocket. Tutte queste righe di " -"configurazione dovrebbero andare sotto lo stesso peer, poiché impostandole " -"globalmente potrebbero non funzionare." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 -msgid "" -"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " -"lines:" -msgstr "" -"Nei file sip.conf e rtp.conf è necessario anche aggiungere o togliere il " -"commento dalle righe:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 -msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" -msgstr "Infine impostare l’extensions.conf:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 -msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "Configurazione VoIP Odoo" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 -msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "" -"In Odoo, la configurazione dovrebbe essere fatta nelle preferenze " -"dell’utente." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 -msgid "" -"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" -" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" -" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " -"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" -" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." -msgstr "" -"Il SIP Login / Estensione Browser è il numero precedentemente configurato " -"nel file sip.conf, nell’esempio riportato è 1060. La Password SIP è quella " -"scelta nel file sip.conf. L’estensione per il telefono aziendale non è un " -"campo richiesto, ma si può usare per trasferire le chiamate da Odoo ad un " -"telefono esterno, anch’esso configurato nel file sip.conf." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 -msgid "" -"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " -"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " -"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " -"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " -"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." -msgstr "" -"La configurazione dovrebbe essere svolta nelle impostazioni di vendita sotto" -" il titolo \"Configurazione PBX\". E’ necessario inserire l’IP definito nel " -"file http.conf e il Websocket dovrebbe essere il seguente: " -"ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. La parte \"127.0.0.1\" deve essere completato " -"dall’indirizzo IP scelto precedentemente e il numero \"8088\" è la porta " -"immessa sempre nel file http.conf." - -#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "Analizzare le performance" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 -msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" -msgstr "Ottenere un’accurata stima di fatturato previsto" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" -" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " -"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " -"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." -msgstr "" -"Quando si procede nel ciclo di vendita e si avanza da una fase ad un’altra, " -"ci si aspetta delle informazioni più precise, su una data opportunità, che " -"forniranno un’idea più precisa sulla probabilità di chiuderla. Questo è " -"importante per vedere il fatturato previsto nei vari resoconti." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 -msgid "Configure your kanban stages" -msgstr "Configurare gli stadi Kanban" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " -"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" -" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" -" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " -"more accurate." -msgstr "" -"La schermata Kanban di Odoo ha 4 stadi di default: Nuovo, Qualificato, " -"Proposta, Vinta, rispettivamente con il 10, 30 70, e 100% di probabilità di " -"successo. E’ possibile aggiungere altri stadi e anche modificare quelli " -"esistenti. Definendo maggiormente le probabilità di successo di default con " -"le fasi, per il business, è possibile rendere il fatturato previsto ancora " -"più preciso." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" -" you can modify them manually of course." -msgstr "" -"Ogni opportunità avrà le percentuali di probabilità di successo, attribuiti " -"ai vari stadi, impostati di default, ma è possibile modificarle manualmente " -"in qualunque momento." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 -msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" -msgstr "" -"Impostare i ricavi previsti dalle opportunità e la data di probabile " -"chiusura" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " -"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" -" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." -msgstr "" -"Quando si ricevono informazioni in seguito ad un prospetto, è importante " -"impostare un ricavo previsto e una data di probabile chiusura. Questo " -"permetterà di poter visualizzare il totale dei ricavi per stadi, nonché una " -"più accurata stima di probabile fatturato." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 -msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" -msgstr "Visualizzare le opportunità in chiusura o scadute" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " -"closing, letting you prioritize." -msgstr "" -"Nel flusso è possibile filtrare le opportunità secondo quanto tempo si andrà" -" a chiuderle, così da poter attribuire loro una priorità." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 -msgid "" -"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " -"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " -"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." -msgstr "" -"Questo strumento servirà al responsabile delle vendite per trovare nuovi " -"potenziali modi di migliorare il processo di vendita, per esempio, tante " -"opportunità in fase iniziale ma con una data di chiusura molto vicina " -"potrebbero indicare un problema." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 -msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" -msgstr "Visualizzare i ricavi totali e il fatturato previsto" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 -msgid "" -"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " -"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." -msgstr "" -"Dalla vista Kanban è possibile visualizzare il ricavo previsto per ogni " -"fase, basato sulle impostazioni configurate nel ricavo previsto delle " -"opportunità." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " -"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " -"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " -"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " -"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." -msgstr "" -"Il responsabile delle vendite può andare in :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Resoconti --> Analisi del Flusso`, lì l’unità di misura di default è " -"impostata in **Fatturato Previsto**. Questo resoconto terrà in " -"considerazione i ricavi precedentemente impostati in ogni opportunità e la " -"loro probabilità di chiusura così da avere un’idea più precisa dei ricavi " -"previsti e permettendo di poter fare nuovi piani e fissare degli obbiettivi." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 -msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "Tenere sotto controllo le percentuali di Vincite / Perdite" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " -"Win/Loss ratio." -msgstr "" -"Per vedere quanto sta andando bene il flusso è necessario tenere sotto " -"controllo la percentuale di Vincite / Perdite." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." -msgstr "" -"Per accedere a questo resoconto, andare sulla vista *Flusso* nella scheda " -"*Resoconti*." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" -" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " -"on filter and check Won/Lost." -msgstr "" -"Lì è possibile filtrare quali opportunità rendere visibili, le proprie, " -"quelle del proprio canale di vendita, quelle dell’intera azienda, ecc., " -"Successivamente si potrà cliccare sul filtro per visualizzare quelle Vinte o" -" Perse." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 -msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "E’ possibile anche cambiare l'*Unità di Misura* in *Ricavo Totale*." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 -msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "Inoltre è possibile passare alla vista diagramma a torta." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "Organizzare il flusso" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "Gestire le opportunità perse" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" -" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " -"can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "" -"Mentre si lavora con le opportunità è possibile perderne qualcuna. È " -"necessario, dunque, tenere traccia delle ragioni per cui esse sono state " -"perse e anche in quali modi Odoo può aiutare a recuperarle in futuro." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 -msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "Segnare un contatto come perso" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " -"*Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "" -"Nel flusso basta selezionare un’opportunità qualsiasi per far apparire il " -"pulsante *Segna come Perso*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " -"there." -msgstr "" -"Successivamente è possibile selezionare un *Motivo Perdita* esistente o " -"crearne uno nuovo proprio in quella schermata." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 -msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "Gestire e creare i motivi perdita" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "" -"I *Motivi Perdita* sono in :menuselection:`Configurazione --> Motivi " -"Perdita`." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "" -"Da lì è possibile selezionarli, rinominarli e, inoltre, crearne di nuovi." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 -msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "Recuperare le opportunità perse" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" -" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "" -"Per recuperare le opportunità perse ed eseguire altre operazioni su di esse " -"(es. mandare un’email, effettuare una chiamata di riscontro, ecc.), " -"selezionare il filtro *Perse*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 -msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "Si potranno visualizzare tutte le opportunità perse." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " -"Reason*." -msgstr "" -"Se si desidera migliorare la ricerca è possibile aggiungere un filtro ai " -"*Motivi Perdita*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 -msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." -msgstr "Per esempio *Troppo Costoso*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 -msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "Ripristinare le opportunità perse" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " -"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " -"clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "" -"Nella vista Kanban con i filtri attivi, è possibile selezionare qualsiasi " -"opportunità e lavorarci regolarmente, come anche ripristinarle cliccando " -"sulla voce *Archiviate*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" -" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " -"also archive the same way." -msgstr "" -"Si possono, inoltre, ripristinare elementi in massa dalla vista Kanban " -"quando appartengono alla stessa fase. Selezionare la voce *Ripristina Dati* " -"nella colonna delle opzioni. È possibile anche archiviarli nello stesso " -"modo." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 -msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "" -"Per selezionare determinate opportunità, è necessario passare alla vista a " -"elenco." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " -"want to take." -msgstr "" -"Successivamente è possibile selezionare alcune o tutte le opportunità e " -"scegliere l’azione da eseguire." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 -msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "Gestire molteplici Team di Vendita" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " -"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "" -"In Odoo è possibile gestire molteplici Team di Vendita, dipartimenti o " -"canali, aventi specifici processi di vendita, utilizzando il concetto di " -"*Canale di Vendita*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "Creare un nuovo Canale di Vendita" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" -"Per generare un nuovo Canale di Vendita seguire il percorso: " -":menuselection:`Configurazione --> Canali di Vendita`." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 -msgid "" -"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " -"address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "" -"Qui è possibile, prima di tutto, attribuirgli una email alias, in modo che, " -"ogni qual volta una mail arriva a quell’indirizzo si genererà " -"automaticamente un contatto/opportunità." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 -msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "Aggiungere membri ai Canali di Vendita" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " -"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " -"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," -" you can only be a member of one channel." -msgstr "" -"E’ possibile aggiungere membri a qualsiasi canale così che, aprendolo, essi " -"siano in grado di vedere la struttura del flusso del canale di vendita. Ogni" -" contatto/opportunità a loro assegnato sarà collegato al canale di vendita. " -"Pertanto è possibile essere membro di un solo canale." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 -msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "" -"Questo semplificherà il processo di revisione effettuato dal Team Manager." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " -"all of its opportunities." -msgstr "" -"Se si attiva un filtro in un canale specifico del proprio flusso, " -"appariranno tutte le opportunità relative ad esso." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "Pannello di Controllo dei Canali di Vendita" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " -"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " -"*Reporting*." -msgstr "" -"Per visualizzare le operazioni e i risultati di ogni canale di vendita a " -"colpo d’occhio, il responsabile delle vendite ha accesso al *Pannello di " -"Controllo dei Canali di Vendita* sotto la voce *Resoconti*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" -" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." -msgstr "" -"Questo pannello è condiviso con tutto il sistema in modo che venga " -"considerata ogni entrata esistente: Vendite, eCommerce, PoS, ecc." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "Assegnare e tracciare i contatti" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "Assegnare i contatti basati su un sistema di punteggio" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" -" criterias." -msgstr "" -"Con il sistema di *Valutazione Contatti* è possibile classificarli basandosi" -" su determinati criteri." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " -"that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "" -"Per esempio, è possibile attribuire un punteggio più alto ai clienti che " -"provengono dal proprio paese o a quelli che visitano delle determinate " -"pagine del proprio sito web." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " -"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" -"Per usare le valutazioni è necessario installare il modulo gratuito " -"*Valutazione Contatti* dalla propria pagina delle *Applicazioni* " -"(disponibile solo su Odoo Enterprise)." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "Creare le regole di valutazione" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" -" can manage your scoring rules." -msgstr "" -"Dopo aver installato il modulo apparirà una nuova scheda nell’applicazione " -"del *CRM* chiamata *Gestione Contatti* dove si possono gestire le proprie " -"regole di valutazione." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " -"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "" -"Qui di seguito è riportato un esempio di un contatto Canadese, è possibile " -"modificare e aggiungere qualsiasi criterio si desideri per attribuire una " -"valutazione al contatto." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " -"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "" -"Ad ogni ora, qualsiasi contatto senza una valutazione sarà automaticamente " -"analizzato e gli verrà attribuito il corretto punteggio secondo le regole di" -" valutazione impostate." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 -msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "Assegnare i contatti" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " -"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " -"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " -"This domain can include scores." -msgstr "" -"Una volta calcolati i punteggi, i contatti possono essere assegnati a " -"specifici team che hanno lo stesso meccanismo di dominio. Per fare ciò " -"andare su :menuselection:`CRM --> Gestione Contatti --> Assegnazione Team` e" -" applicare un dominio specifico per ogni team. Il dominio può comprendere i " -"punteggi." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " -"more refined domain." -msgstr "" -"È, inoltre, possibile assegnare i contatti a un venditore più specifico nel " -"team tramite un dominio più definito." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " -"Assignation`." -msgstr "" -"Per fare ciò seguire il percorso :menuselection:`CRM --> Gestione Contatti " -"--> Assegnazione Contatti`." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "" -"L'assegnazione dei team e dei contatti assegnerà i contatti non ancora " -"assegnati una volta al giorno." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "Valutare e utilizzare i contatti non assegnati" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " -"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " -"useful to do something with them." -msgstr "" -"Una volta impostate le regole di valutazione ci saranno, molto " -"probabilmente, ancora molti contatti non assegnati. Alcuni di essi, però, " -"potrebbero ancora portare ad un’opportunità e sarebbe, quindi, utile " -"impiegarli in qualche modo." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "" -"Nella pagina dei contatti è possibile impostare un filtro per trovare quelli" -" non assegnati." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " -"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" -" unassigned leads from there." -msgstr "" -"E’ possibile, inoltre, usare le applicazioni :menuselection:`Email di " -"Marketing` e :menuselection:`Automazione di Marketing` per inviare email di " -"massa ai contatti non assegnati." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 -msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "Monitorare le potenziali visite nel proprio sito web" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " -"interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "" -"Monitorando la propria pagina web si avranno molte più informazioni riguardo" -" agli interessi dei visitatori." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " -"they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "" -"Ogni pagina monitorata che verrà visitata sarà registrata nei " -"contatti/opportunità se verrà usato il modulo contatto sul sito." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " -"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" -"Per usare questa funzionalità, è necessario installare il modulo gratuito " -"*Valutazione Contatti* nella pagina delle *App* (disponibile solo in Odoo " -"Enterprise)." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 -msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "Monitorare una pagina web" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " -"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "" -"Andare su qualsiasi pagina statica del sito web che si desidera monitorare " -"e, nella scheda *Promuovi*, apparirà la voce *Ottimizza SEO*." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 -msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "" -"Lì, è possibile visualizzare la casella *Monitora Pagina* per attivare " -"questa funzione." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 -msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "Visualizzare le pagine visitate nei contatti/opportunità" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " -"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " -"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " -"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"Ogni qualvolta un contatto viene creato dal modulo di contatto del sito web," -" terrà traccia delle pagine visualizzate dal visitatore. Ci sono 2 modi per " -"vedere quelle pagine: uno è il pulsante *Visualizzazioni della Pagina* in " -"alto a destra del contatto/opportunità; l’altro si trova più in basso nella " -"chat." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " -"pages." -msgstr "" -"Entrambi i contatori si aggiorneranno non appena il visitatore tornerà nel " -"proprio sito web per visualizzare altre pagine." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " -"chatter." -msgstr "" -"Questa modalità non ripete, nella chat, visualizzazioni multiple della " -"stessa pagina." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 -msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "I clienti non potranno più nascondere segreti!" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4b0f42936..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,789 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Luigi Di Naro <gigidn@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "Gestione database online" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " -"click on the `Manage Your Databases " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." -msgstr "" -"Per gestire i propri database, visitare la `pagina di gestione database " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (è necessario effettuare l'accesso). " -"Quindi fare clic sul pulsante `«Gestisci database» " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ ." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" -" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " -"database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 -msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "Sono disponibili diverse azioni:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " -"features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " -"flows without compromising your daily operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "**Backup**" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " -"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 -msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " -"database already selected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Avanzamento di versione" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " -"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" -" the process before upgrading your production database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " -"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " -"experience." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " -"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " -"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" -" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " -"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " -"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " -"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " -"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " -"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " -"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 -msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 -msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " -"database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " -"same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " -"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 -msgid "" -"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " -"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 -msgid "" -"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " -"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " -"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " -"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " -"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" -" and asking another request will not be possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " -"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " -"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " -"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " -"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " -"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " -"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" -" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " -"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " -"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " -"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " -"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" -" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " -"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " -"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " -"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " -"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " -"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" -" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " -"the process is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " -"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " -"migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "Duplicare un database" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " -"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " -"database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 -msgid "" -"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " -"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" -" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 -msgid "" -"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" -" database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " -"example)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 -msgid "" -"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " -"behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " -"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187 -msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "Rinominare un database" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189 -msgid "" -"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " -"want to rename, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " -"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200 -msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "Eliminare un database" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204 -msgid "" -"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " -"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " -"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " -"backup may be several hours old at that point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210 -msgid "" -"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " -"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217 -msgid "" -"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " -"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227 -msgid "" -"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " -"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233 -msgid "" -"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " -"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" -" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" -" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" -"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " -"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " -"message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" -" Manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " -"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " -"database\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " -"as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 -msgid "" -"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " -"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." -" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " -"specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " -"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " -"<duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "" -"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " -"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " -"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 -msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" -" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " -"outgoing connections towards:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 -msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 -msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " -"Update notification runs once a week." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 -msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" -" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 -msgid "" -"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " -"countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " -"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115 -msgid "or" -msgstr "o" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 -msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com " -"/documentation/user/12.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " -"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " -"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," -" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " -"message disappear right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " -"subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139 -msgid "" -"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" -" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " -"database is expired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " -"that" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 -msgid "" -"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " -"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " -"card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149 -msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151 -msgid "" -"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 -msgid "" -"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " -"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " -"duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170 -msgid "" -"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " -"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " -"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " -"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " -"registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " -"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " -"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" -" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " -"by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " -"installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " -"rights.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " -"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" -" to **Inactive** immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po deleted file mode 100644 index 46b489ff2..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,662 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "Comunicazioni" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" -" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " -"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " -"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " -"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " -"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " -"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " -"reputation yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " -"own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " -"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " -"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" -" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" -" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " -"`Google documentation " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" -" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " -"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " -"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." -" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " -"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "" -"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " -"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " -"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " -"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" -"/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " -"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " -"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " -"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " -"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " -"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " -"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " -"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " -"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " -"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " -"Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 -msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 -msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 -msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 -msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po deleted file mode 100644 index b9f6c5a64..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1458 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# SebastianoPistore <SebastianoPistore.info@protonmail.ch>, 2019 -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# mymage <stefano.consolaro@mymage.it>, 2019 -# Paolo Valier, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Paolo Valier, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "E-commerce" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Cominciare" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Catalogo prodotto" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " -"your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " -"an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " -"delay, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " -"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " -"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " -"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " -"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Impostazione" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Panoramica" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " -"time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Tariffa" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Imposte" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "Pagamento" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "Come essere pagati con Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " -"you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" -" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " -"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" -" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " -"production mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "Buckaroo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "PayUmoney" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "Sips" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "Stripe" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " -"activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" -"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" -" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " -"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " -"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," -" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" -" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " -"confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " -"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " -"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " -"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " -"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " -"orders straight on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " -"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " -"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " -"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" -" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " -"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " -"payments " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 -msgid "" -"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " -"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " -"only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " -"*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " -"Business Account " -"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 -msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" -" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " -"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. " -"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" -"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" -"payments-ewp>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "Attivazione" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "Credenziali" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -"*Profile > About the business*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" -"fees>`__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141 -msgid "" -"..note:: `Traders in the EU " -"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" -"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " -"with credit cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "See also" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "Registrati" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po deleted file mode 100644 index 449f758da..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Note spese" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po similarity index 54% rename from locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po rename to locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 5ccb82545..ae6a88caf 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -1,33 +1,29 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Davide Corio <enlightx@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Luigi Di Naro <gigidn@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Marco Calcagni <mcalcagni@dinamicheaziendali.it>, 2019 -# Rosario Savarese <rosario.savarese@gmail.com>, 2019 -# David Minneci <david@numeko.it>, 2019 -# Francesco Arillotta <frarillotta@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Simone Bernini <simone@aperturelabs.it>, 2019 -# Giacomo Grasso <giacomo.grasso.82@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Paolo Valier, 2019 -# Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Stefano Consolaro <stefano.consolaro@mymage.it>, 2019 -# Francesco Garganese <francesco.garganese@aeromnia.aero>, 2019 -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Francesco Arillotta <frarillotta@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Luigi Di Naro <gigidn@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Marco Calcagni <mcalcagni@dinamicheaziendali.it>, 2021 +# Stefano Consolaro <stefano.consolaro@mymage.it>, 2021 +# Francesco Garganese <francesco.garganese@aeromnia.aero>, 2021 +# David Minneci <david@numeko.it>, 2021 +# Giacomo Grasso <giacomo.grasso.82@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Paolo Valier, 2021 +# Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2020\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -35,90 +31,94 @@ msgstr "" "Language: it\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:3 +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "Finanza" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:318 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "Contabilità" -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "Banca e cassa" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Feed bancari" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 msgid "" "CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" " well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " "bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " "software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " "statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" "q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configurazione" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 msgid "Install the CODA feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 msgid "" "If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " "CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ msgid "" "<InstallCoda_>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 msgid "" "If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " "application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -134,11 +134,11 @@ msgid "" "in .CODA Format** and apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 msgid "Import your first CODA file" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -146,25 +146,25 @@ msgid "" "Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 msgid "" "Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 msgid "" "If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " "reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 msgid "Importing CODA files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 msgid "" "After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " "automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ msgid "" "directly click on the link **Import Statement**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 msgid "" "Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " "will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ msgid "" "reconciliation process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 msgid "" "Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " "already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" @@ -189,70 +189,70 @@ msgid "" " bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`ofx`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`qif`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`manual`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Panoramica" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " "but also register your bank statements manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " "do is install the accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 msgid "Create your Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 msgid "" "In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " "journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " "will be found underneath." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 msgid "" "Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " "statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " @@ -260,105 +260,105 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 msgid "" "The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" " equal to the computed balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 msgid "" "You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" " |manual04|" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 msgid "" "You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" " on **Reconcile # Items**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " "missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 msgid "" "If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " "reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 msgid "" "Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 msgid "Close Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 msgid "" "On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " "then click on Bank Statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 msgid "Import OFX statement files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 msgid "" "Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " "exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " "consumers via the Internet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " "software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " "bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 msgid "" "In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." " In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ msgid "" "option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -374,18 +374,18 @@ msgid "" " on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 msgid "" "Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 msgid "Importing OFX files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 msgid "" "After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " "automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " @@ -393,8 +393,8 @@ msgid "" "click on the link **Import Statement**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 msgid "" "Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " "will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " @@ -403,16 +403,16 @@ msgid "" "reconciliation process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`coda`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" msgstr "Sincronizzazione del conto PayPal con Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have" " to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." @@ -420,11 +420,11 @@ msgid "" "PayPal payments in just a click." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 msgid "" "Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already " "installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -433,15 +433,15 @@ msgid "" "automatically**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 msgid "Setup your PayPal account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 msgid "" "A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your " "PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " @@ -449,18 +449,18 @@ msgid "" "field, you can set **PayPal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 msgid "" "Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " "and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" " the online institution and click on the configure button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 msgid "" "Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " "the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" @@ -469,13 +469,13 @@ msgid "" "account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 msgid "" "If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " "English or that the site is not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 msgid "" "If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " "step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " @@ -483,29 +483,29 @@ msgid "" "choose the **Paypal balance** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " "Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 msgid "" "Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " "anymore." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 msgid "" "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 msgid "Import QIF statement files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 msgid "" "Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " "writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " @@ -513,20 +513,20 @@ msgid "" " the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" " and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " "statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 msgid "" "In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." " In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ msgid "" "option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -542,21 +542,21 @@ msgid "" " on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 msgid "" "Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 msgid "Importing QIF files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" msgstr "Sincronizzazione di Odoo con la banca" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" " statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 msgid "" "Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " "proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" @@ -574,59 +574,59 @@ msgid "" "supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 msgid "Odoo Online Users" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 msgid "" "If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" " already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" " module **account_yodlee**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 msgid "" "If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " "you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " "registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 msgid "" "you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " "following addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 msgid "Sync your bank feeds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 msgid "" "Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " "your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" @@ -634,35 +634,35 @@ msgid "" " account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 msgid "" "In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " "**Bank Synchronization**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 msgid "" "Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " "**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " "and fill in your bank credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 msgid "" "Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " "every 4 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 msgid "" "Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this " "doesn't always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. " @@ -671,13 +671,13 @@ msgid "" "Yodlee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 msgid "" "You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button " "\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 msgid "" "Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " "fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" @@ -685,39 +685,39 @@ msgid "" "won't import it, you will have to wait till the status changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 msgid "" "What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " "transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" " bank statements to the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 msgid "" "Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to " "your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 msgid "" "Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 msgid "" "Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 msgid "" "This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " "synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" @@ -725,24 +725,25 @@ msgid "" "Unfortunately, there is not much to do about it except for being patient." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch transactions up to 3 months in the past." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Varie" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 msgid "" "When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " "will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " @@ -750,59 +751,59 @@ msgid "" "manually bring the checks to the bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 msgid "" "The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" " be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 msgid "" "The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " "reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 msgid "" "Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " "reconcile them with your bank statement easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 msgid "" "In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " "Deposit** to be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 msgid "" "Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" " your country." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 msgid "" "To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " "application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " "deposits on your main bank accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 msgid "" "To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " "the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " @@ -810,13 +811,13 @@ msgid "" "Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 msgid "" "In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" " to **Batch Deposit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 msgid "" "If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " "payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " @@ -824,15 +825,15 @@ msgid "" "Deposits afterwards." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 msgid "From checks received to the bank" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 msgid "Receive customer checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 msgid "" "Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " "plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " @@ -840,28 +841,28 @@ msgid "" "Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 msgid "" "payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " "Payment** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 msgid "" "From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 msgid "" "Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " "deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " @@ -869,17 +870,17 @@ msgid "" "check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 msgid "" "You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " "the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 msgid "" "When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " "ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " @@ -887,79 +888,79 @@ msgid "" "the bank statement line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 msgid "" "If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " "contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " "deposit in the example below)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:117 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Risoluzione problemi" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 msgid "" "If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " "be two reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 msgid "" "After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " "page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" " button of your browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 msgid "" "If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " "in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " "refused." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 msgid "" "In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " "bank statement matching." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" "A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" " is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " "clicks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " "accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " "to the another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" @@ -968,24 +969,24 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " "specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 msgid "" "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " "from the same page." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" "Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" " accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " @@ -994,66 +995,66 @@ msgid "" "your bank to specify your bank's details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 msgid "" "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " "9533 1498** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" "The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " "accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " "select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" "Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" " transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " "**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " "<Reconcile_>`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " "accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " "receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " @@ -1062,7 +1063,7 @@ msgid "" "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -1071,18 +1072,18 @@ msgid "" "**Reconcile** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 msgid "The following window will open:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " "button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " @@ -1090,47 +1091,47 @@ msgid "" "happen automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Riconciliazione bancaria" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 msgid "Configure model of entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " "order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " "my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " "current balance. This fee is thus variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 msgid "" "First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " "to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " ":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 msgid "" "We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " "depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 msgid "" "We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " "book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " @@ -1138,62 +1139,62 @@ msgid "" "Odoo to take the entire fee into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 msgid "Save your changes when you are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 msgid "" "If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " "under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 msgid "" "You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 msgid "" "Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " "impacted by the payment of the bank fee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 msgid "" "When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " "**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" " relevant data instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " "task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " @@ -1202,39 +1203,39 @@ msgid "" "any other payment document with your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " "is to install the accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Casi d'uso" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " "issued to Smith & Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " @@ -1243,125 +1244,126 @@ msgid "" " services to our customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " "has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " "method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" " :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " "Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:168 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Impostazione" +msgstr "Imposta" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" msgstr "Impostazione di un nuovo conto bancario" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " "guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 msgid "Edit a bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 msgid "" "To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" " it first before filling your own bank information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " "click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 msgid "" "Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " "method like SEPA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "Creare un conto bancario" +msgstr "Crea un conto bancario" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" " on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" @@ -1369,102 +1371,65 @@ msgid "" "Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 msgid "" "If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " "the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " "accounts from another company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Tipo" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." -msgstr "" -"Tipo di conto corrente: normale o IBAN. Dedotto dal numero di conto " -"corrente." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "ABA/Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "Account Holder Name" -msgstr "Nome del titolare del conto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " -"Holder" -msgstr "" -"Nome per il titolare del conto, nel caso sia diverso da quello del titolare " -"del conto stesso." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 msgid "Todo" msgstr "Da fare" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:45 msgid "add inherited field tooltip" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:47 msgid "" "**Display on reports :** Display this bank account on the documents that " "will be printed or send to the customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:50 msgid "" "**Bank Identifier Code** = BIC : SWIFT Address assigned to a bank in order " "to send automated payments quickly and accurately to the banks concerned" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 msgid "" "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " "of the previous one within the same journal automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 msgid "" "From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " "the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " "menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " "company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " @@ -1473,31 +1438,31 @@ msgid "" "transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " "Central bank web-services." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" "In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " "activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " @@ -1506,82 +1471,82 @@ msgid "" "**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu " +"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " -"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " -"(to activate a currency, check his active field)" +"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" +" activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" "After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" " the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "" "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" "That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" " gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " @@ -1589,500 +1554,193 @@ msgid "" "and the payment date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " "Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " "the currency of the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" "If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " "customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " "the report below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " "managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" -" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " -"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" -" be converted in this currency." +" in its own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable for " +"this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically " +"be converted to this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" "In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " "general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " "amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a cash register?" msgstr "Gestire un registratore di cassa" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " "balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Attivo" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." -msgstr "" -"Impostare «Attivo» a falso per nascondere il registro senza rimuoverlo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Use in Point of Sale" -msgstr "Usare nel punto vendita" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a" -" point of sale." -msgstr "" -"Selezionare la casella se il registro indica un metodo di pagamento che può " -"essere usato nel punto vendita." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Azienda" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "Azienda collegata a questo registro" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "Codice breve" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "" -"Le registrazioni contabili di questo registro verranno identificate usando " -"questo prefisso." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Number" -msgstr "Numero successivo" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." -msgstr "Per la prossima fattura verrà usato il successivo numero di sequenza." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Sequenza registrazione" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Questo campo contiene informazioni sulla numerazione delle registrazioni " -"contabili per questo registro." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" -msgstr "Sequenza dedicata per note di credito" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" -" credit notes made from this journal" -msgstr "" -"Selezionare questa casella per non usare la stessa sequenza per fatture e " -"note di credito di questo registro" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Notes: Next Number" -msgstr "Note di credito: numero successivo" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." -msgstr "" -"Per la prossima nota di credito verrà utilizzato il seguente numero di " -"sequenza." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Sequenza registrazione nota di credito" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " -"note entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Questo campo contiene informazioni sulla numerazione delle registrazioni " -"contabili per le note di credito." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "Conto dare predefinito" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "Opera come conto predefinito per l'importo in dare" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "Conto avere predefinito" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "Opera come conto predefinito per l'importo in avere" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Currency" -msgstr "Valuta" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "La valuta utilizzata per inserire l'estratto conto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" -msgstr "Indica come viene registrato l'estratto conto bancario" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Creation of Bank Statements" -msgstr "Creazione estratti conto bancari" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "from your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Incoming Payments" -msgstr "Per pagamenti in entrata" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting " -"a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing " -"online (payment token)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you" -" are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable " -"this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Outgoing Payments" -msgstr "Per pagamenti in uscita" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "Conto utili" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" -" from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Usato per registrare un utile quando il saldo finale di un registratore di " -"cassa è diverso da quanto calcolato dal sistema" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "Conto perdite" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " -"from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Usato per registrare una perdita quando il saldo finale di un registratore " -"di cassa è diverso da quanto calcolato dal sistema" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "Raggruppare le righe fattura" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " -"when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "" -"Se la casella è selezionata, il sistema proverà a raggruppare le righe " -"contabili quando vengono generate dalle fatture." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "Generare con riconciliazione bancaria" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in " -"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when " -"performing bank reconciliation." -msgstr "" -"Indica se impostare a bozza i pagamenti creati in questo registro, in modo " -"che le relative registrazioni contabili vengano generate solo con la " -"riconciliazione bancaria." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Pseudonimo per fatture fornitore" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email." -msgstr "Crea una fattura fornitore in bozza inviando una e-mail." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "Metodo di pagamento di stampa degli assegni selezionato" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" -" method." -msgstr "" -"Funzionalità tecnica utilizzata per sapere se la stampa degli assegni è " -"stata abilitata come metodo di pagamento. " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "Sequenza assegno" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "Sequenza di numerazione degli assegni. " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "Numerazione manuale" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "" -"Selezionare questa opzione se gli assegni prestampati non sono numerati." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "Prossimo numero di assegno" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "Numero di sequenza del prossimo assegno stampato." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" -msgstr "Differenza di importo autorizzata" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field depicts the maximum difference allowed between the ending balance" -" and the theoretical cash when closing a session, for non-POS managers. If " -"this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing " -"of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Utilizzo" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "Localizzazioni" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Colombia" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introduzione" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 msgid "" "**l11n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " "document types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" " for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " "based on the DIAN legal requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "Flusso di lavoro" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "2. Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " "credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 msgid "" "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" " environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " @@ -2090,94 +1748,94 @@ msgid "" "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 msgid "3. Configure your report data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 msgid "4.1 Partner" msgstr "4.1 Partner" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 msgid "4.1.1 Identification" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " "their identification number and document type set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " "number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " "information required by the DIAN ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 msgid "4.2 Taxes" msgstr "4.2 Imposte" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " "This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " "display taxes in the invoice PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 msgid "4.3 Journals" msgstr "4.3 Registri" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " @@ -2186,65 +1844,65 @@ msgid "" "Setting --> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 msgid "4.4 Users" msgstr "4.4 Utenti" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:202 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 msgid "1. Invoice" msgstr "1. Fattura" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "1.1 Invoice creation" msgstr "1.1 Creazione fattura" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " "invoice are the next fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " @@ -2252,28 +1910,28 @@ msgid "" "the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " "the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -2283,142 +1941,142 @@ msgid "" " invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 msgid "After this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 msgid "1.4 Common errors" msgstr "1.4 Errori comuni" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " "after updating the electronic invoice status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 msgid "2. Additional use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 msgid "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "Introducción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 msgid "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 msgid "" "módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " "siguientes puntos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "a. Plan Contable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "b. Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "c. Retenciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 msgid "" "adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " "generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" " DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 msgid "Flujo General" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 msgid "Configuración" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 msgid "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 msgid "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 msgid "cz" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 msgid "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 msgid "" "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " "Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 msgid "" "Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " "**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 msgid "" "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " "ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" @@ -2427,7 +2085,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 msgid "" "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " "el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " @@ -2435,36 +2093,36 @@ msgid "" " la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 msgid "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 msgid "" "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " "Bancaria." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 msgid "" "Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" " Electrónica Colombiana**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 msgid "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 msgid "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 msgid "4.1.1 Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 msgid "" "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " "por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " @@ -2472,31 +2130,31 @@ msgid "" "de documento correspondiente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 msgid "" "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 msgid "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 msgid "" "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " "Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 msgid "" "Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " "Información Fiscal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "" "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " "régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " @@ -2505,24 +2163,24 @@ msgid "" "opciones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 msgid "4.2 Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 msgid "" "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " "necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 msgid "" "Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" " Valor" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 msgid "" "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " "en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " @@ -2530,63 +2188,63 @@ msgid "" "gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 msgid "4.3 Diarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 msgid "" "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" " con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 msgid "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " "ruta:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 msgid "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 msgid "4.4 Usuarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 msgid "" "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " "Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "1. Invoice Creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "" "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " "factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " @@ -2594,55 +2252,55 @@ msgid "" "manualmente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 msgid "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 msgid "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 msgid "transacciones de importación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 msgid "" "utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " "ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " "factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 msgid "1. Invoice Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 msgid "" "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " "desplegado en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 msgid "" "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " "con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" @@ -2650,11 +2308,11 @@ msgid "" "inicial **En Proceso**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 msgid "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 msgid "" "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " "validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " @@ -2664,36 +2322,36 @@ msgid "" "CUFE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 msgid "" "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " "automáticamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 msgid "en el historial de la Factura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 msgid "" "Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" " mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 msgid "1. Errores Frecuentes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 msgid "" "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " "relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " @@ -2701,72 +2359,72 @@ msgid "" "desplegados en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 msgid "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " "botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 msgid "" "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " "igual." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "Francia" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" " --> FEC`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "" "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -2775,39 +2433,39 @@ msgid "" "through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " @@ -2818,33 +2476,33 @@ msgid "" "contact your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "" "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " "menu:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "" "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 msgid "" "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -2852,13 +2510,13 @@ msgid "" "country from the list; Do not create a new country." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " "should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " @@ -2866,13 +2524,13 @@ msgid "" "List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -2882,59 +2540,59 @@ msgid "" " installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " "located in France or in any DOM-TOM." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 msgid "Security" msgstr "Sicurezza" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 msgid "" "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " "document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -2943,7 +2601,7 @@ msgid "" "document recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " @@ -2951,11 +2609,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 msgid "Storage" msgstr "Stoccaggio" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -2963,24 +2621,24 @@ msgid "" "recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " @@ -2988,7 +2646,7 @@ msgid "" " hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " @@ -2996,74 +2654,74 @@ msgid "" "counted in the very next closing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " "developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " "--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Responsabilità" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "Maggiori informazioni" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" "DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Germania" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Piano dei conti tedesco" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " "choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -3071,51 +2729,51 @@ msgid "" "section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Stato patrimoniale" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "Conto economico" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "" "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " "able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " @@ -3124,11 +2782,11 @@ msgid "" "the **Export Datev (csv)** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" msgstr "Italia (IT)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "" "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" " configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " @@ -3137,11 +2795,11 @@ msgid "" "l’interscambio di informazioni." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 msgid "" "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " "funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" @@ -3150,13 +2808,13 @@ msgid "" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 msgid "" "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" " elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " @@ -3166,14 +2824,14 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/discuss/email_servers.html>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " "elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " "della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " @@ -3181,34 +2839,34 @@ msgid "" "previa comunicazione." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " "commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 msgid "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "" "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " "fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " @@ -3216,18 +2874,18 @@ msgid "" "l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 msgid "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "" "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " "necessarie informazioni legali." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "" "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" " i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" @@ -3235,11 +2893,11 @@ msgid "" "necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " "dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" @@ -3248,53 +2906,53 @@ msgid "" "tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "" "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 msgid "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 msgid "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Messico" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "" "This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" " documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " @@ -3304,30 +2962,30 @@ msgid "" "\"Mexico\" set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "" "**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" " account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" " list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," " payment complement, invoice addendum." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " "accounting are here (Accounting app required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 msgid "" "With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " "with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" @@ -3336,33 +2994,33 @@ msgid "" "company in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 msgid "" "After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" " to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " "debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" "When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " "when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 msgid "" "To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" @@ -3371,11 +3029,11 @@ msgid "" " integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 msgid "" "First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " "in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " @@ -3383,20 +3041,28 @@ msgid "" "position on your company’s contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +"vat to **EKU9003173C9**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " +"(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " +"configuration. If you want to manage another currency, let MXN be the " +"default currency and use price list instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:91 msgid "" "4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the " "company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:93 msgid "" "Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " "order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " @@ -3406,11 +3072,11 @@ msgid "" "the option)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:100 msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:103 msgid "" "This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " "available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " @@ -3418,11 +3084,11 @@ msgid "" "https://www.odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:108 msgid "Enable debug mode:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 msgid "" "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " @@ -3430,7 +3096,7 @@ msgid "" "name does not exist)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:119 msgid "" "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " @@ -3438,36 +3104,36 @@ msgid "" "the default behavior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:128 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:648 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:138 msgid "" "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" " set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:145 msgid "" "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " "faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " @@ -3475,14 +3141,14 @@ msgid "" "and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " @@ -3491,152 +3157,146 @@ msgid "" "environment with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178 -msgid "`Certificate`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +msgid "" +":download:` Certificate <files/certificate.cer>` :download:` Certificate Key" +" <files/certificate.key>` - **Password:** 12345678a" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179 -msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 -msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189 msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:191 msgid "" "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " "\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:205 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "Fatturazione" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:217 msgid "" "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " "invoice by email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:224 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:233 msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:235 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:245 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:261 msgid "" "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " "good control of the cancellation reasons." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:264 msgid "" "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " "important." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " "the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " @@ -3644,23 +3304,23 @@ msgid "" "generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "" "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " "``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " @@ -3668,31 +3328,31 @@ msgid "" "next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "" "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -3701,66 +3361,66 @@ msgid "" "caso de anticipos recibidos**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" "1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:334 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:337 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:346 msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -3770,17 +3430,17 @@ msgid "" " xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:363 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -3788,11 +3448,11 @@ msgid "" "is not created you can create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:373 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:375 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -3801,28 +3461,28 @@ msgid "" "the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:388 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:390 msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:392 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:395 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -3830,25 +3490,25 @@ msgid "" "the same, with our providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " "to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:406 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " "find in the SAT website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:410 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -3856,24 +3516,24 @@ msgid "" "to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:421 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -3882,18 +3542,18 @@ msgid "" "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:432 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:436 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -3903,7 +3563,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -3911,41 +3571,41 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:448 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:450 msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:452 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:474 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -3954,34 +3614,34 @@ msgid "" " suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " "properly configured already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " "itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:491 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -3991,26 +3651,26 @@ msgid "" "your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:507 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:509 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:514 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -4020,17 +3680,17 @@ msgid "" "information daily in the system manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " @@ -4038,116 +3698,130 @@ msgid "" "debug mode enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:536 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:537 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:538 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:539 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:546 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:559 msgid "" "This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " "or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" " above but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:563 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 -msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572 msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute " +"'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; " +"this underruns the allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute " +"'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the " +"pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:577 msgid "" "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:609 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:576 -msgid "" -":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 msgid "" -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing." +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute " +"'Regimen' is required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal'" +" is required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:587 msgid "" "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -4157,47 +3831,63 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:594 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " "set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " "Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:607 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02'," +" '03', '04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', " +"'25', '26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:610 msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:617 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute " +"'LugarExpedicion': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of " +"the set {'00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute " +"'LugarExpedicion': '' is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:619 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 msgid "" "**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " @@ -4206,44 +3896,47 @@ msgid "" "info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:624 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "" "**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " +"is required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 msgid "" -":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " "Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " "is required but missing.\", '')" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:645 msgid "" "**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "Olanda" +msgstr "Paesi Bassi" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 msgid "" "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" " all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " @@ -4252,112 +3945,112 @@ msgid "" "then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" msgstr "Spagna" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Piano dei conti spagnolo" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " "Localization** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Svizzera" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " "ISR*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " "010391391 as CHF ISR reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " "coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " @@ -4366,11 +4059,11 @@ msgid "" "Reports` and tick this box :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 msgid "" "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " "Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -4378,28 +4071,28 @@ msgid "" "you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 msgid "" "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" " for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 msgid "" "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " "module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " @@ -4408,13 +4101,13 @@ msgid "" "\"upgrade\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 msgid "" "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " "to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " @@ -4422,264 +4115,264 @@ msgid "" "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 msgid "" "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" " details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Name**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Scope**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tag**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 msgid "7.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "TVA 7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "Acquisti" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 msgid "7.7% invest." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 msgid "3.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "TVA 3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 msgid "3.7% invest" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Vendite" +msgstr "Vendita" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "7.7% Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "3.7% Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "" "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " "your fiscal positions accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 msgid "Others" msgstr "Altri" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 msgid "Adviser" msgstr "Operazioni contabili" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 msgid "Manage your fixed assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 msgid "" "The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " "machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " @@ -4687,7 +4380,7 @@ msgid "" "assets and perform reports on your company assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 msgid "" "As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " "amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " @@ -4696,53 +4389,53 @@ msgid "" " for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 msgid "" "The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " "describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 msgid "Install the Asset module" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" " application:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 msgid "" "Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " "<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 msgid "Defining Asset Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 msgid "" "Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " "deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " @@ -4751,7 +4444,7 @@ msgid "" "asset type on the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 msgid "" "You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " "like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " @@ -4759,204 +4452,40 @@ msgid "" "duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 msgid "" "To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 msgid "Create assets manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 msgid "" "To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Assets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 msgid "" "Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " "on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " "confirming the asset." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 msgid "" "if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" " this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " "entries, not those related to the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 -msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Stato" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" -" lines can be posted in the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " -"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Asset Category" -msgstr "Categoria Immobilizzazione" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Category of asset" -msgstr "Categoria del bene" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date" -msgstr "Data" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date of asset" -msgstr "Data del bene" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Depreciation Dates" -msgstr "Date di ammortamento" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based" -" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on " -"the periodicity of the depreciations)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the " -"purchase date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "First Depreciation Date" -msgstr "Prima data di ammortamento" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal " -"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting " -"date" -msgstr "" -"Questa data non modifica il calcolo della prima registrazione contabile in " -"caso di immobilizzazione prorata temporis; cambia semplicemente la data di " -"contabilità." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross Value" -msgstr "Valore lordo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross value of asset" -msgstr "Valore lordo del bene" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Salvage Value" -msgstr "Valore di Realizzo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." -msgstr "È l'ammontare che si prevede di non poter ammortizzare." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Computation Method" -msgstr "Metodo di calcolo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Time Method Based On" -msgstr "Metodo temporale basato su" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 " -"depreciations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " -"depreciations won't go beyond." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Prorata Temporis" -msgstr "Prorata Temporis" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " -"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start " -"date of fiscal year" -msgstr "" -"Indica che il primo ammortamento di questa immobilizzazione deve essere " -"calcolato dalla data di acquisto e non dal primo gennaio/dalla data di " -"inizio dell'anno fiscale." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "Numero di ammortamenti" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" -msgstr "" -"Il numero di ammortamenti necessari per ammortizzare l'immobilizzazione" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Months in a Period" -msgstr "Numero di mesi in un periodo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" -msgstr "Il periodo tra due ammortamenti, in mesi" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 -msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:83 msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:85 msgid "" "Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " "is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " @@ -4964,7 +4493,7 @@ msgid "" "the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:92 msgid "" "Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " "created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " @@ -4974,17 +4503,17 @@ msgid "" "accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:99 msgid "" "if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " "be filled in the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:103 msgid "How to depreciate an asset?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:105 msgid "" "Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " "date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" @@ -4992,40 +4521,40 @@ msgid "" "been created for this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:110 msgid "" "But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " "on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:117 msgid "" "In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " "entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " "entries which are already posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:122 msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:124 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 msgid "Change the number of depreciation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:127 msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 msgid "" "If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." " Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " @@ -5033,23 +4562,23 @@ msgid "" "should be registered through a customer invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 msgid "→ This has to be changed in Odoo: selling an asset should:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 msgid "remove all \"Red\" lines" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:141 msgid "create a new line that deprecate the whole residual value" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" "Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " "people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" @@ -5059,7 +4588,7 @@ msgid "" "Analytic Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 msgid "" "We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " "with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " @@ -5067,45 +4596,45 @@ msgid "" "than 700." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 msgid "" "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" " is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " "and Finance** app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 msgid "" "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" " feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" msgstr "Posizioni di Bilancio" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "" "Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" " (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" " know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 msgid "" "The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" " in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 msgid "" "Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " "ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " "least one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 msgid "" "If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" " *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " @@ -5113,49 +4642,49 @@ msgid "" "not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 msgid "" "Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " "accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 msgid "" "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 msgid "" "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " "expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 msgid "" "Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " "select the relevant income accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 msgid "Analytical account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 msgid "" "Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " "budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " @@ -5165,30 +4694,30 @@ msgid "" " partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 msgid "" "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " "gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "" "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 msgid "" "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " "Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" " an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 msgid "" "Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " "select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " @@ -5198,128 +4727,128 @@ msgid "" "corresponding analytic account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 msgid "" "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " "is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 msgid "Check your budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 msgid "" "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" " Invoices and Vendors Bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 msgid "" "if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" " in the invoice and / or purchase line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " "Amount** column." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " "budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." +"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" +" that could have been realised." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 msgid "" "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " "should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," " and accurate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 msgid "" "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " "and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " "balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 msgid "" "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " "accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 msgid "" "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " "statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 msgid "" "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " "**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " "affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " "loans and fixed assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 msgid "" "Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " "on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " @@ -5328,35 +4857,35 @@ msgid "" "reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 msgid "" "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " "book entries for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 msgid "" "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" " example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 msgid "**Tax adjustments**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 msgid "" "If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " "they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " @@ -5364,7 +4893,7 @@ msgid "" "these against your Odoo balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 msgid "" "During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" "Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " @@ -5373,11 +4902,11 @@ msgid "" "auditing the books." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 msgid "Closing the fiscal year" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" " close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " @@ -5387,7 +4916,7 @@ msgid "" "**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 msgid "" "Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" " **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" @@ -5396,21 +4925,21 @@ msgid "" "reporting a 0 balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 msgid "" "You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 msgid "" "This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" " debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " @@ -5420,28 +4949,28 @@ msgid "" "occurred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 msgid "" "For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " "journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " "reversed at that date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Analitico" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" "Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " "and subcontracting in the accounting module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 msgid "" "We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " "customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " @@ -5450,13 +4979,13 @@ msgid "" " to the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 msgid "" "The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " "module and install the following apps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 msgid "" "Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " "**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " @@ -5464,32 +4993,32 @@ msgid "" " the Sales management app as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" "Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " "accounting box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 msgid "" "Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " "box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "" "First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " "all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " @@ -5497,25 +5026,25 @@ msgid "" "this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 msgid "" "We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " "see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 msgid "Create an expense product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 msgid "" "We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " "Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " @@ -5523,32 +5052,32 @@ msgid "" " the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Book the expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 msgid "" "Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " "Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " "discussed above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 msgid "" "Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " "entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 msgid "Purchase Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 msgid "" "We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" " a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " @@ -5556,18 +5085,18 @@ msgid "" "select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 msgid "" "Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " "cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Subcontracting" msgstr "Esternalizzazione" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 msgid "" "The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" " subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " @@ -5575,51 +5104,51 @@ msgid "" "analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 msgid "Track costs in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 msgid "" "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " "open it to check the costs related to that account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " "analytical account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" "Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " "particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " "the invoiced amounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " "**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " @@ -5628,86 +5157,86 @@ msgid "" "compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 msgid "" "First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " "namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " "name and install them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "" "Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " "tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 msgid "Create an employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 msgid "" "In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" " an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " "new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 msgid "" "On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " "specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " "cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " "related to a User." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 msgid "" "Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " "specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 msgid "Issue a Sales Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 msgid "" "We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " "**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " "customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 msgid "" "We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " "unit of measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " "material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " "Progress)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79 msgid "" "Add a link, and the document is under Sales --> Invoicing Methods --> " "Services --> How to invoices blabla" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " "analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " @@ -5716,11 +5245,11 @@ msgid "" " below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 msgid "Fill in timesheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 msgid "" "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " "specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " @@ -5728,43 +5257,43 @@ msgid "" " Account** discussed above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" " the **Analytic Account**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Contabilità analitica" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "" "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " "registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 msgid "Without filters" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 msgid "" "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " "analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " @@ -5772,115 +5301,115 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 msgid "" "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " "credit and debit balance of the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 msgid "" "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " "of cost and revenues (see picture below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "" "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " "with the corresponding description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "With filters" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 msgid "" "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" " resource cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 msgid "" "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " "contains the **Sales Order** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 msgid "" "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " "corresponding costs and revenues." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 msgid "" "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " "**Graph view** to have a clear overview." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 msgid "Analytic account use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 msgid "analyse costs of a company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 msgid "" "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "" "To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " "each in one of three different types of company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "" "In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" " departments and products the company itself is built on." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 msgid "" "The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " "department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " @@ -5888,38 +5417,38 @@ msgid "" "product ranges the company makes and sells." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 msgid "" "**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 msgid "Marketing Department" msgstr "Reparto marketing" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 msgid "Commercial Department" msgstr "Reparto commerciale" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 msgid "Administration Department" msgstr "Reparto amministrativo" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 msgid "Production Range 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "Production Range 2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 msgid "" "In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " "invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " @@ -5928,156 +5457,156 @@ msgid "" "that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " "example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**General accounts**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**Analytic accounts**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Title**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Debit**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Credit**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "2122" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" msgstr "Subappaltatori" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "450" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "-450" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "200" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "Transport charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "Staff costs" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" msgstr "Marketing" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" msgstr "Commerciale" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "-3 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" msgstr "Amministrativo" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" msgstr "PR" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 msgid "" "The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " "costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " @@ -6085,7 +5614,7 @@ msgid "" "above:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 msgid "" "In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " "only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " @@ -6093,51 +5622,51 @@ msgid "" "accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 msgid "" "The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " "profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" "This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " "companies and industries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 msgid "" "A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " "departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " "This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 msgid "" "Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " "effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " "product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "" "Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " "current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" " given file/analytic account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 msgid "" "A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" " the profitability by case and by employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 msgid "" "Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " "timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " @@ -6146,13 +5675,13 @@ msgid "" "cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 msgid "" "So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " "management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 msgid "" "Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" " entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " @@ -6161,7 +5690,7 @@ msgid "" " basis of the hourly cost per employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 msgid "" "At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " "them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " @@ -6171,125 +5700,125 @@ msgid "" "depending on the time actually worked." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 msgid "" "The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " "can find for your analytic account:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "Study the file (1 h)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Case 1.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "-15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "Search for information (3 h)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Case 2.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "-60" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "Service charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Stationery purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "-42" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "42" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "613 – Transports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "35" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "Staff salaries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "6201 – Salaries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" "Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" " various transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 msgid "" "For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " ":doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 msgid "" "But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " "profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" @@ -6298,40 +5827,40 @@ msgid "" "products that manage timesheet or expenses ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 msgid "project planning," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 msgid "managing support contracts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 msgid "" "To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " "structured by project and by sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 msgid "" "The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " "presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " "also similar." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 msgid "" "But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " "prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " @@ -6340,7 +5869,7 @@ msgid "" "an analytic account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 msgid "" "In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " "as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " @@ -6349,267 +5878,212 @@ msgid "" "contract remain." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" "Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" " case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " "production performance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 msgid "" "Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 msgid "What is an account type ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 msgid "" "An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " "account's purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " "country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " "generate opening entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 msgid "" "Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " "category according to its behaviour or purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " "types. Just pick the one related to your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 msgid "**List of account types**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 msgid "Receivable" msgstr "Credito" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 msgid "Payable" msgstr "Debito" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 msgid "Bank and Cash" msgstr "Banca e cassa" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 msgid "Current Assets" msgstr "Attività correnti" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 msgid "Non-current Assets" msgstr "Attività non correnti" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 msgid "Prepayments" msgstr "Risconti attivi" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 msgid "Fixed Assets" msgstr "Immobilizzazioni" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 msgid "Current Liabilities" msgstr "Passività correnti" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 msgid "Non-current Liabilities" msgstr "Passività non correnti" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 msgid "Equity" msgstr "Patrimonio netto" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 msgid "Current Year Earnings" msgstr "Ricavi anno corrente" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 msgid "Other Income" msgstr "Altri ricavi" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Income" msgstr "Ricavi" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "Ammortamenti" +msgstr "Ammortamento" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:4 msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Costi" +msgstr "Spese" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 msgid "Direct Costs" msgstr "Costi diretti" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 msgid "" "Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " "By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " "related to your country." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 msgid "" "It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " "you can create your own accounts too." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 msgid "" "If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 msgid "" "To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " -"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" -" entries." -msgstr "" -"Tipo di conto viene usato a scopo informativo, per generare resoconti legali" -" specifici per paese, impostare le regole di chiusura di un anno fiscale e " -"generare le registrazioni di apertura." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Etichette" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "Etichette opzionali per eventuali rendicontazioni personalizzate" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "Valuta del conto" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "Forza tutti i movimenti del conto ad avere questa valuta." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "Tipo interno" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " -"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" -" for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr "" -"Il campo \"Tipo interno\" viene usato per funzionalità disponibili in " -"diversi tipi di conti: il tipo liquidità serve per conti cassa o banca, il " -"tipo debito/credito è per conti fornitori/clienti." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "Consentire riconciliazione" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " -"journal items." -msgstr "" -"Selezionare questa casella se questo conto consente l'abbinamento dei " -"movimenti di pagamenti e fatture." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" "In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" " have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " "settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 msgid "" "However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " "fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " "this case, some additional configuration is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " "activate the fiscal years." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 msgid "" "You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " "configuration --> fiscal years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 msgid "" "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " "months." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Magazzino" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" "As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " @@ -6617,7 +6091,7 @@ msgid "" " average cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 msgid "" "This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " "method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " @@ -6627,38 +6101,38 @@ msgid "" "standard of FIFO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 msgid "Definition of average cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 msgid "" "The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " "goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " "formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" "When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " "as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " "not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " @@ -6666,282 +6140,282 @@ msgid "" "products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Operazione" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Valore di magazzino" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$0" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 msgid "0" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$80" -msgstr "€ 80" +msgstr "80 €" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "8" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "$144" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "-10\\*$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "$24" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" "At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" " inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " "logically the purchase price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 msgid "" "At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " "inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " "the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." " Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" " each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Purchase return use case" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" "In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" " value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " "of these products!)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "-1\\*$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 msgid "Explanation: counter example" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "" "Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " "the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," " you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "" "As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " "customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " "purchased it). Here is the operation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 msgid "-1\\*$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 msgid "" "As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " "of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 msgid "" "The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " "cost:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**$0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 msgid "" "On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " "correct inventory value at all times." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 msgid "" "For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " "another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " @@ -6950,54 +6424,54 @@ msgid "" "shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "" "Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " "price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" " price:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "stock input" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "price diff" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " "price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " @@ -7006,102 +6480,102 @@ msgid "" "average cost and the original purchase price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 msgid "" "Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " "in a different currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 msgid "" "After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " "into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " "fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 msgid "" "Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 msgid "" "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " "in **Dollars**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "" "You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " "Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 msgid "Configure your journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " "currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " "Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 msgid "" "Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" " you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " "you can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" " currency. Then click on **confirm**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " "click on **Add** to allocate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 msgid "" "Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " "the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " @@ -7109,46 +6583,59 @@ msgid "" "in which it was paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 msgid "" "The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +msgid "" +"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " +"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " +"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" +" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " +"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " +"them until that final amount is paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" "Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " "sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " @@ -7157,23 +6644,23 @@ msgid "" "activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 msgid "Turn on multi-currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " "registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " @@ -7181,36 +6668,36 @@ msgid "" "The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 msgid "You can change it in the settings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 msgid "View or edit rate being used" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 msgid "" "You can manually configure the currency rates in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " "to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" " **Save** when you are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 msgid "Live Currency Rate" msgstr "Tassi di cambio dal vivo" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 msgid "" "By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " "synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" @@ -7219,141 +6706,141 @@ msgid "" "Rate** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 msgid "" "Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " "force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" " are set !" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 msgid "Configure your charts of account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " "for this account to have the account currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 msgid "Configure your journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " "on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 msgid "" "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" " will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " "can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " "items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " "document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " "document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 msgid "Payment Registrations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " "payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 msgid "Bank Statements" msgstr "Estratti conto bancari" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " "currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " "actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" " in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:122 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " "entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " "life." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 msgid "" "All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " "However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " @@ -7361,87 +6848,87 @@ msgid "" "force a specific currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 msgid "" "When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" " the amounts automatically using that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 msgid "" "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" " journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "Fatture" +msgstr "Fatture cliente" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "Fatture fornitore" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " "Then click on **Confirm**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Rendicontazione" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo 12 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " "new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " @@ -7449,98 +6936,98 @@ msgid "" "ever." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" msgstr "Attiva la modalità sviluppatore" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " "**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " "user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " "**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " "separated by ;)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -7550,96 +7037,96 @@ msgid "" "by one of their columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " "displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 msgid "What are the main reports available?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 msgid "" "Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " "very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " "countries :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "**Stato patrimoniale**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "**Conto economico**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 msgid "**Chart of Account**" msgstr "**Piano dei conti**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 msgid "" "You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " "Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " "more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" " want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " @@ -7647,66 +7134,66 @@ msgid "" "default **Previous 1 Period** option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" " of your organisation as at a particular date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "Conto economico" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " "organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 msgid "Chart of account" msgstr "Piano dei conti" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "Dati di Sintesi" +msgstr "Sintesi esecutiva" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "" "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " "figures you need to run your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 msgid "" "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " "reporting :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " @@ -7714,56 +7201,56 @@ msgid "" "result of those sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "" "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " "across all your customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" " all your bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 msgid "" "How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " "i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " "your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " "(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " @@ -7771,11 +7258,11 @@ msgid "" "typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 msgid "General Ledger" msgstr "Libro mastro" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" " chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " @@ -7784,65 +7271,65 @@ msgid "" "occurred during a certain period of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "Debiti scaduti" +msgstr "Debito scaduto" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" " bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " "gone unpaid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "Crediti esigibili" +msgstr "Credito scaduto" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 msgid "" "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " "payment during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "Rendiconto finanziario" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " "income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " "operating, investing and financing activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "Resoconto fiscale" +msgstr "Dichiarazione IVA" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "Taxes" msgstr "Imposte" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 msgid "" "When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " "included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" " environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " "the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " @@ -7851,7 +7338,7 @@ msgid "" "that's easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 msgid "" "This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " "two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " @@ -7860,54 +7347,54 @@ msgid "" "case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 msgid "" "But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " "product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 msgid "" "So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " "have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" " taxes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 msgid "" "If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " "will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " "Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 msgid "" "This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " "you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" " form within the same company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 msgid "" "In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " "instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " @@ -7919,7 +7406,7 @@ msgid "" "salespeople." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " "your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " @@ -7930,53 +7417,53 @@ msgid "" "and you have no specific configuration to do." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 msgid "" "If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " "excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " "must:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 msgid "" "always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" " tax (price included on the product form)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 msgid "" "create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 msgid "" "assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " "benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 msgid "" "but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " "website" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 msgid "Setting your products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 msgid "" "Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " "usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " @@ -7984,7 +7471,7 @@ msgid "" "Accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 msgid "" "Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " "pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " @@ -7992,25 +7479,25 @@ msgid "" "per customer segment**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 msgid "" "Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " "default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 msgid "" "Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " "included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," " from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 msgid "" "From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " "menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " @@ -8018,18 +7505,18 @@ msgid "" "included in price)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 msgid "Test by creating a quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 msgid "" "Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " "result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 msgid "" "Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " "position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " @@ -8037,15 +7524,15 @@ msgid "" "8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 msgid "" "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " "included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " @@ -8053,13 +7540,13 @@ msgid "" "of this customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 msgid "" "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 msgid "" "Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " "included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " @@ -8067,21 +7554,21 @@ msgid "" "to only work with one price reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 msgid "" "Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " "To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 msgid "Create tax mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 msgid "" "A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" " on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " @@ -8089,7 +7576,7 @@ msgid "" "purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 msgid "" "The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " "localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " @@ -8098,7 +7585,7 @@ msgid "" "Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " "according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " @@ -8106,34 +7593,34 @@ msgid "" "foreign countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 msgid "" "If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" "mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 msgid "" "Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " "for the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 msgid "" "If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " "will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " "same customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 msgid "" "Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " "destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " @@ -8142,81 +7629,81 @@ msgid "" "your office or warehouse)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 msgid "" "If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " "tax-mapping to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 msgid "" "Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 msgid "" "This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " "fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 msgid "" "For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " "update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " "his shipping address." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 msgid "Specific use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " "replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," " just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`create`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " "validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" @@ -8224,7 +7711,7 @@ msgid "" "method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 msgid "" "Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " "receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " @@ -8232,25 +7719,25 @@ msgid "" "2nd quarter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 msgid "" "You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " "define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " "proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "" "In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." " You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " @@ -8258,63 +7745,63 @@ msgid "" "Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 msgid "" "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " "When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " "your accounting:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 msgid "Receivables $115" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 msgid "Income Account $100" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "Registro banca" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 msgid "Bank $115" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 msgid "" "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" msgstr "Registro imposte criterio di cassa" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 msgid "" "The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" " tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " @@ -8322,11 +7809,11 @@ msgid "" "zero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 msgid "How to create new taxes" msgstr "Creare nuove imposte" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" " value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " @@ -8334,133 +7821,133 @@ msgid "" "with the right taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 msgid "" "This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " "menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 msgid "Select a computation method:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " "item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " "posts the tax journal item in the income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 msgid "" "If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " "probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " "using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 msgid "" "If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " "**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " "code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "Configurazione avanzata" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 msgid "" "**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " "on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " "following label on invoice \"15%\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 msgid "" "**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " "the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " "footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 msgid "" "**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " "generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 msgid "" "**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " "empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`application`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to set default taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " "localizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 msgid "" "Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " "tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " "country/state than you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 msgid "" "To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 msgid "" "If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " "may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " "login into two different companies and change this field for each company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" msgstr "Gestire le ritenute d'acconto" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 msgid "" "A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " "for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " @@ -8468,63 +7955,63 @@ msgid "" "withholding tax applies to employment income." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 msgid "" "With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" " pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " "amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 msgid "" "In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " "the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " "**government**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 msgid "" "In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " "retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 msgid "" "In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " "specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 msgid "" "Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " "invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 msgid "" "If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" " Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " "(normal tax and retention)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 msgid "" "Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " "customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " "line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 msgid "" "When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " "line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " @@ -8532,71 +8019,71 @@ msgid "" "taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 msgid "How to set tax-included prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 msgid "" "In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " "*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 msgid "" "This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " "let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" " product form is $100." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 msgid "Price without tax: $100" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 msgid "Taxes: $10" msgstr "Imposte: 10 €" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 msgid "Total to pay: $110" msgstr "Totale da pagare: 110 €" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 msgid "If the tax is included in the price" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 msgid "Taxes: $9.09" msgstr "Imposte: 9,09 €" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 msgid "Total to pay: $100" msgstr "Totale da pagare: 100 €" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 msgid "" "You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " "and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 msgid "" "By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " "display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " @@ -8604,11 +8091,11 @@ msgid "" "Display)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" "The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" " for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " @@ -8617,255 +8104,253 @@ msgid "" "special jurisdiction in the United States." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 msgid "In TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" "Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " "website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "" "Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " "Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " "where you collect sales tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" " and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " "categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" " imply specific rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 msgid "" "Set a specific TaxCloud Category on the *General Information* tab of the " "Product, or on the Product Category." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " "code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " "to open and edit your Company record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " ":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" " installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " "this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " "order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " "triggers the automated tax computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 msgid "" "Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " "You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " "**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" "The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " "follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " "different screens you will need." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"Once you have installed the Accounting application, you should click on the " +"top-right progressbar to get access to the implementation guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:15 msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" msgstr "La guida implementativa fornirà supporto per i seguenti passi: " -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 msgid "Completing your company settings" msgstr "Completamento impostazioni dell'azienda" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:18 msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" msgstr "Inserimento dei conti bancari" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" msgstr "Scelta del piano dei conti" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" msgstr "Conferma delle proprie aliquote fiscali" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" msgstr "Impostazione di eventuali valute estere" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 msgid "Importing your customers" msgstr "Importazione dei propri clienti" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 msgid "Importing your suppliers" msgstr "Importazione dei propri fornitori" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 msgid "Importing your products" msgstr "Importazione dei propri prodotti" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" msgstr "Importazione delle operazioni in corso" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 msgid "Importing your starting balances" msgstr "Importazione dei saldi di apertura" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 msgid "Define the users for accounting" msgstr "Definizione degli utenti per la contabilità" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:32 msgid "" "Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " "bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " "configuration of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" msgstr "Concetti principali" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 msgid "" "This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " "each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " "order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " "are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 msgid "" "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " "basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "Multi azienda" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " "reports following your consolidation rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 msgid "Multi-currencies" msgstr "Multi valuta" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 msgid "" "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " "transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " @@ -8874,16 +8359,16 @@ msgid "" "reconciliation of the journal items." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 msgid "International Standards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 msgid "" "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " "implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " @@ -8891,92 +8376,86 @@ msgid "" "chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " "including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " "sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 -msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "Conti clienti e fornitori" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " "per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " "revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " "reports include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -8986,7 +8465,7 @@ msgid "" "banking or wait for your paper bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -8994,39 +8473,39 @@ msgid "" "ledger transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" " tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Valorizzazione inventario" +msgstr "Valutazione del magazzino" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " "(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:132 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -9034,152 +8513,152 @@ msgid "" "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" msgstr "Introduzione alla contabilità Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Transcript" +msgstr "Trascrizione" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " "century." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " "synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 msgid "" "Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " "them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 msgid "" "Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " "inventory and subscriptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 msgid "" "This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " "the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 msgid "" "Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " "to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " "intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 msgid "" "Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " "go." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:7 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:13 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " "over a specific period (usually the current year)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:18 msgid "" "The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " "sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:23 msgid "" "**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" " as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " "beyond the costs of products sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " "date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:34 msgid "" "**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " "includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " "cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:40 msgid "" "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " "to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:45 msgid "" "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" " shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:50 msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:56 msgid "" "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " "(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:59 msgid "" "A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" " (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " "having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:66 msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Piano dei conti" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:71 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " "sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," @@ -9187,276 +8666,276 @@ msgid "" "an other account (debit)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:78 msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Registrazioni contabili" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:88 msgid "" "Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " "a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " "impacting several accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:92 msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:104 msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 msgid "The customer owes $1,090" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Configurazione:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:127 msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:113 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:121 msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:126 msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Reconciliation" msgstr "Riconciliazione" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:134 msgid "" "Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " "account, matching credits and debits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:137 msgid "" "Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " "to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " "done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:141 msgid "" "An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " "reconciled with the related payment journal items." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:146 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:147 msgid "" "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " "matching process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 msgid "Customer Statement Example" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Accounts Receivable" msgstr "Conti di credito" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Dare" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Avere" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "Fattura 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "100" msgstr "100" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "Pagamento 1.1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "70" msgstr "70" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "Invoice 2" msgstr "Fattura 2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "65" msgstr "65" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 1.2" msgstr "Pagamento 1.2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "Payment 2" msgstr "Pagamento 2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 msgid "Invoice 3" msgstr "Fattura 3" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "Total To Pay" msgstr "Totale da pagare" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:181 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " "your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " "from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:190 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:189 msgid "" "the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " "<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " "bank statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:195 msgid "" "Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " "should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," @@ -9464,108 +8943,108 @@ msgid "" "balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 msgid "Checks Handling" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:207 msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:208 msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:212 msgid "" "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " "invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Account" msgstr "Conto" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Conto di credito" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 msgid "Invoice ABC" msgstr "Fattura ABC" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Undeposited funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Check 0123" msgstr "Assegno 0123" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Banca" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:237 msgid "" "A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " "reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" " journal entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Bank Statement" msgstr "Estratto conto bancario" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 msgid "Statement XYZ" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 msgid "Process overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " "and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " @@ -9574,11 +9053,11 @@ msgid "" "efficiently and accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" msgstr "Dalla fattura in bozza al conto economico" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 msgid "" "If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " "goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " @@ -9588,7 +9067,7 @@ msgid "" "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 msgid "" "Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " "you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" @@ -9598,18 +9077,18 @@ msgid "" "supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "Creazione fattura" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "" "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " "directly if you would like." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" "An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " "in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " @@ -9617,144 +9096,144 @@ msgid "" " and precise manner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 msgid "Draft invoices" msgstr "Fatture in bozza" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 msgid "" "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " "While these invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 msgid "" "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " "is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" msgstr "Cliente: Agrolait" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 msgid "Product: iMac" msgstr "Prodotto: iMac" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 msgid "Quantity: 1" msgstr "Quantità: 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 msgid "Unit Price: 100" msgstr "Prezzo unitario: 100" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "Fatture aperte o proforma" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" " tax information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "" "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " "moves from the Draft state to the Open state." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 msgid "" "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " "defined, and modifiable, sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 msgid "" "Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" " when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " "entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" msgstr "Invio della fattura al cliente" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "" "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " "customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" " follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" msgstr "**Partner**" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Agrolait" msgstr "Agrolait" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 msgid "01/07/2015" msgstr "01/07/2015" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "115" msgstr "115" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "15" msgstr "15" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 msgid "Payment" msgstr "Pagamento" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 msgid "" "In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " "entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " @@ -9762,67 +9241,67 @@ msgid "" "entered the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 msgid "" "You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " "in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " "your accounting localisation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 msgid "" "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " "journal and enter an amount of $100 ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "Riconciliazione" +msgstr "Riconcilia" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" "After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " "display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" " them to pay this invoice. \"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 msgid "" "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" " invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" msgstr "Controllo pagamenti" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "" "There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " "Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" " faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 msgid "" "Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " "pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " @@ -9832,33 +9311,33 @@ msgid "" " same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " "to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 msgid "" "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" " collection efforts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "Conto economico" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " "Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " @@ -9866,29 +9345,29 @@ msgid "" " and Expenses.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 msgid "Balance sheet" msgstr "Stato patrimoniale" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" "For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " "method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " "material has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 msgid "" "Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" " correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " @@ -9896,18 +9375,18 @@ msgid "" "aged payable balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " "the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " "them automatically based on past purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" msgstr "Registra una nuova fattura fornitore" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 msgid "" "When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " @@ -9915,21 +9394,21 @@ msgid "" "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 msgid "" "To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " "their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " "lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 msgid "" "Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " "screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " "without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 msgid "" "On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " "vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " @@ -9940,64 +9419,64 @@ msgid "" "bottom left table to adjust and match." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " "on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" " on the the accounting package you choose to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 msgid "" "For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" "For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 msgid "" "You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " "validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 msgid "Pay a bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 msgid "" "To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " "**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 msgid "" "From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " "card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " @@ -10007,7 +9486,7 @@ msgid "" "correctly)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 msgid "" "You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " "a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " @@ -10015,11 +9494,11 @@ msgid "" "directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 msgid "Printing vendor Checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 msgid "" "If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " "so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " @@ -10027,19 +9506,19 @@ msgid "" "checks in batches." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " "list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 msgid "" "By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " "list of all payments that are ready to be processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 msgid "" "Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " "them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " @@ -10047,11 +9526,11 @@ msgid "" "once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 msgid "" "In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" " can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " @@ -10059,7 +9538,7 @@ msgid "" " visual of all of your outstanding bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" "From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " "of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " @@ -10068,52 +9547,52 @@ msgid "" "what you see on the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:3 msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 msgid "" "Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" " then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " "most frequently are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 msgid "" "other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " "carried out by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 msgid "" "To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " "from the Apps module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 msgid "" "You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " "re-invoice your expenses to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 msgid "" "Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " "products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " @@ -10121,51 +9600,51 @@ msgid "" "Products` in the **Expenses** application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 msgid "Some examples of products can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 msgid "**Travel (car)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 msgid "Product Type: Service" msgstr "Tipologia prodotto: servizio" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" msgstr "Prezzo di vendita: 0,32" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 msgid "" "Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " "Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 msgid "**Hotel**" msgstr "**Hotel**" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" msgstr "Unità di misura: unità" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 msgid "" "In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " "employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " @@ -10173,7 +9652,7 @@ msgid "" " hotel." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 msgid "" "Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " "checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " @@ -10182,83 +9661,83 @@ msgid "" "customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 msgid "The expenses workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 msgid "Record a new expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 msgid "" "Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " ":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " "personal expenses work that way:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 msgid "the accountant post journal entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 msgid "" "the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " "with a payable account)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 msgid "" "if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " "the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 msgid "a product: the expense type" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 msgid "" "a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" " car)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 msgid "" "Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " "photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " "the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 msgid "" "If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" " an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " @@ -10266,70 +9745,70 @@ msgid "" "this feature)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 msgid "" "Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " "**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " "expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 msgid "" "An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " "action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 msgid "Validation by the manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 msgid "" "Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " "manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " "menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 msgid "The manager can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 msgid "" "discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " "bill is missing);" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 msgid "reject an expense;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 msgid "approve an expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 msgid "Control by the accountant" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 msgid "" "Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " "by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " "created and posted in your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 msgid "" "If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " "expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 msgid "" "If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " "the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " @@ -10338,14 +9817,14 @@ msgid "" " project)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 msgid "" "To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." " (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " "invoice all your orders in batch)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 msgid "" "tip If you want to learn more; check the documentation page :doc: " "../../../sale/invoicing/service/expense `*How to re-invoice expenses to your" @@ -10353,63 +9832,63 @@ msgid "" "<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1_6VclRWfESHfvNPZI32q5ANFi2C7cCTwkLXpbGTz6B8/edit?usp=sharing>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 msgid "Reimburse the employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 msgid "" "If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " "reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" " payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 msgid "" "All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " "due." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 msgid "" "If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " "options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 msgid "" "if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " "invoicing policy on the product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 msgid "" "if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " "reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" " invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 msgid ":doc:`forecast`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" "When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " "different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " @@ -10417,32 +9896,32 @@ msgid "" "availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " "vendors efficiently." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " "Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " "on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 msgid "50% within 30 days" msgstr "50% entro 30 giorni" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 msgid "50% within 45 days" msgstr "50% entro 45 giorni" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" "To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " @@ -10450,7 +9929,7 @@ msgid "" " directly and the balance after 30 days." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 msgid "" "Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " "default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" @@ -10458,17 +9937,17 @@ msgid "" "propose you automatically the right payment term." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 msgid "" "If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " "able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 msgid "" "In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " "report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " @@ -10477,16 +9956,16 @@ msgid "" "payment term)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 msgid "" "This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" "Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " "list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" @@ -10494,22 +9973,22 @@ msgid "" "payment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 msgid "" "From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " "to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " "\"Due Date\" feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Payments" msgstr "Pagamenti fornitore" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" "Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " "Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " @@ -10517,12 +9996,12 @@ msgid "" "suppliers with actual bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 msgid "Install the required module" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 msgid "" "To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " "Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " @@ -10531,18 +10010,18 @@ msgid "" "print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " "may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " "install, it's configured by default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " "on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -10551,61 +10030,61 @@ msgid "" "set **Check**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 msgid "United States" msgstr "Stati Uniti" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 msgid "reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 msgid "" "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -10613,96 +10092,11 @@ msgid "" "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "Contiene fatture" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "Campo tecnico utilizzato a fini di usabilità" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "Nascondere il metodo di pagamento" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " -"only one available which is 'manual'" -msgstr "" -"Campo tecnico usato per nascondere il metodo di pagamento se il registro " -"selezionato ne ha disponibile solo uno \"manuale\"" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " -"you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " -"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "Mostrare conto bancario partner" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " -"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" -msgstr "" -"Campo tecnico usato per sapere se il campo \"partner_bank_account_id\" deve " -"essere visualizzato nelle viste modulo dei pagamenti" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Codice" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." -msgstr "" -"Campo tecnico usato per adeguare l'interfaccia al tipo di pagamento " -"selezionato." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "Numero assegno" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" -"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " -"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." -msgstr "" -"Il registro selezionato è configurato per stampare i numeri di assegno. Se " -"l'assegno prestampato ha già un numero o se la numerazione esistente è " -"sbagliata, è possibile cambiarla nella pagina di configurazione del " -"registro." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:77 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:79 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -10710,7 +10104,7 @@ msgid "" "in batch or review them one by one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:84 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -10718,113 +10112,113 @@ msgid "" " number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:90 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:99 msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " "payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 msgid "" "to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:114 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:124 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" " flow to print checks in batch:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:128 msgid "`Print checks <PrintChecks_>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:130 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " "with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " "able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 msgid "Record several payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" "In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " "open the accounting application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " "the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 msgid "" "Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " "Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " "**Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 msgid "" "We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" " on **Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" "Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" " the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " @@ -10832,137 +10226,137 @@ msgid "" "expense transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "" "In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " "following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" " vendor.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 msgid "" "In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" " the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " "the page, click on **Register Payment**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 msgid "" "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " "for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 msgid "" "You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " "recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 msgid "First, we need to create a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" "Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " "and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " "the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 msgid "" "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " "remaining to reconcile." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "" "After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " "reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " "transaction amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 msgid "" "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " "various bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "" "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " "statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 msgid "" "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " "offer us early payment discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 msgid "" "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" " term." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 msgid "We have created the following bills:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 msgid "" "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" " cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:71 msgid "Pay with SEPA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -10970,23 +10364,30 @@ msgid "" "transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 msgid "" "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " "Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " "with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " -"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file " -"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" -" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." +"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 +msgid "" +"By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " +"specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among " +"banks. However, according to the country set on your company, another format" +" can be used : **'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and " +"**'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 msgid "" "Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " "account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " @@ -10994,24 +10395,24 @@ msgid "" "statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 msgid "" "To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " "module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " "Odoo payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:45 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " "related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -11019,20 +10420,20 @@ msgid "" "account and select the \"Settings\" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 msgid "" "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " "Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" " Transfer**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:62 msgid "" "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " "initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " @@ -11040,38 +10441,38 @@ msgid "" "company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "Register your payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 msgid "" "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " "(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " "one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:88 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:94 msgid "" "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " "pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" @@ -11079,17 +10480,17 @@ msgid "" "linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 msgid "Generate SEPA files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:102 msgid "" "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " "generate for every bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:108 msgid "" "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " "SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " @@ -11097,47 +10498,48 @@ msgid "" "Download SEPA Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:122 msgid "" -"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " -"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " -"error message to your Odoo partner." +"Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** " +"(the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they " +"don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the error " +"message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 msgid "" "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" " IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " "for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:139 msgid "How to define a new bank?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:140 msgid "How to reconcile bank statements?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" msgstr "Utilizzo delle fatture fornitore o delle ricevute di acquisto" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 msgid "" "Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" " for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " @@ -11146,7 +10548,7 @@ msgid "" "confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " "will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " @@ -11154,20 +10556,20 @@ msgid "" "means no debt account is necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 msgid "" "Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," " as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 msgid "" "If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " "receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " "handle them in accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 msgid "" "Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " "a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " @@ -11175,35 +10577,35 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 msgid "" "To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " "installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 msgid "" "Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" " \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 msgid "Register a receipt" msgstr "Registrare una ricevuta" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 msgid "" "By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " "Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 msgid "" "To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " "app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 msgid "" "Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " "Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " @@ -11211,31 +10613,31 @@ msgid "" " accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 msgid "" "In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " "option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " "the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 msgid "" "Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " ":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " "completely close the transaction in your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" msgstr "Gestire le fatture fornitore" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " "incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " "need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" @@ -11243,76 +10645,76 @@ msgid "" "management processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 msgid "" "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " "products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " "only one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " "install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " "automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " "within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " "click create." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " "since it is important:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " "track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " "will allow for receiving these kinds of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " "not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " @@ -11320,7 +10722,7 @@ msgid "" "of these designations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " @@ -11328,15 +10730,15 @@ msgid "" "product type to **Service**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 msgid "Purchasing products or services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " "products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " @@ -11346,17 +10748,17 @@ msgid "" "Reference)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 msgid "Receiving Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " @@ -11365,13 +10767,13 @@ msgid "" "is outlined in red below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 msgid "" "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" " the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " @@ -11381,22 +10783,22 @@ msgid "" "following screen where you then will receive the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 msgid "" "When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" " a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 msgid "" "The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" " the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " @@ -11409,28 +10811,28 @@ msgid "" "reference number or your internal purchase order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " "need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " "prices)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 msgid "" "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " "the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " @@ -11440,76 +10842,76 @@ msgid "" " validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" " quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " "reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 msgid "" "The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" " have not ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 msgid "" "The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," " as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " "understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" " not going to appear anywhere in the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 msgid "" "Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "How product quantities are managed" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " "quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " @@ -11519,25 +10921,25 @@ msgid "" "field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "Quantità ordinate" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 msgid "or Received quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "Batch Billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " "you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " @@ -11546,20 +10948,20 @@ msgid "" " be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "Fatture cliente" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" " pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -11568,11 +10970,11 @@ msgid "" "period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 msgid "Set up a cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" @@ -11581,11 +10983,11 @@ msgid "" "valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "Start offering the cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " "term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" @@ -11594,11 +10996,11 @@ msgid "" "calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 msgid "Grant the cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 msgid "" "The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " "cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " @@ -11606,7 +11008,7 @@ msgid "" "click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 msgid "" "You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " "easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " @@ -11616,26 +11018,26 @@ msgid "" " default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 msgid "Register the full payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 msgid "" "In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " "benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " "the payment with the two related journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 msgid "Set up cash roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" "In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " "Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" @@ -11643,59 +11045,59 @@ msgid "" "that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "" "First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " "Cash Rounding." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" "There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 msgid "" "Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " "strategies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 msgid "" "**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" " your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " "define the account in which the rounding will go." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 msgid "" "**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " "highest tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 msgid "" "Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" " the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" @@ -11703,11 +11105,11 @@ msgid "" " If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" "Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " "balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " @@ -11718,7 +11120,7 @@ msgid "" "posted on the income statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 msgid "" "For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " "begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " @@ -11726,18 +11128,18 @@ msgid "" " is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 msgid "" "Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " "by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " "revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 msgid "Module installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 msgid "" "In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " "application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " @@ -11745,87 +11147,87 @@ msgid "" "**Revenue Recognition Management** module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 msgid "" "In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" " the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" " might check if the module is correctly installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 msgid "Define deferred revenue types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " "From the Accounting application, go to the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 msgid "1 year service contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 msgid "3 years service contracts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 msgid "" "Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " "products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" " revenue type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 msgid "" "Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Product" msgstr "Prodotto" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" msgstr "Tipo ricavi differiti" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 msgid "Flowers every month" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 msgid "1 year product contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 msgid "Sell and invoice products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 msgid "" "Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " "this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " @@ -11833,96 +11235,96 @@ msgid "" "entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Dr**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Cr**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 msgid "Accounts receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 msgid "24000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 msgid "Deferred revenue account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 msgid "" "Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " "recognition." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 msgid "1000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 msgid "Service revenue account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 msgid "" "To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" " the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`overview`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 msgid "" "In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " "payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " "bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 msgid "" "payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " "for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " "payment term but an invoice policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 msgid "" "Configure your usual installment plans from the application " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 msgid "" "A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " "3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " @@ -11931,39 +11333,39 @@ msgid "" "exactly 100%)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 msgid "" "The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " "order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 msgid "Payment terms for customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 msgid "You can set payment terms on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 msgid "" "**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " "or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " "this payment term for all future orders for this customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 msgid "" "**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " "this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 msgid "" "If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " "invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " @@ -11971,55 +11373,55 @@ msgid "" "any tax on the invoice):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 msgid "Due date" msgstr "Data di scadenza" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 msgid "" "If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " "days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 msgid "Jan 03" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 msgid "10" msgstr "10" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 msgid "Jan 30" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 msgid "90" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 msgid "" "On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " "To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " "ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " @@ -12029,46 +11431,46 @@ msgid "" "email)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "" "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " "create draft invoices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 msgid "" "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" " order. You have different options like:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " "invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " "delivery order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " "the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 msgid "" "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " "the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " @@ -12076,19 +11478,19 @@ msgid "" "fixed advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on sales orders.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 msgid "" "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" " sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " @@ -12096,22 +11498,22 @@ msgid "" " actual Kg)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " "later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on delivery orders.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "" "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " @@ -12119,44 +11521,44 @@ msgid "" "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 msgid "Contracts" msgstr "Contratti" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "" "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " "salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 msgid "Activities can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 msgid "" "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." " This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " @@ -12164,101 +11566,101 @@ msgid "" "use a regular sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 msgid "" "Read more: - *How to invoice based on time and material?* - *How to manage" " contracts and invoicing plans?*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 msgid "" "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " "frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" " the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 msgid "Read more: *Subscription based invoicing.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " "process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 msgid "if you need to create a refund" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 msgid "If you need to give a discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 msgid "Specific modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" "Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " "customer invoices and supplier bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 msgid "" "Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " "specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " "term but invoice conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 msgid "" "Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " "Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " "appear on the invoice or the sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 msgid "" "A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " "3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " @@ -12267,61 +11669,61 @@ msgid "" "100%)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 msgid "" "screenshot payment term forms, after QDP have commited the change planned on" " this object" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 msgid "" "**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " "or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " "this payment term for all future orders of this customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 msgid "" "**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " "this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 msgid "" "If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " "is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " "this journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 msgid "" "In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 msgid "" "The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " "date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" " is enough." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 msgid "" "But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " "still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " @@ -12329,15 +11731,15 @@ msgid "" " due date for all installments will be automatically created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 msgid "" "In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and " "sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the " @@ -12345,79 +11747,79 @@ msgid "" "original invoice to close them and create a new invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 msgid "" "If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " "the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, " "reconcile, and create a new draft invoice\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 msgid "Odoo will automatically:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 msgid "" "Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as " "Paid)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 msgid "Cancelling an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 msgid "" "If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " "the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund " "and reconcile\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 msgid "" "Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or " "email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 msgid "" "If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " "button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " "refund\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund " "(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," " send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 msgid "" "Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a " "refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the " @@ -12425,21 +11827,21 @@ msgid "" "payment refund." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Pagamenti cliente" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " "approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 msgid "" "**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " "check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " @@ -12447,7 +11849,7 @@ msgid "" "from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 msgid "" "**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " "payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" @@ -12456,131 +11858,131 @@ msgid "" "entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 msgid "" "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " "balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " "yet). Both approaches require the same effort." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 msgid "" "You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " "checks to your bank accounts in batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 msgid "" "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 msgid "From check payments to bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 msgid "" "The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " "become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 msgid "" "Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " "**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 msgid "" "Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" " default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "100.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 msgid "Undeposited Funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the check that is in Undeposited Funds." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "X" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " "checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " "(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 msgid "" "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" " process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " @@ -12588,39 +11990,39 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 msgid "Memo: write the check number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 msgid "" "Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" " statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " "relate it to the statement line)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 msgid "" "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " "invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" @@ -12628,7 +12030,7 @@ msgid "" " will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " "**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " @@ -12636,17 +12038,17 @@ msgid "" "the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" " both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 msgid "" "**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " "the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " @@ -12655,7 +12057,7 @@ msgid "" "account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 msgid "" "**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " "credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," @@ -12664,14 +12066,14 @@ msgid "" "payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 msgid "" "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " "balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " "cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 msgid "" "If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" " take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " @@ -12679,96 +12081,96 @@ msgid "" "approach." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " "users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 msgid "" "On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " "--> Create`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 msgid "" "Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 msgid "" "The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " "set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 msgid "" "The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " "Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" " transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 msgid "" "Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " "and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 msgid "Credit Cards" msgstr "Carte di credito" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 msgid "" "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 msgid "Credit cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " "of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " "account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 msgid "" "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" " process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " @@ -12776,21 +12178,21 @@ msgid "" "bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 msgid "" "There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " "this method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 msgid "" "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " "recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " @@ -12798,7 +12200,7 @@ msgid "" "and relate it to the statement line)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 msgid "" "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " "invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" @@ -12807,7 +12209,7 @@ msgid "" "with invoices)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " "report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" @@ -12815,43 +12217,43 @@ msgid "" "option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 msgid ":doc:`recording`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 msgid ":doc:`followup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 msgid "" "It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." " Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " "send the appropriate reminders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 msgid "Manage your follow-ups" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 msgid "" "We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " "follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" " customer that has already paid you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 msgid "" "The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " @@ -12859,14 +12261,14 @@ msgid "" " on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 msgid "" "Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " "later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " "set on the statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 msgid "" "To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " "number of days calculated between each report by going to " @@ -12874,17 +12276,17 @@ msgid "" "Follow-up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 msgid "" "You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " "normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 msgid "Send reminders in batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 msgid "" "To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " "from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " @@ -12893,11 +12295,11 @@ msgid "" "automatically generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 msgid "Plan a follow-up process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 msgid "" "To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " @@ -12905,7 +12307,7 @@ msgid "" "Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 msgid "" "A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " "you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " @@ -12914,18 +12316,18 @@ msgid "" "the stage of the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 msgid "" "If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " "negative number of due days." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 msgid "Get paid with SEPA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -12933,7 +12335,7 @@ msgid "" "your customers with their approval." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can record customer mandates, generate an SDD XML file " "containing customer payments and upload it in your bank interface. The file " @@ -12941,90 +12343,90 @@ msgid "" "well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate the SEPA Direct Debit (SDD) Feature. Enter the Creditor Identifier " "of your company. This number is provided by your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 msgid "Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "Mandati di addebito diretto" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 msgid "" "Before withdrawing money from a customer bank account, your customer has to " "sign a mandate. Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Direct Debit " "Mandates` and create a new mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit only works between IBAN Bank Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 msgid "" "Once you have entered all the information in the customer mandate, you can " "print it and ask your customer to sign it. Once it is done, you can upload " "the mandate signed by your customer on the mandate in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 msgid "You can now validate the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 msgid "Let's create an invoice for that customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 msgid "" "When you will validate this invoice, the payment will be automatically " "generated and your invoice will be directly marked as paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 msgid "" "If you already had some invoices for that customer that could be paid using " "that mandate, it's still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on " "register payment and choose the Sepa Direct Debit as payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 msgid "Generate SDD Files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 msgid "" "You can generate the SDD File with all the customer payments to send to your" " bank directly from the accounting dashboard :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 msgid "" "You select the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD " "File, click on action and select \"Generate Direct Debit XML\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 msgid "" "You can now download the XML file generated by Odoo and upload it in your " "bank interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated XML by activating the developer mode and " "going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payments --> SDD " "Payment File`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 msgid "" "The Direct Debit mandate will be closed automatically once the end date " "defined on it is reached. However, you can **close** a mandate earlier than " @@ -13035,30 +12437,30 @@ msgid "" "be reopened." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 msgid "" "You can also **revoke** a mandate. In that case, you won't be able to pay " "any invoice using that mandate anymore, no matter the invoice date.To do " "that, simply go on the mandate and click on the \"Revoke\" button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" " alone record for use on a later date:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 msgid "" "If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " "invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 msgid "" "If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " "credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " @@ -13066,25 +12468,25 @@ msgid "" "bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 msgid "Paying an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 msgid "" "If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " "payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " "due." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 msgid "" "The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" " payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " "the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " "linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" @@ -13092,15 +12494,15 @@ msgid "" "Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 msgid "Registering a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 msgid "" "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " "menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " @@ -13108,7 +12510,7 @@ msgid "" " be reconciled on an invoice later on." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 msgid "" "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " "payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " @@ -13117,23 +12519,23 @@ msgid "" "document in the memo field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 msgid "" "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " "just made in the accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 msgid "" "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " "invoice directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 msgid "" "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " "payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " @@ -13141,55 +12543,55 @@ msgid "" "\"Outstanding Payments\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 msgid "" "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " "(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " "feature within Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 msgid "" "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " "Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " "Receivable and Payable, respectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 msgid "" "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " "and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " "matching of all their payments and invoices at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 msgid "" "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " "reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 msgid "" "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " "between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 msgid "" "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " "payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 msgid "" "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " "the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " @@ -13198,6 +12600,322 @@ msgid "" " with two journal entries for the same transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:7 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:16 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:18 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:26 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:21 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:23 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:28 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:30 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " +":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report " +"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " +"behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:47 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:50 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "Manuale" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:61 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:72 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference between brackets (e.g. [Food]). Type the " +"expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:87 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action > Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:102 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:107 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:109 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:116 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:122 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:130 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:138 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:149 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:155 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:157 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:162 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:164 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:170 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:181 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:183 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:190 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:192 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:197 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:203 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:205 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:212 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:215 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:225 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index e43febdb3..a872f4f1a 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,29 +23,29 @@ msgstr "" "Language: it\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../general.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 msgid "General" msgstr "Generale" -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autenticazione" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" msgstr "OAuth" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" msgstr "Come consentire agli utenti di accedere con il loro account Google" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" "Connect to your Google account and go to " "`https://console.developers.google.com/ " @@ -55,18 +55,18 @@ msgstr "" "`https://console.developers.google.com/ " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:7 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" "Fare clic su **Crea progetto** e inserire il nome e altri dettagli del " "progetto." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:15 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "Fare clic su **Use API Google**" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:20 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dal menù a sinistra selezionare il sottomenù **Credenziali** (da **Gestore " "API**), quindi selezionare **Schermata di consenso OAuth**." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:25 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" "Compilare indirizzo, e-mail e nome del prodotto (ad esempio Odoo), quindi " "salvare." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:30 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ msgstr "" "Poi fare clic su **Aggiungi credenziali** e selezionare la seconda opzione " "(ID cliente OAuth 2.0)." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:38 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." @@ -99,82 +99,82 @@ msgstr "" "web**. Configurare ora le pagine autorizzate alle quali si verrà " "ridirezionati." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:40 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " "Then click on **Create**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "" "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " "nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " "User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " "import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " @@ -182,66 +182,66 @@ msgid "" "etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " "corresponding field using the search." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ msgid "" "their own list menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " "is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " @@ -257,45 +257,45 @@ msgid "" "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "How to import data into Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 msgid "" "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" " and even orders!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 msgid "" "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " "already done." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -303,17 +303,17 @@ msgid "" "corresponding field." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -323,18 +323,18 @@ msgid "" " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -345,18 +345,18 @@ msgid "" " default." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " "complete list of fields for each column." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ msgid "" "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ msgid "" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -382,11 +382,11 @@ msgid "" "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -396,56 +396,56 @@ msgid "" "crash." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "32000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "32,000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "-32000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "(32000.00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "$ 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "(32000.00 €)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -453,20 +453,20 @@ msgid "" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 msgid "" "If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " @@ -475,17 +475,17 @@ msgid "" "filter settings' > Save)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " "'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" @@ -495,58 +495,58 @@ msgid "" "import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "Nazione: il nome o il codice della nazione" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "Nazione: Belgio" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "ID nazione/database: 21" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "ID nazione/esterno: base.be" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -554,13 +554,13 @@ msgid "" "Database ID)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -569,23 +569,23 @@ msgid "" "Products and their Categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:162 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "Cosa fare in presenza di un campo con corrispondenze multiple?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -596,20 +596,20 @@ msgid "" "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -617,19 +617,19 @@ msgid "" " of your CSV file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:175 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " @@ -640,41 +640,41 @@ msgid "" "you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "È possibile importare più volte lo stesso record?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -684,17 +684,17 @@ msgid "" "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:204 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -702,11 +702,11 @@ msgid "" "assigning the default value." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:211 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ msgid "" "person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" @@ -724,37 +724,36 @@ msgid "" "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database</a>)" +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:222 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:228 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:235 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:241 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" @@ -764,7 +763,7 @@ msgid "" " who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -772,25 +771,45 @@ msgid "" "company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:4 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "Cellulare" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:7 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "Notifiche push" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, there is no more complex configuration to enable push " +"notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " +"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 msgid "How to add a user" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " "point." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 msgid "Add individual users" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 msgid "" "From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" " and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " @@ -798,27 +817,27 @@ msgid "" " and a picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 msgid "" "Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " "and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" "When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " "invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" " on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 msgid "" "Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " "Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more " "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 msgid "" "You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " "screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " @@ -827,84 +846,84 @@ msgid "" "under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 msgid "" "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 msgid "Todo" msgstr "Da fare" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 msgid "Add link to How to add companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " "select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" "To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " "--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " @@ -914,45 +933,45 @@ msgid "" "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" "**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" " this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" " Unsplash key in a transparent way." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " "Application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " "**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " @@ -960,48 +979,48 @@ msgid "" "**Create application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " "50 Unsplash requests per hour." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " "Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" " ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po deleted file mode 100644 index e7e49e4de..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,381 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " -"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " -"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" -" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" -" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" -" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" -" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " -"practices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" -" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " -"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " -"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " -"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " -"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" -" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" -" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " -"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " -"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " -"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " -"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the `Odoo documentation " -"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning " -"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the " -"testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "2. Project Scope" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " -"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " -"project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " -"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " -"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " -"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" -" clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " -"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" -" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " -"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " -"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " -"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " -"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" -" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " -"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " -"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " -"experiment of the standard in production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "3. Managing expectations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " -"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" -" account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " -"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," -" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " -"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " -"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " -"check that this is still the case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " -"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" -" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " -"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" -" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " -"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " -"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " -"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " -"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " -"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " -"to pursue this same objective." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 -msgid "" -"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " -"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " -"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " -"tools\\* :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " -"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " -"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " -"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " -"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 -msgid "" -"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 -msgid "" -"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" -" the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " -"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " -"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " -"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " -"verifying its veracity beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 -msgid "" -"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " -"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 -msgid "4. Communication Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " -"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " -"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " -"follow those principles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 -msgid "" -"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " -"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " -"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " -"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " -"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" -" manager are clearly defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 -msgid "" -"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " -"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " -"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " -"reached;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 -msgid "5. Customizations and Development" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " -"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " -"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 -msgid "" -"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " -"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," -" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " -"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" -" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " -"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " -"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." -" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " -"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " -"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 -msgid "" -"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " -"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" -" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" -" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " -"business processes of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 -msgid "" -"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" -" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " -"needs of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 -msgid "" -"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " -"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " -"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " -"requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 -msgid "" -"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " -"noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " -"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "**or**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " -"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "7. Data Imports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 -msgid "" -"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " -"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " -"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " -"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " -"it will be decided :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 -msgid "" -"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " -"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " -"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 -msgid "" -"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " -"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " -"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " -"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" -" import will be made before the production launch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 -msgid "" -"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " -"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " -"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " -"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 -msgid "8. Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " -"questions or technical issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 -msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po deleted file mode 100644 index fd5268225..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,398 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Helpdesk" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Panoramica" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 -msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/12.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 -msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 -msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 -msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 -msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 -msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 -msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 -msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 -msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 -msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 -msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 1e674db6b..4c3b8c7d5 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -1,19 +1,15 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 15:27+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -21,6 +17,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: it\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "Documentazione utente Odoo" +#: ../../content/index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po deleted file mode 100644 index 66de2c1cd..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7784 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Stefano Consolaro <stefano.consolaro@mymage.it>, 2019 -# Simone Bernini <simone@aperturelabs.it>, 2019 -# Cesare Cugnasco <cesare.cugnasco@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Luigi Di Naro <gigidn@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Davide Corio <enlightx@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Paolo Valier, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# David Minneci <david@numeko.it>, 2019 -# Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Magazzino" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "Codici a barre" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "Operazioni giornaliere" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "From the Barcode application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 -msgid "Click on **Inventory**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" -" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " -"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " -"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " -"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " -"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " -"accessible, visible or is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " -"finish the operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 -msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " -"of the dashboard)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 -msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 -msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 -msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 -msgid "Scan the **destination location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 -msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " -"outgoing deliveries:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " -"the lots/serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" -" one automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 -msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " -"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " -"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " -"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 -msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" -" product (you can also use the keyboard)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 -msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " -"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " -"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " -"visible or is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 -msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 -msgid "Open operation interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 -msgid "Scan." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " -"and keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Impostazione" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 -msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " -"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " -"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 -msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " -"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " -"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " -"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" -" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " -"be configured to be so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" -" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " -"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " -"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " -"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " -"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " -"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " -"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " -"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " -"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," -" it is essential to test it first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 -msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 -msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 -msgid "" -"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " -"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " -"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" -" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 -msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " -"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " -"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" -" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " -"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" -" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " -"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " -"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " -"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " -"the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 -msgid "Set products barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" -" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " -"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " -"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and " -"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This " -"interface can also be accessed via the planner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " -"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " -"them)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33 -msgid "Set locations barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " -"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " -"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " -"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " -"paper." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " -"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 -msgid "Barcode formats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " -"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " -"your own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "Gestione Magazzino" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "Rettifica di inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 -msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " -"keep the inventory right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " -"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " -"the right locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " -"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 -msgid "Start the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 -msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" -" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 -msgid "" -"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" -" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 -msgid "" -"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " -"set the location of your product from this screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" -" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " -"has automatically been created and validated by the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "Multiple products at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" -" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " -"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" -" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" -" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " -"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" -" (or child) locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 -msgid "" -"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " -"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " -"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " -"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " -"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" -" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " -"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 -msgid "" -"additional information will be available according to the options you " -"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Rendicontazione" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " -"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " -"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " -"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " -"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " -"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Attivo" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the " -"orderpoint without removing it." -msgstr "" -"Se il campo attivo è impostato su False, ti permetterà di nascondere il " -"punto di ordine senza rimuoverlo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Product Unit of Measure" -msgstr "Unità di misura prodotto" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations." -msgstr "Unità di misura predefinita per ogni operazione di stoccaggio." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Procurement Group" -msgstr "Gruppo di Approvvigionamento" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into " -"one big picking." -msgstr "" -"I movimenti creati attraverso questo punto di riordino saranno inseriti in " -"questo gruppo di approvvigionamento. Se non ne viene dato nessuno, i " -"movimenti generati dalle regole di magazzino saranno raggruppati in un unico" -" prelievo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Minimum Quantity" -msgstr "Quantità minima" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field," -" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max " -"Quantity." -msgstr "" -"Quando le scorte virtuali scendono al di sotto della quantità minima " -"indicata per questo campo, Odoo genera un approvvigionamento per portare la " -"quantità prevista alla quantità massima." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Maximum Quantity" -msgstr "Quantità massima" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a " -"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as " -"Max Quantity." -msgstr "" -"Quando le scorte virtuali scendono al di sotto della quantità minima, Odoo " -"genera un approvvigionamento per portare la quantità prevista alla quantità " -"indicata come quantità massima." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Quantity Multiple" -msgstr "Multiplo Quantità" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " -"the exact quantity will be used." -msgstr "" -"La quantità di approvvigionamento sarà arrotondata a questo multiplo. Se il " -"multiplo è 0, verrà utilizzata la quantità esatta. " - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Lead Time" -msgstr "Tempi di consegna" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or " -"to order to the vendor" -msgstr "" -"Numero di giorni dopo che l’ordine è stato attivato per ricevere i prodotti " -"o per ordinare al fornitore" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " -"stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " -"(or any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " -"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " -"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" -" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" -" those virtual warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12 -msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" -" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " -"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " -"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " -"create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " -"because you will need it later in the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " -"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" -" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " -"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" -" A+B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37 -msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" -" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " -"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" -" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" -" A and one in warehouse B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Ordini di consegna" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 -msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Panoramica" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " -"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " -"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " -"any bad surprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " -"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " -"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" -" cancel the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" -" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 -msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " -"limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " -"**Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " -"this delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 -msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " -"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " -"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " -"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " -"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " -"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " -"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" -"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " -"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," -" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 -msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " -"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " -"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" -" space in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" -" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " -"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" -" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " -"sense!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" -" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " -"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" -" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" -" tracking number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " -"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " -"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" -" that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 -msgid "" -"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " -"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" -"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 -msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " -"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" -" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " -"on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " -"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " -"supplier to the products you want to dropship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 -msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" -" that the route is **Dropshipping**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " -"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " -"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " -"will see that one shipment has been created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " -"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " -"dropship card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 -msgid "" -"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" -" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " -"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Da fare" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of " -"my vendors?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " -"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " -"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 -msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " -"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " -"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " -"to handle orders very quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" -" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " -"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " -"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " -"especially when the items you stock are big in size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " -"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " -"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " -"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 -msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 -msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " -"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" -" methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" -" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " -"carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " -"you create a new sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" -" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " -"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 -msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " -"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 -msgid "" -"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " -"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " -"and edit the concerned warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " -"Only)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "Creare un ordine di vendita" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " -"picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " -"Orders** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 -msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: " -"From sales orders to delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133 -msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " -"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " -"**Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " -"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 -msgid "*Sale process*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 -msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 -msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " -"redirected to the Delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 -msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " -"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " -"Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" -" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " -"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 -msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 -msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," -" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " -"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " -"before shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 -msgid "" -"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " -"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " -"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " -"customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" -" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " -"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " -"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " -"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " -"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" -" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " -"correct method for your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "Install the Inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 -msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" -" orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Allow managing routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" -" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " -"the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " -"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " -"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 -msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " -"that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " -"Ship).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Create a Sale Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 -msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 -msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 -msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" -" Zone**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Packing)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 -msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" -" kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 -msgid "" -"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 -msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " -"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders" -" to delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " -"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " -"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" -" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " -"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " -"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " -"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " -"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " -"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " -"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " -"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Allow management of routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " -"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " -"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" -" checked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " -"check the radio button above)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " -"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " -"activated beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 -msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " -"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " -"some products to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " -"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " -"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " -"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " -"listed in the **To Do** column)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130 -msgid "" -"link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From" -" sales orders to delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Spedizioni in Ingresso" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" -" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " -"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 -msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " -"before being admitted in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " -"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " -"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " -"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 -msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " -"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " -"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " -"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" -" goods receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" -" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " -"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " -"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " -"return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 -msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" -" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" -" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " -"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 -msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 -msgid "Use advanced routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " -"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " -"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " -"goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " -"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " -"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "How to control a receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " -"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" -" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " -"This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " -"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " -"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" -" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " -"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " -"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " -"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " -"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" -" Control**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " -"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " -"ready to be controlled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 -msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " -"process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " -"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" -" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " -"controlled and has moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " -"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " -"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " -"processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " -"ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " -"methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " -"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" -" steps)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " -"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " -"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " -"form view. This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" -" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 -msgid "" -"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" -" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " -"which makes the product available for the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 -msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " -"quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " -"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " -"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Lotti e numeri di serie" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduzione" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 -msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 -msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" -" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" -" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " -"**Track lots or serial numbers**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " -"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 -msgid "Operation types configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" -" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" -" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "Manage lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 -msgid "Transfers" -msgstr "Trasferimenti" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " -"input the lot number(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Click on the lot icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " -"and the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " -"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 -msgid "Inventory adjustment" -msgstr "Rettifica di inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "Classic inventory by products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "Inventory of a lot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 -msgid "" -"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " -"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " -"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " -"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 -msgid "" -"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 -msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`differences`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " -"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " -"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " -"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" -" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " -"location where the products are moved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " -"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " -"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" -" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " -"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " -"Split icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 -msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " -"numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 -msgid "" -"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " -"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are " -"moving those serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory of a serial number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 -msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " -"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " -"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" -" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " -":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " -"serial number corresponding to your search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "Operazioni varie" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 -msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned " -"transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 -msgid "Immediate Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and " -"quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is" -" why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the " -"column \"Done\" for the quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A " -"to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the " -"transfer right now)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 -msgid "Planned Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase " -"order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an " -"initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the " -"inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many " -"units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. " -"Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process " -"the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " -"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" -" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " -"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " -"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" -" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " -"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 -msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " -"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " -"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" -" it blank if you are the owner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " -"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " -"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " -"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " -"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " -"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " -"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " -"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " -"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " -"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " -"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," -" deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " -"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " -"configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "How to scrap products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 -msgid "content recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " -"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per " -"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 -msgid "" -"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " -"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" -" --> Locations.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " -"location form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "Different ways to scrap product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 -msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Receipts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 -msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 -msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 -msgid "" -"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " -"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " -"**Scrap**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " -"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Valuation Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " -"sheet. This implies two main choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 -msgid "" -"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " -"Real Price);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 -msgid "" -"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " -"Perpetual)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 -msgid "Costing Method" -msgstr "Metodo di valorizzazione" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 -msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "Prezzo Standard" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "Operazione" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 -msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "Costo unitario" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "Valore di magazzino" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 -msgid "+8*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "€ 80" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 -msgid "12" -msgstr "12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 -msgid "+4*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 -msgid "$120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 -msgid "$20" -msgstr "20 €" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 -msgid "4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 -msgid "+2*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 -msgid "$40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " -"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " -"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 -msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "Prezzo medio" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 -msgid "+4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 -msgid "$9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 -msgid "+2*$6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 -msgid "$36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " -"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" -" (see here attached)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 -msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" -" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " -"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" -" up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 -msgid "" -"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " -"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " -"matters in the cost computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 -msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 -msgid "$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-8*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-2*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 -msgid "$32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 -msgid "$11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 -msgid "$44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 -msgid "" -"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " -"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " -"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " -"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " -"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " -"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " -"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " -"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 -msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," -" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-6*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 -msgid "$8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," -" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " -"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " -"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" -" quantity in stock * cost price)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 -msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 -msgid "" -"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " -"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " -"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " -"physical inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 -msgid "" -"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" -" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " -"postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "Fattura fornitore" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "Dare" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "Avere" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -msgid "50" -msgstr "50" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "4.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "54.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "Configurazione:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " -"related product (Expense Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 -msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 -msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "Fattura cliente" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "109" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " -"product (Income Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 -msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 -msgid "Customer Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "Ordini di produzione" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" -" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" -" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " -"inventory value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 -msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 -msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 -msgid "" -"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " -"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" -"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " -"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " -"testing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 -msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 -msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 -msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" -" specific product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 -msgid "" -"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " -"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " -"product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 -msgid "" -"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 -msgid "" -"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " -"as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-6*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 -msgid "€8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 -msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 -msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 -msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 -msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "Concetti principali" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 -msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 -msgid "" -"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " -"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" -" locations (possibly virtual)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 -msgid "Operations" -msgstr "Operazioni" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -msgid "Production Order" -msgstr "Ordine di produzione" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 -msgid "Consume:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 -msgid "Produce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Configurarion:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -msgid "Client Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 -msgid "Pick" -msgstr "Pick" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 -msgid "Pack" -msgstr "Collo" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "Spedizione" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 -msgid "Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 -msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 -msgid "Missing products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 -msgid "Extra products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 -msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Reception" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 -msgid "Analysis" -msgstr "Analisi" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " -"products * product cost)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 -msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 -msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 -msgid "" -"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" -" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -msgid "New sale orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Effect" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -msgid "" -"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " -"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " -"(property)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" -msgstr "Regole minime dello stock" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 -msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 -msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Procurement rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 -msgid "" -"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " -"be fulfilled e.g.:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 -msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 -msgid "" -"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " -"To Stock)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 -msgid "needs schema thing from FP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 -msgid "Routes" -msgstr "Rotte" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " -"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " -"sales order lines, warehouse,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "Magazzini" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 -msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 -msgid "Picking List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 -msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 -msgid "Pack List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 -msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Delivery Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Gate A → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 -msgid "" -"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " -"the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "A Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 -msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 -msgid "Reception:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 -msgid "Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 -msgid "Confirmation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 -msgid "Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Storage:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Product Category" -msgstr "Categoria prodotto" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 -msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 -msgid "Cross-Docks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 -msgid "Input → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Delivery:" -msgstr "Consegna:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 -msgid "Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Sale Order Line" -msgstr "Riga ordine di vendita" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 -msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "Forzare le Regole" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " -"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" -" used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Controllo qualità" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 -msgid "Product lands in Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 -msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Warehouse Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 -msgid "Product lands in Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 -msgid "Procurement Groups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 -msgid "" -"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " -"provided:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 -msgid "Picking" -msgstr "Prelievo" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 -msgid "Packing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 -msgid "Delivery Order" -msgstr "Ordine di consegna" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 -msgid "Purchase Order" -msgstr "Ordine di acquisto" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 -msgid "..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 -msgid "" -"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " -"and locations are the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 -msgid "" -"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " -"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " -"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " -"together)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " -"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " -"repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " -"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " -"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " -"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " -"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " -"procurements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " -"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" -" item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " -"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" -" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " -"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " -"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " -"enough stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 -msgid "" -"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" -" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 -msgid "" -"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " -"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " -"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " -"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " -"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " -"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " -"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" -" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " -"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " -"can be used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " -"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " -"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " -"or MTS,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " -"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " -"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " -"procurement group and locations are the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " -"between locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " -"in a warehouse or location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " -"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " -"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " -"units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " -"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " -"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" -" minimum stock rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " -"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " -"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " -"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " -"packing zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " -"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" -" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " -"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " -"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 -msgid "" -"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " -"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " -"goes in rack 3, storage A)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 -msgid "" -"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" -" it from the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "From procurement to delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " -"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" -" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" -" delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " -"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " -"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " -"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 -msgid "How to process a receipt ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Install Purchase application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 -msgid "Make a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " -"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " -"products to your request for quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " -"quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 -msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 -msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 -msgid "From the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 -msgid "" -"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " -"related **Receipt**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 -msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 -msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 -msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" -" the list of your deliveries to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 -msgid "Process the Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 -msgid "" -"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " -"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " -"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " -":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 -msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 -msgid "Install Sales application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 -msgid "Place a sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " -"some products to your quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 -msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 -msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 -msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 -msgid "From the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 -msgid "" -"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " -"**Delivery**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 -msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " -"list of your receipts to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" -" on your dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 -msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 -msgid "" -"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " -"methods. Please read the document " -":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 -msgid "" -"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " -"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 -msgid "" -"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " -"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " -"transfers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 -msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 -msgid "" -"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " -"warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" -"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " -"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " -"different screens you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" -"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 -msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Set up your warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Import your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Import your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Set up the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" -" valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" -" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" -" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " -"and use your scanner optimally." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " -"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" -" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " -"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " -"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " -"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post" -"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 -msgid "Warehouse and routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" -" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" -" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," -" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 -msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 -msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 -msgid "then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 -msgid "Cross Docking Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 -msgid "" -"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " -"for the remaining part:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " -"created as an internal physical location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 -msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 -msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 -msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 -msgid "Product with cross dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 -msgid "" -"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" -" above as well as the **Buy** route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 -msgid "" -"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " -"for replenishment of a stockable product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " -"application in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid "" -"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " -"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " -"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 -msgid "" -"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " -"and routes in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " -"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 -msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " -"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" -" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " -"been generated for your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " -"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" -" you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " -"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " -"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" -" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " -"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " -"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " -"orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " -"all yours product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" -" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " -"proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 -msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 -msgid "" -"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " -"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " -"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " -"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 -msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 -msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 -msgid "" -"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " -"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " -"indicate how much products you process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " -"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " -"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " -"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possible :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "Gestire le catene di produzione del prodotto" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "Gestisci locations predefinite per prodotto" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" -msgstr "" -"Aiutare la gestione degli affitti, generando spostamenti di ritorno " -"automatizzati per i prodotti noleggiati" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 -msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 -msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 -msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 -msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 -msgid "Product Costing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " -"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " -"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " -"to be installed)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 -msgid "Add costs to products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " -"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" -" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. " -"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines " -"will be split accross your transfers lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 -msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " -"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " -"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " -"appropriate location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 -msgid "" -"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" -" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " -"of a potential chemical reaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " -"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " -"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " -"level)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " -"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" -" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 -msgid "Setting up a strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " -"product quality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " -"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " -"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " -"Strategy**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " -"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " -"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " -"automatically be transferred to the correct location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Current Inventory`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 -msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " -"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " -"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " -"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " -"on the **location**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " -"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " -"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 -msgid "Types of removal strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 -msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "" -"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " -"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " -"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " -"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 -msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " -"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 -msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 -msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " -"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " -"shelf life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" -" ``WH/Stock`` location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 -msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 -msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" -" according to their expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " -"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" -" to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " -"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " -"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 -msgid "" -"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " -"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " -"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " -"goods with this serial/lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " -"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " -"removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 -msgid "" -"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " -"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " -"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " -"lots pass their **alert date**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " -"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" -" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " -"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " -"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," -" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " -"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " -"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " -"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " -"after the lot has been created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " -"expiration date fields as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 -msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 -msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 -msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 -msgid "" -"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " -"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " -"expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Product**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "LOT0001" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "Ice Cream" -msgstr "Gelato" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "08/20/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "LOT0002" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "08/10/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "LOT0003" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "08/15/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 -msgid "" -"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " -"removal strategy **FEFO**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 -msgid "" -"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" -" the removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Impostazioni" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Prodotti" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different units of measure?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, " -"you will need to convert the units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "Setting up units on your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you " -"would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " -"**Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " -"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " -"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 -msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " -"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 -msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " -"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 -msgid "Procurement" -msgstr "Approvvigionamento" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " -"measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 -msgid "The quality control is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " -"check is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " -"**Draft**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " -"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" -" the unit to the dozen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" -" measure :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " -"converted automatically :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Create a link when the document is available - When should you use " -"packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Unit of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." -" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" -" warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "Colli" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "Imballaggio" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 -msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " -"notice and the power plug." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 -msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " -"only for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 -msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 -msgid "" -"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " -"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" -" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" -" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " -"**packaging**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " -"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Using product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " -"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " -"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 -msgid "B&C T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 -msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " -"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." -" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " -"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " -"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " -"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " -"the template or the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " -"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " -"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " -"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " -"variant)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " -"product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " -"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " -"Income Account, Taxes)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 -msgid "When should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 -msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " -"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " -"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" -" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " -"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" -" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " -"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " -"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " -"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" -" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " -"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 -msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " -"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " -"of managing lots of products that are similars." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 -msgid "" -"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" -" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " -"product templates and all their related variations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 -msgid "" -"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " -"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " -"example, a company having these products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 -msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 -msgid "" -"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " -"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " -"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " -"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " -"e-Commerce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 -msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 -msgid "Product Template: Polos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 -msgid "Activate the variant feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " -"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " -"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " -"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " -"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 -msgid "Creating products with variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 -msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " -"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " -"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " -"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " -"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 -msgid "" -"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " -"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " -"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " -"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 -msgid "" -"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 -msgid "Managing Product Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " -"variant attributes :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 -msgid "T-Shirt B&C" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 -msgid "Managing combination possibilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 -msgid "" -"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " -"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " -"you can deactivate the white product variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." -" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " -"XXL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 -msgid "" -"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " -"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " -"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " -"variant that will be added to the original price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 -msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226 -msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227 -msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " -"warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new location?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" -" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" -" describe your location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 -msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " -"fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 -msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " -"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " -"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " -"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " -"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " -"edit it afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 -msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " -"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 -msgid "" -"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 -msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " -"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " -"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" -" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " -"Tracking Ref**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 -msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 -msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 -msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " -"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " -"get a new tracking number and a new label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 -msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 -msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " -"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " -"Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " -"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 -msgid "" -"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " -"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 -msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " -"order and proceed to deliver the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" -" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " -"add a line to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 -msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 -msgid "How to print shipping labels?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " -"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " -"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " -"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 -msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 -msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " -"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" -" more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " -"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 -msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 -msgid "Company configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " -"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 -msgid "" -"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " -"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " -"data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " -"computation cannot be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " -"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" -" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 -msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " -"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" -" third party shipper in the additional info tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 -msgid "" -"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 -msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " -"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " -"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " -"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " -"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 -msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 -msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 -msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 -msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " -"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 -msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 -msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 -msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 -msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " -"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " -"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " -"underneath:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " -"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " -"but also on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " -"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " -"compute the real price and the packagings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 -msgid "Install the inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " -"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" -" order to see it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" -" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 -msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " -"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " -"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " -"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " -"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " -"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " -"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " -"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " -":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " -"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 -msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "Consegna" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 -msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 -msgid "" -"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " -"chosen delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " -"Rest of the world)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " -"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 -msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " -"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " -"given in the demo data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " -"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" -" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" -" shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " -"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " -"will appear on your ecommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 -msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " -"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " -"For more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " -"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " -"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " -"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " -"United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" -" you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " -"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " -"method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " -"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " -"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " -"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" -" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" -" be computed once the transfer is validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" -" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " -"to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" -" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" -" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " -"Service in order to to open an account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" -" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " -"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " -"online profile by following these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "" -"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" -" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " -"complete the registration process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " -"follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 -msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 -msgid "" -"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " -"Details** section of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 -msgid "" -"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " -"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" -" States.q" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 -msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 -msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 -msgid "" -"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " -"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 -msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 -msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 -msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " -"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " -"contact." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8142f7b30 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -0,0 +1,9775 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Luigi Di Naro <gigidn@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Cesare Cugnasco <cesare.cugnasco@gmail.com>, 2021 +# David Minneci <david@numeko.it>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Paolo Valier, 2021 +# Stefano Consolaro <stefano.consolaro@mymage.it>, 2021 +# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: it\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory & Mrp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:66 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Magazzino" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "Codici a barre" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "Operazioni giornaliere" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "From the Barcode application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Inventory**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" +" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " +"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " +"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " +"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " +"scan products directly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " +"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " +"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " +"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " +"accessible, visible or is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " +"finish the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 +msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 +msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " +"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " +"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " +"of the dashboard)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 +msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 +msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 +msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 +msgid "Scan the **destination location**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 +msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " +"outgoing deliveries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " +"the lots/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" +" one automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 +msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " +"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " +"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " +"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" +" product (you can also use the keyboard)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 +msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " +"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " +"scan products directly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " +"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " +"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " +"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " +"visible or is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 +msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " +"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " +"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 +msgid "Open operation interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 +msgid "Scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " +"and keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Imposta" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " +"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " +"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " +"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " +"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" +" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " +"be configured to be so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" +" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " +"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " +"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " +"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," +" it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" +" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " +"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " +"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" +" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " +"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" +" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " +"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " +"the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +msgid "Set products barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" +" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " +"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " +"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and " +"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This " +"interface can also be accessed via the planner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " +"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " +"them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33 +msgid "Set locations barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " +"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " +"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " +"paper." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " +"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 +msgid "Barcode formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " +"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " +"your own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "Gestione magazzino" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "Rettifica di inventario" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 +msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " +"keep the inventory right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " +"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " +"the right locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " +"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 +msgid "Start the initial inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 +msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" +" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 +msgid "" +"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" +" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 +msgid "" +"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " +"set the location of your product from this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" +" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " +"has automatically been created and validated by the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 +msgid "Multiple products at once" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" +" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " +"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" +" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" +" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " +"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" +" (or child) locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " +"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " +"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " +"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " +"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" +" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " +"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 +msgid "" +"additional information will be available according to the options you " +"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Rendicontazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " +"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " +"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " +"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " +"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configurazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " +"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " +"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " +"stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " +"(or any other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:60 +msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "Ordini di consegna" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 +msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Panoramica" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " +"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " +"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " +"any bad surprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " +"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " +"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" +" cancel the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" +" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 +msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " +"limit them to a certain number of countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " +"**Delivery Methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " +"this delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 +msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " +"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " +"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " +"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " +"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " +"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " +"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" +"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " +"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," +" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 +msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " +"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " +"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" +" space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" +" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " +"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" +" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " +"sense!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" +" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " +"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" +" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" +" tracking number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " +"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " +"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" +" that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " +"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" +"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 +msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " +"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" +" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " +"on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " +"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " +"supplier to the products you want to dropship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 +msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" +" that the route is **Dropshipping**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " +"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " +"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " +"will see that one shipment has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " +"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " +"dropship card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" +" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " +"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Da fare" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of " +"my vendors?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " +"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " +"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " +"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " +"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " +"to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" +" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " +"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " +"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " +"especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " +"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " +"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " +"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " +"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " +"delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" +" methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" +" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " +"you create a new sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" +" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " +"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " +"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 +msgid "" +"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " +"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " +"and edit the concerned warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " +"Only)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "Crea un ordine di vendita" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " +"deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " +"the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " +"Orders** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 +msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: " +"From sales orders to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133 +msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " +"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " +"**Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " +"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 +msgid "*Sale process*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 +msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 +msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " +"redirected to the Delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 +msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " +"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " +"Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" +" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " +"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 +msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 +msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " +"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " +"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " +"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " +"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "Configuring lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " +"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " +"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 +msgid "At a product level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 +msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " +"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " +"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" +" select a supplier lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " +"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " +"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" +" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 +msgid "**Customer lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " +"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " +"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " +"time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 +msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" +" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " +"create manufacturing routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 +msgid "At the company level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 +msgid "" +"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " +"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " +"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " +"of delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" +" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " +"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " +"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " +"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " +"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " +"keep your commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " +"of safety days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " +"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " +"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " +"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " +"here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +msgid "At route level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" +" can also influence the computed date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " +"app when creating a new push rule in a route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 +msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 +msgid "At sale order level:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "**Requested date**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " +"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" +" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" +" display a warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " +"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." +" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " +"on your configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +msgid "" +"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +msgid "" +"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " +"lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " +"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," +" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " +"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " +"before shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " +"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " +"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" +" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " +"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " +"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " +"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " +"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" +" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " +"correct method for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "Install the Inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 +msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Allow managing routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" +" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " +"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " +"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 +msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " +"that will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " +"Ship).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 +msgid "Create a Sale Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " +"deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " +"the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 +msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 +msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " +"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 +msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" +" Zone**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " +"product available for the next step (Packing)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 +msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 +msgid "" +"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " +"product available for the next step (Shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 +msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " +"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders" +" to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " +"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" +" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " +"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " +"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " +"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " +"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " +"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " +"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " +"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "Allow management of routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " +"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " +"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" +" checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " +"check the radio button above)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " +"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " +"activated beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 +msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " +"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " +"some products to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " +"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " +"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " +"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " +"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" +" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " +"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " +"listed in the **To Do** column)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" +" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130 +msgid "" +"link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From" +" sales orders to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "Spedizioni in entrata" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" +" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " +"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " +"before being admitted in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " +"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " +"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " +"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " +"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " +"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " +"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" +" goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" +" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " +"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " +"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " +"return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " +"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " +"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " +"receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," +" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " +"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" +" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" +" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" +" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " +"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 +msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 +msgid "Use advanced routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " +"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " +"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " +"goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " +"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " +"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "How to control a receipt?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 +msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " +"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" +" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " +"This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " +"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " +"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" +" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " +"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "" +"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " +"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " +"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " +"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" +" Control**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " +"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " +"ready to be controlled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 +msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " +"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " +"process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " +"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" +" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " +"controlled and has moved to your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " +"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " +"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " +"processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " +"ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " +"methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " +"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" +" steps)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " +"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " +"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " +"form view. This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" +" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 +msgid "" +"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" +" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " +"which makes the product available for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 +msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " +"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " +"quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " +"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " +"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "Lotti e numeri di serie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduzione" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" +" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " +"altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " +"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " +"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " +"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " +"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" +" way you manage these products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " +"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " +"for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " +"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" +" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " +"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" +" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " +"**Track lots or serial numbers**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " +"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 +msgid "Operation types configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" +" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" +" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "Manage lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 +msgid "Transfers" +msgstr "Trasferimenti" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " +"input the lot number(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Click on the lot icon :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " +"and the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " +"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +msgid "Inventory adjustment" +msgstr "Rettifiche di inventario" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "Classic inventory by products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "Inventory of a lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " +"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " +"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " +"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " +"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 +msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`differences`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " +"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " +"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " +"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" +" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " +"location where the products are moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " +"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " +"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" +" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " +"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " +"Split icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " +"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are " +"moving those serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory of a serial number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " +"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 +msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " +"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " +"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" +" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " +":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " +"serial number corresponding to your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "Operazioni varie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 +msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "Immediate Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and " +"quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is" +" why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the " +"column \"Done\" for the quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A " +"to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the " +"transfer right now)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 +msgid "Planned Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase " +"order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an " +"initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many " +"units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. " +"Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process " +"the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " +"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " +"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " +"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" +" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " +"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " +"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " +"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" +" it blank if you are the owner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 +msgid "What is a scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " +"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " +"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " +"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 +msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " +"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " +"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " +"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " +"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " +"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " +"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 +msgid "Run the scheduler manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" +" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " +"click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " +"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " +"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," +" deliveries and supplier purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" +" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " +"click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " +"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 +msgid "How to scrap products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" +" basic material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 +msgid "content recoverable through recycling." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " +"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " +"during picking or physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " +"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " +"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per " +"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " +"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" +" --> Locations.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " +"location form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 +msgid "Different ways to scrap product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 +msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 +msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Receipts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 +msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 +msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 +msgid "" +"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " +"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " +"**Scrap**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " +"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " +"sheet. This implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:12 +msgid "" +"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " +"Real Price);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:15 +msgid "" +"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " +"Perpetual)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:19 +msgid "Costing Method" +msgstr "Metodo ci calcolo costi" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:66 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "Prezzo standard" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "Operazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "Costo unitario" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:187 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "Valore di magazzino" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:204 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 +msgid "+8*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "80 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 +msgid "+4*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 +msgid "$120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:206 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 +msgid "$20" +msgstr "20 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:59 +msgid "+2*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 +msgid "$40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " +"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " +"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:121 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "Prezzo medio" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 +msgid "+4*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 +msgid "$9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:212 +msgid "+2*$6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 +msgid "$36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " +"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" +" (see here attached)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 +msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:114 +msgid "" +"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" +" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " +"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" +" up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 +msgid "" +"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " +"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " +"matters in the cost computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:174 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:151 +msgid "$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-8*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-2*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 +msgid "$32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 +msgid "$11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 +msgid "$44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:216 +msgid "" +"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " +"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " +"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " +"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " +"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " +"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " +"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " +"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:173 +msgid "" +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," +" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-4*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-6*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 +msgid "$8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," +" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " +"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " +"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" +" quantity in stock * cost price)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 +msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:241 +msgid "" +"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " +"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " +"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " +"physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:246 +msgid "" +"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" +" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " +"postings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +msgid "Vendor Bill" +msgstr "Fattura fornitore" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "Dare" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "Avere" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:309 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +msgid "50" +msgstr "50" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:259 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:259 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:260 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:260 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:74 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "Configurazione:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " +"related product (Expense Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:267 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:290 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "Fattura cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:276 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:276 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:277 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:277 +msgid "109" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " +"product (Income Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:282 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:287 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:290 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "Ordini di produzione" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:296 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" +" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" +" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 +msgid "" +"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " +"inventory value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:305 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:310 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:316 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:317 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 +msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:323 +msgid "" +"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " +"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" +"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " +"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " +"testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:330 +msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" +" specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:352 +msgid "" +"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " +"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " +"product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:356 +msgid "" +"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359 +msgid "" +"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " +"as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 +msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:359 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:360 +msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:205 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:60 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:213 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:152 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-6*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 +msgid "€8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:310 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:313 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "Concetti principali" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 +msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " +"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" +" locations (possibly virtual)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 +msgid "Operations" +msgstr "Operazioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:32 +msgid "Production Order" +msgstr "Ordine di produzione" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 +msgid "Consume:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:28 +msgid "Produce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:29 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:38 +msgid "Drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:35 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:38 +msgid "Configurarion:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:47 +msgid "Client Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 +msgid "Pick" +msgstr "Prelievo" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 +msgid "Pack" +msgstr "Collo" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "Spedizione" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:46 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:54 +msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:51 +msgid "Transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:59 +msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 +msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 +msgid "Missing products in inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +msgid "Extra products in inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:67 +msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:74 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 +msgid "Analysis" +msgstr "Analisi" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " +"products * product cost)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:82 +msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 +msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:152 +msgid "" +"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" +" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:161 +msgid "New sale orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "Effect" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +msgid "" +"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " +"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " +"(property)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:166 +msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" +msgstr "Regole di giacenza minima" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 +msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:167 +msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "Procurement rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:172 +msgid "" +"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " +"be fulfilled e.g.:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:175 +msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:176 +msgid "" +"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " +"To Stock)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:181 +msgid "needs schema thing from FP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 +msgid "Routes" +msgstr "Percorsi" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " +"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " +"sales order lines, warehouse,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " +"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "Magazzini" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 +msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 +msgid "Picking List:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 +msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:200 +msgid "Pack List:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 +msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +msgid "Delivery Order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +msgid "Gate A → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " +"the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 +msgid "A Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 +msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 +msgid "Reception:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 +msgid "Supplier → Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:211 +msgid "Confirmation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 +msgid "Storage:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 +msgid "Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:223 +msgid "Product Category" +msgstr "Categoria prodotto" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 +msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 +msgid "Cross-Docks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 +msgid "Input → Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:223 +msgid "Delivery:" +msgstr "Consegna:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 +msgid "Output → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 +msgid "Sale Order Line" +msgstr "Riga ordine di vendita" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:226 +msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 +msgid "Order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 +msgid "Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Regole di forzatura" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " +"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" +" used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Controllo qualità" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 +msgid "Product lands in Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:242 +msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 +msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:246 +msgid "Warehouse Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:245 +msgid "Product lands in Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:246 +msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 +msgid "Procurement Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:251 +msgid "" +"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " +"provided:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 +msgid "Picking" +msgstr "Prelievo" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 +msgid "Packing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 +msgid "Delivery Order" +msgstr "Ordine di consegna" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:257 +msgid "Purchase Order" +msgstr "Ordine di acquisto" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 +msgid "..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " +"and locations are the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:263 +msgid "" +"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " +"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " +"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " +"together)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Terminologies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " +"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " +"repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " +"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " +"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " +"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " +"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " +"procurements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " +"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" +" item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " +"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" +" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " +"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " +"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " +"enough stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" +" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " +"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " +"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " +"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " +"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " +"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " +"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" +" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " +"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " +"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " +"can be used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " +"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " +"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " +"or MTS,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " +"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " +"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " +"procurement group and locations are the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " +"between locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " +"in a warehouse or location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " +"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " +"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " +"units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " +"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " +"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" +" minimum stock rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " +"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " +"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " +"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " +"packing zone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " +"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" +" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " +"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " +"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 +msgid "" +"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " +"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " +"goes in rack 3, storage A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" +" it from the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "From procurement to delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " +"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" +" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" +" delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " +"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " +"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " +"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 +msgid "How to process a receipt ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 +msgid "Install Purchase application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " +"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 +msgid "Make a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " +"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " +"products to your request for quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 +msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 +msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 +msgid "From the purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " +"related **Receipt**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 +msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 +msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" +" the list of your deliveries to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 +msgid "Process the Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " +"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " +"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " +":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 +msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 +msgid "Install Sales application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 +msgid "Place a sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" +" team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " +"some products to your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 +msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 +msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 +msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 +msgid "From the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 +msgid "" +"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " +"**Delivery**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 +msgid "" +"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " +"list of your receipts to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" +" on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 +msgid "Process the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 +msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 +msgid "" +"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " +"methods. Please read the document " +":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 +msgid "" +"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " +"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 +msgid "" +"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " +"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " +"transfers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 +msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " +"warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" +"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " +"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " +"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " +"different screens you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" +"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 +msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Set up your warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 +msgid "Import your vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Import your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 +msgid "Set up the initial inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 +msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" +" valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" +" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" +" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " +"and use your scanner optimally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " +"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" +" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " +"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " +"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " +"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post" +"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +msgid "Warehouse and routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" +" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" +" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," +" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 +msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 +msgid "then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +msgid "Cross Docking Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 +msgid "" +"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " +"for the remaining part:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " +"created as an internal physical location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 +msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 +msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 +msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 +msgid "Product with cross dock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 +msgid "" +"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" +" above as well as the **Buy** route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 +msgid "" +"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " +"for replenishment of a stockable product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " +"application in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " +"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " +"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +msgid "" +"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " +"and routes in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " +"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " +"characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +msgid "" +"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" +" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " +"been generated for your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " +"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" +" you can skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " +"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " +"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " +"select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" +" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " +"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " +"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " +"orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " +"all yours product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" +" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " +"proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "" +"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " +"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " +"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " +"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " +"products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +msgid "Select the right transfer order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +msgid "" +"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " +"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " +"indicate how much products you process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " +"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " +"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " +"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a procurement rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " +"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" +" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " +"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " +"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " +"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " +"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" +" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " +"dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 +msgid "" +"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" +" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " +"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " +"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " +"of storing goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " +"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " +"using rules\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 +msgid "Procurement rules settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " +"go to Configuration > Routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 +msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " +"possible :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 +msgid "Move from another location rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 +msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " +"manufacturing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " +"defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 +msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a push rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" +" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " +"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " +"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " +"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " +"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " +"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " +"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " +"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " +"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " +"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " +"inability to meet customer demand for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" +" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " +"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " +"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " +"be triggered automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" +" rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 +msgid "Push rules settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 +msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " +"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " +"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " +"quality control location move to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +msgid "Stock transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" +" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " +"waiting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " +"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " +"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" +" the main stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +msgid "How to use routes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" +" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" +msgstr "Gestione catene di produzione del prodotto" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 +msgid "Manage default locations per product" +msgstr "Gestione ubicazioni predefinite per prodotto" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " +"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products" +msgstr "" +"Aiutare la gestione degli affitti, generando spostamenti di reso " +"automatizzati per i prodotti noleggiati" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " +"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " +"routing of products using rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " +"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " +"can combine several choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 +msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" +" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " +"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 +msgid "Routes applied on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " +"be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," +" select the route(s):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 +msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " +"categories it will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" +" under the **Logistics** section :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 +msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " +"time you make a sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" +" the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 +msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 +msgid "Procurement and push rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 +msgid "Please refer to the documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 +msgid "Procurement configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " +"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " +"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " +"**Preferred Routes**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 +msgid "Make-to-Order Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " +"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " +"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " +"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 +msgid "Product Costing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " +"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " +"to be installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " +"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" +" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. " +"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines " +"will be split accross your transfers lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 +msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " +"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " +"appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" +" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " +"of a potential chemical reaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " +"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " +"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " +"level)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " +"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" +" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 +msgid "Setting up a strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " +"product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " +"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " +"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " +"Strategy**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " +"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " +"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " +"automatically be transferred to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " +"Control --> Current Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 +msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " +"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " +"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 +msgid "" +"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " +"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " +"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " +"on the **location**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " +"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " +"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 +msgid "Types of removal strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 +msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " +"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " +"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " +"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " +"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 +msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " +"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 +msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " +"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " +"shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" +" ``WH/Stock`` location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 +msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 +msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" +" according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " +"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" +" to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " +"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " +"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +msgid "" +"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " +"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " +"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " +"goods with this serial/lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " +"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " +"removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 +msgid "" +"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " +"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " +"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " +"lots pass their **alert date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " +"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" +" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " +"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " +"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," +" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " +"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " +"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " +"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " +"after the lot has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " +"expiration date fields as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 +msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 +msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 +msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " +"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " +"expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "LOT0001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "Ice Cream" +msgstr "Gelato" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "08/20/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "LOT0002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "08/10/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "LOT0003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "08/15/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +msgid "" +"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 +msgid "" +"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " +"removal strategy **FEFO**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 +msgid "" +"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" +" the removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Impostazioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Prodotti" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" +" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " +"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " +"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " +"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " +"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" +" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " +"multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " +"other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "How to use different units of measure?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, " +"you will need to convert the units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "Setting up units on your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you " +"would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " +"**Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " +"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " +"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 +msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " +"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 +msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 +msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " +"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 +msgid "Procurement" +msgstr "Approvvigionamento" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " +"measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 +msgid "The quality control is done by unit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " +"check is done by unit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " +"**Draft**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " +"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" +" the unit to the dozen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" +" measure :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " +"converted automatically :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Create a link when the document is available - When should you use " +"packages, units of measure or kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Unit of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." +" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" +" warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "Colli" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "Imballaggio" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 +msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " +"notice and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 +msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " +"only for indicative purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 +msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " +"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" +" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" +" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " +"**packaging**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " +"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Using product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " +"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " +"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " +"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." +" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " +"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " +"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " +"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " +"the template or the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " +"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " +"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " +"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " +"variant)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " +"product may have its own primary picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " +"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " +"Income Account, Taxes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "When should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " +"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " +"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" +" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " +"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" +" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " +"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " +"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " +"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" +" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " +"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " +"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " +"of managing lots of products that are similars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" +" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " +"product templates and all their related variations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " +"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " +"example, a company having these products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " +"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " +"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " +"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " +"e-Commerce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "Product Template: Polos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 +msgid "Activate the variant feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " +"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " +"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " +"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " +"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 +msgid "Creating products with variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 +msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " +"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " +"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " +"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " +"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " +"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " +"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " +"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 +msgid "Managing Product Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " +"variant attributes :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 +msgid "T-Shirt B&C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 +msgid "Managing combination possibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " +"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " +"you can deactivate the white product variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." +" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " +"XXL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 +msgid "" +"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " +"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " +"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " +"variant that will be added to the original price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 +msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226 +msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227 +msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new location?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " +"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" +" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " +"click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" +" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " +"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" +" to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" +" describe your location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 +msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " +"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " +"containing all the sublocations in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " +"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" +" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " +"click on **apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " +"fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 +msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " +"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " +"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " +"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " +"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " +"edit it afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 +msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " +"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" +" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " +"Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " +"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " +"get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " +"add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" +" more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " +"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " +"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " +"data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " +"computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " +"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" +" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" +" third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " +"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " +"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " +"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " +"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " +"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " +"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " +"underneath:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " +"but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " +"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" +" order to see it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" +" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " +"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " +"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " +"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " +"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " +"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " +"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " +"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " +":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " +"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "Consegna" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A DHL Password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "A DHL Account Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " +"Rest of the world)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " +"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " +"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " +"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" +" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" +" shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " +"will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " +"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " +"United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" +" you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " +"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " +"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" +" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" +" be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " +"to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A UPS account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "An Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" +" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Create a UPS Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" +" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " +"Service in order to to open an account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" +" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " +"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " +"online profile by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" +" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" +" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" +" States.q" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " +"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "" +"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " +"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " +"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "Verify your contact information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " +"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " +"contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Produzione" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " +"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " +"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " +"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " +"describe multiple variants of the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " +"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " +"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " +"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " +"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " +"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " +"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " +"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " +"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " +"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " +"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " +"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " +"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " +"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " +"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " +"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " +"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " +"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " +"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" +" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " +"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " +"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " +"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 +msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " +"primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " +"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " +"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " +"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " +"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" +"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " +"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " +"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" +"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " +"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" +" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " +"subassembly is created as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 +msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " +"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " +"subassembly as you would for any product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 +msgid "" +"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " +"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " +"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " +"effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " +"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " +"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " +"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " +"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " +"Manufacturing apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " +"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " +"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " +"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " +"right shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " +"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " +"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " +"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" +" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " +"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no special configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " +"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " +"their default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" +" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" +" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " +"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " +"will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " +"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 +msgid "" +"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " +"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" +" order rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 +msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " +"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " +"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " +"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " +"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " +"performed in an order defined by **routings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 +msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " +"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " +"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " +"work orders and routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " +"are two basic phases from planning to production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 +msgid "Create manufacturing orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 +msgid "Record Production" +msgstr "Registrare la produzione" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 +msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" +" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " +"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " +"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " +"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " +"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " +"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " +"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" +" step of scheduling work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 +msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 +msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 +msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 +msgid "Unbuild a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " +"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" +" unbuild products you have received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " +"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " +"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " +"unbuilding them and recycling them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 +msgid "Unbuild Order" +msgstr "Ordine di disassemblaggio" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 +msgid "" +"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" +" menu *Unbuild Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " +"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " +"something you received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 +msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " +"components from the MO back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " +"BoM back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:6 +msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair.rst:4 +msgid "Repair Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +msgid "Repair products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " +"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " +"defect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 +msgid "Create a Repair Order" +msgstr "Crea un ordine di riparazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " +"new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +msgid "Manage a repair" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." +" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " +"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" +" might need, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " +"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " +"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +msgid "You can now invoice the repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "Acquisto" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases.rst:3 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Acquisti" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "Anagrafiche" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 +msgid "Import vendors pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " +"to date on products pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 +msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 +msgid "Import a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 +msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 +msgid "See below a template of the columns used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 +msgid "" +":download:`Click here to download the template " +"<files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 +msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " +"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 +msgid "Add vendors in a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " +"select a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " +"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 +msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " +"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " +"t-shirt in different sizes!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " +"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" +" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" +" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " +"between sales and purchase very easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Let's take the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " +"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " +"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " +"quantities in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" +" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " +"correctly installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom01|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom02|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 +msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " +"unit of measures (advanced)** box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 +msgid "Standard units of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " +"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" +" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " +"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 +msgid "" +"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " +"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " +"customers in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " +"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" +" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " +"purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " +"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 +msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " +"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " +"curtains in **square meters**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " +"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " +"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" +" where both units have a conversion relationship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" +" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " +"below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " +"**Inter-Category-Computation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " +"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " +"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " +"of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 +msgid "Create two new units:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" +" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" +" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " +"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" +" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" +" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " +"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " +"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 +msgid "" +"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " +"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 +msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 +msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " +"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " +"products have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " +"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 +msgid "" +"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " +"not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " +"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" +" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " +"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " +"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 +msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " +"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " +"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " +"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " +"their future orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 +msgid "Issue some purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " +"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "Analyzing your vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 +msgid "Generate flexible reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " +"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " +"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " +"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " +"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " +"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " +"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " +"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " +"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " +"\"Products\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " +"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" +" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " +"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " +"dependent and one independent measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Customize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " +"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " +"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " +"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " +"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " +"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " +"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " +"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " +"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " +"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 +msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " +"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " +"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" +" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " +"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 +msgid "Approve the order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " +"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " +"of what your users can or can't do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 +msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 +msgid "Bill Control" +msgstr "Controllo fatture" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" +" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" +" you receive the goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 +msgid "Change the control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" +" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " +"page under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 +msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " +"*Shipment* tab," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " +"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" +" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " +"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "Cancel a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " +"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" +" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 +msgid "" +"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " +"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " +"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " +"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " +"cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " +"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " +"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 +msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 +msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " +"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " +"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 +msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " +"cancel the PO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 +msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " +"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." +" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " +"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 +msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " +"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " +"ask you the permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" +" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " +"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 +msgid "Create reverse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" +" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." +" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" +" corresponding location and click on **Return**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " +"stock to your vendor location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" +" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " +"cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`bills`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`reception`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " +"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " +"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " +"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " +"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 +msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " +"Quotation` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " +"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " +"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " +"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " +"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " +"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " +"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " +"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " +"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " +"supplier or enter a new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 +msgid "" +"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" +" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " +"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " +"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " +"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" +" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" +" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Dropshipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " +"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " +"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " +"drop shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " +"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " +"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " +"dropship route on the SO line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "Drop ship a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " +"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " +"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " +"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" +" through your own stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Lock a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 +msgid "Lock an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 +msgid "" +"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " +"the order preventing any further modification on the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 +msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 +msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " +"products to receive and to control supplier bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" +" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " +"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 +msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " +"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " +"others), which is required with **Purchase**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 +msgid "Create products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " +"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 +msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " +"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " +"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " +"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" +" set his product type field as **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 +msgid "Control products receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 +msgid "Purchase products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " +"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" +" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " +"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " +"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 +msgid "Receive Products" +msgstr "Ricevi prodotti" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " +"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " +"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " +"receipt box of the related warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " +"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " +"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" +" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " +"the lines within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " +"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " +"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " +"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " +"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " +"the quantity received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 +msgid "" +"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" +" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " +"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " +"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`cancel`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 +msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " +"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " +"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " +"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 +msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " +"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " +"blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 +msgid "Add a warning on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" +" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 +msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " +"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 +msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Agreements" +msgstr "Contratti di acquisto" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " +"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " +"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 +msgid "Start a Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " +"Agreements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " +"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " +"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " +"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " +"the top right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 +msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " +"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " +"choose the quantity and confirm the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" +" you have already ordered from your blanket order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 +msgid "Vendors prices on your product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " +"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " +"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " +"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " +"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 +msgid "Create a Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " +"and select *Call for Tender*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " +"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " +"right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 +msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " +"from your Call for Tender." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 +msgid "Select the best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" +" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 +msgid "Close the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 +msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "Rifornimenti" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment Flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 +msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " +"Times*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 +msgid "" +"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " +"manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 +msgid "Configure Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 +msgid "Vendor Lead Time" +msgstr "Tempo di risposta fornitore" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " +"product to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " +"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " +"lead time for that Vendor & Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "Tempo di risposta al cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " +"the product to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 +msgid "Manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " +"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " +"engagements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " +"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " +"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " +"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 +msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 +msgid "" +"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " +"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " +"is your product’s configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 +msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 +msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 +msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" +" your configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 +msgid "" +"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 +msgid "" +"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 +msgid "" +"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " +"9 days of vendor lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Setup drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " +"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 +msgid "" +"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " +"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " +"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " +"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " +"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 +msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " +"concerned order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " +"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" +" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 +msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " +"orders on each sale you make." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" +" just one step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " +"*Make To Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 +msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " +"Odoo for this feature to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 +msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " +"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " +"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " +"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " +"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" +" *Shipment* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " +"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " +"automatically under it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " +"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " +"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 +msgid "Set a reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 +msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " +"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " +"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " +"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " +"12:00PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 +msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" +" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " +"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Risoluzione problemi" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " +"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " +"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " +"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," +" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " +"issue with the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-Companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " +"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " +"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " +"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " +"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " +"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " +"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " +"on your sales and purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 +msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Manage intercompany rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" +" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 +msgid "New options will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " +"for the other companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " +"user has the rights to manage the companies." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po deleted file mode 100644 index f510a18ad..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,444 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Paolo Valier, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Paolo Valier, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../iot.rst:5 -msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:34 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:36 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:38 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:70 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:76 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <http://wwww.balena.org>`__, " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Now, download the latest image `here " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the " -"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " -"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " -"minutes for it to finish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:3 -msgid "IoT Box not found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" -" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " -"can follow to find your IoT box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:10 -msgid "HTTPS Issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:12 -msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " -"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" -" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " -"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:9 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:17 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:22 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " -"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:28 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:30 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:32 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:35 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "Imposta" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:44 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" -" might work as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:50 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " -"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " -"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " -"your barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:62 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " -"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " -"device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " -"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " -"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " -"on boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:77 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:80 -msgid "Troubleshoot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:83 -msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" -" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" -" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " -"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " -"LED." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " -"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " -"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " -"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " -"devices on your network router." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" -" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:106 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " -"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:113 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " -"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " -"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " -"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " -"enough power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" -" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" -" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:134 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " -"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:140 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:142 -msgid "" -"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " -"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " -"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " -"and the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:148 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:150 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " -"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:155 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " -"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " -"contact support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:162 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:164 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9cbcade69..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# mymage <stefano.consolaro@mymage.it>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: mymage <stefano.consolaro@mymage.it>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Livechat" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 -msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " -"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " -"answered wherever you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " -"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 -msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 -msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6c3d62155..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,524 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Paolo Valier, 2019 -# Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Iacopo Simonelli <lsi@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Produzione" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " -"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " -"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " -"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " -"describe multiple variants of the same product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " -"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " -"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " -"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " -"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " -"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " -"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " -"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " -"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " -"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " -"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " -"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " -"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 -msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "" -"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " -"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " -"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " -"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " -"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " -"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " -"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" -" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " -"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " -"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " -"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 -msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " -"primary product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " -"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " -"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " -"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " -"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" -"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " -"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " -"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" -"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " -"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" -" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " -"subassembly is created as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " -"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " -"subassembly as you would for any product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 -msgid "" -"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " -"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " -"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " -"effect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " -"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " -"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 -msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " -"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " -"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " -"Manufacturing apps must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " -"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "" -"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " -"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " -"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " -"right shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " -"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " -"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " -"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" -" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " -"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no special configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " -"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " -"their default values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" -" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" -" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " -"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " -"will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " -"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " -"stock management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 -msgid "" -"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " -"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" -" order rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduzione" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " -"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " -"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " -"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " -"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " -"performed in an order defined by **routings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " -"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " -"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " -"work orders and routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " -"are two basic phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 -msgid "Create manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "Record Production" -msgstr "Registrare la produzione" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" -" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " -"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " -"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " -"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " -"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " -"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " -"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" -" step of scheduling work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 -msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 -msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " -"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" -" unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " -"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " -"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " -"unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 -msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "Ordine di Smontaggio" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 -msgid "" -"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" -" menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " -"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " -"something you received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 -msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " -"components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " -"BoM back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Panoramica" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " -"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " -"defect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "Crea un ordine di riparazione" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " -"new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." -" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " -"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" -" might need, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " -"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " -"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 -msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3277ddeaa..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "Dispositivo mobile" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "Notifiche push" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As of Odoo 12.0, there is no more complex configuration to enable push " -"notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " -"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1997e72b6..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1373 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# mymage <stefano.consolaro@mymage.it>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: mymage <stefano.consolaro@mymage.it>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Punto vendita" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 -msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This " -"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They " -"are all explained below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the " -"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 -msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 -msgid "And the cashier will be changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 -msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 -msgid "" -"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 -msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 -msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 -msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 -msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 -msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " -"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " -"allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "Nomenclatura codice a barre" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " -"barcode:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " -"interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " -"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " -"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 -msgid "" -"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " -"finish the transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " -"*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " -"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " -"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " -"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " -"everything in between." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "" -"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " -"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " -"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " -"rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" -" finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " -"can of course change it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduzione" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Impostazione" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "Box IoT" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " -"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" -" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " -"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " -"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " -"VAT signing card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Panoramica" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " -"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " -"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" -" any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " -"any future transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/pos`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " -"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " -"definitive ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 -msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 -msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " -"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " -"can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." -" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 -msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" -" you can add the printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 -msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 -msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 -msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 -msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " -"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" -"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " -"option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 -msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " -"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " -"important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 -msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " -"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 -msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 -msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 -msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Shop Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " -"is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 -msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 -msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " -"the opening and closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" -" values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 -msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " -"Balance*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 -msgid "" -"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " -"modify it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 -msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " -"button as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" -" have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " -"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " -"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " -"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " -"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " -"or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " -"select it and validate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 -msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" -" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" -" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 -msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po deleted file mode 100644 index bd11a067c..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Francesco Garganese <francesco.garganese@aeromnia.aero>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 -msgid "My Odoo Portal" -msgstr "Portale Odoo" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " -"subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged in, just" -" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "Preventivi" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " -"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " -"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " -"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " -"pricing and other useful information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " -"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 -msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "Ordini di vendita" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" -" registered under this section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " -"purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "Fatture" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 -msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " -"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" -" been paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 -msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "Biglietti" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 -msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`," -" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " -"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " -"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 -msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "Iscrizioni" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78 -msgid "" -"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " -"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " -"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " -"and the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " -"the new credit card details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " -"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" -" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101 -msgid "" -"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" -" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" -" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will" -" no longer be able to access the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 -msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "Pacchetti successo" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 -msgid "" -"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " -"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " -"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If you need information about how to manage your database see " -":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" -"Per informazioni su come gestire il database consultare la :ref:`db_online`" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6df798dac..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Federico Castellano <castellano.federico@outlook.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Federico Castellano <castellano.federico@outlook.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "Informazioni pratiche" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..feddab5b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -0,0 +1,1539 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2021 +# mbo_odoo <mbo@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Paolo Valier, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Paolo Valier, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: it\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:3 +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "Produttività" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:4 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "Comunicazioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" +" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " +"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:24 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:36 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" +"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:47 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:55 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " +"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " +"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:86 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:98 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/project-management>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " +"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " +"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " +"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " +"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " +"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 +msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" +" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" +" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 +msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " +"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " +"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" +" this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " +"the previous example you should write " +"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " +"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 +msgid "Getting the API key and secret" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +msgid "" +"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " +"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:3 +msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." +" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " +"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " +"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " +"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " +"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" +"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " +"another channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:15 +msgid "Direct messaging a user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " +"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " +"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " +"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " +"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " +"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " +"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " +"they are offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:28 +msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " +"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" +" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " +"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:3 +msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " +"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " +"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:13 +msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " +"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " +"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " +"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " +"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " +"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " +"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " +"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " +"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " +"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " +"simple and searchable interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get organized by planning activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " +"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " +"undertake." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" +" your priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " +"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " +"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 +msgid "Schedule meetings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " +"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " +"open to let you select a time slot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " +"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " +"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " +"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," +" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "Creating a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " +"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " +"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " +"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" +" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " +"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " +"information)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:31 +msgid "Configuring a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " +"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." +" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " +"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" +" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " +"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" +" a public channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:47 +msgid "How to set up a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " +":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" +" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " +"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " +"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " +"messages by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "Locating a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " +"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" +" clicking the plus icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " +"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " +"channels from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " +"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:76 +msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " +"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " +"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " +"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " +"character wildcard.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:6 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," +" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:14 +msgid "How to choose the events to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " +"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " +"**Project** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:23 +msgid "How to add other followers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " +"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" +" link back to the original document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:34 +msgid "How to be a default follower" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " +"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" +" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " +"created, an opportunity won)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" +" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " +"about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:4 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configurazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__, " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, download the latest image `here " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the " +"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " +"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " +"minutes for it to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 +msgid "IoT Box not found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" +" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " +"can follow to find your IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 +msgid "HTTPS Issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 +msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " +"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" +" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " +"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " +"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " +"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:28 +msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:35 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "Imposta" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" +" might work as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:50 +msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " +"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " +"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " +"your barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:62 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " +"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " +"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " +"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " +"on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" +" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:77 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:80 +msgid "Troubleshoot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:83 +msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" +" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" +" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " +"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " +"LED." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " +"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " +"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " +"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " +"devices on your network router." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" +" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:106 +msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " +"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:113 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " +"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " +"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " +"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " +"enough power." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" +" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" +" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:134 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " +"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:140 +msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:142 +msgid "" +"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " +"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " +"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " +"and the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:148 +msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " +"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:155 +msgid "The printer is offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " +"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " +"contact support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:162 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "Dispositivi" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "Connessione" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:18 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " +"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " +"steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " +"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " +"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " +"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " +"drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" +" cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:17 +msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your printer is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " +"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " +"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " +"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" +" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." +" Click on it and it will print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" +" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " +"Categories* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " +"will be printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" +" their price are based on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 +msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/iot-hardware>`_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " +"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 +msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " +"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " +"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " +"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " +"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " +"price to the cart." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/project.po deleted file mode 100644 index dc31705e4..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1605 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Francesco Garganese <francesco.garganese@aeromnia.aero>, 2019 -# Paolo Valier, 2019 -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alessandro Forte <a.forte1010@gmail.com>, 2019 -# David Minneci <david@numeko.it>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: David Minneci <david@numeko.it>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "Progetto" - -#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Avanzato" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Panoramica" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 -msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "Modello e-mail" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 -msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Rendicontazione" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 -msgid "" -"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" -" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " -"spent on that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 -msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 -msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 -msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Transcript" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Responsabilità" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "Follower" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Creating a new project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 -msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " -"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " -"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " -"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " -"have to cope with." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 -msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 -msgid "" -"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " -"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " -"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" -" and indicate if the task is ready." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " -"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " -"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" -" to their creation date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " -"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " -"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " -"easily in a single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " -"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" -"Crea una colonna per fase nel tuo processo di lavoro. Per esempio, in un " -"progetto di sviluppo, fasi potrebbero essere: Caratteristiche Tecniche, " -"Sviluppo, Test, Fatto" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 -msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 -msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 -msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 -msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 -msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 -msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 -msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po deleted file mode 100644 index df3dd1b5e..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1741 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Francesco Garganese <francesco.garganese@aeromnia.aero>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Tiziano Zambelli <zstiziano@gmail.com>, 2019 -# maiolif <maiolif@mgftools.com>, 2019 -# Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Paolo Valier, 2019 -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "Acquisto" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Acquisti" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 -msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "Anagrafiche" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 -msgid "Import vendors pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " -"to date on products pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 -msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 -msgid "Import a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 -msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " -"import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 -msgid "See below a template of the columns used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 -msgid "" -"`Template download " -"<https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1N8c_eejLV_8NhYMGCfZau_oGCnRkUIT9nwdX7n0shhY/edit#gid=964193981>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 -msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " -"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 -msgid "Add vendors in a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " -"select a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 -msgid "" -"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " -"on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " -"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 -msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " -"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " -"period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " -"t-shirt in different sizes!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " -"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" -" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" -" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " -"between sales and purchase very easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 -msgid "Let's take the following examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " -"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " -"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " -"quantities in **Liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" -" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " -"correctly installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom01|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom02|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 -msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " -"unit of measures (advanced)** box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 -msgid "Standard units of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " -"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" -" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " -"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 -msgid "" -"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " -"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " -"customers in **Liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 -msgid "" -"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " -"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" -" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " -"purchase)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " -"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 -msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " -"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " -"curtains in **square meters**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " -"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " -"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" -" where both units have a conversion relationship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" -" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " -"below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " -"**Inter-Category-Computation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " -"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " -"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " -"of Measure`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 -msgid "Create two new units:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 -msgid "" -"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" -" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" -" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " -"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" -" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" -" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " -"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " -"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 -msgid "" -"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " -"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 -msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 -msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " -"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " -"products have been received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " -"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " -"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 -msgid "" -"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " -"not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " -"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" -" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " -"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " -"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " -"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " -"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " -"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " -"their future orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " -"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " -"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " -"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " -"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " -"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " -"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " -"\"Products\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" -" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " -"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " -"below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 -msgid "" -"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " -"dependent and one independent measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " -"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " -"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 -msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " -"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " -"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 -msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" -" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " -"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 -msgid "Approve the order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " -"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " -"of what your users can or can't do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 -msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 -msgid "Bill Control" -msgstr "Controllo Fatturazione" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" -" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" -" you receive the goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 -msgid "Change the control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" -" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " -"page under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 -msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " -"*Shipment* tab," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " -"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" -" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " -"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "Cancel a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " -"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" -" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 -msgid "" -"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " -"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " -"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " -"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " -"cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " -"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " -"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 -msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 -msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " -"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " -"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 -msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " -"cancel the PO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 -msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " -"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." -" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " -"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 -msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " -"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " -"ask you the permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" -" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " -"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 -msgid "Create reverse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" -" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." -" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" -" corresponding location and click on **Return**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " -"stock to your vendor location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" -" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " -"cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`bills`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " -"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " -"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " -"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " -"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 -msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " -"Quotation` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " -"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " -"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt" -msgstr "Ricevuta" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Spedizioni in Ingresso" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor" -msgstr "Fornitore" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." -msgstr "" -"È possibile trovare un fornitore per nome, codice fiscale, e-mail o " -"riferimento interno." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "Riferimento fornitore" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " -"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " -"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." -msgstr "" -"Riferimento all'ordine di vednita o all'offerta inviata dal Fornitore. E " -"utilizzato per controllare quando ricevi i prodotti ed è riportato " -"solitamente sul buono di consegna del fonitore" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "Data ordine" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " -"a purchase order." -msgstr "" -"Rappresenta la data di quando la quotazione sarà validata e convertita in un" -" ordine d'acquisto." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "Documento origine" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" -" sales order)" -msgstr "" -"Riferimento al documento che ha creato questa richiesta di ordine di " -"acquisto (es. un ordine di vendita)" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "Consegna a" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "Questo determinerà il tipo di operazione dei ricevimenti" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "Indirizzo dropshipping" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " -"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." -msgstr "" -"Inserisci un indirizzo se vuoi spedire dal fornitore a cliente . Altrimenti " -", continua senza inserire l'indirizzo per consegnare alla tua azienda" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "Tipo di Location di Destinazione" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "Campo tecnico utilizzato per visualizzare l'indirizzo Drop Ship" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "Termine di resa" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " -"used in international transactions." -msgstr "" -"Gli Incoterm sono una serie di termini commerciali predefiniti usati nelle " -"transazioni internazionali" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " -"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " -"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " -"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " -"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " -"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " -"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " -"supplier or enter a new one)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 -msgid "" -"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" -" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " -"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " -"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " -"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" -" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" -" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " -"to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " -"*Dropshipping*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " -"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " -"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " -"drop shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " -"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " -"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " -"dropship route on the SO line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "Drop ship a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " -"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " -"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " -"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" -" through your own stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Lock a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 -msgid "Lock an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 -msgid "" -"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " -"the order preventing any further modification on the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 -msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 -msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " -"products to receive and to control supplier bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" -" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " -"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 -msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " -"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " -"others), which is required with **Purchase**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 -msgid "Create products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " -"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 -msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " -"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 -msgid "" -"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " -"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " -"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" -" set his product type field as **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 -msgid "Control products receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 -msgid "Purchase products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " -"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" -" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " -"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " -"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 -msgid "Receive Products" -msgstr "Ricevi Prodotti" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " -"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " -"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " -"receipt box of the related warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " -"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " -"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" -" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " -"the lines within it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " -"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " -"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " -"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " -"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " -"the quantity received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 -msgid "" -"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" -" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " -"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " -"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`cancel`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 -msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " -"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " -"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " -"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 -msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " -"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " -"blocking message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 -msgid "Add a warning on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" -" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 -msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " -"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 -msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Agreements" -msgstr "Contratti di acquisto" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " -"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " -"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 -msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " -"Agreements`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " -"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " -"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " -"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " -"the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 -msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " -"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " -"choose the quantity and confirm the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 -msgid "" -"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" -" you have already ordered from your blanket order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 -msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " -"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " -"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " -"name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " -"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 -msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " -"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 -msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " -"and select *Call for Tender*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " -"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " -"right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 -msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " -"from your Call for Tender." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 -msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" -" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 -msgid "Close the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 -msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "Rifornimento" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment Flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 -msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " -"Times*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 -msgid "" -"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " -"manufacture products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 -msgid "Configure Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 -msgid "Vendor Lead Time" -msgstr "Tempo di risposta fornitore" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " -"product to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " -"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " -"lead time for that Vendor & Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 -msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "Tempi di consegna Cliente" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " -"the product to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " -"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 -msgid "" -"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " -"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 -msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " -"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " -"engagements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " -"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " -"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " -"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 -msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 -msgid "" -"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " -"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " -"is your product’s configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 -msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 -msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 -msgid "" -"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" -" your configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 -msgid "" -"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " -"time for Sales)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 -msgid "" -"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " -"time for Purchase)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 -msgid "" -"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " -"9 days of vendor lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Setup drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Panoramica" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " -"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 -msgid "" -"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " -"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " -"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " -"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " -"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 -msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " -"concerned order lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " -"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" -" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 -msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " -"orders on each sale you make." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" -" just one step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 -msgid "Configure the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " -"*Make To Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 -msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " -"Odoo for this feature to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 -msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " -"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " -"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " -"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 -msgid "" -"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " -"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" -" *Shipment* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " -"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 -msgid "" -"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " -"automatically under it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " -"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " -"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 -msgid "Set a reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 -msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " -"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " -"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " -"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " -"12:00PM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " -"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Risoluzione problemi" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 -msgid "" -"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " -"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " -"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " -"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," -" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " -"issue with the configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 -msgid "Multi-Companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " -"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " -"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " -"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " -"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " -"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " -"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " -"on your sales and purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 -msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Manage intercompany rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" -" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 -msgid "New options will appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " -"options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " -"for the other companies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " -"user has the rights to manage the companies." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po deleted file mode 100644 index b95f2fc0f..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "Selezione del personale" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 32f41cae1..cef3e24b0 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -1,20 +1,21 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: # Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Sara Ciaurri <sara.ciaurri@didotech.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Sara Ciaurri <sara.ciaurri@didotech.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -22,97 +23,3182 @@ msgstr "" "Language: it\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:4 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Vendite" -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:4 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "CRM" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "Acquisire nuovi contatti" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "Convertire i Lead in opportunità" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM" +" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can " +"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" +"Il sistema può generare contatti al posto di opportunità, in modo tale da " +"aggiungere un ulteriore passaggio di classificazione prima di convertire un " +"Contatto in un'Opportunità e poterlo, dunque, assegnare al personale di " +"vendita corretto. E' possibile attivare questa modalità dalle Impostazioni " +"del CRM che verrà applicata di default a tutti i canali di vendita " +"esistenti. E', inoltre, possibile rendere questa modalità più specifica per " +"determinati canali dal loro pannello di configurazione." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configurazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" +"Per attivare questa funzionalità andare su: CRM -> Configurazione -> " +"Impostazioni e selezionare la funzione \"Contatti\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" +"A questo punto apparirà un nuovo sotto-menù chiamato \"Contatti\" sotto " +"\"Contatti\" dove si aggregheranno." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "Convertire un Contatto in Opportunità" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" +"Cliccando su un \"Contatto\" è possibile convertirlo in un'opportunità e " +"decidere se assegnarlo sempre allo stesso canale/persona e se è necessario " +"creare un nuovo cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" +"Nel caso sia già stata creata un'opportunità con un determinato cliente, " +"Odoo dà la possibilità di unire la nuova opportunità a quella esistente. " +"Allo stesso modo Odoo permette di collegare all’opportunità un cliente " +"esistente se quel cliente è stato precedentemente inserito." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "Generare Contatti/Opportunità dalle email" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" +"Per migliorare considerevolmente le prestazioni è possibile automatizzare la" +" creazione di contatti/opportunità . Ogni email mandata a " +"*sales@database\\_domain.ext* genererà di default un'opportunità nel flusso " +"del canale di vendita predefinito." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "Configurare alias delle email" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" +"Ogni canale di vendita può avere la propria email alias usata per generare " +"contatti/opportunità assegnati automaticamente ad essa. Questo è utile per " +"gestire molteplici team di vendita con specifici processi di vendita. Per " +"configurare i canali di vendita andare su Configurazioni -> Canali di " +"vendita" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "" +"Generare Contatti / Opportunità dalla pagina di contatto del proprio sito " +"web" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" +" Per migliorare considerevolmente le prestazioni è possibile automatizzare " +"la creazione di contatti/opportunità. Ogni visitatore genererà un " +"contatto/opportunità all'interno del flusso semplicemente usando il modulo " +"di contatto del proprio sito web." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "Utilizzare l’opzione contattaci direttamente dal proprio sito web" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "" +"Prima di tutto è necessario andare sull’applicazione del proprio sito web" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" +"Con l'applicazione CRM installata, puoi beneficiare di un modulo di contatto" +" pronto all'uso sul tuo sito Web Odoo, che genererà automaticamente contatti" +" / opportunità." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" +"Per impostare un canale di vendita specifico andare su Sito Web → " +"Configurazione → Impostazioni e nella sezione *Comunicazione* verranno " +"visualizzate le Informazioni relative al Modulo di Contatto e dove si " +"possono modificare il *Canale di Vendita* e il *Personale di Vendita*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "Creare un Modulo di Contatto personalizzato" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" +"Se si desidera sapere di più sul visitatore che utilizza il modulo per " +"contattare l’azienda, è necessario costruire un modulo contatto " +"personalizzato sul proprio sito web. Questi moduli possono generare, nel " +"sistema, diversi tipi di registrazioni (email, contatti/opportunità, " +"progetti, ticket di assistenza, ecc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" +"Per personalizzare il Modulo di Contatto sul proprio sito è necessario " +"installare il modulo gratuito *Form Builder*, disponibile solo in Odoo " +"Enterprise." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" +"Per creare un modulo di contatto personalizzato, prima di tutto, andare " +"nella pagina dove si desidera inserirlo, entrare in modalità Modifica e " +"trascinare il modulo Form Builder sulla pagina, così da poter aggiungere " +"tutti i campi che si desiderano." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" +"Di defalut, ogni modulo contatto compilato dai visitatori invierà un email. " +"Si può attivare la funzione che genera un Contatto/Opportunità nella sezione" +" *Cambia Parametri Modulo*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Se lo stesso visitatore compila il modulo due volte, la seconda " +"registrazione verrà aggiunta al primo Contatto/Opportunità nel chatter." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "Creare Contatti al posto di Opportunità" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" +"Quando si utilizza un modulo di contatto, sarebbe opportuno aggiungere un " +"ulteriore passaggio di qualificazione prima di assegnare il contatto al " +"corretto personale di vendita. Per fare ciò, attivare i *Contatti* nelle " +"impostazioni del CRM e consultare la guida *Convertire i Contatti in " +"Opportunità*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "Inviare Preventivi" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Quando si qualifica un contatto in opportunità è molto probabile che sia " +"necessario mandare un preventivo al cliente. E’ possibile fare questo " +"direttamente nell’App CRM di Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "Creare un nuovo preventivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" +"Cliccando su qualsiasi Opportunità o Contatto apparirà un pulsante *Nuovo " +"Preventivo* che porterà ad un altro menù da cui sarà possibile gestirlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" +"E’ possibile visualizzare tutti preventivi fatti per quella particolare " +"opportunità nel menù *Preventivi* proprio in quella pagina." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "Contrassegnare le opportunità come vinte/perse" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" +"Per continuare con il processo di vendita sarà necessario contrassegnare la " +"propria opportunità come vinta o persa." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" +"Se si contrassegnano come vinte, esse saranno spostate nella colonna *Vinte*" +" della propria schermata Kanban, altrimenti, se contrassegnate come *Perse*," +" verranno archiviate." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "Ottimizzare il lavoro quotidiano" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "Sincronizzare il Calendario Google a Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " +"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " +"directions)." +msgstr "" +"Odoo è perfettamente integrato con i calendari di Google, è possibile " +"visionare e gestire le riunioni da entrambe le piattaforme (gli " +"aggiornamenti sono bidirezionali)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "Installazione in Google" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" +" Entrare nella 'piattaforma delle API Google " +"<https://console.developers.google.com>' per generare le credenziali per il " +"Calendario Google API. Effettuare l’accesso con il proprio Google Account;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +msgid "Go to the API & Services page." +msgstr "Andare nella pagina API & Servizi" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." +msgstr "" +"Immettere la voce **Calendario Google API** nella barra di ricerca e " +"selezionarla." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "Abilitare l'API" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " +"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." +msgstr "" +"Selezionare o creare un progetto API per conservare le credenziali, se non è" +" già stato fatto in precedenza, avendo cura di attribuirgli un nome " +"esplicito (es. Sincronizzazione Odoo)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +msgid "Create credentials." +msgstr "Creare le credenziali" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" +"Selezionare la voce *Browser Web (Javascript)* come sorgente da cui verrà " +"chiamata l’API e *Dati Utente* come tipo di dati a cui si avrà accesso." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " +"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " +"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" +"Dopodiché creare un Client ID: immettere il nome dell’applicazione (es. " +"Calendario Odoo) e delle pagine autorizzate su cui si verrà indirizzati. " +"*L’origine Javascript Autorizzata* da impostare è l’istanza URL di Odoo, " +"mentre l’*URI di re-indirizzamento Autorizzato* è l’istanza URL di Odoo " +"seguita da '/google_account/authentication'." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " +"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " +"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" +" in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" +" Procedere nella configurazione immettendo il nome del prodotto (es. " +"Calendario Odoo) nella Schermata di Autorizzazione. Controllare le eventuali" +" opzioni di personalizzazione, se necessario. La Schermata di Autorizzazione" +" apparirà solo al primo inserimento del Client ID in Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" +" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." +msgstr "" +" Infine verrà fornito il **Client ID**. Andare nella sezione *Credenziali* " +"per vedere anche il **Client Secret** poiché entrambi sono richiesti in " +"Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "Installazione in Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " +"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Installare l’applicazione **Calendario Google** dal menù delle *App* o " +"cliccando l’opzione da :menuselection:'Impostazioni → Impostazioni Generali'" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" +" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." +msgstr "" +"Andare su :menuselection:`Impostazioni → Impostazioni Generali' e immettere" +" il proprio **Client ID** e **Client Secret** nell’opzione del Calendario " +"Google." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " +"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " +"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" +" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." +msgstr "" +" L’installazione è, ora, pronta. Aprire il Calendario Odoo e sincronizzarlo " +"con quello Google. La prima volta che si effettuerà la sincronizzazione si " +"verrà re-indirizzati su Google per autorizzare la connessione. Una volta " +"ritornati su Odoo, cliccare nuovamente sul pulsante di sincronizzazione. E’ " +"possibile cliccare quel pulsante ogni qualvolta si desideri sincronizzare il" +" proprio calendario." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" +msgstr "" +"Da questo momento in poi non ci saranno più scuse per perdersi un " +"appuntamento!" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 +msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" +msgstr "Utilizzare i servizi VOIP in Odoo con OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduzione" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" +" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " +"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." +msgstr "" +"Il VOIP di Odoo può essere impostato per lavorare con OnSIP (www.onsip.com)." +" In quel caso l’installazione e la configurazione di un Server Asterisk non " +"è necessaria poiché l’intera struttura sarà ospitata e gestita da OnSIP." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " +"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " +"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " +"configuration procedure below." +msgstr "" +"Per utilizzare questo servizio è necessario creare un account in OnSIP. " +"Prima di procedere, assicurarsi che l’area da cui si effettuano le chiamate " +"e le aree principali verso cui si dovranno indirizzare le chiamate, siano " +"coperte dal servizio. Dopo aver creato un account OnSIP, seguire la " +"procedura di configurazione riportata qui sotto." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." +msgstr "" +"Entrare nella pagina delle Applicazioni e installare il modulo **VoIP " +"OnSIP**." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " +"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" +msgstr "" +"Andare su Impostazioni → Impostazioni Generali e, nella sezione Integrazioni" +" → Asterisk (VoIP), completare i seguenti 3 campi:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " +"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " +"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" +"**Dominio OnSIP**: è il dominio scelto quando si crea un accont OnSIP su " +"www.onsip.com. Nel caso non si conoscesse, accedere nel sito " +"https://admin.onsip.com/ ed esso comparirà nell’angolo in alto a destra " +"della pagina." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 +msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "**WebSocket**: dovrebbe avere il percorso wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 +msgid "**Mode** should be Production" +msgstr "**Modalità**: selezionare la voce Produzione" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " +"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" +msgstr "" +"Successivamente andare su **Impostazioni** → **Utenti** e, nel modulo di " +"ogni utente VoIP, compilare i campi della **Configurazione PBX** nella " +"sezione Preferenze:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 +msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" +"**SIP Login / Estensioni del Browser**: inserire l’username usato in OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 +msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" +"**Autorizzazione OnSIP dell’utente**: Username di autorizzazione in OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 +msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr " **SIP Password**: immettere la 'SIP password' di OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 +msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" +msgstr " **Estensione Dispositivi Mobili**: 'Estensione' OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can find all this information by logging in at " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " +"and refer to the fields as pictured below." +msgstr "" +"E’ possibile trovare tutte queste informazioni accedendo al sito " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users e, selezionando l’utente che si desidera " +"configurare, completare i campi basandosi sulle voci riportate nell’immagine" +" qui sotto." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " +"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" +" Odoo and in OnSIP)." +msgstr "" +"Ora è possibile fare delle telefonate cliccando sull’icona telefono in alto " +"a destra in Odoo (assicurarsi di aver effettuato l’accesso con un utente " +"opportunamente configurato con Odoo e OnSIP)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " +"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." +msgstr "" +"Nel caso appaia il messaggio *Parametri Mancanti* nel softphone Odoo, " +"aggiornare la pagina Odoo e riprovare." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" +" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " +"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"international prefix for the United States)." +msgstr "" +"Se, nel softphone Odoo, appare il messaggio *Numero Errato*, assicurarsi di " +"utilizzare il formato internazionale, con il più (+) iniziale seguito dal " +"codice internazionale del paese. (es. +16506913277 dove +1 è il prefisso " +"degli Stati Uniti)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " +"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." +msgstr "" +"Adesso è possibile anche ricevere chiamate in ingresso. Il proprio numero è " +"quello fornito da OnSIP. Quando si riceve una telefonata Odoo attiverà una " +"suoneria e mostrerà una notifica." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 +msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" +msgstr "OnSIP sul proprio Cellulare" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " +"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" +" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " +"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." +msgstr "" +"E’ possibile fare e ricevere chiamate, anche quando non si sta utilizzando " +"il computer, usando parallelamente l’applicazione softphone dal proprio " +"cellulare con Odoo VoIP. Questo è utile sia per effettuare chiamate rapide, " +"che per essere sicuri di sentire le chiamate in entrata o, semplicemente, " +"per comodità e funziona con qualsiasi softphone SIP." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " +"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." +" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"then have to configure it as follows:" +msgstr "" +"OnSIP è stato testato con successo con `Grandstream Wave " +"<https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_ sia " +"in Android che IOS. Quando si crea un account, selezionare OnSIP nella lista" +" di operatori e, successivamente, configurarlo come riportato di seguito:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 +msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" +msgstr " **Nome Account**: OnSIP;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 +msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" +msgstr " **Server SIP**: inserire il 'dominio' in OnSIP;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 +msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr " **ID Utente SIP**: immettere il nome 'utente' in OnSIP;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 +msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" +" **ID Autenticazione SIP**: scrivere il 'nome utente di autorizzazione' in " +"OnSIP;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 +msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr " **Password**: inserire la 'SIP password' usata in OnSIP." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " +"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " +"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " +"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" +" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " +"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." +msgstr "" +"A parte poter avviare le chiamate dal proprio cellulare utilizzando " +"Grandstream Wave, è possibile avviarle anche digitando i numeri di telefono " +"nel browser del PC. Questo farà squillare Grandstream Wave e indirizzerà la " +"chiamata tramite il cellulare all’altra parte. In questo modo si eviterà di " +"perdere tempo nella composizione dei numeri di telefono. Per questa " +"funzionalità, è necessario installare l’estensione di Chrome `Assistente " +"Chiamate OnSIP <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" +" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." +msgstr "" +"Lo svantaggio di usare un softphone dal proprio cellulare è il fatto che le " +"chiamate non saranno registrate in Odoo poiché il softphone agisce come " +"un’applicazione indipendente e separata." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" +msgstr "Configurare il proprio server di VOIP Asterisk per Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Installing Asterisk server" +msgstr "Installazione server Asterisk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "Dipendenze" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" +msgstr "" +"Prima di installare Asterisk è necessario configurare le seguenti " +"dipendenze:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 +msgid "wget" +msgstr " wget" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 +msgid "gcc" +msgstr " gcc" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 +msgid "g++" +msgstr " g++" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 +msgid "ncurses-devel" +msgstr " ncurses-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 +msgid "libxml2-devel" +msgstr " libxml2-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 +msgid "sqlite-devel" +msgstr " sqlite-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 +msgid "libsrtp-devel" +msgstr "libsrtp-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 +msgid "libuuid-devel" +msgstr "libuuid-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 +msgid "openssl-devel" +msgstr "openssl-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 +msgid "pkg-config" +msgstr "pkg-config" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 +msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" +msgstr "Per installare libsrtp seguire le seguenti istruzioni:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " +"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " +"extracted:" +msgstr "" +"E’ necessario, inoltre, installare PJSIP, è possibile procedere al download " +"`qui <http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Una volta estratta la directory " +"sorgente:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" +msgstr "**entrare nella directory dei sorgenti di pjproject:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 +msgid "**run:**" +msgstr "**eseguire:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 +msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" +msgstr " **compilare e installare pjproject:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 +msgid "**Update shared library links:**" +msgstr " **aggiornare i link alle librerie condivise:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 +msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" +msgstr " **verificare che pjproject sia installato:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 +msgid "**The result should be:**" +msgstr " **Il risultato dovrebbe essere il seguente:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Asterisk" +msgstr "Asterisk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " +"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" +"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." +msgstr "" +"Per installare Asterisk 13.7.0 è possibile scaricare i sorgenti direttamente" +" da `qui <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" +"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Extract Asterisk:" +msgstr "Estrarre Asterisk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" +msgstr "Entrare nella directory di Asterisk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 +msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" +msgstr " Eseguire lo script di configurazione di Asterisk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 +msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" +msgstr " Eseguire lo strumento menuselect di Asterisk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " +"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " +"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " +"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." +msgstr "" +" Nel menu selezione, andare sull’opzione risorse e assicurarsi che res_strp " +"sia abilitata. Nel caso ci siano 3 “x” dopo res_strp, potrebbero esserci dei" +" problemi nella libreria strp e si dovrà provvedere a reinstallarlo. Salvare" +" la configurazione (premendo X) e dovrebbero apparire degli asterischi " +"davanti alla stringa res_pjsip." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 +msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" +msgstr "Compilare e installare Asterisk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " +"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " +"run 'make config'." +msgstr "" +"Se si desidera avere un esempio di configurazione è possibile avviare il " +"comando 'make samples' per installare la configurazione in esempio. Per " +"installare lo script di startup di Asterisk è possibile avviare il comando " +"'make config'." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 +msgid "DTLS Certificates" +msgstr "Certificati DTLS" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 +msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." +msgstr "Successivamente, bisogna configurare i certificati DTLS:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" +msgstr "Avviare la directory degli script di Asterisk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" +" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" +msgstr "" +"Creare i certificati DTLS (sostituire pbx.mycompany.com con il proprio " +"indirizzo IP o il nome del DNS, sostituire anche My Company con il nome " +"della propria azienda):" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 +msgid "Configure Asterisk server" +msgstr "Configurazione server Asterisk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " +"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " +"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" +" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " +"uncommented:" +msgstr "" +"Molte delle impostazioni necessarie per il WebRTC DEVONO essere nelle " +"impostazioni peer. Le configurazioni globali non fluiscono bene sotto le " +"impostazioni peer. I file di configurazione di Asterisk sono locati di " +"default in /etc/asterisk/. Per prima cosa modificare l’http.conf e " +"assicurasi che le seguenti righe non siano commentate:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " +"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " +"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " +"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " +"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" +msgstr "" +"Successivamente è necessario modificare la riga sip.conf. Il peer di WebRTC " +"richiede l’attivazione di crittografia, avpf e icesupport. Nella maggior " +"parte dei casi il directmedia dovrebbe essere disabilitato. Inoltre, in " +"riferimento al client WebRTC, il transport deve essere elencato come “ws” " +"per permettere i collegamenti websocket. Tutte queste righe di " +"configurazione dovrebbero andare sotto lo stesso peer, poiché impostandole " +"globalmente potrebbero non funzionare." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " +"lines:" +msgstr "" +"Nei file sip.conf e rtp.conf è necessario anche aggiungere o togliere il " +"commento dalle righe:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 +msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" +msgstr "Infine impostare l’extensions.conf:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 +msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" +msgstr "Configurazione VoIP Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 +msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." +msgstr "" +"In Odoo, la configurazione dovrebbe essere fatta nelle preferenze " +"dell’utente." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 +msgid "" +"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" +" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 +msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " +"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " +"configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " +"\"Integrations\" section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" +" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " +"defined in the http.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "Analizzare le performance" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 +msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" +msgstr "Ottenere un’accurata stima di fatturato previsto" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" +" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " +"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " +"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." +msgstr "" +"Quando si procede nel ciclo di vendita e si avanza da una fase ad un’altra, " +"ci si aspetta delle informazioni più precise, su una data opportunità, che " +"forniranno un’idea più precisa sulla probabilità di chiuderla. Questo è " +"importante per vedere il fatturato previsto nei vari resoconti." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 +msgid "Configure your kanban stages" +msgstr "Configurare gli stadi Kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " +"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" +" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" +" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " +"more accurate." +msgstr "" +"La schermata Kanban di Odoo ha 4 stadi di default: Nuovo, Qualificato, " +"Proposta, Vinta, rispettivamente con il 10, 30 70, e 100% di probabilità di " +"successo. E’ possibile aggiungere altri stadi e anche modificare quelli " +"esistenti. Definendo maggiormente le probabilità di successo di default con " +"le fasi, per il business, è possibile rendere il fatturato previsto ancora " +"più preciso." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" +" you can modify them manually of course." +msgstr "" +"Ogni opportunità avrà le percentuali di probabilità di successo, attribuiti " +"ai vari stadi, impostati di default, ma è possibile modificarle manualmente " +"in qualunque momento." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 +msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" +msgstr "" +"Impostare i ricavi previsti dalle opportunità e la data di probabile " +"chiusura" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " +"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" +" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." +msgstr "" +"Quando si ricevono informazioni in seguito ad un prospetto, è importante " +"impostare un ricavo previsto e una data di probabile chiusura. Questo " +"permetterà di poter visualizzare il totale dei ricavi per stadi, nonché una " +"più accurata stima di probabile fatturato." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 +msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" +msgstr "Visualizzare le opportunità in chiusura o scadute" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " +"closing, letting you prioritize." +msgstr "" +"Nel flusso è possibile filtrare le opportunità secondo quanto tempo si andrà" +" a chiuderle, così da poter attribuire loro una priorità." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 +msgid "" +"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " +"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " +"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." +msgstr "" +"Questo strumento servirà al responsabile delle vendite per trovare nuovi " +"potenziali modi di migliorare il processo di vendita, per esempio, tante " +"opportunità in fase iniziale ma con una data di chiusura molto vicina " +"potrebbero indicare un problema." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 +msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" +msgstr "Visualizzare i ricavi totali e il fatturato previsto" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 +msgid "" +"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " +"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." +msgstr "" +"Dalla vista Kanban è possibile visualizzare il ricavo previsto per ogni " +"fase, basato sulle impostazioni configurate nel ricavo previsto delle " +"opportunità." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " +"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " +"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " +"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " +"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." +msgstr "" +"Il responsabile delle vendite può andare in :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Resoconti --> Analisi del Flusso`, lì l’unità di misura di default è " +"impostata in **Fatturato Previsto**. Questo resoconto terrà in " +"considerazione i ricavi precedentemente impostati in ogni opportunità e la " +"loro probabilità di chiusura così da avere un’idea più precisa dei ricavi " +"previsti e permettendo di poter fare nuovi piani e fissare degli obbiettivi." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "Tenere sotto controllo le percentuali di Vincite / Perdite" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" +"Per vedere quanto sta andando bene il flusso è necessario tenere sotto " +"controllo la percentuale di Vincite / Perdite." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" +"Per accedere a questo resoconto, andare sulla vista *Flusso* nella scheda " +"*Resoconti*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" +"Lì è possibile filtrare quali opportunità rendere visibili, le proprie, " +"quelle del proprio canale di vendita, quelle dell’intera azienda, ecc., " +"Successivamente si potrà cliccare sul filtro per visualizzare quelle Vinte o" +" Perse." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "E’ possibile anche cambiare l'*Unità di Misura* in *Ricavo Totale*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "Inoltre è possibile passare alla vista diagramma a torta." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "Organizzare il flusso" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "Gestire le opportunità perse" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" +"Mentre si lavora con le opportunità è possibile perderne qualcuna. È " +"necessario, dunque, tenere traccia delle ragioni per cui esse sono state " +"perse e anche in quali modi Odoo può aiutare a recuperarle in futuro." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "Segnare un contatto come perso" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" +"Nel flusso basta selezionare un’opportunità qualsiasi per far apparire il " +"pulsante *Segna come Perso*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" +"Successivamente è possibile selezionare un *Motivo Perdita* esistente o " +"crearne uno nuovo proprio in quella schermata." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "Gestire e creare i motivi perdita" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" +"I *Motivi Perdita* sono in :menuselection:`Configurazione --> Motivi " +"Perdita`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" +"Da lì è possibile selezionarli, rinominarli e, inoltre, crearne di nuovi." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "Recuperare le opportunità perse" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" +"Per recuperare le opportunità perse ed eseguire altre operazioni su di esse " +"(es. mandare un’email, effettuare una chiamata di riscontro, ecc.), " +"selezionare il filtro *Perse*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "Si potranno visualizzare tutte le opportunità perse." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" +"Se si desidera migliorare la ricerca è possibile aggiungere un filtro ai " +"*Motivi Perdita*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "Per esempio *Troppo Costoso*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "Ripristinare le opportunità perse" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" +"Nella vista Kanban con i filtri attivi, è possibile selezionare qualsiasi " +"opportunità e lavorarci regolarmente, come anche ripristinarle cliccando " +"sulla voce *Archiviate*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" +"Si possono, inoltre, ripristinare elementi in massa dalla vista Kanban " +"quando appartengono alla stessa fase. Selezionare la voce *Ripristina Dati* " +"nella colonna delle opzioni. È possibile anche archiviarli nello stesso " +"modo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" +"Per selezionare determinate opportunità, è necessario passare alla vista a " +"elenco." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" +"Successivamente è possibile selezionare alcune o tutte le opportunità e " +"scegliere l’azione da eseguire." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "Gestire molteplici Team di Vendita" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" +"In Odoo è possibile gestire molteplici Team di Vendita, dipartimenti o " +"canali, aventi specifici processi di vendita, utilizzando il concetto di " +"*Canale di Vendita*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "Creare un nuovo Canale di Vendita" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" +"Per generare un nuovo Canale di Vendita seguire il percorso: " +":menuselection:`Configurazione --> Canali di Vendita`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" +"Qui è possibile, prima di tutto, attribuirgli una email alias, in modo che, " +"ogni qual volta una mail arriva a quell’indirizzo si genererà " +"automaticamente un contatto/opportunità." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "Aggiungere membri ai Canali di Vendita" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" +"E’ possibile aggiungere membri a qualsiasi canale così che, aprendolo, essi " +"siano in grado di vedere la struttura del flusso del canale di vendita. Ogni" +" contatto/opportunità a loro assegnato sarà collegato al canale di vendita. " +"Pertanto è possibile essere membro di un solo canale." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "" +"Questo semplificherà il processo di revisione effettuato dal Team Manager." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" +"Se si attiva un filtro in un canale specifico del proprio flusso, " +"appariranno tutte le opportunità relative ad esso." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "Pannello di Controllo dei Canali di Vendita" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "" +"Per visualizzare le operazioni e i risultati di ogni canale di vendita a " +"colpo d’occhio, il responsabile delle vendite ha accesso al *Pannello di " +"Controllo dei Canali di Vendita* sotto la voce *Resoconti*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" +"Questo pannello è condiviso con tutto il sistema in modo che venga " +"considerata ogni entrata esistente: Vendite, eCommerce, PoS, ecc." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "Assegnare e tracciare i contatti" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "Assegnare i contatti basati su un sistema di punteggio" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." +msgstr "" +"Con il sistema di *Valutazione Contatti* è possibile classificarli basandosi" +" su determinati criteri." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" +"Per esempio, è possibile attribuire un punteggio più alto ai clienti che " +"provengono dal proprio paese o a quelli che visitano delle determinate " +"pagine del proprio sito web." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" +"Per usare le valutazioni è necessario installare il modulo gratuito " +"*Valutazione Contatti* dalla propria pagina delle *Applicazioni* " +"(disponibile solo su Odoo Enterprise)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "Creare le regole di valutazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" +"Dopo aver installato il modulo apparirà una nuova scheda nell’applicazione " +"del *CRM* chiamata *Gestione Contatti* dove si possono gestire le proprie " +"regole di valutazione." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "" +"Qui di seguito è riportato un esempio di un contatto Canadese, è possibile " +"modificare e aggiungere qualsiasi criterio si desideri per attribuire una " +"valutazione al contatto." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" +"Ad ogni ora, qualsiasi contatto senza una valutazione sarà automaticamente " +"analizzato e gli verrà attribuito il corretto punteggio secondo le regole di" +" valutazione impostate." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "Assegnare i contatti" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" +"Una volta calcolati i punteggi, i contatti possono essere assegnati a " +"specifici team che hanno lo stesso meccanismo di dominio. Per fare ciò " +"andare su :menuselection:`CRM --> Gestione Contatti --> Assegnazione Team` e" +" applicare un dominio specifico per ogni team. Il dominio può comprendere i " +"punteggi." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "" +"È, inoltre, possibile assegnare i contatti a un venditore più specifico nel " +"team tramite un dominio più definito." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "" +"Per fare ciò seguire il percorso :menuselection:`CRM --> Gestione Contatti " +"--> Assegnazione Contatti`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" +"L'assegnazione dei team e dei contatti assegnerà i contatti non ancora " +"assegnati una volta al giorno." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "Valutare e utilizzare i contatti non assegnati" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" +"Una volta impostate le regole di valutazione ci saranno, molto " +"probabilmente, ancora molti contatti non assegnati. Alcuni di essi, però, " +"potrebbero ancora portare ad un’opportunità e sarebbe, quindi, utile " +"impiegarli in qualche modo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" +"Nella pagina dei contatti è possibile impostare un filtro per trovare quelli" +" non assegnati." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" +"E’ possibile, inoltre, usare le applicazioni :menuselection:`Email di " +"Marketing` e :menuselection:`Automazione di Marketing` per inviare email di " +"massa ai contatti non assegnati." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "Monitorare le potenziali visite nel proprio sito web" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" +"Monitorando la propria pagina web si avranno molte più informazioni riguardo" +" agli interessi dei visitatori." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" +"Ogni pagina monitorata che verrà visitata sarà registrata nei " +"contatti/opportunità se verrà usato il modulo contatto sul sito." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" +"Per usare questa funzionalità, è necessario installare il modulo gratuito " +"*Valutazione Contatti* nella pagina delle *App* (disponibile solo in Odoo " +"Enterprise)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "Monitorare una pagina web" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" +"Andare su qualsiasi pagina statica del sito web che si desidera monitorare " +"e, nella scheda *Promuovi*, apparirà la voce *Ottimizza SEO*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" +"Lì, è possibile visualizzare la casella *Monitora Pagina* per attivare " +"questa funzione." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "Visualizzare le pagine visitate nei contatti/opportunità" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Ogni qualvolta un contatto viene creato dal modulo di contatto del sito web," +" terrà traccia delle pagine visualizzate dal visitatore. Ci sono 2 modi per " +"vedere quelle pagine: uno è il pulsante *Visualizzazioni della Pagina* in " +"alto a destra del contatto/opportunità; l’altro si trova più in basso nella " +"chat." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" +"Entrambi i contatori si aggiorneranno non appena il visitatore tornerà nel " +"proprio sito web per visualizzare altre pagine." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" +"Questa modalità non ripete, nella chat, visualizzazioni multiple della " +"stessa pagina." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "I clienti non potranno più nascondere segreti!" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:4 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "Punto vendita" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 +msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " +"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments" +" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " +"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " +"American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 +msgid "" +"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " +"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " +"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 +msgid "Install Mercury" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " +"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " +"mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 +msgid "" +"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods` and create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " +"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This " +"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They " +"are all explained below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the " +"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 +msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 +msgid "And the cashier will be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 +msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 +msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 +msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 +msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 +msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 +msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "Nomenclatura codice a barre" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 +msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " +"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 +msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " +"product discount also at 50%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "" +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " +"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " +"pricing strategy tailored to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " +"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" +" on *Pricelists*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " +"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " +"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " +"whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 +msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " +"select the right pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 +msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " +"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " +"statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " +"--> Orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 +msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 +msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Imposta" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "Box IoT" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Panoramica" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " +"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " +"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " +"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " +"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " +"customer can be identified from the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " +"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 +msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " +"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 +msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" +" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" +" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " +"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" +" in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" +" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 +msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " +"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 +msgid "Create your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " +"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 +msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 +msgid "You can register the next orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 +msgid "" +"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " +"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " +"now close the session from the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 +msgid "" +"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 +msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" +" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " +"closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 +msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " +":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/connect` and " +":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "Terminali di pagamento" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the payments " +"section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for " +"Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and create new Vantiv " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Register multiple orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " +"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " +"Sale application can help you to fulfill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " +"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your table management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" +" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " +"Point of sale`.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" +" *Floors*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 +msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" +" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " +"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " +"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " +"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 +msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " +"register an order and payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" +" you can also transfer the order to another table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Transfer customers between tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " +"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " +"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " +"you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 +msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " +"select the new table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 +msgid "Accept returns and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " +"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " +"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " +"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" +" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +msgid "" +"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " +"to process the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 msgid "" "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " "Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 msgid "" "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " "any document in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 msgid "From Contacts Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 msgid "" "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " "Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 msgid "" "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " "interface and from the drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 msgid "" "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " "**Apply** when you're done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." @@ -120,17 +3206,17 @@ msgid "" "Description**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" @@ -138,21 +3224,21 @@ msgid "" "well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -164,15 +3250,15 @@ msgid "" "listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " @@ -180,7 +3266,7 @@ msgid "" "clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " @@ -188,97 +3274,97 @@ msgid "" "needed to configure the module in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " "Key**. Apply the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " "other fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 msgid "Request a down payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " "rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " "protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 msgid "" "When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" " option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" "The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " "and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 msgid "" "On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " "automatically deducted." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 msgid "" "You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" " income account & customer taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " @@ -286,107 +3372,107 @@ msgid "" " you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 msgid "Expenses configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 msgid "" "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" " --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 msgid "" "From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " "hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 msgid "" "You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " "create a new one from right there." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 msgid "" "Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 msgid "" "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " "Configuration --> Expense products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 msgid "" "Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " "invoicing:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 msgid "" "Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " "order is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" "Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " "partial delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" "The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " "of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" @@ -394,52 +3480,52 @@ msgid "" "the actual delivered quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" "You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " "options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " "invoice a fixed advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 msgid "" "From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " "policy and select the one you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 msgid "Send the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" "Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " "quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 msgid "" "If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " "confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" " to validate the delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 msgid "" "Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " "automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered" " if you did a partial delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 msgid "" "Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " "each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" @@ -449,41 +3535,42 @@ msgid "" "project's progress and pay in several installments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 msgid "Create milestone products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " "configure products to work this way, go to any product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 msgid "" "You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " "select *Milestones* in the sales tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 msgid "Invoice milestones" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 msgid "" "From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " "complete a milestone." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " "delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" @@ -493,221 +3580,221 @@ msgid "" " not being a demand or request for payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 msgid "" "From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" "forma invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 msgid "" "When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " "in attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 msgid "Sell subscriptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " "planning ahead much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " "the subscription product your previously created." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" "When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " "You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " "upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" "Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" " to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" " the project requirements would most likely change." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 msgid "" "This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " "the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" " the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 msgid "" "For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" " to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" " purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 msgid "Invoice time configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 msgid "" "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " "Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 msgid "" "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 msgid "Invoice your time spent" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 msgid "" "From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " "invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" " project*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 msgid "" "Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" " project overview and one for the current task." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 msgid "" "You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " "from the *Project* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 msgid "" "Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " "how many hours they worked on the project so far." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 msgid "Invoice purchases" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 msgid "" "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" " it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 msgid "" "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " "*Purchase Analytics*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 msgid "" "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 msgid "" "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " "will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:3 msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 msgid "Manage your pricing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 msgid "" "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " "Invoicing/Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " "pricelist setup form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" " the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 msgid "" "The public price is in your company's main currency (see " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 msgid "" "The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " @@ -715,25 +3802,25 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" " rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" " to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " @@ -742,87 +3829,87 @@ msgid "" "quantity and get a price break), etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 msgid "" "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " "completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" "*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " "default product price ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 msgid "" "*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " "products ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " "and roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Several prices per product" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " "in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " "Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " "Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " @@ -832,59 +3919,59 @@ msgid "" " or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " "e-Commerce)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" " option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 msgid "Discounts with roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 msgid "Prices per country" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " @@ -892,149 +3979,149 @@ msgid "" "pricelist without any country group." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" +" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " +"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." +"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" +" column (see why below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" -"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " -"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" +" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " "import screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" -" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " -"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " +"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " +"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" -"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " -"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one" +" of your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" +"duplicates." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " +"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " +"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "Applicazione delle imposte" -#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 msgid "eBay" msgstr "eBay" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" "As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to" " entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer " @@ -1042,19 +4129,19 @@ msgid "" "price that is no longer cost effective for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Set a deadline" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 msgid "Use deadline in templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 msgid "" "You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time " "that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find" @@ -1063,32 +4150,32 @@ msgid "" "ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " "This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their " "invoice location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Customer Addresses* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 msgid "" "If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will" " automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for " @@ -1096,59 +4183,59 @@ msgid "" "from the quotation or sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, " "they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under " ":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 msgid "" "These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you " "send by email or print." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving " "the time of both your customers and yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 msgid "Activate online payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Online Signature & Payment* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 msgid "" "Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your " "acquirers of choice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 msgid "" "You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment " "acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, " @@ -1157,164 +4244,160 @@ msgid "" "`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 msgid "" "If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also " "pick a default setting for each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 msgid "Register a payment" msgstr "Registrare un pagamento" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 msgid "" "From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you" " and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a " "traditional process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 msgid "" "If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id" "=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, you can also pick a " "default setting for each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 msgid "Validate an order with a signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 msgid "" "When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online" " instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 msgid "" "The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful " "products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could" " be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 msgid "" "Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add" " related products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the" " suggested products to the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 msgid "" "The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on " "any of the little carts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 msgid "" "Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or " "pay to confirm the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 msgid "" "Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales" " order, letting the salesperson see it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" "If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time " "by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a " "complete quotation in no time." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 msgid "" "You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 msgid "" "You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to" " select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for" " the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " "in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration " "and can be alterated by customer pricelists." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 msgid "Edit your template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 msgid "" "You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept " "or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and " @@ -1322,61 +4405,61 @@ msgid "" "quotation editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 msgid "" "This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building" " blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated" " to each product." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 msgid "" "The description set for the products will be used in all quotations " "templates containing those products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" "You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* " "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 msgid "" "Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital " "signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 msgid "" "Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" "Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " "between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " @@ -1384,39 +4467,39 @@ msgid "" " to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " "quotation, sales order and invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " "*Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 msgid "" "In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " "appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 msgid "" "A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" " on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 msgid "" "You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " "conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/services.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3f05a53c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -0,0 +1,2455 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Paolo Valier, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Alessandro Forte <a.forte1010@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Simone Bernini <simone@aperturelabs.it>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Simone Bernini <simone@aperturelabs.it>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: it\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:3 ../../content/services.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Servizi" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:4 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Assistenza clienti" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Panoramica" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 +msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 +msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," +" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " +"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," +" or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 +msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " +"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " +"the lower right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " +"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " +"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +msgid "Start receiving tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 +msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " +"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " +"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Website Form allows your customer to go to " +"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " +"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " +"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " +"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " +"documentation `*here* " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/12.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 +msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" +" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " +"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " +"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " +"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " +"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 +msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +msgid "" +"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" +" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " +"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " +"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " +"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 +msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " +"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +msgid "Grey - Normal State" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 +msgid "Red - Blocked" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 +msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " +"Ticket form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 +msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +msgid "" +"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " +"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " +"timesheets will log against." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" +" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " +"ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 +msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 +msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " +"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " +"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " +"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "The modules needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " +"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " +"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 +msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 +msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " +"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " +"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" +" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " +"previously created as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" +" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " +"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " +"unit will do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " +"configuration :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 +msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 +msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 +msgid "Step 1 : place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " +"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" +" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " +"the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 +msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " +"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" +" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" +" and select the task on its form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 +msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " +"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " +"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 +msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" +" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " +"appear as the delivered quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +msgid "" +"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " +"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:4 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "Progetto" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avanzate" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " +"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " +"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " +"customers using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " +"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " +"Sad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 +msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " +"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " +"apps module and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " +"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " +"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " +"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 +msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +msgid "" +"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +msgid "" +"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 +msgid "Project configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " +"**Customer satisfaction** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "Modello e-mail" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " +"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." +" You can directly edit it from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 +msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" +" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " +"will be added to the chatter of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Rendicontazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " +"the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 +msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 +msgid "" +"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " +"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" +" Issue** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" +" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" +" end of the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 +msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " +"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " +"from sales order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " +"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " +"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" +" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " +"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " +"and Services departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " +"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " +"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " +"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " +"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" +" overtime spent on the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configurazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 +msgid "Install the required applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " +"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" +" the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +msgid "" +"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" +" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " +"spent on that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 +msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 +msgid "Create and set up a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " +"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " +"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " +"the`following setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 +msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 +msgid "**Product Type**: Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " +"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" +" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " +"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " +"product to hours as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " +"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " +"will then create a project per SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 +msgid "Create the Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " +"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " +"sale order, the task will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 +msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 +msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 +msgid "" +"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 +msgid "" +"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " +"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 +msgid "" +"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" +" your customers based on your invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " +"source document of the task is the related sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application.rst:3 +msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:3 +msgid "Demonstration Video" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 +msgid "Transcript" +msgstr "Trascrizione" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" +" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " +"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" +" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" +" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" +" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " +"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" +"saving!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:28 +msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration and basic usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "Responsabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 +msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " +"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " +"suggestions in the drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " +"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 +msgid "Followers" +msgstr "Chi sta seguendo" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" +" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " +"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " +"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." +" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " +"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " +"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " +"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 +msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" +" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " +"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " +"see the big picture all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 +msgid "Task: follow a specific task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " +"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " +"that task also appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 +msgid "Choose which action to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " +"Following button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " +"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " +"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 +msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " +"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " +"help you track time easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " +"available in projects and on tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " +"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" +" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " +"automatically created under the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 +msgid "Click on the settings of a project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 +msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " +"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " +"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " +"it, or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" +" timesheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 +msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " +"Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " +"Analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" +" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 +msgid "Document Management in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" +" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" +" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 +msgid "" +"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " +"tab on the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " +"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " +"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " +"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 +msgid "Collaborate on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" +" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " +"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" +" delegation and the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 +msgid "Create a task from an email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " +"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " +"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " +"project gets an automatic email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 +msgid "" +"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " +"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " +"Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"This email address create by default following the project name can be " +"changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 +msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 +msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 +msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 +msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " +"history of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " +"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " +"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " +"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " +"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " +"to remember past interactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" +" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " +"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" +" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " +"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 +msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " +"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " +"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " +"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " +"creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 +msgid "" +"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " +"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 +msgid "" +"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " +"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " +"Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " +"follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 +msgid "Tasks states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 +msgid "Set the state of a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" +" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " +"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 +msgid "" +"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " +"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 +msgid "Custom states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 +msgid "" +"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " +"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," +" then click on edit:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 +msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 +msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 +msgid "Color Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 +msgid "" +"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " +"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " +"them thanks to the filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 +msgid "" +"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" +" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " +"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " +"the tag, directly from the task:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " +"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " +"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" +" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " +"employees working on this project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Installing the Project module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " +"**Install**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +msgid "Creating a new project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," +" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:32 +msgid "The privacy setting works as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:34 +msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " +"**Customer** field empty if not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:48 +msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Manage your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:54 +msgid "Add your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:56 +msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" +" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " +"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " +"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " +"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " +"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" +" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " +"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " +"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`visualization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:101 +msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "How to record time spent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " +"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " +"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " +"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " +"Employee and Timesheet apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 +msgid "Recording timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " +"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 +msgid "Recording in a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " +"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" +" click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 +msgid "Recording in a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " +"and open the task on which you have been working." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " +"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 +msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " +"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " +"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " +"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " +"have to cope with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 +msgid "Create a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 +msgid "" +"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 +msgid "In the project, create a new task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " +"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 +msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " +"to the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " +"one have the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" +" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" +" logo in the upper right corner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " +"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" +" and indicate if the task is ready." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 +msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " +"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " +"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" +" to their creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " +"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 +msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " +"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " +"easily in a single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " +"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:133 +msgid "" +"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " +"dropping the task to another case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "" +"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " +"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" +" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " +"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " +"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " +"project manager too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 +msgid "" +"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" +" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " +"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " +"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." +" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " +"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 +msgid "" +"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " +"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" +" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " +"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " +"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " +"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " +"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " +"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" +" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" +" the progress of each task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " +"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" +" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" +" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " +"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " +"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " +"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " +"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " +"planning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " +"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " +"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " +"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" +" each team member." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" +" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " +"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " +"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " +"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" +" team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " +"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " +"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " +"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " +"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " +"app, it will help you get started quickly too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 +msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 +msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:3 +msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " +"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " +"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " +"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " +"install the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" +" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " +"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " +"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:28 +msgid "" +"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " +"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " +"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:36 +msgid "Manage tasks with views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" +" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " +"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " +"and the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " +"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:47 +msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " +"ones having the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:61 +msgid "Add/rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " +"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " +"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " +"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " +"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " +"Done." +msgstr "" +"Crea una colonna per fase nel tuo processo di lavoro. Per esempio, in un " +"progetto di sviluppo, fasi potrebbero essere: Caratteristiche Tecniche, " +"Sviluppo, Test, Fatto" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +msgid "Sort tasks by priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " +"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " +"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " +"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " +"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " +"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:97 +msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:100 +msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " +"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " +"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" +" each time the employee will add an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " +"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " +"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " +"show you the progression of each task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:119 +msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " +"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " +"single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:128 +msgid "" +"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" +" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " +"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:138 +msgid ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "How to forecast tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction to forecast" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," +" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:11 +msgid "" +"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " +"progress of a project and its related tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " +"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " +"team members to collaborate better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " +"workload and human resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "How to configure the projects?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the project application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" +" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" +" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " +"employee should complete it!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " +"application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " +"Forecast option and click **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " +"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " +"all the projects that you manage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Configure a specific project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " +"Forecast\" in your project settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:51 +msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " +"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:59 +msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:62 +msgid "How to create a forecast?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " +"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " +"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " +"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " +"space in the Gantt chart calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " +"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " +"take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" +" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " +"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:91 +msgid "" +"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " +"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " +"in the Effective hours field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:96 +msgid "What are the difference between the views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " +"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " +"by projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:103 +msgid "By users : people management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " +"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." +" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " +"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " +"third, you see which tasks they're on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " +"the duration of the task in the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " +"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " +"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " +"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:126 +msgid "Plan the workload" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " +"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " +"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" +" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " +"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " +"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " +"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " +"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " +"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " +"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " +"that this is feasible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:191 +msgid "Gantt view advantages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:151 +msgid "" +"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" +" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " +"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " +"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " +"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:193 +msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +msgid "" +"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " +"the future or in the past" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:198 +msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:200 +msgid "modify an existing forecast" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:202 +msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:170 +msgid "By projects: project management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " +"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " +"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " +"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:177 +msgid "" +"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " +"level of hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" +" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " +"they're on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " +"Users** section)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support.rst:4 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Supporto" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "Versioni supportate" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Odoo fornisce supporto e risoluzione bug **per le ultime 3 versioni " +"principali** di Odoo." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" +"Gli utenti ospitati su **Odoo Online** possono usare versioni intermedie " +"(talvolta chiamate *versioni SaaS*) che sono anch'esse supportate. Tali " +"versioni non vengono pubblicate per Odoo.sh o per installazioni locali." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "Stato di supporto Odoo." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "Questa matrice mostra lo stato del supporto per ciascuna versione." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "**I rilasci principali sono in grassetto.**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "Odoo Online" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "Odoo.sh" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "In locale" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "Data di rilascio" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "Ottobre 2019" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "Odoo 12.saas~3" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "N/D" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "Agosto 2019" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 12.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "Ottobre 2018" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "Odoo 11.saas~3" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "Aprile 2018" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 11.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "Ottobre 2017" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~15" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "Marzo 2017" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~14" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "Gennaio 2017" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 10.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "Ottobre 2016" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "Odoo 9.saas~11" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "Maggio 2016" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 9.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "Ottobre 2015" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "Odoo 8.saas~6" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "Febbraio 2015" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 8.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "Settembre 2014" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "N/D Mai rilasciata per questa piattaforma" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "🏁 Versioni future, non ancora rilasciate" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:77 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "Utilizzo di versioni precedenti di Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 e 5.0 non sono più supportate, per nessuna " +"piattaforma." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 e 1.0 non sono più supportate, per nessuna " +"piattaforma." + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "Valutare l'`aggiornamento <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ del database." + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:7 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "Cosa attendersi dal servizio di assistenza" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:11 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "5 giorni alla settimana" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" +"L'iscrizione a Odoo Online include **supporto illimitato 24/24 senza costi " +"aggiuntivi, dal lunedì al venerdì**. I nostri team sono localizzati in varie" +" parti del mondo per assicurare un supporto completo. L'addetto " +"all'assistenza potrebbe fornire supporto da San Francisco, dal Belgio, " +"oppure dall'India." + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" +"Il team di supporto può essere contattato attraverso il nostro `modulo " +"online <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:22 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "Tipo di assistenza inclusa" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" +"Messa a disposizione di materiale pertinente (linee guida, documentazione " +"prodotto ecc.)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" +"Risposte a problematiche che si possono incontrare usando il database Odoo " +"ordinario (es. “Non riesco a chiudere il punto vendita” oppure “Non riesco a" +" trovare gli ICP delle vendite”)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "Domande relative all'account, iscrizione o fatturazione" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" +"Risoluzione bug (problema bloccante o comportamento inatteso non dovuto a " +"errata configurazione o personalizzazione)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" +"Problemi riscontrati in un database di test dopo l'avanzamento a una nuova " +"versione" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " +"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" +"*Il supporto Odoo non effettua modifiche al database in produzione, ma " +"fornisce il materiale e le informazioni per farlo personalmente.*" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:38 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "Tipo di assistenza non inclusa" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" +"Domande che richiedono la comprensione dei processi aziendali per aiutare a " +"implementare il database" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" +"Formazione nell'utilizzo del software (reindirizzamento ai nostri vari " +"esperti)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "Importazione di documenti nel database" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" +"Assistenza che riguarda la configurazione da utilizzare all'interno di " +"un'applicazione o in un database" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" +"Come impostare modelli di configurazione (esempi includono: rotte di " +"magazzino, termini di pagamento, magazzini ecc.)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "Qualsiasi intervento a server/installazioni Odoo personali" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" +"Qualsiasi intervento ad account personali di terze parti (Ingenico, " +"Authorize, UPS ecc.)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" +"Domande o problematiche relative a sviluppi o personalizzazioni particolari " +"effettuati da Odoo o da terze parti (specifici del database o del codice " +"coinvolto)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:5 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "Dove trovare aiuto" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Odoo Enterprise" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:13 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:15 +msgid "your subscription number," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "" +"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also " +"send the URL of your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:22 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "Odoo Community" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:24 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:26 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:28 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +msgid "" +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and " +"bugfix services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:35 +msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" +msgstr "*Ultima revisione della pagina:* |date|" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb2deca98 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:22+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: it\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Impostazioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " +"installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " +"rights.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:81 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:43 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:46 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " +"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" +" to **Inactive** immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:67 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:81 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:103 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:108 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:121 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/support.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4efbf5847..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,773 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Simone Bernini <simone@aperturelabs.it>, 2019 -# Paolo Valier, 2019 -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:35+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../support.rst:5 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Supporto" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "Versioni supportate" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Odoo fornisce supporto e risoluzione bug **per le ultime 3 versioni " -"principali** di Odoo." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " -"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " -"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." -msgstr "" -"Gli utenti ospitati su **Odoo Online** possono usare versioni intermedie " -"(talvolta chiamate *versioni SaaS*) che sono anch'esse supportate. Tali " -"versioni non vengono pubblicate per Odoo.sh o per installazioni locali." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17 -msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "Stato di supporto Odoo." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "Questa matrice mostra lo stato del supporto per ciascuna versione." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "**I rilasci principali sono in grassetto.**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "Odoo Online" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "Odoo.sh" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "In locale" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Release date" -msgstr "Data di rilascio" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "🟢" -msgstr "🟢" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "Ottobre 2019" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "Odoo 12.saas~3" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "N/D" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "Agosto 2019" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 12.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "Ottobre 2018" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "Odoo 11.saas~3" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "Aprile 2018" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 11.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "Ottobre 2017" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" -msgstr "*Il termine del supporto è pianificato per ottobre 2020*" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~15" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "🟠" -msgstr "🟠" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "Marzo 2017" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~14" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "Gennaio 2017" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 10.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "🔴" -msgstr "🔴" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "Ottobre 2016" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "Odoo 9.saas~11" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "Maggio 2016" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 9.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "Ottobre 2015" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "Odoo 8.saas~6" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "Febbraio 2015" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 8.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "Settembre 2014" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 -msgid "🟢 Supported version" -msgstr "🟢 Versione supportata" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 -msgid "🔴 End-of-support" -msgstr "🔴 Termine del supporto" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "N/D Mai rilasciata per questa piattaforma" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 -msgid "" -"🟠 Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo Online " -"servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to upgrade." -msgstr "" -"🟠 Qualche vecchio cliente potrebbe ancora usare questa versione nei nostri " -"server Odoo Online. Forniamo aiuto solo per problemi bloccanti, consigliando" -" l'aggiornamento." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "🏁 Versioni future, non ancora rilasciate" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:66 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "Utilizzo di versioni precedenti di Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:68 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 e 5.0 non sono più supportate, per nessuna " -"piattaforma." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:70 -msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 e 1.0 non sono più supportate, per nessuna " -"piattaforma." - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." -msgstr "Valutare l'`aggiornamento <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ del database." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6 -msgid "Contribute to the documentation" -msgstr "Contribuire alla documentazione" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9 -msgid "First of all..." -msgstr "Prima di tutto..." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" -"**... grazie per essere arrivato qui per aiutarci a migliorare la " -"documentazione utente di Odoo.**" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15 -msgid "Edit an existing page" -msgstr "Modificare una pagina esistente" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub " -"account <https://help.github.com/en/articles/signing-up-for-a-new-github-" -"account>`_." -msgstr "" -"Dal momento che la nostra documentazione è mantenuta su GitHub, è necessario" -" possedere un `account GitHub <https://help.github.com/en/articles/signing-" -"up-for-a-new-github-account>`_ gratuito." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Pick a page in our `user documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`_. **Please take care of choosing " -"the right version of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" -"Scegliere una pagina della `documentazione utente " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`_. **Fare attenzione alla scelta " -"della versione corretta di Odoo.**" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19 -msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu." -msgstr "Fare clic su **Modifica su GitHub** dal menù sinistro." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork " -"repository**, else you won't see this step." -msgstr "" -"Se è la prima volta che viene modificata la documentazione, fare clic su " -"**Fork repository** altrimenti non sarà possibile visualizzare questo " -"passaggio." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax " -"called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's " -"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a " -"quick overview of RST commands." -msgstr "" -"Usare l'editor di Github per aggiungere del testo. Quest'ultimo utilizza con" -" una semplice sintassi chiamata `RST " -"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Non è difficile da imparare " -"🤓... Consultare la seguente sezione del documento per una panoramica veloce " -"dei comandi RST." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable" -" format." -msgstr "" -"Fare clic su **Preview changes** per revisionare il contributo in un formato" -" facilmente leggibile." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your " -"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the " -"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a " -"longer explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44 -msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45 -msgid "Click on **Create pull request**." -msgstr "Fare clic su **Create pull request**." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your " -"help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49 -msgid "" -"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in " -"your contribution message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55 -msgid "RST Cheat Sheet" -msgstr "Guida rapida alle specifiche RST" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our " -"documentation." -msgstr "" -"A seguire un riepilogo di elementi di markup che possono essere utilizzati " -"nella modifica della documentazione." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Codice" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Display" -msgstr "Visualizzazione" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Comments" -msgstr "Commenti" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62 -msgid "Text in *italics*" -msgstr "Testo in *corsivo*" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66 -msgid "Text in **bold** letters" -msgstr "Testo con lettere in **grassetto**" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Numbered" -msgstr "Elenco" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77 -msgid "Bullet" -msgstr "Puntato" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78 -msgid "List" -msgstr "Numerato" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines." -msgstr "Deve essere circondato da righe vuote." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "This is `a hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_." -msgstr "Questo è `un link ipertestuale <https://www.odoo.com>`_." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard " -"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_." -msgstr "" -"Come `inserire gli apici inversi dalla tastiera " -"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85 -msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*." -msgstr "Non dimenticare il *trattino basso* finale." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90 -msgid "" -"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation " -"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of " -"RST." -msgstr "" -"Sono disponibili molti altri comandi, consultare la `documentazione completa" -" <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ di " -"RST." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94 -msgid "Add images to your documents" -msgstr "Aggiungere immagini ai documenti" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the " -"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on " -"improving this." -msgstr "" -"Questa procedura è disponibile solo per gli utenti con accesso **push** al " -"repository documentazione (principalmente maintainer Odoo). Stiamo lavorando" -" per migliorare la situazione." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101 -msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots." -msgstr "Prima di tutto, preparare le schermate." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103 -msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images." -msgstr "Devono essere immagini PNG di buona qualità." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large" -" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation." -msgstr "" -"Ritagliare le schermate per rendere visibile solo la parte rilevante. " -"Schermate grandi sono difficili da leggere e non rendono bene in una " -"documentazione." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include " -"any personal data." -msgstr "" -"Catturare sempre le schermate da una istanza demo di Odoo;\n" -"**mai** includere alcun dato personale." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page " -"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it." -msgstr "" -"Caricarle nella directory ``media/``, posizionata a fianco della pagina che " -"si sta modificando. Se la directory non esiste, crearla." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109 -msgid "" -"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:" -msgstr "" -"Durante la modifica della pagina, usare questa porzione di codice per " -"caricare l'immagine:" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128 -msgid "Technical Details for Nerds" -msgstr "Dettagli tecnici per *nerd*" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository " -"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request " -"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow." -msgstr "" -"Gli utenti avanzati possono, ovviamente, effettuare il fork, clonare il " -"`repository GitHub <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_ e inviare " -"quindi una *pull request* usando il canonico flusso di lavoro Git/GitHub." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133 -msgid "" -"See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-" -"user/blob/12.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation." -msgstr "" -"Per generare la documentazione consultare il nostro file `README " -"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user/blob/12.0/README.rst>`_." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138 -msgid "Developer documentation" -msgstr "Documentazione per sviluppatori" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside " -"`the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/12.0/doc>`_." -msgstr "" -"La documentazione relativa allo sviluppo delle applicazioni Odoo si trova " -"insieme al `codice sorgente di Odoo " -"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/12.0/doc>`_." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143 -msgid "" -"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related " -"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo." -msgstr "" -"La documentazione utente potrebbe anche contenere tecnicismi, quando è " -"relativa a configurazioni e uso quotidiano di Odoo." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36 -msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" -msgstr "*Ultima revisione della pagina:* |date|" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 -msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "Cosa attendersi dal servizio di assistenza" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 -msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "5 giorni alla settimana" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" -msgstr "" -"L'iscrizione a Odoo Online include **supporto illimitato 24/24 senza costi " -"aggiuntivi, dal lunedì al venerdì**. I nostri team sono localizzati in varie" -" parti del mondo per assicurare un supporto completo. L'addetto " -"all'assistenza potrebbe fornire supporto da San Francisco, dal Belgio, " -"oppure dall'India." - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"Il team di supporto può essere contattato attraverso il nostro `modulo " -"online <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "Tipo di assistenza inclusa" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" -"Messa a disposizione di materiale pertinente (linee guida, documentazione " -"prodotto ecc.)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" -"Risposte a problematiche che si possono incontrare usando il database Odoo " -"ordinario (es. “Non riesco a chiudere il punto vendita” oppure “Non riesco a" -" trovare gli ICP delle vendite”)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "Domande relative all'account, iscrizione o fatturazione" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" -"Risoluzione bug (problema bloccante o comportamento inatteso non dovuto a " -"errata configurazione o personalizzazione)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "" -"Problemi riscontrati in un database di test dopo l'avanzamento a una nuova " -"versione" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " -"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" -"*Il supporto Odoo non effettua modifiche al database in produzione, ma " -"fornisce il materiale e le informazioni per farlo personalmente.*" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "Tipo di assistenza non inclusa" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "" -"Domande che richiedono la comprensione dei processi aziendali per aiutare a " -"implementare il database" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "" -"Formazione nell'utilizzo del software (reindirizzamento ai nostri vari " -"esperti)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 -msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "Importazione di documenti nel database" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "" -"Assistenza che riguarda la configurazione da utilizzare all'interno di " -"un'applicazione o in un database" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" -"Come impostare modelli di configurazione (esempi includono: rotte di " -"magazzino, termini di pagamento, magazzini ecc.)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 -msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" -msgstr "Qualsiasi intervento a server/installazioni Odoo personali" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " -"etc)" -msgstr "" -"Qualsiasi intervento ad account personali di terze parti (Ingenico, " -"Authorize, UPS ecc.)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "" -"Domande o problematiche relative a sviluppi o personalizzazioni particolari " -"effettuati da Odoo o da terze parti (specifici del database o del codice " -"coinvolto)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "Dove trovare aiuto" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise" -msgstr "Odoo Enterprise" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " -"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " -"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " -"server)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 -msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "your subscription number," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 -msgid "" -"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also " -"send the URL of your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 -msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 -msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "Odoo Community" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 -msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 -msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 -msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Ask your question on the `community forum " -"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 -msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and " -"bugfix services." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/website.po deleted file mode 100644 index ed113fee1..000000000 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1863 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Federico Castellano <castellano.federico@outlook.com>, 2019 -# Simone Bernini <simone@aperturelabs.it>, 2019 -# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Paolo Valier, 2019 -# Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:16+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" -msgstr "Sito web" - -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "Ottimizza" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 -msgid "" -"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" -" you don't have any." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " -"ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " -"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " -"Documentation. " -"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " -"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " -"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 -msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "Crea le credenziali da usare in Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " -"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " -"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " -"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" -" your Client ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 -msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" -" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " -"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " -"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " -"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " -"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " -"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 -msgid "" -"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " -"content and the meta tags of your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 -msgid "Title, Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " -"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " -"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" -" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " -"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 -msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "Parole chiave" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " -"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " -"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " -"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " -"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " -"search tags." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 -msgid "Content is King" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your website content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" -" Odoo.com landing pages)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 -msgid "Use Social Networks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" -" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " -"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 -msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." -" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 -msgid "Social Share" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." -" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " -"media wall." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " -"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " -"your page in the Promote tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 -msgid "Facebook Page" -msgstr "Pagina Facebook" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" -" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " -"timeline, the next events and the messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "Barra di scorrimento Twitter" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " -"will increase the number of tweets and shares." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 -msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 -msgid "URLs Handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 -msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" -" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " -"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 -msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " -"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " -"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " -"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " -"equivalent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 -msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 -msgid "" -"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " -"is for your SEO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 -msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " -"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 -msgid "" -"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 -msgid "Multi-Language Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 -msgid "Multi-Language URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " -"here)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 -msgid "Language Annotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " -"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" -" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " -"language." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " -"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " -"same content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 -msgid "Language Detection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 -msgid "" -"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " -"redirection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 -msgid "Page Speed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduzione" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 -msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " -"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " -"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" -" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " -"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" -" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " -"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" -"-billion-sales>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " -"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " -"your website ranks using these two tools:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 -msgid "" -"`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 -msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "Immagini" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " -"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " -"for .JPG)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 -msgid "Static Resources: CSS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 -msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "" -"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " -"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " -"resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 -msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 -msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " -"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " -"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " -"file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 -msgid "" -"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " -"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " -"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " -"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " -"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " -"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " -"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 -msgid "" -"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " -"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " -"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " -"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " -"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 -msgid "}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 -msgid "" -"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " -"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " -"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " -"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " -"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " -"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " -"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" -" backend (/web)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 -msgid "" -"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " -"themes fit below this limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 -msgid "" -"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " -"is minified to reduce its size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 -msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" -"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" -" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 -msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 -msgid "" -"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 -msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 -msgid "" -"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 -msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 -msgid "" -"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" -" employees using Odoo)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 -msgid "" -"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " -"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " -"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " -"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 -msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "CDN" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 -msgid "" -"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " -"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" -" Network has three advantages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 -msgid "" -"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" -" around the globe)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " -"server)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " -"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " -"domain)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 -msgid "" -"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" -" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 -msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 -msgid "" -"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " -"server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " -"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 -msgid "" -"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " -"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " -"following code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 -msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " -"code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 -msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 -msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 -msgid "" -"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " -"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " -"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 -msgid "" -"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 -msgid "Browser Caching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 -msgid "" -"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " -"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " -"your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 -msgid "" -"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " -"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 -msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 -msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " -"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " -"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:568 -msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " -"eCommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:574 -msgid "Search Engines Files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 -msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:579 -msgid "" -"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " -"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " -"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 -msgid "" -"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " -"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " -"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " -"chunks per file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:589 -msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:591 -msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:593 -msgid "" -"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " -"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:598 -msgid "" -"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" -" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" -" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:605 -msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:607 -msgid "" -"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " -"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" -"presented search results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 -msgid "" -"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " -"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " -"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " -"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 -msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 -msgid "" -"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " -"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " -"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:631 -msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 -msgid "" -"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " -"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:638 -msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " -"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," -" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " -"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "Pubblicazione" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " -"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " -"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " -"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " -"domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "Semplice e ovvio" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "Evita di usare caratteri speciali" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "Punta a un dominio .com e/o a un dominio della tua nazionalità" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " -"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " -"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " -"This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 -msgid "" -"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " -"www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." -" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " -"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " -"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 -msgid "" -"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " -"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " -"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " -"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " -"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" -" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 -msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," -" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " -"Odoo cloud platforms/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Multi Websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " -"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " -"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " -"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," -" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Impostazione" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → " -"Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " -"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" -" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " -"visitors to it using Geo IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " -"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " -"theme!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " -"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" -" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 -msgid "Create the menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " -"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" -" the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 -msgid "Switch from one website to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " -"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " -"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" -" sign in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " -"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " -"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 -msgid "Add features" -msgstr "Aggiungi funzionalità" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" -" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " -"removing the menu item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " -"First, select the website to configure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " -"only impact the very website you are working on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 -msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 -msgid "languages," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 -msgid "domain names," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 -msgid "social media links," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 -msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 -msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 -msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 -msgid "Manage domain names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 -msgid "" -"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " -"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " -"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " -"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 -msgid "" -"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 -msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" -" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " -"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " -"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " -"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 -msgid "Publish specific content per website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " -"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " -"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " -"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " -"websites*:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Prodotti" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 -msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 -msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "Blog" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 -msgid "Slide Channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 -msgid "Forums" -msgstr "Forum" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "Eventi" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 -msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "Posizioni lavorative" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 -msgid "" -"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " -"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 -msgid "Publish a page in all websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 -msgid "" -"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." -" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration → Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " -"and set the new website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 -msgid "" -"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" -" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " -"being linked to all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 -msgid "" -"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " -"page behind each edited page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Multi azienda" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" -"companies environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 -msgid "" -"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " -"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 -msgid "" -"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " -"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " -"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " -"visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 -msgid "" -"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " -"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" -" selector in the menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 -msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 -msgid "" -"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" -" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 -msgid "Products only available on one website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 -msgid "" -"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." -" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " -"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 -msgid "Products available on *some* websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 -msgid "" -"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " -"should duplicate the product for each website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 -msgid "" -"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " -"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " -"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" -" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " -"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 -msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "Listini prezzi" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 -msgid "" -"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " -"Prices per Product* in Website settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products → Pricelists` to create " -"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " -"this website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " -"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " -"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 -msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 -msgid "" -"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" -" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " -"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " -"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 -msgid "Customer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 -msgid "" -"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " -"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " -"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " -"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " -"the visitor mind." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 -msgid "Technical hints for customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 -msgid "" -"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" -" make it work with multi websites:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 -msgid "" -"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" -" can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 -msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 -msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Panoramica" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " -"possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "Processa" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" -" many different languages as you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " -"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " -"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " -"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " -"install anything, and follow the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " -"**Add a language**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " -"click on **Load.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " -"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " -"some of the text has been translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " -"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "" -"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" -" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " -"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " -"ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " -"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " -"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " -"automatically." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6fb21e770 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -0,0 +1,3608 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Federico Castellano <castellano.federico@outlook.com>, 2021 +# SebastianoPistore <SebastianoPistore.info@protonmail.ch>, 2021 +# Sara Ciaurri <sara.ciaurri@didotech.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Simone Bernini <simone@aperturelabs.it>, 2021 +# Paolo Valier, 2021 +# Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:23+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: it\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:3 +msgid "Websites" +msgstr "Siti web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:4 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "E-commerce" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Esordiente" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "Catalogo prodotto" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to show product availability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " +"your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " +"an option in *Availability*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " +"delay, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 +msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " +"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " +"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " +"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " +"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " +"available options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " +"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " +"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " +"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " +"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " +"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Adapt prices to website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This section sheds light on pricing features found in the eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: " +":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP automatically applies the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, visitors who aren't " +"logged in yet will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers " +"choose their own. Check the *Selectable* box to add the pricelist to the " +"website drop-down menu, which can be found in *Pricelists* under the " +"*Products* menu, located in the Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Imposta" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Panoramica" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " +"time. The topics follow the buying process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Product Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 +msgid "Shop Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Tariffazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Imposte" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Checkout process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 +msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "Pagamento" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 +msgid "Shipping & Tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Ricevere un pagamento con Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " +"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " +"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " +"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " +"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " +"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " +"'Get Started'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" +" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " +"press the related option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 +msgid "Go through the registration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " +"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 +msgid "Set up Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " +"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 +msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" +" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " +"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" +" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 +msgid "Go live" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " +"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " +"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " +"production mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " +"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" +" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " +"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" +" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " +"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " +"Invoicing apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 +msgid "What are the payment methods available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 +msgid "Wire transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " +"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" +" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" +"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 +msgid "Payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" +" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" +" over time:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 +msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "Ingenico" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 +msgid "Authorize.net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 +msgid "PayUmoney" +msgstr "PayUmoney" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 +msgid "Sips" +msgstr "Sips" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stripe" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 +msgid "How to go live" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " +"activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 +msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " +"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." +" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 +msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 +msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " +"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " +"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 +msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 +msgid "" +"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " +"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" +" from the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 +msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " +"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" +" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 +msgid "How to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 +msgid "Switch to developer mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 +msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " +"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " +"duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 +msgid "Other configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " +"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " +"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" +"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " +"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " +"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" +" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " +"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "What are the payment status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 +msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " +"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," +" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" +" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " +"confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " +"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " +"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " +"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 +msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " +"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " +"orders straight on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " +"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " +"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " +"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" +" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " +"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " +"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " +"payments " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 +msgid "" +"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " +"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " +"only available with Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " +"*Capture Transaction*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " +"Business Account " +"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" +" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " +"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:105 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, " +"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" +"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" +"payments-ewp>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:120 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Attivazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:126 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Credenziali" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +"*Profile > About the business*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" +"fees>`__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 +msgid "" +"..note:: `Traders in the EU " +"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" +"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " +"with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:158 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:178 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:184 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:186 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:188 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:196 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:198 +msgid "See also" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:200 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:202 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "Registrati" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:4 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Chat dal vivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:7 +msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " +"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " +"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," +" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " +"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " +"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configurazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" +" and then click on install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " +"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 +msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " +"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" +" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " +"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " +"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " +"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 +msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " +"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " +"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" +" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " +"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 +msgid "Prepare automatic messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" +" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" +" through the live chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 +msgid "Start chatting with customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " +"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " +"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " +"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " +"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " +"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " +"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " +"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:99 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " +"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " +"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:105 +msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:107 +msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:109 +msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:113 +msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " +"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " +"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:123 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " +"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " +"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," +" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " +"assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " +"visitors, enjoy !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:4 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "Sito web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "Ottimizza" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" +" you don't have any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " +"ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " +"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " +"Documentation. " +"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " +"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " +"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " +"to store your API credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "Abilitare l'API" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "Crea le credenziali da usare in Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" +"Selezionare la voce *Browser Web (Javascript)* come sorgente da cui verrà " +"chiamata l’API e *Dati Utente* come tipo di dati a cui si avrà accesso." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" +" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " +"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " +"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " +"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " +"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" +" your Client ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete " +"statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " +"<../../../sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows you to " +"understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "Parole chiave" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" +" Odoo.com landing pages)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "Pagina Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "Barra di scorrimento Twitter" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " +"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduzione" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Immagini" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +msgid "" +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +msgid "" +"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " +"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" +" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " +"from their original versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +msgid "" +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: " +"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " +"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:574 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:579 +msgid "" +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:583 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:589 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:591 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:593 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:598 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:605 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:607 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:612 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:625 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:627 +msgid "" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:631 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:638 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " +"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," +" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " +"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "Pubblicata" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " +"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " +"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +msgid "What is a good domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " +"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " +"domain. Here are some tips:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +msgid "Simple and obvious" +msgstr "Semplice e ovvio" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +msgid "Easy to remember and spell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +msgid "The shorter the better" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +msgid "Avoid special characters" +msgstr "Evita di usare caratteri speciali" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" +msgstr "Punta a un dominio .com e/o a un dominio della tua nazionalità" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +msgid "How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " +"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " +"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " +"This is Odoo's job!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +msgid "" +"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " +"www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." +" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " +"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:98 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:105 +msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → " +"Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" +" the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "Aggiungi funzionalità" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 +msgid "" +"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Prodotti" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "Blog" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "Forum" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "Eventi" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "Posizioni lavorative" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration → Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Multi azienda" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "Listini prezzi" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products → Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "Elabora" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " +"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " +"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " +"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" +" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " +"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " +"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " +"ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 4cf1c5dda..28c66bfbd 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -1,15 +1,18 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 15:29+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2018\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -18,6 +21,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: nl\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../applications.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications.rst:3 msgid "Applications" msgstr "Sollicitaties" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1ffd5ee6d..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1254 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2018 -# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2018 -# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Jurre Claassen <JurreCl@me.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jurre Claassen <JurreCl@me.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "CRM" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "Verwerven van leads" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 -msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "Converteer leads in opportuniteiten" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM" -" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can " -"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" -"Het systeem kan leads genereren in plaats van opportuniteiten, om zo een " -"kwalificatie stap toe te voegen voordat u een * Lead * in een * " -"Opportuniteit* omzet en aan een verkoopmedewerkers toewijst. U kunt deze " -"modus activeren via de CRM-instellingen. Dit is standaard van toepassing op " -"al uw verkoopkanalen. Maar u kunt het specifiek maken voor specifieke " -"kanalen vanuit het configuratieformulier." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Instellingen" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "" -"Ga voor deze functie naar: menuselectie: `CRM -> Configuratie -> " -"Instellingen` en activeer de * Leads * functie." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." -msgstr "" -"U heeft nu een nieuw submenu * Leads * onder * Pijplijn * waar leads zullen " -"toegevoegd worden." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 -msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "Converteer een lead in een opportuniteit" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u op * Lead * klikt, hebt u de mogelijkheid om deze om te zetten in " -"een opportuniteit en te beslissen of deze nog steeds moet worden toegewezen " -"aan hetzelfde kanaal / dezelfde persoon en of u een nieuwe klant moet maken." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." -msgstr "" -"Als u al een opportuniteit heeft met die klant, biedt Odoo u automatisch de " -"mogelijkheid om ze samen te smelten. Op dezelfde manier biedt Odoo u " -"automatisch een link naar een bestaande klant als die klant al bestaat." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "Genereer leads vanuit inkomende e-mails" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" -" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." -msgstr "" -"Het automatiseren van de lead / opportuniteit-generatie zal uw efficiëntie " -"aanzienlijk verbeteren. Standaard zal odoo een opportuniteit in de pijplijn " -"van het standaard verkoopkanaal toevoegen voor elke e-mail die wordt " -"verzonden naar * sales@database\\ _domain.ext *." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 -msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "Stel e-mail aliassen in" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " -"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" -" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" -"Elk verkoopkanaal kan zijn eigen e-mail alias hebben om leads / " -"opportuniteiten te genereren die automatisch aan het verkoopkanaal worden " -"toegewezen. Dit is handig als u meerdere verkoopteams beheert met specifieke" -" bedrijfsprocessen. U vindt de configuratie van verkoopkanalen onder: " -"menuselectie: `Configuratie -> Verkoopkanalen '." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "Genereer leads/opportuniteiten vanaf uw website contact pagina" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" -" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." -msgstr "" -"Het automatiseren van de lead / opportuniteit-generatie zal uw efficiëntie " -"aanzienlijk verbeteren. Een lead/opportuniteit zal in de pijplijn gecreëerd " -"worden voor elke bezoeker die het contactformulier op uw website gebruikt." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 -msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "Gebruik het contacteer ons op uw website" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 -msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "Ga eerst naar the website app." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 -msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " -"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " -"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." -msgstr "" -"Om naar een specifiek verkoopkanaal te gaan, ga naar: menuselectie: `Website" -" -> Configuratie -> Instellingen` onder * Communicatie * vindt u de " -"informatie over het Contactformulier en waar u het * Verkoopkanaal * of * " -"Verkoopmedewerker * kunt wijzigen." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 -msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "Maak een aangepast contactformulier" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " -"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " -"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " -"Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 -msgid "" -"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," -" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " -"fields you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " -"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " -"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 -msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "Genereer leads i.p.v. opportuniteiten" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " -"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " -"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 -msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "Offertes versturen" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " -"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 -msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "Maak een nieuwe offerte" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " -"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." -msgstr "" -"Door op een opportuniteit of lead te klikken, zal de knop * Nieuwe Offerte *" -" beschikbaar zijn. Deze brengt u naar een nieuw menu waar u uw offerte kunt " -"opmaken en beheren." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " -"*Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "" -"U vindt al uw offertes voor die specifieke opportuniteit in het menu * " -"Offerte(s) *." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 -msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "Markeer als gewonnen/verloren" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " -"process along." -msgstr "" -"Nu moet u uw opportuniteit markeren als gewonnen of verloren om het proces " -"verder te zetten." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " -"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "" -"Als u ze markeert als gewonnen, worden ze verplaatst naar de kolom * " -"Gewonnen * in de Kanban-weergave. Als u ze echter als * Verloren* markeert, " -"worden ze gearchiveerd." - -#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "Optimaliseer uw dagelijkse werkzaamheden" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "Synchroniseer Google kalender met Odoo" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " -"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " -"directions)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo is perfect geïntegreerd met Google Kalender zodat u meetings kan zien &" -" beheren vanuit beide platformen (updates werken in beide richtingen)." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 -msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "Opzet in Google" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" -"Ga naar het `Google API platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ " -"om Google Kalender API login gegevens te genereren. Login met uw Google " -"account." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 -msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "Ga naar de API & Diensten pagina." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "Zoek voor *Google Kalender API* en selecteer deze." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Schakel de API in." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " -"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer of maak een API project om de logingegevens te bewaren indien u " -"dit nog niet heeft gedaan. Geef het een expliciete naam (bijvoorbeeld Odoo " -"sync)." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 -msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "Logingegevens aanmaken." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer *web browser (Javascript) als bron en *Gebruiker data* als type " -"data." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " -"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " -"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " -"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " -"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" -" in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" -" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "Opzet in Odoo" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " -"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" -" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." -msgstr "" -"Ga naar: menuselectie: `Instellingen -> Algemene instellingen` activeer " -"Google Agenda en voer je ** Client ID ** en ** Client Secret ** in ." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " -"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " -"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" -" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." -msgstr "" -"De setup is nu compleet. Open jou Odoo Kalender en sync hem met Google. De " -"eerste keer wanner je dit doet zal je doorgestuurd worden naar Google om de " -"connectie te goed te keuren. Eenmaal terug in Odoo, druk nogmaals op de " -"sync knop. Je kan erop klikken telkens je jou kalender wilt synchroniseren." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 -msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "Vanaf nu heeft u geen excuses meer om een meeting te missen!" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 -msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" -msgstr "Gebruik VOIP-diensten in Odoo met OnSIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introductie" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" -" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " -"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " -"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " -"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " -"configuration procedure below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." -msgstr "Ga naar de Apps en installeer de module **VoIP OnSIP**." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " -"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" -msgstr "" -"Ga naar de Instellingen/Algemene Instellingen. In deze sectie " -"Integraties/Asterisk (VoIP), vul je de 3 velden in: " - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " -"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " -"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 -msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -msgstr "**WebSocket** zou moeten bevatten wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 -msgid "**Mode** should be Production" -msgstr "**Mode** moet productie zijn" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " -"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 -msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "**SIP Login / Browser's extensie**: de OnSIP 'Gebruikersnaam'" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 -msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 -msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 -msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can find all this information by logging in at " -"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " -"and refer to the fields as pictured below." -msgstr "" -"Je kan al deze informatie vinden door in te loggen op " -"https://admin.onsip.com/users, vervolgens selecteer je de gebruiker die je " -"wilt configureren en verwijs je naar de velden zoals hieronder weergegeven. " - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " -"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" -" Odoo and in OnSIP)." -msgstr "" -"Je kan nu bellen door te klikken op het telefoon icoontje rechts vanboven in" -" Odoo (zorg er wel voor dat je ingelogd bent als een gebruiker die goed is " -"geconfigureerd in Odoo en in OnSIP)." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " -"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 -msgid "" -"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" -" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " -"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " -"international prefix for the United States)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " -"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." -msgstr "" -"Je kan nu ook gebeld worden in Odoo. Jouw telefoonnummer is het nummer " -"voorzien door OnSip. Odoo zal het belgeluid laten horen aan de gebruiker en " -"een notificatie weergeven. " - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 -msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" -msgstr "OnSIP op uw GSM" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " -"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" -" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " -"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 -msgid "" -"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " -"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." -" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " -"then have to configure it as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 -msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" -msgstr "**Account naam**: OnSIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 -msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" -msgstr "**SIP Server**: Het OnSIP 'domein'" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 -msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 -msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 -msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " -"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " -"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " -"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" -" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " -"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" -"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" -" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" -msgstr "Configureer uw VOIP Asterisk server voor Odoo" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "Asterisk server installeren" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 -msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "Afhankelijkheden" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" -msgstr "" -"Voordat u Asterisk installeert moet u de volgende afhankelijkheden " -"installeren:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 -msgid "wget" -msgstr "wget" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 -msgid "gcc" -msgstr "gcc" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 -msgid "g++" -msgstr "g++" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 -msgid "ncurses-devel" -msgstr "ncurses-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 -msgid "libxml2-devel" -msgstr "libxml2-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 -msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "sqlite-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 -msgid "libsrtp-devel" -msgstr "libsrtp-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 -msgid "libuuid-devel" -msgstr "libuuid-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 -msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "openssl-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 -msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "pkg-config" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 -msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "Om libsrtp te installeren volgt u onderstaande instructies:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " -"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " -"extracted:" -msgstr "" -"Je zal ook PJSIP moeten installeren, je kan de broncode `hier " -"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_ downloaden. Eenmaal de broncode " -"directory uitgepakt is:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "**Wijzig naar de pjproject map:**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 -msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "**run:**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 -msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "**Bouw en installeer pjproject:**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 -msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "**Update gedeelde library links:**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 -msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "**Verifieer dat pjproject geïnstalleerd is:**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 -msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "**Het resultaat zou moeten zijn:**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "Asterisk" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " -"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" -"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." -msgstr "" -"Om Asterisk 13.7.0 te installeren kan u de broncode direct downloaden van " -"<http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" -"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "Extract Asterisk:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" -msgstr "Geef de Asterisk map in:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 -msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "Voer het Asterisk configuratie script uit:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 -msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "Voer de Asteriks menuselect tool uit:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 -msgid "" -"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " -"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " -"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " -"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." -msgstr "" -"In het selectieveld, ga naar de resources optie en verifieer dat res_srtp " -"ingeschakeld is. Als er 3 x's zijn naast res_srtp, dan is er een probleem " -"met de srtp bibliotheek en moet je deze herinstalleren. Sla de configuratie " -"op (druk op x). Je zou ook sterren moeten zien voor de res_pjsip lijnen." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 -msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "Compileer en installeer Asterisk:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " -"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " -"run 'make config'." -msgstr "" -"Als je voorbeeld configuraties nodig heft kan je \"maak voorbeelden\" " -"uitvoeren om voorbeeld configuraties te installeren. Als je het Asterisk " -"opstart script moet installeren kan je dit 'maak configuratie' runnen." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 -msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "DTLS certificaten" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 -msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "Hierna moet u de DTLS certificaten opzetten." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "Geef de Asterisk scripts map in:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" -" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" -msgstr "" -"Creëer de DTLS certificaten (vervang pbx.mycompany.com met jou ip adres of " -"dns naam, vervang My Super Company met jou bedrijfsnaam):" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 -msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "Configureer Asterisk server" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 -msgid "" -"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " -"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " -"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" -" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " -"uncommented:" -msgstr "" -"Voor WebRTC, zijn er vele instellingen nodig die MOETEN ingesteld worden in " -"de peer settings. De algemene instellingen vloeien niet goed door naar de " -"peer instellingen. Standaard, Asterisk configuratie bestanden zijn te vinden" -" in /etc/asterisk/. Start door http.conf te editeren en verifieer dat " -"volgende lijnen uit commentaar staan:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " -"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " -"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " -"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " -"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 -msgid "" -"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " -"lines:" -msgstr "" -"In de sip.conf en rtp.conf bestanden moet u ook de volgende lijnen toevoegen" -" of uit commentaar halen:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 -msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" -msgstr "Stel als laatste extensions.conf in:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 -msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "Configureer Odoo VOIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 -msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "" -"De configuratie moet in Odoo gedaan worden onder de gebruikersvoorkeuren." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 -msgid "" -"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" -" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" -" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " -"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" -" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 -msgid "" -"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " -"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " -"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " -"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " -"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 -msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" -" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " -"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " -"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 -msgid "Configure your kanban stages" -msgstr "Configureer uw kanban fases" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " -"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" -" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" -" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " -"more accurate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" -" you can modify them manually of course." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 -msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" -msgstr "Stel uw verwachte omzet en sluitingsdatum in" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " -"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" -" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 -msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " -"closing, letting you prioritize." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 -msgid "" -"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " -"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " -"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 -msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 -msgid "" -"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " -"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " -"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " -"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " -"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " -"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 -msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " -"Win/Loss ratio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" -" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " -"on filter and check Won/Lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 -msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 -msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "Organiseer uw pijplijn" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "Beheer verloren opportuniteiten" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" -" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " -"can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 -msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "Markeer een lead als verloren" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " -"*Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " -"there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 -msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "Beheer & Definieer verlies redenen" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 -msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" -" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 -msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " -"Reason*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 -msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 -msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " -"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " -"clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" -" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " -"also archive the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 -msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " -"want to take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 -msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " -"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "Maak een nieuw verkoopkanaal" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 -msgid "" -"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " -"address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 -msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "Voeg leden toe aan het verkoopkanaal" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " -"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " -"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," -" you can only be a member of one channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 -msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " -"all of its opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "Verkoopkanaal dashboard" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " -"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " -"*Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" -" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "Leads toewijzen en traceren" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" -" criterias." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " -"that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " -"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "Maak een scoreregel aan" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" -" can manage your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " -"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " -"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 -msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "Leads toewijzen" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " -"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " -"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " -"This domain can include scores." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " -"more refined domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " -"Assignation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "Evalueer & gebruik de niet toegewezen leads" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " -"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " -"useful to do something with them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " -"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" -" unassigned leads from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 -msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " -"interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " -"they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " -"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 -msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "Volg een webpagina" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " -"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 -msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 -msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "Bekijk bezochte pagina's in uw leads/prospects" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " -"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " -"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " -"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " -"pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " -"chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 -msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po deleted file mode 100644 index 56abbbb4e..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,838 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Dennis Sluijk <dennissluijk@outlook.com>, 2018 -# Martien van Geene <martien.vangeene@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "Online database beheer" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " -"click on the `Manage Your Databases " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" -" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " -"database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 -msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "Meerdere acties zijn mogelijk:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " -"features" -msgstr "" -"Upgrade uw database naar de meest recente versie van Odoo om gebruik te " -"kunnen maken van de nieuwste functies." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " -"flows without compromising your daily operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "Wijzig de naam van uw database (en de URL)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "**Backup**" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " -"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "" -"Configureer gepersonaliseerde domeinen om uw database te benaderen via een " -"andere URL" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 -msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "Verwijder een database" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "Neem contact op met support" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " -"database already selected" -msgstr "Selecteer de juiste database en ga naar <https://www.odoo.com/help>" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Upgraden" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " -"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" -" the process before upgrading your production database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " -"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " -"experience." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " -"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " -"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" -" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " -"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " -"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " -"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " -"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " -"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " -"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 -msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 -msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " -"database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " -"same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " -"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 -msgid "" -"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " -"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 -msgid "" -"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " -"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " -"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " -"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " -"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" -" and asking another request will not be possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " -"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " -"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " -"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " -"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " -"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " -"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" -" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " -"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " -"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " -"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " -"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" -" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " -"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " -"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " -"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " -"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " -"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" -" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " -"the process is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " -"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " -"migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "Een database dupliceren" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " -"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " -"database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 -msgid "" -"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " -"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" -" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" -"Op de lijn van de database die u wilt dupliceren vind u een paar knoppen. Om" -" u database te dupliceren klikt u op **Dupliceren**. U moet een naam ingeven" -" om te dupliceren, klik vervolgens op **Database dupliceren**." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 -msgid "" -"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" -" database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "E-mails worden verzonden" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " -"example)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "Afleverorders (leveranciers) zijn verzonden" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "Etc." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 -msgid "" -"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " -"behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " -"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" -"Na een paar seconden wordt u ingelogd in uw gedupliceerde database. Merk op " -"dat de URL de naam van uw gedupliceerde database gebruikt." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "Gedupliceerde databases verlopen automatisch na 15 dagen." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187 -msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "Wijzig de naam van een database" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189 -msgid "" -"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " -"want to rename, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " -"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200 -msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "Verwijder een database" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr ". " - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204 -msgid "" -"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " -"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " -"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " -"backup may be several hours old at that point." -msgstr "" -"Als u een database verwijderd ben u direct alle data definitief kwijt. Het " -"is verstandig om een instant backup te maken van de database die u gaat " -"verwijderen en niet te vertrouwen op de laatste automatische dagelijkse " -"gemaakte backup. De data in de automatisch backup kan al weer verouderd " -"zijn. " - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210 -msgid "" -"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " -"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217 -msgid "" -"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " -"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "" -"Lees de waarschuwingen die zullen verschijnen aandachtig door en ga pas " -"verder als u de begrijpt wat de gevolgen zijn van het verwijderen van een " -"database:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227 -msgid "" -"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "" -"Indien u deze database naam moet hergebruiken is deze onmiddelijk " -"beschikbaar." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " -"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233 -msgid "" -"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" -"Indien u uw account wil verwijderen moet u contact opnemen met `Odoo Support" -" <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "Registreer een database" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " -"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" -" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" -" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" -"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " -"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "Registratie Foutmelding" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " -"message:" -msgstr "" -"Indien u uw database niet kan registreren krijgt u waarschijnlijk de " -"volgende melding:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "Oplossingen" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "Heeft u een geldig Enterprise abonnement?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" -" Manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "Heeft u al een database gelinkt met uw abonnementsnummer?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " -"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " -"database\"" -msgstr "" -"U kan de oude database zelf ontkoppelen via uw `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ met de \"Unlink database\" " -"knop" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " -"as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" -"Een bevestigingsbericht zal verschijnen; zorg ervoor dat dit zeker de " -"correcte database is en ze wordt binnenkort gedeactiveerd:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "Heeft u de geüpdatet versie van Odoo 9?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 -msgid "" -"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " -"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." -" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " -"specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " -"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " -"<duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "" -"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " -"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " -"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 -msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" -" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " -"outgoing connections towards:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 -msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 -msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " -"Update notification runs once a week." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 -msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "Foutmelding vanwege te veel gebruikers" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" -" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" -"Indien u meer gebruikers in uw lokale database heeft dan toegewezen in uw " -"Odoo Enterprise abonnement kan u deze melding krijgen:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 -msgid "" -"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " -"countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer het bericht verschijnt heeft u 30 dagen voordat de database vervalt." -" De teller wordt elke dag geüpdatet." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " -"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115 -msgid "or" -msgstr "of" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 -msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com " -"/documentation/user/12.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " -"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " -"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," -" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " -"message disappear right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "Database vervallen foutmelding" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " -"subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139 -msgid "" -"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" -" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " -"database is expired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " -"that" -msgstr "" -"Vernieuw uw abonnement: volg de link en vernieuw uw abonnement - merk op dat" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 -msgid "" -"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " -"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " -"card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149 -msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "Contacteer onze `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151 -msgid "" -"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" -"Werkte deze oplossingen niet voor u? Contacteer dan onze `Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "Dupliceer een database" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 -msgid "" -"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " -"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " -"duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170 -msgid "" -"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " -"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " -"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " -"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " -"registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " -"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " -"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" -" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " -"by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "Gebruikers en mogelijkheden" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" -"Als administrator van uw database bent u verantwoordelijk voor het gebruik. " -"Dit omvat ook de apps die u installeert en het aantal gebruikers dat " -"momenteel in gebruik is." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " -"installations." -msgstr "" -"U kan handleidingen vinden over hoe uw database te dupliceren voor beide " -":ref:`online <duplicate_online>` en :ref:`lokale <duplicate_premise>` " -"installaties." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "Gebruikers deactiveren" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" -"Verzeker u er van dat u genoeg **administratieve rechten** hebt indien u de " -"status van eender welke gebruiker wilt wijzigen." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " -"rights.**" -msgstr "" -"Klik op **Instellingen** in uw Odoo instantie. U zal een sectie hebben die u" -" de actieve gebruikers op uw database toont. Klik op **Beheer " -"toegangsrechten.**" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|settings|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|browse_users|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "U ziet vervolgens de lijst van uw gebruikers." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " -"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" -" to **Inactive** immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "De gebruiker is nu gedeactiveerd." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "Deactiveer **nooit** de hoofdgebruiker (*admin*)" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "Apps deïnstalleren" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" -"Klik in uw Odoo instantie op **Instellingen**. In deze app kan u zien " -"hoeveel applicaties u geïnstalleerd hebt. Klik op **Doorzoek apps** om de " -"lijst van geïnstalleerde apps te bekijken." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|browse_apps|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Klik als laatste, na het controleren van de waarschuwing (indien er een is)," -" op **Bevestigen**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "U bent klaar met het verwijderen van uw applicatie." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "Goed om te weten" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5cea11d74..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,682 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2018 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2018\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "Discussieer" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" -" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " -"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " -"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " -"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " -"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " -"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " -"reputation yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " -"own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " -"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " -"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" -" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" -" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " -"`Google documentation " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" -" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " -"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " -"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." -" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " -"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" -"Vind `hier <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ de exacte procedure om een " -"TXT record aan te maken of te wijzigen bij uw eigen domein provider." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" -"Uw nieuwe SPF record kan tot 48 uur nodig hebben om actief te zijn, maar " -"normaal gezien gebeurd dit al veel sneller." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "" -"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " -"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " -"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " -"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" -"/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "etc." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " -"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " -"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " -"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " -"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " -"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " -"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " -"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " -"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " -"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " -"Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "Hoe de Twitter feed volgen vanuit Odoo" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "De app opzetten aan de Twitter kant" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "Naam: dit is de naam van de applicatie op Twitter" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." -msgstr "" -"Website: dit is de externe URL van uw Odoo database, met \"/web\" " -"toegevoegd. Bijvoorbeeld, indien uw Odoo gehost is bij " -"\"http://www.voorbeeld.com\" moet u \"http://www.voorbeeld.com/web\" ingeven" -" in dit veld." - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "De API sleutel en geheim ophalen" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 -msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "Hoe de aandacht van andere gebruikers trekken in mijn berichten" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "Een gebruiker direct een bericht sturen" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "Bureaublad notificaties vanuit Discussie" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "Hoe responsief zijn op het werk dankzij de Odoo inbox" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "U kan de **Inbox** in het oog houden vanuit elk scherm." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 -msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "Hoe efficiënt communiceren in team met kanalen" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "Maak een kanaal aan" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "" -"In Discussies zijn er twee types van kanalen - **publiek** en **privé**." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "Een kanaal configureren" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "Hoe een mailinglijst op te zetten" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "Een kanaal localiseren" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." -msgstr "" -"Indien u geen kanaal ziet op uw dashboard kan u de lijst doorzoeken van " -"**publieke kanalen** om het juiste kanaal te vinden of een nieuw kanaal aan " -"te maken door te klikken op het plus icoon." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 -msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." -msgstr "" -"Het is altijd wijs om te zoeken voor een kanaal voordat u een nieuwe " -"aanmaakt zodat u zeker bent dat er geen dubbele kanalen worden aangemaakt " -"voor hetzelfde onderwerp." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "Filters gebruiken om te navigeren binnen Discussieer" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "Hoe een discussie thread volgen en definiëren wat u erover wilt horen" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "Hoe een discussie te volgen" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 -msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "Hoe te kiezen welke evenementen te volgen" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "Hoe andere volgers toevoegen" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." -msgstr "" -"U kan andere gebruikers uitnodigen en kanalen toevoegen aan volgers. Een " -"kanaal toevoegen als een volger verzend berichten die in de chatter " -"geplaatst worden naar het kanaal met een link naar het originele document." - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "Hoe een standaard volger te zijn" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po deleted file mode 100644 index 553852bfc..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1518 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2018 -# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2018 -# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "eCommerce" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Beginnen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "Hoe mijn catalogus pagina te personaliseren" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Product catalogus" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" -"Al uw gepubliceerde items worden getoond in uw catalogus pagina (of *Shop* " -"pagina)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." -msgstr "" -"De meeste opties zijn beschikbaar in het *Personaliseerd* menu: toon " -"attributen, website categorieën, enz." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "Een product highlighten" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" -"Verhoog de zichtbaarheid van uw Ster / Promotie artikelen: zet ze bovenaan, " -"maak ze groter, voeg een lint toe dat u kan wijzigen (Uitverkoop, Nieuw, " -"enz). Open de shop pagina, wissel naar de bewerkingsmodus en klik op eender " -"welk item om het raster aan te passen." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" -"Zie hoe dit te doen: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "Snel toevoegen aan winkelmandje" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" -"Als je klanten veel items tegelijk kopen, maak dan hun proces korter door " -"aankopen vanaf de catalogus pagina in te schakelen. Om dit te doen, voeg een" -" product omschrijving toe en voeg de knop 'voeg toe aan winkelwagen' toe. " -"Zet volgende opties op in het *Bewerk* menu: Product omschrijving, Voeg toe " -"aan winkelwagen, lijstweergave (om de product omschrijving beter te tonen)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "Hoe een productpagina bouwen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "Klik op de website op **Nieuwe pagina** in de rechterbovenhoek." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "Klik vervolgens op **Nieuw product** en volg de knipperende tips." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "Hier zijn de belangrijkste elementen van de product pagina:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" -"Veel elementen kunnen zichtbaar gemaakt worden vanuit het *Personaliseer* " -"menu." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "Zie hoe u uw producten configureert vanuit onderstaande links." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "Beheer mijn producten" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "Hoe meerdere afbeeldingen per product te tonen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Vink de optie *Meerdere afbeeldingen per product* aan in " -":menuselection:`Website Admin --> Configuratie --> Instellingen`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" -"Zo een extra afbeeldingen zijn vaak voorkomend bij alle product varianten " -"(als er zijn)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "Hoe productbeschikbaarheid tonen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " -"your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " -"an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " -"delay, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "Deze tool vereist niet dat de voorraad module geïnstalleerd is." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " -"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " -"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "Hoe productvarianten beheren" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "Hoe attributen & varianten aanmaken" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer een product vanuit de productenlijst, ga naar het *Varianten* " -"tabblad." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "Hoe productvarianten wijzigen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "Zie alle varianten vanuit het productsjabloon formulier." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "U kan de volgende data wijzigen:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "Foto (zal updaten in real time op de website)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "Barcode," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "Interne referentie (SKU #)," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "Volume," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "Gewicht," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "Actief (beschikbaar in offertes & website)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "Hoe specifieke prijzen per variant instellen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" -"De extra prijs wordt toegevoegd aan de productprijs wanneer de " -"overeenkomende attribuut waarde geselecteerd is." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" -"Prijslijst formules laten u toe om geavanceerde prijsberekeningen te doen " -"voor product varianten. Zie :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "Hoe producten uitschakelen / archiveren" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "Maximaliseer mijn omzet" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "Hoe accessoires en optionele producten verkopen (cross-selling)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "Product accessoires op de check-out pagina," - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "Product accessoires op de check-out pagina" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" -"Accessoires (bijvoorbeeld voor computers: muis, toetsenbord) worden getoond " -"wanneer de klant het winkelmandje bekijkt voor de betaling." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer optionele items in het *Verkopen* tabblad van de product detail " -"pagina." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "Optionele producten wanneer u product toevoegt aan winkelmandje" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "Om optionele producten te publiceren:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer optionele items vanuit het **Verkopen** tabblad op het product " -"formulier." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" -"De hoeveelheid van optioneel toegevoegd producten aan een winkelmandje is " -"hetzelfde als het hoofd product." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "Hoe prijzen wijzigen aan de hand van mijn website bezoekers" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" -"Deze sectie schijnt licht op de prijs mogelijkheden van de e-commerce app:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "forceer een prijs gebaseerd op geo lokalisatie," - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "laat de klant de valuta kiezen." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "Geo-IP om automatisch de juiste prijs toe te passen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " -"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "Eenmaal aangemeld krijgen ze de prijslijst die bij hun land hoort." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "Valuta selector" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " -"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "Hoe promotiecodes aanmaken & delen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Setup" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" -"Maak het promotiecode veld beschikbaar op uw *winkelmandje* pagina (optie in" -" *Personaliseer* menu). Voeg een product aan het winkelmandje toe om het te " -"zien." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal dit geactiveerd is ziet u een nieuwe sectie aan de rechterkant. Na " -"klikken op *Toepassen* worden de prijzen in het winkelmandje automatisch " -"geüpdatet." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "Toon verkopen per prijslijst..." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`prijzen`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "Hoe commentaar en beoordelingen inschakelen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" -"Bezoekers moeten aanmelden om hun reacties te delen. Verzeker u ervan dat uw" -" bezoekers dit zeker kunnen (bekijken de portaal documentatie)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "Controleer de berichten in real time" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "" -"Standaard wordt de maker van het product automatisch als volger toegevoegd." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" -"Klik op de productnaam om het detailscherm te openen en de commentaar te " -"reviewen (in de product discussie thread)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "Modereren & deplubiceren" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "..tip::" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "Om dit te doen:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "Introductie tot Odoo eCommerce" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " -"time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "Product pagina" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "Winkel pagina" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Prijzen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "BTW" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "Checkout proces" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "Upselling & cross-selling" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "Betaling" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "Verzenden & Traceren" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "Lanceer mijn website" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "Wordt betaald" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "Hoe betaald te worden met Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " -"you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" -" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " -"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" -" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "Ga live" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " -"production mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Hoe betaald worden met betalingsverwerkers" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" -"Odoo biedt meerdere betaalmogelijkheden aan om betaald te worden in de " -"webshop, verkopen en facturatie apps." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "Wat zijn de beschikbare betaalmethoden" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "Overschrijving" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "Betaling verwervers" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" -msgstr "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "Authorize.net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "Buckaroo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "PayUmoney" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "Sips" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "Stripe" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "Hoe live te gaan" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " -"activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "Hoe klanten betaalkaarten laten bewaren en hergebruiken" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "Deze optie is mogelijk met Ingenico en Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "Hoe te:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "Wisselen naar ontwikkelaarsmodus." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "Neem de **aangepaste** betaalmethode." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "Andere configuraties" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" -"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Hoe betaalde orders beheren die betaald zijn met betalingsverwerkers" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" -" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " -"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "Wat is de betalingsstatus" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" -"Op elk moment kan de verkoper de transactiestatus bekijken vanuit het order." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "*Concept*: transacties wordt verwerkt." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " -"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," -" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" -" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " -"confirmed." -msgstr "" -"*Voltooid*: de betaling is geautoriseerd en gecapteerd. De order is " -"bevestigd." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " -"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" -"*Fout*: er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de transactie. De klant moet de " -"betaling opnieuw proberen. De order bevind zich nog steeds in concept." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " -"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" -"*Geannuleerd*: wanneer de klant de betaling annuleert in het betaalscherm. " -"Ze worden teruggebracht naar Odoo om het order te wijzigen." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " -"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "Valideer facturen automatisch vanuit order" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " -"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " -"orders straight on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " -"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " -"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " -"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" -" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " -"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " -"payments " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "Ontvang de betaling na de levering" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 -msgid "" -"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " -"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " -"only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " -"*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " -"Business Account " -"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 -msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" -" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " -"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. " -"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" -"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" -"payments-ewp>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "Instellingen in Odo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "Activatie" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "Inloggegevens" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -"*Profile > About the business*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "Transactie kosten" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" -"fees>`__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141 -msgid "" -"..note:: `Traders in the EU " -"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" -"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " -"with credit cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" -"Voer een testtransactie uit vanuit Odoo met de persoonlijke sandbox account." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "See also" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "Hoe klanten aan hun klantenaccount kunnen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "Aanmelden" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "Klant account" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "" -"Daar vinden ze de hele geschiedenis. Het hoofdadres (facturatie) kan ook " -"gewijzigd worden." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "Hoe betaald worden met overschrijvingen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "Hoe klanten betaling instructies aanbieden" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "Ze verschijnen voor de klanten wanneer ze een order plaatsen." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "Hoe een order te beheren eenmaal u betaald bent" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "Hoe manueel andere betaalmethodes aanmaken" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "Ontvang belastingen" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po deleted file mode 100644 index d77573c39..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Declaraties" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po similarity index 58% rename from locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po rename to locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 34ba53c6b..498a1d694 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -1,32 +1,29 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2018 -# Volluta <volluta@tutanota.com>, 2018 -# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2018 -# Julia van Orsouw <julia@odooexperts.nl>, 2018 -# Thomas Pot <thomas@open2bizz.nl>, 2018 -# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2018 -# Martien van Geene <martien.vangeene@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Cas Vissers <c.vissers@brahoo.nl>, 2018 -# dpms <pieter.van.de.wygaert@telenet.be>, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Erwin van der Ploeg (Odoo Experts) <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2020 +# Volluta <volluta@tutanota.com>, 2021 # Julia van Orsouw <Julia@vanorsouw-consultancy.nl>, 2021 +# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2021 +# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2021 +# Martien van Geene <martien.vangeene@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2021 +# Thomas Pot <thomas@open2bizz.nl>, 2021 +# Julia van Orsouw <julia@odooexperts.nl>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Julia van Orsouw <Julia@vanorsouw-consultancy.nl>, 2021\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -34,24 +31,28 @@ msgstr "" "Language: nl\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:3 +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "Boekhouding" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:318 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "Boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" -msgstr "Bank & Kas" +msgstr "Bank en Kas" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 msgid "Bank Feeds" -msgstr "Bank Feeds" +msgstr "Bank koppeling" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" msgstr "Importeert CODA afschrift bestanden (alleen België)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 msgid "" "CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" " well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " @@ -61,7 +62,7 @@ msgstr "" "Belgische banken en Isabel software staan u toe om een CODA bestand te " "downloaden met al uw bankafschriften." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " "software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " @@ -70,7 +71,7 @@ msgstr "" "Met Odoo kan u een CODA bestand downloaden van u bank of financiële software" " en direct in Odoo importeren. Dit maakt alle bankafschriften aan." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" @@ -80,52 +81,52 @@ msgstr "" "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" "q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Instellingen" +msgstr "Configuratie" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 msgid "Install the CODA feature" msgstr "Installeer de CODA optie" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 msgid "" "If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " "CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" @@ -137,7 +138,7 @@ msgstr "" "In dat geval, kan u meteen doorgaan naar het volgende deel `Importeer uw " "eerste coda bestand <InstallCoda_>`_" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 msgid "" "If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " "application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -149,11 +150,11 @@ msgstr "" " Vanuit de boekhoud instellingen vinkt u de optie **Importeren van " "bankafschriften in .CODA formaat** aan en klikt u op toepassen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 msgid "Import your first CODA file" msgstr "Importeer uw eerste CODA bestand" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -166,7 +167,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klik daarna op **afschrift importeren** om je eerste CODA bestand in te " "laden." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 msgid "" "Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." @@ -174,9 +175,9 @@ msgstr "" "Laad uw CODA bestand in het volgende scherm en klik op **Importeer** om al " "uw bankafschriften aan te maken." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 msgid "" "If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " "reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." @@ -184,11 +185,11 @@ msgstr "" "Indien het bestand succesvol is geladen wordt u doorverwezen naar het " "bankafschriften scherm met alle transacties om af te letteren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 msgid "Importing CODA files" msgstr "CODA bestanden importeren" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 msgid "" "After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " "automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " @@ -200,7 +201,7 @@ msgstr "" " volgende import hoef je niet meer naar **Meer** te gaan, maar kun je direct" " op de kaart klikken op **Afschrift importeren**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 msgid "" "Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " "will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " @@ -214,7 +215,7 @@ msgstr "" "betalingen automatisch koppelen aan deze relaties. Dit zal het " "afletterproces danig versnellen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 msgid "" "Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " "already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" @@ -226,47 +227,47 @@ msgstr "" "tegelijk importeren: Odoo controleert alles voor je voordat je een nieuw " "bankafschrift aanmaakt. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`ofx`" msgstr ":doc:`ofx`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`qif`" msgstr ":doc:`qif`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" msgstr ":doc:`synchronize`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`manual`" msgstr ":doc:`manual`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "Registreer manueel bankafschriften" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Overzicht" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " "but also register your bank statements manually." @@ -274,7 +275,7 @@ msgstr "" "Met Odoo kan u bankafschriften importeren, synchroniseren met uw bank maar " "ook uw bankafschriften manueel registreren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " "do is install the accounting app." @@ -282,11 +283,11 @@ msgstr "" "Er is geen speciale configuratie vereist om facturen te registreren. U hoeft" " enkel de boekhouding app te installeren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 msgid "Create your Bank Statements" msgstr "Maak uw bankafschriften" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 msgid "" "In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " "journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " @@ -296,7 +297,7 @@ msgstr "" "dagboek. Indien sommige afletteringen gedaan moeten worden vind u hier een " "link voor nieuwe afschriften. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 msgid "" "Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " "statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " @@ -308,7 +309,7 @@ msgstr "" "laten. We raden u aan om de partner in te vullen om het afletter proces te " "vergemakkelijken." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 msgid "" "The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" " equal to the computed balance." @@ -316,15 +317,15 @@ msgstr "" "Het verschil tussen de startbalans en de eindbalans moet gelijk zijn aan de " "berekende balans." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." msgstr "Wanneer u klaar bent klikt u op **Opslaan**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" msgstr "Letter uw bankafschriften af" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 msgid "" "You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" " |manual04|" @@ -332,7 +333,7 @@ msgstr "" "U kan er voor kiezen om het afschrift af te letteren door te klikken op de " "knop |manual04|" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 msgid "" "You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" " on **Reconcile # Items**." @@ -340,7 +341,7 @@ msgstr "" "U kan ook het aflettering proces starten vanuit het dashboard door te " "klikken op **Letter # items**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " "missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." @@ -348,15 +349,15 @@ msgstr "" "Klik op **Valideren** om uw bankafschriften af te letteren. Indien de " "relatie mist zal Odoo u vragen om **een partner te selecteren**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." msgstr "Druk op CTRL-Enter om de gebalanceerde lijnen af te letteren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" msgstr "Sluit bankafschriften vanuit het afletteren" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 msgid "" "If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " "reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." @@ -364,18 +365,18 @@ msgstr "" "Indien de balans correct is kan u het afschrift direct afsluiten vanuit het " "afletteren door te klikken op |manual07|." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 msgid "" "Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." msgstr "" "Klik naders op |manual08| om het afschrift te openen en het probleem aan te " "passen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 msgid "Close Bank Statements" msgstr "Sluit bankafschriften" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 msgid "" "On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " "then click on Bank Statements." @@ -383,24 +384,24 @@ msgstr "" "In het boekhouding dagboek klikt u op de Meer knop van uw bank dagboek en " "vervolgens op bankafschriften." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." msgstr "Om het bankafschrift te sluiten klikt u op **Valideer**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 msgid "Import OFX statement files" msgstr "Importeer OXF bankafschriften" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 msgid "" "Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " "exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " @@ -410,7 +411,7 @@ msgstr "" "electronische uitwisseling van financiële gegevens tussen bancaire " "instellingen, bedrijven en consumenten over het internet." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " "software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " @@ -420,7 +421,7 @@ msgstr "" "boekhoudingssoftware en deze rechtstreeks in uw Odoo instantie importeren. " "Dit maakt alle bankafschriften aan." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" @@ -428,7 +429,7 @@ msgstr "" "Test nu de nieuwe functie met dit OXF voorbeeld bestand " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 msgid "" "In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." " In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" @@ -438,7 +439,7 @@ msgstr "" "Om OFX afschriften te importeren, moet je deze functionaliteit activeren in " "Odoo. Ga in de boekhoud module naar het menu " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -451,7 +452,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klik daarna op **afschrift importeren** om je eerste OFX bestand in te " "laden." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 msgid "" "Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." @@ -459,12 +460,12 @@ msgstr "" "Laad uw OXF bestand in het volgende scherm en klik op **Importeer** om al uw" " bankafschriften aan te maken." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 msgid "Importing OFX files" msgstr "OFX bestanden importeren" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 msgid "" "After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " "automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " @@ -476,8 +477,8 @@ msgstr "" " volgende import hoef je niet meer naar **Meer** te gaan, maar kun je direct" " op de kaart klikken op **Afschrift importeren**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 msgid "" "Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " "will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " @@ -491,16 +492,16 @@ msgstr "" "betalingen automatisch koppelen aan deze relaties. Dit zal het " "afletterproces danig versnellen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`coda`" msgstr ":doc:`coda`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" msgstr "Hoe uw PayPal account synchroniseren met Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have" " to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." @@ -512,11 +513,11 @@ msgstr "" "synchronisatie wordt iedere 4 uur uitgevoerd. Het afletteren van betalingen " "m.b.v. Paypal is dan met 1 keer klikken gedaan." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" msgstr "Installeer de account_yodlee module" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 msgid "" "Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already " "installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -529,15 +530,15 @@ msgstr "" "--> Instellingen -->Financieel`. Binnen de sectie **Bank & Kas**, zet u de " "optie aan **Bank koppeling - Synchroniseer uw bankmutaties automatisch**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." msgstr "Klik op de knop toepassen nadat het klaar is." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 msgid "Setup your PayPal account" msgstr "Zet uw PayPal account op" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 msgid "" "A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your " "PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " @@ -549,7 +550,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Configuratie -> Bankrekeningen`. Maak een nieuwe bankrekening aan en noem " "deze ** PayPal **. In het veld Bank kunt u ** PayPal ** instellen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 msgid "" "Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " "and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" @@ -559,12 +560,12 @@ msgstr "" "dashboard en klikt u op de **Synchroniseer** knop. In de dialoog kiest u " "**PayPal** als de online instelling en klikt u op de configureer knop." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." msgstr "" "Vervolgens moet u uw credentials ingeven om te connecteren met PayPal." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 msgid "" "Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " "the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" @@ -578,7 +579,7 @@ msgstr "" "interface om te kunnen werken met Online feeds (u kunt overschakelen van de " "nieuwe naar de oude interface in uw Paypal-account)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 msgid "" "If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " "English or that the site is not supported." @@ -586,7 +587,7 @@ msgstr "" "Indien u dit niet doet krijgt u een bericht dat zegt dat u uw PayPal in het " "Engels moet zetten of dat de website niet ondersteund is." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 msgid "" "If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " "step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " @@ -598,7 +599,7 @@ msgstr "" "met een datum om de transactie op te halen en een lijst met te kiezen " "rekeningen. U moet het account ** Paypal-balance ** kiezen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " "Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." @@ -606,7 +607,7 @@ msgstr "" "Eenmaal alles klaar is zou u de PayPal transacties rechtstreeks in uw Odoo " "moeten zien en kan u uw betalingen beginnen afletteren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 msgid "" "Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " "anymore." @@ -614,7 +615,7 @@ msgstr "" "Geniet van een volledige integratie! U moet niet langer transacties manueel " "aanmaken." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 msgid "" "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." @@ -622,11 +623,11 @@ msgstr "" "U moet enkel de eerste keer uw credentials ingeven. Eenmaal dit gedaan is " "zal Odoo elke 4 uur automatisch met PayPal synchroniseren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 msgid "Import QIF statement files" msgstr "Importeer QIF bankafschrift bestanden" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 msgid "" "Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " "writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " @@ -639,7 +640,7 @@ msgstr "" "formaat dan het \"Open Financial Exchange (OFX)\" formaat. Wij adviseren het" " OFX-formaat als u naar beide bestandsindelingen kunt exporteren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" " and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " @@ -648,7 +649,7 @@ msgstr "" "Met Odoo kan u een CODA bestand downloaden van u bank of financiële software" " en direct in Odoo importeren. Dit maakt alle bankafschriften aan." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" @@ -656,7 +657,7 @@ msgstr "" "Test deze optie nu `met die gemakkelijke QIF bestand " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 msgid "" "In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." " In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" @@ -664,11 +665,11 @@ msgid "" "option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." msgstr "" "Om QIF-bestanden te importeren, moet u deze functie in Odoo activeren. Ga in" -" de toepassing Boekhouding naar het menu: menuselectie: `Instelligen -> " +" de toepassing Boekhouding naar het menu: menuselectie: `Instellingen -> " "Financieel`. Vink de optie aan bij bankafschriften ** Importeren in .QIF-" -"indeling ** en kies Toepassen." +"indeling ** en klik op toepassen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -682,7 +683,7 @@ msgstr "" "vervolgens terug naar het dashboard en klik op ** Bankafschrift importeren " "** om uw eerste QIF-bestand te importeren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 msgid "" "Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." @@ -690,15 +691,15 @@ msgstr "" "Laad uw QIF bestanden in het volgende scherm en klik op **Importeer** om al " "uw bankafschriften aan te maken." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 msgid "Importing QIF files" msgstr "Importeer QIF bestanden" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" msgstr "Hoe Odoo te synchroniseren met uw bank?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" " statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " @@ -712,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr "" "terug vinden op de website onder de `Odoo Accounting Features " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>` __" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 msgid "" "Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " "proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" @@ -727,23 +728,23 @@ msgstr "" "landen worden gedeeltelijk ondersteund, waaronder: Colombia, India, " "Frankrijk, Spanje, enz." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" msgstr "Om met banken te connecteren gebruikt Odoo twee web-services:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." msgstr "Plaid: voor de standaard banken in de V.S." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" msgstr "Yodlee: voor alle andere banken" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 msgid "Odoo Online Users" msgstr "Odoo Online Gebruikers" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 msgid "" "If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" " already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" @@ -753,11 +754,11 @@ msgstr "" " zijn geïnstalleerd. Als het niet is geïnstalleerd, kunt u de module ** " "account_yodlee ** handmatig installeren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" msgstr "Odoo Enterprise Gebruikers" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 msgid "" "If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " "you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " @@ -767,7 +768,7 @@ msgstr "" "Enterprise-abonnement, hoeft u niets speciaals te doen, zorg er alleen voor " "dat uw database is geregistreerd bij uw Odoo Enterprise-contract." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 msgid "" "you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " "following addresses" @@ -775,19 +776,19 @@ msgstr "" "u kan best controleren of er geen firewall/proxy is die de volgende adressen" " blokkeert" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" msgstr "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" msgstr "https://api.plaid.com/" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 msgid "Sync your bank feeds" msgstr "Synchroniseer uw bankafschriften" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 msgid "" "Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " "your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" @@ -799,7 +800,7 @@ msgstr "" "vanuit het boekhoud dashboard. Klik in het menu op Instellingen om de " "bankrekening te configureren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 msgid "" "In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " "**Bank Synchronization**." @@ -807,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr "" "In het bankformulier stelt u op het tabblad Bankrekening de optie bankfeeds " "in op ** Bank-synchronisatie **." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 msgid "" "Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " "**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " @@ -817,7 +818,7 @@ msgstr "" "Online Synchronisatie ** knop op uw bankkaart moeten zien. Klik op deze knop" " en vul uw bank referenties in." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 msgid "" "Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " "every 4 hours." @@ -825,16 +826,16 @@ msgstr "" "Eenmaal u uw gegevens ingeeft zullen uw bankafschriften automatisch elke 4 " "uur gesynchroniseerd worden." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?" msgstr "De synchronisatie werkt niet meteen, is dit normaal?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 msgid "" "Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this " "doesn't always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. " @@ -848,7 +849,7 @@ msgstr "" "verkrijgen. Dit is waarom er in Odoo een geplande actie is die elke 4 uur " "gegevens ophaalt van Yodlee." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 msgid "" "You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button " "\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard." @@ -856,7 +857,7 @@ msgstr "" "Je kan deze synchronisatie forceren door te drukken op de knop " "\"Synchroniseer nu\" van het facturatie dashboard." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 msgid "" "Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " "fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" @@ -864,18 +865,18 @@ msgid "" "won't import it, you will have to wait till the status changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 msgid "" "What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " "transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" " bank statements to the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" msgstr "Zit de Yodlee functie in mijn contract?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 msgid "" "Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to " "your database." @@ -883,22 +884,22 @@ msgstr "" "Enterprise versie: Ja, als er een geldig enterprise contract is gekoppeld " "aan uw database." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 msgid "" "Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." msgstr "Community Versie: Nee, deze functie zit niet in de Community Versie" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 msgid "" "Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "Online Versie: Ja, zelfs als u een One App Free contract heeft." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?" msgstr "Sommige banken hebben de status \"Beta\", wat betekent dat?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 msgid "" "This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " "synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" @@ -906,24 +907,25 @@ msgid "" "Unfortunately, there is not much to do about it except for being patient." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" msgstr "Waarom zijn oudere transacties niet meer zichtbaar in Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch transactions up to 3 months in the past." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Diversen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" msgstr "Hoe verzamelbetalingen beheren?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 msgid "" "When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " "will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " @@ -931,7 +933,7 @@ msgid "" "manually bring the checks to the bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 msgid "" "The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" " be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " @@ -940,7 +942,7 @@ msgstr "" "De bank vraagt om een stortingsbewijs in te vullen met details van de " "cheques of contant geld en dit bij de transacties te bewaren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 msgid "" "The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " "reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." @@ -948,7 +950,7 @@ msgstr "" "Het bankafschrift toont het totale bedrag dat is gestort, en de referentie " "van het stortingsbewijs, niet de afzonderlijke cheques." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 msgid "" "Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " "reconcile them with your bank statement easily." @@ -956,11 +958,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo ondersteunt het voorbereiden en afdrukken van stortingsbewijzen en " "lettert ze later eenvoudig af met het bankafschrift." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" msgstr "Installeer de verzamelbetaling optie" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 msgid "" "In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " "Deposit** to be installed." @@ -968,7 +970,7 @@ msgstr "" "Om batchboekingen te kunnen gebruiken, moet de module **Batch Deposit** " "geïnstalleerd zijn." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 msgid "" "Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" " your country." @@ -976,7 +978,7 @@ msgstr "" "Normaal gezien wordt deze module automatisch geïnstalleerd als cheques veel " "gebruikt worden in uw land." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 msgid "" "To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " @@ -986,11 +988,11 @@ msgstr "" "ga naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` menu van de " "boekhoudmodule. Controleer of **Verzamelbetaling** aangevinkt staat." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" msgstr "Activeer de optie op uw bankrekeningen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " "deposits on your main bank accounts." @@ -998,7 +1000,7 @@ msgstr "" "Eenmaal u deze optie heeft geïnstalleerd zal Odoo automatisch bankdeposito's" " activeren op uw hoofd bankrekeningen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 msgid "" "To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " "the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " @@ -1006,13 +1008,13 @@ msgid "" "Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 msgid "" "In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" " to **Batch Deposit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 msgid "" "If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " "payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " @@ -1020,15 +1022,15 @@ msgid "" "Deposits afterwards." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 msgid "From checks received to the bank" msgstr "Van cheques ontvangen op de bank" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 msgid "Receive customer checks" msgstr "Ontvang klanten cheques" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 msgid "" "Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " "plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " @@ -1036,28 +1038,28 @@ msgid "" "Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." msgstr "In het memo veld kan u de referentie van de cheque invullen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 msgid "" "payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " "Payment** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" msgstr "Een verzamelbetaling voorbereiden" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 msgid "" "From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 msgid "" "Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " "deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " @@ -1065,17 +1067,17 @@ msgid "" "check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 msgid "" "You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " "the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 msgid "" "When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " "ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " @@ -1083,23 +1085,23 @@ msgid "" "the bank statement line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 msgid "" "If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " "contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " "deposit in the example below)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:117 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Problemen oplossen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" msgstr "Ik zie geen verzamelbetaling link op bankafschriften? " -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 msgid "" "If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " "be two reasons:" @@ -1107,57 +1109,57 @@ msgstr "" "Indien u geen verzamelbetaling link heeft op uw bankafschriften, kunnen er " "twee redenen zijn:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 msgid "" "After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " "page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" " button of your browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" msgstr "Wat gebeurt er als een cheque geweigerd werd?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 msgid "" "If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " "in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " "refused." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 msgid "" "In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " "bank statement matching." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" "A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" " is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " "clicks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " "accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " "to the another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" msgstr "Controleer uw rekeningschema en standaard overboekingsrekening" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" @@ -1166,24 +1168,24 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " "specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 msgid "" "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " "from the same page." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" msgstr "Maak een tweede bankrekening / dagboek" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" "Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" " accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " @@ -1192,15 +1194,15 @@ msgid "" "your bank to specify your bank's details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." msgstr "Door het bewaren van deze wijzigingen heeft u nu 2 bankrekeningen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." msgstr "Registreer een interne overplaatsing van één bank naar een andere." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 msgid "" "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " "9533 1498** account." @@ -1208,25 +1210,25 @@ msgstr "" "We verplaatsen nu 50.000 euro's van uw **Bank** naar onze *BE57 0633 9533 " "1498* bankrekening." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "Log een interne overplaatsing" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" "The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " "accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " "select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" "Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" " transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " "**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " "<Reconcile_>`_)." @@ -1234,28 +1236,28 @@ msgstr "" "De memo is belangrijk indien u automatisch wilt afletteren (`zie " "<Reconcile_>`_)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." msgstr "Bewaar en bevestig de wijzigingen om de betaling te registreren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " "accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" msgstr "Importeer bankafschriften en letter af" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " "receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " @@ -1264,7 +1266,7 @@ msgid "" "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -1273,18 +1275,18 @@ msgid "" "**Reconcile** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 msgid "The following window will open:" msgstr "Het volgende venster zal zich openen:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " "button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " @@ -1292,47 +1294,47 @@ msgid "" "happen automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Bank afletteren" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 msgid "Configure model of entries" msgstr "Configureer model of boekingen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " "order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " "my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " "current balance. This fee is thus variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" msgstr "Maak afletter modellen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 msgid "" "First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " "to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " ":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 msgid "" "We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " "depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 msgid "" "We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " "book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " @@ -1340,17 +1342,17 @@ msgid "" "Odoo to take the entire fee into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 msgid "Save your changes when you are done." msgstr "Bewaar uw wijzigingen nadat u klaar bent." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 msgid "" "If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " "under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 msgid "" "You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" @@ -1358,46 +1360,46 @@ msgstr "" "U kan deze functionaliteit ook gebruiken om kortingen af te handelen. Kijk " "aub naar :doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 msgid "" "Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " "impacted by the payment of the bank fee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 msgid "" "When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " "**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" " relevant data instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." msgstr "Klik uiteindelijk op **Afletteren** om het proces te voltooien." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " "task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " @@ -1406,39 +1408,39 @@ msgid "" "any other payment document with your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "We kunnen open facturen afletteren met bankafschriften" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " "is to install the accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "Case 1: Betaling registratie" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " "issued to Smith & Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " @@ -1447,36 +1449,36 @@ msgid "" " services to our customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " "has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " "method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" " :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" msgstr "De factuur is betaald en **het afletteren is automatisch gedaan.**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "Case 2: Bankafschriften afletteren" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." @@ -1484,13 +1486,13 @@ msgstr "" "We starten bij onze facturen van 3000 euro voor Smith & Co. Laten we er ook " "vanuit gaan dat andere factureren openstaan voor verschillende klanten." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " "Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." @@ -1498,11 +1500,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Importeer** of **Maak** de bankafschriften. Bekijk aub de documenten van " "de sectie bankafschriften." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" msgstr "Op het dashboard, klik op **Letter # Items af**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." @@ -1510,60 +1512,61 @@ msgstr "" "Indien alles correct was (correcte relatienaam, juiste bedrag) zal Odoo " "**automatisch** de aflettering doen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" "Indien er fouten gevonden worden moet u **manuele acties** ondernemen." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" msgstr "" "Bijvoorbeeld als de relatie mist op uw bankafschrift vult u gewoon in: " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "Druk op CTRL-Enter om alle gebalanceerde lijnen af te letteren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:168 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Setup" +msgstr "Instellingen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" msgstr "Hoe een nieuwe bankrekening opzetten?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " "guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 msgid "Edit a bank account" msgstr "Wijzig een bankrekening" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 msgid "" "To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" " it first before filling your own bank information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " "click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 msgid "" "Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " "method like SEPA" @@ -1571,11 +1574,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo detecteert het type bankrekening (bijvoorbeeld IBAN) om betaalmethodes " "zoals SEPA toe te staan" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 msgid "Create a bank account" msgstr "Maak een bankrekening" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" " on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" @@ -1583,101 +1586,65 @@ msgid "" "Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 msgid "" "If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " "the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " "accounts from another company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Soort" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." -msgstr "" -"Bankrekening soort: Normaal of IBAN. Afgeleid vanuit het bankrekeningnummer." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "ABA/Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "Account Holder Name" -msgstr "Rekeninghouder naam" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " -"Holder" -msgstr "" -"Bankrekening naamhouder, indien de naam anders is dan de naam van de " -"bankrekeninghouder" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Bekijk de *Bankrekening* in onze online demonstratie" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 msgid "Todo" msgstr "Te doen" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:45 msgid "add inherited field tooltip" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:47 msgid "" "**Display on reports :** Display this bank account on the documents that " "will be printed or send to the customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:50 msgid "" "**Bank Identifier Code** = BIC : SWIFT Address assigned to a bank in order " "to send automated payments quickly and accurately to the banks concerned" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 msgid "" "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " "of the previous one within the same journal automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" msgstr "Verwijder een bankrekening of kredietkaart rekening" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 msgid "" "From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " "the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " "menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" msgstr "Hoe een bank te beheren in een vreemde valuta?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " "company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " @@ -1686,31 +1653,31 @@ msgid "" "transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " "Central bank web-services." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" msgstr "Activeer de multi valuta optie" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" "In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " "activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " @@ -1719,82 +1686,82 @@ msgid "" "**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" msgstr "Configureer valuta" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu " +"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " -"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " -"(to activate a currency, check his active field)" +"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" +" activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" "After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" " the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." msgstr "Klik op de **Update nu** link om uw wisselkoersen te updaten." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" msgstr "Maak een nieuwe bankrekening aan" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" msgstr "Een dagboek in uw dashboard" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "" "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" "That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" " gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " @@ -1802,505 +1769,194 @@ msgid "" "and the payment date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " "Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" msgstr "Klantafschriften" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " "the currency of the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" "If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " "customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " "the report below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " "managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" -" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " -"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" -" be converted in this currency." +" in its own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable for " +"this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically " +"be converted to this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" "In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " "general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " "amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a cash register?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " "balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Actie" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." -msgstr "" -"Zet actief naar onwaar om het dagboek te verbergen zonder het te " -"verwijderen." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "Selecteer 'Verkoop' voor klant factuur dagboeken." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Use in Point of Sale" -msgstr "Gebruiken in Kassa" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a" -" point of sale." -msgstr "" -"Vink deze optie aan indien dit dagboek een betaalmethode is voor gebruik " -"binnen de kassa." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Bedrijf" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "Bedrijf gerelateerd aan dit dagboek" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "Korte code" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "De boekingen van dit dagboek worden genaamd met de prefix." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Number" -msgstr "Volgend nummer" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." -msgstr "" -"Het volgende reeksnummer welke gebruikt wordt voor de volgende factuur." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Dagboek reeks" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Dit veld bevat de informatie gerelateerd aan de nummering van de boekingen " -"in dit dagboek." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" -msgstr "Toegewijde creditfactuur reeks" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" -" credit notes made from this journal" -msgstr "" -"Vink dit vakje aan, als u niet dezelfde reeks wil delen voor facturen en " -"credit facturen vanuit dit dagboek" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Notes: Next Number" -msgstr "Creditfactuur's: Volgend nummer" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." -msgstr "" -"De volgende reeksnummer wordt gebruikt voor de volgende creditfactuur." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Creditfactuur reeks" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " -"note entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Dit veld bevat de informatie gerelateerd aan de nummering van de " -"creditfacturen van dit dagboek." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "Standaard debet grootboekrekening" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "Dit is de standaard rekening voor het debet bedrag" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "Standaard credit grootboekrekening" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "Dit is de standaard rekening voor het credit bedrag" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Currency" -msgstr "Valuta" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "De gebruikte valuta" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" -msgstr "Definieert hoe bankafschriften geregistreerd worden" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Creation of Bank Statements" -msgstr "Aanmaken van bankafschriften" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "from your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Incoming Payments" -msgstr "Voor inkomende betalingen" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting " -"a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing " -"online (payment token)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you" -" are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable " -"this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Outgoing Payments" -msgstr "Voor uitgaande betalingen" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "Winst & Verlies rekening" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" -" from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Gebruikt om winst te registreren wanneer de eindsaldo van een kasregister " -"verschilt van wat het systeem berekend" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "Verliesrekening" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " -"from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Gebruikt om verlies te registreren wanneer de eindsaldo van een kasregister " -"verschilt van wat het systeem berekend" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "Groepeer factuurregels" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " -"when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "" -"Als dit is aangevinkt, dan zal het systeem proberen de boekingsregels te " -"groeperen bij het genereren vanaf facturen." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "Boeken bij bank aflettering" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in " -"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when " -"performing bank reconciliation." -msgstr "" -"Of de betalingen in dit dagboek wel of niet moeten worden aangemaakt in " -"concept, zodat gekoppelde boekingen alleen worden geboekt bij het afletteren" -" van de bankafschriften." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Alias naam voor leveranciersfacturen" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email." -msgstr "" -"Het maakt een concept leveranciersfactuur bij het versturen van een e-mail." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "Cheque afdrukken betalingsmethode geselecteerd" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" -" method." -msgstr "" -"Technische optie gebruikt om te weten of cheque afdrukken is opgezet als " -"betaalmethode." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "Controleer reeks" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "Cheques nummering reeks." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "Handmatige nummering" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "" -"Vink deze optie aan als uw her-afgedrukte cheques niet genummerd zijn." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "Volgende cheque numer" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "Reeksnummer van de volgende afgedrukte cheque." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" -msgstr "Toegestane bedrag afwijking" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field depicts the maximum difference allowed between the ending balance" -" and the theoretical cash when closing a session, for non-POS managers. If " -"this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing " -"of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager." -msgstr "" -"Dit veld toont het maximale verschil toegestaan tussen de eindsaldo en het " -"theoretische bedrag wanneer u de kassa sluit, voor niet-kassa managers. Als " -"het maximum is bereikt krijgt de gebruiker een foutboodschap op het scherm " -"om de manager te contacteren." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Gebruik" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "Hoe beheer ik contante betalingen?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "Vul de begin en eindbalans in" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "Stop geld erin" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "Haal geld uit" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" "De transactie wordt toegevoegd aan de huidige contante betaling registratie." -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "Lokalisaties" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Colombia" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introductie" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 msgid "" "**l11n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " "document types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" " for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " "based on the DIAN legal requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "Workflow" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "2. Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " "credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 msgid "" "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" " environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " @@ -2308,94 +1964,94 @@ msgid "" "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 msgid "3. Configure your report data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 msgid "4.1 Partner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 msgid "4.1.1 Identification" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " "their identification number and document type set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " "number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" msgstr "4.1.2 Fiscale structuur (RUT)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " "information required by the DIAN ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 msgid "4.2 Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " "This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " "display taxes in the invoice PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 msgid "4.3 Journals" msgstr "4.3 Dagboeken" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " @@ -2404,65 +2060,65 @@ msgid "" "Setting --> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 msgid "4.4 Users" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:202 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 msgid "1. Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "1.1 Invoice creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " "invoice are the next fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " @@ -2470,28 +2126,28 @@ msgid "" "the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " "the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -2501,142 +2157,142 @@ msgid "" " invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 msgid "After this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 msgid "1.4 Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " "after updating the electronic invoice status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 msgid "2. Additional use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 msgid "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "Introducción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 msgid "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 msgid "" "módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " "siguientes puntos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "a. Plan Contable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "b. Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "c. Retenciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 msgid "" "adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " "generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" " DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 msgid "Flujo General" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 msgid "Configuración" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 msgid "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 msgid "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 msgid "cz" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 msgid "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 msgid "" "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " "Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 msgid "" "Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " "**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 msgid "" "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " "ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" @@ -2645,7 +2301,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 msgid "" "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " "el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " @@ -2653,36 +2309,36 @@ msgid "" " la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 msgid "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 msgid "" "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " "Bancaria." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 msgid "" "Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" " Electrónica Colombiana**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 msgid "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 msgid "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 msgid "4.1.1 Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 msgid "" "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " "por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " @@ -2690,31 +2346,31 @@ msgid "" "de documento correspondiente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 msgid "" "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 msgid "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 msgid "" "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " "Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 msgid "" "Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " "Información Fiscal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "" "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " "régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " @@ -2723,24 +2379,24 @@ msgid "" "opciones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 msgid "4.2 Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 msgid "" "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " "necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 msgid "" "Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" " Valor" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 msgid "" "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " "en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " @@ -2748,63 +2404,63 @@ msgid "" "gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 msgid "4.3 Diarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 msgid "" "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" " con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 msgid "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " "ruta:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 msgid "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 msgid "4.4 Usuarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 msgid "" "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " "Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "1. Invoice Creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "" "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " "factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " @@ -2812,55 +2468,55 @@ msgid "" "manualmente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 msgid "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 msgid "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 msgid "transacciones de importación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 msgid "" "utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " "ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " "factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 msgid "1. Invoice Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 msgid "" "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " "desplegado en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 msgid "" "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " "con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" @@ -2868,11 +2524,11 @@ msgid "" "inicial **En Proceso**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 msgid "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 msgid "" "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " "validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " @@ -2882,36 +2538,36 @@ msgid "" "CUFE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 msgid "" "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " "automáticamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 msgid "en el historial de la Factura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 msgid "" "Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" " mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 msgid "1. Errores Frecuentes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 msgid "" "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " "relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " @@ -2919,72 +2575,72 @@ msgid "" "desplegados en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 msgid "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " "botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 msgid "" "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " "igual." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "Frankrijk" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" " --> FEC`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "" "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -2993,39 +2649,39 @@ msgid "" "through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " @@ -3036,33 +2692,33 @@ msgid "" "contact your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "" "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " "menu:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "" "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 msgid "" "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -3070,13 +2726,13 @@ msgid "" "country from the list; Do not create a new country." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " "should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " @@ -3084,13 +2740,13 @@ msgid "" "List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -3100,60 +2756,60 @@ msgid "" " installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "" "**Beveiliging**: ketenalgoritme om de onveranderbaarheid te verifiëren;" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " "located in France or in any DOM-TOM." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 msgid "Security" msgstr "Beveiliging" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 msgid "" "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " "document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -3162,7 +2818,7 @@ msgid "" "document recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " @@ -3170,11 +2826,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 msgid "Storage" msgstr "Opslag" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -3182,24 +2838,24 @@ msgid "" "recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " @@ -3207,7 +2863,7 @@ msgid "" " hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " @@ -3215,74 +2871,74 @@ msgid "" "counted in the very next closing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " "developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " "--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Verantwoordelijkheden" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" "DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Duitsland" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " "choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -3290,51 +2946,51 @@ msgid "" "section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Balans" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "Winst & Verlies" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" msgstr "BTW intra" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "" "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " "able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " @@ -3343,11 +2999,11 @@ msgid "" "the **Export Datev (csv)** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "" "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" " configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " @@ -3356,11 +3012,11 @@ msgid "" "l’interscambio di informazioni." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 msgid "" "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " "funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" @@ -3369,13 +3025,13 @@ msgid "" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 msgid "" "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" " elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " @@ -3385,14 +3041,14 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/discuss/email_servers.html>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " "elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " "della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " @@ -3400,34 +3056,34 @@ msgid "" "previa comunicazione." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " "commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 msgid "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "" "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " "fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " @@ -3435,18 +3091,18 @@ msgid "" "l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 msgid "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "" "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " "necessarie informazioni legali." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "" "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" " i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" @@ -3454,11 +3110,11 @@ msgid "" "necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " "dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" @@ -3467,53 +3123,53 @@ msgid "" "tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "" "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 msgid "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 msgid "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Mexico" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "" "This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" " documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " @@ -3523,30 +3179,30 @@ msgid "" "\"Mexico\" set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" msgstr "De mexicaanse lokalisatie is een groep van 3 modules:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "" "**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" " account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" " list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," " payment complement, invoice addendum." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " "accounting are here (Accounting app required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 msgid "" "With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " "with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" @@ -3555,35 +3211,35 @@ msgid "" "company in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 msgid "" "After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" " to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " "debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." msgstr "" "Ga eerst naar Apps en zoek vervolgens op Mexico. Klik hierna op " "*Installeren*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" "When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " "when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 msgid "" "To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" @@ -3592,11 +3248,11 @@ msgid "" " integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 msgid "" "First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " "in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " @@ -3604,20 +3260,28 @@ msgid "" "position on your company’s contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +"vat to **EKU9003173C9**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " +"(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " +"configuration. If you want to manage another currency, let MXN be the " +"default currency and use price list instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:91 msgid "" "4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the " "company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:93 msgid "" "Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " "order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " @@ -3627,11 +3291,11 @@ msgid "" "the option)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:100 msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:103 msgid "" "This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " "available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " @@ -3639,11 +3303,11 @@ msgid "" "https://www.odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:108 msgid "Enable debug mode:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 msgid "" "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " @@ -3651,7 +3315,7 @@ msgid "" "name does not exist)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:119 msgid "" "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " @@ -3659,36 +3323,36 @@ msgid "" "the default behavior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:128 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:648 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:138 msgid "" "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" " set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:145 msgid "" "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " "faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " @@ -3696,14 +3360,14 @@ msgid "" "and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " @@ -3712,152 +3376,146 @@ msgid "" "environment with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178 -msgid "`Certificate`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +msgid "" +":download:` Certificate <files/certificate.cer>` :download:` Certificate Key" +" <files/certificate.key>` - **Password:** 12345678a" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179 -msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 -msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189 msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:191 msgid "" "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " "\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:205 msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "Boekhouding" +msgstr "Facturatie" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:217 msgid "" "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " "invoice by email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:224 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:233 msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:235 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:245 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:261 msgid "" "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " "good control of the cancellation reasons." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:264 msgid "" "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " "important." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " "the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " @@ -3865,23 +3523,23 @@ msgid "" "generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "" "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " "``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " @@ -3889,31 +3547,31 @@ msgid "" "next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "" "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -3922,66 +3580,66 @@ msgid "" "caso de anticipos recibidos**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" "1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:334 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:337 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:346 msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" msgstr "**Hoe nieuwe rekening toevoegen?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -3991,17 +3649,17 @@ msgid "" " xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:363 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -4009,11 +3667,11 @@ msgid "" "is not created you can create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:373 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:375 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -4022,28 +3680,28 @@ msgid "" "the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:388 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:390 msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:392 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:395 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -4051,25 +3709,25 @@ msgid "" "the same, with our providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " "to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:406 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " "find in the SAT website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:410 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -4077,24 +3735,24 @@ msgid "" "to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:421 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -4103,18 +3761,18 @@ msgid "" "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:432 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:436 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -4124,7 +3782,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -4132,41 +3790,41 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:448 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:450 msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:452 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:474 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -4175,34 +3833,34 @@ msgid "" " suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " "properly configured already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " "itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:491 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -4212,26 +3870,26 @@ msgid "" "your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:507 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "Contact Module (gratis)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:509 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:514 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -4241,17 +3899,17 @@ msgid "" "information daily in the system manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " @@ -4259,119 +3917,130 @@ msgid "" "debug mode enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:536 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:537 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:538 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:539 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:546 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:559 msgid "" "This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " "or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" " above but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:563 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 -msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572 msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute " +"'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; " +"this underruns the allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute " +"'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the " +"pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:577 msgid "" "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:609 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:576 -msgid "" -":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing." -msgstr "" -":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': Het attribuut 'Regimen' is " -"verplicht maar ontbreekt." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 -msgid "" -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute " +"'Regimen' is required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal'" +" is required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:587 msgid "" "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -4381,47 +4050,63 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:594 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " "set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " "Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:607 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02'," +" '03', '04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', " +"'25', '26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:610 msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:617 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute " +"'LugarExpedicion': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of " +"the set {'00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute " +"'LugarExpedicion': '' is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:619 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 msgid "" "**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " @@ -4430,44 +4115,47 @@ msgid "" "info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:624 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "" "**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " +"is required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 msgid "" -":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " "Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " "is required but missing.\", '')" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:645 msgid "" "**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Nederland" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 msgid "" "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" " all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " @@ -4476,58 +4164,58 @@ msgid "" "then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" msgstr "Spanje" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " "Localization** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." @@ -4535,55 +4223,55 @@ msgstr "" "Wanneer u een nieuwe SaaS database aanmaakt wordt de PGCE PYME's 2008 " "automatisch geïnstalleerd." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Zwitserland" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " "ISR*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " "010391391 as CHF ISR reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." msgstr "Vervolgens opent u een PDF bestand met de ISR." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " "coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " @@ -4592,11 +4280,11 @@ msgid "" "Reports` and tick this box :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 msgid "" "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " "Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -4604,28 +4292,28 @@ msgid "" "you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 msgid "" "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" " for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 msgid "" "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " "module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " @@ -4634,13 +4322,13 @@ msgid "" "\"upgrade\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 msgid "" "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " "to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " @@ -4648,264 +4336,264 @@ msgid "" "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 msgid "" "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" " details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Name**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Scope**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tag**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 msgid "7.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "TVA 7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Inkopen" +msgstr "Inkoop" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 msgid "7.7% invest." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 msgid "3.7% achat" msgstr "3.7% aankopen" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "TVA 3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 msgid "3.7% invest" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Verkoop" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "7.7% Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "3.7% Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "" "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " "your fiscal positions accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 msgid "Others" msgstr "Andere" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 msgid "Adviser" msgstr "Controller" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 msgid "Manage your fixed assets" msgstr "Beheer uw vaste activa" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 msgid "" "The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " "machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " @@ -4913,7 +4601,7 @@ msgid "" "assets and perform reports on your company assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 msgid "" "As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " "amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " @@ -4922,29 +4610,29 @@ msgid "" " for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 msgid "" "The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " "describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" msgstr "Gebouw: 10 jaar, jaarlijkse lineaire afschrijving" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 msgid "Install the Asset module" msgstr "Installeer de Uitrusting module" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" msgstr "Start door de *Uitrusting* module te installeren." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" " application:" @@ -4952,25 +4640,25 @@ msgstr "" "Eenmaal de module is geïnstalleerd zou u twee nieuwe menuitems moeten zien " "in de boekhouding applicatie:" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 msgid "" "Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " "<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 msgid "Defining Asset Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 msgid "" "Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " "deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " @@ -4979,7 +4667,7 @@ msgid "" "asset type on the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 msgid "" "You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " "like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " @@ -4987,205 +4675,40 @@ msgid "" "duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 msgid "" "To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 msgid "Create assets manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 msgid "" "To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Assets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 msgid "" "Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " "on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " "confirming the asset." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 msgid "" "if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" " this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " "entries, not those related to the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 -msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "Verklaring van de velden:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Status" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" -" lines can be posted in the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " -"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Asset Category" -msgstr "Activacategorie" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Category of asset" -msgstr "Activacategorie" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date" -msgstr "Datum" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date of asset" -msgstr "Datum van activa" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Depreciation Dates" -msgstr "Afschrijvingdatums" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based" -" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on " -"the periodicity of the depreciations)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the " -"purchase date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "First Depreciation Date" -msgstr "Eerst afschrijvingsdatum" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal " -"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting " -"date" -msgstr "" -"Merk op dat deze datum de berekening van de eerste dagboek boeking niet " -"wijzigt bij prorate temporis assets. Het veranderd simpelweg de boekhoud " -"datum" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross Value" -msgstr "Bruto waarde" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross value of asset" -msgstr "Bruto waarde van activa" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Salvage Value" -msgstr "Restwaarde" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." -msgstr "" -"Het is het bedrag dat u van plan bent te hebben, dat u niet kunt " -"afschrijven." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Computation Method" -msgstr "Berekeningsmethode" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Time Method Based On" -msgstr "Tijdmethode gebaseerd op" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 " -"depreciations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " -"depreciations won't go beyond." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Prorata Temporis" -msgstr "Prorata Temporis" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " -"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start " -"date of fiscal year" -msgstr "" -"Geeft aan dat de eerste afschrijving mutatie voor deze activa moet gedaan " -"zijn van de activa datum (inkoopdatum) in plaats van de eerste van januari /" -" startdatum van het fiscale jaar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "Aantal afschrijvingen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" -msgstr "Het aantal afschrijvingen nodig om de activa af te schrijven." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Months in a Period" -msgstr "Aantal maanden in de periode" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" -msgstr "De hoeveelheid tijd tussen twee afschrijvingen, in maanden" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 -msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:83 msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:85 msgid "" "Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " "is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " @@ -5193,7 +4716,7 @@ msgid "" "the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:92 msgid "" "Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " "created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " @@ -5203,17 +4726,17 @@ msgid "" "accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:99 msgid "" "if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " "be filled in the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:103 msgid "How to depreciate an asset?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:105 msgid "" "Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " "date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" @@ -5221,40 +4744,40 @@ msgid "" "been created for this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:110 msgid "" "But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " "on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:117 msgid "" "In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " "entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " "entries which are already posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:122 msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:124 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 msgid "Change the number of depreciation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:127 msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 msgid "" "If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." " Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " @@ -5262,23 +4785,23 @@ msgid "" "should be registered through a customer invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 msgid "→ This has to be changed in Odoo: selling an asset should:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 msgid "remove all \"Red\" lines" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:141 msgid "create a new line that deprecate the whole residual value" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" msgstr "Hoe beheer ik een financieel budget?" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" "Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " "people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" @@ -5288,7 +4811,7 @@ msgid "" "Analytic Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 msgid "" "We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " "with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " @@ -5296,45 +4819,45 @@ msgid "" "than 700." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 msgid "" "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" " is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " "and Finance** app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 msgid "" "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" " feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" msgstr "Budgetposten" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "" "Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" " (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" " know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 msgid "" "The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" " in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 msgid "" "Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " "ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " "least one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 msgid "" "If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" " *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " @@ -5342,13 +4865,13 @@ msgid "" "not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 msgid "" "Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " "accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 msgid "" "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." @@ -5356,37 +4879,37 @@ msgstr "" "Om de posities in te geven gaat u naar :menuselection:`Boekhouding --> " "Configuratie --> Budgetaire posities`." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 msgid "" "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " "expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." msgstr "Klik op *Selecteer*." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." msgstr "Bewaar de wijzigingen om uw budgetaire positie te bevestigen." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 msgid "" "Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " "select the relevant income accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 msgid "Analytical account" msgstr "Analytische rekening" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 msgid "" "Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " "budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " @@ -5396,30 +4919,30 @@ msgid "" " partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" msgstr "Stel een budget in" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 msgid "" "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " "gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "" "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 msgid "" "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " "Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" " an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 msgid "" "Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " "select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " @@ -5429,129 +4952,129 @@ msgid "" "corresponding analytic account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 msgid "" "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " "is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." msgstr "U moet het budget **Bevestigen** en **Goedkeuren**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 msgid "Check your budget" msgstr "Controleer uw budget" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 msgid "" "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" " Invoices and Vendors Bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 msgid "" "if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" " in the invoice and / or purchase line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" msgstr "" "voor meer informatie over het inboeken van facturen en inkooporders zie: " -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." msgstr "Ga terug in de budgetlijst en zoek het Smith project." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " "Amount** column." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " "budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." +"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" +" that could have been realised." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" msgstr "Hoe een jaareinde af te sluiten in Odoo? (fiscaal jaar afsluiten)" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 msgid "" "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " "should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," " and accurate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 msgid "" "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " "and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " "balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 msgid "" "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " "accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "Jaareinde controlelijst" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 msgid "" "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " "statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 msgid "" "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " "**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " "affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " "loans and fixed assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 msgid "" "Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " "on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " @@ -5560,35 +5083,35 @@ msgid "" "reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 msgid "" "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " "book entries for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 msgid "" "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" " example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." msgstr "**Werk in voortgang**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." msgstr "**Leningen**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 msgid "**Tax adjustments**." msgstr "**Belasting aanpassingen**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 msgid "" "If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " "they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " @@ -5596,7 +5119,7 @@ msgid "" "these against your Odoo balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 msgid "" "During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" "Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " @@ -5605,11 +5128,11 @@ msgid "" "auditing the books." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 msgid "Closing the fiscal year" msgstr "Het fiscale jaar afsluiten" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" " close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " @@ -5619,7 +5142,7 @@ msgid "" "**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 msgid "" "Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" " **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" @@ -5628,21 +5151,21 @@ msgid "" "reporting a 0 balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 msgid "" "You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 msgid "" "This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" " debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " @@ -5652,28 +5175,28 @@ msgid "" "occurred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 msgid "" "For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " "journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " "reversed at that date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Kostenplaats" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" "Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " "and subcontracting in the accounting module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 msgid "" "We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " "customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " @@ -5682,13 +5205,13 @@ msgid "" " to the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 msgid "" "The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " "module and install the following apps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 msgid "" "Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " "**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " @@ -5696,32 +5219,32 @@ msgid "" " the Sales management app as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" msgstr "Analytische boekhouding activeren" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" "Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " "accounting box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 msgid "" "Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " "box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." msgstr "Vergeet uw wijzigingen niet te bewaren." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." msgstr "Maak een analytische rekening." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "" "First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " "all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " @@ -5729,26 +5252,26 @@ msgid "" "this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." msgstr "" "We verwijzen al onze kosten door naar deze rekening om ze op te volgen." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" msgstr "Registreer een uitgave" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 msgid "" "We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " "see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 msgid "Create an expense product" msgstr "Maak een uitgave product" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 msgid "" "We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " "Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " @@ -5756,32 +5279,32 @@ msgid "" " the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Book the expense" msgstr "Boek de uitgave" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 msgid "" "Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " "Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " "discussed above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 msgid "" "Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " "entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 msgid "Purchase Product" msgstr "Inkoopproduct" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 msgid "" "We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" " a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " @@ -5789,18 +5312,18 @@ msgid "" "select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 msgid "" "Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " "cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Subcontracting" -msgstr "Onderaanneming" +msgstr "Uitbestedingen" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 msgid "" "The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" " subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " @@ -5808,51 +5331,51 @@ msgid "" "analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 msgid "Track costs in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 msgid "" "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " "open it to check the costs related to that account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " "analytical account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" "Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " "particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " "the invoiced amounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " "**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " @@ -5861,86 +5384,86 @@ msgid "" "compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 msgid "" "First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " "namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " "name and install them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "" "Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " "tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." msgstr "Pas uw wijzigingen toe." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 msgid "Create an employee" msgstr "Maak een werknemer aan" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 msgid "" "In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" " an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " "new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 msgid "" "On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " "specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " "cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " "related to a User." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 msgid "" "Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " "specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 msgid "Issue a Sales Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 msgid "" "We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " "**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " "customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 msgid "" "We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " "unit of measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " "material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " "Progress)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79 msgid "" "Add a link, and the document is under Sales --> Invoicing Methods --> " "Services --> How to invoices blabla" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " "analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " @@ -5949,11 +5472,11 @@ msgid "" " below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 msgid "Fill in timesheet" msgstr "Vul urenstaat in" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 msgid "" "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " "specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " @@ -5961,43 +5484,43 @@ msgid "" " Account** discussed above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." msgstr "Harry heeft drie uur gewerkt aan een SWOT analyse voor Smith&Co." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" " the **Analytic Account**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Kostenplaatsen" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "" "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " "registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." msgstr "We kunnen twee methodes gebruiken om deze situatie te analyseren." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 msgid "Without filters" msgstr "Zonder filters" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 msgid "" "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " "analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " @@ -6005,115 +5528,115 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 msgid "" "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " "credit and debit balance of the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 msgid "" "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " "of cost and revenues (see picture below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "" "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " "with the corresponding description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "With filters" msgstr "Met filters" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 msgid "" "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" " resource cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 msgid "" "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " "contains the **Sales Order** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 msgid "" "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " "corresponding costs and revenues." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 msgid "" "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " "**Graph view** to have a clear overview." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 msgid "Analytic account use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 msgid "analyse costs of a company" msgstr "Analyse van de kosten van een bedrijf" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 msgid "" "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "" "To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " "each in one of three different types of company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "Industrieel bedrijf: Kostenanalyse" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "" "In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" " departments and products the company itself is built on." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 msgid "" "The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " "department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " @@ -6121,38 +5644,38 @@ msgid "" "product ranges the company makes and sells." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 msgid "" "**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 msgid "Marketing Department" msgstr "Marketing afdeling" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 msgid "Commercial Department" msgstr "Commerciële afdeling" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 msgid "Administration Department" msgstr "Administratieve afdeling" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 msgid "Production Range 1" msgstr "Productie bereik 1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "Production Range 2" msgstr "Productie bereik 2" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 msgid "" "In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " "invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " @@ -6161,156 +5684,156 @@ msgid "" "that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " "example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**General accounts**" msgstr "**Algemene rekeningen**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**Analytic accounts**" msgstr "**Analytische rekeningen**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Title**" msgstr "**Titel**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "**Rekening**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Debit**" msgstr "**Debet**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Credit**" msgstr "**Credet**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "**Waarde**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" msgstr "Aankoop van grondstof" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "2122" msgstr "2122" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" msgstr "1500" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" msgstr "-1 500" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "Onderaannemers" +msgstr "Uitbesteders" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "450" msgstr "450" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "-450" msgstr "-450" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" msgstr "Kredietnota voor defecte materialen" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "200" msgstr "200" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "Transport charges" msgstr "Vervoerskosten" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "Staff costs" msgstr "Personeelskosten" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" msgstr "2121" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" msgstr "10000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" msgstr "Marketing" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" msgstr "-2 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" msgstr "Commercieel" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "-3 000" msgstr "-3 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" msgstr "Administratief" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" msgstr "-1 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" msgstr "PR" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" msgstr "-400" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 msgid "" "The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " "costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " @@ -6318,7 +5841,7 @@ msgid "" "above:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 msgid "" "In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " "only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " @@ -6326,51 +5849,51 @@ msgid "" "accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 msgid "" "The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " "profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" "This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " "companies and industries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 msgid "" "A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " "departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " "This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 msgid "" "Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " "effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " "product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" msgstr "Case 2: advocatenkantoor: kost van personeel?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "" "Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " "current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" " given file/analytic account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 msgid "" "A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" " the profitability by case and by employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 msgid "" "Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " "timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " @@ -6379,13 +5902,13 @@ msgid "" "cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 msgid "" "So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " "management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 msgid "" "Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" " entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " @@ -6394,7 +5917,7 @@ msgid "" " basis of the hourly cost per employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 msgid "" "At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " "them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " @@ -6404,125 +5927,125 @@ msgid "" "depending on the time actually worked." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 msgid "" "The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " "can find for your analytic account:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" msgstr "**Bedrag**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" msgstr "**Algemene rekening**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "Study the file (1 h)" msgstr "Bestudeer het bestand (1u)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Case 1.1" msgstr "Case 1.1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "-15" msgstr "-15" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "Search for information (3 h)" msgstr "Zoek voor informatie (3u)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" msgstr "-45" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" msgstr "Consultatie (4u)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Case 2.1" msgstr "Case 2.1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "-60" msgstr "-60" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "Service charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" msgstr "280" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Stationery purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "-42" msgstr "-42" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" msgstr "601 - Meubel aankoop" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "42" msgstr "42" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" msgstr "Bezine kost - bezoek klant" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" msgstr "-35" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "613 – Transports" msgstr "613 – Transport" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "35" msgstr "35" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "Staff salaries" msgstr "Personeels salaris" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "6201 – Salaries" msgstr "6201 – Lonen" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" msgstr "3 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" "Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" " various transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 msgid "" "For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " ":doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 msgid "" "But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " "profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" @@ -6531,27 +6054,27 @@ msgid "" "products that manage timesheet or expenses ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" msgstr "Case 3: IT diensten bedrijf: performantie analyse" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" msgstr "De meeste IT diensten bedrijven ondervinden de volgende problemen:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 msgid "project planning," msgstr "project planning," -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," msgstr "Facturatie, winstgevendheid en financiële opvolging van projecten," -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 msgid "managing support contracts." msgstr "ondersteuningscontracten beheren." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 msgid "" "To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " "structured by project and by sale order." @@ -6559,14 +6082,14 @@ msgstr "" "Om met deze problemen om te gaan gebruikt u een analytisch rekeningschema " "gestructureerd op project en op verkooporder." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 msgid "" "The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " "presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " "also similar." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 msgid "" "But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " "prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " @@ -6575,7 +6098,7 @@ msgid "" "an analytic account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 msgid "" "In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " "as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " @@ -6584,150 +6107,151 @@ msgid "" "contract remain." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" msgstr "Conclusie" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" "Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" " case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " "production performance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 msgid "" "Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" msgstr "Wat is een rekening type en hoe configureren we het?" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 msgid "What is an account type ?" msgstr "Wat is een rekening type?" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 msgid "" "An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " "account's purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " "country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " "generate opening entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 msgid "" "Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " "category according to its behaviour or purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" msgstr "Wat zijn de rekening types in Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " "types. Just pick the one related to your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 msgid "**List of account types**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 msgid "Receivable" msgstr "Debiteuren" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 msgid "Payable" msgstr "Crediteuren" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 msgid "Bank and Cash" msgstr "Bank en kas" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "Huidige activa" +msgstr "Vlottende activa" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 msgid "Non-current Assets" msgstr "Langlopende activa" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 msgid "Prepayments" msgstr "Vooruitbetalingen" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 msgid "Fixed Assets" msgstr "Vaste activa" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "Huidige passiva" +msgstr "Kort vreemd vermogen" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "Langlopende passiva" +msgstr "Lang vreemd vermogen" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 msgid "Equity" -msgstr "Vermogen" +msgstr "Eigen vermogen" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "Huidige jaaromzet" +msgstr "Huidige jaarwinst" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "Andere opbrengsten" +msgstr "Overige opbrengsten" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Income" msgstr "Omzet" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 msgid "Depreciation" msgstr "Afschrijving" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:4 msgid "Expenses" msgstr "Declaraties" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 msgid "Direct Costs" msgstr "Directe kosten" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" msgstr "Hoe configureer ik mijn rekeningen?" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 msgid "" "Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " "By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " "related to your country." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 msgid "" "It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " "you can create your own accounts too." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 msgid "" "If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " "installed." @@ -6735,118 +6259,62 @@ msgstr "" "Indien u een SaaS gebruiker bent is het grootboekschema voor uw land " "automatisch geïnstalleerd." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 msgid "" "To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " -"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" -" entries." -msgstr "" -"De rekeningcategorie wordt gebruikt voor land-specifieke " -"rapportagedoeleinden en bepaalt de handelswijze bij het afsluiten van het " -"boekjaar en het openen van de balans." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Labels" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "Optionele labels die u wilt toewijzen voor aangepaste rapportages" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "Rekening valuta" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "Forceert alle boekingen voor deze rekening naar deze tweede valuta." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "Interne soort" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " -"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" -" for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr "" -"De 'Interne soort' wordt gebruikt om kenmerken aan te duiden bij " -"verschillende rekeningen: liquiditeit is voor kas- en bankrekeningen, " -"crediteuren/debiteuren is voor leverancier-/klantfacturen." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "Afletteren toestaan" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " -"journal items." -msgstr "" -"Vink deze optie aan als u deze rekening wilt toestaan op facturen & " -"betalingen te matchen." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" "In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" " have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " "settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 msgid "" "However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " "fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " "this case, some additional configuration is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " "activate the fiscal years." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 msgid "" "You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " "configuration --> fiscal years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 msgid "" "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " "months." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Voorraad" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" "As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " @@ -6854,7 +6322,7 @@ msgid "" " average cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 msgid "" "This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " "method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " @@ -6864,38 +6332,38 @@ msgid "" "standard of FIFO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 msgid "Definition of average cost" msgstr "Definitie van een gemiddelde kost" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 msgid "" "The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " "goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " "formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" "When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " "as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" msgstr "De inkoopprijs definieren" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " "not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " @@ -6903,282 +6371,282 @@ msgid "" "products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" msgstr "Gemiddelde kost voorbeeld" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Handeling" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "Delta waarde" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Voorraadwaarde" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "Beschikbare Hvh" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "Gemiddelde kost" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$0" msgstr "$0" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" msgstr "Ontvang 8 producten aan $10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" msgstr "+8\\*$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$10" msgstr "$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" msgstr "Ontvang 4 producten aan $16" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" msgstr "+4\\*$16" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "$144" msgstr "$144" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$12" msgstr "$12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "Lever 10 producten" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "-10\\*$12" msgstr "-10\\*$12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "$24" msgstr "$24" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" "At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" " inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " "logically the purchase price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 msgid "" "At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " "inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " "the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." " Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" " each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Purchase return use case" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" "In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" " value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " "of these products!)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" msgstr "Terugkeer van product dat origineel gekocht is aan $10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "-1\\*$12" msgstr "-1\\*$12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "1" msgstr "1" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 msgid "Explanation: counter example" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "" "Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " "the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," " you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "" "As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " "customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " "purchased it). Here is the operation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 msgid "-1\\*$10" msgstr "-1\\*$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "**$2**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**0**" msgstr "**0**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 msgid "" "As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " "of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 msgid "" "The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " "cost:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**$0**" msgstr "**$0**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 msgid "" "On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " "correct inventory value at all times." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 msgid "" "For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " "another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " @@ -7187,54 +6655,54 @@ msgid "" "shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "" "Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " "price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" " price:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "stock input" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "price diff" msgstr "prijs verschil" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" msgstr "($80)" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "Ontvang leveranciersrekening van $80" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" msgstr "($64)" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "Ontvang leveranciersrekening van $64" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "**$10**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "**$12**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$2" msgstr "$2" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " "price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " @@ -7243,44 +6711,44 @@ msgid "" "average cost and the original purchase price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "Wisselkoersen toepassen op betalingen" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 msgid "" "Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " "in a different currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 msgid "" "After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " "into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " "fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" msgstr "Multi valuta inschakelen" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 msgid "" "Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 msgid "" "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " "in **Dollars**." @@ -7288,49 +6756,49 @@ msgstr "" "In dit document is de basis valuta **Euro** en we registreren betalingen in " "**dollar**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "" "You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " "Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 msgid "Configure your journal" msgstr "Configureer uw dagboek" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " "currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " "Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 msgid "" "Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" " you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " "you can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" msgstr "Een betaling maken in een andere valuta" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" " currency. Then click on **confirm**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " "click on **Add** to allocate the payment." @@ -7338,11 +6806,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ga terug naar uw factuur (:menuselection:`Verkopen --> Klantfacturen`) en " "klik op **toevoegen** om de betaling toe te wijzen." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" msgstr "Een bankafschrift maken in een andere valuta" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 msgid "" "Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " "the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " @@ -7350,46 +6818,59 @@ msgid "" "in which it was paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" msgstr "Controleer de wisselkoers verschillen" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 msgid "" "The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +msgid "" +"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " +"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " +"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" +" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " +"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " +"them until that final amount is paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" msgstr "Hoe werkt de Odoo multi valuta?" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" "Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " "sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " @@ -7398,23 +6879,23 @@ msgid "" "activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 msgid "Turn on multi-currency" msgstr "Multi valuta inschakelen" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" msgstr "Wisselkoers dagboek" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " "registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " @@ -7422,36 +6903,36 @@ msgid "" "The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 msgid "You can change it in the settings:" msgstr "U kan het wijzigen in de instellingen:" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 msgid "View or edit rate being used" msgstr "Bekijk of wijzig het gebruikte tarief" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 msgid "" "You can manually configure the currency rates in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " "to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" " **Save** when you are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 msgid "Live Currency Rate" msgstr "Live wisselkoers" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 msgid "" "By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " "synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" @@ -7460,29 +6941,29 @@ msgid "" "Rate** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 msgid "" "Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " "force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" " are set !" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" msgstr "Enkel de **actieve** valuta's worden geupdatet" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 msgid "Configure your charts of account" msgstr "Uw grootboekschema configureren" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " "for this account to have the account currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." @@ -7490,113 +6971,113 @@ msgstr "" "Indien u het leeg laat betekend dit dat het alle valuta's kan afhandelen die" " actief zijn." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 msgid "Configure your journals" msgstr "Configureer uw dagboeken" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " "on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 msgid "" "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" " will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " "can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " "items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" msgstr "Verkooporders en facturen" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " "document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " "document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 msgid "Payment Registrations" msgstr "Betalingsregistraties" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " "payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 msgid "Bank Statements" msgstr "Bankafschriften" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " "currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " "actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" " in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:122 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" msgstr "Hoe facturen & betalingen registreren in meerdere valuta's?" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " "entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " "life." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 msgid "" "All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " "However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " @@ -7604,7 +7085,7 @@ msgid "" "force a specific currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 msgid "" "When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" @@ -7615,11 +7096,11 @@ msgstr "" "toewijzing. Het converteert automatisch de aantallen die deze valuta " "gebruiken." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" msgstr "Multi valuta inschakelen" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 msgid "" "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " ":doc:`how_it_works`" @@ -7627,70 +7108,70 @@ msgstr "" "Gelieve de documentatie te lezen voor informatie over meerdere valuta: " ":doc:`how_it_works`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" " journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 msgid "Invoices" msgstr "Facturen" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "Leveranciersfacturen" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" msgstr "Multi-valuta betalingen" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " "Then click on **Confirm**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" msgstr "Bank afschriften in meerdere valuta" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Rapportages" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" msgstr "Hoe een gepersonaliseerd rapport aanmaken met uw eigen formules?" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo 12 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " "new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " @@ -7698,98 +7179,98 @@ msgid "" "ever." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" msgstr "Activeer de ontwikkelaars mode" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " "**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " "user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." msgstr "Klik op: **Activeer de ontwikkelaarsmodus**." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "Maak uw financieel rapport" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "**Analyse Periode**:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "Voeg lijnen toe in uw gepersonaliseerde rapporten" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " "**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " "separated by ;)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "U heeft verschillende beschikbare objecten in de formule:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -7799,96 +7280,96 @@ msgid "" "by one of their columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "Andere handige velden:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "**Type**: Type van het resultaat van de formule." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " "displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 msgid "What are the main reports available?" msgstr "Wat zijn de belangrijkste beschikbare rapporten?" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 msgid "" "Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " "very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " "countries :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "**Saldo overzicht**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "**Winst en Verlies**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 msgid "**Chart of Account**" msgstr "**Grootboekschema**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "**Managementsamenvatting**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "**Grootboek**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "**Te late betalers**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "**Cashflow afschriften**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "**Belasting rapport**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" msgstr "**Afletteren bank**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 msgid "" "You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " "Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " "more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" " want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " @@ -7896,66 +7377,66 @@ msgid "" "default **Previous 1 Period** option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" " of your organisation as at a particular date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "Winst en Verlies" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " "organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" " period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 msgid "Chart of account" msgstr "Rekeningschema" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." msgstr "Een overzicht van al uw rekeningen gegroepeerd per klasse." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "Managementsamenvatting" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "" "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " "figures you need to run your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 msgid "" "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " "reporting :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "**Performantie:**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "**netto winst marge:**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " @@ -7963,56 +7444,56 @@ msgid "" "result of those sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" msgstr "**Rendement op investering (p.a):**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "" "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "**Positie:**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" msgstr "**Gemiddeld aantal dagen debiteuren:**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " "across all your customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" msgstr "**Gemiddeld aantal dagen debiteuren:**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" " all your bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 msgid "" "How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " "i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " "your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " "(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " @@ -8020,11 +7501,11 @@ msgid "" "typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 msgid "General Ledger" msgstr "Grootboek" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" " chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " @@ -8033,60 +7514,60 @@ msgid "" "occurred during a certain period of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 msgid "Aged Payable" msgstr "Ouderdomsanalyse leveranciersfacturen" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" " bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " "gone unpaid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 msgid "Aged Receivable" msgstr "Ouderdomsanalyse klantfacturen" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 msgid "" "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " "payment during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "Cashflow" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " "income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " "operating, investing and financing activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "BTW rapportage" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "Taxes" msgstr "BTW" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" msgstr "" "Hoe prijzen te beheren voor B2B (zonder belastingen) en B2C (belastingen " "inbegrepen)?" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 msgid "" "When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " "included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" @@ -8097,7 +7578,7 @@ msgstr "" " u werkt in een B2B omgeving onderhandelen bedrijven meestal over prijzen " "exclusief belastingen." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " "the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " @@ -8111,7 +7592,7 @@ msgstr "" "kan u nog gemakkelijk een verkooporder maken met prijzen zonder belastingen " "(of inclusief): dat is gemakkelijk." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 msgid "" "This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " "two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " @@ -8126,15 +7607,15 @@ msgstr "" "belastingen, zoals getoond in deze usecase, in België met een belasting van " "21%:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" msgstr "Uw e-commerce heeft een product aan **10€ (belastingen inbegrepen)**" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" msgstr "Dit is **8.26€ (zonder belastingen)** en een **belasting van 1.74€**" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 msgid "" "But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " "product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" @@ -8143,11 +7624,11 @@ msgstr "" " op het productformulier (8.26€), krijgt u een prijs met een inbegrepen " "belasting van 9.99€, omdat:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 msgid "" "So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " "have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" @@ -8157,15 +7638,15 @@ msgstr "" "krijgt u verschillende resultaten voor de prijs inclusief belastingen en de " "prijs exclusief belastingen:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" msgstr "Exclusief belastingen: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" msgstr "Inclusief belastingen: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 msgid "" "If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " "will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " @@ -8176,7 +7657,7 @@ msgstr "" "173.55€ (belastingen)**. Wat totaal anders is dan een prijs per stuk van " "8.26€ exclusief belastingen." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 msgid "" "This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " "you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" @@ -8186,7 +7667,7 @@ msgstr "" "wanneer u twee prijzen moet afhandelen (inclusief en exclusief belastingen) " "op het productformulier binnen hetzelfde bedrijf." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 msgid "" "In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " "instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " @@ -8207,7 +7688,7 @@ msgstr "" "exclusief belastingen, wat minder fouten kan bevatten en gemakkelijker is " "voor uw verkoper." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " "your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " @@ -8226,7 +7707,7 @@ msgstr "" " klanten hier naar. Dit werkt perfect out-of-the-box en u hoeft geen " "specifieke configuratie te doen." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 msgid "" "If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " "excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " @@ -8236,7 +7717,7 @@ msgstr "" "exclusief belastingen en voor andere klanten andere prijzen inclusief " "belastingen moet doen, moet u:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 msgid "" "always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" " tax (price included on the product form)" @@ -8244,20 +7725,20 @@ msgstr "" "bewaar altijd de standaard prijs EXCLUSIEF BELASTINGEN op het product " "formulier en pas een belasting toe (prijs inclusief op het productformulier)" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" msgstr "" "maak een prijslijst met prijzen in BELASTING INBEGREPEN, voor specifieke " "klanten" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 msgid "" "create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" msgstr "" "maak een fiscale positie die de belastingen wijzigt van exclusief naar " "inclusief" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 msgid "" "assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " "benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" @@ -8265,26 +7746,26 @@ msgstr "" "wijs beide de prijslijst en de fiscale positie toe aan klanten die willen " "profiteren van deze prijslijst en fiscale positie" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" msgstr "" "Voor het doel van deze documentatie gebruiken we de bovenstaande case:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 msgid "" "but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " "website" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 msgid "Setting your products" msgstr "Uw producten instellen" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 msgid "" "Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " "usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " @@ -8292,7 +7773,7 @@ msgid "" "Accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 msgid "" "Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " "pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " @@ -8304,7 +7785,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` van de verkopen applicatie. " "Kies de optie **verschillende prijzen per klantensegment**. " -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 msgid "" "Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " @@ -8314,7 +7795,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuratie --> Prijslijsten` menu. Het is ook goed om de " "standaard prijslijst te hernoemen naar B2B om verwarring te vermijden." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 msgid "" "Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " "included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," @@ -8325,11 +7806,11 @@ msgstr "" "prijs in voor dit product van 10€ voor de B2C klant, vanuit het " ":menuselection:`Verkopen --> Producten` menu vanuit de verkopen applicatie: " -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" msgstr "De B2C fiscale positie instellen" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 msgid "" "From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " "menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " @@ -8341,11 +7822,11 @@ msgstr "" "positie moet linken naar de BTW 21% (prijs exclusief belastingen) met een " "BTW 21% (prijs inclusief belastingen)" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 msgid "Test by creating a quotation" msgstr "Test door een offerte aan te maken" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 msgid "" "Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " @@ -8355,7 +7836,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Verkopen --> Offertes` menu. U moet het volgende resultaat " "hebben: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 msgid "" "Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " "position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " @@ -8367,15 +7848,15 @@ msgstr "" "verwachte resultaat moeten krijgen, wat een totaalprijs van 10€ is voor de " "klant: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." msgstr "Dit is het verwachte gedrag van een klant voor uw winkel." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" msgstr "Vermijd het wijzigen van elk verkooporder" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 msgid "" "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " "included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " @@ -8383,7 +7864,7 @@ msgid "" "of this customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 msgid "" "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." @@ -8391,7 +7872,7 @@ msgstr "" "De prijslijst is onder het **Verkopen & Inkopen** tabblad van het " "klantenformulier en de fiscale positie is in het boekhoud tabblad." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 msgid "" "Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " "included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " @@ -8404,21 +7885,21 @@ msgstr "" "Dat is waarom we meestal bedrijven aanbevelen om met slechts één " "prijsreferentie te werken." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" msgstr "Hoe belastingen aanpassen aan de klantstatus of locatie" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 msgid "" "Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " "To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 msgid "Create tax mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 msgid "" "A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" " on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " @@ -8426,7 +7907,7 @@ msgid "" "purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 msgid "" "The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " "localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " @@ -8435,7 +7916,7 @@ msgid "" "Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " "according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " @@ -8443,17 +7924,17 @@ msgid "" "foreign countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" msgstr "Wijzig belastingen aan de hand van uw klant zijn status" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 msgid "" "If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" "mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 msgid "" "Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " "for the customer." @@ -8461,19 +7942,19 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo zal deze fiscale positie gebruiken voor elke order/factuur die " "opgemaakt is voor deze klant." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 msgid "" "If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " "will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " "same customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" msgstr "" "Wijzig belastingen aan de hand van uw klant zijn adres (locatie gebaseerd)" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 msgid "" "Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " "destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " @@ -8482,24 +7963,24 @@ msgid "" "your office or warehouse)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 msgid "" "If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " "tax-mapping to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." msgstr "Vink de optie *Automatisch detecteren* aan." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 msgid "" "Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." msgstr "" "Selecteer een landgroep, land, provincie of gemeente om de belasting mapping" " te doen afgaan." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 msgid "" "This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " "fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." @@ -8508,60 +7989,60 @@ msgstr "" "fiscale positie kiezen die overeenkomt met het verzendadres bij het aanmaken" " van een order." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 msgid "" "For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " "update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " "his shipping address." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 msgid "Specific use cases" msgstr "Specifieke use cases" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " "replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," " just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`create`" msgstr ":doc:`create`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" msgstr "Hoe kasbasis belastingen beheren" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " "validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" @@ -8569,7 +8050,7 @@ msgid "" "method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 msgid "" "Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " "receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " @@ -8577,25 +8058,25 @@ msgid "" "2nd quarter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" msgstr "Hoe kasbasis belastingen configureren?" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 msgid "" "You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " "define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " "proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "" "In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." " You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " @@ -8603,63 +8084,63 @@ msgid "" "Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" msgstr "Wat is de impact van kasbasis belastingen op mijn boekhouding?" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 msgid "" "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " "When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " "your accounting:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" msgstr "Klantfacturen dagboek" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 msgid "Receivables $115" msgstr "Ontvangsten $115" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 msgid "Income Account $100" msgstr "Omzetrekening $100" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" msgstr "Een paar dagen later kan u de betaling ontvangen:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "Bankdagboek" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 msgid "Bank $115" msgstr "Bank $115" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 msgid "" "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" msgstr "BTW kasstelsel dagboek" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 msgid "" "The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" " tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " @@ -8667,11 +8148,11 @@ msgid "" "zero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 msgid "How to create new taxes" msgstr "Hoe nieuwe belastingen aanmaken" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" " value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " @@ -8679,109 +8160,109 @@ msgid "" "with the right taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 msgid "" "This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." msgstr "" "Deze sectie geeft details over hoe uw nieuwe belastingen kan definiëren voor" " specifieke cases." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " "menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." msgstr "" "Kies een gebied: Verkopen, Aankopen of Geen (bijvoorbeeld verouderde " "belastingen)." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 msgid "Select a computation method:" msgstr "Selecteer een berekeningsmethode:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" msgstr "" "**Percentage van prijs**: meest voorkomend (bijvoorbeeld 15% " "verkoopbelasting)" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" msgstr "**Groep van belastingen**: staat een samengestelde belasting toe" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " "item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " "posts the tax journal item in the income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 msgid "" "If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " "probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " "using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 msgid "" "If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " "**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " "code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "Geavanceerde configuratie" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 msgid "" "**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " "on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " "following label on invoice \"15%\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 msgid "" "**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " "the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " "footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 msgid "" "**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " "generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 msgid "" "**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " "empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`application`" msgstr ":doc:`application`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to set default taxes" msgstr "Hoe standaard belastingen instellen" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " "localizations." @@ -8789,31 +8270,31 @@ msgstr "" "Belastingen toegepast in uw land zijn automatisch geïnstalleerd voor de " "meeste lokaliseringen." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 msgid "" "Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " "tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " "country/state than you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 msgid "" "To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 msgid "" "If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " "may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " "login into two different companies and change this field for each company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" msgstr "Hoe belastingen weerhouden beheren?" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 msgid "" "A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " "for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " @@ -8821,63 +8302,63 @@ msgid "" "withholding tax applies to employment income." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 msgid "" "With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" " pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " "amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" msgstr "Als een voorbeeld, in Colombia heeft u mogelijk de volgende factuur:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 msgid "" "In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " "the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " "**government**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 msgid "" "In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " "retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 msgid "" "In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " "specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 msgid "" "Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " "invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 msgid "" "If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" " Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " "(normal tax and retention)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 msgid "" "Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " "customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " "line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 msgid "" "When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " "line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " @@ -8885,73 +8366,73 @@ msgid "" "taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." msgstr "" "Het uitgeprinte rapport toont de verschillende bedragen in elke " "belastingscategorie." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 msgid "How to set tax-included prices" msgstr "Hoe BTW inbegrepen prijzen instellen" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 msgid "" "In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " "*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 msgid "" "This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " "let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" " product form is $100." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" msgstr "Indien de belasting niet in de prijs is inbegrepen krijgt u:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 msgid "Price without tax: $100" msgstr "Prijs zonder belastingen: $100" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 msgid "Taxes: $10" msgstr "Belastingen: $10" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 msgid "Total to pay: $110" msgstr "Totaal te betalen: $110" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 msgid "If the tax is included in the price" msgstr "Als de belasting is inbegrepen in de prijs" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" msgstr "Prijs zonder belastingen: 90.91" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 msgid "Taxes: $9.09" msgstr "Belastingen: $9.09" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 msgid "Total to pay: $100" msgstr "Totaal te betalen: $100" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 msgid "" "You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " "and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 msgid "" "By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " "display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " @@ -8959,11 +8440,11 @@ msgid "" "Display)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" "The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" " for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " @@ -8972,195 +8453,193 @@ msgid "" "special jurisdiction in the United States." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 msgid "In TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" "Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " "website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "" "Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " "Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " "where you collect sales tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "In Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" " and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " "categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" " imply specific rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 msgid "" "Set a specific TaxCloud Category on the *General Information* tab of the " "Product, or on the Product Category." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " "code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " "to open and edit your Company record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" msgstr "Hoe het werkt" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " ":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" " installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " "this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " "order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " "triggers the automated tax computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 msgid "" "Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " "You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " "**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Aan de slag" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" msgstr "Hoe Odoo boekhouding op te zetten?" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" "The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " "follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " "different screens you will need." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"Once you have installed the Accounting application, you should click on the " +"top-right progressbar to get access to the implementation guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:15 msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" msgstr "De implementatie handleiding helpt u doorheen de volgende stappen:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 msgid "Completing your company settings" msgstr "Bedrijfsinstellingen voltooien" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:18 msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" msgstr "Uw grootboekschema selecteren" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" msgstr "Uw gebruikelijke belastingen bevestigen" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" msgstr "Vreemde valuta's opzetten" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 msgid "Importing your customers" msgstr "Uw klanten importeren" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 msgid "Importing your suppliers" msgstr "Uw leveranciers importeren" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 msgid "Importing your products" msgstr "Uw producten importeren" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" msgstr "Uw uitstaande transacties importeren" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 msgid "Importing your starting balances" msgstr "Startbalansen importeren" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 msgid "Define the users for accounting" msgstr "Definieer de gebruiker voor de boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:32 msgid "" "Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " "bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " "configuration of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" msgstr "Belangrijkste concepten" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" msgstr "De boekhouding achter Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 msgid "" "This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " "transactions." @@ -9168,61 +8647,61 @@ msgstr "" "Deze pagina vat samen hoe Odoo omgaat met typische boekhouding en " "transacties." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" msgstr "Dubbele boekhouding" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " "each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " "order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " "are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 msgid "" "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " "basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "Multi-bedrijven" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " "reports following your consolidation rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 msgid "Multi-currencies" msgstr "Multi-valuta" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 msgid "" "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " "transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " @@ -9231,16 +8710,16 @@ msgid "" "reconciliation of the journal items." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 msgid "International Standards" msgstr "Internationale standaarden" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 msgid "" "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " "implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " @@ -9248,92 +8727,86 @@ msgid "" "chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " "including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " "sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 -msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "Odoo heeft ook modules die voldoen aan de IFRS regels." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " "per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " "revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "Breed gamma aan financiële rapporten" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " "reports include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "Management rapporten (zoals budgetten, managementsamenvatting)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "Importeer automatisch bankafschriften" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -9343,7 +8816,7 @@ msgid "" "banking or wait for your paper bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -9351,39 +8824,39 @@ msgid "" "ledger transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" " tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Voorraadwaardering" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " "(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:132 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -9391,15 +8864,15 @@ msgid "" "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" msgstr "Introductie tot Odoo boekhouden" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 msgid "Transcript" msgstr "Transcriptie" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " "century." @@ -9407,28 +8880,28 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo is prachtige software die ontwikkeld is voor de noden van de 21ste " "eeuw." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " "synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 msgid "" "Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " "them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." msgstr "Odoo kan ze voor u verzenden via e-mail of post." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." msgstr "" "Uw klanten betalen online, wat betekend dat u direct uw geld ontvangt." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 msgid "" "Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " "inventory and subscriptions." @@ -9436,31 +8909,31 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo boekhouding is gekoppeld met alle andere Odoo apps zoals verkopen, " "inkopen, magazijn en abonnementen." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 msgid "" "This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " "the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." msgstr "" "Gebruik vervolgens het SEPA protocol of print cheque's om leveranciers in " "bulk te betalen." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." msgstr "Het is zo gemakkelijk met Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 msgid "" "Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " "to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " "intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 msgid "" "Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " "go." @@ -9468,84 +8941,84 @@ msgstr "" "Uiteraard is Odoo ook mobiel. U kan het gebruiken om uw rekeningen onderweg " "te controleren." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:7 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:13 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " "over a specific period (usually the current year)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:18 msgid "" "The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " "sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:23 msgid "" "**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" " as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " "beyond the costs of products sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " "date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:34 msgid "" "**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " "includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " "cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:40 msgid "" "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " "to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:45 msgid "" "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" " shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:50 msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:56 msgid "" "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " "(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:59 msgid "" "A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" " (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " "having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:66 msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Grootboekschema" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:71 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " "sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," @@ -9553,278 +9026,278 @@ msgid "" "an other account (debit)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:78 msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "Balans = Debet - Credit" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Boekingen" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:88 msgid "" "Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " "a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " "impacting several accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:92 msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" msgstr "" "voorbeelden van boekhoudkundige boekingen voor verschillende transacties. " "Bijvoorbeeld:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" msgstr "Voorbeeld 1: Factuur klant:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "Uitleg:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" msgstr "U genereert een omzet van $1,000" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:104 msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" msgstr "U moet voor $90 aan belastingen betalen" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 msgid "The customer owes $1,090" msgstr "De klant is u $1,090 verschuldigd" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Configuratie:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:127 msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" msgstr "Belasting: gedefinieerd op de belasting ingesteld op de factuurlijn" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:113 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" msgstr "Voorbeeld 2: Klantbetaling:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:121 msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" msgstr "Uw klant is u $1,090 minder schuldig" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" msgstr "U ontvangt $1,090 op uw bankrekening" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:126 msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Reconciliation" msgstr "Aflettering" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:134 msgid "" "Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " "account, matching credits and debits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:137 msgid "" "Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " "to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " "done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:141 msgid "" "An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " "reconciled with the related payment journal items." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" msgstr "Afletteren gebeurd automatisch door het systeem wanneer:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:146 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" msgstr "de betaling is rechtstreekt op e factuur geregistreerd." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:147 msgid "" "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " "matching process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 msgid "Customer Statement Example" msgstr "Rekeningoverzicht voorbeeld" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Accounts Receivable" msgstr "Debiteuren rekeningen" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Debet" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Credit" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "Factuur 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "100" msgstr "100" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "Betaling 1.1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "70" msgstr "70" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "Invoice 2" msgstr "Factuur 2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "65" msgstr "65" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 1.2" msgstr "Betaling 1.2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "Payment 2" msgstr "Betaling 2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 msgid "Invoice 3" msgstr "Factuur 3" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "Total To Pay" msgstr "Totaal te betalen" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:181 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " "your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " "from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" msgstr "overeenkomst met een vorige geregistreerde betaling:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:190 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" msgstr "geregistreerd als een nieuwe betaling:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:189 msgid "" "the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " "<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " "bank statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" msgstr "geregistreerd als een andere transactie:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." msgstr "bankoverschrijving, direct afrekening, enz." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:195 msgid "" "Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " "should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," @@ -9832,108 +9305,108 @@ msgid "" "balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 msgid "Checks Handling" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:207 msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:208 msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:212 msgid "" "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " "invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Account" msgstr "Rekening" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "Account Receivable" -msgstr "Debiteuren rekening" +msgstr "Debiteurenrekening" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 msgid "Invoice ABC" msgstr "Factuur ABC" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Undeposited funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Check 0123" msgstr "Cheque 0123" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Bank" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:237 msgid "" "A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " "reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" " journal entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Bank Statement" msgstr "Bankafschrift" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 msgid "Statement XYZ" msgstr "Afschrift XYZ" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 msgid "Process overview" msgstr "Proces overzicht" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " "and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " @@ -9942,11 +9415,11 @@ msgid "" "efficiently and accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 msgid "" "If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " "goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " @@ -9956,7 +9429,7 @@ msgid "" "report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 msgid "" "Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " "you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" @@ -9966,18 +9439,18 @@ msgid "" "supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "Factuur aanmaken" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "" "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " "directly if you would like." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" "An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " "in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " @@ -9985,11 +9458,11 @@ msgid "" " and precise manner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 msgid "Draft invoices" msgstr "Concept facturen" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 msgid "" "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " "While these invoices" @@ -9997,135 +9470,135 @@ msgstr "" "Het systeem genereert facturen die initieel in de concept fase zaten. " "Terwijl deze facturen" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 msgid "" "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " "is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" msgstr "Laten we een factuur aanmaken met de volgende informatie:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" msgstr "Klant: Agrolait" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 msgid "Product: iMac" msgstr "Product: iMac" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 msgid "Quantity: 1" msgstr "Hoeveelheid: 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 msgid "Unit Price: 100" msgstr "Eenheidsprijs: 100" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" msgstr "Belastingen: BTW 15%" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" msgstr "Het document is samengesteld uit drie delen:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," msgstr "de bovenkant van de factuur, met klant informatie," -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," msgstr "de hoofdinhoud van de factuur, met gedetailleerde factuurlijnen," -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." msgstr "" "de onderkant van de pagina, met details over de belastingen en de totalen." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "Open of proforma facturen" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" " tax information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "" "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " "moves from the Draft state to the Open state." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 msgid "" "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " "defined, and modifiable, sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 msgid "" "Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" " when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " "entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" msgstr "Verzend de factuur naar de klant" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "" "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " "customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" " follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" msgstr "**Relatie**" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "**Vervaldatum**" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Agrolait" msgstr "Agrolait" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 msgid "01/07/2015" msgstr "01/07/2015" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "115" msgstr "115" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "15" msgstr "15" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 msgid "Payment" msgstr "Betaling" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 msgid "" "In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " "entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " @@ -10133,67 +9606,67 @@ msgid "" "entered the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" msgstr "Ontvang een gedeeltelijke betaling via het bankafschrift" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 msgid "" "You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " "in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " "your accounting localisation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 msgid "" "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " "journal and enter an amount of $100 ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "Letter af" +msgstr "Afletteren" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" msgstr "Laten we nu afletteren!" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" "After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " "display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" " them to pay this invoice. \"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 msgid "" "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" " invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" msgstr "Betaling opvolging" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "" "There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " "Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" " faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 msgid "" "Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " "pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " @@ -10203,33 +9676,33 @@ msgid "" " same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " "to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 msgid "" "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" " collection efforts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "Winst en verlies" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " "Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " @@ -10237,29 +9710,29 @@ msgid "" " and Expenses.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 msgid "Balance sheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" "For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " "method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " "material has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" msgstr "Van leveranciersrekening naar betaling" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 msgid "" "Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" " correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " @@ -10267,18 +9740,18 @@ msgid "" "aged payable balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " "the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " "them automatically based on past purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" msgstr "Maak een nieuwe leveranciersfactuur" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 msgid "" "When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " @@ -10286,21 +9759,21 @@ msgid "" "dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 msgid "" "To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " "their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " "lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 msgid "" "Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " "screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " "without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 msgid "" "On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " "vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " @@ -10311,64 +9784,64 @@ msgid "" "bottom left table to adjust and match." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " "on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" " on the the accounting package you choose to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 msgid "" "For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" msgstr "**Belastingen:** gedefinieerd op de producten en per lijn" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" msgstr "**Kosten:** gedefinieerd op de lijn van het gebruikte product" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" "For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" msgstr "**Goederen ontvangen:** gedefinieerd op het product formulier" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 msgid "" "You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " "validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 msgid "Pay a bill" msgstr "Betaal een rekening" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 msgid "" "To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " "**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 msgid "" "From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " "card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " @@ -10378,7 +9851,7 @@ msgid "" "correctly)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 msgid "" "You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " "a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " @@ -10386,11 +9859,11 @@ msgid "" "directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 msgid "Printing vendor Checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 msgid "" "If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " "so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " @@ -10398,19 +9871,19 @@ msgid "" "checks in batches." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " "list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 msgid "" "By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " "list of all payments that are ready to be processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 msgid "" "Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " "them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " @@ -10418,11 +9891,11 @@ msgid "" "once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 msgid "" "In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" " can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " @@ -10430,7 +9903,7 @@ msgid "" " visual of all of your outstanding bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" "From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " "of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " @@ -10439,52 +9912,52 @@ msgid "" "what you see on the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:3 msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" msgstr "Hoe personeelsuitgaven opvolgen?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 msgid "" "Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" " then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " "most frequently are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," msgstr "autoreizen, terugbetaald per afstandseenheid (mijl of kilometer)," -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 msgid "" "other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " "carried out by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 msgid "" "To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " "from the Apps module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 msgid "" "You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " "re-invoice your expenses to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 msgid "" "Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " "products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " @@ -10492,51 +9965,51 @@ msgid "" "Products` in the **Expenses** application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 msgid "Some examples of products can be:" msgstr "Een paar voorbeelden van producten kunnen zijn:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 msgid "**Travel (car)**" msgstr "**Reizen (auto)**" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 msgid "Product Type: Service" msgstr "Productsoort: Dienst" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" msgstr "Verkoopprijs: 0.32" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 msgid "" "Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " "Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 msgid "**Hotel**" msgstr "**Hotel**" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" msgstr "Maateenheid: Eenheid" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 msgid "" "In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " "employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " @@ -10544,7 +10017,7 @@ msgid "" " hotel." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 msgid "" "Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " "checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " @@ -10553,72 +10026,72 @@ msgid "" "customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" msgstr "Odoo ondersteund twee soorten van uitgaven:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" msgstr "uitgaven betaald door werknemers met hun eigen geld" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" msgstr "uitgaven betaald met een bedrijf kredietkaart" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 msgid "The expenses workflow" msgstr "De uitgaven werkflow" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 msgid "Record a new expense" msgstr "Registreer een nieuwe uitgave" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 msgid "" "Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " ":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " "personal expenses work that way:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" msgstr "een werknemer geeft zijn kost in en legt deze voor aan de manager" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" msgstr "de manager keurt de kost goed of weigert ze" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 msgid "the accountant post journal entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 msgid "" "the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " "with a payable account)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 msgid "" "if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " "the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" msgstr "voor elke kost moet de werknemer ten minste het volgende ingeven:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" msgstr "" "een omschrijving: deze moet de referentie naar het ticket / de rekening " "bevatten" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 msgid "a product: the expense type" msgstr "een product: de uitgave soort" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 msgid "" "a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" " car)" @@ -10626,14 +10099,14 @@ msgstr "" "een prijs (bijvoorbeeld hotel) of een hoeveelheid (bijvoorbeeld " "terugbetaling van het gereisde aantal kilometers met de eigen auto)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 msgid "" "Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " "photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " "the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 msgid "" "If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" " an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " @@ -10641,35 +10114,35 @@ msgid "" "this feature)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 msgid "" "Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " "**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " "expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 msgid "" "An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " "action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 msgid "Validation by the manager" msgstr "Validatie door de manager" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 msgid "" "Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " "manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " "menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 msgid "The manager can:" msgstr "De manager kan:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 msgid "" "discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " "bill is missing);" @@ -10677,36 +10150,36 @@ msgstr "" "communiceer op een declaratie om meer informatie te vragen (bijvoorbeeld als" " er een scan van het document ontbreekt);" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 msgid "reject an expense;" msgstr "wijs een uitgave af;" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 msgid "approve an expense." msgstr "keur een uitgave goed." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 msgid "Control by the accountant" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 msgid "" "Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " "by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " "created and posted in your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 msgid "" "If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " "expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 msgid "" "If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " "the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " @@ -10715,14 +10188,14 @@ msgid "" " project)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 msgid "" "To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." " (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " "invoice all your orders in batch)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 msgid "" "tip If you want to learn more; check the documentation page :doc: " "../../../sale/invoicing/service/expense `*How to re-invoice expenses to your" @@ -10730,63 +10203,63 @@ msgid "" "<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1_6VclRWfESHfvNPZI32q5ANFi2C7cCTwkLXpbGTz6B8/edit?usp=sharing>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 msgid "Reimburse the employee" msgstr "Werknemer terugbetalen" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 msgid "" "If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " "reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" " payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 msgid "" "All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " "due." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 msgid "" "If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " "options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 msgid "" "if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " "invoicing policy on the product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" msgstr "**gebaseerd op tijd en materiaal**: factuur de klant opnieuw" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" msgstr "**gebaseerd op verkooporders**: de klant niet opnieuw factureren" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 msgid "" "if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " "reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" " invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 msgid ":doc:`forecast`" msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" "When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " "different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " @@ -10794,32 +10267,32 @@ msgid "" "availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " "vendors efficiently." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" msgstr "Configuratie: betalingstermijnen" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " "Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " "on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 msgid "50% within 30 days" msgstr "50% binnen 30 dagen" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 msgid "50% within 45 days" msgstr "50% binnen 45 dagen" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" "To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " @@ -10827,7 +10300,7 @@ msgid "" " directly and the balance after 30 days." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 msgid "" "Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " "default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" @@ -10835,17 +10308,17 @@ msgid "" "propose you automatically the right payment term." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 msgid "" "If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " "able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 msgid "" "In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " "report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " @@ -10854,17 +10327,17 @@ msgid "" "payment term)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 msgid "" "This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." msgstr "" "Dit rapport verteld u hoeveel u de komende maanden zult moeten betalen." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" msgstr "Selecteer te betalen rekening" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" "Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " "list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" @@ -10872,22 +10345,22 @@ msgid "" "payment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 msgid "" "From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " "to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " "\"Due Date\" feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Payments" -msgstr "Leverancier betalingen" +msgstr "Leverancierbetalingenen" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" msgstr "Betaling met cheques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" "Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " "Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " @@ -10895,12 +10368,12 @@ msgid "" "suppliers with actual bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 msgid "Install the required module" msgstr "Installeer de vereiste module" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 msgid "" "To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " "Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " @@ -10909,18 +10382,18 @@ msgid "" "print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " "may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " "install, it's configured by default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" msgstr "Activeer cheque betalingsmethode" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " "on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -10929,32 +10402,32 @@ msgid "" "set **Check**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 msgid "United States" msgstr "Verenigde Staten" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" "Voor de Verenigde Staten ondersteunt Odoo standaard de cheque formaten van:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." @@ -10962,31 +10435,31 @@ msgstr "" "Het is ook mogelijk om uw eigen cheque formaat te wijzigen door middel van " "aanpassingen." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "Betaal een leveranciersfactuur met een cheque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "Een leverancier betalen met een cheque gebeurd in drie stappen:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "Checks in batch afdrukken voor alle geregistreerde betalingen" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 msgid "reconcile bank statements" msgstr "bankafschriften afletteren" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "Registreer een betaling via cheque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 msgid "" "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -10994,96 +10467,11 @@ msgid "" "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "Heeft facturen" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "Technisch veld gebruikt voor gebruiksvriendelijke doeleinden" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "Verberg betaalmethode" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " -"only one available which is 'manual'" -msgstr "" -"Technisch veld gebruikt om de betalingsmethode te verbergen als het " -"geselecteerde dagboek maar één betaalmethode heeft die 'handmatig' is" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " -"you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " -"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "Geef bankrekening relatie weer" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " -"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" -msgstr "" -"Technisch veld gebruikt om aan te geven of het veld " -"'partner_bank_account_id' noodzakelijk is om al dan niet weer te geven in " -"het formulier betalings overzicht." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Code" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." -msgstr "" -"Technisch veld dat gebruikt wordt om de interface te wijzigen naar de " -"geselecteerde betalingsmethode." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "Controleer nummer" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" -"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " -"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." -msgstr "" -"Het geselecteerde dagboek is geconfigureerd om chequenummers af te drukken. " -"Als uw voorgedrukt papier al nummers bevat of als het huidige nummer fout is" -" kan u dit wijzigen op de dagboek configuratie pagina." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:77 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "Print cheques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:79 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -11091,7 +10479,7 @@ msgid "" "in batch or review them one by one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:84 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -11099,113 +10487,113 @@ msgid "" " number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:90 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:99 msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" msgstr "Bankafschriften afletteren" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " "payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 msgid "" "to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "Betaal eender wat met een cheque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:114 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:124 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" " flow to print checks in batch:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:128 msgid "`Print checks <PrintChecks_>`_" msgstr "`Print cheques<PrintChecks_>`_" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:130 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" msgstr "`Bankafschriften afletteren <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" msgstr "Hoe meerdere rekeningen tegelijk te betalen?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " "with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " "able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" msgstr "Betaal meerdere rekeningen met één betaling" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 msgid "Record several payments" msgstr "Registreer verschillende betalingen" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" "In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " "open the accounting application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " "the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 msgid "" "Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " "Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " "**Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 msgid "" "We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" " on **Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" "Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" " the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " @@ -11213,138 +10601,138 @@ msgid "" "expense transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" msgstr "Betaal verschillende rekeningen samen" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "" "In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " "following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" " vendor.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 msgid "" "In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" " the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " "the page, click on **Register Payment**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 msgid "" "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " "for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 msgid "" "You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " "recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 msgid "First, we need to create a payment" msgstr "Eerst moeten we een betaling aanmaken" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" "Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " "and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " "the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 msgid "" "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " "remaining to reconcile." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "" "After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " "reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " "transaction amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 msgid "" "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " "various bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "" "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " "statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 msgid "" "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " "offer us early payment discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 msgid "" "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" " term." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 msgid "We have created the following bills:" msgstr "We hebben de volgende rekeningen aangemaakt:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 msgid "" "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" " cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "" "Nu gaan we terug naar het bankafschrift en openen we de afletter weergave." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:71 msgid "Pay with SEPA" msgstr "Betaal met SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -11352,8 +10740,8 @@ msgid "" "transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 msgid "" "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " "Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." @@ -11361,16 +10749,23 @@ msgstr "" "SEPA is ondersteund door de banken van de 28 EU lidstaten en ook door " "Ijsland, Noorwegen, Zwitserland, Andorra, Monaco en San Marino." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " "with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " -"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file " -"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" -" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." +"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 +msgid "" +"By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " +"specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among " +"banks. However, according to the country set on your company, another format" +" can be used : **'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and " +"**'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 msgid "" "Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " "account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " @@ -11378,14 +10773,14 @@ msgid "" "statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 msgid "" "To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " "module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " "Odoo payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." @@ -11393,11 +10788,11 @@ msgstr "" "Volgens uw land en grootboekschema kan deze module standaard worden " "geïnstalleerd." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:45 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" msgstr "Activeer SEPA betalingsmethodes op banken" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " "related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -11405,20 +10800,20 @@ msgid "" "account and select the \"Settings\" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 msgid "" "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " "Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" " Transfer**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:62 msgid "" "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " "initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " @@ -11426,25 +10821,25 @@ msgid "" "company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "Register your payments" msgstr "Registreer uw betalingen" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 msgid "" "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " "(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " @@ -11453,13 +10848,13 @@ msgstr "" "Voor toekomstige betalingen aan deze leverancier stelt Odoo u automatisch de" " rekeningen voor maar u kan andere selecteren of aanmaken." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:88 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:94 msgid "" "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " "pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" @@ -11467,17 +10862,17 @@ msgid "" "linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 msgid "Generate SEPA files" msgstr "Genereer SEPA bestanden" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:102 msgid "" "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " "generate for every bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:108 msgid "" "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " "SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " @@ -11485,47 +10880,48 @@ msgid "" "Download SEPA Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "De bank weigert mijn SEPA bestand" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:122 msgid "" -"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " -"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " -"error message to your Odoo partner." +"Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** " +"(the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they " +"don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the error " +"message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 msgid "" "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" " IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " "for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr ":doc:`check`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:139 msgid "How to define a new bank?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:140 msgid "How to reconcile bank statements?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" msgstr "Wanneer moet ik leveranciersrekeningen of inkooprekeningen gebruiken?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 msgid "" "Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" " for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " @@ -11534,7 +10930,7 @@ msgid "" "confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " "will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " @@ -11542,20 +10938,20 @@ msgid "" "means no debt account is necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 msgid "" "Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," " as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 msgid "" "If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " "receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " "handle them in accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 msgid "" "Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " "a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " @@ -11563,35 +10959,35 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 msgid "" "To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " "installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 msgid "" "Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" " \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 msgid "Register a receipt" msgstr "Registreer een ticket" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 msgid "" "By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " "Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 msgid "" "To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " "app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 msgid "" "Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " "Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " @@ -11599,31 +10995,31 @@ msgid "" " accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 msgid "" "In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " "option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " "the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 msgid "" "Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " ":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " "completely close the transaction in your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " "incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " "need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" @@ -11631,11 +11027,11 @@ msgid "" "management processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" msgstr "Hier is de standaard werk flow in Odoo:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." @@ -11643,7 +11039,7 @@ msgstr "" "U begint met een **Offerteaanvraag (RFQ)** om uit te zenden naar uw " "leverancier(s)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." @@ -11651,7 +11047,7 @@ msgstr "" "Eenmaal de leverancier uw RFQ heeft geaccepteerd bevestigd u de RFQ naar een" " **Inkooporder (PO)**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." @@ -11659,13 +11055,13 @@ msgstr "" "De PO bevestigen genereert een **Inkomende zending** indien u " "voorraadproducten heeft aangekocht." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 msgid "" "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " "products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " "only one." @@ -11673,42 +11069,42 @@ msgstr "" "Het proces kan gedaan worden door drie verschillende mensen binnen het " "bedrijf, maar ook door één iemand." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" msgstr "De Inkoop en Magazijn applicaties installeren" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " "install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " "automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" msgstr "Producten aanmaken" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " "within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " "click create." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " "since it is important:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " "track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " "will allow for receiving these kinds of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " "not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " @@ -11716,7 +11112,7 @@ msgid "" "of these designations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " @@ -11724,15 +11120,15 @@ msgid "" "product type to **Service**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" msgstr "Beheer uw leveranciersrekeningen" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 msgid "Purchasing products or services" msgstr "Koop producten of diensten" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " "products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " @@ -11742,17 +11138,17 @@ msgid "" "Reference)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 msgid "Receiving Products" msgstr "Producten ontvangen" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " @@ -11761,13 +11157,13 @@ msgid "" "is outlined in red below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 msgid "" "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" " the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " @@ -11777,22 +11173,22 @@ msgid "" "following screen where you then will receive the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" msgstr "Beheer leverancier rekeningen" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 msgid "" "When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" " a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 msgid "" "The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" " the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " @@ -11805,29 +11201,29 @@ msgid "" "reference number or your internal purchase order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " "need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " "prices)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "" "Uw leverancier stuurt u een gedeeltelijke rekening of vraagt een voorschot." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 msgid "" "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " "the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " @@ -11837,70 +11233,70 @@ msgid "" " validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" msgstr "Factuur fabrikant matching" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" " quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " "reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 msgid "" "The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" " have not ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 msgid "" "The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," " as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " "understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" " not going to appear anywhere in the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 msgid "" "Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "How product quantities are managed" msgstr "Hoe producthoeveelheden beheerd worden" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." @@ -11909,7 +11305,7 @@ msgstr "" "voorraadproducten en verbruiksartikelen beheerd worden gebaseerd op " "ontvangen hoeveelheden." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " "quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " @@ -11919,7 +11315,7 @@ msgid "" "field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" @@ -11927,19 +11323,19 @@ msgstr "" "U kan vervolgens de standaard beheer methode van het geselecteerde product " "wijzigen om gebaseerd te zijn op:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "Bestelde hoeveelheden" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 msgid "or Received quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "Batch Billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " "you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " @@ -11948,20 +11344,20 @@ msgid "" " be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "Klantfacturen" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" " pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -11970,11 +11366,11 @@ msgid "" "period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 msgid "Set up a cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" @@ -11983,11 +11379,11 @@ msgid "" "valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "Start offering the cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " "term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" @@ -11996,11 +11392,11 @@ msgid "" "calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 msgid "Grant the cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 msgid "" "The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " "cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " @@ -12008,7 +11404,7 @@ msgid "" "click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 msgid "" "You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " "easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " @@ -12018,26 +11414,26 @@ msgid "" " default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 msgid "Register the full payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 msgid "" "In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " "benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " "the payment with the two related journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 msgid "Set up cash roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" "In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " "Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" @@ -12045,59 +11441,59 @@ msgid "" "that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "" "First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " "Cash Rounding." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" "There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 msgid "" "Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " "strategies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 msgid "" "**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" " your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " "define the account in which the rounding will go." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 msgid "" "**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " "highest tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 msgid "" "Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" " the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" @@ -12105,11 +11501,11 @@ msgid "" " If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" "Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " "balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " @@ -12120,7 +11516,7 @@ msgid "" "posted on the income statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 msgid "" "For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " "begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " @@ -12128,18 +11524,18 @@ msgid "" " is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 msgid "" "Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " "by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " "revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 msgid "Module installation" msgstr "Module installatie" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 msgid "" "In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " "application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " @@ -12147,87 +11543,87 @@ msgid "" "**Revenue Recognition Management** module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 msgid "" "In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" " the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" " might check if the module is correctly installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 msgid "Define deferred revenue types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " "From the Accounting application, go to the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" msgstr "Voorbeeld: 12 maanden onderhoudscontract" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 msgid "1 year service contract" msgstr "1 jaar dienstencontract" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 msgid "3 years service contracts" msgstr "3 jaar dienstencontracten" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" msgstr "Stel uitgestelde omzet in op producten" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 msgid "" "Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " "products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" " revenue type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 msgid "" "Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Product" msgstr "Product" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" msgstr "Uitgestelde omzetsoort" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" msgstr "Ondersteuningscontract: 3 jaar" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" msgstr "Netflix abonnement: 3 jaar" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 msgid "Flowers every month" msgstr "Bloemen elke maand" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 msgid "1 year product contract" msgstr "1 jaar product contract" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 msgid "Sell and invoice products" msgstr "Verkoop en factureer producten" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 msgid "" "Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " "this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " @@ -12235,96 +11631,96 @@ msgid "" "entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Dr**" msgstr "**Dr**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Cr**" msgstr "**Cr**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 msgid "Accounts receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 msgid "24000" msgstr "24000" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 msgid "Deferred revenue account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 msgid "" "Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " "recognition." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 msgid "1000" msgstr "1000" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 msgid "Service revenue account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 msgid "" "To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" " the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`overview`" msgstr ":doc:`overview`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 msgid "" "In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " "payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " "bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" msgstr "Voorbeeld, voor een specifieke factuur:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" msgstr "Betaal 50% binnen 10 dagen" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" msgstr "Betaal de resterende balans binnen 30 dagen" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 msgid "" "payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " "for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " "payment term but an invoice policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 msgid "" "Configure your usual installment plans from the application " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 msgid "" "A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " "3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " @@ -12333,7 +11729,7 @@ msgid "" "exactly 100%)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 msgid "" "The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " "order." @@ -12341,23 +11737,23 @@ msgstr "" "De omschrijving van de betalingsconditie verschijnt op de factuur of het " "verkooporder." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 msgid "Payment terms for customers" msgstr "Betalingstermijnen voor klanten" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 msgid "You can set payment terms on:" msgstr "U kan betalingstermijnen instellen op:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 msgid "" "**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " "or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " "this payment term for all future orders for this customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 msgid "" "**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " "this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" @@ -12365,12 +11761,12 @@ msgstr "" "**een offerte**: de betalingstermijn is van toepassing op alle facturen " "aangemaakt vanuit de offerte of verkooporder, maar niet op andere offertes." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" msgstr "" "**een factuur**: de betaaltermijn is enkel op deze factuur van toepassing" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 msgid "" "If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " "invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " @@ -12378,55 +11774,55 @@ msgid "" "any tax on the invoice):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 msgid "Due date" msgstr "Vervaldatum" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 msgid "" "If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " "days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 msgid "Jan 03" msgstr "Jan 03" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 msgid "10" msgstr "10" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 msgid "Jan 30" msgstr "Jan 30" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 msgid "90" msgstr "90" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 msgid "" "On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " "To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "Overzicht van de factureringsprocessen" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " "ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " @@ -12442,7 +11838,7 @@ msgstr "" "en moet de boekhouder enkel de concept facturen valideren en de facturen in " "batchen uitzenden (via reguliere mail of e-mail)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "" "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " "create draft invoices:" @@ -12450,11 +11846,11 @@ msgstr "" "Afhankelijk van uw zaak kan u kiezen voor één van de volgende manieren om " "conceptfacturen te maken:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Verkooporder ‣ Factuur" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 msgid "" "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" @@ -12465,23 +11861,23 @@ msgstr "" "aangemaakt gebaseerd op de verkooporders. U heeft verschillende opties " "zoals:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " "invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " "delivery order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" msgstr "Factuur gebaseerd op lever order: zie volgende sectie" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " "the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" @@ -12490,7 +11886,7 @@ msgstr "" "applicatie wanneer de klant het order betaald en wij hierna leveren. (pre-" "paid)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 msgid "" "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " "the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " @@ -12498,19 +11894,19 @@ msgid "" "fixed advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "Het proces is goed voor beide diensten en fysieke producten." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on sales orders.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 msgid "" "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" " sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " @@ -12518,7 +11914,7 @@ msgid "" " actual Kg)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " @@ -12528,15 +11924,15 @@ msgstr "" "wat echt geleverd is. Indien u backorders doet (deels leveren en de rest " "later), zal de klant twee facturen ontvangen, één voor elke leveringsorder." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on delivery orders.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "eCommerce Order ‣ Factuur" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "" "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " @@ -12548,44 +11944,44 @@ msgstr "" " of overschrijving zal Odoo enkel een order aanmaken en wordt de factuur " "aangemaakt wanneer de betaling ontvangen is." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 msgid "Contracts" msgstr "Contracten" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Reguliere contracten ‣ Facturen" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "" "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " "salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 msgid "Activities can be:" msgstr "Activiteiten kunnen zijn:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" msgstr "aangekochte materialen (die u her-factureert)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" msgstr "kosten zoals reizen en verblijf die u door factureert naar de klant" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 msgid "" "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." " This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " @@ -12593,17 +11989,17 @@ msgid "" "use a regular sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 msgid "" "Read more: - *How to invoice based on time and material?* - *How to manage" " contracts and invoicing plans?*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Herhalende contracten ‣ Facturen" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 msgid "" "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " "frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" @@ -12613,15 +12009,15 @@ msgstr "" "De frequentie van het factuur en de diensten/producten die gefactureerd " "worden zijn gedefinieerd op het contract." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 msgid "Read more: *Subscription based invoicing.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" msgstr "Manueel een factuur aanmaken" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " @@ -12631,7 +12027,7 @@ msgstr "" "te gebruiken. Het is een aanbevolen aanpak indien u niet het beheerproces " "moet beheren (offertes), of de levering van de producten of diensten." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" @@ -12639,65 +12035,65 @@ msgstr "" "Zelfs als u het factuur genereert van een verkooporder moet u mogelijk nog " "manueel factureren aanmaken in uitzonderlijke situaties:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 msgid "if you need to create a refund" msgstr "Indien u een terugbetaling moet aanmaken" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 msgid "If you need to give a discount" msgstr "Indien u een korting moet geven" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "" "Indien u een aangemaakte factuur moet wijzigen vanuit een verkooporder" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" msgstr "" "Indien u iets moet factureren dat niet gerelateerd is met de hoofdzaken" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 msgid "Specific modules" msgstr "Specifieke modules" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "Sommige specifieke modules kunnen ook concept facturen aanmaken:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" msgstr "**lidmaatschap**: Factuur uw leden elk jaar" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" msgstr "Hoe betalingstermijnen in te stellen en te gebruiken" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" "Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " "customer invoices and supplier bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 msgid "" "Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " "specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " "term but invoice conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 msgid "" "Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " "Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " "appear on the invoice or the sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 msgid "" "A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " "3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " @@ -12706,62 +12102,62 @@ msgid "" "100%)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 msgid "" "screenshot payment term forms, after QDP have commited the change planned on" " this object" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "Betalingstermijnen gebruiken" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" msgstr "Betalingstermijnen kunnen ingesteld worden op:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 msgid "" "**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " "or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " "this payment term for all future orders of this customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 msgid "" "**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " "this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" msgstr "" "**een factuur**: om de betalingsconditie enkel toe te passen op deze factuur" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 msgid "" "If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " "is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " "this journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 msgid "" "In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" msgstr "Betalingscondities voor leveranciersrekeningen" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 msgid "" "The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " "date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" " is enough." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 msgid "" "But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " "still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " @@ -12769,15 +12165,15 @@ msgid "" " due date for all installments will be automatically created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" msgstr "Hoe een factuur te wijzigen of terug te betalen?" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 msgid "" "In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and " "sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the " @@ -12785,79 +12181,79 @@ msgid "" "original invoice to close them and create a new invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" msgstr "Een gevalideerde factuur wijzigen" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 msgid "" "If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " "the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, " "reconcile, and create a new draft invoice\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 msgid "Odoo will automatically:" msgstr "Odoo zal automatisch" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" msgstr "Maak een terugbetaling voor uw factuur" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 msgid "" "Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as " "Paid)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" msgstr "Maak een nieuwe conceptfactuur die u kan wijzigen" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 msgid "Cancelling an invoice" msgstr "Een factuur annuleren" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 msgid "" "If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " "the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund " "and reconcile\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 msgid "" "Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or " "email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" msgstr "Een deel van een factuur terugbetalen" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 msgid "" "If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " "button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " "refund\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund " "(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," " send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 msgid "" "Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a " "refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the " @@ -12865,21 +12261,21 @@ msgid "" "payment refund." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Klantbetalingen" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " "approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 msgid "" "**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " "check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " @@ -12887,7 +12283,7 @@ msgid "" "from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 msgid "" "**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " "payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" @@ -12896,131 +12292,131 @@ msgid "" "entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 msgid "" "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " "balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " "yet). Both approaches require the same effort." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 msgid "" "You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " "checks to your bank accounts in batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 msgid "" "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 msgid "From check payments to bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 msgid "" "The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " "become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 msgid "" "Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " "**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 msgid "" "Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" " default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 msgid "Undeposited Funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the check that is in Undeposited Funds." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " "checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " "(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 msgid "" "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" " process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " @@ -13028,39 +12424,39 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 msgid "Memo: write the check number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 msgid "" "Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" " statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " "relate it to the statement line)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 msgid "" "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " "invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" @@ -13068,7 +12464,7 @@ msgid "" " will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " "**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " @@ -13076,17 +12472,17 @@ msgid "" "the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" " both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 msgid "" "**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " "the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " @@ -13095,7 +12491,7 @@ msgid "" "account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 msgid "" "**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " "credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," @@ -13104,14 +12500,14 @@ msgid "" "payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 msgid "" "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " "balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " "cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 msgid "" "If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" " take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " @@ -13119,98 +12515,98 @@ msgid "" "approach." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " "users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 msgid "" "On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " "--> Create`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 msgid "" "Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 msgid "" "The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " "set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" msgstr "Van kredietkaart betalingen naar bankafschriften" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 msgid "" "The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " "Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" " transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 msgid "" "Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " "and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" msgstr "**Betaalmethode**: Kredietkaart" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" msgstr "**Memo**: schrijf de factuur referentie" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 msgid "Credit Cards" msgstr "Creditcards" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 msgid "" "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." msgstr "" "De factuur is gemarkeerd als betaald vanaf u de kredietkaart betaling " "registreert." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 msgid "Credit cards" msgstr "Kredietkaarten" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " "of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " "account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 msgid "" "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" " process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " @@ -13218,21 +12614,21 @@ msgid "" "bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 msgid "" "There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " "this method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" msgstr "**Memo**: schrijf het kredietkaart transactie nummer" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 msgid "" "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " "recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " @@ -13240,7 +12636,7 @@ msgid "" "and relate it to the statement line)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 msgid "" "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " "invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" @@ -13249,7 +12645,7 @@ msgid "" "with invoices)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " "report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" @@ -13257,43 +12653,43 @@ msgid "" "option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 msgid ":doc:`recording`" msgstr ":doc:`recording`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 msgid ":doc:`followup`" msgstr ":doc:`followup`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 msgid "" "It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." " Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " "send the appropriate reminders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 msgid "Manage your follow-ups" msgstr "Beheer uw opvolging" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 msgid "" "We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " "follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" " customer that has already paid you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 msgid "" "The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " @@ -13301,14 +12697,14 @@ msgid "" " on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 msgid "" "Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " "later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " "set on the statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 msgid "" "To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " "number of days calculated between each report by going to " @@ -13316,17 +12712,17 @@ msgid "" "Follow-up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 msgid "" "You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " "normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 msgid "Send reminders in batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 msgid "" "To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " "from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " @@ -13335,11 +12731,11 @@ msgid "" "automatically generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 msgid "Plan a follow-up process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 msgid "" "To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " @@ -13347,7 +12743,7 @@ msgid "" "Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 msgid "" "A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " "you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " @@ -13356,18 +12752,18 @@ msgid "" "the stage of the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 msgid "" "If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " "negative number of due days." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 msgid "Get paid with SEPA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -13375,7 +12771,7 @@ msgid "" "your customers with their approval." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can record customer mandates, generate an SDD XML file " "containing customer payments and upload it in your bank interface. The file " @@ -13383,90 +12779,90 @@ msgid "" "well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate the SEPA Direct Debit (SDD) Feature. Enter the Creditor Identifier " "of your company. This number is provided by your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 msgid "Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "Incasso mandaten" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 msgid "" "Before withdrawing money from a customer bank account, your customer has to " "sign a mandate. Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Direct Debit " "Mandates` and create a new mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit only works between IBAN Bank Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 msgid "" "Once you have entered all the information in the customer mandate, you can " "print it and ask your customer to sign it. Once it is done, you can upload " "the mandate signed by your customer on the mandate in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 msgid "You can now validate the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 msgid "Let's create an invoice for that customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 msgid "" "When you will validate this invoice, the payment will be automatically " "generated and your invoice will be directly marked as paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 msgid "" "If you already had some invoices for that customer that could be paid using " "that mandate, it's still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on " "register payment and choose the Sepa Direct Debit as payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 msgid "Generate SDD Files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 msgid "" "You can generate the SDD File with all the customer payments to send to your" " bank directly from the accounting dashboard :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 msgid "" "You select the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD " "File, click on action and select \"Generate Direct Debit XML\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 msgid "" "You can now download the XML file generated by Odoo and upload it in your " "bank interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated XML by activating the developer mode and " "going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payments --> SDD " "Payment File`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 msgid "" "The Direct Debit mandate will be closed automatically once the end date " "defined on it is reached. However, you can **close** a mandate earlier than " @@ -13477,30 +12873,30 @@ msgid "" "be reopened." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 msgid "" "You can also **revoke** a mandate. In that case, you won't be able to pay " "any invoice using that mandate anymore, no matter the invoice date.To do " "that, simply go on the mandate and click on the \"Revoke\" button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" " alone record for use on a later date:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 msgid "" "If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " "invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 msgid "" "If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " "credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " @@ -13508,25 +12904,25 @@ msgid "" "bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 msgid "Paying an invoice" msgstr "Een factuur betalen" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 msgid "" "If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " "payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " "due." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 msgid "" "The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" " payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " "the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " "linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" @@ -13534,15 +12930,15 @@ msgid "" "Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" msgstr "Betalingen niet gekoppeld aan een factuur" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 msgid "Registering a payment" msgstr "Een betaling registreren" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 msgid "" "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " "menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " @@ -13550,7 +12946,7 @@ msgid "" " be reconciled on an invoice later on." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 msgid "" "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " "payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " @@ -13559,23 +12955,23 @@ msgid "" "document in the memo field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 msgid "" "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " "just made in the accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 msgid "" "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " "invoice directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 msgid "" "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " "payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " @@ -13583,55 +12979,55 @@ msgid "" "\"Outstanding Payments\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 msgid "" "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " "(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " "feature within Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 msgid "" "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " "Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " "Receivable and Payable, respectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 msgid "" "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " "and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " "matching of all their payments and invoices at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 msgid "" "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " "reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" msgstr "Overboeking van geld van een bankrekening naar een andere" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 msgid "" "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " "between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 msgid "" "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " "payments." msgstr "Dit brengt u naar hetzelfde scherm als ontvangsten en betalingen." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 msgid "" "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " "the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " @@ -13640,6 +13036,322 @@ msgid "" " with two journal entries for the same transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" msgstr ":doc:`credit_cards`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:7 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:16 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:18 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:26 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:21 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:23 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:28 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:30 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " +":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report " +"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " +"behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:47 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:50 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "Handmatig" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:61 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:72 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference between brackets (e.g. [Food]). Type the " +"expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:87 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action > Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:102 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:107 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:109 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:116 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:122 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:130 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:138 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "Boekhouding: boekhouder of adviseur" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "Declaraties: Manage" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:149 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:155 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:157 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:162 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:164 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:170 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:181 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:183 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:190 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:192 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:197 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:203 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:205 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:212 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:215 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:225 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 44805d1e7..ff692b009 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -9,16 +9,17 @@ # Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018 # Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 # Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -26,29 +27,29 @@ msgstr "" "Language: nl\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../general.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 msgid "General" msgstr "Algemeen" -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Authenticatie" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" msgstr "Hoe gebruikers toestaan zich aan te melden met hun Google-account" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" "Connect to your Google account and go to " "`https://console.developers.google.com/ " @@ -58,17 +59,17 @@ msgstr "" "`https://console.developers.google.com/ " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:7 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" "Klik op **Creëer Project** en voer een projectnaam en andere details in" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:15 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "Klik op **Gebruik Google APIs**" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:20 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." @@ -76,13 +77,13 @@ msgstr "" "Selecteer in het linkse submenu **Aanmeldgegevens** (vanuit **API " "beheerder**) en selecteer vervolgens **OAuth toestemmingsscherm**." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:25 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." msgstr "Vul uw adres, e-mail en de productnaam in en sla het op." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:30 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." @@ -90,7 +91,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klik vervolgens op **Aanmeldgegevens toevoegen** en selecteer de tweede " "optie (OAuth 2.0 client ID)." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:38 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." @@ -98,7 +99,7 @@ msgstr "" "Controleer of het applicatie type is ingesteld op **Web applicatie**. " "Configureer nu de toegestane pagina's bij welke u wordt doorverwezen." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:40 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " @@ -108,7 +109,7 @@ msgstr "" "Kopieer en plak de volgende link in de container: " "http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Vervolgens klik op **Creëer**" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." @@ -116,69 +117,69 @@ msgstr "" "Eenmaal dit klaar is ontvangt u twee stukken informatie (uw cliënt ID en uw " "cliënt secret). U moet uw cliënt id ingeven onder **Algemene instellingen**." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "" "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " "nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " "User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "Data Import" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" msgstr "Hoe een importeer sjabloon te wijzigen" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " "import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " @@ -190,11 +191,11 @@ msgstr "" "enz). U kan ze met eender welke spreadsheet software openen (Microsoft " "Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, enz)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "Hoe het bestand aanpassen" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." @@ -202,15 +203,15 @@ msgstr "" "Verwijder kolommen die u niet nodig heeft. We raden u aan om het veld *ID* " "niet te verwijderen (zie hieronder waarom)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" "Stel een unieke ID in voor elke record door de ID sequentie naar beneden te " "slepen." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " @@ -221,7 +222,7 @@ msgstr "" "komt met een veld in het systeem. Indien dat het geval is, zoek dan het " "overeenkomend veld door de zoekfunctie te gebruiken. " -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." @@ -229,25 +230,25 @@ msgstr "" "Gebruik vervolgens het label dat u gevonden heeft in uw importeer sjabloon " "zodat het direct werkt bij uw volgende importeer poging." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" msgstr "Waarom een \"ID\" kolom" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" "Het instellen van een ID is niet verplicht bij invoer maar is in veel " "gevallen handig:" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" @@ -255,15 +256,15 @@ msgstr "" "Update imports: U kan hetzelfde bestand meerdere keren importeren zonder " "duplicaten aan te maken;" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "Relatievelden importeren (zie hieronder)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "Hoe relatievelden importeren" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " @@ -275,7 +276,7 @@ msgstr "" "deze relaties te importeren moet je de records van het gerelateerde object " "eerst importeren vanuit hun eigen lijst menu. " -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " "is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " @@ -283,15 +284,15 @@ msgid "" "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "How to import data into Odoo" msgstr "Hoe gegevens importeren in Odoo" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" msgstr "Hoe starten" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 msgid "" "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" @@ -301,12 +302,12 @@ msgstr "" "Excel (.xlsx) of CSV (.csv) bestanden: contactpersonen, producten, " "bankafschriften, journaalboekingen en zelfs bestellingen!" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." msgstr "" "Open de weergave van het object dat u wilt opvullen en klik op *Importeer*." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 msgid "" "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " @@ -316,23 +317,23 @@ msgstr "" "gegevens. Dergelijke sjablonen kunnen met één klik worden geïmporteerd; De " "data mapping is reeds gedaan." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "Hoe de template wijzigen" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" "Voeg kolommen toe, verwijder ze en soort ze zodat ze zo goed mogelijk bij uw" " datastructuur passen." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" "We adviseren u om het veld **ID** niet weg te halen (waarom ziet u in de " "volgende sectie)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -344,7 +345,7 @@ msgstr "" "Maar geen zorgen! U kunt nieuwe kolommen handmatig toewijzen wanneer u de " "import test. Zoek in de lijst naar het overeenkomstige veld." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." @@ -352,11 +353,11 @@ msgstr "" "Gebruik vervolgens dit veld zijn label in uw bestand om het de volgende keer" " direct te doen werken." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "Hoe importeren vanuit een andere applicatie" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -366,18 +367,18 @@ msgid "" " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "Ik kan het veld niet vinden dat ik wens te koppelen aan mijn kolom" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -388,7 +389,7 @@ msgid "" " default." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " @@ -398,11 +399,11 @@ msgstr "" " (geavanceerd)** optie aan te vinken, vervolgens zal je de mogelijkheid " "hebben om te kiezen uit de complete lijst van velden voor iedere kolom. " -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "Waar kan ik het datum invoerformaat wijzigen?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -412,7 +413,7 @@ msgid "" "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -420,7 +421,7 @@ msgid "" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -428,11 +429,11 @@ msgid "" "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "Kan ik nummers importeren met een valuta-teken (bvb.: $ 32,00)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -442,58 +443,58 @@ msgid "" "crash." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "Voorbeelden van ondersteunde cijfers (gebruikt 32000 als voorbeeld):" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "32000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "32,000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "-32000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "(32000.00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "€ 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "(32000.00 €)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "Voorbeeld dat niet werkt:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "€ (32.000,00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" "Wat kan ik doen als de tabel Importeervoorbeeld niet correct wordt " "weergegeven?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -501,7 +502,7 @@ msgid "" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " @@ -511,7 +512,7 @@ msgstr "" "scheidingen niet detecteren. U moet de bestandsindeling opties wijzigen in " "uw spreadsheet applicatie. Zie de volgende vraag." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" @@ -519,7 +520,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hoe kan ik het CSV bestandsformaat wijzigen wanneer ik deze bewaar in de " "spreadsheet applicatie?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 msgid "" "If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " @@ -528,17 +529,17 @@ msgid "" "filter settings' > Save)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " "'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "Wat is het verschil tussen Database ID en Extern ID?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" @@ -548,7 +549,7 @@ msgid "" "import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" @@ -556,46 +557,46 @@ msgstr "" "Bijvoorbeeld, om te verwijzen naar het land van een contactpersoon, stelt " "Odoo u 3 verschillende en importeerbare velden voor:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "Land: de naam of code van het land" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "Het land België kunt op één van deze drie manieren importeren:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "Land: België" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "Land/Database ID: 21" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "Land/Externe ID: base.be" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." @@ -603,7 +604,7 @@ msgstr "" "Gebruik land: Dit is de makkelijkste manier wanneer uw gegevens komen vanuit" " een CSV bestand dat handmatig is aangemaakt." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -611,7 +612,7 @@ msgid "" "Database ID)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." @@ -619,7 +620,7 @@ msgstr "" "Gebruik Land/Externe ID: Gebruik externe ID wanneer u data importeert vanuit" " een externe applicatie." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -628,27 +629,23 @@ msgid "" "Products and their Categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`CSV bestand voor categorieën " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`CSV bestand voor producten " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:162 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "Wat moet ik doen als ik verschillende matches heb voor een veld?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -659,7 +656,7 @@ msgid "" "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " @@ -669,7 +666,7 @@ msgstr "" "raden wij u aan gebruik te maken van de externe ID voor dit veld " "'Categorie'." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" @@ -677,7 +674,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hoe kan ik een many2many relatieveld importeren (bijvoorbeeld een klant met " "meerdere labels)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -689,13 +686,13 @@ msgstr "" " geven, dan moet u zowel 'Fabrikant, Retailer' in dezelfde kolom ingeven in " "uw CSV bestand." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:175 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" @@ -703,7 +700,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hoe kan ik een one2many relatie importeren (bijvoorbeeld verkooporderlijnen " "op een verkooporder)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " @@ -722,15 +719,13 @@ msgstr "" "purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV bestand vinden met " "demogegevens van enkele offertes." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Bestand voor offertes " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" @@ -738,13 +733,13 @@ msgstr "" "Het volgende CSV bestand toont u hoe u aankooporders met hun " "respectievelijke aankooporderlijnen importeert:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" @@ -752,19 +747,17 @@ msgstr "" "Het volgende CSV bestand laat zien hoe klanten en de bijbehorende " "contactpersonen te importeren:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Klanten en hun respectievelijke contacten " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "Kan ik meerdere malen hetzelfde record importeren?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -774,7 +767,7 @@ msgid "" "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." @@ -783,11 +776,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo te gebruiken voor het bewerken van een hele reeks record in uw " "favoriete spreadsheet applicatie." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:204 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "Wat gebeurd er als ik geen waarde voor een specifiek veld ingeef?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -799,13 +792,13 @@ msgstr "" "zonder waarde in de CSV file, zal Odoo het veld LEEG maken, in plaats van " "het veld de standaard waarde toe te kennen." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:211 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" "Hoe verschillende tabellen exporteren/importeren vanuit een SQL applicatie " "naar Odoo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -817,7 +810,7 @@ msgstr "" "(bijv. als u bedrijven en personen importeert dient u de koppeling tussen " "ieder persoon en het bedrijf te maken." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" @@ -834,23 +827,16 @@ msgstr "" "applicatie of de tabel (zoals 'bedrijf_1', 'persoon_1' in plaats van alleen " "'1')" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database</a>)" +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -"Een voorbeeld. Stel u heeft een SQL database met twee tabellen, die u wilt " -"importeren: bedrijven en personen. Ieder persoon behoort toe aan één " -"bedrijf. U dient dus een koppeling te maken tussen de persoon en het " -"bedrijf, waar hij voor werkt. (Als u dit voorbeeld wilt testen, is hier <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">heeft u hier een " -"dump van een PostgreSQL databank</a>)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:222 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" @@ -858,11 +844,11 @@ msgstr "" "We zullen eerst alle bedrijven en hun \"Externe ID\" exporteren. In PSQL, " "schrijf het volgende commando:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:228 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" msgstr "Dit SQL commando zal het volgende CSV bestand genereren:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:235 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" @@ -870,11 +856,11 @@ msgstr "" "Om het CSV bestand aan te maken voor contacten, gekoppeld aan bedrijven, " "gebruiken we het volgende SQL commando in PSQL:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:241 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" msgstr "Het genereert het volgende CSV bestand:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" @@ -891,7 +877,7 @@ msgstr "" "delen in de originele database) hebben we voor de \"Externe ID\" een " "voorvoegsel met de naam van de tabel gemaakt." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -904,15 +890,35 @@ msgstr "" "gekoppeld aan het eerste bedrijf). U dient eerst de bedrijven en dan de " "personen te importeren." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:4 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "Mobiel" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:7 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "Push notificatie" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, there is no more complex configuration to enable push " +"notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " +"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "Basisprincipes" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 msgid "How to add a user" msgstr "Hoe een gebruiker toevoegen" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " "point." @@ -920,11 +926,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo geeft u de mogelijkheid om op eender welk moment extra gebruikers toe " "te voegen." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 msgid "Add individual users" msgstr "Voeg individuele gebruikers toe" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 msgid "" "From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" " and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " @@ -936,7 +942,7 @@ msgstr "" " en zijn professionele e-mailadres - het adres waarmee hij inlogt op zijn " "Odoo instantie - en een foto." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 msgid "" "Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " "and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." @@ -945,7 +951,7 @@ msgstr "" "toegangsrecht of gebruiksrecht krijgt. Verschillende niveau's van rechten " "zijn beschikbaar afhankelijk van de app." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" "When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " "invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" @@ -956,7 +962,7 @@ msgstr "" "verzonden. De gebruiker moet erop klikken om de uitnodiging voor uw Odoo " "instantie te accepteren en een login aan te maken." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 msgid "" "Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " "Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more " @@ -965,7 +971,7 @@ msgstr "" "Onthoud dat elke extra gebruiker je abonnementskosten verhoogt. Raadpleeg de" " * Prijspagina * <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>` voor meer informatie." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 msgid "" "You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " "screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " @@ -980,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr "" "zijn wachtwoord in te stellen. U kunt dan zijn toegangsrechten definiëren " "onder de: menuselectie: `Instellingen -> Gebruikersmenu '." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 msgid "" "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`_" @@ -988,19 +994,19 @@ msgstr "" "`Gebruikers deactiveren <../../db_management/documentation.html" "#deactivating-users>`_" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 msgid "Todo" msgstr "Te doen" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 msgid "Add link to How to add companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" msgstr "Beheer Odoo in uw eigen taal" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." @@ -1008,34 +1014,34 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo geeft u de mogelijkheid om Odoo in meerdere talen te beheren en elke " "gebruiker kan Odoo gebruiken in zijn eigen taal." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" msgstr "Laad uw gewenste taal" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." msgstr "Het eerste om te doen is uw gewenste taal laden op uw Odoo instantie." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " "select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" msgstr "Wijzig uw taal" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." @@ -1044,7 +1050,7 @@ msgstr "" "navigeren naar het drop-down menu in de rechterbovenhoek van het scherm, " "kies **Voorkeuren**." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" @@ -1052,15 +1058,15 @@ msgstr "" "Wijzig vervolgens de taal door ze in te stellen op uw geïnstalleerde taal en" " klik op **Opslaan**." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." msgstr "Open een nieuw menu om de wijzigingen te bekijken." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" msgstr "Wijzig een andere gebruiker zijn taal" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." @@ -1068,7 +1074,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo geeft u ook de mogelijkheid om de gewenste taal voor elke gebruiker in " "te stellen." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" "To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " "--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " @@ -1078,34 +1084,34 @@ msgid "" "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "Hoe kan je een Unsplash toegangssleutel genereren" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" "**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" " this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" " Unsplash key in a transparent way." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "Creëer een account op Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " @@ -1114,11 +1120,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ga naar je applicatie dashboard <https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_" "  en klik op **Nieuwe Applicatie**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "Accepteer de condities en klik op **Accepteer voorwaarden**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " "**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " @@ -1126,48 +1132,48 @@ msgid "" "**Create application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " "50 Unsplash requests per hour." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" msgstr "Hoe je een Unsplash applicatie ID kunt genereren" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " "Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" " ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8387ad5f3..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,398 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2018 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2018\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "Basis van de SnelStart Methodologie" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " -"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Dit document is een samenvatting van de diensten van Odoo Online, onze " -"Success pack implementatie methodologie en de beste praktijken om te starten" -" met ons product. " - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) en de Consultant." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " -"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" -" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" -" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" -" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" -" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " -"practices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" -" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " -"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " -"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " -"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " -"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" -" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" -" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " -"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " -"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " -"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " -"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the `Odoo documentation " -"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning " -"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the " -"testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "2. Project Scope" -msgstr "2. Project Scope" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " -"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " -"project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " -"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " -"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " -"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" -" clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " -"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" -" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " -"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " -"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " -"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " -"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" -" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " -"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " -"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " -"experiment of the standard in production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "3. Managing expectations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " -"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" -" account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " -"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," -" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " -"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " -"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " -"check that this is still the case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " -"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" -" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " -"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" -" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " -"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " -"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " -"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " -"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " -"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " -"to pursue this same objective." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 -msgid "" -"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " -"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " -"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " -"tools\\* :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " -"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " -"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "" -"**De GAP Analyse**: De vergelijking tussen het verzoek en de standaard " -"functionaliteiten voorgesteld door Odoo, zal het mogelijk maken om de gap te" -" identificeren en in te vullen door ontwikkelingen/customisaties of " -"wijzigingen in de business processen. " - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " -"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " -"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 -msgid "" -"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes." -msgstr "" -"`De Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ Een" -" vereenvoudigde versie, een prototype van wat naar verwachting zal " -"overeenkomen over de hoofdlijnen van verwachte veranderingen." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 -msgid "" -"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" -" the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "" -"**The Mockup**: In hetzelfde idee als de Proof of Concept, zal het " -"aansluiten bij de veranderingen met betrekking tot de interface." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " -"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " -"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " -"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " -"verifying its veracity beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 -msgid "" -"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " -"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 -msgid "4. Communication Strategy" -msgstr "4. Communicatie strategie" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " -"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " -"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " -"follow those principles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 -msgid "" -"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " -"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " -"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " -"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " -"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" -" manager are clearly defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 -msgid "" -"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " -"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " -"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " -"reached;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 -msgid "5. Customizations and Development" -msgstr "5. Aanpassingen en ontwikkelingen" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " -"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " -"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 -msgid "" -"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " -"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," -" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " -"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" -" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " -"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " -"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." -" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " -"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " -"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 -msgid "" -"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " -"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" -" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" -" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " -"business processes of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "6. Test en validatie principes" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 -msgid "" -"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" -" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " -"needs of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 -msgid "" -"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " -"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " -"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " -"requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 -msgid "" -"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " -"noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " -"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "**or**" -msgstr "**of**" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " -"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "7. Data Imports" -msgstr "7. Data importeren" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 -msgid "" -"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " -"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " -"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " -"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " -"it will be decided :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 -msgid "" -"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " -"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " -"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 -msgid "" -"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " -"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " -"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " -"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" -" import will be made before the production launch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 -msgid "" -"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " -"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " -"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " -"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 -msgid "8. Support" -msgstr "8. Support" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " -"questions or technical issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 -msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po deleted file mode 100644 index 067fd3a2a..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,471 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Helpdesk" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Starten met Odoo Helpdesk" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Starten met Odoo Helpdesk" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "Odoo Helpdesk installeren:" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" -msgstr "Open de Apps module, zoek voor \"Helpdesk\" en klik op installeren" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "Helpdesk teams opzetten" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" -msgstr "Standaard komt Odoo Helpdesk met een team \"Support\" genaamd." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" -"Om dit team te wijzigen, of extra teams aan te maken, selecteert u " -"\"Configuratie\" in de paarse balk en selecteert u \"Instellingen\"" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." -msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u nieuwe teams maken, beslissen welke teamleden aan dit team " -"moeten toegevoegd worden, hoe uw klanten tickets kunnen verzenden en welk " -"SLA-beleid en beoordelingen gewenst zijn. Voor de toewijzingsmethode kunt u " -"tickets willekeurig, gebalanceerd of handmatig toewijzen." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "Hoe verschillende fases opzetten voor elk team" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 -msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." -msgstr "" -"Eerst zal je de ontwikkelaarsmodus moeten activeren. Ga hiervoor naar de " -"instellingen module en selecteer rechtsonder de link voor \"Activeer de " -"ontwikkelaarsmodus\"." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u terugkeert naar uw Helpdesk module en \"Configuratie\" selecteert " -"in de paarse balk, vindt u extra opties, zoals \"Fases\". Hier kunt u nieuwe" -" fasen creëren en die fasen toewijzen aan 1 of meerdere teams, zodat u voor " -"elk team aanpasbare fases kunt instellen!" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "Start met het ontvangen van tickets" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "Hoe kunnen mijn klanten tickets doorsturen?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" -msgstr "" -"Selecteer \"Configuratie\" in de paarse balk en selecteer \"Instellingen\", " -"selecteer uw Helpdeskteam. Onder \"Kanalen vindt u 4 opties:" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." -msgstr "" -"Met een e-mailalias kunnen klanten naar de alias berichten sturen om een " -"ticket te maken. De onderwerpregel van de e-mail wordt het onderwerp op het " -"ticket." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" -msgstr "" -"Via het webformulier kan uw klant naar " -"uwwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit en een ticket indienen via een " -"websiteformulier - net als odoo.com/help!" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." -msgstr "" -"Met Live Chat kunnen uw klanten een ticket indienen op uw website. Uw klant " -"start de livechat en uw Live Chat-operator kan een ticket maken met behulp " -"van de opdracht \"/helpdesk\" + \"het Onderwerp van het ticket\"." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/12.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" -msgstr "Er zijn tickets aangemaakt, wat nu?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." -msgstr "" -"Nu kunnen uw werknemers eraan werken! Als u een handmatige " -"toewijzingsmethode hebt geselecteerd, moeten uw werknemers zichzelf " -"toewijzen aan tickets met behulp van de knop 'AAN MIJ TOEWIJZEN' in de " -"linkerbovenhoek van een ticket of door zichzelf toe te voegen aan het veld " -"'Toegewezen aan'." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 -msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." -msgstr "" -"Als u de toewijzingsmethode \"Willekeurig\" of \"Gebalanceerd\" hebt " -"gekozen, worden uw tickets toegewezen aan een lid van dat Helpdeskteam." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 -msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." -msgstr "" -"Van hieruit beginnen zij te werken aan het oplossen van de tickets! Wanneer " -"ze voltooid zijn komt het ticket in de opgelost fase." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" -msgstr "Hoe markeer ik dit ticket als urgent?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 -msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." -msgstr "" -"U kunt bepalen hoe urgent een ticket is door het aantal sterren op het " -"ticket te selecteren. Hoe meer sterren hoe dringender het is. U kunt dit " -"doen in de Kanban-weergave of op het ticket formulier." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" -"Om een Service Level Agreement-beleid voor uw werknemers in te stellen, " -"activeert u eerst deze functie onder \"Instellingen\"" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "Van hier, selecteer \"Stel SLA regels in\" en klik op \"Maken\"." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 -msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." -msgstr "" -"Je vult informatie in zoals het Helpdeskteam, wat de minimale prioriteit is " -"op de tickets (de sterren) en de doelen voor de tickets." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "" -"Wat als een ticket is geblokkeerd of klaar is om aan te worden gewerkt?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 -msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" -msgstr "" -"Als een ticket niet kan worden opgelost of geblokkeerd is, kunt u de " -"\"Kanban-status\" op het ticket aanpassen. Je hebt 3 opties:" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "Grijs - Normale staat" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "Rood - Geblokkeerd" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "Groen - Klaar voor volgende fase" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." -msgstr "" -"Net als de urgentie-sterren kun je de staat aanpassen in de kanban of op het" -" ticket formulier." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "Hoe kunnen mijn medewerkers tijd boeken op een ticket?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 -msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." -msgstr "" -"Ga eerst naar \"Instellingen\" en selecteer de optie voor \"Urenstaat op " -"Ticket\". U ziet een veld verschijnen waar u het project kunt selecteren " -"waar de uren kunnen geregistreerd worden." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 -msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" -msgstr "" -"Nu u een project hebt geselecteerd, kunt u opslaan. Als u teruggaat naar een" -" ticket, ziet u een nieuw tabblad genaamd \"Urenstaten\"" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." -msgstr "" -"Hier kunnen uw werknemers een regel toevoegen om te registreren wat zij voor" -" dit ticket hebben gedaan." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" -msgstr "Stel uw klanten in staat om eenvoudig uw diensten te beoordelen." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "Activeer hiervoor \"Beoordelingen\" onder \"Instellingen\"" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer een ticket naar de fase opgelost of voltooid wordt verplaatst, " -"stuurt Odoo een e-mail (indien een mailserver correct is ingesteld) naar de " -"klant met de vraag wat hij van de service vond." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "Registreer en factureer tijd voor tickets" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." -msgstr "" -"Mogelijk hebt u servicecontracten met uw klanten om hen te ondersteunen bij " -"problemen. Voor dit doel helpt Odoo u de tijd te registreren die u besteedt " -"aan het oplossen van het probleem en vooral om het aan uw klanten te " -"factureren." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "De modules die nodig zijn" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" -"Om tijd op tickets te registreren en te factureren, zijn de volgende modules" -" nodig: Helpdesk, Project, Urenstaten, Verkoop. Als u een van deze mist, ga " -"dan naar de Apps-module, zoek ernaar en klik vervolgens op * Installeren *." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "Starten met Odoo Helpdesk" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "Stap 1 : start een helpdesk project" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." -msgstr "" -"Ga vervolgens naar uw dashboard, maak het nieuwe project aan en laat " -"daarvoor urenstaten toe." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" -msgstr "Stap 2: Breng een helpdeskteam bij elkaar" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" -msgstr "Stap 3 : start de helpdesk service" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "U bent nu klaar voor het ontvangen van tickets!" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "Los incidenten op en registreer de bestede tijd" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "Stap 1 : plaats een bestelling" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "Stap 2 : koppel de taak aan het ticket" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "Stap 3 : registreer de tijd die is besteed om de klant te helpen" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 -msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" -"De klus is geklaard en het probleem van de klant is opgelost. Om de uren te " -"registreren die voor deze taak zijn uitgevoerd, gaat u terug naar het " -"ticketformulier en voegt u ze toe op het tabblad *Urenstaten*." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." -msgstr "" -"De uren die op het ticket zijn geregistreerd, verschijnen ook automatisch in" -" de Urenstaten app en in de speciale taak." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "Stap 4 : Factureer de klant" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 -msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 -msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" -msgstr "" -"Het enige dat u nog hoeft te doen, is de factuur vanaf de bestelling maken " -"en deze vervolgens te valideren. Nu enkel wachten op de betaling van de " -"klant!" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 03a0c4ef4..c4aba766d 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -1,16 +1,15 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 15:27+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -18,6 +17,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: nl\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "Odoo gebruikersdocumentatie" +#: ../../content/index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0f987fa5f..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8093 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Onno van Koolwijk <onneau@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Arnaud De Moyer <arnauddemoyer@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Alain van Hall <ajcvhall@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2018 -# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2018 -# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Voorraad" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "Barcodes" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "Dagelijkse bewerkingen" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" -msgstr "Hoe een voorraad wijziging te doen met barcodes?" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "From the Barcode application:" -msgstr "Vanuit de Barcode applicatie:" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 -msgid "Click on **Inventory**" -msgstr "Klik op **Voorraad**" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" -" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." -msgstr "" -"Scan alle producten (Indien u 5 identieke producten heeft scant u deze 5 " -"keer of gebruikt u het toetsenbord om de hoeveelheid in te stellen)." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " -"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " -"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." -msgstr "" -"Indien u meerdere locaties beheerd scant u eerst de locatie voordat u de " -"producten scant. Scan bijvoorbeeld de barcode van een schap; scan elk " -"product op het schap; en herhaal dit voor elk schap in het magazijn." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u alle producten van de locatie heeft gescand valideert u de " -"voorraad manueel of door de barcode **Valideer** te scannen." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders?" -msgstr "Hoe uitgaande leveringen te verwerken?" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " -"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." -msgstr "" -"Er zijn twee aanpakken om leveringen te verwerken: u kan werken op " -"afgedrukte documenten (en regels scannen van het document), of van een " -"scherm (en scan direct producten)." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" -msgstr "Verwerk afgedrukte afleverorders:" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "" -"Print uitgaande leveringen van vandaag door alle documenten te selecteren " -"vanuit de **Te Doen** lijst en print **Lever operaties** vanuit het bovenste" -" menu." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal u uitgaande leveringen begint te verwerken klikt u op **Scan de " -"barcode** in de rechterbovenhoek van het document op het juiste record te " -"openen op het scherm." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " -"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " -"accessible, visible or is missing." -msgstr "" -"*Scan de barcode** vervolgens van elk product of scan de barcode van het " -"product op de verzamellijst regel als de barcode op het product niet " -"gemakkelijk toegankelijk is, niet goed zichtbaar is of ontbreekt." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " -"finish the operation." -msgstr "" -"Nadat u alle producten heeft gescand klikt u op de **Valideer** barcode " -"actie om de operatie te voltooien." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "Verwerk uitgaande leveringen vanuit een computer of mobiel toestel:" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." -msgstr "" -"Laad alle uitgaande leveringen die gemarkeerd zijn als **Te doen** en open " -"de eerste." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 -msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." -msgstr "Haal elk product op en scan het." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u alle items heeft verzameld klikt u op de **Valideer** knop of " -"scant u de **Valideer barcode** actie om de operatie te voltooien." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" -"Ga naar de volgende uitgaande leveringen om te verwerken door te klikken op " -"de **pijl** rechtsboven of door de **Volgende pagina** barcode actie te " -"scannen." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" -msgstr "Hoe een interne overplaatsing te doen?" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" -msgstr "In Odoo zijn er twee soorten interne verplaatsingen:" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" -msgstr "" -"Die automatisch zijn geïnitialiseerd door het systeem (bijvoorbeeld, een " -"kwaliteitscontrole)" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " -"of the dashboard)." -msgstr "" -"Die aangemaakt door een werker (bijvoorbeeld, via de interne verplaatsing " -"locatie van het dashboard)." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 -msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" -msgstr "Om een interne overplaatsing aan te maken:" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 -msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" -msgstr "" -"Vanuit de thuispagina of de barcode applicatie scant u de **Bronlocatie**" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 -msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" -msgstr "Haal de producten op en **Scan de producten**" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 -msgid "Scan the **destination location**" -msgstr "Scan de **Bestemmingslocatie**" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 -msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" -msgstr "**Valideer** de overplaatsing om ze af te werken" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" -msgstr "Hoe partijen en serienummers beheren met barcodes?" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " -"outgoing deliveries:" -msgstr "" -"Partijnummers kunnen worden gecodeerd van binnenkomende zendingen, interne " -"mutaties en uitgaande leveringen:" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" -msgstr "" -"In de barcode interface, **scan** de producten waarvan u een partij wilt " -"aanmaken" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " -"the lots/serial numbers" -msgstr "" -"Indien dit product beheerd moet worden door partijen opent zich een scherm " -"dat u helpt om de partij/serienummers in te scannen" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" -" one automatically" -msgstr "" -"**Scan** een partij barcode, **type** er manueel één in of **laat leeg** om " -"automatisch een barcode te genereren" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 -msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" -msgstr "Klik of scan **Valideer** wanneer u klaar bent" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" -msgstr "Wat is het verschil tussen **Partijen** en **Serienummers**?" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " -"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." -msgstr "" -"Partijnummers zijn kenmerkend aan meerdere identieke producten, dus elke " -"keer als u een partijnummer scant, zal Odoo eentje toevoegen aan het product" -" aantal." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " -"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " -"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." -msgstr "" -"Aan de andere kant, is een \"serienummer\" uniek en vertegenwoordigd door " -"één barcode, geplaatst op één item. Dit betekent dat Odoo het zelfde " -"serienummer maar één keer scant per handeling." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 -msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." -msgstr "" -"Hier hebben we **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** geconfigureerd om tracering met " -"partijen te doen." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" -" product (you can also use the keyboard)." -msgstr "" -"Scan een product van de inkomende zending en scan vervolgens het " -"partijnummer van elk product (u kunt ook het toetsenbord gebruiken)." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 -msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." -msgstr "Click bewaar/scan **Valideer** en u bent klaar." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" -msgstr "Hoe ontvangsten te verwerken?" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " -"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." -msgstr "" -"Er zijn twee mogelijkheden om ontvangsten te verwerken: u kan werken op " -"afgedrukte documenten (en lijnen scannen van het document), of van een " -"scherm (en scan direct producten)." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" -msgstr "Verwerk afgedrukte aankooporders:" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "" -"Print ontvangsten van vandaag door alle documenten te selecteren vanuit de " -"**Te Doen** lijst en print **Lever operaties** vanuit het bovenste menu." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "" -"Als u eenmaal uw ontvangsten begint te verwerken scant u de streepjescode in" -" de rechterbovenhoek van uw document om de juiste ontvangstoperatie te " -"openen op het scherm." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " -"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " -"visible or is missing." -msgstr "" -"Scan dan de barcode van elk product, of scan de barcode van het product op " -"de verzamellijst als de barcode op het product niet gemakkelijk " -"toegankelijk/zichtbaar is of ontbreekt." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 -msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "Verwerk inkomende leveringen vanuit een computer of mobiel toestel:" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " -"one." -msgstr "" -"Laad alle inkomende leveringen die gemarkeerd zijn als **Te ontvangen** en " -"open de eerste." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u alle items heeft ontvangen klikt u op de **Valideer** knop of " -"scant u de **Valideer barcode** actie om de operatie te voltooien." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" -"Ga naar de volgende te verwerken ontvangst door te klikken op de **pijl** " -"rechtsboven of door de **Volgende pagina** streepjescode actie te scannen." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "Voorbeeld" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 -msgid "Open operation interface." -msgstr "Open operaties interface." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 -msgid "Scan." -msgstr "Scan." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " -"and keyboard." -msgstr "" -"De selectie vind plaats. Scan uw artikelen en/of voeg informatie toe via " -"muis of keyboard handelingen. " - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Setup" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 -msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "Zet uw barcode scanner op" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " -"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " -"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" -"Aan de slag met het scannen van barcodes in Odoo is vrij eenvoudig. Toch is " -"een goede gebruikerservaring afhankelijk van een geschikte hardware-" -"installatie. Deze handleiding helpt u bij het kiezen en configureren van de " -"barcodescanner." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 -msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "Vind de barcode scanner die voldoet aan uw noden" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " -"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " -"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." -msgstr "" -"Het 3 aanbevolen type barcodescanners om te werken met de Odoo ** voorraad " -"** en ** barcodescanning ** apps zijn de ** USB-scanner **, ** de bluetooth-" -"scanner ** en de ** mobiele-computer scanner ** ." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " -"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" -" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " -"be configured to be so." -msgstr "" -"Als u producten scant op een computerlocatie, is de ** USB-scanner ** de " -"juiste keuze. Sluit hem gewoon op de computer aan om te beginnen met " -"scannen. Zorg er voor dat de scanner compatibel is met uw " -"toetsenbordindeling of zo kan worden geconfigureerd." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" -" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " -"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " -"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " -"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " -"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " -"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " -"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " -"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " -"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," -" it is essential to test it first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 -msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" -msgstr "Configureer uw barcode scanner" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 -msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "Toetsenbord layout" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 -msgid "" -"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " -"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " -"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" -" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." -msgstr "" -"U barcode scanner moet geconfigureerd worden om dezelfde toetsenbord lay-out" -" te gebruiken als uw besturingssysteem. Anders zal uw scanner karakters niet" -" correct vertalen (een 'A' vervangen met een 'Q' bijvoorbeeld). De meeste " -"scanners worden geconfigureerd door de correcte streepjescode uit de " -"gebruikshandleiding te scannen." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 -msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "Automatisch harde return" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " -"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " -"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" -" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " -"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" -" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Standaard heeft Odoo een vertraging van 50 milliseconden tussen elke " -"succesvolle scan (het helpt dubbele scans tegen te gaan die per ongeluk " -"gebeuren). Als u deze vertraging wilt onderdrukken kan u uw scanner " -"configureren om een harde return toe te voegen aan het einde van de barcode." -" Dit is vaak de standaard configuratie en kan expliciet worden toegepast " -"door een specifieke barcode te scannen die u kan vinden in uw handleiding " -"('CR suffix AAN', 'Voeg enter toe na suffix', enz.)" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" -msgstr "Hoe barcodes te activeren in Odoo?" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " -"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " -"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " -"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " -"the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" -"De functies voor barcodescanning kunnen u veel tijd doen besparen dat " -"meestal verloren gaat door het schakelen tussen het toetsenbord, de muis en " -"de scanner. Het op de juiste manier toewijzen van streepjescodes aan " -"producten, locaties voor pickings, enz. stelt u in staat efficiënter te " -"werken door de software bijna uitsluitend te besturen met de barcodescanner." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 -msgid "Set products barcodes" -msgstr "Stel product barcodes in" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" -" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " -"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " -"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and " -"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This " -"interface can also be accessed via the planner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " -"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " -"them)." -msgstr "" -"<strong>Productvarianten:</strong> wees voorzichtig met streepjescodes " -"direct op een variant toe te voegen en niet op het sjabloonproduct (anders " -"kan u ze niet onderscheiden)." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33 -msgid "Set locations barcodes" -msgstr "Stel locatie barcodes in" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " -"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " -"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " -"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " -"paper." -msgstr "" -"Als u meerdere locaties beheert, is het handig om aan elke locatie een " -"streepjescode toe te wijzen en deze op de locatie te plakken. U kunt de " -"streepjescode van de locaties configureren in: menuselectie: `Voorraad -> " -"Configuratie -> Magazijnbeheer -> Locaties`. Er is een knop in het menu ** " -"Afdrukken ** die u kunt gebruiken om de namen van locaties en streepjescodes" -" af te drukken. Er zijn 4 streepjescodes per pagina, zodanig gerangschikt " -"dat het handig is om op stickerpapier af te drukken." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " -"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 -msgid "Barcode formats" -msgstr "Barcode formaten" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " -"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." -msgstr "" -"<strong>EAN-13 barcodes:</strong> gebruikt door de meeste producthandelaren," -" ze kunnen niet gemaakt worden zonder een autorisatie: bij de internationale" -" artikelnummer associatie kan u een EAN code reeks aankopen (de reden waarom" -" twee producten nooit dezelfde EAN code hebben)." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " -"your own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" -"Odoo ondersteund elke string als barcode dus u kan altijd uw eigen barcode " -"formaat definiëren voor intern gebruik." - -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "Magazijnbeheer" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "Voorraad aanpassing" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 -msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" -msgstr "Hoe de initiële voorraad te maken?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " -"keep the inventory right." -msgstr "" -"Een van de belangrijkste kenmerken van een warehouse management software is " -"het bijhouden van een correcte voorraad." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " -"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " -"the right locations." -msgstr "" -"Zodra uw producten zijn gedefinieerd, is het tijd om uw eerste inventaris op" -" te maken. Dit wordt meteen een weerspiegeling van de realiteit door de " -"juiste hoeveelheden op de juiste locaties te inventariseren." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "Product configuratie" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " -"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 -msgid "Start the initial inventory" -msgstr "Start de initiële voorraad" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 -msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" -msgstr "Update de producthoeveelheid voor één product" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" -" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 -msgid "" -"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" -" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 -msgid "" -"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " -"set the location of your product from this screen." -msgstr "" -"Indien u meerdere locaties gebruikt voor uw magazijn kan u de locatie van uw" -" product instellen vanuit dit scherm." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." -msgstr "" -"U kan nu vanuit de Beschikbare Hvh tab zien dat de hoeveelheid is geüpdatet." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" -" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " -"has automatically been created and validated by the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "Multiple products at once" -msgstr "Meerdere producten in één keer" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" -" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " -"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" -" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" -" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " -"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" -" (or child) locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 -msgid "" -"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " -"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." -msgstr "" -"U kan kiezen tussen het aanmaken van een voorraad voor alle producten, voor " -"een paar producten of maar één product. In dit geval kiezen we de **Alle " -"producten** optie." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " -"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " -"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " -"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" -" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " -"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." -msgstr "" -"Voeg de ** Reële hoeveelheid ** toe die u voor elk product in voorraad hebt " -"." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 -msgid "" -"additional information will be available according to the options you " -"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." -msgstr "" -"aanvullende informatie zal beschikbaar zijn volgens de opties die u hebt " -"geactiveerd (multi-locaties, serienummer, consignatie)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " -"it." -msgstr "" -"Klik de **Valideer voorraad** knop om de voorraad te bevestigen en ze te " -"plaatsen." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Rapportages" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" -msgstr "Hoe te kiezen tussen de minimale stockregel en maak op order?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" -"Minimale voorraadregels en Maak op Order hebben soortgelijke gevolgen maar " -"verschillende regels. Ze moeten worden gebruikt, afhankelijk van uw " -"productie- en levering- strategieën." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "Terminologie" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "Minimale stockregel" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " -"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" -"Minimum voorraadregels worden gebruikt om ervoor te zorgen dat u altijd het " -"minimale aantal producten op voorraad heeft om uw producten te kunnen " -"vervaardigen en / of te beantwoorden aan uw klantenbehoeften. Wanneer het " -"voorraadniveau van een product het minimum bereikt, zal het systeem " -"automatisch een inkooporder genereren met de hoeveelheid die nodig is om het" -" maximale voorraadniveau te bereiken." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "Maak op order" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " -"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " -"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " -"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" -"Met de functie Maak op Order wordt een aankooporder geactiveerd dat gelijk " -"is aan het aantal bestelde producten. Het systeem zal de huidige voorraad **" -" niet ** controleren. Dit betekent dat een concept aankooporder wordt " -"gegenereerd, ongeacht de beschikbare hoeveelheid." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Instellingen" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "Minimale stockregels" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " -"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Actie" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the " -"orderpoint without removing it." -msgstr "" -"Als het actief veld uit staat, kunt u de minimale voorraadregel verbergen " -"zonder deze te verwijderen." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Product Unit of Measure" -msgstr "Maateenheid product" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations." -msgstr "Standaard maateenheid gebruikt voor alle voorraadbewegingen." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Procurement Group" -msgstr "Verwervingsgroep" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into " -"one big picking." -msgstr "" -"Mutaties welke worden aangemaakt door deze aanvulregel worden geplaatst in " -"deze verwervingsgroep. Indien niets is ingevoerd, worden de mutaties, " -"gegenereerd door de voorraadregels, gegroepeerd in één grote levering." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Minimum Quantity" -msgstr "Minimale hoeveelheid" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field," -" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max " -"Quantity." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer een virtuele voorraad onder de minimale voorraad komt, zoals " -"gespecificeerd in dit veld, zal Odoo een verwervingsopdracht genereren om de" -" verwachte voorraad aan te vullen tot de maximale hoeveelheid." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Maximum Quantity" -msgstr "Maximale hoeveelheid" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a " -"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as " -"Max Quantity." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer een virtuele voorraad onder de minimale voorraad komt, zoals " -"gespecificeerd in dit veld, zal Odoo een verwervingsopdracht genereren om de" -" verwachte voorraad aan te vullen tot de maximale hoeveelheid." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Quantity Multiple" -msgstr "Veelvoud" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " -"the exact quantity will be used." -msgstr "" -"De verwerving hoeveelheid zal worden afgerond op deze veelvoud. Bij 0 wordt " -"de exacte hoeveelheid gebruikt." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Lead Time" -msgstr "Doorlooptijd" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or " -"to order to the vendor" -msgstr "" -"Aantal dagen nadat de aanvulregel is uitgevoerd om producten te ontvangen of" -" een order te maken bij de leverancier" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" -"Klik vervolgens op uw product om het gerelateerde productformulier en het " -"\"Voorraad submenu\" te zien, vergeet geen leverancier aan te duiden." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " -"stock valuation." -msgstr "" -"Vergeet niet het juiste soort product te selecteren. Een verbruik product " -"kan niet gestockeerd worden en wordt dus niet gebruikt in de stock " -"berekening." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " -"(or any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." -msgstr "Klik in het product scherm onder Inventaris op \"Maak op Order\"." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "Kies tussen de twee opties" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" -"De keuze tussen de twee opties is dus afhankelijk van uw voorraadstrategie. " -"Als u de voorkeur geeft aan een buffer en steeds een minimum aantal op " -"voorraad wenst, moet de minimumvoorraadregel worden gebruikt. Als u uw " -"voorraden alleen wenst aan te vullen als uw verkoop is bevestigd, is het " -"beter om de Maak op order route te gebruiken." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " -"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " -"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" -" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" -" those virtual warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12 -msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" -" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " -"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " -"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " -"create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " -"because you will need it later in the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " -"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" -" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " -"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" -" A+B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37 -msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" -" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " -"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" -" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" -" A and one in warehouse B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Leveringen" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 -msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "Hoe een inkooporder annuleren?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " -"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "" -"Odoo biedt u de mogelijkheid om een leveringsmethode te annuleren, of deze " -"nu te snel is gevalideerd, moet worden gewijzigd of om een andere reden." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " -"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " -"any bad surprise." -msgstr "" -"Sommige vervoerders zijn flexibeler dan andere, dus zorg ervoor dat u uw " -"levering zo snel mogelijk annuleert om onaangename verrassingen te " -"vermijden." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "Verkoopproces" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " -"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "" -"Ga naar **Verkopen** en klik op **Verkooporder** in de **Verkoop** module. " -"Klik vervolgens op de verkooporder die u wilt annuleren." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" -"Klik op de knop ** Levering** in de rechterbovenhoek van de verkooporder." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " -"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" -" cancel the delivery." -msgstr "" -"Klik op het tabblad ** Aanvullende Informatie ** , zult zien dat naast de **" -" Levering Tracking informatie **, er een ** Annuleren ** knop is. Klik erop " -"om de levering te annuleren." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" -" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "" -"Om ervoor te zorgen dat uw levering werd geannuleerd, check de historiek , u" -" ontvangt de bevestiging van de annulering." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 -msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "" -"Hoe kan ik een leveringsmethode beperken tot een bepaald aantal landen?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " -"limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "" -"Met Odoo kunt u verschillende soorten leveringsmethoden instellen en kunt u " -"ze beperken tot een bepaald aantal landen." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " -"**Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer de leveringsmethode die u wilt wijzigen of maak een nieuwe aan." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " -"this delivery method." -msgstr "" -"Kies op het tabblad ** Bestemming ** de landen waarop u deze " -"leveringsmethode wilt toepassen." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 -msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "Laten we kijken naar het resultaat, nu dit klaar is." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " -"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " -"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " -"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is drop-shipping?" -msgstr "Wat is drop shipping?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " -"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " -"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " -"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" -"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " -"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," -" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 -msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" -msgstr "" -"Punten om rekening mee te houden bij de implementatie van drop-shipping" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " -"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " -"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" -" space in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" -" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " -"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" -" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " -"sense!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" -" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " -"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" -" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" -" tracking number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " -"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " -"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" -" that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 -msgid "" -"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " -"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" -"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 -msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" -msgstr "Configureer drop-shipping" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " -"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" -" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " -"on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " -"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " -"supplier to the products you want to dropship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 -msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" -" that the route is **Dropshipping**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " -"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " -"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " -"will see that one shipment has been created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " -"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " -"dropship card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 -msgid "" -"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" -" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " -"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" -msgstr ":doc:`inventory_flow`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Te doen" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of " -"my vendors?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " -"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " -"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 -msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr "**Een stap (verzending)**: Verzend direct vanuit stock" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " -"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " -"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " -"to handle orders very quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" -" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " -"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " -"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " -"especially when the items you stock are big in size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " -"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " -"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " -"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "één stap flow" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "Lees aub de documentatie op :doc:`one_step`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 -msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "Twee stappen flow" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "Gelieve de documentatie te lezen op :doc:`two_steps`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 -msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "Drie stappen flow" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "Gelieve de documentatie te lezen op :doc:`three_steps`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "Hoe kan ik het type label wijzigen?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " -"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" -" methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "Kies een levermethode en klik vervolgens op **Wijzigen**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" -" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " -"carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " -"you create a new sale order." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal dit gedaan is kan u het resultaat zien wanneer u de Verkoop module " -"opent en een nieuwe verkooporder aanmaakt." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" -" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " -"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" -msgstr "Hoe leverorders in één stap verwerken (verzending)?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 -msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " -"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 -msgid "" -"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " -"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " -"and edit the concerned warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " -"Only)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "Maak een verkooporder aan" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " -"picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "Verwerk een levering" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " -"Orders** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 -msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." -msgstr "Klik op de verzamellijst die u wilt verwerken." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: " -"From sales orders to delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133 -msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" -msgstr "Hoe kan u het soort verpakking wijzigen voor uw verkooporder?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " -"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " -"**Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " -"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 -msgid "*Sale process*" -msgstr "*Verkoopproces*" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 -msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." -msgstr "" -"Ga naar **Verkopen** en klik op **Verkooporder** in de **Verkoop** module." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 -msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." -msgstr "Maak uw nieuwe verkooporder en **Bevestig de verkoop**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " -"redirected to the Delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 -msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " -"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " -"Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" -" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " -"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 -msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 -msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "Klik uiteindelijk op **Valideren** om de levering te bevestigen." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "Op een productniveau" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "Op bedrijfsniveau" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "Op route niveau" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "Op verkooporder niveau:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "**Aanvraagdatum**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" -"Januari 19: werkelijk geplande leverdatum (1 dag na de verkoop veiligheid " -"dag)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" -"Januari 18: ontvang het product van uw leverancier (1 dag van inkoopdagen)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" -"Januari 10: deadline om te bestellen bij uw leverancier (9 dagen van " -"leverancier zijn doorlooptijd)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," -" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " -"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " -"before shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 -msgid "" -"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " -"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " -"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " -"customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" -" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " -"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " -"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " -"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " -"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" -" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " -"correct method for your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "Install the Inventory module" -msgstr "Installeer de Voorraad module" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 -msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." -msgstr "" -"Zoek naar de **Magazijn** module en installeer ze vanuit het **App** menu." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" -" orders." -msgstr "" -"U moet ook de **Verkopen** module installeren om verkooporders te kunnen " -"aanmaken." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Allow managing routes" -msgstr "Sta beheren van magazijnen toe" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" -" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " -"the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " -"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " -"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 -msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " -"that will be used." -msgstr "" -"Ga naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Magazijnen` en bewerk het magazijn " -"dat gebruikt zal worden." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " -"Ship).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Create a Sale Order" -msgstr "Maak een verkooporder" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" -"Vanuit de **Verkopen** menu maakt u een verkooporder met een paar producten " -"die geleverd moeten worden." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" -"Indien u op de knop klikt zou u nu drie verschillende verzamellijsten moeten" -" zien:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," -msgstr "" -"De eerste met een referentie **PICK** om het verzamelproces aan te geven," - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," -msgstr "De tweede met de referentie **PACK** dat het verpakkingsproces is," - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 -msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" -"De laatste met een referentie **OUT** om de verzendwijze aan te geven." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 -msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 -msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" -" Zone**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Packing)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 -msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" -" kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 -msgid "" -"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 -msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " -"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders" -" to delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " -"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " -"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" -" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " -"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " -"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " -"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " -"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " -"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " -"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " -"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Allow management of routes" -msgstr "Sta het beheren van magazijnen toe" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " -"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " -"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" -" checked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " -"check the radio button above)." -msgstr "" -"Klik bovenaan de pagina op **Toepassen** om de wijzigingen te bewaren " -"(indien u het keuzerondje hierboven moest aanduiden)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " -"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " -"activated beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 -msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " -"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " -"some products to deliver." -msgstr "" -"Installeer de **Verkopen** module als dit niet het geval is en maak een " -"verkooporder met een paar producten om te leveren." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " -"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " -"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " -"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " -"listed in the **To Do** column)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130 -msgid "" -"link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From" -" sales orders to delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Ontvangsten" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" -" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " -"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 -msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr "**één stap**: Ontvang goederen direct in stock." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " -"before being admitted in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " -"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " -"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " -"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "De principes zijn de volgende:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 -msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr "**één stap**: U ontvangt de goederen direct in uw stock." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " -"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " -"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " -"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" -" goods receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" -" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " -"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " -"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " -"return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 -msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "Dit is de standaard configuratie in Odoo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" -msgstr "" -"Hoe een kwaliteitscontrole stap toe te voegen bij het ontvangen van uw " -"goederen? (3 stappen)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" -" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" -" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " -"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 -msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." -msgstr "Dit is het geval dat wordt uitgelegd in dit document." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 -msgid "Use advanced routes" -msgstr "Gebruik geavanceerde routes" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " -"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." -msgstr "" -"Verzeker u ervan dat de optie **Beheer meerdere locaties per magazijn** is " -"aangevinkt." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" -msgstr "" -"Hoe een kwaliteitscontrole stap toe te voegen bij het ontvangen van uw " -"goederen?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " -"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " -"goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " -"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " -"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "How to control a receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " -"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" -" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " -"This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " -"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " -"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" -" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " -"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " -"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " -"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " -"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" -" Control**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " -"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " -"ready to be controlled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 -msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " -"process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " -"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" -" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " -"controlled and has moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr ":doc:`two_steps`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " -"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " -"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " -"processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " -"ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" -msgstr "Hoe configureer ik mijn magazijn?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " -"methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " -"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" -" steps)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " -"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " -"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " -"form view. This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" -" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 -msgid "" -"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" -" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " -"which makes the product available for the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 -msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " -"quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " -"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " -"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr ":doc:`three_steps`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Partijen en serienummers" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "Wat is het verschil tussen partijen en serienummers?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introductie" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 -msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "Wanneer te gebruiken" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "Wanneer niet te gebruiken" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 -msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr ":doc:`lots`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" -msgstr "Hoe partijen te beheren van identieke producten?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" -" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up" -msgstr "Opzetten" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "Applicatie configuratie" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" -" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " -"**Track lots or serial numbers**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " -"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "Klik vervolgens op **Toepassen**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 -msgid "Operation types configuration" -msgstr "Soorten operatie configuratie" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" -" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" -" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." -msgstr "" -"Uiteindelijk moet u nog aangeven welke producten u wilt traceren in " -"partijen." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "Manage lots" -msgstr "Beheer partijen" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 -msgid "Transfers" -msgstr "Verplaatsingen" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " -"input the lot number(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Click on the lot icon :" -msgstr "Klik op het lot icoon:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " -"and the quantity." -msgstr "" -"Een venster verschijnt. Klik op **Voeg item toe** en vul het lotnummer en de" -" hoeveelheid in." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " -"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." -msgstr "In de scanner interface hoeft u enkel de lotnummers in te scannen." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 -msgid "Inventory adjustment" -msgstr "Voorraad aanpassing" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" -"Voorraad van een product getraceerd op partij kan op 2 manieren gedaan " -"worden:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "Classic inventory by products" -msgstr "Klassieke voorraad op producten" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "Inventory of a lot" -msgstr "Voorraad van een partij" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 -msgid "" -"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " -"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " -"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " -"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "Partij traceerbaarheid" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 -msgid "" -"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" -msgstr "" -"U kan de partij traceerbaarheid controleren vanuit :menuselection:`Voorraad " -"--> Voorraadcontrole --> Serienummers/Partijen`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 -msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" -msgstr "" -"U kan meer details krijgen door te klikken op de **Traceerbaarheid** knop:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`differences`" -msgstr ":doc:`differences`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" -msgstr "Hoe met serienummers werken?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " -"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " -"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " -"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" -" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " -"location where the products are moved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " -"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Serienummers beheren" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " -"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" -" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " -"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " -"Split icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 -msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" -msgstr "Klik op het serienummer icoon:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " -"numbers." -msgstr "" -"Een venster verschijnt. Klik op **Voeg item toe** en vul de serienummers in." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 -msgid "" -"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " -"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are " -"moving those serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." -msgstr "In de scanner interface hoeft u enkel de serienummer in te scannen." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory of a serial number" -msgstr "Voorraad van een serienummer" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 -msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." -msgstr "De hoeveelheid moet 1 zijn voor elke lijn." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " -"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " -"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "Traceerbaarheid serienummer" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" -" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " -":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " -"serial number corresponding to your search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "Memoriaal boekingen" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 -msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned " -"transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 -msgid "Immediate Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and " -"quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is" -" why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the " -"column \"Done\" for the quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A " -"to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the " -"transfer right now)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 -msgid "Planned Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase " -"order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an " -"initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the " -"inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many " -"units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. " -"Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process " -"the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" -msgstr "Hoe stock te beheren die u niet bezit?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " -"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" -" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " -"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " -"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" -" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " -"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 -msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " -"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " -"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" -" it blank if you are the owner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" -msgstr "Hoe planners te configureren en te laten lopen?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler" -msgstr "Wat is een planner?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " -"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " -"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " -"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "Berekenen vereisten / Planning" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " -"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " -"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " -"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " -"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " -"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "De planner configureren en laten lopen" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "Voer de planner manueel uit" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " -"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " -"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," -" deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" -msgstr "" -"Configureer en laat de scanner lopen (alleen voor geavanceerde gebruikers)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " -"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " -"configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" -msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "How to scrap products?" -msgstr "Hoe producten afkeuren?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material" -msgstr "" -"Afkeuren betekend rest die geen economische waarde heeft of enkel de waarde " -"van het basismateriaal" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 -msgid "content recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "inhoud recupereerbaar via recyclage." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " -"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per " -"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 -msgid "" -"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " -"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" -" --> Locations.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " -"location form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "Different ways to scrap product" -msgstr "Verschillende manieren om producten af te keuren" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." -msgstr "Odoo biedt verschillende manieren aan om producten af te keuren." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 -msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Receipts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 -msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 -msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 -msgid "" -"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " -"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " -"**Scrap**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " -"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Valuation Methods" -msgstr "Waarderingsmethoden" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " -"sheet. This implies two main choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 -msgid "" -"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " -"Real Price);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 -msgid "" -"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " -"Perpetual)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 -msgid "Costing Method" -msgstr "Kostprijsbepaling" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 -msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "Kostprijs" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "Handeling" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 -msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "Kostprijs per stuk" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "Beschikbare Hvh" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "Delta waarde" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "Voorraadwaarde" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "$10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 -msgid "0" -msgstr "0" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "$0" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "Ontvang 8 producten aan $10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 -msgid "8" -msgstr "8" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 -msgid "+8*$10" -msgstr "+8*$10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "$80" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "Ontvang 4 producten aan $16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 -msgid "12" -msgstr "12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 -msgid "+4*$10" -msgstr "+4*$10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 -msgid "$120" -msgstr "$120" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "Lever 10 producten" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 -msgid "2" -msgstr "2" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$10" -msgstr "-10*$10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 -msgid "$20" -msgstr "$20" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" -msgstr "Ontvang 2 producten aan $9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 -msgid "4" -msgstr "4" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 -msgid "+2*$10" -msgstr "+2*$10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 -msgid "$40" -msgstr "$40" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " -"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " -"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 -msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "Gemiddelde prijs" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "$12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 -msgid "+4*$16" -msgstr "+4*$16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "$144" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$12" -msgstr "-10*$12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "$24" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" -msgstr "Ontvang 2 producten aan $6" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 -msgid "$9" -msgstr "$9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 -msgid "+2*$6" -msgstr "+2*$6" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 -msgid "$36" -msgstr "$36" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " -"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" -" (see here attached)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 -msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." -msgstr "" -"De gemiddelde kost veranderd niet wanneer producten het magazijn verlaten." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" -" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " -"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" -" up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 -msgid "" -"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " -"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " -"matters in the cost computation." -msgstr "" -"Deze methode is voor geavanceerde gebruikers. Het vereist goede " -"bedrijfsprocessen omdat de volgorde waarin u uw orders verwerkt de " -"kostberekening veranderd." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 -msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "FIFO" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 -msgid "$16" -msgstr "$16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-8*$10" -msgstr "-8*$10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-2*$16" -msgstr "-2*$16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 -msgid "$32" -msgstr "$32" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 -msgid "$11" -msgstr "$11" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 -msgid "$44" -msgstr "$44" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 -msgid "" -"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " -"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " -"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " -"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " -"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " -"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " -"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " -"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 -msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," -" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" -msgstr "LIFO (niet geaccepteerd in IFRS)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-4*$16" -msgstr "-4*$16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-6*$10" -msgstr "-6*$10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 -msgid "$8" -msgstr "$8" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." -msgstr "LIFO is niet toegestaan buiten de verenigde staten." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," -" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " -"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " -"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" -" quantity in stock * cost price)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 -msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Periodieke voorraadwaardering" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 -msgid "" -"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " -"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " -"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " -"physical inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 -msgid "" -"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" -" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " -"postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "Leveranciersfactuur" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "\\" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "Debet" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "Credit" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "Activa: Voorraad" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -msgid "50" -msgstr "50" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "Activa: Uitgestelde belasting activa" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "4.68" -msgstr "4.68" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "Passiva: Crediteur rekeningen" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "54.68" -msgstr "54.68" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "Configuratie:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " -"related product (Expense Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 -msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 -msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "Goederen ontvangsten" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "Geen boekingen" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "Verkoopfactuur" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "Inkomsten: verkochte goederen" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "9" -msgstr "9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "Activa: debiteuren rekeningen" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "109" -msgstr "109" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " -"product (Income Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 -msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 -msgid "Customer Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "Productieorders" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" -" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" -" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " -"inventory value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 -msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "X" -msgstr "X" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "Uitgaven: kost van verkocht product" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "Uitgaven: Aangekochte goederen" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 -msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 -msgid "" -"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " -"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" -"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " -"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " -"testing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 -msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." -msgstr "Laten we het voorbeeld nemen van een reseller." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 -msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr "**Configuratie:**" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 -msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" -" specific product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 -msgid "" -"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " -"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " -"product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 -msgid "" -"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 -msgid "" -"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " -"as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "€0" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "Ontvang 8 producten aan €10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "+8*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "€80" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "Ontvang 4 producten aan €16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "+4*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "€120" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "-10*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "€20" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "Ontvang 2 producten aan €9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "+2*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "€40" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "€12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "+4*€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "€144" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "-10*€12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "€24" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "Ontvang 2 producten aan €6" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "€9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "+2*€6" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "€36" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "-8*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "-2*€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "€32" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "€11" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "€44" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-4*€16" -msgstr "-4*€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-6*€10" -msgstr "-6*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 -msgid "€8" -msgstr "€8" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 -msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 -msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 -msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 -msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "Belangrijkste concepten" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 -msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 -msgid "" -"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " -"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" -" locations (possibly virtual)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 -msgid "Operations" -msgstr "Bewerkingen" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -msgid "Production Order" -msgstr "Productieorder" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 -msgid "Consume:" -msgstr "Verbruik:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" -msgstr "2 wielen: Stock → Productie" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" -msgstr "1 Fietsframe: Stock → Productie" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 -msgid "Produce:" -msgstr "Produceer:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" -msgstr "1 fiets: productie → Stock" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "1 fiets: Leverancier → Klant" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Configurarion:" -msgstr "Configuratie:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: on the product form" -msgstr "Leverancier: op het product formulier" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" -msgstr "Klant: op de verkooporder zelf" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -msgid "Client Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 -msgid "Pick" -msgstr "Pick" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 -msgid "Pack" -msgstr "Verpakking" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "Afleveradres" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 -msgid "Transfer:" -msgstr "Overplaatsing:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 -msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 -msgid "Missing products in inventory" -msgstr "Ontbrekende producten in voorraad" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 -msgid "Extra products in inventory" -msgstr "Extra producten in voorraad" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 -msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Reception" -msgstr "Ontvangst" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 -msgid "Analysis" -msgstr "Analyse" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " -"products * product cost)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 -msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 -msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 -msgid "" -"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" -" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -msgid "New sale orders" -msgstr "Nieuwe verkooporders" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Effect" -msgstr "Effect" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -msgid "" -"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " -"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " -"(property)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" -msgstr "Minimale voorraadregels" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 -msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." -msgstr "Een inkoop is aangemaakt op de regel zijn locatie." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 -msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" -msgstr "Inkoop locatie: op de regel, veld \"Locatie\"" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Procurement rules" -msgstr "Inkoopregels" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 -msgid "" -"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " -"be fulfilled e.g.:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 -msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" -msgstr "waar het product vandaan moet komen (bronlocatie)" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 -msgid "" -"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " -"To Stock)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 -msgid "needs schema thing from FP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 -msgid "Routes" -msgstr "Routes" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " -"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " -"sales order lines, warehouse,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "Magazijnen" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 -msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 -msgid "Picking List:" -msgstr "Verzamellijst:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 -msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" -msgstr "Verzamelzone → Verpakkingszone" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 -msgid "Pack List:" -msgstr "Verzamellijst:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 -msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" -msgstr "Verpakkingszone → Poort A" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Delivery Order:" -msgstr "Ontvangst order:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Gate A → Customer" -msgstr "Poort A → Klant" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 -msgid "" -"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " -"the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "A Product" -msgstr "Een product" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 -msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" -msgstr "Product route voorbeeld: Kwaliteitscontrole" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 -msgid "Reception:" -msgstr "Ontvangst:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 -msgid "Supplier → Input" -msgstr "Leverancier → Input" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 -msgid "Confirmation:" -msgstr "Bevestiging:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 -msgid "Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "Input → Kwaliteitscontrole" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Storage:" -msgstr "Opslag:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "Kwaliteitscontrole → Stock" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Product Category" -msgstr "Productcategorie" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 -msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 -msgid "Cross-Docks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 -msgid "Input → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Delivery:" -msgstr "Ontvangst:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 -msgid "Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Sale Order Line" -msgstr "Verkooporderregel" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 -msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" -msgstr "Verkooporderlijn voorbeeld: dropshipping" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Order:" -msgstr "Order:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "Leverancier → Klant" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "Push regels" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " -"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" -" used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Kwaliteitscontrole" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 -msgid "Product lands in Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 -msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Warehouse Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 -msgid "Product lands in Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 -msgid "Procurement Groups" -msgstr "Verwervingsgroepen" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 -msgid "" -"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " -"provided:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 -msgid "Picking" -msgstr "Verzamelen" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 -msgid "Packing" -msgstr "Verpakking" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 -msgid "Delivery Order" -msgstr "Ontvangst order" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 -msgid "Purchase Order" -msgstr "Inkooporder" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 -msgid "..." -msgstr "..." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 -msgid "" -"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " -"and locations are the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 -msgid "" -"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " -"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " -"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " -"together)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Terminologies" -msgstr "Terminologie" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " -"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " -"repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " -"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " -"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " -"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " -"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " -"procurements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " -"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" -" item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " -"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" -" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " -"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " -"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " -"enough stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 -msgid "" -"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" -" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 -msgid "" -"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " -"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " -"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " -"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " -"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " -"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " -"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" -" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " -"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " -"can be used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " -"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " -"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " -"or MTS,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " -"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " -"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " -"procurement group and locations are the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " -"between locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " -"in a warehouse or location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " -"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " -"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " -"units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " -"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " -"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" -" minimum stock rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " -"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " -"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " -"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " -"packing zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " -"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" -" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " -"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " -"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 -msgid "" -"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " -"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " -"goes in rack 3, storage A)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 -msgid "" -"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" -" it from the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "Proces overzicht" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "From procurement to delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " -"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" -" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" -" delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " -"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " -"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " -"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 -msgid "How to process a receipt ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Install Purchase application" -msgstr "Installeer Inkoop applicatie" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 -msgid "Make a purchase order" -msgstr "Maak een inkooporder" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " -"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." -msgstr "" -"Ga naar de **Aankopen** applicatie. Het eerste scherm is de " -"**Offerteaanvraag** lijst. Klik op de knop **Aanmaken**." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " -"products to your request for quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " -"quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 -msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 -msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 -msgid "From the purchase order" -msgstr "Van het verkooporder" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 -msgid "" -"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " -"related **Receipt**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 -msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." -msgstr "Klik erop om de **overschrijvingsopdracht** te zien." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 -msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" -msgstr "Vanuit het magazijn dashboard" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 -msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" -" the list of your deliveries to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 -msgid "Process the Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 -msgid "" -"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " -"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " -"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " -":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 -msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 -msgid "Install Sales application" -msgstr "Installeer de Verkoop applicatie" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 -msgid "Place a sale order" -msgstr "Plaats een verkooporder" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" -" team." -msgstr "" -"Ga naar de **Verkopen** applicatie. Klik op de **Offertes** knop van uw " -"team." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "U krijgt een lijst van al uw offertes. Klik op de **Aanmaken** knop." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " -"some products to your quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 -msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." -msgstr "Klik op **Bevestig verkoop** om het order te plaatsen." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 -msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 -msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "U kan de afleverorders ontvangen op 2 manieren:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 -msgid "From the sale order" -msgstr "Vanuit het verkooporde" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 -msgid "" -"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " -"**Delivery**:" -msgstr "" -"In de rechtse bovenhoek van uw verkooporder ziet u de knop met de " -"gerelateerde **Levering**:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 -msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " -"list of your receipts to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" -msgstr "Klik in de lijst op degene gerelateerd aan de verkooporder:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" -" on your dashboard." -msgstr "" -"Indien het product niet in stock is zal de verkooporder getoond worden als " -"**Wachtend** op uw dashboard." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "Verwerk de levering" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 -msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." -msgstr "E-Commerce orders worden op dezelfde manier verwerkt." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 -msgid "" -"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " -"methods. Please read the document " -":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced flows" -msgstr "Geavanceerde flows" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 -msgid "" -"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " -"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 -msgid "" -"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " -"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " -"transfers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 -msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 -msgid "" -"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " -"warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" -"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " -"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Aan de slag" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" -msgstr "Hoe Odoo voorraad op te zetten?" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " -"different screens you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" -"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 -msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Set up your warehouse" -msgstr "Zet uw magazijn op" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Import your vendors" -msgstr "Importeer uw fabrikanten" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Import your products" -msgstr "Importeer uw producten" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Set up the initial inventory" -msgstr "Zet de initiële voorraad op" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" -msgstr "Configureer uw verkoop in inkoop flows" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" -" valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" -" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" -" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " -"and use your scanner optimally." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "Geavanceerde routes" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "Concepten" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " -"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" -" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " -"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " -"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " -"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post" -"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 -msgid "Warehouse and routes" -msgstr "Magazijnen en routes" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" -" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" -" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," -" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 -msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" -msgstr "In het **Magazijn configuratie** tabblad selecteert u:" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 -msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 -msgid "then click on **Save**." -msgstr "klik vervolgens op **Opslaan**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 -msgid "Cross Docking Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 -msgid "" -"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " -"for the remaining part:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " -"created as an internal physical location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 -msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 -msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 -msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 -msgid "Product with cross dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 -msgid "" -"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" -" above as well as the **Buy** route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 -msgid "" -"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " -"for replenishment of a stockable product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" -msgstr ":doc:`use_routes`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " -"application in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid "" -"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " -"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " -"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 -msgid "" -"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " -"and routes in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "Nieuw magazijn aanmaken" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " -"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 -msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " -"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" -" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " -"been generated for your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "Een nieuwe voorraad aanmaken" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " -"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" -" you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " -"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " -"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" -" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " -"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " -"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " -"orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " -"all yours product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "Interne overplaatsing aanmaken" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" -" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " -"proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 -msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 -msgid "" -"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " -"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " -"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " -"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." -msgstr "" -"Indien u **Valideren** selecteert zal Odoo alle hoeveelheden verwerken om te" -" verplaatsen." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 -msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "Het is ook mogelijk om manueel elk product te verplaatsen:" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 -msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 -msgid "" -"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " -"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " -"indicate how much products you process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " -"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " -"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " -"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "Wat is een inkoop regel?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "Configuratie inkoopregels" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possible :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "Wat is een push regel?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "Instellingen push regels" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "Stock overplaatsingen" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "Hoe routes te gebruiken?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "Beheer productieketens" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "Beheer standaardlocaties per product" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" -msgstr "" -"Help verhuurbeheer, door het genereren van automatische ruil verplaatsingen " -"voor gehuurde producten" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "Voorgeconfigureerde routes" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "Odoo heeft bepaalde voorgeconfigureerde routes voor uw magazijnen." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 -msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "Aangepaste routes" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 -msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "Routes toegepast op producten" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "Routes toegepast op product categorie" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "Routes toegepast op verkooporderlijnen" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." -msgstr "" -"Om dit te doen werken moet ook het gebruik van routes activeren op de " -"verkooporder." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "Inkoop en push regels" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "Raadpleeg aub de documenten:" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "Inkoop configuratie" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 -msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 -msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 -msgid "Product Costing" -msgstr "Product kosten" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " -"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " -"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " -"to be installed)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 -msgid "Add costs to products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " -"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" -" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. " -"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines " -"will be split accross your transfers lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 -msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " -"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " -"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " -"appropriate location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 -msgid "" -"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" -" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " -"of a potential chemical reaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " -"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " -"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " -"level)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " -"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" -" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 -msgid "Setting up a strategy" -msgstr "Een strategie opzetten" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." -msgstr "" -"Laten we een voorbeeld nemen van een winkel waar we groenten en fruit " -"bewaren." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " -"product quality." -msgstr "" -"We moeten dit type van product in verschillende locaties opslaan om " -"productkwaliteit te onderhouden." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " -"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " -"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " -"Strategy**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " -"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " -"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u alle nodige informatie heeft ingevuld klikt u op **Opslaan**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " -"automatically be transferred to the correct location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Current Inventory`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 -msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." -msgstr "Daar kan u de huidige voorraad zien per locatie." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " -"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " -"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " -"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " -"on the **location**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " -"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " -"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 -msgid "Types of removal strategy" -msgstr "Soorten verwijder strategieën" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 -msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" -msgstr "FIFO ( First In First Out )" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "" -"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " -"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " -"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " -"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 -msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "Laten we een voorbeeld van een FIFA verwijderingsstrategie nemen." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " -"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 -msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" -"Maak een verkooporder met ``25`` eenheden van een ``iPod 32 GB`` en bevestig" -" deze." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 -msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" -msgstr "LIFO (Last In First Out)" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " -"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " -"shelf life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" -" ``WH/Stock`` location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 -msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." -msgstr "Maak een verkooporder met ``10`` eenheden van de ``Ipod 32 Gb``." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 -msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" -msgstr "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" -" according to their expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " -"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" -" to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " -"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " -"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 -msgid "" -"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " -"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " -"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " -"goods with this serial/lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " -"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " -"removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 -msgid "" -"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " -"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " -"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " -"lots pass their **alert date**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " -"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" -" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " -"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " -"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," -" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " -"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " -"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " -"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " -"after the lot has been created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " -"expiration date fields as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" -msgstr "Product gebruiksduur --> Beste voor datum" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 -msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" -msgstr "Product verwijdertijd --> Verwijderdatum" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 -msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" -msgstr "Product levensduur --> Einde levensduur datum" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 -msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" -msgstr "Product waarschuwingstijd --> Waarschuwingsdatum" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 -msgid "" -"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " -"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " -"expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr "**Lot / Serie Nr**" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Product**" -msgstr "**Product**" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr "**Vervaldatum**" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "LOT0001" -msgstr "LOT0001" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "Ice Cream" -msgstr "IJs" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "08/20/2015" -msgstr "08/20/2015" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "LOT0002" -msgstr "LOT0002" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "08/10/2015" -msgstr "08/10/2015" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "LOT0003" -msgstr "LOT0003" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "08/15/2015" -msgstr "08/15/2015" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 -msgid "" -"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " -"removal strategy **FEFO**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 -msgid "" -"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" -" the removal dates." -msgstr "" -"Het neemt ``10kg`` van ``LOT0002`` en ``5KG`` van ``LOT0003`` gebaseerd op " -"de verwijderdatums." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Instellingen" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Producten" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "Hoe de correcte bevoorrading strategie te kiezen" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" -"Minimale voorraadregels en Maak op Order hebben soortgelijke gevolgen maar " -"verschillende regels. Ze moeten worden gebruikt, afhankelijk van uw " -"productie- en levering- strategieën." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" -"Minimum voorraadregels worden gebruikt om ervoor te zorgen dat u altijd het " -"minimale aantal producten op voorraad heeft om uw producten te kunnen " -"vervaardigen en / of te beantwoorden aan uw klantenbehoeften. Wanneer het " -"voorraadniveau van een product het minimum bereikt, zal het systeem " -"automatisch een inkooporder genereren met de hoeveelheid die nodig is om het" -" maximale voorraadniveau te bereiken." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" -"Met de functie Maak op Order wordt een aankooporder geactiveerd dat gelijk " -"is aan het aantal bestelde producten. Het systeem zal de huidige voorraad **" -" niet ** controleren. Dit betekent dat een concept aankooporder wordt " -"gegenereerd, ongeacht de beschikbare hoeveelheid." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" -"De Minimum voorraad regels configuratie is beschikbaar door de Voorraad " -"module. In het Voorraadbeheer menu selecteer \"Aanvulopdracht regels\" in " -"het drop down menu. Druk daar op \"Aanmaken\" om minimum en maximum stock " -"waarden in te geven voor een bepaald product." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" -"Toon tooltips voor de velden *minimale hoeveelheid*, *maximale hoeveelheid* " -"en *meerdere hoeveelheden*" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" -"Klik vervolgens op uw product om het gerelateerde productformulier en het " -"\"Voorraad submenu\" te zien, vergeet geen leverancier aan te duiden." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" -"Vergeet niet het juiste soort product te selecteren. Een verbruik product " -"kan niet gestockeerd worden en wordt dus niet gebruikt in de stock " -"berekening." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "Klik in het product scherm onder Inventaris op \"Maak op Order\"." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different units of measure?" -msgstr "Hoe verschillende maateenheden te gebruiken?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, " -"you will need to convert the units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" -"U kan Odoo opzetten om te werken met meerdere maateenheden voor een product." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "Setting up units on your products" -msgstr "Eenheden instellen op uw producten" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you " -"would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " -"**Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " -"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " -"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 -msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." -msgstr "Klik op de wijzigen knop |edit| om nieuwe maateenheden aan te maken." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" -msgstr "Overplaatsen van één eenheid naar een andere" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " -"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" -msgstr "In dit voorbeeld zitten we in de eieren markt:" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" -msgstr "We kopen eieren per schaal (30 eieren)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" -msgstr "" -"We controleren alle eieren individueel wanneer we ze ontvangen " -"(kwaliteitscontrole)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 -msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" -msgstr "We verkopen eieren per dozijn aan de klanten" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " -"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 -msgid "Procurement" -msgstr "Verwerving" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " -"measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" -msgstr "De maateenheid kan ook gewijzigd worden op de inkooporder:" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 -msgid "The quality control is done by unit." -msgstr "De kwaliteitscontrole is gedaan per eenheid." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " -"check is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " -"**Draft**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " -"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" -" the unit to the dozen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" -" measure :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " -"converted automatically :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Create a link when the document is available - When should you use " -"packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Unit of measures" -msgstr "Maateenheden" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." -" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" -" warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." -msgstr "" -"De maateenheid voor de verkoop is ingesteld op het verkooporder en kan " -"anders zijn." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "Verpakkingen" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "Verpakking" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 -msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." -msgstr "Verpakking in de fysieke container die uw product beschermd." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " -"notice and the power plug." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 -msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." -msgstr "In Odoo worden verpakkingen gebruikt voor indicatieve doeleinden." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " -"only for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 -msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" -msgstr "Wilt u pakketten, verpakkingen of maateenheden gebruiken?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 -msgid "" -"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " -"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" -" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" -" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " -"**packaging**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " -"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`uom`" -msgstr ":doc:`uom`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Using product variants" -msgstr "Product varianten gebruiken" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " -"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " -"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "" -"Als een voorbeeld van een bedrijf dat t-shirts verkoopt kan het de volgende " -"producten hebben:" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 -msgid "B&C T-shirt" -msgstr "B&C T-shirt" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "Groottes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 -msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" -msgstr "Kleuren: Blauw, Rood, Wit, Zwart" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " -"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." -" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "Impact van varianten" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " -"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " -"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " -"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " -"the template or the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " -"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " -"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " -"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " -"variant)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " -"product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr "" -"**Foto**: de foto is gerelateerd aan de variant, elke variatie van een " -"product heeft mogelijk zijn eigen primaire foto." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " -"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " -"Income Account, Taxes)" -msgstr "" -"**Andere velden**: de meeste andere velden behoren tot het productsjabloon. " -"Indien u ze update updaten automatisch alle varianten. (bijvoorbeeld: " -"inkomende rekening, belastingen)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Should you use variants?" -msgstr "Zou u varianten moeten gebruiken?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 -msgid "When should you use variants?" -msgstr "Wanneer moet u varianten gebruiken?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 -msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" -msgstr "Varianten gebruiken heeft de volgende gevolgen:" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " -"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " -"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" -" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " -"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" -" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " -"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " -"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " -"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" -" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " -"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 -msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" -msgstr "Wanneer zou u varianten moeten vermijden?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " -"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " -"of managing lots of products that are similars." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 -msgid "" -"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" -" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " -"product templates and all their related variations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 -msgid "" -"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " -"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " -"example, a company having these products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 -msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" -msgstr "Kwaliteit: T-Shirts, Polo's, Shirts" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue" -msgstr "Kleur: Rood, Blauw" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" -msgstr "Grootte: S, M, L, XL" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 -msgid "" -"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " -"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " -"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " -"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " -"e-Commerce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 -msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" -msgstr "Productsjabloon: T-shirt" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 -msgid "Product Template: Polos" -msgstr "Productsjabloon: Polo's" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 -msgid "Activate the variant feature" -msgstr "Activeer de varianten optie" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " -"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " -"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " -"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " -"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 -msgid "Creating products with variants" -msgstr "Producten aanmaken met varianten" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 -msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." -msgstr "Klik nu op het product als u er varianten aan wilt toevoegen." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " -"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " -"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " -"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " -"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 -msgid "" -"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " -"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " -"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " -"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 -msgid "" -"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." -msgstr "" -"U kan ook een verschillende barcode en interne referentie toevoegen aan de " -"variant." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u alle specificaties van de variant hebt ingesteld klikt u op " -"**Opslaan**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 -msgid "Managing Product Variants" -msgstr "Productvarianten beheren" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " -"variant attributes :" -msgstr "" -"De onderstaande voorbeelden zijn allemaal gebaseerd op dit productsjabloon " -"dat twee variant attributen heeft:" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 -msgid "T-Shirt B&C" -msgstr "T-Shirt B&C" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" -msgstr "Kleur: Rood, Blauw, Wit" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "Grootte: S, M, L, XL, XXL" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 -msgid "Managing combination possibilities" -msgstr "Combinatie mogelijkheden beheren" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 -msgid "" -"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " -"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " -"you can deactivate the white product variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." -" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " -"XXL." -msgstr "" -"Om dit te doen klikt u op de **Varianten** knop, selecteert u XXL, wit " -"t-shirt. Vanuit het product scherm vinkt u de optie **Actief** uit voor het " -"witte XXL t-shirt." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 -msgid "" -"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." -msgstr "" -"Dat de-activering van een product anders is dan een voorraad van 0 te " -"hebben." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "Een prijs instellen per variant" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " -"product." -msgstr "" -"U kan een kost toevoegen bovenop de standaard prijs voor sommige varianten " -"van een product." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " -"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " -"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " -"variant that will be added to the original price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 -msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." -msgstr "Wanneer u alle extra waardes heeft ingegeven klikt u op **Opslaan**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226 -msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227 -msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "Wat is het verschil tussen magazijnen en locaties?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " -"warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "Er zijn 3 soorten locaties:" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new location?" -msgstr "Hoe een nieuwe locatie aan te maken?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new location" -msgstr "Een nieuwe locatie aanmaken" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" -" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" -" describe your location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 -msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." -msgstr "Klik op **Opslaan** wanneer u klaar bent." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" -msgstr "Hoe een nieuw magazijn aan te maken?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " -"fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 -msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." -msgstr "In **Magazijn naam** geeft u de volledige naam van het magazijn in." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " -"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " -"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " -"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " -"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " -"edit it afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 -msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Klik op **Opslaan** om de configuratie van uw nieuwe magazijn te bewaren." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " -"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Operations" -msgstr "Verzend operaties" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 -msgid "" -"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 -msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " -"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " -"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" -" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " -"Tracking Ref**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 -msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." -msgstr "U zal nu zien dat de verzending geannuleerd is." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 -msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." -msgstr "U kan nu de leverancier wijzigen indien u dit wenst." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 -msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " -"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " -"get a new tracking number and a new label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" -msgstr "Hoe de verzendkosten te factureren aan de klant?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 -msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "Er zijn twee manieren om de verzendkosten te factureren:" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 -msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" -msgstr "" -"Ga akkoord met de klant over een kost en verzegel het in de verkooporder" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." -msgstr "Factureer de echte kost van de verzending." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " -"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " -"Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " -"rules." -msgstr "" -"U kan manueel een prijs instellen voor de verzending: dit kan een vast " -"bedrag zijn of gebaseerd zijn op regels." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " -"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" -msgstr "Hoe de verzendkosten te factureren aan de klant?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "Factureer de prijs ingesteld op de verkooporder" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 -msgid "" -"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " -"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u de factuur aanmaakt neemt het de prijs die is ingesteld op het " -"verkooporder." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 -msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "Factureer de echte verzendkosten" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " -"order and proceed to deliver the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" -" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." -msgstr "" -"Ga terug naar de verkooporder, de echte kost is nu toegevoegd aan het " -"verkooporder." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u de factuur aanmaakt neemt het de berekende prijs van de " -"transporteur." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " -"add a line to the sale order." -msgstr "" -"Indien u de levering splitst en verschillende leveringen maakt zal elke " -"leverorder een lijn toevoegen aan het verkooporder." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 -msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr ":doc:`labels`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 -msgid "How to print shipping labels?" -msgstr "Hoe verzendlabels af te printen?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " -"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " -"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " -"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 -msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 -msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "Configureer de aflevermethode" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " -"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" -msgstr "" -"De configuratie van de transporteur is onderverdeeld in twee kolommen:" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" -" more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" -"De eerste is gelinkt aan **uw account** (ontwikkelaar sleutel, wachtwoord, " -"...). Voor meer informatie kan u terecht op de website van de provider." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " -"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 -msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 -msgid "Company configuration" -msgstr "Bedrijfsconfiguratie" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " -"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 -msgid "" -"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " -"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " -"data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "Product configuratie" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " -"computation cannot be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " -"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" -" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 -msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" -msgstr "Hoe verzendlabels afdrukken?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " -"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" -" third party shipper in the additional info tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 -msgid "" -"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 -msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "Klik erop om het document te openen en te printen:" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " -"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " -"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " -"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " -"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 -msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "Klik op **Toepassen** wanneer u klaar bent." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 -msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "Verkooporder" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 -msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 -msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " -"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 -msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 -msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "Doe dezelfde stap met de andere onderdelen die u wilt inpakken." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 -msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "Klik op **Valideren** wanneer u klaar bent." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 -msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " -"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " -"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " -"underneath:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" -msgstr "Hoe een aflevermethode op te zetten?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " -"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " -"but also on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " -"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " -"compute the real price and the packagings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 -msgid "Install the inventory module" -msgstr "Installeer de Voorraad module" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " -"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" -" order to see it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" -" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 -msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." -msgstr "Stel eerst een naam en transportbedrijf in." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." -msgstr "" -"Vervolgens moet u de prijs instellen. Het kan een vaste prijs zijn of " -"gebaseerd zijn op regels." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " -"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " -"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " -"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " -"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " -"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " -"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " -"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " -":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " -"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 -msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "Levering" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 -msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 -msgid "" -"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " -"chosen delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "Een DHL.com SiteID" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "Een DHL wachtwoord" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "Een DHL rekeningnummer" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " -"Rest of the world)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " -"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 -msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "SiteID en wachtwoord ophalen voor verenigde staten" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " -"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " -"given in the demo data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "**SiteID**: KlantTest" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "**Wachtwoord**: alkd89nBV" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "**DHL rekeningnummer**: 803921577" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " -"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" -" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" -" shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " -"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " -"will appear on your ecommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 -msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "Vink **Verzending ingeschakeld** aan wanneer u het wilt gebruiken." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " -"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " -"For more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" -"De eerste is gelinkt aan **uw account** (ontwikkelaar sleutel, wachtwoord, " -"...). Voor meer informatie kan u terecht op de website van de provider." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " -"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " -"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " -"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " -"United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" -" you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " -"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " -"method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " -"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " -"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " -"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" -" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" -" be computed once the transfer is validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" -" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " -"to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "Hoe UPS login gegevens krijgen voor integratie met Odoo?" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "Om de Odoo UPS API te gebruiken moet u:" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "Een UPS.com gebruikersid en wachtwoord" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "Een UPS rekeningnummer" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "Een toegangssleutel" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" -" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "Maak een UPS rekening" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" -" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " -"Service in order to to open an account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" -" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " -"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " -"online profile by following these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "" -"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" -" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " -"complete the registration process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " -"follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 -msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "Klik op het **Mijn UPS** tabblad." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "Klik op de **Rekening samenvatting** link." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 -msgid "" -"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " -"Details** section of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 -msgid "" -"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " -"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" -" States.q" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 -msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "Klik op de **Volgende** knop om verder te gaan." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 -msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "Krijg een toegangssleutel" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 -msgid "" -"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " -"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 -msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" -msgstr "" -"1. Ga naar de **UPS ontwikkelaars kit** webpagina " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 -msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "Login bij UPS.com met uw gebruikersid en wachtwoord" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "Klik op de link **Toegangssleutel aanvragen**." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "Controleer uw contactgegevens" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 -msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " -"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " -"contact." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ae26fec25 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -0,0 +1,10144 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Thijs van Oers <thijsvanoers@yahoo.com>, 2021 +# Alain van Hall <ajcvhall@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2021 +# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2021 +# Eric Geens <eric.geens@vitabiz.be>, 2021 +# Arnaud De Moyer <arnauddemoyer@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Onno van Koolwijk <onneau@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2021 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory & Mrp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:66 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Voorraad" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "Barcodes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "Dagelijkse bewerkingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" +msgstr "Hoe een voorraad wijziging te doen met barcodes?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "From the Barcode application:" +msgstr "Vanuit de Barcode applicatie:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Inventory**" +msgstr "Klik op **Voorraad**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" +" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." +msgstr "" +"Scan alle producten (Indien u 5 identieke producten heeft scant u deze 5 " +"keer of gebruikt u het toetsenbord om de hoeveelheid in te stellen)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " +"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " +"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." +msgstr "" +"Indien u meerdere locaties beheerd scant u eerst de locatie voordat u de " +"producten scant. Scan bijvoorbeeld de barcode van een schap; scan elk " +"product op het schap; en herhaal dit voor elk schap in het magazijn." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u alle producten van de locatie heeft gescand valideert u de " +"voorraad manueel of door de barcode **Valideer** te scannen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders?" +msgstr "Hoe uitgaande leveringen te verwerken?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " +"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " +"scan products directly)." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn twee aanpakken om leveringen te verwerken: u kan werken op " +"afgedrukte documenten (en regels scannen van het document), of van een " +"scherm (en scan direct producten)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" +msgstr "Verwerk afgedrukte afleverorders:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " +"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "" +"Print uitgaande leveringen van vandaag door alle documenten te selecteren " +"vanuit de **Te Doen** lijst en print **Lever operaties** vanuit het bovenste" +" menu." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " +"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "" +"Eenmaal u uitgaande leveringen begint te verwerken klikt u op **Scan de " +"barcode** in de rechterbovenhoek van het document op het juiste record te " +"openen op het scherm." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " +"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " +"accessible, visible or is missing." +msgstr "" +"*Scan de barcode** vervolgens van elk product of scan de barcode van het " +"product op de verzamellijst regel als de barcode op het product niet " +"gemakkelijk toegankelijk is, niet goed zichtbaar is of ontbreekt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " +"finish the operation." +msgstr "" +"Nadat u alle producten heeft gescand klikt u op de **Valideer** barcode " +"actie om de operatie te voltooien." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 +msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "Verwerk uitgaande leveringen vanuit een computer of mobiel toestel:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." +msgstr "" +"Laad alle uitgaande leveringen die gemarkeerd zijn als **Te doen** en open " +"de eerste." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 +msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." +msgstr "Haal elk product op en scan het." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " +"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u alle items heeft verzameld klikt u op de **Valideer** knop of " +"scant u de **Valideer barcode** actie om de operatie te voltooien." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " +"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "" +"Ga naar de volgende uitgaande leveringen om te verwerken door te klikken op " +"de **pijl** rechtsboven of door de **Volgende pagina** barcode actie te " +"scannen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" +msgstr "Hoe een interne overplaatsing te doen?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" +msgstr "In Odoo zijn er twee soorten interne verplaatsingen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" +msgstr "" +"Die automatisch zijn geïnitialiseerd door het systeem (bijvoorbeeld, een " +"kwaliteitscontrole)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " +"of the dashboard)." +msgstr "" +"Die aangemaakt door een werker (bijvoorbeeld, via de interne verplaatsing " +"locatie van het dashboard)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 +msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" +msgstr "Om een interne overplaatsing aan te maken:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 +msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" +msgstr "" +"Vanuit de thuispagina of de barcode applicatie scant u de **Bronlocatie**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 +msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" +msgstr "Haal de producten op en **Scan de producten**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 +msgid "Scan the **destination location**" +msgstr "Scan de **Bestemmingslocatie**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 +msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" +msgstr "**Valideer** de overplaatsing om ze af te werken" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" +msgstr "Hoe partijen en serienummers beheren met barcodes?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " +"outgoing deliveries:" +msgstr "" +"Partijnummers kunnen worden gecodeerd van binnenkomende zendingen, interne " +"mutaties en uitgaande leveringen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" +msgstr "" +"In de barcode interface, **scan** de producten waarvan u een partij wilt " +"aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " +"the lots/serial numbers" +msgstr "" +"Indien dit product beheerd moet worden door partijen opent zich een scherm " +"dat u helpt om de partij/serienummers in te scannen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" +" one automatically" +msgstr "" +"**Scan** een partij barcode, **type** er manueel één in of **laat leeg** om " +"automatisch een barcode te genereren" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 +msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" +msgstr "Klik of scan **Valideer** wanneer u klaar bent" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" +msgstr "Wat is het verschil tussen **Partijen** en **Serienummers**?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " +"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." +msgstr "" +"Partijnummers zijn kenmerkend aan meerdere identieke producten, dus elke " +"keer als u een partijnummer scant, zal Odoo eentje toevoegen aan het product" +" aantal." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " +"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " +"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." +msgstr "" +"Aan de andere kant, is een \"serienummer\" uniek en vertegenwoordigd door " +"één barcode, geplaatst op één item. Dit betekent dat Odoo het zelfde " +"serienummer maar één keer scant per handeling." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." +msgstr "" +"Hier hebben we **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** geconfigureerd om tracering met " +"partijen te doen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" +" product (you can also use the keyboard)." +msgstr "" +"Scan een product van de inkomende zending en scan vervolgens het " +"partijnummer van elk product (u kunt ook het toetsenbord gebruiken)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 +msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." +msgstr "Click bewaar/scan **Valideer** en u bent klaar." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" +msgstr "Hoe ontvangsten te verwerken?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " +"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " +"scan products directly)." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn twee mogelijkheden om ontvangsten te verwerken: u kan werken op " +"afgedrukte documenten (en lijnen scannen van het document), of van een " +"scherm (en scan direct producten)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" +msgstr "Verwerk afgedrukte aankooporders:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " +"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "" +"Print ontvangsten van vandaag door alle documenten te selecteren vanuit de " +"**Te Doen** lijst en print **Lever operaties** vanuit het bovenste menu." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " +"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "" +"Als u eenmaal uw ontvangsten begint te verwerken scant u de streepjescode in" +" de rechterbovenhoek van uw document om de juiste ontvangstoperatie te " +"openen op het scherm." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " +"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " +"visible or is missing." +msgstr "" +"Scan dan de barcode van elk product, of scan de barcode van het product op " +"de verzamellijst als de barcode op het product niet gemakkelijk " +"toegankelijk/zichtbaar is of ontbreekt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 +msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "Verwerk inkomende leveringen vanuit een computer of mobiel toestel:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " +"one." +msgstr "" +"Laad alle inkomende leveringen die gemarkeerd zijn als **Te ontvangen** en " +"open de eerste." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " +"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u alle items heeft ontvangen klikt u op de **Valideer** knop of " +"scant u de **Valideer barcode** actie om de operatie te voltooien." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " +"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "" +"Ga naar de volgende te verwerken ontvangst door te klikken op de **pijl** " +"rechtsboven of door de **Volgende pagina** streepjescode actie te scannen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Voorbeeld" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 +msgid "Open operation interface." +msgstr "Open operaties interface." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 +msgid "Scan." +msgstr "Scan." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " +"and keyboard." +msgstr "" +"De selectie vind plaats. Scan uw artikelen en/of voeg informatie toe via " +"muis of keyboard handelingen. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Instellingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "Zet uw barcode scanner op" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " +"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " +"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" +"Aan de slag met het scannen van barcodes in Odoo is vrij eenvoudig. Toch is " +"een goede gebruikerservaring afhankelijk van een geschikte hardware-" +"installatie. Deze handleiding helpt u bij het kiezen en configureren van de " +"barcodescanner." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "Vind de barcode scanner die voldoet aan uw noden" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " +"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" +"Het 3 aanbevolen type barcodescanners om te werken met de Odoo ** voorraad " +"** en ** barcodescanning ** apps zijn de ** USB-scanner **, ** de bluetooth-" +"scanner ** en de ** mobiele-computer scanner ** ." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " +"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" +" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " +"be configured to be so." +msgstr "" +"Als u producten scant op een computerlocatie, is de ** USB-scanner ** de " +"juiste keuze. Sluit hem gewoon op de computer aan om te beginnen met " +"scannen. Zorg er voor dat de scanner compatibel is met uw " +"toetsenbordindeling of zo kan worden geconfigureerd." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" +" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " +"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " +"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " +"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," +" it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "Configureer uw barcode scanner" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "Toetsenbord layout" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" +" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" +"U barcode scanner moet geconfigureerd worden om dezelfde toetsenbord lay-out" +" te gebruiken als uw besturingssysteem. Anders zal uw scanner karakters niet" +" correct vertalen (een 'A' vervangen met een 'Q' bijvoorbeeld). De meeste " +"scanners worden geconfigureerd door de correcte streepjescode uit de " +"gebruikshandleiding te scannen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "Automatisch harde return" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " +"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " +"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" +" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " +"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" +" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Standaard heeft Odoo een vertraging van 50 milliseconden tussen elke " +"succesvolle scan (het helpt dubbele scans tegen te gaan die per ongeluk " +"gebeuren). Als u deze vertraging wilt onderdrukken kan u uw scanner " +"configureren om een harde return toe te voegen aan het einde van de barcode." +" Dit is vaak de standaard configuratie en kan expliciet worden toegepast " +"door een specifieke barcode te scannen die u kan vinden in uw handleiding " +"('CR suffix AAN', 'Voeg enter toe na suffix', enz.)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" +msgstr "Hoe barcodes te activeren in Odoo?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " +"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " +"the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" +"De functies voor barcodescanning kunnen u veel tijd doen besparen dat " +"meestal verloren gaat door het schakelen tussen het toetsenbord, de muis en " +"de scanner. Het op de juiste manier toewijzen van streepjescodes aan " +"producten, locaties voor pickings, enz. stelt u in staat efficiënter te " +"werken door de software bijna uitsluitend te besturen met de barcodescanner." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +msgid "Set products barcodes" +msgstr "Stel product barcodes in" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" +" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " +"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " +"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and " +"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This " +"interface can also be accessed via the planner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " +"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " +"them)." +msgstr "" +"<strong>Productvarianten:</strong> wees voorzichtig met streepjescodes " +"direct op een variant toe te voegen en niet op het sjabloonproduct (anders " +"kan u ze niet onderscheiden)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33 +msgid "Set locations barcodes" +msgstr "Stel locatie barcodes in" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " +"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " +"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " +"paper." +msgstr "" +"Als u meerdere locaties beheert, is het handig om aan elke locatie een " +"streepjescode toe te wijzen en deze op de locatie te plakken. U kunt de " +"streepjescode van de locaties configureren in: menuselectie: `Voorraad -> " +"Configuratie -> Magazijnbeheer -> Locaties`. Er is een knop in het menu ** " +"Afdrukken ** die u kunt gebruiken om de namen van locaties en streepjescodes" +" af te drukken. Er zijn 4 streepjescodes per pagina, zodanig gerangschikt " +"dat het handig is om op stickerpapier af te drukken." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " +"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 +msgid "Barcode formats" +msgstr "Barcode formaten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " +"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." +msgstr "" +"<strong>EAN-13 barcodes:</strong> gebruikt door de meeste producthandelaren," +" ze kunnen niet gemaakt worden zonder een autorisatie: bij de internationale" +" artikelnummer associatie kan u een EAN code reeks aankopen (de reden waarom" +" twee producten nooit dezelfde EAN code hebben)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " +"your own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "" +"Odoo ondersteund elke string als barcode dus u kan altijd uw eigen barcode " +"formaat definiëren voor intern gebruik." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "Magazijnbeheer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "Voorraadaanpassing" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 +msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" +msgstr "Hoe de initiële voorraad te maken?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " +"keep the inventory right." +msgstr "" +"Een van de belangrijkste kenmerken van een warehouse management software is " +"het bijhouden van een correcte voorraad." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " +"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " +"the right locations." +msgstr "" +"Zodra uw producten zijn gedefinieerd, is het tijd om uw eerste inventaris op" +" te maken. Dit wordt meteen een weerspiegeling van de realiteit door de " +"juiste hoeveelheden op de juiste locaties te inventariseren." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "Product configuratie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " +"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 +msgid "Start the initial inventory" +msgstr "Start de initiële voorraad" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 +msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" +msgstr "Update de producthoeveelheid voor één product" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" +" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 +msgid "" +"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" +" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 +msgid "" +"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " +"set the location of your product from this screen." +msgstr "" +"Indien u meerdere locaties gebruikt voor uw magazijn kan u de locatie van uw" +" product instellen vanuit dit scherm." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." +msgstr "" +"U kan nu vanuit de Beschikbare Hvh tab zien dat de hoeveelheid is geüpdatet." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" +" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " +"has automatically been created and validated by the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 +msgid "Multiple products at once" +msgstr "Meerdere producten in één keer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" +" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " +"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" +" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" +" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " +"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" +" (or child) locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " +"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." +msgstr "" +"U kan kiezen tussen het aanmaken van een voorraad voor alle producten, voor " +"een paar producten of maar één product. In dit geval kiezen we de **Alle " +"producten** optie." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " +"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " +"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " +"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" +" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " +"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." +msgstr "" +"Voeg de ** Reële hoeveelheid ** toe die u voor elk product in voorraad hebt " +"." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 +msgid "" +"additional information will be available according to the options you " +"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." +msgstr "" +"aanvullende informatie zal beschikbaar zijn volgens de opties die u hebt " +"geactiveerd (multi-locaties, serienummer, consignatie)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " +"it." +msgstr "" +"Klik de **Valideer voorraad** knop om de voorraad te bevestigen en ze te " +"plaatsen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Rapportages" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" +msgstr "Hoe te kiezen tussen de minimale stockregel en maak op order?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" +"Minimale voorraadregels en Maak op Order hebben soortgelijke gevolgen maar " +"verschillende regels. Ze moeten worden gebruikt, afhankelijk van uw " +"productie- en levering- strategieën." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "Terminologie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "Minimale stockregel" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " +"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" +"Minimum voorraadregels worden gebruikt om ervoor te zorgen dat u altijd het " +"minimale aantal producten op voorraad heeft om uw producten te kunnen " +"vervaardigen en / of te beantwoorden aan uw klantenbehoeften. Wanneer het " +"voorraadniveau van een product het minimum bereikt, zal het systeem " +"automatisch een inkooporder genereren met de hoeveelheid die nodig is om het" +" maximale voorraadniveau te bereiken." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "Maak op order" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " +"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " +"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " +"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" +"Met de functie Maak op Order wordt een aankooporder geactiveerd dat gelijk " +"is aan het aantal bestelde producten. Het systeem zal de huidige voorraad **" +" niet ** controleren. Dit betekent dat een concept aankooporder wordt " +"gegenereerd, ongeacht de beschikbare hoeveelheid." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "Minimale stockregels" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " +"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" +"Klik vervolgens op uw product om het gerelateerde productformulier en het " +"\"Voorraad submenu\" te zien, vergeet geen leverancier aan te duiden." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " +"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " +"stock valuation." +msgstr "" +"Vergeet niet het juiste soort product te selecteren. Een verbruik product " +"kan niet gestockeerd worden en wordt dus niet gebruikt in de stock " +"berekening." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " +"(or any other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:60 +msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." +msgstr "Klik in het product scherm onder Inventaris op \"Maak op Order\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "Kies tussen de twee opties" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" +"De keuze tussen de twee opties is dus afhankelijk van uw voorraadstrategie. " +"Als u de voorkeur geeft aan een buffer en steeds een minimum aantal op " +"voorraad wenst, moet de minimumvoorraadregel worden gebruikt. Als u uw " +"voorraden alleen wenst aan te vullen als uw verkoop is bevestigd, is het " +"beter om de Maak op order route te gebruiken." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "Leveringen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 +msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" +msgstr "Hoe een inkooporder annuleren?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Overzicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " +"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." +msgstr "" +"Odoo biedt u de mogelijkheid om een leveringsmethode te annuleren, of deze " +"nu te snel is gevalideerd, moet worden gewijzigd of om een andere reden." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " +"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " +"any bad surprise." +msgstr "" +"Sommige vervoerders zijn flexibeler dan andere, dus zorg ervoor dat u uw " +"levering zo snel mogelijk annuleert om onaangename verrassingen te " +"vermijden." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "Verkoopproces" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " +"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." +msgstr "" +"Ga naar **Verkopen** en klik op **Verkooporder** in de **Verkoop** module. " +"Klik vervolgens op de verkooporder die u wilt annuleren." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" +"Klik op de knop ** Levering** in de rechterbovenhoek van de verkooporder." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " +"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" +" cancel the delivery." +msgstr "" +"Klik op het tabblad ** Aanvullende Informatie ** , zult zien dat naast de **" +" Levering Tracking informatie **, er een ** Annuleren ** knop is. Klik erop " +"om de levering te annuleren." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" +" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." +msgstr "" +"Om ervoor te zorgen dat uw levering werd geannuleerd, check de historiek , u" +" ontvangt de bevestiging van de annulering." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 +msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" +msgstr "" +"Hoe kan ik een leveringsmethode beperken tot een bepaald aantal landen?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " +"limit them to a certain number of countries." +msgstr "" +"Met Odoo kunt u verschillende soorten leveringsmethoden instellen en kunt u " +"ze beperken tot een bepaald aantal landen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " +"**Delivery Methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de leveringsmethode die u wilt wijzigen of maak een nieuwe aan." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " +"this delivery method." +msgstr "" +"Kies op het tabblad ** Bestemming ** de landen waarop u deze " +"leveringsmethode wilt toepassen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 +msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." +msgstr "Laten we kijken naar het resultaat, nu dit klaar is." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " +"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " +"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " +"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is drop-shipping?" +msgstr "Wat is drop shipping?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " +"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " +"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " +"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" +"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " +"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," +" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 +msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" +msgstr "" +"Punten om rekening mee te houden bij de implementatie van drop-shipping" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " +"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " +"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" +" space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" +" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " +"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" +" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " +"sense!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" +" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " +"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" +" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" +" tracking number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " +"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " +"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" +" that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " +"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" +"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 +msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" +msgstr "Configureer drop-shipping" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " +"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" +" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " +"on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " +"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " +"supplier to the products you want to dropship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 +msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" +" that the route is **Dropshipping**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " +"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " +"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " +"will see that one shipment has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " +"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " +"dropship card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" +" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " +"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" +msgstr ":doc:`inventory_flow`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Te doen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of " +"my vendors?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " +"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " +"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr "**Een stap (verzending)**: Verzend direct vanuit stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " +"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " +"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " +"to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" +" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " +"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " +"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " +"especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " +"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " +"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " +"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "één stap flow" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "Lees aub de documentatie op :doc:`one_step`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "Twee stappen flow" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "Gelieve de documentatie te lezen op :doc:`two_steps`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "Drie stappen flow" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "Gelieve de documentatie te lezen op :doc:`three_steps`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "Hoe kan ik het type label wijzigen?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " +"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " +"delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" +" methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "Kies een levermethode en klik vervolgens op **Wijzigen**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" +" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " +"you create a new sale order." +msgstr "" +"Eenmaal dit gedaan is kan u het resultaat zien wanneer u de Verkoop module " +"opent en een nieuwe verkooporder aanmaakt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" +" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " +"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" +msgstr "Hoe leverorders in één stap verwerken (verzending)?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " +"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 +msgid "" +"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " +"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " +"and edit the concerned warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " +"Only)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "Maak een verkooporder aan" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " +"deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " +"the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "Verwerk een levering" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " +"Orders** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 +msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." +msgstr "Klik op de verzamellijst die u wilt verwerken." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: " +"From sales orders to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133 +msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" +msgstr "Hoe kan u het soort verpakking wijzigen voor uw verkooporder?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " +"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " +"**Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " +"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 +msgid "*Sale process*" +msgstr "*Verkoopproces*" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 +msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." +msgstr "" +"Ga naar **Verkopen** en klik op **Verkooporder** in de **Verkoop** module." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 +msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." +msgstr "Maak uw nieuwe verkooporder en **Bevestig de verkoop**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " +"redirected to the Delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 +msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " +"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " +"Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" +" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " +"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 +msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 +msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." +msgstr "Klik uiteindelijk op **Valideren** om de levering te bevestigen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " +"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " +"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " +"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " +"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "Configuring lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " +"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " +"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 +msgid "At a product level" +msgstr "Op een productniveau" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 +msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " +"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " +"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" +" select a supplier lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " +"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " +"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" +" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 +msgid "**Customer lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " +"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " +"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " +"time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 +msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" +" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " +"create manufacturing routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 +msgid "At the company level" +msgstr "Op bedrijfsniveau" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 +msgid "" +"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " +"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " +"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " +"of delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" +" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " +"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " +"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " +"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " +"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " +"keep your commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " +"of safety days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " +"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " +"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " +"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " +"here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +msgid "At route level" +msgstr "Op route niveau" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" +" can also influence the computed date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " +"app when creating a new push rule in a route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 +msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 +msgid "At sale order level:" +msgstr "Op verkooporder niveau:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "**Requested date**:" +msgstr "**Aanvraagdatum**:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " +"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" +" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" +" display a warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " +"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." +" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " +"on your configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" +msgstr "" +"Januari 19: werkelijk geplande leverdatum (1 dag na de verkoop veiligheid " +"dag)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +msgid "" +"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" +msgstr "" +"Januari 18: ontvang het product van uw leverancier (1 dag van inkoopdagen)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +msgid "" +"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " +"lead time)" +msgstr "" +"Januari 10: deadline om te bestellen bij uw leverancier (9 dagen van " +"leverancier zijn doorlooptijd)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " +"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," +" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " +"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " +"before shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " +"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " +"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" +" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " +"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " +"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " +"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " +"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" +" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " +"correct method for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "Install the Inventory module" +msgstr "Installeer de Voorraad module" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 +msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." +msgstr "" +"Zoek naar de **Magazijn** module en installeer ze vanuit het **App** menu." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" +" orders." +msgstr "" +"U moet ook de **Verkopen** module installeren om verkooporders te kunnen " +"aanmaken." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Allow managing routes" +msgstr "Sta beheren van magazijnen toe" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" +" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " +"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " +"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 +msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " +"that will be used." +msgstr "" +"Ga naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Magazijnen` en bewerk het magazijn " +"dat gebruikt zal worden." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " +"Ship).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 +msgid "Create a Sale Order" +msgstr "Maak een verkooporder" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " +"deliver." +msgstr "" +"Vanuit de **Verkopen** menu maakt u een verkooporder met een paar producten " +"die geleverd moeten worden." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " +"the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" +"Indien u op de knop klikt zou u nu drie verschillende verzamellijsten moeten" +" zien:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" +"De eerste met een referentie **PICK** om het verzamelproces aan te geven," + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," +msgstr "De tweede met de referentie **PACK** dat het verpakkingsproces is," + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 +msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" +"De laatste met een referentie **OUT** om de verzendwijze aan te geven." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 +msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " +"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 +msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" +" Zone**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " +"product available for the next step (Packing)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 +msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 +msgid "" +"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " +"product available for the next step (Shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 +msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " +"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders" +" to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " +"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" +" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " +"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " +"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " +"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " +"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " +"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " +"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " +"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "Allow management of routes" +msgstr "Sta het beheren van magazijnen toe" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " +"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " +"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" +" checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " +"check the radio button above)." +msgstr "" +"Klik bovenaan de pagina op **Toepassen** om de wijzigingen te bewaren " +"(indien u het keuzerondje hierboven moest aanduiden)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " +"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " +"activated beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 +msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " +"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " +"some products to deliver." +msgstr "" +"Installeer de **Verkopen** module als dit niet het geval is en maak een " +"verkooporder met een paar producten om te leveren." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " +"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " +"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " +"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " +"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" +" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " +"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " +"listed in the **To Do** column)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" +" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130 +msgid "" +"link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From" +" sales orders to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "Ontvangsten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" +" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " +"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr "**één stap**: Ontvang goederen direct in stock." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " +"before being admitted in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " +"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " +"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " +"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "De principes zijn de volgende:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr "**één stap**: U ontvangt de goederen direct in uw stock." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " +"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " +"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " +"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" +" goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" +" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " +"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " +"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " +"return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "Dit is de standaard configuratie in Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" +msgstr "" +"Hoe een kwaliteitscontrole stap toe te voegen bij het ontvangen van uw " +"goederen? (3 stappen)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " +"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " +"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " +"receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," +" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " +"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" +" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" +" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" +" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " +"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 +msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." +msgstr "Dit is het geval dat wordt uitgelegd in dit document." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 +msgid "Use advanced routes" +msgstr "Gebruik geavanceerde routes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " +"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." +msgstr "" +"Verzeker u ervan dat de optie **Beheer meerdere locaties per magazijn** is " +"aangevinkt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" +msgstr "" +"Hoe een kwaliteitscontrole stap toe te voegen bij het ontvangen van uw " +"goederen?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " +"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " +"goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " +"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " +"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "How to control a receipt?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 +msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " +"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" +" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " +"This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " +"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " +"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" +" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " +"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "" +"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " +"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " +"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " +"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" +" Control**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " +"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " +"ready to be controlled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 +msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " +"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " +"process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " +"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" +" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " +"controlled and has moved to your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr ":doc:`two_steps`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " +"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " +"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " +"processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " +"ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" +msgstr "Hoe configureer ik mijn magazijn?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " +"methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " +"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" +" steps)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " +"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " +"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " +"form view. This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" +" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 +msgid "" +"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" +" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " +"which makes the product available for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 +msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " +"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " +"quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " +"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " +"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr ":doc:`three_steps`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "Partijen en serienummers" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "Wat is het verschil tussen partijen en serienummers?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introductie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" +" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " +"altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "Wanneer te gebruiken" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " +"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " +"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " +"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " +"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" +" way you manage these products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "Wanneer niet te gebruiken" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " +"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " +"for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr ":doc:`lots`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" +msgstr "Hoe partijen te beheren van identieke producten?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " +"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" +" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " +"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up" +msgstr "Opzetten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "Applicatie configuratie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" +" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " +"**Track lots or serial numbers**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " +"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "Klik vervolgens op **Toepassen**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 +msgid "Operation types configuration" +msgstr "Soorten operatie configuratie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" +" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" +" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." +msgstr "" +"Uiteindelijk moet u nog aangeven welke producten u wilt traceren in " +"partijen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "Manage lots" +msgstr "Beheer partijen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 +msgid "Transfers" +msgstr "Verplaatsingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " +"input the lot number(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Click on the lot icon :" +msgstr "Klik op het lot icoon:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " +"and the quantity." +msgstr "" +"Een venster verschijnt. Klik op **Voeg item toe** en vul het lotnummer en de" +" hoeveelheid in." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " +"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." +msgstr "In de scanner interface hoeft u enkel de lotnummers in te scannen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +msgid "Inventory adjustment" +msgstr "Voorraad aanpassing" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" +"Voorraad van een product getraceerd op partij kan op 2 manieren gedaan " +"worden:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "Classic inventory by products" +msgstr "Klassieke voorraad op producten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "Inventory of a lot" +msgstr "Voorraad van een partij" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " +"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " +"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " +"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " +"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "Partij traceerbaarheid" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" +msgstr "" +"U kan de partij traceerbaarheid controleren vanuit :menuselection:`Voorraad " +"--> Voorraadcontrole --> Serienummers/Partijen`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 +msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" +msgstr "" +"U kan meer details krijgen door te klikken op de **Traceerbaarheid** knop:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`differences`" +msgstr ":doc:`differences`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" +msgstr "Hoe met serienummers werken?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " +"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " +"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " +"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" +" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " +"location where the products are moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " +"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "Serienummers beheren" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " +"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" +" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " +"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " +"Split icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" +msgstr "Klik op het serienummer icoon:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " +"numbers." +msgstr "" +"Een venster verschijnt. Klik op **Voeg item toe** en vul de serienummers in." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " +"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are " +"moving those serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." +msgstr "In de scanner interface hoeft u enkel de serienummer in te scannen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory of a serial number" +msgstr "Voorraad van een serienummer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " +"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 +msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." +msgstr "De hoeveelheid moet 1 zijn voor elke lijn." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " +"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " +"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "Traceerbaarheid serienummer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" +" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " +":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " +"serial number corresponding to your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "Memoriaal" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 +msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "Immediate Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and " +"quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is" +" why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the " +"column \"Done\" for the quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A " +"to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the " +"transfer right now)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 +msgid "Planned Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase " +"order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an " +"initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many " +"units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. " +"Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process " +"the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" +msgstr "Hoe stock te beheren die u niet bezit?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " +"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " +"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " +"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" +" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " +"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " +"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " +"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" +" it blank if you are the owner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" +msgstr "Hoe planners te configureren en te laten lopen?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 +msgid "What is a scheduler" +msgstr "Wat is een planner?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " +"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " +"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " +"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 +msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" +msgstr "Berekenen vereisten / Planning" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " +"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " +"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " +"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " +"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " +"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " +"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" +msgstr "De planner configureren en laten lopen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 +msgid "Run the scheduler manually" +msgstr "Voer de planner manueel uit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" +" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " +"click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " +"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " +"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," +" deliveries and supplier purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" +msgstr "" +"Configureer en laat de scanner lopen (alleen voor geavanceerde gebruikers)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" +" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " +"click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " +"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" +msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 +msgid "How to scrap products?" +msgstr "Hoe producten afkeuren?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" +" basic material" +msgstr "" +"Afkeuren betekend rest die geen economische waarde heeft of enkel de waarde " +"van het basismateriaal" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 +msgid "content recoverable through recycling." +msgstr "inhoud recupereerbaar via recyclage." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " +"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " +"during picking or physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " +"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " +"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per " +"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " +"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" +" --> Locations.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " +"location form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 +msgid "Different ways to scrap product" +msgstr "Verschillende manieren om producten af te keuren" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 +msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." +msgstr "Odoo biedt verschillende manieren aan om producten af te keuren." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 +msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Receipts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 +msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 +msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 +msgid "" +"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " +"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " +"**Scrap**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " +"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "Waarderingsmethoden" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " +"sheet. This implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:12 +msgid "" +"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " +"Real Price);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:15 +msgid "" +"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " +"Perpetual)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:19 +msgid "Costing Method" +msgstr "Kostprijsbepaling" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:66 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "Kostprijs" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "Handeling" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "Kostprijs per stuk" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "Beschikbare Hvh" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:187 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "Delta waarde" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "Voorraadwaarde" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:204 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 +msgid "0" +msgstr "0" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "$0" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "Ontvang 8 producten aan $10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 +msgid "8" +msgstr "8" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 +msgid "+8*$10" +msgstr "+8*$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "$80" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "Ontvang 4 producten aan $16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 +msgid "+4*$10" +msgstr "+4*$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 +msgid "$120" +msgstr "$120" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "Lever 10 producten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:206 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$10" +msgstr "-10*$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 +msgid "$20" +msgstr "$20" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" +msgstr "Ontvang 2 producten aan $9" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 +msgid "4" +msgstr "4" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:59 +msgid "+2*$10" +msgstr "+2*$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 +msgid "$40" +msgstr "$40" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " +"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " +"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:121 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "Gemiddelde prijs" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "$12" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 +msgid "+4*$16" +msgstr "+4*$16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "$144" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$12" +msgstr "-10*$12" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "$24" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" +msgstr "Ontvang 2 producten aan $6" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 +msgid "$9" +msgstr "$9" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:212 +msgid "+2*$6" +msgstr "+2*$6" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 +msgid "$36" +msgstr "$36" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " +"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" +" (see here attached)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 +msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." +msgstr "" +"De gemiddelde kost veranderd niet wanneer producten het magazijn verlaten." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:114 +msgid "" +"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" +" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " +"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" +" up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 +msgid "" +"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " +"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " +"matters in the cost computation." +msgstr "" +"Deze methode is voor geavanceerde gebruikers. Het vereist goede " +"bedrijfsprocessen omdat de volgorde waarin u uw orders verwerkt de " +"kostberekening veranderd." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:174 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "FIFO" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:151 +msgid "$16" +msgstr "$16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-8*$10" +msgstr "-8*$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-2*$16" +msgstr "-2*$16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 +msgid "$32" +msgstr "$32" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 +msgid "$11" +msgstr "$11" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 +msgid "$44" +msgstr "$44" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:216 +msgid "" +"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " +"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " +"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " +"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " +"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " +"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " +"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " +"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:173 +msgid "" +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," +" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" +msgstr "LIFO (niet geaccepteerd in IFRS)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-4*$16" +msgstr "-4*$16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-6*$10" +msgstr "-6*$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 +msgid "$8" +msgstr "$8" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." +msgstr "LIFO is niet toegestaan buiten de verenigde staten." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," +" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " +"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " +"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" +" quantity in stock * cost price)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 +msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Periodieke voorraadwaardering" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:241 +msgid "" +"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " +"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " +"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " +"physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:246 +msgid "" +"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" +" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " +"postings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +msgid "Vendor Bill" +msgstr "Leveranciersfactuur" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "\\" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "Debet" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "Credit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:309 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "Activa: Voorraad" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +msgid "50" +msgstr "50" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:259 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "Activa: Uitgestelde belasting activa" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:259 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "4.68" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:260 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "Passiva: Crediteur rekeningen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:260 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "54.68" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:74 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "Configuratie:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " +"related product (Expense Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:267 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "Goederen ontvangsten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:290 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "Geen boekingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "Verkoopfactuur" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" +msgstr "Inkomsten: verkochte goederen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:276 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:276 +msgid "9" +msgstr "9" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:277 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "Activa: debiteuren rekeningen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:277 +msgid "109" +msgstr "109" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " +"product (Income Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:282 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:287 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:290 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "Productieorders" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:296 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" +" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" +" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 +msgid "" +"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " +"inventory value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:305 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:310 +msgid "X" +msgstr "X" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "Uitgaven: kost van verkocht product" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:316 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "Uitgaven: Aangekochte goederen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:317 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 +msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:323 +msgid "" +"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " +"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" +"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " +"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " +"testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:330 +msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." +msgstr "Laten we het voorbeeld nemen van een reseller." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr "**Configuratie:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" +" specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:352 +msgid "" +"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " +"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " +"product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:356 +msgid "" +"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359 +msgid "" +"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " +"as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 +msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:359 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:360 +msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:205 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "€0" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "Ontvang 8 producten aan €10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "+8*€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "€80" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "Ontvang 4 producten aan €16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "+4*€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "€120" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "-10*€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "€20" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "Ontvang 2 producten aan €9" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:60 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "+2*€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "€40" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "€12" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "+4*€16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "€144" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "-10*€12" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "€24" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "Ontvang 2 producten aan €6" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "€9" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:213 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "+2*€6" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "€36" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:152 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "€16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "-8*€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "-2*€16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "€32" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "€11" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "€44" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-4*€16" +msgstr "-4*€16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-6*€10" +msgstr "-6*€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 +msgid "€8" +msgstr "€8" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:310 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:313 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "Belangrijkste concepten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 +msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " +"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" +" locations (possibly virtual)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 +msgid "Operations" +msgstr "Bewerkingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:32 +msgid "Production Order" +msgstr "Productieorder" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 +msgid "Consume:" +msgstr "Verbruik:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" +msgstr "2 wielen: Stock → Productie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" +msgstr "1 Fietsframe: Stock → Productie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:28 +msgid "Produce:" +msgstr "Produceer:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:29 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" +msgstr "1 fiets: productie → Stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:38 +msgid "Drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:35 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "1 fiets: Leverancier → Klant" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:38 +msgid "Configurarion:" +msgstr "Configuratie:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: on the product form" +msgstr "Leverancier: op het product formulier" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" +msgstr "Klant: op de verkooporder zelf" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:47 +msgid "Client Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 +msgid "Pick" +msgstr "Pick" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 +msgid "Pack" +msgstr "Verpakking" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "Afleveradres" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:46 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:54 +msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:51 +msgid "Transfer:" +msgstr "Overplaatsing:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:59 +msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 +msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 +msgid "Missing products in inventory" +msgstr "Ontbrekende producten in voorraad" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +msgid "Extra products in inventory" +msgstr "Extra producten in voorraad" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:67 +msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:74 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "Ontvangst" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 +msgid "Analysis" +msgstr "Analyse" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " +"products * product cost)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:82 +msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 +msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:152 +msgid "" +"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" +" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:161 +msgid "New sale orders" +msgstr "Nieuwe verkooporders" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "Effect" +msgstr "Effect" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +msgid "" +"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " +"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " +"(property)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:166 +msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" +msgstr "Minimale voorraadregels" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 +msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." +msgstr "Een inkoop is aangemaakt op de regel zijn locatie." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:167 +msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" +msgstr "Inkoop locatie: op de regel, veld \"Locatie\"" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "Procurement rules" +msgstr "Inkoopregels" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:172 +msgid "" +"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " +"be fulfilled e.g.:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:175 +msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" +msgstr "waar het product vandaan moet komen (bronlocatie)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:176 +msgid "" +"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " +"To Stock)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:181 +msgid "needs schema thing from FP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 +msgid "Routes" +msgstr "Routes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " +"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " +"sales order lines, warehouse,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " +"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "Magazijnen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 +msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 +msgid "Picking List:" +msgstr "Verzamellijst:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 +msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" +msgstr "Verzamelzone → Verpakkingszone" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:200 +msgid "Pack List:" +msgstr "Verzamellijst:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 +msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" +msgstr "Verpakkingszone → Poort A" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +msgid "Delivery Order:" +msgstr "Ontvangst order:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +msgid "Gate A → Customer" +msgstr "Poort A → Klant" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " +"the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 +msgid "A Product" +msgstr "Een product" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 +msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" +msgstr "Product route voorbeeld: Kwaliteitscontrole" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 +msgid "Reception:" +msgstr "Ontvangst:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 +msgid "Supplier → Input" +msgstr "Leverancier → Input" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:211 +msgid "Confirmation:" +msgstr "Bevestiging:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "Input → Kwaliteitscontrole" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 +msgid "Storage:" +msgstr "Opslag:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 +msgid "Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "Kwaliteitscontrole → Stock" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:223 +msgid "Product Category" +msgstr "Productcategorie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 +msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 +msgid "Cross-Docks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 +msgid "Input → Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:223 +msgid "Delivery:" +msgstr "Levering:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 +msgid "Output → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 +msgid "Sale Order Line" +msgstr "Verkooporderregel" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:226 +msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" +msgstr "Verkooporderlijn voorbeeld: dropshipping" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 +msgid "Order:" +msgstr "Order:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 +msgid "Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "Leverancier → Klant" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Push regels" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " +"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" +" used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Kwaliteitscontrole" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 +msgid "Product lands in Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:242 +msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 +msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:246 +msgid "Warehouse Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:245 +msgid "Product lands in Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:246 +msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 +msgid "Procurement Groups" +msgstr "Verwervingsgroepen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:251 +msgid "" +"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " +"provided:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 +msgid "Picking" +msgstr "Picking" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 +msgid "Packing" +msgstr "Verpakking" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 +msgid "Delivery Order" +msgstr "Ontvangst order" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:257 +msgid "Purchase Order" +msgstr "Inkooporder" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 +msgid "..." +msgstr "..." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " +"and locations are the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:263 +msgid "" +"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " +"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " +"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " +"together)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Terminologies" +msgstr "Terminologie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " +"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " +"repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " +"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " +"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " +"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " +"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " +"procurements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " +"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" +" item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " +"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" +" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " +"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " +"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " +"enough stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" +" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " +"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " +"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " +"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " +"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " +"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " +"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" +" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " +"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " +"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " +"can be used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " +"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " +"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " +"or MTS,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " +"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " +"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " +"procurement group and locations are the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " +"between locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " +"in a warehouse or location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " +"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " +"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " +"units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " +"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " +"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" +" minimum stock rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " +"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " +"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " +"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " +"packing zone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " +"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" +" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " +"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " +"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 +msgid "" +"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " +"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " +"goes in rack 3, storage A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" +" it from the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "Proces overzicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "From procurement to delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " +"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" +" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" +" delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " +"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " +"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " +"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 +msgid "How to process a receipt ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 +msgid "Install Purchase application" +msgstr "Installeer Inkoop applicatie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " +"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 +msgid "Make a purchase order" +msgstr "Maak een inkooporder" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " +"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." +msgstr "" +"Ga naar de **Aankopen** applicatie. Het eerste scherm is de " +"**Offerteaanvraag** lijst. Klik op de knop **Aanmaken**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " +"products to your request for quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 +msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 +msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 +msgid "From the purchase order" +msgstr "Van het verkooporder" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " +"related **Receipt**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 +msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." +msgstr "Klik erop om de **overschrijvingsopdracht** te zien." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 +msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" +msgstr "Vanuit het magazijn dashboard" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" +" the list of your deliveries to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 +msgid "Process the Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " +"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " +"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " +":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 +msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 +msgid "Install Sales application" +msgstr "Installeer de Verkoop applicatie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 +msgid "Place a sale order" +msgstr "Plaats een verkooporder" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" +" team." +msgstr "" +"Ga naar de **Verkopen** applicatie. Klik op de **Offertes** knop van uw " +"team." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " +"button." +msgstr "U krijgt een lijst van al uw offertes. Klik op de **Aanmaken** knop." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " +"some products to your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 +msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." +msgstr "Klik op **Bevestig verkoop** om het order te plaatsen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 +msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 +msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "U kan de afleverorders ontvangen op 2 manieren:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 +msgid "From the sale order" +msgstr "Vanuit het verkooporde" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 +msgid "" +"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " +"**Delivery**:" +msgstr "" +"In de rechtse bovenhoek van uw verkooporder ziet u de knop met de " +"gerelateerde **Levering**:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 +msgid "" +"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " +"list of your receipts to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" +msgstr "Klik in de lijst op degene gerelateerd aan de verkooporder:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" +" on your dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Indien het product niet in stock is zal de verkooporder getoond worden als " +"**Wachtend** op uw dashboard." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 +msgid "Process the delivery" +msgstr "Verwerk de levering" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 +msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." +msgstr "E-Commerce orders worden op dezelfde manier verwerkt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 +msgid "" +"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " +"methods. Please read the document " +":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced flows" +msgstr "Geavanceerde flows" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 +msgid "" +"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " +"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 +msgid "" +"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " +"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " +"transfers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 +msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " +"warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" +"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " +"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Aan de slag" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" +msgstr "Hoe Odoo voorraad op te zetten?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " +"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " +"different screens you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" +"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 +msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Set up your warehouse" +msgstr "Zet uw magazijn op" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 +msgid "Import your vendors" +msgstr "Importeer uw fabrikanten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Import your products" +msgstr "Importeer uw producten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 +msgid "Set up the initial inventory" +msgstr "Zet de initiële voorraad op" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 +msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" +msgstr "Configureer uw verkoop in inkoop flows" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" +" valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" +" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" +" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " +"and use your scanner optimally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "Geavanceerde routes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "Concepten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " +"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" +" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " +"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " +"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " +"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post" +"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +msgid "Warehouse and routes" +msgstr "Magazijnen en routes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" +" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" +" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," +" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" +msgstr "In het **Magazijn configuratie** tabblad selecteert u:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 +msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 +msgid "then click on **Save**." +msgstr "klik vervolgens op **Opslaan**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +msgid "Cross Docking Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 +msgid "" +"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " +"for the remaining part:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " +"created as an internal physical location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 +msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 +msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 +msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 +msgid "Product with cross dock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 +msgid "" +"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" +" above as well as the **Buy** route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 +msgid "" +"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " +"for replenishment of a stockable product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" +msgstr ":doc:`use_routes`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " +"application in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " +"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " +"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +msgid "" +"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " +"and routes in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "Nieuw magazijn aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " +"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " +"characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +msgid "" +"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" +" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " +"been generated for your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "Een nieuwe voorraad aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " +"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" +" you can skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " +"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " +"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " +"select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" +" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " +"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " +"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " +"orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " +"all yours product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "Interne overplaatsing aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" +" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " +"proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "" +"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " +"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " +"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " +"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." +msgstr "" +"Indien u **Valideren** selecteert zal Odoo alle hoeveelheden verwerken om te" +" verplaatsen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " +"products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "Het is ook mogelijk om manueel elk product te verplaatsen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +msgid "Select the right transfer order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +msgid "" +"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " +"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " +"indicate how much products you process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " +"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " +"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " +"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a procurement rule?" +msgstr "Wat is een inkoop regel?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " +"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" +" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " +"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " +"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " +"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " +"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" +" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " +"dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 +msgid "" +"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" +" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " +"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " +"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " +"of storing goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " +"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " +"using rules\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 +msgid "Procurement rules settings" +msgstr "Configuratie inkoopregels" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " +"go to Configuration > Routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 +msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " +"possible :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 +msgid "Move from another location rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 +msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " +"manufacturing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " +"defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" +msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" +msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 +msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" +msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a push rule?" +msgstr "Wat is een push regel?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" +" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " +"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " +"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " +"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " +"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " +"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " +"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " +"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " +"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " +"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " +"inability to meet customer demand for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" +" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " +"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " +"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " +"be triggered automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" +" rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 +msgid "Push rules settings" +msgstr "Instellingen push regels" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 +msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " +"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " +"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " +"quality control location move to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +msgid "Stock transfers" +msgstr "Stock overplaatsingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" +" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " +"waiting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " +"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " +"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" +" the main stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" +msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +msgid "How to use routes?" +msgstr "Hoe routes te gebruiken?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" +" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" +msgstr "Beheer productieketens" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 +msgid "Manage default locations per product" +msgstr "Beheer standaardlocaties per product" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " +"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products" +msgstr "" +"Help verhuurbeheer, door het genereren van automatische ruil verplaatsingen " +"voor gehuurde producten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " +"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " +"routing of products using rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" +msgstr "Voorgeconfigureerde routes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." +msgstr "Odoo heeft bepaalde voorgeconfigureerde routes voor uw magazijnen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " +"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "Aangepaste routes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " +"can combine several choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 +msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" +" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " +"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 +msgid "Routes applied on products" +msgstr "Routes toegepast op producten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " +"be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," +" select the route(s):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 +msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" +msgstr "Routes toegepast op product categorie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " +"categories it will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" +" under the **Logistics** section :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 +msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" +msgstr "Routes toegepast op verkooporderlijnen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " +"time you make a sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" +" the sales order." +msgstr "" +"Om dit te doen werken moet ook het gebruik van routes activeren op de " +"verkooporder." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 +msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 +msgid "Procurement and push rules" +msgstr "Inkoop en push regels" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 +msgid "Please refer to the documents:" +msgstr "Raadpleeg aub de documenten:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 +msgid "Procurement configuration" +msgstr "Inkoop configuratie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " +"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " +"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " +"**Preferred Routes**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 +msgid "Make-to-Order Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " +"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " +"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " +"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 +msgid "Product Costing" +msgstr "Product kosten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " +"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " +"to be installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " +"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" +" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. " +"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines " +"will be split accross your transfers lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 +msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " +"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " +"appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" +" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " +"of a potential chemical reaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " +"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " +"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " +"level)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " +"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" +" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 +msgid "Setting up a strategy" +msgstr "Een strategie opzetten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." +msgstr "" +"Laten we een voorbeeld nemen van een winkel waar we groenten en fruit " +"bewaren." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " +"product quality." +msgstr "" +"We moeten dit type van product in verschillende locaties opslaan om " +"productkwaliteit te onderhouden." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " +"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " +"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " +"Strategy**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " +"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " +"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u alle nodige informatie heeft ingevuld klikt u op **Opslaan**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " +"automatically be transferred to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " +"Control --> Current Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 +msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." +msgstr "Daar kan u de huidige voorraad zien per locatie." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " +"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " +"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 +msgid "" +"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " +"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " +"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " +"on the **location**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " +"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " +"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 +msgid "Types of removal strategy" +msgstr "Soorten verwijder strategieën" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 +msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" +msgstr "FIFO ( First In First Out )" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " +"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " +"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " +"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " +"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 +msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "Laten we een voorbeeld van een FIFA verwijderingsstrategie nemen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " +"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" +"Maak een verkooporder met ``25`` eenheden van een ``iPod 32 GB`` en bevestig" +" deze." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 +msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" +msgstr "LIFO (Last In First Out)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " +"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " +"shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" +" ``WH/Stock`` location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 +msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." +msgstr "Maak een verkooporder met ``10`` eenheden van de ``Ipod 32 Gb``." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 +msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" +msgstr "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" +" according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " +"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" +" to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " +"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " +"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +msgid "" +"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " +"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " +"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " +"goods with this serial/lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " +"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " +"removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 +msgid "" +"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " +"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " +"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " +"lots pass their **alert date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " +"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" +" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " +"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " +"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," +" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " +"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " +"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " +"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " +"after the lot has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " +"expiration date fields as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" +msgstr "Product gebruiksduur --> Beste voor datum" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 +msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" +msgstr "Product verwijdertijd --> Verwijderdatum" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 +msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" +msgstr "Product levensduur --> Einde levensduur datum" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 +msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" +msgstr "Product waarschuwingstijd --> Waarschuwingsdatum" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " +"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " +"expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr "**Lot / Serie Nr**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr "**Product**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr "**Vervaldatum**" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "LOT0001" +msgstr "LOT0001" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "Ice Cream" +msgstr "IJs" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "08/20/2015" +msgstr "08/20/2015" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "LOT0002" +msgstr "LOT0002" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "08/10/2015" +msgstr "08/10/2015" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "LOT0003" +msgstr "LOT0003" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "08/15/2015" +msgstr "08/15/2015" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +msgid "" +"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 +msgid "" +"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " +"removal strategy **FEFO**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 +msgid "" +"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" +" the removal dates." +msgstr "" +"Het neemt ``10kg`` van ``LOT0002`` en ``5KG`` van ``LOT0003`` gebaseerd op " +"de verwijderdatums." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Instellingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Producten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "Hoe de correcte bevoorrading strategie te kiezen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" +"Minimale voorraadregels en Maak op Order hebben soortgelijke gevolgen maar " +"verschillende regels. Ze moeten worden gebruikt, afhankelijk van uw " +"productie- en levering- strategieën." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" +" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" +"Minimum voorraadregels worden gebruikt om ervoor te zorgen dat u altijd het " +"minimale aantal producten op voorraad heeft om uw producten te kunnen " +"vervaardigen en / of te beantwoorden aan uw klantenbehoeften. Wanneer het " +"voorraadniveau van een product het minimum bereikt, zal het systeem " +"automatisch een inkooporder genereren met de hoeveelheid die nodig is om het" +" maximale voorraadniveau te bereiken." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " +"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " +"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " +"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" +"Met de functie Maak op Order wordt een aankooporder geactiveerd dat gelijk " +"is aan het aantal bestelde producten. Het systeem zal de huidige voorraad **" +" niet ** controleren. Dit betekent dat een concept aankooporder wordt " +"gegenereerd, ongeacht de beschikbare hoeveelheid." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " +"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" +" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" +"De Minimum voorraad regels configuratie is beschikbaar door de Voorraad " +"module. In het Voorraadbeheer menu selecteer \"Aanvulopdracht regels\" in " +"het drop down menu. Druk daar op \"Aanmaken\" om minimum en maximum stock " +"waarden in te geven voor een bepaald product." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " +"multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" +"Toon tooltips voor de velden *minimale hoeveelheid*, *maximale hoeveelheid* " +"en *meerdere hoeveelheden*" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" +"Klik vervolgens op uw product om het gerelateerde productformulier en het " +"\"Voorraad submenu\" te zien, vergeet geen leverancier aan te duiden." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" +"Vergeet niet het juiste soort product te selecteren. Een verbruik product " +"kan niet gestockeerd worden en wordt dus niet gebruikt in de stock " +"berekening." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " +"other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "Klik in het product scherm onder Inventaris op \"Maak op Order\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "How to use different units of measure?" +msgstr "Hoe verschillende maateenheden te gebruiken?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, " +"you will need to convert the units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" +"U kan Odoo opzetten om te werken met meerdere maateenheden voor een product." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "Setting up units on your products" +msgstr "Eenheden instellen op uw producten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you " +"would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " +"**Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " +"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " +"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 +msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." +msgstr "Klik op de wijzigen knop |edit| om nieuwe maateenheden aan te maken." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" +msgstr "Overplaatsen van één eenheid naar een andere" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " +"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 +msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" +msgstr "In dit voorbeeld zitten we in de eieren markt:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" +msgstr "We kopen eieren per schaal (30 eieren)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" +msgstr "" +"We controleren alle eieren individueel wanneer we ze ontvangen " +"(kwaliteitscontrole)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 +msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" +msgstr "We verkopen eieren per dozijn aan de klanten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " +"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 +msgid "Procurement" +msgstr "Verwerving" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " +"measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" +msgstr "De maateenheid kan ook gewijzigd worden op de inkooporder:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 +msgid "The quality control is done by unit." +msgstr "De kwaliteitscontrole is gedaan per eenheid." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " +"check is done by unit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " +"**Draft**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " +"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" +" the unit to the dozen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" +" measure :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " +"converted automatically :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Create a link when the document is available - When should you use " +"packages, units of measure or kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Unit of measures" +msgstr "Maateenheden" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." +" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" +" warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." +msgstr "" +"De maateenheid voor de verkoop is ingesteld op het verkooporder en kan " +"anders zijn." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "Verpakkingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "Verpakking" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 +msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." +msgstr "Verpakking in de fysieke container die uw product beschermd." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " +"notice and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 +msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." +msgstr "In Odoo worden verpakkingen gebruikt voor indicatieve doeleinden." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " +"only for indicative purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 +msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" +msgstr "Wilt u pakketten, verpakkingen of maateenheden gebruiken?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " +"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" +" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" +" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " +"**packaging**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " +"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`uom`" +msgstr ":doc:`uom`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Using product variants" +msgstr "Product varianten gebruiken" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " +"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " +"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "" +"Als een voorbeeld van een bedrijf dat t-shirts verkoopt kan het de volgende " +"producten hebben:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "B&C T-shirt" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "Groottes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "Kleuren: Blauw, Rood, Wit, Zwart" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " +"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." +" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "Impact van varianten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " +"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " +"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " +"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " +"the template or the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " +"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " +"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " +"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " +"variant)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " +"product may have its own primary picture." +msgstr "" +"**Foto**: de foto is gerelateerd aan de variant, elke variatie van een " +"product heeft mogelijk zijn eigen primaire foto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " +"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " +"Income Account, Taxes)" +msgstr "" +"**Andere velden**: de meeste andere velden behoren tot het productsjabloon. " +"Indien u ze update updaten automatisch alle varianten. (bijvoorbeeld: " +"inkomende rekening, belastingen)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Should you use variants?" +msgstr "Zou u varianten moeten gebruiken?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "When should you use variants?" +msgstr "Wanneer moet u varianten gebruiken?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" +msgstr "Varianten gebruiken heeft de volgende gevolgen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " +"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " +"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" +" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " +"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" +" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " +"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " +"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " +"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" +" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " +"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" +msgstr "Wanneer zou u varianten moeten vermijden?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " +"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " +"of managing lots of products that are similars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" +" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " +"product templates and all their related variations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " +"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " +"example, a company having these products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" +msgstr "Kwaliteit: T-Shirts, Polo's, Shirts" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue" +msgstr "Kleur: Rood, Blauw" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "Grootte: S, M, L, XL" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " +"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " +"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " +"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " +"e-Commerce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" +msgstr "Productsjabloon: T-shirt" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "Product Template: Polos" +msgstr "Productsjabloon: Polo's" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 +msgid "Activate the variant feature" +msgstr "Activeer de varianten optie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " +"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " +"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " +"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " +"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 +msgid "Creating products with variants" +msgstr "Producten aanmaken met varianten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 +msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +msgstr "Klik nu op het product als u er varianten aan wilt toevoegen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " +"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " +"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " +"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " +"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " +"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " +"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " +"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." +msgstr "" +"U kan ook een andere barcode en interne referentie toevoegen aan de variant." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u alle specificaties van de variant hebt ingesteld klikt u op " +"**Opslaan**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 +msgid "Managing Product Variants" +msgstr "Productvarianten beheren" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " +"variant attributes :" +msgstr "" +"De onderstaande voorbeelden zijn allemaal gebaseerd op dit productsjabloon " +"dat twee variant attributen heeft:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 +msgid "T-Shirt B&C" +msgstr "T-Shirt B&C" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" +msgstr "Kleur: Rood, Blauw, Wit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "Grootte: S, M, L, XL, XXL" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 +msgid "Managing combination possibilities" +msgstr "Combinatie mogelijkheden beheren" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " +"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " +"you can deactivate the white product variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." +" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " +"XXL." +msgstr "" +"Om dit te doen klikt u op de **Varianten** knop, selecteert u XXL, wit " +"t-shirt. Vanuit het product scherm vinkt u de optie **Actief** uit voor het " +"witte XXL t-shirt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 +msgid "" +"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." +msgstr "" +"Dat de-activering van een product anders is dan een voorraad van 0 te " +"hebben." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "Een prijs instellen per variant" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " +"product." +msgstr "" +"U kan een kost toevoegen bovenop de standaard prijs voor sommige varianten " +"van een product." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " +"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " +"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " +"variant that will be added to the original price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 +msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." +msgstr "Wanneer u alle extra waardes heeft ingegeven klikt u op **Opslaan**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226 +msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227 +msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "Wat is het verschil tussen magazijnen en locaties?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "Er zijn 3 soorten locaties:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" +msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" +msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new location?" +msgstr "Hoe een nieuwe locatie aan te maken?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new location" +msgstr "Een nieuwe locatie aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " +"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" +" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " +"click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" +" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " +"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" +" to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" +" describe your location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 +msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." +msgstr "Klik op **Opslaan** wanneer u klaar bent." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " +"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " +"containing all the sublocations in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" +msgstr ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" +msgstr "Hoe een nieuw magazijn aan te maken?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " +"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" +" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " +"click on **apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " +"fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 +msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "In **Magazijn naam** geeft u de volledige naam van het magazijn in." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " +"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " +"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " +"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " +"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " +"edit it afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 +msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Klik op **Opslaan** om de configuratie van uw nieuwe magazijn te bewaren." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " +"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "Verzend operaties" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" +" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " +"Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "U zal nu zien dat de verzending geannuleerd is." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "U kan nu de leverancier wijzigen indien u dit wenst." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " +"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " +"get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "Hoe de verzendkosten te factureren aan de klant?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "Er zijn twee manieren om de verzendkosten te factureren:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" +"Ga akkoord met de klant over een kost en verzegel het in de verkooporder" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "Factureer de echte kost van de verzending." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " +"rules." +msgstr "" +"U kan manueel een prijs instellen voor de verzending: dit kan een vast " +"bedrag zijn of gebaseerd zijn op regels." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "Hoe de verzendkosten te factureren aan de klant?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "Factureer de prijs ingesteld op de verkooporder" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u de factuur aanmaakt neemt het de prijs die is ingesteld op het " +"verkooporder." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "Factureer de echte verzendkosten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" +"Ga terug naar de verkooporder, de echte kost is nu toegevoegd aan het " +"verkooporder." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u de factuur aanmaakt neemt het de berekende prijs van de " +"transporteur." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " +"add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" +"Indien u de levering splitst en verschillende leveringen maakt zal elke " +"leverorder een lijn toevoegen aan het verkooporder." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr ":doc:`labels`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "Hoe verzendlabels af te printen?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "Configureer de aflevermethode" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "" +"De configuratie van de transporteur is onderverdeeld in twee kolommen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" +" more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" +"De eerste is gelinkt aan **uw account** (ontwikkelaar sleutel, wachtwoord, " +"...). Voor meer informatie kan u terecht op de website van de provider." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " +"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "Bedrijfsconfiguratie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " +"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " +"data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "Product configuratie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " +"computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " +"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" +" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "Hoe verzendlabels afdrukken?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" +" third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "Klik erop om het document te openen en te printen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " +"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " +"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " +"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " +"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "Klik op **Toepassen** wanneer u klaar bent." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "Verkooporder" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "Doe dezelfde stap met de andere onderdelen die u wilt inpakken." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "Klik op **Valideren** wanneer u klaar bent." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " +"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " +"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " +"underneath:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "Hoe een aflevermethode op te zetten?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " +"but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " +"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "Installeer de Voorraad module" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" +" order to see it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" +" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "Stel eerst een naam en transportbedrijf in." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" +"Vervolgens moet u de prijs instellen. Het kan een vaste prijs zijn of " +"gebaseerd zijn op regels." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " +"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " +"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " +"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " +"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " +"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " +"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " +"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " +":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " +"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "Levering" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "Een DHL.com SiteID" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A DHL Password" +msgstr "Een DHL wachtwoord" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "A DHL Account Number" +msgstr "Een DHL rekeningnummer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " +"Rest of the world)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " +"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" +msgstr "SiteID en wachtwoord ophalen voor verenigde staten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " +"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " +"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" +" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" +" shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " +"will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "Vink **Verzending ingeschakeld** aan wanneer u het wilt gebruiken." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" +"De eerste is gelinkt aan **uw account** (ontwikkelaar sleutel, wachtwoord, " +"...). Voor meer informatie kan u terecht op de website van de provider." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " +"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " +"United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" +" you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " +"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " +"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" +" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" +" be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " +"to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "Hoe UPS login gegevens krijgen voor integratie met Odoo?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" +msgstr "Om de Odoo UPS API te gebruiken moet u:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "Een UPS.com gebruikersid en wachtwoord" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A UPS account number" +msgstr "Een UPS rekeningnummer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "An Access Key" +msgstr "Een toegangssleutel" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" +" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Create a UPS Account" +msgstr "Maak een UPS rekening" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" +" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " +"Service in order to to open an account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" +" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " +"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " +"online profile by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" +" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" +" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "Klik op het **Mijn UPS** tabblad." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "Klik op de **Rekening samenvatting** link." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" +" States.q" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "Klik op de **Volgende** knop om verder te gaan." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "Krijg een toegangssleutel" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " +"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "" +"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " +"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " +"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" +msgstr "" +"1. Ga naar de **UPS ontwikkelaars kit** webpagina " +"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " +"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "Login bij UPS.com met uw gebruikersid en wachtwoord" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "Klik op de link **Toegangssleutel aanvragen**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "Verify your contact information" +msgstr "Controleer uw contactgegevens" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " +"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " +"contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Productie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "Productie beheer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" +msgstr "Hoe een materiaallijst (BoM) maken" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " +"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " +"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " +"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " +"describe multiple variants of the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" +msgstr "Maken van een eenvoudige materiaallijst (BoM)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " +"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " +"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " +"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " +"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " +"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " +"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " +"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " +"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " +"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " +"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " +"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " +"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" +msgstr "Routes toevoegen aan een materiaallijst (BoM)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " +"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " +"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " +"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " +"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " +"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " +"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" +" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " +"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " +"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " +"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 +msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" +msgstr "Bijproducten toevoegen aan een BoM" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " +"primary product." +msgstr "" +"In Odoo is een bijproduct een product dat geproduceerd is via een BoM " +"bovenop een primair product." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " +"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " +"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " +"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " +"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" +"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " +"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " +"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" +"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " +"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" +" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " +"subassembly is created as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 +msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " +"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " +"subassembly as you would for any product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" +msgstr "Configureer de productgegevens van de subassemblage" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 +msgid "" +"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " +"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " +"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " +"effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " +"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " +"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" +msgstr "" +"Een enkele materiaallijst gebruiken om meerdere varianten van één product te" +" omschrijven" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Odoo stelt u in staat om één materiaallijst te gebruiken voor meerdere " +"varianten van hetzelfde product. Schakel varianten in via: menuselectie " +"binnen Productie: Instellingen-> \"Instellingen\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" +msgstr "Hoe een set van producten verkopen als een Kit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " +"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " +"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " +"Manufacturing apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "Beheer de Voorraad van Componenten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " +"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " +"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " +"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " +"right shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " +"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " +"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " +"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" +" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " +"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no special configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " +"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " +"their default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "Beheer de Voorraad van Kits en Componenten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" +" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" +" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " +"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " +"will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " +"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 +msgid "" +"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " +"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" +" order rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 +msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" +msgstr "Hoe een productieorder verwerken" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " +"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " +"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " +"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " +"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " +"performed in an order defined by **routings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 +msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" +msgstr "Hoe de productie beheren zonder routes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " +"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " +"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " +"work orders and routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " +"are two basic phases from planning to production:" +msgstr "" +"Het beheer van uw productie handelingen is op deze wijze standaardgedrag in " +"Odoo. Er zijn twee basisfasen van planning tot productie:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 +msgid "Create manufacturing orders" +msgstr "Maak productieorders" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 +msgid "Record Production" +msgstr "Productie registreren" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 +msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" +msgstr "Hoe uw productie beheren met routes en werkorders" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" +" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " +"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " +"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " +"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " +"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " +"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " +"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" +" step of scheduling work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 +msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" +msgstr "De workflow is dus verdeeld in drie basisfasen, als volgt:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 +msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." +msgstr "Plan de bijbehorende werkorders" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 +msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." +msgstr "Voer de geplande werkzaamheden uit en registreer de productie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "Hoe materiaallijsten (BoMs) beheren voor productvarianten?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "Hoe half afgewerkte producten beheren" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" +msgstr "Configureer de materiaallijst (BoM) op Top-niveau " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 +msgid "Unbuild a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " +"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" +" unbuild products you have received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " +"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " +"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " +"unbuilding them and recycling them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 +msgid "Unbuild Order" +msgstr "Demontageorders" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 +msgid "" +"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" +" menu *Unbuild Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " +"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " +"something you received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 +msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " +"components from the MO back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " +"BoM back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:6 +msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair.rst:4 +msgid "Repair Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +msgid "Repair products" +msgstr "Producten herstellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " +"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " +"defect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 +msgid "Create a Repair Order" +msgstr "Reparatie aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " +"new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +msgid "Manage a repair" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." +" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " +"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" +" might need, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " +"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " +"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +msgid "You can now invoice the repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "Inkoop" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases.rst:3 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Inkoop" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "Stamgegevens" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 +msgid "Import vendors pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " +"to date on products pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 +msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 +msgid "Import a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 +msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 +msgid "See below a template of the columns used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 +msgid "" +":download:`Click here to download the template " +"<files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 +msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " +"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 +msgid "Add vendors in a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " +"select a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " +"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." +msgstr "" +"Merk op dat elke keer als een product gekocht wordt van een nieuwe " +"leverancier zal Odoo automatisch het contact en de prijs linken met het " +"product." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 +msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " +"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " +"t-shirt in different sizes!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " +"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" +" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" +" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " +"between sales and purchase very easily." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet ongebruikelijk dat uw leverancier een andere maateenheid " +"gebruikt dan u dat doet in uw verkoop. Dit kan verwarring in de hand werken " +"tussen aankopers en verkopers, en het kan heel wat tijd in beslag nemen om " +"de verschillende maateenheden om te rekenen. Gelukkig kunt u met Odoo " +"gemakkelijk omgaan met verschillende maateenheden bij inkoop en verkoop. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Let's take the following examples:" +msgstr "Laten we de volgende voorbeelden nemen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " +"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " +"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " +"quantities in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" +" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" +msgstr "Installeer de inkoop en verkoop modules" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " +"correctly installed." +msgstr "" +"De eerste stap is om er zeker van te zijn dat de apps **Verkoop** en " +"**Inkoop** correct geïnstalleerd zijn." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom01|" +msgstr "|uom01|" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom02|" +msgstr "|uom02|" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 +msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" +msgstr "Activeer de maateenheid optie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " +"unit of measures (advanced)** box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" +msgstr "Specificeer verkopen en inkopen hun maateenheden " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 +msgid "Standard units of measures" +msgstr "Standaard maateenheden" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " +"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" +" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " +"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 +msgid "" +"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " +"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." +msgstr "" +"Het is mogelijk om uw eigen categorie en maateenheid aan te maken indien " +"deze niet standaard bestaat in Odoo (zie het volgende hoofdstuk)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " +"customers in **Liters**." +msgstr "" +"Laten we aannemen dat we water kopen van de leverancier in **Gallon** en het" +" verkopen aan onze klanten in **Liters**. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Products`." +msgstr "" +"We gaan in de inkoop module, selecteer :menuselection:`Inkoop --> " +"Producten`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " +"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" +" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " +"purchase)." +msgstr "" +"Maak uw eigen product aan of selecteer een bestaand product. In de algemene " +"informatie van de producten heeft u de mogelijkheid om de **Maateenheid** in" +" te geven (wordt gebruikt in verkopen, magazijn, ...) en de **Aankoop " +"maateenheid** (voor inkopen)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " +"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" +"In dit geval selecteert u **Liters** als **Maateenheid** en **Gallons** als " +"**Aankoop maateenheid**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 +msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" +msgstr "Maak uw eigen maateenheid aan en een maateenheid categorie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " +"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " +"curtains in **square meters**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " +"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " +"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" +" where both units have a conversion relationship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" +" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " +"below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " +"**Inter-Category-Computation**." +msgstr "" +"Maak een nieuwe maateenheid aan. In dit geval zal onze categorie **Inter-" +"categorie-Berekening** noemen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " +"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " +"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " +"of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 +msgid "Create two new units:" +msgstr "Maak twee nieuwe eenheden aan:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" +" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" +" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " +"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" +" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" +" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " +"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " +"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 +msgid "" +"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " +"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om **vierkante meters** in te geven als maateenheid en " +"een *Rol* als aankoopeenheid in het productformulier." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 +msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 +msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " +"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " +"products have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " +"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 +msgid "" +"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " +"not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " +"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" +" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " +"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " +"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" +msgstr "" +"Als uw bedrijf regelmatig producten koopt van verschillende leveranciers is " +"het handig om statistieken te krijgen van uw inkopen. Er zijn verschillende " +"redenen om leveranciers hun prestaties te traceren en analyseren:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 +msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +msgstr "U kan zien hoe afhankelijk uw bedrijf van een leverancier is;" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" +msgstr "U kan onderhandelen over kortingen op prijzen;" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" +msgstr "U kan de gemiddelde levertijd per leverancier controleren;" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "Etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " +"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " +"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " +"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " +"their future orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" +msgstr "Installeer de Inkoopbeheer module" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " +"module." +msgstr "" +"Vanuit het **Apps** menu zoekt u de module **Inkoopbeheer** en installeert u" +" deze." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 +msgid "Issue some purchase orders" +msgstr "Plaats enkele bestellingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " +"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "Analyzing your vendors" +msgstr "Analyseer uw leveranciers" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 +msgid "Generate flexible reports" +msgstr "Genereer flexibele rapporten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " +"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " +"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " +"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " +"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " +"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " +"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " +"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " +"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " +"\"Products\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " +"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" +" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " +"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " +"dependent and one independent measure." +msgstr "" +"In tegenstelling tot de draaitabel, kan een grafiek alleen worden berekend " +"met één afhankelijke en één onafhankelijke meetwaarde." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Customize reports" +msgstr "Personaliseer rapporten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " +"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " +"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " +"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " +"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " +"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " +"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " +"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " +"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " +"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +msgstr "" +"U kan eender welke gepersonaliseerde filter opslaan en hergebruiken door te " +"klikken op **Favorieten** vanuit het **Geavanceerd zoeken scherm** en " +"vervolgens te klikken op **Bewaar huidige zoekopdracht**. De bewaarde filter" +" is dan toegankelijk vanuit het **Favorieten** menu." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 +msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " +"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " +"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" +" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " +"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 +msgid "Approve the order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " +"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " +"of what your users can or can't do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 +msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." +msgstr "" +"Eenmaal goedgekeurd staat het inkooporder het volgen van het normale proces " +"toe." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 +msgid "Bill Control" +msgstr "Factuurcontrole" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" +" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" +" you receive the goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 +msgid "Change the control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" +" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " +"page under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 +msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " +"*Shipment* tab," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " +"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" +" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " +"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "Cancel a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " +"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" +" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 +msgid "" +"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " +"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " +"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " +"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " +"cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "Maak een inkooporder" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " +"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " +"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 +msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" +msgstr "Annuleer uw inkooporder" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 +msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" +msgstr "Use case 1: u heeft uw goederen nog niet ontvangen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " +"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " +"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 +msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" +msgstr "Usecase 2: Deels geleverde goederen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " +"cancel the PO." +msgstr "" +"In dit geval zijn **2** van de **3 iPad Mini's** gearriveerd voordat u de PO" +" moest annuleren." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 +msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " +"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." +" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " +"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 +msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" +msgstr "Zie :doc:`reception` om meer te leren" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " +"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " +"ask you the permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" +" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " +"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 +msgid "Create reverse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" +" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." +" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" +" corresponding location and click on **Return**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " +"stock to your vendor location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" +" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " +"cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`bills`" +msgstr ":doc:`bills`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`reception`" +msgstr ":doc:`reception`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " +"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " +"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " +"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " +"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 +msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "Maak een offerteaanvraag" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " +"Quotation` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " +"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " +"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " +"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " +"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " +"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " +"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " +"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " +"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " +"supplier or enter a new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 +msgid "" +"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" +" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." +msgstr "" +"Na te hebben geklikt op **Verzenden** zal u zien dat de offerteaanvraag " +"status van **Concept** naar **Offerteaanvraag verzonden**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " +"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " +"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " +"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" +" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" +" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Dropshipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " +"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " +"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " +"drop shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " +"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " +"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " +"dropship route on the SO line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "Drop ship a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " +"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " +"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " +"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" +" through your own stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Lock a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 +msgid "Lock an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 +msgid "" +"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " +"the order preventing any further modification on the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 +msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 +msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " +"products to receive and to control supplier bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" +" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " +"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 +msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "Installeer de Inkoop en Magazijn applicaties" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " +"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " +"others), which is required with **Purchase**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 +msgid "Create products" +msgstr "Maak producten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " +"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 +msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u het product aanmaakt is het veld **Productsoort** belangrijk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " +"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " +"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " +"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" +" set his product type field as **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 +msgid "Control products receptions" +msgstr "Controleer producten ontvangsten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 +msgid "Purchase products" +msgstr "Producten aankopen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " +"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" +" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " +"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " +"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 +msgid "Receive Products" +msgstr "Producten ontvangen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " +"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " +"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " +"receipt box of the related warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Klik op deze knop en u krijgt een lijst van alle wachtende orders voor dit " +"magazijn." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " +"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " +"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" +" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " +"the lines within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " +"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " +"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " +"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " +"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " +"the quantity received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 +msgid "" +"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" +" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " +"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " +"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`cancel`" +msgstr ":doc:`cancel`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 +msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " +"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " +"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " +"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 +msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " +"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " +"blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 +msgid "Add a warning on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" +" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 +msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " +"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 +msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Agreements" +msgstr "Inkoopovereenkomsten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " +"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " +"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 +msgid "Start a Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " +"Agreements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " +"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " +"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " +"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " +"the top right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 +msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " +"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " +"choose the quantity and confirm the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" +" you have already ordered from your blanket order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 +msgid "Vendors prices on your product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " +"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " +"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " +"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " +"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 +msgid "Create a Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " +"and select *Call for Tender*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " +"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " +"right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 +msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " +"from your Call for Tender." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 +msgid "Select the best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" +" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 +msgid "Close the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 +msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "Voorraadaanvullen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment Flows" +msgstr "Heraanvulling flows" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 +msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " +"Times*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 +msgid "" +"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " +"manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 +msgid "Configure Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 +msgid "Vendor Lead Time" +msgstr "Levertijd van leverancier" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " +"product to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " +"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " +"lead time for that Vendor & Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "Levertijd aan klant" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " +"the product to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 +msgid "Manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " +"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " +"engagements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " +"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " +"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " +"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 +msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 +msgid "" +"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " +"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " +"is your product’s configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 +msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 +msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 +msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" +" your configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 +msgid "" +"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 +msgid "" +"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 +msgid "" +"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " +"9 days of vendor lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Setup drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " +"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 +msgid "" +"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " +"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " +"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " +"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " +"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 +msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " +"concerned order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " +"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" +" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 +msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " +"orders on each sale you make." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" +" just one step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " +"*Make To Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 +msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " +"Odoo for this feature to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 +msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " +"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " +"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " +"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " +"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" +" *Shipment* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " +"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " +"automatically under it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " +"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " +"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 +msgid "Set a reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 +msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " +"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " +"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " +"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " +"12:00PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 +msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" +" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " +"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Problemen oplossen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " +"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " +"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " +"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," +" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " +"issue with the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-Companies" +msgstr "Meerdere bedrijven" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " +"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " +"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " +"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " +"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " +"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " +"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " +"on your sales and purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 +msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." +msgstr "Het is ook mogelijk om enkel facturen en creditnota's af te handelen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Manage intercompany rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" +" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "Klik op **Toepassen**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 +msgid "New options will appear." +msgstr "Nieuwe opties zullen verschijnen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " +"for the other companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " +"user has the rights to manage the companies." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po deleted file mode 100644 index ef4ddce41..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,536 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../iot.rst:5 -msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "Internet of Things (IoT)" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "Verbind een IoT box aan uw databank" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "Installeer de Internet of Things (IoT) App in uw Odoo Databank." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "Ga naar de IoT App en klik op Connecteer met de IoT Boxes pagina." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "Volg de stappen om uw IoT Box te connecteren" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "Ethernet Verbinding" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Connecteer aan de IoT Box alle apparaten die moeten worden verbonden met " -"kabels (ethernet, usb-apparaten, enz.)." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "Schakel de IoT box in." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." -msgstr "Klik vervolgens op de Scan knop." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:34 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "WiFi Verbinding" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:36 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "Schakel de IoT box in." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:38 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "Kopieer de token" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "" -"Maak verbinding met het IoT Box WiFi-netwerk (zorg ervoor dat er geen " -"ethernetkabel op uw computer is aangesloten)." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." -msgstr "" -"U wordt doorverwezen naar de IoT Box Homepagina (indien dit niet lukt, kan u" -" verbinden met het IP-adres van de box). Geef een naam aan uw IoT-box (niet " -"verplicht) en gebruik het token, klik vervolgens op Volgende." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik je Runbot, vergeet dan niet om de -all of -base in het token (bvb. " -"dit token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** moet worden " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." -msgstr "" -"Kies het WiFi-netwerk waarmee u verbinding wilt maken (voer het wachtwoord " -"in als dit er is) en klik op Verzenden. Wacht een paar seconden voordat u " -"wordt omgeleid naar uw database." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:70 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "Je zou nu de IoT Box moeten zien." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:76 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "IoT Box Schema" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <http://wwww.balena.org>`__, " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Now, download the latest image `here " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the " -"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " -"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " -"minutes for it to finish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:3 -msgid "IoT Box not found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" -" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " -"can follow to find your IoT box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:10 -msgid "HTTPS Issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:12 -msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " -"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" -" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " -"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "Gebruik de IoT Box voor de Kassa" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:9 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "Vereisten" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "Controleer voordat u begint of u over het volgende beschikt:" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box" -msgstr "Een IoT Box" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" -msgstr "Een 2A Voedingsadapter met pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:17 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "Een computer of tablet met een geüpdatet webbrowser" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" -msgstr "Een functionerende SaaS of Odoo instantie met de Kassa geïnstalleerd" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:22 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "Een lokale netwerk opzet met DHCP (dit is de standaard instelling)" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " -"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Een Epson USB TM-T20-printer of een andere ESC/POS compatibele printer " -"(Officieel ondersteunde hardware is opgelijst op `de Kassa Hardware pagina " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:28 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" -msgstr "" -"Een Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode scanner of een ander compatibel apparaat" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:30 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "Een Epson compatibele kassa lade" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:32 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "Een RJ45 Ethernet kabel (optioneel, WiFi is ingebouwd)" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:35 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "Instellen" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." -msgstr "" -"Om hardware aan te sluiten op de Kassa, is de eerste stap om een IoT Box aan" -" te sluiten op uw database. Volg hiervoor deze `documentatie " -"'<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:44 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "Vervolgens moet u de randapparatuur op uw IoT Box aansluiten." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" -" might work as well." -msgstr "" -"Officieel ondersteunde hardware is opgelijst op `de Kassa Hardware pagina " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_, maar andere " -"hardware werkt mogelijk ook." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:50 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr "" -"**Printer**: Connecteer een ECS/Kassa printer met een USB poort en zet deze " -"aan." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" -"**Kassalade**: De kassalade moet geconnecteerd zijn met de printer via een " -"RJ25 kabel." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " -"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " -"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " -"your barcode scanner." -msgstr "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connecteer uw barcode scanner. Om u barcode scanner " -"compatibel te maken moet het zich voordoen als een toetsenbord en moet het " -"geconfigureerd zijn in **US QWERTY**. Het moet barcodes ook beëindigen met " -"een enter karakter (toetscode 28). Dit is normaal gezien de normale " -"configuratie van uw barcode scanner." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:62 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "**Weegschaal**: Connecteer uw weegschaal en zet ze aan." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " -"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " -"device." -msgstr "" -"**Ethernet**: Als u geen Wi-Fi wilt gebruiken steekt u de ethernetkabel in. " -"Verzeker u van dat dit de IoT Box connecteert met hetzelfde netwerk als uw " -"Kassa." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " -"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " -"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " -"on boot." -msgstr "" -"**Wi-Fi**: The huisige versie van de IoT Box heeft ingebouwde Wi-Fi. Zorg " -"ervoor dat u geen Ethernet-kabel aansluit tijdens het opstarten, omdat alle " -"Wi-Fi-functionaliteit zal worden omzeild wanneer een bekabelde " -"netwerkverbinding beschikbaar is bij het opstarten." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." -msgstr "" -"Als u klaar bent, kun je de IoT Box verbinden met je Kassa. Hiervoor gaat u " -"naar Kassaverkoop > Instellingen > Kassaverkoop > Kassanaam, vinkt u het " -"vakje \"IoT Box\" aan en selecteert u de IoT Box waarmee u verbinding wilt " -"maken. Sla de wijzigingen op." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:77 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "De installatie is voltooid, u kunt een nieuwe Kassa-sessie starten." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:80 -msgid "Troubleshoot" -msgstr "Troubleshoot" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:83 -msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" -msgstr "De PoS kan niet connecteren met de IoT Box" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" -" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" -" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " -"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" -msgstr "" -"De gemakkelijkste manier om u er van te verzekeren dat de IoT Box correct is" -" opgezet is om de IoT Box aan te zetten met de printer ingeplugd. Indien " -"functioneel zal de printer een ticket uitprinten waar eender welke " -"foutmelding op wordt geprint of het IP adres van de IoT Box indien alles in " -"orde is. Controleer de volgende stappen als er geen ticket wordt geprint:" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " -"LED." -msgstr "" -"Verzeker u ervan dat de IoT Box van stroom voorzien is, dit is aangegeven " -"als de LED een heldere rode kleur uitstraalt." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " -"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " -"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." -msgstr "" -"Verzeker u ervan dat de IoT Box klaar is, dit is aangegeven door een heldere" -" groene status LED net naast de rode status LED. De IoT Box zou klaar moeten" -" zijn ~2 minuten nadat deze is opgestart." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " -"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " -"devices on your network router." -msgstr "" -"Verzeker u er van dat de IoT Box is geconnecteerd met hetzelfde netwerk als" -" uw Kassa. Beide het toestel en de IoT Box moeten zichtbaar zijn in de " -"lijst van verbonden toestellen op uw netwerk router." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" -" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." -msgstr "" -"Indien u in de configuratie het IP heeft ingegeven moet u zich ervan " -"verzekeren dat deze correspondeert met de informatie op het geprinte IoT Box" -" status ticket." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:106 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "Verzeker u er van dat de POS niet over HTTPS laad." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " -"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" -"Een bug in Firefox zijn HTTP implementatie voorkomt de goede werking van de " -"automatische ontdekking. Wanneer u Firefox gebruikt moet u manueel de IoT " -"Box zijn IP adres ingeven in de Kassa configuratie." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:113 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "De Barcode Scanner werkt niet" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " -"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " -"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." -msgstr "" -"De barcode scanner moet geconfigureerd zijn in US QWERTY en moet een enter " -"toevoegen achter de barcode. Dit is de standaard configuratie voor de meeste" -" barcode lezers. Kijk naar de barcode documentatie voor meer informatie." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " -"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " -"enough power." -msgstr "" -"De IoT Box heeft een 2A voeding nodig om te werken met sommige barcode " -"scanners. Zorg ervoor dat de voeding die u gebruikt genoeg kracht heeft " -"indien u niet de meegeleverde voeding gebruikt." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" -" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" -" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." -msgstr "" -"Sommige barcode scanners hebben meer dan 2A nodig en zullen niet of " -"onbetrouwbaar werken, zelfs met de meegeleverde voeding. In die gevallen kan" -" u een barcode scanner inpluggen in een zelfvoorzienende USB hub." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" -"Sommige slecht gebouwde scanners adverteren zichzelf niet als barcode " -"scanners maar als usb toetsenborden en zullen niet herkend worden door de " -"IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:134 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "De Barcode Scanner werkt niet betrouwbaar" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " -"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." -msgstr "" -"Zorg ervoor dat er gelijktijdig niet meer dan één apparaat met de optie " -"'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode Scanner' is ingeschakeld en geconnecteerd met de " -"IoT Box ." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:140 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "Het ticket printen duurt te lang" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:142 -msgid "" -"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " -"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " -"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " -"and the IoT Box." -msgstr "" -"Een kleine vertraging voor de eerste print is normaal, aangezien de IoT Box " -"op voorhand wat verwerking doet om de volgende printopdrachten te " -"versnellen. Als u hierna nog vertragingen heeft bij het printen is dit " -"mogelijk door een slechte netwerkconnectie tussen de Kassa en de IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:148 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "Sommige karakters zijn niet correct afgedrukt op het ticket" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:150 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " -"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" -"De IoT Box ondersteunt niet alle talen en karakters. Het ondersteund " -"momenteel Latin en Cyrillic gebaseerde scripts, met basis Japanse " -"ondersteuning." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:155 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "De printer is offline" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " -"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " -"contact support." -msgstr "" -"Verzeker u er van dat de printer verbonden is, opstaat, genoeg papier heeft," -" dat het deksel gesloten is en dat de printer geen fouten meld. Gelieve " -"support te contacteren als deze fout zich blijft voordoen." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:162 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "De kassalade opent niet" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:164 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" -"De kassalade moet verbonden zijn met de printer en moet geactiveerd worden " -"in de POS configuratie." diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po deleted file mode 100644 index bf69673d5..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,200 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Live Chat" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Instellingen" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" -msgstr "Voeg de livechat toe aan een Odoo website" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "Voeg de live chat toe aan een externe website" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "Verberg / toon de live chat afhankelijk van regels" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "Bereid automatische berichten voor" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 -msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" -msgstr "Start de chat met klanten" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " -"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " -"answered wherever you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " -"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "Gebruik commando's" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." -msgstr "**/help**: toon een help bericht." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk**: maak een helpdesk ticket aan." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk\\_search** : zoek naar een helpdesk ticket." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." -msgstr "**/history**: zie de 15 laatst bezochte pagina's." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." -msgstr "**/lead**: maak een nieuwe lead aan." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." -msgstr "**/leave**: verlaat het kanaal." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 -msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "Verzend standaard antwoorden" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 -msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" -msgstr "" -"U heeft nu alle tools die u nodig heeft om te livechatten met uw website " -"bezoekers, veel plezier!" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po deleted file mode 100644 index f8f7fa1d9..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,531 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Productie" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "Productie beheer" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" -msgstr "Hoe een materiaallijst (BoM) maken" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " -"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " -"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " -"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " -"describe multiple variants of the same product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" -msgstr "Maken van een eenvoudige materiaallijst (BoM)" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " -"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " -"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " -"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " -"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " -"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " -"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " -"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " -"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " -"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " -"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " -"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " -"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 -msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" -msgstr "Routes toevoegen aan een materiaallijst (BoM)" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "" -"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " -"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " -"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " -"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " -"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " -"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " -"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" -" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " -"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " -"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " -"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 -msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" -msgstr "Bijproducten toevoegen aan een BoM" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " -"primary product." -msgstr "" -"In Odoo is een bijproduct een product dat geproduceerd is via een BoM " -"bovenop een primair product." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " -"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " -"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " -"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " -"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" -"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " -"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " -"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" -"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " -"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" -" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " -"subassembly is created as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " -"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " -"subassembly as you would for any product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" -msgstr "Configureer de productgegevens van de subassemblage" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 -msgid "" -"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " -"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " -"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " -"effect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " -"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " -"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 -msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" -msgstr "" -"Een enkele materiaallijst gebruiken om meerdere varianten van één product te" -" omschrijven" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Odoo stelt u in staat om één materiaallijst te gebruiken voor meerdere " -"varianten van hetzelfde product. Schakel varianten in via: menuselectie " -"binnen Productie: Instellingen-> \"Instellingen\"." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" -msgstr "Hoe een set van producten verkopen als een Kit" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " -"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " -"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " -"Manufacturing apps must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "Beheer de Voorraad van Componenten" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " -"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "" -"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " -"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " -"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " -"right shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Instellingen" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " -"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " -"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " -"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" -" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " -"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no special configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " -"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " -"their default values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "Beheer de Voorraad van Kits en Componenten" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" -" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" -" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " -"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " -"will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " -"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " -"stock management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 -msgid "" -"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " -"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" -" order rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" -msgstr "Hoe een productieorder verwerken" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introductie" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " -"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " -"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " -"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " -"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " -"performed in an order defined by **routings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" -msgstr "Hoe de productie beheren zonder routes" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " -"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " -"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " -"work orders and routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " -"are two basic phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" -"Het beheer van uw productie handelingen is op deze wijze standaardgedrag in " -"Odoo. Er zijn twee basisfasen van planning tot productie:" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 -msgid "Create manufacturing orders" -msgstr "Maak productieorders" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "Record Production" -msgstr "Productie vastleggen" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" -msgstr "Hoe uw productie beheren met routes en werkorders" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" -" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " -"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " -"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " -"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " -"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " -"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " -"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" -" step of scheduling work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 -msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" -msgstr "De workflow is dus verdeeld in drie basisfasen, als volgt:" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." -msgstr "Plan de bijbehorende werkorders" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." -msgstr "Voer de geplande werkzaamheden uit en registreer de productie" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "Hoe materiaallijsten (BoMs) beheren voor productvarianten?" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "Hoe half afgewerkte producten beheren" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" -msgstr "Configureer de materiaallijst (BoM) op Top-niveau " - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 -msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " -"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" -" unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " -"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " -"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " -"unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 -msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "Uit elkaar haal orders" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 -msgid "" -"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" -" menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " -"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " -"something you received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 -msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " -"components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " -"BoM back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "Producten herstellen" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " -"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " -"defect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "Creëer een Reparatieorder" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " -"new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." -" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " -"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" -" might need, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " -"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " -"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 -msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7586cf285..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "Mobiel" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "Push notificatie" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As of Odoo 12.0, there is no more complex configuration to enable push " -"notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " -"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po deleted file mode 100644 index 935dfb53f..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1397 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Kassa" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "Geavanceerde onderwerpen" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "Barcodes gebruiken in de kassa" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Instellingen" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "Barcodes toevoegen aan een product" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "Producten scannen" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "Mercury installeren" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 -msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" -msgstr "Beheer meerdere kassiers" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This " -"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They " -"are all explained below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "Wissel van kassier zonder pincode" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the " -"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 -msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 -msgid "And the cashier will be changed." -msgstr "De kassier wordt nu veranderd." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 -msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" -msgstr "Wissel van kassier met pincode" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 -msgid "" -"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 -msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 -msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" -msgstr "Wissel van kassier met barcode" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 -msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 -msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 -msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "Een ticket opnieuw afdrukken" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" -"In uw kassa interface heeft u nu een *Kassabon opnieuw afdrukken* knop." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "Korting labels gebruiken met een barcode scanner" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " -"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " -"allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "Barcode nomenclatuur" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" -"Om korting labels te gebruiken moeten we de barcode nomenclaturen leren." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " -"barcode:" -msgstr "" -"Laten we zeggen dat u een korting wilt voor het product met de volgende " -"barcode:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " -"interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " -"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " -"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "Scan de producten & labels" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "U moet eerst het gewenste product scannen (in ons geval een citroen)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 -msgid "" -"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " -"finish the transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "Beheer een loyaliteitsprogramma" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " -"*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " -"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " -"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " -"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " -"everything in between." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "Gebruik het loyaliteitsprogramma in uw kassa interface" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "" -"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " -"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " -"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " -"rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" -" finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " -"can of course change it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "Manuele kortingen toepassen" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "Een korting toepassen op een product" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "Van uw sessie interface gebruikt u de *Kort* knop." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "Een globale korting toepassen" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." -msgstr "" -"Onder de *Prijzen* categorie vind u de *Algemene kortingen*. Selecteer deze." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal u heeft geklikt kan u de gewenste korting ingeven (in percentage)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "Maak een prijslijst" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "Gebruik een prijslijst in de kassa interface" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "Analyseer verkoop" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "Bekijk uw kassa statistieken" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "Bekijk uw statistieken" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "U kan de statistiek weergaves bekijken door hier te klikken" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" -msgstr "Belgische fiscale data module" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "De fiscale data module opzetten met de Odoo kassa" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introductie" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "Vereiste hardware" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" -"Een door de regering gecertificeerd `Fiscale data module " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per Kassa, ze zouden allemaal moeten werken, " -"maar de Cleancash SC-B is aanbevolen, u heeft ook het volgende nodig:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Seriële nul modem kabel per FDM (`bijvoorbeeld " -"<http://www.startech.com/Cables/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-" -"Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Serieel-naar-USB adaptor per FDM (`voorbeeld " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "Een geregistreerde IoT box per kassa configuratie" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Setup" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "IoT Box" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " -"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" -" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " -"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " -"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " -"VAT signing card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "Certificering & on-premise" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "Restricties" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" -"Zoals voordien vermeld moet de POS applicatie, om gecertificeerd te zijn, " -"voldoen aan strenge eisen van de staat. Hierdoor heeft een gecertificeerde " -"Odoo kassa limitaties die niet aanwezig zijn in niet gecertificeerde Odoo " -"kassa's." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "Terugbetalen is uitgeschakeld" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "Prijzen van orderlijnen wijzigen" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "Maken/wijzigen/verwijderen van kassa orders" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "Producten verkopen zonder een valide belasting" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "Zwarte lijst modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "Registreer klanten" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " -"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " -"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" -" any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "Maak een klant aan" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "Vanuit uw sessie interface gebruikt u de klanten knop." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "Maak een nieuwe door deze knop te gebruiken." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "U wordt gevraagd om de klant zijn informatie in te vullen." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " -"any future transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "Starten met de Odoo kassa" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" -"U kan live statistieken uitvoeren en consolidaties doorheen uw winkel volgen" -" zonder het gedoe van het integreren van externe applicaties." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "Installeer de kassa applicatie" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "Ga naar Apps en installeer de Kassa module." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "Configureer uw betaalmethodes" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "Configureer uw kassa" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "Maak uw eerste kassa sessie" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "Uw eerste order" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "U komt nu in de kassa interface." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "U kan de volgende orders registreren." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "Sluit de kassa sessie af" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" -"Het is sterk aangeraden om uw kassa sessie af te sluiten aan het einde van " -"elke dag." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" -"U ziet vervolgens een samenvatting van alle transacties per betaalmethode." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "Het is klaar, u heeft nu uw eerste kassa sessie afgesloten." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/pos`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" -msgstr "Geavanceerde Restaurant opties" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " -"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " -"definitive ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 -msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 -msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " -"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " -"can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." -" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 -msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "Voeg een printer toe" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" -" you can add the printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 -msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "Print een keuken/bar order" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 -msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "Selecteer een printer of maak een printer aan." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 -msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "Print de order in de keuken/bar" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "In uw kassa interface heeft u nu een *order* knop." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "Regustreer meerdere orders" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 -msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "Registreer een bijkomende order" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "Restaurant/bar kassa opzetten" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "Selecteer *Is een bar/restaurant*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " -"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" -"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " -"option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 -msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " -"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "Configureer uw tafelbeheer" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "Voeg een verdieping toe" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "Voeg tafels toe" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "Vanuit uw kassa interface ziet u nu verdiepingen." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "Registreer uw tafel orders" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " -"important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 -msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "Configureer fooien" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " -"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 -msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 -msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 -msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "Klanten overplaatsen" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Shop Features" -msgstr "Geavanceerde winkel opties" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " -"is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 -msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 -msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " -"the opening and closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" -" values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 -msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "Start een sessie" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " -"Balance*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 -msgid "" -"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " -"modify it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 -msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "Een sessie afsluiten" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " -"button as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" -" have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " -"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " -"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " -"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " -"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " -"or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "Factureer uw klant" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " -"select it and validate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 -msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" -" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" -" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 -msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po deleted file mode 100644 index d370e0e55..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Thomas Pot <thomas@open2bizz.nl>, 2018 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Thomas Pot <thomas@open2bizz.nl>, 2018\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 -msgid "My Odoo Portal" -msgstr "Mijn Odoo portaal" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " -"subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged in, just" -" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "Offertes" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " -"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " -"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " -"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " -"pricing and other useful information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " -"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 -msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "Verkooporders" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" -" registered under this section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " -"purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "Facturen" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 -msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " -"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" -" been paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 -msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "Tickets" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 -msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`," -" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " -"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " -"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 -msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "Abonnementen" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78 -msgid "" -"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " -"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " -"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " -"and the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " -"the new credit card details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " -"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" -" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101 -msgid "" -"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" -" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" -" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will" -" no longer be able to access the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 -msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "Success Packs" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 -msgid "" -"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " -"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " -"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If you need information about how to manage your database see " -":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" -"Als u informatie nodig hebt over het beheren van uw database, raadpleegt u " -":ref:`db_online`" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po deleted file mode 100644 index eef21647f..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "Praktische informatie" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a11add37b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -0,0 +1,1647 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2021 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:3 +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "Productiviteit" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:4 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "Discussieer" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" +" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " +"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:24 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:36 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" +"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:47 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:55 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" +"Vind `hier <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ de exacte procedure om een " +"TXT record aan te maken of te wijzigen bij uw eigen domein provider." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" +"Uw nieuwe SPF record kan tot 48 uur nodig hebben om actief te zijn, maar " +"normaal gezien gebeurd dit al veel sneller." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " +"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " +"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:86 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:98 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/project-management>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " +"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " +"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " +"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" +msgstr "Hoe de Twitter feed volgen vanuit Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " +"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " +"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 +msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" +msgstr "De app opzetten aan de Twitter kant" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" +" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" +" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 +msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" +msgstr "Naam: dit is de naam van de applicatie op Twitter" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " +"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " +"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" +" this field." +msgstr "" +"Website: dit is de externe URL van uw Odoo database, met \"/web\" " +"toegevoegd. Bijvoorbeeld, indien uw Odoo gehost is bij " +"\"http://www.voorbeeld.com\" moet u \"http://www.voorbeeld.com/web\" ingeven" +" in dit veld." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " +"the previous example you should write " +"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " +"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 +msgid "Getting the API key and secret" +msgstr "De API sleutel en geheim ophalen" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +msgid "" +"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " +"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:3 +msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" +msgstr "Hoe de aandacht van andere gebruikers trekken in mijn berichten" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." +" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " +"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " +"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " +"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " +"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" +"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " +"another channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:15 +msgid "Direct messaging a user" +msgstr "Een gebruiker direct een bericht sturen" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " +"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " +"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " +"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " +"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " +"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " +"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " +"they are offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:28 +msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" +msgstr "Bureaublad notificaties vanuit Discussie" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " +"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" +" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " +"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:3 +msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" +msgstr "Hoe responsief zijn op het werk dankzij de Odoo inbox" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " +"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " +"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:13 +msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." +msgstr "U kan de **Inbox** in het oog houden vanuit elk scherm." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " +"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " +"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " +"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " +"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " +"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " +"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " +"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " +"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " +"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " +"simple and searchable interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get organized by planning activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " +"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " +"undertake." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" +" your priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " +"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " +"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 +msgid "Schedule meetings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " +"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " +"open to let you select a time slot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " +"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " +"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " +"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" +msgstr "Hoe efficiënt communiceren in team met kanalen" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," +" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "Creating a channel" +msgstr "Maak een kanaal aan" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." +msgstr "" +"In Discussies zijn er twee types van kanalen - **publiek** en **privé**." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " +"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " +"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " +"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" +" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " +"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " +"information)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:31 +msgid "Configuring a channel" +msgstr "Een kanaal configureren" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " +"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." +" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " +"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" +" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " +"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" +" a public channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:47 +msgid "How to set up a mailing list" +msgstr "Hoe een mailinglijst op te zetten" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " +":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" +" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " +"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " +"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " +"messages by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "Locating a channel" +msgstr "Een kanaal localiseren" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " +"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" +" clicking the plus icon." +msgstr "" +"Indien u geen kanaal ziet op uw dashboard kan u de lijst doorzoeken van " +"**publieke kanalen** om het juiste kanaal te vinden of een nieuw kanaal aan " +"te maken door te klikken op het plus icoon." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " +"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " +"channels from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " +"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +msgstr "" +"Het is altijd wijs om te zoeken voor een kanaal voordat u een nieuwe " +"aanmaakt zodat u zeker bent dat er geen dubbele kanalen worden aangemaakt " +"voor hetzelfde onderwerp." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:76 +msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" +msgstr "Filters gebruiken om te navigeren binnen Discussieer" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " +"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " +"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " +"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " +"character wildcard.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" +msgstr "Hoe een discussie thread volgen en definiëren wat u erover wilt horen" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:6 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" +msgstr "Hoe een discussie te volgen" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," +" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:14 +msgid "How to choose the events to follow" +msgstr "Hoe te kiezen welke evenementen te volgen" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " +"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " +"**Project** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:23 +msgid "How to add other followers" +msgstr "Hoe andere volgers toevoegen" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " +"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" +" link back to the original document." +msgstr "" +"U kan andere gebruikers uitnodigen en kanalen toevoegen aan volgers. Een " +"kanaal toevoegen als een volger verzend berichten die in de chatter " +"geplaatst worden naar het kanaal met een link naar het originele document." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:34 +msgid "How to be a default follower" +msgstr "Hoe een standaard volger te zijn" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " +"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" +" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " +"created, an opportunity won)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" +" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " +"about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:4 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "Internet of Things (IoT)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "Verbind een IoT box aan uw databank" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "Installeer de Internet of Things (IoT) App in uw Odoo Databank." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "Ga naar de IoT App en klik op Connecteer met de IoT Boxes pagina." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "Volg de stappen om uw IoT Box te connecteren" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "Ethernet Verbinding" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Connecteer aan de IoT Box alle apparaten die moeten worden verbonden met " +"kabels (ethernet, usb-apparaten, enz.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "Schakel de IoT box in." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "WiFi Verbinding" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "Schakel de IoT box in." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "Kopieer de token" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" +"Maak verbinding met het IoT Box WiFi-netwerk (zorg ervoor dat er geen " +"ethernetkabel op uw computer is aangesloten)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" +"U wordt doorverwezen naar de IoT Box Homepagina (indien dit niet lukt, kan u" +" verbinden met het IP-adres van de box). Geef een naam aan uw IoT-box (niet " +"verplicht) en gebruik het token, klik vervolgens op Volgende." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik je Runbot, vergeet dan niet om de -all of -base in het token (bvb. " +"dit token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** moet worden " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" +"Kies het WiFi-netwerk waarmee u verbinding wilt maken (voer het wachtwoord " +"in als dit er is) en klik op Verzenden. Wacht een paar seconden voordat u " +"wordt omgeleid naar uw database." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "Je zou nu de IoT Box moeten zien." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "IoT Box Schema" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__, " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, download the latest image `here " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the " +"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " +"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " +"minutes for it to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 +msgid "IoT Box not found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" +" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " +"can follow to find your IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 +msgid "HTTPS Issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 +msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " +"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" +" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " +"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " +"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "Gebruik de IoT Box voor de Kassa" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Vereisten" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "Controleer voordat u begint of u over het volgende beschikt:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box" +msgstr "Een IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" +msgstr "Een 2A Voedingsadapter met pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "Een computer of tablet met een geüpdatet webbrowser" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "Een functionerende SaaS of Odoo instantie met de Kassa geïnstalleerd" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "Een lokale netwerk opzet met DHCP (dit is de standaard instelling)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " +"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Een Epson USB TM-T20-printer of een andere ESC/POS compatibele printer " +"(Officieel ondersteunde hardware is opgelijst op `de Kassa Hardware pagina " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:28 +msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" +msgstr "" +"Een Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode scanner of een ander compatibel apparaat" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" +msgstr "Een Epson compatibele kassa lade" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "Een RJ45 Ethernet kabel (optioneel, WiFi is ingebouwd)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:35 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "Instellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." +msgstr "" +"Om hardware aan te sluiten op de Kassa, is de eerste stap om een IoT Box aan" +" te sluiten op uw database. Volg hiervoor deze `documentatie " +"'<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "Vervolgens moet u de randapparatuur op uw IoT Box aansluiten." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" +" might work as well." +msgstr "" +"Officieel ondersteunde hardware is opgelijst op `de Kassa Hardware pagina " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_, maar andere " +"hardware werkt mogelijk ook." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:50 +msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." +msgstr "" +"**Printer**: Connecteer een ECS/Kassa printer met een USB poort en zet deze " +"aan." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" +"**Kassalade**: De kassalade moet geconnecteerd zijn met de printer via een " +"RJ25 kabel." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " +"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " +"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " +"your barcode scanner." +msgstr "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connecteer uw barcode scanner. Om u barcode scanner " +"compatibel te maken moet het zich voordoen als een toetsenbord en moet het " +"geconfigureerd zijn in **US QWERTY**. Het moet barcodes ook beëindigen met " +"een enter karakter (toetscode 28). Dit is normaal gezien de normale " +"configuratie van uw barcode scanner." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:62 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "**Weegschaal**: Connecteer uw weegschaal en zet ze aan." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " +"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " +"device." +msgstr "" +"**Ethernet**: Als u geen Wi-Fi wilt gebruiken steekt u de ethernetkabel in. " +"Verzeker u van dat dit de IoT Box connecteert met hetzelfde netwerk als uw " +"Kassa." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " +"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " +"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " +"on boot." +msgstr "" +"**Wi-Fi**: The huisige versie van de IoT Box heeft ingebouwde Wi-Fi. Zorg " +"ervoor dat u geen Ethernet-kabel aansluit tijdens het opstarten, omdat alle " +"Wi-Fi-functionaliteit zal worden omzeild wanneer een bekabelde " +"netwerkverbinding beschikbaar is bij het opstarten." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" +" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +msgstr "" +"Als u klaar bent, kun je de IoT Box verbinden met je Kassa. Hiervoor gaat u " +"naar Kassaverkoop > Instellingen > Kassaverkoop > Kassanaam, vinkt u het " +"vakje \"IoT Box\" aan en selecteert u de IoT Box waarmee u verbinding wilt " +"maken. Sla de wijzigingen op." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:77 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "De installatie is voltooid, u kunt een nieuwe Kassa-sessie starten." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:80 +msgid "Troubleshoot" +msgstr "Troubleshoot" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:83 +msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" +msgstr "De PoS kan niet connecteren met de IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" +" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" +" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " +"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"De gemakkelijkste manier om u er van te verzekeren dat de IoT Box correct is" +" opgezet is om de IoT Box aan te zetten met de printer ingeplugd. Indien " +"functioneel zal de printer een ticket uitprinten waar eender welke " +"foutmelding op wordt geprint of het IP adres van de IoT Box indien alles in " +"orde is. Controleer de volgende stappen als er geen ticket wordt geprint:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " +"LED." +msgstr "" +"Verzeker u ervan dat de IoT Box van stroom voorzien is, dit is aangegeven " +"als de LED een heldere rode kleur uitstraalt." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " +"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " +"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." +msgstr "" +"Verzeker u ervan dat de IoT Box klaar is, dit is aangegeven door een heldere" +" groene status LED net naast de rode status LED. De IoT Box zou klaar moeten" +" zijn ~2 minuten nadat deze is opgestart." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " +"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " +"devices on your network router." +msgstr "" +"Verzeker u er van dat de IoT Box is geconnecteerd met hetzelfde netwerk als" +" uw Kassa. Beide het toestel en de IoT Box moeten zichtbaar zijn in de " +"lijst van verbonden toestellen op uw netwerk router." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" +" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." +msgstr "" +"Indien u in de configuratie het IP heeft ingegeven moet u zich ervan " +"verzekeren dat deze correspondeert met de informatie op het geprinte IoT Box" +" status ticket." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:106 +msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." +msgstr "Verzeker u er van dat de POS niet over HTTPS laad." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " +"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" +"Een bug in Firefox zijn HTTP implementatie voorkomt de goede werking van de " +"automatische ontdekking. Wanneer u Firefox gebruikt moet u manueel de IoT " +"Box zijn IP adres ingeven in de Kassa configuratie." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:113 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" +msgstr "De Barcode Scanner werkt niet" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " +"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " +"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +msgstr "" +"De barcode scanner moet geconfigureerd zijn in US QWERTY en moet een enter " +"toevoegen achter de barcode. Dit is de standaard configuratie voor de meeste" +" barcode lezers. Kijk naar de barcode documentatie voor meer informatie." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " +"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " +"enough power." +msgstr "" +"De IoT Box heeft een 2A voeding nodig om te werken met sommige barcode " +"scanners. Zorg ervoor dat de voeding die u gebruikt genoeg kracht heeft " +"indien u niet de meegeleverde voeding gebruikt." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" +" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" +" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +msgstr "" +"Sommige barcode scanners hebben meer dan 2A nodig en zullen niet of " +"onbetrouwbaar werken, zelfs met de meegeleverde voeding. In die gevallen kan" +" u een barcode scanner inpluggen in een zelfvoorzienende USB hub." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" +"Sommige slecht gebouwde scanners adverteren zichzelf niet als barcode " +"scanners maar als usb toetsenborden en zullen niet herkend worden door de " +"IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:134 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" +msgstr "De Barcode Scanner werkt niet betrouwbaar" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " +"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." +msgstr "" +"Zorg ervoor dat er gelijktijdig niet meer dan één apparaat met de optie " +"'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode Scanner' is ingeschakeld en geconnecteerd met de " +"IoT Box ." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:140 +msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" +msgstr "Het ticket printen duurt te lang" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:142 +msgid "" +"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " +"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " +"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " +"and the IoT Box." +msgstr "" +"Een kleine vertraging voor de eerste print is normaal, aangezien de IoT Box " +"op voorhand wat verwerking doet om de volgende printopdrachten te " +"versnellen. Als u hierna nog vertragingen heeft bij het printen is dit " +"mogelijk door een slechte netwerkconnectie tussen de Kassa en de IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:148 +msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" +msgstr "Sommige karakters zijn niet correct afgedrukt op het ticket" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " +"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." +msgstr "" +"De IoT Box ondersteunt niet alle talen en karakters. Het ondersteund " +"momenteel Latin en Cyrillic gebaseerde scripts, met basis Japanse " +"ondersteuning." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:155 +msgid "The printer is offline" +msgstr "De printer is offline" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " +"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " +"contact support." +msgstr "" +"Verzeker u er van dat de printer verbonden is, opstaat, genoeg papier heeft," +" dat het deksel gesloten is en dat de printer geen fouten meld. Gelieve " +"support te contacteren als deze fout zich blijft voordoen." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:162 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "De kassalade opent niet" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" +"De kassalade moet verbonden zijn met de printer en moet geactiveerd worden " +"in de POS configuratie." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "Apparaten" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "Connectie" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:18 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " +"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " +"steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " +"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " +"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " +"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " +"drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" +" cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:17 +msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your printer is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " +"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " +"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " +"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" +" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." +" Click on it and it will print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" +" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " +"Categories* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " +"will be printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" +" their price are based on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 +msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/iot-hardware>`_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " +"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 +msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " +"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " +"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " +"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " +"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " +"price to the cart." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8af31fb6e..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1788 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2018 -# Eric Geens <eric.geens@vitabiz.be>, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2018 -# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "Inkopen" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Inkopen" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 -msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "Stamgegevens" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 -msgid "Import vendors pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " -"to date on products pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Instellingen" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 -msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 -msgid "Import a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 -msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " -"import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 -msgid "See below a template of the columns used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 -msgid "" -"`Template download " -"<https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1N8c_eejLV_8NhYMGCfZau_oGCnRkUIT9nwdX7n0shhY/edit#gid=964193981>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 -msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " -"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 -msgid "Add vendors in a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " -"select a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 -msgid "" -"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " -"on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " -"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." -msgstr "" -"Merk op dat elke keer als een product gekocht wordt van een nieuwe " -"leverancier zal Odoo automatisch het contact en de prijs linken met het " -"product." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 -msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " -"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " -"period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " -"t-shirt in different sizes!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " -"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" -" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" -" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " -"between sales and purchase very easily." -msgstr "" -"Het is niet ongebruikelijk dat uw leverancier een andere maateenheid " -"gebruikt dan u dat doet in uw verkoop. Dit kan verwarring in de hand werken " -"tussen aankopers en verkopers, en het kan heel wat tijd in beslag nemen om " -"de verschillende maateenheden om te rekenen. Gelukkig kunt u met Odoo " -"gemakkelijk omgaan met verschillende maateenheden bij inkoop en verkoop. " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 -msgid "Let's take the following examples:" -msgstr "Laten we de volgende voorbeelden nemen:" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " -"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " -"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " -"quantities in **Liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" -" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" -msgstr "Installeer de inkoop en verkoop modules" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " -"correctly installed." -msgstr "" -"De eerste stap is om er zeker van te zijn dat de apps **Verkoop** en " -"**Inkoop** correct geïnstalleerd zijn." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom01|" -msgstr "|uom01|" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom02|" -msgstr "|uom02|" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 -msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" -msgstr "Activeer de maateenheid optie" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " -"unit of measures (advanced)** box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" -msgstr "Specificeer verkopen en inkopen hun maateenheden " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 -msgid "Standard units of measures" -msgstr "Standaard maateenheden" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " -"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" -" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " -"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 -msgid "" -"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " -"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." -msgstr "" -"Het is mogelijk om uw eigen categorie en maateenheid aan te maken indien " -"deze niet standaard bestaat in Odoo (zie het volgende hoofdstuk)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " -"customers in **Liters**." -msgstr "" -"Laten we aannemen dat we water kopen van de leverancier in **Gallon** en het" -" verkopen aan onze klanten in **Liters**. " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 -msgid "" -"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Products`." -msgstr "" -"We gaan in de inkoop module, selecteer :menuselection:`Inkoop --> " -"Producten`." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " -"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" -" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " -"purchase)." -msgstr "" -"Maak uw eigen product aan of selecteer een bestaand product. In de algemene " -"informatie van de producten heeft u de mogelijkheid om de **Maateenheid** in" -" te geven (wordt gebruikt in verkopen, magazijn, ...) en de **Aankoop " -"maateenheid** (voor inkopen)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " -"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" -"In dit geval selecteert u **Liters** als **Maateenheid** en **Gallons** als " -"**Aankoop maateenheid**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 -msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" -msgstr "Maak uw eigen maateenheid aan en een maateenheid categorie" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " -"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " -"curtains in **square meters**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " -"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " -"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" -" where both units have a conversion relationship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" -" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " -"below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " -"**Inter-Category-Computation**." -msgstr "" -"Maak een nieuwe maateenheid aan. In dit geval zal onze categorie **Inter-" -"categorie-Berekening** noemen." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " -"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " -"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " -"of Measure`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 -msgid "Create two new units:" -msgstr "Maak twee nieuwe eenheden aan:" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 -msgid "" -"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" -" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" -" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " -"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" -" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" -" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " -"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " -"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 -msgid "" -"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " -"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." -msgstr "" -"Het is niet mogelijk om **vierkante meters** in te geven als maateenheid en " -"een *Rol* als aankoopeenheid in het productformulier." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 -msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 -msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " -"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " -"products have been received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " -"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " -"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 -msgid "" -"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " -"not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " -"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" -" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " -"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " -"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" -msgstr "" -"Als uw bedrijf regelmatig producten koopt van verschillende leveranciers is " -"het handig om statistieken te krijgen van uw inkopen. Er zijn verschillende " -"redenen om leveranciers hun prestaties te traceren en analyseren:" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "U kan zien hoe afhankelijk uw bedrijf van een leverancier is;" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "U kan onderhandelen over kortingen op prijzen;" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "U kan de gemiddelde levertijd per leverancier controleren;" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "Etc." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " -"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " -"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " -"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " -"their future orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "Installeer de Inkoopbeheer module" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " -"module." -msgstr "" -"Vanuit het **Apps** menu zoekt u de module **Inkoopbeheer** en installeert u" -" deze." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "Plaats enkele bestellingen" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "Analyseer uw leveranciers" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "Genereer flexibele rapporten" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " -"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " -"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " -"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " -"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " -"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " -"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " -"\"Products\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" -" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " -"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " -"below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 -msgid "" -"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " -"dependent and one independent measure." -msgstr "" -"In tegenstelling tot de draaitabel, kan een grafiek alleen worden berekend " -"met één afhankelijke en één onafhankelijke meetwaarde." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "Personaliseer rapporten" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " -"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " -"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "" -"U kan eender welke gepersonaliseerde filter opslaan en hergebruiken door te " -"klikken op **Favorieten** vanuit het **Geavanceerd zoeken scherm** en " -"vervolgens te klikken op **Bewaar huidige zoekopdracht**. De bewaarde filter" -" is dan toegankelijk vanuit het **Favorieten** menu." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 -msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " -"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " -"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 -msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" -" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " -"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 -msgid "Approve the order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " -"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " -"of what your users can or can't do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 -msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal goedgekeurd staat het inkooporder het volgen van het normale proces " -"toe." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 -msgid "Bill Control" -msgstr "Factuurcontrole" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" -" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" -" you receive the goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 -msgid "Change the control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" -" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " -"page under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 -msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " -"*Shipment* tab," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " -"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" -" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " -"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "Cancel a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " -"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" -" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 -msgid "" -"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " -"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " -"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " -"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " -"cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "Maak een inkooporder" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " -"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " -"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 -msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" -msgstr "Annuleer uw inkooporder" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 -msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" -msgstr "Use case 1: u heeft uw goederen nog niet ontvangen" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " -"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " -"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 -msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" -msgstr "Usecase 2: Deels geleverde goederen" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " -"cancel the PO." -msgstr "" -"In dit geval zijn **2** van de **3 iPad Mini's** gearriveerd voordat u de PO" -" moest annuleren." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 -msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " -"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." -" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " -"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 -msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" -msgstr "Zie :doc:`reception` om meer te leren" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " -"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " -"ask you the permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" -" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " -"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 -msgid "Create reverse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" -" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." -" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" -" corresponding location and click on **Return**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " -"stock to your vendor location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" -" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " -"cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`bills`" -msgstr ":doc:`bills`" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`reception`" -msgstr ":doc:`reception`" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " -"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " -"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " -"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " -"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 -msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "Maak een offerteaanvraag" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " -"Quotation` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " -"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " -"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt" -msgstr "Ontvangst" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Ontvangsten" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor" -msgstr "Leverancier" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." -msgstr "" -"U kunt een leverancier, een contactpersoon, vinden op naam, TIN, E-mail of " -"interne referentie." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "Leveranciersreferentie" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " -"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " -"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." -msgstr "" -"Referentie van de verkooporder of bieding van uw leverancier. Het is " -"bedoelde om de koppeling te doen tussen ontvangen producten omdat deze " -"referentie meestal geschreven is op de pakbon verzonden door uw leverancier." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "Orderdatum" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " -"a purchase order." -msgstr "" -"Geeft de datum aan waarop de offerte bevestigd en geconverteerd moet worden " -"in een inkooporder." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "Brondocument" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" -" sales order)" -msgstr "" -"Referentie van het document dat deze inkoopaanvraag heeft gegenereerd (bijv." -" een verkooporder)" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "Leveren aan" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "Dit bepaald de verwerkingswijze van de ontvangst" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "Dropship afleveradres" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " -"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." -msgstr "" -"Geef een adres in, indien u direct vanaf de leverancier wilt leveren aan de " -"klant. Laat leeg om te leveren aan uw eigen bedrijf." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "Bestemmingslocatie soort" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "" -"Technisch veld welke wordt gebruikt om het dropshipment adres weer te geven." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "Leveringscondities" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " -"used in international transactions." -msgstr "" -"International Commercial Terms (INCOTERMS) zijn een set van " -"voorgedefinieerde commerciële voorwaarden, welke worden gebruikt bij " -"internationaal transport." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " -"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " -"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " -"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " -"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " -"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " -"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " -"supplier or enter a new one)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 -msgid "" -"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" -" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." -msgstr "" -"Na te hebben geklikt op **Verzenden** zal u zien dat de offerteaanvraag " -"status van **Concept** naar **Offerteaanvraag verzonden**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " -"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " -"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " -"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" -" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" -" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " -"to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " -"*Dropshipping*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " -"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " -"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " -"drop shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " -"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " -"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " -"dropship route on the SO line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "Drop ship a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " -"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " -"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " -"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" -" through your own stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Lock a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 -msgid "Lock an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 -msgid "" -"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " -"the order preventing any further modification on the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 -msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 -msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " -"products to receive and to control supplier bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" -" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " -"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 -msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "Installeer de Inkoop en Magazijn applicaties" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " -"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " -"others), which is required with **Purchase**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 -msgid "Create products" -msgstr "Maak producten" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " -"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 -msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u het product aanmaakt is het veld **Productsoort** belangrijk:" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " -"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 -msgid "" -"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " -"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " -"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" -" set his product type field as **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 -msgid "Control products receptions" -msgstr "Controleer producten ontvangsten" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 -msgid "Purchase products" -msgstr "Producten aankopen" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " -"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" -" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " -"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " -"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 -msgid "Receive Products" -msgstr "Producten ontvangen" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " -"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " -"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " -"receipt box of the related warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Klik op deze knop en u krijgt een lijst van alle wachtende orders voor dit " -"magazijn." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " -"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " -"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" -" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " -"the lines within it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " -"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " -"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " -"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " -"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " -"the quantity received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 -msgid "" -"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" -" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " -"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " -"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`cancel`" -msgstr ":doc:`cancel`" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 -msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " -"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " -"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " -"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 -msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " -"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " -"blocking message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 -msgid "Add a warning on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" -" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 -msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " -"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 -msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Agreements" -msgstr "Inkoopovereenkomsten" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " -"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " -"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 -msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " -"Agreements`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " -"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " -"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " -"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " -"the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 -msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " -"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " -"choose the quantity and confirm the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 -msgid "" -"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" -" you have already ordered from your blanket order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 -msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " -"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " -"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " -"name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " -"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 -msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " -"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 -msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " -"and select *Call for Tender*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " -"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " -"right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 -msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " -"from your Call for Tender." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 -msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" -" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 -msgid "Close the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 -msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "Heraanvulling" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment Flows" -msgstr "Heraanvulling flows" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 -msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " -"Times*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 -msgid "" -"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " -"manufacture products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 -msgid "Configure Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 -msgid "Vendor Lead Time" -msgstr "Levertermijn van leverancier" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " -"product to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " -"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " -"lead time for that Vendor & Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 -msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "Levertijd aan klant" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " -"the product to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " -"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 -msgid "" -"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " -"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 -msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " -"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " -"engagements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " -"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " -"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " -"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 -msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 -msgid "" -"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " -"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " -"is your product’s configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 -msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 -msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 -msgid "" -"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" -" your configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 -msgid "" -"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " -"time for Sales)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 -msgid "" -"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " -"time for Purchase)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 -msgid "" -"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " -"9 days of vendor lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Setup drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " -"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 -msgid "" -"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " -"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " -"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " -"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " -"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 -msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " -"concerned order lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " -"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" -" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 -msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " -"orders on each sale you make." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" -" just one step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 -msgid "Configure the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " -"*Make To Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 -msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " -"Odoo for this feature to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 -msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " -"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " -"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " -"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 -msgid "" -"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " -"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" -" *Shipment* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " -"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 -msgid "" -"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " -"automatically under it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " -"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " -"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 -msgid "Set a reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 -msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " -"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " -"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " -"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " -"12:00PM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " -"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Problemen oplossen" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 -msgid "" -"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " -"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " -"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " -"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," -" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " -"issue with the configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 -msgid "Multi-Companies" -msgstr "Meerdere bedrijven" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " -"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " -"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " -"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " -"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " -"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " -"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " -"on your sales and purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 -msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." -msgstr "Het is ook mogelijk om enkel facturen en creditnota's af te handelen." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Manage intercompany rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" -" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "Klik op **Toepassen**." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 -msgid "New options will appear." -msgstr "Nieuwe opties zullen verschijnen." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " -"options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " -"for the other companies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " -"user has the rights to manage the companies." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po deleted file mode 100644 index e38d03e13..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "Werving & Selectie" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index da1f93196..a5cb54e36 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -1,25 +1,28 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: # Vincent van Reenen <vincentvanreenen@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019 +# Nils van Odoo <nvo@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Jurre Claassen <JurreCl@me.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2021 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Eric Geens <eric.geens@vitabiz.be>, 2021 +# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2021 +# Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,23 +30,2876 @@ msgstr "" "Language: nl\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:4 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Verkoop" -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:4 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "Relatiebeheer" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "Verwerven van leads" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "Converteer leads naar prospects" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM" +" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can " +"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" +"Het systeem kan leads genereren in plaats van opportuniteiten, om zo een " +"kwalificatie stap toe te voegen voordat u een * Lead * in een * " +"Opportuniteit* omzet en aan een verkoopmedewerkers toewijst. U kunt deze " +"modus activeren via de CRM-instellingen. Dit is standaard van toepassing op " +"al uw verkoopkanalen. Maar u kunt het specifiek maken voor specifieke " +"kanalen vanuit het configuratieformulier." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Instellingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" +"Ga voor deze functie naar: menuselectie: `CRM -> Configuratie -> " +"Instellingen` en activeer de * Leads * functie." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" +"U heeft nu een nieuw submenu * Leads * onder * Pijplijn * waar leads zullen " +"toegevoegd worden." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "Converteer een lead in een opportuniteit" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u op * Lead * klikt, hebt u de mogelijkheid om deze om te zetten in " +"een opportuniteit en te beslissen of deze nog steeds moet worden toegewezen " +"aan hetzelfde kanaal / dezelfde persoon en of u een nieuwe klant moet maken." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" +"Als u al een opportuniteit heeft met die klant, biedt Odoo u automatisch de " +"mogelijkheid om ze samen te smelten. Op dezelfde manier biedt Odoo u " +"automatisch een link naar een bestaande klant als die klant al bestaat." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "Genereer leads/opportuniteiten vanuit e-mails" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" +"Het automatiseren van de lead / opportuniteit-generatie zal uw efficiëntie " +"aanzienlijk verbeteren. Standaard zal odoo een opportuniteit in de pijplijn " +"van het standaard verkoopkanaal toevoegen voor elke e-mail die wordt " +"verzonden naar * sales@database\\ _domain.ext *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "Configureer e-mail aliassen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" +"Elk verkoopkanaal kan zijn eigen e-mail alias hebben om leads / " +"opportuniteiten te genereren die automatisch aan het verkoopkanaal worden " +"toegewezen. Dit is handig als u meerdere verkoopteams beheert met specifieke" +" bedrijfsprocessen. U vindt de configuratie van verkoopkanalen onder: " +"menuselectie: `Configuratie -> Verkoopkanalen '." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "Genereer leads/opportuniteiten vanaf uw website contact pagina" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" +"Het automatiseren van de lead / opportuniteit-generatie zal uw efficiëntie " +"aanzienlijk verbeteren. Een lead/opportuniteit zal in de pijplijn gecreëerd " +"worden voor elke bezoeker die het contactformulier op uw website gebruikt." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "Gebruik de contacteer ons op uw website" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "U moet eerst naar de website app gaan." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" +"Om naar een specifiek verkoopkanaal te gaan, ga naar: menuselectie: `Website" +" -> Configuratie -> Instellingen` onder * Communicatie * vindt u de " +"informatie over het Contactformulier en waar u het * Verkoopkanaal * of * " +"Verkoopmedewerker * kunt wijzigen." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "Maak een gepersonaliseerd contact formulier" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "Genereer leads i.p.v. opportuniteiten" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "Verstuur offertes" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "Maak een nieuwe offerte" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" +"Door op een opportuniteit of lead te klikken, zal de knop * Nieuwe Offerte *" +" beschikbaar zijn. Deze brengt u naar een nieuw menu waar u uw offerte kunt " +"opmaken en beheren." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" +"U vindt al uw offertes voor die specifieke opportuniteit in het menu * " +"Offerte(s) *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "Markeer ze als gewonnen/verloren" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" +"Nu moet u uw opportuniteit markeren als gewonnen of verloren om het proces " +"verder te zetten." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" +"Als u ze markeert als gewonnen, worden ze verplaatst naar de kolom * " +"Gewonnen * in de Kanban-weergave. Als u ze echter als * Verloren* markeert, " +"worden ze gearchiveerd." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "Optimaliseer uw dagelijks werk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "Hoe motiveer en beloon ik mijn verkopers?" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "Een uitdaging aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "Zet doelen op" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Doelstellingen kunnen een impact hebben op de structuur van uw database " +"(zoals het invoeren van uw bedrijfsgegevens, het instellen van uw tijdszone," +" het aanmaken van nieuwe gebruikers, en zo verder)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "Zet beloningen op" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "Synchroniseer Google agenda met Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " +"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " +"directions)." +msgstr "" +"Odoo is perfect geïntegreerd met Google Kalender zodat u meetings kan zien &" +" beheren vanuit beide platformen (updates werken in beide richtingen)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "Opzet in Google" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" +"Ga naar het `Google API platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ " +"om Google Kalender API login gegevens te genereren. Login met uw Google " +"account." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +msgid "Go to the API & Services page." +msgstr "Ga naar de API & Diensten pagina." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." +msgstr "Zoek voor *Google Kalender API* en selecteer deze." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "Schakel de API in." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " +"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer of maak een API project om de logingegevens te bewaren indien u " +"dit nog niet heeft gedaan. Geef het een expliciete naam (bijvoorbeeld Odoo " +"sync)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +msgid "Create credentials." +msgstr "Maak logingegevens aan." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer *web browser (Javascript) als bron en *Gebruiker data* als type " +"data." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " +"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " +"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " +"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " +"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" +" in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" +" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "Opzetten in Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " +"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" +" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." +msgstr "" +"Ga naar: menuselectie: `Instellingen -> Algemene instellingen` activeer " +"Google Agenda en voer je ** Client ID ** en ** Client Secret ** in ." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " +"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " +"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" +" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." +msgstr "" +"De setup is nu compleet. Open jou Odoo Kalender en sync hem met Google. De " +"eerste keer wanner je dit doet zal je doorgestuurd worden naar Google om de " +"connectie te goed te keuren. Eenmaal terug in Odoo, druk nogmaals op de " +"sync knop. Je kan erop klikken telkens je jou kalender wilt synchroniseren." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" +msgstr "Vanaf nu heeft u geen excuses meer om een meeting te missen!" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 +msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" +msgstr "Gebruik VOIP-diensten in Odoo met OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introductie" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" +" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " +"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " +"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " +"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " +"configuration procedure below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." +msgstr "Ga naar de Apps en installeer de module **VoIP OnSIP**." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " +"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" +msgstr "" +"Ga naar de Instellingen/Algemene Instellingen. In deze sectie " +"Integraties/Asterisk (VoIP), vul je de 3 velden in: " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " +"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " +"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 +msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "**WebSocket** zou moeten bevatten wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 +msgid "**Mode** should be Production" +msgstr "**Mode** moet productie zijn" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " +"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 +msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "**SIP Login / Browser's extensie**: de OnSIP 'Gebruikersnaam'" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 +msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 +msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 +msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can find all this information by logging in at " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " +"and refer to the fields as pictured below." +msgstr "" +"Je kan al deze informatie vinden door in te loggen op " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users, vervolgens selecteer je de gebruiker die je " +"wilt configureren en verwijs je naar de velden zoals hieronder weergegeven. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " +"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" +" Odoo and in OnSIP)." +msgstr "" +"Je kan nu bellen door te klikken op het telefoon icoontje rechts vanboven in" +" Odoo (zorg er wel voor dat je ingelogd bent als een gebruiker die goed is " +"geconfigureerd in Odoo en in OnSIP)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " +"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" +" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " +"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"international prefix for the United States)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " +"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." +msgstr "" +"Je kan nu ook gebeld worden in Odoo. Jouw telefoonnummer is het nummer " +"voorzien door OnSip. Odoo zal het belgeluid laten horen aan de gebruiker en " +"een notificatie weergeven. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 +msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" +msgstr "OnSIP op uw GSM" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " +"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" +" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " +"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " +"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." +" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"then have to configure it as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 +msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" +msgstr "**Account naam**: OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 +msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" +msgstr "**SIP Server**: Het OnSIP 'domein'" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 +msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 +msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 +msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " +"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " +"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " +"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" +" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " +"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" +" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" +msgstr "Configureer uw VOIP Asterisk server voor Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Installing Asterisk server" +msgstr "Asterisk server installeren" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "Afhankelijkheden" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" +msgstr "" +"Voordat u Asterisk installeert moet u de volgende afhankelijkheden " +"installeren:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 +msgid "wget" +msgstr "wget" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 +msgid "gcc" +msgstr "gcc" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 +msgid "g++" +msgstr "g++" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 +msgid "ncurses-devel" +msgstr "ncurses-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 +msgid "libxml2-devel" +msgstr "libxml2-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 +msgid "sqlite-devel" +msgstr "sqlite-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 +msgid "libsrtp-devel" +msgstr "libsrtp-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 +msgid "libuuid-devel" +msgstr "libuuid-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 +msgid "openssl-devel" +msgstr "openssl-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 +msgid "pkg-config" +msgstr "pkg-config" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 +msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" +msgstr "Om libsrtp te installeren volgt u onderstaande instructies:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " +"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " +"extracted:" +msgstr "" +"Je zal ook PJSIP moeten installeren, je kan de broncode `hier " +"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_ downloaden. Eenmaal de broncode " +"directory uitgepakt is:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" +msgstr "**Wijzig naar de pjproject map:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 +msgid "**run:**" +msgstr "**run:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 +msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" +msgstr "**Bouw en installeer pjproject:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 +msgid "**Update shared library links:**" +msgstr "**Update gedeelde library links:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 +msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" +msgstr "**Verifieer dat pjproject geïnstalleerd is:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 +msgid "**The result should be:**" +msgstr "**Het resultaat zou moeten zijn:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Asterisk" +msgstr "Asterisk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " +"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" +"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." +msgstr "" +"Om Asterisk 13.7.0 te installeren kan u de broncode direct downloaden van " +"<http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" +"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Extract Asterisk:" +msgstr "Extract Asterisk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" +msgstr "Geef de Asterisk map in:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 +msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" +msgstr "Voer het Asterisk configuratie script uit:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 +msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" +msgstr "Voer de Asteriks menuselect tool uit:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " +"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " +"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " +"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." +msgstr "" +"In het selectieveld, ga naar de resources optie en verifieer dat res_srtp " +"ingeschakeld is. Als er 3 x's zijn naast res_srtp, dan is er een probleem " +"met de srtp bibliotheek en moet je deze herinstalleren. Sla de configuratie " +"op (druk op x). Je zou ook sterren moeten zien voor de res_pjsip lijnen." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 +msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" +msgstr "Compileer en installeer Asterisk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " +"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " +"run 'make config'." +msgstr "" +"Als je voorbeeld configuraties nodig heft kan je \"maak voorbeelden\" " +"uitvoeren om voorbeeld configuraties te installeren. Als je het Asterisk " +"opstart script moet installeren kan je dit 'maak configuratie' runnen." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 +msgid "DTLS Certificates" +msgstr "DTLS certificaten" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 +msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." +msgstr "Hierna moet u de DTLS certificaten opzetten." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" +msgstr "Geef de Asterisk scripts map in:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" +" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" +msgstr "" +"Creëer de DTLS certificaten (vervang pbx.mycompany.com met jou ip adres of " +"dns naam, vervang My Super Company met jou bedrijfsnaam):" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 +msgid "Configure Asterisk server" +msgstr "Configureer Asterisk server" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " +"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " +"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" +" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " +"uncommented:" +msgstr "" +"Voor WebRTC, zijn er vele instellingen nodig die MOETEN ingesteld worden in " +"de peer settings. De algemene instellingen vloeien niet goed door naar de " +"peer instellingen. Standaard, Asterisk configuratie bestanden zijn te vinden" +" in /etc/asterisk/. Start door http.conf te editeren en verifieer dat " +"volgende lijnen uit commentaar staan:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " +"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " +"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " +"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " +"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " +"lines:" +msgstr "" +"In de sip.conf en rtp.conf bestanden moet u ook de volgende lijnen toevoegen" +" of uit commentaar halen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 +msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" +msgstr "Stel als laatste extensions.conf in:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 +msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" +msgstr "Configureer Odoo VOIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 +msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." +msgstr "" +"De configuratie moet in Odoo gedaan worden onder de gebruikersvoorkeuren." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 +msgid "" +"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" +" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 +msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " +"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " +"configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " +"\"Integrations\" section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" +" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " +"defined in the http.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 +msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" +" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " +"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " +"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 +msgid "Configure your kanban stages" +msgstr "Configureer uw kanban fases" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " +"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" +" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" +" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " +"more accurate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" +" you can modify them manually of course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 +msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" +msgstr "Stel uw verwachte omzet en sluitingsdatum in" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " +"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" +" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 +msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " +"closing, letting you prioritize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 +msgid "" +"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " +"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " +"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 +msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 +msgid "" +"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " +"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " +"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " +"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " +"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " +"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "Organiseer uw pijplijn" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "Beheer verloren opportuniteiten" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "Markeer een lead als verloren" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "Beheer & Definieer verlies redenen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "Maak een nieuw verkoopkanaal" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "Voeg leden toe aan het verkoopkanaal" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "Verkoopkanaal dashboard" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "Leads toewijzen en traceren" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "Maak een scoreregel aan" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "Leads toewijzen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "Evalueer & gebruik de niet toegewezen leads" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "Volg een webpagina" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "Bekijk bezochte pagina's in uw leads/prospects" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:4 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "Kassa" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced topics" +msgstr "Geavanceerde onderwerpen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "Barcodes gebruiken in de kassa" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "Barcodes toevoegen aan een product" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "Producten scannen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 +msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " +"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments" +" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " +"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " +"American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 +msgid "" +"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " +"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " +"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 +msgid "Install Mercury" +msgstr "Mercury installeren" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " +"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " +"mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 +msgid "" +"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods` and create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " +"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" +msgstr "Beheer meerdere kassiers" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This " +"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They " +"are all explained below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "Wissel van kassier zonder pincode" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the " +"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 +msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 +msgid "And the cashier will be changed." +msgstr "De kassier wordt nu veranderd." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 +msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" +msgstr "Wissel van kassier met pincode" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 +msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 +msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" +msgstr "Wissel van kassier met barcode" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 +msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 +msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 +msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "Een ticket opnieuw afdrukken" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" +"In uw kassa interface heeft u nu een *Kassabon opnieuw afdrukken* knop." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "Korting labels gebruiken met een barcode scanner" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "Barcode nomenclatuur" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" +"Om korting labels te gebruiken moeten we de barcode nomenclaturen leren." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" +"Laten we zeggen dat u een korting wilt voor het product met de volgende " +"barcode:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "Scan de producten & labels" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "U moet eerst het gewenste product scannen (in ons geval een citroen)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "Beheer een loyaliteitsprogramma" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "Gebruik het loyaliteitsprogramma in uw kassa interface" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "Manuele kortingen toepassen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "Een korting toepassen op een product" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 +msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." +msgstr "Van uw sessie interface gebruikt u de *Kort* knop." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " +"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "Een globale korting toepassen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +msgstr "" +"Onder de *Prijzen* categorie vind u de *Algemene kortingen*. Selecteer deze." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 +msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +msgstr "" +"Eenmaal u heeft geklikt kan u de gewenste korting ingeven (in percentage)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " +"product discount also at 50%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "" +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " +"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " +"pricing strategy tailored to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " +"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" +" on *Pricelists*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "Maak een prijslijst" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " +"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " +"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " +"whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 +msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" +msgstr "Gebruik een prijslijst in de kassa interface" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " +"select the right pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze sales" +msgstr "Analyseer verkoop" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 +msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" +msgstr "Bekijk uw kassa statistieken" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " +"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " +"statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "Bekijk uw statistieken" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " +"--> Orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 +msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 +msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" +msgstr "U kan de statistiek weergaves bekijken door hier te klikken" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" +msgstr "Belgische fiscale data module" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "De fiscale data module opzetten met de Odoo kassa" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "Vereiste hardware" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" +"Een door de regering gecertificeerd `Fiscale data module " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per Kassa, ze zouden allemaal moeten werken, " +"maar de Cleancash SC-B is aanbevolen, u heeft ook het volgende nodig:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Seriële nul modem kabel per FDM (`bijvoorbeeld " +"<http://www.startech.com/Cables/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-" +"Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Serieel-naar-USB adaptor per FDM (`voorbeeld " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "Een geregistreerde IoT box per kassa configuratie" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Instellingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "Certificering & on-premise" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "Restricties" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" +"Zoals voordien vermeld moet de POS applicatie, om gecertificeerd te zijn, " +"voldoen aan strenge eisen van de staat. Hierdoor heeft een gecertificeerde " +"Odoo kassa limitaties die niet aanwezig zijn in niet gecertificeerde Odoo " +"kassa's." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "Terugbetalen is uitgeschakeld" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "Prijzen van orderlijnen wijzigen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "Maken/wijzigen/verwijderen van kassa orders" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "Producten verkopen zonder een valide belasting" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "Zwarte lijst modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Overzicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "Registreer klanten" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "Maak een klant aan" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "Vanuit uw sessie interface gebruikt u de klanten knop." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "Maak een nieuwe door deze knop te gebruiken." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "U wordt gevraagd om de klant zijn informatie in te vullen." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" +msgstr "Starten met de Odoo kassa" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " +"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " +"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " +"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " +"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " +"customer can be identified from the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " +"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." +msgstr "" +"U kan live statistieken uitvoeren en consolidaties doorheen uw winkel volgen" +" zonder het gedoe van het integreren van externe applicaties." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 +msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" +msgstr "Installeer de kassa applicatie" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." +msgstr "Ga naar Apps en installeer de Kassa module." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " +"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 +msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" +" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "Configureer uw betaalmethodes" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" +" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " +"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" +" in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" +" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 +msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" +msgstr "Configureer uw kassa" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " +"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 +msgid "Create your first PoS session" +msgstr "Maak uw eerste kassa sessie" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "Uw eerste order" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " +"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 +msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "U komt nu in de kassa interface." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 +msgid "You can register the next orders." +msgstr "U kan de volgende orders registreren." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "Sluit de kassa sessie af" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 +msgid "" +"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " +"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " +"now close the session from the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 +msgid "" +"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" +"Het is sterk aangeraden om uw kassa sessie af te sluiten aan het einde van " +"elke dag." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 +msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." +msgstr "" +"U ziet vervolgens een samenvatting van alle transacties per betaalmethode." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" +" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " +"closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 +msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." +msgstr "Het is klaar, u heeft nu uw eerste kassa sessie afgesloten." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " +":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/connect` and " +":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "Betaalterminals" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the payments " +"section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for " +"Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and create new Vantiv " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" +msgstr "Geavanceerde Restaurant opties" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "Voeg een printer toe" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "Print een keuken/bar order" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "Selecteer een printer of maak een printer aan." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "Print de order in de keuken/bar" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "In uw kassa interface heeft u nu een *order* knop." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Register multiple orders" +msgstr "Registreer meerdere orders" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " +"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "Registreer een bijkomende order" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" +msgstr "Restaurant/bar kassa opzetten" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " +"Sale application can help you to fulfill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" +msgstr "Selecteer *Is een bar/restaurant*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " +"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your table management" +msgstr "Configureer uw tafelbeheer" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" +" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " +"Point of sale`.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "Voeg een verdieping toe" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" +" *Floors*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "Voeg tafels toe" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 +msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." +msgstr "Vanuit uw kassa interface ziet u nu verdiepingen." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" +" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " +"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " +"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " +"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 +msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "Registreer uw tafel orders" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " +"register an order and payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" +" you can also transfer the order to another table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "Configureer fooien" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Transfer customers between tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " +"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " +"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " +"you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "Klanten overplaatsen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 +msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " +"select the new table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Shop Features" +msgstr "Geavanceerde winkel opties" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "Start een sessie" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "Een sessie afsluiten" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "Factureer uw klant" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 +msgid "Accept returns and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " +"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " +"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " +"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" +" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +msgid "" +"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " +"to process the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "Geavanceerde onderwerpen" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" msgstr "Hoe geef ik portaal toegangsrechten aan mijn klanten?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" msgstr "Wat is portaal toegang/wie is een portaal gebruiker?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 msgid "" "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " "Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." @@ -52,13 +2908,13 @@ msgstr "" "de Odoo instantie, om bepaalde documenten of informatie in het systeem te " "kunnen bekijken." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." msgstr "" "Bijvoorbeeld een lange termijn klant die zijn offertes online moet kunnen " "zien" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 msgid "" "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " "any document in the system." @@ -66,15 +2922,15 @@ msgstr "" "Een portaalgebruiker heeft alleen lees / kijkrechten. Hij of zij kan geen " "document wijzigen in het systeem." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" msgstr "Hoe geef ik portaal toegang aan mijn gebruikers" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 msgid "From Contacts Module" msgstr "Vanuit de contact module" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 msgid "" "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " @@ -85,7 +2941,7 @@ msgstr "" "nieuw contact aan te maken. Geef de contactgegevens in en klik op " "\"opslaan\"." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 msgid "" "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " "interface and from the drop down." @@ -93,12 +2949,12 @@ msgstr "" "Kies een contact, klik op het **Actie** menu bovenaan in het midden van de " "interface vanuit de dropdown." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." msgstr "" "Selecteer **portaal toegang beheer**. Een pop up scherm zal verschijnen" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 msgid "" "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " @@ -108,7 +2964,7 @@ msgstr "" "portaal** en voeg de inhoud toe die in de email toegevoegd moet worden in de" " tekstcontainer onderaan. Druk op **Opslaan** wanneer je klaar bent." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." @@ -116,15 +2972,15 @@ msgstr "" "Een e-mail wordt verzonden naar het opgegeven e-mailadres, deze e-mail geeft" " aan dat de persoon nu een portaal gebruiker is op de instantie." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "Hoe een product aanbieden?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "Aanbiedingen zonder variatie" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." @@ -132,7 +2988,7 @@ msgstr "" "Om een product aan te bieden moet u het vinkje **Gebruik eBay** aanvinken op" " de productfiche. Het eBay tabblad wordt vervolgens beschikbaar." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." @@ -141,7 +2997,7 @@ msgstr "" "die op eBay gebruikt wordt komen vanuit het Odoo veld **Voorspelde " "hoeveelheid**." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." @@ -153,7 +3009,7 @@ msgstr "" "omschrijving** veld van het product. U kan HTML gebruiken in het " "**Omschrijving sjabloon** en in de **eBay omschrijving**." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." @@ -161,11 +3017,11 @@ msgstr "" "Om producten te gebruiken in uw vermelding moet u ze als **Bijlages** " "toevoegen aan het productsjabloon." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "Aanbiedingen met variaties" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" @@ -178,11 +3034,11 @@ msgstr "" "aangeboden wordt op eBay en kan u de prijs en hoeveelheid van elke variant " "instellen." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" msgstr "Aanbiedingen met specifieke items" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." @@ -191,11 +3047,11 @@ msgstr "" "aanmaken met een waarde in het **Varianten** tabblad op het " "productformulier." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "Product identificaties" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -207,15 +3063,15 @@ msgid "" "listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" msgstr "Hoe eBay te configureren in Odoo?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" msgstr "eBay tokens aanmaken" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " @@ -227,7 +3083,7 @@ msgstr "" "aangemeld kan u **Sandbox Sleutels** en **Productie sleutels** aanmaken door" " te klikken op de overeenstemmende knoppen." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " @@ -239,11 +3095,11 @@ msgstr "" "pagina. Ga doorheen het formulier, meld aan met uw eBay account en u krijgt " "de sleutel en token die u nodig heeft om de Odoo module te configureren." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" msgstr "Tokens opzetten in Odoo?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -251,7 +3107,7 @@ msgstr "" "Om de eBay integratie op te zetten gaat u naar :menuselection:`Verkopen --> " "Configuratie --> Instellingen`." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " @@ -261,7 +3117,7 @@ msgstr "" "vervolgens de velden **Ontwikkelaarssleutel**, **Token**, **App sleutel** en" " **Cert sleutel** in. Pas de wijzigingen toe." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " @@ -271,7 +3127,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klik op **Synchroniseer landen en valuta's**, vervolgens kan u alle andere " "velden invullen." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." @@ -279,67 +3135,67 @@ msgstr "" "Wanneer alle velden ingevuld zijn kan u de categorieën en beleid door te " "klikken op de correcte knoppen." -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Factuur methode" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 msgid "Request a down payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " "rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " "protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 msgid "" "When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" " option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" "The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " "and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 msgid "" "On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " "automatically deducted." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 msgid "" "You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" " income account & customer taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "Uitgaven herfactureren naar klanten" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " @@ -347,109 +3203,109 @@ msgid "" " you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 msgid "Expenses configuration" msgstr "Declaratie configuratie" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 msgid "" "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" " --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" msgstr "Voeg declaraties toe aan uw verkooporder" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 msgid "" "From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " "hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 msgid "" "You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " "create a new one from right there." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" msgstr "Hier maken we een *Hotel* product:" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 msgid "" "Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 msgid "" "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " "Configuration --> Expense products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 msgid "" "Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." msgstr "" "Het kan hierna ingediend worden bij de manager, goedgekeurd worden en " "geboekt worden." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." msgstr "Het komt dan op de verkooporder en is klaar om te factureren." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" msgstr "Factureer gebaseerd op geleverde of bestelde hoeveelheden" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " "invoicing:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 msgid "" "Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " "order is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" "Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " "partial delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." msgstr "Factureer op bestelde hoeveelheid is de standaard methode." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" "The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " "of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" @@ -457,52 +3313,52 @@ msgid "" "the actual delivered quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" "You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " "options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " "invoice a fixed advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 msgid "" "From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " "policy and select the one you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 msgid "Send the invoice" msgstr "Verstuur de factuur" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" "Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " "quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 msgid "" "If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " "confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" " to validate the delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 msgid "" "Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " "automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered" " if you did a partial delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" msgstr "Factureer project mijpalen" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 msgid "" "Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " "each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" @@ -512,41 +3368,42 @@ msgid "" "project's progress and pay in several installments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 msgid "Create milestone products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " "configure products to work this way, go to any product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 msgid "" "You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " "select *Milestones* in the sales tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 msgid "Invoice milestones" msgstr "Factureer mijlpalen" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 msgid "" "From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " "complete a milestone." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" msgstr "Verstuur een proforma factuur" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " "delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" @@ -556,189 +3413,189 @@ msgid "" " not being a demand or request for payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "Activeer de optie" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 msgid "" "From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" "forma invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 msgid "" "When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " "in attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 msgid "Sell subscriptions" msgstr "Verkoop abonnementen" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " "planning ahead much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" msgstr "Maak een abonnement vanuit een verkooporder" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " "the subscription product your previously created." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" "When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " "You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " "upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" msgstr "Factureer gebaseerd op tijd en materiaal" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" "Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" " to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" " the project requirements would most likely change." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 msgid "" "This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " "the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" " the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 msgid "" "For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" " to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" " purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 msgid "Invoice time configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 msgid "" "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " "Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 msgid "" "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 msgid "Invoice your time spent" msgstr "Factureer uw gespendeerde tijd" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 msgid "" "From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " "invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" " project*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." msgstr "U kan de taak ook koppelen aan een bestaand project." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 msgid "" "Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" " project overview and one for the current task." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 msgid "" "You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " "from the *Project* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 msgid "" "Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " "how many hours they worked on the project so far." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "Vanuit de verkooporder kan u de uren vervolgens factureren." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 msgid "Invoice purchases" msgstr "Factureer inkopen" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 msgid "" "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" " it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 msgid "" "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " "*Purchase Analytics*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 msgid "" "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 msgid "" "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " "will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:3 msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "Producten & Prijzen" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 msgid "Manage your pricing" msgstr "Beheer uw prijzen" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" msgstr "Hoe te verkopen in vreemde valuta" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." msgstr "" "Prijslijsten kunnen ook gebruikt worden om prijzen in vreemde valuta te " "beheren." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 msgid "" "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " @@ -748,7 +3605,7 @@ msgstr "" "Boekhouding -> Instellingen`. Als administrator hebt u * Adviseur * " "-toegangsrechten nodig op facturatie / boekhouding-apps." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " "pricelist setup form." @@ -756,29 +3613,29 @@ msgstr "" "Maak een prijslijst per valuta. Een nieuw veld * Valuta * wordt weergegeven " "in de vorm van een prijslijst." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" " the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." msgstr "" "De prijzen in vreemde valuta kunnen worden gedefinieerd op twee manieren." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" msgstr "Automatische omschakeling van de publieke prijs" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 msgid "" "The public price is in your company's main currency (see " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 msgid "" "The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " @@ -786,11 +3643,11 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" msgstr "Stel uw eigen prijzen in" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" " rates." @@ -798,15 +3655,15 @@ msgstr "" "Dit wordt geadviseerd als u niet wilt dat uw prijzen veranderen door " "wisselkoersen" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" msgstr ":doc:`prijzen`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" msgstr "Hoe uw prijzen aan uw klanten aanpassen en kortingen toepassen" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" " to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " @@ -815,91 +3672,91 @@ msgid "" "quantity and get a price break), etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 msgid "" "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " "completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" "*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " "default product price ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 msgid "" "*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " "products ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " "and roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Several prices per product" msgstr "Verschillende prijzen per product" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " "in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" msgstr "Prijzen per klantsegment" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "" "Prijslijsten maken voor uw klantsegmenten: b.v. Partner, eindgebruiker, " "distributeur enz." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " "Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" msgstr "Tijdelijke prijzen" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "" "Speciale prijs acties voor b.v. weekends, enz. Vul de start- en einddatums " "in." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" msgstr "Prijzen per minimale hoeveelheid" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" msgstr "Kortingen, marges, afrondingen" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " "Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " @@ -909,62 +3766,62 @@ msgid "" " or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " "e-Commerce)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" " option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." msgstr "" "Zorg ervoor dat tenminste één prijslijst van toepassing is voor alle " "producten" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." msgstr "Er zijn 3 berekeningswijzen: vaste prijs, korting en formule." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." msgstr "Hier zijn verschillende prijs instellingen mogelijk dankzij formules" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 msgid "Discounts with roundings" msgstr "Kortingen met afrondingen" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." msgstr "bijv. 20% korting met prijzen afgerond tot 9,99" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" msgstr "Kosten met verhogingen (retail)" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." msgstr "" "bijv. verkoopprijs = 2 * kosten (100% markup) met $5 aan minimale marge." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 msgid "Prices per country" msgstr "Prijzen per land" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " @@ -976,23 +3833,23 @@ msgstr "" "overeenkomt met het land. Als er geen land voor de klant is ingesteld, neemt" " Odoo de eerste prijslijst zonder landengroep." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." msgstr "" "De standaardprijslijst kan worden gewijzigd bij het maken van een " "verkooporder" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." msgstr "" "U kunt de volgorde van de prijslijst wijzigen door deze te verslepen in de " "lijstweergave" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" msgstr "Bereken en toon korting% aan klanten" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" @@ -1001,153 +3858,133 @@ msgstr "" "kortingspercentage weergeven op de afgedrukte verkooporders en in uw " "eCommerce-catalogus. Om dit te doen:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." msgstr "Pas deze optie toe door ze aan te vinken bij \"instellingen\"" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`currencies`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "Beheer uw producten" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "Hoe producten importeren met categorieën en varianten" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" +" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " +"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" -"Importeer sjablonen zijn beschikbaar in de importeer tool voor de meest " -"voorkomende data om te importeren (contacten, producten, bankafschriften, " -"enz). U kan ze met eender welke spreadsheet software openen (Microsoft " -"Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, enz)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "Hoe het bestand aanpassen" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." +"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" +" column (see why below)." msgstr "" -"Verwijder kolommen die u niet nodig heeft. We raden u aan om het veld *ID* " -"niet te verwijderen (zie hieronder waarom)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" "Stel een unieke ID in voor elke record door de ID sequentie naar beneden te " "slepen." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" -"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " -"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" +" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " "import screen." msgstr "" -"Wijzig geen labels van kolommen die u wilt importeren. Anders herkent Odoo " -"ze niet meer en moet u ze zelf valideren in het importscherm." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" -" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " -"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." -msgstr "" -"Om nieuwe kolommen toe te voegen, Het is mogelijk om nieuwe kolommen toe te " -"voegen, maar de velden moeten in Odoo bestaan. Als Odoo kolomnaam niet kan " -"valideren met een bestaand veld, kunt u dit bij het importeren handmatig " -"doen door een lijst met beschikbare velden te doorbladeren." - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "Waarom een \"ID\" kolom" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " -"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " +"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " +"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column?" msgstr "" -"Het instellen van een ID is niet verplicht bij invoer maar is in veel " -"gevallen handig:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one" +" of your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" +"duplicates." msgstr "" -"Update imports: U kan hetzelfde bestand meerdere keren importeren zonder " -"duplicaten aan te maken;" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "Relatievelden importeren (zie hieronder)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "Hoe relatievelden importeren" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" -"Een Odoo object is altijd gelinkt aan vele andere objecten (b.v. een product" -" is gelinkt aan de product categorieën, attributen, leveranciers, etc.). Om " -"deze relaties te importeren moet je de records van het gerelateerde object " -"eerst importeren vanuit hun eigen lijst menu. " -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " +"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " +"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "Stel BTW in" -#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 msgid "eBay" msgstr "eBay" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "Verstuur offertes" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" "As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to" " entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer " @@ -1155,19 +3992,19 @@ msgid "" "price that is no longer cost effective for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Set a deadline" msgstr "Stel een deadline in" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 msgid "Use deadline in templates" msgstr "Gebruik deadline in sjablonen" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 msgid "" "You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time " "that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find" @@ -1176,32 +4013,32 @@ msgid "" "ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" msgstr "Lever en factureer aan afwijkende adressen" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " "This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their " "invoice location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Customer Addresses* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 msgid "" "If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will" " automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for " @@ -1209,59 +4046,59 @@ msgid "" "from the quotation or sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, " "they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under " ":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 msgid "" "These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you " "send by email or print." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving " "the time of both your customers and yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 msgid "Activate online payment" msgstr "Activeer online betalingen" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Online Signature & Payment* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 msgid "" "Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your " "acquirers of choice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 msgid "" "You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment " "acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, " @@ -1270,165 +4107,161 @@ msgid "" "`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 msgid "" "If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also " "pick a default setting for each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 msgid "Register a payment" msgstr "Registreer een betaling" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 msgid "" "From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you" " and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a " "traditional process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" msgstr "Activeer online handtekenen" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 msgid "" "If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id" "=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, you can also pick a " "default setting for each template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 msgid "Validate an order with a signature" msgstr "Valideer een order met een handtekening" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 msgid "" "When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online" " instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" msgstr "Verhoog uw verkoop met voorgestelde producten" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 msgid "" "The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful " "products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could" " be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." msgstr "" "Voorgestelde producten kunnen ingesteld worden op de *Offerte sjablonen*." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 msgid "" "Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add" " related products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the" " suggested products to the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 msgid "" "The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on " "any of the little carts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 msgid "" "Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or " "pay to confirm the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 msgid "" "Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales" " order, letting the salesperson see it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" msgstr "Gebruik offerte sjablonen" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" "If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time " "by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a " "complete quotation in no time." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Instellingen" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 msgid "" "You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 msgid "" "You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to" " select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for" " the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " "in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration " "and can be alterated by customer pricelists." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 msgid "Edit your template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 msgid "" "You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept " "or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and " @@ -1436,61 +4269,61 @@ msgid "" "quotation editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 msgid "" "This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building" " blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated" " to each product." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 msgid "" "The description set for the products will be used in all quotations " "templates containing those products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" "You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* " "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 msgid "" "Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital " "signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 msgid "" "Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" "Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " "between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " @@ -1498,39 +4331,39 @@ msgid "" " to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " "quotation, sales order and invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " "*Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 msgid "" "In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " "appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 msgid "" "A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" " on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 msgid "" "You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " "conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po similarity index 54% rename from locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po rename to locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 51b27c945..7c9d644d4 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -1,23 +1,25 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2018 -# Eric Geens <eric.geens@vitabiz.be>, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2021 +# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2021 +# Eric Geens <eric.geens@vitabiz.be>, 2021 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2021 +# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,26 +27,475 @@ msgstr "" "Language: nl\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "Project" +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:3 ../../content/services.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Diensten" -#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Geavanceerd" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:4 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Helpdesk" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "Hoe feedback verzamelen van klanten?" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "Starten met Odoo Helpdesk" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Overzicht" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "Starten met Odoo Helpdesk" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 +msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" +msgstr "Odoo Helpdesk installeren:" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 +msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" +msgstr "Open de Apps module, zoek voor \"Helpdesk\" en klik op installeren" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" +msgstr "Helpdesk teams opzetten" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" +msgstr "Standaard komt Odoo Helpdesk met een team \"Support\" genaamd." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" +"Om dit team te wijzigen, of extra teams aan te maken, selecteert u " +"\"Configuratie\" in de paarse balk en selecteert u \"Instellingen\"" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," +" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " +"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," +" or manually." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u nieuwe teams maken, beslissen welke teamleden aan dit team " +"moeten toegevoegd worden, hoe uw klanten tickets kunnen verzenden en welk " +"SLA-beleid en beoordelingen gewenst zijn. Voor de toewijzingsmethode kunt u " +"tickets willekeurig, gebalanceerd of handmatig toewijzen." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 +msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" +msgstr "Hoe verschillende fases opzetten voor elk team" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " +"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " +"the lower right-hand side." +msgstr "" +"Eerst zal je de ontwikkelaarsmodus moeten activeren. Ga hiervoor naar de " +"instellingen module en selecteer rechtsonder de link voor \"Activeer de " +"ontwikkelaarsmodus\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " +"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " +"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u terugkeert naar uw Helpdesk module en \"Configuratie\" selecteert " +"in de paarse balk, vindt u extra opties, zoals \"Fases\". Hier kunt u nieuwe" +" fasen creëren en die fasen toewijzen aan 1 of meerdere teams, zodat u voor " +"elk team aanpasbare fases kunt instellen!" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +msgid "Start receiving tickets" +msgstr "Start met het ontvangen van tickets" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 +msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" +msgstr "Hoe kunnen mijn klanten tickets doorsturen?" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " +"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +msgstr "" +"Selecteer \"Configuratie\" in de paarse balk en selecteer \"Instellingen\", " +"selecteer uw Helpdeskteam. Onder \"Kanalen vindt u 4 opties:" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " +"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +msgstr "" +"Met een e-mailalias kunnen klanten naar de alias berichten sturen om een " +"ticket te maken. De onderwerpregel van de e-mail wordt het onderwerp op het " +"ticket." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Website Form allows your customer to go to " +"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " +"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +msgstr "" +"Via het webformulier kan uw klant naar " +"uwwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit en een ticket indienen via een " +"websiteformulier - net als odoo.com/help!" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " +"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " +"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +msgstr "" +"Met Live Chat kunnen uw klanten een ticket indienen op uw website. Uw klant " +"start de livechat en uw Live Chat-operator kan een ticket maken met behulp " +"van de opdracht \"/helpdesk\" + \"het Onderwerp van het ticket\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " +"documentation `*here* " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/12.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 +msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" +msgstr "Er zijn tickets aangemaakt, wat nu?" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" +" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " +"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " +"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +msgstr "" +"Nu kunnen uw werknemers eraan werken! Als u een handmatige " +"toewijzingsmethode hebt geselecteerd, moeten uw werknemers zichzelf " +"toewijzen aan tickets met behulp van de knop 'AAN MIJ TOEWIJZEN' in de " +"linkerbovenhoek van een ticket of door zichzelf toe te voegen aan het veld " +"'Toegewezen aan'." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " +"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +msgstr "" +"Als u de toewijzingsmethode \"Willekeurig\" of \"Gebalanceerd\" hebt " +"gekozen, worden uw tickets toegewezen aan een lid van dat Helpdeskteam." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " +"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +msgstr "" +"Van hieruit beginnen zij te werken aan het oplossen van de tickets! Wanneer " +"ze voltooid zijn komt het ticket in de opgelost fase." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 +msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" +msgstr "Hoe markeer ik dit ticket als urgent?" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +msgid "" +"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" +" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " +"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +msgstr "" +"U kunt bepalen hoe urgent een ticket is door het aantal sterren op het " +"ticket te selecteren. Hoe meer sterren hoe dringender het is. U kunt dit " +"doen in de Kanban-weergave of op het ticket formulier." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " +"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" +"Om een Service Level Agreement-beleid voor uw werknemers in te stellen, " +"activeert u eerst deze functie onder \"Instellingen\"" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." +msgstr "Van hier, selecteer \"Stel SLA regels in\" en klik op \"Maken\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " +"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +msgstr "" +"Je vult informatie in zoals het Helpdeskteam, wat de minimale prioriteit is " +"op de tickets (de sterren) en de doelen voor de tickets." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 +msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" +msgstr "" +"Wat als een ticket is geblokkeerd of klaar is om aan te worden gewerkt?" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " +"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +msgstr "" +"Als een ticket niet kan worden opgelost of geblokkeerd is, kunt u de " +"\"Kanban-status\" op het ticket aanpassen. Je hebt 3 opties:" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +msgid "Grey - Normal State" +msgstr "Grijs - Normale staat" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 +msgid "Red - Blocked" +msgstr "Rood - Geblokkeerd" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 +msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" +msgstr "Groen - Klaar voor volgende fase" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " +"Ticket form." +msgstr "" +"Net als de urgentie-sterren kun je de staat aanpassen in de kanban of op het" +" ticket formulier." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 +msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" +msgstr "Hoe kunnen mijn medewerkers tijd boeken op een ticket?" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +msgid "" +"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " +"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " +"timesheets will log against." +msgstr "" +"Ga eerst naar \"Instellingen\" en selecteer de optie voor \"Urenstaat op " +"Ticket\". U ziet een veld verschijnen waar u het project kunt selecteren " +"waar de uren kunnen geregistreerd worden." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" +" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +msgstr "" +"Nu u een project hebt geselecteerd, kunt u opslaan. Als u teruggaat naar een" +" ticket, ziet u een nieuw tabblad genaamd \"Urenstaten\"" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " +"ticket." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunnen uw werknemers een regel toevoegen om te registreren wat zij voor" +" dit ticket hebben gedaan." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 +msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" +msgstr "Stel uw klanten in staat om eenvoudig uw diensten te beoordelen." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 +msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "Activeer hiervoor \"Beoordelingen\" onder \"Instellingen\"" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " +"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer een ticket naar de fase opgelost of voltooid wordt verplaatst, " +"stuurt Odoo een e-mail (indien een mailserver correct is ingesteld) naar de " +"klant met de vraag wat hij van de service vond." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" +msgstr "Registreer en factureer tijd voor tickets" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " +"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " +"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +msgstr "" +"Mogelijk hebt u servicecontracten met uw klanten om hen te ondersteunen bij " +"problemen. Voor dit doel helpt Odoo u de tijd te registreren die u besteedt " +"aan het oplossen van het probleem en vooral om het aan uw klanten te " +"factureren." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "The modules needed" +msgstr "De modules die nodig zijn" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " +"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " +"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" +"Om tijd op tickets te registreren en te factureren, zijn de volgende modules" +" nodig: Helpdesk, Project, Urenstaten, Verkoop. Als u een van deze mist, ga " +"dan naar de Apps-module, zoek ernaar en klik vervolgens op * Installeren *." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 +msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" +msgstr "Starten met Odoo Helpdesk" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 +msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" +msgstr "Stap 1 : start een helpdesk project" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " +"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " +"it." +msgstr "" +"Ga vervolgens naar uw dashboard, maak het nieuwe project aan en laat " +"daarvoor urenstaten toe." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" +msgstr "Stap 2: Breng een helpdeskteam bij elkaar" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " +"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" +" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " +"previously created as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" +msgstr "Stap 3 : start de helpdesk service" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" +" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " +"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " +"unit will do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " +"configuration :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 +msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" +msgstr "U bent nu klaar voor het ontvangen van tickets!" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 +msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" +msgstr "Los incidenten op en registreer de bestede tijd" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 +msgid "Step 1 : place an order" +msgstr "Stap 1 : plaats een bestelling" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " +"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" +" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " +"the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 +msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "Stap 2 : koppel de taak aan het ticket" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " +"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" +" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" +" and select the task on its form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 +msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" +msgstr "Stap 3 : registreer de tijd die is besteed om de klant te helpen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " +"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" +"De klus is geklaard en het probleem van de klant is opgelost. Om de uren te " +"registreren die voor deze taak zijn uitgevoerd, gaat u terug naar het " +"ticketformulier en voegt u ze toe op het tabblad *Urenstaten*." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " +"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +msgstr "" +"De uren die op het ticket zijn geregistreerd, verschijnen ook automatisch in" +" de Urenstaten app en in de speciale taak." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 +msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" +msgstr "Stap 4 : Factureer de klant" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" +" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " +"appear as the delivered quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +msgid "" +"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " +"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +msgstr "" +"Het enige dat u nog hoeft te doen, is de factuur vanaf de bestelling maken " +"en deze vervolgens te valideren. Nu enkel wachten op de betaling van de " +"klant!" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:4 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "Project" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Geavanceerd" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" +msgstr "Hoe feedback verzamelen van klanten?" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 msgid "" "As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " "Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " @@ -56,7 +507,7 @@ msgstr "" "prestaties van uw teams te beoordelen. U kan zeer gemakkelijk feedback van " "uw klanten verzamelen met Odoo." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 msgid "" "An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " "just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " @@ -66,11 +517,11 @@ msgstr "" "te krijgen. Hij heeft enkel te kiezen tussen 3 smileys om uw werk te " "beoordelen (lachen, neutraal of sip)." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" msgstr "Hoe feedback verzamelen van klanten" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 msgid "" "Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " "necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " @@ -80,14 +531,14 @@ msgstr "" "de module **Project** te installeren. Om dit te doen gaat u simpelweg naar " "de apps module en installeert u het." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 msgid "" "Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " "module." msgstr "" "In hetzelfde menu moet u de module **Projectbeoordeling** installeren." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 msgid "" "Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " "**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " @@ -100,27 +551,27 @@ msgstr "" "toe bij het voltooien van een issue**. Vergeet niet de wijzigingen toe te " "passen." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" msgstr "Hoe feedback van een klant krijgen?" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 msgid "" "A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." msgstr "" "Een email kan verzonden worden naar de klanten in elke fase van de lopende " "projecten." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 msgid "" "First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." msgstr "eerst moet u kiezen welke projecten u feedback wilt geven." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 msgid "Project configuration" msgstr "Project configuratie" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 msgid "" "Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " "**Customer satisfaction** option." @@ -128,11 +579,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ga naar de **Project** applicatie en selecteer de optie " "**Klantentevredenheid** in de project instellingen." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 msgid "Email Template" msgstr "E-mailsjabloon" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 msgid "" "Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " "column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." @@ -142,11 +593,11 @@ msgstr "" "kolom en selecteer vervolgens **Wijzigen**). Kies het e-mailsjabloon dat " "gebruikt zal worden. U kan het direct van daaruit wijzigen." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" msgstr "Hier is een e-mail voorbeeld dat een klant kan ontvangen:" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 msgid "" "The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" " your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " @@ -156,11 +607,11 @@ msgstr "" " werk te kunnen. De klant kan reageren op de e-mail om meer informatie toe " "te voegen. Het wordt op de chatter van de taak toegevoegd." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Rapportages" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 msgid "" "You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " "the project." @@ -168,11 +619,11 @@ msgstr "" "U heeft een korte samenvatting van de tevredenheid in het rechterbovenhoek " "van het project." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" msgstr "Hoe de beoordelingen te tonen op uw website?" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 msgid "" "First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " "To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." @@ -181,7 +632,7 @@ msgstr "" "Om dit te doen gaat u simpelweg naar de apps module en zoekt u naar de " "website bouwer." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 msgid "" "Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" " Issue** module." @@ -189,7 +640,7 @@ msgstr "" "In hetzelfde menu moet u de module **Website beoordeling project issues** " "installeren." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 msgid "" "Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" " the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" @@ -199,11 +650,11 @@ msgstr "" "website knop in de rechterbovenhoek en het te bevestigen in de voorkant van " "de website." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" msgstr "Hoe taken aanmaken vanuit verkooporders?" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 msgid "" "In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " "management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " @@ -213,7 +664,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Verkoop** modules en meer specifiek hoe u taken kan genereren vanuit " "verkooporderlijnen." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 msgid "" "In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " "within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " @@ -229,7 +680,7 @@ msgstr "" "verkooporder om het proces tussen de verkoop en diensten afdelingen te " "stroomlijnen." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 msgid "" "As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " "``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " @@ -245,17 +696,17 @@ msgstr "" "consultant zijn urenstaten kan boeken en, indien nodig, de cliënt kan her-" "factureren als er overwerk is op het project. " -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Instellingen" +msgstr "Configuratie" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 msgid "Install the required applications" msgstr "Installeer de vereiste applicaties" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 msgid "" "In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " "install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" @@ -265,22 +716,22 @@ msgstr "" "**Verkoopbeheer** en **Project** installeren. Ga simpelweg naar de " "applicatie module en installeer het volgende:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 msgid "" "And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" " task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " "spent on that task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 msgid "Create and set up a product" msgstr "Maak en configureer een product" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 msgid "" "You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " "generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " @@ -292,15 +743,15 @@ msgstr "" "gebruikt u het menu :menuselection:`Verkoop --> Producten` en maakt u een " "nieuw product met de volgende opzet:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" msgstr "**Naam*: Technische Ondersteuning" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 msgid "**Product Type**: Service" msgstr "**Productsoort**: Dienst" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 msgid "" "**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " @@ -311,7 +762,7 @@ msgstr "" " mogen verkocht/gekocht worden in verschillende maateenheden (geavanceerd)**" " aan)" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 msgid "" "**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " "quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" @@ -321,7 +772,7 @@ msgstr "" "hoeveelheid of op de geleverde hoeveelheid. U kan gemakkelijk het aantal " "geleverde of gefactureerde uren aan uw klant volgen." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 msgid "" "**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " "service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " @@ -331,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" "factureerbare dienst per uur is moet u de maateenheid van het product ook op" " uren zetten." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 msgid "" "Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " "product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " @@ -341,11 +792,11 @@ msgstr "" "product specifiek gerelateerd is aan één project. Anders kan u het blanco " "laten, Odoo maakt vervolgens een project aan per SO." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 msgid "Create the Sales Order" msgstr "Maak de verkooporder" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 msgid "" "Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " "the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " @@ -355,22 +806,22 @@ msgstr "" "van het gerelateerde product. Eenmaal de offerte bevestigd is en omgevormd " "is tot een verkooporder zal de taak aangemaakt worden." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" msgstr "Toegang tot de taken gegenereerd van de verkooporder" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" msgstr "In de Project module zal uw nieuwe taak verschijnen:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 msgid "" "either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" msgstr "" "of op een gerelateerd project indien u één heeft aangeduid in het " "productformulier" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 msgid "" "either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " "(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " @@ -380,7 +831,7 @@ msgstr "" "titel (u kan gemakkelijk de naam van het project wijzigen door te klikken op" " :menuselection:`Meer --> Instellingen`)" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 msgid "" "On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" " your customers based on your invoicing policy." @@ -388,7 +839,7 @@ msgstr "" "Op de taak zelf kan u nu urenstaten inboeken en factureren naar uw klanten " "gebaseerd op uw facturatiebeleid." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 msgid "" "On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " "source document of the task is the related sales order." @@ -396,29 +847,29 @@ msgstr "" "In Odoo is het centrale document het verkooporder, wat betekend dat het " "brondocument van de taak de gerelateerde verkooporder is." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:137 msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application.rst:3 msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" msgstr "Awesome Timesheet App" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:3 msgid "Demonstration Video" msgstr "Demonstratie video" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 msgid "Transcript" msgstr "Transcriptie" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:13 msgid "" "Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" " spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." @@ -427,7 +878,7 @@ msgstr "" "bewaren van gespendeerde tijd op projecten in slechts een klik. Het kost zo " "weinig moeite." -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:16 msgid "" "Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " "the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" @@ -438,7 +889,7 @@ msgstr "" "starten. Het is soepel. Het werkt ook offline en synchroniseert automatisch " "met mijn Odoo account." -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:21 msgid "" "Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" " further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" @@ -448,7 +899,7 @@ msgstr "" "verder gaan in de analyse van mijn Odoo account. Ik ontvang rapporten van " "urenstaten per gebruiker, per project en nog veel meer." -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:25 msgid "" "Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " "billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" @@ -458,28 +909,28 @@ msgstr "" "facturatie is volledig automatisch. Maar ook met Odoo projecten. Het is " "tijdsbesparend!" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:28 msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." msgstr "Download nu awesome timesheet en win aan productiviteit." -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration.rst:3 msgid "Configuration and basic usage" msgstr "Configuratie en basisgebruik" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" msgstr "Hoe samenwerken aan taken en ze beheren?" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Verantwoordelijkheden" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." msgstr "" "In Odoo kan u de persoon toewijzen die verantwoordelijk is voor de taak." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 msgid "" "When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " "this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " @@ -490,7 +941,7 @@ msgstr "" "gebruiker in te typen, en hem vervolgens uit het drop-downmenu te " "selecteren." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 msgid "" "If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " "order to do so, you need the administrator rights." @@ -500,11 +951,11 @@ msgstr "" "\"Aanmaken en Wijzigen\" uit het menu te kiezen. U hebt hiervoor echter wel " "beheersrechten nodig." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 msgid "Followers" msgstr "Volgers" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 msgid "" "In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" " that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " @@ -525,11 +976,11 @@ msgstr "" "simpelweg op het e-mailbericht te antwoorden. Volgers kunnen een taak " "volledig zien zoals uzelf, inclusief de omschrijving en de chatter." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" msgstr "Project: volg een project om de pijplijn te volgen" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 msgid "" "You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" " any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " @@ -543,11 +994,11 @@ msgstr "" "volgen kan heel nuttig zijn voor een projectmanager die ten allen tijde het " "overzicht wil behouden over zijn projecten." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 msgid "Task: follow a specific task" msgstr "Taak: volg een specifieke taak" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 msgid "" "Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " "focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " @@ -557,11 +1008,11 @@ msgstr "" "slechts geïnteresseerd in een deel van het project. Alle notificaties van " "wijzigingen in de taak verschijnen dan ook in uw inbox." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 msgid "Choose which action to follow" msgstr "Kies voor welke actie te volgen" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 msgid "" "You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " "Following button." @@ -569,24 +1020,24 @@ msgstr "" "U kan kiezen wat u volgt door op het naar beneden pijltje te kikken in de " "Volgen knop." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 msgid "" "By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " "notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " "to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" msgstr "Tijdsbeheer: analytische rekeningen" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 msgid "" "Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " "or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 msgid "" "The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " "help you track time easily." @@ -594,7 +1045,7 @@ msgstr "" "De Odoo urenstaten app is perfect geïntegreerd met Odoo projecten en kan " "helpen met het gemakkelijk opvolgen van urenstaten." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 msgid "" "Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " "available in projects and on tasks." @@ -602,7 +1053,7 @@ msgstr "" "Eenmaal Odoo Urenstaten geïnstalleerd is de urenstaten functionaliteit " "automatisch beschikbaar in de projecten en op de taken." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 msgid "" "To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " "account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" @@ -610,19 +1061,19 @@ msgid "" "automatically created under the same name." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" msgstr "Registreer een urenstaat op een project:" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 msgid "Click on the settings of a project." msgstr "Klik op de instellingen van een project." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." msgstr "Klik op de Urenstaten knop in het bovenste grijze menu." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 msgid "" "You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " "today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " @@ -630,7 +1081,7 @@ msgid "" "it, or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 msgid "" "If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" " timesheets." @@ -638,15 +1089,15 @@ msgstr "" "Indien u nu naar Odoo Urenstaten gaat wordt uw lijn geregistreerd samen met " "uw andere urenstaten." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" msgstr "Registreer een urenstaat op een taak:" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." msgstr "Binnen een taak is de urenstaten optie ook beschikbaar." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 msgid "" "In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " "Add an item." @@ -654,7 +1105,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klik in de taak op de wijzig knop. Ga naar het Urenstaten tabblad en klik op" " item toevoegen." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 msgid "" "A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " "Analytic account." @@ -662,7 +1113,7 @@ msgstr "" "Een lijn verschijnt met de naam van het project al geselecteerd in de " "analytische rekening." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 msgid "" "Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " "application." @@ -670,7 +1121,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nogmaals, u vind deze urenstaatlijnen terug in de Odoo Urenstaten " "applicatie." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 msgid "" "At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" " it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." @@ -678,18 +1129,18 @@ msgstr "" "Aan het einde van uw project krijgt u echt een idee van het gespendeerde " "tijd door te zoeken op de analytische rekening van uw project." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 msgid "Document Management in tasks" msgstr "Documentbeheer in taken" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 msgid "" "You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" " the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" " words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 msgid "" "1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " "tab on the top of the form." @@ -697,7 +1148,7 @@ msgstr "" "1. U kan een afbeelding/document toevoegen aan uw taak door te klikken op " "het Bijlagen tabblad aan de bovenkant van het formulier." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 msgid "" "2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " "log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " @@ -705,7 +1156,7 @@ msgid "" "task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 msgid "" "If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " "set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." @@ -714,35 +1165,35 @@ msgstr "" "kan u deze als omslagfoto instellen. De afbeelding zal direct in de Kanban " "weergave getoond worden." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 msgid "Collaborate on tasks" msgstr "Werk samen aan taken" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 msgid "" "Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" " colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 msgid "" "The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " "with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" " delegation and the Chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 msgid "Create a task from an email" msgstr "Maak een taak aan vanuit een e-mail" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 msgid "" "You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " "sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " "the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 msgid "" "With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " "project gets an automatic email address." @@ -750,7 +1201,7 @@ msgstr "" "Met Odoo online is de e-mail gateway al geconfigureerd waardoor elk project " "automatisch een e-mailadres krijgt." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 msgid "" "The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " "space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " @@ -760,7 +1211,7 @@ msgstr "" "plaats van de spatie), u zal het zien onder de naam van uw project in het " "project dashboard." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 msgid "" "This email address create by default following the project name can be " "changed." @@ -768,26 +1219,26 @@ msgstr "" "Het standaard aangemaakte e-mailadres volgt de projectnaam maar kan " "gewijzigd worden." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." msgstr "" "De alias van het e-mailadres kan gewijzigd worden door de projectleider." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." msgstr "" "Om dit te doen gaat u naar de projectinstellingen en klikt u op het E-mail " "tabblad." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." msgstr "U kan direct uw project e-mailadres wijzigen." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." msgstr "De chatter, status en opvolging." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 msgid "" "The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " "history of the task." @@ -795,7 +1246,7 @@ msgstr "" "De chatter is een zeer handige tool. Het is een communicatie tool en toont " "de geschiedenis van de taak." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 msgid "" "In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " "passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " @@ -805,7 +1256,7 @@ msgid "" "to remember past interactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 msgid "" "You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" " or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " @@ -814,11 +1265,11 @@ msgid "" "both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" msgstr "De omschrijving van de taak, het Pad" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " "collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " @@ -827,7 +1278,7 @@ msgid "" "creation of the content." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 msgid "" "To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " "tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." @@ -836,7 +1287,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> Paden` en vinkt u de optie \"Samenwerkende rijke tekst op taak " "omschrijving\" aan." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 msgid "" "If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " "icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " @@ -845,65 +1296,65 @@ msgid "" "follower." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 msgid "Tasks states" msgstr "Taak fases" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 msgid "Set the state of a task" msgstr "Stel de fase van een taak in" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 msgid "" "The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" " are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " "visual indicator that is seen in a glance." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 msgid "" "You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " "the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 msgid "Custom states" msgstr "Aangepaste fases" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 msgid "" "You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " "project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," " then click on edit:" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" msgstr "Nu wordt de uitleg getoond in plaats van de generieke tekst:" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 msgid "Color Tags" msgstr "Kleur labels" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 msgid "" "In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " "tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " "them thanks to the filters." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 msgid "" "If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" " tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " "color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 msgid "" "In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " "the tag, directly from the task:" @@ -911,11 +1362,11 @@ msgstr "" "Om het te doen verschijnen in de kanban weergave moet u een kleur instellen " "op de tag, direct vanuit de taak:" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" msgstr "Hoe een project op te zetten en te configureren?" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " "and to communicate with any member for each project and task." @@ -923,7 +1374,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo Projecten staat u toe om samen met uw hele team een project te beheren " "en om te communiceren met andere leden van elk project en elke taak." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:11 msgid "" "It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " "project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" @@ -931,11 +1382,11 @@ msgid "" "employees working on this project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:17 msgid "Installing the Project module" msgstr "De project module installeren" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:19 msgid "" "Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " "**Install**." @@ -943,11 +1394,11 @@ msgstr "" "Open de **Apps** module, zoek voor **Projectbeheer** en klik op " "**Installeren**." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:26 msgid "Creating a new project" msgstr "Een nieuw project aanmaken" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:28 msgid "" "Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," " you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " @@ -956,25 +1407,25 @@ msgstr "" "Open de **Project** applicatie en klik op **Aanmaken**. Vanuit dit venster " "kan u de naam van het project opgeven en de zichtbaarheid instellen." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:32 msgid "The privacy setting works as:" msgstr "De privé instellingen werken als volgt:" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:34 msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." msgstr "" "**Klant Project**: zichtbaar in het portaal als de klant een volger is." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:37 msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." msgstr "**Alle Werknemers**: werknemers zien alle taken of issues." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:39 msgid "" "**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" msgstr "**Privé project**; volgers zien enkel de gevolgde taken of issues" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:42 msgid "" "You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " "**Customer** field empty if not." @@ -982,24 +1433,24 @@ msgstr "" "U kan ook opgeven of het project voor een klant is of laat het veld " "**Klant** leeg indien dit niet zo is." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:48 msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." msgstr "" "Wanneer u alle vereiste gegevens heeft ingevuld klikt u op **Opslaan**." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:51 msgid "Manage your project's stages" msgstr "Beheer uw project fases" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:54 msgid "Add your project's stages" msgstr "Voeg uw projectfases toe" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:56 msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." msgstr "Op ons projecten dashboard. Klik op **# Taken**." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:61 msgid "" "In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" " of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " @@ -1009,7 +1460,7 @@ msgstr "" "overeenkomst met de eerste fase van uw project, voeg vervolgens zoveel " "kolommen nodig als dat er fases in uw project zijn." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:68 msgid "" "For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " "that you can personalize to fit your needs." @@ -1017,7 +1468,7 @@ msgstr "" "Voor elke fase zijn er markeringen voor de status van taken binnen een fase," " die u kan aanpassen naar uw persoonlijke noden." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:71 msgid "" "Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " "bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." @@ -1025,7 +1476,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sleep uw muis over een fasenaam en klik op de drager die verschijnt en open " "het menu door te klikken op **Wijzigen**." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:77 msgid "" "A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " "customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " @@ -1036,15 +1487,15 @@ msgstr "" "gemakkelijker maakt om te weten welke taken uw aandacht vereisen. U kan ze " "eender welke betekenis geven die u wilt." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:84 msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." msgstr "Klik op **Opslaan** wanneer u klaar bent." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:87 msgid "Rearrange stages" msgstr "Fases herschikken" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:89 msgid "" "You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " "creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " @@ -1061,23 +1512,23 @@ msgstr "" " plaatsen te drag en droppen. U kan ook de fases inklappen of uitvouwen door" " het **Instellingen** icoon te gebruiken bij uw gewenste fase." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`visualization`" msgstr ":doc:`visualization`" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:101 msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" msgstr ":doc:`collaboration`" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:102 msgid ":doc:`time_record`" msgstr ":doc:`time_record`" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 msgid "How to record time spent?" msgstr "Hoe gespendeerde tijd bijhouden?" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " "simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." @@ -1086,7 +1537,7 @@ msgstr "" "per project, voor simpele rapporten alsook voor directe facturatie aan de " "klant." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 msgid "" "In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " "invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " @@ -1098,7 +1549,7 @@ msgstr "" "Instellingen` in de **Project** module. In de **Urenstaten** sectie van de " "pagina vinkt u de optie **Activeer urenstaten op issues** aan." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 msgid "" "Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " "Employee and Timesheet apps." @@ -1106,11 +1557,11 @@ msgstr "" "De optie activeren installeert de modules Verkoop, Facturatie, Issue beheer," " Werknemers en Urenstaten." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 msgid "Recording timesheets" msgstr "Urenstaten registreren" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 msgid "" "You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " "application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." @@ -1118,11 +1569,11 @@ msgstr "" "U kan de tijd gespendeerd op projecten direct bijhouden vanuit de project " "applicatie. U kan urenstaten bijhouden op een project of op een taak." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 msgid "Recording in a project" msgstr "Registreren in een project" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 msgid "" "In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " "project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." @@ -1130,7 +1581,7 @@ msgstr "" "in het **Project** applicatie dashboard opent u het **Meer** menu van het " "project waarop u urenstaten wilt registreren en klikt u op **Urenstaten**." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 msgid "" "In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" " click on **Save**." @@ -1138,11 +1589,11 @@ msgstr "" "Klik op **Aanmaken** in het nieuwe scherm en geef de vereiste gegevens in, " "klik vervolgens op **Opslaan**." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 msgid "Recording in a task" msgstr "Registreren in een taak" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 msgid "" "In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " "and open the task on which you have been working." @@ -1150,7 +1601,7 @@ msgstr "" "Open het project waar u urenstaat op wilt registeren door de **Project** app" " te openen en open vervolgens de taken waar u op gewerkt heeft." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 msgid "" "In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " "**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." @@ -1159,11 +1610,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Item toevoegen**. Geef de vereiste details in en klik vervolgens op " "**Opslaan**." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" msgstr "Visualiseer een project zijn taken" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 msgid "" "In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " "amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " @@ -1172,32 +1623,32 @@ msgid "" "have to cope with." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 msgid "Create a task" msgstr "Maak een taak" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 msgid "" "While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." msgstr "" "Selecteer een bestand project of maak een nieuw project aan terwijl je in de" " project app bent." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 msgid "In the project, create a new task." msgstr "Maak een nieuwe taak aan in het project." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 msgid "" "In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " "deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" msgstr "Bekijk uw taken met de Kanban weergave" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 msgid "" "Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " "to the Kanban view." @@ -1205,7 +1656,7 @@ msgstr "" "Eenmaal u meerdere taken heeft aangemaakt kunnen ze beheerd en opgevolgd " "worden dankzij de Kanban weergave." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 msgid "" "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " "enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " @@ -1215,8 +1666,8 @@ msgstr "" "verschillende fases. Het staat u toe om een duidelijke weergave van de fases" " van uw taken te hebben en welke een hogere prioriteit hebben." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:53 msgid "" "The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" " on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" @@ -1226,18 +1677,18 @@ msgstr "" " als u in een andere weergave bent, kan u teruggaat door te klikken op het " "Kanban weergave logo in de rechterbovenhoek" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 msgid "" "You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " "the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" " and indicate if the task is ready." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" msgstr "Sorteer taken in uw Kanban weergave" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 msgid "" "Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " "next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " @@ -1245,38 +1696,38 @@ msgid "" " to their creation date." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 msgid "" "Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." msgstr "" "Taken die voorbij de deadline zijn worden in het rood getoond in de Kanban " "weergave." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 msgid "" "If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " "the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" msgstr "Beheer deadlines met de Kalender weergave" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 msgid "" "You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " "allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " "easily in a single window." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 msgid "" "Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " "filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:133 msgid "" "You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " "dropping the task to another case." @@ -1284,11 +1735,11 @@ msgstr "" "U kan gemakkelijk de deadline wijzigen vanuit de Kalender weergave door te " "taak te drag en droppen naar een andere datum." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" msgstr "Introductie tot Odoo project" -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 msgid "" "As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " "To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." @@ -1297,7 +1748,7 @@ msgstr "" " bij betrokken zijn. Om elke taak naadloos te beheren is Odoo projecten een " "grote hulp." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 msgid "" "With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" " launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " @@ -1311,7 +1762,7 @@ msgstr "" " elke taak op elk moment te zien, en dit voor elke gebruiker. Het is voor " "elke andere projectleider ook handig." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 msgid "" "These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" " one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " @@ -1324,7 +1775,7 @@ msgstr "" "fase toe. Odoo projecten is ontworpen om voor eender welk soort bedrijf te " "werken." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 msgid "" "Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." " That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " @@ -1334,7 +1785,7 @@ msgstr "" "wijzigen. Dit helpt de projectbeheerder om taken te controleren voor de fase" " te wijzigen met een simpele drag en drop. Gemakkelijk, toch?" -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 msgid "" "We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " "select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" @@ -1358,7 +1809,7 @@ msgstr "" " geüpdatet. Dankzij urenstaten integratie kan de projectbeheerder een " "grondige opvolging doen van de voortgang van elke taak." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 msgid "" "Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " "activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" @@ -1381,7 +1832,7 @@ msgstr "" "wijzigen. Odoo projecten is de perfecte app voor strategische en uitvoerende" " planning." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 msgid "" "Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " "For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " @@ -1395,7 +1846,7 @@ msgstr "" "winstgevendheid van elk project, elke taak of elk teamlid bekijken. Ik kan " "ook het aantal uren toegewezen aan elk teamlid zien." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 msgid "" "Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" " a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " @@ -1411,7 +1862,7 @@ msgstr "" "die altijd slechts één klik weg is. Ik kan ook een nieuwe conversatie " "starten met eender wie van mijn team." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 msgid "" "In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " "projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " @@ -1425,7 +1876,7 @@ msgstr "" "ondersteuning project aanmaken. De app maakt ook automatisch een factuur van" " de gespendeerde tijd op taken of problemen." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 msgid "" "Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " "planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " @@ -1435,23 +1886,23 @@ msgstr "" "ik de planner om duidelijk mijn doelstellingen op te lijsten en de project " "app op te zetten. Krijg deze app, het helpt u om ook snel te starten." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" msgstr "Start nu uw gratis trial en beheer uw projecten beter met Odoo!" -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" msgstr "Start nu uw gratis trial met de CRM waar verkopers van houden" -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning.rst:3 msgid "Planning your project" msgstr "Uw project plannen" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:3 msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" msgstr "Hoe werknemers hun taken opvolgen en plannen?" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:5 msgid "" "Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " "especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " @@ -1461,7 +1912,7 @@ msgstr "" "zijn, vooral wanneer u veel mensen moet beheren. Gelukkig kan u dit " "afhandelen in een paar klikken met Odoo Project." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:12 msgid "" "The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " "module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " @@ -1471,7 +1922,7 @@ msgstr "" "installeren. Om dit te doen gaat u naar de applicatie module, zoekt u voor " "project en installeert u de module." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:19 msgid "" "If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" " tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " @@ -1486,7 +1937,7 @@ msgstr "" "tijdsinschattingen op taken** optie in. Vergeet deze wijzigingen niet toe te" " passen." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:28 msgid "" "This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " "Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " @@ -1496,11 +1947,11 @@ msgstr "" " Elke keer uw verkoper werktijd toevoegen op zijn urenstaten zal de balk " "hiernaar aangepast worden, gebaseerd op de initieel geplande uren." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:36 msgid "Manage tasks with views" msgstr "Beheer taken met weergaven" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:38 msgid "" "You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" " available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " @@ -1513,7 +1964,7 @@ msgstr "" " weergave, de lijstweergave (die urenstaten gebruikt) en de " "kalenderweergave." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:43 msgid "" "Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " "fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." @@ -1522,11 +1973,11 @@ msgstr "" "verantwoordelijke persoon en verwachte tijd in te vullen, indien u deze " "heeft." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:47 msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" msgstr "Krijg een overzicht van de activiteiten met de Kanban weergave" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:49 msgid "" "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " "enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " @@ -1536,11 +1987,11 @@ msgstr "" "verschillende fases. Het staat u toe om een duidelijke weergave van de fases" " van uw taken te hebben en diegene met hogere prioriteiten." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:61 msgid "Add/rearrange stages" msgstr "Voeg/rangschik fases" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:63 msgid "" "You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " "creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " @@ -1559,7 +2010,7 @@ msgstr "" "fases inklappen of uitvouwen door het **Instellingen** icoon te gebruiken " "bij uw gewenste fase." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:75 msgid "" "Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " "development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " @@ -1569,11 +2020,11 @@ msgstr "" "project kunnen fases bijvoorbeeld zijn: Specificatie, Ontwikkeling, Test, " "Gereed." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:80 msgid "Sort tasks by priority" msgstr "Sorteer taken op prioriteit" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:82 msgid "" "On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " "priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " @@ -1588,7 +2039,7 @@ msgstr "" " niet getagd zijn zal Odoo ze automatisch classificeren afhankelijk van hun " "deadline. " -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:89 msgid "" "Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " "view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." @@ -1597,15 +2048,15 @@ msgstr "" "lijstweergave) zodat u gemakkelijk de voortgang kan opvolgen van " "verschillende taken." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:97 msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." msgstr "Vergeet niet dat u uw taken kan filteren met het filter menu." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:100 msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" msgstr "Volg de voortgang van elke taak met de lijstweergave" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:102 msgid "" "If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " "be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " @@ -1617,7 +2068,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Urenstaten** sub-menu. De **Werktijd voortgangsbalk** wordt geüpdatet elke" " keer als een werknemer een activiteit toevoegt." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:110 msgid "" "As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " "employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " @@ -1629,11 +2080,11 @@ msgstr "" "opent u het project van uw keuze en klikt u op het lijstweergave icoon (zie " "hieronder). De laatste kolom toont u de voortgang van elke taak." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:119 msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" msgstr "Hou een oog op de deadlines met de Kalender weergave" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:121 msgid "" "If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " "As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " @@ -1643,7 +2094,7 @@ msgstr "" "kalender weergave. Dit geeft u als manager de mogelijkheid om alle deadlines" " in het oog te houden in één scherm." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:128 msgid "" "All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" " to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " @@ -1654,25 +2105,25 @@ msgstr "" "werknemer door de gerelateerde vinkjes aan te vinken aan de rechterkant van " "het kalender scherm." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:138 msgid ":doc:`forecast`" msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:3 msgid "How to forecast tasks?" msgstr "Hoe prognoses op taken doen?" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:6 msgid "Introduction to forecast" msgstr "Introductie tot forecasting" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:8 msgid "" "Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," " the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:11 msgid "" "So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " "progress of a project and its related tasks." @@ -1680,14 +2131,14 @@ msgstr "" "Tot hiertoe heb je met de Kanban weergave gewerkt, welke de voortgang van " "een project en de gerelateerde taken toont." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:14 msgid "" "Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " "It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " "team members to collaborate better." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:18 msgid "" "This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " "workload and human resources." @@ -1695,15 +2146,15 @@ msgstr "" "Deze optie is een echt voordeel voor het plannen en organiseren van de " "werklading en beheer van uw mensen." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:22 msgid "How to configure the projects?" msgstr "Hoe projecten te configureren?" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:25 msgid "Configure the project application" msgstr "Configureer de project applicatie" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:27 msgid "" "The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" " when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" @@ -1711,7 +2162,7 @@ msgid "" "employee should complete it!" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:32 msgid "" "First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " "application:" @@ -1719,7 +2170,7 @@ msgstr "" "U moet eerst de **Voorspellingen** optie activeren voor de hele project " "applicatie:" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:35 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " "Forecast option and click **Apply**." @@ -1727,18 +2178,18 @@ msgstr "" "Ga naar :menuselection:`Project --> Configuratie --> Instellingen`. " "Selecteer de Forecast optie en klik op **Toepassen**." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:41 msgid "" "Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " "specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " "all the projects that you manage)." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:46 msgid "Configure a specific project." msgstr "Configureer een specifiek project." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:48 msgid "" "When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " "Forecast\" in your project settings." @@ -1746,94 +2197,94 @@ msgstr "" "Zorg ervoor dat u de optie \"Voorspelling toestaan\" aanvinkt in de " "projectinstellingen wanneer u een nieuw project aanmaakt." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:51 msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." msgstr "U zal de **Forecast** optie zien verschijnen in de bovenste menu." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:56 msgid "" "If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " "task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:59 msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." msgstr "De taken van een project zijn niet gerelateerd aan een voorspelling." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:62 msgid "How to create a forecast?" msgstr "Hoe een prognose aanmaken?" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:64 msgid "" "Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " "projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:68 msgid "" "In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " "forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " "corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:76 msgid "" "You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " "space in the Gantt chart calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:79 msgid "" "The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " "automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " "take." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:87 msgid "" "The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" " installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " "task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:91 msgid "" "For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " "(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " "in the Effective hours field." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:96 msgid "What are the difference between the views?" msgstr "Wat zijn de verschillen tussen de weergaven?" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:98 msgid "" "In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " "helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " "by projects." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:103 msgid "By users : people management" msgstr "Op gebruikers: personenbeheer" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:105 msgid "" "This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " "chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." " It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:109 msgid "" "On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " "on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " "third, you see which tasks they're on." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:113 msgid "" "Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " "the duration of the task in the calendar." @@ -1841,7 +2292,7 @@ msgstr "" "Elke taak wordt voorgesteld door een gekleurde driehoek. Deze driehoek " "reflecteert de duur van de taak in de kalender." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:116 msgid "" "The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " "from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " @@ -1849,11 +2300,11 @@ msgid "" "assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:126 msgid "Plan the workload" msgstr "Plan de werklading" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:128 msgid "" "When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " "on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " @@ -1861,14 +2312,14 @@ msgid "" " how your users should organize their time between different tasks." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:134 msgid "" "The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " "example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " "project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:138 msgid "" "In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " "(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " @@ -1878,12 +2329,12 @@ msgid "" "that this is feasible." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:191 msgid "Gantt view advantages" msgstr "Voordelen van de Gantt weergave" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:151 msgid "" "This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" " avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " @@ -1892,13 +2343,13 @@ msgid "" "method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:193 msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" msgstr "De dynamische weergave van de Gantt in Odoo staat u toe om:" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:195 msgid "" "change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " "the future or in the past" @@ -1906,28 +2357,28 @@ msgstr "" "wijzig de datum en tijd van een voorspelling door te klikken en de taken in " "de toekomst of in het verleden te plaatsen." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:198 msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" msgstr "Maak direct een voorspelling in de Gantt grafiek" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:200 msgid "modify an existing forecast" msgstr "wijzig een bestaande prognose" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:202 msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." msgstr "" "wijzig de lengte van een taak door de rechthoek uit te breiden of in te " "korten." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:170 msgid "By projects: project management" msgstr "Op projecten: projectbeheer" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:172 msgid "" "The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " "interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " @@ -1935,7 +2386,7 @@ msgid "" "helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:177 msgid "" "This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " "level of hierarchy." @@ -1943,17 +2394,451 @@ msgstr "" "Deze optie toont de Gantt weergave door de projecten van het eerste niveau " "van de hierarchie te tonen." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:180 msgid "" "On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" " level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " "they're on." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:184 msgid "" "This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " "Users** section)" msgstr "" "Deze weergave toont niet uw HR tijd. De kleuren zijn niet van toepassing. " "(zie **Op gebruikers** sectie)" + +#: ../../content/services/support.rst:4 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Ondersteuning" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "N/B" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:77 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:7 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:11 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:22 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "Vragen gerelateerd aan uw account, abonnement of facturatie" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " +"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:38 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "Wat voor ondersteuning is niet inbegrepen?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:5 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Odoo Enterprise" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:13 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:15 +msgid "your subscription number," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "" +"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also " +"send the URL of your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:22 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:24 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:26 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:28 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +msgid "" +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and " +"bugfix services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:35 +msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b53122991 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,217 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:22+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Instellingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "Gebruikers en mogelijkheden" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" +"Als administrator van uw database bent u verantwoordelijk voor het gebruik. " +"Dit omvat ook de apps die u installeert en het aantal gebruikers dat " +"momenteel in gebruik is." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " +"installations." +msgstr "" +"U kan handleidingen vinden over hoe uw database te dupliceren voor beide " +":ref:`online <duplicate_online>` en :ref:`lokale <duplicate_premise>` " +"installaties." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "Gebruikers deactiveren" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" +"Verzeker u er van dat u genoeg **administratieve rechten** hebt indien u de " +"status van eender welke gebruiker wilt wijzigen." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " +"rights.**" +msgstr "" +"Klik op **Instellingen** in uw Odoo instantie. U zal een sectie hebben die u" +" de actieve gebruikers op uw database toont. Klik op **Beheer " +"toegangsrechten.**" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:81 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "|settings|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:43 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "|browse_users|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:46 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "U ziet vervolgens de lijst van uw gebruikers." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " +"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" +" to **Inactive** immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "De gebruiker is nu gedeactiveerd." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:67 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "Deactiveer **nooit** de hoofdgebruiker (*admin*)" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "Apps deïnstalleren" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" +"Klik in uw Odoo instantie op **Instellingen**. In deze app kan u zien " +"hoeveel applicaties u geïnstalleerd hebt. Klik op **Doorzoek apps** om de " +"lijst van geïnstalleerde apps te bekijken." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:81 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "|browse_apps|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" +"Klik als laatste, na het controleren van de waarschuwing (indien er een is)," +" op **Bevestigen**." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:103 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "U bent klaar met het verwijderen van uw applicatie." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "Goed om te weten" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:108 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:121 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/support.po deleted file mode 100644 index d9803a2ee..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,683 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:35+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../support.rst:5 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Ondersteuning" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " -"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " -"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17 -msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Release date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "🟢" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "N/B" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "🟠" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "🔴" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 -msgid "🟢 Supported version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 -msgid "🔴 End-of-support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 -msgid "" -"🟠 Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo Online " -"servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:66 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:68 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:70 -msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6 -msgid "Contribute to the documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9 -msgid "First of all..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15 -msgid "Edit an existing page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub " -"account <https://help.github.com/en/articles/signing-up-for-a-new-github-" -"account>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Pick a page in our `user documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`_. **Please take care of choosing " -"the right version of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19 -msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork " -"repository**, else you won't see this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax " -"called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's " -"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a " -"quick overview of RST commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable" -" format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your " -"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the " -"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a " -"longer explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44 -msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45 -msgid "Click on **Create pull request**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your " -"help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49 -msgid "" -"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in " -"your contribution message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55 -msgid "RST Cheat Sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Code" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Display" -msgstr "Tonen" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Comments" -msgstr "Opmerkingen" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62 -msgid "Text in *italics*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66 -msgid "Text in **bold** letters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Numbered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77 -msgid "Bullet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78 -msgid "List" -msgstr "Lijst" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "This is `a hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard " -"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85 -msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90 -msgid "" -"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation " -"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of " -"RST." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94 -msgid "Add images to your documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the " -"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on " -"improving this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101 -msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103 -msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large" -" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include " -"any personal data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page " -"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109 -msgid "" -"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128 -msgid "Technical Details for Nerds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository " -"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request " -"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133 -msgid "" -"See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-" -"user/blob/12.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138 -msgid "Developer documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside " -"`the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/12.0/doc>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143 -msgid "" -"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related " -"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36 -msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 -msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 -msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "Vragen gerelateerd aan uw account, abonnement of facturatie" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " -"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "Wat voor ondersteuning is niet inbegrepen?" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 -msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 -msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " -"etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise" -msgstr "Odoo Enterprise" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " -"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " -"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " -"server)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 -msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "your subscription number," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 -msgid "" -"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also " -"send the URL of your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 -msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 -msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 -msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 -msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 -msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Ask your question on the `community forum " -"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 -msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and " -"bugfix services." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6022c90eb..000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2085 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2018 -# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:16+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" -msgstr "Website" - -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "Optimaliseren" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "Hoe het verkeer op uw website traceren in Google Analytics" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "Om uw website trafiek te volgen met Google Analytics:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 -msgid "" -"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" -" you don't have any." -msgstr "" -"Maak een Google Analytics-account aan <https://www.google.com/analytics/> " -"`__ als je nog geen hebt." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " -"ID." -msgstr "" -"Ga door het aanmaak formulier en accepteer de voorwaarden om de tracking id " -"te krijgen." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "Kopieer het tracking-ID om het in Odoo op te slaan" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " -"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "" -"Ga naar het menu *Instellingen* van uw Odoo's website app. In instellingen " -"kopieer-en-plak jouw Google Analytics tracking-ID. Sla daarna op." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " -"Documentation. " -"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" -msgstr "" -"Om uw eerste stappen te maken in Google Analytics kijkt u best naar de " -"`Google documentatie. " -"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "Hoe uw website trafiek opvolgen vanuit uw Odoo dashboard" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " -"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "" -"U kan uw website trafiek opvolgen vanuit uw Odoo website dashboard dankzij " -"Google Analytics." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " -"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "" -"Een voorafgaande stap is een Google Analytics account aan te maken en de " -"tracking ID in te geven bij je Website's instellingen (zie " -":doc:'google_analytics')." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" -"Ga naar `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ om " -"analytics API inloggegevens te genereren. Log in met uw Google account." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 -msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "Selecteer Analytics API." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" -"Maak een nieuw project aan en geef het een naam (bijvoorbeeld Odoo). Dit " -"project is nodig om uw API logingegevens te bewaren." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Schakel de API in." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "Maak inloggegevens aan om te gebruiken in Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer *web browser (Javascript) als bron en *Gebruiker data* als type " -"data." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" -"Vervolgens creëer je een Client ID. Vul de naam in van de applicatie (bv. " -"Odoo) en de toegestane pagina's van deze zullen doorgestuurd worden. De " -"*Geautoriseerde JavaScript oorsprong* is jou Odoo's instantie URL. De " -"*Goedgekeurde doorgestuurde URL* is jou Odoo's instatie URL gevolgd door " -"'/google_account/authentication'." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " -"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " -"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " -"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" -"Ga naar de Toestemming stap door een product naam in te geven (bv. Google " -"Analytics in Odoo). Voel je vrij om de aanpassingen opties te controleren " -"maar dit is niet verplicht. Het Toestemming scherm zal enkel getoond worden " -"wanneer je de Client ID in Odoo ingeeft voor de eerste keer." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "Uiteindelijk krijgt u uw client ID. Kopieer en plak deze in Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" -" your Client ID." -msgstr "" -"Open uw website dashboard in Odoo en link uw Analytics account door uw " -"cliënt ID in te geven." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 -msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "" -"Autoriseer Odoo om toegang te krijgen tot de Google API als laatste stap." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" -" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " -"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." -msgstr "" -"Zoekmachine optimalisatie (SEO) is een set van goede werkwijzes om uw " -"website te optimaliseren zodat deze een betere ranking heeft in zoekmachines" -" zoals Google. Kort samengevat zorgt goede SEO ervoor dat u meer bezoekers " -"krijgt." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " -"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " -"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " -"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " -"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 -msgid "" -"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " -"content and the meta tags of your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "Meta Tags" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 -msgid "Title, Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " -"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " -"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" -" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " -"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 -msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "Sleutelwoorden" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " -"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " -"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " -"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " -"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " -"search tags." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 -msgid "Content is King" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your website content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "**Odoo Blogs**: schrijf geweldige inhoud." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" -msgstr "" -"**Odoo slides**: publiceer al uw Powerpoint of PDF presentaties. Hun inhoud " -"is automatisch geïndexeerd op de webpagina. Bijvoorbeeld: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" -" Odoo.com landing pages)" -msgstr "" -"**Odoo Forum**: laat uw gemeenschap inhoud voor u maken. Bijvoorbeeld: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (telt mee voor 30% " -"van de Odoo.com landingspagina's)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" -"**Odoo maillijst archief**: publiceer maillijst archieven op uw website. " -"Bijvoorbeeld: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pagina's aangemaakt per " -"maand)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 -msgid "Use Social Networks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" -" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " -"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 -msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "Sociale netwerk" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." -" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 -msgid "Social Share" -msgstr "Sociaal delen" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." -" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " -"media wall." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " -"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " -"your page in the Promote tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 -msgid "Facebook Page" -msgstr "Facebook pagina" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" -" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " -"timeline, the next events and the messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "Twitter Scroller" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " -"will increase the number of tweets and shares." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "Test uw website" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 -msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" -msgstr "" -"U kan vergelijken hoe uw website het doet, in termen van SEO, tegen Odoo met" -" behulp van de gratis WooRank dienst: `https://www.woorank.com " -"<https://www.woorank.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 -msgid "URLs Handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 -msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "URL's structuur" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "Een typische Odoo URL ziet er als volgt uit:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "Met de volgende componenten:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "**https://** = Protocol" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "**www.mysite.com** = uw domeinnaam" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" -" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " -"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "**-31** = het unieke ID van het product" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" -"Merk op dat eender welk dynamisch deel van een URL gereduceerd kan worden " -"naar een ID. Bijvoorbeeld, de volgende URL's doen allemaal een 301 " -"doorverwijzing naar de bovenstaande URL:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (korte versie)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (nog kortere versie)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (oude " -"productnaam)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "" -"Sommige URL's hebben verschillende dynamische onderdelen, zoals deze (een " -"blogcategorie en een post):" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "In het bovenstaande voorbeeld:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 -msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" -"Wanneer een Odoo pagina een pager heeft zal het paginanummer direct in de " -"URL worden gezet (heeft geen GET argument). Dit staat toe dat elke pagina " -"geïndexeerd wordt door zoekmachines. Bijvoorbeeld:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "Wijzigingen in URL's & titels" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" -"Wanneer de URL van een pagina wijzigt (bijvoorbeeld een vriendelijkere SEO " -"versie van uw productnaam), hoeft u zich geen zorgen te maken over het " -"updaten van alle links:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "Als een voorbeeld, deze URL:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " -"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "HTTPS" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " -"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " -"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " -"equivalent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 -msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 -msgid "" -"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " -"is for your SEO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 -msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " -"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 -msgid "" -"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" -"Maar elke link geplaatst door een bijdrager die linkt naar een externe " -"website is \"nofollow'. Op deze manier loopt u niet het risico dat mensen " -"links plaatsen op uw website die linken naar externe websites die een " -"slechte reputatie hebben." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 -msgid "Multi-Language Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 -msgid "Multi-Language URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" -"Indien u een website in meerdere talen heeft zal dezelfde inhoud beschikbaar" -" zijn in verschillende URL's, afhankelijk van de gebruikte taal:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " -"here)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (Franse " -"versie)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" -"In dit voorbeeld is de taal van de pagina fr\\_FR. U kan zelfs verschillende" -" variaties van dezelfde taal hebben: pt\\_BR (Portugees van Brazilië), " -"pt\\_PT (Portugees van Portugal). " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 -msgid "Language Annotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " -"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" -" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "Met deze aanpak:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " -"language." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " -"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " -"same content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 -msgid "Language Detection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 -msgid "" -"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " -"redirection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" -"Om een bezoeker te forceren om de standaard taal te gebruiken kan u de code " -"gebruiken van de standaard taal in uw link, bijvoorbeeld: " -"uwwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Dit zal bezoekers altijd doen landen op de " -"Engelse versie van de pagina, zonder de browser voorkeuren te gebruiken." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 -msgid "Page Speed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introductie" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 -msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " -"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " -"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" -" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " -"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" -" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " -"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" -"-billion-sales>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " -"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " -"your website ranks using these two tools:" -msgstr "" -"Gelukkig doet Odoo alle magie voor u. Hieronder vind u trucks die Odoo " -"gebruikt om de laadsnelheid te verhogen. U kan vergelijken hoe uw website " -"presteert met deze twee tools:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 -msgid "" -"`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Google pagina snelheid " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 -msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -msgstr "`Pingdom Website snelheidstest <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "Afbeeldingen" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " -"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " -"for .JPG)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "" -"Vanuit de upload knop heeft u de optie om het originele bestanden " -"ongewijzigd te houden indien u de kwaliteit van de afbeelding wilt " -"optimaliseren in plaats van de performantie." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" -"Odoo comprimeert afbeeldingen wanneer ze geüpload worden naar uw website, " -"niet wanneer ze opgevraagd worden door de bezoeker. Dus is het mogelijk dat," -" indien u een derde partij thema gebruikt, het afbeeldingen aanbiedt die " -"niet efficiënt gecomprimeerd zijn. Maar alle afbeeldingen gebruikt in de " -"officiële Odoo thema's zijn standaard gecomprimeerd." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u klikt op een afbeelding toont Odoo u de Alt en titel attributen " -"van de ``<img>`` tag. U kan hierop klikken om uw eigen titel en Alt " -"attributen in te stellen voor de afbeelding." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "Wanneer u klikt op deze link, zal het volgende venster verschijnen:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" -"Odoo's pictogrammen zijn geïmplementeerd met het gebruikt van een font " -"(`Font Awesome <https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in de" -" meeste Odoo thema's). Dus kan u zoveel pictogrammen gebruiker als u wilt in" -" uw pagina, ze hebben geen extra aanvragen nodig om de pagina te laden." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 -msgid "Static Resources: CSS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 -msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "slechts één CSS bestandsverzoek is nodig om een pagina te laden" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "" -"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " -"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " -"resource." -msgstr "" -"dit CSS bestand is gedeeld en gecached over verschillende pagina's, zodat " -"wanneer bezoekers klikken op een andere pagina, de browser geen enkel CSS " -"bestand moet inladen." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 -msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "dit CSS bestand is geoptimaliseerd om klein te zijn" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 -msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " -"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " -"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " -"file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 -msgid "" -"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " -"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " -"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " -"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " -"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " -"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " -"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 -msgid "" -"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " -"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " -"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " -"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " -"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" -msgstr "" -"Om dit probleem aan te pakken worden alle CSS / Less / Sass bestanden " -"geconcateneerd in één .CSS bestand dat naar de browser wordt gestuurd. Zodat" -" een bezoeker **slechts één .CSS bestand moet laden** per pagina, wat vooral" -" efficiënt is. Als de CSS gedeeld wordt over alle pagina's hoeft de browser " -"geen nieuw CSS bestand te laden wanneer een andere pagina wordt open gedaan!" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "**Beide bestanden in het <head>**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "**Wat de bezoekers krijgen (slechts één bestand)**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* Van bootstrap.css \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr ".text-muted {" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "color: #666;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "color: #777;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "background: yellow" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "background: yellow;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 -msgid "}" -msgstr "}" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* Van my-theme.css \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 -msgid "" -"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " -"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " -"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " -"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " -"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " -"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " -"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" -" backend (/web)." -msgstr "" -"De CSS verzonden door Odoo bevat alle CSS / Less / Sass bestanden van alle " -"pagina's / modules. Door dit te doen moeten andere pagina weergaven van " -"dezelfde weergave geen nieuw CSS bestand inladen. Maar sommige modules " -"kunnen grote CSS/JavaScript bronnen bevatten die u niet op voorhand wilt " -"ophalen op de eerste pagina omdat ze te groot zijn. In dit geval splitst " -"Odoo de bronnen in een tweede bundel die geladen wordt wanneer de pagina die" -" het gebruikt het aanvraagt. Een voorbeeld hiervan is de back-end die enkel " -"ingeladen wordt wanneer de bezoekers aanmelden en de back-end opendoen " -"(/web)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 -msgid "" -"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " -"themes fit below this limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 -msgid "" -"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " -"is minified to reduce its size." -msgstr "" -"**Minified:** Na het pre-processen en concateneren zal de resulterende CSS " -"geminificeerd worden om de grootte te verkleinen." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "**Voor minificatie**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "**Na minificatie**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* sommige commentaren \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "" -"Het uiteindelijke resultaat is dan gecomprimeerd, voordat het aan de browser" -" wordt aangeleverd." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 -msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" -"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" -" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 -msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 -msgid "" -"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 -msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "Odoo maakt drie JavaScript bundels aan:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 -msgid "" -"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 -msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 -msgid "" -"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" -" employees using Odoo)" -msgstr "" -"Een voor back-end specifieke JavaScript code (Odoo Web Client interface voor" -" uw werknemers die Odoo gebruiken)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 -msgid "" -"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " -"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " -"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " -"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 -msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "CDN" -msgstr "CDN" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 -msgid "" -"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " -"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" -" Network has three advantages:" -msgstr "" -"Indien u de CDN optie activeert in Odoo worden statische bronnen " -"(JavaScript, CSS, afbeeldingen) geladen van het Content Delivery Netwerk. " -"Een Content Delivery Netwerk heeft drie voordelen:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 -msgid "" -"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" -" around the globe)" -msgstr "" -"Laad bronnen van een dichtbij zijnde server (meeste CDN's hebben servers in " -"de belangrijkste landen over de wereld)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " -"server)" -msgstr "" -"Cache bronnen efficiënt (er worden geen resources gebruikt op uw eigen " -"server voor de berekening)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " -"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " -"domain)" -msgstr "" -"Verdeel de bronnen die geladen worden over verschillende diensten zodat u " -"meerdere bronnen parallel kan laden (Sinds de Chrome limiet van 6 parallelle" -" aanvragen op domeinniveau is)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 -msgid "" -"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" -" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" -msgstr "" -"U kan uw CDN opties configureren vanuit de **Website Admin** app, met behulp" -" van het configuratie menu. Hier is een voorbeeld van een configuratie die u" -" kan gebruiken:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 -msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "HTML pagina's" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 -msgid "" -"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " -"server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "" -"De HTML pagina's kunnen gecomprimeerd worden, maar dit wordt meestal " -"afgehandeld door uw webserver (NGINX of Apache)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " -"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 -msgid "" -"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " -"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " -"following code:" -msgstr "" -"Als een voorbeeld, als u de kleurenprikker gebruikt om de kleur van een " -"paragraaf te wijzigen naar de primaire kleur van uw website, zal Odoo de " -"volgende code genereren:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 -msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">Mijn tekst</p>``" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " -"code:" -msgstr "" -"Waar de meeste HTML editors (zoals een CKEditor) de volgende code " -"produceert:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 -msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Mijn tekst</p>``" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 -msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "Responsief design" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 -msgid "" -"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " -"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " -"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 -msgid "" -"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 -msgid "Browser Caching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 -msgid "" -"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " -"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " -"your website." -msgstr "" -"JavaScript, afbeeldingen en CSS bronnen hebben een URL die dynamisch wijzigt" -" wanneer hun inhoud veranderd. Als een voorbeeld, alle CSS bestanden worden " -"geladen via deze URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"Het ``457-0da1d9d`` gedeelte van deze URL zal wijzigen als u de CSS van uw " -"website wijzigt." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 -msgid "" -"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " -"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." -msgstr "" -"Dit laat Odoo toe om een heel lange cache vertraging in te stellen (XXX) op " -"deze bronnen: XXX seconden, terwijl deze direct wordt geüpdatet als u de " -"bron update." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 -msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "Schaalbaarheid" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 -msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " -"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " -"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:568 -msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " -"eCommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:574 -msgid "Search Engines Files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 -msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "Sitemap" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:579 -msgid "" -"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " -"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " -"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 -msgid "" -"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " -"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " -"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " -"chunks per file." -msgstr "" -"Standaard zijn alle URL's één ``/sitemap.xml`` bestand, maar als u veel " -"pagina's heeft zal Odoo automatisch een Sitemap index bestand aanmaakt dat " -"het `sitemaps.org protocol <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ " -"protocol respecteert om sitemap URL's te groeperen in 45000 stukken per " -"bestand." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:589 -msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "Elke sitemap heeft 4 attributen die automatisch berekend worden:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:591 -msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "``<loc>`` : de URL van een pagina" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:593 -msgid "" -"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " -"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:598 -msgid "" -"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" -" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" -" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:605 -msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "Gestructureerde Gegevens Markup" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:607 -msgid "" -"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " -"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" -"presented search results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 -msgid "" -"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " -"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." -msgstr "" -"Google ondersteunt een aantal rijke snippets voor inhoudstypes, inclusief: " -"Beoordelingen, Mensen, Producten, Zaken, Evenementen en Organisaties." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " -"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " -"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo implementeert micro data zoals gedefinieerd in de `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ specificaties voor gebeurtenissen, e-commerce " -"producten, forum berichten en contactadressen. Dit staat uw productpagina's " -"toe om getoond te worden in Google en om extra informatie te gebruiken zoals" -" de prijs en beoordeling van een product:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 -msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "robots.txt" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 -msgid "" -"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " -"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " -"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:631 -msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 -msgid "" -"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " -"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:638 -msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " -"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," -" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " -"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "Publiceer" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "Hoe mijn eigen domeinnaam gebruiken" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " -"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " -"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" -"Standaard heeft uw Odoo online instantie en website een *.odoo.com* " -"domeinnaam, voor beide de URL en de e-mails. U kan dit wijzigen naar een " -"eigen domein (bijvoorbeeld www.uwbedrijf.com)." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "Wat is een goede domeinnaam" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " -"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " -"domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" -"Uw websiteadres is net zo belangrijk voor uw branding als de naam van uw " -"bedrijf of organisatie, dus doet u er goed aan om deze mogelijks te wijzigen" -" naar een meer gepaste domeinnaam. Hier zijn een paar tips:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "Simpel en duidelijk" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "Gemakkelijk te onthouden en spellen" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "Hoe korter hoe beter" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "Vermijd speciale karakters" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "Mik op een .com en/of andere land extensie" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" -msgstr "" -"Lees meer: `Hoe een domeinnaam te kiezen voor optimale SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "Hoe een domeinnaam kopen" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "Koop uw domein bij een populaire registrator:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " -"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" -"Stappen om een domeinnaam te kopen zijn vrijwel ongecompliceerd. Bekijk deze" -" eenvoudige tutorials:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " -"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " -"This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" -"Aarzel niet om een e-mailserver te kopen om e-mailadressen te hebben die uw " -"domeinnaam gebruiken. Koop echter geen extra service om uw website te maken " -"of te hosten. Dit is de taak van Odoo!" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "Hoe mijn domeinnaam koppelen aan mijn Odoo instantie" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 -msgid "" -"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" -"Laten we eerste de doorverwijzing authoriseren (uwbedrijf.com -> " -"uwbedrijf.odoo.com):" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "Open uw Odoo.com account vanuit uw homepage." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "Ga naar de *Beheer databases** pagina." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "Klik op *Domeinen* rechts van de database die u wilt doorverwijzen." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " -"www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" -"Een database domein dialoog verschijnt. Geef uw persoonlijk domein in " -"(bijvoorbeeld www.uwbedrijf.com)." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" -"We kunnen nu de doorverwijzing toepassen vanuit uw domeinnaam zijn " -"beheerders account:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "Log in op uw account en zoek voor de DNS zones beheer pagina." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." -" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " -"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" -"Maak een CNAME record *www.uwdomein.com* wijzend naar *mywebsite.odoo.com*. " -"Als u een domeinnaam zonder www-voorvoegsel wil inschakelen (bijvoorbeeld " -"uwdomein.com), moet u *uwdomein.com* doorverwijzen naar *www.uwdomein.com*." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" -"Hier zijn een paar specifieke richtlijnen om een CNAME record aan te maken:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -msgstr "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "Hoe SSL inschakelen (HTTPS) voor mijn Odoo instantie" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " -"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 -msgid "" -"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " -"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " -"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " -"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " -"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" -" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 -msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," -" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " -"Odoo cloud platforms/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Multi Websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " -"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " -"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " -"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," -" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Instellingen" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → " -"Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " -"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" -" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " -"visitors to it using Geo IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " -"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " -"theme!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " -"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" -" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 -msgid "Create the menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " -"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" -" the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 -msgid "Switch from one website to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " -"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " -"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" -" sign in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " -"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " -"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 -msgid "Add features" -msgstr "Opties toevoegen" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" -" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " -"removing the menu item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " -"First, select the website to configure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " -"only impact the very website you are working on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 -msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 -msgid "languages," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 -msgid "domain names," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 -msgid "social media links," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 -msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 -msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "etc." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 -msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 -msgid "Manage domain names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 -msgid "" -"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " -"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " -"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " -"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 -msgid "" -"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 -msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" -" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " -"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " -"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " -"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 -msgid "Publish specific content per website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " -"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " -"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " -"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " -"websites*:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Producten" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 -msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 -msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "Blogs" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 -msgid "Slide Channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 -msgid "Forums" -msgstr "Forums" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "Evenementen" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 -msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "Functies" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 -msgid "" -"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " -"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 -msgid "Publish a page in all websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 -msgid "" -"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." -" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration → Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " -"and set the new website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 -msgid "" -"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" -" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " -"being linked to all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 -msgid "" -"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " -"page behind each edited page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Multi-bedrijven" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" -"companies environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 -msgid "" -"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " -"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 -msgid "" -"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " -"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " -"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " -"visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 -msgid "" -"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " -"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" -" selector in the menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 -msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 -msgid "" -"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" -" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 -msgid "Products only available on one website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 -msgid "" -"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." -" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " -"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 -msgid "Products available on *some* websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 -msgid "" -"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " -"should duplicate the product for each website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 -msgid "" -"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " -"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " -"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" -" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " -"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 -msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "Prijslijsten" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 -msgid "" -"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " -"Prices per Product* in Website settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products → Pricelists` to create " -"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " -"this website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " -"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " -"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 -msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 -msgid "" -"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" -" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " -"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " -"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 -msgid "Customer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 -msgid "" -"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " -"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " -"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " -"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " -"the visitor mind." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 -msgid "Technical hints for customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 -msgid "" -"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" -" make it work with multi websites:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 -msgid "" -"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" -" can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 -msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 -msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "Hoe mijn website vertalen" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " -"possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "" -"In aanvulling op het aanmaken van geweldige moderne websites geeft Odoo de " -"mogelijkheid om de website in meerdere talen te vertalen." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "Verwerken" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" -" many different languages as you want." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal uw website is aangemaakt heeft u de mogelijkheid om ze te vertalen " -"in zoveel talen als u wenst." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " -"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " -"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " -"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " -"install anything, and follow the next step." -msgstr "" -"Er zijn twee manieren om uw website te vertalen, u kan het manueel doen of " -"automatisch met de Gengo App. Indien u het automatisch wilt doen gaat u naar" -" de **App** module en installeert u **Automatische vertalingen via de Gengo " -"API** en **Website Gengo Vertaler**. Indien u dit manueel wilt doen " -"installeert u niets en volgt u de volgende stap." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " -"**Add a language**." -msgstr "" -"Ga nu naar uw website. In de rechter onderhoek van de pagina klikt u op " -"**Een taal toevoegen**." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " -"click on **Load.**" -msgstr "" -"Kies de taal waarin u uw website wilt vertalen en klik vervolgens op " -"**Laden**." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " -"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " -"some of the text has been translated automatically." -msgstr "" -"U zal zien dat er nu naast Engels ook Frans is, wat betekend dat de pagina " -"voor de vertaling is aangemaakt. U kan ook zien dat sommige delen van de " -"tekst automatisch vertaald zijn." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " -"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "" -"Om de inhoud van uw website te vertalen klikt u op **Vertalen** (hier " -"**Traduire** aangezien we de website in het Frans willen vertalen)." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "" -"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" -" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " -"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " -"ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" -"Indien u de Gengo vertaler heeft geïnstalleerd zal u zien dat u naast de " -"**Vertalen** knop ook een knop **Automatisch vertalen** heeft. Eenmaal u " -"klikt op deze knop wordt er informatie gevraagd voor uw account. Indien u " -"nog geen account heeft gaat u naar `*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ om er een aan te maken. U moet een " -"publieke en private sleutel aanvragen." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "De inhoud die u wilt vertalen wordt vervolgens automatisch vertaald." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " -"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " -"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " -"automatically." -msgstr "" -"Nu kan u zien dat de meeste inhoud geel of groen is gearceerd. Het geel " -"staat voor de inhoud die u zelf moet vertalen. Het groen staat voor de " -"inhoud die al automatisch vertaald is." diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81f2a1ce4 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -0,0 +1,3887 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2021 +# Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2021 +# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2021 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:23+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:3 +msgid "Websites" +msgstr "Websites" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:4 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "eCommerce" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Beginnen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "Hoe mijn catalogus pagina te personaliseren" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "Product catalogus" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" +"Al uw gepubliceerde items worden getoond in uw catalogus pagina (of *Shop* " +"pagina)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "" +"De meeste opties zijn beschikbaar in het *Personaliseerd* menu: toon " +"attributen, website categorieën, enz." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "Een product highlighten" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" +"Verhoog de zichtbaarheid van uw Ster / Promotie artikelen: zet ze bovenaan, " +"maak ze groter, voeg een lint toe dat u kan wijzigen (Uitverkoop, Nieuw, " +"enz). Open de shop pagina, wissel naar de bewerkingsmodus en klik op eender " +"welk item om het raster aan te passen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" +"Zie hoe dit te doen: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "Snel toevoegen aan winkelmandje" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" +"Als je klanten veel items tegelijk kopen, maak dan hun proces korter door " +"aankopen vanaf de catalogus pagina in te schakelen. Om dit te doen, voeg een" +" product omschrijving toe en voeg de knop 'voeg toe aan winkelwagen' toe. " +"Zet volgende opties op in het *Bewerk* menu: Product omschrijving, Voeg toe " +"aan winkelwagen, lijstweergave (om de product omschrijving beter te tonen)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "Hoe een productpagina bouwen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "Klik op de website op **Nieuwe pagina** in de rechterbovenhoek." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "Klik vervolgens op **Nieuw product** en volg de knipperende tips." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "Hier zijn de belangrijkste elementen van de product pagina:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "" +"Veel elementen kunnen zichtbaar gemaakt worden vanuit het *Personaliseer* " +"menu." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "Zie hoe u uw producten configureert vanuit onderstaande links." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "Beheer mijn producten" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "Hoe meerdere afbeeldingen per product te tonen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Vink de optie *Meerdere afbeeldingen per product* aan in " +":menuselection:`Website Admin --> Configuratie --> Instellingen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" +"Zo een extra afbeeldingen zijn vaak voorkomend bij alle product varianten " +"(als er zijn)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to show product availability" +msgstr "Hoe productbeschikbaarheid tonen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " +"your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " +"an option in *Availability*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " +"delay, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 +msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." +msgstr "Deze tool vereist niet dat de voorraad module geïnstalleerd is." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " +"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " +"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "Hoe productvarianten beheren" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " +"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " +"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " +"available options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "Hoe attributen & varianten aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " +"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer een product vanuit de productenlijst, ga naar het *Varianten* " +"tabblad." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " +"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " +"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "Hoe productvarianten wijzigen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "Zie alle varianten vanuit het productsjabloon formulier." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "U kan de volgende data wijzigen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "Foto (zal updaten in real time op de website)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "Barcode," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "Interne referentie (SKU #)," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "Volume," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "Gewicht," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "Actief (beschikbaar in offertes & website)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "Hoe specifieke prijzen per variant instellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " +"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" +"De extra prijs wordt toegevoegd aan de productprijs wanneer de " +"overeenkomende attribuut waarde geselecteerd is." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" +"Prijslijst formules laten u toe om geavanceerde prijsberekeningen te doen " +"voor product varianten. Zie :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "Hoe producten uitschakelen / archiveren" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " +"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "Maximaliseer mijn omzet" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "Hoe accessoires en optionele producten verkopen (cross-selling)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "Product accessoires op de check-out pagina," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "Product accessoires op de check-out pagina" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" +"Accessoires (bijvoorbeeld voor computers: muis, toetsenbord) worden getoond " +"wanneer de klant het winkelmandje bekijkt voor de betaling." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer optionele items in het *Verkopen* tabblad van de product detail " +"pagina." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "Optionele producten wanneer u product toevoegt aan winkelmandje" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "Om optionele producten te publiceren:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer optionele items vanuit het **Verkopen** tabblad op het product " +"formulier." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" +"De hoeveelheid van optioneel toegevoegd producten aan een winkelmandje is " +"hetzelfde als het hoofd product." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Adapt prices to website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This section sheds light on pricing features found in the eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "forceer een prijs gebaseerd op geo lokalisatie," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "laat de klant de valuta kiezen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: " +":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP automatically applies the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, visitors who aren't " +"logged in yet will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "Eenmaal aangemeld krijgen ze de prijslijst die bij hun land hoort." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "Valuta selector" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers " +"choose their own. Check the *Selectable* box to add the pricelist to the " +"website drop-down menu, which can be found in *Pricelists* under the " +"*Products* menu, located in the Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "Hoe promotiecodes aanmaken & delen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Instellingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" +"Maak het promotiecode veld beschikbaar op uw *winkelmandje* pagina (optie in" +" *Personaliseer* menu). Voeg een product aan het winkelmandje toe om het te " +"zien." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" +"Eenmaal dit geactiveerd is ziet u een nieuwe sectie aan de rechterkant. Na " +"klikken op *Toepassen* worden de prijzen in het winkelmandje automatisch " +"geüpdatet." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "Toon verkopen per prijslijst..." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`prijzen`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "Hoe commentaar en beoordelingen inschakelen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" +"Bezoekers moeten aanmelden om hun reacties te delen. Verzeker u ervan dat uw" +" bezoekers dit zeker kunnen (bekijken de portaal documentatie)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "Controleer de berichten in real time" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "" +"Standaard wordt de maker van het product automatisch als volger toegevoegd." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" +"Klik op de productnaam om het detailscherm te openen en de commentaar te " +"reviewen (in de product discussie thread)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "Modereren & deplubiceren" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "..tip::" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "Om dit te doen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Overzicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" +msgstr "Introductie tot Odoo eCommerce" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " +"time. The topics follow the buying process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Product Page" +msgstr "Product pagina" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 +msgid "Shop Page" +msgstr "Winkel pagina" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Prijzen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "BTW" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Checkout process" +msgstr "Checkout proces" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 +msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" +msgstr "Upselling & cross-selling" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "Betaling" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 +msgid "Shipping & Tracking" +msgstr "Verzenden & Traceren" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "Lanceer mijn website" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "Wordt betaald" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Hoe betaald te worden met Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " +"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " +"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " +"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " +"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " +"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " +"'Get Started'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" +" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " +"press the related option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 +msgid "Go through the registration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " +"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 +msgid "Set up Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " +"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 +msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" +" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " +"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" +" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 +msgid "Go live" +msgstr "Ga live" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " +"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " +"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " +"production mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " +"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" +" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " +"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" +" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " +"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`payment`" +msgstr ":doc:`payment`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" +msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "Hoe betaald worden met betalingsverwerkers" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " +"Invoicing apps." +msgstr "" +"Odoo biedt meerdere betaalmogelijkheden aan om betaald te worden in de " +"webshop, verkopen en facturatie apps." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 +msgid "What are the payment methods available" +msgstr "Wat zijn de beschikbare betaalmethoden" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 +msgid "Wire transfer" +msgstr "Overschrijving" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " +"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" +" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" +"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 +msgid "Payment acquirers" +msgstr "Betaling verwervers" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" +" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" +" over time:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 +msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" +msgstr "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "Ingenico" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 +msgid "Authorize.net" +msgstr "Authorize.net" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 +msgid "PayUmoney" +msgstr "PayUmoney" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 +msgid "Sips" +msgstr "Sips" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stripe" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 +msgid "How to go live" +msgstr "Hoe live te gaan" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " +"activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 +msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" +msgstr "Hoe klanten betaalkaarten laten bewaren en hergebruiken" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " +"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." +" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 +msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 +msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " +"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " +"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 +msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "Deze optie is mogelijk met Ingenico en Authorize.net." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 +msgid "" +"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " +"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" +" from the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 +msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " +"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" +" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 +msgid "How to:" +msgstr "Hoe te:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 +msgid "Switch to developer mode." +msgstr "Wisselen naar ontwikkelaarsmodus." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 +msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." +msgstr "Neem de **aangepaste** betaalmethode." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " +"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " +"duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 +msgid "Other configurations" +msgstr "Andere configuraties" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " +"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " +"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" +"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " +"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " +"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "Hoe betaalde orders beheren die betaald zijn met betalingsverwerkers" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" +" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " +"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "What are the payment status" +msgstr "Wat is de betalingsstatus" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." +msgstr "" +"Op elk moment kan de verkoper de transactiestatus bekijken vanuit het order." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 +msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." +msgstr "*Concept*: transacties wordt verwerkt." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " +"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," +" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" +" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " +"confirmed." +msgstr "" +"*Voltooid*: de betaling is geautoriseerd en gecapteerd. De order is " +"bevestigd." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " +"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." +msgstr "" +"*Fout*: er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de transactie. De klant moet de " +"betaling opnieuw proberen. De order bevind zich nog steeds in concept." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " +"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." +msgstr "" +"*Geannuleerd*: wanneer de klant de betaling annuleert in het betaalscherm. " +"Ze worden teruggebracht naar Odoo om het order te wijzigen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " +"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 +msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" +msgstr "Valideer facturen automatisch vanuit order" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " +"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " +"orders straight on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " +"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " +"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " +"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" +" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " +"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " +"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " +"payments " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "Ontvang de betaling na de levering" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 +msgid "" +"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " +"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " +"only available with Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " +"*Capture Transaction*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " +"Business Account " +"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" +" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " +"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:105 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, " +"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" +"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" +"payments-ewp>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "Instellingen in Odo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:120 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Activatie" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:126 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Inloggegevens" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +"*Profile > About the business*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "Transactie kosten" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" +"fees>`__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 +msgid "" +"..note:: `Traders in the EU " +"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" +"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " +"with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:158 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:178 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:184 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:186 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:188 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:196 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" +"Voer een testtransactie uit vanuit Odoo met de persoonlijke sandbox account." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:198 +msgid "See also" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:200 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:202 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "Hoe klanten aan hun klantenaccount kunnen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "Aanmelden" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "Klant account" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Daar vinden ze de hele geschiedenis. Het hoofdadres (facturatie) kan ook " +"gewijzigd worden." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "Hoe betaald worden met overschrijvingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "Hoe klanten betaling instructies aanbieden" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "Ze verschijnen voor de klanten wanneer ze een order plaatsen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "Hoe een order te beheren eenmaal u betaald bent" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "Hoe manueel andere betaalmethodes aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "Ontvang belastingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:4 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Live Chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:7 +msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " +"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " +"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," +" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " +"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " +"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" +" and then click on install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " +"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 +msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" +msgstr "Voeg de livechat toe aan een Odoo website" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " +"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" +" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" +msgstr "Voeg de live chat toe aan een externe website" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " +"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " +"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " +"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 +msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" +msgstr "Verberg / toon de live chat afhankelijk van regels" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " +"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " +"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" +" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " +"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 +msgid "Prepare automatic messages" +msgstr "Bereid automatische berichten voor" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" +" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" +" through the live chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 +msgid "Start chatting with customers" +msgstr "Start de chat met klanten" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " +"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " +"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " +"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " +"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " +"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " +"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " +"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:99 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "Gebruik commando's" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " +"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " +"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:105 +msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." +msgstr "**/help**: toon een help bericht." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:107 +msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "**/helpdesk**: maak een helpdesk ticket aan." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:109 +msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "**/helpdesk\\_search** : zoek naar een helpdesk ticket." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." +msgstr "**/history**: zie de 15 laatst bezochte pagina's." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:113 +msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." +msgstr "**/lead**: maak een nieuwe lead aan." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." +msgstr "**/leave**: verlaat het kanaal." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " +"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " +"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:123 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "Verzend standaard antwoorden" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " +"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " +"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," +" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " +"assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " +"visitors, enjoy !" +msgstr "" +"U heeft nu alle tools die u nodig heeft om te livechatten met uw website " +"bezoekers, veel plezier!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:4 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "Website" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "Optimaliseren" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "Hoe het verkeer op uw website traceren in Google Analytics" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "Om uw website trafiek te volgen met Google Analytics:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" +" you don't have any." +msgstr "" +"Maak een Google Analytics-account aan <https://www.google.com/analytics/> " +"`__ als je nog geen hebt." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " +"ID." +msgstr "" +"Ga door het aanmaak formulier en accepteer de voorwaarden om de tracking id " +"te krijgen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "Kopieer het tracking-ID om het in Odoo op te slaan" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " +"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +msgstr "" +"Ga naar het menu *Instellingen* van uw Odoo's website app. In instellingen " +"kopieer-en-plak jouw Google Analytics tracking-ID. Sla daarna op." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " +"Documentation. " +"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" +msgstr "" +"Om uw eerste stappen te maken in Google Analytics kijkt u best naar de " +"`Google documentatie. " +"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "Hoe uw website trafiek opvolgen vanuit uw Odoo dashboard" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " +"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "" +"U kan uw website trafiek opvolgen vanuit uw Odoo website dashboard dankzij " +"Google Analytics." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " +"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "" +"Een voorafgaande stap is een Google Analytics account aan te maken en de " +"tracking ID in te geven bij je Website's instellingen (zie " +":doc:'google_analytics')." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" +"Ga naar `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ om " +"analytics API inloggegevens te genereren. Log in met uw Google account." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "Selecteer Analytics API." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " +"to store your API credentials." +msgstr "" +"Maak een nieuw project aan en geef het een naam (bijvoorbeeld Odoo). Dit " +"project is nodig om uw API logingegevens te bewaren." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "Schakel de API in." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "Maak inloggegevens aan om te gebruiken in Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer *web browser (Javascript) als bron en *Gebruiker data* als type " +"data." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" +" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " +"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" +"Vervolgens creëer je een Client ID. Vul de naam in van de applicatie (bv. " +"Odoo) en de toegestane pagina's van deze zullen doorgestuurd worden. De " +"*Geautoriseerde JavaScript oorsprong* is jou Odoo's instantie URL. De " +"*Goedgekeurde doorgestuurde URL* is jou Odoo's instatie URL gevolgd door " +"'/google_account/authentication'." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " +"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " +"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " +"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" +"Ga naar de Toestemming stap door een product naam in te geven (bv. Google " +"Analytics in Odoo). Voel je vrij om de aanpassingen opties te controleren " +"maar dit is niet verplicht. Het Toestemming scherm zal enkel getoond worden " +"wanneer je de Client ID in Odoo ingeeft voor de eerste keer." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "Uiteindelijk krijgt u uw client ID. Kopieer en plak deze in Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" +" your Client ID." +msgstr "" +"Open uw website dashboard in Odoo en link uw Analytics account door uw " +"cliënt ID in te geven." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "" +"Autoriseer Odoo om toegang te krijgen tot de Google API als laatste stap." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete " +"statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " +"<../../../sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows you to " +"understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" +"Zoekmachine optimalisatie (SEO) is een set van goede werkwijzes om uw " +"website te optimaliseren zodat deze een betere ranking heeft in zoekmachines" +" zoals Google. Kort samengevat zorgt goede SEO ervoor dat u meer bezoekers " +"krijgt." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "Meta Tags" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "Sleutelwoorden" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "**Odoo Blogs**: schrijf geweldige inhoud." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1>`__" +msgstr "" +"**Odoo slides**: publiceer al uw Powerpoint of PDF presentaties. Hun inhoud " +"is automatisch geïndexeerd op de webpagina. Bijvoorbeeld: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" +" Odoo.com landing pages)" +msgstr "" +"**Odoo Forum**: laat uw gemeenschap inhoud voor u maken. Bijvoorbeeld: " +"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (telt mee voor 30% " +"van de Odoo.com landingspagina's)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" +"**Odoo maillijst archief**: publiceer maillijst archieven op uw website. " +"Bijvoorbeeld: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pagina's aangemaakt per " +"maand)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "Sociale netwerk" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "Sociaal delen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "Facebook pagina" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "Twitter Scroller" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "Test uw website" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" +msgstr "" +"U kan vergelijken hoe uw website het doet, in termen van SEO, tegen Odoo met" +" behulp van de gratis WooRank dienst: `https://www.woorank.com " +"<https://www.woorank.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "URL's structuur" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "Een typische Odoo URL ziet er als volgt uit:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "Met de volgende componenten:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "**https://** = Protocol" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "**www.mysite.com** = uw domeinnaam" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "**-31** = het unieke ID van het product" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" +"Merk op dat eender welk dynamisch deel van een URL gereduceerd kan worden " +"naar een ID. Bijvoorbeeld, de volgende URL's doen allemaal een 301 " +"doorverwijzing naar de bovenstaande URL:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (korte versie)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (nog kortere versie)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (oude " +"productnaam)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" +"Sommige URL's hebben verschillende dynamische onderdelen, zoals deze (een " +"blogcategorie en een post):" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "In het bovenstaande voorbeeld:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" +"Wanneer een Odoo pagina een pager heeft zal het paginanummer direct in de " +"URL worden gezet (heeft geen GET argument). Dit staat toe dat elke pagina " +"geïndexeerd wordt door zoekmachines. Bijvoorbeeld:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "Wijzigingen in URL's & titels" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" +"Wanneer de URL van een pagina wijzigt (bijvoorbeeld een vriendelijkere SEO " +"versie van uw productnaam), hoeft u zich geen zorgen te maken over het " +"updaten van alle links:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "Als een voorbeeld, deze URL:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " +"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" +"Maar elke link geplaatst door een bijdrager die linkt naar een externe " +"website is \"nofollow'. Op deze manier loopt u niet het risico dat mensen " +"links plaatsen op uw website die linken naar externe websites die een " +"slechte reputatie hebben." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" +"Indien u een website in meerdere talen heeft zal dezelfde inhoud beschikbaar" +" zijn in verschillende URL's, afhankelijk van de gebruikte taal:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (Franse " +"versie)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" +"In dit voorbeeld is de taal van de pagina fr\\_FR. U kan zelfs verschillende" +" variaties van dezelfde taal hebben: pt\\_BR (Portugees van Brazilië), " +"pt\\_PT (Portugees van Portugal). " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "Met deze aanpak:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" +"Om een bezoeker te forceren om de standaard taal te gebruiken kan u de code " +"gebruiken van de standaard taal in uw link, bijvoorbeeld: " +"uwwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Dit zal bezoekers altijd doen landen op de " +"Engelse versie van de pagina, zonder de browser voorkeuren te gebruiken." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introductie" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" +"Gelukkig doet Odoo alle magie voor u. Hieronder vind u trucks die Odoo " +"gebruikt om de laadsnelheid te verhogen. U kan vergelijken hoe uw website " +"presteert met deze twee tools:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Google pagina snelheid " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "`Pingdom Website snelheidstest <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Afbeeldingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" +"Vanuit de upload knop heeft u de optie om het originele bestanden " +"ongewijzigd te houden indien u de kwaliteit van de afbeelding wilt " +"optimaliseren in plaats van de performantie." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" +"Odoo comprimeert afbeeldingen wanneer ze geüpload worden naar uw website, " +"niet wanneer ze opgevraagd worden door de bezoeker. Dus is het mogelijk dat," +" indien u een derde partij thema gebruikt, het afbeeldingen aanbiedt die " +"niet efficiënt gecomprimeerd zijn. Maar alle afbeeldingen gebruikt in de " +"officiële Odoo thema's zijn standaard gecomprimeerd." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u klikt op een afbeelding toont Odoo u de Alt en titel attributen " +"van de ``<img>`` tag. U kan hierop klikken om uw eigen titel en Alt " +"attributen in te stellen voor de afbeelding." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "Wanneer u klikt op deze link, zal het volgende venster verschijnen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" +"Odoo's pictogrammen zijn geïmplementeerd met het gebruikt van een font " +"(`Font Awesome <https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in de" +" meeste Odoo thema's). Dus kan u zoveel pictogrammen gebruiker als u wilt in" +" uw pagina, ze hebben geen extra aanvragen nodig om de pagina te laden." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "slechts één CSS bestandsverzoek is nodig om een pagina te laden" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "" +"dit CSS bestand is gedeeld en gecached over verschillende pagina's, zodat " +"wanneer bezoekers klikken op een andere pagina, de browser geen enkel CSS " +"bestand moet inladen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "dit CSS bestand is geoptimaliseerd om klein te zijn" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" +"Om dit probleem aan te pakken worden alle CSS / Less / Sass bestanden " +"geconcateneerd in één .CSS bestand dat naar de browser wordt gestuurd. Zodat" +" een bezoeker **slechts één .CSS bestand moet laden** per pagina, wat vooral" +" efficiënt is. Als de CSS gedeeld wordt over alle pagina's hoeft de browser " +"geen nieuw CSS bestand te laden wanneer een andere pagina wordt open gedaan!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "**Beide bestanden in het <head>**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "**Wat de bezoekers krijgen (slechts één bestand)**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* Van bootstrap.css \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr ".text-muted {" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "color: #666;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "color: #777;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "background: yellow" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "background: yellow;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "}" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* Van my-theme.css \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" +"De CSS verzonden door Odoo bevat alle CSS / Less / Sass bestanden van alle " +"pagina's / modules. Door dit te doen moeten andere pagina weergaven van " +"dezelfde weergave geen nieuw CSS bestand inladen. Maar sommige modules " +"kunnen grote CSS/JavaScript bronnen bevatten die u niet op voorhand wilt " +"ophalen op de eerste pagina omdat ze te groot zijn. In dit geval splitst " +"Odoo de bronnen in een tweede bundel die geladen wordt wanneer de pagina die" +" het gebruikt het aanvraagt. Een voorbeeld hiervan is de back-end die enkel " +"ingeladen wordt wanneer de bezoekers aanmelden en de back-end opendoen " +"(/web)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" +"**Minified:** Na het pre-processen en concateneren zal de resulterende CSS " +"geminificeerd worden om de grootte te verkleinen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "**Voor minificatie**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "**Na minificatie**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* sommige commentaren \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "" +"Het uiteindelijke resultaat is dan gecomprimeerd, voordat het aan de browser" +" wordt aangeleverd." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "Odoo maakt drie JavaScript bundels aan:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" +"Een voor back-end specifieke JavaScript code (Odoo Web Client interface voor" +" uw werknemers die Odoo gebruiken)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +msgid "" +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +msgid "" +"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " +"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" +" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " +"from their original versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "CDN" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" +"Indien u de CDN optie activeert in Odoo worden statische bronnen " +"(JavaScript, CSS, afbeeldingen) geladen van het Content Delivery Netwerk. " +"Een Content Delivery Netwerk heeft drie voordelen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "" +"Laad bronnen van een dichtbij zijnde server (meeste CDN's hebben servers in " +"de belangrijkste landen over de wereld)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "" +"Cache bronnen efficiënt (er worden geen resources gebruikt op uw eigen " +"server voor de berekening)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "" +"Verdeel de bronnen die geladen worden over verschillende diensten zodat u " +"meerdere bronnen parallel kan laden (Sinds de Chrome limiet van 6 parallelle" +" aanvragen op domeinniveau is)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" +"U kan uw CDN opties configureren vanuit de **Website Admin** app, met behulp" +" van het configuratie menu. Hier is een voorbeeld van een configuratie die u" +" kan gebruiken:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "HTML pagina's" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +msgid "" +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" +"De HTML pagina's kunnen gecomprimeerd worden, maar dit wordt meestal " +"afgehandeld door uw webserver (NGINX of Apache)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "" +"Als een voorbeeld, als u de kleurenprikker gebruikt om de kleur van een " +"paragraaf te wijzigen naar de primaire kleur van uw website, zal Odoo de " +"volgende code genereren:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">Mijn tekst</p>``" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "" +"Waar de meeste HTML editors (zoals een CKEditor) de volgende code " +"produceert:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Mijn tekst</p>``" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "Responsief design" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: " +"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" +"JavaScript, afbeeldingen en CSS bronnen hebben een URL die dynamisch wijzigt" +" wanneer hun inhoud veranderd. Als een voorbeeld, alle CSS bestanden worden " +"geladen via deze URL: " +"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"Het ``457-0da1d9d`` gedeelte van deze URL zal wijzigen als u de CSS van uw " +"website wijzigt." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" +"Dit laat Odoo toe om een heel lange cache vertraging in te stellen (XXX) op " +"deze bronnen: XXX seconden, terwijl deze direct wordt geüpdatet als u de " +"bron update." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "Schaalbaarheid" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " +"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:574 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "Sitemap" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:579 +msgid "" +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:583 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" +"Standaard zijn alle URL's één ``/sitemap.xml`` bestand, maar als u veel " +"pagina's heeft zal Odoo automatisch een Sitemap index bestand aanmaakt dat " +"het `sitemaps.org protocol <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ " +"protocol respecteert om sitemap URL's te groeperen in 45000 stukken per " +"bestand." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:589 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "Elke sitemap heeft 4 attributen die automatisch berekend worden:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:591 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "``<loc>`` : de URL van een pagina" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:593 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:598 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:605 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "Gestructureerde Gegevens Markup" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:607 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:612 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" +"Google ondersteunt een aantal rijke snippets voor inhoudstypes, inclusief: " +"Beoordelingen, Mensen, Producten, Zaken, Evenementen en Organisaties." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo implementeert micro data zoals gedefinieerd in de `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specificaties voor gebeurtenissen, e-commerce " +"producten, forum berichten en contactadressen. Dit staat uw productpagina's " +"toe om getoond te worden in Google en om extra informatie te gebruiken zoals" +" de prijs en beoordeling van een product:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:625 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "robots.txt" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:627 +msgid "" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:631 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:638 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " +"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," +" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " +"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "Publiceer" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own domain name" +msgstr "Hoe mijn eigen domeinnaam gebruiken" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " +"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " +"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" +"Standaard heeft uw Odoo online instantie en website een *.odoo.com* " +"domeinnaam, voor beide de URL en de e-mails. U kan dit wijzigen naar een " +"eigen domein (bijvoorbeeld www.uwbedrijf.com)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +msgid "What is a good domain name" +msgstr "Wat is een goede domeinnaam" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " +"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " +"domain. Here are some tips:" +msgstr "" +"Uw websiteadres is net zo belangrijk voor uw branding als de naam van uw " +"bedrijf of organisatie, dus doet u er goed aan om deze mogelijks te wijzigen" +" naar een meer gepaste domeinnaam. Hier zijn een paar tips:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +msgid "Simple and obvious" +msgstr "Simpel en duidelijk" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +msgid "Easy to remember and spell" +msgstr "Gemakkelijk te onthouden en spellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +msgid "The shorter the better" +msgstr "Hoe korter hoe beter" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +msgid "Avoid special characters" +msgstr "Vermijd speciale karakters" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" +msgstr "Mik op een .com en/of andere land extensie" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" +msgstr "" +"Lees meer: `Hoe een domeinnaam te kiezen voor optimale SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +msgid "How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "Hoe een domeinnaam kopen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "Koop uw domein bij een populaire registrator:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" +msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" +msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " +"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" +msgstr "" +"Stappen om een domeinnaam te kopen zijn vrijwel ongecompliceerd. Bekijk deze" +" eenvoudige tutorials:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " +"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " +"This is Odoo's job!" +msgstr "" +"Aarzel niet om een e-mailserver te kopen om e-mailadressen te hebben die uw " +"domeinnaam gebruiken. Koop echter geen extra service om uw website te maken " +"of te hosten. Dit is de taak van Odoo!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" +msgstr "Hoe mijn domeinnaam koppelen aan mijn Odoo instantie" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +msgid "" +"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" +msgstr "" +"Laten we eerste de doorverwijzing authoriseren (uwbedrijf.com -> " +"uwbedrijf.odoo.com):" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." +msgstr "Open uw Odoo.com account vanuit uw homepage." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." +msgstr "Ga naar de *Beheer databases** pagina." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." +msgstr "Klik op *Domeinen* rechts van de database die u wilt doorverwijzen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " +"www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" +"Een database domein dialoog verschijnt. Geef uw persoonlijk domein in " +"(bijvoorbeeld www.uwbedrijf.com)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +msgstr "" +"We kunnen nu de doorverwijzing toepassen vanuit uw domeinnaam zijn " +"beheerders account:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "Log in op uw account en zoek voor de DNS zones beheer pagina." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." +" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " +"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." +msgstr "" +"Maak een CNAME record *www.uwdomein.com* wijzend naar *mywebsite.odoo.com*. " +"Als u een domeinnaam zonder www-voorvoegsel wil inschakelen (bijvoorbeeld " +"uwdomein.com), moet u *uwdomein.com* doorverwijzen naar *www.uwdomein.com*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" +"Hier zijn een paar specifieke richtlijnen om een CNAME record aan te maken:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" +msgstr "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" +msgstr "Hoe SSL inschakelen (HTTPS) voor mijn Odoo instantie" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:98 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:105 +msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → " +"Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" +" the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "Opties toevoegen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "etc." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 +msgid "" +"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Producten" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "Blogs" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "Forums" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "Evenementen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "Functies" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration → Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Multi-bedrijven" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "Prijslijsten" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products → Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "Hoe mijn website vertalen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" +"In aanvulling op het aanmaken van geweldige moderne websites geeft Odoo de " +"mogelijkheid om de website in meerdere talen te vertalen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "Verwerken" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" +"Eenmaal uw website is aangemaakt heeft u de mogelijkheid om ze te vertalen " +"in zoveel talen als u wenst." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " +"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " +"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " +"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn twee manieren om uw website te vertalen, u kan het manueel doen of " +"automatisch met de Gengo App. Indien u het automatisch wilt doen gaat u naar" +" de **App** module en installeert u **Automatische vertalingen via de Gengo " +"API** en **Website Gengo Vertaler**. Indien u dit manueel wilt doen " +"installeert u niets en volgt u de volgende stap." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "" +"Ga nu naar uw website. In de rechter onderhoek van de pagina klikt u op " +"**Een taal toevoegen**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" +"Kies de taal waarin u uw website wilt vertalen en klik vervolgens op " +"**Laden**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" +"U zal zien dat er nu naast Engels ook Frans is, wat betekend dat de pagina " +"voor de vertaling is aangemaakt. U kan ook zien dat sommige delen van de " +"tekst automatisch vertaald zijn." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "" +"Om de inhoud van uw website te vertalen klikt u op **Vertalen** (hier " +"**Traduire** aangezien we de website in het Frans willen vertalen)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" +" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " +"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " +"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " +"ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" +"Indien u de Gengo vertaler heeft geïnstalleerd zal u zien dat u naast de " +"**Vertalen** knop ook een knop **Automatisch vertalen** heeft. Eenmaal u " +"klikt op deze knop wordt er informatie gevraagd voor uw account. Indien u " +"nog geen account heeft gaat u naar `*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " +"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ om er een aan te maken. U moet een " +"publieke en private sleutel aanvragen." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "De inhoud die u wilt vertalen wordt vervolgens automatisch vertaald." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" +"Nu kan u zien dat de meeste inhoud geel of groen is gearceerd. Het geel " +"staat voor de inhoud die u zelf moet vertalen. Het groen staat voor de " +"inhoud die al automatisch vertaald is." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5c29a86a5..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10629 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Эдуард Манятовский <manyatovskiy@gmail.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 -msgid "Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 -msgid "Bank & Cash" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 -msgid "Bank Feeds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 -msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 -msgid "" -"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" -" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" -"q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:31 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 -msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " -"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" -" move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file " -"<InstallCoda_>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " -"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " -"in .CODA Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 -msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " -"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " -"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 -msgid "Importing CODA files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " -"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " -"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" -" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" -" bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 -msgid "Register bank statements manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " -"but also register your bank statements manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 -msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " -"do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 -msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " -"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " -"will be found underneath." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " -"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " -"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" -" equal to the computed balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 -msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" -" |manual04|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" -" on **Reconcile # Items**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " -"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 -msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " -"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 -msgid "Close Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 -msgid "" -"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " -"then click on Bank Statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 -msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 -msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " -"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " -"consumers via the Internet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 -msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " -"click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`coda`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have" -" to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." -" The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling " -"PayPal payments in just a click." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already " -"installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application. In the section " -"**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " -"automatically**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 -msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 -msgid "Setup your PayPal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 -msgid "" -"A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your " -"PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " -"Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " -"field, you can set **PayPal**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " -"and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" -" the online institution and click on the configure button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 -msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " -"the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" -" you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with " -"Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal " -"account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " -"English or that the site is not supported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " -"step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " -"date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must " -"choose the **Paypal balance** account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " -"Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " -"anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " -"will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 -msgid "Import QIF statement files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " -"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " -"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" -" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" -" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 -msgid "Importing QIF files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" -" statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " -"forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You " -"can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " -"proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" -" supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, " -"Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially " -"supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 -msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 -msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 -msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo Online Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" -" already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" -" module **account_yodlee**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " -"you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " -"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 -msgid "" -"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " -"following addresses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 -msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 -msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 -msgid "Sync your bank feeds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " -"your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" -" accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank" -" account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " -"**Bank Synchronization**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " -"**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " -"and fill in your bank credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " -"every 4 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 -msgid "Miscellaneous" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " -"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " -"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " -"manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" -" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " -"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " -"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 -msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " -"Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" -" your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " -"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " -"deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " -"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " -"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " -"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" -" to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " -"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " -"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " -"Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 -msgid "From checks received to the bank" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 -msgid "Receive customer checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once your record checks received, record them on the bank account on which " -"you plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal" -" is you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit." -" Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 -msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " -"Payment** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 -msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 -msgid "" -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " -"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposit yet. That way, you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " -"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 -msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " -"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " -"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " -"the bank statement line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fills all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in this batch " -"deposit the example below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 -msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " -"be two reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 -msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features, you need to reload the " -"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" -" button of your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 -msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 -msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " -"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " -"refused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In this case, click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " -"bank statement matching." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" -" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " -"clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " -"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " -"to the another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 -msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " -"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" -" your chart of account. To parameter your chart of account and check the " -"default transfer account go into your the accounting module, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " -"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " -"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " -"from the same page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 -msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" -" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." -" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " -"your bank to specify your bank's details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 -msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 -msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 -msgid "" -"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " -"9533 1498** account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 -msgid "Log an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The first step is to register the internal paiement. To do so, go into your " -"accounting dashboard. click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " -"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" -" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " -"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " -"<Reconcile_>`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 -msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " -"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 -msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " -"statement of your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 -msgid "" -"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " -"departure and arrival of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " -"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " -"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " -"the corresponding bank to import them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " -"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " -"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " -"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " -"**Reconcile** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 -msgid "The following window will open:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 -msgid "" -"You need to choose counterparts for the paiement. Select the correct bank " -"statement line corresponding to the paiement and click on the **reconcile** " -"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " -"statement. Note that if you specify the correct amount, and the same memo in" -" both bank statement and payment transaction then the reconciliation will " -"happen automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19 -msgid "Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 -msgid "Configure model of entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " -"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " -"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " -"current balance. This fee is thus variable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 -msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " -"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " -":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 -msgid "" -"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " -"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 -msgid "" -"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " -"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " -"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " -"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 -msgid "Save your changes when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " -"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 -msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " -"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 -msgid "" -"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " -"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" -" relevant data instantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 -msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Linking your bank statements with your accounting can be a lot of work. You " -"need to find invoices back, relate payments and that amount of " -"administration can cast a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very " -"easily link your invoices or any other payment with your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:14 -msgid "Two reconciliation processes exist in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -msgid "We can directly register a payment on the invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:17 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:22 -msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All we need to " -"do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29 -msgid "User cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:32 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:34 -msgid "" -"We received the payment proof for our invoice of 2100 euros issued to Smith " -"& Co." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:37 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " -"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles the bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark the " -"invoice as paid so we can remember we can start the service with our " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " -"and mark the invoice as paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:49 -msgid "" -"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:56 -msgid "" -"We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the " -":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " -"automatically.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:66 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:68 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " -"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:74 -msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and not only the invoice of Smith & Co has " -"been paid, the one of Buzz of 92 euros as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:77 -msgid "" -"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " -"from the Bank Feeds section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:83 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " -"the reconciliations **automatically**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:94 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:96 -msgid "" -"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " -"it in :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " -"and validate all related payments :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " -"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 -msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" -" it first before filling your own bank information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " -"method like SEPA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 -msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" -" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" -" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " -"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " -"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " -"accounts from another company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " -"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 -msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 -msgid "" -"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " -"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " -"menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " -"company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," -" Odoo stores two values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 -msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 -msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " -"Central bank web-services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 -msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance " -"Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " -"**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 -msgid "Configure currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " -"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " -"(to activate a currency, check his active field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " -"automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" -" the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 -msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 -msgid "Create a new bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 -msgid "An account in the trial balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 -msgid "A journal in your dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" -" the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 -msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " -"a supplier in China." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " -"see:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " -"to record a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 -msgid "" -"That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" -" gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " -"depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice " -"and the payment date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " -"Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 -msgid "Customers Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " -"So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " -"the currency of the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " -"customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " -"the report below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 -msgid "" -"In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " -"managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" -" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " -"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" -" be converted in this currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 -msgid "" -"In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " -"general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " -"amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a cash register?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " -"transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " -"balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " -"configured as well as the currency of the journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Dedicated Refund Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" -" refunds made from this journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Refund Entry Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the refund " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Debit Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Means of payment for collecting money. Odoo modules offer various payments " -"handling facilities, but you can always use the 'Manual' payment method in " -"order to manage payments outside of the software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Payment Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Means of payment for sending money. Odoo modules offer various payments " -"handling facilities, but you can always use the 'Manual' payment method in " -"order to manage payments outside of the software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " -"when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" -" from what the system computes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " -"from what the system computes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Show journal on dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Whether this journal should be displayed on the dashboard or not" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" -" method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Active in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a" -" point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field depicts the maximum difference allowed between the ending balance" -" and the theoretical cash when closing a session, for non-POS managers. If " -"this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing " -"of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 -msgid "Usage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 -msgid "How to register cash payments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " -"these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " -"Transactions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 -msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " -"transaction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 -msgid "Put money in" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " -"transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " -":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 -msgid "Take money out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " -"all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " -":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 -msgid "Others" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 -msgid "Adviser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your fixed assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " -"machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " -"depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose " -"assets and perform reports on your company assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " -"amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " -"create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by " -"$1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts" -" for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " -"describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 -msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 -msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Asset module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 -msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" -" application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 -msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 -msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " -"<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 -msgid "Defining Asset Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " -"deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " -"configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to " -"provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an " -"asset type on the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " -"like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " -"assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the " -"duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 -msgid "Create assets manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 -msgid "" -"To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " -"Assets`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " -"on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " -"confirming the asset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 -msgid "" -"if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" -" this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " -"entries, not those related to the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 -msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" -" lines can be posted in the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " -"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Category of asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date of asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross value of asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Salvage Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Computation Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Time Method Based On" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of depreciation " -"lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Number of Depreciations: Fix the number of depreciation lines and the time" -" between 2 depreciations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " -"depreciations won't go beyond." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Prorata Temporis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " -"from the purchase date instead of the first January / Start date of fiscal " -"year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Months in a Period" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 -msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 -msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " -"is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " -"the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of " -"the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " -"created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " -"directly so that you won't forget to confirm it afterwards. (check the field" -" *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when " -"you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 -msgid "" -"if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " -"be filled in the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 -msgid "How to deprecate an asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " -"date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" -" depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has " -"been created for this line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " -"on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 -msgid "" -"In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " -"entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " -"entries which are already posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 -msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 -msgid "Change the number of depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 -msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." -" Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " -"full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that " -"should be registered through a customer invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. It allows you " -"to measure your actual financial performance against the planned one. Odoo " -"manages its budgets using both General and Analytic Accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:12 -msgid "" -"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " -"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " -"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " -"than 700." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" -" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " -"and Finance** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" -" feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If we want to be precise and point specific invoices and vendors bills to " -"our budget, you should enable the Analytic accounting as well. If we don't " -"we will only be able to budget the total amount of general accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 -msgid "Budgetary Positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Budgetary positions are the general accounts for which you want to keep " -"budgets (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so " -"Odoo can know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information. " -"Some might be already installed with your chart of accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " -"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 -msgid "" -"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " -"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" -" our expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63 -msgid "Click on *Select*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 -msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " -"select the relevant income accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 -msgid "Analytical account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If you wish to point specific invoices or vendor bills to your budget you " -"need to use analytical accounting. Odoo needs to know which costs or " -"expenses are relevant to a specified budget. To do so we need to link our " -"invoices and expenses to a defined analytical account. Create an analytical " -"account by entering the Accounting module and clicking " -":menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`. Create a " -"new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88 -msgid "Set a budget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " -"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:94 -msgid "" -"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " -":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:97 -msgid "" -"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " -"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" -" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " -"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " -"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " -"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " -"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " -"corresponding analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " -"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:117 -msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:120 -msgid "Check your budget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:122 -msgid "" -"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" -" Invoices and Vendors Bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 -msgid "" -"if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" -" in the invoice and / or purchase line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:131 -msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:134 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 -msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " -"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " -"Amount** column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 -msgid "" -"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " -"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " -"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 -msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 -msgid "Analytic" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " -"and subcontracting in the accounting module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " -"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " -"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" -" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" -" to the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " -"module and install the following apps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " -"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " -"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" -" the Sales management app as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 -msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " -"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " -"accounting box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " -"box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 -msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 -msgid "Create an Analytical account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 -msgid "" -"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " -"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " -"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 -msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 -msgid "Record an expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " -"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 -msgid "Create an expense product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 -msgid "" -"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " -"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " -"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" -" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 -msgid "Book the expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " -"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " -"discussed above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " -"entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 -msgid "Purchase Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 -msgid "" -"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" -" a purchase order for the software product. (please refer to the following " -"document: :doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`). " -"Within the line we can link the product's cost with the analytical account. " -"Specify the order line and select the correct analytical account. Confirm " -"the sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " -"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:118 -msgid "Subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" -" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " -"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " -"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:128 -msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 -msgid "Track costs in accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " -"open it to check the costs related to that account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " -"Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " -"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:147 -msgid "" -"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " -"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " -"analytical account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " -"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " -"the invoiced amounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " -"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " -"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " -"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " -"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " -"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " -"name and install them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " -"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " -"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 -msgid "Apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 -msgid "Create an employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" -" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " -"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 -msgid "" -"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " -"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " -"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " -"related to a User." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " -"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 -msgid "Issue a Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 -msgid "" -"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " -"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " -"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 -msgid "" -"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" -" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " -"unit of measures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " -"Progress)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 -msgid "" -"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " -"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " -"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" -" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" -" below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 -msgid "Fill in timesheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 -msgid "" -"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " -"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " -"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" -" Account** discussed above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 -msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 -msgid "" -"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " -"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" -" the **Analytic Account**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " -"automatically computed (see picture below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 -msgid "Analytic accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " -"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " -"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 -msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 -msgid "Without filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " -"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " -"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " -"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " -"credit and debit balance of the account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 -msgid "" -"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " -"of cost and revenues (see picture below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " -"with the corresponding description." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 -msgid "With filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 -msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " -"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" -" resource cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 -msgid "" -"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" -" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " -"contains the **Sales Order** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 -msgid "" -"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " -"corresponding costs and revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 -msgid "" -"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " -"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " -"**Graph view** to have a clear overview." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 -msgid "Analytic account use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 -msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 -msgid "analyse costs of a company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 -msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 -msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " -"each in one of three different types of company:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 -msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 -msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 -msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" -" departments and products the company itself is built on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " -"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " -"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " -"product ranges the company makes and sells." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 -msgid "Marketing Department" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 -msgid "Commercial Department" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 -msgid "Administration Department" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -msgid "Production Range 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 -msgid "Production Range 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " -"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " -"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " -"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " -"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " -"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 -msgid "**General accounts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 -msgid "**Analytic accounts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Title**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -msgid "**Value**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "2122" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "1500" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "-1 500" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "450" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -msgid "-450" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -msgid "200" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -msgid "Transport charges" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "Staff costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "2121" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "10000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "Marketing" -msgstr "Маркетинг" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 -msgid "-2 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 -msgid "Commercial" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 -msgid "-3 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "Administrative" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -msgid "-1 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "PR" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "-400" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " -"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " -"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " -"above:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 -msgid "" -"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " -"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " -"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " -"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 -msgid "" -"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " -"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " -"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 -msgid "" -"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " -"companies and industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " -"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " -"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " -"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " -"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 -msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " -"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" -" given file/analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 -msgid "" -"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" -" the profitability by case and by employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " -"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " -"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " -"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " -"cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 -msgid "" -"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " -"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" -" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " -"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" -" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" -" basis of the hourly cost per employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " -"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " -"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that " -"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " -"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " -"depending on the time actually worked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 -msgid "" -"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " -"can find for your analytic account:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Amount**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**General Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -msgid "Study the file (1 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "Case 1.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -msgid "-15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -msgid "Search for information (3 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -msgid "-45" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "Consultation (4 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "Case 2.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "-60" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "Service charges" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "280" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "705 – Billing services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "Stationery purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "-42" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "42" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "-35" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "613 – Transports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "35" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "Staff salaries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "6201 – Salaries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "3 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 -msgid "" -"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" -" various transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " -":doc:`timesheets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 -msgid "" -"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " -"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" -" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " -"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " -"products that manage timesheet or expenses ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 -msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 -msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 -msgid "project planning," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 -msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 -msgid "managing support contracts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 -msgid "" -"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " -"structured by project and by sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 -msgid "" -"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " -"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " -"also similar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 -msgid "" -"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " -"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " -"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " -"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " -"an analytic account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " -"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " -"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " -"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " -"contract remain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 -msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 -msgid "" -"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" -" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " -"production performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " -"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 -msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 -msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " -"account's purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " -"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " -"generate opening entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " -"category according to its behaviour or purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 -msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " -"types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 -msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 -msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 -msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " -"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " -"related to your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 -msgid "" -"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " -"you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " -"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" -" entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " -"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" -" for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " -"journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 -msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " -"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" -" average cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " -"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " -"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " -"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " -"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " -"standard of FIFO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 -msgid "Definition of average cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " -"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " -"formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " -"as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 -msgid "Defining the purchase price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " -"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " -"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " -"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 -msgid "Average cost example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Avg Cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -msgid "+8\\*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -msgid "+4\\*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -msgid "-10\\*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" -" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " -"logically the purchase price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " -"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " -"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." -" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" -" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 -msgid "Purchase return use case" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" -" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " -"of these products!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 -msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "-1\\*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 -msgid "Explanation: counter example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " -"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," -" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 -msgid "" -"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " -"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " -"purchased it). Here is the operation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -msgid "-1\\*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$2**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "**0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " -"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " -"cost:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "**$0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " -"correct inventory value at all times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 -msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 -msgid "" -"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " -"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " -"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " -"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " -"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " -"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" -" price:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "stock input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "price diff" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -msgid "($80)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -msgid "($64)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$10**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$12**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 -msgid "" -"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " -"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " -"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" -" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " -"average cost and the original purchase price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 -msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " -"in a different currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 -msgid "" -"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " -"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " -"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 -msgid "Enable multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " -"in **Dollars**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " -"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 -msgid "Configure your journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " -"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " -"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" -" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " -"you can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 -msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" -" currency. Then click on **confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 -msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " -"click on **Add** to allocate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 -msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " -"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " -"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " -"in which it was paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 -msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " -"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " -"are recorded in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " -"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " -"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " -"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " -"activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 -msgid "Turn on multi-currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 -msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " -"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " -"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " -"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 -msgid "You can change it in the settings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 -msgid "View or edit rate being used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can manually configure the currency rates in " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " -"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 -msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" -" **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 -msgid "Live Currency Rate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 -msgid "" -"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " -"synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" -"converter/>`__ or the `European Central Bank <http://www.ecb.europa.eu>`__. " -"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " -"Rate** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " -"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" -" are set !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 -msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 -msgid "Configure your charts of account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " -"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " -"for this account to have the account currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " -"Active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 -msgid "Configure your journals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " -"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " -"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" -" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " -"can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " -"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 -msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 -msgid "" -"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " -"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " -"document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 -msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " -"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " -"document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 -msgid "Payment Registrations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " -"payment and set the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " -"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " -"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" -" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" -" in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 -msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`exchange`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " -"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " -"life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " -"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " -"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " -"force a specific currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " -"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" -" the amounts automatically using that currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 -msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 -msgid "" -"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " -":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " -"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" -" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 -msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 -msgid "Multi-currency Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " -"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " -"Then click on **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 -msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " -"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " -"are recorded in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 -msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 9 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet for a specific country)" -" to suit your needs is now easier than ever." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:13 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " -"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 -msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:30 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once the name is filled, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:41 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:43 -msgid "Based on date ranges (eg Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:45 -msgid "Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (eg." -" Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:50 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (eg Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:54 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:56 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:63 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:67 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:69 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:76 -msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:83 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:87 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:93 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 -msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 -msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 -msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ price excluded" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, price included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with price excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate price " -"included or price excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal " -"position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at " -"every sale of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. You can open a tax " -"and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash " -"Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76 -msgid "Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Журнал Банка" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Журнал Налога на Наличной Основе " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are" -" needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for your sales taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the US thanks to TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to calculate the sales tax for every" -" address in the United States and keeps track of which product types are " -"exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. TaxCloud " -"calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special " -"jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In Tax Cloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `*TaxCloud* <https://taxcloud.net/#register>`__ " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "Register your website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and check *Compute sales tax automatically using TaxCloud*. Click *Apply*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Still in those settings, enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Hit *Sync TaxCloud Categories (TIC)* to import TIC product categories from " -"TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific " -"rates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Set default *TIC Code* and taxe rates. This will apply to any new product " -"created. A default sales tax is needed to trigger the tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:43 -msgid "" -"For products under a specific category, select it in its detail form (in " -"*Sales* tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is well defined (especially the state and the" -" zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and click " -"*Configure your company data*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:51 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Automatic tax assignation works thanks to fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A specific fiscal position is created when installing " -"*TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This fiscal position is set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when " -"the customer country is *United States*. This is triggering the automated " -"tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Add a product with a default sales tax. Odoo will automatically send a " -"request to TaxCloud, get the correct tax percentage based on the customer " -"location (state and zip code) and product TIC category, create a new tax " -"rate if that tax percentage does not already exist in your system and return" -" it in the order item line (e.g. 7.0%)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "How to create specific tax mappings using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "" -"You can create several fiscal positions using TaxCloud. Check *Use TaxCloud " -"API* to do so. Such fiscal postions can be assigned to customers in their " -"detail form in order to get them by default whenever they buy you something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`default_taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " -"different screens you will need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 -msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Completing your company settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 -msgid "Importing your customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Importing your suppliers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Importing your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Importing your starting balances" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Define the users for accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " -"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " -"configuration of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 -msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 -msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 -msgid "" -"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo support both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 -msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting support more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implement accounting standards that is common to all countries and specific " -"modules exists per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where cost of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 -msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 -msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 -msgid "Calculates the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 -msgid "" -"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Retained earnings is the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " -"century." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " -"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " -"them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 -msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 -msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " -"inventory and subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " -"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 -msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " -"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " -"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " -"go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 -msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 millions of happy users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 -msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " -"over a specific period (usually the current year)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " -"sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" -" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " -"beyond the costs of products sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " -"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 -msgid "" -"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " -"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " -"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " -"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 -msgid "" -"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" -" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 -msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 -msgid "" -"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " -"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 -msgid "" -"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" -" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " -"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 -msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " -"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," -" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " -"an other account (debit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 -msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 -msgid "Journal Entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " -"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " -"impacting several accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 -msgid "" -"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " -"equal to the sum of all its credits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 -msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 -msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 -msgid "Explanation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 -msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 -msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 -msgid "The customer owes $1,090" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 -msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 -msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 -msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 -msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 -msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 -msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 -msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:26 -msgid "Reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " -"account, matching credits and debits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " -"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " -"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 -msgid "" -"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " -"reconciled with the related payment journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 -msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 -msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 -msgid "" -"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " -"matching process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 -msgid "Customer Statement Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -msgid "Invoice 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -msgid "Payment 1.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -msgid "70" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -msgid "Invoice 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "65" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -msgid "Payment 1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -msgid "30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "Payment 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -msgid "Invoice 3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 -msgid "Total To Pay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " -"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " -"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 -msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 -msgid "" -"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " -"matched when checking the bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 -msgid "recorded as a new payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 -msgid "" -"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " -"<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " -"bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 -msgid "recorded as another transaction:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 -msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 -msgid "" -"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " -"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," -" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " -"balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 -msgid "Checks Handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 -msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 -msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 -msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 -msgid "" -"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " -"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -msgid "Account Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -msgid "Invoice ABC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -msgid "Undeposited funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -msgid "Check 0123" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 -msgid "Bank" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 -msgid "" -"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " -"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" -" journal entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -msgid "Bank Statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -msgid "Statement XYZ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Accounting Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 -msgid "Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A journal is like a folder in which you record all transactions of the same " -"type: all the statements of a bank account, all customer invoices, all " -"supplier bills. It's used to organize similar transactions together." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13 -msgid "Payment Terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Payment terms describe how and when a customer invoice (or supplier bill) " -"should be paid over the time. Example: 30% direct payment, balance due in " -"two months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is the process of matching transactions from your bank " -"records with existing journal items or creating new journal items on the " -"fly. It is a process of verification to ensure that your bank and your " -"records in Odoo say the same thing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Journal items reconciliation is the process of linking several journal items" -" together like an invoice and a payment. This allows you to mark invoices as" -" paid. It is also useful when comparing values of 'goods received not " -"invoiced' and 'goods shipped not billed' accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:33 -msgid "Deposit Ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Deposit tickets group several payment orders (usually checks) that are " -"deposited together at the bank at the same time. This allows an easy " -"reconciliation with the bank statement line if the line has one line per " -"deposit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:40 -msgid "Journal Entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:43 -msgid "" -"A journal entry is an accounting transaction, usually related to a financial" -" document: invoice, payment, receipt, etc. A journal entry always consists " -"of at least two lines, described here as journal items, which credit or " -"debit specific accounts. The sum of the credits of all journal items of a " -"journal entry must be equal to the sum of their debits for the entry to be " -"valid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:50 -msgid "Journal Item" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:53 -msgid "" -"A line of a journal entry, with a monetary debit or credit associated with a" -" specific account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:55 -msgid "Analytic Accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Sometimes called **Cost Accounts**, are accounts that are not part of the " -"chart of accounts and that allow you to track costs and revenues. Analytic " -"accounts are usually grouped by projects, departments, etc. for analysis of " -"a company's expenditures. Every journal item is posted in a regular account " -"in the chart of account and can be posted to an analytic account for the " -"purpose of reporting or analysis." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65 -msgid "Analytic Entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Costs or revenues posted to analytic accounts, usually related to journal " -"entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:70 -msgid "Sales Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:73 -msgid "" -"A receipt or other slip of paper issued by a store or other vendor " -"describing the details of a purchase (amount, date, department, etc.). Sales" -" receipt are usually used instead of invoices if the sale is paid in cash in" -" a store." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Property owned by the company, usually with a useful life greater than one " -"reporting period. Odoo Asset management is used to manage the depreciation /" -" amortization of the asset over the time. Typical examples would be capital " -"equipment, vehicles, and real estate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:84 -msgid "Deferred Revenues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Are used to recognize revenues for sales of services that are provided over " -"a long period of time. If you sell a 3 year maintenance contract, you can " -"use the deferred revenue mechanism to recognize 1/36 of the revenue every " -"month until the contract expires, rather than taking it all initially or at " -"the end." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:93 -msgid "Fiscal Position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Define the taxes that should be applied for a specific customer/vendor or " -"invoice. Example: If some customers benefit from specific taxes (government," -" construction companies, EU companies that are VAT subjected,…), you can " -"assign a fiscal position to them and the right tax will be selected " -"according to the products they buy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 -msgid "Process overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "From Invoice to Payment Collection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " -"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " -"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " -"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " -"efficiently and accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 -msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " -"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " -"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " -"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " -"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " -"report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " -"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" -" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " -"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " -"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " -"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " -"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " -"directly if you would like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 -msgid "" -"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " -"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " -"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" -" and precise manner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 -msgid "Draft invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 -msgid "" -"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " -"While these invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 -msgid "" -"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " -"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 -msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Customer: Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 -msgid "Product: iMac" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 -msgid "Quantity: 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 -msgid "Unit Price: 100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 -msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 -msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 -msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 -msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 -msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 -msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 -msgid "" -"An invoice will usually include the quantity and price the of goods and/or " -"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" -" tax information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 -msgid "" -"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " -"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 -msgid "" -"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " -"defined, and modifiable, sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" -" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " -"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 -msgid "Send the invoice to customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 -msgid "" -"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " -"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 -msgid "" -"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" -" follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Partner**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Due date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -msgid "01/07/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Продажи" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:89 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " -"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " -"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " -"entered the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 -msgid "" -"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 -msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 -msgid "" -"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " -"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " -"your accounting localisation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " -"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 -msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 -msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " -"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 -msgid "" -"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " -"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" -" them to pay this invoice. \"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" -" invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 -msgid "Payment Followup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 -msgid "" -"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " -"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" -" faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " -"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " -"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " -"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " -"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" -" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 -msgid "" -"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" -" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 -msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 -msgid "" -"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " -"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" -" collection efforts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 -msgid "" -"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " -"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " -"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" -" and Expenses.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The balance sheet summarizes the your company's liabilities, assets and " -"equity at a specific moment in time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 -msgid "" -"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " -"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " -"material has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -msgid "From Vendor Bills to Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" -" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " -"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " -"aged payable balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " -"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " -"them automatically based on past purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 -msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 -msgid "Record a new vendor bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " -":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " -"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " -"dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " -"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " -"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " -"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " -"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " -"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " -"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " -"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " -"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " -"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " -"bottom left table to adjust and match." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 -msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " -"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" -" on the the accounting package you choose to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 -msgid "" -"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " -"accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 -msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 -msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 -msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " -"accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 -msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " -"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 -msgid "Pay a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 -msgid "" -"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " -"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 -msgid "" -"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " -"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " -"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " -"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " -"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " -"correctly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " -"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " -"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " -"directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 -msgid "Printing vendor Checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 -msgid "" -"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " -"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " -"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " -"checks in batches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " -"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 -msgid "" -"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " -"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " -"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " -"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " -"once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 -msgid "Aged payable balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 -msgid "" -"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" -" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " -":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" -" visual of all of your outstanding bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 -msgid "" -"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " -"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " -"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " -"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " -"what you see on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 -msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 -msgid "Account Payables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Misc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 -msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" -" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " -"most frequently are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 -msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 -msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 -msgid "" -"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " -"carried out by the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " -"from the Apps module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " -"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " -"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " -"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " -"Products` in the **Expenses** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 -msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 -msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 -msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 -msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 -msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " -"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 -msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 -msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " -"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " -"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" -" hotel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " -"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " -"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" -" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 -msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 -msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 -msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 -msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " -":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " -"personal expenses work that way:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 -msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 -msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 -msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 -msgid "" -"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " -"with a payable account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 -msgid "" -"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " -"the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 -msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 -msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 -msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" -" car)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " -"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " -"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" -" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " -"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " -"this feature)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " -"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " -"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " -"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 -msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " -"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " -"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 -msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 -msgid "" -"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " -"bill is missing);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 -msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 -msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 -msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " -"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " -"created and posted in your accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " -"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 -msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " -"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " -"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " -"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" -" project)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 -msgid "" -"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." -" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " -"invoice all your orders in batch)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 -msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " -"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" -" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 -msgid "" -"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 -msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 -msgid "" -"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " -"options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 -msgid "" -"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " -"invoicing policy on the product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 -msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 -msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 -msgid "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " -"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " -"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " -"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " -"vendors efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration: payment terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " -"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " -"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 -msgid "50% within 30 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "50% within 45 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " -"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" -" directly and the balance after 30 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " -"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" -" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " -"propose you automatically the right payment term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " -"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " -"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " -"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared " -"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " -"payment term)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 -msgid "" -"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 -msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " -"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" -" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " -"payment)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 -msgid "" -"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " -"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " -"\"Due Date\" feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 -msgid "Pay supplier bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 -msgid "Pay by Checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " -"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " -"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " -"suppliers with actual bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 -msgid "Install the required module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " -"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " -"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the " -"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " -"print U.S. checks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 -msgid "" -"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " -"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " -"install, it's configured by default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 -msgid "Activate checks payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " -"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " -"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " -"set **Check**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 -msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 -msgid "United States" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 -msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 -msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 -msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 -msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to customize your own check format through " -"customizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 -msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 -msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 -msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 -msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 -msgid "reconcile bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 -msgid "Register a payment by check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " -":menuselection:`Purchases --> Supplier Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " -"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " -"**Check** and validate the payment dialog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " -"only one available which is 'manual'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" -"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " -"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 -msgid "Print checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 -msgid "" -"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " -"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " -"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " -"in batch or review them one by one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " -"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " -"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" -" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 -msgid "" -"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " -"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 -msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " -"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " -"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 -msgid "" -"to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " -"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" -" weeks ago." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 -msgid "Pay anything with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 -msgid "" -"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," -" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " -"payment and select a payment method by check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " -"**Memo** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " -"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" -" flow to print checks in batch:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 -msgid "`Print checks <PrintChecks_>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 -msgid "`Reconcile bank statements <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " -"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " -"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 -msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Record several payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " -"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " -"open the accounting application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " -"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " -"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " -"**Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" -" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" -" on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" -" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " -"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " -"expense transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 -msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " -"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" -" vendor.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" -" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " -"the page, click on **Register Payment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " -"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 -msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " -"recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 -msgid "First, we need to create a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 -msgid "" -"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " -"Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " -"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " -"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 -msgid "" -"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " -"remaining to reconcile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 -msgid "" -"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " -"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " -"transaction amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 -msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 -msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 -msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " -"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " -"various bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 -msgid "" -"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 -msgid "" -"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " -"offer us early payment discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 -msgid "" -"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" -" term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 -msgid "We have created the following bills:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 -msgid "" -"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" -" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 -msgid "" -"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " -"model for cash discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 -msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 -msgid "Pay with SEPA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 -msgid "" -"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " -"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." -" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " -"transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 -msgid "" -"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " -"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " -"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " -"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file " -"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" -" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " -"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " -"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " -"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " -"Odoo payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 -msgid "" -"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " -"be installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 -msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " -"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " -"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " -"account and select the \"Settings\" option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " -"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" -" Transfer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " -"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 -msgid "" -"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " -"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " -"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " -"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 -msgid "Register your payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," -" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " -"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " -"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " -"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 -msgid "" -"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " -"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 -msgid "" -"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " -"**memo** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " -"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" -" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " -"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 -msgid "Generate SEPA files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 -msgid "" -"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " -"generate for every bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " -"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " -"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " -"Download SEPA Payments`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 -msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " -"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " -"error message to your Odoo partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 -msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 -msgid "" -"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" -" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " -"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`check`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Supplier Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" -" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " -"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " -"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " -"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " -"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " -"means no debt account is necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " -"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " -"handle them in accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " -"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " -"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " -"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" -" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 -msgid "" -"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " -"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " -"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " -"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" -" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " -"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " -"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " -":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " -"completely close the transaction in your accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " -"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " -"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" -" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " -"management processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 -msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " -"vendor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " -"Order (PO)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " -"stockable products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " -"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " -"only one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 -msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, Installing Purchase will " -"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 -msgid "Creating products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase, and " -"click create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " -"it is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " -"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " -"will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " -"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " -"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " -"of these designations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 -msgid "" -"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " -"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" -" type to **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 -msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 -msgid "Purchasing products or services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " -"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " -"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " -"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " -"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " -"Reference)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 -msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " -"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " -"you confirm a Purchase Order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " -"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " -"is outlined in red below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the Vendor " -"(Partner), the product, or the source document, also known as the reference " -"of your purchase order. You also have the capability to group the orders by " -"different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will" -" open the following screen where you then will receive the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 -msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 -msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 -msgid "" -"When you receive a Vendor Bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" -" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" -" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a Vendor Bill is to select" -" the appropriate Vendor as this will also pull up any associated accounting " -"or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify any one or " -"multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you select a" -" Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced products " -"associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " -"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"Vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " -"reference number or your internal purchase order number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 -msgid "" -"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" -" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 -msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " -"products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 -msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " -"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " -"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" -" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" -" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" -" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 -msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 -msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " -"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " -"reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 -msgid "" -"the vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 -msgid "" -"the vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 -msgid "or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 -msgid "" -"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " -"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " -"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " -"could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 -msgid "" -"the vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 -msgid "" -"someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 -msgid "or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 -msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 -msgid "" -"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " -"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 -msgid "" -"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " -"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " -"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings" -" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct " -"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " -"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 -msgid "" -"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " -"to be based on either:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 -msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 -msgid "or Received quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 -msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 -msgid "" -"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from that purchase order.. If you have not deleted the" -" previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked " -"to all the appropriate purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 -msgid "Account Receivables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -msgid "Customer Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup cash discounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash discounts are an incentive (usually a small percentage) that you offer " -"to customers in return for paying a bill owed before the scheduled due date." -" If used properly, cash discounts improve the Days Sales Outstanding aspect " -"of a business's cash conversion cycle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:10 -msgid "" -"For example, a typical cash discount would be: you offer a 2% discount on an" -" invoice due in 30 days if the customer were to pay within the first 5 days " -"of receiving the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:18 -msgid "Payment terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In order to manage cash discounts, we will use the payment terms concept of " -"Odoo (From the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Management --> Payment terms --> Create`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let's start with the above example: a 2% discount on an invoice due in 30 " -"days if the customer were to pay within the first 5 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 -msgid "" -"A typical payment term of 30 days would have only one installment: balance " -"in 30 days. But, in order to configure the cash discount, you can configure " -"the payment term with two installments:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:31 -msgid "98% within 5 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:32 -msgid "balance within 30 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To make it clear that it's not a payment term but a cash discount, don't " -"forget to set a clear description that will appear on the invoice: Invoice " -"is due within 30 days, but you can benefit from a 2% cash discount if you " -"pay within 5 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:43 -msgid "Bank reconciliation model" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In order to speed up the bank reconciliation process, we can create a model " -"of entry for all cash discounts. To do that, from the Accounting application" -" dashboard, click on the \"More\" link on the bank and choose the option " -"\"Reconciliation Models\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:53 -msgid "Create a new model for cash discounts as follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:55 -msgid "**Button Label**: Cash Discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 -msgid "**Account**: Cash Discount (according to your country)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:57 -msgid "**Amount Type**: Percentage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 -msgid "**Amount**: 100%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60 -msgid "**Taxes**: depending on your country, you may put a tax on the cash" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60 -msgid "discount if taxes have to be deduced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Even if it's a 2% cash discount, set a 100% amount on the reconciliation " -"model as it means 100% of the remaining balance (the 2%). You can use the " -"same reconciliation model for all your cash discount. No need to create a " -"model per payment term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:73 -msgid "Creating an invoice with a cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you create a customer invoice, set the right payment term \"30 days, 2%" -" cash discount\" right after having selected the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split the account " -"receivable part of the journal entry with two installments having a " -"different due date: 98% within 5 days, 2% within 30 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:92 -msgid "Paying the invoice with a cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:94 -msgid "" -"If the customer pays with a cash discount, when processing the bank " -"statement, you will match the payment (98%) with the related line in the " -"journal entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:101 -msgid "" -"As you can see in the above screenshot, when selecting the customer, you " -"also see the 2% remaining of 3$. If you want to accept the cash discount (if" -" the customer paid within the 5 days), you can click on this line with 2%, " -"click on \"Open Balance\", and select your \"Cash Discount\" reconciliation " -"model. That way, the invoice is marked as fully paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:109 -msgid "" -"from now on, matching the remaining 2% has to be done manually. In the " -"future, we plan to automate the reconciliation of the 2% if the 98% are paid" -" on time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:113 -msgid "Paying the invoice in full" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If the customer pays the invoice fully, without benefiting from the cash " -"discount, you will reconcile the payment (in full) with the two lines from " -"the invoice (98% and 2%). Just click on the two lines to match them with the" -" payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:125 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " -"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " -"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " -"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," -" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " -"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " -"posted on the income statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " -"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " -"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" -" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " -"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " -"revenue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 -msgid "Module installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " -"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " -"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " -"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" -" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" -" might check if the module is correctly installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 -msgid "Define deferred revenue types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 -msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 -msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 -msgid "1 year service contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "3 years service contracts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 -msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " -"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" -" revenue type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "Flowers every month" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "1 year product contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 -msgid "Sell and invoice products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " -"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " -"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " -"entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Dr**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Cr**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -msgid "Accounts receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -msgid "24000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -msgid "Deferred revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " -"recognition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "1000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "Service revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" -" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 -msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " -"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 -msgid "" -"payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " -"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " -"payment term but an invoice policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " -"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " -"exactly 100%)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 -msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 -msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " -"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " -"any tax on the invoice):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " -"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "90" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 -msgid "" -"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " -"To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:3 -msgid "How to modify a validated invoice?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most accounting legislation over the word, it's not allowed to modify an " -"invoice that is validated and sent to the customer. However, you sometimes " -"need to change an invoice for different reasons: the sale has changed, the " -"made a mistake while recording the invoice, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:10 -msgid "Thus, the right way to modify an invoice is to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:12 -msgid "Refund the original invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:13 -msgid "Create a new invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo's refund mechanism helps you handle the whole process in just a few " -"clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:19 -msgid "Modify an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If your invoice is still in draft, you can modify it the way you want. " -"However, if your invoice is validated, you can not change it anymore. If you" -" need to modify it, the right operations to do are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:25 -msgid "Refund the original invoice;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:26 -msgid "Reconcile the original invoice with the refund to void them;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:27 -msgid "Create a new draft invoice, a copy of the original;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:28 -msgid "Validate the new invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:30 -msgid "" -"All those steps are automated by Odoo. All you have to do is to click on the" -" Refund button on an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the refund dialog, select the option \"Modify: create a refund, reconcile" -" and create a draft invoice\". Once you click on the \"Create Refund\" " -"button, Odoo will void your existing invoice and create a new draft invoice " -"that is a duplicate of the original one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:41 -msgid "Edit this new draft invoice and validate it when it's correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:45 -msgid "" -"if you already sent the original invoice to your customer, you should send " -"the new invoice and the refund to the customer so that he gets all the " -"documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`refund`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " -"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " -"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " -"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " -"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " -"email)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " -"create draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 -msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " -"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" -" order. You have different options like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " -"invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " -"delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " -"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 -msgid "" -"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " -"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " -"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " -"fixed advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 -msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 -msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" -" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " -"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" -" actual Kg)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 -msgid "" -"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " -"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " -"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 -msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 -msgid "" -"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " -"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " -"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 -msgid "Contracts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 -msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " -"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " -"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 -msgid "Activities can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 -msgid "" -"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 -msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 -msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 -msgid "" -"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 -msgid "" -"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." -" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " -"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " -"use a regular sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 -msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 -msgid "" -"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " -"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" -" the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 -msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " -"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " -"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " -"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 -msgid "if you need to create a refund" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 -msgid "If you need to give a discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 -msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 -msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 -msgid "Specific modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 -msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 -msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 -msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " -"customer invoices and supplier bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " -"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " -"term but invoice conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " -"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " -"appear on the invoice or the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" -" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " -"100%)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 -msgid "Using Payment Terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 -msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " -"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"this journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " -"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" -" is enough." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 -msgid "" -"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " -"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " -"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" -" due date for all installments will be automatically created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 -msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and " -"sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the " -"legal way to handle that is to refund the invoice, reconcile it with the " -"original invoice to close them and create a new invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 -msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " -"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, " -"reconcile, and create a new draft invoice\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo will automatically:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 -msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as " -"Paid)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 -msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 -msgid "Cancelling an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " -"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund " -"and reconcile\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or " -"email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 -msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " -"button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " -"refund\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund " -"(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," -" send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a " -"refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the " -"customer has already paid, they should be reimbursed by doing a customer " -"payment refund." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 -msgid "Customer Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Statement Match" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 -msgid "100.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " -"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 -msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 -msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" -" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " -"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " -"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " -"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " -"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," -" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " -"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " -"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " -"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" -" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " -"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " -"approach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " -"users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " -"--> Create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 -msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 -msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 -msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " -"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 -msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " -"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" -" transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " -"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 -msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 -msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " -"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " -"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " -"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " -"bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 -msgid "" -"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " -"this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 -msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 -msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " -"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " -"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " -"and relate it to the statement line)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" -" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " -"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " -"with invoices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " -"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" -" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " -"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:167 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid and organize customer follow-ups?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Getting paid and organizing customer reminders is always a difficult task, " -"however it is critical for the health of the company to stay diligent about " -"outstanding receivables. Fortunately, Odoo provides the right tools to track" -" receivables, automate customer statements, and measure your performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:12 -msgid "Customer follow-ups: A step by step guide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:15 -msgid "Cleaning up outstanding payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"If you have any unreconciled transactions in your bank account, you will " -"need to process them first before you begin analyzing your customers " -"statements. This ensures that you have recorded all of the latest customer " -"payments before sending out reminders to any customers with outstanding " -"balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:27 -msgid "Checking the Aged Receivables report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"After you have reconciled all of your bank accounts, you can then generate " -"an accurate Aged Receivables Report from the Reports menu. This report will " -"display all of the customers and their outstanding balances on open " -"invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The report displays this information in time increments to better paint a " -"picture of the outstanding balances your customers hold and for how long " -"they have held these outstanding balances. You can then appropriately focus " -"your efforts on the appropriate customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can then select any of the customers on this list and Odoo will open up " -"their invoice details in the form of the Customer Follow-Up letter, also " -"known as the **Customer Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:49 -msgid "From the customer statement, you can:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:51 -msgid "Change and customize the message that is sent to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:53 -msgid "Send a reminder email to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:55 -msgid "Send a printed reminder letter to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:57 -msgid "Send automated printed reminders by utilizing our Docsaway integration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:60 -msgid "Zoom in on the different open invoices or payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:62 -msgid "Remove an invoice or payment from the report (in case of conflict)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:64 -msgid "Log any call notes made to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Schedule your next follow up task to stay on top of customer payments (e.g. " -"call back in 15 days if not payments are made)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can set reminders for when you would like to next contact the particular" -" customer. Selecting **Manual** will open up the follow up scheduling tool, " -"while selecting **Auto** will automatically recommend that you contact the " -"customer 15 days from then if the customer has not yet paid for the invoice." -" Installing the **Follow-Up Plans** module will allow you to define " -"automated actions and intervals to send reminders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you have already sent out a reminder to a customer a few days ago, a " -"warning message will appear at the top of the screen, reminding you that you" -" should not send another reminder so soon since one was already sent " -"recently. Every time you log a note, Odoo will automatically set the next " -"reminder date, unless you choose to manually set it by selecting the next " -"reminder button at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:88 -msgid "" -"You can also specify the expected payment date on an invoice line directly, " -"therefore defining the next reminder in case the invoice has not been paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:92 -msgid "Sending customer statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Send your customers reminders in batches in the menu :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Customer Statements`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Here Odoo will open all the statements awaiting to be processed, which is " -"determined by the last reminder they received. You can choose to process " -"them one by one, send multiple letters or emails in batches, or set a next " -"action date for the next time they'll be contacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:104 -msgid "" -"If an invoice has not yet been paid, Odoo will remind you to contact at " -"particular customer based after their next action date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:107 -msgid "" -"You can access the customer statement report daily and Odoo will only " -"display the customers you need to contact on any given day. This is based " -"on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:111 -msgid "Customers you have not yet received a payment from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Customers that have not been reminded over the last X days (\"X\" being " -"defined as the overdue date of the invoice after the first reminder, then " -"the next action date set at every reminder)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:118 -msgid "Setting up your dunning process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The **Payment Follow-up Management** module allows you to define reminder " -"plans. After installing it from the **Apps** menu, go to the **Follow-up " -"Levels** menu in the accounting configuration to set up your dunning " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:125 -msgid "Some Examples are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:127 -msgid "**Email**: 3 days before overdue date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:129 -msgid "**Email+Letter**: at the overdue date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:131 -msgid "**Email+Call**: 15 days after the overdue date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:133 -msgid "**Email+Letter**: 60 days after the overdue date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Thanks to this module, you can send every email and letters in batches for " -"all your customers at once. The next reminder will automatically be computed" -" based on your configured follow-up plan." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:142 -msgid "" -"The module will also add a red/green dot on each customer, this will allow " -"you to easily mark customer status's with the following options: \"Good " -"Debtor, Normal Debtor, or bad debtors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:150 -msgid "DSO: Measuring your performance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The DSO (Days of Outstanding Sales) is a measure of the average number of " -"days that a company takes to collect revenue after a sale has been made. DSO" -" is calculated by dividing the amount of accounts receivable during a given " -"period by the total value of credit sales during the same period, and " -"multiplying the result by the number of days in the period measured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:159 -msgid "" -"You can get the DSO of your company from the Executive Summary report under " -"Reporting (check the KPI average debtors days)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" -" alone record for use on a later date:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " -"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " -"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " -"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 -msgid "Paying an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " -"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" -" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " -"the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " -"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" -" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " -"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 -msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 -msgid "Registering a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 -msgid "" -"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " -"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " -"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" -" be reconciled on an invoice later on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " -"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " -"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a " -"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " -"document in the memo field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " -"just made in the accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 -msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " -"invoice directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 -msgid "" -"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " -"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " -"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " -"\"Outstanding Payments\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 -msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 -msgid "" -"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " -"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " -"feature within Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " -"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " -"Receivable and Payable, respectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " -"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " -"matching of all their payments and invoices at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 -msgid "" -"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " -"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " -"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 -msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " -"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 -msgid "" -"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 -msgid "" -"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " -"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " -"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go " -"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" -" with two journal entries for the same transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:3 -msgid "How to automate customer follow-ups with plans?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With the Odoo Accounting application, you get a dynamic aged receivable " -"report, customer statements and you can easily send them to customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to go further in the automation of the credit collection " -"process, you can use follow-up plans. They will help you automate all the " -"steps to get paid, by triggering them at the right time: send customer " -"statements by emails, send regular letter (through the Docsaway " -"integration), create a task to manually call the customer, etc..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:14 -msgid "Here is an example of a plan:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 -msgid "When?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 -msgid "What?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 -msgid "Who?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 -msgid "3 days before due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 -msgid "Email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 -msgid "automated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 -msgid "1 day after due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 -msgid "Email + Regular Letter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 -msgid "15 days after due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 -msgid "Call the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 -msgid "John Mac Gregor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 -msgid "35 days after due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 -msgid "Email + Letter + Call" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 -msgid "60 days after due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 -msgid "Formal notice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 -msgid "Bailiff" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:34 -msgid "Install Reminder Module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You must start by activating the feature, using the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application. " -"From the settings screen, activate the feature **Enable payment follow-up " -"management**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:44 -msgid "Define Payment Follow-ups Levels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:46 -msgid "" -"To automate customer follow ups, you must configure your follow–up levels " -"using the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Follow-ups`. You should define one and only one follow-up plan per company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The levels of follow-up are relative to the due date; when no payment term " -"is specified, the invoice date will be considered as the due date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:53 -msgid "" -"For each level, you should define the number of days and create a note which" -" will automatically be added into the reminder letter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:59 -msgid "Odoo defines several actions for every reminder:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Manual Action:** assign a responsible that will have to call the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:62 -msgid "**Send an Email:** send an email to customer using the provided text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Send a Letter:** send a letter by regular mail, using the provided note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:69 -msgid "" -"As you need to provide a number of days relative to the due date, you can " -"use a negative number. As an example, if an invoice is issued the January " -"1st but the due date is January 20, if you set a reminder 3 days before the " -"due date, the customer may receive an email in January 17." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:76 -msgid "Doing your weekly follow-ups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Once everything is setup, Odoo will prepare follow-up letters and emails " -"automatically for you. All you have to do is to the menu " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Customers Statement` in the accounting " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically propose you actions based on the follow-up plan you " -"defined, invoices to pay and payment received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:88 -msgid "" -"You can use this menu every day, once a week or once a month. You do not " -"risk to send two times the same reminder to your customer. Odoo only " -"proposes you the action you have to do. If you do it every day, you will " -"have a few calls to do per day. If you do it once a month, you will have " -"much more work once you do it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:94 -msgid "" -"It's up to you to organize the way you want to work. But it's a good " -"practice to reconcile your bank statements before launching the follow-ups. " -"That way, all paid invoices will be reconciled and you will not send a " -"follow-up letter to a customer that already paid his invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:99 -msgid "From a customer follow-up proposition, you can:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:101 -msgid "Get the customer information to contact him" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:103 -msgid "Drill down to the customer information form by clicking on its name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:105 -msgid "Change the text (or the email or letter) and adapt to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Change the colored dot to mark the customer as being a good, normal or bad " -"debtor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:110 -msgid "Log a note is you called the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:112 -msgid "Exclude some invoices from the statement table (litigation)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:114 -msgid "Send an email with the statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Print a letter, or send a regular mail (if you installed the Docsaway " -"integration)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Plan the next reminder (but it's better to keep in automatic mode so that " -"Odoo will stick to the follow-up plan of the company)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:122 -msgid "Drill down to an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Change the expected payment date of an invoice (thus, impacting the next " -"time Odoo will propose you to send a reminder)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:128 -msgid "" -"You can force a customer statement, even if Odoo do not proposes you to do " -"it, because it's not the right date yet. To do this, you should go to the " -"Aged Receivable report (in the report menu of the Accounting application). " -"From this report, you can click on a customer to get to his customer " -"statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:135 -msgid "How to exclude an invoice from auto follow up?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:137 -msgid "To see all **overdue invoices** or **on need of action**," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:139 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Customers Statement`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:145 -msgid "Exclude a specific invoice for a specific date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Odoo can exclude an invoice from follow-ups actions for specific date by " -"clicking on **Log a Note**, then choose one of the ready options (*one " -"week*, *two weeks*, *one month*, *two months*), So Odoo will calculate the " -"required date according to the current date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Another way to achieve it is the following: click on the required invoice, " -"then choose **Change expected payment date/note**, then enter a new payment " -"date and note." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:162 -msgid "Exclude a specific invoice forever" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Odoo can exclude an invoice for a specific customer by clicking on the " -"checkbox **Excluded**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:168 -msgid "If you click on **History**, you can see all follow ups actions." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6fee96b0b..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../applications.rst:3 -msgid "Applications" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po deleted file mode 100644 index a813000bc..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2526 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar.rst:3 -msgid "Calendar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " -"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " -"directions)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 -msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 -msgid "Choose *Calendar API*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo). " -"Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The" -" Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for " -"the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" -" the **Client secret** as well. You will need both of them in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:62 -msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:64 -msgid "Install **Google Calendar** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your " -"credentials in Google Calendar option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 -msgid "" -"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " -"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " -"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" -" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83 -msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads.rst:3 -msgid "Leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate leads from incoming emails?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are several ways for your company to :doc:`generate leads with Odoo " -"CRM <manual>`. One of them is using your company's generic email address as " -"a trigger to create a new lead in the system. In Odoo, each one of your " -"sales teams is linked to its own email address from which prospects can " -"reach them. For example, if the personal email address of your Direct team " -"is **direct@mycompany.example.com**, every email sent will automatically " -"create a new opportunity into the sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:14 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:73 -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:30 -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:19 -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:10 ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:23 -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The first thing you need to do is to configure your **outgoing email " -"servers** and **incoming email gateway** from the :menuselection:`Settings " -"module --> General Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Then set up your alias domain from the field shown here below and click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:26 -msgid "Set up team alias" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go on the Sales module and click on **Dashboard**. You will see that the " -"activation of your domain alias has generated a default email alias for your" -" existing sales teams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your sales teams aliases. Click on the More " -"button from the sales team of your choice, then on **Settings** to access " -"the sales team form. Into the **Email Alias** field, enter your email alias " -"and click on **Save**. Make sure to allow receiving emails from everyone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:41 -msgid "" -"From there, each email sent to this email address will generate a new lead " -"into the related sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:48 -msgid "Set up catch-all email domain" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Additionally to your sales team aliases, you can also create a generic email" -" alias (e.g. *contact@* or *info@* ) that will also generate a new contact " -"in Odoo CRM. Still from the Sales module, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and set up your catch-all email " -"domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can choose whether the contacts generated from your catch-all email " -"become leads or opportunities using the radio buttons that you see on the " -"screenshot here below. Note that, by default, the lead stage is not " -"activated in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:67 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:89 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:194 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:68 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:195 -msgid ":doc:`import`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:69 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:91 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:73 -msgid ":doc:`website`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import contacts to the CRM?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, you can import a database of potential customers, for instance " -"for a cold emailing or cold calling campaign, through a CSV file. You may be" -" wondering if the best option is to import your contacts as leads or " -"opportunities. It depends on your business specificities and workflow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Some companies may decide to not use leads, but instead to keep all " -"information directly in an opportunity. For some companies, leads are merely" -" an extra step in the sales process. You could call this extended (start " -"from lead) versus simplified (start from opportunity) customer relationship " -"management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo perfectly allows for either one of these approaches to be chosen. If " -"your company handles its sales from a pre qualification step, feel free to " -"activate first the lead stage as described below in order to import your " -"database as leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:23 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:9 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:38 -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:62 -msgid "Activate the lead stage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. If you want to " -"import your contacts as leads rather than opportunities, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads " -"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:33 -msgid "" -"This activation will create a new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` " -"from which you will be able to import your contacts from the **Import** " -"button (if you want to create a lead manually, :doc:`click here <manual>`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:41 -msgid "Import your CSV file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:43 -msgid "" -"On the new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`, click on **Import** and" -" select your Excel file to import from the **Choose File** button. Make sure" -" its extension is **.csv** and don't forget to set up the correct File " -"format options (**Encoding** and **Separator**) to match your local settings" -" and display your columns properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your prospects database is provided in another format than CSV, you can " -"easily convert it to the CSV format using Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice / " -"LibreOffice Calc, Google Docs, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:58 -msgid "Select rows to import" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically map the column headers from your CSV file to the " -"corresponding fields if you tick *The first row of the file contains the " -"label of the column* option. This makes imports easier especially when the " -"file has many columns. Of course, you can remap the column headers to " -"describe the property you are importing data into (First Name, Last Name, " -"Email, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If you want to import your contacts as opportunities rather than leads, make" -" sure to add the *Type* column to your csv. This column is used to indicate " -"whether your import will be flagged as a Lead (type = Lead) or as an " -"opportunity (type = Opportunity)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Click the **Validate** button if you want to let Odoo verify that everything" -" seems okay before importing. Otherwise, you can directly click the Import " -"button: the same validations will be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:83 -msgid "" -"For additional technical information on how to import contacts into Odoo " -"CRM, read the **Frequently Asked Questions** section located below the " -"Import tool on the same window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:90 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:196 -msgid ":doc:`emails`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a contact into Odoo CRM?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo CRM allows you to manually add contacts into your pipeline. It can be " -"either a lead or an opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:11 -msgid "" -"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. To activate it, go " -"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the option " -"\"\"use leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This activation will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that " -"gives you access to a list of all your leads from which you will be able to " -"create a new contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:26 -msgid "Create a new lead" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` and click the **Create** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:33 -msgid "" -"From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession (contact " -"name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in" -" the **Internal notes** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:39 -msgid "" -"your lead can be directly handed over to specific sales team and salesperson" -" by clicking on **Convert to Opportunity** on the upper left corner of the " -"screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:43 -msgid "Create a new opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also directly add a contact into a specific sales team without " -"having to convert the lead first. On the Sales module, go to your dashboard " -"and click on the **Pipeline** button of the desired sales team. If you don't" -" have any sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first " -"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`. Then, click on **Create** and fill in " -"the contact details as shown here above. By default, the newly created " -"opportunity will appear on the first stage of your sales pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Another way to create an opportunity is by adding it directly on a specific " -"stage. For example, if you have have spoken to Mr. Smith at a meeting and " -"you want to send him a quotation right away, you can add his contact details" -" on the fly directly into the **Proposition** stage. From the Kanban view of" -" your sales team, just click on the **+** icon at the right of your stage to" -" create the contact. The new opportunity will then pop up into the " -"corresponding stage and you can then fill in the contact details by clicking" -" on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate leads from my website?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Your website should be your company's first lead generation tool. With your " -"website being the central hub of your online marketing campaigns, you will " -"naturally drive qualified traffic to feed your pipeline. When a prospect " -"lands on your website, your objective is to capture his information in order" -" to be able to stay in touch with him and to push him further down the sales" -" funnel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:12 -msgid "This is how a typical online lead generation process work :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Your website visitor clicks on a call-to action (CTA) from one of your " -"marketing materials (e.g. an email newsletter, a social media message or a " -"blog post)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The CTA leads your visitor to a landing page including a form used to " -"collect his personal information (e.g. his name, his email address, his " -"phone number)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The visitor submits the form and automatically generates a lead into Odoo " -"CRM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Your calls-to-action, landing pages and forms are the key pieces of the lead" -" generation process. With Odoo Website, you can easily create and optimize " -"those critical elements without having to code or to use third-party " -"applications. Learn more `here <https://www.odoo.com/page/website-" -"builder>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Website and CRM modules are fully integrated, meaning that you " -"can easily generate leads from various ways through your website. However, " -"even if you are hosting your website on another CMS, it is still possible to" -" fill Odoo CRM with leads generated from your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:40 -msgid "" -"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. Therefore, new " -"leads automatically become opportunities. You can easily activate the option" -" of adding the lead step. If you want to import your contacts as leads " -"rather than opportunities, from the Sales module go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads " -"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Note that even without activating this step, the information that follows is" -" still applicable - the lead generated will land in the opportunities " -"dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:55 -msgid "From an Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Let's assume that you want to get as much information as possible about your" -" website visitors. But how could you make sure that every person who wants " -"to know more about your company's products and services is actually leaving " -"his information somewhere? Thanks to Odoo's integration between its CRM and " -"Website modules, you can easily automate your lead acquisition process " -"thanks to the **contact form** and the **form builder** modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:67 -msgid "" -"another great way to generate leads from your Odoo Website is by collecting " -"your visitors email addresses thanks to the Newsletter or Newsletter Popup " -"CTAs. These snippets will create new contacts in your Email Marketing's " -"mailing list. Learn more `here <https://www.odoo.com/page/email-" -"marketing>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the Website builder module. From the main dashboard, " -"click on **Apps**, enter \"**Website**\" in the search bar and click on " -"**Install**. You will be automatically redirected to the web interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:84 -msgid "" -"A tutorial popup will appear on your screen if this is the first time you " -"use Odoo Website. It will help you get started with the tool and you'll be " -"able to use it in minutes. Therefore, we strongly recommend you to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:89 -msgid "Create a lead by using the Contact Form module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You can effortlessly generate leads via a contact form on your **Contact " -"us** page. To do so, you first need to install the Contact Form module. It " -"will add a contact form in your **Contact us** page and automatically " -"generate a lead from forms submissions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:96 -msgid "" -"To install it, go back to the backend using the square icon on the upper-" -"left corner of your screen. Then, click on **Apps**, enter \"**Contact " -"Form**\" in the search bar (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag " -"otherwise you will not see the module appearing) and click on **Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, the below contact form will be integrated to " -"your \"Contact us\" page. This form is linked to Odoo CRM, meaning that all " -"data entered through the form will be captured by the CRM and will create a " -"new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Every lead created through the contact form is accessible in the Sales " -"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`. The name of the " -"lead corresponds to the \"Subject\" field on the contact form and all the " -"other information is stored in the corresponding fields within the CRM. As a" -" salesperson, you can add additional information, convert the lead into an " -"opportunity or even directly mark it as Won or Lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:123 -msgid "Create a lead using the Form builder module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:125 -msgid "" -"You can create fully-editable custom forms on any landing page on your " -"website with the Form Builder snippet. As for the Contact Form module, the " -"Form Builder will automatically generate a lead after the visitor has " -"completed the form and clicked on the button **Send**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:130 -msgid "" -"From the backend, go to Settings and install the \"**Website Form " -"Builder**\" module (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag otherwise you " -"will not see the modules appearing). Then, back on the website, go to your " -"desired landing page and click on Edit to access the available snippets. The" -" Form Builder snippet lays under the **Feature** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:140 -msgid "" -"As soon as you have dropped the snippet where you want the form to appear on" -" your page, a **Form Parameters** window will pop up. From the **Action** " -"drop-down list, select **Create a lead** to automatically create a lead in " -"Odoo CRM. On the **Thank You** field, select the URL of the page you want to" -" redirect your visitor after the form being submitted (if you don't add any " -"URL, the message \"The form has been sent successfully\" will confirm the " -"submission)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:151 -msgid "" -"You can then start creating your custom form. To add new fields, click on " -"**Select container block** and then on the blue **Customize** button. 3 " -"options will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:158 -msgid "" -"**Change Form Parameters**: allows you to go back to the Form Parameters and" -" change the configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:161 -msgid "" -"**Add a model field**: allows you to add a field already existing in Odoo " -"CRM from a drop-down list. For example, if you select the Field *Country*, " -"the value entered by the lead will appear under the *Country* field in the " -"CRM - even if you change the name of the field on the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:167 -msgid "" -"**Add a custom field**: allows you to add extra fields that don't exist by " -"default in Odoo CRM. The values entered will be added under \"Notes\" within" -" the CRM. You can create any field type : checkbox, radio button, text, " -"decimal number, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:172 -msgid "Any submitted form will create a lead in the backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:175 -msgid "From another CMS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:177 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo CRM but not Odoo Website, you can still automate your online" -" lead generation process using email gateways by editing the \"Submit\" " -"button of any form and replacing the hyperlink by a mailto corresponding to " -"your email alias (learn how to create your sales alias :doc:`here " -"<emails>`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:183 -msgid "" -"For example if the alias of your company is **salesEMEA@mycompany.com**, add" -" ``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com`` into the regular hyperlink code (CTRL+K)" -" to generate a lead into the related sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:3 -msgid "Automate lead assignation to specific sales teams or salespeople" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business workflow and needs, you may need to dispatch your" -" incoming leads to different sales team or even to specific salespeople. " -"Here are a few example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Your company has several offices based on different geographical regions. " -"You will want to assign leads based on the region;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:12 -msgid "" -"One of your sales teams is dedicated to treat opportunities from large " -"companies while another one is specialized for SMEs. You will want to assign" -" leads based on the company size;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:16 -msgid "" -"One of your sales representatives is the only one to speak foreign languages" -" while the rest of the team speaks English only. Therefore you will want to " -"assign to that person all the leads from non-native English-speaking " -"countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:21 -msgid "" -"As you can imagine, manually assigning new leads to specific individuals can" -" be tedious and time consuming - especially if your company generates a high" -" volume of leads every day. Fortunately, Odoo CRM allows you to automate the" -" process of lead assignation based on specific criteria such as location, " -"interests, company size, etc. With specific workflows and precise rules, you" -" will be able to distribute all your opportunities automatically to the " -"right sales teams and/or salesman." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If you have just started with Odoo CRM and haven't set up your sales team " -"nor registered your salespeople, :doc:`read this documentation first " -"<../../overview/started/setup>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You have to install the module **Lead Scoring**. Go to :menuselection:`Apps`" -" and install it if it's not the case already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:40 -msgid "Define rules for a sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:42 -msgid "" -"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **More** button" -" of the desired sales team, then on **Settings**. If you don't have any " -"sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first " -"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:50 -msgid "" -"On your sales team menu, use in the **Domain** field a specific domain rule " -"(for technical details on the domain refer on the `Building a Module " -"tutorial " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/howtos/backend.html#domains>`__ or " -"`Syntax reference guide " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/reference/orm.html#reference-orm-" -"domains>`__) which will allow only the leads matching the team domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:56 -msgid "" -"For example, if you want your *Direct Sales* team to only receive leads " -"coming from United States and Canada, your domain will be as following :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:59 -msgid "``[[country_id, 'in', ['United States', 'Canada']]]``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:66 -msgid "" -"you can also base your automatic assignment on the score attributed to your " -"leads. For example, we can imagine that you want all the leads with a score " -"under 100 to be assigned to a sales team trained for lighter projects and " -"the leads over 100 to a more experienced sales team. Read more on :doc:`how " -"to score leads here <lead_scoring>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:72 -msgid "Define rules for a salesperson" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can go one step further in your assignment rules and decide to assign " -"leads within a sales team to a specific salesperson. For example, if I want " -"Toni Buchanan from the *Direct Sales* team to receive only leads coming from" -" Canada, I can create a rule that will automatically assign him leads from " -"that country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Still from the sales team menu (see here above), click on the salesperson of" -" your choice under the assignment submenu. Then, enter your rule in the " -"*Domain* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:89 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a lead is always assigned to a sales team before to be assigned to " -"a salesperson. Therefore, you need to make sure that the assignment rule of " -"your salesperson is a child of the assignment rule of the sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:95 -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to do efficient Lead Scoring?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's Lead Scoring module allows you to give a score to your leads based on" -" specific criteria - the higher the value, the more likely the prospect is " -"\"ready for sales\". Therefore, the best leads are automatically assigned to" -" your salespeople so their pipe are not polluted with poor-quality " -"opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Lead scoring is a critical component of an effective lead management " -"strategy. By helping your sales representative determine which leads to " -"engage with in order of priority, you will increase their overall conversion" -" rate and your sales team's efficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:22 -msgid "Install the Lead Scoring module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:24 -msgid "Start by installing the **Lead Scoring** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you should see a new menu " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Leads Management --> Scoring Rules`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Leads scoring allows you to assign a positive or negative score to your " -"prospects based on any demographic or behavioral criteria that you have set " -"(country or origin, pages visited, type of industry, role, etc.). To do so " -"you'll first need to create rules that will assign a score to a given " -"criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In order to assign the right score to your various rules, you can use these " -"two methods:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Establish a list of assets that your ideal customer might possess to " -"interest your company. For example, if you run a local business in " -"California, a prospect coming from San Francisco should have a higher score " -"than a prospect coming from New York." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Dig into your data to uncover characteristics shared by your closed " -"opportunities and most important clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Please note that this is not an exact science, so you'll need time and " -"feedback from your sales teams to adapt and fine tune your rules until " -"getting the desired result." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In the **Scoring Rules** menu, click on **Create** to write your first rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:61 -msgid "" -"First name your rule, then enter a value and a domain (refer on the " -"`official python documentation <https://docs.python.org/2/tutorial/>`__ for " -"more information). For example, if you want to assign 8 points to all the " -"leads coming from **Belgium**, you'll need to give ``8`` as a **value** and " -"``[['country\\_id',=,'Belgium']]`` as a domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "Here are some criteria you can use to build a scoring rule :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:70 -msgid "country of origin : ``'country_id'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:72 -msgid "stage in the sales cycle : ``'stage_id'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:74 -msgid "" -"email address (e.g. if you want to score the professional email addresses) :" -" ``'email_from'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:76 -msgid "page visited : ``'score_pageview_ids.url'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:78 -msgid "name of a marketing campaign : ``'campaign_id'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:80 -msgid "" -"After having activated your rules, Odoo will give a value to all your new " -"incoming leads. This value can be found directly on your lead's form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:88 -msgid "Assign high scoring leads to your sales teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:90 -msgid "" -"The next step is now to automatically convert your best leads into " -"opportunities. In order to do so, you need to decide what is the minimum " -"score a lead should have to be handed over to a given sales team. Go to your" -" **sales dashboard** and click on the **More** button of your desired sales " -"team, then on **Settings**. Enter your value under the **Minimum score** " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:100 -msgid "" -"From the example above, the **Direct Sales** team will only receive " -"opportunities with a minimum score of ``50``. The prospects with a lower " -"score can either stay in the lead stage or be assigned to another sales team" -" which has set up a different minimum score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Organize a meeting between your **Marketing** and **Sales** teams in order " -"to align your objectives and agree on what minimum score makes a sales-ready" -" lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`automatic_assignation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Installation and Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:9 -msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:13 -msgid "wget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:14 -msgid "gcc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:15 -msgid "g++" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:16 -msgid "ncurses-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:17 -msgid "libxml2-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:18 -msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:19 -msgid "libsrtp-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:20 -msgid "libuuid-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:21 -msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:22 -msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:24 -msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " -"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " -"extracted:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:43 -msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:49 -msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:57 -msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:63 -msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:69 -msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " -"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" -"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:96 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:102 -msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:108 -msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:114 -msgid "" -"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " -"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " -"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " -"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:116 -msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " -"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " -"run 'make config'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:125 -msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:127 -msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:133 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" -" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:146 -msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:148 -msgid "" -"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " -"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " -"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" -" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " -"uncommented:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " -"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " -"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " -"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " -"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:186 -msgid "" -"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " -"lines:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:193 -msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:202 -msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:204 -msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:206 -msgid "" -"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" -" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" -" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " -"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" -" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:212 -msgid "" -"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " -"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " -"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " -"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " -"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo CRM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Hi, my name is Nicholas, I'm a business manager in the textile industry. I " -"sell accessories to retailers. Do you know the difference between a good " -"salesperson and an excellent salesperson? The key is to be productive and " -"organized to do the job. That's where Odoo comes in. Thanks to a well " -"structured organization you'll change a good team into an exceptional team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:21 -msgid "" -"With Odoo CRM, the job is much easier for me and my entire team. When I log " -"in into Odoo CRM, I have a direct overview of my ongoing performance. But " -"also the activity of the next 7 days and the performance of the last month. " -"I see that I overachieved last month when compared to my invoicing target of" -" $200,000. I have a structured approach of my performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If I want to have a deeper look into the details, I click on next actions " -"and I can see that today I have planned a call with Think Big Systems. Once " -"I have done my daily review, I usually go to my pipeline. The process is the" -" same for everyone in the team. Our job is to find resellers and before " -"closing any deal we have to go through different stages. We usually have a " -"first contact to qualify the opportunity, then move into offer & negotiation" -" stage, and closing by a 'won'..Well, that's if all goes well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The user interface is really smooth, I can drag and drop any business " -"opportunity from one stage to another in just a few clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Now I'd like to go further with an interesting contact: a department store. " -"I highlighted their file by changing the color. For each contact, I have a " -"form view where I can access to all necessary information about the contact." -" I see here my opportunity Macy's has an estimated revenue of $50,000 and a " -"success rate of 10%. I need to discuss about this partnership, so I will " -"schedule a meeting straight from the contact form: Macy's partnership " -"meeting. It's super easy to create a new meeting with any contact. I can as " -"well send an email straight from the opportunity form and the answer from " -"the prospect will simply pop up in the system too. Now, let's assume that " -"the meeting took place, therefore I can mark it as done. And the system " -"automatically suggests a next activity. Actually, we configured Odoo with a " -"set of typical activities we follow for every opportunity, and it's great to" -" have a thorough followup. The next activity will be a follow-up email. " -"Browsing from one screen to the other is really simple and adapting to the " -"view too! I can see my opportunitities as a to-do list of next activities " -"for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62 -msgid "" -"With Odoo CRM I have a sales management tool that is really efficient and me" -" and my team can be well organized. I have a clear overview of my sales " -"pipeline, meetings, revenues, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:67 -msgid "" -"I go back to my pipeline. Macy's got qualified successfully, which mean I " -"can move their file to the next step and I will dapt the expected revenue as" -" discussed. Once I have performed the qualification process, I will create a" -" new quotation based on the feedback I received from my contact. For my " -"existing customers, I can as well quickly discover the activity around them " -"for any Odoo module I use, and continue to discuss about them. It's that " -"simple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"We have seen how I can manage my daily job as business manager or " -"salesperson. At the end of the journey I would like to have a concrete view " -"of my customer relationships and expected revenues. If I go into the reports" -" in Odoo CRM, I have the possibility to know exactly what's the evolution of" -" the leads over the past months, or have a look at the potential revenues " -"and the performance of the different teams in terms of conversions from " -"leads to opportunities for instance. So with Odoo I can have a clear " -"reporting of every activity based on predefined metrics or favorites. I can " -"search for other filters too and adapt the view. If I want to go in the " -"details, I choose the list view and can click on any item" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Odoo CRM is not only a powerful tool to achieve our sales goals with " -"structured activities, performance dashboard, next acitivities and more, but" -" also allows me to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Use leads to get in the system unqualified but targeted contacts I may have " -"gathered in a conference or through a contact form on my website. Those " -"leads can then be converted into opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Manage phone calls from Odoo CRM by using the VoIP app. Call customers, " -"manage a call queue, log calls, schedule calls and next actions to perform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Integrate with Odoo Sales to create beautiful online or PDF quotations and " -"turn them into sales orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Use email marketing for marketing campaigns to my customers and prospects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Manage my business seamlessly, even on the go. Indeed, Odoo offers a mobile " -"app that lets every business organize key sales activities from leads to " -"quotes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Odoo CRM is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. I firstly used the sales " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up our CRM. It will help you " -"getting started quickly too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo CRM Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:10 -msgid "**CRM (Customer relationship management)**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 -msgid "" -"System for managing a company's interactions with current and future " -"customers. It often involves using technology to organize, automate, and " -"synchronize sales, marketing, customer service, and technical support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "**Sales cycle** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Sequence of phases used by a company to convert a prospect into a customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:20 -msgid "**Pipeline :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Visual representation of your sales process, from the first contact to the " -"final sale. It refers to the process by which you generate, qualify and " -"close leads through your sales cycle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:24 -msgid "**Sales stage** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, a stage defines where an opportunity is in your sales cycle and" -" its probability to close a sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29 -msgid "**Lead :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Someone who becomes aware of your company or someone who you decide to " -"pursue for a sale, even if they don't know about your company yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34 -msgid "**Opportunity :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:32 -msgid "" -"A lead that has shown an interest in knowing more about your " -"products/services and therefore has been handed over to a sales " -"representative" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39 -msgid "**Customer :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:37 -msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, a customer refers to any contact within your database, whether " -"it is a lead, an opportunity, a client or a company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:45 -msgid "**Key Performance Indicator (KPI)** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:42 -msgid "" -"A KPI is a measurable value that demonstrates how effectively a company is " -"achieving key business objectives. Organizations use KPIs to evaluate their " -"success at reaching targets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:51 -msgid "**Lead scoring** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:48 -msgid "" -"System assigning a positive or negative score to prospects according to " -"their web activity and personal informations in order to determine whether " -"they are \"ready for sales\" or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:62 -msgid "**Kanban view :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Kanban view is a workflow visualisation tool halfway between a " -"`list view <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html" -"#reference-views-list>`__ and a non-editable `form view " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html#reference-" -"views-form>`__ and displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped " -"in columns for use in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or " -"work-progress management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:66 -msgid "**List view :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65 -msgid "" -"View allowing you to see your objects (contacts, companies, tasks, etc.) " -"listed in a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:71 -msgid "**Lead generation:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Process by which a company collects relevant datas about potential customers" -" in order to enable a relationship and to push them further down the sales " -"cycle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:76 -msgid "**Campaign:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Coordinated set of actions sent via various channels to a target audience " -"and whose goal is to generate leads. In Odoo CRM, you can link a lead to the" -" campaign which he comes from in order to measure its efficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Generating leads with Odoo CRM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:6 -msgid "What is lead generation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Lead generation is the process by which a company acquires leads and " -"collects relevant datas about potential customers in order to enable a " -"relationship and to turn them into customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For example, a website visitor who fills in your contact form to know more " -"about your products and services becomes a lead for your company. Typically," -" a Customer Relationship Management tool such as Odoo CRM is used to " -"centralize, track and manage leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:18 -msgid "Why is lead generation important for my business?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Generating a constant flow of high-quality leads is one of the most " -"important responsibility of a marketing team. Actually, a well-managed lead " -"generation process is like the fuel that will allow your company to deliver " -"great performances - leads bring meetings, meetings bring sales, sales bring" -" revenue and more work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:27 -msgid "How to generate leads with Odoo CRM?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Leads can be captured through many sources - marketing campaigns, " -"exhibitions and trade shows, external databases, etc. The most common " -"challenge is to successfully gather all the data and to track any lead " -"activity. Storing leads information in a central place such as Odoo CRM will" -" release you of these worries and will help you to better automate your lead" -" generation process, share information with your teams and analyze your " -"sales processes easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo CRM provides you with several methods to generate leads:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:39 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:41 -msgid "" -"An inquiry email sent to one of your company's generic email addresses can " -"automatically generate a lead or an opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You may want to follow up with a prospective customer met briefly at an " -"exhibition who gave you his business card. You can manually create a new " -"lead and enter all the needed information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A website visitor who fills in a form automatically generates a lead or an " -"opportunity in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:55 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can provide your salespeople lists of prospects - for example for a cold" -" emailing or a cold calling campaign - by importing them from any CSV file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup your teams, sales process and objectives?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This quick step-by-step guide will lead you through Odoo CRM and help you " -"handle your sales funnel easily and constantly manage your sales funnel from" -" lead to customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Create your database from `www.odoo.com/start " -"<http://www.odoo.com/start>`__, select the CRM icon as first app to install," -" fill in the form and click on *Create now*. You will automatically be " -"directed to the module when the database is ready." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will notice that the installation of the CRM module has created the " -"submodules Chat, Calendar and Contacts. They are mandatory so that every " -"feature of the app is running smoothly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Introduction to the Sales Planner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The Sales Planner is a useful step-by-step guide created to help you " -"implement your sales funnel and define your sales objectives easier. We " -"strongly recommend you to go through every step of the tool the first time " -"you use Odoo CRM and to follow the requirements. Your input are strictly " -"personal and intended as a personal guide and mentor into your work. As it " -"does not interact with the backend, you are free to adapt any detail " -"whenever you feel it is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"You can reach the Sales Planner from anywhere within the CRM module by " -"clicking on the progress bar located on the upper-right side of your screen." -" It will show you how far you are in the use of the Sales Planner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:46 -msgid "Set up your first sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:49 -msgid "Create a new team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"A Direct Sales team is created by default on your instance. You can either " -"use it or create a new one. Refer to the page " -":doc:`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:56 -msgid "Assign salespeople to your sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When your sales teams are created, the next step is to link your salespeople" -" to their team so they will be able to work on the opportunities they are " -"supposed to receive. For example, if within your company Tim is selling " -"products and John is selling maintenance contracts, they will be assigned to" -" different teams and will only receive opportunities that make sense to " -"them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, you can create a new user on the fly and assign it directly to " -"a sales team. From the **Dashboard**, click on the button **More** of your " -"selected sales team, then on **Settings**. Then, under the **Assignation** " -"section, click on **Create** to add a new salesperson to the team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"From the **Create: salesman** pop up window (see screenshot below), you can " -"assign someone on your team:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Either your salesperson already exists in the system and you will just need " -"to click on it from the drop-down list and it will be assigned to the team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Or you want to assign a new salesperson that doesn't exist into the system " -"yet - you can do it by creating a new user on the fly from the sales team. " -"Just enter the name of your new salesperson and click on Create (see below) " -"to create a new user into the system and directly assign it to your team. " -"The new user will receive an invite email to set his password and log into " -"the system. Refer to :doc:`../../salesteam/manage/create_salesperson` for " -"more information about that process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Set up your pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Now that your sales team is created and your salespeople are linked to it, " -"you will need to set up your pipeline -create the process by which your team" -" will generate, qualify and close opportunities through your sales cycle. " -"Refer to the document :doc:`../../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` to " -"define the stages of your pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:99 -msgid "Set up incoming email to generate opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:101 -msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, one way to generate opportunities into your sales team is to " -"create a generic email address as a trigger. For example, if the personal " -"email address of your Direct team is `direct@mycompany.example.com " -"<mailto:direct@mycompany.example.com>`__\\, every email sent will " -"automatically create a new opportunity into the sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:108 -msgid "Refer to the page :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` to set it up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:111 -msgid "Automate lead assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If your company generates a high volume of leads every day, it could be " -"useful to automate the assignation so the system will distribute all your " -"opportunities automatically to the right department." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Refer to the document :doc:`../../leads/manage/automatic_assignation` for " -"more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to analyze the sales performance of your team and get customize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you need to constantly monitor your team's performance in " -"order to help you take accurate and relevant decisions for the company. " -"Therefore, the **Reporting** section of **Odoo Sales** represents a very " -"important tool that helps you get a better understanding of where your " -"company's strengths, weaknesses and opportunities are, showing you trends " -"and forecasts for key metrics such as the number of opportunities and their " -"expected revenue over time , the close rate by team or the length of sales " -"cycle for a given product or service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Beyond these obvious tracking sales funnel metrics, there are some other " -"KPIs that can be very valuable to your company when it comes to judging " -"sales funnel success." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:19 -msgid "Review pipelines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will have access to your sales funnel performance from the **Sales** " -"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Reports --> Pipeline " -"analysis`. By default, the report groups all your opportunities by stage " -"(learn more on how to create and customize stage by reading " -":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`) and expected revenues for the " -"current month. This report is perfect for the **Sales Manager** to " -"periodically review the sales pipeline with the relevant sales teams. Simply" -" by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of your actual" -" sales performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can add a lot of extra data to your report by clicking on the " -"**measures** icon, such as :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:33 -msgid "Expected revenue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:35 -msgid "overpassed deadline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Delay to assign (the average time between lead creation and lead " -"assignment)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:40 -msgid "Delay to close (average time between lead assignment and close)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:42 -msgid "the number of interactions per opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:44 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:50 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see the expected revenues of my **Direct Sales** team," -" I need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis then on **Sales " -"Team**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. Odoo **CRM** allows you to transform your " -"report in just a click thanks to 3 graph views : **Pie Chart**, **Bar " -"Chart** and **Line Chart**. These views are accessible through the icons " -"highlighted on the screenshot below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:65 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:67 -msgid "" -"You can easily customize your analysis reports depending on the **KPIs** " -"(see :doc:`../overview/main_concepts/terminologies`) you want to access. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of opportunities, while the **Group by** option improves the" -" readability of your reports according to your needs. Note that you can " -"filter and group by any existing field from your CRM, making your " -"customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Here are a few examples of customized reports that you can use to monitor " -"your sales' performances :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:91 -msgid "Evaluate the current pipeline of each of your salespeople" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:93 -msgid "" -"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected " -"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then, " -"use the **+** and **-** icons and add **Salesperson** and **Stage** to your " -"vertical axis, and filter your desired salesperson. Then click on the " -"**graph view** icon to display a visual representation of your salespeople " -"by stage. This custom report allows you to easily overview the sales " -"activities of your salespeople." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:105 -msgid "Forecast monthly revenue by sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In order to predict monthly revenue and to estimate the short-term " -"performances of your teams, you need to play with two important metrics : " -"the **expected revenue** and the **expected closing**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:111 -msgid "" -"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected " -"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then " -"click on the **+** icon from the vertical axis and select **Sales team**. " -"Then, on the horizontal axis, click on the **+** icon and select **Expected " -"closing.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:121 -msgid "" -"In order to keep your forecasts accurate and relevant, make sure your " -"salespeople correctly set up the expected closing and the expected revenue " -"for each one of their opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:126 -msgid ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:3 -msgid "How to review my personal sales activities (new sales dashboard)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Sales professionals are struggling everyday to hit their target and follow " -"up on sales activities. They need to access anytime some important metrics " -"in order to know how they are performing and better organize their daily " -"work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Within the Odoo CRM module, every team member has access to a personalized " -"and individual dashboard with a real-time overview of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Top priorities: they instantly see their scheduled meetings and next actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Sales performances : they know exactly how they perform compared to their " -"monthly targets and last month activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:26 -msgid "Install the CRM application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In order to manage your sales funnel and track your opportunities, you need " -"to install the CRM module, from the **Apps** icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:35 -msgid "Create opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If your pipeline is empty, your sales dashboard will look like the " -"screenshot below. You will need to create a few opportunities to activate " -"your dashboard (read the related documentation " -":doc:`../leads/generate/manual` to learn more)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Your dashboard will update in real-time based on the informations you will " -"log into the CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:49 -msgid "" -"you can click anywhere on the dashboard to get a detailed analysis of your " -"activities. Then, you can easily create favourite reports and export to " -"excel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:54 -msgid "Daily tasks to process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The left part of the sales dashboard (labelled **To Do**) displays the " -"number of meetings and next actions (for example if you need to call a " -"prospect or to follow-up by email) scheduled for the next 7 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:64 -msgid "Meetings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:66 -msgid "" -"In the example here above, I see that I have no meeting scheduled for today " -"and 3 meeting scheduled for the next 7 days. I just have to click on the " -"**meeting** button to access my calendar and have a view on my upcoming " -"appointments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:75 -msgid "Next actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Back on the above example, I have 1 activity requiring an action from me. If" -" I click on the **Next action** green button, I will be redirected to the " -"contact form of the corresponding opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Under the **next activity** field, I see that I had planned to send a " -"brochure by email today. As soon as the activity is completed, I can click " -"on **done** (or **cancel**) in order to remove this opportunity from my next" -" actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:90 -msgid "" -"When one of your next activities is overdue, it will appear in orange in " -"your dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:94 -msgid "Performances" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:96 -msgid "" -"The right part of your sales dashboard is about my sales performances. I " -"will be able to evaluate how I am performing compared to my targets (which " -"have been set up by my sales manager) and my activities of the last month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:105 -msgid "Activities done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:107 -msgid "" -"The **activities done** correspond to the next actions that have been " -"completed (meaning that you have clicked on **done** under the **next " -"activity** field). When I click on it, I will access a detailed reporting " -"regarding the activities that I have completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:116 -msgid "Won in opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:118 -msgid "" -"This section will sum up the expected revenue of all the opportunities " -"within my pipeline with a stage **Won**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:125 -msgid "Quantity invoiced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:127 -msgid "" -"This section will sum up the amount invoiced to my opportunities. For more " -"information about the invoicing process, refer to the related documentation:" -" :doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`analysis`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam.rst:3 ../../crm/salesteam/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Sales Team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage salespeople" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new salesperson?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:6 -msgid "Create a new user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:8 -msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **Create**. Add first the name of your new salesperson and his" -" professional email address - the one he will use to log in to his Odoo " -"instance - and a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under \"Access Rights\", you can choose which applications your user can " -"access and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the " -"app. For the Sales application, you can choose between three levels:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:20 -msgid "**See own leads**: the user will be able to access his own data only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**See all leads**: the user will be able to access all records of every " -"salesman in the sales module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**Manager**: the user will be able to access the sales configuration as well" -" as the statistics reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:28 -msgid "" -"When you're done editing the page and have clicked on **Save**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user, from which he will " -"be able to log into his personal account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:36 -msgid "Register your user into his sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Your user is now registered in Odoo and can log in to his own session. You " -"can also add him to the sales team of your choice. From the sales module, go" -" to your dashboard and click on the **More** button of the desired sales " -"team, then on **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you need to create a new sales team first, refer to the page " -":doc:`../setup/create_team`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Then, under \"Team Members\", click on **Add** and select the name of your " -"salesman from the list. The salesperson is now successfully added to your " -"sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also add a new salesperson on the fly from your sales team even " -"before he is registered as an Odoo user. From the above screenshot, click on" -" \"Create\" to add your salesperson and enter his name and email address. " -"After saving, the salesperson will receive an invite containing a link to " -"set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights under " -"the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:69 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/create_team`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:3 -msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " -"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " -"productivity. The **Gamification** app of Odoo gives you simple and creative" -" ways to motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and" -" badges inspired by game mechanics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:14 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Gamification** module. You " -"can also install the **CRM gamification** app, which will add some useful " -"data (goals and challenges) that can be used related to the usage of the " -"**CRM/Sale** modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:23 -msgid "Create a challenge" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You will now be able to create your first challenge from the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:29 -msgid "" -"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you will need to " -"activate the technical features in order to access the configuration. In " -"order to do so, click on the interrogation mark available from any app " -"(upper-right) and click on **About** and then **Activate the developer " -"mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:38 -msgid "" -"A challenge is a mission that you will send to your salespeople. It can " -"include one or several goals and is set up for a specific period of time. " -"Configure your challenge as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:42 -msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:44 -msgid "Assign a responsible" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:46 -msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:48 -msgid "Select your goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:50 -msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " -"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " -"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set) or when the challenge is " -"manually closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:58 -msgid "" -"For example, on the screenshot below, I have challenged 2 employees with a " -"**Monthly Sales Target**. The challenge will be based on 2 goals: the total " -"amount invoiced and the number of new leads generated. At the end of the " -"month, the winner will be granted with a badge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:67 -msgid "Set up goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach. " -"**Goals** are assigned through **challenges** to evaluate (see here above) " -"and compare members of a team with each others and through time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can create a new goal on the fly from a **Challenge**, by clicking on " -"**Add new item** under **Goals**. You can select any business object as a " -"goal, according to your company's needs, such as :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:78 -msgid "number of new leads," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:80 -msgid "time to qualify a lead or" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:82 -msgid "" -"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " -"based on your management preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " -"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:93 -msgid "Set up rewards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:95 -msgid "" -"For non-numerical achievements, **badges** can be granted to users. From a " -"simple *thank you* to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " -"exprimate gratitude to a user for their good work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:99 -msgid "" -"You can easily create a grant badges to your employees based on their " -"performance under :menuselection:`Gamification Tools --> Badges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:106 -msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new team?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In the Sales module, your sales teams are accessible from the **Dashboard** " -"menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales team installed" -" by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that default sales " -"team and edit it (refer to the section *Create and Organize your stages* " -"from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a new one from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new team, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Teams` " -"and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18 -msgid "Fill in the fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:20 -msgid "Enter the name of your team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:22 -msgid "Select your team leader" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:24 -msgid "Select your team members" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage " -"opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now " -"access your new team from your Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you started to work on an empty database and didn't create new users, " -"refer to the page :doc:`../manage/create_salesperson`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Set up and organize your sales pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A well structured sales pipeline is crucial in order to keep control of your" -" sales process and to have a 360-degrees view of your leads, opportunities " -"and customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:9 -msgid "" -"The sales pipeline is a visual representation of your sales process, from " -"the first contact to the final sale. It refers to the process by which you " -"generate, qualify and close leads through your sales cycle. In Odoo CRM, " -"leads are brought in at the left end of the sales pipeline in the Kanban " -"view and then moved along to the right from one stage to another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Each stage refers to a specific step in the sale cycle and specifically the " -"sale-readiness of your potential customer. The number of stages in the sales" -" funnel varies from one company to another. An example of a sales funnel " -"will contain the following stages: *Territory, Qualified, Qualified Sponsor," -" Proposition, Negotiation, Won, Lost*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Of course, each organization defines the sales funnel depending on their " -"processes and workflow, so more or fewer stages may exist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:30 -msgid "Create and organize your stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:33 -msgid "Add/ rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **PIPELINE** " -"button of the desired sales team. If you don't have any sales team yet, you " -"need to create one first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view of your pipeline, you can add stages by clicking on " -"**Add new column.** When a column is created, Odoo will then automatically " -"propose you to add another column in order to complete your process. If you " -"want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging" -" and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can add as many stages as you wish, even if we advise you not having " -"more than 6 in order to keep a clear pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Some companies use a pre qualification step to manage their leads before to " -"convert them into opportunities. To activate the lead stage, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and select the radio button as " -"shown below. It will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that " -"gives you access to a listview of all your leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:74 -msgid "Set up stage probabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:77 -msgid "What is a stage probability?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:79 -msgid "" -"To better understand what are the chances of closing a deal for a given " -"opportunity in your pipe, you have to set up a probability percentage for " -"each of your stages. That percentage refers to the success rate of closing " -"the deal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Setting up stage probabilities is essential if you want to estimate the " -"expected revenues of your sales cycle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:88 -msgid "" -"For example, if your sales cycle contains the stages *Territory, Qualified, " -"Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won and Lost,* then your " -"workflow could look like this :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:92 -msgid "" -"**Territory** : opportunity just received from Leads Management or created " -"from a cold call campaign. Customer's Interest is not yet confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:96 -msgid "*Success rate : 5%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:98 -msgid "" -"**Qualified** : prospect's business and workflow are understood, pains are " -"identified and confirmed, budget and timing are known" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:101 -msgid "*Success rate : 15%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:103 -msgid "" -"**Qualified sponsor**: direct contact with decision maker has been done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:106 -msgid "*Success rate : 25%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:108 -msgid "**Proposition** : the prospect received a quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:110 -msgid "*Success rate : 50%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:112 -msgid "**Negotiation**: the prospect negotiates his quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:114 -msgid "*Success rate : 75%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Won** : the prospect confirmed his quotation and received a sales order. " -"He is now a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:119 -msgid "*Success rate : 100%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:121 -msgid "**Lost** : the prospect is no longer interested" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:123 -msgid "*Success rate : 0%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Within your pipeline, each stage should correspond to a defined goal with a " -"corresponding probability. Every time you move your opportunity to the next " -"stage, your probability of closing the sale will automatically adapt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:131 -msgid "" -"You should consider using probability value as **100** when the deal is " -"closed-won and **0** for deal closed-lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:135 -msgid "How to set up stage probabilities?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To edit a stage, click on the **Settings** icon at the right of the desired " -"stage then on EDIT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Select the Change probability automatically checkbox to let Odoo adapt the " -"probability of the opportunity to the probability defined in the stage. For " -"example, if you set a probability of 0% (Lost) or 100% (Won), Odoo will " -"assign the corresponding stage when the opportunity is marked as Lost or " -"Won." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Under the requirements field you can enter the internal requirements for " -"this stage. It will appear as a tooltip when you place your mouse over the " -"name of a stage." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po deleted file mode 100644 index c6688356e..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,521 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:13 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available to free " -"customers of our Online platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ " -"(you will have to sign in). Next, make sure you are connected as the " -"administrator of the database you want to duplicate. After that, click on " -"the **Manage Your Databases** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " -"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" -" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:36 -msgid "A duplicated database has the same behaviour as a real one:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:38 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce, for example)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:44 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "" -"It is **strongly** advised to test behaviour using sample customers/products" -" (with a `disposable e-mail <http://www.mailinator.com>`__ address, for " -"example)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:50 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " -"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:54 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premise Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " -"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" -" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" -" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" -"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " -"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " -"message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ or with your Account " -"Manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " -"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ with the button \"Unlink " -"database\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " -"as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190 -msgid "" -"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " -"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." -" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__, a short message will appear " -"specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " -"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " -"<duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "" -"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " -"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " -"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "Too much users error message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84 -msgid "" -"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" -" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93 -msgid "" -"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " -"countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99 -msgid "" -"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " -"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102 -msgid "or" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104 -msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com " -"/documentation/user/10.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " -"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " -"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," -" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " -"message disappear right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118 -msgid "" -"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " -"subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 -msgid "" -"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" -" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " -"database is expired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " -"that" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133 -msgid "" -"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " -"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " -"card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136 -msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 -msgid "" -"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145 -msgid "Force an Update Notification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-" -"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription" -" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will " -"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause " -"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications " -"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you" -" can force an Update using the following procedure:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154 -msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right " -"menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer" -" mode**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > " -"\"Scheduled Actions\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on " -"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 -msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 -msgid "" -"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive " -"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this " -"documentation <duplicate_premise>` to know how to change the UUID. After the" -" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production " -"database will then be correctly identified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 -msgid "" -"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " -"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " -"duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184 -msgid "" -"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " -"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " -"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " -"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " -"registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " -"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " -"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" -" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " -"by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " -"installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " -"rights.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " -"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" -" to **Inactive** immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po deleted file mode 100644 index 822ee3d2b..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,562 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own email servers to send and receive email in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6 -msgid "When is it needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Using your own email servers is required to send and receive messages in " -"Odoo Community or Enterprise. Odoo Online embeds an out-of-box email " -"solution that works straight away. However you can still use your own email " -"servers with the online edition. Some insights are provided here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:14 -msgid "How to set it up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers* (watch out: this checkbox only shows up after" -" Odoo 10). Then, go through the following steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Office 365 doesn't allow external hosts like Odoo. Consequently you can't " -"use Office 365 email servers to send or receive messages in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 -msgid "Set an outgoing email server for outbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You need the SMTP data of your email provider (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, " -"etc.) as well as your admin credentials. Once all the information has been " -"filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:35 -msgid "Set an incoming email server for inbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the " -"*Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has " -"been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes. You can change this" -" value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:49 -msgid "Set the domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Enter the domain name of your email servers (e.g. mycompany.com) in General " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57 -msgid "Create a catchall address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When a contact replies to an email sent from Odoo, the *reply-to* address is" -" a generic address used to route the reply to the right discussion thread in" -" Odoo (opportunity, order, task, etc.) and to the inbox of all its " -"followers. By default this address is \"catchall@\" but it can be changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Create a catchall address in your email server settings. We advise you to " -"use \"catchall@\" so that everything works out straight away. If you want to" -" use another alias, you have extra steps in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67 -msgid "Activate the developer mode from your Settings Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Refresh your screen. Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Parameters --> System Parameters` and enter your custom catchall alias in " -"*mail.catchall.alias*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 -msgid "You can edit the email alias used for bounced messages the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82 -msgid "How to use my own email servers with Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email server " -"(*@yourcompany.odoo.com*). We recommend to keep this default setting as it " -"is really convenient. Indeed, while it is Odoo-labelled, the visible source " -"of any message sent from Odoo will be your personal email address (your Odoo" -" login). Your contacts will therefore trust your messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 -msgid "" -"You can still use your own email servers if you want your contacts to see " -"your historic email address when they reply to your messages or if you want " -"to manage the reputation of your email servers yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "There are 2 methods:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:96 -msgid "" -"[Recommended] **Use a catchall redirection** (your server -> Odoo server) to" -" receive emails in Odoo in real time thanks to the Odoo email server. Create" -" a catchall address in your email server settings. Then apply following " -"redirection: catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com. " -"That's it you're ready to go!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102 -msgid "" -"**Use a catchall mailbox** to exclusively use your own email server. That " -"way you can also manage your email server reputation (blacklisting, etc). " -"However, incoming messages are fetched from the email server thanks to a " -"cron running every hour. This is the shortest time lap for crons in Online " -"instances. If you opt for this solution, simply follow the procedure of " -"above section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 -msgid "How to be SPF-compliant when using external email servers in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Sender Policy Framework (SPF) is an email-validation system that checks that" -" incoming mail from a domain comes from a host authorized by that domain's " -"administrator. Such a security system is used in most email servers. If you " -"don't comply with it, your emails sent from Odoo will be likely flagged as " -"spam." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118 -msgid "" -"To be SPF-compliant, you need to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your " -"domain name settings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121 -msgid "Sign in to your domain’s account at your domain host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 -msgid "Locate the page for updating your domain’s DNS records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set, create one with following definition: v=spf1 " -"include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125 -msgid "In case a TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:127 -msgid "e.g. for a Gmail server it should be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:129 -msgid "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:142 -msgid "How to choose between Odoo and my traditional email box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is a perfect tool to send and read messages related to business" -" documents. However it doesn't aim to replace a full-featured email solution" -" (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, etc.). We recommend to take the most out of " -"both systems without mingling them: What is related to Odoo business objects" -" or applications goes into Odoo; What is not can be managed into your " -"external email box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:150 -msgid "" -"To do so, create specific email aliases to use in Odoo (to generate leads or" -" opportunities, helpdesk tickets, etc.). If you take an email alias already " -"used for messaging outside of Odoo, incoming messages will land into both " -"systems. This will negatively impact your productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 -msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why to use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 -msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 -msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9ed3968f2..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1242 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " -"your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " -"an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " -"delay, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " -"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " -"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " -"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " -"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " -"time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " -"activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" -"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" -" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " -"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " -"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," -" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" -" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " -"confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " -"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " -"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " -"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " -"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " -"orders straight on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " -"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " -"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " -"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" -" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " -"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " -"payments " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 -msgid "" -"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " -"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " -"only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " -"*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Paypal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is the easiest online payment method to configure. It is also the " -"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any " -"starter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11 -msgid "Set up your Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Create a `Paypal Business Account <https://www.paypal.com>`__ or upgrade " -"your account to *Business account* if you have a basic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal <https://www.paypal.com>`__ and open the settings of your " -"**Profile**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22 -msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27 -msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Turn on **Auto Return** and enter the **Return URL**: " -"<odoo_instance_url>/shop/confirmation. Verify that this address uses the " -"correct protocol (HTTP/HTTPS)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Turn on **Payment Data Transfer**. When saving, an **Identity Token** is " -"generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then, get back to your profile to activate the **Instant Payment " -"Notification (IPN)** in *My selling tools*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "Enter the **Notification URL**: <odoo_instance_url>/payment/paypal/ipn" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Now you must change the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo " -"to Paypal. To do so, get back to *My selling tools* and click **PayPal " -"button language encoding** in *More Selling Tools* section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " -"**UTF-8**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66 -msgid "" -"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, " -"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74 -msgid "Set up Paypal's payment method in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting -->" -" Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your " -"**Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:82 -msgid "" -"They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My " -"business info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Enter your **Identity Token** in Odoo (from *Auto Return* option). To do so," -" open the *Settings* and activate the **Developer Mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System" -" Parameters` and create a parameter with following values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:94 -msgid "Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 -msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114 -msgid "" -"You can charge an extra to the customer to cover the transaction fees Paypal" -" charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied" -" to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the *Configuration* tab of Paypal config form in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*. Default fees for US can be seen here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:123 -msgid "" -"To apply the right fees for your country, please refer to `Paypal Fees " -"<https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 -msgid "Test the payment flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com>`__ with your" -" Paypal credentials. This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:136 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Sandbox <https://www.sandbox.paypal.com>`__ with the " -"merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set on " -"*Test* mode. Also, make sure the confirmation mode of Paypal is not " -"*Authorize & capture the amount, confirm the SO and auto-validate the " -"invoice on acquirer confirmation*. Otherwise a confirmed invoice will be " -"automatically generated when the transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po deleted file mode 100644 index a82aae070..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3064b9f9e..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,831 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../general.rst:5 -msgid "General" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 -msgid "Authentication" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 -msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connect to your Google account and go to " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " -"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 -msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 -msgid "" -"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " -"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" -" save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " -"Client ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" -" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" -" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " -"Then click on **Create**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " -"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 -msgid "Data Import" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt an import template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" -" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " -"corresponding field using the search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " -"work straight away the very next time you try to import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " -"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 -msgid "How to import data into Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 -msgid "How to start" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" -" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" -" and even orders!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 -msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 -msgid "" -"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " -"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " -"already done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 -msgid "How to adapt the template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 -msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 -msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" -" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " -"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " -"corresponding field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " -"on the very next time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 -msgid "How to import from another application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 -msgid "" -"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " -"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " -"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " -"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " -"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" -" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " -"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " -"whenever possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 -msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " -"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " -"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " -"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " -"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " -"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" -" default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " -"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " -"complete list of fields for each column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 -msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess" -" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can" -" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be " -"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month " -"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the" -" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 -msgid "" -"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " -"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " -"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" -" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " -"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" -" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " -"whatever your locale date format is." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 -msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" -" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " -"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " -"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " -"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " -"crash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 -msgid "32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 -msgid "32000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 -msgid "32,000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 -msgid "-32000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 -msgid "(32000.00)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 -msgid "$ 32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 -msgid "(32000.00 €)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 -msgid "Example that will not work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 -msgid "ABC 32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 -msgid "$ (32.000,00)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 -msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 -msgid "" -"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " -"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " -"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" -" CSV file bar after you select your file)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " -"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " -"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 -msgid "" -"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " -"application?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 -msgid "" -"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " -"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " -"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " -"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " -"filter settings' > Save)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " -"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 -msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " -"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" -" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " -"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " -"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " -"import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " -"different fields to import:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 -msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " -"postgresql column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" -" (or the .XML file that imported it)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 -msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 -msgid "Country: Belgium" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 -msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 -msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 -msgid "" -"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " -"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " -"according to your need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" -" have been created manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " -"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " -"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " -"Database ID)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " -"party application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 -msgid "" -"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" -" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " -"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " -"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " -"Products and their Categories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 -msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 -msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 -msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 -msgid "" -"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " -"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " -"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " -"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " -"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " -"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " -"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 -msgid "" -"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " -"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " -"'Category'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 -msgid "" -"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " -"multiple tags)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" -" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " -"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" -" of your CSV file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 -msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 -msgid "" -"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " -"Sales Order)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 -msgid "" -"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" -" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " -"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " -"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " -"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " -"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " -"you can import, based on demo data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 -msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 -msgid "" -"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " -"respective purchase order lines:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 -msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 -msgid "" -"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " -"contacts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 -msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 -msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " -"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " -"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import " -"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " -"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " -"depending if it's new or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 -msgid "" -"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " -"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 -msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 -msgid "" -"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " -"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " -"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " -"assigning the default value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 -msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 -msgid "" -"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " -"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" -" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " -"person and the company they work for)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 -msgid "" -"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " -"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" -" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " -"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " -"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " -"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 -msgid "" -"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " -"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " -"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 -msgid "" -"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" -" the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 -msgid "" -"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " -"following SQL command in PSQL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 -msgid "" -"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " -"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" -" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " -"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " -"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" -" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 -msgid "" -"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " -"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " -"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " -"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 -msgid "BASICS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " -"point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 -msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " -"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" -" and a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " -"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 -msgid "" -"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" -" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " -"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " -"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" -" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " -"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 -msgid "" -"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" -" each user can use Odoo in his own language ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 -msgid "Load your desired language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " -"instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 -msgid "" -"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" -" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " -"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" -" to change the navigation language on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 -msgid "Change your language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" -"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " -"**SAVE.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 -msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 -msgid "Change another user's language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " -"language." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " -"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " -"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the " -"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can" -" change the Language to any previously installed language and click " -"**SAVE.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po deleted file mode 100644 index e5dbfc765..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,667 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo Online Implementation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This document summarizes **Odoo's Online services**, our Success Pack " -"**implementation methodology**, and *best practices* to **get started** with" -" our product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the " -"kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't " -"have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16 -msgid "" -"*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this " -"with you at the time of the kick-off call.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The" -" more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions" -" by e-mail on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you " -"can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by " -"someone else in your company, contact our support using our `online support " -"form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo " -"database ready to be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes" -" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities or projects / " -"tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the user " -"interface as shown in the picture below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "|left_pic|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "|right_pic|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation " -"planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top " -"progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58 -msgid "These implementation planners will:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:60 -msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62 -msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:64 -msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations " -"and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the " -"implementation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you " -"through all the steps. But you can also:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Read the documentation on our website: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (Free with your first Success " -"Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional " -"<https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel " -"<https://www.youtube.com/user/OpenERPonline>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Or send your questions to our online support through our `online support " -"form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89 -msgid "What do we expect from you?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:91 -msgid "" -"We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of " -"services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most" -" projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95 -msgid "" -"But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a " -"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is " -"engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100 -msgid "Your internal implementation manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102 -msgid "" -"We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to " -"work with our project manager on your Odoo Implementation. This is to ensure" -" efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this " -"person must:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "" -"**be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you " -"risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest " -"implementations having a full time project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111 -msgid "" -"**have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms " -"all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small " -"details that need quick turn arounds for answers and if there is too much " -"back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company " -"it could potentially seriously slow everything down." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117 -msgid "" -"**have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full " -"support from all departments and top management, or be part of top " -"management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121 -msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123 -msgid "" -"You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high " -"level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an " -"extremist.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks" -" to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Standard Odoo can probably cover 90% of your business processes and " -"requirements. Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will cost" -" you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the hidden " -"costs of customization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134 -msgid "" -"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was " -"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old " -"system(s) works." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138 -msgid "" -"**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to " -"customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after " -"having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using " -"Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they " -"learn to perform their work flows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is " -"more important to have all your business processes working than customizing " -"a screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few e-mails." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decisions and " -"measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with" -" them on the objectives. Some processes may take more time than your " -"previous system(s), however you need to weigh that increase in time with " -"other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is " -"decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155 -msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are" -" with navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and" -" easier your training phases will be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra " -"resources:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:167 -msgid "" -"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:174 -msgid "Get things done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your to-" -"do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and " -"install the Notes application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 -msgid "This module allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:186 -msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:188 -msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:190 -msgid "" -"Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion " -"Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197 -msgid "" -"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform " -"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard " -"Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "What should you expect from us?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:205 -msgid "Subscription Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 -msgid "Cloud Hosting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three " -"different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your " -"instance in 10 minutes, and more!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 -msgid "" -"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:217 -msgid "" -"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security " -"<https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "" -"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:224 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no " -"extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in " -"San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and " -"everything from: how to use or configure, bugfix requests, payments or " -"subscription issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Our support can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235 -msgid "" -"Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import data " -"or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated project " -"manager, as part of the Success Pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240 -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 -msgid "" -"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade " -"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database " -"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247 -msgid "" -"We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can " -"evaluate a new version or train your team before the roll out. Simply fill " -"our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ to make this " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252 -msgid "Success Pack Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254 -msgid "" -"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a " -"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The list of services " -"according to your success pack is detailed online: `https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the " -"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in " -"your success pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263 -msgid "His/her role includes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:265 -msgid "" -"**Project Management:** review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of" -" the implementation (road map), mapping of your business needs and the Odoo " -"features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269 -msgid "**Customized Support:** by phone, e-mail or webinar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271 -msgid "" -"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** remote trainings via screen " -"sharing or training on premises. For on premise training sessions, you will " -"be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your " -"consultant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276 -msgid "" -"**Configuration:** decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo " -"and advanced configuration. (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing " -"structures, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 -msgid "" -"**Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template " -"prepared by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283 -msgid "" -"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra " -"services:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:286 -msgid "" -"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to " -"customize most screens in any way you see fit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:289 -msgid "" -"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you to " -"customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to " -"developers for advanced customizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293 -msgid "" -"**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started at no extra " -"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the " -"building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours " -"of your success pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298 -msgid "" -"**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, " -"sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced " -"automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:303 -msgid "" -"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. " -"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded " -"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:307 -msgid "" -"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will" -" be deducted from your Success Pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310 -msgid "" -"In case of customizations that would require a developer’s intervention, a " -"recurring maintenance fee will be charged on the customer subscription, to " -"cover maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours " -"spent by the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be " -"added to the subscription fee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:316 -msgid "" -"**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 " -"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * " -"$5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321 -msgid "Implementation Methodology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:323 -msgid "" -"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers" -" in production in a short period of time and at a low cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:326 -msgid "" -"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo " -"progressively, by groups of apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332 -msgid "" -"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an " -"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan " -"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set applications that you will " -"fully use in production at the end of the phase." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338 -msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:340 -msgid "" -"**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows " -"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the" -" business process and configure according to your specific needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345 -msgid "" -"**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are " -"responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's project " -"manager will import them in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349 -msgid "" -"**Training:** once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the" -" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some " -"back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and " -"process your feedback." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354 -msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:357 -msgid "" -"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and " -"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens" -" and reports**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:361 -msgid "" -"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our " -"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new " -"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:367 -msgid "Managing your databases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369 -msgid "" -"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**" -" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or " -"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment" -" with test data!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:379 -msgid "" -"In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want (available " -"for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working " -"environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My Organizations** " -"page and click **Duplicate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:390 -msgid "" -"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here " -"<db_management/documentation>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394 -msgid "Customer Success" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:396 -msgid "" -"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they " -"have all the resources needed to complete their project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399 -msgid "" -"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project " -"manager and eventually the support team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:402 -msgid "" -"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with " -"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client " -"Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with" -" our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the " -"way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them " -"a solution that grows with their needs!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412 -msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:415 -msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po deleted file mode 100644 index 24de57a83..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po deleted file mode 100644 index 54c1d435a..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7665 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 15:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "From the Barcode application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 -msgid "Click on **Inventory**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" -" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " -"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " -"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " -"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " -"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " -"accessible, visible or is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " -"finish the operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 -msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " -"of the dashboard)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 -msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 -msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 -msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 -msgid "Scan the **destination location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 -msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " -"outgoing deliveries:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " -"the lots/serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" -" one automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 -msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " -"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " -"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " -"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 -msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" -" product (you can also use the keyboard)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 -msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " -"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " -"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " -"visible or is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 -msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 -msgid "Open operation interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 -msgid "Scan." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " -"and keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 -msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " -"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " -"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 -msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " -"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " -"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " -"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" -" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " -"be configured to be so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" -" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " -"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " -"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to" -" check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " -"consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " -"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " -"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models using " -"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " -"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," -" it is essential to test it first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 -msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 -msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 -msgid "" -"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " -"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " -"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" -" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 -msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " -"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " -"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" -" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " -"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" -" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " -"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " -"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " -"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " -"the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform more " -"actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`Document:` |download_barcode|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23 -msgid "Set products barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" -" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " -"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " -"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and click the **Configure Product Barcodes** button. This interface can also" -" be accessed via the planner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " -"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " -"them)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 -msgid "Set locations barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " -"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " -"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " -"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " -"paper." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " -"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63 -msgid "Barcode formats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " -"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " -"your own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 -msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " -"keep the inventory right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " -"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " -"the right locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " -"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 -msgid "Start the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 -msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" -" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 -msgid "" -"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" -" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 -msgid "" -"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " -"set the location of your product from this screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" -" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " -"has automatically been created and validated by the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "Multiple products at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" -" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " -"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" -" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" -" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " -"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" -" (or child) locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 -msgid "" -"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " -"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " -"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " -"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " -"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" -" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " -"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 -msgid "" -"additional information will be available according to the options you " -"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " -"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " -"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " -"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " -"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:66 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " -"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the " -"orderpoint without removing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Product Unit of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default Unit of Measure used for all stock operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Procurement Group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by procurement rules will be grouped " -"into one big picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Minimum Quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field," -" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max " -"Quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Maximum Quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a " -"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as " -"Max Quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Quantity Multiple" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " -"the exact quantity will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or " -"to order to the vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " -"stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " -"(or any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 -msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " -"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " -"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " -"any bad surprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " -"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " -"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" -" cancel the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" -" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 -msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " -"limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " -"**Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " -"this delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 -msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " -"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " -"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " -"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " -"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " -"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " -"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" -"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " -"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," -" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 -msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " -"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " -"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" -" space in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" -" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " -"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" -" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " -"sense!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" -" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " -"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" -" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" -" tracking number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " -"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " -"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" -" that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 -msgid "" -"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " -"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" -"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 -msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " -"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" -" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " -"on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " -"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " -"supplier to the products you want to dropship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 -msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" -" that the route is **Dropshipping**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " -"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " -"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " -"will see that one shipment has been created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " -"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " -"dropship card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 -msgid "" -"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" -" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " -"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " -"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " -"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 -msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " -"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " -"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " -"to handle orders very quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" -" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " -"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " -"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " -"especially when the items you stock are big in size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " -"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " -"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " -"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 -msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 -msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " -"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" -" methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" -" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " -"carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " -"you create a new sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" -" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " -"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 -msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " -"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 -msgid "" -"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " -"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " -"and edit the concerned warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " -"Only)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " -"picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " -"Orders** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 -msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " -"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " -"**Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " -"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 -msgid "*Sale process*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 -msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 -msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " -"redirected to the Delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 -msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " -"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " -"Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" -" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " -"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 -msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 -msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," -" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " -"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " -"before shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 -msgid "" -"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " -"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " -"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " -"customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" -" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " -"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " -"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " -"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " -"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" -" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " -"correct method for your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "Install the Inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 -msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" -" orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Allow managing routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" -" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " -"the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " -"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " -"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 -msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " -"that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " -"Ship).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Create a Sale Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 -msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 -msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 -msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" -" Zone**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Packing)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 -msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" -" kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 -msgid "" -"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 -msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " -"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " -"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " -"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" -" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " -"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " -"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " -"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " -"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " -"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " -"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " -"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Allow management of routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " -"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " -"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" -" checked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " -"check the radio button above)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " -"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " -"activated beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 -msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " -"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " -"some products to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " -"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " -"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " -"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " -"listed in the **To Do** column)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" -" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " -"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 -msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " -"before being admitted in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " -"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " -"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " -"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 -msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " -"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " -"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " -"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" -" goods receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" -" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " -"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " -"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " -"return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 -msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" -" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" -" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " -"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 -msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 -msgid "Use advanced routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " -"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " -"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " -"goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " -"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " -"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "How to control a receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " -"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" -" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " -"This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " -"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " -"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" -" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " -"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " -"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " -"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " -"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" -" Control**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " -"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " -"ready to be controlled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 -msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " -"process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " -"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" -" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " -"controlled and has moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " -"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " -"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " -"processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " -"ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " -"methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " -"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" -" steps)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " -"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " -"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " -"form view. This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" -" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 -msgid "" -"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" -" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " -"which makes the product available for the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 -msgid "How to to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " -"quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " -"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " -"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 -msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 -msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" -" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" -" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " -"**Track lots or serial numbers**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " -"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 -msgid "Operation types configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" -" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" -" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "Manage lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 -msgid "Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " -"input the lot number(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Click on the lot icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " -"and the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " -"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 -msgid "Inventory adjustment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "Classic inventory by products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "Inventory of a lot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 -msgid "" -"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " -"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " -"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " -"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 -msgid "" -"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 -msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`differences`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " -"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " -"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " -"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" -" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " -"location where the products are moved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " -"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " -"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" -" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " -"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " -"Split icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 -msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " -"numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 -msgid "" -"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " -"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are " -"moving those serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory of a serial number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 -msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " -"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " -"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" -" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " -":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " -"serial number corresponding to your search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " -"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" -" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " -"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " -"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" -" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " -"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 -msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " -"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " -"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" -" it blank if you are the owner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " -"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " -"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " -"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " -"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " -"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " -"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " -"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " -"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " -"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " -"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," -" deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " -"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " -"configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "How to scrap products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 -msgid "content recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " -"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Setting` and check **Manage several locations per " -"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 -msgid "" -"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " -"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" -" --> Locations.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " -"location form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "Different ways to scrap product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 -msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Receipts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 -msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 -msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Receipts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 -msgid "" -"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " -"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " -"**Scrap**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " -"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Valuation Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " -"sheet. This implies two main choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 -msgid "" -"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " -"Real Price);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 -msgid "" -"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " -"Perpetual)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 -msgid "Costing Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 -msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 -msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 -msgid "+8*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 -msgid "12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 -msgid "+4*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 -msgid "$120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 -msgid "$20" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 -msgid "4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 -msgid "+2*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 -msgid "$40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " -"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " -"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 -msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 -msgid "+4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 -msgid "$9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 -msgid "+2*$6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 -msgid "$36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " -"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" -" (see here attached)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 -msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" -" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " -"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" -" up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 -msgid "" -"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " -"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " -"matters in the cost computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 -msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 -msgid "$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-8*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-2*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 -msgid "$32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 -msgid "$11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 -msgid "$44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 -msgid "" -"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " -"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " -"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " -"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " -"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " -"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " -"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " -"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 -msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," -" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-6*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 -msgid "$8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," -" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " -"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " -"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" -" quantity in stock * cost price)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 -msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 -msgid "" -"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " -"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " -"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " -"physical inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 -msgid "" -"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" -" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " -"postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "4.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "54.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " -"related product (Expense Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 -msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 -msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "109" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " -"product (Income Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 -msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 -msgid "Customer Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" -" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" -" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " -"inventory value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 -msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 -msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 -msgid "" -"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " -"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" -"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " -"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " -"testing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 -msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 -msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 -msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 -msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category and can" -" be set in product form (Accounting tab) as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:351 -msgid "" -"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359 -msgid "" -"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " -"as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:365 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:366 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-6*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 -msgid "€8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 -msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 -msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 -msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 -msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 -msgid "Double-Entry Inventory Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 -msgid "" -"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " -"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" -" locations (possibly virtual)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 -msgid "Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -msgid "Production Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 -msgid "Consume:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 -msgid "Produce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Configurarion:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -msgid "Client Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 -msgid "Pick" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 -msgid "Pack" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 -msgid "Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 -msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 -msgid "Missing products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 -msgid "Extra products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 -msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Reception" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 -msgid "Analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " -"products * product cost)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 -msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 -msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 -msgid "" -"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" -" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -msgid "New sale orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Effect" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -msgid "" -"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " -"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " -"(property)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 -msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 -msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Procurement rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 -msgid "" -"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " -"be fulfilled e.g.:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 -msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 -msgid "" -"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " -"To Stock)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 -msgid "Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " -"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " -"sales order lines, warehouse,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 -msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 -msgid "Picking List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 -msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 -msgid "Pack List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 -msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Delivery Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Gate A → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 -msgid "" -"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " -"the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "A Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 -msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 -msgid "Reception:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 -msgid "Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 -msgid "Confirmation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 -msgid "Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Storage:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Product Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 -msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 -msgid "Cross-Docks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 -msgid "Input → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Delivery:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 -msgid "Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Sale Order Line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 -msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " -"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" -" used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 -msgid "Product lands in Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 -msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Warehouse Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 -msgid "Product lands in Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 -msgid "Procurement Groups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 -msgid "" -"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " -"provided:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 -msgid "Picking" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 -msgid "Packing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 -msgid "Delivery Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 -msgid "Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 -msgid "..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 -msgid "" -"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " -"and locations are the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 -msgid "" -"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " -"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " -"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " -"together)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " -"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " -"repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " -"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " -"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " -"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " -"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " -"procurements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " -"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" -" item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " -"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" -" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " -"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " -"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " -"enough stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 -msgid "" -"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" -" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 -msgid "" -"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " -"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " -"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " -"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " -"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " -"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " -"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" -" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " -"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " -"can be used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " -"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " -"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " -"or MTS,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " -"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " -"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " -"procurement group and locations are the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " -"between locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " -"in a warehouse or location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " -"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " -"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " -"units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " -"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " -"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" -" minimum stock rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " -"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " -"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " -"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " -"packing zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " -"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" -" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " -"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " -"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 -msgid "" -"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " -"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " -"goes in rack 3, storage A)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 -msgid "" -"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" -" it from the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "From procurement to delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " -"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" -" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" -" delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " -"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " -"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " -"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 -msgid "How to process a receipt ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Install Purchase application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 -msgid "Make a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " -"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " -"products to your request for quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " -"quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 -msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 -msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 -msgid "From the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 -msgid "" -"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " -"related **Receipt**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 -msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 -msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 -msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" -" the list of your deliveries to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 -msgid "Process the Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 -msgid "" -"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " -"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " -"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " -":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 -msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 -msgid "Install Sales application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 -msgid "Place a sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " -"some products to your quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 -msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 -msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 -msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 -msgid "From the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 -msgid "" -"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " -"**Delivery**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 -msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " -"list of your receipts to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" -" on your dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 -msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 -msgid "" -"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " -"methods. Please read the document " -":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 -msgid "" -"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " -"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 -msgid "" -"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " -"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " -"transfers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 -msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 -msgid "" -"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " -"warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" -"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " -"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " -"different screens you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" -"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 -msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Set up your warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Import your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Import your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Set up the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" -" valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" -" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" -" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " -"and use your scanner optimally." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " -"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" -" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " -"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " -"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " -"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post" -"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 -msgid "Warehouse and routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" -" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" -" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," -" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 -msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 -msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 -msgid "then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 -msgid "Cross Docking Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 -msgid "" -"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " -"for the remaining part:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " -"created as an internal physical location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 -msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 -msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 -msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 -msgid "Product with cross dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 -msgid "" -"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" -" above as well as the **Buy** route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 -msgid "" -"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " -"for replenishment of a stockable product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " -"application in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid "" -"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " -"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " -"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 -msgid "" -"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " -"and routes in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " -"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 -msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " -"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" -" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " -"been generated for your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " -"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" -" you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " -"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " -"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" -" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " -"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " -"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " -"orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " -"all yours product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" -" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " -"proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 -msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 -msgid "" -"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " -"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " -"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " -"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 -msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 -msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 -msgid "" -"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " -"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " -"indicate how much products you process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " -"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " -"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " -"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possibles :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory. This increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 -msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 -msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 -msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 -msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 -msgid "Product Costing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate landed costs in the cost of the product?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 -msgid "Landed costs include all charges associated to a good transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:10 -msgid "Landed cost includes = Cost of product + Shipping + Customs + Risk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 -msgid "" -"All of these components might not be applicable in every shipment, but " -"relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We have" -" to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it will " -"impact on company profits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21 -msgid "Applications configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the use of the landed costs. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check " -"accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & " -"**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> " -"Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price " -"costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40 -msgid "Landed Cost Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed " -"Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time " -"valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured " -"on the product category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57 -msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Landed Costs`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to " -"attribute landed costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend " -"you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be " -"easier to keep track of your postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split " -"across the picking lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:81 -msgid "" -"To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " -"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " -"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " -"appropriate location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 -msgid "" -"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" -" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " -"of a potential chemical reaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " -"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " -"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " -"level)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " -"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" -" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 -msgid "Setting up a strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " -"product quality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " -"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " -"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " -"Strategy**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " -"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " -"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " -"automatically be transferred to the correct location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Current Inventory`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 -msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " -"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " -"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " -"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " -"on the **location**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " -"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " -"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 -msgid "Types of removal strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 -msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "" -"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " -"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " -"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " -"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 -msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " -"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 -msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 -msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " -"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " -"shelf life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" -" ``WH/Stock`` location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 -msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 -msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" -" according to their expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " -"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" -" to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " -"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " -"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 -msgid "" -"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " -"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategym " -"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " -"goods with this serial/lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " -"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " -"removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 -msgid "" -"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " -"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " -"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " -"lots pass their **alert date**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " -"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" -" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " -"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " -"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," -" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " -"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " -"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " -"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " -"after the lot has been created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " -"expiration date fields as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 -msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 -msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 -msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 -msgid "" -"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " -"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " -"expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Product**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "LOT0001" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "Ice Cream" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "08/20/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "LOT0002" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "08/10/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "LOT0003" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "08/15/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 -msgid "" -"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " -"removal strategy **FEFO**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 -msgid "" -"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" -" the removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:3 -msgid "How to use packages?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:11 -msgid "By default, Odoo does not take into account the use of it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Once you activate the option, you will be able to manage one or several " -"packages when doing your transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`. µ Locate the **Packages** section and tick " -"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 -msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:30 -msgid "Pack products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Putting products in packs is usually done when processing warehouses " -"transfers (receipt, internals or deliveries)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To be able to put products in pack, the status of your transfer has to be " -"**Available**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the operation tab, you can put your products into one or multiple " -"packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " -"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 -msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 -msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 -msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:60 -msgid "Whole packages transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If you are using several locations and/or warehouses, it is possible to " -"transfer packages with its contents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:68 -msgid "" -"You need to configure the **Operation Type** to allow moving packages. Go to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operations Types`. Tick **Allow moving " -"packs**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:75 -msgid "Transfer packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Create a transfer order. Choose the source and the destination locations, " -"then click on **Mark as todo**. Do not put anything under the **Initial " -"Demand** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In the Operation tab, click on **Add an item** under the **Package To Move**" -" section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:87 -msgid "Tick the **Done** checkbox to confirm the move of the package :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:92 -msgid "When it is finished, click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:95 -msgid "Packages traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:97 -msgid "" -"To trace a package or check its content, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " -"Control --> Packages`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:103 -msgid "Click on **Package Transfers** to see all its moves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:107 -msgid ":doc:`usage`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:108 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different units of measure?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, " -"you will need to convert the units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "Setting up units on your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which " -"you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " -"**Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " -"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " -"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 -msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " -"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 -msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " -"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 -msgid "Procurement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " -"measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 -msgid "The quality control is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " -"check is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " -"**Draft**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " -"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" -" the unit to the dozen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" -" measure :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " -"converted automatically :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Unit of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." -" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" -" warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 -msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " -"notice and the power plug." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 -msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " -"only for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 -msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 -msgid "" -"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " -"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" -" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" -" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " -"**packaging**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " -"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:72 -msgid ":doc:`packages`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Using product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " -"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " -"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 -msgid "B&C T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 -msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " -"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." -" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " -"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " -"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " -"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " -"the template or the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " -"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " -"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " -"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " -"variant)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " -"product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " -"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " -"Income Account, Taxes)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 -msgid "When should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 -msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " -"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " -"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" -" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " -"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" -" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " -"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " -"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " -"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" -" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " -"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 -msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " -"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " -"of managing lots of products that are similars." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 -msgid "" -"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" -" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " -"product templates and all their related variations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 -msgid "" -"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " -"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " -"example, a company having these products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 -msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 -msgid "" -"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " -"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " -"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " -"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " -"e-Commerce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 -msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 -msgid "Product Template: Polos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 -msgid "Activate the variant feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " -"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " -"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " -"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " -"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 -msgid "Creating products with variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 -msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " -"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " -"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " -"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " -"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 -msgid "" -"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " -"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " -"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " -"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 -msgid "" -"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 -msgid "Managing Product Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " -"variant attributes :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 -msgid "T-Shirt B&C" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 -msgid "Managing combination possibilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 -msgid "" -"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " -"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " -"you can deactivate the white product variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." -" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " -"XXL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 -msgid "" -"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " -"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " -"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " -"variant that will be added to the original price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 -msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " -"warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new location?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" -" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" -" describe your location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 -msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " -"fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 -msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " -"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " -"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " -"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " -"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " -"edit it afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 -msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " -"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 -msgid "" -"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 -msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " -"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " -"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" -" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " -"Tracking Ref**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 -msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 -msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 -msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " -"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " -"get a new tracking number and a new label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 -msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 -msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " -"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " -"Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " -"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 -msgid "" -"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " -"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 -msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " -"order and proceed to deliver the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " -"add a line to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 -msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 -msgid "How to print shipping labels?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " -"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " -"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " -"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 -msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 -msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " -"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" -" more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " -"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 -msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 -msgid "Company configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " -"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 -msgid "" -"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " -"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " -"data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " -"computation cannot be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " -"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" -" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 -msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " -"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" -" third party shipper in the additional info tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 -msgid "" -"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 -msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " -"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " -"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " -"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " -"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 -msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 -msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 -msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 -msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " -"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " -"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " -"underneath:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " -"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " -"but also on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " -"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " -"compute the real price and the packagings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 -msgid "Install the inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " -"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" -" order to see it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" -" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 -msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " -"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " -"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " -"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " -"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " -"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " -"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " -"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " -":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " -"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 -msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 -msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 -msgid "" -"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " -"chosen delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " -"Rest of the world)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " -"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 -msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " -"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " -"given in the demo data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " -"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" -" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" -" shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " -"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " -"will appear on your ecommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 -msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " -"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " -"For more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " -"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " -"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " -"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " -"United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" -" you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " -"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " -"method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " -"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " -"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " -"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" -" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" -" be computed once the transfer is validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" -" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " -"to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" -" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" -" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " -"Service in order to to open an account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" -" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " -"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " -"online profile by following these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "" -"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" -" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " -"complete the registration process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " -"follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 -msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 -msgid "" -"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " -"Details** section of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 -msgid "" -"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " -"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" -" States.q" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 -msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 -msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 -msgid "" -"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " -"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 -msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 -msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 -msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " -"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " -"contact." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7aa53a793..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,728 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Manufacturing Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:58 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:62 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials.rst:3 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 -msgid "Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " -"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " -"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " -"Manufacturing apps must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " -"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "" -"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " -"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " -"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " -"right shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:24 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " -"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " -"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " -"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" -" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " -"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no special configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " -"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " -"their default values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:53 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" -" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" -" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " -"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " -"will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:64 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " -"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " -"stock management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:72 -msgid "" -"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " -"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" -" order rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:5 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:12 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:132 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:17 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:137 -msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:83 -msgid "" -"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " -"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" -"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " -"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " -"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:12 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" -"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " -"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" -" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " -"subassembly is created as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:21 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " -"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " -"subassembly as you would for any product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:29 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:107 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:31 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " -"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " -"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " -"effect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:39 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:117 -msgid "" -"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " -"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " -"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "How to consume composents to make a finished product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " -"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " -"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " -"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " -"describe multiple variants of the same product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " -"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings. For " -"more information about which method of management to use, review the " -"**Getting Started** section of the *Manufacturing* chapter of the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " -"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " -"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " -"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " -"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " -"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " -"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " -"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " -"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " -"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " -"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " -"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:38 -msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:40 -msgid "" -"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " -"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " -"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " -"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:46 -msgid "" -"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " -"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " -"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " -"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" -" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " -"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " -"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " -"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:61 -msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " -"primary product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " -"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " -"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " -"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:81 -msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:97 -msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:123 -msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " -"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " -"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " -"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " -"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " -"performed in an order defined by **routings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:17 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " -"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " -"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " -"work orders and routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " -"are two basic phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:52 -msgid "Create manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "Record Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" -" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " -"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " -"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " -"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " -"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " -"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " -"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" -" step of scheduling work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:50 -msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:54 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:56 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "Work in progress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Manufacturing Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the materials, the " -"quantity of each material, and the steps required to manufacture a product. " -"Depending on the industry and the nature of the finished product, a " -"different name may be used to describe the same document. For example, in " -"the pharmaceutical industry, the term “recipe” may be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "Cycle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A production cycle is a frame of time during which an entire manufacturing " -"process can be fulfilled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19 -msgid "Downtime or Leave" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Time during which a resource is unavailable. If the resource is a machine, " -"the unavailability is downtime, while if the resource is human, unavailable " -"time is called a Leave." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:25 -msgid "Finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Finished products are the final output of a manufacturing process. They are " -"normally not intended to be used as input into another manufacturing order " -"of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:31 -msgid "Kit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34 -msgid "" -"A kit is a set of components that are described by a bill of materials, but " -"which are delivered separately rather than assembled or mixed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36 -msgid "Multi-level Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39 -msgid "" -"A bill of material can quickly grow very complex. To keep it manageable, it " -"can be broken down into several smaller manufactured parts, each having its " -"own BOM. These parts are typically referred to as sub-assembly of " -"intermediate products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Defining a BOM in multiple levels reduces the complexity of the top-level " -"document and allows components to be reused in other BoMs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:46 -msgid "Phantom Bill of Material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:49 -msgid "" -"A phantom bill of material is always used in the context of multi-level " -"BOMs. It allows to add a sub-assembly as part of a bigger end-product while " -"avoiding to trigger a separate manufacturing order for the sub-assembly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"As such, when a manufacturing order for the final product is launched, the " -"components of the sub-assembly are reflected in the parent BOM as if they " -"were direct components of the parent BOM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Phantom BOM are thus used for grouping a set of components with the aim of " -"reusing them in many other BOM without the need to launch separate " -"manufacturing orders for the sub-assemblies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:61 -msgid "Raw Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Raw materials and components constitute the input that are transformed to " -"produce semi-finished or finished goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The transformation here can take many aspects according to the industry. It " -"can be simple assembly, welding, mixing, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"A routing is a document that describes a series of Work Orders and the Work " -"Centers at which they will be carried out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74 -msgid "Semi-finished products and sub-assemblies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77 -msgid "" -"These are products which are manufactured with the purpose to be consumed in" -" another manufacturing order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:79 -msgid "Work Order Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Work Order Operations specify the set of activities necessary to fully " -"process a manufacturing order. Each activity or operation takes some time to" -" be completed and is performed into a determined production unit (also " -"called work center)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:86 -msgid "Work Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:89 -msgid "" -"A work order is a single manufacturing operation that is scheduled for " -"execution on a given date and a given duration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:91 -msgid "Work Center" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Work centers identify production units and their resources. They are used to" -" represent the plant capacity as well as costing information. The capacity " -"is a combination of resources and their availability time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:97 -msgid "Resources" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:100 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing a resource can be a human being (employee) or machine " -"available in a work center." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:102 -msgid "Working Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Each resource has its normal working time. For instance, machines can be set" -" up to operate 7 days a week 20 hours out of 24." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po deleted file mode 100644 index a4ccca6ad..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2947 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "How to use discount tags on products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "This tutorial will describe how to use discount tags on products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:8 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To start using discounts tags, let's first have a look at the **barcode " -"nomenclature** in order to print our correct discounts tags." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "I want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode " -"Nomenclatures`. In the default nomenclature, you can see that to set a " -"discount, you have to start you barcode with ``22`` and the add the " -"percentage you want to set for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:26 -msgid "" -"For instance if you want ``50%`` discount on a product you have to start you" -" barcode with ``2250`` and then add the product barcode. In our example, the" -" barcode will be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34 -msgid "Scanning your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:36 -msgid "If you go back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "You have to scan:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45 -msgid "the discount tag" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:47 -msgid "When the product is scanned, it appears on the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Then when you scan the discount tag, ``50%`` discount is applied on the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:58 -msgid "That's it, this how you can use discount tag on products with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:61 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:114 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:83 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:94 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:171 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:57 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:35 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:155 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:69 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:81 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:43 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/cash_control`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:62 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:115 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:84 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:95 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:172 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:58 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:36 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:156 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:70 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:82 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:63 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:116 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:85 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:96 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:173 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:59 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:37 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:157 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:71 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:83 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:45 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/refund`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:64 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:117 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:86 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:97 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:174 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:60 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:38 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:158 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:72 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:84 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:46 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:38 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & run a loyalty & reward system" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:41 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:37 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:88 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:6 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In the **Point of Sale** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can tick **Manage loyalty program with point and reward for customers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:21 -msgid "Create a loyalty program" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:23 -msgid "" -"After you apply, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Loyalty Programs` " -"and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Set a **name** and an **amount** of points given **by currency**, **by " -"order** or **by product**. Extra rules can also be added such as **extra " -"points** on a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:33 -msgid "To do this click on **Add an item** under **Rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:38 -msgid "You can configure any rule by setting some configuration values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40 -msgid "**Name**: An internal identification for this loyalty program rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:41 -msgid "**Type**: Does this rule affects products, or a category of products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:42 -msgid "**Target Product**: The product affected by the rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:43 -msgid "**Target Category**: The category affected by the rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Cumulative**: The points won from this rule will be won in addition to " -"other rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Points per product**: How many points the product will earn per product " -"ordered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:46 -msgid "" -"**Points per currency**: How many points the product will earn per value " -"sold" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Your new rule is now created and rewards can be added by clicking on **Add " -"an Item** under **Rewards**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:57 -msgid "Three types of reward can be given:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Resale**: convert your points into money. Set a product that represents " -"the value of 1 point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Discount**: give a discount for an amount of points. Set a product with a " -"price of ``0 €`` and without any taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:69 -msgid "**Gift**: give a gift for an amount of points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:77 -msgid "Applying your loyalty program to a point of sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:79 -msgid "On the **Dashboard**, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:84 -msgid "Next to loyalty program, set the program you want to set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:90 -msgid "Gathering and consuming points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:92 -msgid "To start gathering points you need to set a customer on the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:94 -msgid "Click on **Customer** and select the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:96 -msgid "Loyalty points will appear on screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:101 -msgid "" -"The next time the customer comes to your shop and has enough points to get a" -" reward, the **Rewards** button is highlighted and gifts can be given." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:108 -msgid "" -"The reward is added and of course points are subtracted from the total." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "How to apply manual discounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can apply manual discounts in two different ways. You can directly set a" -" discount on the product or you can set a global discount on the whole cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:13 -msgid "Discount on the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:8 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **New Session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:20 -msgid "You will get into the main point of sale interface :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:76 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:53 -msgid "" -"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on " -"the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can " -"directly set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The same way you insert a quantity, Click on **Disc** and then type the " -"discount (in percent). This is how you insert a manual discount on a " -"specific product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:38 -msgid "Global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you want to set a global discount, you need to go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Allow global " -"discounts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:50 -msgid "Then from the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You have to activate **Order Discounts** and create a product that will be " -"added as a product with a negative price to deduct the discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:61 -msgid "" -"On the product used to create the discount, set the price to ``0`` and do " -"not forget to remove all the **taxes**, that can make the calculation wrong." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:68 -msgid "Set a global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Now when you come back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**, a " -"**Discount** button appears and by clicking on it you can set a " -"**discount**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When it's validated, the discount line appears on the order and you can now " -"process to the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "How to accept credit card payments in Odoo POS using Mercury?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A **MercuryPay** account (see `MercuryPay website " -"<https://www.mercurypay.com>`__.) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 9 POS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates with" -" US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses. An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work " -"with a standalone card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS " -"screen into the card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "Module installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to **Apps** and install the **Mercury Payment Services** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:26 -msgid "Mercury Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the **Point of Sale** application, click on :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Mercury Configurations` and then on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:35 -msgid "Introduce your **credentials** and then save them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and click on " -"**Create**. Under the **Point of Sale** tab you can set a **Mercury " -"configuration** to the **Payment method**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Finally, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale` and add a " -"new payment method on the point of sale by editing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Then select the payment method corresponding to your mercury configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:60 -msgid "Save the modifications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:63 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "Register a sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:65 -msgid "" -"On the dashboard, you can see your point(s) of sales, click on **New " -"Session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:71 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:114 -msgid "You will get the main point of sale interface:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:82 -msgid "Payment with credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the credit" -" card **Payment Method**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Type in the **Amount** to be paid with the credit card. Now you can swipe " -"the card and validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple cashiers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This tutorial will describe how to manage multiple cashiers. There are four " -"differents ways to manage several cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 -msgid "Switch cashier without any security" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As prerequisite, you just need to have a second user with the **Point of " -"Sale User** rights (Under the :menuselection:`General Settings --> Users` " -"menu). On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session** as the main user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:18 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:123 -msgid "On the top of the screen click on the **user name**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:23 -msgid "And switch to another cashier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The name on the top has changed which means you have changed the cashier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:34 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want your cashiers to need a pin code to be able to use it, you can " -"set it up in by clicking on **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:45 -msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"**Edit** the cashier and add a security pin code on the **Point of Sale** " -"tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 -msgid "Change cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:59 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:118 -msgid "On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:69 -msgid "Choose your **cashier**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You will have to insert the user's **pin code** to be able to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:79 -msgid "Now you can see that the cashier has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:85 -msgid "Switch cashier with cashier barcode badge" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:90 -msgid "" -"If you want your cashiers to scan its badge, you can set it up in by " -"clicking on **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:96 -msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:101 -msgid "" -"**Edit** the cashier and add a **security pin code** on the **Point of " -"Sale** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Be careful of the barcode nomenclature, the default one forced you to use a " -"barcode starting with ``041`` for cashier barcodes. To change that go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:116 -msgid "Change Cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When the cashier scans his own badge, you can see on the top that the " -"cashier has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:132 -msgid "Assign session to a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Click on the menu :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Sessions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Then, click on **New** and assign as **Responsible** the correct cashier to " -"the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:145 -msgid "When the cashier logs in he is able to open the session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:151 -msgid "Assign a default point of sale to a cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If you want your cashiers to be assigned to a point of sale, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:159 -msgid "Then click on **Manage Access Rights**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Edit** the cashier and add a **Default Point of Sale** under the **Point " -"of Sale** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:21 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:78 -msgid "Register an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:13 -msgid "You arrive now on the main view :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:18 -msgid "" -"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on " -"the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can " -"directly set the quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:23 -msgid "Record a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:25 -msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:30 -msgid "Register a new customer by clicking on the button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:35 -msgid "The following form appear. Fill in the relevant information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:40 -msgid "When it's done click on the **floppy disk** icon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You just registered a new customer. To set this customer to the current " -"order, just tap on **Set Customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:51 -msgid "The customer is now set on the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "How to reprint receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -msgid "This feature requires a POSBox and a receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If you want to allow a cashier to reprint a ticket, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick the option **Allow " -"cashier to reprint receipts**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You also need to allow the reprinting on the point of sale. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " -"configure and and tick the option **Reprinting**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "How to reprint a receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the Point of Sale interface click on the **Reprint Receipt** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:32 -msgid "The last printed receipt will be printed again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "Getting daily sales statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:7 -msgid "Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:9 -msgid "" -"On your dashboard, click on the **More** button on the point of sale you " -"want to analyse. Then click on **Orders**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You will get the figures for this particular point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "Global statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:23 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Orders`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:25 -msgid "You will get the figures of all orders for all point of sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:31 -msgid "Cashier statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:33 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Sales Details`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Choose the dates. Select the cashiers by clicking on **Add an item**. Then " -"click on **Print Report**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:41 -msgid "You will get a full report in a PDF file. Here is an example :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered POSBox per POS configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "POSBox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered POSBox. " -"These POSBoxes are similar to the regular POSBoxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered POSBox will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the POSBox by going " -"to the *Hardware status page* via the POSBox homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered POSBox associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / POSBox and the serial number of your POSBox is set)." -" The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a transaction, " -"you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your VAT signing " -"card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per POSBox are not allowed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the POSBox (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Point of Sale Hardware Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:6 -msgid "POSBox Setup Guide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:11 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:206 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Before you start setting up your POSBox make sure you have everything. You " -"will need :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:16 -msgid "The POSBox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:17 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:18 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:19 -msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:20 -msgid "A local network set up with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:21 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable or a Linux compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " -"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:25 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:26 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:29 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:214 -msgid "Step By Step Setup Guide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Current version of the POSBox (since 2015)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:36 -msgid "Connect peripheral devices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_, but other hardware " -"might work as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:42 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " -"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " -"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " -"your barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:54 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " -"Make sure this will connect the POSBox to the same network as your POS " -"device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Wi-Fi**: If you do not wish to use Ethernet, plug in a Linux compatible " -"USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are Linux " -"compatible. Officially supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a Ralink 5370 " -"chipset. Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, because all Wi-Fi " -"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:68 -msgid "Power the POSBox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Plug the power adapter into the POSBox, a bright red status led should light" -" up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:74 -msgid "Make sure the POSBox is ready" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once powered, The POSBox needs a while to boot. Once the POSBox is ready, it" -" should print a status receipt with its IP address. Also the status LED, " -"just next to the red power LED, should be permanently lit green." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:82 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:293 -msgid "Setup the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To setup the POSBox in the Point of Sale go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" -" --> Configuration --> Settings` and select your Point of Sale. Scroll down " -"to the ``Hardware Proxy / POSBox`` section and activate the options for the " -"hardware you want to use through the POSBox. Specifying the IP of the POSBox" -" is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that gets printed after " -"booting up the POSBox). When the IP is not specified the Point of Sale will " -"attempt to find it on the local network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you are running multiple Point of Sales on the same POSBox, make sure " -"that only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:96 -msgid "" -"It might be a good idea to make sure the POSBox IP never changes in your " -"network. Refer to your router documentation on how to achieve this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:101 -msgid "Launch the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:103 -msgid "" -"If you didn't specify the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, the POS " -"will need some time to perform a network scan to find the POSBox. This is " -"only done once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:107 -msgid "" -"The Point of Sale is now connected to the POSBox and your hardware should be" -" ready to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:111 -msgid "Wi-Fi configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The POSBox is Wi-Fi-capable. In order to use it you'll need a Linux " -"compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are" -" Linux compatible. Officially supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a Ralink " -"5370 chipset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, as all Wi-Fi related " -"functionality will be disabled when a wired network connection is available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:122 -msgid "" -"When the POSBox boots with a Wi-Fi adapter it will start its own Wi-Fi " -"Access Point called \"Posbox\" you can connect to. The receipt that gets " -"printed when the POSBox starts will reflect this. In order to make the " -"POSBox connect to an already existing Wi-Fi network, go to the homepage of " -"the POSBox (indicated on the receipt) and go to the Wi-Fi configuration " -"page. On there you can choose a network to connect to. Note that we only " -"support open and WPA(2)-PSK networks. When connecting to a WPA-secured " -"network, fill in the password field. The POSBox will attempt to connect to " -"the specified network and will print a new POSBox status receipt after it " -"has connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:133 -msgid "" -"If you plan on permanently setting up the POSBox with Wi-Fi, you can use the" -" \"persistent\" checkbox on the Wi-Fi configuration page when connecting to " -"a network. This will make the network choice persist across reboots. This " -"means that instead of starting up its own \"Posbox\" network it will always " -"attempt to connect to the specified network after it boots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:140 -msgid "" -"When the POSBox fails to connect to a network it will fall back to starting " -"it's own \"Posbox\" Access Point. If connection is lost with a Wi-Fi network" -" after connecting to it, the POSBox will attempt to re-establish connection " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:146 -msgid "Multi-POS Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:148 -msgid "" -"The advised way to setup a multi Point of Sale shop is to have one POSBox " -"per Point of Sale. In this case it is mandatory to manually specify the IP " -"address of each POSBox in each Point of Sale. You must also configure your " -"network to make sure the POSBox's IP addresses don't change. Please refer to" -" your router documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:155 -msgid "POSBoxless Guide (advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:159 -msgid "" -"If you are running your Point of Sale on a Debian-based Linux distribution, " -"you do not need the POSBox as you can run its software locally. However the " -"installation process is not foolproof. You'll need at least to know how to " -"install and run Odoo. You may also run into issues specific to your " -"distribution or to your particular setup and hardware configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Drivers for the various types of supported hardware are provided as Odoo " -"modules. In fact, the POSBox runs an instance of Odoo that the Point of Sale" -" communicates with. The instance of Odoo running on the POSBox is very " -"different from a 'real' Odoo instance however. It does not handle *any* " -"business data (eg. POS orders), but only serves as a gateway between the " -"Point of Sale and the hardware." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:173 -msgid "" -"The goal of this section will be to set up a local Odoo instance that " -"behaves like the Odoo instance running on the POSBox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:177 -msgid "Image building process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:179 -msgid "" -"We generate the official POSBox images using the scripts in " -"https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. " -"More specifically, we run `posbox_create_image.sh " -"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/posbox_create_image.sh>`_." -" This builds an image called ``posbox.img``, which we zip and upload to " -"`nightly.odoo.com <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_ for users to download." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:187 -msgid "" -"The scripts in this directory might be useful as a reference if you get " -"stuck or want more detail about something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:191 -msgid "Summary of the image creation process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The image creation process starts by downloading the latest `Raspbian " -"<https://www.raspbian.org/>`_ image. It then locally mounts this Raspbian " -"image and copies over some files and scripts that will make the Raspbian " -"image turn itself into a POSBox when it boots. These scripts will update " -"Raspbian, remove non-essential packages and install required packages. In " -"order to boot Raspbian we use qemu, which is capable of providing ARM " -"emulation. After this, the emulated Raspbian OS will shut itself down. We " -"then once again locally mount the image, remove the scripts that were used " -"to initialize the image at boot and we copy over some extra configuration " -"files. The resulting image is then ready to be tested and used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:208 -msgid "A Debian-based Linux distribution (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:209 -msgid "A running Odoo instance you connect to to load the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:210 -msgid "" -"You must uninstall any ESC/POS printer driver as it will conflict with " -"Odoo's built-in driver" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:217 -msgid "Extra dependencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:219 -msgid "" -"Because Odoo runs on Python 2, you need to check which version of pip you " -"need to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:222 -msgid "``# pip --version``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:224 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:230 -msgid "If it returns something like::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:228 -msgid "You need to try pip2 instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:234 -msgid "You can use pip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:236 -msgid "The driver modules requires the installation of new python modules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:238 -msgid "``# pip install pyserial``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:240 -msgid "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:242 -msgid "``# pip install qrcode``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:245 -msgid "Access Rights" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:247 -msgid "" -"The drivers need raw access to the printer and barcode scanner devices. " -"Doing so requires a bit system administration. First we are going to create " -"a group that has access to USB devices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:251 -msgid "``# groupadd usbusers``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:253 -msgid "Then we add the user who will run the OpenERP server to ``usbusers``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:255 -msgid "``# usermod -a -G usbusers USERNAME``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:257 -msgid "" -"Then we need to create a udev rule that will automatically allow members of " -"``usbusers`` to access raw USB devices. To do so create a file called " -"``99-usbusers.rules`` in the ``/etc/udev/rules.d/`` directory with the " -"following content::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:265 -msgid "Then you need to reboot your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:268 -msgid "Start the local Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:270 -msgid "We must launch the Odoo server with the correct settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:272 -msgid "" -"``$ ./odoo.py " -"--load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale,hw_scanner,hw_escpos``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:275 -msgid "Test the instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:277 -msgid "" -"Plug all your hardware to your machine's USB ports, and go to " -"``http://localhost:8069/hw_proxy/status`` refresh the page a few times and " -"see if all your devices are indicated as *Connected*. Possible source of " -"errors are: The paths on the distribution differ from the paths expected by " -"the drivers, another process has grabbed exclusive access to the devices, " -"the udev rules do not apply or a superseded by others." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:285 -msgid "Automatically start Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You must now make sure that this Odoo install is automatically started after" -" boot. There are various ways to do so, and how to do it depends on your " -"particular setup. Using the init system provided by your distribution is " -"probably the easiest way to accomplish this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:295 -msgid "" -"The IP address field in the POS configuration must be either ``127.0.0.1`` " -"or ``localhost`` if you're running the created Odoo server on the machine " -"that you'll use as the Point of Sale device. You can also leave it empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:301 -msgid "POSBox Technical Documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:304 -msgid "Technical Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:307 -msgid "The POSBox Hardware" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:309 -msgid "" -"The POSBox's Hardware is based on a `Raspberry Pi 2 " -"<https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/raspberry-pi-2-model-b/>`_, a popular " -"single-board computer. The Raspberry Pi 2 is powered with a 2A micro-usb " -"power adapter. 2A is needed to give enough power to the barcode scanners. " -"The Software is installed on a 8Gb Class 10 or Higher SD Card. All this " -"hardware is easily available worldwide from independent vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:318 -msgid "Compatible Peripherals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:320 -msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:324 -msgid "The POSBox Software" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:326 -msgid "" -"The POSBox runs a heavily modified Raspbian Linux installation, a Debian " -"derivative for the Raspberry Pi. It also runs a barebones installation of " -"Odoo which provides the webserver and the drivers. The hardware drivers are " -"implemented as Odoo modules. Those modules are all prefixed with ``hw_*`` " -"and they are the only modules that are running on the POSBox. Odoo is only " -"used for the framework it provides. No business data is processed or stored " -"on the POSBox. The Odoo instance is a shallow git clone of the ``8.0`` " -"branch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:335 -msgid "" -"The root partition on the POSBox is mounted read-only, ensuring that we " -"don't wear out the SD card by writing to it too much. It also ensures that " -"the filesystem cannot be corrupted by cutting the power to the POSBox. Linux" -" applications expect to be able to write to certain directories though. So " -"we provide a ramdisk for /etc and /var (Raspbian automatically provides one " -"for /tmp). These ramdisks are setup by ``setup_ramdisks.sh``, which we run " -"before all other init scripts by running it in ``/etc/init.d/rcS``. The " -"ramdisks are named /etc_ram and /var_ram respectively. Most data from /etc " -"and /var is copied to these tmpfs ramdisks. In order to restrict the size of" -" the ramdisks, we do not copy over certain things to them (eg. apt related " -"data). We then bind mount them over the original directories. So when an " -"application writes to /etc/foo/bar it's actually writing to " -"/etc_ram/foo/bar. We also bind mount / to /root_bypass_ramdisks to be able " -"to get to the real /etc and /var during development." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:351 -msgid "Logs of the running Odoo server can be found at:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:353 -msgid "``/var/log/odoo/odoo.log``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:355 -msgid "" -"Various POSBox related scripts (eg. wifi-related scripts) running on the " -"POSBox will log to /var/log/syslog and those messages are tagged with " -"``posbox_*``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:360 -msgid "Accessing the POSBox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:363 -msgid "Local Access" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:365 -msgid "" -"If you plug a QWERTY USB keyboard into one of the POSBox's USB ports, and if" -" you connect a computer monitor to the *HDMI* port of the POSBox, you can " -"use it as a small GNU/Linux computer and perform various administration " -"tasks, like viewing some logs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:370 -msgid "The POSBox will automatically log in as root on the default tty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:373 -msgid "Remote Access" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:375 -msgid "" -"If you have the POSBox's IP address and an SSH client you can access the " -"POSBox's system remotely. The login credentials are ``pi``/``raspberry``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:380 -msgid "Updating The POSBox Software" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:382 -msgid "" -"Only upgrade the POSBox if you experience problems or want to use newly " -"implemented features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:385 -msgid "" -"The best way to update the POSBox software is to download a new version of " -"the image and flash the SD-Card with it. This operation is described in " -"detail in `this tutorial <http://elinux.org/RPi_Easy_SD_Card_Setup>`_, just " -"replace the standard Raspberry Pi image with the latest one found at `the " -"official POSBox image page <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/>`_. This " -"method of upgrading will ensure that you're running the latest version of " -"the POSBox software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:394 -msgid "" -"The second way of upgrading is through the built in upgrade interface that " -"can be reached through the POSBox homepage. The nice thing about upgrading " -"like this is that you don't have to flash a new image. This upgrade method " -"is limited to what it can do however. It can not eg. update installed " -"configuration files (like eg. /etc/hostapd.conf). It can only upgrade:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:401 -msgid "The internal Odoo application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:402 -msgid "" -"Scripts in the folder " -"``odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:404 -msgid "When in doubt, always use the first method of upgrading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:407 -msgid "Troubleshoot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:410 -msgid "The POS cannot connect to the POSBox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:412 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to make sure the POSBox is properly set-up is to turn it on " -"with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error " -"if encountered or the POSBox's IP address in case of success. If no receipt " -"is printed, check the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:416 -msgid "" -"Make sure the POSBox is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " -"LED." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:418 -msgid "" -"Make sure the POSBox is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " -"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The POSBox should be ready" -" ~2 minutes after it is started." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:421 -msgid "" -"Make sure the POSBox is connected to the same network as your POS device. " -"Both the device and the POSBox should be visible in the list of connected " -"devices on your network router." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:424 -msgid "" -"Make sure that your LAN is set up with DHCP, and gives IP addresses in the " -"range 192.168.0.X, 192.168.1.X, 10.0.0.X. If you cannot setup your LAN that " -"way, you must manually set up your POSBox's IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:428 -msgid "" -"If you have specified the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, make " -"sure it correspond to the printed on the POSBox's status receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:431 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:432 -msgid "" -"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation prevents the autodiscovery from " -"working reliably. When using Firefox you should manually set up the POSBox's" -" IP address in the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:437 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:439 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " -"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " -"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:443 -msgid "" -"The POSBox needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " -"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " -"enough power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:446 -msgid "" -"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" -" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" -" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:449 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"POSBox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:454 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:456 -msgid "" -"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " -"Scanner' enabled are connected to the POSBox at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:461 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:463 -msgid "" -"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the POSBox will do some" -" preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " -"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " -"and the POSBox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:469 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:471 -msgid "" -"The POSBox does not support all languages and characters. It currently " -"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:476 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:478 -msgid "" -"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " -"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " -"contact support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:483 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:485 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:489 -msgid "Credits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:490 -msgid "" -"The POSBox project was developed by Frédéric van der Essen with the kind " -"help of Gary Malherbe, Fabien Meghazi, Nicolas Wisniewsky, Dimitri Del " -"Marmol, Joren Van Onder and Antony Lesuisse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:494 -msgid "" -"This development would not have been possible without the Indiegogo campaign" -" and those who contributed to it. Special thanks goes to the partners who " -"backed the campaign with founding partner bundles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:498 -msgid "Camptocamp" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:499 -msgid "BHC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:500 -msgid "openBig" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:501 -msgid "Eeezee-IT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:502 -msgid "Solarsis LDA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:503 -msgid "ACSONE" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:504 -msgid "Vauxoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:505 -msgid "Ekomurz" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:506 -msgid "Datalp" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:507 -msgid "Dao Systems" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:508 -msgid "Eggs Solutions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:509 -msgid "OpusVL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:511 -msgid "" -"And also the partners who've backed the development with the Founding POSBox" -" Bundle:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:514 -msgid "Willow IT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:515 -msgid "E\\. Akhalwaya & Sons" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:516 -msgid "Multibase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:517 -msgid "Mindesa" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:518 -msgid "bpso.biz" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:519 -msgid "Shine IT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online **Point of Sale** application is based on a simple, user " -"friendly interface. The **Point of Sale** application can be used online or " -"offline on iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo **Point of Sale** is fully integrated with the **Inventory** and the " -"**Accounting** applications. Any transaction with your point of sale will " -"automatically be registered in your inventory management and accounting and," -" even in your **CRM** as the customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale Application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the **Point of Sale** application. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps` and install the **Point of Sale** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Do not forget to install an accounting **chart of account**. If it is not " -"done, go to the **Invoicing/Accounting** application and click on **Browse " -"available countries**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "Then choose the one you want to install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:42 -msgid "When it is done, you are all set to use the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:45 -msgid "Adding Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To add products from the point of sale **Dashboard** go to " -":menuselection:`Orders --> Products` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The first example will be oranges with a price of ``3€/kg``. In the " -"**Sales** tab, you can see the point of sale configuration. There, you can " -"set a product category, specify that the product has to be weighted or not " -"and ensure that it will be available in the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In same the way, you can add lemons, pumpkins, red onions, bananas... in the" -" database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "How to easily manage categories?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If you already have a database with your products, you can easily set a " -"**Point of Sale Category** by using the Kanban view and by grouping the " -"products by **Point of Sale Category**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:72 -msgid "Configuring a payment method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To configure a new payment method go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Payment methods` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:81 -msgid "" -"After you set up a name and the type of payment method, you can go to the " -"point of sale tab and ensure that this payment method has been activated for" -" the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:86 -msgid "Configuring your points of sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, click on the " -"``main`` point of sale. Edit the point of sale and add your custom payment " -"method into the available payment methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:95 -msgid "" -"You can configure each point of sale according to your hardware, " -"location,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Point of Sale Name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "An internal identification of the point of sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Sales Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Accounting journal used to post sales entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Group Journal Items" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this if you want to group the Journal Items by Product while closing a" -" Session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Defines what kind of barcodes are available and how they are assigned to " -"products, customers and cashiers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Order IDs Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This sequence is automatically created by Odoo but you can change it to " -"customize the reference numbers of your orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Sales Channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Virtual KeyBoard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enables an integrated Virtual Keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Prefill Cash Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The payment input will behave similarily to bank payment input, and will be " -"prefilled with the exact due amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Start Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The point of sale will display this product category by default. If no " -"category is specified, all available products will be shown" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Tip Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The product used to encode the customer tip. Leave empty if you do not " -"accept tips." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Include Taxes in Prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The displayed prices will always include all taxes, even if the taxes have " -"been setup differently" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Large Scrollbars" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "For imprecise industrial touchscreens" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Display Category Pictures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "The product categories will be displayed with pictures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "IP Address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The hostname or ip address of the hardware proxy, Will be autodetected if " -"left empty" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Electronic Scale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enables Electronic Scale integration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Automatically open the cashdrawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt Printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Bypass browser printing and prints via the hardware proxy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Automatic Receipt Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "The receipt will automatically be printed at the end of each order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Skip Receipt Screen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The receipt screen will be skipped if the receipt can be printed " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Header" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a header in the printed receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Footer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a footer in the printed receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Cash Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Bill Splitting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enables Bill Splitting in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Bill Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Allows to print the Bill before payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Orderline Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Allow custom notes on Orderlines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Restaurant Floors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "The restaurant floors served by this point of sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:100 -msgid "Now you are ready to make your first steps with your point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:103 -msgid "First Steps in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:106 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:108 -msgid "" -"On the dashboard, you can see your points of sales, click on **New " -"session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "" -"On the right you can see the products list with the categories on the top. " -"If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can directly " -"set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:125 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:59 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " -"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` " -"and pays with a ``20 €`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:134 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Your ticket is printed and you are now ready to make your second order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:137 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:71 -msgid "Closing a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:139 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, to close the session, click on the **Close** button " -"on the top right. Click again on the close button of the point of sale. On " -"this page, you will see a summary of the transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:146 -msgid "" -"If you click on a payment method line, the journal of this method appears " -"containing all the transactions performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:152 -msgid "Now, you only have to validate and close the session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "How to register multiple orders simultaneously?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:6 -msgid "Register simultaneous orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On the main screen, just tap on the **+** on the top of the screen to " -"register another order. The current orders remain opened until the payment " -"is done or the order is cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:16 -msgid "Switch from one order to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:18 -msgid "Simply click on the number of the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:24 -msgid "Cancel an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you made a mistake or if the order is cancelled, just click on the **-** " -"button. A message will appear to confirm the order deletion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:34 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/register`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/reprint`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`transfer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle kitchen & bar order printing?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "From the dashboard click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:13 -msgid "Under the **Bar & Restaurant** section, tick **Bill Printing**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:18 -msgid "In order printers, click on **add an item** and then **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Set a printer **Name**, its **IP address** and the **Category** of product " -"you want to print on this printer. The category of product is useful to " -"print the order for the kitchen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:30 -msgid "Several printers can be added this way" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Now when you register an order, products will be automatically printed on " -"the correct printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:39 -msgid "Print a bill before the payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:41 -msgid "On the main screen, click on the **Bill** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:46 -msgid "Finally click on **Print**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:51 -msgid "Click on **Ok** once it is done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:54 -msgid "Print the order (kitchen printing)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:56 -msgid "" -"This is different than printing the bill. It only prints the list of the " -"items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:59 -msgid "Click on **Order**, it will automatically be printed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The printer is automatically chosen according to the products categories set" -" on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Point of Sale Restaurant?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Point of Sale** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Enable the option **Restaurant: activate table management** and click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Then go back to the **Dashboard**, on the point of sale you want to use in " -"restaurant mode, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Under the **Restaurant Floors** section, click on **add an item** to insert " -"a floor and to set your PoS in restaurant mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Insert a floor name and assign the floor to your point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Click on **Save & Close** and then on **Save**. Congratulations, your point " -"of sale is now in Restaurant mode. The first time you start a session, you " -"will arrive on an empty map." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:40 -msgid ":doc:`table`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle split bills?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Split bills only work for point of sales that are in **restaurant** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:15 -msgid "In the settings tick the option **Bill Splitting**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:8 -msgid "From the dashboard, click on **New Session**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:28 -msgid "Choose a table and start registering an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When customers want to pay and split the bill, there are two ways to achieve" -" this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:36 -msgid "based on the total" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:38 -msgid "based on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:44 -msgid "Splitting based on the total" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Just click on **Payment**. You only have to insert the money tendered by " -"each customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Click on the payment method (cash, credit card,...) and enter the amount. " -"Repeat it for each customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:55 -msgid "" -"When it's done, click on validate. This is how to split the bill based on " -"the total amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:59 -msgid "Split the bill based on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:61 -msgid "On the main view, click on **Split**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Select the products the first customer wants to pay and click on **Payment**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:71 -msgid "You get the total, process the payment and click on **Validate**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:76 -msgid "Follow the same procedure for the next customer of the same table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:78 -msgid "When all the products have been paid you go back to the table map." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure your table map?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:6 -msgid "Make your table map" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for restaurant usage, click on " -"**New Session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:14 -msgid "" -"This is your main floor, it is empty for now. Click on the **+** icon to add" -" a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Drag and drop the table to change its position. Once you click on it, you " -"can edit it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:23 -msgid "Click on the corners to change the size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:28 -msgid "The number of seats can be set by clicking on this icon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:33 -msgid "The table name can be edited by clicking on this icon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:38 -msgid "You can switch from round to square table by clicking on this icon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:43 -msgid "The color of the table can modify by clicking on this icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:48 -msgid "This icon allows you to duplicate the table:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:53 -msgid "To drop a table click on this icon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Once your plan is done click on the pencil to leave the edit mode. The plan " -"is automatically saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:65 -msgid "Register your orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Now you are ready to make your first order. You just have to click on a " -"table to start registering an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can come back at any time to the map by clicking on the floor name :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:76 -msgid "Edit a table map" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:78 -msgid "On your map, click on the pencil icon to go in edit mode :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle tips?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:63 -msgid "From the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:13 -msgid "Add a product for the tip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the tip product page, be sure to set a sale price of ``0€`` and to remove" -" all the taxes in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:25 -msgid "Adding a tip" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:27 -msgid "On the payment page, tap on **Tip**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:32 -msgid "Tap down the amount of the tip:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The total amount has been updated and you can now register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to transfer a customer from table?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This only work for Point of Sales that are configured in restaurant mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Choose a table, for example table ``T1`` and start registering an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register an order. For some reason, customers want to move to table ``T9``. " -"Click on **Transfer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:24 -msgid "Select to which table you want to transfer customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:29 -msgid "You see that the order has been added to the table ``T9``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Shop Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up cash control?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash control permits you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:9 -msgid "Configuring cash control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:11 -msgid "" -"On the **Point of Sale** dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:17 -msgid "On this page, scroll and tick the the option **Cash Control**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:23 -msgid "Starting a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:25 -msgid "On your point of sale dashboard click on **new session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Before launching the point of sale interface, you get the open control view." -" Click on set an opening balance to introduce the amount in the cashbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Here you can insert the value of the coin or bill, and the amount present in" -" the cashbox. The system sums up the total, in this example we have " -"``86,85€`` in the cashbox. Click on **confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can see that the opening balance has changed and when you click on " -"**Open Session** you will get the main point of sale interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " -"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84€`` " -"and pays with a ``20€`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:73 -msgid "" -"At the time of closing the session, click on the **Close** button on the top" -" right. Click again on the **Close** button to exit the point of sale " -"interface. On this page, you will see a summary of the transactions. At this" -" moment you can take the money out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:81 -msgid "" -"For instance you want to take your daily transactions out of your cashbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that the theoretical closing balance has been updated and it" -" only remains you to count your cashbox to set a closing balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:93 -msgid "You can now validate the closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:96 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:92 -msgid ":doc:`invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:97 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:116 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`refund`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:98 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:117 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:21 -msgid ":doc:`seasonal_discount`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice from the POS interface?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On the **Dashboard**, you can see your points of sales, click on **New " -"session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:14 -msgid "You are on the ``main`` point of sales view :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:19 -msgid "" -"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on " -"the top. Switch categories by clicking on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you click on a product, it will be added in your cart. You can directly " -"set the correct **Quantity/Weight** by typing it on the keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:26 -msgid "Add a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:29 -msgid "By selecting in the customer list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:31 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer** (above **Payment**):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:36 -msgid "You must set a customer in order to be able to issue an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can search in the list of your customers or create new ones by clicking " -"on the icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:48 -msgid "" -"For more explanation about adding a new customer. Please read the document " -":doc:`../advanced/register`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "By using a barcode for customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:59 -msgid "Select a customer and click on the pencil to edit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:64 -msgid "Set a the barcode for customer by scanning it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Save modifications and now when you scan the customer's barcode, he is " -"assigned to the order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Be careful with the **Barcode Nomenclature**. By default, customers' " -"barcodes have to begin with 042. To check the default barcode nomenclature, " -"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode " -"Nomenclatures`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:82 -msgid "Payment and invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Once the cart is processed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " -"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` " -"and pays with by a ``VISA``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Before clicking on **Validate**, you have to click on **Invoice** in order " -"to create an invoice from this order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:94 -msgid "Your invoice is printed and you can continue to make orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:97 -msgid "Retrieve invoices of a specific customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To retrieve the customer's invoices, go to the **Sale** application, click " -"on :menuselection:`Sales --> Customers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:102 -msgid "On the customer information view, click on the **Invoiced** button :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:107 -msgid "" -"You will get the list all his invoices. Click on the invoice to get the " -"details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:114 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:91 -msgid ":doc:`cash_control`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "How to return and refund products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To refund a customer, from the PoS main view, you have to insert negative " -"values. For instance in the last order you count too many ``pumpkins`` and " -"you have to pay back one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You can see that the total is negative, to end the refund, you only have to " -"process the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "How to apply Time-limited or seasonal discounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:8 -msgid "To apply time-limited or seasonal discount, use the pricelists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -msgid "You have to create it and to apply it on the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:13 -msgid "Sales application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Sales** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Tick **Advanced pricing based on formula**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Creating a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once the setting has been applied, a **Pricelists** section appears under " -"the configuration menu on the sales application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "Click on it, and then on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Create a **Pricelist** for your point of sale. Each pricelist can contain " -"several items with different prices and different dates. It can be done on " -"all products or only on specific ones. Click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If unchecked, it will allow you to hide the pricelist without removing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 -msgid "Selectable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 -msgid "Allow the end user to choose this price list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45 -msgid "" -"For example, the price of the oranges costs ``3€`` but for two days, we want" -" to give a ``10%`` discount to our PoS customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can do it by adding the product or its category and applying a " -"percentage discount. Other price computation can be done for the pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:55 -msgid "After you save and close, your pricelist is ready to be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:61 -msgid "Applying your pricelist to the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:68 -msgid "On the right, you will be able to assign a pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You just have to update the pricelist to apply the time-limited discount(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:80 -msgid "" -"When you start a new session, you can see that the price have automatically " -"been updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:87 -msgid "When you update a pricelist, you have to close and open the session." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po deleted file mode 100644 index b7f4c744b..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po deleted file mode 100644 index f31ddddcf..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1696 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:3 -msgid "How to use projects to handle claims/issues?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A company selling support services often has to deal with problems occurring" -" during the implementation of the project. These issues have to be solved " -"and followed up as fast as possible in order to ensure the deliverability of" -" the project and a positive customer satisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:10 -msgid "" -"For example, as an IT company offering the implementation of your software, " -"you might have to deal with customers emails experiencing technical " -"problems. Odoo offers the opportunity to create dedicated support projects " -"which automatically generate tasks upon receiving an customer support email." -" This way, the issue can then be assigned directly to an employee and can be" -" closed more quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:18 -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:15 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The following configuration are needed to be able to use projects for " -"support and issues. You need to install the **Project management** and the " -"**Issue Tracking** modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:31 -msgid "Create a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The first step in order to set up a claim/issue management system is to " -"create a project related to those claims. Let's start by simply creating a " -"**support project**. Enter the Project application dashboard, click on " -"create and name your project **Support**. Tick the **Issues** box and rename" -" the field if you want to customize the Issues label (e.g. **Bugs** or " -"**Cases**). As issues are customer-oriented tasks, you might want to set the" -" Privacy/Visibility settings to **Customer project** (therefore your client " -"will be able to follow his claim in his portal)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can link the project to a customer if the project has been created to " -"handle a specific client issues, otherwise you can leave the field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:51 -msgid "Invite followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You can decide to notify your employees as soon as a new issue will be " -"created. On the **Chatter** (bottom of the screen), you will notice two " -"buttons on the right : **Follow** (green) and **No follower** (white). Click" -" on the first to receive personally notifications and on the second to add " -"others employees as follower of the project (see screenshot below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:63 -msgid "Set up your workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:65 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project stages to suit your workflow by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using the **setting** icon on " -"your desired stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:77 -msgid "Generate issues from emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:79 -msgid "" -"When your project is correctly set up and saved, you will see it appearing " -"in your dashboard. Note that an email address for that project is " -"automatically generated, with the name of the project as alias." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you cannot see the email address on your project, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and configure your alias " -"domain. Hit **Apply** and go back to your **Projects** dashboard where you " -"will now see the email address under the name of your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Every time one of your client will send an email to that email address, a " -"new issue will be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:96 -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 -msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 -msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`claim_issue`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Moreover if you wish to be able to invoice your customers based on time " -"spent on the task, it is also necessary to install the **Timesheet** module." -" Simply go into the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 -msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 -msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Creating a new project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 -msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 -msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Tasks are assignments that members of your organisations have to fulfill as " -"part of a project. In day to day business, your company might struggle due " -"to the important amount of tasks to fulfill. Those task are already complex " -"enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be a real " -"burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the " -"different tasks you have to cope with." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The only configuration needed is to install the project module in the module" -" application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:24 -msgid "Creating Tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once you created a project, you can easily generate tasks for it. Simply " -"open the project and click on create a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You then first give a name to your task, the related project will " -"automatically be filled in, assign the project to someone, and select a " -"deadline if there is one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:40 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:49 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:57 -msgid "How to nototify your collegues about the status of a task?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:65 -msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will be automatically moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red (in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:80 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadline in a " -"single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:89 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 -msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:94 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 -msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 -msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 -msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 -msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 -msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 -msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2096665bf..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2922 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:3 -msgid "Request for Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Although they are intimately related, Requests for Quotation, Purchase " -"Tenders and Purchase Orders are not the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A **Request for Quotation** (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " -"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " -"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " -"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " -"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:15 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A **Purchase Tender** (PT), also known as Call for Bids, is used to drive " -"competition between several suppliers in order to get the best offer for a " -"list of products. In comparison to the RfQ, a Purchase Tender is sent to " -"multiple suppliers, stating each are competing with one another, and that " -"the best offer will win. The main interest is that it usually leads to " -"better offers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase Order** (PO) is the actual order that you place to the " -"supplier that you chose, either through a RfQ, a Purchase Tender, or simply " -"when you already know which supplier to order from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:27 -msgid "When to use?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:29 -msgid "" -"A **RfQ** is interesting when you have never purchased the products with " -"that supplier before and therefore don't know their price. It is also useful" -" if you want to challenge your suppliers once you have a well-established " -"relationship with them. You can also use it to assess the cost of a project " -"and see if it makes it feasible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:35 -msgid "" -"A **Purchase Tender** is used for public offers that require an open " -"offering from several suppliers. It is also useful when you need to make a " -"one-off order for a product and you would like to get the best offer, no " -"matter which supplier it is. It may be used when your supplier has not been " -"up to your standards and you would like to either push them to deliver a " -"better service, or find a replacement in their competitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:43 -msgid "When not to use?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**RfQ**\\ s become unnecessary once you have established your favorite " -"supplier for each item, and will only increase the delay in the delivery of " -"your items. In that case, the process will be simpler by starting straight " -"from a Purchase Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:50 -msgid "" -"**Purchase Tenders** are a long and tedious process that will likely take " -"more than several weeks in the best cases. If you need a quick delivery, " -"this is not the way to go. Also, if you have a well-established relationship" -" with one supplier, think twice before you initiate a PT with them as it " -"might tear the relationship and finally lead to less interesting deals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:58 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:139 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:60 -msgid "" -"My company builds wooden furniture. For the new series of table we are " -"designing, we need some screws, metal frames and rubber protections." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:63 -msgid "" -"I create a Request for Quotation in Odoo with those products to my usual " -"supplier, and send it by email. He answers back with an offer. However, I am" -" not convinced by the offer, and I want to see if anyone can give a better " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:68 -msgid "" -"I decide to push competition a bit and set up a Purchase Tender, that Odoo " -"will send to a list of suppliers I specified. Out of the 8 offers I receive," -" one gets my attention and I decide to go ahead with that one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:72 -msgid "" -"I confirm the order to the supplier by creating a Purchase Order from the " -"PT, and Odoo automatically asks delivery of the items to the supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:77 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:16 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:58 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:21 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Order**, read the " -"documentation on :doc:`from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If you want to know how to create a **RfQ**, read the documentation on " -":doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:85 -msgid "" -"If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Tender**, read the " -"documentation on :doc:`../../purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "From purchase order to invoice and receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"For most of your everyday purchases, chances are you already know where to " -"purchase and at what price. For these cases, a simple Purchase Order (PO) " -"will allow you to handle the whole process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a purchase order can be created as is, but can also be the result " -"of a Request for Quotation or of a Purchase Tender. Therefore, every " -"purchase made in Odoo has a PO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The PO will generate an invoice, and depending on the contract with your " -"supplier, you will be required to pay the invoice before or after delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:18 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:20 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search and install the **Purchase " -"Management** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:27 -msgid "Creating a Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchases** app, open the **Purchase** menu and click on **Purchase" -" Orders**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:32 -msgid "In the **Purchase Orders** window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:37 -msgid "" -"From the new window, insert the **Vendor** and type in the **Order Date**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:40 -msgid "In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:45 -msgid "Select your product from the list and add a description if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:47 -msgid "The **Scheduled Date** menu corresponds to the expected delivery date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Type in the quantity which you wish to purchase, then click on **Save** and " -"on **Confirm Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you wish to go through the complete flow and create a **Request for " -"Quotation** for this order, refer to the document on " -":doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:57 -msgid "" -"As you can see, the status of the PO has switched to ``Purchase Order``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:63 -msgid "Registering invoice, payments and receiving products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Depending on the contract you have with your supplier, you can either pay " -"for the purchase upon delivery of the goods, or get the goods delivered " -"after payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:70 -msgid "Payment upon or after reception" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:72 -msgid "Still from your purchase order, click on **Receive Products**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In the next page, check that the number of products received corresponds to " -"the number ordered, then manually enter the delivered quantity and click on " -"**Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Go back to the PO. In the PO, a **Shipment** and an **Invoice** button have " -"appeared." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Invoices** button, then click on **Validate**. The invoice is" -" now registered in the system. Click on **Register Payment**, insert the " -"detail of the payment, and click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:94 -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Your products are now ready for picking and storage, and the invoice is " -"marked as paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:98 -msgid "Upfront payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:100 -msgid "" -"From the **Purchase Order** page, open the **Invoices** tab, then click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:103 -msgid "" -"In the next page, click on **Validate**. The invoice is now registered in " -"the system. Click on **Register Payment**, insert the detail of the payment," -" and click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Go back to the PO. In the PO, a **Shipment** tab and an **Invoice** tab have" -" appeared." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Click on **Receive Products**, then in the new page, click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:121 -msgid "" -"A window will appear, asking if you wish to process every item at once. " -"Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 -msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import supplier pricelists?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Big companies use to import supplier pricelists day to day. Indeed, prices " -"are always changing and you need to get price up to date to deal with a high" -" number of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To manage supplier prices on product form, read this document " -"(:doc:`suppliers`). Here we will show you how to import customer prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:16 -msgid "Required configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:18 -msgid "In purchase settings, you have 2 options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:20 -msgid "Manage vendor price on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:22 -msgid "Allow using and importing vendor pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:24 -msgid "Here we are selecting: **Allow using and importing vendor pricelists**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:30 -msgid "Import vendor pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:32 -msgid "" -"There are 2 scenarios: import the vendor pricelist for the first time, or " -"update an existing vendor pricelist. In both scenarios, we assume your " -"product list and vendor list is updated and you want to import the price " -"list of vendors for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To import a list from a document, the best pratice is to export first to get" -" an example of data formating and a proper header to reimport." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:50 -msgid "Import the list for the first time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:53 -msgid "Prepare the document" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase --> Supplier Pricelists`, export a " -"template of document to get import/export compatible and get the right " -"format to import in mass. Create manually a data and export it " -"(:menuselection:`select --> Action --> Export`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:63 -msgid "Here is the list of fields you can import:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 -msgid "**Header of the document to import (csv, xls)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 -msgid "**Meaning and how to get it**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 -msgid "**Example**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 -msgid "name_id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 -msgid "Vendor ID -> export supplier list to get it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 -msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.res\\_partner\\_12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 -msgid "product_code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 -msgid "Vendor product Code -> free text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 -msgid "569874" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 -msgid "price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 -msgid "Vendor Price -> free text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 -msgid "1500" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 -msgid "product_tmpl_id.id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 -msgid "Product Template ID -> export you product list to get it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 -msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product_template_13" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76 -msgid "currency_id.id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76 -msgid "Currency -> to get it export the currency list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 -msgid "date_end" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 -msgid "End date of the price validity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 -msgid "2015-10-22" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 -msgid "min_qty" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 -msgid "Minimal quantity to purchase from this vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 -msgid "product_id.id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 -msgid "Product Variante name -> export your variant list to get it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 -msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product\\_13" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 -msgid "date_start" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 -msgid "Start date of price validity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 -msgid "2015-12-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:87 -msgid "You obtain a document which can be imported, fill in your vendor pices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Import this document in Odoo. Click on **Import** in the list view and " -"upload your document. You can validate and check error. Once the system " -"tells you everything is ok, you can import the list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:102 -msgid "" -"After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the " -"product form is filled in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:106 -msgid "Update the vendor pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When the pricelist of your suppliers change, it is necessary to update " -"existing prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Follow the procedure of the first scenario in order to export existing data " -"from :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> Vendor Pricelist`. Select " -"everything, and export from the **Action** menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Change price, end date, add a line, change a supplier, ... and then reimport" -" in Odoo. Thanks to the ID, the list will be updated. Either the id is " -"recognized and the line is updated or the ID is not known by Odoo and it " -"will create a new pricelist line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:120 -msgid "" -"After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the " -"product form is updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 -msgid "How to set several suppliers on a product?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your vendors can be a real burden in day-to-day business " -"life. Prices can change and you might have several suppliers for one " -"product. With Odoo you have the possibility to directly link vendors with " -"the corresponding product and specify prices automatically the first time " -"you purchase them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example: We need to buy ``5 t-shirts``. We found " -"a **Vendor**; called ``Bob&Jerry's`` and we want to issue a request for " -"quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:19 -msgid "Install the purchase module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The first step to set your suppliers on your products is to install the " -"purchase module. Go into your **App** module and install the **Purchase** " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:29 -msgid "" -"By installing the purchase module, the inventory and invoicing module will " -"be installed as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:33 -msgid "Create a Vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The second step is to create a vendor. In this case we'll create the vendor " -"``Bob&Jerry's``. Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Purchase " -"--> Vendors` and create a new vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can choose if the contact is a company or a person, fill in basic " -"information such as address, phone, email,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you did not create the contact from the purchase module you will need to " -"go in the **Sales and Purchases** tab as well and indicate that the contact " -"is a **Vendor** (see picture below). If the contact is created from the " -"purchase module this box will be ticked automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:51 -msgid "Create a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Next we can create the product we want to buy. We don't know the price of " -"the t-shirt yet because we still need to issue our **Request for " -"Quotation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To create a product enter your purchase module select " -":menuselection:`Purchase --> Products` and create a new product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:60 -msgid "" -"We will call our product ``T-shirt`` and specify that the product can be " -"sold and purchased." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:67 -msgid "Add Vendors to the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The next action is to add vendors to the product. There are two ways to " -"handle this. If you issue a purchase order for the first time Odoo will " -"automatically link the vendor and its price to the product. You can also add" -" vendors manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:75 -msgid "By issuing a first Purchase Order to new vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:77 -msgid "" -"When issuing a purchase order for the first time to a vendor, he will " -"automatically be linked to the product by Odoo. For our example let's say " -"that we issue a first purchase order to ``Bob&Jerry's`` for ``5 t-shirts`` " -"at ``12.35 euros / piece``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:82 -msgid "" -"First create your purchase order with the correct product and supplier (see " -"picture below, or the documentation page :doc:`../rfq/create` for more " -"information)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:89 -msgid "" -"When we save and validate the purchase order the vendor will automatically " -"be added to the product's vendors list. To check this enter the purchase " -"module, select :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products` and select our T-shirt" -" product. By opening the **Inventory** tab we notice that our vendor and its" -" price has automatically been added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " -"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:103 -msgid "By adding manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:105 -msgid "" -"We can of course also add vendors and vendors information manually. On the " -"same page than previously, simply click on **Edit** and click the **Add an " -"item** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:112 -msgid "" -"When adding a new **Vendor** you are also able to add extra information such" -" as the vendor product name or code, the validity of the price and the " -"eventual minimum quantity required. These informations can be added and " -"modified for existing vendors by simply clicking on the vendors line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 -msgid "How to purchase in different unit of measures than sales?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " -"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" -" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" -" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " -"between sales and purchase very easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 -msgid "Let's take the following examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " -"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " -"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " -"quantities in **Liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" -" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " -"correctly installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom01|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom02|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 -msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " -"unit of measures (advanced)** box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 -msgid "Standard units of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " -"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" -" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " -"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 -msgid "" -"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " -"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " -"customers in **Liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 -msgid "" -"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " -"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" -" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " -"purchase)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " -"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 -msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " -"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " -"curtains in **square meters**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " -"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " -"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" -" where both units have a conversion relationship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" -" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " -"below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " -"**Inter-Category-Computation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " -"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " -"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " -"of Measure`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 -msgid "Create two new units:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 -msgid "" -"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" -" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" -" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " -"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" -" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" -" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " -"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " -"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 -msgid "" -"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " -"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 -msgid "Request for Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "How to analyze the performance of my vendors?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " -"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " -"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " -"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " -"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " -"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " -"their future orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:17 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**. " -"If you want to know how to generate a purchase order, please read the " -"documentation :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:44 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:47 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " -"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " -"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " -"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " -"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " -"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:60 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " -"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " -"\"Products\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" -" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " -"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " -"below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:77 -msgid "" -"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " -"dependent and one independent measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:81 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " -"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " -"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:97 -msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:103 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:76 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:75 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup two levels of approval for purchase orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:6 -msgid "Two level approval setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Double validation on purchases forces a validation when the purchased amount" -" exceeds a certain limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Install **Purchase Management** module and then go to **General Settings** " -"to configure the company data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Set here the amount limit for second approval and set approval from manager " -"side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:21 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Logged as a purchase user, create a purchase order for more than the amount " -"set above, and confirm it. The purchase order is set in a state **To " -"Approve**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:29 -msgid "The manager gets the order to approve and validates the final order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:34 -msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 -msgid "How to control supplier bills?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " -"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " -"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" -" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " -"management processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:13 -msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " -"vendor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " -"Order (PO)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " -"stockable products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " -"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " -"only one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 -msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing purchase will " -"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:41 -msgid "Creating products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the **Products** submenu under **Purchase**," -" and click **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " -"it is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Products that are set as **Stockable** or **Consumable** will allow you to " -"keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management " -"and will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service** or **Digital Product** " -"will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " -"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " -"of these designations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:64 -msgid "" -"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " -"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" -" type to **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:70 -msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:73 -msgid "Purchasing products or services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:75 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " -"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " -"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " -"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " -"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " -"Reference)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the **Inventory** " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89 -msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " -"you will need to receive the products from the **Inventory** application " -"after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you " -"should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This " -"button is outlined in red below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the " -"**Vendor** (or **Partner**), the product, or the source document, also known" -" as the reference of your purchase order. You also have the capability to " -"group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item" -" from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive " -"the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117 -msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120 -msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:122 -msgid "" -"When you receive a **Vendor Bill** for a previous purchase, be sure to " -"record it in the **Purchases** application under the **Control Menu**. You " -"need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a **Vendor Bill** is to " -"select the appropriate **Vendor** as this will also pull up any associated " -"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " -"any one or multiple purchase orders to populate the vendor bill with. When " -"you select a purchase order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " -"products associated to that purchase order and automatically populate that " -"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " -"reference number or your internal purchase order number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:144 -msgid "" -"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" -" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:149 -msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same purchase order if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " -"products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:154 -msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " -"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " -"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" -" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" -" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" -" validate the vendor bill, you may override this zero quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:165 -msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:168 -msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:170 -msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " -"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " -"reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:181 -msgid "Or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " -"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " -"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:187 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " -"could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:190 -msgid "" -"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:193 -msgid "" -"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:196 -msgid "Or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:199 -msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:201 -msgid "" -"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " -"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:204 -msgid "" -"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " -"quantities, you will need to enable **Debug Mode** from the **About Odoo** " -"information. Once debug mode is activated, select the product(s) you wish to" -" modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase " -"Bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:213 -msgid "" -"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " -"to be based on either:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:216 -msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:218 -msgid "Received quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:221 -msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:223 -msgid "" -"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from that purchase order. If you have not deleted the " -"previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked to" -" all the appropriate purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a purchase order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " -"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" -" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 -msgid "" -"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " -"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " -"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " -"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " -"cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " -"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " -"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To learn more about the purchase order process, read the documentation page " -":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 -msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:33 -msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " -"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " -"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:48 -msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " -"cancel the PO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:54 -msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " -"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." -" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " -"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:66 -msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:68 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " -"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " -"ask you the permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" -" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " -"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:83 -msgid "Create reverse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" -" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." -" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" -" corresponding location and click on **Return**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " -"stock to your vendor location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 -msgid "" -"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" -" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " -"cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:104 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`bills`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:105 -msgid ":doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Request for Quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " -"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " -"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " -"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " -"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For more information on best uses, please read the chapter " -":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:19 -msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " -"Quotation` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " -"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " -"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Shipment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " -"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " -"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " -"a purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" -" sales order or an internal procurement request)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine picking type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " -"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " -"used in international transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:35 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:37 -msgid "" -"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " -"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " -"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " -"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " -"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " -"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " -"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " -"supplier or enter a new one)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" -" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " -"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " -"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:62 -msgid "" -"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " -"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" -" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 -msgid "How to control product received? (entirely & partially)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " -"products to receive and to control supplier bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" -" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " -"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 -msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " -"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " -"others), which is required with **Purchase**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 -msgid "Create products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " -"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 -msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " -"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 -msgid "" -"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " -"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " -"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" -" set his product type field as **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 -msgid "Control products receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 -msgid "Purchase products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " -"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" -" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " -"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " -"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 -msgid "" -"See the documentation page :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` " -"for a full overview of the purchase process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:71 -msgid "Receive Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " -"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " -"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " -"receipt box of the related warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " -"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " -"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" -" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " -"the lines within it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " -"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " -"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " -"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 -msgid "" -"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " -"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " -"the quantity received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:107 -msgid "" -"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" -" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " -"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " -"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`cancel`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage Purchase Tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For more information on best uses, please read the chapter `Request for " -"Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order? " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/purchase/overview/process/difference.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:17 -msgid "Activate the Purchase Tender function" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"By default, the Purchase Tender is not activated. To be able to use PTs, you" -" must first activate the option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open the Configuration menu and click on Settings. " -"In the Purchase Order section, locate the **Calls for Tenders** and tick the" -" box Allow using call for tenders... (advanced), then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:31 -msgid "Create a Purchase Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To create a new Purchase Tender, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase " -"Agreements (PA)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In the Purchase Agreements window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase " -"Agreement window opens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:42 -msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Purchase Tender." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:44 -msgid "You do not have to define a **Vendor**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:46 -msgid "" -"In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**. Select products in " -"the Product list, then insert **Quantity**. You can add as many products as " -"you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:53 -msgid "Click on **Confirm Call**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Now click on the button **New Quotation**. A RfQ is created with the " -"products chosen on the PT. Choose a **Vendor** and send the RfQ to the " -"vendor. Repeat this operation for each vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:62 -msgid "Once all the RfQs are sent, you can click on **Validate** on the PT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The vendors will send their offers, you can update the RfQs accordingly. " -"Then, choose the ones you want to accept by clicking on **Confirm Order** on" -" the RfQs and **Cancel** the others." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:68 -msgid "You can now click on **Done** on the PT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:70 -msgid "" -"View `Purchase Tenders " -"<https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition>`__" -" in our Online Demonstration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to purchase partially at two vendors for the same purchase tenders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:5 -msgid "" -"For some Purchase Tenders (PT), you might sometimes want to be able to " -"select only a part of some of the offers you received. In Odoo, this is made" -" possible through the advanced mode of the **Purchase** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If you want to know how to handle a simple **Purchase Tender**, read the " -"document on :doc:`manage_multiple_offers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:19 -msgid "From the **Apps** menu, install the **Purchase Management** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:25 -msgid "Activating the Purchase Tender and Purchase Tender advanced mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to select elements of an offer, you must activate the " -"advanced mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To do so, go into the **Purchases** module, open the **Configuration** menu " -"and click on **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In the **Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Allow using call for" -" tenders to get quotes from multiple suppliers(...)**, and in the **Advanced" -" Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Advanced call for tender " -"(...)** then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:42 -msgid "Selecting elements of a RFQ/Bid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase Tenders`. Create a purchase " -"tender containing several products, and follow the usual sequence all the " -"way to the **Bid Selection** status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:49 -msgid "" -"When you closed the call, click on **Choose Product Lines** to access the " -"list of products and the bids received for all of them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Unroll the list of offers you received for each product, and click on the " -"*v* symbol (**Confirm order**) next to the offers you wish to proceed with. " -"The lines for which you've confirmed the order turn blue. When you're " -"finished, click on **Generate PO** to create a purchase order for each " -"product and supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:64 -msgid "" -"When you come back to you purchase tender, you can see that the status has " -"switched to **PO Created** and that the **Requests for Quotations** now have" -" a status of **Purchase Order** or **Cancelled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:72 -msgid "" -"From there, follow the documentation " -":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` to proceed with the " -"delivery and invoicing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`manage_multiple_offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment Flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 -msgid "How are the order date and scheduled dates computed?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company, Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:13 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is an essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients. " -"Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:21 -msgid "On a product level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:24 -msgid "Supplier lead time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " -"purchased product. To configure the Supplier lead time select a product " -"(from the Purchase module, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Product`), and" -" go in the **Inventory** tab. You will have to add a **Vendor** to your " -"product in order to select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:36 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add more than one vendor per product and thus different " -"delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, click on it to open its form and indicate its " -"delivery lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:46 -msgid "" -"In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery days " -"will be equal to: Date of the purchase order + Delivery Lead Time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:50 -msgid "Customer lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your " -"store/warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. " -"Simply select a product (from the **Sales** module, go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Product`), and go into the **Sales** tab to " -"indicate your customer lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:62 -msgid "On the company level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:64 -msgid "" -"On company level, it is possible to parameter **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the computed scheduled date in case of " -"delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:70 -msgid "Sales Safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Sales Safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements on time. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. That way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:80 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to the app :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"General settings`, and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 -msgid "Go the **Configuration** tab to indicate the number of safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Note that you can in this menu configure a default **Manufacturing** lead " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:97 -msgid "Purchase days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:99 -msgid "Purchase days response to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:101 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled in order to " -"cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can be found in the " -"same menu as the sales safety days (see screenshot above)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:108 -msgid "On route level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:110 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers due to the movement of stocks can also influence the " -"computed date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **Inventory** " -"module when creating a new push rule for a new route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Read the documentation " -":doc:`../../../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule` to learn more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:125 -msgid "On document level:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:128 -msgid "Requested date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to indicate a requested date by the client " -"straight on the sale order, under the tab **Other information**. If this " -"date is earlier than the theoretically computed date, Odoo will " -"automatically display a warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:141 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:146 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:148 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:151 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:154 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"needs on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " -"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 -msgid "" -"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " -"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " -"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " -"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " -"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 -msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " -"concerned order lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " -"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" -" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 -msgid "How to trigger the purchase of products based on sales?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When you work in just-in-time, you don't manage stock so you directly order " -"the product you need from your vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:11 -msgid "The usual flow is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:13 -msgid "Create a sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:15 -msgid "Purchase the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:17 -msgid "Receive and pay the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:19 -msgid "Deliver your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:21 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:24 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the purchases application, open the **Purchase** menu and click on " -"**Products**. Open the product on which you want to do your purchases based " -"on sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Next to Routes, tick **Buy** and **Make to order** as a procurement method. " -"When you are generating sales order, Odoo will automatically reorder the " -"same quantity through procurement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:37 -msgid "Don't forget to set a vendor otherwise the rule won't be triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can also configure minimum stock rules that will trigger the purchase " -"orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To know how to configure a minimum stock rule, please read the document " -":doc:`setup_stock_rule`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:50 -msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To create a sale order, go to the **Sales** application, " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Sales order` and create a new sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:58 -msgid "" -"After confirming it, you will see one **Delivery** associated with this sale" -" order on the **button** on the top of it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button to see the transfer order. The status of " -"the outgoing shipment is **Waiting Another Operation**. It won't be done " -"until the purchase order is confirmed and received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:69 -msgid "Purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The purchase order is automatically created. Go to the **Purchase** " -"application :menuselection:`Purchase --> Request for Quotation`. The source " -"document is the sale order that triggered the procurement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you make some more sales that trigger procurements to the same vendor, it" -" will be added to the existing request for quotation. Once it is confirmed, " -"the next procurements will create a new request for quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:85 -msgid "Receipt and delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Go the the **Inventory** application. Click on **# To Receive** on the " -"**Receipts** tile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:93 -msgid "Select the receipt from your vendor and **Validate** it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. In the delivery order, click on **# " -"To Do**. The delivery order is now ready to ship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:104 -msgid "" -"The status of the delivery changed from **Waiting Availability** to " -"**Available**. Validate the transfer to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`setup_stock_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:112 -msgid ":doc:`warning_triggering`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a minimum stock rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 -msgid "" -"For some items you hold in stock, it might be useful to have rules making " -"sure you never run out of stocks (for example, products with a high demand, " -"or large items requiring a lot of storage space meaning they're harder to " -"stock)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to set up rules so that an automatic replenishment for those" -" items is made, based on minimum stocks available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:14 -msgid "When should I use Reordering Rules?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Reordering Rules work best for items that have a high demand and high flow. " -"It will relieve you from a lot of work to focus on the rest of your " -"activities knowing that stocks will always be right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:20 -msgid "" -"It can also be used when you have limited storage space and you need to keep" -" large items in stock. In this case, you can keep as little as 1 item in " -"stock, and have a new one ordered as a stock replenishment as soon as the " -"item in stock is sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:26 -msgid "When should I avoid Reordering Rules?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you are offering a new product and don't know yet how fast it will go, " -"you should handle stocks yourself first, and setup reordering rules only a " -"few months into the sale to have better forecasts of the demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If you sell items that have a limited lifetime, such as fashion items, " -"technology items, or products working together with a system that is meant " -"to evolve, you have to be very well informed on when to stop automated " -"replenishments, in order to avoid having to sell these items at a price that" -" will not allow you to break even." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"My company sells modern furniture. We sell a set of table and chairs that " -"are available in 4 seatings and 6 seatings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:44 -msgid "" -"To keep things simple, we stock tables and chairs separately, but sell them " -"all together to our clients as a kit. In order to make sure we can always " -"deliver a complete set of table and chairs, I setup a Reordering Rule for " -"the chairs to make sure I always have at least 10 chairs in stock, but no " -"more than 20. This way, I can sell up to 5 sets of table at once while " -"keeping my stock low enough not to eat up all my storage space." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The last table I sold was a 4 seatings, and there were 12 chairs left in my " -"stock. Because the stock in chairs is now only 8 chairs, Odoo will " -"automatically order 12 new chairs to fill up my stock to the maximum amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:61 -msgid "Set up your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:63 -msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open the Purchase menu and click on Products. Open " -"the product to which you would like to add a Reordering Rule (or create a " -"new one)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:67 -msgid "3 conditions for correct reordering rule :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:69 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`General information --> Product type`, make the product " -"stockable (as soon as this is done, the icon \"Reordering rule will appear)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:71 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Inventory --> route`, tick the \"Buy\" box (and untick " -"the Make To Order box)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Select a vendor (don't forget to put a minimal quantity greater than 0)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:76 -msgid "Create a reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:78 -msgid "Click on the Reordering Rules tab, click on Create. A new page opens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:83 -msgid "" -"By default, Reordering Rules in Odoo are named as \"OP/XXXXX\" but you are " -"free to use any nomenclature. You can modify it via the **Name** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:86 -msgid "The **Product** field is the product you are creating the rule for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Select the warehouse to which the product should be delivered in the " -"**Warehouse** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you have configured multiple warehouses and location, specify the " -"location in which the product will be stored in the **Location** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:96 -msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In the **Minimum Quantity** field, insert the quantity to which the system " -"will trigger a new order for replenishment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In the **Maximum Quantity** field, insert the maximum of items that has to " -"be stocked. The replenishing order will be based on that quantity to " -"reorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The **Quantity Multiple** is the lowest number of items that can be ordered " -"at once. For instance, some items may be only available for purchase in a " -"set of 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:113 -msgid "" -"In the Misc section, the **Active** box allows you to activate or deactivate" -" the rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:116 -msgid "In the **Lead Time** section, you can enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:118 -msgid "" -"the number of Day(s) to purchase: correspond to the number of days for the " -"supplier to receive the order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:120 -msgid "the number of Day(s) to get the products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:122 -msgid "" -"By default, the lead times are in calendar days. You can change that in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Minimum Stock " -"Rules`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:125 -msgid "When you have entered all the info, click on Save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically send a RfQ to your supplier based on " -"your maximum quantity to replenish your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the Inventory " -"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " -"12:00PM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:135 -msgid "" -"To know how to configure and run the schedulers manually, read the document " -"on :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:140 -msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:3 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:69 -msgid "How to trigger a warning when purchasing at a specific vendor?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The **Warning Messages and Alerts** module allow you to configure alerts on " -"the customers and vendors or products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:11 -msgid "" -"You can select the following types of warnings and create different warnings" -" for purchases and sales:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Warning: This option displays the warning message during the process, but " -"allows the user to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Blocking Message: The message displays a warning message, but the user " -"cannot continue the process further." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:24 -msgid "Module Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:26 -msgid "" -"First, you need to install the **Warning Messages and Alerts** module. Go to" -" **Apps** and look for it (don't forget to remove the **Apps** filter)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:33 -msgid "Vendor or Customer warnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendors` or to :menuselection:`Sales -->" -" Customers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:37 -msgid "Open the vendor or the customer and click on the **Warnings** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:42 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:62 -msgid "The available warnings are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:44 -msgid "Warning on the **Sales Order**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:46 -msgid "Warning on the **Purchase Order**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:48 -msgid "Warning on the **Picking**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:50 -msgid "Warning on the **Invoice**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:53 -msgid "Product Warnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products` or to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:57 -msgid "Open the product and click on the **Notes** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:64 -msgid "Warning when selling this product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:66 -msgid "Warning when Purchasing this product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Go to the Purchases application, click on :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Vendors`. Go to the **Warnings** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Under **Warning on the Purchase Order**, choose **Warning** and write your " -"warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Create a **Request for Quotation**. Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Request for Quotation` and click on **Create**. Choose the vendor on which a" -" warning was set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:84 -msgid "When choosing the vendor, the warning will appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:90 -msgid "" -"If you set a blocking message instead of a warning message, you won't be " -"able to choose the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 -msgid "Multi-Companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " -"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " -"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " -"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " -"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " -"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " -"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " -"on your sales and purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 -msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Manage intercompany rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" -" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 -msgid "New options will appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " -"options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " -"for the other companies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " -"user has the rights to manage the companies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting.rst:3 -msgid "Trouble-Shooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:3 -msgid "How to check that everything is working fine?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:6 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Even if you don't have the rights to the accounting application, you can " -"still control the vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Vendor " -"Bills`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:17 -msgid "Incoming Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Even if you don't have the rights to the inventory application, you can " -"still control the incoming products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Incoming " -"Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:28 -msgid "Procurements exceptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:30 -msgid "Here, you need the **Inventory Manager** access rights." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Procurement" -" Exceptions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To understand why the procurement is not running, open the exception and " -"check the message in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Usually, the problem is located on the procurement rules. Either there are " -"no stock rules, or there are no vendor associated to a product." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po deleted file mode 100644 index c85b53bd8..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po deleted file mode 100644 index d0bc23907..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1880 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Denis Baranov <baranov@itlibertas.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../sales.rst:5 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Продажи" - -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" -msgstr "Дополнительные разделы" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" -msgstr "Как предоставить доступ к порталу моим клиентам?" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 -msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" -msgstr "Что такое Портал/Кто такой портальный пользователь?" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " -"Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." -msgstr "" -"Доступ к порталу Odoo предоставляется пользователям для просмотра документов" -" или информации в системе." - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For Example: 1. A long term client who needs to view online quotations. 2." -" Accounting consultant who needs to keep track of the company's financials." -msgstr "" -"Например: 1. Клиент, которому необходимо просмотреть on-line коммерческое " -"предложение. 2. Бухгалтер, которому необходимо отслеживать финансовую " -"информацию компании." - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " -"any document in the system." -msgstr "" -"Портальный пользователь имеет доступ только на чтение. Он или она не может " -"редактировать любой документ в системе." - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:20 -msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" -msgstr "Как предоставить доступ к порталу клиентам?" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 -msgid "From Contacts Module" -msgstr "Из модуля Контакты" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " -"created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " -"Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." -msgstr "" -"На главной странице выберите меню **Контакты**. Если контакт ещё не создан в" -" системе, то нажмите на кнопку Создать. Введите информацию о контакте и " -"нажмите \"Сохранить\"." - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " -"interface and from the drop down." -msgstr "Выберите контакт, нажмите меню **Действие** в центре интерфейса." - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:38 -msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." -msgstr "" -"И из выпадающего списка выберите **Доступ к порталу**. Появится всплывающее " -"окно." - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " -"content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " -"**Apply** when you're done." -msgstr "" -"Введите логин **email ID**, установите галочку **В портале** и напишите " -"сопровождающее письмо, которое будет включено в письмо новому пользователю. " -"По окончанию нажмите **Применить**." - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:49 -msgid "" -"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " -"contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." -msgstr "" -"Письмо будет отправлено на указанную электронную почту с инструкцией по " -"доступу к порталу новому пользователю." - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to list a product?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 -msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 -msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "Invoicing Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services.rst:3 -msgid "Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice milestones of a project?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are different kind of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days " -"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing " -"consulting hours) or a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In this section, we will have a look at how to invoice milestones of a " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large scale projects, with " -"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" -" build up to the completion of the contract. For example, a marketing agency" -" hired for a new product launch could break down a project into the " -"following milestones, each of them considered as one service with a fixed " -"price on the sale order :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:19 -msgid "Milestone 1 : Marketing strategy audit - 5 000 euros" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:21 -msgid "Milestone 2 : Brand Identity - 10 000 euros" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:23 -msgid "Milestone 3 : Campaign launch & PR - 8 500 euros" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In this case, an invoice will be sent to the customer each time a milestone " -"will be successfully reached. That invoicing method is comfortable both for " -"the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow throughout the " -"project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the project's progress " -"and pay in several times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can also use milestones to invoice percentages of the entire project. " -"For example, for a million euros project, your company might require a 15% " -"upfront payment, 30% at the midpoint and the balance at the contract " -"conclusion. In that case, each payment will be considered as one milestone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:39 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:26 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:95 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:21 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:16 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:42 -msgid "Install the Sales application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:44 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In order to sell services and to send invoices, you need to install the " -"**Sales** application, from the **Apps** icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:51 -msgid "Create products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:53 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. From the" -" **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, " -"create a new product with the following setup:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:57 -msgid "**Name**: Strategy audit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:59 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:50 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Invoicing Policy**: Delivered Quantities, since you will invoice your " -"milestone after it has been delivered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Manually set quantities on order, as you complete each " -"milestone, you will manually update their quantity from the **Delivered** " -"tab on your sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:72 -msgid "Apply the same configuration for the others milestones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:75 -msgid "Managing your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:78 -msgid "Quotations and sale orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Now that your milestones (or products) are created, you can create a " -"quotation or a sale order with each line corresponding to one milestone. For" -" each line, set the **Ordered Quantity** to ``1`` as each milestone is " -"completed once. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a sale " -"order, you will be able to change the delivered quantities when the " -"corresponding milestone has been achieved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:91 -msgid "Invoice milestones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Let's assume that your first milestone (the strategy audit) has been " -"successfully delivered and you want to invoice it to your customer. On the " -"sale order, click on **Edit** and set the **Delivered Quantity** of the " -"related product to ``1``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As soon as the above modification has been saved, you will notice that the " -"color of the line has changed to blue, meaning that the service can now be " -"invoiced. In the same time, the invoice status of the SO has changed from " -"**Nothing To Invoice** to **To Invoice**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Click on **Create invoice** and, in the new window that pops up, select " -"**Invoiceable lines** and validate. It will create a new invoice (in draft " -"status) with only the **strategy audit** product as invoiceable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to invoice a product, you need to set up the " -"**Accounting** application and to configure an accounting journal and a " -"chart of account. Click on the following link to learn more: " -":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Back on your sale order, you will notice that the **Invoiced** column of " -"your order line has been updated accordingly and that the **Invoice Status**" -" is back to **Nothing to Invoice**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:121 -msgid "Follow the same workflow to invoice your remaining milestones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:125 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:185 -msgid ":doc:`support`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:3 -msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " -"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " -"employee paying a parking spot for a meeting with your client. As a company," -" you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In this documentation we will see two use cases. The first, very basic, " -"consists of invoicing a simple expense to your client like you would do for " -"a product. The second, more advanced, will consist of invoicing expenses " -"entered in your expense system by your employees directly to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:18 -msgid "Use case 1: Simple expense invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Let's take the following example. You are working on a promotion campaign " -"for one of your customers (``Agrolait``) and you have to print a lot of " -"copies. Those copies are an expense for your company and you would like to " -"invoice them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:35 -msgid "Create product to be expensed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:37 -msgid "You will need now to create a product called ``Copies``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:39 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:112 -msgid "" -"From your **Sales** module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and " -"create a product as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:42 -msgid "**Product type**: consumable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: on delivered quantities (you will manually set the " -"quantities to invoice on the sale order)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:51 -msgid "Create a sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Now that your product is correctly set up, you can create a sale order for " -"that product (from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders`) with " -"the ordered quantities set to 0. Click on **Confirm the Sale** to create the" -" sale order. You will be able then to manually change the delivered " -"quantities on the sale order to reinvoice the copies to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:64 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:177 -msgid "Invoice expense to your client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:66 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month, you have printed ``1000`` copies on behalf of your " -"client and you want to re-invoice them. From the related sale order, click " -"on **Delivered Quantities**, manually enter the correct amount of copies and" -" click on **Save**. Your order line will turn blue, meaning that it is ready" -" to be invoiced. Click on **Create invoice**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The total amount on your sale order will be of 0 as it is computed on the " -"ordered quantities. It is your invoice which will compute the correct amount" -" due by your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The invoice generated is in draft, so you can always control the quantities " -"and change the amount if needed. You will notice that the amount to be " -"invoiced is based here on the delivered quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:84 -msgid "Click on validate to issue the payment to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:87 -msgid "Use case 2: Invoice expenses via the expense module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:89 -msgid "" -"To illustrate this case, let's imagine that your company sells some " -"consultancy service to your customer ``Agrolait`` and both parties agreed " -"that the distance covered by your consultant will be re-invoiced at cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:97 -msgid "Here, you will need to install two more modules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:99 -msgid "Expense Tracker" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Accounting, where you will need to activate the analytic accounting from the" -" settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:108 -msgid "Create a product to be expensed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:110 -msgid "You will now need to create a product called ``Kilometers``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:115 -msgid "Product can be expensed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:117 -msgid "Product type: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:119 -msgid "Invoicing policy: invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:121 -msgid "Expense invoicing policy: At cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:123 -msgid "Track service: manually set quantities on order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:129 -msgid "Create a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Still from the Sales module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders` " -"and add your product **Consultancy** on the order line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If your product doesn't exist yet, you can configure it on the fly from the " -"SO. Just type the name on the **product** field and click on **Create and " -"edit** to configure it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Depending on your product configuration, an **Analytic Account** may have " -"been generated automatically. If not, you can easily create one in order to " -"link your expenses to the sale order. Do not forget to confirm the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Refer to the documentation :doc:`../../../accounting/others/analytic/usage` " -"to learn more about that concept." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:152 -msgid "Create expense and link it to SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Let's assume that your consultant covered ``1.000km`` in October as part of " -"his consultancy project. We will create a expense for it and link it to the " -"related sales order thanks to the analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Expenses** module and click on **Create**. Record your expense " -"as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:161 -msgid "**Expense description**: Kilometers October 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:163 -msgid "**Product**: Kilometers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:165 -msgid "**Quantity**: 1.000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:167 -msgid "**Analytic account**: SO0019 - Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:172 -msgid "" -"Click on **Submit to manager**. As soon as the expense has been validated " -"and posted to the journal entries, a new line corresponding to the expense " -"will automatically be generated on the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:179 -msgid "You can now invoice the invoiceable lines to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:186 -msgid ":doc:`milestones`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice a support contract (prepaid hours)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are different kinds of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days " -"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing " -"consulting hours) and a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In this section, we will have a look at how to sell and keep track of a pre-" -"paid support contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:12 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:20 -msgid "Install the Sales and Timesheet applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In order to sell services, you need to install the **Sales** application, " -"from the **Apps** icon. Install also the **Timesheets** application if you " -"want to track support services you worked on every contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:33 -msgid "Create Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:35 -msgid "" -"By default, products are sold by number of units. In order to sell services " -"``per hour``, you must allow using multiple unit of measures. From the " -"**Sales** application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. From this screen, activate the multiple **Unit of Measures** " -"option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:44 -msgid "" -"In order to sell a support contract, you must create a product for every " -"support contract you sell. From the **Sales** application, use the menu " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, create a new product with the following" -" setup:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:48 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:52 -msgid "**Unit of Measure**: Hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:54 -msgid "" -"**Invoicing Policy**: Ordered Quantities, since the service is prepaid, we " -"will invoice the service based on what has been ordered, not based on " -"delivered quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Timesheet on contracts. An analytic account will " -"automatically be created for every order containing this service so that you" -" can track hours in the related account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:66 -msgid "" -"There are different ways to track the service related to a sales order or " -"product sold. With the above configuration, you can only sell one support " -"contract per order. If your customer orders several service contracts on " -"timesheet, you will have to split the quotation into several orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Note that you can sell in different unit of measure than hours, example: " -"days, pack of 40h, etc. To do that, just create a new unit of measure in the" -" **Unit of Measure** category and set a conversion ratio compared to " -"**Hours** (example: ``1 day = 8 hours``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:78 -msgid "Managing support contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:81 -msgid "Quotations and Sales Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is created, you can create a quotation or a sales order " -"with the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed " -"into a sales order, your users will be able to record services related to " -"this support contract using the timesheet application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:93 -msgid "Timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:95 -msgid "" -"To track the service you do on a specific contract, you should use the " -"timesheet application. An analytic account related to the sale order has " -"been automatically created (``SO009 - Agrolait`` on the screenshot here " -"above), so you can start tracking services as soon as it has been sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:104 -msgid "Control delivered support on the sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:106 -msgid "" -"From the **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales" -" Orders` to control the progress of every order. On the sales order line " -"related to the support contract, you should see the **Delivered Quantities**" -" that are updated automatically, based on the number of hours in the " -"timesheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:116 -msgid "Upselling and renewal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:118 -msgid "" -"If the number of hours you performed on the support contract is bigger or " -"equal to the number of hours the customer purchased, you are suggested to " -"sell an extra contract to the customer since they used all their quota of " -"service. Periodically (ideally once every two weeks), you should check the " -"sales order that are in such a case. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Invoicing --> Orders to Upsell`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo CRM, a good practice is to create an opportunity for every " -"sale order in upselling invoice status so that you easily track your " -"upselling effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If you sell an extra support contract, you can either add a new line on the " -"existing sales order (thus, you continue to timesheet on the same order) or " -"create a new order (thus, people will timesheet their hours on the new " -"contract). To unmark the sales order as **Upselling**, you can set the sales" -" order as done and it will disappear from your upselling list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:138 -msgid "Special Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:140 -msgid "" -"When creating the product form, you may set a different approach to track " -"the service:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:143 -msgid "" -"**Create task and track hours**: in this mode, a task is created for every " -"sales order line. Then when you do the timesheet, you don't record hours on " -"a sales order/contract, but you record hours on a task (that represents the " -"contract). The advantage of this solution is that it allows to sell several " -"service contracts within the same sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:150 -msgid "" -"**Manually**: you can use this mode if you don't record timesheets in Odoo. " -"The number of hours you worked on a specific contract can be recorded " -"manually on the sales order line directly, in the delivered quantity field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:156 -msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a sales manager, closing opportunities with Odoo Sales is really simple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "" -"I selected a predefined quotation for a new product line offer. The " -"products, the service details are already in the quotation. Of course, I can" -" adapt the offer to fit my clients needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The interface is really smooth. I can add references, some catchy phrases " -"such as closing triggers (*here, you save $500 if you sign the quote within " -"15 days*). I have a beautiful and modern design. This will help me close my " -"opportunities more easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. Really easy. The " -"customer got a clear quotation with a table of content. We can communicate " -"easily. I identified an upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by " -"adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just need to " -"sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major " -"shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a " -"delivery order automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "That's it, I sucesfully sold my products in just a few clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Oh, I also have the transaction and communication history at my fingertips. " -"It's easy for every stakeholder to know clearly the past interaction. And " -"any information related to the transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to show information, I would do it from a customer form, " -"something like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:45 -msgid "Kanban of customers, click on one customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:47 -msgid "Click on opportunities, click on quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "Come back to customers (breadcrum)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:51 -msgid "Click on customer statement letter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Anytime, I can get an in-depth report of my sales activity. Revenue by " -"salespeople or department. Revenue by category of product, drill-down to " -"specific products, by quarter or month,... I like this report: I can add it " -"to my dashboard in just a click." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Odoo Sales is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the sales " -"planner. Thanks to it, I got tips and tricks to boost my sales performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Try Odoo Sales now and get beautiful quotations, amazing dashboards and " -"increase your success rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " -"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " -"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " -"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " -"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " -"email)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " -"create draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:16 -msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " -"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" -" order. You have different options like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order before triggering the " -"delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:25 -msgid "Invoice based on delivered quantity: see next section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " -"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "" -"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " -"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice ready" -" to invoice line, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice a fixed advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:36 -msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:41 -msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Delivery --> Invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivered quantity , " -"instead of sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the " -"quantities you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods " -"(invoice based on actual Kg)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " -"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " -"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:57 -msgid ":menuselection:`Recurring Contracts (subscriptions) --> Invoices`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:59 -msgid "" -"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " -"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" -" the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:67 -msgid ":menuselection:`eCommerce Order --> Invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:69 -msgid "" -"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the invoice when it is " -"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " -"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:75 -msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " -"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " -"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " -"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:85 -msgid "if you need to create a refund" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid "If you need to give a discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:89 -msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:91 -msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:94 -msgid "Others" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:96 -msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:98 -msgid "membership: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:100 -msgid "repairs: invoice your after-sale services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 -msgid "Products & Prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your pricing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 -msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " -"Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " -"Invoicing/Accounting apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " -"pricelist setup form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" -" the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 -msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 -msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The public price is in your company's main currency (see " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " -"European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See" -" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 -msgid "Set your own prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 -msgid "" -"This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" -" rates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" -" to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " -"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to " -"use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order " -"quantity and get a price break), etc. As pricelists only suggest prices, " -"they can be overridden by users completing sales orders. Choose your pricing" -" strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:16 -msgid "Several prices per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " -"segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " -"in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Prices per customer segment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " -"segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " -"Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38 -msgid "Temporary prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40 -msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " -"period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:50 -msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " -"prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:60 -msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The third option allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative " -"to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another " -"pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be " -"forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). " -"Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either " -"(nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" -" (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " -"e-Commerce)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " -"internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" -" option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " -"another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 -msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:88 -msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 -msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 -msgid "Discounts with roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 -msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 -msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106 -msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112 -msgid "Prices per country" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " -"gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " -"country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first " -"pricelist without any country group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:116 -msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 -msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 -msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 -msgid "" -"In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" -" % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126 -msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " -"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" -" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " -"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " -"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Set taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation.rst:3 -msgid "Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online.rst:3 -msgid "Online Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create and edit an online quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:9 -msgid "Enable Online Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To send online quotations, you must first enable online quotations in the " -"Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so will " -"prompt you to install the Website app if you haven't already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can view the online version of each quotation you create after enabling " -"this setting by selecting **Preview** from the top of the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:25 -msgid "Edit Your Online Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The online quotation page can be edited for each quotation template in the " -"Sales app via :menuselection:`Configuration --> Quotation Templates`. From " -"within any quotation template, select **Edit Template** to be taken to the " -"corresponding page of your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can add text, images, and structural elements to the quotation page by " -"dragging and dropping blocks from the pallet on the left sidebar menu. A " -"table of contents will be automatically generated based on the content you " -"add." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Advanced descriptions for each product on a quotation are displayed on the " -"online quotation page. These descriptions are inherited from the product " -"page in your eCommerce Shop, and can be edited directly on the page through " -"the inline text editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can choose to allow payment immediately after the customer validates the" -" quote by selecting a payment option on the quotation template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can edit the webpage of an individual quotation as you would for any web" -" page by clicking the **Edit** button. Changes made in this way will only " -"affect the individual quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:52 -msgid "Using Online Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To share an online quotation with your customer, copy the URL of the online " -"quotation, then share it with customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, your customer can access their online quotations by logging " -"into your website through the customer portal. Your customer can accept or " -"reject the quotation, print it, or negotiate the terms in the chat box. You " -"will also receive a notification in the chatter within Odoo whenever the " -"customer views the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different invoice and delivery addresses?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"It is possible to configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " -"This is very useful, because it could happen that your clients have multiple" -" locations and that the invoice address differs from the delivery location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:16 -msgid "" -"First, go to the Sales application, then click on " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option **Enable" -" the multiple address configuration from menu**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:24 -msgid "Set the addresses on the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Invoice and/or shipping addresses and even other addresses are added on the " -"contact form. To do so, go to the contact application, select the customer " -"and in the **Contacts & Addresses** tab click on **Create**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A new window will open where you can specify the delivery or the invoice " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once you validated your addresses, it will appear in the **Contacts & " -"addresses** tab with distinctive logos." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:46 -msgid "On the quotations and sales orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you create a new quotation, the option to select an invoice address and" -" a delivery address is now available. Both addresses will automatically be " -"filled in when selecting the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also create invoice and delivery addresses on the fly by " -"selecting **Create and edit** in the dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:59 -msgid "When printing your sales orders, you'll notice the two addresses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:3 -msgid "How to create my first quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Quotations are documents sent to customers to offer an estimated cost for a " -"particular set of goods or services. The customer can accept the quotation, " -"in which case the seller will have to issue a sales order, or refuse it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For example, my company sells electronic products and my client Agrolait " -"showed interest in buying ``3 iPads`` to facilitate their operations. I " -"would like to send them a quotation for those iPads with a sales price of " -"``320 USD`` by iPad with a ``5%`` discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:18 -msgid "This section will show you how to proceed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:24 -msgid "Install the Sales Management module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to issue your first quotation, you'll need to install " -"the **Sales Management** module from the app module in the Odoo backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:34 -msgid "Allow discounts on sales order line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Allowing discounts on quotations is a common sales practice to improve the " -"chances to convert the prospect into a client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In our example, we wanted to grant ``Agrolait`` with a ``5%`` discount on " -"the sale price. To enable the feature, go into the **Sales** application, " -"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and, under **Quotations " -"and Sales**, tick **Allow discounts on sales order line** (see picture " -"below) and apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:49 -msgid "Create your quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To create your first quotation, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Quotations` and click on **Create**. Then, complete your quotation as " -"follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:55 -msgid "Customer and Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:57 -msgid "" -"The basic elements to add to any quotation are the customer (the person you " -"will send your quotation to) and the products you want to sell. From the " -"quotation view, choose the prospect from the **Customer** drop-down list and" -" under **Order Lines**, click on **Add an item** and select your product. Do" -" not forget to manually add the number of items under **Ordered Quantity** " -"and the discount if applicable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you don't have any customer or product recorded on your Odoo environment " -"yet, you can create them on the fly directly from your quotations :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To add a new customer, click on the **Customer** drop-down menu and click on" -" **Create and edit**. In this new window, you will be able to record all the" -" customer details, such as the address, website, phone number and person of " -"contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:76 -msgid "" -"To add a new product, under **Order line**, click on add an item and on " -"**Create and Edit** from the drop-down list. You will be able to record your" -" product information (product type, cost, sale price, invoicing policy, " -"etc.) along with a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:82 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To parameter taxes, simply go on the taxes section of the product line and " -"click on **Create and Edit**. Fill in the details (for example if you are " -"subject to a ``21%`` taxe on your sales, simply fill in the right amount in " -"percentage) and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:93 -msgid "Terms and conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:95 -msgid "" -"You can select the expiration date of your quotation and add your company's " -"terms and conditions directly in your quotation (see picture below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:103 -msgid "Preview and send quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:105 -msgid "" -"If you want to see what your quotation looks like before sending it, click " -"on the **Print** button (upper left corner). It will give you a printable " -"PDF version with all your quotation details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Update your company's details (address, website, logo, etc) appearing on " -"your quotation from the the **Settings** menu on the app switcher, and on " -"click on the link :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> " -"Configure company data`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Click on **Send by email** to automatically send an email to your customer " -"with the quotation as an attachment. You can adjust the email body before " -"sending it and even save it as a template if you wish to reuse it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../online/creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`optional`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`terms_conditions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:3 -msgid "How to display optional products on a quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The use of suggested products is a marketing strategy that attempts to " -"increase the amount a customer spends once they begin the buying process. " -"For instance, a customer purchasing a cell phone could be shown accessories " -"like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset. In Odoo, a customer can" -" be presented with additional products that are relevant to their chosen " -"purchase in one of several locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Suggested products can be added to quotations directly, or to the ecommerce " -"platform via each product form. In order to use suggested products, you will" -" need to have the **Ecommerce** app installed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:23 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To add suggested products to quotations, you must first enable online " -"quotations in the Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Doing so will prompt you to install the Website app if you " -"haven't already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to add suggested products to your individual " -"quotations and quotation templates under the **Suggested Products** tab of a" -" quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:39 -msgid "Website Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can add suggested products to a product on its product form, under the " -"Website heading in the **Sales** tab. **Suggested products** will appear on " -"the *product* page, and **Accessory Products** will appear on the *cart* " -"page prior to checkout." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "How to link terms and conditions to a quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " -"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " -"information which include products and company policy so customer can read " -"all those terms before committing to anything." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Thanks to Odoo you can easily include your default terms and conditions on " -"every quotation, sales order and invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: Your company sells water bottles to " -"restaurants and you would like to add the following standard terms and " -"conditions on all your quotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Safe storage of the products of MyCompany is necessary in order to ensure " -"their quality, MyCompany will not be held accountable in case of unsafe " -"storage of the products.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:25 -msgid "General terms and conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:27 -msgid "" -"General terms and conditions can be specified in the Sales settings. They " -"will then automatically appear on every sales document from the quotation to" -" the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To specify your Terms and Conditions go into : :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Default Terms and Conditions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:36 -msgid "" -"After saving, your terms and conditions will appear on your new quotations, " -"sales orders and invoices (in the system but also on your printed " -"documents)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 -msgid "eBay" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po deleted file mode 100644 index 90e9fd7d5..000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1390 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Эдуард Манятовский <manyatovskiy@gmail.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" -msgstr "Веб-сайт" - -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 -msgid "" -"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" -" you don't have any." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " -"ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " -"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " -"Documentation. " -"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " -"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " -"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 -msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " -"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " -"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " -"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" -" your Client ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 -msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:6 -msgid "How is SEO handled in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" -" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " -"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load faster, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, your website should have a " -"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website Builder is probably the most SEO-ready CMS out there. We " -"consider SEO a top priority. To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce " -"users have a great SEO, Odoo abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO" -" and handles everything for you, in the best possible way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:23 -msgid "Page speed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:26 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for Google. A faster " -"website not only improves your visitor's experience, but Google gives you a " -"better page ranking if your page loads faster than your competitors. Some " -"studies have shown that, if you divide the time to load your pages by two " -"(e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor abandonment rate is also " -"divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to load a page could `cost " -"$1.6b to Amazon in sales <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-" -"could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " -"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " -"your website ranks using these two tools:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:44 -msgid "" -"`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:46 -msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:49 -msgid "Static resources: CSS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:51 -msgid "" -"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server side and browser side). The result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:54 -msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:56 -msgid "" -"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " -"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " -"resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 -msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo 9 is bootstrap 3. Although" -" a theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, so you can modify CSS rules, " -"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " -"file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:79 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:121 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:80 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:122 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:78 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:84 -msgid "" -"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blog, theme, etc.) Having several" -" CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the performance " -"because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel resulting in " -"lots of files that are loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a file" -" is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small files " -"like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more on the " -"number of requests to be done than the actual file size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:94 -msgid "" -"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " -"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " -"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " -"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " -"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:100 -msgid "" -"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " -"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " -"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " -"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " -"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " -"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " -"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" -" backend (/web)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer 8. But most " -"themes fit below this limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:114 -msgid "" -"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " -"is minified to reduce its size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120 -msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120 -msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored on the server side (so we do not have to " -"pre-process, concatenate, minify at every request) and the browser side (so " -"the same visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages he will visit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you are in debug mode, the CSS resources are neither concatenated nor " -"minified. That way, it's easier to debug (but it's much slower)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:140 -msgid "Static resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:142 -msgid "" -"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server side and browser side)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 -msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 -msgid "" -"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, …)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:150 -msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (bootstrap)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 -msgid "" -"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" -" employees using Odoo)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Most visitors to your website will only need the first two bundles, " -"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " -"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " -"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 -msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:168 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:170 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images using the website builder, Odoo automatically " -"compresses them to reduce their sizes. (lossless compression for .PNG and " -".GIF and lossy compression for .JPG)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:195 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:200 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 -msgid "CDN" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 -msgid "" -"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " -"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" -" Network has three advantages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" -" around the globe)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " -"server)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " -"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " -"domain)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 -msgid "" -"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" -" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:232 -msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to minify HTML pages, from the **Website Admin** app, using the " -":menuselection:`Configuration` menu. This will automatically remove extra " -"space and tabs in your HTML code, reduce some tags code, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241 -msgid "" -"On top of that, the HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually " -"handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " -"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using bootstrap and the HTML editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:248 -msgid "" -"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " -"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " -"following code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:252 -msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:254 -msgid "" -"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " -"code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:257 -msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 -msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:262 -msgid "" -"As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in" -" Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render " -"efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile phone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270 -msgid "" -"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have " -"mobile friendly themes, but some specific modules or pages are not designed " -"to be mobile friendly as they all have their own CSS frameworks)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:277 -msgid "Browser caching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 -msgid "" -"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " -"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " -"your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:286 -msgid "" -"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " -"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 -msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296 -msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' " -"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " -"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:301 -msgid "" -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303 -msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo" -" CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310 -msgid "URLs handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:313 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:315 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:317 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:319 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:321 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:323 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if " -"the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, " -"but you can set another language as the main one). Thus, the English version" -" of this page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This" -" name can not be customized to avoid conflicts in different URLs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:350 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355 -msgid "" -"This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle " -"efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:362 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:364 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 -msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:368 -msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:374 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although" -" most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not " -"always been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:384 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:392 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:394 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:396 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:398 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:400 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still works for links coming from external website. (with a 301 " -"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:406 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:408 -msgid "" -"As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL" -" websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on " -"HTTPS. If the visitor accesses your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets" -" a 301 redirect to its HTTPS equivalent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "Links: nofollow strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "" -"Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how " -"your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is " -"linked from external and quality websites, the better is it for your SEO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 -msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 -msgid "" -"Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", " -"which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:427 -msgid "" -"Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:430 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:435 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 -msgid "Multi-language support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443 -msgid "Multi-language URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = " -"default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457 -msgid "Language annotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:459 -msgid "" -"To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first " -"URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> " -"section of the English version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the other versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:464 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:467 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:469 -msgid "" -"Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose" -" the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since" -" it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same " -"content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478 -msgid "Language detection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:480 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to his browser language preference: (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:485 -msgid "" -"Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time " -"visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current " -"language to avoid any redirection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:496 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:499 -msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ``<title>``, ``<description>`` and " -"``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search " -"engines to rank and categorize your website according to a specific search " -"query. So, it is important to have titles and keywords in line with what " -"people search in Google." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:507 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your " -"website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website " -"builder. This tool will contact Google to give you information about your " -"keywords and do the matching with titles and contents in your page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:516 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:519 -msgid "" -"In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your" -" content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo " -"provides a page that allows you to quickly scan the meta tags of all your " -"blog posts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528 -msgid "" -"This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged " -"in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 -msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 -msgid "" -"Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For " -"performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:538 -msgid "" -"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " -"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " -"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " -"chunks per file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:544 -msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 -msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 -msgid "" -"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " -"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553 -msgid "" -"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" -" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" -" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized. (16 is the default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 -msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 -msgid "" -"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " -"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them to understand your content and create well-" -"presented search results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:567 -msgid "" -"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " -"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:570 -msgid "" -"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " -"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " -"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 -msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its " -"content is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585 -msgid "User-agent: \\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:587 -msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:590 -msgid "Content is king" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 -msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your contents on your website:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:595 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:599 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" -" Odoo.com landing pages)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:603 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:611 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:616 -msgid "Social Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:619 -msgid "Twitter Cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:621 -msgid "" -"Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next " -"version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All " -"you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the" -" **Website Admin** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:632 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 -msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " -"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " -"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " -"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " -"domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " -"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " -"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " -"This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:42 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:43 -msgid "" -"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:50 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:60 -msgid "" -"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " -"www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:67 -msgid "" -"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:69 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." -" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " -"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:75 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:77 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:79 -msgid "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider such as " -"CloudFlare.com." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " -"possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" -" many different languages as you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " -"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " -"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " -"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " -"install anything, and follow the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " -"**Add a language**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " -"click on **Load.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " -"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " -"some of the text has been translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " -"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "" -"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" -" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " -"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " -"ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " -"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " -"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " -"automatically." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/applications.pot b/locale/sources/applications.pot index 581b986dc..e41bcb372 100644 --- a/locale/sources/applications.pot +++ b/locale/sources/applications.pot @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 15:29+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -16,7 +16,6 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../applications.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications.rst:3 msgid "Applications" msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/business.pot b/locale/sources/business.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 0004082e0..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/business.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../business.rst:3 -msgid "Business Mementoes" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/crm.pot b/locale/sources/crm.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 3cbf53391..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/crm.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,867 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 -msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 -msgid "The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 -msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 -msgid "You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will aggregate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 -msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 -msgid "When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 -msgid "If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that customer already exists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 -msgid "Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 -msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 -msgid "Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 -msgid "Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a lead/opportunity in the pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 -msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 -msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 -msgid "With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 -msgid "To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 -msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 -msgid "You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 -msgid "You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 -msgid "First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode, drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the fields you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 -msgid "By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 -msgid "If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 -msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 -msgid "When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 -msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 -msgid "When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 -msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 -msgid "By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 -msgid "You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the *Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 -msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 -msgid "Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the process along." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 -msgid "If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both directions)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 -msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 -msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 -msgid "Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 -msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 -msgid "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 -msgid "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by '/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 -msgid "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 -msgid "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 -msgid "The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 -msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 -msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 -msgid "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the configuration procedure below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 -msgid "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk (VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 -msgid "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 -msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 -msgid "**Mode** should be Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 -msgid "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 -msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 -msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 -msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 -msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 -msgid "You can find all this information by logging in at https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure and refer to the fields as pictured below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 -msgid "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in Odoo and in OnSIP)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 -msgid "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to refresh your Odoo window and try again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 -msgid "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the international prefix for the United States)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 -msgid "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 -msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 -msgid "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 -msgid "On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_. When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will then have to configure it as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 -msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 -msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 -msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 -msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 -msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 -msgid "Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 -msgid "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 -msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 -msgid "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 -msgid "wget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 -msgid "gcc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 -msgid "g++" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 -msgid "ncurses-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 -msgid "libxml2-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 -msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 -msgid "libsrtp-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 -msgid "libuuid-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 -msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 -msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 -msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 -msgid "You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here <http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is extracted:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 -msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 -msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 -msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 -msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 -msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 -msgid "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly `there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 -msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 -msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 -msgid "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 -msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 -msgid "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can run 'make config'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 -msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 -msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 -msgid "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 -msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 -msgid "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are uncommented:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 -msgid "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 -msgid "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the lines:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 -msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 -msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 -msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 -msgid "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 -msgid "The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title \"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part \"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the \"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 -msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 -msgid "As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 -msgid "Configure your kanban stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 -msgid "By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and more accurate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 -msgid "Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but you can modify them manually of course." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 -msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 -msgid "When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 -msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 -msgid "In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be closing, letting you prioritize." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 -msgid "As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 -msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 -msgid "While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 -msgid "As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 -msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 -msgid "To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the Win/Loss ratio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 -msgid "To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 -msgid "From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click on filter and check Won/Lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 -msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 -msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 -msgid "While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 -msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 -msgid "While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a *Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 -msgid "You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 -msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 -msgid "You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 -msgid "You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 -msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 -msgid "To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 -msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 -msgid "If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost Reason*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 -msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 -msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 -msgid "From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 -msgid "You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can also archive the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 -msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 -msgid "Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you want to take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 -msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 -msgid "There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 -msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 -msgid "You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore, you can only be a member of one channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 -msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 -msgid "If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find all of its opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 -msgid "To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under *Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected criterias." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 -msgid "For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 -msgid "To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 -msgid "You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you can manage your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 -msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 -msgid "Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. This domain can include scores." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even more refined domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads Assignation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 -msgid "The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 -msgid "Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is useful to do something with them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 -msgid "Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such unassigned leads from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 -msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 -msgid "Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 -msgid "Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 -msgid "To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 -msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 -msgid "Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the *Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 -msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 -msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 -msgid "Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 -msgid "Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 -msgid "The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 -msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/db_management.pot b/locale/sources/db_management.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 51912059d..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/db_management.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,530 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 -msgid "To manage your databases, access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then click on the `Manage Your Databases <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 -msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid "Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 -msgid "Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new flows without compromising your daily operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 -msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 -msgid "Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct database already selected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 -msgid "Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test the process before upgrading your production database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 -msgid "Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online experience." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 -msgid "The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 -msgid "Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps (e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 -msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 -msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 -msgid "Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 -msgid "The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 -msgid "First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 -msgid "You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 -msgid "On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 -msgid "You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By default, we select the highest available version available for your database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we released a more recent version during your tests)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 -msgid "By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead and asking another request will not be possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 -msgid "A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 -msgid "**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!** Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 -msgid "Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 -msgid "Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once the process is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 -msgid "Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between 30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 -msgid "Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 -msgid "In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 -msgid "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 -msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for example)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 -msgid "Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 -msgid "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187 -msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189 -msgid "To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you want to rename, access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200 -msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204 -msgid "When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily backup may be several hours old at that point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210 -msgid "From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217 -msgid "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223 -msgid "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227 -msgid "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229 -msgid "It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233 -msgid "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu (Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account Manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink database\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 -msgid "From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID. Please check on your `Odoo Contract <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section <duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 -msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open outgoing connections towards:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 -msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 -msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 -msgid "Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the Update notification runs once a week." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 -msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -msgid "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 -msgid "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 -msgid "**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115 -msgid "or" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 -msgid "**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation <https://www.odoo.com /documentation/user/12.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122 -msgid "Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown, so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the message disappear right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131 -msgid "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139 -msgid "This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30 days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the database is expired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 -msgid "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note that" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 -msgid "if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149 -msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151 -msgid "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 -msgid "You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170 -msgid "When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179 -msgid "The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator <https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently in use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access rights.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52 -msgid "The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57 -msgid "In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** (top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change to **Inactive** immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially* installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77 -msgid "In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85 -msgid "In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92 -msgid "Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99 -msgid "Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109 -msgid "**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we *do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature to work properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122 -msgid "**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/discuss.pot b/locale/sources/discuss.pot deleted file mode 100644 index c614d0983..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/discuss.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,434 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5 -msgid "This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9 -msgid "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's reputation yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 -msgid "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 -msgid "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 -msgid "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48 -msgid "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation <https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 -msgid "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60 -msgid "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g. for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 -msgid "Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69 -msgid "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 -msgid "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 -msgid "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing <https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98 -msgid "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 -msgid "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM <https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103 -msgid "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk <https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105 -msgid "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107 -msgid "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment <https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 -msgid "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115 -msgid "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 -msgid "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 -msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146 -msgid "Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153 -msgid "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 -msgid "You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 -msgid "Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 -msgid "Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at \"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 -msgid "Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following the previous example you should write \"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 -msgid "Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 -msgid "When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 -msgid "And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 -msgid "You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**. Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item (if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or another channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 -msgid "**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that they are offline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 -msgid "You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one simple and searchable interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to undertake." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 -msgid "Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage your priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 -msgid "Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban views. Here is an example for opportunities :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 -msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 -msgid "A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 -msgid "Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply open to let you select a time slot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 -msgid "If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common following steps as *Recommended next activities*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 -msgid "Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see, it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 -msgid "In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a **private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only visible to users who have been invited to this channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 -msgid "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive information)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 -msgid "You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`. Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would a public channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send messages by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of **public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by clicking the plus icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public channels from a single screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 -msgid "It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 -msgid "The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and **save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single character wildcard.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 -msgid "You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity, a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 -msgid "You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the **Project** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 -msgid "You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a link back to the original document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 -msgid "You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task created, an opportunity won)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 -msgid "To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear about." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/ecommerce.pot b/locale/sources/ecommerce.pot deleted file mode 100644 index b7484d5da..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/ecommerce.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1113 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, website categories, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "See how to do it: https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description better)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "By default your product web page displays the main image of your product only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create* in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery delay, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the available options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling functionalities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of suggested accessories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: :doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in *Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "By default the user who created the product is automatically set as follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail form or on the web page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published* smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your customers will be confused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway <https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant <https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking 'Get Started'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, press the related option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials <https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 -msgid "Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 -msgid "Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the production mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 -msgid "You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 -msgid "Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform <https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 -msgid "To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide <https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms over time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo. This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued from the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can duplicate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo, the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice orders straight on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 -msgid "If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card payments <../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 -msgid "With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 -msgid "To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click *Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 -msgid "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl Business Account <https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__ or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few configuration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 -msgid "First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments* and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 -msgid "*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name \"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or Odoo databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 -msgid "We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 -msgid "PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification* (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 -msgid "To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in *Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 -msgid "The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” (e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 -msgid "Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. Go to *PayPal button language encoding*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 -msgid "Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100 -msgid "For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the `paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-payments-ewp>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119 -msgid "*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in *Profile > About the business*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121 -msgid "*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained here above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 -msgid "To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141 -msgid "..note:: `Traders in the EU <https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying with credit cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147 -msgid "Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156 -msgid "Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting *Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 -msgid "Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173 -msgid "A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. `pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175 -msgid "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. `pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177 -msgid "Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "See also" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup process before buying something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account* in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/expense.pot b/locale/sources/expense.pot deleted file mode 100644 index dfe8ac84d..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/expense.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,259 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 -msgid "How to set expense types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 -msgid "The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the real cost per expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 -msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 -msgid "Restaurant:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:27 -msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 -msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 -msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 -msgid "Hotel:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 -msgid "Others:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 -msgid "Cost: 0.0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 -msgid "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: :doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected behaviour." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 -msgid "The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 -msgid "How to record expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 -msgid "Manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 -msgid "As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 -msgid "Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of hotel nights)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 -msgid "Enter the expense date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 -msgid "Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 -msgid "Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and the accountant validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 -msgid "In one click from emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 -msgid "Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 -msgid "The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in :menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* @mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 -msgid "The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the product's internal reference between brackets (e.g. [Food]). Type the expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 -msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 -msgid "When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and click on :menuselection:`Action > Submit to Manager`. Save the newly created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to approve it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 -msgid "You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button on the form view of an expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 -msgid "All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses --> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 -msgid "How to approve expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 -msgid "HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 -msgid "They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 -msgid "As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 -msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 -msgid "Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have following access rights:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 -msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 -msgid "Expenses: Manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 -msgid "To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to *Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person is using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 -msgid "How to reimburse employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 -msgid "You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 -msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 -msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 -msgid "If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your customers automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 -msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 -msgid "Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all your Expense types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 -msgid "Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 -msgid "Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 -msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 -msgid "At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 -msgid "Create an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 -msgid "As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be added automatically once posted by the accountant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 -msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 -msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 -msgid "As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees are already able to set one when submitting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 -msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 -msgid "Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 -msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/expenses.pot b/locale/sources/expenses.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 4bb608825..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/expenses.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/accounting.pot b/locale/sources/finance.pot similarity index 53% rename from locale/sources/accounting.pot rename to locale/sources/finance.pot index 36f77ca4b..89e8eec04 100644 --- a/locale/sources/accounting.pot +++ b/locale/sources/finance.pot @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -16,9710 +16,9480 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:3 +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:318 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 msgid "CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 msgid "With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 msgid "Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file <https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 msgid "Install the CODA feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 msgid "If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file <InstallCoda_>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 msgid "If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements in .CODA Format** and apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 msgid "Import your first CODA file" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 msgid "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting **Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 msgid "Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create all your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 msgid "If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 msgid "Importing CODA files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 msgid "After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can directly click on the link **Import Statement**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 msgid "Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the reconciliation process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 msgid "Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`ofx`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`qif`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`manual`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 msgid "With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank but also register your bank statements manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 msgid "No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to do is install the accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 msgid "Create your Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 msgid "In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link will be found underneath." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 msgid "Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 msgid "The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be equal to the computed balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 msgid "You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button |manual04|" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 msgid "You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking on **Reconcile # Items**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 msgid "Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 msgid "If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 msgid "Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 msgid "Close Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 msgid "On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, then click on Bank Statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 msgid "Import OFX statement files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and consumers via the Internet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 msgid "With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 msgid "Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file <https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 msgid "In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo. In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 msgid "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 msgid "Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create all your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 msgid "Importing OFX files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 msgid "After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly click on the link **Import Statement**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 msgid "Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the reconciliation process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`coda`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 msgid "With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software. The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling PayPal payments in just a click." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 msgid "Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application. In the section **Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds automatically**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 msgid "Setup your PayPal account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 msgid "A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank field, you can set **PayPal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 msgid "Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as the online institution and click on the configure button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 msgid "Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 msgid "If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in English or that the site is not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 msgid "If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must choose the **Paypal balance** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 msgid "Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 msgid "Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually anymore." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 msgid "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 msgid "Import QIF statement files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 msgid "With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 msgid "Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file <https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 msgid "In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo. In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 msgid "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 msgid "Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create all your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 msgid "Importing QIF files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 msgid "Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 msgid "Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 msgid "Odoo Online Users" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 msgid "If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the module **account_yodlee**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 msgid "If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 msgid "you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the following addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 msgid "Sync your bank feeds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 msgid "Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 msgid "In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to **Bank Synchronization**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 msgid "Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a **Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button and fill in your bank credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 msgid "Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized every 4 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 msgid "Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this doesn't always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. In that case, Yodlee retries one hour or two later. This is why in Odoo there is a cron that is running every 4 hours to fetch the information from Yodlee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 msgid "You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button \"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 msgid "Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the status \"pending\" and not the status \"posted\". In that case, Yodlee won't import it, you will have to wait till the status changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 msgid "What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the bank statements to the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 msgid "Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 msgid "Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community Version." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 msgid "Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 msgid "This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it may need a bit more time to have a 100% working synchronization. Unfortunately, there is not much to do about it except for being patient." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch transactions up to 3 months in the past." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 msgid "When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must manually bring the checks to the bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 msgid "The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 msgid "The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 msgid "Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on reconcile them with your bank statement easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 msgid "In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch Deposit** to be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 msgid "Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in your country." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 msgid "To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 msgid "Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank deposits on your main bank accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 msgid "To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or 'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 msgid "In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method to **Batch Deposit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 msgid "If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch Deposits afterwards." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 msgid "From checks received to the bank" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 msgid "Receive customer checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 msgid "Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 msgid "payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register Payment** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 msgid "From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 msgid "Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 msgid "You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 msgid "When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with the bank statement line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 msgid "If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch deposit in the example below)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:117 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 msgid "If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could be two reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 msgid "After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload button of your browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 msgid "If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been refused." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 msgid "In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the bank statement matching." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of clicks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 msgid "We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts to the another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 msgid "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified from the same page." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account. You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit your bank to specify your bank's details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 msgid "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 9533 1498** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the **Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see <Reconcile_>`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 msgid "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 msgid "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last statement of your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 msgid "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 msgid "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a **Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the **Reconcile** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 msgid "The following window will open:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 msgid "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 msgid "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will happen automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 msgid "Configure model of entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 msgid "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 msgid "We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account current balance. This fee is thus variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 msgid "First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 msgid "We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 msgid "We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is \"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell Odoo to take the entire fee into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 msgid "Save your changes when you are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 msgid "If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 msgid "You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to :doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 msgid "Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be impacted by the payment of the bank fee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 msgid "When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the **Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the relevant data instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or any other payment document with your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do is to install the accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros issued to Smith & Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering services to our customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment and mark the invoice as paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done automatically.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents from the Bank Feeds section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do the reconciliations **automatically**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill it in :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right and validate all related payments :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:168 msgid "Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 msgid "In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 msgid "Edit a bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 msgid "To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit it first before filling your own bank information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 msgid "Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment method like SEPA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 msgid "Create a bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 msgid "If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank accounts from another company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "ABA/Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "Account Holder Name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account Holder" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 msgid "Todo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:45 msgid "add inherited field tooltip" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:47 msgid "**Display on reports :** Display this bank account on the documents that will be printed or send to the customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:50 msgid "**Bank Identifier Code** = BIC : SWIFT Address assigned to a bank in order to send automated payments quickly and accurately to the banks concerned" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 msgid "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance of the previous one within the same journal automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 msgid "From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction, Odoo stores two values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European Central bank web-services." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a **Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 -msgid "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. (to activate a currency, check his active field)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +msgid "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from a supplier in China." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could see:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill to record a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice and the payment date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in the currency of the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in the report below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 -msgid "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically be converted in this currency." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +msgid "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction in its own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable for this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically be converted to this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a cash register?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Use in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal entries of this journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and credit notes made from this journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Notes: Next Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit note entries of this journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Creation of Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "from your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Incoming Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing online (payment token)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Outgoing Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs from what the system computes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs from what the system computes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when performing bank reconciliation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "This field depicts the maximum difference allowed between the ending balance and the theoretical cash when closing a session, for non-POS managers. If this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register Transactions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to :menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to :menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 msgid "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the next modules:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 msgid "**l11n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification document types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, based on the DIAN legal requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "2. Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 msgid "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 msgid "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 msgid "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production the testing environment can be disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 msgid "3. Configure your report data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 msgid "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 msgid "4.1 Partner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 msgid "4.1.1 Identification" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have their identification number and document type set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 msgid "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 msgid "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the information required by the DIAN ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 msgid "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 msgid "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal regimen of the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 msgid "4.2 Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 msgid "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly display taxes in the invoice PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 msgid "4.3 Journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 msgid "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 msgid "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 msgid "4.4 Users" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 msgid "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:202 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 msgid "1. Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 msgid "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "1.1 Invoice creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 msgid "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic invoice are the next fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 msgid "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 msgid "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 msgid "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 msgid "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 msgid "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 msgid "After this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 msgid "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 msgid "1.4 Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 msgid "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter after updating the electronic invoice status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 msgid "2. Additional use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 msgid "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, the functional workflow remains the same as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 msgid "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "Introducción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 msgid "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y requiere los siguientes Módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 msgid "módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes puntos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "a. Plan Contable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "b. Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "c. Retenciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 msgid "adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 msgid "Flujo General" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 msgid "Configuración" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 msgid "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 msgid "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 msgid "cz" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 msgid "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 msgid "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 msgid "Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 msgid "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 msgid "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 msgid "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 msgid "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información Bancaria." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 msgid "Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 msgid "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 msgid "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 msgid "4.1.1 Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 msgid "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo de documento correspondiente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 msgid "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 msgid "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 msgid "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 msgid "Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> Información Fiscal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos opciones." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 msgid "4.2 Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 msgid "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 msgid "Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de Valor" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 msgid "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 msgid "4.3 Diarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 msgid "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 msgid "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente ruta:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 msgid "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 msgid "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 msgid "4.4 Usuarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 msgid "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 msgid "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "1. Invoice Creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado manualmente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 msgid "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica son los siguientes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 msgid "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 msgid "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 msgid "transacciones de importación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 msgid "utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 msgid "1. Invoice Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 msgid "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es desplegado en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 msgid "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor inicial **En Proceso**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 msgid "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 msgid "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único (CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el CUFE." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 msgid "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas automáticamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 msgid "en el historial de la Factura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 msgid "Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 msgid "1. Errores Frecuentes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 msgid "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y desplegados en el historial." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 msgid "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 msgid "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene igual." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France --> FEC`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some accounting reports specific to France:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from VAT and therefore are not affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__. If you use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/online/setup/enterprise.html>`__ or contact your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* menu:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 msgid "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a country from the list; Do not create a new country." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 msgid "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 msgid "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and restart your server beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 msgid "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France - Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click *Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 msgid "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 msgid "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is located in France or in any DOM-TOM." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 msgid "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such companies are impacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 msgid "Security" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 msgid "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 msgid "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted document recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 msgid "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 msgid "Storage" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 msgid "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 msgid "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, Invoicing and Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 msgid "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal Type = Sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 msgid "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 msgid "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24 hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 msgid "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be counted in the very next closing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 msgid "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` to do so." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "You will find more information about this legislation in the official documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "`Frequently Asked Questions <https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "`Official Statement <http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 <https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 msgid "Germany" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have not created any accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on the **Export Datev (csv)** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà l’interscambio di informazioni." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 msgid "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera configurare la fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 msgid "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione elettronica sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 msgid "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la relativa `guida <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/discuss/email_servers.html>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, previa comunicazione." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 msgid "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di Commercio." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 msgid "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le necessarie informazioni legali." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato” dall’applicazione contabilità." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 msgid "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 msgid "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country \"Mexico\" set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 msgid "**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3, payment complement, invoice addendum." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 msgid "**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic accounting are here (Accounting app required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 msgid "With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your company in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 msgid "After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 msgid "To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and 3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 msgid "First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal position on your company’s contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 -msgid "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 +msgid "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the vat to **EKU9003173C9**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +msgid "From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency (MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative configuration. If you want to manage another currency, let MXN be the default currency and use price list instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:91 msgid "4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:93 msgid "Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see the option)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:100 msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:103 msgid "This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade sending a ticket to support in https://www.odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:108 msgid "Enable debug mode:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 msgid "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this name does not exist)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:119 msgid "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the 3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is the default behavior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:128 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:648 msgid "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" field set to \"Tasa\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:138 msgid "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:145 msgid "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field \"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables `Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the \"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production environment with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a PAC username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178 -msgid "`Certificate`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +msgid ":download:` Certificate <files/certificate.cer>` :download:` Certificate Key <files/certificate.key>` - **Password:** 12345678a" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179 -msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 -msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189 msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:191 msgid "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the \"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create a new tax you should choose a tag." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:205 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following the normal Odoo's behaviour." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210 msgid "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:217 msgid "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your invoice by email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:224 msgid "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should looks like." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:233 msgid "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:235 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:245 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 msgid "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:261 msgid "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a good control of the cancellation reasons." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:264 msgid "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are important." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term ``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el caso de anticipos recibidos**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:334 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:337 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:346 msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:363 msgid "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it (this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need is not created you can create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:373 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:375 msgid "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:388 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:390 msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:392 msgid "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:395 msgid "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties (DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, with our providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 msgid "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:406 msgid "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can find in the SAT website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:410 msgid "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 msgid "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:421 msgid "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:432 msgid "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:436 msgid "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443 msgid "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:448 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:450 msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:452 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 msgid "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 msgid "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:474 msgid "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are properly configured already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488 msgid "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:491 msgid "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:507 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:509 msgid "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to install." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:514 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with **Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such information daily in the system manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 msgid "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with debug mode enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:536 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:537 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:538 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:539 msgid "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:546 msgid "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555 msgid "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:559 msgid "This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:563 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 -msgid ":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the allowed minimum length of '1'." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 -msgid ":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572 +msgid "Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:577 msgid "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:609 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:576 -msgid ":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is required but missing." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 -msgid ":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is required but missing." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 +msgid "Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:587 msgid "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:594 msgid "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 -msgid ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', '04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', '26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:607 +msgid "Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', '04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', '26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:610 msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611 -msgid ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 :2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' is not a valid value of the atomic type '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. :5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but missing." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:617 +msgid "Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' is not a valid value of the atomic type '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:619 +msgid "Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 msgid "**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:624 -msgid ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' is not a valid value of the atomic type '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:635 -msgid ":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is required but missing.\", '')" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +msgid "Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 +msgid "Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:645 msgid "**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and used on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 msgid "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 msgid "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal Localization** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print ISR*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and 010391391 as CHF ISR reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting Reports` and tick this box :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 msgid "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 msgid "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 msgid "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't have to do anything." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 msgid "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in :menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on \"upgrade\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 msgid "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 msgid "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 msgid "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 msgid "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 msgid "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 msgid "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes included in Odoo by default" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Name**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Scope**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tag**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 msgid "7.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "TVA 7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 msgid "7.7% invest." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 msgid "3.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "TVA 3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 msgid "3.7% invest" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "7.7% Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "3.7% Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update your fiscal positions accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 msgid "Others" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 msgid "Adviser" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 msgid "Manage your fixed assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 msgid "The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose assets and perform reports on your company assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 msgid "As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by $1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 msgid "The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 msgid "Install the Asset module" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 msgid "Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting application:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 msgid "Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types <accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 msgid "Defining Asset Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 msgid "Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an asset type on the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 msgid "You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 msgid "To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 msgid "Create assets manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 msgid "To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 msgid "Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before confirming the asset." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 msgid "if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal entries, not those related to the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 -msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation lines can be posted in the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Asset Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Category of asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date of asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Depreciation Dates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on the periodicity of the depreciations)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the purchase date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "First Depreciation Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross value of asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Salvage Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Computation Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Time Method Based On" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 depreciations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the depreciations won't go beyond." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Prorata Temporis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start date of fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Months in a Period" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 -msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:83 msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:85 msgid "Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:92 msgid "Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets directly so that you won't forget to confirm it afterwards. (check the field *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:99 msgid "if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically be filled in the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:103 msgid "How to depreciate an asset?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:105 msgid "Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has been created for this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:110 msgid "But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:117 msgid "In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal entries which are already posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:122 msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:124 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 msgid "Change the number of depreciation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:127 msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 msgid "If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset. Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that should be registered through a customer invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 msgid "→ This has to be changed in Odoo: selling an asset should:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 msgid "remove all \"Red\" lines" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:141 msgid "create a new line that deprecate the whole residual value" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and Analytic Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 msgid "We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more than 700." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 msgid "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting and Finance** app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 msgid "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management** feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 msgid "The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 msgid "Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at least one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 msgid "If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 msgid "Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 msgid "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 msgid "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book our expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 msgid "Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case select the relevant income accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 msgid "Analytical account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 msgid "Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 msgid "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select :menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 msgid "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 msgid "Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the corresponding analytic account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 msgid "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 msgid "Check your budget" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 msgid "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some Invoices and Vendors Bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 msgid "if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account in the invoice and / or purchase line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 msgid "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical Amount** column." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 -msgid "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual amount that could have been realised." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 +msgid "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount that could have been realised." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 msgid "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date, and accurate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 msgid "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 msgid "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 msgid "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 msgid "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your **Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 msgid "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans and fixed assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 msgid "Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 msgid "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and book entries for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 msgid "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 msgid "**Tax adjustments**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 msgid "If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree these against your Odoo balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 msgid "During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while auditing the books." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 msgid "Closing the fiscal year" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 msgid "In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the **Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 msgid "Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly reporting a 0 balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 msgid "You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 msgid "This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that occurred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 msgid "For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be reversed at that date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses and subcontracting in the accounting module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 msgid "We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related to the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 msgid "The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app module and install the following apps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 msgid "Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to **track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install the Sales management app as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic accounting box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 msgid "Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 msgid "We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 msgid "Create an expense product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 msgid "We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Book the expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 msgid "Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account discussed above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 msgid "Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 msgid "Purchase Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 msgid "We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 msgid "Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Subcontracting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 msgid "The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 msgid "Track costs in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 msgid "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply open it to check the costs related to that account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 msgid "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 msgid "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 msgid "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same analytical account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to the invoiced amounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 msgid "We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and **Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer **Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 msgid "First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module name and install them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the **Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 msgid "Create an employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 msgid "In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 msgid "On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 msgid "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be related to a User." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 msgid "Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 msgid "Issue a Sales Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 msgid "We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the **Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 msgid "We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as unit of measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in Progress)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79 msgid "Add a link, and the document is under Sales --> Invoicing Methods --> Services --> How to invoices blabla" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 msgid "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 msgid "Fill in timesheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 msgid "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical Account** discussed above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on the **Analytic Account**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 msgid "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is automatically computed (see picture below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 msgid "Without filters" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 msgid "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select :menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 msgid "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the credit and debit balance of the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 msgid "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details of cost and revenues (see picture below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues with the corresponding description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "With filters" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 msgid "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human resource cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 msgid "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** contains the **Sales Order** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 msgid "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the corresponding costs and revenues." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 msgid "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the **Graph view** to have a clear overview." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 msgid "Analytic account use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 msgid "analyse costs of a company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 msgid "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, each in one of three different types of company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into departments and products the company itself is built on." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 msgid "The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the product ranges the company makes and sells." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 msgid "**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 msgid "Marketing Department" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 msgid "Commercial Department" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 msgid "Administration Department" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 msgid "Production Range 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "Production Range 2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 msgid "In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 msgid "Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**General accounts**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**Analytic accounts**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Title**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Debit**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Credit**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "2122" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "450" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "-450" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "200" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "Transport charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "Staff costs" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "-3 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 msgid "The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example above:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 msgid "In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 msgid "The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading companies and industries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 msgid "A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 msgid "Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a given file/analytic account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 msgid "A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and the profitability by case and by employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 msgid "Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 msgid "So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 msgid "Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the basis of the hourly cost per employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 msgid "At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee depending on the time actually worked." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 msgid "The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you can find for your analytic account:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "Study the file (1 h)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Case 1.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "-15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "Search for information (3 h)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Case 2.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "-60" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "Service charges" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Stationery purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "-42" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "42" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "613 – Transports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "35" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "Staff salaries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "6201 – Salaries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of various transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 msgid "For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 msgid "But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell products that manage timesheet or expenses ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 msgid "project planning," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 msgid "managing support contracts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 msgid "To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts structured by project and by sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 msgid "The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are also similar." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 msgid "But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to an analytic account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 msgid "In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support contract remain." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the production performance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 msgid "Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 msgid "What is an account type ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 msgid "An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the account's purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 msgid "In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 msgid "Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific category according to its behaviour or purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 msgid "Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account types. Just pick the one related to your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 msgid "**List of account types**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 msgid "Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 msgid "Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 msgid "Bank and Cash" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 msgid "Current Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 msgid "Non-current Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 msgid "Prepayments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 msgid "Fixed Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 msgid "Current Liabilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 msgid "Non-current Liabilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 msgid "Equity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 msgid "Current Year Earnings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 msgid "Other Income" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Income" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 msgid "Depreciation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:4 msgid "Expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 msgid "Direct Costs" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 msgid "Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one related to your country." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 msgid "It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, you can create your own accounts too." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 msgid "If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 msgid "To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 msgid "However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In this case, some additional configuration is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 msgid "Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and activate the fiscal years." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 msgid "You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> fiscal years`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 msgid "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 months." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the average cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 msgid "This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to standard of FIFO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 msgid "Definition of average cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 msgid "The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 msgid "The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$0" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 msgid "0" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$80" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "8" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "$144" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "12" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "-10\\*$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "$24" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes logically the purchase price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 msgid "At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 msgid "By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost. Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Purchase return use case" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 msgid "In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price of these products!)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "-1\\*$12" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 msgid "Explanation: counter example" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule, you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you purchased it). Here is the operation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 msgid "-1\\*$10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 msgid "As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 msgid "The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average cost:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**$0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 msgid "On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a correct inventory value at all times." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 msgid "For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase price:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "stock input" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "price diff" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account located on the product category is used to book the difference between the average cost and the original purchase price." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 msgid "Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are in a different currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 msgid "After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 msgid "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 msgid "Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 msgid "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments in **Dollars**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 msgid "Configure your journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 msgid "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 msgid "Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. Then click on **confirm**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 msgid "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and click on **Add** to allocate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 msgid "Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** in which it was paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 msgid "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right **Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the amount in your company currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the **Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 msgid "The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +msgid "In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of them until that final amount is paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 msgid "Turn on multi-currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 msgid "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 msgid "The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 msgid "You can change it in the settings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 msgid "View or edit rate being used" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 msgid "You can manually configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 msgid "Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on **Save** when you are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 msgid "Live Currency Rate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 msgid "By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-converter/>`__ or the `European Central Bank <http://www.ecb.europa.eu>`__. In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency Rate** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 msgid "Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you are set !" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 msgid "Configure your charts of account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 msgid "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves for this account to have the account currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 msgid "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are Active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 msgid "Configure your journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 msgid "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 msgid "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 msgid "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 msgid "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 msgid "Payment Registrations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 msgid "In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 msgid "Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 msgid "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the amount in your company currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:122 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's life." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 msgid "All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of force a specific currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 msgid "When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all the amounts automatically using that currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 msgid "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: :doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 msgid "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 msgid "Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 msgid "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. Then click on **Confirm**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the amount in your company currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the **Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 msgid "Odoo 12 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than ever." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 msgid "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the **developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 msgid "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a **sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 msgid "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – separated by ;)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 msgid "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a date range)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 msgid "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 msgid "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines by one of their columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 msgid "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 msgid "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the same dates as the rest of the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 msgid "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable (``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 msgid "What are the main reports available?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 msgid "Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all countries :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 msgid "**Chart of Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 msgid "You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 msgid "You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the default **Previous 1 Period** option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 msgid "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity of your organisation as at a particular date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 msgid "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 msgid "Chart of account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important figures you need to run your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 msgid "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is reporting :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 msgid "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 msgid "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a result of those sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to make those profits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), across all your customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across all your bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 msgid "How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 msgid "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets (assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 msgid "General Ledger" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 msgid "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that occurred during a certain period of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 msgid "Aged Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 msgid "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have gone unpaid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 msgid "Aged Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 msgid "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting payment during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 msgid "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to operating, investing and financing activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 msgid "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 msgid "When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 msgid "Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): that's easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 msgid "This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 msgid "But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 msgid "So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding taxes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 msgid "If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 msgid "This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product form within the same company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 msgid "In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of 10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates, or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your salespeople." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box and you have no specific configuration to do." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 msgid "If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you must:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 msgid "always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a tax (price included on the product form)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 msgid "create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 msgid "assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 msgid "but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce website" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 msgid "Setting your products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 msgid "Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 msgid "Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices per customer segment**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 msgid "Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 msgid "Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€, from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 msgid "From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax included in price)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 msgid "Test by creating a quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 msgid "Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the :menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 msgid "Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 msgid "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale of this customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 msgid "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 msgid "Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies to only work with one price reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 msgid "Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 msgid "Create tax mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 msgid "A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 msgid "The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use cases. To define fiscal positions, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 msgid "If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in foreign countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 msgid "If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 msgid "Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded for the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 msgid "If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the same customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 msgid "Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. your office or warehouse)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 msgid "If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per tax-mapping to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 msgid "Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 msgid "This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 msgid "For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in his shipping address." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 msgid "Specific use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 msgid "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 msgid "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes, just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`create`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 msgid "Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the 2nd quarter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 msgid "You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 msgid "Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 msgid "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in your accounting:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 msgid "Receivables $115" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 msgid "Income Account $100" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 msgid "Bank $115" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 msgid "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 msgid "The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at zero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 msgid "How to create new taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 msgid "Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes: value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured with the right taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 msgid "This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 msgid "Select a computation method:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 msgid "If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo posts the tax journal item in the income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 msgid "If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 msgid "If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module **account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python code." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 msgid "**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the following label on invoice \"15%\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 msgid "**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 msgid "**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 msgid "**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`application`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to set default taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most localizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 msgid "Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same country/state than you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 msgid "To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 msgid "If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can login into two different companies and change this field for each company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 msgid "A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, withholding tax applies to employment income." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 msgid "With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 msgid "In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the **government**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 msgid "In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through :menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 msgid "In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 msgid "Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 msgid "If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group (normal tax and retention)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 msgid "Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 msgid "When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 msgid "How to set tax-included prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 msgid "In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check *Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 msgid "This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the product form is $100." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 msgid "Price without tax: $100" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 msgid "Taxes: $10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 msgid "Total to pay: $110" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 msgid "If the tax is included in the price" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 msgid "Taxes: $9.09" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 msgid "Total to pay: $100" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 msgid "You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 msgid "By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included (B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax Display)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special jurisdiction in the United States." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 msgid "In TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 msgid "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 msgid "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states where you collect sales tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 msgid "Set a specific TaxCloud Category on the *General Information* tab of the Product, or on the Product Category." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 msgid "Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` to open and edit your Company record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see :doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 msgid "You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 msgid "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 msgid "Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose **Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the different screens you will need." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 -msgid "Once you have `installed the Accounting application <https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, you should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the implementation guide." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +msgid "Once you have installed the Accounting application, you should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the implementation guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:15 msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 msgid "Completing your company settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:18 msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 msgid "Importing your customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 msgid "Importing your suppliers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 msgid "Importing your products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 msgid "Importing your starting balances" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 msgid "Define the users for accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:32 msgid "Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall configuration of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 msgid "This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 msgid "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 msgid "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 msgid "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document <https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 msgid "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation reports following your consolidation rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 msgid "Multi-currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 msgid "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the reconciliation of the journal items." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 msgid "International Standards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 msgid "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit instead of a reverting the original journal items." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 -msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's reports include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your own formulae." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger. Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online banking or wait for your paper bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general ledger transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO (for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:132 msgid "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions <https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 msgid "Transcript" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 msgid "Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st century." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 msgid "Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 msgid "Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 msgid "Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, inventory and subscriptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 msgid "This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 msgid "Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 msgid "Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 msgid "Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the go." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:7 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:13 msgid "The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company over a specific period (usually the current year)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:18 msgid "The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:23 msgid "**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything beyond the costs of products sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:29 msgid "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:34 msgid "**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:40 msgid "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:45 msgid "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:50 msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:56 msgid "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse (liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:59 msgid "A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:66 msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:71 msgid "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment, an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to an other account (debit)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:78 msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:88 msgid "Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, impacting several accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:92 msgid "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be equal to the sum of all its credits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:104 msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 msgid "The customer owes $1,090" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:127 msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:113 msgid "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:121 msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:126 msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:134 msgid "Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific account, matching credits and debits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:137 msgid "Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:141 msgid "An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are reconciled with the related payment journal items." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:146 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:147 msgid "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank matching process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 msgid "Customer Statement Example" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Accounts Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Debit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Credit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "100" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "70" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "Invoice 2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "65" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 1.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "30" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "Payment 2" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 msgid "Invoice 3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "50" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "Total To Pay" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:181 msgid "Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then matched when checking the bank statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:190 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:189 msgid "the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled <accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the bank statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:195 msgid "Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished, the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 msgid "Checks Handling" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:207 msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:208 msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:212 msgid "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 msgid "Invoice ABC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Undeposited funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Check 0123" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "Bank" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:237 msgid "A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing journal entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Bank Statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 msgid "Statement XYZ" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 msgid "Process overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 msgid "Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so efficiently and accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 msgid "If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 msgid "Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice directly if you would like." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely and precise manner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 msgid "Draft invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 msgid "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. While these invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 msgid "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 msgid "Product: iMac" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 msgid "Quantity: 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 msgid "Unit Price: 100" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any tax information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then moves from the Draft state to the Open state." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 msgid "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a defined, and modifiable, sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 msgid "Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 msgid "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Agrolait" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 msgid "01/07/2015" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "115" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "15" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 msgid "Payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 msgid "In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have entered the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 msgid "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 msgid "You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to your accounting localisation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 msgid "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related journal and enter an amount of $100 ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass reconcile with instructions at the bottom." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile them to pay this invoice. \"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 msgid "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 msgid "Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 msgid "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 msgid "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your collection efforts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 msgid "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues and Expenses.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 msgid "Balance sheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 msgid "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the material has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 msgid "Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your aged payable balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 msgid "If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete them automatically based on past purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 msgid "When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 msgid "To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 msgid "Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 msgid "On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the bottom left table to adjust and match." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 msgid "Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending on the the accounting package you choose to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 msgid "For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following accounts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 msgid "You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 msgid "Pay a bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 msgid "To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on **Register a Payment** at the top of the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 msgid "From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it correctly)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 msgid "You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 msgid "Printing vendor Checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 msgid "If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in checks in batches." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 msgid "By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a list of all payments that are ready to be processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 msgid "Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 msgid "In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in :menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a visual of all of your outstanding bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly what you see on the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:3 msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 msgid "Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered most frequently are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 msgid "other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but carried out by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 msgid "To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application from the Apps module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 msgid "You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to re-invoice your expenses to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 msgid "Once these applications are installed you can configure the different products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses Products` in the **Expenses** application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 msgid "Some examples of products can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 msgid "**Travel (car)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 msgid "Product Type: Service" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 msgid "Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 msgid "**Hotel**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 msgid "In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the hotel." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 msgid "Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 msgid "The expenses workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 msgid "Record a new expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 msgid "Every employee of the company can register their expenses from :menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for personal expenses work that way:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 msgid "the accountant post journal entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 msgid "the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, with a payable account)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 msgid "if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 msgid "a product: the expense type" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 msgid "a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own car)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 msgid "Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 msgid "If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get this feature)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 msgid "Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button **Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 msgid "An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 msgid "Validation by the manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 msgid "Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 msgid "The manager can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 msgid "discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the bill is missing);" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 msgid "reject an expense;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 msgid "approve an expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 msgid "Control by the accountant" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 msgid "Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is created and posted in your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 msgid "If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 msgid "If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer project)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 msgid "To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order. (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you invoice all your orders in batch)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 msgid "tip If you want to learn more; check the documentation page :doc: ../../../sale/invoicing/service/expense `*How to re-invoice expenses to your customers* <https://docs.google.com/document/d/1_6VclRWfESHfvNPZI32q5ANFi2C7cCTwkLXpbGTz6B8/edit?usp=sharing>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 msgid "Reimburse the employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 msgid "If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 msgid "All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount due." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 msgid "If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 msgid "if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the invoicing policy on the product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 msgid "if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 msgid ":doc:`forecast`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 msgid "Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to vendors efficiently." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 msgid "In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 msgid "50% within 30 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 msgid "50% within 45 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 msgid "To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the **Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30% directly and the balance after 30 days." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 msgid "Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the right payment term." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 msgid "If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 msgid "In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the payment term)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 msgid "This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the payment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 msgid "From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by \"Due Date\" feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to suppliers with actual bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 msgid "Install the required module" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 msgid "To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 msgid "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to install, it's configured by default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 msgid "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on :menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, set **Check**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 msgid "United States" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 msgid "It is also possible to customize your own check format through customizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 msgid "reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 msgid "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to **Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has only one available which is 'manual'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:77 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:79 msgid "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link \"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks in batch or review them one by one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:84 msgid "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:90 msgid "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:99 msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 msgid "to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2 weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:114 msgid "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so, use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your payment and select a payment method by check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the **Memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:124 msgid "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding flow to print checks in batch:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:128 msgid "`Print checks <PrintChecks_>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:130 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 msgid "Record several payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you open the accounting application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 msgid "Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then **Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 msgid "We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click on **Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the expense transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same vendor.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 msgid "In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of the page, click on **Register Payment**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 msgid "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 msgid "You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 msgid "First, we need to create a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 msgid "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More Option --> Send Money`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 msgid "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is remaining to reconcile." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the transaction amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 msgid "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for various bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 msgid "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor offer us early payment discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 msgid "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment term." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 msgid "We have created the following bills:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 msgid "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 msgid "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement model for cash discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:71 msgid "Pay with SEPA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 msgid "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO. SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 msgid "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 -msgid "With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +msgid "With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 +msgid "By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks. However, according to the country set on your company, another format can be used : **'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and **'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 msgid "Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 msgid "To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on Odoo payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 msgid "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may be installed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:45 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:47 msgid "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank account and select the \"Settings\" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 msgid "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit Transfer**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 msgid "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:62 msgid "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "Register your payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 msgid "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so, use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 msgid "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC (Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 msgid "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:88 msgid "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the **memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:94 msgid "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 msgid "Generate SEPA files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:102 msgid "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to generate for every bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:108 msgid "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> Download SEPA Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 -msgid "Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the error message to your Odoo partner." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:122 +msgid "Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** (the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the error message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 msgid "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:139 msgid "How to define a new bank?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:140 msgid "How to reconcile bank statements?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 msgid "Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 msgid "From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which means no debt account is necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 msgid "Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line, as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 msgid "If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to handle them in accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 msgid "Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 msgid "To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 msgid "Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 msgid "Register a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 msgid "By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 msgid "To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 msgid "Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or **Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 msgid "In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 msgid "Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to :doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to completely close the transaction in your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 msgid "If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase management processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 msgid "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your vendor(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase Order (PO)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 msgid "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any stockable products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 msgid "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 msgid "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or only one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and click create." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, since it is important:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and will allow for receiving these kinds of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 msgid "Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either of these designations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 msgid "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the product type to **Service**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 msgid "Purchasing products or services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 msgid "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor Reference)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 msgid "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 msgid "Receiving Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 msgid "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button is outlined in red below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 msgid "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 msgid "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor (partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 msgid "When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 msgid "The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor reference number or your internal purchase order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 msgid "While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 msgid "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 msgid "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 msgid "If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 msgid "The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you have not ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 msgid "The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet, as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 msgid "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 msgid "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this could be due to one of a few reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 msgid "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is not going to appear anywhere in the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 msgid "Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "How product quantities are managed" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 msgid "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 msgid "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 msgid "You can then change the default management method for the selected product to be based on either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 msgid "or Received quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "Batch Billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 msgid "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection period." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 msgid "Set up a cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a *Percent* type of term with a corresponding value (e.g. 98% of the total price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "Start offering the cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 msgid "Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split the account receivables part of the journal entry into two installments having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 msgid "Grant the cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 msgid "The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 msgid "You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes applied to your invoices. This means that if you handle multiple tax rates, you need to create several reconciliation models. Note that depending on your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 msgid "Register the full payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 msgid "In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with the two related journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 msgid "Set up cash roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are paid in cash, you have to round their total amount to the smallest coin that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the Cash Rounding." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 msgid "Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding strategies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 msgid "**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to define the account in which the rounding will go." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 msgid "**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the highest tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 msgid "Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method** where you can simply choose one of the rounding methods created previously. If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned, but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and posted on the income statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 msgid "For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 msgid "Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 msgid "Module installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 msgid "In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the **Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the **Revenue Recognition Management** module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 msgid "In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you might check if the module is correctly installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 msgid "Define deferred revenue types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 msgid "Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 msgid "1 year service contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 msgid "3 years service contracts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 msgid "Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred revenue type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 msgid "Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 msgid "Flowers every month" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 msgid "1 year product contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 msgid "Sell and invoice products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 msgid "Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Dr**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Cr**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 msgid "Accounts receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 msgid "24000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 msgid "Deferred revenue account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 msgid "Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue recognition." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 msgid "1000" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 msgid "Service revenue account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 msgid "To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`overview`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 msgid "In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 msgid "payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment term but an invoice policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 msgid "Configure your usual installment plans from the application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 msgid "A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within 3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute exactly 100%)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 msgid "The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 msgid "Payment terms for customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 msgid "You can set payment terms on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 msgid "**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant this payment term for all future orders for this customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 msgid "**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 msgid "If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set any tax on the invoice):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 msgid "Due date" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 msgid "If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 msgid "Jan 03" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 msgid "10" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 msgid "Jan 30" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 msgid "90" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 msgid "On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 msgid "Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or email)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to create draft invoices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 msgid "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales order. You have different options like:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 msgid "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the delivery order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 msgid "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a fixed advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on sales orders.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 msgid "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on actual Kg)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 msgid "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on delivery orders.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 msgid "Contracts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 msgid "Activities can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 msgid "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 msgid "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices. This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they use a regular sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 msgid "Read more: - *How to invoice based on time and material?* - *How to manage contracts and invoicing plans?*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 msgid "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 msgid "Read more: *Subscription based invoicing.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 msgid "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 msgid "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 msgid "if you need to create a refund" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 msgid "If you need to give a discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 msgid "Specific modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 msgid "Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment term but invoice conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 msgid "Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that appear on the invoice or the sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 msgid "A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within 3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly 100%)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 msgid "screenshot payment term forms, after QDP have commited the change planned on this object" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 msgid "**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant this payment term for all future orders of this customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 msgid "**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 msgid "If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce this journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 msgid "In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 msgid "The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date is enough." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 msgid "But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact due date for all installments will be automatically created." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 msgid "In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the legal way to handle that is to refund the invoice, reconcile it with the original invoice to close them and create a new invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 msgid "If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, reconcile, and create a new draft invoice\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 msgid "Odoo will automatically:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 msgid "Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as Paid)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 msgid "Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 msgid "Cancelling an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 msgid "If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund and reconcile\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 msgid "Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 msgid "If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft refund\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 msgid "Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund (example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then, send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 msgid "Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the customer has already paid, they should be reimbursed by doing a customer payment refund." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 msgid "**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 msgid "**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 msgid "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 msgid "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 msgid "You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several checks to your bank accounts in batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 msgid "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 msgid "From check payments to bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 msgid "The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 msgid "Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on **Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 msgid "Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "100.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 msgid "Undeposited Funds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 msgid "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with the check that is in Undeposited Funds." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "X" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 msgid "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 msgid "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 msgid "Memo: write the check number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 msgid "Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and relate it to the statement line)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 msgid "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 msgid "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 msgid "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report **Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 msgid "There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 msgid "**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 msgid "**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card, without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 msgid "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 msgid "If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second approach." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 msgid "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 msgid "On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals --> Create`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 msgid "Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 msgid "The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 msgid "The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 msgid "Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 msgid "Credit Cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 msgid "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 msgid "Credit cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 msgid "If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 msgid "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 msgid "There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using this method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment and relate it to the statement line)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 msgid "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 msgid "If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 msgid ":doc:`recording`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 msgid ":doc:`followup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 msgid "It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue. Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to send the appropriate reminders." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 msgid "Manage your follow-ups" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 msgid "We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a customer that has already paid you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 msgid "The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 msgid "Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* set on the statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 msgid "To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the number of days calculated between each report by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment Follow-up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 msgid "You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 msgid "Send reminders in batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 msgid "To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to process, click on *Action* and then on *Process Follow-ups*. A pdf document containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be automatically generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 msgid "Plan a follow-up process" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 msgid "To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 msgid "A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of overdue days, plan to send an email, a letter or to undertake a manual action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to the stage of the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 msgid "If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a negative number of due days." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 msgid "Get paid with SEPA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 msgid "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO. SEPA Direct Debit allows you to withdraw money from the bank accounts of your customers with their approval." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 msgid "With Odoo, you can record customer mandates, generate an SDD XML file containing customer payments and upload it in your bank interface. The file follows the SEPA Direct Debit PAIN.008.001.02 specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 msgid "Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the SEPA Direct Debit (SDD) Feature. Enter the Creditor Identifier of your company. This number is provided by your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 msgid "Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 msgid "Before withdrawing money from a customer bank account, your customer has to sign a mandate. Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Direct Debit Mandates` and create a new mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit only works between IBAN Bank Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 msgid "Once you have entered all the information in the customer mandate, you can print it and ask your customer to sign it. Once it is done, you can upload the mandate signed by your customer on the mandate in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 msgid "You can now validate the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 msgid "Let's create an invoice for that customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 msgid "When you will validate this invoice, the payment will be automatically generated and your invoice will be directly marked as paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 msgid "If you already had some invoices for that customer that could be paid using that mandate, it's still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on register payment and choose the Sepa Direct Debit as payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 msgid "Generate SDD Files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 msgid "You can generate the SDD File with all the customer payments to send to your bank directly from the accounting dashboard :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 msgid "You select the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD File, click on action and select \"Generate Direct Debit XML\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 msgid "You can now download the XML file generated by Odoo and upload it in your bank interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 msgid "You can retrieve all the generated XML by activating the developer mode and going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payments --> SDD Payment File`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 msgid "The Direct Debit mandate will be closed automatically once the end date defined on it is reached. However, you can **close** a mandate earlier than initially planned. To do that, simply go on the mandate and click on the \"Close\" button.The end date of the mandate will be updated to today's date. This means you will not be able to pay invoices with an invoice date superior to this end date. Be careful, once a mandate is closed, it cannot be reopened." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 msgid "You can also **revoke** a mandate. In that case, you won't be able to pay any invoice using that mandate anymore, no matter the invoice date.To do that, simply go on the mandate and click on the \"Revoke\" button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand alone record for use on a later date:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 msgid "If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 msgid "If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 msgid "Paying an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 msgid "If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount due." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 msgid "The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 msgid "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 msgid "Registering a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 msgid "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily be reconciled on an invoice later on." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 msgid "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this document in the memo field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 msgid "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction just made in the accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 msgid "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the invoice directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 msgid "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under \"Outstanding Payments\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 msgid "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once (instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation feature within Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 msgid "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts Receivable and Payable, respectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 msgid "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 msgid "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 msgid "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 msgid "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 msgid "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up with two journal entries for the same transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:7 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the real cost per expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:16 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:18 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:26 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:21 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:23 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:28 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:30 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:32 +msgid "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: :doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:40 +msgid "The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:47 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:50 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:52 +msgid "As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:58 +msgid "Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of hotel nights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:61 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:64 +msgid "Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:72 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:76 +msgid "The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in :menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* @mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:82 +msgid "The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the product's internal reference between brackets (e.g. [Food]). Type the expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:87 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:89 +msgid "When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and click on :menuselection:`Action > Submit to Manager`. Save the newly created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:99 +msgid "You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:102 +msgid "All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses --> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:107 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:109 +msgid "HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:116 +msgid "They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:122 +msgid "As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:130 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:132 +msgid "Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have following access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:138 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:142 +msgid "To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to *Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person is using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:149 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:151 +msgid "You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:155 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:157 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:162 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:164 +msgid "If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your customers automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:170 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:172 +msgid "Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all your Expense types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:175 +msgid "Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:178 +msgid "Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:181 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:183 +msgid "At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:190 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:192 +msgid "As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:197 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:203 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:205 +msgid "As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:212 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:215 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:217 +msgid "Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:225 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/general.pot b/locale/sources/general.pot index 1c94f095a..2499d9106 100644 --- a/locale/sources/general.pot +++ b/locale/sources/general.pot @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -16,672 +16,687 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../general.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 msgid "General" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "Connect to your Google account and go to `https://console.developers.google.com/ <https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:15 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:20 msgid "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:25 msgid "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then save." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:30 msgid "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 Client ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:38 msgid "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:40 msgid "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Then click on **Create**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:48 msgid "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port it listens to." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why here below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the corresponding field using the search." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it work straight away the very next time you try to import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating duplicates;" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those relations you need to import the records of the related object first from their own list menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "How to import data into Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 msgid "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx) or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries and even orders!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 msgid "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is already done." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 msgid "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the corresponding field." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 msgid "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight on the very next time." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 msgid "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the **ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 msgid "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it whenever possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 msgid "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type *Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 msgid "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the complete list of fields for each column." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 msgid "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 msgid "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the **Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will crash." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 msgid "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 msgid "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet application?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 msgid "If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit filter settings' > Save)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 msgid "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in 'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 msgid "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 msgid "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 different fields to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 msgid "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID postgresql column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 msgid "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, according to your need:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 msgid "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that have been created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique Database ID)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third party application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will be able to make a reference to that record with columns like \"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for Products and their Categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 -msgid "`CSV file for categories <../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +msgid ":download:`CSV file for categories <files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 -msgid "`CSV file for Products <../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 +msgid ":download:`CSV file for Products <files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:162 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 msgid "If for example you have two product categories with the child name \"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field 'Category'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has multiple tags)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 msgid "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and 'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column of your CSV file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 -msgid "`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer <../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:175 +msgid ":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer <files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a Sales Order)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 -msgid "`File for some Quotations <../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +msgid ":download:`File for some Quotations <files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 msgid "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 -msgid "`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines <../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +msgid ":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines <files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 msgid "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective contacts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 -msgid "`Customers and their respective contacts <../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +msgid ":download:`Customers and their respective contacts <files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or \"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:204 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 msgid "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of assigning the default value." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:211 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 msgid "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 msgid "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like 'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 -msgid "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for. (If you want to test this example, here is a <a href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a PostgreSQL database</a>)" +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +msgid "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for. (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a PostgreSQL database <files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:222 msgid "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:228 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:235 msgid "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the following SQL command in PSQL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:241 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1 who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 msgid "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:4 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:7 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:9 +msgid "As of Odoo 12.0, there is no more complex configuration to enable push notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:12 +msgid "Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification (OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 msgid "How to add a user" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given point." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 msgid "Add individual users" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 msgid "From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users` and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance - and a picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 msgid "Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 msgid "Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 msgid "You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 msgid "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-users>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 msgid "Todo" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 msgid "Add link to How to add companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and each user can use Odoo in his own language ." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo instance." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option to change the navigation language on your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click **SAVE.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred language." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users --> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can change the Language to any previously installed language and click **SAVE.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo Unsplash key in a transparent way." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "Go to your `applications dashboard <https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New Application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a **Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on **Create application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit to find your **access key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 msgid "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of 50 Unsplash requests per hour." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "Go to your `applications dashboard <https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash requests per hour restriction." msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/getting_started.pot b/locale/sources/getting_started.pot deleted file mode 100644 index ffa6857ed..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/getting_started.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,222 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 -msgid "Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good practices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 -msgid "**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-learning via the `Odoo documentation <http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "2. Project Scope" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 -msgid "To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 -msgid "**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more clear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 -msgid "**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in the implementation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an experiment of the standard in production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "3. Managing expectations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 -msgid "**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation, problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly check that this is still the case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 -msgid "**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the 80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining 20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio (those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed to pursue this same objective." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 -msgid "**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of tools\\* :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 -msgid "**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 -msgid "**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 -msgid "`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main lines of expected changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 -msgid "**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 -msgid "To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without verifying its veracity beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 -msgid "*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 -msgid "4. Communication Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 -msgid "The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to follow those principles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 -msgid "**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the manager are clearly defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 -msgid "The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 -msgid "**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 -msgid "Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is reached;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 -msgid "Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 -msgid "5. Customizations and Development" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 -msgid "Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 -msgid "**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis, etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties. In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see \"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 -msgid "**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the business processes of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 -msgid "Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational needs of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 -msgid "**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 -msgid "**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 -msgid "A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "**or**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 -msgid "A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "7. Data Imports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 -msgid "Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, it will be decided :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 -msgid "**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 -msgid "**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the import will be made before the production launch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 -msgid "**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 -msgid "8. Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 -msgid "When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your questions or technical issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 -msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/helpdesk.pot b/locale/sources/helpdesk.pot deleted file mode 100644 index c3528dd87..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/helpdesk.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,294 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 -msgid "Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team, how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced, or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 -msgid "First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on the lower right-hand side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 -msgid "Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams allowing for customizable stages for each team!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 -msgid "Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid "Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 -msgid "Website Form allows your customer to go to yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website form - much like odoo.com/help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 -msgid "Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 -msgid "The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the documentation `*here* <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/12.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 -msgid "Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 -msgid "If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 -msgid "From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 -msgid "On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the Kanban view or on the ticket form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first activate the setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 -msgid "You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 -msgid "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 -msgid "Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the Ticket form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 -msgid "First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the timesheets will log against." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 -msgid "Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 -msgid "Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send an email to the customer asking how their service went." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 -msgid "In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 -msgid "To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the *Timesheets* feature is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 -msgid "To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have previously created as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 -msgid "Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the *Units of Measure* feature is activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 -msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. Make sure that the product is set as a service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any unit will do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 -msgid "Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the *Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following configuration :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 -msgid "You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm the sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 -msgid "If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question and select the task on its form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 -msgid "The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 -msgid "The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 -msgid "To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now appear as the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 -msgid "All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/index.pot b/locale/sources/index.pot index 713e8e96f..a8b27e9cf 100644 --- a/locale/sources/index.pot +++ b/locale/sources/index.pot @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 15:27+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -16,7 +16,6 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" +#: ../../content/index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/inventory.pot b/locale/sources/inventory.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 8ab19bccf..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/inventory.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5878 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "From the Barcode application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 -msgid "Click on **Inventory**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 -msgid "Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or use the keyboard to set the quantity)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 -msgid "If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 -msgid "When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 -msgid "There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and scan products directly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 -msgid "Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 -msgid "Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 -msgid "Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, visible or is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 -msgid "Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to finish the operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 -msgid "Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 -msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 -msgid "When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the **Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 -msgid "Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 -msgid "Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 -msgid "Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area of the dashboard)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 -msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 -msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 -msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 -msgid "Scan the **destination location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 -msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 -msgid "Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and outgoing deliveries:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 -msgid "If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan the lots/serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 -msgid "**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate one automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 -msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 -msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 -msgid "Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each product (you can also use the keyboard)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 -msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 -msgid "There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and scan products directly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 -msgid "Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 -msgid "Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 -msgid "Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, visible or is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 -msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 -msgid "Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 -msgid "When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the **Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 -msgid "Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 -msgid "Open operation interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 -msgid "Scan." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 -msgid "The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse and keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 -msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 -msgid "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 -msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 -msgid "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo **Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 -msgid "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can be configured to be so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 -msgid "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 -msgid "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market, it is essential to test it first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 -msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 -msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 -msgid "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 -msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 -msgid "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan (it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 -msgid "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 -msgid "Set products barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 -msgid "In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This interface can also be accessed via the planner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 -msgid "Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate them)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33 -msgid "Set locations barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38 -msgid "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker paper." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 -msgid "Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 -msgid "Barcode formats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 -msgid "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61 -msgid "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define your own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 -msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 -msgid "One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to keep the inventory right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 -msgid "Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in the right locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 -msgid "In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 -msgid "Start the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 -msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 -msgid "In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 -msgid "A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 -msgid "if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to set the location of your product from this screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 -msgid "You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 -msgid "Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control** menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" has automatically been created and validated by the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "Multiple products at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 -msgid "Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 -msgid "Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub (or child) locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 -msgid "You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 -msgid "If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period field. The accounting module needs to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products manually by clicking on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 -msgid "Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 -msgid "additional information will be available according to the options you activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 -msgid "Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 -msgid "To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and click on the **list button**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will **not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 -msgid "The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the orderpoint without removing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Product Unit of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Procurement Group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group. If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into one big picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Minimum Quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max Quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Maximum Quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as Max Quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Quantity Multiple" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or to order to the vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 -msgid "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the **Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 -msgid "Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 -msgid "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 -msgid "The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5 -msgid "When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set those virtual warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12 -msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14 -msgid "Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 -msgid "The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, because you will need it later in the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27 -msgid "Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse A+B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37 -msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39 -msgid "Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47 -msgid "Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse A and one in warehouse B." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 -msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 -msgid "Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have any bad surprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 -msgid "Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 -msgid "Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 -msgid "Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the **Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to cancel the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 -msgid "To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 -msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 -msgid "With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 -msgid "Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on **Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 -msgid "Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 -msgid "In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply this delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 -msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 -msgid "If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 -msgid "This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 -msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 -msgid "Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of space in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 -msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes sense!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 -msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 -msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 -msgid "For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 -msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 -msgid "Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 -msgid "Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 -msgid "Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a supplier to the products you want to dropship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 -msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products that the route is **Dropshipping**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 -msgid "Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you will see that one shipment has been created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 -msgid "To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to **Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the dropship card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 -msgid "It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to the customer without transiting to your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106 -msgid "Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of my vendors?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 -msgid "Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 -msgid "Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 -msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 -msgid "**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 -msgid "**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 -msgid "For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows to handle orders very quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 -msgid "Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and especially when the items you stock are big in size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 -msgid "The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 -msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 -msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 -msgid "With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 -msgid "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 -msgid "In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 -msgid "Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and you create a new sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 -msgid "As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 -msgid "The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type bottom half for example, here is the difference :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 -msgid "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 -msgid "There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 -msgid "However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the concerned warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship Only)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 -msgid "Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 -msgid "If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 -msgid "Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery Orders** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 -msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 -msgid "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the **customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 -msgid "This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show **Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64 -msgid "Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: From sales orders to delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133 -msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 -msgid "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 -msgid "*Sale process*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 -msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 -msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 -msgid "Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be redirected to the Delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 -msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 -msgid "In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 -msgid "Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 -msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 -msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the **Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time** as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case of delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number of safety days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically display a warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available, they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps before shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 -msgid "With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 -msgid "A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the correct method for your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "Install the Inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 -msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 -msgid "You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Allow managing routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 -msgid "Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 -msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + Ship).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Create a Sale Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 -msgid "Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 -msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 -msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 -msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 -msgid "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 -msgid "This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the product available for the next step (Packing)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 -msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 -msgid "Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 -msgid "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 -msgid "This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the product available for the next step (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 -msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 -msgid "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the **customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 -msgid "This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160 -msgid "Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders to delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for **shipping**. The goods are then shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 -msgid "In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step (picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Allow management of routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 -msgid "To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 -msgid "Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is checked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to check the radio button above)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 -msgid "If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't activated beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 -msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 -msgid "For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with some products to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 -msgid "If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 -msgid "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 -msgid "This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product **available for the next step** (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 -msgid "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities listed in the **To Do** column)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 -msgid "This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130 -msgid "link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From sales orders to delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 -msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 -msgid "**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being admitted in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 -msgid "Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 -msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the goods receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 -msgid "You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 -msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71 -msgid "Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default, the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -msgid "The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 -msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 -msgid "Use advanced routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 -msgid "To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 -msgid "Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick **Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being admitted in stock (3 steps)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "How to control a receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 -msgid "Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the **Receipts** card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 -msgid "Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 -msgid "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality Control**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now ready to be controlled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 -msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 -msgid "Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 -msgid "Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 -msgid "This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been controlled and has moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 -msgid "To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 -msgid "Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 -msgid "Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 -msgid "By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option **Receive goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 -msgid "In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order form view. This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 -msgid "Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the **Receipts** card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 -msgid "This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product available for the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 -msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 -msgid "Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 -msgid "Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with **WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 -msgid "**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store altogether in one single pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 -msgid "**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to delivery and after-sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 -msgid "**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 -msgid "**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 -msgid "Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 -msgid "On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 -msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 -msgid "Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 -msgid "Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced traceability." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 -msgid "You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 -msgid "In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select **Manage several locations per warehouse**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 -msgid "Operation types configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 -msgid "You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 -msgid "For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 -msgid "Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "Manage lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 -msgid "Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 -msgid "In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to input the lot number(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Click on the lot icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -msgid "A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number and the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 -msgid "Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 -msgid "Inventory adjustment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "Classic inventory by products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "Inventory of a lot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 -msgid "When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 -msgid "Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 -msgid "You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 -msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`differences`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last location where the products are moved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 -msgid "Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 -msgid "In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot Split icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 -msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 -msgid "A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 -msgid "If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are moving those serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 -msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory of a serial number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 -msgid "Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 -msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 -msgid "You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 -msgid "The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were shipped to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 -msgid "To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the serial number corresponding to your search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 -msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 -msgid "In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 -msgid "Immediate Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 -msgid "When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 -msgid "In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the column \"Done\" for the quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 -msgid "This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the transfer right now)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 -msgid "Planned Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 -msgid "When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 -msgid "If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 -msgid "In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 -msgid "Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 -msgid "Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -msgid "Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 -msgid "Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks (advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 -msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 -msgid "In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave it blank if you are the owner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 -msgid "The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 -msgid "You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to determine the priorities between the different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 -msgid "You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "How to scrap products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 -msgid "Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its basic material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 -msgid "content recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 -msgid "In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this during picking or physical inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 -msgid "Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 -msgid "When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 -msgid "When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 -msgid "To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 -msgid "After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Locations.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 -msgid "To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on location form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "Different ways to scrap product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 -msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 -msgid "To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Receipts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 -msgid "Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the scrap products button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 -msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 -msgid "To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 -msgid "Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 -msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 -msgid "To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 -msgid "Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 -msgid "When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on **Scrap**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 -msgid "To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage several location per warehouse** in the settings at :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Valuation Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 -msgid "Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance sheet. This implies two main choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 -msgid "the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. Real Price);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 -msgid "the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. Perpetual)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 -msgid "Costing Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 -msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 -msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 -msgid "+8*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 -msgid "12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 -msgid "+4*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 -msgid "$120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 -msgid "$20" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 -msgid "4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 -msgid "+2*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 -msgid "$40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 -msgid "**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 -msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 -msgid "+4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 -msgid "$9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 -msgid "+2*$6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 -msgid "$36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 -msgid "The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA (see here attached)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 -msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 -msgid "From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 -msgid "This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders matters in the cost computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 -msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 -msgid "$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-8*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-2*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 -msgid "$32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 -msgid "$11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 -msgid "$44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 -msgid "For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 -msgid "FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-6*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 -msgid "$8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 -msgid "Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it, check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 -msgid "Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current quantity in stock * cost price)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 -msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 -msgid "In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the physical inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 -msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "4.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "54.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 -msgid "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of related product (Expense Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 -msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 -msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "109" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 -msgid "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related product (Income Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 -msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 -msgid "Customer Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 -msgid "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 -msgid "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 -msgid "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing inventory value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 -msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 -msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 -msgid "In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & testing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 -msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 -msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 -msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 -msgid "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 -msgid "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a specific product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 -msgid "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 -msgid "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 -msgid "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 -msgid "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 -msgid "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-6*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 -msgid "€8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 -msgid "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your Profit&Loss section to your assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 -msgid "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te **Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 -msgid "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 -msgid "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 -msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 -msgid "A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between locations (possibly virtual)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 -msgid "Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 -msgid "Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -msgid "Production Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 -msgid "Consume:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 -msgid "Produce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Configurarion:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -msgid "Client Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 -msgid "Pick" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 -msgid "Pack" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 -msgid "Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 -msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 -msgid "Missing products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 -msgid "Extra products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 -msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Reception" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 -msgid "Analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 -msgid "Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of products * product cost)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 -msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 -msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 -msgid "A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -msgid "New sale orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Effect" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -msgid "A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 -msgid "Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" (property)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 -msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 -msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Procurement rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 -msgid "*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 -msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 -msgid "whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made To Stock)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 -msgid "needs schema thing from FP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 -msgid "Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 -msgid "Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 -msgid "To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 -msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 -msgid "Picking List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 -msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 -msgid "Pack List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 -msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Delivery Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Gate A → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 -msgid "Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "A Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 -msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 -msgid "Reception:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 -msgid "Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 -msgid "Confirmation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 -msgid "Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Storage:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Product Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 -msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 -msgid "Cross-Docks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 -msgid "Input → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Delivery:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 -msgid "Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Sale Order Line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 -msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 -msgid "Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 -msgid "Product lands in Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 -msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Warehouse Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 -msgid "Product lands in Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 -msgid "Procurement Groups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 -msgid "Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is provided:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 -msgid "Picking" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 -msgid "Packing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 -msgid "Delivery Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 -msgid "Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 -msgid "..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 -msgid "Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group and locations are the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 -msgid "A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products together)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 -msgid "**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 -msgid "**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of 24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or procurements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 -msgid "**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 -msgid "**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 -msgid "**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have enough stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 -msgid "**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 -msgid "**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 -msgid "**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 -msgid "**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,… To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 -msgid "**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO or MTS,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 -msgid "**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group and locations are the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 -msgid "**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently in a warehouse or location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 -msgid "**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 -msgid "**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the minimum stock rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 -msgid "**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to packing zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 -msgid "**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the customer, without passing through your own warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 -msgid "**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 -msgid "**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables goes in rack 3, storage A)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 -msgid "**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes it from the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "From procurement to delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 -msgid "Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as **Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, **Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 -msgid "How to process a receipt ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Install Purchase application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 -msgid "First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 -msgid "Make a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 -msgid "Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 -msgid "Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some products to your request for quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 -msgid "Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 -msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 -msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 -msgid "From the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 -msgid "On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the related **Receipt**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 -msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 -msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 -msgid "When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see the list of your deliveries to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 -msgid "Process the Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 -msgid "To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 -msgid "Procurements can be automated. Please read our document :doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 -msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 -msgid "Install Sales application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 -msgid "First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 -msgid "Place a sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 -msgid "Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 -msgid "You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 -msgid "Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add some products to your quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 -msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 -msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 -msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 -msgid "From the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 -msgid "On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related **Delivery**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 -msgid "When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the list of your receipts to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 -msgid "If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting** on your dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 -msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 -msgid "You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery methods. Please read the document :doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 -msgid "In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 -msgid "By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal transfers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 -msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 -msgid "**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 -msgid "Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, **putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 -msgid "The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the different screens you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 -msgid "Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 -msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Set up your warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Import your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Import your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Set up the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 -msgid "If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure and use your scanner optimally." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 -msgid "Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We are managing our products with docking area where product directly place from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 -msgid "For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 -msgid "Warehouse and routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 -msgid "In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 -msgid "Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`, then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 -msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 -msgid "**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 -msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 -msgid "then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 -msgid "This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 -msgid "Cross Docking Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 -msgid "We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route for the remaining part:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 -msgid "Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is created as an internal physical location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 -msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 -msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 -msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 -msgid "Product with cross dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 -msgid "We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created above as well as the **Buy** route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 -msgid "We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed for replenishment of a stockable product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory application in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid "First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 -msgid "This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations and routes in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 characters maximum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 -msgid "please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 -msgid "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have been generated for your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 -msgid "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 -msgid "Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 -msgid "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the **Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 -msgid "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of all yours product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 -msgid "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2 units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 -msgid "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 -msgid "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone (in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 -msgid "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 -msgid "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 -msgid "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 -msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 -msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 -msgid "3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how much products you process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 -msgid "If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs of storing goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products using rules\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, go to Configuration > Routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action possible :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger manufacturing rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -msgid "Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are waiting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 -msgid "The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 -msgid "In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to the main stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 -msgid "A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 -msgid "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 -msgid "Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 -msgid "Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 -msgid "In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 -msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and **Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 -msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 -msgid "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 -msgid "First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You can combine several choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 -msgid "If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 -msgid "If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 -msgid "Open the product on which you want to apply the routes (:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab, select the route(s):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 -msgid "If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which categories it will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 -msgid "Open the product on which you want to apply the routes (:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s) under the **Logistics** section :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 -msgid "If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every time you make a sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 -msgid "In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 -msgid "In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 -msgid "When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on **Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to **Preferred Routes**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 -msgid "If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or **Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 -msgid "Product Costing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 -msgid "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs (shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 -msgid "Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application to be installed)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 -msgid "First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 -msgid "Add costs to products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 -msgid "Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines will be split accross your transfers lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 -msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 -msgid "A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most appropriate location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 -msgid "If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because of a potential chemical reaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 -msgid "A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product level)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 -msgid "Setting up a strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 -msgid "Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 -msgid "We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain product quality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 -msgid "Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 -msgid "You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away Strategy**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 -msgid "Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 -msgid "When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 -msgid "Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will automatically be transferred to the correct location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 -msgid "To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Current Inventory`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 -msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 -msgid "Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 -msgid "When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or on the **location**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 -msgid "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 -msgid "Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 -msgid "Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 -msgid "Types of removal strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 -msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 -msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 -msgid "In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of ``iPod 32 Gb`` available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 -msgid "You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 -msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 -msgid "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 -msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 -msgid "In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a shelf life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on ``WH/Stock`` location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 -msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 -msgid "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 -msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse according to their expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 -msgid "This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and **removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 -msgid "**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 -msgid "**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 -msgid "**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 -msgid "**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the goods with this serial/lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 -msgid "Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 -msgid "All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when lots pass their **alert date**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 -msgid "Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: **product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and **product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields, the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually after the lot has been created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot expiration date fields as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 -msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 -msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 -msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 -msgid "To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and choose FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 -msgid "Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in ``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Product**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "LOT0001" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "Ice Cream" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "08/20/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "LOT0002" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "08/10/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "LOT0003" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "08/15/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 -msgid "The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on removal strategy **FEFO**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 -msgid "It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on the removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 -msgid "The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 -msgid "The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 -msgid "Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 -msgid "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the \"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 -msgid "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different units of measure?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 -msgid "In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary. For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, you will need to convert the units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 -msgid "You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "Setting up units on your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 -msgid "In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 -msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 -msgid "When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 -msgid "The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 -msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The **Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 -msgid "All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 -msgid "Procurement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 -msgid "The quality control is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 -msgid "The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality check is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 -msgid "The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is **Draft**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 -msgid "The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from the unit to the dozen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of measure :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 -msgid "But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is converted automatically :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125 -msgid "Create a link when the document is available - When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Unit of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product. Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 -msgid "Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 -msgid "The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 -msgid "The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 -msgid "The conversion between the different units of measures is done automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 -msgid "The package is the physical container in which you put one or several product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 -msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 -msgid "If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice and the power plug." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 -msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 -msgid "You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is only for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 -msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 -msgid "For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 -msgid "If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 -msgid "The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the **packaging**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 -msgid "When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a ``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Using product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level (for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 -msgid "As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 -msgid "B&C T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 -msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 -msgid "In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors). Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 -msgid "**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 -msgid "**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant (+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on the template or the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 -msgid "**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by variant)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: Income Account, Taxes)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 -msgid "When should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 -msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 -msgid "**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 -msgid "**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 -msgid "**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 -msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 -msgid "Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity of managing lots of products that are similars." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 -msgid "As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import product templates and all their related variations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 -msgid "In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an example, a company having these products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 -msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 -msgid "In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the e-Commerce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 -msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 -msgid "Product Template: Polos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 -msgid "Activate the variant feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 -msgid "Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several attributes**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 -msgid "Creating products with variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 -msgid "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 -msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 -msgid "In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 -msgid "You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the **Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 -msgid "You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 -msgid "When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 -msgid "Managing Product Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 -msgid "The examples below are all based on this product template that has two variant attributes :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 -msgid "T-Shirt B&C" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 -msgid "Managing combination possibilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 -msgid "By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products (3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, you can deactivate the white product variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 -msgid "To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt. From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, XXL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 -msgid "That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 -msgid "You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 -msgid "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the **Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 -msgid "Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the variant that will be added to the original price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 -msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226 -msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227 -msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new location?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 -msgid "In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse** section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 -msgid "In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 -msgid "Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed to a location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to describe your location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 -msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 -msgid "A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 -msgid "In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse** section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then click on **apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 -msgid "Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 -msgid "In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 -msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 -msgid "In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 -msgid "In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit it afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 -msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 -msgid "When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking types and main child locations for this main location in the background." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 -msgid "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 -msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 -msgid "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 -msgid "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier Tracking Ref**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 -msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 -msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 -msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 -msgid "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will get a new tracking number and a new label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 -msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 -msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 -msgid "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 -msgid "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 -msgid "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on **Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 -msgid "To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 -msgid "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 -msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 -msgid "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale order and proceed to deliver the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 -msgid "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 -msgid "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 -msgid "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 -msgid "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will add a line to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 -msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 -msgid "How to print shipping labels?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 -msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 -msgid "In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 -msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 -msgid "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 -msgid "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 -msgid "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery will be handled and computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 -msgid "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 -msgid "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 -msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 -msgid "Company configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 -msgid "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 -msgid "To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on **General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 -msgid "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price computation cannot be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 -msgid "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 -msgid "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 -msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 -msgid "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 -msgid "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the third party shipper in the additional info tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 -msgid "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 -msgid "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 -msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 -msgid "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 -msgid "By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is fully integrated with the third-party shippers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 -msgid "To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick **Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 -msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 -msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 -msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 -msgid "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information from it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 -msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 -msgid "Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 -msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 -msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 -msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 -msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 -msgid "Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 -msgid "The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history underneath:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries but also on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 -msgid "Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to compute the real price and the packagings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 -msgid "Install the inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 -msgid "Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to **Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in order to see it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 -msgid "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 -msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 -msgid "Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 -msgid "If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 -msgid "If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on **add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 -msgid "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 -msgid "You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See :doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 -msgid "You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 -msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 -msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 -msgid "On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the chosen delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 -msgid "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and Rest of the world)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 -msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 -msgid "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as given in the demo data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 -msgid "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 -msgid "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic** shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 -msgid "You can create other methods with the same provider with other configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 -msgid "You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that will appear on your ecommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 -msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 -msgid "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 -msgid "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). For more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 -msgid "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 -msgid "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 -msgid "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 -msgid "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 -msgid "The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on **Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 -msgid "If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 -msgid "Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 -msgid "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 -msgid "The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will be computed once the transfer is validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 -msgid "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 -msgid "An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer Service in order to to open an account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 -msgid "You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online <https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your online profile by following these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and click the **New User** link at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 -msgid "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to complete the registration process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 -msgid "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 -msgid "1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__) using your UPS.com User ID and Password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 -msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 -msgid "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account Details** section of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 -msgid "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, **Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United States.q" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 -msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 -msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 -msgid "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 -msgid "1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page `https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US <https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 -msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 -msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 -msgid "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary contact." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97a20e88d --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot @@ -0,0 +1,7272 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory & Mrp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:66 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "From the Barcode application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Inventory**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 +msgid "Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or use the keyboard to set the quantity)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 +msgid "When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 +msgid "There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and scan products directly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 +msgid "Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 +msgid "Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 +msgid "Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, visible or is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 +msgid "Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to finish the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 +msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 +msgid "Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 +msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 +msgid "When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the **Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 +msgid "Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 +msgid "Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +msgid "Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area of the dashboard)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 +msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 +msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 +msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 +msgid "Scan the **destination location**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 +msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and outgoing deliveries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 +msgid "If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan the lots/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 +msgid "**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate one automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 +msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 +msgid "Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each product (you can also use the keyboard)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 +msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 +msgid "There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and scan products directly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 +msgid "Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 +msgid "Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 +msgid "Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, visible or is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 +msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 +msgid "Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 +msgid "When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the **Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 +msgid "Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 +msgid "Open operation interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 +msgid "Scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 +msgid "The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse and keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo **Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can be configured to be so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market, it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan (it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +msgid "Set products barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 +msgid "In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This interface can also be accessed via the planner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 +msgid "Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33 +msgid "Set locations barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38 +msgid "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker paper." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +msgid "Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 +msgid "Barcode formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 +msgid "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61 +msgid "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define your own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 +msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 +msgid "One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to keep the inventory right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 +msgid "Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in the right locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 +msgid "In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 +msgid "Start the initial inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 +msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 +msgid "In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 +msgid "A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 +msgid "if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to set the location of your product from this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 +msgid "You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 +msgid "Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control** menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" has automatically been created and validated by the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 +msgid "Multiple products at once" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 +msgid "Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 +msgid "Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub (or child) locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 +msgid "You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 +msgid "If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period field. The accounting module needs to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 +msgid "Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products manually by clicking on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 +msgid "Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 +msgid "additional information will be available according to the options you activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 +msgid "Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 +msgid "To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and click on the **list button**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +msgid "**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +msgid "**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +msgid "The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will **not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 +msgid "The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:43 +msgid "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the **Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 +msgid "Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 +msgid "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:60 +msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set those virtual warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14 +msgid "Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, because you will need it later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27 +msgid "Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse A+B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47 +msgid "Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse A and one in warehouse B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 +msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 +msgid "Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have any bad surprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 +msgid "Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 +msgid "Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 +msgid "Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the **Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to cancel the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 +msgid "To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will receive the confirmation of the cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 +msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 +msgid "With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can limit them to a certain number of countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 +msgid "Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on **Delivery Methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 +msgid "Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 +msgid "In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply this delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 +msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 +msgid "If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 +msgid "This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 +msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 +msgid "Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 +msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes sense!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 +msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 +msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 +msgid "For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 +msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 +msgid "Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a supplier to the products you want to dropship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 +msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products that the route is **Dropshipping**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 +msgid "Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you will see that one shipment has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 +msgid "To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to **Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the dropship card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to the customer without transiting to your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106 +msgid "Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of my vendors?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and you create a new sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 +msgid "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 +msgid "There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 +msgid "However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the concerned warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship Only)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 +msgid "Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 +msgid "If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 +msgid "Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery Orders** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 +msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 +msgid "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the **customer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 +msgid "This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show **Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64 +msgid "Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: From sales orders to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133 +msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 +msgid "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +msgid "In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 +msgid "*Sale process*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 +msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 +msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 +msgid "Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be redirected to the Delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 +msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 +msgid "In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 +msgid "Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 +msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 +msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "Configuring lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 +msgid "Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 +msgid "At a product level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 +msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 +msgid "Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the **Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to select a supplier lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 +msgid "Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 +msgid "Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 +msgid "**Customer lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 +msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time** as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to create manufacturing routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 +msgid "At the company level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 +msgid "At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case of delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +msgid "Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 +msgid "To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 +msgid "Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number of safety days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 +msgid "They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 +msgid "Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +msgid "At route level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks can also influence the computed date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +msgid "The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** app when creating a new push rule in a route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 +msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 +msgid "At sale order level:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "**Requested date**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 +msgid "Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically display a warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 +msgid "As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based on your configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +msgid "January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +msgid "January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 +msgid "January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available, they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps before shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 +msgid "With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 +msgid "A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 +msgid "Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 +msgid "Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the correct method for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "Install the Inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 +msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 +msgid "You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Allow managing routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 +msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + Ship).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 +msgid "Create a Sale Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +msgid "From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 +msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 +msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 +msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 +msgid "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 +msgid "This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the product available for the next step (Packing)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 +msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 +msgid "Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 +msgid "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 +msgid "This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the product available for the next step (Shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 +msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 +msgid "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the **customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 +msgid "This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160 +msgid "Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for **shipping**. The goods are then shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 +msgid "In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step (picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "Allow management of routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 +msgid "To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 +msgid "Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 +msgid "Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to check the radio button above)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 +msgid "If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't activated beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 +msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 +msgid "For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with some products to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 +msgid "If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 +msgid "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 +msgid "This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product **available for the next step** (Shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 +msgid "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities listed in the **To Do** column)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 +msgid "This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130 +msgid "link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From sales orders to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being admitted in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71 +msgid "Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default, the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +msgid "The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 +msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 +msgid "Use advanced routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 +msgid "To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 +msgid "Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 +msgid "By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick **Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being admitted in stock (3 steps)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "How to control a receipt?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 +msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 +msgid "In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 +msgid "Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the **Receipts** card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 +msgid "Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 +msgid "This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 +msgid "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality Control**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now ready to be controlled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 +msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 +msgid "Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 +msgid "Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 +msgid "This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been controlled and has moved to your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option **Receive goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 +msgid "In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order form view. This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the **Receipts** card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 +msgid "This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product available for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 +msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 +msgid "Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with **WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the way you manage these products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 +msgid "Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced traceability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 +msgid "You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select **Manage several locations per warehouse**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 +msgid "Operation types configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 +msgid "You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 +msgid "For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 +msgid "Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "Manage lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 +msgid "Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 +msgid "In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to input the lot number(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Click on the lot icon :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 +msgid "A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number and the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 +msgid "Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +msgid "Inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "Classic inventory by products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "Inventory of a lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 +msgid "When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 +msgid "Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 +msgid "You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 +msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`differences`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last location where the products are moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 +msgid "In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot Split icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 +msgid "A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 +msgid "If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are moving those serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 +msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory of a serial number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 +msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 +msgid "To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the serial number corresponding to your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 +msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 +msgid "In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "Immediate Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 +msgid "When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the column \"Done\" for the quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 +msgid "This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the transfer right now)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 +msgid "Planned Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 +msgid "When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 +msgid "In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 +msgid "Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 +msgid "Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks (advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 +msgid "In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave it blank if you are the owner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 +msgid "What is a scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 +msgid "The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 +msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 +msgid "Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 +msgid "You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 +msgid "Run the scheduler manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 +msgid "This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 +msgid "You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to determine the priorities between the different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 +msgid "This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 +msgid "You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 +msgid "How to scrap products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 +msgid "Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its basic material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 +msgid "content recoverable through recycling." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 +msgid "In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this during picking or physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 +msgid "Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 +msgid "When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 +msgid "When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 +msgid "To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 +msgid "After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Locations.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 +msgid "To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on location form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 +msgid "Different ways to scrap product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 +msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 +msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 +msgid "To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Receipts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 +msgid "Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the scrap products button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 +msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 +msgid "To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 +msgid "Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 +msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 +msgid "To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 +msgid "Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 +msgid "When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on **Scrap**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 +msgid "To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage several location per warehouse** in the settings at :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:9 +msgid "Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance sheet. This implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:12 +msgid "the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. Real Price);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:15 +msgid "the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. Perpetual)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:19 +msgid "Costing Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:66 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:187 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:204 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 +msgid "+8*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 +msgid "12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 +msgid "+4*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 +msgid "$120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:206 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 +msgid "$20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:59 +msgid "+2*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 +msgid "$40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:63 +msgid "**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:121 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 +msgid "+4*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 +msgid "$9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:212 +msgid "+2*$6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 +msgid "$36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:108 +msgid "The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA (see here attached)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 +msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:114 +msgid "From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 +msgid "This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders matters in the cost computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:174 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:151 +msgid "$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-8*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-2*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 +msgid "$32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 +msgid "$11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 +msgid "$44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:216 +msgid "For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:173 +msgid "FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-4*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-6*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 +msgid "$8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:228 +msgid "Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it, check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:234 +msgid "Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current quantity in stock * cost price)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 +msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:241 +msgid "In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:246 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting postings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +msgid "Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:309 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:259 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:259 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:260 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:260 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:74 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 +msgid "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of related product (Expense Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +msgid "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:267 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:290 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:276 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:276 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:277 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:277 +msgid "109" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +msgid "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related product (Income Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:282 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +msgid "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:287 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:290 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:296 +msgid "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:300 +msgid "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 +msgid "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing inventory value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:305 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:310 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:316 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:317 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 +msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:323 +msgid "In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:330 +msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 +msgid "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:349 +msgid "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:352 +msgid "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:356 +msgid "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359 +msgid "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:354 +msgid "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364 +msgid "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 +msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:359 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:360 +msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:205 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:60 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:213 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:152 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-6*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 +msgid "€8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:299 +msgid "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:310 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:313 +msgid "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te **Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:348 +msgid "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:351 +msgid "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 +msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:9 +msgid "A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between locations (possibly virtual)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 +msgid "Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:20 +msgid "Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:32 +msgid "Production Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 +msgid "Consume:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:28 +msgid "Produce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:29 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:38 +msgid "Drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:35 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:38 +msgid "Configurarion:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:47 +msgid "Client Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 +msgid "Pick" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 +msgid "Pack" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:46 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:54 +msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:51 +msgid "Transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:59 +msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 +msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 +msgid "Missing products in inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +msgid "Extra products in inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:67 +msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:74 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 +msgid "Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:79 +msgid "Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of products * product cost)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:82 +msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 +msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:152 +msgid "A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:161 +msgid "New sale orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "Effect" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +msgid "A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 +msgid "Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" (property)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:166 +msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 +msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:167 +msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "Procurement rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:172 +msgid "*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:175 +msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:176 +msgid "whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made To Stock)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:181 +msgid "needs schema thing from FP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 +msgid "Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:186 +msgid "Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:190 +msgid "To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 +msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 +msgid "Picking List:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 +msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:200 +msgid "Pack List:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 +msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +msgid "Delivery Order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +msgid "Gate A → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 +msgid "Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 +msgid "A Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 +msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 +msgid "Reception:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 +msgid "Supplier → Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:211 +msgid "Confirmation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 +msgid "Storage:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 +msgid "Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:223 +msgid "Product Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 +msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 +msgid "Cross-Docks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 +msgid "Input → Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:223 +msgid "Delivery:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 +msgid "Output → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 +msgid "Sale Order Line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:226 +msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 +msgid "Order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 +msgid "Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:234 +msgid "Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 +msgid "Product lands in Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:242 +msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 +msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:246 +msgid "Warehouse Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:245 +msgid "Product lands in Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:246 +msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 +msgid "Procurement Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:251 +msgid "Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is provided:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 +msgid "Picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 +msgid "Packing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 +msgid "Delivery Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:257 +msgid "Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 +msgid "..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:260 +msgid "Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group and locations are the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:263 +msgid "A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products together)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Terminologies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 +msgid "**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +msgid "**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 +msgid "**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of 24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or procurements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 +msgid "**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +msgid "**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +msgid "**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have enough stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 +msgid "**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 +msgid "**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 +msgid "**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +msgid "**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,… To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +msgid "**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +msgid "**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO or MTS,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 +msgid "**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group and locations are the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 +msgid "**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 +msgid "**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently in a warehouse or location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 +msgid "**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 +msgid "**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the minimum stock rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 +msgid "**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to packing zone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 +msgid "**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the customer, without passing through your own warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 +msgid "**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 +msgid "**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables goes in rack 3, storage A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 +msgid "**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes it from the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "From procurement to delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 +msgid "Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as **Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, **Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 +msgid "How to process a receipt ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 +msgid "Install Purchase application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 +msgid "First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 +msgid "Make a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 +msgid "Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 +msgid "Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some products to your request for quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 +msgid "Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 +msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 +msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 +msgid "From the purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 +msgid "On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the related **Receipt**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 +msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 +msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 +msgid "When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see the list of your deliveries to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 +msgid "Process the Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 +msgid "To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 +msgid "Procurements can be automated. Please read our document :doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 +msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 +msgid "Install Sales application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 +msgid "First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 +msgid "Place a sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 +msgid "Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 +msgid "You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 +msgid "Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add some products to your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 +msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 +msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 +msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 +msgid "From the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 +msgid "On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related **Delivery**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 +msgid "When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the list of your receipts to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 +msgid "If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting** on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 +msgid "Process the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 +msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 +msgid "You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery methods. Please read the document :doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 +msgid "In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 +msgid "By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal transfers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 +msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 +msgid "**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 +msgid "Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, **putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 +msgid "The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the different screens you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 +msgid "Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 +msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Set up your warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 +msgid "Import your vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Import your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 +msgid "Set up the initial inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 +msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 +msgid "Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 +msgid "If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure and use your scanner optimally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We are managing our products with docking area where product directly place from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 +msgid "For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +msgid "Warehouse and routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 +msgid "In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 +msgid "Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`, then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 +msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 +msgid "then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +msgid "This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +msgid "Cross Docking Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 +msgid "We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route for the remaining part:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +msgid "Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is created as an internal physical location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 +msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 +msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 +msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 +msgid "Product with cross dock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 +msgid "We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created above as well as the **Buy** route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 +msgid "We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed for replenishment of a stockable product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory application in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 +msgid "First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +msgid "This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations and routes in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +msgid "The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +msgid "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +msgid "please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have been generated for your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +msgid "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not you can skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +msgid "Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +msgid "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the **Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +msgid "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of all yours product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +msgid "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2 units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +msgid "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone (in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +msgid "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +msgid "Select the right transfer order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +msgid "3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how much products you process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a procurement rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 +msgid "The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 +msgid "An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs of storing goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 +msgid "Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products using rules\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 +msgid "Procurement rules settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 +msgid "The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, go to Configuration > Routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 +msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 +msgid "Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action possible :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 +msgid "Move from another location rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 +msgid "Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 +msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 +msgid "The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger manufacturing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 +msgid "The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 +msgid "Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 +msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a push rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 +msgid "The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the inability to meet customer demand for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 +msgid "A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can be triggered automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 +msgid "Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 +msgid "Push rules settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 +msgid "The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 +msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 +msgid "Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the quality control location move to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 +msgid "Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +msgid "Stock transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 +msgid "The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are waiting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +msgid "The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 +msgid "In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to the main stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +msgid "How to use routes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +msgid "A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 +msgid "Manage default locations per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +msgid "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +msgid "Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +msgid "Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +msgid "In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and **Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +msgid "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You can combine several choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 +msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +msgid "If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 +msgid "Routes applied on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +msgid "If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +msgid "Open the product on which you want to apply the routes (:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab, select the route(s):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 +msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +msgid "If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which categories it will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +msgid "Open the product on which you want to apply the routes (:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s) under the **Logistics** section :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 +msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +msgid "If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every time you make a sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +msgid "In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +msgid "In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 +msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 +msgid "Procurement and push rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 +msgid "Please refer to the documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 +msgid "Procurement configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +msgid "When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on **Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to **Preferred Routes**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 +msgid "Make-to-Order Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +msgid "If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or **Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 +msgid "Product Costing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 +msgid "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs (shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 +msgid "Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application to be installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 +msgid "First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 +msgid "Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines will be split accross your transfers lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 +msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 +msgid "A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 +msgid "If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because of a potential chemical reaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 +msgid "A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product level)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 +msgid "Setting up a strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +msgid "Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +msgid "We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +msgid "Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 +msgid "You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away Strategy**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 +msgid "Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 +msgid "When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 +msgid "Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will automatically be transferred to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 +msgid "To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Current Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 +msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 +msgid "Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 +msgid "When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or on the **location**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 +msgid "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 +msgid "Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 +msgid "Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 +msgid "Types of removal strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 +msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +msgid "A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 +msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 +msgid "In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of ``iPod 32 Gb`` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 +msgid "You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 +msgid "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 +msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 +msgid "In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +msgid "In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on ``WH/Stock`` location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 +msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 +msgid "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 +msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +msgid "In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply** to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 +msgid "This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and **removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 +msgid "**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +msgid "**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the goods with this serial/lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 +msgid "Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 +msgid "All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when lots pass their **alert date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 +msgid "Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: **product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and **product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields, the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually after the lot has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +msgid "Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot expiration date fields as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 +msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 +msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 +msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 +msgid "To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and choose FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 +msgid "Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in ``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "LOT0001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "Ice Cream" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "08/20/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "LOT0002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "08/10/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "LOT0003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "08/15/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +msgid "We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 +msgid "The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on removal strategy **FEFO**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 +msgid "It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on the removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the \"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "How to use different units of measure?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 +msgid "In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary. For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, you will need to convert the units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 +msgid "You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "Setting up units on your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 +msgid "In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 +msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 +msgid "When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 +msgid "The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 +msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 +msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The **Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 +msgid "All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 +msgid "Procurement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 +msgid "The quality control is done by unit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 +msgid "The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality check is done by unit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 +msgid "The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is **Draft**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 +msgid "The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from the unit to the dozen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of measure :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 +msgid "But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is converted automatically :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125 +msgid "Create a link when the document is available - When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Unit of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product. Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 +msgid "Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 +msgid "The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 +msgid "The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 +msgid "The conversion between the different units of measures is done automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 +msgid "The package is the physical container in which you put one or several product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 +msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 +msgid "If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 +msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 +msgid "You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is only for indicative purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 +msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 +msgid "For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 +msgid "If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 +msgid "The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the **packaging**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 +msgid "When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a ``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Using product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level (for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 +msgid "In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors). Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid "**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant (+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on the template or the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by variant)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a product may have its own primary picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: Income Account, Taxes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "When should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 +msgid "**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 +msgid "**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 +msgid "**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity of managing lots of products that are similars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import product templates and all their related variations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 +msgid "In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an example, a company having these products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the e-Commerce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "Product Template: Polos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 +msgid "Activate the variant feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 +msgid "Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 +msgid "Creating products with variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 +msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 +msgid "In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the **Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 +msgid "Managing Product Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 +msgid "The examples below are all based on this product template that has two variant attributes :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 +msgid "T-Shirt B&C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 +msgid "Managing combination possibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products (3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, you can deactivate the white product variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt. From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, XXL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 +msgid "That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 +msgid "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the **Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 +msgid "Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the variant that will be added to the original price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 +msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226 +msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227 +msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new location?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 +msgid "In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse** section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 +msgid "In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 +msgid "Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 +msgid "You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to describe your location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 +msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 +msgid "A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, containing all the sublocations in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 +msgid "In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse** section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then click on **apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 +msgid "Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 +msgid "In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 +msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 +msgid "In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 +msgid "In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit it afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 +msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 +msgid "When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking types and main child locations for this main location in the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on **Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on **General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick **Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information from it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history underneath:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to **Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in order to see it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on **add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See :doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A DHL Password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "A DHL Account Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and Rest of the world)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +msgid "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic** shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "You can create other methods with the same provider with other configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on **Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A UPS account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "An Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Create a UPS Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer Service in order to to open an account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online <https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your online profile by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__) using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +msgid "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +msgid "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, **Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United States.q" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +msgid "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page `https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US <https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "Verify your contact information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +msgid "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, describe multiple variants of the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a product and at least one component (components are considered products in Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +msgid "Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. **Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +msgid "After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +msgid "You may define the work operation or step in which each component is consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components** tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 +msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +msgid "In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +msgid "To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 +msgid "Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 +msgid "Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each subassembly is created as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 +msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 +msgid "To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each subassembly as you would for any product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 +msgid "On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes **Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 +msgid "If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and Manufacturing apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at right shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 +msgid "From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, create each component product as you would any other product, then create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route **Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 +msgid "All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your preference. The component products require no special configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 +msgid "Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with their default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 +msgid "If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 +msgid "On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select **Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 +msgid "When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing order rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 +msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 +msgid "There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, performed in an order defined by **routings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 +msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +msgid "You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by work orders and routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 +msgid "Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There are two basic phases from planning to production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 +msgid "Create manufacturing orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 +msgid "Record Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 +msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +msgid "To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create **work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 +msgid "When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 +msgid "Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added step of scheduling work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 +msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 +msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 +msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 +msgid "Unbuild a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can unbuild products you have received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 +msgid "Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 +msgid "In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of unbuilding them and recycling them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 +msgid "Unbuild Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 +msgid "While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the menu *Unbuild Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 +msgid "When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding something you received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 +msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 +msgid "If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the components from the MO back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 +msgid "If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the BoM back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:6 +msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair.rst:4 +msgid "Repair Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +msgid "Repair products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +msgid "The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a defect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 +msgid "Create a Repair Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +msgid "Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +msgid "Manage a repair" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +msgid "When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*. Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you might need, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +msgid "Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be able to start & end the repair when it is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +msgid "You can now invoice the repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases.rst:3 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 +msgid "Import vendors pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 +msgid "It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up to date on products pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 +msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 +msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 +msgid "Import a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 +msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 +msgid "Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 +msgid "See below a template of the columns used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 +msgid ":download:`Click here to download the template <files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 +msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 +msgid "If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 +msgid "Add vendors in a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 +msgid "To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then select a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 +msgid "From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 +msgid "Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo will automatically link the contact and price with the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 +msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 +msgid "When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 +msgid "This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one t-shirt in different sizes!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 +msgid "In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures between sales and purchase very easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Let's take the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 +msgid "You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold quantities in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 +msgid "You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 +msgid "The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are correctly installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom01|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom02|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 +msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 +msgid "Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 +msgid "Standard units of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 +msgid "Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, **weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 +msgid "It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 +msgid "Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our customers in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 +msgid "We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 +msgid "Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 +msgid "In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for **Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 +msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 +msgid "Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 +msgid "The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category** where both units have a conversion relationship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 +msgid "Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called **Inter-Category-Computation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 +msgid "The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 +msgid "Create two new units:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 +msgid "The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 +msgid "For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters`` of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as ``one Roll = 10 square meters``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 +msgid "It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a **Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 +msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 +msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 +msgid "In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the products have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 +msgid "To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 +msgid "The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 +msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 +msgid "With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 +msgid "That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 +msgid "The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to track and analyze your vendor's performance :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 +msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 +msgid "For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan their future orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 +msgid "From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 +msgid "Issue some purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 +msgid "Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "Analyzing your vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 +msgid "Generate flexible reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 +msgid "You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by **total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on \"Products\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 +msgid "Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 +msgid "On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one dependent and one independent measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Customize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 +msgid "You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 +msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 +msgid "In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 +msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 +msgid "While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 +msgid "Approve the order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 +msgid "If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control of what your users can or can't do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 +msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 +msgid "Bill Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 +msgid "With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after you receive the goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 +msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 +msgid "Change the control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 +msgid "While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product page under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 +msgid "You might want to use different settings for different types of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 +msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 +msgid "If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the *Shipment* tab," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 +msgid "Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "Cancel a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 +msgid "Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 +msgid "We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 +msgid "The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 +msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 +msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 +msgid "If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 +msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 +msgid "In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to cancel the PO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 +msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 +msgid "The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped. From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 +msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 +msgid "When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will ask you the permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 +msgid "Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 +msgid "Create reverse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 +msgid "Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document. A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the corresponding location and click on **Return**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 +msgid "Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your stock to your vendor location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 +msgid "When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`bills`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`reception`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 +msgid "A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 +msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 +msgid "In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for Quotation` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 +msgid "Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 +msgid "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or **Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this supplier or enter a new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 +msgid "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 +msgid "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on **Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 +msgid "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 +msgid "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 +msgid "Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 +msgid "You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select *Dropshipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be drop shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the dropship route on the SO line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "Drop ship a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go through your own stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Lock a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 +msgid "Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 +msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 +msgid "Lock an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 +msgid "While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock the order preventing any further modification on the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 +msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 +msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 +msgid "The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control products to receive and to control supplier bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 +msgid "If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 +msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 +msgid "Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among others), which is required with **Purchase**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 +msgid "Create products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 +msgid "Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the **Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 +msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 +msgid "**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 +msgid "**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 +msgid "It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to set his product type field as **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 +msgid "Control products receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 +msgid "Purchase products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 +msgid "From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 +msgid "Receive Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 +msgid "If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the receipt box of the related warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 +msgid "Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 +msgid "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all the lines within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 +msgid "You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the **Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 +msgid "If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record the quantity received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 +msgid "When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 +msgid "If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`cancel`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 +msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 +msgid "The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 +msgid "For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 +msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 +msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 +msgid "When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 +msgid "Add a warning on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 +msgid "When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 +msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 +msgid "If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 +msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 +msgid "A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 +msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 +msgid "Start a Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 +msgid "To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Agreements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 +msgid "Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 +msgid "You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 +msgid "When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in the top right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 +msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 +msgid "From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to choose the quantity and confirm the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 +msgid "When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities you have already ordered from your blanket order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 +msgid "Vendors prices on your product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 +msgid "When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 +msgid "Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment (using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 +msgid "You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 +msgid "A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple vendors to obtain the most interesting price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 +msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 +msgid "Create a Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 +msgid "Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu and select *Call for Tender*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 +msgid "When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 +msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 +msgid "From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) from your Call for Tender." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 +msgid "Select the best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 +msgid "The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 +msgid "Close the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 +msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment Flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 +msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 +msgid "To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead Times*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 +msgid "*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 +msgid "Configure Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 +msgid "Vendor Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 +msgid "The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the product to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 +msgid "To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery lead time for that Vendor & Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 +msgid "The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver the product to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 +msgid "To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the *Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 +msgid "Manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 +msgid "The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 +msgid "To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the *Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 +msgid "Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your engagements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 +msgid "The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 +msgid "Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and *Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 +msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 +msgid "For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here is your product’s configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 +msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 +msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 +msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 +msgid "In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on your configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 +msgid "January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead time for Sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 +msgid "January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 +msgid "January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - 9 days of vendor lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Setup drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 +msgid "First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the **Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 +msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the concerned order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy of your product on **Ordered quantities**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 +msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 +msgid "If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase orders on each sale you make." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 +msgid "Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in just one step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 +msgid "Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and *Make To Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 +msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 +msgid "The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in Odoo for this feature to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 +msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 +msgid "Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 +msgid "A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the *Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 +msgid "When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the *Shipment* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 +msgid "You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 +msgid "As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines automatically under it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 +msgid "To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define *Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 +msgid "Set a reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 +msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 +msgid "You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 +msgid "Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 +msgid "The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at 12:00PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 +msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 +msgid "From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 +msgid "For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes, a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an issue with the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-Companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products and services between different branches within your conglomerate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation on your sales and purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 +msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Manage intercompany rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 +msgid "New options will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 +msgid "In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 +msgid "If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 +msgid "When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps for the other companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 +msgid "In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your user has the rights to manage the companies." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/iot.pot b/locale/sources/iot.pot deleted file mode 100644 index ee0bd5151..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/iot.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,334 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../iot.rst:5 -msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:23 -msgid "Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:34 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:36 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:38 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:43 -msgid "Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:49 -msgid "You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) and paste the token, then click on next." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:57 -msgid "If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token (e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:63 -msgid "Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being redirected to your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:70 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:76 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:5 -msgid "In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from our latest updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:11 -msgid "Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <http://wwww.balena.org>`__, It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install and launch it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:15 -msgid "Now, download the latest image `here <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:19 -msgid "Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 minutes for it to finish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:3 -msgid "IoT Box not found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:5 -msgid "When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you can follow to find your IoT box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:10 -msgid "HTTPS Issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:12 -msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:14 -msgid "To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:19 -msgid "If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:23 -msgid "You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here <https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:9 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:17 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:19 -msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:22 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:24 -msgid "An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer (officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page <https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:28 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:30 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:32 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:35 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:37 -msgid "To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to your database. For this, follow this `documentation <https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:44 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:46 -msgid "Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page <https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware might work as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:50 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:53 -msgid "**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:56 -msgid "**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:62 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:64 -msgid "**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:68 -msgid "**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available on boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:73 -msgid "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:77 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:80 -msgid "Troubleshoot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:83 -msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:85 -msgid "The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no receipt is printed, check the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:91 -msgid "Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status LED." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:94 -msgid "Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be ready ~2 minutes after it is started." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:98 -msgid "Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected devices on your network router." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:102 -msgid "If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:106 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:108 -msgid "A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:113 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:115 -msgid "The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:120 -msgid "The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has enough power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:124 -msgid "Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:129 -msgid "Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:134 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:136 -msgid "Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:140 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:142 -msgid "A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS and the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:148 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:150 -msgid "The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:155 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:157 -msgid "Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please contact support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:162 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:164 -msgid "The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/livechat.pot b/locale/sources/livechat.pot deleted file mode 100644 index db2d5e3be..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/livechat.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 -msgid "With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way, you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 -msgid "To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\" and then click on install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, operators can easily join and leave the chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 -msgid "If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length of time it takes for the chat to appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 -msgid "On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you through the live chat." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 -msgid "In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 -msgid "If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 -msgid "Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 -msgid "If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 -msgid "Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands into the chat. The following actions are available :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 -msgid "If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 -msgid "Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then, to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 -msgid "You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website visitors, enjoy !" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/manufacturing.pot b/locale/sources/manufacturing.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 7e4d8cd9d..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/manufacturing.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,353 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, describe multiple variants of the same product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 -msgid "If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 -msgid "Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a product and at least one component (components are considered products in Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 -msgid "Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. **Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 -msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 -msgid "You may define the work operation or step in which each component is consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components** tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 -msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 -msgid "In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the primary product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 -msgid "To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 -msgid "Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -msgid "A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 -msgid "Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each subassembly is created as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 -msgid "To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each subassembly as you would for any product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 -msgid "On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes **Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no effect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 -msgid "If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 -msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 -msgid "You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 -msgid "When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and Manufacturing apps must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at right shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 -msgid "From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, create each component product as you would any other product, then create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route **Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 -msgid "All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your preference. The component products require no special configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 -msgid "Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with their default values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 -msgid "If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 -msgid "On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select **Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable stock management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 -msgid "When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing order rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 -msgid "There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, performed in an order defined by **routings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by work orders and routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There are two basic phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 -msgid "Create manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "Record Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create **work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 -msgid "When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 -msgid "Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added step of scheduling work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 -msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 -msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 -msgid "Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 -msgid "In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 -msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 -msgid "While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 -msgid "When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding something you received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 -msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 -msgid "If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 -msgid "If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the BoM back in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 -msgid "The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a defect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 -msgid "Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 -msgid "When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*. Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you might need, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 -msgid "Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 -msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/mobile.pot b/locale/sources/mobile.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 662381e2a..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/mobile.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 -msgid "As of Odoo 12.0, there is no more complex configuration to enable push notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 -msgid "Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification (OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot b/locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot deleted file mode 100644 index a1313ba42..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1056 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you can input any barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* <https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 -msgid "While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 -msgid "Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 -msgid "Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 -msgid "Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 -msgid "You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 -msgid "With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 -msgid "There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They are all explained below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 -msgid "To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 -msgid "The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 -msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 -msgid "And the cashier will be changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 -msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 -msgid "You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 -msgid "On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 -msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 -msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 -msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 -msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 -msgid "When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 -msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 -msgid "You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 -msgid "Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 -msgid "And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can finish the transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a *Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and everything in between." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 -msgid "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 -msgid "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You can of course change it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 -msgid "If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 -msgid "You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 -msgid "You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is currently selected and the discount will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 -msgid "To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 -msgid "Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 -msgid "Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting --> Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a **blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "A government certified `Fiscal Data Module <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example <http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the **Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: ``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it (:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your VAT signing card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 -msgid "You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 -msgid "Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in any future transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the closing entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section :doc:`../../../iot/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/pos`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 -msgid "Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the definitive ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 -msgid "To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 -msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 -msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 -msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 -msgid "To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 -msgid "To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 -msgid "Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*. Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 -msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 -msgid "In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where you can add the printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 -msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 -msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 -msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 -msgid "When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 -msgid "The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 -msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 -msgid "When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 -msgid "You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 -msgid "Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 -msgid "To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 -msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 -msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on *Floors*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to register an order and payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 -msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 -msgid "To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 -msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 -msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 -msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 -msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and select the new table" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Shop Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 -msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 -msgid "To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 -msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 -msgid "In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at the opening and closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 -msgid "When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 -msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 -msgid "You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening Balance*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 -msgid "By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always modify it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 -msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* button as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 -msgid "You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 -msgid "If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 -msgid "Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 -msgid "You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 -msgid "You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid "From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to select it and validate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 -msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 -msgid "Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 -msgid "From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 -msgid "As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have to process the payment." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/portal.pot b/locale/sources/portal.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 137aa1171..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/portal.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,114 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 -msgid "My Odoo Portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 -msgid "In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 -msgid "To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to `Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged in, just click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 -msgid "Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 -msgid "The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the pricing and other useful information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 -msgid "If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 -msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 -msgid "All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be registered under this section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 -msgid "By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 -msgid "All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has been paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 -msgid "Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 -msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 -msgid "When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`, a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 -msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78 -msgid "You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 -msgid "By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, and the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 -msgid "To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter the new credit card details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 -msgid "If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101 -msgid "At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will no longer be able to access the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 -msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 -msgid "With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 -msgid "If you need information about how to manage your database see :ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/practical.pot b/locale/sources/practical.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 7a1c84f83..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/practical.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/productivity.pot b/locale/sources/productivity.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35e1b9b14 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/sources/productivity.pot @@ -0,0 +1,1066 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:3 +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:4 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:5 +msgid "This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:9 +msgid "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's reputation yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:15 +msgid "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:24 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:26 +msgid "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:36 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:43 +msgid "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:47 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:48 +msgid "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation <https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:55 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:56 +msgid "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:60 +msgid "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g. for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +msgid "Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:72 +msgid "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:86 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:90 +msgid "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing <https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:98 +msgid "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +msgid "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM <https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:103 +msgid "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk <https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:105 +msgid "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:107 +msgid "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment <https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +msgid "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:115 +msgid "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:146 +msgid "Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:153 +msgid "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +msgid "You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 +msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +msgid "Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 +msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +msgid "Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at \"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +msgid "Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following the previous example you should write \"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +msgid "Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 +msgid "Getting the API key and secret" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +msgid "When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +msgid "And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:3 +msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:5 +msgid "You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**. Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item (if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or another channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:15 +msgid "Direct messaging a user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:17 +msgid "**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that they are offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:28 +msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:30 +msgid "You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:3 +msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:5 +msgid "Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:13 +msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:18 +msgid "Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one simple and searchable interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get organized by planning activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to undertake." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +msgid "Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage your priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +msgid "Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +msgid "A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 +msgid "Schedule meetings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply open to let you select a time slot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +msgid "If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +msgid "Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see, it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "Creating a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +msgid "In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:17 +msgid "A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a **private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +msgid "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive information)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:31 +msgid "Configuring a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +msgid "You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`. Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would a public channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:47 +msgid "How to set up a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send messages by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "Locating a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of **public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by clicking the plus icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public channels from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +msgid "It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:76 +msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +msgid "The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and **save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single character wildcard.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:6 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:7 +msgid "You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity, a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:14 +msgid "How to choose the events to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:15 +msgid "You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the **Project** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:23 +msgid "How to add other followers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:24 +msgid "You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a link back to the original document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:34 +msgid "How to be a default follower" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:35 +msgid "You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task created, an opportunity won)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:40 +msgid "To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:4 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +msgid "You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +msgid "If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token (e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +msgid "Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being redirected to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from our latest updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__, It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install and launch it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +msgid "Now, download the latest image `here <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 +msgid "Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 minutes for it to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 +msgid "IoT Box not found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 +msgid "When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you can follow to find your IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 +msgid "HTTPS Issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 +msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 +msgid "To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 +msgid "If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23 +msgid "You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here <https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:19 +msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer (officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page <https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:28 +msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:35 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to your database. For this, follow this `documentation <https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page <https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware might work as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:50 +msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:53 +msgid "**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:62 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:64 +msgid "**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:73 +msgid "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:77 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:80 +msgid "Troubleshoot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:83 +msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:85 +msgid "The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no receipt is printed, check the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:91 +msgid "Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status LED." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:94 +msgid "Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be ready ~2 minutes after it is started." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:98 +msgid "Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected devices on your network router." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:102 +msgid "If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:106 +msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:108 +msgid "A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:113 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:115 +msgid "The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:120 +msgid "The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has enough power." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:124 +msgid "Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:129 +msgid "Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:134 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:136 +msgid "Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:140 +msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:142 +msgid "A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS and the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:148 +msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:150 +msgid "The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:155 +msgid "The printer is offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:157 +msgid "Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please contact support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:162 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:164 +msgid "The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:18 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +msgid "If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 +msgid "In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +msgid "Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +msgid "Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +msgid "If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +msgid "To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +msgid "Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +msgid "When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +msgid "Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +msgid "In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +msgid "Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +msgid "Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:17 +msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:19 +msgid "If your printer is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +msgid "You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +msgid "To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +msgid "Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +msgid "You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on select and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +msgid "Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically print it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +msgid "You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +msgid "Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +msgid "For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +msgid "Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel. Click on it and it will print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +msgid "To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick *Order Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product Categories* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +msgid "In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket will be printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 +msgid "When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if their price are based on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 +msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 +msgid "If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +msgid "You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 +msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 +msgid "To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +msgid "Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +msgid "The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct price to the cart." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/project.pot b/locale/sources/project.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 0861ed60d..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/project.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1110 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 -#: ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 -msgid "As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your customers using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 -msgid "An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or Sad)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the apps module and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 -msgid "Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the **Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 -msgid "A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 -msgid "First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 -msgid "Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the **Customer satisfaction** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 -msgid "Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used. You can directly edit it from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 -msgid "The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It will be added to the chatter of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 -msgid "You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project Issue** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front end of the website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 -msgid "In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks from sales order lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 -msgid "In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales and Services departments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 -msgid "As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at ``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the overtime spent on the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 -msgid "In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 -msgid "And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time spent on that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 -msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 -msgid "You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with the`following setup:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 -msgid "**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 -msgid "**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 -msgid "**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the product to hours as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 -msgid "Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo will then create a project per SO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 -msgid "Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a sale order, the task will be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 -msgid "either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title (you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 -msgid "On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 -msgid "On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-saving!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments. You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the Following button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can help you track time easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for it, or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other timesheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the Analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "This email address create by default following the project name can be changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the history of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues) or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage, then click on edit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several employees working on this project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on **Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Creating a new project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window, you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 -msgid "**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the **Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 -msgid "For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, that you can personalize to fit your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 -msgid "Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 -msgid "A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 -msgid "You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 -msgid "In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 -msgid "Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, Employee and Timesheet apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 -msgid "You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 -msgid "In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 -msgid "In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 -msgid "In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, and open the task on which you have been working." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 -msgid "In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on **Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 -msgid "In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you have to cope with." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 -msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 -msgid "While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 -msgid "In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task and indicate if the task is ready." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 -msgid "Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked to their creation date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set easily in a single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other project manager too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status. That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on the progress of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive planning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to each team member." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and install the application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on tasks. From the **Project** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) and the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, Done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 -msgid "On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 -msgid "Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 -msgid "If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated each time the employee will add an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 -msgid "As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will show you the progression of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 -msgid "If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 -msgid "All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 -msgid "Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo, the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 -msgid "So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the progress of a project and its related tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps team members to collaborate better." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 -msgid "This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the workload and human resources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 -msgid "The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your employee should complete it!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the Forecast option and click **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 -msgid "Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for all the projects that you manage)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow Forecast\" in your project settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 -msgid "If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 -msgid "Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 -msgid "In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 -msgid "You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty space in the Gantt chart calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 -msgid "The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 -msgid "The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 -msgid "For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name (Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours in the Effective hours field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 -msgid "In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or by projects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 -msgid "This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project. It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 -msgid "On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the third, you see which tasks they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 -msgid "Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects the duration of the task in the calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 -msgid "The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 -msgid "When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100% how your users should organize their time between different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 -msgid "The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 -msgid "In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects (\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure that this is feasible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 -msgid "This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 -msgid "change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in the future or in the past" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 -msgid "The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first level of hierarchy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 -msgid "On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By Users** section)" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/purchase.pot b/locale/sources/purchase.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 4b5a81c9a..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/purchase.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1241 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 -msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 -msgid "Import vendors pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 -msgid "It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up to date on products pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 -msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 -msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 -msgid "Import a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 -msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 -msgid "Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 -msgid "See below a template of the columns used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 -msgid "`Template download <https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1N8c_eejLV_8NhYMGCfZau_oGCnRkUIT9nwdX7n0shhY/edit#gid=964193981>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 -msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 -msgid "If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 -msgid "Add vendors in a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 -msgid "To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then select a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 -msgid "From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 -msgid "Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo will automatically link the contact and price with the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 -msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 -msgid "When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 -msgid "This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one t-shirt in different sizes!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 -msgid "In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures between sales and purchase very easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 -msgid "Let's take the following examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 -msgid "You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold quantities in **Liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 -msgid "You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 -msgid "The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are correctly installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom01|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom02|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 -msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 -msgid "Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 -msgid "Standard units of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 -msgid "Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, **weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 -msgid "It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 -msgid "Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our customers in **Liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 -msgid "We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 -msgid "Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for purchase)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 -msgid "In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for **Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 -msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 -msgid "Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 -msgid "The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category** where both units have a conversion relationship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 -msgid "To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 -msgid "Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called **Inter-Category-Computation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 -msgid "The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units of Measure`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 -msgid "Create two new units:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 -msgid "The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 -msgid "For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters`` of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as ``one Roll = 10 square meters``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 -msgid "It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a **Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 -msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 -msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 -msgid "In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the products have been received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 -msgid "To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 -msgid "The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 -msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 -msgid "With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 -msgid "That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 -msgid "The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to track and analyze your vendor's performance :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 -msgid "For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan their future orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 -msgid "From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 -msgid "Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 -msgid "You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by **total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on \"Products\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 -msgid "Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 -msgid "On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one dependent and one independent measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 -msgid "You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 -msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 -msgid "In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 -msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 -msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 -msgid "While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 -msgid "Approve the order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 -msgid "If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control of what your users can or can't do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 -msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 -msgid "Bill Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 -msgid "With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after you receive the goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 -msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 -msgid "Change the control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 -msgid "While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product page under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 -msgid "You might want to use different settings for different types of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 -msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 -msgid "If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the *Shipment* tab," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 -msgid "Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "Cancel a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 -msgid "Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 -msgid "We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 -msgid "The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 -msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 -msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 -msgid "If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 -msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 -msgid "In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to cancel the PO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 -msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 -msgid "The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped. From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 -msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 -msgid "When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will ask you the permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 -msgid "Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 -msgid "Create reverse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 -msgid "Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document. A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the corresponding location and click on **Return**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 -msgid "Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your stock to your vendor location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 -msgid "When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`bills`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 -msgid "A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 -msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 -msgid "In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for Quotation` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 -msgid "Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written on the delivery order sent by your vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into a purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a sales order)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms used in international transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 -msgid "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or **Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this supplier or enter a new one)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 -msgid "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 -msgid "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on **Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 -msgid "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 -msgid "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 -msgid "Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 -msgid "You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select *Dropshipping*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 -msgid "A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be drop shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 -msgid "If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in front of *Order-Specific Routes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 -msgid "When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the dropship route on the SO line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "Drop ship a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 -msgid "Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go through your own stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Lock a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 -msgid "Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 -msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 -msgid "Lock an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 -msgid "While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock the order preventing any further modification on the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 -msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 -msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 -msgid "The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control products to receive and to control supplier bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 -msgid "If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 -msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 -msgid "Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among others), which is required with **Purchase**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 -msgid "Create products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 -msgid "Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the **Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 -msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 -msgid "**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 -msgid "**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 -msgid "It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to set his product type field as **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 -msgid "Control products receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 -msgid "Purchase products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 -msgid "From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 -msgid "Receive Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 -msgid "If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the receipt box of the related warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 -msgid "Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 -msgid "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all the lines within it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 -msgid "You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the **Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 -msgid "If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record the quantity received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 -msgid "When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 -msgid "If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`cancel`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 -msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 -msgid "The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 -msgid "For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 -msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 -msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 -msgid "When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a blocking message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 -msgid "Add a warning on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 -msgid "When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 -msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 -msgid "If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 -msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 -msgid "A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 -msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 -msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 -msgid "To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Agreements`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 -msgid "Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 -msgid "You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 -msgid "When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 -msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 -msgid "From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to choose the quantity and confirm the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 -msgid "When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities you have already ordered from your blanket order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 -msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 -msgid "When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 -msgid "Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment (using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 -msgid "You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 -msgid "A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple vendors to obtain the most interesting price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 -msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 -msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 -msgid "Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu and select *Call for Tender*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 -msgid "When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 -msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 -msgid "From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) from your Call for Tender." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 -msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 -msgid "The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 -msgid "Close the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 -msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment Flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 -msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 -msgid "To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead Times*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 -msgid "*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or manufacture products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 -msgid "Configure Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 -msgid "Vendor Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 -msgid "The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the product to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 -msgid "To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery lead time for that Vendor & Product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 -msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 -msgid "The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver the product to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 -msgid "To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the *Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 -msgid "The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 -msgid "To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the *Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 -msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 -msgid "Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your engagements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 -msgid "The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 -msgid "Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and *Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 -msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 -msgid "For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here is your product’s configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 -msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 -msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 -msgid "In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on your configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 -msgid "January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead time for Sales)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 -msgid "January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead time for Purchase)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 -msgid "January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - 9 days of vendor lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Setup drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 -msgid "First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 -msgid "You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the **Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 -msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the concerned order lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 -msgid "Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy of your product on **Ordered quantities**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 -msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 -msgid "If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase orders on each sale you make." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 -msgid "Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in just one step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 -msgid "Configure the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 -msgid "Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and *Make To Order*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 -msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 -msgid "The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in Odoo for this feature to work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 -msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 -msgid "Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 -msgid "A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the *Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 -msgid "When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the *Shipment* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 -msgid "You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 -msgid "As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines automatically under it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 -msgid "To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define *Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 -msgid "Set a reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 -msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 -msgid "You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 -msgid "Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 -msgid "The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at 12:00PM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 -msgid "From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 -msgid "For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes, a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an issue with the configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 -msgid "Multi-Companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products and services between different branches within your conglomerate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation on your sales and purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 -msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Manage intercompany rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 -msgid "New options will appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 -msgid "In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 -msgid "If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps for the other companies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 -msgid "In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your user has the rights to manage the companies." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/recruitment.pot b/locale/sources/recruitment.pot deleted file mode 100644 index 8b7a65948..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/recruitment.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/sales.pot b/locale/sources/sales.pot index 15b5255e2..eca6c9e6f 100644 --- a/locale/sources/sales.pot +++ b/locale/sources/sales.pot @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -16,1041 +16,3097 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:4 msgid "Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:4 +msgid "CRM" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 -msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 -msgid "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 -msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 -msgid "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit any document in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 -msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 -msgid "From Contacts Module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 -msgid "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 -msgid "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the interface and from the drop down." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 -msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 -msgid "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on **Apply** when you're done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 -msgid "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to list a product?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 -msgid "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a product form. The eBay tab will be available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 -msgid "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 -msgid "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product. You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay Description**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 -msgid "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on the product template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 -msgid "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with **Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 -msgid "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 -msgid "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the **Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 -msgid "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 -msgid "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token needed to configure the module in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 -msgid "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 -msgid "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert Key**. Apply the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 -msgid "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the other fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 -msgid "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "Invoicing Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Request a down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 -msgid "A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 -msgid "When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 -msgid "The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 -msgid "On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be automatically deducted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 -msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the income account & customer taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 -msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 -msgid "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company, you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 -msgid "Expenses configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 -msgid "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 -msgid "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 -msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 -msgid "From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 -msgid "You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or create a new one from right there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 -msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 -msgid "Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your expense or a previously agreed on sales price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 -msgid "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Expense products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 -msgid "Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 -msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 -msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 -msgid "Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for invoicing:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 -msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales order is confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 -msgid "Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a partial delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 -msgid "The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice the actual delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 -msgid "You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice a fixed advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 -msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 -msgid "From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing policy and select the one you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 -msgid "Send the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 -msgid "Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 -msgid "If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have to validate the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 -msgid "Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered if you did a partial delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice project milestones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 -msgid "Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the project's progress and pay in several installments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 -msgid "Create milestone products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 -msgid "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To configure products to work this way, go to any product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 -msgid "You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and select *Milestones* in the sales tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 -msgid "Invoice milestones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 -msgid "From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you complete a milestone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 -msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 -msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 -msgid "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in not being a demand or request for payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 -msgid "From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-forma invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 -msgid "When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice in attachment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 -msgid "Sell subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 -msgid "Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making planning ahead much easier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 -msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 -msgid "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select the subscription product your previously created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 -msgid "When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the upper right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 -msgid "Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that the project requirements would most likely change." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 -msgid "This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 -msgid "For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 -msgid "Invoice time configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 -msgid "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 -msgid "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 -msgid "Invoice your time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 -msgid "From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new project*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 -msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 -msgid "Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the project overview and one for the current task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 -msgid "You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it from the *Project* app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 -msgid "Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add how many hours they worked on the project so far." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 -msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 -msgid "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your expense or a previously agreed on sales price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 -msgid "Invoice purchases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 -msgid "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 -msgid "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select *Purchase Analytics*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 -msgid "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 -msgid "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 -msgid "Products & Prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your pricing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 -msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 -msgid "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on Invoicing/Accounting apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 -msgid "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in pricelist setup form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 -msgid "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 -msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 -msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 -msgid "The public price is in your company's main currency (see :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 -msgid "The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 -msgid "Set your own prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 -msgid "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency rates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order quantity and get a price break), etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 -msgid "*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use default product price ;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 -msgid "*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per products ;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins and roundings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Several prices per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 -msgid "Prices per customer segment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 -msgid "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 -msgid "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 -msgid "Temporary prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 -msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 -msgid "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 -msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 -msgid "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 -msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 -msgid "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 -msgid "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists` (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use e-Commerce)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 -msgid "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 -msgid "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 -msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 -msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 -msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 -msgid "Discounts with roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 -msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 -msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 -msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 -msgid "Prices per country" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 -msgid "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first pricelist without any country group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 -msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 -msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 -msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 -msgid "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 -msgid "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 -msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 -msgid ":doc:`currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 -msgid "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 -msgid "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 -msgid "Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the import screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 -msgid "To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 -msgid "The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 -msgid "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 -msgid "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating duplicates;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 -msgid "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those relations you need to import the records of the related object first from their own list menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 -msgid "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product Attributes / Attribute / ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Set taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 -msgid "eBay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 -msgid "Send Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 -msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 -msgid "As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a price that is no longer cost effective for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 -msgid "Set a deadline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 -msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 -msgid "Use deadline in templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 -msgid "You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find more info about quotation templates `here <https://docs.google.com/document/d/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 -msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their invoice location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Customer Addresses* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 -msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 -msgid "If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a new one right from the quotation or sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 -msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 -msgid "If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under :menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 -msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 -msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 -msgid "These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you send by email or print." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 -msgid "You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving the time of both your customers and yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 -msgid "Activate online payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Online Signature & Payment* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 -msgid "Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your acquirers of choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 -msgid "You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, `Authorize.Net (pay by credit card) <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, and others under the `eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 -msgid "If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also pick a default setting for each template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 -msgid "Register a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 -msgid "From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 -msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 -msgid "You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a traditional process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 -msgid "Activate online signature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 -msgid "If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, you can also pick a default setting for each template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 -msgid "Validate an order with a signature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 -msgid "When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online instantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 -msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 -msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 -msgid "The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 -msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 -msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 -msgid "Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add related products or services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 -msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 -msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 -msgid "When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the suggested products to the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 -msgid "The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on any of the little carts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 -msgid "Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or pay to confirm the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 -msgid "Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales order, letting the salesperson see it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 -msgid "Use quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 -msgid "If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a complete quotation in no time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 +msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 +msgid "You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will aggregate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 +msgid "When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 +msgid "If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that customer already exists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode, drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the fields you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the *Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the process along." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both directions)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +msgid "Go to the API & Services page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +msgid "Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +msgid "Create credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +msgid "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +msgid "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by '/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +msgid "The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 +msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 +msgid "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the configuration procedure below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 +msgid "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk (VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 +msgid "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 +msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 +msgid "**Mode** should be Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 +msgid "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 +msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 +msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 +msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 +msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 +msgid "You can find all this information by logging in at https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure and refer to the fields as pictured below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 +msgid "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in Odoo and in OnSIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 +msgid "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to refresh your Odoo window and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 +msgid "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the international prefix for the United States)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 +msgid "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 +msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 +msgid "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 +msgid "On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_. When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will then have to configure it as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 +msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 +msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 +msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 +msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 +msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 +msgid "Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 +msgid "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Installing Asterisk server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 +msgid "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 +msgid "wget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 +msgid "gcc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 +msgid "g++" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 +msgid "ncurses-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 +msgid "libxml2-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 +msgid "sqlite-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 +msgid "libsrtp-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 +msgid "libuuid-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 +msgid "openssl-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 +msgid "pkg-config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 +msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 +msgid "You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here <http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is extracted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 +msgid "**run:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 +msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 +msgid "**Update shared library links:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 +msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 +msgid "**The result should be:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Asterisk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 +msgid "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly `there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Extract Asterisk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 +msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 +msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 +msgid "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 +msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 +msgid "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can run 'make config'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 +msgid "DTLS Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 +msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 +msgid "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 +msgid "Configure Asterisk server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 +msgid "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are uncommented:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 +msgid "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 +msgid "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 +msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 +msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 +msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 +msgid "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 +msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:214 +msgid "The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:217 +msgid "The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the \"Integrations\" section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:222 +msgid "The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:224 +msgid "The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port defined in the http.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 +msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 +msgid "As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 +msgid "Configure your kanban stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 +msgid "By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and more accurate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 +msgid "Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but you can modify them manually of course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 +msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 +msgid "When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 +msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 +msgid "In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be closing, letting you prioritize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 +msgid "As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 +msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 +msgid "While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 +msgid "As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a *Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost Reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can also archive the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you want to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore, you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under *Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected criterias." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even more refined domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads Assignation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the *Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:4 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 +msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 +msgid "A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* <https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 +msgid "An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 +msgid "Install Mercury" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 +msgid "To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 +msgid "To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 +msgid "While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 +msgid "Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 +msgid "Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 +msgid "Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then select your Mercury credentials that you just created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 +msgid "You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 +msgid "With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 +msgid "There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They are all explained below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 +msgid "To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 +msgid "The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 +msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 +msgid "And the cashier will be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 +msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 +msgid "You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 +msgid "On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 +msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 +msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 +msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 +msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 +msgid "When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 +msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can finish the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a *Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and everything in between." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 +msgid "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 +msgid "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You can of course change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +msgid "If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +msgid "You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 +msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +msgid "You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is currently selected and the discount will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +msgid "To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +msgid "Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 +msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +msgid "Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 +msgid "On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific product discount also at 50%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of *Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then, set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list. You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 +msgid "Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 +msgid "To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 +msgid "Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking on *Pricelists*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 +msgid "By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 +msgid "You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 +msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 +msgid "You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly select the right pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 +msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 +msgid "Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 +msgid "To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting --> Orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 +msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 +msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a **blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "A government certified `Fiscal Data Module <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example <http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the **Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: ``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it (:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your VAT signing card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in any future transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on iPads, Android tablets or laptops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 +msgid "Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the customer can be identified from the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 +msgid "You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 +msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 +msgid "If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 +msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 +msgid "To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 +msgid "You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 +msgid "To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 +msgid "Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 +msgid "Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 +msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 +msgid "Create your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 +msgid "You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 +msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 +msgid "Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 +msgid "You can register the next orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 +msgid "At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can now close the session from the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 +msgid "It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 +msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 +msgid "You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been paid by this payment method during that PoS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 +msgid "If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 +msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 +msgid "To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section :doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/connect` and :doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "Back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and create new Vantiv credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the definitive ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*. Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where you can add the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Register multiple orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 +msgid "The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +msgid "When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +msgid "You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 +msgid "By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 +msgid "Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of Sale application can help you to fulfill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 +msgid "To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 +msgid "You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your table management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 +msgid "Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale`.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 +msgid "When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on *Floors*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 +msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 +msgid "When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 +msgid "In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as duplicate them with the handy tool bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 +msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 +msgid "When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to register an order and payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 +msgid "You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and you can also transfer the order to another table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Transfer customers between tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 +msgid "If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 +msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 +msgid "You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and select the new table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at the opening and closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening Balance*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always modify it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* button as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to select it and validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 +msgid "Accept returns and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +msgid "Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +msgid "From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +msgid "As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have to process the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +msgid "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +msgid "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit any document in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +msgid "From Contacts Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +msgid "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +msgid "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the interface and from the drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +msgid "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on **Apply** when you're done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +msgid "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 +msgid "How to list a product?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Listing without variation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 +msgid "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a product form. The eBay tab will be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 +msgid "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 +msgid "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product. You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay Description**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 +msgid "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 +msgid "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with **Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 +msgid "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 +msgid "Product Identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 +msgid "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the **Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Create eBay tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 +msgid "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 +msgid "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token needed to configure the module in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 +msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 +msgid "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 +msgid "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert Key**. Apply the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 +msgid "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the other fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 +msgid "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Request a down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +msgid "A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +msgid "First time you request a down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 +msgid "When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +msgid "The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be automatically deducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 +msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the income account & customer taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +msgid "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company, you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +msgid "Expenses configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +msgid "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +msgid "From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +msgid "You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or create a new one from right there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +msgid "Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +msgid "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Expense products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +msgid "Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +msgid "Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for invoicing:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales order is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +msgid "Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a partial delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +msgid "The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice the actual delivered quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +msgid "You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice a fixed advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 +msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +msgid "From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing policy and select the one you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +msgid "Send the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +msgid "Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 +msgid "If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have to validate the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +msgid "Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered if you did a partial delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice project milestones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +msgid "Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the project's progress and pay in several installments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +msgid "Create milestone products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +msgid "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To configure products to work this way, go to any product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +msgid "You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and select *Milestones* in the sales tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice milestones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +msgid "From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you complete a milestone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +msgid "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in not being a demand or request for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +msgid "From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +msgid "When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice in attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Sell subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +msgid "Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making planning ahead much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +msgid "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select the subscription product your previously created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +msgid "When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the upper right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +msgid "Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that the project requirements would most likely change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +msgid "This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +msgid "For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +msgid "Invoice time configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +msgid "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +msgid "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +msgid "Invoice your time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +msgid "From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new project*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +msgid "Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the project overview and one for the current task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +msgid "You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it from the *Project* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +msgid "Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add how many hours they worked on the project so far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +msgid "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +msgid "Invoice purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +msgid "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +msgid "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select *Purchase Analytics*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +msgid "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +msgid "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:3 +msgid "Products & Prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +msgid "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on Invoicing/Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +msgid "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in pricelist setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +msgid "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +msgid "The public price is in your company's main currency (see :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +msgid "The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +msgid "Set your own prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +msgid "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order quantity and get a price break), etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +msgid "*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use default product price ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +msgid "*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per products ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins and roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Several prices per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +msgid "Prices per customer segment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +msgid "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +msgid "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +msgid "Temporary prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +msgid "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +msgid "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +msgid "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +msgid "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists` (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use e-Commerce)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +msgid "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +msgid "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +msgid "Discounts with roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +msgid "Prices per country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +msgid "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first pricelist without any country group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +msgid "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +msgid "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +msgid "Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +msgid "Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID* column (see why below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +msgid "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +msgid "Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the import screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +msgid "Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +msgid "The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one of your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +msgid "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +msgid "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating duplicates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +msgid "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +msgid "You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Set taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Send Quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +msgid "As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a price that is no longer cost effective for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +msgid "Set a deadline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 +msgid "Use deadline in templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 +msgid "You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find more info about quotation templates `here <https://docs.google.com/document/d/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 +msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their invoice location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Customer Addresses* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +msgid "If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a new one right from the quotation or sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 +msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 +msgid "If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under :menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 +msgid "These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you send by email or print." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving the time of both your customers and yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 +msgid "Activate online payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Online Signature & Payment* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 +msgid "Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your acquirers of choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 +msgid "You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, `Authorize.Net (pay by credit card) <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, and others under the `eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 +msgid "If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also pick a default setting for each template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 +msgid "Register a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 +msgid "From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a traditional process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +msgid "Activate online signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 +msgid "If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, you can also pick a default setting for each template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 +msgid "Validate an order with a signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 +msgid "When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 +msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 +msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 +msgid "The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 +msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 +msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 +msgid "Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add related products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 +msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 +msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 +msgid "When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the suggested products to the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 +msgid "The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on any of the little carts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 +msgid "Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or pay to confirm the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 +msgid "Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales order, letting the salesperson see it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +msgid "Use quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +msgid "If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a complete quotation in no time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 msgid "You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 msgid "You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration and can be alterated by customer pricelists." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 msgid "Edit your template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 msgid "You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be brought to the quotation editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 msgid "This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated to each product." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 msgid "The description set for the products will be used in all quotations templates containing those products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 msgid "Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 msgid "Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 msgid "Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every quotation, sales order and invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 msgid "In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 msgid "A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 msgid "You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default attachment for all quotation emails sent." msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/services.pot b/locale/sources/services.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5382f740 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/sources/services.pot @@ -0,0 +1,1766 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:3 +#: ../../content/services.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:4 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 +msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 +msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +msgid "Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team, how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced, or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 +msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on the lower right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +msgid "Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +msgid "Start receiving tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 +msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +msgid "Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +msgid "Website Form allows your customer to go to yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website form - much like odoo.com/help!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +msgid "Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +msgid "The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the documentation `*here* <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/12.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 +msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +msgid "Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +msgid "If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 +msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +msgid "On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the Kanban view or on the ticket form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +msgid "To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +msgid "You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 +msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +msgid "Grey - Normal State" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 +msgid "Red - Blocked" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 +msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +msgid "Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the Ticket form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 +msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +msgid "First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the timesheets will log against." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +msgid "Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +msgid "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 +msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 +msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +msgid "Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send an email to the customer asking how their service went." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "The modules needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +msgid "In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 +msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 +msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +msgid "To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +msgid "To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have previously created as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +msgid "Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. Make sure that the product is set as a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any unit will do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +msgid "Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the *Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following configuration :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 +msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 +msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 +msgid "Step 1 : place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +msgid "You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 +msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +msgid "If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question and select the task on its form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 +msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +msgid "The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 +msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +msgid "To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now appear as the delivered quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +msgid "All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:4 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +msgid "As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your customers using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 +msgid "An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or Sad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 +msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 +msgid "Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the apps module and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 +msgid "Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +msgid "Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the **Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 +msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +msgid "A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +msgid "First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 +msgid "Project configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +msgid "Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the **Customer satisfaction** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +msgid "Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used. You can directly edit it from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 +msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +msgid "The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It will be added to the chatter of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +msgid "You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 +msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 +msgid "First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 +msgid "Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project Issue** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 +msgid "Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front end of the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 +msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 +msgid "In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks from sales order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 +msgid "In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales and Services departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +msgid "As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at ``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the overtime spent on the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 +msgid "Install the required applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +msgid "In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +msgid "And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time spent on that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 +msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 +msgid "Create and set up a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +msgid "You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with the`following setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 +msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 +msgid "**Product Type**: Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +msgid "**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +msgid "**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +msgid "**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the product to hours as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +msgid "Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo will then create a project per SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 +msgid "Create the Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 +msgid "Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a sale order, the task will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 +msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 +msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 +msgid "either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 +msgid "either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title (you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 +msgid "On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice your customers based on your invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 +msgid "On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the source document of the task is the related sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application.rst:3 +msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:3 +msgid "Demonstration Video" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 +msgid "Transcript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:13 +msgid "Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:16 +msgid "Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:21 +msgid "Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets per user, drill-down per project, and much more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:25 +msgid "Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-saving!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:28 +msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration and basic usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 +msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 +msgid "When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the suggestions in the drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 +msgid "If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In order to do so, you need the administrator rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 +msgid "Followers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 +msgid "In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments. You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 +msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 +msgid "You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to see the big picture all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 +msgid "Task: follow a specific task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 +msgid "Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in that task also appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 +msgid "Choose which action to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 +msgid "You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the Following button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 +msgid "By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 +msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 +msgid "Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 +msgid "The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can help you track time easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 +msgid "Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically available in projects and on tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 +msgid "To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is automatically created under the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 +msgid "Click on the settings of a project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 +msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 +msgid "You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for it, or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 +msgid "If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other timesheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 +msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 +msgid "In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 +msgid "A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the Analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 +msgid "Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 +msgid "At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 +msgid "Document Management in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 +msgid "You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 +msgid "1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment tab on the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 +msgid "2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 +msgid "If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 +msgid "Collaborate on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 +msgid "Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 +msgid "The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task delegation and the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 +msgid "Create a task from an email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 +msgid "You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 +msgid "With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every project gets an automatic email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 +msgid "The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 +msgid "This email address create by default following the project name can be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 +msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 +msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 +msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 +msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 +msgid "The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the history of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 +msgid "In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader to remember past interactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 +msgid "You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues) or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 +msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 +msgid "Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 +msgid "To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 +msgid "If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 +msgid "Tasks states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 +msgid "Set the state of a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 +msgid "The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a visual indicator that is seen in a glance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 +msgid "You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 +msgid "Custom states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 +msgid "You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage, then click on edit:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 +msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 +msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 +msgid "Color Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 +msgid "In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find them thanks to the filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 +msgid "If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 +msgid "In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on the tag, directly from the task:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, and to communicate with any member for each project and task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:11 +msgid "It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several employees working on this project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Installing the Project module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:19 +msgid "Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on **Install**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +msgid "Creating a new project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window, you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:32 +msgid "The privacy setting works as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:34 +msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +msgid "**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:42 +msgid "You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the **Customer** field empty if not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:48 +msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Manage your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:54 +msgid "Add your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:56 +msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:61 +msgid "In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +msgid "For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, that you can personalize to fit your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +msgid "Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +msgid "A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +msgid "You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`visualization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:101 +msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "How to record time spent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +msgid "In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +msgid "Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, Employee and Timesheet apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 +msgid "Recording timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +msgid "You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 +msgid "Recording in a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 +msgid "In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 +msgid "In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 +msgid "Recording in a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 +msgid "In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, and open the task on which you have been working." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 +msgid "In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on **Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 +msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 +msgid "In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you have to cope with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 +msgid "Create a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 +msgid "While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 +msgid "In the project, create a new task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 +msgid "In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 +msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 +msgid "Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks to the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 +msgid "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which one have the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:53 +msgid "The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view logo in the upper right corner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 +msgid "You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task and indicate if the task is ready." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 +msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 +msgid "Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked to their creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 +msgid "Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 +msgid "If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 +msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 +msgid "You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set easily in a single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 +msgid "Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:133 +msgid "You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and dropping the task to another case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other project manager too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 +msgid "These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo projects is designed to work for any kind of business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 +msgid "Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status. That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 +msgid "We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on the progress of each task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 +msgid "Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive planning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 +msgid "Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to each team member." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 +msgid "Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 +msgid "In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 +msgid "Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this app, it will help you get started quickly too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 +msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 +msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:3 +msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:5 +msgid "Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you can handle it in only a couple of clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:12 +msgid "The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and install the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:19 +msgid "If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on tasks. From the **Project** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:28 +msgid "This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:36 +msgid "Manage tasks with views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:38 +msgid "You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) and the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:43 +msgid "Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:47 +msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:49 +msgid "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the ones having the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:61 +msgid "Add/rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:63 +msgid "You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:75 +msgid "Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, Done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +msgid "Sort tasks by priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +msgid "On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +msgid "Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:97 +msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:100 +msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:102 +msgid "If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated each time the employee will add an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:110 +msgid "As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will show you the progression of each task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:119 +msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +msgid "If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:128 +msgid "All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the related boxes on the right of the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:138 +msgid ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "How to forecast tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction to forecast" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +msgid "Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo, the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:11 +msgid "So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the progress of a project and its related tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps team members to collaborate better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +msgid "This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the workload and human resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "How to configure the projects?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the project application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:27 +msgid "The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your employee should complete it!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:35 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the Forecast option and click **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:41 +msgid "Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for all the projects that you manage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Configure a specific project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow Forecast\" in your project settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:51 +msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:56 +msgid "If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:59 +msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:62 +msgid "How to create a forecast?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:64 +msgid "Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:68 +msgid "In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:76 +msgid "You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty space in the Gantt chart calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:79 +msgid "The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:87 +msgid "The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:91 +msgid "For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name (Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours in the Effective hours field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:96 +msgid "What are the difference between the views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:98 +msgid "In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or by projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:103 +msgid "By users : people management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:105 +msgid "This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project. It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:109 +msgid "On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the third, you see which tasks they're on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:113 +msgid "Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects the duration of the task in the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:116 +msgid "The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:126 +msgid "Plan the workload" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:128 +msgid "When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100% how your users should organize their time between different tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +msgid "The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:138 +msgid "In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects (\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure that this is feasible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:191 +msgid "Gantt view advantages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:151 +msgid "This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:193 +msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +msgid "change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in the future or in the past" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:198 +msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:200 +msgid "modify an existing forecast" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:202 +msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:170 +msgid "By projects: project management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:172 +msgid "The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:177 +msgid "This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first level of hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:180 +msgid "On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks they're on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:184 +msgid "This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By Users** section)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support.rst:4 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:77 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:7 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:11 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:13 +msgid "Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:18 +msgid "Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:22 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:24 +msgid "Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, etc...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:26 +msgid "Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg. “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 +msgid "Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:31 +msgid "Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:33 +msgid "*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:38 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:40 +msgid "Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to help you implement your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 +msgid "Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many resources)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 +msgid "How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 +msgid "Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or involving code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:53 +msgid "You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:5 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:11 +msgid "Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:13 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:15 +msgid "your subscription number," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also send the URL of your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:22 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:24 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:26 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:28 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "Ask your question on the `community forum <https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +msgid "`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and bugfix services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:35 +msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/settings.pot b/locale/sources/settings.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..15ae1bf5a --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/sources/settings.pot @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 +msgid "As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 +msgid "Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 +msgid "This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 +msgid "You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 +msgid "If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 +msgid "Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 +msgid "In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access rights.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:81 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:43 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:46 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:51 +msgid "The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:56 +msgid "In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** (top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change to **Inactive** immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:67 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:72 +msgid "Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially* installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:76 +msgid "In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:81 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:84 +msgid "In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:91 +msgid "Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:98 +msgid "Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:103 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:108 +msgid "**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we *do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:114 +msgid "**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature to work properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:121 +msgid "**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/support.pot b/locale/sources/support.pot deleted file mode 100644 index a5af60105..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/support.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,575 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../support.rst:5 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9 -msgid "Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11 -msgid "Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17 -msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Release date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "🟢" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "🟠" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "🔴" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 -msgid "🟢 Supported version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 -msgid "🔴 End-of-support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 -msgid "🟠 Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:66 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:68 -msgid "OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:70 -msgid "TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:72 -msgid "You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6 -msgid "Contribute to the documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9 -msgid "First of all..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11 -msgid "**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user documentation of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15 -msgid "Edit an existing page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17 -msgid "As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub account <https://help.github.com/en/articles/signing-up-for-a-new-github-account>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18 -msgid "Pick a page in our `user documentation <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`_. **Please take care of choosing the right version of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19 -msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25 -msgid "If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork repository**, else you won't see this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26 -msgid "Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a quick overview of RST commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32 -msgid "Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38 -msgid "In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a longer explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44 -msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45 -msgid "Click on **Create pull request**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46 -msgid "Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49 -msgid "There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51 -msgid "If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in your contribution message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55 -msgid "RST Cheat Sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57 -msgid "Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Display" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Comments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62 -msgid "Text in *italics*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66 -msgid "Text in **bold** letters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Numbered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:77 -msgid "Bullet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:78 -msgid "List" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "This is `a hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard <https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85 -msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90 -msgid "There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of RST." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94 -msgid "Add images to your documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98 -msgid "This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on improving this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101 -msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103 -msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104 -msgid "Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106 -msgid "Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include any personal data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108 -msgid "Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109 -msgid "When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128 -msgid "Technical Details for Nerds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130 -msgid "Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133 -msgid "See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user/blob/12.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138 -msgid "Developer documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140 -msgid "Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside `the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/12.0/doc>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143 -msgid "User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related to configuration and everyday use of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36 -msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 -msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 -msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 -msgid "Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 -msgid "Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 -msgid "Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, etc...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 -msgid "Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg. “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 -msgid "Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 -msgid "Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 -msgid "*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 -msgid "Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to help you implement your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 -msgid "Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many resources)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 -msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 -msgid "Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 -msgid "How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 -msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 -msgid "Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 -msgid "Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or involving code)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 -msgid "You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 -msgid "Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own server)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 -msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "your subscription number," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 -msgid "if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also send the URL of your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 -msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 -msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 -msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 -msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 -msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 -msgid "Ask your question on the `community forum <https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 -msgid "`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and bugfix services." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/website.pot b/locale/sources/website.pot deleted file mode 100644 index c71132736..000000000 --- a/locale/sources/website.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1346 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 -msgid "`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if you don't have any." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 -msgid "Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 -msgid "Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 -msgid "To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation. <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 -msgid "You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 -msgid "A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 -msgid "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 -msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 -msgid "Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 -msgid "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 -msgid "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by '/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 -msgid "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 -msgid "Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 -msgid "Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past your Client ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 -msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 -msgid "Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 -msgid "Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) should be consistent with the content, your website should have a ``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 -msgid "To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 -msgid "But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the content and the meta tags of your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 -msgid "Title, Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 -msgid "Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 -msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 -msgid "In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a ``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 -msgid "If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for every language of a single page and set specific title, description and search tags." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 -msgid "Content is King" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 -msgid "When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules to help you build your website content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 -msgid "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 -msgid "**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: `https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com landing pages)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 <https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -msgid "The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 -msgid "Use Social Networks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 -msgid "Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links are a huge factor for SEO ranking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 -msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 -msgid "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer. All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 -msgid "Social Share" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 -msgid "Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share. By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social media wall." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 -msgid "Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of your page in the Promote tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 -msgid "Facebook Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the timeline, the next events and the messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 -msgid "Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis will increase the number of tweets and shares." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 -msgid "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 -msgid "URLs Handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 -msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 -msgid "**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 -msgid "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 -msgid "**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 -msgid "Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product name)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 -msgid "Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a post):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 -msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 -msgid "When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL (does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 -msgid "When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 -msgid "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be done to route visitors to the new website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 -msgid "In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 -msgid "Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS equivalent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 -msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 -msgid "The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it is for your SEO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 -msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 -msgid "Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 -msgid "Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 -msgid "But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is \"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 -msgid "Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 -msgid "Multi-Language Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 -msgid "Multi-Language URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 -msgid "If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 -msgid "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English here)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 -msgid "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 -msgid "In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 -msgid "Language Annotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 -msgid "To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 -msgid "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 -msgid "Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor language." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 -msgid "You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 -msgid "Language Detection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 -msgid "When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 -msgid "Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any redirection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 -msgid "To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 -msgid "Page Speed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 -msgid "The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 -msgid "Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how your website ranks using these two tools:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 -msgid "`Google Page Speed <https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 -msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression for .JPG)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 -msgid "From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 -msgid "When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt attributes for the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 -msgid "Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome <https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes). Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 -msgid "Static Resources: CSS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 -msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 -msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 -msgid "**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes <https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 -msgid "**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 -msgid "To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 -msgid "}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 -msgid "The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the backend (/web)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 -msgid "If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most themes fit below this limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 -msgid "**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS is minified to reduce its size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 -msgid "Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 -msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 -msgid "As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified, compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 -msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 -msgid "One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form validation, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 -msgid "One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 -msgid "One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your employees using Odoo)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 -msgid "Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 -msgid "If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed from their original versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "CDN" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 -msgid "If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery Network has three advantages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 -msgid "Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries around the globe)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 -msgid "Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own server)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 -msgid "Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by domain)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 -msgid "You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 -msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 -msgid "The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 -msgid "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 -msgid "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the following code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 -msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 -msgid "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 -msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 -msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 -msgid "Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 -msgid "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your website are mobile friendly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 -msgid "Browser Caching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 -msgid "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through this URL: `http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css <http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 -msgid "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 -msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 -msgid "In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: `*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:568 -msgid "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & eCommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:574 -msgid "Search Engines Files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 -msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:579 -msgid "The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 -msgid "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 chunks per file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:589 -msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:591 -msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:593 -msgid "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this could be the last modification date of the product or the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:598 -msgid "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:605 -msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:607 -msgid "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-presented search results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 -msgid "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 -msgid "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org <http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 -msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 -msgid "When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:631 -msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 -msgid "It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:638 -msgid "You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one (e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO <https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-seo/158951/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 -msgid "First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 -msgid "Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 -msgid "A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 -msgid "We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 -msgid "Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*. If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 -msgid "Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 -msgid "It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:92 -msgid "If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 -msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:97 -msgid "If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*, Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the Odoo cloud platforms/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Multi Websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted revenue are now just a few clicks away!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 -msgid "Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum, slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 -msgid "To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 -msgid "In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect visitors to it using Geo IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 -msgid "Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different theme!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 -msgid "Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 -msgid "If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 -msgid "Create the menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 -msgid "The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 -msgid "Switch from one website to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 -msgid "As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to sign in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 -msgid "When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 -msgid "Add features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 -msgid "The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by removing the menu item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 -msgid "Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. First, select the website to configure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 -msgid "Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they only impact the very website you are working on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 -msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 -msgid "languages," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 -msgid "domain names," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 -msgid "social media links," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 -msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 -msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 -msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 -msgid "Manage domain names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 -msgid "As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be redirected to the right website using Geo IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 -msgid "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 -msgid "`Read the full documenation about domain names here <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 -msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 -msgid "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 -msgid "Publish specific content per website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 -msgid "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field blank. This will publish it in all the websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 -msgid "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the websites*:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 -msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 -msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 -msgid "Slide Channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 -msgid "Forums" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 -msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 -msgid "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a product or an event, it is made available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 -msgid "Publish a page in all websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 -msgid "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website. You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 -msgid "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page and set the new website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 -msgid "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still being linked to all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 -msgid "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original page behind each edited page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 -msgid "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-companies environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 -msgid "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website (products, jobs, events, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 -msgid "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 -msgid "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company selector in the menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 -msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 -msgid "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 -msgid "Products only available on one website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 -msgid "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website. You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product edit form. Empty means available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 -msgid "Products available on *some* websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 -msgid "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you should duplicate the product for each website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 -msgid "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be converted into the storable item in the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 -msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 -msgid "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales Prices per Product* in Website settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 -msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products → Pricelists` to create additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 -msgid "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on this website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 -msgid "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if *Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 -msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 -msgid "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 -msgid "Customer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 -msgid "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in the visitor mind." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 -msgid "Technical hints for customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 -msgid "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to make it work with multi websites:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 -msgid "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 -msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 -msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as many different languages as you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't install anything, and follow the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on **Add a language**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then click on **Load.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 -msgid "You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that some of the text has been translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 -msgid "To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here **Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to `*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 -msgid "Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated automatically." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/sources/websites.pot b/locale/sources/websites.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3350be0cf --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/sources/websites.pot @@ -0,0 +1,2651 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:3 +msgid "Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:4 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, website categories, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "See how to do it: https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description better)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "By default your product web page displays the main image of your product only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create* in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to show product availability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 +msgid "The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 +msgid "To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select an option in *Availability*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 +msgid "A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery delay, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 +msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 +msgid "If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the available options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling functionalities:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of suggested accessories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Adapt prices to website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "This section sheds light on pricing features found in the eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: :doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP automatically applies the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, visitors who aren't logged in yet will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose their own. Check the *Selectable* box to add the pricelist to the website drop-down menu, which can be found in *Pricelists* under the *Products* menu, located in the Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in *Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "By default the user who created the product is automatically set as follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail form or on the web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published* smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your customers will be confused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 +msgid "The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no time. The topics follow the buying process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Product Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 +msgid "Shop Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Checkout process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 +msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 +msgid "Shipping & Tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway <https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant <https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 +msgid "Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking 'Get Started'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 +msgid "In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, press the related option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 +msgid "Go through the registration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 +msgid "The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test account to process a test transaction from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 +msgid "Set up Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 +msgid "Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 +msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 +msgid "To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials <https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 +msgid "Go live" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 +msgid "Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 +msgid "Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the production mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 +msgid "You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 +msgid "Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 +msgid "You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform <https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide <https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and Invoicing apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 +msgid "What are the payment methods available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 +msgid "Wire transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 +msgid "Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 +msgid "Payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 +msgid "Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms over time:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 +msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 +msgid "Authorize.net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 +msgid "PayUmoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 +msgid "Sips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 +msgid "How to go live" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 +msgid "Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 +msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 +msgid "To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo. This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 +msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 +msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 +msgid "`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 +msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 +msgid "That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued from the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 +msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 +msgid "Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 +msgid "How to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 +msgid "Switch to developer mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 +msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 +msgid "Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 +msgid "Other configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 +msgid "Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 +msgid "Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "What are the payment status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 +msgid "At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 +msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 +msgid "*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need to authorize it from the acquirer interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 +msgid "*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo, the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 +msgid "*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 +msgid "*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to retry the payment. The order is still in draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 +msgid "*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 +msgid "Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 +msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice orders straight on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 +msgid "If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card payments <../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 +msgid "With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is only available with Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 +msgid "To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click *Capture Transaction*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 +msgid "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl Business Account <https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__ or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 +msgid "First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments* and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 +msgid "*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name \"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 +msgid "*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 +msgid "We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification* (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 +msgid "To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in *Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 +msgid "The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” (e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 +msgid "If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 +msgid "If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as **UTF-8**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:105 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 +msgid "If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, **Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 +msgid "For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the `paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-payments-ewp>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:120 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:122 +msgid "Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:126 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 +msgid "*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in *Profile > About the business*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:134 +msgid "*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained here above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142 +msgid "You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 +msgid "To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 +msgid "..note:: `Traders in the EU <https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:158 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:160 +msgid "Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 +msgid "Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting *Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:178 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:180 +msgid "You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:182 +msgid "Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:184 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:186 +msgid "A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. `pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:188 +msgid "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. `pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:190 +msgid "Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:196 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:198 +msgid "See also" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:200 +msgid "`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:202 +msgid "`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup process before buying something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account* in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:4 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:7 +msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:9 +msgid "With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way, you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\" and then click on install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:26 +msgid "The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, operators can easily join and leave the chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 +msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:35 +msgid "If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 +msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:55 +msgid "Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length of time it takes for the chat to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 +msgid "Prepare automatic messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you through the live chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 +msgid "Start chatting with customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 +msgid "In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:87 +msgid "If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:91 +msgid "Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:99 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:101 +msgid "Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands into the chat. The following actions are available :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:105 +msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:107 +msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:109 +msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:113 +msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:123 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:125 +msgid "Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then, to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:135 +msgid "You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website visitors, enjoy !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:4 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if you don't have any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation. <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed to store your API credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by '/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past your Client ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the *Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../../sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +msgid "Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +msgid "Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) should be consistent with the content, your website should have a ``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +msgid "To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a ``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for every language of a single page and set specific title, description and search tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: `https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com landing pages)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 <https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer. All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share. By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social media wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product name)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a post):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL (does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be done to route visitors to the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is \"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +msgid "`Google Page Speed <https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression for .JPG)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt attributes for the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome <https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes). Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +msgid "**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes <https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +msgid "**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +msgid "To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +msgid "The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the backend (/web)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +msgid "If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +msgid "Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +msgid "As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified, compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +msgid "One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form validation, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +msgid "One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +msgid "One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +msgid "Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +msgid "If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed from their original versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +msgid "If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +msgid "Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries around the globe)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +msgid "Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own server)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +msgid "Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by domain)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +msgid "You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +msgid "The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +msgid "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +msgid "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the following code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +msgid "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +msgid "Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +msgid "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +msgid "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through this URL: `http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css <http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +msgid "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +msgid "In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: `*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:568 +msgid "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & eCommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:574 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:579 +msgid "The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:583 +msgid "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 chunks per file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:589 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:591 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:593 +msgid "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:598 +msgid "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:605 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:607 +msgid "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-presented search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:612 +msgid "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +msgid "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org <http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:625 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:627 +msgid "When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:631 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:638 +msgid "You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +msgid "By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one (e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +msgid "What is a good domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +msgid "Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper domain. Here are some tips:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +msgid "Simple and obvious" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +msgid "Easy to remember and spell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +msgid "The shorter the better" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +msgid "Avoid special characters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +msgid "Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO <https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-seo/158951/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +msgid "How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +msgid "Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of issue, check out those easy tutorials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +msgid "Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. This is Odoo's job!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +msgid "First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> yourcompany.odoo.com):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +msgid "Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +msgid "A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +msgid "We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +msgid "Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*. If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +msgid "Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:98 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:100 +msgid "If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*, Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:105 +msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum, slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different theme!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by removing the menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 +msgid "Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 +msgid "Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be redirected to the right website using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 +msgid "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 +msgid "`Read the full documenation about domain names here <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +msgid "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +msgid "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 +msgid "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +msgid "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 +msgid "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website. You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 +msgid "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 +msgid "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 +msgid "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 +msgid "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website (products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +msgid "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 +msgid "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 +msgid "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 +msgid "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website. You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 +msgid "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +msgid "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 +msgid "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products → Pricelists` to create additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +msgid "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on this website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 +msgid "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if *Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 +msgid "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 +msgid "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 +msgid "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +msgid "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:23 +msgid "Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on **Add a language**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:29 +msgid "Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:42 +msgid "To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here **Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:45 +msgid "There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to `*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:53 +msgid "The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:58 +msgid "Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated automatically." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po deleted file mode 100644 index 36b866053..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10675 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Levent Karakaş <levent@mektup.at>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 -msgid "Accounting" -msgstr "Muhasebe" - -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 -msgid "Bank & Cash" -msgstr "Banka & Nakit" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 -msgid "Bank Feeds" -msgstr "Banka Bilgi Akışı" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 -msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 -msgid "" -"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" -" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" -"q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:31 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Yapılandırma" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 -msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " -"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" -" move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file " -"<InstallCoda_>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " -"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " -"in .CODA Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 -msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " -"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " -"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 -msgid "Importing CODA files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " -"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " -"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" -" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" -" bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 -msgid "Register bank statements manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " -"but also register your bank statements manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 -msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " -"do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 -msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " -"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " -"will be found underneath." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " -"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " -"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" -" equal to the computed balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 -msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" -" |manual04|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" -" on **Reconcile # Items**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " -"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 -msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " -"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 -msgid "Close Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 -msgid "" -"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " -"then click on Bank Statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 -msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 -msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " -"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " -"consumers via the Internet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 -msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " -"click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`coda`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have" -" to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." -" The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling " -"PayPal payments in just a click." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already " -"installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application. In the section " -"**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " -"automatically**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 -msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 -msgid "Setup your PayPal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 -msgid "" -"A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your " -"PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " -"Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " -"field, you can set **PayPal**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " -"and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" -" the online institution and click on the configure button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 -msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " -"the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" -" you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with " -"Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal " -"account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " -"English or that the site is not supported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " -"step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " -"date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must " -"choose the **Paypal balance** account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " -"Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " -"anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " -"will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 -msgid "Import QIF statement files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " -"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " -"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" -" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" -" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 -msgid "Importing QIF files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" -" statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " -"forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You " -"can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " -"proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" -" supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, " -"Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially " -"supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 -msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 -msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 -msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo Online Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" -" already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" -" module **account_yodlee**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " -"you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " -"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 -msgid "" -"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " -"following addresses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 -msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 -msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 -msgid "Sync your bank feeds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " -"your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" -" accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank" -" account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " -"**Bank Synchronization**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " -"**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " -"and fill in your bank credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " -"every 4 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 -msgid "Miscellaneous" -msgstr "Muhtelif" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " -"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " -"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " -"manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" -" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " -"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " -"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 -msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " -"Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" -" your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " -"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " -"deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " -"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " -"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " -"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" -" to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " -"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " -"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " -"Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 -msgid "From checks received to the bank" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 -msgid "Receive customer checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once your record checks received, record them on the bank account on which " -"you plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal" -" is you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit." -" Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 -msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " -"Payment** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 -msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 -msgid "" -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " -"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposit yet. That way, you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " -"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 -msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " -"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " -"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " -"the bank statement line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fills all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in this batch " -"deposit the example below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 -msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " -"be two reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 -msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features, you need to reload the " -"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" -" button of your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 -msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 -msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " -"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " -"refused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In this case, click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " -"bank statement matching." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" -" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " -"clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " -"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " -"to the another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 -msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " -"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" -" your chart of account. To parameter your chart of account and check the " -"default transfer account go into your the accounting module, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " -"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " -"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " -"from the same page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 -msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" -" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." -" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " -"your bank to specify your bank's details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 -msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 -msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 -msgid "" -"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " -"9533 1498** account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 -msgid "Log an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The first step is to register the internal paiement. To do so, go into your " -"accounting dashboard. click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " -"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" -" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " -"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " -"<Reconcile_>`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 -msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " -"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 -msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " -"statement of your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 -msgid "" -"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " -"departure and arrival of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " -"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " -"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " -"the corresponding bank to import them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " -"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " -"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " -"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " -"**Reconcile** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 -msgid "The following window will open:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 -msgid "" -"You need to choose counterparts for the paiement. Select the correct bank " -"statement line corresponding to the paiement and click on the **reconcile** " -"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " -"statement. Note that if you specify the correct amount, and the same memo in" -" both bank statement and payment transaction then the reconciliation will " -"happen automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19 -msgid "Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "Banka Uzlaştırma" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 -msgid "Configure model of entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " -"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " -"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " -"current balance. This fee is thus variable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 -msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " -"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " -":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 -msgid "" -"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " -"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 -msgid "" -"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " -"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " -"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " -"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 -msgid "Save your changes when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " -"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 -msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " -"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 -msgid "" -"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " -"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" -" relevant data instantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 -msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Linking your bank statements with your accounting can be a lot of work. You " -"need to find invoices back, relate payments and that amount of " -"administration can cast a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very " -"easily link your invoices or any other payment with your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:14 -msgid "Two reconciliation processes exist in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -msgid "We can directly register a payment on the invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:17 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:22 -msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All we need to " -"do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29 -msgid "User cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:32 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:34 -msgid "" -"We received the payment proof for our invoice of 2100 euros issued to Smith " -"& Co." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:37 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " -"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles the bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark the " -"invoice as paid so we can remember we can start the service with our " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " -"and mark the invoice as paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:49 -msgid "" -"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:56 -msgid "" -"We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the " -":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " -"automatically.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:66 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:68 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " -"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:74 -msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and not only the invoice of Smith & Co has " -"been paid, the one of Buzz of 92 euros as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:77 -msgid "" -"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " -"from the Bank Feeds section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:83 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " -"the reconciliations **automatically**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:94 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:96 -msgid "" -"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " -"it in :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " -"and validate all related payments :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " -"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 -msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" -" it first before filling your own bank information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " -"method like SEPA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 -msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" -" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" -" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " -"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " -"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " -"accounts from another company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " -"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 -msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 -msgid "" -"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " -"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " -"menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " -"company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," -" Odoo stores two values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 -msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 -msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " -"Central bank web-services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 -msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance " -"Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " -"**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 -msgid "Configure currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " -"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " -"(to activate a currency, check his active field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " -"automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" -" the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 -msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 -msgid "Create a new bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 -msgid "An account in the trial balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 -msgid "A journal in your dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" -" the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 -msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " -"a supplier in China." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " -"see:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " -"to record a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 -msgid "" -"That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" -" gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " -"depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice " -"and the payment date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " -"Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 -msgid "Customers Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " -"So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " -"the currency of the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " -"customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " -"the report below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 -msgid "" -"In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " -"managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" -" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " -"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" -" be converted in this currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 -msgid "" -"In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " -"general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " -"amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a cash register?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " -"transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " -"balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " -"configured as well as the currency of the journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Türü" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Firma" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "Bu yevmiyeyle ilişkili firma" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "Kısa Kod" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "" -"Bu yevmiyenin kayıt girişleri bu önek kullanılarak isimlendirilecektir." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Dedicated Refund Sequence" -msgstr "Atanmış İade Sırası" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" -" refunds made from this journal" -msgstr "" -"Bu yevmiyeden gelen fatura ve iadeler için aynı sıralamayı paylaşmak " -"istemiyorsanız bu kutuyu işaretleyin" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Kayıt Sırası" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Bu alan, bu yevmiyeye ait yevmiye giriş numaralarının verilmesiyle ilgili " -"bilgi içerir." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Refund Entry Sequence" -msgstr "İade Giriş Srradüzeni" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the refund " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Bu alan, bu yevmiyeye ait yevmiye girişleri numaralarının verilmesiyle " -"ilgili bilgi içerir." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "Varsayılan Borç Hesabı" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "Borç tutarı için varsayılan hesap olarak davranır" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "Varsayılan Alacak Hesabı" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "Alacak tutarı için varsayılan hesap olarak davranır" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Currency" -msgstr "Para Birimi" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "Hesap özetine girilecek para birimi" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Debit Methods" -msgstr "Borç Metodu" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Means of payment for collecting money. Odoo modules offer various payments " -"handling facilities, but you can always use the 'Manual' payment method in " -"order to manage payments outside of the software." -msgstr "" -"Para alma için ödeme araçları. Odoo modülleri çeşitli ödemeleri işleme " -"olanakları sunar, ancak ödemeleri yazılımın dışında yönetmek için daima " -"'Manuel' ödeme yöntemini kullanabilirsiniz." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Payment Methods" -msgstr "Ödeme Yöntemleri" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Means of payment for sending money. Odoo modules offer various payments " -"handling facilities, but you can always use the 'Manual' payment method in " -"order to manage payments outside of the software." -msgstr "" -"Para göndermek için ödeme yöntemleri. Odoo modülleri çeşitli ödemeleri " -"işleme olanakları sunar, ancak ödemeleri yazılımın dışında yönetmek için " -"daima 'Manuel' ödeme yöntemini kullanabilirsiniz." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "Fatura Kalemlerini Grupla" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " -"when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "" -"Bu kutu işaretlenirse, faturalardan muhasebe kalemleri oluşturulurken onları" -" gruplandırmaya çalışacaktır." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "Kar Hesabı" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" -" from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Kasa biten bakiyesi sistemin hesapladığı değerden farklı olduğunda kar " -"kaydetmek için kullanılır" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "Zarar Hesabı" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " -"from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Kasa biten bakiyesi sistemin hesapladığı değerden farklı olduğunda zarar " -"kaydetmek için kullanılır" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Show journal on dashboard" -msgstr "Gösterge Panosunda Yevmiyeyi göster" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Whether this journal should be displayed on the dashboard or not" -msgstr "Bu yevmiyenin gösterge tablosunda gösterilip gösterilmemesi" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "Çek Yazdırma Ödeme Metodu Seçildi" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" -" method." -msgstr "" -"Ödeme metodu olarak çek baskı işleminin etkin olup olmadığını bilmek için " -"kullanılan teknik özellik." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "Çek Sırano" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "Çek Sıralama numarası" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "Elle Numaralandırma" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "" -"Numara verilmeden önce çekleri ön çıktı olarak izlemek isterseniz bunu seçin" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "Sonraki Çek No" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "Bir sonraki basılan kontrolün sıra numarası." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Active in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a" -" point of sale." -msgstr "" -"Bu yevmiye satış noktasında ödeme yöntemi olarak kullanılacaksa bu kutuyu " -"işaretleyiniz." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" -msgstr "İzin Verilen Fark Tutarı" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field depicts the maximum difference allowed between the ending balance" -" and the theoretical cash when closing a session, for non-POS managers. If " -"this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing " -"of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager." -msgstr "" -"Bu alan oturum kapatılırken satış noktası yöneticisi olmayanlar için bitiş " -"bakiyesi ile teorik nakit arasında izin verilen en fazla farktır. Eğer bu " -"değer aşılırsa kullanıcı oturumu kapatırken yöneticisiyle iletişime geçmesi " -"gerektiğini söyleyen bir hata mesajı alacaktır." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 -msgid "Usage" -msgstr "Kullanımı" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 -msgid "How to register cash payments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " -"these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " -"Transactions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 -msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " -"transaction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 -msgid "Put money in" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " -"transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " -":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 -msgid "Take money out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " -"all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " -":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 -msgid "Others" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 -msgid "Adviser" -msgstr "Müşavir" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your fixed assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " -"machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " -"depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose " -"assets and perform reports on your company assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " -"amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " -"create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by " -"$1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts" -" for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " -"describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 -msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 -msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Asset module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 -msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" -" application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 -msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 -msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " -"<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 -msgid "Defining Asset Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " -"deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " -"configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to " -"provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an " -"asset type on the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " -"like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " -"assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the " -"duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 -msgid "Create assets manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 -msgid "" -"To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " -"Assets`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " -"on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " -"confirming the asset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 -msgid "" -"if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" -" this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " -"entries, not those related to the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 -msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Durumu" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" -" lines can be posted in the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " -"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Category" -msgstr "Kategori" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Category of asset" -msgstr "Demirbaş Kategorisi" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date" -msgstr "Tarih" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date of asset" -msgstr "Varlık Tarihi" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross value of asset" -msgstr "Demirbaşın brüt değeri" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Salvage Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Computation Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Time Method Based On" -msgstr "Zaman Metodu" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of depreciation " -"lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Number of Depreciations: Fix the number of depreciation lines and the time" -" between 2 depreciations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " -"depreciations won't go beyond." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Prorata Temporis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " -"from the purchase date instead of the first January / Start date of fiscal " -"year" -msgstr "" -"Bu demirbaş için ilk amortisman kaydının ilk Ocak ayı yerine alış tarihinden" -" yapılacağını belirtir." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Months in a Period" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 -msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 -msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " -"is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " -"the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of " -"the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " -"created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " -"directly so that you won't forget to confirm it afterwards. (check the field" -" *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when " -"you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 -msgid "" -"if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " -"be filled in the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 -msgid "How to deprecate an asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " -"date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" -" depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has " -"been created for this line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " -"on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 -msgid "" -"In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " -"entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " -"entries which are already posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 -msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 -msgid "Change the number of depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 -msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." -" Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " -"full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that " -"should be registered through a customer invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. It allows you " -"to measure your actual financial performance against the planned one. Odoo " -"manages its budgets using both General and Analytic Accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:12 -msgid "" -"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " -"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " -"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " -"than 700." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" -" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " -"and Finance** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" -" feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If we want to be precise and point specific invoices and vendors bills to " -"our budget, you should enable the Analytic accounting as well. If we don't " -"we will only be able to budget the total amount of general accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 -msgid "Budgetary Positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Budgetary positions are the general accounts for which you want to keep " -"budgets (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so " -"Odoo can know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information. " -"Some might be already installed with your chart of accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " -"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 -msgid "" -"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " -"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" -" our expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63 -msgid "Click on *Select*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 -msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " -"select the relevant income accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 -msgid "Analytical account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If you wish to point specific invoices or vendor bills to your budget you " -"need to use analytical accounting. Odoo needs to know which costs or " -"expenses are relevant to a specified budget. To do so we need to link our " -"invoices and expenses to a defined analytical account. Create an analytical " -"account by entering the Accounting module and clicking " -":menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`. Create a " -"new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88 -msgid "Set a budget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " -"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:94 -msgid "" -"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " -":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:97 -msgid "" -"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " -"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" -" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " -"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " -"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " -"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " -"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " -"corresponding analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " -"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:117 -msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:120 -msgid "Check your budget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:122 -msgid "" -"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" -" Invoices and Vendors Bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 -msgid "" -"if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" -" in the invoice and / or purchase line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:131 -msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:134 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 -msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " -"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " -"Amount** column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 -msgid "" -"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " -"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " -"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 -msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 -msgid "Analytic" -msgstr "Analitik" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " -"and subcontracting in the accounting module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " -"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " -"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" -" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" -" to the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " -"module and install the following apps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " -"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " -"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" -" the Sales management app as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 -msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " -"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " -"accounting box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " -"box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 -msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 -msgid "Create an Analytical account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 -msgid "" -"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " -"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " -"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 -msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 -msgid "Record an expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " -"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 -msgid "Create an expense product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 -msgid "" -"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " -"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " -"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" -" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 -msgid "Book the expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " -"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " -"discussed above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " -"entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 -msgid "Purchase Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 -msgid "" -"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" -" a purchase order for the software product. (please refer to the following " -"document: :doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`). " -"Within the line we can link the product's cost with the analytical account. " -"Specify the order line and select the correct analytical account. Confirm " -"the sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " -"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:118 -msgid "Subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" -" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " -"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " -"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:128 -msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 -msgid "Track costs in accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " -"open it to check the costs related to that account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " -"Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " -"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:147 -msgid "" -"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " -"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " -"analytical account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " -"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " -"the invoiced amounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " -"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " -"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " -"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " -"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " -"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " -"name and install them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " -"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " -"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 -msgid "Apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 -msgid "Create an employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" -" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " -"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 -msgid "" -"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " -"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " -"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " -"related to a User." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " -"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 -msgid "Issue a Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 -msgid "" -"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " -"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " -"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 -msgid "" -"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" -" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " -"unit of measures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " -"Progress)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 -msgid "" -"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " -"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " -"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" -" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" -" below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 -msgid "Fill in timesheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 -msgid "" -"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " -"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " -"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" -" Account** discussed above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 -msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 -msgid "" -"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " -"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" -" the **Analytic Account**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " -"automatically computed (see picture below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 -msgid "Analytic accounting" -msgstr "Analitik Muhasebe" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " -"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " -"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 -msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 -msgid "Without filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " -"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " -"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " -"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " -"credit and debit balance of the account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 -msgid "" -"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " -"of cost and revenues (see picture below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " -"with the corresponding description." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 -msgid "With filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 -msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " -"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" -" resource cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 -msgid "" -"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" -" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " -"contains the **Sales Order** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 -msgid "" -"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " -"corresponding costs and revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 -msgid "" -"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " -"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " -"**Graph view** to have a clear overview." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 -msgid "Analytic account use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 -msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 -msgid "analyse costs of a company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 -msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 -msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " -"each in one of three different types of company:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 -msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 -msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 -msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" -" departments and products the company itself is built on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " -"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " -"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " -"product ranges the company makes and sells." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 -msgid "Marketing Department" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 -msgid "Commercial Department" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 -msgid "Administration Department" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -msgid "Production Range 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 -msgid "Production Range 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " -"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " -"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " -"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " -"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " -"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 -msgid "**General accounts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 -msgid "**Analytic accounts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Title**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -msgid "**Value**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "2122" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "1500" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "-1 500" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "450" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -msgid "-450" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -msgid "200" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -msgid "Transport charges" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "Staff costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "2121" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "10000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 -msgid "-2 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 -msgid "Commercial" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 -msgid "-3 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "Administrative" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -msgid "-1 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "PR" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "-400" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " -"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " -"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " -"above:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 -msgid "" -"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " -"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " -"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " -"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 -msgid "" -"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " -"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " -"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 -msgid "" -"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " -"companies and industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " -"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " -"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " -"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " -"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 -msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " -"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" -" given file/analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 -msgid "" -"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" -" the profitability by case and by employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " -"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " -"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " -"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " -"cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 -msgid "" -"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " -"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" -" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " -"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" -" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" -" basis of the hourly cost per employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " -"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " -"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that " -"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " -"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " -"depending on the time actually worked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 -msgid "" -"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " -"can find for your analytic account:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Amount**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**General Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -msgid "Study the file (1 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "Case 1.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -msgid "-15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -msgid "Search for information (3 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -msgid "-45" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "Consultation (4 h)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "Case 2.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "-60" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "Service charges" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "280" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "705 – Billing services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "Stationery purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "-42" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "42" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "-35" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "613 – Transports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "35" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "Staff salaries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "6201 – Salaries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "3 000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 -msgid "" -"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" -" various transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " -":doc:`timesheets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 -msgid "" -"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " -"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" -" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " -"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " -"products that manage timesheet or expenses ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 -msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 -msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 -msgid "project planning," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 -msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 -msgid "managing support contracts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 -msgid "" -"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " -"structured by project and by sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 -msgid "" -"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " -"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " -"also similar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 -msgid "" -"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " -"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " -"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " -"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " -"an analytic account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " -"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " -"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " -"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " -"contract remain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 -msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 -msgid "" -"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" -" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " -"production performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " -"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 -msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 -msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " -"account's purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " -"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " -"generate opening entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " -"category according to its behaviour or purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 -msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " -"types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 -msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "Alacak" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "Borç" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "Banka ve Kasa" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "Dönen Varlıklar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "Duran Varlıklar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "Ön ödemeler" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "Duran Varlıklar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "Kısa Vadeli Borçlar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "Uzun Vadeli Borçlar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "Özsermaye" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "Cari Yıldaki Kazanç" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "Diğer Gelirler" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "Gelir" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "Amortisman" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Giderler" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 -msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 -msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " -"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " -"related to your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 -msgid "" -"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " -"you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " -"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" -" entries." -msgstr "" -"Hesap Tipi bilgi amaçlıdır, ülkeye özgü yasal raporlar oluşturmak ve mali " -"yıl kapanış kurallarını ayarlamak ve devir kayıtlarını oluşturmak için " -"kullanılabilir. Sistem iç tipi esas alır." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Etiketler" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "Özel raporlama için atamak isteyebileceğiniz isteğe bağlı etiketler" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "Hesap Para Birimi" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "" -"Bu hesap için bütün hareketlerin ikincil para biriminde olmasına zorlar." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "İç Tip" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " -"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" -" for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr "" -"'İçsel Tür', farklı hesap türlerinde bulunan özellikler için kullanılır: " -"likidite türü nakit veya banka hesapları için, borçlu / alacak satıcı / " -"müşteri hesapları içindir." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "Uzlaştırmaya İzin Ver" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " -"journal items." -msgstr "" -"Bu hesap için, yevmiye öğelerini fatura ve ödemelerde eşleştirmeye izin " -"vermek istiyorsanız bu kutuyu işaretleyin." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Stok" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 -msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " -"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" -" average cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " -"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " -"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " -"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " -"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " -"standard of FIFO)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 -msgid "Definition of average cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " -"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " -"formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " -"as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 -msgid "Defining the purchase price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " -"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " -"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " -"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 -msgid "Average cost example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "Operasyon" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Avg Cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -msgid "+8\\*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -msgid "+4\\*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -msgid "-10\\*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" -" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " -"logically the purchase price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " -"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " -"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." -" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" -" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 -msgid "Purchase return use case" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" -" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " -"of these products!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 -msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "-1\\*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 -msgid "Explanation: counter example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " -"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," -" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 -msgid "" -"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " -"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " -"purchased it). Here is the operation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -msgid "-1\\*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$2**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "**0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " -"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " -"cost:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "**$0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " -"correct inventory value at all times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 -msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 -msgid "" -"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " -"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " -"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " -"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " -"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " -"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" -" price:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "stock input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "price diff" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -msgid "($80)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -msgid "($64)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$10**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$12**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 -msgid "" -"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " -"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " -"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" -" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " -"average cost and the original purchase price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 -msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " -"in a different currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 -msgid "" -"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " -"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " -"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 -msgid "Enable multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " -"in **Dollars**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " -"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 -msgid "Configure your journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " -"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " -"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" -" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " -"you can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 -msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" -" currency. Then click on **confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 -msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " -"click on **Add** to allocate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 -msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " -"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " -"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " -"in which it was paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 -msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " -"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " -"are recorded in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " -"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " -"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " -"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " -"activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 -msgid "Turn on multi-currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 -msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " -"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " -"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " -"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 -msgid "You can change it in the settings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 -msgid "View or edit rate being used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can manually configure the currency rates in " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " -"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 -msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" -" **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 -msgid "Live Currency Rate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 -msgid "" -"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " -"synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" -"converter/>`__ or the `European Central Bank <http://www.ecb.europa.eu>`__. " -"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " -"Rate** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " -"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" -" are set !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 -msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 -msgid "Configure your charts of account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " -"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " -"for this account to have the account currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " -"Active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 -msgid "Configure your journals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " -"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " -"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" -" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " -"can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " -"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 -msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 -msgid "" -"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " -"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " -"document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 -msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " -"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " -"document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 -msgid "Payment Registrations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " -"payment and set the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "Banka Hesap Özetleri" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " -"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " -"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" -" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" -" in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 -msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`exchange`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " -"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " -"life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " -"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " -"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " -"force a specific currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " -"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" -" the amounts automatically using that currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 -msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 -msgid "" -"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " -":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " -"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" -" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 -msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "Faturalar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Tedarikçi Faturaları" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 -msgid "Multi-currency Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " -"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " -"Then click on **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 -msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " -"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " -"are recorded in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 -msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Raporlama" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 9 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet for a specific country)" -" to suit your needs is now easier than ever." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:13 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " -"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 -msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:30 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once the name is filled, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:41 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:43 -msgid "Based on date ranges (eg Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:45 -msgid "Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (eg." -" Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:50 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (eg Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:54 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:56 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:63 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:67 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:69 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:76 -msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:83 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:87 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:93 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 -msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "Bilanço" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "Kar ve Zarar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "Yönetici Özeti" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 -msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "Büyük Defter" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "Yaşlandırılmış Borç" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "Alacak Yaşlandırma" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "Nakit Akış" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "Vergi Öngörüsü" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 -msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Vergiler" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ price excluded" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, price included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with price excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate price " -"included or price excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal " -"position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at " -"every sale of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. You can open a tax " -"and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash " -"Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76 -msgid "Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Banka Fişi" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Gerçekleşme Esasına Göre Vergi Yevmiyesi" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are" -" needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for your sales taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the US thanks to TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to calculate the sales tax for every" -" address in the United States and keeps track of which product types are " -"exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. TaxCloud " -"calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special " -"jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In Tax Cloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `*TaxCloud* <https://taxcloud.net/#register>`__ " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "Register your website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and check *Compute sales tax automatically using TaxCloud*. Click *Apply*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Still in those settings, enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Hit *Sync TaxCloud Categories (TIC)* to import TIC product categories from " -"TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific " -"rates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Set default *TIC Code* and taxe rates. This will apply to any new product " -"created. A default sales tax is needed to trigger the tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:43 -msgid "" -"For products under a specific category, select it in its detail form (in " -"*Sales* tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is well defined (especially the state and the" -" zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and click " -"*Configure your company data*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:51 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Automatic tax assignation works thanks to fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A specific fiscal position is created when installing " -"*TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This fiscal position is set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when " -"the customer country is *United States*. This is triggering the automated " -"tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Add a product with a default sales tax. Odoo will automatically send a " -"request to TaxCloud, get the correct tax percentage based on the customer " -"location (state and zip code) and product TIC category, create a new tax " -"rate if that tax percentage does not already exist in your system and return" -" it in the order item line (e.g. 7.0%)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "How to create specific tax mappings using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "" -"You can create several fiscal positions using TaxCloud. Check *Use TaxCloud " -"API* to do so. Such fiscal postions can be assigned to customers in their " -"detail form in order to get them by default whenever they buy you something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`default_taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Başlarken" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " -"different screens you will need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 -msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Completing your company settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 -msgid "Importing your customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Importing your suppliers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Importing your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Importing your starting balances" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Define the users for accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " -"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " -"configuration of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 -msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 -msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 -msgid "" -"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo support both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 -msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting support more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implement accounting standards that is common to all countries and specific " -"modules exists per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where cost of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 -msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 -msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 -msgid "Calculates the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Envanter Değerleme" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 -msgid "" -"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Retained earnings is the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " -"century." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " -"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " -"them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 -msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 -msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " -"inventory and subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " -"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 -msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " -"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " -"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " -"go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 -msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 millions of happy users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 -msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " -"over a specific period (usually the current year)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " -"sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" -" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " -"beyond the costs of products sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " -"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 -msgid "" -"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " -"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " -"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " -"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 -msgid "" -"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" -" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 -msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 -msgid "" -"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " -"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 -msgid "" -"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" -" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " -"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 -msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Hesap Planı" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " -"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," -" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " -"an other account (debit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 -msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 -msgid "Journal Entries" -msgstr "Yevmiye Kayıtları" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " -"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " -"impacting several accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 -msgid "" -"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " -"equal to the sum of all its credits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 -msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 -msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 -msgid "Explanation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 -msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 -msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 -msgid "The customer owes $1,090" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 -msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 -msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 -msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 -msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 -msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 -msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 -msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:26 -msgid "Reconciliation" -msgstr "Uzlaştırma" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " -"account, matching credits and debits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " -"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " -"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 -msgid "" -"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " -"reconciled with the related payment journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 -msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 -msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 -msgid "" -"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " -"matching process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 -msgid "Customer Statement Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "Borç" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "Alacak" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -msgid "Invoice 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -msgid "Payment 1.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -msgid "70" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -msgid "Invoice 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "65" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -msgid "Payment 1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -msgid "30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "Payment 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -msgid "Invoice 3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 -msgid "Total To Pay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " -"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " -"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 -msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 -msgid "" -"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " -"matched when checking the bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 -msgid "recorded as a new payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 -msgid "" -"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " -"<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " -"bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 -msgid "recorded as another transaction:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 -msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 -msgid "" -"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " -"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," -" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " -"balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 -msgid "Checks Handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 -msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 -msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 -msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 -msgid "" -"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " -"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Account" -msgstr "Hesap" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -msgid "Account Receivable" -msgstr "Alacak Hesabı" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -msgid "Invoice ABC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -msgid "Undeposited funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -msgid "Check 0123" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 -msgid "Bank" -msgstr "Banka" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 -msgid "" -"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " -"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" -" journal entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -msgid "Bank Statement" -msgstr "Banka Hesap Özeti" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -msgid "Statement XYZ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Accounting Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 -msgid "Journal" -msgstr "Yevmiye" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A journal is like a folder in which you record all transactions of the same " -"type: all the statements of a bank account, all customer invoices, all " -"supplier bills. It's used to organize similar transactions together." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13 -msgid "Payment Terms" -msgstr "Ödeme Koşulları" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Payment terms describe how and when a customer invoice (or supplier bill) " -"should be paid over the time. Example: 30% direct payment, balance due in " -"two months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is the process of matching transactions from your bank " -"records with existing journal items or creating new journal items on the " -"fly. It is a process of verification to ensure that your bank and your " -"records in Odoo say the same thing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Journal items reconciliation is the process of linking several journal items" -" together like an invoice and a payment. This allows you to mark invoices as" -" paid. It is also useful when comparing values of 'goods received not " -"invoiced' and 'goods shipped not billed' accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:33 -msgid "Deposit Ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Deposit tickets group several payment orders (usually checks) that are " -"deposited together at the bank at the same time. This allows an easy " -"reconciliation with the bank statement line if the line has one line per " -"deposit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:40 -msgid "Journal Entry" -msgstr "Yevmiye Kaydı" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:43 -msgid "" -"A journal entry is an accounting transaction, usually related to a financial" -" document: invoice, payment, receipt, etc. A journal entry always consists " -"of at least two lines, described here as journal items, which credit or " -"debit specific accounts. The sum of the credits of all journal items of a " -"journal entry must be equal to the sum of their debits for the entry to be " -"valid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:50 -msgid "Journal Item" -msgstr "Yevmiye Kalemleri" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:53 -msgid "" -"A line of a journal entry, with a monetary debit or credit associated with a" -" specific account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:55 -msgid "Analytic Accounts" -msgstr "Analitik Hesaplar" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Sometimes called **Cost Accounts**, are accounts that are not part of the " -"chart of accounts and that allow you to track costs and revenues. Analytic " -"accounts are usually grouped by projects, departments, etc. for analysis of " -"a company's expenditures. Every journal item is posted in a regular account " -"in the chart of account and can be posted to an analytic account for the " -"purpose of reporting or analysis." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65 -msgid "Analytic Entries" -msgstr "Analitik Kayıtları" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Costs or revenues posted to analytic accounts, usually related to journal " -"entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:70 -msgid "Sales Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:73 -msgid "" -"A receipt or other slip of paper issued by a store or other vendor " -"describing the details of a purchase (amount, date, department, etc.). Sales" -" receipt are usually used instead of invoices if the sale is paid in cash in" -" a store." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Property owned by the company, usually with a useful life greater than one " -"reporting period. Odoo Asset management is used to manage the depreciation /" -" amortization of the asset over the time. Typical examples would be capital " -"equipment, vehicles, and real estate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:84 -msgid "Deferred Revenues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Are used to recognize revenues for sales of services that are provided over " -"a long period of time. If you sell a 3 year maintenance contract, you can " -"use the deferred revenue mechanism to recognize 1/36 of the revenue every " -"month until the contract expires, rather than taking it all initially or at " -"the end." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:93 -msgid "Fiscal Position" -msgstr "Mali Koşul" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Define the taxes that should be applied for a specific customer/vendor or " -"invoice. Example: If some customers benefit from specific taxes (government," -" construction companies, EU companies that are VAT subjected,…), you can " -"assign a fiscal position to them and the right tax will be selected " -"according to the products they buy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 -msgid "Process overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "From Invoice to Payment Collection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " -"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " -"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " -"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " -"efficiently and accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 -msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " -"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " -"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " -"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " -"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " -"report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " -"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" -" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " -"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " -"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " -"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " -"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " -"directly if you would like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 -msgid "" -"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " -"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " -"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" -" and precise manner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 -msgid "Draft invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 -msgid "" -"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " -"While these invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 -msgid "" -"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " -"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 -msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Customer: Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 -msgid "Product: iMac" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 -msgid "Quantity: 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 -msgid "Unit Price: 100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 -msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 -msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 -msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 -msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 -msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 -msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 -msgid "" -"An invoice will usually include the quantity and price the of goods and/or " -"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" -" tax information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 -msgid "" -"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " -"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 -msgid "" -"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " -"defined, and modifiable, sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" -" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " -"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 -msgid "Send the invoice to customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 -msgid "" -"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " -"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 -msgid "" -"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" -" follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Partner**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Due date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -msgid "01/07/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Satış" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:89 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " -"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " -"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " -"entered the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 -msgid "" -"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 -msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 -msgid "" -"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " -"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " -"your accounting localisation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " -"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 -msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "Uzlaştır" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 -msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " -"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 -msgid "" -"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " -"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" -" them to pay this invoice. \"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" -" invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 -msgid "Payment Followup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 -msgid "" -"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " -"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" -" faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " -"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " -"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " -"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " -"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" -" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 -msgid "" -"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" -" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 -msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 -msgid "" -"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " -"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" -" collection efforts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 -msgid "" -"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " -"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " -"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" -" and Expenses.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 -msgid "" -"The balance sheet summarizes the your company's liabilities, assets and " -"equity at a specific moment in time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 -msgid "" -"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " -"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " -"material has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -msgid "From Vendor Bills to Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" -" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " -"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " -"aged payable balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " -"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " -"them automatically based on past purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 -msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 -msgid "Record a new vendor bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " -":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " -"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " -"dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " -"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " -"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " -"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " -"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " -"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " -"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " -"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " -"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " -"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " -"bottom left table to adjust and match." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 -msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " -"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" -" on the the accounting package you choose to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 -msgid "" -"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " -"accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 -msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 -msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 -msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " -"accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 -msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " -"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 -msgid "Pay a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 -msgid "" -"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " -"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 -msgid "" -"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " -"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " -"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " -"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " -"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " -"correctly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " -"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " -"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " -"directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 -msgid "Printing vendor Checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 -msgid "" -"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " -"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " -"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " -"checks in batches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " -"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 -msgid "" -"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " -"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " -"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " -"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " -"once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 -msgid "Aged payable balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 -msgid "" -"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" -" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " -":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" -" visual of all of your outstanding bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 -msgid "" -"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " -"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " -"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " -"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " -"what you see on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 -msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 -msgid "Account Payables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Misc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 -msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" -" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " -"most frequently are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 -msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 -msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 -msgid "" -"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " -"carried out by the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " -"from the Apps module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " -"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " -"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " -"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " -"Products` in the **Expenses** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 -msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 -msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 -msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 -msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 -msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " -"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 -msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 -msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " -"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " -"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" -" hotel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " -"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " -"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" -" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 -msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 -msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 -msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 -msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " -":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " -"personal expenses work that way:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 -msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 -msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 -msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 -msgid "" -"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " -"with a payable account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 -msgid "" -"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " -"the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 -msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 -msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 -msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" -" car)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " -"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " -"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" -" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " -"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " -"this feature)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " -"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " -"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " -"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 -msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " -"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " -"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 -msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 -msgid "" -"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " -"bill is missing);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 -msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 -msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 -msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " -"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " -"created and posted in your accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " -"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 -msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " -"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " -"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " -"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" -" project)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 -msgid "" -"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." -" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " -"invoice all your orders in batch)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 -msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " -"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" -" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 -msgid "" -"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 -msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 -msgid "" -"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " -"options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 -msgid "" -"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " -"invoicing policy on the product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 -msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 -msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 -msgid "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " -"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " -"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " -"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " -"vendors efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration: payment terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " -"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " -"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 -msgid "50% within 30 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "50% within 45 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " -"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" -" directly and the balance after 30 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " -"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" -" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " -"propose you automatically the right payment term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " -"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " -"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " -"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared " -"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " -"payment term)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 -msgid "" -"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 -msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " -"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" -" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " -"payment)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 -msgid "" -"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " -"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " -"\"Due Date\" feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 -msgid "Pay supplier bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 -msgid "Pay by Checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " -"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " -"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " -"suppliers with actual bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 -msgid "Install the required module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " -"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " -"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the " -"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " -"print U.S. checks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 -msgid "" -"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " -"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " -"install, it's configured by default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 -msgid "Activate checks payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " -"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " -"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " -"set **Check**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 -msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 -msgid "United States" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 -msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 -msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 -msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 -msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to customize your own check format through " -"customizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 -msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 -msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 -msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 -msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 -msgid "reconcile bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 -msgid "Register a payment by check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " -":menuselection:`Purchases --> Supplier Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " -"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " -"**Check** and validate the payment dialog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "Faturalar Var" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "Kullanılabilirlik için kullanılan teknik alan" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "Ödeme Yönetimi Gizle" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " -"only one available which is 'manual'" -msgstr "" -"Seçilen günlükte yalnızca bir tane mevcutsa ödeme yöntemini gizlemek için " -"kullanılan teknik alan 'manuel'" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Kodu" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." -msgstr "" -"Ara birimi seçilen ödeme türüne uyarlamak için kullanılan teknik alan." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "Çek No" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" -"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " -"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." -msgstr "" -"Seçilen yevmiye kontrol numaralarını basacak şekilde yapılandırılmıştır. " -"Önceden basılmış çek kağıtlarınızın numaraları zaten varsa veya geçerli " -"numaralandırma yanlışsa, yevmiye yapılandırma sayfasından " -"değiştirebilirsiniz." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 -msgid "Print checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 -msgid "" -"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " -"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " -"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " -"in batch or review them one by one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " -"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " -"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" -" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 -msgid "" -"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " -"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 -msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " -"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " -"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 -msgid "" -"to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " -"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" -" weeks ago." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 -msgid "Pay anything with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 -msgid "" -"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," -" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " -"payment and select a payment method by check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 -msgid "" -"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " -"**Memo** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " -"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" -" flow to print checks in batch:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 -msgid "`Print checks <PrintChecks_>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 -msgid "`Reconcile bank statements <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " -"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " -"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 -msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Record several payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " -"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " -"open the accounting application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " -"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " -"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " -"**Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" -" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" -" on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" -" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " -"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " -"expense transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 -msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " -"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" -" vendor.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" -" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " -"the page, click on **Register Payment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " -"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 -msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " -"recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 -msgid "First, we need to create a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 -msgid "" -"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " -"Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " -"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " -"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 -msgid "" -"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " -"remaining to reconcile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 -msgid "" -"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " -"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " -"transaction amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 -msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 -msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 -msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " -"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " -"various bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 -msgid "" -"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 -msgid "" -"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " -"offer us early payment discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 -msgid "" -"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" -" term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 -msgid "We have created the following bills:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 -msgid "" -"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" -" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 -msgid "" -"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " -"model for cash discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 -msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 -msgid "Pay with SEPA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 -msgid "" -"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " -"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." -" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " -"transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 -msgid "" -"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " -"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " -"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " -"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file " -"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" -" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " -"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " -"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " -"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " -"Odoo payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 -msgid "" -"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " -"be installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 -msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " -"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " -"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " -"account and select the \"Settings\" option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " -"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" -" Transfer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " -"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 -msgid "" -"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " -"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " -"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " -"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 -msgid "Register your payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," -" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " -"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " -"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " -"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 -msgid "" -"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " -"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 -msgid "" -"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " -"**memo** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " -"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" -" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " -"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 -msgid "Generate SEPA files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 -msgid "" -"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " -"generate for every bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " -"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " -"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " -"Download SEPA Payments`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 -msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " -"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " -"error message to your Odoo partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 -msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 -msgid "" -"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" -" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " -"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`check`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Supplier Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" -" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " -"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " -"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " -"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " -"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " -"means no debt account is necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " -"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " -"handle them in accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " -"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " -"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " -"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" -" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 -msgid "" -"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " -"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " -"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " -"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" -" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " -"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " -"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " -":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " -"completely close the transaction in your accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " -"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " -"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" -" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " -"management processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 -msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " -"vendor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " -"Order (PO)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " -"stockable products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " -"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " -"only one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 -msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, Installing Purchase will " -"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 -msgid "Creating products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase, and " -"click create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " -"it is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " -"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " -"will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " -"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " -"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " -"of these designations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 -msgid "" -"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " -"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" -" type to **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 -msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 -msgid "Purchasing products or services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " -"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " -"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " -"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " -"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " -"Reference)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 -msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " -"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " -"you confirm a Purchase Order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " -"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " -"is outlined in red below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the Vendor " -"(Partner), the product, or the source document, also known as the reference " -"of your purchase order. You also have the capability to group the orders by " -"different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will" -" open the following screen where you then will receive the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 -msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 -msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 -msgid "" -"When you receive a Vendor Bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" -" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" -" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a Vendor Bill is to select" -" the appropriate Vendor as this will also pull up any associated accounting " -"or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify any one or " -"multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you select a" -" Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced products " -"associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " -"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"Vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " -"reference number or your internal purchase order number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 -msgid "" -"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" -" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 -msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " -"products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 -msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " -"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " -"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" -" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" -" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" -" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 -msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 -msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " -"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " -"reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 -msgid "" -"the vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 -msgid "" -"the vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 -msgid "or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 -msgid "" -"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " -"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " -"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " -"could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 -msgid "" -"the vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 -msgid "" -"someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 -msgid "or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 -msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 -msgid "" -"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " -"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 -msgid "" -"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " -"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " -"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings" -" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct " -"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " -"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 -msgid "" -"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " -"to be based on either:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 -msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 -msgid "or Received quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 -msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 -msgid "" -"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from that purchase order.. If you have not deleted the" -" previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked " -"to all the appropriate purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 -msgid "Account Receivables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -msgid "Customer Invoices" -msgstr "Müşteri Faturaları" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup cash discounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash discounts are an incentive (usually a small percentage) that you offer " -"to customers in return for paying a bill owed before the scheduled due date." -" If used properly, cash discounts improve the Days Sales Outstanding aspect " -"of a business's cash conversion cycle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:10 -msgid "" -"For example, a typical cash discount would be: you offer a 2% discount on an" -" invoice due in 30 days if the customer were to pay within the first 5 days " -"of receiving the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:18 -msgid "Payment terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In order to manage cash discounts, we will use the payment terms concept of " -"Odoo (From the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Management --> Payment terms --> Create`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let's start with the above example: a 2% discount on an invoice due in 30 " -"days if the customer were to pay within the first 5 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 -msgid "" -"A typical payment term of 30 days would have only one installment: balance " -"in 30 days. But, in order to configure the cash discount, you can configure " -"the payment term with two installments:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:31 -msgid "98% within 5 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:32 -msgid "balance within 30 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To make it clear that it's not a payment term but a cash discount, don't " -"forget to set a clear description that will appear on the invoice: Invoice " -"is due within 30 days, but you can benefit from a 2% cash discount if you " -"pay within 5 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:43 -msgid "Bank reconciliation model" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In order to speed up the bank reconciliation process, we can create a model " -"of entry for all cash discounts. To do that, from the Accounting application" -" dashboard, click on the \"More\" link on the bank and choose the option " -"\"Reconciliation Models\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:53 -msgid "Create a new model for cash discounts as follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:55 -msgid "**Button Label**: Cash Discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 -msgid "**Account**: Cash Discount (according to your country)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:57 -msgid "**Amount Type**: Percentage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 -msgid "**Amount**: 100%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60 -msgid "**Taxes**: depending on your country, you may put a tax on the cash" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60 -msgid "discount if taxes have to be deduced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Even if it's a 2% cash discount, set a 100% amount on the reconciliation " -"model as it means 100% of the remaining balance (the 2%). You can use the " -"same reconciliation model for all your cash discount. No need to create a " -"model per payment term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:73 -msgid "Creating an invoice with a cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you create a customer invoice, set the right payment term \"30 days, 2%" -" cash discount\" right after having selected the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split the account " -"receivable part of the journal entry with two installments having a " -"different due date: 98% within 5 days, 2% within 30 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:92 -msgid "Paying the invoice with a cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:94 -msgid "" -"If the customer pays with a cash discount, when processing the bank " -"statement, you will match the payment (98%) with the related line in the " -"journal entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:101 -msgid "" -"As you can see in the above screenshot, when selecting the customer, you " -"also see the 2% remaining of 3$. If you want to accept the cash discount (if" -" the customer paid within the 5 days), you can click on this line with 2%, " -"click on \"Open Balance\", and select your \"Cash Discount\" reconciliation " -"model. That way, the invoice is marked as fully paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:109 -msgid "" -"from now on, matching the remaining 2% has to be done manually. In the " -"future, we plan to automate the reconciliation of the 2% if the 98% are paid" -" on time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:113 -msgid "Paying the invoice in full" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If the customer pays the invoice fully, without benefiting from the cash " -"discount, you will reconcile the payment (in full) with the two lines from " -"the invoice (98% and 2%). Just click on the two lines to match them with the" -" payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:125 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " -"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " -"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " -"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," -" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " -"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " -"posted on the income statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " -"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " -"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" -" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " -"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " -"revenue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 -msgid "Module installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " -"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " -"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " -"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" -" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" -" might check if the module is correctly installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 -msgid "Define deferred revenue types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 -msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 -msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 -msgid "1 year service contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "3 years service contracts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 -msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " -"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" -" revenue type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Product" -msgstr "Ürün" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" -msgstr "Ertelenmiş Gelir Türü" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "Flowers every month" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "1 year product contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 -msgid "Sell and invoice products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " -"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " -"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " -"entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Dr**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Cr**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -msgid "Accounts receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -msgid "24000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -msgid "Deferred revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " -"recognition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "1000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "Service revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" -" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 -msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " -"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 -msgid "" -"payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " -"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " -"payment term but an invoice policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " -"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " -"exactly 100%)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 -msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 -msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " -"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " -"any tax on the invoice):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "Vade Tarihi" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " -"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "90" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 -msgid "" -"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " -"To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:3 -msgid "How to modify a validated invoice?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most accounting legislation over the word, it's not allowed to modify an " -"invoice that is validated and sent to the customer. However, you sometimes " -"need to change an invoice for different reasons: the sale has changed, the " -"made a mistake while recording the invoice, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:10 -msgid "Thus, the right way to modify an invoice is to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:12 -msgid "Refund the original invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:13 -msgid "Create a new invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo's refund mechanism helps you handle the whole process in just a few " -"clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:19 -msgid "Modify an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If your invoice is still in draft, you can modify it the way you want. " -"However, if your invoice is validated, you can not change it anymore. If you" -" need to modify it, the right operations to do are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:25 -msgid "Refund the original invoice;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:26 -msgid "Reconcile the original invoice with the refund to void them;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:27 -msgid "Create a new draft invoice, a copy of the original;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:28 -msgid "Validate the new invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:30 -msgid "" -"All those steps are automated by Odoo. All you have to do is to click on the" -" Refund button on an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the refund dialog, select the option \"Modify: create a refund, reconcile" -" and create a draft invoice\". Once you click on the \"Create Refund\" " -"button, Odoo will void your existing invoice and create a new draft invoice " -"that is a duplicate of the original one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:41 -msgid "Edit this new draft invoice and validate it when it's correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:45 -msgid "" -"if you already sent the original invoice to your customer, you should send " -"the new invoice and the refund to the customer so that he gets all the " -"documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`refund`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " -"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " -"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " -"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " -"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " -"email)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " -"create draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 -msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " -"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" -" order. You have different options like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " -"invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " -"delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " -"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 -msgid "" -"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " -"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " -"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " -"fixed advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 -msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 -msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" -" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " -"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" -" actual Kg)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 -msgid "" -"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " -"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " -"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 -msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 -msgid "" -"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " -"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " -"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 -msgid "Contracts" -msgstr "Sözleşmeler" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 -msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " -"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " -"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 -msgid "Activities can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 -msgid "" -"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 -msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 -msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 -msgid "" -"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 -msgid "" -"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." -" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " -"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " -"use a regular sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 -msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 -msgid "" -"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " -"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" -" the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 -msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " -"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " -"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " -"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 -msgid "if you need to create a refund" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 -msgid "If you need to give a discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 -msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 -msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 -msgid "Specific modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 -msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 -msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 -msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " -"customer invoices and supplier bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " -"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " -"term but invoice conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " -"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " -"appear on the invoice or the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" -" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " -"100%)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 -msgid "Using Payment Terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 -msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " -"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"this journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " -"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" -" is enough." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 -msgid "" -"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " -"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " -"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" -" due date for all installments will be automatically created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 -msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and " -"sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the " -"legal way to handle that is to refund the invoice, reconcile it with the " -"original invoice to close them and create a new invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 -msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " -"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, " -"reconcile, and create a new draft invoice\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo will automatically:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 -msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as " -"Paid)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 -msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 -msgid "Cancelling an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " -"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund " -"and reconcile\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or " -"email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 -msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " -"button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " -"refund\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund " -"(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," -" send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a " -"refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the " -"customer has already paid, they should be reimbursed by doing a customer " -"payment refund." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 -msgid "Customer Payments" -msgstr "Müşteri Ödemeleri" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 -msgid "Statement Match" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 -msgid "100.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " -"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 -msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 -msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" -" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " -"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " -"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " -"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " -"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," -" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " -"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " -"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " -"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" -" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " -"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " -"approach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " -"users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " -"--> Create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 -msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 -msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 -msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " -"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 -msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " -"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" -" transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " -"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 -msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 -msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " -"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " -"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " -"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " -"bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 -msgid "" -"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " -"this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 -msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 -msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " -"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " -"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " -"and relate it to the statement line)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" -" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " -"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " -"with invoices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " -"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" -" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " -"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:167 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid and organize customer follow-ups?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Getting paid and organizing customer reminders is always a difficult task, " -"however it is critical for the health of the company to stay diligent about " -"outstanding receivables. Fortunately, Odoo provides the right tools to track" -" receivables, automate customer statements, and measure your performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:12 -msgid "Customer follow-ups: A step by step guide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:15 -msgid "Cleaning up outstanding payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"If you have any unreconciled transactions in your bank account, you will " -"need to process them first before you begin analyzing your customers " -"statements. This ensures that you have recorded all of the latest customer " -"payments before sending out reminders to any customers with outstanding " -"balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:27 -msgid "Checking the Aged Receivables report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"After you have reconciled all of your bank accounts, you can then generate " -"an accurate Aged Receivables Report from the Reports menu. This report will " -"display all of the customers and their outstanding balances on open " -"invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The report displays this information in time increments to better paint a " -"picture of the outstanding balances your customers hold and for how long " -"they have held these outstanding balances. You can then appropriately focus " -"your efforts on the appropriate customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can then select any of the customers on this list and Odoo will open up " -"their invoice details in the form of the Customer Follow-Up letter, also " -"known as the **Customer Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:49 -msgid "From the customer statement, you can:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:51 -msgid "Change and customize the message that is sent to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:53 -msgid "Send a reminder email to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:55 -msgid "Send a printed reminder letter to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:57 -msgid "Send automated printed reminders by utilizing our Docsaway integration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:60 -msgid "Zoom in on the different open invoices or payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:62 -msgid "Remove an invoice or payment from the report (in case of conflict)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:64 -msgid "Log any call notes made to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Schedule your next follow up task to stay on top of customer payments (e.g. " -"call back in 15 days if not payments are made)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can set reminders for when you would like to next contact the particular" -" customer. Selecting **Manual** will open up the follow up scheduling tool, " -"while selecting **Auto** will automatically recommend that you contact the " -"customer 15 days from then if the customer has not yet paid for the invoice." -" Installing the **Follow-Up Plans** module will allow you to define " -"automated actions and intervals to send reminders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you have already sent out a reminder to a customer a few days ago, a " -"warning message will appear at the top of the screen, reminding you that you" -" should not send another reminder so soon since one was already sent " -"recently. Every time you log a note, Odoo will automatically set the next " -"reminder date, unless you choose to manually set it by selecting the next " -"reminder button at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:88 -msgid "" -"You can also specify the expected payment date on an invoice line directly, " -"therefore defining the next reminder in case the invoice has not been paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:92 -msgid "Sending customer statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Send your customers reminders in batches in the menu :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Customer Statements`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Here Odoo will open all the statements awaiting to be processed, which is " -"determined by the last reminder they received. You can choose to process " -"them one by one, send multiple letters or emails in batches, or set a next " -"action date for the next time they'll be contacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:104 -msgid "" -"If an invoice has not yet been paid, Odoo will remind you to contact at " -"particular customer based after their next action date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:107 -msgid "" -"You can access the customer statement report daily and Odoo will only " -"display the customers you need to contact on any given day. This is based " -"on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:111 -msgid "Customers you have not yet received a payment from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Customers that have not been reminded over the last X days (\"X\" being " -"defined as the overdue date of the invoice after the first reminder, then " -"the next action date set at every reminder)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:118 -msgid "Setting up your dunning process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The **Payment Follow-up Management** module allows you to define reminder " -"plans. After installing it from the **Apps** menu, go to the **Follow-up " -"Levels** menu in the accounting configuration to set up your dunning " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:125 -msgid "Some Examples are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:127 -msgid "**Email**: 3 days before overdue date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:129 -msgid "**Email+Letter**: at the overdue date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:131 -msgid "**Email+Call**: 15 days after the overdue date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:133 -msgid "**Email+Letter**: 60 days after the overdue date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Thanks to this module, you can send every email and letters in batches for " -"all your customers at once. The next reminder will automatically be computed" -" based on your configured follow-up plan." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:142 -msgid "" -"The module will also add a red/green dot on each customer, this will allow " -"you to easily mark customer status's with the following options: \"Good " -"Debtor, Normal Debtor, or bad debtors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:150 -msgid "DSO: Measuring your performance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The DSO (Days of Outstanding Sales) is a measure of the average number of " -"days that a company takes to collect revenue after a sale has been made. DSO" -" is calculated by dividing the amount of accounts receivable during a given " -"period by the total value of credit sales during the same period, and " -"multiplying the result by the number of days in the period measured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:159 -msgid "" -"You can get the DSO of your company from the Executive Summary report under " -"Reporting (check the KPI average debtors days)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" -" alone record for use on a later date:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " -"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " -"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " -"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 -msgid "Paying an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " -"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" -" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " -"the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " -"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" -" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " -"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 -msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 -msgid "Registering a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 -msgid "" -"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " -"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " -"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" -" be reconciled on an invoice later on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 -msgid "" -"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " -"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " -"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a " -"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " -"document in the memo field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " -"just made in the accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 -msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " -"invoice directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 -msgid "" -"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " -"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " -"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " -"\"Outstanding Payments\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 -msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 -msgid "" -"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " -"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " -"feature within Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " -"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " -"Receivable and Payable, respectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " -"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " -"matching of all their payments and invoices at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 -msgid "" -"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " -"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " -"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 -msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " -"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 -msgid "" -"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 -msgid "" -"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " -"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " -"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go " -"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" -" with two journal entries for the same transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:3 -msgid "How to automate customer follow-ups with plans?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With the Odoo Accounting application, you get a dynamic aged receivable " -"report, customer statements and you can easily send them to customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to go further in the automation of the credit collection " -"process, you can use follow-up plans. They will help you automate all the " -"steps to get paid, by triggering them at the right time: send customer " -"statements by emails, send regular letter (through the Docsaway " -"integration), create a task to manually call the customer, etc..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:14 -msgid "Here is an example of a plan:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 -msgid "When?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 -msgid "What?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 -msgid "Who?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 -msgid "3 days before due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 -msgid "Email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 -msgid "automated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 -msgid "1 day after due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 -msgid "Email + Regular Letter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 -msgid "15 days after due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 -msgid "Call the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 -msgid "John Mac Gregor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 -msgid "35 days after due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 -msgid "Email + Letter + Call" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 -msgid "60 days after due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 -msgid "Formal notice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 -msgid "Bailiff" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:34 -msgid "Install Reminder Module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You must start by activating the feature, using the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application. " -"From the settings screen, activate the feature **Enable payment follow-up " -"management**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:44 -msgid "Define Payment Follow-ups Levels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:46 -msgid "" -"To automate customer follow ups, you must configure your follow–up levels " -"using the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Follow-ups`. You should define one and only one follow-up plan per company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The levels of follow-up are relative to the due date; when no payment term " -"is specified, the invoice date will be considered as the due date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:53 -msgid "" -"For each level, you should define the number of days and create a note which" -" will automatically be added into the reminder letter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:59 -msgid "Odoo defines several actions for every reminder:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Manual Action:** assign a responsible that will have to call the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:62 -msgid "**Send an Email:** send an email to customer using the provided text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Send a Letter:** send a letter by regular mail, using the provided note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:69 -msgid "" -"As you need to provide a number of days relative to the due date, you can " -"use a negative number. As an example, if an invoice is issued the January " -"1st but the due date is January 20, if you set a reminder 3 days before the " -"due date, the customer may receive an email in January 17." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:76 -msgid "Doing your weekly follow-ups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Once everything is setup, Odoo will prepare follow-up letters and emails " -"automatically for you. All you have to do is to the menu " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Customers Statement` in the accounting " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically propose you actions based on the follow-up plan you " -"defined, invoices to pay and payment received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:88 -msgid "" -"You can use this menu every day, once a week or once a month. You do not " -"risk to send two times the same reminder to your customer. Odoo only " -"proposes you the action you have to do. If you do it every day, you will " -"have a few calls to do per day. If you do it once a month, you will have " -"much more work once you do it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:94 -msgid "" -"It's up to you to organize the way you want to work. But it's a good " -"practice to reconcile your bank statements before launching the follow-ups. " -"That way, all paid invoices will be reconciled and you will not send a " -"follow-up letter to a customer that already paid his invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:99 -msgid "From a customer follow-up proposition, you can:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:101 -msgid "Get the customer information to contact him" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:103 -msgid "Drill down to the customer information form by clicking on its name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:105 -msgid "Change the text (or the email or letter) and adapt to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Change the colored dot to mark the customer as being a good, normal or bad " -"debtor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:110 -msgid "Log a note is you called the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:112 -msgid "Exclude some invoices from the statement table (litigation)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:114 -msgid "Send an email with the statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Print a letter, or send a regular mail (if you installed the Docsaway " -"integration)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Plan the next reminder (but it's better to keep in automatic mode so that " -"Odoo will stick to the follow-up plan of the company)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:122 -msgid "Drill down to an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Change the expected payment date of an invoice (thus, impacting the next " -"time Odoo will propose you to send a reminder)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:128 -msgid "" -"You can force a customer statement, even if Odoo do not proposes you to do " -"it, because it's not the right date yet. To do this, you should go to the " -"Aged Receivable report (in the report menu of the Accounting application). " -"From this report, you can click on a customer to get to his customer " -"statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:135 -msgid "How to exclude an invoice from auto follow up?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:137 -msgid "To see all **overdue invoices** or **on need of action**," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:139 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Customers Statement`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:145 -msgid "Exclude a specific invoice for a specific date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Odoo can exclude an invoice from follow-ups actions for specific date by " -"clicking on **Log a Note**, then choose one of the ready options (*one " -"week*, *two weeks*, *one month*, *two months*), So Odoo will calculate the " -"required date according to the current date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Another way to achieve it is the following: click on the required invoice, " -"then choose **Change expected payment date/note**, then enter a new payment " -"date and note." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:162 -msgid "Exclude a specific invoice forever" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Odoo can exclude an invoice for a specific customer by clicking on the " -"checkbox **Excluded**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:168 -msgid "If you click on **History**, you can see all follow ups actions." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3c43e518c..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../applications.rst:3 -msgid "Applications" -msgstr "Uygulamalar" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po deleted file mode 100644 index c29e70207..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2527 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "CRM" - -#: ../../crm/calendar.rst:3 -msgid "Calendar" -msgstr "Takvim" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " -"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " -"directions)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 -msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 -msgid "Choose *Calendar API*." -msgstr "'Takvim API' Seç" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo). " -"Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The" -" Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for " -"the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" -" the **Client secret** as well. You will need both of them in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:62 -msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:64 -msgid "Install **Google Calendar** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your " -"credentials in Google Calendar option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 -msgid "" -"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " -"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " -"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" -" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83 -msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads.rst:3 -msgid "Leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate leads from incoming emails?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are several ways for your company to :doc:`generate leads with Odoo " -"CRM <manual>`. One of them is using your company's generic email address as " -"a trigger to create a new lead in the system. In Odoo, each one of your " -"sales teams is linked to its own email address from which prospects can " -"reach them. For example, if the personal email address of your Direct team " -"is **direct@mycompany.example.com**, every email sent will automatically " -"create a new opportunity into the sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:14 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:73 -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:30 -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:19 -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:10 ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:23 -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Yapılandırma" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The first thing you need to do is to configure your **outgoing email " -"servers** and **incoming email gateway** from the :menuselection:`Settings " -"module --> General Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Then set up your alias domain from the field shown here below and click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:26 -msgid "Set up team alias" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go on the Sales module and click on **Dashboard**. You will see that the " -"activation of your domain alias has generated a default email alias for your" -" existing sales teams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your sales teams aliases. Click on the More " -"button from the sales team of your choice, then on **Settings** to access " -"the sales team form. Into the **Email Alias** field, enter your email alias " -"and click on **Save**. Make sure to allow receiving emails from everyone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:41 -msgid "" -"From there, each email sent to this email address will generate a new lead " -"into the related sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:48 -msgid "Set up catch-all email domain" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Additionally to your sales team aliases, you can also create a generic email" -" alias (e.g. *contact@* or *info@* ) that will also generate a new contact " -"in Odoo CRM. Still from the Sales module, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and set up your catch-all email " -"domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can choose whether the contacts generated from your catch-all email " -"become leads or opportunities using the radio buttons that you see on the " -"screenshot here below. Note that, by default, the lead stage is not " -"activated in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:67 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:89 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:194 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:68 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:195 -msgid ":doc:`import`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:69 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:91 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:73 -msgid ":doc:`website`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import contacts to the CRM?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, you can import a database of potential customers, for instance " -"for a cold emailing or cold calling campaign, through a CSV file. You may be" -" wondering if the best option is to import your contacts as leads or " -"opportunities. It depends on your business specificities and workflow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Some companies may decide to not use leads, but instead to keep all " -"information directly in an opportunity. For some companies, leads are merely" -" an extra step in the sales process. You could call this extended (start " -"from lead) versus simplified (start from opportunity) customer relationship " -"management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo perfectly allows for either one of these approaches to be chosen. If " -"your company handles its sales from a pre qualification step, feel free to " -"activate first the lead stage as described below in order to import your " -"database as leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:23 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:9 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:38 -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:62 -msgid "Activate the lead stage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. If you want to " -"import your contacts as leads rather than opportunities, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads " -"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:33 -msgid "" -"This activation will create a new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` " -"from which you will be able to import your contacts from the **Import** " -"button (if you want to create a lead manually, :doc:`click here <manual>`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:41 -msgid "Import your CSV file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:43 -msgid "" -"On the new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`, click on **Import** and" -" select your Excel file to import from the **Choose File** button. Make sure" -" its extension is **.csv** and don't forget to set up the correct File " -"format options (**Encoding** and **Separator**) to match your local settings" -" and display your columns properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your prospects database is provided in another format than CSV, you can " -"easily convert it to the CSV format using Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice / " -"LibreOffice Calc, Google Docs, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:58 -msgid "Select rows to import" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically map the column headers from your CSV file to the " -"corresponding fields if you tick *The first row of the file contains the " -"label of the column* option. This makes imports easier especially when the " -"file has many columns. Of course, you can remap the column headers to " -"describe the property you are importing data into (First Name, Last Name, " -"Email, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If you want to import your contacts as opportunities rather than leads, make" -" sure to add the *Type* column to your csv. This column is used to indicate " -"whether your import will be flagged as a Lead (type = Lead) or as an " -"opportunity (type = Opportunity)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Click the **Validate** button if you want to let Odoo verify that everything" -" seems okay before importing. Otherwise, you can directly click the Import " -"button: the same validations will be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:83 -msgid "" -"For additional technical information on how to import contacts into Odoo " -"CRM, read the **Frequently Asked Questions** section located below the " -"Import tool on the same window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:90 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:196 -msgid ":doc:`emails`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a contact into Odoo CRM?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo CRM allows you to manually add contacts into your pipeline. It can be " -"either a lead or an opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:11 -msgid "" -"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. To activate it, go " -"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the option " -"\"\"use leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This activation will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that " -"gives you access to a list of all your leads from which you will be able to " -"create a new contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:26 -msgid "Create a new lead" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` and click the **Create** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:33 -msgid "" -"From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession (contact " -"name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in" -" the **Internal notes** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:39 -msgid "" -"your lead can be directly handed over to specific sales team and salesperson" -" by clicking on **Convert to Opportunity** on the upper left corner of the " -"screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:43 -msgid "Create a new opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also directly add a contact into a specific sales team without " -"having to convert the lead first. On the Sales module, go to your dashboard " -"and click on the **Pipeline** button of the desired sales team. If you don't" -" have any sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first " -"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`. Then, click on **Create** and fill in " -"the contact details as shown here above. By default, the newly created " -"opportunity will appear on the first stage of your sales pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Another way to create an opportunity is by adding it directly on a specific " -"stage. For example, if you have have spoken to Mr. Smith at a meeting and " -"you want to send him a quotation right away, you can add his contact details" -" on the fly directly into the **Proposition** stage. From the Kanban view of" -" your sales team, just click on the **+** icon at the right of your stage to" -" create the contact. The new opportunity will then pop up into the " -"corresponding stage and you can then fill in the contact details by clicking" -" on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate leads from my website?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Your website should be your company's first lead generation tool. With your " -"website being the central hub of your online marketing campaigns, you will " -"naturally drive qualified traffic to feed your pipeline. When a prospect " -"lands on your website, your objective is to capture his information in order" -" to be able to stay in touch with him and to push him further down the sales" -" funnel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:12 -msgid "This is how a typical online lead generation process work :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Your website visitor clicks on a call-to action (CTA) from one of your " -"marketing materials (e.g. an email newsletter, a social media message or a " -"blog post)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The CTA leads your visitor to a landing page including a form used to " -"collect his personal information (e.g. his name, his email address, his " -"phone number)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The visitor submits the form and automatically generates a lead into Odoo " -"CRM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Your calls-to-action, landing pages and forms are the key pieces of the lead" -" generation process. With Odoo Website, you can easily create and optimize " -"those critical elements without having to code or to use third-party " -"applications. Learn more `here <https://www.odoo.com/page/website-" -"builder>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Website and CRM modules are fully integrated, meaning that you " -"can easily generate leads from various ways through your website. However, " -"even if you are hosting your website on another CMS, it is still possible to" -" fill Odoo CRM with leads generated from your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:40 -msgid "" -"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. Therefore, new " -"leads automatically become opportunities. You can easily activate the option" -" of adding the lead step. If you want to import your contacts as leads " -"rather than opportunities, from the Sales module go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads " -"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Note that even without activating this step, the information that follows is" -" still applicable - the lead generated will land in the opportunities " -"dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:55 -msgid "From an Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Let's assume that you want to get as much information as possible about your" -" website visitors. But how could you make sure that every person who wants " -"to know more about your company's products and services is actually leaving " -"his information somewhere? Thanks to Odoo's integration between its CRM and " -"Website modules, you can easily automate your lead acquisition process " -"thanks to the **contact form** and the **form builder** modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:67 -msgid "" -"another great way to generate leads from your Odoo Website is by collecting " -"your visitors email addresses thanks to the Newsletter or Newsletter Popup " -"CTAs. These snippets will create new contacts in your Email Marketing's " -"mailing list. Learn more `here <https://www.odoo.com/page/email-" -"marketing>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the Website builder module. From the main dashboard, " -"click on **Apps**, enter \"**Website**\" in the search bar and click on " -"**Install**. You will be automatically redirected to the web interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:84 -msgid "" -"A tutorial popup will appear on your screen if this is the first time you " -"use Odoo Website. It will help you get started with the tool and you'll be " -"able to use it in minutes. Therefore, we strongly recommend you to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:89 -msgid "Create a lead by using the Contact Form module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You can effortlessly generate leads via a contact form on your **Contact " -"us** page. To do so, you first need to install the Contact Form module. It " -"will add a contact form in your **Contact us** page and automatically " -"generate a lead from forms submissions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:96 -msgid "" -"To install it, go back to the backend using the square icon on the upper-" -"left corner of your screen. Then, click on **Apps**, enter \"**Contact " -"Form**\" in the search bar (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag " -"otherwise you will not see the module appearing) and click on **Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, the below contact form will be integrated to " -"your \"Contact us\" page. This form is linked to Odoo CRM, meaning that all " -"data entered through the form will be captured by the CRM and will create a " -"new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Every lead created through the contact form is accessible in the Sales " -"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`. The name of the " -"lead corresponds to the \"Subject\" field on the contact form and all the " -"other information is stored in the corresponding fields within the CRM. As a" -" salesperson, you can add additional information, convert the lead into an " -"opportunity or even directly mark it as Won or Lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:123 -msgid "Create a lead using the Form builder module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:125 -msgid "" -"You can create fully-editable custom forms on any landing page on your " -"website with the Form Builder snippet. As for the Contact Form module, the " -"Form Builder will automatically generate a lead after the visitor has " -"completed the form and clicked on the button **Send**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:130 -msgid "" -"From the backend, go to Settings and install the \"**Website Form " -"Builder**\" module (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag otherwise you " -"will not see the modules appearing). Then, back on the website, go to your " -"desired landing page and click on Edit to access the available snippets. The" -" Form Builder snippet lays under the **Feature** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:140 -msgid "" -"As soon as you have dropped the snippet where you want the form to appear on" -" your page, a **Form Parameters** window will pop up. From the **Action** " -"drop-down list, select **Create a lead** to automatically create a lead in " -"Odoo CRM. On the **Thank You** field, select the URL of the page you want to" -" redirect your visitor after the form being submitted (if you don't add any " -"URL, the message \"The form has been sent successfully\" will confirm the " -"submission)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:151 -msgid "" -"You can then start creating your custom form. To add new fields, click on " -"**Select container block** and then on the blue **Customize** button. 3 " -"options will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:158 -msgid "" -"**Change Form Parameters**: allows you to go back to the Form Parameters and" -" change the configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:161 -msgid "" -"**Add a model field**: allows you to add a field already existing in Odoo " -"CRM from a drop-down list. For example, if you select the Field *Country*, " -"the value entered by the lead will appear under the *Country* field in the " -"CRM - even if you change the name of the field on the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:167 -msgid "" -"**Add a custom field**: allows you to add extra fields that don't exist by " -"default in Odoo CRM. The values entered will be added under \"Notes\" within" -" the CRM. You can create any field type : checkbox, radio button, text, " -"decimal number, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:172 -msgid "Any submitted form will create a lead in the backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:175 -msgid "From another CMS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:177 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo CRM but not Odoo Website, you can still automate your online" -" lead generation process using email gateways by editing the \"Submit\" " -"button of any form and replacing the hyperlink by a mailto corresponding to " -"your email alias (learn how to create your sales alias :doc:`here " -"<emails>`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:183 -msgid "" -"For example if the alias of your company is **salesEMEA@mycompany.com**, add" -" ``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com`` into the regular hyperlink code (CTRL+K)" -" to generate a lead into the related sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:3 -msgid "Automate lead assignation to specific sales teams or salespeople" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business workflow and needs, you may need to dispatch your" -" incoming leads to different sales team or even to specific salespeople. " -"Here are a few example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Your company has several offices based on different geographical regions. " -"You will want to assign leads based on the region;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:12 -msgid "" -"One of your sales teams is dedicated to treat opportunities from large " -"companies while another one is specialized for SMEs. You will want to assign" -" leads based on the company size;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:16 -msgid "" -"One of your sales representatives is the only one to speak foreign languages" -" while the rest of the team speaks English only. Therefore you will want to " -"assign to that person all the leads from non-native English-speaking " -"countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:21 -msgid "" -"As you can imagine, manually assigning new leads to specific individuals can" -" be tedious and time consuming - especially if your company generates a high" -" volume of leads every day. Fortunately, Odoo CRM allows you to automate the" -" process of lead assignation based on specific criteria such as location, " -"interests, company size, etc. With specific workflows and precise rules, you" -" will be able to distribute all your opportunities automatically to the " -"right sales teams and/or salesman." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If you have just started with Odoo CRM and haven't set up your sales team " -"nor registered your salespeople, :doc:`read this documentation first " -"<../../overview/started/setup>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You have to install the module **Lead Scoring**. Go to :menuselection:`Apps`" -" and install it if it's not the case already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:40 -msgid "Define rules for a sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:42 -msgid "" -"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **More** button" -" of the desired sales team, then on **Settings**. If you don't have any " -"sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first " -"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:50 -msgid "" -"On your sales team menu, use in the **Domain** field a specific domain rule " -"(for technical details on the domain refer on the `Building a Module " -"tutorial " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/howtos/backend.html#domains>`__ or " -"`Syntax reference guide " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/reference/orm.html#reference-orm-" -"domains>`__) which will allow only the leads matching the team domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:56 -msgid "" -"For example, if you want your *Direct Sales* team to only receive leads " -"coming from United States and Canada, your domain will be as following :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:59 -msgid "``[[country_id, 'in', ['United States', 'Canada']]]``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:66 -msgid "" -"you can also base your automatic assignment on the score attributed to your " -"leads. For example, we can imagine that you want all the leads with a score " -"under 100 to be assigned to a sales team trained for lighter projects and " -"the leads over 100 to a more experienced sales team. Read more on :doc:`how " -"to score leads here <lead_scoring>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:72 -msgid "Define rules for a salesperson" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can go one step further in your assignment rules and decide to assign " -"leads within a sales team to a specific salesperson. For example, if I want " -"Toni Buchanan from the *Direct Sales* team to receive only leads coming from" -" Canada, I can create a rule that will automatically assign him leads from " -"that country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Still from the sales team menu (see here above), click on the salesperson of" -" your choice under the assignment submenu. Then, enter your rule in the " -"*Domain* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:89 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a lead is always assigned to a sales team before to be assigned to " -"a salesperson. Therefore, you need to make sure that the assignment rule of " -"your salesperson is a child of the assignment rule of the sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:95 -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to do efficient Lead Scoring?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's Lead Scoring module allows you to give a score to your leads based on" -" specific criteria - the higher the value, the more likely the prospect is " -"\"ready for sales\". Therefore, the best leads are automatically assigned to" -" your salespeople so their pipe are not polluted with poor-quality " -"opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Lead scoring is a critical component of an effective lead management " -"strategy. By helping your sales representative determine which leads to " -"engage with in order of priority, you will increase their overall conversion" -" rate and your sales team's efficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:22 -msgid "Install the Lead Scoring module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:24 -msgid "Start by installing the **Lead Scoring** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you should see a new menu " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Leads Management --> Scoring Rules`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Leads scoring allows you to assign a positive or negative score to your " -"prospects based on any demographic or behavioral criteria that you have set " -"(country or origin, pages visited, type of industry, role, etc.). To do so " -"you'll first need to create rules that will assign a score to a given " -"criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In order to assign the right score to your various rules, you can use these " -"two methods:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Establish a list of assets that your ideal customer might possess to " -"interest your company. For example, if you run a local business in " -"California, a prospect coming from San Francisco should have a higher score " -"than a prospect coming from New York." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Dig into your data to uncover characteristics shared by your closed " -"opportunities and most important clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Please note that this is not an exact science, so you'll need time and " -"feedback from your sales teams to adapt and fine tune your rules until " -"getting the desired result." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In the **Scoring Rules** menu, click on **Create** to write your first rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:61 -msgid "" -"First name your rule, then enter a value and a domain (refer on the " -"`official python documentation <https://docs.python.org/2/tutorial/>`__ for " -"more information). For example, if you want to assign 8 points to all the " -"leads coming from **Belgium**, you'll need to give ``8`` as a **value** and " -"``[['country\\_id',=,'Belgium']]`` as a domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "Here are some criteria you can use to build a scoring rule :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:70 -msgid "country of origin : ``'country_id'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:72 -msgid "stage in the sales cycle : ``'stage_id'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:74 -msgid "" -"email address (e.g. if you want to score the professional email addresses) :" -" ``'email_from'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:76 -msgid "page visited : ``'score_pageview_ids.url'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:78 -msgid "name of a marketing campaign : ``'campaign_id'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:80 -msgid "" -"After having activated your rules, Odoo will give a value to all your new " -"incoming leads. This value can be found directly on your lead's form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:88 -msgid "Assign high scoring leads to your sales teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:90 -msgid "" -"The next step is now to automatically convert your best leads into " -"opportunities. In order to do so, you need to decide what is the minimum " -"score a lead should have to be handed over to a given sales team. Go to your" -" **sales dashboard** and click on the **More** button of your desired sales " -"team, then on **Settings**. Enter your value under the **Minimum score** " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:100 -msgid "" -"From the example above, the **Direct Sales** team will only receive " -"opportunities with a minimum score of ``50``. The prospects with a lower " -"score can either stay in the lead stage or be assigned to another sales team" -" which has set up a different minimum score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Organize a meeting between your **Marketing** and **Sales** teams in order " -"to align your objectives and agree on what minimum score makes a sales-ready" -" lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`automatic_assignation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Installation and Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:9 -msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:13 -msgid "wget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:14 -msgid "gcc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:15 -msgid "g++" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:16 -msgid "ncurses-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:17 -msgid "libxml2-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:18 -msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:19 -msgid "libsrtp-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:20 -msgid "libuuid-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:21 -msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:22 -msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:24 -msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " -"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " -"extracted:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:43 -msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:49 -msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:57 -msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:63 -msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:69 -msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " -"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" -"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:96 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:102 -msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:108 -msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:114 -msgid "" -"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " -"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " -"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " -"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:116 -msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " -"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " -"run 'make config'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:125 -msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:127 -msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:133 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" -" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:146 -msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:148 -msgid "" -"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " -"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " -"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" -" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " -"uncommented:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " -"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " -"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " -"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " -"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:186 -msgid "" -"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " -"lines:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:193 -msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:202 -msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:204 -msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:206 -msgid "" -"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" -" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" -" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " -"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" -" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:212 -msgid "" -"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " -"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " -"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " -"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " -"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo CRM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Hi, my name is Nicholas, I'm a business manager in the textile industry. I " -"sell accessories to retailers. Do you know the difference between a good " -"salesperson and an excellent salesperson? The key is to be productive and " -"organized to do the job. That's where Odoo comes in. Thanks to a well " -"structured organization you'll change a good team into an exceptional team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:21 -msgid "" -"With Odoo CRM, the job is much easier for me and my entire team. When I log " -"in into Odoo CRM, I have a direct overview of my ongoing performance. But " -"also the activity of the next 7 days and the performance of the last month. " -"I see that I overachieved last month when compared to my invoicing target of" -" $200,000. I have a structured approach of my performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If I want to have a deeper look into the details, I click on next actions " -"and I can see that today I have planned a call with Think Big Systems. Once " -"I have done my daily review, I usually go to my pipeline. The process is the" -" same for everyone in the team. Our job is to find resellers and before " -"closing any deal we have to go through different stages. We usually have a " -"first contact to qualify the opportunity, then move into offer & negotiation" -" stage, and closing by a 'won'..Well, that's if all goes well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The user interface is really smooth, I can drag and drop any business " -"opportunity from one stage to another in just a few clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Now I'd like to go further with an interesting contact: a department store. " -"I highlighted their file by changing the color. For each contact, I have a " -"form view where I can access to all necessary information about the contact." -" I see here my opportunity Macy's has an estimated revenue of $50,000 and a " -"success rate of 10%. I need to discuss about this partnership, so I will " -"schedule a meeting straight from the contact form: Macy's partnership " -"meeting. It's super easy to create a new meeting with any contact. I can as " -"well send an email straight from the opportunity form and the answer from " -"the prospect will simply pop up in the system too. Now, let's assume that " -"the meeting took place, therefore I can mark it as done. And the system " -"automatically suggests a next activity. Actually, we configured Odoo with a " -"set of typical activities we follow for every opportunity, and it's great to" -" have a thorough followup. The next activity will be a follow-up email. " -"Browsing from one screen to the other is really simple and adapting to the " -"view too! I can see my opportunitities as a to-do list of next activities " -"for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62 -msgid "" -"With Odoo CRM I have a sales management tool that is really efficient and me" -" and my team can be well organized. I have a clear overview of my sales " -"pipeline, meetings, revenues, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:67 -msgid "" -"I go back to my pipeline. Macy's got qualified successfully, which mean I " -"can move their file to the next step and I will dapt the expected revenue as" -" discussed. Once I have performed the qualification process, I will create a" -" new quotation based on the feedback I received from my contact. For my " -"existing customers, I can as well quickly discover the activity around them " -"for any Odoo module I use, and continue to discuss about them. It's that " -"simple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"We have seen how I can manage my daily job as business manager or " -"salesperson. At the end of the journey I would like to have a concrete view " -"of my customer relationships and expected revenues. If I go into the reports" -" in Odoo CRM, I have the possibility to know exactly what's the evolution of" -" the leads over the past months, or have a look at the potential revenues " -"and the performance of the different teams in terms of conversions from " -"leads to opportunities for instance. So with Odoo I can have a clear " -"reporting of every activity based on predefined metrics or favorites. I can " -"search for other filters too and adapt the view. If I want to go in the " -"details, I choose the list view and can click on any item" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Odoo CRM is not only a powerful tool to achieve our sales goals with " -"structured activities, performance dashboard, next acitivities and more, but" -" also allows me to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Use leads to get in the system unqualified but targeted contacts I may have " -"gathered in a conference or through a contact form on my website. Those " -"leads can then be converted into opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Manage phone calls from Odoo CRM by using the VoIP app. Call customers, " -"manage a call queue, log calls, schedule calls and next actions to perform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Integrate with Odoo Sales to create beautiful online or PDF quotations and " -"turn them into sales orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Use email marketing for marketing campaigns to my customers and prospects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Manage my business seamlessly, even on the go. Indeed, Odoo offers a mobile " -"app that lets every business organize key sales activities from leads to " -"quotes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Odoo CRM is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. I firstly used the sales " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up our CRM. It will help you " -"getting started quickly too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo CRM Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:10 -msgid "**CRM (Customer relationship management)**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 -msgid "" -"System for managing a company's interactions with current and future " -"customers. It often involves using technology to organize, automate, and " -"synchronize sales, marketing, customer service, and technical support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "**Sales cycle** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Sequence of phases used by a company to convert a prospect into a customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:20 -msgid "**Pipeline :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Visual representation of your sales process, from the first contact to the " -"final sale. It refers to the process by which you generate, qualify and " -"close leads through your sales cycle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:24 -msgid "**Sales stage** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, a stage defines where an opportunity is in your sales cycle and" -" its probability to close a sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29 -msgid "**Lead :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Someone who becomes aware of your company or someone who you decide to " -"pursue for a sale, even if they don't know about your company yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34 -msgid "**Opportunity :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:32 -msgid "" -"A lead that has shown an interest in knowing more about your " -"products/services and therefore has been handed over to a sales " -"representative" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39 -msgid "**Customer :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:37 -msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, a customer refers to any contact within your database, whether " -"it is a lead, an opportunity, a client or a company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:45 -msgid "**Key Performance Indicator (KPI)** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:42 -msgid "" -"A KPI is a measurable value that demonstrates how effectively a company is " -"achieving key business objectives. Organizations use KPIs to evaluate their " -"success at reaching targets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:51 -msgid "**Lead scoring** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:48 -msgid "" -"System assigning a positive or negative score to prospects according to " -"their web activity and personal informations in order to determine whether " -"they are \"ready for sales\" or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:62 -msgid "**Kanban view :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Kanban view is a workflow visualisation tool halfway between a " -"`list view <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html" -"#reference-views-list>`__ and a non-editable `form view " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html#reference-" -"views-form>`__ and displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped " -"in columns for use in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or " -"work-progress management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:66 -msgid "**List view :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65 -msgid "" -"View allowing you to see your objects (contacts, companies, tasks, etc.) " -"listed in a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:71 -msgid "**Lead generation:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Process by which a company collects relevant datas about potential customers" -" in order to enable a relationship and to push them further down the sales " -"cycle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:76 -msgid "**Campaign:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Coordinated set of actions sent via various channels to a target audience " -"and whose goal is to generate leads. In Odoo CRM, you can link a lead to the" -" campaign which he comes from in order to measure its efficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Generating leads with Odoo CRM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:6 -msgid "What is lead generation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Lead generation is the process by which a company acquires leads and " -"collects relevant datas about potential customers in order to enable a " -"relationship and to turn them into customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For example, a website visitor who fills in your contact form to know more " -"about your products and services becomes a lead for your company. Typically," -" a Customer Relationship Management tool such as Odoo CRM is used to " -"centralize, track and manage leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:18 -msgid "Why is lead generation important for my business?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Generating a constant flow of high-quality leads is one of the most " -"important responsibility of a marketing team. Actually, a well-managed lead " -"generation process is like the fuel that will allow your company to deliver " -"great performances - leads bring meetings, meetings bring sales, sales bring" -" revenue and more work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:27 -msgid "How to generate leads with Odoo CRM?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Leads can be captured through many sources - marketing campaigns, " -"exhibitions and trade shows, external databases, etc. The most common " -"challenge is to successfully gather all the data and to track any lead " -"activity. Storing leads information in a central place such as Odoo CRM will" -" release you of these worries and will help you to better automate your lead" -" generation process, share information with your teams and analyze your " -"sales processes easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo CRM provides you with several methods to generate leads:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:39 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:41 -msgid "" -"An inquiry email sent to one of your company's generic email addresses can " -"automatically generate a lead or an opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You may want to follow up with a prospective customer met briefly at an " -"exhibition who gave you his business card. You can manually create a new " -"lead and enter all the needed information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A website visitor who fills in a form automatically generates a lead or an " -"opportunity in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:55 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can provide your salespeople lists of prospects - for example for a cold" -" emailing or a cold calling campaign - by importing them from any CSV file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup your teams, sales process and objectives?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This quick step-by-step guide will lead you through Odoo CRM and help you " -"handle your sales funnel easily and constantly manage your sales funnel from" -" lead to customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Create your database from `www.odoo.com/start " -"<http://www.odoo.com/start>`__, select the CRM icon as first app to install," -" fill in the form and click on *Create now*. You will automatically be " -"directed to the module when the database is ready." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will notice that the installation of the CRM module has created the " -"submodules Chat, Calendar and Contacts. They are mandatory so that every " -"feature of the app is running smoothly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Introduction to the Sales Planner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The Sales Planner is a useful step-by-step guide created to help you " -"implement your sales funnel and define your sales objectives easier. We " -"strongly recommend you to go through every step of the tool the first time " -"you use Odoo CRM and to follow the requirements. Your input are strictly " -"personal and intended as a personal guide and mentor into your work. As it " -"does not interact with the backend, you are free to adapt any detail " -"whenever you feel it is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"You can reach the Sales Planner from anywhere within the CRM module by " -"clicking on the progress bar located on the upper-right side of your screen." -" It will show you how far you are in the use of the Sales Planner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:46 -msgid "Set up your first sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:49 -msgid "Create a new team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"A Direct Sales team is created by default on your instance. You can either " -"use it or create a new one. Refer to the page " -":doc:`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:56 -msgid "Assign salespeople to your sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When your sales teams are created, the next step is to link your salespeople" -" to their team so they will be able to work on the opportunities they are " -"supposed to receive. For example, if within your company Tim is selling " -"products and John is selling maintenance contracts, they will be assigned to" -" different teams and will only receive opportunities that make sense to " -"them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, you can create a new user on the fly and assign it directly to " -"a sales team. From the **Dashboard**, click on the button **More** of your " -"selected sales team, then on **Settings**. Then, under the **Assignation** " -"section, click on **Create** to add a new salesperson to the team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"From the **Create: salesman** pop up window (see screenshot below), you can " -"assign someone on your team:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Either your salesperson already exists in the system and you will just need " -"to click on it from the drop-down list and it will be assigned to the team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Or you want to assign a new salesperson that doesn't exist into the system " -"yet - you can do it by creating a new user on the fly from the sales team. " -"Just enter the name of your new salesperson and click on Create (see below) " -"to create a new user into the system and directly assign it to your team. " -"The new user will receive an invite email to set his password and log into " -"the system. Refer to :doc:`../../salesteam/manage/create_salesperson` for " -"more information about that process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Set up your pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Now that your sales team is created and your salespeople are linked to it, " -"you will need to set up your pipeline -create the process by which your team" -" will generate, qualify and close opportunities through your sales cycle. " -"Refer to the document :doc:`../../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` to " -"define the stages of your pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:99 -msgid "Set up incoming email to generate opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:101 -msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, one way to generate opportunities into your sales team is to " -"create a generic email address as a trigger. For example, if the personal " -"email address of your Direct team is `direct@mycompany.example.com " -"<mailto:direct@mycompany.example.com>`__\\, every email sent will " -"automatically create a new opportunity into the sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:108 -msgid "Refer to the page :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` to set it up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:111 -msgid "Automate lead assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If your company generates a high volume of leads every day, it could be " -"useful to automate the assignation so the system will distribute all your " -"opportunities automatically to the right department." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Refer to the document :doc:`../../leads/manage/automatic_assignation` for " -"more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Raporlama" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to analyze the sales performance of your team and get customize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you need to constantly monitor your team's performance in " -"order to help you take accurate and relevant decisions for the company. " -"Therefore, the **Reporting** section of **Odoo Sales** represents a very " -"important tool that helps you get a better understanding of where your " -"company's strengths, weaknesses and opportunities are, showing you trends " -"and forecasts for key metrics such as the number of opportunities and their " -"expected revenue over time , the close rate by team or the length of sales " -"cycle for a given product or service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Beyond these obvious tracking sales funnel metrics, there are some other " -"KPIs that can be very valuable to your company when it comes to judging " -"sales funnel success." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:19 -msgid "Review pipelines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will have access to your sales funnel performance from the **Sales** " -"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Reports --> Pipeline " -"analysis`. By default, the report groups all your opportunities by stage " -"(learn more on how to create and customize stage by reading " -":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`) and expected revenues for the " -"current month. This report is perfect for the **Sales Manager** to " -"periodically review the sales pipeline with the relevant sales teams. Simply" -" by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of your actual" -" sales performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can add a lot of extra data to your report by clicking on the " -"**measures** icon, such as :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:33 -msgid "Expected revenue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:35 -msgid "overpassed deadline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Delay to assign (the average time between lead creation and lead " -"assignment)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:40 -msgid "Delay to close (average time between lead assignment and close)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:42 -msgid "the number of interactions per opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:44 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:50 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see the expected revenues of my **Direct Sales** team," -" I need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis then on **Sales " -"Team**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. Odoo **CRM** allows you to transform your " -"report in just a click thanks to 3 graph views : **Pie Chart**, **Bar " -"Chart** and **Line Chart**. These views are accessible through the icons " -"highlighted on the screenshot below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:65 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:67 -msgid "" -"You can easily customize your analysis reports depending on the **KPIs** " -"(see :doc:`../overview/main_concepts/terminologies`) you want to access. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of opportunities, while the **Group by** option improves the" -" readability of your reports according to your needs. Note that you can " -"filter and group by any existing field from your CRM, making your " -"customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Here are a few examples of customized reports that you can use to monitor " -"your sales' performances :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:91 -msgid "Evaluate the current pipeline of each of your salespeople" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:93 -msgid "" -"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected " -"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then, " -"use the **+** and **-** icons and add **Salesperson** and **Stage** to your " -"vertical axis, and filter your desired salesperson. Then click on the " -"**graph view** icon to display a visual representation of your salespeople " -"by stage. This custom report allows you to easily overview the sales " -"activities of your salespeople." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:105 -msgid "Forecast monthly revenue by sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In order to predict monthly revenue and to estimate the short-term " -"performances of your teams, you need to play with two important metrics : " -"the **expected revenue** and the **expected closing**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:111 -msgid "" -"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected " -"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then " -"click on the **+** icon from the vertical axis and select **Sales team**. " -"Then, on the horizontal axis, click on the **+** icon and select **Expected " -"closing.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:121 -msgid "" -"In order to keep your forecasts accurate and relevant, make sure your " -"salespeople correctly set up the expected closing and the expected revenue " -"for each one of their opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:126 -msgid ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:3 -msgid "How to review my personal sales activities (new sales dashboard)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Sales professionals are struggling everyday to hit their target and follow " -"up on sales activities. They need to access anytime some important metrics " -"in order to know how they are performing and better organize their daily " -"work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Within the Odoo CRM module, every team member has access to a personalized " -"and individual dashboard with a real-time overview of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Top priorities: they instantly see their scheduled meetings and next actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Sales performances : they know exactly how they perform compared to their " -"monthly targets and last month activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:26 -msgid "Install the CRM application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In order to manage your sales funnel and track your opportunities, you need " -"to install the CRM module, from the **Apps** icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:35 -msgid "Create opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If your pipeline is empty, your sales dashboard will look like the " -"screenshot below. You will need to create a few opportunities to activate " -"your dashboard (read the related documentation " -":doc:`../leads/generate/manual` to learn more)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Your dashboard will update in real-time based on the informations you will " -"log into the CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:49 -msgid "" -"you can click anywhere on the dashboard to get a detailed analysis of your " -"activities. Then, you can easily create favourite reports and export to " -"excel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:54 -msgid "Daily tasks to process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The left part of the sales dashboard (labelled **To Do**) displays the " -"number of meetings and next actions (for example if you need to call a " -"prospect or to follow-up by email) scheduled for the next 7 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:64 -msgid "Meetings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:66 -msgid "" -"In the example here above, I see that I have no meeting scheduled for today " -"and 3 meeting scheduled for the next 7 days. I just have to click on the " -"**meeting** button to access my calendar and have a view on my upcoming " -"appointments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:75 -msgid "Next actions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Back on the above example, I have 1 activity requiring an action from me. If" -" I click on the **Next action** green button, I will be redirected to the " -"contact form of the corresponding opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Under the **next activity** field, I see that I had planned to send a " -"brochure by email today. As soon as the activity is completed, I can click " -"on **done** (or **cancel**) in order to remove this opportunity from my next" -" actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:90 -msgid "" -"When one of your next activities is overdue, it will appear in orange in " -"your dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:94 -msgid "Performances" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:96 -msgid "" -"The right part of your sales dashboard is about my sales performances. I " -"will be able to evaluate how I am performing compared to my targets (which " -"have been set up by my sales manager) and my activities of the last month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:105 -msgid "Activities done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:107 -msgid "" -"The **activities done** correspond to the next actions that have been " -"completed (meaning that you have clicked on **done** under the **next " -"activity** field). When I click on it, I will access a detailed reporting " -"regarding the activities that I have completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:116 -msgid "Won in opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:118 -msgid "" -"This section will sum up the expected revenue of all the opportunities " -"within my pipeline with a stage **Won**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:125 -msgid "Quantity invoiced" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:127 -msgid "" -"This section will sum up the amount invoiced to my opportunities. For more " -"information about the invoicing process, refer to the related documentation:" -" :doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`analysis`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam.rst:3 ../../crm/salesteam/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Sales Team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage salespeople" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new salesperson?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:6 -msgid "Create a new user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:8 -msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **Create**. Add first the name of your new salesperson and his" -" professional email address - the one he will use to log in to his Odoo " -"instance - and a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under \"Access Rights\", you can choose which applications your user can " -"access and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the " -"app. For the Sales application, you can choose between three levels:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:20 -msgid "**See own leads**: the user will be able to access his own data only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**See all leads**: the user will be able to access all records of every " -"salesman in the sales module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**Manager**: the user will be able to access the sales configuration as well" -" as the statistics reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:28 -msgid "" -"When you're done editing the page and have clicked on **Save**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user, from which he will " -"be able to log into his personal account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:36 -msgid "Register your user into his sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Your user is now registered in Odoo and can log in to his own session. You " -"can also add him to the sales team of your choice. From the sales module, go" -" to your dashboard and click on the **More** button of the desired sales " -"team, then on **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you need to create a new sales team first, refer to the page " -":doc:`../setup/create_team`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Then, under \"Team Members\", click on **Add** and select the name of your " -"salesman from the list. The salesperson is now successfully added to your " -"sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also add a new salesperson on the fly from your sales team even " -"before he is registered as an Odoo user. From the above screenshot, click on" -" \"Create\" to add your salesperson and enter his name and email address. " -"After saving, the salesperson will receive an invite containing a link to " -"set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights under " -"the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:69 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/create_team`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:3 -msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " -"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " -"productivity. The **Gamification** app of Odoo gives you simple and creative" -" ways to motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and" -" badges inspired by game mechanics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:14 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Gamification** module. You " -"can also install the **CRM gamification** app, which will add some useful " -"data (goals and challenges) that can be used related to the usage of the " -"**CRM/Sale** modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:23 -msgid "Create a challenge" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You will now be able to create your first challenge from the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:29 -msgid "" -"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you will need to " -"activate the technical features in order to access the configuration. In " -"order to do so, click on the interrogation mark available from any app " -"(upper-right) and click on **About** and then **Activate the developer " -"mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:38 -msgid "" -"A challenge is a mission that you will send to your salespeople. It can " -"include one or several goals and is set up for a specific period of time. " -"Configure your challenge as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:42 -msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:44 -msgid "Assign a responsible" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:46 -msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:48 -msgid "Select your goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:50 -msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " -"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " -"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set) or when the challenge is " -"manually closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:58 -msgid "" -"For example, on the screenshot below, I have challenged 2 employees with a " -"**Monthly Sales Target**. The challenge will be based on 2 goals: the total " -"amount invoiced and the number of new leads generated. At the end of the " -"month, the winner will be granted with a badge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:67 -msgid "Set up goals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach. " -"**Goals** are assigned through **challenges** to evaluate (see here above) " -"and compare members of a team with each others and through time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can create a new goal on the fly from a **Challenge**, by clicking on " -"**Add new item** under **Goals**. You can select any business object as a " -"goal, according to your company's needs, such as :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:78 -msgid "number of new leads," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:80 -msgid "time to qualify a lead or" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:82 -msgid "" -"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " -"based on your management preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " -"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:93 -msgid "Set up rewards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:95 -msgid "" -"For non-numerical achievements, **badges** can be granted to users. From a " -"simple *thank you* to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " -"exprimate gratitude to a user for their good work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:99 -msgid "" -"You can easily create a grant badges to your employees based on their " -"performance under :menuselection:`Gamification Tools --> Badges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:106 -msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new team?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In the Sales module, your sales teams are accessible from the **Dashboard** " -"menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales team installed" -" by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that default sales " -"team and edit it (refer to the section *Create and Organize your stages* " -"from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a new one from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new team, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Teams` " -"and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18 -msgid "Fill in the fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:20 -msgid "Enter the name of your team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:22 -msgid "Select your team leader" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:24 -msgid "Select your team members" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage " -"opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now " -"access your new team from your Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you started to work on an empty database and didn't create new users, " -"refer to the page :doc:`../manage/create_salesperson`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Set up and organize your sales pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A well structured sales pipeline is crucial in order to keep control of your" -" sales process and to have a 360-degrees view of your leads, opportunities " -"and customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:9 -msgid "" -"The sales pipeline is a visual representation of your sales process, from " -"the first contact to the final sale. It refers to the process by which you " -"generate, qualify and close leads through your sales cycle. In Odoo CRM, " -"leads are brought in at the left end of the sales pipeline in the Kanban " -"view and then moved along to the right from one stage to another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Each stage refers to a specific step in the sale cycle and specifically the " -"sale-readiness of your potential customer. The number of stages in the sales" -" funnel varies from one company to another. An example of a sales funnel " -"will contain the following stages: *Territory, Qualified, Qualified Sponsor," -" Proposition, Negotiation, Won, Lost*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Of course, each organization defines the sales funnel depending on their " -"processes and workflow, so more or fewer stages may exist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:30 -msgid "Create and organize your stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:33 -msgid "Add/ rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **PIPELINE** " -"button of the desired sales team. If you don't have any sales team yet, you " -"need to create one first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view of your pipeline, you can add stages by clicking on " -"**Add new column.** When a column is created, Odoo will then automatically " -"propose you to add another column in order to complete your process. If you " -"want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging" -" and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can add as many stages as you wish, even if we advise you not having " -"more than 6 in order to keep a clear pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Some companies use a pre qualification step to manage their leads before to " -"convert them into opportunities. To activate the lead stage, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and select the radio button as " -"shown below. It will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that " -"gives you access to a listview of all your leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:74 -msgid "Set up stage probabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:77 -msgid "What is a stage probability?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:79 -msgid "" -"To better understand what are the chances of closing a deal for a given " -"opportunity in your pipe, you have to set up a probability percentage for " -"each of your stages. That percentage refers to the success rate of closing " -"the deal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Setting up stage probabilities is essential if you want to estimate the " -"expected revenues of your sales cycle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:88 -msgid "" -"For example, if your sales cycle contains the stages *Territory, Qualified, " -"Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won and Lost,* then your " -"workflow could look like this :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:92 -msgid "" -"**Territory** : opportunity just received from Leads Management or created " -"from a cold call campaign. Customer's Interest is not yet confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:96 -msgid "*Success rate : 5%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:98 -msgid "" -"**Qualified** : prospect's business and workflow are understood, pains are " -"identified and confirmed, budget and timing are known" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:101 -msgid "*Success rate : 15%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:103 -msgid "" -"**Qualified sponsor**: direct contact with decision maker has been done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:106 -msgid "*Success rate : 25%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:108 -msgid "**Proposition** : the prospect received a quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:110 -msgid "*Success rate : 50%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:112 -msgid "**Negotiation**: the prospect negotiates his quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:114 -msgid "*Success rate : 75%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Won** : the prospect confirmed his quotation and received a sales order. " -"He is now a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:119 -msgid "*Success rate : 100%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:121 -msgid "**Lost** : the prospect is no longer interested" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:123 -msgid "*Success rate : 0%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Within your pipeline, each stage should correspond to a defined goal with a " -"corresponding probability. Every time you move your opportunity to the next " -"stage, your probability of closing the sale will automatically adapt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:131 -msgid "" -"You should consider using probability value as **100** when the deal is " -"closed-won and **0** for deal closed-lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:135 -msgid "How to set up stage probabilities?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To edit a stage, click on the **Settings** icon at the right of the desired " -"stage then on EDIT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Select the Change probability automatically checkbox to let Odoo adapt the " -"probability of the opportunity to the probability defined in the stage. For " -"example, if you set a probability of 0% (Lost) or 100% (Won), Odoo will " -"assign the corresponding stage when the opportunity is marked as Lost or " -"Won." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Under the requirements field you can enter the internal requirements for " -"this stage. It will appear as a tooltip when you place your mouse over the " -"name of a stage." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po deleted file mode 100644 index f353d2037..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,522 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "Online Veritabanı Yönetimi" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:13 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "Veritabanı Kopyası Oluşturma" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available to free " -"customers of our Online platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ " -"(you will have to sign in). Next, make sure you are connected as the " -"administrator of the database you want to duplicate. After that, click on " -"the **Manage Your Databases** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " -"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" -" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:36 -msgid "A duplicated database has the same behaviour as a real one:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:38 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "Gönderilen E-postalar" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce, for example)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:44 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "vb.." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "" -"It is **strongly** advised to test behaviour using sample customers/products" -" (with a `disposable e-mail <http://www.mailinator.com>`__ address, for " -"example)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:50 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " -"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:54 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premise Database management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " -"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" -" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" -" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" -"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " -"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " -"message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ or with your Account " -"Manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " -"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ with the button \"Unlink " -"database\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " -"as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190 -msgid "" -"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " -"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." -" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__, a short message will appear " -"specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " -"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " -"<duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "" -"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " -"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " -"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "Too much users error message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84 -msgid "" -"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" -" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93 -msgid "" -"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " -"countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99 -msgid "" -"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " -"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102 -msgid "or" -msgstr "veya" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104 -msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com " -"/documentation/user/10.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " -"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " -"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," -" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " -"message disappear right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118 -msgid "" -"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " -"subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 -msgid "" -"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" -" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " -"database is expired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " -"that" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133 -msgid "" -"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " -"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " -"card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136 -msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 -msgid "" -"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145 -msgid "Force an Update Notification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-" -"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription" -" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will " -"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause " -"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications " -"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you" -" can force an Update using the following procedure:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154 -msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right " -"menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer" -" mode**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > " -"\"Scheduled Actions\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on " -"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 -msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 -msgid "" -"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive " -"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this " -"documentation <duplicate_premise>` to know how to change the UUID. After the" -" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production " -"database will then be correctly identified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 -msgid "" -"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " -"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " -"duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184 -msgid "" -"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " -"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " -"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " -"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " -"registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " -"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " -"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" -" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " -"by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " -"installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " -"rights.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " -"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" -" to **Inactive** immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7a3811ed4..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,563 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Güven YILMAZ <guvenyilmaz@outlook.com.tr>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "Mesajlaşma" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own email servers to send and receive email in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6 -msgid "When is it needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Using your own email servers is required to send and receive messages in " -"Odoo Community or Enterprise. Odoo Online embeds an out-of-box email " -"solution that works straight away. However you can still use your own email " -"servers with the online edition. Some insights are provided here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:14 -msgid "How to set it up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers* (watch out: this checkbox only shows up after" -" Odoo 10). Then, go through the following steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Office 365 doesn't allow external hosts like Odoo. Consequently you can't " -"use Office 365 email servers to send or receive messages in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 -msgid "Set an outgoing email server for outbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You need the SMTP data of your email provider (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, " -"etc.) as well as your admin credentials. Once all the information has been " -"filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:35 -msgid "Set an incoming email server for inbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the " -"*Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has " -"been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes. You can change this" -" value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:49 -msgid "Set the domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Enter the domain name of your email servers (e.g. mycompany.com) in General " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57 -msgid "Create a catchall address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When a contact replies to an email sent from Odoo, the *reply-to* address is" -" a generic address used to route the reply to the right discussion thread in" -" Odoo (opportunity, order, task, etc.) and to the inbox of all its " -"followers. By default this address is \"catchall@\" but it can be changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Create a catchall address in your email server settings. We advise you to " -"use \"catchall@\" so that everything works out straight away. If you want to" -" use another alias, you have extra steps in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67 -msgid "Activate the developer mode from your Settings Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Refresh your screen. Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Parameters --> System Parameters` and enter your custom catchall alias in " -"*mail.catchall.alias*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 -msgid "You can edit the email alias used for bounced messages the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82 -msgid "How to use my own email servers with Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email server " -"(*@yourcompany.odoo.com*). We recommend to keep this default setting as it " -"is really convenient. Indeed, while it is Odoo-labelled, the visible source " -"of any message sent from Odoo will be your personal email address (your Odoo" -" login). Your contacts will therefore trust your messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 -msgid "" -"You can still use your own email servers if you want your contacts to see " -"your historic email address when they reply to your messages or if you want " -"to manage the reputation of your email servers yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "There are 2 methods:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:96 -msgid "" -"[Recommended] **Use a catchall redirection** (your server -> Odoo server) to" -" receive emails in Odoo in real time thanks to the Odoo email server. Create" -" a catchall address in your email server settings. Then apply following " -"redirection: catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com. " -"That's it you're ready to go!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102 -msgid "" -"**Use a catchall mailbox** to exclusively use your own email server. That " -"way you can also manage your email server reputation (blacklisting, etc). " -"However, incoming messages are fetched from the email server thanks to a " -"cron running every hour. This is the shortest time lap for crons in Online " -"instances. If you opt for this solution, simply follow the procedure of " -"above section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 -msgid "How to be SPF-compliant when using external email servers in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Sender Policy Framework (SPF) is an email-validation system that checks that" -" incoming mail from a domain comes from a host authorized by that domain's " -"administrator. Such a security system is used in most email servers. If you " -"don't comply with it, your emails sent from Odoo will be likely flagged as " -"spam." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118 -msgid "" -"To be SPF-compliant, you need to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your " -"domain name settings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121 -msgid "Sign in to your domain’s account at your domain host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 -msgid "Locate the page for updating your domain’s DNS records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set, create one with following definition: v=spf1 " -"include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125 -msgid "In case a TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:127 -msgid "e.g. for a Gmail server it should be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:129 -msgid "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:142 -msgid "How to choose between Odoo and my traditional email box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is a perfect tool to send and read messages related to business" -" documents. However it doesn't aim to replace a full-featured email solution" -" (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, etc.). We recommend to take the most out of " -"both systems without mingling them: What is related to Odoo business objects" -" or applications goes into Odoo; What is not can be managed into your " -"external email box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:150 -msgid "" -"To do so, create specific email aliases to use in Odoo (to generate leads or" -" opportunities, helpdesk tickets, etc.). If you take an email alias already " -"used for messaging outside of Odoo, incoming messages will land into both " -"systems. This will negatively impact your productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 -msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why to use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 -msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 -msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po deleted file mode 100644 index 69306b463..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1243 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "e-Ticaret" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Başla" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Ürünler" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " -"your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " -"an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " -"delay, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " -"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " -"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " -"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " -"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " -"time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Vergiler" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " -"activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" -"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" -" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " -"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " -"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," -" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" -" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " -"confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " -"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " -"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " -"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " -"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " -"orders straight on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " -"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " -"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " -"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" -" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " -"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " -"payments " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 -msgid "" -"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " -"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " -"only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " -"*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Paypal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is the easiest online payment method to configure. It is also the " -"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any " -"starter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11 -msgid "Set up your Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Create a `Paypal Business Account <https://www.paypal.com>`__ or upgrade " -"your account to *Business account* if you have a basic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal <https://www.paypal.com>`__ and open the settings of your " -"**Profile**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22 -msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27 -msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Turn on **Auto Return** and enter the **Return URL**: " -"<odoo_instance_url>/shop/confirmation. Verify that this address uses the " -"correct protocol (HTTP/HTTPS)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Turn on **Payment Data Transfer**. When saving, an **Identity Token** is " -"generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then, get back to your profile to activate the **Instant Payment " -"Notification (IPN)** in *My selling tools*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "Enter the **Notification URL**: <odoo_instance_url>/payment/paypal/ipn" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Now you must change the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo " -"to Paypal. To do so, get back to *My selling tools* and click **PayPal " -"button language encoding** in *More Selling Tools* section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " -"**UTF-8**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66 -msgid "" -"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, " -"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74 -msgid "Set up Paypal's payment method in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting -->" -" Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your " -"**Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:82 -msgid "" -"They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My " -"business info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Enter your **Identity Token** in Odoo (from *Auto Return* option). To do so," -" open the *Settings* and activate the **Developer Mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System" -" Parameters` and create a parameter with following values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:94 -msgid "Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 -msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114 -msgid "" -"You can charge an extra to the customer to cover the transaction fees Paypal" -" charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied" -" to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the *Configuration* tab of Paypal config form in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*. Default fees for US can be seen here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:123 -msgid "" -"To apply the right fees for your country, please refer to `Paypal Fees " -"<https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 -msgid "Test the payment flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com>`__ with your" -" Paypal credentials. This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:136 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Sandbox <https://www.sandbox.paypal.com>`__ with the " -"merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set on " -"*Test* mode. Also, make sure the confirmation mode of Paypal is not " -"*Authorize & capture the amount, confirm the SO and auto-validate the " -"invoice on acquirer confirmation*. Otherwise a confirmed invoice will be " -"automatically generated when the transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po deleted file mode 100644 index db13b47b9..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Giderler" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po deleted file mode 100644 index fd47cb341..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,832 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../general.rst:5 -msgid "General" -msgstr "Genel" - -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 -msgid "Authentication" -msgstr "Kimlik Doğrulama" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 -msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connect to your Google account and go to " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " -"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 -msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 -msgid "" -"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " -"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" -" save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " -"Client ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" -" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" -" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " -"Then click on **Create**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " -"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 -msgid "Data Import" -msgstr "İçe Aktar" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt an import template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" -" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " -"corresponding field using the search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " -"work straight away the very next time you try to import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " -"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 -msgid "How to import data into Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 -msgid "How to start" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" -" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" -" and even orders!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 -msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 -msgid "" -"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " -"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " -"already done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 -msgid "How to adapt the template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 -msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 -msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" -" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " -"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " -"corresponding field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " -"on the very next time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 -msgid "How to import from another application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 -msgid "" -"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " -"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " -"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " -"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " -"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" -" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " -"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " -"whenever possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 -msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " -"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " -"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " -"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " -"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " -"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" -" default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " -"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " -"complete list of fields for each column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 -msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess" -" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can" -" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be " -"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month " -"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the" -" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 -msgid "" -"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " -"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " -"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" -" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " -"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" -" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " -"whatever your locale date format is." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 -msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" -" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " -"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " -"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " -"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " -"crash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 -msgid "32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 -msgid "32000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 -msgid "32,000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 -msgid "-32000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 -msgid "(32000.00)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 -msgid "$ 32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 -msgid "(32000.00 €)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 -msgid "Example that will not work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 -msgid "ABC 32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 -msgid "$ (32.000,00)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 -msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 -msgid "" -"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " -"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " -"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" -" CSV file bar after you select your file)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " -"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " -"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 -msgid "" -"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " -"application?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 -msgid "" -"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " -"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " -"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " -"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " -"filter settings' > Save)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " -"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 -msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " -"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" -" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " -"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " -"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " -"import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " -"different fields to import:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 -msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " -"postgresql column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" -" (or the .XML file that imported it)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 -msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 -msgid "Country: Belgium" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 -msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 -msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 -msgid "" -"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " -"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " -"according to your need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" -" have been created manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " -"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " -"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " -"Database ID)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " -"party application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 -msgid "" -"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" -" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " -"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " -"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " -"Products and their Categories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 -msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 -msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 -msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 -msgid "" -"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " -"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " -"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " -"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " -"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " -"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " -"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 -msgid "" -"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " -"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " -"'Category'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 -msgid "" -"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " -"multiple tags)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" -" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " -"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" -" of your CSV file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 -msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 -msgid "" -"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " -"Sales Order)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 -msgid "" -"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" -" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " -"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " -"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " -"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " -"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " -"you can import, based on demo data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 -msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 -msgid "" -"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " -"respective purchase order lines:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 -msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 -msgid "" -"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " -"contacts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 -msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 -msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " -"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " -"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import " -"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " -"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " -"depending if it's new or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 -msgid "" -"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " -"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 -msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 -msgid "" -"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " -"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " -"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " -"assigning the default value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 -msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 -msgid "" -"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " -"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" -" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " -"person and the company they work for)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 -msgid "" -"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " -"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" -" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " -"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " -"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " -"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 -msgid "" -"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " -"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " -"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 -msgid "" -"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" -" the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 -msgid "" -"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " -"following SQL command in PSQL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 -msgid "" -"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " -"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" -" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " -"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " -"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" -" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 -msgid "" -"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " -"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " -"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " -"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 -msgid "BASICS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " -"point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 -msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " -"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" -" and a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " -"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 -msgid "" -"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" -" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " -"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " -"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" -" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " -"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 -msgid "" -"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" -" each user can use Odoo in his own language ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 -msgid "Load your desired language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " -"instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 -msgid "" -"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" -" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " -"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" -" to change the navigation language on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 -msgid "Change your language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" -"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " -"**SAVE.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 -msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 -msgid "Change another user's language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " -"language." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " -"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " -"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the " -"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can" -" change the Language to any previously installed language and click " -"**SAVE.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po deleted file mode 100644 index ed5dd4f52..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,668 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo Online Implementation" -msgstr "Odoo Implementasyonu" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This document summarizes **Odoo's Online services**, our Success Pack " -"**implementation methodology**, and *best practices* to **get started** with" -" our product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the " -"kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't " -"have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16 -msgid "" -"*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this " -"with you at the time of the kick-off call.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Başlarken" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The" -" more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions" -" by e-mail on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you " -"can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by " -"someone else in your company, contact our support using our `online support " -"form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo " -"database ready to be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes" -" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities or projects / " -"tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the user " -"interface as shown in the picture below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "|left_pic|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "|right_pic|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation " -"planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top " -"progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58 -msgid "These implementation planners will:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:60 -msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62 -msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:64 -msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations " -"and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the " -"implementation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you " -"through all the steps. But you can also:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Read the documentation on our website: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (Free with your first Success " -"Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional " -"<https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel " -"<https://www.youtube.com/user/OpenERPonline>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Or send your questions to our online support through our `online support " -"form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89 -msgid "What do we expect from you?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:91 -msgid "" -"We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of " -"services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most" -" projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95 -msgid "" -"But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a " -"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is " -"engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100 -msgid "Your internal implementation manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102 -msgid "" -"We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to " -"work with our project manager on your Odoo Implementation. This is to ensure" -" efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this " -"person must:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "" -"**be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you " -"risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest " -"implementations having a full time project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111 -msgid "" -"**have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms " -"all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small " -"details that need quick turn arounds for answers and if there is too much " -"back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company " -"it could potentially seriously slow everything down." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117 -msgid "" -"**have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full " -"support from all departments and top management, or be part of top " -"management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121 -msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123 -msgid "" -"You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high " -"level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an " -"extremist.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks" -" to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Standard Odoo can probably cover 90% of your business processes and " -"requirements. Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will cost" -" you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the hidden " -"costs of customization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134 -msgid "" -"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was " -"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old " -"system(s) works." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138 -msgid "" -"**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to " -"customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after " -"having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using " -"Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they " -"learn to perform their work flows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is " -"more important to have all your business processes working than customizing " -"a screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few e-mails." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decisions and " -"measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with" -" them on the objectives. Some processes may take more time than your " -"previous system(s), however you need to weigh that increase in time with " -"other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is " -"decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155 -msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are" -" with navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and" -" easier your training phases will be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra " -"resources:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:167 -msgid "" -"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:174 -msgid "Get things done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your to-" -"do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and " -"install the Notes application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 -msgid "This module allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:186 -msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:188 -msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:190 -msgid "" -"Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion " -"Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197 -msgid "" -"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform " -"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard " -"Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "What should you expect from us?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:205 -msgid "Subscription Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 -msgid "Cloud Hosting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three " -"different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your " -"instance in 10 minutes, and more!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 -msgid "" -"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:217 -msgid "" -"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security " -"<https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "" -"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:224 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no " -"extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in " -"San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and " -"everything from: how to use or configure, bugfix requests, payments or " -"subscription issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Our support can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235 -msgid "" -"Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import data " -"or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated project " -"manager, as part of the Success Pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240 -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 -msgid "" -"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade " -"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database " -"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247 -msgid "" -"We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can " -"evaluate a new version or train your team before the roll out. Simply fill " -"our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ to make this " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252 -msgid "Success Pack Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254 -msgid "" -"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a " -"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The list of services " -"according to your success pack is detailed online: `https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the " -"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in " -"your success pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263 -msgid "His/her role includes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:265 -msgid "" -"**Project Management:** review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of" -" the implementation (road map), mapping of your business needs and the Odoo " -"features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269 -msgid "**Customized Support:** by phone, e-mail or webinar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271 -msgid "" -"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** remote trainings via screen " -"sharing or training on premises. For on premise training sessions, you will " -"be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your " -"consultant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276 -msgid "" -"**Configuration:** decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo " -"and advanced configuration. (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing " -"structures, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 -msgid "" -"**Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template " -"prepared by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283 -msgid "" -"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra " -"services:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:286 -msgid "" -"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to " -"customize most screens in any way you see fit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:289 -msgid "" -"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you to " -"customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to " -"developers for advanced customizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293 -msgid "" -"**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started at no extra " -"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the " -"building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours " -"of your success pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298 -msgid "" -"**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, " -"sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced " -"automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:303 -msgid "" -"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. " -"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded " -"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:307 -msgid "" -"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will" -" be deducted from your Success Pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310 -msgid "" -"In case of customizations that would require a developer’s intervention, a " -"recurring maintenance fee will be charged on the customer subscription, to " -"cover maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours " -"spent by the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be " -"added to the subscription fee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:316 -msgid "" -"**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 " -"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * " -"$5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321 -msgid "Implementation Methodology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:323 -msgid "" -"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers" -" in production in a short period of time and at a low cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:326 -msgid "" -"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo " -"progressively, by groups of apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332 -msgid "" -"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an " -"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan " -"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set applications that you will " -"fully use in production at the end of the phase." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338 -msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:340 -msgid "" -"**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows " -"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the" -" business process and configure according to your specific needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345 -msgid "" -"**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are " -"responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's project " -"manager will import them in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349 -msgid "" -"**Training:** once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the" -" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some " -"back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and " -"process your feedback." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354 -msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:357 -msgid "" -"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and " -"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens" -" and reports**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:361 -msgid "" -"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our " -"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new " -"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:367 -msgid "Managing your databases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369 -msgid "" -"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**" -" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or " -"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment" -" with test data!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:379 -msgid "" -"In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want (available " -"for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working " -"environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My Organizations** " -"page and click **Duplicate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:390 -msgid "" -"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here " -"<db_management/documentation>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394 -msgid "Customer Success" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:396 -msgid "" -"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they " -"have all the resources needed to complete their project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399 -msgid "" -"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project " -"manager and eventually the support team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:402 -msgid "" -"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with " -"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client " -"Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with" -" our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the " -"way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them " -"a solution that grows with their needs!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412 -msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:415 -msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po deleted file mode 100644 index f6bf1d9fa..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "Odoo Kullanıcı Dokümanı" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po deleted file mode 100644 index 93b053a5d..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7674 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 15:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Levent Karakaş <levent@mektup.at>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Stok" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "Barkodlar" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "Günlük Operasyonlar" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "From the Barcode application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 -msgid "Click on **Inventory**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" -" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " -"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " -"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " -"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " -"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " -"accessible, visible or is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " -"finish the operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 -msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " -"of the dashboard)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 -msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 -msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 -msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 -msgid "Scan the **destination location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 -msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " -"outgoing deliveries:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " -"the lots/serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" -" one automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 -msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " -"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " -"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " -"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 -msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" -" product (you can also use the keyboard)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 -msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " -"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " -"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " -"visible or is missing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 -msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 -msgid "Open operation interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 -msgid "Scan." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " -"and keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 -msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " -"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " -"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 -msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " -"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " -"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " -"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" -" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " -"be configured to be so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" -" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " -"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " -"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to" -" check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " -"consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " -"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " -"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models using " -"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " -"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," -" it is essential to test it first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 -msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 -msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 -msgid "" -"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " -"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " -"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" -" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 -msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " -"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " -"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" -" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " -"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" -" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " -"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " -"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " -"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " -"the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform more " -"actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`Document:` |download_barcode|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23 -msgid "Set products barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" -" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " -"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " -"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and click the **Configure Product Barcodes** button. This interface can also" -" be accessed via the planner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " -"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " -"them)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 -msgid "Set locations barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " -"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " -"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " -"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " -"paper." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " -"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63 -msgid "Barcode formats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " -"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " -"your own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "Sayım Farkı" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 -msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " -"keep the inventory right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " -"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " -"the right locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " -"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 -msgid "Start the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 -msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" -" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 -msgid "" -"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" -" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 -msgid "" -"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " -"set the location of your product from this screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" -" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " -"has automatically been created and validated by the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "Multiple products at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" -" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " -"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" -" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" -" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " -"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" -" (or child) locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 -msgid "" -"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " -"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " -"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " -"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " -"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" -" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " -"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 -msgid "" -"additional information will be available according to the options you " -"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Raporlama" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "Terminoloji" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "Minimum Stok Kuralı" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " -"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "MTO" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " -"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " -"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " -"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:66 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Yapılandırma" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "Minimum Stok Kuralları" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " -"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Etkin" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the " -"orderpoint without removing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Product Unit of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default Unit of Measure used for all stock operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Procurement Group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by procurement rules will be grouped " -"into one big picking." -msgstr "" -"Bu sipariş noktası üzerinden yaratılan hareketler bu satın alma grubuna " -"konacaktır. Hiçbir şey verilmezse, satın alma kuralları tarafından üretilen " -"hareketler büyük bir toplama olarak gruplandırılacaktır." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Minimum Quantity" -msgstr "Min. Miktar" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field," -" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max " -"Quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Maximum Quantity" -msgstr "Max. Miktar" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a " -"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as " -"Max Quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Quantity Multiple" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " -"the exact quantity will be used." -msgstr "" -"Tedarik miktarı bu çoklu sayıya yuvarlanacak. 0 ise, tam miktar kullanılır." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or " -"to order to the vendor" -msgstr "" -"Sipariş noktasının ürünleri almak veya tedarikçiye sipariş vermek için " -"tetiklenen gün sayısı" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " -"stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " -"(or any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 -msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " -"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " -"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " -"any bad surprise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " -"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " -"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" -" cancel the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" -" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 -msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " -"limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " -"**Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " -"this delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 -msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " -"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " -"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " -"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " -"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " -"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " -"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" -"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " -"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," -" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 -msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " -"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " -"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" -" space in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" -" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " -"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" -" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " -"sense!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" -" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " -"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" -" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" -" tracking number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " -"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " -"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" -" that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 -msgid "" -"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " -"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" -"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 -msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " -"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" -" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " -"on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " -"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " -"supplier to the products you want to dropship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 -msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" -" that the route is **Dropshipping**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " -"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " -"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " -"will see that one shipment has been created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " -"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " -"dropship card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 -msgid "" -"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" -" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " -"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " -"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " -"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 -msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " -"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " -"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " -"to handle orders very quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" -" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " -"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " -"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " -"especially when the items you stock are big in size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " -"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " -"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " -"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 -msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 -msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " -"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" -" methods**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" -" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " -"carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " -"you create a new sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" -" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " -"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 -msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " -"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 -msgid "" -"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " -"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " -"and edit the concerned warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " -"Only)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " -"picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " -"Orders** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 -msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " -"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " -"**Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " -"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 -msgid "*Sale process*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 -msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 -msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " -"redirected to the Delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 -msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " -"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " -"Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" -" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " -"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 -msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 -msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," -" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " -"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " -"before shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 -msgid "" -"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " -"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " -"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " -"customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" -" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " -"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " -"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " -"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " -"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" -" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " -"correct method for your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "Install the Inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 -msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" -" orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Allow managing routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" -" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " -"the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " -"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " -"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 -msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " -"that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " -"Ship).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Create a Sale Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 -msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 -msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 -msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" -" Zone**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Packing)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 -msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" -" kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 -msgid "" -"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 -msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " -"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " -"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " -"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" -" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " -"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " -"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " -"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " -"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " -"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " -"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " -"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Allow management of routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " -"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " -"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" -" checked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " -"check the radio button above)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " -"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " -"activated beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 -msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " -"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " -"some products to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " -"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " -"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " -"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " -"listed in the **To Do** column)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" -" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " -"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 -msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " -"before being admitted in stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " -"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " -"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " -"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 -msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " -"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " -"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " -"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" -" goods receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" -" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " -"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " -"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " -"return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 -msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" -" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" -" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " -"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 -msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 -msgid "Use advanced routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " -"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " -"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " -"goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " -"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " -"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "How to control a receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " -"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" -" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " -"This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " -"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " -"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" -" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " -"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " -"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " -"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " -"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" -" Control**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " -"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " -"ready to be controlled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 -msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " -"process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " -"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" -" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " -"controlled and has moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " -"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " -"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " -"processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " -"ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " -"methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " -"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" -" steps)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " -"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " -"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " -"form view. This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" -" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 -msgid "" -"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" -" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " -"which makes the product available for the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 -msgid "How to to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " -"quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " -"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " -"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 -msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 -msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" -" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" -" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " -"**Track lots or serial numbers**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " -"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 -msgid "Operation types configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" -" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" -" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "Manage lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 -msgid "Transfers" -msgstr "Havaleler" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " -"input the lot number(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Click on the lot icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " -"and the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " -"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 -msgid "Inventory adjustment" -msgstr "Sayım Farkı" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "Classic inventory by products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "Inventory of a lot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 -msgid "" -"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " -"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " -"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " -"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 -msgid "" -"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 -msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`differences`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " -"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " -"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " -"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" -" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " -"location where the products are moved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " -"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " -"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" -" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " -"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " -"Split icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 -msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " -"numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 -msgid "" -"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " -"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are " -"moving those serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory of a serial number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 -msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " -"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " -"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" -" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " -":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " -"serial number corresponding to your search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "Muhtelif İşlemler" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " -"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" -" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " -"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " -"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" -" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " -"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 -msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " -"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " -"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" -" it blank if you are the owner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " -"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " -"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " -"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " -"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " -"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " -"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " -"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " -"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " -"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " -"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," -" deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " -"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " -"configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "How to scrap products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 -msgid "content recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " -"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Setting` and check **Manage several locations per " -"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 -msgid "" -"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " -"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" -" --> Locations.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " -"location form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "Different ways to scrap product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 -msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Receipts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 -msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 -msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Receipts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 -msgid "" -"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " -"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " -"**Scrap**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " -"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Valuation Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " -"sheet. This implies two main choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 -msgid "" -"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " -"Real Price);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 -msgid "" -"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " -"Perpetual)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 -msgid "Costing Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 -msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "Operasyon" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 -msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "Birim Maliyeti" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 -msgid "0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 -msgid "8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 -msgid "+8*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 -msgid "12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 -msgid "+4*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 -msgid "$120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 -msgid "$20" -msgstr "18:39" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 -msgid "4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 -msgid "+2*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 -msgid "$40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " -"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " -"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 -msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "Ortalama Fiyat" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 -msgid "+4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 -msgid "$9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 -msgid "+2*$6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 -msgid "$36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " -"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" -" (see here attached)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 -msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" -" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " -"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" -" up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 -msgid "" -"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " -"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " -"matters in the cost computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 -msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 -msgid "$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-8*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-2*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 -msgid "$32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 -msgid "$11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 -msgid "$44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 -msgid "" -"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " -"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " -"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " -"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " -"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " -"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " -"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " -"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 -msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," -" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-6*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 -msgid "$8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," -" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " -"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " -"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" -" quantity in stock * cost price)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 -msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 -msgid "" -"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " -"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " -"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " -"physical inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 -msgid "" -"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" -" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " -"postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "Tedarikçi Faturası" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "Borç" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "Alacak" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "4.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "54.68" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " -"related product (Expense Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 -msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 -msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "Müşteri Faturası" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "109" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " -"product (Income Account field)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 -msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 -msgid "Customer Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" -" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" -" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " -"inventory value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 -msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 -msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 -msgid "" -"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " -"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" -"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " -"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " -"testing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 -msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 -msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 -msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 -msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category and can" -" be set in product form (Accounting tab) as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:351 -msgid "" -"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359 -msgid "" -"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " -"as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:365 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:366 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-6*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 -msgid "€8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 -msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 -msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 -msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 -msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 -msgid "Double-Entry Inventory Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 -msgid "" -"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " -"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" -" locations (possibly virtual)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 -msgid "Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -msgid "Production Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 -msgid "Consume:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 -msgid "Produce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Configurarion:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -msgid "Client Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 -msgid "Pick" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 -msgid "Pack" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 -msgid "Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 -msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 -msgid "Missing products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 -msgid "Extra products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 -msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Reception" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 -msgid "Analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " -"products * product cost)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 -msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 -msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 -msgid "" -"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" -" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -msgid "New sale orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Effect" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -msgid "" -"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " -"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " -"(property)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" -msgstr "Min. Stok Kuralları" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 -msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 -msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Procurement rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 -msgid "" -"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " -"be fulfilled e.g.:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 -msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 -msgid "" -"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " -"To Stock)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 -msgid "Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " -"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " -"sales order lines, warehouse,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 -msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 -msgid "Picking List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 -msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 -msgid "Pack List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 -msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Delivery Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Gate A → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 -msgid "" -"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " -"the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "A Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 -msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 -msgid "Reception:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 -msgid "Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 -msgid "Confirmation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 -msgid "Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Storage:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Product Category" -msgstr "Ürün Kategorisi" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 -msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 -msgid "Cross-Docks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 -msgid "Input → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Delivery:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 -msgid "Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Sale Order Line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 -msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " -"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" -" used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 -msgid "Product lands in Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 -msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Warehouse Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 -msgid "Product lands in Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 -msgid "Procurement Groups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 -msgid "" -"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " -"provided:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 -msgid "Picking" -msgstr "Toplama Listesi" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 -msgid "Packing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 -msgid "Delivery Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 -msgid "Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 -msgid "..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 -msgid "" -"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " -"and locations are the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 -msgid "" -"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " -"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " -"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " -"together)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " -"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " -"repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " -"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " -"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " -"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " -"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " -"procurements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " -"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" -" item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " -"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" -" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " -"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " -"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " -"enough stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 -msgid "" -"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" -" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 -msgid "" -"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " -"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " -"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " -"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " -"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " -"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " -"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" -" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " -"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " -"can be used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " -"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " -"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " -"or MTS,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " -"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " -"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " -"procurement group and locations are the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " -"between locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " -"in a warehouse or location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " -"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " -"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " -"units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " -"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " -"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" -" minimum stock rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " -"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " -"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " -"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " -"packing zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " -"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" -" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " -"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " -"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 -msgid "" -"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " -"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " -"goes in rack 3, storage A)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 -msgid "" -"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" -" it from the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "From procurement to delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " -"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" -" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" -" delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " -"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " -"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " -"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 -msgid "How to process a receipt ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Install Purchase application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 -msgid "Make a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " -"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " -"products to your request for quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " -"quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 -msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 -msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 -msgid "From the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 -msgid "" -"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " -"related **Receipt**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 -msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 -msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 -msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" -" the list of your deliveries to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 -msgid "Process the Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 -msgid "" -"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " -"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " -"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " -":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 -msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 -msgid "Install Sales application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 -msgid "Place a sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " -"some products to your quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 -msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 -msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 -msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 -msgid "From the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 -msgid "" -"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " -"**Delivery**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 -msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " -"list of your receipts to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" -" on your dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 -msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 -msgid "" -"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " -"methods. Please read the document " -":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 -msgid "" -"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " -"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 -msgid "" -"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " -"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " -"transfers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 -msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 -msgid "" -"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " -"warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" -"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " -"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Başlarken" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " -"different screens you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" -"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 -msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Set up your warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Import your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Import your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Set up the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" -" valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" -" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" -" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " -"and use your scanner optimally." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " -"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" -" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " -"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " -"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " -"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post" -"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 -msgid "Warehouse and routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" -" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" -" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," -" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 -msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 -msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 -msgid "then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 -msgid "Cross Docking Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 -msgid "" -"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " -"for the remaining part:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " -"created as an internal physical location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 -msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 -msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 -msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 -msgid "Product with cross dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 -msgid "" -"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" -" above as well as the **Buy** route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 -msgid "" -"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " -"for replenishment of a stockable product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " -"application in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid "" -"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " -"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " -"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 -msgid "" -"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " -"and routes in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " -"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 -msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " -"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" -" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " -"been generated for your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " -"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" -" you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " -"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " -"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" -" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " -"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " -"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " -"orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " -"all yours product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" -" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " -"proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 -msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 -msgid "" -"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " -"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " -"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " -"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 -msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 -msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 -msgid "" -"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " -"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " -"indicate how much products you process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " -"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " -"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " -"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possibles :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory. This increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "Ürün üretim zincirlerini yönetin" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "Ürün tek tek varsayılan konumları yönetin" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" -msgstr "" -"Kiralanan ürünler için otomatik iade hareketleri oluşturarak kiralama " -"yönetimine yardımcı olun" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 -msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 -msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 -msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 -msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 -msgid "Product Costing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate landed costs in the cost of the product?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 -msgid "Landed costs include all charges associated to a good transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:10 -msgid "Landed cost includes = Cost of product + Shipping + Customs + Risk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 -msgid "" -"All of these components might not be applicable in every shipment, but " -"relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We have" -" to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it will " -"impact on company profits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21 -msgid "Applications configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the use of the landed costs. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check " -"accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & " -"**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> " -"Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price " -"costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40 -msgid "Landed Cost Types" -msgstr "Maliyet Yükleme Tipi" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed " -"Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time " -"valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured " -"on the product category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57 -msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Landed Costs`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to " -"attribute landed costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend " -"you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be " -"easier to keep track of your postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split " -"across the picking lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:81 -msgid "" -"To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " -"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " -"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " -"appropriate location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 -msgid "" -"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" -" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " -"of a potential chemical reaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " -"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " -"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " -"level)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " -"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" -" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 -msgid "Setting up a strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " -"product quality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " -"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " -"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " -"Strategy**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " -"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " -"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " -"automatically be transferred to the correct location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Current Inventory`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 -msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " -"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " -"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " -"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " -"on the **location**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " -"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " -"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 -msgid "Types of removal strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 -msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "" -"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " -"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " -"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " -"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 -msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " -"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 -msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 -msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " -"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " -"shelf life." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" -" ``WH/Stock`` location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 -msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 -msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" -" according to their expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " -"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" -" to save changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " -"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " -"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 -msgid "" -"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " -"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategym " -"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " -"goods with this serial/lot number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " -"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " -"removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 -msgid "" -"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " -"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " -"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " -"lots pass their **alert date**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " -"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" -" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " -"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " -"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," -" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " -"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " -"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " -"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " -"after the lot has been created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " -"expiration date fields as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 -msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 -msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 -msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 -msgid "" -"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " -"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " -"expiration date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Product**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "LOT0001" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "Ice Cream" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "08/20/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "LOT0002" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "08/10/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "LOT0003" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "08/15/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 -msgid "" -"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " -"removal strategy **FEFO**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 -msgid "" -"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" -" the removal dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Ayarlar" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Ürünler" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:3 -msgid "How to use packages?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:11 -msgid "By default, Odoo does not take into account the use of it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Once you activate the option, you will be able to manage one or several " -"packages when doing your transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`. µ Locate the **Packages** section and tick " -"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 -msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:30 -msgid "Pack products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Putting products in packs is usually done when processing warehouses " -"transfers (receipt, internals or deliveries)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To be able to put products in pack, the status of your transfer has to be " -"**Available**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the operation tab, you can put your products into one or multiple " -"packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " -"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 -msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 -msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 -msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:60 -msgid "Whole packages transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If you are using several locations and/or warehouses, it is possible to " -"transfer packages with its contents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:68 -msgid "" -"You need to configure the **Operation Type** to allow moving packages. Go to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operations Types`. Tick **Allow moving " -"packs**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:75 -msgid "Transfer packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Create a transfer order. Choose the source and the destination locations, " -"then click on **Mark as todo**. Do not put anything under the **Initial " -"Demand** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In the Operation tab, click on **Add an item** under the **Package To Move**" -" section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:87 -msgid "Tick the **Done** checkbox to confirm the move of the package :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:92 -msgid "When it is finished, click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:95 -msgid "Packages traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:97 -msgid "" -"To trace a package or check its content, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " -"Control --> Packages`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:103 -msgid "Click on **Package Transfers** to see all its moves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:107 -msgid ":doc:`usage`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:108 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different units of measure?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, " -"you will need to convert the units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "Setting up units on your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which " -"you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " -"**Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " -"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " -"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 -msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " -"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 -msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " -"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 -msgid "Procurement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " -"measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 -msgid "The quality control is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " -"check is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " -"**Draft**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " -"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" -" the unit to the dozen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" -" measure :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " -"converted automatically :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Unit of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." -" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" -" warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 -msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " -"notice and the power plug." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 -msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " -"only for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 -msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 -msgid "" -"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " -"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" -" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" -" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " -"**packaging**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " -"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:72 -msgid ":doc:`packages`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Using product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " -"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " -"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 -msgid "B&C T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 -msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " -"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." -" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " -"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " -"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " -"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " -"the template or the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " -"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " -"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " -"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " -"variant)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " -"product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " -"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " -"Income Account, Taxes)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 -msgid "When should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 -msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " -"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " -"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" -" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " -"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" -" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " -"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " -"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " -"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" -" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " -"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 -msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " -"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " -"of managing lots of products that are similars." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 -msgid "" -"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" -" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " -"product templates and all their related variations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 -msgid "" -"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " -"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " -"example, a company having these products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 -msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 -msgid "" -"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " -"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " -"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " -"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " -"e-Commerce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 -msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 -msgid "Product Template: Polos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 -msgid "Activate the variant feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " -"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " -"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " -"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " -"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 -msgid "Creating products with variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 -msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " -"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " -"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " -"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " -"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 -msgid "" -"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " -"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " -"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " -"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 -msgid "" -"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 -msgid "Managing Product Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " -"variant attributes :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 -msgid "T-Shirt B&C" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 -msgid "Managing combination possibilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 -msgid "" -"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " -"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " -"you can deactivate the white product variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." -" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " -"XXL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 -msgid "" -"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " -"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " -"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " -"variant that will be added to the original price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 -msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " -"warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new location?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" -" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" -" describe your location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 -msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " -"fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 -msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " -"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " -"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " -"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " -"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " -"edit it afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 -msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " -"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 -msgid "" -"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 -msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " -"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " -"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" -" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " -"Tracking Ref**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 -msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 -msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 -msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " -"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " -"get a new tracking number and a new label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 -msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 -msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " -"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " -"Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " -"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 -msgid "" -"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " -"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 -msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " -"order and proceed to deliver the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " -"add a line to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 -msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 -msgid "How to print shipping labels?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " -"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " -"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " -"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 -msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 -msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " -"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" -" more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " -"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 -msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 -msgid "Company configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " -"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 -msgid "" -"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " -"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " -"data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " -"computation cannot be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " -"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" -" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 -msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " -"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" -" third party shipper in the additional info tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 -msgid "" -"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 -msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " -"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " -"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " -"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " -"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 -msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 -msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 -msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 -msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " -"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " -"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " -"underneath:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " -"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " -"but also on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " -"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " -"compute the real price and the packagings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 -msgid "Install the inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " -"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" -" order to see it :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" -" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 -msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " -"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " -"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " -"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " -"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " -"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " -"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " -"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " -":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " -"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 -msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 -msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 -msgid "" -"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " -"chosen delivery method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " -"Rest of the world)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " -"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 -msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " -"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " -"given in the demo data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " -"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" -" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" -" shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " -"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " -"will appear on your ecommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 -msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " -"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " -"For more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " -"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " -"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " -"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " -"United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" -" you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " -"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " -"method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " -"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " -"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " -"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" -" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" -" be computed once the transfer is validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" -" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " -"to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" -" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" -" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " -"Service in order to to open an account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" -" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " -"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " -"online profile by following these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "" -"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" -" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " -"complete the registration process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " -"follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 -msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 -msgid "" -"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " -"Details** section of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 -msgid "" -"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " -"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" -" States.q" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 -msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 -msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 -msgid "" -"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " -"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 -msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 -msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 -msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " -"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " -"contact." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3247aa2f5..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,729 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Üretim" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Manufacturing Operations" -msgstr "Üretim Operasyonları" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "Terminoloji" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "Minimum Stok Kuralı" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:58 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "MTO" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:62 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Yapılandırma" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "Minimum Stok Kuralları" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials.rst:3 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 -msgid "Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " -"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " -"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " -"Manufacturing apps must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " -"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " -"step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "" -"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " -"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " -"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " -"right shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:24 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " -"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " -"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " -"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" -" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " -"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no special configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " -"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " -"their default values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:53 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" -" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" -" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " -"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " -"will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:64 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " -"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " -"stock management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:72 -msgid "" -"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " -"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" -" order rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:5 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:12 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:132 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:17 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:137 -msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:83 -msgid "" -"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " -"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" -"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " -"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " -"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:12 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" -"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " -"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" -" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " -"subassembly is created as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:21 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " -"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " -"subassembly as you would for any product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:29 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:107 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:31 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " -"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " -"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " -"effect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:39 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:117 -msgid "" -"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " -"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " -"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Başlarken" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "How to consume composents to make a finished product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " -"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " -"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " -"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " -"describe multiple variants of the same product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " -"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings. For " -"more information about which method of management to use, review the " -"**Getting Started** section of the *Manufacturing* chapter of the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " -"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " -"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " -"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " -"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " -"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " -"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " -"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " -"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " -"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " -"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " -"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:38 -msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:40 -msgid "" -"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " -"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " -"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " -"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:46 -msgid "" -"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " -"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " -"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " -"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" -" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " -"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " -"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " -"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:61 -msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " -"primary product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " -"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " -"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " -"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:81 -msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:97 -msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:123 -msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " -"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " -"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " -"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " -"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " -"performed in an order defined by **routings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:17 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " -"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " -"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " -"work orders and routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " -"are two basic phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:52 -msgid "Create manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "Record Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" -" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " -"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " -"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " -"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " -"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " -"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " -"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" -" step of scheduling work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:50 -msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:54 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:56 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "Work in progress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Manufacturing Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the materials, the " -"quantity of each material, and the steps required to manufacture a product. " -"Depending on the industry and the nature of the finished product, a " -"different name may be used to describe the same document. For example, in " -"the pharmaceutical industry, the term “recipe” may be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "Cycle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A production cycle is a frame of time during which an entire manufacturing " -"process can be fulfilled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19 -msgid "Downtime or Leave" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Time during which a resource is unavailable. If the resource is a machine, " -"the unavailability is downtime, while if the resource is human, unavailable " -"time is called a Leave." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:25 -msgid "Finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Finished products are the final output of a manufacturing process. They are " -"normally not intended to be used as input into another manufacturing order " -"of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:31 -msgid "Kit" -msgstr "Kit" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34 -msgid "" -"A kit is a set of components that are described by a bill of materials, but " -"which are delivered separately rather than assembled or mixed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36 -msgid "Multi-level Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39 -msgid "" -"A bill of material can quickly grow very complex. To keep it manageable, it " -"can be broken down into several smaller manufactured parts, each having its " -"own BOM. These parts are typically referred to as sub-assembly of " -"intermediate products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Defining a BOM in multiple levels reduces the complexity of the top-level " -"document and allows components to be reused in other BoMs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:46 -msgid "Phantom Bill of Material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:49 -msgid "" -"A phantom bill of material is always used in the context of multi-level " -"BOMs. It allows to add a sub-assembly as part of a bigger end-product while " -"avoiding to trigger a separate manufacturing order for the sub-assembly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"As such, when a manufacturing order for the final product is launched, the " -"components of the sub-assembly are reflected in the parent BOM as if they " -"were direct components of the parent BOM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Phantom BOM are thus used for grouping a set of components with the aim of " -"reusing them in many other BOM without the need to launch separate " -"manufacturing orders for the sub-assemblies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:61 -msgid "Raw Materials" -msgstr "Alt Bileşenler" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Raw materials and components constitute the input that are transformed to " -"produce semi-finished or finished goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The transformation here can take many aspects according to the industry. It " -"can be simple assembly, welding, mixing, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"A routing is a document that describes a series of Work Orders and the Work " -"Centers at which they will be carried out" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74 -msgid "Semi-finished products and sub-assemblies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77 -msgid "" -"These are products which are manufactured with the purpose to be consumed in" -" another manufacturing order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:79 -msgid "Work Order Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Work Order Operations specify the set of activities necessary to fully " -"process a manufacturing order. Each activity or operation takes some time to" -" be completed and is performed into a determined production unit (also " -"called work center)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:86 -msgid "Work Order" -msgstr "İş Emri" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:89 -msgid "" -"A work order is a single manufacturing operation that is scheduled for " -"execution on a given date and a given duration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:91 -msgid "Work Center" -msgstr "İş Merkezi" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Work centers identify production units and their resources. They are used to" -" represent the plant capacity as well as costing information. The capacity " -"is a combination of resources and their availability time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:97 -msgid "Resources" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:100 -msgid "" -"In manufacturing a resource can be a human being (employee) or machine " -"available in a work center." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:102 -msgid "Working Time" -msgstr "Çalışma Süresi" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Each resource has its normal working time. For instance, machines can be set" -" up to operate 7 days a week 20 hours out of 24." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5dbcff7b4..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2963 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Levent Karakaş <levent@mektup.at>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Satış Noktası" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "İleri Düzey Konular" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "How to use discount tags on products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "This tutorial will describe how to use discount tags on products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:8 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "Barkodun Adlandırılması" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To start using discounts tags, let's first have a look at the **barcode " -"nomenclature** in order to print our correct discounts tags." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "I want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode " -"Nomenclatures`. In the default nomenclature, you can see that to set a " -"discount, you have to start you barcode with ``22`` and the add the " -"percentage you want to set for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:26 -msgid "" -"For instance if you want ``50%`` discount on a product you have to start you" -" barcode with ``2250`` and then add the product barcode. In our example, the" -" barcode will be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34 -msgid "Scanning your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:36 -msgid "If you go back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "You have to scan:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45 -msgid "the discount tag" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:47 -msgid "When the product is scanned, it appears on the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Then when you scan the discount tag, ``50%`` discount is applied on the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:58 -msgid "That's it, this how you can use discount tag on products with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:61 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:114 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:83 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:94 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:171 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:57 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:35 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:155 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:69 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:81 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:43 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/cash_control`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:62 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:115 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:84 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:95 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:172 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:58 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:36 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:156 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:70 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:82 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:63 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:116 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:85 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:96 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:173 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:59 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:37 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:157 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:71 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:83 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:45 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/refund`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:64 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:117 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:86 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:97 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:174 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:60 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:38 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:158 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:72 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:84 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:46 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:38 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & run a loyalty & reward system" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:41 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:37 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:88 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:6 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Yapılandırma" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In the **Point of Sale** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can tick **Manage loyalty program with point and reward for customers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:21 -msgid "Create a loyalty program" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:23 -msgid "" -"After you apply, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Loyalty Programs` " -"and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Set a **name** and an **amount** of points given **by currency**, **by " -"order** or **by product**. Extra rules can also be added such as **extra " -"points** on a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:33 -msgid "To do this click on **Add an item** under **Rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:38 -msgid "You can configure any rule by setting some configuration values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40 -msgid "**Name**: An internal identification for this loyalty program rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:41 -msgid "**Type**: Does this rule affects products, or a category of products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:42 -msgid "**Target Product**: The product affected by the rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:43 -msgid "**Target Category**: The category affected by the rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Cumulative**: The points won from this rule will be won in addition to " -"other rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Points per product**: How many points the product will earn per product " -"ordered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:46 -msgid "" -"**Points per currency**: How many points the product will earn per value " -"sold" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Your new rule is now created and rewards can be added by clicking on **Add " -"an Item** under **Rewards**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:57 -msgid "Three types of reward can be given:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Resale**: convert your points into money. Set a product that represents " -"the value of 1 point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Discount**: give a discount for an amount of points. Set a product with a " -"price of ``0 €`` and without any taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:69 -msgid "**Gift**: give a gift for an amount of points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:77 -msgid "Applying your loyalty program to a point of sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:79 -msgid "On the **Dashboard**, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:84 -msgid "Next to loyalty program, set the program you want to set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:90 -msgid "Gathering and consuming points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:92 -msgid "To start gathering points you need to set a customer on the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:94 -msgid "Click on **Customer** and select the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:96 -msgid "Loyalty points will appear on screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:101 -msgid "" -"The next time the customer comes to your shop and has enough points to get a" -" reward, the **Rewards** button is highlighted and gifts can be given." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:108 -msgid "" -"The reward is added and of course points are subtracted from the total." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "How to apply manual discounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can apply manual discounts in two different ways. You can directly set a" -" discount on the product or you can set a global discount on the whole cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:13 -msgid "Discount on the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:8 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **New Session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:20 -msgid "You will get into the main point of sale interface :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:76 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:53 -msgid "" -"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on " -"the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can " -"directly set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The same way you insert a quantity, Click on **Disc** and then type the " -"discount (in percent). This is how you insert a manual discount on a " -"specific product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:38 -msgid "Global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you want to set a global discount, you need to go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Allow global " -"discounts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:50 -msgid "Then from the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You have to activate **Order Discounts** and create a product that will be " -"added as a product with a negative price to deduct the discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:61 -msgid "" -"On the product used to create the discount, set the price to ``0`` and do " -"not forget to remove all the **taxes**, that can make the calculation wrong." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:68 -msgid "Set a global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Now when you come back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**, a " -"**Discount** button appears and by clicking on it you can set a " -"**discount**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When it's validated, the discount line appears on the order and you can now " -"process to the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "How to accept credit card payments in Odoo POS using Mercury?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A **MercuryPay** account (see `MercuryPay website " -"<https://www.mercurypay.com>`__.) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 9 POS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates with" -" US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses. An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work " -"with a standalone card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS " -"screen into the card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "Module installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to **Apps** and install the **Mercury Payment Services** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:26 -msgid "Mercury Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the **Point of Sale** application, click on :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Mercury Configurations` and then on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:35 -msgid "Introduce your **credentials** and then save them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and click on " -"**Create**. Under the **Point of Sale** tab you can set a **Mercury " -"configuration** to the **Payment method**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Finally, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale` and add a " -"new payment method on the point of sale by editing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Then select the payment method corresponding to your mercury configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:60 -msgid "Save the modifications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:63 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "Register a sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:65 -msgid "" -"On the dashboard, you can see your point(s) of sales, click on **New " -"Session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:71 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:114 -msgid "You will get the main point of sale interface:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:82 -msgid "Payment with credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the credit" -" card **Payment Method**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Type in the **Amount** to be paid with the credit card. Now you can swipe " -"the card and validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple cashiers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This tutorial will describe how to manage multiple cashiers. There are four " -"differents ways to manage several cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 -msgid "Switch cashier without any security" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As prerequisite, you just need to have a second user with the **Point of " -"Sale User** rights (Under the :menuselection:`General Settings --> Users` " -"menu). On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session** as the main user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:18 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:123 -msgid "On the top of the screen click on the **user name**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:23 -msgid "And switch to another cashier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The name on the top has changed which means you have changed the cashier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:34 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want your cashiers to need a pin code to be able to use it, you can " -"set it up in by clicking on **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:45 -msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"**Edit** the cashier and add a security pin code on the **Point of Sale** " -"tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 -msgid "Change cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:59 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:118 -msgid "On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:69 -msgid "Choose your **cashier**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You will have to insert the user's **pin code** to be able to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:79 -msgid "Now you can see that the cashier has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:85 -msgid "Switch cashier with cashier barcode badge" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:90 -msgid "" -"If you want your cashiers to scan its badge, you can set it up in by " -"clicking on **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:96 -msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:101 -msgid "" -"**Edit** the cashier and add a **security pin code** on the **Point of " -"Sale** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Be careful of the barcode nomenclature, the default one forced you to use a " -"barcode starting with ``041`` for cashier barcodes. To change that go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:116 -msgid "Change Cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When the cashier scans his own badge, you can see on the top that the " -"cashier has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:132 -msgid "Assign session to a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Click on the menu :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Sessions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Then, click on **New** and assign as **Responsible** the correct cashier to " -"the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:145 -msgid "When the cashier logs in he is able to open the session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:151 -msgid "Assign a default point of sale to a cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If you want your cashiers to be assigned to a point of sale, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:159 -msgid "Then click on **Manage Access Rights**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Edit** the cashier and add a **Default Point of Sale** under the **Point " -"of Sale** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:21 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:78 -msgid "Register an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:13 -msgid "You arrive now on the main view :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:18 -msgid "" -"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on " -"the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can " -"directly set the quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:23 -msgid "Record a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:25 -msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:30 -msgid "Register a new customer by clicking on the button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:35 -msgid "The following form appear. Fill in the relevant information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:40 -msgid "When it's done click on the **floppy disk** icon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You just registered a new customer. To set this customer to the current " -"order, just tap on **Set Customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:51 -msgid "The customer is now set on the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "How to reprint receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -msgid "This feature requires a POSBox and a receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If you want to allow a cashier to reprint a ticket, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick the option **Allow " -"cashier to reprint receipts**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You also need to allow the reprinting on the point of sale. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " -"configure and and tick the option **Reprinting**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "How to reprint a receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the Point of Sale interface click on the **Reprint Receipt** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:32 -msgid "The last printed receipt will be printed again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "Getting daily sales statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:7 -msgid "Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:9 -msgid "" -"On your dashboard, click on the **More** button on the point of sale you " -"want to analyse. Then click on **Orders**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You will get the figures for this particular point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "Global statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:23 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Orders`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:25 -msgid "You will get the figures of all orders for all point of sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:31 -msgid "Cashier statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:33 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Sales Details`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Choose the dates. Select the cashiers by clicking on **Add an item**. Then " -"click on **Print Report**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:41 -msgid "You will get a full report in a PDF file. Here is an example :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered POSBox per POS configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "POSBox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered POSBox. " -"These POSBoxes are similar to the regular POSBoxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered POSBox will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the POSBox by going " -"to the *Hardware status page* via the POSBox homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered POSBox associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / POSBox and the serial number of your POSBox is set)." -" The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a transaction, " -"you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your VAT signing " -"card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per POSBox are not allowed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the POSBox (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Point of Sale Hardware Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:6 -msgid "POSBox Setup Guide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:11 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:206 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Before you start setting up your POSBox make sure you have everything. You " -"will need :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:16 -msgid "The POSBox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:17 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:18 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:19 -msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:20 -msgid "A local network set up with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:21 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable or a Linux compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " -"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:25 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:26 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:29 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:214 -msgid "Step By Step Setup Guide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Current version of the POSBox (since 2015)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:36 -msgid "Connect peripheral devices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_, but other hardware " -"might work as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:42 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " -"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " -"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " -"your barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:54 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " -"Make sure this will connect the POSBox to the same network as your POS " -"device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Wi-Fi**: If you do not wish to use Ethernet, plug in a Linux compatible " -"USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are Linux " -"compatible. Officially supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a Ralink 5370 " -"chipset. Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, because all Wi-Fi " -"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:68 -msgid "Power the POSBox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Plug the power adapter into the POSBox, a bright red status led should light" -" up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:74 -msgid "Make sure the POSBox is ready" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once powered, The POSBox needs a while to boot. Once the POSBox is ready, it" -" should print a status receipt with its IP address. Also the status LED, " -"just next to the red power LED, should be permanently lit green." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:82 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:293 -msgid "Setup the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To setup the POSBox in the Point of Sale go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" -" --> Configuration --> Settings` and select your Point of Sale. Scroll down " -"to the ``Hardware Proxy / POSBox`` section and activate the options for the " -"hardware you want to use through the POSBox. Specifying the IP of the POSBox" -" is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that gets printed after " -"booting up the POSBox). When the IP is not specified the Point of Sale will " -"attempt to find it on the local network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you are running multiple Point of Sales on the same POSBox, make sure " -"that only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:96 -msgid "" -"It might be a good idea to make sure the POSBox IP never changes in your " -"network. Refer to your router documentation on how to achieve this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:101 -msgid "Launch the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:103 -msgid "" -"If you didn't specify the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, the POS " -"will need some time to perform a network scan to find the POSBox. This is " -"only done once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:107 -msgid "" -"The Point of Sale is now connected to the POSBox and your hardware should be" -" ready to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:111 -msgid "Wi-Fi configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The POSBox is Wi-Fi-capable. In order to use it you'll need a Linux " -"compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are" -" Linux compatible. Officially supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a Ralink " -"5370 chipset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, as all Wi-Fi related " -"functionality will be disabled when a wired network connection is available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:122 -msgid "" -"When the POSBox boots with a Wi-Fi adapter it will start its own Wi-Fi " -"Access Point called \"Posbox\" you can connect to. The receipt that gets " -"printed when the POSBox starts will reflect this. In order to make the " -"POSBox connect to an already existing Wi-Fi network, go to the homepage of " -"the POSBox (indicated on the receipt) and go to the Wi-Fi configuration " -"page. On there you can choose a network to connect to. Note that we only " -"support open and WPA(2)-PSK networks. When connecting to a WPA-secured " -"network, fill in the password field. The POSBox will attempt to connect to " -"the specified network and will print a new POSBox status receipt after it " -"has connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:133 -msgid "" -"If you plan on permanently setting up the POSBox with Wi-Fi, you can use the" -" \"persistent\" checkbox on the Wi-Fi configuration page when connecting to " -"a network. This will make the network choice persist across reboots. This " -"means that instead of starting up its own \"Posbox\" network it will always " -"attempt to connect to the specified network after it boots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:140 -msgid "" -"When the POSBox fails to connect to a network it will fall back to starting " -"it's own \"Posbox\" Access Point. If connection is lost with a Wi-Fi network" -" after connecting to it, the POSBox will attempt to re-establish connection " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:146 -msgid "Multi-POS Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:148 -msgid "" -"The advised way to setup a multi Point of Sale shop is to have one POSBox " -"per Point of Sale. In this case it is mandatory to manually specify the IP " -"address of each POSBox in each Point of Sale. You must also configure your " -"network to make sure the POSBox's IP addresses don't change. Please refer to" -" your router documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:155 -msgid "POSBoxless Guide (advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:159 -msgid "" -"If you are running your Point of Sale on a Debian-based Linux distribution, " -"you do not need the POSBox as you can run its software locally. However the " -"installation process is not foolproof. You'll need at least to know how to " -"install and run Odoo. You may also run into issues specific to your " -"distribution or to your particular setup and hardware configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Drivers for the various types of supported hardware are provided as Odoo " -"modules. In fact, the POSBox runs an instance of Odoo that the Point of Sale" -" communicates with. The instance of Odoo running on the POSBox is very " -"different from a 'real' Odoo instance however. It does not handle *any* " -"business data (eg. POS orders), but only serves as a gateway between the " -"Point of Sale and the hardware." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:173 -msgid "" -"The goal of this section will be to set up a local Odoo instance that " -"behaves like the Odoo instance running on the POSBox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:177 -msgid "Image building process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:179 -msgid "" -"We generate the official POSBox images using the scripts in " -"https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. " -"More specifically, we run `posbox_create_image.sh " -"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/posbox_create_image.sh>`_." -" This builds an image called ``posbox.img``, which we zip and upload to " -"`nightly.odoo.com <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_ for users to download." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:187 -msgid "" -"The scripts in this directory might be useful as a reference if you get " -"stuck or want more detail about something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:191 -msgid "Summary of the image creation process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The image creation process starts by downloading the latest `Raspbian " -"<https://www.raspbian.org/>`_ image. It then locally mounts this Raspbian " -"image and copies over some files and scripts that will make the Raspbian " -"image turn itself into a POSBox when it boots. These scripts will update " -"Raspbian, remove non-essential packages and install required packages. In " -"order to boot Raspbian we use qemu, which is capable of providing ARM " -"emulation. After this, the emulated Raspbian OS will shut itself down. We " -"then once again locally mount the image, remove the scripts that were used " -"to initialize the image at boot and we copy over some extra configuration " -"files. The resulting image is then ready to be tested and used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:208 -msgid "A Debian-based Linux distribution (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:209 -msgid "A running Odoo instance you connect to to load the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:210 -msgid "" -"You must uninstall any ESC/POS printer driver as it will conflict with " -"Odoo's built-in driver" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:217 -msgid "Extra dependencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:219 -msgid "" -"Because Odoo runs on Python 2, you need to check which version of pip you " -"need to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:222 -msgid "``# pip --version``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:224 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:230 -msgid "If it returns something like::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:228 -msgid "You need to try pip2 instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:234 -msgid "You can use pip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:236 -msgid "The driver modules requires the installation of new python modules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:238 -msgid "``# pip install pyserial``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:240 -msgid "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:242 -msgid "``# pip install qrcode``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:245 -msgid "Access Rights" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:247 -msgid "" -"The drivers need raw access to the printer and barcode scanner devices. " -"Doing so requires a bit system administration. First we are going to create " -"a group that has access to USB devices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:251 -msgid "``# groupadd usbusers``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:253 -msgid "Then we add the user who will run the OpenERP server to ``usbusers``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:255 -msgid "``# usermod -a -G usbusers USERNAME``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:257 -msgid "" -"Then we need to create a udev rule that will automatically allow members of " -"``usbusers`` to access raw USB devices. To do so create a file called " -"``99-usbusers.rules`` in the ``/etc/udev/rules.d/`` directory with the " -"following content::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:265 -msgid "Then you need to reboot your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:268 -msgid "Start the local Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:270 -msgid "We must launch the Odoo server with the correct settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:272 -msgid "" -"``$ ./odoo.py " -"--load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale,hw_scanner,hw_escpos``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:275 -msgid "Test the instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:277 -msgid "" -"Plug all your hardware to your machine's USB ports, and go to " -"``http://localhost:8069/hw_proxy/status`` refresh the page a few times and " -"see if all your devices are indicated as *Connected*. Possible source of " -"errors are: The paths on the distribution differ from the paths expected by " -"the drivers, another process has grabbed exclusive access to the devices, " -"the udev rules do not apply or a superseded by others." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:285 -msgid "Automatically start Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You must now make sure that this Odoo install is automatically started after" -" boot. There are various ways to do so, and how to do it depends on your " -"particular setup. Using the init system provided by your distribution is " -"probably the easiest way to accomplish this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:295 -msgid "" -"The IP address field in the POS configuration must be either ``127.0.0.1`` " -"or ``localhost`` if you're running the created Odoo server on the machine " -"that you'll use as the Point of Sale device. You can also leave it empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:301 -msgid "POSBox Technical Documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:304 -msgid "Technical Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:307 -msgid "The POSBox Hardware" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:309 -msgid "" -"The POSBox's Hardware is based on a `Raspberry Pi 2 " -"<https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/raspberry-pi-2-model-b/>`_, a popular " -"single-board computer. The Raspberry Pi 2 is powered with a 2A micro-usb " -"power adapter. 2A is needed to give enough power to the barcode scanners. " -"The Software is installed on a 8Gb Class 10 or Higher SD Card. All this " -"hardware is easily available worldwide from independent vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:318 -msgid "Compatible Peripherals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:320 -msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:324 -msgid "The POSBox Software" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:326 -msgid "" -"The POSBox runs a heavily modified Raspbian Linux installation, a Debian " -"derivative for the Raspberry Pi. It also runs a barebones installation of " -"Odoo which provides the webserver and the drivers. The hardware drivers are " -"implemented as Odoo modules. Those modules are all prefixed with ``hw_*`` " -"and they are the only modules that are running on the POSBox. Odoo is only " -"used for the framework it provides. No business data is processed or stored " -"on the POSBox. The Odoo instance is a shallow git clone of the ``8.0`` " -"branch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:335 -msgid "" -"The root partition on the POSBox is mounted read-only, ensuring that we " -"don't wear out the SD card by writing to it too much. It also ensures that " -"the filesystem cannot be corrupted by cutting the power to the POSBox. Linux" -" applications expect to be able to write to certain directories though. So " -"we provide a ramdisk for /etc and /var (Raspbian automatically provides one " -"for /tmp). These ramdisks are setup by ``setup_ramdisks.sh``, which we run " -"before all other init scripts by running it in ``/etc/init.d/rcS``. The " -"ramdisks are named /etc_ram and /var_ram respectively. Most data from /etc " -"and /var is copied to these tmpfs ramdisks. In order to restrict the size of" -" the ramdisks, we do not copy over certain things to them (eg. apt related " -"data). We then bind mount them over the original directories. So when an " -"application writes to /etc/foo/bar it's actually writing to " -"/etc_ram/foo/bar. We also bind mount / to /root_bypass_ramdisks to be able " -"to get to the real /etc and /var during development." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:351 -msgid "Logs of the running Odoo server can be found at:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:353 -msgid "``/var/log/odoo/odoo.log``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:355 -msgid "" -"Various POSBox related scripts (eg. wifi-related scripts) running on the " -"POSBox will log to /var/log/syslog and those messages are tagged with " -"``posbox_*``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:360 -msgid "Accessing the POSBox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:363 -msgid "Local Access" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:365 -msgid "" -"If you plug a QWERTY USB keyboard into one of the POSBox's USB ports, and if" -" you connect a computer monitor to the *HDMI* port of the POSBox, you can " -"use it as a small GNU/Linux computer and perform various administration " -"tasks, like viewing some logs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:370 -msgid "The POSBox will automatically log in as root on the default tty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:373 -msgid "Remote Access" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:375 -msgid "" -"If you have the POSBox's IP address and an SSH client you can access the " -"POSBox's system remotely. The login credentials are ``pi``/``raspberry``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:380 -msgid "Updating The POSBox Software" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:382 -msgid "" -"Only upgrade the POSBox if you experience problems or want to use newly " -"implemented features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:385 -msgid "" -"The best way to update the POSBox software is to download a new version of " -"the image and flash the SD-Card with it. This operation is described in " -"detail in `this tutorial <http://elinux.org/RPi_Easy_SD_Card_Setup>`_, just " -"replace the standard Raspberry Pi image with the latest one found at `the " -"official POSBox image page <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/>`_. This " -"method of upgrading will ensure that you're running the latest version of " -"the POSBox software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:394 -msgid "" -"The second way of upgrading is through the built in upgrade interface that " -"can be reached through the POSBox homepage. The nice thing about upgrading " -"like this is that you don't have to flash a new image. This upgrade method " -"is limited to what it can do however. It can not eg. update installed " -"configuration files (like eg. /etc/hostapd.conf). It can only upgrade:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:401 -msgid "The internal Odoo application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:402 -msgid "" -"Scripts in the folder " -"``odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:404 -msgid "When in doubt, always use the first method of upgrading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:407 -msgid "Troubleshoot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:410 -msgid "The POS cannot connect to the POSBox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:412 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to make sure the POSBox is properly set-up is to turn it on " -"with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error " -"if encountered or the POSBox's IP address in case of success. If no receipt " -"is printed, check the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:416 -msgid "" -"Make sure the POSBox is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " -"LED." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:418 -msgid "" -"Make sure the POSBox is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " -"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The POSBox should be ready" -" ~2 minutes after it is started." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:421 -msgid "" -"Make sure the POSBox is connected to the same network as your POS device. " -"Both the device and the POSBox should be visible in the list of connected " -"devices on your network router." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:424 -msgid "" -"Make sure that your LAN is set up with DHCP, and gives IP addresses in the " -"range 192.168.0.X, 192.168.1.X, 10.0.0.X. If you cannot setup your LAN that " -"way, you must manually set up your POSBox's IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:428 -msgid "" -"If you have specified the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, make " -"sure it correspond to the printed on the POSBox's status receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:431 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:432 -msgid "" -"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation prevents the autodiscovery from " -"working reliably. When using Firefox you should manually set up the POSBox's" -" IP address in the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:437 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:439 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " -"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " -"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:443 -msgid "" -"The POSBox needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " -"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " -"enough power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:446 -msgid "" -"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" -" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" -" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:449 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"POSBox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:454 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:456 -msgid "" -"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " -"Scanner' enabled are connected to the POSBox at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:461 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:463 -msgid "" -"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the POSBox will do some" -" preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " -"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " -"and the POSBox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:469 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:471 -msgid "" -"The POSBox does not support all languages and characters. It currently " -"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:476 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:478 -msgid "" -"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " -"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " -"contact support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:483 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:485 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:489 -msgid "Credits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:490 -msgid "" -"The POSBox project was developed by Frédéric van der Essen with the kind " -"help of Gary Malherbe, Fabien Meghazi, Nicolas Wisniewsky, Dimitri Del " -"Marmol, Joren Van Onder and Antony Lesuisse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:494 -msgid "" -"This development would not have been possible without the Indiegogo campaign" -" and those who contributed to it. Special thanks goes to the partners who " -"backed the campaign with founding partner bundles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:498 -msgid "Camptocamp" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:499 -msgid "BHC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:500 -msgid "openBig" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:501 -msgid "Eeezee-IT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:502 -msgid "Solarsis LDA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:503 -msgid "ACSONE" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:504 -msgid "Vauxoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:505 -msgid "Ekomurz" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:506 -msgid "Datalp" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:507 -msgid "Dao Systems" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:508 -msgid "Eggs Solutions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:509 -msgid "OpusVL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:511 -msgid "" -"And also the partners who've backed the development with the Founding POSBox" -" Bundle:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:514 -msgid "Willow IT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:515 -msgid "E\\. Akhalwaya & Sons" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:516 -msgid "Multibase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:517 -msgid "Mindesa" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:518 -msgid "bpso.biz" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:519 -msgid "Shine IT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online **Point of Sale** application is based on a simple, user " -"friendly interface. The **Point of Sale** application can be used online or " -"offline on iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo **Point of Sale** is fully integrated with the **Inventory** and the " -"**Accounting** applications. Any transaction with your point of sale will " -"automatically be registered in your inventory management and accounting and," -" even in your **CRM** as the customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale Application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the **Point of Sale** application. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps` and install the **Point of Sale** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Do not forget to install an accounting **chart of account**. If it is not " -"done, go to the **Invoicing/Accounting** application and click on **Browse " -"available countries**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "Then choose the one you want to install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:42 -msgid "When it is done, you are all set to use the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:45 -msgid "Adding Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To add products from the point of sale **Dashboard** go to " -":menuselection:`Orders --> Products` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The first example will be oranges with a price of ``3€/kg``. In the " -"**Sales** tab, you can see the point of sale configuration. There, you can " -"set a product category, specify that the product has to be weighted or not " -"and ensure that it will be available in the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In same the way, you can add lemons, pumpkins, red onions, bananas... in the" -" database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "How to easily manage categories?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If you already have a database with your products, you can easily set a " -"**Point of Sale Category** by using the Kanban view and by grouping the " -"products by **Point of Sale Category**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:72 -msgid "Configuring a payment method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To configure a new payment method go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Payment methods` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:81 -msgid "" -"After you set up a name and the type of payment method, you can go to the " -"point of sale tab and ensure that this payment method has been activated for" -" the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:86 -msgid "Configuring your points of sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, click on the " -"``main`` point of sale. Edit the point of sale and add your custom payment " -"method into the available payment methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:95 -msgid "" -"You can configure each point of sale according to your hardware, " -"location,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Point of Sale Name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "An internal identification of the point of sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Sales Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Accounting journal used to post sales entries." -msgstr "Satış fişleri için kullanılacak muhasebe yevmiyesi" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice Journal" -msgstr "Fatura Yevmiyesi" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices." -msgstr "Faturalar oluşurken kullanılacak muhasebe yevmiyesi" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Group Journal Items" -msgstr "Yevmiye Kalemlerini Grupla" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this if you want to group the Journal Items by Product while closing a" -" Session" -msgstr "" -"Bir Oturum kapatırken yevmiye öğelerini ürüne göre gruplandırmak " -"istiyorsanız bunu işaretleyiniz" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "Barkodlar" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Defines what kind of barcodes are available and how they are assigned to " -"products, customers and cashiers" -msgstr "" -"Hangi barkodların kullanılabileceğini ve ürün, müşteri ve kasiyerlere nasıl " -"ilişkilendirieceğini tanımlar" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Order IDs Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This sequence is automatically created by Odoo but you can change it to " -"customize the reference numbers of your orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Sales Channel" -msgstr "Satış Ekibi" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel." -msgstr "" -"Bu Satış Noktasının satışları, bu Satış Kanalı ile ilişkilendirilecektir." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Virtual KeyBoard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enables an integrated Virtual Keyboard" -msgstr "Entegre Sanal Klavye Etkinleştirir" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "Faturalama" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale" -msgstr "Satış Noktasında fatura oluşturmayı etkinleştir" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Prefill Cash Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The payment input will behave similarily to bank payment input, and will be " -"prefilled with the exact due amount" -msgstr "" -"Ödeme girişi banka ödeme girişine benzer davranır ve geri ödenecek tutar " -"otomatik doldurulur" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Start Category" -msgstr "Başlangıç Kategorisi" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The point of sale will display this product category by default. If no " -"category is specified, all available products will be shown" -msgstr "" -"Varsayılan olarak bu ürün kategorisi gösterilecek. Eğer ürün kategorisi " -"seçilmemişse tüm ürünler gösterilecektir." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Tip Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The product used to encode the customer tip. Leave empty if you do not " -"accept tips." -msgstr "" -"Müşteri Tarafından bahşiş bırakıldığında kullanılmak için açılmış bir " -"üründür. Eğer kasada bahşiş kabul etmek istemiyorsanız boş bırakın." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Include Taxes in Prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The displayed prices will always include all taxes, even if the taxes have " -"been setup differently" -msgstr "" -"Gösterilen fiyatlar vergiler farklı ayarlanmış olsa bile her zaman KDV dahil" -" fiyat olacaktır" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Large Scrollbars" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "For imprecise industrial touchscreens" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Display Category Pictures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "The product categories will be displayed with pictures." -msgstr "Ürün kategorileri görsellerle beraber görünecektir." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "IP Address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The hostname or ip address of the hardware proxy, Will be autodetected if " -"left empty" -msgstr "" -"Donanım proxy veya sunucu adı veya IP adresi. Boş bırakılırsa otomatik " -"algılanacaktır" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "Barkod Tarayıcı" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Electronic Scale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enables Electronic Scale integration" -msgstr "Elektronik Tartı Entegrasyonu Etkinleştirir" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Automatically open the cashdrawer" -msgstr "Nakit kasasını otomatik aç" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt Printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Bypass browser printing and prints via the hardware proxy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Automatic Receipt Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "The receipt will automatically be printed at the end of each order" -msgstr "Sipariş sonunda fiş otomatik yazdırılacaktır." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Skip Receipt Screen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The receipt screen will be skipped if the receipt can be printed " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Header" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a header in the printed receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Footer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a footer in the printed receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Cash Control" -msgstr "Kasa Kontrolü" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Bill Splitting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enables Bill Splitting in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Bill Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Allows to print the Bill before payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Orderline Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Allow custom notes on Orderlines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Restaurant Floors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "The restaurant floors served by this point of sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:100 -msgid "Now you are ready to make your first steps with your point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:103 -msgid "First Steps in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:106 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:108 -msgid "" -"On the dashboard, you can see your points of sales, click on **New " -"session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "" -"On the right you can see the products list with the categories on the top. " -"If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can directly " -"set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:125 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:59 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " -"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` " -"and pays with a ``20 €`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:134 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Your ticket is printed and you are now ready to make your second order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:137 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:71 -msgid "Closing a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:139 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, to close the session, click on the **Close** button " -"on the top right. Click again on the close button of the point of sale. On " -"this page, you will see a summary of the transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:146 -msgid "" -"If you click on a payment method line, the journal of this method appears " -"containing all the transactions performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:152 -msgid "Now, you only have to validate and close the session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "How to register multiple orders simultaneously?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:6 -msgid "Register simultaneous orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On the main screen, just tap on the **+** on the top of the screen to " -"register another order. The current orders remain opened until the payment " -"is done or the order is cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:16 -msgid "Switch from one order to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:18 -msgid "Simply click on the number of the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:24 -msgid "Cancel an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you made a mistake or if the order is cancelled, just click on the **-** " -"button. A message will appear to confirm the order deletion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:34 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/register`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/reprint`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`transfer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle kitchen & bar order printing?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "From the dashboard click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:13 -msgid "Under the **Bar & Restaurant** section, tick **Bill Printing**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:18 -msgid "In order printers, click on **add an item** and then **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Set a printer **Name**, its **IP address** and the **Category** of product " -"you want to print on this printer. The category of product is useful to " -"print the order for the kitchen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:30 -msgid "Several printers can be added this way" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Now when you register an order, products will be automatically printed on " -"the correct printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:39 -msgid "Print a bill before the payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:41 -msgid "On the main screen, click on the **Bill** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:46 -msgid "Finally click on **Print**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:51 -msgid "Click on **Ok** once it is done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:54 -msgid "Print the order (kitchen printing)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:56 -msgid "" -"This is different than printing the bill. It only prints the list of the " -"items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:59 -msgid "Click on **Order**, it will automatically be printed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The printer is automatically chosen according to the products categories set" -" on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Point of Sale Restaurant?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Point of Sale** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Enable the option **Restaurant: activate table management** and click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Then go back to the **Dashboard**, on the point of sale you want to use in " -"restaurant mode, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Under the **Restaurant Floors** section, click on **add an item** to insert " -"a floor and to set your PoS in restaurant mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Insert a floor name and assign the floor to your point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Click on **Save & Close** and then on **Save**. Congratulations, your point " -"of sale is now in Restaurant mode. The first time you start a session, you " -"will arrive on an empty map." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:40 -msgid ":doc:`table`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle split bills?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Split bills only work for point of sales that are in **restaurant** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:15 -msgid "In the settings tick the option **Bill Splitting**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:8 -msgid "From the dashboard, click on **New Session**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:28 -msgid "Choose a table and start registering an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When customers want to pay and split the bill, there are two ways to achieve" -" this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:36 -msgid "based on the total" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:38 -msgid "based on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:44 -msgid "Splitting based on the total" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Just click on **Payment**. You only have to insert the money tendered by " -"each customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Click on the payment method (cash, credit card,...) and enter the amount. " -"Repeat it for each customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:55 -msgid "" -"When it's done, click on validate. This is how to split the bill based on " -"the total amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:59 -msgid "Split the bill based on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:61 -msgid "On the main view, click on **Split**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Select the products the first customer wants to pay and click on **Payment**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:71 -msgid "You get the total, process the payment and click on **Validate**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:76 -msgid "Follow the same procedure for the next customer of the same table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:78 -msgid "When all the products have been paid you go back to the table map." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure your table map?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:6 -msgid "Make your table map" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for restaurant usage, click on " -"**New Session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:14 -msgid "" -"This is your main floor, it is empty for now. Click on the **+** icon to add" -" a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Drag and drop the table to change its position. Once you click on it, you " -"can edit it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:23 -msgid "Click on the corners to change the size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:28 -msgid "The number of seats can be set by clicking on this icon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:33 -msgid "The table name can be edited by clicking on this icon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:38 -msgid "You can switch from round to square table by clicking on this icon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:43 -msgid "The color of the table can modify by clicking on this icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:48 -msgid "This icon allows you to duplicate the table:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:53 -msgid "To drop a table click on this icon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Once your plan is done click on the pencil to leave the edit mode. The plan " -"is automatically saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:65 -msgid "Register your orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Now you are ready to make your first order. You just have to click on a " -"table to start registering an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can come back at any time to the map by clicking on the floor name :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:76 -msgid "Edit a table map" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:78 -msgid "On your map, click on the pencil icon to go in edit mode :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle tips?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:63 -msgid "From the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:13 -msgid "Add a product for the tip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the tip product page, be sure to set a sale price of ``0€`` and to remove" -" all the taxes in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:25 -msgid "Adding a tip" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:27 -msgid "On the payment page, tap on **Tip**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:32 -msgid "Tap down the amount of the tip:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The total amount has been updated and you can now register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to transfer a customer from table?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This only work for Point of Sales that are configured in restaurant mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Choose a table, for example table ``T1`` and start registering an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register an order. For some reason, customers want to move to table ``T9``. " -"Click on **Transfer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:24 -msgid "Select to which table you want to transfer customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:29 -msgid "You see that the order has been added to the table ``T9``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Shop Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up cash control?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash control permits you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:9 -msgid "Configuring cash control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:11 -msgid "" -"On the **Point of Sale** dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:17 -msgid "On this page, scroll and tick the the option **Cash Control**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:23 -msgid "Starting a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:25 -msgid "On your point of sale dashboard click on **new session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Before launching the point of sale interface, you get the open control view." -" Click on set an opening balance to introduce the amount in the cashbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Here you can insert the value of the coin or bill, and the amount present in" -" the cashbox. The system sums up the total, in this example we have " -"``86,85€`` in the cashbox. Click on **confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can see that the opening balance has changed and when you click on " -"**Open Session** you will get the main point of sale interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " -"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84€`` " -"and pays with a ``20€`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:73 -msgid "" -"At the time of closing the session, click on the **Close** button on the top" -" right. Click again on the **Close** button to exit the point of sale " -"interface. On this page, you will see a summary of the transactions. At this" -" moment you can take the money out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:81 -msgid "" -"For instance you want to take your daily transactions out of your cashbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that the theoretical closing balance has been updated and it" -" only remains you to count your cashbox to set a closing balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:93 -msgid "You can now validate the closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:96 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:92 -msgid ":doc:`invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:97 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:116 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`refund`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:98 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:117 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:21 -msgid ":doc:`seasonal_discount`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice from the POS interface?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:8 -msgid "" -"On the **Dashboard**, you can see your points of sales, click on **New " -"session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:14 -msgid "You are on the ``main`` point of sales view :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:19 -msgid "" -"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on " -"the top. Switch categories by clicking on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you click on a product, it will be added in your cart. You can directly " -"set the correct **Quantity/Weight** by typing it on the keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:26 -msgid "Add a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:29 -msgid "By selecting in the customer list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:31 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer** (above **Payment**):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:36 -msgid "You must set a customer in order to be able to issue an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can search in the list of your customers or create new ones by clicking " -"on the icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:48 -msgid "" -"For more explanation about adding a new customer. Please read the document " -":doc:`../advanced/register`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "By using a barcode for customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:59 -msgid "Select a customer and click on the pencil to edit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:64 -msgid "Set a the barcode for customer by scanning it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Save modifications and now when you scan the customer's barcode, he is " -"assigned to the order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Be careful with the **Barcode Nomenclature**. By default, customers' " -"barcodes have to begin with 042. To check the default barcode nomenclature, " -"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode " -"Nomenclatures`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:82 -msgid "Payment and invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Once the cart is processed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " -"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` " -"and pays with by a ``VISA``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Before clicking on **Validate**, you have to click on **Invoice** in order " -"to create an invoice from this order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:94 -msgid "Your invoice is printed and you can continue to make orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:97 -msgid "Retrieve invoices of a specific customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:99 -msgid "" -"To retrieve the customer's invoices, go to the **Sale** application, click " -"on :menuselection:`Sales --> Customers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:102 -msgid "On the customer information view, click on the **Invoiced** button :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:107 -msgid "" -"You will get the list all his invoices. Click on the invoice to get the " -"details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:114 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:91 -msgid ":doc:`cash_control`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "How to return and refund products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To refund a customer, from the PoS main view, you have to insert negative " -"values. For instance in the last order you count too many ``pumpkins`` and " -"you have to pay back one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You can see that the total is negative, to end the refund, you only have to " -"process the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "How to apply Time-limited or seasonal discounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:8 -msgid "To apply time-limited or seasonal discount, use the pricelists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -msgid "You have to create it and to apply it on the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:13 -msgid "Sales application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Sales** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Tick **Advanced pricing based on formula**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Creating a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once the setting has been applied, a **Pricelists** section appears under " -"the configuration menu on the sales application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "Click on it, and then on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Create a **Pricelist** for your point of sale. Each pricelist can contain " -"several items with different prices and different dates. It can be done on " -"all products or only on specific ones. Click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Etkin" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If unchecked, it will allow you to hide the pricelist without removing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 -msgid "Selectable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 -msgid "Allow the end user to choose this price list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45 -msgid "" -"For example, the price of the oranges costs ``3€`` but for two days, we want" -" to give a ``10%`` discount to our PoS customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can do it by adding the product or its category and applying a " -"percentage discount. Other price computation can be done for the pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:55 -msgid "After you save and close, your pricelist is ready to be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:61 -msgid "Applying your pricelist to the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:68 -msgid "On the right, you will be able to assign a pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You just have to update the pricelist to apply the time-limited discount(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:80 -msgid "" -"When you start a new session, you can see that the price have automatically " -"been updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:87 -msgid "When you update a pricelist, you have to close and open the session." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po deleted file mode 100644 index e91464ae1..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "Pratik Bilgiler" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po deleted file mode 100644 index 52c0a249a..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1697 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "Proje" - -#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "İleri Düzey" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:3 -msgid "How to use projects to handle claims/issues?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A company selling support services often has to deal with problems occurring" -" during the implementation of the project. These issues have to be solved " -"and followed up as fast as possible in order to ensure the deliverability of" -" the project and a positive customer satisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:10 -msgid "" -"For example, as an IT company offering the implementation of your software, " -"you might have to deal with customers emails experiencing technical " -"problems. Odoo offers the opportunity to create dedicated support projects " -"which automatically generate tasks upon receiving an customer support email." -" This way, the issue can then be assigned directly to an employee and can be" -" closed more quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:18 -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:15 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Yapılandırma" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The following configuration are needed to be able to use projects for " -"support and issues. You need to install the **Project management** and the " -"**Issue Tracking** modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:31 -msgid "Create a project" -msgstr "Proje Oluştur" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The first step in order to set up a claim/issue management system is to " -"create a project related to those claims. Let's start by simply creating a " -"**support project**. Enter the Project application dashboard, click on " -"create and name your project **Support**. Tick the **Issues** box and rename" -" the field if you want to customize the Issues label (e.g. **Bugs** or " -"**Cases**). As issues are customer-oriented tasks, you might want to set the" -" Privacy/Visibility settings to **Customer project** (therefore your client " -"will be able to follow his claim in his portal)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can link the project to a customer if the project has been created to " -"handle a specific client issues, otherwise you can leave the field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:51 -msgid "Invite followers" -msgstr "Takipçi Davet Edin" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You can decide to notify your employees as soon as a new issue will be " -"created. On the **Chatter** (bottom of the screen), you will notice two " -"buttons on the right : **Follow** (green) and **No follower** (white). Click" -" on the first to receive personally notifications and on the second to add " -"others employees as follower of the project (see screenshot below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:63 -msgid "Set up your workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:65 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project stages to suit your workflow by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using the **setting** icon on " -"your desired stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:77 -msgid "Generate issues from emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:79 -msgid "" -"When your project is correctly set up and saved, you will see it appearing " -"in your dashboard. Note that an email address for that project is " -"automatically generated, with the name of the project as alias." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you cannot see the email address on your project, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and configure your alias " -"domain. Hit **Apply** and go back to your **Projects** dashboard where you " -"will now see the email address under the name of your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Every time one of your client will send an email to that email address, a " -"new issue will be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:96 -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 -msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "E-posta Şablonu" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 -msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Raporlama" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`claim_issue`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Moreover if you wish to be able to invoice your customers based on time " -"spent on the task, it is also necessary to install the **Timesheet** module." -" Simply go into the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 -msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 -msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Creating a new project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 -msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 -msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Tasks are assignments that members of your organisations have to fulfill as " -"part of a project. In day to day business, your company might struggle due " -"to the important amount of tasks to fulfill. Those task are already complex " -"enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be a real " -"burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the " -"different tasks you have to cope with." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The only configuration needed is to install the project module in the module" -" application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:24 -msgid "Creating Tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once you created a project, you can easily generate tasks for it. Simply " -"open the project and click on create a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You then first give a name to your task, the related project will " -"automatically be filled in, assign the project to someone, and select a " -"deadline if there is one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:40 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:49 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:57 -msgid "How to nototify your collegues about the status of a task?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:65 -msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will be automatically moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red (in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:80 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadline in a " -"single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:89 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 -msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:94 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 -msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 -msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 -msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 -msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 -msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 -msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po deleted file mode 100644 index 07f95fbdc..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2923 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Güven YILMAZ <guvenyilmaz@outlook.com.tr>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "Satınalma" - -#: ../../purchase/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:3 -msgid "Request for Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Although they are intimately related, Requests for Quotation, Purchase " -"Tenders and Purchase Orders are not the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A **Request for Quotation** (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " -"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " -"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " -"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " -"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:15 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A **Purchase Tender** (PT), also known as Call for Bids, is used to drive " -"competition between several suppliers in order to get the best offer for a " -"list of products. In comparison to the RfQ, a Purchase Tender is sent to " -"multiple suppliers, stating each are competing with one another, and that " -"the best offer will win. The main interest is that it usually leads to " -"better offers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase Order** (PO) is the actual order that you place to the " -"supplier that you chose, either through a RfQ, a Purchase Tender, or simply " -"when you already know which supplier to order from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:27 -msgid "When to use?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:29 -msgid "" -"A **RfQ** is interesting when you have never purchased the products with " -"that supplier before and therefore don't know their price. It is also useful" -" if you want to challenge your suppliers once you have a well-established " -"relationship with them. You can also use it to assess the cost of a project " -"and see if it makes it feasible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:35 -msgid "" -"A **Purchase Tender** is used for public offers that require an open " -"offering from several suppliers. It is also useful when you need to make a " -"one-off order for a product and you would like to get the best offer, no " -"matter which supplier it is. It may be used when your supplier has not been " -"up to your standards and you would like to either push them to deliver a " -"better service, or find a replacement in their competitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:43 -msgid "When not to use?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**RfQ**\\ s become unnecessary once you have established your favorite " -"supplier for each item, and will only increase the delay in the delivery of " -"your items. In that case, the process will be simpler by starting straight " -"from a Purchase Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:50 -msgid "" -"**Purchase Tenders** are a long and tedious process that will likely take " -"more than several weeks in the best cases. If you need a quick delivery, " -"this is not the way to go. Also, if you have a well-established relationship" -" with one supplier, think twice before you initiate a PT with them as it " -"might tear the relationship and finally lead to less interesting deals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:58 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:139 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:60 -msgid "" -"My company builds wooden furniture. For the new series of table we are " -"designing, we need some screws, metal frames and rubber protections." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:63 -msgid "" -"I create a Request for Quotation in Odoo with those products to my usual " -"supplier, and send it by email. He answers back with an offer. However, I am" -" not convinced by the offer, and I want to see if anyone can give a better " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:68 -msgid "" -"I decide to push competition a bit and set up a Purchase Tender, that Odoo " -"will send to a list of suppliers I specified. Out of the 8 offers I receive," -" one gets my attention and I decide to go ahead with that one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:72 -msgid "" -"I confirm the order to the supplier by creating a Purchase Order from the " -"PT, and Odoo automatically asks delivery of the items to the supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:77 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:16 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:58 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:21 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Yapılandırma" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Order**, read the " -"documentation on :doc:`from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If you want to know how to create a **RfQ**, read the documentation on " -":doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:85 -msgid "" -"If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Tender**, read the " -"documentation on :doc:`../../purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "From purchase order to invoice and receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"For most of your everyday purchases, chances are you already know where to " -"purchase and at what price. For these cases, a simple Purchase Order (PO) " -"will allow you to handle the whole process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a purchase order can be created as is, but can also be the result " -"of a Request for Quotation or of a Purchase Tender. Therefore, every " -"purchase made in Odoo has a PO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The PO will generate an invoice, and depending on the contract with your " -"supplier, you will be required to pay the invoice before or after delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:18 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:20 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search and install the **Purchase " -"Management** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:27 -msgid "Creating a Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchases** app, open the **Purchase** menu and click on **Purchase" -" Orders**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:32 -msgid "In the **Purchase Orders** window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:37 -msgid "" -"From the new window, insert the **Vendor** and type in the **Order Date**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:40 -msgid "In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:45 -msgid "Select your product from the list and add a description if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:47 -msgid "The **Scheduled Date** menu corresponds to the expected delivery date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Type in the quantity which you wish to purchase, then click on **Save** and " -"on **Confirm Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you wish to go through the complete flow and create a **Request for " -"Quotation** for this order, refer to the document on " -":doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:57 -msgid "" -"As you can see, the status of the PO has switched to ``Purchase Order``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:63 -msgid "Registering invoice, payments and receiving products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Depending on the contract you have with your supplier, you can either pay " -"for the purchase upon delivery of the goods, or get the goods delivered " -"after payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:70 -msgid "Payment upon or after reception" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:72 -msgid "Still from your purchase order, click on **Receive Products**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In the next page, check that the number of products received corresponds to " -"the number ordered, then manually enter the delivered quantity and click on " -"**Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Go back to the PO. In the PO, a **Shipment** and an **Invoice** button have " -"appeared." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Invoices** button, then click on **Validate**. The invoice is" -" now registered in the system. Click on **Register Payment**, insert the " -"detail of the payment, and click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:94 -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Your products are now ready for picking and storage, and the invoice is " -"marked as paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:98 -msgid "Upfront payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:100 -msgid "" -"From the **Purchase Order** page, open the **Invoices** tab, then click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:103 -msgid "" -"In the next page, click on **Validate**. The invoice is now registered in " -"the system. Click on **Register Payment**, insert the detail of the payment," -" and click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Go back to the PO. In the PO, a **Shipment** tab and an **Invoice** tab have" -" appeared." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Click on **Receive Products**, then in the new page, click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:121 -msgid "" -"A window will appear, asking if you wish to process every item at once. " -"Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Satınalma" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 -msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import supplier pricelists?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Big companies use to import supplier pricelists day to day. Indeed, prices " -"are always changing and you need to get price up to date to deal with a high" -" number of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To manage supplier prices on product form, read this document " -"(:doc:`suppliers`). Here we will show you how to import customer prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:16 -msgid "Required configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:18 -msgid "In purchase settings, you have 2 options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:20 -msgid "Manage vendor price on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:22 -msgid "Allow using and importing vendor pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:24 -msgid "Here we are selecting: **Allow using and importing vendor pricelists**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:30 -msgid "Import vendor pricelists" -msgstr "Tedarikçi fiyat listelerini içe aktar" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:32 -msgid "" -"There are 2 scenarios: import the vendor pricelist for the first time, or " -"update an existing vendor pricelist. In both scenarios, we assume your " -"product list and vendor list is updated and you want to import the price " -"list of vendors for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To import a list from a document, the best pratice is to export first to get" -" an example of data formating and a proper header to reimport." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:50 -msgid "Import the list for the first time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:53 -msgid "Prepare the document" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase --> Supplier Pricelists`, export a " -"template of document to get import/export compatible and get the right " -"format to import in mass. Create manually a data and export it " -"(:menuselection:`select --> Action --> Export`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:63 -msgid "Here is the list of fields you can import:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 -msgid "**Header of the document to import (csv, xls)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 -msgid "**Meaning and how to get it**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 -msgid "**Example**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 -msgid "name_id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 -msgid "Vendor ID -> export supplier list to get it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 -msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.res\\_partner\\_12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 -msgid "product_code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 -msgid "Vendor product Code -> free text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 -msgid "569874" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 -msgid "price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 -msgid "Vendor Price -> free text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 -msgid "1500" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 -msgid "product_tmpl_id.id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 -msgid "Product Template ID -> export you product list to get it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 -msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product_template_13" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76 -msgid "currency_id.id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76 -msgid "Currency -> to get it export the currency list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 -msgid "date_end" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 -msgid "End date of the price validity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 -msgid "2015-10-22" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 -msgid "min_qty" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 -msgid "Minimal quantity to purchase from this vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 -msgid "product_id.id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 -msgid "Product Variante name -> export your variant list to get it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 -msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product\\_13" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 -msgid "date_start" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 -msgid "Start date of price validity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 -msgid "2015-12-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:87 -msgid "You obtain a document which can be imported, fill in your vendor pices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Import this document in Odoo. Click on **Import** in the list view and " -"upload your document. You can validate and check error. Once the system " -"tells you everything is ok, you can import the list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:102 -msgid "" -"After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the " -"product form is filled in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:106 -msgid "Update the vendor pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When the pricelist of your suppliers change, it is necessary to update " -"existing prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Follow the procedure of the first scenario in order to export existing data " -"from :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> Vendor Pricelist`. Select " -"everything, and export from the **Action** menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Change price, end date, add a line, change a supplier, ... and then reimport" -" in Odoo. Thanks to the ID, the list will be updated. Either the id is " -"recognized and the line is updated or the ID is not known by Odoo and it " -"will create a new pricelist line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:120 -msgid "" -"After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the " -"product form is updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 -msgid "How to set several suppliers on a product?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your vendors can be a real burden in day-to-day business " -"life. Prices can change and you might have several suppliers for one " -"product. With Odoo you have the possibility to directly link vendors with " -"the corresponding product and specify prices automatically the first time " -"you purchase them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example: We need to buy ``5 t-shirts``. We found " -"a **Vendor**; called ``Bob&Jerry's`` and we want to issue a request for " -"quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:19 -msgid "Install the purchase module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The first step to set your suppliers on your products is to install the " -"purchase module. Go into your **App** module and install the **Purchase** " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:29 -msgid "" -"By installing the purchase module, the inventory and invoicing module will " -"be installed as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:33 -msgid "Create a Vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The second step is to create a vendor. In this case we'll create the vendor " -"``Bob&Jerry's``. Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Purchase " -"--> Vendors` and create a new vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can choose if the contact is a company or a person, fill in basic " -"information such as address, phone, email,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you did not create the contact from the purchase module you will need to " -"go in the **Sales and Purchases** tab as well and indicate that the contact " -"is a **Vendor** (see picture below). If the contact is created from the " -"purchase module this box will be ticked automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:51 -msgid "Create a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Next we can create the product we want to buy. We don't know the price of " -"the t-shirt yet because we still need to issue our **Request for " -"Quotation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To create a product enter your purchase module select " -":menuselection:`Purchase --> Products` and create a new product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:60 -msgid "" -"We will call our product ``T-shirt`` and specify that the product can be " -"sold and purchased." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:67 -msgid "Add Vendors to the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The next action is to add vendors to the product. There are two ways to " -"handle this. If you issue a purchase order for the first time Odoo will " -"automatically link the vendor and its price to the product. You can also add" -" vendors manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:75 -msgid "By issuing a first Purchase Order to new vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:77 -msgid "" -"When issuing a purchase order for the first time to a vendor, he will " -"automatically be linked to the product by Odoo. For our example let's say " -"that we issue a first purchase order to ``Bob&Jerry's`` for ``5 t-shirts`` " -"at ``12.35 euros / piece``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:82 -msgid "" -"First create your purchase order with the correct product and supplier (see " -"picture below, or the documentation page :doc:`../rfq/create` for more " -"information)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:89 -msgid "" -"When we save and validate the purchase order the vendor will automatically " -"be added to the product's vendors list. To check this enter the purchase " -"module, select :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products` and select our T-shirt" -" product. By opening the **Inventory** tab we notice that our vendor and its" -" price has automatically been added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " -"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:103 -msgid "By adding manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:105 -msgid "" -"We can of course also add vendors and vendors information manually. On the " -"same page than previously, simply click on **Edit** and click the **Add an " -"item** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:112 -msgid "" -"When adding a new **Vendor** you are also able to add extra information such" -" as the vendor product name or code, the validity of the price and the " -"eventual minimum quantity required. These informations can be added and " -"modified for existing vendors by simply clicking on the vendors line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 -msgid "How to purchase in different unit of measures than sales?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " -"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" -" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" -" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " -"between sales and purchase very easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 -msgid "Let's take the following examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " -"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " -"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " -"quantities in **Liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" -" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " -"correctly installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom01|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom02|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 -msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " -"unit of measures (advanced)** box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 -msgid "Standard units of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " -"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" -" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " -"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 -msgid "" -"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " -"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " -"customers in **Liters**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 -msgid "" -"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " -"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" -" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " -"purchase)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " -"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 -msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " -"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " -"curtains in **square meters**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " -"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " -"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" -" where both units have a conversion relationship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" -" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " -"below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " -"**Inter-Category-Computation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " -"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " -"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " -"of Measure`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 -msgid "Create two new units:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 -msgid "" -"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" -" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" -" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " -"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" -" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" -" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " -"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " -"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 -msgid "" -"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " -"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 -msgid "Request for Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "How to analyze the performance of my vendors?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " -"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " -"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "vb.." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " -"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " -"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " -"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " -"their future orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:17 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**. " -"If you want to know how to generate a purchase order, please read the " -"documentation :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:44 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:47 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " -"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " -"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " -"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " -"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " -"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:60 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " -"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " -"\"Products\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" -" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " -"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " -"below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:77 -msgid "" -"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " -"dependent and one independent measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:81 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " -"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " -"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:97 -msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:103 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:76 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:75 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup two levels of approval for purchase orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:6 -msgid "Two level approval setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Double validation on purchases forces a validation when the purchased amount" -" exceeds a certain limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Install **Purchase Management** module and then go to **General Settings** " -"to configure the company data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Set here the amount limit for second approval and set approval from manager " -"side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:21 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Logged as a purchase user, create a purchase order for more than the amount " -"set above, and confirm it. The purchase order is set in a state **To " -"Approve**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:29 -msgid "The manager gets the order to approve and validates the final order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:34 -msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 -msgid "How to control supplier bills?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " -"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " -"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" -" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " -"management processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:13 -msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " -"vendor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " -"Order (PO)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " -"stockable products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " -"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " -"only one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 -msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing purchase will " -"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:41 -msgid "Creating products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the **Products** submenu under **Purchase**," -" and click **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " -"it is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Products that are set as **Stockable** or **Consumable** will allow you to " -"keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management " -"and will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service** or **Digital Product** " -"will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " -"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " -"of these designations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:64 -msgid "" -"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " -"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" -" type to **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:70 -msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:73 -msgid "Purchasing products or services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:75 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " -"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " -"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " -"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " -"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " -"Reference)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the **Inventory** " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89 -msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " -"you will need to receive the products from the **Inventory** application " -"after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you " -"should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This " -"button is outlined in red below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the " -"**Vendor** (or **Partner**), the product, or the source document, also known" -" as the reference of your purchase order. You also have the capability to " -"group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item" -" from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive " -"the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117 -msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120 -msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:122 -msgid "" -"When you receive a **Vendor Bill** for a previous purchase, be sure to " -"record it in the **Purchases** application under the **Control Menu**. You " -"need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a **Vendor Bill** is to " -"select the appropriate **Vendor** as this will also pull up any associated " -"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " -"any one or multiple purchase orders to populate the vendor bill with. When " -"you select a purchase order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " -"products associated to that purchase order and automatically populate that " -"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " -"reference number or your internal purchase order number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:144 -msgid "" -"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" -" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:149 -msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same purchase order if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " -"products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:154 -msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " -"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " -"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" -" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" -" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" -" validate the vendor bill, you may override this zero quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:165 -msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:168 -msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:170 -msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " -"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " -"reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:181 -msgid "Or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " -"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " -"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:187 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " -"could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:190 -msgid "" -"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:193 -msgid "" -"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:196 -msgid "Or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:199 -msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:201 -msgid "" -"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " -"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:204 -msgid "" -"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " -"quantities, you will need to enable **Debug Mode** from the **About Odoo** " -"information. Once debug mode is activated, select the product(s) you wish to" -" modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase " -"Bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:213 -msgid "" -"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " -"to be based on either:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:216 -msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:218 -msgid "Received quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:221 -msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:223 -msgid "" -"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from that purchase order. If you have not deleted the " -"previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked to" -" all the appropriate purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a purchase order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " -"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" -" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 -msgid "" -"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " -"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " -"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " -"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " -"cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " -"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " -"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To learn more about the purchase order process, read the documentation page " -":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 -msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:33 -msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " -"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " -"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:48 -msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " -"cancel the PO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:54 -msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " -"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." -" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " -"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:66 -msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:68 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " -"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " -"ask you the permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" -" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " -"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:83 -msgid "Create reverse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" -" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." -" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" -" corresponding location and click on **Return**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " -"stock to your vendor location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 -msgid "" -"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" -" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " -"cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:104 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`bills`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:105 -msgid ":doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Request for Quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " -"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " -"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " -"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " -"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For more information on best uses, please read the chapter " -":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:19 -msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " -"Quotation` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " -"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " -"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Shipment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "Tedarikçi Referansı" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " -"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " -"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " -"a purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "Kaynak Belge" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" -" sales order or an internal procurement request)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine picking type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "Bu, gelen sevkiyatların toplama türüne karar verecektir" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " -"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "Hedef Konum Türü" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "Teslimat Koşulu" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " -"used in international transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:35 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:37 -msgid "" -"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " -"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " -"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " -"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " -"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " -"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " -"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " -"supplier or enter a new one)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" -" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " -"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " -"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:62 -msgid "" -"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " -"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" -" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 -msgid "How to control product received? (entirely & partially)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " -"products to receive and to control supplier bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" -" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " -"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 -msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " -"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " -"others), which is required with **Purchase**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 -msgid "Create products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " -"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 -msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " -"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 -msgid "" -"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " -"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " -"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" -" set his product type field as **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 -msgid "Control products receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 -msgid "Purchase products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " -"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" -" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " -"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " -"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 -msgid "" -"See the documentation page :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` " -"for a full overview of the purchase process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:71 -msgid "Receive Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " -"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " -"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " -"receipt box of the related warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " -"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " -"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" -" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " -"the lines within it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " -"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " -"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " -"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 -msgid "" -"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " -"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " -"the quantity received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:107 -msgid "" -"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" -" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " -"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " -"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`cancel`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage Purchase Tenders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For more information on best uses, please read the chapter `Request for " -"Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order? " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/purchase/overview/process/difference.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:17 -msgid "Activate the Purchase Tender function" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"By default, the Purchase Tender is not activated. To be able to use PTs, you" -" must first activate the option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open the Configuration menu and click on Settings. " -"In the Purchase Order section, locate the **Calls for Tenders** and tick the" -" box Allow using call for tenders... (advanced), then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:31 -msgid "Create a Purchase Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To create a new Purchase Tender, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase " -"Agreements (PA)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In the Purchase Agreements window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase " -"Agreement window opens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:42 -msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Purchase Tender." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:44 -msgid "You do not have to define a **Vendor**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:46 -msgid "" -"In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**. Select products in " -"the Product list, then insert **Quantity**. You can add as many products as " -"you wish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:53 -msgid "Click on **Confirm Call**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Now click on the button **New Quotation**. A RfQ is created with the " -"products chosen on the PT. Choose a **Vendor** and send the RfQ to the " -"vendor. Repeat this operation for each vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:62 -msgid "Once all the RfQs are sent, you can click on **Validate** on the PT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The vendors will send their offers, you can update the RfQs accordingly. " -"Then, choose the ones you want to accept by clicking on **Confirm Order** on" -" the RfQs and **Cancel** the others." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:68 -msgid "You can now click on **Done** on the PT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:70 -msgid "" -"View `Purchase Tenders " -"<https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition>`__" -" in our Online Demonstration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to purchase partially at two vendors for the same purchase tenders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:5 -msgid "" -"For some Purchase Tenders (PT), you might sometimes want to be able to " -"select only a part of some of the offers you received. In Odoo, this is made" -" possible through the advanced mode of the **Purchase** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If you want to know how to handle a simple **Purchase Tender**, read the " -"document on :doc:`manage_multiple_offers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:19 -msgid "From the **Apps** menu, install the **Purchase Management** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:25 -msgid "Activating the Purchase Tender and Purchase Tender advanced mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to select elements of an offer, you must activate the " -"advanced mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To do so, go into the **Purchases** module, open the **Configuration** menu " -"and click on **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In the **Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Allow using call for" -" tenders to get quotes from multiple suppliers(...)**, and in the **Advanced" -" Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Advanced call for tender " -"(...)** then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:42 -msgid "Selecting elements of a RFQ/Bid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase Tenders`. Create a purchase " -"tender containing several products, and follow the usual sequence all the " -"way to the **Bid Selection** status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:49 -msgid "" -"When you closed the call, click on **Choose Product Lines** to access the " -"list of products and the bids received for all of them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Unroll the list of offers you received for each product, and click on the " -"*v* symbol (**Confirm order**) next to the offers you wish to proceed with. " -"The lines for which you've confirmed the order turn blue. When you're " -"finished, click on **Generate PO** to create a purchase order for each " -"product and supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:64 -msgid "" -"When you come back to you purchase tender, you can see that the status has " -"switched to **PO Created** and that the **Requests for Quotations** now have" -" a status of **Purchase Order** or **Cancelled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:72 -msgid "" -"From there, follow the documentation " -":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` to proceed with the " -"delivery and invoicing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`manage_multiple_offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment Flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 -msgid "How are the order date and scheduled dates computed?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company, Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:13 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is an essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients. " -"Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:21 -msgid "On a product level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:24 -msgid "Supplier lead time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " -"purchased product. To configure the Supplier lead time select a product " -"(from the Purchase module, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Product`), and" -" go in the **Inventory** tab. You will have to add a **Vendor** to your " -"product in order to select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:36 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add more than one vendor per product and thus different " -"delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, click on it to open its form and indicate its " -"delivery lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:46 -msgid "" -"In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery days " -"will be equal to: Date of the purchase order + Delivery Lead Time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:50 -msgid "Customer lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your " -"store/warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. " -"Simply select a product (from the **Sales** module, go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Product`), and go into the **Sales** tab to " -"indicate your customer lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:62 -msgid "On the company level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:64 -msgid "" -"On company level, it is possible to parameter **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the computed scheduled date in case of " -"delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:70 -msgid "Sales Safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Sales Safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements on time. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. That way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:80 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to the app :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"General settings`, and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 -msgid "Go the **Configuration** tab to indicate the number of safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Note that you can in this menu configure a default **Manufacturing** lead " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:97 -msgid "Purchase days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:99 -msgid "Purchase days response to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:101 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled in order to " -"cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can be found in the " -"same menu as the sales safety days (see screenshot above)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:108 -msgid "On route level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:110 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers due to the movement of stocks can also influence the " -"computed date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **Inventory** " -"module when creating a new push rule for a new route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Read the documentation " -":doc:`../../../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule` to learn more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:125 -msgid "On document level:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:128 -msgid "Requested date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to indicate a requested date by the client " -"straight on the sale order, under the tab **Other information**. If this " -"date is earlier than the theoretically computed date, Odoo will " -"automatically display a warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:141 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:146 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:148 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:151 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:154 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"needs on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " -"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 -msgid "" -"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " -"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " -"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " -"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " -"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 -msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " -"concerned order lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " -"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" -" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 -msgid "How to trigger the purchase of products based on sales?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When you work in just-in-time, you don't manage stock so you directly order " -"the product you need from your vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:11 -msgid "The usual flow is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:13 -msgid "Create a sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:15 -msgid "Purchase the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:17 -msgid "Receive and pay the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:19 -msgid "Deliver your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:21 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:24 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the purchases application, open the **Purchase** menu and click on " -"**Products**. Open the product on which you want to do your purchases based " -"on sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Next to Routes, tick **Buy** and **Make to order** as a procurement method. " -"When you are generating sales order, Odoo will automatically reorder the " -"same quantity through procurement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:37 -msgid "Don't forget to set a vendor otherwise the rule won't be triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can also configure minimum stock rules that will trigger the purchase " -"orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To know how to configure a minimum stock rule, please read the document " -":doc:`setup_stock_rule`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:50 -msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To create a sale order, go to the **Sales** application, " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Sales order` and create a new sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:58 -msgid "" -"After confirming it, you will see one **Delivery** associated with this sale" -" order on the **button** on the top of it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button to see the transfer order. The status of " -"the outgoing shipment is **Waiting Another Operation**. It won't be done " -"until the purchase order is confirmed and received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:69 -msgid "Purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The purchase order is automatically created. Go to the **Purchase** " -"application :menuselection:`Purchase --> Request for Quotation`. The source " -"document is the sale order that triggered the procurement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you make some more sales that trigger procurements to the same vendor, it" -" will be added to the existing request for quotation. Once it is confirmed, " -"the next procurements will create a new request for quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:85 -msgid "Receipt and delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Go the the **Inventory** application. Click on **# To Receive** on the " -"**Receipts** tile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:93 -msgid "Select the receipt from your vendor and **Validate** it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. In the delivery order, click on **# " -"To Do**. The delivery order is now ready to ship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:104 -msgid "" -"The status of the delivery changed from **Waiting Availability** to " -"**Available**. Validate the transfer to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`setup_stock_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:112 -msgid ":doc:`warning_triggering`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a minimum stock rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 -msgid "" -"For some items you hold in stock, it might be useful to have rules making " -"sure you never run out of stocks (for example, products with a high demand, " -"or large items requiring a lot of storage space meaning they're harder to " -"stock)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to set up rules so that an automatic replenishment for those" -" items is made, based on minimum stocks available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:14 -msgid "When should I use Reordering Rules?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Reordering Rules work best for items that have a high demand and high flow. " -"It will relieve you from a lot of work to focus on the rest of your " -"activities knowing that stocks will always be right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:20 -msgid "" -"It can also be used when you have limited storage space and you need to keep" -" large items in stock. In this case, you can keep as little as 1 item in " -"stock, and have a new one ordered as a stock replenishment as soon as the " -"item in stock is sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:26 -msgid "When should I avoid Reordering Rules?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you are offering a new product and don't know yet how fast it will go, " -"you should handle stocks yourself first, and setup reordering rules only a " -"few months into the sale to have better forecasts of the demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If you sell items that have a limited lifetime, such as fashion items, " -"technology items, or products working together with a system that is meant " -"to evolve, you have to be very well informed on when to stop automated " -"replenishments, in order to avoid having to sell these items at a price that" -" will not allow you to break even." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"My company sells modern furniture. We sell a set of table and chairs that " -"are available in 4 seatings and 6 seatings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:44 -msgid "" -"To keep things simple, we stock tables and chairs separately, but sell them " -"all together to our clients as a kit. In order to make sure we can always " -"deliver a complete set of table and chairs, I setup a Reordering Rule for " -"the chairs to make sure I always have at least 10 chairs in stock, but no " -"more than 20. This way, I can sell up to 5 sets of table at once while " -"keeping my stock low enough not to eat up all my storage space." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The last table I sold was a 4 seatings, and there were 12 chairs left in my " -"stock. Because the stock in chairs is now only 8 chairs, Odoo will " -"automatically order 12 new chairs to fill up my stock to the maximum amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:61 -msgid "Set up your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:63 -msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open the Purchase menu and click on Products. Open " -"the product to which you would like to add a Reordering Rule (or create a " -"new one)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:67 -msgid "3 conditions for correct reordering rule :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:69 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`General information --> Product type`, make the product " -"stockable (as soon as this is done, the icon \"Reordering rule will appear)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:71 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Inventory --> route`, tick the \"Buy\" box (and untick " -"the Make To Order box)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Select a vendor (don't forget to put a minimal quantity greater than 0)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:76 -msgid "Create a reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:78 -msgid "Click on the Reordering Rules tab, click on Create. A new page opens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:83 -msgid "" -"By default, Reordering Rules in Odoo are named as \"OP/XXXXX\" but you are " -"free to use any nomenclature. You can modify it via the **Name** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:86 -msgid "The **Product** field is the product you are creating the rule for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Select the warehouse to which the product should be delivered in the " -"**Warehouse** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you have configured multiple warehouses and location, specify the " -"location in which the product will be stored in the **Location** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:96 -msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In the **Minimum Quantity** field, insert the quantity to which the system " -"will trigger a new order for replenishment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In the **Maximum Quantity** field, insert the maximum of items that has to " -"be stocked. The replenishing order will be based on that quantity to " -"reorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The **Quantity Multiple** is the lowest number of items that can be ordered " -"at once. For instance, some items may be only available for purchase in a " -"set of 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:113 -msgid "" -"In the Misc section, the **Active** box allows you to activate or deactivate" -" the rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:116 -msgid "In the **Lead Time** section, you can enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:118 -msgid "" -"the number of Day(s) to purchase: correspond to the number of days for the " -"supplier to receive the order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:120 -msgid "the number of Day(s) to get the products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:122 -msgid "" -"By default, the lead times are in calendar days. You can change that in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Minimum Stock " -"Rules`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:125 -msgid "When you have entered all the info, click on Save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically send a RfQ to your supplier based on " -"your maximum quantity to replenish your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the Inventory " -"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " -"12:00PM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:135 -msgid "" -"To know how to configure and run the schedulers manually, read the document " -"on :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:140 -msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:3 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:69 -msgid "How to trigger a warning when purchasing at a specific vendor?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The **Warning Messages and Alerts** module allow you to configure alerts on " -"the customers and vendors or products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:11 -msgid "" -"You can select the following types of warnings and create different warnings" -" for purchases and sales:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Warning: This option displays the warning message during the process, but " -"allows the user to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Blocking Message: The message displays a warning message, but the user " -"cannot continue the process further." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:24 -msgid "Module Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:26 -msgid "" -"First, you need to install the **Warning Messages and Alerts** module. Go to" -" **Apps** and look for it (don't forget to remove the **Apps** filter)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:33 -msgid "Vendor or Customer warnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendors` or to :menuselection:`Sales -->" -" Customers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:37 -msgid "Open the vendor or the customer and click on the **Warnings** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:42 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:62 -msgid "The available warnings are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:44 -msgid "Warning on the **Sales Order**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:46 -msgid "Warning on the **Purchase Order**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:48 -msgid "Warning on the **Picking**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:50 -msgid "Warning on the **Invoice**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:53 -msgid "Product Warnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products` or to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:57 -msgid "Open the product and click on the **Notes** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:64 -msgid "Warning when selling this product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:66 -msgid "Warning when Purchasing this product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Go to the Purchases application, click on :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Vendors`. Go to the **Warnings** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Under **Warning on the Purchase Order**, choose **Warning** and write your " -"warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Create a **Request for Quotation**. Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Request for Quotation` and click on **Create**. Choose the vendor on which a" -" warning was set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:84 -msgid "When choosing the vendor, the warning will appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:90 -msgid "" -"If you set a blocking message instead of a warning message, you won't be " -"able to choose the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 -msgid "Multi-Companies" -msgstr "Çoklu Firmalar (Grup Şirketleriniz İçin)" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " -"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " -"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " -"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " -"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " -"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " -"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " -"on your sales and purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 -msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Manage intercompany rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" -" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 -msgid "New options will appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " -"options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " -"for the other companies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " -"user has the rights to manage the companies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting.rst:3 -msgid "Trouble-Shooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:3 -msgid "How to check that everything is working fine?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:6 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Tedarikçi Faturaları" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Even if you don't have the rights to the accounting application, you can " -"still control the vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Vendor " -"Bills`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:17 -msgid "Incoming Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Even if you don't have the rights to the inventory application, you can " -"still control the incoming products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Incoming " -"Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:28 -msgid "Procurements exceptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:30 -msgid "Here, you need the **Inventory Manager** access rights." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Procurement" -" Exceptions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To understand why the procurement is not running, open the exception and " -"check the message in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Usually, the problem is located on the procurement rules. Either there are " -"no stock rules, or there are no vendor associated to a product." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po deleted file mode 100644 index f1f411377..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "İşe Alım Süreci" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po deleted file mode 100644 index d68515352..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1863 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Güven YILMAZ <guvenyilmaz@outlook.com.tr>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../sales.rst:5 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Satış" - -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" -msgstr "İleri Düzey Konular" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 -msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " -"Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For Example: 1. A long term client who needs to view online quotations. 2." -" Accounting consultant who needs to keep track of the company's financials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " -"any document in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:20 -msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 -msgid "From Contacts Module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " -"created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " -"Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " -"interface and from the drop down." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:38 -msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " -"content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " -"**Apply** when you're done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:49 -msgid "" -"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " -"contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to list a product?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 -msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 -msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "Invoicing Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services.rst:3 -msgid "Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice milestones of a project?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are different kind of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days " -"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing " -"consulting hours) or a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In this section, we will have a look at how to invoice milestones of a " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large scale projects, with " -"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" -" build up to the completion of the contract. For example, a marketing agency" -" hired for a new product launch could break down a project into the " -"following milestones, each of them considered as one service with a fixed " -"price on the sale order :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:19 -msgid "Milestone 1 : Marketing strategy audit - 5 000 euros" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:21 -msgid "Milestone 2 : Brand Identity - 10 000 euros" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:23 -msgid "Milestone 3 : Campaign launch & PR - 8 500 euros" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In this case, an invoice will be sent to the customer each time a milestone " -"will be successfully reached. That invoicing method is comfortable both for " -"the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow throughout the " -"project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the project's progress " -"and pay in several times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can also use milestones to invoice percentages of the entire project. " -"For example, for a million euros project, your company might require a 15% " -"upfront payment, 30% at the midpoint and the balance at the contract " -"conclusion. In that case, each payment will be considered as one milestone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:39 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:26 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:95 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:21 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:16 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Yapılandırma" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:42 -msgid "Install the Sales application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:44 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In order to sell services and to send invoices, you need to install the " -"**Sales** application, from the **Apps** icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:51 -msgid "Create products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:53 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. From the" -" **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, " -"create a new product with the following setup:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:57 -msgid "**Name**: Strategy audit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:59 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:50 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Invoicing Policy**: Delivered Quantities, since you will invoice your " -"milestone after it has been delivered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Manually set quantities on order, as you complete each " -"milestone, you will manually update their quantity from the **Delivered** " -"tab on your sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:72 -msgid "Apply the same configuration for the others milestones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:75 -msgid "Managing your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:78 -msgid "Quotations and sale orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Now that your milestones (or products) are created, you can create a " -"quotation or a sale order with each line corresponding to one milestone. For" -" each line, set the **Ordered Quantity** to ``1`` as each milestone is " -"completed once. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a sale " -"order, you will be able to change the delivered quantities when the " -"corresponding milestone has been achieved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:91 -msgid "Invoice milestones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Let's assume that your first milestone (the strategy audit) has been " -"successfully delivered and you want to invoice it to your customer. On the " -"sale order, click on **Edit** and set the **Delivered Quantity** of the " -"related product to ``1``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As soon as the above modification has been saved, you will notice that the " -"color of the line has changed to blue, meaning that the service can now be " -"invoiced. In the same time, the invoice status of the SO has changed from " -"**Nothing To Invoice** to **To Invoice**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Click on **Create invoice** and, in the new window that pops up, select " -"**Invoiceable lines** and validate. It will create a new invoice (in draft " -"status) with only the **strategy audit** product as invoiceable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to invoice a product, you need to set up the " -"**Accounting** application and to configure an accounting journal and a " -"chart of account. Click on the following link to learn more: " -":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Back on your sale order, you will notice that the **Invoiced** column of " -"your order line has been updated accordingly and that the **Invoice Status**" -" is back to **Nothing to Invoice**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:121 -msgid "Follow the same workflow to invoice your remaining milestones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:125 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:185 -msgid ":doc:`support`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:3 -msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " -"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " -"employee paying a parking spot for a meeting with your client. As a company," -" you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In this documentation we will see two use cases. The first, very basic, " -"consists of invoicing a simple expense to your client like you would do for " -"a product. The second, more advanced, will consist of invoicing expenses " -"entered in your expense system by your employees directly to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:18 -msgid "Use case 1: Simple expense invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Let's take the following example. You are working on a promotion campaign " -"for one of your customers (``Agrolait``) and you have to print a lot of " -"copies. Those copies are an expense for your company and you would like to " -"invoice them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:35 -msgid "Create product to be expensed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:37 -msgid "You will need now to create a product called ``Copies``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:39 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:112 -msgid "" -"From your **Sales** module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and " -"create a product as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:42 -msgid "**Product type**: consumable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: on delivered quantities (you will manually set the " -"quantities to invoice on the sale order)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:51 -msgid "Create a sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Now that your product is correctly set up, you can create a sale order for " -"that product (from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders`) with " -"the ordered quantities set to 0. Click on **Confirm the Sale** to create the" -" sale order. You will be able then to manually change the delivered " -"quantities on the sale order to reinvoice the copies to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:64 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:177 -msgid "Invoice expense to your client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:66 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month, you have printed ``1000`` copies on behalf of your " -"client and you want to re-invoice them. From the related sale order, click " -"on **Delivered Quantities**, manually enter the correct amount of copies and" -" click on **Save**. Your order line will turn blue, meaning that it is ready" -" to be invoiced. Click on **Create invoice**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The total amount on your sale order will be of 0 as it is computed on the " -"ordered quantities. It is your invoice which will compute the correct amount" -" due by your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The invoice generated is in draft, so you can always control the quantities " -"and change the amount if needed. You will notice that the amount to be " -"invoiced is based here on the delivered quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:84 -msgid "Click on validate to issue the payment to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:87 -msgid "Use case 2: Invoice expenses via the expense module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:89 -msgid "" -"To illustrate this case, let's imagine that your company sells some " -"consultancy service to your customer ``Agrolait`` and both parties agreed " -"that the distance covered by your consultant will be re-invoiced at cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:97 -msgid "Here, you will need to install two more modules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:99 -msgid "Expense Tracker" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Accounting, where you will need to activate the analytic accounting from the" -" settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:108 -msgid "Create a product to be expensed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:110 -msgid "You will now need to create a product called ``Kilometers``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:115 -msgid "Product can be expensed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:117 -msgid "Product type: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:119 -msgid "Invoicing policy: invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:121 -msgid "Expense invoicing policy: At cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:123 -msgid "Track service: manually set quantities on order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:129 -msgid "Create a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Still from the Sales module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders` " -"and add your product **Consultancy** on the order line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If your product doesn't exist yet, you can configure it on the fly from the " -"SO. Just type the name on the **product** field and click on **Create and " -"edit** to configure it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Depending on your product configuration, an **Analytic Account** may have " -"been generated automatically. If not, you can easily create one in order to " -"link your expenses to the sale order. Do not forget to confirm the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Refer to the documentation :doc:`../../../accounting/others/analytic/usage` " -"to learn more about that concept." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:152 -msgid "Create expense and link it to SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Let's assume that your consultant covered ``1.000km`` in October as part of " -"his consultancy project. We will create a expense for it and link it to the " -"related sales order thanks to the analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Expenses** module and click on **Create**. Record your expense " -"as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:161 -msgid "**Expense description**: Kilometers October 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:163 -msgid "**Product**: Kilometers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:165 -msgid "**Quantity**: 1.000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:167 -msgid "**Analytic account**: SO0019 - Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:172 -msgid "" -"Click on **Submit to manager**. As soon as the expense has been validated " -"and posted to the journal entries, a new line corresponding to the expense " -"will automatically be generated on the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:179 -msgid "You can now invoice the invoiceable lines to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:186 -msgid ":doc:`milestones`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice a support contract (prepaid hours)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are different kinds of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days " -"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing " -"consulting hours) and a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In this section, we will have a look at how to sell and keep track of a pre-" -"paid support contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:12 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:20 -msgid "Install the Sales and Timesheet applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In order to sell services, you need to install the **Sales** application, " -"from the **Apps** icon. Install also the **Timesheets** application if you " -"want to track support services you worked on every contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:33 -msgid "Create Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:35 -msgid "" -"By default, products are sold by number of units. In order to sell services " -"``per hour``, you must allow using multiple unit of measures. From the " -"**Sales** application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. From this screen, activate the multiple **Unit of Measures** " -"option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:44 -msgid "" -"In order to sell a support contract, you must create a product for every " -"support contract you sell. From the **Sales** application, use the menu " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, create a new product with the following" -" setup:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:48 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:52 -msgid "**Unit of Measure**: Hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:54 -msgid "" -"**Invoicing Policy**: Ordered Quantities, since the service is prepaid, we " -"will invoice the service based on what has been ordered, not based on " -"delivered quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Timesheet on contracts. An analytic account will " -"automatically be created for every order containing this service so that you" -" can track hours in the related account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:66 -msgid "" -"There are different ways to track the service related to a sales order or " -"product sold. With the above configuration, you can only sell one support " -"contract per order. If your customer orders several service contracts on " -"timesheet, you will have to split the quotation into several orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Note that you can sell in different unit of measure than hours, example: " -"days, pack of 40h, etc. To do that, just create a new unit of measure in the" -" **Unit of Measure** category and set a conversion ratio compared to " -"**Hours** (example: ``1 day = 8 hours``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:78 -msgid "Managing support contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:81 -msgid "Quotations and Sales Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is created, you can create a quotation or a sales order " -"with the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed " -"into a sales order, your users will be able to record services related to " -"this support contract using the timesheet application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:93 -msgid "Timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:95 -msgid "" -"To track the service you do on a specific contract, you should use the " -"timesheet application. An analytic account related to the sale order has " -"been automatically created (``SO009 - Agrolait`` on the screenshot here " -"above), so you can start tracking services as soon as it has been sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:104 -msgid "Control delivered support on the sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:106 -msgid "" -"From the **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales" -" Orders` to control the progress of every order. On the sales order line " -"related to the support contract, you should see the **Delivered Quantities**" -" that are updated automatically, based on the number of hours in the " -"timesheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:116 -msgid "Upselling and renewal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:118 -msgid "" -"If the number of hours you performed on the support contract is bigger or " -"equal to the number of hours the customer purchased, you are suggested to " -"sell an extra contract to the customer since they used all their quota of " -"service. Periodically (ideally once every two weeks), you should check the " -"sales order that are in such a case. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Invoicing --> Orders to Upsell`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo CRM, a good practice is to create an opportunity for every " -"sale order in upselling invoice status so that you easily track your " -"upselling effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If you sell an extra support contract, you can either add a new line on the " -"existing sales order (thus, you continue to timesheet on the same order) or " -"create a new order (thus, people will timesheet their hours on the new " -"contract). To unmark the sales order as **Upselling**, you can set the sales" -" order as done and it will disappear from your upselling list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:138 -msgid "Special Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:140 -msgid "" -"When creating the product form, you may set a different approach to track " -"the service:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:143 -msgid "" -"**Create task and track hours**: in this mode, a task is created for every " -"sales order line. Then when you do the timesheet, you don't record hours on " -"a sales order/contract, but you record hours on a task (that represents the " -"contract). The advantage of this solution is that it allows to sell several " -"service contracts within the same sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:150 -msgid "" -"**Manually**: you can use this mode if you don't record timesheets in Odoo. " -"The number of hours you worked on a specific contract can be recorded " -"manually on the sales order line directly, in the delivered quantity field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:156 -msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a sales manager, closing opportunities with Odoo Sales is really simple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "" -"I selected a predefined quotation for a new product line offer. The " -"products, the service details are already in the quotation. Of course, I can" -" adapt the offer to fit my clients needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The interface is really smooth. I can add references, some catchy phrases " -"such as closing triggers (*here, you save $500 if you sign the quote within " -"15 days*). I have a beautiful and modern design. This will help me close my " -"opportunities more easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. Really easy. The " -"customer got a clear quotation with a table of content. We can communicate " -"easily. I identified an upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by " -"adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just need to " -"sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major " -"shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a " -"delivery order automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "That's it, I sucesfully sold my products in just a few clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Oh, I also have the transaction and communication history at my fingertips. " -"It's easy for every stakeholder to know clearly the past interaction. And " -"any information related to the transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to show information, I would do it from a customer form, " -"something like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:45 -msgid "Kanban of customers, click on one customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:47 -msgid "Click on opportunities, click on quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "Come back to customers (breadcrum)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:51 -msgid "Click on customer statement letter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Anytime, I can get an in-depth report of my sales activity. Revenue by " -"salespeople or department. Revenue by category of product, drill-down to " -"specific products, by quarter or month,... I like this report: I can add it " -"to my dashboard in just a click." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Odoo Sales is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the sales " -"planner. Thanks to it, I got tips and tricks to boost my sales performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Try Odoo Sales now and get beautiful quotations, amazing dashboards and " -"increase your success rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " -"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " -"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " -"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " -"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " -"email)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " -"create draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:16 -msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " -"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" -" order. You have different options like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order before triggering the " -"delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:25 -msgid "Invoice based on delivered quantity: see next section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " -"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "" -"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " -"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice ready" -" to invoice line, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice a fixed advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:36 -msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:41 -msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Delivery --> Invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivered quantity , " -"instead of sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the " -"quantities you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods " -"(invoice based on actual Kg)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " -"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " -"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:57 -msgid ":menuselection:`Recurring Contracts (subscriptions) --> Invoices`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:59 -msgid "" -"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " -"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" -" the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:67 -msgid ":menuselection:`eCommerce Order --> Invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:69 -msgid "" -"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the invoice when it is " -"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " -"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:75 -msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " -"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " -"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " -"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:85 -msgid "if you need to create a refund" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid "If you need to give a discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:89 -msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:91 -msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:94 -msgid "Others" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:96 -msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:98 -msgid "membership: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:100 -msgid "repairs: invoice your after-sale services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 -msgid "Products & Prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your pricing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 -msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " -"Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " -"Invoicing/Accounting apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " -"pricelist setup form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" -" the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 -msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 -msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The public price is in your company's main currency (see " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " -"European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See" -" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 -msgid "Set your own prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 -msgid "" -"This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" -" rates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" -" to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " -"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to " -"use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order " -"quantity and get a price break), etc. As pricelists only suggest prices, " -"they can be overridden by users completing sales orders. Choose your pricing" -" strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:16 -msgid "Several prices per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " -"segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " -"in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Prices per customer segment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " -"segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " -"Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38 -msgid "Temporary prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40 -msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " -"period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:50 -msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " -"prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:60 -msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The third option allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative " -"to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another " -"pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be " -"forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). " -"Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either " -"(nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" -" (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " -"e-Commerce)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " -"internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" -" option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " -"another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 -msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:88 -msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 -msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 -msgid "Discounts with roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 -msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 -msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106 -msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112 -msgid "Prices per country" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " -"gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " -"country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first " -"pricelist without any country group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:116 -msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 -msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 -msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 -msgid "" -"In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" -" % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126 -msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " -"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" -" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " -"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " -"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Set taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation.rst:3 -msgid "Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online.rst:3 -msgid "Online Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create and edit an online quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:9 -msgid "Enable Online Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To send online quotations, you must first enable online quotations in the " -"Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so will " -"prompt you to install the Website app if you haven't already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can view the online version of each quotation you create after enabling " -"this setting by selecting **Preview** from the top of the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:25 -msgid "Edit Your Online Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The online quotation page can be edited for each quotation template in the " -"Sales app via :menuselection:`Configuration --> Quotation Templates`. From " -"within any quotation template, select **Edit Template** to be taken to the " -"corresponding page of your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can add text, images, and structural elements to the quotation page by " -"dragging and dropping blocks from the pallet on the left sidebar menu. A " -"table of contents will be automatically generated based on the content you " -"add." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Advanced descriptions for each product on a quotation are displayed on the " -"online quotation page. These descriptions are inherited from the product " -"page in your eCommerce Shop, and can be edited directly on the page through " -"the inline text editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can choose to allow payment immediately after the customer validates the" -" quote by selecting a payment option on the quotation template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can edit the webpage of an individual quotation as you would for any web" -" page by clicking the **Edit** button. Changes made in this way will only " -"affect the individual quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:52 -msgid "Using Online Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To share an online quotation with your customer, copy the URL of the online " -"quotation, then share it with customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, your customer can access their online quotations by logging " -"into your website through the customer portal. Your customer can accept or " -"reject the quotation, print it, or negotiate the terms in the chat box. You " -"will also receive a notification in the chatter within Odoo whenever the " -"customer views the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different invoice and delivery addresses?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"It is possible to configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " -"This is very useful, because it could happen that your clients have multiple" -" locations and that the invoice address differs from the delivery location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:16 -msgid "" -"First, go to the Sales application, then click on " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option **Enable" -" the multiple address configuration from menu**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:24 -msgid "Set the addresses on the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Invoice and/or shipping addresses and even other addresses are added on the " -"contact form. To do so, go to the contact application, select the customer " -"and in the **Contacts & Addresses** tab click on **Create**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A new window will open where you can specify the delivery or the invoice " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once you validated your addresses, it will appear in the **Contacts & " -"addresses** tab with distinctive logos." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:46 -msgid "On the quotations and sales orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you create a new quotation, the option to select an invoice address and" -" a delivery address is now available. Both addresses will automatically be " -"filled in when selecting the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also create invoice and delivery addresses on the fly by " -"selecting **Create and edit** in the dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:59 -msgid "When printing your sales orders, you'll notice the two addresses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:3 -msgid "How to create my first quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Quotations are documents sent to customers to offer an estimated cost for a " -"particular set of goods or services. The customer can accept the quotation, " -"in which case the seller will have to issue a sales order, or refuse it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For example, my company sells electronic products and my client Agrolait " -"showed interest in buying ``3 iPads`` to facilitate their operations. I " -"would like to send them a quotation for those iPads with a sales price of " -"``320 USD`` by iPad with a ``5%`` discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:18 -msgid "This section will show you how to proceed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:24 -msgid "Install the Sales Management module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to issue your first quotation, you'll need to install " -"the **Sales Management** module from the app module in the Odoo backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:34 -msgid "Allow discounts on sales order line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Allowing discounts on quotations is a common sales practice to improve the " -"chances to convert the prospect into a client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In our example, we wanted to grant ``Agrolait`` with a ``5%`` discount on " -"the sale price. To enable the feature, go into the **Sales** application, " -"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and, under **Quotations " -"and Sales**, tick **Allow discounts on sales order line** (see picture " -"below) and apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:49 -msgid "Create your quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To create your first quotation, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Quotations` and click on **Create**. Then, complete your quotation as " -"follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:55 -msgid "Customer and Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:57 -msgid "" -"The basic elements to add to any quotation are the customer (the person you " -"will send your quotation to) and the products you want to sell. From the " -"quotation view, choose the prospect from the **Customer** drop-down list and" -" under **Order Lines**, click on **Add an item** and select your product. Do" -" not forget to manually add the number of items under **Ordered Quantity** " -"and the discount if applicable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you don't have any customer or product recorded on your Odoo environment " -"yet, you can create them on the fly directly from your quotations :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To add a new customer, click on the **Customer** drop-down menu and click on" -" **Create and edit**. In this new window, you will be able to record all the" -" customer details, such as the address, website, phone number and person of " -"contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:76 -msgid "" -"To add a new product, under **Order line**, click on add an item and on " -"**Create and Edit** from the drop-down list. You will be able to record your" -" product information (product type, cost, sale price, invoicing policy, " -"etc.) along with a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:82 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Vergiler" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To parameter taxes, simply go on the taxes section of the product line and " -"click on **Create and Edit**. Fill in the details (for example if you are " -"subject to a ``21%`` taxe on your sales, simply fill in the right amount in " -"percentage) and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:93 -msgid "Terms and conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:95 -msgid "" -"You can select the expiration date of your quotation and add your company's " -"terms and conditions directly in your quotation (see picture below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:103 -msgid "Preview and send quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:105 -msgid "" -"If you want to see what your quotation looks like before sending it, click " -"on the **Print** button (upper left corner). It will give you a printable " -"PDF version with all your quotation details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Update your company's details (address, website, logo, etc) appearing on " -"your quotation from the the **Settings** menu on the app switcher, and on " -"click on the link :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> " -"Configure company data`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Click on **Send by email** to automatically send an email to your customer " -"with the quotation as an attachment. You can adjust the email body before " -"sending it and even save it as a template if you wish to reuse it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../online/creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`optional`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`terms_conditions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:3 -msgid "How to display optional products on a quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The use of suggested products is a marketing strategy that attempts to " -"increase the amount a customer spends once they begin the buying process. " -"For instance, a customer purchasing a cell phone could be shown accessories " -"like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset. In Odoo, a customer can" -" be presented with additional products that are relevant to their chosen " -"purchase in one of several locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Suggested products can be added to quotations directly, or to the ecommerce " -"platform via each product form. In order to use suggested products, you will" -" need to have the **Ecommerce** app installed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:23 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To add suggested products to quotations, you must first enable online " -"quotations in the Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Doing so will prompt you to install the Website app if you " -"haven't already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to add suggested products to your individual " -"quotations and quotation templates under the **Suggested Products** tab of a" -" quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:39 -msgid "Website Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can add suggested products to a product on its product form, under the " -"Website heading in the **Sales** tab. **Suggested products** will appear on " -"the *product* page, and **Accessory Products** will appear on the *cart* " -"page prior to checkout." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "How to link terms and conditions to a quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " -"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " -"information which include products and company policy so customer can read " -"all those terms before committing to anything." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Thanks to Odoo you can easily include your default terms and conditions on " -"every quotation, sales order and invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: Your company sells water bottles to " -"restaurants and you would like to add the following standard terms and " -"conditions on all your quotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Safe storage of the products of MyCompany is necessary in order to ensure " -"their quality, MyCompany will not be held accountable in case of unsafe " -"storage of the products.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:25 -msgid "General terms and conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:27 -msgid "" -"General terms and conditions can be specified in the Sales settings. They " -"will then automatically appear on every sales document from the quotation to" -" the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To specify your Terms and Conditions go into : :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Default Terms and Conditions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:36 -msgid "" -"After saving, your terms and conditions will appear on your new quotations, " -"sales orders and invoices (in the system but also on your printed " -"documents)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 -msgid "eBay" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po deleted file mode 100644 index dfcdb314c..000000000 --- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1390 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" -msgstr "Websitesi" - -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 -msgid "" -"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" -" you don't have any." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " -"ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " -"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " -"Documentation. " -"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " -"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " -"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 -msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " -"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " -"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " -"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" -" your Client ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 -msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:6 -msgid "How is SEO handled in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" -" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " -"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load faster, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, your website should have a " -"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website Builder is probably the most SEO-ready CMS out there. We " -"consider SEO a top priority. To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce " -"users have a great SEO, Odoo abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO" -" and handles everything for you, in the best possible way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:23 -msgid "Page speed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:26 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for Google. A faster " -"website not only improves your visitor's experience, but Google gives you a " -"better page ranking if your page loads faster than your competitors. Some " -"studies have shown that, if you divide the time to load your pages by two " -"(e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor abandonment rate is also " -"divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to load a page could `cost " -"$1.6b to Amazon in sales <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-" -"could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " -"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " -"your website ranks using these two tools:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:44 -msgid "" -"`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:46 -msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:49 -msgid "Static resources: CSS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:51 -msgid "" -"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server side and browser side). The result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:54 -msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:56 -msgid "" -"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " -"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " -"resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 -msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo 9 is bootstrap 3. Although" -" a theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, so you can modify CSS rules, " -"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " -"file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:79 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:121 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:80 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:122 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:78 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:84 -msgid "" -"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blog, theme, etc.) Having several" -" CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the performance " -"because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel resulting in " -"lots of files that are loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a file" -" is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small files " -"like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more on the " -"number of requests to be done than the actual file size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:94 -msgid "" -"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " -"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " -"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " -"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " -"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:100 -msgid "" -"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " -"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " -"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " -"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " -"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " -"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " -"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" -" backend (/web)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer 8. But most " -"themes fit below this limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:114 -msgid "" -"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " -"is minified to reduce its size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120 -msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120 -msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored on the server side (so we do not have to " -"pre-process, concatenate, minify at every request) and the browser side (so " -"the same visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages he will visit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you are in debug mode, the CSS resources are neither concatenated nor " -"minified. That way, it's easier to debug (but it's much slower)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:140 -msgid "Static resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:142 -msgid "" -"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server side and browser side)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 -msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 -msgid "" -"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, …)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:150 -msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (bootstrap)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 -msgid "" -"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" -" employees using Odoo)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Most visitors to your website will only need the first two bundles, " -"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " -"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " -"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 -msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:168 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:170 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images using the website builder, Odoo automatically " -"compresses them to reduce their sizes. (lossless compression for .PNG and " -".GIF and lossy compression for .JPG)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:195 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:200 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 -msgid "CDN" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 -msgid "" -"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " -"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" -" Network has three advantages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" -" around the globe)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " -"server)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " -"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " -"domain)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 -msgid "" -"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" -" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:232 -msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to minify HTML pages, from the **Website Admin** app, using the " -":menuselection:`Configuration` menu. This will automatically remove extra " -"space and tabs in your HTML code, reduce some tags code, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241 -msgid "" -"On top of that, the HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually " -"handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " -"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using bootstrap and the HTML editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:248 -msgid "" -"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " -"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " -"following code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:252 -msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:254 -msgid "" -"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " -"code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:257 -msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 -msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:262 -msgid "" -"As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in" -" Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render " -"efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile phone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270 -msgid "" -"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have " -"mobile friendly themes, but some specific modules or pages are not designed " -"to be mobile friendly as they all have their own CSS frameworks)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:277 -msgid "Browser caching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 -msgid "" -"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " -"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " -"your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:286 -msgid "" -"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " -"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 -msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296 -msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' " -"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " -"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:301 -msgid "" -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303 -msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo" -" CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310 -msgid "URLs handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:313 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:315 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:317 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:319 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:321 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:323 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if " -"the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, " -"but you can set another language as the main one). Thus, the English version" -" of this page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This" -" name can not be customized to avoid conflicts in different URLs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:350 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355 -msgid "" -"This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle " -"efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:362 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:364 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 -msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:368 -msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:374 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although" -" most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not " -"always been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:384 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:392 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:394 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:396 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:398 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:400 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still works for links coming from external website. (with a 301 " -"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:406 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:408 -msgid "" -"As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL" -" websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on " -"HTTPS. If the visitor accesses your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets" -" a 301 redirect to its HTTPS equivalent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "Links: nofollow strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "" -"Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how " -"your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is " -"linked from external and quality websites, the better is it for your SEO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 -msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 -msgid "" -"Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", " -"which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:427 -msgid "" -"Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:430 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:435 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 -msgid "Multi-language support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443 -msgid "Multi-language URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = " -"default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457 -msgid "Language annotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:459 -msgid "" -"To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first " -"URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> " -"section of the English version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the other versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:464 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:467 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:469 -msgid "" -"Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose" -" the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since" -" it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same " -"content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478 -msgid "Language detection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:480 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to his browser language preference: (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:485 -msgid "" -"Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time " -"visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current " -"language to avoid any redirection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:496 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:499 -msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ``<title>``, ``<description>`` and " -"``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search " -"engines to rank and categorize your website according to a specific search " -"query. So, it is important to have titles and keywords in line with what " -"people search in Google." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:507 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your " -"website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website " -"builder. This tool will contact Google to give you information about your " -"keywords and do the matching with titles and contents in your page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:516 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:519 -msgid "" -"In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your" -" content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo " -"provides a page that allows you to quickly scan the meta tags of all your " -"blog posts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528 -msgid "" -"This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged " -"in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 -msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 -msgid "" -"Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For " -"performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:538 -msgid "" -"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " -"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " -"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " -"chunks per file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:544 -msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 -msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 -msgid "" -"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " -"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553 -msgid "" -"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" -" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" -" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized. (16 is the default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 -msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 -msgid "" -"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " -"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them to understand your content and create well-" -"presented search results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:567 -msgid "" -"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " -"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:570 -msgid "" -"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " -"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " -"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 -msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its " -"content is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585 -msgid "User-agent: \\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:587 -msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:590 -msgid "Content is king" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 -msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your contents on your website:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:595 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:599 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" -" Odoo.com landing pages)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:603 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:611 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:616 -msgid "Social Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:619 -msgid "Twitter Cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:621 -msgid "" -"Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next " -"version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All " -"you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the" -" **Website Admin** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:632 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 -msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " -"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " -"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " -"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " -"domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " -"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " -"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " -"This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:42 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:43 -msgid "" -"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:50 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:60 -msgid "" -"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " -"www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:67 -msgid "" -"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:69 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." -" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " -"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:75 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:77 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:79 -msgid "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider such as " -"CloudFlare.com." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Genel Bakış" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " -"possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" -" many different languages as you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " -"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " -"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " -"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " -"install anything, and follow the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " -"**Add a language**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " -"click on **Load.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " -"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " -"some of the text has been translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " -"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "" -"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" -" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " -"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " -"ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " -"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " -"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " -"automatically." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 2679faaf6..77f2098f2 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -1,15 +1,18 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 15:29+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2018\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -18,6 +21,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../applications.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications.rst:3 msgid "Applications" msgstr "Додатки" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po deleted file mode 100644 index cc2bdb82c..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1462 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "CRM" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "Отримайте ліди" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 -msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "Перетворення лідів у нагоди" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM" -" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can " -"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" -"Система може генерувати ліди, а не нагоди, для того, щоб додати " -"кваліфікаційний крок перед перетворенням *Ліда* в *Нагоду* і присвоєння " -"потрібним продавцям. Ви можете активувати цей режим із налаштувань CRM. Він " -"застосовується до всіх ваших каналів продажів за замовчуванням. Але ви " -"можете зробити його специфічним для певних каналів за формою їх " -"налаштування." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "" -"Щоб ця функція працювала, перейдіть на :menuselection:`CRM --> Налаштування " -"--> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *Ліди*." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." -msgstr "" -"Тепер у вас з'явиться нове підменю *Ліди* у розділі *Ліди*, де вони " -"накопичуються." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 -msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "Конвертуйте лід у нагоду" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви натиснете на *Лід*, ви матимете можливість перетворити його на " -"нагоду і вирішити, чи слід його ще призначити тому ж каналу/продавцю, і якщо" -" вам потрібно створити нового клієнта." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." -msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас вже є нагода з цим клієнтом, Odoo автоматично запропонує вам " -"об'єднати цю нагоду. Точно так само Odoo автоматично запропонує вам зв'язати" -" з існуючим клієнтом, якщо цей клієнт вже існує." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "Генеруйте ліди/нагоди з електронної пошти" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" -" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." -msgstr "" -"Автоматизація генерації ліду/нагоди значно покращить вашу ефективність. За " -"замовчуванням будь-який електронний лист, надісланий на *sales@database\\ " -"_domain.ext*, створить нагоду в рамках каналу продажів за замовчуванням." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 -msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "Налаштуйте псевдоніми електронної пошти" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " -"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" -" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" -"Кожен канал продажу може мати власний псевдонім електронної пошти, щоб " -"генерувати ліди/нагоди, автоматично призначені для нього. Це корисно, якщо " -"ви керуєте кількома командами продажів з певними бізнес-процесами. Ви " -"знайдете налаштування каналів продажу під :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Канали продажів`." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "Створіть ліди/нагоди зі сторінки контактів вашого веб-сайту" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" -" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." -msgstr "" -"Автоматизація генерації лідів/нагод значно покращить вашу ефективність. " -"Будь-який відвідувач, який використовує контактну форму на вашому веб-сайті," -" створить лід/нагоду у конеєрі." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 -msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "Використовуйте зв'яжіться з нами на своєму веб-сайті" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 -msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "Спочатку потрібно перейти до вашого додатка веб-сайту." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 -msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " -"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "" -"Зі встановленням модуля CRM, ви користуєтесь готовою до використання " -"контактною формою на своєму веб-сайті Odoo, яка автоматично генерує " -"ліди/нагоди." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " -"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." -msgstr "" -"Щоб перейти на конкретний канал продажів, перейдіть на сторінку " -":menuselection:`Веб-сайт --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` під *Зв'язок* ви" -" знайдете інформацію про контактну форму та куди слід змінити *Канали " -"продажу* або *Продавця*." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 -msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "Створіть власну контактну форму" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " -"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " -"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"Ви можете дізнатися більше про свого відвідувача, коли він використовує " -"контактну форму, вам потрібно буде створити на вашому веб-сайті спеціальну " -"контактну форму. Ці контактні форми можуть генерувати кілька типів записів у" -" системі (електронні листи, ліди/нагоди, завдання проекту, заявки служби " -"підтримки тощо)." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " -"Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "" -"Вам потрібно буде встановити безкоштовний модуль *Конструктор форм*, який " -"доступний в Odoo Enterprise." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 -msgid "" -"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," -" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " -"fields you wish." -msgstr "" -"Спершу перейдіть до сторінки, де в хочете вставити вашу контактну форму. В " -"режимі редагування перетягніть конструктор форм на сторінку, і тоді ви " -"зможете додати всі поля, які ви хочете." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " -"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням усі нові форми контакту будуть надсилати електронний лист. " -"Ви можете перемкнути на створення ліда/нагоди у *Змінити параметри форми*." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " -"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"Якщо той же відвідувач використовує контактну форму двічі, другий запис буде" -" додано до першого ліда/нагоди у чаті." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 -msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "Генеруйте ліди, а не нагоди" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " -"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " -"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." -msgstr "" -"Під час використання контактної форми, вам слід використовувати крок " -"кваліфікації перед призначенням форми правильному продавцю. Зробивши це, " -"активуйте *Ліди* у налаштуваннях CRM та перейдіть на :doc:`convert`." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 -msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "Надсилання комерційних пропозицій" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " -"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви кваліфікуєте лід у нагоду, вам буде необхідно надіслати йому " -"комерційну пропозицію. Ви можете робити це безпосередньо у модулі CRM з " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 -msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "Створіть нову комерційну пропозицію" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " -"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." -msgstr "" -"Натиснувши на будь-яку нагоду або лід, ви побачите кнопку *Нова комерційна " -"пропозиція*, яка приведе вас до нового меню, в якому ви зможете керувати " -"комерційною пропозицією." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " -"*Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "" -"Ви знайдете всі свої комерційні пропозиції за конкретною нагодою в меню " -"*Комерційні пропозиції* на цій сторінці." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 -msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "Позначте їх, як впіймано/втрачено" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " -"process along." -msgstr "" -"Тепер вам доведеться відзначити вашу нагоду як впіймано чи втрачено, щоб " -"перемістити цей процес." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " -"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви позначите їх як впіймано, вони перейдуть до вашого стовпця " -"*Впіймано* у вашому конвеєрі Канбану. Якщо ви позначите їх як *Втрачено*, " -"вони будуть архівовані." - -#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "Оптимізуйте свою щоденну роботу" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "Синхронізація Google Календаря з Odoo" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " -"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " -"directions)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo ідеально інтегрований з Google Calendar, щоб ви могли бачити і керувати" -" своїми зустрічами з обох платформ (оновлення відбуваються в обох " -"напрямках)." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 -msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "Встановлення в Google" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до `Платформи Google API " -"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__, щоб створити повноваження Google" -" Календар API. Зайдіть через ваш акаунт Google." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 -msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "Перейдіть до сторінки API та Послуги." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "Знайдіть*Google Calendar API* і виберіть його." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Увімкніть API." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " -"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть або створіть проект API для зберігання облікових даних, якщо це ще " -"не було зроблено раніше. Дайте їй конкретне ім'я (наприклад, Odoo Sync)." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 -msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "Створіть облікові дані." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть *веб-браузер (Javascript)* як джерело дзвінків та *дані " -"користувача* як види даних." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " -"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " -"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" -"Тоді ви можете створити ідентифікатор клієнта. Введіть назву модуля " -"(наприклад, Odoo Calendar) і дозволені сторінки, на які буде відбуватися " -"перенаправлення. *Авторизоване джерело JavaScript* - це ваш приклад URL-" -"адреси Odoo. *Авторизована URI перенаправлення* - це ваш приклад URL-адреси " -"Odoo, а потім -'/google_account/authentication'." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " -"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " -"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" -" in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до пункту \"Зразок згоди\", введіть назву продукту (наприклад, " -"Odoo Calendar). Не соромтеся перевіряти параметри налаштування, але це не " -"обов'язково. Екран згоди відображатиметься лише тоді, коли ви вперше введете" -" ідентифікатор клієнта в Odoo." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" -" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Нарешті, вам надається **ідентифікатор клієнта**. Перейдіть до *Облікові " -"дані*, щоб отримати **Секретний ключ клієнта**. Обидва вони потрібні в Odoo." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "Налаштування в Odoo" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " -"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Встановіть додаток **Google Каленар** з меню *Додатки* або позначте опцію в " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування`." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" -" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування` та " -"введіть ваш **ID клієнта** та **Секретний ключ клієнта** в налаштуванні " -"Google Календаря." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " -"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " -"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" -" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." -msgstr "" -"Налаштування готово. Відкрийте Календар Odoo та синхронізуйте його з Google." -" Якщо ви робите це вперше, ви переадресовуєтеся на Google, щоб авторизувати " -"з'єднання. Повернувшись в Odoo, знову натисніть кнопку синхронізації. Ви " -"можете натискати її, коли хочете синхронізувати свій календар." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 -msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "Тепер ви більше не маєте виправдання, щоби пропустити зустріч!" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 -msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" -msgstr "Використовуйте послугу VOIP в Odoo з OnSIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" -" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " -"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." -msgstr "" -"ІР-телефонія Odoo може бути налаштована для роботи разом з OnSIP " -"(www.onsip.com). У цьому випадку встановлення та налаштування сервера " -"Asterisk не потрібні, оскільки вся інфраструктура розміщена та керована " -"OnSIP." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " -"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " -"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " -"configuration procedure below." -msgstr "" -"Для використання цієї послуги вам потрібно буде відкрити обліковий запис на " -"OnSIP. Перш ніж це зробити, переконайтеся, що ця послуга охоплює вашу " -"територію та області, в які ви хочете зателефонувати. Після відкриття обліку" -" OnSIP виконайте процедуру налаштування нижче." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." -msgstr "Перейдіть до додатків та встановіть модуль **VoIP OnSIP**." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " -"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до Налаштування/Загальні налаштування. У розділі " -"Інтеграція/Asterisk (VoIP) заповніть 3 поля:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " -"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " -"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." -msgstr "" -"**Домен OnSIP** - це домен, який ви обрали під час створення облікового " -"запису на www.onsip.com. Якщо ви не знаєте цього, увійдіть до " -"https://admin.onsip.com/, і ви побачите його у верхньому правому куті " -"екрана." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 -msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -msgstr "**WebSocket** повинен містити wss: //edge.sip.onsip.com" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 -msgid "**Mode** should be Production" -msgstr "**Режим** повинен бути Виробництво" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " -"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до **Налаштування/Користувачі**. У формі перегляду кожного " -"користувача VoIP на вкладці Налаштування введіть розділ **Налаштування " -"PBX**:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 -msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "**Логін SIP/Розширення браузера**: OnSIP 'Ім'я користувача'" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 -msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "**Авторизація користувача OnSIP**: the OnSIP 'Ім'я користувача авт'" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 -msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "**Пароль SIP**: OnSIP 'Пароль SIP'" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 -msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" -msgstr "**Розширення для телефонів**: 'Розширення' OnSIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can find all this information by logging in at " -"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " -"and refer to the fields as pictured below." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете знайти всю цю інформацію, увійшовши за адресою " -"https://admin.onsip.com/users, а потім виберіть користувача, якого ви хочете" -" налаштувати, і послайтеся на поля, як це показано нижче." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " -"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" -" Odoo and in OnSIP)." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете телефонувати, натиснувши значок телефону у верхньому правому" -" куті Odoo (переконайтеся, що ви ввійшли як користувач, який належним чином " -"налаштований у Odoo та OnSIP)." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " -"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви бачите повідомлення про *відсутність параметрів* на софтводі Odoo, " -"обов'язково оновіть вікно Odoo та повторіть спробу." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 -msgid "" -"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" -" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " -"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " -"international prefix for the United States)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо в Odoo softphone з'являється повідомлення *Неправильне число*, " -"обов'язково використовуйте міжнародний формат, який містить знак плюс (+), а" -" потім міжнародний код країни. Наприклад: +16506913277 (де +1 - міжнародний " -"префікс для США)." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " -"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." -msgstr "" -"Тепер також можна телефонувати. Ваш номер - це той, який надається OnSIP. " -"Odoo зателефонує і покаже повідомлення." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 -msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" -msgstr "OnSIP на вашому мобільному телефоні" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " -"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" -" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " -"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." -msgstr "" -"Щоб робити та отримувати телефонні дзвінки, коли ви не перебуваєте перед " -"вашим комп'ютером, ви можете використовувати прикладну програму для " -"мобільних телефонів паралельно з Odoo VoIP. Це корисно для викликів на ходу," -" але також для того, щоб переконатися, що ви чуєте вхідні дзвінки, або " -"просто для зручності. Будь-який SIP-софтфон буде працювати." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 -msgid "" -"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " -"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." -" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " -"then have to configure it as follows:" -msgstr "" -"На Android та iOS, OnSIP успішно протестовано за допомогою `Grandstream Wave" -" <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave> _ _. " -"Під час створення облікового запису виберіть OnSIP у списку постачальників. " -"Вам потрібно буде налаштувати його таким чином:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 -msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" -msgstr "**Назва обліку**: OnSIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 -msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" -msgstr "**SIP сервер**: OnSIP 'Домен'" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 -msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "**SIP ID користувача**: OnSIP 'Ім'я користувача'" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 -msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "**SIP Аутентифікація ID**: OnSIP 'Аут Ім'я користувача'" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 -msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "**Пароль**: OnSIP 'Пароль SIP'" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " -"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " -"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " -"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" -" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " -"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" -"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." -msgstr "" -"Окрім ініціювання дзвінків з Grandstream Wave на свій телефон, ви також " -"можете ініціювати дзвінки, натиснувши номери телефонів у вашому браузері на " -"своєму ПК. Це зробить дзвінок Grandstream Wave і маршрут дзвінка через " -"телефон на іншу сторону. Цей підхід корисний, щоб не витрачати час на набір " -"телефонних номерів. Для цього вам знадобиться розширення Chrome `Помічник " -"дзвінків OnSIP <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" -"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en> _ _." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" -" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." -msgstr "" -"Недоліком використання софтфону на вашому мобільному телефоні є те, що ваші " -"виклики не будуть входити в систему Odoo, оскільки софтфон виступає в ролі " -"незалежного окремого додатка." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" -msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш сервер VOIP Asterisk для Odoo" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "Встановлення сервера Asterisk" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 -msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "Залежності" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" -msgstr "" -"Перед встановленням Asterisk вам потрібно встановити наступні залежності:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 -msgid "wget" -msgstr "wget" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 -msgid "gcc" -msgstr "gcc" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 -msgid "g++" -msgstr "g++" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 -msgid "ncurses-devel" -msgstr "ncurses-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 -msgid "libxml2-devel" -msgstr "libxml2-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 -msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "sqlite-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 -msgid "libsrtp-devel" -msgstr "libsrtp-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 -msgid "libuuid-devel" -msgstr "libuuid-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 -msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "openssl-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 -msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "pkg-config" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 -msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "Для встановлення libsrtp виконайте наведені нижче інструкції:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " -"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " -"extracted:" -msgstr "" -"Вам також потрібно встановити PJSIP, ви можете завантажити джерело `тут " -"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>` _. Після вилучення вихідного каталогу:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "**Перейдіть у вихідний каталог pjproject:**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 -msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "**запустіть:**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 -msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "**Побудуйте та встановіть pjproject:**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 -msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "**Оновіть посилання на спільну бібліотеку:**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 -msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "**Перевірте, чи встановлено pjproject:**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 -msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "**Результат повинен бути:**" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "Asterisk" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " -"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" -"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." -msgstr "" -"Щоб встановити Asterisk 13.7.0, ви можете завантажити джерело безпосередньо " -"`там <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" -"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "Вилучіть Asterisk:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" -msgstr "Введіть каталог Asterisk:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 -msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "Запустіть налаштування скрипта Asterisk:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 -msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "Запустіть інструмент вибору меню Asterisk:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 -msgid "" -"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " -"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " -"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " -"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." -msgstr "" -"У меню вибору перейдіть до опції ресурсів і переконайтесь, що res_srtp " -"увімкнено. Якщо біля res_srtp є 3 х, виникають проблеми з бібліотекою srtp, " -"і ви повинні перевстановити його. Збережіть налаштування (натисніть x). Ви " -"також повинні побачити зірки перед рядками res_pjsip." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 -msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "Скомпілюйте та встановіть Asterisk:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " -"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " -"run 'make config'." -msgstr "" -"Якщо вам потрібні зразки налаштування, ви можете запустити 'зробити зразки' " -"для встановлення зразків налаштування. Якщо вам потрібно встановити сценарій" -" запуску Asterisk, ви можете запустити 'зробити налашт'." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 -msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "Сертифікати DTLS" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 -msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "Після цього вам потрібно встановити сертифікати DTLS." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "Введіть каталог скриптів Asterisk:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" -" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" -msgstr "" -"Створіть сертифікати DTLS (замініть pbx.mycompany.com на свою IP-адресу чи " -"ім'я dns, замініть My Super Company на назву вашої компанії):" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 -msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "Налаштуйте сервер Asterisk" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 -msgid "" -"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " -"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " -"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" -" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " -"uncommented:" -msgstr "" -"Для WebRTC велика кількість необхідних параметрів ПОВИННА бути в показаних " -"налаштуваннях. Глобальні параметри не дуже добре попадають в налаштування " -"показаних рівнів. За замовчуванням конфігураційні файли Asterisk розташовані" -" в /etc/asterisk/. Почніть з редагування http.conf і переконайтеся, що " -"наступні рядки не коментуються:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " -"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " -"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " -"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " -"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" -msgstr "" -"Далі змініть файл sip.conf. WebRTC потребує розшифрування, avpf та " -"iicesupport. У більшості випадків, Directmedia повинен бути відключений. " -"Також під клієнтом WebRTC транспорт потрібно вказати як \"ws\", щоб " -"дозволити з'єднання веб-вузлів. Всі ці конфігураційні лінії мають бути під " -"одним рівнем; установка цих конфігураційних ліній глобально може не " -"працювати:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 -msgid "" -"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " -"lines:" -msgstr "" -"У sip.conf та rtp.conf файлах вам також потрібно додати чи відключити рядки:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 -msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" -msgstr "Нарешті, встановіть extensions.conf:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 -msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "Налаштуйте Odoo VOIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 -msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo, конфігурація повинна виконуватися в налаштуваннях користувача." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 -msgid "" -"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" -" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" -" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " -"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" -" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." -msgstr "" -"Логін SIP/Розширення браузера - це номер, який ви вже налаштували у файлі " -"sip.conf. У нашому прикладі 1060. Пароль SIP - секрет, який ви обрали у " -"файлі sip.conf. Розширення телефону вашого офісу не є обов'язковим полем, " -"але воно використовується, якщо ви хочете передати свій дзвінок з Odoo на " -"зовнішній телефон, також налаштований у файлі sip.conf." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 -msgid "" -"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " -"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " -"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " -"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " -"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." -msgstr "" -"Налаштування також повинно бути зроблене в налаштуваннях продажу під назвою " -"\"Конфігурація PBX\". Ви повинні вказати IP, який ви визначите у файлі " -"http.conf, і WebSocket має бути: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. Частина " -"\"127.0.0.1\" повинна бути такою ж, як IP, визначений раніше, і \"8088\" - " -"це порт, визначений у файлі http.conf." - -#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "Проаналізуйте ефективність" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 -msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" -msgstr "Отримайте точний ймовірний оборот" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" -" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " -"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " -"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви розвиваєте свій цикл продажів і переходите з одного етапу до іншого," -" ви можете сподіватися отримати більш точні дані про дану нагоду, що дасть " -"вам краще уявлення про ймовірність її закриття, це важливо, щоб побачити ваш" -" очікуваний оборот у ваших варіантах звітів." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 -msgid "Configure your kanban stages" -msgstr "Налаштуйте етапи вашого канбану" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " -"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" -" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" -" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " -"more accurate." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням Канбан Odoo має чотири етапи: Новий, Кваліфікований, " -"Пропозиція, Впіймано. Відповідно до 10, 30, 70 та 100% ймовірності успіху. " -"Ви можете додавати етапи, а також редагувати їх. Редагуючи імовірність " -"успіху для вашого бізнесу за фазами, ви можете зробити свій вірогідний " -"оборот більш точнішим." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" -" you can modify them manually of course." -msgstr "" -"Кожна з ваших нагод матиме імовірність, встановлену за умовчанням, але, " -"звичайно, ви можете змінити її вручну." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 -msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" -msgstr "Встановіть очікуваний прибуток та дату закриття" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " -"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" -" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви отримуєте інформацію про потенційного клієнта, важливо встановити " -"очікуваний дохід та очікувану дату закриття. Це дозволить вам побачити ваш " -"загальний очікуваний дохід на етапі, а також дати більш точний можливий " -"оборот." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 -msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" -msgstr "Подивіться про прострочені нагоди або на закриття незабаром" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " -"closing, letting you prioritize." -msgstr "" -"У вашому конвеєрі можна фільтрувати нагоди, як скоро вони будуть закриті, " -"дозволяючи визначити пріоритет." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 -msgid "" -"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " -"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " -"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." -msgstr "" -"Як менеджеру з продажуів, цей інструмент також може допомогти вам з'ясувати " -"потенційні способи покращити процес продажу, наприклад, багато нагод на " -"ранніх стадіях, але з близькою датою закриття можуть вказувати на проблему." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 -msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" -msgstr "Перегляньте загальний очікуваний дохід та можливий оборот" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 -msgid "" -"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " -"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." -msgstr "" -"Хоча у вашому конвеєрі Канбану ви можете побачити очікуваний прибуток для " -"кожного з ваших етапів. Це базується на кожному з очікуваних прибутків, які " -"ви встановили." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " -"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " -"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " -"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " -"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." -msgstr "" -"Як менеджер ви можете перейти до :menuselection:`CRM --> Звітування --> " -"Аналіз конвеєру` за замовчуванням *Імовірний оборот* встановлений як міра. У" -" цьому звіті буде враховано дохід, встановлений за кожною нагодою, а також " -"вірогідність її закриття. Це дає вам набагато краще уявлення про очікуваний " -"дохід, який дозволяє вам скласти плани та встановити цілі." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 -msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "Перевірте ваш коефіцієнт Впіймано/Втрачено" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " -"Win/Loss ratio." -msgstr "" -"Щоб дізнатись, наскільки добре ви виконуєте свій конвеєр, подивіться на " -"коефіцієнт Впіймано/Втрачено." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." -msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати доступ до цього звіту, перейдіть до перегляду *Конвеєру* на " -"вкладці *Звітування*." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" -" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " -"on filter and check Won/Lost." -msgstr "" -"Звідти ви можете фільтрувати, які нагоди ви хочете побачити, ваші канали " -"продажів, всю вашу компанію тощо. Після цього ви можете натиснути на фільтр " -"і перевірити Впіймано/Втрачено." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 -msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "Ви також можете змінити *Вимірювання* на * Загальний дохід *." - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 -msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "Ви також маєте можливість перейти на перегляд кругової діаграми." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "Організуйте конвеєр" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "Управління втраченими нагодами" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" -" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " -"can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "" -"Під час роботи з вашими нагодами ви можете втратити деякі з них. Ви захочете" -" відстежувати причини, з яких ви їх втратили, а також, у які способи Odoo " -"допоможе вам відновити їх у майбутньому." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 -msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "Позначте лід як втрачений" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " -"*Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "" -"У вашому конвеєрі виберіть будь-яку нагоду, і ви побачите кнопку *Позначити " -"як втрачений*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " -"there." -msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете вибрати існуючу *Причину втрати* або створити нову, що " -"знаходиться тут." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 -msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "Керуйте та створюйте причини втрат" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "" -"Ви знайдете ваші *причини втрат* під :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Причини втрат`." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете вибрати та перейменувати будь-яку з них, а також створити нову " -"звідти." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 -msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "Отримайте втрачені нагоди" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" -" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати втрачені нагоди та робити на них дії (надсилати електронні " -"листи, зробити зворотній зв'язок тощо), виберіть фільтр *Втрачено* на панелі" -" пошуку." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 -msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "Там ви побачите всі ваші втрачені нагоди." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " -"Reason*." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете уточнити їх, ви можете додати фільтр на *Причини втрати*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 -msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." -msgstr "Наприклад, *Дуже дорого*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 -msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "Відновіть втрачені нагоди" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " -"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " -"clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "" -"З Канбану з фільтром(ами) на місці, ви можете вибрати будь-яку нагоду, яку " -"ви бажаєте, і працювати як завжди. Ви також можете відновити її, натиснувши " -"*Заархівовано*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" -" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " -"also archive the same way." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете відновити елементи групою з Канбану, коли вони належать до " -"одного етапу. Виберіть *Відновити записи* у параметрах стовпців. Ви також " -"можете архівувати так само." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 -msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "Щоб вибрати конкретні нагоди, потрібно перейти до перегляду списку." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " -"want to take." -msgstr "" -"Тоді ви можете вибрати як багато, так і всі нагоди, а також вибрати дії, які" -" ви хочете зробити." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 -msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "Управління кількома командами продажу" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " -"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo ви можете керувати кількома командами продажів, відділами або " -"каналами з конкретними процесами продажу. Для цього ми використовуємо " -"концепцію *Каналу продажів*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "Створіть новий канал продажу" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" -"Щоб створити новий *Канал Продажів*, перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Канали продажів`." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 -msgid "" -"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " -"address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете вказати йому псевдонім електронної пошти. Кожне повідомлення, " -"відправлене на цю адресу електронної пошти, створить лід/нагоду." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 -msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "Додайте учасників до свого каналу продажів" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " -"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " -"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," -" you can only be a member of one channel." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете додати учасників до будь-якого каналу; таким чином, ці учасники " -"побачать конвеєрну структуру каналу продажу при його відкритті. Будь-який " -"лід/нагода, призначена їм, буде посилатися на канал продажу. Тому ви можете " -"бути учасником лише одного каналу." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 -msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "Це полегшить процес огляду менеджера команди." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " -"all of its opportunities." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви зараз відфільтруєте цей конкретний канал у вашому конвеєрі, ви " -"знайдете всі його нагоди." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "Інформаційна панель каналу продажів" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " -"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " -"*Reporting*." -msgstr "" -"Щоб побачити операції та результати будь-якого каналу продажу, миттєвий " -"огляд менеджера з продажу також має доступ до інформаційної панелі *Каналу " -"продажів* в розділі *Звітування*." - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" -" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." -msgstr "" -"Це поділяється з усією екосистемою, тому всі доходи включають в себе: " -"продажі, електронну комерцію, точку продажу тощо." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "Призначайте та відстежуйте ліди" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "Призначення лідів на основі оцінювання" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" -" criterias." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою *Оцінювання лідів* ви можете автоматично оцінювати ваші ліди на" -" основі вибраних критеріїв." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " -"that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "" -"Наприклад, ви можете оцінити клієнтів у вашій країні вище або тих, хто " -"відвідав певні сторінки вашого веб-сайту." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " -"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" -"Щоб скористатися оцінкою, встановіть безкоштовний модуль *Оцінювання лідів* " -"на сторінці *Додатки* (доступно лише в Odoo Enterprise)." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "Створіть правила оцінювання" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" -" can manage your scoring rules." -msgstr "" -"У вас тепер є нова вкладка у вашому додатку *CRM* під назвою *Управління " -"лідами*, де ви можете керувати своїми правилами оцінювання." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " -"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "" -"Ось приклад для канадського ліду, ви можете змінити на будь-які критерії, за" -" якими ви хочете оцінити своїх лідів. Ви можете додати стільки критеріїв, " -"скільки хочете." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " -"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "" -"Кожну годину кожен лід без оцінки буде автоматично відсканований і йому буде" -" призначено правильний бал за вашими правилами." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 -msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "Призначення лідів" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " -"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " -"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " -"This domain can include scores." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як результати розраховані, ліди можуть бути призначені для " -"конкретних команд за допомогою того самого механізму домену. Щоб це зробити," -" перейдіть до :menuselection:`CRM --> Управління лідами --> Призначення " -"команди` і застосовувати конкретний домен у кожній команді. Цей домен може " -"включати оцінки." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " -"more refined domain." -msgstr "" -"Далі, ви можете призначити конкретного постачальника в команді ще більш " -"витонченого домену." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " -"Assignation`." -msgstr "" -"Щоб зробити це, перейдіть до :menuselection:`CRM --> Управління лідами --> " -"Призначення лідів`." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "" -"Присвоєння команди та лідів призначає непризначені ліди один раз на день." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "Оцініть та використайте непризначені ліди" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " -"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " -"useful to do something with them." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як ваші правила оцінювання встановлені, ви, найімовірніше, " -"матимуть певні непризначені ліди. Деякі з них, як і раніше, можуть бути " -"перетворені у нагоди, тому корисно щось з ними зробити." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "" -"На вашій сторінці лідів ви можете помістити фільтр, щоб знайти непризначені " -"ліди." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " -"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" -" unassigned leads from there." -msgstr "" -"Чому б не користуватися додатками :menuselection:`Маркетинг електронною " -"поштою` чи :menuselection:`Автоматизація маркетингу`, щоб надсилати їм " -"масову електронну пошту? Ви також можете легко знайти такі непризначені ліди" -" звідти." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 -msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "Відстежуйте відвідування ваших потенційних клієнтів" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " -"interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "" -"Відстеження сторінок вашого сайту дасть вам набагато більше інформації про " -"інтереси відвідувачів вашого веб-сайту." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " -"they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "" -"Кожна відстежувана сторінка, яку вони відвідують, буде записана на вашому " -"ліді/нагоді, якщо вони використовують контактну форму на вашому веб-сайті." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " -"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" -"Щоб скористатися цією функцією, встановіть безкоштовний модуль *Оцінка " -"лідів* на сторінці *Додатки* (доступно лише в Odoo Enterprise)." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 -msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "Відстеження веб-сторінок" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " -"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть на будь-яку статичну сторінки, яку ви хочете відстежувати на " -"своєму веб-сайті, і на вкладці *Рекламувати* ви знайдете *Оптимізувати SEO*" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 -msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "" -"Тут ви побачите пункт *Відстеження сторінки* для відстеження цієї сторінки." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 -msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "Перегляньте відвідані сторінки у ваших лідах/нагодах" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " -"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " -"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " -"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"Тепер кожного разу, коли в контактній формі створюється лід, він буде " -"відстежувати сторінки, відвідані цим відвідувачем. У вас є два способи, щоб " -"побачити ці сторінки, у верхньому правому кутку вашого ліду/нагоди, ви " -"можете бачити кнопку *Перегляди сторінок*, а також внизу ви побачите їх у " -"чаті." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " -"pages." -msgstr "" -"Обидва вони оновлюватимуться, якщо відвідувачі повернуться на ваш веб-сайт і" -" відвідають інші сторінки." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " -"chatter." -msgstr "" -"Ця функція не буде повторювати кілька переглядів тих самих сторінок у чаті." - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 -msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "Ваші клієнти більше не зможуть зберігати будь-які секрети від вас!" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6422ff904..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1040 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "Управління базами даних онлайн" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " -"click on the `Manage Your Databases " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." -msgstr "" -"Щоб керувати базами даних, відкрийте `сторінку Керування базою даних " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (вам доведеться увійти в систему). " -"Потім натисніть кнопку `Керування вашими базами даних " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" -" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " -"database." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що ви підключені як адміністратор бази даних, якою хочете " -"керувати - багато операцій залежать від того, як ви віддалено ідентифікуєте " -"цю базу даних." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 -msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "Доступні декілька дій:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Оновлення <upgrade_button>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " -"features" -msgstr "" -"Оновіть вашу базу даних до останньої версії Odoo, щоб насолодитися " -"передовими функціями" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Копіювання <duplicate_online>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " -"flows without compromising your daily operations" -msgstr "" -"Створіть точну копію вашої бази даних, якщо ви хочете спробувати нові " -"програми або нові процеси, не покладаючи на небезпеку щоденні операції" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Перейменування <rename_online_database>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "Перейменувати вашу базу даних (і її URL-адресу)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "**Резервне копіювання**" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " -"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" -msgstr "" -"Завантажте миттєву резервну копію вашої бази даних; Зверніть увагу, що ми " -"створюємо резервні копії баз даних щодня згідно з нашими Odoo Cloud SLA" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Домени <custom_domain>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "" -"Налаштуйте власні домени для доступу до вашої бази даних за допомогою іншої " -"URL-адреси" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Видалення <delete_online_database>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 -msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "Видаліть базу даних миттєво" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "Зв'язок з техпідтримкою" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " -"database already selected" -msgstr "" -"Отримайте доступ до нашої `сторінки підтримки <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -" з уже вибраною правильною базою даних" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Оновлення" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " -"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" -" the process before upgrading your production database." -msgstr "" -"Оновлення вашої бази даних до нової версії Odoo - це складна операція, яка " -"вимагає часу та обережності. Надзвичайно важливо, щоби ви повністю " -"протестували процес перед оновленням виробничої бази." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " -"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " -"experience." -msgstr "" -"Odoo регулярно випускає нові версії (принаймні один раз на рік), а оновлення" -" бази даних, щоби користуватися новими функціями Odoo, є частиною досвіду " -"Odoo Online." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " -"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " -"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" -" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " -"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." -msgstr "" -"Процес оновлення може зайняти деякий час, особливо якщо ви використовуєте " -"кілька додатків або програм, які керують конфіденційними даними (наприклад, " -"Бухоблік, Склад та ін.). Загалом, чим менша база даних, тим швидше буде " -"оновлено. База даних для одного користувача, яка використовує лише CRM, буде" -" оброблятися швидше, ніж база даних мульти-компаній та багатьох юзерів, яка " -"використовує Бухоблік, Продаж, Купівлі та Виробництво." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " -"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " -"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " -"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " -"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " -"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." -msgstr "" -"На жаль, неможливо дати оцінку часу для кожного запиту на оновлення, " -"оскільки Odoo.com щонайменше один раз перевірятиме вручну кожне оновлення " -"бази даних та потрібно буде виправити/адаптувати зміни, внесені до " -"стандартних модулів Odoo (наприклад, через Студію або через Пакет послуг) у " -"кожному конкретному випадку. Це може зробити процес повільніше, оскільки " -"запити обробляються в порядку їх надходження. Особливо це стосується місяців" -" після виходу нової основної версії, яка може значно подовжити затримку " -"оновлення." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 -msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "Процес оновлення з вашого погляду досить простий:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 -msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "Ваш запит на тестове оновлення" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " -"database" -msgstr "" -"Коли усі тести будуть підтверджені **вами**, ви оновлюєте вашу фактичну базу" -" даних" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " -"same." -msgstr "Процес запиту на тестове чи робоче (*фактичне*) оновлення однаковий." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " -"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." -msgstr "" -"Спершу переконайтеся, що ви підключені до бази даних, яку ви хочете оновити " -"та отримайте доступ до `сторінки управління базою даних " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 -msgid "" -"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " -"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." -msgstr "" -"Потрібно мати активну сесію з доступом до модуля Налаштування в базі даних, " -"яку ви хочете оновити, щоби кнопка була видимою." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 -msgid "" -"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " -"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." -msgstr "" -"У рядку бази даних, яку ви хочете оновити, натисніть на меню \"Cog\". Якщо " -"доступна новіша версія Odoo, ви побачите кнопку \"Оновити\"." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " -"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." -msgstr "" -"У вас є можливість вибрати цільову версію оновлення. За замовчуванням ми " -"вибираємо найвищу версію, доступну для вашої бази даних; якщо ви вже були в " -"процесі тестування оновлення, ми автоматично виберемо версію, яку ви вже " -"тестували (навіть якщо ми випустили більш нову версію під час ваших тестів)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " -"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " -"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" -" and asking another request will not be possible." -msgstr "" -"Натиснувши кнопку \"Тестувати оновлення\", буде створено запит на оновлення." -" Вчасно можна зробити один запит для кожної бази даних; якщо запит уже " -"зроблено, ви побачите замітку \"Оновити чергу\", і запит на інший запит буде" -" неможливим." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " -"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " -"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " -"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " -"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " -"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " -"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." -msgstr "" -"Тестове оновлення створить копію вашої бази даних, оновить її та автоматично" -" зробить її доступною для вас. Якщо це перший тест, який ви запитуєте для " -"цієї конкретної бази даних, Odoo.com здійснить етап ручного тестування - це " -"може зайняти час (до декількох тижнів). Подальші запити не пройдуть цей крок" -" тестування вручну, і зазвичай вони будуть доступні через кілька годин. " -"Після того, як тестова база даних буде доступною, ви повинні отримати " -"електронний лист із URL-адресою тестової бази даних." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" -" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " -"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " -"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " -"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " -"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"**Тестування вашої бази даних є найважливішим кроком процесу оновлення!** " -"Хоча ми перевіряємо всі оновлення вручну, ми не знаємо ваших робочих " -"процесів. Зміна стандартних технологій Odoo в нових версіях може вимагати " -"змінити внутрішні процеси, або деякі налаштування, зроблені через Odoo " -"Studio, тепер можуть працювати належним чином. *Ви повинні переконатися, що " -"все працює як слід!* Про проблеми зі своєю тестовою базою даних ви можете " -"повідомляти через нашу `Сторінку підтримки <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" -" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " -"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " -"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" -msgstr "" -"Не забудьте зробити останній тест оновлення безпосередньо перед остаточним " -"оновленням (наприклад, напередодні), щоб гарантувати, що все буде працювати " -"безперебійно. Поновлення версії неможливе, а післяналаштовуване оновлення " -"завжди простіше, ніж запобігання роботі над оновленням після факту!" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " -"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " -"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " -"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" -" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " -"the process is completed." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як ви будете готові і підтвердили всі свої тести, ви можете " -"знову натиснути кнопку «Оновити» та підтвердити, натиснувши «Оновити» " -"(кнопку з маленькою ракетою!), щоби перемкнути вашу робочу базу даних на " -"нову версію. Потім ваша база даних буде перенесена офлайн протягом наступних" -" 10 хвилин і буде оновлена автоматично; ви отримаєте електронний лист із " -"підтвердженням, коли процес завершено." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " -"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " -"migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "" -"Ваша база даних буде завантажуватися в режимі офлайн під час оновлення " -"(зазвичай від 30 хвилин до декількох годин для великих баз даних), тому " -"обов'язково плануйте міграцію протягом неробочих годин." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "Копіювання бази даних" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " -"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " -"database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "" -"Дублювання бази даних, перейменування, користувацький DNS і т. д. недоступні" -" для пробних баз даних на нашій онлайн-платформі. Платні бази даних та база " -"даних \"One App Free\" може дублювати без проблем." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 -msgid "" -"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " -"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" -" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" -"У рядку бази даних, яку ви хочете дублювати, у вас буде кілька кнопок. Щоби " -"копіювати вашу базу даних, просто натисніть кнопку **Копіювати**. Вам " -"доведеться назвати свою копію, потім натисніть кнопку **Копіювати базу " -"даних**." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 -msgid "" -"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" -" database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не перевіряєте позначення \"Для цілей тестування\" під час " -"копіювання бази даних, всі зовнішні процеси залишатимуться активними:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "Електронні листи надсилаються" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " -"example)" -msgstr "" -"Платежі обробляються (наприклад, у програмах електронної комерції або " -"підписки)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "Замовлення на доставку (постачальники доставки) відправляються" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "І т.д.." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 -msgid "" -"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " -"behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "" -"Перевірте позначення \"Для цілей тестування\", якщо ви хочете, щоб ці дії " -"були вимкнені." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " -"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" -"Через кілька секунд ви будете входити в копію бази даних. Зверніть увагу, що" -" URL-адреса використовує вашу назву для копій бази даних." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "Копії баз даних закінчуються автоматично через 15 днів." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187 -msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "Перейменування бази даних" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189 -msgid "" -"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " -"want to rename, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " -"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." -msgstr "" -"Щоб перейменувати вашу базу даних, переконайтеся, що ви підключені до бази " -"даних, яку ви хочете перейменувати, відкрийте `сторінку керування базою " -"даних <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ та натисніть **Перейменувати**." -" Вам потрібно буде вказати нову назву у вашій базі даних, а потім натиснути " -"**Перейменувати базу даних**." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200 -msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "Видалення бази даних" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "Ви можете видалити лише ті бази даних, де ви є адміністратором." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204 -msgid "" -"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " -"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " -"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " -"backup may be several hours old at that point." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви видалите базу даних, всі дані будуть втрачені назавжди. Видалення є " -"миттєвим і для всіх користувачів. Ми радимо вам негайно зробити резервну " -"копію вашої бази даних, перш ніж видалити її, оскільки останнє автоматичне " -"щоденне резервне копіювання може становити кілька годин на той момент." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210 -msgid "" -"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " -"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " -"button." -msgstr "" -"На `сторінці управління базою даних <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " -"в рядку бази даних, яку ви хочете видалити, натисніть кнопку \"Видалити\"." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217 -msgid "" -"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " -"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "" -"Будь ласка, уважно прочитайте попередження, яке з'явиться і висітиме , поки " -"ви повністю не зрозумієте наслідки видалення бази даних:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " -"automatically." -msgstr "" -"Через кілька секунд база даних буде видалена, і сторінка буде автоматично " -"перезавантажена." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227 -msgid "" -"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "" -"Якщо вам потрібно буде повторно використовувати цю назву бази даних, вона " -"буде доступна" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " -"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" -"Неможливо видалити базу даних, якщо вона минула або пов'язана з підпискою. У" -" цих випадках звертайтеся в `Службу підтримки Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233 -msgid "" -"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете видалити свій обліковий запис, зверніться до `Служби " -"підтримки Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "Управління базами даних на власному сервері" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "Реєстрація бази даних" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " -"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" -" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" -" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" -"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " -"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" -"Щоб зареєструвати вашу базу даних, вам просто потрібно ввести свій код " -"підписки у вікні Перемикання Додатків. Переконайтеся, що ви не додали " -"додаткових пропусків перед або після коду підписки. Якщо реєстрація буде " -"успішною, вона стане зеленою і надасть вам Дату закінчення термінової " -"реєстрації вашої бази даних. Ви можете перевірити цю дату закінчення в меню " -"Про (Odoo 9) або на інформаційній панелі параметрів (Odoo 10)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "Повідомлення про помилку реєстрації" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " -"message:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не можете зареєструвати свою базу даних, ви, імовірно, побачите це " -"повідомлення:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "Рішення" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "Чи є у вас дійсна Підписка на Enterprise?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" -" Manager" -msgstr "" -"Перевірте, чи отримує інформацію про підписку тег \"В процесі\" в `J,ksre " -"Odoo <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ або з вашим менеджером " -"облікового запису." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "Ви вже пов'язали базу даних з посиланням на підписку?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " -"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Ви можете пов'язати лише одну базу даних для кожної підписки. (Потрібен тест" -" або база даних розробки? `Знайдіть партнера " -"<https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " -"database\"" -msgstr "" -"Ви можете самостійно від'єднати стару базу даних в своєму `Кнтракті Odoo " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ за допомогою кнопки " -"\"Від'єднати базу даних\"." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " -"as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" -"З'явиться повідомлення про підтвердження; переконайтеся, що це правильна " -"база даних, оскільки її буде негайно вимкнено:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "У вас є оновлена версія Odoo 9?" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 -msgid "" -"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " -"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" -"З липня 2016 року Odoo 9 тепер автоматично змінює UUID копії бази даних; " -"ручна операція більше не потрібна." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." -" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " -"specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ні, ви можете мати кілька баз даних, що мають однакову UUID. Будь " -"ласка, перевірте свій `Контракт Odoo " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, з'явиться коротке " -"повідомлення, в якому буде зазначено, яка база даних є проблематичною:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " -"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " -"<duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "" -"У цьому випадку вам потрібно змінити UUID на своїх тестових базах даних, " -"щоби вирішити цю проблему. Ви знайдете додаткову інформацію про це у " -":ref:`цьому розділі <duplicate_premise>`." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "" -"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " -"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " -"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" -"Для вашої інформації ми ідентифікуємо базу даних з UUID. Тому кожна база " -"даних повинна мати чіткий UUID, щоб забезпечити безперебійну реєстрацію та " -"виставлення рахунків для вас і для нас." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 -msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "Перевірте налаштування мережі та firewall" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" -" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " -"outgoing connections towards:" -msgstr "" -"Повідомлення про оновлення повинне мати можливість дійти до серверів " -"перевірки підписки Odoo. Іншими словами, переконайтеся, що сервер Odoo " -"здатний відкривати вихідні з'єднання у напрямку:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 -msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 -msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "services.openerp.com на порту 443 (або 80) для старіших розгортань" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " -"Update notification runs once a week." -msgstr "" -"Після активації вашої бази даних ви повинні тримати ці порти відкритими, " -"оскільки повідомлення про оновлення працює раз на тиждень." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 -msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "Повідомлення про помилку через через велику кількість користувачів" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" -" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо у вашій місцевій базі даних є більше користувачів, ніж передбачено в " -"підписці Odoo Enterprise, ви можете побачити таке повідомлення:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 -msgid "" -"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " -"countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" -"Коли з'явиться повідомлення, у вас є 30 днів до закінчення терміну дії. " -"Зворотній відлік оновлюється кожного дня." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " -"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" -"**Додайте більше користувачів** до вашої підписки: перейдіть за посиланням " -"та підтвердіть комерційну пропозицію збільшення, оплатіть додаткових " -"користувачів." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115 -msgid "or" -msgstr "або" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 -msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com " -"/documentation/user/12.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " -"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " -"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," -" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " -"message disappear right away." -msgstr "" -"Коли ваша база даних матиме правильну кількість користувачів, повідомлення " -"про закінчення терміну дії автоматично зникне через кілька днів після " -"наступної перевірки. Ми розуміємо, що це може бути трохи лякаюче, коли ви " -"побачите зворотний відлік, тому ви можете запустити Оновлення Повідомлення, " -"<force_ping>` щоби повідомлення зникло відразу." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "Помилка повідомлення про закінчення терміну дії бази даних" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " -"subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ваша база даних закінчується до закінчення терміну дії вашої підписки, " -"ви побачите це повідомлення:" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139 -msgid "" -"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" -" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " -"database is expired." -msgstr "" -"Це повідомлення про **блокування** з'являється після неблокуючого " -"повідомлення, яке триває 30 днів. Якщо ви не вживаєте заходів до закінчення " -"зворотнього відліку, термін дії бази даних закінчиться." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " -"that" -msgstr "" -"Відновіть свою підписку: перейдіть за посиланням та поновіть свою підписку, " -"зверніть увагу," - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 -msgid "" -"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " -"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " -"card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" -"якщо ви хочете оплатити Wire Transfer, ваша підписка буде дійсно поновлена " -"​​лише після отримання платежу, що може тривати кілька днів. Платежі за " -"кредитною карткою обробляються негайно." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149 -msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "Зв'яжіться з нашою `Підтримкою <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151 -msgid "" -"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" -"Жодні з цих рішень не підходять для вас? Будь ласка, зв'яжіться з нашою " -"`Підтримкою <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "Копіювання бази даних" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 -msgid "" -"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " -"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " -"duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете дублювати свою базу даних, звернувшись до менеджера баз даних на " -"своєму сервері (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). На цій сторінці ви " -"можете легко дублювати вашу базу даних (серед інших)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170 -msgid "" -"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " -"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " -"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " -"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " -"registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви копіюєте локальну базу даних, **настійно** рекомендуємо змінювати " -"uuid дублікатів бази даних (Unniversically Unique Identifier), оскільки цей " -"uuid - те, як ваша база даних ідентифікує себе на наших серверах. Дві бази " -"даних з тим самим uuid можуть призвести до виставлення рахунків-фактур або " -"реєстраційних проблем нижче по рядку." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " -"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " -"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" -" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " -"by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" -"В даний час UIID бази даних доступний з меню **Налаштування > Технічні " -"параметри > Параметри** системи, ми радимо використовувати `генератор uuid " -"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ або використовувати команду unіx " -"``uuidgen`` для створення нового uuid. Тоді ви можете просто замінити його, " -"як і будь-який інший запис, натиснувши на нього та використовуючи кнопку " -"редагування." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "Користувачі та додатки" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" -"Як адміністратор вашої бази даних, ви несете відповідальність за її " -"використання. Вона включає додатки, які ви встановлюєте, а також кількість " -"користувачів, які наразі користуються системою." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo є багато речей (ERP, CMS, додаток CRM, бекенд електронної комерції " -"тощо), але це не смартфон. Ви повинні бути обережними при " -"додаванні/видаленні функцій (особливо додатків) у вашій базі даних, оскільки" -" це може суттєво вплинути на суму вашої підписки (або ви можете " -"переключитися з безкоштовної версії на платну на онлайн-платформі Odoo)." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" -"Ця сторінка містить деяку інформацію про те, як можна керувати версіями " -"Odoo. Перш ніж виконувати будь-яку з цих дій, **настійно** радимо спочатку " -"протестувати їх на копії вашої бази даних. Таким чином, якщо щось піде не " -"так, на ваш щоденний бізнес нічого не впливає." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " -"installations." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете знайти довідники про те, як дублювати свої бази даних як. " -":ref:`онлайн <duplicate_online>` так і :ref:`на вашому хостингу " -"<duplicate_premise>." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас виникли запитання щодо вмісту цієї сторінки або виникли проблеми " -"під час виконання цих дій, зв'яжіться з нами за допомогою нашої `форми " -"підтримки <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "Деактивація користувачів" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що у вас є достатньо **адміністративних прав**, якщо ви " -"хочете змінити статус будь-якого з ваших користувачів." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " -"rights.**" -msgstr "" -"У своїй версії Odoo натисніть **Налаштування**. У вас буде розділ, який " -"покаже вам активних користувачів у вашій базі даних. Натисніть **Керувати " -"правами доступу**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|settings|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|browse_users|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "Після цього ви побачите список ваших користувачів." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" -"Заздалегідь вибраний фільтр *Внутрішні користувачі* покаже ваших платних " -"користувачів (відмінних від *Користувачів порталу*, які є безкоштовними). " -"Якщо ви видалите цей фільтр, ви отримаєте всіх своїх користувачів (тих, кого" -" ви оплачуєте, а також портальні)." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " -"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" -" to **Inactive** immediately." -msgstr "" -"У своєму списку користувачів натисніть на користувача, якого ви бажаєте " -"деактивувати. Як тільки ви зайдете на користувацьку форму, перейдіть за " -"допомогою курсора миші на статус **Активний** (угорі праворуч). Натисніть на" -" Активний, і ви помітите, що статус негайно зміниться на **Неактивний**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "Користувача деактивовано." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "**Ніколи** не деактивуйте головного користувача (**адміністратора**)." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "Видалення додатків" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" -"Перш ніж вносити зміни (особливо встановлення/видалення додатків), спочатку " -"перевірте, що ви збираєтесь робити на :ref:`тестовій <duplicate_online>` " -"базі даних. " - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" -"У своїй версії Odoo натисніть **Налаштування**, в цьому додатку ви зможете " -"побачити, скільки програм було встановлено. Натисніть **Переглянути " -"додатки**, щоб отримати доступ до списку встановлених програм." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|browse_apps|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" -"На інформаційній панелі вашої програми ви побачите всі значки ваших " -"додатків. Натисніть програму, яку ви хочете видалити. Потім, за формою " -"додатку, натисніть кнопку **Видалити**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Деякі програми мають залежності, такі як виставлення рахунків, електронна " -"комерція та інше. Таким чином, система попередить вас, що ви збирається " -"видалити. Якщо ви деінсталюєте вашу програму, всі її залежності буде також " -"видалено (і дані в них назавжди зникнуть). Якщо ви впевнені, що все одно " -"хочете видалити додаток, натисніть кнопку **Підтвердити**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Нарешті, після перевірки попередження (якщо воно є), натисніть кнопку " -"**Підтвердити**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "Ви завершили видалення вашої програми." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "Варто знати" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" -"**Видалення додатків, керування користувачами тощо залежить від вас**: ніхто" -" знає краще за вас, чи ваш бізнес-процес зламаний. Якщо ми хотіли б " -"деінсталювати додатки для вас, ми ніколи не зможемо визначити, чи були " -"видалені релевантні дані або якщо один із ваших бізнес-процесів був " -"зламаний, оскільки ми не знаємо, як ви працюєте, і тому не можемо перевірити" -" такі операції." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" -"**Додатки Odoo мають залежності**: це означає, що вам може знадобитися " -"встановити модулі, які ви не використовуєте, для доступу до деяких функцій " -"Odoo, які вам можуть знадобитися. Наприклад, додаток Website Builder " -"потрібен, аби показати своєму клієнту свої комерційні пропозиції на веб-" -"сторінці. Незважаючи на те, чи вам може не знадобитися використання самого " -"Веб-сайту, це необхідно, щоби функція комерційних пропозицій онлайн " -"працювала належним чином." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" -"**Завжди перевіряйте встановлення/видалення додатку на тестовій базі** (або " -"на базі безкоштовної пробної версії): таким чином ви можете дізнатися, які " -"інші програми можуть знадобитися. Це допоможе уникнути несподіванок при " -"видаленні або при отриманні рахунків-фактур." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po deleted file mode 100644 index e7d485030..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,912 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "Обговорення" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" -"Як використовувати свій поштовий сервер для надсилання та отримання " -"електронних листів у Odoo" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" -" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " -"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " -"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." -msgstr "" -"Цей документ, в основному, присвячений користувачам Odoo на власному " -"сервері, які не користуються нестандартним рішенням для надсилання та " -"отримання електронних листів в Odoo, на відміну від `Odoo Online " -"<https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " -"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " -"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " -"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " -"reputation yourself." -msgstr "" -"Якщо жоден із вашої компанії не використовується для керування поштовими " -"серверами, ми настійно рекомендуємо вам вибрати ці рішення для хостингу " -"Odoo. Їх система електронної пошти працює миттєво і контролюється " -"професіоналами. Тим не менше, ви все ще можете використовувати власні " -"поштові сервери, якщо хочете самостійно керувати вашим сервером електронної " -"пошти." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " -"own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Нижче ви знайдете деяку корисну інформацію про те, як інтегрувати власне " -"рішення електронної пошти з Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." -msgstr "" -"Сервери електронної пошти Office 365 не дозволяють просто надсилати сторонні" -" електронні листи з хостів, таких як Odoo. Зверніться до `документації " -"Microsoft <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a" -"-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ щоби це запрацювало." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "Як керувати вихідними повідомленнями" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " -"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " -"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" -"Як адміністратор системи, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Загальні налаштування` та перевірте *зовнішні сервери електронної пошти*. " -"Потім натисніть *Сервери вихідної пошти*, щоб створити та вказати SMTP-дані " -"вашого сервера електронної пошти. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, " -"натисніть кнопку *Перевірити підключення*." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "Ось типове налаштування сервера G Suite." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" -"Потім встановіть ім'я домену електронної пошти у загальних налаштуваннях." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "Чи можете ви використовувати сервер Office 365" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" -" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете використовувати сервер Office 365, якщо ви запускаєте Odoo on-" -"premise. Реєстри SMTP Office 365 несумісні з Odoo Online." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" -" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" -"Будь ласка, зверніться до `Документації Microsoft " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ для налаштування " -"ретранслятора SMTP для вашої IP-адреси Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "Як використовувати сервер G Suite" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " -"`Google documentation " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете використовувати сервер G Suite для будь-якого типу хостингу Odoo. " -"Щоби це зробити, вам необхідно встановити обслуговування SMTP. Кроки " -"налаштування пояснюються в документації `Google " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "Будьте сумісними з SPF" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" -" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " -"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте SPF (Policy Framework для відправників), щоб " -"збільшити продуктивність вихідних електронних листів, не забудьте " -"авторизувати Odoo як відправника у налаштуваннях вашого доменного імені. Ось" -" налаштування для Odoo Online:" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " -"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" -"Якщо для SPF немає запису TXT, створіть його з наступним визначенням: v=spf1" -" include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." -" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " -"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" -"Якщо запит SPF TXT вже встановлено, додайте \"include: _spf.odoo.com\". " -"наприклад, для доменного імені, яке надсилає електронні листи через Odoo " -"Online, і через G Suite це може бути: v=spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com include:" -" _spf.google.com ~ all" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" -"Знайдіть `тут <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ точну процедуру " -"створення або зміни TXT-записи у власному реєстраторі доменів." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" -"Завершення вашого нового запису SPF може зайняти до 48 годин, але це, як " -"правило, відбувається швидше." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Додавання декількох записів SPF для домену може спричинити проблеми з " -"доставкою пошти та класифікацією спаму. Замість цього ми рекомендуємо " -"використовувати лише один запис SPF, змінюючи його, щоб авторизувати Odoo." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "Дозвольте DKIM" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "" -"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " -"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " -"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " -"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" -"Ви повинні робити те ж саме, якщо на вашому сервері електронної пошти " -"ввімкнено DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail). У випадку з Odoo Online та " -"Odoo.sh, ви повинні додати DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" запис CNAME на " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". Наприклад, для \"foo.com\" вони повинні мати " -"запис \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\", тобто CNAME зі значенням " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "Як керувати вхідними повідомленнями" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" -"Odoo покладається на загальні псевдоніми електронної пошти, щоб отримувати " -"вхідні повідомлення." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" -"**Відповіді повідомлень**, відправлених з Odoo, спрямовуються в їх " -"оригінальний дискусійний потік (і в папку \"Вхідні\" всіх його піписників) " -"за допомогою псевдоніма catchall (**catchall@**)." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." -msgstr "" -"**Відскановані повідомлення** направляються на відмову @, щоб відстежувати " -"їх в Odoo. Це особливо використовується в `Odoo Email " -"Marketing,<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ щоб відмовитися від" -" недійсних одержувачів." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" -"**Оригінальні повідомлення**: для деяких бізнес-об'єктів є власний псевдонім" -" для створення нових записів у Odoo із вхідних повідомлень електронної " -"пошти:" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Канал продажів (для створення потенційних клієнтів або нагод в `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Підтримка каналу (для створення квитків в `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" -"/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Проекти (для створення нових завдань у `Odoo Project " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Вакансії (для створення Заявок в `Odoo Recruitment " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "тощо." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" -"Залежно від вашого поштового сервера може існувати декілька способів " -"отримання повідомлень електронної пошти. Найпростіший та найбільш " -"рекомендований спосіб полягає в управлінні однією адресою електронної пошти " -"на псевдоніми Odoo на вашому поштовому сервері." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Створіть відповідні електронні адреси на своєму поштовому сервері " -"(catchall@, bounce@, sales@ і т.д.)." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "Встановіть своє доменне ім'я у загальних налаштуваннях." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " -"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " -"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " -"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " -"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo on-premises, створіть *вхідний поштовий сервер* " -"в Odoo для кожного псевдоніма. Ви також можете це зробити в загальних " -"налаштуваннях. Заповніть форму відповідно до ваших налаштувань постачальника" -" послуг електронної пошти. Залиште *дії, які потрібно виконати* на вхідних " -"листах, порожніми. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, натисніть на " -"*ПЕРЕВІРКА та ПІДТВЕРДЖЕННЯ*." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " -"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " -"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " -"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " -"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " -"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo Online або Odoo.sh, ми рекомендуємо " -"переадресовувати вхідні повідомлення на доменне ім'я Odoo, а не виключно " -"використовувати свій власний сервер електронної пошти. Таким чином ви " -"отримаєте вхідні повідомлення без затримки. Дійсно, Odoo Online отримує " -"вхідні повідомлення зовнішніх серверів лише раз на годину. Ви повинні " -"встановити перенаправлення для всіх адрес електронної пошти до доменного " -"імені Odoo на своєму сервері електронної пошти (наприклад, " -"*catchall@mydomain.ext*, на *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." -msgstr "" -"Всі псевдоніми можна налаштувати в Odoo. Псевдоніми об'єктів можна " -"редагувати з відповідного виду налаштування. Щоб відредагувати атрибути " -"catchall і bounce, потрібно спочатку активувати режим розробника на панелі " -"керування налаштувань." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" -"Потім оновіть свій екран і перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Технічні --> Параметри --> Параметри системи` для налаштування псевдоніму " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* та *mail.bounce.alias*)." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " -"Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням вхідні повідомлення завантажуються кожні 5 хвилин в режимі " -"очікування в Odoo. Ви можете змінити це значення в режимі розробника. " -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічні --> Автоматизація -->" -" Заплановані дії` та знайдіть*Mail: Fetchmail Service*." - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "Як слідкувати за Twitter в Odoo" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете слідкувати за конкретними хеш-тегами в Twitter і переглядати твіти" -" в межах каналів Обговорення Odoo за вашим вибором. Твіти періодично " -"витягуються з Twitter. Автентифікований користувач може ретвітити " -"повідомлення." - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "Налаштування програми зі сторони Twitter" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" -msgstr "" -"Twitter використовує \"Програму\" зі своєї сторони, яка відкриває шлях, до " -"якого Odoo вимагає твітів, і за допомогою якого користувач може відновити " -"ретвіти. Щоб налаштувати цю програму, перейдіть на сторінку " -"http://apps.twitter.com/app/new і введіть значення:" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "Назва: це назва програми на Twitter" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." -msgstr "" -"Веб-сайт: це зовнішня URL-адреса бази даних Odoo, додавши \"/ web\". " -"Наприклад, якщо ваша версія Odoo розміщена на \"http://www.example.com\", у " -"цьому полі слід додати \"http://www.example.com/web\"." - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." -msgstr "" -"Зворотня URL-адреса: це адреса, на яку Twitter відповідає. Після " -"попереднього прикладу слід написати " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." -msgstr "" -"Не забудьте прийняти умови використання угоди для розробників та натисніть " -"кнопку **Створити свій додаток Twitter** у нижній частині сторінки." - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "Отримання ключа API та секретності" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви на інформаційній панелі програми, перейдіть на вкладку **Токени " -"ключів та доступу**." - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 -msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." -msgstr "" -"Скопіюйте ці значення в Odoo в :menuselection:`Налаштування--> загальні " -"налаштування--> Налаштування обговорення Twitter` та натисніть кнопку " -"**Зберегти**, щоб зберегти налаштування." - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "Як привернути увагу інших користувачів до ваших повідомлень" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете **згадати** користувача в каналі або в чаті, набравши **@user-" -"name**. Згадуючи користувача в чаті, він встановить його як елемент підписки" -" (якщо він ще не є ним) та надсилають повідомлення на поштову скриньку. " -"Елемент, що містить згадування, також буде виділено жирним шрифтом у вікні " -"списку. Згадування користувача в каналі надсилатиме повідомлення до своєї " -"поштової скриньки. Ви не можете згадати користувача в каналі, який не " -"підписався на канал. Натискання **#channel-name** дасть посилання на " -"згаданий канал у чатах або на іншому каналі." - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "Прямий обмін повідомленнями з користувачем" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." -msgstr "" -"**Прямі повідомлення** - приватні повідомлення, доступні лише відправнику та" -" одержувачу. Ви можете надсилати прямі повідомлення іншим користувачам з " -"модуля Обговорення, створивши нову бесіду або вибравши існуючу з бічної " -"панелі. Прямі повідомлення можна надсилати з будь-якого місця в Odoo за " -"допомогою значка спливаючої підказки у верхній панелі. Статус інших " -"користувачів відображається ліворуч від імені. **Зелена точка** вказує на " -"те, що користувач є онлайн, **помаранчева точка**, в якій вони перебувають в" -" режимі очікування, а **сіра точка** - в автономному режимі." - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "Сповіщення на робочому столі з обговорення" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете обрати відображення **настільного сповіщення**, коли ви отримуєте " -"нове пряме повідомлення. У сповіщенні відображається повідомлення " -"відправника та короткий попередній перегляд вмісту повідомлення. Вони можуть" -" бути налаштовані або вимкнені, натиснувши значок приладу в кутку " -"сповіщення." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "Як бути чуйним на роботі завдяки моїм вхідним повідомленням Odoo" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" -"Використовуйте **Вхідні** в модулі обговорення, щоб контролювати оновлення " -"та прогрес у всьому, що ви робите в Odoo. Сповіщення та повідомлення від " -"усього, на що ви підписані або у чому ви згадані, з'являються у папці " -"Вхідні." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "Ви можете стежити за папкою **Вхідні** з будь-якого екрана." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." -msgstr "" -"Позначення елемента позначає повідомлення як **прочитане** та видаляє його з" -" папки Вхідні. Якщо ви хочете зберегти об'єкт для подальшого посилання або " -"дії, позначте його зірочкою, щоб додати до поля **Позначення**. Ви можете " -"зібрати будь-яке повідомлення або сповіщення в Обговорення або будь-якого з " -"учасників, що займаються конкретними товарами в Odoo, щоб зберігати тут " -"вкладки." - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Чому потрібно використовувати обговорення" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." -msgstr "" -"Обговорення Odoo - це простий у використанні додаток для обміну " -"повідомленнями для команд, які об'єднують всю вашу організацію в одному " -"місці та без проблем інтегрується із системою Odoo. Обговорення дає змогу " -"надсилати та отримувати повідомлення будь-де, де ви знаходитесь в Odoo, а " -"також легко керувати своїми повідомленнями та повідомленнями в додатку. " -"Обговорення дає змогу створювати **канали** для командних чатів, бесід про " -"проекти, координацію зустрічей тощо в одному простому та доступному для " -"пошуку інтерфейсі." - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "Ставайте ще більше організованими з плануванням дій" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." -msgstr "" -"Планування дій - це ідеальний спосіб продовжити роботу. Отримайте " -"нагадування про те, що потрібно зробити, і заплануйте наступні заходи, які " -"потрібно виконати." - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." -msgstr "" -"Ваша діяльність доступна в будь-якому місці, де ви знаходитеся в Odoo. " -"Вашими пріоритетами легко керувати." - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" -msgstr "" -"Діяльність може бути запланована і керована учасниками спілкування та " -"переглядів канбанів. Ось приклад можливостей:" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 -msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "Встановіть види діяльності" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням у Odoo доступні різні типові види діяльності (наприклад, " -"дзвінок, електронна пошта, зустріч та інше). Якщо ви хочете встановити нові," -" перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування --> " -"Типи діяльності`." - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "Розклад зустрічей" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." -msgstr "" -"Дії заплановані на певні дні. Якщо вам потрібно встановити години, перейдіть" -" за типом дії *Зустріч*. При плануванні дії, календар буде просто відкритий," -" щоби дозволити вам вибрати часовий інтервал." - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "" -"Якщо вам потрібно використовувати інші види діяльності за допомогою " -"планування календаря, переконайтеся, що їх *категорія* встановлена як " -"*Зустріч*." - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "Заплануйте послідовність дій для їх відслідковування" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." -msgstr "" -"Odoo допомагає вам легко спланувати свій звичайний робочий процес. Перейдіть" -" до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Типи діяльності` та встановіть наступні" -" кроки, такі як *Рекомендовані наступні дії*." - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" -"Тепер, коли активність завершена, ви можете вибрати *Готово і запланувати " -"наступне*. Наступні кроки будуть автоматично запропоновані для вас." - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "Розважайтеся, стаючи організованішими із плануванням дій!" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "Як ефективно комунікувати у команді, використовуючи канали" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете використовувати **канали** для організації обговорень між окремими" -" групами, департаментами, проектами або будь-якою іншою групою, яка потребує" -" регулярного спілкування. Знайшовши бесіди, кожен, хто бачить її у каналі, " -"легко збереже всю команду в циклі з останніми новинками." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "Створення каналу" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "В Обговоренні є два типи каналів - **публічні** та **приватні**." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." -msgstr "" -"**Публічний канал** може бути створений адміністратором лише з правами на " -"запис, і його можуть бачити всі, хто в організації. Навпаки, **приватний " -"канал** може бути створений будь-яким користувачем, і за замовчуванням він " -"відображається лише користувачам, запрошеним на цей канал." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." -msgstr "" -"Публічний канал найкраще використовується, коли багато працівників повинні " -"мати доступ до інформації (наприклад, міжвідомчі комунікації або компанії), " -"тоді приватний канал повинен використовуватися, коли інформація повинна бути" -" обмежена лише певними користувачами/працівниками (наприклад, департамент " -"або конфіденційна інформація)." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "Налаштування каналу" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете налаштовувати назву каналу, опис, права доступу, автоматичну " -"підписку та надсилати електронні листи з :menuselection:`#channel-name --> " -"Налаштування`. Змінюючи права доступу до каналу, ви можете контролювати, які" -" групи можуть переглядати кожен канал. Ви можете зробити канал видимим для " -"всіх користувачів, запрошених користувачів або користувачів вибраної групи " -"користувачів. Зауважте, якщо дозволити \"всім\" користуватись приватним " -"каналом, інші користувачі зможуть переглядати та приєднуватися до неї, " -"оскільки це буде відкритим каналом." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "Як налаштувати список розсилки" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." -msgstr "" -"Канал можна налаштувати так, щоб він поводився як список розсилки. Зі списку" -" :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Налаштування`, визначте електронне " -"повідомлення, яке ви хочете використовувати. Після цього користувачі зможуть" -" опублікувати в каналі та вибрати отримання сповіщень за допомогою " -"визначеної електронної адреси. Біля назви каналу в списку з'явиться значок " -"конверта, який покаже, що канал надсилатиме повідомлення електронною поштою." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "Пошук каналу" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не бачите канал на інформаційній панелі, ви можете шукати в списку " -"**загальнодоступних каналів**, щоб знайти потрібний канал або створити новий" -" канал, натиснувши значок +." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете натиснути заголовок **КАНАЛИ**, щоб переглянути список всіх " -"публічних каналів. Це дозволяє користувачеві вручну **приєднуватися** і " -"**залишати** публічні канали з одного екрану." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 -msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." -msgstr "" -"Завжди мудро шукати канал, перш ніж створювати новий, щоб не створювати " -"дубльовані записи для однієї теми." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "Використання фільтрів для навігації в обговоренні" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" -msgstr "" -"Пошук у верхньому рядку забезпечує доступ до тієї ж всеохоплюючої функції " -"пошуку, що присутня в решті частини Odoo. Ви можете застосувати кілька " -"**критеріїв фільтрації** та **зберігати фільтри** для подальшого " -"використання. Функція пошуку приймає підстановку символів, використовуючи " -"символ підкреслення \"\\ **\\_**\\ \", щоб представляти **підстановку одного" -" символу**." - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "Як слідкувати за дискусійною темою та визначати, що я хочу почути" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "Як слідкувати за темою дискусії" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 -msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете відстежувати практично будь-який бізнес-об'єкт в Odoo (нагода, " -"комерційна пропозиція, завдання тощо), **додавши** це." - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "Як вибрати події, щоб слідкувати за ними" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете вибрати типи подій, про які ви хочете отримувати повідомлення. " -"Наведений нижче приклад показує параметри, доступні при виконанні " -"**завдання** в додатку **Проект**." - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "Як додати інших підписників" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете запросити інших користувачів і додавати канали як підписки. " -"Додавання каналу як підписки відправить повідомлення, опубліковані в чаті, " -"до каналу з посиланням на вихідний документ." - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "Як бути підписником за замовчуванням" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." -msgstr "" -"Ви автоматично встановлюєте себе як підписника за замовчуванням будь-якого " -"елемента, який ви створюєте. У деяких програмах, таких як CRM та Проект, ви " -"можете стати підписником за замовчуванням будь-якого нового запису, " -"створеного для отримання сповіщень про конкретні події (наприклад, створене " -"нове завдання, виграна нагода)." - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." -msgstr "" -"Щоб це зробити, розпочніть наступний батьківський бізнес-об'єкт (наприклад, " -"канал збуту в CRM, проект у проекті). Потім виберіть події, за якими ви " -"хочете слідкувати." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2a151b83a..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1823 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "Електронна комерція" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Розпочніть" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "Як налаштувати сторінку каталогу товарів" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Каталог товарів" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" -"Усі ваші опубліковані елементи відображаються на вашій сторінці каталогу " -"(або на сторінці *Магазину*)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." -msgstr "" -"Більшість параметрів доступні в меню *Налаштування*: елементи відображення, " -"категорії веб-сайту тощо." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "Виділіть товар" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" -"Підвищуйте видимість товарів із зірочкою/рекламовані товари: підніміть їх " -"вгору, збільшіть їх, додайте стрічку, яку можна редагувати (продаж, новий " -"тощо). Відкрийте сторінку магазину, перейдіть у режим редагування та " -"натисніть на будь-який елемент, щоб розпочати налаштування сітки." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" -"Подивіться, як зробити це: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "Швидке додавання до кошика" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ваші клієнти купують багато товарів одночасно, зробіть цей процес " -"швидшим, дозволяючи купівлі зі сторінки каталогу. Для цього додайте опис " -"товару та додайте у кнопку кошика. Увімкніть наступні параметри в меню " -"*Налаштування*: опис товару, додавання в кошик, перегляд списку (для кращого" -" відображення опису товару)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "Як створити сторінку товару" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" -"На веб-сайті натисніть кнопку *Нова сторінка* у верхньому правому куті." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "Потім натисніть *Новий товар* і дотримуйтесь спливаючих порад." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "Ось основні елементи сторінки товару:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "Багато елементів можна зробити видимими в меню *Налаштування*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "Дізнайтеся, як налаштовувати свої товари зі сторінок нижче." - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "Управляйте вашими товарами" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "Як відобразити кілька картинок на товарі" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням веб-сторінка товару відображає головне зображення вашого " -"товару. Якщо ви хочете показати свої товари з кількох ракурсів, ви можете " -"перетворити зображення в карусель." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Перевірте *Кілька зображень на товарі* в :menuselection:`Адміністратор веб-" -"сайту --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" -"Відкрийте деталі форми товару та завантажте зображення з вкладки " -"*Зображення*. Натисніть *Створити* в режимі редагування, щоб отримати " -"майстер завантаження." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" -"Таке додаткове зображення є загальним для всіх варіантів товарів (якщо такі " -"є)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "Як показати наявність товару" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " -"your customers." -msgstr "" -"Наявність ваших товарів може бути показана на веб-сайті, щоб переконати " -"ваших клієнтів." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " -"an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" -"Щоб відобразити це, відкрийте вкладку *Продажі* у формі деталей товару та " -"виберіть параметр *В наявності*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " -"delay, etc." -msgstr "" -"Користувацьке попередження може бути пов'язане із наявністю на складі, " -"затримкою доставки тощо." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "Цей інструмент не вимагає встановлення додатку Склад." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " -"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " -"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо один елемент більше не можна продавати, скасуйте публікацію на своєму " -"веб-сайті. Якщо мова йде про конкретний варіант товару, дезактивуйте варіант" -" у бекенді (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "Як керувати варіантами товару" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." -msgstr "" -"Варіанти товару використовуються для того, щоб запропонувати варіанти того " -"самого товару для ваших клієнтів на сторінці товарів. Наприклад, клієнт " -"вибирає футболку, а потім вибирає її розмір і колір. У наведеному нижче " -"прикладі клієнт вибирає телефон, а потім вибирає пам'ять; колір та Wi-Fi з " -"доступних опцій." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "Як створити атрибути та варіанти" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Увімкніть *Товари можуть мати кілька атрибутів, що визначають варіанти " -"(наприклад, розмір, колір, ...)* у розділі :menuselection:`Продажі --> " -"Налаштування`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "Виберіть товар у списку товарів, перейдіть на вкладку *Варіанти*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" -"Додайте якомога більше атрибутів, які вам потрібно, з 3 різних типів: " -"перемикачі, випадаюче меню або кольорові кнопки. Ви отримуєте кілька " -"варіантів, як тільки буде 2 атрибута для атрибута 1." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "Як редагувати варіанти" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "Перегляньте всі варіанти з форми шаблону деталей товару." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "Ви можете редагувати наступні дані:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "Зображення (буде оновлено в реальному часі на веб-сайті)," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "Штрих-код," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "Внутрішня довідка (SKU #)," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "Об'єм," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "Вага," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "Активний (доступний у пропозиціях та на веб-сайті)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" -"Штрих-код та внутрішня довідка є спеціальними для варіантів. Потрібно " -"заповнити їх, коли створені варіанти." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." -msgstr "" -"Перегляньте та відредагуйте всі варіанти з :menuselection:`Продажі --> " -"Продажі --> Варіанти товару`. Це може бути швидше, якщо ви управляєте " -"безліччю варіантів." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "Як встановити конкретні ціни за варіант" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете встановити конкретну загальну вартість кожного варіанта, " -"натиснувши *Ціни варіанту* у формі відомостей про товар (дія у верхньому " -"лівому куті)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" -"Додаткова ціна додається до ціни товару, коли вибирається відповідне " -"значення атрибута." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" -"Формули преміум-класу дозволяють встановлювати розширені методи обчислення " -"ціни для варіантів товару. Див. :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "Як відключити/архівувати варіанти" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете відключити/архівувати конкретні варіанти, щоб вони більше не були " -"доступні в пропозиціях та на веб-сайті (не існуючих на вашому складі, " -"застарілих тощо). Просто зніміть позначку *Активно* в детальній формі." - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати такі архівні елементи, натисніть *Архівувати* при пошуку списку" -" варіантів. Ви можете повторно активувати їх так само." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "Збільшіть свій дохід" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "Як продавати аксесуари та функціональні товари (перехресний продаж)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" -msgstr "" -"Ви продаєте комп'ютери. Чому б не стимулювати своїх клієнтів купувати " -"найкращий екран або додаткову гарантію? Це мета перехресних продажів:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "Аксесуари на сторінці оформлення замовлення," - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" -"Додаткові товари на новому екрані *Додати до кошика* (не встановлено за " -"замовчуванням)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "Аксесуари під час перевірки" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" -"Аксесуари (наприклад, для комп'ютерів: миша, клавіатура) з'являються, коли " -"користувач переглядає кошик перед оплатою." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть аксесуари на вкладці *Продажі* на сторінці відомостей про товар." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." -msgstr "" -"Існує алгоритм виявлення найкращих аксесуарів для відображення, якщо до " -"кошика додано кілька елементів. Якщо будь-який елемент є аксесуаром кількох " -"товарів, доданих у кошик, то, швидше за все, він буде зверху списку " -"запропонованих аксесуарів." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "Додаткові товари при додаванні до кошика" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" -"Необов'язкові товари безпосередньо пов'язані з елементом, доданим до кошика " -"(наприклад, для комп'ютерів: гарантія, програмне забезпечення для ОS, " -"додаткові компоненти). Кожного разу, коли основний товар додається до " -"кошика, такий новий екран з'являється як додатковий крок." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "Опублікувати додаткові товари:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." -msgstr "" -"Встановіть *Додаткові товари електронної комерції* в меню *Додатки*. " -"Вилучіть фільтр за замовчуванням для пошуку в аддонах, інакше з'являться " -"лише основні модулі." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "Виберіть додаткові елементи на вкладці *Продажі* форми товару." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" -"Кількість додаткових елементів, доданих до кошика, співпадає з основним " -"елементом." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "Як адаптувати ціни до відвідувачів сайту" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" -"У цьому розділі висвітлено особливості ціноутворення модуля електронної " -"комерції." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "встановлення ціни за геолокацією," - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "дозвольте клієнту вибирати валюту." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" -"Для початку перевірте, як керувати ціною товару: " -"знижки.:doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "Geo-IP для автоматичного застосовування правильної ціни" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " -"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" -"Призначте групи країн вашому прайслисту. Таким чином, ваші відвідувачі, які " -"ще не увійшли в систему, отримуватимуть свою валюту при завантаженні на ваш " -"веб-сайт." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "Після входу вони отримують прайслист, який відповідає їхній країні." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "Валютний вибір" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " -"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви продаєте у кількох валютах, ви можете дозволити своїм клієнтам " -"обрати валюту. Перевірте вибір, щоб додати прайслист до спадного меню веб-" -"сайту." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "Як створити та ділитися промокодами" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" -"Хочете збільшити продажі до Різдва? Поділіться промокодами за допомогою " -"маркетингових кампаній та застосовуйте будь-які знижки." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Встановіть" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть на :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування` і виберіть " -"*Розширене ціноутворення на основі формули* для *ціни продажу*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Адміністратор веб-сайту --> Каталог --> " -"Прайслисти` та створіть новий прайслист з правилом знижки (див. " -":doc:`pricing`). Потім введіть код." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" -"Зробіть поле промокоду доступним на *сторінці кошика* (опція в меню " -"*Налаштування*). Додайте товар до кошика, щоб зробити це." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" -"Після увімкнення цієї функції ви побачите новий розділ з правого боку. При " -"натисканні кнопки *Застосувати* ціни автоматично оновлюються в кошику." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" -"Промокод, який використовує клієнт, зберігається в системі, щоби ви могли " -"проаналізувати ефективність ваших маркетингових кампаній." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "Покажіть продажі за цінами..." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "Як включити коментарі та рейтинг в електронній комерції" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" -"Публікація та моніторинг досвіду клієнтів допоможе довіряти вам новим " -"клієнтам та краще взаємодіяти з вашою спільнотою. Лише у два кліки дозвольте" -" своєму клієнту поділитися своїм відгуком!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Активуйте коментарі та рейтинг в меню *Налаштування* веб-сторінки товару." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" -"Відвідувачі повинні увійти, щоби поділитися своїми коментарями. " -"Переконайтеся, що вони зможуть це зробити (див. Документацію Портал)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "Переглядайте публікації в режимі реального часу" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" -"Кожного разу, коли пост опубліковано, менеджер товару та всі підписники на " -"товар отримують сповіщення у своїй папці Вхідні (меню (*Обговорення*)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням користувач, який створив товар, автоматично встановлюється " -"як підписник." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" -"Натисніть на назву товару, щоби відкрити детальну форму та переглянути " -"коментар (в обговоренні про товар)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "Модеруйте та скасовуйте публікації" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете легко модерувати, використовуючи чат, у формі детальної інформації" -" про товар або на веб-сторінці." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" -"Щоби скасувати публікацію, відкрийте веб-сторінку товару та натисніть кнопку" -" *Опубліковано*, щоби перетворити її у червоний колір (*Неопубліковано*)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "..tip::" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете отримати доступ до веб-сторінки в детальній формі, натиснувши " -"кнопку *Опубліковано* (і навпаки)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "Як продавати альтернативні товари (допродаж)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" -"Щоб максимально збільшити ваш дохід, рекомендується пропонувати вартісніші " -"варіанти товару для базових товарів. Таким чином, ваш клієнт витратить " -"більше часу на перегляд вашого каталогу." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "Зробити так:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть такі *Альтернативні товари* на вкладці *Продажі* форми товару. Три " -"альтернативи буде достатньо! Не публікуйте занадто багато, інакше ваші " -"клієнти будуть плутатися." - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Увімкніть *альтернативні товари* в меню *Налаштування* веб-сторінки товару." - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "Введення в електронну комерцію Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " -"time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" -"Ця документація допоможе вам швидко перейти на веб-сайт електронної " -"комерції. Теми слідують за процесом купівлі:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "Сторінка товару" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "Сторінка магазину" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Ціноутворення" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Податки" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "Оформлення замовлення " - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "Розпродаж та перехресний продаж" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "Оплата" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "Доставка і відстеження" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "Запустіть свій веб-сайт" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "Отримайте оплату" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "Як отримати плату за допомогою Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " -"you like." -msgstr "" -"Authorize.Net є однією з найпопулярніших платформ електронної комерції в " -"Північній Америці. На відміну від більшості інших постачальників платежів, " -"сумісних з Odoo, Authorize.Net може використовуватися лише як платіжний " -"шлюз. " -"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " -"Таким чином, ви можете скористатись процесором платежу або " -"продавцем,<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__" -" який вам подобається." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "Створіть обліковий запис Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" -"Створіть обліковий запис Authorize.Net, <https://www.authorize.net>`__ " -"натиснувши кнопку 'Почати роботу'." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" -"На сторінці ціноутворення натисніть *Зареєструйтеся зараз*, якщо ви хочете " -"використовувати Authorize.net як платіжний шлюз та продаж. Якщо ви хочете " -"використовувати свій власний продаж, натисніть відповідну опцію." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "Перейдіть за кроками реєстрації." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням обліковий запис встановлено як тестовий обліковий запис. Ви" -" можете використовувати цей тестовий обліковий запис для обробки тестової " -"транзакції з Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "Після завершення перейдіть у режим **Розробника**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "Налаштуйте Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" -"Активізуйте Authorize.Net в Odoo з :menuselection:`Веб-сайту чи Продажів або" -" Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Платіжні еквайєри`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." -msgstr "Введіть свій **ідентифікатор входу** та **транзакційний ключ API**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" -" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " -"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" -" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." -msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати ці облікові дані у Authorize.Net, ви можете покластися на відео" -" з ідентифікаторами реєстрації API та відео-транзакції Video Tutorials " -"Authorize.Net. <https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Такі відеозаписи " -"дають змістовну інформацію про те, як налаштувати обліковий запис " -"Authorize.Net відповідно до ваших потреб." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "Розпочніть" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" -"Ваше налаштування вже готове! Ви можете зробити Authorize.Net видимим у " -"вашому інтерфейсі продавця та активувати режим **Розробника**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " -"production mode." -msgstr "" -"Повноваження, надані Authorize.net, відрізняються як для тестування, так і " -"для режиму розробника. Не забувайте оновлювати їх в Odoo, коли ви вмикаєте " -"режим розробника." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "Оцініть Authorize.Net як платіжне рішення" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете безкоштовно протестувати та оцінити Authorize.Net, створивши " -"обліковий запис розробника <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" -"Після створення облікового запису ви отримаєте права sandbox. Введіть їх в " -"Odoo, як описано вище, і переконайтеся, що ви все ще перебуваєте в режимі " -"*тестування*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете увійти в платформу для автозавантаження Authorize.Net, " -"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ щоб налаштувати свій обліковий запис для" -" sandbox." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." -msgstr "" -"Для виконання фальшивих операцій ви можете використовувати підроблені номери" -" карт, вказані в посібнику з тестування Authorize.Net " -"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Як отримати платіж через платіжні еквайєри" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" -"Odoo включає кілька способів оплати з електронної комерції, продажів і " -"рахунків-фактур." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "Які доступні способи оплати?" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "Банківський переказ" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" -"Банківський переказ - це доступний спосіб оплати за замовчуванням. Мета - " -"надати своїм клієнтам свої банківські реквізити, щоб вони могли платити " -"самостійно через свій банк. Це дуже легко розпочати, але повільно і " -"неефективно. Виберіть онлайн-покупців, як тільки зможете!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "Платежі покупця" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" -"Переадресовуйте своїх клієнтів на платформи, щоби легко збирати гроші та " -"відстежувати статус платежу (зворотній зв'язок). Odoo підтримує все більше і" -" більше платформ:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" -msgstr "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "Authorize.net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "Buckaroo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "PayUmoney" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "Sips" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "Stripe" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "Як це втілити" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " -"activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як спосіб оплати готовий, зробіть його видимим у інтерфейсі " -"платежу та активуйте режим **Виробництва**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" -"Як дозволити клієнтам зберігати та повторно використовувати кредитні картки" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" -"Щоб полегшити сплату повернених клієнтів, ви можете дозволити їм зберігати " -"та повторно використовувати кредитну картку, якщо вони хочуть. Якщо так, " -"токен платежу буде збережений в Odoo. Цей параметр доступний для Ingenico та" -" Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "Ви можете увімкнути це за допомогою форми налаштування еквайєра." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "Як дебетувати кредитні картки для оплати підписки" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" -"`Підписка Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ дозволяє " -"автоматично сплачувати послуги на регулярній основі. Поряд з цим, ви можете " -"мати автоматичне дебетування кредитної картки клієнта." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "Цей параметр доступний для Ingenico та Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" -"Таким чином, платіжний токен буде фіксуватися, коли користувач перейде на " -"підписку, а автоматичний дебет запускатиметься кожного разу, коли рахунок-" -"фактура випадає з підписки." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "Як користуватися іншими еквайєрами (розширені)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" -"Odoo може надати запити на одноразову оплату та переадресацію до будь-якого " -"платника. Але немає зворотнього зв'язку, тобто Odoo не відстежує стан " -"транзакції. Таким чином, ви підтвердите замовлення вручну, як тільки ви " -"отримаєте плату." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "Як це зробити:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "Переключитися в режим розробника." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "Встановіть метод платежу **Кастомний**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" -"Налаштуйте форму для оплати (шаблон форми S2S), як вказано вашим платіжним " -"еквайєром. Ви можете почати з *default_acquirer_button*, яке ви можете " -"дублювати." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "Інші налаштування" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" -"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." -msgstr "" -"Система Odoo також може бути використана для більш просунутих платіжних " -"транзакцій, таких як плати за розстрочку (напр. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" -"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" -msgstr "" -"Така служба налаштування здійснюється на вимогу наших технічних експертів на" -" основі ваших власних вимог. Бізнес-консультант може зв'язатися з вами з " -"таким питанням. `Зв'яжіться з нами. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Як керувати замовленнями, оплаченими через платіжні еквайєри" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" -" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " -"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" -"Odoo підтверджує замовлення автоматично, як тільки платіж буде затверджений " -"покупцем. Це викликає доставку. Якщо ви виставили рахунок-фактуру на основі " -"замовлених кількостей, вам також пропонується нарахувати вартість " -"замовлення." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "Який статус платежу" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" -"У будь-який час продавець може перевірити стан транзакції із замовлення." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "*Чернетка*: транзакція в обробці." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " -"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" -"*Очікує на розгляд*: платіжний еквайєр утримує транзакцію, і вам потрібно " -"авторизувати її з інтерфейсу еквайєра." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," -" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" -" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" -"*Авторизовано*: платіж було авторизовано, але ще не отримано. В Odoo " -"замовлення вже підтверджено. Після завершення доставки ви можете зафіксувати" -" суму з інтерфейсу еквайєра (або з Odoo, якщо ви використовуєте " -"Authorize.net)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " -"confirmed." -msgstr "" -"*Готово*: платіж авторизований та зафіксований. Замовлення підтверджено." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " -"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" -"*Помилка*: під час транзакції сталася помилка. Клієнтові потрібно повторити " -"платіж. Замовлення все ще знаходиться у стані чернетки." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " -"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" -"*Скасовано*: коли клієнт скасовує платіж у формі платіжного еквайєра. Він " -"повертаються до Odoo, щоби змінити замовлення." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " -"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" -"Спеціальні повідомлення надаються вашим клієнтам за кожним платіжним " -"статусом, коли вони переспрямовуються в Odoo після транзакції. Щоби " -"відредагувати такі повідомлення, перейдіть на вкладку *Повідомлення* методу " -"оплати." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "Автоматично перевірені рахунки за замовленням" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " -"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " -"orders straight on." -msgstr "" -"Коли замовлення підтверджено, ви також можете мати рахунок-фактуру, що " -"виставляється автоматично та оплачується. Це повністю автоматизовано для " -"підприємств, яким виставляється замовлення." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " -"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " -"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " -"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" -" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " -"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " -"payments " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви виберете цей режим, вам буде запропоновано вибрати журнал платежів " -"для запису у ваших книгах. Цей платіж автоматично узгоджується з рахунком-" -"фактурою, позначаючи його як оплачений. Виберіть банківський рахунок, якщо " -"ви одразу отримуєте платіж на своєму банківському рахунку. Якщо ви не " -"можете, ви можете створити окремий журнал для покупця платежу (тип = Банк). " -"Таким чином, ви можете відстежувати онлайн-платежі через проміжний рахунок " -"ваших бухгалтерських книг, доки ви не отримаєте оплату на свій банківський " -"рахунок (див. Як реєструвати платежі кредитною карткою " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "Зафіксуйте платіж після доставки" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 -msgid "" -"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " -"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " -"only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою цього режиму замовлення підтверджено, але сума утримується. " -"Після обробки доставки ви можете отримати платіж від Odoo. Цей режим " -"доступний лише з Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " -"*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" -"Щоби відобразити платіж, відкрийте транзакцію із замовлення. Потім натисніть" -" *Утримати транзакцію*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" -"З іншими платіжними еквайєрми ви можете керувати утриманням у власних " -"інтерфейсах, а не з Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш обліковий запис Paypal" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" -"Paypal доступний та популярний по всьому світу. Він не стягує плату за " -"підписку, а створити обліковий запис дуже легко. Ось чому ми рекомендуємо " -"його для початківців в Odoo. Він працює безперебійно, коли клієнт " -"перенаправляється на веб-сайт Paypal для реєстрації платежу." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "Обліковий запис Paypal" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " -"Business Account " -"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." -msgstr "" -"Бізнес-рахунок потрібен для отримання платежів з Paypal. Створіть `Бізнес-" -"рахунок Paypayl " -"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" -" або оновіть ваш Персональний рахунок на Бізнес. Перейдіть в налаштування " -"Paypal та натисніть *Оновити на Бізнес-рахунок*. Потім продовжіть кілька " -"кроків налаштування." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "Налаштування в Paypal" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 -msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Спершу, давайте поглянемо, як налаштувати ваш обліковий запис Paypal, щоби " -"створити безперебійний досвід роботи клієнта з Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" -" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." -msgstr "" -"Увійдіть та відкрийте налаштування. Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Товари та " -"послуги --> Платежі веб-сайту` та натисніть **Оновити** у **Налаштуваннях " -"веб-сайту**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "Автоматичне повернення" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " -"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." -msgstr "" -"*Автоматичне повернення* автоматично перенаправляє ваших клієнтів на Odoo " -"після того, як платіж оброблено. Позначте *Автоматичне повернення* та " -"введіть ваше доменне ім'я \"/shop/confirmation\" як *URL-адресу повернення* " -"(напр. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." -msgstr "" -"Ця URL-адреса дає запит на Paypal, але не використовується на практиці, " -"оскільки Odoo передає її на кожній транзакції. Не хвилюйтеся, якщо ви " -"керуєте кількома каналами продажів або базами даних Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "Переказ даних про оплату (PDT)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"*Переказ даних про оплату* передає підтвердження платежу в Odoo, як тільки " -"він оброблений. Без цього Odoo не зможе завершити процес продажу. Ці " -"налаштування повинні бути активованими як слід. Під час збереження " -"створюється *Токен ідентифікації*. Пізніше ви отримаєте запит на вхід в " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "Опціональний рахунок Paypal" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" -"Ми радимо не спонукати клієнтів увійти за допомогою облікового запису " -"Paypal, коли вони отримують оплату. Нехай вони також платять " -"дебетовими/кредитними картками, інакше ви можете втратити деякі угоди. " -"Переконайтесь, що цей параметр увімкнено." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "Сповіщення миттєвих платежів (IPN)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" -"PDT надсилає підтвердження замовлень лише один раз. В результаті ваш сайт " -"повинен запускатися, коли це трапляється; в іншому випадку він ніколи не " -"отримає повідомлення. Тому ми радимо активувати *Сповіщення миттєвих " -"платежів* (IPN) в горі. З IPN, доставка підтвердження замовлень практично " -"гарантоване з того часу, як IPN повторно надсилає підтвердження поки ваш " -"сайт не підтвердить отримання." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати IPN, поверніться в меню *Платежі веб-сайту* та натисніть " -"*Оновити* у *Миттєвих сповіщеннях оплати*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." -msgstr "" -"*URL сповіщення* для встановлення - це ваше доменне ім'я + " -"“payment/paypal/ipn” (напр. " -"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "Формат повідомлень оплати" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. " -"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*." -msgstr "" -"Врешті переконайтеся, що формат кодування повідомлень про оплату встановлено" -" вірно. Перейдіть на *Кодування мови кнопки PayPal*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*." -msgstr "" -"Натисніть *Більше опцій* та встановіть два формати кодування за " -"замовчуванням як *UTF-8*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "Ваш обліковий запис Paypal готовий!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" -"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" -"payments-ewp>`__" -msgstr "" -"Для зашифрованих платежів на веб-сайті та помилки EWP_SETTINGS, перевірте " -"`документацію paypal. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" -"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" -"payments-ewp>`__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "Налаштування в Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "Активація" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" -"Активуйте *Paypal* з панелі налаштувань Продажів, Виставлення рахунків та " -"Електронної комерції, або з меню налаштування *Платіжних еквайєрів*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "Повноваження" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "Odoo вимагає трьох облікових даних Paypal:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" -"*ID електронної пошти* - це ваш логін адреси електронної пошти в Paypal." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -"*Profile > About the business*." -msgstr "" -"*Merchant ID* можна знайти у налаштуваннях облікового запису Paypal, у " -"*Профіль > Про бізнес*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "" -"*Токен PDT Paypal* надається у налаштуваннях *Платежі веб-сайту*, як це " -"показано нижче." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "Оплата транзакції" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете стягувати додаткову комісію з клієнтів за оплату через Paypal; Це " -"покриває стягнення з вас комісії за транзакцію Paypal. Після направлення на " -"Paypal, ваш клієнт бачить додаткову суму до суми замовлення." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати це, перейдіть на вкладку Налаштування Paypal а Odoo та " -"позначте *Додати додаткові комісії*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" -"fees>`__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете перейти на `Комісію Paypal <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp" -"/paypal-fees>`__ щоби встановити комісію." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141 -msgid "" -"..note:: `Traders in the EU " -"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" -"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " -"with credit cards." -msgstr "" -"..note:: `Продавцям у ЄС " -"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" -"payments/index_en.htm>`__ заборонено стягувати додаткові збори за оплату " -"кредитними картками." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "Перейдіть в онлайн!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "" -"Ваші налаштування готові до запуску. Переконайтеся, що увімкнено режим " -"*Розробника*. Потім опублікуйте метод платежу, натиснувши на кнопку " -"*Опубліковано* справа." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" -"Тепер Paypal доступний у ваших платежах у модулях Електронної комерції, " -"Продажах та Виставленні рахунків. Клієнти перенаправляються на веб-сайт " -"Paypal під час натискання *Оплатити зараз*. Вони повернуться на сторінку " -"підтвердження в Odoo після того, як платіж буде оброблено." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "Тестове середовище" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете протестувати процес оплати в Odoo завдяки обліковим записам Paypal" -" Sandbox." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" -"Увійдіть на `Сайт розробника Paypal <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ з " -"вашими обліковими даними Paypal." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "Це створить два рахунки sandbox:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" -"Бізнес-рахунок (для використання як покупці, напр. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" -"Персональний рахунок за замовчуванням (для використання як покупець, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" -"Увійдіть у Paypal Sandbox з обліковим записом продавця та слідуйте тим самим" -" інструкціям налаштування. Введіть ваші облікові дані sandbox в Odoo та " -"переконайтеся, що Paypal досі встановлено як *Тестове середовище*. Також " -"переконайтеся, що автоматичне виставлення рахунку не активовано у ваших " -"налаштуваннях Електронної комерції, щоб не створювати рахунки коли " -"завершуються фіктивні транзакції." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" -"Запустіть тестову транзакцію в Odoo, використовуючи особистий обліковий " -"запис Sandbox." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "See also" -msgstr "Перегляньте також" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" -"Як клієнти можуть отримати доступ до свого клієнтського облікового запису" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" -"Вашим клієнтам ще ніколи не було так легко отримати доступ до свого " -"клієнтського облікового запису. Забудьте про нескінченні форми реєстрації, " -"Odoo робить це так само просто, як AБВ. Пропонуємо реєстрацію (ім'я, " -"електронна пошта, пароль), коли замовлення розміщено, а не раніше. Дійсно, " -"ніщо не дратує більше, ніж процес реєстрації, до того, як відбувається " -"купівля." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "Реєстрація" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" -"Запрошення на реєстрацію з'являється, коли клієнт хоче візуалізувати " -"замовлення з електронного листа з підтвердженням замовлення." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "Клієнтський обліковий запис" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" -"Після входу клієнт отримає доступ до облікового запису, натиснувши *Мій " -"обліковий запис* у випадаючому меню." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "" -"Там вони знаходять всю свою історію. Головну адресу (для отримання рахунків)" -" також можна змінити." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" -"Якщо клієнт встановлений як контакт компанії у вашій адресній книзі, він " -"побачить усі документи, які належать цій компанії." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "Як отримати платіж через банківський переказ" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" -"**Банківський переказ** - це доступний спосіб оплати за замовчуванням. Мета " -"- надати своїм клієнтам свої банківські реквізити, щоб вони могли платити " -"самостійно. Це дуже легко розпочати, але повільно і неефективно. Виберіть " -"покупців, як тільки зможете!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "Як надати клієнтам платіжні інструкції" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" -"Вставте свої платіжні інструкції у **лист подяки** за допомогою вашого " -"способу оплати." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "Вони з'являтимуться у клієнтів, коли вони розміщують замовлення." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "Як керувати замовленням, коли ви отримуєте оплату" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" -"Кожного разу, коли клієнт оплачує банківським переказом, замовлення " -"залишається на проміжному етапі **надісланої комерційної пропозиції** " -"(наприклад, неоплачене замовлення). Коли ви отримуєте оплату, ви " -"підтверджуєте замовлення вручну, щоб запустити доставку." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "Як створити інші ручні методи оплати" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви керуєте B2B-бізнесом, ви можете створювати інші способи оплати, що " -"обробляються вручну, наприклад, оплата чеком. Для цього просто перейменуйте " -"*Банківський переказ* або дублюйте його." - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "Збирайте податки" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po deleted file mode 100644 index f5957d341..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Semeniuk <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Витрати" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po similarity index 72% rename from locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po rename to locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index a303623c7..68f3ec9a7 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -1,21 +1,20 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Sergey Doroshenko <sdoroshenko@artwebny.com>, 2018 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,24 +22,28 @@ msgstr "" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:3 +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "Фінанси" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:318 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "Бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "Банк та готівка" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 msgid "Bank Feeds" -msgstr "Банківська виписка" +msgstr "Банківські виписки" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" msgstr "Імпортувати файли виписки CODA (тільки для Бельгії)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 msgid "" "CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" " well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " @@ -50,17 +53,17 @@ msgstr "" "бельгійських банків, а також програмне забезпечення Isabel, дозволяють " "завантажувати файл CODA з усіма своїми банківськими виписками." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " "software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " "statements." msgstr "" "За допомогою Odoo ви можете завантажити файл CODA з вашого банку або " -"облікового програмного забезпечення та імпортувати його безпосередньо в " -"Odoo. Це створить всі банківські виписки." +"програмного забезпечення бухобліку та імпортувати його безпосередньо в Odoo." +" Це створить всі банківські виписки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" @@ -70,52 +73,52 @@ msgstr "" "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" "q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 msgid "Install the CODA feature" msgstr "Встановіть функцію CODA" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 msgid "" "If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " "CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" @@ -127,7 +130,7 @@ msgstr "" "безпосередньо до наступного розділу `Імпортувати свій перший файл coda " "<InstallCoda_>`_" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 msgid "" "If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " "application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -139,11 +142,11 @@ msgstr "" " налаштувань бухобліку перевірте опцію **Імпортувати банківські виписки у " "форматі .CODA** і застосуйте." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 msgid "Import your first CODA file" msgstr "Імпортуйте ваші перші файли CODA" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -156,7 +159,7 @@ msgstr "" "картці банківського рахунку. Потім натисніть **Імпортувати виписку**, щоб " "завантажити свій перший файл CODA." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 msgid "" "Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." @@ -164,9 +167,9 @@ msgstr "" "Завантажте свій файл CODA на наступний екран і натисніть **Імпортувати**, " "щоб створити всі свої банківські виписки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 msgid "" "If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " "reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." @@ -174,11 +177,11 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо файл успішно завантажено, ви перейдете на екран узгодження банківської " "виписки з усіма транзакціями для узгодження." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 msgid "Importing CODA files" msgstr "Імпорт файлів CODA" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 msgid "" "After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " "automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " @@ -190,7 +193,7 @@ msgstr "" "наступного імпорту вам більше не потрібно переходити до кнопки **Більше**, " "ви можете безпосередньо натиснути на посилання **Імпорт виписки**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 msgid "" "Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " "will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " @@ -204,59 +207,59 @@ msgstr "" "завершить наступні платежі, які ви отримуєте або робите для цих контактів. " "Це прискорить процес узгодження." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 msgid "" "Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " "already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" " times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" " bank statements." msgstr "" -"Odoo може автоматично визначити, якщо деякі файли або транзакції вже були " +"Odoo може автоматично визначити, чи деякі файли або транзакції вже були " "імпортовані. Отже, ви не повинні турбуватися про те, щоб уникати " "імпортування двох файлів одного і того ж файлу: Odoo перевірить все для вас," " перш ніж створювати нові банківські виписки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`ofx`" msgstr ":doc:`ofx`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`qif`" msgstr ":doc:`qif`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" msgstr ":doc:`synchronize`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`manual`" msgstr ":doc:`manual`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "Реєстрація банківської виписки в Odoo вручну" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Загальний огляд" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " "but also register your bank statements manually." @@ -264,7 +267,7 @@ msgstr "" "За допомогою Odoo ви можете імпортувати банківські виписки, синхронізувати з" " банком, а також зареєструвати банківські виписки вручну." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " "do is install the accounting app." @@ -272,11 +275,11 @@ msgstr "" "Для реєстрації рахунків-фактур особливе налаштування не потрібне. Все, що " "вам потрібно зробити, це встановити додаток бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 msgid "Create your Bank Statements" msgstr "Створіть вашу банківську виписку" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 msgid "" "In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " "journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " @@ -286,7 +289,7 @@ msgstr "" "банківським журналом. Якщо потрібно виконати деякі узгодження, посилання на " "Нову виписку буде знайдено нижче." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 msgid "" "Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " "statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " @@ -298,7 +301,7 @@ msgstr "" "порожнім. Ми рекомендуємо заповнити партнера, щоб полегшити процес " "узгодження." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 msgid "" "The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" " equal to the computed balance." @@ -306,15 +309,15 @@ msgstr "" "Різниця між початковим балансом і кінцевим балансом повинна дорівнювати " "обчисленому балансу." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." msgstr "Коли ви закінчите, натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" msgstr "Узгодьте ваші банківські виписки" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 msgid "" "You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" " |manual04|" @@ -322,7 +325,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете вибрати безпосередньо узгодити виписку, натиснувши кнопку " "|manual04|" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 msgid "" "You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" " on **Reconcile # Items**." @@ -330,7 +333,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви також можете запустити процес узгодження з інформаційної панелі, " "натиснувши пункт **Узгодити # елементів**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " "missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." @@ -338,16 +341,16 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть на **Перевірити**, щоб узгодити банківську виписку. Якщо партнер " "відсутній, Odoo попросить вас **вибрати партнера**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." msgstr "" "Натисніть CTRL-Enter, щоб узгодити всі збалансовані елементи на аркуші." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" msgstr "Закрийте банківські виписки з узгодження" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 msgid "" "If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " "reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." @@ -355,18 +358,18 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо баланс правильний, ви можете безпосередньо закрити виписку з " "узгодження, натиснувши на |manual07|." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 msgid "" "Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." msgstr "" "В іншому випадку натисніть |manual08| щоб відкрити виписку та виправити " "проблему." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 msgid "Close Bank Statements" msgstr "Закрийте банківську виписку" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 msgid "" "On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " "then click on Bank Statements." @@ -374,24 +377,24 @@ msgstr "" "На інформаційній панелі бухобліку натисніть кнопку Додатково у своєму " "банківському журналі, потім натисніть Банківські виписки. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." msgstr "Щоб закрити банківську виписку, натисніть **Перевірити**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 msgid "Import OFX statement files" msgstr "Імпорт файлів операцій OFX" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 msgid "" "Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " "exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " @@ -401,7 +404,7 @@ msgstr "" "фінансовими даними між фінансовими установами, підприємствами та споживачами" " через Інтернет." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " "software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " @@ -411,7 +414,7 @@ msgstr "" "програмне забезпечення для бухгалтерського обліку та імпортувати його " "безпосередньо у версію Odoo. Це створить всі банківські виписки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" @@ -419,7 +422,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перевірте зараз функцію `з цим зразком файлу OFX " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 msgid "" "In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." " In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" @@ -428,10 +431,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Щоб імпортувати виписки OFX, вам слід активувати цю функцію в Odoo. У " "програмі Бухоблік перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Налаштування`. З налаштувань обліку перевірте параметри банківських виписок " -"** Імпортуйте у форматі .OFX ** і застосуйте." +"Налаштування`. З налаштувань бухобліку перевірте параметри банківських " +"виписок **Імпортуйте у форматі .OFX** і застосуйте." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -444,7 +447,7 @@ msgstr "" " банківському рахунку. Потім натисніть **Імпортувати виписку**, щоб " "завантажити свій перший файл OFX." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 msgid "" "Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." @@ -452,12 +455,12 @@ msgstr "" "Завантажте файл OFX на наступний екран і натисніть **Імпорт**, щоб створити " "всі свої банківські виписки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 msgid "Importing OFX files" msgstr "Імпорт файлів OFX" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 msgid "" "After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " "automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " @@ -469,8 +472,8 @@ msgstr "" "наступного імпорту вам більше не потрібно переходити до меню **Більше**, ви " "можете безпосередньо натиснути на посилання **Імпорт виписки**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 msgid "" "Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " "will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " @@ -484,16 +487,16 @@ msgstr "" "які ви отримуєте чи робите з цими контактами. Це прискорить процес " "узгодження." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`coda`" msgstr ":doc:`coda`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" msgstr "Як синхронізувати ваш рахунок PayPal з Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have" " to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." @@ -505,11 +508,11 @@ msgstr "" "бухгалтерській програмі. Синхронізація виконується кожні 4 години, і ви " "можете почати прив'язувати платежі PayPal лише одним натисканням миші." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" msgstr "Встановіть модуль account_yodlee" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 msgid "" "Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already " "installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -523,15 +526,15 @@ msgstr "" "Готівка** встановіть опцію **Інтерфейс банківського рахунку - синхронізуйте " "свої банківські виписки автоматично**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." msgstr "Натисніть кнопку Приєднати, коли це буде зроблено." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 msgid "Setup your PayPal account" msgstr "Налаштуйте свій рахунок PayPal" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 msgid "" "A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your " "PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " @@ -543,22 +546,22 @@ msgstr "" "Банківські рахунки`. Створіть новий банківський рахунок і назвіть його " "**PayPal**. У полі банку ви можете встановити **PayPal**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 msgid "" "Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " "and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" " the online institution and click on the configure button." msgstr "" -"Після створення рахунку PayPal поверніться на Інформаційну панель " -"**бухобліку** та натисніть кнопку **Синхронізувати**. У діалоговому вікні " -"виберіть **PayPal** як онлайн-установу та натисніть кнопку налаштування." +"Після створення рахунку PayPal поверніться на панель приладів **Бухобліку** " +"та натисніть кнопку **Синхронізувати**. У діалоговому вікні виберіть " +"**PayPal** як онлайн-установу та натисніть кнопку налаштування." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." msgstr "" "Потім вам доведеться надати свої облікові дані для підключення до PayPal." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 msgid "" "Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " "the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" @@ -567,20 +570,20 @@ msgid "" "account)." msgstr "" "Ваш Paypal **повинен бути англійською** (якщо це не виходить, ви повинні " -"змінити значення вашого рахунку Paypal), і якщо ви використовуєте рахунок " -"Paypal, ви повинні повернутися до старого інтерфейсу, щоб він працював з " -"інтернет-виписками (ви може перейти від нового до старого інтерфейсу у " -"вашому Paypal). " +"змінити мову вашого рахунку Paypal), і якщо ви використовуєте бізнес-рахунок" +" Paypal, ви повинні повернутися до старого інтерфейсу, щоби він працював з " +"онлайн-виписками (ви може перемикатися із нового на старий інтерфейс у " +"вашому рахунку Paypal). " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 msgid "" "If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " "English or that the site is not supported." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви цього не зробите, ви отримаєте повідомлення або про те, що поставити" -" Paypal англійською або про те, що сайт не підтримується." +"Якщо ви цього не зробите, ви отримаєте повідомлення про те, щоби виставити " +"Paypal англійською або про те, що сайт не підтримується." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 msgid "" "If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " "step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " @@ -588,11 +591,11 @@ msgid "" "choose the **Paypal balance** account." msgstr "" "Якщо ви правильно налаштували рахунок Paypal, ви повинні перейти до " -"наступного кроку налаштування Інтернет-виписок. Там у вас буде екран із " -"датою для отримання транзакції та список вибраних рахунків. Ви повинні " -"вибрати рахунок **балансу Paypal**." +"наступного кроку налаштування онлайн-виписок. Там у вас буде екран із датою " +"для отримання транзакції та список вибраних рахунків. Ви повинні вибрати " +"рахунок **балансу Paypal**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " "Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." @@ -600,7 +603,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після того, як все буде зроблено, ви повинні побачити ваші транзакції PayPal" " прямо в Odoo, і ви можете розпочати узгодження ваших платежів." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 msgid "" "Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " "anymore." @@ -608,7 +611,7 @@ msgstr "" "Насолоджуйтесь повною інтеграцією! Вам більше не потрібно записувати " "транзакцію вручну." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 msgid "" "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." @@ -616,11 +619,11 @@ msgstr "" "Вам потрібно лише ввести свої облікові дані вперше. Після завершення роботи," " Odoo автоматично буде синхронізуватися з PayPal кожні 4 години." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 msgid "Import QIF statement files" msgstr "Імпортувати файли виписки QIF" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 msgid "" "Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " "writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " @@ -633,7 +636,7 @@ msgstr "" "(OFX), і ви можете використовувати версію OFX, якщо ви можете експортувати " "їх в обидва формати." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" " and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " @@ -643,7 +646,7 @@ msgstr "" "бухгалтерської програми та імпортувати його безпосередньо у вашу версію " "Odoo. Це створить всі банківські виписки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" @@ -651,7 +654,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перевірте зараз функцію `з цим зразком файлу QIF " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 msgid "" "In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." " In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" @@ -660,10 +663,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Для імпорту звітів QIF потрібно активувати цю функцію в Odoo. У програмі " "Бухоблік перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`. З" -" налаштувань бухобліку перевірте параметри банківських виписок **Імпортуйте " -"у .QIF форматі** і застосуйте." +" налаштувань бухобліку перевірте параметри банківських виписок **Імпортувати" +" у .QIF форматі** і застосуйте." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -676,7 +679,7 @@ msgstr "" "банківському рахунку. Потім натисніть **Імпортувати виписку**, щоб " "завантажити свій перший файл QIF." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 msgid "" "Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." @@ -684,15 +687,15 @@ msgstr "" "Завантажте файл QIF на наступний екран і натисніть **Імпорт**, щоб створити " "всі виписки з банку." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 msgid "Importing QIF files" msgstr "Імпорт фалів QIF" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" msgstr "Як синхронізувати Odoo з вашим банківським рахунком?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" " statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " @@ -706,7 +709,7 @@ msgstr "" "можете дізнатись це з функцій бухобліку Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page" "/accounting-features>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 msgid "" "Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " "proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" @@ -720,23 +723,23 @@ msgstr "" "Штати, Канада, Нова Зеландія, Австрія. Частково підтримується понад 30 " "країн, зокрема: Колумбія, Індія, Франція, Іспанія тощо." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" msgstr "Для зв'язку з банками, Odoo використовує два веб-сервіси:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." msgstr "Plaid: для основних банків США" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" msgstr "Yodlee: для всіх інших банків" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 msgid "Odoo Online Users" msgstr "Онлайн користувачі Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 msgid "" "If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" " already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" @@ -746,11 +749,11 @@ msgstr "" " встановлена. Якщо вона не встановлена, ви можете вручну встановити модуль " "**account_yodlee**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" msgstr "Користувачі Odoo Enterprise" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 msgid "" "If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " "you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " @@ -760,7 +763,7 @@ msgstr "" "Enterprise, вам не потрібно робити нічого особливого, просто переконайтеся, " "що ваша база даних зареєстрована у вашому контракті з Odoo Enterprise." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 msgid "" "you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " "following addresses" @@ -768,19 +771,19 @@ msgstr "" "ви можете перевірити, чи немає мережевого екрану/проксі-сервера, який блокує" " наступні адреси:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" msgstr "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" msgstr "https://api.plaid.com/" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 msgid "Sync your bank feeds" msgstr "Синхронізуйте свої банківські виписки" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 msgid "" "Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " "your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" @@ -792,15 +795,15 @@ msgstr "" "банку на інформаційній панелі обліку. У меню натисніть на Налаштування, щоб " "налаштувати цей банківський рахунок." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 msgid "" "In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " "**Bank Synchronization**." msgstr "" "У банківській формі на вкладці Банківський рахунок встановіть опцію " -"банківських виписок для **синхронізації банківської виписки**." +"банківських виписок для **Синхронізації банківської виписки**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 msgid "" "Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " "**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " @@ -810,7 +813,7 @@ msgstr "" "побачити кнопку **Синхронізація Онлайн** на вашій банківській картці. " "Натисніть цю кнопку та введіть свої банківські реквізити." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 msgid "" "Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " "every 4 hours." @@ -818,16 +821,16 @@ msgstr "" "Щойно ви заповните свої облікові дані, ваші канали банку будуть " "синхронізовані кожні 4 години." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?" msgstr "Синхронізація не працює в режимі реального часу, чи нормально?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 msgid "" "Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this " "doesn't always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. " @@ -841,7 +844,7 @@ msgstr "" " Odoo є cron, який працює кожні 4 години, щоб отримати інформацію від " "Yodlee." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 msgid "" "You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button " "\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard." @@ -849,7 +852,7 @@ msgstr "" "Однак ви можете запустити синхронізацію, натиснувши кнопку \"Синхронізувати " "зараз\" на панелі приладів бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 msgid "" "Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " "fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" @@ -862,7 +865,7 @@ msgstr "" "такому випадку Yodlee не імпортує його, вам доведеться почекати, поки статус" " зміниться." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 msgid "" "What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " "transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" @@ -872,11 +875,11 @@ msgstr "" "реального часу. Це сервіс для полегшення імпорту банківських виписок до бази" " даних." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" msgstr "Чи включена функція Yodlee у вашому контракті?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 msgid "" "Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to " "your database." @@ -884,23 +887,23 @@ msgstr "" "Версія Enterprise: Так, якщо у вас є діючий контракт підприємства, " "пов'язаний з вашою базою даних." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 msgid "" "Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." msgstr "Версія спільноти: Ні, ця функція не включена у версію спільноти." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 msgid "" "Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" "Онлайн-версія: Так, навіть якщо ви скористаєтеся контрактом One App Free." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?" msgstr "Деякі банки мають статус \"Бета\", що це означає?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 msgid "" "This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " "synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" @@ -911,36 +914,37 @@ msgstr "" "Синхронізація може вже працювати, або для 100% робочої синхронізації може " "знадобитися трохи більше часу. На жаль, необхідно трохи терпіння." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" msgstr "Всі ваші минулі операції не в Odoo, чому?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch transactions up to 3 months in the past." msgstr "Yodlee дозволяє здійснювати транзакції лише до 3 місяців." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 msgid "Miscellaneous" -msgstr "Інші" +msgstr "Різне" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" msgstr "Як управляти серійними депозитами чеків?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 msgid "" "When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " "will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " "money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " "manually bring the checks to the bank." msgstr "" -"Коли група вашої компанії отримує чеки від клієнтів, вони часто розміщують " -"ці гроші на їх банківський рахунок партіями. Оскільки ці гроші були отримані" -" у фізичній формі, хтось у вашій компанії повинен вручну повернути чеки в " -"банк." +"Коли група вашої компанії отримує чеки від клієнтів, вони часто групою " +"розміщують ці гроші на їх банківський рахунок. Оскільки ці гроші були " +"отримані у фізичній формі, хтось у вашій компанії повинен вручну принести " +"чеки в банк." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 msgid "" "The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" " be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " @@ -950,7 +954,7 @@ msgstr "" "розписка), який повинен бути заповнений, з урахуванням деталей чеків або " "готівки, що підлягають включенню в операції." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 msgid "" "The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " "reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." @@ -958,7 +962,7 @@ msgstr "" "У виписці з банківського рахунку відображатиметься загальна сума депозиту та" " посилання на депозитний квиток, а не окремі чеки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 msgid "" "Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " "reconcile them with your bank statement easily." @@ -966,11 +970,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo допомагає вам підготувати та роздрукувати свої депозитні квитки, а " "потім з легкістю узгодити їх із банківською випискою." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" msgstr "Встановіть функцію пакетного депозиту" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 msgid "" "In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " "Deposit** to be installed." @@ -978,7 +982,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб використовувати функцію пакетного депозиту, вам потрібно встановити " "модуль **Пакетний депозит**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 msgid "" "Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" " your country." @@ -986,21 +990,21 @@ msgstr "" "Зазвичай цей модуль автоматично встановлюється, якщо чеки широко " "використовуються у вашій країні." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 msgid "" "To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " "application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." msgstr "" "Щоб перевірити, чи встановлено функцію **Пакетний депозит**, перейдіть в " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування` меню додатку Бухоблік. " +"меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування` додатку Бухоблік. " "перевірте функцію: **Дозволити пакетний депозит**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" msgstr "Активуйте цю функцію на своїх банківських рахунках" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " "deposits on your main bank accounts." @@ -1008,7 +1012,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після того, як ви встановили цю функцію, Odoo автоматично активує банківські" " депозити на ваших основних банківських рахунках." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 msgid "" "To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " "the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " @@ -1021,7 +1025,7 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, в додатку Бухоблік, " ":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Журнали`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 msgid "" "In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" " to **Batch Deposit**." @@ -1029,7 +1033,7 @@ msgstr "" "У розділі **Розширені налаштування**, розділ **Різне**, встановіть метод " "дебетування **Пакетний депозит**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 msgid "" "If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " "payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " @@ -1041,15 +1045,15 @@ msgstr "" "Метод платежу, коли ви хочете здійснити або отримати платіж), буде " "застосовуватися для створення пакетних депозитів згодом." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 msgid "From checks received to the bank" msgstr "З чеків, отриманих в банк" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 msgid "Receive customer checks" msgstr "Отримати чеки клієнтів" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 msgid "" "Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " "plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " @@ -1062,11 +1066,11 @@ msgstr "" "використовувати пакетний депозит. Виберіть цей варіант, якщо плануєте здати " "чек у свій банк." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." msgstr "У полі замітки ви можете встановити референс чеку." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 msgid "" "payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " @@ -1076,11 +1080,11 @@ msgstr "" "Платежі`, або безпосередньо на відповідний рахунок-фактуру, використовуючи " "кнопку **Реєстрація платежу**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" msgstr "Підготувати пакетний депозит" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 msgid "" "From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." @@ -1088,7 +1092,7 @@ msgstr "" "З програми бухобліку перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Пакетний " "депозит`, та створіть новий **Пакетний депозит**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 msgid "" "Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " "deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " @@ -1100,7 +1104,7 @@ msgstr "" "на зберігання. Таким чином ви зможете переконатися, що ви не забули або " "втратили чек." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 msgid "" "You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " "the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." @@ -1108,11 +1112,11 @@ msgstr "" "Потім ви можете надрукувати пакетний депозит, що буде дуже корисним для " "підготовки депозитної розписки, яку зазвичай вимагає банк." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" msgstr "Узгодження депозиту з банківською випискою" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 msgid "" "When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " "ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " @@ -1123,7 +1127,7 @@ msgstr "" "депозит, зазначений у виписці. Коли процес узгодження виконується, " "користувач зможе вибирати депозит, який відповідає банківській виписці." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 msgid "" "If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " "contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " @@ -1133,16 +1137,16 @@ msgstr "" "містяться в цьому депозиті для співставлення. (2 чеки були в пакетному " "депозиті в прикладі нижче)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:117 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Вирішення проблем" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" msgstr "Я не бачу посилання пакетного депозиту на банківських виписках?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 msgid "" "If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " "be two reasons:" @@ -1150,7 +1154,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо у банківській виписці немає посилання на пакетний депозит, це може мати" " дві причини:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 msgid "" "After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " "page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" @@ -1160,16 +1164,16 @@ msgstr "" "сторінку, щоби браузер знав про цю нову функцію. Просто натисніть кнопку " "перезавантаження вашого браузера." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." msgstr "" "У вас немає пакетного депозиту, створеного для цього банківського рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" msgstr "Що станеться, якщо чек було відхилено?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 msgid "" "If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " "in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " @@ -1179,7 +1183,7 @@ msgstr "" "пакетному депозиті, це, ймовірно, означає, що один з ваших чеків було " "відхилено." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 msgid "" "In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " "bank statement matching." @@ -1187,11 +1191,11 @@ msgstr "" "У цьому випадку натисніть на рядок, пов’язаний з цим чеком, щоби вилучити " "його зі співставлення банківських виписок." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" msgstr "Як робити банківський переказ в Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" "A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" " is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " @@ -1200,7 +1204,7 @@ msgstr "" "Компанія може мати кілька банківських рахунків або касових апаратів. В межах" " odoo можна обробляти внутрішні перекази грошей лише за кілька натискань." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " "accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " @@ -1209,11 +1213,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ми покажемо такий приклад. У моєї компанії є два банківські рахунки, і я " "хочу перевести 50 000 євро з одного з наших банківських рахунків на інший." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" -msgstr "Перевірте свій графік рахунків та рахунок переказу за умовчанням" +msgstr "Перевірте свій графік рахунків та рахунок переказу за замовчуванням" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" @@ -1227,7 +1231,7 @@ msgstr "" "переказів за замовчуванням, перейдіть до налаштувань модуля бухобліку, " "виберіть:menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " "specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." @@ -1235,7 +1239,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ваш графік рахунків буде попередньо встановлено залежно від країни, " "зазначеної під час реєстрації, її неможливо змінити." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 msgid "" "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " @@ -1245,11 +1249,11 @@ msgstr "" "залежно від законодавства вашої країни. При необхідності його можна змінити " "з тієї ж сторінки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" msgstr "Створіть другий банківський рахунок/журнал" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" "Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" " accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " @@ -1264,16 +1268,16 @@ msgstr "" "заповнити **номер рахунку**. Ви також можете створювати та редагувати свій " "банківський рахунок, щоби вказати деталі свого банку." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." msgstr "Після збереження змін у вас тепер є 2 банківських рахунки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." msgstr "" -"Зареєструйте внутрішню передачу з одного банківського рахунку на інший" +"Зареєструйте внутрішній переказ з одного банківського рахунку на інший" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 msgid "" "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " "9533 1498** account." @@ -1281,11 +1285,11 @@ msgstr "" "Тепер ми перерахуємо 50 000 євро з нашого **банківського рахунку** на " "рахунок **BE57 0633 9533 1498**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "Введіть внутрішній переказ" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" "The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " "accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " @@ -1293,10 +1297,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Перший крок - зареєструвати внутрішній платіж. Для цього перейдіть на свою " "інформаційну панель Бухобліку. натисніть на кнопку **більше** одного з ваших" -" банківських рахунків і виберіть :menuselection:`Новий --> Внутрішній " -"переказ`." +" банків і виберіть :menuselection:`Новий --> Внутрішній переказ`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" "Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" " transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " @@ -1306,7 +1309,7 @@ msgstr "" " переміщення. Виберіть **Банк**, куди ви хочете виконати переміщення, " "вкажіть **Суму** та додайте **Примітку**, якщо хочете." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " "<Reconcile_>`_)." @@ -1314,11 +1317,11 @@ msgstr "" "Примітка є важливою, якщо ви хочете автоматичне узгодження. (`див " "<Reconcile_>`_)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." msgstr "Збережіть та підтвердіть зміни, щоб зареєструвати платіж." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " @@ -1328,11 +1331,11 @@ msgstr "" "переказу. Нам потрібно буде імпортувати банківські виписки, щоб зарахувати " "гроші кінцевому рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "Імпортуйте банківські виписки та узгодьте" +msgstr "Імпортуйте банківські виписки та узгодьте їх" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." @@ -1340,7 +1343,7 @@ msgstr "" "Зауважте, що баланс, який обчислюється Odoo, відрізняється від останньої " "банківської виписки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " "receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " @@ -1354,7 +1357,7 @@ msgstr "" "отримаєте свої банківські виписки, натисніть кнопку **нова виписка** " "відповідного банку, щоб імпортувати їх." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -1368,11 +1371,11 @@ msgstr "" "виписці, це означає, що помилок зроблено не було. Заповніть **Кінцевий " "баланс** і натисніть кнопку **Узгодити**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 msgid "The following window will open:" msgstr "Відкриється наступне вікно:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " @@ -1382,7 +1385,7 @@ msgstr "" "банківської виписки, яка відповідає зазначеному параметру, та натисніть " "кнопку **узгодити**. Закрийте виписку, щоб завершити транзакцію." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " @@ -1394,17 +1397,17 @@ msgstr "" " у банківських виписках, так і в платіжних операціях, тоді узгодження " "відбудеться автоматично." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "Узгодження виписок" +msgstr "Узгодження банківських виписок" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 msgid "Configure model of entries" msgstr "Налаштування моделі записів банківської виписки" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " "order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." @@ -1412,32 +1415,31 @@ msgstr "" "В Odoo у вас є можливість попередньо заповнити деякі бухгалтерські записи, " "щоб легко узгодити періодичні записи, такі як банківські комісії." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " "my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " "current balance. This fee is thus variable." msgstr "" -"Ми приведемо такий приклад, щоб ілюструвати концепцію: кожен місяць наша " +"Ми приведемо такий приклад, щоб проілюструвати концепцію: кожен місяць наша " "компанія отримує вартість банківської комісії, яка залежить від поточного " "балансу нашого банківського рахунку. Таким чином, ця плата є змінною." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" msgstr "Створіть модель узгодження" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 msgid "" "First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " "to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " ":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." msgstr "" "По-перше, нам потрібно налаштувати дві моделі узгодження. Для цього " -"перейдіть на інформаційну панель програми бухобліку. У своєму банківському " -"журналі натисніть на посилання :menuselection:`Більше --> Моделі " -"узгодження`." +"перейдіть на панель приладів модуля бухобліку. У своєму банківському журналі" +" натисніть на посилання :menuselection:`Більше --> Моделі узгодження`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 msgid "" "We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " "depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." @@ -1446,7 +1448,7 @@ msgstr "" "вираховує комісію в залежності від нашого балансу, а це означає, що вона " "може змінюватися щомісяця." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 msgid "" "We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " "book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " @@ -1458,11 +1460,11 @@ msgstr "" "вказати, що тип суми \"Відсоток балансу\" із сумою 100%. Цей параметр " "дозволить Odoo взяти усю комісію в рахунок." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 msgid "Save your changes when you are done." msgstr "Збережіть свої зміни, коли закінчите." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 msgid "" "If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " "under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." @@ -1470,7 +1472,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо фіксована сума вашої банківської комісії, ви також можете вибрати " "**Виправлено** за типом суми та вкажіть суму." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 msgid "" "You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" @@ -1478,11 +1480,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ви також можете використовувати цю функцію для обробки знижок. Будь ласка, " "зверніться до :doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" msgstr "Зареєструйте свої платежі на основі моделі узгодження" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 msgid "" "Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " "impacted by the payment of the bank fee." @@ -1490,7 +1492,7 @@ msgstr "" "Зареєструйте свій платіж, імпортуючи свої банківські виписки, які вплинуть " "на сплату банківської комісії." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 msgid "" "When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " "**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" @@ -1500,30 +1502,30 @@ msgstr "" "кнопку **Модель узгодження** (у цьому випадку - **Банківські комісії**), щоб" " миттєво отримувати всі відповідні дані." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." msgstr "Нарешті, натисніть **Узгодити**, щоб завершити процес." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" msgstr "" "Використовуйте різні варіанти у процесі узгодження банківської виписки" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " "task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " @@ -1538,19 +1540,19 @@ msgstr "" "можете легко співставити рахунки-фактури чи будь-який інший платіжний " "документ із вашими банківськими виписками." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." msgstr "В Odoo існує дві опції процесу узгодження." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" msgstr "Ми можемо вказувати платіж прямо на рахунку" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "Ми можемо узгодити відкриті рахунки з банківськими виписками" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " "is to install the accounting app." @@ -1558,15 +1560,15 @@ msgstr "" "Немає спеціальних налаштувань для запису рахунків. Усе, що нам потрібно " "зробити, це встановити модуль бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Використовуйте різні варіанти" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "Випадок 1: Реєстрація платежів" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " "issued to Smith & Co." @@ -1574,7 +1576,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ми отримали підтвердження оплати нашого рахунку в розмірі 2100 євро, " "виданого Smith & Co." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " @@ -1588,7 +1590,7 @@ msgstr "" "рахунок-фактуру як сплачений, щоби вказати, що ми можемо почати надавати " "послуги нашому клієнту." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." @@ -1596,7 +1598,7 @@ msgstr "" "Наш клієнт надсилає нам підтвердження платежу. Таким чином, ми можемо " "зареєструвати платіж та позначити рахунок як оплачений." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " "has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " @@ -1606,7 +1608,7 @@ msgstr "" " наш клієнт оплатив рахунок. Таким чином, нам потрібно вказати суму та " "спосіб оплати." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" " :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." @@ -1614,18 +1616,18 @@ msgstr "" "Тепер ми можемо завжди знаходити деталі платежу в рахунку, натиснувши " ":menuselection:`Інформація --> Відкрити платіж`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" msgstr "" "Рахунок-фактура сплачена, і **узгодження було здійснено автоматично.**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "Випадок 2: узгодження банківських звітів" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." @@ -1634,7 +1636,7 @@ msgstr "" "компанії Smith & Co.. Давайте також припустимо, що інші рахунки-фактури " "відкриті для різних клієнтів." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " "Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." @@ -1642,7 +1644,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ми отримуємо нашу банківську виписку і виявляємо, що сплачений не лише " "рахунок-фактура, видана Smith & Co, але і Buzz у розмірі 92 євро." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." @@ -1650,11 +1652,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Імпортуйте** або **Створіть** банківські виписки. Будь ласка, зверніться " "до документів у розділі Банківські виписки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" msgstr "На інформаційній панелі натисніть **Узгодити # Елементів**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." @@ -1662,12 +1664,12 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо все було правильно (правильне ім'я партнера, потрібна сума), odoo " "**автоматично** виконуватиме узгодження." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" "Якщо виявлено деякі проблеми, вам потрібно буде вжити **заходів вручну**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" @@ -1675,7 +1677,7 @@ msgstr "" "Наприклад, якщо у вашій банківській виписці відсутній партнер, просто " "заповніть його:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" @@ -1683,20 +1685,21 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо оплата здійснюється за допомогою авансового платежу, просто перевірте, " "чи це правильно, і перевірте всі пов'язані платежі:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "" "Натисніть CTRL-Enter, щоб узгодити всі збалансовані елементи у звітах." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:168 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Встановіть" +msgstr "Встановлення" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" msgstr "Як встановити новий банківський рахунок" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " "guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " @@ -1706,11 +1709,11 @@ msgstr "" "ви дізнаєтесь про створення, зміну або видалення банківського рахунку або " "кредитної картки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 msgid "Edit a bank account" msgstr "Редагування банківського рахунку" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 msgid "" "To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" " it first before filling your own bank information." @@ -1718,7 +1721,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб полегшити процес, банківський рахунок вже існує. Перш за все, перед " "заповненням власної банківської інформації ми радимо вам редагувати її." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " "click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." @@ -1726,7 +1729,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Банківські " "рахунки` та натисніть на іконку **Банк**. Відредагуйте це." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 msgid "" "Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " "method like SEPA" @@ -1734,11 +1737,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo буде виявляти тип банківського рахунку (наприклад, IBAN), щоб дозволити" " певний спосіб оплати, такий як SEPA." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 msgid "Create a bank account" msgstr "Створіть банківський рахунок" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" " on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" @@ -1751,7 +1754,7 @@ msgstr "" "документи, наприклад, замовлення на продаж чи рахунки-фактури. Виберіть " "способи оплати, які ви підтримуєте, за допомогою цього банківського рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 msgid "" "If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " "the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " @@ -1761,61 +1764,25 @@ msgstr "" "переключитися на компанію відповідно до ваших уподобань користувачів, щоб " "додати, змінити або видалити банківські рахунки з іншої компанії." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Тип" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." -msgstr "" -"Тип банківського рахунку: Нормальний або IBAN. Виведено з номера " -"банківського рахунку." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "ABA/Routing" -msgstr "ABA/Маршрутизація" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" -msgstr "Американська банківська асоціація. Маршрутний номер" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "Account Holder Name" -msgstr "І'мя власника рахунку" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " -"Holder" -msgstr "" -"Ім'я власника рахунку, якщо воно відрізняється від імені власника рахунку" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Перегляньте *банківський рахунок* у нашій демо онлайн" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 msgid "Todo" msgstr "Зробити" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:45 msgid "add inherited field tooltip" msgstr "додайте підказку успадкованого поля" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:47 msgid "" "**Display on reports :** Display this bank account on the documents that " "will be printed or send to the customers" @@ -1823,7 +1790,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Відображати на звітах:** Відобразіть цей банківський рахунок на " "документах, які будуть надруковані або надіслані клієнтам" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:50 msgid "" "**Bank Identifier Code** = BIC : SWIFT Address assigned to a bank in order " "to send automated payments quickly and accurately to the banks concerned" @@ -1831,7 +1798,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Код ідентифікатора банку** = BIC : SWIFT Призначена адреса банку з метою " "швидкого та точного відправлення автоматизованих платежів у відповідні банки" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 msgid "" "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " "of the previous one within the same journal automatically." @@ -1839,11 +1806,11 @@ msgstr "" "Початковий баланс банківської виписки буде автоматично встановлено на " "остаточний залишок попереднього в одному журналі." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" msgstr "Видалення банківського рахунку або кредитної картки" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 msgid "" "From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " "the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " @@ -1852,11 +1819,11 @@ msgstr "" "У списку банківських рахунків виберіть елементи для видалення та видаліть їх" " з меню дій або перейдіть до форми та видаліть один елемент з меню дій." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" msgstr "Як керувати валютним банківським рахунком?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " "company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " @@ -1869,7 +1836,7 @@ msgstr "" " в іншій валюті, Odoo зберігає як вартість у валюті компанії, так і вартість" " у валюті операції." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" @@ -1877,15 +1844,15 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо у вас є банківський рахунок в іноземній валюті, для кожної транзакції " "Odoo зберігає два значення:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" msgstr "Дебет/кредит у валюті компанії" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" msgstr "Дебет/кредит у валюті банківського рахунку" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " "Central bank web-services." @@ -1893,11 +1860,11 @@ msgstr "" "Курси валют оновлюються автоматично за допомогою модуля синхронізації з " "Нацбанком України." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" msgstr "Активуйте мультивалютну функцію" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" "In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " "activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " @@ -1912,25 +1879,25 @@ msgstr "" "мультивалютність**. Надайте облік **Доходів/витрат курсової різниці** та " "натисніть **Застосувати**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" msgstr "Налаштуйте валюту" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu " +"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " -"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " -"(to activate a currency, check his active field)" +"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" +" activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" -"Після того, як Odoo налаштована на підтримку кількох валют, ви повинні " -"активізувати валюти, з якими ви плануєте працювати. Для цього перейдіть у " -"меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Валюти`. Всі валюти створені за " -"замовчуванням, але ви повинні активувати ті, які ви плануєте підтримувати. " -"(щоб активувати валюту, перевірте її активне поле) " +"Після того, як Odoo буде налаштоване на підтримку кількох валют, вам слід " +"активувати валюти, з якими ви плануєте працювати. Щоб зробити це, перейдіть " +"в меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Валюти`. Усі валюти створюються за " +"замовчуванням, але вам слід активувати ті, з які ви плануєте підтримувати " +"(щоб активувати валюту, позначте це поле, як \"Активно\")." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" "After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" @@ -1940,15 +1907,15 @@ msgstr "" "оновлення курсу валюти. Ці параметри також знаходяться в налаштуваннях " "бухгалтерської програми у нижній частині сторінки:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." msgstr "Натисніть посилання **Оновити зараз**, щоб оновити курси валют зараз." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" msgstr "Створіть новий банківський рахунок" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." @@ -1957,22 +1924,22 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Бухоблік / Банківський рахунок`, і " "створюємо новий." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" msgstr "" "Після збереження цього банківського рахунку Odoo створить для вас всі " "документи:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" msgstr "Обліковий запис у пробному балансі" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" msgstr "Журнал на інформаційній панелі" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "" "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" @@ -1980,19 +1947,19 @@ msgstr "" "Інформація про банківський рахунок у нижньому куті ваших рахунків-фактур, " "якщо позначено **Показати в нижній частині рахунка-фактури**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" msgstr "Приклад: рахунок постачальника в іноземній валюті" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." msgstr "" -"Виходячи з наведеного вище прикладу, припустимо, ми отримуємо наступний " +"Виходячи з наведеного вище прикладу, припустимо, що ми отримуємо наступний " "рахунок від постачальника у Китаї." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" @@ -2000,7 +1967,7 @@ msgstr "" "У :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Рахунки постачальника` , те, що ви можете " "бачити:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." @@ -2008,7 +1975,7 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви готові оплатити цей рахунок, натисніть зареєструвати платіж на " "рахунку, щоб записати платіж." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" "That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" " gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " @@ -2020,7 +1987,7 @@ msgstr "" "залежно від того, збільшився чи зменшився курс валюти між рахунком-фактурою " "та датою платежу." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " "Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." @@ -2028,45 +1995,45 @@ msgstr "" "Зауважте, що ви можете оплатити іноземний рахунок іншою валютою. У такому " "випадку Odoo буде автоматично конвертувати між двома валютами." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" msgstr "Звірки з клієнтами" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " "the currency of the invoice." msgstr "" -"Звірки з клієнтами та постачальниками керуються у валюті рахунку-фактури. " +"Звірки з клієнтами та постачальниками керуються у валюті рахунка-фактури. " "Таким чином, сума, яка належить вашим клієнтам (вашим постачальникам), " -"завжди виражається в валюті рахунку-фактури." +"завжди виражається у валюті рахунка-фактури." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" "If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " "customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " "the report below." msgstr "" "Якщо у вас є кілька рахунків-фактур із різними валютами для одного і того ж " -"клієнта, Odoo розподілить виписку клієнта за валютою, як показано у звіті " +"клієнта, Odoo розділить виписку клієнта за валютою, як показано у звіті " "нижче." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " "managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" -" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " -"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" -" be converted in this currency." +" in its own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable for " +"this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically " +"be converted to this currency." msgstr "" -"У вищезгаданому звіті дебіторська заборгованість, пов'язана з Camptocamp, не" -" управляється в другорядній валюті, а це означає, що вона зберігає кожну " -"транзакцію у власній валюті. Якщо ви віддаєте перевагу, ви можете встановити" -" дебіторську заборгованість цього клієнта з додатковою валютою, і всі його " +"У вищезгаданому звіті дебіторська заборгованість, пов’язана з Camptocamp, не" +" керується у вторинній валюті, що означає, що вона зберігає кожну операцію у" +" власній валюті. Якщо ви віддаєте перевагу цьому, ви можете встановити " +"дебіторську заборгованість за цим клієнтом у вторинній валюті, і всі його " "борги автоматично конвертуються у цю валюту." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" "In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " "general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " @@ -2076,11 +2043,11 @@ msgstr "" "не те, що очікує клієнт, оскільки він вважає за краще бачити суми у валюті " "отриманих рахунків-фактур." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a cash register?" msgstr "Як вести касовий облік?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " @@ -2089,7 +2056,7 @@ msgstr "" "Касовий облік - це журнал для реєстрації дебіторської та платіжної операцій." " Він обчислює загальну суму грошей через загальний баланс." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." @@ -2097,347 +2064,23 @@ msgstr "" "Налаштуйте готівковий журнал :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> " "Журнали`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "" "У вкладці Записи журналу можна налаштувати дебетове та кредитне повідомлення" -" за умовчанням, а також валюту журналу." +" за замовчуванням, а також валюту журналу." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Активно" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." -msgstr "" -"Встановити активне значення \"помилково\", щоби приховати журнал, не " -"видаливши його." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "Виберіть \"Продаж\" для журналів рахунків клієнтів." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "Виберіть 'Купівля' для журналів рахунків постачальників." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " -"payments." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть 'Готівка' або 'Банк' для журналів, які використовуються у платежах " -"клієнтів або постачальників." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "Виберіть 'Загальні' для журналів різних операцій." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Use in Point of Sale" -msgstr "Використовуйте точку продаж" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a" -" point of sale." -msgstr "" -"Встановіть цей прапорець, якщо цей журнал визначає спосіб оплати, який може " -"бути використаний в точці продажу." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Компанія" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "Компанія-власник цього журналу" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "Короткий код" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "Записи в журналі будуть нумеруватися використовуючи цей префікс." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Number" -msgstr "Наступний номер" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." -msgstr "" -"Наступний порядковий номер буде використано для наступного рахунку-фактури." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Послідовність записів" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "Це поле містить інформацію про нумерацію записів у журналі проведень." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" -msgstr "Виділена послідовність кредитних приміток" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" -" credit notes made from this journal" -msgstr "" -"Позначте це, якщо ви не хочете поділитися однаковою послідовністю для " -"рахунків-фактур та кредитних приміток, створених з цього журналу" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Notes: Next Number" -msgstr "Кредитна примітка: наступний номер" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." -msgstr "" -"Наступний порядковий номер буде використано для наступної кредитної замітки." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Послідовність запису кредитної примітки" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " -"note entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Це поле містить інформацію, що стосується нумерації записів кредитної " -"замітки цього журналу." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "Типовий дебетовий рахунок" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "Використовується, як типовий дебетовий рахунок" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "Типовий кредитовий рахунок" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "Використовується, як типовий кредитовий рахунок" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Currency" -msgstr "Валюта" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "Валюта, використана у виписці" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" -msgstr "Визначає, як будуть зареєстровані банківські виписки" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Creation of Bank Statements" -msgstr "Створення банківської виписки" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" -msgstr "Визначає, коли з'явилася нова банківська виписка" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" -msgstr "буде створено при завантаженні нових транзакцій" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "from your bank account." -msgstr "з вашого банківського рахунку." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Incoming Payments" -msgstr "Для вхідних платежів" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Вручну: отримуйте оплату готівкою, чеком або будь-яким іншим методом за " -"межами Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting " -"a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing " -"online (payment token)." -msgstr "" -"Електронний: отримуйте платіж автоматично за допомогою оплати покупця, " -"надіславши запит на транзакцію на картці, збереженої клієнтом під час " -"покупки або підписки в онлайн (платіжний токен)." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you" -" are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable " -"this option from the settings." -msgstr "" -"Пакетний депозит: одноразово зараховуйте кілька клієнтських чеків, створивши" -" пакетний депозит, для подачі в банк. Під час кодування виписки з банку в " -"Odoo вам пропонують узгодити транзакцію з депозитом партії. Увімкніть цю " -"опцію в налаштуваннях." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Outgoing Payments" -msgstr "Для вихідних платежів" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Вручну: сплачуйте рахунок готівкою або будь-яким іншим методом за межами " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "Чек: сплачуйте рахунок чеком та надрукуйте його з Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." -msgstr "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: сплачуйте рахунок з файлу SEPA Credit Transfer, який " -"ви передаєте в свій банк. Увімкніть цю опцію в налаштуваннях." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "Рахунок доходів" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" -" from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Використовується для відображення доходу, коли наприкінці періоду баланс по " -"касі не співпадає з тим, що обчислено системою." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "Рахунок для браку і втрат" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " -"from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Використовується для відображення витрат, коли наприкінці періоду баланс по " -"касі не співпадає з тим, що обчислено системою." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "Згрупувати рядки рахунків" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " -"when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "" -"Якщо обрано, то система буде намагатися згрупувати рядки проведень, які " -"створюватимуться на основі рахунків." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "Публікувати на узгодженні з банком" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in " -"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when " -"performing bank reconciliation." -msgstr "" -"Незалежно від того, чи потрібно здійснювати платежі, у цьому журналі мають " -"генеруватися у стані чернетки, так що пов'язані записи журналу публікуються " -"тільки при виконанні банківського узгодження." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Ім'я псевдоніма для рахунків постачальника" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email." -msgstr "" -"Він створює чернетку рахунка постачальника, відправивши електронний лист." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "Метод оплати друкованим чеком вибрано" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" -" method." -msgstr "" -"Технічна функція використовується для того, щоб дізнатись, чи ввімкнено друк" -" чеку як спосіб оплати." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "Порядковий номер чеку" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "Порядковий номер чеків" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "Ручна нумерація" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "Виберіть цю опцію, якщо ваші пере-друковані чеки не пронумеровані" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "Наступний номер чеку" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "Послідовність номера наступного друкованого чеку" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" -msgstr "Сумма Авторизованої Різниці" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field depicts the maximum difference allowed between the ending balance" -" and the theoretical cash when closing a session, for non-POS managers. If " -"this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing " -"of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager." -msgstr "" -"Це поле відображає максимальну різницю, дозволену між кінцевим балансом і " -"теоретичною готівкою при закритті сеансу, для менеджерів, що не належать до " -"ТП. Якщо цей максимум досягнуто, користувачеві з'явиться повідомлення про " -"помилку під час закриття його сеансу, вказуючи, що йому потрібно звернутися " -"до менеджера." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Застосування" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "Як зареєструвати грошові оплати?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" @@ -2445,7 +2088,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб зареєструвати готівковий платіж, специфічний для іншого клієнта, " "необхідно виконати такі дії:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" @@ -2453,21 +2096,21 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Панель приладів --> Готівка --> " "Реєстрація транзакцій`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "Заповніть початковий та кінцевий баланс" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "Зареєструйте транзакції, вказавши клієнтів, пов'язаних з транзакцією" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "Покладіть гроші" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " @@ -2477,11 +2120,11 @@ msgstr "" " ваших транзакцій. З вікна Транзакції каси перейдіть до " ":menuselection:`Більше --> Покласти гроші`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "Візьміть гроші" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " @@ -2491,26 +2134,26 @@ msgstr "" "після закінчення всіх ваших транзакцій. З вікна Транзакції каси перейдіть до" " :menuselection:`Більше --> Забрати гроші`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "Операції будуть додані до поточної реєстрації грошових оплат." -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "Локалізації" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Колумбія" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" +msgstr "Вступ" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" @@ -2518,7 +2161,7 @@ msgstr "" "Електронне виставлення рахунків для Колумбії можна отримати з Odoo 12 і " "вимагає наступних модулів:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 msgid "" "**l11n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " @@ -2528,7 +2171,7 @@ msgstr "" " містять стандартні налаштування для: плану рахунків рахунків, податків, " "ретенцій, типів ідентифікаційних документів" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" " for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " @@ -2538,15 +2181,15 @@ msgstr "" " інтеграції з T&S Carvajal, і генерування електронного рахунку-фактури на " "основі правових вимог DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "Робочий процес" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "1. Встановіть модулі колумбійської локалізації" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." @@ -2554,11 +2197,11 @@ msgstr "" "Для цього перейдіть у Додатки та знайдіть Колумбію. Потім натисніть кнопку " "Встановити для перших двох модулів." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "2. Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" msgstr "2. Налаштуйте облікові дані для веб-сервісу Carvajal T&S" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " @@ -2568,8 +2211,8 @@ msgstr "" "з'єднуватися з веб-службою Carvajal T&S, необхідно налаштувати користувача " "та облікові дані, цю інформацію буде надано Carvajal T&S." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." @@ -2577,7 +2220,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та" " знайдіть розділ *Колумбійські електронні рахунки*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 msgid "" "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" " environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " @@ -2589,7 +2232,7 @@ msgstr "" "інтеграцію з порталом CEN Financiero, доступним тут: " "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." @@ -2597,11 +2240,11 @@ msgstr "" "Після того, як Odoo та Carvajal T&S повністю налаштовані та готові до " "виробництва, середовище тестування може бути вимкнено." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 msgid "3. Configure your report data" msgstr "3. Налаштуйте ваші дані звіту" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." @@ -2609,19 +2252,19 @@ msgstr "" "Як частина налаштованої інформації, що надсилається в XML, можна визначити " "дані для фіскального розділу та банківську інформацію в PDF-файлі." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "4. Налаштуйте дані, необхідні в XML" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 msgid "4.1 Partner" msgstr "4.1 Партнер" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 msgid "4.1.1 Identification" msgstr "4.1.1 Ідентифікація" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " @@ -2631,7 +2274,7 @@ msgstr "" " доступні у формі Партнера. Колумбійські партнери повинні мати свій " "ідентифікаційний номер і тип документа:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " @@ -2641,11 +2284,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo, включаючи перевірочну цифру, Odoo буде розділяти цей номер, коли " "передаються дані третій стороні." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" msgstr "4.1.2 Фіскальна структура (RUT)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " @@ -2655,7 +2298,7 @@ msgstr "" " модуля електронного рахунку, який є частиною інформації, що вимагається " "DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" @@ -2663,7 +2306,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ці поля можна знайти в :menuselection:`Партнер --> Продажі & Вкладка купівлі" " --> Фіскальна інформація`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." @@ -2671,11 +2314,11 @@ msgstr "" "Додатково було додано два булевих поля для визначення фіскального режиму " "партнера." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 msgid "4.2 Taxes" msgstr "4.2 Податки" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " @@ -2685,7 +2328,7 @@ msgstr "" "враховувати, що додаткове поле *Тип значення* має бути налаштовано на " "податок. Цей параметр знаходиться на вкладці Додаткові параметри." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " @@ -2695,11 +2338,11 @@ msgstr "" "налаштування податків. Ця конфігурація використовується для коректного " "відображення податків у форматі PDF." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 msgid "4.3 Journals" msgstr "4.3 Журнали" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " @@ -2713,7 +2356,7 @@ msgstr "" "звертатися, використовуючи режим розробника: :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> " "Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Журнали`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." @@ -2721,11 +2364,11 @@ msgstr "" "Після того, як послідовність відкрита, поля Префікс і Наступний номер " "повинні бути налаштовані і синхронізовані з CEN Financiero." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 msgid "4.4 Users" msgstr "4.4 Користувачі" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" @@ -2733,16 +2376,16 @@ msgstr "" "Шаблон за замовчуванням, який використовується Odoo на рахунку-фактурі PDF, " "включає позицію продавця, тому ці поля повинні бути налаштовані:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:202 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "Використання та тестування" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 msgid "1. Invoice" msgstr "1. Рахунок" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." @@ -2750,11 +2393,11 @@ msgstr "" "Після налаштування всіх основних даних і облікових даних можна почати " "тестування робочого процесу електронного рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "1.1 Invoice creation" msgstr "1.1 Створення рахунку" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " @@ -2764,11 +2407,11 @@ msgstr "" "фактури, не змінюється. Основними змінами, що вводяться в електронний " "рахунок, є наступні поля:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "Є три типи документів:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." @@ -2776,7 +2419,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura Electronica**: Цей документ є звичайним типом і застосовується до " "рахунків-фактур, сторно і дебетове повернення." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." @@ -2784,7 +2427,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura de Importación**: Цей параметр слід вибирати для операцій " "імпортування." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " @@ -2796,11 +2439,11 @@ msgstr "" "ERP, і необхідно генерувати рахунок вручну, коли цей рахунок додано до ERP, " "цей тип рахунку-фактури слід вибрати." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" msgstr "1.2 Підтвердження рахунку" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." @@ -2808,7 +2451,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після підтвердження рахунку XML-файл створюється і автоматично надсилається " "до Carvajal, цей файл відображається в чаті." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " @@ -2818,11 +2461,11 @@ msgstr "" "файлу XML. Крім того, є друге додаткове поле, яке відображається зі статусом" " електронного рахунку, з початковим значенням \"In progress\":" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "1.3 Отримання правових XML та PDF документів" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -2838,11 +2481,11 @@ msgstr "" "XML, який включає цифровий підпис і унікальний код (CUFE), а також " "генерується фактура PDF, яка включає QR-код і CUFE." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 msgid "After this:" msgstr "Після цього:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" @@ -2850,15 +2493,15 @@ msgstr "" "ZIP, що містить XML документів, і PDF-файл завантажується і відображається у" " чаті рахунка-фактури:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "Стан електронного рахунку змінюється на \"Прийнято\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 msgid "1.4 Common errors" msgstr "1.4 Поширені помилки" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " @@ -2868,7 +2511,7 @@ msgstr "" "відсутністю основних даних. У таких випадках повідомлення про помилку " "відображаються в чаті після оновлення статусу електронного рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" @@ -2876,11 +2519,11 @@ msgstr "" "Після виправлення основних даних можна повторно обробити XML з новими даними" " і надіслати оновлену версію за допомогою наступної кнопки:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 msgid "2. Additional use cases" msgstr "2. Додаткові випадки використання" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." @@ -2888,19 +2531,19 @@ msgstr "" "Процес отримання кредитових та дебетових повернень точно такий же, як і " "рахунок-фактура, функціональний робочий процес також залишається незмінним." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" msgstr "Колумбія (ES)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 msgid "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" msgstr "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "Introducción" msgstr "Introducción" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 msgid "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" @@ -2908,11 +2551,11 @@ msgstr "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" msgstr "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 msgid "" "módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " "siguientes puntos:" @@ -2920,27 +2563,27 @@ msgstr "" "módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " "siguientes puntos:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "a. Plan Contable" msgstr "a. Plan Contable" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "b. Impuestos" msgstr "b. Impuestos" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "c. Retenciones" msgstr "c. Retenciones" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" msgstr "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" msgstr "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 msgid "" "adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " "generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" @@ -2950,19 +2593,19 @@ msgstr "" "generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" " DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 msgid "Flujo General" msgstr "Flujo General" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 msgid "Configuración" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 msgid "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" msgstr "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 msgid "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" @@ -2970,15 +2613,15 @@ msgstr "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 msgid "cz" msgstr "cz" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 msgid "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" msgstr "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 msgid "" "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " @@ -2988,7 +2631,7 @@ msgstr "" "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " "Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 msgid "" "Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " "**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" @@ -2996,7 +2639,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " "**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 msgid "" "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " "ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" @@ -3010,7 +2653,7 @@ msgstr "" " través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " "<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 msgid "" "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " "el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " @@ -3022,11 +2665,11 @@ msgstr "" "información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" " la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 msgid "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" msgstr "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 msgid "" "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " @@ -3036,7 +2679,7 @@ msgstr "" "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " "Bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 msgid "" "Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" " Electrónica Colombiana**." @@ -3044,19 +2687,19 @@ msgstr "" "Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" " Electrónica Colombiana**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 msgid "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" msgstr "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 msgid "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" msgstr "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 msgid "4.1.1 Identificación" msgstr "4.1.1 Identificación" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 msgid "" "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " "por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " @@ -3068,7 +2711,7 @@ msgstr "" "cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " "de documento correspondiente." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 msgid "" "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " @@ -3078,11 +2721,11 @@ msgstr "" "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 msgid "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" msgstr "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 msgid "" "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " @@ -3092,7 +2735,7 @@ msgstr "" "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " "Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 msgid "" "Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " "Información Fiscal" @@ -3100,7 +2743,7 @@ msgstr "" "Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " "Información Fiscal" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "" "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " "régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " @@ -3114,11 +2757,11 @@ msgstr "" "Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " "opciones." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 msgid "4.2 Impuestos" msgstr "4.2 Impuestos" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 msgid "" "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " @@ -3128,7 +2771,7 @@ msgstr "" "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " "necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 msgid "" "Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" " Valor" @@ -3136,7 +2779,7 @@ msgstr "" "Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" " Valor" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 msgid "" "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " "en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " @@ -3148,11 +2791,11 @@ msgstr "" "considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " "gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 msgid "4.3 Diarios" msgstr "4.3 Diarios" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 msgid "" "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" @@ -3162,7 +2805,7 @@ msgstr "" "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" " con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 msgid "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " "ruta:" @@ -3170,11 +2813,11 @@ msgstr "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " "ruta:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 msgid "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" msgstr "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." @@ -3182,11 +2825,11 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 msgid "4.4 Usuarios" msgstr "4.4 Usuarios" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" @@ -3194,15 +2837,15 @@ msgstr "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "Facturas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 msgid "" "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " @@ -3212,11 +2855,11 @@ msgstr "" "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " "Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "1. Invoice Creation" msgstr "1. Створення рахунку" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "" "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " "factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " @@ -3228,7 +2871,7 @@ msgstr "" "independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " "manualmente." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" @@ -3236,31 +2879,31 @@ msgstr "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" msgstr "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 msgid "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 msgid "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" msgstr "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 msgid "transacciones de importación." msgstr "transacciones de importación." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" msgstr "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 msgid "" "utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " "ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " @@ -3270,11 +2913,11 @@ msgstr "" "ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " "factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 msgid "1. Invoice Validation" msgstr "1. Підтвердження рахунку" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 msgid "" "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " @@ -3284,7 +2927,7 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " "desplegado en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 msgid "" "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " "con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" @@ -3296,11 +2939,11 @@ msgstr "" " que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " "inicial **En Proceso**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 msgid "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" msgstr "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 msgid "" "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " "validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " @@ -3316,7 +2959,7 @@ msgstr "" "(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " "CUFE." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 msgid "" "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " @@ -3326,19 +2969,19 @@ msgstr "" "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " "automáticamente." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" msgstr "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 msgid "en el historial de la Factura." msgstr "en el historial de la Factura." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 msgid "" "Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" " mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" @@ -3346,11 +2989,11 @@ msgstr "" "Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" " mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 msgid "1. Errores Frecuentes" msgstr "1. Errores Frecuentes" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 msgid "" "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " "relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " @@ -3362,7 +3005,7 @@ msgstr "" "detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " "desplegados en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 msgid "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " @@ -3372,11 +3015,11 @@ msgstr "" "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " "botón:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 msgid "" "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " @@ -3386,15 +3029,15 @@ msgstr "" "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " "igual." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "Франція" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "FEC" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" @@ -3404,7 +3047,7 @@ msgstr "" "FEC. Для цього перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> " "Франція --> FEC`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "" "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." @@ -3412,11 +3055,11 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви не бачите підменю **FEC**, перейдіть до **Додатки** і знайдіть " "модуль **Франція-FEC** та перевірте, чи він добре встановлений." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "Французька бухгалтерська звітність" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" @@ -3424,24 +3067,24 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви встановили французький бухгалтерський облік, ви матимете доступ до " "деяких бухгалтерських звітів, характерних для Франції:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "Bilan comptable" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "Compte de résultats" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "Plan de Taxes France" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "" "Отримайте сертифікат про боротьбу із шахрайством на додану вартість з Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -3455,13 +3098,13 @@ msgstr "" "продаж. Ці юридичні вимоги впроваджені в 9 версії Odoo через модуль та " "сертифікат відповідності для завантаження." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "" "Чи моя компанія зобов'язана використовувати програмне забезпечення проти " "шахрайства?" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" @@ -3470,17 +3113,17 @@ msgstr "" " шахрайством касових апаратів, таких як Odoo (CGI Art. 286, I. 3 ° bis), " "якщо:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "" "Ви є оподатковуваними (не звільнені від податку на додану вартість) у " "Франції або будь-якому DOM-TOM," -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." msgstr "Деякі з ваших клієнтів - приватні особи (B2C)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." @@ -3488,15 +3131,15 @@ msgstr "" "Це правило застосовується до компанії будь-якого розміру. Автострахувальники" " звільняються від сплати ПДВ, тому вони їх це не стосується." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "Отримайте сертифікат з Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." -msgstr "Одноразово поєднуватися до Odoo дуже просто." +msgstr "Приєднатися до Odoo дуже просто." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " @@ -3515,17 +3158,17 @@ msgstr "" "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/online/setup/enterprise.html>` __ або " "звернутися до свого постачальника послуг Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" "У разі невідповідності ваша компанія ризикує отримати штраф у розмірі 7500 " "євро." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "Щоб отримати сертифікат, виконайте наступні кроки:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "" "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " "menu:" @@ -3533,7 +3176,7 @@ msgstr "" "Встановіть модуль боротьби із шахрайством, що відповідає вашій версії Odoo, " "з меню *Додатки*:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "" "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" @@ -3542,7 +3185,7 @@ msgstr "" "Сертифікація щодо боротьби із шахрайством на додану вартість для точки " "продажу (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 msgid "" "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" @@ -3550,7 +3193,7 @@ msgstr "" "у будь-якому іншому випадку: * l10n_fr_certification *: Франція - " "Сертифікація боротьби із шахрайством на ПДВ (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -3562,15 +3205,15 @@ msgstr "" "компанії, перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`налаштування -> Користувачі та " "компанії -> Компанії`. Виберіть країну зі списку; Не створюйте нову країну." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." msgstr "" -"Завантажте обов'язковий сертифікат відповідності, наданий Odoo SA`here " +"Завантажте обов'язковий сертифікат відповідності, наданий Odoo SA `тут " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " "should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " @@ -3582,7 +3225,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Налаштування*. Потім перейдіть в меню *Додатки* і натисніть *Оновити список" " модулів* у верхньому меню." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." @@ -3590,7 +3233,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви запускаєте Odoo on-premise, вам потрібно оновити вашу інсталяцію та " "заздалегідь перезавантажити сервер." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -3606,15 +3249,15 @@ msgstr "" "натисніть *Оновити*. Нарешті, переконайтеся, що встановлено наступний модуль" " *l10n_fr_sale_closing*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "Особливості боротьби із шахрайством" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "Модуль боротьби із шахрайством впроваджує такі функції:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" @@ -3622,11 +3265,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Незмінність**: дезактивація всіх способів скасування або зміни ключових " "даних замовлень точки продажу, рахунків-фактур та записів журналу;" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "**Безпека**: мережевий алгоритм для перевірки незмінності;" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." @@ -3634,11 +3277,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Зберігання**: автоматичне закриття торгів з обчисленням як періоду, так і " "сукупних підсумків (щодня, щомісяця, щорічно)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "Незмінність" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " @@ -3648,7 +3291,7 @@ msgstr "" "продажу, підтверджених рахунків-фактур та записів журналу деактивуються, " "якщо компанія розташована у Франції або в будь-якому DOM-TOM." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." @@ -3656,21 +3299,21 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви керуєте середовищем декількох компаній, це впливає лише на документи" " таких компаній." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 msgid "Security" msgstr "Безпека" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 msgid "" "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " "document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." msgstr "" -"Щоб забезпечити незмінність, кожне замовлення чи журналу зашифровується " -"після перевірки. Цей номер (або хеш) обчислюється з ключових даних " -"документа, а також від хешу попередніх документів." +"Щоб забезпечити незмінність, кожне замовлення чи запис журналу " +"зашифровується після перевірки. Цей номер (або хеш) обчислюється з ключових " +"даних документа, а також від хешу попередніх документів." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -3683,7 +3326,7 @@ msgstr "" "Алгоритм перекомпонулює всі хеші та порівнює їх з вихідними. У випадку " "аварії система вказує на перший пошкоджений документ, записаний у системі." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " @@ -3696,11 +3339,11 @@ msgstr "" "записів журналу, перейдіть на сторінку :menuselection:`Рахунки/Бухоблік --> " "Звітність --> Французькі виписки`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 msgid "Storage" msgstr "Зберігання" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -3711,7 +3354,7 @@ msgstr "" "щорічно. Такі закриття чітко обчислюють загальний обсяг періоду продажу, а " "також сукупні великі підсумки з перших продажів, записаних у системі." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." @@ -3719,7 +3362,7 @@ msgstr "" "Закриття можна знайти в меню *Французькі виписки* точки продажу, рахунків-" "фактур та обліку." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." @@ -3727,12 +3370,12 @@ msgstr "" "Завершення обчислюють підсумки для журнальних записів журналів продажів (Тип" " журналу = Продажі)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "Для середовищ кількох компаній такі закриття виконуються компанією." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " @@ -3745,7 +3388,7 @@ msgstr "" "сеансу, відкритому більше 24 годин тому. Такий сеанс повинен бути закритий " "перед продажем знову." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " @@ -3757,39 +3400,39 @@ msgstr "" " публікації. Якщо ви записали нову транзакцію з продажу протягом закритого " "періоду, вона буде зарахована до самого наступного закриття." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " "developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " "--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." msgstr "" "Для цілей тестування та аудиту такі закриття можуть бути створені вручну в " -"режимі розробника. Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Тухнічний " +"режимі розробника. Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічний " "--> Автоматизація --> Заплановані дії` зробити так." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Обов'язки" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -"Не видаляйте модуль! Якщо це так, хеш буде скинуто, і жоден із ваших минулих" -" даних більше не буде гарантований як незмінний." +"Не видаляйте модуль! Якщо ви так зробили, хеш буде скинуто, і жоден із ваших" +" минулих даних більше не буде гарантований як незмінний." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -"Користувачі залишаються відповідальними за версію Odoo і повинні " +"Користувачі залишаються відповідальними за встановлення Odoo і повинні " "використовувати її з належною обачливістю. Не дозволяється змінювати " "вихідний код, який гарантує незмінність даних." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." @@ -3797,11 +3440,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo звільняє себе від усіх та будь-якої відповідальності у разі зміни " "функцій модуля, викликаних сторонніми додатками, не сертифікованими Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "Більше інформації" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" @@ -3809,7 +3452,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви знайдете додаткову інформацію про це законодавство в офіційних " "документах:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__" @@ -3817,7 +3460,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Питання, що часто задаються " "<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" @@ -3827,7 +3470,7 @@ msgstr "" "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" "DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`__" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__" @@ -3835,15 +3478,15 @@ msgstr "" "`Елемент 88 фінансового законодавства 2016 " "<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Німеччина" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Німецький план рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " "choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -3854,8 +3497,8 @@ msgstr "" "який ви хочете, перейшовши до :menuselection: `Бухоблік --> Налаштування`, " "потім виберіть потрібний пакет у розділі Фіскальна локалізація." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -3863,48 +3506,48 @@ msgstr "" "Будьте обережні, ви можете змінити бухгалтерський пакет лише тоді, коли ви " "не створили запис бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" "Коли ви створюєте нову базу даних SaaS, SKR03 встановлюється за " "замовчуванням." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" msgstr "Німецька бухгалтерська звітність" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" "Нижче наведено список спеціальних звітів для Німеччини, доступних на Odoo " "Enterprise:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "Бухгалтерський баланс" +msgstr "Звіт балансу" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "Доходи та витрати" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" msgstr "Податковий звіт (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" msgstr "Партнер ПДВ Intra" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "Експорт з Odoo в Datev" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "" "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " "able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " @@ -3918,11 +3561,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Загальний журнал` потім натисніть" " кнопку **Export Datev (csv)**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" msgstr "Італія (IT)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "" "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" " configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " @@ -3936,11 +3579,11 @@ msgstr "" "inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " "l’interscambio di informazioni." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 msgid "" "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " "funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" @@ -3954,7 +3597,7 @@ msgstr "" "Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" @@ -3962,7 +3605,7 @@ msgstr "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 msgid "" "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" " elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " @@ -3972,7 +3615,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/discuss/email_servers.html>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " @@ -3982,7 +3625,7 @@ msgstr "" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " "elettronica." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " "della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " @@ -3994,7 +3637,7 @@ msgstr "" "che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " "previa comunicazione." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." @@ -4002,7 +3645,7 @@ msgstr "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " @@ -4012,15 +3655,15 @@ msgstr "" "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " "commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 msgid "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." @@ -4028,7 +3671,7 @@ msgstr "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "" "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " "fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " @@ -4040,11 +3683,11 @@ msgstr "" "rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " "l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 msgid "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "" "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " @@ -4054,7 +3697,7 @@ msgstr "" "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " "necessarie informazioni legali." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "" "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" " i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" @@ -4066,11 +3709,11 @@ msgstr "" " e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " "necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " "dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" @@ -4084,25 +3727,25 @@ msgstr "" "quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " "tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "" "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" @@ -4112,19 +3755,19 @@ msgstr "" "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" msgstr "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 msgid "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 msgid "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." @@ -4132,11 +3775,11 @@ msgstr "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Мексика" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "" "This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" " documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " @@ -4152,11 +3795,11 @@ msgstr "" "інформацію щоб дозволити вам використовувати Odoo в компанії з країною " "\"Мексика\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" msgstr "Мексиканська локалізація - це група з 3 модулів:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "" "**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" " account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" @@ -4166,7 +3809,7 @@ msgstr "" "податками та планом рахунків, цей запропонований встановлений план рахунків " "- призначена копія списку кодів групи, які пропонує `SAT`_." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," " payment complement, invoice addendum." @@ -4174,7 +3817,7 @@ msgstr "" "**l10n_mx_edi**: все, що стосується електронних транзакцій, CFDI 3.2 та 3.3," " додаток до оплати, додавання рахунків-фактур." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " "accounting are here (Accounting app required)." @@ -4182,7 +3825,7 @@ msgstr "" "**l10n_mx_reports**: всі обов'язкові електронні звіти для електронного " "бухгалтерського обліку тут (необхідний бухгалтерський додаток)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 msgid "" "With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " "with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" @@ -4196,7 +3839,7 @@ msgstr "" "вимог для цього ринку, стаючи вашим Odoo в ідеальному рішенні керувати вашою" " компанією в Мексиці." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 msgid "" "After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" " to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " @@ -4206,17 +3849,17 @@ msgstr "" "виконати крок за кроком, щоб дозволити вам не витрачати час на виправлення " "помилок. На будь-якому кроці ви можете нагадати крок і повторити спробу." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" msgstr "1. Встановіть мексиканську локалізацію бухобліку" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." msgstr "" "Для цього перейдіть у додатки та шукайте Мексику. Потім натисніть " "*Встановити*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" "When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " "when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " @@ -4225,11 +3868,11 @@ msgstr "" "Створюючи базу даних з www.odoo.com, якщо під час створення бухобліку ви " "виберете Мексику як країну локалізації, вона буде автоматично встановлена." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" msgstr "2. Електронні рахунки (CDFI 3.2 та формат 3.3)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 msgid "" "To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" @@ -4243,11 +3886,11 @@ msgstr "" " та 3.3) і створити підписаний платіж (також 3.3) повністю інтегрується зі " "звичайним потоком рахунків-фактур в Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company" msgstr "3. Встановіть юридичну інформацію в компанії" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 msgid "" "First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " "in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " @@ -4259,17 +3902,22 @@ msgstr "" "введіть дійсну адресу та ПДВ для вашої компанії. Не забудьте визначити " "мексиканську схему оподаткування у контакті з вашою компанією." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +"vat to **EKU9003173C9**." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете використовувати мексиканську локалізацію в тестовому режимі, " -"ви можете помістити будь-яку відому адресу в Мексиці з усіма полями для " -"адреси компанії та встановити пдв **TCM970625MB1**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " +"(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " +"configuration. If you want to manage another currency, let MXN be the " +"default currency and use price list instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:91 msgid "" "4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the " "company" @@ -4277,7 +3925,7 @@ msgstr "" "4. Встановіть правильну \"Схему оподаткування\" для партнера, який " "представляє компанію" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:93 msgid "" "Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " "order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " @@ -4293,11 +3941,11 @@ msgstr "" "тестування** це повинно бути *601 - General de Ley Personas Morales*, просто" " знайдіть його як звичайне поле Odoo, якщо ви не бачите варіант)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:100 msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" msgstr "5. Включення CFDI версії 3.3" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:103 msgid "" "This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " "available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " @@ -4309,11 +3957,11 @@ msgstr "" "версії, будь ласка, попросіть оновлення, відправляючи запит на підтримку в " "https: // www.odoo.com/help" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:108 msgid "Enable debug mode:" -msgstr "Увімкніть режим налагодження:" +msgstr "Увімкніть режим розробника:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 msgid "" "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " @@ -4325,7 +3973,7 @@ msgstr "" "системи` і встановіть параметр з назвою *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* до 3.3 " "(Створіть його, якщо запис із цією назвою не існує)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:119 msgid "" "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " @@ -4337,12 +3985,12 @@ msgstr "" "якій новій базі даних, створеній після виходу випуску v11.0 CFDI 3.3 є " "поведінкою за умовчанням." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:128 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "Важливі міркування, коли ви увімкнете CFDI 3.3" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:648 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." @@ -4350,7 +3998,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ваш податок, який представляє ПДВ 16% та 0%, повинен мати поле \"Тип " "фактора\", встановлене для \"Таsа\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:138 msgid "" "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" @@ -4360,21 +4008,21 @@ msgstr "" "правильний код (це перші 3 номери в назві), наприклад, для тесту, який слід " "встановити на 601, він буде виглядати як зображення." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:145 msgid "" "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " "faster." msgstr "" -"Усі товари повинні мати для CFDI 3.3 \"SAT-код\" і поле \"Reference\" " +"Усі товари повинні мати для CFDI 3.3 \"SAT-код\" і поле \"Референс\" " "правильно встановити, ви можете їх експортувати та імпортувати, щоб зробити " "це швидше." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" msgstr "6. Налаштуйте PAC, щоб правильно підписати рахунки-фактури" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " @@ -4386,7 +4034,7 @@ msgstr "" "рахунків (MX)`. Ви можете вибрати PAC у списку **підтримуваних PAC** у полі " "*PAC*, а потім введіть ім'я користувача PAC та пароль PAC." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " @@ -4396,7 +4044,7 @@ msgstr "" "цей процес можна зробити з самого PAC, у цьому випадку у нас буде два (2) " "наявності `Finkok`_ і` Solución Factible`_." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " @@ -4410,7 +4058,7 @@ msgstr "" "ви завершите запропонований процес для SAT, щоб встановити цю інформацію для" " вашого виробничого середовища за допомогою реальних транзакцій." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." @@ -4418,7 +4066,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви позначили поле *MX PAC тест середовища*, вам не потрібно вводити " "ім'я користувача або пароль PAC." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." @@ -4427,23 +4075,17 @@ msgstr "" "використовувати *Тестування середовища* для мексиканської локалізації " "бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178 -msgid "`Certificate`_" -msgstr "`Certificate`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +msgid "" +":download:` Certificate <files/certificate.cer>` :download:` Certificate Key" +" <files/certificate.key>` - **Password:** 12345678a" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179 -msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "`Certificate Key`_" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 -msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" -msgstr "**Пароль:** 12345678a" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189 msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" msgstr "7. Налаштуйте тег у податках на продаж" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:191 msgid "" "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " @@ -4453,7 +4095,7 @@ msgstr "" "призупинення, що застосовується до концепції CFDI. Отже, якщо податок є " "податком на продаж, поле \"Тег\" повинно бути \"IVA\", \"ISR\" або \"IEPS\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." @@ -4461,11 +4103,11 @@ msgstr "" "Зверніть увагу, що для податків за замовчуванням тег уже призначений, але " "при створенні нового податку слід вибрати тег." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:205 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "Виставлення рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." @@ -4473,7 +4115,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб скористатися мексиканським рахунком-фактурою, вам просто потрібно " "зробити звичайний рахунок-фактуру, слідуючи звичайній поведінці Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" @@ -4481,7 +4123,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після перевірки першого рахунку правильно підписаний рахунок-фактура повинен" " виглядати так:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:217 msgid "" "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " @@ -4491,7 +4133,7 @@ msgstr "" "фактурі або відправивши його по електронній пошті після звичайного процесу, " "щоб надсилати рахунок-фактуру електронною поштою." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:224 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." @@ -4499,38 +4141,38 @@ msgstr "" "Як тільки ви надішлете електронний рахунок-фактуру електронною поштою, це " "так, як виглядає." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "Скасування рахунків-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:233 msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." msgstr "" "Процес скасування повністю пов'язаний з нормальним скасуванням в Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:235 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "Якщо рахунок-фактура не сплачується." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" msgstr "" "Перейдіть до журналу рахунків-фактур клієнта, до якого належить рахунок-" "фактура" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:245 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field" msgstr "Перевірте поле \"Дозволити скасування записів\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"" msgstr "" "Поверніться до рахунку-фактури та натисніть кнопку \"Скасувати рахунок-" "фактуру\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." @@ -4538,15 +4180,15 @@ msgstr "" "З міркувань безпеки рекомендується повернути перевірку на те, щоб ще раз " "скасувати помилку, а потім перейти до журналу та перевірити це поле." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "**Юридичні міркування**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "Скасований рахунок-фактура буде автоматично скасований на SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:261 msgid "" "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " @@ -4556,7 +4198,7 @@ msgstr "" "вас буде стільки ж скасованих CFDI, скільки ви спробували, тоді всі ці xml є" " важливими, щоб забезпечити хороший контроль за причинами скасування." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:264 msgid "" "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " @@ -4567,11 +4209,11 @@ msgstr "" "дотримуючись того самого підходу, але встановлюючи параметр «Дозволити " "записи відмов» у самому платежі." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "Платежі (доступно лише для CFDI 3.3)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " @@ -4580,7 +4222,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб створити платіжний додаток, вам потрібно лише дотримуватися звичайного " "платіжного процесу в Odoo, ці умови, щоб зрозуміти поведінку, важливі." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." @@ -4589,11 +4231,11 @@ msgstr "" "бути PPD, оскільки це очікувана поведінка, яка законодавчо вимагається для " "\"Готівкових платежів\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "**1.1. Як я можу створити рахунок з терміном оплати `PUE`?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " "the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " @@ -4605,11 +4247,11 @@ msgstr "" "календарного місяця (наступного місяця дати CFDI), будь-яка інша умова " "створить рахунок-фактуру PPD." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" msgstr "**1.2. Як я можу отримати це з Odoo?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." @@ -4618,7 +4260,7 @@ msgstr "" "можете легко встановити його, використовуючи ``Умови оплати ``, визначені у " "рахунку-фактурі." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." @@ -4626,7 +4268,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо рахунок-фактура генерується без ``Терміну оплати``, атрибут " "``MetodoPago`` буде ``PUE``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "" "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " "``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " @@ -4638,7 +4280,7 @@ msgstr "" "буде першим днем наступного місяця, це означає до 17 числа наступного " "місяця, тоді атрибут ``MetodoPago`` буде ``PUE``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "" "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " @@ -4648,7 +4290,7 @@ msgstr "" "чистих днів``, а термін платежу вищий, ніж 17-те число наступного місяця, " "``MetodoPago`` стане``PPD``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " @@ -4658,7 +4300,7 @@ msgstr "" "авансового закінчення наступного місяця``, це термін розстрочки, атрибут " "``MetodoPago`` буде``PPD`` ." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." @@ -4667,11 +4309,11 @@ msgstr "" " із терміном платежу ``30% дострокового закінчення наступного місяця``, а " "потім зареєструйте платіж на ньому." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "Ви повинні надрукувати платіж, щоб правильно завантажити PDF-файл." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -4685,7 +4327,7 @@ msgstr "" "SAT`_ у розділі **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el" " caso de anticipos recibidos**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." @@ -4693,23 +4335,23 @@ msgstr "" "Що стосується теми 4, то заблокована можливість створення платежів клієнта " "без належного рахунку-фактури." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "Бухоблік Мексики в odoo складається з трьох повідомлень:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "План рахунку (Викликається та відображається як COA)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "Електронний пробний баланс." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "Звіт DIOT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" "1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." @@ -4717,7 +4359,7 @@ msgstr "" "1 і 2 розглядаються як електронний облік, а DIOT - це лише доступ до звіту в" " контексті бухгалтерського обліку." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." @@ -4725,15 +4367,15 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете знайти всі ці звіти в оригінальному меню звіту в додатку " "Бухгалтерський облік." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:334 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Електронний облік (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:337 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "Електронний графік обліку CoA" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " @@ -4743,11 +4385,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Мексика --> COA` і натисніть " "кнопку **Експорт для SAT (XML)**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:346 msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" msgstr "**Як додати нові рахунки?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." @@ -4755,7 +4397,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви додаєте облік із конвенцією кодування NNN.YY.ZZ, де NNN.YY є групою " "кодування SAT, то ваш облік буде автоматично налаштований." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -4771,11 +4413,11 @@ msgstr "" "побачите, тег, який буде автоматично встановлено, встановлені теги будуть " "вибрані для використання в COA на XML." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" msgstr "**Що означає тег?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:363 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." @@ -4783,7 +4425,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб дізнатись усі можливі теги, ви можете ознайомитись з `Anexo 24`_ на " "веб-сайті SAT у розділі під назвою **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -4795,11 +4437,11 @@ msgstr "" "вашій базі даних), тоді у вас буде більше загальних тегів, якщо потрібний " "тег не створений, ви можете створити його на льоту." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:373 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "Електронний пробний баланс" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:375 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -4814,7 +4456,7 @@ msgstr "" " допомогою кнопки у верхній частині **Експорт для SAT (XML)** з попереднім " "вибором періоду, який ви хочете експортувати." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." @@ -4822,15 +4464,15 @@ msgstr "" "Всі звичайні функції аудиту та аналізу доступні тут також як і будь-який " "звичайний звіт Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:388 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Звіт DIOT (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:390 msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" msgstr "**Що таке DIOT і важливість презентації SAT**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:392 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " @@ -4840,7 +4482,7 @@ msgstr "" " не повинні нехтувати тим, що ми представляємо. Отже, що не повинно бути в " "Оdoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:395 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -4852,7 +4494,7 @@ msgstr "" "операцій третім сторонам або те, що вважається таким же, з нашими " "постачальниками." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " @@ -4862,11 +4504,11 @@ msgstr "" "подання до SAT, а також стосується постачальників, це необхідно. надішліть " "DIOT:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" msgstr "**Коли вводити файл DIOT і в якому форматі?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:406 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " @@ -4876,7 +4518,7 @@ msgstr "" "його на сторінці SAT, це електронний формат A-29, який ви можете знайти на " "веб-сайті SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:410 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -4888,11 +4530,11 @@ msgstr "" "постачальниками, то до лютого ми повинні представити інформацію, що " "стосується вказаних даних." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" msgstr "**Де представлений DIOT?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " @@ -4902,7 +4544,7 @@ msgstr "" " який буде вам більш зручним, ніж ви будете представляти щомісяця або " "кожного разу, коли ви маєте справу з постачальниками." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:421 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." @@ -4910,7 +4552,7 @@ msgstr "" "Формат A-29 є електронним, так що ви можете його представити на сторінці " "SAT, але це після того, як складете до 500 записів." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -4925,11 +4567,11 @@ msgstr "" "перевірки ви будете повернуті, так що не сумнівайтеся в тому, що у вас " "залишиться ці записи і, звичайно, ваш компакт-диск або USB." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" msgstr "**Ще один факт, щоб знати: партійне завантаження?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:432 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " @@ -4939,7 +4581,7 @@ msgstr "" "завантаження, і, звичайно, перше, що ми думаємо, що це таке?, І відповідно " "до сайту SAT:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:436 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -4955,7 +4597,7 @@ msgstr "" "захоплення, а отже, оптимізації часу, вкладеного в його інтеграцію, для " "презентації у часі та формі для SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -4966,15 +4608,15 @@ msgstr "" "допускається, що полегшить вам цю операцію, щоб її не було, щоб не " "відповідати SAT у зв'язку з інформацією про операції з третіми сторонами." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:448 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "Ви можете знайти `офіційну інформацію тут`_." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:450 msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" msgstr "**Як створити цей звіт в odoo?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:452 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." @@ -4982,7 +4624,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Мексика --> " "Операції з третіми сторонами (DIOT)`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." @@ -4991,11 +4633,11 @@ msgstr "" "безпосередньо до місяця, який ви перебуваєте, або залиште поточний місяць, " "якщо це вам підходить." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "Натисніть \"Експорт (TXT)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." @@ -5003,12 +4645,12 @@ msgstr "" "Зберігайте в безпечному місці завантажений файл і перейдіть на веб-сайт SAT " "і дотримуйтесь необхідних інструкцій, щоб оголосити його." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" "Важливі міркування щодо даних постачальника та рахунків-фактур для IDIOT" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:474 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -5022,7 +4664,7 @@ msgstr "" "але *L10N Mx Тип операції* повинен бути заповнений вами у всіх ваших " "постачальників." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " @@ -5033,7 +4675,7 @@ msgstr "" " якщо податок не нараховується, а інші 2 податки вже належним чином " "налаштовані." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " @@ -5043,7 +4685,7 @@ msgstr "" "потрібно спочатку попросити рахунок-фактуру, а потім сплатити його та " "правильно узгодити платіж за стандартною процедурою odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " @@ -5053,7 +4695,7 @@ msgstr "" "рахунок-фактуру постачальника, ви можете виправити цю інформацію під час " "створення звіту." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:491 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." @@ -5061,7 +4703,7 @@ msgstr "" "Пам'ятайте, що у цьому звіті відображаються лише фактичні рахунки " "постачальників." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -5077,15 +4719,15 @@ msgstr "" "створити його до кінця місяця та використовувати його як свій аудиторський " "процес, щоб правильно встановити всіх ваших партнерів." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "Додаткові рекомендовані функції" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:507 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "Контактний модуль (безкоштовно)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:509 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " @@ -5095,11 +4737,11 @@ msgstr "" "адресами цього модуля, навіть якщо це не є технічною потребою, рекомендуємо " "його встановити." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:514 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "Мультивалюта (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)" +msgstr "Мультивалютність (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -5115,11 +4757,11 @@ msgstr "" "завантажений від SAT і не турбуючись про те, щоб цю інформацію вручну " "вводити щодня в систему." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." -msgstr "Перейдіть до налаштувань і ввімкніть функцію мультивалют." +msgstr "Перейдіть до налаштувань і ввімкніть функцію мультивалютності." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" @@ -5127,7 +4769,7 @@ msgstr "" "Увімкнення явних помилок на CFDI за допомогою локального валідатора XSD " "(CFDI 3.3)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " @@ -5139,22 +4781,22 @@ msgstr "" "щоб увімкнути функцію «Перевірити за допомогою xsd», виконайте наступні " "кроки (при увімкненому режимі налагодження)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:536 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічний --> Дії --> Дії " "сервера`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:537 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "Шукайте дію під назвою \"Завантажити файли XSD до CFDI\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:538 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "Натисніть кнопку \"Створити контекстну дію\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:539 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" @@ -5162,16 +4804,16 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до форми компанії :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Користувачі та " "компанії --> Компанії`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "Відкрийте будь-яку вашу компанію." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "Натисніть \"Дія\", а потім \"Завантажити файл XSD в CFDI\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:546 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " @@ -5181,15 +4823,15 @@ msgstr "" "товар без коду, який є досить поширеним явищем), а замість загальної не " "вказано явну помилку." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "Якщо ви бачите помилку, подібну до цієї:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "Сгенерований cfd недійсний" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " @@ -5199,7 +4841,7 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' не " "вирішується до визначення (n) простого типу., рядок 36" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:559 msgid "" "This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " "or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" @@ -5209,37 +4851,37 @@ msgstr "" "сервері або коли файли XSD не завантажені належним чином. Виконайте ті самі " "дії, що описані вище, але:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:563 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "Перейдіть до компанії, в якій виникає помилка." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "**Повідомлення про помилку** (застосовується лише до CFDI 3.3):" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 -msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID" msgstr "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: елемент " -"'(http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', атрибут 'NoIdentificacion': [аспект" -" 'minLength'] Значення '' має довжину \"0\"; це перевищує дозволену " -"мінімальну довжину \"1\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572 msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute " +"'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; " +"this underruns the allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' не прийнято за схемою '[^|]{1,100}'." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute " +"'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the " +"pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:577 msgid "" "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " @@ -5249,35 +4891,36 @@ msgstr "" "будь ласка, перейдіть до форми товару і правильно встановіть внутрішню " "довідку." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:609 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "**Повідомлення про помилку**:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:576 -msgid "" -":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" msgstr "" -":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Елемент " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': атрибут 'Режим' обов'язковий, " -"але відсутній." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 msgid "" -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing." +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute " +"'Regimen' is required but missing." msgstr "" -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Елемент " -"'(http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor: атрибут 'RegimenFiscal'обов'язковий, " -"але відсутній." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal'" +" is required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:587 msgid "" "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -5293,7 +4936,7 @@ msgstr "" "можливих цін SAT, можливо, що ви забули слідкувати за міркуваннями про схему" " оподаткування." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:594 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " @@ -5303,7 +4946,7 @@ msgstr "" "правильний код (це перші 3 номери в назві), наприклад, для тесту, який слід " "встановити на 601, він буде виглядати як зображення." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " "Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." @@ -5311,49 +4954,50 @@ msgstr "" "Для цілей тестування це значення має бути *601 - General de Ley Personas " "Morales*, який є необхідним для демонстраційного ПДВ." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID" msgstr "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:607 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02'," +" '03', '04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', " +"'25', '26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:610 msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "**Рішення:** У вашому рахунку-фактурі потрібен спосіб оплати." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:617 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute " +"'LugarExpedicion': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of " +"the set {'00" msgstr "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute " +"'LugarExpedicion': '' is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:619 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 msgid "" "**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " @@ -5367,19 +5011,7 @@ msgstr "" "та заповнити всі необхідні поля для вашої адреси після кроку :ref:`mx-legal-" "info`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:624 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "" "**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." @@ -5387,21 +5019,27 @@ msgstr "" "**Рішення:** Поштовий індекс на адресу вашої компанії не є дійсним для " "Мексики, виправте це." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " +"is required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 msgid "" -":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " "Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " "is required but missing.\", '')" msgstr "" -":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " -"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " -"is required but missing.\", '')" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:645 msgid "" "**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." @@ -5409,15 +5047,15 @@ msgstr "" "**Рішення:** Встановіть для мексиканської назви податки на рівні 0% і 16% у " "вашій системі та використайте в рахунку-фактурі." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Нідерланди" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" msgstr "Експорт XAF " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 msgid "" "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" " all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " @@ -5431,11 +5069,11 @@ msgstr "" "визначаєте записи, які ви хочете експортувати за допомогою фільтрів (період," " журнали, ...), а потім натисніть на кнопку **ЕКСПОРТ (XAF)**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" msgstr "Голландська бухгалтерська звітність" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" @@ -5443,52 +5081,52 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви встановите голландську локалізацію бухгалтерського обліку, ви " "матимете доступ до деяких звітів, специфічних для Нідерландів, таких як:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "Податковий звіт (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "Звіт Intrastat (ICP)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" msgstr "Іспанія" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Іспанський план рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" msgstr "" "В Odoo існує кілька іспанських планів рахунків, доступних за замовчуванням:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" msgstr "PGCE Entitades" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " "Localization** section." msgstr "" "Ви можете вибрати той, який ви хочете, перейшовши в меню: " -":menuselection:`Облік --> Налаштування`, потім виберіть потрібний пакет у " +":menuselection:`Бухблік --> Налаштування`, потім виберіть потрібний пакет у " "розділі **Фінансова локалізація**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." @@ -5496,11 +5134,11 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви створюєте нову базу даних SaaS, PGCE PYMEs 2008 встановлюється за " "замовчуванням." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "Іспанська бухгалтерська звітність" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" @@ -5508,27 +5146,27 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо іспанська локалізація бухобліку встановлена, ви матимете доступ до " "бухгалтерських звітів, специфічних для Іспанії:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 111)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 115)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 303)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Швейцарія" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "ISR (платіж із платіжною карткою з референтним номером)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " @@ -5538,7 +5176,7 @@ msgstr "" "надрукувати їх безпосередньо з Odoo. На рахунках клієнта є нова кнопка під " "назвою *Друк ISR*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " @@ -5548,11 +5186,11 @@ msgstr "" " банківський рахунок. Ви можете використовувати CH6309000000250097798 як " "номер банківського рахунку та 010391391 як посилання CHF ISR." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." msgstr "Потім ви відкриваєте PDF з ISR." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " "coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " @@ -5560,16 +5198,16 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " "Reports` and tick this box :" msgstr "" -"Існує два макети: один з, і один без банківських координат. Щоб вибрати, " -"який з них використовувати, є можливість друкувати банківську інформацію на " -"ISR. Щоб його активувати, зайдіть в :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Бухгалтерські звіти` і позначте це :" +"Існує два макети для ISR: один з, і один без банківських координат. Щоб " +"вибрати, який з них використовувати, є можливість друкувати банківську " +"інформацію на ISR. Щоб його активувати, зайдіть в :menuselection:`Бухоблік " +"--> Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Бухгалтерські звіти` і позначте це :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "Оновлення валюти онлайн" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 msgid "" "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " "Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -5579,13 +5217,13 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете автоматично оновлювати свої валюти на основі Федеральної " "податкової адміністрації зі Швейцарії. Для цього зайдіть на " ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування`, активізувати налаштування " -"мультивалют і вибрати потрібну послугу." +"мультивалютності і вибрати потрібну послугу." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" -msgstr "Оновлене ПДВ для січня 2018" +msgstr "Оновлене ПДВ до січня 2018" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 msgid "" "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" @@ -5595,11 +5233,11 @@ msgstr "" "ПДВ. Нормальна ставка на рівні 8,0% перейде на 7,7%, а спеціальна ставка для" " готельного сектору зміниться з 3,8% до 3,7%." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "Як оновити свої податки в Odoo Enterprise (SaaS або On Premise)?" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." @@ -5607,7 +5245,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо у вас є версія V11.1, вся робота вже виконана, вам не потрібно нічого " "робити." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 msgid "" "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " "module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " @@ -5621,7 +5259,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Швейцарія - Звіти про бухгалтерський облік\" --> відкрийте модуль --> " "натисніть \"оновити\"`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." @@ -5629,7 +5267,7 @@ msgstr "" "Як тільки це буде зроблено, ви можете працювати над створенням нових " "податків для оновлених ставок." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 msgid "" "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " "to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " @@ -5641,11 +5279,11 @@ msgstr "" " період часу. Замість цього не забудьте архівувати їх, коли ви закодуєте всі" " ваші транзакції 2017." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "Створення таких податків має здійснюватися наступним чином:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" @@ -5654,7 +5292,7 @@ msgstr "" "мітку в рахунку-фактурі, ставку та податкову групу (застосовується лише з " "v10)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 msgid "" "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" @@ -5665,7 +5303,7 @@ msgstr "" "v10). Оскільки звіт пдв тепер показує подробиці старих та нових ставок, ви " "також повинні встановити відповідні теги" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" @@ -5673,7 +5311,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для податків 7,7%: Швейцарська форма ПДВ: сітка 302 бази, Швейцарія ПДВ " "Форма: сітка 302 податок" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" @@ -5681,7 +5319,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для податків 3,7%: Швейцарська форма ПДВ: сітка 342 база, Швейцарія ПДВ " "Форма: сітка 342 податок" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" @@ -5689,205 +5327,205 @@ msgstr "" "Нижче наведено, як приклади, правильну конфігурацію для всіх податків, " "включених в Odoo за умовчанням" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Name**" msgstr "**Назва податку**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "**Ставка**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" msgstr "**Мітка в рахунку-фактурі**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "**Податкова група (діє з V10)**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Scope**" msgstr "**Податкова сфера**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tag**" msgstr "**Тег**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "7.7%" msgstr "7.7%" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 msgid "7.7% achat" msgstr "7.7% achat" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "TVA 7.7%" msgstr "TVA 7.7%" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "Купівлі" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" msgstr "Форма швейцарського ПДВ: сітка 400" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." msgstr "7.7% achat Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 msgid "7.7% invest." msgstr "7.7% invest." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" msgstr "Форма швейцарського ПДВ: сітка 405" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." msgstr "7.7% invest. Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "3.7%" msgstr "3.7%" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 msgid "3.7% achat" msgstr "3.7% achat" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "TVA 3.7%" msgstr "TVA 3.7%" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." msgstr "3.7% achat Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 msgid "3.7% invest" msgstr "3.7% invest" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." msgstr "3.7% invest Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" msgstr "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Продажі" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" "Форма ПДВ Швейцарія: сітка 302 база, Швейцарія Форма ПДВ: сітка 302 пдв" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "7.7% Incl." msgstr "7.7% Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" "Форма ПДВ Швейцарія: сітка 342 база, Швейцарія Форма ПДВ: сітка 342 пдв" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" msgstr "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "3.7% Incl." msgstr "3.7% Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." @@ -5895,7 +5533,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо у вас є запитання чи зауваження, зв'яжіться з нашою підтримкою за " "допомогою odoo.com/help." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "" "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " @@ -5905,20 +5543,20 @@ msgstr "" "(або вище), нічого не робіть. В іншому випадку вам також доведеться " "відповідно оновити свою схему оподаткування." -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 msgid "Others" msgstr "Інші" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 msgid "Adviser" msgstr "Консультант" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 msgid "Manage your fixed assets" msgstr "Управління основними засобами" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 msgid "" "The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " "machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " @@ -5931,7 +5569,7 @@ msgstr "" "продавати чи розпоряджатись активами та виконувати звіти про свої активи " "компанії." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 msgid "" "As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " "amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " @@ -5946,7 +5584,7 @@ msgstr "" "доларів як витрати. Через 3 роки ці активи складають 0 доларів (балансова " "вартість) у вашому балансі." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 msgid "" "The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " "describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" @@ -5954,23 +5592,23 @@ msgstr "" "Різні типи активів згруповані у \"Типи основних засобів\", які описують, як " "відхилити актив. Ось два приклади типів основних записів:" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" msgstr "Будівництво: 10 років, річна лінійна амортизація" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" msgstr "Автомобіль: 5 років, щомісячна лінійна амортизація" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 msgid "Install the Asset module" msgstr "Встановіть модуль основних засобів" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" msgstr "Почніть із *встановлення модуля основних засобів*." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" " application:" @@ -5978,15 +5616,15 @@ msgstr "" "Після встановлення модуля ви повинні побачити два нові меню в програмі " "бухобліку:" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" msgstr ":menuselection:`Консультант --> Основні засоби`" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" msgstr ":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Типи основних засобів`" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 msgid "" "Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " "<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." @@ -5994,11 +5632,11 @@ msgstr "" "Перш ніж зареєструвати свій перший актив, ви повинні :ref:` визначити свої " "типи активів. <accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 msgid "Defining Asset Types" msgstr "Визначте типи активів" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 msgid "" "Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " "deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " @@ -6013,7 +5651,7 @@ msgstr "" " бухгалтерської інформації. Вони просто повинні вказати тип основного засобу" " на рахунку постачальника." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 msgid "" "You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " "like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " @@ -6026,18 +5664,18 @@ msgstr "" "створити загальні типи основних засобів. Назвіть їх за тривалістю активу, " "наприклад, \"36 місяців\", \"10 років\", ..." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 msgid "" "To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" msgstr "" "Щоб визначити типи основних засобів, перейдіть до розділу " ":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Типи активів`" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 msgid "Create assets manually" msgstr "Створіть основні засоби вручну" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 msgid "" "To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Assets`." @@ -6045,7 +5683,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб зареєструвати актив вручну, перейдіть до меню " ":menuselection:`Консультант --> Активи`." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 msgid "" "Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " "on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " @@ -6055,7 +5693,7 @@ msgstr "" "можете натиснути кнопку Обчислення амортизації, щоб перевірити амортизацію, " "перш ніж підтвердити актив." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 msgid "" "if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" " this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " @@ -6066,191 +5704,11 @@ msgstr "" "відображатиме лише записи про амортизацію журналу, а не ті, що стосуються " "рахунка постачальника." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 -msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "Пояснення полів: " - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Статус" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." -msgstr "Коли актив створено, статус є \"Чернеткою\"." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" -" lines can be posted in the accounting." -msgstr "" -"Якщо актив підтверджено, статус переходить у \"Запуск\", а рядки амортизації" -" можуть бути опубліковані в бухгалтерському обліку." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " -"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете вручну закрити актив, коли амортизація закінчиться. Якщо " -"опубліковано останній рядок амортизації, актив автоматично переходить у цей " -"статус." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Asset Category" -msgstr "Категорія активу" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Category of asset" -msgstr "Категорія активу" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date" -msgstr "Дата" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date of asset" -msgstr "Дата активу" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Depreciation Dates" -msgstr "Дати амортизації" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation." -msgstr "Спосіб обчислення дати першої амортизації." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based" -" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on " -"the periodicity of the depreciations)." -msgstr "" -"* На підставі останнього дня періоду придбання: Дати амортизації " -"базуватимуться на останньому дні місяця купівлі або року купівлі (залежно " -"від періодичності амортизації)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the " -"purchase date." -msgstr "" -"* На підставі дати придбання: Дати амортизації базуватимуться на даті " -"придбання." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "First Depreciation Date" -msgstr "Перша дата амортизації" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal " -"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting " -"date" -msgstr "" -"Зверніть увагу, що ця дата не змінює обчислення першого запису журналу у " -"випадку активів з дати експлуатації. Він просто змінює свою бухгалтерську " -"дату" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross Value" -msgstr "Початкове значення" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross value of asset" -msgstr "Валова вартість активу" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Salvage Value" -msgstr "Кінцева сума" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." -msgstr "Це сума, яку ви плануєте отримати, яку ви не можете амортизувати." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Computation Method" -msgstr "Спосіб розрахунку" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." -msgstr "Виберіть метод для обчислення суми рядків амортизації." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "" -"* Лінійний: Розраховується на основі: валової вартості/кількості амортизацій" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" -msgstr "" -"* Регресивний: Розраховується на основі: залишкової вартості * Регресивного " -"фактора" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Time Method Based On" -msgstr "Термін визначається базуючись на" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries." -msgstr "Виберіть метод для обчислення дати та кількості записів." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 " -"depreciations." -msgstr "" -"* Кількість записів: Виправлення кількості записів та часу між двома " -"амортизаціями." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " -"depreciations won't go beyond." -msgstr "" -"* Дата закінчення: Виберіть час між двома амортизаціями та датою, коли " -"амортизація не перевищуватиме." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Prorata Temporis" -msgstr "З дати експлуатації" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " -"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start " -"date of fiscal year" -msgstr "" -"Вказує, що перший запис амортизації для цього активу має бути зроблений з " -"дати активу (дата купівлі) замість першого січня / початкової дати " -"фінансового року" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "Кількість амортизацій" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" -msgstr "Кількість амортизацій, необхідна для списання вашого активу" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Months in a Period" -msgstr "Кількість місяців у періоді" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" -msgstr "Час між двома амортизаціями в місяцях" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 -msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "Спробуйте створити *Актив* в нашій демо-версії онлайн" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:83 msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" msgstr "Створення основних засобів автоматично з рахунку постачальника" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:85 msgid "" "Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " "is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " @@ -6262,7 +5720,7 @@ msgstr "" "рахунка. Коли користувач перевірить рахунок, основні засоби буде автоматично" " створено, використовуючи інформацію про рахунок постачальника." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:92 msgid "" "Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " "created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " @@ -6278,7 +5736,7 @@ msgstr "" "активи в проекті лише тоді, коли ви хочете, щоб ваш радник керував усіма " "основними засобами перед їх розміщенням у ваших рахунках." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:99 msgid "" "if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " "be filled in the supplier bill." @@ -6286,11 +5744,11 @@ msgstr "" "якщо ви встановили актив на товар, категорія активу буде автоматично " "заповнена в рахунку постачальника." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:103 msgid "How to depreciate an asset?" msgstr "Як амортизувати актив?" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:105 msgid "" "Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " "date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" @@ -6301,46 +5759,46 @@ msgstr "" " підтвердженого активу (але не чернетка). Ви можете керувати амортизаційною " "таблицею: зелена точка означає, що для цього рядки створено журнал." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:110 msgid "" "But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " "on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." msgstr "" "Але ви також можете опублікувати записи журналу до очікуваної дати, " -"натиснувши на зелений круг, змусивши створити пов'язаний амортизаційний " +"натиснувши на зелену точку, змусивши створити пов'язаний амортизаційний " "запис." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:117 msgid "" "In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " "entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " "entries which are already posted." msgstr "" -"В таблиці амортизації натисніть на червону кулю, щоби опублікувати запис " +"В таблиці амортизації натисніть на червону точку, щоби опублікувати запис " "журналу. Натисніть кнопку :guilabel:`Елементи` вгорі, щоби переглянути " "записи журналу, які вже розміщені." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:122 msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" msgstr "Як змінити існуючий актив?" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:124 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" msgstr "Натисніть на :guilabel:`Змінити амортизацію`" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 msgid "Change the number of depreciation" msgstr "Змініть кількість амортизації" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:127 msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." msgstr "Odoo автоматично перерахує нову таблицю амортизації." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" msgstr "Як зареєструвати ліквідацію або продаж активу?" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 msgid "" "If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." " Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " @@ -6353,23 +5811,23 @@ msgstr "" "транзакція з продажу, яка повинна бути зареєстрована через рахунок-фактуру " "клієнта." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 msgid "→ This has to be changed in Odoo: selling an asset should:" msgstr "→ Це потрібно змінити в Odoo: продаж активу повинен:" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 msgid "remove all \"Red\" lines" msgstr "вилучіть усі \"Червоні\" рядки" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:141 msgid "create a new line that deprecate the whole residual value" msgstr "створіть новий рядок, який робить старими усі залишкові значення" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" msgstr "Як управляти фінансовим бюджетом?" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" "Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " "people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" @@ -6385,7 +5843,7 @@ msgstr "" "результат, а потім оцінити фактичну ефективність роботи за планом. Odoo " "управляє бюджетами, використовуючи як загальні, так і аналітичні рахунки." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 msgid "" "We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " "with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " @@ -6393,11 +5851,11 @@ msgid "" "than 700." msgstr "" "Ми будемо використовувати наступний приклад для ілюстрації. Ми тільки " -"розпочали проект зі Smith & Co, і ми хотіли би бюджетувати доходи і витрати " -"цього проекту. Ми плануємо мати дохід від 1000, і ми не хочемо витрачати " -"більше 700." +"розпочали проект зі Smith & Co, і хотіли би бюджетувати доходи і витрати " +"цього проекту. Ми плануємо мати дохід від 1000, і не хочемо витрачати більше" +" 700." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 msgid "" "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" " is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " @@ -6407,7 +5865,7 @@ msgstr "" "Основним модулем є Бухоблік. Перейдіть у модуль додатків та встановіть " "додаток **Бухоблік та фінанси**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 msgid "" "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" @@ -6417,11 +5875,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та увімкніть " "функцію **Керування бюджетом**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" -msgstr "Бюджетні позиці" +msgstr "Бюджетні позиції" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "" "Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" " (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" @@ -6432,7 +5890,7 @@ msgstr "" " знати, які рахунки йому потрібно отримати, щоб отримати інформацію про " "бюджет." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 msgid "" "The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" " in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." @@ -6440,7 +5898,7 @@ msgstr "" "Бюджетні позиції виступають типом обмеження щодо того, що може бути записано" " у графі \"практична сума\" у бюджеті." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 msgid "" "Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " "ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " @@ -6450,7 +5908,7 @@ msgstr "" "бухгалтерської книги (основного плану рахунків), присвоєної їй, хоча вона " "повинна мати хоча б одну." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 msgid "" "If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" " *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " @@ -6462,14 +5920,14 @@ msgstr "" "включений у бюджетну позицію для цього самого бюджетного рядка, він не " "відображатиметься в межах колонки \"практична сума\" цього бюджетного рядка." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 msgid "" "Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " "accounts." msgstr "" "Деякі бюджетні позиції можуть бути вже встановлені у вашому плані рахунків." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 msgid "" "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." @@ -6477,7 +5935,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб визначити позиції, введіть :menuselection:`Модуль бухобліку --> " "Налаштування --> Бюджетні позиції`." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 msgid "" "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " "expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." @@ -6485,7 +5943,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для нашого прикладу нам потрібно визначити, які рахунки стосуються витрат " "нашого проекту. Створіть позицію та додайте елементи, щоби вибрати рахунки." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." @@ -6493,15 +5951,15 @@ msgstr "" "У цьому випадку ми вибираємо три відповідні рахунки, в яких ми будемо " "замовляти наші витрати." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." msgstr "Натисніть на *Обрати*." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." msgstr "Збережіть зміни, щоби підтвердити свою позицію бюджету." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 msgid "" "Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " "select the relevant income accounts." @@ -6509,11 +5967,11 @@ msgstr "" "Повторіть ці кроки, щоб створити позицію бюджету. Тільки в цьому випадку " "виберіть відповідні рахунки на прибуток." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 msgid "Analytical account" msgstr "Аналітичний рахунок" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 msgid "" "Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " "budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " @@ -6529,11 +5987,11 @@ msgstr "" "Аналітичний рахунок --> Відкрити таблиці`. Створіть новий рахунок під назвою" " проект Smith&Co і виберіть пов'язаного партнера." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" msgstr "Встановіть бюджет" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 msgid "" "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " "gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." @@ -6541,7 +5999,7 @@ msgstr "" "Давайте тепер встановимо наші цілі для нашого бюджету. Ми зазначили, що ми " "плануємо отримати 1000 з цього проекту, і ми не хочемо витрачати більше 700." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "" "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." @@ -6549,7 +6007,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб встановити ці цілі, введіть додаток бухобліку, виберіть " ":menuselection:`Консультанти --> Бюджети` та створіть новий бюджет" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 msgid "" "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " "Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" @@ -6559,7 +6017,7 @@ msgstr "" "Виберіть період, в якому буде застосовуватися бюджет. Далі додайте елемент, " "щоби вказати цілі в рядку бюджету." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 msgid "" "Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " "select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " @@ -6575,7 +6033,7 @@ msgstr "" "вартість, нам потрібно вказати **негативну суму**. Нарешті, виберіть " "відповідний аналітичний рахунок." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 msgid "" "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " "is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" @@ -6583,15 +6041,15 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть кнопку **Зберегти та новий**, щоб ввести бюджет доходу. Позиція " "бюджету - дохід, а запланована сума - 1000. Збережіть та закрийте." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." msgstr "Вам потрібно буде **підтвердити** та **затвердити** бюджет." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 msgid "Check your budget" msgstr "Перевірте свій бюджет" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 msgid "" "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" " Invoices and Vendors Bills." @@ -6599,7 +6057,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете перевірити свій бюджет у будь-який час. Щоб побачити еволюцію, " "давайте складемо кілька рахунків-фактур та рахунків постачальників." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 msgid "" "if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" " in the invoice and / or purchase line." @@ -6607,21 +6065,21 @@ msgstr "" "якщо ви використовуєте аналітичні рахунки, пам'ятайте, що вам потрібно " "вказати рахунок у рахунку-фактурі та/або рядки покупки." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" msgstr "" "для отримання додаткової інформації про бронювання рахунків-фактур та " "замовлень на купівлю дивіться:" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." msgstr "Поверніться до списку бюджетів та знайдіть проект Smith." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " @@ -6631,25 +6089,20 @@ msgstr "" "рядки покупки, заброньовані в рахунках, і відображатиме їх у стовпчику " "**Фактична сума**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " "budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." +"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" +" that could have been realised." msgstr "" -"Теоретична сума являє собою суму грошей, які ви теоретично могли " -"витратити/повинні були отримати відповідно до дат. Якщо ваш бюджет становить" -" 1200 протягом 12 місяців (з січня по грудень), а сьогодні - 31 січня, " -"теоретична сума становитиме 1000, оскільки це реальна сума, яку можна було б" -" реалізувати." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" msgstr "Як закрити річний період в Odoo? (закриття звітного періоду)" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 msgid "" "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " "should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," @@ -6658,7 +6111,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перш ніж закривати річний період, потрібно виконати кілька кроків, щоби " "переконатися, що ваш бухоблік є правильним, оновленим та точним:" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 msgid "" "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " "and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " @@ -6668,59 +6121,59 @@ msgstr "" "року та підтверджуєте, що ваш баланс на кінцеву дату узгоджується з вашими " "балансами банківських виписок." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." msgstr "" "Переконайтеся, що всі **рахунки-фактури клієнтів** були введені та схвалені." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." msgstr "Підтвердіть, що ви ввели та узгодили всі **рахунки постачальників**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "Перевірте всі **витрати**, забезпечуючи їх точність." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 msgid "" "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " "accurately." msgstr "" "Підтвердіть, що всі **отримані платежі** були введені та записані точно." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "Перелік перевірок на кінець року" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -"Перевірте **податковий звіт** та переконайтеся, що ваша податкова інформація" +"Перевірте **Податковий звіт** та переконайтеся, що ваша податкова інформація" " є правильною." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "Узгодьте усі ваші рахунки зі **звітом балансу**:" +msgstr "Узгодьте усі ваші рахунки зі **Звітом балансу**:" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 msgid "" "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " "statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." msgstr "" "Узгодьте свої банківські баланси в Odoo з вашими фактичними залишками " -"балансу на ваших виписках. Використовуйте звіт **узгодження з банківською " +"балансу на ваших виписках. Використовуйте звіт **Узгодження з банківською " "випискою**, щоб допомогти цьому." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 msgid "" "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " "**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." msgstr "" "Підключіть всі транзакції на своїх грошових та банківських рахунках, " -"виконуючи звіти **розрахунків з кредиторами** та звіти **розрахунків з " +"виконуючи звіти **Розрахунків з кредиторами** та звіти **Розрахунків з " "дебіторами**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " "affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " @@ -6730,7 +6183,7 @@ msgstr "" "впливають на них та характер операцій, переконавшись у включенні кредитів та" " основних засобів." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 msgid "" "Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " "on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " @@ -6745,7 +6198,7 @@ msgstr "" "несплачені платежі та рахунки-фактури будуть узгодженими, то можуть " "призвести до помилок або помилок у системі." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 msgid "" "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " "book entries for:" @@ -6753,7 +6206,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ваш бухгалтер, ймовірно, підтвердить ваші елементи балансу та запис книг " "для:" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 msgid "" "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" " example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." @@ -6762,23 +6215,23 @@ msgstr "" "записів консультантів** (наприклад, звіти **Прибутку поточного періоду** та " "**Збережені прибутки**)." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." msgstr "**Робота в процесі**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." msgstr "**Записи журналу амортизації**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." msgstr "**Позики**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "**Податкові коригування**." +msgstr "**Податкові корегування**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 msgid "" "If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " "they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " @@ -6790,7 +6243,7 @@ msgstr "" "банківські рахунки, передплати, звіти про податок та прибуток тощо), щоби " "погодити їх з балансом в Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 msgid "" "During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" "Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " @@ -6798,16 +6251,16 @@ msgid "" "confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " "auditing the books." msgstr "" -"Під час цього процесу найкращим кроком є ​​встановлення **дати блокування " +"Під час цього процесу найкращим кроком є ​​встановлення **Дати блокування " "для не-консультантів** до останнього дня попереднього фінансового року, який" " встановлюється в налаштуваннях бухобліку. Таким чином, бухгалтер може бути " "впевненим у тому, що під час аудиту ніхто не змінює операції минулого року." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 msgid "Closing the fiscal year" msgstr "Закриття звітного періоду" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" " close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " @@ -6822,7 +6275,7 @@ msgstr "" "якщо ви створюєте **Звіт про доходи**, початкова дата відповідає початку " "**Звітного періоду**, а залишок буде 0." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 msgid "" "Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" " **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" @@ -6836,15 +6289,15 @@ msgstr "" "підтвердили, чи доходи поточного періоду у **Звіті балансу** правильно " "відповідають нульовому балансу." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" msgstr "Автоматичне сторнування бухгалтерського запису" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 msgid "" "You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " "date." @@ -6852,7 +6305,7 @@ msgstr "" "Можливо, вам потрібне автоматичне сторнування бухгалтерського запису на " "певну дату." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 msgid "" "This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" " debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " @@ -6867,7 +6320,7 @@ msgstr "" "звітного періоду. Ось чому на той момент ви хочете, щоби бухгалтерський " "запис сторнувався, аби мати можливість вводити реальні витрати." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 msgid "" "For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " "journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " @@ -6877,15 +6330,15 @@ msgstr "" "журналу і визначити дату сторнування. Бухгалтерський запис буде сторновано " "на цю дату." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Аналітика" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" msgstr "Як відстежувати витрати, співробітників та субпідряд?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" "Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " "and subcontracting in the accounting module." @@ -6893,7 +6346,7 @@ msgstr "" "Завдяки аналітичному бухобліку ми можемо відстежувати вартість закупівлі, " "витрати та субпідряд в модулі бухгалтерського обліку." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 msgid "" "We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " "customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " @@ -6902,12 +6355,12 @@ msgid "" " to the project." msgstr "" "Ми наведемо наступний приклад. Ми продали пакет консультацій для клієнта. " -"Пакет \"все включено\" означає, що додаткових витрат додати не можна. Проте " -"ми хочемо визначити, які витрати були прив'язані до цієї транзакції, " +"Пакет, де все включено, означає, що додаткових витрат додати не можна. Проте" +" ми хочемо визначити, які витрати були прив'язані до цієї транзакції, " "оскільки нам потрібно оплатити покупки, витрати та витрати на субпідряд, " "пов'язані з проектом." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 msgid "" "The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " "module and install the following apps:" @@ -6915,7 +6368,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для відстеження вартості потрібно встановити наступні модулі. Введіть модуль" " додатків та встановіть такі програми:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 msgid "" "Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " "**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " @@ -6927,11 +6380,11 @@ msgstr "" "відстежувати витрати на **виставлення рахунків** і перерахувати їх, потрібно" " також встановити додаток для керування продажами." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" msgstr "Увімкніть аналітичний облік" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" "Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " @@ -6941,7 +6394,7 @@ msgstr "" "оберіть :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування` та розгорніть розділ" " Аналітичний бухоблік." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 msgid "" "Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " "box." @@ -6949,15 +6402,15 @@ msgstr "" "Крім того, прокрутіть вниз і позначте пункт **Аналітичний бухоблік для " "купівель**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." msgstr "Не забудьте зберегти зміни." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." msgstr "Створіть Аналітичний бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "" "First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " "all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " @@ -6970,16 +6423,16 @@ msgstr "" " У цьому випадку ми називаємо це \"пакет консультацій\" для нашого клієнта " "Smith&Co." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." msgstr "" "Ми будемо вказувати всі наші витрати на цей облік, щоб стежити за ними." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" msgstr "Запишіть витрати" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 msgid "" "We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " "see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." @@ -6987,11 +6440,11 @@ msgstr "" "Почнемо з реєстрації витрат. Наш ІТ-спеціаліст повинен був поїхати поїздом, " "щоби побачити нашого клієнта. Він сам заплатив за свій квиток." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 msgid "Create an expense product" msgstr "Створіть витратний товар" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 msgid "" "We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " "Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " @@ -7003,11 +6456,11 @@ msgstr "" "новий товар під назвою квиток на потяг і встановіть собівартість до 15,50 " "євро. Переконайтеся, що позначено рядок **Може бути витрачений**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Book the expense" msgstr "Зареєструйте витрати" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 msgid "" "Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " "Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " @@ -7017,7 +6470,7 @@ msgstr "" " Виберіть товар Квиток на потяг і пов'яжіть його з аналітичним бухобліком, " "описаним вище." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 msgid "" "Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " "entries." @@ -7025,15 +6478,15 @@ msgstr "" "Надішліть менеджеру та зачекайте, поки менеджер затвердить та опублікує " "записи журналу." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" msgstr "Створіть замовлення на купівлю, пов'язане з аналітичним бухобліком" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 msgid "Purchase Product" msgstr "Купівлі товару" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 msgid "" "We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" " a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " @@ -7041,12 +6494,12 @@ msgid "" "select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." msgstr "" "Ми також повинні придбати програмне забезпечення для наших клієнтів. У " -"модулі купівлі створіть замовлення на купівлю програмного продукту. У межах " -"рядка ми можемо пов'язати вартість товару з аналітичним рахунком. Вкажіть " -"рядок замовлення та виберіть правильний аналітичний рахунок. Підтвердіть " -"продаж." +"модулі купівлі створіть замовлення на купівлю товару програмного " +"забезпечення. У межах рядка ми можемо пов'язати вартість товару з " +"аналітичним рахунком. Вкажіть рядок замовлення та виберіть правильний " +"аналітичний рахунок. Підтвердіть продаж." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 msgid "" "Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " "cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " @@ -7056,11 +6509,11 @@ msgstr "" " собівартість (поле **Ціна постачальника**) буде зарахована на аналітичний " "бухоблік." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Subcontracting" msgstr "Субпідряд" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 msgid "" "The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" " subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " @@ -7073,24 +6526,24 @@ msgstr "" "правильний аналітичний бухоблік. Нам просто потрібно створити правильний " "товар постачальника." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" "Ви також можете відстежувати вартість з табелем, дивіться: :doc:`timesheets`" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 msgid "Track costs in accounting" msgstr "Відстежуйте витрати в бухобліку" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 msgid "" "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " "open it to check the costs related to that account." msgstr "" -"Тепер все, що реєструється, вказує на аналітичний облік. Просто відкрийте " -"його, щоби перевірити витрати, пов'язані з цим обліком." +"Тепер все, що реєструється, вказує на аналітичний бухоблік. Просто відкрийте" +" його, щоби перевірити витрати, пов'язані з цим рахунком." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." @@ -7099,7 +6552,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Консультант --> Аналітичний бухоблік --> Відкрити плани " "рахунків`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." @@ -7107,7 +6560,7 @@ msgstr "" "Виберіть \"пакет консультацій - Smith\" і натисніть кнопку Вартість і дохід," " щоби переглянути всі витрати, пов'язані з обліком." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " @@ -7117,11 +6570,11 @@ msgstr "" "пакет в меню \"Рахунок-фактура\" та зв'язати рядок рахунку з цим аналітичним" " обліковим записом." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" msgstr "Як відстежувати витрати на людські ресурси з розкладом?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" "Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " "particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " @@ -7131,7 +6584,7 @@ msgstr "" "конкретний договір стоїть перед компанією в термінах людської сили у " "відношенні суми, що підлягають оплати." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " "**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " @@ -7142,20 +6595,20 @@ msgstr "" "Ми розглянемо такий приклад: наші два співробітники **Гаррі Поттер** та " "**Седрік Дігорі** працюють на **консультаційному пакеті** для нашого клієнта" " **Smith&Co**. Гаррі отримує 18 € за годину, а зарплата Седріка становить 12" -" € за годину. Ми хотіли би відслідковувати витрати в обліковому додатку та " +" € за годину. Ми хотіли би відслідковувати витрати в додатку бухобліку та " "порівнювати їх з доходами консультаційної послуги." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 msgid "" "First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " "namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " "name and install them." msgstr "" "По-перше, встановіть три програми, необхідні для використання цієї функції, " -"а саме **Бухоблік**, **Продажі** та **Табелі**. Введіть назву модулів " -"додатків та встановіть їх." +"а саме **Бухоблік**, **Продажі** та **Табелі**. Введіть назву модулів та " +"встановіть їх." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "" "Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " @@ -7166,15 +6619,15 @@ msgstr "" "Налаштування` та позначте опцію **Аналітичний бухоблік** (див. зображення " "нижче)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." msgstr "Застосуйте зміни." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 msgid "Create an employee" msgstr "Створіть співробітника" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 msgid "" "In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" " an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " @@ -7184,18 +6637,18 @@ msgstr "" "співробітника, введіть додаток **Співробітник**. Виберіть **Співробітники** " "та створіть нового співробітника, введіть ім'я та основну інформацію." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 msgid "" "On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " "specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " "cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." msgstr "" "На листку співробітника введіть вкладку **Параметри персоналу**. Тут ви " -"можете вказати **вартість табелю** свого співробітника. У цьому випадку " +"можете вказати **Вартість табелю** свого співробітника. У цьому випадку " "Гаррі має вартість 18 євро/годину. Таким чином, ми заповнимо 18 в цьому " "полі." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " "related to a User." @@ -7203,19 +6656,19 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви хочете, щоби працівник міг вводити розклад, він повинен бути " "пов'язаний з користувачем." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 msgid "" "Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " "specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." msgstr "" "Повторіть операцію, щоб створити працівника Седрик Дігорі. Не забудьте " -"вказати пов'язані з ним користувачі та **вартість по табелю**." +"вказати пов'язані з ним користувачі та **Вартість табелю**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 msgid "Issue a Sales Order" msgstr "Оформіть замовлення на продаж" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 msgid "" "We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " "**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " @@ -7226,7 +6679,7 @@ msgstr "" "контракті з нашим клієнтом Smith&Co, де вони вказують свої години у " "розкладі." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 msgid "" "We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " @@ -7236,7 +6689,7 @@ msgstr "" " на який виставлено рахунок **заснований на часі та матеріалі**, і " "відстежується табелем з **годинами** як одиниця вимірювань." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " "material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " @@ -7246,7 +6699,7 @@ msgstr "" "продаж, в залежності від часу та матеріалу, перегляньте таку інформацію: *Як" " виставляти рахунки на основі часу та матеріалів* (робота в процесі)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79 msgid "" "Add a link, and the document is under Sales --> Invoicing Methods --> " "Services --> How to invoices blabla" @@ -7254,7 +6707,7 @@ msgstr "" "Додайте посилання, і документ під Продажі --> Методи виставлення рахунків " "--> Послуги --> Як виставляти рахунки blabla" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " "analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " @@ -7268,11 +6721,11 @@ msgstr "" "вказати на цей рахунок (у цьому випадку **SO002-Smith&Co**), щоб мати " "можливість виставляти рахунки за години (див. зображення нижче)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 msgid "Fill in timesheet" msgstr "Заповніть табель" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 msgid "" "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " "specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " @@ -7282,13 +6735,13 @@ msgstr "" "Як працівник, пов'язаний із користувачем, Гаррі може ввійти в додаток " "**Табель** та вказати його табель для контракту. Увійшовши на облік Гаррі, " "ми заходимо в додаток **Табель** і вводимо детальний рядок, який вказує на " -"**аналітичний облік**, описаний вище." +"**аналітичний бухоблік**, описаний вище." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." msgstr "Гаррі працював три години на SWOT-аналізі для Smith&Co." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" @@ -7298,19 +6751,19 @@ msgstr "" "вказав її також у своєму особистому табелі, вказуючи також в **Аналітичному " "бухобліку**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." msgstr "" -"У **замовленні на продаж** ми помічаємо, що кількість доставлених годин " +"У **Замовленні на продаж** ми помічаємо, що кількість доставлених годин " "автоматично обчислюється (див. зображення нижче)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 msgid "Analytic accounting" -msgstr "Аналітичний облік" +msgstr "Аналітичний бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "" "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " @@ -7320,15 +6773,15 @@ msgstr "" "персоналу. Усі доходи та вартість цих операцій зареєстровані на рахунку " "**SO002-Smith&Co**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." msgstr "Ми можемо використовувати два способи аналізу цієї ситуації." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 msgid "Without filters" msgstr "Без фільтрів" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 msgid "" "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " "analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " @@ -7341,7 +6794,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Консультант --> Аналітичні рахунки --> Відкрити плани " "рахунків`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 msgid "" "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " @@ -7351,7 +6804,7 @@ msgstr "" "поточну ситуацію, ви повинні залишити поля порожніми. Ми вже можемо " "відзначити кредитний та дебетовий баланс рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 msgid "" "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " "of cost and revenues (see picture below)." @@ -7359,7 +6812,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ми натиснемо на рахунок, буде надана спеціальна кнопка, яка містить " "інформацію про вартість та доходи (див. зображення нижче)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "" "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " "with the corresponding description." @@ -7367,16 +6820,16 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть кнопку **Вартість/дохід**, щоб мати огляд вартості та доходів з " "відповідним описом." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "With filters" msgstr "З фільтрами" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "" "Таким чином, ми можемо фільтрувати цю інформацію з **Аналітичних записів**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 msgid "" "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" @@ -7386,7 +6839,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> Аналітичні записи`. У цьому меню ми маємо кілька варіантів аналізу " "вартості людських ресурсів." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 msgid "" "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " @@ -7396,7 +6849,7 @@ msgstr "" "доходи проекту. Додайте індивідуальний **Фільтр**, де **Аналітичний " "рахунок** містить номер **Замовлення на продаж**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 msgid "" "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " "corresponding costs and revenues." @@ -7404,7 +6857,7 @@ msgstr "" "У результаті ми бачимо, що дії табелів та рядки рахунків є з відповідними " "витратами та доходами." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 msgid "" "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " @@ -7414,27 +6867,27 @@ msgstr "" "відповідні доходи. Просто групуйте за **Аналітичним рахунком** і виберіть " "**Перегляд графіку**, щоби мати чіткий огляд." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 msgid "Analytic account use cases" msgstr "Використання аналітичного рахунку у різних випадках" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" msgstr "Аналітичний бухоблік можна використовувати для кількох цілей:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 msgid "analyse costs of a company" -msgstr "проаналізувати витрати компанії" +msgstr "проаналізуйте витрати компанії" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" msgstr "повторно виставте час в рахунку клієнту" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" msgstr "проаналізуйте ефективність послуги або проекту" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 msgid "" "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" @@ -7442,7 +6895,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб керувати аналітичним бухобліком, ви повинні активувати його в " ":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "" "To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " "each in one of three different types of company:" @@ -7451,23 +6904,23 @@ msgstr "" "випадками використання, кожен з яких складається з трьох різних типів " "компаній:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "Промислова компанія: аналіз витрат" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" msgstr "Юридична фірма: повторне виставлення в рахунку витрачених годин" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" msgstr "IT/Компанія з надання послуг: аналіз продуктивності" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "Випадок 1: Промислова компанія: аналіз витрат" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "" "In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" " departments and products the company itself is built on." @@ -7475,7 +6928,7 @@ msgstr "" "У промисловості ви часто знайдете аналітичні плани рахунків, структуровані у" " відділах та товарах, на яких побудована сама компанія." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 msgid "" "The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " "department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " @@ -7486,38 +6939,38 @@ msgstr "" "відділами/ресурсами та за товарами. Перший рівень структури складається з " "різних підрозділів, а нижчі - продукція, яку компанія виробляє та продає." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 msgid "" "**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" msgstr "**Аналітичний план рахунків для промислової компанії:**:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 msgid "Marketing Department" msgstr "Відділ маркетингу" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 msgid "Commercial Department" msgstr "Комерційний відділ" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 msgid "Administration Department" msgstr "Адміністративний відділ" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 msgid "Production Range 1" msgstr "Виробничий асортимент 1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "Production Range 2" msgstr "Виробничий асортимент 2" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 msgid "" "In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " "invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " @@ -7531,7 +6984,7 @@ msgstr "" "рахунків. Для кожного запису в загальних рахунках є щонайменше один " "аналітичний запис, який розподіляє витрати на відділ, що їх поніс." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " "example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" @@ -7539,150 +6992,150 @@ msgstr "" "Нижче наведено можливе розбиття деяких загальних бухгалтерських записів для " "наведеного вище прикладу, розподілених на різні аналітичні рахунки:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**General accounts**" msgstr "**Загальні рахунки**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**Analytic accounts**" msgstr "**Аналітичні рахунки**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Title**" msgstr "**Заголовок**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "**Рахунок**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Debit**" msgstr "**Дебет**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Credit**" msgstr "**Кредит**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "**Значення**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" msgstr "Закупівля сировини" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "2122" msgstr "2122" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" msgstr "1500" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" msgstr "-1 500" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" msgstr "Субпідряники" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "450" msgstr "450" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "-450" msgstr "-450" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" msgstr "Повернення дефектних матеріалів" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "200" msgstr "200" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "Transport charges" msgstr "Транспортні збори" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "Staff costs" msgstr "Витрати на персонал" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" msgstr "2121" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" msgstr "10000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" msgstr "Маркетинг" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" msgstr "-2 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" msgstr "Комерційний" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "-3 000" msgstr "-3 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" msgstr "Адміністративний" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" msgstr "-1 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" msgstr "PR" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" msgstr "-400" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 msgid "" "The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " "costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " @@ -7693,7 +7146,7 @@ msgstr "" "відділу компанії. Аналітичний план рахунків показує розподіл витрат компанії" " за наведеним вище прикладом:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 msgid "" "In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " "only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " @@ -7705,7 +7158,7 @@ msgstr "" "Звіт, який стосується як загальних рахунків, так і аналітичних, дає змогу " "отримати розбиття витрат у межах певного відділу." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 msgid "" "The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " @@ -7715,7 +7168,7 @@ msgstr "" "розподіли можуть бути настільки ж ефективними для продажів. Це дає вам " "рентабельність (продажі - витрати) різних відділів." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" "This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " "companies and industries." @@ -7723,7 +7176,7 @@ msgstr "" "Аналітичний відділ, як правило, використовується торговими компаніями та " "галузями." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 msgid "" "A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " "departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " @@ -7733,7 +7186,7 @@ msgstr "" "маркетингу, а призначати кожну вартість для свого відповідного асортименту. " "Це дасть вам аналіз рентабельності кожного асортименту." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 msgid "" "Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " "effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " @@ -7743,11 +7196,11 @@ msgstr "" "маркетингові зусилля. Чи глобальна вартість виділяється в деякому загальному" " порядку, чи кожен товар відповідає за власні маркетингові витрати?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" msgstr "Випадок 2: Юридична фірма: Витрати на людські ресурси?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "" "Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " "current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" @@ -7757,7 +7210,7 @@ msgstr "" "поточний файл клієнта. Всі витрати та товари потім додаються до даного " "файлу/аналітичного рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 msgid "" "A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" " the profitability by case and by employee." @@ -7765,7 +7218,7 @@ msgstr "" "Основним занепокоєнням юридичних фірм є виставлення рахунків робочими " "годинами та прибутковість за кожним випадком і працівником." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 msgid "" "Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " "timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " @@ -7778,7 +7231,7 @@ msgstr "" "робочі години інтегровані в аналітичний облік. У формі працівника вкажіть " "вартість працівника. Погодинна оплата залежить від вартості працівника." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 msgid "" "So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " "management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." @@ -7786,7 +7239,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тому юридична фірма буде вибирати аналітичне представлення, яке відображає " "управління часом роботи працівників у різних справах клієнтів." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 msgid "" "Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" " entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " @@ -7800,7 +7253,7 @@ msgstr "" "точних аналогів у загальних рахунках. Вони розраховуються на основі годинної" " вартості одного працівника." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 msgid "" "At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " "them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " @@ -7816,7 +7269,7 @@ msgstr "" " ви можете змінити свою вартість за годину на одного співробітника в " "залежності від фактично відпрацьованого часу." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 msgid "" "The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " "can find for your analytic account:" @@ -7824,114 +7277,114 @@ msgstr "" "У наведеній нижче таблиці показано приклад різних аналітичних записів, які " "ви можете знайти у своєму аналітичному рахунку:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" -msgstr "**Всього**" +msgstr "**Сума**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" msgstr "**Загальна сума**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "Study the file (1 h)" msgstr "Вивчення файлу (1 год)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Case 1.1" msgstr "Випадок 1.1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "-15" msgstr "-15" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "Search for information (3 h)" msgstr "Пошук інформації (3 год)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" msgstr "-45" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" msgstr "Консультація (4 год)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Case 2.1" msgstr "Випадок 2.1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "-60" msgstr "-60" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "Service charges" msgstr "Оплата послуг" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" msgstr "280" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" msgstr "705 - Виставлення послуг у рахунок" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Stationery purchase" -msgstr "Канцелярські покупки" +msgstr "Канцелярські закупівлі" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "-42" msgstr "-42" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" msgstr "601 - Купівля меблів" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "42" msgstr "42" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" msgstr "Вартість палива - клієнтська поїздка" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" msgstr "-35" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "613 – Transports" msgstr "613 - Транспорт" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "35" msgstr "35" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "Staff salaries" msgstr "Оклади персоналу" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "6201 – Salaries" msgstr "6201 - Зарплати" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" msgstr "3 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" "Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" " various transactions." msgstr "" "Така структура дозволяє детально вивчити прибутковість різних транзакцій." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 msgid "" "For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " ":doc:`timesheets`" @@ -7939,7 +7392,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб дізнатись більше про рентабельність, прочитайте наступну документацію: " ":doc:`timesheets`" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 msgid "" "But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " "profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" @@ -7954,29 +7407,29 @@ msgstr "" "замовленням на продаж та продавайте товари, які керують табелями або " "витратами." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" -msgstr "Випадок 3: IT-послуги компанії: Аналіз ефективності" +msgstr "Випадок 3: IT-послуги компанії: аналіз ефективності" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" msgstr "" "Більшість компаній, які надають ІТ-послуги, стикаються з такими проблемами:" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 msgid "project planning," msgstr "планування проекту," -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," msgstr "" "виставлення рахунків, рентабельність та фінансовий контроль за проектами," -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 msgid "managing support contracts." msgstr "управління контрактами на підтримку." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 msgid "" "To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " "structured by project and by sale order." @@ -7984,7 +7437,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для вирішення цих проблем ви повинні використовувати аналітичну план " "рахунків, структурований за проектом та замовленням на продаж." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 msgid "" "The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " "presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " @@ -7994,7 +7447,7 @@ msgstr "" "представлено вище для юристів. Виставлення рахунків та вивчення " "рентабельності теж схожі." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 msgid "" "But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " "prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " @@ -8009,7 +7462,7 @@ msgstr "" "рахунків-фактур за замовленням, і пов'язати замовлення на продаж з " "аналітичним рахунком." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 msgid "" "In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " "as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " @@ -8024,11 +7477,11 @@ msgstr "" " продажі кількість, щоби визначити, чи залишаються години контракту на " "підтримку." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" msgstr "Висновок" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" "Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" " case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " @@ -8038,7 +7491,7 @@ msgstr "" "від випадку використання. Ви можете продавати або купувати послуги, " "відстежувати час або аналізувати продуктивність виробництва." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 msgid "" "Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." @@ -8046,15 +7499,15 @@ msgstr "" "Аналітичний бухоблік є гнучким і простим у використанні за допомогою всіх " "додатків Odoo (продаж, купівля, табель, виробництво, рахунок-фактура ...)." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" msgstr "Що таке тип рахунку та як його налаштувати?" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 msgid "What is an account type ?" msgstr "Що таке тип рахунку?" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 msgid "" "An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " "account's purpose." @@ -8062,17 +7515,17 @@ msgstr "" "Тип рахунку - це назва або код, наданий рахунку, який вказує на мету " "рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " "country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " "generate opening entries." msgstr "" "В Odoo типи рахунку використовуються для інформаційних цілей, для створення " -"правових звітів для конкретних країн, встановлюються правила для закриття " -"фінансового року та створення відкритих записів." +"юридичних звітів для конкретних країн, встановлюються правила для закриття " +"звітного періоду та створення відкритих записів." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 msgid "" "Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " "category according to its behaviour or purpose." @@ -8080,11 +7533,11 @@ msgstr "" "В основному типи рахунку класифікують рахунок у певній категорії відповідно " "до її поведінки або мети." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" msgstr "Які типи рахунків є в Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " "types. Just pick the one related to your account." @@ -8092,83 +7545,84 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo охоплює всі типи рахунків. Тому ви не можете створювати нові. Просто " "виберіть той тип, який стосується вашого рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 msgid "**List of account types**" msgstr "**Список типів рахунку**" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 msgid "Receivable" msgstr "Дебітор" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 msgid "Payable" msgstr "Кредитор" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "Банк і каса" +msgstr "Банк і готівка" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 msgid "Current Assets" msgstr "Оборотні активи" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 msgid "Non-current Assets" msgstr "Необоротні активи" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 msgid "Prepayments" msgstr "Аванси" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 msgid "Fixed Assets" msgstr "Основні засоби" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 msgid "Current Liabilities" msgstr "Короткострокові зобов’язання" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 msgid "Non-current Liabilities" msgstr "Довгострокові зобов'язання" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 msgid "Equity" msgstr "Капітал" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 msgid "Current Year Earnings" msgstr "Прибуток поточного періоду" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 msgid "Other Income" msgstr "Інший дохід" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Income" msgstr "Дохід" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 msgid "Depreciation" msgstr "Амортизація" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:4 msgid "Expenses" msgstr "Витрати" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 msgid "Direct Costs" msgstr "Прямі витрати" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" msgstr "Як налаштувати мої рахунки?" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 msgid "" "Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " "By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " @@ -8178,7 +7632,7 @@ msgstr "" "За замовчуванням Odoo надає дуже багато планів рахунків, просто встановіть " "той, який пов'язаний із вашою країною." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 msgid "" "It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " "you can create your own accounts too." @@ -8186,7 +7640,7 @@ msgstr "" "Він буде встановлювати загальні рахунки. Але якщо він не охоплює всі ваші " "випадки, ви також можете створити власні рахунки." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 msgid "" "If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " "installed." @@ -8194,7 +7648,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви є користувачем Saas, ваша країна автоматично встановлює план " "рахунків." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 msgid "" "To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " @@ -8204,68 +7658,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Консультант --> План рахунків`, натисніть кнопку " "**Створити**." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " -"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" -" entries." -msgstr "" -"Тип рахунку має інформаційне призначення, для створення звітів, відповідно " -"до законодавства конкретних країн і встановлення правил для закриття " -"звітного періоду та створення відкритих записів." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Теги" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "Необов'язкові теги, які ви можете призначити для спеціальних звітів" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "Валюта рахунку" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "Запущені за цим рахунком, щоб мати валюту на цьому рахунку." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "Внутрішній тип" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " -"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" -" for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr "" -"\"Внутрішній тип\" використовується для функцій, доступних для різних типів " -"рахунків: тип ліквідності - для готівкових або банківських рахунків, " -"кредиторська/дебіторська заборгованість - для рахунків " -"постачальників/клієнтів." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "Дозволити узгодження" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " -"journal items." -msgstr "" -"Позначте це, якщо в цьому рахунку пропонуються рахунки-фактури та відповідні" -" платежі для елементів журналу." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Переглянути *Створити рахунок* у нашій демо-версії онлайн" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" msgstr "Управління звітним періодом" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" "In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" " have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " @@ -8276,7 +7673,7 @@ msgstr "" "періоду в налаштуваннях бухобліку. За замовчуванням він встановлюється на 31" " грудня." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 msgid "" "However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " "fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " @@ -8286,7 +7683,7 @@ msgstr "" "вашої компанії, він може тривати більше або менше 12 місяців. У цьому " "випадку потрібна додаткова конфігурація." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " "activate the fiscal years." @@ -8294,7 +7691,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та" " активуйте звітні періоди." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 msgid "" "You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " "configuration --> fiscal years`." @@ -8302,7 +7699,7 @@ msgstr "" "Потім ви можете налаштувати ваш звітний період у :menuselection:`Бухобліку " "--> Налаштування --> Звітний період`." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 msgid "" "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " "months." @@ -8310,19 +7707,19 @@ msgstr "" "Вам потрібно лише створити звітні періоди, якщо вони тривають більше або " "менше 12 місяців." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" msgstr ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Склад" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" msgstr "Вплив на середню ціну при поверненні товару в Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" "As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " @@ -8334,7 +7731,7 @@ msgstr "" "можливих методів визначення ціни, який ви можете використовувати для " "безперервної оцінки, - це середня ціна." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 msgid "" "This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " "method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " @@ -8350,11 +7747,11 @@ msgstr "" "випадку використання безперервної оцінки (на відміну від періодичної) та " "методу середнього ціноутворення (на відміну від стандарту FIFO)." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 msgid "Definition of average cost" msgstr "Визначення середньої ціни" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 msgid "" "The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " "goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." @@ -8363,13 +7760,13 @@ msgstr "" "та вартість товарів, що продаються, на основі середньозваженої вартості " "одиниці інвентаризації." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " "formula:" msgstr "Середньозважена вартість одиниці обчислюється за такою формулою:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" "When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " "as:" @@ -8377,16 +7774,16 @@ msgstr "" "Коли нові товари потрапляють до складу, нові середні витрати перераховуються" " як:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" msgstr "Коли товари виходять зі складу: середня вартість **не** змінюється" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" msgstr "Визначення ціни покупки" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " "not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " @@ -8398,171 +7795,171 @@ msgstr "" "Ціна придбання включає вартість, яку ви сплачуєте за товари, але може також " "включати додаткові витрати, як-от розмір витрат." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" msgstr "Приклад середньої вартості" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Операція" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "Значення дельти" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "Значення складу" +msgstr "Складська оцінка" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "Кількість в наявності" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "Середня вартість" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$0" msgstr "$0" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" msgstr "Отримати 8 товарів на 10 доларів" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" msgstr "+8\\*$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$10" msgstr "$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" msgstr "Отримати 4 товари на 16 доларів " -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" msgstr "+4\\*$16" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "$144" msgstr "$144" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$12" msgstr "$12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "Доставити 10 товарів" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "-10\\*$12" msgstr "-10\\*$12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "$24" msgstr "$24" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" "At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" " inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " "logically the purchase price." msgstr "" -"Спочатку середню вартість встановлено на 0, тому що в інвентаризації немає " -"товару. Коли здійснюється перший прийом, середня вартість логічно стає " -"закупівельною ціною." +"Спочатку середню вартість встановлено на 0, тому що на складі немає товару. " +"Коли здійснюється перший прийом, середня вартість логічно стає закупівельною" +" ціною." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 msgid "" "At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " "inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " @@ -8570,9 +7967,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "На другий прийому середня вартість оновлюється, оскільки загальна вартість " "інвентаризації зараз становить``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. Оскільки в нас 12 " -"підрозділів, середня ціна за одиницю становить ``$144 / 12 = $12``." +"одиниць в наявності, середня ціна за одиницю становить ``$144 / 12 = $12``." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." " Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" @@ -8582,11 +7979,11 @@ msgstr "" "вартість інвентаризації зараз становить 24 долари, тому що у нас залишилося " "всього 2 одиниці, що залишилися від кожних ``$24 / 2 = $12``." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Purchase return use case" msgstr "Випадок повернення купівлі" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" "In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" " value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " @@ -8596,37 +7993,37 @@ msgstr "" "інвентаризації зменшується з використанням середніх формул витрат (не за " "початковою ціною цих товарів!)." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" msgstr "Це означає, що наведена вище таблиця буде оновлена таким чином:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" msgstr "Повернення 1 товару, купленого спочатку за $10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "-1\\*$12" msgstr "-1\\*$12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "1" msgstr "1" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 msgid "Explanation: counter example" msgstr "Пояснення: зустрічний приклад" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "" "Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " "the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," @@ -8636,7 +8033,7 @@ msgstr "" "середню вартість товару, що залишаєсклад. Якщо ви порушите це правило, ви " "можете привести до невідповідності на вашому складі." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "" "As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " "customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " @@ -8645,26 +8042,26 @@ msgstr "" "Як приклад, ось сценарій, коли ви доставляєте один товар клієнту та " "повертаєте інший постачальнику (за ціною, яку ви купили). Ось операція:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" msgstr "Відправлення клієнту 1 товару" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 msgid "-1\\*$10" msgstr "-1\\*$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$2**" msgstr "**$2**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**0**" msgstr "**0**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 msgid "" "As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " "of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." @@ -8672,18 +8069,18 @@ msgstr "" "Як ви можете бачити в цьому прикладі, це не правильно: складська оцінка 2 " "доларів за 0 одиниць на складі." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 msgid "" "The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " "cost:" msgstr "" "Правильним сценарієм має бути повернення товару за поточною середньою ціною:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**$0**" msgstr "**$0**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 msgid "" "On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " "correct inventory value at all times." @@ -8691,11 +8088,11 @@ msgstr "" "З іншого боку, використання середньої ціни для значення повернення гарантує " "правильну складську оцінку у будь-який час." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" msgstr "Концепція в англо-саксонському режимі" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 msgid "" "For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " "another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " @@ -8710,7 +8107,7 @@ msgstr "" "вхідних відправлень і зменшуватиметься при отриманні відповідних рахунків " "постачальника." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "" "Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " "price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" @@ -8720,47 +8117,47 @@ msgstr "" "середньою ціною, сума, заброньована на рахунку вхідного складу, є початковою" " ціною покупки:" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "stock input" -msgstr "вхідна продукція" +msgstr "отримання товару" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "price diff" msgstr "різниця цін" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" msgstr "($80)" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "Отримати рахунок постачальника на $80" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" msgstr "($64)" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "Отримати рахунок постачальника на $64" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$10**" msgstr "**$10**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$12**" msgstr "**$12**" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "Отримати відшкодування постачальника на $10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$2" msgstr "$2" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " "price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " @@ -8775,15 +8172,15 @@ msgstr "" "товару, використовується для резервування різниці між середньою ціною та " "початковою ціною закупки." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 msgid "Multicurrency" -msgstr "Мультивалюта" +msgstr "Мультивалютність" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "Облік курсових різниць під час оплати" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 msgid "" "Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " "in a different currency." @@ -8791,7 +8188,7 @@ msgstr "" "Будь-яка компанія, що здійснює міжнародну торгівлю, має справу, коли платежі" " здійснюються в іншій валюті." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 msgid "" "After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " "into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " @@ -8801,11 +8198,11 @@ msgstr "" " компанією. Мультивалютний платіж означає курсову різницю. Курсова різниця " "автоматично фіксується в Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" msgstr "Увімкніть мультивалютність" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." @@ -8814,7 +8211,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> Налаштування` та позначте пункт **Дозволити мультивалютність**, а потім " "натисніть **Застосувати**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 msgid "" "Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." @@ -8822,7 +8219,7 @@ msgstr "" "Налаштуйте курси валют у :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Валюти`. Запишіть" " курс і переконайтеся, що валюта є активною." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 msgid "" "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " "in **Dollars**." @@ -8830,7 +8227,7 @@ msgstr "" "У цьому документі базова валюта є **євро**, і ми будемо фіксувати платежі в " "**доларах**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "" "You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " "Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." @@ -8838,22 +8235,22 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете автоматично отримувати курси валют з Нацбанку. Будь ласка, " "прочитайте документацію: : :doc:`how_it_works`." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 msgid "Configure your journal" msgstr "Налаштуйте свій журнал" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " "currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " "Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" "Щоб зареєструвати платежі в інших валютах, потрібно **видалити валютне " -"обмеження** в журналі. Перейдіть до бухгалтерської програми, натисніть " -"кнопку **Більше** у журналі та **Налаштування**." +"обмеження** в журналі. Перейдіть до модуля бухобліку, натисніть кнопку " +"**Більше** у журналі та **Налаштування**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 msgid "" "Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" " you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " @@ -8863,27 +8260,27 @@ msgstr "" "реєструєте платежі. Якщо валюта заповнена, це означає, що ви можете " "зареєструвати платежі лише в цій валюті." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" msgstr "Запишіть платіж в іншій валюті" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" " currency. Then click on **confirm**." msgstr "" -"У програмі **бухгалтерського обліку** перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі " -"--> Платежі`. Зареєструйте платіж і вкажіть, що це було зроблено в іноземній" -" валюті. Потім натисніть на **підтвердження**." +"У модулі **Бухоблік** перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> Платежі`. " +"Зареєструйте платіж і вкажіть, що це було зроблено в іноземній валюті. Потім" +" натисніть на **підтвердити**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." msgstr "Запис журналу, розміщений, але не виділений." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " "click on **Add** to allocate the payment." @@ -8891,11 +8288,11 @@ msgstr "" "Поверніться до свого рахунку-фактури (:menuselection:`Продажі --> Рахунки " "клієнтів`) та натисніть **Додати**, щоби розподілити платіж." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" msgstr "Запишіть банківську виписку в іншій валюті" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 msgid "" "Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " "the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " @@ -8906,7 +8303,7 @@ msgstr "" " компанії. Існує два взаємодоповнювані поля, **валюта суми**, яка є фактично" " сплаченою сумою та **валюта**, в якій вона була виплачена." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -8916,11 +8313,11 @@ msgstr "" "фактурою**. Ви отримаєте ціну рахунка-фактури у валюті рахунку та суму у " "валюті вашої компанії." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" msgstr "Перевірте різницю курсу" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " @@ -8929,29 +8326,42 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Консультант --> Записи журналу` та знайдіть " "**Журнал курсових різниць**. У ньому фіксуються всі курсові різниці." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 msgid "" "The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." msgstr "" "Журнал курсових різниць може бути змінений у ваших налаштуваннях бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +msgid "" +"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " +"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " +"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" +" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " +"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " +"them until that final amount is paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" msgstr "Як діє мультивалютність в Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" "Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " "sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " @@ -8960,16 +8370,16 @@ msgid "" "activities." msgstr "" "Вибір мультивалютності в Odoo дозволить вам надсилати рахунки-фактури, " -"комерційні пропозиції та замовлення на покупку або отримувати рахунки та " +"комерційні пропозиції та замовлення на купівлю або отримувати рахунки та " "платежі в інших валютах. За допомогою мультивалютності ви також можете " "налаштувати банківські рахунки в інших валютах та створювати звіти про свою " "діяльність в іноземній валюті." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 msgid "Turn on multi-currency" msgstr "Увімкніть мультивалютність" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." @@ -8978,13 +8388,13 @@ msgstr "" "Налаштування` та позначте **Дозволити мультивалютність**, після чого " "натисніть кнопку **Застосувати**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" msgstr "Журнал курсових різниць" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " "registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " @@ -8996,15 +8406,15 @@ msgstr "" "виставлення рахунку-фактури, курсова різниця, ймовірно, зміниться. " "Флуктуація означає деякі втрати або прибуток, які зафіксовані в Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 msgid "You can change it in the settings:" msgstr "Ви можете змінити її в налаштуваннях:" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 msgid "View or edit rate being used" msgstr "Перегляньте або змініть курс" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 msgid "" "You can manually configure the currency rates in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " @@ -9014,11 +8424,11 @@ msgstr "" " Валюти`. Відкрийте валюту, яку хочете використовувати в Odoo, і " "відредагуйте її. Переконайтеся, що валюта активна." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" msgstr "Натисніть **Переглянути курс** для редагування та перегляду історії:" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" " **Save** when you are done." @@ -9026,11 +8436,11 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть кнопку **Створити**, щоб додати курс. Введіть дату та курс. " "Натисніть кнопку **Зберегти** після завершення." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 msgid "Live Currency Rate" msgstr "Реальний курс валют" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 msgid "" "By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " "synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" @@ -9042,7 +8452,7 @@ msgstr "" "синхронізувати їх з Нацбанком. У розділі :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " "Налаштування`, перейдіть до розділу **Курс валют**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 msgid "" "Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " "force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" @@ -9052,15 +8462,15 @@ msgstr "" "запустити оновлення, натиснувши кнопку **Оновити зараз**. Виберіть " "постачальника і ви все встановили!" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" msgstr "Оновлюються лише **активні** валюти." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 msgid "Configure your charts of account" msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш план рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " @@ -9070,7 +8480,7 @@ msgstr "" "План рахунків`. На кожному рахунку можна встановити валюту. Це запустить всі" " кроки для цього рахунку, щоби мати валюту рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." @@ -9078,22 +8488,22 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви залишите це порожнім, це означає, що він може обробляти всі валюти, " "які є активними." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 msgid "Configure your journals" msgstr "Налаштуйте ваші журнали" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " "on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" "Щоб зареєструвати платежі в інших валютах, потрібно видалити валютне " -"обмеження в журналі. Перейдіть до бухгалтерської програми, натисніть кнопку " +"обмеження в журналі. Перейдіть до модуля бухоблік, натисніть кнопку " "**Більше** у журналі та **Налаштування**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 msgid "" "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" " will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " @@ -9103,8 +8513,8 @@ msgstr "" "реєструєте платежі. Якщо валюта заповнена, це означає, що ви можете " "зареєструвати платежі лише в цій валюті." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " "items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." @@ -9112,12 +8522,12 @@ msgstr "" "Тепер, коли ви працюєте в мультивалютному середовищі, всі підзвітні елементи" " будуть пов'язані з валютою, внутрішньою або іноземною." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" msgstr "Замовлення на продаж та рахунки-фактури" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " @@ -9127,12 +8537,12 @@ msgstr "" " на продаж та ваших рахунків-фактур. Валюта встановлюється для всього " "документа." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" msgstr "Замовлення на купівлю та рахунки постачальників" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " @@ -9142,11 +8552,11 @@ msgstr "" "на купівлю та рахунки постачальників. Валюта встановлюється для всього " "документа." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 msgid "Payment Registrations" msgstr "Оплата реєстрів" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " "payment and set the currency." @@ -9154,12 +8564,12 @@ msgstr "" "У бухгалтерській програмі перейдіть у розділ **Продажі > Платежі**. " "Зареєструйте платіж і встановіть валюту." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 msgid "Bank Statements" msgstr "Банківські виписки" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " "currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " @@ -9167,9 +8577,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "При створенні чи імпорті банківських виписок сума перебуває у валюті " "компанії. Але зараз існує два додаткових поля: фактично сплачена сума та " -"валюта, в якій вона була виплачена." +"валюта, в якій вона була сплачена." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -9179,7 +8589,7 @@ msgstr "" "фактурою. Ви отримаєте ціну рахунка-фактури у валюті рахунку та суму у " "валюті вашої компанії." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" @@ -9189,20 +8599,20 @@ msgstr "" "записи журналу курсових різниці в журналі. У ньому фіксуються всі курсові " "різниці." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:122 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" msgstr "Як керувати рахунками та оплатою в мультивалютності Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " "entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " @@ -9211,7 +8621,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo надає мультивалютну підтримку з автоматичною корекцією валютних витрат " "чи доходів. Є кілька речей, які Odoo має, щоби полегшити життя користувача." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 msgid "" "All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " "However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " @@ -9223,21 +8633,21 @@ msgstr "" "буде відображатися додаткова валюта та сума. Ви можете створювати " "мультивалютні журнали конкретної валюти." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 msgid "" "When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" " the amounts automatically using that currency." msgstr "" "При створенні рахунку-фактури валюту можна легко змінити; проте Odoo приймає" -" валюту компанії як замовлення за замовчуванням. Він конвертує всі суми " +" валюту компанії як замовлення за замовчуванням. Система конвертує всі суми " "автоматично за допомогою цієї валюти." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" msgstr "Увімкніть мультивалютність" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 msgid "" "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " ":doc:`how_it_works`" @@ -9245,7 +8655,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб дізнатись про активацію мультивалютності, будь-ласка, прочитайте " "документ: :doc:`how_it_works`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" @@ -9255,24 +8665,24 @@ msgstr "" "обмеження в журналі. Перейдіть до програми бухобліку, в журналі натисніть " ":menuselection:`Більше --> Налаштування`." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" msgstr "Мультивалютні рахунки-фактури та рахунки постачальників" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 msgid "Invoices" msgstr "Рахунки" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "Рахунки постачальників" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" msgstr "Мультивалютні платежі" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " @@ -9282,11 +8692,11 @@ msgstr "" "Зареєструйте платіж і вкажіть, що це було зроблено в іноземній валюті. Потім" " натисніть кнопку **Підтвердити**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" msgstr "Мультивалютні банківські виписки" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -9296,7 +8706,7 @@ msgstr "" "фактурою. Ви отримаєте ціну рахунка-фактури у валюті рахунку та суму у " "валюті вашої компанії." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " @@ -9305,21 +8715,21 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Консультант --> Записи журналу` та знайдіть " "**Журнал курсових різниць**. У ньому фіксуються всі курсові різниці." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Звітність" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" msgstr "Як створити персоналізовані звіти за допомогою власних формул?" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo 12 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " "new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " @@ -9327,11 +8737,11 @@ msgid "" "ever." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" msgstr "Активуйте режим розробника" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " "**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " @@ -9341,15 +8751,15 @@ msgstr "" "активувати **режим розробника**. Для цього спочатку натисніть на профіль " "користувача у верхньому правому меню, а потім - **Про**." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." msgstr "Натисніть на : **Активувати режим розробника**." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "Створіть свій фінансовий звіт" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" @@ -9357,29 +8767,29 @@ msgstr "" "По-перше, вам потрібно створити свій фінансовий звіт. Для цього перейдіть до" " :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Фінансові звіти`" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" msgstr "Після введення назви необхідно встановити ще два параметри:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "**Показати кредитні та дебетні стовпці**" +msgstr "**Показати кредитні та дебетові стовпці**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "**Аналіз періоду** :" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "На основі діапазонів дат (напр. Доходи та Витрати)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "На основі однієї дати (напр. Звіт балансу)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" @@ -9387,41 +8797,41 @@ msgstr "" "На основі діапазонів дат зі стовпцями \"старі\" та \"загальні\" та останніми" " 3 місяцями (наприклад, Звіт розрахунків з партнерами)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" "На основі діапазонів дат та нарахування касовим методом (наприклад, Звіт про" " рух грошових коштів)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "Додайте рядки у власні звіти" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " "**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." msgstr "" -"Після створення звіту потрібно заповнити його рядками. Всім їм потрібне " -"**ім'я**, **код** (який використовується для позначення рядків), " +"Після створення звіту потрібно заповнити його рядками. Всім їм потрібна " +"**назва**, **код** (який використовується для позначення рядків), " "**порядковий номер** і рівень (використовується для рендерингу рядка)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " "separated by ;)" msgstr "" "У полі **формул** ви можете додати одну чи кілька формул, щоби призначити " -"значення для стовпця балансу (а дебетовий та кредитний стовпчик, якщо " +"значення для колонки балансу (а дебетовий та кредитний стовпчик, якщо " "потрібно, розділений;)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "У формулі є декілька об'єктів:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." @@ -9429,7 +8839,7 @@ msgstr "" "``Nднів`` : кількість днів у вибраному періоді (для звітів з діапазоном " "дат)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" @@ -9438,7 +8848,7 @@ msgstr "" "отримання значення балансу (також доступні ``.credit``, ``.debit`` та " "``.amount_residual``)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -9454,15 +8864,15 @@ msgstr "" "використовувати групу за полями для групування рядків переміщення рахунку за" " одним зі стовпців." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "Інші корисні поля:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "**Тип** : тип результату формули." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." @@ -9471,7 +8881,7 @@ msgstr "" "порівняння. Перевірте, чи є зростання хорошим (відображається зеленим " "кольором) чи ні." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." @@ -9479,7 +8889,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Спеціальна зміна дат**: якщо певний рядок у звіті не повинен " "використовувати ті самі дати, що й решта частина звіту." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " @@ -9489,15 +8899,15 @@ msgstr "" "замовчуванням``, приховано на початку, але може бути розгорнуто), ``завжди``" " (завжди відображається) або ``ніколи`` (ніколи не відображається)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 msgid "What are the main reports available?" msgstr "Які основні звіти доступні в Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 msgid "" "Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " "very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " @@ -9506,47 +8916,47 @@ msgstr "" "Окрім звітів, створених спеціально в кожному локальному модулі, доступні " "кілька дуже корисних **загальних** та **динамічних звітів** для всіх країн:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "**Бухгалтерський звіт**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "**Доходи та витрати**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 msgid "**Chart of Account**" msgstr "**План рахунку**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "**Управлінський звіт**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "**Загальна бухгалтерська книга**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "**Розрахунки з кредиторами**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "**Розрахунки з дебіторами**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "**Звіт про рух грошових коштів**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "**Податковий звіт**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" msgstr "**Узгодження банківських виписок**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 msgid "" "You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " "Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " @@ -9557,7 +8967,7 @@ msgstr "" "докладніші відомості (платежі, рахунки-фактури, публікації журналів тощо) у " "розділі звітів." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" " want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " @@ -9569,40 +8979,40 @@ msgstr "" "12 періодів з дати опублікування звіту, якщо ви не бажаєте використовувати " "параметр **Попередній 1 Період**." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" " of your organisation as at a particular date." msgstr "" -"У **бухгалтерському балансі** показано знімок активів, зобов'язань та " +"У **Бухгалтерському балансі** показано знімок активів, зобов'язань та " "власного капіталу вашої організації за певною датою." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "Доходи і витрати" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " "organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" " period." msgstr "" -"Звіт про **доходи та витрати** (або **звіт про прибутки**) відображає чистий" +"Звіт про **Доходи та витрати** (або **Звіт про прибутки**) відображає чистий" " дохід вашої організації, вираховуючи витрати з доходу за звітний період." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 msgid "Chart of account" msgstr "План рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." msgstr "Список всіх ваших рахунків, згрупованих за класом." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "Управлінський підсумок" +msgstr "Управлінський звіт" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "" "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " "figures you need to run your company." @@ -9610,7 +9020,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Управлінський звіт** дозволяє швидко переглянути всі важливі дані, " "необхідні для керування вашою компанією." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 msgid "" "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " "reporting :" @@ -9618,15 +9028,15 @@ msgstr "" "У дуже простих термінах, це те, про що повідомляє кожен з пунктів цього " "розділу:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "**Продуктивність:**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "**Валовий прибуток:**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." @@ -9635,11 +9045,11 @@ msgstr "" " будь-яких прямих витрат, необхідних для здійснення цих продажів (таких, як " "робоча сировина, матеріали тощо)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "**Чистий прибуток:**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " @@ -9652,11 +9062,11 @@ msgstr "" "плата, електроенергія, податки, які потрібно оплатити в результаті цих " "продажів)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" msgstr "**Повернення інвестицій (прибуток/активи):**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "" "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." @@ -9664,15 +9074,15 @@ msgstr "" "Відношення чистого прибутку до суми активів, які компанія використовувала " "для отримання цього прибутку." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "**Позиція:**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" msgstr "**Середній час закриття дебіторської заборгованості:**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " "across all your customer invoices." @@ -9680,11 +9090,11 @@ msgstr "" "Середня кількість днів, протягом яких ваші клієнти платять вам (повністю) по" " всім рахункам клієнтів." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" msgstr "**Середній час закриття кредиторської заборгованості:**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" " all your bills." @@ -9692,11 +9102,11 @@ msgstr "" "Середня кількість днів, протягом яких ви платите своїм постачальникам " "(повністю) по всім вашим рахункам." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" msgstr "**Короткостроковий готівковий прогноз:**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 msgid "" "How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " "i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " @@ -9706,11 +9116,11 @@ msgstr "" "місяця, тобто баланс вашого **рахунку продажу** протягом місяця, за " "вирахуванням залишку **рахунку закупівель** за місяць." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "**Відношення активів до зобов'язань:**" +msgstr "**Поточні активи до зобов'язань:**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " "(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " @@ -9723,11 +9133,11 @@ msgstr "" "наступному році). Як правило, це використовується як показник здатності " "компанії обслуговувати свої борги." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "Загальна бухгалтерська книга" +msgstr "Бухгалтерська книга" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" " chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " @@ -9741,11 +9151,11 @@ msgstr "" "детальний звіт про транзакцію або будь-які винятки. Цей звіт корисний для " "перевірки кожної транзакції, яка відбулася протягом певного періоду часу." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 msgid "Aged Payable" msgstr "Протермінована оплата" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" " bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " @@ -9755,11 +9165,11 @@ msgstr "" "про окремі рахунки, повернення та переплати за вами, а також про те, скільки" " часу вони не сплачені." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 msgid "Aged Receivable" msgstr "Протермінована дебіторська заборгованість" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 msgid "" "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " "payment during a selected month and several months prior." @@ -9768,11 +9178,11 @@ msgstr "" " очікували на оплату протягом вибраного місяця та за кілька місяців до " "цього." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "Рух грошових коштів" +msgstr "Виписка руху грошових коштів" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " "income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " @@ -9782,11 +9192,11 @@ msgstr "" "та доходів впливають на грошові кошти та їх еквіваленти, а також порушує " "аналіз до операційної, інвестиційної та фінансової діяльності." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "Податковий звіт" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." @@ -9794,18 +9204,18 @@ msgstr "" "Цей звіт дозволяє переглянути суми **чистих** та **податкових сум** за всі " "податки, згруповані за типом (продаж/купівля)." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "Taxes" msgstr "Податки" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" msgstr "" "Як керувати цінами для B2B (з виключеним податком) та B2C (з включеним " "податком)?" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 msgid "" "When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " "included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" @@ -9815,7 +9225,7 @@ msgstr "" "ціну (наприклад, у більшості електронної комерції). Але, коли ви працюєте в " "B2B, компанії зазвичай ведуть переговори про ціни без податків." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " "the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " @@ -9829,7 +9239,7 @@ msgstr "" "можете легко виконати замовлення на продаж із ціною, що не включає податки " "(або включає): це просто." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 msgid "" "This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " "two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " @@ -9843,16 +9253,16 @@ msgstr "" "співвідношення з цінами із включеним податком та цінами із виключеним " "податком, як показано в даному випадку, у Бельгії з податком у розмірі 21%:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" msgstr "" "Ваша електронна комерція має товар на **10 євро (включно з податками)**" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" msgstr "Це буде **8,26 євро (без податків)** та **податок 1,74 євро**" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 msgid "" "But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " "product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" @@ -9860,11 +9270,11 @@ msgstr "" "Але для того ж випадку, якщо ви реєструєте ціну без податків у формі товару " "(8,26 €), ви отримуєте ціну з податком у розмірі 9,99 €, оскільки:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 msgid "" "So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " "have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" @@ -9874,26 +9284,26 @@ msgstr "" "матимете різні результати за ціною, включаючи податки та ціну за винятком " "податків:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" msgstr "Податки виключено: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" msgstr "Податки включено: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 msgid "" "If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " "will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " "Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." msgstr "" "Якщо ви купуєте 100 одиниць з податками 10 євро, це стає ще складніше. Ви " -"отримаєте: **1000 € (з урахуванням податків) = 826.45 € (ціна) + 173.55 € " -"(податки)**, що сильно відрізняється від ціни за одиницю за 8.26 € без " +"отримаєте: **1000€ (з урахуванням податків) = 826.45€ (ціна) + 173.55€ " +"(податки)**, що сильно відрізняється від ціни за одиницю за 8.26€ без " "податку." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 msgid "" "This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " "you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" @@ -9903,7 +9313,7 @@ msgstr "" "використання, коли вам потрібно впоратися з двома цінами (без податку та з " "включеним податком) у формі товару в межах однієї компанії." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 msgid "" "In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " "instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " @@ -9923,7 +9333,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви також зробите собі користь, оскільки ви можете керувати всіма податковими" " правами, що менш схильні до помилок і простіше для ваших продавців." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " "your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " @@ -9938,10 +9348,10 @@ msgstr "" "включеними податками. Визначте, який тип за замовчуванням зберігається у " "формі товару (за замовчуванням податок, що відноситься до товару), і Odoo " "автоматично обчислює інший, виходячи з прайслиста та схеми оподаткування. " -"Обговоріть свої контракти з клієнтами. Це чудово працює \"одразу з " -"коробки\", і у вас немає конкретних налаштувань." +"Обговоріть свої контракти з клієнтами. Це чудово працює \"з коробки\", і у " +"вас немає конкретних налаштувань." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 msgid "" "If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " "excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " @@ -9951,27 +9361,27 @@ msgstr "" "за винятком податків, а для інших покупців - іншими цінами з податком, то " "вам необхідно:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 msgid "" "always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" " tax (price included on the product form)" msgstr "" "завжди зберігайте ціну за замовчуванням, виключену на формі товару, і " -"подайте податок (ціна вказана у формі товару)" +"вказуйте податок (ціна вказана у формі товару)" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" msgstr "" "створіть прайслист із цінами із включеним податком, для конкретних клієнтів" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 msgid "" "create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" msgstr "" "створіть схему оподаткування, яка переключає ціну без податку на ціну із " "включеним податком" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 msgid "" "assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " "benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" @@ -9979,17 +9389,17 @@ msgstr "" "призначте як прайслист, так і схему оподаткування клієнтам, які хочуть " "скористатися цією ціною та схемою оподаткування" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" msgstr "" "Для цілей цієї документації ми будемо використовувати вищевикладене " "використання:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" msgstr "ваша ціна за замовчуванням не дорівнює 8.26€" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 msgid "" "but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " "website" @@ -9997,11 +9407,11 @@ msgstr "" "але ми хочемо продати його за 10 євро, включаючи ціну, в наших магазинах або" " на сайті електронної комерції" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 msgid "Setting your products" msgstr "Налаштуйте ваші товари" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 msgid "" "Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " "usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " @@ -10011,9 +9421,9 @@ msgstr "" "Ваша компанія повинна бути налаштована за ціною за замовчуванням. Зазвичай " "це налаштування за замовчуванням, але ви можете перевірити **податок на " "продаж за замовчуванням** у меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Налаштування` в модулі Бухобліку." +"Налаштування` в модулі Бухоблік." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 msgid "" "Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " "pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " @@ -10025,7 +9435,7 @@ msgstr "" " --> Налаштування` додатку Продаж. Виберіть опцію **різні ціни на сегмент " "клієнта**." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 msgid "" "Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " @@ -10035,7 +9445,7 @@ msgstr "" "Прайслист`. Також добре перейменувати прайслист за замовчуванням на B2B, щоб" " уникнути плутанини." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 msgid "" "Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " "included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," @@ -10046,11 +9456,11 @@ msgstr "" "клієнтів B2C на рівні 10 євро з меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Товари` з " "додатку Продажі:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" msgstr "Встановіть схему оподаткування B2C" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 msgid "" "From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " "menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " @@ -10062,11 +9472,11 @@ msgstr "" "оподаткування повинна відображати ПДВ 21% (без урахування податку) з ПДВ 21%" " (податок входить у вартість)" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 msgid "Test by creating a quotation" msgstr "Перевірте, створивши комерційну пропозицію" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 msgid "" "Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " @@ -10074,9 +9484,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Створіть комерційну пропозицію з програми Продажі за допомогою меню " ":menuselection:`Продажі --> Комерційні пропозиції`. Ви маєте наступний " -"результат: 8.26 € + 1.73 € = 9.99 €." +"результат: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 msgid "" "Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " "position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " @@ -10085,18 +9495,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Потім створіть комерційну пропозицію, але **змініть прайслист на B2C та " "схему оподаткування B2C** на комерційну пропозицію, перш ніж додавати свій " -"товар. Ви повинні отримати очікуваний результат, загальна ціна якого 10 € " -"для клієнта: 8.26 € + 1.74 € = 10.00 €." +"товар. Ви повинні отримати очікуваний результат, загальна ціна якого 10€ для" +" клієнта: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." msgstr "Це очікувана поведінка для покупця вашого магазину." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" msgstr "Уникайте змін у кожному замовленні на продаж" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 msgid "" "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " "included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " @@ -10108,7 +9518,7 @@ msgstr "" "оподаткування у формі клієнта, щоб вона застосовувалася автоматично при " "кожному продажі цього клієнта." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 msgid "" "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." @@ -10116,7 +9526,7 @@ msgstr "" "Прайслист знаходиться на вкладці **Продажі та Купівлі** у формі клієнта, а " "схема оподаткування знаходиться на вкладці бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 msgid "" "Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " "included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " @@ -10129,13 +9539,13 @@ msgstr "" "ціни. Ось чому ми зазвичай рекомендуємо компаніям працювати лише з одним " "ціновим референсом." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" msgstr "" "Як переключити податки відповідно до схеми оподаткування клієнта або його " "місцезнаходження" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 msgid "" "Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " "To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." @@ -10144,11 +9554,11 @@ msgstr "" "місцезнаходження вашого клієнта. Щоби відобразити податки, Odoo пропонує так" " звані *Схеми оподаткування*." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 msgid "Create tax mapping" msgstr "Створіть співставлення податків" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 msgid "" "A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" " on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " @@ -10160,7 +9570,7 @@ msgstr "" " іноземні покупці отримують 0% податків замість 15%, як для продажів, так і " "для покупок." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 msgid "" "The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " "localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " @@ -10171,10 +9581,10 @@ msgstr "" "Основні схеми оподаткування автоматично створюються відповідно до вашого " "місцезнаходження. Але вам може знадобитися створення схеми оподаткування для" " конкретних випадків використання. Щоби визначити схеми оподаткування, " -"перейдіть до :menuselection:`Рахунків-фактур/Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> " -"Схеми оподаткування`." +"перейдіть до :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунків/Бухоблік --> Налаштування " +"--> Схеми оподаткування`." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " "according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " @@ -10186,11 +9596,11 @@ msgstr "" "країнах доходи від продажу не розміщуються на одному рахунку, порівняно з " "доходами від продажів у зарубіжних країнах." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" msgstr "Переключіть податки відносно схеми оподаткування вашого клієнта" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 msgid "" "If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" "mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." @@ -10199,7 +9609,7 @@ msgstr "" "застосувати співставлення податків. Для цього створіть схему оподаткування " "та призначте її своїм клієнтам." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 msgid "" "Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " "for the customer." @@ -10207,22 +9617,22 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo буде використовувати цю конкретну схему оподаткування для будь-якого " "замовлення/рахунку, записаного для клієнта." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 msgid "" "If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " "will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " "same customer." msgstr "" "Якщо ви встановите схему оподаткування в замовленні клієнта чи рахунок-" -"фактуру вручну, воно буде застосовуватися лише до цього документа, а не до " +"фактуру вручну, вона буде застосовуватися лише до цього документа, а не до " "майбутніх замовлень/рахунків-фактур того самого клієнта." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" msgstr "" -"Співставте податки відповідно до адреси клієнта (на основі кінцевої точки)" +"Співставте податки відповідно до адреси клієнта (на основі призначення)" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 msgid "" "Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " "destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " @@ -10236,7 +9646,7 @@ msgstr "" "покупця), тоді як деякі інші вимагають збирати їх за ставкою, яка діє в " "початковій точці (наприклад, ваш офіс або склад)." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 msgid "" "If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " "tax-mapping to apply." @@ -10244,17 +9654,17 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви перебуваєте під правилом на основі призначення, створіть одну схему " "оподаткування для співставлення податків." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." msgstr "Позначте *Автоматично визначати*." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 msgid "" "Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." msgstr "" "Виберіть країну, область або місто, щоб запустити співставлення податків." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 msgid "" "This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " "fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." @@ -10263,7 +9673,7 @@ msgstr "" "вибере співставлення схеми оподаткування, яке відповідає адресі відправлення" " при створенні замовлення." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 msgid "" "For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " "update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " @@ -10273,11 +9683,11 @@ msgstr "" "оновлюється та застосовується новий податок після того, як відвідувач " "увійшов у систему або заповнив адресу своєї доставки." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 msgid "Specific use cases" msgstr "Конкретні випадки використання" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " "replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." @@ -10286,7 +9696,7 @@ msgstr "" " іншим, просто залиште поле *Податку, який потрібно застосувати* " "незаповненим." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," " just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." @@ -10294,39 +9704,39 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо для деяких схем оподаткування ви хочете замінити податок двома іншими " "податками, просто створіть два рядки, що мають однаковий *податок на товар*." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." msgstr "" "Схеми оподаткування не застосовуються до основних засобів та доходів " "майбутніх періодів." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`create`" msgstr ":doc:`create`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" msgstr "Як керувати податками, які нараховані касовим методом" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " "validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" @@ -10338,7 +9748,7 @@ msgstr "" "податками). Звіт про ваші доходи та витрати на основі касового методу є " "законним у деяких країнах та за певних умов." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 msgid "" "Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " "receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " @@ -10350,11 +9760,11 @@ msgstr "" "податок, який ви повинні сплатити податковій адміністрації, має бути " "сплачено протягом 2-го кварталу." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" msgstr "Як налаштувати податки, нараховані касовим методом?" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 msgid "" "You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " @@ -10364,7 +9774,7 @@ msgstr "" " Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Дозволити нарахування коштів`. Вам буде " "запропоновано визначити журнал Податків, нарахованих касовим методом." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " @@ -10372,10 +9782,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Після того, як це буде зроблено, ви можете налаштувати ваші податки в " ":menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Податки`. Спочатку встановіть" -" належні перехідні рахунки для розміщення податків, поки ви не зареєструєте " -"платіж." +" належні рахунки транзакції для публікування податків, поки ви не " +"зареєструєте платіж." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "" "In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." " You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " @@ -10388,11 +9798,11 @@ msgstr "" "отриманого базового податку*, щоб розмістити базову суму податку для точного" " податкового звіту." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" msgstr "Яким є вплив податків, нарахованих касовим методом, на мій бухоблік?" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 msgid "" "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " "When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " @@ -10402,53 +9812,53 @@ msgstr "" " податком, нарахованим касовим методом. Коли ви перевіряєте рахунок-фактуру " "клієнта, у вашому бухобліку створюється такий запис:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" msgstr "Журнал рахунків клієнта" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 msgid "Receivables $115" msgstr "Отримані $115" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "Тимчасовий податковий рахунок$15" +msgstr "Тимчасовий податковий рахунок $15" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 msgid "Income Account $100" msgstr "Рахунок доходу $100" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" msgstr "Через кілька днів ви отримуєте платіж:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "Банківський журнал" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 msgid "Bank $115" msgstr "Банк $115" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 msgid "" "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" msgstr "" "Коли ви узгоджуєте рахунок-фактуру та платіж, створюється такий запис:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" msgstr "Журнал касового методу податків" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" msgstr "Рахунок отриманого податку $15" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 msgid "" "The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" " tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " @@ -10460,11 +9870,11 @@ msgstr "" "податку. Радимо використовувати рахунок доходу за замовчуванням. Залишок " "цього рахунку завжди буде на нулі." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 msgid "How to create new taxes" msgstr "Як створити нові податки " -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" " value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " @@ -10476,14 +9886,14 @@ msgstr "" "податки, утримання, сплата податків і т. д. Для більшості країн ваша система" " попередньо налаштована на необхідні податки." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 msgid "" "This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." msgstr "" "У цьому розділі описано, як можна визначити нові податки для конкретних " "випадків використання." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " "menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." @@ -10492,47 +9902,47 @@ msgstr "" " меню ви отримуєте всі податки, які ви можете використовувати: податки на " "продаж та податки на купівлю." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." msgstr "" "Виберіть область: продаж, купівлі або нічого (наприклад, застарілий " "податок)." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 msgid "Select a computation method:" msgstr "Виберіть метод обчислення:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." msgstr "**Фіксовані**: екологічні податки тощо." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" msgstr "" "**Відсоток від ціни**: найпоширеніші (наприклад, 15% податку з продажів)" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." msgstr "" "**Відсоток від ціни, яка вже включає податок**: використовується в Бразилії " "та ін." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" msgstr "**Група податків**: дозволяє мати складний податок" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " "item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " "posts the tax journal item in the income account." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте бухоблік Odoo, встановіть податковий облік (тобто, де" +"Якщо ви використовуєте Бухоблік Odoo, встановіть податковий облік (тобто, де" " буде розміщений елемент податкового журналу). Це поле необов'язкове, якщо " -"ви зберігаєте його порожнім, Odoo публікує елемент податкового журналу в " -"обліку прибутків." +"ви зберігаєте його порожнім, Odoo публікує елемент податкового журналу у " +"вхідному рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 msgid "" "If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " "probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " @@ -10543,7 +9953,7 @@ msgstr "" "Отже, щоб уникнути того, що користувачі продовжують користуватись цим " "податком, вам слід встановити поле *Облік податків* у *Немає*." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 msgid "" "If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " "**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " @@ -10553,32 +9963,32 @@ msgstr "" " модуль **account_tax_python**, і ви зможете визначити нові податки за " "допомогою коду Python." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "Додаткові налаштування" +msgstr "Розширені налаштування" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 msgid "" "**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " "on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " "following label on invoice \"15%\"." msgstr "" -"**Мітка на рахунках-фактурі**: короткий текст про те, як ви бажаєте " +"**Мітка на рахунках-фактурах**: короткий текст про те, як ви бажаєте " "надрукувати цей податок у рядку рахунка-фактури. Наприклад, податок з назвою" -" \"15% на послуги\" може містити таку мітку в накладній \"15%\"." +" \"15% на послуги\" може містити таку мітку в рахунку \"15%\"." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 msgid "" "**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " "the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " "footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." msgstr "" "**Податкова група**: визначає, де цей податок підсумовується в нижній " -"частині рахунку-фактури. Всі податки, що належать до однієї податкової " -"групи, будуть згруповані в нижній частині рахунку-фактури. Приклади " +"частині рахунка-фактури. Всі податки, що належать до однієї податкової " +"групи, будуть згруповані в нижній частині рахунка-фактури. Приклади " "податкової групи: ПДВ, утримання." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 msgid "" "**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " "generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." @@ -10587,7 +9997,7 @@ msgstr "" "таким чином, генерує аналітичний запис, якщо ваш рахунок-фактура " "використовує аналітичні рахунки." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 msgid "" "**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " "empty." @@ -10595,17 +10005,17 @@ msgstr "" "**Теги**: використовуються для спеціальних звітів. Зазвичай ви можете " "залишити це поле порожнім." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`application`" msgstr ":doc:`application`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to set default taxes" msgstr "Встановлення типових податків" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " "localizations." @@ -10613,7 +10023,7 @@ msgstr "" "Податки, що застосовуються у вашій країні, автоматично встановлюються для " "більшості локалізацій." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 msgid "" "Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " "tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " @@ -10623,16 +10033,16 @@ msgstr "" "\"Виставлення рахунків\" кожного товару. Такі податки використовуються, коли" " ви продаєте компаніям, що знаходяться у тій же країні, як і ви." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 msgid "" "To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" "Щоб змінити типові податки, встановлені для будь-якого створеного нового " -"товару, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Рахунок-фактура/Бухоблік --> " +"товару, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунку/Бухоблік --> " "Налаштування --> Налаштування`." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 msgid "" "If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " "may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " @@ -10642,22 +10052,22 @@ msgstr "" "мати інше значення відповідно до компанії, в якій ви працюєте. Ви можете " "увійти до двох різних компаній та змінити це поле для кожної компанії." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" msgstr "Як керування податками на утримання?" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 msgid "" "A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " "for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " "payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " "withholding tax applies to employment income." msgstr "" -"Податок на утримання є державною вимогою платника рахунку-фактури утримувати" +"Податок на утримання є державною вимогою платника рахунка-фактури утримувати" " або відраховувати податок від платежу та сплачувати цей податок уряду. У " "більшості юрисдикцій оподаткування стягується з податку на прибуток." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 msgid "" "With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" " pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " @@ -10667,11 +10077,11 @@ msgstr "" " сплатили. На відміну від звичайних податків, податок на утримання " "стягується від сплати податку, оскільки він сплачується замовником." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" msgstr "Наприклад, у Колумбії ви можете мати наступний рахунок-фактуру:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 msgid "" "In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " "the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " @@ -10681,7 +10091,7 @@ msgstr "" "**уряду** 20 доларів податків, а **клієнт** зобов'язаний **уряду** 10 " "доларів податків." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 msgid "" "In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " "retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " @@ -10691,7 +10101,7 @@ msgstr "" "податку. Для збереження 10%, ви можете налаштувати наступний податок " "(доступний через :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Податки`):" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 msgid "" "In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " "specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " @@ -10701,7 +10111,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Додаткові параметри** слід встановити певну групу податків **На " "утримання** свого податку." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 msgid "" "Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " "invoices." @@ -10709,7 +10119,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після визначення податку ви можете використовувати його у своїх товарах, " "замовленнях на продаж чи рахунках-фактурах." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 msgid "" "If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" " Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " @@ -10719,11 +10129,11 @@ msgstr "" "**податковим розрахунком** як **податкову групу** та встановіть два податки " "у цій групі (звичайний податок і на утримання)." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" msgstr "Застосування податку на утримання в рахунках-фактурах" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 msgid "" "Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " "customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " @@ -10733,7 +10143,7 @@ msgstr "" "замовника, замовлення на продаж або рахунки-фактури для клієнтів. Ви можете " "подати кілька податків на один рядок рахунка-фактури клієнта." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 msgid "" "When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " "line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " @@ -10745,17 +10155,17 @@ msgstr "" " ви роздруковуєте або надсилаєте рахунок-фактуру, Odoo робить правильну " "групу серед всіх податків." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." msgstr "" "У роздрукованому рахунку відображатимуться різні суми в кожній податковій " "групі." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 msgid "How to set tax-included prices" msgstr "Як встановити ціни, які вже включають податок" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 msgid "" "In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " "*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " @@ -10765,7 +10175,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo, перевірте *Включені в ціну* для кожного з ваших податків з продажів у" " :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Бухоблік --> Податки`." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 msgid "" "This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " "let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" @@ -10775,51 +10185,51 @@ msgstr "" "скажімо, у вас є товар з податком на продаж у розмірі 10%. Ціна продажу на " "формі товару становить 100 доларів США." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" msgstr "Якщо податок не входить у вартість, ви отримаєте:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "Ціну без податку: $100" +msgstr "Ціна без податку: $100" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 msgid "Taxes: $10" msgstr "Податки: $10" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 msgid "Total to pay: $110" msgstr "Всього сплатити: $110" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 msgid "If the tax is included in the price" msgstr "Якщо податок включений в ціну:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" msgstr "Ціна без податку: 90.91" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 msgid "Taxes: $9.09" msgstr "Податки: $9.09" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 msgid "Total to pay: $100" msgstr "Всього сплатити: $100" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 msgid "" "You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " "and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." msgstr "" -"Ви можете покладатися на наступну документацію, якщо вам потрібні як " -"податкові (B2C), так і без урахування податкових цін (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +"Ви можете покладатися на наступну документацію, якщо вам потрібні ціни як з " +"податком (B2C), так і без податку (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" msgstr "Покажіть ціни, які включають податок у каталозі електронної комерції" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 msgid "" "By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " "display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " @@ -10831,11 +10241,11 @@ msgstr "" "перевірте *Показати рядок суми з включеними податками (B2C)* у розділі " ":menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` (екран податку)." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" msgstr "Як отримати правильну ставку податку в США, використовуючи TaxCloud" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" "The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" " for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " @@ -10849,11 +10259,11 @@ msgstr "" "обчислює податок з продажу в режимі реального часу для кожного штату, міста " "та спеціальної юрисдикції у Сполучених Штатах." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 msgid "In TaxCloud" msgstr "У TaxCloud" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" "Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " "website." @@ -10861,14 +10271,14 @@ msgstr "" " Створіть безкоштовний обліковий запис на веб-сайті `TaxCloud " "<https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "" "Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." msgstr "" "Зареєструйте ваш веб-сайт Odoo на TaxCloud, щоб отримати *API ID* та *Ключ " "API*." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " "Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." @@ -10876,19 +10286,19 @@ msgstr "" "В налаштуваннях на TaxCloud, натисніть *Місцезнаходження*, щоби ввести " "місцезнаходження вашого Офісу та Складу." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " "where you collect sales tax." msgstr "" -"В налаштуваннях на TaxCloud, натисніть *Управління областями податку* щоб " -"перевірити області, де ви збираєте податок з продажу." +"В налаштуваннях на TaxCloud, натисніть *Управління штатами податку* щоб " +"перевірити штати, де ви збираєте податок з продажу." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "В Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" " and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes*." @@ -10897,15 +10307,15 @@ msgstr "" "--> Налаштування` та перевірте *TaxCloud - Вирахувати ставки податку на " "основі індексу США*." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." msgstr "Введіть ваші облікові дані TaxCloud." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." msgstr "Натисніть ЗБЕРЕГТИ, щоби зберегти ваші облікові дані." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " "categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" @@ -10915,22 +10325,22 @@ msgstr "" "імпорту категорій товарів TIC з TaxCloud (Інформаційні коди оподаткування). " "Деякі категорії можуть передбачати конкретні ставки." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." msgstr "" "Оберіть ваш *TIC код* за замовчуванням. Це буде застосовано до будь-яких " "новостворених товарів." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 msgid "" "Set a specific TaxCloud Category on the *General Information* tab of the " "Product, or on the Product Category." msgstr "" -"Встановіть конкретну категорію на вкладці Товару *Загальна інформація*, або " +"Встановіть конкретну категорію на вкладці Товару *Загальна інформація* або " "на Категорії товару." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " "code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " @@ -10940,11 +10350,11 @@ msgstr "" "індекс). Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштувань --> Користувачі та " "компанії --> Компанії`, щоби відкрити та редагувати запис вашої компанії." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" msgstr "Як це працює" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " ":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" @@ -10954,7 +10364,7 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`application`). Схема оподаткування для США створюється під час " "встановлення *TaxCloud*. Усе працює з коробки." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " "this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " @@ -10965,7 +10375,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Схеми оподаткування`, щоб " "відкрити та редагувати запис." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " "order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " @@ -10975,7 +10385,7 @@ msgstr "" "замовлення на продаж, веб-замовленні, чи рахунку, якщо країна клієнта - " "*США*. Це запускає автоматичне розрахування податку." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 msgid "" "Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " "You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " @@ -10985,15 +10395,15 @@ msgstr "" "замовленні. Ви можете підтвердити це або ви можете зберегти це, а в меню " "*Дія* обрати **Оновити податки з TaxCloud**." -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Розпочати" +msgstr "Розпочніть" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" msgstr "Як встановити бухоблік Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" "The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " "follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " @@ -11003,67 +10413,61 @@ msgstr "" "дотримуватися, щоб налаштувати додаток. Це покроковий помічник із різними " "посиланнями, які вам знадобляться." -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"Once you have installed the Accounting application, you should click on the " +"top-right progressbar to get access to the implementation guide." msgstr "" -"Після того, як ви встановили модуль бухгалтерського обліку, " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, потрібно " -"натиснути у верхній правій панелі процесу, щоб отримати доступ до посібника " -"із впровадження." -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:15 msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" msgstr "Помічник із впровадження допоможе вам виконати наступні кроки:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 msgid "Completing your company settings" msgstr "Заповнення налаштувань вашої компанії" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:18 msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" -msgstr "Введення в свої банківські рахунки" +msgstr "Записи у свої банківські рахунки" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" msgstr "Вибір плану рахунків " -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" msgstr "Підтвердження звичайних податкових ставок" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" msgstr "Встановлення будь-якої іноземної валюти" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 msgid "Importing your customers" msgstr "Імпорт ваших клієнтів" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 msgid "Importing your suppliers" msgstr "Імпорт ваших постачальників" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 msgid "Importing your products" msgstr "Імпорт ваших товарів" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" msgstr "Імпорт ваших неузгоджених транзакцій" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 msgid "Importing your starting balances" msgstr "Імпорт початкових балансів" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 msgid "Define the users for accounting" msgstr "Визначення користувачів бухобліку" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:32 msgid "" "Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " "bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " @@ -11073,15 +10477,15 @@ msgstr "" "виконаний\" у нижній частині екрану. Таким чином, ви можете відстежувати " "прогрес загальних налаштувань Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" msgstr "Основні поняття" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" msgstr "Бухгалетрія в Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 msgid "" "This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " "transactions." @@ -11089,21 +10493,21 @@ msgstr "" "Ця сторінка підсумовує, як Odoo робить ставку на типові рахунки та " "транзакції." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" msgstr "Дворівнева бухгалтерська система" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " "each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " "order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." msgstr "" -"Odoo автоматично створює всі записи журналу за кожною з ваших облікових " -"транзакцій: рахунки клієнтів, замовлення на продаж, витрати, рух запасу " +"Odoo автоматично створює всі записи журналу за кожною з ваших бухгалтерських" +" транзакцій: рахунки клієнтів, замовлення на продаж, витрати, рух запасу " "тощо." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " "are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." @@ -11111,7 +10515,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo використовує правила дворівневої бухгалтерської системи: всі записи " "журналу автоматично збалансовані (сума дебету = сума кредитів)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" @@ -11119,11 +10523,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Зрозумілі облікові операції Odoo по одному " "документу<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" msgstr "Нарахування та методика нарахування коштів" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 msgid "" "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " @@ -11134,11 +10538,11 @@ msgstr "" "принципу нарахування) або коли здійснюється або отримується оплата " "(наприклад, на основі касового методу)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "Мульти-компанії" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " @@ -11148,18 +10552,18 @@ msgstr "" "компанія має власний план рахунків та правил. Ви можете отримувати зведені " "звіти відповідно до правил консолідації." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." msgstr "" "Користувачі можуть отримати доступ до декількох компаній, але завжди " "працюватимуть в одній компанії за раз." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "Багатовалютність" +msgstr "Мультивалютність" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 msgid "" "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " "transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " @@ -11172,17 +10576,17 @@ msgstr "" "компанії, так і вартість у валюті операції. Odoo може генерувати валютні " "прибутки та збитки після узгодження журнальних статей." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." msgstr "" "Валютні курси оновлюються один раз на день за допомогою веб-сервісу НБУ." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 msgid "International Standards" msgstr "Міжнародні стандарти" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 msgid "" "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " "implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " @@ -11194,11 +10598,11 @@ msgstr "" "Специфічні модулі існують для кожної країни за специфікою країни, як-от план" " рахунків, податків або банківських інтерфейсів." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" msgstr "Зокрема, основний бухгалтерський двигун Odoo підтримує:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " "including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " @@ -11208,27 +10612,19 @@ msgstr "" "англомовні країни, включаючи Ірландію, Канаду, Австралію та Нову Зеландію), " "де продаються/доставляються товари." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "Європейський облік, де витрати враховуються на рахунку постачальника." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "" -"Бухоблік Storno (Італія), де рахунки-фактури відшкодування мають негативний " -"кредит/дебет, а не повернення оригінальних статей журналу." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 -msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "Odoo також має модулі, що відповідають правилам МСФЗ." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "Дебіторська та кредиторська заборгованість" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " @@ -11239,7 +10635,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете створювати окремі облікові записи для клієнтів/постачальників, але" " вам це не потрібно." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " @@ -11250,11 +10646,11 @@ msgstr "" "виписки клієнта, доходи на одного клієнта, старі дебіторську/кредиторську " "заборгованість ..." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "Широкий спектр фінансових звітів" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " @@ -11264,33 +10660,33 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo варіюються від основних звітів бухгалтерського обліку до розширених " "управлінських звітів. Звіти Odoo включають у себе:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" "Звіти про ефективність (наприклад, \"Прибуток та збитки\", \"Вартість " "бюджету\")" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" "Позиційні звіти (такі як баланс, погашені кредиторські та дебіторські " "заборгованості)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "Готівкові звіти (наприклад, балансовий звіт)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "" "Детальні звіти (наприклад, Судовий баланс і Загальна бухгалтерська книга)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "Управлінські звіти (наприклад, бюджети, резюме)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." @@ -11298,11 +10694,11 @@ msgstr "" "Процес звітів Odoo дозволяє вам налаштувати власний звіт на основі власних " "формул." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "Автоматичний імпорт банківських комісій" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -11318,7 +10714,7 @@ msgstr "" "що ви можете мати щоденний огляд свого грошового потоку без необхідності " "входити в онлайн-банкінг або чекати банківські виписки." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -11330,11 +10726,11 @@ msgstr "" "пам'ятає, як ви обробляли інші банківські виписки та надавали запропоновані " "транзакції у головну бухгалтерську книгу." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "Обчислення податку для податкової" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" @@ -11345,11 +10741,11 @@ msgstr "" "Потім ви можете перевірити свій податок з продажу, запустивши податковий " "звіт Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Оцінка запасу" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " @@ -11359,7 +10755,7 @@ msgstr "" "запасів. Доступними методами є стандартна ціна, середня ціна, LIFO (для " "країн, що дозволяють це) та FIFO." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:132 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" @@ -11367,11 +10763,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Перегляньте вплив методу оцінки на ваші транзакції " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "Збережений прибуток" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -11384,15 +10780,15 @@ msgstr "" "шляхом автоматичного звітування про баланс прибутку та збитку у звіті про " "баланс." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" msgstr "Вступ до Бухобліку Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 msgid "Transcript" msgstr "Опис" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " "century." @@ -11400,16 +10796,16 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo - це прекрасна бухгалтерська програма, призначена для потреб 21-го " "століття." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " "synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." msgstr "" "Odoo підключається безпосередньо до вашого банку або рахунку paypal. " -"Операції синхронізуються щогодини, а узгодження швидко спливає. Це наче " -"магія." +"Операції синхронізуються щогодини, а узгодження відбувається швидко. Це наче" +" магія." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 msgid "" "Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " "them." @@ -11417,17 +10813,16 @@ msgstr "" "Миттєво створюйте рахунки-фактури та надсилайте їх лише одним кліком. Не " "потрібно друкувати їх." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." msgstr "" -"Odoo може надіслати їх вам за допомогою електронної пошти або звичайної " -"пошти." +"Odoo може надіслати їх за допомогою електронної пошти або звичайної пошти." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "Ваші клієнти платять онлайн, тобто ви отримуєте свої гроші відразу." +msgstr "Ваші клієнти платять онлайн, тобто ви отримуєте свої гроші одразу." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 msgid "" "Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " "inventory and subscriptions." @@ -11435,7 +10830,7 @@ msgstr "" "Бухоблік Odoo пов'язаний з усіма нашими додатками Odoo, такими як продаж, " "купівлі, склад та підписки." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 msgid "" "This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " "the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." @@ -11444,18 +10839,18 @@ msgstr "" "Встановіть постачальника, виберіть замовлення на купівлю і Odoo автоматично " "заповнює все за вас." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." msgstr "" "Потім просто використовуйте протокол SEPA або друкуйте чек, щоби за раз " "робити кілька платежів постачальникам." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." msgstr "Це так просто з Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 msgid "" "Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " "to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " @@ -11465,7 +10860,7 @@ msgstr "" "виконавчих, які є швидкими та динамічними. Використовуйте функцію бізнес-" "аналізу Odoo, щоби оглянути всі дані вашої компанії." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 msgid "" "Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " "go." @@ -11473,16 +10868,16 @@ msgstr "" "Звичайно, Odoo також є й у мобільній версії. Ви можете використовувати її " "для перевірки своїх рахунків на ходу." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." msgstr "" "Спробуйте Odoo зараз, та приєднайтеся до 2 мільйонів щасливих користувачів." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:7 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "Бухгалтерська пам'ятка для підприємців (US GAAP)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:13 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " "over a specific period (usually the current year)." @@ -11490,7 +10885,7 @@ msgstr "" "Звіт про **Прибутки та збитки ** (P&L) показує ефективність компанії за " "певний період (зазвичай поточний рік)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:18 msgid "" "The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " "sold." @@ -11498,17 +10893,17 @@ msgstr "" "**Валовий прибуток** дорівнює доходам від продажів мінус витрати на продані " "товари." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:23 msgid "" "**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" " as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " "beyond the costs of products sold." msgstr "" -"** Операційні витрати ** (ОPEX) включають адміністративні, продажні та " +"**Операційні витрати** (ОPEX) включають адміністративні, продажні та " "розробки, а також орендну плату та комунальні послуги, різноманітні витрати," " страхування, ... щось більше, ніж витрати на продані товари." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " "date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" @@ -11516,7 +10911,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Звіт балансу** являє собою знімок фінансів компанії на певну дату (на " "відміну від прибутку та витрат, який є аналізом протягом періоду)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:34 msgid "" "**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " "includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " @@ -11526,7 +10921,7 @@ msgstr "" "включають будівлі та офіси, поточні активи включають банківські рахунки та " "готівку. Клієнт, який має гроші, є активом. Працівник не є активом." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:40 msgid "" "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " "to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." @@ -11535,7 +10930,7 @@ msgstr "" " платити в майбутньому (рахунки за комунальні послуги, борги, несплачені " "постачальники)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:45 msgid "" "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" " shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." @@ -11543,20 +10938,20 @@ msgstr "" "**Власний капітал** - сума коштів, наданих власниками (засновниками або " "акціонерами) плюс раніше збережений прибуток (або збитки)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:50 msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." msgstr "" "Щорічний чистий прибуток (або збитки) відображається як збережений прибуток." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:56 msgid "" "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " "(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." msgstr "" -"Що належить (актив) було профінансовано за рахунок боргів для відшкодування " -"(зобов'язання) або капіталу (прибуток, капітал)." +"Те, що належить (актив), було профінансовано за рахунок боргів для " +"відшкодування (зобов'язання) або капіталу (прибуток, капітал)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:59 msgid "" "A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" " (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " @@ -11567,15 +10962,15 @@ msgstr "" "які мають значення в них, які споживаються для того, щоб компанія " "\"працювала\"." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:66 msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "Активи = зобов'язання + власний капітал" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "Chart of Accounts" msgstr "План рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:71 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " "sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," @@ -11587,15 +10982,15 @@ msgstr "" "операція (наприклад, платіж, рахунок-фактура) впливає на рахунки шляхом " "переміщення вартості з одного обліку (кредиту) на інший (дебет)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:78 msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "Баланс = Дебет - Кредит" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Записи в журналі" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:88 msgid "" "Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " "a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " @@ -11605,7 +11000,7 @@ msgstr "" "виписка, платіж, контракт на збільшення капіталу) записується як запис в " "журналі, що впливає на кілька рахунків." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:92 msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." @@ -11613,50 +11008,50 @@ msgstr "" "Для того, щоб запис журналу був *збалансований*, сума всіх його дебетів " "повинна бути рівною сумі всіх його кредитів." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" msgstr "приклади бухгалтерських записів для різних транзакцій. Приклад:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" msgstr "Приклад 1: Рахунок:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "Пояснення:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" msgstr "Ви отримуєте дохід у розмірі 1000 доларів США" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:104 msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" msgstr "Ви повинні сплатити податок у розмірі 90 доларів США" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 msgid "The customer owes $1,090" msgstr "Замовник має $1,090" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Налаштування:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" msgstr "Дохід: визначається на товарі або категорії товару" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:127 msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" msgstr "Дебіторська заборгованість: визначена клієнтом" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" msgstr "Податок: визначається податком, встановленим на рядку рахунка-фактури" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:113 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." @@ -11664,30 +11059,30 @@ msgstr "" "Схема оподаткування, використана в рахунку-фактурі, може мати правило, яке " "замінює рахунок доходу або податок, визначений на товарі іншим." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" msgstr "Приклад 2: Оплата клієнта:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:121 msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" msgstr "Ваш клієнт повинен $1,090 менше" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" msgstr "Ви отримуєте $1,090 на ваш банківський рахунок" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:126 msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" msgstr "Банківський рахунок: визначено у відповідному банківському журналі" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Reconciliation" msgstr "Узгодження" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:134 msgid "" "Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " "account, matching credits and debits." @@ -11695,7 +11090,7 @@ msgstr "" "Узгодження - це процес об'єднання елементів журналу конкретного рахунку, " "відповідних кредитів та дебетів." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:137 msgid "" "Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " "to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " @@ -11706,24 +11101,24 @@ msgstr "" "виплачуються, і очистити виписку клієнта. Це робиться шляхом узгодження на " "рахунку *Дебіторська заборгованість*." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:141 msgid "" "An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " "reconciled with the related payment journal items." msgstr "" "Рахунок-фактура позначається як оплачений, коли його журнали рахунків " -"дебіторської заборгованості узгоджуються з відповідними елементами журналу " +"дебіторської заборгованості узгоджуються з пов'язаними елементами журналу " "платежів." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" msgstr "Система узгодження виконується автоматично, коли:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:146 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" msgstr "оплата реєструється безпосередньо на рахунку-фактурі" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:147 msgid "" "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " "matching process" @@ -11731,114 +11126,114 @@ msgstr "" "зв'язки між платежами та рахунками-фактурами виявляються в процесі " "узгодження банків" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 msgid "Customer Statement Example" msgstr "Приклад виписки клієнта" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Accounts Receivable" msgstr "Дебіторська заборгованість" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Дебет" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Кредит" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "Рахунок 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "100" msgstr "100" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "Платіж 1.1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "70" msgstr "70" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "Invoice 2" msgstr "Рахунок 2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "65" msgstr "65" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 1.2" msgstr "Платіж 1.2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "Payment 2" msgstr "Платіж 2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 msgid "Invoice 3" msgstr "Рахунок 3" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "Total To Pay" msgstr "Всього до оплати" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:181 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " "your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " @@ -11848,11 +11243,11 @@ msgstr "" "вашим банком) із внутрішньою операцією (платежі постачальникам або " "клієнтам). Для кожного рядка в банківській виписці це може бути:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" msgstr "що відповідає раніше записаному платежу:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" @@ -11860,11 +11255,11 @@ msgstr "" "платіж реєструється, коли чек одержується від клієнта, а потім під час " "перевірки банківської виписки" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:190 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" msgstr "записано як новий платіж:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:189 msgid "" "the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " "<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " @@ -11874,15 +11269,15 @@ msgstr "" "<accounting/reconciliation>` з відповідним рахунком-фактурою при обробці " "банківської виписки" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" msgstr "записана як інша транзакція:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." msgstr "банківський переказ, прямий платіж тощо." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:195 msgid "" "Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " "should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," @@ -11894,24 +11289,24 @@ msgstr "" "банківських виписок залишок на банківському рахунку в Odoo має відповідати " "балансу банківської виписки." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 msgid "Checks Handling" msgstr "Перевірки обробки" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" msgstr "" "Є два підходи для управління чеками та внутрішнім банківським переказом:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:207 msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" msgstr "Два записи журналу та узгодження" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:208 msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" msgstr "Один запис журналу і банківське узгодження" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:212 msgid "" "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " "invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." @@ -11919,63 +11314,63 @@ msgstr "" "Перший запис журналу створюється шляхом реєстрації платежу в рахунку-" "фактурі. Другий створюється при реєстрації банківської виписки." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Account" msgstr "Рахунок" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Розрахунок з дебіторами" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 msgid "Invoice ABC" msgstr "Рахунок ABC" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Undeposited funds" msgstr "Незареєстровані кошти " -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Check 0123" msgstr "Чек 0123" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Банк" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:237 msgid "" "A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " "reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" @@ -11984,23 +11379,23 @@ msgstr "" "Запис журналу створюється шляхом реєстрації платежу в рахунку-фактурі. При " "узгодженні виписки з банку рядка звіту пов'язаного з існуючим журналом." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Bank Statement" msgstr "Банківська виписка" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 msgid "Statement XYZ" msgstr "Виписка XYZ" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 msgid "Process overview" msgstr "Огляд процесу" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" -msgstr "Від рахунку-фактури клієнта до збору оплат" +msgstr "Від рахунку-фактури клієнта до збору платежів" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " "and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " @@ -12015,11 +11410,11 @@ msgstr "" "приймаєте знижки на дострокові платежі, ви можете зробити це ефективно та " "точно." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" msgstr "Від чорновика рахунку до доходів та витрат" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 msgid "" "If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " "goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " @@ -12035,7 +11430,7 @@ msgstr "" "представляєте свій дохід у звіті про доходи та збитки та показуєте зменшення" " активів у звіті про баланс." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 msgid "" "Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " "you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" @@ -12052,11 +11447,11 @@ msgstr "" " цьому етапі, Odoo підтримує створення так званого чорновика рахунку-фактури" " при отриманні товару." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "Створення рахунків-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "" "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " @@ -12066,7 +11461,7 @@ msgstr "" "таких як замовлення на продаж, замовлення на купівлю тощо. Хоча ви можете й " "самі створити чернетку рахунка, якщо хочете." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" "An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " "in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " @@ -12078,11 +11473,11 @@ msgstr "" "повинен також включати іншу інформацію, необхідну для своєчасної та точної " "оплати рахунка-фактури." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 msgid "Draft invoices" msgstr "Чорновик рахунків-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 msgid "" "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " "While these invoices" @@ -12090,7 +11485,7 @@ msgstr "" "Система створює рахунок-фактуру спочатку у стані чернетки. Поки ці рахунки-" "фактури " -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 msgid "" "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " "is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." @@ -12098,51 +11493,51 @@ msgstr "" "залишаються недійсними, вони не мають впливу на бухоблік у системі. Ніщо не " "перешкоджає користувачам створювати власну черенетку рахунків-фактур." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" msgstr "Створимо рахунок-фактуру клієнта з наступною інформацією:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" msgstr "Замовник: Агролайт" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 msgid "Product: iMac" msgstr "Товар: iMac" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 msgid "Quantity: 1" msgstr "Кількість: 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 msgid "Unit Price: 100" msgstr "Ціна одиниці: 100" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" msgstr "Податки: податок 15%" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" msgstr "Документ складається з трьох частин:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "верхня частина рахунку-фактури, інформація про клієнтів," +msgstr "верхня частина рахунка-фактури, інформація про клієнтів," -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," msgstr "основна частина рахунка-фактури з докладними рядками рахунків-фактур," -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." msgstr "внизу сторінки, детальна інформація про податки та підсумкові дані." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "Відкриті рахунки або про-форма рахунків-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" @@ -12152,7 +11547,7 @@ msgstr "" "будь-які залучені сторони, унікальний номер рахунку та будь-яку податкову " "інформацію." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "" "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " "moves from the Draft state to the Open state." @@ -12160,7 +11555,7 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть \"Підтвердити\" рахунок-фактуру, коли ви готові схвалити його. " "Після цього рахунок-фактура переходить з Чернетки до статусу Відкрито." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 msgid "" "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " "defined, and modifiable, sequence." @@ -12168,7 +11563,7 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви підтвердили рахунок-фактуру, Odoo надає йому унікальний номер із " "певної та модифікованої послідовності." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 msgid "" "Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" " when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " @@ -12178,11 +11573,11 @@ msgstr "" "генеруються, коли ви перевіряєте рахунок-фактуру. Ви можете переглянути " "деталі, натиснувши на запис у полі Журналу на вкладці Інша інформація." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" msgstr "Відправте рахунок-фактуру замовнику" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "" "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " "customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." @@ -12190,7 +11585,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після перевірки рахунка-фактури ви можете безпосередньо надіслати його " "клієнту за допомогою функції 'Надіслати на електронну пошту'." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" " follows:" @@ -12198,42 +11593,42 @@ msgstr "" "Типовий запис журналу, створений з підтвердженого рахунку, буде виглядати " "наступним чином:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" msgstr "**Партнер**" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "**Установлений термін**" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Agrolait" msgstr "Агролайт" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 msgid "01/07/2015" msgstr "01/07/2015" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "115" msgstr "115" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "15" msgstr "15" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 msgid "Payment" msgstr "Оплата" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 msgid "" "In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " "entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " @@ -12244,17 +11639,17 @@ msgstr "" "запис був узгоджений з записами платежу. Якщо не було узгодження, рахунок-" "фактура залишатиметься у відкритому стані, доки ви не внесете платіж." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" msgstr "" "Типовий запис журналу, створений із платежу, буде виглядати наступним чином:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" msgstr "Отримайте часткову оплату через банківську виписку" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 msgid "" "You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " "in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " @@ -12264,7 +11659,7 @@ msgstr "" "імпортувати їх з файлу CSV або з декількох інших попередньо визначених " "форматів відповідно до вашої облікової локалізації." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 msgid "" "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " "journal and enter an amount of $100 ." @@ -12272,15 +11667,15 @@ msgstr "" "Створіть банківську виписку з інформаційної панелі обліку з відповідним " "журналом і введіть суму 100 доларів США." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "Узгодження" +msgstr "Узгодити" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" msgstr "Тепер давайте узгодимо!" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." @@ -12288,7 +11683,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тепер ви можете пройти через кожну транзакцію та узгодити її, або ж можна " "узгодити з інструкціями нижче." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" "After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " "display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" @@ -12298,19 +11693,19 @@ msgstr "" "відображатиме: \"Ви маєте непогашені платежі для цього клієнта. Ви можете " "узгодити їх, щоб оплатити цей рахунок-фактуру\"." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 msgid "" "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" " invoice." msgstr "" -"Застосуйте платіж. Нижче ви можете побачити, що платіж додається до рахунку-" +"Застосуйте платіж. Нижче ви можете побачити, що платіж додається до рахунка-" "фактури." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" -msgstr "Послідовність платежу" +msgstr "Нагадування платежу" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "" "There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " "Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" @@ -12320,7 +11715,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тому колектори повинні докласти всіх зусиль, щоби збирати гроші та збирати " "їх швидше." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 msgid "" "Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " "pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " @@ -12336,7 +11731,7 @@ msgstr "" "фактури минув певну кількість днів. Якщо є інші протерміновані рахунки для " "одного й того ж клієнта, дія найпростішого рахунка-фактури буде виконана." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." @@ -12344,11 +11739,11 @@ msgstr "" "Перейшовши до запису про клієнтів і в \"Протерміновані платежі\", ви " "побачите наступне повідомлення та всі протерміновані рахунки-фактури." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" msgstr "Звіт про старіння клієнта:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " "to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." @@ -12357,7 +11752,7 @@ msgstr "" "колектора для розуміння проблем клієнтів-кредиторів та визначення " "пріоритетів їх роботи." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 msgid "" "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" " collection efforts." @@ -12365,11 +11760,11 @@ msgstr "" "Використовуйте звіт про старіння, щоб визначити, які клієнти є " "протермінованими, і почати роботу збору платежів." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "Доходи та витрати" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " "Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " @@ -12380,19 +11775,19 @@ msgstr "" "уявлення про чистий дохід та витрати. Його іноді називають \"Звіт про " "доходи\" або \"Звіт про доходи та витрати\"." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 msgid "Balance sheet" msgstr "Звіт балансу" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" -"Баланс підсумовує зобов’язання, активи та власний капітал вашої компанії за " -"конкретний період часу." +"Баланс підсумовує зобов’язання, активи та власний капітал вашої компанії на " +"конкретний момент часу." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" "For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " "method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " @@ -12402,12 +11797,12 @@ msgstr "" "оцінки запасів, слід очікувати зменшення значення на рахунку \"Поточні " "активи\" після того, як товар був відправлений клієнту." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" -msgstr "Від рахунку постачальника до оплати" +msgstr "Від рахунка постачальника до оплати" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 msgid "" "Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" " correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " @@ -12419,33 +11814,33 @@ msgstr "" "залежно від вашої політики постачальників). Odoo також пропонує звіти для " "відстеження вашої часової заборгованості." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " "the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " "them automatically based on past purchase orders." msgstr "" "Якщо ви хочете контролювати рахунки від постачальників, ви можете " -"скористатись програмою Купівля в Odoo, яка дозволяє контролювати та " +"скористатись модулем Купівлі в Odoo, який дозволяє контролювати та " "попередньо заповнювати їх на основі попередніх замовлень на купівлю." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" msgstr "Запишіть новий рахунок постачальника" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 msgid "" "When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " "As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " "dashboard." msgstr "" -"При отриманні рахунку постачальника ви можете записати його з " +"При отриманні рахунка постачальника ви можете записати його з " ":menuselection:`Купівлі --> Рахунки постачальників` Як найкоротший шлях, ви " "також можете використовувати функцію **Новий рахунок** на інформаційній " "панелі бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 msgid "" "To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " "their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " @@ -12453,10 +11848,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Щоб зареєструвати новий рахунок постачальника, спочатку виберіть " "постачальника та введіть свій рахунок-фактуру як **Референс постачальника**," -" потім додайте та підтвердьте рядки товарів, переконавшись у тому, що вони " +" потім додайте та підтвердіть рядки товарів, переконавшись у тому, що вони " "мають потрібні товари, податки та ціни." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 msgid "" "Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " "screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " @@ -12467,7 +11862,7 @@ msgstr "" "ціни на ваші товари без податків, оскільки Odoo буде обчислювати податок для" " вас." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 msgid "" "On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " "vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " @@ -12480,26 +11875,26 @@ msgstr "" "У нижньому лівому куті Odoo показує зведену таблицю всіх податків на рахунок" " постачальника. У кількох країнах приймаються різні методи, щоб обійти " "підсумкові дані (округлення рядка чи глобальне округлення). Метод округлення" -" по замовчуванню в Odoo - це округлення кінцевих цін на рядок (у вас можуть " -"бути різні податки на товар, наприклад, алкоголь та цигарки). Однак, якщо " +" за замовчуванням в Odoo - це округлення кінцевих цін на рядок (у вас можуть" +" бути різні податки на товар, наприклад, алкоголь та цигарки). Однак, якщо " "ваш постачальник має іншу суму податку на своєму рахунку, ви можете змінити " "суму в нижній лівій таблиці, щоб налаштувати та зіставити суму." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" -msgstr "Перевірте рахунок постачальника" +msgstr "Підтвердіть рахунок постачальника" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " "on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" " on the the accounting package you choose to use." msgstr "" -"Після перевірки рахунку постачальника запис журналу буде згенерований на " -"основі конфігурації рахунку-фактури. Цей запис журналу може відрізнятися " +"Після підтвердження рахунка постачальника запис журналу буде згенерований на" +" основі налаштувань рахунка-фактури. Цей запис журналу може відрізнятися " "залежно від пакета бухгалтерського обліку, який ви обрали для використання." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 msgid "" "For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" @@ -12507,21 +11902,21 @@ msgstr "" "Для більшості європейських країн журнал буде використовувати наступні " "рахунки:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" msgstr "**Кредиторська заборгованість:** визначена у формі постачальника" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" msgstr "**Податки:** визначаються на товари та на рядок" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr "**Витрати:** визначено на використаному товарі рядка-позиції" +msgstr "**Витрати:** визначено на використаному елементі рядка товару" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" "For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" @@ -12529,24 +11924,24 @@ msgstr "" "Для англосаксонського бухобліку (США) запис журналу використовуватиме такі " "облікові записи:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" msgstr "**Надіслані товари:** визначені у формі товару" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 msgid "" "You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " "validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." msgstr "" -"Ви можете перевірити звіти про прибутки та збитки або баланс після перевірки" -" кількох рахунків постачальників, щоби побачити вплив на вашу загальну " +"Ви можете перевірити звіти про доходи та витрати або баланс після перевірки " +"кількох рахунків постачальників, щоби побачити вплив на вашу загальну " "бухгалтерську книгу." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 msgid "Pay a bill" msgstr "Оплатіть рахунок" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 msgid "" "To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " "**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." @@ -12554,7 +11949,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб створити платіж безпосередньо на відкритому рахунку постачальника, ви " "можете натиснути кнопку **Зареєструвати платіж** у верхній частині форми" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 msgid "" "From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " "card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " @@ -12570,7 +11965,7 @@ msgstr "" "автоматично заповнювати це поле з поля рахунка постачальника, якщо він " "правильно встановлений)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 msgid "" "You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " "a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " @@ -12578,15 +11973,15 @@ msgid "" "directly." msgstr "" "Ви також можете зареєструвати платіж постачальнику безпосередньо, не " -"застосовуючи його до рахунку постачальника. Для цього натисніть:`Купівлі -->" +"застосовуючи його до рахунка постачальника. Для цього натисніть:`Купівлі -->" " Платежі`. Тоді, з рахунка постачальника ви зможете безпосередньо узгодити " "цей платіж. " -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 msgid "Printing vendor Checks" -msgstr "Надрукуйте чек постачальника" +msgstr "Надрукуйте чеки постачальника" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 msgid "" "If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " "so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " @@ -12598,7 +11993,7 @@ msgstr "" "постачальників в Odoo. Незалежно від того, чи ви робите це щоденно, або " "наприкінці тижня, ви можете друкувати чеки групою." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " "list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." @@ -12606,7 +12001,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо у вас є чек для друку, панель приладів бухобліку Odoo діє як список " "справ і нагадує вам про те, скільки чеків ви залишили для друку." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 msgid "" "By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " "list of all payments that are ready to be processed." @@ -12614,7 +12009,7 @@ msgstr "" "Вибравши кількість чеків для друку, ви можете піти прямо в список усіх " "платежів, які готові до обробки." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 msgid "" "Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " "them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " @@ -12626,11 +12021,11 @@ msgstr "" "попросить вас встановити наступний номер чеку у послідовності, а потім " "надрукувати всі чеки одночасно." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "Звіт розрахунків з кредиторами" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 msgid "" "In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" " can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " @@ -12643,7 +12038,7 @@ msgstr "" "Розрахунки з кредиторами`), щоб отримати візуальну інформацію про всі " "виплачені рахунки." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" "From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " "of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " @@ -12657,19 +12052,19 @@ msgstr "" "який момент часу, коли ви переглядаєте звіт, ви можете надрукувати " "безпосередньо в Excel або PDF і отримати саме те, що ви бачите на екрані." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:3 msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "Облікові платежі" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" msgstr "Як стежити за витратами працівників?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 msgid "" "Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" " then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " @@ -12679,15 +12074,15 @@ msgstr "" "відшкодовує ці витрати працівнику. Отримані квитанції на витрати найчастіше," " такі:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," msgstr "подорож авто, відшкодована на одиницю відстані (миля або кілометр)," -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," msgstr "суми витрат, відшкодованих на підставі рахунку," -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 msgid "" "other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " "carried out by the employee." @@ -12695,7 +12090,7 @@ msgstr "" "інші покупки, такі як канцелярські товари та книги, призначені для компанії," " але виконані працівником." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 msgid "" "To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " "from the Apps module." @@ -12703,53 +12098,53 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб керувати витратами, потрібно встановити додаток **Відстеження витрат** " "із модуля додатків." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 msgid "" "You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " "re-invoice your expenses to your customers." msgstr "" -"Вам також потрібно буде встановити модуль **управління продажами**, щоби " +"Вам також потрібно буде встановити модуль **Управління продажами**, щоби " "пересилати ваші витрати клієнтам." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 msgid "" "Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " "products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " "products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " "Products` in the **Expenses** application." msgstr "" -"Після встановлення цих програм ви можете налаштувати різні товари, що " +"Після встановлення цих модулей ви можете налаштувати різні товари, що " "відображають типи витрат. Щоб створити перші товари, перейдіть до меню " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Витратні товари` у додатку **Витрати**." +":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Витратні товари` у модулі **Витрати**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 msgid "Some examples of products can be:" msgstr "Деякими прикладами товарів можуть бути:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 msgid "**Travel (car)**" msgstr "**Подорож (машина)**" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "Тип товару: Сервіс" +msgstr "Тип товару: Послуга" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" msgstr "" "Політика щодо виставлення рахунків: рахунки залежать від часу та матеріалу" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "Політика витрат на рахунки-фактури: за цінами продажу" +msgstr "Політика рахунків витрат: за цінами продажу" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" msgstr "Ціна продажу: 0,32" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 msgid "" "Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " "Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" @@ -12758,19 +12153,19 @@ msgstr "" "**Кілька одиниць вимірювань** у меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> " "Налаштування`)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 msgid "**Hotel**" msgstr "**Готель**" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" msgstr "Політика рахунків-фактур: за ціною" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" msgstr "Одиниця вимірювання: одиниця" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 msgid "" "In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " "employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " @@ -12779,10 +12174,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "У цих прикладах перший товар буде витратним, який ми компенсуємо працівнику " "на основі кількості км, які він зробив з власною машиною (наприклад, для " -"відвідування замовника): 0,32 € / км. Готель відшкодовується на основі " +"відвідування замовника): 0,32€ / км. Готель відшкодовується на основі " "реальної вартості готелю." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 msgid "" "Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " "checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " @@ -12796,27 +12191,27 @@ msgstr "" "витрати пов'язані із проектом клієнта/замовленням на продаж, Odoo буде " "перерахувати ці витрати клієнту." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" msgstr "Odoo підтримує два види витрат:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" msgstr "витрати, оплачені працівником за свої кошти" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" msgstr "витрати, оплачені компанією за допомогою кредитної картки" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 msgid "The expenses workflow" msgstr "Витрати робочого процесу" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 msgid "Record a new expense" msgstr "Запишіть нові витрати" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 msgid "" "Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " ":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " @@ -12826,19 +12221,19 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Призначення витрат --> Мої витрати`. Робочий процес для " "особистих витрат працює таким чином:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" msgstr "працівник записує його витрати і подає його менеджеру" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" msgstr "менеджер затверджує або відмовляє в оплаті" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 msgid "the accountant post journal entries" msgstr "запис у журналі бухгалтера" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 msgid "" "the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " "with a payable account)" @@ -12846,7 +12241,7 @@ msgstr "" "компанія відшкодовує витрати працівника (працівник, як постачальник, має " "платіжний рахунок)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 msgid "" "if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " "the customer" @@ -12854,19 +12249,19 @@ msgstr "" "якщо витрати пов'язані з аналітичним рахунком, компанія може ревізувати " "клієнта" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" msgstr "Для кожної витрати працівник повинен записати щонайменше:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" msgstr "опис: він повинен містити референс заявки/рахунка" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 msgid "a product: the expense type" msgstr "товар: вид витрат" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 msgid "" "a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" " car)" @@ -12874,7 +12269,7 @@ msgstr "" "ціна (наприклад, готель) або кількість (наприклад, відшкодування за км, якщо" " подорожувати власною машиною)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 msgid "" "Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " "photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " @@ -12882,9 +12277,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Залежно від політики компанії, йому, можливо, доведеться прикріпити скан чи " "фотографію витрат. Для цього просто напишіть повідомлення у нижній частині " -"витрати зі скануванням рахунку/квитка у вкладці." +"витрати зі скануванням рахунка/квитка у вкладці." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 msgid "" "If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" " an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " @@ -12896,7 +12291,7 @@ msgstr "" "продаж (можливо, вам доведеться активувати аналітичні рахунки в " "налаштуваннях бухобліку, щоб отримати цю функцію)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 msgid "" "Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " "**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " @@ -12906,7 +12301,7 @@ msgstr "" "кнопку **Надіслати менеджеру**. У деяких компаніях працівники повинні подати" " свої витрати, згруповані в кінці місяця або наприкінці ділової поїздки." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 msgid "" "An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " "action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." @@ -12915,11 +12310,11 @@ msgstr "" "діями Відправити витрати зі списку витрат або невеликих значків у вигляді " "списку." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 msgid "Validation by the manager" msgstr "Перевірка менеджером" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 msgid "" "Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " "manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " @@ -12930,11 +12325,11 @@ msgstr "" " скористатись меню **Підтвердити**, щоб перевірити всі витрати, які очікують" " перевірки." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 msgid "The manager can:" msgstr "Менеджер може:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 msgid "" "discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " "bill is missing);" @@ -12942,19 +12337,19 @@ msgstr "" "обговорити рахунок, щоби попросити додаткову інформацію (наприклад, якщо " "сканування рахунку відсутнє);" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 msgid "reject an expense;" msgstr "відхилити витрати;" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 msgid "approve an expense." msgstr "затвердити витрати." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 msgid "Control by the accountant" msgstr "Контроль бухгалтера" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 msgid "" "Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " "by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " @@ -12964,7 +12359,7 @@ msgstr "" "опубліковані бухгалтером. Коли виставляється рахунок, відповідний запис " "журналу створюється та публікується у вашому рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 msgid "" "If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " "expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." @@ -12972,11 +12367,11 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо бухгалтер хоче створити лише один запис журналу для партії витрат, він " "може розміщувати витрати в пакетному режимі зі списку всіх витрат." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" msgstr "Розрахунки з клієнтами" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 msgid "" "If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " "the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " @@ -12987,10 +12382,10 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо витрати були пов'язані з аналітичним рахунком, пов'язаним із " "замовленням на продаж, який містить новий рядок, пов'язаний з витратами. Цей" " рядок ще не виставлений ​​клієнту, і він буде включений до наступного " -"рахунку-фактури, який буде відправлений клієнту (оплата поїздки та " +"рахунка-фактури, який буде відправлений клієнту (оплата поїздки та " "розміщення на проект клієнта)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 msgid "" "To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." " (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " @@ -13001,7 +12396,7 @@ msgstr "" "наприкінці тижня/місяця, якщо ви будете оплачувати всі ваші замовлення в " "пакетному режимі)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 msgid "" "tip If you want to learn more; check the documentation page :doc: " "../../../sale/invoicing/service/expense `*How to re-invoice expenses to your" @@ -13013,11 +12408,11 @@ msgstr "" "рахунку витрати вашим клієнтам* " "<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1_6VclRWfESHfvNPZI32q5ANFi2C7cCTwkLXpbGTz6B8/edit?usp=sharing>`__" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 msgid "Reimburse the employee" msgstr "Відшкодування працівнику" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 msgid "" "If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " "reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" @@ -13027,7 +12422,7 @@ msgstr "" "відшкодувати їх. У такому випадку працівник з'явиться у звіті розрахунків з " "кредиторами, поки компанія не відшкодує йому свої витрати." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 msgid "" "All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " "due." @@ -13035,11 +12430,11 @@ msgstr "" "Все, що вам потрібно - це створити платіж цьому працівнику за суму, що йому " "належить." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" msgstr "Витрати, які не компенсуються клієнтам" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 msgid "" "If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " "options:" @@ -13047,7 +12442,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо деякі витрати не потрібно повторно отримувати клієнтам, у вас є два " "варіанти:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 msgid "" "if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " "invoicing policy on the product:" @@ -13055,33 +12450,33 @@ msgstr "" "якщо є рішення виставляти рахунок чи ні стосується товару, змініть політику " "виставлення рахунку на товар:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" msgstr "**на основі часу та матеріалу**: компенсується клієнту" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" msgstr "**на основі замовлень на продаж**: не компенсується клієнту" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 msgid "" "if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " "reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" " invoice." msgstr "" -"якщо ви повинні зробити виключення для одного рахунку-фактури, про який не " +"якщо ви повинні зробити виключення для одного рахунка-фактури, про який не " "потрібно повторно повідомляти клієнту, не встановлюйте відповідний " -"аналітичний рахунок для цього рахунку-фактури." +"аналітичний рахунок для цього рахунка-фактури." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 msgid ":doc:`forecast`" msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" msgstr "Як прогнозувати майбутні рахунки в Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" "When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " "different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " @@ -13093,7 +12488,7 @@ msgstr "" "коли. Занадто рання виплата вашим постачальникам може зменшити наявність " "коштів, а занадто пізня оплата може призвести до додаткових витрат." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " "vendors efficiently." @@ -13101,11 +12496,11 @@ msgstr "" "На щастя, Odoo надає вам належні інструменти для ефективного управління " "платіжними дорученнями постачальників." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" msgstr "Налаштування: умови оплати" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " "Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " @@ -13115,15 +12510,15 @@ msgstr "" "Умови оплати дозволяють відстежувати умови для обчислення строку платежу по " "рахунку-фактурі. Наприклад, термін оплати може бути:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 msgid "50% within 30 days" msgstr "50% протягом 30 днів" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 msgid "50% within 45 days" msgstr "50% протягом 45 днів" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" "To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " @@ -13135,7 +12530,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Бухоблік**. Наступний приклад показує строк платежу 30% безпосередньо та " "залишок через 30 днів." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 msgid "" "Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " "default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" @@ -13148,7 +12543,7 @@ msgstr "" "ви купуєте щось у цього постачальника, Odoo запропонує вам автоматично " "правильну платіжну умову." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 msgid "" "If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " "able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." @@ -13156,11 +12551,11 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви не встановили конкретну умову оплати постачальнику, ви все одно " "зможете встановити конкретну умову оплати на рахунку постачальника." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" msgstr "Прогнозовані рахунки для оплати зі звітом розрахунків з кредиторами" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 msgid "" "In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " "report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " @@ -13174,18 +12569,18 @@ msgstr "" "що сплачуються, у порівнянні з терміном виконання (термін сплати за кожним " "рахунком терміну оплати)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 msgid "" "This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." msgstr "" "У цих звітах повідомляється, скільки вам доведеться платити протягом " "наступних місяців." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" msgstr "Виберіть рахунки для оплати" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" "Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " "list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" @@ -13195,27 +12590,27 @@ msgstr "" "Використовуючи меню :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Рахунки постачальників`, ви " "можете отримати список рахунків постачальника. Використовуючи розширені " "фільтри, ви можете вказати всі рахунки, які ви повинні сплатити, або " -"прострочені рахунки (ви затримуєте платіж)." +"протерміновані рахунки (ви затримуєте платіж)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 msgid "" "From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " "to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " "\"Due Date\" feature." msgstr "" -"З цього екрана ви також можете перейти до зведеної таблиці або перегляду " +"З цього екрану ви також можете перейти до зведеної таблиці або перегляду " "графіка, щоб отримувати статистику про суму наступного місяця, за допомогою " "групи функції \"Термін виконання\"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Payments" msgstr "Платежі постачальника" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" msgstr "Оплачуйте чеками" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" "Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " "Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " @@ -13227,12 +12622,12 @@ msgstr "" "партією. Нарешті, процес узгодження банківської виписки буде відповідати " "чекам, які ви надіслали постачальникам із фактичними банківськими виписками." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 msgid "Install the required module" msgstr "Встановіть потрібний модуль" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 msgid "" "To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " "Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " @@ -13242,10 +12637,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Щоб записати платежі постачальників чеками, потрібно встановити модуль " "**Запис чеку**. Цей модуль обробляє процес реєстрації чеків в Odoo. Інші " -"модулі необхідні для друку чеків, залежно від країни. Наприклад, **США друк " -"чеків** потрібна для друку чеків США." +"модулі необхідні для друку чеків, залежно від країни. Наприклад, модуль " +"**Друк чеків США** потрібен для друку чеків США." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " "may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " @@ -13253,13 +12648,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "За вашою країною та планом рахунків, який ви використовуєте, ці модулі " "можуть бути встановлені за замовчуванням. (приклад: користувачам Сполучених " -"Штатів не потрібно встановлювати, вони налаштовані за умовчанням)." +"Штатів не потрібно встановлювати, вони налаштовані замовчуванням)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" msgstr "Активізуйте методи оплати чеками" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " "on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -13273,62 +12668,62 @@ msgstr "" "банківський рахунок :menuselection:`Більше --> Налаштуання`. На полі **Метод" " оплати** встановіть **Чек**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "Сумісний прилад для друку чеків" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 msgid "United States" msgstr "США" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "Для США Odoo за замовчуванням підтримує формати перевірки:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" msgstr "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: чек зверху, корінець в середині та внизу" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" msgstr "**Peachtree**: чек в середині, корінець зверху та знизу" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "**ADP **: чек внизу, і заголовки зверху." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." msgstr "" "Також можна налаштувати свій власний формат чеку за допомогою налаштувань." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "Оплата рахунку постачальника чеком" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "Оплата постачальника чеком здійснюється в три етапи:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" msgstr "зареєструйте платіж, який ви хочете зробити на рахунку" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "друк чеків пакетом для всіх зареєстрованих платежів" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 msgid "reconcile bank statements" msgstr "узгодьте банківські виписки" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "Зареєструйте платіж чеком" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 msgid "" "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -13341,103 +12736,11 @@ msgstr "" "Встановіть **Метод оплати** на **Чек** та підтвердіть діалогове вікно " "платежу." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "Пояснення полів екрана платежу:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "Має рахунки" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "Технічне поле використовується для зручності використання" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "Сховати метод оплати" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " -"only one available which is 'manual'" -msgstr "" -"Технічне поле, яке використовується для приховування способу оплати, якщо у " -"вибраному журналі є лише один доступний, який є \"ручним\"" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "Чек: сплачуйте рахунок чеком та надрукуйте його з Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " -"you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " -"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Пакетний депозит: одноразово зараховуйте кілька клієнтських чеків, створивши" -" пакетний депозит, щоби подати в банк. Під час кодування виписки з банку в " -"Odoo вам пропонується узгодити транзакцію з пакетним депозитом. Щоби " -"увімкнути пакетний депозит, потрібно встановити модуль " -"account_batch_payment." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be " -"installed" -msgstr "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: сплачуйте рахунок з файлу SEPA Credit Transfer, який " -"ви передаєте в свій банк. Щоб включити кредитний переказ SEPA, модуль " -"account_sepa повинен бути встановлений" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "Показати банківський рахунок партнера" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " -"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" -msgstr "" -"Технічне поле, яке використовується для розуміння, чи потрібно відображати " -"поле `partner_bank_account_id` у вигляді форми платежів" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Код" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." -msgstr "" -"Технічне поле, яке використовується для адаптації інтерфейсу до обраного " -"типу платежу." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "Номер чеку" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" -"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " -"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." -msgstr "" -"Вибраний журнал налаштовано на друк номерів чеків. Якщо у вашому попередньо " -"надрукованому чеку вже є цифри або якщо поточна нумерація неправильна, її " -"можна змінити на сторінці налаштування журналу." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "Спробуйте сплатити рахунок постачальника чеком" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:77 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "Друк чеків" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:79 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -13449,7 +12752,7 @@ msgstr "" "список всіх чеків, які ще не надруковано. З цього екрану ви можете друкувати" " всі чеки партіями або переглядати їх по черзі." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:84 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -13462,7 +12765,7 @@ msgstr "" "але ви можете змінити його, якщо він не відповідає вашому наступному " "чековому номеру." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:90 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." @@ -13470,11 +12773,11 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб друкувати всі чеки партіями, виберіть усі платежі зі списку та " "надрукуйте чек у верхньому меню \"Друк\"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:99 msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" msgstr "Узгодьте банківські виписки" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " @@ -13484,7 +12787,7 @@ msgstr "" "банківського рахунку, Odoo запропонує вам автоматично підігнати його до " "платежу. Це позначатиме платіж як **Узгоджений**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 msgid "" "to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" @@ -13494,11 +12797,11 @@ msgstr "" "фільтруйте в стані відправлення. Перегляньте ці платежі, які мають дату " "більше 2 тижнів тому." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "Оплачуйте будь-що чеком" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:114 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -13508,38 +12811,38 @@ msgstr "" " Для цього використовуйте головне меню :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Платежі`." " Зареєструйте свій платіж і виберіть спосіб оплати чеком." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." msgstr "" "Якщо ви сплачуєте конкретний рахунок постачальника, поставте посилання на " -"рахунок у полі **нагадування**." +"рахунок у полі **Нагадування**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:124 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" " flow to print checks in batch:" msgstr "" -"Після того, як ваш платіж чеком зареєстровано, не забудьте **підтвердити** " +"Після того, як ваш платіж чеком зареєстровано, не забудьте **Підтвердити** " "його. Після підтвердження ви можете використовувати **Друк чеку** " "безпосередньо або дотримуватися попереднього потоку для друку чеків у " "пакетному режимі:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:128 msgid "`Print checks <PrintChecks_>`_" msgstr "`Друк чеків <PrintChecks_>`_" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:130 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" msgstr "`Узгодження банківських виписок<ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" msgstr "Як за один раз оплатити кілька рахунків в Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " "with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " @@ -13549,15 +12852,15 @@ msgstr "" "одночасно, з різними швидкими або складними варіантами. За допомогою одного " "процесу, кожен зможе обробляти рахунки та оплату всього за кілька кліків." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" msgstr "Оплатіть декілька рахунків за один платіж" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 msgid "Record several payments" msgstr "Запишіть кілька платежів" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" "In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " @@ -13567,7 +12870,7 @@ msgstr "" "весь процес з інформаційної панелі бухобліку (перший екран, який ви " "отримуєте, коли ви відкриваєте обліковий додаток)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " "the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." @@ -13576,7 +12879,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Рахунок постачальника**. У вікні рахунка постачальника натисніть кнопку " "**Створити**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 msgid "" "Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " "Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " @@ -13586,11 +12889,11 @@ msgstr "" " елемент, щоб додати один (або більше) товарів. Натисніть **Зберегти**, а " "потім **Перевірити**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" msgstr "Оплата рахунків постачальника, один за одним" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 msgid "" "We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" @@ -13600,7 +12903,7 @@ msgstr "" "потім натисніть **Зареєструвати оплату**. Вставте спосіб оплати, дату, суму " "та натисніть **Підтвердити**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" "Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" " the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " @@ -13611,11 +12914,11 @@ msgstr "" "рахунком і встановлює рахунок як **Оплачений**. Система також створить " "перехід із платіжного рахунку та узгодить його з транзакцією витрат." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" msgstr "Оплатіть декілька рахунків вцілому" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "" "In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " "following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" @@ -13625,7 +12928,7 @@ msgstr "" "слідують за наведеним вище прикладом. **Переконайтеся, що всі рахунки " "надійшли від одного постачальника.**" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 msgid "" "In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" " the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " @@ -13635,7 +12938,7 @@ msgstr "" "встановивши прапорець біля кожного з них. У меню Дія, розташованому в " "середині сторінки, натисніть **Зареєструвати платіж**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 msgid "" "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " "for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." @@ -13643,11 +12946,11 @@ msgstr "" "Введіть деталі платежу. Система розрахувала загальну суму для обох рахунків," " але ви можете вільно змінювати її. Натисніть **Підтвердити**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" msgstr "Запишіть платіж, узгодьте пізніше" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 msgid "" "You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " "recorded." @@ -13655,11 +12958,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ви також можете узгодити платіж із рахунками після того, як платіж буде " "записано." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 msgid "First, we need to create a payment" msgstr "По-перше, нам потрібно створити платіж" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" @@ -13667,7 +12970,7 @@ msgstr "" "Це виконується в :menuselection:`Панелі інструментів --> Банківський журнал " "--> Більше варіантів --> Надіслати гроші` " -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" "Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " "and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " @@ -13678,7 +12981,7 @@ msgstr "" "всіх деталей ми підтвердимо платіжне доручення, яке створить платіжну " "транзакцію з системою." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 msgid "" "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " "remaining to reconcile." @@ -13686,7 +12989,7 @@ msgstr "" "Як ви можете бачити, статус оплати рахунку показує, що розміщено та що " "залишається для узгодження." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "" "After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " "reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " @@ -13696,23 +12999,23 @@ msgstr "" "узгодити транзакцію з інформаційної панелі. Він буде автоматично відображати" " суму транзакції." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" msgstr "" "Щоб дізнатись більше про процес узгодження банківської виписки, прочитайте " "наступне:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" msgstr "Часткові виплати декількох рахунків постачальників" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "" "Як сплатити кілька рахунків постачальників, які мають готівкові знижки " "одночасно?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 msgid "" "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " @@ -13722,7 +13025,7 @@ msgstr "" " часткової оплати? Ми розглянемо ще один приклад, де будемо робити часткову " "оплату за різні рахунки." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "" "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " "statements." @@ -13730,7 +13033,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ми створюємо кілька рахунків і частково оплачуємо їх через банківські " "виписки." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 msgid "" "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " "offer us early payment discount." @@ -13738,18 +13041,18 @@ msgstr "" "Ми додаємо умови платежу, які дозволяють отримати певну готівкову знижку, " "коли постачальник пропонує нам знижку дострокового платежу." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 msgid "" "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" " term." msgstr "" "Ми створюємо наступні рахунки з призначенням зазначеного терміну платежу." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 msgid "We have created the following bills:" msgstr "Ми створили наступні рахунки:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 msgid "" "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" " cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." @@ -13757,7 +13060,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ми будемо сплачувати рахунки, створивши виписку в банку, де ми будемо " "коригувати готівкову знижку, надану нашим продавцем за умовами оплати." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." @@ -13765,22 +13068,22 @@ msgstr "" "Перш ніж узгодити цю банківську виписку, нам потрібно створити одну модель " "заявки для готівкової знижки." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "" "Тепер ми повертаємося до виписки з банківського рахунку та відкриваємо " "узгоджений перегляд." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" msgstr "Для узгодження банківської виписки з варіантом моделі дивіться" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:71 msgid "Pay with SEPA" msgstr "Оплачуйте із SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -13792,8 +13095,8 @@ msgstr "" "SEPA дозволяє відправляти замовлення на оплату у ваш банк для автоматизації " "банківського переказу." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 msgid "" "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " "Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." @@ -13801,21 +13104,23 @@ msgstr "" "SEPA підтримується банками 28 країн-членів ЄС, а також Ісландією, Норвегією," " Швейцарією, Андоррою, Монако та Сан-Марино." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " "with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " -"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file " -"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" -" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." +"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." msgstr "" -"З Odoo, коли ви вирішите заплатити продавцю, ви можете вибрати оплату " -"рахунку через SEPA. Потім, наприкінці дня, менеджер може створити файл SEPA," -" що містить усі банківські перекази та відправити його в банк. Файл " -"відповідає специфікаціям SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03'. Це чітко " -"визначений стандарт, який робить консенсус між банками." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 +msgid "" +"By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " +"specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among " +"banks. However, according to the country set on your company, another format" +" can be used : **'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and " +"**'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 msgid "" "Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " "account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " @@ -13827,7 +13132,7 @@ msgstr "" "відповідатиме замовленням SEPA, які ви надіслали у ваш банк із фактичними " "банківськими виписками." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 msgid "" "To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " "module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " @@ -13837,7 +13142,7 @@ msgstr "" "Transfer**. Цей модуль обробляє процес створення файлів SEPA на основі " "платежів Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." @@ -13845,11 +13150,11 @@ msgstr "" "За вашою країною та планом рахунків, який ви використовуєте, цей модуль може" " бути встановлений за замовчуванням." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:45 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" msgstr "Активізуйте методи оплати SEPA у банках" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " "related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -13862,7 +13167,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Додатково\" на своєму банківському рахунку та виберіть параметр " "\"Налаштування\"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 msgid "" "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " "Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" @@ -13872,7 +13177,7 @@ msgstr "" "розділі **Способи оплати** розділу **Різне** позначте **Sepa Credit " "Transfer**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." @@ -13881,7 +13186,7 @@ msgstr "" "працювати з SEPA) та BIC (код ідентифікатора банку) у вашому банківському " "журналі." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:62 msgid "" "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " "initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " @@ -13894,11 +13199,11 @@ msgstr "" "можете налаштувати його в налаштуваннях вашої компанії, на вкладці " "**Налаштування**, в розділі ** SEPA **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "Register your payments" msgstr "Зареєструйте ваш платіж" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -13909,7 +13214,7 @@ msgstr "" "Зареєструйте свій платіж і виберіть спосіб оплати за допомогою Sepa Credit " "Transfer." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 msgid "" "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " @@ -13919,7 +13224,7 @@ msgstr "" "банківського рахунку одержувача принаймні з назвою банку, IBAN та BIC " "(банківський ідентифікаційний код). Odoo автоматично перевірить формат IBAN." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " @@ -13929,7 +13234,7 @@ msgstr "" "автоматично банківські рахунки, але ви зможете вибрати інший або створити " "новий." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:88 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**memo** field." @@ -13937,7 +13242,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви сплачуєте конкретний рахунок постачальника, поставте посилання на " "рахунок у полі **нагадування**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:94 msgid "" "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " "pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" @@ -13950,19 +13255,19 @@ msgstr "" "однакова, але оплата безпосередньо пов'язана з рахунком і буде автоматично " "узгоджена до нього." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 msgid "Generate SEPA files" msgstr "Створення файлів SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:102 msgid "" "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " "generate for every bank account." msgstr "" -"З вашої інформаційної панелі обліку ви повинні побачити, чи існують файли " -"SEPA для створення кожного банківського рахунку." +"З вашої панелі приладів бухобліку ви повинні побачити, чи існують файли SEPA" +" для створення кожного банківського рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:108 msgid "" "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " "SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " @@ -13974,27 +13279,25 @@ msgstr "" "перевірте верхнє вікно, щоби вибрати весь платіж одночасно) і натисніть " "кнопку :menuselection:`Більше --> Завантажити платежі SEPA`." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "Банк відмовляється від мого файлу SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:122 msgid "" -"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " -"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " -"error message to your Odoo partner." +"Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** " +"(the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they " +"don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the error " +"message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" -"Попросіть свій банк, якщо він підтримує ** \\PAIN.001.001.03 Кредитні " -"перекази SEPA**. Якщо вони не надають або не можуть надати відповідну " -"інформацію, надішліть повідомлення про помилку своєму партнеру Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "" "Немає банківського ідентифікаційного коду, зареєстрованого для банківського " "рахунку ..." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 msgid "" "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" " IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " @@ -14004,27 +13307,27 @@ msgstr "" "дійсний IBAN та BIC. Якщо з'явиться це повідомлення, ви, імовірно, кодували " "облік IBAN для партнера, якому ви платите, але забули заповнити поле BIC." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr ":doc:`check`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:139 msgid "How to define a new bank?" msgstr "Як визначити новий банк?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:140 msgid "How to reconcile bank statements?" msgstr "Як узгодити банківські виписки?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" msgstr "" "Коли варто застосовувати рахунки постачальників чи квитанції закупівлі в " "Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 msgid "" "Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" " for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " @@ -14039,7 +13342,7 @@ msgstr "" "рахунку. Квитанції закупівлі є підтвердженнями отриманих платежів. Це ваші " "повсякденні квитанції." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " "will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " @@ -14049,9 +13352,9 @@ msgstr "" "З точки зору бухгалтерського обліку це має значення, оскільки рахунок " "постачальника спочатку кредитує борговий рахунок, перш ніж узгодити з " "банківським рахунком. З іншого боку, ми зазвичай негайно сплачуємо квитанції" -" закупівлі, що означає, що борговий рахунок не потрібний." +" закупівлі, що означає, що дебетовий рахунок не потрібний." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 msgid "" "Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," " as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." @@ -14060,7 +13363,7 @@ msgstr "" "рядок, оскільки рахунки постачальників застосовують одну суму податку на " "весь рахунок." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 msgid "" "If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " "receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " @@ -14068,9 +13371,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Якщо банківський рахунок вашої компанії використовується для оплати товарів," " у яких видається лише квитанція про придбання, я повинен використовувати " -"функцію квитанцій закупівлі в Odoo для їх обробки в бухгалтерському обліку." +"функцію квитанцій закупівлі в Odoo для їх обробки в бухгалтерському " +"бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 msgid "" "Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " "a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " @@ -14082,15 +13386,15 @@ msgstr "" " 50 євро за чай та чайник вартістю 20 євро. Ми платимо за допомогою " "банківського рахунку компанії." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 msgid "" "To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " "installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." msgstr "" "Для обробки квитанцій закупівлі в модулі Odoo потрібно встановити один " -"додаток. Перейдіть у меню додатків та встановіть додаток Бухобліку." +"додаток. Перейдіть у меню додатків та встановіть модуль Бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 msgid "" "Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" " \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." @@ -14098,11 +13402,11 @@ msgstr "" "Потім перейдіть на панель пошуку, видаліть пошук по модулю за замовчуванням " "та шукайте \"Закупівлі\". Встановіть модуль **Продажу та Ваучери купівлі**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 msgid "Register a receipt" msgstr "Зареєструйте квитанцію" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 msgid "" "By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " "Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." @@ -14110,28 +13414,28 @@ msgstr "" "Встановивши **Продаж та Ваучери купівлі**, ви відкриваєте спадне меню нового" " додатку **Квитанції закупівлі**, який відображається в бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 msgid "" "To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " "app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." msgstr "" "Щоб імпортувати квитанцію закупівлі чаю на суму 50 євро, введіть додаток " -"бухобліку, виберіть :menuselection:`Закупівлі --> Квитанції закупівлі`." +"бухобліку, виберіть :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Квитанції купівлі`." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 msgid "" "Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " "Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " "**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" " accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." msgstr "" -"Створіть нову квитанцію закупівлі та заповніть всю необхідну інформацію. " +"Створіть нову квитанцію купівлі та заповніть всю необхідну інформацію. " "Зверніть увагу, що у полі Платіж є вибір **Заплатити пізніше** або " "**Заплатити зараз**. Це суттєва відмінність, оскільки функція Заплатити " "пізніше створить обліковий запис боргу, тоді як Заплатити зараз зараховує " "банківський рахунок." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 msgid "" "In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " "option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " @@ -14141,7 +13445,7 @@ msgstr "" "Оплатити напряму. Додайте товари, відповідний рахунок та відповідний " "податок. Наприклад, ви вважаєте, що чай - 12% податку, а чайник - 21%." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 msgid "" "Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " ":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " @@ -14151,11 +13455,11 @@ msgstr "" "потрібно узгодити платежі <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` щоб " "повністю завершити транзакцію у вашому бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" msgstr "Як управляти рахунками постачальників?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " "incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." @@ -14163,7 +13467,7 @@ msgstr "" "Додаток **Закупівлі** дозволяє вам керувати замовленнями на покупку, " "вхідними товарами та рахунками постачальників у єдиному місці." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " "need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" @@ -14171,23 +13475,23 @@ msgid "" "management processes." msgstr "" "Якщо ви хочете налаштувати процес контролю над рахунками постачальника, " -"перше, що вам потрібно зробити - це мати дані про покупку в Odoo. Знання " +"перше, що вам потрібно зробити - це мати дані про купівлю в Odoo. Знання " "того, що було придбано та отримано, є першим кроком до розуміння процесів " "управління купівлею." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" msgstr "Ось стандартний робочий процес в Odoo:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." msgstr "" -"Ви починаєте із **запиту на комерційну пропозицію (RFQ)**, щоб надіслати її " -"вашим продавцям." +"Ви починаєте із **Запиту на комерційну пропозицію (ЗНКП)**, щоб надіслати її" +" вашим продавцям." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." @@ -14195,7 +13499,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після того, як постачальник прийняв ЗНКП, підтвердіть ЗНКП в **Замовленні на" " купівлю (ЗНК)**. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." @@ -14203,7 +13507,7 @@ msgstr "" "Підтвердження ЗНК створює **Вхідну відправку**, якщо ви придбали будь-які " "запаковані товари." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 msgid "" "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " "products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." @@ -14211,19 +13515,19 @@ msgstr "" "Отримавши **Рахунок постачальника**, підтвердіть рахунок за допомогою " "товарів, отриманих на попередньому кроці, щоб забезпечити точність. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " "only one." msgstr "" -"Цей процес може виконуватись трьома різними людьми всередині компанії або " +"Цей процес може виконуватися трьома різними людьми всередині компанії або " "лише однією особою." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "Встановлення додатків Закупівлі та Складу" +msgstr "Встановлення додатків Купівлі та Складу" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " "install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " @@ -14233,11 +13537,11 @@ msgstr "" "певні залежності, встановлення Купівлі автоматично встановить модулі " "**Склад** та **Бухоблік**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" msgstr "Створення товарів" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " "within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " @@ -14247,7 +13551,7 @@ msgstr "" "купівлі в Odoo. Просто перейдіть до підменю Товари в розділі Купівлі та " "натисніть Створити." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " "since it is important:" @@ -14255,7 +13559,7 @@ msgstr "" "Під час створення товару, зверніть увагу на поле **Тип товару**, оскільки це" " важливо:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " "track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " @@ -14265,7 +13569,7 @@ msgstr "" "дозволять вам стежити за рівнями їх запасу. Ці параметри передбачають " "управління запасами та дозволять отримувати такі види продукції." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " "not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " @@ -14276,7 +13580,7 @@ msgstr "" "будуть означати управління складом, просто через відсутність складу для " "управління. Ви не зможете отримувати товари під будь-яким із цих позначень." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " @@ -14287,15 +13591,15 @@ msgstr "" "нечасто і не потребують оцінки запасів або управління. Якщо ви створюєте " "такий товар, рекомендується встановити тип товару **Послуга**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" msgstr "Управління рахунками постачальника" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 msgid "Purchasing products or services" msgstr "Закупівля товарів або послуг" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " "products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " @@ -14312,18 +13616,18 @@ msgstr "" "(оскільки рахунок постачальника, ймовірно, включатиме посилання " "постачальника)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " "application." msgstr "" "Підтвердіть замовлення на придбання та отримання товарів у додатку Склад." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 msgid "Receiving Products" msgstr "Прийом товару" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " @@ -14337,15 +13641,15 @@ msgstr "" " безпосередньо посилає вас на переміщення товарів. Ця кнопка окреслена " "червоним кольором внизу:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 msgid "" "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." msgstr "" -"навігація цього маршруту переведе вас до списку всіх замовлень, які " +"Навігація цього маршруту переведе вас до списку всіх замовлень, які " "необхідно отримати." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" " the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " @@ -14362,15 +13666,15 @@ msgstr "" "**Групувати за**. Вибравши елемент із цього списку, відкриється наступний " "екран, де ви отримаєте товари." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." msgstr "Закупівля послуги як товару не запускають замовлення на доставку." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" msgstr "Управління рахунками постачальників" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 msgid "" "When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" @@ -14381,7 +13685,7 @@ msgstr "" "створити новий рахунок постачальника, навіть, якщо ви вже зареєстрували " "замовлення на купівлю." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 msgid "" "The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" " the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " @@ -14404,7 +13708,7 @@ msgstr "" "списку, ввівши довідковий номер постачальника або внутрішній номер " "замовлення на купівлю." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " "need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " @@ -14414,13 +13718,13 @@ msgstr "" "які необхідні зміни (тобто видаляти або додавати рядки товару, змінювати " "кількість та змінювати ціни)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" "Ваш постачальник може надіслати вам кілька рахунків за те саме замовлення на" " купівлю, якщо:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." @@ -14428,11 +13732,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ваш постачальник знаходиться у зворотному порядку і надсилає вам рахунки-" "фактури, коли вони відправляють товари." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "Ваш постачальник надсилає вам частковий рахунок або запит на депозит." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 msgid "" "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " "the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " @@ -14449,17 +13753,17 @@ msgstr "" "будь-який момент часу, перш ніж перевіряти рахунок постачальника, ви можете " "перевизначити цю нульову кількість." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" msgstr "Відповідність рахунка постачальника" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "" "Що робити, якщо рахунок вашого постачальника не відповідає тому, що ви " "отримали" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" " quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " @@ -14469,14 +13773,14 @@ msgstr "" "відповідає кількості, автоматично заповненій Odoo, це може бути пов’язано з " "кількома причинами:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 msgid "" "The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" " have not ordered." msgstr "" "Постачальник неправильно вказує товари та/або послуги, які ви не замовляли." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 msgid "" "The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," " as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." @@ -14485,11 +13789,11 @@ msgstr "" "оскільки контроль за рахунками-фактурами може базуватися на замовлених або " "отриманих кількостях." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." msgstr "Постачальник не виставляв вам рахунки за раніше придбані товари." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " @@ -14499,7 +13803,7 @@ msgstr "" " замовлення на купівлю з постачальником правильним, і ви розумієте, що ви " "замовили та що ви вже отримали." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" @@ -14507,7 +13811,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви не можете знайти замовлення на купівлю, пов'язане з рахунком " "постачальника, це може бути пов'язано з однією з кількох причин." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" " not going to appear anywhere in the selection." @@ -14515,22 +13819,22 @@ msgstr "" "Постачальник уже виставляв рахунок за це замовлення на купівлю; тому він не " "з’явиться у виборі." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 msgid "" "Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" "Хтось у компанії забув записати замовлення на купівлю для цього " "постачальника." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." msgstr "Постачальник стягує плату з вас за те, що ви не замовляли." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "How product quantities are managed" msgstr "Яким чином регулюється кількість товару" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." @@ -14538,7 +13842,7 @@ msgstr "" "За замовчуванням послуги керуються на основі замовлених кількостей, а запаси" " та витратні матеріали управляються на основі отриманих кількостей." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " "quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " @@ -14555,7 +13859,7 @@ msgstr "" "хочете змінити, і ви побачите нове поле, яке відображатиметься під назвою " "**Контроль рахунків закупівлі**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" @@ -14563,19 +13867,19 @@ msgstr "" "Потім ви можете змінити метод керування за замовчуванням для вибраного " "товару на основі:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "По замовленій кількості" +msgstr "Замовлені кількості" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 msgid "or Received quantities" msgstr "або отримані величини" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "Batch Billing" msgstr "Групова оплата" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " "you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " @@ -14589,20 +13893,20 @@ msgstr "" "ви не видалили попередні елементи з першого замовлення на купівлю, рахунок " "буде пов’язаний з усіма відповідними замовленнями на купівлю." -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "Розрахунок з дебіторами" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 msgid "Customer Invoices" -msgstr "Рахунки клієнтів" +msgstr "Рахунки клієнта" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" msgstr "Грошові знижки" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" " pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -14616,11 +13920,11 @@ msgstr "" "виставлення рахунка-фактури. Цей підхід може значно покращити ваш середній " "період збору оплат." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 msgid "Set up a cash discount" msgstr "Встановіть грошову знижку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" @@ -14635,11 +13939,11 @@ msgstr "" "пропозиція дійсна. Можна також змінити термін балансу за замовчуванням, якщо" " потрібно." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "Start offering the cash discount" msgstr "Почніть пропонувати грошову знижку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " "term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" @@ -14649,15 +13953,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Тепер ви можете створити рахунок-фактуру клієнта та вибрати доданий термін " "оплати готівкою. Після перевірки рахунка-фактури, Odoo автоматично розділить" -" частину дебіторської заборгованості запису у журналі на дві частини, що " -"мають різні терміни. Оскільки знижена ціна вже розрахована, ваші елементи " +" частину дебіторської заборгованості запису журналу на дві частини, що мають" +" різні терміни. Оскільки знижена ціна вже розрахована, ваші елементи " "контролю оплати будуть спрощені." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 msgid "Grant the cash discount" msgstr "Надайте готівкову знижку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 msgid "" "The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " "cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " @@ -14669,7 +13973,7 @@ msgstr "" "журналу. Потім виберіть залишок грошової знижки та натисніть кнопку " "*Створити списання*, щоб узгодити її." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 msgid "" "You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " "easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " @@ -14685,11 +13989,11 @@ msgstr "" "Зауважте, що залежно від вашої локалізації, за замовчуванням у вас вже є " "наявна модель знижок." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 msgid "Register the full payment" msgstr "Зареєструйте повну оплату" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 msgid "" "In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " "benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " @@ -14699,15 +14003,15 @@ msgstr "" "грошовою знижкою. Коли ви обробляєте виписку з банку, зрівняйте платіж із " "двома відповідними записами журналу." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 msgid "Set up cash roundings" msgstr "Налаштування округлення цін" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" "In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " "Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" @@ -14719,23 +14023,23 @@ msgstr "" "фактури сплачуються готівкою, вам доведеться округлити їх загальну суму до " "найменшої монети, яка існує у валюті. Для CHF найменша монета - 0,05 CHF." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" msgstr "Є дві стратегії округлення:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" msgstr "Додайте рядок в рахунку-фактурі для округлення" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" msgstr "Додайте округлення в суму податку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." msgstr "Обидві стратегії застосовні в Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "" "First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " @@ -14745,7 +14049,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:` Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активація " "округлення цін." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" "There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." @@ -14754,7 +14058,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Управління --> Округлення " "цін`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 msgid "" "Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " "strategies:" @@ -14762,28 +14066,28 @@ msgstr "" "Тепер ви можете створювати округлення цін. Ви можете вибрати один з двох " "варіантів округлення:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 msgid "" "**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" " your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " "define the account in which the rounding will go." msgstr "" "**Додайте рядок округлення**: якщо потрібне округлення, Odoo додасть рядок у" -" ваш рахунок-фактуру клієнта, щоб врахувати це округлення. Ви також повинні " -"визначити обліковий запис, в якому буде здійснюватися округлення." +" ваш рахунок-фактуру клієнта, щоби врахувати це округлення. Ви також повинні" +" визначити обліковий запис, в якому буде здійснюватися округлення." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 msgid "" "**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " "highest tax." msgstr "" "**Змінити суму податку:** Odoo додасть округлення до суми найвищого податку." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "Застосуйте округлення" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 msgid "" "Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" " the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" @@ -14795,11 +14099,11 @@ msgstr "" "в якому ви можете просто вибрати один із методів округлення, створених " "раніше. Якщо потрібно, округлення буде застосовано до рахунку-фактури." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" msgstr "Доходи майбутніх періодів: як автоматизувати їх?" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" "Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " "balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " @@ -14817,7 +14121,7 @@ msgstr "" " клієнтом. Оскільки товари або послуги доставляються з часом, прибуток " "визнається та відображається у звіті про доходи." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 msgid "" "For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " "begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " @@ -14829,7 +14133,7 @@ msgstr "" "фактури клієнта, $24.000 слід розмістити на рахунку доходів майбутніх " "періодів. Це тому, що $24.000, отримані вами, ще не було зароблено." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 msgid "" "Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " "by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " @@ -14838,11 +14142,11 @@ msgstr "" "Протягом наступних 24 місяців ви будете зменшувати рахунок доходів майбутніх" " періодів на $1,000 ($24,000/24) за місяць та визнавати цю суму як дохід." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 msgid "Module installation" msgstr "Установка модуля" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 msgid "" "In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " "application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " @@ -14854,7 +14158,7 @@ msgstr "" " **Управління активами та визнання доходів**. Це дозволить встановити " "модуль **Керування визнанням доходів**." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 msgid "" "In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" " the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" @@ -14864,11 +14168,11 @@ msgstr "" "\"Управління визнанням доходів\". Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo 9, ви можете " "перевірити, чи правильно встановлений модуль." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 msgid "Define deferred revenue types" msgstr "Визначте типи доходу майбутніх періодів" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " "From the Accounting application, go to the menu " @@ -14878,29 +14182,29 @@ msgstr "" "В Бухобліку перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Типи доходів " "майбутніх періодів`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" msgstr "Приклад: договір про технічне обслуговування на 12 місяців" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" msgstr "Деякий приклад типів доходів майбутніх періодів:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 msgid "1 year service contract" msgstr "контракт на 1 рік обслуговування " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 msgid "3 years service contracts" msgstr "контракти на 3 роки обслуговування" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" msgstr "Установіть доходи майбутніх періодів на товари" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 msgid "" "Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " "products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" @@ -14910,42 +14214,42 @@ msgstr "" " відповідні товари. У формі товару на вкладці Бухоблік можна встановити тип " "доходу майбутніх періодів." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 msgid "" "Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" msgstr "" "Нижче наведено кілька прикладів товарів та пов'язаних з ними типів доходів " "майбутніх періодів." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Product" msgstr "Товар" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" -msgstr "Тип доходу майбутніх періодів" +msgstr "Тип доходів майбутніх періодів" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" msgstr "Контракт підтримки: 3 роки" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" msgstr "Підписка на Netflix: 3 роки" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 msgid "Flowers every month" msgstr "Квіти кожного місяця" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 msgid "1 year product contract" msgstr "Контракт на 1 рік обслуговування" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 msgid "Sell and invoice products" msgstr "Продаж та виставлення товарів у рахунках-фактурах" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 msgid "" "Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " "this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " @@ -14957,46 +14261,46 @@ msgstr "" "підтверджено, Odoo автоматично створить дохід майбутніх періодів для вас і " "пов'язаний запис журналу." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Dr**" msgstr "**Dr**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Cr**" msgstr "**Cr**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 msgid "Accounts receivable" msgstr "Дебіторська заборгованість" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 msgid "24000" msgstr "24000" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 msgid "Deferred revenue account" msgstr "Рахунок доходу майбутніх періодів" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 msgid "" "Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " "recognition." msgstr "Потім щомісяця Odoo публікує запис журналу для визнання доходу." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 msgid "1000" msgstr "1000" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 msgid "Service revenue account" msgstr "Рахунок доходу майбутніх періодів" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 msgid "" "To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" " the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." @@ -15004,16 +14308,16 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб проаналізувати всі ваші поточні контракти з доходом майбутніх періодів, " "можна скористатися меню Звітування > Аналіз доходів майбутніх періодів." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`overview`" msgstr ":doc:`overview`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" msgstr "Як визначити платіж за рахунками клієнта?" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 msgid "" "In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " "payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " @@ -15023,22 +14327,22 @@ msgstr "" "повинні використовувати умови оплати в Odoo. Вони застосовуються як до " "рахунків клієнтів, так і до постачальників." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "Наприклад, для конкретного рахунку-фактури:" +msgstr "Наприклад, для конкретного рахунка-фактури:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" msgstr "Оплата 50% протягом 10 днів" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" msgstr "Оплата залишкового балансу протягом 30 днів" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 msgid "" "payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " "for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " @@ -15048,15 +14352,15 @@ msgstr "" "певного замовлення ви зараховуєте клієнта до двох частин, це не термін " "сплати, а політика рахунка-фактури." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 msgid "" "Configure your usual installment plans from the application " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." msgstr "" -"Налаштуйте свої звичайні планові розстрочки з програми " +"Налаштуйте свої звичайні планові розстрочки з модуля " ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування > Умови оплати`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 msgid "" "A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " "3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " @@ -15070,7 +14374,7 @@ msgstr "" "(не робіть 50% через 10 днів, а 50% - за 21 день, тому що з округленням це " "може бути не рівно 100%)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 msgid "" "The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " "order." @@ -15078,16 +14382,16 @@ msgstr "" "Опис терміну оплати буде відображатися в рахунку-фактурі або в замовлення на" " продаж." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 msgid "Payment terms for customers" msgstr "Умови оплати для клієнтів" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 msgid "You can set payment terms on:" msgstr "Ви можете встановити умови оплати на:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 msgid "" "**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " "or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " @@ -15098,7 +14402,7 @@ msgstr "" "клієнтів, якщо ви надасте цей термін оплати для всіх майбутніх замовлень для" " цього клієнта." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 msgid "" "**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " "this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" @@ -15107,13 +14411,13 @@ msgstr "" "фактур, створених за цією пропозицією або замовленням продажу, але не з " "інших комерційних пропозицій" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" msgstr "" "**рахунку-фактурі**: термін оплати буде застосовуватися лише до цього " -"рахунку-фактури" +"рахунка-фактури" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 msgid "" "If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " "invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " @@ -15125,15 +14429,15 @@ msgstr "" "розмірі 100 доларів створить наступний запис журналу (для наочності нашого " "прикладу ми не встановили податок на рахунок-фактуру):" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 msgid "Due date" msgstr "Установлений термін" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 msgid "" "If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " "days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" @@ -15142,27 +14446,27 @@ msgstr "" "10% протягом трьох днів та кінцевою оплатою протягом 30 днів, ви отримуєте " "наступний запис журналу:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 msgid "Jan 03" msgstr "Січ 03" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 msgid "10" msgstr "10" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 msgid "Jan 30" msgstr "Січ 30" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 msgid "90" msgstr "90" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 msgid "" "On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " "To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." @@ -15170,15 +14474,15 @@ msgstr "" "У звірці з клієнтом ви побачите два рядки з різними термінами. Щоб отримати " "звірку з клієнтом, скористайтеся меню Продажі > Звірка з клієнтом." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "Огляд процесу виставлення рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " "ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " @@ -15194,7 +14498,7 @@ msgstr "" "повинен просто перевірити чергові рахунки-фактури та надсилати рахунки в " "пакетному режимі (звичайною поштою чи електронною поштою)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "" "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " "create draft invoices:" @@ -15202,11 +14506,11 @@ msgstr "" "Залежно від вашого бізнесу, ви можете вибрати один зі способів створення " "чергових рахунків:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Замовлення на продаж ‣ Рахунок-фактура" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 msgid "" "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" @@ -15216,7 +14520,7 @@ msgstr "" "замовленням на продаж після їх перевірки. Потім проекти рахунків-фактур " "створюються на основі замовлення на продаж. У вас є різні варіанти, такі як:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " "invoice" @@ -15224,20 +14528,20 @@ msgstr "" "Рахунок-фактура вручну: використовуйте кнопку в замовленні на продаж, щоб " "запустити чернетку рахунка-фактури" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " "delivery order" msgstr "" "Рахунок перед доставкою: виписуйте повне замовлення перед тим, як запустити " -"замовлення доставки" +"замовлення на доставку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" msgstr "" -"Рахунок-фактура на основі замовлення доставки: дивіться наступний розділ" +"Рахунок-фактура на основі замовлення на доставку: дивіться наступний розділ" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " "the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" @@ -15246,7 +14550,7 @@ msgstr "" "eCommerce, коли клієнт платить за замовленням, і ми доставляємо його після " "цього. (передплата)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 msgid "" "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " "the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " @@ -15259,19 +14563,19 @@ msgstr "" "відсоток (аванс), рахунок-фактура на кілька рядків, рахунок-фактура " "фіксованого авансу." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "Цей процес корисний як для надання послуг, так і для продажу товарів." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on sales orders.*" -msgstr "Читати більше: *Рахунок на основі замовлень на продаж.*" +msgstr "Читати більше: *Рахунок на основі замовлення на продаж.*" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Замовлення на продаж ‣ Замовлення на доставку ‣ Рахунок-фактура" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 msgid "" "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" " sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " @@ -15282,9 +14586,9 @@ msgstr "" "фактуру на основі замовлень на доставку, а не замовлення на продаж. Цей " "метод підходить для підприємств, де кількість, яку ви доставляєте, може " "відрізнятись від замовлених кількостей: продукти харчування (рахунок-фактура" -" на основі фактичних Kg)." +" на основі фактичних кг)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " @@ -15293,17 +14597,17 @@ msgstr "" "Таким чином, якщо ви доставляєте часткове замовлення, ви сплачуєте лише те, " "що ви дійсно доставили. Якщо ви повертаєте замовлення (частково доставте, а " "решта пізніше), клієнт отримає два рахунки-фактури, по одному для кожного " -"замовлення доставки." +"замовлення на доставку." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on delivery orders.*" msgstr "Читати більше: *Рахунок на основі замовлення на доставку.*" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Замовлення в електронній комерції ‣ Рахунок-фактура" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "" "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " @@ -15315,15 +14619,15 @@ msgstr "" "замовлення за допомогою чеків або банківських переказів, Odoo створює лише " "замовлення, а рахунок-фактура буде активовано після отримання платежу." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 msgid "Contracts" msgstr "Контракти" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Звичайні контракти ‣ Рахунки-фактури" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "" "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " @@ -15334,31 +14638,31 @@ msgstr "" "послуг/товарів. Щомісяця продавець запускає рахунок-фактуру, виходячи з дій " "на контракті." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 msgid "Activities can be:" msgstr "Дії можуть бути такі:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" "фіксовані товари/послуги, що надходять від замовлення продажу, пов'язаного з" " цим контрактом" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" msgstr "придбані матеріали (які ви будете надавати)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "час і матеріали на основі табелю або купівлі (субпідряд)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" msgstr "витрати, такі як подорожі та проживання, які ви переказуєте клієнту" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 msgid "" "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." " This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " @@ -15371,7 +14675,7 @@ msgstr "" "послуг компанії, які виставляють рахунки-фактури за встановлену ціну, вони " "використовують звичайний замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 msgid "" "Read more: - *How to invoice based on time and material?* - *How to manage" " contracts and invoicing plans?*" @@ -15379,11 +14683,11 @@ msgstr "" "Читати більше: - *Як виставити рахунок на основі часу та матеріалів?* - " "*Як керувати планом контрактів та виставленням рахунків?*" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Повторювані контракти ‣ Рахунки-фактури" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 msgid "" "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " "frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" @@ -15393,15 +14697,15 @@ msgstr "" "Частота виставлення рахунків та послуг/товарів, на які виставлено рахунок, " "визначаються на контракті." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 msgid "Read more: *Subscription based invoicing.*" msgstr "Читати більше: *Виставлення рахунків на основі підписки.*" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" msgstr "Створення рахунка-фактури вручну" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " @@ -15412,7 +14716,7 @@ msgstr "" "якщо вам не потрібно керувати процесом продажу (комерційні пропозиції) або " "доставкою товарів або послуг." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" @@ -15421,48 +14725,48 @@ msgstr "" "знадобитися створення рахунку-фактури вручну у виняткових випадках " "використання:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 msgid "if you need to create a refund" msgstr "якщо вам потрібно створити відшкодування" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 msgid "If you need to give a discount" msgstr "якщо вам потрібно надати знижку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "" "якщо вам потрібно змінити рахунок-фактуру, створений за замовленням на " "продаж" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" msgstr "якщо вам потрібно нарахувати щось не пов'язане з основним бізнесом" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 msgid "Specific modules" msgstr "Спеціальні модулі" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "" "Деякі спеціальні модулі також можуть створювати проекти рахунків-фактур:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" msgstr "**членство**: виставляйте рахунки своїх членів щорічно" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "" "**налагодження**: виставляйте рахунки на послуги післяпродажного " "обслуговування" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" msgstr "Як встановити та використовувати умови оплати" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" "Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " "customer invoices and supplier bills." @@ -15470,7 +14774,7 @@ msgstr "" "Умови оплати визначають умови оплати рахунку-фактури. Вони застосовуються як" " до рахунків клієнтів, так і до постачальників." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 msgid "" "Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " "specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " @@ -15480,7 +14784,7 @@ msgstr "" " для певного замовлення ви зараховуєте клієнта до двох частин, це не термін " "сплати, а умови рахунку-фактури." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 msgid "" "Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " "Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " @@ -15490,7 +14794,7 @@ msgstr "" " терміну оплати - це той, який відображається в рахунку-фактурі або " "замовленні на продаж." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 msgid "" "A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " "3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " @@ -15498,13 +14802,13 @@ msgid "" " days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " "100%)" msgstr "" -"Термін платежу може мати один рядок (наприклад, 21 день) або декілька рядків" -" (10% протягом 3 днів та кінцева оплата протягом 21 дня). Якщо ви створили " +"Термін платежу може мати один рядок (наприклад, 21 день) або кілька рядків " +"(10% протягом 3 днів та кінцева оплата протягом 21 дня). Якщо ви створили " "термін платежу з кількома рядками, переконайтеся, що останній є балансом. " "(не робіть 50% через 10 днів, а 50% - за 21 день, тому що з округленням це " "може бути не рівно 100%)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 msgid "" "screenshot payment term forms, after QDP have commited the change planned on" " this object" @@ -15512,15 +14816,15 @@ msgstr "" "зробіть скріншот форм терміну оплати, після того, як QDP здійснило " "заплановані зміни на цьому об'єкті" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "Використання умов оплати" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" msgstr "Умови оплати можна встановити на:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 msgid "" "**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " "or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " @@ -15531,7 +14835,7 @@ msgstr "" "платежу для клієнтів, якщо ви надасте цю умову оплати для всіх майбутніх " "замовлень цього клієнта." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 msgid "" "**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " "this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" @@ -15540,12 +14844,12 @@ msgstr "" "фактур, створених за цією пропозицією або замовленням на продаж, але не на " "інші комерційні пропозиції" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" msgstr "" -"**рахунок-фактуру**: застосуйте умову платежу лише до цього рахунку-фактури" +"**рахунок-фактуру**: застосуйте умову платежу лише до цього рахунка-фактури" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 msgid "" "If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " "is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " @@ -15555,16 +14859,16 @@ msgstr "" "із рахунком-фактурою, відрізняється. Без умови оплати або податку, рахунок-" "фактура в розмірі 100 доларів видасть запис цього журналу:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 msgid "" "In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." msgstr "У виписці клієнта ви побачите два рядки з різними термінами." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" msgstr "Умови оплати для продавців" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 msgid "" "The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " "date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" @@ -15574,7 +14878,7 @@ msgstr "" "це фіксувати термін сплати за рахунком. Вам не потрібно призначати умову " "оплати, достатньо лише терміну оплати." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 msgid "" "But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " "still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " @@ -15587,15 +14891,15 @@ msgstr "" "постачальника, вам не потрібно встановлювати термін сплати. Точна дата " "внесення всіх платежів буде автоматично створена." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" msgstr "Як редагувати або робити повернення по рахунку-фактурі?" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 msgid "" "In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and " "sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the " @@ -15608,11 +14912,11 @@ msgstr "" "його з оригінальним рахунком-фактурою, закрити його та створити новий " "рахунок-фактуру." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" -msgstr "Змінення підтвердженого рахунку-фактури" +msgstr "Змінення підтвердженого рахунка-фактури" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 msgid "" "If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " "the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, " @@ -15623,18 +14927,18 @@ msgstr "" "\"Змінити: створити повернення, узгодити та створити новий рахунок-" "фактуру\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 msgid "Odoo will automatically:" msgstr "Odoo буде автоматично:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" -msgstr "Створювати повернення для вашого рахунку-фактури" +msgstr "Створювати повернення для вашого рахунка-фактури" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 msgid "" "Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as " "Paid)" @@ -15642,22 +14946,22 @@ msgstr "" "Узгоджувати рахунок-фактуру з оригінальним рахунком-фактурою (позначаючи " "обидва як сплачено)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" msgstr "Створить новий рахунок-фактуру, який можна змінити" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." msgstr "" "Потім ви можете змінити проект рахунка-фактури та підтвердити його, коли він" " буде правильним." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 msgid "Cancelling an invoice" -msgstr "Скасування рахунку-фактури" +msgstr "Скасування рахунка-фактури" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 msgid "" "If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " "the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund " @@ -15667,7 +14971,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Рахунок-фактура\" у рахунку-фактурі. У полі методу повернення виберіть " "\"Скасувати: створити повернення та узгодити\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 msgid "" "Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or " "email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." @@ -15676,11 +14980,11 @@ msgstr "" "поштою або електронною поштою своєму клієнту, якщо ви вже відправили " "оригінальний рахунок-фактуру." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" msgstr "Повернення по рахунку-фактурі" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 msgid "" "If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " "button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " @@ -15690,7 +14994,7 @@ msgstr "" "кнопкою \"Рахунок-фактура\" у рахунку-фактурі. У полі методу повернення " "виберіть \"Створити повернення\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund " "(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," @@ -15701,7 +15005,7 @@ msgstr "" " Потім відправте повернення звичайною поштою або електронною поштою своєму " "клієнту." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 msgid "" "Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a " "refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the " @@ -15713,15 +15017,15 @@ msgstr "" "оплату. Якщо клієнт уже заплатив, кошти повинні бути відшкодовані, " "здійснивши оплату повернення клієнту." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Платежі клієнта" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" msgstr "Як зареєструвати клієнтські оплати чеком?" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " "approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." @@ -15730,7 +15034,7 @@ msgstr "" "підходи, щоб ви могли використовувати той, який краще відповідає вашим " "звичкам." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 msgid "" "**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " "check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " @@ -15743,7 +15047,7 @@ msgstr "" "рахунок, перемістіть гроші з незарахованих коштів на свій банківський " "рахунок." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 msgid "" "**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " "payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" @@ -15757,7 +15061,7 @@ msgstr "" "допомогою банківського каналу та чекового платежу, не створюючи спеціального" " журнального запису." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 msgid "" "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " "balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " @@ -15767,50 +15071,50 @@ msgstr "" "банківського рахунку точний, беручи до уваги чеки, які ще не були " "нараховані). Обидва підходи потребують однакових зусиль." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." msgstr "" -"Навіть якщо перший спосіб є більш чистим, Odoo підтримує другий підхід, " +"Навіть якщо перший спосіб є більш зрозумілим, Odoo підтримує другий підхід, " "оскільки його використовують деякі бухгалтери (користувачі QuickBooks і " "Peachtree)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 msgid "" "You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " "checks to your bank accounts in batch." msgstr "" -"Можливо, ви подивитеся на *функцію депозитного квитка*, якщо ви внесете " +"Можливо, ви подивитеся на *Функцію депозитного квитка*, якщо ви внесете " "кілька групових перевірок на свої банківські рахунки." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "Варіант 1: не зараховані кошти" +msgstr "Варіант 1: незараховані кошти" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" msgstr "Створіть журнал **Чеки**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" msgstr "" "Встановіть **Незараховані чеки** як дебет рахункового/дебетового рахунку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 msgid "" "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" "Встановіть банківський рахунок, пов'язаний із цим журналом, як **Дозволити " "узгодження**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 msgid "From check payments to bank statements" msgstr "Від перевірки платежів до банківських виписок" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 msgid "" "The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " "become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." @@ -15818,8 +15122,8 @@ msgstr "" "Перший спосіб обробляти чеки - це створити чековий журнал. Таким чином, чек " "стає способом оплати сам по собі, і ви будете записувати дві транзакції." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 msgid "" "Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " "**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" @@ -15827,59 +15131,59 @@ msgstr "" "Отримавши перевірку клієнта, перейдіть до відповідного рахунку-фактури та " "натисніть **Зареєструвати платіж**. Заповніть інформацію про платіж:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 msgid "" "Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" " default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" msgstr "" "Спосіб оплати: перевірте журнал (який ви налаштовували за допомогою " -"дебетових і кредитних дебіторських рахунків як **незараховані кошти**)" +"дебетових і кредитних дебіторських рахунків як **Незараховані кошти**)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "Призначення: напишіть номер чеку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "Ця операція видасть наступний запис журналу:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "Узгодження виписки" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 msgid "Undeposited Funds" msgstr "Незареєстровані кошти " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" "Рахунок-фактура позначається як сплачений, як тільки ви записуєте чек." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the check that is in Undeposited Funds." @@ -15887,14 +15191,14 @@ msgstr "" "Потім, як тільки ви отримаєте банківські виписки, ви узгоджуєте це " "твердження за допомогою чеків, які знаходяться в незарахованих коштах." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " "checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " @@ -15904,7 +15208,7 @@ msgstr "" "отримуєте перелік чеків, які не були зараховані в на рахунок **Незарахованих" " коштів** (доступні, наприклад, з головної бухгалтерської книги)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 msgid "" "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" " process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " @@ -15915,12 +15219,12 @@ msgstr "" "у вас є чеки, які не були виплачені готівкою, це є чистіше, оскільки на цих " "банківських рахунках ще не повідомлялося про ці чеки." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "Варіант 2: лише один журнал" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." @@ -15928,15 +15232,15 @@ msgstr "" "Ці налаштування неможливі, якщо ви плануєте керувати вашими чеками за " "допомогою цього методу." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "**Спосіб оплати**: банк, який буде використовуватися для депозиту" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 msgid "Memo: write the check number" msgstr "Призначення: напишіть номер чеку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 msgid "" "Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" " statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " @@ -15946,13 +15250,13 @@ msgstr "" "виписки та цим фактичним платежем. (технічно: вкажіть цей платіж і пов'яжіть" " його з рядком виписки)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "За допомогою цього підходу ви отримаєте наступний запис журналу:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 msgid "" "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " "invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" @@ -15965,7 +15269,7 @@ msgstr "" "групового запису, але вам доведеться узгодити записи пізніше (відповідні " "платежі з рахунками-фактурами)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " "**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " @@ -15978,11 +15282,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Додатково** на інформаційній панелі бухобліку на відповідному банківському" " рахунку)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" msgstr "Як зареєструвати оплати кредитною карткою в рахунках-фактурах?" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" " both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." @@ -15991,7 +15295,7 @@ msgstr "" "підтримує обидва підходи, щоб ви могли використовувати той, який краще " "відповідає вашим звичкам." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 msgid "" "**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " "the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " @@ -15999,14 +15303,14 @@ msgid "" "Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " "account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." msgstr "" -"**Не зараховані кошти** (найчастіше використовуються в європейських " -"країнах): після одержання дозволу на оплату кредитною карткою ви зараховуєте" -" платіж за допомогою кредитної картки в рахунку-фактурі (використовуючи " -"журнал кредитної картки та розміщуючи на рахунку не зараховані кошти). " -"Потім, коли платежі кредитної картки надходять на ваш банківський рахунок, " -"перемістіть гроші з не зарахованих коштів на свій банківський рахунок." +"**Незараховані кошти** (найчастіше використовуються в європейських країнах):" +" після одержання дозволу на оплату кредитною карткою ви зараховуєте платіж " +"за допомогою кредитної картки в рахунку-фактурі (використовуючи журнал " +"кредитної картки та розміщуючи на рахунку незараховані кошти). Потім, коли " +"платежі кредитної картки надходять на ваш банківський рахунок, перемістіть " +"гроші з незарахованих коштів на свій банківський рахунок." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 msgid "" "**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " "credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," @@ -16014,14 +15318,14 @@ msgid "" "statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " "payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." msgstr "" -"**Лише один журнал** (найчастіше використовується в США): після того, як ви " -"отримаєте оплату за допомогою кредитної картки, ви зараховуєте платіж у ваш " -"банк, сплачуючи кредитною карткою, не переходячи на не зараховані кошти. " -"Щойно ви обробляєте виписку з банківського рахунку, ви виконуєте " +"**Лише один запис журналу** (найчастіше використовується в США): після того," +" як ви отримаєте оплату за допомогою кредитної картки, ви зараховуєте платіж" +" у ваш банк, сплачуючи кредитною карткою, не переходячи на незараховані " +"кошти. Щойно ви обробляєте виписку з банківського рахунку, ви виконуєте " "відповідність за допомогою банківського каналу та платежу за допомогою " "кредитної картки, не створюючи спеціальну публікацію журналу." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 msgid "" "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " "balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " @@ -16031,7 +15335,7 @@ msgstr "" "банківського рахунку точний, беручи до уваги кредитні картки, які ще не були" " нараховані). Обидва підходи потребують однакових зусиль." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 msgid "" "If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" " take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " @@ -16040,10 +15344,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Якщо ви користуєтеся електронною комерцією та автоматизованим шлюзом " "платежів, вам потрібно буде лише взяти під контроль частину узгодження " -"банку, оскільки оплачений рахунок-фактура буде автоматично записано в " -"правильний журнал. Тоді ви будете використовувати другий підхід." +"банківських виписок, оскільки оплачений рахунок-фактура буде автоматично " +"записано в правильний журнал. Тоді ви будете використовувати другий підхід." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " @@ -16053,7 +15357,7 @@ msgstr "" "оскільки його використовують деякі бухгалтери (користувачі *QuickBooks* і " "*Peachtree*)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 msgid "" "On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " "--> Create`" @@ -16061,25 +15365,25 @@ msgstr "" "В модулі Бухоблік перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Журнали --> " "Створити`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 msgid "" "Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" msgstr "" "Створіть журнал під назвою \"Платежі за кредитною карткою\" з такими даними:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" msgstr "**Назва журналу**: кредитна картка" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" msgstr "**Дебетовий рахунок за замовчуванням**: кредитні картки" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" msgstr "**Кредитний рахунок за замовчуванням**: кредитні картки" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 msgid "" "The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " "set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." @@ -16087,12 +15391,12 @@ msgstr "" "Тип рахунку має бути \"Кредитна картка\". Після цього не забувайте " "встановлювати рахунок \"Кредитні картки\" як \"Дозволити узгодження\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" msgstr "Від платежів кредитної картки до банківських виписок" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 msgid "" "The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " "Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" @@ -16102,8 +15406,8 @@ msgstr "" "карток. Таким чином, кредитні картки стають самостійним способом оплати, а " "ви будете записувати дві транзакції." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 msgid "" "Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " "and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" @@ -16112,26 +15416,26 @@ msgstr "" "відповідний рахунок-фактуру та натисніть \"Реєстрація платежу\". Заповніть " "інформацію про платіж:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" msgstr "**Спосіб оплати**: кредитна картка" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" msgstr "**Призначення**: напишіть референс рахунка-фактури" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 msgid "Credit Cards" msgstr "Кредитні картки" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 msgid "" "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." msgstr "" "Рахунок-фактура позначається як сплачений, як тільки ви записуєте платіж за " "допомогою кредитної картки." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." @@ -16140,11 +15444,11 @@ msgstr "" "за допомогою кредитної картки, яка знаходиться на рахунку \"Кредитна " "картка\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 msgid "Credit cards" msgstr "Кредитні картки" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " "of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " @@ -16155,7 +15459,7 @@ msgstr "" "зараховані в рахунку \"Кредитна картка\" (доступні, наприклад, з головної " "книги)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 msgid "" "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" " process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " @@ -16167,7 +15471,7 @@ msgstr "" "прозоріше, тому що на цих банківських рахунках ще не повідомляється про ці " "кредитні картки." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 msgid "" "There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " "this method." @@ -16175,15 +15479,15 @@ msgstr "" "Немає нічого для налаштування, якщо ви плануєте керувати своїми кредитними " "картками за допомогою цього методу." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" msgstr "**Спосіб оплати**: банк, який буде використовуватися для депозиту" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" msgstr "**Призначення**: напишіть номер транзакції кредитної картки" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 msgid "" "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " "recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " @@ -16195,7 +15499,7 @@ msgstr "" "зробите узгодження із випискою та цим фактичним платежем (технічно: вкажіть " "цей платіж і пов'яжіть його з рядком виписки)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 msgid "" "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " "invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" @@ -16209,7 +15513,7 @@ msgstr "" "групового запису, але вам доведеться узгодити записи пізніше (відповідні " "платежі з рахунками-фактурами)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " "report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" @@ -16222,25 +15526,25 @@ msgstr "" "банком (цей звіт доступний з опції \"Додатково\" на панелі інструментів " "бухобліку на відповідний банківський рахунок)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 msgid ":doc:`recording`" msgstr ":doc:`recording`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 msgid ":doc:`followup`" msgstr ":doc:`followup`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "Нагадуйте про рахунки та отримуйте оплату швидше" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 msgid "" "It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." " Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " @@ -16250,11 +15554,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo допоможе вам визначити платежі, які затримуються, і дозволить вам " "надсилати відповідні нагадування." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 msgid "Manage your follow-ups" msgstr "Керування вашими нагадуваннями" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 msgid "" "We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " "follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" @@ -16264,7 +15568,7 @@ msgstr "" "дій. Це дозволить уникнути труднощів при надсиланні виписки клієнту, який " "вже заплатив вам." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 msgid "" "The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " @@ -16277,7 +15581,7 @@ msgstr "" "або роздрукувати його як лист. Після цього можна натиснути кнопку *Готово*, " "щоби переглянути нагадування, які потребують вашої уваги." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 msgid "" "Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " "later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " @@ -16287,7 +15591,7 @@ msgstr "" "отримаєте наступний звіт згідно з *Наступною датою нагадування*, " "встановленою на виписці." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 msgid "" "To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " "number of days calculated between each report by going to " @@ -16299,7 +15603,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Платіжне " "нагадування`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 msgid "" "You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " "normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." @@ -16307,11 +15611,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ви також можете встановити рівень довіри для ваших клієнтів, позначивши їх " "як поганих, нормальних або добрих боржників у звітах про нагадування." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 msgid "Send reminders in batch" msgstr "Надсилання групових нагадувань" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 msgid "" "To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " "from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " @@ -16325,11 +15629,11 @@ msgstr "" "Також буде автоматично створено PDF-документ, що містить всі листи, які ви " "можете надрукувати." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 msgid "Plan a follow-up process" msgstr "Планування нагадувань" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 msgid "" "To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " @@ -16341,7 +15645,7 @@ msgstr "" "розділі *Платежі клієнтів*. Потім натисніть кнопку *Рівні нагадувань*, яка " "з'явилася на сторінці налаштувань." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 msgid "" "A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " "you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " @@ -16355,7 +15659,7 @@ msgstr "" " ручну дію. Ви також можете редагувати шаблон, який використовується для " "виписки відповідно до етапу процесу." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 msgid "" "If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " "negative number of due days." @@ -16363,12 +15667,12 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви бажаєте отримати нагадування перед фактичною датою, встановіть " "від'ємне число днів." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 msgid "Get paid with SEPA" msgstr "Отримайте оплату із SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -16380,7 +15684,7 @@ msgstr "" "Прямий дебет SEPA дозволяє вам вилучати гроші з банківських рахунків ваших " "клієнтів із затвердженням." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can record customer mandates, generate an SDD XML file " "containing customer payments and upload it in your bank interface. The file " @@ -16392,7 +15696,7 @@ msgstr "" "інтерфейс. Файл слідує специфікаціям SEPA Direct Debit PAIN.008.001.02. Це " "чітко визначений стандарт, який робить консенсус між банками." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate the SEPA Direct Debit (SDD) Feature. Enter the Creditor Identifier " @@ -16402,11 +15706,11 @@ msgstr "" "активуйте функцію прямого дебету SEPA (SDD). Введіть ідентифікатор кредитора" " вашої компанії. Цей номер надається вашим банком." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 msgid "Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "Мандати прямого дебету" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 msgid "" "Before withdrawing money from a customer bank account, your customer has to " "sign a mandate. Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Direct Debit " @@ -16416,11 +15720,11 @@ msgstr "" "мандат. Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Продажі --> Прямі " "дебетові мандати` та створіть новий мандат." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit only works between IBAN Bank Accounts." msgstr "Прямий дебет SEPA працює лише між банківськими рахунками IBAN." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 msgid "" "Once you have entered all the information in the customer mandate, you can " "print it and ask your customer to sign it. Once it is done, you can upload " @@ -16431,15 +15735,15 @@ msgstr "" "зроблено, ви зможете завантажити мандат, підписаний вашим клієнтом в мандат " "в Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 msgid "You can now validate the mandate." msgstr "Тепер ви можете перевірити мандат." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 msgid "Let's create an invoice for that customer." msgstr "Давайте створимо рахунок для клієнта." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 msgid "" "When you will validate this invoice, the payment will be automatically " "generated and your invoice will be directly marked as paid." @@ -16447,7 +15751,7 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви підтвердите цей рахунок-фактуру, платіж буде автоматично створено, а" " ваш рахунок-фактура буде безпосередньо позначено як оплачений." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 msgid "" "If you already had some invoices for that customer that could be paid using " "that mandate, it's still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on " @@ -16458,11 +15762,11 @@ msgstr "" "рахунок-фактуру, натисніть на реєстровий платіж і виберіть спосіб оплати " "прямого дебету Sepa." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 msgid "Generate SDD Files" msgstr "Створення файлів SDD" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 msgid "" "You can generate the SDD File with all the customer payments to send to your" " bank directly from the accounting dashboard :" @@ -16470,7 +15774,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете створити файл SDD з усіма платіжками клієнтів, щоби відправити їх " "у свій банк безпосередньо з інформаційної панелі бухобліку:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 msgid "" "You select the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD " "File, click on action and select \"Generate Direct Debit XML\"." @@ -16478,7 +15782,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви вибираєте платежі у списку, який ви хочете включити до вашого файлу SDD, " "натисніть на дію та виберіть \"Генерувати прямий дебет XML\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 msgid "" "You can now download the XML file generated by Odoo and upload it in your " "bank interface." @@ -16486,7 +15790,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тепер ви можете завантажити файл XML, створений Odoo, і завантажити його у " "свій банківський інтерфейс." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated XML by activating the developer mode and " "going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payments --> SDD " @@ -16496,11 +15800,11 @@ msgstr "" "переходячи на :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Платежі --> Файл" " оплати SDD`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "Закрийте чи скасуйте мандат" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 msgid "" "The Direct Debit mandate will be closed automatically once the end date " "defined on it is reached. However, you can **close** a mandate earlier than " @@ -16518,7 +15822,7 @@ msgstr "" "перевищує цю дату закінчення. Будьте уважні, як тільки мандат буде закрито, " "його неможливо відновити." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 msgid "" "You can also **revoke** a mandate. In that case, you won't be able to pay " "any invoice using that mandate anymore, no matter the invoice date.To do " @@ -16529,11 +15833,11 @@ msgstr "" "рахунку-фактури. Для цього просто перейдіть до мандату та натисніть кнопку " "\"Скасувати\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" msgstr "Які є способи запису оплати?" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" " alone record for use on a later date:" @@ -16541,7 +15845,7 @@ msgstr "" "В Odoo платіж може бути або безпосередньо пов'язаний з рахунком-фактурою, " "або самостійним реєстром для використання на пізніший термін:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 msgid "" "If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " "invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." @@ -16550,7 +15854,7 @@ msgstr "" "фактури. Ви можете мати кілька платежів, пов'язаних з одним рахунком-" "фактурою." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 msgid "" "If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " "credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " @@ -16562,11 +15866,11 @@ msgstr "" "постачальником. Ви можете використовувати цей непогашений кредит/дебет для " "оплати майбутніх рахунків." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 msgid "Paying an invoice" -msgstr "Оплата рахунку-фактури" +msgstr "Оплата рахунка-фактури" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 msgid "" "If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " "payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " @@ -16575,7 +15879,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви зареєструєте платіж на рахунку-фактурі або рахунку постачальника, " "платіж автоматично узгоджується з рахунком-фактурою, що зменшує суму сплати." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 msgid "" "The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" " payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " @@ -16585,7 +15889,7 @@ msgstr "" "платіж. Звідти ви можете вибрати, аби відкрити запис журналу або узгодити " "платіж." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " "linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" @@ -16597,27 +15901,27 @@ msgstr "" "платіж в іншій валюті, Odoo створить журнал, щоб змінити втрату/здобуток " "валютної біржі, розміщену під час узгодження." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" msgstr "Платежі, не пов'язані з рахунком-фактурою" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 msgid "Registering a payment" msgstr "Реєстрація платежу" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 msgid "" "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " "menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " "you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" " be reconciled on an invoice later on." msgstr "" -"У програмі Бухоблік ви можете створити новий платіж в меню Продажі " +"У модулі Бухоблік ви можете створити новий платіж в меню Продажі " "(зареєструвати платіж клієнта) або в меню Купівля (оплатити постачальнику). " "Якщо ви користуєтеся цими меню, платіж не пов'язаний з рахунком-фактурою, " "але його можна легко узгодити з рахунком-фактурою пізніше." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 msgid "" "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " "payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " @@ -16631,7 +15935,7 @@ msgstr "" "купівлю чи рахунок-фактуру), встановіть посилання на цей документ у полі " "призначення." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 msgid "" "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " "just made in the accounting application." @@ -16639,11 +15943,11 @@ msgstr "" "Щойно буде підтвердження, буде надруковано запис журналу, що відображає " "транзакцію, яка була щойно зроблена в бухгалтерському модулі." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" msgstr "Узгодження платежів рахунків-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 msgid "" "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " "invoice directly." @@ -16651,7 +15955,7 @@ msgstr "" "Найпростіший спосіб узгодити оплату з рахунком-фактурою - це узгодження " "безпосередньо на рахунок-фактуру." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 msgid "" "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " "payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " @@ -16663,11 +15967,11 @@ msgstr "" "можете узгодити цей платіж з рахунком-фактурою поруч із підсумками у нижній " "частині під розділом \"Невиплачені платежі\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" msgstr "Узгодження всіх ваших непогашених платежів та рахунків-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 msgid "" "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " "(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " @@ -16677,7 +15981,7 @@ msgstr "" "(замість того, щоби робити це по черзі), ви можете використовувати функцію " "групового узгодження в Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 msgid "" "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " "Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " @@ -16687,7 +15991,7 @@ msgstr "" "рахунків клієнтів і на картці рахунку постачальників, щоб узгодити " "дебіторську та кредиторську заборгованість, відповідно." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 msgid "" "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " "and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " @@ -16697,7 +16001,7 @@ msgstr "" "постачальників, і дасть вам можливість обробити їх по черзі, одночасно " "виконуючи відповідність усіх ваших платежів і рахунків-фактур." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 msgid "" "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " @@ -16707,11 +16011,11 @@ msgstr "" "що ще є залишок балансу, який потрібно або узгодити пізніше, або потрібно " "буде безпосередньо списати." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" msgstr "Переказ грошей з одного банківського рахунку на інший" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 msgid "" "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " "between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." @@ -16720,7 +16024,7 @@ msgstr "" "грошову одиницю між вашими банківськими рахунками з інформаційної панелі або" " з меню вгорі." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 msgid "" "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " "payments." @@ -16728,7 +16032,7 @@ msgstr "" "Це приведе вас до того самого екрану, який ви маєте для отримання та " "здійснення платежів." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 msgid "" "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " "the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " @@ -16742,6 +16046,322 @@ msgstr "" "Не повторюйте цей процес знову на іншому банківському рахунку, або ж ви " "отримаєте два записи журналу для однієї транзакції." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" msgstr ":doc:`credit_cards`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:7 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:16 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:18 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:26 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:21 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:23 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:28 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:30 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " +":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report " +"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " +"behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:47 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:50 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "Вручну" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:61 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:72 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference between brackets (e.g. [Food]). Type the " +"expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:87 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action > Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:102 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:107 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:109 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:116 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:122 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:130 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:138 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "Бухгалтерський облік: бухгалтер або радник" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "Витрати: менеджер" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:149 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:155 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:157 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:162 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:164 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:170 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:181 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:183 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:190 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:192 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:197 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:203 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:205 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:212 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:215 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:225 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index f11e63ba3..b2dbd1793 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -22,19 +22,19 @@ msgstr "" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../general.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 msgid "General" msgstr "Загальне" -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Аутентифікація" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" msgstr "OAuth" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." @@ -42,13 +42,13 @@ msgstr "" "Відповідно до спеціальних вимог у впровадженні Azure OAuth, ідентифікація " "Microsoft Azure OAuth на даний момент НЕ сумісна з Odoo." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" msgstr "" "Як дозволити користувачам входити за допомогою свого облікового запису " "Google" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" "Connect to your Google account and go to " "`https://console.developers.google.com/ " @@ -58,16 +58,16 @@ msgstr "" "`https://console.developers.google.com/ " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:7 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "Натисніть **Створити проект** і введіть назву проекту та інші деталі." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:15 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "Натисніть **Використовувати Google API**" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:20 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ msgstr "" "У лівій частині меню виберіть підменю **Перелік** (у **Менеджер API**), " "потім виберіть **Екран згоди OAuth**." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:25 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ msgstr "" "Введіть адресу, електронну пошту та назву товару (наприклад, odoo), а потім " "збережіть." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:30 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ msgstr "" "Потім натисніть **Додати повноваження** та виберіть другий варіант (OAuth " "2.0 Client ID)." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:38 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перевірте, чи встановлено тип програми на **Веб-додаток**. Тепер налаштуйте " "дозволені сторінки, на які вас буде перенаправлено." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:40 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ msgstr "" "вставте наступне посилання в поле: " "http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Потім натисніть **Створити**." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." @@ -118,34 +118,34 @@ msgstr "" "клієнта). Вам потрібно вставити свій ID клієнта в **Загальних " "налаштуваннях**." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "Як дозволити користувачам входити через LDAP" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." msgstr "Встановіть модуль LDAP у Загальних налаштуваннях." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." msgstr "Натисніть **Створити** у налаштуваннях вашого сервера LDAP." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." msgstr "Оберіть про компанію для використання LDAP." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." msgstr "" "В **Інформації сервера**, введіть IP-адресу вашого сервера та його порт." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." msgstr "Позначте **TLS користувача**, якщо ваш сервер сумісний." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ msgstr "" "використовується для запиту сервера. Якщо залишите порожнім, сервер буде " "запитуватися анонімно." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "" "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " "nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." @@ -162,11 +162,11 @@ msgstr "" "В **Параметрах оброки**, введіть доменне ім'я вашого сервера LDAP в " "номенклатурі LDAP (напр. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" msgstr "У **фільтрі LDAP**, введіть ``uid=%s``" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " "User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ msgstr "" "хочете, щоби Odoo створила профіль користувача, коли хтось вперше увійде " "через LDAP." -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." @@ -183,15 +183,15 @@ msgstr "" "У **Шаблоні користувача**, вкажіть шаблон для новостворених профілів. Якщо " "залишити заблокованим, профіль адміна, буде використовуватися як шаблон." -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "Імпорт даних" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" msgstr "Як імпортувати шаблон імпорту" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " "import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " @@ -203,25 +203,25 @@ msgstr "" "будь-яким програмним забезпеченням електронних таблиць (Microsoft Office, " "OpenOffice, Google Диск тощо)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "Як налаштувати файл" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." msgstr "Видаліть стовпці, які вам не потрібні. Ми радимо не видаляти ID." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" "Встановіть унікальний ID для кожного окремого запису, перетягнувши ID " "послідовність." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ msgstr "" "помітити, якщо його мітка не підходить для будь-якого поля системи. Якщо " "так, знайдіть відповідне поле за допомогою пошуку." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." @@ -239,11 +239,11 @@ msgstr "" "Потім використовуйте мітку, яку ви знайшли у своєму шаблоні імпорту, щоби " "він працював відразу ж під час наступної спроби імпорту." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" msgstr "Чому стовпець \"ID\"?" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " @@ -253,14 +253,14 @@ msgstr "" "соромтеся використовувати попереднє програмне забезпечення для полегшення " "переходу на Odoo." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" "Встановлення ID не є обов'язковим при імпорті, але це допомагає у багатьох " "випадках:" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" @@ -268,15 +268,15 @@ msgstr "" "Оновіть імпорт: ви можете імпортувати один і той же файл кілька разів без " "створення дублікатів;" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "Поле імпорту відносин (див. Нижче)." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "Як імпортувати поля посилання" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ msgstr "" "імпортувати ці відносини, вам потрібно спочатку імпортувати записи " "відповідного об'єкта з власного меню списку." -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " "is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " @@ -300,15 +300,15 @@ msgstr "" "додайте \"/ ID\" в кінці заголовку стовпця (наприклад, для атрибутів товару:" " атрибути товару / атрибут / ID товару)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "How to import data into Odoo" msgstr "Як імпортувати дані в Odoo" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" msgstr "З чого почати?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 msgid "" "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" @@ -318,13 +318,13 @@ msgstr "" "(.xlsx) або CSV (.csv): контакти, товари, банківські виписки, записи в " "журналі та навіть замовлення!" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." msgstr "" "Відкрийте перегляд об'єкта, який хочете заповнити, та натисніть " "*Імпортувати*." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 msgid "" "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " @@ -333,21 +333,21 @@ msgstr "" "Вам надаються шаблони, які можна легко заповнити власними даними. Такі " "шаблони можна імпортувати одним кліком; Відображення даних вже виконано." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "Як адаптувати шаблон?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" "Додайте, видаліть та відсортуйте стовпці, щоби найкраще відповідати " "структурі даних." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "Ми радимо не видаляти **ID** (Чому? Дивіться в наступному розділі)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ msgstr "" "хвилюйтеся! Ви можете вставляти нові стовпці вручну під час перевірки " "імпорту. Знайдіть список відповідного поля." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." @@ -367,11 +367,11 @@ msgstr "" "Потім використовуйте мітку цього поля у вашому файлі, щоби він працював " "наступного разу." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "Як імпортувати з іншої програми?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ msgstr "" "знайти цей запис, використовуючи його назву, але ви зупинитесь, якщо " "принаймні 2 записи мають однакову назву." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " @@ -398,11 +398,11 @@ msgstr "" " доведеться повторно імпортувати змінені дані пізніше, тому, якщо можливо, " "ви зможете його вказати." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "Я не можу знайти поле, в якому я хочу позначити стовпець" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ msgstr "" "бути хорошою і легкою, можливо, що це трапиться не так, або ви хочете " "вказати стовпчик на поле, яке не пропонується за замовчуванням." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " @@ -429,11 +429,11 @@ msgstr "" "пов'язаної моделі (розширено)**, після чого ви зможете вибрати з повного " "списку полів для кожного стовпця." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "Де я можу змінити формат імпортування дати?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ msgstr "" "місяць; важко здогадатися, яка частина формату дати - це день, а яка - " "місяць у такій даті, як '01-03-2016 '." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Параметри** під списком файлів. Якщо цей формат неправильний, ви можете " "змінити його, використовуючи *ISO 8601*, щоби визначити формат." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -474,11 +474,11 @@ msgstr "" "що формат дати в Odoo правильний, незалежно від формату вашої локальної " "дати." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "Чи можу я імпортувати номери з позначкою валюти (наприклад, $ 32.00)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -494,60 +494,60 @@ msgstr "" " використовуєте символ валюти, який не відомий Odoo, він, можливо, не буде " "визнаний як номер, хоча й буде збігатися." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" "Приклади підтримуваних чисел (наприклад, з використанням тридцяти двох " "тисяч):" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "32000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "32,000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "-32000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "(32000.00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "$ 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "(32000.00 €)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "Приклад, який не буде працювати:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" "Що робити, коли таблиці попереднього перегляду імпорту відображаються " "неправильно?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ msgstr "" " цих налаштувань, ви можете змінити параметри формату файлу (відображається " "під панеллю перегляду файлів CSV після вибору файлу)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ msgstr "" "вашій програмі для роботи з електронними таблицями. Дивіться наступне " "питання." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ msgstr "" "Як змінити параметри формату файлу CSV при збереженні електронної таблиці в " "моїй програмі?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 msgid "" "If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " @@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ msgstr "" "вікні «Зберегти як»> встановіть прапорець «Редагувати параметри фільтра»> " "Зберегти)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " "'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." @@ -602,11 +602,11 @@ msgstr "" "діалоговому вікні «Зберегти як»> натисніть «Інструменти» у спадному списку> " "вкладка «Кодування»)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "Яка різниця між ID бази даних та зовнішнім ID?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ msgstr "" "допомогти вам імпортувати такі поля, Odoo надає 3 механізми. Для поля, яке " "потрібно імпортувати, потрібно використовувати єдиний механізм." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" @@ -629,11 +629,11 @@ msgstr "" "Наприклад, щоби вказати країну контакту, Odoo пропонує вам 3 різних поля для" " імпорту:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "Країна: назва або код країни" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ msgstr "" "Країна/ID бази даних: унікальний ID Odoo для запису, визначеного стовпцем ID" " postgresql" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" @@ -649,24 +649,24 @@ msgstr "" "Країна/Зовнішній ID: ID запису, зазначеного в іншій програмі (або .XML-" "файлі, який імпортував його)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" "Для країни Бельгії можна використовувати один із цих 3 способів імпорту:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "Країна: Бельгія" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "Країна/ID бази даних: 21" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "Країна/Зовнішній ID: base.be" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " @@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ msgstr "" "способів відстежувати пов'язані записи. Ось коли ви повинні використовувати " "той чи інший спосіб, відповідно до вашої потреби:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ msgstr "" "Використовуйте країну: це найпростіший спосіб, коли ваші дані надходять з " "файлів CSV, які були створені вручну." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ msgstr "" "тому, щоби ніколи не було конфліктів (у вас може бути кілька записів з " "однаковою назвою, але вони завжди мають унікальний ID бази даних)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." @@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ msgstr "" "Використовуйте назву країни/зовнішній ID: використовуйте зовнішній ID, коли " "ви імпортуєте дані зі сторонньої програми." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -718,27 +718,23 @@ msgstr "" "стовпчиками типу \"Поле/Зовнішній ID\". Наступні два файли CSV наводять " "приклад для товарів і їх категорій." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`CSV файл для категорій " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`CSV файл для товарів " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:162 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "Що робити, якщо у мене є кілька співпадінь для поля?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -756,7 +752,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Категорії товарів\" (\"Різні Товари/Продаються\"). Ми рекомендуємо змінити" " один зі значень дублікатів або ієрархію категорії товарів." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " @@ -766,7 +762,7 @@ msgstr "" "рекомендуємо використовувати зовнішній ідентифікатор для цього поля " "\"Категорія\"." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" @@ -774,7 +770,7 @@ msgstr "" "Як я можу імпортувати поле зв'язку many2many (наприклад, клієнта з кількома " "тегами)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -786,15 +782,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"Роздрібний продавець\", ви кодуєте \"Виробник, роздрібний продавець\" у " "тому ж рядку файлу CSV." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:175 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -"`CSV для виробника, роздрібного продавця " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" @@ -802,7 +796,7 @@ msgstr "" "Як імпортувати зв'язок one2many (наприклад, кілька рядків замовлення від " "замовлення на продаж)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " @@ -821,15 +815,13 @@ msgstr "" "buy.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV деяких комерційних " "пропозицій, які ви можете імпортувати, на основі демо-даних." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Файл для деяких комерційних пропозицій " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" @@ -837,15 +829,13 @@ msgstr "" "У наведеному нижче файлі CSV показано, як імпортувати замовлення на купівлю " "за допомогою відповідних рядків замовлення." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Замовлення на купівлю з відповідними рядками замовлення на купівлю " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" @@ -853,19 +843,17 @@ msgstr "" "У наведеному нижче файлі CSV показано, як імпортувати клієнтів та їх " "відповідні контакти:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Клієнти та їхні відповідні контакти " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "Чи можу я кілька разів імпортувати той самий запис?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -881,7 +869,7 @@ msgstr "" "буде дбати про створення або зміну кожного запису залежно від того, він " "новий чи ні." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." @@ -889,11 +877,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ця функція дозволяє вам використовувати інструмент імпорту/експорту Odoo для" " зміни записів цілим пакетом у вашій програмі електронної таблиці." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:204 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "Що станеться, якщо я не надам значення для конкретного поля?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -905,11 +893,11 @@ msgstr "" "порожніми значеннями у своєму файлі CSV, Odoo встановить значення EMPTY у " "полі, замість того, аби призначити значення за замовчуванням." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:211 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "Як експортувати/імпортувати різні таблиці з додатка SQL до Odoo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -921,7 +909,7 @@ msgstr "" "якщо ви імпортуєте компанії та людей, вам доведеться відтворити зв'язок між " "кожною особою та компанією, в якій вони працюють)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" @@ -937,23 +925,16 @@ msgstr "" " назвою програми чи таблиці. (наприклад, \"company_1\", \"person_1\" замість" " \"1\")." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database</a>)" +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -"Припустимо, у вас є база даних SQL з двома таблицями, які ви хочете " -"імпортувати: компанії та особи. Кожна людина належить до однієї компанії, " -"тому вам доведеться відтворити зв'язок між людиною та компанією, в якій він " -"працює. (Якщо ви хочете перевірити цей приклад, ось <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">копія такої бази " -"даних PostgreSQL</a>)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:222 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" @@ -961,11 +942,11 @@ msgstr "" "Спочатку ми експортуємо всі компанії та їх \"Зовнішній ID\". У PSQL, " "напишіть таку команду:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:228 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" msgstr "Ця команда SQL створить наступний файл CSV::" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:235 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" @@ -973,11 +954,11 @@ msgstr "" "Щоби створити файл CSV для осіб, пов'язаних з компаніями, ми використаємо " "наступну команду SQL у PSQL:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:241 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" msgstr "Він буде створювати такий файл CSV::" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" @@ -993,7 +974,7 @@ msgstr "" "конфлікту ідентифікатора між особами та компаніями (person_1 та company_1, " "які поділилися однаковим ідентифікатором 1 в оригінальній базі даних)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -1005,25 +986,47 @@ msgstr "" "пов'язані з першою компанією). Спочатку потрібно імпортувати компанії, а " "потім особи." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:4 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "Мобільний" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:7 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "Push-сповіщення" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, there is no more complex configuration to enable push " +"notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " +"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" +"Просто перейдіть у *Налаштування* > *Загальні налаштування* > *Хмарні " +"Сповіщення Odoo (OCN)* та переконайтеся, що **Push-сповіщення** позначені." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "Основне" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 msgid "How to add a user" msgstr "Як додати користувача" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " "point." msgstr "Odoo надає вам можливість додавати користувачів у будь-який момент." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 msgid "Add individual users" msgstr "Додайте окремих користувачів" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 msgid "" "From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" " and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " @@ -1035,7 +1038,7 @@ msgstr "" "нового користувача та адресу електронної пошти - ту, яку він буде " "використовувати для входу в Odoo, та зображення." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 msgid "" "Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " "and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." @@ -1044,7 +1047,7 @@ msgstr "" "може отримати доступ та які використовувати. Доступні різні рівні залежно " "від програми." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" "When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " "invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" @@ -1055,7 +1058,7 @@ msgstr "" "Користувач повинен натиснути на нього, щоби прийняти запрошення до системи " "та створити вхід." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 msgid "" "Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " "Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more " @@ -1065,7 +1068,7 @@ msgstr "" " Для отримання додаткової інформації зверніться до нашої сторінки `*Ціна* " "<https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 msgid "" "You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " "screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " @@ -1080,7 +1083,7 @@ msgstr "" "встановлення його пароля. Після цього ви зможете визначити його права " "доступу в меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Меню користувача`." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 msgid "" "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`_" @@ -1088,19 +1091,19 @@ msgstr "" "`Деактивувати користувачів <../../db_management/documentation.html" "#deactivating-users>`_" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 msgid "Todo" msgstr "Зробити" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 msgid "Add link to How to add companies" msgstr "Додайте посилання на Як додати компанії" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" msgstr "Управляйте Odoo вашою рідною мовою" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." @@ -1108,17 +1111,17 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo надає вам можливість керувати Odoo різними мовами, і кожен користувач " "може використовувати Odoo своєю мовою." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" msgstr "Завантажте потрібну мову" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." msgstr "Перше, що потрібно зробити, це завантажити бажану мову у версію Odoo." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " @@ -1129,7 +1132,7 @@ msgstr "" "Завантажити переклад`, виберіть мову для встановлення та натисніть на " "**ЗАВАНТАЖИТИ**." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." @@ -1137,11 +1140,11 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви перевірите позначення \"Веб-сайти для перекладу\", ви зможете " "змінити мову навігації на своєму веб-сайті." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" msgstr "Змініть мову" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." @@ -1149,22 +1152,22 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете змінити мову на встановлену, перейшовши до спадного меню у верхній" " правій частині екрана та вибравши **Параметри**." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" "Потім змініть налаштування мови на встановлену та натисніть **Зберегти**." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." msgstr "Відкрийте нове меню, щоби переглянути зміни." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" msgstr "Змініть мову іншого користувача" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." @@ -1172,7 +1175,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo також дає вам можливість для кожного користувача вибрати його бажану " "мову." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" "To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " "--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " @@ -1188,19 +1191,19 @@ msgstr "" "куті. У розділі Параметри ви можете змінити мову на будь-яку раніше " "встановлену та натисніть **ЗБЕРЕГТИ**." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "Як створити ключ доступу Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" "**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" " this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" @@ -1211,16 +1214,16 @@ msgstr "" "того часу, як ви будете використовувати наш власний ключ Odoo Unsplash у " "прозорий спосіб." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" msgstr "Створіть ключ доступу Unsplash для користувача **не Saas**" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "" "Створіть обліковий запис на `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " @@ -1230,11 +1233,11 @@ msgstr "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ та натисніть на **Новий " "додаток**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "Прийміть умови та натисніть **Прийняти умови**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " "**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " @@ -1246,7 +1249,7 @@ msgstr "" "розпізнати його як екземпляр Odoo. Після завершення натисніть на **Створити " "додаток**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." @@ -1254,7 +1257,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви повинні бути перенаправлені на сторінку деталей додатку. Прокрутіть вниз," " щоб знайти ваш **ключ доступу**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " @@ -1264,15 +1267,15 @@ msgstr "" "ключа Unsplash та будете обмежені у доступі до тестового ключа, що має " "обмеження у 50 запитів Unsplash на годину." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" msgstr ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" msgstr "Як створити ID додатка Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." @@ -1280,7 +1283,7 @@ msgstr "" "Вам спершу потрібно створити та встановити ваш додаток Unsplash через цей " "посібник: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " @@ -1290,7 +1293,7 @@ msgstr "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ та натисніть на щойно створений " "додаток Unsplash під **Вашими додатками**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" @@ -1300,7 +1303,7 @@ msgstr "" "буде видимий у вашій URL-адресі браузера. URL-адреса повинна бути схожа на " "``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1aab5f291..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,541 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "Базова методологія швидкого старту" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " -"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Цей документ підсумовує послуги Odoo Online, методологію впровадження наших " -"Пакетів Послуг та найкращі практичні поради для початку роботи з нашим " -"продуктом." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "1. Єдина контактна особа та консультант" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " -"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" -" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" -" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "" -"В контексті вашого проекту настійно рекомендуємо призначати та підтримувати " -"з обох сторін (з вашої сторони та нашої) **єдину контактну особу**, яка " -"візьме на себе відповідальність за проект. Він також повинен мати " -"**повноваження** щодо прийняття рішень." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" -" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" -" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " -"practices." -msgstr "" -"**Консультант Odoo забезпечує реалізацію проекту від А до Я**: від початку " -"до кінця проекту він забезпечує загальну послідовність впровадження Odoo та " -"ділиться своїм досвідом з точки зору належної практики." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" -" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " -"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " -"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"**Єдина контактна особа, яка приймає рішення зі сторони клієнта**: він " -"відповідає за передачу ділових знань (в разі потреби координує втручання " -"ключових користувачів) та узгоджує виконання з точки зору бізнесу (прийняття" -" рішень, управління змінами тощо). " - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " -"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " -"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" -" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" -" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " -"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." -msgstr "" -"**Оптимізація зустрічей**: консультант Odoo не бере участі у процесі " -"прийняття рішень з точки зору бізнесу, а також не має чітких процесів та " -"внутрішніх процедур компанії (крім конкретного запиту чи винятку). Зустрічі " -"щодо проекту, які відбудуться раз або два на тижні, призначені для " -"узгодження бізнес-потреб (єдина контактна особа) та визначення способу " -"реалізації цих потреб в Odoo (консультант)." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " -"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " -"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " -"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the `Odoo documentation " -"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning " -"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the " -"testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" -"**Підготовка до навчання**: консультант Odoo надає функціональну підготовку " -"для єдиної контактної особи, щоб вона могла передавати ці знання своїм " -"співробітникам. Для того, щоби цей підхід був успішним, необхідно, щоби " -"контактна особа також брала участь у власному підвищенні навичок шляхом " -"самостійного навчання за допомогою `Документації Odoo " -"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `Платформи " -"електронного навчання <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-" -"functional>`__ та тестування функціональних можливостей." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "2. Project Scope" -msgstr "2. Сфера застосування проекту" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " -"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " -"project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "" -"Аби переконатися, що всі зацікавлені сторони завжди узгоджують процеси між " -"собою, необхідно визначати та вносити зміст проекту поки реалізується " -"проект." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " -"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " -"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " -"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" -" clear." -msgstr "" -"**Чітке визначення початкового обсягу проекту**: Чітке визначення початкових" -" потреб має вирішальне значення для забезпечення безперебійного виконання " -"проекту. Дійсно, коли всі зацікавлені сторони поділяють одне і те ж бачення," -" еволюцію потреб та процес прийняття рішень є більш простими та " -"зрозумілішими." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " -"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" -" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " -"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" -"**Поступова реалізація проекту**: Сприяння впровадженню на декількох " -"узгоджених етапах, що дозволяють регулярно впроваджувати продукцію, та " -"поступово охоплювати Odoo кінцевими споживачами, довели свою ефективність із" -" часом. Цей підхід також допомагає виявити прогалини та застосовувати " -"коригувальні дії на початку впровадження." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " -"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " -"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " -"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" -" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " -"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " -"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " -"experiment of the standard in production." -msgstr "" -"**Прийняття стандартних функцій в якості пріоритету**: Odoo пропонує чудове " -"середовище для здійснення незначних удосконалень (налаштувань) або більш " -"важливих (доробок). Тим не менше, прийняття стандартного рішення буде " -"віддавати перевагу якомога частіше, щоб оптимізувати час доставки проекту та" -" надавати користувачеві довгострокову стабільність та масштабність його " -"нового інструмента. В ідеалі, якщо поліпшення програмного забезпечення все-" -"таки має бути реалізоване, його впровадження буде здійснено після " -"експерименту зі стандартним впровадженням." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "3. Managing expectations" -msgstr "3. Управління очікуваннями" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " -"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" -" account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "" -"Розрив між реальним впровадження та майбутніми очікуваннями користувачів є " -"вирішальним чинником. З початку проекту необхідно враховувати три важливі " -"аспекти:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " -"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," -" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " -"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " -"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " -"check that this is still the case." -msgstr "" -"**Співпрацювати з підходом до проекту**: Як чіткий розподіл ролей та " -"відповідальності, так і чіткий опис режимів роботи (перевірка, вирішення " -"проблем та ін.) мають вирішальне значення для успішного впровадження Odoo. " -"Тому настійно рекомендуємо вживати необхідний час на початку проекту, щоби " -"вирівнятися з цими темами, і регулярно перевіряти, чи усе ще так, як було " -"заплановано." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " -"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" -" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " -"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" -" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " -"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " -"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " -"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " -"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " -"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " -"to pursue this same objective." -msgstr "" -"**Зосередьтеся на успіху проекту, а не на ідеальному рішенні**: Головною " -"метою єдиної контактної особи та консультанта є виконання завданого ними " -"проекту, щоби забезпечити найефективніше рішення для задоволення виражених " -"потреб. Ця мета іноді може суперечити баченню ідеального рішення клієнта. У " -"такому випадку контактна особа та консультант застосовуватимуть правило " -"80-20: зосередитись на 80% виражених потреб та вилучити решту 20% найбільш " -"невигідних цілей з точки зору співвідношення витрат і вигоди (ці відсотки, " -"звичайно, можуть бути зміненими з часом). Тому, якщо глобальне рішення буде " -"визначено, буде прийнято інтегрувати найбільш трудомістку маніпуляцію. Зміни" -" в бізнес-процесах також можуть бути запропоновані для досягнення цієї ж " -"мети." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 -msgid "" -"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " -"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " -"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " -"tools\\* :" -msgstr "" -"**Технічні характеристики завжди є ВИКЛЮЧНИМИ**: прогалини між тим, що " -"очікується і що доставляється, часто є джерелом конфлікту в проекті. Щоб " -"уникнути перебування в цій делікатній ситуації, ми рекомендуємо " -"використовувати кілька типів інструментів\\* :" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " -"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " -"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "" -"**GAP аналіз**: порівняння запиту клієнта зі стандартними функціями, " -"запропонованими компанією Odoo, дозволить визначити розрив, який повинен " -"бути заповнений розробками/налаштуваннями або змінами бізнес-процесів." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " -"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " -"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "" -"**Історія користувача**: Це технічно розділяє обов'язки між SPoC, " -"відповідальним за поясненням ЩО, ЧОМУ та ХТО, та консультантом, хто надасть " -"відповідь на питання ЯК." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 -msgid "" -"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes." -msgstr "" -"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ " -"Cпрощена версія, прототип того, що очікується, узгоджується з основними " -"лініями очікуваних змін." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 -msgid "" -"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" -" the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "" -"**Макет**: у тій же ідеї, що й PoC, який буде відповідати змінам, пов'язаним" -" з інтерфейсом." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " -"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " -"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " -"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " -"verifying its veracity beforehand." -msgstr "" -"До цих інструментів буде додано повну прозорість щодо можливостей та " -"обмежень програмного забезпечення та його оточення, щоб усі зацікавлені " -"сторони проекту могли чітко розуміти, що можна очікувати/досягти у проекті. " -"Тому ми не будемо базувати нашу роботу на гіпотезах, не перевіряючи " -"заздалегідь їх правдивість." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 -msgid "" -"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " -"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "" -"*Цей список, звичайно, можна доповнити іншими інструментами, які би більш " -"адекватно відповідали реаліям та потребам вашого проекту*" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 -msgid "4. Communication Strategy" -msgstr "4. Комунікаційна стратегія" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " -"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " -"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " -"follow those principles:" -msgstr "" -"Метою методології Швидкого старту є забезпечення швидкого володіння цим " -"інструментом для кінцевих користувачів. Тому ефективне спілкування має " -"вирішальне значення для успіху цього підходу. Тому його оптимізація приведе " -"нас до таких принципів:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 -msgid "" -"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " -"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " -"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " -"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " -"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" -" manager are clearly defined." -msgstr "" -"**Спільне використання документації з управління проектами**: Найкращий " -"спосіб забезпечити усіх зацікавлених сторін проекту володінням однаковим " -"рівнем знань, забезпечити прямий доступ до документу відстеження проекту " -"(Організатор проекту). Цей документ міститиме, принаймні, список завдань, що" -" будуть виконуватися як частина реалізації, для чого чітко визначений рівень" -" пріоритету та менеджер. " - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 -msgid "" -"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " -"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "" -"Організатор проекту - це інструмент відстеження проектів, який дозволяє як " -"детальне відстеження поточних завдань, так і загальний прогрес проекту." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " -"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "" -"**Зверніть увагу на важливу інформацію**: щоб мінімізувати час документації " -"до найважливіших вимог, ми дотримуємось наступних правильних практик:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "Протоколи зустрічі будуть обмежені лише рішеннями та перевірками;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " -"reached;" -msgstr "" -"Статуси проекту визначаються лише тоді, коли досягнуто важливого етапу;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "" -"Будуть організовані навчальні курси по стандартному або індивідуальному " -"рішенню." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 -msgid "5. Customizations and Development" -msgstr "5. Налаштування та розробка" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " -"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " -"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo - це програмне забезпечення, відоме своєю гнучкістю та важливою " -"здатністю до еволюції. Однак значна частина розвитку суперечить швидкій та " -"стабільній реалізації. Ось чому рекомендується:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 -msgid "" -"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " -"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," -" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " -"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" -" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " -"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " -"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." -" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " -"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " -"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." -msgstr "" -"**Розвиватися лише з вагомих причин**: рішення про розробку завжди повинно " -"бути прийняте, коли співвідношення витрат і вигод є позитивним (економія " -"часу на щоденній основі тощо). Наприклад, краще реалізувати значний " -"розвиток, щоб скоротити час щоденної експлуатації, а не виконувати операцію " -"лише один раз на квартал. Загальновизнано, що чим ближче рішення до " -"стандарту, тим легше і більш плавно відбувається процес міграції, і чим " -"нижчі витрати на обслуговування для обох сторін. Крім того, досвід показує " -"нам, що 60% первинних запитів на розробку знищуються через кілька тижнів " -"використання стандартного Odoo (див. \"Прийняття стандарту як пріоритет\")." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 -msgid "" -"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " -"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" -" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" -" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " -"business processes of the company." -msgstr "" -"**Заміна без реплікації**: є вагомі підстави для прийняття рішення про зміну" -" програмного забезпечення для управління. У цьому контексті момент " -"реалізації є правильним моментом прийняття і навіть є ініціатором зміни як з" -" точки зору використання програмного забезпечення, так і на рівні бізнес-" -"процесів компанії." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "6. Принципи тестування та перевірки" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 -msgid "" -"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" -" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " -"needs of the company." -msgstr "" -"Незалежно від того, чи були розробки чи ні, важливо перевірити відповідність" -" рішення операційним потребам компанії." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 -msgid "" -"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " -"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " -"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " -"requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "" -"**Розподіл ролей**: у цьому контексті консультант буде відповідати за " -"надання рішення, що відповідає визначеним специфікаціям; контактна особа " -"повинна буде протестувати та підтвердити, що рішення, яке постачається, " -"відповідає вимогам операційної реальності." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 -msgid "" -"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " -"noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "" -"**Управління змінами**: коли необхідно внести зміни до рішення, зазначений " -"розрив обумовлений:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " -"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "" -"Різницею між специфікацією та доставленим рішенням - це виправлення, за яке " -"відповідає консультант." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "**or**" -msgstr "**або**" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " -"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "" -"Різницею між специфікацією та вимогами операційної реальності - це зміна, на" -" яку відповідає контактна особа." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "7. Data Imports" -msgstr "7. Імпорт даних" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 -msgid "" -"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " -"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " -"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " -"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " -"it will be decided :" -msgstr "" -"Імпорт історії транзакційних даних є важливою проблемою, і відповідним чином" -" потрібно відповісти на це, щоб забезпечити безперебійну роботу проекту. " -"Дійсно, це завдання може зайняти багато часу, і, якщо його пріоритет не є " -"чітко визначеним, запобігти впровадженню вчасно. Щоб зробити це якомога " -"швидше, буде вирішено:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 -msgid "" -"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " -"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " -"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "" -"**Не імпортувати нічого**: Часто буває, що після відображення імпортування " -"історії даних стає не необхідним, причому ці дані зберігаються поза межами " -"Odoo і консолідуються для подальшої звітності." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 -msgid "" -"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " -"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " -"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " -"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" -" import will be made before the production launch." -msgstr "" -"**Щоб імпортувати обмежену кількість даних перед початком впровадження**: " -"коли історія даних стосується оброблюваної інформації (наприклад, замовлення" -" на купівлю, рахунки-фактури, відкриті проекти), необхідність мати цю " -"інформацію з першого дня використання у впровадженні - це реально. У цьому " -"випадку імпорт буде здійснюватися до початку запуску впровадження." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 -msgid "" -"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " -"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " -"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " -"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." -msgstr "" -"**Імпорт після запуску впровадження**: коли історія даних повинна бути " -"інтегрована з Odoo, в основному для цілей звітування, то очевидно, що вони " -"можуть бути інтегровані в програмне забезпечення ретроспективно. У цьому " -"випадку запуск впровадження буде передувати необхідному імпорту." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 -msgid "8. Support" -msgstr "8. Підтримка" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " -"questions or technical issues." -msgstr "" -"Коли ваш проект береться у виконання, наші команди підтримки піклуються про " -"ваші запитання чи технічні проблеми." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 -msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "Перегляньте :ref:`support-expectations`." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po deleted file mode 100644 index 03e80cf6d..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,502 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Служба підтримки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Почніть Службу підтримку в Odoo" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Початок роботи зі Службою підтримки Odoo" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "Встановлення Служби підтримки Odoo:" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" -msgstr "Відкрийте Модулі, знайдіть \"Службу підтримки\" та встановіть." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "Налаштуйте команди служби підтримки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням Служба підтримки Odoo встановлюється з командою під назвою " -"\"Підтримка\"" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" -"Щоб змінити цю команду або створити додаткові команди, виберіть " -"\"Налаштування\" на фіолетовий панелі та виберіть \"Налаштування\"." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." -msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете створити нові команди, вирішити, які члени команди додавати до" -" цієї команди, як ваші клієнти можуть подавати заявки та встановлювати " -"політику та рейтинги SLA. Для методів присвоєння ви можете мати заявки, " -"призначені випадково, збалансовано або вручну." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "Як налаштувати різні етапи для кожної команди" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 -msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." -msgstr "" -"Спочатку вам потрібно активувати режим розробника. Для цього перейдіть до " -"свого модуля налаштувань та виберіть посилання \"Активувати режим " -"розробника\" у нижній правій частині сторінки." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" -msgstr "" -"Тепер, коли ви повернетесь до свого модуля Служба підтримки і виберете " -"\"Налаштування\" на фіолетовій панелі, ви знайдете додаткові параметри, такі" -" як \"Етапи\". Тут ви можете створити нові етапи та призначити їх для однієї" -" або кількох команд, що дозволить налаштувати етапи для кожної команди." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "Почніть отримувати заявки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "Як мої клієнти можуть подавати заявки?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" -msgstr "" -"Виберіть \"Налаштування\" на фіолетовий панелі та виберіть \"Налаштування\"," -" виберіть команду \"Служба підтримки\". У розділі \"Канали\" ви знайдете 4 " -"варіанти:" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." -msgstr "" -"Псевдонім електронної пошти дозволяє клієнтам надсилати електронні листи, " -"які ви обираєте для створення заявки. Тема рядка електронного листа стає " -"темою заявки." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" -msgstr "" -"Форма веб-сайту дозволяє вашому клієнту перейти на сторінку " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit і надіслати заявку через форму " -"веб-сайту - так само, як odoo.com/help!" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." -msgstr "" -"Онлайн-чат дозволяє вашим клієнтам подавати заявки через онлайн-чат на " -"вашому веб-сайті. Ваш клієнт розпочне чат, і оператор онлайн-чату зможе " -"створити заявку за допомогою теми заявки команди/служби підтримки." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/12.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" -msgstr "Заявки створені, що тепер?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ваші співробітники можуть почати працювати над ними! Якщо ви обрали " -"метод ручного присвоєння, то вашим співробітникам доведеться призначати себе" -" на заявки, використовуючи кнопку \"Призначити для мене\" в лівому верхньому" -" кутку заявки або додати себе до поля \"Призначений для\"." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 -msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви вибрали метод призначення \"Випадковий\" або \"Збалансований\", ваші" -" заявки будуть призначатися членам цієї команди служби підтримки." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 -msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." -msgstr "" -"Звідти вони почнуть працювати над вирішенням заявок! Коли вони будуть " -"завершені, вони перемістять заявку на стадію завершення." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" -msgstr "Як позначити цю заявку, як термінову?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 -msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." -msgstr "" -"На ваших заявках ви побачите зірочки. Ви можете визначити, наскільки " -"терміновою є заявка, але вибирати одну або декілька зірок на ній. Ви можете " -"зробити це в Канбані або на формі заявки." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати політику Угоди про якість обслуговування ваших " -"співробітників, спершу активуйте налаштування в розділі \"Налаштування\"." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "Звідси виберіть \"Налаштувати політику SLA\" та натисніть \"Створити\"." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 -msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." -msgstr "" -"Ви будете заповнювати інформацію, подібну до команди служби підтримки, про " -"мінімальний пріоритет на заявці (зірки) та цілі для заявки." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "Що робити, якщо заявка заблоковано або готова до виконання?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 -msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо заявка не може бути вирішеною або заблокована, ви можете змінити стан " -"заявки на Канбані. У вас є 3 варіанти:" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "Сірий - нормальний стан" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "Червоний - заблокована" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "Зелений - готова до наступного етапу" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." -msgstr "" -"Подібно зіркам із нагальністю, ви можете налаштувати стан у Канбані або на " -"формі заявки." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "Як мої співробітники можуть зареєструвати час за заявкою?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 -msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." -msgstr "" -"Спочатку перейдіть до \"Налаштування\" та виберіть параметр \"Табель на " -"заявці\". З'явиться поле, де ви можете вибрати проект, куди потрібно " -"записувати табель." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 -msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" -msgstr "" -"Тепер, коли ви вибрали проект, ви можете зберегти. Якщо ви повернетесь до " -"своїх заявок, ви побачите нову вкладку \"Табелі\"." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." -msgstr "" -"Тут співробітники можуть додати рядок, щоб додати роботу, яку вони зробили " -"для цієї заявки." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" -msgstr "Як дозволити своїм клієнтам оцінювати отриману ними послугу" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" -"По-перше, вам потрібно активувати параметри оцінювання в розділі " -"\"Налаштування\"." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." -msgstr "" -"Тепер, коли заявка переміщується до її вирішення або завершеного етапу, вона" -" надішле електронний лист клієнту, який запитає, як пройшло їхнє " -"обслуговування." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "Запис часу на завдання та виставлення рахунку" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете мати контракти на обслуговування з клієнтами, щоб надати їм " -"допомогу у разі виникнення проблеми. Для цього Odoo допоможе вам записати " -"час, який витрачається на вирішення завдання, а головне, виставляти рахунки " -"своїм клієнтам." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "Необхідні модулі" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" -"Для запису та виставлення рахунків-фактур на завдання потрібні наступні " -"модулі: Служба підтримки, Проект, Табелі, Продажі. Якщо вам не вистачає " -"одного з них, перейдіть до модуля Додатки, знайдіть його, а потім натисніть " -"кнопку *Встановити*." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "Почніть пропонувати службу підтримки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "Крок 1: запустіть проект служби підтримки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." -msgstr "" -"Щоб запустити спеціальний проект для служби підтримки, спочатку перейдіть до" -" :menuselection:`Проект --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та переконайтеся," -" що функція *Табелі* активована." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." -msgstr "" -"Потім перейдіть на свою інформаційну панель, створіть новий проект і " -"дозвольте табелі для нього." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" -msgstr "Крок 2: встановіть команду служби підтримки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." -msgstr "" -"Щоб встановити команду, яка відповідає за службу підтримки, перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Служба підтримки --> Налаштування --> Команда служби " -"підтримки` і створіть нову команду або виберіть існуючу. На формі, позначте " -"поле перед *Табелем на заявці*, щоб активувати цю функцію. Не забудьте " -"вибрати раніше створений вами проект служби підтримки." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" -msgstr "Крок 3: запустіть службу підтримки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." -msgstr "" -"Нарешті, щоб запустити нову службу підтримки, спочатку перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та переконайтеся," -" що активовано функцію *Одиниця вимірювання*." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." -msgstr "" -"Потім перейдіть на :menuselection:`Товари --> Товари` та створіть новий. " -"Переконайтеся, що товар встановлено як послугу." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." -msgstr "" -"Тут ми пропонуємо встановити *Одиницю вимірювання* як *Годину(и)*, але будь-" -"яка одиниця буде виконуватися." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" -msgstr "" -"Нарешті, виберіть керування рахунками-фактурами, які ви хочете мати на " -"вкладці *Продажі* форми товару. Тут ми рекомендуємо наступне налаштування:" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "Тепер ви готові отримувати завдання!" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "Вирішіть проблеми та зафіксуйте витрачений час" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "Крок 1: розмістіть замовлення" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." -msgstr "" -"Ви перебуваєте в модулі Служба підтримки, і ви тільки що отримали заявку від" -" клієнта. Щоб розмістити нове замовлення, перейдіть на " -":menuselection:`Продажі --> Замовлення --> Замовлення` та створіть його для " -"послуги служби підтримки, яку ви раніше записали. Встановіть кількість " -"годин, необхідних для надання послуги клієнту та підтвердіть продаж." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "Крок 2: пов'яжіть завдання із заявкою" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви отримуєте доступ до конкретного проекту служби підтримки, ви " -"помітите, що із замовленням було автоматично створене нове завдання. Щоби " -"пов'язати це завдання з клієнтською заявкою, перейдіть до модуля Служба " -"підтримки, отримайте доступ до відповідної заявки та оберіть завдання у її " -"формі." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "Крок 3: запишіть час, витрачений на допомогу клієнту" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 -msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" -"Робота виконана, а заявка клієнта відсортована. Аби записати години, " -"виконані для цього завдання, поверніться до форми заявки та додайте її на " -"вкладку *Табелі*." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." -msgstr "" -"Часи, записані в заявці, також автоматично з'являться в модулі табелю та у " -"конкретному завданні." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "Крок 4: виставіть рахунок-фактуру клієнту" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 -msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" -"Щоби виставити рахунок-фактуру клієнту, поверніться до модуля продажу та " -"виберіть замовлення, яке було розміщено. Зверніть увагу, що години, записані" -" у формі заявки, тепер відображаються як доставлена кількість." - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 -msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" -msgstr "" -"Все, що потрібно зробити - це створити рахунок-фактуру із замовлення, а " -"потім перевірити його. Тепер вам просто доведеться чекати оплату клієнта!" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd707419..182763f0a 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -1,16 +1,15 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 15:27+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -18,6 +17,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "Користувацька документація Odoo " +#: ../../content/index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po similarity index 53% rename from locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po rename to locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 29f85f076..4779dde48 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -22,31 +22,36 @@ msgstr "" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory & Mrp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:66 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Склад" -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3 msgid "Barcodes" msgstr "Штрих-коди" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 msgid "Daily Operations" msgstr "Щоденні операції" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" msgstr "Як зробити коригування запасів зі штрих-кодом?" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "From the Barcode application:" msgstr "З додатку Штрих-коду:" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Inventory**" msgstr "Натисніть на **Склад**" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 msgid "" "Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" " use the keyboard to set the quantity)." @@ -54,7 +59,7 @@ msgstr "" "Відскануйте всі товари (якщо у вас 5 ідентичних пунктів, перевірте 5 разів " "або скористайтеся клавіатурою, щоби встановити кількість)." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " "products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " @@ -64,7 +69,7 @@ msgstr "" "перед скануванням товарів. Напр., сканування штрих-коду полиці; сканування " "кожного товару на полиці; повторіть для кожної полиці складу." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 msgid "" "When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." @@ -72,11 +77,11 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви перевірили всі елементи місцезнаходження, перевірте інвентаризацію " "вручну або скануючи **Перевірити** штрих-код." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 msgid "How to process delivery orders?" msgstr "Як обробляти замовлення на доставку?" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " "printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " @@ -86,11 +91,11 @@ msgstr "" " друкованими документами (і рядками сканування в документах), або на екрані " "(і сканувати товари безпосередньо)." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" msgstr "Процес друкованих замовлень на доставку:" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 msgid "" "Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " "Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." @@ -98,7 +103,7 @@ msgstr "" "Роздрукуйте замовлення на доставку за день, вибравши всі документи зі списку" " **Зробити** і друкуючи **Операції комплектування** у верхньому меню." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 msgid "" "Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " "top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." @@ -107,7 +112,7 @@ msgstr "" "коду** у верхньому правому куті документа дозволяє завантажити потрібний " "запис на екрані." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 msgid "" "Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " "product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " @@ -117,8 +122,8 @@ msgstr "" "товару на рядку комплектування, якщо штрих-код на товарі важкодоступний, " "видимий або відсутній." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 msgid "" "Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " "finish the operation." @@ -126,24 +131,24 @@ msgstr "" "Після того як ви відскануєте всі товари, відскануйте дію **перевірки** " "штрих-коду, щоб завершити операцію." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" msgstr "" "Процес обробки замовлення на доставку з комп'ютера або мобільного пристрою:" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 msgid "" "Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." msgstr "" "Завантажте всі замовлення на доставку, позначені як **Зробити**, і відкрийте" " перше." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." msgstr "Підніміть і відскануйте кожний із зазначених товарів." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 msgid "" "When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " "**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." @@ -151,7 +156,7 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви виберете всі елементи, натисніть кнопку **Перевірити** або перевірте" " дію **Дійсний штрих-код**, щоб завершити операцію." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 msgid "" "Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " "right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." @@ -159,20 +164,20 @@ msgstr "" "Перемістіть до наступного замовлення на доставку, натиснувши **стрілку** " "зверху праворуч або скануючи дію на штрих-коді **Pager-Next**." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" msgstr "Як зробити внутрішнє переміщення?" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" msgstr "В Odoo існує два типи внутрішніх переміщень:" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 msgid "" "Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" msgstr "Ті, що ініціюються автоматично системою (наприклад, контроль якості)." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 msgid "" "Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " "of the dashboard)." @@ -180,32 +185,32 @@ msgstr "" "Ті, що створюються працівником (наприклад, через внутрішню область передачі " "інформаційної панелі)." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" msgstr "Щоб зробити внутрішнє переміщення:" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" msgstr "" "З домашнього додатку штрих-коду відскануйте **місцезнаходження джерела**." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" msgstr "Підніміть і **відскануйте товари**." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 msgid "Scan the **destination location**" msgstr "Сканування **місця призначення**." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" msgstr "**Перевірте** переміщення, щоб закінчити його." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" msgstr "Як обробляти партії та серійні номери зі штрих-кодами?" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" "Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " "outgoing deliveries:" @@ -213,14 +218,14 @@ msgstr "" "Партійні номери можуть бути закодовані з вхідних відправлень, внутрішніх " "переміщень і вихідних доставок:" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 msgid "" "In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" msgstr "" "В інтерфейсі штрих-коду **відскануйте** товари, які ви хочете створити в " "партії" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 msgid "" "If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " "the lots/serial numbers" @@ -228,7 +233,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо цей товар має керуватися партіями, відкриється вікно, яке допоможе вам " "відсканувати партії/серійні номери" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 msgid "" "**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" " one automatically" @@ -236,15 +241,15 @@ msgstr "" "**Відскануйте** штрих-код партії, **введіть** його вручну або **залиште " "порожнім**, щоб автоматично створити його" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" msgstr "Клікніть або відскануйте **Перевірити** після завершення" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" msgstr "У чому різниця між **Партіями** та **Серійними номерами**?" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "" "**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " "you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." @@ -252,7 +257,7 @@ msgstr "" "Номери **партій** відносяться до кількох однакових товарів, тому кожен раз, " "коли ви скануєте партійні номери, Odoo додасть один до кількості товарів." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 msgid "" "On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " "barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " @@ -263,11 +268,11 @@ msgstr "" "прийматиме сканування одного і того ж серійного номера більше одного разу за" " операцію." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." msgstr "Тут ми налаштували відстеження **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** за партіями." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 msgid "" "Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" " product (you can also use the keyboard)." @@ -275,15 +280,15 @@ msgstr "" "Відскануйте товари з цієї вхідної відправки, після чого перевірте номер " "партії кожного товару (також можна скористатись клавіатурою)." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." msgstr "Натисніть Зберегти/Сканувати **Перевірити**, і ви закінчите." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" msgstr "Як обробляти вхідні поставки?" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " "on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " @@ -293,11 +298,11 @@ msgstr "" "друкованих документах (і сканувати рядки на документах), або на екрані (і " "сканувати товари безпосередньо)." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" msgstr "Процес друкованих вхідних поставок:" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " "Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." @@ -305,7 +310,7 @@ msgstr "" "Надрукуйте вхідні поставки за день, вибравши всі документи зі списку " "**Прийняти** та друкуючи **Операції комплектування** у верхньому меню." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " "top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." @@ -313,7 +318,7 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви почнете обробку вхідних поставок, відскануйте штрих-код у верхньому " "правому куті документа, щоб завантажити потрібний запис на екрані." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 msgid "" "Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " "on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " @@ -323,11 +328,11 @@ msgstr "" "комплектування, якщо штрих-код на товарі важкодоступний, видимий або " "відсутній." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" msgstr "Обробка вхідних поставок з комп'ютера або мобільного пристрою:" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 msgid "" "Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " "one." @@ -335,7 +340,7 @@ msgstr "" "Завантажте всі вхідні поставки, позначені як **Прийняти**, і відкрийте " "першу." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 msgid "" "When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " "**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." @@ -343,7 +348,7 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви виберете всі елементи, натисніть кнопку **Перевірити** або " "відскануйте дію штрих-коду **Перевірити**, щоб завершити операцію." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 msgid "" "Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " "right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." @@ -352,20 +357,20 @@ msgstr "" "**стрілку** в правому верхньому куті або скануючи дію на штрих-коді **Pager-" "Next**." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "Example" msgstr "Приклад" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 msgid "Open operation interface." msgstr "Відкритий операційний інтерфейс." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 msgid "Scan." msgstr "Відскануйте." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 msgid "" "The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " "and keyboard." @@ -373,15 +378,15 @@ msgstr "" "Відобразиться комплектування. Відскануйте елементи та/або заповнення " "інформації за допомогою миші та клавіатури." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Встановіть" +msgstr "Встановлення" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "Встановлення сканеру штрих-коду" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " @@ -392,11 +397,11 @@ msgstr "" "апаратного забезпечення. Цей посібник допоможе вам вирішити завдання вибору " "та налаштування сканера штрих-кодів." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "Знайдіть сканер штрих-коду, який відповідає вашим потребам" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " @@ -406,7 +411,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo та **Сканер штрих-коду** - **сканер USB**, **сканер Bluetooth** і " "**мобільний сканер**." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" @@ -418,7 +423,7 @@ msgstr "" " ви купуєте його, сканер сумісний з розкладкою клавіатури або може бути " "налаштований таким чином." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " @@ -427,7 +432,7 @@ msgid "" "your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " @@ -438,15 +443,15 @@ msgid "" " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "Налаштування сканеру штрих-кодів" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "Макет клавіатури" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " @@ -459,11 +464,11 @@ msgstr "" " замінивши \"A\" на \"Q\"). Більшість сканерів налаштовані шляхом сканування" " відповідного штрих-коду в посібнику користувача." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "Автоматичне повернення тари" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " @@ -480,11 +485,11 @@ msgstr "" "коду в посібнику користувача (\"суфікс CR на\", \"Застосувати введення для " "суфікса\" тощо)." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" msgstr "Як активувати штрих-коди в Odoo?" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " @@ -498,11 +503,11 @@ msgstr "" "ефективно, керуючи програмним забезпеченням практично виключно зі сканером " "штрих-кодів." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 msgid "Set products barcodes" msgstr "Встановіть штрих-коди товарів" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 msgid "" "In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" " that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " @@ -521,7 +526,7 @@ msgstr "" "натиснути Налаштувати штрих-коди товарів. Цей інтерфейс також доступний " "через планувальник." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 msgid "" "Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " "not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " @@ -530,11 +535,11 @@ msgstr "" "Варіанти товару: будьте обережні, щоб додати штрих-код безпосередньо до " "варіанту, а не до шаблону товару (інакше ви не зможете їх диференціювати)." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33 msgid "Set locations barcodes" msgstr "Встановіть місцезнаходження штрих-кодів" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -552,7 +557,7 @@ msgstr "" "кодів. На кожній сторінці є 4 штрих-коди, розташовані так, що зручно " "друкувати на наклейковому паперті." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" "Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " "name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" @@ -561,11 +566,11 @@ msgstr "" "назва місцезнаходження** - (**коридор X** - **полиця Y** - **висота Z**) " "Приклад: A032-025-133" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 msgid "Barcode formats" msgstr "Формати штрих-кодів" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " "proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " @@ -577,7 +582,7 @@ msgstr "" "нумерації плату в обмін на кодову послідовність коду EAN (саме тому два " "твари в магазині не матимуть однакового коду EAN)." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61 msgid "" "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " "your own barcode format for internal use." @@ -586,19 +591,19 @@ msgstr "" "завжди можете визначити свій власний формат штрих-коду для внутрішнього " "використання." -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3 msgid "Warehouse Management" msgstr "Управління складом" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "Інвентаризація" +msgstr "Коригування залишків" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" msgstr "Як зробити початкову інвентаризацію?" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 msgid "" "One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " "keep the inventory right." @@ -606,7 +611,7 @@ msgstr "" "Одна з найважливіших функцій програмного забезпечення для управління складом" " полягає в правильному проведенні інвентаризації." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 msgid "" "Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " "inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " @@ -616,13 +621,13 @@ msgstr "" "інвентаризацію. Ви покажете реальність шляхом інвентаризації потрібних " "кількостей у потрібних місцях." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Product Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування товару" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 msgid "" "In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " "Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " @@ -632,15 +637,15 @@ msgstr "" "натисніть **Створити**, щоб створити новий товар. Налаштуйте тип товару " "таким чином, щоби він був **Складським**, а не витратним." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 msgid "Start the initial inventory" msgstr "Розпочніть початкову інвентаризацію" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" msgstr "Оновіть кількість товару для одного товару" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 msgid "" "In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" " 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." @@ -648,7 +653,7 @@ msgstr "" "У товарі, який ви щойно створили, у верхній плитці видно, що у нас є 0 " "товарів на руці. Натисніть кнопку **Оновити кількість в наявності**." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 msgid "" "A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" " of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." @@ -657,7 +662,7 @@ msgstr "" "кількість товару, який у вас зараз є, у списку, після чого натисніть " "**Застосувати**." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 msgid "" "if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " "set the location of your product from this screen." @@ -665,13 +670,13 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви використовуєте кілька місцезнаходжень для вашого складу, ви зможете " "встановити розташування свого товару з цього екрана." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 msgid "" "You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." msgstr "" "Тепер ви можете побачити із вкладки \"В наявності\", що кількість оновлено." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 msgid "" "Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" " menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " @@ -681,11 +686,11 @@ msgstr "" "складом**, ви побачите, що новий рядок під назвою \"ІНВ: (назва вашого " "товару)» був автоматично створений та перевірений системою." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 msgid "Multiple products at once" msgstr "Кілька товарів одночасно" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 msgid "" "Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" " products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " @@ -699,7 +704,7 @@ msgstr "" " розташування. Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Контроль Складу --> Коригування" " залишків` , щоби розпочати початкову інвентаризацію." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 msgid "" "Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" " of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " @@ -712,7 +717,7 @@ msgstr "" "підрозділи), ви також можете вибрати розташування підкатегорії (або " "дочірнє)." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 msgid "" "You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " "only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." @@ -720,7 +725,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете вибрати інвентаризацію для всіх товарів, для декількох або тільки " "для одного. У цьому випадку ми виберемо опцію **Усі товари**." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 msgid "" "If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " "one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " @@ -732,7 +737,7 @@ msgstr "" "інвентаризації, введіть відповідний звітний період у полі \"Ступінь " "оцінки\". Потрібно встановити модуль бухобліку." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 msgid "" "Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" " have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " @@ -742,14 +747,14 @@ msgstr "" "який ви обрали (всі товари або вибрані), вам, можливо, доведеться додавати " "товари вручну, натиснувши кнопку **Додати елемент**." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 msgid "" "Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." msgstr "" "Додайте **реальну кількість**, яку ви маєте на своєму складі для кожного " "товару." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 msgid "" "additional information will be available according to the options you " "activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." @@ -757,7 +762,7 @@ msgstr "" "Додаткова інформація буде доступна відповідно до опцій, які ви активували " "(кілька місцезнаходжень, серійний номер, склади одержувача)." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 msgid "" "Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " "it." @@ -765,11 +770,11 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть кнопку **Перевірити інвентаризацію**, щоби підтвердити " "інвентаризацію та опублікувати її." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Звітність" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 msgid "" "To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " "Products`, and click on the **list button**:" @@ -777,11 +782,11 @@ msgstr "" "Щоби перевірити поточний запас, перейдіть на :menuselection:`Контроль складу" " --> Товари` та натисніть кнопку списку:" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" msgstr "Як обрати між правилом мінімального запасу та під замовлення?" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 msgid "" "**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " "different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " @@ -791,17 +796,17 @@ msgstr "" "подібні наслідки, але різні правила. Вони повинні використовуватися в " "залежності від ваших технологій виробництва та стратегії доставки." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "Термінологія" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 msgid "Minimum stock rule" msgstr "Правило мінімального запасу" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 msgid "" "**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " "amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " @@ -815,14 +820,14 @@ msgstr "" "товару досягає мінімального рівня, система автоматично генерує закупівлю з " "кількістю, необхідною для досягнення максимального рівня запасу." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "Зробити на замовлення" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 msgid "" "The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " "amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " @@ -835,48 +840,63 @@ msgstr "" "закупівлю буде згенерований незалежно від кількості, що знаходяться в " "наявності товару." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 msgid "Minimum stock rules" msgstr "Правила мінімального запасу" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 msgid "" "The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " @@ -888,95 +908,7 @@ msgstr "" "випадаючому меню. Тоді натисніть кнопку **Створити**, щоб встановити " "мінімальні та максимальні значення запасів для даного товару." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Активно" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the " -"orderpoint without removing it." -msgstr "" -"Якщо активне поле встановлено на Помилкове, це дозволить вам приховати точку" -" замовлення, не видаливши його." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Product Unit of Measure" -msgstr "Одиниця вимірювання товару" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations." -msgstr "" -"Стандартна одиниця вимірювання, що використовується для всіх складських " -"операцій." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Procurement Group" -msgstr "Група забезпечення" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into " -"one big picking." -msgstr "" -"Рухи, створені за допомогою цього пункту призначення, будуть поміщені в цю " -"групу закупівель. Якщо нічого не задано, рухи, створені за складськими " -"правилами, будуть згруповані в одне велике комплектування." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Minimum Quantity" -msgstr "Мінімальна кількість" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field," -" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max " -"Quantity." -msgstr "" -"Коли віртуальний запас перевищує мінімальний коефіцієнт, зазначений для " -"цього поля, Odoo генерує забезпечення, щоб довести прогнозовану кількість до" -" максимальної кількості." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Maximum Quantity" -msgstr "Максимальна кількість" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a " -"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as " -"Max Quantity." -msgstr "" -"Коли віртуальний запас перевищує мінімальну кількість, Odoo генерує " -"закупівлю, щоб довести прогнозовану кількість до кількості, зазначеної як " -"максимальна." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Quantity Multiple" -msgstr "Кілька кількостей" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " -"the exact quantity will be used." -msgstr "" -"Кількість забезпечення буде округлена до цієї кількості. Якщо це 0, буде " -"використано точну кількість." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Lead Time" -msgstr "Термін виконання" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or " -"to order to the vendor" -msgstr "" -"Протягом кількох днів після того, як точка замовлення спрацьовує, щоб " -"отримати товари або замовити у постачальника" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:43 msgid "" "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " "**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." @@ -984,7 +916,7 @@ msgstr "" "Потім натисніть на свій товар, щоб отримати доступ до відповідної форми " "товару, а в **підменю Склад** не забудьте вибрати постачальника." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " "consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " @@ -993,7 +925,7 @@ msgstr "" "Не забудьте вибрати правильний тип товару у формі товару. Витратний матеріал" " не може бути складським, і тому не буде враховано в оцінці запасів." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 msgid "" "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " "your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " @@ -1003,18 +935,18 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Модуль складу --> Контроль складу --> Товари` (або будь-який" " інший модуль, де доступні товари)." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:60 msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." msgstr "" "На формі товару в розділі **Склад** натисніть **Виготовити на замовлення**." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "Choice between the two options" msgstr "Вибір між двома функціями" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 msgid "" "The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " "strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " @@ -1027,11 +959,11 @@ msgstr "" " свої запаси лише за умови підтвердження продажу, краще скористатись кнопкою" " \"Зробити на замовленням\"." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " "products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " @@ -1040,11 +972,11 @@ msgid "" " those virtual warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12 msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14 msgid "" "Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" " warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " @@ -1053,13 +985,13 @@ msgid "" "create." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "" "The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " "because you will need it later in the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " "warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" @@ -1068,11 +1000,11 @@ msgid "" " A+B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37 msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "" "Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" " warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " @@ -1080,51 +1012,55 @@ msgid "" "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47 msgid "" "Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" " order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "Замовлення на доставку" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" msgstr "Як скасувати замовлення на доставку?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Загальний огляд" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " "been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." @@ -1133,7 +1069,7 @@ msgstr "" "того, чи воно було швидко перевірене, його потрібно змінити або з якихось " "інших причин." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 msgid "" "Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " "delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " @@ -1143,13 +1079,13 @@ msgstr "" "замовлення на доставку якнайшвидше, якщо це потрібно зробити, щоб у вас не " "було ніяких неприємних сюрпризів." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 msgid "Sale process" msgstr "Процес продажу" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 msgid "" "Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " "Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." @@ -1158,7 +1094,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Замовлення на продаж**. Потім натисніть на замовлення на продаж, яке " "потрібно скасувати." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 msgid "" "Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " "order." @@ -1166,7 +1102,7 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть кнопку **Доставка**, у верхньому правому куті замовлення на " "продаж." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 msgid "" "Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " "**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" @@ -1176,7 +1112,7 @@ msgstr "" "із **Референсом перевізника**, є кнопка **Скасувати**. Натисніть на неї, " "щоби скасувати доставку." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 msgid "" "To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" " receive the confirmation of the cancellation." @@ -1184,11 +1120,11 @@ msgstr "" "Щоби переконатися, що ваша доставка скасована, зареєструйтеся в історії, та " "отримайте підтвердження про скасування." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" msgstr "Як обмежити спосіб доставки певній кількості країн?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " "limit them to a certain number of countries." @@ -1196,7 +1132,7 @@ msgstr "" "За допомогою Odoo ви можете мати різні способи доставки, і ви можете " "обмежити їх для певної кількості країн." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 msgid "" "Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " "**Delivery Methods**." @@ -1204,12 +1140,12 @@ msgstr "" "У модулі **Склад** перейдіть до **Налаштування** та натисніть **Методи " "доставки**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 msgid "" "Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." msgstr "Виберіть спосіб доставки, який потрібно змінити, або створіть новий." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 msgid "" "In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " "this delivery method." @@ -1217,11 +1153,11 @@ msgstr "" "На вкладці **Місце призначення** виберіть країни, до яких потрібно " "застосувати цей метод доставки." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." msgstr "Тепер, давайте побачимо, що зроблено." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 msgid "" "If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " "your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " @@ -1231,7 +1167,7 @@ msgstr "" "своєї інформації та переходу на платіж, веб-сайт запропонує вам лише способи" " доставки, які застосовуються до вашої адреси доставки." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 msgid "" "This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " "Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." @@ -1240,17 +1176,17 @@ msgstr "" "замовлення на продаж, ви знаєте, який метод доставки ви можете " "використовувати з моменту їх створення." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "" "How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" msgstr "" "Як відправити товари клієнтам безпосередньо від постачальника (дропшипінг)?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 msgid "What is drop-shipping?" msgstr "Що таке дропшипінг?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 msgid "" "Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " "shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " @@ -1269,11 +1205,11 @@ msgstr "" "доставляється безпосередньо від постачальника замовнику. Тому товар не " "повинен проходити через ваш склад." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" msgstr "Пункти, які слід враховувати при здійсненні дропшипінгу" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 msgid "" "Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " "stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " @@ -1286,7 +1222,7 @@ msgstr "" " повинні зберігати їх лише для товарів, які займають багато місця на вашому " "складі." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 msgid "" "Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" " in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " @@ -1300,7 +1236,7 @@ msgstr "" "доставки не буде фінансово корисним. Але якщо ваш товар унікальний, то це " "має сенс!" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 msgid "" "To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" " for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." @@ -1308,7 +1244,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоби захистити своїх клієнтів від невдалих вражень, перевірте компанії, які " "перевозять доставку, заздалегідь, і перелічіть найкращі." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 msgid "" "Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " "amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" @@ -1319,7 +1255,7 @@ msgstr "" "часу і, безумовно, не більше, ніж це дозволить вам самостійно впоратися із " "замовленням. Також чудово вміти надавати клієнтам номер відстеження." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " "product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " @@ -1331,7 +1267,7 @@ msgstr "" "повідомте своїх клієнтів про те, що ви не тримаєте товар на складі і що він " "залежить від наявності у третіх осіб." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 msgid "" "For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " "is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" @@ -1341,11 +1277,11 @@ msgstr "" "`Що таке дропшипінг та як його використовувати <https://www.odoo.com/blog" "/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" msgstr "Налаштування дропшипінгу" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "" "Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " "to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" @@ -1357,7 +1293,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Дропшипінг** та позначте поле **Дозволити постачальникам доставляти " "безпосередньо вашим клієнтам**. Потім натисніть кнопку **Застосувати**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" "Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " "Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " @@ -1368,7 +1304,7 @@ msgstr "" "конкретні маршрути по напрямках замовлення клієнта (розширені)**. Натисніть " "**Застосувати**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 msgid "" "Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " "supplier to the products you want to dropship." @@ -1377,11 +1313,11 @@ msgstr "" "Додайте постачальника до товарів, якими ви хочете скористатися для " "дропшипінгу." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 msgid "" "Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" " that the route is **Dropshipping**." @@ -1389,7 +1325,7 @@ msgstr "" "Створіть **Замовлення на продаж** та вкажіть у рядку замовлення на продаж " "для своїх товарів, що маршрут - це **Дропшипінг**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 msgid "" "Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " "Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " @@ -1401,7 +1337,7 @@ msgstr "" "закупівлі за допомогою маршруту доставки. Після підтвердження замовлення ви " "побачите, що було створено одне відправлення." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 msgid "" "To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " "**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " @@ -1411,7 +1347,7 @@ msgstr "" "програми **Склад**. На інформаційній панелі клацніть на **# ОТРИМАТИ** на " "карті дропшипінгу." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 msgid "" "It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" " it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " @@ -1421,33 +1357,33 @@ msgstr "" "буде зроблено. Товари будуть безпосередньо доставлені від партнера до " "замовника, не переходячи на ваш склад." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" msgstr ":doc:`inventory_flow`" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222 msgid "Todo" msgstr "Зробити" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106 msgid "" "Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of " "my vendors?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" msgstr "" "Як обрати правильне переміщення запасів для обробки замовлень на доставку?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " "warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " @@ -1457,24 +1393,24 @@ msgstr "" "складу, кількість замовлень, які ви реєструєте кожен день... спосіб обробки " "замовлень може сильно відрізнятися." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" msgstr "" "Odoo дозволяє обробляти доставку зі свого складу трьома різними способами:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" msgstr "**Один крок (доставка)**: відправте безпосередньо зі складу" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 msgid "" "**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" msgstr "" "**Два кроки (комплектування + доставка)**: перенести товар до місця " "відвантаження перед відправленням" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 msgid "" "**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " "location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" @@ -1482,7 +1418,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Три кроки (комплектування + пакування + доставка)**: Зробіть пакунки у " "виділеному місці, а потім перемістіть їх у місце відвантаження для доставки" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 msgid "" "For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " "stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " @@ -1494,7 +1430,7 @@ msgstr "" "один крок, оскільки вона не вимагає великих налаштувань та дозволяє " "обробляти замовлення дуже швидко." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 msgid "" "Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" " two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " @@ -1508,7 +1444,7 @@ msgstr "" " клієнту. Цей спосіб також цікавий, якщо у вас є великі запаси, і особливо " "якщо ви маєте великі розміри." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 msgid "" "The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " "one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " @@ -1520,40 +1456,40 @@ msgstr "" "де їх збирають за місцем призначення, а потім встановлюють на вихідні " "вантажі для кінцевої доставки замовникам." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 msgid "One step flow" msgstr "Переміщення в один крок " -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" msgstr "Будь ласка, прочитайте документацію про :doc:`one_step`" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 msgid "Two steps flow" msgstr "Спосіб у два кроки" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" msgstr "Будь ласка, прочитайте документацію про :doc:`two_steps`" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 msgid "Three steps flow" msgstr "Спосіб у три кроки" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" msgstr "Будь ласка, прочитайте документацію про :doc:`three_steps`" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 msgid "How can I change the label type?" msgstr "Як можна змінити тип накладної?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " "orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " @@ -1563,7 +1499,7 @@ msgstr "" "доставку. Дотримуйтесь наведених нижче кроків та надайте відповідний тип " "накладної для доставки." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" " methods**." @@ -1571,11 +1507,11 @@ msgstr "" "У модулі **Склад**, перейдіть до **Налаштування** та натисніть на **Методи " "доставки**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." msgstr "Виберіть спосіб доставки, а потім натисніть кнопку **Редагувати**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" " of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " @@ -1585,7 +1521,7 @@ msgstr "" "вибрати один із доступних типів накладної. Доступність може відрізнятися " "залежно від перевізника." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " "you create a new sale order." @@ -1593,7 +1529,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після цього ви можете побачити результат, якщо ви перейдете до модуля " "продаж, і ви створите нове замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 msgid "" "As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" " you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." @@ -1601,7 +1537,7 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви підтвердите продаж та підтвердите доставку перевізником, для якого " "ви змінили тип накладної, накладна з'явиться у вашій історії." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 msgid "" "The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " "bottom half for example, here is the difference :" @@ -1609,11 +1545,11 @@ msgstr "" "Тип накладної за замовчуванням - паперовий лист, і якщо ви виберете, " "наприклад, нижню половину типу накладної, вона буде відрізнятися:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" msgstr "Як обробити замовлення на доставку в один крок (доставка)?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " @@ -1624,7 +1560,7 @@ msgstr "" "того, як всі товари доступні, вони можуть бути відправлені в одному " "замовленні на доставку." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 msgid "" "There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " "configured to be directly delivered from the stock." @@ -1632,7 +1568,7 @@ msgstr "" "Не потрібно ніяких налаштувань. Відправлення за замовчуванням налаштовуються" " для безпосередньої доставки зі складу." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 msgid "" "However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " "configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " @@ -1644,7 +1580,7 @@ msgstr "" "налаштування доставки в один крок. Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування" " --> Склад` та редагуйте відповідний склад." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" "Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " "Only)**" @@ -1652,12 +1588,12 @@ msgstr "" "Встановіть опцію відвантаження **Доставка безпосередньо зі складу (Лише " "доставка)**" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "Створіть замовлення на продаж" +msgstr "Створити замовлення на продаж" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 msgid "" "Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " "deliver." @@ -1665,7 +1601,7 @@ msgstr "" "Створення замовлення клієнта (від комерційної пропозиції до замовлення " "клієнта) з деякими товарами для доставки." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 msgid "" "Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " "the **stat button** above the sales order." @@ -1673,7 +1609,7 @@ msgstr "" "Зверніть увагу, що зараз ми бачимо ``1`` доставку, пов'язану з цим " "замовленням на продаж, на **кнопці Статус** над замовленням на продаж." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 msgid "" "If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " "picking." @@ -1681,15 +1617,15 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви натиснете кнопку статусу **1 доставка**, ви повинні побачити ваш " "вибір." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 msgid "Process a Delivery" msgstr "Обробіть доставку" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 msgid "" "Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " "Orders** kanban card." @@ -1697,17 +1633,17 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до **Складу** та натисніть посилання **# Зробити** під карткою " "канбану **Замовлення на доставку**. " -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." msgstr "Натисніть на комплектування, яке ви хочете обробити." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " "**customer**." @@ -1715,7 +1651,7 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть **Підтвердити**, щоб завершити перехід від " "**Складу/Відвантаження** до **клієнта**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 msgid "" "This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " "**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " @@ -1725,23 +1661,23 @@ msgstr "" "відображатись як **Готово** у стовпчику статусу у верхній частині сторінки, " "тобто товар був відправлений клієнту." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64 msgid "" "Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: " "From sales orders to delivery orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133 msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" msgstr "Як змінити тип упаковки для вашого замовлення на продаж?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " "adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " @@ -1750,7 +1686,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo дає вам можливість змінити тип упаковки за замовчуванням і адаптувати " "упаковку так, як вам це потрібно, залежно від ваги замовлення." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " "**Settings**." @@ -1758,7 +1694,7 @@ msgstr "" "У модулі **Склад** перейдіть до **Налаштування** та натисніть " "**Налаштування**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 msgid "" "In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " "on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" @@ -1766,21 +1702,21 @@ msgstr "" "У :menuselection:`Відстеження --> Пакунки`, поставте прапорець на **Запис " "пакунків, що використовуються на упаковці: піддони, коробки, ...**" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 msgid "*Sale process*" msgstr "*Процес продажу*" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." msgstr "" "У модулі **Продажі** перейдіть до розділу **Продажі** та натисніть кнопку " "**Замовлення на продаж**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." msgstr "Створіть нове Замовлення на продаж і **Підтвердіть продаж**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 msgid "" "Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " "redirected to the Delivery order." @@ -1788,11 +1724,11 @@ msgstr "" "Після підтвердження продажу, вам потрібно натиснути кнопку **Доставка**, " "щоби перейти до замовлення на доставку." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." msgstr "Натисніть **Редагувати**, тепер ви зможете змінити упаковку." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 msgid "" "In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " "number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " @@ -1802,7 +1738,7 @@ msgstr "" "кількість товарів, які потрібно скласти разом. Потім клацніть на " "**Запакувати**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 msgid "" "Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" " has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " @@ -1812,19 +1748,19 @@ msgstr "" "адаптована до вашого пакунку, і ви можете змінити її вручну, якщо ви хочете," " щоби вона була точнішою. Потім натисніть **Зберегти**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." msgstr "Повторіть операцію, поки всі товари не запаковані." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." msgstr "Нарешті, натисніть кнопку **Підтвердити**, щоби підтвердити доставку." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" msgstr "Як визначається запланована дата доставки?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" "Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " "receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " @@ -1840,11 +1776,11 @@ msgstr "" "на доставку, замовлення на продаж і т. д. Дати, які обчислюються, залежать " "від різних часів виконання, налаштованих в Odoo." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "Configuring lead times" msgstr "Налаштування терміну виконання" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 msgid "" "Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " "scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " @@ -1854,19 +1790,19 @@ msgstr "" "запланованих дат. Час виконання - це затримки (в термін доставки, " "виготовлення, ...), обіцяні вашим різним партнерам та/або клієнтам." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" msgstr "Налаштування різних часів виконання виконується таким чином:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 msgid "At a product level" msgstr "На рівні товару" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" msgstr "**Час виконання постачальника**:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 msgid "" "Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " "configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " @@ -1878,7 +1814,7 @@ msgstr "" "вкладку **Склад**. Щоби вибрати час доставки постачальника, вам доведеться " "додати продавця до свого товару." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 msgid "" "Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " "different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." @@ -1886,7 +1822,7 @@ msgstr "" "Не забувайте, що можна додати різних постачальників і, таким чином, різні " "строки доставки в залежності від постачальника." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 msgid "" "Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " "time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" @@ -1898,11 +1834,11 @@ msgstr "" "дні доставки будуть дорівнювати: **Дата** замовлення на купівлю + **Час " "виконання доставки**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 msgid "**Customer lead time**:" msgstr "**Термін доставки клієнту**:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 msgid "" "Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " "warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " @@ -1914,11 +1850,11 @@ msgstr "" "будь-якого товару. Просто виберіть товар, перейдіть на вкладку Продажі і " "вкажіть **Термін доставки клієнту**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" msgstr "**Час виробництва**:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 msgid "" "At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" " as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " @@ -1927,7 +1863,7 @@ msgstr "" "На тій же сторінці можна налаштувати **Час виробництва**. Час виробництва - " "це час, необхідний для виготовлення товару." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 msgid "" "Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " "create manufacturing routes." @@ -1935,11 +1871,11 @@ msgstr "" "Не забудьте позначити виробництво на складі, якщо хочете створити виробничі " "маршрути." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 msgid "At the company level" msgstr "На рівні компанії" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 msgid "" "At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " "cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " @@ -1951,11 +1887,11 @@ msgstr "" " тому, щоби вилучити **резервні** дні з **обчисленої запланованої дати** у " "разі затримки." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" msgstr "**Страхувальні дні продажу**:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 msgid "" "Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" " your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " @@ -1973,13 +1909,13 @@ msgstr "" "обчислювати заплановану дату раніше, ніж та, яку ви обіцяли своєму " "клієнтові. Таким чином ви впевнені, що зможете зберегти свою прихильність." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 msgid "" "To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " "settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "" "Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " "of safety days." @@ -1987,15 +1923,15 @@ msgstr "" "Коли меню відкрите, перейдіть на вкладку налаштувань та вкажіть кількість " "страхувальних днів." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" msgstr "**Страхувальні дні купівлі**:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." msgstr "Дні купівлі слідують за тією ж логікою, що й страхувальні дні." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 msgid "" "They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " "purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " @@ -2008,7 +1944,7 @@ msgstr "" "постачальників. Час здійснення купівлі можна знайти в тому самому меню, що й" " страхувальні дні продажу." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 msgid "" "Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " "here." @@ -2016,11 +1952,11 @@ msgstr "" "Зауважте, що ви також можете налаштувати час виробництва за замовчуванням " "тут." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 msgid "At route level" msgstr "На рівні маршруту" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" "The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" " can also influence the computed date." @@ -2028,7 +1964,7 @@ msgstr "" "Внутрішні переміщення, які товар може зробити через рух запасів, також " "можуть вплинути на обчислену дату." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 msgid "" "The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " "app when creating a new push rule in a route." @@ -2036,21 +1972,21 @@ msgstr "" "Затримки внаслідок внутрішніх переміщень можуть бути вказані в додатку " "**склад** при створенні нового правила натискання на маршруті." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." msgstr "" "Перейдіть до розділу правила виштовхування на формі маршруту, щоби " "встановити затримку." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 msgid "At sale order level:" msgstr "На рівні замовлення на продаж:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "**Requested date**:" msgstr "**Запитувана дата**:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 msgid "" "Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " "indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" @@ -2061,7 +1997,7 @@ msgstr "" "іншій інформаційній вкладці замовлення на продаж. Якщо ця дата раніше, ніж " "теоретична обчислювана дата, odoo автоматично відображатиме попередження." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 msgid "" "As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " "order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." @@ -2073,16 +2009,16 @@ msgstr "" "січня). У такому випадку планувальник може ініціювати наступні дії, виходячи" " з вашої конфігурації:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" msgstr "19 січня: фактична запланована доставка (1 день безпеки продажу)" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 msgid "" "January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" msgstr "18 січня: отримуйте товар від свого постачальника (1 день купівлі)" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 msgid "" "January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " "lead time)" @@ -2090,7 +2026,7 @@ msgstr "" "10 січня: крайній термін замовлення у вашого постачальника (9 днів терміну " "доставки постачальника)" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 msgid "" "January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " "need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." @@ -2099,13 +2035,13 @@ msgstr "" "потребує в середньому 2 дні, щоби знайти потрібного постачальника та " "замовлення." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" msgstr "" "Як обробити замовлення на доставку в три етапи (комплектування + пакування +" " доставка)?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," @@ -2119,7 +2055,7 @@ msgstr "" " на доставку. Однак цей процес може не відображати реальність, і ваша " "компанія може вимагати додаткових дій до відвантаження." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 msgid "" "With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " "transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " @@ -2130,7 +2066,7 @@ msgstr "" " товари переносяться в зону пакування, де їх збирають за місцем призначення," " а потім встановлюють на відвантаження для кінцевої доставки замовникам." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 msgid "" "A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" " + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " @@ -2145,7 +2081,7 @@ msgstr "" "місцезнаходження, яке називається ``WH/Output``, а інший - ``WH/Packing " "Zone``." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 msgid "" "Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " "Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" @@ -2155,8 +2091,8 @@ msgstr "" "Потім перемістіть з **WH/Packing Zone** у **WH/Output**. Потім, нарешті, він" " буде доставлений з **WH/Output** до **кінцевого пункту призначення**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 msgid "" "Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " "correct method for your needs." @@ -2164,15 +2100,15 @@ msgstr "" "Перевірте :doc:`inventory_flow` щоб визначити, чи цей складський процес є " "правильним методом для ваших потреб." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 msgid "Install the Inventory module" msgstr "Встановіть модуль Склад" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." msgstr "В меню **Додатки** виконайте пошук і встановіть модуль **Склад**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 msgid "" "You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" " orders." @@ -2180,11 +2116,11 @@ msgstr "" "Вам також потрібно буде встановити модуль **Продажі**, щоб мати змогу " "видавати замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Allow managing routes" msgstr "Дозвольте керування маршрутами" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" " mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " @@ -2194,7 +2130,7 @@ msgstr "" "механізмом для об'єднання різних дій. У цьому випадку ми зв'яжемо етап " "комплектування з етапом доставки." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`" @@ -2202,7 +2138,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоби дозволити керування маршрутами, перейдіть до " ":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " "button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " @@ -2213,11 +2149,11 @@ msgstr "" "Переконайтеся, що активовано параметр **Керування кількома " "місцезнаходженнями на складі**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" msgstr "Налаштуйте склад для Комплектування + Пакування + Доставка" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " "that will be used." @@ -2225,7 +2161,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Склад` та відредагуйте склад, " "який буде використовуватися." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 msgid "" "For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " "location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " @@ -2235,11 +2171,11 @@ msgstr "" " місцезнаходженні, перенести їх у місце відвантаження для доставки " "(Комплктування + Пакування + Доставка)**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 msgid "Create a Sale Order" msgstr "Створіть замовлення на продаж" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " "deliver." @@ -2247,7 +2183,7 @@ msgstr "" "З модуля **Продажі** створіть замовлення на продаж з деякими товарами для " "доставки." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 msgid "" "Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " "the **stat button** above the sales order." @@ -2255,32 +2191,32 @@ msgstr "" "Зверніть увагу, що зараз ми бачимо ``3`` переміщення, пов'язані з цим " "замовленням на продаж, на **кнопці Статус** над замовленням на продаж." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" msgstr "" "Якщо натиснути кнопку, ви повинні побачити три різні варіанти " "комплектування:" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," msgstr "" "Перший з посиланням **КОМПЛЕКТУВАТИ**, щоби позначити процес комплектування." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 msgid "" "The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," msgstr "Другий з посиланням **ПАКУВАТИ**, який є процесом пакування." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." msgstr "Останній з посиланням **ВІДПРАВИТИ**, щоби позначити процес доставки." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" msgstr "Як обробляти етап комплектування?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 msgid "" "Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " "click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." @@ -2289,13 +2225,13 @@ msgstr "" "**Складу**, натисніть посилання **Очікування** під карткою канбану " "**Комплектування**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." msgstr "" "Натисніть на **Резерв**, щоби зарезервувати товари, якщо вони доступні." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" " Zone**." @@ -2303,7 +2239,7 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть **Перевірити**, щоби завершити переміщення з **WH/Stock** у " "**WH/Packing Zone**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 msgid "" "This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " "**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " @@ -2315,11 +2251,11 @@ msgstr "" "перенесений з **WH/Stock** в зону **WH/Packing Zone**, що робить товар " "доступним для наступного етапу (Пакування)." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" msgstr "Як пройти етап пакування?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" " kanban card." @@ -2327,7 +2263,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до **Складу** та натисніть посилання **# ПЕРЕМІЩЕННЯ** під картою " "канбану **Пакунок**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " "**WH/Output**." @@ -2335,7 +2271,7 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть **Перевірити**, щоби завершити перехід від **WH/Packing Zone** до " "**WH/Output**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 msgid "" "This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " "**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " @@ -2347,12 +2283,12 @@ msgstr "" "перенесений з **WH/Packing Zone** у **WH/Output location**, що робить товар " "доступним для наступного етапу (Доставка)." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" msgstr "Як обробляти крок доставки?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " "**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " @@ -2362,7 +2298,7 @@ msgstr "" "**клієнта** (натисніть **Прийняти**, щоби призначити кількість, що базується" " на кількості, зазначеної у стовпці **Зробити**)." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 msgid "" "This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " "**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " @@ -2372,18 +2308,18 @@ msgstr "" "**Готово** у стовпчику статусу у верхній частині сторінки. Товар був " "відправлений замовнику." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160 msgid "" "Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders" " to delivery orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" msgstr "" "Як обробити замовлення на доставку у два етапи (комплектування + доставка)?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " @@ -2402,7 +2338,7 @@ msgstr "" "складі та перевозяться до **місця відвантаження** для **доставки**. Потім " "товар поставляється." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " "necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " @@ -2421,11 +2357,11 @@ msgstr "" "``WH/Customers`` (у випадку замовлення на продаж) на другому кроці " "(доставка)." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 msgid "Allow management of routes" msgstr "Дозвольте керування маршрутами " -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 msgid "" "Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " "provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " @@ -2435,7 +2371,7 @@ msgstr "" "забезпечують механізм для об'єднання різних дій. У цьому випадку ми будемо " "ланцюжком етапу вибору до етапу доставки." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`." @@ -2443,7 +2379,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоби дозволити керування маршрутами, перейдіть до " ":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 msgid "" "Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" " checked." @@ -2451,7 +2387,7 @@ msgstr "" "Переконайтеся, що **Додаткова маршрутизація товарів, що використовує " "правила**, перевіряється." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 msgid "" "Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " "check the radio button above)." @@ -2459,7 +2395,7 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть **Застосувати** у верхній частині сторінки, щоб зберегти зміни " "(якщо потрібно перевірити кнопку вище)." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " "need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " @@ -2469,11 +2405,11 @@ msgstr "" "правил**, вам може знадобитися активувати **Керування кількома " "місцезнаходженнями на складі**, якщо це не було активовано заздалегідь." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" msgstr "Налаштуйте склад для Комплектування + Доставка" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 msgid "" "To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" " Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." @@ -2482,7 +2418,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Склад` та відредагуйте склад, який буде " "використовуватися." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 msgid "" "For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " "before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" @@ -2490,7 +2426,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для вихідних відправлень встановіть опцію **Переміщення товару до місця " "відвантаження для доставки (Комплектування + Доставка)**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 msgid "" "Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " "some products to deliver." @@ -2498,7 +2434,7 @@ msgstr "" "Встановіть **Продаж**, якщо його не встановлено, і створіть замовлення на " "продаж з деякими товарами для доставки." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " "the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." @@ -2507,7 +2443,7 @@ msgstr "" "замовленням на продаж, у кнопці статусу **Доставка** над замовленням на " "продаж." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " "different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " @@ -2519,7 +2455,7 @@ msgstr "" "щоби позначити процес комплектування, а інший з посиланням **ВІДПРАВЛЕННЯ**," " щоби позначити процес доставки." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 msgid "" "Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " "click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." @@ -2528,7 +2464,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Складу** та натисніть посилання **Очікування** під картою канбану " "**Комплектування**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " "**WH/Output**." @@ -2536,7 +2472,7 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть **Перевірити**, щоби завершити перехід від **WH/Stock** до " "**WH/Output**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" " **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " @@ -2548,7 +2484,7 @@ msgstr "" "перенесений з **WH/Stock** в місце **WH/Output**, що робить товар " "**доступним для наступного кроку** (Доставка)." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " "customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " @@ -2558,7 +2494,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Склад/Відправка** клієнту (Натисніть **Підтвердити**, щоби призначити " "кількість на основі кількості, зазначеної в колонці **Зробити**)." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 msgid "" "This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" " **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " @@ -2568,21 +2504,21 @@ msgstr "" "відображатися як **Готово** в стовпчику статусу у верхній частині сторінки. " "Товар був відправлений замовнику." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From" " sales orders to delivery orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 msgid "Incoming Shipments" msgstr "Вхідні відправлення" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" msgstr "Як вибрати правильний спосіб для обробки товарних чеків?" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 msgid "" "Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" " warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " @@ -2592,22 +2528,22 @@ msgstr "" "вашого складу, номер квитанції, який ви реєструєте кожного дня... спосіб, " "яким ви обробляєте квитанції своїм клієнтам, може сильно відрізнятися." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" msgstr "" "Odoo дозволяє обробляти квитанції зі свого складу трьома різними способами:" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." msgstr "**В один крок**: одержувати товари прямо на складі." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." msgstr "" "**У два кроки**: вивантажте у місце прийому, потім перейдіть до складу." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 msgid "" "**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " "before being admitted in stock." @@ -2615,7 +2551,7 @@ msgstr "" "**У три кроки**: вивантажте у місце прийому, пройдіть контроль якості, перш " "ніж він буде прийнятий на складі." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 msgid "" "Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " "receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " @@ -2627,15 +2563,15 @@ msgstr "" "прийом відбувається в один етап, але зміна налаштування може призвести до " "процесу у 2 або навіть 3 кроки." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 msgid "The principles are the following:" msgstr "Принципи наступні:" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." msgstr "**В один крок**: ви отримуєте товари безпосередньо на вашому складі." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 msgid "" "**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " "from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " @@ -2645,7 +2581,7 @@ msgstr "" "їх із зони прийому до вашого складу. Поки товари не будуть передані на ваш " "склад, вони не будуть доступні для подальшої обробки." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 msgid "" "**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " "good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " @@ -2657,7 +2593,7 @@ msgstr "" "узгодженим із постачальниками. Додавання етапу контролю якості у процесі " "отримання товарів може стати важливим." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 msgid "" "You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" " for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " @@ -2671,26 +2607,26 @@ msgstr "" "лише перевести на склад дійсну кількість і вирішити, яку непотрібну " "кількість ви повернете." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." msgstr "Це налаштування за замовчуванням в Odoo" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71 msgid "" "Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" msgstr "Як додати контроль якості в товарний чек? (3 кроки)" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 msgid "" "In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " "to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " @@ -2702,8 +2638,8 @@ msgstr "" "постачальниками. Тому додавання етапу контролю якості у процесі надходження " "товарів може стати важливим." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" " steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," @@ -2715,7 +2651,7 @@ msgstr "" "замовчуванням прийом - це один крок, але зміна налаштування може призвести 2" " або навіть 3 кроків." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 msgid "" "The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" " transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" @@ -2729,17 +2665,17 @@ msgstr "" "можете змінити кількість і передати на склад лиш ту кількість, яка є " "дійсною, і вирішити, яку неправильну кількість ви повернете." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." msgstr "Це той випадок, який буде пояснено в цьому документі." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 msgid "Use advanced routes" msgstr "Використовуйте розширені маршрути" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -2747,8 +2683,8 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб дозволити керування маршрутами, перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Склад " "--> Налаштування --> Налаштування`." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 msgid "" "Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " "checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." @@ -2756,18 +2692,18 @@ msgstr "" "Переконайтеся, що **Попередня маршрутизація товару з використанням правил** " "відмічена та натисніть кнопку **Застосувати**, щоб зберегти зміни." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 msgid "" "Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." msgstr "" "Переконайтеся, що також позначено пункт **Керування кількома " "місцезнаходженнями на складі**." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" msgstr "Як додати контроль якості в товарний чек?" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 msgid "" "Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " "and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." @@ -2775,7 +2711,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Склад --> Налаштування--> Склад` і " "виберіть склад, в якому потрібно змінити методи прийому." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 msgid "" "By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " "goods directly into stock**)." @@ -2783,7 +2719,7 @@ msgstr "" "За замовчуванням склади налаштовані з одним етапом прийому (**Прийом товару " "прямо на складі**)." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " "**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " @@ -2793,15 +2729,15 @@ msgstr "" "позначте **Розвантажити у місці прийому, перейдіть до контролю якості, перш " "ніж він буде допущений до складу (3 кроки)**." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 msgid "How to control a receipt?" msgstr "Як контролювати товарний чек?" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" msgstr "Як обробляти етап прийому?" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 msgid "" "In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " "**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" @@ -2813,7 +2749,7 @@ msgstr "" "над формою перегляду замовлення на купівлю є одне **Відправлення**, " "пов'язане із замовленням на купівлю. Це етап чеку." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " "**Receipts** card." @@ -2821,7 +2757,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до **Складу** та натисніть посилання **# ОТРИМАТИ** на картці " "**Надходження**." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 msgid "" "Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " "complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." @@ -2829,7 +2765,7 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть на чек, який ви хочете обробити. Натисніть **Перевірити**, щоб " "завершити переміщення з місцезнаходження **Постачальника** до **WH/Input**." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 msgid "" "This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " "page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" @@ -2841,12 +2777,12 @@ msgstr "" "**Постачальника** в місцезнаходження **WH/Input**, що робить товар доступним" " для наступного кроку (Перехід до зони контролю якості)" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 msgid "" "How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" msgstr "Як перемістити товар з етапу товарного чеку в зону контролю якості?" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 msgid "" "Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " "ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " @@ -2858,7 +2794,7 @@ msgstr "" " складу після контролю). Натисніть на посилання **# ПЕРЕМІЩЕННЯ** у " "**Внутрішніх переміщеннях** для обробки контролю якості." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" " Control**." @@ -2866,7 +2802,7 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть **Підтвердити**, щоб завершити переміщення з **WH/Input** у " "**WH/Quality Control**." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 msgid "" "This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " "top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " @@ -2876,11 +2812,11 @@ msgstr "" "сторінки для **WH/INT** має відображатися як **Готово**. Тепер товарний чек " "готовий до контролю якості." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" msgstr "Як обробляти контроль якості?" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 msgid "" "Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " "Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " @@ -2890,7 +2826,7 @@ msgstr "" "готове. Натисніть на посилання **# ПЕРЕМІЩЕННЯ** у картці **Внутрішніх " "переміщень** для обробки контролю якості." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 msgid "" "Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " "move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." @@ -2898,7 +2834,7 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть на останнє комплектування для обробки. Натисніть **Перевірити**, " "щоб завершити перехід від **WH/Quality Control** до **WH/Stock**." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" " of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " @@ -2908,15 +2844,15 @@ msgstr "" "відображатися для **WH/INT** як **Готово**. Товарний чек перевірили та " "перемістили на ваш склад." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" msgstr ":doc:`two_steps`" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" msgstr "Як завантажити вашу доставку на місце прийому? (2 кроки)" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 msgid "" "The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " "then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " @@ -2928,7 +2864,7 @@ msgstr "" "товари не будуть передані на ваш склад, вони не будуть доступні для " "подальшої обробки." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`" @@ -2936,7 +2872,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб дозволити керування маршрутами, перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Склад " "--> Налаштування --> Налаштування`." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 msgid "" "Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " "ticked." @@ -2944,11 +2880,11 @@ msgstr "" "Переконайтеся, що також позначено пункт **\"Керування кількома " "місцезнаходженнями на складі\"**." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" msgstr "Як налаштувати свій склад?" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 msgid "" "Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " @@ -2957,7 +2893,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Склад --> Налаштування--> Склад` і " "виберіть склад, в якому потрібно змінити методи прийому." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 msgid "" "By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " "**Receive goods directly into stock**)." @@ -2965,7 +2901,7 @@ msgstr "" "За замовчуванням склади налаштовані з одним етапом прийому (опція **Прийому " "товару прямо на складі**)." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 msgid "" "To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" " steps)**." @@ -2973,15 +2909,15 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб додати етап контролю, позначте пункт **Розпочати в місці прийому, потім " "перейти до складу (2 кроки)**." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" msgstr "Як одержати доставку у два кроки?" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" msgstr "Як обробляти етап прийому?" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 msgid "" "In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " "the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " @@ -2994,7 +2930,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Відправлення**, пов'язане із замовленням на купівлю. Це етап товарного " "чеку." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 msgid "" "Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " "**Receipts** card." @@ -3002,7 +2938,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до **Складу** та натисніть посилання **# ОТРИМАТИ** на картці " "**Надходження**." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" " complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." @@ -3011,7 +2947,7 @@ msgstr "" " **Підтвердити**, щоб завершити перехід від **Постачальника** до " "**WH/Input**." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 msgid "" "This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" " product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " @@ -3021,11 +2957,11 @@ msgstr "" "Товар був перенесений від **Постачальника** в місце **WH/Input**, що робить " "товар доступним для наступного кроку." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" msgstr "Як перемістити чек на ваш склад?" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" "Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " "Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " @@ -3035,7 +2971,7 @@ msgstr "" "готове. Натисніть на **# ПЕРЕМІЩЕННЯ** у **Внутрішніх переміщеннях** для " "обробки **Контролю якості**." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 msgid "" "Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " "the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." @@ -3043,7 +2979,7 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть на комплектування, яке ви хочете обробити. Натисніть на " "**Перевірити**, щоб завершити переміщення з **WH/Input** у **WH/Stock**." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 msgid "" "This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " "**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." @@ -3051,26 +2987,27 @@ msgstr "" "Це завершило внутрішній етап переміщення, а переміщення пов'язане з " "**WH/INT**. Товарний чек було перенесено на ваш склад." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" msgstr ":doc:`three_steps`" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "Партії та серійні номери" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" msgstr "Яка різниця між партіями та серійними номерами?" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" +msgstr "Вступ" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " "system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" @@ -3080,7 +3017,7 @@ msgstr "" "системі, але різні у своїй поведінці. Вони обидва керуються в додатках " "**Склад**, **Купівлі** та **Продажі**." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 msgid "" "**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " "altogether in one single pack." @@ -3088,7 +3025,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Партії** відповідають певній кількості товарів, які ви отримали та " "зберігаються в одному пакунку." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 msgid "" "**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " "particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " @@ -3097,11 +3034,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Серійні номери** - ідентифікаційні номери, надані одному товару, зокрема, " "щоби відстежувати історію товару від прийому до доставки та післяпродажу." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 msgid "When to use" msgstr "Коли використовувати" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 msgid "" "**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " "which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " @@ -3114,7 +3051,7 @@ msgstr "" "Партії допоможуть ідентифікувати декілька творів, наприклад, виробничу " "помилку. Це може бути корисним для серійного виробництва одягу або їжі." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 msgid "" "**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " "service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " @@ -3126,11 +3063,11 @@ msgstr "" "електронні пристрої. Ви можете використовувати серійний номер виробника або " "свій власний, залежно від того, як ви керуєте цими товарами." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 msgid "When not to use" msgstr "Коли не використовувати" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 msgid "" "Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " "paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " @@ -3140,7 +3077,7 @@ msgstr "" "ручки та паперові блоки в партіях, взагалі не матиме сенсу, тому що є дуже " "мало шансів, що ви можете повернути їх за виробничу помилку." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 msgid "" "On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" "consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " @@ -3152,21 +3089,21 @@ msgstr "" " та/або післяпродажні послуги. Наприклад, введення серійного номера на хліб " "взагалі не має сенсу." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" msgstr "Управління партіями товарів" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " "lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" @@ -3179,7 +3116,7 @@ msgstr "" "наприклад, виробничу помилку. Це може бути корисним для серійного " "виробництва одягу або їжі." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" "Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " "traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." @@ -3187,8 +3124,8 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo має можливість управляти партіями, забезпечуючи відповідність вимогам " "відстеження, встановленими більшістю галузей промисловості." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 msgid "" "The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " "traceability." @@ -3196,17 +3133,17 @@ msgstr "" "Управління подвійним введенням в Odoo дає вам можливість запустити дуже " "просунуте відстеження." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 msgid "Setting up" msgstr "Налаштування" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "Налаштування програми" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 msgid "" "You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" " application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " @@ -3216,7 +3153,7 @@ msgstr "" " перейдіть до розділу :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`, " "виберіть **Відстежувати партії або серійні номери**." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " "**Manage several locations per warehouse**." @@ -3224,18 +3161,18 @@ msgstr "" "Щоби мати розширене керування партіями, ви також повинні вибрати **Керування" " кількома місцезнаходженнями на складі**." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 msgid "Then click on **Apply**." msgstr "Потім натисніть **Застосувати**." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 msgid "Operation types configuration" msgstr "Налаштування типів операцій" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 msgid "" "You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" " **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " @@ -3245,7 +3182,7 @@ msgstr "" "операції. У програмі **Склад** перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування -->" " Типи операції`." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 msgid "" "For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" " you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." @@ -3254,15 +3191,15 @@ msgstr "" "встановити, чи можете ви створювати нові партійні номери або використовувати" " лише існуючі партійні номери." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." msgstr "" "Нарешті, ви повинні налаштувати, які товари ви хочете відслідковувати у " "партіях. " -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 msgid "" "Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " "product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " @@ -3272,16 +3209,16 @@ msgstr "" "товар за вашим вибором. Натисніть **Редагувати**, а на вкладці **Склад** " "виберіть **Відстеження партій**, потім натисніть **Зберегти**." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 msgid "Manage lots" msgstr "Управління партіями" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 msgid "Transfers" msgstr "Переміщення" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 msgid "" "In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " "input the lot number(s)." @@ -3289,11 +3226,11 @@ msgstr "" "Для обробки переміщення товару, який відстежується за партією, потрібно " "ввести номер(и) партії." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 msgid "Click on the lot icon :" msgstr "Натисніть значок партії:" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 msgid "" "A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " "and the quantity." @@ -3301,7 +3238,7 @@ msgstr "" "Відкриється вікно. Натисніть **Додати елемент** та введіть номер партії та " "кількість." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 msgid "" "Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " "new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." @@ -3309,32 +3246,32 @@ msgstr "" "Залежно від налаштування типу операції ви зможете заповнити нові партійні " "номери або використовувати лише існуючі." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." msgstr "В інтерфейсі сканера вам потрібно сканувати номери партії." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 msgid "Inventory adjustment" msgstr "Інвентаризація " -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" msgstr "" "Інвентаризація товару, який відстежується за партією, може здійснюватися " "двома способами:" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 msgid "Classic inventory by products" msgstr "Класична інвентаризація по товарах" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 msgid "Inventory of a lot" msgstr "Інвентаризація партій" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " "product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." @@ -3342,7 +3279,7 @@ msgstr "" "При виконанні класичної інвентаризації є стовпець **Серійний номер**. Якщо " "товар вже призначений номером, він вже заповнений." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 msgid "" "Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " "can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." @@ -3350,7 +3287,7 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть **Додати елемент**, якщо товар ще не було інвентаризовано. Ви " "можете легко створювати партії, просто введіть новий номер партії у стовпці." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 msgid "" "You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " "fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " @@ -3361,11 +3298,11 @@ msgstr "" "партію звідси. Просто введіть номер, з'явиться вікно, щоби зв'язати номер із" " товаром." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "Відстеження партій" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 msgid "" "You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" @@ -3373,22 +3310,22 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете перевірити відстеження партії зі :menuselection:`Складу --> " "Контроль складу --> Серійні номери/Партії`" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" msgstr "" "Ви можете отримати докладнішу інформацію, натиснувши кнопку **Відстеження**:" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr ":doc:`differences`" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" msgstr "Як працювати із серійними номерами?" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 msgid "" "Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " "every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " @@ -3404,7 +3341,7 @@ msgstr "" "товару на основі його останнього руху. Таким чином, ви зможете отримати " "останнє місце переміщення товарів." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 msgid "" "You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " "**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " @@ -3414,7 +3351,7 @@ msgstr "" "програмі **Склад** перейдіть до розділу :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " "Налаштування`, виберіть **Партії або серійні номери**." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 msgid "" "Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " "product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " @@ -3424,11 +3361,11 @@ msgstr "" "за вашим вибором. Натисніть **Редагувати**, а на вкладці **Склад** виберіть " "**Унікальний серійний номер**, після чого натисніть **Зберегти**." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" msgstr "Управління серійними номерами" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " "have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" @@ -3442,11 +3379,11 @@ msgstr "" "переміщення, як це робити. Натисніть кнопку **Позначити як ЗРОБИТИ**, щоби " "відобразити значок розділення партій." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" msgstr "Натисніть на значок серійного номера:" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 msgid "" "A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " "numbers." @@ -3454,29 +3391,29 @@ msgstr "" "Відкриється вікно. Натисніть на **Додати елемент** і заповніть серійні " "номери." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 msgid "" "If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " "appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are " "moving those serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." msgstr "В інтерфейсі сканера вам потрібно відсканувати серійні номери." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" msgstr "" "Інвентаризація товару, який відслідковується за серійними номерами, може " "виконуватися двома способами:" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 msgid "Inventory of a serial number" msgstr "Інвентаризація серійного номера" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " "can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." @@ -3485,11 +3422,11 @@ msgstr "" "можете легко створювати серійні номери, просто введіть новий номер у " "стовпці." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." msgstr "Кількість для кожного рядка повинна бути 1." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 msgid "" "You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " "will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " @@ -3501,11 +3438,11 @@ msgstr "" "новий звідси. Просто введіть номер, з'явиться вікно, щоби зв'язати його з " "товаром." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "Serial Number traceability" msgstr "Відстеження серійного номера" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 msgid "" "The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" " were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " @@ -3515,7 +3452,7 @@ msgstr "" "були отримані, доставлені на склад, кому вони були продані і де вони були " "відправлені." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 msgid "" "To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " ":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " @@ -3525,15 +3462,15 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Контроль складу --> Серійні номери/партії`, натисніть на " "серійний номер, що відповідає вашому запиту." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "Різні операції" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" msgstr "Негайні та заплановані переміщення" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned " "transfers." @@ -3541,18 +3478,18 @@ msgstr "" "В Odoo ви можете створити два типи переміщень: негайні або заплановані " "переміщення." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 msgid "Immediate Transfers" msgstr "Негайні переміщення" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 msgid "" "When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." msgstr "" "Коли ви створюєте переміщення вручну, за замовчуванням - негайне " "переміщення." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" "In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and " "quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is" @@ -3564,7 +3501,7 @@ msgstr "" "потребу\" не можна редагувати. Ви заповнюєте лише колонку \"Готово\" для " "кількості." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 msgid "" "This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A " "to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the " @@ -3574,11 +3511,11 @@ msgstr "" "місце B, і переміщення не планується (ви обробляєте переміщення прямо " "зараз)." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 msgid "Planned Transfers" msgstr "Заплановані переміщення" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 msgid "" "When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase " "order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an " @@ -3589,7 +3526,7 @@ msgstr "" " початкова потреба, і це бронювання застосовується до цієї початкової " "потреби." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 msgid "" "If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the " "inventory dashboard." @@ -3597,7 +3534,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви хочете створити заплановане переміщення вручну, це можна зробити з " "інформаційної панелі складу." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 msgid "" "In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many " "units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. " @@ -3608,11 +3545,11 @@ msgstr "" "одиниць вам необхідно), а потім позначити своє переміщення, як зробити. " "Після цього ви зможете забронювати товари та обробляти переміщення." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" msgstr "Я керувати складом, яким ви не володієте?" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 msgid "" "Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " "having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." @@ -3621,7 +3558,7 @@ msgstr "" "товари без необхідності купувати їх: ця техніка називається **комісійна " "торгівля**." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 msgid "" "Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" " products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " @@ -3634,7 +3571,7 @@ msgstr "" "запропонувати товар для перевірки свого ринку, не маючи за це першочергової " "плати." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " "settings." @@ -3642,7 +3579,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo має можливість керувати комісійним складом через розширені " "налаштування." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 msgid "" "Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" " in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " @@ -3652,11 +3589,11 @@ msgstr "" " розділі **Власники товарів** виберіть **Управління комісійним складом " "(розширені)**, потім натисніть кнопку **Застосувати**." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" msgstr "Находження комесійного складу" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 msgid "" "In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " "reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " @@ -3668,15 +3605,15 @@ msgstr "" "рядок **Власник**. Ви можете вказати партнера, який володіє складом, або " "залиште його порожнім, якщо ви є власником." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" msgstr "Як налаштувати та запустити планувальник?" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 msgid "What is a scheduler" msgstr "Що таке планувальник" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 msgid "" "The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " "production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " @@ -3688,11 +3625,11 @@ msgstr "" "замовчуванням планувальник встановлюється один раз на день (Odoo автоматично" " створює **Заплановану дію** для цього)." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" msgstr "Розрахунок вимог/планування" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 msgid "" "Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " "started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " @@ -3702,7 +3639,7 @@ msgstr "" "розпочаті. Ці закупівельні застереження самі розпочинають виробництво, " "завдання або покупки в залежності від налаштування запитуваного товару." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 msgid "" "You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " "and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " @@ -3716,15 +3653,15 @@ msgstr "" "недостатньо товарів для задоволення всіх запитів, ви можете бути впевнені, " "що перші запити будуть нагадувати спочатку." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" msgstr "Налаштуйте та запустіть планувальник" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 msgid "Run the scheduler manually" msgstr "Запустіть планувальник вручну" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 msgid "" "This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" " see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " @@ -3735,7 +3672,7 @@ msgstr "" "перейдіть до :menuselection:`Допомога --> Про` та натисніть **Активізувати " "режим розробника**." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 msgid "" "You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " @@ -3749,12 +3686,12 @@ msgstr "" "визначення пріоритетів між різними виробничими замовленнями, поставками та " "купівлями постачальника." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" msgstr "" "Налаштуйте та запустіть планувальник (лише для досвідчених користувачів)" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 msgid "" "This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" " see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " @@ -3765,7 +3702,7 @@ msgstr "" "перейдіть до :menuselection:`Допомога --> Про` та натисніть **Активізувати " "режим розробника**." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 msgid "" "You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " "corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " @@ -3776,15 +3713,15 @@ msgstr "" "в меню :menuselection:`Налатування --> Технічні --> Автоматично --> " "Заплановані дії`. Змініть налаштування запуску mrp планувальника." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 msgid "How to scrap products?" msgstr "Як бракувати товари?" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 msgid "" "Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" " basic material" @@ -3792,11 +3729,11 @@ msgstr "" "Брак - це зіпсовані товари, які не мають економічної цінності або лише " "вартість основного вмісту матеріалу, " -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 msgid "content recoverable through recycling." msgstr "відновлюваний через переробку." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 msgid "" "In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " "unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " @@ -3807,7 +3744,7 @@ msgstr "" "інших причин. Ви часто помічаєте це під час комплектування чи " "інвентаризації." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 msgid "" "Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " "product." @@ -3815,7 +3752,7 @@ msgstr "" "Оскільки ви не можете звичайно продавати або зберігати ці товари, вам " "потрібно забракувати товар." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 msgid "" "When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " "the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." @@ -3823,7 +3760,7 @@ msgstr "" "Коли товари забраковані, вони не відображаються в системі як частина складу." " Вилучений товар буде фізично переміщено в зону браку." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 msgid "" "When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " "default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." @@ -3831,7 +3768,7 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви встановлюєте склад, odoo автоматично створює одне місцезнаходження " "за замовчуванням, а саме **Віртуальне місцезнаходження/Брак**." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 msgid "" "To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per " @@ -3841,7 +3778,7 @@ msgstr "" " Налаштування --> Налаштування` та виберіть пункт **Керувати кількома " "місцезнаходженнями на складі**, після чого натисніть **Застосувати**" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 msgid "" "After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " "new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" @@ -3851,7 +3788,7 @@ msgstr "" "можете створити нове місце браку у розділі :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " "Управління складом --> Місцезнаходження.`" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 msgid "" "To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " "location form view." @@ -3859,19 +3796,19 @@ msgstr "" "Щоби визначити місцезнаходження браку, потрібно перевірити, **Чи є " "місцезнаходженя браку?** на формі місцезнаходження." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 msgid "Different ways to scrap product" msgstr "Різні способи бракування товару" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." msgstr "Odoo пропонує декілька способів бракування товару." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." msgstr "1) Брак з надходження (вкладка Початкової потреби)." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 msgid "" "To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Receipts`." @@ -3879,7 +3816,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоби перемістити товар з вхідної доставки, перейдіть до " ":menuselection:`Склад --> Інформаційна панель --> Надходження`." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 msgid "" "Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " "scrap products button." @@ -3887,11 +3824,11 @@ msgstr "" "Відкрийте вхідну доставку, а на вкладці **Початковий попит** натисніть " "кнопку браку товарів." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." msgstr "2) Брак із замовлення на доставку (вкладка Початковий попит)." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 msgid "" "To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" @@ -3899,7 +3836,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоби перемістити товар з відвантаження доставки, перейдіть до " ":menuselection:`Складу --> Інформаційна панель --> Замовлення на доставку`" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 msgid "" "Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " "scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." @@ -3907,11 +3844,11 @@ msgstr "" "Відкрийте доставку на відправлення, а на вкладці **Початковий попит** " "натисніть кнопку браку товарів." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." msgstr "3) Брак із внутрішнього переміщення (вкладка Початковий попит)." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 msgid "" "To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" @@ -3919,7 +3856,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоби перемістити товар з внутрішнього переміщення, перейдіть до " ":menuselection:`Склад --> Інформаційна панель --> Внутрішні переміщення`" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 msgid "" "Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " "scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." @@ -3927,7 +3864,7 @@ msgstr "" "Відкрийте внутрішнє переміщення, і на вкладці **Початковий попит** натисніть" " кнопку Браковані товари." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 msgid "" "When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " "quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " @@ -3937,7 +3874,7 @@ msgstr "" "кількість товарів і вказати місцезнаходження браку, після чого натиснути на " "**Брак**." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 msgid "" "To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " "several location per warehouse** in the settings at " @@ -3947,16 +3884,16 @@ msgstr "" "**Керування кількома місцезнаходженнями на складі** в налаштуваннях у " ":menuselection:`Склад --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Valuation Methods" msgstr "Методи оцінки" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" msgstr "Як провести оцінку інвентаризації? (Англосаксонський бухоблік)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:9 msgid "" "Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " "sheet. This implies two main choices:" @@ -3964,8 +3901,8 @@ msgstr "" "Щороку ваша оцінка інвентаризації повинна бути записана у вашому балансі. Це" " передбачає два основних варіанти вибору:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:12 msgid "" "the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " "Real Price);" @@ -3973,8 +3910,8 @@ msgstr "" "спосіб, яким ви обчислюєте вартість ваших збережених елементів (стандарт " "проти середнього чи реального);" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:15 msgid "" "the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " "Perpetual)." @@ -3982,218 +3919,218 @@ msgstr "" "як ви фіксуєте вартість рекламних ресурсів у своїх книгах (періодичний або " "безстроковий)." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:19 msgid "Costing Method" msgstr "Метод розрахунку" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:66 msgid "Standard Price" msgstr "Стандартна ціна" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Операція" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 msgid "Unit Cost" msgstr "Вартість одиниці" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "Кількість в наявності" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:187 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "Значення дельти" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "Значення складу" +msgstr "Складська оцінка" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:204 msgid "$10" msgstr "$10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 msgid "$0" msgstr "$0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" msgstr "Отримати 8 товарів на 10 доларів" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 msgid "+8*$10" msgstr "+8*$10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" msgstr "Отримати 4 товари на 16 доларів " -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 msgid "+4*$10" msgstr "+4*$10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 msgid "$120" msgstr "$120" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "Доставити 10 товарів" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:206 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-10*$10" msgstr "-10*$10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 msgid "$20" msgstr "$20" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" msgstr "Отримати 2 товари за $9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 msgid "4" msgstr "4" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:59 msgid "+2*$10" msgstr "+2*$10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 msgid "$40" msgstr "$40" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:63 msgid "" "**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " "materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " @@ -4204,60 +4141,60 @@ msgstr "" "періоду (як правило, один раз на рік). Ви вводите цю собівартість у формі " "товару." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:121 msgid "Average Price" msgstr "Середня ціна" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 msgid "$12" msgstr "$12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 msgid "+4*$16" msgstr "+4*$16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 msgid "$144" msgstr "$144" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-10*$12" msgstr "-10*$12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 msgid "$24" msgstr "$24" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" msgstr "Отримати 2 товари за $6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 msgid "$9" msgstr "$9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:212 msgid "+2*$6" msgstr "+2*$6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 msgid "$36" msgstr "$36" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:108 msgid "" "The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " "has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" @@ -4267,13 +4204,13 @@ msgstr "" "замовлення на отримання була оброблена, виходячи з цін, визначених у " "прив'язаних замовленнях на закупівлю: FORMULA (див. тут додаток)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." msgstr "Середня вартість не змінюється, коли товари забирають зі складу." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:114 msgid "" "From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" " huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " @@ -4285,8 +4222,8 @@ msgstr "" "операційну складність. Насправді вам потрібне таке програмне забезпечення, " "як Odoo, щоб легко оновлювати ці витрати." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 msgid "" "This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " "business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " @@ -4296,40 +4233,40 @@ msgstr "" "сформованих бізнес-процесів, оскільки порядок, в якому ви обробляєте " "замовлення на забезпечення, має значення для розрахунку вартості." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:174 msgid "FIFO" msgstr "FIFO" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:151 msgid "$16" msgstr "$16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-8*$10" msgstr "-8*$10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-2*$16" msgstr "-2*$16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 msgid "$32" msgstr "$32" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 msgid "$11" msgstr "$11" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 msgid "$44" msgstr "$44" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:216 msgid "" "For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " "by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " @@ -4350,8 +4287,8 @@ msgstr "" "собівартість використовується для оцінки будь-якого товару, який не отримано" " із замовлення на купівлю (наприклад, інвентаризація)." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:173 msgid "" "FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," " Inventory). It suits any kind of users." @@ -4359,30 +4296,30 @@ msgstr "" "FIFO рекомендується, якщо ви керуєте всім своїм робочим процесом в Odoo " "(продажі, купівлі, склад). Це підходить будь-якому користувачу." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" msgstr "LIFO (не прийнятний в IFRS)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-4*$16" msgstr "-4*$16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-6*$10" msgstr "-6*$10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 msgid "$8" msgstr "$8" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." msgstr "LIFO не дозволяється за межами Сполучених Штатів." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:228 msgid "" "Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," " check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " @@ -4395,8 +4332,8 @@ msgstr "" "калькулювання з внутрішніх категорій товарів. Категорії з'являються на " "вкладці Склад у формі товару." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:234 msgid "" "Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" @@ -4406,13 +4343,13 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Склад --> Звіти --> Значення інвентаризації` (i.e. поточна " "кількість в наявності * собівартість)." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Періодичне оцінювання запасів" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:241 msgid "" "In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " "have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " @@ -4424,8 +4361,8 @@ msgstr "" "чи року бухгалтер публікує один запис журналу, що відображає вартість " "фізичної інвентаризації." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:246 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " @@ -4435,84 +4372,84 @@ msgstr "" "Перевірте наступні операції та дізнайтеся, як Odoo керує бухгалтерськими " "повідомленнями." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "Рахунок від постачальника" +msgstr "Рахунок постачальника" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 msgid "\\" msgstr "\\" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Дебет" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Кредит" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:309 msgid "Assets: Inventory" msgstr "Активи: склад" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:259 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" msgstr "Активи: відстрочені податкові активи" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:259 msgid "4.68" msgstr "4.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:260 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" msgstr "Обов'язки: кредиторська заборгованість" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:260 msgid "54.68" msgstr "54.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:74 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Налаштування:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" @@ -4520,72 +4457,72 @@ msgstr "" "Придбані товари: визначені на товарі або на внутрішній категорії " "відповідного товару (поле рахунку витрат)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "" "Майбутні податкові активи: визначається податком, що використовується на " "рядок замовлення на придбання" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "" "Кредиторська заборгованість: визначається постачальником, пов'язаним із " "рахунком" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:267 msgid "Goods Receptions" msgstr "Прийом товарів" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:290 msgid "No Journal Entry" msgstr "Немає журнальних записів" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 msgid "Customer Invoice" msgstr "Рахунок клієнта" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "Доходи: продані товари" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 msgid "100" msgstr "100" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:276 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "Обов'язки: відстрочені податкові зобов'язання" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:276 msgid "9" msgstr "9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:277 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "Активи: дебіторська заборгованість" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:277 msgid "109" msgstr "109" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" @@ -4593,40 +4530,40 @@ msgstr "" "Доходи: визначаються по товару або за внутрішньою категорією відповідного " "товару (поле Поточний рахунок)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:282 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" "Податкові зобов'язання майбутніх періодів: визначається податком, що " "використовується на рядку рахунку-фактури" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "" "Дебіторська заборгованість: визначається на клієнта (Рахунок на отримання)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "" "Схема оподаткування, використана в рахунку-фактурі, може мати правило, яке " -"замінює облік доходів або податок, визначений на товарі іншим." +"замінює рахунок доходу або податок, визначений на товарі іншим." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:287 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "Клієнтська доставка" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:290 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" msgstr "Замовлення на виробництво" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:296 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." @@ -4634,7 +4571,7 @@ msgstr "" "Наприкінці місяця/року ваша компанія здійснює фізичну інвентаризацію або " "просто спирається на склад в Odoo, щоб оцінити запас у ваші книги." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:300 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" @@ -4642,7 +4579,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тоді вам потрібно розбити баланс купівлі як інвентаризацію, так і вартість " "проданих товарів за такою формулою:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" @@ -4650,42 +4587,42 @@ msgstr "" "Вартість проданих товарів (COGS) = Початкова вартість запасу + Покупки - " "Завершення інвентаризації" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:305 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "Щоб оновити оцінку складу у своїх книгах, зареєструйте такий запис:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "Активи: Інвентаризація (кінцева вартість)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:310 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" msgstr "Витрати: вартість проданих товарів" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:316 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" msgstr "Витрати: придбані товари" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:317 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "Активи: Інвентаризація (початкове значення)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Безстрокове оцінювання запасів" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:323 msgid "" "In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " "are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" @@ -4699,32 +4636,32 @@ msgstr "" "досвідченим користувачам. На відміну від періодичної оцінки, це потребує " "додаткового налаштування та тестування." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:330 msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." msgstr "Давайте розглянемо справу продавця." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 msgid "**Configuration:**" msgstr "**Налаштування:**" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "" "Дебіторська заборгованість/кредиторська заборгованість: визначена у партнера" " (вкладка Облік)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" "Відстрочені податкові активи/зобов'язання: визначається податком, що " "використовується на рядку рахунка-фактури" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:349 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." @@ -4732,7 +4669,7 @@ msgstr "" "Доходи: визначається як категорія товару за замовчуванням, або для " "конкретного товару." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:352 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " @@ -4742,7 +4679,7 @@ msgstr "" "Визначено категорію товару як значення за замовчуванням або конкретно на " "формі товару." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:356 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4750,7 +4687,7 @@ msgstr "" "Отримані товари не були придбані: щоб встановити вхідний облік у внутрішній " "категорії товару" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4758,15 +4695,15 @@ msgstr "" "Випущені товари не враховуються в рахунках: для внутрішньої категорії товару" " призначайте облік вихідних витрат" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:354 msgid "" "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" msgstr "" "Інвентаризація: призначати облік вартості складу у внутрішній категорії " "товару" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" @@ -4774,189 +4711,190 @@ msgstr "" "Різниця цін: встановити у внутрішній категорії товару або у формі товару як " "певну зміну вартості" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:359 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:360 msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" msgstr "Як провести оцінку інвентаризації? (Континентальний облік)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:205 msgid "€10" msgstr "€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 msgid "€0" msgstr "€0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" msgstr "Отримати 8 товарів за 10 євро" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 msgid "+8*€10" msgstr "+8*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 msgid "€80" msgstr "€80" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" msgstr "Отримати 4 товари за €16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 msgid "+4*€10" msgstr "+4*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 msgid "€120" msgstr "€120" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-10*€10" msgstr "-10*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 msgid "€20" msgstr "€20" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" msgstr "Отримати 2 товари за €9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:60 msgid "+2*€10" msgstr "+2*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 msgid "€40" msgstr "€40" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 msgid "€12" msgstr "€12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 msgid "+4*€16" msgstr "+4*€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 msgid "€144" msgstr "€144" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-10*€12" msgstr "-10*€12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 msgid "€24" msgstr "€24" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" msgstr "Отримати 2 товари за €6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 msgid "€9" msgstr "€9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:213 msgid "+2*€6" msgstr "+2*€6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 msgid "€36" msgstr "€36" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:152 msgid "€16" msgstr "€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-8*€10" msgstr "-8*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-2*€16" msgstr "-2*€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 msgid "€32" msgstr "€32" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 msgid "€11" msgstr "€11" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 msgid "€44" msgstr "€44" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-4*€16" msgstr "-4*€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-6*€10" msgstr "-6*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 msgid "€8" msgstr "€8" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:299 msgid "" "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " "Profit&Loss section to your assets." @@ -4964,11 +4902,11 @@ msgstr "" "Створіть запис журналу, щоб перемістити вартість запасів у розділі Дохід і " "втрати до своїх активів." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:310 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" msgstr "Витрати: варіанти інвентаризації" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:313 msgid "" "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " "**Inventory Variations** debited." @@ -4976,7 +4914,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо знизилася вартість складу, **Склад** рахунок зараховується і **Варіанти" " інвентаризації** дебетуються." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:348 msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" " also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." @@ -4985,7 +4923,7 @@ msgstr "" " також може бути встановлений у формі товару (вкладка Бухоблік) як значення " "заміни." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:351 msgid "" "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4993,15 +4931,15 @@ msgstr "" "Варіанти інвентаризації: встановлювати як вхідний/вихідний обліковий запис у" " внутрішній категорії товару" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" msgstr "Основні поняття" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" msgstr "Введення в управління складом" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:9 msgid "" "A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " "products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" @@ -5011,183 +4949,183 @@ msgstr "" "товарів) або перетворення. Замість цього, всі операції - складські " "переміщення між місцезнаходженнями (можливо, віртуальним)." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 msgid "Operations" msgstr "Операції" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:20 msgid "" "Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." msgstr "" "Складські переміщення представляють переміщення товарів та матеріалів між " "місцезнаходженнями." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:32 msgid "Production Order" msgstr "Замовлення на виробництво" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 msgid "Consume:" msgstr "Спожито:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" msgstr "2 Колеса: Склад → Виробництво" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" msgstr "1 Рамка для велосипеда: Склад → Виробництво" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:28 msgid "Produce:" msgstr "Вироблено:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:29 msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" msgstr "1 Велосипед: Виробництво → Склад" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" msgstr "Склад: місце, з якого починається замовлення на виробництво" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" msgstr "Виробництво: у формі ndfhe, поле \"Місцезнаходження виробництва\"" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:38 msgid "Drop-shipping" msgstr "Дропшипінг" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:35 msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" msgstr "1 велосипед: Постачальник → Клієнт" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:38 msgid "Configurarion:" msgstr "Налаштування:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Supplier: on the product form" msgstr "Постачальник: на формі товару" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" msgstr "Клієнт: на самому замовленні на продаж" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:47 msgid "Client Delivery" msgstr "Клієнтська доставка" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 msgid "Pick" -msgstr "Комплектувати" +msgstr "Комплектування" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" msgstr "1 велосипед: склад → зона пакування" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 msgid "Pack" msgstr "Упаковка" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" msgstr "1 велосипед: зона пакування → відправлення" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3 msgid "Shipping" msgstr "Відправлення" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:46 msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" msgstr "1 велосипед: відправка → клієнт" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" msgstr "на маршруті комплектувати+пакувати+відправити для складу" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:54 msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" msgstr "Внутрішньо-складські переміщення" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:51 msgid "Transfer:" msgstr "Переміщення:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" msgstr "1 велосипед: Склад 1 → Транзит" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" msgstr "1 велосипед: Транзит → Склад 2" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" msgstr "Склад 2: місцезнаходження переміщення запущено з" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" msgstr "Склад 1: на маршруті транзиту" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:59 msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" msgstr "Пошкодженні товари (браковані)" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" msgstr "1 велосипед: Склад → Брак" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" msgstr "Брак: Місцезнаходження браку під час створення браку" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 msgid "Missing products in inventory" msgstr "Відсутні товари на складі" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" msgstr "1 велосипед: Склад → Втрата запасу" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 msgid "Extra products in inventory" msgstr "Додаткові товари на складі" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" msgstr "1 велосипед: втрата запасу → склад" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:67 msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" msgstr "Втрата запасу: поле на товарі \"місцезнаходження складу\"" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:74 msgid "Reception" msgstr "Надходження" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" msgstr "1 велосипед: постачальник → прийом" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" msgstr "1 велосипед: Прийом → Склад" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" msgstr "Постачальник: замовлення на купівлю постачальника" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" msgstr "Прийом: поле на замовленні на купівлю \"призначення\"" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 msgid "Analysis" msgstr "Аналіз" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:79 msgid "" "Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " "products * product cost)." @@ -5195,17 +5133,17 @@ msgstr "" "Аналіз складу може використовувати кількість товарів або значення товарів (=" " кількість товарів * вартість товару)." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:82 msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" msgstr "" "Для кожного місцезнаходження складу можна проаналізувати декілька точок " "даних:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" msgstr "Забезпечення та правила забезпечення" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:152 msgid "" "A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" " location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" @@ -5213,17 +5151,17 @@ msgstr "" "Забезпечення - це запит на певну кількість товарів у певному місці. Вони " "можуть бути створені вручну або автоматично спрацьовують:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:161 msgid "New sale orders" msgstr "Нове замовлення на продаж" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 msgid "Effect" msgstr "Результат" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 msgid "" "A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " "by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" @@ -5231,7 +5169,7 @@ msgstr "" "Забезпечення створюється на місцезнаходженні клієнта для кожного товару, " "замовленого клієнтом (ви повинні доставити клієнту)" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 msgid "" "Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " "(property)" @@ -5239,27 +5177,27 @@ msgstr "" "Місцезнаходження забезпечення: на клієнті, поле \"Місцезнаходження клієнта\"" " (влісніть)" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:166 msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" -msgstr "Правила мінімального запасу" +msgstr "Правила мінімальних запасів" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." msgstr "Забезпечення створюється за місцезнаходженням правил." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:167 msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" msgstr "Місцезнаходження забезпечення: за правилом, поле \"Місцезнаходження\"" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 msgid "Procurement rules" msgstr "Правила забезпечення" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" msgstr "Нове забезпечення створено на місцезнаходженні джерела правила" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:172 msgid "" "*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " "be fulfilled e.g.:" @@ -5267,11 +5205,11 @@ msgstr "" "*Правила закупівель* опишіть, як потрібно виконувати закупівлі на конкретних" " місцезнаходженнях, наприклад:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:175 msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" msgstr "звідки повинен надходити товар (місцезнаходження джерела)" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:176 msgid "" "whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " "To Stock)`" @@ -5279,15 +5217,15 @@ msgstr "" "чи є забезпечення :abbr:`MTO (Зробити на замовлення)` або :abbr:`MTS " "(Зробити на склад)`" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:181 msgid "needs schema thing from FP" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 msgid "Routes" msgstr "Маршрути" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:186 msgid "" "Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " "must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " @@ -5297,7 +5235,7 @@ msgstr "" "повинен дотримуватися товар. Маршрути можуть бути застосовані чи ні, залежно" " від товарів, рядків замовлення на продаж, складу, ..." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:190 msgid "" "To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " "routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" @@ -5305,42 +5243,42 @@ msgstr "" "Для виконання забезпечення система шукатиме правила, що відносяться до " "маршрутів, які визначені в (за порядком пріоритету):" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "Склади" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" msgstr "" "Приклад маршруту внутрішнього складу: Укомплектувати → Упакувати → " "Відправити" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 msgid "Picking List:" msgstr "Список комплектування:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" msgstr "Зона комплектування → Зона пакування" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:200 msgid "Pack List:" msgstr "Список пакування:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" msgstr "Зона пакування → Ворота A" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 msgid "Delivery Order:" msgstr "Замовлення на доставку:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 msgid "Gate A → Customer" msgstr "Ворота A → Клієнт" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 msgid "" "Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " "the warehouse." @@ -5348,85 +5286,85 @@ msgstr "" "Маршрути, що описують, як ви організовуєте свій склад, повинні бути " "визначені на складі." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 msgid "A Product" msgstr "Товар" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" msgstr "Приклад маршруту товару: Контроль якості" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 msgid "Reception:" msgstr "Надходження:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 msgid "Supplier → Input" msgstr "Постачальник → Прийом" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:211 msgid "Confirmation:" msgstr "Підтвердження:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 msgid "Input → Quality Control" msgstr "Прийом → Контроль якості" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 msgid "Storage:" msgstr "Зберігання:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 msgid "Quality Control → Stock" msgstr "Контроль якості → Склад" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:223 msgid "Product Category" msgstr "Категорія товару" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" msgstr "Приклад маршруту категорії товару: крос-докінг" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 msgid "Cross-Docks:" msgstr "Крос-докінг:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 msgid "Input → Output" msgstr "Прийом → Відправка" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:223 msgid "Delivery:" msgstr "Доставка:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 msgid "Output → Customer" msgstr "Відвантаження → Клієнт" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 msgid "Sale Order Line" msgstr "Рядок замовлення на продаж" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:226 msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" msgstr "Приклад рядка замовлення на продаж: Дропшипінг" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 msgid "Order:" msgstr "Замовлення:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 msgid "Supplier → Customer" msgstr "Постачальник → Клієнт" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 msgid "Push Rules" msgstr "Правила виштовхування" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:234 msgid "" "Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " "automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" @@ -5436,40 +5374,40 @@ msgstr "" "місцезнаходження. Вони автоматично переміщують товар на нове місце. Чи можна" " застосувати правило виштовхування, залежить від відповідних маршрутів." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 msgid "Quality Control" msgstr "Контроль якості" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 msgid "Product lands in Input" msgstr "Товари знаходяться у вхідних" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:242 msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" msgstr "Натисніть 1: Вхідний → Контроль якості" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" msgstr "Натисніть 2: Контроль якості → Склад" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:246 msgid "Warehouse Transit" msgstr "Транзит складу" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:245 msgid "Product lands in Transit" msgstr "Товар на транзиті" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:246 msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" msgstr "Виштовхування: Транзит → Склад 2" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 msgid "Procurement Groups" msgstr "Групи забезпечення" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:251 msgid "" "Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " "provided:" @@ -5477,27 +5415,27 @@ msgstr "" "Маршрути та правила визначають складські переміщення. Для кожного правила " "передбачено тип документа:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 msgid "Picking" msgstr "Комплектування" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 msgid "Packing" msgstr "Пакування" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 msgid "Delivery Order" msgstr "Замовлення на доставку" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:257 msgid "Purchase Order" msgstr "Замовлення на купівлю" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 msgid "..." msgstr "..." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:260 msgid "" "Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " "and locations are the same." @@ -5505,7 +5443,7 @@ msgstr "" "Переміщення згруповані в одному документі, якщо їх група забезпечення і " "розташування однакові." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:263 msgid "" "A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " "orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " @@ -5517,11 +5455,11 @@ msgstr "" "згруповані. Але ви також можете визначити певні групи за правилами " "дозамовлення. (наприклад, для групових закупівель певних товарів разом)" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 msgid "Terminologies" msgstr "Термінологія" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 msgid "" "**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " "It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " @@ -5530,7 +5468,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Склад (Warehouse)**: склад в Odoo - це місце, де ви зберігаєте товари. Це " "або фізичний, або віртуальний склад. Може бути магазин або сховище." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 msgid "" "**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " "warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " @@ -5541,7 +5479,7 @@ msgstr "" "складу) Odoo має місце для постачальників, клієнтів, інвентаризації втрат " "запасів тощо." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 msgid "" "**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " "serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " @@ -5553,7 +5491,7 @@ msgstr "" "(наприклад, комплект із 24 пляшок). Зазвичай, партії поставляються з " "виробничих партій або закупівель." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 msgid "" "**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " "product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" @@ -5563,7 +5501,7 @@ msgstr "" "ідентифікатор певного товару. Технічно серійні номери схожі на наявність " "партії 1 унікального елемента." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 msgid "" "**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " "Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" @@ -5574,7 +5512,7 @@ msgstr "" "категорії (наприклад: розмір) може конвертувати одна одну (м, см, мм) за " "фіксованим співвідношенням." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 msgid "" "**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " "level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " @@ -5586,14 +5524,14 @@ msgstr "" "його отримувати та доставляти. Коли цей товар потрібен, Odoo припускає, що у" " вас завжди є достатньо запасів." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 msgid "" "**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." msgstr "" "**Запасний (Stockable)**: товар, для якого ви хочете керувати рівнем " "інвентаризації." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 msgid "" "**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" " number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." @@ -5602,7 +5540,7 @@ msgstr "" "серійним номером/партіями чи ні). Наприклад: коробка, що містить ножі та " "вилки." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 msgid "" "**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " "products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " @@ -5619,7 +5557,7 @@ msgstr "" "продукт повинен бути придбаний у постачальника, але постачальник не " "визначено)." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 msgid "" "**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " "applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" @@ -5632,7 +5570,7 @@ msgstr "" "буде шукати правила, що відносяться до маршрутів, визначених у відповідному " "товарі/замовленні на продаж." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 msgid "" "**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " "They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " @@ -5643,7 +5581,7 @@ msgstr "" " товар на нове місце. Чи можна застосувати правило \"виштовхування\", " "залежить від відповідних маршрутів." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 msgid "" "**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " "procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " @@ -5655,7 +5593,7 @@ msgstr "" "на конкретних місцях, наприклад: куди повинен надходити товар " "(місцеположення джерела), незалежно від того, чи є закупівля МТО чи МТС, ..." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 msgid "" "**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " "rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " @@ -5668,7 +5606,7 @@ msgstr "" "один і той же тип документа, якщо їх група забезпечення і розташування " "однакові." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 msgid "" "**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " "between locations." @@ -5676,7 +5614,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Складські переміщення (Stock Moves)**: складські переміщення представляють" " транзит товарів та матеріалів між місцезнаходженнями." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 msgid "" "**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " "in a warehouse or location." @@ -5684,7 +5622,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Кількість в наявності (Quantity On Hand)**: кількість конкретного товару, " "який на даний момент знаходиться на складі або в місцезнаходженні." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 msgid "" "**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " "specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " @@ -5696,7 +5634,7 @@ msgstr "" "кількість в наявності - замовлення на майбутнє + майбутні відправлення + " "майбутні випущені одиниці." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 msgid "" "**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " "trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " @@ -5708,7 +5646,7 @@ msgstr "" " виробничого замовлення). Воно спрацьовує, коли прогнозована кількість " "відповідає мінімальному правилу запасу." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 msgid "" "**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " "materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " @@ -5722,7 +5660,7 @@ msgstr "" " вагонів без зберігання між ними (не підходить до запасу, безпосередньо від " "вхідної до зони упаковки)." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 msgid "" "**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " "the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" @@ -5735,7 +5673,7 @@ msgstr "" "Товари відправляються безпосередньо від постачальника замовнику, не " "проходячи через ваш власний склад.your own warehouse." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 msgid "" "**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " "for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." @@ -5743,7 +5681,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Стратегії вилучення (Removal Strategies)**: стратегія використовувати, " "щоби вибрати товар для конкретної операції. Приклад: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 msgid "" "**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " "specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " @@ -5753,7 +5691,7 @@ msgstr "" " в якому місці певний товар повинен бути встановлений по переїзді. (приклад:" " кабелі йдуть в стійку 3, зберігання А)." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 msgid "" "**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" " it from the stock." @@ -5761,15 +5699,15 @@ msgstr "" "**Брак (Scrap)**: бракований товар або застарілий. Зняття з експлуатації " "вироби вилучає його із запасу." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process.rst:3 msgid "Process Overview" msgstr "Загальний огляд процесу" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 msgid "From procurement to delivery" msgstr "Від забезпечення до доставки" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 msgid "" "Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " "with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" @@ -5781,7 +5719,7 @@ msgstr "" "цій документації, як легко виконати повний процес, від забезпечення до " "доставки." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " "**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " @@ -5793,15 +5731,15 @@ msgstr "" "також повністю інтегрований з нашими додатками **Електронної комерції**, " "**Виробництва** та **Ремонту**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 msgid "How to process a receipt ?" msgstr "Як обробляти забезпечення?" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 msgid "Install Purchase application" msgstr "Встановіть додаток Купівля" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 msgid "" "First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " "to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." @@ -5809,11 +5747,11 @@ msgstr "" "По-перше, вам потрібно буде встановити додаток **Управління Купівлею**. " "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Додатки` і встановіть його." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 msgid "Make a purchase order" msgstr "Зробіть замовлення на купівлю" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 msgid "" "Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " "Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." @@ -5821,7 +5759,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть у програму **Купівлі**. Перший екран - це **Запит на комерційну " "пропозицію**. Натисніть кнопку **Створити**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 msgid "" "Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " "products to your request for quotation." @@ -5829,7 +5767,7 @@ msgstr "" "Заповніть інформацію про **Постачальника** та натисніть **Додати елемент**, " "щоб додати деякі товари до вашого запиту на комерційну пропозицію." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 msgid "" "Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " "quantity." @@ -5837,19 +5775,19 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть **Підтвердити замовлення**, коли ви впевнені щодо товарів, цін та " "кількості." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" msgstr "Отримайте забезпечення" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" msgstr "Ви можете отримати замовлення на забезпечення двома способами:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 msgid "From the purchase order" msgstr "Із замовлення на купівлю" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 msgid "" "On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " "related **Receipt**:" @@ -5857,17 +5795,17 @@ msgstr "" "У верхньому правому куті вашого замовлення на купівлю ви побачите кнопку із " "відповідним **Забезпеченням**:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." msgstr "Натисніть на неї, щоби переглянути **Замовлення на переміщення**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" msgstr "З інформаційної панелі складу" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 msgid "" "When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" " the list of your deliveries to process." @@ -5875,16 +5813,16 @@ msgstr "" "Відкриваючи додаток **Склад**, натисніть на **# для отримання**, щоби " "переглянути список ваших поставок для обробки." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" msgstr "У списку натисніть на той, що стосується замовлення на купівлю:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 msgid "Process the Receipt" msgstr "Обробіть забезпечення" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 msgid "" "To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " "transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " @@ -5894,7 +5832,7 @@ msgstr "" "завершити переміщення. З'явиться повідомлення про те, чи хочете ви обробити " "все замовлення, прийміть його, натиснувши кнопку **Застосувати**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 msgid "" "Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " ":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " @@ -5904,15 +5842,15 @@ msgstr "" "документацію :doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` для " "детальнішої інформації." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" msgstr "Як обробляти замовлення на доставку?" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 msgid "Install Sales application" msgstr "Встановіть додаток Управління продажами" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 msgid "" "First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." @@ -5920,11 +5858,11 @@ msgstr "" "По-перше, вам потрібно буде встановити додаток **Управління продажами**. " "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Додатки` і встановіть його." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 msgid "Place a sale order" msgstr "Розмістіть замовлення на продаж" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 msgid "" "Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" " team." @@ -5932,7 +5870,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до додатків **Продажів**. Натисніть кнопку **Комерційні " "пропозиції** своєї команди." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 msgid "" "You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " "button." @@ -5940,7 +5878,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви отримаєте список всіх ваших комерційних пропозицій. Натисніть кнопку " "**Створити**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 msgid "" "Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " "some products to your quotation." @@ -5948,23 +5886,23 @@ msgstr "" "Заповніть **Інформацію про клієнта** та натисніть **Додати елемент**, щоб " "додати деякі товари до вашої комерційної пропозиції." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." msgstr "Натисніть **Підтвердити продаж**, щоб розмістити замовлення." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" msgstr "Отримайте замовлення на доставку" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" msgstr "Ви можете отримати замовлення доставки двома способами:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 msgid "From the sale order" msgstr "Із замовлення на продаж" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 msgid "" "On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " "**Delivery**:" @@ -5972,7 +5910,7 @@ msgstr "" "У верхньому правому куті вашого замовлення на продаж ви побачите кнопку із " "відповідною **Доставкою**:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 msgid "" "When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " "list of your receipts to process." @@ -5980,11 +5918,11 @@ msgstr "" "Відкриваючи додаток **Складу**, натисніть **# зробити**, щоби переглянути " "список ваших квитанцій для обробки." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" msgstr "У списку натисніть на той, який пов'язаний із замовленням на продаж:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 msgid "" "If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" " on your dashboard." @@ -5992,15 +5930,15 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо товар відсутній, замовлення на продаж відображатиметься як " "**Очікування** на інформаційній панелі." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 msgid "Process the delivery" msgstr "Обробіть доставку" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." msgstr "Замовлення електронної комерції обробляються однаково." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 msgid "" "You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " "methods. Please read the document " @@ -6009,11 +5947,11 @@ msgstr "" "Купівлі можуть бути автоматизовані. Будь ласка, прочитайте нашу документацію" " :doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 msgid "Advanced flows" msgstr "Розширені процеси" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 msgid "" "In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " "Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." @@ -6021,7 +5959,7 @@ msgstr "" "У цій документації пояснені потоки є найбільш простими. Odoo також підходить" " для компаній, які мають сучасне управління складом." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 msgid "" "By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " "activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " @@ -6031,13 +5969,13 @@ msgstr "" " можете активувати використання кількох місцезнаходжень і багатьох складів " "для здійснення **внутрішніх переміщень**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" msgstr "" "**Маршрути**: ви можете автоматизувати потоки за допомогою правил штовхання " "та витягання." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 msgid "" "**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " "warehouse" @@ -6045,7 +5983,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Багатоступеневі** надходження та поставки можуть бути легко налаштовані " "для кожного складу" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 msgid "" "Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" "docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " @@ -6056,15 +5994,15 @@ msgstr "" "відправником, **переміщення** та стратегії **видалення**... Все це можливо з" " Odoo." -#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Розпочати" +msgstr "Розпочніть" -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" msgstr "Як встановити склад в Odoo?" -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 msgid "" "The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " "follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " @@ -6074,7 +6012,7 @@ msgstr "" "налаштувати його. Це покроковий посібник із посиланнями на різні екрани, які" " вам потрібні." -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 msgid "" "Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" "right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." @@ -6082,35 +6020,35 @@ msgstr "" "Після того, як ви встановили програму **Склад**, натисніть на верхній правій" " панелі, щоб отримати доступ до помічника із встановлення." -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" msgstr "Помічник зі встановлення допоможе вам виконати наступні кроки:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 msgid "Set up your warehouse" msgstr "Налаштуйте свій склад" -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 msgid "Import your vendors" msgstr "Імпортуйте своїх постачальників" -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 msgid "Import your products" msgstr "Імпортуйте свої товари" -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 msgid "Set up the initial inventory" msgstr "Налаштуйте початкову інвентаризацію" -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" msgstr "Налаштуйте потоки продажів і купівлі" -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" msgstr "Встановіть механізми поповнення" -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" " valuation." @@ -6118,7 +6056,7 @@ msgstr "" "Налаштуйте розширені функції, такі як упаковка, відслідковування, маршрути " "та оцінка інвентаризції." -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 msgid "" "If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" " should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" @@ -6130,19 +6068,19 @@ msgstr "" "додатку до інвентаризації. Програма із штрих-кодом допоможе вам оптимально " "налаштувати та використовувати сканер." -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Routes" msgstr "Розширені маршрути" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 msgid "Concepts" msgstr "Поняття" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" msgstr "Як організувати крос-докінг на вашому складі?" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" "Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " "instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" @@ -6157,7 +6095,7 @@ msgstr "" "з місцезнаходження постачальника, і передає його на ворота для доставки " "клієнтам." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 msgid "" "For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " "docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post" @@ -6168,11 +6106,11 @@ msgstr "" "<https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-" "is-it-for-me-270>`_" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "Warehouse and routes" msgstr "Склад і маршрути" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" " --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" @@ -6183,7 +6121,7 @@ msgstr "" "виберіть **Додаткові маршрутизації товарів за допомогою правил** та " "натисніть кнопку **Застосувати**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 msgid "" "Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," " then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." @@ -6192,28 +6130,28 @@ msgstr "" "а потім відкрийте склад, з якого потрібно застосувати крос-докіг, і " "натисніть **Редагувати**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" msgstr "На вкладці **Налаштування складу** виберіть:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "" "**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" msgstr "" "**Вхідні відправлення**: вивантажте у місці прийому, потім перейдіть до " "складу (2 кроки)" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" msgstr "" "**Вихідні відправлення**: відправляйте безпосередньо зі складу (тільки " "доставка)" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 msgid "then click on **Save**." msgstr "потім натисніть **Зберегти**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" "This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." @@ -6221,11 +6159,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ці кроки спричинили крос-докінг, який ви можете побачити у " ":menuselection:`Склад --> Налаштування --> Маршрути --> Маршрути`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 msgid "Cross Docking Route" msgstr "Маршрут крос-докінгу" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 msgid "" "We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " "for the remaining part:" @@ -6233,7 +6171,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ми використаємо маршрут **Купити** для першої частини потоку та створимо " "маршрут для решти частини:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 msgid "" "Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " "created as an internal physical location." @@ -6241,23 +6179,23 @@ msgstr "" "Кожне з правил закупівлі буде налаштоване. Місце крос-докінгу створюється як" " внутрішнє фізичне розташування." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" msgstr ":menuselection:`Прийом --> Крос-докінг`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" msgstr ":menuselection:`Крос-докінг --> Відвантаження`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" msgstr ":menuselection:`Відвантаження --> Клієнт`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 msgid "Product with cross dock" msgstr "Товар з крос-докінгом" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 msgid "" "We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" " above as well as the **Buy** route." @@ -6265,7 +6203,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ми створили товар Овочевий фенхель і призначили маршрути, створені вище, а " "також маршрут **Купити**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 msgid "" "We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " "for replenishment of a stockable product." @@ -6273,19 +6211,19 @@ msgstr "" "Ми також вказали постачальника та мінімальне правило замовлення, яке " "необхідне для поповнення запасного товару." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" msgstr ":doc:`use_routes`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" msgstr ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" msgstr "Як робити внутрішньо-складські переміщення?" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" "If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " "warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " @@ -6294,7 +6232,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо у вас є різні складські приміщення, ви можете перемістити товари з " "одного складу на інший. Це дуже просто завдяки складу в Odoo." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 msgid "" "First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " @@ -6307,7 +6245,7 @@ msgstr "" "місцезнаходженнями на складі**. Будь ласка, не забудьте **застосувати** свої" " зміни." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 msgid "" "This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " "and routes in your warehouse." @@ -6315,12 +6253,12 @@ msgstr "" "Цей параметр слід також позначити, якщо ви хочете керувати різними " "місцезнаходженнями та маршрутами на своєму складі." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" msgstr "Створення нового складу" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 msgid "" "The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " "click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " @@ -6332,7 +6270,7 @@ msgstr "" "Склади`. Тепер ви можете створити свій склад, натиснувши кнопку " "**Створити**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 msgid "" "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " "characters maximum." @@ -6340,7 +6278,7 @@ msgstr "" "Заповніть **назву складу** та **коротку назву**, яка повинна становити " "максимум 5 символів." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 msgid "" "please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " "your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" @@ -6351,7 +6289,7 @@ msgstr "" "Можливо, розумно використовувати зрозумілу назву (наприклад, ВС/ [перші " "літери внутрішнього складу])." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 msgid "" "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " "been generated for your new warehouse." @@ -6359,11 +6297,11 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви повернетесь на інформаційну панель, нові операції буде автоматично " "створено для вашого нового складу." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "Creating a new inventory" msgstr "Створення нової інвентаризації" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 msgid "" "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " "inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" @@ -6373,7 +6311,7 @@ msgstr "" " У такому випадку ви повинні створити інвентаризацію в Odoo, якщо не можете " "пропустити цей крок." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" "Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " "--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " @@ -6385,7 +6323,7 @@ msgstr "" "інвентаризацію, натиснувши кнопку **Створити**. Заповніть **реєстр товару**," " **дату** та обов'язково виберіть правильний склад та місцезнаходження." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" " able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " @@ -6399,7 +6337,7 @@ msgstr "" "змінена, оскільки вона представляє обчислений обсяг замовлень на купівлю та " "продаж." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 msgid "" "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " "all yours product." @@ -6407,11 +6345,11 @@ msgstr "" "Не забудьте перевірити свою інвентаризацію, як тільки у вас запишеться етап " "всього вашого товару." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "Створіть внутрішнє переміщення" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" " units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " @@ -6421,7 +6359,7 @@ msgstr "" "перемістити дві одиниці товару з вашого першого складу на інший, який " "знаходиться приміром у Брюсселі, виконайте наступні дії:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 msgid "" "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " "warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." @@ -6429,7 +6367,7 @@ msgstr "" "На інформаційній панелі виберіть внутрішнє переміщення одного з двох " "складів. Для цього натисніть :menuselection:`Більше --> Переміщення`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 msgid "" "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " "zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " @@ -6439,7 +6377,7 @@ msgstr "" "(у цьому випадку наш \"старий склад\") та зону місцезнаходження призначення " "(в даному випадку наш \"новий склад\" розташований у Брюсселі)." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 msgid "" "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " "don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." @@ -6447,14 +6385,14 @@ msgstr "" "Додайте товари, які ви хочете передати, натиснувши **Додати об'єкт**, і не " "забудьте **перевірити** або **позначити як ЗРОБИТИ**, коли ви закінчите." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "" "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." msgstr "" "Якщо ви виберете **Перевірити**, Odoo буде обробляти всі перелічені " "величини." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 msgid "" "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " "Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " @@ -6464,21 +6402,21 @@ msgstr "" "статус **очікування**. Натисніть **Резерв**, щоби зарезервувати кількість " "товарів на своєму вихідному складі." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "Можна також вручну перемістити кожний товар:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "" "За допомогою інформаційної панелі виберіть замолвння на переміщення в " "місцезнаходженні джерела." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 msgid "Select the right transfer order" msgstr "Виберіть правильне замовлення на переміщення" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 msgid "" "3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " "open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " @@ -6488,7 +6426,7 @@ msgstr "" "відкрити вікно деталей операції. У цьому новому вікні ви можете вручну " "вказати, скільки товарів ви обробляєте" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 msgid "" "If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " "products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " @@ -6503,11 +6441,11 @@ msgstr "" "не створюйте зворотнє замовлення, якщо ви не надаєте/не отримаєте інші " "товари." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 msgid "What is a procurement rule?" msgstr "Що таке правила закупівлі?" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 msgid "" "The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " "With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" @@ -6529,7 +6467,7 @@ msgstr "" "відвантажити товар. Тоді компанія не може виконати замовлення та сприяє " "невдоволенню клієнтів." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 msgid "" "An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" " is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " @@ -6543,7 +6481,7 @@ msgstr "" "зменшуючи обсяги запасів, необхідних для складу, та витрат на зберігання " "товарів." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 msgid "" "Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " "application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " @@ -6553,11 +6491,11 @@ msgstr "" "Склад>Налаштування>Налаштування та позначте пункт \"Просування маршрутних " "товарів з використанням правил\"." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 msgid "Procurement rules settings" msgstr "Налаштування правил закупівель" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 msgid "" "The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " "go to Configuration > Routes." @@ -6565,30 +6503,30 @@ msgstr "" "Правила закупівель встановлюються на маршрутах. У програмі Склад перейдіть " "до розділу Налаштування> Маршрути." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." msgstr "У розділі Правила закупівель натисніть Додати об'єкт." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 msgid "" "Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " "possible :" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 msgid "Move from another location rules" msgstr "Переміщення з іншого правила місцезнаходження." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 msgid "" "Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 msgid "" "The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " "manufacturing rules." @@ -6596,19 +6534,14 @@ msgstr "" "Додаток Виробництво повинно бути встановлене, щоби запустити правила " "виробництва." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 msgid "" "The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " "rules." msgstr "" "Додаток Закупівлі потрібно встановити, щоб запустити правила **купівлі**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" -"Спробуйте створити правило закупівель у нашому демонстраційному прикладі." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 msgid "" "Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " "defined." @@ -6616,29 +6549,29 @@ msgstr "" "Деякі налаштування складу створює маршрути із вже визначеними правилами " "закупівель." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 msgid "What is a push rule?" msgstr "Що таке правило виштовхування?" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 msgid "" "The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" " meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " @@ -6654,7 +6587,7 @@ msgid "" "inability to meet customer demand for the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 msgid "" "A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" " as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " @@ -6668,7 +6601,7 @@ msgstr "" "заданих у специфікації потоку (місце призначення, затримка, тип переміщення," " журнал). Це може спрацьовувати автоматично або вручну." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 msgid "" "Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" @@ -6678,11 +6611,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Склад --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та позначте пункт " "**Попередня маршрутизація товарів із використанням правил**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 msgid "Push rules settings" msgstr "Налаштування правил виштовхування" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 msgid "" "The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Routes`." @@ -6690,11 +6623,11 @@ msgstr "" "Правила виштовхування встановлюються на маршрутах. Перейдіть до " ":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Маршрути`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." msgstr "У розділі правила виштовхування натисніть **Додати об'єкт**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 msgid "" "Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " "is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " @@ -6706,23 +6639,18 @@ msgstr "" "якості. У 3 етапах надходжень, інше правило виштовхування призведе до того, " "що товари, які перебувають у місці контролю якості, переміщуються до складу." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" -"Спробуйте створити правило виштовхування в нашому демонстраційному прикладі." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 msgid "" "Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." msgstr "" "Деякі налаштування складу створюють маршрути із вже встановленими правилами " "виштовхування." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 msgid "Stock transfers" msgstr "Складські переміщення" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 msgid "" "The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" " route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " @@ -6732,7 +6660,7 @@ msgstr "" "правила, встановленого на вашому маршруті, ви побачите, що деякі переміщення" " можуть бути готові, а інші в очікуванні." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 msgid "" "The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " "location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." @@ -6740,7 +6668,7 @@ msgstr "" "Правило виштовхування, яке було встановлено вище, створить переміщення зі " "**складу/місця прийому** до місцезнаходження **складу/контролю якості**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 msgid "" "In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " "it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" @@ -6750,16 +6678,16 @@ msgstr "" "виштовхування, воно визначає, що коли контроль якості буде завершено, товари" " будуть переміщені на основний склад." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 msgid "How to use routes?" msgstr "Як використовувати маршрути?" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 msgid "" "A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" " advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" @@ -6768,15 +6696,15 @@ msgstr "" "керувати додатковими налаштуваннями маршрутів виштовхування/витягування, " "наприклад:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" msgstr "Управління ланцюгами виробництва продукції" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 msgid "Manage default locations per product" msgstr "Керування місцезнаходженням за замовчуванням для кожного товару" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " "quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" @@ -6784,7 +6712,7 @@ msgstr "" "Визначення маршрутів на вашому складі відповідно до потреб бізнесу, таких як" " контроль якості, післяпродажне обслуговування чи повернення постачальникам" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 msgid "" "Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " "products" @@ -6792,7 +6720,7 @@ msgstr "" "Допомога в управлінні орендою, генеруючи автоматичні зворотні рухи для " "орендованих товарів" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 msgid "" "Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " "application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " @@ -6802,15 +6730,15 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування` і виберіть пункт **Розширені" " маршрути товарів, що використовують правила**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 msgid "Pre-configured routes" msgstr "Попередньо-налаштовані маршрути" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." msgstr "Odoo має деякі попередньо налаштовані маршрути для ваших складів." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 msgid "" "In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Warehouses`." @@ -6818,7 +6746,7 @@ msgstr "" "У програмі Склад перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " "Налаштування`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 msgid "" "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " "**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." @@ -6827,11 +6755,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Вихідні відправлення** встановлюють деякі маршрути відповідно до вашого " "вибору." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "Налаштування маршрутів" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Routes`." @@ -6839,7 +6767,7 @@ msgstr "" "У програмі **Склад** перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " "Маршрути`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 msgid "" "First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " "can combine several choices." @@ -6847,11 +6775,11 @@ msgstr "" "По-перше, вам слід вибрати місця, де можна вибрати цей маршрут. Ви можете " "об'єднати кілька варіантів вибору." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" msgstr "Маршрути застосовуються на складах" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 msgid "" "If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" " applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " @@ -6861,11 +6789,11 @@ msgstr "" "застосовано. Маршрут буде встановлено для всього переміщення на цьому " "складі, який відповідатиме умовам закупівель та правилам переміщення." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 msgid "Routes applied on products" msgstr "Маршрути застосовуються до товарів" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 msgid "" "If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " "be applied." @@ -6873,7 +6801,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви позначите **Товари**, вам потрібно вручну встановити, який товар він" " буде застосовуватися." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 msgid "" "Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " "(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," @@ -6883,11 +6811,11 @@ msgstr "" "(:menuselection:`Склад --> Контроль --> Товари`). На вкладці Склад виберіть " "маршрути:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" msgstr "Маршрути, застосовані до категорії товарів" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 msgid "" "If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " "categories it will be applied." @@ -6895,7 +6823,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви позначите **Категорії товарів**, вам потрібно вручну встановити, до " "яких категорій він буде застосовуватися." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 msgid "" "Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " "(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" @@ -6905,11 +6833,11 @@ msgstr "" "(:menuselection:`Налаштування --> Категорії товару`). Виберіть маршрути в " "розділі **Логістики**:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" msgstr "Маршрути, застосовані до рядків замовлення на продаж" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "" "If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " "time you make a sale order." @@ -6917,7 +6845,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви позначите **Рядки замовлення на продаж**, вам доведеться вручну " "встановлювати маршрут щоразу, коли ви хочете зробити замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 msgid "" "In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" " the sales order." @@ -6925,7 +6853,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для того, щоб це запрацювало, ви також повинні активувати використання " "маршрутів у замовленні клієнта." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 msgid "" "In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." @@ -6934,25 +6862,25 @@ msgstr "" "Налаштування` та позначте пункт **Вибрати конкретні маршрути по рядках " "замовлення на продаж (розширені)**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" msgstr "" "Тепер ви можете вибрати маршрути для кожного рядка ваших замовлень на " "продаж:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 msgid "Procurement and push rules" msgstr "Закупівлі і правила виштовхування" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 msgid "Please refer to the documents:" msgstr "Будь ласка, зверніться до документації:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 msgid "Procurement configuration" msgstr "Налаштування закупівель" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 msgid "" "When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " "On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " @@ -6964,11 +6892,11 @@ msgstr "" "натисніть на **Запит на закупівлю**. Виберіть маршрут, який ви хочете " "використовувати поруч із **Рекомендованими маршрутами**:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 msgid "Make-to-Order Route" msgstr "Маршрут на замовлення" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 msgid "" "If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " "the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " @@ -6980,39 +6908,39 @@ msgstr "" "**Купівля** або **Виробництво**, і він автоматично запускає замовлення на " "закупівлю або замовлення на виробництво, коли ваші товари недоступні." -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 msgid "Product Costing" msgstr "Вартість товару" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "" "How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 msgid "" "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 msgid "" "Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " "an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " "to be installed)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " "on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" @@ -7021,19 +6949,19 @@ msgid "" "will be split accross your transfers lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" msgstr "Стратегії виправлення та видалення" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" msgstr "Що таке стратегія викладки товару?" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 msgid "" "A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " "to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " @@ -7044,7 +6972,7 @@ msgstr "" "відповідного місця призначення. Викладка - це процес прийому товарів із " "отримання доставки та розміщення їх у найбільш відповідному місці." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 msgid "" "If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" " make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " @@ -7054,7 +6982,7 @@ msgstr "" "певні товари не зберігаються близько один до одного через потенційну хімічну" " реакцію." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 msgid "" "A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " "affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " @@ -7066,7 +6994,7 @@ msgstr "" " на рівні розташування (на відміну від стратегій вилучення, які визначаються" " на рівні товару)." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " "option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" @@ -7077,18 +7005,18 @@ msgstr "" "Попередня маршрутизація товарів за допомогою правил**, а потім натисніть " "кнопку **Застосувати**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 msgid "Setting up a strategy" msgstr "Налаштування стратегії" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 msgid "" "Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." msgstr "" "Давайте розглянемо, наприклад, роздрібний магазин, в якому ми зберігаємо " "овочі та фрукти." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 msgid "" "We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " "product quality." @@ -7096,7 +7024,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ми повинні зберігати цей тип товару в різних місцях, щоби підтримувати " "якість продукції." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 msgid "" "Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " "location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." @@ -7105,7 +7033,7 @@ msgstr "" "підрозділ **Внутрішній Склад/Склад/Овочі** та **Внутрішній " "Склад/Склад/Фрукти**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 msgid "" "You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " @@ -7117,7 +7045,7 @@ msgstr "" "потрібно встановити стратегію викладки, натисніть **Редагувати** та знайдіть" " варіант **Стратегія викладки**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 msgid "" "Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " "form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " @@ -7128,13 +7056,13 @@ msgstr "" "стратегії, і встановити метод і фіксоване місцезнаходження для кожної " "категорії." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 msgid "" "When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." msgstr "" "Коли ви введете всю необхідну інформацію, натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 msgid "" "Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " "automatically be transferred to the correct location." @@ -7142,7 +7070,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тепер, коли ви купуєте товари з цими категоріями, вони будуть автоматично " "переведені у правильне місцезнаходження." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 msgid "" "To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " "Control --> Current Inventory`" @@ -7150,15 +7078,15 @@ msgstr "" "Щоби перевірити поточний склад, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Складу --> " "Контроль складу --> Поточний склад`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." msgstr "Тут ви можете побачити поточний склад за місцезнаходженням." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" msgstr "Що таке стратегія вилучення (FIFO, LIFO та FEFO)?" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 msgid "" "Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " "products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " @@ -7168,7 +7096,7 @@ msgstr "" "товарів для оптимізації відстані для працівника, для цілей контролю якості " "або через причину закінчення терміну дії продукції." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 msgid "" "When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " "that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " @@ -7180,7 +7108,7 @@ msgstr "" "залежить від **стратегії вилучення**, яка визначена у **категорії товару** " "або в **місцезнаходженні**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`:" @@ -7188,7 +7116,7 @@ msgstr "" "У програмі **Склад** перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " "Налаштування`:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 msgid "" "Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " "warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " @@ -7198,7 +7126,7 @@ msgstr "" "місцезнаходженнми на складі** та **Розширені маршрутизації товарів за " "правилами**, а потім натисніть кнопку **Застосувати**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 msgid "" "Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " "location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." @@ -7207,15 +7135,15 @@ msgstr "" "відкрийте місцезнаходження, на якому ви хочете застосувати стратегію " "вилучення." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 msgid "Types of removal strategy" msgstr "Види стратегії видалення" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" msgstr "FIFO (First In First Out)" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 msgid "" "A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " "stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " @@ -7229,7 +7157,7 @@ msgstr "" "коротким циклом попиту, такими як одяг, також можуть вибрати FIFO, щоби вони" " не застрягли із застарілими стилями на складі." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." @@ -7238,29 +7166,29 @@ msgstr "" "відкрийте місцезнаходження складу та встановіть стратегію вилучення " "**FIFO**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." msgstr "Давайте розглянемо один з прикладів стратегії вилучення FIFO. " -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 msgid "" "In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " "``iPod 32 Gb`` available." msgstr "" "На вашому складі (``WH/Stock``) є в наявності ``3`` штуки ``iPod 32 Гб``." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 msgid "" "You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." msgstr "Ви можете знайти деталі доступних запасів у звіті про товарну оцінку." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." msgstr "" "Створіть одне замовлення на продаж ``25`` одиниць ``iPod 32 Гб`` і " "підтвердіть його." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 msgid "" "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " "assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." @@ -7269,11 +7197,11 @@ msgstr "" "призначено з **найстарішої** партії, використовуючи стратегію вилучення " "FIFO." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" msgstr "LIFO (Last In First Out)" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 msgid "" "In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " "moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " @@ -7283,7 +7211,7 @@ msgstr "" " першими. LIFO використовується у випадку товарів, які не мають терміну " "зберігання." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." @@ -7292,7 +7220,7 @@ msgstr "" "відкрийте місцезнаходження складу та встановіть стратегію вилучення " "**LIFO**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 msgid "" "In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" " ``WH/Stock`` location." @@ -7300,11 +7228,11 @@ msgstr "" "У нашому прикладі, давайте перевіримо поточний доступний запас ``Ipod 32 " "Гб`` на місцезнаходженні ``WH/Stock``." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." msgstr "Створіть замовлення на продаж з ``10`` одиниць ``Ipod 32 Гб``." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 msgid "" "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " "assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." @@ -7312,11 +7240,11 @@ msgstr "" "У вихідному товарі відвантаження ви можете побачити, що ``Ipod 32 Гб`` " "призначено **новим** партіям, використовуючи стратегію вилучення LIFO." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" msgstr "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 msgid "" "In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" " according to their expiration date." @@ -7324,7 +7252,7 @@ msgstr "" "В управлінні складом FEFO товари відправляються зі складу відповідно до їх " "терміну придатності." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " "option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" @@ -7334,7 +7262,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перевірте опцію **Визначити дату закінчення на серійних номерах**. Потім " "натисніть **Застосувати**, щоби зберегти зміни." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 msgid "" "This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " "number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " @@ -7346,7 +7274,7 @@ msgstr "" "терміну**, **дати попередження** та **дати вилучення**. Ці дати можуть бути " "встановлені з :menuselection:`Контроль складу --> Серійні номери/Партії`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 msgid "" "**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " "serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." @@ -7354,7 +7282,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Найкраще до дати закінчення**: це дата, коли товари з цим серійним " "номером/партією починають псуватися, але ще не є небезпечним." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 msgid "" "**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " "serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." @@ -7362,14 +7290,14 @@ msgstr "" "**Дата закінчення терміну придатності**: це дата, коли товари з цим серійним" " номером/партією можуть стати небезпечними і не повинні споживатися." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" "**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " "number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " "goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 msgid "" "**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " "goods with this serial/lot number." @@ -7377,7 +7305,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Дата сповіщення**: це дата, коли слід надсилати сповіщення про товари з " "цим серійним номером/партією." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 msgid "" "Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " "latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " @@ -7387,7 +7315,7 @@ msgstr "" "самого початку. Партії без дати вилучення, будуть скомплектовані після " "партій з датами вилучення." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 msgid "" "All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " "purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " @@ -7400,7 +7328,7 @@ msgstr "" "сповіщення не надсилатимуться, коли партії передаватимуть **дату " "сповіщення**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 msgid "" "Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " "received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" @@ -7424,7 +7352,7 @@ msgstr "" "збільшення часу встановлено на нуль, то дата закінчення партії/серійного " "номеру повинна бути визначена вручну після створення партії." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 msgid "" "Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " "expiration date fields as follows:" @@ -7432,23 +7360,23 @@ msgstr "" "Кожне з цих полів збільшення часу використовується для створення одного з " "полів закінчення терміну дії партій наступним чином:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" msgstr "Час використання товару --> найкраще до дати" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" msgstr "Час вилучення товару --> Дата вилучення" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" msgstr "Час дії товару --> Дата закінчення терміну придатності" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" msgstr "Час сповіщення про товар --> Дата сповіщення" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 msgid "" "To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" " --> Locations` and choose FEFO." @@ -7456,7 +7384,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоби встановити стратегію вилучення за місцем знаходження, перейдіть до " "розділу :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Місцезнаходження` та оберіть FEFO." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 msgid "" "Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " "``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " @@ -7465,56 +7393,56 @@ msgstr "" "Приведемо приклад: на складі ``WH/Stock`` доступні ``3`` партії " "``морозива``: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` з різним терміном дії." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" msgstr "**Партія / Серійний номер**" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "**Product**" msgstr "**Товар**" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "**Expiration Date**" msgstr "**Термін придатності**" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 msgid "LOT0001" msgstr "LOT0001" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 msgid "Ice Cream" msgstr "Морозиво" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 msgid "08/20/2015" msgstr "08/20/2015" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 msgid "LOT0002" msgstr "LOT0002" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 msgid "08/10/2015" msgstr "08/10/2015" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 msgid "LOT0003" msgstr "LOT0003" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 msgid "08/15/2015" msgstr "08/15/2015" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 msgid "" "We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." msgstr "" "Ми створимо замовлення на продаж з ``15 кг`` ``морозива`` та підтвердимо " "його." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 msgid "" "The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " "removal strategy **FEFO**." @@ -7522,7 +7450,7 @@ msgstr "" "Вихідне відвантаження, пов'язане із замовленням на продаж, зробить перехід " "на основі стратегії вилучення **FEFO**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 msgid "" "It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" " the removal dates." @@ -7530,27 +7458,27 @@ msgstr "" "З ``LOT0002`` буде потрібно ``10 кг``, а ``LOT0003`` - ``5 кг`` на основі " "дат вилучення." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings.rst:3 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Налаштування" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products.rst:3 msgid "Products" msgstr "Товари" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" msgstr "Як встановити правильну стратегію поповнення на складі" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 msgid "" "Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " "different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " @@ -7560,7 +7488,7 @@ msgstr "" " але різні правила. Вони повинні використовуватися в залежності від ваших " "технологій виробництва та стратегії доставки." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 msgid "" "Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " "amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " @@ -7575,7 +7503,7 @@ msgstr "" " закупівлю з кількістю, необхідною для досягнення максимального рівня " "запасу." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 msgid "" "The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " "the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " @@ -7587,7 +7515,7 @@ msgstr "" "поточний запас. Це означає, що проект замовлення на купівлю буде " "згенерований незалежно від кількості, що знаходяться в наявності товару." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 msgid "" "The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " "module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" @@ -7599,7 +7527,7 @@ msgstr "" "меню. Тоді натисніть \"Створити\", щоби встановити мінімальні та максимальні" " значення запасів для даного товару." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 msgid "" "Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " "multiple\" fields" @@ -7607,7 +7535,7 @@ msgstr "" "Покажіть підказки для полів \"мінімальна кількість\", \"максимальна " "кількість\" та \"кілька кількостей\"." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 msgid "" "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " "\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." @@ -7615,7 +7543,7 @@ msgstr "" "Потім натисніть на товар, щоби отримати доступ до відповідної форми товару, " "а в \"Підменю складу\" не забудьте вибрати постачальника." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " "stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." @@ -7623,7 +7551,7 @@ msgstr "" "Не забудьте вибрати правильний тип товару. Витратний матеріал не може бути " "запакований, і тому не буде враховано в оцінці запасів." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 msgid "" "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " "your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " @@ -7633,15 +7561,15 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Склад --> Контроль складу --> Товари` (або будь-який інший " "модуль, де доступні товари)." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." msgstr "На формі товару в розділі \"Склад\" натисніть \"Зробити замовленням\"." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "How to use different units of measure?" msgstr "Як використовувати різні одиниці вимірювання?" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." " For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" @@ -7649,14 +7577,14 @@ msgid "" "you will need to convert the units." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 msgid "" "You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." msgstr "" "Ви можете налаштувати Odoo для роботи з різними одиницями вимірювання для " "одного товару." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " @@ -7668,18 +7596,18 @@ msgstr "" "продані/придбані в різних одиницях виміру (розширені)**, а потім натисніть " "кнопку **Застосувати**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "Setting up units on your products" msgstr "Налаштування одиниць виміру на ваших товарах" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "" "In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you " "would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " "**Edit**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "" "In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " "will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." @@ -7687,7 +7615,7 @@ msgstr "" "У розділі **Одиниця виміру** виберіть одиницю, в якій товар буде " "продаватися, і в якому буде здійснено внутрішні перекази." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 msgid "" "In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " "purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." @@ -7695,24 +7623,24 @@ msgstr "" "У розділі **Одиниця вимірювання купівлі** виберіть одиницю, в якій ви " "купуєте товар. Коли ви закінчите, натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." msgstr "" "Натисніть на кнопку редагування |edit|, щоб створити нове одиницю " "вимірювання." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" msgstr "Переміщення з однієї одиниці в іншу" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 msgid "" "When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." msgstr "" "При здійсненні переміщень між одиницями, округлення автоматично виконує " "Odoo." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 msgid "" "The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " "condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." @@ -7720,23 +7648,23 @@ msgstr "" "Одиницю вимірювання можна змінити протягом усього процесу. Єдина умова " "полягає в тому, що одиниця вимірювання є частиною тієї ж категорії." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" msgstr "У цьому прикладі ми займаємося яєчним бізнесом:" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" msgstr "Ми купуємо яйця підносами (30 яєць)" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" msgstr "Ми перевіряємо всі яйця індивідуально при отриманні (контроль якості)" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" msgstr "Ми продаємо яйця десяткам покупцям" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " "**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." @@ -7744,16 +7672,16 @@ msgstr "" "**Ціна продажу** виражається в **одиниці виміру товару**. **Вартість ціни** " "виражається в **одиниці виміру закупівлі**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 msgid "" "All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." msgstr "Усі внутрішні перекази виражаються в **одиниці виміру товару**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 msgid "Procurement" msgstr "Забезпечення" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 msgid "" "When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " "measure." @@ -7761,15 +7689,15 @@ msgstr "" "Виконавши запит на забезпечення, ви все одно можете змінити одиницю " "вимірювання." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" msgstr "Елемент вимірювання також може бути змінений у замовленні на купівлю:" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "The quality control is done by unit." msgstr "Контроль якості здійснюється за одиницю." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 msgid "" "The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " "check is done by unit." @@ -7777,7 +7705,7 @@ msgstr "" "Основною одиницею вимірювання нашого товару є **Одиниця**. Тому перевірка " "якості здійснюється за одиницю." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 msgid "" "The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " "**Draft**." @@ -7785,12 +7713,12 @@ msgstr "" "Одиницю вимірювання можна змінити лише тоді, коли статус переміщення - " "**Чернетка**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 msgid "Delivery process" msgstr "Процес доставки" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 msgid "" "The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " "sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" @@ -7800,7 +7728,7 @@ msgstr "" "замовлення на продаж. При цьому ціна автоматично обчислюється від одиниці до" " десяти." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" " measure :" @@ -7808,7 +7736,7 @@ msgstr "" "У замовленні на доставку початкова поставка виконується в одиниці " "вимірювання замовлення на продаж:" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 msgid "" "But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " "converted automatically :" @@ -7816,22 +7744,22 @@ msgstr "" "Але переміщення виконується в одиниці виміру товару. Все конвертується " "автоматично:" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125 msgid "" "Create a link when the document is available - When should you use " "packages, units of measure or kits?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" msgstr "" "Коли варто використовувати упаковки, одиниці вимірювання та комплекти?" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 msgid "Unit of measures" msgstr "Одиниця вимірювання" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 msgid "" "Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." " Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." @@ -7839,14 +7767,14 @@ msgstr "" "Одиниці вимірювання є ознакою одиниці, що використовується для обробки " "товару. Товари можуть бути виражені в декількох одиницях вимірювання одразу." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 msgid "" "Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." msgstr "" "Активуйте цей параметр, якщо ви працюєте з кількома одиницями на вашому " "складі." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 msgid "" "The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" " warehouse." @@ -7854,14 +7782,14 @@ msgstr "" "Купівельна одиниця вимірювання може відрізнятися від тієї, яку ви " "використовуєте на своєму складі." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 msgid "" "The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." msgstr "" "Продажна одиниця вимірювання встановлюється в порядку продажу та може бути " "різною." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 msgid "" "The conversion between the different units of measures is done " "automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " @@ -7871,11 +7799,11 @@ msgstr "" " умова полягає в тому, що всі одиниці повинні бути в тій же категорії " "(одиниця, вага, обсяг, довжина ...)" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Пакунки" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 msgid "" "The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " "product." @@ -7883,15 +7811,15 @@ msgstr "" "Пакунок - це фізичний контейнер, в якому ви розміщуєте один або кілька " "товарів." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Упаковка" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." msgstr "Упаковка - це фізичний контейнер, який захищає ваш товар." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 msgid "" "If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " "notice and the power plug." @@ -7899,11 +7827,11 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви продаєте комп'ютери, упаковка містить комп'ютер із повідомленням та " "штепсельною розеткою." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." msgstr "В Odoo упаковки використовуються для індикативних цілей." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 msgid "" "You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " "only for indicative purpose." @@ -7911,11 +7839,11 @@ msgstr "" "В **Упаковках** можна визначити, який використовується **Пакунок**. Але це " "тільки для індикативних цілей." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" msgstr "Коли використовувати пакунки, упаковки або одиниці вимірювання?" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 msgid "" "For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " "individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" @@ -7925,7 +7853,7 @@ msgstr "" "Багато яєць бракуються і ви переміщуєте яйце за яйцем. **одиниця виміру** - " "``Одиниця(і)``." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 msgid "" "If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" " ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." @@ -7933,13 +7861,13 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви продаєте яйця дюжиною, то **одиниця вимірювання** продажу - " "``Дюжина``. Ви встановите його в замовленні на продаж." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 msgid "" "The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " "**packaging**." msgstr "``Картонні лотки``, що містять десяток яєць, є **упаковкою**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 msgid "" "When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " "``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." @@ -7947,19 +7875,19 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви продаєте кілька піддонів, ви можете загорнути всі лотки в " "``коробку`` або в ``пластикову`` упаковку. Це **пакунок**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`uom`" msgstr ":doc:`uom`" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 msgid "Using product variants" msgstr "Використання варіантів товару" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " "like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " @@ -7970,32 +7898,32 @@ msgstr "" "рівні шаблону (для всіх варіантів) та на рівні варіантів (специфічні " "атрибути)." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 msgid "" "As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" msgstr "Наприклад, компанія, що продає футболки, може мати такий товар:" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 msgid "B&C T-shirt" msgstr "Футболка B&C" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "Розміри: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "Кольори: синій, червоний, білий, чорний" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "" "In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " "T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." msgstr "" -"У цьому прикладі **футболок B&C** називається шаблоном товару, а **футболка " +"У цьому прикладі **Футболка B&C** називається шаблоном товару, а **Футболка " "B&C, S**, синій - це варіант. Розміри та колір є **атрибутами**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" "The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." " Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." @@ -8003,11 +7931,11 @@ msgstr "" "У наведеному вище прикладі в цілому 20 різних товарів (5 розмірів на 4 " "кольори). Кожен з цих товарів має власну інвентаризацію, продаж та ін." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "Вплив варіантів" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" "**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " "template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." @@ -8015,7 +7943,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Штрих-код**: код та штрих-код асоціюються з варіантом, а не з шаблоном. " "Кожен варіант може мати свій штрих-код / ​​SKU." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 msgid "" "**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " "based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " @@ -8027,7 +7955,7 @@ msgstr "" "3 дол. США за червоний колір). Тим не менше, ви можете визначити цінові " "правила, які застосовуються до шаблону або варіанту." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 msgid "" "**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " "t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " @@ -8040,7 +7968,7 @@ msgstr "" "інформаційного призначення, у формі шаблону товару ви отримуєте запас, який " "є сумою кожного варіанту (але фактичний запас обчислюється за варіантом)." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 msgid "" "**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " "product may have its own primary picture." @@ -8048,29 +7976,29 @@ msgstr "" "**Зображення**: картинка пов'язана з варіантом, кожна варіація товару може " "мати свою основну картину." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 msgid "" "**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " "If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " "Income Account, Taxes)" msgstr "" "**Інші поля**: більшість інших полів належить до шаблону товару. Якщо ви їх " -"оновлюєте, він автоматично оновлює всі варіанти (приклад: прибуток, " -"податки)." +"оновлюєте, він автоматично оновлює всі варіанти (приклад: Рахунок доходу, " +"Податки)." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 msgid "Should you use variants?" msgstr "Чи варто використовувати варіанти?" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 msgid "When should you use variants?" msgstr "Коли слід використовувати варіанти?" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" msgstr "Використання варіантів має такі наслідки:" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " "templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " @@ -8080,7 +8008,7 @@ msgstr "" "шаблони товарів на сторінці каталогу. Коли відвідувач натискає на такий " "товар, він матиме варіанти вибору серед варіантів (кольори, розміри, ...)" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 msgid "" "**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" " for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " @@ -8094,7 +8022,7 @@ msgstr "" "створюєте специфікацію для \"футболки\" і додаєте рядки, що відповідають " "конкретному розміру S, а також інші рядки, специфічні для червоного кольору." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 msgid "" "**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " "the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " @@ -8108,11 +8036,11 @@ msgstr "" "потрібно встановлювати ціни за кожним варіантом. Однак можна створити цінові" " правила, щоби встановити ціну за варіантом." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" msgstr "Коли слід уникати використання варіантів?" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 msgid "" "Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " "should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " @@ -8123,7 +8051,7 @@ msgstr "" " лише у тому випадку, коли вам це потрібно, щоб зменшити складність " "управління багатьма товарами, які є аналогами." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 msgid "" "As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" " use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " @@ -8133,7 +8061,7 @@ msgstr "" "використовуєте варіанти. Ви не можете просто імпортувати список товарів, ви " "повинні імпортувати шаблони товарів та всі пов'язані з ними варіанти." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 msgid "" "In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " "you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " @@ -8143,23 +8071,23 @@ msgstr "" "окремими шаблонами товарів, і ті, що є варіантами. Наприклад, компанія, яка " "має ці товари:" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" msgstr "Якість: футболки, поло" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 msgid "Color: Red, Blue" msgstr "Колір: червоний, синій" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" msgstr "Розмір: S, M, L, XL" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 msgid "" "In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " "variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " @@ -8173,19 +8101,19 @@ msgstr "" "сорочок, і споживач сподівається побачити їх як два різні товари в " "електронній комерції:" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" msgstr "Шаблон товару: футболка" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 msgid "Product Template: Polos" msgstr "Шаблон товару: поло" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 msgid "Activate the variant feature" msgstr "Активізуйте функцію варіанту" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 msgid "" "Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " "variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " @@ -8199,11 +8127,11 @@ msgstr "" "рядок **Варіанти товару** та поставте прапорець біля опції **Товари можуть " "мати кілька атрибутів**, потім натисніть **Застосувати**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "Creating products with variants" msgstr "Створення товарів з різними варіантами" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " @@ -8213,11 +8141,11 @@ msgstr "" "цього перейдіть до модуля :menuselection:`Продажі --> Товари`. Він також " "доступний у модулі Купівлі та Склад." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." msgstr "Тепер натисніть на товар, до якого потрібно додати варіанти." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 msgid "" "In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " "purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " @@ -8229,7 +8157,7 @@ msgstr "" "додати нові варіанти, натисніть на плитку. У новому вікні натисніть кнопку " "**Створити**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 msgid "" "In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " "variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " @@ -8239,7 +8167,7 @@ msgstr "" "різниці, який ви хочете додати. Якщо варіант ще не існує, ви можете створити" " його на льоту, натиснувши кнопку Створити та редагуйте..." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 msgid "" "In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " "attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " @@ -8249,7 +8177,7 @@ msgstr "" "Пластиковий або «32 Гб». Поле **Атрибут** - це тип варіанта, такого як " "Колір, Матеріал або Пам'ять." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 msgid "" "You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " "**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " @@ -8258,13 +8186,13 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете додати вартість варіанту на льоту, додавши його в поле **Додаткові" " характеристики** або оберіть його пізніше. Натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 msgid "" "You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." msgstr "" "Ви також можете додати інший штрих-код та внутрішнє посилання на варіант." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 msgid "" "When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " "**Save**." @@ -8272,11 +8200,11 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви ввели всі специфікації цього варіанту, натисніть кнопку " "**Зберегти**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 msgid "Managing Product Variants" msgstr "Управління варіантами товару" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 msgid "" "The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " "variant attributes :" @@ -8284,23 +8212,23 @@ msgstr "" "Наведені нижче приклади є основою цього шаблону товару, який має два " "атрибути варіанта:" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 msgid "T-Shirt B&C" msgstr "Футболка B&C" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" msgstr "Колір: червоний, синій, білий" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "Розмір: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 msgid "Managing combination possibilities" msgstr "Управління можливостями комбінації" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 msgid "" "By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " "(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " @@ -8310,7 +8238,7 @@ msgstr "" "15 різних товарів (3 кольори, 5 розмірів). Якщо розмір XXL існує лише для " "червоних та синіх футболок, ви можете деактивувати варіант білого товару." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" "To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." " From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " @@ -8319,23 +8247,23 @@ msgstr "" "Для цього натисніть кнопку **Варіанти**, виберіть XXL, біла футболка. З " "форми товару зніміть позначення **Активно** футболки білого кольору XXL." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 msgid "" "That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." msgstr "Деактивація товару відрізняється від наявності інвентаризації 0." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 msgid "Setting a price per variant" msgstr "Встановлення ціни за варіант" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 msgid "" "You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " "product." msgstr "" "Ви можете додати вартість по основній ціні для деяких варіантів товару." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " @@ -8347,7 +8275,7 @@ msgstr "" "Товари` і натисніть на товар, який потрібно змінити. Натисніть кнопку " "**Варіанти цін**, щоби переглянути список варіантів значень." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 msgid "" "Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " "editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " @@ -8357,24 +8285,24 @@ msgstr "" " 3 поля редагованими. У полі **Атрибут додаткової характеристики** додайте " "вартість варіанту, який буде додано до початкової ціни." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." msgstr "" "Коли ви введете всі додаткові значення, натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226 msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227 msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" msgstr "Яка різниця між складом та місцезнаходженням?" -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " "are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " @@ -8383,7 +8311,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Склад** в Odoo - це фактично будівля/місце, в якому складуються ваші " "товари. Ви можете встановити кілька складів і створювати переходи між ними." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 msgid "" "A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " "considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " @@ -8397,11 +8325,11 @@ msgstr "" "місцезнаходження з кількома складами. Ви можете налаштувати стільки " "місцезнаходжень, скільки вам потрібно під одним складом." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" msgstr "Існує 3 типи місцезнаходжень:" -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " "warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " @@ -8411,7 +8339,7 @@ msgstr "" " складу, якого ви є власником. Вони можуть бути областю навантаження та " "розвантаження вашого складу, полиці або відділу тощо." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " "warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " @@ -8421,7 +8349,7 @@ msgstr "" "постачальника. Вони працюють так само, як і в \"Фізичних місцезнаходжень\", " "але лише тому, що ви не є власником складу." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 msgid "" "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " "products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " @@ -8435,7 +8363,7 @@ msgstr "" "(у **Втрати складу**) або коли ви хочете взяти до уваги товари, які " "переходять на ваш склад (**Забезпечення**)." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 msgid "" "In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " "locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " @@ -8447,25 +8375,25 @@ msgstr "" "дочірнім. Це дає вам більш детальний рівень аналізу ваших операцій на складі" " та організації ваших складів." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`" -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 msgid "How to create a new location?" msgstr "Як створити нове місцезнаходження?" -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 msgid "Creating a new location" msgstr "Створення нового місцезнаходження" -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 msgid "" "In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " "manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " @@ -8479,7 +8407,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Місцезнаходження та склад** позначте пункт **Керування кількома " "місцезнаходженнями**, після чого натисніть **Застосувати**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " @@ -8489,7 +8417,7 @@ msgstr "" "Складом --> Місцезнаходження`. У вікні Місцезнаходження натисніть кнопку " "**Створити**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 msgid "" "Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" " **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " @@ -8501,7 +8429,7 @@ msgstr "" "може бути фізичним, партнером або віртуальним розташуванням, і ви можете " "додавати якнайбільше підобластей, якщо це необхідно, до місцезнаходження." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 msgid "" "You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" " describe your location." @@ -8509,11 +8437,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ви також можете заповнити поля **Додаткової інформації** та додати примітку," " щоб описати своє місцезнаходження." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." msgstr "Коли ви закінчите, натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 msgid "" "A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " "hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " @@ -8523,16 +8451,16 @@ msgstr "" "ієрархічними, Odoo створить батьківське розташування складу, що містить всі " "підкласи в ньому." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" msgstr ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" msgstr "Як створити новий склад?" -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 msgid "" "In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " "manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " @@ -8546,7 +8474,7 @@ msgstr "" " та склад** позначте **Керування кількома місцезнаходженнями**, після чого " "натисніть **Застосувати**." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 msgid "" "Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " "Warehouses`" @@ -8554,7 +8482,7 @@ msgstr "" "Відкрийте меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Управління складом --> " "Склади`" -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 msgid "" "In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " "fields :" @@ -8562,11 +8490,11 @@ msgstr "" "На екрані складів натисніть кнопку **Створити**. З'явиться новий екран з " "трьома полями:" -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." msgstr "У **Назві складу** введіть повну назву складу." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 msgid "" "In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " "Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " @@ -8576,7 +8504,7 @@ msgstr "" "Пам'ятайте, що цей код відображається у списках, тому переконайтеся, що ви " "вибрали назву, яку легко зрозуміти та легко вводити." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 msgid "" "In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " "on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " @@ -8587,11 +8515,11 @@ msgstr "" "ходу. Тому адреса вашого складу буде такою ж, як і вибрана вами компанія. Ви" " також можете залишити це поле порожнім і редагувати його пізніше." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." msgstr "Натисніть **Зберегти**, щоби завершити налаштування вашого складу." -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 msgid "" "When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " "types and main child locations for this main location in the background." @@ -8599,15 +8527,15 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви створюєте склад, система створює необхідні типи збору та основні " "дочірні місцезнаходження для цього основного розташування у фоновому режимі." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Operations" msgstr "Операції доставки" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" msgstr "Як скасувати запит на доставку перевізнику?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." @@ -8615,7 +8543,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo може обробляти різні способи доставки, включаючи сторонніх превізників." " Odoo буде пов'язана із системою відстеження транспортної компанії." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 msgid "" "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." @@ -8623,15 +8551,15 @@ msgstr "" "Це дозволить вам керувати транспортною компанією, реальними цінами та " "призначенням." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." msgstr "Ви можете легко скасувати запит, надісланий до системи перевізника." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" msgstr "Як скасувати запит на доставку?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." @@ -8639,7 +8567,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо замовлення на доставку не **Підтверджено**, запит не було зроблено. Ви " "можете скасувати доставку або змінити перевізника." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " "should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" @@ -8651,19 +8579,19 @@ msgstr "" "скасувати запит. Просто натисніть кнопку **Скасувати** поруч із кнопкою " "**Відстеження перевізника**:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." msgstr "Тепер ви побачите, що доставка була скасована." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." msgstr "Тепер ви можете змінити перевізника, якщо хочете." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" msgstr "Як відправити запит на доставку після скасування його?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 msgid "" "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " @@ -8673,34 +8601,34 @@ msgstr "" "хочете використовувати. Підтвердіть це, натиснувши кнопку **Надіслати " "відправнику**. Ви отримаєте новий номер відстеження та нову мітку." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" msgstr "Як зарахувати вартість доставки клієнту?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" msgstr "Існує два способи виставлення рахунку за доставку:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" msgstr "Погодьте з клієнтом витрати та закріпіть їх в замовленні на продаж." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." msgstr "Виставлення рахунку за фактичну вартість доставки" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 msgid "" "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " @@ -8710,7 +8638,7 @@ msgstr "" " натисніть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Доставка --> Методи " "доставки`." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 msgid "" "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " "rules." @@ -8718,7 +8646,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете вручну встановити ціну на доставку: вона може бути виправлена або " "заснована на правилах." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 msgid "" "Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " "document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" @@ -8726,16 +8654,16 @@ msgstr "" "Або ви можете використовувати систему обчислення транспортування компанії. " "Прочитайте документацію :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" msgstr "Як нарахувати витрати за доставку клієнту?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" msgstr "Встановлення ціни рахунку-фактури на замовлення на продаж" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 msgid "" "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " "**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." @@ -8743,8 +8671,8 @@ msgstr "" "У своєму замовленні на продаж виберіть постачальника, який буде " "використовуватися. Натисніть на **Метод доставки**, щоб вибрати правильний." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." @@ -8752,7 +8680,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ціна обчислюється, коли ви **зберігаєте** замовлення на продаж чи натискаєте" " **Встановити ціну**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 msgid "" "To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " @@ -8762,18 +8690,18 @@ msgstr "" "**Встановити ціну**, це додасть рядок з назвою методу доставки як товар. Він" " може відрізнятися від реальної ціни." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." msgstr "" "Під час створення рахунку-фактури ціна встановлюється в замовленні на " "продаж." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" msgstr "Виставлення рахунку з реальними витрати на доставку" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " "order and proceed to deliver the product." @@ -8781,25 +8709,25 @@ msgstr "" "Ціна обчислюється, коли ви **зберігаєте** замовлення на продаж. Підтвердіть " "замовлення на продаж і продовжуйте доставляти товар. " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 msgid "" "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" " can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 msgid "" "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." msgstr "" "Поверніться до замовлення на продаж, тепер реальні витрати додаються до " "замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." msgstr "Під час створення рахунку-фактури ціна обчислюється перевізником." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 msgid "" "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " "add a line to the sale order." @@ -8807,20 +8735,20 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви розділили доставку та зробили декілька, кожне замовлення на доставку" " додасть рядок до замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`labels`" msgstr ":doc:`labels`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 msgid "How to print shipping labels?" msgstr "Як роздрукувати накладну?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " "linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " @@ -8832,12 +8760,12 @@ msgstr "" " дозволяє вам керувати транспортною компанією, реальними цінами та " "призначенням. І, нарешті, ви зможете надрукувати накладні прямо з Odoo." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" msgstr "Встановіть модуль інтеграції з перевізником" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " @@ -8847,15 +8775,15 @@ msgstr "" "розділі **Інтеграція з перевізником** позначте транспортні компанії, які ви " "хочете інтегрувати:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 msgid "Configure the delivery method" msgstr "Налаштуйте метод доставки" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." @@ -8863,13 +8791,13 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб налаштувати способи доставки, перейдіть до модуля **Склад**, натисніть " ":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Методи доставки`." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created." msgstr "Методи доставки вибраних перевізників були автоматично створені." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " "will be handled and computed by the shipper system." @@ -8877,11 +8805,11 @@ msgstr "" "На вкладці **Ціни** назва постачальника означає, що доставка буде " "оброблятися та обчислюватися системою відправника." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" msgstr "Налаштування відправника розділені на дві колонки:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" " more information, please refer to the provider website." @@ -8889,8 +8817,8 @@ msgstr "" "Перша пов'язана з **вашим обліком** (ключ розробника, пароль, ...). " "Додаткову інформацію можна знайти на веб-сайті постачальника." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 msgid "" "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " "packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." @@ -8898,19 +8826,19 @@ msgstr "" "Друга колонка залежить від **постачальника**. Ви можете вибрати тип " "упаковки, тип сервісу, ваговий блок..." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." msgstr "" "Зніміть прапорець біля **тестового режиму**, коли закінчите перевірку." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 msgid "Company configuration" msgstr "Налаштування компанії" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 msgid "" "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " "information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." @@ -8919,8 +8847,8 @@ msgstr "" "компанію. Переконайтеся, що ваша адреса та номер телефону правильно " "закодовані." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 msgid "" "To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " "**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " @@ -8930,13 +8858,13 @@ msgstr "" "**Загальні налаштування**. Натисніть перше посилання **Налаштувати дані " "вашої компанії**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" msgstr "Налаштування товару" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " "computation cannot be done." @@ -8944,7 +8872,7 @@ msgstr "" "Підприємства відправника потребують ваги вашої продукції, в іншому випадку " "обчислити ціну не вийде." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 msgid "" "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." @@ -8953,7 +8881,7 @@ msgstr "" "Товари`. Відкрийте товари, які ви хочете відправити, і встановіть вагу на " "ньому." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" " the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." @@ -8961,11 +8889,11 @@ msgstr "" "Вага на формі товару виражається у кілограмах. Не забувайте робити " "перетворення, якщо ви звикли до імперичної вимірювальної системи." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" msgstr "Як надрукувати накладні?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 msgid "" "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " "information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." @@ -8973,8 +8901,8 @@ msgstr "" "Замовлення на доставку, створене із замовлення на продаж, прийме інформацію " "про доставку, але ви можете змінити перевізника, якщо хочете." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 msgid "" "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" " third party shipper in the additional info tab." @@ -8982,24 +8910,24 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви створюєте передачу доставки з модуля складу, ви можете додати " "стороннього перевізника на вкладці додаткової інформації." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." msgstr "" "Натисніть **Підтвердити**, щоб отримати номер відстеження та " "**накладну(і)**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 msgid "" "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" msgstr "Наклейка на упаковці доступна в історії під назвою:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" msgstr "Натисніть на неї, щоб відкрити документ і роздрукувати його:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 msgid "" "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " "one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." @@ -9008,11 +8936,11 @@ msgstr "" "кожному пакунку буде одна мітка. Кожна мітка відображатиметься в історії " "доставки." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" msgstr "Як керувати кількома пакунками для одного замовлення на доставку?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 msgid "" "By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " "But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " @@ -9022,7 +8950,7 @@ msgstr "" " Але ви можете легко доставити свої поставки більше ніж на один пакунок. Він" " повністю інтегрований зі сторонніми постачальниками." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 msgid "" "To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " @@ -9033,36 +8961,36 @@ msgstr "" "**Упаковка** і позначте **Записати пакунки, які використовуються на " "упаковці: піддони, коробки,...**" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." msgstr "Натисніть **Застосувати**, коли ви закінчите." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 msgid "Sale order" msgstr "Замовлення на продаж" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." msgstr "Натисніть на **Метод доставки**, щоб вибрати правильний." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" msgstr "Доставка декількох пакунків" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it." msgstr "" "Доставка, створена за замовленням на продаж, прийме інформацію про доставку." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." msgstr "Звідси ви можете розділити вашу доставку на кілька пакунків." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 msgid "" "Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " "column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." @@ -9070,23 +8998,23 @@ msgstr "" "Виберіть кількість, яку ви хочете розмістити в першому пакунку в стовпці " "**Готово**, після чого натисніть посилання **Запакувати**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." msgstr "Це автоматично створить пакет із запитуваною кількістю." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." msgstr "Зробіть ті самі кроки для інших позицій, які ви хочете запакувати." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." msgstr "Натисніть **Підтвердити**, коли ви закінчите." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" msgstr "Кілька пакунків зі стороннім перевізником" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " "The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " @@ -9097,22 +9025,22 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть кнопку **Відстеження**, щоби перевірити свою доставку на веб-сайті" " постачальника." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 msgid "" "The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " "underneath:" msgstr "" "**Мітки**, яких слід дотримуватися у ваших пакунках, доступні в історії:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Setup" msgstr "Налаштування доставки" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" msgstr "Як встановити метод доставки?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " "default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " @@ -9122,7 +9050,7 @@ msgstr "" "активовані. Методи доставки можуть використовуватися для замовлень на " "продаж, ваших доставок, а також для вашої електронної комерції." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 msgid "" "Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " "the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " @@ -9132,11 +9060,11 @@ msgstr "" "призначенням. Ви навіть можете інтегрувати Odoo із зовнішніми " "вантажовідправниками, щоб обчислити реальну ціну та тару." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 msgid "Install the inventory module" msgstr "Встановіть модуль складу" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 msgid "" "Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " "**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" @@ -9146,8 +9074,8 @@ msgstr "" "**Програм** та знайдіть модуль. Щоби побачити, слід вилучити фільтр " "**Програми**:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 msgid "" "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" " install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." @@ -9155,18 +9083,18 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви хочете інтегрувати методи доставки в свою електронну комерцію, вам " "доведеться встановити модуль **Доставка електронної комерції**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." msgstr "Спочатку встановіть назву і транспортну компанію." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 msgid "" "Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." msgstr "" "Тоді вам доведеться встановити ціну. Вона може бути фіксованою або " "заснованою на правилах." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 msgid "" "If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " "price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " @@ -9177,7 +9105,7 @@ msgstr "" "суми, позначте пункт **Вільна, якщо загальна сума замовлень перевищує** та " "встановіть ціну." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 msgid "" "If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " "**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " @@ -9187,7 +9115,7 @@ msgstr "" "правил**. Натисніть на **додати елемент до правила ціноутворення**. Виберіть" " умову, залежно від ваги, обсягу, ціни або кількості." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " "can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " @@ -9197,7 +9125,7 @@ msgstr "" "Обмеження можна застосувати до деяких країн, районів або навіть поштових " "індексів. Ця функція обмежує список країн у вашій електронній торгівлі." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 msgid "" "You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " "price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " @@ -9207,7 +9135,7 @@ msgstr "" "реальну ціну та упаковку, а також обробляти друк етикеток. Дивіться " ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 msgid "" "You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " "to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " @@ -9219,16 +9147,16 @@ msgstr "" "натисніть **Встановити ціну**, вона додасть рядок з назвою методу доставки " "як товар." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 msgid "Delivery" msgstr "Доставка" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." msgstr "Ви можете додати або змінити спосіб доставки на саму доставку." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 msgid "" "On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " "chosen delivery method." @@ -9236,36 +9164,36 @@ msgstr "" "На доставці перевірте **Інформацію про перевізника**. Перевізник - це " "вибраний метод доставки." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "Як отримати облікові дані DHL для інтеграції з Odoo?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" msgstr "Щоб користуватися API Odoo DHL, вам буде потрібно:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" msgstr "DHL.com SiteID" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A DHL Password" msgstr "Пароль DHL" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "A DHL Account Number" msgstr "Обліковий номер DHL" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 msgid "" "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " "Rest of the world)" @@ -9273,7 +9201,7 @@ msgstr "" "Отримання SiteID та пароль для інших країн, окрім США (Великобританія та " "решта країн світу)." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 msgid "" "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " "Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." @@ -9282,11 +9210,11 @@ msgstr "" "інтеграцію до API XML Express. Попередні номери повинні надати вам дійсні " "облікові дані." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" msgstr "Отримання SiteID та паролю для Сполучених Штатів" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "" "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " "details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." @@ -9295,31 +9223,11 @@ msgstr "" "разом із повними даними облікового запису, як-от номер обліку, регіон, " "адресу тощо." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " -"given in the demo data:" -msgstr "" -"Тим часом, для тестування рішення ви можете використовувати тести облікових " -"даних, як вказано в демонстраційних даних:" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "**Пароль**: alkd89nBV" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "**Обліковий номер DHL**: 803921577" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" msgstr "Як налаштувати стороннього перевізника в Odoo?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " @@ -9331,7 +9239,7 @@ msgstr "" "компанії. Це дозволить вам керувати транспортною компанією, реальними цінами" " та призначенням." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid "" "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " @@ -9341,7 +9249,7 @@ msgstr "" "У розділі **Інтеграція з перевізником** поставте прапорці транспортних " "компаній, які ви хочете інтегрувати:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" @@ -9352,7 +9260,7 @@ msgstr "" "більшості випадків для одного постачальника буде **два** способи доставки: " "один для **міжнародної** доставки та інший для **внутрішньої** доставки." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 msgid "" "You can create other methods with the same provider with other " "configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." @@ -9360,7 +9268,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете створювати інші методи з тим самим перевізником з іншим " "налаштуванням, наприклад **тип упаковки**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 msgid "" "You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " "will appear on your ecommerce." @@ -9368,11 +9276,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете змінити **назву** методу доставки. Це назва, яка відображатиметься" " на електронній комерції." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." msgstr "Позначте **Доставка увімкнена**, коли ви готові до її використання." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 msgid "" "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " "computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." @@ -9380,11 +9288,11 @@ msgstr "" "На вкладці ціноутворення ім'я провайдера, обраного під **Обчислення ціни**, " "означає, що ціна буде обчислена системою перевізника." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" msgstr "Налаштування перевізника розділена на дві колонки:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " "For more information, please refer to the provider website." @@ -9392,7 +9300,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перша пов'язана з **вашим обліком** (ключ розробника, пароль, ...). " "Додаткову інформацію можна знайти на веб-сайті постачальника." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " "limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " @@ -9404,7 +9312,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете обмежити його деякими країнами чи навіть поштовими кодами. Ця " "функція обмежує список країн у вашій електронній торгівлі." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 msgid "" "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" " you want to ship and set a weight on it." @@ -9412,7 +9320,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Продажі --> Товари`. " "Відкрийте товари, які ви хочете відправити, і встановіть на них вагу." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " "make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." @@ -9420,7 +9328,7 @@ msgstr "" "Вага на формі товару виражається у кілограмах. Не забудьте зробити " "перетворення, якщо ви звикли до імперичної вимірювальної системи." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 msgid "" "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " "method** to choose the right one." @@ -9428,7 +9336,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тепер ви можете вибрати перевізника у своєму замовленні на продаж. Натисніть" " **Метод доставки**, щоб вибрати потрібний." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 msgid "" "The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." @@ -9436,7 +9344,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ціна обчислюється, коли ви зберігаєте замовлення на продаж чи натискаєте " "**Встановити ціну**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 msgid "" "If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " "click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " @@ -9446,7 +9354,7 @@ msgstr "" "натисніть **Встановити ціну**, вона додасть рядок з назвою методу доставки " "як товар. Він може відрізнятися від реальної ціни." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 msgid "" "Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " "automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" @@ -9456,7 +9364,7 @@ msgstr "" "автоматично додана до рахунку-фактури. Для детальнішої інформації прочитайте" " документацію :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." @@ -9464,7 +9372,7 @@ msgstr "" "Доставка, створена за замовленням на продаж, прийме інформацію про доставку." " Ви можете змінити перевізника, якщо хочете." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 msgid "" "The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" " be computed once the transfer is validated." @@ -9472,7 +9380,7 @@ msgstr "" "Вага обчислюється на основі вагових товарів. Вартість доставки буде " "розрахована після перевірки переміщення." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" " ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " @@ -9483,31 +9391,31 @@ msgstr "" "**Відстеження**, щоб перевірити свою доставку на веб-сайті постачальника " "послуг." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "Як отримати облікові дані UPS для інтеграції з Odoo?" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" msgstr "Для того, щоб скористатися API UPS для Odoo, вам знадобиться:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" msgstr " ID користувача UPS.com та пароль" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A UPS account number" msgstr "Обліковий номер UPS " -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 msgid "An Access Key" msgstr "Ключ доступу" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 msgid "" "An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" " UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." @@ -9515,11 +9423,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ключ доступу - це 16-значний літеро-цифровий код, що дозволяє отримати " "доступ до серверів розробки API розробника UPS." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" msgstr "Створіть облік UPS" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" "Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" " you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " @@ -9529,7 +9437,7 @@ msgstr "" "обліковий запис UPS онлайн. Якщо ви знаходитесь за межами США, вам " "доведеться звернутися до служби підтримки UPS, щоб відкрити облік." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 msgid "" "You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" " website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " @@ -9539,7 +9447,7 @@ msgstr "" "своєму веб-сайті на сторінці `Як відкрити обліковий запис UPS онлайн " "<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 msgid "" "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " "online profile by following these steps:" @@ -9547,7 +9455,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо у вас ще немає облікового запису UPS, ви можете створити його разом із " "вашим онлайновим профілем, виконавши вказані нижче дії." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 msgid "" "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" " click the **New User** link at the top of the page." @@ -9556,7 +9464,7 @@ msgstr "" "<http://www.ups.com/>`__, і натисніть посилання **Новий користувач** зверху " "сторінки." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 msgid "" "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " "complete the registration process." @@ -9564,7 +9472,7 @@ msgstr "" "2. Натисніть кнопку **Реєстрація для MyUPS**, і дотримуйтесь підказок, щоб " "завершити процес реєстрації." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 msgid "" "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " "follows:" @@ -9572,7 +9480,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо у вас вже є обліковий запис UPS, ви можете додати його до свого онлайн-" "профілю таким чином:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" "1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" " using your UPS.com User ID and Password." @@ -9580,15 +9488,15 @@ msgstr "" "1. Зайдіть на сайт UPS.com (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__) " "використовуючи ваш ID UPS.com та пароль." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "Натисніть вкладку **Мій UPS**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "Натисніть посилання **Резюме облікового запису**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." @@ -9596,7 +9504,7 @@ msgstr "" "4. Натисніть посилання **Додати існуючий обліковий запис UPS ** у розділі " "сторінки **Інформація про обліковий запис UPS**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" @@ -9606,15 +9514,15 @@ msgstr "" "запису **, **Назву облікового запису**, а також **Поштовий код**. Країна за " "замовчуванням стоїть як Сполучені Штати." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "Натисніть кнопку **Далі**, щоби продовжити." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "Отримайте ключ доступу" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" @@ -9623,7 +9531,7 @@ msgstr "" "користувача, ви можете замовити ключ доступу з UPS, скориставшись наведеними" " нижче інструкціями." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "" "1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " "`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " @@ -9633,23 +9541,23 @@ msgstr "" "`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " "<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "Увійдіть на UPS.com з вашим ID та паролем" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "Натисніть на посилання **Запит на ключ доступу**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "Перевірте свою контактну інформацію" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "Натисніть на кнопку **Запит на ключ доступу**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " @@ -9658,3 +9566,2753 @@ msgstr "" "**Ключ доступу** буде надано вам на веб-сторінці, а електронний лист із " "ключом доступу буде надіслано на адресу електронної пошти основного " "контакту." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Виробництво" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "Управління виробництвом" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" +msgstr "Як створити специфікацію" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " +"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " +"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." +msgstr "" +"Специфікація (BoM) - це документ, який описує компоненти товару, кількість " +"кожного компонента та процес, необхідний для виготовлення товару, включаючи " +"маршрутизацію та окремі етапи." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " +"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " +"describe multiple variants of the same product." +msgstr "" +"В Odoo кожен продукт може мати кілька специфікацій, пов'язаних з ним, але " +"специфікацію можна пов'язати лише з одним продуктом. Одна специфікація може " +"описати кілька варіантів того самого продукту." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" +msgstr "Налаштування базової специфікації" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " +"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви вирішите керувати своїми виробничими операціями лише за допомогою " +"замовлень на виробництво, ви визначите основні специфікації без маршрутів." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " +"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " +"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " +"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " +"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " +"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " +"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " +"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " +"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." +msgstr "" +"Перед створенням першої специфікації вам доведеться створити продукт і, " +"принаймні, один компонент (компоненти вважаються продуктами в Odoo). Ви " +"можете зробити це за допомогою :menuselection:`Основні дані --> Товари`, або" +" на льоту з відповідних полів у формі BoM. Перегляньте документацію розділу " +"Склад, щоби дізнатися більше про налаштування товарів. Створивши продукт та," +" принаймні, один компонент, виберіть їх у відповідних спадних меню, щоби " +"додати їх до вашої специфікації. Нова специфікація може бути створена за " +"допомогою :menuselection:`Основні дані --> Специфікація`, або за допомогою " +"кнопки у верхній частині форми продукту." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " +"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " +"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " +"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." +msgstr "" +"Під вкладкою **Різне** ви можете заповнити додаткові поля. **Послідовність**" +" визначає порядок, в якому ваші BoM будуть обрані для виробничих замовлень, " +"причому нижчі номери мають більш високий пріоритет. **Версія** дозволяє вам " +"відстежувати зміни у вашій специфікації з плином часу." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" +msgstr "Додавання маршрутизації до BoM" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " +"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " +"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " +"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." +msgstr "" +"Маршрут визначає серію операцій, необхідних для виготовлення продукту та " +"робочого центру, на якому виконується кожна операція. Маршрутизація може " +"бути додана до декількох специфікацій, хоча BoM може мати тільки одну " +"маршрутизацію. Щоб отримати додаткові відомості про налаштування маршрутів, " +"перегляньте розділ про маршрути." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " +"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " +"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." +msgstr "" +"Після ввімкнення маршрутів з :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`," +" ви зможете додавати маршрутизацію до специфікації, вибравши маршрут з " +"випадаючого списку або створивши його на льоту." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " +"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" +" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " +"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " +"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " +"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете визначити робочу операцію або крок, при якому кожен компонент " +"споживається, використовуючи поле, **Споживане в операції** на вкладці " +"**Компоненти**. Аналогічним чином, ви можете визначити операцію, при якій " +"продукт буде виготовлений під вкладкою **Різне**, за допомогою поля " +"**Створено під час операції**. Якщо це поле залишилося порожнім, продукти " +"будуть споживатися/виготовлятися під час остаточної операції в " +"маршрутизації." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 +msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" +msgstr "Додавання побічних товарів до специфікації" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " +"primary product." +msgstr "" +"В Odoo побічним продуктом є будь-який товар, вироблений BoM, на додаток до " +"основного продукту." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Щоб додати побічні продукти до BoM, вам спочатку потрібно буде ввімкнути їх " +"у :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " +"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " +"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " +"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." +msgstr "" +"Після включення побічних продуктів ви можете додати їх до своєї " +"спеціалізації під вкладкою **Побічні продукти** специфікації. Ви можете " +"додати будь-який продукт або продукти як побічні продукти. Похідні продукти " +"виробляються на одному етапі маршрутизації як основний продукт BoM." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" +msgstr "Налаштування BoM для продукту з напівфабрикату" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " +"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" +"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " +"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " +"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." +msgstr "" +"Напівфабрикат - виготовлений продукт, який призначений для використання як " +"компонент іншого виготовленого продукту. Ви можете використати " +"напівфабрикати для спрощення складного BoM, щоби більш точно відобразити ваш" +" виробничий процес, або використовувати такий самий напівфабрикат у " +"декількох специфікаціях. BoM, який використовує підрозділи, часто називають " +"багаторівневою специфікацією." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" +"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " +"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" +" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " +"subassembly is created as well." +msgstr "" +"Багатоступеневі специфікації в Odoo виконуються шляхом створення " +"специфікації і напівфабрикатів вищого рівня. Далі визначається маршрут " +"закупівлі продукту напівфабрикату. Це гарантує, що кожного разу, коли " +"створюється замовлення на виробництво для продукту найвищого рівня, " +"створюється також замовлення на виробництво для кожного підрозділу." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 +msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" +msgstr "Налаштування специфікації продукту найвищого рівня" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " +"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " +"subassembly as you would for any product." +msgstr "" +"Щоб налаштувати багаторівневу специфікацію, створіть продукт найвищого рівня" +" та його специфікацію. Включіть будь-які підрозділи в список компонентів. " +"Створіть BoM для кожного напівфабрикату, як і для будь-якого продукту." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" +msgstr "Налаштування даних напівфабрикату" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 +msgid "" +"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " +"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " +"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " +"effect." +msgstr "" +"На формі продукту напівфабрикату необхідно вибрати маршрути **Виробництво** " +"та **Виготовлення під замовлення**. Маршрут **Виробництво** має пріоритет " +"над маршрутом **Купити**, тому вибір останніх не матиме ефекту." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " +"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " +"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви хочете, щоби цей напівфабрикат можна було придбати до його " +"виготовлення, виберіть **Можна придбати**. Всі інші поля у формі " +"напівфабрикату можуть бути налаштовані відповідно до ваших уподобань." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" +msgstr "" +"Використання окремої специфікації для опису декількох варіантів окремого " +"товару" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Odoo дозволяє використовувати одну специфікацію для декількох варіантів того" +" ж продукту. Просто ввімкніть варіанти з :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " +"Налаштування`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "" +"Після цього ви зможете визначити, які рядки компонентів будуть " +"використовуватися при виготовленні кожного варіанту продукту. Ви можете " +"вказати кілька варіантів для кожного рядка. Якщо не вказано жодного " +"варіанта, рядок буде використовуватися для всіх варіантів." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" +"При визначенні варіанту специфікації на основі рядка-позиції, поле **Варіант" +" продукту** у головному розділі специфікації слід залишити порожнім. Це поле" +" використовується при створенні BoM для одного варіанту продукту." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" +msgstr "Як продавати набір товарів у комплекті" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " +"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " +"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " +"Manufacturing apps must be installed." +msgstr "" +"*Комплект* являє собою набір компонентів, які доставляються без " +"першочергового збирання або змішування. Комплекти описані в Odoo за " +"допомогою *специфікації*. Існує два основних способи налаштування " +"комплектів, залежно від того, як керувати комплектом продукту. У будь-якому " +"випадку, додатки Склад та Виробництво повинні бути встановлені." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "Управління складом компонентів продуктів" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " +"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " +"step." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви хочете збирати комплекти, як вони замовляються, керуючи лише складом" +" *компонентів*, ви будете використовувати специфікацію компонентів без " +"виробничого етапу." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " +"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " +"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " +"right shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" +"Продукт, який використовує специфікацію компонентів, відображатиметься як " +"окремий рядок у комерційні пропозиції та замовленні клієнта, але створить " +"замовлення на доставку з одним рядком для кожного з компонентів комплекту. У" +" наведених нижче прикладах зображення вище відображає замовлення на продаж " +"для комплекту «Комп'ютерний комплект клієнта», а зображення нижче показує " +"відповідне замовлення на доставку." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " +"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " +"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " +"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" +" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " +"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." +msgstr "" +"У меню **Товари** в додатку Склад або Виробництво створюйте кожен компонент " +"продукту, як і будь-який інший продукт, а потім створіть продукт найвищого " +"рівня або комплект. Комплект продукту повинен мати тільки маршрут " +"**Виробництво**. Оскільки ви не можете відстежувати запас комплектів " +"продуктів, тип продукту слід встановити на **Споживання**. Оскільки комплект" +" продукту неможливо придбати, а **Можна придбати** не повинен бути " +"відмічений." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no special configuration." +msgstr "" +"Всі інші параметри продукту можуть бути змінені відповідно до ваших " +"уподобань. Компоненти продуктів не вимагають спеціального налаштування." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " +"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " +"their default values." +msgstr "" +"Після того, як продукти налаштовані, створіть специфікацію для комплекту " +"продукту. Додайте кожен компонент і його кількість. Виберіть тип " +"специфікації **Доставити цей продукт як набір компонентів**. Всі інші " +"параметри можуть бути залишені зі значеннями за замовчуванням." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "Управління складом комплектів товару та компонентів" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" +" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" +" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " +"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " +"will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви хочете керувати складом комплектів продукту найвищого рівня, ви " +"будете використовувати стандартну специфікацію з виробничим кроком, а не " +"специфікацію комплекту. При використанні стандартної специфікації для " +"складання комплектів буде створено замовлення на виробництво. Виробниче " +"замовлення повинно бути зареєстроване як завершене, перш ніж комплект " +"продукту з'явиться на вашому складі." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " +"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" +"На продукті виберіть маршрут **Виробництво**. Ви також можете вибрати " +"**Виготовити на замовлення**, який створить замовлення на виробництво, коли " +"замовлення клієнта буде підтверджено. Виберіть тип продукту **Складський " +"продукт**, щоби дозволити управління запасами." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 +msgid "" +"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " +"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" +" order rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви створюєте специфікацію, виберіть тип специфікації виробництва " +"**Виробництво цього продукту**. Збір комплекту описується замовленням на " +"виробництво, а не операцією пакування." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 +msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" +msgstr "Як обробляти замовлення на виробництво" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " +"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " +"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " +"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " +"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " +"performed in an order defined by **routings**." +msgstr "" +"Є два основні способи управління виробництвом в Odoo. Перший спосіб керує " +"роботою тільки з одним документом. Цей документ є **замовленням на " +"виробництво**. Другий спосіб використовує додаткові документи, щоб дати вам " +"більш точний контроль над виробничим процесом. Таким чином, **замовлення на " +"виробництво** поділяються на один або більше етапів, визначених **робочими " +"замовленнями**, виконаними у порядку, визначеному **маршрутами**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 +msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" +msgstr "Як управляти виробництвом без маршрутів" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " +"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " +"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " +"work orders and routings." +msgstr "" +"Ви, швидше за все, будете використовувати замовлення на виробництво без " +"маршрутів, якщо вся робота з виготовлення вашого продукту виконується в " +"одному місці, на одну людину в один крок, та/або вам не потрібен детальний " +"контроль, який забезпечується робочими замовленнями та маршрутами." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " +"are two basic phases from planning to production:" +msgstr "" +"Управління вашими операціями у такий спосіб є типовим процесом в Odoo. Існує" +" два основні етапи від планування до виробництва:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 +msgid "Create manufacturing orders" +msgstr "Створення замовлень на виробництво" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 +msgid "Record Production" +msgstr "Запис виробництва" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 +msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" +msgstr "Як управляти виробництвом з маршрутами та робочими замовленнями" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" +" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " +"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " +"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." +msgstr "" +"Щоб використовувати замовлення та маршрути, вам потрібно буде ввімкнути " +"опцію **Управління виробництвом за робочими замовленнями** з " +":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`. Після цього ви зможете " +"додавати маршрути до специфікації та налаштовувати деякі додаткові пов'язані" +" поля. Ви також зможете створювати **робочі центри**, місця, де виконуються " +"робочі замовлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " +"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " +"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." +msgstr "" +"При виробництві з маршрутами та робочими замовленнями, кожне робоче " +"замовлення заплановано індивідуально. Ви також матимете доступ до планування" +" часу та можливостей, а також звітувати про вартість та ефективність на " +"рівні робочого центру." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " +"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " +"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" +" step of scheduling work orders." +msgstr "" +"Виробництво з використанням маршрутів можна розбити на кілька кроків. Під " +"час налаштування вашої специфікації вам потрібно буде додати маршрут, який " +"визначає замовлення на склад компонентів. Після планування замовлення на " +"виробництво ви отримаєте додатковий крок для планування робочих замовлень." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 +msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" +msgstr "Таким чином, робочий процес поділяється на три основні етапи:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 +msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." +msgstr "Розклад пов'язаних робочих замовлень." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 +msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." +msgstr "Виконання запланованої роботи та запис продукції." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "Як керувати специфікацією для варіантів товару" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "Як керувати напівфабрикатами" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" +msgstr "Налаштування специфікації товару найвищого рівня" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 +msgid "Unbuild a product" +msgstr "Розбирання товару" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " +"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" +" unbuild products you have received." +msgstr "" +"У додатку Виробництво Odoo, ви можете *Розібрати* товари. Можна керувати " +"двома випадками використання: (1) ви можете розібрати товари, які ви " +"створили самі, або (2) ви можете розібрати товари, які ви отримали." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " +"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " +"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Давайте візьмемо перший випадок, коли ви виробляєте продукцію самостійно. " +"Якщо якийсь із ваших товарів є дефектним, можливо, вам слід розібрати його, " +"а не повністю забракувати, дозволяючи повторно використовувати деякі " +"компоненти товару." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " +"unbuilding them and recycling them." +msgstr "" +"У другому випадку ви купуєте товари з єдиною метою - розбирати їх і " +"переробляти." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 +msgid "Unbuild Order" +msgstr "Замовлення на розбирання" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 +msgid "" +"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" +" menu *Unbuild Orders*." +msgstr "" +"У додатку Виробництво, під вкладкою *Операції* ви знайдете меню *Замовлення " +"на розбирання*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " +"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " +"something you received." +msgstr "" +"Створюючи новий, ви можете або вибрати ЗНВ, якщо ви розбираєте щось, що ви " +"виготовили, або вибираєте товар, якщо ви розбираєте щось отримане." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 +msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви закінчите, просто натисніть кнопку розібрати і процес закінчиться." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " +"components from the MO back in stock." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви розбираєте товар, який ви виготовили раніше, ви отримаєте компоненти" +" із ЗНВ на складі." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " +"BoM back in stock." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви розбираєте товар, який ви придбали, ви отримаєте компоненти зі " +"специфікації назад на склад." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:6 +msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair.rst:4 +msgid "Repair Management" +msgstr "Управління ремонтом" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +msgid "Repair products" +msgstr "Ремонт товарів" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " +"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " +"defect." +msgstr "" +"Додаток Odoo *Ремонт* дозволяє вам керувати повним післяпродажним процесом, " +"а також просто ремонтувати вироби, які ви виготовили, якщо вони є " +"дефектними." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 +msgid "Create a Repair Order" +msgstr "Створіть замовлення на ремонт" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " +"new one." +msgstr "" +"Опинившись у програмі, ви зможете отримати доступ до існуючих *Замовлень на " +"ремонт* та створити нове." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +msgid "Manage a repair" +msgstr "Керування ремонтом" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." +" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " +"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" +" might need, etc." +msgstr "" +"Коли клієнт надсилає вам товар для ремонту, створіть нове *Замовлення на " +"ремонт*. Заповніть у ньому всю необхідну інформацію, наприклад, товар, " +"клієнт, якщо він має бути виписаний після або перед ремонтом, деталей, які " +"можуть знадобитися і т.д." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " +"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " +"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." +msgstr "" +"Після того, як все буде зроблено, ви зможете надіслати запит на ремонт " +"вашому клієнту. Якщо це буде схвалено, ви можете підтвердити ремонт. Після " +"цього ви зможете запустити та завершити ремонт, коли він буде завершений." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +msgid "You can now invoice the repair." +msgstr "Тепер ви можете виставити рахунок на ремонт." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "Купівлі" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases.rst:3 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Купівлі" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "Основні дані" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 +msgid "Import vendors pricelists" +msgstr "Імпортування прайс-листів постачальника" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " +"to date on products pricing." +msgstr "" +"Компаніям важливо мати змогу імпортувати прайс-листи постачальників, щоби " +"залишатися в курсі цін на товари." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." +msgstr "" +"Для увімкнення цієї функції перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> " +"Налаштування --> Налаштування` та позначте \"Прайс-листи постачальника\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 +msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." +msgstr "Не забудьте зберегти налаштування у верхньому лівому куті." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 +msgid "Import a pricelist" +msgstr "Імпортуйте прайс-лист" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 +msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" +msgstr "" +"Для імпорту перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Прайс-листи " +"постачальника`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " +"import." +msgstr "" +"Завантажте файл, після чого ви зможете перевірити, чи все правильно, перш " +"ніж натискати кнопку імпорту." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 +msgid "See below a template of the columns used." +msgstr "Нижче наведено шаблон використаних стовпців." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 +msgid "" +":download:`Click here to download the template " +"<files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 +msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" +msgstr "Встановлення кількох постачальників на товар" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " +"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." +msgstr "" +"Якщо вам необхідно купувати у кількох постачальників один товар, Odoo може " +"дозволити вам безпосередньо зв'язати їх з одним товаром." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 +msgid "Add vendors in a product" +msgstr "Додайте постачальників на товар" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " +"select a product." +msgstr "" +"Щоби використати цю функцію, перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> " +"Товари`, та виберіть товар." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" +"Звідти можна додати до вашого товару існуючих постачальників або створити " +"нового на льоту." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " +"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." +msgstr "" +"Зверніть увагу, що кожен перший раз, коли товар купується у нового " +"постачальника, Odoo автоматично зв'язуватиме контакти та ціну з товаром." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 +msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" +msgstr "Додайте ціну та кількість, а також період дії" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " +"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " +"period." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви додаєте постачальника до товару, ви можете додати назву товару та " +"код постачальника, а також встановити мінімальну кількість, ціну та період " +"дії." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " +"t-shirt in different sizes!" +msgstr "" +"Ця функція Odoo також працює з варіантами ваших товарів, наприклад, одна " +"футболка різних розмірів!" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" +msgstr "Як купляти та продавати у різних одиницях вимірювання" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " +"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" +" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" +" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " +"between sales and purchase very easily." +msgstr "" +"У повсякденному бізнесі може статися так, що ваш постачальник використовує " +"іншу одиницю вимірювання, ніж у ваших продажах. Це може спричинити плутанину" +" між представниками продажу та купівлею та навіть змусити вас втратити " +"багато часу на конвертацію. На щастя, в Odoo, ви можете дуже легко обробляти" +" різні одиниці вимірювань між продажем та купівлею." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Let's take the following examples:" +msgstr "Давайте розглянемо наступні приклади:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " +"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " +"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " +"quantities in **Liters**." +msgstr "" +"Ви купуєте воду у постачальника. Постачальник є американським і продає свою " +"воду в **галонах**. Ваші клієнти є європейськими. Таким чином, ви хотіли би " +"бачити вашу кількість покупок, виражену в **галонах**, а продану кількість у" +" **літрах**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" +" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." +msgstr "" +"Ви купуєте гардини від постачальника. Постачальник продає вам гардини в " +"одиниці вимірювання **рулони**, а ви продаєте гардини у **квадратних " +"метрах**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" +msgstr "Встановіть модулі купівлі та продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " +"correctly installed." +msgstr "" +"Перший крок - переконатися, що модулі **Продажі** і **Купівлі** правильно " +"встановлені." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom01|" +msgstr "|uom01|" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom02|" +msgstr "|uom02|" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 +msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" +msgstr "Увімкніть параметр Одиниця вимірювання" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " +"unit of measures (advanced)** box." +msgstr "" +"Введіть модуль купівлі, виберіть :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " +"Налаштування` та позначте пункт **Деякі товари можуть бути продані/придбані" +" в іншій одиниці вимірювання (розширено)**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" +msgstr "Вкажіть одиницю вимірювання продажів та купівлі" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 +msgid "Standard units of measures" +msgstr "Стандартні одиниці вимірювання" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " +"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" +" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " +"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." +msgstr "" +"Давайте розглянемо класичні одиниці вимірювань, що існують в Odoo як перший " +"приклад. Будь ласка, пам'ятайте, що для різних одиниць вимірювань між " +"продажем і купівлею обов'язково потрібно розділити ту ж категорію. Категорії" +" включають: **одиницю**, **вагу**, **робочий час**, **обсяг** тощо." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 +msgid "" +"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " +"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." +msgstr "" +"Можна створити власну категорію та одиницю вимірювання, якщо вона не є " +"стандартною в Odoo (див. наступний розділ)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " +"customers in **Liters**." +msgstr "" +"Давайте припустимо, що ми купуємо воду у наших виробників у **галонах** і " +"продаємо своїм клієнтам у **літрах**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Products`." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до модуля Купівлі, виберіть :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Товари`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " +"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" +" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " +"purchase)." +msgstr "" +"Створіть свій товар або виберіть існуючий. У загальній інформації про товари" +" ви маєте можливість вибрати **одиницю вимірювання** (буде використана у " +"продажах, складі ...) та **одиницю вимірювання купівлі** (для придбання)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " +"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" +"У цьому випадку виберіть **літри** для **одиниці вимірювання** та галони для" +" **одиниці вимірювання купівлі**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 +msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" +msgstr "Створіть власну одиницю вимірювання та категорію одиниці вимірювання" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " +"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " +"curtains in **square meters**)." +msgstr "" +"Давайте візьмемо наш другий приклад (ви купуєте гардини від постачальника, " +"постачальник продає вам гардини у **рулонах**, а ви продаєте їх у " +"**квадратних метрах**)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " +"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " +"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" +" where both units have a conversion relationship." +msgstr "" +"Ці два вимірювання є частиною двох різних категорій. Пам'ятайте, що не можна" +" пов'язати існуюче вимірювання з однієї категорії з існуючим показником " +"іншої категорії. Таким чином, ми спочатку повинні створити спільну " +"**категорію вимірювань**, де обидва блоки мають взаємозв'язок конверсії." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" +" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " +"below)." +msgstr "" +"Для цього перейдіть до свого модуля продажів, виберіть " +":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Товари --> Одиниця вимірювання`. Створіть " +"нову одиницю **категорії вимірювання**, вибравши спадний список і натиснувши" +" на створення та редагування (див. малюнок нижче)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " +"**Inter-Category-Computation**." +msgstr "" +"Створіть нову одиницю вимірювання. У цьому випадку наша категорія буде " +"називатися **Inter-Category-Computing**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " +"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " +"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " +"of Measure`." +msgstr "" +"Наступним кроком є створення одиниць вимірювання **рулонів** і **квадратного" +" метра** та їх пов'язання з новою категорією. Для цього перейдіть до модуля " +"Купівлі, виберіть :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Товари --> Одиниці " +"вимірювання`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 +msgid "Create two new units:" +msgstr "Створіть дві нові одиниці:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" +" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" +" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " +"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" +" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Елемент **Рулон**, який є частиною категорії Inter-Category-Computation і є " +"**типовою одиницею** (див. малюнок нижче). Тип одиниці - це засіб, " +"встановлений як посилання у цій категорії. Це означає, що в залежності від " +"цього вимірювання будуть конвертовані інші вимірювання (наприклад: 1 рулон =" +" 10 квадратних метрів, 2 рулони = 20 квадратних метрів тощо)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" +" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " +"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " +"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." +msgstr "" +"Для **квадратного метра** ми визначимо, що ``1 рулон = 10 квадратних " +"метрів`` гардин. Таким чином, буде необхідно вказати, що як тип, квадратний " +"метр більше, ніж типова одиниці. **Більший коефіцієнт** становить ``10``, як" +" ``один рулон = 10 квадратних метрів``." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 +msgid "" +"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " +"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." +msgstr "" +"Тепер можна ввести **квадратні метри** як одиницю вимірювання та **рулон** " +"як одиницю вимірювання купівлі у формі товару." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 +msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" +msgstr "Замовлення на комерційну пропозицію та замовлення на купівлю" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 +msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" +"Як визначити, чи рахунок постачальника повинен був бути оплачений " +"(3-стороннє узгодження)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " +"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " +"products have been received." +msgstr "" +"У деяких галузях ви можете отримати рахунок від продавця, перш ніж " +"отримувати замовлені товари. Проте рахунок, можливо, не буде оплачено, поки " +"товари насправді не отримано." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." +msgstr "" +"Щоб визначити, чи повинен бути оплачений рахунок постачальника, ви можете " +"використовувати так зване *3-стороннє узгодження*. Це стосується порівняння " +"інформації, яка відображається у *замовленні на купівлю*, *рахунку " +"постачальника* та *надходженні*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " +"bills." +msgstr "" +"3-стороння відповідність допоможе вам уникнути сплати невірних або " +"шахрайських рахунків постачальників." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" +msgstr "" +"Для увімкнення цієї функції перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> " +"Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *3-стороннє узгодження*" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "Чи повинен я сплачувати цей рахунок постачальника?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " +"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" +"Після активації функції на рахунку постачальника на вкладці *Інша " +"інформація* з'явиться новий рядок *Слід заплатити*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 +msgid "" +"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " +"not." +msgstr "" +"Таким чином, Odoo легко дасть вам знати, чи потрібно платити рахунок " +"постачальника чи ні." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " +"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" +" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." +msgstr "" +"Статус визначається автоматично в Odoo. Однак, якщо ви хочете визначити цей " +"статус вручну, ви можете позначити поле Примусити статус, а тоді ви зможете " +"встановити вручну, чи повинен бути рахунок постачальника оплачений чи ні." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" +msgstr "Аналіз ефективності моїх постачальників" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " +"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " +"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" +msgstr "" +"Якщо ваша компанія регулярно купує товари у декількох постачальників, було б" +" корисно отримати статистику про ваші купівлі. Існує кілька причин для " +"відстеження та аналізу продуктивності вашого постачальника:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 +msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +msgstr "Ви можете побачити, як залежить від постачальника ваша компанія;" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" +msgstr "Ви можете узгодити знижки на ціни;" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" +msgstr "Ви можете перевірити середній час доставки на постачальника;" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "І т.д.." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " +"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " +"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " +"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " +"their future orders." +msgstr "" +"Наприклад, реселлеру ІТ-товарів, який щотижня видає десятки замовлень на " +"купівлю кільком постачальникам, може бути потрібно вимірювати для кожного " +"товару загальну вартість, що сплачується за кожного постачальника, та " +"затримку доставки. Ідеї, зібрані компанією, допоможуть йому краще " +"аналізувати, прогнозувати та планувати свої майбутні замовлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" +msgstr "Встановіть модуль управління купівлями" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " +"module." +msgstr "" +"У меню **Додатки** виконайте пошук та встановіть модуль **Керування " +"купівлями**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 +msgid "Issue some purchase orders" +msgstr "Створіть деякі замовлення на купівлю" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " +"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." +msgstr "" +"Звичайно, для того, щоби проаналізувати продуктивність ваших постачальників," +" вам необхідно зробити **Запит на комерційну пропозицію** (ЗНКП) і " +"підтвердити деякі **Замовлення**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "Analyzing your vendors" +msgstr "Проаналізуйте ваших постачальників" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 +msgid "Generate flexible reports" +msgstr "Створення гнучких звітів" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " +"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " +"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " +"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " +"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " +"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +msgstr "" +"Ви маєте доступ до ефективності ваших постачальників у меню Звіти. За " +"замовчуванням у звіті групуються всі замовлення на купівлю у зведеній " +"таблиці за **загальною ціною**, кількістю товарів та **середньою ціною** " +"**кожного місяця** та **кожного постачальника**. Просто, переглянувши цей " +"основний звіт, ви можете швидко переглянути свою фактичну ефективність. Ви " +"можете додати багато додаткових даних у свій звіт, натиснувши значок " +"**Вимірювання**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " +"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " +"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " +"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " +"\"Products\"." +msgstr "" +"Натискаючи **+** та **-**, ви можете переглянути вгору та вниз свій звіт, " +"щоб змінити спосіб відображення інформації. Наприклад, якщо я хочу бачити " +"всі товари, придбані за поточний місяць, я повинен натиснути **+** на " +"вертикальній осі, а потім на \"Товари\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " +"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" +" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " +"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " +"below." +msgstr "" +"Залежно від даних, які ви хочете виділити, можливо, вам доведеться " +"відображати свої звіти у більш візуальному вигляді. Ви можете перетворити " +"свій звіт лише одним натисканням на 3 графічні перегляди: **Кругова " +"діаграма**, **Гістограма** та **Графік**: ці перегляди доступні через " +"значки, виділені на знімку екрана нижче." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " +"dependent and one independent measure." +msgstr "" +"На відміну від зведеної таблиці, графік може бути обчислений лише з однією " +"залежною та однією незалежною мірою." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Customize reports" +msgstr "Налаштування звітів" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " +"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " +"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " +"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " +"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " +"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " +"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " +"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете легко налаштувати звіти про купівлю залежно від ваших потреб. Для " +"цього використовуйте **вікно розширеного пошуку**, розташоване у правій " +"частині екрану, натиснувши значок лупи в кінці панелі інструментів пошуку. " +"Ця функція дозволяє виділити лише вибрані дані у вашому звіті. Параметри " +"**фільтрів** дуже корисні для відображення деяких категорій даних, а опція " +"**Групувати за** покращує читабельність ваших звітів. Зауважте, що ви можете" +" фільтрувати та групувати за будь-яким існуючим полем, зробивши ваше " +"налаштування дуже гнучким та потужним." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " +"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " +"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете зберегти та повторно використати будь-який індивідуальний фільтр, " +"натиснувши **Вибране** у **Вікні розширеного пошуку**, а потім на **Зберегти" +" поточний пошук**. Збережений фільтр буде доступний у меню **Вибране**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 +msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" +msgstr "Використання затвердження менеджером для дорогих закупівель" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " +"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." +msgstr "" +"У випадку дорогих закупівель вам може знадобитися схвалення менеджера для " +"перевірки замовлень, Odoo дозволить це легко встановити." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " +"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." +msgstr "" +"Для увімкнення цієї функції перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> " +"Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *Підтвердження " +"замовлення*. Ви також можете встановити мінімальну суму, необхідну для " +"активації цієї функції." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" +msgstr "Створіть новий запит на комерційну пропозицію" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" +" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " +"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." +msgstr "" +"Під час роботи над новим запитом на комерційну пропозицію, якщо замовлення " +"зроблене користувачем, а не менеджером, а сума замовлення вище мінімальної " +"зазначеної суми, у цьому процесі буде введено новий статус *Затвердити*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 +msgid "Approve the order" +msgstr "Затвердіть замовлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " +"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " +"of what your users can or can't do." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви менеджер купівлі, ви можете перейти до замовлення на купівлю та " +"затвердити замовлення, якщо з ним усе в порядку. У вас є повний контроль над" +" тим, що можуть або не можуть зробити ваші користувачі." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 +msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." +msgstr "Після затвердження замовлення на купівлю слідує звичайному процесу." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 +msgid "Bill Control" +msgstr "Контроль рахунку" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" +" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" +" you receive the goods." +msgstr "" +"В Odoo ви можете визначати налаштування, які допоможуть у контролі ваших " +"рахунків. *Контроль рахунків* дозволяє вам обирати, чи постачальник надсилає" +" вам рахунки перед або після отримання товарів." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." +msgstr "" +"Щоб ця функція працювала, перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> " +"Налаштування --> Налаштування` та оберіть, у який спосіб ви хочете " +"контролювати рахунки." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 +msgid "Change the control policy" +msgstr "Змініть політику контролю" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" +" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " +"page under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" +"Поки налаштування вище будуть вашим методом контролю рахунків за " +"замовчуванням, ви зможете завжди обирати, у який спосіб ви хочете виставляти" +" рахунок-фактуру на кожен товар на сторінці товару під вкладкою *Купівлі*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." +msgstr "" +"Ви можливо хочете використовувати різні налаштування для різних типів " +"товарів." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 +msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" +msgstr "Перевірте ваш рахунок постачальника" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " +"*Shipment* tab," +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви ще не отримали жодного вашого товару у *Замовленні на купівлю* під " +"вкладкою *Доставка*," + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " +"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" +" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " +"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." +msgstr "" +"Залежно від політики оплати, визначеної вище. Якщо вам належить виставити " +"рахунок на основі замовленої кількості, Odoo запропонує рахунок за кількість" +" замовлених одиниць. Якщо вам належить виставити рахунок на основі отриманих" +" кількостей, Odoo запропонує рахунок за 0, як показано вище." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "Cancel a purchase order" +msgstr "Скасування замовлення на продаж" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " +"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" +" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Через непорозуміння, людські помилки або зміни планів, іноді необхідно " +"відмінити замовлення на купівлю, відправлені постачальникам. Odoo дозволяє " +"це зробити, навіть якщо деякі або навіть всі замовлені товари вже надійшли " +"на ваш склад." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 +msgid "" +"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " +"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " +"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " +"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " +"cancel." +msgstr "" +"Спочатку ми розглянемо приклад того випадку, коли ви замовили **3 iPad " +"mini**, які ще не прибули до вашого складу. Оскільки встановлення модуля " +"склад вимагається при використанні модуля **Купівлі**, також цікаво побачити" +" випадок частково доставлених товарів, які ви хочете скасувати." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "Створіть замовлення на купівлю" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " +"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " +"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" +msgstr "" +"Першим кроком до створення **Замовлення на купівлю** є створення **Запиту на" +" комерційну пропозицію** у меню :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Купівля --> " +"Запити на комерційні пропозиції`. Підтвердіть свій запит на комерційну " +"пропозицію, щоб підтвердити замовлення на купівлю" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 +msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" +msgstr "Скасуйте замовлення на купівлю" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 +msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" +msgstr "Використовуйте випадок 1 : ви ще не отримали ваш товар" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " +"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви підтвердили ваше замовлення на купівлю і ще не отримали товар, ви " +"можете просто скасувати його, натиснувши кнопку скасування." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " +"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." +msgstr "" +"Odoo автоматично скасує відправлену доставку, пов'язану з цією послугою, і " +"рядок стану переходить від **Замовлення на купівлю** до **Скасованого**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 +msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" +msgstr "Використовуйте випадок 2: частково доставлені товари" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " +"cancel the PO." +msgstr "" +"У цьому випадку **2** з **3 iPad Mini** з'явилися перед тим, як потрібно " +"було скасувати замовлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 +msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" +msgstr "Зареєструйте отриманий товар та скасуйте зворотнє замовлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " +"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." +" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " +"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." +msgstr "" +"Перше, що потрібно зробити, - це зареєструвати отримані товари та скасувати " +"прибуття третього **iPad Mini**, який, як і раніше, повинен бути " +"відправлений. Із ЗНК, натисніть **Прийняти товари**, а в **рядку Замовлення " +"iPad Mini** вручну змініть отримані значення в стовпці **Готово**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 +msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" +msgstr "Щоб дізнатись більше, дивіться :doc:`reception`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " +"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " +"ask you the permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" +"Натиснувши **Перевірити**, Odoo попереджає вас, що ви обробили менше " +"товарів, ніж початкова поставка (2 замість 3 у нашому випадку), і попросить " +"вас дозволу створити зворотнє замовлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" +" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " +"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." +msgstr "" +"Натисніть кнопку **Немає зворотнього замовлення**, щоб скасувати поставку " +"залишкового товару. Ви помітите, що кількість, яку потрібно було отримати, " +"була відповідно змінена, і тому стан доставки перейшов на **Готово**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 +msgid "Create reverse transfer" +msgstr "Створіть зворотнє замовлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" +" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." +" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" +" corresponding location and click on **Return**." +msgstr "" +"Тепер вам потрібно повернути IPad Mini, який ви отримали, до вашого " +"постачальника. Для цього натисніть кнопку **Повернення** з того ж документа." +" З'явиться вікно зворотнього переказу. Введіть кількість, яку потрібно " +"повернути, і відповідне місцезнаходження та натисніть кнопку **Повернути**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " +"stock to your vendor location." +msgstr "" +"Обробіть відвантаження з поверненням та контролюйте, чи переміщення запасів " +"відбувається від вашого складу до місцезнаходження вашого постачальника." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" +" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " +"cancelled." +msgstr "" +"Коли здійснюється зворотній трансфер, статус замовлення на купівлю буде " +"автоматично налаштоване на завершення, тобто ваше ЗНК було повністю " +"скасоване." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`bills`" +msgstr ":doc:`bills`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`reception`" +msgstr ":doc:`reception`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "Створіть запит на комерційну пропозицію" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " +"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " +"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " +"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " +"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." +msgstr "" +"Запит на комерційну пропозицію використовується, коли ви плануєте придбати " +"деякі товари, і хочете отримати комерційну пропозицію для них. В Odoo запит " +"на комерційну пропозицію використовується для надсилання вашого списку " +"потрібних товарів вашому постачальнику. Коли ваш постачальник відповість на " +"ваш запит, ви можете вирішити продовжити пропозицію та придбати або " +"відхилити пропозицію." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 +msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "Створення запиту на комерційну пропозицію" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " +"Quotation` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" +"У модулі Купівлі відкрийте :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Запит на комерційну " +"пропозицію` та натисніть на **Створити**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " +"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " +"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть свого постачальника в меню **Постачальник** або створіть його прямо" +" натиснувши на кнопку **Створити та редагувати**. У полі **Дата замовлення**" +" виберіть дату, до якої ви хочете перейти до фактичного замовлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " +"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " +"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " +"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " +"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " +"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " +"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " +"supplier or enter a new one)." +msgstr "" +"У **Товарах** натисніть Додати елемент. Виберіть товар, який ви бажаєте " +"замовити у меню **Товар**. Вкажіть **Кількість**, вставивши номер і вибравши" +" одиницю вимірювання. У полі **Ціна одиниці** вкажіть ціну, яку ви хочете " +"запропонувати (ви також можете залишити поле порожнім, якщо не знаєте, яка " +"ціна має бути), а також додайте очікувану дату доставки в поле Запланована " +"дата. Натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**, потім **Друк комерційної пропозиції** " +"або **Надіслати комерційну пропозицію** електронною поштою (переконайтеся, " +"що для цього постачальника вказано адресу електронної пошти або введіть " +"нову)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 +msgid "" +"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" +" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." +msgstr "" +"Після натискання кнопки **Надіслати** ви помітите, що статус Комерційної " +"пропозиції перейде з **Чернетки** в **Надіслану комерційну пропозицію**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " +"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " +"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." +msgstr "" +"Коли ваш постачальник відповість на пропозицію, оновіть її, натиснувши " +"**Редагувати**, щоби відповісти на комерційну пропозицію (ціни, податки, " +"очікувана вартість доставки, умови платежу тощо), а потім натисніть кнопку " +"**Зберегти**, щоб оформити замовлення на купівлю." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " +"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." +msgstr "" +"Щоби продовжити замовлення, натисніть **Підтвердити замовлення**, щоби " +"відправити замовлення постачальнику. Статус Комерційної пропозиції перейде у" +" **Замовлення на купівлю**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" +" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." +msgstr "" +"Статус комерційної пропозиції зміниться на ЗАМОВЛЕННЯ НА КУПІВЛЮ. Вкладки у " +"верхньому правому куті замовлення покажуть 1 доставку та 0 рахунка-фактури." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship products" +msgstr "Товари дропшипінгу" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" +" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" +"Дропшипінг - це метод, при якому постачальник не зберігає товари на складі, " +"а замість цього передає їх безпосередньо від постачальника клієнту." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " +"to work." +msgstr "" +"Вам необхідні модулі *Продажі*, *Склад* і *Купівлі* для роботи цієї функції." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" +msgstr "Активуйте функцію дропшипінгу" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Dropshipping*." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та " +"виберіть *Дропшипінг*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " +"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " +"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " +"drop shipped." +msgstr "" +"Створено новий маршрут *Дропшипінг*. Ви можете перейти на товар і позначити " +"маршрут дропшипінгу. Ви також повинні визначити, у якого постачальника ви " +"будете купувати товар. Тепер, кожен раз, коли цей товар буде продано, його " +"буде відвантажено по дропшипінгу." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " +"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви не завжди відправляєте товар по дропшипінгу ви можете перейти у " +":menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та позначте " +"*Маршрути для конкретних замовлень*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " +"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " +"dropship route on the SO line." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви створюєте комерційну пропозицію або замовлення на продаж, тепер ви " +"можете вирішити, рядок замовлення на рядок замовлення, які товари повинні " +"бути відвантажені, вибравши маршрут дропшипінгу на рядку SO." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "Drop ship a product" +msgstr "Відправте товар по дропшипінгу" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " +"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " +"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " +"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" +" through your own stock." +msgstr "" +"Після того, як замовлення на продаж з товарами на дропшипінг буде " +"підтверджено, Odoo зробить запит на комерційну пропозицію, щоби купити товар" +" у постачальника. Якщо ви підтвердите цей запит на комерційну пропозицію, " +"він створить переказ від вашого постачальника безпосередньо до вашого " +"клієнта. Продукція не проходить через власний склад." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Lock a purchase order" +msgstr "Блокування замовлення на купівлю" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." +msgstr "" +"Після підтвердження замовлення можна заблокувати його, запобігаючи " +"подальшому редагуванню." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" +msgstr "" +"Для увімкнення цієї функції перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> " +"Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *Блокувати підтверджені " +"замовлення*" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 +msgid "Lock an order" +msgstr "Заблокуйте замовлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 +msgid "" +"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " +"the order preventing any further modification on the document." +msgstr "" +"Під час виконання замовлення на купівлю, коли ви підтверджуєте його, ви " +"можете заблокувати замовлення, запобігаючи подальшим змінам у документі." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 +msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" +msgstr "Ви можете розблокувати документ, якщо потрібно внести додаткові зміни" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 +msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" +msgstr "Контроль отримання товарів (повністю та частково)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " +"products to receive and to control supplier bills." +msgstr "" +"Додаток **Купівлі** дозволяє вам керувати своїми замовленнями на купівлю, " +"контролювати прийом товарів та контролювати рахунки постачальників." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" +" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " +"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви хочете тримати під контролем прогнозування товарів та їх прийом, " +"перше, що потрібно зробити, це розгорнути процес купівлі в Odoo. Знання " +"того, що було придбано, є основою прогнозування та контролю прийому товарів." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 +msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "Встановіть програми купівлі та складу" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " +"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " +"others), which is required with **Purchase**." +msgstr "" +"Почніть зі встановлення додатку Купівлі з модуля **Додатки**. Це автоматично" +" призведе до встановлення модуля **Склад** (серед інших), який вимагається з" +" модулем **Купівлі**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 +msgid "Create products" +msgstr "Створіть товари" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " +"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" +"Потім потрібно створити товари, які ви хочете придбати. Перейдіть до " +"програми Купівлі, потім :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Товари` і натисніть " +"кнопку **Створити**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 +msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" +msgstr "Під час створення товару важливо вказати **Тип товару**:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." +msgstr "" +"**Товари, що зберігаються та витратні**: товари повинні бути отримані на " +"складі." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " +"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." +msgstr "" +"**Послуги та цифрові товари** (лише тоді, коли встановлено додаток " +"**Електронної комерції**): немає контролю над тим, чи ви отримуєте чи ні." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " +"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " +"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" +" set his product type field as **Service**." +msgstr "" +"Завжди добре створювати **Інший** товар для всіх товарів, які ви купляєте " +"рідко, і для яких ви не хочете керувати запасами або мати статистику " +"купівлі/продажу. Якщо ви створюєте такий товар, ми рекомендуємо встановити " +"поле типу товару як **Послуга**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 +msgid "Control products receptions" +msgstr "Контроль прийому товарів" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 +msgid "Purchase products" +msgstr "Купіть товари" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " +"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" +" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " +"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " +"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." +msgstr "" +"З модуля купівлі створіть замовлення на купівлю з кількома товарами. Якщо " +"постачальник надіслав вам замовлення на продаж чи комерційну пропозицію, " +"поставте його референс у поле **Референс постачальника**. Це дозволить вам " +"легко зробити відповідність із замовленням на доставку пізніше (так як " +"замовлення на доставку, ймовірно, включатиме **Референс постачальника** у " +"його замовлення на продаж)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 +msgid "Receive Products" +msgstr "Отримайте товари" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " +"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " +"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " +"receipt box of the related warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви купили фізичні товари (запаси та витратні товари), ви можете " +"отримувати товари з модуля **Склад**. На інформаційній панелі **Склад** ви " +"повинні побачити кнопку **Отримати X**, в полі надходження пов'язаного " +"складу." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Натисніть цю кнопку, і ви отримаєте доступ до списку всіх очікуваних " +"замовлень для цього складу." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " +"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " +"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" +" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " +"the lines within it." +msgstr "" +"Якщо у вас багато очікуваних замовлень, ви можете використовувати панель " +"фільтрів для пошуку у **Постачальника** (також називається **Партнером** в " +"Odoo), товару або вихідного документа, який є посиланням на ваше замовлення " +"на купівлю. Ви можете відкрити документ, який відповідає отриманому " +"замовленню на доставку, і обробити всі рядки в ньому." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " +"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " +"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " +"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете перевірити весь документ одразу, натиснувши кнопку **Перевірити** " +"або ви можете керувати всіма товарами по черзі, вручну змінюючи кількість " +"**Виконано** (те, що насправді отримано). Коли рядок зелений, це означає, що" +" отримана кількість відповідає очікуваній." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " +"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " +"the quantity received." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви працюєте з партіями або серійними номерами, ви не можете встановити " +"оброблену кількість, але вам потрібно надати всі партійні або серійні номери" +" для запису отриманої кількості." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 +msgid "" +"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" +" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви підтверджуєте прийом, якщо ви отримали менше товарів, ніж вихідна " +"поставка, Odoo запитає у вас дозвіл на створення зворотнього замовлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " +"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " +"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви плануєте отримувати решту товарів у майбутньому, виберіть **Створити" +" зворотнє замовлення**. Odoo створить нові документи для очікуваних товарів." +" Якщо ви виберете варіант **Немає зворотнього замовлення**, замовлення " +"вважається виконаним." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`cancel`" +msgstr ":doc:`cancel`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 +msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" +msgstr "Налаштування попереджень на замовленнях на купівлю" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " +"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." +msgstr "" +"Функція *Попередження* дозволяє піднімати попередження або блокувати " +"повідомлення на замовленні на купівлю на основі постачальника або товару." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " +"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " +"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" +"Наприклад, якщо у вас часто виникають проблеми з постачальником, ви можете " +"підтягнути попередження при купівлі від цього постачальника. Якщо постачання" +" товару хочуть припинити, ви можете підняти блокування на замовлення на " +"купівлю." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." +msgstr "" +"Для увімкнення цієї функції перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> " +"Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *Попередження*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 +msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" +msgstr "Додайте попередження на постачальника" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " +"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " +"blocking message." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви активуєте цю функцію, ви отримуєте нову опцію під вкладкою " +"*Внутрішні примітки* на постачальниках. Можна вирішити написати просте " +"попередження або повідомлення про блокування." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 +msgid "Add a warning on a product" +msgstr "Додайте попередження на товар" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" +" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви активуєте цю функцію, ви отримаєте нову опцію під вкладкою *Купівлі*" +" на сторінці товару, де можна додати попередження або повідомлення про " +"блокування." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 +msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" +msgstr "Спроба купити з попередженнями або блокуючими повідомленнями" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " +"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви намагаєтеся перевірити *замовлення на купівлю* від постачальника або" +" товару з попередженням, буде піднято повідомлення. Ви можете ігнорувати " +"його, натиснувши на кнопку ok." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 +msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." +msgstr "Однак, якщо це повідомлення про блокування, його не можна ігнорувати." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Agreements" +msgstr "Угоди про купівлю" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" +msgstr "Управління довгостроковим замовленням" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " +"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " +"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." +msgstr "" +"Довгострокове замовлення - це замовлення на купівлю, яке клієнт розміщує у " +"свого постачальника, щоби дозволити кілька термінів постачання протягом " +"певного періоду часу, що часто узгоджується, щоби скористатися попередньо " +"визначеною ціною." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" +msgstr "" +"Для увімкнення цієї функції, перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> " +"Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *Угоди про купівлю*" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 +msgid "Start a Blanket Order" +msgstr "Розпочніть довгострокове замовлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " +"Agreements`." +msgstr "" +"Для використання цієї функції перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Угоди " +"про купівлю`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " +"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" +"Після створення угоди про купівлю перейдіть у випадаюче меню * Тип угоди* і " +"виберіть *Довгострокове замовлення*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " +"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." +msgstr "" +"Потім ви можете створити нове довгострокове замовлення, вибрати " +"постачальника, товар(и), термін дії угоди, дату замовлення та дату доставки." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " +"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " +"the top right corner of the document." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви задоволені вашою угодою про купівлю, підтвердіть її. Статус угоди " +"буде змінено з *Чернетки* на *Відправлення* і новий *ЗНКП/Замовлення* " +"з'явиться у верхньому правому куті документа." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 +msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" +msgstr "Запит на комерційну пропозицію з довгострокового замовлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " +"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " +"choose the quantity and confirm the order." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете створити нову комерційну пропозицію з вашого довгострокового " +"замовлення, Odoo буде автоматично заповнювати документ з товаром(ами) з " +"вашого довгострокового замовлення, ви повинні лише вибрати кількість і " +"підтвердити замовлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" +" you have already ordered from your blanket order." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви повернетеся на довгострокове замовлення, ви побачите, скільки " +"кількостей ви вже замовили у вашому замовленні." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 +msgid "Vendors prices on your product" +msgstr "Ціни постачальників на ваш товар" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " +"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " +"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " +"name." +msgstr "" +"Під час перевірки довгострокового замовлення, додається новий рядок " +"постачальника у вашому товарі. Ви можете побачити, який з них пов'язаний із " +"довгостроковим замовленням, віддати перевагу тим, яким ви хочете, зі " +"стрілками ліворуч від назви постачальника." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " +"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." +msgstr "" +"Завдяки цьому, для автоматичного поповнення (використовуючи *правила " +"дозаповнення* або *зроблено на замовлення*) може використовуватися " +"довгострокове замовлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " +"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" +msgstr "" +"Ви також можете створити *Запит на комерційну пропозицію* з класичного меню " +"запиту на комерційну пропозицію і пов'язати їх з існуючим *Довгостроковим " +"замовленням*" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Call for Tender" +msgstr "Управління закликом до участі у тендері" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." +msgstr "" +"Запрошення до участі у тендері - це спеціальна процедура, яка вимагає " +"пропозиції від кількох постачальників для отримання найкращої ціни." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." +msgstr "" +"Для увімкнення цієї функції перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> " +"Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *Угоди про купівлю*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 +msgid "Create a Call for Tender" +msgstr "Створіть заклик до участі у тендері" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " +"and select *Call for Tender*." +msgstr "" +"Створіть нову угоду про купівлю, зайдіть у випадаюче меню *Тип угоди* і " +"виберіть *Заклик до участі у тендері*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " +"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " +"right corner of the document." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви задоволені вашою угодою про купівлю, переконайтеся, що вона зміює " +"статус із *Чернетки* на *Підтверджено*, а новий * ЗНКП/Замовлення* з'явиться" +" у верхньому правому куті документа." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 +msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" +"Зробіть запит на нові комерційні пропозицій із заклику до участі у тендері" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " +"from your Call for Tender." +msgstr "" +"Із заклику до участі у тендері Odoo буде автоматично заповнювати ЗНКП з " +"товаром(ами) з вашого заклику." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 +msgid "Select the best offer" +msgstr "Виберіть найкращу пропозицію" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" +" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." +msgstr "" +"Різні ЗНКП і замовлення, пов'язані із закликом для участі у тендері, будуть " +"знаходитися під кнопкою *ЗНКП/Замовлення*, де можна вибрати і підтвердити " +"найкращу пропозицію." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 +msgid "Close the Call for Tender" +msgstr "Закрийте заклик до участі у тендері" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 +msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." +msgstr "" +"Після того, як ви зробите свій *Заклик до участі у тендері*, не забудьте " +"закрити його." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "Поповнення" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment Flows" +msgstr "Процеси поповнення" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 +msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" +msgstr "Заплануйте ваші вхідні поставки та доставки" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " +"Times*." +msgstr "" +"Щоб керувати плануванням ланцюжків постачання, потрібно використовувати " +"*Термін виконання* Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 +msgid "" +"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " +"manufacture products." +msgstr "" +"*Термін виконання* - це очікуваний час, необхідний для отримання, доставки " +"або виготовлення продукції." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 +msgid "Configure Lead Times" +msgstr "Налаштуйте термін виконання" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 +msgid "Vendor Lead Time" +msgstr "Термін виконання постачальника" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " +"product to you." +msgstr "" +"Термін виконання постачальника - це час, необхідний постачальнику для " +"доставки товару до вас." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " +"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " +"lead time for that Vendor & Product." +msgstr "" +"Щоб налаштувати термін виконання постачальника, перейдіть на сторінку " +"товару, на вкладці купівлі натисніть кнопку *Постачальник*, тоді ви зможете " +"змінити термін виконання доставки для цього постачальника та товару." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "Термін доставки клієнту" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " +"the product to your customer." +msgstr "" +"Термін доставки клієнту, з іншого боку, є часом, який потрібно доставити " +"товар до вашого клієнта." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" +"Щоб налаштувати термін поставки, відкрийте товар і перейдіть на вкладку " +"*Склад*. Потім можна додати, скільки днів вам потрібно." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 +msgid "Manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "Термін виконання виробництва" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." +msgstr "" +"Термін виконання виробництва - час, необхідний для виготовлення товару." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" +"Щоб налаштувати термін виробництва, відкрийте товар і перейдіть на вкладку " +"*Склад*. Потім можна додати, скільки днів вам потрібно." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" +msgstr "Налаштуйте страхувальні дні" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " +"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " +"engagements." +msgstr "" +"Odoo також дозволяє налаштувати *Страхувальні дні*, що дозволяють вам " +"впоратися з потенційними затримками по ланцюжку поставок і переконатися, що " +"ви виконаєте свої зобов'язання." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " +"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " +"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." +msgstr "" +"Найпростіший спосіб - перейти в *Налаштування* з будь-якого модуля і ввести " +"**Термін виконання** в рядку пошуку. Звідти, позначте кожне поле та " +"налаштуйте свої *страхувальні дні* для ваших потреб." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " +"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." +msgstr "" +"Крім того, ви можете перейти до налаштувань модуля *Склад* і *Виробництво*, " +"щоб налаштувати ці параметри." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 +msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" +msgstr "Термін виконання та страхувальні дні у випадку використання" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 +msgid "" +"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " +"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " +"is your product’s configuration:" +msgstr "" +"Наприклад, сьогодні ви продаєте автомобіль (1 січня), який купується на " +"замовлення, і ви обіцяєте доставити клієнту протягом 20 днів (20 січня). Ось" +" налаштування вашого товару:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 +msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" +msgstr "Страхувальні дні для продажу : 1 день" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 +msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" +msgstr "Страхувальні дні для купівлі : 1 день" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 +msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" +msgstr "Термін виконання доставки постачальником : 9 днів" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" +" your configuration." +msgstr "" +"У такому випадку планувальник ініціюватиме наступні дії на основі ваших " +"налаштувань." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 +msgid "" +"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Sales)" +msgstr "" +"19 січня: запланована дата доставки (20 січня - 1 день страхувальних днів " +"для продажу)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 +msgid "" +"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" +"18 січня: запланована дата вхідної поставки (19 січня - 1 день страхувальних" +" днів для купівлі)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 +msgid "" +"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " +"9 days of vendor lead time)" +msgstr "" +"10 січня: дата замовлення = дедлайн замовлення у постачальника (19 січня - 9" +" днів терміну виконання постачальника)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Setup drop-shipping" +msgstr "Налаштування дропшипінгу" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " +"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." +msgstr "" +"Дропшипінг дозволяє здійснювати доставку товару безпосередньо від " +"постачальника до замовника. Це означає, що продукція не проходить через ваш " +"склад." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 +msgid "" +"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " +"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " +"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " +"section." +msgstr "" +"Спочатку налаштуйте **Маршрути** та **Дропшипінг**. Перейдіть до " +":menuselection:`Складу --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`. Перевірте " +"**Розширену маршрутизацію товарів, використовуючи правила** в розділі " +"**Маршрути** та **Дозволити постачальникам доставляти безпосередньо своїм " +"клієнтам** у розділі **Дропшипінг**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " +"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " +"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" +"Ви повинні дозволити вибір маршруту в замоленні на продаж. Перейдіть у " +"додаток **Продажі**, :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування` і " +"виберіть пункт **Вибрати конкретні маршрути на рядках замовлення на продаж " +"(розширені)**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 +msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" +msgstr "Як користуватися дропшипінгом?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " +"concerned order lines." +msgstr "" +"Створіть замовлення на продаж і виберіть маршрут **Дропшипінг** на " +"відповідному рядку замовлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " +"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." +msgstr "" +"Щойно замовлення буде підтверджено, переміщення з вашого складу не буде " +"створено. Товар буде доставлений безпосередньо від вашого постачальника до " +"вашого клієнта." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" +" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." +msgstr "" +"Щоб мати змогу враховувати вартість доставки, потрібно встановити політику " +"рахунка-фактури вашого товару в **Замовленій кількості**. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 +msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" +msgstr "Запуск купівлі товарів на основі продажів (на замовлення)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " +"orders on each sale you make." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви не зберігаєте запас своїх товарів, вам може знадобитися запуск " +"замовлення на купівлю на кожному продажі." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" +" just one step." +msgstr "" +"Завдяки повному інтегрованому рішенню, Odoo дозволяє легко зробити це лише " +"за один крок." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure the product" +msgstr "Налаштуйте товар" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " +"*Make To Order*." +msgstr "" +"Відкрийте форму товару і під вкладкою запасу поставте галочку на маршрутах " +"*Купити* і *Зробити на замовлення*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 +msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "Не забудьте також встановити постачальника на вкладці *Купівлі*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " +"Odoo for this feature to work." +msgstr "" +"Модулі *Склад*, *Продажі* та *Купівлі* повинні бути встановлені в Odoo, щоби" +" ця функція працювала." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 +msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" +msgstr "" +"Створіть замовлення на продаж, використовуючи Купівлю та Виготовлення на " +"замовлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " +"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." +msgstr "" +"Створіть нове замовлення на продаж з вашим товаром. Коли ви підтверджуєте " +"замовлення, створюється замовлення на доставку зі статусом *Очікує на іншу " +"операцію*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " +"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " +"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." +msgstr "" +"У модулі *Купівлі* буде автоматично створено новий запит на комерційну " +"пропозицію. Зверніть увагу, що ви можете побачити, для якого ЗНП цей ЗНКП " +"був створений завдяки полю *Джерело документу*, видимим на ЗНКП." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " +"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" +" *Shipment* button." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви підтверджуєте ЗНКП у замовленні на купівлю, автоматично створюється " +"вхідна поставка, яка безпосередньо доступна з вашого замовлення на купівлю з" +" використанням кнопки *Відвантаження*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " +"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете підтвердити вхідну поставку ваших товарів. Коли ви повернетеся до " +"замовлення на доставку, ви побачите, що товари готові до відправлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " +"automatically under it." +msgstr "" +"Поки ваш ЗНКП не буде підтверджений, Odoo автоматично додаватиме рядок ЗНК " +"під ним." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" +msgstr "Не вичерпуйте запас завдяки правилам дозамовлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " +"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " +"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." +msgstr "" +"Щоб упевнитися, що запас ніколи не закінчиться, ви можете визначити *Правила" +" дозамовлення* на товарах. Завдяки правилам дозамовлення, Odoo допоможе вам " +"поповнити свій запас, коли він досягне мінімального рівня." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 +msgid "Set a reordering rule" +msgstr "Встановіть правило дозамовлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 +msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgstr "" +"Відкрийте товар на складі, та знайдіть вкладку *Правила дозамовлення*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." +msgstr "" +"Ви також можете отримати доступ до всіх ваших правил дозамовлення на " +":menuselection:`Складі --> Основні дані --> Правила дозамовлення`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " +"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " +"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." +msgstr "" +"У наступному меню можна створити правила дозамовлення, пов'язані з вашим " +"товаром. Тепер, щоразу, коли цей товар досягає мінімальної кількості, він " +"буде поповнювати свій запас до **максимальної кількості**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " +"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " +"12:00PM." +msgstr "" +"Поповнення відбуватимуться, коли запускається планувальник у модулі *Склад*." +" За замовчуванням в Odoo, планувальники будуть запускатися щоночі о 00:00." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 +msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgstr "Дивіться також: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" +" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " +"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Відтепер, кожен раз, коли товар з правилом дозамовлення досягне мінімального" +" запасу, система автоматично побачить, як виконати цю потребу на основі " +"налаштування товару (наприклад, створити ЗНКП, створити ЗНВ і т.д.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Вирішення проблем" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " +"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " +"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " +"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," +" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " +"issue with the configuration." +msgstr "" +"Щоб ваші правила дозамовлення працювали, ваш товар має бути правильно " +"налаштований. Якщо ви використовуєте маршрут *Купити*, вам потрібен " +"постачальник на товарі. Якщо ви використовуєте маршрут *Виробництво*, вам " +"потрібно мати специфікацію на товарі. Якщо виріб не налаштований повністю " +"або виникла помилка у ваших маршрутах, на товарі буде зареєстровано наступну" +" активність, яка повідомить вас про наявність проблеми з налаштуванням." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-Companies" +msgstr "Мульти-компанії" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" +msgstr "Налаштування процесу купівлі/продажу у кількох компаніях" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " +"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " +"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " +"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." +msgstr "" +"Odoo - це видатне рішення, яке допоможе невеликим компаніям, що розвивають " +"свій бізнес. Але система також ідеально відповідає потребам мульти-" +"компаніям. Міжкомпанійська функція допомагає вам купувати та/або продавати " +"товари та послуги між різними галузями у вашому конгломераті." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " +"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " +"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " +"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " +"on your sales and purchase orders." +msgstr "" +"Замовлення на купівлю та замовлення на продаж можуть бути пов'язані між " +"собою. Якщо компанія у вашій групі створює купівлю або замовлення на продаж," +" відповідний документ автоматично створюється для вашої компанії. Все, що " +"вам потрібно зробити, це переконатися, що все правильно і підтвердити " +"продаж. Ви можете автоматизувати перевірку своїх замовлень на купівлю та " +"продаж." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 +msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." +msgstr "Також можна обробляти лише рахунки-фактури та відшкодування." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Manage intercompany rules" +msgstr "Керування міжкомпанійськими правилами" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" +" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні Налаштування`. " +"Позначте **Керувати кількома компаніями**, а потім **Керувати між " +"компаніями**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "Натисніть **Застосувати**." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 +msgid "New options will appear." +msgstr "З'являться нові параметри. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." +msgstr "" +"У випадаючому списку виберіть компанію, на яку ви хочете додати правила." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " +"options." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви натиснете на **ЗНП і ЗНК для налаштування між компаніями**, ви " +"отримаєте додаткові можливості." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " +"for the other companies." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви закінчите, натисніть кнопку **Застосувати**, після чого ви можете " +"повторити ті самі кроки для інших компаній." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " +"user has the rights to manage the companies." +msgstr "" +"Щоб мати можливість керувати правилами між компаніями, переконайтеся, що ваш" +" користувач має право керувати компаніями." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po deleted file mode 100644 index e5cb54cac..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,558 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../iot.rst:5 -msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "Інтернет речей (IoT)" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "Підключення IoT Box до вашої бази даних" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "Встановіть програму Інтернет речей (IoT) на базу даних Odoo." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" -"Зайдіть в додаток IoT і натисніть на Підключити на сторінці IoT Boxes." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "Виконайте вказівки щодо підключення IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "Підключення Ethernet" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Підключіть до IoT Box усі пристрої, які повинні бути з'єднані кабелями " -"(Ethernet, USB-пристрої тощо)." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "Увімкніть IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." -msgstr "Потім натисніть на кнопку Сканувати." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:34 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "З'єднання з WiFi" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:36 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "Увімкніть IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:38 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "Скопіюйте токен" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "" -"Підключіть WiFi до IoT Box (переконайтеся, що в комп'ютері не підключено " -"кабель Ethernet)." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." -msgstr "" -"Ви будете перенаправлені на домашню сторінку IoT Box (якщо вона не працює, " -"підключіться до IP-адреси коробки). Дайте назву вашому IoT Box (не " -"обов'язково) і вставте токен, а потім натисніть кнопку Далі." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви на Runbot, не забудьте додати -all або -base у токені (наприклад, " -"цей токен **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** повинен стати " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть мережу WiFi, яку ви хочете підключити (введіть пароль, якщо такий " -"є) і натисніть кнопку Надіслати. Зачекайте кілька секунд, перш ніж " -"перенаправитися у базу даних." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:70 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "Тепер ви можете бачити IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:76 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "Схема IoT Box" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "Записування вашої SD картки" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." -msgstr "" -"У деяких випадках вам може знадобитися перепрошивка вашої SD картки IoT Box," -" щоби скористатися нашими останніми оновленнями." - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" -msgstr "Оновлення вашої SD картки через Etcher" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <http://wwww.balena.org>`__, " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть на веб-сайт Balena та завантажте `Etcher " -"<http://wwww.balena.org>`__, Це безкоштовно, а утиліти з відкритим кодом " -"використовуються для для запису фалів зображень. Встановіть та запустіть це." - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Now, download the latest image `here " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the " -"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " -"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." -msgstr "" -"Тепер завантажте останні зображення `тут " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, та витягніть його із " -"zip-файлу. Потім відкрийте *Etcher* і виберіть зображення. Виберіть " -"накопичувач для запису (де знаходиться ваша SD-карта) та натисніть " -"*Записати* !." - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " -"minutes for it to finish." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ваше зображення автоматично оновиться. Вам лише потрібно зачекати 5 " -"хвилин для завершення." - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:3 -msgid "IoT Box not found" -msgstr "IoT Box не знайдено" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" -" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " -"can follow to find your IoT box." -msgstr "" -"Під час використання вашого IoT Box, поширеною проблемою, з якою ви можете " -"зіткнутися, є те, що ваш box не буде знайдено у вашій базі даних. На щастя, " -"є кілька простих кроків, які ви можете виконати, щоб знайти свій IoT box." - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:10 -msgid "HTTPS Issues" -msgstr "Проблеми HTTPS" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:12 -msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" -msgstr "Не знайдено ваш IoT Box? У вас імовірно проблеми https!" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " -"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" -" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." -msgstr "" -"Щоби перевірити це, перейдіть у вашу базу даних та перевірте чи адреса вашої" -" бази даних починається з https (like https://www.odoo.com). Якщо це саме " -"той випадок, тоді у вас проблеми із зображенням вашого IoT Box image. " -"Потрібна версія 18.12 або новіша." - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " -"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ваше зображення IoT Box старішої версії, тоді вам необхідно " -"перезаписати SD картку вашого IoT Box, щоби оновити зображення (найновіше " -"зображення можна знайти `тут <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете знайти документацію про перепрошивку SD картки (`тут " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "Застосування IoT Box для точки продажу" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:9 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "Передумови" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "Перш ніж почати, переконайтеся, що у вас є:" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box" -msgstr "IoT Box" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" -msgstr "Адаптер 2A Power з pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:17 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "Комп'ютер або планшет із сучасним веб-браузером" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" -msgstr "" -"Запущена версія SaaS або Odoo зі встановленими програмами Точки продажу та " -"IoT" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:22 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" -"Налаштування локальної мережі за допомогою DHCP (це налаштування за " -"замовчуванням)" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " -"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Принтер Epson USB TM-T20 або інший ESC/POS сумісний принтер (офіційний " -"список підтримуваних принтерів на `Сторінці пристроїв POS " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:28 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" -msgstr "Сканер штрих-коду Honeywell Eclipse USB або інший сумісний сканер" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:30 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "Epson-сумісний ящик для готівки" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:32 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "Кабель RJ45 Ethernet (необов'язково, вбудований WiFi)" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:35 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "Встановіть" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." -msgstr "" -"Щоби підключити обладнання, першим кроком є підключення IoT Box до вашої " -"бази даних. Для цього перегляньте `документацію " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:44 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "Потім, ви повинні підключити периферійні пристрої до вашого IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" -" might work as well." -msgstr "" -"Офіційний список підтримуваних пристроїв на`Сторінці пристроїв POS " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, але й інші " -"пристрої повинні працювати." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:50 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr "" -"**Принтер**: підключіть ESC/POS-принтер до USB-порту та увімкніть його." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" -"**Касова скринька**: касова скринька повинна бути підключена до принтера за " -"допомогою кабелю RJ25." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " -"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " -"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " -"your barcode scanner." -msgstr "" -"**Сканер штрих-коду**: підключіть сканер штрих-коду. Для того, щоби ваш " -"сканер штрих-коду був сумісний, він повинен вести себе як клавіатура, і його" -" потрібно налаштувати в **US QWERTY**. Він також повинен закінчувати штрих-" -"коди з символом Enter (кодовий ключ 28). Це, швидше за все, є стандартною " -"конфігурацією вашого сканера штрих-коду." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:62 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "**Ваги**: підключіть ваги і включіть їх." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " -"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " -"device." -msgstr "" -"**Ethernet**: Якщо ви не бажаєте використовувати Wi-Fi, підключіть кабель " -"Ethernet. Переконайтеся, що він буде з'єднувати IoT Box до тієї ж мережі, що" -" і ваш POS-пристрій." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " -"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " -"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " -"on boot." -msgstr "" -"**Wi-Fi**: Поточна версія IoT Box має вбудований Wi-Fi. Переконайтеся, що " -"під час завантаження не під'єднаний кабель Ethernet, оскільки всі функції " -"Wi-Fi будуть його обходити під час завантаження, коли доступне дротове " -"мережеве з'єднання." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." -msgstr "" -"Як тільки це зроблено, ви можете підключити IoT Box до вашої точки продажу. " -"Для цього перейдіть у Точку продажу > Налаштування > Точка продажу, позначте" -" \"IoT Box\" і виберіть IoT Box, із яким ви хочете з'єднатися. Збережіть " -"зміни." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:77 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "Налаштування завершено, ви можете запустити нову сесію Точки продажу." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:80 -msgid "Troubleshoot" -msgstr "Усунення несправностей" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:83 -msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" -msgstr "Точка продажу не під'єднується до IoT Box" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" -" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" -" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " -"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" -msgstr "" -"Найпростіший спосіб переконатися, що IoT Box правильно налаштовано, це " -"ввімкнути його, коли підключений принтер, оскільки він надрукує квитанцію, " -"що вказує на будь-яку помилку або IP-адресу IoT Box у разі успіху. Якщо " -"квитанції не роздруковані, виконайте такі дії:" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " -"LED." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що IoT Box увімкнено, що позначається яскраво-червоним " -"індикатором стану." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " -"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " -"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що IoT Box готовий, це позначається яскраво освітленим " -"зеленим індикатором стану поруч із червоним індикатором стану живлення. IoT " -"Box повинен бути готовим ~2 хвилини після запуску." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " -"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " -"devices on your network router." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що IoT Box підключений до тієї ж мережі, що і ваш POS-" -"пристрій. І пристрій, і IoT Box повинні бути видимі у списку підключених " -"пристроїв на вашому мережевому роутері." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" -" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви вказали IP-адресу IoT Box у налаштуваннях, переконайтеся, що вона " -"відповідає ip-адресі, надрукованій на квитанції про статус IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:106 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "Переконайтеся, що POS не завантажено через HTTPS." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " -"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" -"Помилка в реалізації HTTP Firefox може запобігти надійній роботі " -"автовідкриття. Ви також можете вручну налаштувати IP-адресу IoT Box у " -"налаштуваннях точки продажу." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:113 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "Сканер штрих-коду не працює" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " -"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " -"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." -msgstr "" -"Сканер штрих-коду повинен бути налаштований в US QWERTY і видати Enter після" -" кожного штрих-коду. Це налаштовано за замовчуванням більшості сканерів " -"штрих-кодів. Для отримання додаткової інформації зверніться до документації " -"для сканування штрих-кодів." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " -"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " -"enough power." -msgstr "" -"Для роботи з деякими сканерами штрих-коду IoT Box потребує джерела живлення " -"2A. Якщо ви не використовуєте наданий блок живлення, переконайтеся, що він " -"має достатню потужність." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" -" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" -" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." -msgstr "" -"Деякі сканери штрих-кодів потребують більше 2A, і вони не працюватимуть або " -"працюватимуть неналежним чином, навіть за умови наявності джерела живлення. " -"У такому випадку ви можете підключити сканер штрих-коду до автономного USB-" -"концентратора." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" -"Деякі погано зібрані сканери штрих-коду не рекламують себе як сканери штрих-" -"коду, а як USB-клавіатуру, і не розпізнаються IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:134 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "Сканер штрих-коду не працює надійно" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " -"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що до IoT Box одночасно підключено не більше одного пристрою " -"з функцією \"Сканування через проксі\"/\"Сканер штрих-коду\"." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:140 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "Друк квитанції займає надто багато часу" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:142 -msgid "" -"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " -"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " -"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " -"and the IoT Box." -msgstr "" -"Невелика затримка перед першим друком очікується, оскільки IoT Box виконує " -"попередню обробку для прискорення наступного друку. Якщо після цього " -"виникають затримки, це, швидше за все, пов'язано з поганим мережевим " -"зв'язком між точкою продажу та IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:148 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "Деякі символи не надруковані на квитанції" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:150 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " -"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" -"IoT Box не підтримує всі мови та символи. В даний час він підтримує " -"латинські та кириличні шрифти, з базовою підтримкою для Японії." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:155 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "Принтер офлайн" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " -"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " -"contact support." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтесь, що принтер підключений, живиться, має достатню кількість " -"паперу, кришка закрита та не повідомляється про помилку. Якщо помилка не " -"зникає, зверніться до служби підтримки." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:162 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "Готівковий рахунок не відкривається" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:164 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" -"Каса повинна бути підключена до принтера і повинна активуватися в " -"налаштуваннях точки продажу." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2af640652..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,251 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Онлайн-чат" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" -msgstr "Спілкуйтеся з відвідувачами сайту в реальному часі" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." -msgstr "" -"З Онлайн-чатом Odoo ви можете встановити прямий контакт із відвідувачами " -"вашого веб-сайту. Просте діалогове вікно з'явиться на екрані та дозволить їм" -" зв'язатися з одним із ваших торгових представників. Таким чином, ви можете " -"легко перетворити ліди у нагоди. Ви також зможете надавати допомогу своїм " -"клієнтам. Загалом, це ідеальний інструмент для покращення задоволеності " -"клієнтів." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." -msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати функцію Онлайн-чату, відкрийте модуль Додатки, знайдіть " -"\"Онлайн-чат\", а потім натисніть кнопку Встановити." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." -msgstr "" -"Модуль Онлайн-чату надає прямий доступ до ваших каналів. Там оператори " -"можуть легко приєднатися та виходити з чату." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" -msgstr "Додайте онлайн-чат на веб-сайт Odoo" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ваш веб-сайт був створений за допомогою Odoo, то автоматично буде " -"доданий онлайн-чат. Все, що потрібно зробити, це перейти на :menuselection" -":`Веб-сайт --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`, щоби вибрати канал, який буде" -" пов'язаний з веб-сайтом." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "Додайте онлайн-чат на зовнішній веб-сайт" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ваш веб-сайт не був створений за допомогою Odoo, перейдіть до модуля " -"Онлайн-чат, а потім виберіть канал, який потрібно прив'язати. Там ви можете " -"просто скопіювати доступний код на свій веб-сайт. Також надається конкретна " -"URL-адреса, яку ви можете надіслати клієнтам або постачальникам для доступу " -"до чату." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "Сховайте/покажіть онлайн-чат відповідно до правил" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." -msgstr "" -"Правила онлайн-чату можна визначити за формою каналу. Наприклад, ви можете " -"вибрати показ чату в країнах, в яких ви володієте мовою. Навпаки, ви можете " -"приховати чат у країнах, де ваша компанія не веде діяльність. Якщо ви " -"виберете *Автоматичне спливаюче вікно*, ви також можете встановити, скільки " -"часу потрібно для показу чату." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "Підготуйте автоматичні повідомлення" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 -msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." -msgstr "" -"У формі каналу, у розділі *Параметри*, кілька повідомлень можуть бути " -"набрані, щоби з'являтися автоматично у чаті. Це спонукає відвідувачів " -"звернутися до вас через онлайн-чат." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" -msgstr "Почніть спілкуватися з клієнтами" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." -msgstr "" -"Щоб розпочати спілкування з клієнтами, спершу переконайтеся, що канал " -"публікується на вашому веб-сайті. Щоби зробити це, виберіть *Неопубліковано " -"на Веб-сайті* у верхньому правому куті форми каналу, щоби переключити " -"параметр *Опубліковано*. Потім можна розпочати чат, коли оператор " -"приєднається до каналу." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." -msgstr "" -"Якщо жоден оператор не доступний або якщо канал не опубліковано на веб-" -"сайті, кнопка онлайн-чату не відображатиметься відвідувачам." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " -"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " -"answered wherever you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Розмова, ініційована відвідувачами, також з'вляється у модулі Обговорення " -"крім того, що з'являється як пряме повідомлення. Тому на запити можна " -"відповісти, де б ви не були в Odoo." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " -"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." -msgstr "" -"Якщо є кілька операторів, які приєдналися до каналу, система буде " -"відправляти сеанси відвідувачів випадковим чином між ними." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "Використовуйте команди" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" -msgstr "" -"Команди є корисними для виконання певних дій або доступу до інформації, яка " -"вам може знадобитися. Щоби використовувати цю функцію, просто введіть " -"команди в чат. Доступні наступні дії:" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." -msgstr "**/help** : показати допоміжне повідомлення." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk** : створити заявку служби підтримки." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk\\_search** : шукати заявку для служби підтримки." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." -msgstr "**/history** : дивитись 15 останніх відвіданих сторінок." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." -msgstr "**/lead** : створити новий лід." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." -msgstr "**/leave** : залишити канал." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 -msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "" -"Якщо з чату створено заявку служби підтримки, тоді розмова, з якої вона була" -" згенерована, автоматично відображатиметься як опис заявки. Те ж саме " -"стосується і створення ліда." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "Надсилайте фіксовані відповіді" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." -msgstr "" -"Фіксовані відповіді дозволяють створювати замінники загальних речень, які ви" -" часто використовуєте. Введіть слово замість кількох, це заощадить вам " -"багато часу. Щоб додати фіксовані відповіді, перейдіть до :menuselection" -":`ОНЛАЙН-ЧАТ --> Налаштування --> Фіксовані відповіді` та створіть стільки " -"відповідей, скільки потрібно. Щоби використовувати їх під час чату, просто " -"введіть \":\" до ярлика, який ви призначили." - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 -msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" -msgstr "" -"Тепер у вас є всі інструменти, необхідні для спілкування в онлайн з " -"відвідувачами вашого сайту. Насолоджуйтеся!" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1a80419f0..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,693 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Виробництво" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "Управління виробництвом" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" -msgstr "Як створити специфікацію" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " -"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " -"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." -msgstr "" -"Специфікація (BoM) - це документ, який описує компоненти товару, кількість " -"кожного компонента та процес, необхідний для виготовлення товару, включаючи " -"маршрутизацію та окремі етапи." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " -"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " -"describe multiple variants of the same product." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo кожен продукт може мати кілька специфікацій, пов'язаних з ним, але " -"специфікацію можна пов'язати лише з одним продуктом. Одна специфікація може " -"описати кілька варіантів того самого продукту." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" -msgstr "Налаштування базової специфікації" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " -"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви вирішите керувати своїми виробничими операціями лише за допомогою " -"замовлень на виробництво, ви визначите основні специфікації без маршрутів." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " -"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " -"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " -"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " -"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " -"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " -"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " -"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " -"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." -msgstr "" -"Перед створенням першої специфікації вам доведеться створити продукт і, " -"принаймні, один компонент (компоненти вважаються продуктами в Odoo). Ви " -"можете зробити це за допомогою :menuselection:`Основні дані --> Товари`, або" -" на льоту з відповідних полів у формі BoM. Перегляньте документацію розділу " -"Склад, щоби дізнатися більше про налаштування товарів. Створивши продукт та," -" принаймні, один компонент, виберіть їх у відповідних спадних меню, щоби " -"додати їх до вашої специфікації. Нова специфікація може бути створена за " -"допомогою :menuselection:`Основні дані --> Специфікація`, або за допомогою " -"кнопки у верхній частині форми продукту." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " -"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " -"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " -"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." -msgstr "" -"Під вкладкою **Різне** ви можете заповнити додаткові поля. **Послідовність**" -" визначає порядок, в якому ваші BoM будуть обрані для виробничих замовлень, " -"причому нижчі номери мають більш високий пріоритет. **Версія** дозволяє вам " -"відстежувати зміни у вашій специфікації з плином часу." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 -msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" -msgstr "Додавання маршрутизації до BoM" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "" -"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " -"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " -"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " -"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." -msgstr "" -"Маршрут визначає серію операцій, необхідних для виготовлення продукту та " -"робочого центру, на якому виконується кожна операція. Маршрутизація може " -"бути додана до декількох специфікацій, хоча BoM може мати тільки одну " -"маршрутизацію. Щоб отримати додаткові відомості про налаштування маршрутів, " -"перегляньте розділ про маршрути." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " -"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " -"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." -msgstr "" -"Після ввімкнення маршрутів з :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`," -" ви зможете додавати маршрутизацію до специфікації, вибравши маршрут з " -"випадаючого списку або створивши його на льоту." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " -"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" -" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " -"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " -"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " -"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете визначити робочу операцію або крок, при якому кожен компонент " -"споживається, використовуючи поле, **Споживане в операції** на вкладці " -"**Компоненти**. Аналогічним чином, ви можете визначити операцію, при якій " -"продукт буде виготовлений під вкладкою **Різне**, за допомогою поля " -"**Створено під час операції**. Якщо це поле залишилося порожнім, продукти " -"будуть споживатися/виготовлятися під час остаточної операції в " -"маршрутизації." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 -msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" -msgstr "Додавання побічних товарів до специфікації" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " -"primary product." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo побічним продуктом є будь-який товар, вироблений BoM, на додаток до " -"основного продукту." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Щоб додати побічні продукти до BoM, вам спочатку потрібно буде ввімкнути їх " -"у :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " -"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " -"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " -"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." -msgstr "" -"Після включення побічних продуктів ви можете додати їх до своєї " -"спеціалізації під вкладкою **Побічні продукти** специфікації. Ви можете " -"додати будь-який продукт або продукти як побічні продукти. Похідні продукти " -"виробляються на одному етапі маршрутизації як основний продукт BoM." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" -msgstr "Налаштування BoM для продукту з напівфабрикату" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " -"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" -"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " -"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " -"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." -msgstr "" -"Напівфабрикат - виготовлений продукт, який призначений для використання як " -"компонент іншого виготовленого продукту. Ви можете використати " -"напівфабрикати для спрощення складного BoM, щоби більш точно відобразити ваш" -" виробничий процес, або використовувати такий самий напівфабрикат у " -"декількох специфікаціях. BoM, який використовує підрозділи, часто називають " -"багаторівневою специфікацією." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" -"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " -"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" -" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " -"subassembly is created as well." -msgstr "" -"Багатоступеневі специфікації в Odoo виконуються шляхом створення " -"специфікації і напівфабрикатів вищого рівня. Далі визначається маршрут " -"закупівлі продукту напівфабрикату. Це гарантує, що кожного разу, коли " -"створюється замовлення на виробництво для продукту найвищого рівня, " -"створюється також замовлення на виробництво для кожного підрозділу." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" -msgstr "Налаштування специфікації продукту найвищого рівня" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " -"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " -"subassembly as you would for any product." -msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати багаторівневу специфікацію, створіть продукт найвищого рівня" -" та його специфікацію. Включіть будь-які підрозділи в список компонентів. " -"Створіть BoM для кожного напівфабрикату, як і для будь-якого продукту." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" -msgstr "Налаштування даних напівфабрикату" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 -msgid "" -"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " -"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " -"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " -"effect." -msgstr "" -"На формі продукту напівфабрикату необхідно вибрати маршрути **Виробництво** " -"та **Виготовлення під замовлення**. Маршрут **Виробництво** має пріоритет " -"над маршрутом **Купити**, тому вибір останніх не матиме ефекту." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " -"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " -"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете, щоби цей напівфабрикат можна було придбати до його " -"виготовлення, виберіть **Можна придбати**. Всі інші поля у формі " -"напівфабрикату можуть бути налаштовані відповідно до ваших уподобань." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 -msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" -msgstr "" -"Використання окремої специфікації для опису декількох варіантів окремого " -"товару" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Odoo дозволяє використовувати одну специфікацію для декількох варіантів того" -" ж продукту. Просто ввімкніть варіанти з :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Налаштування`." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." -msgstr "" -"Після цього ви зможете визначити, які рядки компонентів будуть " -"використовуватися при виготовленні кожного варіанту продукту. Ви можете " -"вказати кілька варіантів для кожного рядка. Якщо не вказано жодного " -"варіанта, рядок буде використовуватися для всіх варіантів." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" -"При визначенні варіанту специфікації на основі рядка-позиції, поле **Варіант" -" продукту** у головному розділі специфікації слід залишити порожнім. Це поле" -" використовується при створенні BoM для одного варіанту продукту." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" -msgstr "Як продавати набір товарів у комплекті" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " -"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " -"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " -"Manufacturing apps must be installed." -msgstr "" -"*Комплект* являє собою набір компонентів, які доставляються без " -"першочергового збирання або змішування. Комплекти описані в Odoo за " -"допомогою *специфікації*. Існує два основних способи налаштування " -"комплектів, залежно від того, як керувати комплектом продукту. У будь-якому " -"випадку, додатки Склад та Виробництво повинні бути встановлені." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "Управління складом компонентів продуктів" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " -"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " -"step." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете збирати комплекти, як вони замовляються, керуючи лише складом" -" *компонентів*, ви будете використовувати специфікацію компонентів без " -"виробничого етапу." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "" -"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " -"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " -"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " -"right shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" -"Продукт, який використовує специфікацію компонентів, відображатиметься як " -"окремий рядок у комерційні пропозиції та замовленні клієнта, але створить " -"замовлення на доставку з одним рядком для кожного з компонентів комплекту. У" -" наведених нижче прикладах зображення вище відображає замовлення на продаж " -"для комплекту «Комп'ютерний комплект клієнта», а зображення нижче показує " -"відповідне замовлення на доставку." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " -"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " -"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " -"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" -" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " -"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." -msgstr "" -"У меню **Товари** в додатку Склад або Виробництво створюйте кожен компонент " -"продукту, як і будь-який інший продукт, а потім створіть продукт найвищого " -"рівня або комплект. Комплект продукту повинен мати тільки маршрут " -"**Виробництво**. Оскільки ви не можете відстежувати запас комплектів " -"продуктів, тип продукту слід встановити на **Споживання**. Оскільки комплект" -" продукту неможливо придбати, а **Можна придбати** не повинен бути " -"відмічений." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no special configuration." -msgstr "" -"Всі інші параметри продукту можуть бути змінені відповідно до ваших " -"уподобань. Компоненти продуктів не вимагають спеціального налаштування." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " -"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " -"their default values." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як продукти налаштовані, створіть специфікацію для комплекту " -"продукту. Додайте кожен компонент і його кількість. Виберіть тип " -"специфікації **Доставити цей продукт як набір компонентів**. Всі інші " -"параметри можуть бути залишені зі значеннями за замовчуванням." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "Управління складом комплектів товару та компонентів" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" -" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" -" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " -"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " -"will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете керувати складом комплектів продукту найвищого рівня, ви " -"будете використовувати стандартну специфікацію з виробничим кроком, а не " -"специфікацію комплекту. При використанні стандартної специфікації для " -"складання комплектів буде створено замовлення на виробництво. Виробниче " -"замовлення повинно бути зареєстроване як завершене, перш ніж комплект " -"продукту з'явиться на вашому складі." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " -"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " -"stock management." -msgstr "" -"На продукті виберіть маршрут **Виробництво**. Ви також можете вибрати " -"**Виготовити на замовлення**, який створить замовлення на виробництво, коли " -"замовлення клієнта буде підтверджено. Виберіть тип продукту **Складський " -"продукт**, щоби дозволити управління запасами." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 -msgid "" -"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " -"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" -" order rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви створюєте специфікацію, виберіть тип специфікації виробництва " -"**Виробництво цього продукту**. Збір комплекту описується замовленням на " -"виробництво, а не операцією пакування." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" -msgstr "Як обробляти замовлення на виробництво" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " -"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " -"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " -"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " -"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " -"performed in an order defined by **routings**." -msgstr "" -"Є два основні способи управління виробництвом в Odoo. Перший спосіб керує " -"роботою тільки з одним документом. Цей документ є **замовленням на " -"виробництво**. Другий спосіб використовує додаткові документи, щоб дати вам " -"більш точний контроль над виробничим процесом. Таким чином, **замовлення на " -"виробництво** поділяються на один або більше етапів, визначених **робочими " -"замовленнями**, виконаними у порядку, визначеному **маршрутами**." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" -msgstr "Як управляти виробництвом без маршрутів" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " -"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " -"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " -"work orders and routings." -msgstr "" -"Ви, швидше за все, будете використовувати замовлення на виробництво без " -"маршрутів, якщо вся робота з виготовлення вашого продукту виконується в " -"одному місці, на одну людину в один крок, та/або вам не потрібен детальний " -"контроль, який забезпечується робочими замовленнями та маршрутами." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " -"are two basic phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" -"Управління вашими операціями у такий спосіб є типовим процесом в Odoo. Існує" -" два основні етапи від планування до виробництва:" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 -msgid "Create manufacturing orders" -msgstr "Створення замовлень на виробництво" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "Record Production" -msgstr "Запис виробництва" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" -msgstr "Як управляти виробництвом з маршрутами та робочими замовленнями" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" -" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " -"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " -"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" -"Щоб використовувати замовлення та маршрути, вам потрібно буде ввімкнути " -"опцію **Управління виробництвом за робочими замовленнями** з " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`. Після цього ви зможете " -"додавати маршрути до специфікації та налаштовувати деякі додаткові пов'язані" -" поля. Ви також зможете створювати **робочі центри**, місця, де виконуються " -"робочі замовлення." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " -"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " -"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." -msgstr "" -"При виробництві з маршрутами та робочими замовленнями, кожне робоче " -"замовлення заплановано індивідуально. Ви також матимете доступ до планування" -" часу та можливостей, а також звітувати про вартість та ефективність на " -"рівні робочого центру." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " -"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " -"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" -" step of scheduling work orders." -msgstr "" -"Виробництво з використанням маршрутів можна розбити на кілька кроків. Під " -"час налаштування вашої специфікації вам потрібно буде додати маршрут, який " -"визначає замовлення на склад компонентів. Після планування замовлення на " -"виробництво ви отримаєте додатковий крок для планування робочих замовлень." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 -msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" -msgstr "Таким чином, робочий процес поділяється на три основні етапи:" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." -msgstr "Розклад пов'язаних робочих замовлень." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." -msgstr "Виконання запланованої роботи та запис продукції." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "Як керувати специфікацією для варіантів товару" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "Як керувати напівфабрикатами" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" -msgstr "Налаштування специфікації товару найвищого рівня" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 -msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "Розбирання товару" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " -"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" -" unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "" -"У додатку Виробництво Odoo, ви можете *Розібрати* товари. Можна керувати " -"двома випадками використання: (1) ви можете розібрати товари, які ви " -"створили самі, або (2) ви можете розібрати товари, які ви отримали." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " -"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " -"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Давайте візьмемо перший випадок, коли ви виробляєте продукцію самостійно. " -"Якщо якийсь із ваших товарів є дефектним, можливо, вам слід розібрати його, " -"а не повністю забракувати, дозволяючи повторно використовувати деякі " -"компоненти товару." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " -"unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "" -"У другому випадку ви купуєте товари з єдиною метою - розбирати їх і " -"переробляти." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 -msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "Замовлення на розбирання" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 -msgid "" -"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" -" menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "" -"У додатку Виробництво, під вкладкою *Операції* ви знайдете меню *Замовлення " -"на розбирання*." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " -"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " -"something you received." -msgstr "" -"Створюючи новий, ви можете або вибрати ЗНВ, якщо ви розбираєте щось, що ви " -"виготовили, або вибираєте товар, якщо ви розбираєте щось отримане." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 -msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви закінчите, просто натисніть кнопку розібрати і процес закінчиться." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " -"components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви розбираєте товар, який ви виготовили раніше, ви отримаєте компоненти" -" із ЗНВ на складі." - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " -"BoM back in stock." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви розбираєте товар, який ви придбали, ви отримаєте компоненти зі " -"специфікації назад на склад." - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "Управління ремонтом" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "Ремонт товарів" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " -"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " -"defect." -msgstr "" -"Додаток Odoo *Ремонт* дозволяє вам керувати повним післяпродажним процесом, " -"а також просто ремонтувати вироби, які ви виготовили, якщо вони є " -"дефектними." - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "Створіть замовлення на ремонт" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " -"new one." -msgstr "" -"Опинившись у програмі, ви зможете отримати доступ до існуючих *Замовлень на " -"ремонт* та створити нове." - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "Керування ремонтом" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." -" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " -"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" -" might need, etc." -msgstr "" -"Коли клієнт надсилає вам товар для ремонту, створіть нове *Замовлення на " -"ремонт*. Заповніть у ньому всю необхідну інформацію, наприклад, товар, " -"клієнт, якщо він має бути виписаний після або перед ремонтом, деталей, які " -"можуть знадобитися і т.д." - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " -"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " -"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як все буде зроблено, ви зможете надіслати запит на ремонт " -"вашому клієнту. Якщо це буде схвалено, ви можете підтвердити ремонт. Після " -"цього ви зможете запустити та завершити ремонт, коли він буде завершений." - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 -msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "Тепер ви можете виставити рахунок на ремонт." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2e7a2b7f6..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "Мобільний додаток" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "Push-сповіщення" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As of Odoo 12.0, there is no more complex configuration to enable push " -"notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " -"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." -msgstr "" -"Просто перейдіть у *Налаштування* > *Загальні налаштування* > *Хмарні " -"Сповіщення Odoo (OCN)* та переконайтеся, що **Push-сповіщення** позначені." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po deleted file mode 100644 index d07d2df14..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1711 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Касовий термінал" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "Розширені теми" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "Використання штрих-кодів у точці продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" -"Використання сканера штрих-кодів для обробки замовлень на продаж покращує " -"вашу ефективність та допомагає вам заощадити час для вас та ваших клієнтів." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Щоб скористатись сканером штрих-кодів, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки " -"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть ваш інтерфейс точки " -"продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "Під категорією IoT Box / Обладнання ви знайдете *Сканер штрих-кодів*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "Додайте штрих-коди до товару" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Каталог --> Товари` та " -"виберіть товар." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" -"На вкладці загальної інформації ви можете знайти поле штрих-коду, де ви " -"можете ввести будь-який штрих-код." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "Сканування товарів" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" -"З вашого інтерфейсу точки продажу відскануйте будь-який штрих-код з вашим " -"сканером штрих-кодів. Товар буде додано, ви зможете сканувати той самий " -"товар, щоб додати його кілька разів або змінити кількість вручну на екрані." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "Прийом оплати кредитною карткою через Mercury" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" -"MercuryPay (див. `*Веб-сайт MercuryPay* <https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) " -"приймає платежі за допомогою кредитних карток в точці продажу Odoo 11 із " -"вбудованим пристроєм для читання карт. MercuryPay працює лише з " -"американськими та канадськими банками, що робить цю процедуру лише придатною" -" для підприємств Північної Америки." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" -"Альтернативою інтегрованому кардрідеру є робота з автономним пристроєм для " -"зчитування карток, копіювання загальної транзакції з екрану точки продажу " -"Odoo в кардрідер та записування транзакції в точці продажу Odoo." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "Встановіть Mercury" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" -"Щоби встановити Mercury перейдіть до :menuselection:`Додатки` і знайдіть " -"модуль *Mercury*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." -msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати mercury, потрібно активувати режим розробника. Щоб це " -"зробити, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Додатки --> Налаштування` та виберіть " -"*Активувати режим розробника*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 -msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." -msgstr "" -"У режимі розробника перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка продажу --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування Mercury`." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" -"Створіть нову конфігурацію для кредитних карток і введіть свої облікові дані" -" Mercury." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Потім перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Метод " -"оплати` і створіть ще один." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" -"Під *Точкою продажу*, коли ви оберете *Використовувати в точці продажу*, ви " -"зможете вибрати щойно створені вами облікові дані Mercury." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ви маєте можливість оплатити кредитну картку під час перевірки " -"платежу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" -msgstr "Управління кількома касирами " - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This " -"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." -msgstr "" -"З точкою продажу Odoo ви легко можете керувати кількома касирами. Це дає " -"змогу стежити за тим, хто працює у точці продажу та коли." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They " -"are all explained below." -msgstr "" -"Є три різні способи перемикання між касирами в Odoo. Всі вони пояснюються " -"нижче." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." -msgstr "" -"Щоб керувати кількома касирами, потрібно мати кілька користувачів (принаймні" -" два)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "Перемикач без PIN-кодів" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the " -"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Найпростіший спосіб переключити касира - без коду. Просто натисніть на ім'я " -"поточного касира у вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 -msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." -msgstr "Після цього ви зможете змінювати різних користувачів." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 -msgid "And the cashier will be changed." -msgstr "І касир буде змінений." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 -msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" -msgstr "Переключення касирів із PIN-кодами" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете встановити pin-код для кожного користувача. Для цього " -"перейдіть до:menuselection:`Налаштування --> Керування правами доступу` та " -"виберіть користувача." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 -msgid "" -"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." -msgstr "" -"На сторінці користувача під вкладкою *Точка продажу* ви можете додати PIN-" -"код захисту." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 -msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." -msgstr "" -"Тепер, коли ви переключаєте користувачів, вам буде запропоновано ввести " -"пароль PIN-коду." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 -msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" -msgstr "Перемкніть касирів зі штрих-кодами" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 -msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете попросити своїх касирів входити до себе за допомогою своїх " -"значків." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 -msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." -msgstr "" -"Зі зворотньої сторони, де ви встановлюєте PIN-код захисту, ви також можете " -"встановити штрих-код." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." -msgstr "" -"Коли вони сканують свій штрих-код, касир перейде на цього користувача." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 -msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" -msgstr "Посилання на номенклатуру штрихкодів пізніше" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "Повторний друк чеків" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" -"Використовуйте функцію підтвердження *повторний друку*, якщо вам потрібно " -"повторно друкувати чек." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "У розділі Рахунки та чеки ви знайдете функцію *Повторний друк чеку*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "Повторно надрукуйте чек" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" -"У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка підтвердження *повторного " -"друку*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви використовуєте його, ви можете повторно друкувати останній чек." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "Використання тегів знижок з сканером штрих-кодів" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " -"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " -"allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете продати свої товари зі знижкою, наприклад, для товару, що " -"наближається до дати його закінчення, ви можете використовувати теги знижок." -" Вони дозволяють сканувати штрих-коди зі знижкою." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "Номенклатура штрихкодів" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" -"Щоб використовувати теги знижок, нам потрібно дізнатися про номенклатуру " -"штрих-кодів." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " -"barcode:" -msgstr "" -"Скажімо, ви хочете отримати знижку для товару з наступним штрих-кодом:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " -"interface." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете знайти *Номенклатуру за замовчуванням* в налаштуваннях вашого " -"інтерфейсу точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " -"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " -"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" -"Скажімо, вам потрібно 50% знижки на товар, для якого вам потрібно буде " -"почати свій штрих-код з 22 (для номеру штрих-коду знижки), а потім 50 " -"(для%), перш ніж додавати штрих-код товару. У нашому прикладі штрих-код " -"буде:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "Відскануйте товари і теги" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" -"Спочатку потрібно відсканувати потрібний товар (у нашому випадку, лимон)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 -msgid "" -"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " -"finish the transaction." -msgstr "" -"Потім відскануйте тег зі знижкою. Знижка буде застосована, і ви можете " -"закінчити транзакцію." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "Управління програмою лояльності" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " -"*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" -"Заохочуйте своїх клієнтів продовжувати купувати у вашій точці продажу з " -"*програмою лояльності*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " -"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати програму лояльності, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки " -"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс точки" -" продажу. У розділі Функції ціноутворення виберіть *програму лояльності*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "Звідти ви можете створювати та редагувати свої програми лояльності." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " -"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " -"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " -"everything in between." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете вирішити, який тип програми ви хочете використати, якщо винагорода" -" - це знижка або подарунок, роблячи її конкретною для деяких товарів або " -"охоплюючи весь ваш асортимент. Застосовуйте правила так, щоби вони були " -"дійсними лише у конкретній ситуації та усе, що існує між ними." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "Використовуйте програму лояльності у своєму інтерфейсі точки продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "" -"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " -"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " -"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " -"rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" -"Коли клієнт встановлений, тепер ви побачите пункти, які вони отримають для " -"транзакції, і вони накопичуватимуться, поки вони не будуть витрачені. Вони " -"витрачаються за допомогою кнопки *Нагороди*, якщо у них є достатньо балів " -"відповідно до правил, визначених у програмі лояльності." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" -" finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете бачити, що ціна моментально оновлюється, щоби відобразити " -"прайслист. Ви можете завершити оформлення замовлення звичайним способом." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " -"can of course change it." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви виберете клієнта із прайслистом за замовчуванням, він буде " -"застосований. Ви, звичайно, можете змінити це." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "Застосування знижок вручну" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви рідко користуєтеся знижками, то застосування знижок вручну може " -"стати найлегшим рішенням для вашої точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете або застосувати знижку на усе замовлення або на окремі товари." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "Застосуйте знижку на товар" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "З інтерфейсу сесії використовуйте кнопку *Знижка*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." -msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете вносити знижку (у відсотках) на товар, який зараз обраний, і" -" знижка буде застосована." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "Застосуйте загальну знижку" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Щоб застосувати знижку до всього замовлення, перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та " -"виберіть свій інтерфейс точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." -msgstr "У розділі *Ціни* ви знайдете *Загальні знижки*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Тепер у вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу з'явилася нова кнопка *Знижка*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." -msgstr "Після натискання ви зможете ввести бажану знижку (у відсотках)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "" -"На цьому прикладі ви можете побачити загальну знижку 50%, а також конкретну " -"знижку товарі на 50%." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "Застосування сезонних знижок" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" -"Заохочуйте своїх клієнтів та збільшуйте ваші доходи, пропонуючи обмежені за " -"часом знижки або сезонні знижки. Odoo має потужну функцію прайслиста, що " -"підтримує стратегію ціноутворення, адаптовану до вашого бізнесу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати функцію *прайслистів*, перейдіть до меню " -":menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та " -"виберіть свій інтерфейс точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть прайслисти, які ви хочете застосувати в цій точці продажу та " -"визначте прайслист за замовчуванням. Ви можете отримати доступ до всіх своїх" -" *прайслистів*, натиснувши на них." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "Створіть прайслист" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням у вас є загальний прайслист, щоб створити більше, перейдіть" -" до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Каталог --> Прайслисти`" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете встановити декілька критеріїв використання конкретної ціни: " -"періоди, хв. кількість (задовольняйте мінімальну замовлену кількість та " -"отримуйте перерву на ціну) тощо. Ви також можете вибрати, щоб застосувати " -"цей прайслист лише до певної продукції або всього діапазону." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "Використання прайслиста в інтерфейсі точки продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" -"Тепер у вас є нова кнопка над *Клієнтом*, використовуйте її, щоб миттєво " -"вибрати потрібний прайслист." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "Аналіз продажів" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "Перегляд статистики точки продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" -"Відстеження продажів є ключовим для будь-якого бізнесу. Ось чому Odoo " -"пропонує вам практичний перегляд, щоби проаналізувати свої продажі та " -"отримати статистику." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "Переглянути статистику" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати доступ до вашої статистики, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка " -"продажу --> Звітність --> Замовлення`" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете переглянути різні статистичні дані у вигляді графіка або у " -"формі таблиці." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете отримати доступ до переглядів статистики, натиснувши тут" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" -msgstr "Бельгійський модуль податкових даних" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "Налаштування модуля податкових даних з точкою продажу Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." -msgstr "" -"Бельгійське законодавство вимагає від деяких підприємств використовувати " -"сертифікований державою пристрій під назвою **Модуль податкових даних** " -"(також відомий як **blackbox**). Цей пристрій працює разом із додатком точки" -" продажу і записує певні транзакції. Крім того, використовуваний додаток " -"точки продажу також має бути сертифікований урядом і повинен відповідати " -"встановленим їм строгим стандартам. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) - " -"сертифікована програма <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies> _ _. Більш детальну інформацію щодо Модуля податкових даних можна" -" знайти на офіційному веб-сайті http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>" -" _." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "Необхідне обладнання" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" -"Уряд сертифікував `Модуль податкових " -"даних<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, всі вони повинні працювати, але " -"рекомендується використовувати Cleancash SC-B, вам також знадобиться:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Послідовний нульовий модемний кабель на FDM " -"(`приклад<http://www.startech.com/Cables/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10" -"-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Серійний адаптер до USB для FDM " -"(`приклад<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування зареєстрованого IoT Box на точку продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Встановіть" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "IoT Box" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " -"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" -" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." -msgstr "" -"Для використання модуля фіскальних даних вам знадобиться зареєстрований IoT " -"Box. Вони схожі на звичайні коробки IoT, які ми продаємо, але вони " -"зареєстровані в бельгійському уряді. Це вимагає законом. Спроба " -"використовувати модуль фіскальних даних на незареєстрованому IoT Box не " -"працюватиме. Можна переконатися, що модуль фіскальних даних розпізнається " -"IoT Box, перейшовши на сторінку статусу *Обладнання* на домашній сторінці " -"IoT Box." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " -"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " -"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " -"VAT signing card." -msgstr "" -"Додатку точки продажу Odoo можна надати сертифіковані можливості точки " -"продажу, встановивши додаток **бельгійського зареєстрованого касового " -"апарату** (технічна назва: `` pos_blackbox_be``). Через обмеження, що " -"накладаються на нас, цю установку не можна скасувати. Після цього вам " -"доведеться переконатися, що кожне налаштування точки продажу має унікальний " -"зареєстрований IoT Box, пов'язаний з нею (: menuselection: `Точка продажу " -"--> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` і забезпечте Proxy Обладнання / IoT Box " -"і серійний номер вашого IoT Box). Коли ви вперше відкриваєте точку продажу і" -" намагаєтеся здійснити транзакцію, вам буде запропоновано ввести PIN-код, " -"який ви отримали з вашої підписаної картки ПДВ." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "Сертифікація та на замовлення" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" -"Сертифікація, надана урядом, обмежена використанням на прикладі SaaS " -"odoo.com. Використання модуля з джерела або модифікованої версії **не** буде" -" сертифіковано. Для користувачів за замовчуванням ми також підтримуємо " -"модуль бюджетних даних у таких установках. Основне обмеження полягає в тому," -" що для цього потрібна замаскована версія модуля ``pos_blackbox_be``, який " -"ми надамо на замовлення для клієнтів компанії." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "Обмеження" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" -"Як згадувалося раніше, для отримання сертифікату заявка на використання " -"точки продажу має відповідати суворим правилам уряду. Через це сертифікована" -" точка продажу Odoo має певні обмеження, відсутні в сертифікованій точці " -"продажу Odoo." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "Відшкодування відключено" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "Змінення цін на замовлення" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "Створення/зміна/видалення замовлень точки продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "Продаж продукції без дійсного податку" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "Налаштування кількох точок продажу Odoo на IoT Box не доступні" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" -"Використання точки продажу без з'єднання з IoT Box (і таким чином FDM)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "Модулі з чорним списком: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "Реєстрація клієнтів" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " -"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " -"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" -" any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "" -"Реєстрація ваших клієнтів дасть вам можливість надавати їм різні привілеї, " -"такі як знижки, програма лояльності, особлива комунікація. Вона буде також " -"потрібна, якщо вони хочуть отримати рахунок-фактуру та реєструвати його, з " -"будь-якою майбутньою взаємодією з ними швидше." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "Створіть клієнта" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "З інтерфейсу сесії використовуйте кнопку клієнта." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "Створіть нового, використовуючи цю кнопку." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "Вам буде запропоновано заповнити форму клієнта зі своєю інформацією." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " -"any future transactions." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви закінчите, скористайтеся кнопкою збереження. Потім ви можете вибрати" -" цього клієнта в будь-яких майбутніх операціях." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "Розпочніть точку продажу в Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" -"Онлайн-додаток Odoo на базі простого, зручного для користувача інтерфейсу. " -"Програму Точка продажу можна використовувати в режимі онлайн або офлайн на " -"пристроях iPad, планшетах або ноутбуках Android." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" -"Точка продажу Odoo повністю інтегрована з програмами складу та бухобліку. " -"Будь-яка транзакція у вашій торговій точці буде автоматично зареєстрована у " -"вашому обліку, а також CRM, оскільки клієнт може бути ідентифікований з " -"додатка." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" -"Ви зможете проводити статистику та консолідацію в режимі реального часу у " -"всіх своїх магазинах без необхідності інтеграції кількох зовнішніх програм." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "Встановіть програму Точка продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "Перейдіть до додатків та встановіть програму Точка продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте Бухоблік Odoo, не забудьте встановити схему облікових" -" записів, якщо це ще не зроблено. Це можна досягти в налаштуваннях обліку." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "Зробіть товари доступними в точці продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" -"Щоб зробити товари доступними для продажу в точці продажу відкрийте товар, " -"перейдіть на вкладку Продажі та поставте прапорець біля опції \"Доступно в " -"точці продажу\"." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "Ви також можете визначити там, чи товар має бути зваженим за шкалою." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "Налаштуйте свої способи оплати" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" -"Щоб додати новий спосіб оплати для точки продажу, перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу --> " -"Виберіть точку продажу --> Перейдіть у розділ платежі` та натисніть на " -"посилання \"Способи оплати\"." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете створити нові способи оплати. Не забудьте позначити поле " -"\"Використовувати в точці продажу\"." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" -"Коли ваші способи оплати будуть створені, ви можете вирішити, в якій точці " -"продажу ви хочете зробити їх доступними в налаштуваннях точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "Налаштуйте свою точку продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка " -"продажу` та виберіть точку продажу, яку ви хочете налаштувати. У цьому меню " -"ви можете редагувати всі налаштування точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "Створіть свою першу сесію точки продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "Ваше перше замовлення" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ви готові зробити перші продажі через Точку продажу. З інформаційної " -"панелі Точки продажу ви бачите всі ваші точки продажу, і ви можете почати " -"новий сеанс." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "Тепер ви перейшли на інтерфейс Точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як замовлення буде завершено, ви зможете зареєструвати платіж. " -"Усі доступні способи оплати з'являються ліворуч на екрані. Виберіть спосіб " -"оплати та введіть отриману суму. Потім ви можете підтвердити платіж." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "Ви можете зареєструвати наступні замовлення." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "Закрийте сесію точки продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" -"Наприкінці дня ви закриваєте свою сесію. Для цього натисніть кнопку " -"закриття, яка з'явиться у верхньому правому куті та підтвердіть. Тепер ви " -"можете закрити сеанс з інформаційної панелі." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" -"Настійно рекомендуємо закривати свій сеанс роботи в кінці кожного дня." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" -"Після цього ви побачите резюме всіх операцій за одним способом оплати." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете натиснути рядок цього резюме, щоби переглянути всі замовлення, які" -" були оплачені цим способом оплати під час цього сеансу Точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "" -"Якщо все правильно, ви можете перевірити сесії точки продажу і опублікувати " -"закриті записи." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "Все зроблено, ви закрили свою першу сесію точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/pos`" -msgstr "" -"Для підключення точки продажу з обладнанням з Odoo IoT Box, будь ласка, " -"перегляньте документацію :doc:`../../../iot/connect` and " -":doc:`../../../iot/pos`" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" -msgstr "Розширені особливості ресторану" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "Друк рахунку" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " -"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " -"definitive ticket." -msgstr "" -"Використовуйте функцію *друку рахунків*, щоб надрукувати рахунок перед " -"оплатою. Це корисно, якщо рахунок ще може змінюватися і не є остаточним " -"замовленням." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "Налаштуйте друк рахунку" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати функцію *друк рахунку*, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка " -"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс точки" -" продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "У розділі Рахунки та квитанції ви знайдете варіант *Друк рахунку*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 -msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "Розбийте рахунок" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка *Рахунок*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 -msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "Коли ви застосуєте, ви зможете роздрукувати рахунок." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "Друк замовлень на кухні або в барі" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " -"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " -"can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" -"Щоб полегшити робочий процес між передньою частиною будинку та задньою " -"частиною, друк замовлень, зроблених на інтерфейсі точки продажу прямо на " -"кухні або в барі, може стати величезною допомогою." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "Активуйте барний/кухонний принтер" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати функцію *друк замовлення*, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка" -" продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс " -"точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." -" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 -msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "Додайте принтер" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" -" you can add the printer." -msgstr "" -"У вашому меню налаштування тепер з'явиться параметр *Замовлення принтерів*, " -"де ви можете додати принтер." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 -msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "Друк замовлення на кухні/барі" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 -msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "Виберіть або створіть принтер." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 -msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "Роздрукуйте замовлення на кухні/барі" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "На вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка *Замовлення*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "" -"При натисканні на неї буде надруковано замовлення на принтері на кухні/барі." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "Реєстрація кількох замовлень" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." -msgstr "" -"Програма точка продажу Odoo дозволяє вам зареєструвати кілька замовлень " -"одночасно, надаючи вам всю необхідну гнучкість." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 -msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "Зареєструйте додаткове замовлення" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви реєструєте будь-яке замовлення, ви можете використовувати кнопку " -"\"+\", щоб додати нове замовлення." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." -msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете переміщатись між кожним із ваших замовлень і обробляти " -"платіж за потреби." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" -"Використовуючи кнопку \"-\", ви можете видалити замовлення, яке ви зараз " -"обробляєте." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "Встановлення точки продажу в ресторані/барі" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" -"Харчовий бізнес та бізнес напоїв мають особливі потреби, в яких може " -"допомогти вам Точка продажу Odoo." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати функції *Бар/Ресторан*, перейдіть доo :menuselection:`Точка " -"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс точки" -" продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "Виберіть *бар/ресторан*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." -msgstr "" -"Тепер у вас є різні функції, які допоможуть вам налаштувати вашу точку " -"продажу. Ви можете побачити, що біля цих функцій є маленький логотип вилки " -"та ножа." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "Запропонуйте варіант розбиття рахунку" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " -"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" -"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" -"Запропонувавши своєму клієнту легкий розбиття рахунку, ви отримаєте " -"позитивний досвід. Ось чому ця функція доступна поза межами програми в Точці" -" продажу Odoo." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати функцію *розбиття рахунку*, перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та " -"виберіть свій інтерфейс точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " -"option." -msgstr "У розділі Рахунки та квитанції ви знайдете варіант Розбиття рахунку." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "Розбийте рахунок" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 -msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка *розбити*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " -"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви використовуєте його, ви зможете вибрати, що цей гість повинен " -"отримати і виконати платіж, повторюючи процес для кожного гостя." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "Налаштування управління столами" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як ваша точка продажу налаштована на використання " -"барів/ресторанів, виберіть *Управління столами* :menuselection:`Точка " -"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу`.." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "Додайте поверх" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви оберете *Управління столами*, ви можете керувати своїми поверхами, " -"натиснувши *Поверхи*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "Додайте столи" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "З вашого інтерфейсу точки продажу ви побачите ваші поверхи." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви натискаєте олівець, ви ввійдете в режим редагування, який дозволить " -"вам створювати таблиці, переміщати їх, змінювати,..." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" -"У цьому прикладі у нас є 2 круглі столи на шістьох та 2 квадратних столи на " -"чотирьох, кольорові кодування, щоб їх було легше знайти, ви також можете " -"перейменувати їх, змінити їх форму, розмір, кількість людей, які вони " -"вміщають, а також дублікати їх зі зручною панеллю інструментів." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "Після встановлення плану поверху можна закрити режим редагування." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "Зареєструйте свої замовлення на столи" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви виберете стіл, вам буде запропоновано зареєструвати замовлення та " -"платіж за звичайним інтерфейсом." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете швидко повернутися до плану поверху, вибравши кнопку поверху, і ви" -" також можете перенести замовлення на інший стіл." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "Інтегруйте чайові в оплату" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " -"important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Як прийнято в багатьох країнах у всьому світі платити чайові, важливо мати " -"такий варіант у вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 -msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "Налаштуйте чайові" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати функцію *Чайові*, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка продажу " -"--> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та оберіть вашу точку продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " -"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "" -"У розділі Рахунки та квитанції ви знайдете *Чайові*. Виберіть їх та створіть" -" *товар Чайові*, наприклад, *Чайові* у цьому випадку." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 -msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "Додайте чайові до рахунку" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 -msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "Після цього в інтерфейсі платежу з'явиться нова кнопка *Чайові*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 -msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "Додайте чайові, які ваш клієнт хоче залишити та обробіть у платежу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "Переміщення клієнтів між столами" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ваш клієнт хоче змінити cnsk після того, як він вже зробив замовлення, " -"Odoo може допомогти вам перемістити клієнта та його замовлення за інший " -"стіл, залишаючи щасливих клієнтів та не ускладнюючи роботу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "Переміщення клієнта(ів)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "Виберіть стіл, за яким ваш клієнт сидить зараз." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете перемістити клієнтів, просто скористайтеся кнопкою " -"переміщення та виберіть новий стіл" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Shop Features" -msgstr "Розширені можливості магазину" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "Налаштування контролю за готівкою в точці продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " -"is missing." -msgstr "" -"Готівковий контроль дозволяє перевірити суму каси при відкритті та закритті." -" Таким чином, ви можете переконатися, що ніяких помилок не було зроблено, і " -"що гроші відсутні." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 -msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "Активізуйте контроль готівки" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати функцію *Контроль готівки*, перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та " -"виберіть свій інтерфейс точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 -msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "Під категорією платежів ви знайдете налаштування контролю готівки." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " -"the opening and closing." -msgstr "" -"У цьому прикладі ви можете бачити, що ви хочете мати 275 доларів у різній " -"деномінації під час відкриття та закриття." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" -" values." -msgstr "" -"Під час натискання **Значення Відкриття/Закриття** ви зможете створити ці " -"значення." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 -msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "Розпочніть сесію" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " -"Balance*" -msgstr "" -"Тепер у вас є нова кнопка, додана при відкритті сесії, *Встановити " -"початковий баланс*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 -msgid "" -"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " -"modify it." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням він використовуватиме значення, які ви додали раніше, але " -"ви завжди можете змінити його." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 -msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "Закрийте сесію" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " -"button as well." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете закрити сесію, у вас також є кнопка *Встановити баланс " -"закриття*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" -" have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете побачити теоретичний баланс, реальний баланс закриття (те, " -"що ви тільки що підрахували) і різницю між ними двома." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " -"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " -"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте параметр *Забрати гроші*, щоб вилучити свої " -"транзакції для цієї сесії, у вас тепер є різниця між нульовою сумою та тим " -"самим балансом закриття, як початковий баланс. Ваша каса готова для " -"наступної сесії." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "Виставлення рахунку з інтерфейсу точки продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " -"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Деякі ваші клієнти можуть запитувати рахунок-фактуру при покупці з точки " -"продажу, ви можете легко керувати ним безпосередньо з інтерфейсу точки " -"продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "Активізуйте виставлення рахунків" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка " -"продажу` та виберіть свою точку продажу:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " -"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "" -"У розділі *Рахунки та квитанції* ви побачите параметр виставлення рахунку, " -"позначте його. Не забудьте вибрати, в якому журналі повинні бути створені " -"рахунки-фактури." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "Виберіть клієнта" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "З інтерфейсу сесії використовуйте кнопку клієнта" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " -"or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете вибрати існуючого клієнта та встановити його як свого " -"клієнта або створити новий за допомогою цієї кнопки." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "Вам буде запропоновано заповнити форму клієнта зі своєю інформацією." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "Виставте рахунок вашому клієнту" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " -"select it and validate." -msgstr "" -"На екрані платежу ви маєте опцію рахунка-фактури, скористайтеся кнопкою, " -"щоби вибрати її та підтвердити." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 -msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "" -"Потім можна роздрукувати рахунок-фактуру та перейти до наступного " -"замовлення." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "Отримання рахунків-фактур" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" -" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" -" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" -"Вийшовши з інтерфейсу точки продажу (:menuselection:`Закрити --> " -"Підтвердити` у верхньому правому кутку), ви знайдете всі ваші замовлення в " -"меню :menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Замовлення --> Замовлення` та на " -"вкладці статусу ви побачите, на які виставлено рахунки. Після натискання " -"замовлення ви зможете отримати доступ до рахунку-фактури." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" -msgstr "Прийом повернення та відшкодування товарів" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." -msgstr "" -"Наявність добре продуманої політики повернення - це ключ до залучення та " -"збереження ваших клієнтів. Таким чином, це полегшує прийняття та " -"відшкодування цих повернень, тому це також є ключовим аспектом вашого " -"інтерфейсу *точки продажу*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 -msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." -msgstr "" -"З інтерфейсу *точки продажу* виберіть товар, який ваш клієнт хоче повернути," -" скористайтеся кнопкою +/- та введіть кількість, яку потрібно повернути. " -"Якщо їм потрібно повернути кілька товарів, повторіть процес." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." -msgstr "" -"Як ви бачите, загальна сума є негативною, щоб закінчити відшкодування, яке " -"вам просто потрібно обробити." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po deleted file mode 100644 index f2f6f41e2..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,222 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 -msgid "My Odoo Portal" -msgstr "Мій портал Odoo" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " -"subscriptions." -msgstr "" -"У цій секції порталу ви знайдете усю комунікацію між вами та Odoo: " -"документи, такі як комерційні пропозиції, замовлення на продаж, рахунки та " -"підписки." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged in, just" -" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." -msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати доступ до цієї секції, вам необхідно увійти з ім'ям користувача" -" та паролем в `Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . Якщо ви вже увійшли," -" просто натисніть на ваше ім'я у верхньому правому куті та оберіть \"Мій " -"обліковий запис\"." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "Комерційні пропозиції" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " -"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "" -"Тут ви знайдете усі комерційні пропозиції, надіслані Odoo. Наприклад, " -"комерційна пропозиція може бути створена для вас після додавання заявки чи " -"користувача у вашу базу даних або коли ваш контракт потрібно оновити." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " -"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " -"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " -"pricing and other useful information." -msgstr "" -"Колонка *Дійсно до* показує дату, до якої діє комерційна пропозиція; після " -"цієї дати комерційну пропозицію буде \"Протерміновано\". Натиснувши на " -"комерційну пропозицію, ви побачите усі деталі пропозиції, такі як ціна та " -"інша корисна інформація." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " -"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете прийняти комерційну пропозицію, просто натисніть \"Прийняти " -"та Оплатити,\" і комерційна пропозиція буде підтверджена. Якщо ви не хочете " -"підтверджувати її або ви хочете попросити про деякі зміни, натисніть на " -"\"Попросити про відхилення змін.\"" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 -msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "Замовлення на продаж" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" -" registered under this section." -msgstr "" -"Усі ваші купівлі всередині Odoo (Допродажі, Теми, Модулі тощо) будуть " -"зареєстровані під цією секцією." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " -"purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "" -"Натиснувши на замовлення на продаж, ви можете переглянути деталі куплених " -"товарів та обробити платіж." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "Рахунки" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 -msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " -"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" -" been paid." -msgstr "" -"Усі рахунки ваших підписок та/або замовлень на продаж будуть відображатися у" -" цій секції. Тег перед заборгованою сумою буде вказувати, чи виставлено " -"рахунок-фактуру." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "" -"Просто натисніть на рахунок,якщо ви хочете побачити більше інформації, " -"оплатити рахунок чи завантажити PDF-версію документа." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 -msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "Заявки" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 -msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`," -" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " -"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " -"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви надсилаєте заявку через `Підтримку Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`, буде створено заявку. Тут ви можете знайти усі" -" заявки, які ви відкрили, розмову між вами та нашими агентами, статуси та ID" -" (# Ref) заявок." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 -msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "Підписки" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78 -msgid "" -"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " -"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете отримати доступ до ваших підписок через Odoo з цього розділу. " -"Перша сторінка показує вам підписки, які у вас є, та їхній статус." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " -"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " -"and the payment method." -msgstr "" -"Натиснувши на підписку, ви отримаєте доступ на всі деталі вашого плану: " -"кількість куплених модулей, інформацію про виставлення рахунку, та метод " -"платежу." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " -"the new credit card details." -msgstr "" -"Щоб змінити метод платежу, натисніть на \"Змінити метод платежу\" та введіть" -" нові дані кредитної картки." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " -"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" -" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете вилучити збережені кредитні картки, ви можете зробити це, " -"натиснувши на \"Управління вашими методами платежу\" внизу сторінки. " -"Натисніть \"Видалити\", щоби видалити метод платежу." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101 -msgid "" -"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" -" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" -" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will" -" no longer be able to access the database." -msgstr "" -"На дату наступного рахунку, якщо не надано жодної інформації про платіж або," -" якщо ваша кредитна картка протермінована, статус вашої підписки зміниться " -"на \"Оновити\". Тоді у вас буде 7 днів надати дійсний метод платежу. Після " -"цієї затримки, підписку буде закрито, і ви більше не зможете отримати доступ" -" до вашої бази даних." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 -msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "Пакети послуг" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 -msgid "" -"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " -"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " -"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." -msgstr "" -"З Пакетом послуг/Партнерським пакетом послуг вам призначений експерт для " -"надання персоналізованої допомоги в налаштуванні вашого рішення та " -"оптимізації ваших робочих процесів як частини вашого внутрішнього " -"впровадження. Ці години ніколи не втрачають термін дії, дозволяючи вам " -"використовувати їх тоді, коли вам потрібна підтримка." - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If you need information about how to manage your database see " -":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" -"Якщо вам потрібна інформація про те, як керувати своєю базою даних, дивіться" -" :ref:`db_online`" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po deleted file mode 100644 index cd56d9012..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "Практична інформація" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a63b3db41 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -0,0 +1,2006 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:3 +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "Продуктивність" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:4 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "Обговорення" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" +"Як використовувати свій поштовий сервер для надсилання та отримання " +"електронних листів у Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" +" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " +"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." +msgstr "" +"Цей документ, в основному, присвячений користувачам Odoo на власному " +"сервері, які не користуються нестандартним рішенням для надсилання та " +"отримання електронних листів в Odoo, на відміну від `Odoo Online " +"<https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" +"Якщо жоден із вашої компанії не використовується для керування поштовими " +"серверами, ми настійно рекомендуємо вам вибрати ці рішення для хостингу " +"Odoo. Їх система електронної пошти працює миттєво і контролюється " +"професіоналами. Тим не менше, ви все ще можете використовувати власні " +"поштові сервери, якщо хочете самостійно керувати вашим сервером електронної " +"пошти." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Нижче ви знайдете деяку корисну інформацію про те, як інтегрувати власне " +"рішення електронної пошти з Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" +"Сервери електронної пошти Office 365 не дозволяють просто надсилати сторонні" +" електронні листи з хостів, таких як Odoo. Зверніться до `документації " +"Microsoft <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a" +"-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ щоби це запрацювало." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:24 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "Як керувати вихідними повідомленнями" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" +"Як адміністратор системи, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " +"Загальні налаштування` та перевірте *зовнішні сервери електронної пошти*. " +"Потім натисніть *Сервери вихідної пошти*, щоб створити та вказати SMTP-дані " +"вашого сервера електронної пошти. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, " +"натисніть кнопку *Перевірити підключення*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "Ось типове налаштування сервера G Suite." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:36 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" +"Потім встановіть ім'я домену електронної пошти у загальних налаштуваннях." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "Чи можете ви використовувати сервер Office 365" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете використовувати сервер Office 365, якщо ви запускаєте Odoo на " +"власному сервері. Реєстри SMTP Office 365 несумісні з Odoo Online." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" +"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" +"Будь ласка, зверніться до `Документації Microsoft " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ для налаштування " +"ретранслятора SMTP для вашої IP-адреси Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:47 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "Як використовувати сервер G Suite" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете використовувати сервер G Suite для будь-якого типу хостингу Odoo. " +"Щоби це зробити, вам необхідно встановити обслуговування SMTP. Кроки " +"налаштування пояснюються в документації `Google " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:55 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "Будьте сумісними з SPF" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви використовуєте SPF (Policy Framework для відправників), щоб " +"збільшити продуктивність вихідних електронних листів, не забудьте " +"авторизувати Odoo як відправника у налаштуваннях вашого доменного імені. Ось" +" налаштування для Odoo Online:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" +"Якщо для SPF немає запису TXT, створіть його з наступним визначенням: v=spf1" +" include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" +"Якщо запит SPF TXT вже встановлено, додайте \"include: _spf.odoo.com\". " +"наприклад, для доменного імені, яке надсилає електронні листи через Odoo " +"Online, і через G Suite це може бути: v=spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com include:" +" _spf.google.com ~ all" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" +"Знайдіть `тут <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ точну процедуру " +"створення або зміни TXT-записи у власному реєстраторі доменів." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" +"Завершення вашого нового запису SPF може зайняти до 48 годин, але це, як " +"правило, відбувається швидше." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " +"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " +"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Додавання декількох записів SPF для домену може спричинити проблеми з " +"доставкою пошти та класифікацією спаму. Замість цього ми рекомендуємо " +"використовувати лише один запис SPF, змінюючи його, щоб авторизувати Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "Дозвольте DKIM" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" +"Ви повинні робити те ж саме, якщо на вашому сервері електронної пошти " +"ввімкнено DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail). У випадку з Odoo Online та " +"Odoo.sh, ви повинні додати DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" запис CNAME на " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". Наприклад, для \"foo.com\" вони повинні мати " +"запис \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\", тобто CNAME зі значенням " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:86 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "Як керувати вхідними повідомленнями" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" +"Odoo покладається на загальні псевдоніми електронної пошти, щоб отримувати " +"вхідні повідомлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" +"**Відповіді повідомлень**, відправлених з Odoo, спрямовуються в їх " +"оригінальний дискусійний потік (і в папку \"Вхідні\" всіх його піписників) " +"за допомогою псевдоніма catchall (**catchall@**)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" +"**Відскановані повідомлення** направляються на відмову @, щоб відстежувати " +"їх в Odoo. Це особливо використовується в `Odoo Email " +"Marketing,<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ щоб відмовитися від" +" недійсних одержувачів." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:98 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" +"**Оригінальні повідомлення**: для деяких бізнес-об'єктів є власний псевдонім" +" для створення нових записів у Odoo із вхідних повідомлень електронної " +"пошти:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Канал продажів (для створення лідів або нагод в `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Підтримка каналу (для створення заявок у `Службі підтримки Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/project-management>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Проекти (для створення нових завдань в `Проекті Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," +msgstr "" +"Вакансії (для створення заявок в `Рекрутингу Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "тощо." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" +"Залежно від вашого поштового сервера може існувати декілька способів " +"отримання повідомлень електронної пошти. Найпростіший та найбільш " +"рекомендований спосіб полягає в управлінні однією адресою електронної пошти " +"на псевдоніми Odoo на вашому поштовому сервері." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Створіть відповідні електронні адреси на своєму поштовому сервері " +"(catchall@, bounce@, sales@ і т.д.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "Встановіть своє доменне ім'я у загальних налаштуваннях." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo на власному сервері, створіть *вхідний поштовий " +"сервер* в Odoo для кожного псевдоніма. Ви також можете це зробити в " +"загальних налаштуваннях. Заповніть форму відповідно до ваших налаштувань " +"постачальника послуг електронної пошти. Залиште *дії, які потрібно виконати*" +" на вхідних листах, порожніми. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, натисніть" +" на *ПЕРЕВІРКА та ПІДТВЕРДЖЕННЯ*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo Online або Odoo.sh, ми рекомендуємо " +"переадресовувати вхідні повідомлення на доменне ім'я Odoo, а не виключно " +"використовувати свій власний сервер електронної пошти. Таким чином ви " +"отримаєте вхідні повідомлення без затримки. Дійсно, Odoo Online отримує " +"вхідні повідомлення зовнішніх серверів лише раз на годину. Ви повинні " +"встановити перенаправлення для всіх адрес електронної пошти до доменного " +"імені Odoo на своєму сервері електронної пошти (наприклад, " +"*catchall@mydomain.ext*, на *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " +"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " +"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Всі псевдоніми можна налаштувати в Odoo. Псевдоніми об'єктів можна " +"редагувати з відповідного виду налаштування. Щоб відредагувати атрибути " +"catchall і bounce, потрібно спочатку активувати режим розробника на панелі " +"керування налаштувань." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " +"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" +"Потім оновіть свій екран і перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " +"Технічні --> Параметри --> Параметри системи` для налаштування псевдоніму " +"(*mail.catchall.alias* та *mail.bounce.alias*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням вхідні повідомлення завантажуються кожні 5 хвилин в режимі " +"очікування в Odoo. Ви можете змінити це значення в режимі розробника. " +"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічні --> Автоматизація -->" +" Заплановані дії` та знайдіть*Mail: Fetchmail Service*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" +msgstr "Як слідкувати за Twitter в Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " +"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " +"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете слідкувати за конкретними хеш-тегами в Twitter і переглядати твіти" +" в межах каналів Обговорення Odoo за вашим вибором. Твіти періодично " +"витягуються з Twitter. Автентифікований користувач може ретвітити " +"повідомлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 +msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" +msgstr "Налаштування програми зі сторони Twitter" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" +" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" +" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +msgstr "" +"Twitter використовує \"Програму\" зі своєї сторони, яка відкриває шлях, до " +"якого Odoo вимагає твітів, і за допомогою якого користувач може відновити " +"ретвіти. Щоб налаштувати цю програму, перейдіть на сторінку " +"http://apps.twitter.com/app/new і введіть значення:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 +msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" +msgstr "Назва: це назва програми на Twitter" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " +"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " +"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" +" this field." +msgstr "" +"Веб-сайт: це зовнішня URL-адреса бази даних Odoo, додавши \"/web\". " +"Наприклад, якщо ваша версія Odoo розміщена на \"http://www.example.com\", у " +"цьому полі слід додати \"http://www.example.com/web\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " +"the previous example you should write " +"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +msgstr "" +"Зворотня URL-адреса: це адреса, на яку Twitter відповідає. Після " +"попереднього прикладу слід написати " +"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " +"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" +"Не забудьте прийняти умови використання угоди для розробників та натисніть " +"кнопку **Створити свій додаток Twitter** у нижній частині сторінки." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 +msgid "Getting the API key and secret" +msgstr "Отримання ключа API та секретності" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви на інформаційній панелі програми, перейдіть на вкладку **Токени " +"ключів та доступу**." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +msgid "" +"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " +"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " +"settings." +msgstr "" +"Скопіюйте ці значення в Odoo в :menuselection:`Налаштування--> загальні " +"налаштування--> Налаштування обговорення Twitter` та натисніть кнопку " +"**Зберегти**, щоб зберегти налаштування." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:3 +msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" +msgstr "Як привернути увагу інших користувачів до ваших повідомлень" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." +" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " +"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " +"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " +"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " +"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" +"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " +"another channel." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете **згадати** користувача в каналі або в чаті, набравши **@user-" +"name**. Згадуючи користувача в чаті, він встановить його як елемент підписки" +" (якщо він ще не є ним) та надішліть повідомлення на поштову скриньку. " +"Елемент, що містить згадування, також буде виділено жирним шрифтом у вікні " +"списку. Згадування користувача в каналі надсилатиме повідомлення до своєї " +"поштової скриньки. Ви не можете згадати користувача в каналі, який не " +"підписався на канал. Натискання **#channel-name** дасть посилання на " +"згаданий канал у чатах або на іншому каналі." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:15 +msgid "Direct messaging a user" +msgstr "Прямий обмін повідомленнями з користувачем" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " +"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " +"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " +"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " +"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " +"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " +"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " +"they are offline." +msgstr "" +"**Прямі повідомлення** - приватні повідомлення, доступні лише відправнику та" +" одержувачу. Ви можете надсилати прямі повідомлення іншим користувачам з " +"модуля Обговорення, створивши нову бесіду або вибравши існуючу з бічної " +"панелі. Прямі повідомлення можна надсилати з будь-якого місця в Odoo за " +"допомогою значка спливаючої підказки у верхній панелі. Статус інших " +"користувачів відображається ліворуч від імені. **Зелена точка** вказує на " +"те, що користувач є онлайн, **помаранчева точка**, в якій вони перебувають в" +" режимі очікування, а **сіра точка** - в автономному режимі." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:28 +msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" +msgstr "Сповіщення на робочому столі з обговорення" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " +"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" +" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " +"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете обрати відображення **настільного сповіщення**, коли ви отримуєте " +"нове пряме повідомлення. У сповіщенні відображається повідомлення " +"відправника та короткий попередній перегляд вмісту повідомлення. Вони можуть" +" бути налаштовані або вимкнені, натиснувши значок приладу в кутку " +"сповіщення." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:3 +msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" +msgstr "Як бути чуйним на роботі завдяки моїм вхідним повідомленням Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " +"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " +"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" +"Використовуйте **Вхідні** в модулі обговорення, щоб контролювати оновлення " +"та прогрес у всьому, що ви робите в Odoo. Сповіщення та повідомлення від " +"усього, на що ви підписані або у чому ви згадані, з'являються у папці " +"Вхідні." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:13 +msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." +msgstr "Ви можете стежити за папкою **Вхідні** з будь-якого екрану." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " +"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " +"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " +"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " +"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +msgstr "" +"Позначення елемента позначає повідомлення як **прочитане** та видаляє його з" +" папки Вхідні. Якщо ви хочете зберегти об'єкт для подальшого посилання або " +"дії, позначте його зірочкою, щоб додати до поля **Позначення**. Ви можете " +"зібрати будь-яке повідомлення або сповіщення в Обговорення або будь-якого з " +"учасників, що займаються конкретними товарами в Odoo, щоб зберігати тут " +"вкладки." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "Чому потрібно використовувати обговорення" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " +"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " +"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " +"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " +"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " +"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " +"simple and searchable interface." +msgstr "" +"Обговорення Odoo - це простий у використанні додаток для обміну " +"повідомленнями для команд, які об'єднують всю вашу організацію в одному " +"місці та без проблем інтегрується із системою Odoo. Обговорення дає змогу " +"надсилати та отримувати повідомлення будь-де, де ви знаходитесь в Odoo, а " +"також легко керувати своїми повідомленнями та повідомленнями в додатку. " +"Обговорення дає змогу створювати **канали** для командних чатів, бесід про " +"проекти, координацію зустрічей тощо в одному простому та доступному для " +"пошуку інтерфейсі." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get organized by planning activities" +msgstr "Ставайте ще більш організованими з плануванням дій" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " +"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " +"undertake." +msgstr "" +"Планування дій - це ідеальний спосіб продовжити роботу. Отримайте " +"нагадування про те, що потрібно зробити, і заплануйте наступні заходи, які " +"потрібно виконати." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" +" your priorities." +msgstr "" +"Ваша діяльність доступна в будь-якому місці, де ви знаходитеся в Odoo. " +"Вашими пріоритетами легко керувати." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " +"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +msgstr "" +"Діяльність може бути запланована і керована учасниками спілкування та " +"переглядів канбанів. Ось приклад можливостей:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "Встановіть види діяльності" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " +"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням в Odoo доступні різні типові види дій (наприклад, дзвінок, " +"електронна пошта, зустріч та інше). Якщо ви хочете встановити нові, " +"перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування --> Типи" +" дій`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 +msgid "Schedule meetings" +msgstr "Розклад зустрічей" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " +"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " +"open to let you select a time slot." +msgstr "" +"Дії заплановані на певні дні. Якщо вам потрібно встановити години, перейдіть" +" за типом дії *Зустріч*. При плануванні дії, календар буде просто відкритий," +" щоби дозволити вам вибрати часовий інтервал." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " +"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" +"Якщо вам потрібно використовувати інші типи дій за допомогою планування " +"календаря, переконайтеся, що їх *Категорія* встановлена як *Зустріч*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" +msgstr "Заплануйте послідовність дій для їх відслідковування" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " +"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +msgstr "" +"Odoo допомагає вам легко спланувати свій звичайний робочий процес. Перейдіть" +" до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Типи діяльності` та встановіть наступні" +" кроки, такі як *Рекомендовані наступні дії*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " +"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." +msgstr "" +"Тепер, коли дія завершена, ви можете вибрати *Готово і запланувати " +"наступну*. Наступні кроки будуть автоматично запропоновані для вас." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" +msgstr "Розважайтеся, стаючи організованішими із плануванням дій!" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" +msgstr "Як ефективно комунікувати у команді, використовуючи канали" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," +" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете використовувати **канали** для організації обговорень між окремими" +" групами, департаментами, проектами або будь-якою іншою групою, яка потребує" +" регулярного спілкування. Знайшовши бесіди, кожен, хто бачить її у каналі, " +"легко збереже всю команду в циклі з останніми новинками." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "Creating a channel" +msgstr "Створення каналу" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." +msgstr "В Обговоренні є два типи каналів - **публічний** та **приватний**." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " +"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " +"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " +"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +msgstr "" +"**Публічний канал** може бути створений адміністратором лише з правами на " +"запис, і його можуть бачити всі, хто в організації. Навпаки, **приватний " +"канал** може бути створений будь-яким користувачем, і за замовчуванням він " +"відображається лише користувачам, запрошеним на цей канал." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" +" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " +"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " +"information)." +msgstr "" +"Публічний канал найкраще використовується, коли багато працівників повинні " +"мати доступ до інформації (наприклад, міжвідомчі комунікації або компанії), " +"тоді приватний канал повинен використовуватися, коли інформація повинна бути" +" обмежена лише певними користувачами/працівниками (наприклад, департамент " +"або конфіденційна інформація)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:31 +msgid "Configuring a channel" +msgstr "Налаштування каналу" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " +"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." +" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " +"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" +" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " +"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" +" a public channel." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете налаштовувати назву каналу, опис, права доступу, автоматичну " +"підписку та надсилати електронні листи з :menuselection:`#channel-name --> " +"Налаштування`. Змінюючи права доступу до каналу, ви можете контролювати, які" +" групи можуть переглядати кожен канал. Ви можете зробити канал видимим для " +"всіх користувачів, запрошених користувачів або користувачів вибраної групи " +"користувачів. Зауважте, якщо дозволити \"всім\" користуватись приватним " +"каналом, інші користувачі зможуть переглядати та приєднуватися до неї, " +"оскільки це буде відкритим каналом." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:47 +msgid "How to set up a mailing list" +msgstr "Як налаштувати список розсилки" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " +":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" +" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " +"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " +"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " +"messages by email." +msgstr "" +"Канал можна налаштувати так, щоб він поводився як список розсилки. Зі списку" +" :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Налаштування`, визначте електронне " +"повідомлення, яке ви хочете використовувати. Після цього користувачі зможуть" +" опублікувати в каналі та вибрати отримання сповіщень за допомогою " +"визначеної електронної адреси. Біля назви каналу в списку з'явиться значок " +"конверта, який покаже, що канал надсилатиме повідомлення електронною поштою." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "Locating a channel" +msgstr "Пошук каналу" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " +"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" +" clicking the plus icon." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви не бачите канал на інформаційній панелі, ви можете шукати в списку " +"**публічних каналів**, щоб знайти потрібний канал або створити новий канал, " +"натиснувши значок +." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " +"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " +"channels from a single screen." +msgstr "" +"Ви також можете натиснути заголовок **КАНАЛИ**, щоб переглянути список всіх " +"публічних каналів. Це дозволяє користувачеві вручну **приєднуватися** і " +"**залишати** публічні канали з одного екрану." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " +"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +msgstr "" +"Завжди мудро шукати канал, перш ніж створювати новий, щоб не створювати " +"дубльовані записи для однієї теми." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:76 +msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" +msgstr "Використання фільтрів для навігації в обговоренні" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " +"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " +"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " +"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " +"character wildcard.**" +msgstr "" +"Пошук у верхньому рядку забезпечує доступ до тієї ж всеохоплюючої функції " +"пошуку, що присутня в решті частини Odoo. Ви можете застосувати кілька " +"**критеріїв фільтрації** та **зберігати фільтри** для подальшого " +"використання. Функція пошуку приймає підстановку символів, використовуючи " +"символ підкреслення \"\\ **\\_**\\ \", щоб представляти **підстановку одного" +" символу**." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" +msgstr "Як слідкувати за дискусійною темою та визначати, що я хочу почути" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:6 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" +msgstr "Як слідкувати за темою дискусії" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," +" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете відстежувати практично будь-який бізнес-об'єкт в Odoo (нагода, " +"комерційна пропозиція, завдання тощо), **додавши** це." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:14 +msgid "How to choose the events to follow" +msgstr "Як вибрати події, щоб слідкувати за ними" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " +"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " +"**Project** app." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете вибрати типи подій, про які ви хочете отримувати повідомлення. " +"Наведений нижче приклад показує параметри, доступні при виконанні " +"**завдання** в додатку **Проект**." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:23 +msgid "How to add other followers" +msgstr "Як додати інших підписників" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " +"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" +" link back to the original document." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете запросити інших користувачів і додавати канали як підписки. " +"Додавання каналу як підписки відправить повідомлення, опубліковані в чаті, " +"до каналу з посиланням на вихідний документ." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:34 +msgid "How to be a default follower" +msgstr "Як бути підписником за замовчуванням" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " +"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" +" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " +"created, an opportunity won)." +msgstr "" +"Ви автоматично встановлюєте себе як підписника за замовчуванням будь-якого " +"елемента, який ви створюєте. У деяких програмах, таких як CRM та Проект, ви " +"можете стати підписником за замовчуванням будь-якого нового запису, " +"створеного для отримання сповіщень про конкретні події (наприклад, створене " +"нове завдання, виграна нагода)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" +" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " +"about." +msgstr "" +"Щоб це зробити, розпочніть наступний батьківський бізнес-об'єкт (наприклад, " +"канал збуту в CRM, проект у проекті). Потім виберіть події, за якими ви " +"хочете слідкувати." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:4 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "Інтернет речей (IoT)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "Підключення IoT Box до вашої бази даних" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "Встановіть програму Інтернет речей (IoT) на базу даних Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "" +"Зайдіть в додаток IoT і натисніть на Підключити на сторінці IoT Boxes." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "Виконайте вказівки щодо підключення IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "Підключення Ethernet" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Підключіть до IoT Box усі пристрої, які повинні бути з'єднані кабелями " +"(Ethernet, USB-пристрої тощо)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "Увімкніть IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "З'єднання з WiFi" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "Увімкніть IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "Скопіюйте токен" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" +"Підключіть WiFi до IoT Box (переконайтеся, що в комп'ютері не підключено " +"кабель Ethernet)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" +"Ви будете перенаправлені на домашню сторінку IoT Box (якщо вона не працює, " +"підключіться до IP-адреси коробки). Дайте назву вашому IoT Box (не " +"обов'язково) і вставте токен, а потім натисніть кнопку Далі." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви на Runbot, не забудьте додати -all або -base у токені (наприклад, " +"цей токен **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** повинен стати " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть мережу WiFi, яку ви хочете підключити (введіть пароль, якщо такий " +"є) і натисніть кнопку Надіслати. Зачекайте кілька секунд, перш ніж " +"перенаправитися у базу даних." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "Тепер ви можете бачити IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "Схема IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "Записування вашої SD картки" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" +"У деяких випадках вам може знадобитися перепрошивка вашої SD картки IoT Box," +" щоби скористатися нашими останніми оновленнями." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" +msgstr "Оновлення вашої SD картки через Etcher" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__, " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, download the latest image `here " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the " +"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " +"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." +msgstr "" +"Тепер завантажте останні зображення `тут " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, та витягніть його із " +"zip-файлу. Потім відкрийте *Etcher* і виберіть зображення. Виберіть " +"накопичувач для запису (де знаходиться ваша SD-карта) та натисніть " +"*Записати* !." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " +"minutes for it to finish." +msgstr "" +"Тепер ваше зображення автоматично оновиться. Вам лише потрібно зачекати 5 " +"хвилин для завершення." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 +msgid "IoT Box not found" +msgstr "IoT Box не знайдено" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" +" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " +"can follow to find your IoT box." +msgstr "" +"Під час використання вашого IoT Box, поширеною проблемою, з якою ви можете " +"зіткнутися, є те, що ваш box не буде знайдено у вашій базі даних. На щастя, " +"є кілька простих кроків, які ви можете виконати, щоб знайти свій IoT box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 +msgid "HTTPS Issues" +msgstr "Проблеми HTTPS" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 +msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" +msgstr "Не знайдено ваш IoT Box? У вас імовірно проблеми https!" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " +"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" +" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." +msgstr "" +"Щоби перевірити це, перейдіть у вашу базу даних та перевірте чи адреса вашої" +" бази даних починається з https (like https://www.odoo.com). Якщо це саме " +"той випадок, тоді у вас проблеми із зображенням вашого IoT Box image. " +"Потрібна версія 18.12 або новіша." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " +"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " +"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ваше зображення IoT Box старішої версії, тоді вам необхідно " +"перезаписати SD картку вашого IoT Box, щоби оновити зображення (найновіше " +"зображення можна знайти `тут <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете знайти документацію про перепрошивку SD картки (`тут " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "Застосування IoT Box для точки продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Передумови" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "Перш ніж почати, переконайтеся, що у вас є:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box" +msgstr "IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" +msgstr "Адаптер 2A Power з pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "Комп'ютер або планшет із сучасним веб-браузером" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "" +"Запущена версія SaaS або Odoo зі встановленими програмами Точки продажу та " +"IoT" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "" +"Налаштування локальної мережі за допомогою DHCP (це налаштування за " +"замовчуванням)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " +"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Принтер Epson USB TM-T20 або інший ESC/POS сумісний принтер (офіційний " +"список підтримуваних принтерів на `Сторінці пристроїв POS " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:28 +msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" +msgstr "Сканер штрих-коду Honeywell Eclipse USB або інший сумісний сканер" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" +msgstr "Epson-сумісний ящик для готівки" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "Кабель RJ45 Ethernet (необов'язково, вбудований WiFi)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:35 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "Встановіть" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." +msgstr "" +"Щоби підключити обладнання, першим кроком є підключення IoT Box до вашої " +"бази даних. Для цього перегляньте `документацію " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "Потім, ви повинні підключити периферійні пристрої до вашого IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" +" might work as well." +msgstr "" +"Офіційний список підтримуваних пристроїв на`Сторінці пристроїв точки продажу" +" <https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, але й інші " +"пристрої повинні працювати." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:50 +msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." +msgstr "" +"**Принтер**: підключіть ESC/POS-принтер до USB-порту та увімкніть його." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" +"**Касова скринька**: касова скринька повинна бути підключена до принтера за " +"допомогою кабелю RJ25." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " +"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " +"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " +"your barcode scanner." +msgstr "" +"**Сканер штрих-коду**: підключіть сканер штрих-коду. Для того, щоби ваш " +"сканер штрих-коду був сумісний, він повинен вести себе як клавіатура, і його" +" потрібно налаштувати в **US QWERTY**. Він також повинен закінчувати штрих-" +"коди з символом Enter (кодовий ключ 28). Це, швидше за все, є стандартною " +"конфігурацією вашого сканера штрих-коду." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:62 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "**Ваги**: підключіть ваги і включіть їх." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " +"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " +"device." +msgstr "" +"**Ethernet**: Якщо ви не бажаєте використовувати Wi-Fi, підключіть кабель " +"Ethernet. Переконайтеся, що він буде з'єднувати IoT Box до тієї ж мережі, що" +" і ваш пристрій точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " +"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " +"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " +"on boot." +msgstr "" +"**Wi-Fi**: Поточна версія IoT Box має вбудований Wi-Fi. Переконайтеся, що " +"під час завантаження не під'єднаний кабель Ethernet, оскільки всі функції " +"Wi-Fi будуть його обходити під час завантаження, коли доступне дротове " +"мережеве з'єднання." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" +" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +msgstr "" +"Як тільки це зроблено, ви можете підключити IoT Box до вашої точки продажу. " +"Для цього перейдіть у Точку продажу > Налаштування > Точка продажу, позначте" +" \"IoT Box\" і виберіть IoT Box, із яким ви хочете з'єднатися. Збережіть " +"зміни." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:77 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "Налаштування завершено, ви можете запустити нову сесію Точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:80 +msgid "Troubleshoot" +msgstr "Усунення несправностей" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:83 +msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" +msgstr "Точка продажу не під'єднується до IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" +" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" +" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " +"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Найпростіший спосіб переконатися, що IoT Box правильно налаштовано, це " +"ввімкнути його, коли підключений принтер, оскільки він надрукує квитанцію, " +"що вказує на будь-яку помилку або IP-адресу IoT Box у разі успіху. Якщо чеки" +" не роздруковані, виконайте такі дії:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " +"LED." +msgstr "" +"Переконайтеся, що IoT Box увімкнено, що позначається яскраво-червоним " +"індикатором стану." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " +"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " +"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." +msgstr "" +"Переконайтеся, що IoT Box готовий, це позначається яскраво освітленим " +"зеленим індикатором стану поруч із червоним індикатором стану живлення. IoT " +"Box повинен бути готовим ~2 хвилини після запуску." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " +"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " +"devices on your network router." +msgstr "" +"Переконайтеся, що IoT Box підключений до тієї ж мережі, що і ваш пристрій " +"точки продажу. І пристрій, і IoT Box повинні бути видимі у списку " +"підключених пристроїв на вашому мережевому роутері." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" +" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви вказали IP-адресу IoT Box у налаштуваннях, переконайтеся, що вона " +"відповідає ip-адресі, надрукованій на квитанції про статус IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:106 +msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." +msgstr "Переконайтеся, що точку продажу не завантажено через HTTPS." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " +"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" +"Помилка в реалізації HTTP Firefox може запобігти надійній роботі " +"автовідкриття. Ви також можете вручну налаштувати IP-адресу IoT Box у " +"налаштуваннях точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:113 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" +msgstr "Сканер штрих-коду не працює" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " +"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " +"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +msgstr "" +"Сканер штрих-коду повинен бути налаштований в US QWERTY і видати Enter після" +" кожного штрих-коду. Це налаштовано за замовчуванням більшості сканерів " +"штрих-кодів. Для отримання додаткової інформації зверніться до документації " +"для сканування штрих-кодів." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " +"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " +"enough power." +msgstr "" +"Для роботи з деякими сканерами штрих-коду IoT Box потребує джерела живлення " +"2A. Якщо ви не використовуєте наданий блок живлення, переконайтеся, що він " +"має достатню потужність." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" +" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" +" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +msgstr "" +"Деякі сканери штрих-кодів потребують більше 2A, і вони не працюватимуть або " +"працюватимуть неналежним чином, навіть за умови наявності джерела живлення. " +"У такому випадку ви можете підключити сканер штрих-коду до автономного USB-" +"концентратора." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" +"Деякі погано зібрані сканери штрих-коду не рекламують себе як сканери штрих-" +"коду, а як USB-клавіатуру, і не розпізнаються IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:134 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" +msgstr "Сканер штрих-коду не працює надійно" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " +"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." +msgstr "" +"Переконайтеся, що до IoT Box одночасно підключено не більше одного пристрою " +"з функцією \"Сканування через проксі\"/\"Сканер штрих-коду\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:140 +msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" +msgstr "Друк чеку займає надто багато часу" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:142 +msgid "" +"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " +"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " +"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " +"and the IoT Box." +msgstr "" +"Невелика затримка перед першим друком очікується, оскільки IoT Box виконує " +"попередню обробку для прискорення наступного друку. Якщо після цього " +"виникають затримки, це, швидше за все, пов'язано з поганим мережевим " +"зв'язком між точкою продажу та IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:148 +msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" +msgstr "Деякі символи не надруковані на чеку" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " +"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." +msgstr "" +"IoT Box не підтримує всі мови та символи. В даний час він підтримує " +"латинські та кириличні шрифти, з базовою підтримкою для Японії." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:155 +msgid "The printer is offline" +msgstr "Принтер офлайн" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " +"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " +"contact support." +msgstr "" +"Переконайтесь, що принтер підключений, живиться, має достатню кількість " +"паперу, кришка закрита та не повідомляється про помилку. Якщо помилка не " +"зникає, зверніться до служби підтримки." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:162 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "Готівковий рахунок не відкривається" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" +"Каса повинна бути підключена до принтера і повинна активуватися в " +"налаштуваннях точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "Пристрої" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "Підключіть камеру" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" +"Під час використання *IoT Box* в Odoo, вам може знадобитися використання " +"камери. Це можна зробити у кілька кроків, адже цей пристрій легкий у " +"налаштуванні. Потім ви можете використовувати його у вашому виробництві та " +"об'єднувати з пунктами контролю. Це дозволить вам фотографувати у той " +"момент, коли ви досягаєте пункту контролю якості." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "Підключення" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." +msgstr "Щоби підключити камеру до *IoT Box*, просто з'єднайте їх кабелем." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:18 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." +msgstr "У деяких випадках може знадобитися USB-адабтер." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ваша камера `*підтримується* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, тоді не потрібно нічого встановлювати, оскільки її буде " +"взначено, як тільки вона буде підключена." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" +"У деяких випадках вам потрібно перезавантажити box і завантажити драйвери " +"вашої камери із box. Щоб зробити це, перейдіть на *Домашню сторінку IoT Box*" +" та натисніть на *список драйверів*. Потім настиніть на завантажити " +"драйвери." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "Об'єднайте камеру з пунктом контролю якості" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "З модулем виробництво" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" +"У вашому *модулі Якості* ви можете встановити прилад на *Пункт контролю " +"якості*. Перейдіть в меню *Пункти контролю* під *Контроль якості* і " +"відкрийте пукт контролю, який ви хочете з'єднати з камерою." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" +"Тепер ви можете редагувати пункт контролю та обирати прилад із випадаючого " +"списку. Тепер збережіть." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" +"Потім вашу камеру можна використовувати з вибраним *Пунктом контролю*. " +"Протягом процесу виробництва, досягнувши *Пункту контролю якості*, який ви " +"обирали, перед тим, як вам буде дозволено зробити фото." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "Підключіть ніжний перемикач" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" +"Під час роботи завжди краще мати обидві руки вільними. Використовуючи *IoT " +"Box* Odoo та педаль, ви зможете цього досягнути." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " +"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " +"steps." +msgstr "" +"Фактично ви зможете перейти з одного екрану на інший, використовуючи вашу " +"ногу та педаль. Справді зручно, це можна налаштувати у кілька кроків." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" +"Підключення ніжного перемикача з *IoT Box* легке, вам лише потрібно з'єднати" +" два пристроя кабелем." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "У деяких випадках може знадобитися USB-адаптер." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ваша педаль `підтримується <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__," +" не потрібно нічого встановлювати, як тільки вона буде автоматично визначена" +" після підключення." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " +"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " +"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" +"Якщо педаль не підтримується, вам може знадобитися перезапустити box та " +"завантажити драйвери ніжного перемикача з box. Щоб зробити це, перейдіть на " +"*Домашню сторінку IoT Box* та натисніть *список драйверів*. Потім натисніть " +"на завантаження драйверів." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "З'єднайте педаль з робочим центром" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" +"Щоб з'єднати педаль із дією, необхідно налаштувати педаль у робочому центрі." +" Перейдіть у робочий центр, в якому ви хочете використовувати педаль та " +"додайте пристрій на вкладці *Запуски IoT*. Потім ви зможете з'єднати її з " +"дією, а також додати ключ для її запуску." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" +"Занотуйте, що зі списку буде обрано перший пристрій. Тому порядок має " +"значення! Як показано на зображенні нижче, використовуючи педаль, буде " +"автоматично пропущено поточну частину процесу, з якою ви працюєте." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви на формі робочого замовлення, кнопка статусу вказує, чи ви правильно" +" підключили педаль." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "Підключіть інструмент вимірювання" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." +msgstr "" +"З *IoT Box* Odoo можливо підключити інструменти вимірювання до вашої бази " +"даних. Знайдіть список підтримуваних пристроїв тут: `Підтримувані пристрої " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "Підключіть через USB" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" +"Щоб додати пристрій, підключений через USB, просто вставте кабель USB в *IoT" +" Box*, перезавантажте Box і пристрій має з'явитися у вашій базі даних Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " +"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " +"drivers." +msgstr "" +"Якщо пристрій не знайдено, переконайтеся, що драйвери вірно завантажено на " +"ваш IoT Box. Щоб зробити це, з'єднайтеся з *Домашньою сторінкою IoT Box* та " +"натисніть на завантаження драйверів." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "Підключіться через Bluetooth" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" +"Активуйте Bluetooth на вашому пристрої (див. посібник із пристрою для " +"подальшого пояснення) і IoT Box автоматично спробує підключитися до " +"пристроя." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "Ось приклад, як це має виглядати:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "З'єднайте інструмент вимірювання з пунктом контролю якості" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" +"У вашому *модулі Якості*, ви можете встановити пристрій у ваші *Пункти " +"контролю якості*. Щоб зробити це, перейдіть у меню *Пункти контролю*, під " +"*Контролем якості* та відкрийте пункт контролю, в який ви хочете призначити " +"інструмент вимірювання." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" +"Тепер ви можете редагувати пункт контролю та обирати пристрій з випадаючого " +"списку. Потім збережіть налаштування." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" +"Тепер ваш інструмент вимірювання з'єднано з обраним *Пунктом контролю*. " +"Значення, яке вимагає змін вручну, буде автоматично оновлено, поки " +"використовується інструмент." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "Підключіть принтер" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" +"Використовуючи *IoT Box* в Odoo, вам може знадобитися принтер. Зробити це " +"можна легко і просто лише за кілька кроків. Птм ви зможете використовувати " +"принтер для друку чеків, замовлень чи навіть звітів у різних модулях Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" +" cable." +msgstr "" +"Щоби підключити принтер до *IoT Box*, вам лише необхідно з'єднати пристрої " +"кабелем." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:17 +msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "Інколи може знадобитися USB-адаптер." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your printer is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ваш принтер `підтримується <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__," +" непотрібно ніяких налаштувань, тому що принтер буде автоматично визначено " +"одразу після його підключення." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "Принтер може з'являтися у списку пристроїв протягом двох хвилин." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" +"У деяких випадках може знадобитися перезапуск вікна та завантаження " +"драйверів принтера з цього вікна. Для цього перейдіть на головну сторінку " +"*IoT Box* і натисніть на *список драйверів*. Потім натисніть на завантаження" +" драйверів." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "Підключіть принтер" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "До робочих замовлень" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете з'єднати *Робочі замовлення* з принтерами через *Пункт контролю " +"якості* для друку етикеток виготовлених товарів." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" +"Щоб зробити це вам необхідно створити *Пункт контролю якості* з модуля " +"*Якість*. Потім ви можете обрати корегувати виробничу операцію та операцію " +"робочого замовлення. У типі оберіть *Друк етикети* та збережіть." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" +"Тепер щоразу, коли ви досягаєте пункту контролю якості для обраного товару, " +"буде з'являтися кнопка *Друк етикетки*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "До звітів" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" +"Ви також можете з'єднати тип звіту з певним принтером. У модулі *IoT*, " +"перейдіть в меню *Пристрої* та оберіть принтер, який ви хочете встановити." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "Тепер перейдіть на вкладку *Звіти принтера*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" +"Натисніть редагувати та на *Додати рядок*. У вікні, яке відкриється, " +"перевірте всі типи звітів, які будуть пов'язані з цим принтером. Натисніть " +"обрати та зберегти." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" +"Тепер щоразу, коли ви натискаєте на *Друк* в панелі контролю, замість " +"завантаження PDF, система надішле файл на обраний принтер та автоматично " +"роздрукує його." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "Друкуйте чеки з Точки продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете з'єднати принтер з вашим модулем *Точка продажу*, тому ви можете " +"друкувати чеки прямо з вашої *Точки продажу*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " +"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " +"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +msgstr "" +"Зробити це дуже просто. Перейдіть у ваш модуль *Точки продажу* та відкрийте " +"налаштування *Точки продажу* під *Налаштуванням*. Там натисніть на " +"*Редагувати* та позначте функцію *IoT Box*. Потім увімкніть *Принтер чеків*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " +"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" +"Тепер у вашому перегляді *Точки продажу* ви зможете друкувати різні " +"квитанції: **чеки**, **деталі продажу** та **рахунки**." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" +" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." +msgstr "" +"Чек буде надруковано після підтвердження замовлення. Процес автоматизовано, " +"коли ви вмикаєте функцію у вашій *Точці продажу*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" +"Деталі продажу можна роздрукувати, коли ви натискаєте на іконку друку на " +"верхній панелі *Точки продажу*. Вона роздрукує деталі продажу поточного дня." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." +" Click on it and it will print the bill." +msgstr "" +"Друк рахунків доступний лише в режимі ресторану. У ваших налаштуваннях " +"ресторану активуйте рахунки і кнопка *Рахунок* з'явиться у лівій панелі. " +"Натисніть на неї і вона роздрукує рахунок." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "Друкуйте замовлення на кухні" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "В режимі ресторану ви можете надсилати квитанції замовлення на кухню." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" +"Щоб зробити це перейдіть у модуль *Точки продажу* і відкрийте ваші " +"налаштування *Точки продажу*. Потім позначте *Принтер замовлень*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" +" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " +"Categories* field." +msgstr "" +"Тепер перейдіть в меню *Принтери*.Натисніть створити та оберіть *IoT Box* з " +"усіма категоріями товару, які потрібно друкувати у полі *Категоріх товару " +"принтера*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " +"will be printed." +msgstr "" +"У *Точці продажу*, коли ви додаєте чи вилучаєте товар з однієї з обраних " +"категорій, кнопка *Замовлення* буде зеленою. Якщо ви натиснете на неї, " +"квитанцію буде надруковано." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" +" their price are based on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 +msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/iot-hardware>`_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " +"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 +msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " +"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " +"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " +"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " +"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " +"price to the cart." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po deleted file mode 100644 index 561ee7103..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2236 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "Купівлі" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Купівлі" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 -msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "Основні дані" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 -msgid "Import vendors pricelists" -msgstr "Імпортування прайс-листів постачальника" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " -"to date on products pricing." -msgstr "" -"Компаніям важливо мати змогу імпортувати прайс-листи постачальників, щоби " -"залишатися в курсі цін на товари." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." -msgstr "" -"Для увімкнення цієї функції перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування` та позначте \"Прайс-листи постачальника\"." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 -msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." -msgstr "Не забудьте зберегти налаштування у верхньому лівому куті." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 -msgid "Import a pricelist" -msgstr "Імпортуйте прайс-лист" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 -msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" -msgstr "" -"Для імпорту перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Прайс-листи " -"постачальника`" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " -"import." -msgstr "" -"Завантажте файл, після чого ви зможете перевірити, чи все правильно, перш " -"ніж натискати кнопку імпорту." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 -msgid "See below a template of the columns used." -msgstr "Нижче наведено шаблон використаних стовпців." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 -msgid "" -"`Template download " -"<https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1N8c_eejLV_8NhYMGCfZau_oGCnRkUIT9nwdX7n0shhY/edit#gid=964193981>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Завантажити шаблон " -"<https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1N8c_eejLV_8NhYMGCfZau_oGCnRkUIT9nwdX7n0shhY/edit#gid=964193981>`__" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 -msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" -msgstr "Встановлення кількох постачальників на товар" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " -"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." -msgstr "" -"Якщо вам необхідно купувати у кількох постачальників один товар, Odoo може " -"дозволити вам безпосередньо зв'язати їх з одним товаром." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 -msgid "Add vendors in a product" -msgstr "Додайте постачальників на товар" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " -"select a product." -msgstr "" -"Щоби використати цю функцію, перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> " -"Товари`, та виберіть товар." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 -msgid "" -"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " -"on the fly." -msgstr "" -"Звідти можна додати до вашого товару існуючих постачальників або створити " -"нового на льоту." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " -"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." -msgstr "" -"Зверніть увагу, що кожен перший раз, коли товар купується у нового " -"постачальника, Odoo автоматично зв'язуватиме контакти та ціну з товаром." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 -msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" -msgstr "Додайте ціну та кількість, а також період дії" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " -"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " -"period." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви додаєте постачальника до товару, ви можете додати назву товару та " -"код постачальника, а також встановити мінімальну кількість, ціну та період " -"дії." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " -"t-shirt in different sizes!" -msgstr "" -"Ця функція Odoo також працює з варіантами ваших товарів, наприклад, одна " -"футболка різних розмірів!" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" -msgstr "Як купляти та продавати у різних одиницях вимірювання" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " -"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" -" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" -" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " -"between sales and purchase very easily." -msgstr "" -"У повсякденному бізнесі може статися так, що ваш постачальник використовує " -"іншу одиницю вимірювання, ніж у ваших продажах. Це може спричинити плутанину" -" між представниками продажу та купівлею та навіть змусити вас втратити " -"багато часу на конвертацію. На щастя, в Odoo, ви можете дуже легко обробляти" -" різні одиниці вимірювань між продажем та купівлею." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 -msgid "Let's take the following examples:" -msgstr "Давайте розглянемо наступні приклади:" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " -"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " -"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " -"quantities in **Liters**." -msgstr "" -"Ви купуєте воду у постачальника. Постачальник є американським і продає свою " -"воду в **галонах**. Ваші клієнти є європейськими. Таким чином, ви хотіли би " -"бачити вашу кількість покупок, виражену в **галонах**, а продану кількість у" -" **літрах**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" -" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." -msgstr "" -"Ви купуєте штори від постачальника. Постачальник продає вам гардини в " -"одиниці вимірювання **рулони**, а ви продаєте гардини у **квадратних " -"метрах**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" -msgstr "Встановіть модулі купівлі та продажу" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " -"correctly installed." -msgstr "" -"Перший крок - переконатися, що модулі **Продажі** і **Купівлі** правильно " -"встановлені." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom01|" -msgstr "|uom01|" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom02|" -msgstr "|uom02|" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 -msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" -msgstr "Увімкніть параметр Одиниця вимірювання" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " -"unit of measures (advanced)** box." -msgstr "" -"Введіть модуль купівлі, виберіть :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Налаштування` та позначте пункт **Деякі товари можуть бути продані/придбані" -" в іншій одиниці вимірювання (розширеній)**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" -msgstr "Вкажіть одиницю вимірювання продажів та купівлі" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 -msgid "Standard units of measures" -msgstr "Стандартні одиниці вимірювання" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " -"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" -" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " -"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." -msgstr "" -"Давайте розглянемо класичні одиниці вимірювань, що існують в Odoo як перший " -"приклад. Будь ласка, пам'ятайте, що для різних одиниць вимірювань між " -"продажем і купівлею обов'язково потрібно розділити ту ж категорію. Категорії" -" включають: **одиницю**, **вагу**, **робочий час**, **обсяг** тощо." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 -msgid "" -"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " -"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." -msgstr "" -"Можна створити власну категорію та одиницю вимірювання, якщо вона не є " -"стандартною в Odoo (див. наступний розділ)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " -"customers in **Liters**." -msgstr "" -"Давайте припустимо, що ми купуємо воду у наших виробників у **галонах** і " -"продаємо своїм клієнтам у **літрах**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 -msgid "" -"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Products`." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до модуля Купівлі, виберіть :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Товари`." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " -"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" -" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " -"purchase)." -msgstr "" -"Створіть свій товар або виберіть існуючий. У загальній інформації про товари" -" ви маєте можливість вибрати **одиницю вимірювання** (буде використана у " -"продажах, складі ...) та **одиницю вимірювання купівлі** (для придбання)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " -"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" -"У цьому випадку виберіть **літри** для **одиниці вимірювання** та галони для" -" **одиниці вимірювання купівлі**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 -msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" -msgstr "Створіть власну одиницю вимірювання та категорію одиниці вимірювання" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " -"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " -"curtains in **square meters**)." -msgstr "" -"Давайте візьмемо наш другий приклад (ви купуєте гардини від постачальника, " -"постачальник продає вам гардини у **рулонах**, а ви продаєте їх у " -"**квадратних метрах**)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " -"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " -"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" -" where both units have a conversion relationship." -msgstr "" -"Ці два вимірювання є частиною двох різних категорій. Пам'ятайте, що не можна" -" пов'язати існуюче вимірювання з однієї категорії з існуючим показником " -"іншої категорії. Таким чином, ми спочатку повинні створити спільну " -"**категорію вимірювань**, де обидва блоки мають взаємозв'язок конверсії." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" -" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " -"below)." -msgstr "" -"Для цього перейдіть до свого модуля продажів, виберіть " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Товари --> Одиниця вимірювання`. Створіть " -"нову одиницю **категорії вимірювання**, вибравши спадний список і натиснувши" -" на створення та редагування (див. малюнок нижче)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " -"**Inter-Category-Computation**." -msgstr "" -"Створіть нову одиницю вимірювання. У цьому випадку наша категорія буде " -"називатися **Inter-Category-Computing**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " -"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " -"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " -"of Measure`." -msgstr "" -"Наступним кроком є створення одиниць вимірювання **рулонів** і **квадратного" -" метра** та їх пов'язання з новою категорією. Для цього перейдіть до модуля " -"Купівлі, виберіть :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Товари --> Одиниці " -"вимірювання`." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 -msgid "Create two new units:" -msgstr "Створіть дві нові одиниці:" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 -msgid "" -"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" -" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" -" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " -"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" -" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Елемент **Рулон**, який є частиною категорії Inter-Category-Computation і є " -"**типовою одиницею** (див. малюнок нижче). Тип одиниці - це засіб, " -"встановлений як посилання у цій категорії. Це означає, що в залежності від " -"цього вимірювання будуть конвертовані інші вимірювання (наприклад: 1 рулон =" -" 10 квадратних метрів, 2 рулони = 20 квадратних метрів тощо)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" -" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " -"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " -"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." -msgstr "" -"Для **квадратного метра** ми визначимо, що ``1 рулон = 10 квадратних " -"метрів`` гардин. Таким чином, буде необхідно вказати, що як тип, квадратний " -"метр більше, ніж типова одиниці. **Більший коефіцієнт** становить ``10``, як" -" ``один рулон = 10 квадратних метрів``." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 -msgid "" -"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " -"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." -msgstr "" -"Тепер можна ввести **квадратні метри** як одиницю вимірювання та **рулон** " -"як одиницю вимірювання купівлі у формі товару." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 -msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" -msgstr "Замовлення на комерційну пропозицію та замовлення на купівлю" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 -msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" -"Як визначити, чи рахунок постачальника повинен був бути оплачений " -"(3-стороннє узгодження)" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " -"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " -"products have been received." -msgstr "" -"У деяких галузях ви можете отримати рахунок від продавця, перш ніж " -"отримувати замовлені товари. Проте рахунок, можливо, не буде оплачено, поки " -"товари насправді не отримано." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " -"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "" -"Щоб визначити, чи повинен бути оплачений рахунок постачальника, ви можете " -"використовувати так зване *3-стороннє узгодження*. Це стосується порівняння " -"інформації, яка відображається у *замовленні на купівлю*, *рахунку " -"постачальника* та *надходженні*." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " -"bills." -msgstr "" -"3-стороння відповідність допоможе вам уникнути сплати невірних або " -"шахрайських рахунків постачальників." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "" -"Для увімкнення цієї функції перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *3-стороннє узгодження*" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "Чи повинен я сплачувати цей рахунок постачальника?" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " -"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" -"Після активації функції на рахунку постачальника на вкладці *Інша " -"інформація* з'явиться новий рядок *Слід заплатити*." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 -msgid "" -"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " -"not." -msgstr "" -"Таким чином, Odoo легко дасть вам знати, чи потрібно платити рахунок " -"постачальника чи ні." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " -"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" -" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "" -"Статус визначається автоматично в Odoo. Однак, якщо ви хочете визначити цей " -"статус вручну, ви можете позначити поле Примусити статус, а тоді ви зможете " -"встановити вручну, чи повинен бути рахунок постачальника оплачений чи ні." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" -msgstr "Аналіз ефективності моїх постачальників" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " -"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " -"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ваша компанія регулярно купує товари у декількох постачальників, було б" -" корисно отримати статистику про ваші купівлі. Існує кілька причин для " -"відстеження та аналізу продуктивності вашого постачальника:" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "Ви можете побачити, як залежить від постачальника ваша компанія;" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "Ви можете узгодити знижки на ціни;" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "Ви можете перевірити середній час доставки на постачальника;" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "І т.д.." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " -"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " -"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " -"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " -"their future orders." -msgstr "" -"Наприклад, реселлеру ІТ-товарів, який щотижня видає десятки замовлень на " -"купівлю кільком постачальникам, може бути потрібно вимірювати для кожного " -"товару загальну вартість, що сплачується за кожного постачальника, та " -"затримку доставки. Ідеї, зібрані компанією, допоможуть йому краще " -"аналізувати, прогнозувати та планувати свої майбутні замовлення." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "Встановіть модуль управління купівлями" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " -"module." -msgstr "" -"У меню **Додатки** виконайте пошук та встановіть модуль **Керування " -"купівлями**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "Створіть деякі замовлення на купівлю" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." -msgstr "" -"Звичайно, для того, щоби проаналізувати продуктивність ваших постачальників," -" вам необхідно зробити **Запит на комерційну пропозицію** (ЗНКП) і " -"підтвердити деякі **Замовлення**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "Проаналізуйте ваших постачальників" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "Створення гнучких звітів" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " -"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " -"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " -"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " -"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " -"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." -msgstr "" -"Ви маєте доступ до ефективності ваших постачальників у меню Звіти. За " -"замовчуванням у звіті групуються всі замовлення на купівлю у зведеній " -"таблиці за **загальною ціною**, кількістю товарів та **середньою ціною** " -"**кожного місяця** та **кожного постачальника**. Просто, переглянувши цей " -"основний звіт, ви можете швидко переглянути свою фактичну ефективність. Ви " -"можете додати багато додаткових даних у свій звіт, натиснувши значок " -"**Вимірювання**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " -"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " -"\"Products\"." -msgstr "" -"Натискаючи **+** та **-**, ви можете переглянути вгору та вниз свій звіт, " -"щоб змінити спосіб відображення інформації. Наприклад, якщо я хочу бачити " -"всі товари, придбані за поточний місяць, я повинен натиснути **+** на " -"вертикальній осі, а потім на \"Товари\"." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" -" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " -"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " -"below." -msgstr "" -"Залежно від даних, які ви хочете виділити, можливо, вам доведеться " -"відображати свої звіти у більш візуальному вигляді. Ви можете перетворити " -"свій звіт лише одним натисканням на 3 графічні перегляди: **Кругова " -"діаграма**, **Гістограма** та **Графік**: ці перегляди доступні через " -"значки, виділені на знімку екрана нижче." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 -msgid "" -"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " -"dependent and one independent measure." -msgstr "" -"На відміну від зведеної таблиці, графік може бути обчислений лише з однією " -"залежною та однією незалежною мірою." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "Налаштування звітів" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " -"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " -"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете легко налаштувати звіти про купівлю залежно від ваших потреб. Для " -"цього використовуйте **вікно розширеного пошуку**, розташоване у правій " -"частині екрану, натиснувши значок лупи в кінці панелі інструментів пошуку. " -"Ця функція дозволяє виділити лише вибрані дані у вашому звіті. Параметри " -"**фільтрів** дуже корисні для відображення деяких категорій даних, а " -"**Групувати за** параметрами покращує читабельність ваших звітів. Зауважте, " -"що ви можете фільтрувати та групувати за будь-яким існуючим полем, зробивши " -"ваше налаштування дуже гнучким та потужним." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете зберегти та повторно використати будь-який індивідуальний фільтр, " -"натиснувши **Вибране** у **Вікні розширеного пошуку**, а потім на **Зберегти" -" поточний пошук**. Збережений фільтр буде доступний у меню **Вибране**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 -msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" -msgstr "Використання затвердження менеджером для дорогих закупівель" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " -"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." -msgstr "" -"У випадку дорогих закупівель вам може знадобитися схвалення менеджера для " -"перевірки замовлень, Odoo дозволить це легко встановити." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " -"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." -msgstr "" -"Для увімкнення цієї функції перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *Підтвердження " -"замовлення*.Ви також можете встановити мінімальну суму, необхідну для " -"активації цієї функції." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 -msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" -msgstr "Створіть новий запит на комерційну пропозицію" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" -" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " -"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." -msgstr "" -"Під час роботи над новим запитом на комерційну пропозицію, якщо замовлення " -"зроблено користувачем, а не менеджером, а сума замовлення вище мінімальної " -"зазначеної суми, у цьому процесі буде введено новий статус *Затвердити*." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 -msgid "Approve the order" -msgstr "Затвердіть замовлення" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " -"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " -"of what your users can or can't do." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви менеджер купівлі, ви можете перейти до замовлення на купівлю та " -"затвердити замовлення, якщо з ним усе в порядку. У вас є повний контроль над" -" тим, що можуть або не можуть зробити ваші користувачі." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 -msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." -msgstr "Після затвердження замовлення на купівлю слідує звичайному процесу." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 -msgid "Bill Control" -msgstr "Контроль рахунку" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" -" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" -" you receive the goods." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo ви можете визначати налаштування, які допоможуть у контролі ваших " -"рахунків. *Контроль рахунків* дозволяє вам обирати, чи постачальник надсилає" -" вам рахунки перед або після отримання товарів." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." -msgstr "" -"Щоб ця функція працювала, перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування` та оберіть, у який спосіб ви хочете " -"контролювати рахунки." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 -msgid "Change the control policy" -msgstr "Змініть політику контролю" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" -" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " -"page under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" -"Поки налаштування вище будуть вашим методом контролю рахунків за " -"замовчуванням, ви зможете завжди обирати, у який спосіб ви хочете виставляти" -" рахунок-фактуру на кожен товар на сторінці товару під вкладкою *Купівлі*." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." -msgstr "" -"Ви можливо хочете використовувати різні налаштування для різних типів " -"товарів." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 -msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" -msgstr "Перевірте ваш рахунок постачальника" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " -"*Shipment* tab," -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви ще не отримали жодного вашого товару у *Замовленні на купівлю* під " -"вкладкою *Доставка*," - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " -"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" -" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " -"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." -msgstr "" -"Залежно від політики оплати, визначеної вище. Якщо вам належить виставити " -"рахунок на основі замовленої кількості, Odoo запропонує рахунок за кількість" -" замовлених одиниць. Якщо вам належить виставити рахунок на основі отриманих" -" кількостей, Odoo запропонує рахунок за 0, як показано вище." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "Cancel a purchase order" -msgstr "Скасування замовлення на продаж" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " -"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" -" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Через непорозуміння, людські помилки або зміни планів, іноді необхідно " -"відмінити замовлення на купівлю, відправлені постачальникам. Odoo дозволяє " -"це зробити, навіть якщо деякі або навіть всі замовлені товари вже надійшли " -"на ваш склад." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 -msgid "" -"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " -"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " -"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " -"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " -"cancel." -msgstr "" -"Спочатку ми розглянемо приклад того випадку, коли ви замовили **3 iPad " -"mini**, які ще не прибули до вашого складу. Оскільки встановлення модуля " -"склад вимагається при використанні модуля **Купівлі**, також цікаво побачити" -" випадок частково доставлених товарів, які ви хочете скасувати." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "Створіть замовлення на купівлю" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " -"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " -"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" -msgstr "" -"Першим кроком до створення **Замовлення на купівлю** є створення **Запиту на" -" комерційну пропозицію** у меню :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Купівля --> " -"Запити на комерційні пропозиції`. Підтвердіть свій запит на комерційну " -"пропозицію, щоб підтвердити замовлення на купівлю" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 -msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" -msgstr "Скасуйте замовлення на купівлю" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 -msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" -msgstr "Використовуйте випадок 1 : ви ще не отримали ваш товар" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " -"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви підтвердили ваше замовлення на купівлю і ще не отримали товар, ви " -"можете просто скасувати його, натиснувши кнопку скасування." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " -"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." -msgstr "" -"Odoo автоматично скасує відправлену доставку, пов'язану з цією послугою, і " -"рядок стану переходить від **Замовлення на купівлю** до **Скасованого**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 -msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" -msgstr "Використовуйте випадок 2: частково доставлені товари" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " -"cancel the PO." -msgstr "" -"У цьому випадку **2** з **3 iPad Mini** з'явилися перед тим, як потрібно " -"було скасувати замовлення." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 -msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" -msgstr "Зареєструйте отриманий товар та скасуйте зворотнє замовлення" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " -"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." -" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " -"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." -msgstr "" -"Перше, що потрібно зробити, - це зареєструвати отримані товари та скасувати " -"прибуття третього **iPad Mini**, який, як і раніше, повинен бути " -"відправлений. З PO, натисніть **Прийняти товари**, а в **рядку Замовлення " -"iPad Mini** вручну змініть отримані значення в стовпці **Готово**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 -msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" -msgstr "Щоб дізнатись більше, дивіться :doc:`reception`" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " -"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " -"ask you the permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" -"Натиснувши **Перевірити**, Odoo попереджає вас, що ви обробили менше " -"товарів, ніж початкова поставка (2 замість 3 у нашому випадку), і попросить " -"вас дозволу створити зворотнє замовлення." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" -" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " -"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." -msgstr "" -"Натисніть кнопку **Немає зворотнього замовлення**, щоб скасувати поставку " -"залишкового товару. Ви помітите, що кількість, яку потрібно було отримати, " -"була відповідно змінена, і тому стан доставки перейшов на **Готово**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 -msgid "Create reverse transfer" -msgstr "Створіть зворотнє замовлення" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" -" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." -" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" -" corresponding location and click on **Return**." -msgstr "" -"Тепер вам потрібно повернути IPad Mini, який ви отримали, до вашого " -"постачальника. Для цього натисніть кнопку **Повернення** з того ж документа." -" З'явиться вікно зворотнього переказу. Введіть кількість, яку потрібно " -"повернути, і відповідне місцезнаходження та натисніть кнопку **Повернути**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " -"stock to your vendor location." -msgstr "" -"Обробіть відвантаження з поверненням та контролюйте, чи переміщення запасів " -"відбувається від вашого складу до місцезнаходження вашого постачальника." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" -" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " -"cancelled." -msgstr "" -"Коли здійснюється зворотній трансфер, статус замовлення на купівлю буде " -"автоматично налаштоване на завершення, тобто ваш PO був повністю скасований." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`bills`" -msgstr ":doc:`bills`" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`reception`" -msgstr ":doc:`reception`" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "Створіть запит на комерційну пропозицію" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " -"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " -"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " -"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " -"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." -msgstr "" -"Запит на комерційну пропозицію використовується, коли ви плануєте придбати " -"деякі товари, і хочете отримати комерційну пропозицію для них. В Odoo запит " -"на комерційну пропозицію використовується для надсилання вашого списку " -"потрібних товарів вашому постачальнику. Коли ваш постачальник відповість на " -"ваш запит, ви можете вирішити продовжити пропозицію та придбати або " -"відхилити пропозицію." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 -msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "Створення запиту на комерційну пропозицію" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " -"Quotation` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" -"У модулі Купівлі відкрийте :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Запит на комерційну " -"пропозицію` та натисніть на **Створити**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " -"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " -"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть свого постачальника в меню **Постачальник** або створіть його прямо" -" натиснувши на кнопку **Створити та редагувати**. У полі **Дата замовлення**" -" виберіть дату, до якої ви хочете перейти до фактичного замовлення." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt" -msgstr "Надходження" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Вхідні відправлення" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor" -msgstr "Постачальник" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете знайти продавця за своїм ім'ям, ІПН, електронною поштою або " -"внутрішнім посиланням." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "Референс постачальника" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " -"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " -"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." -msgstr "" -"Референс замовлення на продаж або пропозицію від постачальника. Він " -"використовується для виконання відповідності, коли ви отримуєте товари, " -"оскільки це посилання, як правило, написано в замовленні на доставку, " -"надісланого вашим постачальником." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "Дата замовлення" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " -"a purchase order." -msgstr "" -"Зображає дату, коли комерційна пропозиція повинна бути перевірена та " -"перетворена в замовлення на купівлю." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "Джерело документа" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" -" sales order)" -msgstr "" -"Посилання на документ, який створив цей запит на замовлення на купівлю " -"(наприклад, замовлення на продаж)" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "Доставити до" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "Це визначатиме тип операції вхідної відправки" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "Адреса дроп-шипінгу" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " -"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." -msgstr "" -"Введіть адресу, якщо ви хочете доставити безпосередньо від продавця до " -"клієнта. Інакше залишайте порожніми, щоб доставити до своєї компанії." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "Тип місцезнаходження призначення:" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "" -"Технічне поле, яке використовується для відображення адреси дроп-шипінгу" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "Інкотерм" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " -"used in international transactions." -msgstr "" -"Міжнародні комерційні умови - це серія заздалегідь визначених комерційних " -"умов, що використовуються в міжнародних операціях." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" -"Перегляньте *Запит на комерційну пропозицію* в нашій демоверсії онлайн" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " -"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " -"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " -"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " -"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " -"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " -"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " -"supplier or enter a new one)." -msgstr "" -"У **Товарах** натисніть Додати елемент. Виберіть товар, який ви бажаєте " -"замовити у меню **Товар**. Вкажіть **Кількість**, вставивши номер і вибравши" -" одиницю вимірювання. У полі **Ціна одиниці** вкажіть ціну, яку ви хочете " -"запропонувати (ви також можете залишити поле порожнім, якщо не знаєте, яка " -"ціна має бути), а також додайте очікувану дату доставки в поле Запланована " -"дата. Натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**, потім **Друк комерційної пропозиції** " -"або **Надіслати комерційну пропозицію** електронною поштою (переконайтеся, " -"що для цього постачальника вказано адресу електронної пошти або введіть " -"нову)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 -msgid "" -"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" -" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." -msgstr "" -"Після натискання кнопки **Надіслати** ви помітите, що статус Комерційної " -"пропозиції перейде з **Чернетки** в **Надіслану комерційну пропозицію**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " -"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " -"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." -msgstr "" -"Коли ваш постачальник відповість на пропозицію, оновіть її, натиснувши " -"**Редагувати**, щоби відповісти на комерційну пропозицію (ціни, податки, " -"очікувана вартість доставки, умови платежу тощо), а потім натисніть кнопку " -"**Зберегти**, щоб оформити замовлення на купівлю." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " -"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." -msgstr "" -"Щоби продовжити замовлення, натисніть **Підтвердити замовлення**, щоби " -"відправити замовлення постачальнику. Статус Комерційної пропозиції перейде у" -" **Замовлення на купівлю**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" -" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." -msgstr "" -"Статус комерційної пропозиції зміниться на ЗАМОВЛЕННЯ НА КУПІВЛЮ. Вкладки у " -"верхньому правому куті замовлення покажуть 1 доставку та 0 рахунка-фактури." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship products" -msgstr "Товари дропшипінгу" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" -" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" -"Дропшипінг - це метод, при якому постачальник не зберігає товари на складі, " -"а замість цього передає їх безпосередньо від постачальника клієнту." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " -"to work." -msgstr "" -"Вам необхідні модулі *Продажі*, *Склад* і *Купівлі* для роботи цієї функції." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" -msgstr "Активуйте функцію дропшипінгу" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " -"*Dropshipping*." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та " -"виберіть *Дропшипінг*." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " -"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " -"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " -"drop shipped." -msgstr "" -"Створено новий маршрут *Дропшипінг*. Ви можете перейти на товар і позначити " -"маршрут дропшипінгу. Ви також повинні визначити, у якого постачальника ви " -"будете купувати товар. Тепер, кожен раз, коли цей товар буде продано, його " -"буде відвантажено по дропшипінгу." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " -"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не завжди відправляєте товар по дропшипінгу ви можете перейти у " -":menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та позначте " -"*Маршрути для конкретних замовлень*." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " -"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " -"dropship route on the SO line." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви створюєте комерційну пропозицію або замовлення на продаж, тепер ви " -"можете вирішити, рядок замовлення на рядок замовлення, які товари повинні " -"бути відвантажені, вибравши маршрут дропшипінгу на рядку SO." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "Drop ship a product" -msgstr "Відправте товар по дропшипінгу" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " -"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " -"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " -"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" -" through your own stock." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як замовлення на продаж з товарами на дропшипінг буде " -"підтверджено, Odoo зробить запит на комерційну пропозицію, щоби купити товар" -" у постачальника. Якщо ви підтвердите цей запит на комерційну пропозицію, " -"він створить переказ від вашого постачальника безпосередньо до вашого " -"клієнта. Продукція не проходить через власний склад." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Lock a purchase order" -msgstr "Блокування замовлення на купівлю" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." -msgstr "" -"Після підтвердження замовлення можна заблокувати його, запобігаючи " -"подальшому редагуванню." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" -msgstr "" -"Для увімкнення цієї функції перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *Блокувати підтверджені " -"замовлення*" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 -msgid "Lock an order" -msgstr "Заблокуйте замовлення" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 -msgid "" -"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " -"the order preventing any further modification on the document." -msgstr "" -"Під час виконання замовлення на купівлю, коли ви підтверджуєте його, ви " -"можете заблокувати замовлення, запобігаючи подальшим змінам у документі." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 -msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" -msgstr "Ви можете розблокувати документ, якщо потрібно внести додаткові зміни" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 -msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" -msgstr "Контроль отримання товарів (повністю та частково)" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " -"products to receive and to control supplier bills." -msgstr "" -"Додаток **Купівлі** дозволяє вам керувати своїми замовленнями на купівлю, " -"контролювати прийом товарів та контролювати рахунки постачальників." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" -" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " -"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете тримати під контролем прогнозування товарів та їх прийом, " -"перше, що потрібно зробити, це розгорнути процес купівлі в Odoo. Знання " -"того, що було придбано, є основою прогнозування та контролю прийому товарів." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 -msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "Встановіть програми купівлі та складу" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " -"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " -"others), which is required with **Purchase**." -msgstr "" -"Почніть зі встановлення додатку Купівлі з модуля **Додатки**. Це автоматично" -" призведе до встановлення модуля **Склад** (серед інших), який вимагається з" -" модулем **Купівлі**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 -msgid "Create products" -msgstr "Створіть товари" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " -"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" -"Потім потрібно створити товари, які ви хочете придбати. Перейдіть до " -"програми Купівлі, потім :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Товари` і натисніть " -"кнопку **Створити**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 -msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" -msgstr "Під час створення товару важливо вказати **Тип товару**:" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." -msgstr "**Запасні та витратні**: товари повинні бути отримані на складі." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " -"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." -msgstr "" -"**Послуги та цифрові товари** (лише тоді, коли встановлено додаток " -"**eCommerce**): немає контролю над тим, чи ви отримуєте чи ні." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 -msgid "" -"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " -"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " -"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" -" set his product type field as **Service**." -msgstr "" -"Завжди добре створювати **Інший** товар для всіх товарів, які ви купляєте " -"рідко, і для яких ви не хочете керувати запасами або мати статистику " -"купівлі/продажу. Якщо ви створюєте такий товар, ми рекомендуємо встановити " -"поле типу товару як **Послуга**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 -msgid "Control products receptions" -msgstr "Контроль прийому товарів" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 -msgid "Purchase products" -msgstr "Закупівлі товарів" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " -"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" -" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " -"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " -"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." -msgstr "" -"З програми купівлі створіть замовлення на купівлю з кількома товарами. Якщо " -"постачальник надіслав вам замовлення на продаж чи комерційну пропозицію, " -"поставте його референс у поле **Референс постачальника**. Це дозволить вам " -"легко зробити відповідність із замовленням на доставку пізніше (так як " -"замовлення на доставку, ймовірно, включатиме **Референс постачальника** у " -"його замовлення на продаж)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 -msgid "Receive Products" -msgstr "Отримайте товари" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " -"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " -"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " -"receipt box of the related warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви купили фізичні товари (запаси та витратні товари), ви можете " -"отримувати товари з модуля **Склад**. На інформаційній панелі **Склад** ви " -"повинні побачити кнопку **Отримати X**, в полі надходження пов'язаного " -"складу." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Натисніть цю кнопку, і ви отримаєте доступ до списку всіх очікуваних " -"замовлень для цього складу." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " -"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " -"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" -" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " -"the lines within it." -msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас багато очікуваних замовлень, ви можете використовувати панель " -"фільтрів для пошуку у **Постачальника** (також називається **Партнером** в " -"Odoo), товару або вихідного документа, який є посиланням на ваше замовлення " -"на купівлю. Ви можете відкрити документ, який відповідає отриманому " -"замовленню на доставку, і обробляти всі рядки в ньому." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " -"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " -"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " -"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете перевірити весь документ одразу, натиснувши кнопку **Перевірити** " -"або ви можете керувати всіма товарами по черзі, вручну змінюючи кількість " -"**Виконано** (те, що насправді отримано). Коли рядок зелений, це означає, що" -" отримана кількість відповідає очікуваній." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " -"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " -"the quantity received." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви працюєте з партіями або серійними номерами, ви не можете встановити " -"оброблену кількість, але вам потрібно надати всі партійні або серійні номери" -" для запису отриманої кількості." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 -msgid "" -"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" -" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви підтверджуєте прийом, якщо ви отримали менше товарів, ніж вихідна " -"поставка, Odoo запитає у вас дозвіл на створення зворотнього замовлення." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " -"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " -"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви плануєте отримувати решту товарів у майбутньому, виберіть **Створити" -" зворотнє замовлення**. Odoo створить нові документи для очікуваних товарів." -" Якщо ви виберете варіант **Немає зворотнього замовлення**, замовлення " -"вважається виконаним." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`cancel`" -msgstr ":doc:`cancel`" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 -msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" -msgstr "Налаштування попереджень на замовленнях на купівлю" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " -"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." -msgstr "" -"Функція *Попередження* дозволяє піднімати попередження або блокувати " -"повідомлення на замовленні на купівлю на основі постачальника або товару." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " -"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " -"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" -"Наприклад, якщо у вас часто виникають проблеми з постачальником, ви можете " -"підтягнути попередження при купівлі від цього постачальника. Якщо постачання" -" товару хочуть припинити, ви можете підняти блокування на замовлення на " -"купівлю." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." -msgstr "" -"Для увімкнення цієї функції перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *Попередження*." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 -msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" -msgstr "Додайте попередження на постачальника" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " -"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " -"blocking message." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви активуєте цю функцію, ви отримуєте нову опцію під вкладкою " -"*Внутрішні примітки* на постачальниках. Можна вирішити написати просте " -"попередження або повідомлення про блокування." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 -msgid "Add a warning on a product" -msgstr "Додайте попередження на товар" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" -" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви активуєте цю функцію, ви отримаєте нову опцію під вкладкою *Купівлі*" -" на сторінці товару, де можна додати попередження або повідомлення про " -"блокування." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 -msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" -msgstr "Спроба купити з попередженнями або блокуючими повідомленнями" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " -"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви намагаєтеся перевірити *замовлення на купівлю* від постачальника або" -" товару з попередженням, буде піднято повідомлення. Ви можете ігнорувати " -"його, натиснувши на кнопку ok." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 -msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." -msgstr "Однак, якщо це повідомлення про блокування, його не можна ігнорувати." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Agreements" -msgstr "Угоди про придбання" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" -msgstr "Управління довгостроковим замовленням" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " -"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " -"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." -msgstr "" -"Довгострокове замовлення - це замовлення на купівлю, яке клієнт розміщує у " -"свого постачальника, щоби дозволити кілька термінів постачання протягом " -"певного періоду часу, що часто узгоджується, щоби скористатися попередньо " -"визначеною ціною." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" -msgstr "" -"Для увімкнення цієї функції, перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *Угоди про купівлю*" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 -msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "Розпочніть довгострокове замовлення" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " -"Agreements`." -msgstr "" -"Для використання цієї функції перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Угоди " -"про купівлю`." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " -"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" -"Після створення угоди про купівлю перейдіть у випадаюче меню * Тип угоди* і " -"виберіть *Довгострокове замовлення*." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " -"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." -msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете створити нове довгострокове замовлення, вибрати " -"постачальника, товар(и), термін дії угоди, дату замовлення та дату доставки." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " -"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " -"the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви задоволені вашою угодою про купівлю, підтвердіть її. Статус угоди " -"буде змінено з *Чернетки* на *Відправлення* і новий *ЗНКП/Замовлення* " -"з'явиться у верхньому правому куті документа." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 -msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "Запит на комерційну пропозицію з довгострокового замовлення" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " -"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " -"choose the quantity and confirm the order." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете створити нову комерційну пропозицію з вашого довгострокового " -"замовлення, Odoo буде автоматично заповнювати документ з товаром(ами) з " -"вашого довгострокового замовлення, ви повинні лише вибрати кількість і " -"підтвердити замовлення." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 -msgid "" -"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" -" you have already ordered from your blanket order." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви повернетеся на довгострокове замовлення, ви побачите, скільки " -"кількостей ви вже замовили у вашому замовленні." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 -msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "Ціни постачальників на ваш товар" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " -"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " -"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " -"name." -msgstr "" -"Під час перевірки довгострокового замовлення, додається новий рядок " -"постачальника у вашому товарі. Ви можете побачити, який з них пов'язаний із " -"довгостроковим замовленням, віддати перевагу тим, яким ви хочете, зі " -"стрілками ліворуч від назви постачальника." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " -"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." -msgstr "" -"Завдяки цьому, для автоматичного поповнення (використовуючи *правила " -"дозаповнення* або *зроблено на замовлення*) може використовуватися " -"довгострокове замовлення." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 -msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " -"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете створити *Запит на комерційну пропозицію* з класичного меню " -"запиту на комерційну пропозицію і пов'язати їх з існуючим *Довгостроковим " -"замовленням*" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Call for Tender" -msgstr "Управління закликом до участі у тендері" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." -msgstr "" -"Запрошення до участі у тендері - це спеціальна процедура, яка вимагає " -"пропозиції від кількох постачальників для отримання найкращої ціни." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." -msgstr "" -"Для увімкнення цієї функції перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *Угоди про купівлю*." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 -msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "Створіть заклик до участі у тендері" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " -"and select *Call for Tender*." -msgstr "" -"Створіть нову угоду про купівлю, зайдіть у випадаюче меню *Тип угоди* і " -"виберіть *Заклик до участі у тендері*." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " -"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " -"right corner of the document." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви задоволені вашою угодою про купівлю, переконайтеся, що вона зміює " -"статус із *Чернетки* на *Підтверджено*, а новий * ЗНКП/Замовлення* з'явиться" -" у верхньому правому куті документа." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 -msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" -"Зробіть запит на нові комерційні пропозицій із заклику до участі у тендері" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " -"from your Call for Tender." -msgstr "" -"Із заклику до участі у тендері Odoo буде автоматично заповнювати ЗНКП з " -"товаром(ами) з вашого заклику." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 -msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "Виберіть найкращу пропозицію" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" -" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." -msgstr "" -"Різні ЗНКП і замовлення, пов'язані із закликом для участі у тендері, будуть " -"знаходитися під кнопкою *ЗНКП/Замовлення*, де можна вибрати і підтвердити " -"найкращу пропозицію." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 -msgid "Close the Call for Tender" -msgstr "Закрийте заклик до участі у тендері" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 -msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як ви зробите свій *Заклик до участі у тендері*, не забудьте " -"закрити його." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "Поповнення" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment Flows" -msgstr "Процеси поповнення" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 -msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" -msgstr "Заплануйте ваші вхідні поставки та доставки" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " -"Times*." -msgstr "" -"Щоб керувати плануванням ланцюжків постачання, потрібно використовувати " -"*Термін виконання* Odoo." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 -msgid "" -"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " -"manufacture products." -msgstr "" -"*Термін виконання* - це очікуваний час, необхідний для отримання, доставки " -"або виготовлення продукції." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 -msgid "Configure Lead Times" -msgstr "Налаштуйте термін виконання" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 -msgid "Vendor Lead Time" -msgstr "Термін виконання постачальника" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " -"product to you." -msgstr "" -"Термін виконання постачальника - це час, необхідний постачальнику для " -"доставки товару до вас." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " -"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " -"lead time for that Vendor & Product." -msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати термін виконання постачальника, перейдіть на сторінку " -"товару, на вкладці купівлі натисніть кнопку *Постачальник*, тоді ви зможете " -"змінити термін виконання доставки для цього постачальника та товару." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 -msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "Термін поставки" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " -"the product to your customer." -msgstr "" -"Термін доставки клієнту, з іншого боку, є часом, який потрібно доставити " -"товар до вашого клієнта." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " -"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати термін поставки, відкрийте товар і перейдіть на вкладку " -"*Склад*. Потім можна додати, скільки днів вам потрібно." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "Термін виконання виробництва" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." -msgstr "" -"Термін виконання виробництва - час, необхідний для виготовлення товару." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 -msgid "" -"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " -"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати термін виробництва, відкрийте товар і перейдіть на вкладку " -"*Склад*. Потім можна додати, скільки днів вам потрібно." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 -msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" -msgstr "Налаштуйте страхувальні дні" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " -"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " -"engagements." -msgstr "" -"Odoo також дозволяє налаштувати *Страхувальні дні*, що дозволяють вам " -"впоратися з потенційними затримками по ланцюжку поставок і переконатися, що " -"ви виконаєте свої зобов'язання." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " -"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " -"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." -msgstr "" -"Найпростіший спосіб - перейти в *Налаштування* з будь-якого модуля і ввести " -"**Термін виконання** в рядку пошуку. Звідти, позначте кожне поле та " -"налаштуйте свої *страхувальні дні* для ваших потреб." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " -"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." -msgstr "" -"Крім того, ви можете перейти до налаштувань модуля *Склад* і *Виробництво*, " -"щоб налаштувати ці параметри." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 -msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" -msgstr "Термін виконання та страхувальні дні у випадку використання" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 -msgid "" -"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " -"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " -"is your product’s configuration:" -msgstr "" -"Наприклад, сьогодні ви продаєте автомобіль (1 січня), який купується на " -"замовлення, і ви обіцяєте доставити клієнту протягом 20 днів (20 січня). Ось" -" налаштування вашого товару:" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 -msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" -msgstr "Страхувальні дні для продажу : 1 день" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" -msgstr "Страхувальні дні для купівлі : 1 день" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 -msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" -msgstr "Термін виконання доставки постачальником : 9 днів" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 -msgid "" -"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" -" your configuration." -msgstr "" -"У такому випадку планувальник ініціюватиме наступні дії на основі ваших " -"налаштувань." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 -msgid "" -"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " -"time for Sales)" -msgstr "" -"19 січня: запланована дата доставки (20 січня - 1 день страхувальних днів " -"для продажу)" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 -msgid "" -"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " -"time for Purchase)" -msgstr "" -"18 січня: запланована дата вхідної поставки (19 січня - 1 день страхувальних" -" днів для купівлі)" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 -msgid "" -"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " -"9 days of vendor lead time)" -msgstr "" -"10 січня: дата замовлення = дедлайн замовлення у постачальника (19 січня - 9" -" днів терміну виконання постачальника)" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Setup drop-shipping" -msgstr "Налаштування дропшипінгу" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " -"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." -msgstr "" -"Дропшипінг дозволяє здійснювати доставку товару безпосередньо від " -"постачальника до замовника. Це означає, що продукція не проходить через ваш " -"склад." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 -msgid "" -"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " -"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " -"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " -"section." -msgstr "" -"Спочатку налаштуйте **Маршрути** та **Дропшипінг**. Перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Складу --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`. Перевірте " -"**Розширену маршрутизацію товарів, використовуючи правила** в розділі " -"**Маршрути** та **Дозволити постачальникам доставляти безпосередньо своїм " -"клієнтам** у розділі **Дропшипінг**." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " -"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " -"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "" -"Ви повинні дозволити вибір маршруту в замоленні на продаж. Перейдіть у " -"додаток **Продажі**, :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування` і " -"виберіть пункт **Вибрати конкретні маршрути на рядках замовлення на продаж " -"(додаткові)**." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 -msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" -msgstr "Як користуватися дропшипінгом?" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " -"concerned order lines." -msgstr "" -"Створіть замовлення на продаж і виберіть маршрут **Дропшипінг** на " -"відповідному рядку замовлення." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " -"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." -msgstr "" -"Щойно замовлення буде підтверджено, переміщення з вашого складу не буде " -"створено. Товар буде доставлений безпосередньо від вашого постачальника до " -"вашого клієнта." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" -" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." -msgstr "" -"Щоб мати змогу враховувати вартість доставки, потрібно встановити політику " -"рахунка-фактури вашого товару в **Замовленій кількості**. " - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 -msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" -msgstr "Запуск купівлі товарів на основі продажів (на замовлення)" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " -"orders on each sale you make." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не зберігаєте запас своїх товарів, вам може знадобитися запуск " -"замовлення на купівлю на кожному продажі." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" -" just one step." -msgstr "" -"Завдяки повному інтегрованому рішенню, Odoo дозволяє легко зробити це лише " -"за один крок." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 -msgid "Configure the product" -msgstr "Налаштуйте товар" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " -"*Make To Order*." -msgstr "" -"Відкрийте форму товару і під вкладкою запасу поставте галочку на маршрутах " -"*Купити* і *Зробити на замовлення*." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 -msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "Не забудьте також встановити постачальника на вкладці *Купівлі*." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " -"Odoo for this feature to work." -msgstr "" -"Модулі *Склад*, *Продажі* та *Купівлі* повинні бути встановлені в Odoo, щоби" -" ця функція працювала." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 -msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" -msgstr "" -"Створіть замовлення на продаж, використовуючи Купівлю та Виготовлення на " -"замовлення" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " -"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." -msgstr "" -"Створіть нове замовлення на продаж з вашим товаром. Коли ви підтверджуєте " -"замовлення, створюється замовлення на доставку зі статусом *Очікує на іншу " -"операцію*." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " -"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " -"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." -msgstr "" -"У модулі *Купівлі* буде автоматично створено новий запит на комерційну " -"пропозицію. Зверніть увагу, що ви можете побачити, для якого ЗНП цей ЗНКП " -"був створений завдяки полю *Джерело документу*, видимим на ЗНКП." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 -msgid "" -"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " -"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" -" *Shipment* button." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви підтверджуєте ЗНКП у замовленні на купівлю, автоматично створюється " -"вхідна поставка, яка безпосередньо доступна з вашого замовлення на купівлю з" -" використанням кнопки *Відвантаження*." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " -"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете підтвердити вхідну поставку ваших товарів. Коли ви повернетеся до " -"замовлення на доставку, ви побачите, що товари готові до відправлення." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 -msgid "" -"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " -"automatically under it." -msgstr "" -"Поки ваш ЗНКП не буде підтверджений, Odoo автоматично додаватиме рядок ЗНК " -"під ним." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" -msgstr "Не вичерпуйте запас завдяки правилам дозамовлення" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " -"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " -"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." -msgstr "" -"Щоб упевнитися, що запас ніколи не закінчиться, ви можете визначити *Правила" -" дозамовлення* на товарах. Завдяки правилам дозамовлення, Odoo допоможе вам " -"поповнити свій запас, коли він досягне мінімального рівня." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 -msgid "Set a reordering rule" -msgstr "Встановіть правило дозамовлення" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 -msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." -msgstr "" -"Відкрийте товар на складі, та знайдіть вкладку *Правила дозамовлення*." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете отримати доступ до всіх ваших правил дозамовлення на " -":menuselection:`Складі --> Основні дані --> Правила дозамовлення`." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " -"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " -"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." -msgstr "" -"У наступному меню можна створити правила дозамовлення, пов'язані з вашим " -"товаром. Тепер, щоразу, коли цей товар досягає мінімальної кількості, він " -"буде поповнювати свій запас до **максимальної кількості**." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " -"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " -"12:00PM." -msgstr "" -"Поповнення відбуватимуться, коли запускається планувальник у модулі *Склад*." -" За замовчуванням в Odoo, планувальники будуть запускатися щоночі о 00:00." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" -msgstr "Дивіться також: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " -"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Відтепер, кожен раз, коли товар з правилом дозамовлення досягне мінімального" -" запасу, система автоматично побачить, як виконати цю потребу на основі " -"налаштування товару (наприклад, створити ЗНКП, створити ЗНВ і т.д.)." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Вирішення проблем" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 -msgid "" -"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " -"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " -"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " -"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," -" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " -"issue with the configuration." -msgstr "" -"Щоб ваші правила дозамовлення працювали, ваш товар має бути правильно " -"налаштований. Якщо ви використовуєте маршрут *Купити*, вам потрібен " -"постачальник на товарі. Якщо ви використовуєте маршрут *Виробництво*, вам " -"потрібно мати специфікацію на товарі. Якщо виріб не налаштований повністю " -"або виникла помилка у ваших маршрутах, на товарі буде зареєстровано наступну" -" активність, яка повідомить вас про наявність проблеми з налаштуванням." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 -msgid "Multi-Companies" -msgstr "Мульти-компанії" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" -msgstr "Налаштування процесу купівлі/продажу у кількох компаніях" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " -"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " -"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " -"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." -msgstr "" -"Odoo - це видатне рішення, яке допоможе невеликим компаніям, що розвивають " -"свій бізнес. Але система також ідеально відповідає потребам мульти-" -"компаніям. Міжкомпанійська функція допомагає вам купувати та/або продавати " -"товари та послуги між різними галузями у вашому конгломераті." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " -"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " -"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " -"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " -"on your sales and purchase orders." -msgstr "" -"Замовлення на купівлю та замовлення на продаж можуть бути пов'язані між " -"собою. Якщо компанія у вашій групі створює купівлю або замовлення на продаж," -" відповідний документ автоматично створюється для вашої компанії. Все, що " -"вам потрібно зробити, це переконатися, що все правильно і підтвердити " -"продаж. Ви можете автоматизувати перевірку своїх замовлень на купівлю та " -"продаж." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 -msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." -msgstr "Також можна обробляти лише рахунки-фактури та відшкодування." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Manage intercompany rules" -msgstr "Керування міжкомпанійськими правилами" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" -" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні Налаштування`. " -"Позначте **Керувати кількома компаніями**, а потім **Керувати між " -"компаніями**." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "Натисніть **Застосувати**." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 -msgid "New options will appear." -msgstr "З'являться нові параметри. " - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." -msgstr "" -"У випадаючому списку виберіть компанію, на яку ви хочете додати правила." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " -"options." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви натиснете на **SO і PO для налаштування між компаніями**, ви " -"отримаєте додаткові можливості." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " -"for the other companies." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви закінчите, натисніть кнопку **Застосувати**, після чого ви можете " -"повторити ті самі кроки для інших компаній." - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " -"user has the rights to manage the companies." -msgstr "" -"Щоб мати можливість керувати правилами між компаніями, переконайтеся, що ваш" -" користувач має право керувати компаніями." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9ca46b6ac..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Semeniuk <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "Рекрутинг" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 2f6a968ea..3a68b8e1e 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -22,23 +22,3399 @@ msgstr "" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:4 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Продажі" -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:4 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "CRM" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "Отримайте ліди" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "Перетворення лідів у нагоди" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM" +" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can " +"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" +"Система може генерувати ліди, а не нагоди, для того, щоб додати " +"кваліфікаційний крок перед перетворенням *Ліда* в *Нагоду* і присвоєння " +"потрібним продавцям. Ви можете активувати цей режим із налаштувань CRM. Він " +"застосовується до всіх ваших каналів продажів за замовчуванням. Але ви " +"можете зробити його специфічним для певних каналів за формою їх " +"налаштування." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" +"Щоб ця функція працювала, перейдіть на :menuselection:`CRM --> Налаштування " +"--> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *Ліди*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" +"Тепер у вас з'явиться нове підменю *Ліди* у розділі *Ліди*, де вони " +"накопичуються." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "Конвертуйте лід у нагоду" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви натиснете на *Лід*, ви матимете можливість перетворити його на " +"нагоду і вирішити, чи слід його ще призначити тому ж каналу/продавцю, і якщо" +" вам потрібно створити нового клієнта." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" +"Якщо у вас вже є нагода з цим клієнтом, Odoo автоматично запропонує вам " +"об'єднати цю нагоду. Точно так само Odoo автоматично запропонує вам зв'язати" +" з існуючим клієнтом, якщо цей клієнт вже існує." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "Генеруйте ліди/нагоди з електронної пошти" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" +"Автоматизація генерації ліда/нагоди значно покращить вашу ефективність. За " +"замовчуванням будь-який електронний лист, надісланий на *sales@database\\ " +"_domain.ext*, створить нагоду в рамках каналу продажів за замовчуванням." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "Налаштуйте псевдоніми електронної пошти" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" +"Кожен канал продажу може мати власний псевдонім електронної пошти, щоб " +"генерувати ліди/нагоди, автоматично призначені для нього. Це корисно, якщо " +"ви керуєте кількома командами продажів з певними бізнес-процесами. Ви " +"знайдете налаштування каналів продажу під :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " +"Канали продажів`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "Створіть ліди/нагоди зі сторінки контактів вашого веб-сайту" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" +"Автоматизація генерації лідів/нагод значно покращить вашу ефективність. " +"Будь-який відвідувач, який використовує контактну форму на вашому веб-сайті," +" створить лід/нагоду у конеєрі." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "Використовуйте зв'яжіться з нами на своєму веб-сайті" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "Спочатку потрібно перейти до вашого додатка веб-сайту." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" +"Зі встановленням модуля CRM, ви користуєтесь готовою до використання " +"контактною формою на своєму веб-сайті Odoo, яка автоматично генерує " +"ліди/нагоди." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" +"Щоб перейти на конкретний канал продажів, перейдіть на сторінку " +":menuselection:`Веб-сайт --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` під *Зв'язок* ви" +" знайдете інформацію про контактну форму та куди слід змінити *Канали " +"продажу* або *Продавця*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "Створіть власну контактну форму" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" +"Ви можете дізнатися більше про свого відвідувача, коли він використовує " +"контактну форму, вам потрібно буде створити на вашому веб-сайті спеціальну " +"контактну форму. Ці контактні форми можуть генерувати кілька типів записів у" +" системі (електронні листи, ліди/нагоди, завдання проекту, заявки служби " +"підтримки тощо)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" +"Вам потрібно буде встановити безкоштовний модуль *Конструктор форм*, який " +"доступний в лише Odoo Enterprise." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" +"Спершу перейдіть до сторінки, де в хочете вставити вашу контактну форму. В " +"режимі редагування перетягніть конструктор форм на сторінку, і тоді ви " +"зможете додати всі поля, які ви хочете." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням усі нові форми контакту будуть надсилати електронний лист. " +"Ви можете перемкнути на створення ліда/нагоди у *Змінити параметри форми*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Якщо той же відвідувач використовує контактну форму двічі, другий запис буде" +" додано до першого ліда/нагоди у чаті." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "Генеруйте ліди, а не нагоди" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" +"Під час використання контактної форми, вам слід використовувати крок " +"кваліфікації перед призначенням форми правильному продавцю. Зробивши це, " +"активуйте *Ліди* у налаштуваннях CRM та перейдіть на :doc:`convert`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "Надсилання комерційних пропозицій" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви кваліфікуєте лід у нагоду, вам буде необхідно надіслати йому " +"комерційну пропозицію. Ви можете робити це безпосередньо у модулі CRM з " +"Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "Створіть нову комерційну пропозицію" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" +"Натиснувши на будь-яку нагоду або лід, ви побачите кнопку *Нова комерційна " +"пропозиція*, яка приведе вас до нового меню, в якому ви зможете керувати " +"комерційною пропозицією." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" +"Ви знайдете всі свої комерційні пропозиції за конкретною нагодою в меню " +"*Комерційні пропозиції* на цій сторінці." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "Позначте їх, як впіймано/втрачено" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" +"Тепер вам доведеться відзначити вашу нагоду як впіймано чи втрачено, щоб " +"перемістити цей процес." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви позначите їх як впіймано, вони перейдуть до вашого стовпця " +"*Впіймано* у вашому конвеєрі Канбану. Якщо ви позначите їх як *Втрачено*, " +"вони будуть архівовані." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "Оптимізуйте свою щоденну роботу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "Синхронізація Google Календаря з Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " +"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " +"directions)." +msgstr "" +"Odoo ідеально інтегрований з Google Calendar, щоб ви могли бачити і керувати" +" своїми зустрічами з обох платформ (оновлення відбуваються в обох " +"напрямках)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "Встановлення в Google" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до `Платформи Google API " +"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__, щоб створити повноваження Google" +" Календар API. Зайдіть через ваш акаунт Google." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +msgid "Go to the API & Services page." +msgstr "Перейдіть до сторінки API та Послуги." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." +msgstr "Знайдіть*Google Calendar API* і виберіть його." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "Увімкніть API." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " +"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть або створіть проект API для зберігання облікових даних, якщо це ще " +"не було зроблено раніше. Дайте їй конкретне ім'я (наприклад, Odoo Sync)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +msgid "Create credentials." +msgstr "Створіть облікові дані." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть *веб-браузер (Javascript)* як джерело дзвінків та *дані " +"користувача* як види даних." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " +"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " +"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" +"Тоді ви можете створити ідентифікатор клієнта. Введіть назву модуля " +"(наприклад, Odoo Calendar) і дозволені сторінки, на які буде відбуватися " +"перенаправлення. *Авторизоване джерело JavaScript* - це ваш приклад URL-" +"адреси Odoo. *Авторизована URI перенаправлення* - це ваш приклад URL-адреси " +"Odoo, а потім -'/google_account/authentication'." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " +"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " +"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" +" in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до етапу Зразок згоди, введіть назву товару (наприклад, Odoo " +"Calendar). Не соромтеся перевіряти параметри налаштування, але це не " +"обов'язково. Екран згоди відображатиметься лише тоді, коли ви вперше введете" +" ідентифікатор клієнта в Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" +" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Нарешті, вам надається **ідентифікатор клієнта**. Перейдіть на *Облікові " +"дані*, щоб отримати **Секретний ключ клієнта**. Обидва вони потрібні в Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "Налаштування в Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " +"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Встановіть додаток **Google Каленар** з меню *Додатки* або позначте опцію в " +":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" +" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування` та " +"введіть ваш **ID клієнта** та **Секретний ключ клієнта** в налаштуванні " +"Google Календаря." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " +"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " +"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" +" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." +msgstr "" +"Налаштування готово. Відкрийте Календар Odoo та синхронізуйте його з Google." +" Якщо ви робите це вперше, ви переадресовуєтеся на Google, щоб авторизувати " +"з'єднання. Повернувшись в Odoo, знову натисніть кнопку синхронізації. Ви " +"можете натискати її, коли хочете синхронізувати свій календар." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" +msgstr "Тепер ви більше не маєте виправдання, щоби пропустити зустріч!" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 +msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" +msgstr "Використовуйте послугу IP-телефонії в Odoo з OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Вступ" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" +" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " +"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." +msgstr "" +"ІР-телефонія Odoo може бути налаштована для роботи разом з OnSIP " +"(www.onsip.com). У цьому випадку встановлення та налаштування сервера " +"Asterisk не потрібні, оскільки вся інфраструктура розміщена та керована " +"OnSIP." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " +"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " +"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " +"configuration procedure below." +msgstr "" +"Для використання цієї послуги вам потрібно буде відкрити обліковий запис на " +"OnSIP. Перш ніж це зробити, переконайтеся, що ця послуга охоплює вашу " +"територію та області, в які ви хочете зателефонувати. Після відкриття обліку" +" OnSIP виконайте процедуру налаштування нижче." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." +msgstr "Перейдіть до додатків та встановіть модуль **VoIP OnSIP**." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " +"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до Налаштування/Загальні налаштування. У розділі " +"Інтеграція/Asterisk (VoIP) заповніть 3 поля:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " +"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " +"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" +"**Домен OnSIP** - це домен, який ви обрали під час створення облікового " +"запису на www.onsip.com. Якщо ви не знаєте цього, увійдіть до " +"https://admin.onsip.com/, і ви побачите його у верхньому правому куті " +"екрана." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 +msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "**WebSocket** повинен містити wss: //edge.sip.onsip.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 +msgid "**Mode** should be Production" +msgstr "**Режим** повинен бути Розробник" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " +"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до **Налаштування/Користувачі**. У формі перегляду кожного " +"користувача IP-телефонії на вкладці Налаштування введіть розділ " +"**Налаштування PBX**:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 +msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "**Логін SIP/Розширення браузера**: OnSIP 'Ім'я користувача'" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 +msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "**Авторизація користувача OnSIP**: OnSIP 'Ім'я користувача авт'" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 +msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "**Пароль SIP**: OnSIP 'Пароль SIP'" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 +msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" +msgstr "**Розширення для телефонів**: 'Розширення' OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can find all this information by logging in at " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " +"and refer to the fields as pictured below." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете знайти всю цю інформацію, увійшовши за адресою " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users, а потім виберіть користувача, якого ви хочете" +" налаштувати, і посилайтеся на поля, як це показано нижче." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " +"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" +" Odoo and in OnSIP)." +msgstr "" +"Тепер ви можете телефонувати, натиснувши значок телефону у верхньому правому" +" куті Odoo (переконайтеся, що ви ввійшли як користувач, який належним чином " +"налаштований в Odoo та OnSIP)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " +"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви бачите повідомлення про *відсутність параметрів* на софтводі Odoo, " +"обов'язково оновіть вікно Odoo та повторіть спробу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" +" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " +"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"international prefix for the United States)." +msgstr "" +"Якщо в Odoo softphone з'являється повідомлення *Неправильне число*, " +"обов'язково використовуйте міжнародний формат, який містить знак плюс (+), а" +" потім міжнародний код країни. Наприклад: +16506913277 (де +1 - міжнародний " +"префікс для США)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " +"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." +msgstr "" +"Тепер також можна телефонувати. Ваш номер - це той, який надається OnSIP. " +"Odoo зателефонує і покаже повідомлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 +msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" +msgstr "OnSIP на вашому мобільному телефоні" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " +"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" +" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " +"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." +msgstr "" +"Щоб робити та отримувати телефонні дзвінки, коли ви не перебуваєте перед " +"вашим комп'ютером, ви можете використовувати прикладну програму для " +"мобільних телефонів паралельно з ІР-телефонією Odoo. Це корисно для викликів" +" на ходу, але також для того, щоб переконатися, що ви чуєте вхідні дзвінки, " +"або просто для зручності. Будь-який SIP softphone буде працювати." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " +"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." +" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"then have to configure it as follows:" +msgstr "" +"На Android та iOS, OnSIP успішно протестовано за допомогою `Grandstream Wave" +" <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave> _ _. " +"Під час створення облікового запису виберіть OnSIP у списку постачальників. " +"Вам потрібно буде налаштувати його таким чином:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 +msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" +msgstr "**Ім'я облікового запису**: OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 +msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" +msgstr "**SIP сервер**: OnSIP 'Домен'" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 +msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "**ID користувача SIP**: 'Ім'я користувача' OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 +msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "**ID Аутентифікації SIP**: 'Ім'я користувача аут.' OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 +msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "**Пароль**: OnSIP 'Пароль SIP'" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " +"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " +"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " +"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" +" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " +"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." +msgstr "" +"Окрім ініціювання дзвінків з Grandstream Wave на свій телефон, ви також " +"можете ініціювати дзвінки, натиснувши номери телефонів у вашому браузері на " +"своєму ПК. Це зробить дзвінок Grandstream Wave і маршрут дзвінка через " +"телефон на іншу сторону. Цей підхід корисний, щоб не витрачати час на набір " +"телефонних номерів. Для цього вам знадобиться розширення Chrome `Помічник " +"дзвінків OnSIP <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en> _ _." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" +" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." +msgstr "" +"Недоліком використання софтфону на вашому мобільному телефоні є те, що ваші " +"виклики не будуть входити в систему Odoo, оскільки софтфон виступає в ролі " +"незалежного окремого додатка." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" +msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш сервер VOIP Asterisk для Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Installing Asterisk server" +msgstr "Встановлення сервера Asterisk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "Залежності" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" +msgstr "" +"Перед встановленням Asterisk вам потрібно встановити наступні залежності:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 +msgid "wget" +msgstr "wget" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 +msgid "gcc" +msgstr "gcc" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 +msgid "g++" +msgstr "g++" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 +msgid "ncurses-devel" +msgstr "ncurses-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 +msgid "libxml2-devel" +msgstr "libxml2-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 +msgid "sqlite-devel" +msgstr "sqlite-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 +msgid "libsrtp-devel" +msgstr "libsrtp-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 +msgid "libuuid-devel" +msgstr "libuuid-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 +msgid "openssl-devel" +msgstr "openssl-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 +msgid "pkg-config" +msgstr "pkg-config" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 +msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" +msgstr "Для встановлення libsrtp виконайте наведені нижче інструкції:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " +"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " +"extracted:" +msgstr "" +"Вам також потрібно встановити PJSIP, ви можете завантажити джерело `тут " +"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>` _. Після вилучення вихідного каталогу:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" +msgstr "**Перейдіть у вихідний каталог pjproject:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 +msgid "**run:**" +msgstr "**запустіть:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 +msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" +msgstr "**Побудуйте та встановіть pjproject:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 +msgid "**Update shared library links:**" +msgstr "**Оновіть посилання на спільну бібліотеку:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 +msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" +msgstr "**Перевірте, чи встановлено pjproject:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 +msgid "**The result should be:**" +msgstr "**Результат повинен бути:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Asterisk" +msgstr "Asterisk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " +"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" +"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." +msgstr "" +"Щоб встановити Asterisk 13.7.0, ви можете завантажити джерело безпосередньо " +"`там <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" +"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Extract Asterisk:" +msgstr "Вилучіть Asterisk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" +msgstr "Введіть каталог Asterisk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 +msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" +msgstr "Запустіть налаштування скрипта Asterisk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 +msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" +msgstr "Запустіть інструмент вибору меню Asterisk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " +"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " +"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " +"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." +msgstr "" +"У меню вибору перейдіть до опції ресурсів і переконайтесь, що res_srtp " +"увімкнено. Якщо біля res_srtp є 3 х, виникають проблеми з бібліотекою srtp, " +"і ви повинні перевстановити його. Збережіть налаштування (натисніть x). Ви " +"також повинні побачити зірки перед рядками res_pjsip." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 +msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" +msgstr "Скомпілюйте та встановіть Asterisk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " +"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " +"run 'make config'." +msgstr "" +"Якщо вам потрібні зразки налаштування, ви можете запустити 'зробити зразки' " +"для встановлення зразків налаштування. Якщо вам потрібно встановити сценарій" +" запуску Asterisk, ви можете запустити 'зробити налашт'." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 +msgid "DTLS Certificates" +msgstr "Сертифікати DTLS" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 +msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." +msgstr "Після цього вам потрібно встановити сертифікати DTLS." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" +msgstr "Введіть каталог скриптів Asterisk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" +" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" +msgstr "" +"Створіть сертифікати DTLS (замініть pbx.mycompany.com на свою IP-адресу чи " +"ім'я dns, замініть My Super Company на назву вашої компанії):" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 +msgid "Configure Asterisk server" +msgstr "Налаштуйте сервер Asterisk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " +"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " +"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" +" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " +"uncommented:" +msgstr "" +"Для WebRTC велика кількість необхідних параметрів ПОВИННА бути в показаних " +"налаштуваннях. Глобальні параметри не дуже добре потраплять в налаштування " +"показаних рівнів. За замовчуванням конфігураційні файли Asterisk розташовані" +" в /etc/asterisk/. Почніть з редагування http.conf і переконайтеся, що " +"наступні рядки не коментуються:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " +"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " +"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " +"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " +"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" +msgstr "" +"Далі змініть файл sip.conf. WebRTC потребує розшифрування, avpf та " +"iicesupport. У більшості випадків, Directmedia повинен бути відключений. " +"Також під клієнтом WebRTC транспорт потрібно вказати як \"ws\", щоб " +"дозволити з'єднання веб-вузлів. Всі ці конфігураційні лінії мають бути під " +"одним рівнем; установка цих конфігураційних рядки глобально можуть не " +"працювати:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " +"lines:" +msgstr "" +"У sip.conf та rtp.conf файлах вам також потрібно додати чи відключити рядки:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 +msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" +msgstr "Нарешті, встановіть extensions.conf:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 +msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" +msgstr "Налаштуйте ІР-телефонію Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 +msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." +msgstr "В Odoo налаштування повинне виконуватися в налаштуваннях користувача." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 +msgid "" +"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" +" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." +msgstr "" +"SIP Login/Розширення браузера - це номер, яки ви налаштували раніше у файлі " +"sip.conf (у нашому прикладі: 1060)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 +msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "Пароль SIP - секретний ключ, який ви обрали у файлі sip.conf." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " +"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " +"configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" +"Розширення вашого офісного телефону - це необов'язкове поле але воно " +"використовується, якщо ви хочете перемістити ваш дзвінок з Odoo на зовнішній" +" телефон, що також налаштовується у файлі sip.conf." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " +"\"Integrations\" section." +msgstr "" +"Налаштування також слід виконати у Загальних налаштуваннях під розділом " +"\"Інтеграції\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file." +msgstr "" +"IP сервера PBX має бути таким же, як і IP, який ви визначаєте у файлі " +"http.conf." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" +" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " +"defined in the http.conf file." +msgstr "" +"WebSocket має бути: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws, де \"localhost\" має бути таким " +"же, як і IP, визначений попередньо, та \"XXXX\" повинен бути портом, " +"визначеним у файлі http.conf." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "Проаналізуйте ефективність" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 +msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" +msgstr "Отримайте точний ймовірний оборот" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" +" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " +"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " +"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви розвиваєте свій цикл продажів і переходите з одного етапу до іншого," +" ви можете сподіватися отримати більш точні дані про дану нагоду, що дасть " +"вам краще уявлення про ймовірність її закриття, це важливо, щоб побачити ваш" +" очікуваний оборот у ваших варіантах звітів." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 +msgid "Configure your kanban stages" +msgstr "Налаштуйте етапи вашого канбану" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " +"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" +" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" +" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " +"more accurate." +msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням Канбан Odoo має чотири етапи: Новий, Кваліфікований, " +"Пропозиція, Впіймано. Відповідно до 10, 30, 70 та 100% ймовірності успіху. " +"Ви можете додавати етапи, а також редагувати їх. Редагуючи імовірність " +"успіху для вашого бізнесу за фазами, ви можете зробити свій вірогідний " +"оборот більш точнішим." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" +" you can modify them manually of course." +msgstr "" +"Кожна з ваших нагод матиме імовірність, встановлену за умовчанням, але, " +"звичайно, ви можете змінити її вручну." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 +msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" +msgstr "Встановіть очікуваний прибуток та дату закриття" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " +"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" +" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви отримуєте інформацію про потенційного клієнта, важливо встановити " +"очікуваний дохід та очікувану дату закриття. Це дозволить вам побачити ваш " +"загальний очікуваний дохід на етапі, а також дати більш точний можливий " +"оборот." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 +msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" +msgstr "Подивіться протерміновані або нагоди на закриття незабаром" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " +"closing, letting you prioritize." +msgstr "" +"У вашому конвеєрі можна фільтрувати нагоди, як скоро вони будуть закриті, " +"дозволяючи визначити пріоритет." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 +msgid "" +"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " +"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " +"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." +msgstr "" +"Як менеджеру з продажуів, цей інструмент також може допомогти вам з'ясувати " +"потенційні способи покращити процес продажу, наприклад, багато нагод на " +"ранніх стадіях, але з близькою датою закриття можуть вказувати на проблему." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 +msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" +msgstr "Перегляньте загальний очікуваний дохід та можливий оборот" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 +msgid "" +"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " +"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." +msgstr "" +"Хоча у вашому конвеєрі Канбану ви можете побачити очікуваний прибуток для " +"кожного з ваших етапів. Це базується на кожному з очікуваних прибутків, які " +"ви встановили." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " +"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " +"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " +"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " +"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." +msgstr "" +"Як менеджер ви можете перейти до :menuselection:`CRM --> Звітування --> " +"Аналіз конвеєру` за замовчуванням *Імовірний оборот* встановлений як міра. У" +" цьому звіті буде враховано дохід, встановлений за кожною нагодою, а також " +"вірогідність її закриття. Це дає вам набагато краще уявлення про очікуваний " +"дохід, який дозволяє вам скласти плани та встановити цілі." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "Перевірте ваш коефіцієнт Впіймано/Втрачено" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" +"Щоб дізнатись, наскільки добре ви виконуєте свій конвеєр, подивіться на " +"коефіцієнт Впіймано/Втрачено." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" +"Щоб отримати доступ до цього звіту, перейдіть до перегляду *Конвеєру* на " +"вкладці *Звітування*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" +"Звідти ви можете фільтрувати, які нагоди ви хочете побачити, ваші канали " +"продажів, всю вашу компанію тощо. Після цього ви можете натиснути на фільтр " +"і перевірити Впіймано/Втрачено." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "Ви також можете змінити *Вимірювання* на * Загальний дохід *." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "Ви також маєте можливість перейти на перегляд кругової діаграми." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "Організуйте конвеєр" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "Управління втраченими нагодами" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" +"Під час роботи з вашими нагодами ви можете втратити деякі з них. Ви захочете" +" відстежувати причини, з яких ви їх втратили, а також, у які способи Odoo " +"допоможе вам відновити їх у майбутньому." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "Позначте лід як втрачений" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" +"У вашому конвеєрі виберіть будь-яку нагоду, і ви побачите кнопку *Позначити " +"як втрачено*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" +"Потім ви можете вибрати існуючу *Причину втрати* або створити нову, що " +"знаходиться тут." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "Керуйте та створюйте причини втрат" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" +"Ви знайдете ваші *причини втрат* під :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " +"Причини втрат`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете вибрати та перейменувати будь-яку з них, а також створити нову " +"звідти." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "Отримайте втрачені нагоди" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" +"Щоб отримати втрачені нагоди та робити на них дії (надсилати електронні " +"листи, зробити зворотній зв'язок тощо), виберіть фільтр *Втрачено* на панелі" +" пошуку." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "Там ви побачите всі ваші втрачені нагоди." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви хочете уточнити їх, ви можете додати фільтр на *Причини втрати*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "Наприклад, *Дуже дорого*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "Відновіть втрачені нагоди" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" +"З Канбану з фільтром(ами) на місці, ви можете вибрати будь-яку нагоду, яку " +"ви бажаєте, і працювати як завжди. Ви також можете відновити її, натиснувши " +"*Заархівовано*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" +"Ви також можете відновити елементи групою з Канбану, коли вони належать до " +"одного етапу. Виберіть *Відновити записи* у параметрах стовпців. Ви також " +"можете архівувати так само." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "Щоб вибрати конкретні нагоди, потрібно перейти до перегляду списку." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" +"Тоді ви можете вибрати як багато, так і всі нагоди, а також вибрати дії, які" +" ви хочете зробити." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "Управління кількома командами продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" +"В Odoo ви можете керувати кількома командами продажів, відділами або " +"каналами з конкретними процесами продажу. Для цього ми використовуємо " +"концепцію *Каналу продажів*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "Створіть новий канал продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" +"Щоб створити новий *Канал Продажів*, перейдіть до " +":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Канали продажів`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" +"Тут ви можете вказати йому псевдонім електронної пошти. Кожне повідомлення, " +"відправлене на цю адресу електронної пошти, створить лід/нагоду." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "Додайте учасників до свого каналу продажів" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете додати учасників до будь-якого каналу; таким чином, ці учасники " +"побачать конвеєрну структуру каналу продажу при його відкритті. Будь-який " +"лід/нагода, призначена їм, буде посилатися на канал продажу. Тому ви можете " +"бути учасником лише одного каналу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "Це полегшить процес огляду менеджера команди." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви зараз відфільтруєте цей конкретний канал у вашому конвеєрі, ви " +"знайдете всі його нагоди." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "Інформаційна панель каналу продажів" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "" +"Щоб побачити операції та результати будь-якого каналу продажу, миттєвий " +"огляд менеджера з продажу також має доступ до інформаційної панелі *Каналу " +"продажів* в розділі *Звітування*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" +"Це поділяється з усією екосистемою, тому всі доходи включають в себе: " +"продажі, електронну комерцію, точку продажу тощо." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "Призначайте та відстежуйте ліди" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "Призначення лідів на основі оцінювання" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." +msgstr "" +"За допомогою *Оцінювання лідів* ви можете автоматично оцінювати ваші ліди на" +" основі вибраних критеріїв." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" +"Наприклад, ви можете оцінити клієнтів у вашій країні вище або тих, хто " +"відвідав певні сторінки вашого веб-сайту." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" +"Щоб скористатися оцінкою, встановіть безкоштовний модуль *Оцінювання лідів* " +"на сторінці *Додатки* (доступно лише в Odoo Enterprise)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "Створіть правила оцінювання" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" +"У вас тепер є нова вкладка у вашому додатку *CRM* під назвою *Управління " +"лідами*, де ви можете керувати своїми правилами оцінювання." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "" +"Ось приклад для канадського ліду, ви можете змінити на будь-які критерії, за" +" якими ви хочете оцінити своїх лідів. Ви можете додати стільки критеріїв, " +"скільки хочете." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" +"Кожну годину кожен лід без оцінки буде автоматично відсканований і йому буде" +" призначено правильний бал за вашими правилами." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "Призначення лідів" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" +"Після того, як результати розраховані, ліди можуть бути призначені для " +"конкретних команд за допомогою того самого механізму домену. Щоб це зробити," +" перейдіть до :menuselection:`CRM --> Управління лідами --> Призначення " +"команди` і застосовувати конкретний домен у кожній команді. Цей домен може " +"включати оцінки." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "" +"Далі, ви можете призначити конкретного постачальника в команді ще більш " +"витонченого домену." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "" +"Щоб зробити це, перейдіть до :menuselection:`CRM --> Управління лідами --> " +"Призначення лідів`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" +"Присвоєння команди та лідів призначає непризначені ліди один раз на день." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "Оцініть та використайте непризначені ліди" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" +"Після того, як ваші правила оцінювання встановлені, ви, найімовірніше, " +"матимуть певні непризначені ліди. Деякі з них, як і раніше, можуть бути " +"перетворені у нагоди, тому корисно щось з ними зробити." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" +"На вашій сторінці лідів ви можете помістити фільтр, щоб знайти непризначені " +"ліди." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" +"Чому б не користуватися додатками :menuselection:`Маркетинг електронною " +"поштою` чи :menuselection:`Автоматизація маркетингу`, щоб надсилати їм " +"масову електронну пошту? Ви також можете легко знайти такі непризначені ліди" +" звідти." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "Відстежуйте відвідування ваших потенційних клієнтів" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" +"Відстеження сторінок вашого сайту дасть вам набагато більше інформації про " +"інтереси відвідувачів вашого веб-сайту." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" +"Кожна відстежувана сторінка, яку вони відвідують, буде записана на вашому " +"ліді/нагоді, якщо вони використовують контактну форму на вашому веб-сайті." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" +"Щоб скористатися цією функцією, встановіть безкоштовний модуль *Оцінка " +"лідів* на сторінці *Додатки* (доступно лише в Odoo Enterprise)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "Відстеження веб-сторінок" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть на будь-яку статичну сторінки, яку ви хочете відстежувати на " +"своєму веб-сайті, і на вкладці *Рекламувати* ви знайдете *Оптимізувати SEO*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" +"Тут ви побачите пункт *Відстеження сторінки* для відстеження цієї сторінки." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "Перегляньте відвідані сторінки у ваших лідах/нагодах" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Тепер кожного разу, коли в контактній формі створюється лід, він буде " +"відстежувати сторінки, відвідані цим відвідувачем. У вас є два способи, щоб " +"побачити ці сторінки, у верхньому правому кутку вашого ліда/нагоди, ви " +"можете бачити кнопку *Перегляди сторінок*, а також внизу ви побачите їх у " +"чаті." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" +"Обидва вони оновлюватимуться, якщо відвідувачі повернуться на ваш веб-сайт і" +" відвідають інші сторінки." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" +"Ця функція не буде повторювати кілька переглядів тих самих сторінок у чаті." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "Ваші клієнти більше не зможуть зберігати будь-які секрети від вас!" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:4 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "Точка продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced topics" +msgstr "Розширені теми" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "Використання штрих-кодів у точці продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" +"Використання сканера штрих-кодів для обробки замовлень на продаж покращує " +"вашу ефективність та допомагає вам заощадити час для вас та ваших клієнтів." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Щоб скористатись сканером штрих-кодів, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки " +"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть ваш інтерфейс точки " +"продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "Під категорією IoT Box / Обладнання ви знайдете *Сканер штрих-кодів*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "Додайте штрих-коди до товару" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Каталог --> Товари` та " +"виберіть товар." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" +"На вкладці загальної інформації ви можете знайти поле штрих-коду, де ви " +"можете ввести будь-який штрих-код." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "Сканування товарів" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" +"З вашого інтерфейсу точки продажу відскануйте будь-який штрих-код з вашим " +"сканером штрих-кодів. Товар буде додано, ви зможете сканувати той самий " +"товар, щоб додати його кілька разів або змінити кількість вручну на екрані." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 +msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" +msgstr "Прийом оплати кредитною карткою через Mercury" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " +"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments" +" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " +"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " +"American businesses." +msgstr "" +"MercuryPay (див. `*Веб-сайт MercuryPay* <https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) " +"приймає платежі за допомогою кредитних карток в точці продажу Odoo 11 із " +"вбудованим пристроєм для читання карт. MercuryPay працює лише з " +"американськими та канадськими банками, що робить цю процедуру лише придатною" +" для підприємств Північної Америки." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 +msgid "" +"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " +"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " +"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." +msgstr "" +"Альтернативою інтегрованому кардрідеру є робота з автономним пристроєм для " +"зчитування карток, копіювання загальної транзакції з екрану точки продажу " +"Odoo в кардрідер та записування транзакції в точці продажу Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 +msgid "Install Mercury" +msgstr "Встановіть Mercury" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " +"module." +msgstr "" +"Щоби встановити Mercury перейдіть до :menuselection:`Додатки` і знайдіть " +"модуль *Mercury*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " +"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " +"mode*." +msgstr "" +"Щоб налаштувати mercury, потрібно активувати режим розробника. Щоб це " +"зробити, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Додатки --> Налаштування` та виберіть " +"*Активувати режим розробника*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 +msgid "" +"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." +msgstr "" +"У режимі розробника перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка продажу --> " +"Налаштування --> Налаштування Mercury`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " +"credentials." +msgstr "" +"Створіть нову конфігурацію для кредитних карток і введіть свої облікові дані" +" Mercury." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods` and create a new one." +msgstr "" +"Потім перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Метод " +"оплати` і створіть ще один." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " +"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." +msgstr "" +"Під *Точкою продажу*, коли ви оберете *Використовувати в точці продажу*, ви " +"зможете вибрати щойно створені вами облікові дані Mercury." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." +msgstr "" +"Тепер ви маєте можливість оплатити кредитну картку під час перевірки " +"платежу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" +msgstr "Управління кількома касирами " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This " +"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." +msgstr "" +"З точкою продажу Odoo ви легко можете керувати кількома касирами. Це дає " +"змогу стежити за тим, хто працює у точці продажу та коли." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They " +"are all explained below." +msgstr "" +"Є три різні способи перемикання між касирами в Odoo. Всі вони пояснюються " +"нижче." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." +msgstr "" +"Щоб керувати кількома касирами, потрібно мати кілька користувачів (принаймні" +" два)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "Перемикач без PIN-кодів" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the " +"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Найпростіший спосіб переключити касира - без коду. Просто натисніть на ім'я " +"поточного касира у вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 +msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." +msgstr "Після цього ви зможете змінювати різних користувачів." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 +msgid "And the cashier will be changed." +msgstr "І касир буде змінений." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 +msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" +msgstr "Переключення касирів із PIN-кодами" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." +msgstr "" +"Ви також можете встановити pin-код для кожного користувача. Для цього " +"перейдіть до:menuselection:`Налаштування --> Керування правами доступу` та " +"виберіть користувача." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." +msgstr "" +"На сторінці користувача під вкладкою *Точка продажу* ви можете додати PIN-" +"код захисту." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 +msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." +msgstr "" +"Тепер, коли ви переключаєте користувачів, вам буде запропоновано ввести " +"пароль PIN-коду." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 +msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" +msgstr "Перемкніть касирів зі штрих-кодами" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 +msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." +msgstr "" +"Ви також можете попросити своїх касирів входити до себе за допомогою своїх " +"значків." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 +msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." +msgstr "" +"Зі зворотньої сторони, де ви встановлюєте PIN-код захисту, ви також можете " +"встановити штрих-код." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." +msgstr "" +"Коли вони сканують свій штрих-код, касир перейде на цього користувача." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 +msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" +msgstr "Посилання на номенклатуру штрихкодів пізніше" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "Повторний друк чеків" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" +"Використовуйте функцію підтвердження *повторний друку*, якщо вам потрібно " +"повторно друкувати чек." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "У розділі Рахунки та чеки ви знайдете функцію *Повторний друк чеку*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "Повторно надрукуйте чек" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" +"У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка підтвердження *повторного " +"друку*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви використовуєте його, ви можете повторно друкувати останній чек." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "Використання тегів знижок з сканером штрих-кодів" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви хочете продати свої товари зі знижкою, наприклад, для товару, що " +"наближається до дати його закінчення, ви можете використовувати теги знижок." +" Вони дозволяють сканувати штрих-коди зі знижкою." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "Номенклатура штрих-кодів" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" +"Щоб використовувати теги знижок, нам потрібно дізнатися про номенклатуру " +"штрих-кодів." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" +"Скажімо, ви хочете отримати знижку для товару з наступним штрих-кодом:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете знайти *Номенклатуру за замовчуванням* в налаштуваннях вашого " +"інтерфейсу точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" +"Скажімо, вам потрібно 50% знижки на товар, для якого вам потрібно буде " +"почати свій штрих-код з 22 (для номеру штрих-коду знижки), а потім 50 " +"(для%), перш ніж додавати штрих-код товару. У нашому прикладі штрих-код " +"буде:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "Відскануйте товари і теги" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" +"Спочатку потрібно відсканувати потрібний товар (у нашому випадку, лимон)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" +"Потім відскануйте тег зі знижкою. Знижка буде застосована, і ви можете " +"закінчити транзакцію." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "Управління програмою лояльності" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" +"Заохочуйте своїх клієнтів продовжувати купувати у вашій точці продажу з " +"*програмою лояльності*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" +"Щоб активувати програму лояльності, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки " +"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс точки" +" продажу. У розділі Функції ціноутворення виберіть *програму лояльності*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "Звідти ви можете створювати та редагувати свої програми лояльності." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете вирішити, який тип програми ви хочете використати, якщо винагорода" +" - це знижка або подарунок, роблячи її конкретною для деяких товарів або " +"охоплюючи весь ваш асортимент. Застосовуйте правила так, щоби вони були " +"дійсними лише у конкретній ситуації та усе, що існує між ними." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "Використовуйте програму лояльності у своєму інтерфейсі точки продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" +"Коли клієнт встановлений, тепер ви побачите пункти, які вони отримають для " +"транзакції, і вони накопичуватимуться, поки вони не будуть витрачені. Вони " +"витрачаються за допомогою кнопки *Нагороди*, якщо у них є достатньо балів " +"відповідно до правил, визначених у програмі лояльності." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете бачити, що ціна моментально оновлюється, щоби відобразити " +"прайслист. Ви можете завершити оформлення замовлення звичайним способом." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви виберете клієнта із прайслистом за замовчуванням, він буде " +"застосований. Ви, звичайно, можете змінити це." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "Застосування знижок вручну" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви рідко користуєтеся знижками, то застосування знижок вручну може " +"стати найлегшим рішенням для вашої точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете або застосувати знижку на усе замовлення або на окремі товари." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "Застосуйте знижку на товар" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 +msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." +msgstr "З інтерфейсу сесії використовуйте кнопку *Знижка*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " +"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +msgstr "" +"Потім ви можете вносити знижку (у відсотках) на товар, який зараз обраний, і" +" знижка буде застосована." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "Застосуйте загальну знижку" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Щоб застосувати знижку до всього замовлення, перейдіть до " +":menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та " +"виберіть свій інтерфейс точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +msgstr "У розділі *Ціни* ви знайдете *Загальні знижки*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 +msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Тепер у вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу з'явилася нова кнопка *Знижка*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +msgstr "Після натискання ви зможете ввести бажану знижку (у відсотках)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " +"product discount also at 50%." +msgstr "" +"На цьому прикладі ви можете побачити загальну знижку 50%, а також конкретну " +"знижку товарі на 50%." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "" +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "Застосування сезонних знижок" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " +"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " +"pricing strategy tailored to your business." +msgstr "" +"Заохочуйте своїх клієнтів та збільшуйте ваші доходи, пропонуючи обмежені за " +"часом знижки або сезонні знижки. Odoo має потужну функцію прайслиста, що " +"підтримує стратегію ціноутворення, адаптовану до вашого бізнесу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Щоб активувати функцію *прайслистів*, перейдіть до меню " +":menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та " +"виберіть свій інтерфейс точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " +"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" +" on *Pricelists*." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть прайслисти, які ви хочете застосувати в цій точці продажу та " +"визначте прайслист за замовчуванням. Ви можете отримати доступ до всіх своїх" +" *прайслистів*, натиснувши на них." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "Створіть прайслист" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" +msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням у вас є загальний прайслист, щоб створити більше, перейдіть" +" до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Каталог --> Прайслисти`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " +"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " +"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " +"whole range." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете встановити декілька критеріїв використання конкретної ціни: " +"періоди, хв. кількість (задовольняйте мінімальну замовлену кількість та " +"отримуйте перерву на ціну) тощо. Ви також можете вибрати, щоб застосувати " +"цей прайслист лише до певної продукції або всього діапазону." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 +msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" +msgstr "Використання прайслиста в інтерфейсі точки продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " +"select the right pricelist." +msgstr "" +"Тепер у вас є нова кнопка над *Клієнтом*, використовуйте її, щоб миттєво " +"вибрати потрібний прайслист." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze sales" +msgstr "Аналіз продажів" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 +msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" +msgstr "Перегляд статистики точки продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " +"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " +"statistics." +msgstr "" +"Відстеження продажів є ключовим для будь-якого бізнесу. Ось чому Odoo " +"пропонує вам практичний перегляд, щоби проаналізувати свої продажі та " +"отримати статистику." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "Переглянути статистику" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " +"--> Orders`" +msgstr "" +"Щоб отримати доступ до вашої статистики, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка " +"продажу --> Звітність --> Замовлення`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 +msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." +msgstr "" +"Потім ви можете переглянути різні статистичні дані у вигляді графіка або у " +"формі таблиці." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 +msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" +msgstr "" +"Ви також можете отримати доступ до переглядів статистики, натиснувши тут" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" +msgstr "Бельгійський модуль податкових даних" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "Налаштування модуля податкових даних з точкою продажу Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." +msgstr "" +"Бельгійське законодавство вимагає від деяких підприємств використовувати " +"сертифікований державою пристрій під назвою **Модуль податкових даних** " +"(також відомий як **blackbox**). Цей пристрій працює разом із додатком точки" +" продажу і записує певні транзакції. Крім того, використовуваний додаток " +"точки продажу також має бути сертифікований урядом і повинен відповідати " +"встановленим їм строгим стандартам. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) - " +"сертифікована програма <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies> _ _. Більш детальну інформацію щодо Модуля податкових даних можна" +" знайти на офіційному веб-сайті http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>" +" _." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "Необхідне обладнання" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" +"Уряд сертифікував `Модуль податкових " +"даних<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, всі вони повинні працювати, але " +"рекомендується використовувати Cleancash SC-B, вам також знадобиться:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Послідовний нульовий модемний кабель на FDM " +"(`приклад<http://www.startech.com/Cables/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10" +"-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Серійний адаптер до USB для FDM " +"(`приклад<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування зареєстрованого IoT Box на точку продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Встановлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" +"Для використання модуля фіскальних даних вам знадобиться зареєстрований IoT " +"Box. Вони схожі на звичайні коробки IoT, які ми продаємо, але вони " +"зареєстровані в бельгійському уряді. Це вимагає законом. Спроба " +"використовувати модуль фіскальних даних на незареєстрованому IoT Box не " +"працюватиме. Можна переконатися, що модуль фіскальних даних розпізнається " +"IoT Box, перейшовши на сторінку статусу *Обладнання* на домашній сторінці " +"IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" +"Додатку точки продажу Odoo можна надати сертифіковані можливості точки " +"продажу, встановивши додаток **бельгійського зареєстрованого касового " +"апарату** (технічна назва: `` pos_blackbox_be``). Через обмеження, що " +"накладаються на нас, цю установку не можна скасувати. Після цього вам " +"доведеться переконатися, що кожне налаштування точки продажу має унікальний " +"зареєстрований IoT Box, пов'язаний з нею (: menuselection: `Точка продажу " +"--> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` і забезпечте Proxy Обладнання / IoT Box " +"і серійний номер вашого IoT Box). Коли ви вперше відкриваєте точку продажу і" +" намагаєтеся здійснити транзакцію, вам буде запропоновано ввести PIN-код, " +"який ви отримали з вашої підписаної картки ПДВ." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "Сертифікація та на замовлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" +"Сертифікація, надана урядом, обмежена використанням на прикладі SaaS " +"odoo.com. Використання модуля з джерела або модифікованої версії **не** буде" +" сертифіковано. Для користувачів за замовчуванням ми також підтримуємо " +"модуль бюджетних даних у таких установках. Основне обмеження полягає в тому," +" що для цього потрібна замаскована версія модуля ``pos_blackbox_be``, який " +"ми надамо на замовлення для клієнтів компанії." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "Обмеження" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" +"Як згадувалося раніше, для отримання сертифікату заявка на використання " +"точки продажу має відповідати суворим правилам уряду. Через це сертифікована" +" точка продажу Odoo має певні обмеження, відсутні в сертифікованій точці " +"продажу Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "Відшкодування відключено" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "Змінення цін на замовлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "Створення/зміна/видалення замовлень точки продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "Продаж продукції без дійсного податку" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "Налаштування кількох точок продажу Odoo на IoT Box не доступні" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "" +"Використання точки продажу без з'єднання з IoT Box (і таким чином FDM)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "Модулі з чорним списком: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "Реєстрація клієнтів" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" +"Реєстрація ваших клієнтів дасть вам можливість надавати їм різні привілеї, " +"такі як знижки, програма лояльності, особлива комунікація. Вона буде також " +"потрібна, якщо вони хочуть отримати рахунок-фактуру та реєструвати його, з " +"будь-якою майбутньою взаємодією з ними швидше." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "Створіть клієнта" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "З інтерфейсу сесії використовуйте кнопку клієнта." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "Створіть нового, використовуючи цю кнопку." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "Вам буде запропоновано заповнити форму клієнта зі своєю інформацією." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви закінчите, скористайтеся кнопкою збереження. Потім ви можете вибрати" +" цього клієнта в будь-яких майбутніх операціях." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" +msgstr "Розпочніть точку продажу в Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " +"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " +"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." +msgstr "" +"Онлайн-додаток Odoo на базі простого, зручного для користувача інтерфейсу. " +"Програму Точка продажу можна використовувати в режимі онлайн або офлайн на " +"пристроях iPad, планшетах або ноутбуках Android." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " +"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " +"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " +"customer can be identified from the app." +msgstr "" +"Точка продажу Odoo повністю інтегрована з програмами складу та бухобліку. " +"Будь-яка транзакція у вашій торговій точці буде автоматично зареєстрована у " +"вашому обліку, а також CRM, оскільки клієнт може бути ідентифікований з " +"додатка." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " +"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." +msgstr "" +"Ви зможете проводити статистику та консолідацію в режимі реального часу у " +"всіх своїх магазинах без необхідності інтеграції кількох зовнішніх програм." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 +msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" +msgstr "Встановіть програму Точка продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." +msgstr "Перейдіть до додатків та встановіть програму Точка продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " +"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " +"settings." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви використовуєте Бухоблік Odoo, не забудьте встановити схему облікових" +" записів, якщо це ще не зроблено. Це можна досягти в налаштуваннях обліку." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 +msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" +msgstr "Зробіть товари доступними в точці продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" +" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" +"Щоб зробити товари доступними для продажу в точці продажу відкрийте товар, " +"перейдіть на вкладку Продажі та поставте прапорець біля опції \"Доступно в " +"точці продажу\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." +msgstr "Ви також можете визначити там, чи товар має бути зваженим за шкалою." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "Налаштуйте свої способи оплати" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" +" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " +"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." +msgstr "" +"Щоб додати новий спосіб оплати для точки продажу, перейдіть до " +":menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу --> " +"Виберіть точку продажу --> Перейдіть у розділ платежі` та натисніть на " +"посилання \"Способи оплати\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" +" in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" +"Тепер ви можете створити нові способи оплати. Не забудьте позначити поле " +"\"Використовувати в точці продажу\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" +" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." +msgstr "" +"Коли ваші способи оплати будуть створені, ви можете вирішити, в якій точці " +"продажу ви хочете зробити їх доступними в налаштуваннях точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 +msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" +msgstr "Налаштуйте свою точку продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " +"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка " +"продажу` та виберіть точку продажу, яку ви хочете налаштувати. У цьому меню " +"ви можете редагувати всі налаштування точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 +msgid "Create your first PoS session" +msgstr "Створіть свою першу сесію точки продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "Ваше перше замовлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " +"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." +msgstr "" +"Тепер ви готові зробити перші продажі через Точку продажу. З інформаційної " +"панелі Точки продажу ви бачите всі ваші точки продажу, і ви можете почати " +"новий сеанс." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 +msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "Тепер ви перейшли на інтерфейс Точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." +msgstr "" +"Після того, як замовлення буде завершено, ви зможете зареєструвати платіж. " +"Усі доступні способи оплати з'являються ліворуч на екрані. Виберіть спосіб " +"оплати та введіть отриману суму. Потім ви можете підтвердити платіж." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 +msgid "You can register the next orders." +msgstr "Ви можете зареєструвати наступні замовлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "Закрийте сесію точки продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 +msgid "" +"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " +"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " +"now close the session from the dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Наприкінці дня ви закриваєте свою сесію. Для цього натисніть кнопку " +"закриття, яка з'явиться у верхньому правому куті та підтвердіть. Тепер ви " +"можете закрити сеанс з інформаційної панелі." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 +msgid "" +"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" +"Настійно рекомендуємо закривати свій сеанс роботи в кінці кожного дня." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 +msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." +msgstr "" +"Після цього ви побачите резюме всіх операцій за одним способом оплати." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" +" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете натиснути рядок цього резюме, щоби переглянути всі замовлення, які" +" були оплачені цим способом оплати під час цього сеансу Точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " +"closing entries." +msgstr "" +"Якщо все правильно, ви можете перевірити сесії точки продажу і опублікувати " +"закриті записи." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 +msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." +msgstr "Все зроблено, ви закрили свою першу сесію точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " +":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/connect` and " +":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "Платіжні термінали" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the payments " +"section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for " +"Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and create new Vantiv " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" +msgstr "Розширені особливості ресторану" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "Друк рахунку" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "" +"Використовуйте функцію *друку рахунків*, щоб надрукувати рахунок перед " +"оплатою. Це корисно, якщо рахунок ще може змінюватися і не є остаточним " +"замовленням." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "Налаштуйте друк рахунку" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Щоб активувати функцію *друк рахунку*, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка " +"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс точки" +" продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "У розділі Рахунки та квитанції ви знайдете варіант *Друк рахунку*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "Розбийте рахунок" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка *Рахунок*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "Коли ви застосуєте, ви зможете роздрукувати рахунок." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "Друк замовлень на кухні або в барі" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" +"Щоб полегшити робочий процес між передньою частиною будинку та задньою " +"частиною, друк замовлень, зроблених на інтерфейсі точки продажу прямо на " +"кухні або в барі, може стати величезною допомогою." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "Активуйте барний/кухонний принтер" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Щоб активувати функцію *друк замовлення*, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка" +" продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс " +"точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "Додайте принтер" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" +"У вашому меню налаштування тепер з'явиться параметр *Замовлення принтерів*, " +"де ви можете додати принтер." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "Друк замовлення на кухні/барі" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "Виберіть або створіть принтер." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "Роздрукуйте замовлення на кухні/барі" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "На вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка *Замовлення*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" +"При натисканні на неї буде надруковано замовлення на принтері на кухні/барі." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Register multiple orders" +msgstr "Реєстрація кількох замовлень" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " +"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +msgstr "" +"Програма точка продажу Odoo дозволяє вам зареєструвати кілька замовлень " +"одночасно, надаючи вам всю необхідну гнучкість." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "Зареєструйте додаткове замовлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " +"order." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви реєструєте будь-яке замовлення, ви можете використовувати кнопку " +"\"+\", щоб додати нове замовлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " +"needed." +msgstr "" +"Потім ви можете переміщатись між кожним із ваших замовлень і обробляти " +"платіж за потреби." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" +"Використовуючи кнопку \"-\", ви можете видалити замовлення, яке ви зараз " +"обробляєте." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" +msgstr "Встановлення точки продажу в ресторані/барі" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " +"Sale application can help you to fulfill." +msgstr "" +"Харчовий бізнес та бізнес напоїв мають особливі потреби, в яких може " +"допомогти вам Точка продажу Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Щоб активувати функції *Бар/Ресторан*, перейдіть доo :menuselection:`Точка " +"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс точки" +" продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" +msgstr "Виберіть *бар/ресторан*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " +"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." +msgstr "" +"Тепер у вас є різні функції, які допоможуть вам налаштувати вашу точку " +"продажу. Ви можете побачити, що біля цих функцій є маленький логотип вилки " +"та ножа." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "Запропонуйте варіант розбиття рахунку" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" +"Запропонувавши своєму клієнту легкий розбиття рахунку, ви отримаєте " +"позитивний досвід. Ось чому ця функція доступна поза межами програми в Точці" +" продажу Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Щоб активувати функцію *розбиття рахунку*, перейдіть до " +":menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та " +"виберіть свій інтерфейс точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "У розділі Рахунки та квитанції ви знайдете варіант Розбиття рахунку." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "Розбийте рахунок" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка *розбити*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви використовуєте його, ви зможете вибрати, що цей гість повинен " +"отримати і виконати платіж, повторюючи процес для кожного гостя." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your table management" +msgstr "Налаштування управління столами" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" +" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " +"Point of sale`.." +msgstr "" +"Після того, як ваша точка продажу налаштована на використання " +"барів/ресторанів, виберіть *Управління столами* :menuselection:`Точка " +"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу`.." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "Додайте поверх" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" +" *Floors*" +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви оберете *Управління столами*, ви можете керувати своїми поверхами, " +"натиснувши *Поверхи*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "Додайте столи" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 +msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." +msgstr "З вашого інтерфейсу точки продажу ви побачите ваші поверхи." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" +" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви натискаєте олівець, ви ввійдете в режим редагування, який дозволить " +"вам створювати таблиці, переміщати їх, змінювати,..." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " +"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " +"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " +"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." +msgstr "" +"У цьому прикладі у нас є 2 круглі столи на шістьох та 2 квадратних столи на " +"чотирьох, кольорові кодування, щоб їх було легше знайти, ви також можете " +"перейменувати їх, змінити їх форму, розмір, кількість людей, які вони " +"вміщають, а також дублікати їх зі зручною панеллю інструментів." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 +msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." +msgstr "Після встановлення плану поверху можна закрити режим редагування." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "Зареєструйте свої замовлення на столи" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " +"register an order and payment." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви виберете стіл, вам буде запропоновано зареєструвати замовлення та " +"платіж за звичайним інтерфейсом." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" +" you can also transfer the order to another table." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете швидко повернутися до плану поверху, вибравши кнопку поверху, і ви" +" також можете перенести замовлення на інший стіл." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "Інтегруйте чайові в оплату" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Як прийнято в багатьох країнах у всьому світі платити чайові, важливо мати " +"такий варіант у вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "Налаштуйте чайові" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" +"Щоб активувати функцію *Чайові*, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка продажу " +"--> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та оберіть вашу точку продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" +"У розділі Рахунки та квитанції ви знайдете *Чайові*. Виберіть їх та створіть" +" *товар Чайові*, наприклад, *Чайові* у цьому випадку." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "Додайте чайові до рахунку" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "Після цього в інтерфейсі платежу з'явиться нова кнопка *Чайові*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "Додайте чайові, які ваш клієнт хоче залишити та обробіть у платежу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Transfer customers between tables" +msgstr "Переміщення клієнтів між столами" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " +"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " +"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " +"you." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ваш клієнт хоче змінити cnsk після того, як він вже зробив замовлення, " +"Odoo може допомогти вам перемістити клієнта та його замовлення за інший " +"стіл, залишаючи щасливих клієнтів та не ускладнюючи роботу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "Переміщення клієнта(ів)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 +msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." +msgstr "Виберіть стіл, за яким ваш клієнт сидить зараз." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " +"select the new table" +msgstr "" +"Тепер ви можете перемістити клієнтів, просто скористайтеся кнопкою " +"переміщення та виберіть новий стіл" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Shop Features" +msgstr "Розширені можливості магазину" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "Налаштування контролю за готівкою в точці продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "" +"Готівковий контроль дозволяє перевірити суму каси при відкритті та закритті." +" Таким чином, ви можете переконатися, що ніяких помилок не було зроблено, і " +"що гроші відсутні." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "Активізуйте контроль готівки" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Щоб активувати функцію *Контроль готівки*, перейдіть до " +":menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та " +"виберіть свій інтерфейс точки продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "Під категорією платежів ви знайдете налаштування контролю готівки." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "" +"У цьому прикладі ви можете бачити, що ви хочете мати 275 доларів у різній " +"деномінації під час відкриття та закриття." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "" +"Під час натискання **Значення Відкриття/Закриття** ви зможете створити ці " +"значення." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "Розпочніть сесію" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "" +"Тепер у вас є нова кнопка, додана при відкритті сесії, *Встановити " +"початковий баланс*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням він використовуватиме значення, які ви додали раніше, але " +"ви завжди можете змінити його." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "Закрийте сесію" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви хочете закрити сесію, у вас також є кнопка *Встановити баланс " +"закриття*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" +"Потім ви можете побачити теоретичний баланс, реальний баланс закриття (те, " +"що ви тільки що підрахували) і різницю між ними двома." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви використовуєте параметр *Забрати гроші*, щоб вилучити свої " +"транзакції для цієї сесії, у вас тепер є різниця між нульовою сумою та тим " +"самим балансом закриття, як початковий баланс. Ваша каса готова для " +"наступної сесії." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "Виставлення рахунку з інтерфейсу точки продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Деякі ваші клієнти можуть запитувати рахунок-фактуру при покупці з точки " +"продажу, ви можете легко керувати ним безпосередньо з інтерфейсу точки " +"продажу." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "Активізуйте виставлення рахунків" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка " +"продажу` та виберіть свою точку продажу:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" +"У розділі *Рахунки та квитанції* ви побачите параметр виставлення рахунку, " +"позначте його. Не забудьте вибрати, в якому журналі повинні бути створені " +"рахунки-фактури." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "Виберіть клієнта" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "З інтерфейсу сесії використовуйте кнопку клієнта" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" +"Потім ви можете вибрати існуючого клієнта та встановити його як свого " +"клієнта або створити новий за допомогою цієї кнопки." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "Вам буде запропоновано заповнити форму клієнта зі своєю інформацією." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "Виставте рахунок вашому клієнту" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "" +"На екрані платежу ви маєте опцію рахунка-фактури, скористайтеся кнопкою, " +"щоби вибрати її та підтвердити." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "" +"Потім можна роздрукувати рахунок-фактуру та перейти до наступного " +"замовлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "Отримання рахунків-фактур" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" +"Вийшовши з інтерфейсу точки продажу (:menuselection:`Закрити --> " +"Підтвердити` у верхньому правому кутку), ви знайдете всі ваші замовлення в " +"меню :menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Замовлення --> Замовлення` та на " +"вкладці статусу ви побачите, на які виставлено рахунки. Після натискання " +"замовлення ви зможете отримати доступ до рахунку-фактури." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 +msgid "Accept returns and refund products" +msgstr "Прийом повернення та відшкодування товарів" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " +"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " +"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +msgstr "" +"Наявність добре продуманої політики повернення - це ключ до залучення та " +"збереження ваших клієнтів. Таким чином, це полегшує прийняття та " +"відшкодування цих повернень, тому це також є ключовим аспектом вашого " +"інтерфейсу *точки продажу*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " +"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" +" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +msgstr "" +"З інтерфейсу *точки продажу* виберіть товар, який ваш клієнт хоче повернути," +" скористайтеся кнопкою +/- та введіть кількість, яку потрібно повернути. " +"Якщо їм потрібно повернути кілька товарів, повторіть процес." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +msgid "" +"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " +"to process the payment." +msgstr "" +"Як ви бачите, загальна сума є негативною, щоб закінчити відшкодування, яке " +"вам просто потрібно обробити." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "Розширені теми" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" msgstr "Як надати права доступу до порталу для ваших клієнтів?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" msgstr "Що таке портал та хто є його користувачем?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 msgid "" "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " "Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." @@ -46,13 +3422,13 @@ msgstr "" "Доступ до порталу надається користувачеві, який має необхідність мати доступ" " до версії Odoo для перегляду деяких документів або інформації в системі." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." msgstr "" "Наприклад, довгостроковий клієнт, який хоче переглянути комерційну " "пропозицію онлайн." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 msgid "" "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " "any document in the system." @@ -60,15 +3436,15 @@ msgstr "" "Користувач порталу має лише доступ читання/перегляду. Він не зможе " "редагувати будь-який документ у системі." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" msgstr "Як надати клієнтам доступ до порталу?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 msgid "From Contacts Module" msgstr "З модуля контактів" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 msgid "" "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " @@ -78,7 +3454,7 @@ msgstr "" "системі, натисніть кнопку створення. Введіть подробиці контакту та натисніть" " \"зберегти\"." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 msgid "" "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " "interface and from the drop down." @@ -86,12 +3462,12 @@ msgstr "" "Виберіть контакт, натисніть меню **Дія** у верхній частині інтерфейсу та з " "випадаючого меню." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." msgstr "" "Виберіть **Управління доступом до порталу**. З'явиться спливаюче вікно." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 msgid "" "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " @@ -102,7 +3478,7 @@ msgstr "" "електронного листа, у вікні текстового поля нижче. Натисніть кнопку " "**Застосувати**, коли ви закінчите." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." @@ -111,15 +3487,15 @@ msgstr "" "вказує на те, що цей контакт зараз є користувачем порталу відповідного " "примірника Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "Як впорядкувати товари?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "Список без змін" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." @@ -127,7 +3503,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для того, щоби вказати товар, потрібно перевірити поле **використання eBay**" " на формі товару. Вкладка eBay буде доступна." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." @@ -135,7 +3511,7 @@ msgstr "" "Коли позначено поле **Використовувати залишки товарів на складі**, " "кількість, встановлена в eBay, буде **Прогноз Кількості** Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." @@ -146,7 +3522,7 @@ msgstr "" "Шаблон за умовчанням використовує лише поле **опису eBay** у товарі. Ви " "можете використовувати HTML у **шаблоні опису** та в **описі eBay**." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." @@ -154,11 +3530,11 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб використовувати фотографії у вашому списку, потрібно додати їх як " "**вкладення** у шаблон товару." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "Список з варіаціями" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" @@ -170,11 +3546,11 @@ msgstr "" "варіантів ви можете вибрати, який варіант буде вказаний в eBay, а також " "встановити ціну та кількість для кожного варіанту." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" msgstr "Список з елементами специфікації" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." @@ -182,11 +3558,11 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб додати специфікацію до елементу, потрібно створити атрибут товару з " "одним значенням на вкладці **Варіанти** форми товару." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "Ідентифікатори товару" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -206,15 +3582,15 @@ msgstr "" "**Варіанти** у формі товару. Якщо значення цих значень не встановлені, 'Не " "застосовується' буде використано для списку eBay." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" msgstr "Як налаштувати eBay в Odoo?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" msgstr "Створіть токени eBay" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " @@ -226,7 +3602,7 @@ msgstr "" "систему ви можете створити **Тестовий режим** та **Робочий режим** " "натиснувши відповідні кнопки." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " @@ -238,11 +3614,11 @@ msgstr "" "сторінки. Перейдіть за формою, увійдіть у свій обліковий запис eBay, і ви " "отримаєте ключі та токен, необхідні для налаштування модуля в Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" msgstr "Встановлення токенів у Odoo?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -250,7 +3626,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб налаштувати інтеграцію eBay, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> " "Налаштування --> Налаштування`." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " @@ -260,7 +3636,7 @@ msgstr "" "заповніть поля **Ключ розробника**, **Токен**, **Ключ додатка** та **Ключ " "сертифіката**. Застосуйте зміни." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " @@ -270,7 +3646,7 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть на **Синхронізувати країни та валюти**, тоді ви можете заповнити " "всі інші поля." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." @@ -278,15 +3654,15 @@ msgstr "" "Коли всі поля заповнені, ви можете синхронізувати категорії та політики, " "натиснувши відповідні кнопки." -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Метод виставлення рахунку" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 msgid "Request a down payment" msgstr "Запит на передоплату" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " "rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " @@ -296,11 +3672,11 @@ msgstr "" "пізніше. Для дорогих замовлень або проектів це спосіб захистити себе та " "переконатися, що ваш клієнт є серйозним." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "Перший раз ви запитуєте передоплату" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 msgid "" "When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" " option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " @@ -310,7 +3686,7 @@ msgstr "" "передоплати. Це може бути або фіксована сума, або відсоток від загальної " "суми." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" "The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " "and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." @@ -319,11 +3695,11 @@ msgstr "" "доходу та налаштування податку, яке буде використано для подальших " "передоплат." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." msgstr "Після цього ви побачите рахунок-фактуру для передоплати." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 msgid "" "On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " "automatically deducted." @@ -331,15 +3707,15 @@ msgstr "" "На наступному або останньому рахунку-фактурі будь-яка передоплата буде " "автоматично відрахована." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "Змініть рахунок доходу та податки клієнта" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." msgstr "З переліку товарів знайдіть *Передоплату*." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 msgid "" "You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" " income account & customer taxes." @@ -347,11 +3723,11 @@ msgstr "" "Після цього ви зможете змінити це, на вкладці виставлення рахунків ви " "зможете змінити рахунок доходу та податки клієнта." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "Включення витрат у рахунки клієнтів" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " @@ -363,13 +3739,13 @@ msgstr "" "консультанта, який оплачує готель для роботи з вашим клієнтом. Будучи " "компанією, ви хотіли б мати таку суму у рахунку для свого клієнта." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 msgid "Expenses configuration" msgstr "Налаштування витрат" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 msgid "" "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." @@ -378,8 +3754,8 @@ msgstr "" " додаток витрат. Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Додатків --> Витрати`, щоби " "встановити його." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" @@ -390,13 +3766,13 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Виставлення рахунків --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та " "активуйте *Аналітичний бухоблік*." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" msgstr "Додайте витрати до замовлення на продаж" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 msgid "" "From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " "hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." @@ -404,8 +3780,8 @@ msgstr "" "З додатка витрат ви або ваш консультант можете створити нові витрати, " "наприклад, готель на перший тиждень роботи з вашим клієнтом." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 msgid "" "You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " "create a new one from right there." @@ -413,12 +3789,12 @@ msgstr "" "Потім ви можете ввести відповідний опис і вибрати існуючий товар або " "створити новий прямо там." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" msgstr "Тут ми створюємо товар *Готель*:" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 msgid "" "Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " @@ -428,8 +3804,8 @@ msgstr "" "вартістю* або *Ціна продажу*, якщо ви хочете нарахувати вартість своїх " "витрат або раніше узгоджену ціну продажу." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 msgid "" "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " "Configuration --> Expense products`." @@ -437,31 +3813,31 @@ msgstr "" "Щоби змінити або створити більше товарів, перейдіть на сторінку " ":menuselection:`Витрати --> Налаштування --> Витратні товари`." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 msgid "" "Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." msgstr "" "Поверніться на витрати, додайте оригінальне замовлення на продаж у витратах " "для відправлення." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." msgstr "" "Потім він може бути переданий менеджеру, його можна затвердити та остаточно " "розмістити." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." msgstr "Він буде у замовленні на продаж і готовий до виставлення рахунку." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" msgstr "Виставлення рахунку на основі замовленої або доставленої кількості" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " "invoicing:" @@ -469,7 +3845,7 @@ msgstr "" "Залежно від вашого бізнесу та того, що ви продаєте, у вас є два варіанти " "виставлення рахунків:" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 msgid "" "Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " "order is confirmed." @@ -477,7 +3853,7 @@ msgstr "" "Рахунок на замовлену кількість: рахунок-фактура повного замовлення, як " "тільки буде підтверджено замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" "Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " "partial delivery." @@ -485,11 +3861,11 @@ msgstr "" "Рахунок-фактура на доставлену кількість: рахунок-фактура на те, що ви " "доставили, навіть якщо це часткова доставка." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." msgstr "Рахунок-фактура на замовлену кількість є режимом за замовчуванням." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" "The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " "of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" @@ -501,7 +3877,7 @@ msgstr "" "кількості, кількість може дещо зменшитись, і тому краще нараховувати " "фактичну доставлену кількість." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" "You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " "options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " @@ -512,11 +3888,11 @@ msgstr "" "рахунку-фактури на відсоток (заздалегідь), рахунок-фактура з фіксованою " "передоплатою." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" msgstr "Визначіть політику на сторінці товару" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 msgid "" "From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " "policy and select the one you want." @@ -524,11 +3900,11 @@ msgstr "" "На сторінці будь-якої продукції під вкладкою виставлення рахунків знайдіть " "політику виставлення рахунків та виберіть потрібну." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 msgid "Send the invoice" msgstr "Надішліть рахунок-фактуру" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" "Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " "quantities." @@ -536,7 +3912,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після того, як ви підтвердите продаж, ви зможете побачити ваші доставлені та" " виставлені кількості." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 msgid "" "If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " "confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" @@ -546,7 +3922,7 @@ msgstr "" "рахунок, як тільки продаж буде підтверджено. Якщо ж ви обрали доставлені " "кількості, вам спочатку доведеться підтвердити доставку." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 msgid "" "Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " "automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered" @@ -556,11 +3932,11 @@ msgstr "" " клієнту. Odoo буде автоматично додавати кількості до рахунку-фактури на " "основі того, скільки ви доставили, якщо ви здійснили часткову доставку." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" msgstr "Виставлення рахунків за етапами проекту" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 msgid "" "Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " "each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" @@ -577,11 +3953,11 @@ msgstr "" "клієнта, який може контролювати досягнення проекту та сплачувати його в " "декілька разів." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 msgid "Create milestone products" msgstr "Створіть поетапні товари" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " "configure products to work this way, go to any product form." @@ -589,7 +3965,7 @@ msgstr "" "В Odoo кожен етап вашого проекту розглядається як товар. Щоби налаштувати " "товари таким чином, перейдіть до будь-якої форми товару." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 msgid "" "You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " "select *Milestones* in the sales tab." @@ -597,11 +3973,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ви повинні встановити тип товару як *Послуга* за загальною інформацією та " "вибрати *Основні етапи* на вкладці продажу." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 msgid "Invoice milestones" msgstr "Виставлення рахунку-фактури за етапами" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 msgid "" "From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " "complete a milestone." @@ -609,15 +3985,16 @@ msgstr "" "Із замовлення на продаж ви можете вручну змінити доставлену кількість після " "завершення етапу." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "Ви можете потім виставити рахунок за перший етап." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" msgstr "Надсилання проформи рахунку" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " "delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" @@ -634,12 +4011,12 @@ msgstr "" "відрізняються від звичайного рахунку-фактури, оскільки не є вимогою або " "запитом на оплату." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "Активуйте цю функцію" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." @@ -647,7 +4024,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та " "активуйте функцію *Проформа рахунку-фактури*." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 msgid "" "From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" "forma invoice." @@ -655,7 +4032,7 @@ msgstr "" "З будь-якої комерційної пропозиції або замовлення на продаж ви маєте " "можливість надіслати проформу рахунка-фактури." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 msgid "" "When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " "in attachment." @@ -663,11 +4040,11 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви натисните на Відправити, Odoo надішле електронний лист із проформою " "рахунку-фактури у вкладенні." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 msgid "Sell subscriptions" msgstr "Продаж підписок" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " "planning ahead much easier." @@ -675,11 +4052,11 @@ msgstr "" "Продаж товарів підписки дасть вам прогнозований дохід, що значно полегшить " "планування." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" msgstr "Зробіть підписку із замовлення на продаж" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " "the subscription product your previously created." @@ -687,7 +4064,7 @@ msgstr "" "У додатку для продажів створіть комерційну пропозицію бажаному клієнту та " "виберіть раніше створений товар підписки." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" "When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " "You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " @@ -697,11 +4074,11 @@ msgstr "" "правому куті ви побачите пряме посилання із замовлення на продаж на " "підписку." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" msgstr "Виставлення рахунку на основі часу та матеріалів" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" "Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" " to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" @@ -711,7 +4088,7 @@ msgstr "" "точно оцінити розмір проекту або коли очікується, що вимоги проекту, швидше " "за все, зміняться." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 msgid "" "This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " "the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" @@ -722,7 +4099,7 @@ msgstr "" "того, що контрактори платять своїм працівникам, субпідрядникам та " "постачальникам." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 msgid "" "For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" " to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" @@ -732,11 +4109,11 @@ msgstr "" "потрібно буде врахувати свій час, різні витрати (транспорт, проживання, ...)" " та купівлі." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 msgid "Invoice time configuration" msgstr "Налаштування виставлення рахунку-фактури за часом" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 msgid "" "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " "Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." @@ -744,7 +4121,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоби відстежувати прогрес у проекті, вам знадобиться додаток *Проект*. " "Перейдіть на :menuselection:`Додатки --> Проект`, щоби встановити його." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 msgid "" "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." @@ -753,11 +4130,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Проекту --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активуйте " "функцію *Табелі*." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 msgid "Invoice your time spent" msgstr "Виставлення рахунку за витрачений час" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 msgid "" "From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " "invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" @@ -767,11 +4144,11 @@ msgstr "" "вкладці виставлення рахунків, обидва *Табелі на завданнях* та *Створення " "завдання у новому проекті*." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." msgstr "Ви також можете додати завдання до існуючого проекту." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 msgid "" "Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" " project overview and one for the current task." @@ -779,7 +4156,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після підтвердження замовлення на продаж ви побачите дві нові кнопки, один " "для огляду проекту та один для поточного завдання." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 msgid "" "You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " "from the *Project* app." @@ -787,7 +4164,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви натиснете на нього, ви будете безпосередньо перебувати в роботі, ви " "також можете отримати доступ до нього з програми *Проект*." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 msgid "" "Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " "how many hours they worked on the project so far." @@ -795,11 +4172,11 @@ msgstr "" "Під табелями ви можете призначити того, хто працює на проекті. Ви можете або" " вони можуть додати, скільки годин вони відпрацювали над проектом." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "Із замовлення на продаж можна зарахувати ці години." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " @@ -809,11 +4186,11 @@ msgstr "" "вартістю* або *Ціна продажу*, якщо ви хочете нарахувати вартість своїх " "витрат або раніше узгоджену ціну продажу." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 msgid "Invoice purchases" msgstr "Виставлення рахунків-фактур на купівлю" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 msgid "" "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" " it." @@ -821,7 +4198,7 @@ msgstr "" "Останнє, що потрібно додати до замовлення на продаж - це купівлі, зроблені " "для замовлення." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 msgid "" "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " @@ -831,7 +4208,7 @@ msgstr "" "перейдіть до розділу :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунків --> Налаштування " "--> Налаштування` та виберіть *Аналітика купівель*." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 msgid "" "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " "account." @@ -839,7 +4216,7 @@ msgstr "" "При оформленні замовлення на купівлю не забудьте додати правильний " "аналітичний рахунок." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 msgid "" "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " "will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." @@ -848,25 +4225,25 @@ msgstr "" "постачальника, що автоматично додасть його до SО, де ви можете виставити " "рахунок." -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:3 msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "Товари та ціни" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 msgid "Manage your pricing" msgstr "Управляйте вашими цінами" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" msgstr "Як продавати в іноземній валюті" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." msgstr "" "Прайс-лист може також використовуватися для управління цінами в іноземній " "валюті." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 msgid "" "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " @@ -877,7 +4254,7 @@ msgstr "" "адміністратору вам потрібні права доступу *консультантів* для додатків " "рахунків-фактур/обліку." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " "pricelist setup form." @@ -885,7 +4262,7 @@ msgstr "" "Створіть один прайс-лист на одну валюту. Нове поле *валюти* відображається у" " формі встановлення прайс-листа." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" @@ -895,15 +4272,15 @@ msgstr "" "налаштування --> Валюти`, виберіть його у списку та натисніть *Активувати* у" " верхньому правому куті. Тепер він з'явиться у випадаючих списках валют. " -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." msgstr "Ціни в іноземній валюті можна визначити двома способами." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" msgstr "Автоматична конвертація за відкритою ціною" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 msgid "" "The public price is in your company's main currency (see " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." @@ -912,7 +4289,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування`) і встановлено у формі детальної " "інформації про товар." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 msgid "" "The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " @@ -924,11 +4301,11 @@ msgstr "" "Європейського центрального банку за вашими зручностями: вручну, щодня, " "щотижня тощо. Див. :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування`." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" msgstr "Встановіть свої власні ціни" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" " rates." @@ -936,15 +4313,15 @@ msgstr "" "Встановлення власних цін рекомендується, якщо ви не хочете, щоб ваші ціни " "змінювалися разом із курсом валют." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" msgstr "Як адаптувати ціни до ваших клієнтів і застосовувати знижки" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" " to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " @@ -953,36 +4330,36 @@ msgid "" "quantity and get a price break), etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 msgid "" "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " "completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" "*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " "default product price ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 msgid "" "*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " "products ;" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " "and roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Several prices per product" msgstr "Кілька цін на товар" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " @@ -993,18 +4370,18 @@ msgstr "" "відкрийте вкладку *Продажі* у формі деталей товару. Ви можете вирішити " "наступні стратегії." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" msgstr "Ціни на сегмент клієнта" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "" "Створіть вартість для ваших сегментів клієнтів: наприклад, зареєстрований, " "преміум та ін." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " @@ -1015,17 +4392,17 @@ msgstr "" "відкрийте детальну форму замовника та змініть *Продажну вартість* на вкладці" " *Продажі та покупки*." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" msgstr "Тимчасові ціни" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "" "Застосуйте угоди для святкових днів та ін. Введіть дати початку та " "завершення." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." @@ -1033,11 +4410,11 @@ msgstr "" "Переконайтеся, що ціни за замовчуванням встановлені в прайс-листі за межами " "періоду угод. Інакше ви можете мати проблеми після закінчення періоду. " -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" msgstr "Ціни за мінімальну кількість" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." @@ -1045,11 +4422,11 @@ msgstr "" "Цінове замовлення не має значення. Система розумна і застосовує перші ціни, " "які відповідають даті замовлення та/або мінімальним кількостям. " -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" msgstr "Знижки, маржа, округлення" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " "Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " @@ -1059,7 +4436,7 @@ msgid "" " or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " @@ -1069,7 +4446,7 @@ msgstr "" " Прайслисти` (або :menuselection:`Адміністратор веб-сайту --> Каталог --> " "Прайслисти` якщо ви використовуєте e-Commerce)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" @@ -1079,7 +4456,7 @@ msgstr "" "внутрішньою категорією товару (набором продуктів) або з певним товаром. Як і" " в другому варіанті, ви можете встановити дати та мінімальні кількості." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." @@ -1087,42 +4464,42 @@ msgstr "" "Ще раз система є розумною. Якщо для певного елемента встановлено правило, а " "інший - для його категорії, Odoo приймає правило елемента." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." msgstr "" "Переконайтеся, що принаймні один пункт прайс-листа охоплює всі ваші товару. " -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." msgstr "Існує 3 режими обчислення: фіксована ціна, знижка та формула." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." msgstr "Ось різні налаштування цін, які стали можливими завдяки формулам." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 msgid "Discounts with roundings" msgstr "Знижки з округленнями" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." msgstr "напр. 20% знижки з цінами, округленими до 9.99." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" msgstr "Витрати з націнками (роздріб)" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." msgstr "" "наприклад, ціна продажу = 2*вартість (100% розцінка) з 5 гривень мінімальної" " маржі." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 msgid "Prices per country" msgstr "Ціни на країну" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " @@ -1134,23 +4511,23 @@ msgstr "" "списку, що відповідає країні. Якщо жодна країна не встановлена для клієнта, " "Odoo бере перший прайс-лист без будь-якої групи-країн." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." msgstr "" "За замовчуванням прайс-лист можна замінити при створенні замовлення на " "продаж." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." msgstr "" "Ви можете змінювати послідовність прайс-листів за допомогою перетягування у " "вигляді списку. " -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" msgstr "Обчисліть та покажіть відсоток знижки покупцям" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" @@ -1159,7 +4536,7 @@ msgstr "" "знижки на друковані замовлення на продаж та у каталозі електронної комерції." " Робіть так:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." @@ -1168,151 +4545,127 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Комерційні " "пропозиції та продажі --> Знижки`." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." msgstr "Застосовуйте цю опцію у формі встановлення прайс-листа." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`currencies`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "Керуйте вашими товарами" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "Як імпортувати товари з категоріями та варіантами в Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" +" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " +"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" -"Шаблони імпорту надаються в інструменті імпорту найпоширеніших даних для " -"імпорту (контакти, товари, банківські виписки тощо). Ви можете відкрити їх " -"будь-яким програмним забезпеченням електронних таблиць (Microsoft Office, " -"OpenOffice, Google Диск тощо)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "Як налаштувати файл" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." -msgstr "Видаліть стовпці, які вам не потрібні. Ми радимо не видаляти ID." +"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" +" column (see why below)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" "Встановіть унікальний ID для кожного окремого запису, перетягнувши ID " "послідовність." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" -"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " -"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" +" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " "import screen." msgstr "" -"Не змінюйте мітки стовпців, які потрібно імпортувати. В іншому випадку Odoo " -"більше не буде їх розпізнавати, і вам доведеться співставляти їх на екрані " -"імпорту." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" -" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " -"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " +"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " +"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." msgstr "" -"Щоб додати нові стовпці, не соромтеся їх додавати, але не забувайте, що в " -"Odoo повинні бути поля. Якщо Odoo не в змозі зіставити назву стовпця з " -"полем, його можна вручну імпортувати, переглянувши список доступних полів." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "Чому стовпець \"ID\"?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" -"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " -"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one" +" of your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." msgstr "" -"ІD - це унікальний ідентифікатор позиції. Не соромтеся використовувати одну " -"з попередніх програм, щоби полегшити перехід до Odoo." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -"Встановлення ID не є обов'язковим при імпорті, але це допомагає у багатьох " -"випадках:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" +"duplicates." msgstr "" -"Оновіть імпорт: ви можете імпортувати один і той же файл кілька разів без " -"створення дублікатів;" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "Поле імпорту відносин (див. Нижче)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "Як імпортувати поля посилання" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" -"Об'єкт Odoo завжди пов'язаний з багатьма іншими об'єктами (наприклад, товар " -"пов'язаний із категоріями товарів, атрибутами, постачальниками тощо). Щоб " -"імпортувати ці відносини, вам потрібно спочатку імпортувати записи " -"відповідного об'єкта з власного меню списку." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " +"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " +"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -"Ви можете зробити це, використовуючи ім'я відповідного запису або його ID. " -"ID очікується тоді, коли два записи мають однакове ім'я. У такому випадку " -"додайте \"/ ID\" в кінці заголовку стовпця (наприклад, для атрибутів товару:" -" атрибути товару / атрибут / ID товару)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "Встановіть податки" -#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 msgid "eBay" msgstr "eBay" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "Надішліть комерційні пропозиції" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" msgstr "Стимулюйте клієнтів дедлайном комерційної пропозиції" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" "As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to" " entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer " @@ -1320,21 +4673,21 @@ msgid "" "price that is no longer cost effective for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Set a deadline" msgstr "Встановіть дедлайн" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." msgstr "" "У кожній комерційній пропозиції або замовленні на продаж ви можете додати " "*Дату закінчення*." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 msgid "Use deadline in templates" msgstr "Використовуйте дедлайн в шаблонах" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 msgid "" "You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time " "that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find" @@ -1348,15 +4701,15 @@ msgstr "" "про шаблони комерційних пропозицій `тут <https://docs.google.com/document/d" "/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" msgstr "Доставляйте та виставляйте рахунки на різні адреси" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " "This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their " @@ -1366,7 +4719,7 @@ msgstr "" "рахунків. Це є ключовим, не всі матимуть однакове місце для доставки, як " "місце розташування рахунка-фактури." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Customer Addresses* feature." @@ -1374,11 +4727,11 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та " "активуйте функцію *Адреси клієнта*." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" msgstr "Додайте різні адреси в комерційні пропозиції чи замовлення на продаж" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 msgid "" "If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will" " automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for " @@ -1390,11 +4743,11 @@ msgstr "" "використовувати її для обох, але ви, звичайно, можете змінити це миттєво і " "створити нову прямо з комерційної пропозиції або замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" msgstr "Додайте рахунки-фактури та адреси доставки клієнту" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, " "they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under " @@ -1404,15 +4757,15 @@ msgstr "" "додаються до форми клієнта. Перейдіть до будь-якої форми клієнтів у " ":menuselection:`Продажі --> Замовлення --> Клієнти`." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." msgstr "Звідти ви можете додати нові адреси клієнту." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" msgstr "Різні адреси в комерційних пропозиціях/замовленнях на продаж" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 msgid "" "These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you " "send by email or print." @@ -1420,11 +4773,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ці дві адреси потім використовуватимуться у комерційній пропозиції або " "замовленні на продаж, яке ви надсилаєте електронною поштою або друкуєте." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "Отримайте плату, щоб підтвердити замовлення" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving " "the time of both your customers and yourself." @@ -1432,12 +4785,12 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете використовувати онлайн-платежі, щоб автоматично підтверджувати " "замовлення. Збереження часу як ваших клієнтів, так і вас самих." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 msgid "Activate online payment" msgstr "Активуйте оплату онлайн" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Online Signature & Payment* feature." @@ -1445,7 +4798,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та " "активуйте функцію *Підпис онлайн та Оплата*." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 msgid "" "Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your " "acquirers of choice." @@ -1453,7 +4806,7 @@ msgstr "" "Отримавши в меню *Платники*, ви можете вибрати та налаштувати вибраних вами " "платників." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 msgid "" "You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment " "acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, " @@ -1467,7 +4820,7 @@ msgstr "" "shopper_experience / authorize> `і інші, що знаходяться в документації " "електронної комерції <../../ ecommerce> _ _." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 msgid "" "If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also " "pick a default setting for each template." @@ -1475,22 +4828,22 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви використовуєте `шаблони комерційних пропозицій <../quote_template>` " "_, ви також можете вибрати стандартний параметр для кожного шаблону." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 msgid "Register a payment" msgstr "Зареєструйте оплату" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 msgid "" "From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." msgstr "" "З вашого електронного листа комерційної пропозиції, який ви надіслали, ваш " "клієнт зможе оплатити онлайн." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" msgstr "Отримайте підпис, щоб підтвердити замовлення" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you" " and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a " @@ -1500,11 +4853,11 @@ msgstr "" "замовлення. Ви і ваш клієнт заощадять час за допомогою цієї функції " "порівняно з традиційним процесом." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" msgstr "Активуйте підпис онлайн" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 msgid "" "If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id" "=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, you can also pick a " @@ -1515,11 +4868,11 @@ msgstr "" "ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, ви також можете вибрати параметри за " "замовчуванням для кожного шаблону." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 msgid "Validate an order with a signature" msgstr "Підтвердження замовлення з підписом" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 msgid "" "When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online" " instantly." @@ -1527,17 +4880,17 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви надсилаєте комерційну пропозицію своєму клієнтові, він може прийняти" " її та підписати в мережі онлайн." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." msgstr "" "Після підписання комерційної пропозиції буде підтверджено, і почнеться " "доставка." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" msgstr "Збільшіть продажі за допомогою рекомендованих товарів" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 msgid "" "The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful " "products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could" @@ -1548,16 +4901,16 @@ msgstr "" "телефон, можуть бути показані такі аксесуари, як захисний корпус, кришка " "екрана та гарнітура." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" msgstr "Додайте запропоновані товари до шаблонів комерційних пропозицій" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." msgstr "" "Пропоновані товари можна встановити на *Шаблони комерційної пропозиції*." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 msgid "" "Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add" " related products or services." @@ -1565,17 +4918,17 @@ msgstr "" "Після появи шаблону ви побачите вкладку *Рекомендовані товари*, де ви можете" " додати відповідні товари чи послуги." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." msgstr "" "Ви також можете додати або змінити пропоновані товари на комерційній " "пропозиції." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" msgstr "Додайте запропоновані товари до комерційної пропозиції" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the" " suggested products to the order." @@ -1583,7 +4936,7 @@ msgstr "" "Відкриваючи комерційну пропозицію з отриманої електронної пошти, клієнт може" " додати запропоновані товари до замовлення." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 msgid "" "The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on " "any of the little carts." @@ -1591,7 +4944,7 @@ msgstr "" "Товар(и) буде негайно доданий до їх комерційної пропозиції при натисканні на" " будь-який з маленьких візків." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 msgid "" "Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or " "pay to confirm the quotation." @@ -1599,7 +4952,7 @@ msgstr "" "Залежно від вашого процесу підтвердження, вони можуть або залишити цифровий " "підпис або сплатити, щоби підтвердити комерційну пропозицію." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 msgid "" "Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales" " order, letting the salesperson see it." @@ -1608,11 +4961,11 @@ msgstr "" "відслідковується в замовленні на продаж, дозволяючи продавцеві його " "побачити." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" msgstr "Використовуйте шаблони комерційної пропозиції" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" "If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time " "by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a " @@ -1623,11 +4976,7 @@ msgstr "" "шаблон, ви можете надіслати заповнену комерційну пропозицію в найкоротші " "терміни." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*." @@ -1636,18 +4985,18 @@ msgstr "" "Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активуйте *Шаблони комерційних " "пропозицій*." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "Створіть ваш перший шаблон" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 msgid "" "You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration`." msgstr "" "Ви знайдете меню шаблонів у :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування`." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 msgid "" "You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to" " select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for" @@ -1657,7 +5006,7 @@ msgstr "" " зможете вибрати товар(и) і кількість, а також термін дійсності комерційної " "пропозиції." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " "in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration " @@ -1667,11 +5016,11 @@ msgstr "" "налаштуваннях *Продажі*. Базова ціна встановлюється в налаштуванні товару, і" " її можна змінити за прайслистами клієнтів." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 msgid "Edit your template" msgstr "Відредагуйте ваш шаблон" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 msgid "" "You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept " "or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and " @@ -1683,7 +5032,7 @@ msgstr "" "компанію, послуги та товари. Коли ви натискаєте *Редагувати шаблон*, ви " "перейдете в редактор комерційних пропозицій." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 msgid "" "This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building" " blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated" @@ -1692,7 +5041,7 @@ msgstr "" "Це дозволяє змінювати опис вмісту завдяки перетягуванням блоків. Щоб описати" " ваші товари, додайте блок вмісту в зону, присвячену кожному товару." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 msgid "" "The description set for the products will be used in all quotations " "templates containing those products." @@ -1700,20 +5049,20 @@ msgstr "" "Опис, встановлений для товарів, буде використовуватися у всіх шаблонах " "комерційних пропозицій, що містять ці товари." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "Використайте шаблон комерційної пропозиції" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." msgstr "Під час створення комерційної пропозиції, ви можете обрати шаблон." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." msgstr "" "Кожен товар у цьому шаблоні буде додано до вашої комерційної пропозиції." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" "You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* " "settings." @@ -1721,11 +5070,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете вибрати шаблон, який буде запропоновано за замовчуванням у " "налаштуваннях *Продажі*." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "Підтвердіть комерційну пропозицію" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 msgid "" "Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital " "signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." @@ -1733,22 +5082,22 @@ msgstr "" "Шаблони також полегшують процес підтвердження для клієнтів із цифровим " "підписом або оплатою онлайн. Ви можете вибрати його в самому шаблоні." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." msgstr "Кожна комерційна пропозиція тепер додасть до цього налаштування." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 msgid "" "Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" "Звичайно, ви все одно можете змінити це і зробити його специфічним для " "кожної комерційної пропозиції." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" msgstr "Додайте терміни та умови на замовлення" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" "Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " "between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " @@ -1760,7 +5109,7 @@ msgstr "" "інформацію, яка включає в себе товари та політику компанії; дозволяючи " "клієнту читати всі ці терміни, все, перш ніж робити що завгодно." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " "quotation, sales order and invoice." @@ -1768,11 +5117,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo дозволяє легко включати ваші загальні терміни та умови за замовчуванням" " на кожну комерційну пропозицію, замовлення на продаж та рахунок-фактуру." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" msgstr "Налаштуйте загальні терміни та умови за замовчуванням" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " "*Default Terms & Conditions*." @@ -1780,7 +5129,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та " "активуйте *Терміни та умови за замовчуванням*." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 msgid "" "In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " "appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." @@ -1788,11 +5137,11 @@ msgstr "" "У цьому полі ви можете додати свої терміни та умови за замовчуванням. Потім " "вони з'являться на кожній комерційній пропозиції, так і в рахунку-фактурі." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" msgstr "Налаштування докладніших термінів та умов" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 msgid "" "A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" " on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." @@ -1801,7 +5150,7 @@ msgstr "" "структурованими умовами - публікувати в Інтернеті та посилатися на це в " "термінах та умовах Odoo." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 msgid "" "You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " "conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/services.po similarity index 59% rename from locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po rename to locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 048be0d0a..04fc0369b 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -22,26 +22,508 @@ msgstr "" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "Проект" +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:3 ../../content/services.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Послуги" -#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Розширено" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:4 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Служба підтримки" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "Як отримувати відгуки від клієнтів у Odoo?" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "Почніть Службу підтримку в Odoo" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Загальний огляд" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "Початок роботи зі Службою підтримки Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 +msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" +msgstr "Встановлення Служби підтримки Odoo:" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 +msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" +msgstr "Відкрийте Модулі, знайдіть \"Службу підтримки\" та встановіть." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" +msgstr "Налаштуйте команди служби підтримки" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" +msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням Служба підтримки Odoo встановлюється з командою під назвою " +"\"Підтримка\"" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" +"Щоб змінити цю команду або створити додаткові команди, виберіть " +"\"Налаштування\" на фіолетовий панелі та виберіть \"Налаштування\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," +" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " +"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," +" or manually." +msgstr "" +"Тут ви можете створити нові команди, вирішити, які члени команди додавати до" +" цієї команди, як ваші клієнти можуть подавати заявки та встановлювати " +"політику та рейтинги SLA. Для методів присвоєння ви можете мати заявки, " +"призначені випадково, збалансовано або вручну." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 +msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" +msgstr "Як налаштувати різні етапи для кожної команди" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " +"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " +"the lower right-hand side." +msgstr "" +"Спочатку вам потрібно активувати режим розробника. Для цього перейдіть до " +"свого модуля налаштувань та виберіть посилання \"Активувати режим " +"розробника\" у нижній правій частині сторінки." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " +"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " +"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +msgstr "" +"Тепер, коли ви повернетесь до свого модуля Служба підтримки і виберете " +"\"Налаштування\" на фіолетовій панелі, ви знайдете додаткові параметри, такі" +" як \"Етапи\". Тут ви можете створити нові етапи та призначити їх для однієї" +" або кількох команд, що дозволить налаштувати етапи для кожної команди." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +msgid "Start receiving tickets" +msgstr "Почніть отримувати заявки" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 +msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" +msgstr "Як мої клієнти можуть подавати заявки?" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " +"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +msgstr "" +"Виберіть \"Налаштування\" на фіолетовий панелі та виберіть \"Налаштування\"," +" виберіть команду \"Служба підтримки\". У розділі \"Канали\" ви знайдете 4 " +"варіанти:" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " +"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +msgstr "" +"Псевдонім електронної пошти дозволяє клієнтам надсилати електронні листи, " +"які ви обираєте для створення заявки. Тема рядка електронного листа стає " +"темою заявки." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Website Form allows your customer to go to " +"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " +"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +msgstr "" +"Форма веб-сайту дозволяє вашому клієнту перейти на сторінку " +"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit і надіслати заявку через форму " +"веб-сайту - так само, як odoo.com/help!" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " +"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " +"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +msgstr "" +"Онлайн-чат дозволяє вашим клієнтам подавати заявки через онлайн-чат на " +"вашому веб-сайті. Ваш клієнт розпочне чат, і оператор онлайн-чату зможе " +"створити заявку за допомогою теми заявки команди/служби підтримки." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " +"documentation `*here* " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/12.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 +msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" +msgstr "Заявки створені, що тепер?" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" +" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " +"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " +"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +msgstr "" +"Тепер ваші співробітники можуть почати працювати над ними! Якщо ви обрали " +"метод ручного присвоєння, то вашим співробітникам доведеться призначати себе" +" на заявки, використовуючи кнопку \"Призначити для мене\" в лівому верхньому" +" кутку заявки або додати себе до поля \"Призначений для\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " +"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви вибрали метод призначення \"Випадковий\" або \"Збалансований\", ваші" +" заявки будуть призначатися членам цієї команди служби підтримки." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " +"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +msgstr "" +"Звідти вони почнуть працювати над вирішенням заявок! Коли вони будуть " +"завершені, вони перемістять заявку на стадію завершення." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 +msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" +msgstr "Як позначити цю заявку, як термінову?" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +msgid "" +"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" +" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " +"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +msgstr "" +"На ваших заявках ви побачите зірочки. Ви можете визначити, наскільки " +"терміновою є заявка, але вибирати одну або декілька зірок на ній. Ви можете " +"зробити це в Канбані або на формі заявки." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " +"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" +"Щоб налаштувати політику Угоди про якість обслуговування ваших " +"співробітників, спершу активуйте налаштування в розділі \"Налаштування\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." +msgstr "Звідси виберіть \"Налаштувати політику SLA\" та натисніть \"Створити\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " +"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +msgstr "" +"Ви будете заповнювати інформацію, подібну до команди служби підтримки, про " +"мінімальний пріоритет на заявці (зірки) та цілі для заявки." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 +msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" +msgstr "Що робити, якщо заявка заблоковано або готова до виконання?" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " +"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо заявка не може бути вирішеною або заблокована, ви можете змінити стан " +"заявки на Канбані. У вас є 3 варіанти:" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +msgid "Grey - Normal State" +msgstr "Сірий - нормальний стан" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 +msgid "Red - Blocked" +msgstr "Червоний - заблоковано" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 +msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" +msgstr "Зелений - готова до наступного етапу" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " +"Ticket form." +msgstr "" +"Подібно зіркам із нагальністю, ви можете налаштувати стан у Канбані або на " +"формі заявки." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 +msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" +msgstr "Як мої співробітники можуть зареєструвати час за заявкою?" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +msgid "" +"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " +"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " +"timesheets will log against." +msgstr "" +"Спочатку перейдіть до \"Налаштування\" та виберіть параметр \"Табель на " +"заявці\". З'явиться поле, де ви можете вибрати проект, куди потрібно " +"записувати табель." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" +" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +msgstr "" +"Тепер, коли ви вибрали проект, ви можете зберегти. Якщо ви повернетесь до " +"своїх заявок, ви побачите нову вкладку \"Табелі\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " +"ticket." +msgstr "" +"Тут співробітники можуть додати рядок, щоб додати роботу, яку вони зробили " +"для цієї заявки." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 +msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" +msgstr "Як дозволити своїм клієнтам оцінювати отриману ними послугу" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 +msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" +"По-перше, вам потрібно активувати параметри оцінювання в розділі " +"\"Налаштування\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " +"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +msgstr "" +"Тепер, коли заявка переміщується до її вирішення або завершеного етапу, вона" +" надішле електронний лист клієнту, який запитає, як пройшло їхнє " +"обслуговування." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" +msgstr "Запис часу на завдання та виставлення рахунку" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " +"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " +"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете мати контракти на обслуговування з клієнтами, щоб надати їм " +"допомогу у разі виникнення проблеми. Для цього Odoo допоможе вам записати " +"час, який витрачається на вирішення завдання, а головне, виставляти рахунки " +"своїм клієнтам." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "The modules needed" +msgstr "Необхідні модулі" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " +"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " +"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" +"Для запису та виставлення рахунків-фактур на завдання потрібні наступні " +"модулі: Служба підтримки, Проект, Табелі, Продажі. Якщо вам не вистачає " +"одного з них, перейдіть до модуля Додатки, знайдіть його, а потім натисніть " +"кнопку *Встановити*." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 +msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" +msgstr "Почніть пропонувати службу підтримки" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 +msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" +msgstr "Крок 1: запустіть проект служби підтримки" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " +"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +msgstr "" +"Щоб запустити спеціальний проект для служби підтримки, спочатку перейдіть до" +" :menuselection:`Проект --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та переконайтеся," +" що функція *Табелі* активована." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " +"it." +msgstr "" +"Потім перейдіть на свою інформаційну панель, створіть новий проект і " +"дозвольте табелі для нього." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" +msgstr "Крок 2: встановіть команду служби підтримки" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " +"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" +" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " +"previously created as well." +msgstr "" +"Щоб встановити команду, яка відповідає за службу підтримки, перейдіть до " +":menuselection:`Служба підтримки --> Налаштування --> Команда служби " +"підтримки` і створіть нову команду або виберіть існуючу. На формі, позначте " +"поле перед *Табелем на заявці*, щоб активувати цю функцію. Не забудьте " +"вибрати раніше створений вами проект служби підтримки." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" +msgstr "Крок 3: запустіть службу підтримки" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" +" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +msgstr "" +"Нарешті, щоб запустити нову службу підтримки, спочатку перейдіть до " +":menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та переконайтеся," +" що активовано функцію *Одиниця вимірювання*." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " +"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +msgstr "" +"Потім перейдіть на :menuselection:`Товари --> Товари` та створіть новий. " +"Переконайтеся, що товар встановлено як послугу." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " +"unit will do." +msgstr "" +"Тут ми пропонуємо встановити *Одиницю вимірювання* як *Годину(и)*, але будь-" +"яка одиниця буде виконуватися." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " +"configuration :" +msgstr "" +"Нарешті, виберіть керування рахунками-фактурами, які ви хочете мати на " +"вкладці *Продажі* форми товару. Тут ми рекомендуємо наступне налаштування:" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 +msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" +msgstr "Тепер ви готові отримувати завдання!" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 +msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" +msgstr "Вирішіть проблеми та зафіксуйте витрачений час" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 +msgid "Step 1 : place an order" +msgstr "Крок 1: розмістіть замовлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " +"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" +" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " +"the sale." +msgstr "" +"Ви перебуваєте в модулі Служба підтримки, і ви тільки що отримали заявку від" +" клієнта. Щоб розмістити нове замовлення, перейдіть на " +":menuselection:`Продажі --> Замовлення --> Замовлення` та створіть його для " +"послуги служби підтримки, яку ви раніше записали. Встановіть кількість " +"годин, необхідних для надання послуги клієнту та підтвердіть продаж." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 +msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "Крок 2: пов'яжіть завдання із заявкою" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " +"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" +" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" +" and select the task on its form." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви отримуєте доступ до конкретного проекту служби підтримки, ви " +"помітите, що із замовленням було автоматично створене нове завдання. Щоби " +"пов'язати це завдання з клієнтською заявкою, перейдіть до модуля Служба " +"підтримки, отримайте доступ до відповідної заявки та оберіть завдання у її " +"формі." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 +msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" +msgstr "Крок 3: запишіть час, витрачений на допомогу клієнту" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " +"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" +"Робота виконана, а заявка клієнта відсортована. Аби записати години, " +"виконані для цього завдання, поверніться до форми заявки та додайте її на " +"вкладку *Табелі*." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " +"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +msgstr "" +"Часи, записані в заявці, також автоматично з'являться в модулі табелю та у " +"конкретному завданні." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 +msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" +msgstr "Крок 4: виставіть рахунок-фактуру клієнту" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" +" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " +"appear as the delivered quantity." +msgstr "" +"Щоби виставити рахунок-фактуру клієнту, поверніться до модуля продажу та " +"виберіть замовлення, яке було розміщено. Зверніть увагу, що години, записані" +" у формі заявки, тепер відображаються як доставлена кількість." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +msgid "" +"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " +"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +msgstr "" +"Все, що потрібно зробити - це створити рахунок-фактуру із замовлення, а " +"потім перевірити його. Тепер вам просто доведеться чекати оплату клієнта!" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:4 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "Проект" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Розширено" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" +msgstr "Як отримувати відгуки від клієнтів в Odoo?" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 msgid "" "As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " "Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " @@ -53,7 +535,7 @@ msgstr "" "вашої команди. Ви можете легко зібрати відгуки від своїх клієнтів, " "використовуючи Odoo." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 msgid "" "An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " "just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " @@ -63,11 +545,11 @@ msgstr "" "зворотній зв'язок від клієнта. Він просто повинен вибрати один із трьох " "смайлів для оцінки вашої роботи (посмішка, нейтральний або сумний)." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" msgstr "Як отримати зворотній зв'язок від клієнтів" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 msgid "" "Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " "necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " @@ -77,14 +559,14 @@ msgstr "" "встановити додаток **Проект**. Для цього просто перейдіть до модуля додатків" " та встановіть його." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 msgid "" "Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " "module." msgstr "" "Крім того, у тому ж меню потрібно встановити модуль **Оцінки проекту**." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 msgid "" "Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " "**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " @@ -96,28 +578,28 @@ msgstr "" "виберіть **Дозволити активацію оцінювання клієнтів на проектах під час " "закриття проблеми**. Не забудьте застосувати свої зміни." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" msgstr "Як отримати відгук клієнтів?" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 msgid "" "A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." msgstr "" "Електронний лист може бути відправлений клієнтам на кожному етапі поточних " "проектів." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 msgid "" "First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." msgstr "" "По-перше, потрібно вибрати, для яких проектів ви хочете отримати відгук." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 msgid "Project configuration" msgstr "Налаштування проекту" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 msgid "" "Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " "**Customer satisfaction** option." @@ -125,51 +607,51 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до програми **Проект**, в налаштуваннях проекту виберіть параметр " "**Задоволення клієнтів**." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 msgid "Email Template" msgstr "Шаблон електронного листа" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 msgid "" "Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " "column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." " You can directly edit it from there." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до налаштувань етапу (натисніть значок шестірні у верхній частині " -"стовпця етапу, потім виберіть **Редагувати**). Виберіть шаблон електронного " -"листа, який буде використовуватися. Ви можете безпосередньо редагувати його " -"там." +"Перейдіть до налаштувань етапу (натисніть значок налаштування у верхній " +"частині стовпця етапу, потім виберіть **Редагувати**). Виберіть шаблон " +"електронного листа, який буде використовуватися. Ви можете безпосередньо " +"редагувати його там." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" msgstr "Ось приклад електронного листа, який клієнт може отримати:" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 msgid "" "The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" " your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " "will be added to the chatter of the task." msgstr "" -"Клієнт повинен натиснути на посмішку (Посмішка, Нейтральний або Сумний), щоб" -" оцінити вашу роботу. Клієнт може відповісти на електронний лист, щоб додати" -" більше інформації. Він буде доданий до чату завдання." +"Клієнт повинен натиснути на смайл (Посмішка, Нейтральний або Сумний), щоб " +"оцінити вашу роботу. Клієнт може відповісти на електронний лист, щоб додати " +"більше інформації. Він буде доданий до чату завдання." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Звітність" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 msgid "" "You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " "the project." msgstr "" "У вас є стислий виклад про задоволення в правому верхньому кутку проекту." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" msgstr "Як відображати оцінювання на вашому веб-сайті?" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 msgid "" "First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " "To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." @@ -177,7 +659,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перш за все необхідно встановити програму **Конструктор веб-сайту**. Для " "цього просто перейдіть до модуля додатків та знайдіть конструктор веб-сайту." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 msgid "" "Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" " Issue** module." @@ -185,7 +667,7 @@ msgstr "" "Крім того, в тому ж меню потрібно встановити модуль **Оцінка проблем " "проекту** веб-сайту." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 msgid "" "Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" " the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" @@ -195,11 +677,11 @@ msgstr "" " кнопку веб-сайту в правому верхньому кутку та підтвердіть його в передній " "частині веб-сайту." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" msgstr "Як створити завдання із замовлення на продаж в Odoo?" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 msgid "" "In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " "management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " @@ -209,7 +691,7 @@ msgstr "" "модулями **Продажу** та, більш точно, як генерувати завдання з рядків " "замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 msgid "" "In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " "within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " @@ -224,7 +706,7 @@ msgstr "" "бути доставлена. Ось чому корисно мати можливість генерувати завдання із " "замовлення на продаж, щоб спростити процес між відділами продажу та послуг." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 msgid "" "As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " "``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " @@ -240,27 +722,27 @@ msgstr "" "табелі та, у разі необхідності, виставляти додатково рахунок клієнту " "відповідно до понаднормових витрат, витрачених на проект." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 msgid "Install the required applications" msgstr "Встановіть необхідні модулі" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 msgid "" "In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " "install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" " the application module and install the following:" msgstr "" "Щоб мати можливість генерувати завдання із замовлення на продаж, вам " -"потрібно буде встановити програму **Управління продажами** та **Проект**. " +"потрібно буде встановити модулі **Управління продажами** та **Проект**. " "Просто перейдіть у модуль додатків та встановіть наступне:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 msgid "" "And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" " task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " @@ -270,15 +752,15 @@ msgstr "" "завдання із замовлень на продаж, а й виставляти рахунки клієнтам на основі " "витраченого часу на ці завдання." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" msgstr "Просто перейдіть в модуль додатків та встановіть наступне:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 msgid "Create and set up a product" msgstr "Створіть та налаштуйте товар" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 msgid "" "You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " "generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " @@ -290,15 +772,15 @@ msgstr "" "використовуйте меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Товари` і створіть новий " "товар з наступним налаштуванням:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" msgstr "**Назва**: Технічна підтримка" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 msgid "**Product Type**: Service" msgstr "**Тип товару**: Послуга" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 msgid "" "**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " @@ -309,7 +791,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Деякі товари можуть бути продані/придбані в різних одиницях вимірювань " "(розширені)**)" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 msgid "" "**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " "quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" @@ -320,7 +802,7 @@ msgstr "" "доставляється. Ви можете легко стежити за кількістю годин, які були " "доставлені та/або рахунки-фактури для вашого клієнта." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 msgid "" "**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " "service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " @@ -330,7 +812,7 @@ msgstr "" "ваш товар - це послуга, що виставляється у рахунках за години, де ви також " "повинні встановлювати одиниці вимірювання товару за годину." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 msgid "" "Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " "product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " @@ -340,11 +822,11 @@ msgstr "" " якщо товар відповідає конкретному проекту. В іншому випадку, ви можете " "залишити це порожнім, Odoo потім створить проект на замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 msgid "Create the Sales Order" msgstr "Створіть замовлення на продаж" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 msgid "" "Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " "the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " @@ -354,20 +836,20 @@ msgstr "" "замовлення на продаж з відповідним товаром. Коли комерційну пропозицію буде " "підтверджено та перетворено в замовлення на продаж, завдання буде створено." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" msgstr "Надайте доступ до завдання, створене за замовленням на продаж" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" msgstr "На модулі проекту з'явиться ваше нове завдання:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 msgid "" "either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" msgstr "або на пов'язаному проекті, якщо ви вибрали його у формі товару" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 msgid "" "either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " "(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " @@ -377,7 +859,7 @@ msgstr "" " (ви можете легко змінити назву проекту, натиснувши кнопку " ":menuselection:`Більше --> Налаштування`)" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 msgid "" "On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" " your customers based on your invoicing policy." @@ -385,7 +867,7 @@ msgstr "" "На самому завданні тепер ви зможете записувати табелі та виставляти рахунки " "вашим клієнтам на основі політики щодо виставлення рахунків." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 msgid "" "On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " "source document of the task is the related sales order." @@ -393,29 +875,29 @@ msgstr "" "В Odoo центральним документом є замовлення на продаж, що означає, що " "вихідним документом завдання є пов'язане замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:137 msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application.rst:3 msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" msgstr "Чудовий модуль Табелю" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:3 msgid "Demonstration Video" msgstr "Демонстративне відео" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 msgid "Transcript" msgstr "Опис" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:13 msgid "" "Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" " spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." @@ -423,7 +905,7 @@ msgstr "" "Чудовий табель - це мобільний додаток, який допомагає мені миттєво " "записувати будь-який час, витрачений на проекти в один клік. Це так легко." -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:16 msgid "" "Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " "the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" @@ -434,7 +916,7 @@ msgstr "" "запустіть його. Це просто. Він також працює в автономному режимі та " "автоматично синхронізується з обліковим записом Odoo." -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:21 msgid "" "Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" " further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" @@ -445,7 +927,7 @@ msgstr "" " Я отримую звіти про табелі для кожного користувача, детальну інформацію про" " проект, і багато іншого." -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:25 msgid "" "Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " "billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" @@ -455,27 +937,27 @@ msgstr "" "виставлення рахунків клієнтам здійснюється автоматично. Але й також через " "проекти Odoo. Це економія часу!" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:28 msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." msgstr "Завантажте чудовий табель зараз і підвищіть продуктивність." -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration.rst:3 msgid "Configuration and basic usage" msgstr "Налаштування та базове використання" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" msgstr "Як керувати завданнями та співпрацювати на них?" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Обов'язки" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." msgstr "В Odoo можна призначити особу, яка відповідає за завдання." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 msgid "" "When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " "this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " @@ -485,7 +967,7 @@ msgstr "" " змінити це, просто набравши інше ім'я користувача та вибравши його з " "пропозицій у випадаючому меню." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 msgid "" "If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " "order to do so, you need the administrator rights." @@ -493,11 +975,11 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви додаєте когось нового, ви можете \"Створити та редагувати\" нового " "користувача \"на льоту\". Для цього вам потрібні права адміністратора." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 msgid "Followers" msgstr "Підписники" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 msgid "" "In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" " that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " @@ -517,11 +999,11 @@ msgstr "" "зможуть взяти участь у ньому, просто відповівши на лист. Підписники можуть " "бачити ціле таке завдання, як ви, з описом і чатом." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" msgstr "Проект: підпишіться на проект, щоби слідкувати за конвеєром" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 msgid "" "You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" " any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " @@ -535,11 +1017,11 @@ msgstr "" "інформацію у своїй поштовій скриньці. Ця функція ідеально підходить для " "менеджера проектів, який хоче бачити загальну картину постійно." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 msgid "Task: follow a specific task" msgstr "Завдання: підпишіться на конкретне завдання" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 msgid "" "Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " "focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " @@ -549,11 +1031,11 @@ msgstr "" " того, що ви зосереджені на конкретній частині проекту. Усі сповіщення або " "зміни у цьому завданні також відображаються у папці \"Вхідні\"." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 msgid "Choose which action to follow" msgstr "Виберіть, які дії потрібно виконати" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 msgid "" "You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " "Following button." @@ -561,7 +1043,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете вибрати, за чим ви хочете стежити, натиснувши стрілку вниз на " "кнопці Стежити." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 msgid "" "By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " "notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " @@ -571,11 +1053,11 @@ msgstr "" "щоб отримувати сповіщення про вхід до нотатки, коли завдання створюється, " "заблоковано або готове до виконання, а також коли стадія завдання змінилася." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" msgstr "Управління часом: аналітичні рахунки" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 msgid "" "Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " "or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." @@ -584,7 +1066,7 @@ msgstr "" "виставлення рахунків, відстеження часу в Управлінні проектами є справжнім " "плюсом." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 msgid "" "The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " "help you track time easily." @@ -592,7 +1074,7 @@ msgstr "" "Додаток Табель Odoo ідеально інтегрований з Проектом Odoo і може допомогти " "легко відстежувати час." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 msgid "" "Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " "available in projects and on tasks." @@ -600,7 +1082,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після встановлення Табеля Odoo параметр табеля автоматично доступний у " "проектах та на завданнях." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 msgid "" "To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " "account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" @@ -612,19 +1094,19 @@ msgstr "" "проект або контракт. Кожен раз, коли створюється проект, аналітичний рахунок" " створюється автоматично під тією ж назвою." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" msgstr "Запишіть табель у проект:" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 msgid "Click on the settings of a project." msgstr "Натисніть на налаштування проекту." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." msgstr "Натисніть на кнопку Табеля у верхньому сірому меню." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 msgid "" "You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " "today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " @@ -636,7 +1118,7 @@ msgstr "" "як Аналітичний рахунок. Якщо не задано жодного завдання, ви можете додати " "конкретне завдання для нього, або ні." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 msgid "" "If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" " timesheets." @@ -644,15 +1126,15 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви перейдете в Табель Odoo, ваш рядок буде записаний серед інших " "табелів." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" msgstr "Запишіть табель на завданні:" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." msgstr "У межах завдання також доступний параметр табелю." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 msgid "" "In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " "Add an item." @@ -660,20 +1142,20 @@ msgstr "" "У вікні завдання натисніть кнопку Редагувати. Перейдіть на вкладку Табель та" " натисніть Додати елемент." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 msgid "" "A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " "Analytic account." msgstr "" "З'явиться рядок з назвою проекту, вже вибраного в Аналітичному рахунку." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 msgid "" "Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " "application." msgstr "Знову ж таки, ви знайдете ці рядки табелю у додатку Табель Odoo." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 msgid "" "At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" " it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." @@ -682,22 +1164,22 @@ msgstr "" "витрачений на нього, шляхом пошуку на основі аналітичного рахунку вашого " "проекту." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 msgid "Document Management in tasks" msgstr "Управління документами у завданнях" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 msgid "" "You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" " the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" " words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." msgstr "" "Ви можете керувати документами, пов'язаними із завданнями, незалежно від " -"того, чи є вони планами, фотографіями тощо. Зображення іноді є більш " -"інформативним, ніж тисяча слів! У вас є два способи додати документ до " -"завдання." +"того, чи є вони планами, зображеннями форматування тощо. Зображення іноді є " +"більш інформативним, ніж тисяча слів! У вас є два способи додати документ до" +" завдання." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 msgid "" "1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " "tab on the top of the form." @@ -705,7 +1187,7 @@ msgstr "" "1. Ви можете додати зображення/документ до свого завдання, натиснувши " "вкладку Прикріплення у верхній частині форми." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 msgid "" "2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " "log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " @@ -717,7 +1199,7 @@ msgstr "" "файл. Або, якщо хтось надсилає електронне повідомлення із вкладенням, " "документ буде автоматично збережений у завданні." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 msgid "" "If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " "set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." @@ -726,11 +1208,11 @@ msgstr "" " встановити його як обкладинку. Воно буде відображатися безпосередньо у " "вигляді Канбану." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 msgid "Collaborate on tasks" msgstr "Співпрацюйте на завданнях" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 msgid "" "Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" " colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." @@ -738,7 +1220,7 @@ msgstr "" "Завдання в Проекті Odoo створені, щоби допомогти вам легко працювати разом " "із колегами. Це допоможе вам заощадити час та енергію." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 msgid "" "The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " "with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" @@ -748,11 +1230,11 @@ msgstr "" "колегами, написавши одне і те ж завдання одночасно, з делегуванням завдань " "та чатом." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 msgid "Create a task from an email" msgstr "Створіть завдання з електронного листа" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 msgid "" "You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " "sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " @@ -763,7 +1245,7 @@ msgstr "" "завдання на першому етапі проекту з усіма одержувачами (To/Cc/Bcc) як " "послідовниками." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 msgid "" "With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " "project gets an automatic email address." @@ -771,7 +1253,7 @@ msgstr "" "За допомогою Odoo Online поштовий шлюз вже налаштований, і тому кожен проект" " отримує автоматичну адресу електронної пошти." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 msgid "" "The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " "space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " @@ -780,7 +1262,7 @@ msgstr "" "Електронна пошта завжди має назву проекту (замість пробілу \"-\"), ви " "побачите його під назвою вашого проекту на панелі інструментів проекту." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 msgid "" "This email address create by default following the project name can be " "changed." @@ -788,25 +1270,25 @@ msgstr "" "Ця адреса електронної пошти створюється за замовчуванням, оскільки назва " "проекту може бути змінена." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." msgstr "Псевдонім адреси електронної пошти може змінити менеджер проекту." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." msgstr "" -"Для цього перейдіть до Налаштування проекту та натисніть вкладку Електронна " -"пошта." +"Для цього перейдіть до Налаштування проекту та натисніть вкладку Електронної" +" пошти." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." msgstr "Ви можете безпосередньо редагувати адресу електронної пошти проекту." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." msgstr "Чат, статус та підписки" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 msgid "" "The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " "history of the task." @@ -814,7 +1296,7 @@ msgstr "" "Чат є дуже корисним інструментом. Це комунікаційний інструмент і показує " "історію завдання." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 msgid "" "In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " "passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " @@ -829,7 +1311,7 @@ msgstr "" "вами та вашим клієнтом або колегами. Всі взаємодії входять до чату, завдяки " "чому керівник завдання легко запам'ятовує минулі взаємодії." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 msgid "" "You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" " or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " @@ -838,16 +1320,16 @@ msgid "" "both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." msgstr "" "Ви можете взаємодіяти з підписниками, незалежно від того, внутрішні (ваші " -"колеги) або зовнішні (наприклад, клієнт), зареєструвавши нотатку або важливу" -" інформацію. Також, якщо ви хочете надіслати електронний лист усім " +"колеги) або зовнішні (наприклад, клієнт), записавши нотатку або важливу " +"інформацію. Також, якщо ви хочете надіслати електронний лист усім " "підписникам цього конкретного завдання, ви можете додати повідомлення, щоб " "повідомити всіх. Для обох цих параметрів дата і час зберігаються на записі." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "Опис завдання, Пед" +msgstr "Опис завдання, Пад" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " "collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " @@ -861,16 +1343,16 @@ msgstr "" "самий вміст. Кожен користувач має свій власний колір, і ви можете відтворити" " увесь створений вміст." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 msgid "" "To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " "tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." msgstr "" "Щоб активувати цю опцію, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування проекту " -"--> Педи`, позначте пункт \"Спільний багатофункціональний текст у описі " +"--> Пади`, позначте пункт \"Спільний багатофункціональний текст в описі " "завдань\"." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 msgid "" "If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " "icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " @@ -878,21 +1360,21 @@ msgid "" "useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " "follower." msgstr "" -"Якщо вам просто потрібен пед, а не вся сторінка завдання, ви можете " +"Якщо вам просто потрібен пад, а не вся сторінка завдання, ви можете " "натиснути піктограму у верхньому правому куті, щоби перейти до панелі " "безпосередньо в повноекранному режимі. Натисніть на значок ``</>``, щоби " "отримати пряму URL-адресу опису завдання: корисно, якщо ви хочете відправити" " його комусь, не додаючи цю особу як підписника." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 msgid "Tasks states" msgstr "Етапи завдання" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 msgid "Set the state of a task" msgstr "Встановіть етап завдання" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 msgid "" "The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" " are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " @@ -902,7 +1384,7 @@ msgstr "" " над завданням, якщо завдання готові або їх заблоковано. Це візуальний " "індикатор, який видно одразу." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 msgid "" "You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " "the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" @@ -910,11 +1392,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете змінити етап завдання з Канбану або безпосередньо із завдання. " "Просто натисніть на кружок етапу, щоб отримати вибір:" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 msgid "Custom states" msgstr "Змінювані етапи" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 msgid "" "You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " "project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," @@ -924,19 +1406,19 @@ msgstr "" "перегляді Канбану натисніть на значок налаштування у верхній частині екрану," " після чого натисніть Редагувати:" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "Поруч із кольоровим кружком, напишіть пояснення етапу." +msgstr "Поруч із кольоровим кружочком, напишіть пояснення етапу." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" msgstr "Тепер пояснення буде відображатися замість загального тексту:" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 msgid "Color Tags" msgstr "Кольорові мітки" -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 msgid "" "In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " "tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " @@ -946,7 +1428,7 @@ msgstr "" "завдань. Це допоможе вам виділити завдання з Канбану або краще знайти їх " "завдяки фільтрам." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 msgid "" "If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" " tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " @@ -956,7 +1438,7 @@ msgstr "" "що містять тег із кольором. Кожен тег може отримати певний колір, це видно " "на Канбані." -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 msgid "" "In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " "the tag, directly from the task:" @@ -964,11 +1446,11 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб зробити його видимим у Канбані, потрібно встановити колір тегу " "безпосередньо із завдання:" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" msgstr "Як встановити та налаштувати проект?" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " "and to communicate with any member for each project and task." @@ -976,23 +1458,23 @@ msgstr "" "Проект Odoo дозволяє вам керувати проектом разом з усією вашою командою та " "спілкуватися з будь-яким членом для кожного проекту та завдання." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:11 msgid "" "It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " "project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" " as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " "employees working on this project." msgstr "" -"Він працює з проектами, що містять завдання, які накладаються на налаштовані" -" етапи. Проект може бути внутрішнім або орієнтованим на клієнта. Завдання - " -"виконання частини проекту. Ви зможете надати різні завдання кільком " -"працівникам, які працюють над цим проектом." +"Він працює з проектами, що містять завдання, які накладаються на " +"налаштовувані етапи. Проект може бути внутрішнім або орієнтованим на " +"клієнта. Завдання - виконання частини проекту. Ви зможете надати різні " +"завдання кільком працівникам, які працюють над цим проектом." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:17 msgid "Installing the Project module" msgstr "Встановлення модуля Проект" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:19 msgid "" "Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " "**Install**." @@ -1000,11 +1482,11 @@ msgstr "" "Відкрийте модуль **Додатки**, знайдіть **Керування проектами** та натисніть " "**Встановити**." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:26 msgid "Creating a new project" msgstr "Створення нового проекту" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:28 msgid "" "Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," " you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " @@ -1013,26 +1495,26 @@ msgstr "" "Відкрийте додаток **Проект** та натисніть кнопку **Створити**. У цьому вікні" " ви можете вказати назву проекту та встановити конфіденційність проекту." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:32 msgid "The privacy setting works as:" msgstr "Параметр конфіденційності працює як:" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:34 msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." msgstr "**Проект клієнта**: видимий на порталі, якщо клієнт є підписником." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:37 msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." msgstr "**Усі співробітники**: працівники бачать всі завдання чи проблеми." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:39 msgid "" "**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" msgstr "" "**Приватний проект**: підписники можуть бачити лише наступні завдання чи " "проблеми." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:42 msgid "" "You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " "**Customer** field empty if not." @@ -1040,23 +1522,23 @@ msgstr "" "Ви також можете вказати, чи проект призначений клієнту, або залишити поле " "**клієнта** порожнім, якщо ні." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:48 msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." msgstr "Коли ви введете всі необхідні дані, натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:51 msgid "Manage your project's stages" msgstr "Керування етапами вашого проекту" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:54 msgid "Add your project's stages" msgstr "Додайте етапи вашого проекту" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:56 msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." msgstr "На інформаційній панелі вашого проекту натисніть **# Завдання**." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:61 msgid "" "In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" " of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " @@ -1066,7 +1548,7 @@ msgstr "" "етапу вашого проекту, а потім додайте стільки стовпчиків, скільки є етапів у" " вашому проекті." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:68 msgid "" "For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " "that you can personalize to fit your needs." @@ -1074,7 +1556,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для кожного етапу є маркери для статусу завдань в рамках стадії, які можна " "персоналізувати відповідно до ваших потреб." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:71 msgid "" "Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " "bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." @@ -1082,26 +1564,26 @@ msgstr "" "Перетягніть вказівник миші над назвою стадії та натисніть на значення, що " "з'являється, а у відкритому меню натисніть **Редагувати**." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:77 msgid "" "A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " "customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " "requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." msgstr "" "Відкриється нове вікно. Кольорові точки та значок зірки відповідають " -"налаштованим маркерам, застосованим до завдань, що полегшує знання того, яке" -" завдання потребує уваги. Ви можете дати їм будь-яке позначення, яке вам " +"налаштовуваним маркерам, застосованим до завдань, що полегшує знання того, " +"яке завдання потребує уваги. Ви можете дати їм будь-яке позначення, яке вам " "подобається." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:84 msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." msgstr "Натисніть кнопку **Зберегти** після завершення." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:87 msgid "Rearrange stages" msgstr "Налаштування етапів" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:89 msgid "" "You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " "creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " @@ -1118,32 +1600,32 @@ msgstr "" "можете скласти або розгорнути свої етапи, використовуючи значок " "**Налаштування** на потрібному вам етапі." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`visualization`" msgstr ":doc:`visualization`" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:101 msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" msgstr ":doc:`collaboration`" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:102 msgid ":doc:`time_record`" msgstr ":doc:`time_record`" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 msgid "How to record time spent?" msgstr "Як записати витрачений час?" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " "simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." msgstr "" "Odoo дозволяє записувати час, витрачений на одного співробітника на кожен " -"проекту, для простих звітів, а також для прямого виставлення рахунків " +"проект, для простих звітів, а також для прямого виставлення рахунків " "клієнту." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 msgid "" "In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " "invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " @@ -1155,7 +1637,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`. У розділі **Табелі** " "позначте пункт **Активувати табелі на проблемах**." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 msgid "" "Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " "Employee and Timesheet apps." @@ -1163,23 +1645,23 @@ msgstr "" "Активація цього параметра дозволить встановити додатки для продажів, " "виставлення рахунків-фактур, відстеження проблем, працівників і табель." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 msgid "Recording timesheets" msgstr "Запис табелів" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 msgid "" "You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " "application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." msgstr "" "Ви можете зафіксувати час, витрачений на проекти, безпосередньо із програми " -"проекту. Ви можете або записувати табелі в проекті, або в задачі." +"проекту. Ви можете або записувати табелі в проекті, або в завданні." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 msgid "Recording in a project" msgstr "Запис у проекті" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 msgid "" "In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " "project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." @@ -1187,7 +1669,7 @@ msgstr "" "На інформаційній панелі програми **Проект** відкрийте меню **Більше** " "проекту, для якого потрібно записати табелі, і натисніть кнопку **Табелі**." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 msgid "" "In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" " click on **Save**." @@ -1195,11 +1677,11 @@ msgstr "" "У новому вікні натисніть кнопку **Створити** та вставте необхідні дані, а " "потім натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "Запис у завдання" +msgstr "Запис у завданні" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 msgid "" "In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " "and open the task on which you have been working." @@ -1207,7 +1689,7 @@ msgstr "" "У модулі **Проект** відкрийте проект, в якому ви хочете записати табель, і " "відкрийте завдання, на якому ви працювали." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 msgid "" "In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " "**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." @@ -1216,11 +1698,11 @@ msgstr "" "натисніть **Додати елемент**. Вставте потрібні дані, а потім натисніть " "кнопку **Зберегти**." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" msgstr "Візуалізуйте завдання проекту" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 msgid "" "In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " "amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " @@ -1233,21 +1715,21 @@ msgstr "" "за ними, що може бути тягарем. На щастя, Odoo дозволяє вам ефективно " "візуалізувати та організовувати різні завдання, з якими ви маєте справу." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 msgid "Create a task" msgstr "Створіть завдання" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 msgid "" "While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." msgstr "" "Під час додавання проекту, виберіть існуючий проект або створіть новий." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 msgid "In the project, create a new task." msgstr "У проекті створіть нове завдання." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 msgid "" "In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " "deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." @@ -1255,11 +1737,11 @@ msgstr "" "Це завдання ви можете призначити потрібній людині, додавати в ньому теги, " "терміни, описи ... і все інше, що вам може знадобитися для цього завдання." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" msgstr "Перегляньте свої завдання за допомогою Канбану" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 msgid "" "Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " "to the Kanban view." @@ -1267,7 +1749,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після того, як ви створили декілька завдань, їх можна буде керувати та " "контролювати завдяки Канбану." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 msgid "" "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " "enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " @@ -1277,8 +1759,8 @@ msgstr "" " мати чітке уявлення про етапи виконання ваших завдань і про те, які з них " "мають вищі пріоритети." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:53 msgid "" "The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" " on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" @@ -1288,7 +1770,7 @@ msgstr "" "перебуваєте в іншому перегляді, ви можете будь-коли повернутися до нього, " "натиснувши значок Канбану у верхньому правому куті." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 msgid "" "You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " "the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" @@ -1296,13 +1778,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Ви також можете повідомити своїх колег про стан завдання прямо з Канбану за " "допомогою маленької точки, він буде повідомляти підписника завдання і " -"вказати, чи завдання готові." +"вказувати, чи завдання готові." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" msgstr "Сортування завдань у Канбані" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 msgid "" "Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " "next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " @@ -1314,14 +1796,14 @@ msgstr "" "допомогою перетягування, вони будуть в такому порядку і, нарешті, своїми " "ідентифікаторами, пов'язаними з датою їх створення." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 msgid "" "Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." msgstr "" "Задачі, що минули через їхній термін, будуть позначені червоним у вашому " "Канбані." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 msgid "" "If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " "the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." @@ -1330,11 +1812,11 @@ msgstr "" "повернетеся на інформаційну панель наступного разу, завдання повернеться " "назад до задач з високим пріоритетом." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" msgstr "Керуйте дедлайнами в Календарі" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 msgid "" "You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " "allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " @@ -1344,7 +1826,7 @@ msgstr "" "перегляду Календаря, що дозволяє переглядати дедлайн кожного завдання просто" " в одному вікні." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 msgid "" "Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " "filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." @@ -1353,8 +1835,8 @@ msgstr "" " відфільтрувати дедлайни для працівників, вибравши кінцевий термін, який ви " "хочете бачити." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:133 msgid "" "You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " "dropping the task to another case." @@ -1362,11 +1844,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете легко змінити кінцевий термін з перегляду Календаря, перетягнувши " "завдання в інший." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" msgstr "Введення у Проект Odoo" -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 msgid "" "As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " "To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." @@ -1375,7 +1857,7 @@ msgstr "" " зацікавлених сторін. Керуючи кожним завданням, Проект Odoo відмінно з цим " "справляється." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 msgid "" "With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" " launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " @@ -1389,7 +1871,7 @@ msgstr "" "якого завдання в будь-який час і для будь-якого користувача. Це зручно для " "будь-якого іншого менеджера проекту." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 msgid "" "These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" " one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " @@ -1397,12 +1879,12 @@ msgid "" "projects is designed to work for any kind of business." msgstr "" "Ці добре структуровані етапи проекту повністю налаштовуються. Тут ми " -"ідентифікуємо одну відсутню стадію, ми можемо легко додати її лише одним " -"кліком. У процесі управління проектом ми приступаємо до остаточного " -"розгляду, тому додаємо цей етап. Проекти Odoo призначені для роботи будь-" -"якого виду бізнесу." +"ідентифікуємо одну відсутню стадію, ми можемо легко додати її лише d один " +"клік. У процесі управління проектом ми приступаємо до остаточного розгляду, " +"тому додаємо цей етап. Проекти Odoo призначені для роботи будь-якого виду " +"бізнесу." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 msgid "" "Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." " That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " @@ -1412,7 +1894,7 @@ msgstr "" "Це допоможе менеджеру проекту переглянути завдання перед тим, як змінити " "етап з простим перетягуванням. Легко, чи не так?" -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 msgid "" "We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " "select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" @@ -1432,11 +1914,11 @@ msgstr "" "відмінний інструмент для будь-якого менеджера проекту. Контроль за прогресом" " робочого часу і час, витрачений на кожного члена команди, є дуже важливим. " "Ми встановили час для тренінгу команди продажів до 24 годин. Сьогодні ми " -"підготували матеріал, тому вказуємо 4 години на розкладі. Прогрес робочого " -"часу оновлюється автоматично. Завдяки цій схемі інтеграції, керівник проекту" -" ретельно відстежує хід виконання кожного завдання." +"підготували матеріал, тому вказуємо 4 години у табелі. Прогрес робочого часу" +" оновлюється автоматично. Завдяки цій схемі інтеграції, керівник проекту " +"ретельно відстежує хід виконання кожного завдання." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 msgid "" "Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " "activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" @@ -1454,11 +1936,11 @@ msgstr "" "цього проекту ми повинні навчати членів команди з продажу. Це вимагатиме 50%" " часу до кінця тижня. Як керівник проекту, ми можемо зробити цей розподіл " "ресурсів для будь-якого користувача та адаптувати його за іншими проектами. " -"Це дозволить запобігти будь-якому перетині часу. Ми можемо перепризначити " +"Це дозволить запобігти будь-якому перетину часу. Ми можемо перепризначити " "завдання або пристосувати термін. Проект Odoo - це ідеальний додаток для " "стратегічного та виконавчого планування." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 msgid "" "Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " "For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " @@ -1472,7 +1954,7 @@ msgstr "" "якого проекту, будь-якого завдання чи будь-якого члена команди. Ми також " "можемо подивитися на кількість годин, призначених кожному члену команди." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 msgid "" "Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" " a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " @@ -1488,7 +1970,7 @@ msgstr "" "одному кліку миші. Ми також можемо почати нову бесіду з тими, хто працює в " "нашій команді." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 msgid "" "In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " "projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " @@ -1500,9 +1982,9 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo також є ефективним сервісним обслуговуванням або післяпродажним " "додатком. Завдяки цьому ми можемо стежити за будь-яким питанням клієнтів, " "навіть створюючи спеціальний проект підтримки. Програма також автоматично " -"створює рахунок-фактуру часу, витраченого на завдання чи проблеми." +"створює рахунок-фактуру на час, витрачений на завдання чи проблеми." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 msgid "" "Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " "planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " @@ -1513,25 +1995,25 @@ msgstr "" "додаток до проекту. Отримайте цей додаток, який допоможе вам швидко " "розпочати роботу." -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" msgstr "" "Почніть безкоштовну пробну версію і краще керуйте своїми проектами за " "допомогою Odoo!" -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" msgstr "Почніть свою безкоштовну пробну версію зараз, з любов'ю продавців CRM" -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning.rst:3 msgid "Planning your project" msgstr "Планування вашого проекту" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:3 msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" msgstr "Як планувати та відстежувати завдання співробітників?" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:5 msgid "" "Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " "especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " @@ -1541,7 +2023,7 @@ msgstr "" "завданням, особливо коли ви керуєте кількома людьми. На щастя, " "використовуючи Проект Odoo, ви можете впоратися з ним лише за кілька кліків." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:12 msgid "" "The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " "module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " @@ -1550,7 +2032,7 @@ msgstr "" "Єдина необхідна конфігурація - встановити модуль **Управління проектами**. " "Для цього перейдіть у модуль додатків, знайдіть Проект та встановіть його." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:19 msgid "" "If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" " tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " @@ -1564,7 +2046,7 @@ msgstr "" "виберіть **керування оцінкою часу завдань** у параметрах. Не забудьте " "застосувати свої зміни." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:28 msgid "" "This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " "Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " @@ -1574,11 +2056,11 @@ msgstr "" "Кожного разу, коли ваш продавець додасть робочий час у свій табель, панель " "буде оновлено відповідно до запланованих раніше годин." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:36 msgid "Manage tasks with views" msgstr "Керуйте завданнями з переглядами" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:38 msgid "" "You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" " available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " @@ -1590,7 +2072,7 @@ msgstr "" "відслідковувати завдання своїх співробітників: вигляд Канбану, перегляд " "списку (за допомогою розрахункових таблиць) та перегляд календаря." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:43 msgid "" "Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " "fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." @@ -1598,11 +2080,11 @@ msgstr "" "Створіть та відредагуйте завдання, щоби заповнити конвеєр. Не забудьте " "заповнити відповідальну особу та приблизний час, якщо він є." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:47 msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" msgstr "Ознайомтеся з діями з переглядом Канбану" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:49 msgid "" "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " "enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " @@ -1612,11 +2094,11 @@ msgstr "" " змогу мати чітке уявлення про етапи виконання ваших завдань і те, що має " "вищі пріоритети." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:61 msgid "Add/rearrange stages" msgstr "Додати/переставити етапи" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:63 msgid "" "You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " "creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " @@ -1634,7 +2116,7 @@ msgstr "" "також можете скласти або розгорнути етапи, використовуючи значок " "**налаштування** на потрібному етапі." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:75 msgid "" "Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " "development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " @@ -1644,11 +2126,11 @@ msgstr "" "проекті розробки етапи можуть бути: Специфікації, Розробка, Тестування, " "Готово." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:80 msgid "Sort tasks by priority" msgstr "Сортуйте завдання за пріоритетом" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:82 msgid "" "On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " "priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " @@ -1663,7 +2145,7 @@ msgstr "" "пріоритет**. Для завдань, які не позначені, Odoo буде автоматично " "класифікувати їх відповідно до їх термінів." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:89 msgid "" "Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " "view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." @@ -1672,17 +2154,17 @@ msgstr "" "(також у перегляді списку), щоб ви могли легко відслідковувати прогрес " "різних завдань." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:97 msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." msgstr "" "Не забувайте, що ви можете фільтрувати свої завдання за допомогою меню " "фільтру." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:100 msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" msgstr "Відстежуйте прогрес кожної задачі за допомогою перегляду списку" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:102 msgid "" "If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " "be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " @@ -1694,7 +2176,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Табелі** разом із їх тривалістю. **Прогрес робочого часу** буде " "оновлюватись кожного разу, коли працівник додасть активність." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:110 msgid "" "As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " "employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " @@ -1706,11 +2188,11 @@ msgstr "" "проект за вашим вибором та натисніть значок списку (див. Нижче). Останній " "стовпець покаже вам прогрес кожного завдання." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:119 msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" msgstr "Слідкуйте за дедлайнами в Календарі" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:121 msgid "" "If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " "As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " @@ -1720,7 +2202,7 @@ msgstr "" "календаря. Цей перегляд дає змогу менеджеру стежити за усіма кінцевими " "термінами в одному вікні." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:128 msgid "" "All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" " to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " @@ -1730,19 +2212,19 @@ msgstr "" "можете легко відфільтрувати дедлайни співробітників, позначаючи відповідні " "поля справа на екрані календаря." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:138 msgid ":doc:`forecast`" msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:3 msgid "How to forecast tasks?" msgstr "Як прогнозувати завдання?" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:6 msgid "Introduction to forecast" msgstr "Введення в прогнозування" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:8 msgid "" "Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," " the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." @@ -1750,7 +2232,7 @@ msgstr "" "Планування та прогнозування завдання - це ще один спосіб керувати проектами." " В Odoo параметр Прогнозування дає вам доступ до діаграми Ганта." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:11 msgid "" "So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " "progress of a project and its related tasks." @@ -1758,7 +2240,7 @@ msgstr "" "Поки що ви працювали з Канбаном, який показує вам прогрес проекту та " "пов'язані з ним завдання." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:14 msgid "" "Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " "It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " @@ -1768,7 +2250,7 @@ msgstr "" " картину. Це дуже візуальне зображення, яке є справжнім плюсом для складних " "проектів, і це допомагає членам команди працювати краще." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:18 msgid "" "This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " "workload and human resources." @@ -1776,15 +2258,15 @@ msgstr "" "Цей варіант вигідний для планування та організації робочого навантаження та " "людських ресурсів." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:22 msgid "How to configure the projects?" msgstr "Як налаштувати проекти?" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:25 msgid "Configure the project application" msgstr "Налаштуйте додаток проекту" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:27 msgid "" "The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" " when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" @@ -1796,7 +2278,7 @@ msgstr "" "дедлайном. Тому для кожної задачі призначається певний часовий проміжок " "(кількість годин), в який ваш працівник повинен його заповнити!" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:32 msgid "" "First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " "application:" @@ -1804,7 +2286,7 @@ msgstr "" "Спочатку потрібно активувати параметр **Прогнозування** для всього модуля " "проекту:" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:35 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " "Forecast option and click **Apply**." @@ -1812,7 +2294,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Проект --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`. " "Виберіть опцію Прогноз і натисніть кнопку **Застосувати**." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:41 msgid "" "Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " "specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " @@ -1822,11 +2304,11 @@ msgstr "" "спеціально для вашого **Проекту** (можливо, вам не потрібна діаграма Ганта " "для всіх проектів, якими ви керуєте)." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:46 msgid "Configure a specific project." msgstr "Налаштуйте конкретний проект" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:48 msgid "" "When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " "Forecast\" in your project settings." @@ -1834,12 +2316,12 @@ msgstr "" "Під час створення нового проекту обов'язково виберіть параметр \"Дозволити " "прогноз\" у налаштуваннях проекту." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:51 msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." msgstr "" "Ви побачите параметр **Прогнозування**, який з'явиться у верхньому меню." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:56 msgid "" "If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " "task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." @@ -1847,15 +2329,15 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви додаєте параметр Прогнозування до існуючого проекту, будь то терміни" " завдань або незаплановані, завдання не відображатимуться." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:59 msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." msgstr "Завдання проекту не пов'язані з прогнозом." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:62 msgid "How to create a forecast?" msgstr "Як створити прогнозування?" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:64 msgid "" "Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " "projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." @@ -1864,7 +2346,7 @@ msgstr "" "прогнозованим часом, який вони повинні взяти. Це допоможе вам координувати " "роботу." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:68 msgid "" "In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " "forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " @@ -1874,7 +2356,7 @@ msgstr "" "сторінці завдання. Щоб створити прогноз, натисніть на верхньому лівому куті " "завдання **Створити прогнозування**." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:76 msgid "" "You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " "space in the Gantt chart calendar." @@ -1882,7 +2364,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви також можете легко створити нове Прогнозування, просто натиснувши на " "порожній простір у календарі діаграми Ганта." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:79 msgid "" "The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " "automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " @@ -1891,7 +2373,7 @@ msgstr "" "Інтерфейс Прогнозування автоматично заповнить назву проекту та завдання. Вам" " просто потрібно додати дату та час виконання завдання." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:87 msgid "" "The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" " installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " @@ -1901,7 +2383,7 @@ msgstr "" "встановлено додаток **Табель**. Цей параметр допомагає вам побачити прогрес " "завдань завдяки інтеграції з Табелем." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:91 msgid "" "For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " "(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " @@ -1911,24 +2393,24 @@ msgstr "" "(аналітичний облік), при цьому витрачається 10 годин, прогноз буде " "відображати 10 годин у полі Ефективні години." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:96 msgid "What are the difference between the views?" msgstr "Яка різниця між переглядами?" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:98 msgid "" "In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " "helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " "by projects." msgstr "" -"У меню програми **Проект** є меню **Прогнозування**. Це підменю допомагає " +"У меню модуля **Проект** є меню **Прогнозування**. Це підменю допомагає " "переглядати діаграму Ганта з різних точок зору: користувачами або проектами." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:103 msgid "By users : people management" msgstr "Користувачами: управління людьми" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:105 msgid "" "This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " "chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." @@ -1938,7 +2420,7 @@ msgstr "" " показує залучених; це дає вам загальну картину проекту. Дуже корисно " "ефективно розподіляти ресурси." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:109 msgid "" "On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " "on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " @@ -1948,7 +2430,7 @@ msgstr "" "користувачів. Потім на другому рівні ви бачите, до яких проектів вони " "призначені. По-третє, ви бачите, які завдання вони виконують." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:113 msgid "" "Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " "the duration of the task in the calendar." @@ -1956,7 +2438,7 @@ msgstr "" "Кожне завдання позначено кольоровим прямокутником. Цей прямокутник " "відображає тривалість завдання в календарі." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:116 msgid "" "The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " "from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " @@ -1969,11 +2451,11 @@ msgstr "" "що цей користувач призначений для виконання декількох завдань, які складають" " більше 100% свого часу." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:126 msgid "Plan the workload" msgstr "План робочого навантаження" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:128 msgid "" "When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " "on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " @@ -1986,7 +2468,7 @@ msgstr "" "роботи. Таким чином, ви можете вирішити від 1 до 100%, як ваші користувачі " "повинні організувати свій час між різними завданнями." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:134 msgid "" "The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " "example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " @@ -1996,7 +2478,7 @@ msgstr "" "Наприклад, якщо ваш експерт уже має 40% від іншого завдання в іншому " "проекті, ви можете забронювати його лише на 60% за цей період." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:138 msgid "" "In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " "(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " @@ -2012,12 +2494,12 @@ msgstr "" "призначених для завдання. В іншому випадку менеджер проектів може змінити " "визначений час або дату, аби переконатися, що це можливо." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:191 msgid "Gantt view advantages" msgstr "Переваги діаграми Ганта" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:151 msgid "" "This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" " avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " @@ -2031,13 +2513,13 @@ msgstr "" "одночасно. Також ви негайно знаєте, що потрібно зробити далі. Цей метод " "допоможе вам краще зрозуміти відносини між завданнями." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:193 msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" msgstr "Динамічний перегляд Ганта в Odoo дозволяє:" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:195 msgid "" "change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " "the future or in the past" @@ -2045,26 +2527,26 @@ msgstr "" "змінити час і дату прогнозу, натиснувши та пересунувши завдання в " "майбутньому чи в минулому" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:198 msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" msgstr "негайно створити новий прогноз у діаграмі Ганта" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:200 msgid "modify an existing forecast" msgstr "змінити існуючий прогноз" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:202 msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." msgstr "змінити довжину задачі шляхом розширення або скорочення прямокутника." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:170 msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "Проектами: управління проектами" +msgstr "За проектами: управління проектами" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:172 msgid "" "The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " "interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " @@ -2076,7 +2558,7 @@ msgstr "" " їх занадто рано, якщо інший не завершений. Діаграма Ганта в Odoo є чіткою і" " допомагає вам ефективно координувати завдання." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:177 msgid "" "This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " "level of hierarchy." @@ -2084,7 +2566,7 @@ msgstr "" "Цей параметр відображає графік Ганта, показуючи проекти на першому рівні " "ієрархії." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:180 msgid "" "On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" " level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " @@ -2094,10 +2576,480 @@ msgstr "" "ви бачите призначених користувачів. По-третє, ви бачите, які завдання вони " "виконують." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:184 msgid "" "This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " "Users** section)" msgstr "" "Цей перегляд не покаже ваш час HR. Кольори не застосовуються. (див. розділ " "**Користувачами**)" + +#: ../../content/services/support.rst:4 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Підтримка" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "Дані відсутні" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:77 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:7 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:11 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" +"Ваша підписка на Odoo Online включає **необмежену підтримку 24 години на " +"добу без додаткових витрат з понеділка по п'ятницю**. Наші команди " +"розташовані по всьому світу, щоби забезпечити підтримку, незалежно від " +"вашого місцезнаходження. Ваш представник підтримки може зв'язатися з вами із" +" Сан-Франциско, Бельгії або Індії!" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" +"З нашою командою підтримки можна зв'язатися з нашою формою онлайн-підтримки " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:22 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "Що включено у підтримку?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" +"Надання вам відповідного матеріалу (інструкція, документація продукту " +"тощо...)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" +"Відповіді на проблеми, які можуть виникнути у вашій стандартній базі даних " +"Odoo (наприклад, \"Я не можу закрити свою точку продажу\" або \"Я не можу " +"знайти мої KPI продажів?\")" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "" +"Питання, пов'язані з вашим обліковим записом, передплатою або платіжною " +"системою" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" +"Розв'язання помилок (проблеми з блокуванням або несподівана поведінка через " +"неправильне налаштування)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" +"Проблеми, які можуть виникнути в тестовій базі даних після оновлення до " +"нової версії" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " +"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" +"*Підтримка Odoo не змінює вашу виробничу базу даних, але дає вам матеріал та" +" знання, щоб це зробити самостійно!*" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:38 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "Що не входить у підтримку?" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" +"Питання, які вимагають від нас розуміння ваших бізнес-процесів, щоб " +"допомогти вам впровадити вашу базу даних" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" +"Навчання щодо використання нашого програмного забезпечення (ми направляємо " +"вас на наші ресурси)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" +"Посібник, за яким слід застосовувати налаштування всередині програми або " +"бази даних" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" +"Як налаштувати моделі конфігурації (приклади включають: складські маршрути, " +"умови оплати, склади тощо)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" +"Питання чи проблеми, пов'язані з конкретними розробками або налаштуваннями, " +"зробленими Odoo або третьою стороною (це стосується лише вашої бази даних " +"або включеного коду)" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете отримати такий тип підтримки за допомогою `Пакету послуг " +"<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__. Один із наших консультантів з таким" +" пакетом проаналізує, як працює ваш бізнес, і розповість вам, як ви можете " +"максимально використати свою базу даних Odoo. Ми будемо обробляти всі " +"налаштування та навчати вас, як користуватися Odoo." + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:5 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Платна версія Odoo" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:13 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:15 +msgid "your subscription number," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "" +"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also " +"send the URL of your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:22 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:24 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:26 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:28 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +msgid "" +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and " +"bugfix services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:35 +msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a08dd9cc --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:22+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "Користувачі та додатки" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" +"Як адміністратор вашої бази даних, ви несете відповідальність за її " +"використання. Вона включає додатки, які ви встановлюєте, а також кількість " +"користувачів, які наразі користуються системою." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" +"В Odoo є багато речей (ERP, CMS, додаток CRM, бекенд електронної комерції " +"тощо), але це не смартфон. Ви повинні бути обережними при " +"додаванні/видаленні функцій (особливо додатків) у вашій базі даних, оскільки" +" це може суттєво вплинути на суму вашої підписки (або ви можете " +"переключитися з безкоштовної версії на платну на онлайн-платформі Odoo)." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" +"Ця сторінка містить деяку інформацію про те, як можна керувати версіями " +"Odoo. Перш ніж виконувати будь-яку з цих дій, **настійно** радимо спочатку " +"протестувати їх на копії вашої бази даних. Таким чином, якщо щось піде не " +"так, на ваш щоденний бізнес нічого не впливає." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " +"installations." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете знайти довідники про те, як дублювати свої бази даних як. " +":ref:`онлайн <duplicate_online>` так і :ref:`на вашому хостингу " +"<duplicate_premise>." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" +"Якщо у вас виникли запитання щодо вмісту цієї сторінки або виникли проблеми " +"під час виконання цих дій, зв'яжіться з нами за допомогою нашої `форми " +"підтримки <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "Деактивація користувачів" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" +"Переконайтеся, що у вас є достатньо **адміністративних прав**, якщо ви " +"хочете змінити статус будь-якого з ваших користувачів." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " +"rights.**" +msgstr "" +"У своїй версії Odoo натисніть **Налаштування**. У вас буде розділ, який " +"покаже вам активних користувачів у вашій базі даних. Натисніть **Керувати " +"правами доступу**." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:81 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "|settings|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:43 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "|browse_users|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:46 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "Після цього ви побачите список ваших користувачів." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" +"Заздалегідь вибраний фільтр *Внутрішні користувачі* покаже ваших платних " +"користувачів (відмінних від *Користувачів порталу*, які є безкоштовними). " +"Якщо ви видалите цей фільтр, ви отримаєте всіх своїх користувачів (тих, кого" +" ви оплачуєте, а також портальні)." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " +"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" +" to **Inactive** immediately." +msgstr "" +"У своєму списку користувачів натисніть на користувача, якого ви бажаєте " +"деактивувати. Як тільки ви зайдете на користувацьку форму, перейдіть за " +"допомогою курсора миші на статус **Активний** (угорі праворуч). Натисніть на" +" Активний, і ви помітите, що статус негайно зміниться на **Неактивний**." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "Користувача деактивовано." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:67 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "**Ніколи** не деактивуйте головного користувача (**адміністратора**)." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "Видалення додатків" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" +"Перш ніж вносити зміни (особливо встановлення/видалення додатків), спочатку " +"перевірте, що ви збираєтесь робити на :ref:`тестовій <duplicate_online>` " +"базі даних. " + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" +"У своїй версії Odoo натисніть **Налаштування**, в цьому додатку ви зможете " +"побачити, скільки програм було встановлено. Натисніть **Переглянути " +"додатки**, щоб отримати доступ до списку встановлених програм." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:81 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "|browse_apps|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" +"На панелі приладів додатків ви побачите всі значки ваших модулів. Натисніть " +"програму, яку ви хочете видалити. Потім, за формою додатку, натисніть кнопку" +" **Видалити**." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" +"Деякі програми мають залежності, такі як виставлення рахунків, електронна " +"комерція та інше. Таким чином, система попередить вас, що ви збираєтеся " +"видалити. Якщо ви деінсталюєте вашу програму, всі її залежності буде також " +"видалено (і дані в них назавжди зникнуть). Якщо ви впевнені, що все одно " +"хочете видалити додаток, натисніть кнопку **Підтвердити**." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" +"Нарешті, після перевірки попередження (якщо воно є), натисніть кнопку " +"**Підтвердити**." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:103 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "Ви завершили видалення вашого модуля." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "Варто знати" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:108 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" +"**Видалення додатків, керування користувачами тощо залежить від вас**: ніхто" +" не знає краще за вас, чи ваш бізнес-процес зламаний. Якщо ми хотіли б " +"деінсталювати додатки для вас, ми ніколи не зможемо визначити, чи були " +"видалені релевантні дані або якщо один із ваших бізнес-процесів був " +"зламаний, оскільки ми не знаємо, як ви працюєте, і тому не можемо перевірити" +" такі операції." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" +"**Додатки Odoo мають залежності**: це означає, що вам може знадобитися " +"встановити модулі, які ви не використовуєте, для доступу до деяких функцій " +"Odoo, які вам можуть знадобитися. Наприклад, додаток Website Builder " +"потрібен, аби показати своєму клієнту свої комерційні пропозиції на веб-" +"сторінці. Незважаючи на те, чи вам може не знадобитися використання самого " +"Веб-сайту, це необхідно, щоби функція комерційних пропозицій онлайн " +"працювала належним чином." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:121 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" +"**Завжди перевіряйте встановлення/видалення додатку на тестовій базі** (або " +"на базі безкоштовної пробної версії): таким чином ви можете дізнатися, які " +"інші програми можуть знадобитися. Це допоможе уникнути несподіванок при " +"видаленні або при отриманні рахунків-фактур." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/support.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6eb0e86c7..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,717 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:35+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../support.rst:5 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Підтримка" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " -"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " -"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17 -msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Release date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "🟢" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "Дані відсутні" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "🟠" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "🔴" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 -msgid "🟢 Supported version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 -msgid "🔴 End-of-support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 -msgid "" -"🟠 Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo Online " -"servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:66 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:68 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:70 -msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6 -msgid "Contribute to the documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9 -msgid "First of all..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15 -msgid "Edit an existing page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub " -"account <https://help.github.com/en/articles/signing-up-for-a-new-github-" -"account>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Pick a page in our `user documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`_. **Please take care of choosing " -"the right version of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19 -msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork " -"repository**, else you won't see this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax " -"called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's " -"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a " -"quick overview of RST commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable" -" format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your " -"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the " -"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a " -"longer explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44 -msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45 -msgid "Click on **Create pull request**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your " -"help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49 -msgid "" -"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in " -"your contribution message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55 -msgid "RST Cheat Sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Код" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Display" -msgstr "Відобразити" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Comments" -msgstr "Коментарі" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62 -msgid "Text in *italics*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66 -msgid "Text in **bold** letters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Numbered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77 -msgid "Bullet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78 -msgid "List" -msgstr "Список" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "This is `a hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard " -"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85 -msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90 -msgid "" -"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation " -"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of " -"RST." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94 -msgid "Add images to your documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the " -"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on " -"improving this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101 -msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103 -msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large" -" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include " -"any personal data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page " -"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109 -msgid "" -"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128 -msgid "Technical Details for Nerds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository " -"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request " -"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133 -msgid "" -"See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-" -"user/blob/12.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138 -msgid "Developer documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside " -"`the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/12.0/doc>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143 -msgid "" -"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related " -"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36 -msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 -msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 -msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" -msgstr "" -"Ваша підписка на Odoo Online включає **необмежену підтримку 24 години на " -"добу без додаткових витрат з понеділка по п'ятницю**. Наші команди " -"розташовані по всьому світу, щоби забезпечити підтримку, незалежно від " -"вашого місцезнаходження. Ваш представник підтримки може зв'язатися з вами із" -" Сан-Франциско, Бельгії або Індії!" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"З нашою командою підтримки можна зв'язатися з нашою формою онлайн-підтримки " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "Що включено у підтримку?" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" -"Надання вам відповідного матеріалу (інструкція, документація продукту " -"тощо...)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" -"Відповіді на проблеми, які можуть виникнути у вашій стандартній базі даних " -"Odoo (наприклад, \"Я не можу закрити свою точку продажу\" або \"Я не можу " -"знайти мої KPI продажів?\")" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "" -"Питання, пов'язані з вашим обліковим записом, передплатою або платіжною " -"системою" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" -"Розв'язання помилок (проблеми з блокуванням або несподівана поведінка через " -"неправильне налаштування)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "" -"Проблеми, які можуть виникнути в тестовій базі даних після оновлення до " -"нової версії" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " -"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" -"*Підтримка Odoo не змінює вашу виробничу базу даних, але дає вам матеріал та" -" знання, щоб це зробити самостійно!*" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "Що не входить у підтримку?" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "" -"Питання, які вимагають від нас розуміння ваших бізнес-процесів, щоб " -"допомогти вам впровадити вашу базу даних" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "" -"Навчання щодо використання нашого програмного забезпечення (ми направляємо " -"вас на наші ресурси)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 -msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "" -"Посібник, за яким слід застосовувати налаштування всередині програми або " -"бази даних" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" -"Як налаштувати моделі конфігурації (приклади включають: складські маршрути, " -"умови оплати, склади тощо)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 -msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " -"etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "" -"Питання чи проблеми, пов'язані з конкретними розробками або налаштуваннями, " -"зробленими Odoo або третьою стороною (це стосується лише вашої бази даних " -"або включеного коду)" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете отримати такий тип підтримки за допомогою `Пакету послуг " -"<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__. Один із наших консультантів з таким" -" пакетом проаналізує, як працює ваш бізнес, і розповість вам, як ви можете " -"максимально використати свою базу даних Odoo. Ми будемо обробляти всі " -"налаштування та навчати вас, як користуватися Odoo." - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise" -msgstr "Платна версія Odoo" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " -"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " -"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " -"server)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 -msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "your subscription number," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 -msgid "" -"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also " -"send the URL of your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 -msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 -msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 -msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 -msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 -msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Ask your question on the `community forum " -"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 -msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and " -"bugfix services." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po deleted file mode 100644 index 278b77ae7..000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2159 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Zoriana Zaiats, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:16+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Zoriana Zaiats, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" -msgstr "Веб-сайт" - -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "Оптимізуйте" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "Як відслідковувати трафік вашого веб-сайту на Google Analytics" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" -"Щоб стежити за трафіком вашого веб-сайту за допомогою Google Analytics:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 -msgid "" -"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" -" you don't have any." -msgstr "" -"`Створіть обліковий запис Google Analytics " -"<https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ якщо у вас його немає." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " -"ID." -msgstr "" -"Пройдіть форму створення та прийміть умови, щоб отримати ID відстеження." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "Скопіюйте ID відстеження, щобb вставити його в Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " -"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до меню *Налаштування* додатку Веб-сайт Odoo. У налаштуваннях " -"ввімкніть Google Analytics і вставте ID відстеження. Потім збережіть " -"сторінку." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " -"Documentation. " -"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" -msgstr "" -"Щоб зробити перші кроки в Google Analytics, зверніться до `Документації " -"Google. <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "" -"Як відслідковувати трафік вашого веб-сайту з інформаційної панелі Odoo" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " -"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете слідкувати за вашою статистикою трафіку прямо з панелі " -"інструментів веб-сайту Odoo завдяки Google Analytics." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " -"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "" -"Для початку створіть обліковий запис Google Analytics та введіть ID " -"відстеження у налаштуваннях вашого веб-сайту. (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть на 'платформу Google API " -"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__ для створення облікових даних " -"Analytics API. Ввійдіть у свій обліковий запис Google." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 -msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "Виберіть Analytics API." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" -"Створіть новий проект і надішліть йому назву (наприклад, Odoo). Цей проект " -"необхідний для зберігання ваших облікових даних API." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Увімкніть API." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "Створіть облікові дані для використання в Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть *веб-браузер (Javascript)* як джерело дзвінків та *дані " -"користувача* як види даних." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" -"Тоді ви можете створити ID клієнта. Введіть назву програми (наприклад, Odoo)" -" та дозволені сторінки, на які ви будете перенаправлені. Початком " -"*авторизованого JavaScript* є ваша версія URL-адреси Odoo. *Авторизований " -"URI* перенаправлення - це URL-адреса вашої версії Odoo, а потімy " -"'/google_account/authentication'." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " -"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " -"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " -"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть за кроком згоди на екран, введіть назву товару (наприклад, Google " -"Analytics у Odoo). Не соромтеся перевіряти параметри налаштування, але це не" -" обов'язково. Екран згоди відображатиметься лише тоді, коли ви вперше " -"введете ID клієнта в Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "Нарешті, вам надається ID клієнта. Скопіюйте та вставте його в Odoo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" -" your Client ID." -msgstr "" -"Відкрийте Інформаційну панель веб-сайту в Odoo та пов'яжіть свій обліковий " -"запис Analytics із ID клієнта." - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 -msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "" -"В якості останнього кроку дозвольте Odoo отримати доступ до Google API." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" -msgstr "Як зробити оптимізацію пошукових систем (SEO) в Odoo" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" -" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " -"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." -msgstr "" -"Пошукова оптимізація (SEO) - це набір оптимальних методів оптимізації вашого" -" веб-сайту, завдяки чому ви отримуєте кращий рейтинг у пошукових системах, " -"таких як Google. Словом, хороша оптимізація SEO дозволяє отримати більше " -"відвідувачів." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " -"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " -"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "" -"Деякі приклади правил SEO: ваші веб-сторінки мають завантажуватися швидко, " -"на вашій сторінці має бути один і тільки один заголовок ``<h1>``, мета теги " -"(alt-tag, title-tag) повинні відповідати вмісту сторінки, ваш веб-сайт " -"повинен мати файл ``/sitemap.xml`` і т.д.." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " -"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " -"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." -msgstr "" -"Щоб гарантувати, що користувачі вебсайту та електронної комерції Odoo мають " -"чудовий SEO, Odoo бере на себе всі технічні складнощі SEO. Як саме - читайте" -" нижче." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 -msgid "" -"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " -"content and the meta tags of your website." -msgstr "" -"Але спочатку подивіться, як ви можете легко підвищити свій рейтинг шляхом " -"тонкого налаштування вмісту та метатегів вашого вебсайту." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "Метатеги" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 -msgid "Title, Description" -msgstr "Назва, Опис" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " -"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " -"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" -" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " -"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." -msgstr "" -"Кожна веб-сторінка повинна визначати метадані ``<title>``, ``<description>``" -" та ``<keywords>``. Ці інформаційні елементи використовуються пошуковими " -"системами, щоб визначити рейтинг вашого сайту. Вони генеруються автоматично " -"на основі назви та вмісту сторінки, але ви можете додатково їх налаштувати. " -"Перевірте, що вони відповідають вмісту вашої сторінки, інакше пошукові " -"системи знизять ваш рейтинг." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 -msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "Ключові слова" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " -"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " -"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " -"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " -"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." -msgstr "" -"Для того, щоб написати якісний вміст і збільшити ваш трафік, Odoo пропонує " -"пошук ``<keyword>``. Ці ключові слова - це пошукові запити, які ви хочете " -"направити на ваш вебсайт. Для кожного ключового слова ви бачите, як воно " -"використовується у вмісті (H1, H2, заголовок сторінки, опис сторінки, вміст " -"сторінки) та які є пов'язані пошукові запити в Google. Чим більше ключових " -"слів буде використано, тим краще." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " -"search tags." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ваш веб-сайт має декілька мов, ви можете використовувати інструмент " -"просування для кожної мови окремої сторінки та встановлювати спеціальний " -"заголовок, опис та пошукові теги." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 -msgid "Content is King" -msgstr "Вміст це наше все!" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your website content:" -msgstr "" -"Коли мова йде про SEO, вміст має дуже великий вплив. Odoo надає кілька " -"модулів, які допоможуть створити свій вміст на вашому вебсайті:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "**Блоги Odoo**: написання чудового вмісту" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" -msgstr "" -"**Слайди Odoo**: опублікуйте всі ваші Powerpoint або PDF презентації. Їх " -"вміст автоматично індексується на веб-сторінці. Приклад: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" -" Odoo.com landing pages)" -msgstr "" -"**Форму Odoo**: дозвольте спільноті створювати для вас вміст. Приклад: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (становить 30% від " -"цільових сторінок Odoo.com)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" -"**Архів розсилки Odoo**: публікуйте архіви списків розсилки на своєму веб-" -"сайті. Приклад: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 сторінок створено за " -"місяць)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." -msgstr "" -"Сторінка 404 - це звичайна сторінка, яку можна редагувати, як і будь-яку " -"іншу сторінку в Odoo. Таким чином, ви можете створити класну 404 сторінку, " -"яка перенаправлятиме на найпопулярніший вміст вашого веб-сайту, якщо людина " -"потрапила на невірну URL-адресу." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 -msgid "Use Social Networks" -msgstr "Використовуйте соціальні мережі" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" -" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " -"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." -msgstr "" -"Соціальні мережі створені для того, щоб ділитись цікавою інформацією з " -"великою кількістю людей. Якщо багато людей поширять ваш вміст у соціальних " -"мережах, то, ймовірно, більше людей буде посилатись на нього, а посилання є " -"величезним фактором для SEO-рейтингу." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 -msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo має декілька інструментів для обміну вмістом через соціальні мережі:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "Соціальні мережі" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." -" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." -msgstr "" -"Odoo дозволяє відображати всі ваші облікові записи в соціальних мережах у " -"підвалі (футері) вашого вебсайту. Все, що вам потрібно зробити - це вказати " -"всі ваші облікові записи у налаштуваннях вашої компанії." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 -msgid "Social Share" -msgstr "Ділитись у соціальній мережі" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." -" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " -"media wall." -msgstr "" -"Пересуньте блок *Ділитись* на будь-яку сторінку. Користувачі зможуть " -"натиснути на іконку та поділитись цією веб сторінкою на своїй сторінці у " -"соціальній мережі." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " -"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " -"your page in the Promote tool." -msgstr "" -"Більшість соціальних мереж використовують зображення для кращої візуальної " -"презентації своєї публікації. За замовчуванням Odoo використовує логотип " -"вебсайту, але ви можете обрати будь-яке інше зображення вашої сторінки в " -"інструменті «Просування»." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 -msgid "Facebook Page" -msgstr "Facebook сторінка" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" -" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " -"timeline, the next events and the messages." -msgstr "" -"Пересуньте блок *Сторінка Facebook*, щоб відобразити віджет вашої ділової " -"сторінки на Facebook та заохотити відвідувачів стежити за нею. Ви можете " -"відобразити часову шкалу, наступні події та повідомлення." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "Прокручування Twitter" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " -"will increase the number of tweets and shares." -msgstr "" -"Показуйте стрічку Twitter із задоволеними клієнтами на своєму вебсайті. Це " -"збільшить кількість твітів та поширень." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "Перевірте ваш веб-сайт" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 -msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" -msgstr "" -"Ви можете порівняти ваш веб-сайт з точки зору SEO, в той час як Odoo " -"використовує безкоштовні послуги WooRank: `https://www.woorank.com " -"<https://www.woorank.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 -msgid "URLs Handling" -msgstr "Обробка URL-адрес" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 -msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." -msgstr "" -"У цьому розділі висвітлено як URL-адреси в Odoo сприяють хорошому рейтингу " -"SEO​." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "Структура URL-адреси" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "Типова URL-адреса Odoo виглядатиме так:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "З наступними компонентами:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "**https://** = Protocol" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "**www.mysite.com** = ваше доменне ім'я" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" -" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " -"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" -"**/fr\\_FR** вказує на мову сторінки. Ця частина URL-адреси видаляється, " -"якщо відвідувач переглядає основну мову вебсайту. Таким чином, основна " -"версія цієї сторінки: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-" -"product-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." -msgstr "" -"**/shop/product** - кожен модуль визначає власний простір імен (/shop - це " -"назва каталогу модуля електронної комерції, /shop/product вказує, що це " -"сторінка товару)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"**my-great-product** за замовчуванням, це згладжений заголовок товару, який " -"містить ця сторінка. Але ви можете налаштувати його для цілей SEO. Товар під" -" назвою \"Pain carré\" буде перетворений у \"pain-carre\". Залежно від " -"простору імен це можуть бути різні об'єкти (публікація блогу, заголовок " -"сторінки, повідомлення форуму, коментар до форуму, категорія товару, тощо)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "**-31** = унікальний ID товару" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" -"Зауважте, що будь-який динамічний компонент URL-адреси можна звести до його " -"ID. Як приклад, всі наступні URL-адреси роблять переадресацію 301 на вказану" -" URL-адресу:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "" -"Деякі URL-адреси мають кілька динамічних частин, як-от ця (категорія блогу " -"та публікація):" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "У наведеному вище прикладі:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" -msgstr "*Новини компанії* - це назва блогу" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 -msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "*Історія Odoo* - це назва конкретного поста в блозі" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" -"Коли сторінка Odoo має пейджер, номер сторінки встановлюється безпосередньо " -"в URL-адресі (не має аргументу GET). Це дозволяє кожній сторінці індексувати" -" пошукові системи. Приклад:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "Зміни в URL-адресах і заголовках" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" -"Коли змінюється URL-адреса сторінки (наприклад, більш дружня версія для " -"друку вашого товару), вам не потрібно турбуватися про оновлення всіх " -"посилань:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." -msgstr "Odoo автоматично оновить всі свої посилання на нову URL-адресу." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new website." -msgstr "" -"Якщо зовнішні сайти все-таки вказують на стару URL-адресу, маршрутизація 301" -" буде виконана для переспрямування відвідувачів на новий вебсайт." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "Як приклад, ця URL-адреса:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" -msgstr "Автоматично переспрямовуватиметься на:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " -"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." -msgstr "" -"Коротше кажучи, просто змініть назву допису блогу або назву товару, і зміни " -"автоматично будуть застосовані скрізь на вашому вебсайті. Старе посилання " -"все ще працюватиме для посилань, що надходять із зовнішніх вебсайтів, з " -"переадресацією 301, щоб не втратити існуючі SEO здобутки." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "HTTPS" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " -"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " -"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " -"equivalent." -msgstr "" -"Пошуковики підвищують рейтинг вебсайтів захищених через HTTPS / SSL. Отже, " -"за замовчуванням всі інсталяції Odoo Online повністю ґрунтуються на HTTPS. " -"Якщо відвідувач звертається до вашого вебсайту за допомогою URL-адреси, що " -"не містить HTTPS, то 301 переадресація перенаправить його до еквівалента " -"URL-адреси з HTTPS." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 -msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" -msgstr "Посилання: стратегія nofollow" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 -msgid "" -"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " -"is for your SEO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 -msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " -"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 -msgid "" -"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" -"Але кожне посилання, розміщене співрозмовником, який посилається на " -"зовнішній веб-сайт, є \"nofollow\". Таким чином, ви не ризикуєте, що люди " -"публікують посилання на ваш веб-сайт на сторонні веб-сайти, які мають погану" -" репутацію." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 -msgid "Multi-Language Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 -msgid "Multi-Language URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви запускаєте веб-сайт на кількох мовах, однаковий вміст буде доступний" -" в різних URL-адресах залежно від мови використання:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " -"here)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" -"У цьому прикладі fr\\_FR є мовою сторінки. Ви навіть можете мати декілька " -"варіантів однієї мови: pt\\_BR (португальська з Бразилії), pt\\_PT " -"(португальська з Португалії)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 -msgid "Language Annotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " -"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" -" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "З таким підходом:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " -"language." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " -"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " -"same content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 -msgid "Language Detection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 -msgid "" -"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " -"redirection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" -"Щоб змусити відвідувача дотримуватися стандартної мови, ви можете " -"використовувати код мови за замовчуванням у вашому посиланні, наприклад: " -"yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Це завжди призведе до відвідування англійської" -" версії сторінки, без використання мовних налаштувань браузера." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 -msgid "Page Speed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 -msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " -"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " -"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" -" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " -"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" -" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " -"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" -"-billion-sales>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " -"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " -"your website ranks using these two tools:" -msgstr "" -"На щастя, Оdоо робить для вас магію. Нижче ви знайдете хитрощі, які Odoo " -"використовує, щоб пришвидшити час завантаження сторінки. Ви можете " -"порівняти, як ваш сайт використовує ці два інструменти:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 -msgid "" -"`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Швидкість сторінки Google " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 -msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -msgstr "`Тест швидкості веб-сайту Pingdom <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "Зображення" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " -"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " -"for .JPG)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "" -"З кнопки завантаження ви можете зберегти оригінальне зображення без зміни, " -"якщо ви хочете оптимізувати якість зображення, а не продуктивність." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" -"Odoo стискає зображення, коли вони завантажуються на ваш веб-сайт, а не за " -"запитом відвідувача. Таким чином, можливо, якщо ви використовуєте сторонню " -"тему, вона забезпечить зображення, які не стиснуті ефективно. Але всі " -"зображення, що використовуються в офіційних темах Odoo, стискаються за " -"замовчуванням." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви натискаєте зображення, Odoo показує атрибути ``<img>`` і назву тега." -" Ви можете натиснути на неї, щоб встановити власну назву та атрибути Alt для" -" зображення." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "Коли ви натисните на це посиланню, з'явиться таке вікно:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" -"Піктограми Odoo реалізовані за допомогою шрифту (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ у більшості тем " -"Odoo). Таким чином, ви можете використовувати стільки піктограм, скільки " -"хочете, на своїй сторінці, але вони не дадуть додаткових запитів на " -"завантаження сторінки." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 -msgid "Static Resources: CSS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 -msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "для завантаження сторінки потрібен лише один запит CSS-файлу" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "" -"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " -"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " -"resource." -msgstr "" -"цей файл CSS використовується для спільного використання та кешування серед " -"сторінок, тому, коли відвідувач натискає іншу сторінку, браузер не повинен " -"навіть завантажувати жодного ресурсу CSS." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 -msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "цей файл CSS оптимізовано як невеликий" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 -msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " -"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " -"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " -"file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 -msgid "" -"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " -"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " -"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " -"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " -"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " -"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " -"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 -msgid "" -"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " -"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " -"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " -"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " -"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" -msgstr "" -"Для вирішення цієї проблеми всі файли CSS / Less / Sass об'єднуються в " -"єдиний файл .CSS для відправлення в браузер. Таким чином, відвідувач має " -"**лише один CSS файл для завантаження** на сторінку, що є особливо " -"ефективним. Оскільки CSS розподіляється серед усіх сторінок, коли відвідувач" -" натискає іншу сторінку, браузер навіть не повинен завантажувати новий CSS-" -"файл!" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "**Обидва файли у <head>**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "**Що отримує відвідувач (тільки один файл)**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr ".text-muted {" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "color: #666;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "color: #777;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "background: yellow" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "background: yellow;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 -msgid "}" -msgstr "}" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 -msgid "" -"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " -"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " -"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " -"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " -"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " -"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " -"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" -" backend (/web)." -msgstr "" -"CSS, надісланий Odoo, включає в себе всі CSS / Less / Sass всіх " -"сторінок/модулів. Таким чином, для додаткових переглядів сторінок одного " -"відвідувача не потрібно буде завантажувати файли CSS взагалі. Але деякі " -"модулі можуть включати в себе величезні ресурси CSS / Javascript, які ви не " -"бажаєте попередньо отримувати на першій сторінці, оскільки вони занадто " -"великі. У цьому випадку Odoo розподіляє цей ресурс на другий пакет, який " -"завантажується лише тоді, коли запитується сторінка, яка використовує її. " -"Прикладом цього є бекенд, який завантажується тільки тоді, коли відвідувач " -"входить до системи та звертається до бекенду (/ web)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 -msgid "" -"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " -"themes fit below this limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 -msgid "" -"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " -"is minified to reduce its size." -msgstr "" -"**Мініфікований**: після попередньої обробки та об'єднання, результативність" -" CSS зменшується, щоб зменшити його розмір." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "**Перед мініфікацією**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "**Після мініфікації**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* some comments \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "Кінцевий результат стискається, перш ніж надходити до браузера." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 -msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" -"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" -" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 -msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 -msgid "" -"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 -msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "Odoo створює три пакети Javascript:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 -msgid "" -"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 -msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 -msgid "" -"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" -" employees using Odoo)" -msgstr "" -"Один для бекенда конкретного коду Javascript (Odoo Web Client інтерфейс для " -"ваших співробітників, які використовує Odoo)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 -msgid "" -"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " -"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " -"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " -"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 -msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "CDN" -msgstr "CDN" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 -msgid "" -"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " -"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" -" Network has three advantages:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви активуєте функцію CDN в Odoo, статичні ресурси (Javascript, CSS, " -"зображення) завантажуються з мережі доставки вмісту. Використання мережі " -"доставки контенту має три переваги:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 -msgid "" -"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" -" around the globe)" -msgstr "" -"Завантаження ресурсів із сусіднього сервера (більшість CDN мають сервери в " -"основних країнах світу)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " -"server)" -msgstr "" -"Ефективний кеш ресурсів (без використання обчислювальних ресурсів на вашому " -"власному сервері)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " -"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " -"domain)" -msgstr "" -"Розбиття завантаження ресурсів на різні служби, що дозволяє паралельно " -"завантажувати більше ресурсів (оскільки ліміт Chrome на 6 паралельних " -"запитів за доменом)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 -msgid "" -"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" -" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" -msgstr "" -"Ви можете налаштувати параметри CDN із додатка **Адміністратор веб-сайту** " -"за допомогою меню Налаштування. Ось приклад налаштування, який ви можете " -"використовувати:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 -msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "Сторінки HTML " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 -msgid "" -"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " -"server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "" -"Крім того, сторінки HTML можуть бути стиснуті, але, як правило, це " -"обробляється вашим веб-сервером (NGINX або Apache)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " -"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 -msgid "" -"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " -"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " -"following code:" -msgstr "" -"Як приклад, якщо ви використовуєте засоби вибору кольору, щоб змінити колір " -"абзацу на основний колір вашого веб-сайту, Odoo виведе наступний код:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 -msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">Мій текст</p>``" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " -"code:" -msgstr "" -"Тоді як більшість редакторів HTML (наприклад, CKEditor) вироблятиме такий " -"код:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 -msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Мій текст</p>``" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 -msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "Адаптивний дизайн" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 -msgid "" -"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " -"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " -"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 -msgid "" -"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 -msgid "Browser Caching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 -msgid "" -"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " -"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " -"your website." -msgstr "" -"Javascript, зображення та ресурси CSS мають URL-адресу, яка динамічно " -"змінюється при зміні змісту. Як приклад, всі файли CSS завантажуються за " -"цією URL-адресою: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"``457-0da1d9d`` частина цієї URL-адреси зміниться, якщо ви зміните CSS свого" -" веб-сайту." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 -msgid "" -"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " -"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." -msgstr "" -"Це дозволяє Odoo встановити дуже тривалий час затримки кешування (XXX) на " -"цих ресурсах: XXX секунди, при цьому він оновлюється миттєво, якщо ви " -"оновлюєте ресурс." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 -msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "Масштабованість" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 -msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " -"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " -"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:568 -msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " -"eCommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:574 -msgid "Search Engines Files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 -msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "Мапа сайту" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:579 -msgid "" -"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " -"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " -"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 -msgid "" -"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " -"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " -"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " -"chunks per file." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням всі URL-адреси будуть розміщені в одному файлі " -"``/sitemap.xml``, але якщо у вас багато сторінок, Odoo автоматично створить " -"файл індексу Sitemap, дотримуючись групування у файлі `sitemaps.org protocol" -" <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ у 45000 шт. на файл." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:589 -msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "Кожна карта сайту містить 4 атрибути, які обчислюються автоматично:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:591 -msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "``<loc>`` : URL-адреса сторінки" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:593 -msgid "" -"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " -"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:598 -msgid "" -"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" -" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" -" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:605 -msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "Розмітка структурованих даних" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:607 -msgid "" -"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " -"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" -"presented search results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 -msgid "" -"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " -"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." -msgstr "" -"Google підтримує безліч багатих фрагментів для типів вмісту, зокрема: " -"огляди, люди, товари, компанії, події та організації." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " -"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " -"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo реалізує мікро-дані, як це визначено в специфікації `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ для подій, товарів електронної комерції, повідомлень " -"форуму та контактних адрес. Це дозволяє відображати ваші сторінки товару в " -"Google за допомогою додаткової інформації, такої як ціна та рейтинг товару:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 -msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "robots.txt" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 -msgid "" -"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " -"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " -"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:631 -msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 -msgid "" -"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " -"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:638 -msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " -"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," -" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " -"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "Опублікуйте" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "Як використати власне доменне ім'я?" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " -"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " -"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням ваша версія і веб-сайт Odoo Online мають ім'я домену " -".odoo.com для URL-адреси та електронних листів. Але ви можете перейти на " -"звичайну (наприклад, www.yourcompany.com)." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "Що таке хороше доменне ім'я?" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " -"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " -"domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" -"Ваша адреса веб-сайту так само важлива для вашого брендингу, як назва вашого" -" бізнесу чи організації, тому подумайте про зміну його для відповідного " -"домену. Ось декілька порад:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "Простий і очевидний" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "Легко запам'ятати і вимовляти" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "Чим коротше, тим краще" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "Уникайте спеціальних символів" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "Призначення для розширення .com та/або вашої країни" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" -msgstr "" -"Детальніше: `Як вибрати доменне ім'я для максимального SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "Як купити доменне ім'я" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "Купути доменне ім'я можна на популярних реєстрах:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " -"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" -"Кроки для покупки доменного імені значною мірою ведуть вас уперед. У разі " -"виникнення проблем перегляньте ці прості підказки:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " -"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " -"This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" -"Не соромтеся купувати поштовий сервер, щоб мати адреси електронної пошти за " -"допомогою вашого доменного імені. Однак не купуйте додатковий сервіс для " -"створення або розміщення вашого веб-сайту. Це робота Оdоо! " - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "Як застосувати своє доменне ім'я до версії Odoo" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 -msgid "" -"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" -"Спочатку дозвольте авторизувати перенаправлення (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "Відкрийте свій обліковий запис Odoo.com з домашньої сторінки." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "Перейдіть на сторінку *Керування базами даних*." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" -"Натисніть на розділі *Домени* справа від бази даних, яку потрібно " -"переадресовувати." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " -"www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" -"З'явиться підказка домену бази даних. Введіть свій спеціальний домен " -"(наприклад, www.yourcompany.com)." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" -"Тепер ми можемо застосувати перенаправлення з керуючого облікового запису " -"вашого доменного імені:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" -"Увійдіть у свій обліковий запис і знайдіть сторінку керування зонами DNS." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." -" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " -"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" -"Створіть запис CNAME *www.yourdomain.com* із посиланням на " -"*mywebsite.odoo.com*. Якщо ви хочете використовувати *голий* домен " -"(наприклад, yourdomain.com), вам потрібно переадресовувати свій " -"*yourdomain.com* на *www.yourdomain.com*." - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" -"Нижче наведено кілька спеціальних інструкцій для створення запису CNAME:" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -msgstr "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "Як включити SSL (HTTPS) для вашої версії Odoo" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " -"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 -msgid "" -"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " -"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " -"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " -"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " -"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" -" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 -msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," -" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " -"Odoo cloud platforms/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Multi Websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " -"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " -"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " -"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," -" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Встановити" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → " -"Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " -"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" -" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " -"visitors to it using Geo IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " -"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " -"theme!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " -"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" -" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 -msgid "Create the menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " -"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" -" the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 -msgid "Switch from one website to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " -"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " -"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" -" sign in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " -"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " -"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 -msgid "Add features" -msgstr "Додайте функції" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" -" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " -"removing the menu item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " -"First, select the website to configure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " -"only impact the very website you are working on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 -msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 -msgid "languages," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 -msgid "domain names," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 -msgid "social media links," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 -msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 -msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "тощо." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 -msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 -msgid "Manage domain names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 -msgid "" -"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " -"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " -"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " -"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 -msgid "" -"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 -msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" -" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " -"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " -"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " -"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 -msgid "Publish specific content per website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " -"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " -"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " -"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " -"websites*:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Товари" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 -msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 -msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "Блоги" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 -msgid "Slide Channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 -msgid "Forums" -msgstr "Форуми" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "Події" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 -msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "Вакансії" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 -msgid "" -"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " -"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 -msgid "Publish a page in all websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 -msgid "" -"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." -" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration → Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " -"and set the new website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 -msgid "" -"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" -" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " -"being linked to all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 -msgid "" -"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " -"page behind each edited page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Мульти-компанії" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" -"companies environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 -msgid "" -"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " -"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 -msgid "" -"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " -"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " -"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " -"visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 -msgid "" -"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " -"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" -" selector in the menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 -msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 -msgid "" -"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" -" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 -msgid "Products only available on one website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 -msgid "" -"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." -" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " -"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 -msgid "Products available on *some* websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 -msgid "" -"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " -"should duplicate the product for each website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 -msgid "" -"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " -"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " -"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" -" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " -"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 -msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "Прайс-листи" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 -msgid "" -"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " -"Prices per Product* in Website settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products → Pricelists` to create " -"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " -"this website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " -"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " -"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 -msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 -msgid "" -"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" -" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " -"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " -"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 -msgid "Customer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 -msgid "" -"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " -"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " -"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " -"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " -"the visitor mind." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 -msgid "Technical hints for customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 -msgid "" -"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" -" make it work with multi websites:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 -msgid "" -"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" -" can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 -msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 -msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "Як перекласти свій веб-сайт" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " -"possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "" -"Крім створення чудових сучасних веб-сайтів, Odoo надає вам можливість " -"перекладати їх на різні мови." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "Обробити" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" -" many different languages as you want." -msgstr "" -"Після того як ваш веб-сайт буде створений, у вас є можливість перекладати " -"його на будь-яку іншу мову." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " -"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " -"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " -"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " -"install anything, and follow the next step." -msgstr "" -"Є два способи перекладу вашого веб-сайту, це можна зробити вручну або " -"автоматично за допомогою програми Gengo. Якщо ви хочете зробити це " -"автоматично, перейдіть до модуля **Додатки** і встановіть **Автоматичні " -"переклади через Gengo Api** та **Веб-сайт Gengo Translator**. Якщо ви хочете" -" зробити це вручну, не встановлюйте нічого та виконайте наступний крок." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " -"**Add a language**." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть на свій веб-сайт. У нижньому правому куті сторінки натисніть " -"**Додати мову**." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " -"click on **Load.**" -msgstr "" -"Виберіть мову, якою ви хочете перекласти ваш веб-сайт, а потім натисніть " -"кнопку **Завантажити**." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " -"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " -"some of the text has been translated automatically." -msgstr "" -"Ви побачите, що зараз біля англійської є також французька, що означає, що " -"сторінка для перекладу була створена. Ви також можете побачити, що частина " -"тексту була перекладена автоматично." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " -"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "" -"Щоби перекласти вміст веб-сайту, натисніть на **Перекласти** (тут, " -"**Traduire**, оскільки ми хочемо перекласти веб-сайт французькою мовою)." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "" -"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" -" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " -"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " -"ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" -"Тоді, якщо ви встановили Gengo Translator, ви побачите, що біля кнопки " -"Перекласти ви також матимете кнопку Перекласти автоматично. Після того, як " -"ви натиснете цю кнопку, вам буде запропонована деяка інформація про ваш " -"обліковий запис. Якщо у вас ще немає облікового запису, перейдіть на " -"сторінку `*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ щоб створити його. Потрібно " -"попросити відкритий ключ і приватний ключ." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "Вміст, який ви хочете перекласти, буде автоматично перекладено." - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " -"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " -"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " -"automatically." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете побачити, що більша частина вмісту виділена жовтим або " -"зеленим кольором. Жовтий - це вміст, який потрібно перекласти самостійно. " -"Зелений - це вміст, який вже перекладено автоматично." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce49488a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -0,0 +1,4320 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2021 +# ТАрас <tratatuta@i.ua>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Zoriana Zaiats, 2021 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:23+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:3 +msgid "Websites" +msgstr "Веб-сайти" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:4 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "Електронна комерція" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Розпочніть" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "Як налаштувати сторінку каталогу товарів" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "Каталог товарів" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" +"Усі ваші опубліковані елементи відображаються на вашій сторінці каталогу " +"(або на сторінці *Магазину*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "" +"Більшість параметрів доступні в меню *Налаштування*: елементи відображення, " +"категорії веб-сайту тощо." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "Виділіть товар" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" +"Підвищуйте видимість товарів із зірочкою/рекламовані товари: підніміть їх " +"вгору, збільшіть їх, додайте стрічку, яку можна редагувати (продаж, новий " +"тощо). Відкрийте сторінку магазину, перейдіть у режим редагування та " +"натисніть на будь-який елемент, щоб розпочати налаштування сітки." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" +"Подивіться, як зробити це: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "Швидке додавання до кошика" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ваші клієнти купують багато товарів одночасно, зробіть цей процес " +"швидшим, дозволяючи купівлі зі сторінки каталогу. Для цього додайте опис " +"товару та додайте у кнопку кошика. Увімкніть наступні параметри в меню " +"*Налаштування*: опис товару, додавання в кошик, перегляд списку (для кращого" +" відображення опису товару)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "Як створити сторінку товару" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" +"На веб-сайті натисніть кнопку *Нова сторінка* у верхньому правому куті." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "Потім натисніть *Новий товар* і дотримуйтесь спливаючих порад." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "Ось основні елементи сторінки товару:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "Багато елементів можна зробити видимими в меню *Налаштування*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "Дізнайтеся, як налаштовувати свої товари зі сторінок нижче." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "Управляйте вашими товарами" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "Як відобразити кілька картинок на товарі" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням веб-сторінка товару відображає головне зображення вашого " +"товару. Якщо ви хочете показати свої товари з кількох ракурсів, ви можете " +"перетворити зображення в карусель." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Перевірте *Кілька зображень на товарі* в :menuselection:`Адміністратор веб-" +"сайту --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" +"Відкрийте деталі форми товару та завантажте зображення із вкладки " +"*Зображення*. Натисніть *Створити* в режимі редагування, щоб отримати " +"майстер завантаження." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" +"Таке додаткове зображення є загальним для всіх варіантів товарів (якщо такі " +"є)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to show product availability" +msgstr "Як показати наявність товару" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " +"your customers." +msgstr "" +"Наявність ваших товарів може бути показана на веб-сайті, щоб переконати " +"ваших клієнтів." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " +"an option in *Availability*." +msgstr "" +"Щоб відобразити це, відкрийте вкладку *Продажі* у формі деталей товару та " +"виберіть параметр *В наявності*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " +"delay, etc." +msgstr "" +"Користувацьке попередження може бути пов'язане із наявністю на складі, " +"затримкою доставки тощо." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 +msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." +msgstr "Цей інструмент не вимагає встановлення додатку Склад." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " +"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " +"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." +msgstr "" +"Якщо один елемент більше не можна продавати, скасуйте публікацію на своєму " +"веб-сайті. Якщо мова йде про конкретний варіант товару, дезактивуйте варіант" +" на бекенді (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "Як керувати варіантами товару" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " +"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " +"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " +"available options." +msgstr "" +"Варіанти товару використовуються для того, щоб запропонувати варіанти того " +"самого товару для ваших клієнтів на сторінці товарів. Наприклад, клієнт " +"вибирає футболку, а потім вибирає її розмір і колір. У наведеному нижче " +"прикладі клієнт вибирає телефон, а потім вибирає пам'ять; колір та Wi-Fi з " +"доступних опцій." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "Як створити атрибути та варіанти" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " +"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Увімкніть *Товари можуть мати кілька атрибутів, що визначають варіанти " +"(наприклад, розмір, колір, ...)* у розділі :menuselection:`Продажі --> " +"Налаштування`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "Виберіть товар у списку товарів, перейдіть на вкладку *Варіанти*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " +"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " +"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" +"Додайте якомога більше атрибутів, які вам потрібно, з 3 різних типів: " +"перемикачі, випадаюче меню або кольорові кнопки. Ви отримуєте кілька " +"варіантів, як тільки буде 2 атрибута для атрибута 1." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "Як редагувати варіанти" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "Перегляньте всі варіанти з форми шаблону деталей товару." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "Ви можете редагувати наступні дані:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "Зображення (буде оновлено в реальному часі на веб-сайті)," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "Штрих-код," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "Внутрішня довідка (SKU #)," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "Об'єм," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "Вага," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "Активний (доступний у пропозиціях та на веб-сайті)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" +"Штрих-код та внутрішня довідка є спеціальними для варіантів. Потрібно " +"заповнити їх, коли створені варіанти." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" +"Перегляньте та відредагуйте всі варіанти з :menuselection:`Продажі --> " +"Продажі --> Варіанти товару`. Це може бути швидше, якщо ви управляєте " +"безліччю варіантів." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "Як встановити конкретні ціни за варіант" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " +"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" +"Ви також можете встановити конкретну загальну вартість кожного варіанта, " +"натиснувши *Ціни варіанту* у формі відомостей про товар (дія у верхньому " +"лівому куті)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" +"Додаткова ціна додається до ціни товару, коли вибирається відповідне " +"значення атрибута." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" +"Формули преміум-класу дозволяють встановлювати розширені методи обчислення " +"ціни для варіантів товару. Див. :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "Як відключити/архівувати варіанти" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете відключити/архівувати конкретні варіанти, щоб вони більше не були " +"доступні в пропозиціях та на веб-сайті (не існуючих на вашому складі, " +"застарілих тощо). Просто зніміть позначку *Активно* в детальній формі." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " +"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" +"Щоб отримати такі архівні елементи, натисніть *Архівувати* при пошуку списку" +" варіантів. Ви можете повторно активувати їх так само." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "Збільшіть свій дохід" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "Як продавати аксесуари та функціональні товари (перехресний продаж)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "" +"Ви продаєте комп'ютери. Чому б не стимулювати своїх клієнтів купувати " +"найкращий екран або додаткову гарантію? Це мета перехресних продажів:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "Аксесуари на сторінці оформлення замовлення," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" +"Додаткові товари на новому екрані *Додати до кошика* (не встановлено за " +"замовчуванням)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "Аксесуари під час перевірки" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" +"Аксесуари (наприклад, для комп'ютерів: миша, клавіатура) з'являються, коли " +"користувач переглядає кошик перед оплатою." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть аксесуари на вкладці *Продажі* на сторінці відомостей про товар." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "" +"Існує алгоритм виявлення найкращих аксесуарів для відображення, якщо до " +"кошика додано кілька елементів. Якщо будь-який елемент є аксесуаром кількох " +"товарів, доданих у кошик, то, швидше за все, він буде зверху списку " +"запропонованих аксесуарів." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "Додаткові товари при додаванні до кошика" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" +"Необов'язкові товари безпосередньо пов'язані з елементом, доданим до кошика " +"(наприклад, для комп'ютерів: гарантія, програмне забезпечення для ОS, " +"додаткові компоненти). Кожного разу, коли основний товар додається до " +"кошика, такий новий екран з'являється як додатковий крок." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "Опублікувати додаткові товари:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "" +"Встановіть *Додаткові товари електронної комерції* в меню *Додатки*. " +"Вилучіть фільтр за замовчуванням для пошуку в аддонах, інакше з'являться " +"лише основні модулі." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "Виберіть додаткові елементи на вкладці *Продажі* форми товару." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" +"Кількість додаткових елементів, доданих до кошика, співпадає з основним " +"елементом." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Adapt prices to website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This section sheds light on pricing features found in the eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "встановлення ціни за геолокацією," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "дозвольте клієнту вибирати валюту." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: " +":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP automatically applies the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, visitors who aren't " +"logged in yet will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "Після входу вони отримують прайслист, який відповідає їхній країні." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "Валютний вибір" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers " +"choose their own. Check the *Selectable* box to add the pricelist to the " +"website drop-down menu, which can be found in *Pricelists* under the " +"*Products* menu, located in the Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "Як створити та ділитися промокодами" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" +"Хочете збільшити продажі до Різдва? Поділіться промокодами за допомогою " +"маркетингових кампаній та застосуйте будь-які знижки." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Встановлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть на :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування` і виберіть " +"*Розширене ціноутворення на основі формули* для *Ціни продажу*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Адміністратор веб-сайту --> Каталог --> " +"Прайслисти` та створіть новий прайслист з правилом знижки (див. " +":doc:`pricing`). Потім введіть код." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" +"Зробіть поле промокоду доступним на *Сторінці кошика* (опція в меню " +"*Налаштування*). Додайте товар до кошика, щоб зробити це." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" +"Після увімкнення цієї функції ви побачите новий розділ з правого боку. При " +"натисканні кнопки *Застосувати* ціни автоматично оновлюються в кошику." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" +"Промокод, який використовує клієнт, зберігається в системі, щоби ви могли " +"проаналізувати ефективність ваших маркетингових кампаній." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "Покажіть продажі за цінами..." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "Як включити коментарі та рейтинг в електронній комерції" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" +"Публікація та моніторинг досвіду клієнтів допоможе довіряти вам новим " +"клієнтам та краще взаємодіяти з вашою спільнотою. Лише у два кліки дозвольте" +" своєму клієнту поділитися своїм відгуком!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" +"Активуйте коментарі та рейтинг в меню *Налаштування* веб-сторінки товару." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" +"Відвідувачі повинні увійти, щоби поділитися своїми коментарями. " +"Переконайтеся, що вони зможуть це зробити (див. Документацію Портал)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "Переглядайте публікації в режимі реального часу" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" +"Кожного разу, коли пост опубліковано, менеджер товару та всі підписники на " +"товар отримують сповіщення у своїй папці Вхідні (меню (*Обговорення*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням користувач, який створив товар, автоматично встановлюється " +"як підписник." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" +"Натисніть на назву товару, щоби відкрити детальну форму та переглянути " +"коментар (в обговоренні про товар)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "Модеруйте та скасовуйте публікації" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете легко модерувати, використовуючи чат, у формі детальної інформації" +" про товар або на веб-сторінці." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" +"Щоби скасувати публікацію, відкрийте веб-сторінку товару та натисніть кнопку" +" *Опубліковано*, щоби перетворити її у червоний колір (*Неопубліковано*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "..tip::" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете отримати доступ до веб-сторінки в детальній формі, натиснувши " +"кнопку *Опубліковано* (і навпаки)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "Як продавати альтернативні товари (допродаж)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" +"Щоб максимально збільшити ваш дохід, рекомендується пропонувати вартісніші " +"варіанти товару для базових товарів. Таким чином, ваш клієнт витратить " +"більше часу на перегляд вашого каталогу." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "Зробити так:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть такі *Альтернативні товари* на вкладці *Продажі* форми товару. Три " +"альтернативи буде достатньо! Не публікуйте занадто багато, інакше ваші " +"клієнти будуть плутатися." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" +"Увімкніть *альтернативні товари* в меню *Налаштування* веб-сторінки товару." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" +msgstr "Введення в електронну комерцію Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " +"time. The topics follow the buying process:" +msgstr "" +"Ця документація допоможе вам швидко перейти на веб-сайт електронної " +"комерції. Теми слідують за процесом купівлі:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Product Page" +msgstr "Сторінка товару" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 +msgid "Shop Page" +msgstr "Сторінка магазину" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Ціноутворення" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Податки" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Checkout process" +msgstr "Оформлення замовлення " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 +msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" +msgstr "Розпродаж та перехресний продаж" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "Оплата" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 +msgid "Shipping & Tracking" +msgstr "Доставка і відстеження" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "Запустіть свій веб-сайт" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "Отримайте оплату" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Як отримати оплату за допомогою Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " +"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " +"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " +"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " +"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " +"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " +"you like." +msgstr "" +"Authorize.Net є однією з найпопулярніших платформ електронної комерції в " +"Північній Америці. На відміну від більшості інших постачальників платежів, " +"сумісних з Odoo, Authorize.Net може використовуватися лише як платіжний " +"шлюз. " +"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " +"Таким чином, ви можете скористатись процесором платежу або " +"продавцем,<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__" +" який вам подобається." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "Створіть обліковий запис Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " +"'Get Started'." +msgstr "" +"Створіть обліковий запис Authorize.Net, <https://www.authorize.net>`__ " +"натиснувши кнопку 'Почати роботу'." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" +" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " +"press the related option." +msgstr "" +"На сторінці ціноутворення натисніть *Зареєструйтеся зараз*, якщо ви хочете " +"використовувати Authorize.net як платіжний шлюз та продаж. Якщо ви хочете " +"використовувати свій власний продаж, натисніть відповідну опцію." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 +msgid "Go through the registration steps." +msgstr "Перейдіть за кроками реєстрації." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " +"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." +msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням обліковий запис встановлено як тестовий обліковий запис. Ви" +" можете використовувати цей тестовий обліковий запис для обробки тестової " +"транзакції з Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." +msgstr "Після завершення перейдіть у режим **Розробника**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 +msgid "Set up Odoo" +msgstr "Налаштуйте Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " +"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." +msgstr "" +"Активізуйте Authorize.Net в Odoo з :menuselection:`Веб-сайту чи Продажів або" +" Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Платіжні еквайєри`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 +msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." +msgstr "Введіть свій **ID входу** та **Транзакційний ключ API**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" +" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " +"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" +" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." +msgstr "" +"Щоб отримати ці облікові дані в Authorize.Net, ви можете покластися на відео" +" з ідентифікаторами реєстрації API та відео-транзакції Video Tutorials " +"Authorize.Net. <https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Такі відеозаписи " +"дають змістовну інформацію про те, як налаштувати обліковий запис " +"Authorize.Net відповідно до ваших потреб." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 +msgid "Go live" +msgstr "Розпочніть" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " +"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" +"Ваше налаштування вже готове! Ви можете зробити Authorize.Net видимим у " +"вашому інтерфейсі продавця та активувати режим **Розробника**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " +"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " +"production mode." +msgstr "" +"Повноваження, надані Authorize.net, відрізняються як для тестування, так і " +"для режиму розробника. Не забувайте оновлювати їх в Odoo, коли ви вмикаєте " +"режим розробника." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" +msgstr "Оцініть Authorize.Net як платіжне рішення" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " +"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете безкоштовно протестувати та оцінити Authorize.Net, створивши " +"`обліковий запис розробника <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" +" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." +msgstr "" +"Після створення облікового запису ви отримаєте облікові дані sandbox. " +"Введіть їх в Odoo, як описано вище, і переконайтеся, що ви все ще " +"перебуваєте в режимі *тестування*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " +"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." +msgstr "" +"Ви також можете увійти в платформу для автозавантаження Authorize.Net, " +"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ щоб налаштувати свій обліковий запис для" +" sandbox." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" +" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " +"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." +msgstr "" +"Для виконання фальшивих операцій ви можете використовувати підроблені номери" +" карт, вказані в посібнику з тестування Authorize.Net " +"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`payment`" +msgstr ":doc:`payment`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" +msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "Як отримати платіж через платіжні еквайєри" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " +"Invoicing apps." +msgstr "" +"Odoo включає кілька способів оплати з електронної комерції, продажів і " +"рахунків-фактур." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 +msgid "What are the payment methods available" +msgstr "Які доступні способи оплати?" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 +msgid "Wire transfer" +msgstr "Банківський переказ" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " +"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" +" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" +"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" +"Банківський переказ - це доступний спосіб оплати за замовчуванням. Мета - " +"надати своїм клієнтам свої банківські реквізити, щоб вони могли платити " +"самостійно через свій банк. Це дуже легко розпочати, але повільно і " +"неефективно. Виберіть онлайн-покупців, як тільки зможете!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 +msgid "Payment acquirers" +msgstr "Платіжні еквайєри" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" +" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" +" over time:" +msgstr "" +"Переадресовуйте своїх клієнтів на платформи, щоби легко отримувати гроші та " +"відстежувати статус платежу (зворотній зв'язок). Odoo підтримує все більше і" +" більше платформ:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 +msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" +msgstr "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "Ingenico" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 +msgid "Authorize.net" +msgstr "Authorize.net" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 +msgid "PayUmoney" +msgstr "PayUmoney" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 +msgid "Sips" +msgstr "Sips" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stripe" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 +msgid "How to go live" +msgstr "Як це втілити" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " +"activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" +"Після того, як спосіб оплати готовий, зробіть його видимим у інтерфейсі " +"платежу та активуйте режим **Виробництва**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 +msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" +msgstr "" +"Як дозволити клієнтам зберігати та повторно використовувати кредитні картки" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " +"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." +" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" +"Щоб полегшити сплату повернених клієнтів, ви можете дозволити їм зберігати " +"та повторно використовувати кредитну картку, якщо вони хочуть. Якщо так, " +"токен платежу буде збережений в Odoo. Цей параметр доступний для Ingenico та" +" Authorize.net." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 +msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." +msgstr "Ви можете увімкнути це за допомогою форми налаштування еквайєра." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 +msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" +msgstr "Як дебетувати кредитні картки для оплати підписки" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " +"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " +"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." +msgstr "" +"`Підписка Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ дозволяє " +"автоматично сплачувати послуги на регулярній основі. Поряд з цим, ви можете " +"мати автоматичне дебетування кредитної картки клієнта." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 +msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "Цей параметр доступний для Ingenico та Authorize.net." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 +msgid "" +"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " +"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" +" from the subscription." +msgstr "" +"Таким чином, платіжний токен буде фіксуватися, коли користувач перейде на " +"підписку, а автоматичний дебет запускатиметься кожного разу, коли рахунок-" +"фактура випадає з підписки." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 +msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" +msgstr "Як користуватися іншими еквайєрами (розширені)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " +"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" +" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." +msgstr "" +"Odoo може надати запити на одноразову оплату та переадресацію до будь-якого " +"платника. Але немає зворотнього зв'язку, тобто Odoo не відстежує стан " +"транзакції. Таким чином, ви підтвердите замовлення вручну, як тільки ви " +"отримаєте плату." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 +msgid "How to:" +msgstr "Як це зробити:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 +msgid "Switch to developer mode." +msgstr "Переключитися в режим розробника." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 +msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." +msgstr "Встановіть метод платежу **Кастомний**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " +"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " +"duplicate." +msgstr "" +"Налаштуйте форму для оплати (шаблон форми S2S), як вказано вашим платіжним " +"еквайєром. Ви можете почати з *default_acquirer_button*, яке ви можете " +"дублювати." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 +msgid "Other configurations" +msgstr "Інші налаштування" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " +"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " +"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" +"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." +msgstr "" +"Система Odoo також може бути використана для більш просунутих платіжних " +"транзакцій, таких як плати за розстрочку (напр. `Paypal Installment Plans " +"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" +"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " +"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " +"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" +msgstr "" +"Така служба налаштування здійснюється на вимогу наших технічних експертів на" +" основі ваших власних вимог. Бізнес-консультант може зв'язатися з вами з " +"таким питанням. `Зв'яжіться з нами. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "Як керувати замовленнями, оплаченими через платіжні еквайєри" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" +" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " +"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." +msgstr "" +"Odoo підтверджує замовлення автоматично, як тільки платіж буде авторизовано " +"платіжним еквайєром. Це запускає доставку. Якщо ви виставили рахунок-фактуру" +" на основі замовлених кількостей, вам також пропонується нарахувати вартість" +" замовлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "What are the payment status" +msgstr "Який статус платежу" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." +msgstr "" +"У будь-який час продавець може перевірити стан транзакції із замовлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 +msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." +msgstr "*Чернетка*: транзакція в обробці." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " +"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." +msgstr "" +"*Очікує на розгляд*: платіжний еквайєр утримує транзакцію, і вам потрібно " +"авторизувати її з інтерфейсу еквайєра." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," +" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" +" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." +msgstr "" +"*Авторизовано*: платіж було авторизовано, але ще не отримано. В Odoo " +"замовлення вже підтверджено. Після завершення доставки ви можете зафіксувати" +" суму з інтерфейсу еквайєра (або з Odoo, якщо ви використовуєте " +"Authorize.net)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " +"confirmed." +msgstr "" +"*Готово*: платіж авторизований та зафіксований. Замовлення підтверджено." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " +"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." +msgstr "" +"*Помилка*: під час транзакції сталася помилка. Клієнтові потрібно повторити " +"платіж. Замовлення все ще знаходиться у стані чернетки." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " +"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." +msgstr "" +"*Скасовано*: коли клієнт скасовує платіж у формі платіжного еквайєра. Він " +"повертається до Odoo, щоби змінити замовлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " +"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" +"Спеціальні повідомлення надаються вашим клієнтам за кожним платіжним " +"статусом, коли вони переспрямовуються в Odoo після транзакції. Щоби " +"відредагувати такі повідомлення, перейдіть на вкладку *Повідомлення* методу " +"оплати." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 +msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" +msgstr "Автоматично перевірені рахунки за замовленням" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " +"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " +"orders straight on." +msgstr "" +"Коли замовлення підтверджено, ви також можете мати рахунок-фактуру, що " +"виставляється автоматично та оплачується. Це повністю автоматизовано для " +"підприємств, яким виставляється замовлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " +"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " +"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " +"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" +" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " +"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " +"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " +"payments " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви виберете цей режим, вам буде запропоновано вибрати журнал платежів " +"для запису у ваших книгах. Цей платіж автоматично узгоджується з рахунком-" +"фактурою, позначаючи його як оплачений. Виберіть банківський рахунок, якщо " +"ви одразу отримуєте платіж на своєму банківському рахунку. Якщо ви не " +"можете, ви можете створити окремий журнал для покупця платежу (тип = Банк). " +"Таким чином, ви можете відстежувати онлайн-платежі через проміжний рахунок " +"ваших бухгалтерських книг, доки ви не отримаєте оплату на свій банківський " +"рахунок (див. Як реєструвати платежі кредитною карткою " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "Зафіксуйте платіж після доставки" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 +msgid "" +"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " +"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " +"only available with Authorize.net." +msgstr "" +"За допомогою цього режиму замовлення підтверджено, але сума утримується. " +"Після обробки доставки ви можете отримати платіж від Odoo. Цей режим " +"доступний лише з Authorize.net." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " +"*Capture Transaction*." +msgstr "" +"Щоби відобразити платіж, відкрийте транзакцію із замовлення. Потім натисніть" +" *Утримати транзакцію*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" +"З іншими платіжними еквайєрми ви можете керувати утриманням у власних " +"інтерфейсах, а не з Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш обліковий запис Paypal" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" +"Paypal доступний та популярний по всьому світу. Він не стягує плату за " +"підписку, а створити обліковий запис дуже легко. Ось чому ми рекомендуємо " +"його для початківців в Odoo. Він працює безперебійно, коли клієнт " +"перенаправляється на веб-сайт Paypal для реєстрації платежу." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "Обліковий запис Paypal" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " +"Business Account " +"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" +"Бізнес-рахунок потрібен для отримання платежів з Paypal. Створіть `Бізнес-" +"рахунок Paypayl " +"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" +" або оновіть ваш Персональний рахунок на Бізнес. Перейдіть в налаштування " +"Paypal та натисніть *Оновити на Бізнес-рахунок*. Потім продовжіть кілька " +"кроків налаштування." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "Налаштування в Paypal" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Спершу, давайте поглянемо, як налаштувати ваш обліковий запис Paypal, щоби " +"створити безперебійний досвід роботи клієнта з Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" +" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." +msgstr "" +"Увійдіть та відкрийте налаштування. Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Товари та " +"послуги --> Платежі веб-сайту` та натисніть **Оновити** у **Налаштуваннях " +"веб-сайту**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "Автоматичне повернення" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " +"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." +msgstr "" +"*Автоматичне повернення* автоматично перенаправляє ваших клієнтів на Odoo " +"після того, як платіж оброблено. Позначте *Автоматичне повернення* та " +"введіть ваше доменне ім'я \"/shop/confirmation\" як *URL-адресу повернення* " +"(напр. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" +"Ця URL-адреса дає запит на Paypal, але не використовується на практиці, " +"оскільки Odoo передає її на кожній транзакції. Не хвилюйтеся, якщо ви " +"керуєте кількома каналами продажів або базами даних Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "Переказ даних про оплату (PDT)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"*Переказ даних про оплату* передає підтвердження платежу в Odoo, як тільки " +"він оброблений. Без цього Odoo не зможе завершити процес продажу. Ці " +"налаштування повинні бути активованими як слід. Під час збереження " +"створюється *Токен ідентифікації*. Пізніше ви отримаєте запит на вхід в " +"Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "Опціональний рахунок Paypal" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" +"Ми радимо не спонукати клієнтів входити за допомогою облікового запису " +"Paypal, коли вони отримують оплату. Нехай вони також платять " +"дебетовими/кредитними картками, інакше ви можете втратити деякі угоди. " +"Переконайтесь, що цей параметр увімкнено." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "Миттєві сповіщення оплати (IPN)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" +"PDT надсилає підтвердження замовлень лише один раз. В результаті ваш сайт " +"повинен запускатися, коли це трапляється; в іншому випадку він ніколи не " +"отримає повідомлення. Тому ми радимо активувати *Миттєві сповіщення оплати* " +"(IPN) в горі. З IPN, доставка підтвердження замовлень практично гарантоване " +"з того часу, як IPN повторно надсилає підтвердження поки ваш сайт не " +"підтвердить отримання." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" +"Щоб активувати IPN, поверніться в меню *Платежі веб-сайту* та натисніть " +"*Оновити* у *Миттєвих сповіщеннях оплати*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." +msgstr "" +"*URL сповіщення* для встановлення - це ваше доменне ім'я + " +"“payment/paypal/ipn” (напр. " +"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "Формат повідомлень оплати" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви використовуєте символи з наголосом (або що-небудь ще, крім основних " +"латинських символів) для імен ваших клієнтів, адрес... вам НЕОБХІДНО " +"налаштувати формат кодування запиту на платіж, що надсилається Odoo в " +"Paypal." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви не налаштуєте це, деякі транзакції не вдаватимуться без приміток." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "Щоб зробити це, відкрийте:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" +"`цю сторінку для тестового облікового запису <https://sandbox.paypal.com" +"/cgi-bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" +"`цю сторінку для робочого облікового запису <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" +"Потім натисніть *Додаткові параметри* та встановіть два стандартні кодування" +" у форматі **UTF-8**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:105 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "Ваш обліковий запис Paypal готовий!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, " +"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви хочете, щоб ваші клієнти оплачували без створення рахунку Paypal, " +"необхідно ввімкнути **Paypal Account Optional**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" +"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" +"payments-ewp>`__" +msgstr "" +"Для зашифрованих платежів на веб-сайті та помилки EWP_SETTINGS, перевірте " +"`документацію paypal. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" +"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" +"payments-ewp>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "Налаштування в Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:120 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Активація" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" +"Активуйте *Paypal* з панелі налаштувань Продажів, Виставлення рахунків та " +"Електронної комерції, або з меню налаштування *Платіжних еквайєрів*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:126 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Повноваження" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "Odoo вимагає трьох облікових даних Paypal:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" +"*ID електронної пошти* - це ваш логін адреси електронної пошти в Paypal." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +"*Profile > About the business*." +msgstr "" +"*Merchant ID* можна знайти у налаштуваннях облікового запису Paypal, у " +"*Профіль > Про бізнес*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" +"*Токен PDT Paypal* надається у налаштуваннях *Платежі веб-сайту*, як це " +"показано нижче." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "Оплата транзакції" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете стягувати додаткову комісію з клієнтів за оплату через Paypal; Це " +"покриває стягнення з вас комісії за транзакцію Paypal. Після направлення на " +"Paypal, ваш клієнт бачить додаткову суму до суми замовлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" +"Щоб активувати це, перейдіть на вкладку Налаштування Paypal а Odoo та " +"позначте *Додати додаткові комісії*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" +"fees>`__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете перейти на `Комісію Paypal <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp" +"/paypal-fees>`__ щоби встановити комісію." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 +msgid "" +"..note:: `Traders in the EU " +"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" +"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " +"with credit cards." +msgstr "" +"..note:: `Продавцям у ЄС " +"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" +"payments/index_en.htm>`__ заборонено стягувати додаткову комісію за оплату " +"кредитними картками." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:158 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "Перейдіть в онлайн!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" +"Ваші налаштування готові до запуску. Переконайтеся, що увімкнено режим " +"*Розробника*. Потім опублікуйте метод платежу, натиснувши на кнопку " +"*Опубліковано* поруч." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" +"Тепер Paypal доступний у ваших платежах у модулях Електронної комерції, " +"Продажах та Виставленні рахунків. Клієнти перенаправляються на веб-сайт " +"Paypal під час натискання *Оплатити зараз*. Вони повернуться на сторінку " +"підтвердження в Odoo після того, як платіж буде оброблено." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:178 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "Тестове середовище" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете протестувати процес оплати в Odoo завдяки рахункам Paypal Sandbox." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" +"Увійдіть на `Сайт розробника Paypal <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ з " +"вашими обліковими даними Paypal." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:184 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "Це створить два рахунки sandbox:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:186 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" +"Бізнес-рахунок (для використання як покупці, напр. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:188 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" +"Персональний рахунок за замовчуванням (для використання як покупець, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" +"Увійдіть у Paypal Sandbox з обліковим записом продавця та слідуйте тим самим" +" інструкціям налаштування. Введіть ваші облікові дані sandbox в Odoo та " +"переконайтеся, що Paypal досі встановлено як *Тестове середовище*. Також " +"переконайтеся, що автоматичне виставлення рахунку не активовано у ваших " +"налаштуваннях Електронної комерції, щоб не створювати рахунки коли " +"завершуються фіктивні транзакції." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:196 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" +"Запустіть тестову транзакцію в Odoo, використовуючи особистий обліковий " +"запис Sandbox." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:198 +msgid "See also" +msgstr "Перегляньте також" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:200 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:202 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "" +"Як клієнти можуть отримати доступ до свого клієнтського облікового запису" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" +"Вашим клієнтам ще ніколи не було так легко отримати доступ до свого " +"клієнтського облікового запису. Забудьте про нескінченні форми реєстрації, " +"Odoo робить це так само просто, як AБВ. Пропонуємо реєстрацію (ім'я, " +"електронна пошта, пароль), коли замовлення розміщено, а не раніше. Дійсно, " +"ніщо не дратує більше, ніж процес реєстрації, до того, як відбувається " +"купівля." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "Реєстрація" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" +"Запрошення на реєстрацію з'являється, коли клієнт хоче візуалізувати " +"замовлення з електронного листа з підтвердженням замовлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "Клієнтський обліковий запис" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" +"Після входу клієнт отримає доступ до облікового запису, натиснувши *Мій " +"обліковий запис* у випадаючому меню." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Там вони знаходять всю свою історію. Головну адресу (для отримання рахунків)" +" також можна змінити." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" +"Якщо клієнт встановлений як контакт компанії у вашій адресній книзі, він " +"побачить усі документи, які належать цій компанії." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "Як отримати платіж через банківський переказ" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" +"**Банківський переказ** - це доступний спосіб оплати за замовчуванням. Мета " +"- надати своїм клієнтам свої банківські реквізити, щоб вони могли платити " +"самостійно. Це дуже легко розпочати, але повільно і неефективно. Виберіть " +"покупців, як тільки зможете!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "Як надати клієнтам платіжні інструкції" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" +"Вставте свої платіжні інструкції у **Повідомлення подяки** за допомогою " +"вашого способу оплати." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "Вони з'являтимуться у клієнтів, коли вони розміщують замовлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "Як керувати замовленням, коли ви отримуєте оплату" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" +"Кожного разу, коли клієнт оплачує банківським переказом, замовлення " +"залишається на проміжному етапі **надісланої комерційної пропозиції** " +"(наприклад, неоплачене замовлення). Коли ви отримуєте оплату, ви " +"підтверджуєте замовлення вручну, щоб запустити доставку." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "Як створити інші ручні методи оплати" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви керуєте B2B-бізнесом, ви можете створювати інші способи оплати, що " +"обробляються вручну, наприклад, оплата чеком. Для цього просто перейменуйте " +"*Банківський переказ* або дублюйте його." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "Збирайте податки" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:4 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Живий чат" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:7 +msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" +msgstr "Спілкуйтеся з відвідувачами сайту в реальному часі" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " +"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " +"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," +" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " +"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " +"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +msgstr "" +"З Онлайн-чатом Odoo ви можете встановити прямий контакт із відвідувачами " +"вашого веб-сайту. Просте діалогове вікно з'явиться на екрані та дозволить їм" +" зв'язатися з одним із ваших торгових представників. Таким чином, ви можете " +"легко перетворити ліди у нагоди. Ви також зможете надавати допомогу своїм " +"клієнтам. Загалом, це ідеальний інструмент для покращення задоволеності " +"клієнтів." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" +" and then click on install." +msgstr "" +"Щоб отримати функцію Онлайн-чату, відкрийте модуль Додатки, знайдіть " +"\"Онлайн-чат\", а потім натисніть кнопку Встановити." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " +"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +msgstr "" +"Модуль Онлайн-чату надає прямий доступ до ваших каналів. Там оператори " +"можуть легко приєднатися та виходити з чату." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 +msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" +msgstr "Додайте онлайн-чат на веб-сайт Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " +"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" +" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ваш веб-сайт був створений за допомогою Odoo, то автоматично буде " +"доданий онлайн-чат. Все, що потрібно зробити, це перейти на :menuselection" +":`Веб-сайт --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`, щоби вибрати канал, який буде" +" пов'язаний з веб-сайтом." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" +msgstr "Додайте онлайн-чат на зовнішній веб-сайт" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " +"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " +"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " +"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ваш веб-сайт не був створений за допомогою Odoo, перейдіть до модуля " +"Онлайн-чат, а потім виберіть канал, який потрібно прив'язати. Там ви можете " +"просто скопіювати доступний код на свій веб-сайт. Також надається конкретна " +"URL-адреса, яку ви можете надіслати клієнтам або постачальникам для доступу " +"до чату." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 +msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" +msgstr "Сховайте/покажіть онлайн-чат відповідно до правил" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " +"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " +"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" +" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " +"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +msgstr "" +"Правила онлайн-чату можна визначити за формою каналу. Наприклад, ви можете " +"вибрати показ чату в країнах, в яких ви володієте мовою. Навпаки, ви можете " +"приховати чат у країнах, де ваша компанія не веде діяльність. Якщо ви " +"виберете *Автоматичне спливаюче вікно*, ви також можете встановити, скільки " +"часу потрібно для показу чату." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 +msgid "Prepare automatic messages" +msgstr "Підготуйте автоматичні повідомлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" +" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" +" through the live chat." +msgstr "" +"У формі каналу, у розділі *Параметри*, кілька повідомлень можуть бути " +"набрані, щоби з'являтися автоматично у чаті. Це спонукає відвідувачів " +"звернутися до вас через онлайн-чат." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 +msgid "Start chatting with customers" +msgstr "Почніть спілкуватися з клієнтами" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " +"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " +"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " +"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +msgstr "" +"Щоб розпочати спілкування з клієнтами, спершу переконайтеся, що канал " +"публікується на вашому веб-сайті. Щоби зробити це, виберіть *Неопубліковано " +"на Веб-сайті* у верхньому правому куті форми каналу, щоби переключити " +"параметр *Опубліковано*. Потім можна розпочати чат, коли оператор " +"приєднається до каналу." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " +"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +msgstr "" +"Якщо жоден оператор не доступний або якщо канал не опубліковано на веб-" +"сайті, кнопка онлайн-чату не відображатиметься відвідувачам." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " +"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " +"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Розмова, ініційована відвідувачами, також з'вляється у модулі Обговорення " +"крім того, що з'являється як пряме повідомлення. Тому на запити можна " +"відповісти, де б ви не були в Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " +"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +msgstr "" +"Якщо є кілька операторів, які приєдналися до каналу, система буде " +"відправляти сесії відвідувачів випадковим чином між ними." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:99 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "Використовуйте команди" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " +"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " +"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +msgstr "" +"Команди є корисними для виконання певних дій або доступу до інформації, яка " +"вам може знадобитися. Щоби використовувати цю функцію, просто введіть " +"команди в чат. Доступні наступні дії:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:105 +msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." +msgstr "**/help** : показати допоміжне повідомлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:107 +msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "**/helpdesk** : створити заявку служби підтримки." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:109 +msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "**/helpdesk\\_search** : шукати заявку для служби підтримки." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." +msgstr "**/history** : дивитись 15 останніх відвіданих сторінок." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:113 +msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." +msgstr "**/lead** : створити новий лід." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." +msgstr "**/leave** : залишити канал." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " +"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " +"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" +"Якщо з чату створено заявку служби підтримки, тоді розмова, з якої вона була" +" згенерована, автоматично відображатиметься як опис заявки. Те ж саме " +"стосується і створення ліда." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:123 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "Надсилайте фіксовані відповіді" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " +"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " +"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," +" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"Фіксовані відповіді дозволяють створювати замінники загальних речень, які ви" +" часто використовуєте. Введіть слово замість кількох, це заощадить вам " +"багато часу. Щоб додати фіксовані відповіді, перейдіть до :menuselection" +":`ОНЛАЙН-ЧАТ --> Налаштування --> Фіксовані відповіді` та створіть стільки " +"відповідей, скільки потрібно. Щоби використовувати їх під час чату, просто " +"введіть \":\" до ярлика, який ви призначили." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " +"visitors, enjoy !" +msgstr "" +"Тепер у вас є всі інструменти, необхідні для спілкування в онлайн з " +"відвідувачами вашого сайту. Насолоджуйтеся!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:4 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "Веб-сайт" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "Оптимізувати" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "Як відслідковувати трафік вашого веб-сайту на Google Analytics" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "" +"Щоб стежити за трафіком вашого веб-сайту за допомогою Google Analytics:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" +" you don't have any." +msgstr "" +"`Створіть обліковий запис Google Analytics " +"<https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ якщо у вас його немає." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " +"ID." +msgstr "" +"Пройдіть форму створення та прийміть умови, щоб отримати ID відстеження." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "Скопіюйте ID відстеження, щоби вставити його в Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " +"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до меню *Налаштування* додатку Веб-сайт Odoo. У налаштуваннях " +"увімкніть Google Analytics і вставте ID відстеження. Потім збережіть " +"сторінку." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " +"Documentation. " +"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" +msgstr "" +"Щоб зробити перші кроки в Google Analytics, зверніться до `Документації " +"Google. <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "" +"Як відслідковувати трафік вашого веб-сайту з інформаційної панелі Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " +"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете слідкувати за вашою статистикою трафіку прямо з панелі " +"інструментів веб-сайту Odoo завдяки Google Analytics." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " +"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "" +"Для початку створіть обліковий запис Google Analytics та введіть ID " +"відстеження у налаштуваннях вашого веб-сайту. (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть на 'платформу Google API " +"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__ для створення облікових даних " +"Analytics API. Ввійдіть у свій обліковий запис Google." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "Виберіть Analytics API." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " +"to store your API credentials." +msgstr "" +"Створіть новий проект і надішліть йому назву (наприклад, Odoo). Цей проект " +"необхідний для зберігання ваших облікових даних API." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "Увімкніть API." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "Створіть облікові дані для використання в Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть *веб-браузер (Javascript)* як джерело дзвінків та *дані " +"користувача* як види даних." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" +" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " +"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" +"Тоді ви можете створити ID клієнта. Введіть назву програми (наприклад, Odoo)" +" та дозволені сторінки, на які ви будете перенаправлені. Початком " +"*авторизованого JavaScript* є ваша версія URL-адреси Odoo. *Авторизований " +"URI* перенаправлення - це URL-адреса вашої версії Odoo, а потімy " +"'/google_account/authentication'." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " +"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " +"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " +"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть за кроком згоди на екран, введіть назву товару (наприклад, Google " +"Analytics у Odoo). Не соромтеся перевіряти параметри налаштування, але це не" +" обов'язково. Екран згоди відображатиметься лише тоді, коли ви вперше " +"введете ID клієнта в Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "Нарешті, вам надається ID клієнта. Скопіюйте та вставте його в Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" +" your Client ID." +msgstr "" +"Відкрийте Інформаційну панель веб-сайту в Odoo та пов'яжіть свій обліковий " +"запис Analytics із ID клієнта." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "" +"В якості останнього кроку дозвольте Odoo отримати доступ до Google API." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete " +"statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " +"<../../../sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows you to " +"understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" +msgstr "Як зробити оптимізацію пошукових систем (SEO) в Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" +"Пошукова оптимізація (SEO) - це набір оптимальних методів оптимізації вашого" +" веб-сайту, завдяки чому ви отримуєте кращий рейтинг у пошукових системах, " +"таких як Google. Словом, хороша оптимізація SEO дозволяє отримати більше " +"відвідувачів." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" +"Деякі приклади правил SEO: ваші веб-сторінки мають завантажуватися швидко, " +"на вашій сторінці має бути один і тільки один заголовок ``<h1>``, мета теги " +"(alt-tag, title-tag) повинні відповідати вмісту сторінки, ваш веб-сайт " +"повинен мати файл ``/sitemap.xml`` і т.д.." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" +"Щоб гарантувати, що користувачі вебсайту та електронної комерції Odoo мають " +"чудовий SEO, Odoo бере на себе всі технічні складнощі SEO. Як саме - читайте" +" нижче." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" +"Але спочатку подивіться, як ви можете легко підвищити свій рейтинг шляхом " +"тонкого налаштування вмісту та метатегів вашого вебсайту." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "Метатеги" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "Назва, Опис" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" +"Кожна веб-сторінка повинна визначати метадані ``<title>``, ``<description>``" +" та ``<keywords>``. Ці інформаційні елементи використовуються пошуковими " +"системами, щоб визначити рейтинг вашого сайту. Вони генеруються автоматично " +"на основі назви та вмісту сторінки, але ви можете додатково їх налаштувати. " +"Перевірте, що вони відповідають вмісту вашої сторінки, інакше пошукові " +"системи знизять ваш рейтинг." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "Ключові слова" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" +"Для того, щоб написати якісний вміст і збільшити ваш трафік, Odoo пропонує " +"пошук ``<keyword>``. Ці ключові слова - це пошукові запити, які ви хочете " +"направити на ваш вебсайт. Для кожного ключового слова ви бачите, як воно " +"використовується у вмісті (H1, H2, заголовок сторінки, опис сторінки, вміст " +"сторінки) та які є пов'язані пошукові запити в Google. Чим більше ключових " +"слів буде використано, тим краще." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ваш веб-сайт має декілька мов, ви можете використовувати інструмент " +"просування для кожної мови окремої сторінки та встановлювати спеціальний " +"заголовок, опис та пошукові теги." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "Вміст це наше все!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" +"Коли мова йде про SEO, вміст має дуже великий вплив. Odoo надає кілька " +"модулів, які допоможуть створити свій вміст на вашому вебсайті:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "**Блоги Odoo**: написання чудового вмісту" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1>`__" +msgstr "" +"**Слайди Odoo**: опублікуйте всі ваші Powerpoint або PDF презентації. Їх " +"вміст автоматично індексується на веб-сторінці. Приклад: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" +" Odoo.com landing pages)" +msgstr "" +"**Форму Odoo**: дозвольте спільноті створювати для вас вміст. Приклад: " +"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (становить 30% від " +"цільових сторінок Odoo.com)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" +"**Архів розсилки Odoo**: публікуйте архіви списків розсилки на своєму веб-" +"сайті. Приклад: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 сторінок створено за " +"місяць)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" +"Сторінка 404 - це звичайна сторінка, яку можна редагувати, як і будь-яку " +"іншу сторінку в Odoo. Таким чином, ви можете створити класну 404 сторінку, " +"яка перенаправлятиме на найпопулярніший вміст вашого веб-сайту, якщо людина " +"потрапила на невірну URL-адресу." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "Використовуйте соціальні мережі" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" +"Соціальні мережі створені для того, щоб ділитись цікавою інформацією з " +"великою кількістю людей. Якщо багато людей поширять ваш вміст у соціальних " +"мережах, то, ймовірно, більше людей буде посилатись на нього, а посилання є " +"величезним фактором для SEO-рейтингу." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo має декілька інструментів для обміну вмістом через соціальні мережі:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "Соціальні мережі" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" +"Odoo дозволяє відображати всі ваші облікові записи в соціальних мережах у " +"підвалі (футері) вашого вебсайту. Все, що вам потрібно зробити - це вказати " +"всі ваші облікові записи у налаштуваннях вашої компанії." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "Ділитись у соціальній мережі" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" +"Пересуньте блок *Ділитись* на будь-яку сторінку. Користувачі зможуть " +"натиснути на іконку та поділитись цією веб сторінкою на своїй сторінці у " +"соціальній мережі." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" +"Більшість соціальних мереж використовують зображення для кращої візуальної " +"презентації своєї публікації. За замовчуванням Odoo використовує логотип " +"вебсайту, але ви можете обрати будь-яке інше зображення вашої сторінки в " +"інструменті «Просування»." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "Facebook сторінка" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" +"Пересуньте блок *Сторінка Facebook*, щоб відобразити віджет вашої ділової " +"сторінки на Facebook та заохотити відвідувачів стежити за нею. Ви можете " +"відобразити часову шкалу, наступні події та повідомлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "Прокручування Twitter" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" +"Показуйте стрічку Twitter із задоволеними клієнтами на своєму вебсайті. Це " +"збільшить кількість твітів та поширень." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "Перевірте ваш веб-сайт" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" +msgstr "" +"Ви можете порівняти ваш веб-сайт з точки зору SEO, в той час як Odoo " +"використовує безкоштовні послуги WooRank: `https://www.woorank.com " +"<https://www.woorank.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "Обробка URL-адрес" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" +"У цьому розділі висвітлено як URL-адреси в Odoo сприяють хорошому рейтингу " +"SEO​." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "Структура URL-адреси" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "Типова URL-адреса Odoo виглядатиме так:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "З наступними компонентами:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "**https://** = Protocol" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "**www.mysite.com** = ваше доменне ім'я" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" +"**/fr\\_FR** вказує на мову сторінки. Ця частина URL-адреси видаляється, " +"якщо відвідувач переглядає основну мову вебсайту. Таким чином, основна " +"версія цієї сторінки: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-" +"product-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" +"**/shop/product** - кожен модуль визначає власний простір імен (/shop - це " +"назва каталогу модуля електронної комерції, /shop/product вказує, що це " +"сторінка товару)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"**my-great-product** за замовчуванням, це згладжений заголовок товару, який " +"містить ця сторінка. Але ви можете налаштувати його для цілей SEO. Товар під" +" назвою \"Pain carré\" буде перетворений у \"pain-carre\". Залежно від " +"простору імен це можуть бути різні об'єкти (публікація блогу, заголовок " +"сторінки, повідомлення форуму, коментар до форуму, категорія товару, тощо)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "**-31** = унікальний ID товару" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" +"Зауважте, що будь-який динамічний компонент URL-адреси можна звести до його " +"ID. Як приклад, всі наступні URL-адреси роблять переадресацію 301 на вказану" +" URL-адресу:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" +"Деякі URL-адреси мають кілька динамічних частин, як-от ця (категорія блогу " +"та публікація):" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "У наведеному вище прикладі:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "*Новини компанії* - це назва блогу" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "*Історія Odoo* - це назва конкретного поста в блозі" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" +"Коли сторінка Odoo має пейджер, номер сторінки встановлюється безпосередньо " +"в URL-адресі (не має аргументу GET). Це дозволяє кожній сторінці індексувати" +" пошукові системи. Приклад:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "Зміни в URL-адресах і заголовках" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" +"Коли змінюється URL-адреса сторінки (наприклад, більш дружня версія для " +"друку вашого товару), вам не потрібно турбуватися про оновлення всіх " +"посилань:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "Odoo автоматично оновить всі свої посилання на нову URL-адресу." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new website." +msgstr "" +"Якщо зовнішні сайти все-таки вказують на стару URL-адресу, переадресація 301" +" буде виконана для переспрямування відвідувачів на новий вебсайт." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "Як приклад, ця URL-адреса:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "Автоматично переспрямовуватиметься на:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " +"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" +"Коротше кажучи, просто змініть назву допису блогу або назву товару, і зміни " +"автоматично будуть застосовані скрізь на вашому вебсайті. Старе посилання " +"все ще працюватиме для посилань, що надходять із зовнішніх вебсайтів, з " +"переадресацією 301, щоб не втратити існуючі SEO здобутки." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" +"Пошуковики підвищують рейтинг вебсайтів захищених через HTTPS / SSL. Отже, " +"за замовчуванням всі інсталяції Odoo Online повністю ґрунтуються на HTTPS. " +"Якщо відвідувач звертається до вашого вебсайту за допомогою URL-адреси, що " +"не містить HTTPS, то 301 переадресація перенаправить його до еквівалента " +"URL-адреси з HTTPS." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "Посилання: стратегія nofollow" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" +"Але кожне посилання, розміщене співрозмовником, який посилається на " +"зовнішній веб-сайт, є \"nofollow\". Таким чином, ви не ризикуєте, що люди " +"публікують посилання на ваш веб-сайт на сторонні веб-сайти, які мають погану" +" репутацію." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви запускаєте веб-сайт на кількох мовах, однаковий вміст буде доступний" +" в різних URL-адресах залежно від мови використання:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" +"У цьому прикладі fr\\_FR є мовою сторінки. Ви навіть можете мати декілька " +"варіантів однієї мови: pt\\_BR (португальська з Бразилії), pt\\_PT " +"(португальська з Португалії)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "З таким підходом:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" +"Щоб змусити відвідувача дотримуватися стандартної мови, ви можете " +"використовувати код мови за замовчуванням у вашому посиланні, наприклад: " +"yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Це завжди призведе до відвідування англійської" +" версії сторінки, без використання мовних налаштувань браузера." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Вступ" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" +"На щастя, Оdоо робить для вас магію. Нижче ви знайдете хитрощі, які Odoo " +"використовує, щоб пришвидшити час завантаження сторінки. Ви можете " +"порівняти, як ваш сайт використовує ці два інструменти:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Швидкість сторінки Google " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "`Тест швидкості веб-сайту Pingdom <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Зображення" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" +"З кнопки завантаження ви можете зберегти оригінальне зображення без зміни, " +"якщо ви хочете оптимізувати якість зображення, а не продуктивність." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" +"Odoo стискає зображення, коли вони завантажуються на ваш веб-сайт, а не за " +"запитом відвідувача. Таким чином, можливо, якщо ви використовуєте сторонню " +"тему, вона забезпечить зображення, які не стиснуті ефективно. Але всі " +"зображення, що використовуються в офіційних темах Odoo, стискаються за " +"замовчуванням." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви натискаєте зображення, Odoo показує атрибути ``<img>`` і назву тега." +" Ви можете натиснути на неї, щоб встановити власну назву та атрибути Alt для" +" зображення." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "Коли ви натисните на це посиланню, з'явиться таке вікно:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" +"Піктограми Odoo реалізовані за допомогою шрифту (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ у більшості тем " +"Odoo). Таким чином, ви можете використовувати стільки піктограм, скільки " +"хочете, на своїй сторінці, але вони не дадуть додаткових запитів на " +"завантаження сторінки." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "для завантаження сторінки потрібен лише один запит CSS-файлу" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "" +"цей файл CSS використовується для спільного використання та кешування серед " +"сторінок, тому, коли відвідувач натискає іншу сторінку, браузер не повинен " +"навіть завантажувати жодного ресурсу CSS." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "цей файл CSS оптимізовано як невеликий" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" +"Для вирішення цієї проблеми всі файли CSS / Less / Sass об'єднуються в " +"єдиний файл .CSS для відправлення в браузер. Таким чином, відвідувач має " +"**лише один CSS файл для завантаження** на сторінку, що є особливо " +"ефективним. Оскільки CSS розподіляється серед усіх сторінок, коли відвідувач" +" натискає іншу сторінку, браузер навіть не повинен завантажувати новий CSS-" +"файл!" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "**Обидва файли у <head>**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "**Що отримує відвідувач (тільки один файл)**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr ".text-muted {" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "color: #666;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "color: #777;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "background: yellow" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "background: yellow;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "}" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" +"CSS, надісланий Odoo, включає в себе всі CSS / Less / Sass всіх " +"сторінок/модулів. Таким чином, для додаткових переглядів сторінок одного " +"відвідувача не потрібно буде завантажувати файли CSS взагалі. Але деякі " +"модулі можуть включати в себе величезні ресурси CSS / Javascript, які ви не " +"бажаєте попередньо отримувати на першій сторінці, оскільки вони занадто " +"великі. У цьому випадку Odoo розподіляє цей ресурс на другий пакет, який " +"завантажується лише тоді, коли запитується сторінка, яка використовує її. " +"Прикладом цього є бекенд, який завантажується тільки тоді, коли відвідувач " +"входить до системи та звертається до бекенду (/ web)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" +"**Мініфікований**: після попередньої обробки та об'єднання, результативність" +" CSS зменшується, щоб зменшити його розмір." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "**Перед мініфікацією**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "**Після мініфікації**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* some comments \\*/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "Кінцевий результат стискається, перш ніж надходити до браузера." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "Odoo створює три пакети Javascript:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" +"Один для бекенда конкретного коду Javascript (Odoo Web Client інтерфейс для " +"ваших співробітників, які використовує Odoo)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +msgid "" +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +msgid "" +"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " +"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" +" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " +"from their original versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "CDN" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви активуєте функцію CDN в Odoo, статичні ресурси (Javascript, CSS, " +"зображення) завантажуються з мережі доставки вмісту. Використання мережі " +"доставки контенту має три переваги:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "" +"Завантаження ресурсів із сусіднього сервера (більшість CDN мають сервери в " +"основних країнах світу)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "" +"Ефективний кеш ресурсів (без використання обчислювальних ресурсів на вашому " +"власному сервері)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "" +"Розбиття завантаження ресурсів на різні служби, що дозволяє паралельно " +"завантажувати більше ресурсів (оскільки ліміт Chrome на 6 паралельних " +"запитів за доменом)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" +"Ви можете налаштувати параметри CDN із додатка **Адміністратор веб-сайту** " +"за допомогою меню Налаштування. Ось приклад налаштування, який ви можете " +"використовувати:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "Сторінки HTML " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +msgid "" +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" +"Крім того, сторінки HTML можуть бути стиснуті, але, як правило, це " +"обробляється вашим веб-сервером (NGINX або Apache)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "" +"Як приклад, якщо ви використовуєте засоби вибору кольору, щоб змінити колір " +"абзацу на основний колір вашого веб-сайту, Odoo виведе наступний код:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">Мій текст</p>``" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "" +"Тоді як більшість редакторів HTML (наприклад, CKEditor) вироблятиме такий " +"код:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Мій текст</p>``" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "Адаптивний дизайн" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: " +"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" +"Javascript, зображення та ресурси CSS мають URL-адресу, яка динамічно " +"змінюється при зміні змісту. Як приклад, всі файли CSS завантажуються за " +"цією URL-адресою: " +"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"``457-0da1d9d`` частина цієї URL-адреси зміниться, якщо ви зміните CSS свого" +" веб-сайту." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" +"Це дозволяє Odoo встановити дуже тривалий час затримки кешування (XXX) на " +"цих ресурсах: XXX секунди, при цьому він оновлюється миттєво, якщо ви " +"оновлюєте ресурс." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "Масштабованість" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " +"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:574 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "Мапа сайту" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:579 +msgid "" +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:583 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням всі URL-адреси будуть розміщені в одному файлі " +"``/sitemap.xml``, але якщо у вас багато сторінок, Odoo автоматично створить " +"файл індексу Sitemap, дотримуючись групування у файлі `sitemaps.org protocol" +" <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ у 45000 шт. на файл." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:589 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "Кожна карта сайту містить 4 атрибути, які обчислюються автоматично:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:591 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "``<loc>`` : URL-адреса сторінки" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:593 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:598 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:605 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "Розмітка структурованих даних" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:607 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:612 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" +"Google підтримує безліч багатих фрагментів для типів вмісту, зокрема: " +"огляди, люди, товари, компанії, події та організації." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo реалізує мікро-дані, як це визначено в специфікації `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ для подій, товарів електронної комерції, повідомлень " +"форуму та контактних адрес. Це дозволяє відображати ваші сторінки товару в " +"Google за допомогою додаткової інформації, такої як ціна та рейтинг товару:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:625 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "robots.txt" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:627 +msgid "" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:631 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:638 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " +"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," +" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " +"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "Опублікувати" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own domain name" +msgstr "Як використати власне доменне ім'я?" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " +"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " +"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням ваша версія і веб-сайт Odoo Online мають ім'я домену " +".odoo.com для URL-адреси та електронних листів. Але ви можете перейти на " +"звичайну (наприклад, www.yourcompany.com)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +msgid "What is a good domain name" +msgstr "Що таке хороше доменне ім'я?" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " +"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " +"domain. Here are some tips:" +msgstr "" +"Ваша адреса веб-сайту так само важлива для вашого брендингу, як назва вашого" +" бізнесу чи організації, тому подумайте про зміну його для відповідного " +"домену. Ось декілька порад:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +msgid "Simple and obvious" +msgstr "Простий і очевидний" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +msgid "Easy to remember and spell" +msgstr "Легко запам'ятати і вимовляти" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +msgid "The shorter the better" +msgstr "Чим коротше, тим краще" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +msgid "Avoid special characters" +msgstr "Уникайте спеціальних символів" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" +msgstr "Призначення для розширення .com та/або вашої країни" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" +msgstr "" +"Детальніше: `Як вибрати доменне ім'я для максимального SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +msgid "How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "Як купити доменне ім'я" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "Купути доменне ім'я можна на популярних реєстрах:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" +msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" +msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " +"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" +msgstr "" +"Кроки для покупки доменного імені значною мірою ведуть вас уперед. У разі " +"виникнення проблем перегляньте ці прості підказки:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " +"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " +"This is Odoo's job!" +msgstr "" +"Не соромтеся купувати поштовий сервер, щоб мати адреси електронної пошти за " +"допомогою вашого доменного імені. Однак не купуйте додатковий сервіс для " +"створення або розміщення вашого веб-сайту. Це робота Оdоо! " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" +msgstr "Як застосувати своє доменне ім'я до версії Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +msgid "" +"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" +msgstr "" +"Спочатку дозвольте авторизувати перенаправлення (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." +msgstr "Відкрийте свій обліковий запис Odoo.com з домашньої сторінки." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." +msgstr "Перейдіть на сторінку *Керування базами даних*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." +msgstr "" +"Натисніть на розділі *Домени* справа від бази даних, яку потрібно " +"переадресовувати." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " +"www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" +"З'явиться підказка домену бази даних. Введіть свій спеціальний домен " +"(наприклад, www.yourcompany.com)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +msgstr "" +"Тепер ми можемо застосувати перенаправлення з керуючого облікового запису " +"вашого доменного імені:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "" +"Увійдіть у свій обліковий запис і знайдіть сторінку керування зонами DNS." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." +" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " +"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." +msgstr "" +"Створіть запис CNAME *www.yourdomain.com* із посиланням на " +"*mywebsite.odoo.com*. Якщо ви хочете використовувати *голий* домен " +"(наприклад, yourdomain.com), вам потрібно переадресовувати свій " +"*yourdomain.com* на *www.yourdomain.com*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" +"Нижче наведено кілька спеціальних інструкцій для створення запису CNAME:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" +msgstr "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" +msgstr "Як включити SSL (HTTPS) для вашої версії Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:98 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:105 +msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → " +"Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" +" the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "Додайте функції" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "тощо." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 +msgid "" +"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Товари" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "Блоги" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "Форуми" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "Події" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "Вакансії" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration → Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Мульти-компанії" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "Прайс-листи" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products → Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "Як перекласти свій веб-сайт" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" +"Крім створення чудових сучасних веб-сайтів, Odoo надає вам можливість " +"перекладати їх на різні мови." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "Обробіть" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" +"Після того як ваш веб-сайт буде створений, у вас є можливість перекладати " +"його на будь-яку іншу мову." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " +"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " +"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " +"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" +"Є два способи перекладу вашого веб-сайту, це можна зробити вручну або " +"автоматично за допомогою програми Gengo. Якщо ви хочете зробити це " +"автоматично, перейдіть до модуля **Додатки** і встановіть **Автоматичні " +"переклади через Gengo Api** та **Веб-сайт Gengo Translator**. Якщо ви хочете" +" зробити це вручну, не встановлюйте нічого та виконайте наступний крок." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть на свій веб-сайт. У нижньому правому куті сторінки натисніть " +"**Додати мову**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" +"Виберіть мову, якою ви хочете перекласти ваш веб-сайт, а потім натисніть " +"кнопку **Завантажити**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" +"Ви побачите, що зараз біля англійської є також французька, що означає, що " +"сторінка для перекладу була створена. Ви також можете побачити, що частина " +"тексту була перекладена автоматично." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "" +"Щоби перекласти вміст веб-сайту, натисніть на **Перекласти** (тут, " +"**Traduire**, оскільки ми хочемо перекласти веб-сайт французькою мовою)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" +" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " +"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " +"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " +"ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" +"Тоді, якщо ви встановили Gengo Translator, ви побачите, що біля кнопки " +"Перекласти ви також матимете кнопку Перекласти автоматично. Після того, як " +"ви натиснете цю кнопку, вам буде запропонована деяка інформація про ваш " +"обліковий запис. Якщо у вас ще немає облікового запису, перейдіть на " +"сторінку `*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " +"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ щоб створити його. Потрібно " +"попросити відкритий ключ і приватний ключ." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "Вміст, який ви хочете перекласти, буде автоматично перекладено." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" +"Тепер ви можете побачити, що більша частина вмісту виділена жовтим або " +"зеленим кольором. Жовтий - це вміст, який потрібно перекласти самостійно. " +"Зелений - це вміст, який вже перекладено автоматично." diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index be3f89bb1..447892fe7 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -1,15 +1,18 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 15:29+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2018\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -18,6 +21,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: zh_CN\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#: ../../applications.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications.rst:3 msgid "Applications" msgstr "应用" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7e413b1b2..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1223 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2018 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2018 -# Army Hu <eric-hoo@163.com>, 2018 -# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2018 -# fausthuang, 2018 -# John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2019 -# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2019 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../crm.rst:5 -msgid "CRM" -msgstr "CRM" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "获取线索" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 -msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "线索转换商机" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM" -" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can " -"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" -"系统可以生成潜在顾客而不是商机，以便在将 [潜在顾客] 转换为 [机会] 并分配给正确的销售人员之前添加资格步骤。可以从 CRM " -"设置激活此模式。默认情况下，它适用于所有销售渠道。但是，可以从特定通道的配置窗体中使其具体化。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "配置" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "要此功能正常工作，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"CRM --= 配置 --* 设置\"并激活 [潜在顾客] 功能。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." -msgstr "现在，您将在* 引导 *下有一个新的子菜单* 引导 *，这些子菜单将汇总它们。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 -msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "将销售线索转换为商机" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." -msgstr "当您单击*引导 *时，您可以选择将其转换为机会，并决定是否仍应将其分配给相同的渠道/人员以及是否需要创建新客户。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." -msgstr "" -"如果您已经有了该客户的机会，Odoo将自动为您提供与该机会合并的机会。 以相同的方式，Odoo将自动为您提供链接到现有客户（如果该客户已经存在）。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "通过电子邮件生成潜在客户/机会" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" -" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." -msgstr "" -"自动化线索/机会生成将大大提高您的效率。 默认情况下，任何发送到* sales @ database \\ _domain.ext " -"*的电子邮件都会在默认销售渠道的渠道中创造机会。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 -msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "配置电子邮件别名" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " -"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" -" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "" -"每个销售渠道都可以拥有自己的电子邮件别名，以生成自动分配给它的销售线索/机会。 如果您管理具有特定业务流程的多个销售团队，这将很有用。 " -"您可以在配置->销售渠道下找到销售渠道的配置。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "从您的网站联系页面生成潜在客户/机会" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" -" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." -msgstr "实现潜在客户/机会生成自动化将大大提高您的效率。任何在您的网站上使用联系表单的访问者都将在管道中创建潜在顾客/商机。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 -msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "使用您网站上的联系我们" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 -msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "您应该首先转到您的网站应用。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 -msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " -"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "通过已安装的CRM应用程序，你可利用Odoo网站上即时可用的联系人表单，自动生成线索/商机。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " -"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." -msgstr "" -"要更改为特定销售渠道，请转到 ：菜单选择：'网站 -- = 配置 --* 设置'下 [通信] 您将找到联系表信息以及更改 [销售渠道] 或 [销售人员]" -" 的位置。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 -msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "创建自定义联系人表单" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " -"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " -"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"当访客使用联系人表单与你联系时，你可能需要向访客了解更多情况，因此你需要在网站上创建自定义联系人表单。这些联系人表单可以在系统中生成多种类型的记录（邮件、线索/商机、项目任务、服务台工单等）" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " -"Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "你需要安装免费的*表单生成器*模块，仅在Odoo企业版中可用。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 -msgid "" -"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," -" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " -"fields you wish." -msgstr "首先，进入你希望放置联系人表单的页面。在编辑模式下，将表单生成器拖动到该页面，你就可以添加需要的所有字段。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " -"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "默认情况下，所有新的联系人表单都会发送邮件，您可以在*更改表单参数*中切换到线索/商机生成。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " -"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "如果同一访客使用联系人表单两次，则第二次输入的内容将添加到聊天的第一个线索/商机中。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 -msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "生成潜在顾客而不是机会" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " -"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " -"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." -msgstr "" -"在使用联系人表单时，在将表单分配给合适的销售人员之前，需要有一个鉴定步骤。如要进行此项操作，在CRM设置中启用*线索*并参见:doc:`转换`。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 -msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "发送报价单" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " -"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "当您将潜在顾客限定为商机时，您很可能需要向他们发送报价单。您可以在使用 Odoo 的 CRM 应用程序中直接执行此操作。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 -msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "创建新报价单" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " -"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." -msgstr "通过点击任何商机或潜在顾客，您将看到一个 [新报价] 按钮，它会将您带入一个新的菜单，您可以在其中管理您的报价。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " -"*Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "您可以在该页面上的 [报价] 菜单下找到该特定商机的所有报价。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 -msgid "Mark them won/lost" -msgstr "标记他们赢/输" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " -"process along." -msgstr "现在，您需要将机会标记为赢或输，才能推动进程。" - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " -"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "如果将它们标记为赢，它们将移动到看板视图中的 [Won] 列。但是，如果您将它们标记为 [丢失]，它们将被存档。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "优化您的日常工作" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "将谷歌日历与Odoo同步" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " -"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " -"directions)." -msgstr "Odoo能完美集成Google Calendar，因此能从两个平台上管理你的会议（同时通过两种方式更新日程）。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 -msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "在Google中设定" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" -"打开Google API平台https://console.developers.google.com>，生成Google Calendar " -"API证书，然后用Google帐号登录。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 -msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "进入API和服务页面" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "搜索 [Google 日历 API] 并选择它。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "启用API接口。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " -"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." -msgstr "选择或创建 API 项目以存储凭据（如果之前尚未完成）。给它一个显式名称（例如 Odoo 同步）。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 -msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "创建凭据。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "选择*Web浏览器（Javascript）*作为呼叫源，选择*用户数据*作为数据类。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " -"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " -"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" -"然后，您可以创建客户端 ID。输入应用程序的名称（例如 Odoo 日历）和将重定向的允许页面。[授权 JavaScript 源] 是 Odoo 的实例 " -"URL。[授权重定向 URI] 是您的 Odoo 的实例 URL，后跟\"/google_帐户/身份验证\"。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " -"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " -"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" -" in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" -"通过输入产品名称（例如 Odoo 日历）执行\"同意\"屏幕步骤。请随意检查自定义选项，但这不是强制性的。仅当首次在 Odoo 中输入客户端 ID " -"时，才会显示同意屏幕。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" -" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." -msgstr "最后，您得到了您的 [客户端 ID]。也转到 [凭据] 以获取 [客户端机密]。Odoo 中要求两者。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "设置Odoo" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " -"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." -msgstr "从 [Apps] 菜单安装 [Google 日历] 应用程序，或通过选中 \"菜单选择\"中的选项：\"设置 --= 常规设置\"。\"" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" -" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." -msgstr "转到 ：菜单选择：\"设置 --= 常规设置\"，并在 Google 日历选项中输入您的 [客户端 ID] 和 [客户端机密]。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " -"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " -"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" -" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." -msgstr "" -"设置现已就绪。打开Odoo日历，与Google " -"Calendar同步。首次同步时会转到Google，对链接进行授权。返回Odoo后，再次点击同步按钮。任何时候同步均可点击这个按钮。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 -msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "没有理由再错过会议了哦！" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 -msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" -msgstr "使用 Odoo 中的 VOIP 服务与 OnSIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "介绍" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" -" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " -"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." -msgstr "" -"Odoo VoIP 可以设置为与 OnSIP （www.onsip.com）协同工作。在这种情况下，不需要安装和设置星号服务器，因为整个基础结构由 " -"OnSIP 托管和管理。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " -"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " -"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " -"configuration procedure below." -msgstr "" -"您需要使用 OnSIP 开立帐户才能使用此服务。在执行此操作之前，请确保您的区域和您希望呼叫的区域包含在服务范围内。开立 OnSIP " -"帐户后，请按照以下配置过程操作。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." -msgstr "转到应用并安装模块 [VoIP OnSIP]。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " -"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" -msgstr "转到\"设置/常规设置\"。在\"集成/星号 （VoIP）\"一节中，填写以下 3 个字段：" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " -"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " -"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." -msgstr "" -"[OnSIP 域] " -"是您在www.onsip.com上创建帐户时选择的域。如果您不知道，请登录https://admin.onsip.com/，您将在屏幕的右上角看到它。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 -msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -msgstr "[Web 套接套] 应包含wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 -msgid "**Mode** should be Production" -msgstr "[模式] 应该是生产" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " -"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" -msgstr "转到 [设置/用户]。在每个 VoIP 用户的表单视图中，在\"首选项\"选项卡中，填写 [PBX 配置] 部分：" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 -msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "[SIP 登录 / 浏览器的扩展] ： ONSIP '用户名'" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 -msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "[上 SIP 授权用户]：ONSIP\"注册用户名\"" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 -msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "[SIP 密码]： 上 SIP \"SIP 密码\"" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 -msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" -msgstr "[手机扩展]： ONSIP\"扩展\"" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You can find all this information by logging in at " -"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " -"and refer to the fields as pictured below." -msgstr "您可以通过登录https://admin.onsip.com/users找到所有这些信息，然后选择要配置的用户，并引用如下图所示的字段。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " -"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" -" Odoo and in OnSIP)." -msgstr "现在，您可以通过单击 Odoo 右上角的电话图标拨打电话（确保您以在 Odoo 和 OnSIP 中正确配置的用户身份登录）。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " -"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." -msgstr "如果您在 Odoo 软电话中看到 [缺少参数] 消息，请确保刷新 Odoo 窗口，然后重试。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 -msgid "" -"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" -" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " -"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " -"international prefix for the United States)." -msgstr "" -"如果您在 Odoo 软电话中看到 [错误编号] 消息，请确保使用国际格式，并带有加号 （+） " -"符号，后跟国际国家/地区代码。例如：+16506913277（其中+1是美国的国际前缀）。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " -"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." -msgstr "您现在还可以接听电话。您的号码是OnSIP提供的号码。Odoo 将振铃并显示通知。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 -msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" -msgstr "在您的手机上" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " -"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" -" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " -"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." -msgstr "" -"为了在不在计算机前面时拨打和接听电话，您可以在手机上使用与 Odoo VoIP " -"平行的软电话应用程序。这对于外出通话非常有用，但还可用于确保听到来电，或只是为了方便。任何 SIP 软电话都工作。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 -msgid "" -"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " -"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." -" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " -"then have to configure it as follows:" -msgstr "" -"在 Android 和 iOS 上，OnSIP 已成功测试了\"大流波 " -"[https：//play.google.com/商店/应用程序/详细信息？id_com.grandstream.wave]\"。创建帐户时，在运营商列表中选择" -" OnSIP。然后，您必须按如下方式配置它：" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 -msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" -msgstr "[帐户名称]： ONSIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 -msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" -msgstr "[SIP 服务器]： ONSIP \"域\"" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 -msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "[SIP 用户 ID]： ONSIP \"用户名\"" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 -msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "[SIP 身份验证 ID]：ONSIP\"身份验证用户名\"" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 -msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "[密码]： 上 SIP \"SIP 密码\"" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " -"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " -"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " -"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" -" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " -"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" -"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." -msgstr "" -"除了在手机上发起来自 Grandstream Wave 的呼叫外，您还可以通过在 PC " -"上的浏览器中单击电话号码来发起呼叫。这将使大流波环，并通过您的手机路由呼叫到另一方。此方法有助于避免浪费时间拨打电话号码。为此，您需要 Chrome " -"扩展服务\"OnSIP 呼叫助理 [https：//chrome.google.com/webstore/详细信息/onsip-呼叫-" -"助理/pceelmncldfkkcgjkpapnp？hl_]。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" -" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." -msgstr "在手机上使用软电话的缺点是，您的呼叫不会记录在 Odoo 中，因为软电话充当独立的独立应用程序。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" -msgstr "为 Odoo 配置 VOIP 星号服务器" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "安装 Asterrisk 服务器" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 -msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "依赖" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" -msgstr "安装Asterisk之前, 您需要安装以下依存关系 :" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 -msgid "wget" -msgstr "wget" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 -msgid "gcc" -msgstr "gcc" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 -msgid "g++" -msgstr "g++" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 -msgid "ncurses-devel" -msgstr "ncurses-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 -msgid "libxml2-devel" -msgstr "libxml2-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 -msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "sqlite-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 -msgid "libsrtp-devel" -msgstr "libsrtp-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 -msgid "libuuid-devel" -msgstr "libuuid-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 -msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "openssl-devel" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 -msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "pkg-配置" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 -msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "如需安装libsrtp, 请遵循下面步骤:" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " -"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " -"extracted:" -msgstr "" -"你也需要安装PJSIP, 你可以从如下链接下载<http ://www.pjsip.org/download.htm> `_.一旦资源目录被提取。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr " **更改为pjproject源目录 :** " - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 -msgid "**run:**" -msgstr " **运行 :** " - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 -msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr " **编译并安装pjproject :** " - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 -msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr " **更新共享库链接 :** " - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 -msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr " **确保已经安装了pjproject :** " - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 -msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr " **结果应该是 :** " - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "Asterisk" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " -"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" -"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." -msgstr "" -"为了安装Asterisk的13.7.0, 你可以直接从下面链接下载资源 `\n" -"<http ://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>` _." - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "导出Asterisk" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" -msgstr "输入Asterisk 目录" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 -msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "运行Asterisk 配置脚本" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 -msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "运行Asterisk 菜单选择工具" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 -msgid "" -"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " -"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " -"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " -"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." -msgstr "" -"在菜单, 到资源选项确保res_srtp 是激活的。如果是 3 x's 到res_srtp, 就说明strp库有问题, 你必须重新安装它。保存配置(按 " -"X). 你可以看到在res_pjsip 行前的星星。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 -msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "编译和安装Asterisk的 :" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " -"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " -"run 'make config'." -msgstr "如果你需要演示数据, 您可以安装配置。如果你需要安装Asterisk启动脚本, 可运行“配置”。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 -msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "DTLS 认证" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 -msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "然后你要安装DTLS认证" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 -msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "进入Asterisk脚本目录 :" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" -" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" -msgstr "创建DTLS认证(用你的IP 地址或dns名字替换pbx.mycompany.com, 用你的公司名替换我的超级公司)" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 -msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "配置Asterisk服务器" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 -msgid "" -"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " -"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " -"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" -" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " -"uncommented:" -msgstr "" -"对于WebRTC技术, 很多需要的设置必须是对等设置。全局设置不是很好。默认情况下, Asterisk的配置文件位于在/ etc " -"/asterisk/。通过编辑http.conf, 并确保下面的行是取消注释的 :" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " -"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " -"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " -"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " -"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" -msgstr "" -"接下来, 编辑sip.conf。该WebRTC技术需要加密, AVPF和冰支持是启用的。在大多数情况下, 直接媒体应禁用。此外, " -"根据客户WebRTC技术, 传输需要被列为“WS\" " -"来允许WebSocket连接。所有这些配置行应该在peer自己下面;全局范围内设置这些配置行可能无法正常工作 : " - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 -msgid "" -"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " -"lines:" -msgstr "在sip.conf和rtp.conf文件, 您还需要添加或取消注释行 :" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 -msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" -msgstr "最后, 建立extensions.conf文件 :" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 -msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "配置Odoo VOIP" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 -msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "在Odoo, 配置应该在用户的偏好来实现。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 -msgid "" -"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" -" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" -" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " -"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" -" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." -msgstr "" -"该SIP登录/浏览器的分机号是您先前在sip.conf文件中配置的号码。在我们的例子, " -"1060的SIP密码就是您在sip.conf文件中选择的保密号。你的办公室的电话的分机不是必填字段, " -"但如果你想从Odoo转移您的呼叫转移到外部电话就需啊在sip.conf文件还配置它。" - -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 -msgid "" -"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " -"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " -"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " -"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " -"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." -msgstr "" -"在“PBX配置”, 你可以做销售设置。需要在http.conf内配置IP. WebSocket上设置ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. " -"“127.0.0.1”部分需要定义与之前相同的IP, “8088”是http.conf的端口。" - -#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "分析性能" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 -msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" -msgstr "获得准确可能的营业额" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" -" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " -"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " -"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." -msgstr "" -"随着销售周期的推进，以及从一个阶段转移到另一个阶段，您可以期望获得有关给定商机的更精确信息，让您更好地了解结束该机会的概率，这一点非常重要，因为您在各种机会中的预期营业额报告。" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 -msgid "Configure your kanban stages" -msgstr "配置看板阶段" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " -"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" -" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" -" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " -"more accurate." -msgstr "" -"默认情况下，Odoo看板视图有四个阶段：新建、合格、命题、赢。分别有10、30、70和100%的成功概率。您可以添加阶段以及编辑它们。通过分阶段提高企业成功的默认概率，您可以使可能的营业额越来越准确。" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" -" you can modify them manually of course." -msgstr "默认情况下，每个机会都会设置概率，但您也可以手动修改它们。" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 -msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" -msgstr "设置商机预期收入 + 结束日期" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " -"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" -" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." -msgstr "当您获得潜在客户信息时，设置预期收入和预期结算日期非常重要。这将让您按阶段查看预期总收入，并给出更准确的可能营业额。" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 -msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" -msgstr "查看过期或即将关闭的机会" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " -"closing, letting you prioritize." -msgstr "在管道中，您可以按商机的关闭程度来筛选商机，从而确定优先级。" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 -msgid "" -"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " -"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " -"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." -msgstr "作为销售经理，此工具还可以帮助您了解改进销售流程的潜在方法，例如，在早期阶段，许多机会，但接近结束日期可能表明存在问题。" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 -msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" -msgstr "查看您的总预期收入和可能的营业额" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 -msgid "" -"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " -"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." -msgstr "在看板视图中，您可以看到每个阶段的预期收入。这基于您设置的每个商机预期收入。" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " -"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " -"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " -"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " -"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." -msgstr "" -"作为经理，您可以转到 ：菜单选择：'CRM --= 报告 --= 管道分析'默认为 [可能营业额] " -"设置为度量值。此报告将考虑您为每个商机设置的收入，以及它们关闭的可能性。这使您可以更好地了解您的预期收入，从而制定计划并设定目标。" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 -msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "检查您的赢/输比率" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " -"Win/Loss ratio." -msgstr "要查看管道的配合情况，请查看赢/输比。" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." -msgstr "要访问此报告，请转到 [报告] 选项卡下的 [管道] 视图。" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" -" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " -"on filter and check Won/Lost." -msgstr "从那里，你可以过滤到哪些机会，你想看到，你的，那些从你的销售渠道，你的整个公司，等等。然后，您可以单击筛选器并选中\"赢/丢失\"。" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 -msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "您还可以将 [措施] 更改为 [总收入]。" - -#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 -msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "您还可以切换到饼图视图。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "组织管道" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "管理失去的机会" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" -" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " -"can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "在与机会合作时，您可能会失去一些机会。您将希望跟踪您丢失它们的原因，以及 Odoo 可以帮助您在将来恢复它们的方式。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 -msgid "Mark a lead as lost" -msgstr "将潜在顾客标记为丢失" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 -msgid "" -"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " -"*Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "在管道中，选择所需的任何商机，您将看到一个 [标记丢失] 按钮。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " -"there." -msgstr "然后，您可以选择现有的 [失去原因] 或在此处创建新的。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 -msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "管理 + 创建丢失的原因" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "您将在 ：\"菜单选择：\"配置 --= 丢失的原因\"下找到您的 [丢失原因]。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "您可以选择和重命名其中任何一个，以及从那里创建一个新的。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 -msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "检索丢失的机会" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" -" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "要检索丢失的机会并对其进行操作（发送电子邮件、拨打反馈电话等），请在搜索栏中选择 [丢失] 筛选器。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 -msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "然后，您将看到所有失去的机会。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " -"Reason*." -msgstr "如果要进一步优化它们，可以在 [失去原因] 上添加筛选器。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 -msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." -msgstr "例如，[太贵]。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 -msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "恢复失去的机会" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " -"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " -"clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "从具有筛选器的看板视图中，您可以选择任何希望的机会，并照常处理。您也可以通过单击 [已存档] 来恢复它。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" -" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " -"also archive the same way." -msgstr "当项目属于同一阶段时，还可以从看板视图中还原批处理中的项。在列选项中选择 [还原记录]。您也可以以相同的方式存档。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 -msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "要选择特定商机，应切换到列表视图。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " -"want to take." -msgstr "然后，您可以选择尽可能多的或所有商机，并选择要执行的操作。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 -msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "管理多个销售团队" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " -"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "在 Odoo 中，您可以管理多个销售团队、部门或具有特定销售流程的渠道。为此，我们使用 [销售渠道] 的概念。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "创建新的销售渠道" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." -msgstr "要创建新的 [销售渠道]，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"配置 --= 销售渠道\"。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 -msgid "" -"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " -"address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "在那里，您可以设置一个电子邮件别名。发送到该电子邮件地址的每封邮件都将创建潜在顾客/商机。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 -msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "将成员添加到销售渠道" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " -"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " -"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," -" you can only be a member of one channel." -msgstr "" -"您可以将成员添加到任何频道;这样，这些成员在打开销售渠道时将看到销售渠道的管道结构。分配给他们的任何潜在顾客/商机都将链接到销售渠道。因此，您只能是一个通道的成员。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 -msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "这将简化团队经理的流程评审。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " -"all of its opportunities." -msgstr "如果现在筛选管道中的此特定通道，您将找到其所有商机。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "销售渠道仪表板" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " -"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " -"*Reporting*." -msgstr "要一目了然地查看任何销售渠道的运营和结果，销售经理还可以访问 [报告] 下的 [销售渠道仪表板]。" - -#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 -msgid "" -"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" -" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." -msgstr "它与整个生态系统共享，因此每个收入流都包含在其中：销售、电子商务、PoS 等。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "分配和跟踪潜在顾客" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "根据评分分配潜在顾客" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" -" criterias." -msgstr "通过 [潜在顾客评分]，您可以根据所选条件自动对潜在顾客进行排名。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " -"that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "例如，您可以对您所在国家/地区的客户或访问您网站上特定网页的客户进行评分。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " -"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "要使用评分，请在 [Apps] 页面下安装免费模块 [领导评分]（仅在 Odoo 企业版中提供）。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "生成评分规则" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" -" can manage your scoring rules." -msgstr "现在，您的 [CRM] 应用中有一个名为 [潜在顾客管理] 的新选项卡，您可以在其中管理评分规则。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " -"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "下面是加拿大潜在顾客的示例，您可以修改您希望对潜在顾客进行评分的任何条件。您可以根据需要添加尽可能多的条件。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " -"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "每小时没有得分的一个线索都会被自动扫描，并根据您的评分规则分配正确的分数。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 -msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "分配潜在顾客" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " -"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " -"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " -"This domain can include scores." -msgstr "" -"计算分数后，可以使用相同的域机制将潜在顾客分配给特定团队。为此，请转到 ：菜单选择：'CRM -- = 领导管理 -- = " -"团队分配'，并在每个团队中应用特定域。此域可以包含分数。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " -"more refined domain." -msgstr "此外，您可以向团队中的特定供应商分配更精细的域。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " -"Assignation`." -msgstr "要执行此操作，请转到 ：菜单选择：'CRM --= 潜在顾客管理 --= 潜在分配。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "团队和潜在顾客分配将每天分配一次未分配的潜在顾客。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "评估和使用未分配的潜在顾客" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " -"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " -"useful to do something with them." -msgstr "一旦你的评分规则到位，你很可能仍然有一些未分配的潜在顾客。其中一些仍然可能导致机会，因此与他们一起做某事是有用的。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "在潜在顾客页面中，您可以放置一个筛选器来查找未分配的潜在顾客。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " -"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" -" unassigned leads from there." -msgstr "" -"为什么不使用 ：菜单选择：'电子邮件营销'或 ：菜单选择：'营销自动化'应用程序向他们发送大量电子邮件？您还可以从那里轻松找到此类未分配的潜在顾客。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 -msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "跟踪潜在客户访问" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " -"interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "跟踪您的网站页面将为您提供更多有关网站访问者兴趣的信息。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " -"they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "如果他们使用您网站上的联系表单，他们访问的每个跟踪页面都会记录在您的潜在客户/商机中。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " -"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "要使用此功能，请在 [Apps] 页面下安装免费模块 [领导评分]（仅在 Odoo 企业版中提供）。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 -msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "跟踪网页" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " -"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "转到您要在网站上跟踪的任何静态页面，在 [升级] 选项卡下，您会发现 [优化 SEO]" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 -msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "在那里，您将看到一个 [跟踪页面] 复选框来跟踪此页面。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 -msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "查看潜在客户/商机中访问过的页面" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " -"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " -"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " -"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"现在，每次从联系人窗体创建潜在顾客时，它都会跟踪该访问者访问的页面。有两种方法可以查看这些页面，在线索/商机的右上角，您可以看到 [页面视图] " -"按钮，但再往下看，您也会在聊天中看到它们。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " -"pages." -msgstr "如果观看者返回您的网站并访问更多页面，两者都将更新。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " -"chatter." -msgstr "该功能不会重复聊天中同一页面的多次查看。" - -#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 -msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "您的客户将不再能够对您保密！" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po deleted file mode 100644 index 154ff9476..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,838 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2018 -# max_xu <wangzhanwh@163.com>, 2018 -# 洋 汪 <wonrence@163.com>, 2018 -# 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019 -# r <263737@qq.com>, 2019 -# george liu <george@taotaome.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "在线数据库管理" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " -"click on the `Manage Your Databases " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." -msgstr "" -"若要管理数据库，请访问`database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`（您必须登录）。然后单击`Manage Your Databases " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`按钮。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" -" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " -"database." -msgstr "确保你作为需要管理的数据库管理员接入- 很多操作需要远程识别你的身份。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 -msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "有几种措施可供选择：" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" -msgstr ":ref:`升级<upgrade_button>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " -"features" -msgstr "将您的数据库升级到最新的Odoo版本，以享受最先进的功能" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" -msgstr ":ref:`复制<duplicate_online>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " -"flows without compromising your daily operations" -msgstr "如果你想在不影响日常操作的前提下试用新的应用程序或新的流程，就要制作一份数据库的精确副本" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" -msgstr ":ref:`重命名<rename_online_database>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "重命名数据库(及其URL)" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "**备份**" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " -"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" -msgstr "下载数据库的即时备份；请注意，我们每天都根据我们的Odoo Cloud SLA备份数据库" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr ":ref:`域名 <custom_domain>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "配置自定义域名，以通过其他URL访问你的数据库。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" -msgstr ":ref:`删除<delete_online_database>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 -msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "立即删除数据库" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 -msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "联系支持" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " -"database already selected" -msgstr "访问我们的`支持页面 <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ 已选择正确的数据库" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "升级" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " -"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" -" the process before upgrading your production database." -msgstr "将你的数据库升级到新版本Odoo是一项复杂操作，需要时间和谨慎操作。最重要的是，你在升级生产数据库之前必须全面测试该流程。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " -"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " -"experience." -msgstr "Odoo定期（至少每年一次）发布新版本，作为Odoo线上体验的一部分，升级数据后可以体验Odoo的新特征。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " -"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " -"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" -" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " -"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." -msgstr "" -"升级过程可能需要一些时间，尤其是你拥有多个应用程序或管理敏感数据的应用程序时（例如，会计、库存等）。一般而言，数据库“越小”，升级越快。仅使用CRM的单一用户数据库比使用会计、销售、采购和制造的多公司、多用户数据库升级快。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " -"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " -"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " -"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " -"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " -"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " -"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." -msgstr "" -"遗憾的是，我们无法预计每项升级请求需要的时间，因为Odoo.com将至少手动测试每项数据库升级一次，而且需要逐一修改/调整对标准Odoo应用程序（例如，通过定制或通过服务包）的改动。这可能导致整个过程变慢，因为我们需要按提出请求的顺序逐一处理。尤其是在主要新版本发布之后的几个月，升级请求处理速度可能显著延迟。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 -msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "从你的角度来看，升级过程可能非常简单：" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 -msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "你请求测试升级" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " -"database" -msgstr "在**你**验证所有测试后，你将升级实际的数据库" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " -"same." -msgstr "请求测试或生产（*实际*）升级的过程是相同的" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 -msgid "" -"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " -"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." -msgstr "首先，确保接入你想要升级的数据库并访问`数据库管理页面 <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 -msgid "" -"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " -"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." -msgstr "你必须访问想要升级的数据库的设置应用程序并打开活动会话，才能看到按钮。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 -msgid "" -"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " -"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." -msgstr "在想要升级的数据库所在行，点击“Cog”菜单。如有Odoo的更新版本，你会看到“升级”按钮。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " -"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." -msgstr "" -"你可以选择升级的目标版本。默认情况下，我们为你的数据库选择了可用的最高版本；如你已开始测试升级，我们将自动选择你已经测试的版本（即使我们在你测试过程中发布了更新的版本）。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " -"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " -"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" -" and asking another request will not be possible." -msgstr "点击“测试升级”按钮，将生成升级请求。每个数据库每次只能提出一项请求；如果已经提出请求，你会看到“升级列队”字样，而不能提出另一项请求。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " -"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " -"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " -"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " -"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " -"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " -"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." -msgstr "" -"测试升级将创建数据库的副本，升级并在成功后自动提供给你。如果这是针对该数据库首次测试请求，Odoo.com将进行手动测试阶段，可能需要一些时间（最长达数周）。之后的请求不会经过此手动测试步骤，通常在数小时之内即可完成。在测试数据库可用后，你将收到邮件，其中包含测试数据库的URL。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" -" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " -"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " -"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " -"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " -"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"**测试数据库是整个升级过程中最重要的步骤！**即使我们手动测试了所有升级，我们也不知道你的工作流程。Odoo新版本标准工作流程的变更可能要求你改变内部流程，或你通过Odoo定制自定义的内容现可正常运行。*你应负责确保一切正常运行！*你可通过我们的`支持页面" -" <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__报告测试数据库的问题。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" -" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " -"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " -"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" -msgstr "确保在最终升级前（即前一天）对升级进行最后测试，以确保一切顺畅运行。在升级后无法降级，升级时间推迟总比在升级之后发现问题导致无法运行更好！" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " -"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " -"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " -"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" -" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " -"the process is completed." -msgstr "" -"一切准备妥当并已验证所有测试后，你可再次点击升级按钮并点击升级（带有小火箭的按钮！）确认，将你的生产数据库切换到新版本。你的数据库将在10分钟内下线并开始自动升级；整个过程完成后，你将收到确认邮件。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " -"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " -"migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "在升级过程中，你的数据库将下线（大数据库一般需要30分钟到数小时），请将迁移安排在非营业时段。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "复制数据库" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " -"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " -"database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "数据库复制、重命名、自定义DNS等在我们线上平台试用数据库中不可用。付费数据库和“一个应用程序免费”数据库可进行复制。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 -msgid "" -"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " -"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" -" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." -msgstr "" -"在你想要复制数据库的那一行,你会发现几个按钮.请点击**Duplicate**复制你的数据库.在弹出的窗口中输入数据库副本名字,然后点击**Continue**." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 -msgid "" -"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" -" database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "如果在复制数据库时未勾选“用于测试目的”，所有外部通信仍将启用：" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 -msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "电子邮件已送出" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " -"example)" -msgstr "付款已处理（例如，在电子商务或订阅应用程序中）" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "发运单据(承运人)已经发送" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "等等." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 -msgid "" -"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " -"behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "如果要禁用这些行为，请务必选中“用于测试目的”复选框。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " -"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "几秒钟之后你就可以登录数据库副本了.请注意你可以在浏览器地址栏里看到数据库副本的名字." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "数据库副本将在15天后自动过期." - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187 -msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "重命名数据库" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189 -msgid "" -"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " -"want to rename, access the `database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " -"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." -msgstr "" -"如要重命名数据库，确保接入你想要重命名的数据库，访问`数据库管理页面 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__并点击**重命名**。你需要输入数据库的新名称，然后点击**重命名数据库**。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200 -msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "删除数据库" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "您只能删除您是管理员的数据库。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204 -msgid "" -"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " -"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " -"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " -"backup may be several hours old at that point." -msgstr "" -"如你删除数据库，所有数据将永久丢失。删除即时完成，且适用所有用户。我们将以你在删除之前对数据库进行即时备份，因为最后自动保存的每日备份可能已是数小时之前。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210 -msgid "" -"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " -"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " -"button." -msgstr "" -"从`数据库管理页面 <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__，在你想要删除的数据库所在行，点击“删除”按钮。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217 -msgid "" -"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " -"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "仔细阅读警告信息，在完全了解删除数据库造成的影响之后，方可继续：" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223 -msgid "" -"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " -"automatically." -msgstr "几秒种后，数据库将被删除，页面将自动重新加载。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227 -msgid "" -"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "如你需要重新使用这个数据库名称，它即刻可用。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " -"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "如数据库已过期或关联到订阅，则无法删除。在这些情况下，联系`Odoo支持 <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233 -msgid "" -"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "如要删除你的账户，请联系`Odoo支持 <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "本地部署数据库管理" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 -msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "注册一个数据库" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " -"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" -" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" -" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" -"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " -"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" -"要激活你的数据库，只需在应用切换器 (App " -"Switch）标题中输入订阅码。注意订阅码前后不可有空格。注册成功后，空格会变为绿色，并会显示数据库的到期时间。可以在“关于”菜单（Odoo " -"9）或“设置”仪表板（Odoo 10）中查看这个过期时间。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "注册错误消息" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " -"message:" -msgstr "如你无法注册数据库，可能会被提示以下的消息：" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143 -msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "解决方案" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "你的企业订阅号码是有效的吗？" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" -" Manager" -msgstr "" -"请检查你的`Odoo账户 " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__或者通过你的账户管理员检查订阅信息是否有“正在处理中”的标注" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "你是否已经将数据库绑定到你的订阅号码？" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " -"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" -msgstr "" -"你只可以绑定一个数据库到你的订阅号码。（需要测试或开发数据库吗？请到以下地址寻找合作伙伴：<https://www.odoo.com/partners>）" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " -"database\"" -msgstr "" -"你可通过`Odoo合同 " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__的“取消关联数据库”按钮，自行取消关联旧数据库。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " -"as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "出现确认消息时，请确保这是正确的数据库，该数据库会冻结。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 -msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "你有Odoo9的升级版吗？" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 -msgid "" -"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " -"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "自2016年7月以后,Odoo9会自动修改数据库副本的UUID;手工变更的操作就不再需要了." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." -" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " -"specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" -"如果不属于上述情形，可以用多个数据库共享同一个UUID。请在`Odoo合同 " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__中勾选，然后会出现提示，指出有问题的数据库：" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " -"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " -"<duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "这种情况你需要更改测试用数据库的UUID。可在以下位置查找详细信息： :ref:`本节 <duplicate_premise>`" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 -msgid "" -"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " -"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " -"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "为便于查找，我们用UUID辨别数据库，因此每个数据库都有自己独一的UUID，确保大家能轻松处理注册信息和小票。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 -msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "检查网络和防火墙设置" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" -" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " -"outgoing connections towards:" -msgstr "升级通知必须能够到达Odoo订阅验证服务器。换句话说，确保Odoo服务器能够在以下打开传出连接：" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 -msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "services.odoo.com在端口443（或80）" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 -msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "较老部署的services.openerp.com在端口443（或80）" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " -"Update notification runs once a week." -msgstr "你在启用数据库后，必须确保这些端口打开，因为升级通知每周运营一次。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 -msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "因用户过多而引发的错误信息" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" -" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "如你本地数据库的用户数高于Odoo企业订阅的购买量，可能会收到以下提示：" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 -msgid "" -"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " -"countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "你的资料库会在第30天过期，每天更新倒计时天数。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " -"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "在订阅中**添加用户**：按照以下链接验证追加的报价，并为额外的用户付款。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115 -msgid "or" -msgstr "或" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 -msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com " -"/documentation/user/12.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " -"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " -"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," -" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " -"message disappear right away." -msgstr "" -"数据库得到准确的用户数量后，过期消息会在Odoo自动验证后消失，会是几天的时间。我们理解看到倒计时界面会有一点吓人，所以可以:ref:`force升级通知<force_ping>`立即移除倒计时。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129 -msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "数据库已过期错误消息" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " -"subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "如果在更新订阅之前数据库临近过期日期，你会收到以下消息提示：" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139 -msgid "" -"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" -" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " -"database is expired." -msgstr "在非屏蔽消息出现至少30天后，**屏蔽**消息出现。如果倒计时结束前仍未采取任何行动，数据库过期而冻结。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " -"that" -msgstr "更新你的订阅：按照以下链接更新你的订阅-注意" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 -msgid "" -"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " -"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " -"card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "如通过电汇付款，只有当汇款到账后订阅方才生效，可能会耽误几天时间。信用卡付款可以立即处理。" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149 -msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "联系我们的支持部门：<https://www.odoo.com/help>" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151 -msgid "" -"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "以上订阅均不适用？请联系我们的支持部门<https://www.odoo.com/help>" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "复制数据库" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 -msgid "" -"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " -"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " -"duplicate your database (among other things)." -msgstr "" -"你可以在你的服务器链接(<odoo-" -"server>/web/database/manager)上访问数据库管理页面.在这个页面里,可以容易的创建数据库副本(以及其他的数据库操作)." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170 -msgid "" -"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " -"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " -"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " -"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " -"registration problems down the line." -msgstr "" -"在你创建了一个本地数据库的副本之后,强烈建议你修改这个数据库副本的UUID(Universally Unique " -"Identifier),因为数据库的UUID是在我们服务器上对于你的数据库的标识.如果有2个一样是数据库使用同样的UUID会导致后续的注册以及开票问题." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " -"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " -"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" -" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " -"by clicking on it and using the edit button." -msgstr "" -"可以通过菜单 **设置>参数>系统参数** 访问到数据库的UUID,我们建议使用 `uuid生成器 " -"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ 或Unix命令 " -"\"uuidgen\"来生成一个新的UUID.你就可以编辑按钮来用新的UUID替换原先的记录." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "用户和特性" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "作为数据库管理员,你有责任提供具有良好的可用性数据库给所有的用户,包括基于数据库所安装的各类应用." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo拥有及其多的功能(包括ERP,CMS,CRM应用,电子商务后端等等),但是他\"不是\"一个智能手机.在对你的数据库添加/卸载各类特性(特别是应用App)时,你需要额外小心,因为这些操作可能产生显著的费用投入(比如将你从一个免费用户升级为我们平台上的付费用户)." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" -"本页包含了如何管理你的Odoo。在进行以下步骤前，我们**强烈**建议您先在复制的数据库上进行测试。这样的话，即便有错误，也不会影响到业务运作。" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " -"installations." -msgstr "" -"查看如何复制数据用于:ref:`online <duplicate_online>` 和:ref:`on premise " -"<duplicate_premise>`安装。" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"如果你对这篇文章有任何问题或者当你执行程序时碰到问题,可以通过提交`支持需求报告 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__来联系我们." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "禁用用户" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "当你想更新任一用户的状态时,请确保你拥有足够的**管理权限**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " -"rights.**" -msgstr "在你的Odoo实例中,点击**设置**.在左边的菜单部分可以选择用户显示数据库中已经激活的用户账号.点击 **访问权限**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|设置|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|浏览用户账号|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "然后你将看到用户账号列表." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" -"筛选器中预设置了\"内部用户\"过滤条件,经过此过滤器条件显示的用户账号是付费账号(区别于免费的*门户账号*\").如果你删掉了这个过滤条件,那就显示所有的用户账号(包括付费账号和免费账号)" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " -"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" -" to **Inactive** immediately." -msgstr "" -"在你的用户列表中,点击你想要取消激活的用户账号.进入用户表单后,将鼠标移到状态按钮**有效**(右上角)上.点击有效,然后你将看到这个按钮状态立即变为了**取消激活**状态." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "该用户账号目前处于取消激活状态." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "**千万不要**取消激活主用户(*admin*)" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "卸载应用App" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" -"请确保在进行任何正式改动前（*尤其是*安装或卸载App时）在复制数据库的:ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>`进行第一次测试。" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "在你的Odoo实例中点击**设置**,在应用中,你可以看到所安装的应用.点击**应用**来显示你所安装的应用" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|应用浏览|" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "在应用看板中,你可以看到所有应用的图标.点击你想卸载的应用.然后在应用表单内,点击**卸载**." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"有些应用有依赖应用,比如开票,电子商务等等.因此,当你准备卸载这些应用时,系统会弹出一个警告信息,告诉你哪些被依赖的应用会被相应卸载.如果你继续卸载,那所有被依赖应用也会被同时卸载(并且这些应用中的数据也会被永久删除).然后你可以点击按钮**确认**来确认这个卸载操作." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "最后,在看过警告信息后(如有),点击**确认**" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "你已完成删除应用。" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "很高兴可以知道" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" -"**卸载应用,管理用户等等,这些决定取决于你**:没有其他人可以比你更了解这些操作是否会影响到你的业务应用.如果我们帮你卸载了应用,那我们也无法告诉你哪些关联数据会被删除或者你的某项业务流程会停摆,因为我们*不知道你的业务运作方式*因此也无法验证这些操作." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" -"**Odoo应用有其他的依赖应用**:这意味着一些你并不太会操作的模块,会因为其中的一些特性被需要而被系统自动安装.比如,如果你需要将你的客户报价能用网页的形式展现,那网站构建器这个应用就会被自动安装.可能你完全不需要Odoo的网站,但是这个应用中的在线报价技术特性却是你的需求能正常工作的前提条件." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" -"**总是在数据库副本上测试应用的安装/卸载**(或者在一个免费的测试数据库上):通过这样的方式你可以知道哪些应用是被依赖的.这可以避免卸载应用产生的错误或者收到意外的付款通知." diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po deleted file mode 100644 index 04e267fb7..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,730 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2018 -# fausthuang, 2018 -# Kate Lee <kateleelpk@gmail.com>, 2018 -# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../discuss.rst:5 -msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "讨论" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" -msgstr "‎如何使用我的邮件服务器在 Odoo 中发送和接收电子邮件‎" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" -" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " -"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " -"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." -msgstr "" -"‎本文档主要面向 Odoo 本地用户，这些用户无法从开箱即用的解决方案中发送和接收 Odoo 中的电子邮件中受益，这与\"Odoo Online " -"<https：//www.odoo.com/试用>&'<https：//www.odoo.sh>> " -"Odoo.sh;<https：//www.odoo.sh>\"不同。‎" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " -"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " -"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " -"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " -"reputation yourself." -msgstr "" -"‎如果您的公司中没有人用于管理电子邮件服务器，我们强烈建议您选择 Odoo " -"托管解决方案。他们的电子邮件系统可以立即工作，并由专业人士监控。不过，如果您希望自己管理电子邮件服务器的声誉，您仍可以使用自己的电子邮件服务器。‎" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " -"own email solution with Odoo." -msgstr "‎您将在这里找到一些有用的信息，了解如何将您自己的电子邮件解决方案与 Odoo 集成。‎" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." -msgstr "" -"‎Office 365 电子邮件服务器不允许从 Odoo " -"等主机发送外部电子邮件。请参阅\"微软的文档\"‎<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-" -"set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ 使其工作。" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "如何管理出站邮件" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " -"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " -"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" -"以系统管理员的身份登陆后点击菜单 :menuselection:`设置 --> " -"通用设置，勾选*外部邮件服务器*（注意：只有Odoo10以上的版本才有这个复选框)。若是8.0版本请您以系统管理员的身份登陆后点击菜单 " -":menuselection:`设置 --> 常规设置，看到电子邮件四个中国汉字，的边上对应两个配置项，点击进行相关参数配置。然后进入以下步骤。" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "‎下面是 G Suite 服务器的典型配置。‎" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "‎然后在\"常规设置\"中设置您的电子邮件域名。‎" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "‎我可以使用 Office 365 服务器吗？‎" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" -" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "‎如果在本地运行 Odoo，则可以使用 Office 365 服务器。Office 365 SMTP 中继与 Odoo 在线不兼容。‎" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" -" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." -msgstr "" -"请参阅\"微软的文档 \"https：//support.office.com/en-us/文章/如何设置多功能设备或应用程序-发送电子邮件-使用 " -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4_*，为您的 Odoo 的 IP 地址配置 SMTP " -"中继。" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "‎如何使用 G Suite 服务器‎" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " -"`Google documentation " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -msgstr "" -"您可以将 G Suite 服务器用于任何 Odoo 托管类型。为此，您需要设置 SMTP 中继服务。配置步骤在\"Google 文档\"中介绍 " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "‎符合 SPF 标准‎" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" -" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " -"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" -msgstr "" -"‎如果您使用 SPF（发件人策略框架）来增加传出电子邮件的可传递性，请不要忘记在域名设置中授权 Odoo 作为发送主机。以下是 Odoo 在线的配置：‎" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " -"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "‎如果没有为 SPF 设置 TXT 记录，请创建一个具有以下定义的记录：v_spf1 包括：_spf.odoo.com _所有‎" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." -" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " -"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" -"如果已经为SPF设置TXT记录，在通过Odoo Online发送邮件的余名中添加“include:_spf.odoo.com”，通过G " -"Suite发送的则可为：v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "找到<https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>，在你自己的域寄存器中以准确步骤创建或修改TXT记录。" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "新的SPF记录48小时后生效，但通常用不了那么长时间。" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "为一个域添加多个SPF记录可能导致邮件被分类为垃圾。我们建议仅修改一个SPF记录以授权给Odoo。" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "允许DKIM" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "" -"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " -"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " -"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " -"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" -"如果你的邮件服务器启用了DKIM（域密钥标识邮件），你也需要进行同样的操作。对于Odoo " -"Online和Odoo.sh，你需要向“odoo._domainkey.odoo.com”添加DNS“odoo._domainkey”CNAME记录。例如，对于“foo.com”，它们应有一条“odoo._domainkey.foo.com”记录，这是值为“odoo._domainkey.odoo.com”的CNAME。" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "如何管理入站消息" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "Odoo依靠通用的电子邮件别名来获取入站消息。" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" -"从Odoo所发邮件对应的**回复邮件**通过catchall别名（**catchall@**）接入原来的讨论线程（以及所有关注者的收件箱）。" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." -msgstr "" -"**退回的邮件**接入**bounce@**，以便在Odoo上追踪。这项功能特别用于`Odoo邮件营销 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__，可取消选择无效的收件人。" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "**原始邮件**：几个业务对象有自己的别名，从入站邮件中创建Odoo新纪录：" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -msgstr "销售渠道（在`Odoo CRM <https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__中创建潜在商机或机会），" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "支持渠道（在`Odoo服务台 <https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__创建工单），" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" -"/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "项目（在`Odoo项目 <https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__中创建新任务），" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "职位（在`Odoo招聘 <https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__中创建求职者），" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "等等" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "根据你的邮件服务器，可能有几种方法来获取邮件。最简单也最推荐的方法是在邮件服务器中按Odoo别名管理邮件地址。" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "在你的邮件服务器中创建相应的电子邮件地址（catchall@、bounce@、sales@等）。" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "在一般设置中设置你的域名。" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " -"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " -"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " -"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " -"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" -"如果你使用本地部署的Odoo，请在Odoo中为每个别名创建一个*入站邮件服务器*。你也可以在一般设置中进行操作。根据你的电子邮件提供商的设置填写表单。将*对入站邮件执行的操作*留空。在填写完毕所有信息后，点击*测试和确认*。" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " -"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " -"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " -"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " -"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " -"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" -"如果你使用Odoo " -"Online或Odoo.sh，我们建议将入站邮件重定向到Odoo的域名，而不是仅使用你自己的邮件服务器。这样，你将不会延迟接收入站邮件。实际上，Odoo" -" " -"Online每小时仅收取一次外部服务器的入站邮件。你应在电子邮件服务器中将所有电子邮件地址的重定向设置为Odoo的域名（例如，*catchall@mydomain.ext*设为*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*）。" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " -"Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "如何从Odoo跟踪Twitter推送" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." -msgstr "" -"你可以在Twitter上关注特定的主题标签（#），查看你选择的Odoo讨论频道。可以定期从Twitter上接收推文。认证用户可以转发这些内容。" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "在Twitter侧设置App" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" -msgstr "" -"Twitter的\"App\"向Odoo打开网关，推送内容，并允许用户转发推文。要设置APP，请访问http://apps.twitter.com/app/new并输入以下值：" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "Name：Twitter上应用的名称" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." -msgstr "" -"Website：Odoo数据库的外部URL地址，添加了\"/web\"字段。例如，如你的Odoo实例主机位于\"http://www.example.com\\，那么可以在此字段中输入\"http://www.example.com/web\"" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." -msgstr "回访URL：这是Twitter要响应的地址。关注之前你应该写过的示例。" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." -msgstr "别忘记了接受**开发者协议**条款，然后点击页面底部的**创建你的Twitter应用程序**按钮。" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "正在获取API密钥和机密" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." -msgstr "在App仪表板界面切换到**密钥与访问令牌**页签下。" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 -msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." -msgstr "" -"并在Odoo的:menuselection:`设置--> 一般设置--> Twitter讨论集成`中复制这些值，然后点击**保存**，保存相应设置。" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "如何在我的邮件中吸引用户的注意力" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." -msgstr "" -"你可以在渠道或者聊天中 **提及** 一个用户, 通过输入 **@用户名** 。在聊天中提及一个用户, " -"将会设置他们作为项目的关注者（如果他们还不是关注者）, " -"并且发送一个消息到他们的收件箱。包含提及的项目会在列表视图收拢。在渠道提及一个用户将发生一个消息到他们的收件箱。你不能提及一个没有订阅渠道的用户。输入 " -"**#渠道名** 将在聊天或另外渠道提供一个链接到提及的渠道。" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "直接向用户发送消息" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." -msgstr "" -"* *直接的信息**只被发件人和收件人看到。你可用讨论模块直接发送信息给其他用户。在顶部栏发送图标, " -"可在Odoo任何地方发送信息。其他用户的在线状态显示在他们的名字左边。一个**绿色的点* " -"*表明用户是在线的，一个**橙色的点**，他们是空闲的，和一个**灰色的点**，他们是离线。" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "来自讨论模块的桌面通知" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." -msgstr "" -"你可以在收到新的私信時选择接收**桌面通知**。该通知能预览发件人和邮件内容。\n" -"单击位于桌面通知角落的齿轮图标启用或停用功能。" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "如何用Odoo收件箱提高我的工作响应效率" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "使用Discuss模块上的**收件箱**监控你在Odoo上的一切更新与进程。你关注的所有内容有更新或你被提及时，都会在收件箱收到通知消息。" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "你可以从任何屏幕上快速查看**收件箱**。" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." -msgstr "" -"打勾标记一封邮件，即代表将该项目标记为**已读**，并从收件箱中删除。如需将一个项目保存并供将来参考或操作，用星标标记并将它加入到**已加星标**文件夹中。你可在讨论中添加任何邮件或通知，或者在整个Odoo中添加任何特定项目的聊天，以便在这里跟踪它。" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "为何使用Odoo讨论" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." -msgstr "" -"odoo讨论是一个对于团队易于使用的消息应用, 将组织的全部通讯带入到一个地方, 并且与odoo平台无缝集成。讨论让你在odoo任何地方发送接收消息, " -"以及在应用中容易的管理消息和通知。讨论允许在一个简单可查询的界面创建 **渠道** , 用于关于项目的聊天, 对话, 会议协调, 以及更多。" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "通过计划活动来提高条理性" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." -msgstr "制定活动计划是跟踪工作情况的最佳方式。它可以提醒你需要完成的工作，安排后续活动的时间。" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." -msgstr "你可在Odoo中随时随地查看自己的活动。方便管理所有优先事项。" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" -msgstr "你可通过聊天或在看板视图中计划和管理活动。请看下面的例子：" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 -msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "设置你的活动类型" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." -msgstr "" -"Odoo中包括了一些默认的活动类型（通话、邮件、会议等）。但你也可以在:menuselection:`设置 --> 一般设置 --> " -"活动类型`中，设置新类型。" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "安排会议" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." -msgstr "活动计划具体到某一天。如需设置小时，选择*会议*活动类型。在安排会议时，你可打开日历并选择一个时间段。" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "如果需要在其他活动类型中使用日历计划，请将其*类别*设定为*会议*。" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "安排一系列活动" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." -msgstr "" -"Odoo可帮助你轻松安排一系列常规活动。前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 活动类型`并将以下常见步骤设置为*推荐的后续活动*。" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "现在，当一项活动完成后，你可选择*完成并安排下一项*。系统将自动向你提供下一项活动。" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "希望你通过制定活动计划变得更有条理！" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "如何通过频道与团队进行有效沟通" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." -msgstr "" -"能用 **渠道** 来组织与各个团队、部门、项目, 或者其他需要沟通的群组之间的讨论。通过对话, 每个人都可以看到, 很容易让整个团队在循环中的最新发展" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "创建一个频道" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "论坛可以支持两种类型的版块 - **公开** 与 **私有** 。" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." -msgstr "" -"公开渠道只能由拥有白色特权的管理员创建, 且对组织里的所有人都可见。相对而言, " -"私人渠道可以由任一用户创建并且在默认情况下只对被邀请进入这个渠道的用户可见。" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." -msgstr "" -"在员工们需要获取学术研讨或公司通知等信息的时候, 公开渠道就能被很好地利用。反之, " -"私人渠道则应该应用于那些应该局限于特定用户或员工的信息如特定的或者机密的信息的时候被利用。" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "正在配置频道" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." -msgstr "" -"可以配置一个渠道的名称、描述、访问权限、自动订阅和邮件 :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`. " -"更改访问权限可控制哪个组查看哪个渠道。可设置一个组, " -"所有用户能看到、邀请用户或选定的用户组可看。允许“每个人”私人渠道将让允许其他用户查看，并加入它，因为这被看作是一个公共渠道。" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "如何设置邮件列表" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." -msgstr "" -"一个频道可看作是邮件清单。从:menuselection:`#频道-" -"名称-->设置，定义要使用的电子邮件。用户将使用所定义的电子邮件地址收发通知。一个信封图标将出现在列表中的频道名称旁边，表示可用电子邮件发送消息。" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "正在定位频道" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." -msgstr "如果你没有看到你的仪表盘上看到任何频道，你可以從**公共频道**列表中搜索正确的频道或单击加号图标以创建新的频道。" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." -msgstr "你亦可以点击**頻道**,浏览公開频道列表。这允许用户在簡易地進行手动**加入**和**离开**公開頻道。" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 -msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." -msgstr "用户最好在创建新频道前先搜索列表，以确保不会重复创建同一主题的条目。" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "使用过滤器在Discuss内部导航" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" -msgstr "" -"topbar搜索提供了相同的综合搜索功能。您可应用多个**过滤器标准**和**保存过滤器**供以后使用。搜索函数接受通配符使用下划线字符 \"\\ " -"**\\_**\\ \" , 这代表**单个字符的通配符**。" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "如何关注一个讨论话题，以及如何定义你希望收到的消息" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "如何关注一个讨论话题" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 -msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." -msgstr "在Odoo中几乎可以**关注**任何业务目标（如一个机遇、报价或任务等）" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "如何选择要关注的事件" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." -msgstr "你可以选择收到何种类型的事件通知。下例显示了**Project**App的**任务**选项中有哪些选项是可用的。" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "如何添加其他粉丝" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." -msgstr "您可邀请其他用户，并添加渠道作为追随者。添加渠道作为跟踪将原文件作为链接的形式发送消息。" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "如何成为默认的粉丝" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." -msgstr "" -"你已自动成为你所创建的所有项目的默认粉丝。在CRM和Project等应用中，可以成为任何新创建记录的默认粉丝并收到特别事件的通知（如创建新任务、赢得机会等）" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." -msgstr "为此，需要开始关注上级业务目标（如CRM中的销售频道、Project中的项目），然后选择需要关注的事件。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0bc9cbcf9..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1492 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# fausthuang, 2018 -# 老窦 北京 <2662059195@qq.com>, 2018 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2018 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2018 -# george liu <george@taotaome.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Robinxia <xiayoubin@me.com>, 2019 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 -msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "电子商务" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "开始" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "如何定制我的目录页" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "产品目录" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 -msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "所有印刷的项目都会显示在你的目录（或*店铺*）页面中" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." -msgstr "多数选项都可以在*自定义*菜单中找到，如显示属性、网址目录等" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "高亮一个产品" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "加强星标/推广产品的可见性：将其置于顶部，放大，加一条可编辑的条幅（促销、新品等）。打开店铺页面，切换到编辑模式，点击任一项目自定义网格。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 -msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "如何操作：" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "快速添加到购物车" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" -"如你的顾客一次购买大量产品，可以启用目录页的购买，加速购买流程。为此，需要添加产品描述和购物车按钮。打开*自定义*菜单的以下选项：产品描述、添加到购物车、查看列表（为了更好地显示产品描述）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "如何建立一个产品页面" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "在该网站点击右上角的*新页面*。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "再点击*新产品*并按照闪烁的提示操作。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "以下为产品页面的要素：" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "可通过*自定义*菜单查看到这些要素。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "查看如何配置以下链接中的产品。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "管理我的产品" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "如何显示每个产品的多张图片" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "产品页默认只显示产品的主要图片。如需展示产品多角度的图片，可以将图片设为旋转模式。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "在:menuselection:`网站管理->配置->设置，中选择勾选*每个产品多张图片*。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "打开产品详细表格，从*图片*页签下上传图片。在编辑模式中点击*创建*，打开上传指引。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "这种额外的图片对于所有产品变量（如有）而言是很普遍的。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "如何显示产品的库存。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " -"your customers." -msgstr "产品库存可以在网站上显示，从而让你的顾客心中有数。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " -"an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "为显示库存，打开产品详情表中的*销售*页签，在*库存*中选择一个选项。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " -"delay, etc." -msgstr "顾客警示信息可能与库存紧张、送货延迟等有关。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 -msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "这一工具没有要求安装存货清单App。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " -"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " -"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" -"如果一个产品下架了，可以从你的网站中抹除。如果产品来自一个特定的产品变量，可以在后端禁用这个变量（参见：doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`）" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "如何管理产品变量" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." -msgstr "" -"产品变量用于向产品页面上的顾客提供同一产品的类似产品，例如，顾客选择了一款T恤及尺码、颜色，下面顾客又从可用选项中选择一款手机、相应的内存卡" -"、颜色和Wi-Fi带宽。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "如何创建属性与变量" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "在 :menuselection:`销售->设置，中选择启用*产品可以有多个属性，定义这些变量（如尺码、颜色等）*。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "从产品列表中选择一款产品，再选择*变量*页签" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "添加三种类型的多个属性：单选按钮、下拉菜单或颜色按钮。因为每种属性有多个变量，故你得到多个变量。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "如何编辑变量" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "从产品模板详情表中查看多个变量" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "你可以编辑以下数据：" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "图片（在网站中实时更新），" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "条形码" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "内部货号（SKU#）," - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "数量" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "重量" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "活跃（是否在网站中、是否可以报价）" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "条形码和内部货号都是特定的变量。一旦生成了变量，即需要确定它们。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." -msgstr "从 :menuselection:`销售->促销->产品变量，中选择然后编辑所有的变量。如果你管理着多个变量，可能需要加快一点进度。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "如何为每个变量设置特定的价格" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "你还可以点击产品详情表（左上角）的*变量价格*，为每一种变量设置特定的公开价格。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." -msgstr "每当选择了对应的属性值，都可以为产品价格添加额外价格。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "通过价格表公式为各种价格变量设置高级价格计算方法。参见：doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "如何禁用或归档变量" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "可以禁用或归档特定的变量，使它们不再出现在报价及网站中（从库存中丢弃），只需取消详情表中*归档*的勾号。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "如需找回此类归档的项目，在搜索变量列表中点击*已归档*。可以用同样的方式再次激活这些项目。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "使收入最大化" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "如何销售附件和可选产品（交叉销售）" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" -msgstr "你销售电脑，为什么不鼓动顾客再买一个高级的显示器或延长的质保期呢？这就是交叉销售功能块的目标。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "结账页的产品附件，" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "额外的产品在新的*添加到购物车*屏幕（默认没有安装）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "结账时显示产品附件" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "顾客为购物车付款时，出现附件（如电脑的鼠标键盘）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "在产品详情页的*销售*页签下选择附件。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 -msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." -msgstr "当多个产品被添加到购物车时，这是一种预测附件产品的最佳算法。如果某一附件对应多个加入购物车的产品，那么它很可能会出现在推荐附件的最顶端。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "添加到购物车时的可选产品" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" -"可选产品直接与加入购物车的产品相关（如对于电脑而言，质保期、操作系统软件、备件等）。如果主产品被放入购物车，则弹出新的窗口，提示下一个步骤。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "发布可选产品：" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." -msgstr "在*App*菜单中安装*eCommerce可选产品*插件，移除默认过滤器并在插件上搜索，否则只会显示主要的App。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "从产品描述页的*促销*页签下选择可选项。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "加入购物车的可选项的数量与主要产品的数量是一致的。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "如何为我的访问者调整定价" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "本节进一步介绍eCommence这一应用的定价功能：" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "根据地区强制定价，" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "让顾客选择币种。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "首先，需要勾选产品定价的管理方式：:doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "Geo-IP定位程序可自动应用合适的价格" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " -"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "向你的价格表分配国家组。这样尚未登录的用户可以在登录网站后看到他们适用的币种。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "登录后，可以看到与其本国货币对应的价格表。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "币种选择器" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " -"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " -"drop-down menu." -msgstr "如你在多个国家销售产品，请让顾客选择其自己的币种。勾选*可选*，将价格表添加到下拉菜单的网站中。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "如何创建和分享优惠码" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "想提升你的圣诞节销售额吗？可在促销中分享你的优惠码，运用各种折扣。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`促销->设置，在*销售价格*公式中选择*高级定价策略*。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" -"进入 :menuselection:`网站管理->目录->价格表，创建一个带折扣规则的新价格表（参见doc:`pricing` ，然后输入一个代码。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "确保*购物车*页面的优惠码一栏可用（在*自定义*菜单选项中）。添加一个产品到购物车。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "打开后，看到右侧出现一个新的小节。点击*应用*价格，在购物车中自动更新价格。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "顾客使用的优惠码存放于系统之中，因此你可以评估你的营销战略的表现。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "每个价格表都显示促销…" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "如何启用点评" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "公布并监测顾客的购买心得将有助于你赢得新客户，并且更好地与社区互动。双击后，可允许你的顾客反馈购买体验！" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "从产品web页面的*自定义*菜单中激活顾客反馈。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "用户必须登录方可发表评论。请确保他们能行使这一功能（参见门户文档）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "实时查看发贴" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "顾客发贴后，产品经理及产品的全体关注者均可在收件箱收到通知（*讨论*菜单）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "创建产品的用户自动默认为该产品的关注者。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "点击产品名称，打开详情页并查看评论（在产品讨论主题中）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "调解及删贴" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "可以通过聊天或在web页面的产品详情页轻松地进行调解。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "如要删除某个评论，请打开产品web页面，点击*已发表*按钮，使其变为红色（*删帖*）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "..tip::" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "点击*已发布*智能按钮可以从详情页访问web页面（反之亦然）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "如何高价销售产品的替代物（追加销售）" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "为使收入最大化，强烈推荐销售基本款的高价替代品。为此，顾客会花更多时间浏览你的产品目录。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "为此，你需要：" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "从3个选项中选取*替代品*（位于产品详情的*促销*页签下）就好了，不要发布过多的替代品，否则你的顾客会感到无所适从的。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "在产品Web页面的*自定义*菜单中打开*替代品*。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概览" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "Odoo eCommerce介绍" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " -"time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "本文指导您快速使用eCommerce网站。购买之后是以下步骤：" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "产品页" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 -msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "店铺页" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "定价" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "税" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "收银流程" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "增销及交叉销售" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "付款" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 -msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "送货及跟踪" - -#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "打开我的网站" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "付款" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "如何使用 Authorize.Net 付款" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " -"you like." -msgstr "" -"Authorize.Net是北美地区最受欢迎的电子商务支付平台之一。与大多数其他与Odoo兼容的支付收单机构不同，Authorize.Net只能用作`支付网关" -" " -"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__。这样你可使用自己喜欢的`支付处理机构和商户" -" <https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "创建Authorize.Net帐户" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "点击“开始”，创建`Authorize.Net账户 <https://www.authorize.net>`__。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "如果想要将Authorize.net用作支付网关和商户，请在定价页面按*立即注册*。如想使用自己的商户，按下相关选项。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "完成注册步骤。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "账户默认设置为测试账户。你可通过这个测试账户从Odoo处理测试交易。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "准备好之后，切换到**生产**模式。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "设置Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "从:menuselection:`网站、销售或会计 --> 设置 --> 付款收单机构`，在Odoo中激活Authorize.Net。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" -" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " -"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" -" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "激活" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " -"production mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "评估Authorize.Net作为支付解决方案" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." -msgstr "" -"你可创建`开发人员账户 <https://developer.authorize.net>`__，免费测试并评估Authorize.Net。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "创建账户之后，你将收到沙盒凭据。根据上面的介绍在Odoo中输入凭据，确保仍在*测试*模式下。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "你也可登录`Authorize.Net沙盒平台 <https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__，配置你的沙盒账户。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." -msgstr "" -"如要执行虚拟交易，你可使用`Authorize.Net测试指南 " -"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__中提供的虚拟卡号。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "如何让购买者付款" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "Odoo嵌入了多个付款方法以支持eCommerce、促销和发票App上的支付行为。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "哪一种付款方式可用呢？" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "电汇" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "电汇是默认的可用付款方式，用于向顾客提供你的银行信息，以便让他们通过银行付款。这种方式简单易懂但效率缓慢，还是尽快采用网上支付方式吧！" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "收款方" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "将顾客引导到你的支付平台上，轻松收款和跟踪付款状态（回调）。Odoo过一段时间将会支持更多的支付平台。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" -msgstr "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "Authorize.net " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "牛仔" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "付给你钱" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "Sips" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "条带" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "如何激活" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " -"activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "付款方法就绪后，使付款界面清晰可见，然后激活**生产**模式。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "如何让顾客保存并再次使用信用卡" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" -"为便于老顾客付款，你可以让其保存并再次使用信用卡。为此，支付令牌会保存在Odoo中。这一选项需调用Ingenico和Authorize.net。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "你可以从收款方配置表中打开这一功能。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "如何将信用卡刷卡记入借方" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" -"Odoo订阅<https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>允许多次发生的服务计费。因此，你可以自动将顾客的信用卡消费记入借方。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "这一选项需启用Ingenico 和Authorize.net。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "当顾客订阅服务后，记录一个付款令牌。一旦订阅开出发票，即自动记入借方。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "如何使用其他收款方式（高级）" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "Odoo能提交单笔付款请求并转到任何收款方。但没有回调，也就是说Odoo不会跟踪交易的状态。因此你收款后需要手动确认订单。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "如何：" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "切换到开发者模式" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "采用**自定义**付款方法" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "根据收款方的指引设置付款表格（S2S表格模板）。可以从你能复制的*default_acquirer_button *按钮开始设置。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "其他配置" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" -"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo还可用于更多的高级付款过程，如分期付款（例如Paypal 分期付款Paypal Installment Plans " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`paypal` " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "如何管理付款的订单" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" -" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " -"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "收款方授权后，Odoo可立即自动确认订单，触发送货流程。如果发票是基于订购数开具的，则系统还会请求你为此项订购开具发票。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "什么是付款状态" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "任何时候销售员均可检查订单的交易状态。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 -msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "*Draft*:正在处理的交易。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " -"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "*Pending*:暂时冻结交易，你需要从收款方界面授权。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 -msgid "" -"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," -" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" -" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" -"*Authorized*状态表示付款已获授权但尚未被抓取。在Odoo中，订单已经被确认了。送货完成后，即可从收款界面（如你使用Authorize.net，可从Odoo）获取数量。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " -"confirmed." -msgstr "*Done*:付款已授权并获取。订单确认完毕。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " -"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "*Error*:交易出错。顾客尝试重新付款。订单未完成。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " -"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "*Cancelled*:顾客在收款页面取消了付款，返回Odoo以修改订单。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " -"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "交易完毕后，顾客被引导到Odoo，获得每个付款状况的消息。如需编辑这些消息，请进入付款方法的*消息*页签下。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "在订单中自动验证发票" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " -"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " -"orders straight on." -msgstr "订单确认后，可以自动开发票。这一全自动的功能专为业务而订制，能直接为订单开具发票。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " -"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " -"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " -"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" -" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " -"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " -"payments " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." -msgstr "" -"如果选择了这种模式，系统会要求你选择一个付款日记账户以便记录你账簿上的付款。此付款与发票系统连接，支付之后立即进行标记。银行账户收到付款后请选择**银行账户**，如未做选择，可以为收款方创建一个特定的日记账（类别=银行）。这样你就可以跟踪中间账户的在线支付情况，直至银行账户收到款项（参见“如何注册信用卡支付”）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "送货后获得付款" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 -msgid "" -"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " -"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " -"only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "在这种模式下，订单已经确认，但没有显示金额。送货后，可以从Odoo获取付款。仅在Authorize.net环境下支持这种模式。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " -"*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "为了获取付款，请从订单中打开交易，然后点击*获取交易*。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "对于其他收款方，你可以在其自己的界面（非Odoo）中管理获取。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "配置你的Paypal账户" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" -"Paypal在世界各地都可以用，而且非常受欢迎。它不收取任何订阅费，创建帐户也非常容易。因为我们大力推荐Odoo新手使用Paypal。它就像我们无缝流程的一部分，将客户带到Paypal网站完成支付。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "Paypal账户" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " -"Business Account " -"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "Paypal中的设置" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 -msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "首先，我们来看如何设置Paypal账户，以创建与Odoo之间的无缝客户体验。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" -" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "自动返回" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " -"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." -msgstr "这个URL在Paypal中要求，但在实际中并不使用，Odoo在每笔事务中都会传输。如你管理多个销售渠道或Odoo数据库，请勿担心。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "支付数据传输(PDT)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"*支付数据传输*在支付处理完毕后向Odoo发出支付确认。否则，Odoo无法结束销售流程。这项设置也必须启动。保存时，将生成*身份令牌*。你稍后将被要求在Odoo中输入身份令牌。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "Paypal账户可选项" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "我们建议你在客户付款时不要提示他们登录Paypal账户。允许他们用借记卡/信用卡支付，否则你可能失去某些业务。确保启用这项设置。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "即时付款通知(IPN)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" -"支付数据传输(PDT)会发送订单确认，但仅发送一次。因此，在它发送时，你的站点必须正在运行；否则，就无法收到该信息。因此我们首先建议启用*即时付款通知*(IPN)。通过IPN，我们基本可以确保发送订单确认，因为IPN会重新发送确认，直到你的站点确认已收到。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "如要启用IPN，返回*网站支付*菜单并在*即时付款通知*中点击*更新*。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "支付信息格式" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. " -"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "你的Paypal账户已就绪！" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" -"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" -"payments-ewp>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "在Odoo上设置" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "激活" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "从销售、账单和电子商务应用程序的配置栏或从*支付收单机构*配置菜单激活*Paypal*。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "授权认证" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "Odoo需要三种Paypal凭证：" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "*邮件ID*是你在Paypal的登录电子邮件地址。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -"*Profile > About the business*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "如前所述，*Paypal PDT令牌*位于*网站支付*配置中。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "手续费" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "你可以向顾客额外收费以冲抵Paypal向你收取的手续费。转到Paypal后，你的顾客将看到订单要额外收取费用。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "如要启用本功能，进入Odoo Paypal配置的配置选项卡并点击*添加额外费用*。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" -"fees>`__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" -"你可参考`Paypal费用 <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__进行设置。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141 -msgid "" -"..note:: `Traders in the EU " -"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" -"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " -"with credit cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "上线" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "你的配置已就绪。主要切换到*生产*模式。然后点击支付方式旁边的*已发布*按钮，发布支付方式。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" -"Paypal现在电子商务、销售和发票应用程序中均可用。客户点击*现在支付*即会重定向到Paypal网站。在支付完成后，他们将返回Odoo确认页面。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "测试环境" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "你可利用Paypal沙盒账户，在Odoo中测试整个支付流程。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "用你的Paypal凭据登录`Paypal开发人员站点 <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "这将创建两个沙盒账户：" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" -"一个企业账户（用作商户，例如，`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" -"一个默认个人账户（用作购物者，例如，`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com " -"<mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__）" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" -"用商户账户登录Paypal沙盒并按同样的配置指令操作。在Odoo中输入你的沙盒凭据并确保Paypal仍设置为*测试环境*。同时确保电子商户设置中未激活自动开单功能，以免在完成后虚拟交易后生成发票。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "用沙盒个人账号从Odoo中运行一笔测试交易。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "See also" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "顾客如何访问其顾客账户" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" -"您的客户从未如此轻松地访问他们顾客的账户。忘掉那些数不清的注册表格吧，有了Odoo，注册步骤就像123一样轻松简单。以前会要求在订单生成后注册用户名、电邮和密码，但现在不同了。的确，买点东西还要填写一堆注册信息太麻烦了。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "注册" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "当顾客想要查看视觉化的配置邮件时，系统显示登录提醒。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "顾客账号" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "顾客登录后，可在下拉菜单中点击*我的账户*进行访问。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "顾客可以查看所有的历史记录。也可以修改主账单地址。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "如果你将顾客设置为地址簿中的公司联系人，对方能看到属于该公司的所有文件。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "如何电汇付款" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" -"**电汇**是默认的可用付款方式，用于向顾客提供你的银行信息，以便让他们通过银行付款。这种方式简单易懂但效率缓慢，还是尽快采用网上支付方式吧！" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "如何向顾客提供付款指引" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "将付款指引置于付款方式的**感谢消息**中。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "顾客下单后即显示。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "收款后如何进行订单管理" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "顾客电汇后，订单停留在中间状态**报价已发送**（即未付款的订单）。付款后，需要你手动确认订单，启动送货流程。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "如何创建其他的手动付款方法" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "如果你管理一个B2B业务，可以创建其他需要人工处理的付款方式，如支票付款。只需要重新命名*电汇*或复制之。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "收税" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po deleted file mode 100644 index 866a1f04f..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../expenses.rst:5 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "费用" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po similarity index 60% rename from locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 26fa1e920..91aed1833 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -1,52 +1,55 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# v2exerer <9010446@qq.com>, 2018 -# xiaobin wu <bd5dml@gmail.com>, 2018 -# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2018 -# 卓忆科技 <zhanghao@jointd.com>, 2018 -# udcs <seanhwa@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Jeff Yu - Elico Corp <jeff.yu@elico-corp.com>, 2018 -# lttlsnk <lttlsnk@gmail.com>, 2018 -# waveyeung <waveyeung@qq.com>, 2018 -# Gang LIU <liu9ang@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# 宣一敏 <freemanxuan@163.com>, 2018 -# yuan wenpu <1140021222@qq.com>, 2018 -# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2018 -# zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2018 -# John Lin <linyinhuan@139.com>, 2018 -# OCA-ALL <sasakuma@gz2001.com>, 2018 -# snow wang <147156565@qq.com>, 2018 -# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2018 -# Richard yang <yanglinqiangdata@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# keecome <7017511@qq.com>, 2018 -# ChinaMaker <liuct@chinamaker.net>, 2018 -# neter ji <jifuyi@qq.com>, 2018 -# xu xiaohu <xu.xiaohu@gmail.com>, 2018 -# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2018 -# 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019 -# Manga Tsang <mts@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 -# fausthuang, 2019 -# inspur qiuguodong <qiuguodong@inspur.com>, 2019 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2019 -# Norman Chang <xromanxmu@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 +# 卓忆科技 <zhanghao@jointd.com>, 2021 +# v2exerer <9010446@qq.com>, 2021 +# xiaobin wu <bd5dml@gmail.com>, 2021 +# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2021 +# inspur qiuguodong <qiuguodong@inspur.com>, 2021 +# OCA-ALL <sasakuma@gz2001.com>, 2021 +# Jeff Yu - Elico Corp <jeff.yu@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2021 +# udcs <seanhwa@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# lttlsnk <lttlsnk@gmail.com>, 2021 +# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# Daniel Yang <daniel.yang.zhenyu@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Gang LIU <liu9ang@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# Felix Yang - Elico Corp <felixyangsh@aliyun.com>, 2021 +# 飛行de魚 <cnpioneer@163.com>, 2021 +# waveyeung <waveyeung@qq.com>, 2021 +# fausthuang, 2021 +# 宣一敏 <freemanxuan@163.com>, 2021 +# Richard yang <yanglinqiangdata@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2021 +# Norman Chang <xromanxmu@gmail.com>, 2021 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2021 +# zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2021 +# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2021 +# John Lin <linyinhuan@139.com>, 2021 +# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2021 +# John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2021 +# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2021 +# r <263737@qq.com>, 2021 +# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -54,116 +57,119 @@ msgstr "" "Language: zh_CN\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:3 +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "财务" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:318 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "会计" -#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" -msgstr "银行及现金" +msgstr "银行&现金" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "银行费用" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr "导入Coda 对账单文件 (仅比利时)" +msgstr " 导入CODA语句文件（仅比利时） " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 msgid "" "CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" " well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " "bank statements." -msgstr "CODA 是比利时银行对账单文件格式。多数比利时银行, 以及 Isabel 软件, 允许下载你所有银行对账单 CODA 文件。" +msgstr " CODA是比利时银行对账单的一种文件格式。大多数比利时银行，以及伊莎贝尔软件，允许下载一个CODA文件与您的所有银行报表。 " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " "software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " "statements." -msgstr "对于Odoo, 你可以从你的银行或者会计软件下载CODA文件并直接导入Odoo。这将创建所有银行对账单。" +msgstr " 使用odoo，您可以从银行或会计软件下载coda文件，并将其直接导入odoo。这将创建所有银行对账单。 " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" "q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" msgstr "" -"现在测试功能 `CODA 示例文件 <https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" -"q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" +" 现在使用这个示例CODA文件 `with this sample CODA file <https://drive.google.com/file/d" +"/0B5BDHVRYo-q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr "安装 CODA 功能" +msgstr " 安装CODA功能" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 msgid "" "If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " "CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" " move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file " "<InstallCoda_>`_" msgstr "" -"如果您已经安装了Odoo提供的比利时科目表, CODA 导入功能会默认安装。在这种情况下, 您可以直接转到下一章 `导入你的第一个 coda " -"文件<InstallCoda_>` _" +" 如果您安装了Odoo提供的比利时会计科目，默认情况下已经安装了CODA导入功能。在这种情况下，可以直接转到下一节“导入第一个coda文件” " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 msgid "" "If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " "application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " "From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " "in .CODA Format** and apply." msgstr "" -"如果CODA没激活, 你首先激活它。在会计应用中, 去菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> " -"设置(Settings)`。在会计设置中, 检查选项 **以 .CODA 格式导入银行对账单** 并应用。" +" 如果尾波还没有激活，你需要先做。在记帐应用程序中，转到菜单：menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`。在会计设置中，选中**导入.coda格式的银行对账单**选项并应用。 " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr "导入你的CODA文件" +msgstr " 导入第一个CODA文件 " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -173,25 +179,25 @@ msgstr "" "一旦您已经安装了此功能, 您可以设置你的银行账户允许导入银行对账单文件。要做到这一点, 去会计 **仪表板** , 并在银行账户卡上点击按钮 " "**更多** 。然后, 点击 **导入对账单** 来加载你的第一个 CODA 文件。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 msgid "" "Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." msgstr "在下面界面中加载 CODA 文件并点击 **导入** 来创建你的所有的银行对账单。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 msgid "" "If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " "reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." msgstr "如果成功加载该文件, 您会被重定向到银行核对屏幕, 所有的交易会被重新核对。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 msgid "Importing CODA files" msgstr "导入 CODA 文件" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 msgid "" "After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " "automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " @@ -201,7 +207,7 @@ msgstr "" "在导入了您的第一个文件后, Odoo会计仪表板会自动建议为您的银行导入更多的文件。下一次导入时, 您无需再去点击 **更多** 按钮, " "您可以直接在链接上点击 **导入结算单** 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 msgid "" "Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " "will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " @@ -212,7 +218,7 @@ msgstr "" "每当您得到一个新客户/供应商的对账单, " "Odoo会要求您选择正确的单据去调节。Odoo会学习这个操作信息并自动完成下一个您的付款或自动关联。这将加快调节过程。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 msgid "" "Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " "already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" @@ -220,70 +226,70 @@ msgid "" " bank statements." msgstr "Odoo能够自动检测文件或交易是否已经导入。所以您不必担心如何避免重复导入相同的文件 :Odoo将在创建新的银行对账单之前检查全部。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`ofx`" msgstr ":doc:`ofx` " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`qif`" msgstr ":doc:`qif` " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" msgstr ":doc:`synchronize` " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`manual`" msgstr ":doc:`manual` " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "手工登记银行对账单" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概览" +msgstr "概述" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " "but also register your bank statements manually." msgstr "通过Odoo, 你可以导入你的银行对账单并与你的银行同步，当然你也可以手动创建你的银行对账单。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " "do is install the accounting app." msgstr "登记发票不需要任何特殊配置。所有您需要做的就是安装会计应用。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 msgid "Create your Bank Statements" msgstr "创建银行对账单" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 msgid "" "In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " "journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " "will be found underneath." msgstr "在仪表板中, 点击相关银行账目的按钮 **新对账单** 。如果某些调节需要完成, 新的对账单链接将会出现在下面。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 msgid "" "Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " "statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " @@ -291,99 +297,99 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "只需在你的银行对账单中填写字段的信息。参考信息可以手动填写或者不填。我们建议填写合作伙伴来简化调节进程。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 msgid "" "The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" " equal to the computed balance." msgstr "期初余额和期末余额之间的差异该等于计算的余额。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." msgstr "做完这些后, 点击 **保存** ." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" msgstr "调节银行对账单" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 msgid "" "You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" " |manual04|" msgstr "您可以选择直接调节对账单, 通过单击按钮 |manual04|" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 msgid "" "You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" " on **Reconcile # Items**." msgstr "你也可以在仪表板上开始调节进程, 通过点击 **Reconcile # Items** 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " "missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." msgstr "点击 **Validate** 调节你的银行对账单。如果没有业务伙伴信息, Odoo会让你 **select a partner** 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." msgstr "按ctrl + enter调节表格里所有平衡过的项。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" msgstr "从调节关闭银行对账单" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 msgid "" "If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " "reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." msgstr "如果余额正确, 你可以直接关闭调节, 点击调节 |manual07|." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 msgid "" "Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." msgstr "否则, 单击| manual08 |打开对账单并纠正这个问题。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 msgid "Close Bank Statements" msgstr "关闭银行对账单" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 msgid "" "On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " "then click on Bank Statements." msgstr "在会计仪表板, 点击银行账的更多按钮, 然后点击银行对账单。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." msgstr "关闭银行对账单, 只需点击 **验证** 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases` " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize` " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 msgid "Import OFX statement files" msgstr "导入OFX 对账单文件" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 msgid "" "Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " "exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " "consumers via the Internet." msgstr "开放金融交易所(OFX)是一个统一规范金融机构之间的电子金融数据交换平台, 企业和消费者通过互联网交易。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " "software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " "bank statements." msgstr "Odoo, 您可以从你的银行或财务软件下载一个OFX文件并将其直接导入Odoo。这将创建所有银行对账单。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" @@ -391,7 +397,7 @@ msgstr "" "现在测试OFX文件的功能 <https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" "q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 msgid "" "In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." " In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" @@ -401,7 +407,7 @@ msgstr "" "为了能导入OFX对账单, 您需要在Odoo激活特性。在会计应用程序中, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` . 从会计设置, 检查银行对账单选项 **Import in .OFX Format** 和应用。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -411,18 +417,18 @@ msgstr "" "一旦你安装这个功能, 你可以设置你的银行账户, 允许导入银行对账单文件。要做到这一点, 去会计仪表板, 在银行账户点击 **更多** 按钮。然后, 点击" " **Import Statement** 加载第一个OFX文件。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 msgid "" "Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." msgstr "在下面的屏幕加载OFX文件, 单击 **导入** 创建你所有的银行对账单。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 msgid "Importing OFX files" msgstr "导入OFX 文件" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 msgid "" "After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " "automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " @@ -432,8 +438,8 @@ msgstr "" "在导入你的第一个文件之后, Odoo会计仪表板将自动建议你导入更多文件。在接下来的文件导入, 你不需要去 **More** 菜单了, 您可以直接点击链接" " **Import Statement** 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 msgid "" "Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " "will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " @@ -444,16 +450,16 @@ msgstr "" "每次你得到一个新客户/供应商的相关对账单时, Odoo将要求您选择正确的调节对象。从此操作信息, " "Odoo将自动完成下一个付款或是这些联系。这将加快调节过程。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`coda`" msgstr ":doc:`coda` " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" msgstr "在Odoo如何同步你的PayPal账户?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have" " to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." @@ -463,11 +469,11 @@ msgstr "" "使用Odoo, 可以同步你的PayPal账户。这样, 你不需要在你喜爱的会计软件里记录所有你的PayPal交易了。每4小时同步完成, " "您点击一下就可以开始调节PayPal支付了。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" msgstr "安装 account_yodlee 模块" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 msgid "" "Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already " "installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -475,42 +481,41 @@ msgid "" "**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " "automatically**." msgstr "" -"首先请安装 **account_yodlee** 模块,如果尚未安装。要做到这一点,到菜单 :`Accounting --> Configuration" -" --> Settings` of the accounting application。在 **银行和现金** 这部分,设置选项 **Bank " -"Interface - Sync your bank feeds automatically** 。" +"首先请安装 **account_yodlee** 模块，如果尚未安装。可到会计应用程序 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " +"设置` 。在 **银行和现金** 这部分，设置选项 **银行界面 - 自动同步您的银行馈送** 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." msgstr "完成后点击使用按钮" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 msgid "Setup your PayPal account" msgstr "设置你的PayPal帐户" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 msgid "" "A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your " "PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " "Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " "field, you can set **PayPal**." msgstr "" -"在Odoo, PayPal账户的管理就像一个银行账户。设置你的PayPal账户, 使用菜单 :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Bank Accounts` 。创建一个新的银行账户并命名为 **PayPal** 。在银行领域, 可以设置 **PayPal** 。" +"在Odoo, PayPal账户的管理就像一个银行账户。设置你的PayPal账户, 使用菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> 银行账户` " +"。创建一个新的银行账户并命名为 **PayPal** 。在银行领域, 可以设置 **PayPal** 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 msgid "" "Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " "and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" " the online institution and click on the configure button." msgstr "" -"一旦创建PayPal帐户, 回到 **Accounting** 仪表板, 点击 **Synchronize** 按钮。在对话框中, 选择 " -"**PayPal** 作为在线机构和点击配置按钮。" +"一旦创建PayPal帐户, 回到 **会计** 仪表板, 点击 **同步** 按钮。在对话框中, 选择 **PayPal** " +"作为在线机构和点击配置按钮。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." msgstr "然后, 你必须提供连接到PayPal的凭证。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 msgid "" "Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " "the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" @@ -518,16 +523,16 @@ msgid "" "Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal " "account)." msgstr "" -"你的Paypal **must be in English** (如果它不是这样, 你必须改变你的Paypal账户), " -"如果你使用Paypal业务帐户必须切换回旧的接口才能使用在线提交(从新老界面可以切换你的Paypal账户)。" +"你的Paypal **必须是英文** (如果它不是这样, 你必须更改你的Paypal账户)， " +"如果你使用Paypal业务帐户必须切换回旧的接口才能使用在线提交(从新旧界面可以切换你的Paypal账户)。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 msgid "" "If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " "English or that the site is not supported." msgstr "如果你不这样做, 你会得到一个消息, 要么说把Paypal切换成英文要么不支持该网站。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 msgid "" "If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " "step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " @@ -535,31 +540,31 @@ msgid "" "choose the **Paypal balance** account." msgstr "" "如果你正确地配置您的Paypal帐户, 你应到下一步的在线提交配置。有一个屏幕显示获取交易的日期和供选择账户的列表。你必须选择 **Paypal " -"balance** 帐户。" +"余额** 帐户。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " "Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." msgstr "一切都完成之后, 在Odoo中, 你应该看得到你的PayPal交易, 你可以开始调节你的付款了。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 msgid "" "Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " "anymore." msgstr "享受一个完整的集成!你不需要手动记录事务了。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 msgid "" "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." msgstr "你只需在第一次提供你的凭证。一旦完成, Odoo将与PayPal 每4个小时自动同步。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 msgid "Import QIF statement files" msgstr "导入QIF 对账单文件" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 msgid "" "Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " "writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " @@ -569,14 +574,14 @@ msgstr "" "加快交换格式(QIF)是一种开放式的阅读和写作财务数据媒体(例如文件)的规范, 。尽管仍然广泛使用, QIF比公开的金融交易(OFX)的格式要老. " "你应该使用OFX版本, 这样两个格式都能导出." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" " and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " "statements." msgstr "使用Odoo, 你可以从从你的银行或财务软件下载一个QIF文件, 并将其直接导入Odoo实例。这将创建所有银行对账单。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" @@ -584,7 +589,7 @@ msgstr "" "现在测试示例QIF文件的功能\n" "<https ://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view> `__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 msgid "" "In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." " In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" @@ -594,7 +599,7 @@ msgstr "" "为了导入QIF, 您需要在在Odoo激活其特性。在会计应用程序中, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` 。从会计设置, 检查银行对账单选项 **Import in .QIF Format** 和应用。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " @@ -604,21 +609,21 @@ msgstr "" "一旦你安装这个功能, 你可以设置你的银行账户, 允许导入银行对账单文件。要做到这一点, 去会计仪表板, 点击银行账户的 **More** 按钮。然后, " "点击 **Import Statement** 加载第一个QIF文件。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 msgid "" "Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." msgstr "在下面的屏幕中加载QIF文件, 单击 **Import** 创建你所有的银行对账单。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 msgid "Importing QIF files" msgstr "导入 QIF 文件" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" msgstr "如何与银行同步odoo？" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" " statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " @@ -630,7 +635,7 @@ msgstr "" "你应该检查你的银行是否对予支持。你可以从“Odoo会计中找到相关功能 <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-" "features>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 msgid "" "Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " "proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" @@ -641,59 +646,59 @@ msgstr "" "在上面的页面中寻找你银行的名字。如果你的银行出现在其中, 这意味着它受Odoo支持。完全支持的国家(即超过95%的银行)包括 " ":美国、加拿大、新西兰、奥地利。30多个国家部分支持, 包括: 哥伦比亚、印度、法国、西班牙等。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" msgstr "为了与银行连接, Odoo 使用两个 web-services :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." msgstr "Plaid：美国的主要银行" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" msgstr "Yodlee : 对于其他银行" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 msgid "Odoo Online Users" msgstr "Odoo 在线用户" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 msgid "" "If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" " already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" " module **account_yodlee**." msgstr "如果我们支持你们国家的银行, 银行特性应该已经被安装集成。如果没有安装, 您可以手动安装模块 **account_yodlee** 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" msgstr "Odoo 企业用户" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 msgid "" "If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " "you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " "registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." msgstr "如果你计划使用Odoo企业版中的银行接口, 你不需要做什么特别的, 只是确保数据库已在Odoo企业合同注册。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 msgid "" "you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " "following addresses" msgstr "你可能需要检查一下, 没有防火墙/代理屏蔽以下地址" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" msgstr "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" msgstr "https://api.plaid.com/" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 msgid "Sync your bank feeds" msgstr "同步银行费用" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 msgid "" "Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " "your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" @@ -703,13 +708,13 @@ msgstr "" "一旦Plaid或Yodlee接口安装后, 您可以将Odoo连接到你的银行。这样做, 在银行会计仪表板上点击 **More** 。在菜单中, 单击设置配," " 置该银行账户。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 msgid "" "In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " "**Bank Synchronization**." msgstr "在银行界面, 从银行帐户选项卡, 设置银行选项为 **Bank Synchronization** .。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 msgid "" "Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " "**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " @@ -718,22 +723,22 @@ msgstr "" "一旦完成, 回到你的会计仪表板。在你的银行卡上, 您应该能看到一个 **Online Synchronization** 的按钮。点击这个按钮, " "填写你的银行凭证。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 msgid "" "Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " "every 4 hours." msgstr "一旦你填写了你的凭证,你的银行订阅将会每4小时进行一次同步。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "常问问题" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?" msgstr "同步不能实时运行，这是正常的吗？" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 msgid "" "Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this " "doesn't always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. " @@ -743,13 +748,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Yodlee每天尝试从银行账户中获取数据一次。然而，这种情况并不总是同时发生的。有时候这个过程可能会失败。在这种情况下，Yodlee会在一两个小时后再试一次。这就是为什么在Odoo有一个cron每4小时运行一次，从Yodlee获取信息。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 msgid "" "You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button " "\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard." msgstr "但是, 您可以通过单击按钮 \"立即同步 \" 从会计仪表板强制此同步。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 msgid "" "Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " "fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" @@ -757,39 +762,39 @@ msgid "" "won't import it, you will have to wait till the status changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 msgid "" "What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " "transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" " bank statements to the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" msgstr "我的合同中是否包含Yodlee功能？" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 msgid "" "Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to " "your database." msgstr "企业版：是的，如果你有一个有效的企业合同链接到你的数据库。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 msgid "" "Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." msgstr "社区版：不，该功能未包含在社区版本中。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 msgid "" "Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "在线版：是的，甚至您从One App Free合同中受益。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?" msgstr "一些银行是\"Beta\"状态，这是什么意思？" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 msgid "" "This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " "synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" @@ -797,24 +802,25 @@ msgid "" "Unfortunately, there is not much to do about it except for being patient." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" msgstr "所有我的过去交易都不在Odoo，为什么？" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch transactions up to 3 months in the past." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "杂项" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" msgstr "如果管理支票的批量存款?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 msgid "" "When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " "will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " @@ -823,61 +829,60 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "当你们公司集中从客户收到支票后, 他们往往会把这些钱批次地放到银行账户。这钱已经以一个物理形式收到了, 你的公司的人必须手动把支票登记到银行。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 msgid "" "The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" " be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " "transactions." msgstr "银行将要求填写一张存款单，交易包括的支票详情以及现金。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 msgid "" "The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " "reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." msgstr "银行对账单将反映总计和存款单的参考信息, 而不是个人支票。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 msgid "" "Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " "reconcile them with your bank statement easily." msgstr "Odoo帮助您准备和打印你的存款单, 之后与银行对账单调节就很容易了。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" msgstr "安装批量存款功能" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 msgid "" "In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " "Deposit** to be installed." msgstr "为了使用批处理存款功能, 你需要安装模块 **批量存款** 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 msgid "" "Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" " your country." msgstr "通常, 如果支票在你的国家被广泛使用, 这个模块是自动安装的。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 msgid "" "To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " "application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." msgstr "" -"验证 **批量存款** 功能是否安装, 去 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of " -"the accounting application。检查功能 : **Allow batch deposit** 。" +"验证 **批量存款** 功能是否安装, 去 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 会计应用的菜单。检查功能 : **允许批量存款** 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" msgstr "在银行账户激活该功能" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " "deposits on your main bank accounts." msgstr "一旦你已经安装了这个特性, Odoo将自动激活你的银行账户内的存款功能。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 msgid "" "To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " "the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " @@ -885,33 +890,32 @@ msgid "" "Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." msgstr "" "哪个银行账户可以做批处理存款, 哪些不能, 这个控制可以去账内定义, 通常被称为“支票\" 或“银行 \"(参见 " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check` , 会计应用程序 " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals` ." +":doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check` , 在会计应用程序中 " +":menuselection:`顾问 --> 会计 --> 日记账` ." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 msgid "" "In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" " to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "在 **高级设置** 页卡, **杂项** 部分, 设置借记方式为 **批量存款** 。" +msgstr "在 **高级设置** 页卡, **杂项** 部分, 设置借记方式为 **批量存款** 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 msgid "" "If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " "payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " "make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " "Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" -"如果你在借记方式中检查 **Batch Deposit** , 这意味着付款时使用这个账(当收款或是付款时称为支付方式), 将适用于之后的存款批处理。" +msgstr "如果你在借记方式中检查 **批量存款** , 这意味着付款时使用这个账(当收款或是付款时称为支付方式), 将适用于之后的存款批处理。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 msgid "From checks received to the bank" msgstr "从收到支票到银行" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 msgid "Receive customer checks" msgstr "收到客户支票" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 msgid "" "Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " "plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " @@ -920,50 +924,46 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在收到支票后，将它们记录在拟存入的银行账户上。当你选择银行账户（或支票日记账，如你在Odoo中配置）时，Odoo建议你使用批量存款。如计划将该支票存入银行，则选择本选项。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." msgstr "在备忘录字段, 你可以设置支票的参考。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 msgid "" "payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " "Payment** button." -msgstr "" -"可在此菜单中登记付款 :menuselection: :`Sales --> Payments` , 或直接在相关发票上登记, 使用 " -"**Register Payment** 按钮。" +msgstr "可在此菜单中登记付款 :menuselection:`销售 --> 付款` , 或直接在相关发票上登记, 使用 **注册付款** 按钮。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" msgstr "预备批量存款" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 msgid "" "From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" -"从会计程序, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`Sales --> Batch Deposit` , 并创建一个新的 **Batch " -"Deposit** ." +msgstr "从会计程序, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 批量存款` , 并创建一个新的 **批量存款** 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 msgid "" "Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " "deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " "deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " "check." -msgstr "选择银行,，然后选择你想要添加的款项（支票）。默认情况下，Odoo建议你存入所有的支票。这样，你就可以确认不会忘记或丢失支票。" +msgstr "选择银行，然后选择你想要添加的款项（支票）。默认情况下，Odoo建议你存入所有待存支票。这样，你就可以确认不会忘记或丢失支票。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 msgid "" "You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " "the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." msgstr "然后你可以打印批存款, 这将是非常有用的, 银行通常需要。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" msgstr "使用银行对账单调节存款" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 msgid "" "When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " "ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " @@ -971,79 +971,79 @@ msgid "" "the bank statement line." msgstr "当调节银行对账单时, 对账单中将会看到存款单的号码。核销运行时, 用户将能够选择匹配的批处理存款。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 msgid "" "If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " "contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " "deposit in the example below)" -msgstr "如果你选择批量存款，Odoo将自动填充所匹配的支票。（下面例子中的批量存款包括2张支票）" +msgstr "如果你选择批量存款，Odoo将自动填充所有匹配的支票。（下面例子中的批量存款包括2张支票）" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:117 msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "排查" +msgstr "故障排除" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" msgstr "在银行对帐单上没有此明细行？" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 msgid "" "If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " "be two reasons:" msgstr "如果在银行对账单中没有批存款链接, 可能是两个原因 :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 msgid "" "After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " "page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" " button of your browser." -msgstr "安装批存款功能后，你需要重新加载页面，浏览器才会发现这项新功能。只需点击浏览器的刷新按钮。" +msgstr "安装批量存款功能后，你需要重新加载页面，浏览器才会发现这项新功能。只需点击浏览器的重新加载按钮。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." msgstr "你的银行账户内没有创建批处理存款。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" msgstr "假如支票被拒绝会发生什么?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 msgid "" "If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " "in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " "refused." msgstr "如果银行对账单的金额小于实际批存款的金额, 它可能意味着你的某一张支票已经被拒绝了。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 msgid "" "In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " "bank statement matching." -msgstr "在这种情况下，在相应的银行对账单中，点击相关行并删除." +msgstr "在这种情况下，点击与这张支票相关的行，将它从银行对账单配对中删除。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" msgstr "如何用电汇从一个银行转移到另一个银行?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" "A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" " is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " "clicks." msgstr "一个公司可能有几个银行账号或现金账号。使用odoo, 内部转移钱只是几个点击就可解决了。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " "accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " "to the another one." msgstr "我们用下面的例子来说明。我公司有两个银行账户, 我想把50.000欧元从我们的银行账户转移到另一个。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" msgstr "检查科目表以及默认转账账户" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" @@ -1051,27 +1051,27 @@ msgid "" "default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"处理内部转移需要在科目表中添加转移科目。Odoo将根据你所在国家的科目表自动生成一个帐户。如要配置科目表并检查默认的转账科目，前往会计模块设置，并选择:menuselection:`配置" -" --> 设置` 。" +"处理内部转账需要在科目表中添加转账科目。Odoo将根据你所在国家的科目表自动生成一个科目。如要配置科目表并检查默认的转账科目，前往会计模块设置，并选择 " +":menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " "specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." msgstr "当你注册时, 会根据你的国家信息, 预设科目表, 它不能被改变。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 msgid "" "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " "from the same page." msgstr "自动生成默认的转移帐户取决于你们国家的立法。如果有必要, 可以修改相同的页面。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" msgstr "创建第二银行账户/日记账" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" "Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" " accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " @@ -1079,29 +1079,28 @@ msgid "" " You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " "your bank to specify your bank's details." msgstr "" -"在我们可以注册一个内部转让之前, 我们需要在会计仪表板上添加一个新的银行账户。进入会计模块,点击 " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts` . 创建一个新的银行账户。你应该填写 " -"**Account Number** . 您还可以创建和编辑你的银行详细信息。" +"在我们可以注册一个内部转让之前, 我们需要在会计仪表板上添加一个新的银行账户。进入会计模块,点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> " +"银行账户` . 创建一个新的银行账户。你应该填写 **账号** 。 您还可以创建和编辑你的银行详细信息。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." msgstr "通过保存更改, 你现在有2个银行账户。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." msgstr "登记一个从一个银行到另外一个银行的内部转账。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 msgid "" "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " "9533 1498** account." -msgstr "现在我们将把50.000欧元从我们的 **Bank** 转到 **Bank BE57 0633 9533 1498** 账户。" +msgstr "现在我们将把50.000欧元从我们的 **银行** 转到 **Bank BE57 0633 9533 1498** 账户。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" msgstr "记录内部转账" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" "The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " "accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " @@ -1109,43 +1108,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "第一步是登记内部付款。为此，进入你的会计仪表板，点击其中一个银行的 **更多** 按钮并选择 :menuselection:`新建 --> 内部转账`。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" "Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" " transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " "**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." msgstr "" -"创建一个新的付款。付款类型将自动设置为内部转让。选择您想要转移的 **银行** , 指定 **Amount** 和添加一个 **Memo** " -"(如果你需要)。" +"创建一个新的付款。付款类型将自动设置为内部转让。选择您想要转移的 **银行** , 指定 **总金额** 和添加一个 **备忘录** (如果你需要)。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " "<Reconcile_>`_)." msgstr "备忘录是很重要的, 如果你想自动调节 (`see <Reconcile_>`_)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." msgstr "保存并确认变更以登记付款。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " "accounts." msgstr "在会计方面, 钱现在登记在转移账户。我们需要导入银行对账单, 将钱登记在最终的账户." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" msgstr "导入银行对账单并调节" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." msgstr "注意, 银行余额在Odoo的计算与银行最新的对账单是不同的." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " "receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " @@ -1153,9 +1151,9 @@ msgid "" "Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" -"这是因为我们没有导入银行对账单来确认付出和收到的钱。因此需要导入你的银行对账单，将付款和正确的银行对账单行进行核对。在收到银行对账单后，点击对应银行下的**新对账单**按钮，以导入其内容。" +"这是因为我们没有导入银行对账单来确认收付款。因此需要导入你的银行对账单，将付款和正确的银行对账单行进行核对。在收到银行对账单后，点击对应银行下的**新对账单**按钮，以导入其内容。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -1163,22 +1161,21 @@ msgid "" "that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " "**Reconcile** button." msgstr "" -"填上 **Transactions line** 。一旦完成, Odoo将显示 **Computed Balance** " -"。计算的余额是理论上你的账户的余额。如果与银行对账单一致, 就意味着没有错误。填写 **Ending balance** , 然后点击 " -"**Reconcile** 按钮。" +"填上 **交易行** 。一旦完成, Odoo将显示 **计算余额** 。计算的余额是理论上你的账户的余额。如果与银行对账单一致, 就意味着没有错误。填写" +" **期末余额** , 然后点击 **对账** 按钮。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 msgid "The following window will open:" msgstr "下列窗口将会打开 :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " "button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" msgstr "你需要为付款选择交易对手。选择付款对应的正确银行对账单行并点击**对账**按钮。关闭对账单，完成交易。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " @@ -1186,49 +1183,47 @@ msgid "" "happen automatically." msgstr "收到第二张银行对账单后，需要重复相同的步骤。注意，如果在两张对账单和付款交易中指定相同的金额和相同的备忘录，则系统将自动进行对账。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "银行对账" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 msgid "Configure model of entries" msgstr "配置分录模型" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " "order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "在Odoo中你可以预设一些会计分录, 这样在计提例如银行费用这些经常性会计分录的时候就省事多了。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " "my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " "current balance. This fee is thus variable." msgstr "我们将下面的例子来说明这一概念 :每个月, 我公司收到银行费用成本, 这取决于我们的银行账户当前余额。这个费用是变量。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" msgstr "创建对账模型" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 msgid "" "First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " "to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " ":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." -msgstr "" -"首先, 我们需要配置两个调节分录。为此, 会计应用程序仪表盘。在银行账点击 :menuselection:`更多(More) --> " -"调节模型(Reconciliation Models)` 。" +msgstr "首先, 我们需要配置两个调节分录。为此, 会计应用程序仪表盘。在银行账点击 :menuselection:`更多 --> 调节模型` 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 msgid "" "We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " "depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." msgstr "我们银行费用容易记账。我们的银行扣除费用根据余额, 也就是说它可以每个月都不同。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 msgid "" "We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " "book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " @@ -1238,17 +1233,17 @@ msgstr "" "我们创建一个名为银行费用的按钮标签, 选择正确的科目记录这些费用。此外我们还需要指定类型是\" Percentage of balance\\ \\ " "\\ \", 比例为100%。这个参数将告诉Odoo考虑整个费用。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 msgid "Save your changes when you are done." msgstr "当完成时保存变更。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 msgid "" "If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " "under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." -msgstr "如果你的银行费用是固定的, 也可以选择 **固定的(Fixed)** 以及定义金额。" +msgstr "如果你的银行费用是固定的, 也可以选择 **固定的** 以及定义金额。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 msgid "" "You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" @@ -1256,48 +1251,46 @@ msgstr "" "您还可以使用此功能来处理折扣。请参阅 :doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" " " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" msgstr "基于对账模型登记付款" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 msgid "" "Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " "impacted by the payment of the bank fee." msgstr "通过导入你的银行对账单来登记付款, 这会影响银行的支付费用。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 msgid "" "When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " "**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" " relevant data instantly." -msgstr "" -"进行调节时, 您可以选择一个未清的余额, 点击 **调节模型(Reconcilication Model)** 按钮(在这种情况下, " -"**银行费用(Bank Fees)** )立即获得所有相关的数据。" +msgstr "进行调节时, 您可以选择一个未清的余额, 点击 **调节对帐模型** 按钮(在这种情况下, **银行费用** )立即获得所有相关的数据。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "最后, 点击 **调节(Reconcile)** 完成过程." +msgstr "最后, 点击 **调节** 完成过程。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual` " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx` " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`use_cases` " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" msgstr "银行对账过程中的使用案例？" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" "Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " "task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " @@ -1305,41 +1298,41 @@ msgid "" "lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " "any other payment document with your bank statements." msgstr "" -"将账户记录与银行对账单匹配的工作量比较大。你需要找到对应的发票，比较发票金额及合作伙伴详情与银行对账单是否相符。这些步骤需要很多时间。幸运的是，使用Odoo，你可以很容易地将发票或其他付款文件与银行对账单匹配。" +"将会计记录与银行对账单匹配的工作量比较大。你需要找到对应的发票，比较发票金额及合作伙伴详情与银行对账单是否相符。这些步骤需要很多时间。幸运的是，使用Odoo，你可以很容易地将发票或其他付款文件与银行对账单匹配。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "odoo中有2种对账过程方案。" +msgstr "Odoo中有2种对账过程选项。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" msgstr "我们可以直接在发票上注明付款" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "我们可以用银行对账单调整销售发票" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " "is to install the accounting app." msgstr "登记发票不需要特殊设置。我们只需安装会计应用程序就可以了。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "使用案例" +msgstr "用例" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "案例1 : 付款登记" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " "issued to Smith & Co." msgstr "我们收到发票付款证明，是史密斯公司的2100欧元。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " @@ -1347,230 +1340,196 @@ msgid "" "invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" " services to our customer." msgstr "" -"我们开了张2100欧元的发票给史密斯公司。因为我们出售的产品是服务，要求立即付款。而我们的会计只在周末处理银行对账单，所以我们在发票上做标记为支付，就可以为我们的客户提供服务。" +"我们开了张2100欧元的发票给史密斯公司。因为我们出售的产品是服务，要求立即付款。而我们的会计只在周末处理银行对账单，所以我们必须将该发票标记为立即支付，表明我们可以开始为客户提供服务。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." msgstr "我们的客户发给我们付款凭证。我们可以登记付款, 相关的发票为已付。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " "has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " "method." -msgstr "通过点击**付款登记**，我们告诉Odoo，客户已支付。我们因此需要指定金额和支付方式。" +msgstr "通过点击**付款登记**，我们告诉Odoo，客户已支付。我们需要在此指定金额和支付方式。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" " :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -msgstr "我们可以找到付款信息，点击发票上:menuselection:`信息 -->开启付款` 。" +msgstr "我们可以随时查找发票付款信息，只需点击 :menuselection:`信息 -->未结付款` 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" msgstr "发票已经支付, **自动调节已完成** 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "案例2 : 银行对账单对账" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." msgstr "我们开始已开给Smith & Co的3000欧元的发票。让我们也假定其他不同客户的发票未付款。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " "Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." -msgstr "我们收到银行对账单，发现不仅是史密斯公司已支付款项，Buzz的92欧元也已支付。" +msgstr "我们收到银行对账单，发现不仅是史密斯公司已付款，Buzz的92欧元也已支付。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." -msgstr " **导入(Import)** 或 **创建(Create)** 银行对账单。请在银行提要部分参考相关文档。" +msgstr " **导入** 或 **创建** 银行对账单。请在银行馈送部分参考相关文档。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" msgstr "在仪表板, 点击 **调节# 项** " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." -msgstr "如果一切是正确的(正确的业务伙伴名字, 金额正确), odoo会 **自动(automatically)** 调节。" +msgstr "如果一切是正确的 (正确的合作伙伴名字，金额正确)， odoo会 **自动** 调节。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "如果发现某些问题, 需要执行 **手工动作** 。" +msgstr "如果发现某些问题, 需要执行 **手动操作** 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" msgstr "例如, 如果在银行对账单中缺少业务伙伴, 请填写" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" msgstr "如果用首付完成了付款, 只检查它是否正确并验证所有相关的付款" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "点击CTRL-Enter, 调节表格中的所有项。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:168 msgid "Setup" msgstr "设置" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" msgstr "如何设置一个新的银行账户？" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " "guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " "account." msgstr "在Odoo, 您可以管理多个银行账户。在这个页面, 你会在银行或信用卡帐户的创建, 修改或删除的指导。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 msgid "Edit a bank account" msgstr "编辑银行账户" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 msgid "" "To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" " it first before filling your own bank information." msgstr "为了简化这一过程, 银行账户已经存在。我们建议你在填写银行信息前先编辑它。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " "click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." -msgstr "" -"去 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` , 然后点击 " -"**银行** 项。编辑它。" +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 银行帐户` , 然后点击 **银行** 项。编辑它。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 msgid "" "Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " "method like SEPA" msgstr "Odoo将检测银行账户类型(例如 IBAN), 允许类似于SEPA等的支付方式" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 msgid "Create a bank account" msgstr "创建银行账户" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" " on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" " number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " "Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." msgstr "" -"去 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` .点击 **创建**" -" 和填写表格。你可以决定在文件上显示银行帐号, 就如销售订单或发票。选择银行账户的支付方式。" +"去 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 银行帐户` .点击 **创建** 和填写表格。你可以决定在文件上显示银行帐号, " +"就如销售订单或发票。选择银行账户的支付方式。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 msgid "" "If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " "the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " "accounts from another company." msgstr "如果你在多公司环境内工作, 如你添加、编辑或删除银行账号, 需要在首选项中切换公司。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "类型" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." -msgstr "银行账户类型：正常或IBAN。从银行账号推断。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "ABA/Routing" -msgstr "ABA/路由" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" -msgstr "美国银行家协会路由号码" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "Account Holder Name" -msgstr "账户持有人名称" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " -"Holder" -msgstr "帐户持有人姓名，不同于帐户持有人的名称" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "在我们的在线演示查看 *银行帐户*" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 msgid "Todo" msgstr "待办" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:45 msgid "add inherited field tooltip" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:47 msgid "" "**Display on reports :** Display this bank account on the documents that " "will be printed or send to the customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:50 msgid "" "**Bank Identifier Code** = BIC : SWIFT Address assigned to a bank in order " "to send automated payments quickly and accurately to the banks concerned" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 msgid "" "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " "of the previous one within the same journal automatically." msgstr "银行对帐单的初始余额将被设置为自动在同一期杂志上一个期末余额。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" msgstr "删除银行帐户或信用卡帐户" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 msgid "" "From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " "the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " "menu" msgstr "从银行账户列表中, 选择要删除的项, 从行动菜单删除它们, 或者去表单和在行动菜单中删除" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" msgstr "如何管理银行的外币？" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " "company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " @@ -1581,31 +1540,31 @@ msgstr "" "在Odoo，每一笔交易以公司的默认币种记录。报告都是基于公司的币种。对于以其他币种发生的交易, " "Odoo同时以公司的币种的价值，以及以交易币种的价值存储。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" msgstr "当你有一个外币的银行账户, 对于每笔交易, Odoo都保存两个值 :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" msgstr "公司币别中的借方／贷方" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" msgstr "银行账户币别中的借方／贷方" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " "Central bank web-services." msgstr "汇率会自动更新, 使用yahoo.com, 或者欧洲央行的在线服务。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" msgstr "激活多币种功能" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" "In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " "activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " @@ -1613,90 +1572,87 @@ msgid "" "Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " "**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"为了让贵公司使用多种货币,你应该激活多种货币的模式。在会计应用程序中,进入 :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Accounting & Finance Features` , 确保 **Allow Multi-currencies** " -"已勾选。提供一个 **Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** 科目,然后点击 **应用** 。" +"为了让贵公司使用多种货币,你应该激活多种货币的模式。在会计应用程序中,进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置 --> 会计与财务功能`" +" , 确保 **允许多种货币** 已勾选。提供一个 **货币兑换损益** 科目 ,然后点击 **应用** 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" msgstr "配置货币" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu " +"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " -"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " -"(to activate a currency, check his active field)" +"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" +" activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" -"一旦Odoo配置为支持多种货币,你应该激活您计划使用的货币。要做到这一点,菜单 :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Currencies` . 。默认情况下,所有货币都已创建. 但是你应该激活你计划的货币。(激活一种货币,检查他的活跃的字段)" +"如Odoo配置为支持多币种，你应激活计划使用的币种。为此，进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> " +"币种`。默认情况下，所有币种都已创建，但你应激活计划支持的币种（要激活某币种，勾选其*有效*字段）。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" "After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" " the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" msgstr "激活货币后, 你可以配置的参数自动更新汇率。这些选项的设置也在会计应用程序中, 在页面的底部 :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." msgstr "点击 **现在更新** 链接到目前最新的汇率。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" msgstr "创建银行账户" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." -msgstr "" -"在会计应用程序中, 我们首先去 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting / Bank account`" -" , 我们创建一个新的账户。" +msgstr "在会计应用程序中, 我们首先去 :menuselection:`配置 --> 会计/银行账户` , 我们创建一个新的账户。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" msgstr "一旦你保存这个银行账户, Odoo将为您创建的所有文件 :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" msgstr "试算表的科目" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" msgstr "将此帐簿显示在仪表盘上" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "" "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" msgstr "如果选择框 **在发票页脚显示** , 银行信息将在发票页脚显示" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" msgstr "例如 :外币的供应商账单" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." msgstr "根据上面的例子中, 我们假设我们收到中国供应商的发票。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" -msgstr "在 :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , 你可以看到 :" +msgstr "在 :menuselection:`采购 --> 供应商账单` , 你可以看到 :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." msgstr "一旦你已经准备好支付这个账单, 点击登记付款记录付款。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" "That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" " gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " @@ -1704,470 +1660,181 @@ msgid "" "and the payment date." msgstr "这是你所要做的。Odoo将在调节时, 自动将发票日和付款日的汇率差计入外汇损益。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " "Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." msgstr "注意, 您可以用另一种货币支付外汇发票。在这种情况下, Odoo将自动完成两种货币之间的转换。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" msgstr "客户对账单" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " "the currency of the invoice." msgstr "客户和供应商的报表是用发票货币来管理的。所以, 客户(供应商)的到期金额总是用发票的货币表示。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" "If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " "customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " "the report below." msgstr "如果同一客户有几个不同货币的发票, Odoo将按货币分类, 如下报告所示。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " "managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" -" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " -"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" -" be converted in this currency." +" in its own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable for " +"this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically " +"be converted to this currency." msgstr "" -"在上面的报告, Camptocamp相关的应收帐款没有用第二种货币管理, 这意味着, 每笔交易都使用自己的货币。如果你喜欢, " -"你可以为该客户的应收帐款设置第二种货币, 他所有的债务将自动转换货币。" +"在上面的报告中，与Camptocamp相关的应收帐款没有用第二种货币进行管理，也就是说，每笔交易都使用本币。如需要，你可以将该客户的应收帐款设置为第二种货币，则所有的债务将自动转换该货币。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" "In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " "general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " "amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" msgstr "在这种情况下, 客户对账单总是只有一种货币。一般来说, 这不是什么客户所希望的, 他更喜欢看到他收到发票的货币金额;" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a cash register?" msgstr "如何管理现金出纳？" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " "balance." msgstr "收银是日记注册receivings和支付交易。它计算总资金进出, 计算总余额。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." -msgstr "配置现金账, 在 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals` ." +msgstr "配置现金日记帐, 在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 日记帐` ." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "在选项卡日记帐分录, 默认的借记卡和信用卡帐号可同时配置为期刊的货币" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "有效" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." -msgstr "设置为无效，可以隐藏日记账而不用删除它。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "在客户发票日记账中选择‘销售’。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "在供应商账单日记账中选择‘购买’。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " -"payments." -msgstr "在客户或供应商的日记账中选择‘现金’或‘银行’。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "在杂项业务日记账中选择‘通用’。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Use in Point of Sale" -msgstr "在销售点中使用" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a" -" point of sale." -msgstr "如果这个日记账中定义了能够在‘POS’用的付款方式就勾选这个选项" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "公司" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "日记账相关的公司" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "简码" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "这个日记账中的日记账分录会被用这个前缀命名." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Number" -msgstr "下一号码" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." -msgstr "下一号码将用于下一张发票." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "分录序列" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "这个字段包含和这个日记中日记账分录数量相关的信息." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" -msgstr "专用的信用证序列" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" -" credit notes made from this journal" -msgstr "勾选此框，则此日记账下的会计发票或信用证不使用同一个序列。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Notes: Next Number" -msgstr "信用证：下一号码" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." -msgstr "下一号码将用于下一张退款单." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" -msgstr "信用证分录序列" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " -"note entries of this journal." -msgstr "该字段包含此日记账中与信用清单目录数量相关的信息。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "默认借方科目" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "它将作为一个默认借方科目" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "默认贷方科目" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "它将充当贷方金额的默认科目" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Currency" -msgstr "币种" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "用来输入对账单的币种" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" -msgstr "定义银行对账单的注册方式" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Creation of Bank Statements" -msgstr "创建银行对账单" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" -msgstr "定义新的银行对帐单的时间" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" -msgstr "将在提取新交易时创建" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "from your bank account." -msgstr "从你的银行账户。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Incoming Payments" -msgstr "为收款" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "手动：通过现金，支票或Odoo以外的任何其他方式进行付款。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting " -"a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing " -"online (payment token)." -msgstr "电子化：在购买或在线订购（付款标记）时，通过客户保存的卡上的交易的付款请求自动进行付款。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you" -" are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable " -"this option from the settings." -msgstr "" -"批量存款：通过生成一批存款，并提交给你的银行，将几个客户的支票同时包裹起来。在用Odoo编码银行结单时，建议您将交易与批量存款对账。从设置中启用此选项。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Outgoing Payments" -msgstr "为付款" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "手动：通过现金，支票或Odoo以外的任何其他方式进行付款。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "支票: 通过支票支付账单, 并从 Odoo 打印。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." -msgstr "sepa 信用转移: 从您提交到您的银行的 SEPA 信用转移文件支付账单。从设置中启用此选项。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "利润科目" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" -" from what the system computes" -msgstr "当现金出纳机的关账余额与系统计算的有差异时，用于登记利润" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "损失科目" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " -"from what the system computes" -msgstr "现金登记的期末余额与系统计算的有差异时候用来登记损失" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "分组发票明细行" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " -"when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "如果勾选此项, 系统将试图对生成的发票分组" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "银行对账时过账" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in " -"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when " -"performing bank reconciliation." -msgstr "是否应在汇票状态下生成本日记账中的付款，以便仅在进行银行对账时才张贴相关的日记账分录。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills" -msgstr "供应商账单的别名" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email." -msgstr "通过发送邮件创建供应商账单." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "检查已选择的打印付款方式" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" -" method." -msgstr "从技术特征可以知道，是否可将支票作为付款方式。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "支票序列" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "支票编号序列。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "手动编号" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "勾选此选项如果你的预先印制支票是没有编号的。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "下一个支票号码" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "下个打印支票的序列编号" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" -msgstr "授权差异的总金额" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field depicts the maximum difference allowed between the ending balance" -" and the theoretical cash when closing a session, for non-POS managers. If " -"this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing " -"of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager." -msgstr "该字段定义了在关闭一个会话时候理论的余额和实际余额的最大差额如果达到该最大值，用户就会得到一个错误信息告知他需要联系他的经理" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 msgid "Usage" msgstr "用途" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "如何登记现金付款？" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" msgstr "要注册特定于该客户的现金支付, 你应该遵循以下步骤 :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" -msgstr "" -"去 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " -"Transactions` " +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`会计 --> 仪表板 --> 现金 --> 注册交易` " -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "开始和结束余额填写" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "注册交易, 指定链接到交易的客户" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "把钱放入" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" -msgstr "" -"把钱放入, 在交易开始前用于手动放置你的现金。从登记交易窗口, 去 :menuselection:`More --> Put money in` " +msgstr "投入资金用于在开始交易之前手动放置现金。 从登记交易窗口中, 去 :menuselection:`更多 --> 投入资金` " -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "拿钱出来" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" -msgstr "" -"把钱拿出, 是在所有的交易结束后, 收集你的现金。在登记交易窗口, 去 :menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" -" " +msgstr "把钱拿出, 是在所有的交易结束后, 收集你的现金。在登记交易窗口, 去 :menuselection:`更多 --> 把钱拿出` " -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "该交易将被添加到当前的现金支付登记。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "本地化" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "哥伦比亚" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "介绍" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" msgstr "哥伦比亚的电子发票可从 otoo 12 获得, 需要下一个模块:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 msgid "" "**l11n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " "document types" msgstr "**l11n_co**:管理会计模块的所有基本数据, 包含以下的默认设置: 会计科目表、税金、保留、身份证明文件类型" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" " for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " "based on the DIAN legal requirements." msgstr "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: 本模块包括与 Carvajal T&S 集成所需的所有额外字段, 并根据 DIAN 法律要求生成电子发票。" +"**l10n_co_edi** : 本模块包括与 Carvajal T&S 集成所需的所有额外字段, 并根据 DIAN 法律要求生成电子发票。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "工作流" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "1. 安装哥伦比亚本地化模块" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." msgstr "为此, 请访问应用程序并搜索哥伦比亚。然后单击前两个模块的 \"安装\"。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "2. Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" msgstr "2. 配置 Carvajal T&S 服务的凭据" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " @@ -2177,14 +1844,14 @@ msgstr "" "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " "credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." -msgstr "进入：菜单选择：`会计->配置->设置`并查找*哥伦比亚电子发票*章节" +msgstr "进入:menuselection:`菜单选择：`会计->配置->设置`并查找*哥伦比亚电子发票*章节" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 msgid "" "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" " environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " @@ -2196,7 +1863,7 @@ msgstr "" "integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." @@ -2204,11 +1871,11 @@ msgstr "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 msgid "3. Configure your report data" msgstr "3.配置你的报表数据" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." @@ -2216,19 +1883,19 @@ msgstr "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 msgid "4.1 Partner" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 msgid "4.1.1 Identification" msgstr "标识" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " @@ -2238,7 +1905,7 @@ msgstr "" "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " "their identification number and document type set:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " @@ -2248,11 +1915,11 @@ msgstr "" "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " "number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " @@ -2262,7 +1929,7 @@ msgstr "" "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " "information required by the DIAN ." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" @@ -2270,7 +1937,7 @@ msgstr "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." @@ -2278,11 +1945,11 @@ msgstr "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 msgid "4.2 Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " @@ -2292,7 +1959,7 @@ msgstr "" "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " "This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " @@ -2302,11 +1969,11 @@ msgstr "" "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " "display taxes in the invoice PDF." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 msgid "4.3 Journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " @@ -2315,7 +1982,7 @@ msgid "" "Setting --> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." @@ -2323,11 +1990,11 @@ msgstr "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 msgid "4.4 Users" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" @@ -2335,16 +2002,16 @@ msgstr "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:202 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "用法和测试" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 msgid "1. Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." @@ -2352,11 +2019,11 @@ msgstr "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "1.1 Invoice creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " @@ -2366,11 +2033,11 @@ msgstr "" "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " "invoice are the next fields:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "There are three types of documents:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." @@ -2378,7 +2045,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." @@ -2386,7 +2053,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " @@ -2398,11 +2065,11 @@ msgstr "" "necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " "the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." @@ -2410,7 +2077,7 @@ msgstr "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " @@ -2420,11 +2087,11 @@ msgstr "" "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " "the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -2440,11 +2107,11 @@ msgstr "" "Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" " invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 msgid "After this:" msgstr "After this:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" @@ -2452,15 +2119,15 @@ msgstr "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 msgid "1.4 Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " @@ -2470,7 +2137,7 @@ msgstr "" "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " "after updating the electronic invoice status." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" @@ -2478,11 +2145,11 @@ msgstr "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 msgid "2. Additional use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." @@ -2490,74 +2157,74 @@ msgstr "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" -msgstr "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "哥伦比亚 (ES)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 msgid "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "Introducción" msgstr "Introducción" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 msgid "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 msgid "" "módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " "siguientes puntos:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "a. Plan Contable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "b. Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "c. Retenciones" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 msgid "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 msgid "" "adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " "generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" " DIAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 msgid "Flujo General" msgstr "Flujo General" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 msgid "Configuración" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 msgid "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 msgid "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" @@ -2565,15 +2232,15 @@ msgstr "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 msgid "cz" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 msgid "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 msgid "" "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " @@ -2583,13 +2250,13 @@ msgstr "" "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " "Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 msgid "" "Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " "**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 msgid "" "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " "ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" @@ -2598,7 +2265,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 msgid "" "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " "el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " @@ -2606,11 +2273,11 @@ msgid "" " la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 msgid "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 msgid "" "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " @@ -2620,25 +2287,25 @@ msgstr "" "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " "Bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 msgid "" "Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" " Electrónica Colombiana**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 msgid "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 msgid "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 msgid "4.1.1 Identificación" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 msgid "" "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " "por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " @@ -2650,7 +2317,7 @@ msgstr "" "cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " "de documento correspondiente." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 msgid "" "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " @@ -2660,11 +2327,11 @@ msgstr "" "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 msgid "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 msgid "" "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " @@ -2674,13 +2341,13 @@ msgstr "" "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " "Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 msgid "" "Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " "Información Fiscal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "" "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " "régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " @@ -2694,24 +2361,24 @@ msgstr "" "Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " "opciones." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 msgid "4.2 Impuestos" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 msgid "" "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " "necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 msgid "" "Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" " Valor" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 msgid "" "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " "en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " @@ -2723,11 +2390,11 @@ msgstr "" "considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " "gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 msgid "4.3 Diarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 msgid "" "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" @@ -2737,17 +2404,17 @@ msgstr "" "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" " con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 msgid "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " "ruta:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 msgid "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." @@ -2755,11 +2422,11 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 msgid "4.4 Usuarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" @@ -2767,15 +2434,15 @@ msgstr "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "Facturas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 msgid "" "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " @@ -2785,11 +2452,11 @@ msgstr "" "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " "Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "1. Invoice Creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "" "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " "factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " @@ -2801,7 +2468,7 @@ msgstr "" "independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " "manualmente." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" @@ -2809,42 +2476,42 @@ msgstr "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 msgid "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 msgid "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 msgid "transacciones de importación." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 msgid "" "utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " "ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " "factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 msgid "1. Invoice Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 msgid "" "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " @@ -2854,7 +2521,7 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " "desplegado en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 msgid "" "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " "con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" @@ -2866,11 +2533,11 @@ msgstr "" " que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " "inicial **En Proceso**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 msgid "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 msgid "" "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " "validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " @@ -2886,36 +2553,36 @@ msgstr "" "(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " "CUFE." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 msgid "" "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " "automáticamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 msgid "en el historial de la Factura." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 msgid "" "Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" " mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 msgid "1. Errores Frecuentes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 msgid "" "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " "relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " @@ -2927,7 +2594,7 @@ msgstr "" "detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " "desplegados en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 msgid "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " @@ -2937,11 +2604,11 @@ msgstr "" "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " "botón:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 msgid "" "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " @@ -2951,54 +2618,56 @@ msgstr "" "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " "igual." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "法国" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "FEC" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" " --> FEC`." -msgstr "如果你已经安装了法国会计，你将能下载FEC。为此，可以这样：菜单选项“会计-->报表-->法国-->FEC”。" +msgstr "" +"如果你已经安装了法国会计，你将能下载FEC。为此，可以这样：菜单选项:menuselection:` 会计 --> 报表 --> 法国 -->FEC " +"`。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "" "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." -msgstr "如果您看不到子菜单 **, 请进入 ** 应用程序 ** 并搜索名为 ** 法国-FEC ** 的模块, 并验证它是否安装良好。" +msgstr "如果您看不到子菜单 **FEC** , 请进入 ** 应用 ** 并搜索名为 **法国-FEC** 的模块, 并验证它是否安装良好。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "法国会计报告" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" msgstr "如果您安装了法国会计, 您将可以访问特定于法国的一些会计报告:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "会计余额" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "结果帐户" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "法国税收计划" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "通过 Odoo 获得增值税反欺诈认证" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -3009,39 +2678,39 @@ msgstr "" "截至 2018年1月1日, 法国和 DOM-TOM 实施了一项新的反欺诈立法。这一新立法规定了有关销售数据的 " "inalterability、安全、存储和归档的某些标准。这些法律要求在 Odoo 中实施, 版本9继续, 通过模块和合格证书下载。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "我的公司是否需要使用反欺诈软件？" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" msgstr "您的公司需要使用一个反欺诈现金登记软件, 如 Odoo (CGI 艺术 286, i. 3° bis) 如果:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "您在法国或任何 DOM-汤姆应纳税 (不含增值税)," -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." msgstr "您的一些客户是个人 (B2C)。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." msgstr "此规则适用于任何公司规模。自动创业者免征增值税, 因此不受影响。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "获得 Odoo 认证" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "与 Odoo 的兼容是非常容易的。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " @@ -3057,34 +2726,34 @@ msgstr "" "企业版<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/online/setup/enterprise.html>\" __ " "或联系您的 odoo 服务提供商." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "如果不符合规定, 您的公司将面临7500欧元的罚款。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "要获得认证, 只需按照以下步骤操作:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "" "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " "menu:" msgstr "从 * 应用程序 * 菜单中安装适合您 Odoo 环境的反欺诈模块:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "" "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" "如果您使用 Odoo 销售点: * l10n_fr_pos_cert *: 法国-销售点的增值税反欺诈认证 (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 msgid "" "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "在任何其他情况下: * l10n_fr_certification *: 法国-增值税反欺诈认证 (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -3092,9 +2761,9 @@ msgid "" "country from the list; Do not create a new country." msgstr "" "确保您的公司设置了一个国家/地区, 否则您的条目将不会被加密 inalterability 检查。要编辑您公司的数据, 请转到: " -"menuselection: \"设置->> 用户和公司->> 公司\"。从列表中选择一个国家/地区;不要创建一个新的国家。" +"menuselection: `设置 --> 用户和公司 --> 公司`。从列表中选择一个国家/地区; 不要创建一个新的国家。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." @@ -3102,7 +2771,7 @@ msgstr "" "下载 Odoo SA ' 这里 ' 提供的强制性合格证书<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-" "certification/>`__." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " "should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " @@ -3112,13 +2781,13 @@ msgstr "" "要在2017年12月18日之前创建的任何系统中安装该模块, 应更新 \"模块\" 列表。为此, 请从 * 设置 * 菜单中激活开发人员模式。然后转到 *" " 应用程序 * 菜单, 然后在顶部菜单中按 * 更新模块列表 *。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." msgstr "如果您在本地运行 Odoo, 您需要更新您的安装并提前重新启动服务器。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -3131,52 +2800,52 @@ msgstr "" "bis *。更新模块列表后, 在 * 应用程序 * 中搜索更新的模块 *, 选择它, 然后单击 * 升级 *。最后, 确保安装了以下模块 * " "l10n_fr_sale_closing *。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "反欺诈功能" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "反欺诈模块引入了以下功能:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" -msgstr "**Inalterability**: 取消或修改 POS 订单、发票和日记帐分录的关键数据的所有方式的停用;" +msgstr "**不变性** : 取消或修改 POS 订单、发票和日记帐分录的关键数据的所有方式的停用;" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" -msgstr "**Security**: 链算法验证 inalterability;" +msgstr "**Security**: 链算法验证不变化;" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." msgstr "**Storage**: 自动销售结转, 计算期间和累计合计 (每日、每月、每年)。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "Inalterability" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " "located in France or in any DOM-TOM." msgstr "如果公司位于法国或任何 DOM-TOM, 则取消和修改付费 POS 订单、已确认发票和日记帐分录的关键数据的所有可能方法都将被停用。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." msgstr "如果您运行的是多公司环境, 则只有这些公司的文档受到影响。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 msgid "Security" msgstr "安全" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 msgid "" "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " @@ -3184,7 +2853,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "为确保 inalterability, 每个订单或日记帐条目在验证时进行加密。此数字 (或哈希) 是从文档的关键数据以及先例文档的哈希计算得出的。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -3195,21 +2864,21 @@ msgstr "" "该模块引入一个接口来测试数据 inalterability。如果文档在验证后修改了任何信息, 则测试将失败。算法重新计算所有哈希值, " "并将它们与初始值进行比较。在出现故障时, 系统会指出系统中记录的第一个损坏的文档。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " "Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." msgstr "" -"具有 * 管理员 * 访问权限的用户可以启动 inalterability 检查。对于 POS 订单, 请转到: menuselection: " -"\"销售点->> 报告-法国声明\"。对于发票或日记帐分录, 请转到: menuselection: \"开票/记帐->> 报告-法国声明\"。" +"具有 *管理员* 访问权限的用户可以启动不变化检查。对于 POS 订单, 请转到: menuselection:`POS --> 报告 - " +"法国声明\"。对于发票或日记帐分录, 请转到: menuselection:`开票/记帐 --> 报告-法国声明`。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 msgid "Storage" msgstr "存储" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -3217,7 +2886,7 @@ msgid "" "recorded in the system." msgstr "该系统还处理每日、每月和每年的自动销售结转。此类结算会显著计算该期间的销售总额以及系统中记录的第一个销售条目的累计总计。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." @@ -3225,7 +2894,7 @@ msgstr "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." @@ -3233,13 +2902,13 @@ msgstr "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " @@ -3251,7 +2920,7 @@ msgstr "" "daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" " hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " @@ -3263,18 +2932,18 @@ msgstr "" "record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " "counted in the very next closing." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " "developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " "--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "责任" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." @@ -3282,7 +2951,7 @@ msgstr "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " @@ -3292,7 +2961,7 @@ msgstr "" "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." @@ -3300,11 +2969,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "More Information" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" @@ -3312,34 +2981,34 @@ msgstr "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" "DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 msgid "Germany" msgstr "德国" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "German Chart of Accounts" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " "choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -3351,8 +3020,8 @@ msgstr "" "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " "section." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -3360,46 +3029,46 @@ msgstr "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" msgstr "German Accounting Reports" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "资产负债表" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "利润损失" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" msgstr "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" msgstr "合作伙伴增值税内" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "导出从Odoo到Datev" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "" "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " "able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " @@ -3413,11 +3082,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " "the **Export Datev (csv)** button." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" -msgstr "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "意大利 (IT)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "" "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" " configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " @@ -3431,11 +3100,11 @@ msgstr "" "inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " "l’interscambio di informazioni." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 msgid "" "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " "funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" @@ -3449,7 +3118,7 @@ msgstr "" "Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" @@ -3457,7 +3126,7 @@ msgstr "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 msgid "" "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" " elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " @@ -3467,7 +3136,7 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/discuss/email_servers.html>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " @@ -3477,7 +3146,7 @@ msgstr "" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " "elettronica." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " "della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " @@ -3489,7 +3158,7 @@ msgstr "" "che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " "previa comunicazione." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." @@ -3497,7 +3166,7 @@ msgstr "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " @@ -3507,15 +3176,15 @@ msgstr "" "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " "commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 msgid "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." @@ -3523,7 +3192,7 @@ msgstr "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "" "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " "fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " @@ -3535,11 +3204,11 @@ msgstr "" "rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " "l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 msgid "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "" "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " @@ -3549,7 +3218,7 @@ msgstr "" "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " "necessarie informazioni legali." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "" "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" " i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" @@ -3561,11 +3230,11 @@ msgstr "" " e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " "necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " "dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" @@ -3579,25 +3248,25 @@ msgstr "" "quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " "tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "" "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" @@ -3607,19 +3276,19 @@ msgstr "" "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 msgid "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 msgid "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." @@ -3627,11 +3296,11 @@ msgstr "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "墨西哥" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "" "This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" " documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " @@ -3647,11 +3316,11 @@ msgstr "" "information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " "\"Mexico\" set." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" msgstr "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "" "**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" " account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" @@ -3661,7 +3330,7 @@ msgstr "" " account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" " list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," " payment complement, invoice addendum." @@ -3669,7 +3338,7 @@ msgstr "" "**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," " payment complement, invoice addendum." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " "accounting are here (Accounting app required)." @@ -3677,7 +3346,7 @@ msgstr "" "**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " "accounting are here (Accounting app required)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 msgid "" "With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " "with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" @@ -3691,7 +3360,7 @@ msgstr "" "market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " "company in Mexico." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 msgid "" "After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" " to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " @@ -3701,15 +3370,15 @@ msgstr "" " to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " "debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." msgstr "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" "When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " "when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " @@ -3719,11 +3388,11 @@ msgstr "" "when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " "installed." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" msgstr "2. 电子发票(CDFI 3.2 和 3.3 格式)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 msgid "" "To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" @@ -3737,11 +3406,11 @@ msgstr "" "3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" " integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 msgid "" "First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " "in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " @@ -3753,23 +3422,28 @@ msgstr "" "address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " "position on your company’s contact." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +"vat to **EKU9003173C9**." msgstr "" -"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" -" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " +"(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " +"configuration. If you want to manage another currency, let MXN be the " +"default currency and use price list instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:91 msgid "" "4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the " "company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:93 msgid "" "Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " "order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " @@ -3785,11 +3459,11 @@ msgstr "" " Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " "the option)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:100 msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:103 msgid "" "This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " "available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " @@ -3797,11 +3471,11 @@ msgid "" "https://www.odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:108 msgid "Enable debug mode:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 msgid "" "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " @@ -3813,7 +3487,7 @@ msgstr "" "called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " "name does not exist)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:119 msgid "" "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " @@ -3825,12 +3499,12 @@ msgstr "" "resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " "the default behavior." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:128 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:648 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." @@ -3838,7 +3512,7 @@ msgstr "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:138 msgid "" "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" @@ -3848,7 +3522,7 @@ msgstr "" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" " set 601, it will look like the image." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:145 msgid "" "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " @@ -3858,11 +3532,11 @@ msgstr "" "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " "faster." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " @@ -3874,7 +3548,7 @@ msgstr "" "can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " "and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " @@ -3884,7 +3558,7 @@ msgstr "" "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " @@ -3898,7 +3572,7 @@ msgstr "" " proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " "environment with real transactions." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." @@ -3906,7 +3580,7 @@ msgstr "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." @@ -3914,23 +3588,17 @@ msgstr "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178 -msgid "`Certificate`_" -msgstr "`Certificate`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +msgid "" +":download:` Certificate <files/certificate.cer>` :download:` Certificate Key" +" <files/certificate.key>` - **Password:** 12345678a" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179 -msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "`Certificate Key`_" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 -msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" -msgstr "**Password:** 12345678a" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189 msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:191 msgid "" "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " @@ -3940,7 +3608,7 @@ msgstr "" "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " "\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." @@ -3948,11 +3616,11 @@ msgstr "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:205 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "开票" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." @@ -3960,7 +3628,7 @@ msgstr "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" @@ -3968,7 +3636,7 @@ msgstr "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:217 msgid "" "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " @@ -3978,7 +3646,7 @@ msgstr "" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " "invoice by email." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:224 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." @@ -3986,11 +3654,11 @@ msgstr "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "取消的发票" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:233 msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." @@ -3998,23 +3666,23 @@ msgstr "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:235 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "If the invoice is not paid." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:245 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." @@ -4022,15 +3690,15 @@ msgstr "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "**Legal considerations**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:261 msgid "" "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " @@ -4040,7 +3708,7 @@ msgstr "" "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " "good control of the cancellation reasons." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:264 msgid "" "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " @@ -4050,11 +3718,11 @@ msgstr "" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " @@ -4064,7 +3732,7 @@ msgstr "" "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " "important." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." @@ -4072,11 +3740,11 @@ msgstr "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " "the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " @@ -4088,11 +3756,11 @@ msgstr "" "calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " "generate a ``PPD`` invoice." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" msgstr "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." @@ -4100,7 +3768,7 @@ msgstr "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." @@ -4108,7 +3776,7 @@ msgstr "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "" "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " "``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " @@ -4120,7 +3788,7 @@ msgstr "" "the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " "next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "" "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " @@ -4130,7 +3798,7 @@ msgstr "" "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " @@ -4140,7 +3808,7 @@ msgstr "" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." @@ -4148,11 +3816,11 @@ msgstr "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -4166,7 +3834,7 @@ msgstr "" " the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " "caso de anticipos recibidos**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." @@ -4174,29 +3842,29 @@ msgstr "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "电算试平衡。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "DIOT report." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" "1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." @@ -4204,15 +3872,15 @@ msgstr "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:334 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:337 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "Electronic Chart of account CoA" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " @@ -4222,11 +3890,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:346 msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." @@ -4234,7 +3902,7 @@ msgstr "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -4250,11 +3918,11 @@ msgstr "" " automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" " xml." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:363 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." @@ -4262,7 +3930,7 @@ msgstr "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -4274,11 +3942,11 @@ msgstr "" "your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " "is not created you can create one on the fly." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:373 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "电算试平衡" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:375 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -4292,7 +3960,7 @@ msgstr "" "exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " "the previous selection of the period you want to export." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." @@ -4300,15 +3968,15 @@ msgstr "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:388 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:390 msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:392 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " @@ -4318,7 +3986,7 @@ msgstr "" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " "Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:395 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -4330,7 +3998,7 @@ msgstr "" "give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " "the same, with our providers." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " @@ -4340,11 +4008,11 @@ msgstr "" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " "to. submit the DIOT:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:406 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " @@ -4354,7 +4022,7 @@ msgstr "" "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " "find in the SAT website." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:410 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -4366,11 +4034,11 @@ msgstr "" "deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " "to said data." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " @@ -4380,7 +4048,7 @@ msgstr "" "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:421 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." @@ -4388,7 +4056,7 @@ msgstr "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -4402,11 +4070,11 @@ msgstr "" " as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:432 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " @@ -4416,7 +4084,7 @@ msgstr "" "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site is:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:436 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -4432,7 +4100,7 @@ msgstr "" "direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -4444,21 +4112,21 @@ msgstr "" "line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " "Third Parties." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:448 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "You can find the `official information here`_." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:450 msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:452 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." @@ -4466,11 +4134,11 @@ msgstr "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "Click on \"Export (TXT)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." @@ -4478,11 +4146,11 @@ msgstr "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:474 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -4496,7 +4164,7 @@ msgstr "" "there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" " suppliers." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " @@ -4506,7 +4174,7 @@ msgstr "" "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " "properly configured already." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " @@ -4516,7 +4184,7 @@ msgstr "" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " @@ -4526,7 +4194,7 @@ msgstr "" "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " "itself." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:491 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." @@ -4534,7 +4202,7 @@ msgstr "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -4550,15 +4218,15 @@ msgstr "" "before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " "your partners are correctly set." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "Extra Recommended features" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:507 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "Contact Module (Free)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:509 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " @@ -4568,11 +4236,11 @@ msgstr "" "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:514 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -4588,11 +4256,11 @@ msgstr "" "automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " "information daily in the system manually." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" @@ -4600,7 +4268,7 @@ msgstr "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " @@ -4608,21 +4276,21 @@ msgid "" "debug mode enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:536 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:537 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:538 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:539 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" @@ -4630,16 +4298,16 @@ msgstr "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "Open any company you have." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:546 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " @@ -4649,15 +4317,15 @@ msgstr "" "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "If you see an error like this:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "The cfdi generated is not valid" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " @@ -4667,66 +4335,80 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:559 msgid "" "This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " "or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" " above but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:563 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 -msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572 msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute " +"'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; " +"this underruns the allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute " +"'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the " +"pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:577 msgid "" "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:609 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "**Error message**:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:576 -msgid "" -":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 msgid "" -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing." +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute " +"'Regimen' is required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal'" +" is required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:587 msgid "" "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -4736,7 +4418,7 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:594 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " @@ -4746,40 +4428,56 @@ msgstr "" "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " "set 601, it will look like the image." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " "Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:607 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02'," +" '03', '04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', " +"'25', '26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:610 msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:617 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute " +"'LugarExpedicion': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of " +"the set {'00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute " +"'LugarExpedicion': '' is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:619 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 msgid "" "**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " @@ -4788,44 +4486,47 @@ msgid "" "info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:624 -msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "" "**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +msgid "" +"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " +"is required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 msgid "" -":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " "Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " "is required but missing.\", '')" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:645 msgid "" "**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "荷兰" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" msgstr "XAF Export" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 msgid "" "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" " all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " @@ -4839,11 +4540,11 @@ msgstr "" " entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " "then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" msgstr "Dutch Accounting Reports" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" @@ -4851,23 +4552,23 @@ msgstr "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "Intrastat Report (ICP)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" msgstr "西班牙" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" @@ -4875,19 +4576,19 @@ msgstr "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" msgstr "PGCE Entitades" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " @@ -4897,7 +4598,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " "Localization** section." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." @@ -4905,11 +4606,11 @@ msgstr "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "Spanish Accounting Reports" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" @@ -4917,27 +4618,27 @@ msgstr "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "瑞士" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " @@ -4947,7 +4648,7 @@ msgstr "" "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " "ISR*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " @@ -4957,11 +4658,11 @@ msgstr "" "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " "010391391 as CHF ISR reference." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." msgstr "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " "coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " @@ -4975,11 +4676,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " "Reports` and tick this box :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "Currency Rate Live Update" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 msgid "" "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " "Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -4991,11 +4692,11 @@ msgstr "" "--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " "you want." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" msgstr "Updated VAT for January 2018" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 msgid "" "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" @@ -5005,11 +4706,11 @@ msgstr "" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" " for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." @@ -5017,7 +4718,7 @@ msgstr "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 msgid "" "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " "module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " @@ -5031,7 +4732,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " "\"upgrade\"`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." @@ -5039,7 +4740,7 @@ msgstr "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 msgid "" "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " "to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " @@ -5051,11 +4752,11 @@ msgstr "" "time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " "transactions." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" @@ -5063,7 +4764,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 msgid "" "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" @@ -5073,7 +4774,7 @@ msgstr "" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" " details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" @@ -5081,7 +4782,7 @@ msgstr "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" @@ -5089,7 +4790,7 @@ msgstr "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" @@ -5097,205 +4798,205 @@ msgstr "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Name**" msgstr "**Tax Name**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "**Rate**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" msgstr "**Label on Invoice**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Scope**" msgstr "**Tax Scope**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tag**" msgstr "**Tag**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "7.7%" msgstr "7.7%" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 msgid "7.7% achat" msgstr "7.7% achat" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "TVA 7.7%" msgstr "TVA 7.7%" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "采购" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" msgstr "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." msgstr "7.7% achat Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 msgid "7.7% invest." msgstr "7.7% invest." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" msgstr "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." msgstr "7.7% invest. Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "3.7%" msgstr "3.7%" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 msgid "3.7% achat" msgstr "3.7% achat" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "TVA 3.7%" msgstr "TVA 3.7%" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." msgstr "3.7% achat Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 msgid "3.7% invest" msgstr "3.7% invest" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." msgstr "3.7% invest Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" msgstr "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" msgstr "销售" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "7.7% Incl." msgstr "7.7% Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" msgstr "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "3.7% Incl." msgstr "3.7% Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." @@ -5303,7 +5004,7 @@ msgstr "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "" "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " @@ -5313,20 +5014,20 @@ msgstr "" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " "your fiscal positions accordingly." -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 msgid "Others" msgstr "其它" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 msgid "Adviser" msgstr "顾问" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 msgid "Manage your fixed assets" msgstr "管理固定资产" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 msgid "" "The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " "machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " @@ -5336,7 +5037,7 @@ msgstr "" "在 \" 资产\\ \\ \\ \"模块, 可以让你保持跟踪机械, 土地和建筑物等固定资产。该模块可以自动生成每月的折旧项, 获得折旧板, " "出售或处置资产, 并对公司的资产产生报告。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 msgid "" "As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " "amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " @@ -5347,54 +5048,54 @@ msgstr "" "举个例子, 你可以买一辆车的$ 36, 000个（总值）, 并且计划的期限平均摊销超过36个月（3年）。每月（周期）, " "Odoo将创建一个折旧分录自动降低自己的资产价值由$ 1, 000, 并通过1000 $的费用。 3年后, 该资产在资产负债表占$ 0（残值）。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 msgid "" "The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " "describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" msgstr "不同类型的资产分为'资产类型', 描述了如何折旧资产。下面是资产类型的两个例子 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" msgstr "建筑 :10年, 按年直线折旧" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" msgstr "汽车 :5年, 按月直线折旧" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 msgid "Install the Asset module" msgstr "安装资产模块" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" msgstr "首先, *安装资产模块。*" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" " application:" msgstr "一旦模块被安装了, 你应该看到在财务应用程序了两个新的菜单 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" msgstr ":menuselection:`顾问(Adviser) -->资产(Assets)` " -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" msgstr ":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->资产类型(Asset Types)` " -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 msgid "" "Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " "<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." msgstr "" "在登记你的第一资产之前, 您必须定义资产类型<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining> `." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 msgid "Defining Asset Types" msgstr "定义资产类型" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 msgid "" "Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " "deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " @@ -5405,7 +5106,7 @@ msgstr "" "资产类型用于配置资产的所有信息 : 资产和弃用帐户、摊销方法等。这样一来, 顾问可以配置资产类型, 用户可以进一步记录资产, " "而无需提供任何复杂的会计信息。他们只需要提供资产类型供应商条例草案》。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 msgid "" "You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " "like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " @@ -5415,197 +5116,40 @@ msgstr "" "您应当为每一个资产组你经常买喜欢中创建资产类型'汽车 :5年','计算机硬件: 3年'。对于所有其他资产, " "你可以创建通用的资产类型。根据资产的期限如'36个月'的名字他们,'10年', ..." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 msgid "" "To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" msgstr "要定义资产类型, 进入 :menuselection:`配置-->资产类型` " -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 msgid "Create assets manually" msgstr "手动创建资产" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 msgid "" "To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Assets`." msgstr "要手动登记资产, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`顾问-->资产` 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 msgid "" "Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " "on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " "confirming the asset." msgstr "一旦资产创建, 别忘了确认一下。在确认资产前, 可以单击计算折旧按钮检查折旧。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 msgid "" "if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" " this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " "entries, not those related to the supplier bill." msgstr "如果您手动创建的资产, 你仍然需要建立供应商账单这一资产。资产文件只会产生折旧日记帐分录, 而不是那些涉及到供应商账单。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 -msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "字段的说明 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "省份" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." -msgstr "当资产被创建，则状态为“草稿”。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" -" lines can be posted in the accounting." -msgstr "如果资产被确认,进入“运行”状态, 折旧行会自动过账。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " -"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." -msgstr "当折旧结束时, 可以手动关闭资产。如果发布的最后一行折旧,资产自动进入那个状态。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Asset Category" -msgstr "资产类别" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Category of asset" -msgstr "资产类别" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date" -msgstr "日期" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date of asset" -msgstr "资产日期" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Depreciation Dates" -msgstr "折旧日期" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based" -" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on " -"the periodicity of the depreciations)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the " -"purchase date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "First Depreciation Date" -msgstr "首次折旧日期" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal " -"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting " -"date" -msgstr "请注意，该日期不改变第一日记账的计算情况下的临时资产。它只是改变其会计日期" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross Value" -msgstr "毛值" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross value of asset" -msgstr "资产的毛值" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Salvage Value" -msgstr "剩余价值" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." -msgstr "折旧后资产的剩余价值金额" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Computation Method" -msgstr "计算方法" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." -msgstr "选择折旧的计算方式." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "* 线性: 计算基于 : 毛值 / 折旧数" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" -msgstr "* 递减: 计算基于: 残值 * 递减因子" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Time Method Based On" -msgstr "时间方式基于" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 " -"depreciations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " -"depreciations won't go beyond." -msgstr "*结束日期:选择2个折旧的间隔和折旧的最后期限." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Prorata Temporis" -msgstr "即时按比例分配" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " -"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start " -"date of fiscal year" -msgstr "资产折旧的第一个凭证是从购买日开始而不是年初开始." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "折旧数量" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" -msgstr "被折旧资产的折旧数量" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Months in a Period" -msgstr "在一个期间内的月数" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" -msgstr "折旧期间，以月计算" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 -msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "尝试创建一个 *资产* 我们的在线演示" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:83 msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" msgstr "从供应商票据自动创建资产" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:85 msgid "" "Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " "is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " @@ -5613,7 +5157,7 @@ msgid "" "the supplier bill." msgstr "资产可以从供应商账单中自动创建。所有你需要做的是设置您的帐单上线的资产类别。当用户将验证票据, 资产将被自动创建, 使用供应商帐单的信息。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:92 msgid "" "Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " "created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " @@ -5625,17 +5169,17 @@ msgstr "" "根据资产类别上的信息, 可直接生成草稿资产或是直接确认。直接生成确认的资产更容易, 这样你不会忘记确认。(检查字段 *跳过草案状态* 在 *资产类别上*" " ). 如果你想要在过账前检查你的资产, 可生成草稿资产." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:99 msgid "" "if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " "be filled in the supplier bill." msgstr "如果你把资产的产品, 资产类别将自动填入该供应商的法案。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:103 msgid "How to depreciate an asset?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:105 msgid "" "Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " "date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" @@ -5644,40 +5188,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo将在合适的日期为每位确认资产自动创建折旧日记帐分录。（不是那些草案）。您可以在贬值板控制 :绿色圆点表示日记帐分录已经为这个系列创作。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:110 msgid "" "But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " "on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." msgstr "但你也可以通过点击绿色子弹, 迫使建立相关的折旧入境后的预产期前日记帐分录。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:117 msgid "" "In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " "entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " "entries which are already posted." msgstr "在折旧板, 点击红色子弹后日记帐分录。点击 :guilabel:`Items` 键在顶部, 看看哪些是已经发布的日记帐分录。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:122 msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" msgstr "如何修改现有的资产？" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:124 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation` " -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 msgid "Change the number of depreciation" msgstr "更改折旧次数" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:127 msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." msgstr "Odoo会自动重新计算一个新的折旧板。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" msgstr "如何记录出售或处置资产？" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 msgid "" "If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." " Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " @@ -5687,23 +5231,23 @@ msgstr "" "如果您出售或处置资产, 则需要完全地贬低该资产。点击按钮 :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose` 。这一行动将在本资产的全部成本, " "但它不会记录应通过客户发票登记的销售交易。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 msgid "→ This has to be changed in Odoo: selling an asset should:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 msgid "remove all \"Red\" lines" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:141 msgid "create a new line that deprecate the whole residual value" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" msgstr "如何管理财务预算?" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" "Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " "people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" @@ -5712,9 +5256,9 @@ msgid "" "performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " "Analytic Accounts." msgstr "" -"管理预算是经营企业的重要组成部分。预算帮助相关人员意识到使用资金的方式，并指导他们组织和优先安排工作，以达到财务目标。预算可以计划想要的财务结果，然后根据计划来衡量实际表现。Odoo使用一般账户和分析账户来管理预算。" +"管理预算是经营企业的重要组成部分。预算帮助相关人员意识到使用资金的方式，并指导他们组织和优先安排工作，以达到财务目标。预算可以计划想要的财务结果，然后根据计划来衡量实际表现。Odoo使用总账科目和分析科目来管理预算。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 msgid "" "We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " "with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " @@ -5723,100 +5267,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "我们将使用下面的例子来说明。我们与Smith&Co刚刚开始一个项目, 我们希望做这个项目的收入和费用的预算。我们计划收入1000, 费用不超700。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 msgid "" "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" " is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " "and Finance** app." -msgstr "首先我们需要安装预算相应的应用程序。会计的主要模块应用。在应用程序模块, 安装 **会计和金融** 应用。" +msgstr "首先我们需要安装预算相应的应用程序。主要的模块是会计应用。在应用程序模块, 安装 **会计和金融** 应用。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 msgid "" "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" " feature" -msgstr "" -"也进一步配置是必要的。去 :menuselection:`Accounting module --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` , 使用 **预算管理** 功能" +msgstr "进一步配置是必要的。去 :menuselection:`会计模块 --> 配置 --> 设置` , 使用 **预算管理** 功能" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" msgstr "预算状况" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 msgid "" "Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" " (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" " know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." -msgstr "预算定位是指你想要保留预算的帐户清单（通常是支出或收入帐户）。你需要对它们进行定义，以便Odoo了解在哪些账户获取预算信息。。" +msgstr "预算状况是指你记录预算（通常是费用或收入科目）的科目列表。你需要对它们进行定义，以便Odoo了解在哪些科目获取预算信息。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 msgid "" "The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" " in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." -msgstr "预算定位是对预算中“实际金额”一栏可记录内容的一种限制。" +msgstr "预算状况是对预算中“实际金额”一栏可记录内容的一种限制。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 msgid "" "Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " "ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " "least one." -msgstr "每个预算位置可包含从总分类账（主要会计科目表）中分配给它的任意数量的科目，但必须至少有一个科目。" +msgstr "每种预算状况可包含从总分类账（主会计科目表）中分配给它的任意数量的科目，但必须至少有一个科目。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 msgid "" "If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" " *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " "not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " "not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." msgstr "" -"如果你所记录交易已分配的分析科目*是*包含在预算行中，但同一预算行的其中一个总账科目*不*包含在预算位置中，它不会出现在该预算行的“实际金额”栏。" +"如果你所记录交易已分配的分析科目*是*包含在预算行中，但同一预算行的其中一个总账科目*不*包含在预算状况中，那么它不会出现在该预算行的“实际金额”栏。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 msgid "" "Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " "accounts." -msgstr "某些预算位置可能已经安装在你的会计科目表中。" +msgstr "某些预算状况可能已经安装在你的会计科目表中。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 msgid "" "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." -msgstr "" -"定义位置, 进入 :menuselection:`Accounting module --> Configuration --> Budgetary " -"Positions` ." +msgstr "定义位置, 进入 :menuselection:`会计模块 --> 配置 --> 预算状况` ." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 msgid "" "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " "expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." msgstr "在我们的示例中, 我们需要定义关联到项目费用的科目。创建一个位置并将条目添加到选择账户。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." msgstr "在这种情况下, 我们选择使用的三个相关科目, 用来登记费用。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." msgstr "点击 *选择* 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." msgstr "保存变更确认你的预算状况。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 msgid "" "Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " "select the relevant income accounts." msgstr "重复这个步骤创建一个收入预算的位置。只有在这种情况下选择相关收入科目。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 msgid "Analytical account" msgstr "分析会计" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 msgid "" "Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " "budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " @@ -5825,33 +5365,33 @@ msgid "" "Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" " partner." msgstr "" -"Odoo需要知道与具体预算相关的成本或费用。因此，我们需要将发票和费用链接到分析科目。创建分析科目，需进入会计模块并点击 " -":menuselection:`顾问 --> 分析科目 --> 打开图表`。创建一个名为史密斯公司项目的新账户并选择相关的合作伙伴。" +"Odoo需要知道与具体预算相关的成本或费用。因此，我们需要将发票和费用关联到定义的分析科目。创建分析科目，需进入会计模块并点击 " +":menuselection:`顾问 --> 分析科目 --> 打开报表`。创建一个名为史密斯公司项目的新账户并选择相关的合作伙伴。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" msgstr "设置预算" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 msgid "" "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " "gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." msgstr "现在, 让我们为我们的预算设定我们的目标。我们规定, 我们期望这个项目获得1000, 话费不超过700。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "" "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." -msgstr "设定这些目标, 进入会计程序, 选择 :menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` , 创建一个新的预算。" +msgstr "设定这些目标, 进入会计程序, 选择 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 预算` , 创建一个新的预算。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 msgid "" "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " "Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" " an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." msgstr "我们需要为这个预算命名。在这种情况下, 我们把它叫做 \"史密斯项目\" 。选择预算适用的期间。下一步, 在预算行定义目标。 " -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 msgid "" "Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " "select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " @@ -5863,130 +5403,128 @@ msgstr "" "选择相关预算行的预算位置。换句话说, 选择你想要的位置科目。在这种情况下, 我们将开始费用目标, 不超700。选择“成本\" 预算位置, " "指定计划预算金额。我们记录成本, 我们需要指定一个 **负数金额** 。最后, 选择相应的分析科目。 " -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 msgid "" "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " "is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" -msgstr "点击 **Save & new** 输入收入预算。预算的位置是收入, 计划是1000。保存并关闭" +msgstr "点击 **保存并创建** 输入收入预算。预算的位置是收入, 计划是1000。保存并关闭" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." -msgstr "你需要确认并且同意这个预算" +msgstr "你需要 **确认** 并且 **批准** 这个预算。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 msgid "Check your budget" msgstr "检查预算" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 msgid "" "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" " Invoices and Vendors Bills." msgstr "你可以在任何时间检查你的预算。查看进化, 让我们录入一些发票和供应商账单。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 msgid "" "if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" " in the invoice and / or purchase line." msgstr "如果你使用分析账户, 请记住, 您需要在发票上和/或购买行指定科目。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" msgstr "关于发票和采购订单的信息请看 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview` " -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." msgstr "返回预算明细并且找到具体项目" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " "Amount** column." msgstr "通过分析账户, Odoo可以计算发票行和采购发票行, 金额将显示在 **实际金额** 列。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " "budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." +"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" +" that could have been realised." msgstr "" -"理论数据代表理论上可用/可收到的金额。当你12个月的预算是1200 (1月至12月), 今天是1月31日, 理论数量将达到1000, " -"因为这是实际的数量。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" msgstr "如何在Odoo中做年末(关闭会计区间)" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 msgid "" "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " "should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," " and accurate:" msgstr "在关闭一个财政年度前, 需要做几步以确保你的会计是正确的, 最新的, 和精确的 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 msgid "" "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " "and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " "balances." msgstr "确保你完全调节了 **银行账户** 直至年底，并且确认期末账面余额符合银行对账单的余额。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." msgstr "确认所有 **客户发票** 已输入和批准。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." msgstr "确认您已输入并同意的所有 **供应商账单** 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "审核所有的 **费用**，保证其准确性。" +msgstr "审核所有的 **报销费用** ，保证其准确性。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 msgid "" "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " "accurately." -msgstr "确认所有**已收到的付款**已输入并准确记录。" +msgstr "确认所有 **已收到的付款** 已输入并准确记录。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "年终检查表" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "运行 **税报告** , 并验证你的税务信息是正确的。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" msgstr "调节 **资产负债表** 上的所有科目；" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 msgid "" "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " "statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "将银行对账单和实际的银行余额一致, 可利用 **Bank Reconciliation** 报表来辅助。" +msgstr "将银行对账单和实际的银行余额一致, 可利用 **银行对帐** 报表来辅助。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 msgid "" "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " "**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "通过运行 **Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** 报表, 调节所有交易中的现金和银行科目。" +msgstr "通过运行 **应收账款** 和 **应付账款** 报表, 调节所有交易中的现金和银行科目。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " "affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " "loans and fixed assets." msgstr "检查你的科目, 确定理解所有交易对科目的影响和交易的性质, 确保包括贷款和固定资产。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 msgid "" "Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " "on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " @@ -5994,39 +5532,38 @@ msgid "" " the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " "reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -"在仪表板的 " -"**更多**下拉菜单中，运行可选的**付款匹配**功能，验证任何打开的**供应商帐单**和**客户发票**及其付款。此步骤是可选的，但可以帮助年终过程，假如所有未结的付款和发票都已调节，可能会导致系统中发现错误或麻烦。" +"在仪表板的 **更多** 下拉菜单中，运行可选的 **付款匹配** 功能，验证任何打开的 **供应商帐单** 和 **客户发票** " +"及其付款。此步骤是可选的，但可以帮助年终过程，假如所有未结的付款和发票都已调节，可能会导致系统中发现错误或麻烦。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 msgid "" "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " "book entries for:" msgstr "您的会计师/记账员可能会验证您的资产负债表项目，以及为以下交易记账：" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 msgid "" "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" " example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" -"年底手动调整, 使用 **Adviser Journal Entries** 菜单(例如, **当年收入** 和 **留存收益** 报告)。" +msgstr "年底手动调整, 使用 **顾问日记条目** 菜单(例如, **当年收入** 和 **留存收益** 报告)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr " **工作进度** ." +msgstr " **工作进度** 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." msgstr "**折旧分类账分录**" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "**贷款**" +msgstr "**贷款** 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "**税金调整**。" +msgstr "**税金调整** 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 msgid "" "If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " "they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " @@ -6035,7 +5572,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果您的会计师/记账员正在通过年底审计，他们可能想要所有资产负债表项目（例如贷款，银行帐户，预付款，销售税报表等）的纸质副本，这些应该与Odoo余额一致。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 msgid "" "During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" "Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " @@ -6043,14 +5580,14 @@ msgid "" "confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " "auditing the books." msgstr "" -"在这个过程中，好的做法是将 **Lock date for Non-Advisers** " +"在这个过程中，好的做法是将 **为非顾问帐户锁定日期** " "设置为会计年度的最后一天，在会计配置下设置。这样，在审计时，会计师可确保没有人能改变前一年的交易。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 msgid "Closing the fiscal year" msgstr "关闭会计年度" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" " close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " @@ -6060,9 +5597,9 @@ msgid "" "**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" "在Odoo中，没有必要做一个特定的年底结账分录，以关闭损益表科目。这些报表实时创建，这意味着 **损益表** " -"直接对应于您在Odoo中指定的年终日期。因此，任何时候你生成 **损益表**，开始日期将对应于 **财政年度** 的开始，并且科目余额将全部为0。" +"直接对应于您在Odoo中指定的年终日期。因此，任何时候你生成 **损益表** ，开始日期将对应于 **财政年度** 的开始，并且科目余额将全部为0。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 msgid "" "Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" " **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" @@ -6070,24 +5607,24 @@ msgid "" "or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " "reporting a 0 balance." msgstr "" -"一旦会计师/记账员创建分配 **当年利润**的日记账分录，你应该将 **锁定日期** 设置本财政年度的最后一天。确保在此之前，您确认**资产负债表** " -"中当年度收入是否正确报告余额为0。" +"一旦会计师/记账员创建分配 **当年利润** 的日记账分录，你应该将 **锁定日期** 设置本财政年度的最后一天。确保在此之前，您确认**资产负债表**" +" 中当年度收入是否正确报告余额为0。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" -msgstr "自动撤销会计分录" +msgstr "自动逆转会计分录" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 msgid "" "You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " "date." -msgstr "你可能想要自动撤销特定日期的会计分录。" +msgstr "你可能想要自动逆转特定日期的会计分录。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 msgid "" "This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" " debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " @@ -6096,30 +5633,30 @@ msgid "" "accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " "occurred." msgstr "" -"例如，在登记准备金时使用这项功能（例如，坏账准备金）。在为准备金做会计分录时，你输入的金额只是估计金额。在财政年度结束时才能得出确切金额。因此，你到时候会希望撤销会计分录，以便输入发生的实际损失。" +"例如，在登记准备金时使用这项功能（例如，坏账准备金）。在为准备金做会计分录时，你输入的金额只是估计金额。在财政年度结束时才能得出确切金额。因此，你到时候会希望逆转会计分录，以便输入发生的实际损失。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 msgid "" "For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " "journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " "reversed at that date." msgstr "为此，你只需在会计分录上勾选“自动逆转”框，并定义逆转日期。会计分录将在该日期逆转。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" -msgstr "分析" +msgstr "辅助核算" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" msgstr "如何追踪采购成本, 费用, 外包合同？" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" "Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " "and subcontracting in the accounting module." msgstr "多亏分析会计, 我们可以跟踪采购成本, 费用和分包的会计模块。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 msgid "" "We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " "customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " @@ -6130,133 +5667,131 @@ msgstr "" "我们将使用以下的例子。我们售了套咨询方案给客户。方案包容了所有, 意思是没有额外成本。我们不过想遵循需要被附加到这个交易的成本, 例如采购, 费用, " "和分包成本。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 msgid "" "The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " "module and install the following apps:" msgstr "下面的模块需要安装跟踪成本。进入应用程序模块和安装以下程序 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 msgid "" "Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " "**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " "costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" " the Sales management app as well." msgstr "" -"请注意, 这些应用程序提供的程序只允许我们 **记录** 成本。我们无法向我们的客户自动重新发票。跟踪和 **将成本再开票** , " +"请注意, 这些应用程序提供的程序只允许我们 **跟踪** 成本。我们无法向我们的客户自动重新发票。跟踪和 **将成本再开票** , " "你应该安装销售管理应用程序。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" msgstr "启用分析会计" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" "Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " "accounting box." -msgstr "" -"下一步是启动分析会计。在会计软件, 选择 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` , 选择分析会计。" +msgstr "下一步是启动分析会计。在会计软件, 选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 选择分析会计。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 msgid "" "Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " "box." -msgstr "此外,向下滚动,点击* *采购分析* *选相框。" +msgstr "此外,向下滚动,点击 **采购分析** 选框。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." msgstr "别忘了保存您的更改。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." msgstr "创建分析账户" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "" "First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " "all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " "this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." msgstr "" -"首先, 你应该创建一个分析科目用来记录所有的费用。输入会计应用程序, 选择 :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Analytic Accounts` . 创建一个新的。在这种情况下, 我们将称之为“咨询包\" , 为我们的客户Smith&Co所创建。 " +"首先, 你应该创建一个分析科目用来记录所有的费用。输入会计应用程序, 选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 分析帐户` . " +"创建一个新的。在这种情况下, 我们将称之为“咨询包\" , 为我们的客户Smith&Co所创建。 " -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." msgstr "我们将在这个科目记录所有的成本, 以便跟踪。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" msgstr "记录费用" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 msgid "" "We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " "see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." msgstr "我们先登记一个费用。我们的IT技术人员乘火车去看我们的客户。他自己支付机票。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 msgid "Create an expense product" msgstr "创建费用产品" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 msgid "" "We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " "Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " "product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" " the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." msgstr "" -"我们首先需要创建一个费用性产品。进入 **费用** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense " -"Products` . 创建一个新产品, 名为火车票, 设置成本价格为15.50欧元。确保 **Can be expensed** 已勾选。" +"我们首先需要创建一个可报销的产品。进入 **费用** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 报销产品` . 创建一个新产品, " +"名为火车票, 设置成本价格为15.50欧元。确保 **Can be expensed** 已勾选。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Book the expense" msgstr "登记费用" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 msgid "" "Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " "Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " "discussed above." -msgstr "" -"进入费用模块, 点击 :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create` . 选择火车票产品, 将其链接之前讨论过的科目上。" +msgstr "进入报销模块, 点击 :menuselection:`我的费用 --> 创建` . 选择火车票产品, 将其链接之前讨论过的科目上。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 msgid "" "Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " "entries." msgstr "提交给经理, 等待经理批准, 以及登录会计分录." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" msgstr "创建采购订单，并链接到分析账户" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 msgid "Purchase Product" msgstr "采购产品" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 msgid "" "We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" " a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " "product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and " "select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." msgstr "" -"我们还需要为客户买一个软件。在购买应用程序中，创建一个软件产品的购买订单。在产品行上，我们可以将成本链接到分析账户上。指定订单行，选择正确的分析账户。确认销售。" +"我们还需要为客户买一个软件。在购买应用程序中，创建一个软件产品的采购订单。在产品行上，我们可以将成本关联到分析科目上。指定订单行，选择正确的分析科目。确认销售。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 msgid "" "Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " "cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " "account." msgstr "收货并登记发票。一旦在发票输入了成本价格( **供应商价格** 字段)同时将记录在分析账户。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Subcontracting" msgstr "外包" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 msgid "" "The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" " subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " @@ -6266,52 +5801,51 @@ msgstr "" "采购模块可以使用相同的方式, 就如之前的分包处理。如果我们从另一家公司购买服务, 我们可以重新开票到正确的分析科目, " "通过链接采购行。我们只是需要创建正确的供应商的产品。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "你也可以用工时表跟踪成本, 请参阅 : : doc :`timesheets` " -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 msgid "Track costs in accounting" msgstr "在会计中追踪成本" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 msgid "" "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " "open it to check the costs related to that account." msgstr "现在一切都是入账并指到分析账户。只是打开它检查科目的相关成本。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "" -"进入会计模块, 点击 :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts` ." +msgstr "进入会计模块, 点击 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 分析会计 --> 打开图表` ." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." msgstr "选择“咨询包-史密斯\" , 单击成本和销售按钮, 以此来查看这个科目下的所有的成本。 " -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " "analytical account." msgstr "收入的话, 在发票菜单下开具'咨询包'的发票, 将发票行链接到分析科目。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" msgstr "如何使用工时表跟踪人力资源成本？" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" "Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " "particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " "the invoiced amounts." msgstr "人力资源当然是有成本的。有趣的是, 多大的一个特定的人力合同成本, 公司会将成本关联到相应发票金额。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " "**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " @@ -6320,98 +5854,95 @@ msgid "" "compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." msgstr "" "我们采用以下例子 :我们两位雇员 **Harry Potter** 和 **Cedric Digory** 都为我们的客户 **Smith&Co** " -"提供 **Consultancy pack** 工作。哈利每小时支付18€, 塞德里克的工资是每小时 12€ 。我们用会计应用中跟踪他们的工时费, " -"并比较他们咨询服务收益。" +"提供 **咨询服务包** 的工作。哈利每小时支付18€, 塞德里克的工资是每小时 12€ 。我们用会计应用中跟踪他们的工时费, 并比较他们咨询服务收益。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 msgid "" "First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " "namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " "name and install them." -msgstr "" -"首先, 安装必要的三个应用程序, 即 **Accounting** , **Sales** 和 **Timesheet** . 。进入应用程序模块, " -"并安装它们。" +msgstr "首先, 安装必要的三个应用程序, 即 **会计** , **销售** 和 **工时单** 。进入应用程序模块, 并安装它们。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "" "Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " "tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" msgstr "" -"接下来您将需要启用分析会计。这样, 进入 **Accounting app** 。选择 :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` 和点击 **Analytic accounting** 选项(见下图)" +"接下来您将需要启用分析会计。这样, 进入 **会计应用** 。选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 和点击 **分析会计** " +"选项(见下图)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." msgstr "应用变更。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 msgid "Create an employee" msgstr "创建员工" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 msgid "" "In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" " an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " "new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." msgstr "" -"为了检查员工的收入, 你需要有一个。进入 **Employee** 应用, 创建一个员工。选择 **Employee** , 并创建一个新员工, " -"填写名称和基本信息。" +"为了检查员工的收入, 你需要有一个。进入 **员工** 应用, 创建一个员工。选择 **员工** , 并创建一个新员工, 填写名称和基本信息。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 msgid "" "On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " "specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " "cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." msgstr "" -"在员工表上进入 **HR settings** 选项卡。在这里你可以指定员工的 **工时成本** 。在这种情况下, " +"在员工表上进入 **人力资源设置** 选项卡。在这里你可以指定员工的 **工时成本** 。在这种情况下, " "哈利花费18欧元/小时。在这个字段我们将填写18。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " "related to a User." msgstr "如果你希望员工能够进入工时表, 他需要相关用户。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 msgid "" "Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " "specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." msgstr "重复操作, 创建员工Cedric Digory。别忘了指定相关用户和 **工时表成本** 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 msgid "Issue a Sales Order" msgstr "发布销售订单" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 msgid "" "We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " "**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " "customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." msgstr "" -"我们在 **Employee** 创建了两个员工, 塞德里克·迪戈里的哈利波特。他们将为Smith&Co 工作, 他们会将工时填入咨询合同。" +"我们在 **员工** 应用创建了两个员工, Harry Potter和Cedric Diggory。他们将为Smith&Co 工作, " +"他们会将工时填入咨询合同。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 msgid "" "We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " "unit of measures." -msgstr "因此我们需要创建一个 **销售订单** , 产品是 **服务** , **基于时间和材料** 开票, 公式以小时为单位。" +msgstr "因此我们需要创建一个 **销售订单** , 产品是 **服务** , **基于时间和材料** 开票, 公式以 **小时** 为单位。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " "material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " "Progress)." msgstr "有关如何根据时间和材料创建销售订单的更多信息，请参阅：*如何根据时间和材料开具发票*（正在进行中）。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:79 msgid "" "Add a link, and the document is under Sales --> Invoicing Methods --> " "Services --> How to invoices blabla" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " "analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " @@ -6419,182 +5950,180 @@ msgid "" " **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" " below)." msgstr "" -"我们保存一个销售订单, 订单内产品为 **External Consulting** . **Sales Order** 一旦确认, " -"分析科目会自动生成。我们的员工将被指定一个科目(在本例中 **SO002-Smith&Co** ), 是为了将工时开票给客户(见下图)。" +"我们保存一个销售订单, 订单内产品为 **外部咨询** . **销售订单** 一旦确认, 分析科目会自动生成。我们的员工将被指定一个科目(在本例中 " +"**SO002-Smith&Co** ), 是为了将工时开票给客户(见下图)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 msgid "Fill in timesheet" msgstr "填写工时表" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 msgid "" "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " "specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " "the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" " Account** discussed above." msgstr "" -"一个员工链接到一个用户, 哈利可以进入 **工时表** 应用, 为工时单指定相应的合同。登入哈利的帐户, 进入 **Timesheet** 应用程序, " -"输入明细行, 指定上面所讨论的 **分析账户** 。" +"一个员工链接到一个用户, 哈利可以进入 **工时单** 应用, 为工时单指定相应的合同。登入哈利的帐户, 进入 **工时单** 应用程序, 输入明细行," +" 指定上面所讨论的 **分析账户** 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." msgstr "哈利为Smith&Co付出了三个小时的SWOT analysis。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" " the **Analytic Account**." -msgstr "同时, Cedric与客户讨论需要1小时, 指定到他个人的工时表, 也指向 **Analytic Account** ." +msgstr "同时, Cedric与客户讨论需要1小时, 指定到他个人的工时表, 也指向 **分析账户** 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." msgstr "在 **销售订单** 中, 我们注意到交付的时间会自动计算(见下图)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "分析会计" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "" "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " "registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." msgstr "由于分析科目, 我们能够对人力资源成本和收入有个总的概念。所有交易的收入和成本都将登记在 **SO002-Smith&Co** 科目。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." msgstr "在该情景下我们可以使用两种方式。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 msgid "Without filters" msgstr "不要过滤" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 msgid "" "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " "analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " "this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" -"如果所有项目的成本和收入的分析科目都正确, 我们可以轻松地检索相关的成本和收益。输入 *Accounting* 应用, 选择 " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts` ." +"如果所有项目的成本和收入的分析科目都正确, 我们可以轻松地检索相关的成本和收益。进入 *会计* 应用, 选择 :menuselection:`顾问 " +"--> 分析帐户 --> 打开图表` ." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 msgid "" "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " "credit and debit balance of the account." -msgstr "注意 :您可以为 **Analysis** 指定一个时间。如果你想打开当前状态, 你应该保持空的字段。我们可以看到借贷方余额。" +msgstr "注意 :您可以为 **分析** 指定一个时间。如果你想打开当前状态, 你应该保持空的字段。我们可以看到借贷方余额。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 msgid "" "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " "of cost and revenues (see picture below)." msgstr "如果我们单击科目, 提供了成本和收入的细节(见下图)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "" "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " "with the corresponding description." -msgstr "单击按钮 **Cost/Revenue** , 可以看到成本和收入的总况。" +msgstr "单击按钮 **成本/收益** , 可以看到成本和收入的总况。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "With filters" msgstr "有过滤" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "因此我们可以在 **分析分录** 中过滤该信息。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 msgid "" "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" " resource cost." msgstr "" -"进入 **Accounting** 程序, 点击 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Entries` . " -"在这个菜单中, 我们有几个选项来分析人力资源成本。" +"进入 **会计** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 分析条目` . 在这个菜单中, 我们有几个选项来分析人力资源成本。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 msgid "" "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " "contains the **Sales Order** number." msgstr "" -"过滤 **分析账户** , 我们可以看到项目的成本和收入。添加一个自定义的 **过滤器**: **Analytic Account** 包括 " -"**Sales Order** " +"过滤 **分析账户** , 我们可以看到项目的成本和收入。添加一个自定义的 **过滤器** : **分析账户** 包括 **销售订单** " -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 msgid "" "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " "corresponding costs and revenues." msgstr "结果, 我们看到时间表活动, 和成本和收入的相关开票行。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 msgid "" "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " "**Graph view** to have a clear overview." msgstr "我们可以组合不同的分析科目, 检查各自的收入。简单的组合 **分析账户** 并选择 **图形视图** , 会提供一个清晰的概况。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 msgid "Analytic account use cases" msgstr "分析会计使用案例" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" msgstr "分析会计可以用于以下几种目的 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 msgid "analyse costs of a company" msgstr "公司的成本分析" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" msgstr "给顾客再开记工单发票" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" msgstr "分析服务或者项目的绩效" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 msgid "" "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" -msgstr "管理分析会计, 你必须激活它, 在 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` :" +msgstr "管理分析会计, 你必须激活它, 在 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` :" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "" "To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " "each in one of three different types of company:" msgstr "说明分析账户, 很明显, 你将遵循三个实例, 用三种不同类型的公司 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "工业公司 :成本分析" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" msgstr "法律公司 :花费时间的再开票" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" msgstr "IT/服务公司 :绩效分析" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" msgstr "案例1 :工业公司: 成本分析" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "" "In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" " departments and products the company itself is built on." msgstr "在工业上, 你会发现分析科目是基于部门和产品, 是基于公司自己的情况而建。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 msgid "" "The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " "department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " @@ -6602,38 +6131,38 @@ msgid "" "product ranges the company makes and sells." msgstr "目的是按部门/人员和产品检查成本、销售和利润。第一级的结构由不同的部门组成, 较低的水平的结构代表了公司生产和销售的产品范围。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 msgid "" "**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" msgstr " **工业制造公司的分析科目表**: " -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 msgid "Marketing Department" msgstr "市场营销部门" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 msgid "Commercial Department" msgstr "商务部门" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 msgid "Administration Department" msgstr "管理部门" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 msgid "Production Range 1" msgstr "生产范围1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "Production Range 2" msgstr "生产范围2" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 msgid "" "In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " "invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " @@ -6644,156 +6173,156 @@ msgstr "" "在日常使用中, 在采购发票上标记分析科目是有用的。当发票被批准后, 它会自动生成一般的凭证和分析科目的凭证。每一个一般的凭证, 当部门有发生成本, " "至少有一个分析科目凭证。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " "example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" msgstr "这里可能会出现的会计分录故障, 例如上面的例子, 分配给各种分析帐户 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**General accounts**" msgstr " **总账科目** " -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**Analytic accounts**" msgstr " **分析账户** " -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Title**" msgstr " **称呼** " -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" msgstr " **科目** " -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr " **借方** " +msgstr " **借项** " -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Credit**" msgstr " **贷方** " -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr " **值** " -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" msgstr "原材料采购" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "2122" msgstr "2122" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" msgstr "1500" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" msgstr "-1 500" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" msgstr "分包" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "450" msgstr "450" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "-450" msgstr "-450" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" msgstr "有缺陷的材料的待方记录" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "200" msgstr "200" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "Transport charges" msgstr "运输费" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "Staff costs" msgstr "员工成本" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" msgstr "2121" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" msgstr "10000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" msgstr "市场营销" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" msgstr "-2 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" msgstr "商务" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "-3 000" msgstr "-3 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" msgstr "行政" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" msgstr "-1 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" msgstr "采购需求单" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" msgstr "-400" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 msgid "" "The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " "costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " @@ -6801,7 +6330,7 @@ msgid "" "above:" msgstr "代表部门的分析科目有助于分析部门的成本。用上面的例子, 分析科目表显示了成本的分配方式." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 msgid "" "In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " "only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " @@ -6810,51 +6339,51 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "这是一个树形结构的例子, 你不仅可以分析每个产品的成本范围, 而且可以分析整个生产成本。一份报告, 涉及一般科目和分析科目, 能按照所给的部门分类。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 msgid "" "The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " "profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." msgstr "上面的示例是基于公司的成本的分解。分析科目就如销售一样可以有效分配。给你不同部门的盈利能力(销售成本)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" "This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " "companies and industries." msgstr "通过部门来分析, 通常贸易公司和制造业使用比较多。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 msgid "" "A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " "departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " "This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." msgstr "此种变异，不是按销售和营销部门分配, 而是将每个成本分配给其相应的产品范围。这将给你每种产品范围的的盈利能力分析的可能性。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 msgid "" "Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " "effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " "product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" msgstr "选择一种取决于你如何看待你的营销努力。一般是全球成本分配, 或者是每个产品负责自己的营销成本?" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" msgstr "案例2 :法律公司: 人力资源的成本？" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "" "Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " "current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" " given file/analytic account." msgstr "律师事务所普遍采用案例管理, 每个案例代表了当前客户端文件。所有的费用和产品被添加到一个给定的文件/分析账户。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 msgid "" "A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" " the profitability by case and by employee." msgstr "律师事务所的主要关注的是工时的发票, 和每个案件每个员工的盈利。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 msgid "" "Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " "timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " @@ -6864,13 +6393,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "编码工作时间机制将在时间表文档中详细介绍。像大多数系统流程, 工作时间集成到分析会计。在员工的表格中, 指定员工的成本。每小时的费用是员工的成本的函数。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 msgid "" "So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " "management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." msgstr "所以律师事务所将选择一个分析表示, 反映了员工为不同客户工作的时间管理。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 msgid "" "Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" " entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " @@ -6881,7 +6410,7 @@ msgstr "" "对于不同情况的账单有些不同寻常。该情况，不匹配总账科目中的任何分录，不管它们来自采购还是销售发票。他们由各种分析操作所表示, " "在总账科目中找不到确切的对方。他们是基于每个员工的每小时成本计算出。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 msgid "" "At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " "them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " @@ -6893,125 +6422,125 @@ msgstr "" "在月底支付工资和福利时, 你将它们集成到一般帐户, 而不是在分析账户, 因为他们在发票时已登记。一份报告, 相关的数据来自于分析账户和一般账户, " "然后你可以比较总数, 所以你可以调整你的估计每个员工每小时成本." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 msgid "" "The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " "can find for your analytic account:" msgstr "下表显示了不同分析凭证的例子, 你可以找到分析科目 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" msgstr " **总量** " -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" msgstr " **总账科目** " -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "Study the file (1 h)" msgstr "学习文件(1h)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Case 1.1" msgstr "案例1.1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "-15" msgstr "-15" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "Search for information (3 h)" msgstr "搜索信息(3h)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" msgstr "-45" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" msgstr "顾问 (4 h)" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Case 2.1" msgstr "案例 2.1" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "-60" msgstr "-60" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "Service charges" msgstr "服务费用" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" msgstr "280" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" msgstr "705 –给服务开票" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Stationery purchase" msgstr "办公用品采购" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "-42" msgstr "-42" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" msgstr "601 –家具采购" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "42" msgstr "42" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" msgstr "燃油成本－客户方出差" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" msgstr "-35" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "613 – Transports" msgstr "613 – 运费" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "35" msgstr "35" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "Staff salaries" msgstr "员工工资" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "6201 – Salaries" msgstr "6201 – 工资" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" msgstr "3 000" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" "Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" " various transactions." msgstr "这种结构能让您具体看到多种交易盈利能力。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 msgid "" "For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " ":doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "关于利润的更多细节, 请阅读以下文档 :doc:`timesheets` " -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 msgid "" "But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " "profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" @@ -7022,40 +6551,40 @@ msgstr "" "但分析会计并不局限于一个简单的对不同客户的盈利能力的分析。在月底, 相同的数据可以用于自动开票给客户. 开票给客户, " "就将分析帐户链接到销售订单和销售产品, 管理工时表或费用。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" msgstr "案例3 :IT服务公司: 绩效分析" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" msgstr "大多数IT服务公司都面临者如下问题 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 msgid "project planning," msgstr "项目计划," -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," msgstr "开票, 项目的盈利能力和财务跟踪," -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 msgid "managing support contracts." msgstr "管理支持合同。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 msgid "" "To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " "structured by project and by sale order." msgstr "为了处理这些问题, 你会用项目和销售订单结构的分析科目表。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 msgid "" "The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " "presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " "also similar." msgstr "服务、支出、销售的管理, 类似于上面提到的律师例子。发票和盈利能力的研究也类似。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 msgid "" "But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " "prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " @@ -7066,7 +6595,7 @@ msgstr "" "但现在看看支持合同。这些合同通常局限于一个预付的工时数。每个过账到分析账户的服务显示剩余的支持时间。管理支持合同, 您将创建一个产品配置为发票订单, " "链接销售订单到分析账户." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 msgid "" "In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " "as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " @@ -7077,270 +6606,223 @@ msgstr "" "在Odoo, 每个分析行列出了出售或使用的数量, 你通常会发现——含货币单位的合计(美元或英镑, 或其他选择)。所以, " "你可以得出每一笔销售订单的销售和使用数量, 这些用来确定是否支持合同时间有剩余。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" msgstr "结论" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" "Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" " case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " "production performance." msgstr "分析会计能帮助你分析成本和收入。你可以出售或购买服务, 跟踪时间和分析生产性能。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 msgid "" "Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "分析会计灵活, 方便使用. 可应用于所有程序(销售、采购、工时、生产、发票, …)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" msgstr "怎么理解科目类型, 如何配置呢？" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 msgid "What is an account type ?" msgstr "科目类型是什么？" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 msgid "" "An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " "account's purpose." msgstr "账户类型是一个名称或代码, 代表科目。" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " "country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " "generate opening entries." msgstr "在Odoo, 账户类型用于信息的目的, 来生成特定国家的法律报告, 制定规则关闭一个财政年度, 生成凭证。" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 msgid "" "Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " "category according to its behaviour or purpose." msgstr "基本账户类型根据其行为或目的, 分类一般账户和一些特定类别。" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" msgstr "odoo中有哪些科目类型？" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " "types. Just pick the one related to your account." msgstr "Odoo涵盖所有会计类型。因此, 您不能创建新帐户类型。只选择一个与您的帐户有关的类型。" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 msgid "**List of account types**" msgstr " **科目类型列表** " -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "应收" +msgstr "‎应收账款‎" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 msgid "Payable" msgstr "应付" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 msgid "Bank and Cash" msgstr "银行和现金" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 msgid "Current Assets" msgstr "流动资产" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 msgid "Non-current Assets" msgstr "非流动资产" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 msgid "Prepayments" msgstr "预付账" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 msgid "Fixed Assets" msgstr "固定资产" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 msgid "Current Liabilities" msgstr "流动负债" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 msgid "Non-current Liabilities" msgstr "非流动负债" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 msgid "Equity" msgstr "权益" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "当本年度收入" +msgstr "本年收益" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 msgid "Other Income" msgstr "其他收入" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Income" msgstr "收入" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 msgid "Depreciation" msgstr "折旧" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:4 msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "费用" +msgstr "报销" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 msgid "Direct Costs" msgstr "直接成本" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" msgstr "如何配置科目？" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 msgid "" "Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " "By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " "related to your country." msgstr "在创建科目表时, 科目类型会自动产生。默认情况下, Odoo提供了大量的会计科目表, 只安装一个与你的国家有关。" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 msgid "" "It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " "you can create your own accounts too." msgstr "它将安装通用账户。但是如果它不涵盖你所有的情况, 你也可以创建自己的帐户。" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 msgid "" "If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " "installed." msgstr "如果你是Saas用户, 贵国的科目表会自动安装。" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 msgid "" "To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " "button." msgstr "要创建一个新科目, 转到会计应用模块。打开菜单 :menuselection:'顾问 -->科目表', 点击 **新建** 按钮。" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " -"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" -" entries." -msgstr "科目类型用于信息目的，用于生成符合各国财税规范的报告，以及设置会计年度关闭的规则，并生成期初分录" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "标签" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "你可能想赋予给定义报表的选项标签" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "科目币种" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "强制这个科目所有的凭证拥有这个科目的币种." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "内部类型" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " -"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" -" for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr " '内部类型' 用于不同类型科目的功能: 流动性用于现金或银行科目, 应付/应收用于供应商/客户科目." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "允许核销" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " -"journal items." -msgstr "如果这个科目能够让发票和付款与日记账的匹配就勾选这个框" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "在我们的在线演示查看 *创建科目*" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" msgstr "管理财政年度" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" "In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" " have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " "settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." msgstr "在多数情况下，财政年度包括12个月。如你的公司也是如此，则只需在会计设置中定义财政年度的最后一天。默认情况下，它设置为12月31日。" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 msgid "" "However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " "fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " "this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "但是，有时也有例外。例如，如果你的公司现在处于首个财政年度，则可能大于或小于12个月。在这种情况下，需要进行一些额外配置。" +msgstr "但是，有时也有例外。例如，如果你的公司现在处于首个财政年度，则可能超过或少于12个月。在这种情况下，需要进行一些额外配置。" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " "activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用财政年度功能。" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用财政年度功能。" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 msgid "" "You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " "configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "你可在:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 财政年度`中配置你的财政年度。" +msgstr "你可在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 财政年度`中配置你的财政年度。" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 msgid "" "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " "months." msgstr "你只需创建超过或少于12个月的财政年度。" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "库存" +msgstr "仓库" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" msgstr "产品退货时使用移动平均计算成本" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" "As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " "the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" " average cost." msgstr "" -"在 `*inventory valuation page* <https " -"://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>` __, " +"在 `*inventory valuation page* " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, " "一个可能的成本方式是你可以使用永恒的库存成本估值方式, 平均成本。" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 msgid "" "This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " "method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " @@ -7352,38 +6834,38 @@ msgstr "" "本文档能解决一个经常性的问题, 使用这种方法使他们的股票估价 : 退还给供应商的货将如何影响平均成本和会计凭证吗? 本文档 **只** " "具体定义了永恒估值(而不是周期性)和平均价格成本核算方法(而不是标准的FIFO)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 msgid "Definition of average cost" msgstr "平均成本的定义" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 msgid "" "The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " "goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." msgstr "平均成本法, 在计算期末存货和销货成本的基础上, 计算存货的加权平均单位成本。" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " "formula:" msgstr "加权平均单位成本计算使用以下公式 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" "When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " "as:" msgstr "新产品到达仓库时, 重新计算新的平均成本为 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" msgstr "当产品离开仓库 :平均成本 **不** 变化" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" msgstr "定义采购价格" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " "not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " @@ -7391,168 +6873,168 @@ msgid "" "products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." msgstr "购买价格是接收产品时的暂估 (您可能没有收到供应商发票)和评估单据。购买价格包括支付产品成本, 但它也可能包括额外的成本, 像到岸成本。" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" msgstr "平均成本示例" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" msgstr "操作" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "差异值" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "库存价值" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "在手数量" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "平均成本" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$0" msgstr "$0" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" msgstr "收到8个产品, 合计 $10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" msgstr "+8\\*$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$10" msgstr "$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" msgstr "收到4个产品, 合计 $16" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" msgstr "+4\\*$16" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "$144" msgstr "$144" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$12" msgstr "$12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "发货10片产品" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "-10\\*$12" msgstr "-10\\*$12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "$24" msgstr "$24" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" "At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" " inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " "logically the purchase price." msgstr "起初, 平均成本设置为0, 因为产品没有库存. 当收到第一个货时, 平均成本成为逻辑上购买价格。" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 msgid "" "At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " "inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " @@ -7561,7 +7043,7 @@ msgstr "" "在接收第二单货时, 平均成本更新, 因为库存总额现在\" $80 + 4 *$16 = $144 \\ \". 我们手头有12件, 平均价格每单位是\"" " $144 / 12 = $12 \\ \"." -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." " Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" @@ -7569,107 +7051,107 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "根据定义, 交付的10个产品并不改变平均成本。的确, 现在库存价值24美元, 因为我们只剩下2件, 每件为“24美元/ 2 = $ 12''。" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Purchase return use case" msgstr "采购退货使用案例" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" "In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" " value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " "of these products!)." msgstr "如果收到货后退货, 将使用平均成本公式减少库存成本(不是在这些产品的最初价格!)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" msgstr "意味着以上表格将会按照如下更新 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" msgstr "以原始购买价格$10退回1个产品" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "-1\\*$12" msgstr "-1\\*$12" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "1" msgstr "1" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 msgid "Explanation: counter example" msgstr "解释：计数器示例" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "" "Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " "the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," " you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." -msgstr "记得 **平均成本** 的定义, 说出库时不更新产品的平均成本。如果你打破这个规则, 你可能会导致库存不一致。" +msgstr "记得 **平均成本** 的定义, 即出库时不更新产品的平均成本。如果你违反这个规则, 则可能会导致库存不一致。" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "" "As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " "customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " "purchased it). Here is the operation:" msgstr "作为一个例子, 当你向客户交货并退货给供应商(购买的成本)。这是操作 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" msgstr "给客户发货1片产品" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 msgid "-1\\*$10" msgstr "-1\\*$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$2**" msgstr " **$2** " -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**0**" msgstr " **0** " -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 msgid "" "As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " "of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." msgstr "正如你所看到的在这个例子中, 这是不正确的 :0件产品2美元的存货估价在仓库里。" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 msgid "" "The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " "cost:" msgstr "正确的场景应该是返回货物目前的平均成本 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**$0**" msgstr " **$0** " -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 msgid "" "On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " "correct inventory value at all times." msgstr "另一方面, 利用平均成本估值退货, 确保正确的库存价值。" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" msgstr "anglo saxon模式的深究" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 msgid "" "For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " "another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " @@ -7677,57 +7159,57 @@ msgid "" "receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " "shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." msgstr "" -"人们在使用 **anglo saxon accounting** 会计原则, 还有另一个概念需考虑 :产品的入库科目, " -"这是为了保存收票时的价值。所以这个账户在收货时会增加, 收到发票时会减少." +"人们在使用 **盎克鲁撒克逊会计** 会计原则, 还有另一个概念需考虑 :产品的入库科目, 这是为了保存收票时的价值。所以这个账户在收货时会增加, " +"收到发票时会减少。" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "" "Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " "price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" " price:" msgstr "回到我们的例子中, 我们看到, 当退货时按平均价格, 输入的价格是原购买价格 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "stock input" msgstr "采购产品科目" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "price diff" msgstr "价格差异" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" msgstr "($80)" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" msgstr "收到供应商的账单$80" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" msgstr "($64)" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" msgstr "收到供应商的账单$64" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$10**" msgstr " **$10** " -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$12**" msgstr " **$12** " -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" msgstr "收到供应商的退款账单$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$2" msgstr "$2" -#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " "price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " @@ -7737,110 +7219,103 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "供应商退款将使用原始的购买价格, 所以退货时会零差异, 我们需要重用原来的价格。产品类别上的价格差异, 用于记录平均成本和原购买价格之间的差异。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "多币种" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" msgstr "在付款时登记汇率" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 msgid "" "Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " "in a different currency." msgstr "任何公司做国际贸易时都会面临这个情况 : 不同的货币支付。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 msgid "" "After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " "into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " "fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." msgstr "在收到付款时, 可转换成公司货币。多货币支付意味着有利率的波动。Odoo将自动记录汇率的差异。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" msgstr "启用多币种" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." -msgstr "" -"会计模块, 去 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` , 勾选 **允许多货币** , 然后点击 " -"**应用** 。" +msgstr "会计模块, 去 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 勾选 **允许多货币** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 msgid "" "Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "汇率的配置 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies` . 写下汇率, 确保货币是活跃的。" +msgstr "汇率的配置 :menuselection:`配置 -->货币` . 写下汇率, 确保货币是活跃的。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 msgid "" "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " "in **Dollars**." -msgstr "在本文档中, 基础货币是 **欧元** , 我们将收付款记录在 **美元** 。" +msgstr "在本文档中, 基础货币是 **欧元** ，我们将收付款记录在 **美元** 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "" "You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " "Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." -msgstr "" -"您可以从 **European Central Bank** 或 **Yahoo** 自动获取欧洲央行的汇率。请阅读文档 " -":doc:`how_it_works` ." +msgstr "您可以从 **欧洲中央银行** 或 **雅虎** 自动获取欧洲央行的汇率。请阅读文档: :doc:`how_it_works` 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 msgid "Configure your journal" msgstr "配置你的日记账" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " "currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " "Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "" -"为了用其他货币登记收付款, 你必须在账上 **remove the currency constraint** 。去财务应用程序, 点击 **更多** " -"和 **设置** 。" +msgstr "为了用其他货币登记收付款, 你必须在账上 **删除货币限制** 。去会计应用程序, 点击 **更多** 和 **设置** 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 msgid "" "Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" " you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " "you can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "检查 **货币** 字段是否为空, 或是您将用来登记收付款的外币。如果货币已填写, 这意味着你只可以用这种货币登记收付款。" +msgstr "检查 **货币** 字段是否为空白, 或是您将用来登记收付款的外币。如果货币已填写, 这意味着你只可以用这种货币登记收付款。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" msgstr "用其他币种记录付款" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" " currency. Then click on **confirm**." msgstr "" -"在 **会计** 应用程序中, 至 :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments` . 登记收付款并注明已用外币登记。然后点击 " -"**确定** 。" +"在 **会计** 应用程序中, 至 :menuselection:`销售 --> 付款` . 登记收付款并注明已用外币登记。然后点击 **确定** 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." msgstr "会计分录已过账但没有分配。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " "click on **Add** to allocate the payment." -msgstr "回到发票( :menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices` )并点击 **添加** 分配付款。" +msgstr "回到发票( :menuselection:`销售 --> 客户发票` )并点击 **添加** 分配付款。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" msgstr "用其他币种记录银行对账单" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 msgid "" "Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " "the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " @@ -7849,48 +7324,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "创建或导入付款的银行对账单。 **金额** 以公司货币。有两个补充的字段，**外币金额** 是实际支付的金额，而 **货币** 是支付的币种。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." -msgstr "调节的时候, Odoo将直接与正确的 **发票** 匹配。你会看到的发票货币下的金额及本位币下的总额。" +msgstr "调节的时候, Odoo将直接与正确的 **发票** 匹配。你会看到发票的货币下的金额及贵司默认货币的总额。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" msgstr "检查汇兑汇率差异" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." -msgstr "" -"去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` , 找到 **Exchange difference** " -"日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 日记帐分录` , 找到 **汇率差异** 日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 msgid "" "The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." msgstr "在会计设置上, 可以更改汇率差异账的设置." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +msgid "" +"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " +"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " +"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" +" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " +"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " +"them until that final amount is paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure` " -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases` " -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" msgstr "Odoo多币种是如何工作的？" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" "Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " "sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " @@ -7901,25 +7387,23 @@ msgstr "" "在Odoo选择使用多种货币选项, 在销售发票, 报价和采购订单或收到账单和支付货款时, 可选择货币而不是本位币。用多种货币, 还可以用外币设置银行账户," " 也可用于报表。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 msgid "Turn on multi-currency" -msgstr "开启多币种" +msgstr "启用多币种" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"会计模块, 去 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` , 选择 **允许多货币** , 然后点击 " -"**应用** 。" +msgstr "会计模块中, 去 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 选择 **允许多货币** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" msgstr "汇率分类账" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " "registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " @@ -7928,38 +7412,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" " **率差异账** 记录收款和预计收款之间的差异。例如, 如果发票开具1个月后才付款, 汇率可能已经改变了。波动意味着Odoo将记录一些损益。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 msgid "You can change it in the settings:" msgstr "你可以在设置中更改 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 msgid "View or edit rate being used" msgstr "查看或编辑正在使用的汇率" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 msgid "" "You can manually configure the currency rates in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " "to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "" -"您可以手动配置的汇率 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies` . " -"打开你想要使用的货币并编辑它。确保货币是活跃的。" +msgstr "您可以手动配置的汇率 :menuselection:`配置 -->货币` . 打开你想要使用的货币并编辑它。确保货币是活跃的。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" msgstr "点击 **查看汇率** 编辑并查看历史记录 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" " **Save** when you are done." msgstr "点击 **创建** 添加汇率, 输入日期和汇率。完成后点击 **保存** 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 msgid "Live Currency Rate" msgstr "实时货币汇率" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 msgid "" "By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " "synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" @@ -7969,147 +7451,145 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "默认情况下,货币需要手动更新。但是你可以同步 `Yahoo <https ://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" "converter/>` __或是 `European Central Bank <http: //www.ecb.europa.eu>` __. 在 " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` , 去 **Live Currency Rate** 部分。" +":menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 去 **实时汇率** 部分。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 msgid "" "Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " "force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" " are set !" -msgstr "选择间隔 :手动, 每日, 每周或每月。你可以强制更新, 通过点击 **现在更新** 。选择供应商, 并设置!" +msgstr "选择间隔 : 手动，每日，每周或每月。你可以强制更新，通过点击 **现在更新** 。选择供应商， 设置完成!" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" -msgstr "只有 **有效的** 币别被更新" +msgstr "仅更新 **有效的** 货币" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 msgid "Configure your charts of account" msgstr "配置科目表" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " "for this account to have the account currency." msgstr "" -"在会计应用程序中, 去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of Accounts` . 在每个科目, " +"在会计应用程序中, 去 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 会计科目表` 。在每个科目, " "您可以设置一个货币。所有这个账目的账都使用这个货币。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." msgstr "如果留空, 就意味着可以处理所有有效的币别。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 msgid "Configure your journals" msgstr "配置日记账" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " "on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "用外币登记收付款, 需在账上去除货币限制。去财务应用程序, 点击 **更多** 和 **设置** 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 msgid "" "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" " will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " "can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "检查外币的字段是否为空, 或者需要在哪个货币下登记收付款。如果货币已填写, 这意味着你可只能用这种货币登记收付款。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " "items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." msgstr "现在你在多种货币环境中, 所有科目将链接一个货币, 国内或国外。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" msgstr "销售订单和发票" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " "document." msgstr "你现在可以设置不同的货币而不是销售订单和发票上的货币。货币设置将应用到整个文档。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" msgstr "采购订单和供应商账单" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " "document." msgstr "你现在可以设置不同的货币比公司对你的采购订单和供应商的账单。货币被设置为整个文档。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 msgid "Payment Registrations" msgstr "付款登记" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " "payment and set the currency." msgstr "在会计应用程序中, 去 **Sales > Payments** 。登记收付款, 设置货币。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 msgid "Bank Statements" msgstr "银行对账单" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " "currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " "actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." msgstr "当创建或导入银行对账单, 是本位币的金额。但是现在有两个字段, 实际支付的金额和原币支付的金额。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "当调节时, Odoo将收款直接与正确的发票匹配。你会得到的发票金额和公司本位币金额。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" " in it." -msgstr "" -"去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` , 找到 **Exchange difference** " -"日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 日记条目` , 找到 **汇率差额** 日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments` " -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:122 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr ":doc:`exchange` " -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" msgstr "如何在多币别环境下管理发票和付款？" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " "entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " "life." msgstr "Odoo提供多种货币汇兑损益的调整。有几件事Odoo将简化用户工作。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 msgid "" "All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " "However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " @@ -8117,93 +7597,88 @@ msgid "" "force a specific currency." msgstr "所有的账户交易将使用本位币。但是你可以看到两个额外的字段, 原货币和原币值。你可以创建多货币账, 定义特殊的货币。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 msgid "" "When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" " the amounts automatically using that currency." msgstr "在创建发票时, 改变货币很容易; 然而公司本位币是作为一个默认值。Odoo将自动将外币转换成本位币." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" msgstr "启用多币种" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 msgid "" "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "更多多货币的信息, 请阅读文档 :医生: :doc:`how_it_works` " +msgstr "有关启用多币种的信息，请阅读以下文档：:doc:`how_it_works`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" " journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"为了用其他货币登记收付款, 你必须在账上 **remove the currency constraint** 。去财务应用程序, 点击 **更多** " -"和 **设置** 。" +"为了注册其他货币的付款，您必须删除日记帐上的货币限制。 转到会计应用程序，在日记帐上， 单击 :menuselection:`更多 --> 设置`。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" msgstr "多币别发票和供应商账单" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "发票" +msgstr "结算单" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "供应商帐单" +msgstr "供应商账单" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" msgstr "多币种付款" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " "Then click on **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"在会计应用程序中, 至 :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments` . 登记收付款并注明已用外币登记。然后点击 **确定**" -" 。" +msgstr "在会计应用程序中, 至 :menuselection:`销售 --> 付款`。 登记收付款并注明已用外币登记。然后点击 **确定** 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" msgstr "多币种银行对账单" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "调节的时候, Odoo将直接与正确的 **发票** 匹配。你会看到的发票货币下的金额及本位币下的总额。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." -msgstr "" -"去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` , 找到 **Exchange difference** " -"日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 日记条目` , 找到 **汇率差额** 日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works` " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "报表" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" msgstr "用你自己的公式如何创建定制报表？" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo 12 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " "new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " @@ -8211,70 +7686,68 @@ msgid "" "ever." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" msgstr "激活开发者模式" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " "**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " "user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." msgstr "进入财务报告创建界面, 需激活 **开发人员模式** 。要做到这一点,首先在右上角目录中点击用户资料,然后点击 **About** 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." msgstr "点击 : **激活开发者模式** 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "创建财务报表" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" -"首先, 您需要创建您的财务报告。要做到这一点, 去 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Financial Reports` " +msgstr "首先, 您需要创建您的财务报告。要做到这一点, 去 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 财务报告` " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" msgstr "在输入名称后，需要配置两项其他参数：" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr " **显示借方和贷方栏位** " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr " **分析期间**: " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "基于日期范围（例如损益）" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "基于单个日期（例如资产负债表）" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" msgstr "基于日期范围的“老账”和“总计”列及前3个月（例如，业务伙伴账龄余额表)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "基于日期范围，以及现金收付制方法（例如现金流量表）" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "在定制报表中添加行" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " @@ -8282,24 +7755,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "创建了报告之后, 需要填充行。他们都需要一个 **姓名** , **代码** (用于行), **序列号** 和 **级** (用于补充行)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " "separated by ;)" -msgstr "在 **公式** 字段可以添加一个或多个列公式到余额行 (和借方和贷方列如果适用-隔开;)" +msgstr "在 **公式** 字段可以添加一个或多个列公式到余额行 (和借方和贷方列如果适用 - 隔开;)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "在公式中有几个可用对象 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." msgstr "\" Ndays \\ \": 选择的期间的天数 (报表的日期范围)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" @@ -8307,7 +7780,7 @@ msgstr "" "另一份报告, 引用的代码。使用“。平衡“获得其余额(也可用\" .credit \\ \",\" .debit \\ \"and\" " ".amount_residual \\ \")" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -8319,165 +7792,165 @@ msgstr "" "一行也来自所选域的科目的总和。在何种情况下, 需要填写域字段. 然后一个额外的对象可以在公式, 即''和'', 科目的总和。您还可以使用group " "by字段组合科目行。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "其余有用的字段 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr " **类型**: 公式结果的类型。" +msgstr " **类型** : 公式结果的类型。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr " **正数增长是好的吗**: 在计算比较列时使用。检查增长是否是好事(显示在绿色)。" +msgstr " **正数增长是好的吗** : 在计算比较列时使用。检查增长是否是好事(以绿色显示)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr " **特别日期改变**: 如果报表中一个特定的行不应使用与其余部分相同的日期。" +msgstr " **特别日期改变** : 如果报表中一个特定的行不应使用与其余部分相同的日期。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " "displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." msgstr "" -" **Show domain**: 显示行的域。可以折叠(“默认\" , 藏在开始处, 但可以展开), “总是 \"(总是显示)或“never\" " -"(永远不会)。 " +" **显示网域** : 即如何显示行的域。可以折叠(“默认\" , 藏在开始处, 但可以展开), “总是 \"(总是显示)或“决不\" " +"(永远不会显示)。 " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr ":doc:`main_reports` " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 msgid "What are the main reports available?" msgstr "有哪些可用的主要报表？" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 msgid "" "Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " "very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " "countries :" -msgstr "除了每个本地化模块创建报表, 有一些非常有用的 **generic** 和 **dynamic reports** 也非常有用 :" +msgstr "除了每个本地化模块创建报表, 有一些非常有用的 **通用的** 和 **动态报告** 也非常有用 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr " **资产负债表** " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr " **损益表** " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr " **科目表** " +msgstr " **会计科目表** " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr " **执行概要** " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr " **总账** " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr " **到期应付** " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr " **到期应收** " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr " **现金流量表** " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr " **税金报告** " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" msgstr " **银行对账** " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 msgid "" "You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " "Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " "more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." msgstr "可以标注每个报表, 打印出来并呈报你的顾问。导出xls, 进一步分析管理。深入研究, 可看到更多的细节(付款,发票、分录,等等)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" " want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " "periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " "default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "你可以将当期的值与另一期间的值比较。也可选择多个期间进行比较。如果不想使用系统默认的* *前一期间 * *, 你可以选择之前的12期。" +msgstr "你可以将当期的值与另一期间的值比较。也可选择多个期间进行比较。如果不想使用系统默认的 **前一期间** , 你可以选择之前的12期。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" " of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr " **资产负债表** 显示你的组织的资产，负债，和权益在一个特定日期的快照。" +msgstr " **资产负债表** 显示你的组织的资产，负债，和权益在一个特定日期的简要情况。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "损益表" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " "organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" " period." -msgstr " * *损益 * *表(或* * 收益状态* *)显示收入扣除费用后的净收益。" +msgstr " **损益 ** 表 (或 ** 收益状态** )显示收入扣除费用后的净收益。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 msgid "Chart of account" msgstr "科目表" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." msgstr "分类账科目的列表" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "执行摘要" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "" "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " "figures you need to run your company." msgstr " **执行概要** 允许快速查看所有需要用来运行公司的重要图表。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 msgid "" "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " "reporting :" msgstr "在非常基本的规则中,这是本节中每个项目的报告:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr " **绩效 :** " +msgstr " **绩效 : ** " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr " **毛利润 :** " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." msgstr "每个销售的收益减去销售的直接成本(诸如劳动力、材料等)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr " **净利润 :** " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " @@ -8485,68 +7958,68 @@ msgid "" "result of those sales)." msgstr "每个销售的收益减去销售的直接成本, 再减去公司的固定费用 (例如: 租金、电力、销售的税费)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" msgstr " **投资回报率(每年) :** " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "" "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." msgstr "净利润的比率, 公司的资产用来创造这些利润。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr " **状况:** " +msgstr "**状况:** " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" msgstr " **平均债务人天数 :** " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " "across all your customer invoices." msgstr "平均天数, 它需要你的客户安装客户发票支付给你(完全)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" msgstr " **平均债权人天数 :** " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" " all your bills." msgstr "平均天数，它需要你按账单支付你的供应商(完全)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" msgstr " **短期现金预测 :** " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 msgid "" "How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " "i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " "your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "预计下个月的现金收支, 即* *销售科目 * *的余额减去* *购买科目 * *的余额。" +msgstr "预计下个月的现金收支, 即 **销售科目** 的余额减去 **购买科目** 的余额。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr " **流动资产到负债 :** " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " "(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " "liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " "typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "* *流动比率* *, 就是流动资产的(资产可以在一年内转化为现金)比流动负债(明年到期的债务)。这通常是用来衡量一个公司偿债能力。" +msgstr "**流动比率** , 就是流动资产的(资产可以在一年内转化为现金)比流动负债(明年到期的债务)。这通常是用来衡量一个公司偿债能力。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 msgid "General Ledger" msgstr "总分类账" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" " chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " @@ -8554,67 +8027,67 @@ msgid "" "exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " "occurred during a certain period of time." msgstr "" -"* * 总分类帐* *显示所选期间内的所有科目的交易。总账初步显示了每个帐户的总数, 计入科目可看到具体明细。这非常有用, 可检查某一期间内的每笔交易。" +"**总分类帐** 显示所选期间内的所有科目的交易。总账初步显示了每个帐户的总数, 计入科目可看到具体明细。这非常有用, 可检查某一期间内的每笔交易。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 msgid "Aged Payable" msgstr "到期的应付" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" " bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " "gone unpaid." -msgstr "运行* *应付账龄表* *, 报表显示每个账单信息,信用票据和多付款项, 并显示逾期时间。" +msgstr "运行 **应付账龄表** , 报表显示每个账单信息,信用票据和多付款项, 并显示逾期时间。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 msgid "Aged Receivable" msgstr "到期的应收" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 msgid "" "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " "payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "* *应收账龄表* *显示所选期间及之前的所有未清应收款。" +msgstr "**应收账龄表** 显示所选期间及之前的所有未清应收款。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "现金流量表" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " "income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " "operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "* *现金流量表 * *显示资产负债科目的变化, 收入对现金的影响和现金等价物, 以及对运营的分析,投资和融资活动。" +msgstr "**现金流量表** 显示资产负债科目的变化, 收入对现金的影响和现金等价物, 以及对运营的分析,投资和融资活动。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "税金报告" +msgstr "税报告" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "这份报表体现了按税收类型分类后的* *净额* *和* *税额* *(销售/采购)。" +msgstr "这份报表体现了按税收类型分类后的 **净额** 和 **税额** (销售/采购)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "税" +msgstr "税率设置" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" msgstr "如果管理B2B (不含税) 和 B2C (含税)价格?" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 msgid "" "When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " "included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" " environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." msgstr "销售消耗品的时候, 标价通常都包含税(例如, 大多数的电商场景中)。但是一旦在B2B场景中, 公司之间的价格谈判都不包含税" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " "the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " @@ -8625,7 +8098,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo能容易地管理两种用例, 不管你在产品的标价上是否包含税。如果你对所有产品都标含税价(或者不含税价), 你也可以在销售订单上报不含税价(含税价) " ":就是这么简单。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 msgid "" "This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " "two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " @@ -8635,57 +8108,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "本文档只是用在一个产品的价格的两种参照(含税价或者不含税价)特定用例中。复杂的理由是含税价和不含税价的不对称, 例如本用例中, 比利时的税率是21% :" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" msgstr "电商业务中有一个标价为 **10€ (含税)** 的产品" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" msgstr "会做成 **8.26€ (不含税)** 和 **1.74€的税** " -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 msgid "" "But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " "product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" msgstr "但是对于同一个用例, 如果你在产品上的标价不含税(8.26€), 但是你确得到了一个含税的价格9.99€, 原因是 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr " **8.26€ \\ * 1.21 = 9.99€* *" +msgstr " **8.26€ \\ * 1.21 = 9.99€**" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 msgid "" "So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " "have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" " taxes:" msgstr "所以, 基于你在产品信息中维护的价格, 你将可以得到含税价和不含税价两种不同结果 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" msgstr "不含税 : **8.26€ & 10.00€** " -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" msgstr "含税价 : **8.26€ & 9.99€** " -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 msgid "" "If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " "will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " "Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." msgstr "" -"如果以10€的含税价买了100片, 结果看起来会很有意思。\n" +"如果你以10€的含税价买了100片, 结果看起来会很有意思。\n" "你会得到 : **1000€ (含税价) = 826.45€ (单价) + 173.55€ (税)** , 这和\n" "不含税价格8.26€明显存在差异。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 msgid "" "This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " "you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" " form within the same company." msgstr "本文档解释了如何处理特定用例下的同一个公司的产品上两种价格处理(含税价和不含税价)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 msgid "" "In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " "instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " @@ -8701,7 +8174,7 @@ msgstr "" "你可以把价格定为9.99€而不是10€ 。请注意此种状况对20€ 或者30€不一定适用。或者是别的税率, 或者数量大于1的时候。当然这也忙了你很大忙, " "因为你可以对所有的东西都可以价外税管理, 而这能让你的销售人员操作起来更加简单以及出错更少。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " "your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " @@ -8714,118 +8187,118 @@ msgstr "" "要避免此种复杂状况, 最好的办法就是只选择一种方法管理价格并固定下来 :价格含税或者不含税。在产品表单中设置为默认的(在产品相关的默认税上), " "然后让Odoo根据价格表和财政位置自动计算其余的。只要专注于和客户谈判。这样就实现了开箱即用, 而你不需要做特别的配置。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 msgid "" "If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " "excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " "must:" msgstr "如果你实在做不来并且把价格谈定为价外税, 但是对其余的客户却是含税价。这时必须 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 msgid "" "always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" " tax (price included on the product form)" msgstr "总是在产品信息中默认的维护不含税价并且维护一个税(产品信息中包含价格)" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" msgstr "为特定的客户创建一个含税价的价格表" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 msgid "" "create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" msgstr "创建一个把不含税价格换位含税价格的财政位置" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 msgid "" "assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " "benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" msgstr "把价格表和财政位置分别设置在需要使用它们的客户上" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" msgstr "对于本文当的目的, 我们会使用以上的用例 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "产品的默认价格是8.26€, 不含税价" +msgstr "产品的默认价格是8.26€，不含税价" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 msgid "" "but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " "website" msgstr "但我们想在门店或者电商网站中卖10€，含税价" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 msgid "Setting your products" msgstr "设置你的产品" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 msgid "" "Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " "usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " "Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " "Accounting application." msgstr "" -"你的公司必须要配置为默认不含税价格。通常这是默认的配置，但是你可以在会计应用程序中访问菜单:menuselection:`配置 -->设置`并勾选 " -"**默认销售税** 。" +"你的公司必须要配置为默认不含税价格。通常这是默认的配置，但是你可以在会计应用程序中访问菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> " +"设置`并勾选**默认销售税**。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 msgid "" "Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " "pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " "per customer segment**." msgstr "" -"一旦完成, 你就可以创建 **B2C** 价格表。你可以在以下菜单项激活价格表特性 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) " -"-->设置(Settings)` 。选择设置 **不同的客户段不同的价格** 。" +"一旦完成, 你就可以创建 **B2C** 价格表。你可以在以下菜单项激活价格表特性 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。选择设置 " +"**不同的客户段不同的价格** 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 msgid "" "Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " "default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." msgstr "" -"一旦完成, 从以下路径创建一个B2C价格表 :销售模块菜单项 : menuselection :`配置(Configuration) --> " -"价格表(Pricelists)` 。当然也可以把默认的价格表更名为B2B。" +"一旦完成, 从以下路径创建一个B2C价格表 :销售模块菜单项 : menuselection :`配置 --> 价格表` " +"。当然也可以把默认的价格表更名为B2B。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 msgid "" "Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " "included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," " from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" msgstr "" "然后, 创建一个标价为8.26€的产品, 税是 21%(不含税价), 并且给该产品的B2C客户设置价格为10€。可以通过以下菜单项 " -":menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->产品(Products)` " +":menuselection:`销售 --> 产品菜单` 在销售应用程序中" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" msgstr "设置B2C的财政状况" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 msgid "" "From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " "menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " "position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " "included in price)" msgstr "" -"在会计模块下创建一个B2C的财务结构 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration ) -->财务结构(Fiscal " -"Positions)` 。该财政位置做了VAT 21%(不含税价)和VAT 21%(含税价)的映射" +"在会计模块下创建一个B2C的财务结构 :menuselection:`配置 --> 财务结构` 。该财政位置做了VAT 21%(不含税价)和VAT " +"21%(含税价)的映射" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 msgid "Test by creating a quotation" msgstr "创建报价单测试" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 msgid "" "Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " "result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." msgstr "" -"在销售模块下创建一个报价单, 使用菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->报价单(Quotations)` " -"菜单。你会得到以下结果 :8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€。" +"在销售模块下创建一个报价单, 使用 :menuselection:`销售 --> 报价单` 菜单。你会得到以下结果 : 8.26€ + 1.73€ = " +"9.99€。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 msgid "" "Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " "position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " @@ -8835,29 +8308,29 @@ msgstr "" "然后, 创建一个报价单但是在添加产品之前把报价单上的 **价格表更改为B2C并且财政位置也更改为B2C** 。你会得到预期的结果 :总价是10€, " "对客户就是: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." msgstr "这是你的店铺中客户的预期行为。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" msgstr "避免更改每一张销售订单" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 msgid "" "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " "included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " "on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " "of this customer." -msgstr "如果你和客户谈下来一个合同，不管谈下来的价格是否含税，你都可以在客户表单中设置价格表和财务状况，然后该客户的所有订单都会自动适用该规则。" +msgstr "如果你和客户谈下来一个合同，不管谈下来的价格是否含税，你都可以在客户表单中设置价格表和财政状况，然后该客户的所有订单都会自动适用该规则。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 msgid "" "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "价格表在客户的 **销售&采购** 标签页面, 财政位置在客户的会计标签页面" +msgstr "价格表在客户的 **销售&采购** 标签页面，财政位置在客户的会计标签页面。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 msgid "" "Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " "included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " @@ -8866,21 +8339,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "注意有一个错误的倾向 :如果你要设置一个价内税的财政位置但是使用一个不含税的价格表, 你可能会得出错误的价格。这就是我们建议公司只用一个价格参照" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" msgstr "如何适应税务对我的客户状态或定位" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 msgid "" "Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " "To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." msgstr "多数情况下，销售税率取决于你的客户状态或定位。为体现税率情况，Odoo带来了*财务状况*图" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 msgid "Create tax mapping" msgstr "创建税务映射" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 msgid "" "A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" " on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " @@ -8888,16 +8361,17 @@ msgid "" "purchases." msgstr "财务状况是一套将欠税（在产品表格中定义）映射到其他税种的规则。在以下截图中，外国客户取得0% 而非默认的15%税率。同时适用于销售与采购。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 msgid "" "The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " "localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " "cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " "Positions`." -msgstr "依据您的位置自动创建主要财务状况”但特殊用例需另行创建。定义财务状况的路径：:menuselection:‘发票/会计配置财务位置’" +msgstr "" +"依据您的位置自动创建主要财务状况”但特殊用例需另行创建。定义财务状况的路径 :menuselection:`发票/会计 --> 配置 --> 财务位置`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " "according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " @@ -8905,34 +8379,34 @@ msgid "" "foreign countries." msgstr "如需使用Odoo会计功能，也可依据财务状况映射收入/支出帐户。举例说，有些国家的销售收入不会记入与来自国外的销售收入帐户。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" msgstr "调整客户的对应税率" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 msgid "" "If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" "mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." msgstr "如客户适用于某个特定税务规则，请应用税率映射功能，首先创建一个财务状况并分配给你的客户。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 msgid "" "Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " "for the customer." msgstr "Odoo将把这一特定财务状况分配给客户记录的任何订单/发票。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 msgid "" "If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " "will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " "same customer." msgstr "如果在销售订单或发票中手动设置了财务状况，则其只会应用到这一文件，而不会应用到同一客户的未来订单/发票。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" msgstr "调整客户所在地的税率（基于目的地）" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 msgid "" "Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " "destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " @@ -8942,81 +8416,81 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "依据你的地理位置，销售税率可能基于源头或基于目的地课税。多数州或国家要求以目的地（即买方地址）收税，而另一些国家或地区要求以源头（即你的办公室或仓库所在地）位置收税。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 msgid "" "If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " "tax-mapping to apply." msgstr "如您适用于目的地课税规则，请为每个“应用税率映射”创建一个财务状况。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." msgstr "勾选*自动发现*。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 msgid "" "Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." msgstr "选择一个国家组、国家、州或城市，开启税率映射。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 msgid "" "This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " "fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." msgstr "这种方式不会为客户设置财务状况，Odoo将在创建订单时选择与送货地址匹配的财务状况。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 msgid "" "For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " "update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " "his shipping address." msgstr "对于电子商务订单, 当访问者登录或填写送货地址后, 其购物车的税收将自动更新和应用 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 msgid "Specific use cases" msgstr "特殊使用案例" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " "replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." msgstr "在某些财务状况下，如要删除而不是替换一种税，只需让*应用税率*栏保持空白。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," " just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." msgstr "对于某些财务状况，有时需要用另外两种税替换一种税，只需用同一个*产品税率*创建两行。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "财务状况不适用于资产和递延收入。" +msgstr "财政状况不适用于资产和递延收入。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`create`" msgstr ":doc:`create` " -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" msgstr "如何管理现金基本税" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " "validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" @@ -9024,7 +8498,7 @@ msgid "" "method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." msgstr "完成付款且无发票过期（本例为标准税）之情形时，应支付现金基本税。基于现金基本税向管理部门申报收、支法在某些国家和一定条件下是合法的。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 msgid "" "Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " "receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " @@ -9032,106 +8506,107 @@ msgid "" "2nd quarter." msgstr "示例：你在财政年度的一季度销售产品，在财政年度的第二季度收到付款。在收付实现制下，你要管理部门支付的税款应在第二季度支付。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" msgstr "怎样配置收付实现税？" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 msgid "" "You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " "define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." msgstr "" -"首先要到以下路径中激活设置：menuselection:会计->配置->设置->允许税收收付实现，接着系统会要求你定义一个税收收付实现日记账。" +"首先要到以下路径中激活设置：menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> " +"允许税收收付实现，接着系统会要求你定义一个税收收付实现日记账。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " "proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." msgstr "" -"完成这一步骤后，可在以下路径配置税种:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " -"税种`。首先，设置适当的过渡帐户，以在你登记付款之前过税。" +"完成这一步骤后，可在以下路径配置税种 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " +"税种`。首先，设置适当的过渡会计科目，以在你登记付款之前将税收过账。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "" "In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." " You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " "the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " "Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." msgstr "" -"在*高级选项*选项卡中，将*应缴税额*转为*基于付款*。然后，你必须定义*已收税款*金额，以便在收到付款时过账税款金额，以及*税基已收金额*，以便过账税基金额，确保税收报告的准确性。" +"在*高级选项*选项卡中，将*应有税金*转为*基于付款*。然后，你必须定义*已收税金*科目，以便在收到付款时过账税款金额，以及*基本税应收科目*，以便过账基本税金额，确保税收报告的准确性。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" msgstr "收付实现税对我的会计系统将造成何种影响？" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 msgid "" "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " "When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " "your accounting:" msgstr "举个例子，你取得了100美元的销售收入，附带15%的收付实现税。当你验证客户发票时，以下科目会被创建到你的会计系统中：" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" msgstr "客户发票日记账" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 msgid "Receivables $115" msgstr "应收15美元" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "临时税务账户$15" +msgstr "临时税务科目$15" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 msgid "Income Account $100" msgstr "收入帐户100美元" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" msgstr "几天后，你收到付款：" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 msgid "Bank Journal" msgstr "银行日记账" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 msgid "Bank $115" msgstr "银行115美元" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 msgid "" "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" msgstr "当你对比发票和付款时，生成了以下条目：" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "税率现金收付制日记账" +msgstr "税收付实现制日记账" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" msgstr "税收帐户15美元" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 msgid "" "The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" " tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " "default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " "zero." msgstr "" -"最后两个日记账项目是中性的，但它们可确保税基金额的准确性，以保证Odoo税收报告的准确性。我们建议使用默认的收入帐户。则这笔帐的余额始终为零。" +"最后两个日记账项目是中性的，但它们可确保基本税金额的准确性，以保证Odoo税收报告的准确性。我们建议使用默认的收入科目。该科目的余额将始终为零。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 msgid "How to create new taxes" msgstr "如何创建新税收" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" " value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " @@ -9140,133 +8615,133 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo的税收引擎非常灵活，它可以支持多种不同的税别，包括：增值税(VAT)、环境污染税、联邦/州/城市税、保留额、代扣所得税等等。在多数国家，系统已经预先配置了正确的税种。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 msgid "" "This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." msgstr "该章节详细的介绍了如何在特定情景中定义新的税。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " "menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`会计->配置->税收，菜单中可以看到全部税种，使用：销售税和购置税。" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 税收，菜单中可以看到全部税种，使用：销售税和购置税。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." msgstr "选择一个范围：销售、购置或无（例如：废弃税种）。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 msgid "Select a computation method:" msgstr "选择一种计算方法：" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "**固定**：环境污染税，以及其他" +msgstr "**固定** ：环境污染税，以及其他" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "**价格百分比**：更为普遍（例如售价15%的销售税）" +msgstr "**价格百分比** ：更为普遍（例如售价15%的销售税）" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "**包含售价的百分比**：例如巴西等国。" +msgstr "**包含售价的百分比** ：例如巴西等国。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr " **税组**: 能使用复合税" +msgstr " **税组** : 能使用复合税" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " "item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " "posts the tax journal item in the income account." msgstr "如你使用Odoo做帐，请设定税款帐户（即税款日记帐条目所在位置）。这一字段是可选的，如不填写，Odoo则将税收日记帐条目存放在收入帐户上。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 msgid "" "If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " "probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " "using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." msgstr "如不想使用某种税种，不可简单删除，因为此税种很可能用于多种发票上。为防止用户继续使用这一税种，可以将*税收范围*设置为*无*。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 msgid "" "If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " "**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " "code." -msgstr "如需高级税务系统，可以安装**account_tax_python**模块，用Python代码定义新的税种。" +msgstr "如需高级税务系统，可以安装 **account_tax_python** 模块，用Python代码定义新的税种。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "高级配置" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 msgid "" "**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " "on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " "following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "**发票标签**：用于表示税种在发票行打印方式的短文本。例如，名为\"15%服务费\"的税种可以显示为。" +msgstr "**发票标签** ：关于您希望如何在发票行上打印此税款的简短文字。 例如，名为“服务税15％”的税项可以在发票上显示“ 15％”的标签。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 msgid "" "**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " "the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " "footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "* *税率组* *: 这个发票页脚处自定义。所有属于这个组的税会在发票页脚处汇总。税率组: 增值税、保留税。" +msgstr "**税率组** : 这个发票页脚处自定义。所有属于这个组的税会在发票页脚处汇总。税率组: 增值税、保留税。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 msgid "" "**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " "generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "* *包含于成本分析* * : 税是计入成本,因此, 如果发票使用分析科目, 会自动生成分析凭证。" +msgstr "**包含于成本分析** : 税是计入成本,因此, 如果发票使用分析科目, 会自动生成分析凭证。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 msgid "" "**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " "empty." -msgstr "**标签**:用于客户报告，通常可以不填写。" +msgstr "**标签** :用于客户报告，通常可以不填写。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`application`" msgstr ":doc:`application` " -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to set default taxes" msgstr "如何设置欠税" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " "localizations." -msgstr "你所在国家的适用税种已在大多数地区自动安装。" +msgstr "你所在国家的适用税种和本地化设置大多数已自动安装。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 msgid "" "Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " "tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " "country/state than you." msgstr "订单和发票中的欠税设置来自每个产品的发票系统的页签。你向同一国家/州的公司销售产品时适用这些税种。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 msgid "" "To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "为了更改创建的任一新产品的欠税设置，请选择：menuselection:‘发票/会计->配置->设置’。" +msgstr "为了更改创建的任一新产品的欠税设置，请选择:menuselection:`发票/会计 --> 配置 --> 设置’。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 msgid "" "If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " "may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " "login into two different companies and change this field for each company." msgstr "如你处于多公司环境中，你服务的每个公司的销售和购置税值可能有所不同。你可以登入两个不同的公司中，为每个公司修改这一字段。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" msgstr "如何管理预扣税？" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 msgid "" "A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " "for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " @@ -9274,82 +8749,80 @@ msgid "" "withholding tax applies to employment income." msgstr "预提税,也称为保留税收. 它是政府要求在销售发票上预扣或是从收款中扣除税,并将之支付给政府。在大多数地区,预提税用于就业收入。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 msgid "" "With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" " pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " "amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." msgstr "关于普通税收,税应计入应付款合计。而非正常的税收,预提税从应付款中扣除,税由客户支付。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" msgstr "在哥伦比亚,举个例子,你可能有以下发票:" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 msgid "" "In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " "the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " "**government**." -msgstr "在这个示例中,开票* *公司* * 欠政府20美元的税, * *客户* *欠* *政府* * 10美元的税。" +msgstr "在这个示例中, 开票 **公司** 欠政府20美元的税, **客户** 欠 **政府** 10美元的税。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 msgid "" "In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " "retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" -"在Odoo, 创建一个负的税来定义预提税。保留的10%, 需要一下配置(通过:menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Taxes`):" +msgstr "在Odoo, 创建一个负的税来定义预提税。保留的10%, 需要一下配置(通过:menuselection:`配置 --> 税收`):" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 msgid "" "In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " "specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " "tab." -msgstr "为了使税在发票上作为保留税出现,你应该设定一个具体的税组* *保留* *,在* * 高级选项* *选项卡上。" +msgstr "为了使税在发票上作为保留税出现,你应该设定一个具体的税组 **保留** ,在 ** 高级选项** 选项卡上。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 msgid "" "Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " "invoices." msgstr "一旦税率定义完成, 可在产品,销售订单或发票上使用。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 msgid "" "If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" " Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " "(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "如果保留税是普通税的一定比例, 创建一个税包含* *税计算* * 作为* *税集团* *, 并在这组设置两个税(正常的税和保留税)。" +msgstr "如果保留税是普通税的一定比例, 创建一个税包含 **税计算** 作为 **税集团** , 并在这组设置两个税(正常的税和保留税)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" msgstr "在发票上使用保留税" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 msgid "" "Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " "customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " "line." msgstr "一旦税建立, 可用于客户界面,销售订单或客户发票。也可在销售发票行应用多个税。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 msgid "" "When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " "line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " "print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " "taxes." msgstr "" -"当你看到客户发票, 只能得到一个* *税行* *, 这行汇总了的税收(正常的税收和保留税)。但是当你打印或发送发票, Odoo将正确地组合所有的税。" +"当你看到客户发票, 只能得到一个 **税行** , 这行汇总了的税收(正常的税收和保留税)。但是当你打印或发送发票, Odoo将正确地组合所有的税。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." msgstr "打印的发票将显示每个组合的不同合计。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 msgid "How to set tax-included prices" msgstr "如何设置含税价" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 msgid "" "In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " "*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " @@ -9358,70 +8831,70 @@ msgstr "" "多数国家的B2C价格都是含税的。在Odoo中，你可以在销售税中勾选**含税价**，路径为 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " "会计 --> 税收`。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 msgid "" "This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " "let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" " product form is $100." msgstr "这样产品的价格设定就是含税的。例如，如果某产品的销售税为10%，那么产品表单上的售价为100美元。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" msgstr "如果价格中不含税, 你会得到 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 msgid "Price without tax: $100" msgstr "不含税价格 : $100" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 msgid "Taxes: $10" msgstr "税 :$10" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 msgid "Total to pay: $110" msgstr "待支付总计 : $110" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 msgid "If the tax is included in the price" msgstr "如果税包含在价格中" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" msgstr "不含税价格 :90.91" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 msgid "Taxes: $9.09" msgstr "税 : $9.09" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 msgid "Total to pay: $100" msgstr "总计待支付 :$100" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 msgid "" "You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " "and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." msgstr "如同时需要含税(B2C)和不含税(B2B)两种方式，可依据以下文档：:doc:`B2B_B2C`." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" msgstr "在电子商务目录中显示含税价" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 msgid "" "By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " "display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " "(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " "Display)." msgstr "" -"显示在电子商务目录中的价格默认为不含税，要改为含税，请打开 " -":menuselection:`销售->配置->设置（税种显示）,勾选*显示含税(B2C)*。" +"显示在电子商务目录中的价格默认为不含税，要改为含税，请打开 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置（税种显示）,勾选 " +"*显示含税(B2C)*。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" msgstr "怎样通过TaxCloud获得美国正确的税率" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" "The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" " for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " @@ -9429,225 +8902,221 @@ msgid "" "TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " "special jurisdiction in the United States." msgstr "" -"**TaxCloud**集成功能允许用户计算美国各地的销售税，跟踪免除销售税的产品类别，以及哪些州支持免税。TaxCloud可实时计算各州、市以及美国特别司法辖区的销售税。" +"**TaxCloud**集成功能允许用户计算美国各地的销售税，追踪免除销售税的产品类别，以及哪些州支持免税。TaxCloud可实时计算各州、市以及美国特别司法辖区的销售税。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 msgid "In TaxCloud" msgstr "在TaxCloud中" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" "Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " "website." msgstr "在*TaxCloud* <https://taxcloud.net/#register>`__地址下创建一个免费帐户。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "" "Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." msgstr "在TaxCloud上注册你的Odoo网站，获得一个*API ID*和*API密钥*。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " "Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." msgstr "在TaxCloud的设置中，点击*地点*并输入你的办公室和仓库的地点。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " "where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "在TaxCloud的设置中，点击*管理税务州*，以验证你收取销售税的州。" +msgstr "在TaxCloud的设置中，点击 *管理税务州* ，以确认你收取销售税的州。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 msgid "In Odoo" msgstr "在Odoo上" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" " and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." msgstr "输入你的TaxCloud凭据。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." msgstr "点击保存，保存你的凭据。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " "categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" " imply specific rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." msgstr "设置默认的*TIC代码*。这适用于创建的任一新产品。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 msgid "" "Set a specific TaxCloud Category on the *General Information* tab of the " "Product, or on the Product Category." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " "code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " "to open and edit your Company record." msgstr "" -"确保你的公司地址是完整的（包括州名和邮编）。前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 用户和公司 --> 公司`，打开并编辑你的公司记录。" +"确保你的公司地址是完整的（包括州名和邮编）。前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 用户和公司 --> 公司`，打开并编辑你的公司记录。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" msgstr "工作方式" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " ":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" " installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" -"Odoo根据财务状况计算销售税（参见:doc:`application`）。在安装*TaxCloud*后即可创建在美国的财务状况。一切开箱即用。" +"Odoo根据财务状况计算销售税（参见:doc:`application`）。在安装*TaxCloud*后即可创建在美国的财政状况。一切开箱即用。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " "this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." msgstr "" -"你可将Odoo配置为自动检测使用该财务状况的客户。前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 财务状况`，打开并编辑记录。" +"你可将Odoo配置为自动检测使用该财政状况的客户。前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 财政状况`，打开并编辑记录。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " "order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " "triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "现在，当客户国家为*美国*时，此财务状况将自动设置在所有销售订单、网络订单或发票上。这将触发自动化税务计算。" +msgstr "现在，当客户国家为*美国*时，此财政状况将自动设置在所有销售订单、网络订单或发票上。这将触发自动化税务计算。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 msgid "" "Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " "You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " "**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." -msgstr "添加你的产品。你有两种方案获取订单的销售税。你可确认它，或保存它并从*操作*菜单选择**用TaxCloud更新税收**。" +msgstr "添加你的产品。你有两种选项来获取订单的销售税。你可确认它，或保存它并从*操作*菜单选择**用TaxCloud更新税收**。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "入门" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" msgstr "如何设置odoo会计？" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" "The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " "follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " "different screens you will need." msgstr "Odoo会计应用程序有一个实施指导, 配置时可参考。每一步都有相应截屏。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"Once you have installed the Accounting application, you should click on the " +"top-right progressbar to get access to the implementation guide." msgstr "" -"一旦你安装会计应用<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__," -" 可点击右上角的获得实施指南。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:15 msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" msgstr "实施指南将帮助您, 以下具体步骤:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 msgid "Completing your company settings" msgstr "完善你的公司设置" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:18 msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" msgstr "输入你的银行账户" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" msgstr "选择你的科目表" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" msgstr "确认常用税率" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" msgstr "设置外币" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 msgid "Importing your customers" msgstr "导入你的客户" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 msgid "Importing your suppliers" msgstr "导入你的供应商" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 msgid "Importing your products" msgstr "导入你的产品" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" msgstr "导入你的未清账款交易" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 msgid "Importing your starting balances" msgstr "导入你的起始余额" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 msgid "Define the users for accounting" msgstr "为会计定义用户" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:32 msgid "" "Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " "bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " "configuration of Odoo." msgstr "一旦一个步骤完成,你可以点击“标记为完成”按钮, 按钮在屏幕底部。这样,你可以跟踪整体配置的进度。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" msgstr "主要概念" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" msgstr "Odoo背后的会计学" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 msgid "" "This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " "transactions." msgstr "此页概述Odoo中典型的科目和业务的处理方式。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" msgstr "复式记账" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " "each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " "order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." msgstr "Odoo为每个会计交易自动创建背后的日记账分录, 包括 :客户发票, 销售点订单, 报销, 库存移动, 等等。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " "are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." msgstr "Odoo采用复式记账规则 : 所有日记账分录自动平衡（借方总和 = 贷方总和）。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" @@ -9655,38 +9124,38 @@ msgstr "" " `理解每个单据的odoo会计交易<https " "://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>` __" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" msgstr "权责发生制和现金收付制方法" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 msgid "" "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " "basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." -msgstr "Odoo支持权责发生制和现金收付制的报告。这允许你在交易发生时报告收入/费用（即权责发生制），或者收付款时（即收付实现制）报告。" +msgstr "Odoo支持权责发生制和收付实现制的报告。这允许你在交易发生时报告收入/费用（即权责发生制），或者收付款时（即收付实现制）报告。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "多公司" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " "reports following your consolidation rules." -msgstr "Odoo允许在同一个数据库管理几个公司。每个公司有自己的科目表以及规则。依据你的合并规则, 你可以得到合并报告。" +msgstr "Odoo允许在同一个数据库管理几个公司。每个公司有自己的科目表以及规则。依据你的合并规则，你可以得到合并报告。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." msgstr "用户可以访问几家公司，但在某个时间总是在一个公司工作。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 msgid "Multi-currencies" msgstr "多币种" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 msgid "" "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " "transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " @@ -9697,16 +9166,16 @@ msgstr "" "每一笔交易以公司的默认币种记录。对于以其他币种发生的交易, Odoo同时以公司的币种的价值，以及以交易币种的价值存储。 " "Odoo可以在分类账项目的调节后生成币种增益和损失。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." msgstr "货币汇率使用yahoo.com在线网络服务每天更新一次。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 msgid "International Standards" msgstr "国际标准" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 msgid "" "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " "implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " @@ -9715,36 +9184,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo会计应用程序支持超过50个国家。Odoo核心会计应用程序实施所有国家共用的会计准则。每个国家还有特定的模块，例如科目表、税收或银行接口。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" msgstr "特别是, Odoo 核心会计引擎支持 :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " "including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " "sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." msgstr "盎格鲁 - 撒克逊会计准则（美国、英国、以及爱尔兰、加拿大、澳大利亚和新西兰等其他英语国家）在产品售出/交付完成时报告销货成本。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "欧洲会计, 费用记账在供应商帐单。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." -msgstr "意大利会计, 退款发票使用负数借/贷, 而不是翻转原始的记账项目。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 -msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "Odoo还有符合IFRS规则的模块。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "应收账款和应付账款" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " @@ -9752,56 +9215,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "默认, odoo使用单一科目用于所有的应收账款分录，以及另外一个用于所有的应付账款分录。你可以每个客户/供应商创建独立的科目, 但是没有必要这样做。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " "revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." msgstr "由于交易关联了客户或供应商，你得到对每个客户/供应商进行分析的报告, , 如客户对账, 每客户收入, 到期的应收/应付款, ..." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "更宽广范围的财务报表" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " "reports include:" msgstr "在Odoo, 你可以实时生成财务报告。 Odoo的报告范围从基本的会计报告到高级的管理报告。 Odoo的报告包括 :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "绩效报告（如损益表, 预算差异）" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "状况报告(如资产负债表, 到期应付款, 到期应收款)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "现金报告（例如银行摘要）" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "详细报告（如试算表和总账）" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "管理报告（如预算, 执行概要）" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." msgstr "Odoo的报告引擎可让您根据自己的公式来定制您自己的报告。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "自动导入银行回单" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -9814,7 +9277,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo使得银行对帐容易，频繁的直接从你的银行导入银行对帐单明细到你的Odoo会计。这意味着你可以有现金流的每日视图, " "而无需登录到您的网上银行，或等候纸质银行对账单。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -9823,22 +9286,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo通过匹配大部分导入的银行对帐单明细到你的会计交易，加快银行对账。 Odoo还记住你是如何处理其他的银行对帐单明细，并提供建议的总帐交易。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "计算你欠税务机关的税金" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" " tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." msgstr "Odoo为你的纳税期间合计所有的会计交易，并使用这些汇总计算纳税的义务。然后, 您可以通过运行Odoo的税务报表来检查你的销售税金。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "库存计价" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " @@ -9846,7 +9309,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo支持定期(手动)以及永续(自动)库存估价。可用的成本方法有标准价、平均价、后进先出（LIFO对于允许的国家而言）以及先进先出(FIFO)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:132 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" @@ -9854,165 +9317,165 @@ msgstr "" " `查看计价方法对交易的影响<https ://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>` " "__" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "容易的留存收益" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" "end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." msgstr "" -"留存收益是你企业留存的部分收入。Odoo实时自动计算你的当年盈利，所以不需要进行年终分录或逆转。留存收益通过自动将损益表报告到资产负债表计算得出。" +"留存收益是指企业留存的部分收入。Odoo实时自动计算你的当年盈利，所以不需要进行年终分录或翻转。留存收益通过自动将损益表报告到资产负债表计算得出。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" msgstr "介绍Odoo会计" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 msgid "Transcript" msgstr "副本" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " "century." msgstr "Odoo是针对21世纪需求设计的完美的会计软件。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " "synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." msgstr "Odoo直接连到你的付款账户。每小时做一次交易同步, 核销也是超级快。就像魔法。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 msgid "" "Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " "them." msgstr "即刻创建发票, 点一个按钮就发送出去。不需要打印。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." msgstr "Odoo可以帮你以电子邮件或普通邮件的方式发送它们。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." msgstr "你的客户在线付款, 意味着你马上就能拿到钱。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 msgid "" "Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " "inventory and subscriptions." msgstr "Odoo财务和你的所有Odoo模块无缝衔接, 如销售、采购、库存、订阅服务。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 msgid "" "This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " "the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." msgstr "这样, 记录供应商的发票也很快。输入供应商, 选择采购订单, Odoo会自动为你填充其他字段。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." msgstr "然后, 只需调用SEPA协议或打印支票批量付款给供应商。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." msgstr "有了Odoo这都很容易。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 msgid "" "Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " "to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " "intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." msgstr "还不仅这些。你会爱上Odoo报告。包括法定报告和执行概要, 他们快速又动态。使用Odoo商务智能功能航行于贵公司所有数据。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 msgid "" "Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " "go." msgstr "当然, Odoo也支持移动设备。你可以用它随时查看你的账户。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:7 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "对于企业家的会计备忘录 (US GAAP)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:13 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " "over a specific period (usually the current year)." msgstr "**损益表** (P&L) 报告显示公司在一个特定期间内的绩效（通常是当年）" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:18 msgid "" "The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " "sold." msgstr " **毛利润** 等于销售收入减去销货成本。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:23 msgid "" "**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" " as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " "beyond the costs of products sold." msgstr " **运营费用(OPEX)** 包含行政、销售和研发部门的工资, 房屋租金, 设备, 杂项成本, 保险，销货成本之外的所有成本。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:29 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " "date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" -msgstr " **资产负债表** 是公司的财务在某个特定日期的快照（而损益表对一个期间的分析）" +msgstr " **资产负债表** 是公司的财务在某个特定日期的简要情况（而损益表对一个期间的分析）" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:34 msgid "" "**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " "includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " "cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." msgstr " **资产** 是代表企业的财富，它拥有的。固定资产包含建筑物以及办公室，流动资产包含银行存款和现金。客户欠款也是资产。员工并不是资产。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:40 msgid "" "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " "to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." msgstr " **负债** 是由过去事件而来的义务，公司在将来必须支付(租金、借款以及应付账款)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:45 msgid "" "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" " shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." msgstr " **权益** 是所有者(创始人及股东)贡献的资金总额加上前一留存收益(或亏损)。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:50 msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." msgstr "每一年，净利润(或亏损)报告到留存收益。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:56 msgid "" "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " "(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." msgstr "拥有的那些(资产)通过债务偿还(负债)或股权(利润，资本)融资得来。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:59 msgid "" "A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" " (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " "having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." msgstr "资产购置(例如，建筑物)和费用(例如，燃油)之间是有差异的。资产有随着时间推移的内在价值，而费用有为公司“工作”而消耗的价值。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:66 msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "资产 = 负债 + 权益" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "科目表" +msgstr "会计科目表" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:71 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " "sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," @@ -10022,276 +9485,276 @@ msgstr "" "**科目表** " "列出全部的科目，无论是资产负债表科目，或者损益表科目。每个财务交易（例如，付款、开票）通过移动价值从一个科目（贷）到另一个科目（借）来影响科目。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:78 msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "余额 = 借方 - 贷方" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 msgid "Journal Entries" -msgstr "日记账分录" +msgstr "会计凭证" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:88 msgid "" "Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " "a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " "impacting several accounts." msgstr "公司的每一份财务单据（如发票、银行对账单、工资单、增资合同）都被记录为会计分录, 影响几个会计科目。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:92 msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." msgstr "会计分录要保持 *平衡* , 借方合计必须等于贷方合计。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" msgstr "各种交易的会计分录的例子。示例 :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" msgstr "例1 :客户发票:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "解释 :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" msgstr "产生收入 $ 1, 000" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:104 msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" msgstr "支付税金 $ 90" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 msgid "The customer owes $1,090" msgstr "客户欠 $ 1, 090" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "配置 :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" msgstr "收入 :在产品定义, 或者产品类别" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:127 msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" msgstr "应收账款 :定义在客户" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" msgstr "税 :在发票上线税收集中定义" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:113 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "发票上所使用的财政状况可能有替代收入账户或另外一个在产品定义的税收规则。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" msgstr "例2 :客户付款:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:121 msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" msgstr "你的客户欠$ 1, 090少" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" msgstr "你收到$ 1, 090您的银行帐户" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:126 msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" msgstr "银行账户 :在相关的银行存款日记帐定义" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Reconciliation" -msgstr "调节" +msgstr "对账" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:134 msgid "" "Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " "account, matching credits and debits." msgstr "对账是匹配借方和贷方, 连接某一指定科目的会计项目的过程。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:137 msgid "" "Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " "to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " "done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." msgstr "它的主要目的是连接付款到相关的发票, 以便标识发票已经被支付, 清理客户对账单。这是通过在 *应收账款* 科目上做对账来完成的。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:141 msgid "" "An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " "reconciled with the related payment journal items." msgstr "当应收账款记账项目与相关的付款记账项目被调节后, 发票会被标记为已付。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" msgstr "对账在这些场景下是被系统自动执行 :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:146 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" msgstr "付款直接在发票上登记" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:147 msgid "" "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " "matching process" msgstr "付款和发票之间的连接在银行匹配过程中被侦测到" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 msgid "Customer Statement Example" msgstr "客户对账单示例" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Accounts Receivable" msgstr "应收账款" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Debit" msgstr "借方" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Credit" msgstr "贷方" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "发票1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "100" msgstr "100" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "付款1.1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "70" msgstr "70" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "Invoice 2" msgstr "发票2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "65" msgstr "65" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 1.2" msgstr "付款1.2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "Payment 2" msgstr "付款2" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 msgid "Invoice 3" msgstr "发票3" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 msgid "Total To Pay" msgstr "待支付合计" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:181 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " "your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " "from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" msgstr "银行对账是匹配银行对账单明细行（银行提供的）和内部交易（供应商付款或者客户付款）。每个银行对账单行可以 :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" msgstr "与先前记录的付款匹配 :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" msgstr "当从客户收到支票时, 付款已登记, 在核对银行对账单时匹配上" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:190 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" msgstr "记录为新的付款 :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:189 msgid "" "the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " "<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " "bank statement" msgstr "在处理银行对账单时, 付款的会计分录创建, 并与相关的发票 :ref:`调节<accounting/reconciliation>` 。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" msgstr "记录为另一个交易 :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." msgstr "银行转账, 银行费用等。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:195 msgid "" "Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " "should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," @@ -10299,108 +9762,108 @@ msgid "" "balance." msgstr "Odoo可自动核销大多数的交易,只有少数需要手动审核。当银行核销完成, 银行科目上的余额应与银行对账单的余额一致。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 msgid "Checks Handling" msgstr "支票处理" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" msgstr "有两种方法来管理支票和内部电汇 :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:207 msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" msgstr "2笔日记帐分录和1笔调节记录" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:208 msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" msgstr "1笔日记帐分录和1笔银行对账调节记录" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:212 msgid "" "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " "invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." msgstr "第一个日记帐分录是由注册在发票付款创建的。注册银行对账单时, 第二个是创建。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Account" msgstr "科目" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "应收账款" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 msgid "Invoice ABC" msgstr "发票ABC" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Undeposited funds" msgstr "未缴存的资金" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 msgid "Check 0123" msgstr "支票0123" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "Bank" msgstr "银行" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:237 msgid "" "A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " "reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" " journal entry." msgstr "日记帐分录是由注册在发票付款创建的。当核对银行对账单, 该声明是连接到现有的日记帐分录。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Bank Statement" msgstr "银行对账单" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 msgid "Statement XYZ" msgstr "对账单XYZ" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 msgid "Process overview" msgstr "过程概述" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" msgstr "从客户发票到付款收集" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " "and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " @@ -10411,11 +9874,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo支持多个发票和付款流程, 你可以选择和使用的匹配您的业务需求的流程。您是否想要接受一个付款对应一个发票,或一个付款涵盖, 或是现金折扣, " "这样可以更高效、准确。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" msgstr "从草稿发票到损益" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 msgid "" "If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " "goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " @@ -10427,7 +9890,7 @@ msgstr "" "如果设置'以现金订购', 货物装船后,您将:开发票,收到付款, 存入银行; 确保销售发票已关闭;如果客户迟付, 跟踪处理; 最后将收入体现在损益表上, " "将资产减少显示在资产负债表上。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 msgid "" "Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " "you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" @@ -10439,18 +9902,18 @@ msgstr "" "在大多数国家, 合同义务发生时开具发票。如果你将一个盒子发给客户, 你需要查看合同的条款, 然后开票。如果你的供应商给你发货, 需要查看合同的条款, " "然后开票。因此, 在发货前, 应将合同条款填写完整。在这一点上, Odoo支持由仓库人员开具草稿发票。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "发票创建" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "" "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " "directly if you would like." msgstr "可从其他文件手动创建草稿发票, 例如从销售订单,采购订单等。也可直接创建一个草稿发票。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" "An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " "in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " @@ -10458,144 +9921,144 @@ msgid "" " and precise manner." msgstr "发票上必须包含必要的信息,以便客户支付收到的商品和服务。它还必须包括其他信息, 如及时付款和精确付款的方式。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 msgid "Draft invoices" msgstr "草稿发票" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 msgid "" "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " "While these invoices" msgstr "最初生成的发票会进入草稿状态。然而这些发票" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 msgid "" "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " "is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." msgstr "如发票未审核, 不会影响会计。用户可以创建他们自己的草案发票, 这个没有限制。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" msgstr "让我们用如下信息创建一张客户发票 :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" msgstr "客户 : Agrolait" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 msgid "Product: iMac" msgstr "产品 : iMac" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 msgid "Quantity: 1" msgstr "数量 : 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 msgid "Unit Price: 100" msgstr "单价 : 100" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" msgstr "税 : 15%的税" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" msgstr "该文档由三部分构成 :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," msgstr "在发票上方, 有客户信息," -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," msgstr "发票的主体有详细的发票行," -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." msgstr "页面的底部有税的详细信息以及总计。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "打开或者形式发票" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" " tax information." msgstr "发票通常包括商品和/或服务的数量和价格、日期、客户、唯一的发票号码和税务信息。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "" "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " "moves from the Draft state to the Open state." msgstr "点击“验证”, 当发票已何时。发票将从草案状态转移到开放的状态。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 msgid "" "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " "defined, and modifiable, sequence." msgstr "当发票确认后, Odoo给它定义一个惟一的编号,可修改的序列号。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 msgid "" "Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" " when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " "entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." msgstr "当发票验证后会自动生成会计分录。你可以查看凭证细节, 在 \"Other Info\" 页签下单击凭证字段。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" msgstr "发送发票给客户" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "" "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " "customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." msgstr "验证客户发票后,可以直接寄给客户, 使用“发送电子邮件”功能。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" " follows:" msgstr "确认发票后, 自动生成的凭证, 样子如下:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" msgstr " **合作伙伴** " -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" msgstr " **到期日** " -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Agrolait" msgstr "Agrolait" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 msgid "01/07/2015" msgstr "2015-07-01" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "115" msgstr "115" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "15" msgstr "15" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 msgid "Payment" msgstr "付款" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 msgid "" "In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " "entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " @@ -10603,67 +10066,67 @@ msgid "" "entered the payment." msgstr "在Odoo, 当会计分录与付款分录核销后, 发票会到已支付状态。如果没有核销, 发票将保持在打开状态,直到登记付款。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" msgstr "从付款生成的特定的会计分录看起来如下 :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" msgstr "通过银行账单部分收款" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 msgid "" "You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " "in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " "your accounting localisation." msgstr "在Odoo, 可以手动输入银行对账单,或者从csv文件或从其他几个预定义的格式导入。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 msgid "" "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " "journal and enter an amount of $100 ." msgstr "在会计仪表板上创建一个银行对账单,输入金额100美元。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "调节" +msgstr "对账" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" msgstr "我们开始调节吧!" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." msgstr "你可以一笔笔核销, 或者批量核销。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" "After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " "display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" " them to pay this invoice. \"" msgstr "核销后,相关发票将显示该客户的“你有未核销的付款。你可用来核销这个发票的应收款。”" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 msgid "" "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" " invoice." msgstr "付款申请。下面,你可以看到付款已添加到相关发票。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" msgstr "付款追踪" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "" "There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " "Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" " faster." msgstr "客户付款会越来越迟, 这个趋势会增长。因此,催款人必须尽一切努力来催款, 越快越好。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 msgid "" "Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " "pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " @@ -10675,33 +10138,33 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo将帮助你定义你的跟踪策略。提醒客户支付未清款,根据客户的逾期情况, 您可以定义不同的方式。一旦逾期条件符合, " "这些行动将被触发。如果这个客户还有其他未清款,逾期最长的发票将先被执行." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." msgstr "通过查看记录和“未清款项”, 可看到跟踪信息和所有逾期的发票。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" msgstr "客户的账龄报表 :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " "to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." msgstr "客户的账龄表是另外的一种关键工具, 用于了解客户信用问题,并考虑优先级。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 msgid "" "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" " collection efforts." msgstr "账龄表用以确定逾期客户并开始收集工作。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 msgid "Profit and loss" msgstr "损益表" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " "Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " @@ -10709,29 +10172,29 @@ msgid "" " and Expenses.\"" msgstr "损益表显示收入和费用的明细。它将提供一个清晰的净损益清单。有时称之为“损益表”或“收入与费用的状态”。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 msgid "Balance sheet" msgstr "资产负债表" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." msgstr "资产负债表汇总了公司在一定时期内的负债、资产和所有者权益。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" "For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " "method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " "material has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "举个例子,如果你用永久的会计方法管理库存, 一旦材料发给客户, 应减少“流动资产”。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" msgstr "从供应商账单到付款" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 msgid "" "Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" " correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " @@ -10739,43 +10202,43 @@ msgid "" "aged payable balances." msgstr "一旦采购发票在Odoo生成, 可选择正确的时间支付货款 (根据付款条款, 不早不晚)。Odoo还提供了账龄表, 用于管理未清款。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " "the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " "them automatically based on past purchase orders." msgstr "如果你想管理供应商发票, 可使用Odoo采购应用程序, 程序可基于过去的采购订单控制和自动完成发票管理。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" -msgstr "登记一张新的供应商账单" +msgstr "创建新的供应商账单" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 msgid "" "When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " "As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " "dashboard." msgstr "" -"当收到供应商发票, 可在财务应用模块中录入 :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. " -"还有一个快捷方式,您还可在会计仪表盘上使用* *新发票* *功能。" +"当收到供应商发票, 可在会计应用中录入 :menuselection:`采购 --> 供应商帐单`。 还有一个快捷方式,您还可在会计仪表盘上使用 " +"**新发票** 功能。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 msgid "" "To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " "their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " "lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." msgstr "" -"登记一张新的供应商发票, 首先选择一个供应商并在* * 供应商参考信息* * 输入发票信息, 然后添加并确认产品行, 确保正确的产品数量、税收和价格。" +"登记一张新的供应商发票, 首先选择一个供应商并在 **供应商参考信息** 输入发票信息, 然后添加并确认产品行, 确保正确的产品数量、税收和价格。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 msgid "" "Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " "screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " "without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." msgstr "在屏幕的下部, 更新税收和含税金额, 保存发票。将产品的价格配置成不含税, Odoo自动计算税收。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 msgid "" "On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " "vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " @@ -10788,64 +10251,64 @@ msgstr "" "在左下角,Odoo汇总了这张发票的所有税额。在一些国家,计算的方法不同(每行计算或是总的计算)。默认的方式是每行计算(可能不同的产品有不同的税率。例如酒精和香烟)。如果采购发票上的税额不同,你可以调整左下角的表," " 使税额与之匹配。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" msgstr "确认供应商账单" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " "on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" " on the the accounting package you choose to use." msgstr "一旦采购发票确认, 系统会自动产生一个相应的分录。选择的条款不同, 分录也不同。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 msgid "" "For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" msgstr "对于欧洲国家会计, 分类账分录将会使用以下科目 :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" msgstr " **应付账款 :** 在供应商页面维护" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" msgstr " **税 :** 在产品或者订单行上维护" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" msgstr " **费用科目 :** 在产品上维护" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" "For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" msgstr "对于盎格鲁 - 撒克逊(US)会计, 分类账分录将会使用以下科目 :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" msgstr " **收到的货物 :** 定义在产品表单" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 msgid "" "You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " "validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." msgstr "在确认一些采购发票后, 你可以检查损益表或资产负债表, 以验证发票对账的影响。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 msgid "Pay a bill" msgstr "支付账单" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 msgid "" "To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " "**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." -msgstr "在采购发票上直接付款, 你可以点击顶部的* *登记付款* *。" +msgstr "在采购发票上直接付款, 你可以点击顶部的 **登记付款** 。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 msgid "" "From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " "card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " @@ -10857,21 +10320,19 @@ msgstr "" "在那里,可选择的支付方式(例如支票账户、信用卡、支票等…)和支付总额。默认情况下是付清余款。备注字段,我们建议您设置供应商发票号码(如果设置正确, " "Odoo将自动填补这一字段)。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 msgid "" "You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " "a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " "from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " "directly." -msgstr "" -"不在采购发票上直接支付, 也可以付款。在此登记, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. " -"然后在采购发票上直接核销." +msgstr "不在采购发票上直接支付, 也可以付款。在此登记, :menuselection:`采购 -->付款`. 然后在采购发票上直接核销。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 msgid "Printing vendor Checks" msgstr "打印供应商支票" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 msgid "" "If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " "so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " @@ -10879,42 +10340,42 @@ msgid "" "checks in batches." msgstr "如果你选择用支票支付你的供应商。Odoo提供一个方法直接从你的供应商付款来做。不管你每日做，还是在每周结束时做，你总是可以批量打印支票。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " "list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." msgstr "如果你要打印支票,Odoo仪表盘有一个待办事项清单,提醒你还有多少需要打印。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 msgid "" "By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " "list of all payments that are ready to be processed." msgstr "通过选择支票的数量, 可进到准备付款的一个列表。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 msgid "" "Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " "them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " "the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " "once." msgstr "" -"选择需要打印的所有支票(使用第一个复选框, 选择所有), 并设置* * 打印支票* *。Odoo将要求您设置打印序列, 之后将打印所有的支票。" +"选择需要打印的所有支票(使用第一个复选框, 选择所有), 并设置 **打印支票** 。Odoo将要求您设置打印序列, 之后将打印所有的支票。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "到期应付余额" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 msgid "" "In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" " can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" " visual of all of your outstanding bills." msgstr "" -"使用* *应付款账龄表* *, 可获得未清应付款和相关到期日. 在菜单下, (in :menuselection:`Reporting --> " -"Business Statement --> Aged payable`) , 可看到这个报表。" +"使用 **应付款账龄表** , 可获得未清应付款和相关到期日. 在菜单下, ( :menuselection:`报告 --> 业务报表 --> " +"应付账款`) , 可看到这个报表。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" "From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " "of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " @@ -10925,106 +10386,107 @@ msgstr "" "从这里, 直接点击供应商名称可看到所有未清账单和未清余款,或者你可在行上标注管理信息。当查看时, 可以直接打印到Excel或者PDF, " "打印出来的内容和屏幕上看到的是一样的。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice` " -#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:3 msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "应付账款" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" msgstr "如何追踪员工费用？" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 msgid "" "Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" " then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " "most frequently are:" msgstr "员工为公司发生的费用, 可报销这些费用。最常遇到的收据:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," msgstr "汽车旅行, 根据距离按照每单位进行报销(英里或者公里)," -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," msgstr "生活费, 根据小票进行报销," -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 msgid "" "other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " "carried out by the employee." msgstr "员工的报销包含员工为公司支付的如文具和书籍等。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 msgid "" "To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " "from the Apps module." -msgstr "管理费用, 需要安装* *费用跟踪 * *应用程序模块。" +msgstr "管理报销费用, 需要安装 **跟踪报销 ** 应用程序模块。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 msgid "" "You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " "re-invoice your expenses to your customers." -msgstr "还需要安装* *销售管理* *模块, 可用于将费用重新开票给客户." +msgstr "还需要安装 **销售管理** 模块, 可用于将费用重新开票给客户。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 msgid "" "Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " "products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " "products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " "Products` in the **Expenses** application." msgstr "" -"应用程序安装后, 可以配置代表不同费用类型的产品。创建产品, 在* *费用* " -"*应用程序中进入菜单:menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses Products` ." +"应用程序安装后, 可以配置代表不同费用类型的产品。创建产品, 在 **费用** 应用程序中进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> " +"报销产品` 。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 msgid "Some examples of products can be:" msgstr "一些示例产品可以是 :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 msgid "**Travel (car)**" msgstr " **出差 (汽车)** " -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 msgid "Product Type: Service" msgstr "产品类型 :服务" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" msgstr "开票策略 :基于记工单开票" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" msgstr "费用开票原则 :根据销售价格" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" msgstr "销售价 : 0.32" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 msgid "" "Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " "Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "计量单位 :公里(Km) 或英里(mile) (需在菜单[销售模块]-->[配置]中勾选\" 多个计量单位\\ \\ \\ \"" +msgstr "" +"计量单位 :公里(Km) 或英里(mile) (需在菜单 :menuselection:`销售模块 --> *配置* 中勾选 *多个计量单位* `" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 msgid "**Hotel**" msgstr " **酒店** " -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" msgstr "费用开票原则 :基于成本" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" msgstr "计量单位 :个" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 msgid "" "In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " "employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " @@ -11032,7 +10494,7 @@ msgid "" " hotel." msgstr "在这些示例中,第一个产品是用于员工报销的, 基于汽车所行驶的公里数(如拜访客户):0.32€/公里。住宿费根据实际酒店发生费用报销." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 msgid "" "Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " "checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " @@ -11040,88 +10502,86 @@ msgid "" " customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " "customer." msgstr "" -"确保所有这些产品的复选框* * Can be expensed* *已勾选, 并且发票政策设置为* *基于时间和材料 * " -"*。这发票政策意味着,如果相关的费用用于客户项目/销售订单, Odoo 将再次开票给客户。" +"确保所有这些产品的复选框 ** 可以报销** 已勾选, 并且发票政策设置为 **基于时间和材料 ** " +"。这发票政策意味着,如果相关的费用用于客户项目/销售订单, Odoo 将再次开票给客户。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" msgstr "Odoo支持两种类型的费用 :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" msgstr "雇员自己付款的费用" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" msgstr "用公司信用卡支付的费用" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 msgid "The expenses workflow" msgstr "费用报销工作流程" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 msgid "Record a new expense" msgstr "登记新的费用" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 msgid "" "Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " ":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " "personal expenses work that way:" -msgstr "" -"公司的每个员工可将费用登记在:menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. " -"个人支出报销流程为:" +msgstr "公司的每个员工可将报销费用登记在:menuselection:`报销应用 --> 我的报销`。 个人支出报销流程为:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" msgstr "员工登记自己的费用, 然后提交给自己的经理" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" msgstr "经理通过或者拒绝费用" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 msgid "the accountant post journal entries" msgstr "会计登录日记账分录" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 msgid "" "the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " "with a payable account)" msgstr "公司报销员工费用（员工就像一个供应商, 有应付款科目）" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 msgid "" "if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " "the customer" msgstr "如果费用链接到分析帐户, 该公司可以重开发票给客户" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" msgstr "每个费用, 员工至少应该登记 :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" msgstr "描述 :应该包含票据／账单的号码参照" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 msgid "a product: the expense type" msgstr "一个产品 :费用类型" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 msgid "" "a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" " car)" msgstr "价格（例如酒店）或数量 (例如报销自驾车里程数)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 msgid "" "Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " "photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " "the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." msgstr "根据公司的政策,可能需要在费用上附加扫描件或照片。如果要这样,就在费用单底部留言并添加附件。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 msgid "" "If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" " an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " @@ -11129,70 +10589,71 @@ msgid "" "this feature)." msgstr "如果费用是用于客户的项目,别忘了设置一个分析科目, 链接到相关客户项目或者销售订单(需要事先在会计设置中激活这个功能)。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 msgid "" "Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " "**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " "expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." -msgstr "费用全部填写后,员工必须单击按钮* *向经理提交* *。在一些公司,员工应在月底或是出差结束后统一提交。" +msgstr "费用全部填写后,员工必须单击按钮 **向经理提交** 。在一些公司,员工应在月底或是出差结束后统一提交。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 msgid "" "An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " "action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." msgstr "在费用列表或是列表视图提交费用选项中, 员工可以批量提交费用。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 msgid "Validation by the manager" msgstr "由经理通过" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 msgid "" "Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " "manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " "menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." -msgstr "每个费用的申请, 经理都会收到相应的待批准邮件(在员工表格中定义经理字段)。所有等待确认的单据, 经理可使用按钮* *批准* *。" +msgstr "" +"每个报销的申请, 经理都会收到相应的待批准邮件(在员工应用中设定经理的身份)。经理可以使用菜单 **批准** 按钮来检查所有等待确认的报销费用。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 msgid "The manager can:" msgstr "经理权限能 :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 msgid "" "discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " "bill is missing);" msgstr "讨论费用索要更多的信息（例如, 单据复印件丢失）;" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 msgid "reject an expense;" msgstr "拒绝一个费用；" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 msgid "approve an expense." msgstr "通过一个费用。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 msgid "Control by the accountant" msgstr "由会计控制" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 msgid "" "Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " "by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " "created and posted in your accounting." msgstr "然后,所有已由经理批准的费用将转到会计那里。当一个费用过账后, 相应的分录会自动创建并过账。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 msgid "" "If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " "expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." msgstr "如果一批费用对应生成一个凭证, 可在列表视图中批量过账费用单据。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" msgstr "重开发票给客户" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 msgid "" "If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " "the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " @@ -11202,14 +10663,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果费用与销售订单的分析账户相关联,销售订单中有一行是这个费用。如这个费用未开票, 下次开票时可将这行开票给客户(这个项目相关的差旅费和住宿费)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 msgid "" "To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." " (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " "invoice all your orders in batch)" msgstr "开发票给顾客, 只需单击客户销售订单的发票按钮。（如果你给所有订单整批开票, 则会在周/月末自动完成）" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 msgid "" "tip If you want to learn more; check the documentation page :doc: " "../../../sale/invoicing/service/expense `*How to re-invoice expenses to your" @@ -11217,63 +10678,63 @@ msgid "" "<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1_6VclRWfESHfvNPZI32q5ANFi2C7cCTwkLXpbGTz6B8/edit?usp=sharing>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 msgid "Reimburse the employee" msgstr "员工报销" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 msgid "" "If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " "reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" " payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." msgstr "如果员工已支付了这个费用,公司应报销给员工。在这种情况下,在公司报销前, 员工将在应付账款账龄表中。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 msgid "" "All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " "due." msgstr "你只需要创建对雇员款项的支付。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" msgstr "未重开票给客户的费用" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 msgid "" "If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " "options:" msgstr "如果一些费用不可以重开发票给客户, 你有两个选项︰" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 msgid "" "if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " "invoicing policy on the product:" msgstr "是否开票取决于产品上的设置, 在产品上更改发票政策:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr " **基于记工单**: 重新给客户开票" +msgstr " **基于时间和材料** : 重新给客户开票" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" msgstr " **基于销售订单 :** 不给客户重新开票" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 msgid "" "if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " "reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" " invoice." msgstr "如果有个别费用, 不需要重开票给客户,这个发票不需要设置相关分析科目。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 msgid ":doc:`forecast`" msgstr ":doc:`forecast` " -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" msgstr "如何预测未来要付的账单？" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" "When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " "different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " @@ -11281,42 +10742,42 @@ msgid "" "availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." msgstr "如果每个月收到很多采购发票, 每个发票的付款条款都不同,要记住付款的时间就比较麻烦了。过早付款将减少现金流, 过晚支付会增加额外费用。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " "vendors efficiently." msgstr "幸运的是, Odoo 提供了适合的工具, 有效管理供应商付款订单。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" msgstr "配置 :付款条款" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " "Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " "on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" msgstr "为了追踪供应商付款条件,在Odoo中使用付款条件。付款条件可用于计算发票的到期日期。举个例子,一个付款方式可以是:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 msgid "50% within 30 days" msgstr "30天内支付50%" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 msgid "50% within 45 days" msgstr "45天内支付50%" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" "To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " "**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" " directly and the balance after 30 days." msgstr "" -"创建最常见的付款方式,在会计应用程序中使用菜单: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> " -"Payment Terms` 。下面的例子: 30%直接支付, 余款30天后支付。" +"创建最常见的付款方式,在会计应用程序中使用菜单: :menuselection:`配置 --> 管理 --> 付款条款` 。下面的例子: " +"30%直接支付, 余款30天后支付。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 msgid "" "Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " "default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" @@ -11324,17 +10785,17 @@ msgid "" "propose you automatically the right payment term." msgstr "付款条款的定义后,可定义供应商。在供应商表格的财务页签下, 设置付款条款。这样, 每次从这个供应商处采购,Odoo将自动建议这个付款方式。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 msgid "" "If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " "able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." msgstr "如果需要设置个比较特殊的付款条款,可在采购发票上设置。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" msgstr "应付账龄表可对付款有个预测" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 msgid "" "In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " "report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " @@ -11345,41 +10806,41 @@ msgstr "" "想要了解支付给供应商的合计数, 可使用应付账龄表。在财务应用模块下可查看此报表。在报表上, " "汇总了每个供应商的应付款,和相应的到期日(到期日是根据付款条款计算得出)。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 msgid "" "This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." msgstr "这个报告告诉你接下来的几个月需要支付的款项。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" msgstr "选择要支付的账单" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" "Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " "list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" " that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " "payment)." msgstr "" -"菜单 :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor " -"Bills`,可看到采购发票列表。使用高级过滤器,可列出所有的应付账单,或是逾期的账单(滞后支付)。" +"使用菜单 :menuselection:`购买 --> " +"供应商账单``,可看到采购发票列表。使用高级过滤器,可列出所有的应付账单,或是逾期的账单(滞后支付)。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 msgid "" "From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " "to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " "\"Due Date\" feature." msgstr "从这个页面上,使用汇总“到期日”功能, 通过数据透视表或图表视图可得到下个月的应付到期额。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Payments" msgstr "供应商账单" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" msgstr "使用支票支付" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" "Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " "Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " @@ -11387,12 +10848,12 @@ msgid "" "suppliers with actual bank statements." msgstr "当支付供应商账单时,你可选择用支票来支付。然后,在一天结束的时候,可批量打印所有支票。最后,银行将支付的支票和银行对账单核销。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 msgid "Install the required module" msgstr "安装必须的模块" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 msgid "" "To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " "Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " @@ -11400,21 +10861,21 @@ msgid "" "country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " "print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -"用支票来付款,必须安装* *支票填写* *模块。这个模块登记支票处理。其他模块用来打印支票, 国家不同也不同。举个例子,美国* *支票打印* " -"*模块根据美国的支票来设计。" +"要通过支票记录供应商的付款，您必须安装 **填写支票** 模块。 该模块处理在Odoo中记录支票的过程。 " +"根据国家/地区，其他模块对于打印支票也是必需的。 例如，**美国支票打印** 模块才能打印美国支票。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " "may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " "install, it's configured by default)." msgstr "根据所在国家和所使用的科目表,这些模块可默认安装。(例如:美国用户不用安装,已默认配置)。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" msgstr "激活支票付款方式" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " "on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -11422,153 +10883,78 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " "set **Check**." msgstr "" -"如需用支票支付,必须在银行账上激活付款方式。从会计仪表板(进入会计应用程序的界面),点击你的银行账户:`More --> Settings` " -"option. 在* *支付方式* *字段,设置* *检查* *。" +"如需用支票支付,必须在银行账上激活付款方式。从会计仪表板(进入会计应用程序的界面),点击你的银行账户:menuselection:`更多 --> 设置`" +" 选项。 在 **支付方式** 字段, 设置 **检查** 。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "打印支票的兼容支票纸张" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 msgid "United States" msgstr "美国" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "对于美国, Odoo默认支持支票格式 :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" -msgstr "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: 在顶部检查,存根在中间和底部" +msgstr "**Quickbooks & Quicken** : 在顶部检查,存根在中间和底部" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" -msgstr "**Peachtree**: 在中部检查,存根在顶部和底部" +msgstr "**Peachtree** : 在中部检查,存根在顶部和底部" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." -msgstr "**ADP**: 在底部检查,存根在顶部" +msgstr "**ADP** :在底部检查,存根在顶部" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." msgstr "通过自定义格式, 可自定义自己的支票格式。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "用支票支付供应商账单" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "用支票支付采购发票, 需要三个步骤:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" msgstr "在账单上登记付款" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "批量打印所有的已登记付款" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 msgid "reconcile bank statements" msgstr "调节银行对账单" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "用支票登记付款" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 msgid "" "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " "validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" -"如需在账单上登记付款，在此点开任何供应商发票:menuselection:`采购 --> " -"供应商发票`。在验证供应商发票后，即可登记付款。将**支付方式**设置为**支票**，并验证付款对话框。" +"如需在账单上登记付款，在此点开任何供应商发票 :menuselection:`采购 --> " +"供应商发票`。在确认供应商发票后，即可登记付款。将**支付方式**设置为**支票**，并确认付款对话框。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "付款界面字段的解释 :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "有发票" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "用于可用性用途的技术领域" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "隐藏付款方式" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " -"only one available which is 'manual'" -msgstr "技术领域用于隐藏的付款方法，如果选择的日记账只有一个可用的是 '手动'" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " -"you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " -"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "显示合作伙伴银行账户" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " -"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" -msgstr "字段用于告知‘partner_bank_account_id’字段是否需要被显示在付款表单视图中。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "代码" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." -msgstr "技术字段根据付款方式来调整。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "支票号码" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" -"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " -"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." -msgstr "被选的日记账被配置成打印支票号码。如果预先印制支票纸已经有号码或者当前的号码是错误的你可以在日记账配置页面改正" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "试着用支票支付供应商账单" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:77 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "打印支票" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:79 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -11576,261 +10962,260 @@ msgid "" "in batch or review them one by one." msgstr "从会计仪表盘,银行账户,可看到一个链接“X支票打印”。点击这个链接,会得到所有未打印的支票清单。从这个界面,可批量打印或是逐个检查。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:84 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " "will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" " number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." msgstr "" -"如果你想在打印前查看每笔付款,打开支付界面,点击* *打印支票* *。对话框会问你检查的编号。它会自动提出你下一个编号,但是,如果编号不匹配, 可修改。" +"如果你想在打印前查看每笔付款，打开支付界面， 点击 **打印支票** 。对话框会问你检查的编号。它会自动提出你下一个编号，但是，如果编号不匹配，可修改。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:90 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." msgstr "如需批量打印,从列表中选择所有支票, 点击顶部“打印”菜单。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:99 msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" msgstr "调节银行对账单" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " "payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." -msgstr "当处理银行对账单时,支票已从银行账户支出,Odoo将自动与付款匹配。这标志着付款* *核销* *。" +msgstr "当处理银行对账单时,支票已从银行账户支出, Odoo将自动与付款匹配。这标志着付款 **已调节对账** 。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 msgid "" "to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "如支票未支付,点击付款, 过滤状态。查看2星期前的付款。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "用支票支付任何东西" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:114 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by check." -msgstr "" -"可登记与发票没有关系的付款。使用顶部菜单:menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. 登记付款, 选择付款方式。" +msgstr "可登记与发票没有关系的付款。使用顶部菜单:menuselection:`采购 --> 付款`. 登记付款, 选择付款方式。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." -msgstr "如果支付一个特殊的发票,在* * 备忘录* *字段写入备注。" +msgstr "如果支付一个特殊的发票,在 **备忘录** 字段写入备注。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:124 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" " flow to print checks in batch:" -msgstr "付款登记后, 点击* *确定* *。确认后,就可以直接* *打印支票* *或批量打印:" +msgstr "付款登记后, 点击 **确定** 。确认后,就可以直接 **打印支票** 或批量打印:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:128 msgid "`Print checks <PrintChecks_>`_" msgstr " `打印支票<PrintChecks_>` _" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:130 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" msgstr " `银行对账<ReconicleBankStatements_>` _" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" msgstr "如何一次性支付几个账单？" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " "with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " "able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." msgstr "Odoo提供了一种简单而有效的方式来处理多个账单。用一个单一的过程,仅用几个点击可处理发票和付款。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" msgstr "一次支付多个账单" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 msgid "Record several payments" msgstr "登记一些付款" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" "In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " "open the accounting application)." msgstr "在以下示例中,我们将生成一些账单。可在会计仪表板控制整个过程(打开会计应用程序后的界面)。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " "the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "打开仪表板, 点击* *供应商账单 * *。在供应商账单界面,点击* *创建* *。" +msgstr "打开仪表板, 点击 **供应商账单** 。在供应商账单界面,点击 **创建** 。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 msgid "" "Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " "Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " "**Validate**." -msgstr "选择供应商,并点击添加项目, 可添加一个(或更多)产品(s)。点击* *保存* *, 然后点击 * *确认* *。" +msgstr "选择供应商, 并点击添加项目, 可添加一个(或更多)产品。点击 **保存** , 然后点击 **确认** 。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" msgstr "一个接一个的支付账单" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 msgid "" "We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" " on **Validate**." -msgstr "现在一个付款对应一张发票。打开发票,然后点击* *付款登记 * *。输入支付方式、日期和金额,点击* *确认 * *。" +msgstr "现在一个付款只对应一张发票。打开发票,然后点击 **付款登记** 。输入支付方式、日期和金额,点击 **确认** 。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" "Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" " the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " "also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " "expense transaction." -msgstr "确认支付后,系统将自动将付款和发票核销,发票将到* *已支付* *状态。系统会自动生成一个凭证。" +msgstr "确认支付后,系统将自动将付款和发票核销,发票将到 **已支付** 状态。系统会自动生成一个凭证。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" msgstr "多个账单一块支付" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "" "In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " "following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" " vendor.**" -msgstr "为了彻底说明这个过程,按要求至少创建2张发票。* *确保所有发票来自于同一个供应商。* *" +msgstr "为了彻底说明这个过程,按要求至少创建2张发票。 **确保所有发票来自于同一个供应商。**" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 msgid "" "In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" " the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " "the page, click on **Register Payment**." -msgstr "供应商发票,通过勾选旁边的框选择刚刚创建的发票。在页面的中间处,点击* * 付款登记* *。" +msgstr "供应商发票,通过勾选旁边的框选择刚刚创建的发票。在页面的中间处,点击 ** 付款登记** 。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 msgid "" "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " "for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." -msgstr "插入付款的细节。系统会计算2个账单的总金额,但你可以修改它。点击* *确认 * *。" +msgstr "插入付款的细节。系统会计算2个账单的总金额,但你可以修改它。点击 **确认** 。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" msgstr "登记付款, 随后调节" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 msgid "" "You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " "recorded." msgstr "你也可以在付款登记之后对付款进行调节。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 msgid "First, we need to create a payment" msgstr "首先, 我们来创建一个付款" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "这可以在以下处理 :`仪表盘 -->银行分类账 -->更多选项 -->付款` " +msgstr "这可以在以下处理 :menuselection:`仪表盘 --> 银行分类账 --> 更多选项 --> 付款` " -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" "Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " "and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " "the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." msgstr "用支票支付的方式付款。选择供应商和应支付的余款金额。所有细节后填写后,确认付款。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 msgid "" "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " "remaining to reconcile." msgstr "如你所见, 账单的状态显示什么已经过账什么还没有过账。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "" "After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " "reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " "transaction amount." msgstr "收到银行对账单后, 可在仪表板上进行核销。它会自动核对金额。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" msgstr "详情参见银行调节过程, 请参阅 :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" msgstr "多个供应商账单的部分付款" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "如何同时支付几个有现金折扣的供应商的发票?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 msgid "" "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " "various bills." msgstr "你已学会了如何以各种方式支付账单, 但是部分付款呢?我们举个例子,多个账单如何做部分付款。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "" "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " "statements." msgstr "通过银行对账单, 可创建多个账单和部分付款。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 msgid "" "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " "offer us early payment discount." msgstr "如供应商给我们提前付款现金折扣, 应添加一些付款条款。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 msgid "" "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" " term." msgstr "用以上的付款条款来创建发票。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 msgid "We have created the following bills:" msgstr "我们已经创建了以下账单 :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 msgid "" "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" " cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." msgstr "我们可通过创建银行对账单来支付款项,付款时可调整现金折扣。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." msgstr "核销银行对账单之前,需要先创建一个现金折扣模型。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "现在我们回到银行对账单，并打开调节视图。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" msgstr "对于带有模型选项的银行对账单的调节, 见" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:71 msgid "Pay with SEPA" msgstr "使用SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -11838,25 +11223,30 @@ msgid "" "transfer." msgstr "SEPA,是唯一欧元付款地, 是欧盟的付款倡议简化欧元转帐。SEPA将付款单发给银行以简化转账。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 msgid "" "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " "Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." msgstr "SEPA得到28个欧盟成员国银行的支持, 以及冰岛、挪威、瑞士、安道尔、摩纳哥和圣马力诺。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " "with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " -"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file " -"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" -" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." +"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." msgstr "" -"如付款给供应商,你可以选择用SEPA付账。然后,在一天结束的时候,经理可以生成SEPA文件, 文件包含所有银行电汇, " -"然后发给银行。SEPA含支付'PAIN.001.001.03'备注。这是一个银行间通用的标准。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 +msgid "" +"By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " +"specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among " +"banks. However, according to the country set on your company, another format" +" can be used : **'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and " +"**'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 msgid "" "Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " "account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " @@ -11864,24 +11254,24 @@ msgid "" "statements." msgstr "一旦银行处理完支付单据,你可以直接将银行对账单导入Odoo。Odoo将SEPA 付款单和银行对账单核销。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 msgid "" "To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " "module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " "Odoo payments." -msgstr "用SEPA支付,必须安装* *SEPA信用转帐* *模块。这个模块将Odoo付款申请生成SEPA文件。" +msgstr "用SEPA支付,必须安装 **SEPA信用转帐** 模块。这个模块将Odoo付款申请生成SEPA文件。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." msgstr "根据所在国家和所用科目表,这个模块会默认安装。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:45 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" msgstr "激活银行SEPA付款方法" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " "related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -11889,42 +11279,41 @@ msgid "" "account and select the \"Settings\" option." msgstr "如用SEPA支付,必须激活银行账内的付款方法。会计仪表板(进入会计应用程序的界面),在银行科目上点击“更多”,并选择“设置”选项。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 msgid "" "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " "Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" " Transfer**." -msgstr "激活SEPA,点击* * 高级设置* *选项卡,在* *支付方式* * 下的* *杂项* *,勾选复选框* *SEPA支付 * *。" +msgstr "激活SEPA,点击 ** 高级设置** 选项卡,在 **支付方式** 下的 **杂项** ,勾选复选框 **SEPA支付 ** 。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." msgstr "在银行账上, 确认定义IBAN账号(国内帐号不会使用SEPA)和BIC(银行识别码)。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:62 msgid "" "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " "initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " "statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " "company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." msgstr "" -"默认情况下,使用SEPA付款将使用你公司的名称。公司名称将出现在收款人的银行对账单的* *付款* *字段。在* *SEPA* *下的* *配置* " -"*选项卡内, 你可以在公司界面设置。" +"默认情况下,使用SEPA付款将使用你公司的名称。公司名称将出现在收款人的银行对账单的 **付款** 字段。在 **SEPA** 下的 **配置** " +"选项卡内, 你可以在公司界面设置。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "Register your payments" msgstr "登记付款" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." -msgstr "" -"可登记与发票没有关系的付款。使用顶部菜单:menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. 登记付款, 选择付款方式。" +msgstr "可登记与发票没有关系的付款。使用顶部菜单:menuselection:`采购 --> 付款`。登记付款, 选择付款方式。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 msgid "" "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " @@ -11933,20 +11322,20 @@ msgstr "" "如果这是第一次支付这个供应商,需要填写收件人的银行账户信息,至少需要:银行的名字, IBAN 和 " "BIC(银行识别码)。Odoo会自动验证IBAN的格式。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " "one." msgstr "未来会付款给这个供应商,Odoo会自动提供银行账户,但你可更改或者创建一个新的。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:88 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**memo** field." -msgstr "如果支付一个特殊的发票,在* * 备忘录* *字段写入备注。" +msgstr "如果支付一个特殊的发票,在 ** 备忘录** 字段写入备注。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:94 msgid "" "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " "pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" @@ -11954,69 +11343,68 @@ msgid "" "linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." msgstr "付款登记后,别忘了确认。你也可以直接在发票上登记付款。形式是相同的,但是付款是直接与账单链接并自动核销。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 msgid "Generate SEPA files" msgstr "生成SEPA 文件" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:102 msgid "" "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " "generate for every bank account." msgstr "在会计仪表板,您可看到是否有银行账户生成的SEPA文件。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:108 msgid "" "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " "SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " "to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " "Download SEPA Payments`." msgstr "" -"点击链接,检查是否所有的通过SEPA的付款已准备就绪。然后,选择所有要发送的款项(或勾选顶部的选相框一次选中所有的付款), " -"单击:menuselection:`More --> Download SEPA Payments`.。" +"点击链接,检查是否所有的通过SEPA的付款已准备就绪。然后,选择所有要发送的款项(或勾选顶部的选相框一次选中所有的付款), 单击 " +":menuselection:`更多 --> 下载SEPA付款` 。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "银行拒绝SEPA文件" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:122 msgid "" -"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " -"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " -"error message to your Odoo partner." +"Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** " +"(the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they " +"don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the error " +"message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" -"问银行是否支持* * PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers* " -"*。如果不支持,或无法提供相关信息,请向前Odoo供应商提供相关信息" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "该银行账号没有银行识别码……" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 msgid "" "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" " IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " "for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." msgstr "用SEPA支付,收款人必须有有效的IBAN和BIC。如果这个提示出现,你可能填写了IBAN但忘了填写BIC。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr ":doc:`check` " -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:139 msgid "How to define a new bank?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:140 msgid "How to reconcile bank statements?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" msgstr "什么时候应该使用供应商帐单或购买发票？" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 msgid "" "Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" " for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " @@ -12027,7 +11415,7 @@ msgstr "" "采购收据不同于采购发票。基于发票和申请付款。如果我发出采购订单, 将在大多数情况下, 供应商会发账单给我。基于付款条款, " "可得到应付款信息。根据收到的货款开具采购收据。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " "will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " @@ -12035,20 +11423,20 @@ msgid "" "means no debt account is necessary." msgstr "从会计的角度来看, 这是核销账单和银行对账单前的差异。另一方面, 我们通常立即支付采购收据,这意味着没必要设任何债务账户。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 msgid "" "Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," " as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." msgstr "此外购买收据可以每产品行设不同的税率,整张发票有个税的汇总。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 msgid "" "If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " "receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " "handle them in accounting." msgstr "如果公司的银行账户用于支付采购商品,采购收据可用于财务。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 msgid "" "Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " "a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " @@ -12056,53 +11444,52 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "看下面的例子:需要从本地买茶叶, 但茶叶商店不开具发票。我们每周都去买50欧元的茶和20欧元的茶壶。用公司银行账户支付。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 msgid "" "To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " "installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." msgstr "如需处理购买收据, 需安装一个模块和一个应用程序。进入应用程序模块, 安装会计软件。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 msgid "" "Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" " \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." -msgstr "然后,去搜索栏、删除默认模块搜索,搜索“购买”。安装* *销售&采购凭证* *模块。" +msgstr "然后,去搜索栏、删除默认模块搜索, 搜索“购买”。安装 **销售&采购凭证** 模块。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 msgid "Register a receipt" msgstr "登记收据" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 msgid "" "By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " "Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." -msgstr "安装* *销售&采购凭证* *模块后, 在会计应用中可看到* *购买收据* *下拉菜单。" +msgstr "安装 **销售&采购凭证** 模块后, 在会计应用中可看到 **购买收据** 下拉菜单。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 msgid "" "To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " "app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." -msgstr "" -"输入50欧元茶的购买收据,进入会计应用程序,选择:menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." +msgstr "输入50欧元茶叶的购买收据, 进入会计应用程序,选择 :menuselection:`采购 --> 采购收据`." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 msgid "" "Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " "Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " "**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" " accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." msgstr "" -"创建一个新的购买收据并填写所有必要信息。请注意,您可选择* *稍后支付* *或* *立即支付* *。两者有显著差异, " +"创建一个新的购买收据并填写所有必要信息。请注意,您可选择 **稍后支付** 或 **立即支付** 。两者有显著差异, " "稍后支付将生成一个会计分录而立即支付将立即用银行支付。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 msgid "" "In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " "option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " "the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." msgstr "大多数情况下使用立即支付，因此选择直接支付。添加产品，设置相关科目和相应的税。例如, 茶是12%的税和茶波特是21%。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 msgid "" "Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " ":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " @@ -12111,17 +11498,17 @@ msgstr "" "确认购买收据并过账。别忘了：文件：`核销付款<../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` , " "文件讲述如何在财务模块内将交易关闭。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" msgstr "如何管理供应商账单？" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " "incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." msgstr " **采购** 程序允许你在同一个地方无缝管理你的采购单, 买入的产品, 和供应商账单。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " "need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" @@ -12129,100 +11516,100 @@ msgid "" "management processes." msgstr "如果你要设置供应商订单控制流程, 首先你要在Odoo里有采购数据.知道什么被采购和收到货是理解你的采购管理流程的第一步。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" msgstr "odoo标准工作流程 :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." -msgstr "从发送一个 **申购单** (RFQ)给你的供应商(们)开始。" +msgstr "从发送一个 **询价单(RFQ)** 给你的供应商(们)开始。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." msgstr "一旦供应商接受这询价单, 确认这询价单为 **采购订单(PO)** 。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." -msgstr "确认采购当生成一个 **新进货物** 如果你采购的是库存产品。" +msgstr "确认采购订单将生成一个 **新进货物** 如果你采购的是库存产品。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 msgid "" "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " "products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." msgstr "一旦当你从你的供应商处收到一个 **供应商账单** , 和前一步收到的货物做一个验证来确保准确性。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " "only one." msgstr "这个过程也许在同一家公司由三个人做, 也可能只是一个人。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" msgstr "安装采购和库存应用" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " "install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " "automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "从**应用程序**，搜索**采购**模块并安装。由于一定的关联关系，安装采购模块将自动安装**库存**和**会计**应用程序。" +msgstr "从**Apps**应用程序，搜索**采购**模块并安装。由于一定的关联关系，安装采购模块将自动安装**库存**和**会计**应用程序。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" msgstr "创建产品" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " "within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " "click create." msgstr "在Odoo中创建产品对于快速高效的采购必不可少。只需前往采购应用程序下的产品子菜单，并点击创建。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " "since it is important:" -msgstr "当创建产品时，注意 **产品类型** 字段，这很重要：" +msgstr "当创建产品时，注意**产品类型**字段，它非常重要：" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" "Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " "track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " "will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "* *可贮存或可消耗**的设置将用于跟踪库存水平。选项用于库存管理，并允许接收这些产品。" +msgstr "**可贮存或可消耗** 的设置将用于跟踪库存水平。选项用于库存管理，并允许接收这些产品。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " "not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " "inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " "of these designations." -msgstr "相反，被设置为**服务或数字产品**的产品不用于库存管理，简单地说是没有库存需要管理。这一类的产品无法接收。" +msgstr "相反，被设置为 **服务或数字产品** 的产品不用于库存管理，简单地说是没有库存需要管理。这一类的产品无法接收。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " "management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " "product type to **Service**." -msgstr "对于那些不经常采购且不需要库存评估和管理的产品，建议创建一个**杂项** 产品。如果你创建类似产品，建议设置产品类型为**服务**。" +msgstr "对于那些不经常采购且不需要库存计价和管理的产品，建议创建一个**杂项**产品。如果你创建类似产品，建议设置产品类型为**服务**。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" msgstr "管理你的供应商账单" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 msgid "Purchasing products or services" msgstr "采购产品或服务" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 msgid "" "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " "products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " @@ -12231,20 +11618,20 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " "Reference)" msgstr "" -"从采购程序, 你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认或报价。你可以在 **供应商参考** " -"字段填写订单参考编号。这可以使你方便地和稍后的供应商订单匹配(因为供应商账单可能会包含供应商参考内容)" +"从采购应用, 你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认书或报价单。你可以在 **供应商参考** " +"字段填写订单参考编号。这可以使你方便地和稍后的供应商订单匹配 (因为供应商账单可能会包含供应商参考内容)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " "application." msgstr "确认采购订单，并从库存应用程序下接收产品。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 msgid "Receiving Products" msgstr "接收产品" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " @@ -12252,16 +11639,15 @@ msgid "" "see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " "is outlined in red below:" msgstr "" -"如果你采购了你管理库存的可库存产品，在采购单被确认后你需要从库存应用程序中接收产品。在 " -"**库存仪表板**，你可以看到一个按钮直接链接到产品的转移，这个按钮在以下显示为红色：" +"如果你采购了可库存产品且负责管理其库存情况，你在采购订单被确认后需要从库存应用程序中接收产品。在**库存仪表板**上，你可以看到一个按钮直接与产品调拨相关联。这个按钮在以下显示为红色：" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 msgid "" "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." msgstr "按这个路线导航，你将看到所有等待接收的订单清单。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" " the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " @@ -12272,23 +11658,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果你有许多待确定的订单，使用右上方搜索栏的筛选功能。你可基于供应商（合作伙伴）、产品、源文档（又称为采购订单参考）进行筛选。你也可在**分组**中按不同的标准来对订单进行分组。从这个列表中选择一个项目会打开如下页面，然后你就可以接收产品了。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." msgstr "采购 **服务** 类型的产品不会触发收货单。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" msgstr "管理供应商账单" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 msgid "" "When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" " a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." msgstr "" -"当你收到以前采购的**供应商账单**时，确认记录在采购应用程序下的**控制菜单**中。如果你已经注册了一个采购订单，则需要创建一个新的供应商账单。" +"当你收到以前所采购产品的**供应商账单**时，确认将其记录在采购应用程序下的**控制菜单**中。即使你已经登记了一个采购订单，也需要创建一个新的供应商账单。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 msgid "" "The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" " the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " @@ -12300,30 +11686,30 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " "reference number or your internal purchase order number." msgstr "" -"在创建供应商账单之前，你首先需要选择正确的供应商，这将带出相关的会计或价格表信息。在此，你可选择指定一个或多个采购订单来填充采购供应商账单。当你从列表中选择一个采购订单时，Odoo会带出该采购订单相关的所有未开发票的产品并自动填充下列信息。如你很难找到正确的供应商账单，可通过键入供应商参考号或你的内部采购订单号进行搜索。" +"在创建供应商账单之前，你首先需要选择正确的供应商，这将带出相关的会计或价格表信息。在此，你可选择指定一个或多个采购订单来填充供应商账单。当你从列表中选择一个采购订单时，Odoo会带出该采购订单相关的所有未开发票的产品并自动填充下列信息。如你很难找到正确的供应商账单，可通过键入供应商参考号码或你的内部采购订单号进行搜索。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " "need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " "prices)." -msgstr "当发票仍未草稿状态时，你可根据需要进行修改（即添加或删除产品行、修改数量和价格等）。" +msgstr "当发票仍为草稿状态时，你可根据需要进行修改（即添加或删除产品行、修改数量和价格等）。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "你的供应商也许会为同一个采购订单寄送多个账单如果：" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." msgstr "你的供应商有欠单并且当他们发货时寄给你账单。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "你的供应商寄给你部分账单，或要求押金。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 msgid "" "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " "the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " @@ -12335,76 +11721,76 @@ msgstr "" "每次你录入一个新的采购账单, Odoo会自动弹出基于从供应商处收到的产品数量。如果数量是零, 意味着你没有收到产品并简单提供一个提醒, " "也许需要进一步查询。在这时, 在确认供应商账单前, 可以修改数量。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" msgstr "供应商账单匹配" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "如果供应商的账单和你收到的产品不符, 怎么办" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" " quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " "reasons:" msgstr "如果你收到的账单和Odoo自动填充的数量不符，也许是由以下原因引起的：" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 msgid "" "The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" " have not ordered." msgstr "供应商错误地要你付你没有订购的产品/或服务。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 msgid "" "The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," " as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." msgstr "供应商给你开了你还没有收到产品的发票, 如果开票控制是基于订购或收到数量。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." msgstr "供应商未将你之前订购的产品开票。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " "understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." msgstr "在这些例子中, 建议你验证账单和其他与此供应商有关的采购是准确的, 并且知道哪些是你订购的, 哪些是你已经收到的。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" msgstr "如果你不能找到和供应商账单关联的定购单, 也许是由以下原因之一造成的 :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 msgid "" "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" " not going to appear anywhere in the selection." msgstr "供应商已经为这个采购订单开票，因此选择时它不会再出现。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 msgid "" "Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "公司里某人忘了给这个供应商记录这个采购单。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." msgstr "供应商要你支付未订购的东西。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "How product quantities are managed" msgstr "产品数量如何管理" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." msgstr "一般, 服务是基于订单数量管理, 而库存商品和消耗品都是基于到货数量管理。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 msgid "" "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " "quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " @@ -12413,29 +11799,28 @@ msgid "" "group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " "field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." msgstr "" -"如果你基于订购数量而不是收到数量来管理产品, 需要加入群 **采购经理** . 管理员需要在此设置 :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. 。一旦你在这个群后, 选择你要更改的产品(s), 你可以看到一个名为 " -"**控制采购订单** 的新字段。" +"如果你基于订购数量而不是收到数量来管理产品, 需要加入群 **采购经理** 。 管理员需要在此设置 :menuselection:`设置 --> 用户 " +"--> 用户 --> 访问权限`. 。一旦你在这个群后, 选择你要更改的产品, 你可以看到一个名为 **控制采购订单** 的新字段。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" msgstr "然后你可以更改默认管理方法基于 :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "订购数量" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 msgid "or Received quantities" msgstr "或收到数量" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "Batch Billing" msgstr "批量账单" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " "you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " @@ -12445,20 +11830,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "当然建立一个供应商账单并选择合适的采购订单，你可以继续选择增加的采购订单。Odoo将根据你选择的采购订单增加行项目。如果你没有从首个采购订单删除之前的行项目，供应商账单将会链接到所有合适的采购单。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "应收账款" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 msgid "Customer Invoices" -msgstr "客户发票" +msgstr "客户结算单" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" msgstr "提供现金折扣" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" "Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" " pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " @@ -12469,11 +11854,11 @@ msgstr "" "现金折扣是你提供给客户的激励，以驱动 他们在特定的账期内付款。例如，付款截止日是开开票后30天，你可以为在开票后5天内付款的客户提供2%的折扣。 " "这个方法可以大幅度改良你的平均收款周期。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 msgid "Set up a cash discount" msgstr "设置现金折扣" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" @@ -12481,14 +11866,14 @@ msgid "" "price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " "valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." msgstr "" -"如要设置现金科目，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 管理 --> " -"付款条件`并点击*创建*。添加具有相应值的*百分比*类型项（例如，总价的98%指2%的折扣）和优惠的有效期天数。你还可根据需要更改默认余额项。" +"如要设置现金折扣，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 管理 --> " +"付款条件`并点击*创建*。添加*百分比*类型项及相应的值（例如，总价的98%指2%的折扣）和优惠的有效期天数。你还可根据需要更改默认余额项。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "Start offering the cash discount" msgstr "开始提供现金折扣" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " "term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" @@ -12498,11 +11883,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "现金，你可以建立一个客户发票并选择你增加的现金折扣政策。一旦发票生效。Odoo将自动分解应收账款到两个不同到期日的分期付款计划。因为折扣价已经计算好了，你的支付控制将变的简单。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 msgid "Grant the cash discount" msgstr "授权现金折扣" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 msgid "" "The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " "cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " @@ -12510,7 +11895,7 @@ msgid "" "click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." msgstr "客户执行支付条款就会获得现金折扣。当你处理银行对账单时，将收款数据与会计分录匹配。然后，选择还存在的现金折扣，点击“建立勾消”以调节一致。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 msgid "" "You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " "easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " @@ -12521,26 +11906,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "你还可以创建一个专用的对账模型，使流程更容易。在这种情况下，你应该根据发票适用的税收规定向模型添加税收功能。也就是说，如果你需处理多种税率，则要创建多个对账模型。请注意，根据本地化情况，你可能已有可用的默认现金折扣模型。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 msgid "Register the full payment" msgstr "登记全额付款" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 msgid "" "In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " "benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " "the payment with the two related journal entries." -msgstr "在这种情况下，客户未满足支付条款，且无法享受现金折扣。当处理银行对账单时，将付款与两个相关会计分录匹配。" +msgstr "在这种情况下，客户未履行支付条款，且无法享受现金折扣。当处理银行对账单时，将付款与两个相关的会计分录进行匹配。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 msgid "Set up cash roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" "In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " "Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" @@ -12548,59 +11933,59 @@ msgid "" "that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "" "First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " "Cash Rounding." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" "There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 msgid "" "Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " "strategies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 msgid "" "**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" " your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " "define the account in which the rounding will go." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 msgid "" "**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " "highest tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "应用舍入" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 msgid "" "Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" " the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" @@ -12608,11 +11993,11 @@ msgid "" " If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" msgstr "递延收入 : 如何自动处理？" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" "Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " "balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " @@ -12625,7 +12010,7 @@ msgstr "" "递延/预收收入是一种预付款方式, " "记录在收款人的资产负债表中作为负债账户直到已服务提供或产品交付。递延收入是一个负债科目，因为它指的是尚未获得的收入，但代表欠客户的产品或服务。随着产品或服务的交付，收入被确认并计入收入列表。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 msgid "" "For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " "begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " @@ -12634,18 +12019,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "例如：卖了个2年的支持合同，24,000美元，从下个月开始为期24个月。一旦确认客户发票，24美元转入一个递延收入帐户。因为收到的24,000美元还不是收入。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 msgid "" "Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " "by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " "revenue." msgstr "在未来24个月，你会按月减少递延收入账户$1,000 ($24,000/24)，这部分被识别为收入。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 msgid "Module installation" msgstr "模块安装" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 msgid "" "In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " "application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " @@ -12656,18 +12041,18 @@ msgstr "" "management & revenue recognition** . 这会安装**Revenue Recognition Management**" " 模块. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 msgid "" "In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" " the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" " might check if the module is correctly installed." msgstr "一些版本的Odoo 9，除了检查这个选项，你需要安装“收入确认管理”模块。如果您使用的是Odoo 9，需要检查模块是否安装正确。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 msgid "Define deferred revenue types" msgstr "定义递延收益类型" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " "From the Accounting application, go to the menu " @@ -12676,69 +12061,69 @@ msgstr "" "一旦安装模块，需要创建递延收入类型。从会计的应用，去菜单 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred " "Revenues Types`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" msgstr "例如：12个月维修合同" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" msgstr "递延收益类型的一些例子 :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 msgid "1 year service contract" msgstr "1年服务合同" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 msgid "3 years service contracts" msgstr "3年服务合同" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" msgstr "在产品上定义递延收益" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 msgid "" "Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " "products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" " revenue type." msgstr "一旦定义了递延收入类型，可在相关产品上设置。在产品表单上，在“会计”选项卡中，您可以设置一个递延收入类型。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 msgid "" "Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" msgstr "一些设置好递延收益的产品的例子:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Product" msgstr "产品" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" msgstr "待摊收益类型" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" msgstr "支持合同 :3年" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" msgstr "Netflix订阅 :3年" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 msgid "Flowers every month" msgstr "每月的花" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 msgid "1 year product contract" msgstr "1年产品合同" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 msgid "Sell and invoice products" msgstr "销售产品和开具发票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 msgid "" "Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " "this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " @@ -12746,46 +12131,46 @@ msgid "" "entry." msgstr "一旦产品配置好，可使用该产品创建一张客户发票。一旦客户发票确认，Odoo将自动创建一个递延收入，和相关的凭证。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Dr**" msgstr " **借** " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Cr**" msgstr " **贷** " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 msgid "Accounts receivable" msgstr "应收账款" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 msgid "24000" msgstr "24000" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 msgid "Deferred revenue account" msgstr "递延收入科目" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 msgid "" "Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " "recognition." msgstr "然后，每个月，Odoo将收入确认过账。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 msgid "1000" msgstr "1000" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 msgid "Service revenue account" msgstr "服务收入科目" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 msgid "" "To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" " the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." @@ -12793,52 +12178,52 @@ msgstr "" "\t\t\n" "分析所有含有递延收入的合同，可使用菜单Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`overview`" msgstr ":doc:`overview` " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" msgstr "如何为客户发票制定分期付款计划?" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 msgid "" "In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " "payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " "bills." msgstr "为了管理分期付款，应使用付款方式。适用于客户发票和供应商账单。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" msgstr "例如, 对于一个特定发票 :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" msgstr "10日内付款50%" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" msgstr "30日内付款剩下的余额" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 msgid "" "payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " "for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " "payment term but an invoice policy." msgstr "付款条款可区分多次付款。一个特定的订单, 客户的发票分为两部分, 这不是一个付款条款, 而是发票政策。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 msgid "" "Configure your usual installment plans from the application " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." msgstr "" "从应用程序配置安装计划 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 msgid "" "A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " "3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " @@ -12847,39 +12232,39 @@ msgid "" "exactly 100%)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 msgid "" "The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " "order." msgstr "付款条款的描述将出现在发票或是销售订单上." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 msgid "Payment terms for customers" msgstr "付款方式为客户" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 msgid "You can set payment terms on:" msgstr "你可以设置付款条款 :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 msgid "" "**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " "or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " "this payment term for all future orders for this customer." msgstr "**客户**：付款条件自动应用于这个客户下的销售订单或发票。如果你认为这个付款条款将适用于这个客户以后所有的订单, 请设置付款条款。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 msgid "" "**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " "this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" msgstr "* *一个报价*：付款条款将应用于来自这个报价的所有的发票和销售订单，但不适用于其他报价." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" msgstr "**发票**: 付款条款只应用于这张发票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 msgid "" "If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " "invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " @@ -12887,55 +12272,55 @@ msgid "" "any tax on the invoice):" msgstr "如果发票包含一个付款条款，相关的凭证将不同。没有付款条款的100美元的发票的凭证为(为了说明得更清楚，不要在发票上设置任何税)：" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 msgid "Due date" msgstr "到期日期" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 msgid "" "If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " "days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" msgstr "如果你做发票1月1日的10％, 3天之内付款期限, 并在30天内的平衡, 你会得到以下日记帐分录 :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 msgid "Jan 03" msgstr "1月3日" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 msgid "10" msgstr "10" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 msgid "Jan 30" msgstr "一月 30" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 msgid "90" msgstr "90" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 msgid "" "On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " "To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." msgstr "在客户对账单中，您将看到不同到期日的两行。如需查看客户对账单，使用菜单Sales > Customers Statement." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms` " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "开票流程概述" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " "ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " @@ -12947,46 +12332,46 @@ msgstr "" "基于你的业务场景以及你所使用的模块, 在Odoo中有几种不同的方式去自动触发客户发票。通常, " "系统创建草稿发票(发票信息从其他单据例如销售订单或者合同)并且会计只需要确认草稿发票并且批量的发送即可(快递或者电子邮件)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "" "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " "create draft invoices:" msgstr "基于你的业务场景, 可以选择以下方式的其中之一创建草稿发票 :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "销售订单‣发票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 msgid "" "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" " order. You have different options like:" msgstr "在大多数公司里面, 销售人员创建报价单, 并且确认后转换为销售就订单。然后基于销售订单创建草稿发票。可以选择如下集中方式 :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " "invoice" msgstr "手工发票 :利用出售才能触发发票草案上的一个按钮" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " "delivery order" msgstr "发票交付之前 :触发交付订单之前发票的完整的订单" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" msgstr "根据送货单发票 :参见下一节" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " "the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" msgstr "发货之前开票通常用于电商应用中, 通常都是客户先付钱之后我们发货给他们(预付)。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 msgid "" "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " "the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " @@ -12996,19 +12381,19 @@ msgstr "" "对于大多数其他用途的情况下, 建议手动发票。它可以让销售人员引发与期权需求的发票 :发票整个订单, 发票百分比（前进）, 发票的某些行, " "发票固定的前进。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "该过程适用与服务类型的产品和实物类产品" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on sales orders.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "销售订单(Sales Order) ‣提货单(Delivery Order) ‣发票(Invoice)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 msgid "" "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" " sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " @@ -13017,7 +12402,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "零售商和电子商务通常是基于发票, 而不是销售订单交货订单。这种方法适用于企业, 你从订购数量交付量可能会有所不同 :食品（根据实际公斤发票）。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " @@ -13025,15 +12410,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "该方法下, 如果你部分发货, 只需要为实际发出的数量开票。如果需要未完成订单的话(部分发货和稍晚剩余发出), 客户会收到基于两次发货生成的两个发票。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:59 msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on delivery orders.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "电子商务订单‣发票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "" "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " @@ -13041,44 +12426,44 @@ msgid "" "received." msgstr "在全部付款完成后, 电商订单也会触发订单的创建, 如果允许通过支票和电汇付款, Odoo只会创建一张订单并且一旦付款完成发票会触发。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 msgid "Contracts" msgstr "合同" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "定期合同‣发票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "" "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " "salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." msgstr "如果您使用的合同, 您可以根据时间和材料的花费, 费用或服务/产品固定线路引发的发票。每个月, 营业员将根据有关合同规定的活动引发的发票。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 msgid "Activities can be:" msgstr "活动可以是 :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "固定的产品/服务, 从销售订单来了链接到该合同" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" msgstr "采购材料（你将重新开具发票）" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "基于时间表或购买（分包）时间和材料" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" msgstr "喜欢旅行和住宿费用, 你重新发票给客户" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 msgid "" "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." " This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " @@ -13087,101 +12472,101 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "您可以在合同结束发票或触发中间发票。这种方法使用该发票大多是基于时间和材料服务公司。对于发票上的固定价格服务公司, 他们使用常规的销售订单。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 msgid "" "Read more: - *How to invoice based on time and material?* - *How to manage" " contracts and invoicing plans?*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "经常性合同‣发票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 msgid "" "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " "frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" " the contract." msgstr "对于订阅, 发票会定期地, 自动地生成。生成发票频率以及服务／产品已经在合同上定义好了。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:105 msgid "Read more: *Subscription based invoicing.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" msgstr "手工创建发票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " "process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." msgstr "用户也可以不通过合同或者销售订单手工的创建发票。如果没有使用销售模块(报价)以及仓库模块, 建议使用手工创建发票。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" msgstr "及时可以从销售订单中创建发票, 在一些特殊场景中还是需要手工创建发票 :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 msgid "if you need to create a refund" msgstr "如果需要创建退款" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 msgid "If you need to give a discount" msgstr "如果需要折扣" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "如果需要变更为从销售订单开票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" msgstr "如果需要对不是主营业务的交易开票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 msgid "Specific modules" msgstr "具体模块" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "一些特定的模块还能够生成发票草案 :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "**会员资格**：每年给你的会员开发票" +msgstr "**会员资格** ：每年给你的会员开发票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" -msgstr "**修理**: 为售后服务开票" +msgstr "**修理** : 为售后服务开票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" msgstr "如何理解使用付款条件" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" "Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " "customer invoices and supplier bills." msgstr "付款条款规定的条件支付发票。它们适用于双方的客户发票和供应商的账单。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 msgid "" "Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " "specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " "term but invoice conditions." msgstr "各地发票系统中的付款条件是有差别的。如你将某一笔订单分成两部分向顾客开发票，则这不是一个付款条件，而是一个开发票的条件。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 msgid "" "Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " "Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " "appear on the invoice or the sale order." msgstr "从客户应用程序的配置菜单配置您的一般付款条款。付款条款的描述是出现在发票或销售订单之一。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 msgid "" "A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " "3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " @@ -13192,61 +12577,61 @@ msgstr "" "的支付期限可有一条线（例如 :21天）或几条线（3天以内10％, 并在21天内平衡）。如果您创建的几行付款期限, 确保最新的一个是平衡的。 " "（避免做的50％在10天及21天的50％, 因为, 与舍入, 它可能无法做完全100％）" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 msgid "" "screenshot payment term forms, after QDP have commited the change planned on" " this object" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "使用付款条款" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" msgstr "付款方式可以设置 :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 msgid "" "**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " "or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " "this payment term for all future orders of this customer." msgstr "**客户**：付款条件自动应用于这个客户下的销售订单或发票。如果你认为这个付款条款将适用于这个客户以后所有的订单, 请设置付款条款。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 msgid "" "**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " "this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" msgstr "* *一个报价*：付款条款将应用于来自这个报价的所有的发票和销售订单，但不适用于其他报价." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" msgstr "**发票**: 付款条款只应用于这张发票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 msgid "" "If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " "is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " "this journal entry:" msgstr "如果发票有付款条件, 日记条目相关的发票是不同的。如果没有付款条件或税收, $ 100的发票将产生此日记帐分录 :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 msgid "" "In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." msgstr "在客户的声明中, 你会看到两行不同的到期日。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" msgstr "付款方式的供应商票据" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 msgid "" "The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " "date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" " is enough." msgstr "管理付款条件的供应商票据的最简单方法是记录对账单的到期日期。你并不需要分配付款条件, 就在预产期是不够的。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 msgid "" "But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " "still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " @@ -13256,15 +12641,15 @@ msgstr "" "但是, 如果你需要管理供应商方面有几批, 你仍然可以使用的付款条件, 完全像在顾客发票。如果设置于供应商的账单付款期限, " "则不需要设置一个截止日期。确切的截止日期为所有分期付款将被自动创建。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts` " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" msgstr "如何编辑或退还发票？" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 msgid "" "In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and " "sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the " @@ -13273,72 +12658,72 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在Odoo, 不能在发票已经验证并发送给客户之后修改。假如在验证的发票上出现错误, 合法的方式是对发票进行退款, 将它与原始发票调节, 然后创建新发票。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" msgstr "修改验证发票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 msgid "" "If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " "the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, " "reconcile, and create a new draft invoice\"." msgstr "如果需要修改现有的发票，使用发票上的退款发票按钮。选择退票方式“修改：创建退票，核销，并创建一个新的草稿发票”。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 msgid "Odoo will automatically:" msgstr "Odoo会自动 :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" msgstr "创建退款发票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 msgid "" "Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as " "Paid)" msgstr "将退票和原始发票核销(两者都到已付状态)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" msgstr "创建一个新的发票草案可以修改" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." msgstr "然后, 你可以修改发票草案, 并对其进行验证, 一旦它是正确的。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 msgid "Cancelling an invoice" msgstr "取消发票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 msgid "" "If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " "the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund " "and reconcile\"." msgstr "如果需要退还部分发票, 使用发票的退款发票按钮。选择退票方式\"取消:创建一张退票并核销\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 msgid "" "Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or " "email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." msgstr "没有别的需要做的事情。您可以发送退款通过普通邮件或电子邮件给你的客户, 如果你已经发送的原始发票。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" msgstr "发票的再融资部分" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 msgid "" "If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " "button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " "refund\"." msgstr "如果您需要退还部分现有发票, 使用发票的退款发票按钮。在退款方法域, 选择'创建退款草案'。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund " "(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," @@ -13346,7 +12731,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo会自动创建一个退款草案。你可以修改的退款（例如 :删除您不想退还线）, 并对其进行验证。然后, 发送退款通过普通邮件或电子邮件给你的客户。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 msgid "" "Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a " "refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the " @@ -13354,31 +12739,30 @@ msgid "" "payment refund." msgstr "退票不同于退款。通常情况下，在客户未付款前可退票。如果客户已付款，应退款。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "客户付款" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" msgstr "如何用支票登记客户付款？" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " "approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." msgstr "有两种方法可处理收款。Odoo都支持，你可选择一个适合你的。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 msgid "" "**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " "check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " "Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " "from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." msgstr "" -" * * undeposited资金* *：一旦收到支票，可在发票上的登记收款。(使用支票账并过账到undeposited资金科目). " -"然后，银行收到钱后，把钱从undeposited资金科目转到银行科目。" +" **未存资金** ：一旦收到支票，可在发票上的登记收款。(使用支票账并过账到未存资金科目). 然后，银行收到钱后，把钱从未存资金科目转到银行科目。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 msgid "" "**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " "payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" @@ -13386,134 +12770,134 @@ msgid "" "your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " "entry." msgstr "" -"**一个凭证：**一旦收到支票，在银行上登记，用支票支付，无需通过** " -"undeposited资金**。一旦使用银行对账单，将银行收到的钱和支票相匹配，而不需创建一个专用的凭证。" +"**仅一个凭证** ：一旦收到支票，在银行上登记用支票支付，无需通过 ** 未存资金** " +"。一旦使用银行对账单，将银行收到的钱和支票相匹配，而不需创建一个专用的凭证。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 msgid "" "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " "balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " "yet). Both approaches require the same effort." msgstr "我们建议使用第一种方法, 更准确(你的银行帐户余额是准确的，应考虑到有些支票还没有兑现)。这两种方法工作量差不多。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." msgstr "即使第一个方法更干净，Odoo仍支持第二种方法, 因为一些会计已习惯使用(指导书和其他用户)。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 msgid "" "You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " "checks to your bank accounts in batch." msgstr "您可以看一看*存款票据功能*, 如果你将支票批量存入银行。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "选项1 : 未缴存的资金" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" msgstr "创建一个分类账 **支票** " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" -msgstr "设置** undeposited检查**的借/贷科目" +msgstr "设置 **未存款检查** 的借/贷科目" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 msgid "" "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" -msgstr "将该分类帐有关的银行科目设置“允许调节\" " +msgstr "将该分类帐有关的银行科目设置 **允许调节对账** " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 msgid "From check payments to bank statements" msgstr "从支票付款到银行对账单" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 msgid "" "The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " "become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." msgstr "第一种处理支票的方法是创建一个支票凭证。因此，支票本身成为一种付款方式，你将记录两个交易。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 msgid "" "Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " "**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "一旦你收到客户的支票，去相关的发票，然后点击**登记付款**。填写付款的信息：" +msgstr "一旦你收到客户的支票，去相关的发票，然后点击 **登记付款** 。填写付款的信息：" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 msgid "" "Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" " default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" -msgstr "付款方式：检查账(如同** undeposited资金* *科目设置借贷方)" +msgstr "付款方式：检查账(如同 **未存资金** 科目设置借贷方)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr " **备忘**: 写上支票号码" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "此操作将会产生如下会计分录：" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "对账单匹配" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 msgid "Undeposited Funds" msgstr "未缴存的资金" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." msgstr "登记付款后, 发票会标记为已付。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the check that is in Undeposited Funds." msgstr "然后，一旦拿到银行对账单，在undeposited资金科目内将对账单和支票核对。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " "checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " "(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "如果你用这种方法来管理收到的支票，在** undeposit资金**科目内会看到未兑现支票清单(访问，例如，从总账)。" +msgstr "如果你用这种方法来管理收到的支票，在 **未存资金** 科目内会看到未兑现支票清单(访问，例如，从总账)。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 msgid "" "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" " process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " @@ -13521,68 +12905,69 @@ msgid "" "account." msgstr "这两种方法会产生相同的数据。但是，如果支票没有兑现，这个方法更清楚, 因为这些支票还未登入银行账户。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "选项2: 仅一笔分类账分录" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." msgstr "如果使用这个方法管理支票，不需要配置。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr " **付款方式**: 用于存款的银行" +msgstr " **付款方式** : 用于存款的银行" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 msgid "Memo: write the check number" msgstr " **备忘**: 写上支票号码" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 msgid "" "Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" " statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " "relate it to the statement line)" msgstr "一旦收到银行对账单，将对账单和实际付款核对。(从技术上讲：点此付款，并将其对账单上的行关联)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "此操作将会产生如下会计分录：" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 msgid "" "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " "invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" " be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" " will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" msgstr "" -"不去客户发票, 也可直接登记收款，使用菜单 :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " -"这种方法可能会更方便，如果要批量录入的话，但后面必须进行核销(发票和收款核销)" +"您也可以使用菜单直接记录付款，而无需输入客户发票使用菜单，:menuselection:`销售 --> 付款`。 " +"如果您要分批记录很多支票，但此后您必须核对输入（付款与发票匹配），则此方法可能更方便" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " "**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " "paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " "the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" -"如果您使用这种方法来管理收到的支票，您可使用报告**银行余额调节表**来核实银行已收到或由银行支付的支票。(本报告可从* *更多 * *进入)。" +"如果您使用这种方法来管理收到的支票，您可使用报告 **银行余额调节表** 来核实银行已收到或由银行支付的支票。(本报告可从 **更多 ** " +"进入会计应用仪表板中的选项)。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" msgstr "如何在发票上登记信用卡付款？" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" " both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." msgstr "有两种方法可处理信用卡支付的收款。Odoo都支持，你可选择一个更适合你的方法。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 msgid "" "**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " "the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " @@ -13590,11 +12975,10 @@ msgid "" "Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " "account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." msgstr "" -"* * undeposited资金* " -"*(看用于大部分欧洲国家)：一旦收到支票，可在发票上的登记收款。(使用支票账并过账到undeposited资金科目). " -"然后，银行收到钱后，把钱从undeposited资金科目转到银行科目。" +"** 存资金** (看用于大部分欧洲国家)：一旦收到支票，可在发票上的登记收款。(使用支票账并过账到未存资金科目). " +"然后，银行收到钱后，把钱从未存资金科目转到银行科目。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 msgid "" "**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " "credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," @@ -13602,17 +12986,17 @@ msgid "" "statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " "payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." msgstr "" -"**一个凭证(可用于美国)：**一旦收到支票，在银行上登记. 用支票支付，无需通过** " -"undeposited资金**。一旦使用银行对账单，将银行收到的钱和支票核销，而不需创建一个专用的凭证。" +"**一个凭证** (可用于美国)：收到信用卡付款后，您无需支付未存款资金，就可以在银行中记录通过信用卡付款的付款。 " +"处理银行对帐单后，无需创建专用日记帐分录即可对银行供稿和信用卡付款进行匹配。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 msgid "" "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " "balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " "cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." msgstr "我们建议使用第一种方法, 更准确(你的银行帐户余额是准确的，应考虑到有些支票还没有兑现)。这两种方法工作量差不多。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 msgid "" "If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" " take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " @@ -13620,96 +13004,96 @@ msgid "" "approach." msgstr "如果你使用电子商务和一个自动支付网关，付款将自动记录, 你只需要核销银行即可。你将使用第二种方法。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " "users)." msgstr "即使第一个方法更干净，Odoo仍支持第二种方法, 因为一些会计已习惯使用(*指导书*和*其他用户*)。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 msgid "" "On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " "--> Create`" -msgstr "在会计模块，转到 :menuselection:`配置 -->分类账 -->创建`" +msgstr "在会计模块，转到 :menuselection:`配置 --> 分类账 --> 创建`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 msgid "" "Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" msgstr "创建一个名为“信用卡付款”的账, 并含以下数据：" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "**账簿名称**: 信用卡" +msgstr "**账簿名称** : 信用卡" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "**默认借方账户**: 信用卡" +msgstr "**默认借方账户** : 信用卡" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" msgstr "**默认借方账户**: 信用卡" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 msgid "" "The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " "set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." msgstr "帐户类别可以是\"信用卡\"。完成设置后，请记得将\"信用卡\"帐户设为\"允许对账\"。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" msgstr "从信用卡付款到银行对账单" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 msgid "" "The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " "Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" " transactions." msgstr "第一种处理信用卡的方法是创建一个信用卡的账。因此，信用卡本身成为一种付款方式，你将记录两个交易。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 msgid "" "Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " "and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" msgstr "一旦你收到客户的信用卡付款，去相关的发票，然后点击**登记付款**。填写付款的信息：" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" msgstr " **付款方法**: 信用卡" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr " **备忘**: 写上发票参照" +msgstr " **备忘录**: 写上发票参照" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 msgid "Credit Cards" msgstr "信用卡" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 msgid "" "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." msgstr "登记付款后, 发票会标记为已付。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." msgstr "然后，一旦拿到银行对账单，在'信用卡'科目内将对账单和付款核对。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 msgid "Credit cards" msgstr "信用卡" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " "of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " "account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "如果你用这种方法来管理信用卡付款，在** 信用卡**科目内会看到未到款清单(访问，例如，从总账)。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 msgid "" "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" " process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " @@ -13717,21 +13101,21 @@ msgid "" "bank account." msgstr "这两种方法会产生相同的数据。但是，如果付款未到账，这个方法更清楚, 因为这些付款还未登入银行账户。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 msgid "" "There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " "this method." msgstr "如果使用这个方法管理付款，不需要配置。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr " **付款方式**: 用于存款的银行" +msgstr " **付款方式** : 用于存款的银行" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr " **备忘**: 写信用卡交易编号" +msgstr " **备忘录** : 写信用卡交易编号" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 msgid "" "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " "recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " @@ -13739,7 +13123,7 @@ msgid "" "and relate it to the statement line)." msgstr "当付款登记后, 发票会到已支付状态. 一旦收到银行对账单，将对账单和实际付款核对。(从技术上讲：点此付款，并将其对账单上的行关联)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 msgid "" "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " "invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" @@ -13747,10 +13131,10 @@ msgid "" "batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " "with invoices)." msgstr "" -"不去客户发票, 也可直接登记收款，使用菜单 :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"您也可以直接记录付款，而无需处理客户发票，使用菜单 :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "这种方法可能会更方便，如果要批量录入的话，但后面必须进行核销(发票和收款核销)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " "report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" @@ -13759,79 +13143,79 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果您使用这种方法来管理收到的付款，您可使用报告**银行余额调节表**来核实银行已收到或由银行支付的付款。(本报告可从* *更多 * *进入)。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 msgid ":doc:`recording`" msgstr ":doc:`recording` " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 msgid ":doc:`followup`" msgstr ":doc:`followup` " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" -msgstr "跟进发票并更快收款" +msgstr "发票催款及更快收款" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 msgid "" "It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." " Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " "send the appropriate reminders." msgstr "对于你的企业而言，在逾期付款时收取款项非常重要。Odoo将帮助你识别延迟付款，并可发送适当的提醒。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 msgid "Manage your follow-ups" -msgstr "管理跟进工作" +msgstr "管理催款" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 msgid "" "We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " "follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" " customer that has already paid you." -msgstr "我们建议你在启动跟进流程之前核对银行对账单。这将避免在客户已经付款之后再次向其发送对账单。" +msgstr "我们建议你在启动催款流程之前核对银行对账单。这将避免在客户已经付款之后再次向其发送对账单。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 msgid "" "The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " "easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" " on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." msgstr "" -"你需要跟进的逾期发票默认在:menuselection:`会计 --> 销售 --> " -"跟进报告`。你可在此以电子邮件形式发送提醒或打印为信件。然后，你可点击*完成*按钮，查看需要关注的下一项跟进事务。" +"你需要催款的逾期发票默认在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 销售 --> " +"催款报告`中。你可在此以电子邮件形式发送提醒或打印为信件。然后，你可点击*完成*按钮，查看需要关注的下一项催款。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 msgid "" "Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " "later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " "set on the statement." msgstr "或者，如果现在还未到提醒的时间，点击*稍候提醒我*。你可根据对账单的*下次提醒日期*设置收到报告。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 msgid "" "To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " "number of days calculated between each report by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " "Follow-up`." msgstr "" -"如要避免短时间内发送过多提醒，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 付款跟进`，更改每次报告之间间隔的天数。" +"如要避免短时间内发送过多提醒，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 付款催收`，更改每次报告之间间隔的天数。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 msgid "" "You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " "normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." -msgstr "你还可在跟进报告上将客户标记为次级、正常或优级债务人，设置客户的信度等级。" +msgstr "你还可在催款报告上将客户标记为次级、正常或优级债务人，设置客户的信度等级。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 msgid "Send reminders in batch" msgstr "批量发送提醒" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 msgid "" "To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " "from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " @@ -13839,23 +13223,23 @@ msgid "" "containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " "automatically generated." msgstr "" -"为减轻跟进流程的工作量，你可从跟进报告页面批量发送提醒邮件。选择需要处理的所有报告，点击*操作*，然后点击*流程跟进*。系统将自动生成一份PDF文件，其中包括你需要打印的所有跟进信函。" +"为减轻催款流程的工作量，你可从催款报告页面批量发送提醒邮件。选择需要处理的所有报告，点击*操作*，然后点击*处理催款*。系统将自动生成一份PDF文件，其中包括你需要打印的所有催款信函。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 msgid "Plan a follow-up process" -msgstr "计划跟进流程" +msgstr "计划催款流程" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 msgid "" "To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " "under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " "Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." msgstr "" -"如要计划跟进流程，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " -"设置`并在*客户付款*部分启用*跟进级别*功能。然后，点击你的设置页面新出现的*跟进级别*按钮。" +"如要计划催款流程，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " +"设置`并在*客户付款*部分启用*催款等级*功能。然后，点击你的设置页面新出现的*催款等级*按钮。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 msgid "" "A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " "you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " @@ -13863,20 +13247,20 @@ msgid "" "action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " "the stage of the process." msgstr "" -"Odoo中默认可用的跟进计划包括多项操作，但你可根据自己的需要自定义。根据具体的逾期天数，计划发送邮件、信件或采取人为操作。你还可根据流程阶段编辑使用的声明模板。" +"Odoo中默认可用的催款计划包括多项操作，但你可根据自己的需要自定义。根据具体的逾期天数，计划发送邮件、信件或采取人为操作。你还可根据流程阶段编辑使用的声明模板。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 msgid "" "If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " "negative number of due days." msgstr "如果你想在实际逾期日期之前收到提醒，可将逾期天数设为负数。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 msgid "Get paid with SEPA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." @@ -13884,7 +13268,7 @@ msgid "" "your customers with their approval." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can record customer mandates, generate an SDD XML file " "containing customer payments and upload it in your bank interface. The file " @@ -13892,90 +13276,90 @@ msgid "" "well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate the SEPA Direct Debit (SDD) Feature. Enter the Creditor Identifier " "of your company. This number is provided by your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 msgid "Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "直接借记的授权范围" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 msgid "" "Before withdrawing money from a customer bank account, your customer has to " "sign a mandate. Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Direct Debit " "Mandates` and create a new mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit only works between IBAN Bank Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 msgid "" "Once you have entered all the information in the customer mandate, you can " "print it and ask your customer to sign it. Once it is done, you can upload " "the mandate signed by your customer on the mandate in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 msgid "You can now validate the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 msgid "Let's create an invoice for that customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 msgid "" "When you will validate this invoice, the payment will be automatically " "generated and your invoice will be directly marked as paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 msgid "" "If you already had some invoices for that customer that could be paid using " "that mandate, it's still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on " "register payment and choose the Sepa Direct Debit as payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 msgid "Generate SDD Files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 msgid "" "You can generate the SDD File with all the customer payments to send to your" " bank directly from the accounting dashboard :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 msgid "" "You select the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD " "File, click on action and select \"Generate Direct Debit XML\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 msgid "" "You can now download the XML file generated by Odoo and upload it in your " "bank interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated XML by activating the developer mode and " "going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payments --> SDD " "Payment File`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" -msgstr "关闭或撤销委托书" +msgstr "关闭或撤销授权" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 msgid "" "The Direct Debit mandate will be closed automatically once the end date " "defined on it is reached. However, you can **close** a mandate earlier than " @@ -13986,30 +13370,30 @@ msgid "" "be reopened." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 msgid "" "You can also **revoke** a mandate. In that case, you won't be able to pay " "any invoice using that mandate anymore, no matter the invoice date.To do " "that, simply go on the mandate and click on the \"Revoke\" button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" msgstr "有哪些不同的方式来记录付款？" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" " alone record for use on a later date:" msgstr "在Odoo，付款可直接链接到一个发票或是单独记录：" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 msgid "" "If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " "invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." msgstr "如果一个付款链接到一个发票，它可减少发票的金额。您可以将多个付款链接到相同的发票。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 msgid "" "If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " "credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " @@ -14017,25 +13401,25 @@ msgid "" "bills." msgstr "如果一个付款不关联发票，客户有一个未清付款，或您的公司向客户采购有欠款。您可以使用这个未清的款项用来支付未来的发票或票据。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 msgid "Paying an invoice" msgstr "支付一个发票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 msgid "" "If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " "payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " "due." msgstr "如果你在客户或供应商发票帐单上登记付款，付款将自动与发票未清余额核销。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 msgid "" "The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" " payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " "the payment." msgstr "支付行旁边的绿色图标将显示更多关于付款的信息。从那里你可以选择打开凭证或核销付款。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " "linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" @@ -14043,15 +13427,15 @@ msgid "" "Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." msgstr "如果付款未核销，它已入账但未与发票关联。如果外币的付款未核销，当核销时, Odoo将创建汇兑损益的凭证。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" msgstr "付款没有绑定到发票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 msgid "Registering a payment" msgstr "登记付款" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 msgid "" "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " "menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " @@ -14060,7 +13444,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在会计应用程序中，可在销售菜单中创建一个新的付款(登记一个客户付款)或采购菜单(支付供应商)。如果您使用这些菜单，付款不会关联到发票，但以后可以很容易地核销。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 msgid "" "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " "payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " @@ -14070,23 +13454,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "当登记一个新的付款时，必须选择一个客户或供应商，付款方法，和付款金额。该交易的货币是由付款方法定。如果付款涉及文件(销售订单，采购订单或发票)，将本文档的参考设置在备注栏中。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 msgid "" "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " "just made in the accounting application." msgstr "一旦确认，凭证将自动过账。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" msgstr "调节发票与付款" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 msgid "" "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " "invoice directly." msgstr "直接在发票上登记付款是将付款和发票核销的最简单的方式。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 msgid "" "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " "payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " @@ -14094,55 +13478,55 @@ msgid "" "\"Outstanding Payments\"." msgstr "当确认一个新的发票，Odoo会提醒你这个客户或供应商可用的款项。在这种情况下，您可以将此付款与发票总额核销，“未支付款项”。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" msgstr "调节所有未清付款和发票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 msgid "" "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " "(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " "feature within Odoo." msgstr "如果你想一次性将所有未付款和发票核销(而不是一个一个核销)，你可使用批处理核销的功能。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 msgid "" "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " "Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " "Receivable and Payable, respectively." msgstr "在客户发票和供应商发票的仪表盘上有批处理功能, 可将应收和应付分别核销." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 msgid "" "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " "and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " "matching of all their payments and invoices at once." msgstr "付款匹配工具将打开所有未核销的客户或供应商，可以一个个处理，也可一次性处理。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 msgid "" "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " "reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "核销中，如果一笔交易的借方和贷方金额不匹配，这意味着仍有余额，余额下次核销，或者把余额销掉。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" msgstr "在银行帐户之间转移钱" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 msgid "" "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " "between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." msgstr "现金的内部转移就像客户或供应商的付款，从仪表板或从菜单顶部的银行账户之间转移。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 msgid "" "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " "payments." msgstr "你有收到款项或付款,在同一个界面处理." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 msgid "" "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " "the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " @@ -14151,6 +13535,338 @@ msgid "" " with two journal entries for the same transaction." msgstr "内部银行转款，在仪表板上选择转出的银行，并在付款界面，选择转入的帐户。不需要在另一个银行帐户中重复操作，否则将重复交易。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" msgstr ":doc:`credit_cards` " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:7 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "配置报销类型" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" +"追踪费用的第一步是从 *配置* " +"菜单中配置公司允许的费用类型（在Odoo中作为产品管理）。当特定费用以固定价格报销时，在产品上设置成本。否则，将成本保存为0.0，员工将报告每项费用的实际成本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:16 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "以下是一些配置示例：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:18 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "餐馆：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:26 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "成本：0.00（工单费用将记录在每笔费用上）" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:21 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "私车旅行：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:23 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "成本：0.30（公司为每英里报销固定价格）" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "酒店：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:28 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "其他：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:30 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "成本：0.0" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " +":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report " +"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " +"behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" +"*销售* 应用程序可为费用类型规定计量单位（单位、英里、天数，等等）。前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选 " +"*某些产品售出/购入的计量单位可能不同（高级）* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:47 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "如何记录报销费用" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:50 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "手动" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "作为员工（用户访问权限为员工），你可从 :menuselection:`我的费用 --> 需提交的费用`记录费用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "选择相关产品，输入你支付的总金额（数量 = 1）或单位价格（如数量可计算，例如，酒店晚数）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:61 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "输入费用日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "选择你自己支付账单（并希望报销）或是公司直接支付（例如，如你使用公司信用卡）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "设置账单参考编号，根据要求添加说明并从备忘录添加收据照片/扫描件。这将有助于经理和会计验证。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:72 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "从邮件一键点击" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "员工通过电子邮件即可记录费用。添加收据截图并通过邮件发送，或简单转发账单即可！" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" +"只需在 :menuselection:`费用 --> 配置 --> 设置`设置邮件别名（例如，*费用* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com）。为了安全起见，只接受经过认证的员工邮件（员工详情表中的 *工作邮件* ）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference between brackets (e.g. [Food]). Type the " +"expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too." +msgstr "如果邮件主题在括号内写明产品的内部参考名称（例如，[食品]），系统自动设置费用产品。还可在邮件主题中键入费用金额，将其设置在费用中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:87 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "如何向经理提交报销" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action > Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "你也可在费用表单视图中通过 *向经理提交* ，逐一提交报销。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:102 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "如需查看所有已提交的费用报销报告 :menuselection:`报销 --> 我的费用 --> 费用报告`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:107 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "如何审批报销费用" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:109 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" +"HR和团队经理从顶部菜单 :menuselection:`审批 --> 待审批的费用报告`即可查看所有费用报告概览。这类用户必须至少拥有 *报销* " +"应用程序的 *管理人员* 访问权限。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:116 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "利用集成的沟通工具，他们可以审核费用报告，批准或拒绝，并提供反馈。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:122 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "作为团队经理，你可轻松查找团队成员的费用报告。你必须在这些员工的详情表单中被设置为经理。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:130 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "如何在会计应用中过账报销 " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" +"在经理批准报销报告后，会计部门前往 :menuselection:`费用 --> 会计 --> 需过账的报销报告`并检查会计、产品和税收。他们可点击 " +"*日记账分录过账* ，把相关的日记账分录过账到你的帐簿上。要进行此项操作，用户必须拥有以下访问权限：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:138 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "会计：会计或顾问" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "报销费用：经理" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" +"如要进行费用过账，必须为员工设置 *家庭地址* 。如在过账时收到相关的阻止消息，点击员工，进入 *个人信息* " +"选项卡并在地址簿中选择/创建员工的联系人。如对方使用Odoo，则已自动创建联系人。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:149 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "如何为员工报销" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" +"你可前往 :menuselection:`费用 --> 会计 --> 需支付的费用报告`，查看所有费用报告。如要记录付款或用支票支付，点击 *登记付款*" +" 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:155 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "查看如何在Odoo中轻松管理付款流程：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:157 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:162 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "如何向客户重开费用发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:164 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "如果你追踪到客户项目的费用，可自动对客户进行收费。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:170 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "在报销设置中启用 **客户开单** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "进入产品配置菜单并对所有报销类型设置开单方法：" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "已订购数量：根据已订购数量开具费用发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "已交付数量：根据已交付数量开具费用发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:181 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "按成本：按实际成本开具费用报销发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:183 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "按销售价格：按销售订单上设定的固定售价开具费用报销发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:190 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "创建订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:192 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "作为销售人员，针对向客户交付的服务创建并确认销售订单。如你在订单中未添加任何报销费用，在会计过账后将自动添加。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:197 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "将费用报销链接到销售订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:203 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "报销提交、验证和过账" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:205 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "作为经理，确保在审批报销费用报告的每个报销行都设置了分析科目。如果缺少，单击行添加。员工在提交时也可以设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:212 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "作为会计，处理日记账分录过账。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:215 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "发票费用" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" +"现在，你可以为订单开具发票。前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 开具发票 --> " +"销售`，即可开具发票。费用已自动添加到订单行。这类项目用蓝色显示（即开具发票）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:225 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "（即开具发票）。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 2c21e42da..3048680c3 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # @@ -11,15 +11,17 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2020 # Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 +# ChinaMaker <liuct@chinamaker.net>, 2021 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,69 +29,69 @@ msgstr "" "Language: zh_CN\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#: ../../general.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 msgid "General" msgstr "一般" -#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "身份验证" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" msgstr "OAuth" -#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." msgstr "因Azure OAuth接口实现的特殊要求，目前微软Azure OAuth身份校验与Odoo暂不兼容。" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" msgstr "如何允许用户用Google账号登录" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" "Connect to your Google account and go to " "`https://console.developers.google.com/ " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." msgstr "连接到你的Google账户并点击" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:7 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "点击**创建项目**并输入项目名称和其他信息" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:15 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "点击*使用Google API*" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:20 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "在左侧菜单中选择子菜单**证书**（见**API管理器**），然后选择*OAuth同意窗口*。" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:25 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." msgstr "找到你的地址、电邮和产品名（如odoo）并保存。" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:30 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "再点击**添加证书**，然后选择第二个选项（OAuth 2.0 客户端ID）。" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:38 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "勾选在**Web应用**中设定的应用类型，然后配置要转入哪些页面。" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:40 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " @@ -97,75 +99,75 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "先要填写**授权的转向URL地址**。复制并粘贴以下链接http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin到方框中,然后点击**创建**。" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "完成后会收到两条信息（你的客户端ID和客户端密码）。将前者插入**通用设置**中。" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" msgstr "如何允许用户通过LDAP账户登录" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." msgstr "在通用设置中安装LDAP模块" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." msgstr "单击设置LDAP服务器中的**创建**。" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." msgstr "选择将要使用LDAP的公司" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." msgstr "在**服务器信息**中，输入您服务器的IP地址及其监听的端口" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." msgstr "如果你的服务器兼容，请勾选**用户TLS**。" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." msgstr "在**登录信息**中，输入用于查询服务器的帐户ID和密码。如果留空，服务器将匿名查询。" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "" "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " "nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." msgstr "在**过程参数**中，在LDAP命名中输入你的LDAP服务器余名（例如，``dc=example,dc=com``）。" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" msgstr "在**LDAP筛选器**中，输入``uid=%s``" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " "User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." msgstr "在**用户信息**中，如果你希望Odoo在第一次使用LDAP登录时创建用户配置文件，请勾选*创建用户*。" -#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "在**模板用户**中，为创建的新配置文件指定模板。如果留空，管理配置文件将用作模板。" -#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "数据导入" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" msgstr "如何采用导入模板" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " "import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " @@ -175,66 +177,66 @@ msgstr "" "导入工具中提供导入模板，适用于大多数数据（联系人、产品、银行对账单等）导入。可以用任何电子表格软件（如Microsoft Office, " "OpenOffice, Google Drive等）" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "如何自定义文件" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." msgstr "删除你不需要的行。建议不要删除*ID*1（原因如下）" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "将ID排序下拉，为每个记录设置一个独一无二的ID。" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " "corresponding field using the search." msgstr "添加新一行时，如果这个行的标签与系统中任何字段均不匹配，Odoo可能不会自动将其映射。因此，请通过搜索查找对应的字段。" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." msgstr "然后使用你在导入模板上找到的标签，下次尝试导入的时候即可马上使用。" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" msgstr "为什么要用ID行" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " "Odoo." msgstr "**ID**（外部ID）是行项目独一无二的标识符。请使用之前的软件，平稳过度到Odoo。" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "导入数据时，ID号设置不是强制的，但会在很多情况下非常有用。" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" msgstr "更新导入：在不创建副本的情况下多次导入同一个文件；" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "导入关系字段（见下文）" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "如何导入关系字段" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " @@ -243,7 +245,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo对象总是与其他众多对象相关联（即产品与产品目录、产品属性、供应商等相关联）。为了导入这些关系，你需要首先从它们自己的列表菜单中导入相关对象的记录。" -#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " "is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " @@ -253,15 +255,15 @@ msgstr "" "可以使用关联的记录或ID号导入。当两个记录的名称相同时需要ID号进行区分，即在行标题的末尾添加。\" / ID\"。（如产品属性：产品属性/属性 / " "ID）" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "How to import data into Odoo" msgstr "如何将数据导入Odoo" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" msgstr "如何开始" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 msgid "" "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" @@ -269,30 +271,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "可使用Excel (.xlsx) 或CSV (.csv) 格式导入Odoo业务对象的任何数据：联系人、产品、银行对账单、日记账条目、甚至订单！" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." msgstr "打开你想要移植的对象并点击**导入**。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 msgid "" "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " "already done." msgstr "系统提供了模板，你可以轻松移植你自己的数据。只需点击一次即可导入这些模板。数据映射已经完成。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "如何使用模板" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "添加、删除或分类各行，使它们以最好的方式适应你的数据结构。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "建议不要删除**ID** 1（原因见下节）" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -300,17 +302,17 @@ msgid "" "corresponding field." msgstr "添加新一行时，如果这个行的标签与系统中任何字段均不匹配，Odoo可能不会自动将其映射。因此，请通过搜索查找对应的字段。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." msgstr "然后使用你在导入模板上找到的标签，下次尝试导入的时候即可马上使用。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "如何从其他应用程序中导入" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -322,18 +324,18 @@ msgstr "" "为了在不同的记录之间重新创建关系，需将初始应用中唯一的标识符映射到Odoo中的**ID**（外部ID）行。导入与第一个记录相链接的其他记录时，使用到这个唯一标识符的**XXX/ID**" " (XXX/外部 ID)。也可以通过名称找到这个记录，但如果有至少2条同名的记录，可能会影响你的查找。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." msgstr "如你需要稍后重新导入修改后的数据，也可用更新**ID**初始导入。这在任何时候都是一个不错的办法。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "我找不到想要映射的行的区域" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -345,18 +347,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo试图基于文件的前10行找到文件内部各行的区域类型。例如，有一个只包含数字的行，只有**整数**类型的区域才显示供你选择。尽管这种方式可能在多数情况下都很合适，但也有可能出错，或者你希望将这些行映射到默认没有规划的区域中。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " "complete list of fields for each column." msgstr "这时，你只需选择**显示关系区域的区域（高级）**选项，为每一行选择完整的区域列表。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "在哪里修改数据导入格式？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -367,7 +369,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo可自动检测特定列是否为日期，并且它还将从一组最常用的日期格式中猜测使用的日期格式。尽管这一过程可用于很多日期格式，但某些日期格式却无法识别。月和日倒置可能引起混淆；对于“01-03-2016”这样的格式，我们很难判断哪部分代表月份，哪部分代表日期。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -377,7 +379,7 @@ msgstr "" "要查看Odoo从你的文档中找到了哪些日期格式，可以在文档选择器下方的**选项**中点击**日期格式**。如果格式错误，你可以用*ISO " "8601*修正格式。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -387,11 +389,11 @@ msgstr "" "如你导入一个Excel(.xls, " ".xlsx)文件，可使用日期单元格存放日期（因为在Excel中日期的显示与存储方式不一致）。这样当你在Odoo中找到一个日期就可以确保它是正确的格式。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "我可以输入带有货币符号的号码(例如:$32.00)吗?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -402,56 +404,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "是的，我们完全支持用带圆括号的数字代表负数，以及带货币符号的数字。Odoo还可自动识别你使用的千分位分隔符、小数点（稍后可在**选项**中修改）。如Odoo不能识别你使用的货币符号，则该字段不会被识别为数字，可能导致出错。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "支持的数字格式示例（如三万二千）：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "32000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "32,000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "-32000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "(32000.00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "$ 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "(32000.00 €)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "不合要求的例子：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr " ABC 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "如果我导入的预览表无法正确显示该怎么办？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -460,20 +462,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "默认导入预览是用逗号作为字段分隔符，引号作为文本分隔符。如你的CSV文件没有这些设置，可以修改文件格式选项（你选择文件后，在浏览CSV文件块下显示）。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "请注意，如果你的CSV文件将表格作为分隔符，Odoo将不能判断这整种分隔关系。你需要在电子表格的格式选项中更改设置。见下面的问题。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "保存我的电子表格应用时，如何更改CSV文件格式选项？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 msgid "" "If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " @@ -484,17 +486,17 @@ msgstr "" "如果在电子表格应用中编辑和保存CSV文件，你电脑的地区设置会应用分隔符。我们建立你使用OpenOffice或LibreOfice " "Calc，因此这些软件支持你修改全部三个选项（位于保存为会话框>勾选’编辑过滤器设置’>保存）。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " "'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." msgstr "Microsoft Excel仅在保存为会话框->点击工具下拉列表->编码时允许修改编码方式。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "数据库ID和外部ID的差别是什么？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" @@ -505,58 +507,58 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "有些字段用于定义与其他对象的关系。例如，联系人的国家与“国家”这个对象的记录相链接。当你导入这些字段时，Odoo会在不同的记录中重新创建链接。Odoo提供了三种机制供你导入这些字段。每次导入一个字段时只能使用一种机制。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" msgstr "例如，在引用一个联系人的国别时，Odoo提供了三种不同的字段供你导入：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "国家：国家的名称或代码" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "国家/数据库ID：某记录的唯一Odoo ID，由postgresql 行定义。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "国家/外部ID：其他应用（或导入的.XML文档）中引用的记录ID" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "对于比利时这个国家，你可以用以下三种方式中的任意一种导入：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "国家: 比利时" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "国家/数据库ID：21" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "国家/外部 ID: base.be" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "根据需要，你可以使用三种方式之一来引用关系中的记录。参照指引：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." msgstr "使用国家：如果手动创建了CSV文件，则这是最快捷的导入方式。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -565,13 +567,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "使用国家/数据库ID：你应该极少使用这一标识，主要是开发人员在使用。它的主要优势在于绝无冲突（你可能有多个重名的记录，但每个记录都有自己唯一的数据库ID）。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." msgstr "使用国家/外部ID：从第三方应用中导入数据时，需要使用外部ID。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -581,23 +583,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "使用外部ID时，可利用带\\”外部ID\\”的行导入CSV文件，定义你导入的每条记录的外部ID号，然后引用类似\"字段/外部ID\\”的记录。以下两个CSV文件是产品及目录的例子。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." -msgstr "目录的CSV文档" +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." -msgstr "产品的CSV文档" +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:162 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "如果我有多对一的字段怎么做？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -611,20 +613,20 @@ msgstr "" "Products/Sellable\"),你的确认被暂停了，但你仍然可以导入数据。不过我们建议你不要导入这些数据，因为它们可能都与产品目录列表 " "(\"Misc. Products/Sellable\")中的第一个“可销售”目录相链接。我们建议你修改一个副本值或产品目录的层级。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "不过，如果你不想更改产品目录的配置，我们建议你在“目录”字段使用外部ID。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "如何导入多对多的关系字段（如一个顾客有多个tag）" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -633,19 +635,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "这些tag可以用逗号分隔（中间无空格）。例如，如你想把顾客同时与“制造商”和“零售商”tag相链接，可以在CSV文件的同一行中编码\"Manufacturer,Retailer\"。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:175 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." -msgstr "制造商和零售商的CSV文档" +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" msgstr "如何导入一对多的关系（例如多个订单行对应一个销售订单）？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " @@ -657,41 +659,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如你希望导入有多个订单行的销售订单，则每个订单行都需要在CSV文件中保留一个特定的列。第一个订单行可被导入到与订单信息相关的同一列中。每添加一行，都需要向与订单相关的空信息字段中增加相应的行。例如可以基于demo数据导入一些引用的purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV文件。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." -msgstr "一些引用的文件" +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" msgstr "以下CSV文档显示如何用各自的采购订单行导入订单：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." -msgstr "带不同采购行的采购订单" +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "以下CSV文件显示如何导入顾客及其联系人：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." -msgstr "顾客和其各自的联系人" +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "我可以导入多次相同的记录吗？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -703,17 +705,17 @@ msgstr "" "如你导入了一个包含\"外部 ID\"或\"数据库 " "ID\\行的文件，已经导入的记录就会被修改而不是新创建记录。这是非常有用的，因为它允许你在两次导入之间多次导入同一个CSV文件。Odoo还支持对任一记录的创建或修改（视新旧而定）。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "此功能允许你使用Odoo的导入/导出工具修改批记录，非常适合电子表格应用。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:204 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "如果没有为特别字段赋值会有什么后果？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -722,11 +724,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果没有在CSV文件中设定全部字段，Odoo会向未定义的字段分配默认值。但是如果你在CSV文件中设置了空值，Odoo会在该字段设置EMPTY值，不再分配默认的值。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:211 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "如何从一个SQL应用中向Odoo导出/导入不同的表单？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -735,7 +737,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如要从不同的表单中导入数据，应在各个记录间重新创建属于不同表单的关系（即：如你导入公司和人员数据，需要在每个人及其服务的公司间重新创建链接。）" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" @@ -747,38 +749,36 @@ msgstr "" "可以使用Odoo的\"外部ID\"功能管理不同表单之间的关系。\"外部ID\"是其他应用中该记录的唯一标识符。这一\"外部ID\"对全部对象的任一记录都必须是独一无二的，因此非常适合用这一应用或表单的名称为\"外部ID\"打前缀。（如'company_1'," " 'person_1'，而不是'1'）。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database</a>)" +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -"例如，假设你有一个带两个表单的SQL数据库需要导入公司和个人，而每个人都属于一个公司，因此你需要在个人和其服务的公司之间重新创建链接。测试方法如下" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:222 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" msgstr "首先会导出全部公司及其\"外部 ID\"。在PSQL环境中写入以下命令：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:228 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" msgstr "SQL命令将创建以下CSV文档：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:235 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" msgstr "在PSQL环境中使用以下SQL命令为个人创建CSV文档并链接到对应的公司：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:241 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" msgstr "将产生以下CSV文档：：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr "" "你可以看到Fabien和Laurece都是Bigees公司（company_1）的员工，Eric为Organi公司服务。个人和公司间的关系用公司的外部ID表示。我们只能用表单名称做为\"外部" " ID\"的前缀，而避免个人ID和公司ID的冲突（person_1 和 company_1在原始数据库中共用ID 1。）" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -799,25 +799,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "两个未经修改的文件已经就绪并导入Odoo。导入这两个CSV文件后，有4个联系人、3个公司（前两个联系人服务于同一公司）。你必须首先导入公司，然后导入人员。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:4 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "手机应用" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:7 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "推送通知" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, there is no more complex configuration to enable push " +"notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " +"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "基础" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 msgid "How to add a user" msgstr "如何添加用户账号" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " "point." msgstr "Odoo支持你随时选择添加额外的用户。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 msgid "Add individual users" msgstr "添加个人用户" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 msgid "" "From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" " and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " @@ -827,20 +847,20 @@ msgstr "" "从设置模块中选择子菜单：menuselection: " "用户->用户，点击**重新创建**。首先将新用户的名称添加到专业邮箱地址，即用户用于登录到Odoo实例和图片中的地址。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 msgid "" "Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " "and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." msgstr "在访问权限下选择为你的用户选择可以访问的应用。因App的关系会提供不同的权限。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" "When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " "invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" " on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." msgstr "完成页面编辑并点击**保存**后，会自动向用户发送邀请邮件。用户必须点击接受邀请后创建一个登录。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 msgid "" "Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " "Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more " @@ -848,7 +868,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "请记住：每多出一个新用户都会增加你的订阅费用。详情请参阅：`*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 msgid "" "You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " "screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " @@ -859,84 +879,84 @@ msgstr "" "也可在系统运行时从仪表板添加新用户。在上面的截屏中输入你想添加的用户邮箱地址，点击**邀请**。用户将收到一封含有密码设置链接的邀请邮件。接着可以进入" " :menuselection:`设置->用户菜单，然后定义其访问权限。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 msgid "" "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`_" msgstr "禁止用户<../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-users>`" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 msgid "Todo" msgstr "待办" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47 msgid "Add link to How to add companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" msgstr "使用简体中文语言管理操作Odoo" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." msgstr "Odoo可提供多种语言的管理选项，每个用户都可以设置自己的语言。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" msgstr "加载你需要的语言" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." msgstr "首先在Odoo实例中加载你想要的语言。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " "select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" msgstr "在通用仪表板中点击**设置**，在页面左上方选择 :menuselection:`翻译->加载翻译，选择一种语言并点击**加载**安装。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." msgstr "如你勾选了“翻译网址”，就可以在网站上更改导航了。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" msgstr "更改语言" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." msgstr "在屏幕右上方的下拉菜单中更改已安装的语言，选择**偏好**。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "然后保存语言设置到你已经安装的语言中，并点击**保存**。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." msgstr "打开一个新菜单查看这些更改。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" msgstr "更改另一个用户的语言" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." msgstr "Odoo还有可能允许每个用户选择语言偏好。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" "To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " "--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " @@ -948,19 +968,19 @@ msgstr "" "要为不同的用户更改语言，请在“设置”应用中选择 :menuselection:`用户-> " "用户，查看要更改语言的用户列表，选择用户并点击左上角的**编辑**。可在用户偏好中更改之前已安装的语言，然后点击**保存**。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "如何生成Unsplash访问密钥" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" "**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" " this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" @@ -969,15 +989,15 @@ msgstr "" "**作为SaaS用户**，你可以使用Unsplash。你无需按照本指南来设置Unsplash信息，因为你将以透明的方式使用我们自己的Odoo " "Unsplash密钥。" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" msgstr "为**非Saas**用户生成Unsplash访问密钥" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "在`Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_上创建用户。" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " @@ -985,11 +1005,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "前往你的`应用程序仪表板 <https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ 并单击**新应用程序**。" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "接受条件并点击**接受条款**。" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " "**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " @@ -999,34 +1019,34 @@ msgstr "" "你将被提示插入**应用程序名称**和**描述**。请将\"**Odoo:** " "\"作为你的应用程序名称前缀，以便Unsplash将它识别为Odoo实例。完成后，点击**创建应用程序**。" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." msgstr "你将被重定向到你的应用程序详细信息页面。向下滚动并找到你的**访问密钥**。" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " "50 Unsplash requests per hour." msgstr "**作为非SaaS用户**，你将无法注册生产Unsplash密钥，仅限于使用测试密钥，它每小时只能发送50个Unsplash请求。" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" msgstr ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" msgstr "如何生成Unsplash应用程序ID" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." msgstr "你应该首先使用本教程创建并设置你的Unsplash应用程序：:doc:`unsplash_access_key`。" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " @@ -1035,7 +1055,7 @@ msgstr "" "前往你的`应用程序仪表板 <https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ " "并在**你的应用程序**下点击新创建的Unsplash应用程序。" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" @@ -1043,7 +1063,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "你将被重定向到你的应用程序详情页面。在你的浏览器URL中可以看到**应用程序ID**。URL类似于``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po deleted file mode 100644 index d96982f8c..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,413 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2019 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "快速入门方法的基础知识" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " -"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " -"product." -msgstr "本文档总结了 Odoo Online 的服务、我们的成功包实施方法以及开始使用我们产品的最佳做法。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "1. SPoC（[单一联络点]）和顾问" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " -"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" -" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" -" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "在您的项目范围内，强烈建议指定和维护双方（您和我们）[唯一的联系人]谁将负责并承担项目责任。在决策方面，他还必须拥有[权力]。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" -" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" -" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " -"practices." -msgstr "[Odoo 顾问确保项目从 A 到 Z*的实施：从项目开始到结束，他确保 Odoo 实施的总体一致性，并分享他在良好做法方面的专业知识。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 -msgid "" -"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" -" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " -"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " -"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "[客户方面唯一的决策者（SPoC）]：他负责业务知识的传递（必要时协调关键用户的干预）和从业务角度（决策、变革）实施的一致性管理等）" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " -"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " -"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" -" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" -" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " -"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." -msgstr "" -"[会议优化]：Odoo " -"顾问不参与从业务角度决策过程，也不参与精确的流程和公司的内部程序（除非有具体要求或例外情况）。每周举行一次或两次项目会议，旨在根据业务需求 （SPoC）" -" 进行调整，并定义在 Odoo（顾问）中实现这些需求的方式。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " -"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " -"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " -"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the `Odoo documentation " -"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning " -"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the " -"testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" -"[培训培训师方法]：Odoo 顾问向 SPoC 提供职能培训，以便他可以将这些知识传授给他的协作者。为了使这种方法取得成功，SPoC " -"还必须通过\"Odoo 文档 " -"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__、\"电子学习平台 \" " -"参与自身技能提升。<https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`和功能测试。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "2. Project Scope" -msgstr "2. 项目范围" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " -"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " -"project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "为了确保所有相关利益干系人始终保持一致，只要项目实施进行，就有必要定义并使项目范围不断发展。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " -"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " -"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " -"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" -" clear." -msgstr "" -"[对初始项目范围的明确定义]：对初始需求的明确定义对于确保项目顺利运行至关重要。事实上，当所有利益攸关方都有着相同的愿景时，需求的演变和由此产生的决策过程就更加简单和明确。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " -"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" -" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " -"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" -"[逐步实施项目]：赞成在几个连贯的阶段实施，允许定期生产发布，最终用户不断接管Odoo，这证明了其随着时间的推移的有效性。这种方法还有助于识别差距，并在实施初期采取纠正措施。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " -"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " -"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " -"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" -" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " -"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " -"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " -"experiment of the standard in production." -msgstr "" -"[优先采用标准功能]：Odoo " -"提供了一个实施轻微改进（定制）或更重要的改进（开发）的绝佳环境。不过，为了优化项目交付时间，为用户提供其新工具的长期稳定性和可伸缩性，将尽可能频繁地采用标准解决方案。理想情况下，如果软件的改进仍然应该实现，其实现将在生产标准试验后进行。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "3. Managing expectations" -msgstr "3. 管理期望" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " -"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" -" account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "实施的现实与未来用户的期望之间的差距是一个关键因素。从项目开始，就必须考虑到三个重要方面：" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " -"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," -" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " -"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " -"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " -"check that this is still the case." -msgstr "" -"[与项目方法保持一致]：明确划分角色和责任，明确描述操作模式（验证、解决问题等）对于 Odoo " -"实施的成功至关重要。因此，强烈建议在项目开始时花一些时间与这些主题保持一致，并定期检查情况是否仍然如此。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " -"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" -" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " -"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" -" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " -"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " -"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " -"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " -"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " -"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " -"to pursue this same objective." -msgstr "" -"[专注于项目的成功，而不是理想的解决方案]：SPoC和顾问的主要目标是执行委托给他们的项目，以便提供最有效的解决方案，以满足表达的需求。这一目标有时与最终用户的理想解决方案愿景相冲突。在这种情况下，SPoC" -" 和顾问将适用 80-20 规则：关注 80% 的表达需求，并找出成本/收益比率方面最不利目标的其余 " -"20%（这些比例当然会随时间而变化）。因此，如果注意到全球救济，将更耗时的操纵纳入一个比较耗时的操纵将被认为是可以接受的。为了追求同样的目标，也可以提议改变业务流程。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 -msgid "" -"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " -"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " -"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " -"tools\\* :" -msgstr "" -"[规范总是 EXPLICIT]：预期内容与交付内容之间的差距通常是项目中冲突的根源。为了避免出现这种微妙情况，我们建议使用几种类型的工具* ：" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " -"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " -"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "[GAP 分析]：将请求与 Odoo 提出的标准功能进行比较，将有可能确定由开发/定制或业务流程变化填补的空白。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " -"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " -"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "**用户故事**：这项技术清晰分割了单一联络点之间的责任，主要说明内容、原因和人员，以及回复处理方式问题的顾问。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 -msgid "" -"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " -"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " -"lines of expected changes." -msgstr "" -"概念证明简化版本，<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ " -"是预期对预期变化的主要行达成一致的内容的原型。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 -msgid "" -"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" -" the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "[模型]：在与概念证明相同的理念中，它将与与界面相关的更改保持一致。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " -"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " -"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " -"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " -"verifying its veracity beforehand." -msgstr "" -"在这些工具中，将完全透明地了解软件和/或其环境的可能性和局限性，以便所有项目利益相关者清楚地了解项目中可以预期/实现的内容。因此，我们将避免在事先核实其真实性的情况下，以假设为基础开展工作。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 -msgid "" -"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " -"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "[当然，这个列表可以由其他工具完成，这些工具可以更充分地满足项目的现实和需求]" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 -msgid "4. Communication Strategy" -msgstr "4. 传播战略" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " -"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " -"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " -"follow those principles:" -msgstr "快速入门方法的目的是确保最终用户快速拥有该工具。因此，有效的沟通对于这种方法的成功至关重要。因此，它的优化将引导我们遵循以下原则：" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 -msgid "" -"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " -"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " -"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " -"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " -"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" -" manager are clearly defined." -msgstr "" -"[共享项目管理文档]：确保项目中的所有利益相关者都具有相同的知识水平的最佳方法是提供对项目跟踪文档的直接访问（项目管理器）。本文档将至少包含一个任务列表，作为明确定义优先级和管理器的实现的一部分。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 -msgid "" -"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " -"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "项目管理器是一个共享的项目跟踪工具，允许详细跟踪正在进行的任务和项目的总体进度。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " -"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "[报告基本信息]：为了将文档时间缩短到要点，我们将遵循以下良好做法：" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "会议记录将限于决策和验证;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " -"reached;" -msgstr "只有在达到重要流程时，才会建立项目状态;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "将组织关于标准或定制解决方案的培训课程。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 -msgid "5. Customizations and Development" -msgstr "5. 定制和开发" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " -"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " -"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "Odoo 是一种以灵活性和重要进化能力而闻名的软件。然而，大量的发展与快速和可持续的实施相矛盾。因此，建议：" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 -msgid "" -"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " -"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," -" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " -"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" -" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " -"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " -"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." -" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " -"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " -"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." -msgstr "" -"[开发只有一个很好的理由]：在成本效益比为正时（每天节省时间等），必须始终做出开发决策。例如，最好实现重大开发，以减少日常操作的时间，而不是每季度只执行一次操作。人们普遍认为，解决方案越接近标准，迁移过程越轻越流畅，双方的维护成本就越低。此外，经验告诉我们，在使用标准" -" Odoo 数周后，60% 的初始开发请求被丢弃（请参阅\"将标准作为优先级采用\"）。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 -msgid "" -"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " -"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" -" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" -" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " -"business processes of the company." -msgstr "[替换，无需复制]：有一个很好的理由决定更改管理软件已经作出。在此背景下，实施时机是接受甚至改变软件使用方式和公司业务流程层面的变革时机。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "6. 测试和验证原则" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 -msgid "" -"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" -" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " -"needs of the company." -msgstr "无论在实施中是否取得了发展，测试和验证解决方案与公司运营需求的对应关系都至关重要。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 -msgid "" -"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " -"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " -"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " -"requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "[角色分配]：在这种情况下，顾问将负责提供与规定规格相符的解决方案;SPoC 必须测试和验证交付的解决方案是否符合操作现实的要求。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 -msgid "" -"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " -"noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "[变更管理]：当需要对解决方案进行更改时，注意到的差距是由以下原因造成的：" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " -"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "规范与交付解决方案之间的区别 - 这是顾问负责的更正" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "**or**" -msgstr "[或]" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 -msgid "" -"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " -"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "规范与操作现实的必要性之间的区别 - 这是 SPoC 的责任。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "7. Data Imports" -msgstr "7. 数据导入" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 -msgid "" -"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " -"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " -"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " -"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " -"it will be decided :" -msgstr "" -"导入事务数据历史记录是一个重要问题，必须适当地回答，以使项目顺利运行。事实上，这项任务可能非常耗时，如果其优先级没有很好地定义，则防止生产及时发生。为此尽快完成，将视其为：" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 -msgid "" -"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " -"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " -"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "[不导入任何内容]：通常情况下，在反射后，导入数据历史记录被认为没有必要，这些数据被保存在 Odoo 之外并合并，以便以后报告。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 -msgid "" -"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " -"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " -"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " -"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" -" import will be made before the production launch." -msgstr "" -"[在投入生产之前导入有限数量的数据]：当数据历史记录与正在处理的信息相关时（例如，采购订单、发票、未结项目），需要从使用的第一天起提供此信息。生产是真实的。在这种情况下，将在生产启动之前进行导入。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 -msgid "" -"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " -"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " -"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " -"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." -msgstr "" -"[在生产启动后导入]：当数据历史记录需要与 Odoo " -"集成，主要用于报告目的时，很明显，这些数据可以追溯性地集成到软件中。在这种情况下，解决方案的生产启动将先于所需的导入。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 -msgid "8. Support" -msgstr "8. 支持" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 -msgid "" -"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " -"questions or technical issues." -msgstr "当你的项目进入生产阶段后，我们的支持团队将受理你的疑问或技术问题。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 -msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "参见:ref:`support-expectations`。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6470b6041..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,414 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2018 -# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2019 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "服务台" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "‎开始使用 odoo 服役台‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概览" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "‎使用 odoo 服务台入门‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "安装 Odoo 服务台:" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" -msgstr "‎打开应用模块, 搜索 \"服务台\", 然后单击安装‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "‎设置服务台团队‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" -msgstr "‎默认情况下, Odoo 服务台配备一个名为 \"支持\" 的团队‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" -msgstr "‎要修改此团队, 或创建其他团队, 请在紫色栏中选择 \"配置\", 然后选择 \"设置\"‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." -msgstr "" -"‎在这里, 您可以创建新团队, 决定向该团队添加哪些团队成员、客户如何提交票证以及如何设置 SLA 策略和评级。对于分配方法, " -"您可以有随机、平衡或手动分配的票证。‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "‎如何为每个团队设置不同的阶段‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 -msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." -msgstr "‎首先, 您将需要激活开发人员模式。为此, 请转到您的设置模块, 然后在右下侧选择 \"激活开发人员模式\" 链接。‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" -msgstr "" -"‎现在, 当您返回到您的服务台模块并在紫色栏中选择 \"配置\" 时, 您会发现其他选项, 如 \"阶段\"。在这里, 您可以创建新的阶段, " -"并将这些阶段分配给1个或多个团队, 允许每个团队的可定制阶段!‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "‎开始接收凭证‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "‎我的客户如何提交凭证？‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" -msgstr "‎在紫色栏中选择 \"配置\", 然后选择 \"设置\", 选择您的服务台团队。在 \"渠道, 你会发现4选项:‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." -msgstr "‎电子邮件别名允许客户通过电子邮件发送您选择创建凭证的别名。电子邮件的主题行成为凭证上的主题。‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" -msgstr "" -"‎网站表格允许您的客户去 yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit, 并通过网站形式提交机票-很像 " -"odoo.com/help!‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." -msgstr "" -"‎实时聊天允许您的客户通过您网站上的实时聊天提交凭据。您的客户将开始实时聊天, 您的实时聊天操作员可以使用凭证的命令/帮助台主题创建凭证。‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/12.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" -msgstr "‎凭证已经创建, 现在怎么办？‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." -msgstr "" -"‎现在你的员工可以开始工作了!如果您选择了手动分配方法, 那么您的员工将需要使用票证左上方的 \"分配给我\" 按钮或将自己添加到 \"分配给\" " -"字段中来分配自己的票证。‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 -msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." -msgstr "‎如果您选择了 \"随机\" 或 \"平衡\" 分配方法, 您的票证将分配给该服务台团队的成员。‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 -msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." -msgstr "他们将在此开始处理并解决工单！完成后，他们将工单移至已解决阶段。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" -msgstr "我如何将工单标记为加急？" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 -msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." -msgstr "工单上可以看到星标。你可在工单上选择一个或多个星标，表明工单紧急程度。你可在看板视图或工单表单中进行此操作。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "如要为员工设置服务级协议政策，首先在*设置*下启用设置。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "在此选择“配置SLA政策”并点击“创建”。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 -msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." -msgstr "你需要填写服务台团队、工单最低优先层级（星标）和工单目标等信息。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "工单被阻止或已准备好进行处理怎么办？" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 -msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" -msgstr "如工单无法解决或已被阻止，你可调整工单的“看板状态”。你有3种选择：" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "灰色 - 正常状态" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "红色 - 已阻止" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "绿色 - 准备好进入下一阶段" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." -msgstr "和代表紧急程度的星标类似，你可在看板视图或工单表单中调整其状态。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "我的员工如何凭工单记录时间？" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 -msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." -msgstr "首先，进入“设置”并选择“工单工时卡”选项。你可在显示的字段中选择记录项目的工时卡。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 -msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" -msgstr "现在你已选择一个项目，你可以保存。如你范湖工单，你将看到名为“工时卡”的新选项卡。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." -msgstr "你的员工可在此添加行，以便添加对此工单所做的工作。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" -msgstr "如何让客户评价他们获得的服务" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "首先，你必须在“设置”下启动评分设置" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." -msgstr "现在，当工单被移动到已解决或已完成阶段时，它会向客户发送邮件，要求其评价获得的服务。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "记录工单时间并开具发票" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." -msgstr "你可以与客户签订服务合同，以便在出现问题时为他们提供帮助。为此，Odoo将帮助你记录解决问题所花的时间，以及向客户开具发票。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "所需的模块" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." -msgstr "如要记录工单时间并开具发票，需要以下模块：服务台、项目、工时卡、销售。如果你还没有其中某些模块，前往应用程序模块，搜索并点击*安装*。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "开始提供“服务台”服务" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "第1步：开启一个服务台项目" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." -msgstr "如要为“服务台”服务开启专门项目，首先前往:menuselection:`项目 --> 配置 -->设置`并确保启用*工时卡*功能。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." -msgstr "然后，进入仪表板，创建新项目并允许它使用工时卡。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" -msgstr "第2步：召集服务台团队" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." -msgstr "" -"如要建立一个负责服务台的团队，前往:menuselection:`服务台 --> 配置 --> " -"服务台团队`并创建一个新团队或选择现有团队。在表单中，勾选*工单工时卡*，启用该功能。注意还需选择你之前已经创建的服务台项目。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" -msgstr "第3步：启动服务台服务" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." -msgstr "最后，如要启动新的服务台服务，首先前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并确保启用*计量单位*功能。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." -msgstr "然后，前往:menuselection:`产品 --> 产品`并创建新产品。确保将该产品设置为服务。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." -msgstr "我们建议你在这里将*计量单位*设置为*小时*，但你也可设置任意单位。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" -msgstr "之后，在产品表单*销售*选项卡下面选择你的发票管理。在这里，我们建议以下配置：" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "现在，你已准备好开始接受工单！" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "解决问题并记录花费的时间" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "第1步：下单" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." -msgstr "" -"现在，你在服务台模块，刚收到客户提交的工单。如要下新订单，前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 订单 --> " -"订单`并为你之前记录的服务台服务产品创建订单。设置协助客户所需的小时数并确认销售。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "第2步：将任务关联到工单" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." -msgstr "如你访问专门的服务台项目，会注意到已自动创建订单的新任务。如要将该任务与客户工单关联，前往服务台模块，访问该工单并在其表单上选择任务。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "第3步：记录帮助客户所用的时间" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 -msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "工作完成，客户问题已解决。如要记录执行此任务所用的小时数，返回工单表单并添加到*工时卡*选项卡之下。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." -msgstr "工单上记录的小时数也会自动出现在工时卡模块和对应的任务上。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "第4步：向客户开具发票" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 -msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." -msgstr "如要向客户开具发票，返回销售模块并选择相应订单。注意工单表单上记录的小时数现在显示为已交付数量。" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 -msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" -msgstr "‎剩下要做的就是从订单中创建发票, 然后对其进行验证。现在你只需要等待客户的付款!‎" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 8ac727eb3..0431c2cd7 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -1,16 +1,15 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 15:27+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -18,6 +17,6 @@ msgstr "" "Language: zh_CN\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#: ../../index.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "Odoo 用户手册" +#: ../../content/index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po deleted file mode 100644 index 20030058b..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8123 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# fausthuang, 2018 -# JZH-Odoo <jzh@odoo.com>, 2018 -# 0023d6d916c2d56e4d76ed7a6e80ad5b, 2018 -# Shane Tsoi <sso@odoo.com>, 2018 -# zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2018 -# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2018 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2018 -# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2018 -# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2018 -# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2018 -# roye w <159820@qq.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "库存" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "条码" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "日常作业" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" -msgstr "怎么样使用条码来做库存调整？" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "From the Barcode application:" -msgstr "从条形码应用 :" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 -msgid "Click on **Inventory**" -msgstr "点击 **盘点** " - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" -" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." -msgstr "扫描所有的产品(如果有5件产品, 就扫5次, 或者使用键盘设置数量)" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " -"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " -"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." -msgstr "如果你进行多库位管理, 在扫描产品之前扫描库位, 例如扫描一个货架的条码；再扫描货架上的所有产品；接着然后对仓库中所有货架重复该操作。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." -msgstr "当完成了该库位的所有产品的扫描, 手工确认盘点或者通过扫描 **确认** 条码确认。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders?" -msgstr "如何处理交货订单?" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " -"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." -msgstr "有两种方法去处理发货单：你可以在打印出来的文档上（在文档上逐行扫描）操作，或者在屏幕（并直接扫描产品）上。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" -msgstr "处理打印的发货单" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "选择所有在 **待办** 列表中的单据，打印当天的发货单，并且从上方菜单打印 **分拣作业** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "一旦你开始处理你的发货单, 在文档右上角 **扫码** 下载屏幕上正确的记录" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " -"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " -"accessible, visible or is missing." -msgstr "然后, 给所有产品 **扫描条码** , 或者如果产品上的条码不容易够到, 看不到或者丢失了, 就扫描产品栈板上的条码" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " -"finish the operation." -msgstr "一旦你扫描了所有的产品, 扫描 **确认** 条码动作来完成操作" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "从电脑上或者移动设备处理所有的交货单" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." -msgstr "下载所有标记为 **待做** 的发货单, 并且打开第一个" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 -msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." -msgstr "捡起并扫描每一个被列出的产品。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "一旦完成所有产品的拣货, 点击 **验证** 按钮或者扫描 **验证条码** 动作来完成该操作" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "通过点击右上角的 **箭头** 或者扫描 **下一页** 条码动作移到下一个发货单 " - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" -msgstr "如何做内部调拨?" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" -msgstr "在Odoo中，有两种类型的内部调拨：" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" -msgstr "系统自动初始化这些（例如，质量控制）" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " -"of the dashboard)." -msgstr "由工人创建的这些(例如，通过仪表板上的'内部调拨'区域)。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 -msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" -msgstr "要做内部调拨 :" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 -msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" -msgstr "从条码应用的首页, 扫描 **源位置** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 -msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" -msgstr "捡起并 **扫描产品** " - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 -msgid "Scan the **destination location**" -msgstr "扫描 **目的位置** " - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 -msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" -msgstr " **验证** 以完成调拨" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" -msgstr "如何使用条形码来做批次号以及序列号管理?" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " -"outgoing deliveries:" -msgstr "批次号能够在收货, 内部调拨和出货的时候进行编码 :" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" -msgstr "在条码界面, **扫描** 你想创建批次的产品" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " -"the lots/serial numbers" -msgstr "如果该产品需要进行批次管理, 一个窗口会打开帮助你扫描批次号/序列号" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" -" one automatically" -msgstr " **扫描** 一个批次条码, 手工的 **输入** 一个或者 **留空** 自动生成一个" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 -msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" -msgstr "一旦完成, 点击或者扫描 **确认** " - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" -msgstr " **批次号** 和 **序列号** 之间的差别是什么？" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " -"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." -msgstr " **批次号** 是一些特定产品的属性, 所以每次当你扫描一个批次号, Odoo会在产品计数上添加一个" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " -"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " -"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." -msgstr "" -"相反的, 一个 **序列号** 是独一无二的, 只能用独一的条码表示, 也只能代表唯一一个产品。这样也就意味着Odoo不接受对同一个序列号的多次扫描" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 -msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." -msgstr "在此, 我们配置 **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** 批次追踪" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" -" product (you can also use the keyboard)." -msgstr "从进来的送货扫描一个产品, 然后扫描每一个产品的批次(也可以使用键盘)" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 -msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." -msgstr "点击保存/扫描 **确认** 然后就做完了。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" -msgstr "如何处理收货？" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " -"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." -msgstr "有两种处理收货的方法 :可以在打印出来的文档上(在文档上扫描项目行)或者在屏幕上(直接扫描产品)" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" -msgstr "处理打印的收货单 :" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "从当天 **待接收** 列表中选择单据并打印入库单, 并且从上面菜单打印 **分拣作业** " - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "一旦开始处理收货单, 扫描收货单右上角的条码从而让该收货单的详细内容在屏幕上显示出来。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " -"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " -"visible or is missing." -msgstr "然后，扫描每个产品的条码或者如果产品上的条码不容易扫到、看到或者丢失，那么就在拣货行上扫描产品的条码。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 -msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "在电脑或者移动设备处理收货单" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " -"one." -msgstr "下载所有标记为 **待收** 的收货单, 并且打开第一个。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "当所有的拣货都完成的时候, 点击 **确认** 按钮或者扫描 **确认** 条码动作来完成操作。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "通过点击右上角的 **箭头** 或者扫描 **下一页** 条码动作，移到下一个待处理收货。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "例子" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 -msgid "Open operation interface." -msgstr "打开作业界面。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 -msgid "Scan." -msgstr "扫描." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " -"and keyboard." -msgstr "拣货呈现, 逐个扫描或者用鼠标和键盘填写所有的信息。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 -msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "设置你的条码扫描器" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " -"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " -"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." -msgstr "在Odoo中使用条码扫描相当容易。但是一个好的用户体验依赖与正确的硬件设置。该向导会帮你完成从条码枪的选择到设置。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 -msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "找到适用的条码扫描枪" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " -"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " -"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." -msgstr "" -"用来进行 **盘点** 和 **条码扫描** 推荐的3种不同的条码扫描应用是 **USB扫描枪** , **蓝牙扫描枪** 以及 **移动电脑扫描枪**" -" 。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " -"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" -" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " -"be configured to be so." -msgstr "" -"如果在你电脑旁边对产品进行扫描, **USB扫描枪** " -"是不错的选择。只要插入电脑即可扫描。只要确保买到的扫描枪和你的键盘布局兼容或者可以配置成那样就可以。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" -" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " -"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " -"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " -"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." -msgstr "" -" " -"**蓝牙扫描器**能与智能手机或者平板电脑进行配对，如果你想要移动设备但又不想投入太多，使用蓝牙扫描器就是不错的选择。你可使用智能手机登陆Odoo，并把智能手机和蓝牙扫描器配对，即可在仓库中扫描作业，你可不时查看智能手机并“手动”使用软件。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " -"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " -"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " -"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " -"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " -"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," -" it is essential to test it first." -msgstr "" -"在繁忙的业务中，**移动电脑扫描器** " -"是最简便的解决方法。它由一个小型电脑和一个内置条码扫描器构成。这是一种非常高效的的解决方案，但你需要确保该设备能流畅运行Odoo。最近使用Android" -" + Google Chrome浏览器或者Windows + IE " -"Mobile浏览器的模式可以实现该功能。但是，由于市面上有各种不同的型号和配置，你必须先进行测试。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 -msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" -msgstr "配置条码扫描器" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 -msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "键盘布局" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 -msgid "" -"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " -"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " -"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" -" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." -msgstr "" -"一个USB扫描枪需要配置成和电脑键盘布局一样的操作系统, 不然, 你的扫描枪将不会直接的翻译(例如, " -"用'Q'代替'A')。大多数扫描枪通过扫描用户手册中的条码进行配置。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 -msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "自动回车" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " -"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " -"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" -" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " -"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" -" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -msgstr "" -"默认的, Odoo在每次成功的扫描之间有50毫秒的延时(这样可以避免偶然的重复扫描)。如果你想禁用该延时, " -"你可以通过在每次扫描条码之后插入一个回车配置你的扫描枪。这通常是默认的配置并且能通过扫描用户手册中特定的条码进行配置('CR 后缀 " -"ON','申请输入后缀', 等等。)。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" -msgstr "如何启用条码？" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " -"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " -"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " -"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " -"the barcode scanner." -msgstr "" -"Odoo的条码特性能让你节省在键盘, 鼠标, 和扫描枪上切换的时间。正确的给产品指定条码, 给拣货类型指定条码, " -"等等。并能让你通过控制几乎完全无缝衔接的扫描枪更加有效的工作。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 -msgid "Set products barcodes" -msgstr "设置产品条码" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" -" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " -"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " -"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and " -"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This " -"interface can also be accessed via the planner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " -"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " -"them)." -msgstr "产品变型: 注意，需要在产品变型添加条码，而不是模板产品(否则就不能区分它们)。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33 -msgid "Set locations barcodes" -msgstr "设置位置条码" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " -"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " -"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " -"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " -"paper." -msgstr "" -"如果你要管理多库位, 你会发现给每个库位赋予一个条码并贴在库位上。你可以在在如下配置库位条码 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 --> " -"仓库管理 -->库位` 。在 **打印** 菜单有一个按钮, 你可以用它打印库位名称和条码。每页有4个方便打印在贴纸上的排列的条码。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " -"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" -msgstr "" -"库位命名例子 : **仓库简称** - **库位简称** - ( **坐标 X** - **货架 Y** - **高度 Z** ) 例如 : " -"A032-025-133" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 -msgid "Barcode formats" -msgstr "条码格式" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " -"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." -msgstr "" -"大多数产品使用EAN-13条码。这种条码需要付款才能使用 " -":你必须支付国际物品编码协会费后才能使用EAN条码(这就是为什么在商店中任何两个产品都不会有重复条码)。" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " -"your own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "和以前一样, Odoo支持所有字符串的条码, 所以你也可以定义内部的条码格式。" - -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "仓库管理" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "库存调整" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 -msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" -msgstr "如何进行初始盘点？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " -"keep the inventory right." -msgstr "仓库管理系统的一个嘴重要的功能就是保持库存正确" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " -"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " -"the right locations." -msgstr "一旦产品被定义好, 就可以做库存的初始化了。你可以通过盘点库位中的存货来正确的管理存货数量。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "产品配置" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " -"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." -msgstr "" -"在库存模块下, 打开 :menuselection:`存货控制(Inventory Control) -->产品(Products)` , 然后点击 " -"**创建** 创建新的产品。把产品类型定义为 **库存产品** , 不要定义为消耗品。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 -msgid "Start the initial inventory" -msgstr "开始初始盘点" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 -msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" -msgstr "为一种产品更新产品数量" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" -" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." -msgstr "在刚刚创建的产品中, 我们可以在上方的标题栏中看到产品在手数量是0。点击 **更新在手数量** 按钮" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 -msgid "" -"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" -" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "一个窗口打开, 在 **最新在手数量** 字段, 输入当前库存中产品的数量, 然后点击 **应用** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 -msgid "" -"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " -"set the location of your product from this screen." -msgstr "如果使用仓库的多库位, 你可以从这个界面设置产品的库位。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." -msgstr "可以看到在手数量标签里面的数量已经变化了" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" -" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " -"has automatically been created and validated by the system." -msgstr "" -"现在, 如果在 **库存控制** 菜单下点击 **存货调整** , 你会看到系统自动创建并确认了一个命名为\" INV : (产品名称) \"的行。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "Multiple products at once" -msgstr "一次多个产品" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" -" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " -"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" -" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." -msgstr "" -"创建所有你想要追踪产品库存的产品(作为库存类型的产品)。一旦产品在库存中产生需求, 用期初盘点在系统中按照库位放置当前的数量。进入 " -":menuselection:`库存控制 -->库存调整` 开始期初盘点。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" -" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " -"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" -" (or child) locations." -msgstr "给之命名(例如期初库存)并选择库存的存放库位。注意, 当你选择了父库位(例如库存可以被分成不同的子库位), 你也可以选择下级(或子)库位。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 -msgid "" -"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " -"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." -msgstr "在盘点的时候你可以选择盘所有产品, 部分产品或者只盘一个。在这种状况下, 我们选择 **所有产品** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " -"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " -"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " -"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." -msgstr "" -"如果你需要将库存计价在一个不同的会计期间完成, 而不是根据存货结束日期儿自动选择的默认会计期间, " -"在强制计价期间字段输入相应的会计期间。需要安装会计模块。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" -" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " -"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." -msgstr "点击 **开始盘点** 按钮。基于选择的盘点类型(所有产品或者部分产品)可能你需要通过点击 **添加条目** 手工地添加产品" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." -msgstr "添加库存中每一个产品的 **实际数量** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 -msgid "" -"additional information will be available according to the options you " -"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." -msgstr "通过你激活一些选项之后额外的信息就会出现(多库位, 序列号, 代销库存)。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " -"it." -msgstr "点击 **验证盘点** 按钮确认该次盘点并过账。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "报表" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" -msgstr "" -"检查当前的库存, 进入 :menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) -->产品(Products)` , 并且点击 " -"**列表按钮**: " - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" -msgstr "如何在最小库存和按订单补货规则之间选择？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr " **最小库存规则** 和 **按订单补货** 有着同样的结果但是却有不同的规则。依赖于生产以及发货的策略, 我们可以选择使用它。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "术语" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "最小库存规则" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " -"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" -" **最小库存** 规则能来确保在你的库存中总是有最少数量的产品用来满足生产或者满足客户的需求。当库存水平到达最低库存时, " -"系统会自动生成一个达到最大库存水平的数量的补货。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "按单补货" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " -"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " -"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " -"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" -" **按单补货** 的功能会根据 **销售订单** 的产品数量触发一个该产品的 **采购订单** , 系统 **不会** 检查当前的存货计价, " -"也就是系统不考虑产品当前的在手数量会去触发一个采购订单。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "配置" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "最小库存规则" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " -"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" -"最小库存规则的配置是在菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->存货控制(Inventory Control) --> " -"再定点规则(Reordering Rule)` 的下拉菜单中。然后点击 **创建** 去设置给定产品最小和最大库存数值。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "有效" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the " -"orderpoint without removing it." -msgstr "如果有效字段被设置为否，系统将会允许你隐藏订货点而不是删除。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Product Unit of Measure" -msgstr "产品量度单位" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations." -msgstr "所有库存商品的缺省单位。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Procurement Group" -msgstr "补货组" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into " -"one big picking." -msgstr "通过此订购点创建的移动将放在此补货组中。如果没有被提供，由补货规则生成的移动将被组合到一个大拣货。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Minimum Quantity" -msgstr "最小数量" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field," -" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max " -"Quantity." -msgstr "当虚拟库存小于此字段指定的最小数量，Odoo生成补货以便令预测数量达至最大数量。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Maximum Quantity" -msgstr "最大数量" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a " -"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as " -"Max Quantity." -msgstr "当虚拟库存小于最小数量，Odoo生成补货以便令数量的预测数量达至最大数量。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Quantity Multiple" -msgstr "数量倍数" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " -"the exact quantity will be used." -msgstr "补货数量将会舍入最多为此倍数。如果它是0， 那么会使用确切的数量。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Lead Time" -msgstr "前置时间" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or " -"to order to the vendor" -msgstr "在订购点被触发到收到产品或者给供应商下单的天数" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "然后, 在产品点击进入产品表单, 在 **库存子页面** 选择一个供应商。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " -"stock valuation." -msgstr "不要忘了在产品表单中选择正确的产品类型。销售品不计入库存并且不进行存货计价" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " -"(or any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "按订单生产可以在产品表单配置 :menuselection:`库存模块 -->存货控制 -->产品` (或者其它模块下有的产品路径下)。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." -msgstr "在产品表单信息的 **库存** 页面, 点击 **按单补货** " - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "选择两个选项其中一个" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" -"两种选项的选择依赖于你的库存策略。如果你想有一点库存缓冲并总是在仓库中留有最少的存货数量, " -"那么就可以使用最小库存规则。如果想只是在销售订单确认的状态下才去补充存货, 那么就建议使用按照订单补货。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " -"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " -"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" -" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" -" those virtual warehouses." -msgstr "" -"当你计划向客户发货时，你事先不知道产品来自于A仓库还是B仓库。在某些情况下，你可能需要从不同仓库盘点库存。在*Odoo*中，你可利用虚拟仓库的概念配置这项功能。下面我们来看如何设置虚拟仓库。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12 -msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" -msgstr "设置虚拟仓库" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" -" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " -"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " -"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " -"create." -msgstr "" -"假设你有A、B两个仓库。创建一个新的虚拟仓库。它可以将A仓库的库存移至B仓库。为此，前往库存应用程序设置并启用多仓库功能。然后，进入仓库菜单并点击创建。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " -"because you will need it later in the process." -msgstr "*储存库位*功能将自动开启，因为你在之后的流程中也将使用它。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " -"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" -" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " -"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" -" A+B." -msgstr "" -"现在，你需要确保A仓库和B仓库的主要库存位置是A+B仓库主要库存未知的子库位。前往库位菜单，并编辑两个仓库的主库位。然后，将其父库位更改为A+B仓库的主库位。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37 -msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" -msgstr "从虚拟仓库销售产品" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" -" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " -"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " -"information." -msgstr "假设你有两种产品，一种储存在A仓库，另一种在B仓库。现在，你可为每种产品创建新报价。前往其他信息页面并在发货信息中选择A+B仓。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" -" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" -" A and one in warehouse B." -msgstr "完成后，你可将它转换为销售订单。然后，系统将自动生成发货单，在A仓库中预留一种产品，在B仓库中预留另一种产品。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "交货单" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 -msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "如何取消交货单？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概览" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " -"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "不管是因为过快确认的原因, 还是需要被修正或者其余的原因, Odoo能让我们取消一个交货方式。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " -"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " -"any bad surprise." -msgstr "有些货代会比其他货代更加灵活, 所以请在收到坏的消息之前确保在交货单取消掉。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "销售过程" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " -"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块, 点击 **销售** 然后点击 **销售订单** 。殿后点击你想要取消的销售订单。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " -"order." -msgstr "点击销售订单右上角的 **交货** 按钮。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " -"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" -" cancel the delivery." -msgstr "现在, 点击 **更多信息** 页面然后你会看到紧挨着 **货代运单号** , 有一个 **取消** 按钮。点击该按钮就可以取消交货单。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" -" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "确保交货单已经取消, 在历史记录中检查, 你会收到取消的确认。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 -msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "如何把一种交货方式局限于特定的国家？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " -"limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "用Odoo, 你可以使用不同类型的交货方式, 并且可以限定特定的交货方式到特定的国家。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " -"**Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "进入 **库存** 模块, 点击 **配置** 然后点击 **交货方式** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "选择你想变更的交货方式, 或者创建一个新的。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " -"this delivery method." -msgstr "在 **目的地** 页面, 选择该种交货方式使用的国家。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 -msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "现在已经完成, 我们来看看结果。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " -"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " -"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "如果进入网站, 并且你需要购买, 一旦你完成详细的输入后并且完成了付款, 网站会提供根据交货地址上的交货方式。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " -"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "该进程不在后台运行。我们假设你创建了一个销售订单, 你就知道你能使用哪个已经创建的交货方式。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" -msgstr "如何直接从供应商发货给客户(直运)？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is drop-shipping?" -msgstr "什么是直运" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " -"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " -"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " -"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" -"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " -"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," -" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." -msgstr "" -"直运是一个能让订单在你的系统中完成但是货物直接从供应商发送到客户的系统。在通常的发货系统中, 产品从供应商发到你的仓库中, 然后发送到客户中。在直运中," -" 你仓库中不进行库存。当客户在你的店铺下了单, 货物会直接从供应商发送到客户。因此, 货物不需要通过你的仓库。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 -msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" -msgstr "在实现直运的时候需要考虑到的点" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " -"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " -"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" -" space in your warehouse." -msgstr "" -"只给那些不不想或者不能在库存中保存的产品。一个理由就是在这个过程中的你总是只有更少的利润率, 所以你只有在这个时候才腾出你的仓库的大量空间进行存储。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" -" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " -"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" -" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " -"sense!" -msgstr "" -"对于消肿产品直运是最好的选择。机会是哪些有着大量需求的且有很多供应商产品你只能赚一小部分。所以使用经济的交货方式不会获得奖励。但是如果产品是独特的, " -"情况就变得不同！" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" -" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." -msgstr "以防生产环境中出错给客户留下不好的体验, 在交接之前可以在自己的内部公司间测试直运并列出最好的" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " -"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" -" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" -" tracking number." -msgstr "确保时间是可控的。直运的操作时间应该确保在全部由你来处理的时间之内。如果能给客户提供运单号更好。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " -"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " -"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" -" that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "" -"要确保在供应商那边有足够的库存。如果知道产品在供应链上游的状况是很有用的。如果你没有这些信息, 就告诉客户现在没有库存并且这取决第三方的库存。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 -msgid "" -"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " -"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" -"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." -msgstr "" -"关于直运的详情以及更加深入, 请阅读我们的博客'直运是什么以及如何使用'<https ://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" -"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250> `__." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 -msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" -msgstr "配置直运" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " -"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" -" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " -"on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"打开菜单 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 。进入 **库位＆仓库** , 找到 **直运** 选项并勾选 " -"**允许供应商直接发货给客户** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " -"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"然后进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 -->配置 -->设置` 。找到 **订单路线** 并选择 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)**" -" 。点击 **应用** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " -"supplier to the products you want to dropship." -msgstr "" -"现在, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->销售(Sales) -->产品(Products)` " -"。给需要直运的产品添加供应商。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 -msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" -" that the route is **Dropshipping**." -msgstr "创建一个 **销售订单** 并且对某一订单行的路径设置为 **直运** " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " -"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " -"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " -"will see that one shipment has been created." -msgstr "" -"打开 :menuselection:`采购(Purchases) -->采购(Purchases) -->采购询价单(Requests for " -"Quotation)` 。使用直运路线的补货自动创建采购询价单。一旦订单确认, 你可以看到一个收货送货单已经创建。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " -"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " -"dropship card." -msgstr "要确认从供应商直接发货到客户, 回到 **库存** app。在仪表盘的直运卡上, 点击 **# 待收** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 -msgid "" -"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" -" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " -"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." -msgstr "这会打开直运单列表。一旦完成就确认该调拨。货物会直接从供应商的仓库到客户仓库而不经过你的仓库。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" -msgstr ":doc:`inventory_flow` " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "待办" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of " -"my vendors?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" -msgstr "如何选择正确的库存流程来处理交货订单？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " -"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " -"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "依赖于销售产品的类型, 仓库的空间大小, 每天的单子数量……要发或给客户的方式可以有各种区别。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "Odoo能让我们以3种方式处理发货 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 -msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr " **一步(发货)**: 直接从库存发货" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" -msgstr " **二步(拣货＋发货)**: 先把货物到出货区然后再发货" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" -msgstr " **三步(拣货＋包装＋发货)**: 先把货物发到一个专门位置进行包装, 然后发到出货位置进行发货" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " -"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " -"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " -"to handle orders very quickly." -msgstr "" -"有如果一个公司只是有一个小仓库并且不需要产品的高库存或者没有易腐产品。那么一步收发货是最简单且易用的方案, 这样无需大量的配置并且可以很快的处理单子。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" -" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " -"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " -"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " -"especially when the items you stock are big in size." -msgstr "" -"使用库存方式例如FIFO, LIFO, FEFO等, 需要在发货时至少需要两步。调拨方式会取决于出库策略, " -"并且移除的货物会发货给客户。如果你拥有一个大的库存特别是对于大尺寸的产品的库存这些就会显得很有意思。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " -"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " -"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " -"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." -msgstr "" -"在更多特定的情景中, 三步就会变得很有用, 最主要的一个就是处理大的库存。货物被转移到一个包装区域, 在那里根据最终目的地对这些货物进行分组打包, " -"然后发送到转运码头做最后的发货。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "一步流程" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "参阅文档 :doc:`one_step` " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 -msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "两步流程" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "参阅文档 : : doc :`two_steps` " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 -msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "三步流程" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "参阅文档 :doc:`three_steps` " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "如何变更标签类型？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " -"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " -"delivery." -msgstr "在Odoo中, 你可以为交货单选择不同类型的标签。按照以下步骤给交货单选择合适的标签。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" -" methods**." -msgstr "在 **库存** 模块, 进入 **配置** 并点击 **交货方式** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "选择一种发货方式并点击 **编辑** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" -" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " -"carrier." -msgstr "在 **定价** 页卡, 在 **Fedex 标签库存类型** 下面, 你能选择可用的标签类型。系统会根据货代的不同而显示不同的可用标签。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " -"you create a new sale order." -msgstr "一旦设置完成, 当你在销售模块中创建一张销售订单之后就能看到结果。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" -" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." -msgstr "如果确认了销售订单并且确认了带有已经更改了标签类型的货代的交货单, 该标签就会显示在历史记录中。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " -"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" -msgstr "默认的标签类型是纸信, 如果你选了标签类型只有一半, 就能看到不同 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" -msgstr "如何一步处理交货订单(发货)？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." -msgstr "一个订单进入到发货部门的最后一步时, Odoo默认会使用一步操作 :　一旦所有的货物都准备好, 就可以使用一张发货单进行发货" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 -msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " -"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." -msgstr "无需专门配置, 发货会默认配置为从库存中出货。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 -msgid "" -"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " -"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " -"and edit the concerned warehouse." -msgstr "" -"然而, 如果 **高级路径** 被激活并且在你仓库被设置另外一个交货配置, 你可以在交货配置中把它设置回到一步交货, 进入 " -":menuselection:`配置 -->仓库` 并编辑相关的仓库。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " -"Only)**" -msgstr "把出货选项设置为 **直接从库存发货(仅发货)** " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "创建销售订单" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "创建一张需要进行产品发货的销售订单(从询价订单到销售订单)。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "注意现在我们在销售订单上方的 **状态按钮** 只看到该销售订单相关联的'1'张发货单。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " -"picking." -msgstr "如果你点击了状态按钮的 **1张发货单** , 应该可以看到调拨单。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "处理交货" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " -"Orders** kanban card." -msgstr "进入 **库存** 点击看板卡上 **发货单** 下方的 **# 待做** 链接。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 -msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." -msgstr "点击你想要处理的分拣单" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer**." -msgstr "点击 **确认** 完成从 **库存/出货区域** 到 **客户** 的调拨单。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "已经完成了 **发货步骤** 并且WH/OUT应该在页面上方的状态栏位已经显示 **完成** 状态, 也就意味着产品已经发货给客户了。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: " -"From sales orders to delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133 -msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" -msgstr "如何在销售订单上变更包装方式？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " -"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " -"order." -msgstr "Odoo能让你变更默认的包装方式并把包装方式变更为你想要的依赖于订单的重量。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " -"**Settings**." -msgstr "在 **库存** 模块, 进入 **配置** 然后点击 **设置** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " -"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "在 :menuselection:`追踪 -->包裹` 中, 标记 **在打包时记录使用的包裹 :栈板, 箱子, ……** " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 -msgid "*Sale process*" -msgstr "*销售过程 *" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 -msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." -msgstr "在 **销售** 模块, 进入 **销售** 并点击 **销售订单** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 -msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." -msgstr "创建新销售订单, 并 **确认订单** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " -"redirected to the Delivery order." -msgstr "一旦确认了销售订单, 你需要点击 **交货** , 重新指定到交货单。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 -msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." -msgstr "点击 **编辑** , 现在你能够对包装进行更改了。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " -"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " -"Pack**." -msgstr "在 **作业** 页面, 在最后一列, 把 **0** 变更为你想要打包在一块的产品的数量。然后点击 **放在包裹中** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" -" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " -"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." -msgstr "选择你需要的包材类型, 你会看到重量和包裹保持一致, 如果你想要更加精确的重量, 可以手工进行更改。然后点击 **保存** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 -msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." -msgstr "重复该操作直到所有的产品都被放进包裹。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 -msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "最终, 点击 **确认** 来确认交货。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "计划交货日期是如何运算的？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"计算计划日期是为了能够计划发货, 收货等等。依赖于你的公司的习惯Odoo会根据排程器自动生成计划日期。Odoo排程器每行的计算, 不管是生产订单, " -"发货单, 销售订单, 等等。计算出来的日期依赖于Odoo中设置号的不同的提前期。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "配置提前期" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "配置**备货时间**是计算日程的第一个关键步骤。备货时间是向不同伙伴和/或客户承诺的交货期、制造期等方面的延迟。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "按照以下配置不同的提前期 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "在产品层面" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr " **供应商提前期** " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" -"是供应商需要讲采购的产品交货的时间。要, 配置供应商提前期需要选择一个产品, 并进入 **库存** " -"页签。你需要在产品上添加一个供应商用来选择一个供应商的提前期。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "不要忘记可以添加不同的供应商以及不同供应商给出的不同的提前期" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" -"一旦供应商选定后, 只要打开供应商页面并填入 **交货提前期** 。在该状况下, 安全天数没有任何影响, 计划交货天数等于 :采购订单的 **日期** " -"＋ **交货提前期** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr " **客户提前期**: " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" -"客户提前期是货物从你的库存／仓库送到你的客户所需的时间。它可以在所有产品上进行配置。只要选定给一个产品, 进入销售页面并标出 **客户提前期** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr " **制造提前期**: " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "在同一页面也可以配置 **生产提前期** , 生产提前期是制造产品所需的时间。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "如果需要创建生产路径的话, 不要忘了在库存页面中勾选生产选相框。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "站在公司层面" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" -"在公司层面, 可以配置 **安全天数** 用来应付偶然的延期并能满足约定。该方法是从 **计算出来的计划日期** 减去 **后备** 天数用来应付延期。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr " **销售安全天数** " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" -"销售安全天数就是 **后备** 天数, " -"用来保证按照和客户约定的交期及时交货。它们是交货提前期的错误边际。安全天数和为了按时到达而把腕表的时间调早是同样的逻辑。该方法是从计算出来的理论交期减去安全天数并且计算一个比你承诺给客户的交期时间更早的日期。那样你就可以确保总是对客户满足你的承诺。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "如要设置安全日期，前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 一般设置`并点击**配置你的公司数据**。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "一旦菜单打开, 进入配置页面输入安全天数。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr " **采购安全天数**: " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "采购的提前期和销售的提前安全天数逻辑一样。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" -"对供应商提前期有一些错误边际。当系统生成采购订单对产品进行补货的时候, " -"它们可以被计划早一些天数用来应付供应商一些未知的不确定的延期。采购提前期可以在销售安全天数的同一个菜单下面看到。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "请注意, 你也可以在这里配置制造提前期。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "在路线层面" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "产品的可能需要的内部调拨依赖于库存的移动并且也会影响到计算日期。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "内部调拨的所需时间可以在 **库存** 模块的路径中的拉规则中定义。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "进入其中一个路径的推规则部分设置一个延迟。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "在销售订单层面 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr " **请求日期**: " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "Odoo也有可能让客户在销售订单的其他信息页面选定一个特定的需求日期。如果该日期比Odoo自动计算出来的理论日期短的话, 系统会弹出报警。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" -"例如, 你今天可以销售一辆汽车(一月1号), 该车是按订单补货方式, 并且你已经承诺会在20天内给客户交货(一月20号)。在该情景下, " -"排程器可能会根据你的配置触发以下事件 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "分录19 :实际计划发货(销售安全天数的1天)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "分录1８ :从供应商收货(采购天数的1天)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "分录10 :给供应商下单的最后期限(供应商交货提前期的9天)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "1月8 :触发一个给到采购团队的一个采购需求, 因为采购部分平均需要2天询价并下单。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" -msgstr "如何处理三步交货(拣货+打包＋发货)？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," -" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " -"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " -"before shipping." -msgstr "" -"当一个订单进入到发货部门进入到最后的发货阶段, Odoo默认的设置是 **一步** 操作 :等所有货物都准备好, 就可以用一张发货单一次性的发货。然而," -" 该过程可能不能准确的反映公司的操作, 你的公司可能在发货之前需要更多的步骤。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 -msgid "" -"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " -"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " -"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " -"customers." -msgstr "" -"在 **三步** 过程中( **拣货 + 包装 + 发货** ), 货物先被送到包装区域, 在那里按照发货的不同目的地被组合起来, " -"然后发到发货阜用来最终发货给客户。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" -" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " -"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " -"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " -"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." -msgstr "" -"在Odoo中要完成 **拣货＋包装＋发货** 一些必要的配置步骤需要被完成。这些步骤创建额外的库位, 这些库位默认的被成为 **出货区域** 和 " -"**包装区域** 。所以如果你的仓库的简称是 **WH** , 该配置会创建一个叫做\" WH/发货区域\\ \\ \\ \"和另外一个叫做\" " -"WH/包装区域\\ \\ \\ \"的库位。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " -"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" -" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." -msgstr "" -"第一步货物会从 **WH/库存** 移动到 **WH/包装区域** .。然后从 **WH/包装区域** 移动到 **WH/发货区域** .。最后从 " -"**WH/发货区域** 移动到 **最后的目的地** ." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " -"correct method for your needs." -msgstr "检查 :doc:`仓库流程` 确认该仓库流程是否是需要的正确的方法。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "Install the Inventory module" -msgstr "安装库存模块" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 -msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." -msgstr "在 **APP** 菜单, 搜索并安装 **库存** 模块。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" -" orders." -msgstr "为了能小销售订单需要安装 **销售** 模块。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Allow managing routes" -msgstr "允许管理路线" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" -" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " -"the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "Odoo通过 **路线** 配置交货单的移动。路线提供了一种把不同动作链接到一块的机制。在该状况下, 我们把拣货步骤链接到发货步骤。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`" -msgstr "要管理路径, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " -"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " -"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." -msgstr "" -"在 :menuselection:`库位&仓库 -->路线` 中, 勾选激活 **产品的高级路径规则** 。并确保 **仓库多位置管理** 也被激活。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 -msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" -msgstr "配置仓库为拣货＋包装＋发货" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " -"that will be used." -msgstr "进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouses)` 编辑要使用的仓库。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " -"Ship).**" -msgstr "对于发出的交货, 设置选项为 **使包装到指定的库位, 把它们放到出货区域然后用来发货(拣货＋包装＋发货)。** " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Create a Sale Order" -msgstr "创建销售订单" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "从 **销售** 模块, 创建一张带有要发货产品的销售订单。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "注意现在在销售订单上方的 **状态** 按钮上有3张转运单和本销售订单关联。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" -msgstr "如果你点击了按钮, 现在就可以看到三个不同调拨单 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," -msgstr "第一个带有 **拣货** 标识拣货流程。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," -msgstr "中间一个带有 **包装** 参照标识包装流程。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 -msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "最后一个有 **OUT** 标识发货流程。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 -msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" -msgstr "如何处理拣货这一步骤？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "要确保在库存中有足够的产品然后进入 **库存** 并点击看板卡上的 **调拨单** 下方的 **等待** 链接。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 -msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." -msgstr "如果可用, 点击 **预留** 预留产品" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" -" Zone**." -msgstr "点击 **确认** 计算从 **仓库／库存** 到 **库存／包装区域** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Packing)." -msgstr "" -"已经完成了拣货步骤并且在该 **WH/拣货** 单的页面上方的状态按钮显示已经 **完成** 。产品已经从 **WH/库存** 移动到了 " -"**WH/包装** 区域, 这样下一步的操作就可以进行了(包装)。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 -msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" -msgstr "如何处理包装这一步骤？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" -" kanban card." -msgstr "进入 **库存** 并点击 **包装** 看板下方的 **# TRANSFERS** 链接。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "点击确认完成从 **仓库／包装区域** 到 **仓库／出货区域** 的调拨。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 -msgid "" -"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Shipping)." -msgstr "" -"这样已经完成了包装步骤并且在该 **WH/包装** 单页面上方的状态栏位显示已经 **完成** 。产品已经从 **WH/包装区域** 移动到了 " -"**WH/出货区域** , 这样下一步的操作(发货)就可以进行了。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 -msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" -msgstr "如何处理发货这一步骤？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " -"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." -msgstr "" -"点击 **确认** 来完成从 **库存／发货区域** 到 **客户库位** 的调拨(基于 **待做** 列表栏的数量, 点击 **应用** " -"来修正数量)。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "现在已经完成了发货步骤并且 **仓库／发货区** 看板上该单子应该显示为 **完成** 状态。产品已经发到客户那边。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders" -" to delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" -msgstr "如何处理两步发货(拣货＋发货)？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " -"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " -"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" -" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " -"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." -msgstr "" -"当订单走到发货部门做最后的发货时, 默认的Odoo会使用 **一步** 操作 :当货物都准备好了, 就可以只通过一张发货单就能发货。但是, " -"根据公司的业务流程, 可能在发货之前炫耀更多的步骤。在 **两步** 过程中, 货物在仓库中先被 **拣货** 并且发到 **出货区域** 来 " -"**发货** 。然后货物才被发货。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " -"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " -"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " -"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " -"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " -"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " -"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." -msgstr "" -"为了在Odoo中完成 **拣货＋发货** 的交货, 需要进行必要的配置。这些步骤创建额外的库位, 默认的称之为 **Output** " -"。所以如果你的擦国库的简称是\" WH \\ \", 配置就会创建一个称为\" WH/Output \\ \"的库位。产品首先第一步(拣货)从\" " -"WH/Stock \\ \"移动到\" WH/Output `, 然后, 第二步(发货)从 \\ \"WH/Output\" 移动到 \\ " -"\"WH/Customers\" (如果有销售订单)。 " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Allow management of routes" -msgstr "允许路线管理" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " -"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " -"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "Odoo通过 **路线** 配置交货单的移动。路线提供了不同动作汇集成链的机制。在该中状况下, 我们可以把拣货步骤和发货步骤链接起来。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "要允许路线管理, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" -" checked." -msgstr "确保选择了无线电按钮 **产品使用规则的高级路径** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " -"check the radio button above)." -msgstr "在页面上方点击 **应用** 保存变更(如果需要检查上方的无线电按钮)。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " -"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " -"activated beforehand." -msgstr "如果你选择了 **产品的高级路径规则** , 如果没有激活 **仓库多位置管理** 的特性, 那么现在就激活它。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 -msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" -msgstr "配置仓库为拣货＋发货" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." -msgstr "" -"配置一个 **拣货(Pick)＋发货(Ship)** 的调拨, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> " -"仓库(Warehouses)` 然后编辑需要使用的仓库。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " -"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" -msgstr "对于出库设置, 设置为 **发货之前先把货物发到出货区域(拣货＋发货)** " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " -"some products to deliver." -msgstr "安装 **销售** 模块并创建需要产品发货的销售订单。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." -msgstr "注意现在我们可以看到该销售订单上方的 **发货** 状态按钮有2张调拨单关联" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " -"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " -"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " -"process." -msgstr "" -"如果你选择了 **2步转移** , 现在你应该看到两个不同的调拨, 一个以 **PICK** 开头, 用来处理拣货过程, 另外一个以 **OUT** " -"开头用来处理发货过程。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "确保有足够的产品在库存中, 然后进入 **库存** 并点击看板卡片上 **调拨单** 下方的 **等待** 链接" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "点击确认计算从 **仓库／库存** 到 **仓库／发货区域** 的调拨单。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " -"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." -msgstr "" -"这样已经完成了拣货步骤并且 **WH/拣货** 调拨单页面上方的状态栏位已经显示为 **完成** 。产品已经完成了从 **WH/库存** 到 " -"**WH/出货区** 的调拨。这样产品就 **下一步操作就绪** (发货)。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " -"listed in the **To Do** column)" -msgstr "点击 **确认** 去完成从 **库存／出货区** 到客户的调拨(点击 **申请** 填写基于 **待做** 列表中的数量)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "这样已经完成了发货步骤并且 **发货单** 的调拨已经在页面上方状态栏位显示 **完成** 。产品已经发给客户。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130 -msgid "" -"link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From" -" sales orders to delivery orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "入库" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" -msgstr "如何选择正确的步骤来处理收货？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" -" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " -"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "取决于因子例如收到货物的类型, 仓库的空间大小, 每天的收货单数……处理收货和发货的方式也会因此存在差异。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "Odoo允许有3种方式从仓库收货 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 -msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr " **一步**: 直接收货入库" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr " **二步**: 先入到入库区然后再进入库存" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " -"before being admitted in stock." -msgstr " **三步**: 在收货区域卸货, 然后质检检验, 最后进入库存。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " -"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " -"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " -"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" -"Odoo使用 **路线** 准确的定义了你如何进行收货步骤。该配置在仓库层面完成。标准状况下, 收货一步完成, 但是通过更改配置可以进行2或者3步收货。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "原则如下 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 -msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr " **一步** 收货直接入库" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " -"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr " **二步**: 在收货区域收货然后从收货区域转移到库存, 因为在库存内货物不再转移, 所以不会有进一步的调拨。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " -"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " -"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" -" goods receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" -" **三步**: 在很多公司内, " -"有必要评估收到的货物。目的是检查和供应商达成一致的所需产品的质量和所收产品一致。在产品的接收过程中添加一个质量控制步骤变得有必要。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" -" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " -"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " -"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " -"return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" -"你在收货区域接收货物, 然后转移货物到质检区域进行质量检验。当质量检验完成就可以把货物从质检区域移到库存。当然, " -"你可以更改数量并且只把满足质量标准的产品移到库存并把质量不过关的产品退回。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 -msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "Odoo中默认的配置" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow` " - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" -msgstr "在收货时如何添加质量检验?(3步)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" -"在很多公司, 很必要对接收的货物进行检查。目的是检查接收的货物和与供应商达成的质量标砖一致。因此, 在收货的过程中添加一个质检步骤就变得很有必要。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" -"Odoo使用路径精确地定义如何处理不同的接收步骤。该配置可以在仓库层面完成。默认的, 收货是一步完成, 通过变更配置可以允许2步或者3步收货。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" -" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" -" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " -"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" -"3步流程如下 :在收货区域接收货物, 然后转移他们到质检区域。当质检过程完成后, 就可以把货物从QC区域转移到库存。当然, " -"你可以更改数量并且只转移符合质量要求的产品到库存然后把质量不好的产品退回" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 -msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." -msgstr "这个情景会在本文档解释。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 -msgid "Use advanced routes" -msgstr "使用高级路线" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"要管理路径, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) --> " -"设置(Settings)` 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " -"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "确保路径选项 **使用规则产品的高级路线** 有勾选。然后点击 **应用** 来保存变更。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." -msgstr "确保 **每个仓库管理多库位** 被勾选到。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" -msgstr "如何在收货中添加质量控制步骤？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " -"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." -msgstr "" -"进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouse)` " -"然后选择需要变更收货方式的仓库。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " -"goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "默认的, 仓库是一步收货( **直接收货入库** )。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " -"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " -"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." -msgstr "在把产品转移到库存之前添加质量控制步骤, 点选 **卸货在收货区域, 在入库之前通过质检区域(3步)** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "How to control a receipt?" -msgstr "如何控制收货？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" -msgstr "如何处理收货？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " -"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" -" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " -"This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" -"在 **采购** 应用中, 创建一个 **询价单** 。点击 **确认订单** 按钮。你可以看到有一个 **收货单** " -"在采购订单的右上角的状态按钮上和该采购订单关联。这是接收步骤。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "进入 **库存** 然后点击 **收货** 看板上的 **# 待收** 链接。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " -"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "点击打开你想要完成的收货单。点击 **确认** 完成从 **供应商** 库位到 **WH/收货区域** 的调拨。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " -"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" -" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " -"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" -msgstr "" -"已经完成了收货步骤并且在 **WH/IN** 单上面的状态栏位显示 **完成** 。产品已经从 **供应商** 库位移动了 **收货区域** 库位, " -"这样下一步(移动到质检区域)就可以操作了。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" -msgstr "如何把产品从收货区域移动到质检区域？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " -"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " -"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " -"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." -msgstr "" -"进入 **库存** 仪表盘。你会看到有一个已经就绪的转移(移动到质检区域的调拨)和一个在等待的移动(在质检之后的往库存移动的调拨)。点击 " -"**内部调拨** 的 **# 转移** 链接完成质检。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" -" Control**." -msgstr "点击 **确认** 完成从 **库存／收货区域** 到 **库存／质检区域** 的调拨。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " -"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " -"ready to be controlled." -msgstr "已经完成了内部调拨步骤并且 **WH/INT** 页面上部的状态显示为 **完成** 。现在收货已经可以被控制了。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 -msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" -msgstr "如何处理质检？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " -"process the quality control." -msgstr "" -"回到 **库存** 的仪表盘中。等待状态的调拨单现在已经可以转移了, 在 **内部调拨** 的仪表盘卡上点击 **#调拨** 并完成质检过程。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " -"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "点击最后一个调拨并完成。点击 **确认** 完成从 **库存／质检区域** 到 **库存／库存** 的调拨。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" -" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " -"controlled and has moved to your stock." -msgstr "已经完成了质检步骤并且 **内部调拨单** 页面上方的状态栏位显示 **完成** 。收货过程很好的的到了控制并且货物已经进入仓库。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr ":doc:`two_steps` " - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" -msgstr "如何卸货到收货区域?(2步)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " -"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " -"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " -"processing." -msgstr "2步过程如下 :在收货区域收货然后再进一步从收货区域转移到库存中。只要产品没有移到库存中, 这些产品就不能被发放到车间或者进行销售。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" -"要进行路径管理, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) --> " -"设置(Settings)` " - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " -"ticked." -msgstr "确保 **\" 仓库进行多库位管理\\ \\ \\ \"** 被勾选。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" -msgstr "如何配置仓库？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " -"methods." -msgstr "" -"进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouse)` " -"并选择你想变更收货方式的仓库。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " -"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "默认情况下, 仓库配置是一步收货(选项是 **收货直接入库** )。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" -" steps)**." -msgstr "要添加一个控制步骤, 勾选 **在进入库存之前先卸货到收货区域(2步)** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" -msgstr "如何2步收货？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" -msgstr "如何收货" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " -"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " -"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " -"form view. This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" -"在采购模块下, 创建一个 **采购询价单** , 然后点击 **确认** 订单。你可以看到在采购订单上方的 **状态栏位** 有一个 **收货单** " -"和采购订单关联。这是收货步骤。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "进入 **库存** 然后点击 **收货** 看板上的 **待收** 链接。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" -" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "点击想要处理的收货单, 然后点击 **确认** 完成从 **供应商** 到 **库存／收货区域** 的调拨。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 -msgid "" -"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" -" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " -"which makes the product available for the next step." -msgstr "" -"已经完成了参照为 **WH/IN** 的收货步骤。产品已经完成了从 **供应商** 到 **WH/收货区域** 的调拨, " -"现在就可以进行下一步骤的操作了。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 -msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " -"quality control." -msgstr "回到 **库存** 仪表盘。等待状态的调拨已经就绪。点击 **内部调拨** 的 **转移** 完成质检调拨。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " -"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "点击想要处理的调拨单。点击 **确认** 完成从 **库存/收货区域** 到 **库存／库存** 的调拨。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " -"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." -msgstr "已经完成了序列号参照为 **WH/INT** 的内部调拨, 收货已经移动到了库存中。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr ":doc:`three_steps` " - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "批次和序列号" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "批次号和序列号的区别是什么？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "介绍" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." -msgstr "" -"在Odoo中, 批次号和序列号在系统中有者相同的逻辑但是不同的表现行为。他们都是在 **库存** , **采购** , **销售** 模块中使用。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 -msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." -msgstr " **批次** 和一定数量的收到并放在一起的产品相随。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." -msgstr " **序列号** 是一个单独产品的唯一标识码, 能让我们从收货到发货再到售后进行追踪。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "什么时候使用" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" -" **批次号** 通常在大批量的产品收货中使用, 这能够帮你在报表, 质检, " -"或者其余信息中反映出来。批次号能定义一些产品有或者在同一生产环境中。在食品或者服装行业的批量生产中很有用。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" -" **序列号** 对于那些需要售后的产品来说比较有用, 例如手机, 笔记本电脑, 以及其余的电子设备。依赖于管理产品的方式, " -"你可以使用生成序列号或者自己的序列号。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "什么时候不用" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "消耗品例如厨房用纸, 厕所用纸, 笔或者手写纸等使用批次是没有意义的, 因为这些产品你从来不会退货。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" -"另一方面, 只有那些使用质保期现／或者售后服务的产品使用单个产品的序列号, 除了这些, " -"给产品分配序列号是浪费时间的行为。例如给一块面包分配一个序列号是没有一点意义的。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 -msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers` " - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr ":doc:`lots` " - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" -msgstr "如何管理产品的批次号？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" -" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "" -"在结构大批量的产品时候使用批次号很有用, 批次号可以在报表中, 质检过程, " -"或者其余的信息中反映出来。批次号能定义一些产品有或者在同一生产环境中。在食品或者服装行业的批量生产中很有用。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "Odoo有能力管理大多数行业施加规定可追溯性的要求" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." -msgstr "Odoo中的复式管理使你进行非常高级的追踪。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "应用配置" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" -" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " -"**Track lots or serial numbers**" -msgstr "" -"在设置中需要激活批次追踪, 在 **库存** 模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , 选择 **跟踪批次或序列号码** " -"。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " -"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." -msgstr "为了能对批次进行高级管理, 还要勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "点击 **应用** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 -msgid "Operation types configuration" -msgstr "作业类型配置" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" -" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types`." -msgstr "" -"你还可以对每种操作类型设置如何管理批次。在 **库存** 应用中, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->" -" 作业类型(Operation Types)` 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" -" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." -msgstr "对每种操作类型(收货, 发货, 内部调拨, ……), 你可以设置是否创建新的批次号或者使用现有的批次号。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." -msgstr "最后, 需要配置哪些产品你想进行批次追踪。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) -->产品(Products)` , 并点开所选择的产品。点击" -" **编辑** , 并在 **库存** 页面勾选 **批次追踪** , 然后点击 **保存** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "Manage lots" -msgstr "管理批次" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 -msgid "Transfers" -msgstr "调拨" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " -"input the lot number(s)." -msgstr "为了能够进行批次追踪处理发货单, 你需要输入序列号()。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Click on the lot icon :" -msgstr "点击批次图标 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " -"and the quantity." -msgstr "一个窗口会弹出, 点击 **添加新条目** 并输入批次号和数量。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " -"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." -msgstr "基于操作类型的配置, 你可能需要创建新的批次号或者现存批次号。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." -msgstr "在扫描枪界面, 只需要扫描批次号。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 -msgid "Inventory adjustment" -msgstr "库存调整" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "仓库中产品的批次追踪有2种方式 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "Classic inventory by products" -msgstr "根据产品盘点" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "Inventory of a lot" -msgstr "一个批次的库存" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 -msgid "" -"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " -"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." -msgstr "在常规盘点时, 有一个 **序列号** 栏位, 如果产品已经有批次号, 那么这个栏位就会预先显示产品的批次号。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." -msgstr "如果产品还没有盘点过, 点击 **添加条目** 。你可以容易的创建批次, 只是需要在栏位中键入新的批次号。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " -"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " -"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." -msgstr "" -"你还可以对一个批次的产品进行盘点。在该场景中, 你需要输入 **批次号码** 。你还可以在这里创建一个新的批次。只要键入一个号码, " -"一个窗口就会弹出来和这个产品连接。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "批次追踪" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 -msgid "" -"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" -msgstr "" -"你可以查看批次追踪, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->存货控制(Inventory Control) " -"-->序列号(Serial Numbers)／批次号(Lots)` " - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 -msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" -msgstr "点击 **追踪** 按钮可以看到详细信息。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`differences`" -msgstr ":doc:`differences` " - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" -msgstr "如何使用序列号" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " -"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " -"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " -"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" -" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " -"location where the products are moved." -msgstr "" -"序列号追踪用来追踪带有序列号的产品的每个调拨移动。你可以追踪带有序列号的当前库位。当产品从一个库位移动到你个一个库位, " -"系统会根据产品的最后一次移动确定产品当前的库位。所有你可以得到产品在移动过程中的每一个位置。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " -"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." -msgstr "" -"你需要在设置中激活序列号追踪。在 **库存** 模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , 选择 **跟踪批次或序列号码**" -" 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"进入 :menuselection:`库存控制 -->产品` , 打开所选产品, 点击 **编辑** 并在 **库存** 页面选择 **根据序列号** " -", 然后点击 **保存** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "管理序列号" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " -"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" -" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " -"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " -"Split icon." -msgstr "" -"为了能完成序列号标识的产品的调拨, 你需要在产品中维护号码(可以多个)。如果需要产品使用序列号进行追踪, 首先需要把调拨标记为待做的状态。点击 " -"**标记为待做** 按钮使批量分离图标显示出来。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 -msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" -msgstr "点击序列号图标 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " -"numbers." -msgstr "一个窗口会弹出, 点击 **添加新条目** 并输入序列号。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 -msgid "" -"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " -"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are " -"moving those serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." -msgstr "在扫描枪页面, 你只需要输入序列号。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "仓库中的产品的序列号追踪由2种方式 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory of a serial number" -msgstr "一个序列号的库存" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." -msgstr "如果产品还没有诶盘点, 点击 **添加新的条目** , 你就可以轻易的创建序列号, 只需要在栏位中键入新的号码。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 -msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." -msgstr "每一行的数量应该是1" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " -"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " -"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " -"product." -msgstr "你也可以给序列号做盘点。在该情景中, 你需要输入序列号, 你还可以在这里创建一个新的。只要键入号码, 一个弹出框就会个产品链接。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "序列号追踪" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 -msgid "" -"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" -" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." -msgstr "这些货物的序列号能让你对产品从收货开始, 入库, 以及买给谁, 发货到哪里进行追踪。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " -":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " -"serial number corresponding to your search." -msgstr "要追踪一个产品, 打开 **库存** 模块, 在 :menuselection:`库存控制-->序列号／批次号` , 点击相关的序列号。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "杂项操作" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 -msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned " -"transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 -msgid "Immediate Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and " -"quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is" -" why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the " -"column \"Done\" for the quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A " -"to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the " -"transfer right now)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 -msgid "Planned Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase " -"order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an " -"initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the " -"inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many " -"units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. " -"Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process " -"the transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" -msgstr "如何处理不属于你的库存？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " -"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." -msgstr "有些供应商有时候会给你的店铺送来产品但是你又无需采购这些产品 :这中情景称之为 **代销库存** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" -" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " -"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " -"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." -msgstr "" -"代销库存是工厂和供应商发布新产品的一个很好的方法。因为零售商可能不愿意购买不确定能卖掉的产品, " -"那么代销库存就能让他们可以先不付款就可以针对一款产品在市场上试销。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " -"settings." -msgstr "通过高级设置在Odoo可以管理代销库存产品" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" -" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " -"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"代开菜单 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` , 在 **产品所有者** 部分选择 **管理代销产品(高级)** , " -"然后点击 **应用** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 -msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" -msgstr "代销库存的收货" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " -"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " -"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" -" it blank if you are the owner." -msgstr "" -"在库存仪表盘中, 打开 **收货** 仪表盘并创建一个新的收货。你可以在页面的右边, 一个新的 **所有者** 行呈现。你可以指定该批产品的所有者, " -"如果所有者是你, 那么就留空。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" -msgstr "如何配置并运行排程器？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler" -msgstr "什么是排程器" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " -"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " -"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " -"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." -msgstr "" -"排程器就是计划和排定根据产品上设定的规则自动生产或者自动采购的优先级的计算引擎。默认状况下, 排程器被设置为一天运行一次(Odoo自动创建一个 " -"**排程器动作** )。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "计算需求／排程" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " -"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." -msgstr "排程器只会确认已经确认的但是还没有开始的补货。该补货会对依赖于需求产品的配置要开始的生产, 任务或者采购进行预留。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " -"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " -"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " -"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " -"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." -msgstr "" -"在开始预留和补货的时候你要考虑到操作的优先级。过去的带有日期急迫的需求, 或者那些需求日期比其余的要早的会先开始。以防库存中没有足够的产品满足需求, " -"你可以先确保那些最先需求的产品先进行生产。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "配置并运行排程器" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "手工运行排程" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" -"默认状况下, 该特性是看不到的。你需要激活 **开发者模式** 才能看到。要激活开发者模式, 可以进入 :menuselection:`帮助 --> " -"关于` 并点击 **激活开发者模式** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " -"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " -"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," -" deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" -"你还可以手工的开启排程器。进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存 -->排程器 -->运行排程器` 。排程器会使用产品上, 供应商, " -"以及公司上定义的所有相关参数来决定不同生产订单, 交货单以及供应商采购订单之间的优先级。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" -msgstr "配置并且运行排程器(只有高级用户才可以)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" -"默认状况下, 该特性是看不到的。你需要激活 **开发者模式** 才能看到。要激活开发者模式, 可以进入 :menuselection:`帮助 --> " -"关于` 并点击 **激活开发者模式** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " -"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"你可以以下菜单通过更改相关的动作设置开始时间 :menuselection:`设置 -->技术 -->自动 -->排程器动作` " -"。更改运行MRP排程器的配置。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" -msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates` " - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "How to scrap products?" -msgstr "如何报废产品？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material" -msgstr "报废意味着没有经济价值或者最基本材料的价值浪费" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 -msgid "content recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "内容可以通过循环修复。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory." -msgstr "在仓库中有时候你会发现有些产品坏掉了或者因为到期而不能继续使用或者别的原因。你要经常在拣货调拨或者库存盘点的时候注意这些。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " -"product." -msgstr "既然这些产品不适合继续存放或者正常销售, 就需把他们报废。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." -msgstr "已经报废的产品作为库存的一部分不能在系统中反映出来, 报废的材料将会在实际操作中移动到报废区域。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " -"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." -msgstr "当安装库存管理的时候, Odoo会自动创建一个命名为 **虚拟库位／报废** 报废库位。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per " -"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 -msgid "" -"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " -"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" -" --> Locations.`" -msgstr "" -"选择应用了 **仓库进行多库位管理** 之后, 你参照以下创建新的报废库位, 进入菜单 " -":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->仓库管理(Warehouse Management) --> " -"库位(Locations)` 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " -"location form view." -msgstr "要定义一个报废库位, 就需要早库位的视图页面中勾选 **是一个北欧费库位** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "Different ways to scrap product" -msgstr "报废产品的不同方式" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." -msgstr "Odoo提供了不同的报废产品的方式" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 -msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "1)收货时候报废(在初始需求标签页面)。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Receipts`." -msgstr "" -"要在收货过程中包报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->仪表盘(Dashboard) --> " -"收货(Receipts)` 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button." -msgstr "打开收货单, 在 **原始需求** 页签面点击报废按钮。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 -msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." -msgstr "2)从发货单报废产品(初始需求标签页面)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" -msgstr "" -"要在发货过承报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->仪表盘(Dashboard) --> " -"发货单(Delivery Orders)` " - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "打开发货单, 在 **原始需求** 页面, 点击产品报废按钮" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 -msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "3)内部调拨过程中的报废(初始需求页面)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "打开内部调拨单, 在 **原始需求** 页面, 点击产品报废按钮。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 -msgid "" -"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " -"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " -"**Scrap**." -msgstr "当你点击报废按钮, 一个弹出框会打开。你可以输入要报废产品的数量, 并制定报废库位, 然后点击 **报废** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " -"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Valuation Methods" -msgstr "计价方法" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" -msgstr "如何进行存货计价?(海洋法系会计)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " -"sheet. This implies two main choices:" -msgstr "每年你的库存价值都需要在余额表中记录, 这依赖于两个主要选项 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 -msgid "" -"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " -"Real Price);" -msgstr "计算库存产品的成本方式(标准, 平均成本, 实时价格)；" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 -msgid "" -"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " -"Perpetual)." -msgstr "在账簿中记录库存价值的方式(定期估值和不间断估值)。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 -msgid "Costing Method" -msgstr "成本方法" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 -msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "标准价格" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "操作" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 -msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "单位成本" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "在手数量" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "差异值" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "库存价值" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "$10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 -msgid "0" -msgstr "0" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "$0" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "收到8个产品, 合计 $10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 -msgid "8" -msgstr "8" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 -msgid "+8*$10" -msgstr "+8*$10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "$80" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "收到4个产品, 合计 $16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 -msgid "12" -msgstr "12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 -msgid "+4*$10" -msgstr "+4*$10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 -msgid "$120" -msgstr "$120" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "发货10片产品" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 -msgid "2" -msgstr "2" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$10" -msgstr "-10*$10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 -msgid "$20" -msgstr "$20" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" -msgstr "收到2个产品, 合计 $9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 -msgid "4" -msgstr "4" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 -msgid "+2*$10" -msgstr "+2*$10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 -msgid "$40" -msgstr "$40" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " -"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " -"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." -msgstr " **标准价格** 意味着在期末(通常是一年)根据产品的直接材料, 直接劳动以及制造费用等评估成本。你可以在产品页面输入成本价格。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 -msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "平均价格" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "$12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 -msgid "+4*$16" -msgstr "+4*$16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "$144" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$12" -msgstr "-10*$12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "$24" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" -msgstr "收到2个产品, 合计 $6" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 -msgid "$9" -msgstr "$9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 -msgid "+2*$6" -msgstr "+2*$6" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 -msgid "$36" -msgstr "$36" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " -"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" -" (see here attached)" -msgstr " **平均价格** 的方法是当有收货的时候系统会根据采购订单的采购价格计算成本 :公式(见下)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 -msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." -msgstr "当产品出库的时候平均价格不变。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" -" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " -"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" -" up-to-date." -msgstr "" -"从会计的角度来看, 这种方式在采购价格经常变动的时候调整, " -"由于此种操作的复杂性该方法不经常使用。如果要用的话就需要例如Odoo这样的软件来进行实时更新。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 -msgid "" -"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " -"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " -"matters in the cost computation." -msgstr "该方法用于特定的高级用户。因为在完成收货单的过程中会进行成本计算, 所以需要很好的评估业务流程。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 -msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "先进先出(FIFO)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 -msgid "$16" -msgstr "$16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-8*$10" -msgstr "-8*$10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-2*$16" -msgstr "-2*$16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 -msgid "$32" -msgstr "$32" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 -msgid "$11" -msgstr "$11" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 -msgid "$44" -msgstr "$44" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 -msgid "" -"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " -"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " -"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " -"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " -"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " -"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " -"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " -"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." -msgstr "" -"对于 **实际价格** (FIFO, LIFO, 　FEFO, 等), " -"需要进一步在仓库的库位上或者在产品的内部分类页面设置出库策略。默认的设置是FIFO。在该种方式下, 库存价值会遵从计算存储商品的真实的价值(cfr, " -"定量估值)而不是按照产品页面的成本来计算。只要发出货物, 成本价格就是会变成最后一次出货产品()的成本, " -"这种成本方式用在哪些还没有接收的货物的估价上(例如, 库存调整)。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 -msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," -" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "如果你在Odoo中管理所有的流程(销售, 采购, 库存)建议使用FIFO。它符合所有的用户。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" -msgstr "LIFO (国际财务报告准则已弃用)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-4*$16" -msgstr "-4*$16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-6*$10" -msgstr "-6*$10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 -msgid "$8" -msgstr "$8" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." -msgstr "美国之外不能使用LIFO。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," -" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " -"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " -"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." -msgstr "" -"Odoo中可以使用任何方式, 默认的是 **标准成本** 。要更改的话, 可以在采购的设置中勾选 **使用'固定','实际','平均'价格等成本方法**" -" 。然后在产品的内部分类页面设置成本方法。产品的内部分类可以在产品的库存页面看到。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" -" quantity in stock * cost price)." -msgstr "" -"不管使用何种方式, Odoo都会提供在下列地方提供所有的库存计价, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> " -"报表(Reports) -->存货计价(Inventory Valuation)` (即. 当前库存数量 * 成本价格)。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 -msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "定期存货计价" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 -msgid "" -"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " -"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " -"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " -"physical inventory." -msgstr "定期存货计价, 收货和发货都不会直接对会计产生影响, 在月末或者年末, 会计登录一张代表实际库存的会计分录。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 -msgid "" -"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" -" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " -"postings." -msgstr "这是Odoo中默认的配置并且可以拿来即用。检查以下作业并查看Odoo如何管理会计过账。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "供应商账单" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "\\" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "借方" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "贷方" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "资产 :存货" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -msgid "50" -msgstr "50" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "资产 :递延税项资产" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 -msgid "4.68" -msgstr "4.68" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "负债 :应付账款" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 -msgid "54.68" -msgstr "54.68" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "配置 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " -"related product (Expense Account field)" -msgstr "材料采购科目 :在产品或者产品的产品所属的内部分类上设置(费用科目字段)。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" -msgstr "递延税资产 :在采购订单行上使用的税上设置" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 -msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" -msgstr "应付账款 :定义在账单相关的供应商" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 -msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "货物接收" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "没有会计分录" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "客户发票" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "收入 :销售货物" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" -msgstr "负债 :递延税项负债" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 -msgid "9" -msgstr "9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "资产 :应收账款" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 -msgid "109" -msgstr "109" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " -"product (Income Account field)" -msgstr "收入 :在产品或者产品所属种类的页面设置(收入科目字段)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 -msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "递延税项负债 :在发票行上使用的税上设置" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" -msgstr "应收账款 : 定义在客户(应收科目)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "发票上所使用的财政状况可能有替代收入账户或另外一个在产品定义的税收规则。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 -msgid "Customer Shipping" -msgstr "客户发货" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 -msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "生产单" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" -" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." -msgstr "在月／年末, 依靠公司盘点或者只是依赖于Odoo中的库存来计算库存价值并入账。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" -" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "然后你需要适应以下公式把采购产品的余额分成库存和货物销售的成本 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " -"inventory value" -msgstr "销售货物的成本 (COGS) = 期初库存价值 + 采购产品 – 期末库存价值" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 -msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "要在账簿中更新存货计价, 记录一笔分录 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "资产 :库存(期末余额)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "X" -msgstr "X" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "费用 :货物销售成本" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "费用 :采购货物" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "资产 :存货(期初值)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 -msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "永续存货计价" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 -msgid "" -"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " -"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" -"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " -"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " -"testing." -msgstr "" -"在持续的存货计价方式中, 收货和发货会即时的记账。因此, 账本是在这种情景下会一直不断更新。这种模式只能被会计专家和高级用户使用。相反的定义的估值方式," -" 就需要额外的配置和测试。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 -msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." -msgstr "让我们举个分销商的例子" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 -msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr " **配置 :** " - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 -msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "应收／应付账款: 定义在业务伙伴(会计页卡)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "递延税项资产或者负债 :定义在发票行上使用的税中。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" -" specific product." -msgstr "收入：在产品类别中定义为默认，或针对特定产品具体定义。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 -msgid "" -"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " -"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " -"product form." -msgstr "费用：你应在此设置“已售出商品的成本”科目。在产品类别中定义为默认值，或在产品表单中具体定义。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "已收货但没有采购的, 设置为产品内部种类上的入库科目" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 -msgid "" -"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "已发货但是还没有开票的货物 :在产品内部种类上设置为出库科目。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "存货 :在产品的内部种类中设置为库存价值科目" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 -msgid "" -"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " -"as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "价格差异 :在产品或者产品的内部种类上设置形成一个特定替代值。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal` " - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation` " - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs` " - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" -msgstr "如何进行存货计价?(大陆法系会计)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "€0" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "以€10的价格入库8个产品" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "+8 *€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "€80" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "以€16的价格入库4个产品" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "+4 *€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "€120" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "-10 *€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "€20" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "以€9的价格入库2个产品" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "+2 *€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "€40" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "€12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "+4 *€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "€144" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "-10 *€12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "€24" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "以€6的价格收到2 个产品" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "€9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "+2 *€6" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "€36" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "-8 *€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "-2 *€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "€32" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "€11" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "€44" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-4*€16" -msgstr "-4 *€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-6*€10" -msgstr "-6 *€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 -msgid "€8" -msgstr "€8" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 -msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." -msgstr "创建一笔会计分录把库存变动值从盈利／损失部分移动到资产。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "费用 :存货变动" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 -msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "如果库存价值减少, 贷 **库存** 科目, 借 **库存变动** 科目。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 -msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." -msgstr "营收/费用 : 默认的在产品的内部分类中定义, 也能在产品页面(会计页面)作为一个特定的值定义。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 -msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "库存变动科目 :在内部产品类别的库存入库／出库科目处进行设置" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "主要概念" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 -msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 -msgid "" -"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " -"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" -" locations (possibly virtual)." -msgstr "复式库存没有库存输入, 输出(产品处置)或者转换。相反的, 所有的操作都是库存在不同的位置(可能是虚拟的)之间移动。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 -msgid "Operations" -msgstr "作业" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." -msgstr "库存调拨表示了货物或者材料在不同的库位之间的移动。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -msgid "Production Order" -msgstr "生产单" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 -msgid "Consume:" -msgstr "消耗 :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" -msgstr "2个车轮 :库存→生产" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" -msgstr "1个车架 :库存→生产" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 -msgid "Produce:" -msgstr "生产 :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" -msgstr "1辆自行车 :生产→库存" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" -msgstr "库存 :生产订单初始的位置" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" -msgstr "生产 :在产品表单上的 **生产位置** 字段" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Drop-shipping" -msgstr "直运" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "1辆自行车 :供应商→客户" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Configurarion:" -msgstr "配置 :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: on the product form" -msgstr "供应商 :产品表单" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" -msgstr "客户 :销售订单" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -msgid "Client Delivery" -msgstr "客户发货" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 -msgid "Pick" -msgstr "分拣" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" -msgstr "1辆自行车 :库存→打包区域" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 -msgid "Pack" -msgstr "包裹" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" -msgstr "1辆自行车 :打包区域→发货" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "送货" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" -msgstr "1辆自行车 :出货区域→客户" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" -msgstr "仓库的拣货＋包装＋发货路线" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" -msgstr "仓库内部的调拨" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 -msgid "Transfer:" -msgstr "调拨 :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" -msgstr "1辆自行车 :仓库1→中转区" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "1辆自行车 :中转区→仓库2" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" -msgstr "仓库2 :调拨的初始位置" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" -msgstr "仓库1 :中转路线" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" -msgstr "坏掉的产品(报废)" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" -msgstr "1辆自行车 :仓库→报废" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 -msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" -msgstr "报废 :在报废的时候需要的报废库位" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 -msgid "Missing products in inventory" -msgstr "存货产品丢失" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" -msgstr "1辆自行车 :仓库→盘点" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 -msgid "Extra products in inventory" -msgstr "存货中的额外产品" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" -msgstr "1辆自行车 :盘点→仓库" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 -msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" -msgstr "盘点 :产品\" 盘点位置\\ \\ \\ \"字段" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Reception" -msgstr "接收" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" -msgstr "1辆自行车 :供应商→收货" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" -msgstr "1辆自行车 :收货→库存" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" -msgstr "供应商库位 :采购订单供应商" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" -msgstr "收货 :采购订单“目标\" 字段 " - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 -msgid "Analysis" -msgstr "分析" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " -"products * product cost)." -msgstr "存货分析可以使用产品数量或者产品价值(=产品数量 *产品成本)。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 -msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" -msgstr "对于每一个盘点库位, 多个数据点可以被分析 :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 -msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" -msgstr "补货＆补货规则" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 -msgid "" -"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" -" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" -msgstr "补货就是特定位置的特定产品的特定数量的一个需求。可以手工创建, 或者通过下面的方式自动触发 :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -msgid "New sale orders" -msgstr "新销售订单" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Effect" -msgstr "结果" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -msgid "" -"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " -"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" -msgstr "补货是在客户库位上创建的客户订单上的产品(需要发货给客户的)" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " -"(property)" -msgstr "补货库位 :在客户信息上的字段\" 客户库位\\ \\ \\ \"(属性)" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" -msgstr "最小库存规则" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 -msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." -msgstr "补货在规则的位置创建。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 -msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" -msgstr "补货位置 : 规则字段 \"位置\"" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Procurement rules" -msgstr "补货规则" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" -msgstr "新补货创建在规则的源位置" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 -msgid "" -"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " -"be fulfilled e.g.:" -msgstr "*补货规则* 描述了特定位置上的补货如何满足, 例如 :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 -msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" -msgstr "产品从哪里来(源位置 )" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 -msgid "" -"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " -"To Stock)`" -msgstr "补货要么是 :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` , 要么是 :abbr:`MTS (Made To Stock)` " - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179 -msgid "needs schema thing from FP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 -msgid "Routes" -msgstr "路线" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " -"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " -"sales order lines, warehouse,..." -msgstr "补货规则被分组到路线中。路线定义了产品必须遵从的路径。根据产品/销售订单行／仓库, ……路线可能会适用也可能不能适用。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" -msgstr "要满足补货, 系统会搜索路线中定义的规则(按优先级) :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "仓库" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 -msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" -msgstr "仓库路线示例 :拣货→包装→发货" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 -msgid "Picking List:" -msgstr "分拣清单 :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 -msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" -msgstr "拣货区域→打包区域" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 -msgid "Pack List:" -msgstr "包装清单 :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 -msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" -msgstr "打包区域→门A" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Delivery Order:" -msgstr "交货单 :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Gate A → Customer" -msgstr "门A→客户" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 -msgid "" -"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " -"the warehouse." -msgstr "描述如何组织你的仓库的路线应该在仓库中定义。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "A Product" -msgstr "产品" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 -msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" -msgstr "产品路线示例 :质量控制" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 -msgid "Reception:" -msgstr "收货 :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 -msgid "Supplier → Input" -msgstr "供应商→收货" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 -msgid "Confirmation:" -msgstr "确认 :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 -msgid "Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "收货→质量控制" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Storage:" -msgstr "库存 :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "质量控制→库存" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Product Category" -msgstr "产品分类" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 -msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" -msgstr "产品类别路线示例 :越库" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 -msgid "Cross-Docks:" -msgstr "越库 :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 -msgid "Input → Output" -msgstr "收货→发货" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Delivery:" -msgstr "发货 :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 -msgid "Output → Customer" -msgstr "发货→客户" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Sale Order Line" -msgstr "销售订单明细" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 -msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" -msgstr "销售订单行示例 :直运" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Order:" -msgstr "订单 :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "供应商→客户" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "推送规则" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 -msgid "" -"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " -"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" -" used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "当产品进入一个特定库位时, 推式规则会触发。它们会把产品自动移动一个新的库位。推式规则是否能使用起决于适用的路线。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "质量管理" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 -msgid "Product lands in Input" -msgstr "产品在收货区卸货" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "推式规则1 :收货→质量控制" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 -msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "推式规则2 : 质量控制→库存" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Warehouse Transit" -msgstr "仓库中转" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 -msgid "Product lands in Transit" -msgstr "产品在中转区卸货" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "推式 :中转区→仓库 2" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 -msgid "Procurement Groups" -msgstr "补货组" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 -msgid "" -"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " -"provided:" -msgstr "路线和规则定义库存的移动, 对于每一个规则, 都提供了一个单据类型 :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 -msgid "Picking" -msgstr "分拣" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 -msgid "Packing" -msgstr "包装" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 -msgid "Delivery Order" -msgstr "交货单" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 -msgid "Purchase Order" -msgstr "采购订单" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 -msgid "..." -msgstr "..." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 -msgid "" -"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " -"and locations are the same." -msgstr "如果它们的补货组和库位一样的话, 库存移动就分组到同一单据类型。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 -msgid "" -"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " -"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " -"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " -"together)" -msgstr "" -"销售订单创建一个补货组, 所以同一个销售订单的拣货和发货单组合在一起。但是你可以在订货规则上定义特定的组(例如, 可以把特定产品的采购单组合在一起)。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Terminologies" -msgstr "名词术语" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " -"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " -"repository." -msgstr " **仓库**: 在Odoo中的仓库就是一个存放产品的地方。可以是一个虚拟位置, 也可以是实际位置。可以是一个店铺也可以是一个储藏室。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " -"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " -"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." -msgstr " **库位**: 库位在仓库中用来对存贮区域进行划分。进一步划分为内部库位(你的仓库), Odoo还有供应商, 客户, 盘点对应库位等。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " -"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " -"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " -"procurements." -msgstr "" -" **批次**: 批次是用特定条码或者序列号指定的一批产品。一个批次的所有产品是同一产品(例如。24瓶一套), 通常的, " -"批次号来自批量生产的工单或者补货。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " -"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" -" item." -msgstr " **序列号**: 序列号是一个产品的特定标识。技术上来讲, 序列号可以理解为一个批次只有1个产品。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " -"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" -" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." -msgstr "" -" **计量单位**: 定义了产品的数量如何表达。米, 英镑, 24一包, 千克, ……同种类型 (例如 : " -"规格)的计量单位之间可以使用转换率相互之间转换(M, CM, MM)。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " -"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " -"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " -"enough stock." -msgstr "" -" **消耗品** 一种不需要管理产品库存水平的产品(没有在手数量或者预测数量), 但是可以收货和发货。当对该种产品有需求时, " -"Odoo会认为系统中有足够的库存。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 -msgid "" -"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." -msgstr " **可库存**: 你想要管理库存水平的产品。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" -" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." -msgstr " **包裹 :** 一个包裹包含一些产品(可以由它们的批次或者序列号标识或者没有)。例如: 一个箱子里面有刀和叉。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 -msgid "" -"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " -"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " -"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " -"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " -"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " -"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." -msgstr "" -" **补货**: 补货就是特定库位对特定数量的产品的需求。补货由其他额单据自动触发: 销售订单, 最小库存你规则, " -"和拉规则。你也可以手动的触发补货。当自动触发补货时, 你需要时刻关注异常(例如, 一个产品需要从一个供应商处采购, 但在系统中该产品却没有维护供应商)。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " -"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" -" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." -msgstr "" -" **路线**: 路线定义产品必须遵守的路径。根据产品, 销售订单行, 仓库……可以使用路线, 也可以不适用。要完成一个补货, " -"系统会会搜索定义在相关产品／销售订单上的路线中的规则。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " -"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " -"can be used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "" -" **推规则**: 当产品进入一个特定的库位时会触发推规则。它们会吧产品移动一个新的库位。推规则在路线中维护, 所以推规则是否可用依赖于路线是够可用。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " -"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " -"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " -"or MTS,..." -msgstr "" -" **补货规则** 或者 **拉规则**: 补货规则描述了特定库位的补货如何满足, 例如: 产品从何而来(源库位), 补货是MTO 还是MTS, ……" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " -"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " -"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " -"procurement group and locations are the same." -msgstr "" -" **补货组**: 路线和规则定义库存移动。对于每一个规则, 都提供了单据类型, 例如: 拣货, 包装, 交货单, 采购订单, " -"…移动。如果它们的补货组以及位置时相同的, 它们就被分组到相同的单据类型。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " -"between locations." -msgstr " **库存调拨**: 库存调拨表示任何两个库位中的货物和材料的转移。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " -"in a warehouse or location." -msgstr " **在手数量**: 特定产品目前在仓库或者库存中的数量。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " -"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " -"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " -"units." -msgstr " **预测数量**: 一个特定仓库或者库位的可销售产品的数量。由如下得出: 在手数量－未来交货数量＋未来收货数量＋未来制造数量。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " -"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " -"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" -" minimum stock rule." -msgstr " **订货规则**: 定义了Odoo自动触发补货需求(该供应商下单或者发布生产订单)。当预测数量到达最低库存规则的时候会自动触发。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " -"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " -"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " -"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " -"packing zone)" -msgstr "" -" **越库**: 交叉转运是直接从收货区域停靠的半挂车或者火车直接装货到停靠在出货码头的卡车, 火车, 拖车上的一种物流的实践, " -"在卸货和装货过程之间没有存储过程。(无需进入库存, 直接从卸货区域到包装区域)" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " -"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" -" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " -"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." -msgstr "" -" **直运**: 直接把货物从供应商／工厂发货到客户(可以是零售商或者客户), 而不经过通常的分销渠道。产品直接从供应商送到顾客, " -"无需经过你自己的仓库。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " -"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." -msgstr " **下架策略** 　 :用在在一个特定库位上拣货的策略。例如: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 -msgid "" -"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " -"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " -"goes in rack 3, storage A)" -msgstr " **上架策略** 　 :特定库位的特定产品在入库时候的摆放位置的策略。(例如: 电缆进来摆放在A区, 3巷道)" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 -msgid "" -"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" -" it from the stock." -msgstr " **报废**: 用于当一个产品坏掉或者过期时, 就可以通过报废产品把它从库存中移除。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "过程概览" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "From procurement to delivery" -msgstr "从补货到交货" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " -"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" -" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" -" delivery." -msgstr "" -"库存是你的业务的中心。库存真的很复杂, 但是在Odoo中, 无论是收货还是发货都简单得不能再简单了。我们将在本文档中演示从收货到发货是如此的简单。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " -"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " -"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " -"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." -msgstr "" -"Odoo库存模块和其他的应用完全的集成, 例如 **采购** , **销售** 或 **库存** 。但它不局限于这些过程, 它还能完全的与 **电商**" -" , **生产** , **维修** 等模块集成。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 -msgid "How to process a receipt ?" -msgstr "如何处理收货？" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Install Purchase application" -msgstr "安装采购模块" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "首先, 你需要安装 **采购模块** , 进入菜单 :menuselection:`应用(Apps)` 并安装。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 -msgid "Make a purchase order" -msgstr "创建采购订单" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " -"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." -msgstr "进入 **采购** 模块。第一个看到的界面是 **询价需求单** 列表, 点击 **创建** 按钮。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " -"products to your request for quotation." -msgstr "输入 **供应商** 信息并点击 **添加一个新条目** 给询价单添加一些产品。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " -"quantity." -msgstr "一旦确定了产品, 价格和数量等, 可以点击 **确认订单** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 -msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" -msgstr "检索收货" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 -msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "有2种方能式检索收货订单 :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 -msgid "From the purchase order" -msgstr "从采购订单" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 -msgid "" -"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " -"related **Receipt**:" -msgstr "在采购订单的右上角, 你会按到一个与 **收货** 相关的按钮 :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 -msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." -msgstr "点击查看 **调拨单** " - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 -msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" -msgstr "从库存仪表板" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 -msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" -" the list of your deliveries to process." -msgstr "当打开* *库存* *应用程序时,点击* * #接收* *可看到发货的列表。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" -msgstr "在列表中, 点击与采购订单相关的一个" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 -msgid "Process the Receipt" -msgstr "处理收货" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 -msgid "" -"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " -"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " -"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." -msgstr "要处理库存调拨, 只要简单的点击 **确认** 就可以完成调拨。一条信息会弹出问你是否要完成所有数量, 如果是就点击 **应用** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " -":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"补货可以自动进行。详情请参阅我们的文档 :doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto`" -" " - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 -msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" -msgstr "如何处理发货单？" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 -msgid "Install Sales application" -msgstr "安装销售模块" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "首先, 你需要安装 **销售管理** 模块。进入菜单 :menuselection:`应用(Apps)` 并安装。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 -msgid "Place a sale order" -msgstr "下销售订单" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" -" team." -msgstr "进入 **销售** 应用, 点击你所在团队的 **报价单** 按钮。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "你将得到所有报价单的列表。点击 **创建** 按钮。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " -"some products to your quotation." -msgstr "输入 **客户信息** 并点击 **添加新条目** 在报价单中添加一些产品。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 -msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." -msgstr "点击 **确认销售** 下单。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 -msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" -msgstr "发货的退货" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 -msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "有2种方式能检索交货订单 :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 -msgid "From the sale order" -msgstr "从销售订单" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 -msgid "" -"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " -"**Delivery**:" -msgstr "在销售订单的右上角, 你会看到和 **发货** 相关的按钮 :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 -msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " -"list of your receipts to process." -msgstr "打开 **库存** 应用, 点击 **＃待办** 查看待处理的收货单列表。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" -msgstr "在列表中, 点击与该销售订单相关的一个" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" -" on your dashboard." -msgstr "如果库存中没有产品, 销售订单会在看板中的 **等待** 中显示。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "处理发货" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 -msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." -msgstr "用同样方法处理电商订单" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 -msgid "" -"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " -"methods. Please read the document " -":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." -msgstr "" -"你可以容易的把发货单和不同的发货方式集成起来, 请参阅文档 :doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method` ." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced flows" -msgstr "高级流程" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 -msgid "" -"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " -"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." -msgstr "在此文档, 解释的流程都是最简单的。Odoo也符合使用高级仓库管理的公司。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 -msgid "" -"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " -"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " -"transfers**." -msgstr "默认状况下, 只配置了 **收货** 和 **发货** , 但是你还可以激活多库位和多仓库来处理 **内部调拨** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 -msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" -msgstr " **路线**: 可以通过推/拉规则自动化流程" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 -msgid "" -"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " -"warehouse" -msgstr " **多步骤** 收货和发货可以在每个仓库中很容易的被配置" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" -"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " -"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"更多 : **条码扫描** , **序列号** , **批次** , **越库** , **直运** , 与 **第三方** 货代集成 , **上架**" -" 以及 **下架** 策略……所有这些都可以在Odoo实现。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "入门" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" -msgstr "如何设置Odoo的仓库？" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " -"different screens you need." -msgstr "Odoo的库存应用有一个实施向导, 你可以参照者对系统进行配置。它是一个按部就班的和不同页面链接起来的手册。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" -"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." -msgstr "在完成安装 **库存** 应用之后, 点击右上角的进度条产看实施向导。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 -msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" -msgstr "实施向导帮你经历以下步骤 :" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Set up your warehouse" -msgstr "设置你的仓库" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Import your vendors" -msgstr "导入供应商" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Import your products" -msgstr "导入产品" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Set up the initial inventory" -msgstr "设置初始库存" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" -msgstr "配置销售和采购流程" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" -msgstr "设置补给机制" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" -" valuation." -msgstr "配置高级功能, 例如包裹, 追踪, 路线和存货计价。" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" -" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" -" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " -"and use your scanner optimally." -msgstr "如果你想在你的仓库中用条码扫描枪设置操作, 你需要在库存模块上安装 **条码** 应用。条码应用会引导着你优化配置并使用你的扫描枪。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "高级路线" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "概念" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" -msgstr "如何在你的仓库组织越库？" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " -"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" -" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " -"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " -"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." -msgstr "" -"越库区域是一个不存放产品的临时区域, 只是用来管理把产品发给客户的地方。这会省掉很多仓库内部调拨时间以及存储过程。我们管理转运区域的产品, " -"在那里产品直接从供应商处, 只需要在我们的仓库过一下就直接发给客户。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " -"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post" -"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" -msgstr "" -"关于更多关于如何构架你的仓库, 请参阅 `越库是什么, 以及它是否适合我？<https ://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" -"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>` _ `" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 -msgid "Warehouse and routes" -msgstr "仓库和路线" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" -" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" -" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"在 **库存** 模块下, 打开 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置 -->库位&仓库` , 然后在 **路线** 中选择 " -"**产品使用高级路线** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," -" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." -msgstr "打开 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->仓库` , 然后打开想要进行越库的仓库并点击 **编辑** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 -msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" -msgstr "在 **仓库配置** 页面, 选择 :" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" -msgstr " **进来的送货**: 先在收货区卸货, 然后再进入库存(2步)" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 -msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" -msgstr " **出去的送货**: 直接从库存发货(仅送货)" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 -msgid "then click on **Save**." -msgstr "点击 **保存** " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." -msgstr "" -"本步骤生成了一个越库路线, 你可以在以下地方看到 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> " -"配置(Configurations) -->路径(Routes) -->路径(Routes)` 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 -msgid "Cross Docking Route" -msgstr "越库路线" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 -msgid "" -"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " -"for the remaining part:" -msgstr "我们在流程的第一部分使用 **购买** 路线, 然后为剩余部分创建一个路线。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " -"created as an internal physical location." -msgstr "每一个拉规则现在可以被配置。用内部的实体库位类型创建越库位置" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 -msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`收货(Input) -->越库` " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 -msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`越库 -->出货区域(Output)` " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 -msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`出货(Output) -->客户(Customer)` " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 -msgid "Product with cross dock" -msgstr "使用越库的产品" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 -msgid "" -"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" -" above as well as the **Buy** route." -msgstr "我们创建蔬菜茴香产品, 并且将路线设置为刚才创建的 **购买** 路线。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 -msgid "" -"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " -"for replenishment of a stockable product." -msgstr "我们可以指定一个供应商以及用于补充可库存产品的最小订购规则。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" -msgstr ":doc:`use_routes` " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps` " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "如何做仓库间调拨？" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " -"application in Odoo." -msgstr "如果有不同的仓库, 并且想在不同仓库间调拨货物。因为有了Odoo这些变得都很容易。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 -msgid "" -"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " -"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " -"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." -msgstr "" -"首先需要选择多库位选项 :menuselection: 在 **库存模块** 中的 `配置 -->设置` 。然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** " -"选项。不要忘了勾选之后点击 **应用** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 -msgid "" -"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " -"and routes in your warehouse." -msgstr "如果想在你的仓库中管理多库位以及路线就需要勾选该选项。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "创建一个新的仓库" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " -"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" -"下一步是创建新的仓库, 在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->仓库` 。现在就可以通过点击 **创建** " -"创建新的仓库。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "输入仓库名称和一个简称, 简称最多只能5个字。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 -msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " -"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" -" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "" -"需要注意的是 **简称** 非常重要, 它会出现在调拨单以及其他仓库单据, 定义的时候需要足够简单并且易于理解(例如 :WH/[位置的首字母])。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " -"been generated for your new warehouse." -msgstr "如果你回到仪表盘, 新的仓库会自动的生成作业类型。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "创建一个新的库存" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " -"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" -" you can skip this step." -msgstr "" -"如果你创建了一个新的仓库, 你可能在此之前已经有一些实际的库存。这样的话你就需在Odoo中创建一个盘点。如果没有库存的话, 就可以跳过该步骤。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " -"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " -"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" -"进入库存管理应用模块, 选择 :menuselection:`库存控制-->库存调整` 。通过点击 **创建** 创建新的盘点。在 **盘点参照** ," -" **日期** 中输入内容并确保选择正确的仓库和库位。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" -" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " -"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " -"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " -"orders." -msgstr "" -"接下啦, 点击 **开始盘点** 。会弹出一个你可以输入当前产品的窗口。选择添加新的条目并确认仓库中的 **实际数量** 。理论数量不能更改, " -"因为它代表着采购和销售相关的计算数量。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " -"all yours product." -msgstr "一旦记录了所有的产品, 不要忘了校验你的库存。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "创建内部调拨" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 -msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" -" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " -"proceed as follows:" -msgstr "最后一步就是创建内部调拨。如果你想把2片产品从第一个产品呢转移到布鲁塞尔的另外一个仓库, 可以按照以下步骤 :" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 -msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "" -"在仪表盘上, 选择两个仓库中的其中一个内部调拨。要这样做, 点击菜单 :menuselection:`调拨(More) --> " -"转移(Transfer)` 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 -msgid "" -"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " -"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " -"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." -msgstr "一个新的窗口会打开, 在这里你可以选择源库位区域(这里是 **旧的仓库** )和目标区域(在这里是位于布鲁塞尔的 **新** 仓库)。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " -"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "通过点击 **添加新的条目** 添加想要调拨的产品, 做完之后不要忘了 **确认** 或者 **标记为待做** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." -msgstr "如果你选择了 **确认** , Odoo会处理待调拨的全部数量。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "如果你选择了 **标记为代办** , Odoo会把调拨单转换为 **等待可用** 状态。点击 **保留** 来保留源仓库中需要保留的数量。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 -msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "也有可能人工调拨每一个产品 :" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." -msgstr "通过仪表盘在源库位中选择调拨单。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 -msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "选择正确的调拨单" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 -msgid "" -"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " -"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " -"indicate how much products you process" -msgstr "3.在右下角铅笔的图标上点击打开详细操作窗口。在新的窗口中你可以手工的输入你想处理的产品数量。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " -"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " -"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " -"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." -msgstr "" -"如果你决定部分的完成调拨单(例如因为未知事件造成了部分产品不能发货), Odoo会自动的问你是否需要创建一个 **未完成单子** " -"。如果你想稍后完成剩下部分就创建一个未完成单子, 如果不打算稍后进一步操作就不创建未完成订单。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "什么是补货规则？" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" -"补货库存控制系统始于一个客户订单。在该策略下, 公司只需要满足客户订单数量的产品即可。系统的一个先进性就是不会存放多余需求数量的产品, " -"这样就减少了库存水平和存储成本。然而拉系统的一个缺点是在这种状况下极有可能遇到订单的困境, 例如供应商不能及时的发货。这就让功能不能让公司顺利完成订单," -" 并增加客户对公司的不满。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" -"一个拉式库存控制系统的例子是MTO。目的是是库存水平保持在之满足需求的最低水平, 不多也不少, " -"恰好满足客户的需求。MTO系统通过减少存储空间、储存成本的总量消除浪费。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "补货规则是路线的一部分。进入库存应用>配置>设置, 点击\" 产品高级路线，使用规则\"。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "补货规则设置" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." -msgstr "补货规则设置在路线上。在库存应用, 进入配置>路径" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "在补货规则部分, 点击添加项目。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possible :" -msgstr "你可在此设置你的规则条件。有3种可能的操作类型：" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "从其他位置移动规则" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" -msgstr "制造规则将触发创建制造订单" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" -msgstr "采购规则将触发创建采购订单" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "制造应用必须安装，用来触发制造规则。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "采购应用必须安装，用来触发 **购买** 规则" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "试着在demo实例创建一个补货规则" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "一些仓库配置会使用早已定义的补货规则创建路线。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`push_rule` " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse` " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock` " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "什么是推式规则？" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" -"库存控制的推系统包含需要满足客户需求的预测数量。公司在决定采购产品的数量时候需要预测客户将要采购哪些产品。相应的公司会生产足够的产品来满足预测的需求和销售或者把产品推到消费者那里。推库存的缺点是通常情况下预测和实际销售相比不精确，差异一年年的不同。推库存的另外一个问题是太多的产品留在了库存中。这就增加了公司的产品存储成本。一个优点是公司可以保证在库存中总是有足够的产品满足客户的订单，防止无法满足客户对产品的需求。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" -"一个推流程指示库位如何与其他的库位链接起来。只要在源库位中给定数量的产品发生移动, 通过在流程说明中配置的参数一个链式移动会自动的生成(目标库位, " -"延迟, 移动类型, 分类账)。它可以自动的触发或者手动处理。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" -"推规则是路线的构成, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) --> " -"设置(Settings)` 并勾选 **产品使用高级路径规则** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "推式规则设置" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "在路径上设置推规则。进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->路径(Routes)` 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "在推规则部分, 点击 **添加一个新项目** " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" -"在这里你可以设置规则的条件。在该示例中, 当货物在 **收货区域** 时候, 需要被移动到质检区域, 在3步收货流程中, " -"会有另外一个推规则把货物从质检区域移动到库存中。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "在demo实例创建一个推式规则" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "有些仓库用已经定义好的推规则创建路线。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "库存调拨" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "推规则会触发库存转移。通过路径中设置的规则, 你会看到有些转移已经已经就绪并且在等待中。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "以上设置的推规则会创建一个从 **库存／收货区域** 到 **库存／质检** 区域的一个调拨。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "在该示例中, 另外一个调拨在等待第二个调拨, 它的逻辑是当质检过程的调拨完成后, 产品就会移动到主要库存中。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule` " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "如何使用路径？" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" -msgstr "路线就是推规则和拉规则的合并整理。Odoo可以配置高级推／拉路线的配置, 例如 :" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "管理产品的制造链条" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "为每个产品管理默认位置" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" -msgstr "根据业务需求在仓库中定义路线, 例如质检, 售后和供应商退货" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" -msgstr "租用管理协助是从租借产品自动生成退回移动" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." -msgstr "" -"拉规则是路线的一部分, 进入 **库存** 应用中 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 并勾选 **产品的高级路径规则** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "预配置的路线" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "Odoo已经在仓库模块中预配置了些路线。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." -msgstr "在仓库模块中, 点击 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouses)` 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." -msgstr "在 **仓库配置** 页面, **入库** 和 **出库** 的选项会根据你的选择而创建响应的路线。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 -msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "定制路线" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." -msgstr "在仓库模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->路径` 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 -msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." -msgstr "首先, 需要选择该路径能被选择的地方, 也可以组合不同地方。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "应用在仓库的路线" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." -msgstr "如果在路线中勾选了 **仓库** , 就需要设置该路径适用于哪个仓库。该路线可以被设置在该仓库中的所有满足路线中推拉规则的调拨中。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "应用在产品的路线" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." -msgstr "如果选择了 **产品** , 你就可以在产品上设置路径" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" -msgstr "打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`库存 -->控制 -->产品` ). 在库存页面中, 选择路线(可以多选) :" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "应用在产品类别的路线" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." -msgstr "如果你勾选了 **产品类别** , 你需要手工的设置该产品属于那个种类。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" -msgstr "打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`配置 -->产品类别` ).在 **物流** 部分选择路径(可以多选) :" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "应用在销售订单行的路线" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." -msgstr "如果勾选了 **销售订单行** , 你就可以每次创建小受受订单的时候手工的设置路径。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." -msgstr "为了能正常使用, 我们需要激活销售订单上的路径这一功能。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "在销售模块, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 并勾选 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "现在可以给销售订单的每条订单行选择路径 :" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "补货规则和推式规则" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "请参照文档" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "补货配置" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 -msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" -msgstr "" -"在进行补货时, 你可以强制使用想要使用的路线。在产品( :menuselection:`库存控制 -->产品` ), 点击 **补货需求** 。在 " -"**优先路线** 旁边选择想要使用的路径。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "按订单补货路线" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 -msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." -msgstr "" -"如果想要无库存, 或者保持最低库存, 最好使用 **按订单补货** 的路径。然后和 **买** 或者 **生产** 的路径结合, " -"之后系统就会根据路径设置在没有库存的时候自动触发采购订单或者生产订单。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 -msgid "Product Costing" -msgstr "产品成本" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " -"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." -msgstr "Odoo中的落地成本功能可将额外费用（运费、保险、海关、关税等）纳入产品成本中。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " -"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " -"to be installed)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 -msgid "Add costs to products" -msgstr "向产品添加成本" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " -"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" -" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. " -"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines " -"will be split accross your transfers lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 -msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" -msgstr "上架和下架策略" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" -msgstr "什么是上架策略？" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " -"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " -"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " -"appropriate location." -msgstr "好的仓库实施会考虑到把产品自动的调拨到正确的目的库位。下架就是把产品从收货的产品发出的过程, 该过程把产品调拨到正确的库位。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 -msgid "" -"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" -" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " -"of a potential chemical reaction." -msgstr "以防仓库中含有化学性质不稳定的物品, 就要确保这些产品在存放时不能放的太近, 以防止发生化学反映。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " -"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " -"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " -"level)." -msgstr "上架策略和下架策略有着同样的原则, 但是作用于目标库位。商家策略在库位层面定义(不像下架策略定义在产品层面那样)。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " -"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" -" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 并选择 **仓库管理多库位和产品使用高级路径** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 -msgid "Setting up a strategy" -msgstr "设置一个策略" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." -msgstr "举个例子 :一个卖蔬菜水果的零售商店" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " -"product quality." -msgstr "我们可以把该类型产品放在不同的位置并维护产品数量。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " -"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." -msgstr "" -"假设有一个仓库库位 **WH/Stock** 并且有一个下级库位 **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & " -"**WH/Stock/Fruits** ." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " -"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " -"Strategy**." -msgstr "" -"你可以创建一个上架策略, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->库位` 。打开任何一个你想要设置上架策略的库位, 点击 " -"**编辑** 并选择 **上架策略** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " -"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " -"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." -msgstr "打开滚动菜单并点击 **创建并编辑** 。这会打开一个上架策略的页面表单, 在那里你可以设置上架策略, 设置上架方法, 固定库位等。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." -msgstr "等你把所有必要信息输完之后, 点击 **保存** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " -"automatically be transferred to the correct location." -msgstr "现在, 当你要采购这些种类的产品时候, 它们会自动的被移动到正确的库位。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Current Inventory`" -msgstr "要检查当前库存, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->库存控制 -->当前库存` " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 -msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." -msgstr "在那里　你可以看到库位中当前的库存" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "何为下架策略 (FIFO, LIFO, 及 FEFO)？" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " -"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." -msgstr "下架策略在拣货过程中很有用, 在拣货员对产品拣货的时候优化距离, 质检或者到期产品管理等都非常有用。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " -"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " -"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " -"on the **location**." -msgstr "" -"当产品的移动需要被完成的时候, Odoo会在系统内部找到该调拨单上的要求数量的可用数量。Odoo会根据设置在 **产品类别** 或者 **产品** 上的" -" **下架策略** 分配产品到该调拨单。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`:" -msgstr "在 **库存** 应用中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` :" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " -"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "勾选 **追踪批次号还活着序列号** , **仓库进行多库位管理** 和 **产品的高级路线管理** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " -"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." -msgstr "然后, 打开 :`配置 -->库位` 并打开需要设置出库策略的库位。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 -msgid "Types of removal strategy" -msgstr "下架策略的类型" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 -msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" -msgstr "FIFO (先进先出)" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "" -"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " -"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " -"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " -"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." -msgstr "" -" **先进先出** 策略意味着先进来的产品会先出库。如果有销售易变质的产品, 就应该使用FIFO的方法。如果公司销售周期性相对短的产品, 例如服装, " -"那么也最好使用FIFO, 这样不至于在库存中囤积大量的过时产品。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 -msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "我们举个先进先出下架策略的例子" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " -"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." -msgstr "在你的仓库库存(\" 仓库/库存 \\ \")库位中,\" iPod 32 Gb \\ \"的产品有\" 3 \\ \"个批次。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 -msgid "" -"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." -msgstr "可以在存货计价报表中看到可用存货的详细信息" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 -msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." -msgstr "创建一个数量为\" 25 \\ \"的\" iPod 32 GB \\ \"销售订单并确认该订单" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "在出货单中你可以看到在使用先进先出的出库策略下系统自动带出的\" Ipod 32 Gb \\ \"的批次是 **最旧** 的批次号。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 -msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" -msgstr "LIFO (后进先出)" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 -msgid "" -"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " -"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " -"shelf life." -msgstr "在这种仓库管理中, 最后买进的产品最先出库。后进先出用在后买进的产品没有足够的空间或者货架存放的状况下。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " -"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" -" ``WH/Stock`` location." -msgstr "在我们的示例中, 让我们来检查一下\" WH/Stock \\ \"库位中的 `Ipod 32 Gb\" 可用库存。 " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 -msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." -msgstr "创建一个数量是\" 10 \\ \"的\" Ipod 32 Gb \\ \"的销售订单" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " -"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "在出库单中你可以看到在使用后进先出的出库策略的状况下\" Ipod 32 Gb \\ \"被分配的批次号是 **最新的** 批次号。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 -msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" -msgstr "FEFO (到期先出)" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" -" according to their expiration date." -msgstr "在先到期先处的仓库管理中, 系统会根据产品的到期日期的先后顺序分发产品。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " -"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" -" to save changes." -msgstr "" -"进入 :menuselection:`库存-->配置 -->设置` 。勾选 **在序列号上定义到期日期** 。然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " -"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " -"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." -msgstr "" -"这将允许您为每批货物或序列号设置4个过期字段：**最佳日期**, **失效日期**, **警示日期** 以及 **撤柜日期**。这些日期可从以下路径设置" -" :menuselection:`库存->控制->序列号/批次。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." -msgstr "**最佳日期**：本序列/批次货物自此日期起变质，但尚未造成危害。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " -"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." -msgstr "**失效日期：**：本序列/批次货物自此日期起变质，不得消费。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 -msgid "" -"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " -"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " -"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." -msgstr "**下架日期：**：指包含这一序列号/批号的货物从库存中移除的日期。根据FEFO下架策略，在发货单中根据这一日期拣货。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " -"goods with this serial/lot number." -msgstr "**警示日期：**本序列/批次货物被发出警示的日期。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " -"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " -"removal dates." -msgstr "根据**撤柜日期**按照货物的时间顺序分批撤下。先处理定义了撤柜日期的货物，再处理未定义此日期的批次。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 -msgid "" -"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " -"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " -"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " -"lots pass their **alert date**." -msgstr "" -"除**撤柜日期**外的所有数据都只用于参考和汇报。超出上述所有日期期限的批次可能仍会作为送货订单拣出，且当这批次货物超过**警示日期**后并不会发出警示。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " -"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" -" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " -"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " -"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," -" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " -"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " -"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " -"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " -"after the lot has been created." -msgstr "" -"批次货物的过期日期也可在货物入库时自动设置。根据序列号启用过期日期后，产品详情表的库存页签下会出现4个新的字段：**产品生命周期**、**产品使用寿命**、**产品撤柜时间**和**产品警示时间**。当其中一个字段输入整数后，对应产品的批次/序列的过期日期将被设为该批次/序列的创建日期加上在时间增量字段中输入的天数。如果时间增量字段设为0，则该批次/序列的过期日期必须在该批次创建之后手动设置。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " -"expiration date fields as follows:" -msgstr "每个时间增量字段都用于生成以下一种过期日期字段，如下所示：" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 -msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" -msgstr "产品使用寿命->最好在此日期前使用" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 -msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" -msgstr "产品撤柜时间->撤柜日期" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 -msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" -msgstr "产品生命周期->生命周期结束" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 -msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" -msgstr "产品警示时间->警示日期" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 -msgid "" -"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." -msgstr "要在库位上设置出库策略, 进入 :`配置 -->库位` 并选择FEFO。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " -"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " -"expiration date." -msgstr "" -"让我们举个例子, 在\" WH/Stock \\ \"库位中有\" 3 \\ \"个批次的\" 冰淇淋 \\ \":\" LOT0001 \\ " -"\",\" LOT0002 \\ \",\" LOT0003 \\ \", 分别标有不同的到期日期。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr " **批次 / 序列号** " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Product**" -msgstr " **产品** " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr " **到期日期** " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "LOT0001" -msgstr "LOT0001" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "Ice Cream" -msgstr "冰淇淋" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 -msgid "08/20/2015" -msgstr "2015-08-20" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "LOT0002" -msgstr "LOT0002" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 -msgid "08/10/2015" -msgstr "2015-08-10" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "LOT0003" -msgstr "LOT0003" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 -msgid "08/15/2015" -msgstr "2015-08-15" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 -msgid "" -"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." -msgstr "我们将创建一个带有\" 15kg \\ \"的\" 冰淇淋 \\ \"的销售订单并确认。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 -msgid "" -"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " -"removal strategy **FEFO**." -msgstr "销售订单相关的发货单将会根据 **FEFO** 的出库策略进行调拨。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 -msgid "" -"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" -" the removal dates." -msgstr "它会根据批次上的移除日期从批次\" LOT0002 \\ \"拿出\" 10kg `, 从 \\ \"LOT0003\" 拿出 \\ \"5kg\" 。 " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental` " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon` " - -#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "产品" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "如何选择正确的补货策略" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "最小库存规则和按单补货的结果相似，但规则不同，应根据你的制造和发货策略来选用。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" -"最小库存规则用于确保你已经有了制造和/或响应消费者需求的最小库存量。当某产品的库存水平到达最小量时，系统自动生成一个采购订单，该订单的数量能满足最小库存量。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "按单补货功能将触发与产品相关的销售订单的采购单。系统**不会**检查现有库存。意味着无论现有产品的数量是多少，都会生成一个采购订单草稿。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "最小库存规则可通过库存模块进行配置。在“库存控制”下拉菜单中选择\"再次订购规则\" ，然后点击\"创建\"设置某给定产品的最小与最大库存值。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" -msgstr "显示“最小数量”、“最大数量”和“数量倍数”字段的工具提示" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "然后点击产品，在\"库存子菜单\"访问相关产品的表单。不要忘记选择一个供应商。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "别忘记选择正确的产品类别。消耗品无法贮存，不可计入库存盘点数。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." -msgstr "可在产品表单中配置按单补货 :menuselection:`库存 --> 库存控制 --> 产品（或在产品可用的任一其他模块中配置）。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "在产品表单的库存项下，点击\"按单补货\"。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different units of measure?" -msgstr "如何使用不同计量单位？" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, " -"you will need to convert the units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "在Odoo中你可以设置一个产品可以有不同的计量单位。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" -"在 **库存** 模块下, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在 **产品** 部分, 选择 " -"**产品的采购/销售时可以使用不同的计量单位(高级)** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "Setting up units on your products" -msgstr "给产品设置计量单位" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you " -"would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " -"**Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " -"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." -msgstr "在 **计量单位** 部分, 选择产品销售时候的计量单位以及内部调拨时候的计量单位。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " -"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "在 **采购计量单位** 部分, 选择采购时候的计量单位。完成之后点击 **保存** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 -msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." -msgstr "点击编辑按钮|编辑|创建新的计量单位。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" -msgstr "从一种计量单位转换为另外一种" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." -msgstr "在做计量单位的内部转换时, Odoo会自动的四舍五入。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " -"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." -msgstr "计量单位在全程都可以变换。唯一的条件是这些计量单位都必须是同一类别。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" -msgstr "在本示例中, 我们用鸡蛋做示例 :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" -msgstr "通常, 我们都是按照一盘为单位购买(一盘30个)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" -msgstr "收货的时候是按照单个(质量检验)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 -msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" -msgstr "在卖给客户的时候是按照一打来卖" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " -"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr " **销售价格** 用 **产品的计量单位** 表示。 **成本价格** 用 **采购计量单位** 表示" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "所有的内部调拨都用 **产品计量单位** 表示。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 -msgid "Procurement" -msgstr "补货" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " -"measure." -msgstr "在进行补货需求时, 你还是可以更改计量单位。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" -msgstr "在采购订单中也可以更改计量单位 :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 -msgid "The quality control is done by unit." -msgstr "质检过程按照单个检验" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " -"check is done by unit." -msgstr "产品的最基本的计量单位是 **个** 。因此产品数量按个数检查。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " -"**Draft**." -msgstr "只有当调拨单状态是 **草稿** 状态时, 计量单位才能更改。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "交货流程" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " -"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" -" the unit to the dozen." -msgstr "鸡蛋按打销售。你可以在销售订单上选择计量单位。在变换计量单位的时候, 单位价格会根据一打的单位价格自动计算。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" -" measure :" -msgstr "在发货单中, 最初的需求用销售订单中的计量单位完成 :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " -"converted automatically :" -msgstr "但是调拨使用产品的计量单位已经完成, 所有都自动的转换 :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Create a link when the document is available - When should you use " -"packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "何时应该使用包装, 计量单位或者套装？" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Unit of measures" -msgstr "计量单位" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." -" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." -msgstr "计量单位是一个处理产品的标度的单位, 产品可以使用不同计量单位表示。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." -msgstr "如果在你的仓库中使用不同的计量单位就激活该选项。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" -" warehouse." -msgstr "采购的计量单位可以和仓库中使用的计量单位不同。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." -msgstr "销售的计量单位在销售订单上设置, 也可以不同。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "不同计量单位之间的转换是自动完成的。唯一的条件是能够转换的计量单位必须是同一个种类(个, 重量, 容积, 长度……)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "包裹" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"product." -msgstr "包裹是一个你想在其中放置一个或者几个产品的实际的容器。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "包装" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 -msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." -msgstr "包装是用来保护产品的物理容器。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " -"notice and the power plug." -msgstr "如果你在销售电脑, 包装里面会有电脑, 说明书以及电源线。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 -msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." -msgstr "在Odoo中, 包装使用通常用于标识功能" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " -"only for indicative purpose." -msgstr "你可以在 **包装** 中定义使用哪种 **包材** 。但这只是象征性使用。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 -msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" -msgstr "什么时候使用包裹, 包装或者计量单位？" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 -msgid "" -"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " -"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" -" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." -msgstr "" -"例如, 你现在在销售鸡蛋, 在你的仓库里单个的管理鸡蛋, 很多鸡蛋坏掉了, 你要一个一个的报废。 **计量单位** 是\" 个(一个或很多) \\ \"" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" -" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." -msgstr "如果你按打销售鸡蛋, 销售的 **计量单位** 就是\" 打 \\ \"。你可以在销售订单上进行设置。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " -"**packaging**." -msgstr "包含一打鸡蛋的\" 纸片托盘 \\ \"就是 **包材** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " -"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." -msgstr "当你销售几个托盘的鸡蛋时, 你可能会把不同的托盘放进一个\" 箱子 \\ \"或者一个\" 塑料 \\ \"包装中, 这就是 **包裹** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup` " - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`uom`" -msgstr ":doc:`uom` " - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Using product variants" -msgstr "使用产品型号(变体)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " -"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " -"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." -msgstr "" -"产品变型用来管理有不同变量的产品, 例如尺寸, 颜色等等。它可以让我们在产品模板层面对产品进行管理(所有的变量), " -"也可以在变型层面管理(特定一个属性)。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "例如, 一个销售ｔ血衫的公司可能有以下产品 :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 -msgid "B&C T-shirt" -msgstr "B&C T血衫" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "尺寸 : S, M, L, XL, XXL" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 -msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" -msgstr "颜色 :蓝色, 红色, 白色, 黑色" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " -"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." -msgstr "在该示例中, **B&C ｔ血衫** 是产品模板, **B&C ｔ血衫, S, 蓝色** 是一个产品变量, 尺寸和颜色是 **属性** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." -" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." -msgstr "以上示例总共有20个不同的产品(5中尺寸x4种颜色)。每一个产品都会有自己的库存, 销售信息, 等等。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "变型的影响" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " -"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr " **条码**: 编码和条码关联到一个变型, 而不是一个产品模板。每个型号都可以有自己的条码／SKU。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " -"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " -"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " -"the template or the variant." -msgstr "" -" **价格**: 每个产品变型有自己的公开价，它基于产品模板的价格 ($20)，以及每个变型的可选额外价格(红色额外加$3)，计算得出。然而, " -"你可以定义应用在产品模板以及产品变型的价格表。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " -"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " -"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " -"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " -"variant)" -msgstr "" -" **库存**: 存货在产品变型层面管理。你拥有的不是T恤衫, 而是\" T恤衫, S, 红色 \", 或者\" T恤衫, M, 蓝色 " -"\"。用于信息目的, 在产品模板表单，你得到的库存，是所有变型的数量总和。(但是实际库存是按变型计算的)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " -"product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr " **图片**: 此图片与变型相关, 每个型号可以有自己的主要图片。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " -"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " -"Income Account, Taxes)" -msgstr "" -" **其余字段**: 大部分其他字段属于产品模板。如果你对他么恩进行更新, 它会自动地更新到所有相关的型号上。(例如 : 主营业务收入科目, 税)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Should you use variants?" -msgstr "应该使用产品变型吗？" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 -msgid "When should you use variants?" -msgstr "何时应该使用产品变型？" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 -msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" -msgstr "使用变型有以下影响 :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " -"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " -"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" -msgstr "" -" **电商**: 在你的在线商铺, 客户只会在分类页面看到产品模板。一旦访客点击这样的产品, 他将能在众多的型号中间进行选择(颜色, 尺寸, ……)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" -" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " -"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" -" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " -"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." -msgstr "" -" **生产**: 使用型号可以基于产品模板和各种型号质检的细微差别只定义一个物料表。例如: 你可以创建一个\" T血衫\\ \\ \\ " -"\"并添加一些特定尺寸例如S的行以及特定颜色例如红色的行, 从而代替创建物料表\" T血衫, 红色, S\\ \\ \\ \"。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " -"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " -"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" -" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " -"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." -msgstr "" -" **价格**: 产品的默认价格是产品模板的价格加上型号上特定属性的额外价格。这样, 型号的价格维护起来就很容易, 你不必在每个型号上维护, " -"当然也可以使用价格表规则固定每个型号的价格。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 -msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" -msgstr "在什么时候应该避免使用产品型号？" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " -"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " -"of managing lots of products that are similars." -msgstr "使用变量有可能会增加操作的复杂程度, 当你要使用产品的变量属性时, 你要确保这样做只会减少操作的复杂程度。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 -msgid "" -"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" -" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " -"product templates and all their related variations." -msgstr "例如, 如果使用型号的话, 在导入期初数据的时候就比较麻烦。你不能只是导入产品的列表, 还必须要导入产品模板以及相关的型号。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 -msgid "" -"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " -"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " -"example, a company having these products:" -msgstr "另外, 你需要谨慎的选择尺寸作为变量, 这些都术语一个单独的产品模板。局一个例子, 一个公司有如下产品 :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 -msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" -msgstr "质量 :T血衫, 马球, 衬衫" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue" -msgstr "颜色 : 红色, 蓝色" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" -msgstr "尺寸 : S, M, L, XL" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 -msgid "" -"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " -"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " -"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " -"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " -"e-Commerce:" -msgstr "" -"在该用户案例中, 你可以创建1个带有尺寸变量的模板(布局, ｔ血衫, 保罗)。但是, 我们还是建议你创建两种不同的产品把保罗或者衬衫分开, " -"并且在你的电脑上网站客户也乐意看到这样分 :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 -msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" -msgstr "产品模板 :T血衫" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 -msgid "Product Template: Polos" -msgstr "产品模板 :马球" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 -msgid "Activate the variant feature" -msgstr "激活产品型号特性" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " -"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " -"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " -"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " -"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"在你使用产品变量之前, 你需要在设置中激活产品变量。要这样做, 你需要进入销售模块, 在菜单 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , " -"找到 **产品变形** 　行, 然后勾选 **产品可以有多个变体** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 -msgid "Creating products with variants" -msgstr "创建带有型号的产品" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." -msgstr "" -"一旦你激活了变量选项, 你就可以给产品添加变量。要这样做的话, 进入销售模块 :`销售 -->产品` 。还可以从采购和库存模块进入产品页面。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 -msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." -msgstr "现在, 点击你想添加型号的产品。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " -"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " -"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" -"在产品页面, 一个新的变量页面显示出来。在页面上方的紫色数字是当前该产品的变量数量。要添加新的变量, 点击该按钮, 在新的窗口, 点击 **创建** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " -"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " -"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" -msgstr "在 **属性** 中, 点击下拉菜单并选择你要添加的变量类型。。如果变量不存在, 你可以通过点击创建和编辑随手创建……" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 -msgid "" -"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " -"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " -"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." -msgstr "在属性窗口, **值** 字段是属性的描述例如绿色, 塑料或者32G, **属性** 字段是变量的类型例如颜色, 材料或者内存。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " -"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "你可以在 **属性额外价格** 字段顺便给特定型号添加相关成本, 或者选择稍后更改, 点击 **保存** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 -msgid "" -"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." -msgstr "你也可以给型号添加不同的条码以及内部参考码。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "完成输入该型号的所有的特定属性后, 点击 **保存** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 -msgid "Managing Product Variants" -msgstr "管理产品型号" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " -"variant attributes :" -msgstr "以下示例就是一个产品模板上的两个不同属性的型号产品 :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 -msgid "T-Shirt B&C" -msgstr "B&C T血衫" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" -msgstr "颜色 : 红色, 蓝色, 白色" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "尺寸 : S, M, L, XL, XXL" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 -msgid "Managing combination possibilities" -msgstr "管理组合可能性" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 -msgid "" -"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " -"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " -"you can deactivate the white product variant." -msgstr "" -"默认情况下, 使用上述产品的模板,你可以得到15个不同产品(3种颜色, 5个尺寸)。如果XXL只存在与红色和蓝色t恤,您可以设置禁用于白色产品系列。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." -" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " -"XXL." -msgstr "" -"要这样做的话, 点击 **型号** 按钮, 选择XXL, 白色Ｔ血衫。在产品页面上, 不勾选XXL, 白色Ｔ血衫这个产品 **有效** 框。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 -msgid "" -"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." -msgstr "使产品无效不同于设定产品的库存为0." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "根据型号设置价格" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " -"product." -msgstr "对产品的有些型号你可以添加超过主要价格的成本。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " -"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." -msgstr "" -"一旦你激活了产品变量选项, 你就可以在产品上添加产品变量。要这样做, 进入销售模块, 打开 :menuselection:`销售 -->产品` " -"并点击你想要更改的产品, 点击 **变量价格** 按钮来查看变量列表。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " -"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " -"variant that will be added to the original price." -msgstr "点击你想要添加值的变量名称, 确保3个字段可编辑。在 **额外属性价格** 字段你, 添加该变量的成本, 他会自动的和原始价格相加。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 -msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." -msgstr "一旦你输入了所有的额外值, 点击 **保存** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226 -msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227 -msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "仓库和位置之间的差别是什么？" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " -"warehouses." -msgstr "在Odoo中, 在Odoo中 **仓库** 是你存放货物的实际的建筑／地方。你可以设置多仓库并在不同的仓库质检调拨。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" -" **库位** 是仓库中的一个特定的位置。它可以被认为是仓库的下级, 一个货架, 一层楼, 一个通道, 等等。因此, 一个库位只能是你的仓库的一部分, " -"不能把一个库位和多个仓库链接起来。在一个仓库下你可以配置足够多的库位。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "有3种类型的位置 :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" -" **物理库位** 是你所拥有的仓库中的内部库位, 是你的仓库的一部分。它们可以是仓库中的装货区域, 卸货区域, 货架或者一个区域, 等等。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr " **业务伙伴库位** 是客户和／或供应商仓库中的位置。它们和物理库位的使用一样, 只不过这些库位的所有者不是你。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" -" **虚拟库位** 是指在你仓库中没有实际物理地方的位置, 但是库存中没有实际存放(或是不再有)的产品可以放置在这里。当你要把产品移出你的库存(在 " -"**盘点库位** ), 或者要计算那些已经采购但是还在路途中( **补货库位** )没有到你的仓库的产品的数量的时候, 就可以很方便的使用这种库位。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" -"在Odoo中, 库位按照级别进行架构组织。根据库位之间的父－子关系, " -"你可以把库位配置为一个树形结构。这能让你对库存操作进行详细的分析以及对仓库进行更好的管理。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation` " - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`location_creation` " - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new location?" -msgstr "如何创建新的位置？" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new location" -msgstr "创建新库位" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"为了能创建一个新的库位, 你需要能让系统进行多库位管理。在 **库存** 模块中, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在 " -"**库位＆仓库** 的地方选择 **仓库进行多库位管理** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" -"在 **库存** 模块中, 打开 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->库位` , 在库位窗口下, 点击 **创建** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" -" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" -"在 **库位名称** 字段键入库位的名称。并在列表中选择 **父库位** 。父库位可以是一个物理库位或者虚拟库位, " -"然后你可以按照需要添加足够多的下级库位。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" -" describe your location." -msgstr "你还可以在 **额外信息** 字段输入并为该库位添加一段描述。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 -msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." -msgstr "完成后, 点击 **保存** ." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "一个仓库和一个库位对应, 因为库位是分级的, Odoo会自动的创建一个仓库的父库位, 随后所有的库位在该库位下。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location` " - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" -msgstr "如何创建一个新的仓库" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **apply**." -msgstr "" -"为了能够床架一个新的仓库, 你必须要让系统允许管理多库位。在 **库存** 模块下, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`设置 -->配置` 。在" -" **库位&仓库** 位置, 点选 **仓库多位置管理** 的勾选框。然后点击 **应用** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`" -msgstr "打开菜单 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->仓库` " - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " -"fields :" -msgstr "在仓库页面中, 点击 **创建** , 一个新的带有3个字段的页面会出来 :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 -msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." -msgstr "在 **仓库名称** , 插入仓库的全名。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " -"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " -"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." -msgstr "在 **简称** 字段, 输入一个仓库的5-位编码。注意该编码会显示在库位的列表中, 所以务必确保该简称能简明且清晰的代表你的仓库。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " -"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " -"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " -"edit it afterwards." -msgstr "" -"在 **地址** 字段, 你可以选择一个系统存在的公司或者顺手创建一个新的。因此, 你的仓库的地址回合你所选公司的地址一样。你还可以把该字段留空, " -"然后稍后进行编辑。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 -msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." -msgstr "点击 **保存** 完成新仓库的配置。" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " -"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." -msgstr "当你创建了仓库, 系统会自动的在后台创建调拨类型以及该主要库位的下级库位。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Operations" -msgstr "发货作业" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" -msgstr "如何取消发给货代的发货请求？" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." -msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同交货方式, 包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和第三方货代公司的追踪系统链接。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 -msgid "" -"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "这会让你能够管理货运公司, 实际价格和目的地。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 -msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." -msgstr "你可以轻易的取消已经到货代系统中的货运请求。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 -msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" -msgstr "如何取消发货请求？" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " -"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." -msgstr "如果交货单还没有 **被确认** , 那么该请求不会生效。你可以取消该发货单或者变更货代。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " -"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" -" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " -"Tracking Ref**:" -msgstr "" -"如果你点击了 **确认** , 发货请求就已经生成, 你可以得到云帆好以及标签。你可以可以取消该请求, 只需要在 **货运单号** 旁边的 **取消**" -" 点击即可。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 -msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." -msgstr "你会看到发货已经被取消掉。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 -msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." -msgstr "现在你还可以变更货代。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 -msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" -msgstr "如何在取消之后发送发货请求？" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " -"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " -"get a new tracking number and a new label." -msgstr "在取消发货请求后, 你可以把货代变更为你想要的。通过点击 **发送给货代** 按钮确认。你会得到一个新的运单号以及一张新的标签。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr ":doc:`invoicing` " - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr ":doc:`multipack` " - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" -msgstr "如何就运费给客户开票？" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 -msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "有两种方式给运输成本开票 :" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 -msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" -msgstr "和客户达成一个协议成本价并在销售订单中固定下来" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." -msgstr "按照运输的实际成本发货。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " -"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " -"Methods`." -msgstr "要给交货方式配置价格。进入 **库存** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->交货 -->交货方式` 。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " -"rules." -msgstr "你可以手工的给运费设置价格 :可以是固定的也可以根据相关规则。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " -"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "或者你可以使用货运公司的计算系统。点击文档 :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper` " - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" -msgstr "如何就运费成本给客户开票？" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "按销售订单上的价格开票" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 -msgid "" -"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " -"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "在销售订单上, 选择正确的货代。点击并选择正确的 **发货方式** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "当你点击 **保存** 销售订单或者点击 **设置价格** 的时候计算价格。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "要给销售订单上的交货价格开票, 点击 **设置价格** , 它会在销售订单上添加一个交货方式名称的产品。价格和实际价格可能会不同。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." -msgstr "当你创建发票的时候, 发票的金额会采用订单上的金额。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 -msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "给运费的实际成本开票" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " -"order and proceed to deliver the product." -msgstr "价格会在你 **保存** 订单的时候计算出来。确认订单并且完成发货。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" -" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." -msgstr "在确认发货单时计算实际运费，你可在发货单聊天记录中查看实际费用。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." -msgstr "回到销售订单, 实际成本已经添加到销售订单中。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." -msgstr "当你创建发票的时候, 发票金额会用货代计算的金额。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " -"add a line to the sale order." -msgstr "如果你把发货单分开并且分成好几个, 每一个发货单给订单添加一行。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper` " - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 -msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr ":doc:`labels` " - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 -msgid "How to print shipping labels?" -msgstr "如何打印发货标签？" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " -"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " -"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " -"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 包含与第三方的货代的追踪信息集成。它可以让你管理货运公司, 运输的实际价格和目的地。最终, " -"你可以在Odoo直接打印运单上的标签。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 -msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" -msgstr "安装货代公司的接口模块" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "" -"在 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , 在 **货代接口** 的下方标识你想要集成的货运公司 :" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 -msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "配置发货方式" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "要配置交货方式, 进入 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->交货方式` 。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created." -msgstr "选定货代的发货方式已经被自动创建。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " -"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "在 **价格** 页面, 货代供应商的名称意味着该发货单会被货代的系统处理和计算。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" -msgstr "货代的配置被分成两栏 :" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" -" more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "第一个和 **你的账户** 链接(开发关键字, 密码, ……)。更多信息请参见货运供应商的网站。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " -"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." -msgstr "第二栏根据 **供应者** 的不同而有所差别。你可以选择包材类型, 服务类型, 单位重量……" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 -msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "一旦完成测试, 就不要勾选 **测试模式** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 -msgid "Company configuration" -msgstr "公司配置" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " -"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." -msgstr "为了计算正确的价格, 供应商需要知道你的公司信息。确保地址和电话号码的信息都是正确的。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 -msgid "" -"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " -"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " -"data**." -msgstr "要查看你的信息, 进入 **设置** 应用并点选 **通用设置** 。点击第一个链接 **配置公司信息** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "产品配置" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " -"computation cannot be done." -msgstr "货代公司需要产品的重量, 不然运输价格不能计算。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " -"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`销售 -->产品` 。打开需要发货的产品并维护重量。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" -" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "产品页面上的重量的默认计量单位是千克。如果使用英制计量单位的话, 不要忘了单位之间的转换。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 -msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" -msgstr "如何打印发货标签？" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " -"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "从销售订单创建的发货单会从销售订单带出发货信息, 但是如果你需要的话, 你可以变更货代。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" -" third party shipper in the additional info tab." -msgstr "如果你在库存模块下创建一个发货转移, 你可以在额外的信息页签中添加第三方货代信息。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." -msgstr "点击 **验证** 接收追踪号码和 **标签** ." - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 -msgid "" -"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "黏贴在包裹上的标签可以在下方的历史信息中找到 :" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 -msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "点击打开单据并打印 :" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " -"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." -msgstr "如果你在使用多包裹发货功能, 大多数情况下, 每一个包裹一个标签。每张标签都可以显示在交货历史中。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "如何管理同一张交货单的多个包裹？" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " -"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " -"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." -msgstr "默认状况下, Odoo会认为发货单只有一个包裹构成, 但是你可以在一张发货单上配置多个包裹。它和第三方货运公司完全集成起来。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " -"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" -"要配置包裹的使用, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择 **在包装上记录包材 " -":栈板, 箱子, ……** " - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 -msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "一旦完成, 点击 **应用** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 -msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "销售订单" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 -msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "点击 **交货方式** 选择正确的一个。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" -msgstr "多包裹发货" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it." -msgstr "从销售订单创建的发货单会带出发货信息。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 -msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." -msgstr "在这里, 你可以把要发的货物分成不同的包" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " -"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "在 **完成** 栏位选择你想要放进该包裹的产品的数量, 然后点击 **放进一个包裹** 链接。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 -msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." -msgstr "它会总动的创建所需数量的包裹。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 -msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "其余的产品可以按照同样的步骤进行打包。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 -msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "一旦完成, 点击 **确认** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 -msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" -msgstr "第3方货代的多包裹" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " -"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " -"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "一旦交货单被确认后, 你就能收到追踪号。 **运单追踪号** 会被自动填好。点击货运供应商网站上的 **追踪** 按钮可以查看你的发货单。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " -"underneath:" -msgstr "要黏贴在包裹上的 **标签** 可以在下面的历史信息中找到 :" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping Setup" -msgstr "发货设置" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" -msgstr "如何设置发货方法" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " -"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " -"but also on your e-commerce." -msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 但是该功能在默认设置下没有激活。交货方式可以用在销售订单上, 交货单上还可以用在电商中。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " -"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " -"compute the real price and the packagings." -msgstr "交货方式能让你管理货代供应商的公司, 价格以及目的地。你甚至还可以集成Odoo和外部的货运公司来计算实际价格和包装" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 -msgid "Install the inventory module" -msgstr "安装库存模块" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " -"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" -" order to see it :" -msgstr "交货方式是由 **发货成本** 模块处理的。进入 **APP** 并搜索该模块。s搜索的时候你需要在过滤栏位移除 **APP**: " - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 -msgid "" -"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" -" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." -msgstr "如果你想把交货方式和电商集成, 你需要安装 **电商发货** 模块。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 -msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." -msgstr "首先设置一个名称以及一个物流公司" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." -msgstr "然后你必须要设置价格。它可以被修复或者基于规则。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " -"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " -"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." -msgstr "" -"如果价格是固定的, 点选 **固定价格** 。你只需要定义一个价格。如果你想要在在达到一定数量时免运费, 点选 **如果总量大于某一点免运费** " -"并设置一个价格。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " -"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " -"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." -msgstr "" -"如果价格根据规则不同而不同, 点选 **基于规则** 。点击 **添加一个价格规则的新条目** 。选择一个或者基于重量, 容积, 价格或者数量的条件。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " -"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " -"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." -msgstr "最终我们可以把发货方式局限在几个目的位置。你可以把它们限制为一些国家, 省份甚至邮编。这种特性限制了电商的国家列表。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " -"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " -":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" -"你可以把Odoo和外部的货代公司进行集成, 这样可以计算实际的价格, 包装, 以及处理打印装箱单的标签等。参照 " -":doc:`third_party_shipper` " - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " -"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " -"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " -"product." -msgstr "" -"现在你吗可以在销售订单上选择 **交货方式** 。如果你想在销售订单上对运费进行开票, , 点击 **设置价格** , " -"它就会把交货方式作为一种产品名称添加到订单行上。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 -msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "交货" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 -msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." -msgstr "你可以在发货单上添加或者变更发货方法" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 -msgid "" -"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " -"chosen delivery method." -msgstr "在发货单上, 查看 **货代信息** 。货代就是发货方式" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper` " - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing` " - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "如何得到用于集成DHL到Odoo的证书？" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" -msgstr "若您想使用 Odoo 的 DHL API接口，您需要：" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "DHL.com 网站账号" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "DHL 密码" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "DHL 账号" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " -"Rest of the world)" -msgstr "获取美国以外的国家和地区(英国和其他世界各国)的网站ID账号和密码" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " -"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." -msgstr "您需要联系DHL账号管理中心请求XML格式的API扩展接口。DHL售前工程师应给您相关接口凭据等信息。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 -msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "获取美国网站ID账号和密码" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " -"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." -msgstr "" -"您需要写邮件至 xmlrequests@dhl.com 并且随附您账户的详细信息诸如账号, region区域, 地址, 等访问API 访问信息。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " -"given in the demo data:" -msgstr "同时，为了测试解决方案，您可以使用演示数据中给出的测试凭据：" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 -msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "**用户名**: CustomerTest" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 -msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "**密码**: alkd89nBV" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "**DHL 账号**: 803921577" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" -msgstr "如何和第三方货代集成？" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " -"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " -"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " -"destination." -msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和货运公司的追踪系统链接。这会让你管理货代公司, 运输价格以及目的地。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " -"you want to integrate :" -msgstr "在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在 **货运接口** 下方, 标识出你想要集成的货代公司 :" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " -"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" -" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" -" shipping." -msgstr "" -"货代供应商的交货方式已经自动创建了。大多数情况下, 一些货代供应商会有 **2** 种交货方式 :一个是 **国际运输** , 一个是 **国内运输**" -" 。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " -"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." -msgstr "你还可以用其他配置给同一个供给创建其他方式, 例如 **包装类型** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " -"will appear on your ecommerce." -msgstr "你可以更改发货方式的 **名称** 。该名称会显示在电商模块中。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 -msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "如何准备使用的话, 就标记为 **可以发货** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " -"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "在价格栏位, 选择在 **价格计算** 下面的的货代意味着价格是由货代系统计算出来的。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 -msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" -msgstr "货代配置被拆分为两列 :" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " -"For more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "第一个和 **你的账户** 链接(开发者秘钥, 密码, ……), 更多信息参照货代的网站。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " -"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " -"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " -"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " -"United States." -msgstr "" -"最终我们可以把发货方式局限在几个目的位置。你可以把它们限制为一些国家, 省份甚至邮编。这种特性限制了电商的国家列表。对国内的用户很有用。例如 USPS " -"US只在美国国内运输。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" -" you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 -->销售 -->产品` 。打开你想要交货的产品并为之维护重量。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " -"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "产品页面中的重量默认的用千克表示。如果使用英制单位, 不要忘了进行转换。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 -msgid "" -"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " -"method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "现在你可以在销售订单选择货代。点击 **发货方式** 选择正确的一个。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " -"**Set price**." -msgstr "在你保存订单或者点击 **设置价格** 的时候价格就会计算。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " -"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " -"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "如果你想要给销售订单的运费开票, 点击 **设置价格** , 它就会把运输方式作为一个产品名称添加到销售订单上。可能和实际价格存在差异。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " -"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" -" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" -"不然, 实际价格(发货单确认的时候会计算)会自动的添加到发票中。详情请参照文档 :doc:`../operation/invoicing` " - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "销售订单产生的发货单会从销售订单带出发货信息。如果有需要的话, 可以更改货代信息。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" -" be computed once the transfer is validated." -msgstr "发货重量根据产品的重量计算。一旦调拨确认后运输成本就会计算。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" -" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " -"to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "点击 **验证** 接收追踪号码。 **承运商追踪参考** 字段会被自动填上。在货代的网站上点击 **追踪** 按钮查看发货单。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels` " - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "如何得到用于集成UPS的证书？" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "要使用Odoo UPS API, 你需要 :" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 -msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "一个 UPS.com 用户 ID 和密码" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "一个UPS 账户号" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 -msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "登陆秘钥" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" -" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." -msgstr "访问密钥是一个16字符的字母数字代码, 允许访问的窗口开发工具包的开发和生产服务器。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 -msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "创建一个UPS账号" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" -" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " -"Service in order to to open an account." -msgstr "注意 :只有在美国本土的客户才可以在线开启UPS账户。如果你不在美国本土, 你需要和UPS客服联系取得账号" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" -" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " -"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" -msgstr "" -"在UPS主页你可以得到更加详细的关于如何申请UPS账号的信息 :\n" -"<https : //www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account> `_" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " -"online profile by following these steps:" -msgstr "如果你还没有UPS账号, 你可以根据以下步骤创建一个在线的配置 :" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "" -"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" -" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." -msgstr "" -"1．用 `www.ups.com <http ://www.ups.com/>` 登入UPS.com网站并在页面上方点击 **新用户** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " -"complete the registration process." -msgstr "2．点击 **MyUPS注册** 按钮, 按照以下流程完成注册过程。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " -"follows:" -msgstr "如果你已经有了UPS账号, 你可以把它添加在以下的在线配置中" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." -msgstr "" -"1．使用UPS.com的用户ID和密码登陆UPS.com网站 ( `http ://www.ups.com <http: " -"//www.ups.com/>` __)" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 -msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "点击 **My UPS** 页签。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "点击 **账户概要** 链接。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 -msgid "" -"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " -"Details** section of the page." -msgstr "4．在该页的 **UPS 账户详情** 部分点击 **添加现有的UPS账户** 链接。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 -msgid "" -"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " -"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" -" States.q" -msgstr "" -"5. 在 **添加新的账户** 窗口, 输入 **UPS 账户号码** , **账户名称** , 以及 **邮编** 等字段, 默认的国家是美国" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 -msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "点击 **下一个** 按钮继续。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 -msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "获取访问密匙" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 -msgid "" -"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " -"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" -msgstr "在添加了UPS 账户号码到你的用户属性中之后, 你将可以从UPS得到登陆秘钥 :" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 -msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" -msgstr "" -"1. 到以下 **UPS 开发套件** 网页\n" -" `https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US <https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>` __" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 -msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "用你的用户ID和密码登陆UPS.COM" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "点击 **请求访问密匙** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 -msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "验证联系信息" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 -msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "点击 **请求访问密匙** 按钮。" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " -"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " -"contact." -msgstr "你可以在登陆的网页上得到 **登陆秘钥** , 同时带有登陆秘钥的电子邮件被发送到主要联系人的邮箱中" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be65ba97c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -0,0 +1,10233 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2021 +# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2021 +# Shane Tsoi <sso@odoo.com>, 2021 +# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2021 +# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2021 +# Felix Yang - Elico Corp <felixyangsh@aliyun.com>, 2021 +# fausthuang, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2021 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2021 +# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory & Mrp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:66 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "仓库" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "条形码" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "日常作业" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" +msgstr "怎么样使用条码来做库存调整？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "From the Barcode application:" +msgstr "从条形码应用 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Inventory**" +msgstr "点击 **盘点** " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" +" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." +msgstr "扫描所有的产品(如果有5件产品, 就扫5次, 或者使用键盘设置数量)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " +"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " +"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." +msgstr "如果你进行多库位管理, 在扫描产品之前扫描库位, 例如扫描一个货架的条码；再扫描货架上的所有产品；接着然后对仓库中所有货架重复该操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." +msgstr "当完成了该库位的所有产品的扫描, 手工确认盘点或者通过扫描 **确认** 条码确认。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders?" +msgstr "如何处理交货订单?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " +"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " +"scan products directly)." +msgstr "有两种方法去处理发货单：你可以在打印出来的文档上（在文档上逐行扫描）操作，或者在屏幕（并直接扫描产品）上。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" +msgstr "处理打印的发货单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " +"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "选择所有在 **待办** 列表中的单据，打印当天的发货单，并且从上方菜单打印 **分拣作业** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " +"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "一旦你开始处理你的发货单, 在文档右上角 **扫码** 下载屏幕上正确的记录" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " +"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " +"accessible, visible or is missing." +msgstr "然后, 给所有产品 **扫描条码** , 或者如果产品上的条码不容易够到, 看不到或者丢失了, 就扫描产品栈板上的条码" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " +"finish the operation." +msgstr "一旦你扫描了所有的产品, 扫描 **确认** 条码动作来完成操作" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 +msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "从电脑上或者移动设备处理所有的交货单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." +msgstr "下载所有标记为 **待做** 的发货单, 并且打开第一个" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 +msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." +msgstr "捡起并扫描每一个被列出的产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " +"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "一旦完成所有产品的拣货, 点击 **验证** 按钮或者扫描 **验证条码** 动作来完成该操作" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " +"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "通过点击右上角的 **箭头** 或者扫描 **下一页** 条码动作移到下一个发货单 " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" +msgstr "如何做内部调拨?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" +msgstr "在Odoo中，有两种类型的内部调拨：" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" +msgstr "系统自动初始化这些（例如，质量控制）" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " +"of the dashboard)." +msgstr "由工人创建的这些(例如，通过仪表板上的'内部调拨'区域)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 +msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" +msgstr "要做内部调拨 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 +msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" +msgstr "从条码应用的首页, 扫描 **源位置** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 +msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" +msgstr "捡起并 **扫描产品** " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 +msgid "Scan the **destination location**" +msgstr "扫描 **目的位置** " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 +msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" +msgstr " **验证** 以完成调拨" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" +msgstr "如何使用条形码来做批次号以及序列号管理?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " +"outgoing deliveries:" +msgstr "批次号能够在收货, 内部调拨和出货的时候进行编码 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" +msgstr "在条码界面, **扫描** 你想创建批次的产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " +"the lots/serial numbers" +msgstr "如果该产品需要进行批次管理, 一个窗口会打开帮助你扫描批次号/序列号" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" +" one automatically" +msgstr " **扫描** 一个批次条码, 手工的 **输入** 一个或者 **留空** 自动生成一个" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 +msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" +msgstr "一旦完成, 点击或者扫描 **确认** " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" +msgstr " **批次号** 和 **序列号** 之间的差别是什么？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " +"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." +msgstr " **批次号** 是一些特定产品的属性, 所以每次当你扫描一个批次号, Odoo会在产品计数上添加一个" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " +"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " +"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." +msgstr "" +"相反的, 一个 **序列号** 是独一无二的, 只能用独一的条码表示, 也只能代表唯一一个产品。这样也就意味着Odoo不接受对同一个序列号的多次扫描" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." +msgstr "在此, 我们配置 **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** 批次追踪" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" +" product (you can also use the keyboard)." +msgstr "从进来的送货扫描一个产品, 然后扫描每一个产品的批次(也可以使用键盘)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 +msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." +msgstr "点击保存/扫描 **确认** 然后就做完了。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" +msgstr "如何处理收货？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " +"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " +"scan products directly)." +msgstr "有两种处理收货的方法 :可以在打印出来的文档上(在文档上扫描项目行)或者在屏幕上(直接扫描产品)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" +msgstr "处理打印的收货单 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " +"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "从当天 **待接收** 列表中选择单据并打印入库单, 并且从上面菜单打印 **分拣作业** " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " +"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "一旦开始处理收货单, 扫描收货单右上角的条码从而让该收货单的详细内容在屏幕上显示出来。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " +"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " +"visible or is missing." +msgstr "然后，扫描每个产品的条码或者如果产品上的条码不容易扫到、看到或者丢失，那么就在拣货行上扫描产品的条码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 +msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "在电脑或者移动设备处理收货单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " +"one." +msgstr "下载所有标记为 **待收** 的收货单, 并且打开第一个。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " +"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "当所有的拣货都完成的时候, 点击 **确认** 按钮或者扫描 **确认** 条码动作来完成操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " +"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "通过点击右上角的 **箭头** 或者扫描 **下一页** 条码动作，移到下一个待处理收货。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "例子" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 +msgid "Open operation interface." +msgstr "打开作业界面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 +msgid "Scan." +msgstr "扫描." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " +"and keyboard." +msgstr "拣货呈现, 逐个扫描或者用鼠标和键盘填写所有的信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "设置你的条码扫描器" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " +"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " +"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "在Odoo中使用条码扫描相当容易。但是一个好的用户体验依赖与正确的硬件设置。该向导会帮你完成从条码枪的选择到设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "找到适用的条码扫描枪" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " +"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" +"推荐3种不同的条码扫描器与Odoo **库存** 和 **条形码** 应用一起使用，如 **USB扫描器** ， **蓝牙扫描器** 和 " +"**移动计算机扫描器** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " +"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" +" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " +"be configured to be so." +msgstr "" +"如果在你电脑旁边对产品进行扫描, **USB扫描器** " +"是不错的选择。只要插入电脑即可扫描。只要确保买到的扫描器和你的键盘布局兼容或者可以配置成那样就可以。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" +" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " +"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" +" " +"**蓝牙扫描器**能与智能手机或者平板电脑进行配对，如果你想要移动设备但又不想投入太多，使用蓝牙扫描器就是不错的选择。你可使用智能手机登陆Odoo，并把智能手机和蓝牙扫描器配对，即可在仓库中扫描作业，你可不时查看智能手机并“手动”使用软件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " +"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " +"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," +" it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" +"在繁忙的业务中，**移动电脑扫描器** " +"是最简便的解决方法。它由一个小型电脑和一个内置条码扫描器构成。这是一种非常高效的的解决方案，但你需要确保该设备能流畅运行Odoo。最近使用Android" +" + Google Chrome浏览器或者Windows + IE " +"Mobile浏览器的模式可以实现该功能。但是，由于市面上有各种不同的型号和配置，你必须先进行测试。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "配置条码扫描器" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "键盘布局" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" +" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" +"一个USB扫描枪需要配置成和电脑键盘布局一样的操作系统, 不然, 你的扫描枪将不会直接的翻译(例如, " +"用'Q'代替'A')。大多数扫描枪通过扫描用户手册中的条码进行配置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "自动回车" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " +"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " +"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" +" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " +"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" +" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" +"默认的, Odoo在每次成功的扫描之间有50毫秒的延时(这样可以避免偶然的重复扫描)。如果你想禁用该延时, " +"你可以通过在每次扫描条码之后插入一个回车配置你的扫描枪。这通常是默认的配置并且能通过扫描用户手册中特定的条码进行配置('CR 后缀 " +"ON','申请输入后缀', 等等。)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" +msgstr "如何启用条码？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " +"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " +"the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" +"Odoo的条码特性能让你节省在键盘, 鼠标, 和扫描枪上切换的时间。正确的给产品指定条码, 给拣货类型指定条码, " +"等等。并能让你通过控制几乎完全无缝衔接的扫描枪更加有效的工作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +msgid "Set products barcodes" +msgstr "设置产品条码" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" +" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " +"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " +"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and " +"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This " +"interface can also be accessed via the planner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " +"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " +"them)." +msgstr "产品变型: 注意，需要在产品变型添加条码，而不是模板产品(否则就不能区分它们)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33 +msgid "Set locations barcodes" +msgstr "设置位置条码" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " +"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " +"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " +"paper." +msgstr "" +"如果你要管理多库位, 你会发现给每个库位赋予一个条码并贴在库位上。你可以在在如下配置库位条码 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 --> " +"仓库管理 -->库位` 。在 **打印** 菜单有一个按钮, 你可以用它打印库位名称和条码。每页有4个方便打印在贴纸上的排列的条码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " +"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" +msgstr "" +"库位命名例子 : **仓库简称** - **库位简称** - ( **坐标 X** - **货架 Y** - **高度 Z** ) 例如 : " +"A032-025-133" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 +msgid "Barcode formats" +msgstr "条码格式" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " +"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." +msgstr "" +"大多数产品使用EAN-13条码。这种条码需要付款才能使用 " +":你必须支付国际物品编码协会费后才能使用EAN条码(这就是为什么在商店中任何两个产品都不会有重复条码)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " +"your own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "和以前一样, Odoo支持所有字符串的条码, 所以你也可以定义内部的条码格式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "仓库管理" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "库存调整" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 +msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" +msgstr "如何进行初始盘点？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " +"keep the inventory right." +msgstr "仓库管理系统的一个嘴重要的功能就是保持库存正确" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " +"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " +"the right locations." +msgstr "一旦产品被定义好, 就可以做库存的初始化了。你可以通过盘点库位中的存货来正确的管理存货数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "产品配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " +"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." +msgstr "" +"在库存模块下, 打开 :menuselection:`存货控制(Inventory Control) -->产品(Products)` , 然后点击 " +"**创建** 创建新的产品。把产品类型定义为 **库存产品** , 不要定义为消耗品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 +msgid "Start the initial inventory" +msgstr "开始初始盘点" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 +msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" +msgstr "为一种产品更新产品数量" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" +" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." +msgstr "在刚刚创建的产品中, 我们可以在上方的标题栏中看到产品在手数量是0。点击 **更新在手数量** 按钮" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 +msgid "" +"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" +" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "一个窗口打开, 在 **最新在手数量** 字段, 输入当前库存中产品的数量, 然后点击 **应用** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 +msgid "" +"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " +"set the location of your product from this screen." +msgstr "如果使用仓库的多库位, 你可以从这个界面设置产品的库位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." +msgstr "可以看到在手数量标签里面的数量已经变化了" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" +" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " +"has automatically been created and validated by the system." +msgstr "" +"现在, 如果在 **库存控制** 菜单下点击 **存货调整** , 你会看到系统自动创建并确认了一个命名为\" INV : (产品名称) \"的行。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 +msgid "Multiple products at once" +msgstr "一次多个产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" +" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " +"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" +" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." +msgstr "" +"创建所有你想要追踪产品库存的产品(作为库存类型的产品)。一旦产品在库存中产生需求, 用期初盘点在系统中按照库位放置当前的数量。进入 " +":menuselection:`库存控制 -->库存调整` 开始期初盘点。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" +" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " +"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" +" (or child) locations." +msgstr "给之命名(例如期初库存)并选择库存的存放库位。注意, 当你选择了父库位(例如库存可以被分成不同的子库位), 你也可以选择下级(或子)库位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " +"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." +msgstr "在盘点的时候你可以选择盘所有产品, 部分产品或者只盘一个。在这种状况下, 我们选择 **所有产品** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " +"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " +"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " +"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." +msgstr "" +"如果你需要将库存计价在一个不同的会计期间完成, 而不是根据存货结束日期儿自动选择的默认会计期间, " +"在强制计价期间字段输入相应的会计期间。需要安装会计模块。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" +" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " +"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." +msgstr "点击 **开始盘点** 按钮。基于选择的盘点类型(所有产品或者部分产品)可能你需要通过点击 **添加条目** 手工地添加产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." +msgstr "添加库存中每一个产品的 **实际数量** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 +msgid "" +"additional information will be available according to the options you " +"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." +msgstr "通过你激活一些选项之后额外的信息就会出现(多库位, 序列号, 代销库存)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " +"it." +msgstr "点击 **验证盘点** 按钮确认该次盘点并过账。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "报表" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" +msgstr "" +"检查当前的库存, 进入 :menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) -->产品(Products)` , 并且点击 " +"**列表按钮**: " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" +msgstr "如何在最小库存和按订单补货规则之间选择？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr " **最小库存规则** 和 **按订单补货** 有着同样的结果但是却有不同的规则。依赖于生产以及发货的策略, 我们可以选择使用它。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "术语" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "最小库存规则" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " +"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" +" **最小库存** 规则能来确保在你的库存中总是有最少数量的产品用来满足生产或者满足客户的需求。当库存水平到达最低库存时, " +"系统会自动生成一个达到最大库存水平的数量的补货。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "按单补货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " +"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " +"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " +"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" +" **按单补货** 的功能会根据 **销售订单** 的产品数量触发一个该产品的 **采购订单** , 系统 **不会** 检查当前的存货计价, " +"也就是系统不考虑产品当前的在手数量会去触发一个采购订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "最小库存规则" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " +"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" +"最小库存规则的配置是在菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->存货控制(Inventory Control) --> " +"再定点规则(Reordering Rule)` 的下拉菜单中。然后点击 **创建** 去设置给定产品最小和最大库存数值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "然后, 在产品点击进入产品表单, 在 **库存子页面** 选择一个供应商。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " +"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " +"stock valuation." +msgstr "不要忘了在产品表单中选择正确的产品类型。销售品不计入库存并且不进行存货计价" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " +"(or any other module where products are available)." +msgstr "按订单生产可以在产品表单配置 :menuselection:`库存模块 -->存货控制 -->产品` (或者其它模块下有的产品路径下)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:60 +msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." +msgstr "在产品表单信息的 **库存** 页面, 点击 **按单补货** " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "选择两个选项其中一个" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" +"两种选项的选择依赖于你的库存策略。如果你想有一点库存缓冲并总是在仓库中留有最少的存货数量, " +"那么就可以使用最小库存规则。如果想只是在销售订单确认的状态下才去补充存货, 那么就建议使用按照订单补货。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." +msgstr "" +"当你计划向客户发货时，你事先不知道产品来自于A仓库还是B仓库。在某些情况下，你可能需要从不同仓库盘点库存。在*Odoo*中，你可利用虚拟仓库的概念配置这项功能。下面我们来看如何设置虚拟仓库。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "设置虚拟仓库" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." +msgstr "" +"假设你有A、B两个仓库。创建一个新的虚拟仓库。它可以将A仓库的库存移至B仓库。为此，前往库存应用程序设置并启用多仓库功能。然后，进入仓库菜单并点击创建。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." +msgstr "*储存位置*功能将自动开启，因为你在之后的流程中也将使用它。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." +msgstr "" +"现在，你需要确保A仓库和B仓库的主要库存位置是A+B仓库主要库存未知的子库位。前往库位菜单，并编辑两个仓库的主库位。然后，将其父库位更改为A+B仓库的主库位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "从虚拟仓库销售产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." +msgstr "假设你有两种产品，一种储存在A仓库，另一种在B仓库。现在，你可为每种产品创建新报价。前往其他信息页面并在发货信息中选择A+B仓库。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." +msgstr "完成后，你可将它转换为销售订单。然后，系统将自动生成交货单，在A仓库中预留一种产品，在B仓库中预留另一种产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "交货单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 +msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" +msgstr "如何取消交货单？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " +"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." +msgstr "不管是因为过快确认的原因, 还是需要被修正或者其余的原因, Odoo能让我们取消一个交货方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " +"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " +"any bad surprise." +msgstr "有些货代会比其他货代更加灵活, 所以请在收到坏的消息之前确保在交货单取消掉。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "销售过程" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " +"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." +msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块， 点击 **销售** 然后点击 **销售订单** 。殿后点击你想要取消的销售订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " +"order." +msgstr "点击销售订单右上角的 **交货** 按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " +"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" +" cancel the delivery." +msgstr "现在, 点击 **更多信息** 页面然后你会看到紧挨着 **货代运单号** , 有一个 **取消** 按钮。点击该按钮就可以取消交货单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" +" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." +msgstr "确保交货单已经取消, 在历史记录中检查, 你会收到取消的确认。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 +msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" +msgstr "如何把一种交货方式局限于特定的国家？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " +"limit them to a certain number of countries." +msgstr "用Odoo, 你可以使用不同类型的交货方式, 并且可以限定特定的交货方式到特定的国家。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " +"**Delivery Methods**." +msgstr "进入 **库存** 模块, 点击 **配置** 然后点击 **交货方式** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." +msgstr "选择你想变更的交货方式, 或者创建一个新的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " +"this delivery method." +msgstr "在 **目的地** 页面, 选择该种交货方式使用的国家。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 +msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." +msgstr "现在已经完成, 我们来看看结果。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " +"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " +"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." +msgstr "如果进入网站, 并且你需要购买, 一旦你完成详细的输入后并且完成了付款, 网站会提供根据交货地址上的交货方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " +"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." +msgstr "该进程不在后台运行。我们假设你创建了一个销售订单, 你就知道你能使用哪个已经创建的交货方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" +msgstr "如何直接从供应商发货给客户(直运)？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is drop-shipping?" +msgstr "什么是直运" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " +"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " +"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " +"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" +"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " +"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," +" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" +"直运是一个能让订单在你的系统中完成但是货物直接从供应商发送到客户的系统。在通常的发货系统中, 产品从供应商发到你的仓库中, 然后发送到客户中。在直运中," +" 你仓库中不进行库存。当客户在你的店铺下了单, 货物会直接从供应商发送到客户。因此, 货物不需要通过你的仓库。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 +msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" +msgstr "在实现直运的时候需要考虑到的点" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " +"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " +"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" +" space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" +"只给那些不不想或者不能在库存中保存的产品。一个理由就是在这个过程中的你总是只有更少的利润率, 所以你只有在这个时候才腾出你的仓库的大量空间进行存储。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" +" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " +"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" +" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " +"sense!" +msgstr "" +"对于消肿产品直运是最好的选择。机会是哪些有着大量需求的且有很多供应商产品你只能赚一小部分。所以使用经济的交货方式不会获得奖励。但是如果产品是独特的, " +"情况就变得不同！" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" +" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "以防生产环境中出错给客户留下不好的体验, 在交接之前可以在自己的内部公司间测试直运并列出最好的" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " +"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" +" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" +" tracking number." +msgstr "确保时间是可控的。直运的操作时间应该确保在全部由你来处理的时间之内。如果能给客户提供运单号更好。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " +"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " +"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" +" that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" +"要确保在供应商那边有足够的库存。如果知道产品在供应链上游的状况是很有用的。如果你没有这些信息, 就告诉客户现在没有库存并且这取决第三方的库存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " +"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" +"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." +msgstr "" +"关于直运的详情以及更加深入, 请阅读我们的博客'直运是什么以及如何使用'<https ://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" +"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250> `__." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 +msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" +msgstr "配置直运" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " +"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" +" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " +"on **Apply**." +msgstr "" +"打开菜单 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 。进入 **库位＆仓库** , 找到 **直运** 选项并勾选 " +"**允许供应商直接发货给客户** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " +"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" +"然后进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 -->配置 -->设置` 。找到 **订单路线** 并选择 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)**" +" 。点击 **应用** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " +"supplier to the products you want to dropship." +msgstr "" +"现在, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->销售(Sales) -->产品(Products)` " +"。给需要直运的产品添加供应商。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 +msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" +" that the route is **Dropshipping**." +msgstr "创建一个 **销售订单** 并且对某一订单行的路径设置为 **直运** " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " +"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " +"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " +"will see that one shipment has been created." +msgstr "" +"打开 :menuselection:`采购(Purchases) -->采购(Purchases) -->采购询价单(Requests for " +"Quotation)` 。使用直运路线的补货自动创建采购询价单。一旦订单确认, 你可以看到一个收货送货单已经创建。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " +"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " +"dropship card." +msgstr "要确认从供应商直接发货到客户, 回到 **库存** app。在仪表盘的直运卡上, 点击 **# 待收** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" +" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " +"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." +msgstr "这会打开直运单列表。一旦完成就确认该调拨。货物会直接从供应商的仓库到客户仓库而不经过你的仓库。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" +msgstr ":doc:`inventory_flow` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "待办" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of " +"my vendors?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "如何选择正确的库存流程来处理交货订单？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " +"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " +"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "依赖于销售产品的类型, 仓库的空间大小, 每天的单子数量……要发或给客户的方式可以有各种区别。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "Odoo能让我们以3种方式处理发货 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr " **一步(发货)** : 直接从库存发货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +msgstr " **二步(拣货＋发货)** : 先把货物到出货区然后再发货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr " **三步(拣货＋包装＋发货)** : 先把货物发到一个专门位置进行包装, 然后发到出货位置进行发货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " +"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " +"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " +"to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" +"有如果一个公司只是有一个小仓库并且不需要产品的高库存或者没有易腐产品。那么一步收发货是最简单且易用的方案, 这样无需大量的配置并且可以很快的处理单子。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" +" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " +"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " +"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " +"especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" +"使用库存方式例如FIFO, LIFO, FEFO等, 需要在发货时至少需要两步。调拨方式会取决于出库策略, " +"并且移除的货物会发货给客户。如果你拥有一个大的库存特别是对于大尺寸的产品的库存这些就会显得很有意思。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " +"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " +"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " +"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" +"在更多特定的情景中, 三步就会变得很有用, 最主要的一个就是处理大的库存。货物被转移到一个包装区域, 在那里根据最终目的地对这些货物进行分组打包, " +"然后发送到转运码头做最后的发货。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "一步流程" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "参阅文档 :doc:`one_step` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "两步流程" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "参阅文档 : : doc :`two_steps` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "三步流程" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "参阅文档 :doc:`three_steps` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "如何变更标签类型？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " +"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " +"delivery." +msgstr "在Odoo中, 你可以为交货单选择不同类型的标签。按照以下步骤给交货单选择合适的标签。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" +" methods**." +msgstr "在 **库存** 模块, 进入 **配置** 并点击 **交货方式** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "选择一种发货方式并点击 **编辑** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" +" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "在 **定价** 页卡, 在 **Fedex 标签库存类型** 下面, 你能选择可用的标签类型。系统会根据货代的不同而显示不同的可用标签。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " +"you create a new sale order." +msgstr "一旦设置完成, 当你在销售模块中创建一张销售订单之后就能看到结果。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" +" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +msgstr "如果确认了销售订单并且确认了带有已经更改了标签类型的货代的交货单, 该标签就会显示在历史记录中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " +"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "默认的标签类型是纸信, 如果你选了标签类型只有一半, 就能看到不同 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" +msgstr "如何一步处理交货订单(发货)？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "一个订单进入到发货部门的最后一步时, Odoo默认会使用一步操作 :　一旦所有的货物都准备好, 就可以使用一张发货单进行发货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " +"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." +msgstr "无需专门配置, 发货会默认配置为从库存中出货。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 +msgid "" +"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " +"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " +"and edit the concerned warehouse." +msgstr "" +"然而, 如果 **高级路径** 被激活并且在你仓库被设置另外一个交货配置, 你可以在交货配置中把它设置回到一步交货, 进入 " +":menuselection:`配置 -->仓库` 并编辑相关的仓库。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " +"Only)**" +msgstr "把出货选项设置为 **直接从库存发货(仅发货)** " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "创建销售订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " +"deliver." +msgstr "创建一张需要进行产品发货的销售订单(从询价订单到销售订单)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " +"the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "注意现在我们在销售订单上方的 **状态按钮** 只看到该销售订单相关联的'1'张发货单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " +"picking." +msgstr "如果你点击了状态按钮的 **1张发货单** , 应该可以看到调拨单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "处理交货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " +"Orders** kanban card." +msgstr "进入 **库存** 点击看板卡上 **发货单** 下方的 **# 待做** 链接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 +msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." +msgstr "点击你想要处理的分拣单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer**." +msgstr "点击 **确认** 完成从 **库存/出货区域** 到 **客户** 的调拨单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "已经完成了 **发货步骤** 并且WH/OUT应该在页面上方的状态栏位已经显示 **完成** 状态, 也就意味着产品已经发货给客户了。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: " +"From sales orders to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133 +msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" +msgstr "如何在销售订单上变更包装方式？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " +"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " +"order." +msgstr "Odoo能让你变更默认的包装方式并把包装方式变更为你想要的依赖于订单的重量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " +"**Settings**." +msgstr "在 **库存** 模块, 进入 **配置** 然后点击 **设置** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " +"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "在 :menuselection:`追踪 -->包裹` 中, 标记 **在打包时记录使用的包裹 :栈板, 箱子, ……** " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 +msgid "*Sale process*" +msgstr "*销售过程 *" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 +msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." +msgstr "在 **销售** 模块, 进入 **销售** 并点击 **销售订单** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 +msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." +msgstr "创建新销售订单, 并 **确认订单** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " +"redirected to the Delivery order." +msgstr "一旦确认了销售订单, 你需要点击 **交货** , 重新指定到交货单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 +msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." +msgstr "点击 **编辑** , 现在你能够对包装进行更改了。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " +"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " +"Pack**." +msgstr "在 **作业** 页面, 在最后一列, 把 **0** 变更为你想要打包在一块的产品的数量。然后点击 **放在包裹中** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" +" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " +"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." +msgstr "选择你需要的包材类型, 你会看到重量和包裹保持一致, 如果你想要更加精确的重量, 可以手工进行更改。然后点击 **保存** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 +msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." +msgstr "重复该操作直到所有的产品都被放进包裹。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 +msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." +msgstr "最终, 点击 **确认** 来确认交货。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" +msgstr "计划交货日期是如何运算的？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " +"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " +"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " +"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " +"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"计算计划日期是为了能够计划发货, 收货等等。依赖于你的公司的习惯Odoo会根据排程器自动生成计划日期。Odoo排程器每行的计算, 不管是生产订单, " +"发货单, 销售订单, 等等。计算出来的日期依赖于Odoo中设置号的不同的提前期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "Configuring lead times" +msgstr "配置提前期" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " +"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " +"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." +msgstr "配置 **备货时间** 是计算日程的第一个关键步骤。备货时间是向不同伙伴和/或客户承诺的交货期、制造期等方面的延迟。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" +msgstr "按照以下配置不同的提前期 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 +msgid "At a product level" +msgstr "在产品层面" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 +msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" +msgstr " **供应商提前期** :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " +"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " +"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" +" select a supplier lead time." +msgstr "" +"是供应商需要讲采购的产品交货的时间。要, 配置供应商提前期需要选择一个产品, 并进入 **库存** " +"页签。你需要在产品上添加一个供应商用来选择一个供应商的提前期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " +"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." +msgstr "不要忘记可以添加不同的供应商以及不同供应商给出的不同的提前期" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " +"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" +" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" +"一旦供应商选定后, 只要打开供应商页面并填入 **交货提前期** 。在该状况下, 安全天数没有任何影响, 计划交货天数等于: 采购订单的 **日期** " +"＋ **交货提前期** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 +msgid "**Customer lead time**:" +msgstr " **客户交货时间** : " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " +"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " +"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " +"time**." +msgstr "" +"客户提前期是货物从你的库存／仓库送到你的客户所需的时间。它可以在所有产品上进行配置。只要选定给一个产品, 进入销售页面并标出 **客户提前期** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 +msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" +msgstr " **制造提前期** : " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" +" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " +"product." +msgstr "在同一页面也可以配置 **生产提前期** , 生产提前期是制造产品所需的时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " +"create manufacturing routes." +msgstr "如果需要创建生产路径的话, 不要忘了在库存页面中勾选生产选相框。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 +msgid "At the company level" +msgstr "站在公司层面" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 +msgid "" +"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " +"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " +"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " +"of delays." +msgstr "" +"在公司层面, 可以配置 **安全天数** 用来应付偶然的延期并能满足约定。该方法是从 **计算出来的计划日期** 减去 **后备** 天数用来以防延误。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" +msgstr " **销售安全天数** : " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" +" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " +"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " +"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " +"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " +"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " +"keep your commitment." +msgstr "" +"销售安全天数就是 **后备** 天数, " +"用来保证按照和客户约定的交期及时交货。它们是交货提前期的错误边际。安全天数和为了按时到达而把腕表的时间调早是同样的逻辑。该方法是从计算出来的理论交期减去安全天数并且计算一个比你承诺给客户的交期时间更早的日期。那样你就可以确保总是对客户满足你的承诺。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." +msgstr "如要设置安全日期，前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 一般设置`并点击**配置你的公司数据**。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " +"of safety days." +msgstr "一旦菜单打开, 进入配置页面输入安全天数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" +msgstr " **采购安全天数**: " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." +msgstr "采购的提前期和销售的提前安全天数逻辑一样。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " +"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " +"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " +"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" +msgstr "" +"对供应商提前期有一些错误边际。当系统生成采购订单对产品进行补货的时候, " +"它们可以被计划早一些天数用来应付供应商一些未知的不确定的延期。采购提前期可以在销售安全天数的同一个菜单下面看到。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " +"here." +msgstr "请注意, 你也可以在这里配置制造提前期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +msgid "At route level" +msgstr "在路线层面" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" +" can also influence the computed date." +msgstr "产品的可能需要的内部调拨依赖于库存的移动并且也会影响到计算日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " +"app when creating a new push rule in a route." +msgstr "内部调拨的所需时间可以在 **库存** 模块的路径中的拉规则中定义。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 +msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." +msgstr "进入其中一个路径的推规则部分设置一个延迟。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 +msgid "At sale order level:" +msgstr "在销售订单层面 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "**Requested date**:" +msgstr " **请求日期** : " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " +"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" +" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" +" display a warning." +msgstr "Odoo也有可能让客户在销售订单的其他信息页面选定一个特定的需求日期。如果该日期比Odoo自动计算出来的理论日期短的话, 系统会弹出报警。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " +"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." +" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " +"on your configuration:" +msgstr "" +"例如, 你今天可以销售一辆汽车(一月1号), 该车是按订单补货方式, 并且你已经承诺会在20天内给客户交货(一月20号)。在该情景下, " +"排程器可能会根据你的配置触发以下事件 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" +msgstr "分录19 :实际计划发货(销售安全天数的1天)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +msgid "" +"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" +msgstr "分录1８ :从供应商收货(采购天数的1天)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +msgid "" +"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " +"lead time)" +msgstr "分录10 :给供应商下单的最后期限(供应商交货提前期的9天)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " +"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "1月8 :触发一个给到采购团队的一个采购需求, 因为采购部分平均需要2天询价并下单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" +msgstr "如何处理三步交货(拣货+打包＋发货)？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," +" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " +"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " +"before shipping." +msgstr "" +"当一个订单进入到发货部门进入到最后的发货阶段, Odoo默认的设置是 **一步** 操作 :等所有货物都准备好, 就可以用一张发货单一次性的发货。然而," +" 该过程可能不能准确的反映公司的操作, 你的公司可能在发货之前需要更多的步骤。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " +"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " +"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " +"customers." +msgstr "" +"在 **三步** 过程中( **拣货 + 包装 + 发货** ), 货物先被送到包装区域, 在那里按照发货的不同目的地被组合起来, " +"然后发到发货阜用来最终发货给客户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" +" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " +"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " +"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " +"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." +msgstr "" +"在Odoo中要完成 **拣货＋包装＋发货** 一些必要的配置步骤需要被完成。这些步骤创建额外的库位, 这些库位默认的被成为 **出货区域** 和 " +"**包装区域** 。所以如果你的仓库的简称是 **WH** , 该配置会创建一个叫做\" WH/发货区域\\ \\ \\ \"和另外一个叫做\" " +"WH/包装区域\\ \\ \\ \"的库位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " +"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" +" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." +msgstr "" +"第一步货物会从 **WH/库存** 移动到 **WH/包装区域** .。然后从 **WH/包装区域** 移动到 **WH/发货区域** .。最后从 " +"**WH/发货区域** 移动到 **最后的目的地** ." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " +"correct method for your needs." +msgstr "检查 :doc:`仓库流程` 确认该仓库流程是否是需要的正确的方法。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "Install the Inventory module" +msgstr "安装库存模块" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 +msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." +msgstr "在 **APP** 菜单, 搜索并安装 **库存** 模块。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" +" orders." +msgstr "为了能小销售订单需要安装 **销售** 模块。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Allow managing routes" +msgstr "允许管理路线" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" +" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "Odoo通过 **路线** 配置交货单的移动。路线提供了一种把不同动作链接到一块的机制。在该状况下, 我们把拣货步骤链接到发货步骤。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`" +msgstr "要管理路径, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " +"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " +"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." +msgstr "" +"在 :menuselection:`库位&仓库 -->路线` 中, 勾选激活 **产品的高级路径规则** 。并确保 **仓库多位置管理** 也被激活。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 +msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" +msgstr "配置仓库为拣货＋包装＋发货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " +"that will be used." +msgstr "进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouses)` 编辑要使用的仓库。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " +"Ship).**" +msgstr "对于发出的交货, 设置选项为 **使包装到指定的库位, 把它们放到出货区域然后用来发货(拣货＋包装＋发货)。** " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 +msgid "Create a Sale Order" +msgstr "创建销售订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " +"deliver." +msgstr "从 **销售** 模块, 创建一张带有要发货产品的销售订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " +"the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "注意现在在销售订单上方的 **状态** 按钮上有3张转运单和本销售订单关联。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "如果你点击了按钮, 现在就可以看到三个不同调拨单 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," +msgstr "第一个带有 **拣货** 标识拣货流程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," +msgstr "中间一个带有 **包装** 参照标识包装流程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 +msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "最后一个有 **OUT** 标识发货流程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 +msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" +msgstr "如何处理拣货这一步骤？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " +"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "要确保在库存中有足够的产品然后进入 **库存** 并点击看板卡上的 **调拨单** 下方的 **等待** 链接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 +msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." +msgstr "如果可用, 点击 **预留** 预留产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" +" Zone**." +msgstr "点击 **确认** 计算从 **仓库／库存** 到 **库存／包装区域** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " +"product available for the next step (Packing)." +msgstr "" +"已经完成了拣货步骤并且在该 **WH/拣货** 单的页面上方的状态按钮显示已经 **完成** 。产品已经从 **WH/库存** 移动到了 " +"**WH/包装** 区域, 这样下一步的操作就可以进行了(包装)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 +msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" +msgstr "如何处理包装这一步骤？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" +" kanban card." +msgstr "进入 **库存** 并点击 **包装** 看板下方的 **# TRANSFERS** 链接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "点击确认完成从 **仓库／包装区域** 到 **仓库／出货区域** 的调拨。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 +msgid "" +"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " +"product available for the next step (Shipping)." +msgstr "" +"这样已经完成了包装步骤并且在该 **WH/包装** 单页面上方的状态栏位显示已经 **完成** 。产品已经从 **WH/包装区域** 移动到了 " +"**WH/出货区域** , 这样下一步的操作(发货)就可以进行了。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 +msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" +msgstr "如何处理发货这一步骤？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " +"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." +msgstr "" +"点击 **确认** 来完成从 **库存／发货区域** 到 **客户库位** 的调拨(基于 **待做** 列表栏的数量, 点击 **应用** " +"来修正数量)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"shipped to the customer." +msgstr "现在已经完成了发货步骤并且 **仓库／发货区** 看板上该单子应该显示为 **完成** 状态。产品已经发到客户那边。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders" +" to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" +msgstr "如何处理两步发货(拣货＋发货)？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " +"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" +" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " +"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." +msgstr "" +"当订单走到发货部门做最后的发货时, 默认的Odoo会使用 **一步** 操作 :当货物都准备好了, 就可以只通过一张发货单就能发货。但是, " +"根据公司的业务流程, 可能在发货之前炫耀更多的步骤。在 **两步** 过程中, 货物在仓库中先被 **拣货** 并且发到 **出货区域** 来 " +"**发货** 。然后货物才被发货。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " +"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " +"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " +"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " +"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " +"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " +"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." +msgstr "" +"为了在Odoo中完成 **拣货＋发货** 的交货, 需要进行必要的配置。这些步骤创建额外的库位, 默认的称之为 **Output** " +"。所以如果你的擦国库的简称是\" WH \\ \", 配置就会创建一个称为\" WH/Output \\ \"的库位。产品首先第一步(拣货)从\" " +"WH/Stock \\ \"移动到\" WH/Output `, 然后, 第二步(发货)从 \\ \"WH/Output\" 移动到 \\ " +"\"WH/Customers\" (如果有销售订单)。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "Allow management of routes" +msgstr "允许路线管理" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " +"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " +"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "Odoo通过 **路线** 配置交货单的移动。路线提供了不同动作汇集成链的机制。在该中状况下, 我们可以把拣货步骤和发货步骤链接起来。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "要允许路线管理, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" +" checked." +msgstr "确保选择了无线电按钮 **产品使用规则的高级路径** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " +"check the radio button above)." +msgstr "在页面上方点击 **应用** 保存变更(如果需要检查上方的无线电按钮)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " +"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " +"activated beforehand." +msgstr "如果你选择了 **产品的高级路径规则** , 如果没有激活 **仓库多位置管理** 的特性, 那么现在就激活它。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 +msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" +msgstr "配置仓库为拣货＋发货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." +msgstr "" +"配置一个 **拣货(Pick)＋发货(Ship)** 的调拨, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> " +"仓库(Warehouses)` 然后编辑需要使用的仓库。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " +"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" +msgstr "对于出库设置, 设置为 **发货之前先把货物发到出货区域(拣货＋发货)** " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " +"some products to deliver." +msgstr "安装 **销售** 模块并创建需要产品发货的销售订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " +"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." +msgstr "注意现在我们可以看到该销售订单上方的 **发货** 状态按钮有2张调拨单关联" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " +"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " +"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " +"process." +msgstr "" +"如果你选择了 **2步转移** , 现在你应该看到两个不同的调拨, 一个以 **PICK** 开头, 用来处理拣货过程, 另外一个以 **OUT** " +"开头用来处理发货过程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " +"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "确保有足够的产品在库存中, 然后进入 **库存** 并点击看板卡片上 **调拨单** 下方的 **等待** 链接" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "点击确认计算从 **仓库／库存** 到 **仓库／发货区域** 的调拨单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" +" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " +"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." +msgstr "" +"这样已经完成了拣货步骤并且 **WH/拣货** 调拨单页面上方的状态栏位已经显示为 **完成** 。产品已经完成了从 **WH/库存** 到 " +"**WH/出货区** 的调拨。这样产品就 **下一步操作就绪** (发货)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " +"listed in the **To Do** column)" +msgstr "点击 **确认** 去完成从 **库存／出货区** 到客户的调拨(点击 **申请** 填写基于 **待做** 列表中的数量)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" +" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"shipped to the customer." +msgstr "这样已经完成了发货步骤并且 **发货单** 的调拨已经在页面上方状态栏位显示 **完成** 。产品已经发给客户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130 +msgid "" +"link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From" +" sales orders to delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "入向送货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "如何选择正确的步骤来处理收货？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" +" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " +"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "取决于因子例如收到货物的类型, 仓库的空间大小, 每天的收货单数……处理收货和发货的方式也会因此存在差异。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "Odoo允许有3种方式从仓库收货 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr " **一步** : 直接收货入库" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr " **二步** : 先入到入库区然后再进入库存" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " +"before being admitted in stock." +msgstr " **三步** : 在收货区域卸货, 然后质检检验, 最后进入库存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " +"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " +"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " +"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" +"Odoo使用 **路线** 准确的定义了你如何进行收货步骤。该配置在仓库层面完成。标准状况下, 收货一步完成, 但是通过更改配置可以进行2或者3步收货。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "原则如下 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr " **一步** : 收货直接入库" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " +"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr " **二步** : 在收货区域收货然后从收货区域转移到库存, 因为在库存内货物不再转移，所以不会有进一步的调拨。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " +"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " +"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" +" goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" +" **三步** : " +"在很多公司内，有必要评估收到的货物。目的是检查和供应商达成一致的所需产品的质量和所收产品一致。在产品的接收过程中添加一个质量控制步骤变得有必要。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" +" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " +"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " +"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " +"return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" +"你在收货区域接收货物, 然后转移货物到质检区域进行质量检验。当质量检验完成就可以把货物从质检区域移到库存。当然, " +"你可以更改数量并且只把满足质量标准的产品移到库存并把质量不过关的产品退回。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "Odoo中默认的配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" +msgstr "在收货时如何添加质量检验?(3步)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " +"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " +"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " +"receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" +"在很多公司, 很必要对接收的货物进行检查。目的是检查接收的货物和与供应商达成的质量标砖一致。因此, 在收货的过程中添加一个质检步骤就变得很有必要。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," +" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " +"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" +"Odoo使用路径精确地定义如何处理不同的接收步骤。该配置可以在仓库层面完成。默认的, 收货是一步完成, 通过变更配置可以允许2步或者3步收货。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" +" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" +" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" +" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " +"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" +"3步流程如下 :在收货区域接收货物, 然后转移他们到质检区域。当质检过程完成后, 就可以把货物从QC区域转移到库存。当然, " +"你可以更改数量并且只转移符合质量要求的产品到库存然后把质量不好的产品退回" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 +msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." +msgstr "这个情景会在本文档解释。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 +msgid "Use advanced routes" +msgstr "使用高级路线" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"要管理路径, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) --> " +"设置(Settings)` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " +"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +msgstr "确保路径选项 **使用规则产品的高级路线** 有勾选。然后点击 **应用** 来保存变更。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." +msgstr "确保 **每个仓库管理多库位** 被勾选到。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" +msgstr "如何在收货中添加质量控制步骤？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " +"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." +msgstr "" +"进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouse)` " +"然后选择需要变更收货方式的仓库。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " +"goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "默认的, 仓库是一步收货( **直接收货入库** )。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " +"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " +"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." +msgstr "在把产品转移到库存之前添加质量控制步骤, 点选 **卸货在收货区域, 在入库之前通过质检区域(3步)** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "How to control a receipt?" +msgstr "如何控制收货？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 +msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" +msgstr "如何处理收货？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " +"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" +" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " +"This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" +"在 **采购** 应用中, 创建一个 **询价单** 。点击 **确认订单** 按钮。你可以看到有一个 **收货单** " +"在采购订单的右上角的状态按钮上和该采购订单关联。这是接收步骤。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "进入 **库存** 然后点击 **收货** 看板上的 **# 待收** 链接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " +"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "点击打开你想要完成的收货单。点击 **确认** 完成从 **供应商** 库位到 **WH/收货区域** 的调拨。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " +"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" +" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " +"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" +msgstr "" +"已经完成了收货步骤并且在 **WH/IN** 单上面的状态栏位显示 **完成** 。产品已经从 **供应商** 库位移动了 **收货区域** 库位, " +"这样下一步(移动到质检区域)就可以操作了。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "" +"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" +msgstr "如何把产品从收货区域移动到质检区域？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " +"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " +"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " +"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." +msgstr "" +"进入 **库存** 仪表盘。你会看到有一个已经就绪的转移(移动到质检区域的调拨)和一个在等待的移动(在质检之后的往库存移动的调拨)。点击 " +"**内部调拨** 的 **# 转移** 链接完成质检。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" +" Control**." +msgstr "点击 **确认** 完成从 **库存／收货区域** 到 **库存／质检区域** 的调拨。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " +"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " +"ready to be controlled." +msgstr "已经完成了内部调拨步骤并且 **WH/INT** 页面上部的状态显示为 **完成** 。现在收货已经可以被控制了。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 +msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" +msgstr "如何处理质检？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " +"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " +"process the quality control." +msgstr "" +"回到 **库存** 的仪表盘中。等待状态的调拨单现在已经可以转移了, 在 **内部调拨** 的仪表盘卡上点击 **#调拨** 并完成质检过程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " +"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "点击最后一个调拨并完成。点击 **确认** 完成从 **库存／质检区域** 到 **库存／库存** 的调拨。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" +" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " +"controlled and has moved to your stock." +msgstr "已经完成了质检步骤并且 **内部调拨单** 页面上方的状态栏位显示 **完成** 。收货过程很好的的到了控制并且货物已经进入仓库。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr ":doc:`two_steps` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" +msgstr "如何卸货到收货区域?(2步)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " +"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " +"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " +"processing." +msgstr "2步过程如下 :在收货区域收货然后再进一步从收货区域转移到库存中。只要产品没有移到库存中, 这些产品就不能被发放到车间或者进行销售。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" +"要进行路径管理, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) --> " +"设置(Settings)` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " +"ticked." +msgstr "确保 **\" 仓库进行多库位管理\\ \\ \\ \"** 被勾选。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" +msgstr "如何配置仓库？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " +"methods." +msgstr "" +"进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouse)` " +"并选择你想变更收货方式的仓库。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " +"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "默认情况下, 仓库配置是一步收货(选项是 **收货直接入库** )。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" +" steps)**." +msgstr "要添加一个控制步骤, 勾选 **在进入库存之前先卸货到收货区域(2步)** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" +msgstr "如何2步收货？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" +msgstr "如何收货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " +"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " +"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " +"form view. This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" +"在采购模块下, 创建一个 **采购询价单** , 然后点击 **确认** 订单。你可以看到在采购订单上方的 **状态栏位** 有一个 **收货单** " +"和采购订单关联。这是收货步骤。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "进入 **库存** 然后点击 **收货** 看板上的 **待收** 链接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" +" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "点击想要处理的收货单, 然后点击 **确认** 完成从 **供应商** 到 **库存／收货区域** 的调拨。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 +msgid "" +"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" +" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " +"which makes the product available for the next step." +msgstr "" +"已经完成了参照为 **WH/IN** 的收货步骤。产品已经完成了从 **供应商** 到 **WH/收货区域** 的调拨, " +"现在就可以进行下一步骤的操作了。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 +msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " +"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " +"quality control." +msgstr "回到 **库存** 仪表盘。等待状态的调拨已经就绪。点击 **内部调拨** 的 **转移** 完成质检调拨。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " +"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "点击想要处理的调拨单。点击 **确认** 完成从 **库存/收货区域** 到 **库存／库存** 的调拨。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " +"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." +msgstr "已经完成了序列号参照为 **WH/INT** 的内部调拨, 收货已经移动到了库存中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr ":doc:`three_steps` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "批次和序列号" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "批次号和序列号的区别是什么？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "介绍" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" +" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" +"在Odoo中, 批次号和序列号在系统中有者相同的逻辑但是不同的表现行为。他们都是在 **库存** , **采购** , **销售** 模块中使用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " +"altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "**批次** 对应于您收到的一定数量的产品并放在一个包装中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr " **序列号** 是一个单独产品的唯一标识码, 能让我们从收货到发货再到售后进行追踪。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "什么时候使用" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " +"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " +"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" +" **批次号** 通常在大批量的产品收货中使用, 这能够帮你在报表, 质检, " +"或者其余信息中反映出来。批次号能定义一些产品有或者在同一生产环境中。在食品或者服装行业的批量生产中很有用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " +"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " +"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" +" way you manage these products" +msgstr "" +" **序列号** 对于那些需要售后的产品来说比较有用, 例如手机, 笔记本电脑, 以及其余的电子设备。依赖于管理产品的方式, " +"你可以使用生成序列号或者自己的序列号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "什么时候不用" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "消耗品例如厨房用纸, 厕所用纸, 笔或者手写纸等使用批次是没有意义的, 因为这些产品你从来不会退货。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " +"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " +"for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" +"另一方面, 只有那些使用质保期现／或者售后服务的产品使用单个产品的序列号, 除了这些, " +"给产品分配序列号是浪费时间的行为。例如给一块面包分配一个序列号是没有一点意义的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr ":doc:`lots` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" +msgstr "如何管理产品的批次号？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " +"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" +" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " +"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" +"在结构大批量的产品时候使用批次号很有用, 批次号可以在报表中, 质检过程, " +"或者其余的信息中反映出来。批次号能定义一些产品有或者在同一生产环境中。在食品或者服装行业的批量生产中很有用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "Odoo有能力管理大多数行业施加规定可追溯性的要求" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " +"traceability." +msgstr "Odoo中的复式管理使你进行非常高级的追踪。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up" +msgstr "设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "应用配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" +" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " +"**Track lots or serial numbers**" +msgstr "" +"在设置中需要激活批次追踪, 在 **库存** 模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , 选择 **跟踪批次或序列号码** " +"。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " +"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." +msgstr "为了能对批次进行高级管理, 还要勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "点击 **应用** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 +msgid "Operation types configuration" +msgstr "作业类型配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" +" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types`." +msgstr "" +"你还可以对每种操作类型设置如何管理批次。在 **库存** 应用中, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->" +" 作业类型(Operation Types)` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" +" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." +msgstr "对每种操作类型(收货, 发货, 内部调拨, ……), 你可以设置是否创建新的批次号或者使用现有的批次号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." +msgstr "最后, 需要配置哪些产品你想进行批次追踪。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" +"进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) -->产品(Products)` , 并点开所选择的产品。点击" +" **编辑** , 并在 **库存** 页面勾选 **批次追踪** , 然后点击 **保存** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "Manage lots" +msgstr "管理批次" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 +msgid "Transfers" +msgstr "物料流转" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " +"input the lot number(s)." +msgstr "为了能够进行批次追踪处理发货单, 你需要输入序列号()。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Click on the lot icon :" +msgstr "点击批次图标 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " +"and the quantity." +msgstr "一个窗口会弹出, 点击 **添加新条目** 并输入批次号和数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " +"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." +msgstr "基于操作类型的配置, 你可能需要创建新的批次号或者现存批次号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." +msgstr "在扫描枪界面, 只需要扫描批次号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +msgid "Inventory adjustment" +msgstr "库存调整" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "仓库中产品的批次追踪有2种方式 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "Classic inventory by products" +msgstr "根据产品盘点" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "Inventory of a lot" +msgstr "一个批次的库存" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " +"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." +msgstr "在常规盘点时, 有一个 **序列号** 栏位, 如果产品已经有批次号, 那么这个栏位就会预先显示产品的批次号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " +"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." +msgstr "如果产品还没有盘点过, 点击 **添加条目** 。你可以容易的创建批次, 只是需要在栏位中键入新的批次号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " +"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " +"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." +msgstr "" +"你还可以对一个批次的产品进行盘点。在该场景中, 你需要输入 **批次号码** 。你还可以在这里创建一个新的批次。只要键入一个号码, " +"一个窗口就会弹出来和这个产品连接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "批次追踪" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" +msgstr "" +"你可以查看批次追踪, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->存货控制(Inventory Control) " +"-->序列号(Serial Numbers)／批次号(Lots)` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 +msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" +msgstr "点击 **追踪** 按钮可以看到详细信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`differences`" +msgstr ":doc:`differences` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" +msgstr "如何使用序列号" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " +"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " +"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " +"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" +" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " +"location where the products are moved." +msgstr "" +"序列号追踪用来追踪带有序列号的产品的每个调拨移动。你可以追踪带有序列号的当前库位。当产品从一个库位移动到你个一个库位, " +"系统会根据产品的最后一次移动确定产品当前的库位。所有你可以得到产品在移动过程中的每一个位置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " +"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." +msgstr "" +"你需要在设置中激活序列号追踪。在 **库存** 模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , 选择 **跟踪批次或序列号码**" +" 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" +"进入 :menuselection:`库存控制 -->产品` , 打开所选产品, 点击 **编辑** 并在 **库存** 页面选择 **根据序列号** " +", 然后点击 **保存** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "管理序列号" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " +"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" +" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " +"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " +"Split icon." +msgstr "" +"为了能完成序列号标识的产品的调拨, 你需要在产品中维护号码(可以多个)。如果需要产品使用序列号进行追踪, 首先需要把调拨标记为待做的状态。点击 " +"**标记为待做** 按钮使批量分离图标显示出来。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" +msgstr "点击序列号图标 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " +"numbers." +msgstr "一个窗口会弹出, 点击 **添加新条目** 并输入序列号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " +"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are " +"moving those serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." +msgstr "在扫描枪页面, 你只需要输入序列号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "仓库中的产品的序列号追踪由2种方式 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory of a serial number" +msgstr "一个序列号的库存" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " +"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." +msgstr "如果产品还没有诶盘点, 点击 **添加新的条目** , 你就可以轻易的创建序列号, 只需要在栏位中键入新的号码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 +msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." +msgstr "每一行的数量应该是1" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " +"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " +"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " +"product." +msgstr "你也可以给序列号做盘点。在该情景中, 你需要输入序列号, 你还可以在这里创建一个新的。只要键入号码, 一个弹出框就会个产品链接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "序列号追踪" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" +" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "这些货物的序列号能让你对产品从收货开始, 入库, 以及买给谁, 发货到哪里进行追踪。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " +":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " +"serial number corresponding to your search." +msgstr "要追踪一个产品, 打开 **库存** 模块, 在 :menuselection:`库存控制-->序列号／批次号` , 点击相关的序列号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "杂项操作" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 +msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "Immediate Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and " +"quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is" +" why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the " +"column \"Done\" for the quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A " +"to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the " +"transfer right now)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 +msgid "Planned Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase " +"order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an " +"initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many " +"units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. " +"Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process " +"the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" +msgstr "如何处理不属于你的库存？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " +"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." +msgstr "有些供应商有时候会给你的店铺送来产品但是你又无需采购这些产品 :这中情景称之为 **代销库存** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " +"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " +"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +msgstr "" +"代销库存是工厂和供应商发布新产品的一个很好的方法。因为零售商可能不愿意购买不确定能卖掉的产品, " +"那么代销库存就能让他们可以先不付款就可以针对一款产品在市场上试销。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " +"settings." +msgstr "通过高级设置在Odoo可以管理代销库存产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" +" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " +"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" +"代开菜单 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` , 在 **产品所有者** 部分选择 **管理代销产品(高级)** , " +"然后点击 **应用** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "代销库存的收货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " +"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " +"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" +" it blank if you are the owner." +msgstr "" +"在库存仪表盘中, 打开 **收货** 仪表盘并创建一个新的收货。你可以在页面的右边, 一个新的 **所有者** 行呈现。你可以指定该批产品的所有者, " +"如果所有者是你, 那么就留空。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" +msgstr "如何配置并运行排程器？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 +msgid "What is a scheduler" +msgstr "什么是排程器" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " +"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " +"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " +"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." +msgstr "" +"排程器就是计划和排定根据产品上设定的规则自动生产或者自动采购的优先级的计算引擎。默认状况下, 排程器被设置为一天运行一次(Odoo自动创建一个 " +"**排程器动作** )。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 +msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" +msgstr "计算需求／排程" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " +"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " +"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." +msgstr "排程器只会确认已经确认的但是还没有开始的补货。该补货会对依赖于需求产品的配置要开始的生产, 任务或者采购进行预留。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " +"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " +"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " +"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " +"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." +msgstr "" +"在开始预留和补货的时候你要考虑到操作的优先级。过去的带有日期急迫的需求, 或者那些需求日期比其余的要早的会先开始。以防库存中没有足够的产品满足需求, " +"你可以先确保那些最先需求的产品先进行生产。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" +msgstr "配置并运行排程器" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 +msgid "Run the scheduler manually" +msgstr "手工运行排程" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" +" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " +"click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" +"默认状况下, 该特性是看不到的。你需要激活 **开发者模式** 才能看到。要激活开发者模式, 可以进入 :menuselection:`帮助 --> " +"关于` 并点击 **激活开发者模式** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " +"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " +"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," +" deliveries and supplier purchases." +msgstr "" +"你还可以手工的开启排程器。进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存 -->排程器 -->运行排程器` 。排程器会使用产品上, 供应商, " +"以及公司上定义的所有相关参数来决定不同生产订单, 交货单以及供应商采购订单之间的优先级。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" +msgstr "配置并且运行排程器(只有高级用户才可以)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" +" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " +"click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" +"默认状况下, 该特性是看不到的。你需要激活 **开发者模式** 才能看到。要激活开发者模式, 可以进入 :menuselection:`帮助 --> " +"关于` 并点击 **激活开发者模式** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " +"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"你可以以下菜单通过更改相关的动作设置开始时间 :menuselection:`设置 -->技术 -->自动 -->排程器动作` " +"。更改运行MRP排程器的配置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" +msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 +msgid "How to scrap products?" +msgstr "如何报废产品？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" +" basic material" +msgstr "报废意味着没有经济价值或者最基本材料的价值浪费" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 +msgid "content recoverable through recycling." +msgstr "内容可以通过循环修复。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " +"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " +"during picking or physical inventory." +msgstr "在仓库中有时候你会发现有些产品坏掉了或者因为到期而不能继续使用或者别的原因。你要经常在拣货调拨或者库存盘点的时候注意这些。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " +"product." +msgstr "既然这些产品不适合继续存放或者正常销售, 就需把他们报废。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " +"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." +msgstr "已经报废的产品作为库存的一部分不能在系统中反映出来, 报废的材料将会在实际操作中移动到报废区域。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " +"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." +msgstr "当安装库存管理的时候, Odoo会自动创建一个命名为 **虚拟库位／报废** 报废库位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per " +"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " +"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" +" --> Locations.`" +msgstr "" +"选择应用了 **仓库进行多库位管理** 之后, 你参照以下创建新的报废库位, 进入菜单 " +":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->仓库管理(Warehouse Management) --> " +"库位(Locations)` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " +"location form view." +msgstr "要定义一个报废库位, 就需要早库位的视图页面中勾选 **是一个北欧费库位** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 +msgid "Different ways to scrap product" +msgstr "报废产品的不同方式" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 +msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." +msgstr "Odoo提供了不同的报废产品的方式" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 +msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "1)收货时候报废(在初始需求标签页面)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Receipts`." +msgstr "" +"要在收货过程中包报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->仪表盘(Dashboard) --> " +"收货(Receipts)` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button." +msgstr "打开收货单, 在 **原始需求** 页签面点击报废按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 +msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." +msgstr "2)从发货单报废产品(初始需求标签页面)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" +msgstr "" +"要在发货过承报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->仪表盘(Dashboard) --> " +"发货单(Delivery Orders)` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "打开发货单, 在 **原始需求** 页面, 点击产品报废按钮" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 +msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "3)内部调拨过程中的报废(初始需求页面)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "打开内部调拨单, 在 **原始需求** 页面, 点击产品报废按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 +msgid "" +"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " +"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " +"**Scrap**." +msgstr "当你点击报废按钮, 一个弹出框会打开。你可以输入要报废产品的数量, 并制定报废库位, 然后点击 **报废** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " +"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "计价方法" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" +msgstr "如何进行存货计价?(海洋法系会计)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " +"sheet. This implies two main choices:" +msgstr "每年你的库存价值都需要在余额表中记录, 这依赖于两个主要选项 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:12 +msgid "" +"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " +"Real Price);" +msgstr "计算库存产品的成本方式(标准, 平均成本, 实时价格)；" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:15 +msgid "" +"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " +"Perpetual)." +msgstr "在账簿中记录库存价值的方式(定期估值和不间断估值)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:19 +msgid "Costing Method" +msgstr "成本方法" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:66 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "标准价格" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "操作" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "单位成本" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "在手数量" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:187 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "差异值" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "库存价值" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:204 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 +msgid "0" +msgstr "0" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "$0" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "收到8个产品, 合计 $10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 +msgid "8" +msgstr "8" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 +msgid "+8*$10" +msgstr "+8*$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "$80" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "收到4个产品, 合计 $16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 +msgid "+4*$10" +msgstr "+4*$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 +msgid "$120" +msgstr "$120" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "发货10片产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:206 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$10" +msgstr "-10*$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 +msgid "$20" +msgstr "$20" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" +msgstr "收到2个产品, 合计 $9" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 +msgid "4" +msgstr "4" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:59 +msgid "+2*$10" +msgstr "+2*$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 +msgid "$40" +msgstr "$40" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " +"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " +"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." +msgstr " **标准价格** 意味着在期末(通常是一年)根据产品的直接材料, 直接劳动以及制造费用等评估成本。你可以在产品页面输入成本价格。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:121 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "平均价格" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "$12" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 +msgid "+4*$16" +msgstr "+4*$16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "$144" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$12" +msgstr "-10*$12" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "$24" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" +msgstr "收到2个产品, 合计 $6" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 +msgid "$9" +msgstr "$9" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:212 +msgid "+2*$6" +msgstr "+2*$6" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 +msgid "$36" +msgstr "$36" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " +"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" +" (see here attached)" +msgstr " **平均价格** 的方法是当有收货的时候系统会根据采购订单的采购价格计算成本 :公式(见下)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 +msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." +msgstr "当产品出库的时候平均价格不变。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:114 +msgid "" +"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" +" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " +"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" +" up-to-date." +msgstr "" +"从会计的角度来看, 这种方式在采购价格经常变动的时候调整, " +"由于此种操作的复杂性该方法不经常使用。如果要用的话就需要例如Odoo这样的软件来进行实时更新。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 +msgid "" +"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " +"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " +"matters in the cost computation." +msgstr "该方法用于特定的高级用户。因为在完成收货单的过程中会进行成本计算, 所以需要很好的评估业务流程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:174 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "先进先出(FIFO)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:151 +msgid "$16" +msgstr "$16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-8*$10" +msgstr "-8*$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-2*$16" +msgstr "-2*$16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 +msgid "$32" +msgstr "$32" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 +msgid "$11" +msgstr "$11" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 +msgid "$44" +msgstr "$44" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:216 +msgid "" +"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " +"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " +"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " +"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " +"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " +"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " +"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " +"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." +msgstr "" +"对于 **实际价格** (FIFO, LIFO, 　FEFO, 等), " +"需要进一步在仓库的库位上或者在产品的内部分类页面设置出库策略。默认的设置是FIFO。在该种方式下, 库存价值会遵从计算存储商品的真实的价值(cfr, " +"定量估值)而不是按照产品页面的成本来计算。只要发出货物, 成本价格就是会变成最后一次出货产品()的成本, " +"这种成本方式用在哪些还没有接收的货物的估价上(例如, 库存调整)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:173 +msgid "" +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," +" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "如果你在Odoo中管理所有的流程(销售, 采购, 库存)建议使用FIFO。它符合所有的用户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" +msgstr "LIFO (国际财务报告准则已弃用)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-4*$16" +msgstr "-4*$16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +msgid "-6*$10" +msgstr "-6*$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 +msgid "$8" +msgstr "$8" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." +msgstr "美国之外不能使用LIFO。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," +" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " +"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " +"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." +msgstr "" +"Odoo中可以使用任何方式, 默认的是 **标准成本** 。要更改的话, 可以在采购的设置中勾选 **使用'固定','实际','平均'价格等成本方法**" +" 。然后在产品的内部分类页面设置成本方法。产品的内部分类可以在产品的库存页面看到。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" +" quantity in stock * cost price)." +msgstr "" +"不管使用何种方式, Odoo都会提供在下列地方提供所有的库存计价, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> " +"报表(Reports) -->存货计价(Inventory Valuation)` (即. 当前库存数量 * 成本价格)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 +msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "定期存货计价" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:241 +msgid "" +"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " +"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " +"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " +"physical inventory." +msgstr "定期存货计价, 收货和发货都不会直接对会计产生影响, 在月末或者年末, 会计登录一张代表实际库存的会计分录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:246 +msgid "" +"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" +" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " +"postings." +msgstr "这是Odoo中默认的配置并且可以拿来即用。检查以下作业并查看Odoo如何管理会计过账。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +msgid "Vendor Bill" +msgstr "供应商账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "\\" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "借方" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "贷方" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:309 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "资产 :存货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +msgid "50" +msgstr "50" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:259 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "资产 :递延税项资产" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:259 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "4.68" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:260 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "负债 :应付账款" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:260 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "54.68" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:74 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "配置 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " +"related product (Expense Account field)" +msgstr "材料采购科目 :在产品或者产品的产品所属的内部分类上设置(费用科目字段)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "递延税资产 :在采购订单行上使用的税上设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" +msgstr "应付账款 :定义在账单相关的供应商" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:267 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "货物接收" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:290 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "没有会计分录" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "客户结算单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" +msgstr "收入 :销售货物" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:276 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "负债 :递延税项负债" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:276 +msgid "9" +msgstr "9" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:277 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "资产 :应收账款" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:277 +msgid "109" +msgstr "109" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " +"product (Income Account field)" +msgstr "收入 :在产品或者产品所属种类的页面设置(收入科目字段)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:282 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "递延税项负债 :在发票行上使用的税上设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" +msgstr "应收账款 : 定义在客户(应收科目)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "发票上所使用的财政状况可能有替代收入账户或另外一个在产品定义的税收规则。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:287 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "客户发货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:290 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "制造订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:296 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" +" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." +msgstr "在月／年末, 依靠公司盘点或者只是依赖于Odoo中的库存来计算库存价值并入账。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" +" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "然后你需要适应以下公式把采购产品的余额分成库存和货物销售的成本 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 +msgid "" +"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " +"inventory value" +msgstr "销售货物的成本 (COGS) = 期初库存价值 + 采购产品 – 期末库存价值" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:305 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "要在账簿中更新存货计价, 记录一笔分录 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "资产 :库存(期末余额)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:310 +msgid "X" +msgstr "X" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "费用 :货物销售成本" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:316 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "费用 :采购货物" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:317 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "资产 :存货(期初值)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 +msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "永续存货计价" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:323 +msgid "" +"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " +"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" +"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " +"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " +"testing." +msgstr "" +"在持续的存货计价方式中, 收货和发货会即时的记账。因此, 账本是在这种情景下会一直不断更新。这种模式只能被会计专家和高级用户使用。相反的定义的估值方式," +" 就需要额外的配置和测试。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:330 +msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." +msgstr "让我们举个分销商的例子" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr " **配置 :** " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "应收／应付账款: 定义在业务伙伴(会计页卡)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "递延税项资产或者负债 :定义在发票行上使用的税中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" +" specific product." +msgstr "收入：在产品类别中定义为默认，或针对特定产品具体定义。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:352 +msgid "" +"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " +"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " +"product form." +msgstr "费用：你应在此设置“已售出商品的成本”科目。在产品类别中定义为默认值，或在产品表单中具体定义。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:356 +msgid "" +"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "已收货但没有采购的, 设置为产品内部种类上的入库科目" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359 +msgid "" +"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "已发货但是还没有开票的货物 :在产品内部种类上设置为出库科目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "存货 :在产品的内部种类中设置为库存价值科目" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " +"as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "价格差异 :在产品或者产品的内部种类上设置形成一个特定替代值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 +msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:359 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:360 +msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" +msgstr "如何进行存货计价?(大陆法系会计)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:205 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "€0" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "以€10的价格入库8个产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "+8 *€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "€80" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "以€16的价格入库4个产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "+4 *€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "€120" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "-10 *€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "€20" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "以€9的价格入库2个产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:60 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "+2 *€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "€40" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "€12" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "+4 *€16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "€144" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "-10 *€12" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "€24" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "以€6的价格收到2 个产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "€9" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:213 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "+2 *€6" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "€36" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:152 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "€16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "-8 *€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "-2 *€16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "€32" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "€11" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "€44" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-4*€16" +msgstr "-4 *€16" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-6*€10" +msgstr "-6 *€10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 +msgid "€8" +msgstr "€8" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "创建一笔会计分录把库存变动值从盈利／损失部分移动到资产。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:310 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "费用 :存货变动" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:313 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "如果库存量减少, 则会将 **库存** 帐户记入贷方，并扣除 **库存变化** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "营收/费用 : 默认的在产品的内部分类中定义, 也能在产品页面(会计页面)作为一个特定的值定义。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "库存变动科目 :在内部产品类别的库存入库／出库科目处进行设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "主要概念" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 +msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " +"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" +" locations (possibly virtual)." +msgstr "复式库存没有库存输入, 输出(产品处置)或者转换。相反的, 所有的操作都是库存在不同的位置(可能是虚拟的)之间移动。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 +msgid "Operations" +msgstr "作业" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." +msgstr "库存调拨表示了货物或者材料在不同的库位之间的移动。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:32 +msgid "Production Order" +msgstr "生产订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 +msgid "Consume:" +msgstr "消耗 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" +msgstr "2个车轮 :库存→生产" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" +msgstr "1个车架 :库存→生产" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:28 +msgid "Produce:" +msgstr "生产 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:29 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :生产→库存" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" +msgstr "库存 :生产订单初始的位置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" +msgstr "生产 :在产品表单上的 **生产位置** 字段" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:38 +msgid "Drop-shipping" +msgstr "直运" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:35 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :供应商→客户" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:38 +msgid "Configurarion:" +msgstr "配置 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: on the product form" +msgstr "供应商 :产品表单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" +msgstr "客户 :销售订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:47 +msgid "Client Delivery" +msgstr "客户发货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 +msgid "Pick" +msgstr "挑选" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :库存→打包区域" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 +msgid "Pack" +msgstr "包裹" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :打包区域→发货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "送货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:46 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :出货区域→客户" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" +msgstr "仓库的拣货＋包装＋发货路线" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:54 +msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" +msgstr "仓库内部的调拨" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:51 +msgid "Transfer:" +msgstr "调拨 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :仓库1→中转区" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :中转区→仓库2" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" +msgstr "仓库2 :调拨的初始位置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" +msgstr "仓库1 :中转路线" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:59 +msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" +msgstr "坏掉的产品(报废)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :仓库→报废" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 +msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" +msgstr "报废 :在报废的时候需要的报废库位" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 +msgid "Missing products in inventory" +msgstr "存货产品丢失" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :仓库→盘点" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +msgid "Extra products in inventory" +msgstr "存货中的额外产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :盘点→仓库" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:67 +msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" +msgstr "盘点 :产品\" 盘点位置\\ \\ \\ \"字段" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:74 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "接收" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :供应商→收货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :收货→库存" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" +msgstr "供应商库位 :采购订单供应商" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" +msgstr "收货 :采购订单“目标\" 字段 " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 +msgid "Analysis" +msgstr "分析" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " +"products * product cost)." +msgstr "存货分析可以使用产品数量或者产品价值(=产品数量 *产品成本)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:82 +msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" +msgstr "对于每一个盘点库位, 多个数据点可以被分析 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 +msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" +msgstr "补货＆补货规则" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:152 +msgid "" +"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" +" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" +msgstr "补货就是特定位置的特定产品的特定数量的一个需求。可以手工创建, 或者通过下面的方式自动触发 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:161 +msgid "New sale orders" +msgstr "新销售订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "Effect" +msgstr "结果" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +msgid "" +"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " +"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" +msgstr "补货是在客户库位上创建的客户订单上的产品(需要发货给客户的)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " +"(property)" +msgstr "补货库位 :在客户信息上的字段\" 客户库位\\ \\ \\ \"(属性)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:166 +msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" +msgstr "最小库存规则" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 +msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." +msgstr "补货在规则的位置创建。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:167 +msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" +msgstr "补货位置 : 规则字段 \"位置\"" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "Procurement rules" +msgstr "补货规则" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" +msgstr "新补货创建在规则的源位置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:172 +msgid "" +"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " +"be fulfilled e.g.:" +msgstr "*补货规则* 描述了特定位置上的补货如何满足, 例如 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:175 +msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" +msgstr "产品从哪里来(源位置 )" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:176 +msgid "" +"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " +"To Stock)`" +msgstr "补货要么是 :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` , 要么是 :abbr:`MTS (Made To Stock)` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:181 +msgid "needs schema thing from FP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 +msgid "Routes" +msgstr "路线" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " +"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " +"sales order lines, warehouse,..." +msgstr "补货规则被分组到路线中。路线定义了产品必须遵从的路径。根据产品/销售订单行／仓库, ……路线可能会适用也可能不能适用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " +"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" +msgstr "要满足补货, 系统会搜索路线中定义的规则(按优先级) :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "仓库" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 +msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" +msgstr "仓库路线示例 :拣货→包装→发货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 +msgid "Picking List:" +msgstr "分拣清单 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 +msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" +msgstr "拣货区域→打包区域" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:200 +msgid "Pack List:" +msgstr "包装清单 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 +msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" +msgstr "打包区域→门A" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +msgid "Delivery Order:" +msgstr "交货单 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +msgid "Gate A → Customer" +msgstr "门A→客户" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " +"the warehouse." +msgstr "描述如何组织你的仓库的路线应该在仓库中定义。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 +msgid "A Product" +msgstr "产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 +msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" +msgstr "产品路线示例 :质量控制" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 +msgid "Reception:" +msgstr "收货 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 +msgid "Supplier → Input" +msgstr "供应商→收货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:211 +msgid "Confirmation:" +msgstr "确认 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "收货→质量控制" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 +msgid "Storage:" +msgstr "库存 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 +msgid "Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "质量控制→库存" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:223 +msgid "Product Category" +msgstr "产品类别" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 +msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" +msgstr "产品类别路线示例 :越库" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 +msgid "Cross-Docks:" +msgstr "越库 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 +msgid "Input → Output" +msgstr "收货→发货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:223 +msgid "Delivery:" +msgstr "送货:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 +msgid "Output → Customer" +msgstr "发货→客户" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 +msgid "Sale Order Line" +msgstr "销售订单明细" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:226 +msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" +msgstr "销售订单行示例 :直运" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 +msgid "Order:" +msgstr "订单 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 +msgid "Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "供应商→客户" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "推送规则" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " +"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" +" used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "当产品进入一个特定库位时, 推式规则会触发。它们会把产品自动移动一个新的库位。推式规则是否能使用起决于适用的路线。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "质量管理" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 +msgid "Product lands in Input" +msgstr "产品在收货区卸货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:242 +msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "推式规则1 :收货→质量控制" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 +msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "推式规则2 : 质量控制→库存" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:246 +msgid "Warehouse Transit" +msgstr "仓库中转" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:245 +msgid "Product lands in Transit" +msgstr "产品在中转区卸货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:246 +msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "推式 :中转区→仓库 2" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 +msgid "Procurement Groups" +msgstr "补货组" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:251 +msgid "" +"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " +"provided:" +msgstr "路线和规则定义库存的移动, 对于每一个规则, 都提供了一个单据类型 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 +msgid "Picking" +msgstr "拣货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 +msgid "Packing" +msgstr "包装" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 +msgid "Delivery Order" +msgstr "交货单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:257 +msgid "Purchase Order" +msgstr "采购订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 +msgid "..." +msgstr "..." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " +"and locations are the same." +msgstr "如果它们的补货组和库位一样的话, 库存移动就分组到同一单据类型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:263 +msgid "" +"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " +"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " +"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " +"together)" +msgstr "" +"销售订单创建一个补货组, 所以同一个销售订单的拣货和发货单组合在一起。但是你可以在订货规则上定义特定的组(例如, 可以把特定产品的采购单组合在一起)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Terminologies" +msgstr "名词术语" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " +"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " +"repository." +msgstr " **仓库**: 在Odoo中的仓库就是一个存放产品的地方。可以是一个虚拟位置, 也可以是实际位置。可以是一个店铺也可以是一个储藏室。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " +"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " +"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." +msgstr " **库位**: 库位在仓库中用来对存贮区域进行划分。进一步划分为内部库位(你的仓库), Odoo还有供应商, 客户, 盘点对应库位等。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " +"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " +"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " +"procurements." +msgstr "" +" **批次**: 批次是用特定条码或者序列号指定的一批产品。一个批次的所有产品是同一产品(例如。24瓶一套), 通常的, " +"批次号来自批量生产的工单或者补货。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " +"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" +" item." +msgstr " **序列号**: 序列号是一个产品的特定标识。技术上来讲, 序列号可以理解为一个批次只有1个产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " +"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" +" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." +msgstr "" +" **计量单位**: 定义了产品的数量如何表达。米, 英镑, 24一包, 千克, ……同种类型 (例如 : " +"规格)的计量单位之间可以使用转换率相互之间转换(M, CM, MM)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " +"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " +"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " +"enough stock." +msgstr "" +" **消耗品** 一种不需要管理产品库存水平的产品(没有在手数量或者预测数量), 但是可以收货和发货。当对该种产品有需求时, " +"Odoo会认为系统中有足够的库存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." +msgstr " **可库存**: 你想要管理库存水平的产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" +" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." +msgstr " **包裹 :** 一个包裹包含一些产品(可以由它们的批次或者序列号标识或者没有)。例如: 一个箱子里面有刀和叉。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " +"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " +"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " +"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " +"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " +"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." +msgstr "" +" **补货**: 补货就是特定库位对特定数量的产品的需求。补货由其他额单据自动触发: 销售订单, 最小库存你规则, " +"和拉规则。你也可以手动的触发补货。当自动触发补货时, 你需要时刻关注异常(例如, 一个产品需要从一个供应商处采购, 但在系统中该产品却没有维护供应商)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " +"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" +" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " +"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." +msgstr "" +" **路线**: 路线定义产品必须遵守的路径。根据产品, 销售订单行, 仓库……可以使用路线, 也可以不适用。要完成一个补货, " +"系统会会搜索定义在相关产品／销售订单上的路线中的规则。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " +"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " +"can be used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" +" **推规则**: 当产品进入一个特定的库位时会触发推规则。它们会吧产品移动一个新的库位。推规则在路线中维护, 所以推规则是否可用依赖于路线是够可用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " +"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " +"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " +"or MTS,..." +msgstr "" +" **补货规则** 或者 **拉规则**: 补货规则描述了特定库位的补货如何满足, 例如: 产品从何而来(源库位), 补货是MTO 还是MTS, ……" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " +"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " +"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " +"procurement group and locations are the same." +msgstr "" +" **补货组**: 路线和规则定义库存移动。对于每一个规则, 都提供了单据类型, 例如: 拣货, 包装, 交货单, 采购订单, " +"…移动。如果它们的补货组以及位置时相同的, 它们就被分组到相同的单据类型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " +"between locations." +msgstr " **库存调拨**: 库存调拨表示任何两个库位中的货物和材料的转移。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " +"in a warehouse or location." +msgstr " **在手数量**: 特定产品目前在仓库或者库存中的数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " +"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " +"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " +"units." +msgstr " **预测数量**: 一个特定仓库或者库位的可销售产品的数量。由如下得出: 在手数量－未来交货数量＋未来收货数量＋未来制造数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " +"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " +"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" +" minimum stock rule." +msgstr " **订货规则**: 定义了Odoo自动触发补货需求(该供应商下单或者发布生产订单)。当预测数量到达最低库存规则的时候会自动触发。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " +"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " +"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " +"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " +"packing zone)" +msgstr "" +" **越库**: 交叉转运是直接从收货区域停靠的半挂车或者火车直接装货到停靠在出货码头的卡车, 火车, 拖车上的一种物流的实践, " +"在卸货和装货过程之间没有存储过程。(无需进入库存, 直接从卸货区域到包装区域)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " +"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" +" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " +"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." +msgstr "" +" **直运**: 直接把货物从供应商／工厂发货到客户(可以是零售商或者客户), 而不经过通常的分销渠道。产品直接从供应商送到顾客, " +"无需经过你自己的仓库。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " +"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." +msgstr " **下架策略** 　 :用在在一个特定库位上拣货的策略。例如: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 +msgid "" +"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " +"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " +"goes in rack 3, storage A)" +msgstr " **上架策略** 　 :特定库位的特定产品在入库时候的摆放位置的策略。(例如: 电缆进来摆放在A区, 3巷道)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" +" it from the stock." +msgstr " **报废**: 用于当一个产品坏掉或者过期时, 就可以通过报废产品把它从库存中移除。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "过程概览" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "From procurement to delivery" +msgstr "从补货到交货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " +"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" +" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" +" delivery." +msgstr "" +"库存是你的业务的中心。库存真的很复杂, 但是在Odoo中, 无论是收货还是发货都简单得不能再简单了。我们将在本文档中演示从收货到发货是如此的简单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " +"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " +"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " +"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." +msgstr "" +"Odoo库存模块和其他的应用完全的集成, 例如 **采购** , **销售** 或 **库存** 。但它不局限于这些过程, 它还能完全的与 **电商**" +" , **生产** , **维修** 等模块集成。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 +msgid "How to process a receipt ?" +msgstr "如何处理收货？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 +msgid "Install Purchase application" +msgstr "安装采购模块" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " +"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "首先, 你需要安装 **采购模块** , 进入菜单 :menuselection:`应用(Apps)` 并安装。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 +msgid "Make a purchase order" +msgstr "创建采购订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " +"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." +msgstr "进入 **采购** 模块。第一个看到的界面是 **询价需求单** 列表, 点击 **创建** 按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " +"products to your request for quotation." +msgstr "输入 **供应商** 信息并点击 **添加一个新条目** 给询价单添加一些产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " +"quantity." +msgstr "一旦确定了产品, 价格和数量等, 可以点击 **确认订单** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 +msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" +msgstr "检索收货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 +msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "有2种方能式检索收货订单 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 +msgid "From the purchase order" +msgstr "从采购订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " +"related **Receipt**:" +msgstr "在采购订单的右上角, 你会按到一个与 **收货** 相关的按钮 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 +msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." +msgstr "点击查看 **调拨单** " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 +msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" +msgstr "从库存仪表板" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" +" the list of your deliveries to process." +msgstr "当打开* *库存* *应用程序时,点击* * #接收* *可看到发货的列表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" +msgstr "在列表中, 点击与采购订单相关的一个" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 +msgid "Process the Receipt" +msgstr "处理收货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " +"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " +"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." +msgstr "要处理库存调拨, 只要简单的点击 **确认** 就可以完成调拨。一条信息会弹出问你是否要完成所有数量, 如果是就点击 **应用** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " +":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"补货可以自动进行。详情请参阅我们的文档 :doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto`" +" " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 +msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" +msgstr "如何处理发货单？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 +msgid "Install Sales application" +msgstr "安装销售模块" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "首先, 你需要安装 **销售管理** 模块。进入菜单 :menuselection:`应用(Apps)` 并安装。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 +msgid "Place a sale order" +msgstr "下销售订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" +" team." +msgstr "进入 **销售** 应用, 点击你所在团队的 **报价单** 按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " +"button." +msgstr "你将得到所有报价单的列表。点击 **创建** 按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " +"some products to your quotation." +msgstr "输入 **客户信息** 并点击 **添加新条目** 在报价单中添加一些产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 +msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." +msgstr "点击 **确认销售** 下单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 +msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" +msgstr "发货的退货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 +msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "有2种方式能检索交货订单 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 +msgid "From the sale order" +msgstr "从销售订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 +msgid "" +"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " +"**Delivery**:" +msgstr "在销售订单的右上角, 你会看到和 **发货** 相关的按钮 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 +msgid "" +"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " +"list of your receipts to process." +msgstr "打开 **库存** 应用, 点击 **＃待办** 查看待处理的收货单列表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" +msgstr "在列表中, 点击与该销售订单相关的一个" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" +" on your dashboard." +msgstr "如果库存中没有产品, 销售订单会在看板中的 **等待** 中显示。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 +msgid "Process the delivery" +msgstr "处理发货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 +msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." +msgstr "用同样方法处理电商订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 +msgid "" +"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " +"methods. Please read the document " +":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." +msgstr "" +"你可以容易的把发货单和不同的发货方式集成起来, 请参阅文档 :doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method` ." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced flows" +msgstr "高级流程" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 +msgid "" +"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " +"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." +msgstr "在此文档, 解释的流程都是最简单的。Odoo也符合使用高级仓库管理的公司。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 +msgid "" +"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " +"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " +"transfers**." +msgstr "默认状况下, 只配置了 **收货** 和 **发货** , 但是你还可以激活多库位和多仓库来处理 **内部调拨** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 +msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" +msgstr " **路线**: 可以通过推/拉规则自动化流程" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " +"warehouse" +msgstr " **多步骤** 收货和发货可以在每个仓库中很容易的被配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" +"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " +"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"更多 : **条码扫描** , **序列号** , **批次** , **越库** , **直运** , 与 **第三方** 货代集成 , **上架**" +" 以及 **下架** 策略……所有这些都可以在Odoo实现。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "入门" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" +msgstr "如何设置Odoo的仓库？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " +"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " +"different screens you need." +msgstr "Odoo的库存应用有一个实施向导, 你可以参照者对系统进行配置。它是一个按部就班的和不同页面链接起来的手册。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" +"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." +msgstr "在完成安装 **库存** 应用之后, 点击右上角的进度条产看实施向导。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 +msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" +msgstr "实施向导帮你经历以下步骤 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Set up your warehouse" +msgstr "设置你的仓库" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 +msgid "Import your vendors" +msgstr "导入供应商" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Import your products" +msgstr "导入产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 +msgid "Set up the initial inventory" +msgstr "设置初始库存" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 +msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" +msgstr "配置销售和采购流程" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" +msgstr "设置补给机制" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" +" valuation." +msgstr "配置高级功能, 例如包裹, 追踪, 路线和存货计价。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" +" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" +" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " +"and use your scanner optimally." +msgstr "如果你想在你的仓库中用条码扫描枪设置操作, 你需要在库存模块上安装 **条码** 应用。条码应用会引导着你优化配置并使用你的扫描枪。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "高级路线" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "概念" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" +msgstr "如何在你的仓库组织越库？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " +"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" +" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " +"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " +"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." +msgstr "" +"越库区域是一个不存放产品的临时区域, 只是用来管理把产品发给客户的地方。这会省掉很多仓库内部调拨时间以及存储过程。我们管理转运区域的产品, " +"在那里产品直接从供应商处, 只需要在我们的仓库过一下就直接发给客户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " +"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post" +"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" +msgstr "" +"关于更多关于如何构架你的仓库, 请参阅 `越库是什么, 以及它是否适合我？<https ://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" +"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>` _ `" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +msgid "Warehouse and routes" +msgstr "仓库和路线" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" +" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" +" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" +"在 **库存** 模块下, 打开 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置 -->库位&仓库` , 然后在 **路线** 中选择 " +"**产品使用高级路线** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," +" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." +msgstr "打开 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->仓库` , 然后打开想要进行越库的仓库并点击 **编辑** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" +msgstr "在 **仓库配置** 页面, 选择 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" +msgstr " **进来的送货**: 先在收货区卸货, 然后再进入库存(2步)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 +msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" +msgstr " **出去的送货**: 直接从库存发货(仅送货)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 +msgid "then click on **Save**." +msgstr "点击 **保存** " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." +msgstr "" +"本步骤生成了一个越库路线, 你可以在以下地方看到 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> " +"配置(Configurations) -->路径(Routes) -->路径(Routes)` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +msgid "Cross Docking Route" +msgstr "越库路线" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 +msgid "" +"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " +"for the remaining part:" +msgstr "我们在流程的第一部分使用 **购买** 路线, 然后为剩余部分创建一个路线。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " +"created as an internal physical location." +msgstr "每一个拉规则现在可以被配置。用内部的实体库位类型创建越库位置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 +msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" +msgstr ":menuselection:`收货(Input) -->越库` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 +msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" +msgstr ":menuselection:`越库 -->出货区域(Output)` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 +msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" +msgstr ":menuselection:`出货(Output) -->客户(Customer)` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 +msgid "Product with cross dock" +msgstr "使用越库的产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 +msgid "" +"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" +" above as well as the **Buy** route." +msgstr "我们创建蔬菜茴香产品, 并且将路线设置为刚才创建的 **购买** 路线。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 +msgid "" +"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " +"for replenishment of a stockable product." +msgstr "我们可以指定一个供应商以及用于补充可库存产品的最小订购规则。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" +msgstr ":doc:`use_routes` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" +msgstr "如何做仓库间调拨？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " +"application in Odoo." +msgstr "如果有不同的仓库, 并且想在不同仓库间调拨货物。因为有了Odoo这些变得都很容易。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " +"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " +"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." +msgstr "" +"首先需要选择多库位选项 :menuselection:`在 **库存模块** 中的 `配置 --> 设置` 。然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** " +"选项。不要忘了勾选之后点击 **应用** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +msgid "" +"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " +"and routes in your warehouse." +msgstr "如果想在你的仓库中管理多库位以及路线就需要勾选该选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "创建一个新的仓库" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " +"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" +"下一步是创建新的仓库, 在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 仓库` 。现在就可以通过点击 **创建** " +"创建新的仓库。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " +"characters maximum." +msgstr "输入 **仓库名称** 和一个 **简称** , 简称最多只能5个字。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +msgid "" +"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" +" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." +msgstr "" +"需要注意的是 **简称** 非常重要, 它会出现在调拨单以及其他仓库单据, 定义的时候需要足够简单并且易于理解(例如 :WH/[位置的首字母])。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " +"been generated for your new warehouse." +msgstr "如果你回到仪表盘, 新的仓库会自动的生成作业类型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "创建一个新的库存" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " +"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" +" you can skip this step." +msgstr "" +"如果你创建了一个新的仓库, 你可能在此之前已经有一些实际的库存。这样的话你就需在Odoo中创建一个盘点。如果没有库存的话, 就可以跳过该步骤。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " +"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " +"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " +"select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" +"进入库存管理应用模块, 选择 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 库存调整` 。通过点击 **创建** 创建新的盘点。在 **盘点参照**" +" , **日期** 中输入内容并确保选择正确的仓库和库位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" +" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " +"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " +"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " +"orders." +msgstr "" +"然后， 点击 **开始盘点** 。会弹出一个你可以输入当前产品的窗口。选择添加新的条目并确认仓库中的 **实际数量** 。理论数量不能更改, " +"因为它代表着采购和销售相关的计算数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " +"all yours product." +msgstr "一旦记录了所有的产品, 不要忘了校验你的库存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "创建内部调拨" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" +" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " +"proceed as follows:" +msgstr "最后一步就是创建内部调拨。如果你想把2片产品从第一个产品呢转移到布鲁塞尔的另外一个仓库, 可以按照以下步骤 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "" +"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." +msgstr "在仪表盘上, 选择两个仓库中的其中一个内部调拨。要这样做, 点击菜单 :menuselection:`更多 --> 转移` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " +"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " +"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." +msgstr "一个新的窗口会打开, 在这里你可以选择源库位区域(这里是 **旧的仓库** )和目标区域(在这里是位于布鲁塞尔的 **新** 仓库)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " +"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "通过点击 **添加新的条目** 添加想要调拨的产品, 做完之后不要忘了 **确认** 或者 **标记为待办事项** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." +msgstr "如果你选择了 **确认** , Odoo会处理待调拨的全部数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " +"products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" +"如果你选择了 **标记为待办事项** , Odoo会把调拨单转换为 **等待可用** 状态。点击 **保留** 来保留源仓库中需要保留的数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "也有可能人工调拨每一个产品 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "通过仪表盘在源库位中选择调拨单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +msgid "Select the right transfer order" +msgstr "选择正确的调拨单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +msgid "" +"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " +"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " +"indicate how much products you process" +msgstr "3.在右下角铅笔的图标上点击打开详细操作窗口。在新的窗口中你可以手工的输入你想处理的产品数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " +"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " +"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " +"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." +msgstr "" +"如果你决定部分的完成调拨单(例如因为未知事件造成了部分产品不能发货)， Odoo会自动的问你是否需要创建一个 **延期交货订单** " +"。如果你想稍后完成剩下部分就创建一个延期交货订单， 如果不打算稍后进一步操作就不会创建延期交货订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a procurement rule?" +msgstr "什么是补货规则？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " +"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" +" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " +"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " +"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " +"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " +"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" +" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " +"dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" +"补货库存控制系统始于一个客户订单。在该策略下, 公司只需要满足客户订单数量的产品即可。系统的一个先进性就是不会存放多余需求数量的产品, " +"这样就减少了库存水平和存储成本。然而拉系统的一个缺点是在这种状况下极有可能遇到订单的困境, 例如供应商不能及时的发货。这就让功能不能让公司顺利完成订单," +" 并增加客户对公司的不满。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 +msgid "" +"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" +" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " +"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " +"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " +"of storing goods." +msgstr "" +"一个拉式库存控制系统的例子是MTO。目的是是库存水平保持在之满足需求的最低水平, 不多也不少, " +"恰好满足客户的需求。MTO系统通过减少存储空间、储存成本的总量消除浪费。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " +"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " +"using rules\"." +msgstr "补货规则是路线的一部分。进入库存应用>配置>设置, 点击\" 产品高级路线，使用规则\"。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 +msgid "Procurement rules settings" +msgstr "补货规则设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " +"go to Configuration > Routes." +msgstr "补货规则设置在路线上。在库存应用, 进入配置>路径" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 +msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." +msgstr "在补货规则部分, 点击添加项目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " +"possible :" +msgstr "你可在此设置你的规则条件。有3种可能的操作类型：" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 +msgid "Move from another location rules" +msgstr "从其他位置移动规则" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" +msgstr "制造规则将触发创建制造订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 +msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" +msgstr "采购规则将触发创建采购订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " +"manufacturing rules." +msgstr "制造应用必须安装，用来触发制造规则。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " +"rules." +msgstr "采购应用必须安装，用来触发 **购买** 规则" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " +"defined." +msgstr "一些仓库配置会使用早已定义的补货规则创建路线。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" +msgstr ":doc:`push_rule` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" +msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 +msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" +msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a push rule?" +msgstr "什么是推式规则？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" +" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " +"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " +"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " +"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " +"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " +"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " +"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " +"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " +"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " +"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " +"inability to meet customer demand for the product." +msgstr "" +"库存控制的推系统包含需要满足客户需求的预测数量。公司在决定采购产品的数量时候需要预测客户将要采购哪些产品。相应的公司会生产足够的产品来满足预测的需求和销售或者把产品推到消费者那里。推库存的缺点是通常情况下预测和实际销售相比不精确，差异一年年的不同。推库存的另外一个问题是太多的产品留在了库存中。这就增加了公司的产品存储成本。一个优点是公司可以保证在库存中总是有足够的产品满足客户的订单，防止无法满足客户对产品的需求。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" +" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " +"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " +"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " +"be triggered automatically or manually." +msgstr "" +"一个推流程指示库位如何与其他的库位链接起来。只要在源库位中给定数量的产品发生移动, 通过在流程说明中配置的参数一个链式移动会自动的生成(目标库位, " +"延迟, 移动类型, 分类账)。它可以自动的触发或者手动处理。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" +" rules**." +msgstr "" +"推规则是路线的构成, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 并勾选 **产品使用高级路径规则** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 +msgid "Push rules settings" +msgstr "推式规则设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Routes`." +msgstr "在路径上设置推规则。进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> 路径` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 +msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." +msgstr "在推规则部分, 点击 **添加一个新项目** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " +"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " +"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " +"quality control location move to the stock." +msgstr "" +"在这里你可以设置规则的条件。在该示例中, 当货物在 **收货区域** 时候, 需要被移动到质检区域, 在3步收货流程中, " +"会有另外一个推规则把货物从质检区域移动到库存中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." +msgstr "有些仓库用已经定义好的推规则创建路线。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +msgid "Stock transfers" +msgstr "库存调拨" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" +" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " +"waiting." +msgstr "推规则会触发库存转移。通过路径中设置的规则, 你会看到有些转移已经已经就绪并且在等待中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " +"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." +msgstr "以上设置的推规则会创建一个从 **库存/收货区域** 到 **库存/质检** 区域的一个调拨。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " +"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" +" the main stock." +msgstr "在该示例中, 另外一个调拨在等待第二个调拨, 它的逻辑是当质检过程的调拨完成后, 产品就会移动到主要库存中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" +msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +msgid "How to use routes?" +msgstr "如何使用路径？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" +" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +msgstr "路线就是推规则和拉规则的合并整理。Odoo可以配置高级推／拉路线的配置, 例如 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" +msgstr "管理产品的制造链条" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 +msgid "Manage default locations per product" +msgstr "为每个产品管理默认位置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " +"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +msgstr "根据业务需求在仓库中定义路线, 例如质检, 售后和供应商退货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products" +msgstr "租用管理协助是从租借产品自动生成退回移动" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " +"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " +"routing of products using rules**." +msgstr "" +"拉规则是路线的一部分, 进入 **库存** 应用中 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选 **产品的高级路径规则** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" +msgstr "预配置的路线" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." +msgstr "Odoo已经在仓库模块中预配置了些路线。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`." +msgstr "在仓库模块中, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " +"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +msgstr "在 **仓库配置** 页面, **入库** 和 **出库** 的选项会根据你的选择而创建响应的路线。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "定制路线" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Routes`." +msgstr "在仓库模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 路径` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " +"can combine several choices." +msgstr "首先, 需要选择该路径能被选择的地方, 也可以组合不同地方。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 +msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" +msgstr "应用在仓库的路线" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" +" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " +"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +msgstr "如果在路线中勾选了 **仓库** , 就需要设置该路径适用于哪个仓库。该路线可以被设置在该仓库中的所有满足路线中推拉规则的调拨中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 +msgid "Routes applied on products" +msgstr "应用在产品的路线" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " +"be applied." +msgstr "如果选择了 **产品** , 你就可以在产品上设置路径" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," +" select the route(s):" +msgstr "" +"打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`库存 --> 控制 --> 产品` ) 在库存页面中, 选择路线 (可以多选) :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 +msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" +msgstr "应用在产品类别的路线" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " +"categories it will be applied." +msgstr "如果你勾选了 **产品类别** , 你需要手工的设置该产品属于那个种类。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" +" under the **Logistics** section :" +msgstr "打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`配置 --> 产品类别` ).在 **物流** 部分选择路径(可以多选) :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 +msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" +msgstr "应用在销售订单行的路线" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " +"time you make a sale order." +msgstr "如果勾选了 **销售订单行** , 您每次下达销售订单时都必须手动设置路线。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" +" the sales order." +msgstr "为了能正常使用, 我们需要激活销售订单上的路径这一功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "在销售模块, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 +msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" +msgstr "现在可以给销售订单的每条订单行选择路径 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 +msgid "Procurement and push rules" +msgstr "补货规则和推式规则" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 +msgid "Please refer to the documents:" +msgstr "请参照文档" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 +msgid "Procurement configuration" +msgstr "补货配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " +"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " +"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " +"**Preferred Routes**:" +msgstr "" +"在进行补货时, 你可以强制使用想要使用的路线。在产品( :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 产品` ), 点击 **补货需求** 。在 " +"**优先路线** 旁边选择想要使用的路径。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 +msgid "Make-to-Order Route" +msgstr "按订单补货路线" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " +"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " +"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " +"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +msgstr "" +"如果想要无库存, 或者保持最低库存, 最好使用 **按订单补货** 的路径。然后和 **买** 或者 **生产** 的路径结合, " +"之后系统就会根据路径设置在没有库存的时候自动触发采购订单或者生产订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 +msgid "Product Costing" +msgstr "产品成本" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +msgstr "Odoo中的到岸成本功能可将额外费用（运费、保险、海关、关税等）纳入产品成本中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " +"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " +"to be installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "向产品添加成本" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " +"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" +" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. " +"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines " +"will be split accross your transfers lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 +msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "上架和下架策略" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" +msgstr "什么是上架策略？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " +"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " +"appropriate location." +msgstr "好的仓库实施会考虑到把产品自动的调拨到正确的目的库位。下架就是把产品从收货的产品发出的过程, 该过程把产品调拨到正确的库位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" +" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " +"of a potential chemical reaction." +msgstr "以防仓库中含有化学性质不稳定的物品, 就要确保这些产品在存放时不能放的太近, 以防止发生化学反映。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " +"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " +"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " +"level)." +msgstr "上架策略和下架策略有着同样的原则, 但是作用于目标库位。商家策略在库位层面定义(不像下架策略定义在产品层面那样)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " +"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" +" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" +"进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 并选择 **仓库管理多库位和产品使用高级路径** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 +msgid "Setting up a strategy" +msgstr "设置一个策略" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." +msgstr "举个例子 :一个卖蔬菜水果的零售商店" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " +"product quality." +msgstr "我们可以把该类型产品放在不同的位置并维护产品数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " +"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." +msgstr "" +"假设有一个仓库库位 **WH/Stock** 并且有一个下级库位 **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & " +"**WH/Stock/Fruits** ." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " +"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " +"Strategy**." +msgstr "" +"你可以创建一个上架策略, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->库位` 。打开任何一个你想要设置上架策略的库位, 点击 " +"**编辑** 并选择 **上架策略** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " +"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " +"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." +msgstr "打开滚动菜单并点击 **创建并编辑** 。这会打开一个上架策略的页面表单, 在那里你可以设置上架策略, 设置上架方法, 固定库位等。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." +msgstr "等你把所有必要信息输完之后, 点击 **保存** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " +"automatically be transferred to the correct location." +msgstr "现在, 当你要采购这些种类的产品时候, 它们会自动的被移动到正确的库位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " +"Control --> Current Inventory`" +msgstr "要检查当前库存, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->库存控制 -->当前库存` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 +msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." +msgstr "在那里　你可以看到库位中当前的库存" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgstr "何为下架策略 (FIFO, LIFO, 及 FEFO)？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " +"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " +"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." +msgstr "下架策略在拣货过程中很有用, 在拣货员对产品拣货的时候优化距离, 质检或者到期产品管理等都非常有用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 +msgid "" +"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " +"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " +"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " +"on the **location**." +msgstr "" +"当产品的移动需要被完成的时候，Odoo会在系统内部找到该调拨单上的要求数量的可用数量。Odoo会根据设置在 **产品类别** 或者 **位置** 上的 " +"**下架策略** 分配产品到该调拨单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`:" +msgstr "在 **库存** 应用中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " +"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "勾选 **追踪批次号还活着序列号** , **仓库进行多库位管理** 和 **产品的高级路线管理** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " +"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." +msgstr "然后, 打开:menuselection:`配置 --> 库位` 并打开需要设置出库策略的库位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 +msgid "Types of removal strategy" +msgstr "下架策略的类型" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 +msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" +msgstr "FIFO (先进先出)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " +"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " +"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " +"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " +"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." +msgstr "" +" **先进先出** (FIFO)策略意味着先进来的产品会先出库。如果有销售易变质的产品, 就应该使用先进先出的方法。如果公司销售周期性相对短的产品, " +"例如服装, 那么也最好使用先进先出, 这样不至于在库存中囤积大量的过时产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 +msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "我们举个先进先出下架策略的例子" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " +"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." +msgstr "在你的仓库库存(\" 仓库/库存 \\ \")库位中,\" iPod 32 Gb \\ \"的产品有\" 3 \\ \"个批次。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." +msgstr "可以在存货计价报表中看到可用存货的详细信息" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." +msgstr "创建一个数量为\" 25 \\ \"的\" iPod 32 GB \\ \"销售订单并确认该订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "在出货单中你可以看到在使用先进先出的出库策略下系统自动带出的 \"Ipod 32 Gb\" 的批次是 **最旧** 的批次号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 +msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" +msgstr "LIFO (后进先出)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " +"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " +"shelf life." +msgstr "在这种仓库管理中, 最后买进的产品最先出库。后进先出用在后买进的产品没有足够的空间或者货架存放的状况下。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" +" ``WH/Stock`` location." +msgstr "在我们的示例中, 让我们来检查一下\" WH/Stock \\ \"库位中的 `Ipod 32 Gb\" 可用库存。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 +msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." +msgstr "创建一个数量是\" 10 \\ \"的\" Ipod 32 Gb \\ \"的销售订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "在出库单中你可以看到在使用后进先出的出库策略的状况下 \"Ipod 32 Gb\" 被分配的批次号是 **最新的** 批次号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 +msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" +msgstr "FEFO (到期先出)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" +" according to their expiration date." +msgstr "在先到期先处的仓库管理中, 系统会根据产品的到期日期的先后顺序分发产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " +"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" +" to save changes." +msgstr "" +"进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。勾选 **在序列号上定义到期日期** 。然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " +"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " +"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." +msgstr "" +"这将允许您为每批货物或序列号设置4个过期字段：**最佳日期** , **失效日期** , **警示日期** 以及 **撤柜日期** " +"。这些日期可从以下路径设置 :menuselection:`库存 --> 控制 --> 序列号/批次` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." +msgstr "**最佳日期** ：本序列/批次货物自此日期起变质，但尚未造成危害。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." +msgstr "**失效日期** ：本序列/批次货物自此日期起变质，不得被使用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +msgid "" +"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " +"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " +"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." +msgstr "**下架日期：**：指包含这一序列号/批号的货物从库存中移除的日期。根据FEFO下架策略，在发货单中根据这一日期拣货。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " +"goods with this serial/lot number." +msgstr "**警示日期：**本序列/批次货物被发出警示的日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " +"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " +"removal dates." +msgstr "根据 **撤柜日期** 按照货物的时间顺序分批撤下。先处理定义了撤柜日期的货物，再处理未定义此日期的批次。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 +msgid "" +"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " +"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " +"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " +"lots pass their **alert date**." +msgstr "" +"除 **撤柜日期** 外的所有数据都只用于参考和汇报。超出上述所有日期期限的批次可能仍会作为送货订单拣出，且当这批次货物超过 **警示日期** " +"后并不会发出警示。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " +"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" +" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " +"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " +"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," +" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " +"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " +"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " +"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " +"after the lot has been created." +msgstr "" +"批次货物的过期日期也可在货物入库时自动设置。根据序列号启用过期日期后，产品详情表的库存页签下会出现4个新的字段： **产品生命周期** 、 " +"**产品使用寿命** 、 **产品撤柜时间** 和 **产品警示时间** " +"。当其中一个字段输入整数后，对应产品的批次/序列的过期日期将被设为该批次/序列的创建日期加上在时间增量字段中输入的天数。如果时间增量字段设为0，则该批次/序列的过期日期必须在该批次创建之后手动设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " +"expiration date fields as follows:" +msgstr "每个时间增量字段都用于生成以下一种过期日期字段，如下所示：" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" +msgstr "产品使用寿命 --> 最好在此日期前使用" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 +msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" +msgstr "产品撤柜时间 --> 撤柜日期" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 +msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" +msgstr "产品生命周期 --> 生命周期结束" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 +msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" +msgstr "产品警示时间 --> 警示日期" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." +msgstr "要在库位上设置出库策略, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 位置` 并选择FEFO。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " +"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " +"expiration date." +msgstr "" +"让我们举个例子, 在\" WH/Stock \\ \"库位中有\" 3 \\ \"个批次的\" 冰淇淋 \\ \":\" LOT0001 \\ " +"\",\" LOT0002 \\ \",\" LOT0003 \\ \", 分别标有不同的到期日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr " **批次 / 序列号** " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr " **产品** " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr " **截止日期** " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "LOT0001" +msgstr "LOT0001" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "Ice Cream" +msgstr "冰淇淋" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "08/20/2015" +msgstr "2015-08-20" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "LOT0002" +msgstr "LOT0002" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "08/10/2015" +msgstr "2015-08-10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "LOT0003" +msgstr "LOT0003" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "08/15/2015" +msgstr "2015-08-15" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +msgid "" +"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." +msgstr "我们将创建一个带有\" 15kg \\ \"的\" 冰淇淋 \\ \"的销售订单并确认。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 +msgid "" +"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " +"removal strategy **FEFO**." +msgstr "销售订单相关的发货单将会根据 **FEFO** 的出库策略进行调拨。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 +msgid "" +"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" +" the removal dates." +msgstr "它会根据批次上的移除日期从批次\" LOT0002 \\ \"拿出\" 10kg `, 从 \\ \"LOT0003\" 拿出 \\ \"5kg\" 。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "如何选择正确的补货策略" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "最小库存规则和按单补货的结果相似，但规则不同，应根据你的制造和发货策略来选用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" +" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" +"最小库存规则用于确保你已经有了制造和/或响应消费者需求的最小库存量。当某产品的库存水平到达最小量时，系统自动生成一个采购订单，该订单的数量能满足最小库存量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " +"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " +"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " +"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" +"按单补货功能将触发与产品相关的销售订单的采购单。系统 **不会** 检查现有库存。意味着无论现有产品的数量是多少，都会生成一个采购订单草稿。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " +"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" +" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "最小库存规则可通过库存模块进行配置。在“库存控制”下拉菜单中选择\"再次订购规则\" ，然后点击\"创建\"设置某给定产品的最小与最大库存值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " +"multiple\" fields" +msgstr "显示“最小数量”、“最大数量”和“数量倍数”字段的工具提示" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "然后点击产品，在\"库存子菜单\"访问相关产品的表单。不要忘记选择一个供应商。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "别忘记选择正确的产品类别。消耗品无法贮存，不可计入库存盘点数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " +"other module where products are available)." +msgstr "可在产品表单中配置按单补货 :menuselection:`库存 --> 库存控制 --> 产品（或在产品可用的任一其他模块中配置）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "在产品表单的库存项下，点击\"按单补货\"。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "How to use different units of measure?" +msgstr "如何使用不同计量单位？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, " +"you will need to convert the units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "在Odoo中你可以设置一个产品可以有不同的计量单位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" +"在 **库存** 模块下, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在 **产品** 部分, 选择 " +"**产品的采购/销售时可以使用不同的计量单位(高级)** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "Setting up units on your products" +msgstr "给产品设置计量单位" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you " +"would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " +"**Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " +"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." +msgstr "在 **计量单位** 部分, 选择产品销售时候的计量单位以及内部调拨时候的计量单位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " +"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." +msgstr "在 **采购计量单位** 部分, 选择采购时候的计量单位。完成之后点击 **保存** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 +msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." +msgstr "点击编辑按钮|编辑|创建新的计量单位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" +msgstr "从一种计量单位转换为另外一种" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." +msgstr "在做计量单位的内部转换时, Odoo会自动的四舍五入。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " +"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." +msgstr "计量单位在全程都可以变换。唯一的条件是这些计量单位都必须是同一类别。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 +msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" +msgstr "在本示例中, 我们用鸡蛋做示例 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" +msgstr "通常, 我们都是按照一盘为单位购买(一盘30个)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" +msgstr "收货的时候是按照单个(质量检验)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 +msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" +msgstr "在卖给客户的时候是按照一打来卖" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " +"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr " **销售价格** 用 **产品的计量单位** 表示。 **成本价格** 用 **采购计量单位** 表示" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "所有的内部调拨都用 **产品计量单位** 表示。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 +msgid "Procurement" +msgstr "补货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " +"measure." +msgstr "在进行补货需求时, 你还是可以更改计量单位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" +msgstr "在采购订单中也可以更改计量单位 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 +msgid "The quality control is done by unit." +msgstr "质检过程按照单个检验" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " +"check is done by unit." +msgstr "产品的最基本的计量单位是 **个** 。因此产品数量按个数检查。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " +"**Draft**." +msgstr "只有当调拨单状态是 **草稿** 状态时, 计量单位才能更改。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "交货流程" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " +"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" +" the unit to the dozen." +msgstr "鸡蛋按打销售。你可以在销售订单上选择计量单位。在变换计量单位的时候, 单位价格会根据一打的单位价格自动计算。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" +" measure :" +msgstr "在发货单中, 最初的需求用销售订单中的计量单位完成 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " +"converted automatically :" +msgstr "但是调拨使用产品的计量单位已经完成, 所有都自动的转换 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Create a link when the document is available - When should you use " +"packages, units of measure or kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" +msgstr "何时应该使用包装, 计量单位或者套装？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Unit of measures" +msgstr "计量单位" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." +" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." +msgstr "计量单位是一个处理产品的标度的单位, 产品可以使用不同计量单位表示。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." +msgstr "如果在你的仓库中使用不同的计量单位就激活该选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" +" warehouse." +msgstr "采购的计量单位可以和仓库中使用的计量单位不同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." +msgstr "销售的计量单位在销售订单上设置, 也可以不同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "不同计量单位之间的转换是自动完成的。唯一的条件是能够转换的计量单位必须是同一个种类(个, 重量, 容积, 长度……)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "包裹" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"product." +msgstr "包裹是一个你想在其中放置一个或者几个产品的实际的容器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "包装" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 +msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." +msgstr "包装是用来保护产品的物理容器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " +"notice and the power plug." +msgstr "如果你在销售电脑, 包装里面会有电脑, 说明书以及电源线。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 +msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." +msgstr "在Odoo中, 包装使用通常用于标识功能" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " +"only for indicative purpose." +msgstr "你可以在 **包装** 中定义使用哪种 **包材** 。但这只是象征性使用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 +msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" +msgstr "什么时候使用包裹, 包装或者计量单位？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " +"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" +" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." +msgstr "" +"例如, 你现在在销售鸡蛋, 在你的仓库里单个的管理鸡蛋, 很多鸡蛋坏掉了, 你要一个一个的报废。 **计量单位** 是\" 个(一个或很多) \\ \"" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" +" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." +msgstr "如果你按打销售鸡蛋, 销售的 **计量单位** 就是\" 打 \\ \"。你可以在销售订单上进行设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " +"**packaging**." +msgstr "包含一打鸡蛋的\" 纸片托盘 \\ \"就是 **包材** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " +"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." +msgstr "当你销售几个托盘的鸡蛋时, 你可能会把不同的托盘放进一个\" 箱子 \\ \"或者一个\" 塑料 \\ \"包装中, 这就是 **包裹** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`uom`" +msgstr ":doc:`uom` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Using product variants" +msgstr "使用产品型号(变体)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " +"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " +"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." +msgstr "" +"产品变型用来管理有不同变量的产品, 例如尺寸, 颜色等等。它可以让我们在产品模板层面对产品进行管理(所有的变量), " +"也可以在变型层面管理(特定一个属性)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "例如, 一个销售ｔ血衫的公司可能有以下产品 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "B&C T血衫" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "尺寸 : S, M, L, XL, XXL" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "颜色 :蓝色, 红色, 白色, 黑色" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " +"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgstr "在该示例中, **B&C T恤衫** 是产品模板, **B&C T恤衫, S, 蓝色** 是一个产品变量, 尺寸和颜色是 **属性** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." +" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "以上示例总共有20个不同的产品(5中尺寸x4种颜色)。每一个产品都会有自己的库存, 销售信息, 等等。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "变型的影响" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " +"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." +msgstr " **条形码**: 编码和条形码关联到一个变型, 而不是一个产品模板。每个型号都可以有自己的条码／SKU。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " +"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " +"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " +"the template or the variant." +msgstr "" +" **价格** : 每个产品变型有自己的公开价，它基于产品模板的价格 ($20)，以及每个变型的可选额外价格(红色额外加$3)，计算得出。然而, " +"你可以定义应用在产品模板以及产品变型的价格表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " +"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " +"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " +"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " +"variant)" +msgstr "" +" **库存** : 存货在产品变型层面管理。你拥有的不是T恤衫, 而是\" T恤衫, S, 红色 \", 或者\" T恤衫, M, 蓝色 " +"\"。用于信息目的, 在产品模板表单，你得到的库存，是所有变型的数量总和。(但是实际库存是按变型计算的)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " +"product may have its own primary picture." +msgstr " **图片** : 此图片与变型相关， 每个型号可以有自己的主要图片。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " +"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " +"Income Account, Taxes)" +msgstr "" +" **其余字段**: 大部分其他字段属于产品模板。如果你对他么恩进行更新，它会自动地更新到所有相关的型号上。(例如 : 主营业务收入科目, 税)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Should you use variants?" +msgstr "应该使用产品变型吗？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "When should you use variants?" +msgstr "何时应该使用产品变型？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" +msgstr "使用变型有以下影响 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " +"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " +"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" +msgstr "" +" **电子商务** : 在你的在线商铺，客户只会在分类页面看到产品模板。一旦访客点击这样的产品，他将能在众多的型号中间进行选择(颜色, 尺寸, ……)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" +" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " +"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" +" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " +"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." +msgstr "" +" **制造** : 使用型号可以基于产品模板和各种型号质检的细微差别只定义一个物料表。例如: 你可以创建一个\" T恤衫 " +"\"并添加一些特定尺寸例如S码以及特定颜色例如红色，从而代替创建物料表\" T恤衫, 红色, S\"。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " +"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " +"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" +" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " +"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." +msgstr "" +" **价格** : 产品的默认价格是产品模板的价格加上型号上特定属性的额外价格。这样，型号的价格维护起来就很容易，你不必在每个型号上维护， " +"当然也可以使用价格表规则固定每个型号的价格。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" +msgstr "在什么时候应该避免使用产品型号？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " +"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " +"of managing lots of products that are similars." +msgstr "使用变量有可能会增加操作的复杂程度, 当你要使用产品的变量属性时, 你要确保这样做只会减少操作的复杂程度。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" +" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " +"product templates and all their related variations." +msgstr "例如, 如果使用型号的话, 在导入期初数据的时候就比较麻烦。你不能只是导入产品的列表, 还必须要导入产品模板以及相关的型号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " +"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " +"example, a company having these products:" +msgstr "另外, 你需要谨慎的选择尺寸作为变量, 这些都术语一个单独的产品模板。局一个例子, 一个公司有如下产品 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" +msgstr "质量 :T血衫, 马球, 衬衫" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue" +msgstr "颜色 : 红色, 蓝色" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "尺寸 : S, M, L, XL" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " +"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " +"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " +"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " +"e-Commerce:" +msgstr "" +"在该用户案例中, 你可以创建1个带有尺寸变量的模板(布局, ｔ血衫, 保罗)。但是, 我们还是建议你创建两种不同的产品把保罗或者衬衫分开, " +"并且在你的电脑上网站客户也乐意看到这样分 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" +msgstr "产品模板 :T血衫" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "Product Template: Polos" +msgstr "产品模板 :马球" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 +msgid "Activate the variant feature" +msgstr "激活产品型号特性" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " +"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " +"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " +"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " +"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" +"在你使用产品变量之前, 你需要在设置中激活产品变量。要这样做, 你需要进入销售模块, 在菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , " +"找到 **产品变形** 　行, 然后勾选 **产品可以有多个变体** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 +msgid "Creating products with variants" +msgstr "创建带有型号的产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +msgstr "" +"一旦你激活了变量选项, 你就可以给产品添加变量。要这样做的话, 进入销售模块:menuselection:`销售 -->产品` " +"。还可以从采购和库存模块进入产品页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 +msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +msgstr "现在, 点击你想添加型号的产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " +"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " +"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" +"在产品页面，出现了一个名为变量的新标签。在页面上方的紫色数字是当前该产品的变量数量。要添加新的变量，点击该图块,，在新的窗口， 点击 **创建** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " +"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " +"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +msgstr "在 **属性** 中， 点击下拉菜单并选择你要添加的变量类型。如果变量不存在，你可以通过点击创建和编辑随手创建……" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " +"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " +"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +msgstr "在属性窗口， **值** 字段是属性的描述例如绿色， 塑料或者32GB。 **属性** 字段是变量的类型例如颜色, 材料或者内存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " +"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "你可以在 **属性额外价格** 字段顺便给特定型号添加相关成本，或者选择稍后更改，点击 **保存** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." +msgstr "你也可以给型号添加不同的条码以及内部参考码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "完成输入该型号的所有的特定属性后， 点击 **保存** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 +msgid "Managing Product Variants" +msgstr "管理产品型号" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " +"variant attributes :" +msgstr "以下示例就是一个产品模板上的两个不同属性的型号产品 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 +msgid "T-Shirt B&C" +msgstr "B&C T血衫" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" +msgstr "颜色 : 红色, 蓝色, 白色" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "尺寸 : S, M, L, XL, XXL" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 +msgid "Managing combination possibilities" +msgstr "管理组合可能性" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " +"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " +"you can deactivate the white product variant." +msgstr "" +"默认情况下, 使用上述产品的模板,你可以得到15个不同产品(3种颜色, 5个尺寸)。如果XXL只存在与红色和蓝色t恤,您可以设置禁用于白色产品系列。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." +" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " +"XXL." +msgstr "要这样做的话，点击 **型号** 按钮， 选择XXL，白色Ｔ恤衫。在产品页面上, 不勾选XXL, 白色Ｔ血衫这个产品 **有效** 框。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 +msgid "" +"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." +msgstr "使产品无效不同于设定产品的库存为0." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "根据型号设置价格" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " +"product." +msgstr "对产品的有些型号你可以添加超过主要价格的成本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " +"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." +msgstr "" +"一旦你激活了产品变量选项, 你就可以在产品上添加产品变量。要这样做, 进入销售模块, 打开 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品` " +"并点击你想要更改的产品, 点击 **变量价格** 按钮来查看变量列表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " +"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " +"variant that will be added to the original price." +msgstr "点击你想要添加值的变量名称，确保3个字段可编辑。在 **额外属性价格** 字段，添加该变量的成本, 将会自动的和原始价格相加。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 +msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." +msgstr "一旦你输入了所有的额外值, 点击 **保存** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226 +msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227 +msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "仓库和位置之间的差别是什么？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "在Odoo中 **仓库** 是你存放货物的实际的建筑／地方。你可以设置多仓库并在不同的仓库质检调拨。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" +" **库位** 是仓库中的一个特定的位置。它可以被认为是仓库的下级, 一个货架, 一层楼, 一个通道, 等等。因此, 一个库位只能是你的仓库的一部分, " +"不能把一个库位和多个仓库链接起来。在一个仓库下你可以配置足够多的库位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "有3种类型的位置 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" +" **物理库位** 是你所拥有的仓库中的内部库位, 是你的仓库的一部分。它们可以是仓库中的装货区域, 卸货区域, 货架或者一个区域, 等等。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr " **业务伙伴库位** 是客户和／或供应商仓库中的位置。它们和物理库位的使用一样, 只不过这些库位的所有者不是你。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" +" **虚拟库位** 是指在你仓库中没有实际物理地方的位置, 但是库存中没有实际存放(或是不再有)的产品可以放置在这里。当你要把产品移出你的库存(在 " +"**盘点库位** ), 或者要计算那些已经采购但是还在路途中( **补货库位** )没有到你的仓库的产品的数量的时候, 就可以很方便的使用这种库位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" +"在Odoo中, 库位按照级别进行架构组织。根据库位之间的父－子关系, " +"你可以把库位配置为一个树形结构。这能让你对库存操作进行详细的分析以及对仓库进行更好的管理。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" +msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" +msgstr ":doc:`location_creation` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new location?" +msgstr "如何创建新的位置？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new location" +msgstr "创建新库位" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " +"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" +" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " +"click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" +"为了能创建一个新的库位, 你需要能让系统进行多库位管理。在 **库存** 模块中, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在 " +"**库位＆仓库** 的地方选择 **仓库进行多库位管理** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" +"在 **库存** 模块中, 打开 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->库位` , 在库位窗口下, 点击 **创建** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" +" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " +"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" +" to a location." +msgstr "" +"在 **库位名称** 字段键入库位的名称。并在列表中选择 **父库位** 。父库位可以是一个物理库位或者虚拟库位, " +"然后你可以按照需要添加足够多的下级库位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" +" describe your location." +msgstr "你还可以在 **额外信息** 字段输入并为该库位添加一段描述。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 +msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." +msgstr "完成后, 点击 **保存** ." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " +"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " +"containing all the sublocations in it." +msgstr "一个仓库和一个库位对应, 因为库位是分级的, Odoo会自动的创建一个仓库的父库位, 随后所有的库位在该库位下。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" +msgstr ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" +msgstr "如何创建一个新的仓库" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " +"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" +" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " +"click on **apply**." +msgstr "" +"为了能够床架一个新的仓库, 你必须要让系统允许管理多库位。在 **库存** 模块下, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`设置 -->配置` 。在" +" **库位&仓库** 位置, 点选 **仓库多位置管理** 的勾选框。然后点击 **应用** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`" +msgstr "打开菜单 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->仓库` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " +"fields :" +msgstr "在仓库页面中, 点击 **创建** , 一个新的带有3个字段的页面会出来 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 +msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "在 **仓库名称** , 插入仓库的全名。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " +"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " +"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." +msgstr "在 **简称** 字段, 输入一个仓库的5-位编码。注意该编码会显示在库位的列表中, 所以务必确保该简称能简明且清晰的代表你的仓库。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " +"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " +"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " +"edit it afterwards." +msgstr "" +"在 **地址** 字段, 你可以选择一个系统存在的公司或者顺手创建一个新的。因此, 你的仓库的地址回合你所选公司的地址一样。你还可以把该字段留空, " +"然后稍后进行编辑。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 +msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." +msgstr "点击 **保存** 完成新仓库的配置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " +"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." +msgstr "当你创建了仓库, 系统会自动的在后台创建调拨类型以及该主要库位的下级库位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "发货作业" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "如何取消发给货代的发货请求？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同交货方式, 包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和第三方货代公司的追踪系统链接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "这会让你能够管理货运公司, 实际价格和目的地。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "你可以轻易的取消已经到货代系统中的货运请求。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "如何取消发货请求？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "如果交货单还没有 **被确认** , 那么该请求不会生效。你可以选择取消发货或更改运输公司。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" +" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " +"Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" +"如果你点击了 **确认** , 发货请求就已经生成, 你可以得到云帆好以及标签。你可以可以取消该请求, 只需要在 **货运单号** 旁边的 **取消**" +" 点击即可。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "你会看到发货已经被取消掉。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "现在你还可以变更货代。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "如何在取消之后发送发货请求？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " +"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " +"get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "在取消发货请求后, 你可以更改货代为你想要的。通过点击 **发送给货代** 按钮确认。你会得到一个新的运单号以及一张新的标签。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr ":doc:`invoicing` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr ":doc:`multipack` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "如何就运费给客户开票？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "有两种方式给运输成本开票 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "和客户达成一个协议成本价并在销售订单中固定下来" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "按照运输的实际成本发货。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "要给交货方式配置价格。进入 **库存** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货 --> 交货方式` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " +"rules." +msgstr "你可以手工的给运费设置价格 :可以是固定的也可以根据相关规则。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "或者你可以使用货运公司的计算系统。点击文档 :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "如何就运费成本给客户开票？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "按销售订单上的价格开票" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "在销售订单上，选择正确的货代。点击并选择正确的 **发货方式** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "当你点击 **保存** 销售订单或者点击 **设置价格** 的时候计算价格。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "要给销售订单上的交货价格开票, 点击 **设置价格** , 它会在销售订单上添加一个交货方式名称的产品。价格和实际价格可能会不同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "当你创建发票的时候, 发票的金额会采用订单上的金额。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "给运费的实际成本开票" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "价格会在你 **保存** 销售订单的时候计算出来。确认销售订单并且完成发货。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." +msgstr "在确认交货单时计算实际运费，你可在发货单沟通栏查看实际费用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "回到销售订单, 实际成本已经添加到销售订单中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "当你创建发票的时候, 发票金额会用货代计算的金额。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " +"add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "如果你把发货单分开并且分成好几个, 每一个发货单给订单添加一行。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr ":doc:`labels` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "如何打印发货标签？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 包含与第三方的货代的追踪信息集成。它可以让你管理货运公司, 运输的实际价格和目的地。最终, " +"你可以在Odoo直接打印运单上的标签。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "安装货代公司的接口模块" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" +"在 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 在 **货代接口** 的下方标识你想要集成的货运公司 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "配置发货方式" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "要配置交货方式, 进入 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货方式` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "选定货代的发货方式已经被自动创建。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "在 **价格** 页面, 货代供应商的名称意味着该发货单会被货代的系统处理和计算。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "货代的配置被分成两栏 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" +" more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "第一个和 **你的账户** 链接(开发关键字, 密码, ……)。更多信息请参见货运供应商的网站。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " +"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "第二栏根据 **供应者** 的不同而有所差别。你可以选择包材类型, 服务类型, 单位重量……" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "一旦完成测试, 就不要勾选 **测试模式** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "公司配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "为了计算正确的价格, 供应商需要知道你的公司信息。确保地址和电话号码的信息都是正确的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " +"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " +"data**." +msgstr "要查看你的信息, 进入 **设置** 应用并点选 **通用设置** 。点击第一个链接 **配置你的公司信息** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "产品配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " +"computation cannot be done." +msgstr "货代公司需要产品的重量, 不然运输价格不能计算。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " +"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品` 。打开需要发货的产品并维护重量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" +" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "产品页面上的重量的默认计量单位是千克。如果使用英制计量单位的话, 不要忘了单位之间的转换。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "如何打印发货标签？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "从销售订单创建的发货单会从销售订单带出发货信息, 但是如果你需要的话, 你可以变更货代。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" +" third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "如果你在库存模块下创建一个发货转移, 你可以在额外的信息页签中添加第三方货代信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "点击 **验证** 接收追踪号码和 **标签** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "黏贴在包裹上的标签可以在下方的历史信息中找到 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "点击打开单据并打印 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " +"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "如果你在使用多包裹发货功能, 大多数情况下, 每一个包裹一个标签。每张标签都可以显示在交货历史中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "如何管理同一张交货单的多个包裹？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " +"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " +"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "默认状况下, Odoo会认为发货单只有一个包裹构成, 但是你可以在一张发货单上配置多个包裹。它和第三方货运公司完全集成起来。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " +"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" +"要配置包裹的使用, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择 **在包装上记录包材 " +":栈板, 箱子, ……** " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "一旦完成， 点击 **应用** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "销售订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "点击 **交货方式** 选择正确的一个。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "多包裹发货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it." +msgstr "从销售订单创建的发货单会带出发货信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "在这里, 你可以把要发的货物分成不同的包" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "在 **完成** 栏位选择你想要放进该包裹的产品的数量, 然后点击 **放进同一个包裹** 链接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "它会总动的创建所需数量的包裹。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "其余的产品可以按照同样的步骤进行打包。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "一旦完成, 点击 **确认** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "第3方货代的多包裹" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " +"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " +"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "一旦交货单被确认后, 你就能收到追踪号。 **运单追踪号** 会被自动填好。点击货运供应商网站上的 **追踪** 按钮可以查看你的发货单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " +"underneath:" +msgstr "黏贴在包裹上的 **标签** 可以在下面的历史信息中找到 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "发货设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "如何设置发货方法" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " +"but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 但是该功能在默认设置下没有激活。交货方式可以用在销售订单上, 交货单上还可以用在电商中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " +"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "交货方式能让你管理货代供应商的公司, 价格以及目的地。你甚至还可以集成Odoo和外部的货运公司来计算实际价格和包装" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "安装库存模块" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" +" order to see it :" +msgstr "交货方式是由 **发货成本** 模块处理的。进入 **应用** 并搜索该模块。搜索的时候你需要在过滤栏位移除 **应用**: " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" +" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "如果你想把交货方式和电子商务集成, 你需要安装 **电子商务发货** 模块。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "首先设置一个名称以及一个物流公司" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "然后你必须要设置价格。它可以被修复或者基于规则。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " +"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " +"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" +"如果价格是固定的, 点选 **固定价格** 。你只需要定义一个价格。如果你想要在在达到一定数量时免运费, 点选 **如果总量大于某一点免运费** " +"并设置一个价格。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " +"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " +"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" +"如果价格根据规则而变化， 点选 **基于规则** 。点击 **添加一个价格规则的新条目** 。选择一个或者基于重量， 容积， 价格或者数量的条件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " +"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " +"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "最终我们可以把发货方式局限在几个目的位置。你可以把它们限制为一些国家, 省份甚至邮编。这种特性限制了电商的国家列表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " +"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " +":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" +"你可以把Odoo和外部的货代公司进行集成, 这样可以计算实际的价格, 包装, 以及处理打印装箱单的标签等。参照 " +":doc:`third_party_shipper` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " +"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product." +msgstr "" +"现在你可以在销售订单上选择 **交货方式** 。如果你想在销售订单上对运费进行开票， 点击 **设置价格** " +"，它就会把交货方式作为一种产品名称添加到订单行上。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "交货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "你可以在发货单上添加或者变更发货方法" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "在发货单上, 查看 **货代信息** 。货代就是发货方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "如何得到用于集成DHL到Odoo的凭证？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" +msgstr "若您想使用 Odoo 的 DHL API接口，您需要：" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "DHL.com 网站账号" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A DHL Password" +msgstr "DHL 密码" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "A DHL Account Number" +msgstr "DHL 账号" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " +"Rest of the world)" +msgstr "获取美国以外的国家和地区(英国和其他世界各国)的网站ID账号和密码" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " +"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." +msgstr "您需要联系DHL账号管理中心请求XML格式的API扩展接口。DHL售前工程师应给您相关接口凭据等信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" +msgstr "获取美国网站ID账号和密码" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " +"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." +msgstr "" +"您需要写邮件至 xmlrequests@dhl.com 并且随附您账户的详细信息诸如账号, region区域, 地址, 等访问API 访问信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "如何和第三方货代集成？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " +"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和货运公司的追踪系统链接。这会让你管理货代公司, 运输价格以及目的地。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。在 **货运接口** 下方, 标识出你想要集成的货代公司 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" +" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" +" shipping." +msgstr "" +"货代供应商的交货方式已经自动创建了。大多数情况下, 一些货代供应商会有 **2** 种交货方式 :一个是 **国际运输** , 一个是 **国内运输**" +" 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "你还可以用其他配置给同一个供给创建其他方式, 例如 **包装类型** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " +"will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "你可以更改发货方式的 **名称** 。该名称会显示在电商模块中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "如何准备使用的话， 就标记为 **可以发货** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "在价格栏位, 选择在 **价格计算** 下面的的货代意味着价格是由货代系统计算出来的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "货代配置被拆分为两列 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "第一个和 **你的账户** 链接(开发者秘钥, 密码, ……), 更多信息参照货代的网站。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " +"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " +"United States." +msgstr "" +"最终我们可以把发货方式局限在几个目的位置。你可以把它们限制为一些国家, 省份甚至邮编。这种特性限制了电商的国家列表。对国内的用户很有用。例如 USPS " +"US只在美国国内运输。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" +" you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 销售 --> 产品` 。打开你想要交货的产品并为之维护重量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " +"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "产品页面中的重量默认的用千克表示。如果使用英制单位, 不要忘了进行转换。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "现在你可以在销售订单选择货代。点击 **发货方式** 选择合适的一个。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "在你保存订单或者点击 **设置价格** 的时候价格就会计算。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " +"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "如果你想要给销售订单的运费开票, 点击 **设置价格** , 它就会把运输方式作为一个产品名称添加到销售订单上。可能和实际价格存在差异。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" +" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" +"不然, 实际价格(发货单确认的时候会计算)会自动的添加到发票中。详情请参照文档 :doc:`../operation/invoicing` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "销售订单产生的发货单会从销售订单带出发货信息。如果有需要的话, 可以更改货代信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" +" be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "发货重量根据产品的重量计算。一旦调拨确认后运输成本就会计算。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " +"to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "点击 **验证** 接收追踪号码。 **承运商追踪参考** 字段会被自动填上。在货代的网站上点击 **追踪** 按钮查看发货单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "如何得到用于集成UPS的证书？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" +msgstr "要使用Odoo UPS API, 你需要 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "一个 UPS.com 用户 ID 和密码" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A UPS account number" +msgstr "一个UPS 账户号" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "An Access Key" +msgstr "登陆秘钥" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" +" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "访问密钥是一个16字符的字母数字代码, 允许访问的窗口开发工具包的开发和生产服务器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Create a UPS Account" +msgstr "创建一个UPS账号" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" +" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " +"Service in order to to open an account." +msgstr "注意 :只有在美国本土的客户才可以在线开启UPS账户。如果你不在美国本土, 你需要和UPS客服联系取得账号" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" +" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " +"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" +msgstr "" +"在UPS主页你可以得到更加详细的关于如何申请UPS账号的信息 :\n" +"<https : //www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account> `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " +"online profile by following these steps:" +msgstr "如果你还没有UPS账号, 你可以根据以下步骤创建一个在线的配置 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" +" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" +"1.访问UPS网站，网址为 `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__ ，然后单击页面顶部的 **新用户** 链接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "2．点击 **MyUPS注册** 按钮, 按照以下流程完成注册过程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " +"follows:" +msgstr "如果你已经有了UPS账号, 你可以把它添加在以下的在线配置中" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" +" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +msgstr "" +"1．使用UPS.com的用户ID和密码登陆UPS.com网站 ( `http ://www.ups.com <http: " +"//www.ups.com/>` __)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "点击 **My UPS** 页签。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "点击 **账户概要** 链接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "4．在该页的 **UPS 账户详情** 部分点击 **添加现有的UPS账户** 链接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" +" States.q" +msgstr "" +"5. 在 **添加新的账户** 窗口, 输入 **UPS 账户号码** ， **账户名称** ， 以及 **邮编** 等字段， 默认的国家是美国" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "点击 **下一个** 按钮继续。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "获取访问密匙" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " +"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "在添加了UPS 账户号码到你的用户属性中之后, 你将可以从UPS得到登陆秘钥 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "" +"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " +"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " +"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" +msgstr "" +"1. 到以下 **UPS 开发套件** 网页\n" +" `https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US <https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>` __" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "用你的用户ID和密码登陆UPS.COM" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "点击 **请求访问密匙** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "Verify your contact information" +msgstr "验证联系信息" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "点击 **请求访问密匙** 按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " +"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " +"contact." +msgstr "你可以在登陆的网页上得到 **访问密钥** , 同时带有访问的电子邮件被发送到主要联系人的邮箱中" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "生产" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "制造管理" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" +msgstr "如何创建物料清单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " +"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " +"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." +msgstr "物料清单 (BoM) 是描述部件产品、每个部件的数量，以及制造产品（包括路由和每个步骤）过程的文件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " +"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " +"describe multiple variants of the same product." +msgstr "在Odoo中，每个产品可能有多个BoM与其关联，但一个BoM只能与单个产品相关联。而单个BoM可以描述同一产品的多个变量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" +msgstr "设置基本的BoM" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " +"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " +"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " +"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " +"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " +"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " +"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " +"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " +"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " +"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." +msgstr "" +"创建你的第一份物料清单前，你需要创建至少一个部件（在Odoo中也被认为是产品），方法是从 " +":menuselection:`主数据->产品，中选择或在系统运行时从BoM表格的相关字段中选择。一旦创建好一个产品和至少一个部件后，从相关的下拉菜单中选择它们并添加到你的物料清单。新的物料单可从menuselection中创建，选择主数据->物料清单，或使用产品表单之上的按钮进行创建。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " +"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " +"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " +"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." +msgstr "" +"在**杂项**页签下填写额外的字段。**顺序**定义了BoM被选择为生产订单的顺序，数字越小优先级越高。**版本**允许你跟踪BoM在不同时间的版本号变化。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 +msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" +msgstr "在BoM中添加路由" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " +"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " +"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " +"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." +msgstr "" +"路由定义制造一个产品所需的一系列操作，以及每个操作执行的工作中心。一个路由可以添加到多个BoM中，而后者每个只能有一个路由。路由配置的更多信息，请参阅路由一章。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " +"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " +"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." +msgstr "启用路由的方法 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置，然后当系统运行时从下拉清单中选择一个路由，即可将路由添加到物料清单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " +"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" +" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " +"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " +"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " +"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." +msgstr "" +"通过**组件**下方的**在工序中消费**字段定义工序或步骤。同样，也可以用**在操作中生产**字段（位于**杂项**页签下）定义产品被生产的操作。如果不填这个字段，产品将在路由的最后操作中被消耗/生产。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 +msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" +msgstr "添加副产品到BoM" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " +"primary product." +msgstr "副产品指在Odoo中，BoM生产的任何主产品之外的产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "如需将副产品添加到BoM，首先要在 :menuselection:`配置->设置，中选择启用它们。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " +"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " +"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " +"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." +msgstr "" +"副产品启用后，即可被添加到物料清单**副产品**页签下的物料清单了。你可将任何产品（一个或多个）作为副产品添加。副产品的生产过程与BoM中主产品的路由一致。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" +msgstr "为产品设置一个带分组件的BoM" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " +"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" +"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " +"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " +"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." +msgstr "" +"分组件是一种用于另一制成品部件的制成品。你可能想用分组件来简化一个复杂的BoM、更精确地表示你的制造流，或在多个BoM中使用相同的分组件。BoM使用分组件通常指多级BoM。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" +"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " +"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" +" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " +"subassembly is created as well." +msgstr "" +"Odoo中的多级物料清单可通过创建顶级BoM和分组件BoM完成。下一步定义分组件产品的采购路线，以确保每次创建了顶级产品的制造订单时，能同时创建每个分组件的制造订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 +msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" +msgstr "配置顶级产品BoM" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " +"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " +"subassembly as you would for any product." +msgstr "为配置多级BoM，请创建顶极产品及其BoM。将所有分组件包括到部件清单中。为每个分组件创建一个BoM（类似为每个产品创建BoM）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" +msgstr "配置分组件产品数据" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 +msgid "" +"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " +"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " +"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " +"effect." +msgstr "在分组件的产品表中，必须选择**制造**和**按需补货**路由。**制造**路由的优先级高于**购买**路由，因此选后者是无效的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " +"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " +"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." +msgstr "如需在制造之外采购一些组件，选择**可以购买**。分组件产品表单中的所有其他字段都可根据你的偏好配置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" +msgstr "使用单个的BoM描述单一产品的多个变体" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Odoo允许你为同一产品的多个变量使用物料清单。启用变量的方式很简单，只需从 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 中选择。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "然后就可以指定每个产品变量的制造中需要用哪些部件行。可以为每个行指定多个变量。如果没有指定变量，这一行可以用于所有的变量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "在行与项目对应的基础上定义变量BoM时，BoM主区域的 **产品变量** 字段应不填内容。这一字段只在为产品的一个变量创建BoM时有用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" +msgstr "如何将将一套产品作为一个套件销售" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " +"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " +"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " +"Manufacturing apps must be installed." +msgstr "" +"**套件**是一套送货前未组装或混合的部件，它们在Odoo中用*物料票（bills of " +"materials）*描述。根据套件产品的管理形式，有两种基本的配置方法。每种方法中，都必须安装“库存”和“制造”App。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "管理部件产品库存" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " +"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " +"step." +msgstr "如你希望订货时组装这些套件，只对套件*部件*库存进行管理，则应跳过制造步骤使用Kit BoM。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " +"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " +"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " +"right shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" +"使用Kit " +"BoM的产品将作为单行项目在报价和销售订单中显示，但它会为套件中的每个部件都生成一个单行送货单。在以下例子中，左边的图片显示\"自定义电脑套件\"的销售订单，右边的图片显示对应的送货订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " +"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " +"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " +"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" +" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " +"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." +msgstr "" +"从“库存”或“制造”App的**产品**菜单中为每个需要的部件创建产品，然后创建顶级或套件产品。套件产品应该只有**制造**路由，因为你无法跟踪套件产品的库存，产品类型可设为**消耗品**。由于套件产品是无法购买的，所以应取消“可购买”前面的勾号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no special configuration." +msgstr "套件产品的所有其他参数都可按照你的偏好进行修改。套件产品无需特别的配置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " +"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " +"their default values." +msgstr "产品配置完成后，为套件产品创建一个物料清单。添加每个部件及数量。为BoM类别选择**将本产品作为部件发货**。其他选择可以保持默认值不变。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "管理套件及部件产品的库存" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" +" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" +" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " +"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " +"will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" +"如需管理最高等级套件产品的存货，需要采用有制造步骤的标准BoM而不用Kit " +"BoM。使用标准BoM组装套件时将创建一个制造订单。该制造订单必须注册方能在存货中显示套件产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " +"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" +"在套件产品中选择**制造**路由。也可选择**按单补货**，这会在每次确认销售订单时创建一个制造订单。请选择产品类别为**可贮存品**启用库存管理。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 +msgid "" +"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " +"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" +" order rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "当你创建物料清单时，将BoM类别选择为**制造此产品**。套件的组装由制造订单而非包装操作来定义。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 +msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" +msgstr "如何处理一个制造订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " +"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " +"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " +"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " +"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " +"performed in an order defined by **routings**." +msgstr "" +"Odoo中有两种管理制造的基本方式。第一种方式只管理唯一的文件，即**制造订单**。第二种方式使用额外的文件，对制造过程进行精确控制。这种方式下，**制造订单**被分割到一个或多个步骤（通过**路由**定义的订单中的**工单**执行）" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 +msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" +msgstr "如何在没有路由的情况下管理制造" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " +"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " +"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " +"work orders and routings." +msgstr "" +"如果所有制造产品的工作都在一个地方、由一人以一个步骤执行，以及/或者你不需要工单和路由提供的粒度控制级别，那么你很有可能在没有路由的情况下使用制造订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " +"are two basic phases from planning to production:" +msgstr "这种方式的操作管理是Odoo的默认动作。从规划到制造有两个基本阶段：" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 +msgid "Create manufacturing orders" +msgstr "创建制造订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 +msgid "Record Production" +msgstr "记录生产" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 +msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" +msgstr "如何以路由和工单管理制造" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" +" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " +"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " +"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." +msgstr "" +"为使用工单和路由，你需要从 " +":menuselection:`配置->设置选择并启用**用工单管理生产**，然后将路由添加到物料清单，再配置一些额外的关联字段。你还可以创建**工作中心**，即工单被执行的地点。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " +"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " +"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." +msgstr "用路由和工单进行制造时，每个工单都是独立排定的。你还可以进行时间和工作量规划，以及工作中心级别的开销与效率报告。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " +"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " +"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" +" step of scheduling work orders." +msgstr "使用路由制造也可分解为多个步骤。配置BoM时，你需要添加路由来定义组件的工单。完成制造订单的规划之后，你就在工单排定中添加了额外的步骤。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 +msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" +msgstr "工作流由此被分解到三个基本阶段中，如下所示：" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 +msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." +msgstr "计划相关工单的日程" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 +msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." +msgstr "执行排定的工作并记录产出" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "如何管理产品变体的BoM" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "如何管理半成品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" +msgstr "配置顶级产品BoM" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 +msgid "Unbuild a product" +msgstr "拆解产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " +"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" +" unbuild products you have received." +msgstr "在Odoo制造应用程序中，你可*拆解*产品。你可管理两种用例：(1)你可拆解自己创建的产品或(2)你可拆解接收的产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " +"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " +"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " +"product." +msgstr "我们先看第一种情况，你自行制造产品。如果你的某件产品存在缺陷，你可能希望将它拆解而不是完全报废，以便重新利用产品中的某些部件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " +"unbuilding them and recycling them." +msgstr "在第二种情况中，你购买产品的唯一目的就是将其拆解并回收。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 +msgid "Unbuild Order" +msgstr "拆解单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 +msgid "" +"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" +" menu *Unbuild Orders*." +msgstr "在制造应用程序中，在*操作*选项卡下，你可找到*拆解单*菜单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " +"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " +"something you received." +msgstr "在创建新拆解单时，如果是拆解你自行制造的产品，可选择制造订单，如果是拆解你收到的产品，只需选择该产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 +msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." +msgstr "完成后，只需点击拆解，流程结束。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " +"components from the MO back in stock." +msgstr "如你拆解的是之前制造的产品，制造订单中的部件将返回库存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " +"BoM back in stock." +msgstr "如果你拆解的是购买的产品，物料清单中的部件将返回库存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:6 +msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair.rst:4 +msgid "Repair Management" +msgstr "维修管理" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +msgid "Repair products" +msgstr "维修产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " +"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " +"defect." +msgstr "Odoo*维修*应用程序不仅可管理完整的售后流程，还可轻松维修存在缺陷的已制造产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 +msgid "Create a Repair Order" +msgstr "创建维修单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " +"new one." +msgstr "在应用程序中，你可访问现有*维修单*或创建新维修单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +msgid "Manage a repair" +msgstr "管理维修" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." +" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " +"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" +" might need, etc." +msgstr "当客户发给你需要维修的产品时，创建新的*维修单*，填写所有相关信息，如产品、客户、维修之前或之后是否需要开单、可能需要的零部件等。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " +"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " +"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." +msgstr "完成后，你可将维修报价发送给客户。如批准，你可确认维修。然后，你可开始维修并在完成后结束维修。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +msgid "You can now invoice the repair." +msgstr "现在，你可就维修开单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "采购" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases.rst:3 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "采购" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "主数据" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 +msgid "Import vendors pricelists" +msgstr "导入供应商价格表" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " +"to date on products pricing." +msgstr "导入供应商价格表对于了解产品最新定价至关重要。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选“供应商价格表”。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 +msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." +msgstr "不要忘记在左上角点击保存设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 +msgid "Import a pricelist" +msgstr "导入价格表" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 +msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" +msgstr "如要导入，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 供应商价格表`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " +"import." +msgstr "加载文件，检查各项是否正确，然后点击导入。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 +msgid "See below a template of the columns used." +msgstr "以下是栏目模板示例。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 +msgid "" +":download:`Click here to download the template " +"<files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 +msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" +msgstr "设置一种产品的多家供应商" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " +"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." +msgstr "如果你需要从多家供应商采购一种产品，Odoo可直接将它们关联到一种产品之下。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 +msgid "Add vendors in a product" +msgstr "为产品添加供应商" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " +"select a product." +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 产品`，然后选择一种产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "你可在此为产品添加现有供应商或快速创建新供应商。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " +"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." +msgstr "每次当产品第一次从一个新的供应商处被采购, Odoo会自动链接联系人和价格。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 +msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" +msgstr "添加产品和数量及有效期" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " +"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " +"period." +msgstr "在向产品添加供应商时，你可添加供应商产品名称和代码，以及设定最小数量、价格和有效期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " +"t-shirt in different sizes!" +msgstr "Odoo的这项功能也适用于产品的变体，比如不同尺寸的同一款T恤。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" +msgstr "采购与销售使用不同的计量单位" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " +"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" +" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" +" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " +"between sales and purchase very easily." +msgstr "" +"在日常业务中，您的供应商可能会使用与销售不同的计量单位。 这可能会导致销售代表与采购代表之间的混乱，甚至使您浪费大量时间进行转换。 " +"幸运的是，在Odoo中，您可以轻松地处理买卖之间的不同计量单位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Let's take the following examples:" +msgstr "让我们看如下例子 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " +"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " +"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " +"quantities in **Liters**." +msgstr "" +"你从供应商处买水, 供应商是美国人, 以 **加仑** 计量卖水。然而你的客户是欧洲人。因此你看到你的采购数量显示是 **加仑** 位单位, 销售数量是" +" **公升** 为单位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" +" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." +msgstr "您从供应商处购买窗帘。供应商卖给你窗帘的单位 **卷** , 你以 **平方米** 卖窗帘。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" +msgstr "安装采购和销售模块" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " +"correctly installed." +msgstr "第一步确认应用程序 **销售** 和 **采购** 已安装。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom01|" +msgstr "|uom01|" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom02|" +msgstr "|uom02|" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 +msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" +msgstr "允许计量单位选择" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " +"unit of measures (advanced)** box." +msgstr "" +"进入采购模块, 选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 然后勾选 **一些产品可能使用不同的计量单位销售/采购(高级)** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" +msgstr "指定销售和采购的计量单位" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 +msgid "Standard units of measures" +msgstr "标准计量单位" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " +"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" +" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " +"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." +msgstr "" +"让我们采用Odoo标准的计量单位作为第一个案例。请记住销售和采购的不同的计量单位必须在同一类型下。类型包括: **件** ， **重量** ， " +"**工作时间** ， **量** ，等等。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 +msgid "" +"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " +"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." +msgstr "可以创建你自己的类型和计量单位如果在Odoo标准中不存在的话(参考下一章)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " +"customers in **Liters**." +msgstr "假设我们从供应商处以 **加仑** 买水然后以 **公升** 卖给客户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Products`." +msgstr "我们进入采购模块并选择 :menuselection:`采购 --> 产品` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " +"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" +" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " +"purchase)." +msgstr "" +"创建你的产品或选一个现成的。在产品一般信息中, 你可以选择 **计量单位** (会在销售, 库存...中使用) 和 **采购计量单位** (采购用)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " +"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "在这里选择 **计量单位** 为 **公升** 以及 **采购的计量单位** 为 **加仑** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 +msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" +msgstr "创建你自己的计量单位以及计量单位种类" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " +"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " +"curtains in **square meters**)." +msgstr "第二个案例(你从供应商处买窗帘, 供应商卖给你的单位是 **卷** , 你以 **平方米** 销售) 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " +"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " +"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" +" where both units have a conversion relationship." +msgstr "" +"这两个计量单位是不同的类型。记住, 你不能关联一个现存的单位和不同类型的存在的单位。我们首先要创建一个共享的 **单位类型** " +"来处理这两个单位的转换关系。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" +" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " +"below)." +msgstr "" +"为此，进入销售模块, 选择菜单选项 :menuselection:`设置 --> 产品 --> 计量单位' 通过下拉菜单点击创建和编辑来创建一个新的 " +"**单位类型** (如下图)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " +"**Inter-Category-Computation**." +msgstr "创建一个新的计量单位。在这个案例中，我们的类型被命名为 **内部-类型-计算** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " +"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " +"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " +"of Measure`." +msgstr "" +"下一步创建 **卷** 和 **平方米** 的计量单位并关联到新的类型。这么做, 去采购模块, 选择:menuselection:`设置 --> 产品 " +"--> 计量单位' 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 +msgid "Create two new units:" +msgstr "创建两个新的单位 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" +" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" +" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " +"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" +" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"单位 **卷** 是内部-类型-计算的一部分并且是 **参照单位类型** (见下图)。 " +"参照单位类型是在类型中被设为参照的单位。意思是其他单位会按照这个单位 (例如 : 1 卷=10平米, 2卷=20平米, 等等)来转换的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" +" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " +"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " +"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." +msgstr "" +"对于 **平方米** ，我们会指定 ``1卷 = 10平方米`` 的窗帘。平方米大于参照单位的话，必须指定类型。 **更大比率** 是 ``10`` " +"作为` ` 1卷 = 10平方米`` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 +msgid "" +"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " +"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." +msgstr "现在可以在产品界面把 **平方米** 做为计量单位， 把 **卷** 作为采购单位了。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 +msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" +msgstr "询价单和采购订单 " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 +msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" +msgstr "通过3方面匹配确定支付供应商账单的时点" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " +"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " +"products have been received." +msgstr "在某些行业，你可能在收到订购的产品之前就收到了供应商账单。但是，你可能不想在尚未收到产品时付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." +msgstr "为了定义是否应该支付供应商账单，你可以使用*3方面匹配*来确定。它指的是将*采购订单*，*供应商账单*和*收货*页面上的信息进行比对。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " +"bills." +msgstr "三向匹配可帮助您避免支付不正确或欺诈性的供应商账单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用 *三方面匹配* 功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "我应该支付此供应商账单吗？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " +"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "在启用此功能后，在 *其他信息* 选项卡下的供应商账单上会显示新的 *应付* 行。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 +msgid "" +"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " +"not." +msgstr "这样，你在Odoo上可以轻松查看是否需要支付供应商账单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " +"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" +" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." +msgstr "状态由Odoo自动定义。但是，如果你想手动定义这个状态，可以勾选强制状态框，然后就可以手动设置是否应该支付供应商账单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" +msgstr "分析我的供应商的表现" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " +"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " +"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" +msgstr "如果你的公司通常从几个供应商处采购产品, 统计报告对于你的采购是很有帮助的。有多个原因来追踪和分析你的供应商的表现 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 +msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +msgstr "你会看到你的公司是如何依赖于一个供应商的；" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" +msgstr "你可以就价格进行谈判;" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" +msgstr "可以检查每个供应商的平均交货时间；" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "等等。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " +"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " +"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " +"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " +"their future orders." +msgstr "" +"例如，一个每周向多个供应商发布数十个采购订单的IT产品经销商可能希望为每种产品衡量为每个供应商支付的总价和交货延迟。 " +"公司收集的见解将帮助它更好地分析，预测和计划他们的未来订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" +msgstr "安装采购管理模块" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " +"module." +msgstr "在 **应用** 菜单，搜索并安装 **采购管理** 模块。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 +msgid "Issue some purchase orders" +msgstr "发布一些采购订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " +"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." +msgstr "当然，为了分析供应商的表现，你需要发布一些 **询价单** 并确认 **采购订单** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "Analyzing your vendors" +msgstr "分析供应商" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 +msgid "Generate flexible reports" +msgstr "生成灵活的报告" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " +"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " +"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " +"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " +"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " +"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +msgstr "" +"你可以在报告菜单访问你的供应商的表现。默认情况下，这个报告是以你的采购单按 **每个月** ， **每个供应商** 的 **总价** , " +"**产品数量** 和 **平均价** 来分组的透析表。从这个基本报表中，你可以快速概览您的实际表现。你可以通过 **衡量** " +"图标添加许多其他数据到你的报告中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " +"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " +"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " +"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " +"\"Products\"." +msgstr "" +"通过点击 **+** 和 **-** 图标，你可以向上和向下更改信息的显示方式。例如, 我要看到本月所有采购的产品， 我需要点击 **+** " +"图标在纵轴的产品上。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " +"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" +" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " +"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " +"below." +msgstr "" +"根据要突出显示的数据，您可能需要以更直观的视图显示报告。你可以点击3个类型视图: **饼图** ，**条形图** ，**折线图** 来转换你的报告: " +"这些视图通过下面截屏上的突显的图标访问。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " +"dependent and one independent measure." +msgstr "相对于透视表, 图形表只能用一个相关和一个非相关的衡量来计算。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Customize reports" +msgstr "定制报表" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " +"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " +"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " +"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " +"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " +"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " +"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " +"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +msgstr "" +"你可以按你的需求方便地定制你的采购报告。为此，点击搜索栏最后的放大镜，使用在你右手边的 **高级搜索视图** 。 **过滤器** " +"选项对于显示某些类别的数据非常有用，而分组依据选项则可以提高报告的可读性。 请注意，您可以按任何现有字段进行过滤和分组，从而使自定义变得非常灵活和强大。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " +"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " +"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +msgstr "" +"您可以通过以下方式保存和重复使用任何自定义过滤器：在 **高级搜索视图** 中单击 **收藏夹** ，然后单击 **保存当前搜索** 。 然后可以从 " +"**收藏夹** 菜单访问已保存的过滤器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 +msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" +msgstr "请求经理审批高价订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " +"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." +msgstr "对于高价订单，你可能需要经理审批并确认订单。Odoo也可轻松完成这项设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " +"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." +msgstr "" +"如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用 *订单审批* " +"功能。你也可在此设定启用这项功能的最低金额限制。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" +msgstr "创建新的询价单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" +" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " +"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." +msgstr "在创建新询价单时，如果订单由用户创建而不是经理创建，且订单金额超过你规定的最低金额，这个流程中将引入新的 *待批准* 状态。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 +msgid "Approve the order" +msgstr "审批订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " +"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " +"of what your users can or can't do." +msgstr "如果你是采购经理，你现在可以进入采购订单，在确认无误后批准订单。让你全面控制允许/不允许用户进行的操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 +msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." +msgstr "一旦确认, 采购订单就按照正常的步骤。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 +msgid "Bill Control" +msgstr "账单管理" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" +" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" +" you receive the goods." +msgstr "你可在Odoo中定义设置并用于控制账单。 *账单控制* 可用于选择供应商是在你收到货物之前或之后发送账单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并选择你控制账单的方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 +msgid "Change the control policy" +msgstr "更改控制政策" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" +" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " +"page under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "尽管以上设置将作为默认的账单控制方法，但你始终可以通过每个产品页面 *采购* 选项卡选择产品的开单方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." +msgstr "你可以希望针对不同类型的产品使用不同设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 +msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" +msgstr "验证供应商账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " +"*Shipment* tab," +msgstr "如果你尚未收到 *送货* 选项卡 *采购订单* 下的任何产品，" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " +"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" +" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " +"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." +msgstr "" +"根据以上定义的账单政策。如果你应按照订购数量开单，Odoo将按订购的单位数量拟定账单。如果你应按照收到数量开单，Odoo将如上所示拟定 0 的账单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "Cancel a purchase order" +msgstr "取消采购订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " +"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" +" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" +"由于误解，人为错误或计划变更，有时有必要取消发送给供应商的采购订单。即使部分或全部已订购的货物已经到达您的仓库，Odoo仍可以使您执行此操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 +msgid "" +"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " +"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " +"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " +"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " +"cancel." +msgstr "" +"首先我们用一个你采购了 **3个iPad mini** 还没有调拨的例子。由于使用 **采购** 模块时需要安装库存模块， " +"这样也可以看看部分取消交货的情况。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "创建采购订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " +"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " +"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" +msgstr "" +"第一步通过创建一个 **询价单(RFQ)** 来生成一个 **采购单** , 通过菜单 :menuselection:`采购 --> 采购 --> " +"询价单' 确认你的询价单生成采购单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 +msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" +msgstr "取消你的采购订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 +msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" +msgstr "用例 1 :你还没有收到货物" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " +"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." +msgstr "如果您确认了购买订单但尚未收到商品，则只需单击取消按钮即可取消订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " +"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." +msgstr "Odoo 会自动取消和这个采购单相关的未完成的运输。 **采购单** 的状态栏上会变成 **取消** 。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 +msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" +msgstr "用例 2 :部分已交货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " +"cancel the PO." +msgstr "在这个用例中, 在你取消采购单前 **3 个 iPad Mini** 中的 **2个** 已经到货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 +msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" +msgstr "登记已收货物并取消延期交货订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " +"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." +" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " +"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." +msgstr "" +"第一要做的事是登记已收货物并取消准备发货的 **第三个 iPad Mini** 。在采购单中, 点击 **收货** 并在 **iPad Mini " +"定单行** 上, 在 **完成** 栏, 手动更改已收数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 +msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" +msgstr "更多内容请参阅 :doc:`reception` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " +"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " +"ask you the permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "当点击 **验证** , Odoo 会提示你已完成的产品小于要求的(在这个例子中是2个而不是3个), 并会要求你生成一个延期交货订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" +" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " +"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." +msgstr "点击 **没有延期交货订单** 来取消剩下的定购, 你会发现要接收的货物数量已更改, 交货情况变成 **完成** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 +msgid "Create reverse transfer" +msgstr "创建逆转调拨。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" +" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." +" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" +" corresponding location and click on **Return**." +msgstr "" +"现在，你需要返还你已经收到的iPad Minis 给你的供应商。点击 **逆转** 按钮。一个反向传输窗口会跳出。输入数量和要返回的库位，点击 " +"*返还** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " +"stock to your vendor location." +msgstr "在库存中进行返还发货和控制库存移动到你供应商的库位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" +" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " +"cancelled." +msgstr "当逆转调拨完成后, 你的采购单的状态会自动变成完成, 意味着你的采购单被完全取消了。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`bills`" +msgstr ":doc:`bills` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`reception`" +msgstr ":doc:`reception` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "创建询价单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " +"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " +"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " +"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " +"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." +msgstr "" +"询价单(RFQ)是当你打算采购一些产品并希望收到报价。在Odoo中, 询价单用来发送你想采购的产品清单给你的供应商。一旦供应商回复了你的请求, " +"你可以选择继续以这个报价采购还是驳回。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 +msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "创建询价单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " +"Quotation` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "在采购模块, 打开菜单选择:menuselection:`采购 --> 询价' 点击 **创建** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " +"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " +"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." +msgstr "" +"在 **供应商** 菜单选择你的供应商, 或者通过点击 **创建并编辑** 来创建。在 **订购日期** 字段中，选择要进行实际订购的日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " +"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " +"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " +"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " +"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " +"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " +"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " +"supplier or enter a new one)." +msgstr "" +"在 **产品** , 点击增加一个项目, 在 **产品** 菜单中选择你要采购的产品。指定 **数量** 和单位。在 **单价** 字段, " +"指定你想要得到的价格(你也可以留空, 如果你不知道该是多少价格), 在计划日期字段填写希望的交货日期。点击 **保存** , 然后 **打印询价单** " +"或 **通过邮件发送询价单** (确认邮件地址已经指定给这个供应商或者输入一个新的)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 +msgid "" +"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" +" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." +msgstr "点击 **发送** 后, 你可以看到询价单的状态会从 **草稿** 到 **询价单已发出** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " +"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " +"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." +msgstr "" +"一旦你的供应商回复了你的询价，点击 **编辑** 更新询价单来匹配这个询价(价格，税，预期交货时间，付款条款，等等。)然后点击 **保存** " +"来发布一个采购单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " +"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." +msgstr "为了处理这个订单, 点击 **确认订单** 发送订单给供应商。询价单的状态会变成 **采购单** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" +" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." +msgstr "询价单的状态会变成采购订单。在右上角的标签会显示 1个发货单和 0个发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship products" +msgstr "代发货产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" +" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " +"customer." +msgstr "代发货是指供应商不保有产品库存，而是由生产商直接将产品发给客户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " +"to work." +msgstr "这项功能需要 *销售* 、 *库存* 和 *采购* 模块。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" +msgstr "启用代发货功能" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Dropshipping*." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并选择 *代发货* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " +"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " +"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " +"drop shipped." +msgstr "" +"已创建新路线 *代发货* 。你可进入产品页面并勾选代发货路线。你还需定义从哪家供应商购买产品。之后， 每次售出该产品时，都会采用代发货方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " +"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +msgstr "如果该产品有时不需要代发货，你可前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选 *特定订单路线* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " +"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " +"dropship route on the SO line." +msgstr "当你创建报价或销售订单时，你可按订单行逐一决定是否需要代发货，只需选择销售订单行的代发货路线。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "Drop ship a product" +msgstr "产品代发货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " +"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " +"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " +"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" +" through your own stock." +msgstr "" +"在产品销售订单被确认后，Odoo将生成询价单，以购买产品给供应商。如果你将询价单确认为采购订单，它将创建供应商与客户之间的直接转移。产品不会经过你的库存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Lock a purchase order" +msgstr "锁定采购订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." +msgstr "在订单被确认后，你可将其锁定，避免进一步编辑。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用 *锁定已确认订单* 功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 +msgid "Lock an order" +msgstr "锁定订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 +msgid "" +"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " +"the order preventing any further modification on the document." +msgstr "在处理订单过程中，确认订单后，你可将其锁定，避免对该文件进行任何进一步修改。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 +msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" +msgstr "如需进行其他更改，你可解锁该文件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 +msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" +msgstr "控制收到的产品（全部和部分）" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " +"products to receive and to control supplier bills." +msgstr " **采购** 应用可以让你管理你的采购订单, 控制产品收货和控制供应商账单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" +" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " +"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." +msgstr "如果你想要产品预测和收货在控制之下, 第一步要做的是部署Odoo采购过程。知道已经买了什么，是预测和控制收货的基础。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 +msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "安装采购和库存程序" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " +"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " +"others), which is required with **Purchase**." +msgstr "从安装采购程序开始，这将自动触发 **库存** 应用安装(除了别的以外)，这是 **采购** 所需要的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 +msgid "Create products" +msgstr "创建产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " +"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" +"然后, 你需要生成一个你要采购的产品。在 **采购** 界面, :menuselection:`采购 --> 产品' , 点击 **创建** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 +msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" +msgstr "当创建产品时, **产品类型** 字段是重要的 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." +msgstr " **可库存&可消耗** : 产品需要在库存中收取。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " +"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." +msgstr "**服务和数码产品** （仅在安装 **电子商务** 应用程序时）：无法控制您收到或接收的内容。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " +"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " +"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" +" set his product type field as **Service**." +msgstr "" +"对于很少采购或者不需要管理库存, 或者不需要采购/销售统计的产品。创建 **杂项** 产品是个好方法。如果你创建了这样的产品, 建议设置产品类型字段为 " +"**服务** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 +msgid "Control products receptions" +msgstr "控制产品收取。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 +msgid "Purchase products" +msgstr "采购产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " +"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" +" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " +"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " +"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." +msgstr "" +"在采购应用界面, 创建一个有一些产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个销售订单或是一个报价, 把它的参照号放在 **供应商参照** " +"字段里。这可以帮你在稍后方便地对应交货单(因为交货单很可能包含他的销售订单 **供应商参照** )。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 +msgid "Receive Products" +msgstr "接收产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " +"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " +"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " +"receipt box of the related warehouse." +msgstr "" +"如果你采购实际产品(可库存货可消费产品), 你可以从 **库存** 程序收取产品。从 **库存** 仪表盘, 你可以在相关仓库的收货框中看到一个按钮 " +"**X 可以收货** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " +"warehouse." +msgstr "单击此按钮，您可以访问该仓库的所有等待订单的列表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " +"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " +"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" +" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " +"the lines within it." +msgstr "" +"如果你有很多等待中的订单， 你可以使用过滤功能来搜索你的采购单的参考信息, 比如 **供应商** (在Odoo中也叫 **业务合作伙伴** " +")，产品或者源文档。你可以打开符合条件的交货单并处理它。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " +"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " +"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " +"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." +msgstr "" +"您可以通过点击 **验证** 按钮一次验证整个订单, 也可以逐个控制所有的产品, 通过手动更改 **完成量** (实际上已收到)。当产品行是绿色, " +"则表示已收和预期的量匹配。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " +"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " +"the quantity received." +msgstr "如果你使用批次号或序列号, 则不能直接设定已收的数量, 你必须提供所有批次或序列号记录已收到的数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 +msgid "" +"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" +" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "当你验证已收的货物少于初始需求时, Odoo会要求你产生一个延期交货订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " +"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " +"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." +msgstr "" +"如果你打算将来收取剩下的产品, 选择 **创建延期交货订单** 。Odoo为等待的产品会产生一个文件。如果你选择 **没有延期交货订单** , " +"这个订单会被认为已经完成了。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`cancel`" +msgstr ":doc:`cancel` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 +msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" +msgstr "对采购订单提出警告" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " +"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." +msgstr "*警告* 功能可根据供应商或产品对采购订单提出警告或阻止消息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " +"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " +"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "例如，如果某供应商经常出问题，你可能想在向该供应商采购时提出警告。如果某产品即将停产，你可能想在采购订单上发出阻止消息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用 *警告* 功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 +msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" +msgstr "针对供应商添加警告" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " +"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " +"blocking message." +msgstr "当启用本功能后，供应商的 *内部备注* 选项卡下将出现一个新选项。你可决定添加简单的警告或是阻止消息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 +msgid "Add a warning on a product" +msgstr "针对产品添加警告" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" +" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." +msgstr "当启用本功能后，产品页面的 *采购* 选项卡下将出现一个新选项，你可在此添加警告或是阻止消息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 +msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" +msgstr "试图在警告或阻止信息情况下进行采购" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " +"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." +msgstr "如果你试图确认带有警告的供应商或产品的 *采购订单* ，页面将显示信息。你可点击确认，忽略该信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 +msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." +msgstr "但是，如果是阻止信息，你无法将它直接忽略。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Agreements" +msgstr "采购申请" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" +msgstr "管理一揽子订购" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " +"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " +"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." +msgstr "一揽子订购是指客户允许供应商在一段时间内按多个日期交货的采购订单，一揽子订购通常会利用预先确定定价的优势。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用 *采购协议* 功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 +msgid "Start a Blanket Order" +msgstr "开始一揽子订购" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " +"Agreements`." +msgstr "如要使用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 采购协议`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " +"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "在创建采购协议后，访问 *协议类型* 下拉菜单并选择 *一揽子订购* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " +"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." +msgstr "然后，你可以创建新的一揽子订购，选择供应商、产品、协议截止日期、订货日期和交货日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " +"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " +"the top right corner of the document." +msgstr "检查采购协议并确认。它的状态将从 *草稿* 变为 *正在进行* ，右上角将出现新的 *询价单/订单* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 +msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" +msgstr "从一揽子订购创建询价单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " +"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " +"choose the quantity and confirm the order." +msgstr "你可从一揽子订购创建新报价，Odoo将按一揽子订购中的产品自动填写该文件，你只需要选择数量并确认订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" +" you have already ordered from your blanket order." +msgstr "当你返回一揽子订购时，可以看到已经从一揽子订购的已订购的数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 +msgid "Vendors prices on your product" +msgstr "产品的供应商价格" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " +"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " +"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " +"name." +msgstr "在确认一揽子订购后，产品页面将添加一行新的供应商信息。你可通过供应商名称左侧的箭头查看哪些产品与一揽子订购关联并予以优先考虑。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " +"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." +msgstr "由于这项功能，一揽子订购可用于自动补货（使用 *重订货规则* 或 *按订单* 配置）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " +"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" +msgstr "你也可从经典询价单目录创建 *询价单* 并将它们与已有的 *一揽子订购* 关联。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Call for Tender" +msgstr "管理招标" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." +msgstr "招标是指要求多家供应商报价以获取最有意向价格的特殊程序。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用 *采购协议* 功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 +msgid "Create a Call for Tender" +msgstr "创建招标" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " +"and select *Call for Tender*." +msgstr "创建新的采购协议，访问 *协议类型* 下拉菜单并选择 *招标* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " +"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " +"right corner of the document." +msgstr "检查采购协议并确认，它的状态将从 *草稿* 变为 *已确认* ，右上角将出现新的 *询价单/订单* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 +msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" +msgstr "从招标页面请求新报价" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " +"from your Call for Tender." +msgstr "在招标页面，Odoo将从你的招标产品中自动填充询价单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 +msgid "Select the best offer" +msgstr "选择最佳报价" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" +" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." +msgstr "在你选择并确认最佳报价后，与招标相关的所有询价单和订单都将显示在 *询价单/订单* 按钮下。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 +msgid "Close the Call for Tender" +msgstr "关闭招标" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 +msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." +msgstr "完成招标后，请勿忘记关闭它。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "补货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment Flows" +msgstr "补货流程" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 +msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" +msgstr "安排收货和发货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " +"Times*." +msgstr "如要管理供应链排期，你需使用Odoo *前置时间* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 +msgid "" +"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " +"manufacture products." +msgstr "*前置时间* 指接收、交付或制造产品预计所需时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 +msgid "Configure Lead Times" +msgstr "配置前置时间" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 +msgid "Vendor Lead Time" +msgstr "供应商前置时间" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " +"product to you." +msgstr "供应商前置时间是指供应商向你交付产品所需的时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " +"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " +"lead time for that Vendor & Product." +msgstr "如要配置供应商交货时间，前往产品页面，在采购选项卡下，点击 *供应商* ，你可在此更改供应商和产品的交付交货时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "客户交货时间" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " +"the product to your customer." +msgstr "另一方面，客户交货时间是您将产品交付给客户所需的时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "如要配置你的客户交货时间，打开产品并进入 *库存* 选项卡。然后你可以添加需要的天数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 +msgid "Manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "制造前置时间" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." +msgstr "制造前置时间是指你制造产品所需的时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "如要配置你的制造前置时间，打开产品并进入 *库存* 选项卡。然后你可以添加需要的天数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" +msgstr "配置安全前置时间" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " +"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " +"engagements." +msgstr "Odoo还可配置 *安全天数 *，以便应对供应链可能的延迟，确保履行契约。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " +"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " +"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." +msgstr "最简便的方法是从任意模块进入 *设置* 页面，并在搜索栏键入 *前置时间* 。在此勾选每个方框并根据需求配置 *安全前置时间* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " +"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." +msgstr "或者，你可进入 *库存* 模块和 *制造* 模块的设置页面，配置上述设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 +msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" +msgstr "某用例中的前置时间和安全时间" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 +msgid "" +"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " +"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " +"is your product’s configuration:" +msgstr "例如，你今天（1月1日）卖出一辆订购轿车，你向客户承诺在20天内（1月20日）交付。以下是你的产品配置：" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 +msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" +msgstr "销售的安全前置时间：1天" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 +msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" +msgstr "采购的安全前置时间：1天" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 +msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" +msgstr "供应商交付前置时间：9天" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" +" your configuration." +msgstr "在这种情形下，调度器将根据你的配置触发以下事件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 +msgid "" +"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Sales)" +msgstr "1月19日：排定的交货日期（1月20日 - 1天的销售安全前置时间）" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 +msgid "" +"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Purchase)" +msgstr "1月18日：排定的收货日期（1月19日 - 1天的采购安全前置时间）" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 +msgid "" +"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " +"9 days of vendor lead time)" +msgstr "1月10日：订购日期 = 向你的供应商下单的截止日期（1月19日 - 9天的供应商前置时间）" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Setup drop-shipping" +msgstr "设置代发货" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " +"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." +msgstr "直销允许从供应商处直接发货给客户。这意味着产品不通过你的仓库。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 +msgid "" +"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " +"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " +"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " +"section." +msgstr "" +"首先, 配置 **路线** 和 **直销** 。打开菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置' 。在 **路线** " +"部分选中 **产品使用高级路线** 并且在 **直销** 部分选择 **允许供应商发货给你的客户** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " +"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " +"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" +"你还要在销售订单中允许路线选择, 在 **销售** 模块, 进入菜单选项 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选 " +"**在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 +msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" +msgstr "如何使用代发货？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " +"concerned order lines." +msgstr "创建销售订单并在相关订单行上选择路线为 **代发货** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " +"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." +msgstr "一旦订单被确认, 不会从你的仓库产生移动。货物会从供应商处直接发给客户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" +" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." +msgstr "为了能给发货开发票，你必须在你的产品上设置你的开票政策为 **已订数量** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 +msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" +msgstr "根据销售（按订单）触发采购订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " +"orders on each sale you make." +msgstr "如果你未保有产品库存，可能需要按每笔销售触发采购订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" +" just one step." +msgstr "Odoo拥有全面集成的解决方案，只需一步即可轻松完成此操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure the product" +msgstr "配置产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " +"*Make To Order*." +msgstr "打开产品表单，在库存选项卡下，勾选 *采购* 和 *定制* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 +msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "请勿忘记还需在 *采购* 选项卡下设置供应商。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " +"Odoo for this feature to work." +msgstr "这项功能需要Odoo安装 *库存* 、 *销售* 和 *采购* 模块。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 +msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" +msgstr "利用采购和MTO创建销售订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " +"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." +msgstr "为产品创建新的销售订单。在你确认订单后，系统将创建交货单，状态为 *等待其他作业* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " +"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " +"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." +msgstr "在 *采购* 模块将自动创建新的询价单。请注意，通过询价单上的 *源单据* 字段，你可查看询价单是根据哪张销售订单创建的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " +"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" +" *Shipment* button." +msgstr "当你确认询价单并将其变为采购订单后，系统将自动创建收货页面，并可通过 *送货* 按钮直接从采购订单访问。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " +"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." +msgstr "你可确认产品收货情况。当你返回交货单时，可以看到产品已准备好送货。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " +"automatically under it." +msgstr "只要询价单未确认，Odoo将自动在下面添加采购订单行。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" +msgstr "利用重订货规则，不必担心库存耗尽" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " +"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " +"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." +msgstr "为了避免库存耗尽，你可以为产品定义 *重订货规则* 。利用重订货规则，Odoo将在库存达到最小库存水平时补货。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 +msgid "Set a reordering rule" +msgstr "设置重订货规则" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 +msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgstr "打开库存产品，你将看到 *重订货规则* 选项卡。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." +msgstr "你也可从 :menuselection:`库存 --> 主数据 --> 重订货规则`访问所有的重订货规则。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " +"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " +"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." +msgstr "在下一个菜单中，你可创建与产品关联的重订货规则。之后，当产品达到最小数量时，它会自动将库存补充至 **最大数量** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " +"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " +"12:00PM." +msgstr "补货会在库存模块的调度器运行时发生。默认情况下，调度器会在每天晚上12 :00运行。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 +msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" +" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " +"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." +msgstr "从现在起, 每次有重订货规则的产品达到最小库存时，系统会根据产品配置（例如，创建询价单、创建生产订单等），自动判断如何满足该需求。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "故障排除" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " +"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " +"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " +"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," +" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " +"issue with the configuration." +msgstr "" +"为了确保重订货规则正常运行，你必须正确配置产品。如你使用 *采购* 路径，你需要提供产品供应商。如你使用 *制造* " +"路径，你需要提供产品物料清单。如产品未完全配置或路线有误，系统将在产品上记录下一项活动，通知你配置存在问题。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-Companies" +msgstr "多公司" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" +msgstr "如何设置多公司销售/采购流程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " +"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " +"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " +"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." +msgstr "Odoo 不但提供帮助小型公司增长业务的优秀的解决方案。而且适用于跨国公司的需求.内部公司功能帮你在不同的子公司内买/卖产品和服务。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " +"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " +"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " +"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " +"on your sales and purchase orders." +msgstr "" +"采购订单和销售订单能够被关联。如果你的集团下的子公司创建了一个采购订单或销售订单, " +"相关的文档会自动生成。你要做的只是检查正确性并确认销售。你可以在你的销售或采购单上自动校验。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 +msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." +msgstr "你也可能只是处理发票和退款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Manage intercompany rules" +msgstr "管理内部公司规则" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" +" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." +msgstr "在菜单 :menuselection:`设置 --> 常规设置`。选择 **管理多公司** 和 **管理内部公司** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "点击 **应用** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 +msgid "New options will appear." +msgstr "新的选项会显示。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." +msgstr "在下拉列表中，选择您要添加规则的公司。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " +"options." +msgstr "如果点击 **为内部公司的SO 和 PO 设置** ，你能得到额外的选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " +"for the other companies." +msgstr "当你完成后，点击 **应用** ，然后你可以对其他重复一样的步骤。" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " +"user has the rights to manage the companies." +msgstr "为了能管理内部公司规则, 确认你的用户有权限管理公司。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po deleted file mode 100644 index 113163b07..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,452 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2018 -# fausthuang, 2018 -# 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2018 -# LINYUN TONG <tong.linyun@elico-corp.com>, 2018 -# F4NNIU <sparkamax@gmail.com>, 2018 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: F4NNIU <sparkamax@gmail.com>, 2018\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../iot.rst:5 -msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "物联网（IoT）" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "将 IoT 盒子连接到你的数据库" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "在你的 Odoo 数据库中安装物联网（IoT）应用" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "进入 IoT 应用并单击 IoT 盒子页面上的 Connect 链接。" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "按步骤连接到你的 IoT 盒子。" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "以太网连接" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." -msgstr "将所有必须使用线缆连接的设备（如：网络、USB 设备等）插入 IoT 盒子。" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "打开 IoT 盒子的电源" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." -msgstr "然后点击“扫描”按钮。" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:34 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "WiFi 连接" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:36 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "打开 IoT 盒子的电源" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:38 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "复制 Token" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:70 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:76 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <http://wwww.balena.org>`__, " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Now, download the latest image `here " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the " -"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " -"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " -"minutes for it to finish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:3 -msgid "IoT Box not found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" -" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " -"can follow to find your IoT box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:10 -msgid "HTTPS Issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:12 -msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " -"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" -" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " -"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:9 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "先决条件" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:17 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "一台带最新的Web浏览器的计算机或平板电脑。" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:22 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " -"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:28 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" -msgstr "霍尼韦尔的Eclipse USB条码扫描仪或其他兼容的扫描仪" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:30 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "爱普生兼容钱箱" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:32 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "RJ45 网线（内置 WiFi 可选）" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:35 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:44 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" -" might work as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:50 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr " **打印机**: 一个ESC/ POS打印机连接到USB端口, 并接通电源。" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:53 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr " **钱箱**: 钱箱应连接用RJ25电缆连接打印机。" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " -"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " -"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " -"your barcode scanner." -msgstr "" -" **条形码扫描仪**: 连接条形码扫描器。为了使您的条形码扫描仪是兼容的, 必须表现为键盘, 必须配置 **US QWERTY** " -"。它还必须一个输入字符(键码28)结束条形码。这很可能是你的条码扫描仪的默认配置。" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:62 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr " **电子磅秤**: 连接你的电子磅秤和接通电源。" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:64 -msgid "" -"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " -"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " -"device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " -"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " -"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " -"on boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:77 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:80 -msgid "Troubleshoot" -msgstr "疑难解答" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:83 -msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" -" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" -" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " -"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " -"LED." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " -"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " -"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " -"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " -"devices on your network router." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" -" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:106 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "确认 POS 部分未开启 HTTPS 访问." - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:108 -msgid "" -"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " -"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:113 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "条码枪不能使用" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " -"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " -"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." -msgstr "在US QWERTY中配置条形码扫描仪, 扫码后输入。这是大多数条形码扫描仪的默认配置。有关更多信息,请参阅条形码文档。" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " -"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " -"enough power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" -" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" -" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." -msgstr "一些条形码扫描仪将需要超过2A的电源, 有时即使提供了电源也不可靠。在这些情况下,你可以把条形码扫描器连接在自供电的USB集线器上。" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:134 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "条码枪确实不能使用" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " -"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:140 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "打印小票太慢" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:142 -msgid "" -"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " -"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " -"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " -"and the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:148 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "收据上打印出来的字母有些错误" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:150 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " -"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:155 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "打印机处于离线" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " -"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " -"contact support." -msgstr "确保打印机是连接, 有电源,有足够的纸, 它的盖子是关闭的, 并且没有报告错误。如果错误出现, 请联系技术支持。" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:162 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "钱箱无法打开" - -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:164 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "现金盒应该连到打印机, 在POS中应将设置激活。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po deleted file mode 100644 index a7392c701..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,209 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2018 -# William Qi <qigl@inspur.com>, 2018 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "在线客服" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" -msgstr "与网站访客在线实时沟通" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." -msgstr "" -"通过Odoo在向客户， " -"你可与网站访问建立直接联系。访客屏幕上将会出现一个简单的对话框，并再次与你的销售代表联系。这样，你可轻松将访客转化为潜在商机。你还可以在此为客户提供协助。因此，它是改善客户满意度的完美工具。" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "配置" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." -msgstr "使用在线聊天功能，打开应用界面，找到“聊天功能”，点击安装。" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." -msgstr "在线聊天模块提供了一个直接聊天的工具，因此，您可以轻松加入，离开聊天。" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" -msgstr "将在线聊天模块添加到Odoo网站" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." -msgstr "" -"如果你通过Odoo创建的网站，则在线客服已自动加入网页中。现在你只需前往:menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> " -"设置`并选择需要链接到网站的频道。" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "添加在线聊天模块到外部网站" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." -msgstr "" -"如果你未使用Odoo创建网站，请前往在线客服模块并选择需要关联的频道。你只需要将提供的代码复制并粘贴到你的网站。页面还将提供一个特定的url，你将它发送给客户或供应商，即可进入实时聊天。" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "根据规则可隐藏/显示在线聊天窗口" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." -msgstr "" -"实时聊天的规则可在频道表单中定义。例如，你可选择在你能提供相应语言的国家显示聊天窗口。同时，你可在公司并无销售业务的国家隐藏聊天窗口。如你选择*自动弹出*，你还可设置聊天窗口出现的时长。" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "设置自动回复消息" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 -msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." -msgstr "在频道表单的*选项*版块，可输入几条信息，它们将自动出现在聊天窗口。这将提示访客通过实时聊天与你联系。" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" -msgstr "与客户开始聊天" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." -msgstr "" -"如要开始与客户聊天，首先确保聊天频道发布在你的网站上。在频道表单右上角选择*未在网站上发布*，切换*已发布*设置。然后，在操作人员加入频道后，实时聊天将开始。" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." -msgstr "如果无操作人员和/或如频道未发布在网站上，则实时聊天按钮不会向访客显示。" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " -"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " -"answered wherever you are in Odoo." -msgstr "访客发起的对话将直接弹出信息，同时还会显示在讨论模块中。因此，无论你在Odoo的哪个页面，均可回答访客问询。" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " -"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." -msgstr "如有多名操作人员加入频道，系统将随机分配访客会话。" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "使用命令" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" -msgstr "命令是指完成特定操作或访问需要的信息的有用快捷方式。如要使用本功能，只需在聊天中键入命令。系统提供以下命令操作：" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." -msgstr "**/help** ：提示帮助消息" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk**：创建服务台工单。" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk\\_search**：搜索服务台工单。" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." -msgstr "**/history**：可以看到最近访问的15个页面" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." -msgstr "**/lead**：创建新线索。" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." -msgstr "**/leave**：离开频道。" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 -msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "如果从聊天中创建工单，则生成的对话将自动显示为工单描述。在创建线索时也是如此。" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "发送预设回复" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." -msgstr "" -"预设回复用于创建常用一般语句的替代。只需键入一个词语即可显示整个回复，从而节约了时间。如要添加预设回复，前往:menuselection:`在线客服 " -"--> 配置 --> 预设回复`并根据需要创建。然后，在聊天中只需键入“：”及你分配的快捷方式，即可使有预设回复。" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 -msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" -msgstr "恭喜！您已经拥有了所有与访客聊天的工具，尽情体验一下吧！" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po deleted file mode 100644 index 019998d9a..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,544 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2018 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2018 -# Shane Tsoi <sso@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "制造" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "制造管理" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" -msgstr "如何创建物料清单" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " -"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " -"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." -msgstr "物料清单 (BoM) 是描述部件产品、每个部件的数量，以及制造产品（包括路由和每个步骤）过程的文件。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " -"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " -"describe multiple variants of the same product." -msgstr "在Odoo中，每个产品可能有多个BoM与其关联，但一个BoM只能与单个产品相关联。而单个BoM可以描述同一产品的多个变量。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" -msgstr "设置基本的BoM" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " -"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " -"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " -"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " -"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " -"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " -"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " -"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " -"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " -"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." -msgstr "" -"创建你的第一份物料清单前，你需要创建至少一个部件（在Odoo中也被认为是产品），方法是从 " -":menuselection:`主数据->产品，中选择或在系统运行时从BoM表格的相关字段中选择。一旦创建好一个产品和至少一个部件后，从相关的下拉菜单中选择它们并添加到你的物料清单。新的物料单可从menuselection中创建，选择主数据->物料清单，或使用产品表单之上的按钮进行创建。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " -"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " -"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " -"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." -msgstr "" -"在**杂项**页签下填写额外的字段。**顺序**定义了BoM被选择为生产订单的顺序，数字越小优先级越高。**版本**允许你跟踪BoM在不同时间的版本号变化。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 -msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" -msgstr "在BoM中添加路由" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "" -"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " -"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " -"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " -"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." -msgstr "" -"路由定义制造一个产品所需的一系列操作，以及每个操作执行的工作中心。一个路由可以添加到多个BoM中，而后者每个只能有一个路由。路由配置的更多信息，请参阅路由一章。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " -"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " -"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." -msgstr "启用路由的方法 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置，然后当系统运行时从下拉清单中选择一个路由，即可将路由添加到物料清单。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " -"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" -" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " -"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " -"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " -"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." -msgstr "" -"通过**组件**下方的**在工序中消费**字段定义工序或步骤。同样，也可以用**在操作中生产**字段（位于**杂项**页签下）定义产品被生产的操作。如果不填这个字段，产品将在路由的最后操作中被消耗/生产。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 -msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" -msgstr "添加副产品到BoM" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " -"primary product." -msgstr "副产品指在Odoo中，BoM生产的任何主产品之外的产品。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "如需将副产品添加到BoM，首先要在 :menuselection:`配置->设置，中选择启用它们。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " -"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " -"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " -"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." -msgstr "" -"副产品启用后，即可被添加到物料清单**副产品**页签下的物料清单了。你可将任何产品（一个或多个）作为副产品添加。副产品的生产过程与BoM中主产品的路由一致。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" -msgstr "为产品设置一个带分组件的BoM" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " -"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" -"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " -"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " -"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." -msgstr "" -"分组件是一种用于另一制成品部件的制成品。你可能想用分组件来简化一个复杂的BoM、更精确地表示你的制造流，或在多个BoM中使用相同的分组件。BoM使用分组件通常指多级BoM。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" -"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " -"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" -" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " -"subassembly is created as well." -msgstr "" -"Odoo中的多级物料清单可通过创建顶级BoM和分组件BoM完成。下一步定义分组件产品的采购路线，以确保每次创建了顶级产品的制造订单时，能同时创建每个分组件的制造订单。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" -msgstr "配置顶级产品BoM" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " -"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " -"subassembly as you would for any product." -msgstr "为配置多级BoM，请创建顶极产品及其BoM。将所有分组件包括到部件清单中。为每个分组件创建一个BoM（类似为每个产品创建BoM）。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" -msgstr "配置分组件产品数据" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 -msgid "" -"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " -"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " -"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " -"effect." -msgstr "在分组件的产品表中，必须选择**制造**和**按需补货**路由。**制造**路由的优先级高于**购买**路由，因此选后者是无效的。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " -"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " -"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." -msgstr "如需在制造之外采购一些组件，选择**可以购买**。分组件产品表单中的所有其他字段都可根据你的偏好配置。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 -msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" -msgstr "使用单个的BoM描述单一产品的多个变体" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "Odoo允许你为同一产品的多个变量使用物料清单。启用变量的方式很简单，只需从 :menuselection:`配置->设置中选择。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." -msgstr "然后就可以指定每个产品变量的制造中需要用哪些部件行。可以为每个行指定多个变量。如果没有指定变量，这一行可以用于所有的变量。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "在行与项目对应的基础上定义变量BoM时，BoM主区域的**产品变量**字段应不填内容。这一字段只在为产品的一个变量创建BoM时有用。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" -msgstr "如何将将一套产品作为一个套件销售" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " -"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " -"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " -"Manufacturing apps must be installed." -msgstr "" -"**套件**是一套送货前未组装或混合的部件，它们在Odoo中用*物料票（bills of " -"materials）*描述。根据套件产品的管理形式，有两种基本的配置方法。每种方法中，都必须安装“库存”和“制造”App。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "管理部件产品库存" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " -"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " -"step." -msgstr "如你希望订货时组装这些套件，只对套件*部件*库存进行管理，则应跳过制造步骤使用Kit BoM。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 -msgid "" -"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " -"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " -"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " -"right shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" -"使用Kit " -"BoM的产品将作为单行项目在报价和销售订单中显示，但它会为套件中的每个部件都生成一个单行送货单。在以下例子中，左边的图片显示\"自定义电脑套件\"的销售订单，右边的图片显示对应的送货订单。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "配置" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " -"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " -"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " -"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" -" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " -"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." -msgstr "" -"从“库存”或“制造”App的**产品**菜单中为每个需要的部件创建产品，然后创建顶级或套件产品。套件产品应该只有**制造**路由，因为你无法跟踪套件产品的库存，产品类型可设为**消耗品**。由于套件产品是无法购买的，所以应取消“可购买”前面的勾号。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no special configuration." -msgstr "套件产品的所有其他参数都可按照你的偏好进行修改。套件产品无需特别的配置。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " -"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " -"their default values." -msgstr "产品配置完成后，为套件产品创建一个物料清单。添加每个部件及数量。为BoM类别选择**将本产品作为部件发货**。其他选择可以保持默认值不变。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "管理套件及部件产品的库存" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" -" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" -" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " -"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " -"will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" -"如需管理最高等级套件产品的存货，需要采用有制造步骤的标准BoM而不用Kit " -"BoM。使用标准BoM组装套件时将创建一个制造订单。该制造订单必须注册方能在存货中显示套件产品。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " -"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " -"stock management." -msgstr "" -"在套件产品中选择**制造**路由。也可选择**按单补货**，这会在每次确认销售订单时创建一个制造订单。请选择产品类别为**可贮存品**启用库存管理。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 -msgid "" -"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " -"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" -" order rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "当你创建物料清单时，将BoM类别选择为**制造此产品**。套件的组装由制造订单而非包装操作来定义。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" -msgstr "如何处理一个制造订单" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "介绍" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 -msgid "" -"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " -"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " -"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " -"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " -"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " -"performed in an order defined by **routings**." -msgstr "" -"Odoo中有两种管理制造的基本方式。第一种方式只管理唯一的文件，即**制造订单**。第二种方式使用额外的文件，对制造过程进行精确控制。这种方式下，**制造订单**被分割到一个或多个步骤（通过**路由**定义的订单中的**工单**执行）" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" -msgstr "如何在没有路由的情况下管理制造" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " -"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " -"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " -"work orders and routings." -msgstr "" -"如果所有制造产品的工作都在一个地方、由一人以一个步骤执行，以及/或者你不需要工单和路由提供的粒度控制级别，那么你很有可能在没有路由的情况下使用制造订单。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " -"are two basic phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "这种方式的操作管理是Odoo的默认动作。从规划到制造有两个基本阶段：" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 -msgid "Create manufacturing orders" -msgstr "创建制造订单" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "Record Production" -msgstr "记录生产" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" -msgstr "如何以路由和工单管理制造" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" -" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " -"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " -"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" -"为使用工单和路由，你需要从 " -":menuselection:`配置->设置选择并启用**用工单管理生产**，然后将路由添加到物料清单，再配置一些额外的关联字段。你还可以创建**工作中心**，即工单被执行的地点。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " -"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " -"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." -msgstr "用路由和工单进行制造时，每个工单都是独立排定的。你还可以进行时间和工作量规划，以及工作中心级别的开销与效率报告。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " -"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " -"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" -" step of scheduling work orders." -msgstr "使用路由制造也可分解为多个步骤。配置BoM时，你需要添加路由来定义组件的工单。完成制造订单的规划之后，你就在工单排定中添加了额外的步骤。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 -msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" -msgstr "工作流由此被分解到三个基本阶段中，如下所示：" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." -msgstr "计划相关工单的日程" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." -msgstr "执行排定的工作并记录产出" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "如何管理产品变体的BoM" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "如何管理半成品。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" -msgstr "配置顶级产品BoM" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 -msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "拆解产品" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " -"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" -" unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "在Odoo制造应用程序中，你可*拆解*产品。你可管理两种用例：(1)你可拆解自己创建的产品或(2)你可拆解接收的产品。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " -"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " -"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " -"product." -msgstr "我们先看第一种情况，你自行制造产品。如果你的某件产品存在缺陷，你可能希望将它拆解而不是完全报废，以便重新利用产品中的某些部件。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " -"unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "在第二种情况中，你购买产品的唯一目的就是将其拆解并回收。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 -msgid "Unbuild Order" -msgstr "拆解单" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 -msgid "" -"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" -" menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "在制造应用程序中，在*操作*选项卡下，你可找到*拆解单*菜单。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " -"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " -"something you received." -msgstr "在创建新拆解单时，如果是拆解你自行制造的产品，可选择制造订单，如果是拆解你收到的产品，只需选择该产品。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 -msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "完成后，只需点击拆解，流程结束。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " -"components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "如你拆解的是之前制造的产品，制造订单中的部件将返回库存。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " -"BoM back in stock." -msgstr "如果你拆解的是购买的产品，物料清单中的部件将返回库存。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概览" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 -msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "维修管理" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "维修产品" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " -"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " -"defect." -msgstr "Odoo*维修*应用程序不仅可管理完整的售后流程，还可轻松维修存在缺陷的已制造产品。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "创建维修单" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " -"new one." -msgstr "在应用程序中，你可访问现有*维修单*或创建新维修单。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "管理维修" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." -" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " -"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" -" might need, etc." -msgstr "当客户发给你需要维修的产品时，创建新的*维修单*，填写所有相关信息，如产品、客户、维修之前或之后是否需要开单、可能需要的零部件等。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " -"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " -"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "完成后，你可将维修报价发送给客户。如批准，你可确认维修。然后，你可开始维修并在完成后结束维修。" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 -msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "现在，你可就维修开单。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9715f4916..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# ChinaMaker <liuct@chinamaker.net>, 2019 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ChinaMaker <liuct@chinamaker.net>, 2019\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "手机" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "推送通知" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As of Odoo 12.0, there is no more complex configuration to enable push " -"notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " -"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po deleted file mode 100644 index e3c534315..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1414 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2018 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2018 -# fausthuang, 2018 -# Wall, 2018 -# LINYUN TONG <tong.linyun@elico-corp.com>, 2018 -# Kenny Yang <biganglerau@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "POS" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "高级话题" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "Using barcodes in PoS" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "使用条形码扫描仪处理POS订单可以提高效率，并为你和客户节省时间。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "配置" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "如要使用条形码扫描仪，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的POS接口。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "在物联网工具箱/硬件类别下，你可找到*条形码扫描仪*并选择它。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "将条形码增加到产品上" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`POS --> 目录 --> 产品`并选择一个产品。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "在一般信息选项卡下，你可找到条形码字段，你可在此输入任何条形码。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "扫描产品" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "从你的PoS接口，用条形码扫描仪扫描任何条形码。产品将被添加，你可以多次扫描同一件产品，将它添加多次，也可在屏幕上手动更改数量。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "使用Mercury接受信用卡支付" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" -"在Odoo 11 PoS及集成读卡器中接受信用卡支付需要MercuryPay账户（参见`*MercuryPay网站* " -"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__）。MercuryPay仅适用于美国和加拿大银行，因此这一程序只适合北美公司。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "集成读卡器的替代方法是使用独立的读卡器，然后将Odoo POS屏幕上的交易总额复制到读卡器中，并在Odoo POS中记录交易。 " - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "安装Mercury" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "如要安装Mercury，前往:menuselection:`应用程序`并搜索*Mercury*模块。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 -msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "为信用卡创建新配置并输入你的Mercury凭据。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "然后前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 支付方式`并创建新支付方式。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "在*POS*下，选择*在POS使用*后，你可选择刚才创建的Mercury凭据。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "现在，你在验证付款时，有了用信用卡支付的新选项。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This " -"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They " -"are all explained below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "切换不需要识别码" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the " -"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 -msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 -msgid "And the cashier will be changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 -msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 -msgid "" -"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 -msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 -msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 -msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 -msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 -msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "重新打印收据" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "如需重新打印票据，请使用*重新打印收据*功能。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "如需启用*重新打印收据*，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS接口。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可看到*重新打印收据*选项。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "为使用重新打印收据选项，你必须启用收据打印机。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "重新打印收据" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "在你的PoS界面，现在可以看到*重新打印收据*按钮。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "你可以使用它来重新打印上一张收据。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "使用适合条形码扫描仪的折扣标记" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " -"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " -"allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "如你想打折销售产品，例如对于已经临期的产品，你可使用折扣标签。这样可以扫描折扣条形码。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "如要使用折扣标签，你需要使用条形码扫描器。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "条码命名规则" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "为使用折扣标签，我们需要了解条形码命名法。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " -"barcode:" -msgstr "假设你想对以下条形码的产品打折：" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " -"interface." -msgstr "你可在PoS界面设置下找到*默认命名法*。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " -"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " -"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" -"假设你想对一个产品打折50%，你必须在添加产品条形码之前先加上22（用于折扣条形码命名）和50（用于折扣%）。 在我们的例子中，条形码应为：" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "扫描产品和标签" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "你必须首先扫描需要的产品（本例中为柠檬）。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 -msgid "" -"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " -"finish the transaction." -msgstr "然后扫描折扣标签。折扣将生效，你可完成交易。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "管理忠诚度计划" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " -"*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "通过*忠诚度计划*鼓励客户继续来你的销售点购物。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " -"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" -"如要启用*忠诚度计划*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " -"POS`并选择你的PoS界面。在定价功能下，选择*忠诚度计划*。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "你可在此创建并编辑忠诚度计划。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " -"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " -"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " -"everything in between." -msgstr "你可决定希望使用的忠诚度计划类型，如果奖励是折扣或礼品，可设置针对特定产品还是整个范围。应用规则，确保它仅对特定情况有效。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "在你的PoS界面使用忠诚度计划" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "" -"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " -"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " -"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " -"rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" -"在设置客户后，你现在可以看到他们交易获得的点数，并将累计他们已消费的金额。根据忠诚度计划定义的规则，在累计足够点数后，通过*奖励*按钮即可兑换奖励。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" -" finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "你会发现价格即时更新，反映价格表的最新价格。你可按正常方式完成订单。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " -"can of course change it." -msgstr "如你选择包含默认价格表的客户，则将适用该价格表。当然，你也可更改。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "应用手动折扣" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "如果你不经常使用折扣功能，手动折扣可能是最适合你的销售点的简便方式。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." -msgstr "你可对整个订单或特定产品应用折扣。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "对产品应用折扣" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "从会话界面，使用*折扣*按钮。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." -msgstr "然后，你可对当前选择的产品输入折扣（百分比），则将应用折扣。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "应用全局折扣" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "如要对整个订单应用折扣，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." -msgstr "在*定价*类别下，你可找到*全局折扣*，选择。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "现在，你的PoS界面会出现新的*折扣*按钮。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." -msgstr "点击，然后你可输入需要的折扣（百分比）。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "在本例中，你会发现全局折扣是50%，特定产品折扣也是50%。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "应用限时折扣" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "提供限时折扣或季节折扣，吸引客户并增加收入。Odoo强大的价格表功能，可支持最适合你公司的定价策略。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "如要启用*价格表*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "选择你现在本POS中可用的价格表并定义默认价格表。你可点击*价格表*，访问你的全部价格表。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "创建价格表" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "默认情况下，你有*公开价格表*。如要创建更多，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 目录 --> 价格表`。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "你可设置使用特定价格的几项标准：周期、最少数量（满足最低订购数量并获得价格折扣）等。你还可选择对特定产品或在整个范围内应用该价格表。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "在PoS界面使用价格表" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "现在，在*客户*按钮上方有一个新按钮，即刻使用并选择正确的价格表。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "分析销售" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "查看你的POS统计数据" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "跟踪销售情况对于任何企业都至关重要。因此，Odoo为你提供分析销售情况并获取有意义统计数据的实用视图。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "查看你的统计数据" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "如要访问你的统计数据，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 报告 --> 订单`。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr " 然后，你可以图形或透视表形式查看各种统计数据。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "你也可点击此处访问统计视图" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" -msgstr "比利时财政数据模块" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "建立odoo零售的财政数据模块" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "介绍" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." -msgstr "" -"比利时政府要求某些企业使用国家认证设备* *财政数据模块* *(也称为* *黑箱* *)。这个设备与POS设备一起使用, " -"记录交易事项。最重要的是,使用的POS设备也必须经政府认证, 并坚守严格的标准规定. “Odoo " -"9(企业版)是一个认证应用程序<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies>`_. 关于会计期间的模块的更多信息, 请查阅官方网站 `the official website " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "所需的硬件" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "" -"政府认证的'财政数据模块<http ://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés> `_POS机, 都可以工作, 但建议使用Cleancash SC-B, 你还需要:" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -msgstr "" -"FDM串行的调制解调器电缆(例如 `<http ://www.startech.com/Cables/Serial-Parallel-" -"PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>` __)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -msgstr "" -"FDM串口转USB适配器(例如 `<http " -"://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>` __)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "每个POS配置注册的物联网盒" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "IoT 盒子" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " -"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" -" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." -msgstr "" -"为了使用财政数据模块, 你需要一个已注册的物联网盒。这种物联网盒与普通的类似, " -"但它们已在比利时政府注册。这是法律规定。在未注册的物联网盒上使用财政数据模块将无法正常工作。你可通过物联网盒主页*硬件状态页*验证财政数据模块是否已被物联网盒识别" -" 。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " -"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " -"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " -"VAT signing card." -msgstr "" -"通过安装**比利时注册的收银机**应用程序（技术名称：``pos_blackbox_be``），Odoo " -"POS应用程序可具备认证的POS功能。由于政府对我们的限制，这种安装不能撤消。在此之后, " -"你必须确保每个POS配置都有与它关联的唯一已注册物联网盒（:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " -"POS`并确保硬件代理/物联网盒及其序列号已设置）。首次打开时POS并尝试处理交易时，你需要输入连同增值税签约卡一起收到的PIN码。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "认证和部署" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." -msgstr "" -"由政府颁发的认证仅限于使用odoo.com SaaS演示。源模块或是修改版本* *不* " -"*被认证。对于内部用户,我们也支持会计期间模块的安装。对于企业版的客户, 主要的限制是,这需要一个模糊的版本的“pos_blackbox_be“模块。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "限制" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 -msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" -"正如前面提到的, 为了获得认证的POS应用必须遵守严格的政府指引。由于这个原因, 经过认证的Odoo POS不会像非认证Odoo " -"POS存在一定的局限性。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "返现被禁用" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "修改订单项目价格" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "创建/修改/删除POS订单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "产品销售没有有效的税收" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "每个物联网盒不允许多个Odoo POS配置" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "在不连入物联网盒（及FDM）的情况下使用POS" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "列入黑名单的模块 :POS_打折, POS_重新打印, POS_忠诚度" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概览" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "注册客户" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " -"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " -"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" -" any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "注册客户有助于给予他们折扣、忠诚度计划、具体沟通等特权。如果他们想要发票，注册后也能让未来的互动更快捷。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "创建客户" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "从会话界面，使用客户按钮。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "通过这个按钮创建新客户。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "你需要填写客户信息表。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " -"any future transactions." -msgstr "完成后，点击保存按钮。然后，你在未来的交易中就可以选择该客户了。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "开始使用Odoo销售点" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" -"Odoo POS在线应用程序基于简单、用户友好的界面。**POS** 应用程序可在ipad、Android平板电脑或笔记本电脑上使用，在线或离线均可。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" -"Odoo " -"POS应用程序与库存和会计应用程序全面集成。POS的任何交易都将自动登记到库存和会计条目中，由于应用程序可识别客户，还将登记到CRM应用程序中。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "无需繁琐的外部程序集成，就可以实时统计所有门店数据" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "安装POS应用程序" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "前往应用程序页面并安装POS应用程序。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "如你使用Odoo会计应用程序，请勿忘记安装账户图表。你可在会计设置中进行此操作。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "使产品在POS中可用" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "要使产品在POS可供销售，打开产品，进入销售选项卡并勾选*在POS可用*。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "你还可在此定义产品是否需要称重。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "配置支付方式" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" -"如要为POS添加新的支付方式，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS --> 选择POS --> " -"前往支付版块`并点击“支付方式”链接。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "现在，你可创建新支付方式。请勿忘记勾选*在POS使用*。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "创建支付方式后，你可在POS配置中决定可用该支付方式的POS。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "配置POS" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择需要配置的POS。你可在本菜单中编辑POS的所有设置。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "创建首个PoS会话" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "第一个订单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "现在，你可通过PoS完成首笔销售交易。你可从PoS仪表板查看所有POS，也可开始新会话。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "现在你已进入PoS界面" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "订单完成后，你可登记付款。页面左侧将显示所有可用的付款方式。选择合适的付款方式并输入收到的金额。然后，你可验证付款。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "你可登记下一个订单。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "关闭PoS会话" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "一天结束后，你可关闭PoS会话。为此，点击右上角出现的关闭按钮并确认。现在，你可从仪表板关闭会话。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "我们强烈建议你在每天结束后关闭PoS会话。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "然后，你将看到每种支付方式的所有交易摘要。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "点击摘要的其中一行，你将看到在此PoS会话期间通过此支付方式支付的所有订单。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "如果检查无误，你可验证此PoS会话并将关闭的条目过账。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "完成后，你即可结束首个PoS会话。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/pos`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" -msgstr "高级的餐馆功能" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "打印账单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " -"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " -"definitive ticket." -msgstr "使用*账单打印*功能，在付款前打印账单。这项功能适合账单还有可能出现变化，因此不是最终单据的情况。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "配置账单打印" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "要启用*账单打印*，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可找到*账单打印*选项。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 -msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "分拆账单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "在PoS界面，你现在可看到*账单*按钮。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 -msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "点击该按钮，你可打印账单。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "打印厨房或酒吧的订单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " -"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " -"can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "为简化前台和后厨之间的工作流程，直接在厨房或吧台打印PoS界面的订单可带来极大的方便。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "启用吧台/厨房打印机" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "如要启用*订单打印*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." -" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "在物联网盒/硬件代理类别下，你可找到*订单打印机*。请注意，你需要通过物联网盒将打印机接入PoS。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 -msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "添加打印机" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" -" you can add the printer." -msgstr "在配置菜单中，你现在可以看到*订单打印机*选项，可在此添加打印机。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 -msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "打印厨房/吧台订单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 -msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "选择或创建打印机。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 -msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "在厨房/吧台打印订单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "现在，你的PoS界面上会出现*订单*按钮。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "点击该按钮，它将打印厨房/吧台打印机上的订单。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "登记多个订单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." -msgstr "Odoo POS应用程序可同时登记多个订单，为你带来所需的灵活性。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 -msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "登记额外的订单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." -msgstr "当你在登记订单过程中，你可通过*+*按钮，添加新订单。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." -msgstr "然后，你可在各个订单之间切换，根据需要处理付款。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "通过*-*按钮，你可删除目前所在的订单。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "设置PoS厨房/吧台" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "Odoo POS应用程序可帮助你满足作为餐饮行业企业的具体需求。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "如要启用*酒吧/餐馆*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "选择*是酒吧/餐馆*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." -msgstr "现在，你会看到多个具体选项，帮助你设置POS。这些选项旁边都有小刀叉标志。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "提供拆分账单炫炫" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " -"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" -"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "为客户提供简单的账单拆分解决方案可带来积极的体验。因此，Odoo POS应用程序提供开箱即用的这项功能。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "如要启用*账单拆分*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " -"option." -msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可找到账单拆分选项。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "拆分账单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 -msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "现在，你的PoS界面会出现*拆分*按钮。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " -"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "使用此按钮，你可选择每位顾客的餐品并处理付款，为每位顾客重复这一流程。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "配置餐台管理" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "在将POS应用程序配置为酒吧/餐馆使用后，在:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`选择*餐台管理*。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "添加楼层" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "在选择*餐台管理*后，你可点击*楼层*，对楼层进行管理。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "添加餐台" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "现在，你从PoS界面可看到所有楼层。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "点击铅笔图标，你将进入编辑模式，你可在此创建、移动并修改餐台等。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" -"在本例中，我有2张六人座圆桌和2张四人座方桌，我用颜色表示它们，以便于查找，通过工具栏，你可以重命名餐台，更改它们的形状、大小、座位数及复制餐台。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "在设置楼层平面图之后，可关闭编辑模式。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "登记餐台订单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "选择餐台后，你将进入常规界面登记订单和付款。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "你可选择楼层按钮，快速返回楼层平面图，也可将订单转至其他餐台。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "将小费选项纳入付款" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " -"important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "由于许多国家都有付小费的习惯，PoS界面必须有这个选项。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 -msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "配置小费" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "如要启用*小费*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " -"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可看到*小费*选项。选择并创建*小费产品*。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 -msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "将小费加入账单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 -msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "现在，在支付界面可以看到新的*小费*按钮。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 -msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "添加顾客想要支付的小费并继续付款。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "调换顾客餐台" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "如果顾客在下单后想要调换餐台，Odoo可帮助你将顾客和订单转移到新餐台，让顾客满意，也省却你的麻烦。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "调换顾客" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "选择顾客目前所在的餐台。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "现在，你只需要使用调换按钮，选择新餐台，即可完成调换。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Shop Features" -msgstr "高级门店属性" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "设置POS的现金控制" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " -"is missing." -msgstr "现金控制可在开台和关台时清点钱箱金额。以确保金额无误，无现金遗失。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 -msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "启用现金管理" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "如要启用*现金管理*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 -msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "在支付类别下，你可找到现金控制选项。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " -"the opening and closing." -msgstr "在本例中，你可以看到我想在开台和关台时有275美元各种面额的现金。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" -" values." -msgstr "点击**开台/关台金额**，你可创建这些金额。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 -msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "开始会话" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " -"Balance*" -msgstr "打开一个会话，你可看到新添加按钮*设置开台余额*。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 -msgid "" -"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " -"modify it." -msgstr "它默认为你之前添加的值，但你可修改它。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 -msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "关闭会话" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " -"button as well." -msgstr "如要关闭会话，你可使用*设置关台余额*按钮。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" -" have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "然后，你可看到理论余额、实际关台余额（你刚计数的结果）和二者之间的差异。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 -msgid "" -"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " -"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " -"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "如果使用*取出现金*选项，取走此次会话的交易额，则总差额为零，关台余额与开台余额相同。你的钱箱可用于下一次会话。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "从PoS界面开具发票" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " -"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "某些顾客在销售点购物后可能索取发票，你可通过PoS界面直接管理。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "启用开具发票功能" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的POS界面：" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " -"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "在*账单和收据*类别下，你可看到开具发票选项，勾选它。请勿忘记选择创建发票的日记账。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "选择顾客" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "使用会话界面的顾客按钮" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " -"or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "你可选择现有顾客并将其设置为你的顾客，也可通过此按钮创建新顾客。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "然后，你需要填写顾客信息。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "给客户开票" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " -"select it and validate." -msgstr "现在在付款页面可看到发票选项，点击按钮选择并验证发票。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 -msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "然后，你可以打印发票并转到下一个订单。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "检索发票" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" -" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" -" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" -"离开PoS界面（右上角的:menuselection:`关闭 --> 确认`），你将在:menuselection:`POS --> 订单 --> " -"订单`看到所有订单，在状态选项卡中，可看到已开具发票的订单。点击订单，你可访问其发票。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" -msgstr "接受退货和退款产品" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." -msgstr "周全的退货政策是吸引并留住客户的关键。因此，接受退货及退款也是你的*POS*界面的重要方面。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 -msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." -msgstr "在*POS*界面，选择客户想要退货的产品，使用+/-按钮并输入需要退货的数量。如需处理多件产品退货，重复这一流程。" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." -msgstr "可以看到总金额变为负数，要完成退款，你只需继续进入支付页面。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po deleted file mode 100644 index 067318a32..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,173 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2019 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 -msgid "My Odoo Portal" -msgstr "我的 Odoo 门户" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " -"subscriptions." -msgstr "在门户的这个版块，你可以找到你与Odoo之间的所有通信：报价、销售订单、发票和订阅等文件。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged in, just" -" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "报价单" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " -"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "这里是你发送给Odoo的所有报价。举例来说，你将应用程序或用户添加到数据库后或你的合同需要展期时，可生成报价。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " -"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " -"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " -"pricing and other useful information." -msgstr "*有效期至*列显示了报价有效的日期；在此日期之后，报价将“到期”。点击报价，你可查看所有详情，如定价和其他有用的信息。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " -"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" -msgstr "如你想要接受报价，只需点击“接受并付款”，即可确认报价。如你不想接受报价或想要求修改某些细节，点击“要求修改/拒绝”。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 -msgid "Sales Orders" -msgstr "销售订单" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" -" registered under this section." -msgstr "你在Odoo内（向上销售、主题、应用程序等）将登记在本版块。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " -"purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "点击销售订单，你可查看采购的产品详情和付款流程。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "发票" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 -msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " -"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" -" been paid." -msgstr "你的订阅和/或销售订单发票将显示在本版块。应付金额前的标记显示发票是否已经付款。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "如需查看更多信息、支付发票或下载PDF文件，只需点击发票。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 -msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "服务单" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 -msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`," -" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " -"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " -"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." -msgstr "" -"当你通过`Odoo支持 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`提交工单后，系统将创建工单。你可在此查看已经打开的所有工单、你与我们的代理之间的对话以及工单状态和ID（参考编号）。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 -msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "订阅" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78 -msgid "" -"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " -"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "你可从本版块访问你在Odoo的订阅。首页显示已有的订阅及其状态。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " -"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " -"and the payment method." -msgstr "点击订阅，你可访问订阅计划的所有详情；采购的应用程序数量、账单信息和支付方式。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " -"the new credit card details." -msgstr "如要更改支付方式，点击“更改支付方式”并输入新的信用卡详情。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " -"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" -" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "如需删除已保存的信用卡，只需点击页面底部的“管理你的支付方式”。点击“删除”，即可删除该支付方式。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101 -msgid "" -"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" -" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" -" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will" -" no longer be able to access the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 -msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "服务包" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 -msgid "" -"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " -"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " -"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." -msgstr "" -"在订购服务包/合作伙伴服务包之后，我们将为你分配一名专家，提供独特的个性化协助，帮助你在初始实施过程中定制解决方案并优化工作流程。服务包包含的小时数永不过期，你可在需要支持时随时使用。" - -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 -msgid "" -"If you need information about how to manage your database see " -":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "如你需要数据库管理的信息，请参见:ref:`db_online`" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po deleted file mode 100644 index a127c345e..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2018\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../practical.rst:3 -msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "实用信息" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc4397706 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -0,0 +1,1663 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2021 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2021 +# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# fausthuang, 2021 +# Kate Lee <kateleelpk@gmail.com>, 2021 +# LINYUN TONG <tong.linyun@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2021 +# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2021 +# F4NNIU <sparkamax@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021 +# 新 陈 <powersstar@163.com>, 2021 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:3 +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "生产力" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:4 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "讨论" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" +msgstr "‎如何使用我的邮件服务器在 Odoo 中发送和接收电子邮件‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" +" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " +"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." +msgstr "" +"‎本文档主要面向 Odoo 本地用户，这些用户无法从开箱即用的解决方案中发送和接收 Odoo 中的电子邮件中受益，这与\"Odoo Online " +"<https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__.\"不同。‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" +"‎如果您的公司中没有人用于管理电子邮件服务器，我们强烈建议您选择 Odoo " +"托管解决方案。他们的电子邮件系统可以立即工作，并由专业人士监控。不过，如果您希望自己管理电子邮件服务器的声誉，您仍可以使用自己的电子邮件服务器。‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "‎您将在这里找到一些有用的信息，了解如何将您自己的电子邮件解决方案与 Odoo 集成。‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" +"‎Office 365 电子邮件服务器不允许从 Odoo " +"等主机发送外部电子邮件。请参阅\"微软的文档\"‎<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-" +"set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ 使其工作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:24 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "如何管理出站邮件" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" +"作为系统管理员，请转到菜单选择 :menuselection:`设置 --> 常规设置`，然后选中 *外部电子邮件服务器* 。然后，单击 " +"*传出邮件服务器* 以创建一个服务器并引用电子邮件服务器的 SMTP 数据。填写所有信息后，单击 *测试连接* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "‎下面是 G Suite 服务器的典型配置。‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:36 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "‎然后在常规设置中设置您的电邮域名。‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "‎我可以使用 Office 365 服务器吗？‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "‎如果在本地运行 Odoo，则可以使用 Office 365 服务器。Office 365 SMTP 中继与 Odoo 在线不兼容。‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" +"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" +"请参阅 `微软文档 <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a" +"-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`，为您的 Odoo 的 IP 地址配置 SMTP " +"中继。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:47 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "‎如何使用 G Suite 服务器‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." +msgstr "" +"您可以将 G Suite 服务器用于任何 Odoo 托管类型。为此，您需要设置 SMTP 中继服务。配置步骤在 `Google 文档中介绍 " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:55 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "‎符合 SPF 标准‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" +"‎如果您使用 SPF（发件人策略框架）来增加传出电子邮件的可传递性，请不要忘记在域名设置中授权 Odoo 作为发送主机。以下是 Odoo 在线的配置：‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" +"‎如果没有为 SPF 设置 TXT 记录，请创建一个具有以下定义的记录：v_spf1 include：_spf.odoo.com _~all " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" +"如果已经为SPF设置TXT记录，在通过Odoo Online发送邮件的域名中添加“include:_spf.odoo.com”，通过G " +"Suite发送的则可为：v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "找到 `此<https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>，在你自己的域寄存器中以准确步骤创建或修改TXT记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "新SPF记录最多可能需要48个小时才能生效，但这通常会更快地发生。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " +"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " +"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "为一个域添加多个SPF记录可能导致邮件被分类为垃圾。我们建议仅修改一个SPF记录以授权给Odoo。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "允许DKIM" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" +"如果你的邮件服务器启用了DKIM（域密钥标识邮件），你也需要进行同样的操作。对于Odoo Online 和 " +"Odoo.sh，你需要向“odoo._domainkey.odoo.com”添加DNS“odoo._domainkey”CNAME记录。例如，对于“foo.com”，它们应有一条“odoo._domainkey.foo.com”记录，这是值为“odoo._domainkey.odoo.com”的CNAME。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:86 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "如何管理入站邮件" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "Odoo依赖通用的电子邮件别名来收取入站邮件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" +"从Odoo所发邮件对应的 **回复邮件** 通过catchall别名（**catchall@**）接入原来的讨论话题（以及所有关注者的收件箱）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" +"**退回的邮件** 接入 **bounce@** ，以便在Odoo上追踪。这项功能特别用于`Odoo邮件营销 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__，可取消选择无效的收件人。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:98 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "**原始邮件** ：几个业务对象有自己的别名，从入站邮件中创建Odoo新记录：" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," +msgstr "销售渠道（在`Odoo CRM <https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__中创建线索或商机），" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," +msgstr "支持渠道（在`Odoo服务台 <https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__创建工单），" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/project-management>`__)," +msgstr "项目（在`Odoo项目 <https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__中创建新任务），" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," +msgstr "工作岗位（在`Odoo招聘 <https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__中创建申请人），" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "等等" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "根据你的邮件服务器，可能有几种方法来收取邮件。最简单也最推荐的方法是在邮件服务器中按Odoo别名管理邮件地址。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "在你的邮件服务器中创建相应的电子邮件地址（catchall@、bounce@、sales@ 等）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "在一般设置中设置你的域名。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" +"如果你使用本地部署的Odoo，请在Odoo中为每个别名创建一个 *入站邮件服务器* " +"。你也可以在一般设置中进行操作。根据你的电子邮件提供商的设置填写表单。将 *对入站邮件执行的操作* 留空。在填写完毕所有信息后，点击 *测试和确认* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" +"如果你使用Odoo " +"Online或Odoo.sh，我们建议将入站邮件重定向到Odoo的域名，而不是仅使用你自己的邮件服务器。这样，你将不会延迟接收入站邮件。实际上，Odoo" +" Online每小时仅收取一次外部服务器的入站邮件。你应在电子邮件服务器中将所有电子邮件地址的重定向设置为Odoo的域名（例如， " +"*catchall@mydomain.ext* 设为 *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com* ）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " +"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " +"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " +"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" +msgstr "如何从Odoo跟踪Twitter推送" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " +"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " +"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +msgstr "" +"你可以在Twitter上关注特定的主题标签（#），查看你选择的Odoo讨论频道。可以定期从Twitter上接收推文。认证用户可以转发这些内容。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 +msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" +msgstr "在Twitter侧设置App" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" +" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" +" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +msgstr "" +"Twitter的\"App\"向Odoo打开网关，推送内容，并允许用户转发推文。要设置APP，请访问http://apps.twitter.com/app/new并输入以下值：" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 +msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" +msgstr "Name：Twitter上应用的名称" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " +"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " +"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" +" this field." +msgstr "" +"Website：Odoo数据库的外部URL地址，添加了\"/web\"字段。例如，如你的Odoo实例主机位于\"http://www.example.com\\，那么可以在此字段中输入\"http://www.example.com/web\"" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " +"the previous example you should write " +"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +msgstr "回访URL：这是Twitter要响应的地址。关注之前你应该写过的示例。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " +"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "别忘记了接受 **开发者协议** 条款，然后点击页面底部的 **创建你的Twitter应用程序** 按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 +msgid "Getting the API key and secret" +msgstr "正在获取API密钥和机密" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +msgstr "当在应用程序仪表板，切换到 **密钥与访问权** 页签下。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +msgid "" +"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " +"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " +"settings." +msgstr "" +"并在Odoo的 :menuselection:`设置--> 一般设置 --> Twitter讨论集成`中复制这些值，然后点击**保存**，保存相应设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:3 +msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" +msgstr "如何在我的邮件中吸引用户的注意力" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." +" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " +"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " +"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " +"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " +"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" +"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " +"another channel." +msgstr "" +"你可以在频道或者聊天中 **提及** 一个用户, 通过输入 **@用户名** 。在聊天中提及一个用户, " +"将会设置他们作为项目的关注者（如果他们还不是关注者）, " +"并且发送一个消息到他们的收件箱。包含提及的项目会在列表视图收拢。在渠道提及一个用户将发生一个消息到他们的收件箱。你不能提及一个没有订阅渠道的用户。输入 " +"**#渠道名** 将在聊天或另外渠道提供一个链接到提及的渠道。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:15 +msgid "Direct messaging a user" +msgstr "直接向用户发送消息" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " +"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " +"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " +"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " +"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " +"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " +"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " +"they are offline." +msgstr "" +"**私密消息** 只被发件人和收件人看到。你可用内部沟通模块直接发送信息给其他用户。在顶部栏会话图标, " +"可在Odoo任何地方发送信息。其他用户的在线状态显示在他们的名字左边。**绿色的** 表示用户是在线的，**橙色的点** 表示他们是闲置的，和 " +"**灰色的点**，表示他们是离线的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:28 +msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" +msgstr "来自讨论模块的桌面通知" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/mentions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " +"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" +" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " +"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +msgstr "" +"你可以在收到新的私信時选择接收 **桌面通知** 。该通知将向您显示发件人和邮件内容的简短预览。单击位于桌面通知角落的齿轮图标启用或停用此功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:3 +msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" +msgstr "如何用Odoo收件箱提高我的工作响应效率" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " +"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " +"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." +msgstr "使用内部沟通模块上的 **收件箱** 监控你在Odoo上的一切更新与进程。你关注的所有内容有更新或你被提及时，都会在收件箱得到通知。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:13 +msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." +msgstr "你可以从任何屏幕上快速查看 **收件箱** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/monitoring.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " +"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " +"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " +"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " +"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +msgstr "" +"打勾标记一封邮件，即代表将该项目标记为**已读**，并从收件箱中移除。如需将一个项目保存并供将来参考或操作，用星标标记并将它加入到**已加星标**文件夹中。你可在讨论中添加任何邮件或通知，或者在整个Odoo中添加任何特定项目的聊天，以便在这里标记它。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "为何使用Odoo讨论" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " +"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " +"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " +"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " +"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " +"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " +"simple and searchable interface." +msgstr "" +"Odoo 内部沟通是一个对于团队易于使用的消息传递应用, 将组织的全部通讯带入到一个地方, " +"并且与odoo平台无缝集成。内部沟通让你在odoo任何地方发送接收消息, 以及在应用中容易的管理消息和通知。它允许在一个简单可查询的界面创建 " +"**频道** , 用于关于项目的聊天, 对话, 会议协调, 以及更多。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get organized by planning activities" +msgstr "通过制定活动计划变得更有条理" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " +"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " +"undertake." +msgstr "制定活动计划是追踪工作情况的最佳方式。它可以提醒你需要完成的工作，安排后续活动的时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" +" your priorities." +msgstr "你可在Odoo中随时随地查看自己的活动。方便管理所有优先事项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " +"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +msgstr "你可通过聊天或在看板视图中计划和管理活动。请看下面的例子：" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "设置你的活动类型" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " +"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" +"Odoo中包括了一些默认的活动类型（通话、邮件、会议等）。但你也可以在 :menuselection:`设置 --> 一般设置 --> " +"活动类型`中，设置新类型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 +msgid "Schedule meetings" +msgstr "安排会议" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " +"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " +"open to let you select a time slot." +msgstr "活动计划具体到某一天。如需设置小时，选择*会议*活动类型。在安排会议时，你可打开日历并选择一个时间段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " +"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "如果需要在其他活动类型中使用日历计划，请将其*类别*设定为*会议*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" +msgstr "安排一系列活动" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " +"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +msgstr "" +"Odoo可帮助你轻松安排一系列常规活动。前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 活动类型`并将以下常见步骤设置为*推荐的下一项活动*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " +"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." +msgstr "现在，当一项活动完成后，你可选择*完成并安排下一项*。系统将自动向你提供下一项活动。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" +msgstr "希望你通过制定活动计划变得更有条理！" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" +msgstr "如何通过频道与团队进行有效沟通" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," +" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +msgstr "" +"能用 **频道** 来组织与各个团队、部门、项目, 或者其他需要沟通的群组之间的讨论。通过频道对话, 每个人都可以看到, " +"很容易让整个团队在频道中的了解最新的发展。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "Creating a channel" +msgstr "创建一个频道" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." +msgstr "内部沟通可以支持两种类型的频道 - **公开** 与 **私有** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " +"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " +"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " +"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +msgstr "" +"**公开频道** 只能由具有写权限的管理员创建，并且组织中的所有人都可以看到。相对而言, " +"**私人频道**可以由任一用户创建并且在默认情况下只对被邀请进入这个频道的用户可见。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" +" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " +"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " +"information)." +msgstr "" +"在员工们需要获取学术研讨或公司通知等信息的时候, 公开渠道就能被很好地利用。反之, " +"私人渠道则应该应用于那些应该局限于特定用户或员工的信息如特定的或者机密的信息的时候被利用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:31 +msgid "Configuring a channel" +msgstr "正在配置频道" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " +"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." +" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " +"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" +" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " +"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" +" a public channel." +msgstr "" +"可以配置一个频道的名称、描述、访问权限、自动订阅和邮件 :menuselection:`#频道名称 -->设置`。 " +"更改访问权限可控制哪个组查看哪个频道。可设置一个组, " +"所有用户能看到、邀请用户或选定的用户组可看。允许“每个人”私人频道将让允许其他用户查看，并加入它，因为这被看作是一个公共频道。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:47 +msgid "How to set up a mailing list" +msgstr "如何设置邮件列表" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " +":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" +" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " +"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " +"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " +"messages by email." +msgstr "" +"一个频道可看作是邮件清单。从:menuselection:`#频道-名称 --> " +"设置，定义要使用的电子邮件。用户将使用所定义的电子邮件地址收发通知。一个信封图标将出现在列表中的频道名称旁边，表示可用电子邮件发送消息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "Locating a channel" +msgstr "正在定位频道" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " +"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" +" clicking the plus icon." +msgstr "如果您在仪表板上看不到某个频道，你可以從 **公共频道** 列表中搜索所需的频道或单击加号图标以创建新的频道。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " +"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " +"channels from a single screen." +msgstr "你亦可以点击 **頻道** ,浏览公開频道列表。这允许用户在簡易地進行手动 **加入** 和 **离开** 公開頻道。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " +"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +msgstr "用户最好在创建新频道前先搜索列表，以确保不会重复创建同一主题的条目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:76 +msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" +msgstr "使用过滤器在Discuss内部导航" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " +"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " +"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " +"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " +"character wildcard.**" +msgstr "" +"顶栏搜索提供了相同的综合搜索功能。您可应用多个 **过滤器** 和 **保存过滤器** 供以后使用。搜索函数接受通配符使用下划线字符 \"\\ " +"**\\_**\\ \" , 这代表 **单个字符的通配符** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" +msgstr "如何关注一个讨论话题，以及如何定义你希望收到的消息" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:6 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" +msgstr "如何关注一个讨论话题" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," +" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +msgstr "您可以**跟踪**，Odoo中几乎所有的业务对象（机会，报价，任务等）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:14 +msgid "How to choose the events to follow" +msgstr "如何选择要关注的事件" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " +"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " +"**Project** app." +msgstr "你可以选择收到什么种类的事件通知。以下示例显示了在 **项目** 应用中遵**任务** 时可用的选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:23 +msgid "How to add other followers" +msgstr "如何添加其他粉丝" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " +"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" +" link back to the original document." +msgstr "您可邀请其他用户，并添加渠道作为追随者。添加渠道作为跟踪将原文件作为链接的形式发送消息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:34 +msgid "How to be a default follower" +msgstr "如何成为默认的粉丝" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " +"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" +" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " +"created, an opportunity won)." +msgstr "" +"你已自动成为你所创建的所有项目的默认粉丝。在CRM和项目等应用中，可以成为任何新创建记录的默认粉丝并收到特别事件的通知（如创建新任务、赢得机会等）" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/tracking.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" +" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " +"about." +msgstr "为此，需要开始关注上级业务目标（如CRM中的销售频道、Project中的项目），然后选择需要关注的事件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:4 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "物联网 （IoT）" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "将物联网盒子连接到你的数据库" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "在你的 Odoo 数据库中安装物联网（IoT）应用" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "进入物联网应用并单击物联网盒子页面上的连接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "按步骤连接到你的物联网盒子。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "以太网连接" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "将所有必须使用电缆连接的设备（如：以太网、USB 设备等）插入物联网盒子。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "打开物联网盒子的电源" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "从连接到物联网盒子的屏幕或收据打印机中读取配对代码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "输入配对代码，然后单击配对按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "近来的网络浏览器的最新变化迫使我们修改连接向导。 如果您的屏幕与屏幕截图不同，请确保已安装 ``iot_pairing`` 模块。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "WiFi 连接" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "打开物联网盒子的电源" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "复制令牌" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "连接到物联网盒子的WiFi网络 (确保你的电脑没有插入网线)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" +"您需要返回物联网盒子的首页 (如果不能访问，请使用盒子的IP地址进行访问)。为您的物联网盒子设置名称(非必须) 并粘贴令牌，然后点击下一步。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" +"如果您使用 Runbot, 不要忘记在复制令牌添加 -all 和 -base (例如这个令牌 **http://375228-saas-11-5" +"-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** 应该为 **http://375228-saas-11-5" +"-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "选择您要连接的WiFi 网络 (请输入网络密码) 然后点击提交。 等待一会自动跳转到您的数据库。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "您现在应该会看到物联网盒子了。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "图解物联网盒子" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "烧写SD卡" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "在某些情况下，您可能需要重新刷新物联网盒子的 SD 卡，以便从我们的最新更新中获取新功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" +msgstr "使用Etcher软件更新SD卡" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__, " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it." +msgstr "" +"到 Balena 网站下载 `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__, Etcher是一款开源、免费的镜像文件烧写工具。 " +"安装并启动Etcher。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, download the latest image `here " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the " +"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " +"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." +msgstr "" +"先从 `这里 <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__下载最新的图像, " +"解压缩zip文件。然后打开 *Etcher* ， 选择解压缩的图像。 选择磁盘盘符(你的SD卡对应的盘符) ，然后点击 *Flash*进行刷新!." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " +"minutes for it to finish." +msgstr "现在，你的镜像会被自动更新。大约需要等待5分钟更新结束。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 +msgid "IoT Box not found" +msgstr "找不到物联网盒子" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" +" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " +"can follow to find your IoT box." +msgstr "在使用物联网盒子时，您可能会遇到一个常见问题，您的物联网盒子在数据库上没有出现。幸运的是，您可以执行一些简单的步骤来查找物联网盒子。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 +msgid "HTTPS Issues" +msgstr "HTTPS 问题" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 +msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" +msgstr "找不到你的物联网盒子? 你可能遇到https方面的问题！" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " +"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" +" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." +msgstr "" +"要检查它，请打开数据库并确认数据库的地址是否以 https (如 " +"https://www.odoo.com)开头。如果是https开头，那么可能是物联网盒子的图像有问题。应该用18.12及以后的版本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " +"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " +"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." +msgstr "" +"如果您的物联网盒子的图像是早期的版本，您需要重新刷新SD卡来升级物联网盒子的图像。 (最新的图像在 `这里 " +"<http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "将该物联网盒子用于PoS应用" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "先决条件" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "在开始之前，确保您已做好 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box" +msgstr " 物联网盒子" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" +msgstr "带pi 3 b + 2.5 A的2A电源适配器" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "一台带最新的Web浏览器的电脑或平板电脑。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "安装有PoS和物联网应用的 SaaS 或 Odoo 实例" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "启用了DHCP服务 (这是默认设置) 的本地网络" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " +"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Epson USB TM-T20 打印机或者其他兼容ESC/POS的打印机 (官方支持的打印机见 `POS硬件列表页 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:28 +msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" +msgstr "Honeywell Eclipse USB条码扫描仪或其他兼容的扫描仪" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" +msgstr "兼容Epson的现金钱箱" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "RJ45以太网电缆（可选，内置WiFi）" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:35 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "然后，您必须将外围设备连接到物联网盒子。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" +" might work as well." +msgstr "" +"官方支持的硬件见 `POS硬件列表<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, " +"其他硬件也可以正常工作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:50 +msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." +msgstr " **打印机** : 一个ESC/ POS打印机连接到USB端口，并接通电源。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr " **钱箱** : 钱箱应连接用RJ25电缆连接打印机。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " +"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " +"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " +"your barcode scanner." +msgstr "" +" **条形码扫描器** : 连接条形码扫描器。为了使您的条形码扫描器是兼容的, 必须设置为键盘, 必须配置 **US QWERTY** " +"。它还必须一个输入字符 (键码28) 结束条形码。这很可能是你的条码扫描器的默认配置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:62 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr " **电子磅秤** : 连接你的电子磅秤和接通电源。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " +"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " +"device." +msgstr "**以太网** :如果您不想使用Wi-Fi，可以插上网线。确保物联网盒子与POS设备在同一网络即可。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " +"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " +"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " +"on boot." +msgstr "" +"**Wi-Fi** : 当前版本的物联网盒子已内置Wi-Fi。请确保在启动时不要插入以太网。因为在启动过程中有网线连接可用的情况下，Wi-Fi " +"功能无效。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" +" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:77 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "设置完成后，您可以启动PoS会话。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:80 +msgid "Troubleshoot" +msgstr "疑难解答" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:83 +msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" +msgstr "该PoS无法连接到物联网盒子" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" +" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" +" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " +"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"确保物联网盒子正确设置的最简单方法是在打印机插入的情况下将其打开，因为它会在物联网盒子的 IP " +"地址设置正确的情况下打印收据，显示出遇到的任何错误。如果不打印收据，请检查以下步骤：" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " +"LED." +msgstr "确保物联网盒子已通电，由明亮的红色 LED 灯指示状态。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " +"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " +"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." +msgstr "确保物联网盒子已就启动完成, 由红色电源状态指示灯旁边的绿色状态指示灯指示。物联网盒子大约在启动2分钟后启动完成。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " +"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " +"devices on your network router." +msgstr "确保物联网盒子与您的POS设备在同一网络内。物联网盒子和所有的设备都应该出现在您的路由器已连接设备列表里。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" +" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." +msgstr "如果您在配置中设置了物联网盒子的 IP 地址，请确保该IP与物联网盒子打印出的状态信息上的IP是一致的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:106 +msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." +msgstr "确认 POS 部分未开启 HTTPS 访问。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " +"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "在Firefox的HTTP实施中的错误可能会阻止自动探索可靠地运行。 您可以在POS配置中手动设置物联网盒子的IP地址。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:113 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" +msgstr "条形码扫描仪无法正常工作" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " +"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " +"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +msgstr "在US QWERTY中配置条形码扫描仪，扫码后点击输入键 。这是大多数条形码扫描仪的默认配置。有关更多信息，请参阅条形码文档。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " +"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " +"enough power." +msgstr "物联网盒子使用一些条码扫描器时需要 2A 电源适配器。如果您没有使用配备的电源适配器，请确保使用的电源适配器功率足够。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" +" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" +" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +msgstr "一些条形码扫描仪将需要超过2A的电源，有时即使提供了电源也不可靠。在这些情况下，你可以把条形码扫描器连接在自供电的USB集线器上。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "一些条形码扫描器不是在设备中列举为条码扫描器，而是列举成 usb 键盘，这类扫码器是不能被物联网盒子识别的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:134 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" +msgstr "条形码扫描仪无法正常工作" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " +"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." +msgstr "确保连接到物联网盒子的 '通过代理扫描'/'条形码扫描器' 设备在同一时间只有一个设备。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:140 +msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" +msgstr "打印收据太慢" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:142 +msgid "" +"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " +"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " +"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " +"and the IoT Box." +msgstr "" +"在第一次打印之前，预计会有一个小延迟，因为物联网盒子将执行一些预处理工作来加速下一次打印。如果之后出现延迟，很可能是由于 PoS " +"和物联网盒子之间的网络连接不良。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:148 +msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" +msgstr "收据上打印出来的字母有些错误" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " +"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." +msgstr "物联网盒子不支持所有语言和字符。它目前支持拉丁语和西里尔语的腳本語言，并支持基本腳本語言的日语。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:155 +msgid "The printer is offline" +msgstr "打印机处于离线状态" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " +"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " +"contact support." +msgstr "确保打印机是连接，通电，有足够的纸张并且盖上了盖子，并且没有报告错误。如果错误出现，请联系技术支持。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:162 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "钱箱无法打开" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "钱箱应该连到打印机， 在POS中应将设置激活。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "设备" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "连接相机" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" +"当您在 Odoo 中使用 *物联网盒子* " +"时，可能需要使用摄像头。只需几个步骤即可完成此操作，因此配置起来非常简单。您可以在制造过程中使用它并将其连接到 *控制点* 。这样做可以在到达所选 " +"*质量控制点* 时启用拍照功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "连接" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." +msgstr "要将摄像头连接到 *物联网盒子* ，只需通过电缆将两者连接即可。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:18 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." +msgstr "在某些情况下，可能需要USB转串口适配器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" +"如果您的相机在 `*支持的设备* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__中，则无需进行任何设置，因为连接之后，会自动检测到。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" +"在某些情况下，您可能需要重新启动物联网盒子并从物联网盒子中下载相机的驱动程序。为此，请打开 *物联网的主页* 并单击 *驱动程式清单* " +"。然后，单击加载驱动程序。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "将相机连接到 *质量控制点*" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "使用制造应用程式" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" +"在 *品控应用程式* 中，您可以为 *质量控制点* 设置设备。打开 *质量控制* 下的 *控制点* 菜单，然后配置 *质量控制点* " +"连接的相机。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "现在，您可以编辑 *控制点* 并从下拉列表中选择设备。然后点击保存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "然后，您的相机可以与选择的 *控制点* 一起使用。 在制造过程中，达到您之前选择的 *质量控制点* 即可拍照。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "连接脚踏开关" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "工作时，最好有保证您的双手都可用。使用 Odoo 的 *物联网盒子* 和脚踏开关是可以解放双手的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " +"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " +"steps." +msgstr "事实上，您可以使用脚和脚踏开关从一个界面切换到另一个界面。通过几步就可以配置完成，非常方便。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "将脚踏开关连接到 *物联网盒子* 非常简单，只需通过电缆将两者连接即可。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "在某些情况下，可能需要USB转串口适配器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" +"如果您的脚踏开关在 `支持的设备 <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__,中，无需进行任何设置，因为连接后会自动检测到。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " +"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " +"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" +"如果不在支持列表中，您可能需要重新启动物联网盒子并从盒子中下载脚踏开关的驱动程序。为此，请打开 *物联网盒子的主页* 并单击 *驱动程式清单* " +"。单击加载驱动程序。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "连接脚踏开关到工作中心" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" +"要将脚踏开关连接到操作，需要在工作中心配置好。转到要使用脚踏开关的工作中心，并在 *物联网触发器* " +"选项卡中添加设备。然后，您可以将其连接到动作，并添加一个键来触发它。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "请注意，将选择列表中第一个。 因此，顺序很重要！ 例如在上图中，使用脚踏开关将自动跳过您正在处理的当前过程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "当您在工单界面时，状态按钮指示您是否正确连接到脚踏开关。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "连接测量工具" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." +msgstr "" +"借助 Odoo 的 *物联网盒子* " +"，可以将测量工具连接到您的数据库。在此处查找支持的设备列表：\"支持的设备<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "通过USB 连接" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "要添加通过 USB 连接的设备，只需将 USB 电缆插入 *物联网盒子* ，重新启动物联网盒子，设备就会出现在您的 Odoo 数据库中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " +"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " +"drivers." +msgstr "如果未发现设备，请确保物联网盒子已正确加载驱动程序。为此，请打开 *物联网盒子的主页* 并单击加载驱动。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "蓝牙连接" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "激活设备上的蓝牙（请参阅设备手册以进行下一步），物联网盒子将自动尝试连接到设备。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "这是它的示例：" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "将测量工具链接到 *质量控制点*" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" +"在 *品控应用程式* 中，您可以为 *质量控制点* 配置设备。为此，请转到 *质量控制* 下的 *控制点* 菜单，然后为控制点分配测量工具。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "现在，您可以编辑 *控制点* 并从下拉列表中选择设备。点击保存即可。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "现在，您的测量工具连接到所选的 *控制点* 。需要手动更改的数据将在使用该工具时自动更新。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "连接打印机" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" +"当您在 Odoo 中使用 *物联网盒子* 时，可能需要用到打印机。这很容易实现，只需几步即可完成。然后，您就可以使用它打印收据、订单，以及其它 Odoo" +" 应用中的报告。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" +" cable." +msgstr "要将打印机连接到 *物联网盒子* ，只需用电缆将两者连接即可。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:17 +msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "有时，可能需要USB转串口适配器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your printer is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" +"如果您的打印机在 `支持的设备<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__中， " +"则无需设置任何内容，因为连接打印机后，会自动检测到。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "打印机最多可能需要两分钟才能显示在设备列表中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" +"在某些情况下，您可能需要重新启动物联网盒子并从物联网盒子中下载打印机的驱动程序。为此，请转到 *物联网盒子的主页* 并点击 *驱动程式清单* " +"。然后，单击加载驱动程序。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "连接打印机" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "至工单" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "您可以通过 *质量控制点* 将 *工作订单* 连接到打印机，以打印制造产品的标签。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" +"为此，您需要从 *品控* 应用创建 *质量控制点* 。然后，您可以选择正确的制造操作和工序。在类型选项，选择 *打印标签* 并点击保存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "现在，每次出现选择产品的 *质量控制点* 时，都会显示 *打印标签* 按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "至报告" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "您可以将某类报表连接到特定的打印机。 在 *物联网* 应用中， 打开 *设备* 菜单然后选择您要设置的打印机。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "现在打开 *打印机报告* 选项卡。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "点击编辑，然后点击 *添加行* 。在显示的窗口中，检查要连接到此打印机的所有类型的报告。选中并保存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "现在，每次点击控制面板中的 *打印* 时，都会将其发送到选定的打印机并自动打印。而不是下载 PDF。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "打印来自 PoS 的收据" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "您可以将打印机连接到 *POS* 应用，然后就可以直接使用 *PoS* 来打印收据。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " +"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " +"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +msgstr "" +"操作很简单。 打开 *POS* 应用，然后在 *配置* 下找到 *PoS* 设置。 点击 *编辑* 并检查 *物联网盒子* 特性。 启用其中的 " +"*收据打印机* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " +"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "现在，在您的 *PoS* 界面，您可以打印各种不同的票据如: **收据** ， **销售细节** 和 **账单** 。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" +" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." +msgstr "对于收据，将在订单确认后打印出来。 该过程是自动运行的，需要您在 *PoS* 中启用该功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "可以通过单击 *PoS* 页顶部导航栏上的打印机图标来打印销售详细信息。打印的是当天的销售详细信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." +" Click on it and it will print the bill." +msgstr "至于账单，仅在餐厅模式下可用。 在您的餐厅设置中，激活账单，*账单* 按钮会出现在左侧面板中。 单击这个按钮，可以打印帐单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "打印订单至厨房" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "在餐厅模式下，您可以向厨房发送订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "完成之后到 *PoS* 应用，打开 *PoS* 设置页。 然后勾选 *订购打印机* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" +" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " +"Categories* field." +msgstr "现在，打开 *印表机* 菜单。点击创建并选择 *物联网盒子* ，所有应打印的产品类别应在 *印表机产品类别* 字段中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " +"will be printed." +msgstr "在 *PoS* 中， 当你在所选类别中添加或者删除商品时， *订购* 按钮会变绿色。点击该按钮，将会打印出小票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" +" their price are based on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 +msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/iot-hardware>`_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " +"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 +msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " +"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " +"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " +"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " +"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " +"price to the cart." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po deleted file mode 100644 index a7065487d..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1673 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2018 -# zyx <zheng.yaxi@elico-corp.com>, 2018 -# fausthuang, 2018 -# Kate Lee <kateleelpk@gmail.com>, 2018 -# LINYUN TONG <tong.linyun@elico-corp.com>, 2018 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../project.rst:5 -msgid "Project" -msgstr "项目" - -#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "高级" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "如何从客户处收集回馈？" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概览" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." -msgstr "作为经理, 跟踪你的团队做的每一件事并不容易。得到客户的回复对于改善团队绩效是很有帮助的。你可以很轻松的通过客户使用Odoo来收集反馈。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 -msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." -msgstr "在项目实施期间, 可以发送邮件来获取客户反馈。他可以通过三种表情来评估你的工作（微笑, 自然, 悲伤）。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "如何从客户处收集回馈" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." -msgstr "在做必要的设置之前, 首先要安装“项目\" 这个模块。只需到应用程序界面下载并安装。 " - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." -msgstr "而且, 在相同的界面, 你也要安装“项目评级\" 模块。 " - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "下一步, 进入后台项目模块。选择“设置\" 按钮并在下拉菜单中选择“设置 \"。然后选择“项目客户评级\" , 不要忘记保存设置。 " - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "如何获得客户反馈？" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." -msgstr "在项目进行期间, 邮件可以在任何阶段发给客户。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 -msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." -msgstr "首先, 你需要选出从哪个项目你想得到回馈" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "项目配置" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." -msgstr "进入“项目\" 模块, 在项目设置里面勾选“客户满意 \"选项。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "Email模板" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." -msgstr "去项目状态设置（点击这个图标, 在状态栏的上方, 然后选择\" 编辑“）。选择一个邮件模版, 你也可以直接编辑。 " - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "这是一个客户可以收到的邮件的例子。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 -msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." -msgstr "客户只需要点击笑脸（微笑, 自然, 悲伤）来评价你的工作。客户也可以回复邮件并添加更多的信息。这将会在加入到任务的聊天室。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "报表" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." -msgstr "你会在项目右上方有一个简要的概括。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "如何在页面上展示点评？" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." -msgstr "首先有必要安装“网站构建器\" 模块。只需要去模块菜单下载并安装即可。 " - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." -msgstr "而且, 在同一个菜单, 你必须安装“项目问题网站评级\" 模块。 " - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." -msgstr "然后, 你就能够可以在网站上公布你的结果了, 你可以在网站右上角上点击确认按钮。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" -msgstr "如何为销售订单创建相关任务？" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." -msgstr "在这部分里, 我们可以看到Odoo“项目管理\" 和“销售 \"这两个的整合模块的整合, 准确一点说是如何从销售条目中直接产生任务。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." -msgstr "" -"在项目管理中, 任务需要在一个规定的时间内完成。对于一个服务型公司, 任务就会被定义为卖给客户, " -"并交付到客户。这就是为什么要从销售销售订单中生成任务来组织销售和服务部门。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." -msgstr "" -"作为例子, 你可以卖25000美元50个小时的服务。固定价格并已支付。但是你需要追踪你的之前为客户做过的服务。在销售订单上, 可以直接生成任务, " -"并且顾问可以直接输入工单, 如有需要也可以再向客户收取超时服务费。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "配置" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "安装所需的应用" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "你需要安装\" 销售管理“和 \"项目\" 模块才可以在销售订单上生成任务。只需安装模块即可。 " - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 -msgid "" -"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" -" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " -"spent on that task." -msgstr "最后是**工时表**应用程序，工时表不仅可从销售订单创建任务，还可根据该任务所花费的时间向客户开单。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 -msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "只需进入应用程序模块并安装以下各项：" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "创建并设置产品" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" -msgstr "你需要在产品上配置服务用来在每次产品卖出后生成任务。从销售模块的菜单里面, 销售-产品, 创建并配置新产品。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr " **名称**: 技术支持" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr " **产品类型**: 服务" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" -msgstr "“测量单位\" :小时, 在菜单 - 设置 的“测量单位 \", 查看按钮“有些产品可以以不同的测量单位买卖\" 。 " - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." -msgstr "“发票形式\" :你可以基于订单数量, 也可以按发货数量产生发票。你可以简单地依据时间总量来发货或开发票给客户。 " - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." -msgstr "“跟踪服务\" :创建任务, 跟踪时间, 如果你的产品是以时间来开发票给客户, 你需要把你的测量时间设置成小时。 " - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." -msgstr "" -"把你的任务与已存在的项目相关联或者建一个新的, 如果这个产品是只针对这一个项目。否则, 你就空着, Odoo会根据销售订单创建一个新的项目。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" -msgstr "创建销售订单" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." -msgstr "一旦商品配置好, 你就可以建询价单或者销售订单。一旦询价单确认变成销售订单后, 任务就会被生成。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "从销售单生成相应任务" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "在项目模块, 你的新任务将会显示。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 -msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "可以在一个相关的项目, 如果你已经选择了一个产品表格。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "在新的项目与对应的销售订单相关联, 你只需点击“更多\" 按钮来设置。 " - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 -msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "对于任务自身, 你可以在任务上记录记工单并根据开票原则给客户开票。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "在Odoo中, 销售订单是一切的中心, 也就意味着任务的源文档和销售订单关联。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup` " - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" - -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "超级棒的记工单应用" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "演示视频" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "副本" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." -msgstr "超级棒的记工单是一个移动应用, 它能让你在继续要简单的点击几下就可以在项目上记录花费的时间。" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" -"先不考虑设备的问题, Timesheet的记录只需一个简单的点击 。可以看一下谷歌浏览器插件, 不需要登陆, 只需要点击一下便可开启 。运行平顺, " -"并且能离线工作并且能和Odoo账号自动同步。" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" -"另外通过移动端或者谷歌浏览器插件我就可以得到我自己的工时的统计分析 。在我的Odoo账号中我们可以进一步进行分析 。我能收到报表以及每个用户的记工单, " -"用这些深入分析项目以及更多" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" -"神奇的记工单和ODoo的开票系统进行了集成。客户的账单自动生成\n" -"同时也能可Odoo的项目管理进行集成 。如此的省时！" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "现在就下载神奇的记工单并提供生产力吧 。" - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "基础配置" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "如何管理任务以及任务协作？" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "责任" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "在Odoo中, 你可以分配任务的负责人。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "当创建一个任务, 默认的你是他的负责人。你可以通过下拉菜单或输入其他人的名字来改变它。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "如果你添加新用户, 你可以“创建&编辑 **一个新用户, 你需要管理员权限来做这件事。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "关注者" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" -"在一个任务中, 你可以添加其他用户作为 **关注者** " -"。添加一个关注者意味着当任务有任何变更时这个人会被通知到。目的是允许来自谈话的外部贡献。当你需要从其他部门同事的意见时这是非常宝贵的。你也可以邀请客户参与部分任务," -" 他们会被邮件通知, 并通过回复邮件来参与任务。关注者可以像你一样看到整个任务的描述和交谈。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "项目 :通过关注一个项目来关注管道" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" -"你可以决定关注一个项目。在这个情形下, 你会被通知各种项目的变更 :比如任务从一个阶段到另一个, 交流的内容, " -"等等。你会在inbox里收到所有的信息。这个功能对于想要随时看到全局的项目经理是很不错的。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "任务 :关注指定的任务。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "关注一个任务和关注一个项目其实是一样的, 除了你只是关注着项目的某个特殊部分而已。所有的任务的变化通知会显示在你的inbox里。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "选择哪个行为要被关注。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "你可以通过点击在关注按钮的向下箭头来选择哪些你要关注的内容。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "默认情况下, 你可以跟进讨论, 但你也可以选择当记录创建一个任务, 锁住或待发, 任务的阶段改变时得到通知。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "时间管理 :分析账户" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "是否能帮你预估项目的账单或发票数据, 项目管理的时间跟踪是真正有用的。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "Odoo 工时单模块完美地结合了Odoo项目能帮你方便地跟踪时间。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "一旦安装Odoo工时单, 工时单选项在项目和任务自动可用。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "为了避免混淆, Odoo使用分析帐户。一个分析帐户, 将永远被命名为特定项目或合同的参考。每一个项目创建时, 分析帐户将自动根据同名创建。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "在项目上记录工时单" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "点击项目设定" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "点击在顶部灰色菜单的工时单按钮" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" -"在Odoo工时单。点击创建, 一个带有今天的日期和时间的行会出现。项目名称被自动选择为分析帐号。没有任务设置, 您可以选择是否添加一个特定的任务。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "如果你现在去Odoo时间表, 你的行会在你的其他时间表中被记录下来。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "在任务上记录工时单 :" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "在一个任务, 工时单选项也可用的。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "在任务中, 单击编辑按钮。转到时间表选项卡, 然后单击添加项目。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "一条带有在分析帐号已选定的项目名称的时间行会出现。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "同样, 你会在Odoo工时单里发现这些工时单行。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "在项目结束時，你可以透過搜索項目的分析賬戶名稱,了解你在項目上真正花費的時間。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "任务的文档管理" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "你可以管理不同档案类型的文件,不论是计划或是图片格式等等。一张图像有时比千言万语更为丰富！你有两种方式将文件添加到任务。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "1. 你可以透过点击表格顶部的附件选项，在工作中添加图像或文件。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" -"2. 通过互动，你可以添加图片/文档到任务中，也可以记录一个说明/发送消息并附上文件，如果有人在邮件中发送了附件，该附件将自动保存在任务中。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "如果你有一幅有助于了解的任务的重要图像，您可以将其设置为封面图片。它將能直接在看板中查看。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "任务协作" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "ＯＤＯＯ项目管理中的任务可以很容易的让你和同事协同工作，帮助你节省时间和精力。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "出发点是实时呈现你感兴趣的，通过任务的授权，在同一时间可以和同事使用同一任务" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "从电子邮件创建任务" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" -"您可以把你的項目链接到一個电子邮箱。当邮件被发送到该地址，它会自动在该项目立即創建任务，並把所有收件人(收件人/副本/密件副本)添加为追随者。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "通过ＯＤＯＯ在线，邮件入口已经配置，因此每个项目可以自动获得一个Email地址" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "邮件的名称预设为项目的名称 (以“ - ”代替空格)，你可在项目仪表盘的项目名称下找到它。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "项目名称预设的电子邮箱可以被更改。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "电子邮箱的别名可以由项目经理来改变。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "要进行此项修订，可进入项目设置，然后单击电子邮件选项页签。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "你亦可以直接编辑你的项目电子邮箱。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "互动，状态和跟进" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "互动时很有用的工具，是个交流工具并且可以显示历史。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" -"在互动中，你可以看到任务何时创建，何时阶段变更等，任何对任务的变更，系统将自动记录到互动中，也包含你和客户，同事之间的互动记录，使得任务所有者很容易了解到过去的互动交流记录。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" -"你可以联系跟进者，不管是内部(同事)或者外部(客户)通过录入说明或重要信息，也可以针对该任务发送邮件给所有的跟进者，你可以选择增加消息通知所有跟进者，对于两种方式，日期和时间都会保存。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "任务的描述，平板" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" -"ＯＤＯＯ允许通过(http://etherpad.org)替换任务描述字段，也就是说你可以和其他用户实时的使用同一个任务，每个用户有自己的颜色，你可以对整个任务进行回复" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "要应用该选项，进入到 :菜单选择:`项目设置 --> 平板`, 点击 \"在任务描述中多信息协作\"." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" -"如果你只需要平板而不是整个任务页，可以点击右上方图标直接进入，点击图标 ``</>`` " -"获取该任务描述的ＵＲＬ，在没有添加对方为跟进者并且想发送消息给对方时，需要用到这个。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "任务状态" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "设置任务状态" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "当你在做任务中的工作时，任务状态是最容易通知你同事的方式，比如任务准备就绪或者推迟，是个可视化的向导。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "你可以从看板视图或者直接从任务中改变状态，只需要点击状态条。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "自定义状态" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "在项目的不同阶段，你可以定义不同的状态含义，在看板视图，点击阶段最上方的齿轮状图标，然后编辑：" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "在颜色球边上，写上说明" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "现在，说明将会代替普通文本显示" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "颜色标签" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "每个任务，你可以定义一个标签，标签对于任务的分类很有用，帮助你在看板视图中高亮显示或者通过过滤器很容易找到" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "如果你需要经常使用特定类型的标签，可以高亮显示该任务，每个标签可以使用不同颜色，在面板视图中可视化。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "为了在看板视图中显示，你需要在任务中直接给标签设置颜色" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "如何安装与配置项目管理?" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "Odoo项目允许你和整个项目团队一起管理项目, 与项目和任务成员中的任何一个人沟通。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" -"它与包含可定制阶段的任务的项目一起工作。项目可以是内部的或客户导向的。任务是项目执行的一部分。你可以给这个项目工作的几个员工提供不同的任务。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "安装项目管理模块" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "打开**应用** 模块, 查找**项目管理**, 再点击 **安装**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Creating a new project" -msgstr "创建一个新的项目" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " -"project." -msgstr "打开**项目** 应用, 点击**创建**. 从窗口中, 你可以指定项目名称以及公开程度" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "隐私设置如 :" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr " **客户项目**: 如果该客户是一个关注者那么就可以在门户中看到。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr " **所有员工**: 员工能看到所有的任务或者问题。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr " **私有项目**: 只有关注者能看到的任务或者问题" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "如果某个项目有特定的客户, 就可以在项目中标明；如果不是客户的项目, 那么 **客户** 字段留空。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "输完所有必要的详细信息之后, 点击 **保存** 。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "自定义项目阶段" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "创建自定义的项目阶段" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "在你项目仪表盘上。点击 **＃任务** 。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " -"project." -msgstr "在新窗口中，跟进项目第一阶段的定义，新增一列，然后再更多的列用于维护项目阶段" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 -msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." -msgstr "对于每个阶段，针对任务的状态有不同的记号，你可以自定义以满足需要" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." -msgstr "拖拉鼠标焦点到阶段名称，在打开的菜单上，点击**编辑**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." -msgstr "一个新窗体将打开，跟进在任务中自定义的颜色显示，很容易了解哪个任务需要留意，可以跟进自己的喜好定义含义。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "完成的时候点击 **保存** 。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Rearrange stages" -msgstr "调整项目阶段" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." -msgstr "" -"通过添加新的列，你可以很容易个性化视图以满足你的业务需要，在项目的看板视图中，通过点击*添加新列**增加阶段，通过拖拉列到指定位置，可以重新定义阶段的顺序，你也可以通过**设置**图标合并或者不合并阶段" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr ":doc:`visualization` " - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr ":doc:`collaboration` " - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr ":doc:`time_record` " - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "如何记录花费的时间？" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." -msgstr "ＯＤＯＯ可以记录每个员工以及每个项目的时间，用于简单的统计或者根据所花时间给客户开发票" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." -msgstr "" -"为了记录项目所花时间，必须首先激活工时表，在**项目* 应用中，打开:菜单选择:`配置 --> 设置`. 在**工时单** 选择页面, 点击 " -"**激活工时单**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." -msgstr "激活该选项，将安装销售，发票，问题跟着，员工和工时单应用程序" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "记录记工单" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." -msgstr "你可以记录该项目所花的时间在项目应用程序中，或者记录工时在项目或者任务中" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "在项目中记录" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." -msgstr "在 **项目** 应用面板, 打开菜单**更多** 用于记录工时, 点击 *工时单*." - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." -msgstr "在新窗口中，点击**创建** 输入必要的字段，再点击**保存**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "在任务中记录" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." -msgstr "在**项目**应用中，打开需要记录工时表的项目，打开你工作的任务。 " - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "在任务中, 点击 **编辑**, 打开**工时表** 再点击 **增加项目**. 输入必要字段, 再点击 **保存**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "可视化项目任务" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " -"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " -"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " -"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " -"have to cope with." -msgstr "在日常业务中，你公司可能有重要的、复杂的任务要履行，需要及时提醒并全面跟进。幸运的是，Odoo可有效地可视化并组织不同的任务。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 -msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "创建任务" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 -msgid "" -"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." -msgstr "在项目应用程序中，选择已有项目或创建新项目。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "在项目中，创建新任务。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " -"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." -msgstr "你可将任务分配给合适的人员、添加标记、截止日期、描述，以及你需要的所有其他内容。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "通过看板视图查看你的任务" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "一旦创建几个任务, 在看板视图下可以对这些任务进行管理和追踪。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "看板视图是一个便利的视图，分开不同阶段，清楚的看到任务处于项目中哪个阶段以及哪个任务有更高的优先级。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "进入一个项目，看板视图是默认的视图，如果你在其他视图，可以通过点击右上方的图标返回到看板视图。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " -"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" -" and indicate if the task is ready." -msgstr "你还可通过看板视图上的小圆点，直接通知同事该任务的状态，系统将通知关注任务的人员，显示任务是否准备妥当。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "在看板视图中将任务排序" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " -"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " -"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" -" to their creation date." -msgstr "" -"任务排序的标准为按优先级（你可点击时钟旁边的星号赋予其优先级），然后按顺序（意思是你可以通过拖放手动移动任务顺序），最后是按其创建日期关联的ID。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "超过截止日期的任务在看板视图中显示为红色。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " -"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "如果你将低优先级任务置于顶部，下次返回仪表板时，它会移回高优先级任务之下。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "通过日历视图管理截止日期" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " -"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " -"easily in a single window." -msgstr "你还可从看板视图切换到日历视图，查看每项任务的截止日期，并从单一窗口轻松设置截止日期。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " -"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "任务按其所分配的员工标记不同的颜色，你可选择查看某位员工的截止日期，按员工筛选截止日期。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "在日历视图中, 通过退拽你可以轻易的变更最后期限。" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "ODOO 项目管理介绍" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "作为一个项目经理, 我有很多有很多股东参与的大项目要想对你的项目进行无缝管理, 你可以使用Odoo 项目管理模块" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" -"在odoo的项目管理模块下, " -"项目组团队成员可以便捷的计划和执行在加拿大发布一个新的产品线。我通过创建不同的项目阶段组织管理项目。该模块还能让我们无论何时都可以给任何用户任务定义清晰的状态。其余的项目经理也是如此" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" -"如此好用的项目阶段可以根据我们的需要定制, 现在我添加一个新的阶段, 只需要简单的编辑和点几下鼠标。在我们的项目管理过程中, 我来做最后的检查, " -"所以我可以天剑该阶段。Odoo项目可以用来管理所有的项目。" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "一旦任务完成, 相关的项目组成员可以更改任务的状态。这个对项目经理在拖动该任务到下一阶段之前的查看非常有用。很简单, 对吧？" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" -"我们也可以通过调整视图管理监控项目, 现在我选择了列表视图, 在列表视图下, 我可以看到其余的信息例如, 工作时间进度。如果我点一下我的任务, 进入 " -"任务的表单视图, " -"在这里我可以编辑计划的时间并输入我的记工单。控制项目的时间进度并监控每个项目组成员花费的时间对于项目经理来说是一个很有用的工具。我在销售团队的培训上设置了24小时.今天," -" 我已经准备了相关的培训材料, 所以我会在记工单中记录4小时, 随后我们看到工作时间进度会自动更新。 多亏了记工单和集成功能, " -"项目经理可以深入的追踪每个任务的进度" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" -"Odoo项目中另外一个伟大的功能是预测工具。 当激活后, 我就可以计划项目资源以及工作量。因此，对其他项目的时间分配也就更加容易了。对于此项目, " -"我需要培训销售团队的成品。它将会需要我本周50%的时间。作为项目经理, " -"我可以对每个用户进行资源分配，并且根据其它的项目做出调。这样可以防止任何形式的时间重叠。我可以重新分配任务，或者调整截止日期。Odoo项目是战略规划和执行规划的完美应用。" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" -"另外项目的所有方面都能通过报表功能进行分析。例如, 我们可以得到对比计划时间和实际花费的时间的报表。我们可以访问任何一个项目, 任务, " -"或者任何一个项目成员的盈利能力。我们还可以得到费配到每一个项目成员的时间等等。" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" -"ODoo项目管理的另一个有用因素是沟通交流功能, " -"沟通交流是所有项目的成败的关键因素。在项目的任务中所有股东直接的分享相关的项目文档非常有用。在Odoo项目管理中, 我们可以在Chatter功能区讨论," -" 而所需的操作仅仅是点几下鼠标而已。当然我们也可以跟项目组中的任何成员开启一个新的会话。" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" -"Odoo项目管理还可以和客服和售后APP集成 配置了该功能, 我们可以跟进客户的所有反馈的问题, " -"甚至可以从该问题能创建一个新的支持项目该应用还会自动创建根据在任务或者问题上花费的时间的发票。" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" -"ODoo项目管理是一个非常强大且易用的应用。首先我们用它设置我们的目标, 然后对项目进行设置, 一旦这些准备好, 你的项目就可以快速的开始。" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "现在免费试用ODoo项目管理模块并用ODOO项目管理更好的管理你的项目！" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" -msgstr "现在就" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "给项目做计划" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "如何计划和追踪分配给员工的工作？" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "跟进并计划员工的任务分派是个巨大的挑战，特别是需要管理很多人员的时候，幸运的是，使用ＯＤＯＯ项目管理，通过简单的点击就可以进行管理" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "唯一需要的配置就是安装**项目管理**模块，进入应用程序模块，查找项目并安装应用程序" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" -"如果你需要管理时间评估，需要在任务中激活工时表，从 **项目** ，进入:菜单选择`配置 --> 设置` 在下拉列表菜单中. **工时估算**, 选择" -" **在任务中管理工时估算** 选项. 不要忘记保存你的设置." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "该功能将会为你的任务创建一个进度条，每次员工在工时单中输入工时时，进度条会自动更新。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "管理带有视图的任务" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" -"ＯＤＯＯ允许多视图，你可以对多个任务同时进行预览，三个主要的视图将帮助你计划并跟进员工的任务: 看板视图，列表视图 (使用工时表) 和日历视图" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "来创建并编辑任务在管道中输入内容。记着填写负责人和预计日期。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "对带有看板视图的活动进行查看" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "看板视图看起来像是一个被分成不同阶段的便贴视图。这能让你清楚的看到你的任务所在的阶段以及较高优先级的任务。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "添加或者重新排列阶段" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" -"通过新增列，可以很容易的自定义项目以满足业务需要，在看板视图，通过**增加新列** (看以下图片)增肌阶段.　" -"如需重新排定阶段，你可以简单的拖拉列到指定位置，你也可以合并阶段通过使用**设置** 图标." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "根据过程的阶段分别创建栏。例如在开发项目中, 阶段可能是 :说明定义, 开发, 测试, 完成。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "根据优先级排列任务" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 -msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" -"在每列中, 你可以根据任务的优先级进行排序。高优先级的任务会自动的被移动到列的上方。在看板视图中, 点击任务卡右下方的星标记该任务为 **高优先级** " -"。对于没有标记的任务, Odoo会自动的根据他们的最后期限进行划分。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "注意超过了最后期限的日期会显示红色(列表视图中也是), 所以你能很轻松的追踪每个任务的进展。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "记着你还能在过滤按钮上过滤任务。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "用列表视图追踪每个任务的过程" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." -msgstr "" -"如果激活**管理任务中的工时估算**, 你的员工将可以在任务中的 **工时单** 中录入考勤. 雇员录入后**工作时间进度** 条将自动更新." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." -msgstr "" -"作为经理, 在列表视图下你可以查看所有员工花费在任务上的时间。要这样做, 进入所选的项目中并点击列表视图图标(见下图)。最后一列可以看到每个任务的进展。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "在日历视图中要留意最后期限" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." -msgstr "如果在你的任务中添加最后期限, 他就回显示在日历视图中。作为一个经理, 这样的视图能够让你在一个窗口中查看所有的最后期限。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 -msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "所有的任务都根据任务的所有者的不同而标记不同的颜色。你可以在日期视图的右边勾选相关的勾选框轻易的根据员工过滤最后期限。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast` " - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" -msgstr "如何预测任务？" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "预测的介绍" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." -msgstr "计划和预测任务是管理项目的另外一种方式，在ＯＤＯＯ，预测选项给你进入甘特表的入口" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 -msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." -msgstr "到目前为止，你在显示项目进度以及相关任务的看板视图的基础上工作" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." -msgstr "现在，通过预测选项，甘特视图给了你一个高度可视化的图片，对于复杂的项目很有用，帮助团队成员之间更好的协作。" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." -msgstr "该选项对于工作量和人力资源的计划和组织很有帮助" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "如何配置项目？" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "配置项目应用" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" -msgstr "" -"**预测** 选择帮助你组织项目. 如果你需要为你的项目设置具体期限者将很有帮助. 因此, 雇员需要在每个任务指定具体的时间框架(工时总数)内完成任务!" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" -msgstr "首先，你需要激活整个项目的**预测**选择 " - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." -msgstr "进到 :菜单选择:`项目--> 配置 --> 设置`. 选择预测选项并点击 **应用**." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." -msgstr "一旦完成，你仍然需要为你的项目激活**预测**选项(或许你不需要为每个项目使用甘特图). " - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." -msgstr "配置特定的项目" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." -msgstr "当创建新项目时，请确保选择了\"允许预测\"的选项" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." -msgstr "在最上方的菜单中你可以看到**预测**选项" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." -msgstr "如果你为已存在项目增加了预测选项，不管任务到期或者还未计划，任务都不会显示" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "项目中的这些任务不关联预测" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "如何创建预测？" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." -msgstr "在创建带有预测的项目前，列出所有任务计划花费的时间，这有助于协调工作" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." -msgstr "如果要在项目中显示甘特图，需要在任务页创建预测，点击左上方的任务, **创建预测**." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." -msgstr "你也可以在直接在甘特图中通过点击空白区域创建新的预测" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." -msgstr "预测接口会自动写入项目名称和任务，你只需要在任务中增加日期和时间" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." -msgstr "有效时间字段只有在安装了工时程序后才会显示，该选项通过集成的工时单帮助你查看任务的进度" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 -msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." -msgstr "例如: 人员在项目中填写了工时10小时(分析会计)，预测将会在有效工时中显示10小时" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "视图之间的差异？" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." -msgstr "在**项目** 应用程序菜单的**预测** 菜单. 该子菜单将帮助你从不同视图查看甘特表you : 按用户或者按项目." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" -msgstr "通过用户: 人员管理" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." -msgstr "该选项将在甘特图中显示指派的人员，ＯＤＯＯ的甘特图通过大图片的形式显示哪些人员参与其中，对于分配资源很有效" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." -msgstr "在左边，第一层级，显示哪些人员在任务中，第二层级，具体指派给人员的项目，第三层级人员在哪些任务上" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." -msgstr "每个项目都会通过不同颜色的长方形显示，该长方形的长度将决定任务周期长度" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." -msgstr "" -"第一层级顶部的长方形是收集于第三层级的所有任务的汇总，如果是绿色显示，说明分配给该员工的总工时还没到100%. " -"如果红色显示，说明能够分配给该员工的总工时达到或者超过100%" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "计划工作量" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." -msgstr "" -"创建预测时，你必须选择该员工需要花费的工时，如果是100%，意味着该员工在这段时间不能参与其他任务，所以你可以决定不同任务直接员工需要花费时间的百分比1%" -" 到 100%" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 -msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." -msgstr "集成的优势在意避免重复预定人员的工作，比如该人员已经有40%在另外项目的任务中，你只能预定该人员60%的时间" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." -msgstr "" -"在以下例子中, 用户\"管理员\" 在2个项目中工作 (\"IT1367 交付阶段\" and \"实施进度56\"). " -"该员工在两个任务中分配的时间是110%，这个太多了，项目精力需要更改. 否则, 项目管理会更改时间和日期以确保分配是合理的" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" -msgstr "甘特视图的优点" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 -msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." -msgstr "" -"按照用户的甘特视图能很好的帮助你计划人力资源，避免任务和用户分配的冲突.甘特表是高度可视化并帮助你一次性的理解所有不同的元素，你将迅速理解接下来做什么，该方法帮助你更好的理解任务之间的关系" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" -msgstr "ＯＤＯＯ中动态的甘特图允许你:" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 -msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" -msgstr "通过点击并滑动更改任务过去以及未来的预测时间和日期" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "在甘特图中迅速创建一个新的预测" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "修改已存在的预测" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "通过拉长或缩短矩形的长度来调整任务所需时间的长度" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "按项目：项目管理" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." -msgstr "" -"对于更好的理解任务之间的联系，甘特图是很好的视图，可以避免任务重叠，或者在前期任务未完成时过早开始新的任务，ＯＤＯＯ甘特图将清晰的帮助你协调不同的任务" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." -msgstr "该选项将在甘特表中显示项目的第一层级" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." -msgstr "在左边，第一层级，显示项目，第二层级，显示哪些人员指派到项目中，第三层级，人员在哪些项目上" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" -msgstr "该视图不显示你的ＨＲ时间，颜色不能应用(查看**按用户** 章节)" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po deleted file mode 100644 index b2eef2d39..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1795 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# max_xu <wangzhanwh@163.com>, 2018 -# xiaowenzi <xmm@visbp.com>, 2018 -# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2018 -# fausthuang, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2018 -# keecome <7017511@qq.com>, 2018 -# 湘子 南 <1360857908@qq.com>, 2019 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../purchase.rst:5 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "采购" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "采购" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 -msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "主数据" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 -msgid "Import vendors pricelists" -msgstr "导入供应商价格表" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " -"to date on products pricing." -msgstr "导入供应商价格表对于了解产品最新定价至关重要。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "配置" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." -msgstr "如要启动本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选“供应商价格表”。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 -msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." -msgstr "请勿忘记在左上角保存设置。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 -msgid "Import a pricelist" -msgstr "导入价格表" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 -msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" -msgstr "如要导入，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 供应商价格表`" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " -"import." -msgstr "加载文件，检查各项是否正确，然后点击导入。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 -msgid "See below a template of the columns used." -msgstr "以下是栏目模板示例。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 -msgid "" -"`Template download " -"<https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1N8c_eejLV_8NhYMGCfZau_oGCnRkUIT9nwdX7n0shhY/edit#gid=964193981>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 -msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" -msgstr "设置一种产品的多家供应商" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " -"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." -msgstr "如果你需要从多家供应商采购一种产品，Odoo可直接将它们关联到一种产品之下。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 -msgid "Add vendors in a product" -msgstr "为产品添加供应商" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " -"select a product." -msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 产品`，然后选择一种产品。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 -msgid "" -"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " -"on the fly." -msgstr "你可在此为产品添加现有供应商或快速创建新供应商。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " -"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." -msgstr "每次当产品第一次从一个新的供应商处被采购, Odoo会自动链接联系人和价格。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 -msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" -msgstr "添加产品和数量及有效期" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " -"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " -"period." -msgstr "在向产品添加供应商时，你可添加供应商产品名称和代码，以及设定最小数量、价格和有效期。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " -"t-shirt in different sizes!" -msgstr "Odoo的这项功能也适用于产品的变体，比如不同尺寸的同一款T恤。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" -msgstr "采购与销售使用不同的计量单位" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " -"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" -" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" -" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " -"between sales and purchase very easily." -msgstr "" -"在日常业务中, 也许会发生你的供应商在销售时使用不同的计量单位, 这可能会在销售和采购之间产生困惑甚至让你花大量时间转换数量。幸运的是在Odoo中, " -"你可以在采购和销售中方便地处理不同的计量单位。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 -msgid "Let's take the following examples:" -msgstr "让我们看如下例子 :" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " -"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " -"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " -"quantities in **Liters**." -msgstr "" -"你从供应商处买水, 供应商是美国人, 以 **加仑** 计量卖水。然而你的客户是欧洲人。因此你看到你的采购数量显示是 **加仑** 位单位, 销售数量是" -" **升** 为单位。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" -" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." -msgstr "您从供应商处购买窗帘。供应商卖给你窗帘的单位 **卷** , 你以 **平方米** 卖窗帘。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" -msgstr "安装采购和销售模块" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " -"correctly installed." -msgstr "第一步确认应用程序 **销售** 和 **采购** 已安装。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom01|" -msgstr "|uom01|" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 -msgid "|uom02|" -msgstr "|uom02|" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 -msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" -msgstr "允许计量单位选择" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " -"unit of measures (advanced)** box." -msgstr "进入采购模块, 选择 :菜单选项: 配置-->设置'然后勾选 **一些产品可能使用不同的计量单位销售/采购(高级)** 。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" -msgstr "指定销售和采购的计量单位" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 -msgid "Standard units of measures" -msgstr "标准计量单位" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " -"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" -" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " -"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." -msgstr "" -"让我们采用Odoo标准的计量单位作为第一个案例。请记住销售和采购的不同的计量单位必须在同一类型下。类型包括 : **件** , **重量** , " -"**工作时间** , **量** , 等等。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 -msgid "" -"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " -"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." -msgstr "可以创建你自己的类型和计量单位如果在Odoo标准中不存在的话(参考下一章)。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " -"customers in **Liters**." -msgstr "假设我们从供应商处以 **加仑** 买水然后以 **升** 卖给客户。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 -msgid "" -"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Products`." -msgstr "我们进入采购模块并选择 :`采购 -->产品` 。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " -"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" -" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " -"purchase)." -msgstr "" -"创建你的产品或选一个现成的。在产品一般信息中, 你可以选择 **计量单位** (会在销售, 库存...中使用)和 **采购计量单位** (采购用)。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " -"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "在这里选择 **计量单位** 为 **升** 以及 **采购的计量单位** 为 **加仑** 。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 -msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" -msgstr "创建你自己的计量单位以及计量单位种类" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " -"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " -"curtains in **square meters**)." -msgstr "第二个案例(你从供应商处买窗帘, 供应商卖给你的单位是 **卷** , 你以 **平方米** 销售)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " -"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " -"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" -" where both units have a conversion relationship." -msgstr "" -"这两个计量单位是不同的类型。记住, 你不能关联一个现存的单位和不同类型的存在的单位。我们首先要创建一个共享的 **单位类型** " -"来处理这两个单位的转换关系。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" -" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " -"below)." -msgstr "" -"这么做, 去销售模块, 选择 :菜单选项:'设置-->产品-->计量单位'通过下拉菜单点击创建和编辑来创建一个新的 **单位类型** (如下图)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " -"**Inter-Category-Computation**." -msgstr "创建一个新的计量单位.在这个案例中, 我们的类型被命名为 **内部-类型-计算** ." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " -"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " -"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " -"of Measure`." -msgstr "" -"下一步创建 **卷** 和 **平方米** 的计量单位并关联到新的类型。这么做, 去采购模块, 选择 :菜单选项:'设置-->产品-->计量单位'." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 -msgid "Create two new units:" -msgstr "创建两个新的单位 :" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 -msgid "" -"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" -" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" -" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " -"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" -" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"单位 **卷** 是内部-类型-计算的一部分并且是 **参照单位类型** (见下图). " -"参照单位类型是在类型中被设为参照的单位。意思是其他单位会按照这个单位(例如 :1 卷=10平米, 2卷=20平米, 等等)来转换的。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" -" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " -"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " -"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." -msgstr "" -"对于 **平方米** , 我们会指定\" 1卷=10平米\\ \\ \\ \"的窗帘。平米大于参照单位的话, 必须指定类型。 **更大比率** 是\" " -"10\\ \\ \\ \"作为\" 1卷=10平米\\ \\ \\ \"." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 -msgid "" -"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " -"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." -msgstr "现在可以在产品界面把 **平方米** 做为计量单位, 把 **卷** 作为采购单位了。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 -msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" -msgstr "询价单和采购订单 " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 -msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "通过三方面匹配确定支付供应商账单的时点" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " -"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " -"products have been received." -msgstr "在某些行业，你可能在收到订购的产品之前就收到了供应商账单。但是，你可能不想在尚未收到产品时付款。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " -"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "为了定义是否应该支付供应商账单，你可以使用*3方面匹配*来确定。它指的是将*采购订单*，*供应商账单*和*收据*上的信息进行比对。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " -"bills." -msgstr "3方面匹配帮助你避免错误的支付或者欺诈的供应商账单。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "如要启动本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*3方面匹配*功能。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "我应该支付此供应商账单吗？" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " -"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "在启用此功能后，在*其他信息*选项卡下的供应商账单上会显示新的*应付*行。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 -msgid "" -"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " -"not." -msgstr "这样，你在Odoo上可以轻松查看是否需要支付供应商账单。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " -"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" -" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "状态由Odoo自动定义。但是，如果你想手动定义这个状态，你可以勾选强制状态框，然后你就可以手动设置是否应该支付供应商账单。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" -msgstr "分析我的供应商的表现" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " -"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " -"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" -msgstr "如果你的公司通常从几个供应商处采购产品, 统计报告对于你的采购是很有帮助的。有多个原因来追踪和分析你的供应商的表现 :" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "你会看到你的公司是如何依赖于一个供应商的；" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "你可以就价格进行谈判;" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "可以检查每个供应商的平均交货时间；" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "等等." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 -msgid "" -"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " -"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " -"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " -"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " -"their future orders." -msgstr "" -"例如, 一个IT产品零售商每周发给多个供应商许多的采购订单, 由此来比较付给每个供应商的总价和供货期。由公司收集到的信息将帮助更好地分析, " -"预测和规划自己的未来的订单。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "安装采购管理模块" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " -"module." -msgstr "在 **应用** 菜单, 搜索并安装 **采购管理** 模块。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "发布一些采购订单" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." -msgstr "当然，为了分析供应商的表现，你需要发布一些**询价单** (RFQ)并确认**采购订单**。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "分析供应商" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "生成灵活弹性的报表" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " -"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " -"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " -"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " -"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " -"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." -msgstr "" -"你可以在报告菜单访问你的供应商的表现。默认的, 这个报告是以你的采购单按 **每个月** , **每个供应商** 的 **总价** , **产品数量**" -" 和 **平均价** 来分组的透析表。从这个基本报表中, 你可以得到一个快捷你的变现的概况。你可以通过 **衡量** 图标添加许多其他数据到你的报告中。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " -"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " -"\"Products\"." -msgstr "" -"通过点击 **+** 和 **-** 图标, 你可以向上和向下更改信息的显示方式。例如, 我要看到本月所有采购的产品, 我需要点击 **+** " -"图标在纵轴的产品上。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" -" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " -"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " -"below." -msgstr "" -"对于你要突显的数据, 你也许需要用更强的视觉感显示你的报告报告。你可以点击3个图形视图 : **饼图** , **条形图** , **折线图** " -"来转换你的报告: 这些视图通过下面截屏上的突显的图标访问。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 -msgid "" -"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " -"dependent and one independent measure." -msgstr "相对于透视表, 图形表只能用一个相关和一个非相关的衡量来计算。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "定制报表" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " -"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " -"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" -"你可以按你的需求方便地定制你的采购报告。为此, 点击搜索栏最后的放大镜, 使用在你右手边的 **高级搜索视图** 。 **过滤** " -"选项对显示数据的类别非常有用, **分组** 选项可以提高你的报告的可读性。注意你可以过滤和分组现存的字段, 使你的定制非常地弹性化和强大。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "" -"您可以保存并再次使用定制的过滤, 从 **高级搜索视图** 中点击 **收藏** , 然后 **保存当前的搜索** 。保存的过滤器将从 **收藏** " -"菜单访问。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 -msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" -msgstr "请求经理审批高价订单" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " -"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." -msgstr "对于高价订单，你可能需要经理审批并验证订单。Odoo也可轻松完成这项设置。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " -"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." -msgstr "" -"如要启动本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*订单审批*功能。你也可在此设定启用这项功能的最低金额限制。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 -msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" -msgstr "创建新的询价单" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" -" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " -"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." -msgstr "在创建新询价单时，如果订单由用户创建而不是经理创建，且订单金额超过你规定的最低金额，这个流程中将引入新的*待审批*状态。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 -msgid "Approve the order" -msgstr "审批订单" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " -"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " -"of what your users can or can't do." -msgstr "如果你是采购经理，你现在可以进入采购订单，在确认无误后批准订单。让你全面控制允许/不允许用户进行的操作。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 -msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." -msgstr "一旦确认, 采购订单就按照正常的步骤。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 -msgid "Bill Control" -msgstr "账单控制" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" -" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" -" you receive the goods." -msgstr "你可在Odoo中定义设置并用于控制账单。*账单控制*可用于选择供应商是在你收到货物之前或之后发送账单。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." -msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并选择你控制账单的方式。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 -msgid "Change the control policy" -msgstr "更改控制政策" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 -msgid "" -"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" -" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " -"page under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "尽管以上设置将作为默认的账单控制方法，但你始终可以通过每个产品页面*采购*选项卡选择产品的开单方式。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." -msgstr "你可以希望针对不同类型的产品使用不同设置。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 -msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" -msgstr "验证供应商账单" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " -"*Shipment* tab," -msgstr "如果你尚未收到*发货*选项卡*采购订单*下的任何产品" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " -"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" -" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " -"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." -msgstr "" -"根据以上定义的账单政策。如果你应按照订购数量开单，Odoo将按订购的单位数量拟定账单。如果你应按照收到数量开单，Odoo将如上所示拟定0的账单。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "Cancel a purchase order" -msgstr "取消采购订单" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " -"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" -" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " -"warehouse." -msgstr "" -"由于理解错误, 误操作或者计划变更, 有时必须取消发送给供应商的采购单。Odoo允许你取消一部分或者全部已定购的, 甚至已到达你仓库的货物。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 -msgid "" -"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " -"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " -"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " -"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " -"cancel." -msgstr "" -"首先我们用一个你采购了 **3个iPad mini** 还没有调拨的例子。由于使用 **采购** 模块时需要安装库存模块, " -"这样也可以看看部分取消交货的情况。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "创建采购订单" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " -"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " -"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" -msgstr "" -"第一步通过创建一个 **询价单(RFQ)** 来生成一个 **采购单** , 通过菜单 :菜单选项:'采购-->采购-->询价单'. " -"确认你的询价单生成采购单。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 -msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" -msgstr "取消你的采购订单" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 -msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" -msgstr "用例 1 :你还没有收到货物" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " -"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." -msgstr "如果你确认了你的采购单, 但还没收到货物, 你可以简单地通过取消按钮取消这个采购单。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " -"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." -msgstr "Odoo 会自动取消和这个采购单相关的未完成的运输。 **采购单** 的状态栏上会变成 **取消** " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 -msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" -msgstr "用例 2 :部分已交货" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " -"cancel the PO." -msgstr "在这个用例中, 在你取消采购单前 **3 个 iPad Mini** 中的 **2个** 已经到货" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 -msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" -msgstr "登记已收货物并取消欠单。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " -"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." -" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " -"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." -msgstr "" -"第一要做的事是登记已收货物并取消准备发货的 **第三个 iPad Mini** 。在采购单中, 点击 **收货** 并在 **iPad Mini " -"定单行** 上, 在 **完成** 栏, 手动更改已收数量。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 -msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" -msgstr "更多内容请参阅 :doc:`reception` " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 -msgid "" -"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " -"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " -"ask you the permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "当点击 **验证** , Odoo 会提示你已完成的产品小于要求的(在这个例子中是2个而不是3个), 并会要求你生成一个欠单。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" -" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " -"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." -msgstr "点击 **不需要欠单** 来取消剩下的定购, 你会发现要接收的货物数量已更改, 交货情况变成 **完成** 。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 -msgid "Create reverse transfer" -msgstr "创建逆转调拨。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" -" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." -" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" -" corresponding location and click on **Return**." -msgstr "" -"现在, 你需要返还你已经收到的iPad Minis 给你的供应商。点击 **逆转** 按钮。一个反向调拨窗口会跳出。输入数量和要返回的库位, 点击 " -"**返还** " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " -"stock to your vendor location." -msgstr "在库存中进行返还发货和控制库存移动到你供应商的库位。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" -" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " -"cancelled." -msgstr "当逆转调拨完成后, 你的采购单的状态会自动变成完成, 意味着你的采购单被完全取消了。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`bills`" -msgstr ":doc:`bills` " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`reception`" -msgstr ":doc:`reception` " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "创建询价单" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " -"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " -"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " -"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " -"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." -msgstr "" -"询价单(RFQ)用来当你打算采购一些产品并希望收到报价。在Odoo中, 询价单用来发送你想采购的产品清单给你的供应商。一旦供应商回复了你的请求, " -"你可以选择继续以这个报价采购还是驳回。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 -msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "创建一张询价单" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " -"Quotation` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "在采购模块, 打开 :菜单选择:'采购-->询价'点击 **创建** " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " -"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " -"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." -msgstr "" -"在 **供应商** 菜单选择你的供应商, 或者通过点击 **创建并编辑** 来创建。在 **订单日期** 字段, 选择你实际希望处理的日期。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt" -msgstr "收货" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "入库" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor" -msgstr "供应商" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." -msgstr "你可以通过它的名字，TIN，电子邮件或内部参考找到一个客户。 " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "供应商参考" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " -"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " -"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." -msgstr "销售订单的参照或者供应商发出的投标。当你接收产品的时候被显示在收货单上。主要用来做匹配" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "单据日期" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " -"a purchase order." -msgstr "记录询价单被确认并被转化为采购订单的日期" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "源单据" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" -" sales order)" -msgstr "生成此采购订单请求的文档的引用（例如销售订单）" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "交货到" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "这将决定进货的操作类型。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "代发货地址" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " -"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." -msgstr "如果你想直接从供应商发货给客户，就填写一个地址。不然的话，留空把货物运到你的公司仓库" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "目标位置类型" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "技术字段用于显示代发货地址" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "国际贸易术语" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " -"used in international transactions." -msgstr "国际商业条款是一系列用于国际交易的事先定义的商业条款。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "在线演示中显示 **询价单** " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " -"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " -"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " -"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " -"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " -"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " -"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " -"supplier or enter a new one)." -msgstr "" -"在 **产品** , 点击增加一个项目, 在 **产品** 菜单中选择你要采购的产品。指定 **数量** 和单位。在 **单价** 字段, " -"指定你想要得到的价格(你也可以留空, 如果你不知道该是多少价格), 在计划日期字段填写希望的交货日期.点击 **保存** , 然后 **打印询价单** " -"或 **通过邮件发送询价单** (确认邮件地址已经指定给这个供应商或者输入一个新的)" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 -msgid "" -"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" -" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." -msgstr "点击 **发送** 后, 你可以看到询价单的状态会从 **草稿** 到 **询价单已发出** 。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " -"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " -"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." -msgstr "" -"一旦你的供应商回复了你的询价, 点击 **编辑** 更新询价单来匹配这个询价(价格, 税, 预期交货时间, 付款条款, 等等.)然后点击 **保存** " -"来发布一个采购单。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " -"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." -msgstr "为了处理这个订单, 点击 **确认订单** 发送订单给供应商。询价单的状态会变成 **采购单** 。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" -" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." -msgstr "询价单的状态会变成采购订单。在右上角的标签会显示1个发货单和0个发票。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Dropship products" -msgstr "产品代发货" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" -" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " -"customer." -msgstr "代发货是指供应商不保有产品库存，而是由生产商直接将产品发给客户。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " -"to work." -msgstr "这项功能需要*销售*、*库存*和*采购*模块。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" -msgstr "启用直运功能" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " -"*Dropshipping*." -msgstr "前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并选择*直运*。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " -"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " -"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " -"drop shipped." -msgstr "已创建新路径*直运*。你可进入产品页面并勾选直运路径。你还需定义从哪家供应商购买产品。之后， 每次售出该产品时，都会采用直运方式。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " -"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." -msgstr "如果该产品有时不需要直运，你可前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选*特定订单直运*。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " -"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " -"dropship route on the SO line." -msgstr "当你创建报价或销售订单时，你可按订单行逐一决定是否需要直运，只需选择销售订单行的直运路径。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "Drop ship a product" -msgstr "产品直运" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " -"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " -"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " -"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" -" through your own stock." -msgstr "" -"在产品销售订单被确认后，Odoo将生成报价请求，以购买产品给供应商。如果你确认了采购订单的报价请求，它将创建供应商与客户之间的直接转移。产品不会经过你的库存。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Lock a purchase order" -msgstr "锁定采购订单" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." -msgstr "在订单被确认后，你可将其锁定，避免进一步编辑。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" -msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*锁定已确认订单*功能" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 -msgid "Lock an order" -msgstr "锁定订单" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 -msgid "" -"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " -"the order preventing any further modification on the document." -msgstr "在处理订单过程中，确认订单后，你可将其锁定，避免对该文件进行任何进一步修改。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 -msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" -msgstr "如需进行其他更改，你可解锁该文件。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 -msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" -msgstr "控制收到的产品（全部和部分）" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " -"products to receive and to control supplier bills." -msgstr " **采购** 程序可以让你管理你的采购订单, 控制产品收货和控制供应商账单。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" -" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " -"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." -msgstr "如果你想要产品预测和收货在控制之下, 第一步要做的是部署Odoo采购过程。知道已经买了什么，是预测和控制收货的基础。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 -msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "安装采购和库存程序" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " -"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " -"others), which is required with **Purchase**." -msgstr "从安装采购程序开始, 这将自动触发 **库存** 应用安装(除了别的以外), 这是 **采购** 所需要的。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 -msgid "Create products" -msgstr "创建产品" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " -"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "然后, 你需要生成一个你要采购的产品。在 **采购** 界面, :菜单选择:'采购-->产品', 点击 **创建** 。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 -msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" -msgstr "当创建产品时, **产品类型** 字段是重要的 :" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." -msgstr " **可库存&可消费**: 产品需要在库存中收取。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " -"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." -msgstr " **服务&数字产品** (仅当 **电子商务** 程序已安装) :对是否收货不控制。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 -msgid "" -"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " -"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " -"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" -" set his product type field as **Service**." -msgstr "" -"对于很少采购或者不需要管理库存, 或者不需要采购/销售统计的产品。创建 **杂项** 产品是个好方法。如果你创建了这样的产品, 建议设置产品类型字段为 " -"**服务** 。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 -msgid "Control products receptions" -msgstr "控制产品收取。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 -msgid "Purchase products" -msgstr "采购产品" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " -"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" -" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " -"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " -"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." -msgstr "" -"在采购界面, 创建一个有一些产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个销售订单或是一个报价, 把它的参照号放在 **供应商参照** " -"字段里。这可以帮你在稍后方便地对应交货单(因为交货单很可能包含他的销售订单 **供应商参照** )" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 -msgid "Receive Products" -msgstr "接收产品" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " -"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " -"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " -"receipt box of the related warehouse." -msgstr "" -"如果你采购实际产品(可库存货可消费产品), 你可以从 **库存** 程序收取产品。从 **库存** 仪表盘, 你可以在相关仓库的收货框中看到一个按钮 " -"**X 可以收货** 。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " -"warehouse." -msgstr "点击者个按钮你可以进入这个仓库的等待收货的清单。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " -"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " -"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" -" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " -"the lines within it." -msgstr "" -"如果你有很多等待的订单, 你可以使用过滤功能来搜索你的采购单的参考信息, 比如 **供应商** (在Odoo中也叫 **合作伙伴** ), " -"产品或者源文档。你可以打开符合条件的交货单并处理它。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " -"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " -"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " -"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." -msgstr "" -"您可以通过点击 **验证** 按钮一次验证整个订单, 也可以逐个控制所有的产品, 通过手动更改 **完成量** (实际上已收到)。当产品行是绿色, " -"则表示已收和预期的量匹配。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " -"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " -"the quantity received." -msgstr "如果你使用批次号或序列号, 则不能直接设定已收的数量, 你必须提供所有批次或序列号记录已收到的数量。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 -msgid "" -"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" -" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "当你验证已收的货物少于初始需求时, Odoo会要求你产生一个欠单。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 -msgid "" -"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " -"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " -"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." -msgstr "" -"如果你打算将来收取剩下的产品, 选择 **创建欠单** 。Odoo会产生一个文件为等待的产品。如果你选择 **没有欠单** , " -"这个订单会被认为已经完成了。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`cancel`" -msgstr ":doc:`cancel` " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 -msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" -msgstr "对采购订单提出警告" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " -"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." -msgstr "*警告*功能可根据供应商或产品对采购订单提出警告或阻止消息。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " -"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " -"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " -"order." -msgstr "例如，如果某供应商经常出问题，你可能想在向该供应商采购时提出警告。如果某产品即将停产，你可能想在采购订单上发出阻止消息。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." -msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*警告*功能。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 -msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" -msgstr "针对供应商添加警告" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " -"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " -"blocking message." -msgstr "当启用本功能后，供应商的*内部备注*选项卡下将出现一个新选项。你可决定添加简单的警告或是阻止消息。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 -msgid "Add a warning on a product" -msgstr "针对产品添加警告" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" -" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." -msgstr "当启用本功能后，产品页面的*采购*选项卡下将出现一个新选项，你可在此添加警告或是阻止消息。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 -msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" -msgstr "试图在警告或阻止信息情况下进行采购" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " -"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." -msgstr "如果你试图确认带有警告的供应商或产品的*采购订单*，页面将显示信息。你可点击确认，忽略该信息。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 -msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." -msgstr "但是，如果是阻止信息，你无法将它直接忽略。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Agreements" -msgstr "采购协议" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" -msgstr "管理空白订单" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " -"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " -"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." -msgstr "总括订单是指客户允许供应商在一段时间内按多个日期交货的采购订单，总括订单通常会利用预先确定定价的优势。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" -msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*采购协议*功能。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 -msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "开始一个总括订单" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " -"Agreements`." -msgstr "如要使用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 采购协议`。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " -"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "在创建采购协议后，访问*协议类型*下拉菜单并选择*总括订单*。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " -"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." -msgstr "然后，你可以创建新的总括订单，选择供应商、产品、协议截止日期、订货日期和交货日期。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " -"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " -"the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "检查采购协议并确认。它的状态将从*草稿*变为*进行中*，右上角将出现新的*询价单/订单*。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 -msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "从总括订单创建询价单" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " -"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " -"choose the quantity and confirm the order." -msgstr "你可从总括订单创建新报价，Odoo将按总括订单中的产品自动填写该文件，你只需要选择数量并确认订单。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 -msgid "" -"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" -" you have already ordered from your blanket order." -msgstr "当你返回总括订单时，可以看到已经从总括订单订购的产品数量。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 -msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "产品的供应商价格" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " -"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " -"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " -"name." -msgstr "在验证总括订单后，产品页面将添加一行新的供应商信息。你可通过供应商名称左侧的箭头查看哪些产品与总括订单关联并予以优先考虑。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " -"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." -msgstr "由于这项功能，总括订单可用于自动补货（使用*再次订购规则*或*定制*配置）。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 -msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " -"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" -msgstr "你也可从经典询价单目录创建*询价单*并将它们与已有的*总括订单*关联。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Call for Tender" -msgstr "管理招标" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." -msgstr "招标是指要求多家供应商报价以获取最有意向价格的特殊程序。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." -msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*采购协议*功能。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 -msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "创建招标" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " -"and select *Call for Tender*." -msgstr "创建新的采购协议，访问*协议类型*下拉菜单并选择*招标*。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " -"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " -"right corner of the document." -msgstr "检查采购协议并确认，它的状态将从*草稿*变为*已确认*，右上角将出现新的*询价单/订单*。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 -msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "从招标页面请求新报价" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " -"from your Call for Tender." -msgstr "在招标页面，Odoo将从你的招标产品中自动填充询价单。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 -msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "选择最佳报价" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" -" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." -msgstr "在你选择并确认最佳报价后，与招标相关的所有询价单和订单都将显示在*询价单/订单*按钮下。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 -msgid "Close the Call for Tender" -msgstr "关闭招标" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 -msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." -msgstr "完成招标后，请勿忘记关闭。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "补货" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment Flows" -msgstr "补货流程" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 -msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" -msgstr "安排收货和发货" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " -"Times*." -msgstr "如要管理供应链排期，你需使用Odoo*前置时间*。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 -msgid "" -"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " -"manufacture products." -msgstr "*前置时间*指接收、交付或制造产品预计所需时间。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 -msgid "Configure Lead Times" -msgstr "配置前置时间" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 -msgid "Vendor Lead Time" -msgstr "供应商前置时间" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " -"product to you." -msgstr "供应商前置时间是指供应商向你交付产品所需的时间。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " -"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " -"lead time for that Vendor & Product." -msgstr "如要配置供应商前置时间，前往产品页面，在采购选项卡下，点击*供应商*，你可在此更改供应商和产品的交付前置时间。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 -msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "客户前置时间" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " -"the product to your customer." -msgstr "客户前置时间则是指你向客户交付产品所需的时间。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " -"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "如要配置你的客户前置时间，打开产品并进入*库存*选项卡。然后你可以添加需要的天数。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "制造前置时间" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." -msgstr "制造前置时间是指你制造产品所需的时间。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 -msgid "" -"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " -"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "如要配置你的制造前置时间，打开产品并进入*库存*选项卡。然后你可以添加需要的天数。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 -msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" -msgstr "配置安全前置时间" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " -"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " -"engagements." -msgstr "Odoo还可配置*安全天数*，以便应对供应链可能的延迟，确保履行契约。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " -"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " -"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." -msgstr "最简便的方法是从任意模块进入*设置*页面，并在搜索栏键入*前置时间*。在此勾选每个方框并根据需求配置*安全前置时间*。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " -"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." -msgstr "或者，你可进入*库存*模块和*制造*模块的设置页面，配置上述设置。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 -msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" -msgstr "某用例中的前置时间和安全时间" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 -msgid "" -"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " -"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " -"is your product’s configuration:" -msgstr "例如，你今天（1月1日）卖出一辆订购轿车，你向客户承诺在20天内（1月20日）交付。以下是你的产品配置：" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 -msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" -msgstr "销售的安全前置时间：1天" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" -msgstr "采购的安全前置时间：1天" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 -msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" -msgstr "供应商交付前置时间：9天" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 -msgid "" -"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" -" your configuration." -msgstr "在这种情形下，排期程序将根据你的配置触发以下事件。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 -msgid "" -"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " -"time for Sales)" -msgstr "1月19日：排定的交付日期（1月20日 - 1天的销售安全前置时间）" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 -msgid "" -"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " -"time for Purchase)" -msgstr "1月18日：排定的接收日期（1月19日 - 1天的采购安全前置时间）" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 -msgid "" -"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " -"9 days of vendor lead time)" -msgstr "1月10日：订购日期 = 向你的供应商下单的截止日期（1月19日 - 9天的供应商前置时间）" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Setup drop-shipping" -msgstr "直运设置" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概览" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " -"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." -msgstr "直销允许从供应商处直接发货给客户。这意味着产品不通过你的仓库。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 -msgid "" -"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " -"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " -"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " -"section." -msgstr "" -"首先, 配置 **路线** 和 **直销** 。打开菜单 :'库存'-->配置-->设置'.在 **路线** 部分选中 **产品使用高级路线** 并且在" -" **直销** 部分选择 **允许供应商发货给你的客户** 。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " -"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " -"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "你还要在销售订单中允许路线选择, 在销售模块, 进入菜单选项 :`配置 -->设置` 并勾选 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 -msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" -msgstr "如何使用直销？" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " -"concerned order lines." -msgstr "创建销售订单并在相关订单行上选择路线为 **直销** 。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " -"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." -msgstr "一旦订单被确认, 不会从你的仓库产生移动。货物会从供应商处直接发给客户。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" -" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." -msgstr "为了能给发货开发票, 你必须在你的产品上设置你的开票政策为 **已订数量** " - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 -msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" -msgstr "根据销售（订货型生产）触发采购订单" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " -"orders on each sale you make." -msgstr "如果你未保有产品库存，可能需要按每笔销售触发采购订单。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" -" just one step." -msgstr "Odoo拥有全面集成的解决方案，只需一步即可轻松完成此操作。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 -msgid "Configure the product" -msgstr "配置产品" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " -"*Make To Order*." -msgstr "打开产品表单，在库存选项卡下，勾选*采购*和*订货型生产*。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 -msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "请勿忘记还需在*采购*选项卡下设置供应商。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " -"Odoo for this feature to work." -msgstr "这项功能需要Odoo安装*库存*、*销售*和*采购*模块。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 -msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" -msgstr "利用采购和订货型生产创建销售订单" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " -"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." -msgstr "为产品创建新的销售订单。在你确认订单后，系统将创建交货订单，状态为*等待下一项操作*。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " -"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " -"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." -msgstr "在*采购*模块将自动创建新的询价单。请注意，通过询价单上的*源文件*字段，你可查看询价单是根据哪张销售订单创建的。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 -msgid "" -"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " -"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" -" *Shipment* button." -msgstr "当你确认询价单并将其变为采购订单后，系统将自动创建收据，并可通过*发货*按钮直接从采购订单访问。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " -"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." -msgstr "你可验证产品接收情况。当你返回交付订单时，可以看到产品已准备好发货。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 -msgid "" -"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " -"automatically under it." -msgstr "只要询价单未确认，Odoo将自动在下面添加采购订单行。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" -msgstr "利用再次订购规则，不必担心库存耗尽" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " -"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " -"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." -msgstr "为了避免库存耗尽，你可以为产品定义*再次订购规则*。利用再次订购规则，Odoo将在库存达到最小库存水平时补货。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 -msgid "Set a reordering rule" -msgstr "设置再次订购规则" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 -msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." -msgstr "打开库存产品，你将看到*再次订购规则*选项卡。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." -msgstr "你也可从:menuselection:`库存 --> 主数据 --> 再次订购规则`访问所有的再次订购规则。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " -"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " -"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." -msgstr "在下一个菜单中，你可创建与产品关联的再次订购规则。之后，当产品达到最小数量时，它会自动将库存补充至**最大数量**。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " -"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " -"12:00PM." -msgstr "补货会在库存模块的排程器运行时发生。默认情况下, 排程器会在每天晚上12 :00运行。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " -"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." -msgstr "从现在起, 每次有再次订购规则的产品达到最小库存时，系统会根据产品配置（例如，创建询价单、创建生产订单等），自动判断如何满足该需求。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "排查" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 -msgid "" -"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " -"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " -"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " -"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," -" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " -"issue with the configuration." -msgstr "" -"为了确保再次订购规则正常运行，你必须正确配置产品。如你使用*采购*路径，你需要提供产品供应商。如你使用*制造*路径，你需要提供产品物料清单。如产品未完全配置或路径有误，系统将在产品上记录下一项活动，通知你配置存在问题。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 -msgid "Multi-Companies" -msgstr "多公司" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" -msgstr "如何设置多公司销售/采购流程。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " -"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " -"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " -"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." -msgstr "Odoo 不但提供帮助小公司增长业务的优秀的解决方案。而且适用于跨国公司的需求.内部公司功能帮你在不同的子公司内买/卖产品和服务" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " -"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " -"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " -"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " -"on your sales and purchase orders." -msgstr "" -"采购订单和销售订单能够被关联。如果你的集团下的子公司创建了一个采购订单或销售订单, " -"相关的文档会自动生成。你要做的只是检查正确性并确认销售。你可以在你的销售或采购单上自动校验。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 -msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." -msgstr "你也可能只是处理发票和退款。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Manage intercompany rules" -msgstr "管理内部公司规则。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" -" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." -msgstr "在 :菜单:'设置-->常规设置‘。选择 **管理多公司** 和 **管理内部公司** 。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "点击 **应用** " - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 -msgid "New options will appear." -msgstr "新的选项会显示。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." -msgstr "在下拉菜单中, 选择你要加规则的公司。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " -"options." -msgstr "如果点击 **为内部公司的SO 和 PO 设置** , 你能得到额外的选项。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " -"for the other companies." -msgstr "当你完成后, 点击 **应用** , 然后你可以对其他重复一样的步骤。" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " -"user has the rights to manage the companies." -msgstr "为了能管理内部公司规则, 确认你的用户有权限管理公司。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po deleted file mode 100644 index 08db32dcd..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: xiaobin wu <bd5dml@gmail.com>, 2017\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 -msgid "Recruitment" -msgstr "招聘" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index aa0da4d6a..ff10f125c 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -1,31 +1,38 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: # mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2018 # Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2018 # 宣一敏 <freemanxuan@163.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2018 # udcs <seanhwa@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# fausthuang, 2018 # John Lin <linyinhuan@139.com>, 2018 # bower Guo <124358678@qq.com>, 2018 # 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019 -# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2019 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 +# Manga Tsang <mts@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2021 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2021 +# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# fausthuang, 2021 +# Wall, 2021 +# LINYUN TONG <tong.linyun@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2021 +# John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2021 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Kenny Yang <biganglerau@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,47 +40,2886 @@ msgstr "" "Language: zh_CN\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#: ../../sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:4 msgid "Sales" msgstr "销售" -#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:4 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "CRM" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "获取销售线索" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "销售线索转换商机" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM" +" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can " +"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" +"系统可以生成潜在顾客而不是商机，以便在将 [潜在顾客] 转换为 [机会] 并分配给正确的销售人员之前添加资格步骤。可以从 CRM " +"设置激活此模式。默认情况下，它适用于所有销售渠道。但是，可以从特定通道的配置窗体中使其具体化。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "要此功能正常运作，请转到菜单选择：:menuselection:`CRM --> 配置 --> 设置`并激活 *销售线索* 功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "现在，您将在 *销售线索* 下有一个新的子菜单 *销售线索* ，这些子菜单将汇总它们。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "将销售线索转换为商机" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "当您单击 *销售线索* 时，您可以选择将其转换为商机，并决定是否仍应将其分配给相同的渠道/人员以及是否需要创建新客户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" +"如果您已经有了该客户的记录，Odoo将自动为您提供与该记录合并的商机。 以相同的方式，Odoo将自动为您提供链接到现有客户（如果该客户已经存在）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "通过电子邮件生成潜在客户/机会" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" +"自动化线索/商机生成将大大提高您的效率。 默认情况下，任何发送到 *sales@database\\_domain.ext* " +"的电子邮件都会在默认销售渠道中创造商机。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "配置电子邮件别名" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" +"每个销售渠道都可以拥有自己的电子邮件别名，以生成自动分配给它的销售线索/机会。 如果您管理具有特定业务流程的多个销售团队，这将很有用。 " +"您可以在配置->销售渠道下找到销售渠道的配置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "从您的网站联系页面生成销售线索/商机" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "自动生成销售线索/商机将大大提高您的效率。 任何使用您网站上的联系表的访问者都会在管道中创建销售线索/商机。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "使用您网站上的联系页面" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "首先转到您的网站应用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "通过已安装的CRM应用程序，你可通过Odoo网站上即时可用的联系人表单，自动生成线索/商机。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" +"要更改为特定销售渠道，请转到 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置`下 *通信* 您将找到联系表信息以及更改 *销售渠道* " +"或 *销售人员* 的位置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "创建自定义联系人表单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" +"当访问者使用联系人表单与你联系时，你可能需要向访问者了解更多情况，因此你需要在网站上创建自定义联系人表单。这些联系人表单可以在系统中生成多种类型的记录（邮件、线索/商机、项目任务、服务台工单等）" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "你需要安装免费的 *表单生成器* 模块，仅在Odoo企业版中可用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "首先，进入你希望设置联系人表单的页面。在编辑模式下，将表单生成器拖动到该页面，然后就可以添加需要的所有字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "在默认情况下，所有新的联系人表单都会发送邮件，你可以在 *更改表单参数* 中切换到线索/商机生成页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "如果同一访问者使用联系人表单两次，第二次输入的内容将添加到沟通栏的首个线索中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "生成销售线索而不是商机" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" +"在使用联系人表单时，在将表单分配给合适的销售人员之前，需要有一个资格鉴定步骤。如要进行此项操作，在CRM设置中启用 *线索* 并参见:doc:`转换`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "发送报价单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "当您将线索定为商机时，您很可能需要向他们发送报价单。您可以在使用 Odoo 的 CRM 应用程序中直接执行此操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "创建新报价单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "通过点击任何商机或潜在顾客，您将看到一个 *新报价* 按钮，它会将您带入一个新的菜单，您可以在其中管理您的报价。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "您可以在该页面上的 *报价* 菜单下找到该特定商机的所有报价。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "标记为赢/输" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "现在，您需要将商机标记为赢或输，以继续进行此过程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "如果将它们标记为赢，它们将移动到看板视图中的 *赢* 列。但是，如果您将它们标记为 *输* ，它们将被存档。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "优化您的日常工作" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "如何激励和奖励我的销售人员？" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" +"激励员工以实现目标和奖励达到特定目标是增强良好销售习惯和提高销售人员生产率的绝佳方法。 " +"游戏化模块通过实时识别和受游戏机制启发的徽章，为您提供了简单而富有创意的方式来激励和评估您的员工。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "安装 *游戏化* 模块或 *CRM游戏化* 模块，添加了一些可用于 *CRM /销售* 的有用数据（如目标和挑战）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "创建一个挑战" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "现在，创建您的第一个挑战，通过 :menuselection:`设定 --> 游戏化工具 --> 挑战` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "由于游戏化工具是一次性的技术设置，因此您需要激活技术功能才能访问配置。 为此，请转到 *设定* 和 *激活开发人员模式* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "挑战是您发送给销售团队的任务。 它可以包括为特定时间段设置的一个或多个目标。 如下配置您的挑战：" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "指派给受挑战的销售人员;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "指派负责人；" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "设置周期以及开始和结束日期；" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "选择你的目标;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "设置您的奖励（徽章）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "挑战结束后将授予徽章。 这可以是运行周期的结尾（例如：每月挑战的月末），挑战的结束日期（如果没有设置周期性），也可以是手动关闭挑战。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "在下面的示例中，有2位员工正在挑战 *每月销售目标* 。 挑战基于两个目标：发票总额和产生的新潜在客户数量。 在月底，将为获奖者颁发徽章。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "设立目标" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "可以使用目标和数字来评估用户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "**目标** 是通过 *挑战* 分配的，这些评估（请参见上图）并在整个时段内团队各成员之间进行比较。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" +"你可以在 *挑战* 中创建一个新的目标，点击 *目标* 下的 *添加新项目* 。 根据公司需求选择业务对象。 " +"示例：新销售线索的数量，资格的形成时间，根据您的管理偏好在特定星期，月份或任何其他时间范围内开具的发票总额等。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "目标也包括你的数据库设立 (比如设定你的公司数据, 一个时区, 建立一个新用户, 等等)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "建立奖励" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" +"对于非数字成就，可以将 *徽章* 授予用户。 从简单的感谢到卓越的成就，徽章是向用户表示感谢的简单方法，感谢他们的出色工作。 " +"要根据员工的绩效创建和授予徽章，请转到 :menuselection:`设定 --> 游戏化工具 --> 徽章` 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "将谷歌日历与Odoo同步" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " +"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " +"directions)." +msgstr "Odoo能完美集成谷歌日历，因此能从两个平台上管理你的会议（同时通过两种方式更新日程）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "在Google中设定" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" +"打开`谷歌 APIs 平台 <https://console.developers.google.com>，生成谷歌日历API " +"凭证，然后用谷歌帐号登录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +msgid "Go to the API & Services page." +msgstr "进入API和服务页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." +msgstr "搜索 *谷歌日历API* 并选择它。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "启用API接口。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " +"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." +msgstr "选择或创建 API 项目以存储凭据（如果之前尚未完成）。给它一个显式名称（例如 Odoo 同步）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +msgid "Create credentials." +msgstr "创建凭据。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "选择 *网页浏览器（Javascript）* 作为调用源，选择 *用户数据* 作为数据类型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " +"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " +"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" +"然后，您可以创建客户端 ID。输入应用程序的名称（例如 Odoo 日历）和将重定向的允许页面。*授权JavaScript源* 是 Odoo 的实例 " +"URL。 *授权重定向 URI* 是您的 Odoo 的实例 URL，后跟'/google_account/authentication'。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " +"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " +"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" +" in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" +"通过输入产品名称（例如 Odoo 日历）执行同意屏幕步骤。请随意检查自定义选项，但这不是强制性的。仅当首次在 Odoo 中输入客户端 ID " +"时，才会显示同意屏幕。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" +" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." +msgstr "最后，您得到了您的 **客户端 ID** 。也转到 **凭据** 以获取 **客户端机密** 。这两个都是Odoo所必需的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "设置Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " +"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." +msgstr "从 *应用* 菜单安装 **谷歌日历** 应用程序，或通过菜单选择中的选项 :menuselection:`设置 --> 常规设置`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" +" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." +msgstr "" +"转到菜单选择 :menuselection:`设置 --> 常规设置`，并在谷歌日历选项中输入您的 **客户端 ID** 和 **客户端机密**。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " +"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " +"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" +" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." +msgstr "" +"设置现已就绪。打开Odoo日历，与谷歌日历同步。首次同步时会转到谷歌，对链接进行授权。返回Odoo后，再次点击同步按钮。任何时候同步均可点击这个按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" +msgstr "不再有借口错过会议！" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 +msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" +msgstr "使用 Odoo 中的 VOIP 服务与 OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "介绍" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" +" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " +"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." +msgstr "" +"Odoo VoIP 可以设置为与 OnSIP " +"（www.onsip.com）协同工作。在这种情况下，不需要安装和设置Asterisk服务器，因为整个基础结构由 OnSIP 托管和管理。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " +"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " +"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " +"configuration procedure below." +msgstr "" +"您需要使用 OnSIP 开立帐户才能使用此服务。在执行此操作之前，请确保您的区域和您希望呼叫的区域包含在服务范围内。开立 OnSIP " +"帐户后，请按照以下配置过程操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." +msgstr "转到应用并安装模块 **VoIP OnSIP** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " +"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" +msgstr "转到设置/常规设置。在集成/Asterisk （VoIP）一节中，填写以下 3 个字段：" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " +"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " +"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" +"**OnSIP 域** " +"是您在www.onsip.com上创建帐户时选择的域。如果您不知道，请登录https://admin.onsip.com/，您将在屏幕的右上角看到它。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 +msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "**网络套接字** 应包含 wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 +msgid "**Mode** should be Production" +msgstr "**模式** 应该是生产" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " +"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" +msgstr "转到 **设置/用户** 。在每个 VoIP 用户的表单视图中，在首选项的选项卡中，填写 **PBX 配置** 部分：" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 +msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "**SIP 登录 / 浏览器的扩展*：OnSIP 的 '用户名'" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 +msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "**OnSIP 授权用户** ：ONSIP的 \"注册用户名\"" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 +msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "*SIP 密码* : OnSIP的 \"SIP 密码\"" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 +msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" +msgstr "**手机分机** ： OnSIP 的 \"扩展\"" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can find all this information by logging in at " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " +"and refer to the fields as pictured below." +msgstr "您可以通过登录https://admin.onsip.com/users找到所有这些信息，然后选择要配置的用户，并引用如下图所示的字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " +"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" +" Odoo and in OnSIP)." +msgstr "现在，您可以通过单击 Odoo 右上角的电话图标拨打电话（确保您以在 Odoo 和 OnSIP 中正确配置的用户身份登录）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " +"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." +msgstr "如果您在 Odoo 软电话中看到 *缺少参数* 信息，请确保刷新 Odoo 窗口，然后重试。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" +" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " +"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"international prefix for the United States)." +msgstr "" +"如果您在 Odoo 软电话中看到 *错误号码* 信息，请确保使用国际格式，并带有加号 （+） " +"符号，后跟国际国家/地区代码。例如：+16506913277（其中+1是美国的国际代码）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " +"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." +msgstr "您现在还可以接听电话。您的号码是OnSIP提供的号码。Odoo会响铃并显示通知。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 +msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" +msgstr "在您的手机上使用OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " +"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" +" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " +"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." +msgstr "" +"当你不在电脑前也能拨打和接听电话，你可以在Odoo的VoIP的并行您的手机上使用网络电话应用程序。 " +"这对于持续通话非常有用，但也可以确保听到来电，或者只是为了方便。 任何SIP软电话均可使用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " +"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." +" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"then have to configure it as follows:" +msgstr "" +"在 Android 和 iOS 上，OnSIP 已成功测试了`Grandstream " +"Wave<https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_。创建帐户时，在运营商列表中选择" +" OnSIP。然后，您必须按如下方式配置它：" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 +msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" +msgstr "**帐户名称** ： OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 +msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" +msgstr "**SIP 服务器** ： OnSIP的 \"域\"" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 +msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "**SIP 用户 ID** ： OnSIP的 \"用户名\"" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 +msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "**SIP 身份验证 ID** ：ONSIP 的\"身份验证用户名\"" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 +msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "**密码** ： OnSIP 的 \"SIP 密码\"" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " +"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " +"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " +"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" +" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " +"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." +msgstr "" +"除了在手机上发起来自 Grandstream Wave 的呼叫外，您还可以通过在 PC 上的浏览器中单击电话号码来发起呼叫。这将使Grandstream" +" Wave，并通过您的手机路由呼叫到另一方。此方法有助于避免浪费时间拨打电话号码。为此，您需要 Chrome 扩展服务\"OnSIP 呼叫助理 " +"<https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_.。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" +" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." +msgstr "在手机上使用软电话的缺点是，您的呼叫不会记录在 Odoo 中，因为软电话是独立的应用程序。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" +msgstr "为 Odoo 配置 VOIP Asterisk服务器" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Installing Asterisk server" +msgstr "安装 Asterisk 服务器" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "依存关系" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" +msgstr "安装Asterisk之前, 您需要安装以下依存关系 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 +msgid "wget" +msgstr "wget" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 +msgid "gcc" +msgstr "gcc" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 +msgid "g++" +msgstr "g++" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 +msgid "ncurses-devel" +msgstr "ncurses-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 +msgid "libxml2-devel" +msgstr "libxml2-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 +msgid "sqlite-devel" +msgstr "sqlite-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 +msgid "libsrtp-devel" +msgstr "libsrtp-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 +msgid "libuuid-devel" +msgstr "libuuid-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 +msgid "openssl-devel" +msgstr "openssl-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 +msgid "pkg-config" +msgstr "pkg-config" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 +msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" +msgstr "如需安装libsrtp, 请遵循下面步骤:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " +"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " +"extracted:" +msgstr "" +"你也需要安装PJSIP, 你可以从如下 `链接下载<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_。一旦资源目录被提取。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" +msgstr " **更改为pjproject源目录 :** " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 +msgid "**run:**" +msgstr " **运行 :** " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 +msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" +msgstr " **编译并安装pjproject :** " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 +msgid "**Update shared library links:**" +msgstr " **更新共享库链接 :** " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 +msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" +msgstr " **确保已经安装了pjproject :** " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 +msgid "**The result should be:**" +msgstr " **结果应该是 :** " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Asterisk" +msgstr "Asterisk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " +"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" +"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." +msgstr "" +"为了安装Asterisk的13.7.0, 你可以直接从下面链接 `下载资源 " +"<http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" +"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Extract Asterisk:" +msgstr "导出Asterisk" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" +msgstr "输入Asterisk 目录" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 +msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" +msgstr "运行Asterisk 配置脚本" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 +msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" +msgstr "运行Asterisk 菜单选择工具" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " +"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " +"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " +"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." +msgstr "" +"在菜单选择中，转到资源选项，并确保启用了res_srtp。 如果res_srtp旁边有3 x，则srtp库存在问题，您必须重新安装它。 保存配置（按 " +"x）。 您还应该在res_pjsip行前面看到星号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 +msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" +msgstr "编译和安装Asterisk :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " +"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " +"run 'make config'." +msgstr "如果您需要样本配置，则可以运行“制作样本”来安装样本配置。 如果您需要安装Asterisk启动脚本，则可以运行“ 进行配置”。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 +msgid "DTLS Certificates" +msgstr "DTLS 认证" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 +msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." +msgstr "然后你要安装DTLS认证" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" +msgstr "进入Asterisk脚本目录 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" +" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" +msgstr "创建DTLS证书（用您的IP地址或DNS名称替换pbx.mycompany.com，用您的公司名称替换My Super Company）：" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 +msgid "Configure Asterisk server" +msgstr "配置Asterisk服务器" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " +"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " +"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" +" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " +"uncommented:" +msgstr "" +"对于WebRTC，许多必需的设置必须位于对等设置中。 全局设置不会很好地流入对等设置。 " +"默认情况下，Asterisk配置文件位于/etc/asterisk/ 中。 首先编辑 http.conf，并确保未注释以下行：" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " +"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " +"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " +"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " +"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" +msgstr "" +"接下来，编辑sip.conf。 WebRTC对等方需要启用加密，avpf和icesupport。 在大多数情况下，应该禁用directmedia。 " +"同样在WebRTC客户端下，传输需要列为 'ws' 以允许进行websocket连接。 所有这些配置行都应位于对等方自身之下； " +"全局设置这些配置行可能不起作用：" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " +"lines:" +msgstr "在sip.conf和rtp.conf文件, 您还需要添加或取消注释行 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 +msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" +msgstr "最后, 建立extensions.conf文件 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 +msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" +msgstr "配置Odoo VOIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 +msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." +msgstr "在Odoo, 配置应该在用户的偏好来实现。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 +msgid "" +"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" +" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." +msgstr "SIP登录/浏览器扩展是你以前在sip.conf文件中配置的数字（在我们的示例中：1060）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 +msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "SIP密码是你在sip.conf文件中选择的密码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " +"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " +"configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "你的办公室电话分机不是必填字段，但如果你想将电话从Odoo转移到sip.conf文件中配置的外部电话，则需要填写。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " +"\"Integrations\" section." +msgstr "你也可在一般设置的“集成”部分完成本配置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file." +msgstr "PBX服务器IP应与你在 http.conf 文件中定义的IP相同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/setup.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" +" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " +"defined in the http.conf file." +msgstr "" +"WebSocket应为: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws ，其中“localhost”应与之前定义的IP相同，且“XXXX” " +"应为http.conf文件中定义的端口。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "分析性能" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 +msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" +msgstr "获得准确可能的营业额" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" +" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " +"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " +"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." +msgstr "" +"随着销售周期的推进，以及从一个阶段转移到另一个阶段，您可以期望获得有关给定商机的更精确信息，让您更好地了解结束该机会的概率，这一点非常重要，因为您在各种机会中的预期营业额报告。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 +msgid "Configure your kanban stages" +msgstr "配置看板阶段" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " +"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" +" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" +" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " +"more accurate." +msgstr "" +"默认情况下，Odoo看板视图有四个阶段：新建、合格、命题、赢。分别有10、30、70和100%的成功概率。您可以添加阶段以及编辑它们。通过分阶段提高企业成功的默认概率，您可以使可能的营业额越来越准确。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" +" you can modify them manually of course." +msgstr "默认情况下，每个机会都会设置概率，但您也可以手动修改它们。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 +msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" +msgstr "设置商机预期收入 + 结束日期" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " +"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" +" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." +msgstr "当您获得潜在客户信息时，设置预期收入和预期结算日期非常重要。这将让您按阶段查看预期总收入，并给出更准确的可能营业额。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 +msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" +msgstr "查看过期或即将关闭的机会" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " +"closing, letting you prioritize." +msgstr "在管道中，您可以按商机的关闭程度来筛选商机，从而确定优先级。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 +msgid "" +"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " +"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " +"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." +msgstr "作为销售经理，此工具还可以帮助您了解改进销售流程的潜在方法，例如，在早期阶段，许多机会，但接近结束日期可能表明存在问题。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 +msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" +msgstr "查看您的总预期收入和可能的营业额" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 +msgid "" +"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " +"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." +msgstr "在看板视图中，您可以看到每个阶段的预期收入。这基于您设置的每个商机预期收入。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " +"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " +"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " +"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " +"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." +msgstr "" +"作为经理，您可以转到 ：菜单选择：'CRM --= 报告 --= 管道分析'默认为 [可能营业额] " +"设置为度量值。此报告将考虑您为每个商机设置的收入，以及它们关闭的可能性。这使您可以更好地了解您的预期收入，从而制定计划并设定目标。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "检查您的赢/输比率" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "要查看管道的配合情况，请查看赢/输比率。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "要访问此报告，请转到 *报告* 选项卡下的 *管道* 视图。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "在这里，您可以过滤到希望看到的机会，您的机会，来自销售渠道的机会，整个公司的机会等等。然后，您可以单击过滤器并选中“赢/输”。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "您还可以将 *措施* 更改为 *总收入*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "您还可以切换到饼型视图。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "组织管道" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "管理失去的机会" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "当您同时处理许多机会时，您可能会失去其中一些机会。 您将需要跟踪失去它们的原因，以及Odoo可以通过哪些方式帮助您将来恢复它们。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "将销售线索标记为输" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "在管道中，选择所需的任何商机，您将看到一个 *标记为输* 按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "然后，您可以选择现有的 *丢失原因* 或在此处创建新的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "管理和创建丢失的原因" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "您将在菜单选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 丢失的原因`下找到您的 --> 丢失原因`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "您可以选择和重命名其中任何一个，以及从那里创建一个新的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "检索丢失的机会" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "要检索丢失的机会并对其进行操作（发送电子邮件、拨打反馈电话等），请在搜索栏中选择 *丢失* 筛选器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "然后，您将看到所有失去的机会。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "如果要进一步优化它们，可以在 *丢失原因* 上添加筛选器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "例如，*太贵* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "恢复失去的机会" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "从具有筛选器的看板视图中，您可以选择任何希望的机会，并照常处理。您也可以通过单击 *已存档* 来恢复它。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "当项目属于同一阶段时，还可以从看板视图中还原批处理中的项。在列选项中选择 *还原记录* 。您也可以以相同的方式存档。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "要选择特定商机，应切换到列表视图。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "然后，您可以选择尽可能多的或所有商机，并选择要执行的操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "管理多个销售团队" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "在 Odoo 中，您可以管理多个销售团队、部门或具有特定销售流程的渠道。为此，我们使用 *销售渠道* 的概念。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "创建新的销售渠道" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "要创建新的 *销售渠道* ，请转到 :menuselection:`配置 --> 销售渠道`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "在那里，您可以设置一个电子邮件别名。发送到该电子邮件地址的每封邮件都将创建潜在顾客/商机。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "添加成员到您的销售渠道" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" +"您可以将成员添加到任何频道; " +"这样，这些成员在打开销售渠道时将看到销售渠道的管道结构。分配给他们的任何销售线索/商机都将链接到销售渠道。因此，您只能是一个通道的成员。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "这将简化团队经理的流程评审。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "如果现在筛选管道中的此特定通道，您将找到其所有商机。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "销售渠道仪表板" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "要一目了然地查看任何销售渠道的运营和结果，销售经理还可以访问 *报告* 下的 *销售渠道仪表板* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "它与整个生态系统共享，因此每个收入流都包含在其中：销售、电子商务、PoS 等。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "分配和跟踪销售线索" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "根据评分分配销售线索" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." +msgstr "通过 *销售线索评分* ，您可以根据所选条件自动对销售线索进行排名。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "例如，您可以对您所在国家/地区的客户或访问您网站上特定网页的客户进行评分。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "要使用评分，请在 *应用* 页面下安装免费模块 *销售线索* （仅在 Odoo 企业版中提供）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "生成评分规则" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "现在，您的 *CRM* 应用中有一个名为 *销售线索管理* 的新选项卡，您可以在其中管理评分规则。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "下面是加拿大销售线索的示例，您可以修改您希望对销售线索进行评分的任何条件。您可以根据需要添加尽可能多的条件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "每小时没有得分的一个线索都会被自动扫描，并根据您的评分规则分配正确的分数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "分配销售线索" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" +"计算分数后，可以使用相同的域机制将销售线索分配给特定团队。为此，请转到菜单选择 :menuselection:`CRM --> 销售线索管理 --> " +"团队分配'，并在每个团队中应用特定域。此域可以包含分数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "此外，您可以向团队中的特定供应商分配更精细的域。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "要执行此操作，请转到菜单选择:menuselection:`CRM -->销售线索管理 --> 分配销售线索`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "团队和销售线索分配将每天调派一次未分配的销售线索。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "评估和使用未分配的销售线索" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "一旦你的评分规则到位，你很可能仍然有一些未分配的销售线索。其中一些仍然可能成为机会，因此保留他们在这里是有用的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "在销售线索页面中，您可以放置一个筛选器来查找未分配的销售线索。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" +"为什么不使用: :menuselection:`邮件营销' 或 :menuselection:`营销自动化` " +"应用程序向他们发送促销电邮？您还可以从那里轻松找到此类未分配的销售线索。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "跟踪销售线索的访问" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "跟踪您的网页将为您提供更多有关网站访问者感兴趣的信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "如果他们使用您网站上的联系表单，他们访问的每个跟踪页面都会记录在您的销售线索中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "要使用此功能，请在 *应用* 页面下安装免费模块 *销售线索评分* （仅在 Odoo 企业版中提供）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "跟踪网页" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "转到您要在网站上跟踪的任何静态页面，在 *升级* 选项卡下，您会找到 *优化SEO*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "在那里，您将看到一个 *跟踪页面* 复选框来跟踪此页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "查看销售线索/商机中访问过的页面" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"现在，每次从联系表单中创建销售线索时，它都会跟踪该访客访问的页面。 您可以通过两种方式查看这些页面，在潜在客户/机会的右上角可以看到 *页面浏览量* " +"按钮，但在更下方的位置，您会在沟通栏中看到它们。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "如果观看者返回您的网站并访问更多页面，两者都将更新。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "该功能不会重复查看沟通栏的相同页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "您的客户将不再能够对您保密！" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:4 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "POS" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced topics" +msgstr "高级话题" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "POS终端上使用条形码" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "使用条码扫描器处理POS订单可以提高效率，并为你和客户节省时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "如要使用条码扫描器，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的POS接口。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "在物联网盒子/硬件类别下，你可找到*条码扫描器*并选择它。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "将条形码增加到产品上" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 目录 --> 产品`并选择一个产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "在一般信息选项卡下，你可找到条码字段，你可在此输入任何条码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "扫描产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "从你的PoS接口，用条码扫描器扫描任何条码。产品将被添加，你可以多次扫描同一件产品，将它添加多次，也可在屏幕上手动更改数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 +msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" +msgstr "使用Mercury接受信用卡支付" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " +"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments" +" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " +"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " +"American businesses." +msgstr "" +"在Odoo 11 PoS及集成读卡器中接受信用卡支付需要MercuryPay账户（参见`*MercuryPay网站* " +"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__）。MercuryPay仅适用于美国和加拿大银行，因此这一程序只适合北美公司。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 +msgid "" +"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " +"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " +"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." +msgstr "集成读卡器的替代方法是使用独立的读卡器，然后将Odoo POS屏幕上的交易总额复制到读卡器中，并在Odoo POS中记录交易。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 +msgid "Install Mercury" +msgstr "安装Mercury" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " +"module." +msgstr "如要安装Mercury，前往 :menuselection:`应用程序`并搜索*Mercury*模块。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " +"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " +"mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 +msgid "" +"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " +"credentials." +msgstr "为信用卡创建新配置并输入你的Mercury凭据。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods` and create a new one." +msgstr "然后前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 支付方式`并创建新支付方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " +"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." +msgstr "在*POS*下，选择*在POS使用*后，你可选择刚才创建的Mercury凭据。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." +msgstr "现在，你在确认付款时，有了用信用卡支付的新选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This " +"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They " +"are all explained below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "切换不需要识别码" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the " +"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 +msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 +msgid "And the cashier will be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 +msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 +msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 +msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 +msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 +msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 +msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "重新打印收据" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "如需重新打印票据，请使用*重新打印收据*功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "如需启用*重新打印收据*，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS接口。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可看到*重新打印收据*选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "为使用重新打印收据选项，你必须启用收据打印机。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "重新打印收据" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "在你的PoS界面，现在可以看到*重新打印收据*按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "你可以使用它来重新打印上一张收据。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "使用适合条码扫描仪的折扣标签" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "如你想打折销售产品，例如对于已经临期的产品，你可使用折扣标签。这样可以扫描折扣条码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "如要使用折扣标签，你需要使用条码扫描器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "条码命名规则" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "为使用折扣标签，我们需要了解条码命名规则。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "假设你想对以下条码的产品打折：" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "你可在PoS界面设置下找到*默认命名规则*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "假设你想对一个产品打折50%，你必须在添加产品条码之前先加上22（用于折扣条码命名）和50（用于折扣%）。 在我们的例子中，条码应为：" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "扫描产品和标签" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "你必须首先扫描需要的产品（本例中为柠檬）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "然后扫描折扣标签。折扣将生效，你可完成交易。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "管理忠诚度计划" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "通过*忠诚度计划*鼓励客户继续来你的销售点购物。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" +"如要启用*忠诚度计划*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " +"POS`并选择你的PoS界面。在定价功能下，选择*忠诚度计划*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "你可在此创建并编辑忠诚度计划。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "你可决定希望使用的忠诚度计划类型，如果奖励是折扣或礼品，可设置针对特定产品还是整个范围应用规则，确保它仅对特定情况有效。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "在你的PoS界面使用忠诚度计划" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" +"在设置客户后，你现在可以看到他们交易获得的点数，并将累计他们已消费的金额。根据忠诚度计划定义的规则，在累计足够点数后，通过*奖励*按钮即可兑换奖励。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "你会发现价格即时更新，反映价格表的最新价格。你可按正常方式完成订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "如你选择包含默认价格表的客户，则将适用该价格表。当然，你也可更改。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "应用手动折扣" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "如果你不经常使用折扣功能，手动折扣可能是最适合你的销售点的简便方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +msgstr "你可对整个订单或特定产品应用折扣。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "对产品应用折扣" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 +msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." +msgstr "从会话界面，使用*折扣*按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " +"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +msgstr "然后，你可对当前选择的产品输入折扣（百分比），则将应用折扣。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "应用全局折扣" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "如要对整个订单应用折扣，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +msgstr "在*定价*类别下，你可找到*全局折扣*，选择。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 +msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." +msgstr "现在，你的PoS界面会出现新的*折扣*按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +msgstr "点击，然后你可输入需要的折扣（百分比）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " +"product discount also at 50%." +msgstr "在本例中，你会发现全局折扣是50%，特定产品折扣也是50%。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "在POS中使用价目表" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" +"您可能知道欢乐时光的概念：在一定时期内，酒保会给某些饮料打折（通常是50％的折扣或买一送一）。 期间结束后，价格恢复正常。 但这与Odoo有什么关系？" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" +"在Odoo中，您可以设置欢乐时光。 它是 *价目表* 的多种可能用途之一。 这些 *价格表* 允许为同一产品创建多个价格：常规价格和欢乐时光的特殊价格。" +" 这些功能在 *PoS* 应用程序中可用，非常方便。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "设置价目表" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" +"要设置 *价目表 * ，请转到 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 配置，并启用 *价目表* 功能。 然后，转到 " +":menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 销售点并为 *PoS* 启用 *价目表* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "现在，您可以通过单击 *价目表* 链接来创建 *价目表*。 然后，通过选择您要在欢乐时光和折扣中包括的产品类别来进行设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "返回您的 *PoS* 设定页面并将欢乐时光价格表添加到列表中。 如果有需要，您甚至可以选择默认价格表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "" +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "从现在开始，在 *PoS* 界面上，将提供一个新按钮，使您可以添加之前选择不同的 *价目表 * 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "应用限时折扣" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " +"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " +"pricing strategy tailored to your business." +msgstr "提供限时折扣或季节折扣，吸引客户并增加收入。Odoo强大的价格表功能，可支持最适合你公司的定价策略。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "如要启用*价格表*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " +"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" +" on *Pricelists*." +msgstr "选择你现在本POS中可用的价格表并定义默认价格表。你可点击*价格表*，访问你的全部价格表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "创建价格表" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" +msgstr "默认情况下，你有*公开价格表*。如要创建更多，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 目录 --> 价格表`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " +"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " +"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " +"whole range." +msgstr "你可设置使用特定价格的几项标准：周期、最少数量（满足最低订购数量并获得价格折扣）等。你还可选择对特定产品或在整个范围内应用该价格表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 +msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" +msgstr "在PoS界面使用价格表" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " +"select the right pricelist." +msgstr "现在，在*客户*按钮上方有一个新按钮，即刻使用并选择正确的价格表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze sales" +msgstr "分析销售" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 +msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" +msgstr "查看你的POS统计数据" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " +"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " +"statistics." +msgstr "追踪销售情况对于任何企业都至关重要。因此，Odoo为你提供分析销售情况并获取有意义统计数据的实用视图。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "查看你的统计数据" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " +"--> Orders`" +msgstr "如要访问你的统计数据，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 报告 --> 订单`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 +msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." +msgstr "然后，你可以图形或透视表形式查看各种统计数据。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 +msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" +msgstr "你也可点击此处访问统计视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" +msgstr "比利时财政数据模块" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "建立odoo零售的财政数据模块" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." +msgstr "" +"比利时政府要求某些企业使用国家认证设备 **财政数据模块** (也称为 **黑箱** )。这个设备与POS设备一起使用, " +"记录交易事项。最重要的是,使用的POS设备也必须经政府认证, 并坚守严格的标准规定. “Odoo 9 " +"(企业版)是一个认证应用程序<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies>`_. 关于会计期间的模块的更多信息, 请查阅官方网站 `the official website " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "所需的硬件" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" +"政府认证的'财政数据模块<http ://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés> `_POS机, 都可以工作, 但建议使用Cleancash SC-B, 你还需要:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" +msgstr "" +"FDM串行的调制解调器电缆(例如 `<http ://www.startech.com/Cables/Serial-Parallel-" +"PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>` __)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" +msgstr "" +"FDM串口转USB适配器(例如 `<http " +"://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>` __)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "每个POS配置注册的物联网盒子" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "物联网盒子" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" +"为了使用财政数据模块, 你需要一个已注册的物联网盒子。物联网盒子与普通的物联网盒子类似, " +"但它们已在比利时政府注册。这是法律规定。在未注册的物联网盒子上使用财政数据模块将无法正常工作。你可通过物联网盒子主页*硬件状态页*验证财政数据模块是否已被物联网盒子识别" +" 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" +"通过安装**比利时注册的收银机**应用程序（技术名称：``pos_blackbox_be``），Odoo " +"POS应用程序可具备认证的POS功能。由于政府对我们的限制，这种安装不能撤消。在此之后, " +"你必须确保每个POS配置都有与它关联的唯一已注册物联网盒子（:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " +"POS`并确保硬件代理/物联网盒子及其序列号已设置）。首次打开时POS并尝试处理交易时，你需要输入连同增值税签约卡一起收到的PIN码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "认证和部署" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" +"由政府颁发的认证仅限于使用odoo.com SaaS演示。源模块或是修改版本 **不** " +"被认证。对于内部用户，我们也支持会计期间模块的安装。对于企业版的客户，主要的限制是,这需要一个模糊的版本的``pos_blackbox_be`` 模块。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "限制" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" +"正如前面提到的, 为了获得认证的POS应用必须遵守严格的政府指引。由于这个原因, 经过认证的Odoo POS不会像非认证Odoo " +"POS存在一定的局限性。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "返现被禁用" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "修改订单项目价格" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "创建/修改/删除POS订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "产品销售没有有效的税收" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "每个物联网盒子不允许多个Odoo POS配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "在不连入物联网盒子（及FDM）的情况下使用POS" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "列入黑名单的模块 :POS_打折, POS_重新打印, POS_忠诚度" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "注册客户" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "注册客户有助于给予他们折扣、忠诚度计划、具体沟通等特权。如果他们想要发票，注册后也能让未来的互动更快捷。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "创建客户" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "从会话界面，使用客户按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "通过这个按钮创建新客户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "你需要填写客户信息表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "完成后，点击保存按钮。然后，你在未来的交易中就可以选择该客户了。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" +msgstr "开始使用Odoo销售点" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " +"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " +"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." +msgstr "" +"Odoo POS在线应用程序基于简单、用户友好的界面。**POS** 应用程序可在ipad、Android平板电脑或笔记本电脑上使用，在线或离线均可。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " +"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " +"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " +"customer can be identified from the app." +msgstr "" +"Odoo " +"POS应用程序与库存和会计应用程序全面集成。POS的任何交易都将自动登记到库存和会计分录中，由于应用程序可识别客户，还将登记到CRM应用程序中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " +"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." +msgstr "无需繁琐的外部程序集成，就可以实时统计所有门店数据" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 +msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" +msgstr "安装POS应用程序" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." +msgstr "前往应用程序页面并安装POS应用程序。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " +"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " +"settings." +msgstr "如你使用Odoo会计应用程序，请勿忘记安装账户图表。你可在会计设置中进行此操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 +msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" +msgstr "使产品在POS中可用" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" +" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "要使产品在POS可供销售，打开产品，进入销售选项卡并勾选*在POS可用*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." +msgstr "你还可在此定义产品是否需要称重。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "配置支付方式" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" +" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " +"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." +msgstr "" +"如要为POS添加新的支付方式，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS --> 选择POS --> " +"前往支付版块`并点击“支付方式”链接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" +" in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "现在，你可创建新支付方式。请勿忘记勾选*在POS使用*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" +" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." +msgstr "创建支付方式后，你可在POS配置中决定可用该支付方式的POS。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 +msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" +msgstr "配置POS" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " +"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择需要配置的POS。你可在本菜单中编辑POS的所有设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 +msgid "Create your first PoS session" +msgstr "创建首个PoS会话" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "第一个订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " +"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." +msgstr "现在，你可通过PoS完成首笔销售交易。你可从PoS仪表板查看所有POS，也可开始新会话。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 +msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "现在你已进入PoS界面" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." +msgstr "订单完成后，你可登记付款。页面左侧将显示所有可用的付款方式。选择合适的付款方式并输入收到的金额。然后，你可确认付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 +msgid "You can register the next orders." +msgstr "你可登记下一个订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "关闭PoS会话" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 +msgid "" +"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " +"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " +"now close the session from the dashboard." +msgstr "一天结束后，你可关闭PoS会话。为此，点击右上角出现的关闭按钮并确认。现在，你可从仪表板关闭会话。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 +msgid "" +"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "我们强烈建议你在每天结束后关闭PoS会话。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 +msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." +msgstr "然后，你将看到每种支付方式的所有交易摘要。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" +" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." +msgstr "点击摘要的其中一行，你将看到在此PoS会话期间通过此支付方式支付的所有订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " +"closing entries." +msgstr "如果检查无误，你可验证此PoS会话并将关闭的分录过账。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 +msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." +msgstr "完成后，你即可结束首个PoS会话。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " +":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/connect` and " +":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "付款终端" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "将Vantiv支付终端接入你的PoS" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "连接Vantiv支付终端可为客户提供流畅的支付流程，并方便收银员的工作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "请注意，MercuryPay仅适用于美国和加拿大银行，因此这一程序只适合北美公司。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "配置支付方式" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "首先，进入POS应用程序的一般设置，并启用Vantiv设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the payments " +"section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for " +"Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and create new Vantiv " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "要创建新的Vantiv凭据，请填入你的商户ID和密码，然后保存。确保选中你刚才创建的凭据，然后保存该支付方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "用支付终端付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "付款时，在你的PoS界面选择Vantiv支付方式并...完成。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" +msgstr "高级的餐馆功能" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "打印账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "使用*账单打印*功能，在付款前打印账单。这项功能适合账单还有可能出现变化，因此不是最终单据的情况。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "配置账单打印" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "要启用*账单打印*，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可找到*账单打印*选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "分拆账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "在PoS界面，你现在可看到*账单*按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "点击该按钮，你可打印账单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "打印厨房或吧台的订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "为简化前台和后厨之间的工作流程，直接在厨房或吧台打印PoS界面的订单可带来极大的方便。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "启用吧台/厨房打印机" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "如要启用*订单打印*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "在物联网盒子/硬件代理类别下，你可找到*订单打印机*。请注意，你需要通过物联网盒子将打印机接入PoS。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "添加打印机" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "在配置菜单中，你现在可以看到*订单打印机*选项，可在此添加打印机。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "打印厨房/吧台订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "选择或创建打印机。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "在厨房/吧台打印订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "现在，你的PoS界面上会出现*订单*按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "点击该按钮，它将打印厨房/吧台打印机上的订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Register multiple orders" +msgstr "登记多个订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " +"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +msgstr "Odoo POS应用程序可同时登记多个订单，为你带来所需的灵活性。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "登记额外的订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " +"order." +msgstr "当你在登记订单过程中，你可通过*+*按钮，添加新订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " +"needed." +msgstr "然后，你可在各个订单之间切换，根据需要处理付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "通过*-*按钮，你可删除目前所在的订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" +msgstr "设置PoS厨房/吧台" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " +"Sale application can help you to fulfill." +msgstr "Odoo POS应用程序可帮助你满足作为餐饮行业企业的具体需求。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "如要启用*酒吧/餐馆*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" +msgstr "选择*是酒吧/餐馆*" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " +"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." +msgstr "现在，你会看到多个具体选项，帮助你设置POS。这些选项旁边都有小刀叉标志。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "提供拆分账单选项" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "为客户提供简单的账单拆分解决方案可带来积极的体验。因此，Odoo POS应用程序提供开箱即用的这项功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "如要启用*账单拆分*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可找到账单拆分选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "拆分账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "现在，你的PoS界面会出现*拆分*按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "使用此按钮，你可选择每位顾客的餐品并处理付款，为每位顾客重复这一流程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your table management" +msgstr "配置餐台管理" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" +" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " +"Point of sale`.." +msgstr "在将POS应用程序配置为酒吧/餐馆使用后，在 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`选择*餐台管理*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "添加楼层" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" +" *Floors*" +msgstr "在选择*餐台管理*后，你可点击*楼层*，对楼层进行管理。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "添加餐台" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 +msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." +msgstr "现在，你从PoS界面可看到所有楼层。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" +" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." +msgstr "点击铅笔图标，你将进入编辑模式，你可在此创建、移动并修改餐台等。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " +"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " +"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " +"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." +msgstr "" +"在本例中，我有2张六人座圆桌和2张四人座方桌，我用颜色标示它们，以便于查找，通过工具栏，你可以重命名餐台，更改它们的形状、大小、座位数及复制餐台。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 +msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." +msgstr "在设置楼层平面图之后，可关闭编辑模式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "登记餐台订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " +"register an order and payment." +msgstr "选择餐台后，你将进入常规界面登记订单和付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" +" you can also transfer the order to another table." +msgstr "你可选择楼层按钮，快速返回楼层平面图，也可将订单转至其他餐台。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "将小费选项纳入付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "由于许多国家都有付小费的习惯，PoS界面必须有这个选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "配置小费" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "如要启用*小费*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可看到*小费*选项。选择并创建*小费产品*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "将小费加入账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "现在，在支付界面可以看到新的*小费*按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "添加顾客想要支付的小费并继续付款。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Transfer customers between tables" +msgstr "调换顾客餐台" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " +"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " +"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " +"you." +msgstr "如果顾客在下单后想要调换餐台，Odoo可帮助你将顾客和订单转移到新餐台，让顾客满意，也省却你的麻烦。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "调换顾客" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 +msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." +msgstr "选择顾客目前所在的餐台。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " +"select the new table" +msgstr "现在，你只需要使用调换按钮，选择新餐台，即可完成调换。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Shop Features" +msgstr "高级门店属性" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "设置POS的现金控制" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "现金控制可在开台和关台时清点钱箱金额。以确保金额无误，无现金遗失。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "启用现金管理" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "如要启用*现金管理*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "在支付类别下，你可找到现金控制选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "在本例中，你可以看到我想在开台和关台时有275美元各种面额的现金。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "点击**开台/关台金额**，你可创建这些金额。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "开始会话" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "打开一个会话，你可看到新添加按钮*设置开台余额*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "它默认为你之前添加的值，但你可修改它。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "关闭会话" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "如要关闭会话，你可使用*设置关台余额*按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "然后，你可看到理论余额、实际关台余额（你刚计数的结果）和二者之间的差异。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "如果使用*取出现金*选项，取走此次会话的交易额，则总差额为零，关台余额与开台余额相同。你的钱箱可用于下一次会话。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "从PoS界面开具发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "某些顾客在销售点购物后可能索取发票，你可通过PoS界面直接管理。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "启用开具发票功能" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的POS界面：" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "在*账单和收据*类别下，你可看到开具发票选项，勾选它。请勿忘记选择创建发票的日记账。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "选择顾客" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "使用会话界面的顾客按钮" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "你可选择现有顾客并将其设置为你的顾客，也可通过此按钮创建新顾客。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "然后，你需要填写顾客信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "给客户开票" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "现在在付款页面可看到发票选项，点击按钮选择并验证发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "然后，你可以打印发票并转到下一个订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "检索发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" +"离开PoS界面（右上角的 :menuselection:`关闭 --> 确认`），你将在 :menuselection:`POS --> 订单 --> " +"订单`看到所有订单，在状态选项卡中，可看到已开具发票的订单。点击订单，你可访问其发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 +msgid "Accept returns and refund products" +msgstr "接受退货和退款产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " +"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " +"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +msgstr "周全的退货政策是吸引并留住客户的关键。因此，接受退货及退款也是你的*POS*界面的重要方面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " +"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" +" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +msgstr "在*POS*界面，选择客户想要退货的产品，使用+/-按钮并输入需要退货的数量。如需处理多件产品退货，重复这一流程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +msgid "" +"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " +"to process the payment." +msgstr "可以看到总金额变为负数，要完成退款，你只需继续进入支付页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "高级话题" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" msgstr "如何给我的客户门户访问权限？" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" msgstr "门户权限怎么设置? 哪些可以是门户用户?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 msgid "" "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " "Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." msgstr "拥有门户登陆权限的用户能够登陆Odoo的环境。在系统中查看一些文档或者信息。" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." msgstr "例如，需要查看在线报价的长期客户。" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 msgid "" "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " "any document in the system." msgstr "门户用户只有读/查看的权限。没有在系统中进行编辑的权限。" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" msgstr "如何允许客户访问门户网站？" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 msgid "From Contacts Module" msgstr "从联系人模块" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 msgid "" "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " @@ -82,50 +2928,50 @@ msgstr "" "从主菜单中点击 **联系人** , 如果该联系人在系统中不存在, 则需要点创建按钮来创建新的联系人, 并在联系人页面中录入详细的数据并点击 \" " "保存\\ \\ \\ \"。" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 msgid "" "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " "interface and from the drop down." msgstr "要选择联系人, 点击页面上方的 **动作** 下拉列表按钮。" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." msgstr "选择了 **门户访问管理** 。会有窗口弹出。" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 msgid "" "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " "**Apply** when you're done." msgstr "进入登陆 **电子邮件地址** , 在 **门户中** 的下方选择勾选框并且在下方的文本框中添加邮件的内容。完成后点击 **应用** 。" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." msgstr "所有的邮件会被发给特定的邮件地址, 该邮件地址指明联系人是当前环境下的门户用户。" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "如何上架一个产品" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "上架没有变种" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." msgstr "为了上架一个产品, 你需要点击 **eBay可用** 字段在产品的界面上, eBay 标签会可用。" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." msgstr "当勾选 **使用库存数量** 字段, 则eBay上的数量则会被设置为Odoo的 **预期数量** 。" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." @@ -135,17 +2981,17 @@ msgstr "" " **描述 模板** 允许你为你的上架产品使用模板.默认的模板仅使用产品的 **eBay 描述** 字段.你可以使用 **描述 模板** 和 " "**eBay 描述** 的内部html." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." msgstr "要在列表中使用图片, 需要你在产品模板中把它们添加为 **附件** 。" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "有变种的上架" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" @@ -155,21 +3001,21 @@ msgstr "" "当在产品上的带变种的 **使用 eBay** 被选中并且 **上架类型** 为 **固定价格** , eBay 界面有稍许不同。在变种列中, " "你可以选择哪个变种可以在eBay上上架, 并且可以为每个变种设置价格和数量。" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" msgstr "带项目细节的上架产品" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." msgstr "为了增加项目规格, 你应该在产品表单创建一个产品属性，在 **变型** 页签里设置一个值。" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "产品标示" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -185,15 +3031,15 @@ msgstr "" "和UPC会在Ebay上被推荐设置为'不可用'。Brand和MPN值需要在特定的产品维护, 所以在产品 **变量** 上进行维护。如果这些值没有设置, " "Ebay列表中就会是'不可用'。" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" msgstr "如何在Odoo里配置eBay?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" msgstr "创建eBay令牌" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " @@ -203,7 +3049,7 @@ msgstr "" "为了生成你的令牌, 你需要在开发者门户<https ://go.developer.ebay.com/> `_.创建一个开发者账号。一旦你登陆, " "你可以点击按钮创建 **沙箱 秘钥** 和 **成品 秘钥** " -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " @@ -213,11 +3059,11 @@ msgstr "" "在秘钥创建后, 你可以得到你的用户令牌.这么做, 点击在页面底部的链接 **得到一个用户令牌** 。通过界面, 用你的eBay账号登陆, " "然后你可以得到需要在Odoo里配置模块的秘钥和令牌。" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" msgstr "在Odoo里设置令牌" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -225,7 +3071,7 @@ msgstr "" "为了设置eBay集成, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 配置(Configuration) --> " "设置(Settings)` 。" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " @@ -234,80 +3080,80 @@ msgstr "" "首先选择你要使用的是成品还是eBay沙箱。然后填写字段 **开发者秘钥** , **令牌** , **APP 秘钥** , **认证秘钥** " "。申请变更。" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " "other fields." msgstr "一旦页面被重新载入, 你需要从eBay同步信息。 **同步国家和货币** , 然后你可以填写其他字段。" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "当所有的字段被填写后, 你可以通过点击按钮同步种类和策略" -#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "开票方式" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 msgid "Request a down payment" msgstr "要求预付定金" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " "rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " "protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." msgstr "首期付款是一种初始的、部分的付款，协议规定其余部分将在以后支付。对于昂贵的订单或项目，这是一种保护您自己并确保您的客户是认真的方式。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "第一次申请预付款" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 msgid "" "When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" " option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " "amount." msgstr "确认销售时，您可以创建发票并选择预付款选项。它可以是固定金额或总金额的百分比。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" "The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " "and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." msgstr "首次申请首付款时，您可以选择收入账户和将重新用于下一次首付款的税设置。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." msgstr "然后，您将看到预付款的发票。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 msgid "" "On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " "automatically deducted." msgstr "在后续或最终发票上，任何预付款将自动扣除。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "修改收入帐户和客户税" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." msgstr "在产品列表中，搜索 [预付款]。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 msgid "" "You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" " income account & customer taxes." msgstr "然后，您可以在\"开票\"选项卡下对其进行编辑，您可以更改收入帐户和客户税。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "向客户重新开具费用发票" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " @@ -316,107 +3162,107 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "经常的情况是，您的员工在为您的客户做项目时，不得不花费个人资金。让我们以顾问支付酒店在客户网站上工作为例。作为一家公司，您希望能够向客户开具该费用的发票。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 msgid "Expenses configuration" msgstr "费用配置" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 msgid "" "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." msgstr "要跟踪和发票费用，您将需要费用应用程序。转到 ：菜单选择：\"应用程序 -= 费用\"来安装它。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" " --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "您还应激活分析科目功能以将支出链接到销售订单，为此，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"开票 --* 配置 --= 设置\"并激活 [会计分录]。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" msgstr "向销售订单添加费用" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 msgid "" "From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " "hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." msgstr "从费用应用中，您或您的顾问可以创建一个新的应用程序，例如，在客户网站上第一周的酒店。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 msgid "" "You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " "create a new one from right there." msgstr "然后，您可以输入相关描述并选择现有产品或从该名称中创建新产品。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" msgstr "在这里，我们正在创建一个[酒店]产品：" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 msgid "" "Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "在\"开票\"选项卡下，选择 [交付数量] 和 [按成本] 或 [销售价格]，具体取决于您是否要为费用成本或先前商定的销售价格开具发票。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 msgid "" "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " "Configuration --> Expense products`." msgstr "要修改或创建更多产品，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"费用 --* 配置 --= 费用产品\"。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 msgid "" "Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." msgstr "返回费用时，在要提交的费用中添加原始销售订单。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." msgstr "然后，它可以提交给经理，批准，并最终发布。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." msgstr "然后，它将在销售订单中，并准备开票。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" msgstr "基于已交付或订购数量的发票" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " "invoicing:" msgstr "根据您的业务和所售产品，您有两种开票选项：" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 msgid "" "Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " "order is confirmed." msgstr "已订购数量的发票：一旦确认销售订单，就为全部订单开具发票。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" "Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " "partial delivery." msgstr "交货数量的发票：您交付的发票，即使它是部分交货。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." msgstr "订单数量的发票是默认模式" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" "The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " "of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" @@ -424,52 +3270,52 @@ msgid "" "the actual delivered quantity." msgstr "使用 [交付数量发票] 的好处取决于您的业务类型，当您大量销售物料、液体或食品时，数量可能会稍有偏差，因此最好为实际交付数量开具发票。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" "You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " "options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " "invoice a fixed advance." msgstr "您还可以手动开票，从而控制每个选项：发票准备发票行，发票百分比（预付款），发票固定预付款。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" msgstr "在产品页面上决定策略" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 msgid "" "From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " "policy and select the one you want." msgstr "从任何产品页面，在\"开票\"选项卡下，您将找到开票策略并选择所需的策略。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 msgid "Send the invoice" msgstr "发送发票" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" "Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " "quantities." msgstr "确认销售后，您可以看到已交付和开票数量。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 msgid "" "If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " "confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" " to validate the delivery." msgstr "如果按订购数量将其设置，则可以在确认销售后立即开具发票。如果您选择了交货数量，则首先必须验证交货。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 msgid "" "Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " "automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered" " if you did a partial delivery." msgstr "产品交付后，您可以向客户开具发票。如果您执行部分交货，Odoo 将根据您交付的数量自动将数量添加到开票中。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" msgstr "发票项目流程" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 msgid "" "Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " "each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" @@ -480,41 +3326,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "开票流程可用于昂贵或大型项目，每个流程代表一个明确的工作序列，这些工作将逐步建立到合同完成。这种开票方法既适合确保在整个项目生命周期内获得稳定的现金流的公司，也适合能够监控项目进度并分期付款的客户。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 msgid "Create milestone products" msgstr "创建里流程式产品" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 msgid "" "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " "configure products to work this way, go to any product form." msgstr "在 Odoo 中，项目的每个流程都被视为产品。要将产品配置为以这种方式工作，请转到任何产品窗体。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 msgid "" "You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " "select *Milestones* in the sales tab." msgstr "您必须在常规信息下将产品类型设置为 [服务]，并在销售选项卡中选择 [流程]。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 msgid "Invoice milestones" msgstr "开票流程" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 msgid "" "From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " "complete a milestone." msgstr "从销售订单中，您可以在完成流程时手动编辑交付的数量。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "然后，您可以为该里程碑开票。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" msgstr "发送形式发票" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " "delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" @@ -525,221 +3372,221 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "形式发票是货物交付前的简略发票或估计发票。它记录了货物的种类和数量、价值以及其他重要信息，如重量和运输费用。形式发票通常用作带有报价的初步发票，或用于进口中的海关目的。它们不同于普通发票，不是付款要求或要求。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "激活功能" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." msgstr "转到 ：菜单选择：'销售 --= 配置 --= 设置'并激活 [模拟 发票] 功能。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 msgid "" "From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" "forma invoice." msgstr "从任何报价单或销售订单中，您知道可以选择发送形式发票。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 msgid "" "When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " "in attachment." msgstr "当您单击发送时，Odoo 将发送一封包含附件中形式发票的电子邮件。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 msgid "Sell subscriptions" msgstr "销售订阅" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " "planning ahead much easier." msgstr "销售订阅产品将为您提供可预测的收入，使提前规划变得更加容易。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" msgstr "从销售订单进行订阅" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " "the subscription product your previously created." msgstr "从销售应用中，为所需客户创建报价单，然后选择您以前创建的订阅产品。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" "When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " "You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " "upper right corner." msgstr "确认销售时，将自动创建订阅。您将在右上角看到从销售订单到订阅的直接链接。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" msgstr "基于时间和材料的发票" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" "Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" " to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" " the project requirements would most likely change." msgstr "时间和材料通常用于无法准确估计项目规模或预计项目需求最有可能发生变化的项目。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 msgid "" "This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " "the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" " the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." msgstr "这与固定价格合同相反，在这种合同中，业主同意向承包商支付一笔总付，以支付合同的履行，无论承包商向其员工、分包商和供应商支付什么。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 msgid "" "For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" " to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" " purchases." msgstr "对于这个文件，我将使用顾问的例子，您将需要发票他们的时间，他们的各种费用（交通，住宿，...）和购买。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 msgid "Invoice time configuration" msgstr "发票时间配置" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 msgid "" "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " "Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." msgstr "要跟踪项目中的进度，您需要 [项目] 应用。转到 ：菜单选择：\"应用程序 -= 项目\"以安装它。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 msgid "" "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." msgstr "在 [项目] 中，您将使用时间表，为此转到 ：菜单选择：\"项目 --* 配置 --* 设置\"并激活 [时间表] 功能。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 msgid "Invoice your time spent" msgstr "为您花费的时间开具发票" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 msgid "" "From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " "invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" " project*." msgstr "在设置为服务的产品页面中，您将在\"开票\"选项卡下找到两个选项，选择两个选项 [任务时间表] 和 [在新项目中创建任务]。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." msgstr "您还可以将任务添加到现有项目中。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 msgid "" "Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" " project overview and one for the current task." msgstr "确认销售订单后，您现在将看到两个新按钮，一个用于项目概述，另一个用于当前任务。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 msgid "" "You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " "from the *Project* app." msgstr "如果您单击该任务，您将直接参与该任务，您也可以从 [项目] 应用访问它。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 msgid "" "Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " "how many hours they worked on the project so far." msgstr "在时间表下，您可以分配谁对它进行工作。您可以添加，也可以添加到目前为止他们在项目上工作的小时数。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "然后，可以从销售订单中为这些工时开票。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "在\"开票\"选项卡下，选择 [交付数量]和 [按成本] 或 [销售价格] 以及您是否要开具费用成本发票或先前商定的销售价格。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 msgid "Invoice purchases" msgstr "采购发票" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 msgid "" "The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" " it." msgstr "您可能需要添加到销售订单的最后一件事是购买。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 msgid "" "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " "*Purchase Analytics*." msgstr "您将需要 [购买分析] 功能，以激活它，转到 ：菜单选择：'开票 -- * 配置 --* 设置'并选择 [购买分析]。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 msgid "" "While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " "account." msgstr "在下达采购订单时，不要忘记添加正确的分析帐户。" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 msgid "" "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " "will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." msgstr "确认并接收采购订单后，您可以创建供应商帐单，这会自动将其添加到 SO 中，您可以在其中开具发票。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:3 msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "产品和价格" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 msgid "Manage your pricing" msgstr "管理定价" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" msgstr "如何用外币销售" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." msgstr "价格表也可用于管理外币价格。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 msgid "" "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " "Invoicing/Accounting apps." msgstr "在 ：\"菜单选择\"中选中 [允许多种货币]：\"开票/记帐 -* 设置\"。作为管理员，您需要对开票/会计应用的 [顾问] 访问权限。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " "pricelist setup form." msgstr "按货币创建一个价目表。\"新建\" 货币 + 字段显示在价目表设置窗体中。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" " the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." msgstr "要激活新货币，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"会计 --= 配置 --= 货币\"，在列表中选择它，然后按右上角的 [激活]。现在，它将显示货币下拉列表。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." msgstr "外币价格可以分两种方式定义。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" msgstr "从公开价格自动转换" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 msgid "" "The public price is in your company's main currency (see " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." msgstr "公开价格以您公司的主要货币（请参阅 ：菜单选择：\"会计 --* 设置\"），并在产品详细信息窗体中设置。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 msgid "" "The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " @@ -749,25 +3596,25 @@ msgstr "" "转换率可在 ：菜单选择：\"会计 -= 配置 -= 货币\"中找到。他们可以更新从雅虎或欧洲中央银行在您的方便：手动，每日，每周等。请参阅 " "：菜单选择：\"会计 --= 设置\"。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" msgstr "设置你自己的价格" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" " rates." msgstr "如果您不希望定价随货币汇率而变化，建议这样做。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" msgstr "如何根据客户调整价格并应用折扣" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" " to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " @@ -778,36 +3625,36 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo拥有强大的价格表功能，支持适合你公司的定价策略。价格表是指Odoo搜索并确定建议价格的定价或定价规则列表。你可设置使用特定价格的多项条件：期限、最小销售数量（满足最低订购量并获得价格折扣" " ）等。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 msgid "" "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " "completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "由于价格表仅提供价格建议，它们可能被供应商填写的销售订单覆盖。从:menuselection:`销售 --> 设置`选择你的定价策略。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" "*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " "default product price ;" msgstr "*每种产品的单一销售价格  ：* 不允许调整价格，使用默认产品价格 ；" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 msgid "" "*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " "products ;" msgstr "*每类细分客户群体使用不同价格 ：* 为每种产品设定多个价格 ；" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " "and roundings." msgstr "*根据公司的高级定价规则 ：* 可应用折扣、利润率和舍入等规则。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Several prices per product" msgstr "每个产品有几个价格" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " @@ -816,51 +3663,51 @@ msgstr "" "要应用每个产品的若干价格，请在 ：菜单选择中选择 [每个客户细分的不同价格]：\"销售 --= 设置\"。然后在产品详细信息窗体中打开 [销售] " "选项卡。您可以按照以下策略结算。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" msgstr "每个客户群的价格" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "为您的客户细分创建价目表：例如注册、溢价等。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " "Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." msgstr "应用于任何新客户的默认价目表是 \" 公共价目表]。要细分客户，请打开客户详细信息表单，并在 \"销售 + 购买\" 选项卡中更改 \"销售价目表\"。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" msgstr "临时价格" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "申请银行假日等优惠。输入开始日期和结束日期。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." msgstr "请确保您在交易期间之外的价目表中设置了默认价格。否则，一旦期间结束，可能会出现问题。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" msgstr "每个最小数量价格" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." msgstr "价格顺序并不重要。该系统是智能的，并应用与订单日期和/或最小数量相匹配的第一个价格。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" msgstr "折扣、利润、凑整" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " "Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " @@ -871,7 +3718,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "*根据公式的高级定价规则*允许设置价格更改规则。更改可以相对于产品列表/目录价格、产品成本价或其他价格表。更改通过折扣或附加费计算，并可能强制在下限（最低利润率）和上限（最高利润率）内进行计算。价格可以四舍五入到最接近的美分/美元或任意一个（最近5美分，最近的10美元）的倍数。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " @@ -879,52 +3726,52 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "安装后转到 ：菜单选择：'销售 -- = 配置 --= 价目表'（或 ：菜单选择：'网站管理员 --] 目录 --* 如果使用电子商务，则价格表）。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" " option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." msgstr "每个价目表项目都可以关联到所有产品、产品内部类别（产品集）或特定产品。与第二个选项一样，您可以设置日期和最小数量。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." msgstr "再次，该系统是智能的。如果为特定项设置了规则，为其类别设置了另一个规则，Odoo 将采用该项的规则。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." msgstr "确保至少有一个价目表项目涵盖您的所有产品。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." msgstr "有3种计算模式：固定价格，折扣和公式。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." msgstr "以下是不同的价格设置，由于公式。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 msgid "Discounts with roundings" msgstr "舍入折扣" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." msgstr "20% 的折扣，价格四舍五入到 9.99。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" msgstr "加价成本（零售）" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." msgstr "例如，销售价格 = 2+成本（100% 加价），最低保证金为 5 美元。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 msgid "Prices per country" msgstr "每个国家/地区的价格" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " @@ -935,155 +3782,149 @@ msgstr "" "中记录的任何新客户都会获得一个默认价目表，即列表中第一个与国家/地区匹配的客户。如果未为客户设置任何国家/地区，Odoo " "会获取没有任何国家/地区组的第一个价目表。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." msgstr "创建销售订单时，可以替换默认价目表。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." msgstr "您可以通过在列表视图中拖放来更改价目表序列。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" msgstr "计算并向客户显示折扣百分比" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" msgstr "在折扣的情况下，您可以在打印的销售订单和电子商务目录中显示公共价格和计算的折扣百分比。为此，" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." msgstr "在 \"菜单选择\"中选中 [允许销售订单行的折扣]：'销售 --= 配置 --= 设置 --= 报价 = 销售 --= 折扣。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." msgstr "在\"价目表\"设置窗体中应用该选项。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`currencies`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../../../websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "管理您的产品" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "如何导入具有类别和变体的产品" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" +" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " +"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" -"导入工具中提供导入模板，适用于大多数数据（联系人、产品、银行对账单等）导入。可以用任何电子表格软件（如Microsoft Office, " -"OpenOffice, Google Drive等）" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" msgstr "如何自定义文件" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." -msgstr "删除你不需要的行。建议不要删除*ID*1（原因如下）" +"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" +" column (see why below)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "将ID排序下拉，为每个记录设置一个独一无二的ID。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" -"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " -"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" +" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " "import screen." -msgstr "不要更改要导入的列的标签。否则，Odoo 将不再识别它们，您必须在导入屏幕中自行映射它们。" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" -" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " -"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." msgstr "" -"要添加新列，可以随意添加新列，但字段需要存在于 Odoo 中。如果 Odoo 未能将列名称与字段匹配，则可以通过浏览可用字段的列表在导入时手动进行导入。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "为什么要用ID行" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " -"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." -msgstr "ID 是行项的唯一标识符。随意使用您以前的软件之一，以缓解过渡到 Odoo。" +"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " +"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " +"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "导入数据时，ID号设置不是强制的，但会在很多情况下非常有用。" +"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one" +" of your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" -msgstr "更新导入：在不创建副本的情况下多次导入同一个文件；" +"duplicates." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." msgstr "导入关系字段（见下文）" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" msgstr "如何导入关系字段" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" -"Odoo对象总是与其他众多对象相关联（即产品与产品目录、产品属性、供应商等相关联）。为了导入这些关系，你需要首先从它们自己的列表菜单中导入相关对象的记录。" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " +"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " +"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -"可以使用关联的记录或ID号导入。当两个记录的名称相同时需要ID号进行区分，即在行标题的末尾添加。\" / ID\"。（如产品属性：产品属性/属性 / " -"ID）" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "设置税率" -#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 msgid "eBay" msgstr "eBay" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "发送报价" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" msgstr "用报价截止时间刺激客户" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" "As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to" " entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer " @@ -1091,19 +3932,19 @@ msgid "" "price that is no longer cost effective for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Set a deadline" msgstr "设置截止日期" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." msgstr "在每个报价单或销售订单上，您可以添加 [到期日期]。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 msgid "Use deadline in templates" msgstr "在模板中使用截止时间" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 msgid "" "You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time " "that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find" @@ -1115,32 +3956,32 @@ msgstr "" "<https://docs.google.com/document/d/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-" "ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" msgstr "将和发票递送到不同的地址" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " "This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their " "invoice location." msgstr "在 Odoo 中，您可以为交货和开票配置不同的地址。这是关键，不是每个人都会具有相同的交货位置作为他们的发票位置。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Customer Addresses* feature." msgstr "转到 ：菜单选择：'销售 --= 配置 --= 设置'并激活 [客户地址] 功能。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" msgstr "向报价单或销售订单添加不同的地址" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 msgid "" "If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will" " automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for " @@ -1150,59 +3991,59 @@ msgstr "" "如果选择具有发票和交货地址集的客户，Odoo 将自动使用这些地址。如果只有一个，Odoo " "会将该一个用于两者，但您也可以立即更改它，并从报价单或销售订单中直接创建新的。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" msgstr "向客户添加发票和交货地址" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, " "they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under " ":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`." msgstr "如果要在报价单或销售订单之前将其添加到客户，则它们将添加到客户窗体中。转到以下任何客户表单：'销售 --= 订单 --= 客户'。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." msgstr "从那里，您可以向客户添加新地址。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" msgstr "报价单/销售订单上的各种地址" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 msgid "" "These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you " "send by email or print." msgstr "然后，这两个地址将用于您通过电子邮件发送或打印的报价单或销售订单。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "获得付款以确认订单" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving " "the time of both your customers and yourself." msgstr "您可以使用在线付款自动确认订单。节省客户和您自己的时间。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 msgid "Activate online payment" msgstr "激活在线付款" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Online Signature & Payment* feature." msgstr "转到 ：菜单选择：'销售 --= 配置 --= 设置'并激活 [在线签名 + 付款] 功能。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 msgid "" "Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your " "acquirers of choice." msgstr "一旦进入 [付款收购者] 菜单，您可以选择并配置您选择的收购者。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 msgid "" "You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment " "acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, " @@ -1213,37 +4054,37 @@ msgstr "" "您可以找到各种文件，了解如何支付与付款收购方，如\"Paypal " "../../电子商务/购物者[经验/贝宝]，\"Authorize.Net（信用卡支付）[.]/../电子商务/购物者[经验/授权]，以及\"电子商务文档\"下的其他人员。/../电子商务*。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 msgid "" "If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also " "pick a default setting for each template." msgstr "如果使用\"报价模板\"。./报价_模板__，您还可以为每个模板选择一个默认设置。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 msgid "Register a payment" msgstr "登记付款" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 msgid "" "From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." msgstr "从您发送的报价电子邮件中，您的客户将能够在线付款。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" msgstr "获取签名以确认订单" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" "You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you" " and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a " "traditional process." msgstr "您可以使用在线签名自动确认订单。与传统流程相比，您和您的客户都将通过使用此功能节省时间。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" msgstr "激活在线签名" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 msgid "" "If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id" "=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, you can also pick a " @@ -1252,127 +4093,123 @@ msgstr "" "如果您使用的是\"报价模板<https://drive.google.com/open?id=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-" "ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_,您还可以为每个模板选择默认设置。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 msgid "Validate an order with a signature" msgstr "使用签名验证订单" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 msgid "" "When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online" " instantly." msgstr "当您向客户发送报价单时，他们可以接受报价并立即在线签名。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." msgstr "一旦签署报价将被确认，交货将开始。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" msgstr "使用建议产品提高销售额" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 msgid "" "The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful " "products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could" " be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset." msgstr "使用建议的产品是试图向您的客户提供相关和有用的产品。例如，购买手机的客户可能会看到保护套、屏幕盖和耳机等配件。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" msgstr "将建议的产品添加到报价模板" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." msgstr "建议的产品可以在 [报价模板] 上设置。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 msgid "" "Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add" " related products or services." msgstr "在模板上一次，您可以看到一个 [建议产品] 选项卡，您可以在其中添加相关产品或服务。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." msgstr "您还可以在报价单上添加或修改建议的产品。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" msgstr "将建议的产品添加到报价中" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 msgid "" "When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the" " suggested products to the order." msgstr "从收到的电子邮件中打开报价单时，客户可以将建议的产品添加到订单中。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 msgid "" "The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on " "any of the little carts." msgstr "当点击任何小购物车时，产品将立即添加到他们的报价。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 msgid "" "Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or " "pay to confirm the quotation." msgstr "根据您的确认过程，他们可以进行数字签名或付款以确认报价。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 msgid "" "Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales" " order, letting the salesperson see it." msgstr "客户对报价单的每次移动都将在销售订单中进行跟踪，让销售人员看到。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" msgstr "使用报价模板" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" "If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time " "by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a " "complete quotation in no time." msgstr "如果您经常销售相同的产品或服务，则可以通过创建自定义报价模板来节省大量时间。通过使用模板，您可以不及时发送完整的报价单。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "配置" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*." msgstr "要此功能正常工作，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"销售 --* 配置 --* 设置\"并激活 [报价模板]。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "创建第一个模板" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 msgid "" "You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration`." msgstr "您将在 ：菜单选择：\"销售 -* 配置\"下找到模板菜单。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 msgid "" "You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to" " select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for" " the quotation." msgstr "然后，您可以创建或编辑现有。命名后，您可以选择产品及其数量以及报价单的过期时间。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " "in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration " "and can be alterated by customer pricelists." msgstr "在每个模板上，如果选项在 [销售] 设置中激活，您还可以指定折扣。基本价格在产品配置中设置，可以由客户价目表更改。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 msgid "Edit your template" msgstr "编辑模板" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 msgid "" "You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept " "or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and " @@ -1381,61 +4218,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "您可以编辑他们看到的模板的客户界面，以接受或支付报价单。这使您能够描述您的公司、服务和产品。当您单击 [编辑模板] 时，您将被带到报价编辑器。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 msgid "" "This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building" " blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated" " to each product." msgstr "这样，通过拖放构建基块，您可以编辑描述内容。要描述您的产品，在专用于每个产品的区域中添加内容块。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 msgid "" "The description set for the products will be used in all quotations " "templates containing those products." msgstr "产品的描述集将用于包含这些产品的所有报价模板。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "使用报价单模板" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." msgstr "创建报价单时，您可以选择模板。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." msgstr "该模板中的每个产品都将添加到您的报价单中。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" "You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* " "settings." msgstr "您可以在 [销售] 设置中选择要默认建议的模板。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "确认报价单" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 msgid "" "Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital " "signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." msgstr "模板还简化了具有数字签名或在线付款的客户确认流程。您可以在模板本身中选择它。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." msgstr "现在，每个报价单都将添加此设置。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 msgid "" "Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "当然，您仍然可以更改它，并使其特定于每个报价单。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" msgstr "为订单添加条款和条件" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" "Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " "between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " @@ -1444,39 +4281,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "指定条款和条件对于确保客户和卖家之间的良好关系至关重要。每个卖家必须申报所有正式信息，包括产品和公司政策;允许客户在承诺任何事情之前阅读所有条款的所有内容。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " "quotation, sales order and invoice." msgstr "Odoo 可让您在每个报价单、销售订单和发票上轻松包含默认条款和条件。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" msgstr "设置默认条款和条件" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " "*Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "转到 ：菜单选择：'销售 --= 配置 --= 设置'并激活 [默认条款和条件]。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 msgid "" "In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " "appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." msgstr "在该框中，您可以添加默认条款和条件。然后，它们将显示在每个报价单、SO 和发票上。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" msgstr "设置更详细的条款和条件" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 msgid "" "A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" " on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." msgstr "一个好主意是分享更详细的或结构化的条件是在网上发布，并在Odoo的条款和条件中引用该链接。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 msgid "" "You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " "conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/services.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..891687299 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -0,0 +1,2513 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2021 +# zyx <zheng.yaxi@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# fausthuang, 2021 +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# Kate Lee <kateleelpk@gmail.com>, 2021 +# LINYUN TONG <tong.linyun@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2021 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:3 ../../content/services.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "服务" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:4 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "服务台" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "‎开始使用 odoo 服役台‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "‎使用 odoo 服务台入门‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 +msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" +msgstr "安装 Odoo 服务台:" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 +msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" +msgstr "‎打开应用模块, 搜索 \"服务台\", 然后单击安装‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" +msgstr "‎设置服务台团队‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" +msgstr "‎默认情况下, Odoo 服务台配备一个名为 \"支持\" 的团队‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +msgstr "‎要修改此团队, 或创建其他团队, 请在紫色栏中选择 \"配置\", 然后选择 \"设置\"‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," +" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " +"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," +" or manually." +msgstr "" +"‎在这里, 您可以创建新团队, 决定向该团队添加哪些团队成员、客户如何提交票证以及如何设置 SLA 策略和评级。对于分配方法, " +"您可以有随机、平衡或手动分配的票证。‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 +msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" +msgstr "‎如何为每个团队设置不同的阶段‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " +"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " +"the lower right-hand side." +msgstr "‎首先, 您将需要激活开发人员模式。为此, 请转到您的设置模块, 然后在右下侧选择 \"激活开发人员模式\" 链接。‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " +"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " +"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +msgstr "" +"‎现在, 当您返回到您的服务台模块并在紫色栏中选择 \"配置\" 时, 您会发现其他选项, 如 \"阶段\"。在这里, 您可以创建新的阶段, " +"并将这些阶段分配给1个或多个团队, 允许每个团队的可定制阶段!‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +msgid "Start receiving tickets" +msgstr "‎开始接收凭证‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 +msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" +msgstr "‎我的客户如何提交凭证？‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " +"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +msgstr "‎在紫色栏中选择 \"配置\", 然后选择 \"设置\", 选择您的服务台团队。在 \"渠道, 你会发现4选项:‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " +"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +msgstr "‎电子邮件别名允许客户通过电子邮件发送您选择创建凭证的别名。电子邮件的主题行成为凭证上的主题。‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Website Form allows your customer to go to " +"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " +"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +msgstr "" +"‎网站表格允许您的客户去 yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit, 并通过网站形式提交机票-很像 " +"odoo.com/help!‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " +"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " +"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +msgstr "" +"‎实时聊天允许您的客户通过您网站上的实时聊天提交凭据。您的客户将开始实时聊天, 您的实时聊天操作员可以使用凭证的命令/帮助台主题创建凭证。‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " +"documentation `*here* " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/12.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 +msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" +msgstr "‎凭证已经创建, 现在怎么办？‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" +" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " +"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " +"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +msgstr "" +"‎现在你的员工可以开始工作了!如果您选择了手动分配方法, 那么您的员工将需要使用票证左上方的 \"分配给我\" 按钮或将自己添加到 \"分配给\" " +"字段中来分配自己的票证。‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " +"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +msgstr "‎如果您选择了 \"随机\" 或 \"平衡\" 分配方法, 您的票证将分配给该服务台团队的成员。‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " +"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +msgstr "他们将在此开始处理并解决服务单！完成后，他们将服务单移至已解决阶段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 +msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" +msgstr "我如何将服务单标记为加急？" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +msgid "" +"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" +" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " +"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +msgstr "服务单上可以看到星标。你可在服务单上选择一个或多个星标，表明服务单紧急程度。你可在看板视图或服务单表单中进行此操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " +"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "如要为员工设置服务级协议政策，首先在*设置*下启用设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." +msgstr "在此选择“配置SLA政策”并点击“创建”。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " +"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +msgstr "你需要填写服务台团队、服务单最低优先层级（星标）和服务单目标等信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 +msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" +msgstr "服务单被阻止或已准备好进行处理怎么办？" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " +"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +msgstr "如服务单无法解决或已被阻止，你可调整服务单的“看板状态”。你有3种选择：" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +msgid "Grey - Normal State" +msgstr "灰色 - 正常状态" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 +msgid "Red - Blocked" +msgstr "红色 - 已阻止" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 +msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" +msgstr "绿色 - 准备好进入下一阶段" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " +"Ticket form." +msgstr "与代表紧急程度的星标类似，你可在看板视图或服务单表单中调整其状态。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 +msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" +msgstr "我的员工如何凭服务单记录时间？" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +msgid "" +"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " +"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " +"timesheets will log against." +msgstr "首先，进入“设置”并选择“服务单工时表”选项。你可在显示的字段中选择记录项目的工时表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" +" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +msgstr "现在你已选择一个项目，你可以保存。如你返回服务单，你将看到名为“工时表”的新选项卡。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " +"ticket." +msgstr "你的员工可在此添加行，以便添加对此服务单所做的工作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 +msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" +msgstr "如何让客户评价他们获得的服务" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 +msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "首先，你必须在“设置”下启动评分设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " +"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +msgstr "现在，当服务单被移动到已解决或已完成阶段时，它会向客户发送邮件，要求其评价获得的服务。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" +msgstr "记录服务单时间并开具发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " +"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " +"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +msgstr "你可以与客户签订服务合同，以便在出现问题时为他们提供帮助。为此，Odoo将帮助你记录解决问题所花的时间，以及向客户开具发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "The modules needed" +msgstr "所需的模块" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " +"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " +"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +msgstr "如要记录服务单时间并开具发票，需要以下模块：服务台、项目、工时表、销售。如果你还没有其中某些模块，前往应用程序模块，搜索并点击*安装*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 +msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" +msgstr "开始提供“服务台”服务" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 +msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" +msgstr "第1步：开启一个服务台项目" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " +"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +msgstr "如要为“服务台”服务开启专门项目，首先前往 :menuselection:`项目 --> 配置 -->设置`并确保启用*工时表*功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " +"it." +msgstr "然后，进入仪表板，创建新项目并允许它使用工时表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" +msgstr "第2步：召集服务台团队" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " +"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" +" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " +"previously created as well." +msgstr "" +"如要建立一个负责服务台的团队，前往 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 配置 --> " +"服务台团队`并创建一个新团队或选择现有团队。在表单中，勾选*服务单工时表*，启用该功能。注意还需选择你之前已经创建的服务台项目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" +msgstr "第3步：启动服务台服务" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" +" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +msgstr "最后，如要启动新的服务台服务，首先前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并确保启用*计量单位*功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " +"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +msgstr "然后，前往 :menuselection:`产品 --> 产品`并创建新产品。确保将该产品设置为服务。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " +"unit will do." +msgstr "我们建议你在这里将*计量单位*设置为*小时*，但你也可设置任意单位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " +"configuration :" +msgstr "之后，在产品表单*销售*选项卡下面选择你的发票管理。在这里，我们建议以下配置：" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 +msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" +msgstr "现在，你已准备好开始接受服务单！" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 +msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" +msgstr "解决问题并记录花费的时间" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 +msgid "Step 1 : place an order" +msgstr "第1步：下单" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " +"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" +" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " +"the sale." +msgstr "" +"现在，你在服务台模块，刚收到客户提交的服务单。如要下新订单，前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 订单 --> " +"订单`并为你之前记录的服务台服务产品创建订单。设置协助客户所需的小时数并确认销售。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 +msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "第2步：将任务关联到服务单" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " +"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" +" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" +" and select the task on its form." +msgstr "如你访问专门的服务台项目，会注意到已自动创建订单的新任务。如要将该任务与客户服务单关联，前往服务台模块，访问该服务单并在其表单上选择任务。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 +msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" +msgstr "第3步：记录帮助客户所用的时间" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " +"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "工作完成，客户问题已解决。如要记录执行此任务所用的小时数，返回服务单表单并添加到*工时表*选项卡之下。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " +"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +msgstr "服务单上记录的小时数也会自动出现在工时表模块和对应的任务上。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 +msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" +msgstr "第4步：向客户开具发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" +" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " +"appear as the delivered quantity." +msgstr "如要向客户开具发票，返回销售模块并选择相应订单。注意服务单表单上记录的小时数现在显示为已交付数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +msgid "" +"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " +"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +msgstr "‎剩下要做的就是从订单中创建发票, 然后对其进行验证。现在你只需要等待客户的付款!‎" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:4 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "项目" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "高级" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" +msgstr "如何从客户处收集回馈？" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " +"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " +"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " +"customers using Odoo." +msgstr "作为经理, 跟踪你的团队做的每一件事并不容易。得到客户的回复对于改善团队绩效是很有帮助的。你可以很轻松的通过客户使用Odoo来收集反馈。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " +"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " +"Sad)." +msgstr "在项目实施期间, 可以发送邮件来获取客户反馈。他可以通过三种表情来评估你的工作（微笑, 自然, 悲伤）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 +msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" +msgstr "如何从客户处收集回馈" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " +"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " +"apps module and install it." +msgstr "在做必要的设置之前, 首先要安装 **项目** 这个模块。只需到应用程序界面下载并安装。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " +"module." +msgstr "而且, 在相同的界面，你也要安装 **项目评级** 模块。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " +"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " +"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " +"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "下一步， 进入项目模块的后端。点击 **设置** 按钮并在下拉菜单中选择 **设置** 。然后选择“项目客户评级\" ，不要忘记保存设置。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 +msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" +msgstr "如何获得客户反馈？" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +msgid "" +"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +msgstr "在项目进行期间, 邮件可以在任何阶段发给客户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +msgid "" +"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." +msgstr "首先, 你需要选出从哪个项目你想得到回馈" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 +msgid "Project configuration" +msgstr "项目配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " +"**Customer satisfaction** option." +msgstr "进入 **项目** 模块，在项目设置里面勾选 **客户满意** 选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "EMail模板" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " +"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." +" You can directly edit it from there." +msgstr "去项目状态设置（点击这个图标, 在状态栏的上方, 然后选择 **编辑** ）。选择一个邮件模版, 你也可以直接在此编辑。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 +msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" +msgstr "这是一个客户可以收到的邮件的例子。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" +" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " +"will be added to the chatter of the task." +msgstr "客户只需要点击笑脸（微笑, 自然, 悲伤）来评价你的工作。客户也可以回复邮件并添加更多的信息。这将会在加入到任务的聊天室。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "报表" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " +"the project." +msgstr "你会在项目右上方有一个简要的概括。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 +msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" +msgstr "如何在页面上展示点评？" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 +msgid "" +"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " +"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +msgstr "首先有必要安装 **网站构建器** 模块。只需要去模块菜单下载并安装即可。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" +" Issue** module." +msgstr "而且, 在同一个菜单, 你必须安装 **项目问题网站评级** 模块。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" +" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" +" end of the website." +msgstr "然后, 你就能够可以在网站上公布你的结果了, 你可以在网站右上角上点击确认按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 +msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" +msgstr "如何为销售订单创建相关任务？" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " +"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " +"from sales order lines." +msgstr "在这部分里, 我们可以看到Odoo **项目管理** 和 **销售** 这两个模块的整合, 准确一点说是如何从销售条目中直接产生任务。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " +"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " +"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" +" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " +"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " +"and Services departments." +msgstr "" +"在项目管理中, 任务需要在一个规定的时间内完成。对于一个服务型公司, 任务就会被定义为卖给客户, " +"并交付到客户。这就是为什么要从销售销售订单中生成任务来组织销售和服务部门。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " +"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " +"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " +"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " +"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" +" overtime spent on the project." +msgstr "" +"作为例子, 你可以卖25000美元50个小时的服务。固定价格并已支付。但是你需要追踪你的之前为客户做过的服务。在销售订单上, 可以直接生成任务, " +"并且顾问可以直接输入工单, 如有需要也可以再向客户收取超时服务费。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 +msgid "Install the required applications" +msgstr "安装所需的应用" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " +"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" +" the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "你需要安装 **销售管理** 和 **项目** 模块才可以在销售订单上生成任务。只需安装模块即可。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +msgid "" +"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" +" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " +"spent on that task." +msgstr "最后是**工时表**应用程序，工时表不仅可从销售订单创建任务，还可根据该任务所花费的时间向客户开单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 +msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "只需进入应用程序模块并安装以下各项：" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 +msgid "Create and set up a product" +msgstr "创建并设置产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " +"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " +"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " +"the`following setup:" +msgstr "" +"你需要在产品上配置服务用来在每次产品卖出后生成任务。从**销售** 模块的菜单里面 :menuselection:` 销售 --> 产品`, " +"创建并`配置新产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 +msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" +msgstr " **名称** : 技术支持" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 +msgid "**Product Type**: Service" +msgstr " **产品类型** : 服务" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +msgstr "" +"**测量单位** : 小时, 在菜单 :menuselection:`设置 的 **测量单位 ** , 查看按钮 " +"**有些产品可以以不同的测量单位买卖** 。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " +"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" +" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +msgstr "**发票形式** :你可以基于订单数量, 也可以按发货数量产生发票。你可以简单地依据时间总量来发货或开发票给客户。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " +"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " +"product to hours as well." +msgstr "**跟踪服务** : 创建任务，跟踪时间， 如果你的产品是以时间来开发票给客户，你需要把你的测量时间设置成小时。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " +"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " +"will then create a project per SO." +msgstr "" +"把你的任务与已存在的项目相关联或者建一个新的, 如果这个产品是只针对这一个项目。否则, 你就空着, Odoo会根据销售订单创建一个新的项目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 +msgid "Create the Sales Order" +msgstr "创建销售订单" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " +"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " +"sale order, the task will be created." +msgstr "一旦商品配置好, 你就可以建询价单或者销售订单。一旦询价单确认变成销售订单后, 任务就会被生成。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 +msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" +msgstr "从销售单生成相应任务" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 +msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" +msgstr "在项目模块, 你的新任务将会显示。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 +msgid "" +"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" +msgstr "可以在一个相关的项目, 如果你已经选择了一个产品表格。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 +msgid "" +"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " +"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" +msgstr "在新的项目与对应的销售订单相关联, 你只需点击 :menuselection:`更多--> 设置`。 ) " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 +msgid "" +"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" +" your customers based on your invoicing policy." +msgstr "对于任务自身, 你可以在任务上记录记工单并根据开票原则给客户开票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " +"source document of the task is the related sales order." +msgstr "在Odoo中, 销售订单是一切的中心, 也就意味着任务的源文档和销售订单关联。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" +msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup` " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application.rst:3 +msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" +msgstr "超级棒的记工单应用" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:3 +msgid "Demonstration Video" +msgstr "演示视频" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 +msgid "Transcript" +msgstr "副本" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" +" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +msgstr "超级棒的记工单是一个移动应用, 它能让你在继续要简单的点击几下就可以在项目上记录花费的时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " +"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" +" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." +msgstr "" +"先不考虑设备的问题, Timesheet的记录只需一个简单的点击 。可以看一下谷歌浏览器插件, 不需要登陆, 只需要点击一下便可开启 。运行平顺, " +"并且能离线工作并且能和Odoo账号自动同步。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" +" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" +" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." +msgstr "" +"另外通过移动端或者谷歌浏览器插件我就可以得到我自己的工时的统计分析 。在我的Odoo账号中我们可以进一步进行分析 。我能收到报表以及每个用户的记工单, " +"用这些深入分析项目以及更多" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " +"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" +"saving!" +msgstr "" +"神奇的记工单和ODoo的开票系统进行了集成。客户的账单自动生成\n" +"同时也能可Odoo的项目管理进行集成 。如此的省时！" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application/intro.rst:28 +msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." +msgstr "现在就下载神奇的记工单并提供生产力吧 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration and basic usage" +msgstr "基础配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" +msgstr "如何管理任务以及任务协作？" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "责任" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 +msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." +msgstr "在Odoo中, 你可以分配任务的负责人。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " +"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " +"suggestions in the drop down menu." +msgstr "当创建一个任务, 默认的你是他的负责人。你可以通过下拉菜单或输入其他人的名字来改变它。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " +"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." +msgstr "如果你添加新用户, 你可以“创建&编辑 **一个新用户, 你需要管理员权限来做这件事。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 +msgid "Followers" +msgstr "关注者" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" +" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " +"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " +"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." +" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " +"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " +"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " +"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." +msgstr "" +"在任务中，你可以添加其他用户作为 **关注者** " +"。添加一个关注者意味着当任务有任何变更时这个人会被通知。目的是允许来自谈话的外部贡献。当你需要从其他部门同事的建议时这是非常宝贵的。你也可以邀请客户参与部分任务，他们会被邮件通知，并通过回复邮件来参与任务。关注者可以像你一样看到整个任务的描述和交谈。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 +msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" +msgstr "项目 :通过关注一个项目来关注管道" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" +" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " +"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " +"see the big picture all the time." +msgstr "" +"你可以决定关注一个项目。在这个情形下, 你会被通知各种项目的变更 :比如任务从一个阶段到另一个, 交流的内容, " +"等等。你会在inbox里收到所有的信息。这个功能对于想要随时看到全局的项目经理是很不错的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 +msgid "Task: follow a specific task" +msgstr "任务 :关注指定的任务。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " +"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " +"that task also appear in your inbox." +msgstr "关注一个任务和关注一个项目其实是一样的, 除了你只是关注着项目的某个特殊部分而已。所有的任务的变化通知会显示在你的inbox里。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 +msgid "Choose which action to follow" +msgstr "选择哪个行为要被关注。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " +"Following button." +msgstr "你可以通过点击在关注按钮的向下箭头来选择哪些你要关注的内容。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " +"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " +"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." +msgstr "默认情况下, 你可以跟进讨论, 但你也可以选择当记录创建一个任务, 锁住或待发, 任务的阶段改变时得到通知。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 +msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" +msgstr "时间管理 :分析账户" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " +"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." +msgstr "是否能帮你预估项目的账单或发票数据, 项目管理的时间跟踪是真正有用的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " +"help you track time easily." +msgstr "Odoo 工时单模块完美地结合了Odoo项目能帮你方便地跟踪时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " +"available in projects and on tasks." +msgstr "一旦安装Odoo工时单, 工时单选项在项目和任务自动可用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " +"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" +" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " +"automatically created under the same name." +msgstr "为了避免混淆, Odoo使用分析帐户。一个分析帐户, 将永远被命名为特定项目或合同的参考。每一个项目创建时, 分析帐户将自动根据同名创建。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" +msgstr "在项目上记录工时单" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 +msgid "Click on the settings of a project." +msgstr "点击项目设定" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 +msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." +msgstr "点击在顶部灰色菜单的工时单按钮" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " +"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " +"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " +"it, or not." +msgstr "" +"在Odoo工时单。点击创建, 一个带有今天的日期和时间的行会出现。项目名称被自动选择为分析帐号。没有任务设置, 您可以选择是否添加一个特定的任务。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" +" timesheets." +msgstr "如果你现在去Odoo时间表, 你的行会在你的其他时间表中被记录下来。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" +msgstr "在任务上记录工时单 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 +msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." +msgstr "在一个任务, 工时单选项也可用的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " +"Add an item." +msgstr "在任务中, 单击编辑按钮。转到时间表选项卡, 然后单击添加项目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " +"Analytic account." +msgstr "一条带有在分析帐号已选定的项目名称的时间行会出现。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " +"application." +msgstr "同样, 你会在Odoo工时单里发现这些工时单行。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" +" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." +msgstr "在项目结束時，你可以透過搜索項目的分析賬戶名稱,了解你在項目上真正花費的時間。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 +msgid "Document Management in tasks" +msgstr "任务的文档管理" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" +" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" +" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." +msgstr "你可以管理不同档案类型的文件,不论是计划或是图片格式等等。一张图像有时比千言万语更为丰富！你有两种方式将文件添加到任务。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 +msgid "" +"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " +"tab on the top of the form." +msgstr "1. 你可以透过点击表格顶部的附件选项，在工作中添加图像或文件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " +"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " +"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " +"task." +msgstr "" +"2. 通过互动，你可以添加图片/文档到任务中，也可以记录一个说明/发送消息并附上文件，如果有人在邮件中发送了附件，该附件将自动保存在任务中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " +"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." +msgstr "如果你有一幅有助于了解的任务的重要图像，您可以将其设置为封面图片。它將能直接在看板中查看。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 +msgid "Collaborate on tasks" +msgstr "任务协作" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" +" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." +msgstr "ＯＤＯＯ项目管理中的任务可以很容易的让你和同事协同工作，帮助你节省时间和精力。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " +"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" +" delegation and the Chatter." +msgstr "出发点是实时呈现你感兴趣的，通过任务的授权，在同一时间可以和同事使用同一任务" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 +msgid "Create a task from an email" +msgstr "从电子邮件创建任务" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " +"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " +"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." +msgstr "" +"您可以把你的項目链接到一個电子邮箱。当邮件被发送到该地址，它会自动在该项目立即創建任务，並把所有收件人(收件人/副本/密件副本)添加为追随者。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " +"project gets an automatic email address." +msgstr "通过ＯＤＯＯ在线，邮件入口已经配置，因此每个项目可以自动获得一个Email地址" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 +msgid "" +"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " +"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " +"Dashboard." +msgstr "邮件的名称预设为项目的名称 (以“ - ”代替空格)，你可在项目仪表盘的项目名称下找到它。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"This email address create by default following the project name can be " +"changed." +msgstr "项目名称预设的电子邮箱可以被更改。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 +msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." +msgstr "电子邮箱的别名可以由项目经理来改变。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 +msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." +msgstr "要进行此项修订，可进入项目设置，然后单击电子邮件选项页签。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 +msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." +msgstr "你亦可以直接编辑你的项目电子邮箱。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 +msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." +msgstr "互动，状态和跟进" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " +"history of the task." +msgstr "互动时很有用的工具，是个交流工具并且可以显示历史。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " +"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " +"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " +"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " +"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " +"to remember past interactions." +msgstr "" +"在互动中，你可以看到任务何时创建，何时阶段变更等，任何对任务的变更，系统将自动记录到互动中，也包含你和客户，同事之间的互动记录，使得任务所有者很容易了解到过去的互动交流记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" +" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " +"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" +" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " +"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." +msgstr "" +"你可以联系跟进者，不管是内部(同事)或者外部(客户)通过录入说明或重要信息，也可以针对该任务发送邮件给所有的跟进者，你可以选择增加消息通知所有跟进者，对于两种方式，日期和时间都会保存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 +msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" +msgstr "任务的描述，平板" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " +"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " +"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " +"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " +"creation of the content." +msgstr "" +"ＯＤＯＯ允许通过(http://etherpad.org)替换任务描述字段，也就是说你可以和其他用户实时的使用同一个任务，每个用户有自己的颜色，你可以对整个任务进行回复" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 +msgid "" +"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " +"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." +msgstr "要应用该选项，进入到菜单选择:menuselection:`项目设置 --> 平板` , 点击 \"在任务描述中多信息协作\"。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 +msgid "" +"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " +"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " +"Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " +"follower." +msgstr "" +"如果你只需要平板而不是整个任务页，可以点击右上方图标直接进入，点击图标 ``</>`` " +"获取该任务描述的ＵＲＬ，在没有添加对方为跟进者并且想发送消息给对方时，需要用到这个。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 +msgid "Tasks states" +msgstr "任务状态" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 +msgid "Set the state of a task" +msgstr "设置任务状态" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" +" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " +"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." +msgstr "当你在做任务中的工作时，任务状态是最容易通知你同事的方式，比如任务准备就绪或者推迟，是个可视化的向导。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 +msgid "" +"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " +"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" +msgstr "你可以从看板视图或者直接从任务中改变状态，只需要点击状态条。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 +msgid "Custom states" +msgstr "自定义状态" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 +msgid "" +"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " +"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," +" then click on edit:" +msgstr "在项目的不同阶段，你可以定义不同的状态含义，在看板视图，点击阶段最上方的齿轮状图标，然后编辑：" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 +msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." +msgstr "在颜色球边上，写上说明" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 +msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" +msgstr "现在，说明将会代替普通文本显示" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 +msgid "Color Tags" +msgstr "颜色标签" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 +msgid "" +"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " +"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " +"them thanks to the filters." +msgstr "每个任务，你可以定义一个标签，标签对于任务的分类很有用，帮助你在看板视图中高亮显示或者通过过滤器很容易找到" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 +msgid "" +"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" +" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " +"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." +msgstr "如果你需要经常使用特定类型的标签，可以高亮显示该任务，每个标签可以使用不同颜色，在面板视图中可视化。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " +"the tag, directly from the task:" +msgstr "为了在看板视图中显示，你需要在任务中直接给标签设置颜色" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" +msgstr "如何安装与配置项目管理?" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " +"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." +msgstr "Odoo项目允许你和整个项目团队一起管理项目, 与项目和任务成员中的任何一个人沟通。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " +"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" +" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " +"employees working on this project." +msgstr "" +"它与包含可定制阶段的任务的项目一起工作。项目可以是内部的或客户导向的。任务是项目执行的一部分。你可以给这个项目工作的几个员工提供不同的任务。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Installing the Project module" +msgstr "安装项目管理模块" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " +"**Install**." +msgstr "打开 **应用** 模块, 查找 **项目管理** , 再点击 **安装**。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +msgid "Creating a new project" +msgstr "创建一个新的项目" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," +" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"project." +msgstr "打开 **项目** 应用，点击 **创建** 。 从窗口中，你可以指定项目名称以及公开程度。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:32 +msgid "The privacy setting works as:" +msgstr "隐私设置如 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:34 +msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." +msgstr " **客户项目** : 如果该客户是一个关注者那么就可以在门户中看到。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." +msgstr " **所有员工** : 员工能看到所有的任务或问题。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" +msgstr " **私有项目** : 只有关注者能看到的任务或问题" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " +"**Customer** field empty if not." +msgstr "如果某个项目有特定的客户, 就可以在项目中标明；如果不是客户的项目, 那么 **客户** 字段留空。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:48 +msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." +msgstr "输完所有必要的详细信息之后， 点击 **保存** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Manage your project's stages" +msgstr "自定义项目阶段" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:54 +msgid "Add your project's stages" +msgstr "创建自定义的项目阶段" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:56 +msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." +msgstr "在你项目仪表盘上。点击 **＃任务** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" +" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"project." +msgstr "在新窗口中，跟进项目第一阶段的定义，新增一列，然后再更多的列用于维护项目阶段" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " +"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +msgstr "对于每个阶段，针对任务的状态有不同的记号，你可以自定义以满足需要" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " +"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +msgstr "拖拉鼠标焦点到阶段名称，在打开的菜单上，点击 **编辑** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " +"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " +"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +msgstr "一个新窗体将打开，跟进在任务中自定义的颜色显示，很容易了解哪个任务需要留意，可以跟进自己的喜好定义含义。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "完成的时候点击 **保存** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Rearrange stages" +msgstr "调整项目阶段" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" +" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " +"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " +"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +msgstr "" +"通过添加新的列，你可以很容易个性化视图以满足你的业务需要，在项目的看板视图中，通过点击 **添加新列** " +"增加阶段，通过拖拉列到指定位置，可以重新定义阶段的顺序，你也可以通过 **设置** 图标合并或者不合并阶段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`visualization`" +msgstr ":doc:`visualization` " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:101 +msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" +msgstr ":doc:`collaboration` " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`time_record`" +msgstr ":doc:`time_record` " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "How to record time spent?" +msgstr "如何记录花费的时间？" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " +"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +msgstr "ＯＤＯＯ可以记录每个员工以及每个项目的时间，用于简单的统计或者根据所花时间给客户开发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " +"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " +"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +msgstr "" +"为了记录项目所花时间，必须首先激活工时表，在**项目** 应用中，打开菜单选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`. 在 " +"**工时单** 选择页面, 点击 **激活工时单** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " +"Employee and Timesheet apps." +msgstr "激活该选项，将安装销售，发票，问题跟着，员工和工时单应用程序" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 +msgid "Recording timesheets" +msgstr "记录记工单" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " +"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." +msgstr "你可以记录该项目所花的时间在项目应用程序中，或者记录工时在项目或者任务中" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 +msgid "Recording in a project" +msgstr "在项目中记录" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " +"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." +msgstr "在 **项目** 应用仪表板， 打开菜单 **更多** 用于记录工时， 点击 **工时单** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" +" click on **Save**." +msgstr "在新窗口中，点击 **创建** 输入必要的字段，再点击 **保存** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 +msgid "Recording in a task" +msgstr "在任务中记录" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " +"and open the task on which you have been working." +msgstr "在 **项目** 应用中，打开需要记录工时单的项目，打开你工作的任务。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " +"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "在任务中， 点击 **编辑** ，打开 **工时单** 再点击 **添加项目** 。输入必要字段，再点击 **保存** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 +msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" +msgstr "可视化项目任务" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " +"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " +"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " +"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " +"have to cope with." +msgstr "在日常业务中，你公司可能有重要的、复杂的任务要履行，需要及时提醒并全面跟进。幸运的是，Odoo可有效地可视化并组织不同的任务。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 +msgid "Create a task" +msgstr "创建任务" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 +msgid "" +"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." +msgstr "在项目应用程序中，选择已有项目或创建新项目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 +msgid "In the project, create a new task." +msgstr "在项目中，创建新任务。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " +"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." +msgstr "你可将任务分派给合适的人员、添加标记、截止日期、描述，以及你需要的所有其他内容。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 +msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" +msgstr "通过看板视图查看你的任务" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " +"to the Kanban view." +msgstr "一旦创建几个任务, 在看板视图下可以对这些任务进行管理和追踪。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " +"one have the higher priorities." +msgstr "看板视图是一个便利的视图，分开不同阶段，清楚的看到任务处于项目中哪个阶段以及哪个任务有更高的优先级。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" +" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" +" logo in the upper right corner" +msgstr "进入一个项目，看板视图是默认的视图，如果你在其他视图，可以通过点击右上方的图标返回到看板视图。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " +"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" +" and indicate if the task is ready." +msgstr "你还可通过看板视图上的小圆点，直接通知同事该任务的状态，系统将通知关注任务的人员，显示任务是否准备妥当。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 +msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" +msgstr "在看板视图中将任务排序" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " +"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " +"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" +" to their creation date." +msgstr "" +"任务排序的标准为按优先级（你可点击时钟旁边的星号赋予其优先级），然后按顺序（你可以通过拖放手动移动任务顺序），最后是按其创建日期关联的ID。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." +msgstr "超过截止日期的任务在看板视图中显示为红色。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " +"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." +msgstr "如果你将低优先级任务置于顶部，下次返回仪表板时，它会移回高优先级任务之下。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 +msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "通过日历视图管理截止日期" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " +"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " +"easily in a single window." +msgstr "你还可从看板视图切换到日历视图，查看每项任务的截止日期，并从单一窗口轻松设置截止日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " +"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." +msgstr "任务按其所分派的员工标记不同的颜色，你可选择查看某位员工的截止日期，按员工筛选截止日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:133 +msgid "" +"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " +"dropping the task to another case." +msgstr "在日历视图中, 通过退拽你可以轻易的变更最后期限。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" +msgstr "ODOO 项目管理介绍" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "" +"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " +"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." +msgstr "作为一个项目经理, 我有很多有很多股东参与的大项目要想对你的项目进行无缝管理, 你可以使用Odoo 项目管理模块" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" +" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " +"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " +"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " +"project manager too." +msgstr "" +"在odoo的项目管理模块下, " +"项目组团队成员可以便捷的计划和执行在加拿大发布一个新的产品线。我通过创建不同的项目阶段组织管理项目。该模块还能让我们无论何时都可以给任何用户任务定义清晰的状态。其余的项目经理也是如此" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 +msgid "" +"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" +" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " +"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " +"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." +msgstr "" +"如此好用的项目阶段可以根据我们的需要定制, 现在我添加一个新的阶段, 只需要简单的编辑和点几下鼠标。在我们的项目管理过程中, 我来做最后的检查, " +"所以我可以天剑该阶段。Odoo项目可以用来管理所有的项目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." +" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " +"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" +msgstr "一旦任务完成, 相关的项目组成员可以更改任务的状态。这个对项目经理在拖动该任务到下一阶段之前的查看非常有用。很简单, 对吧？" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 +msgid "" +"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " +"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" +" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " +"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " +"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " +"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " +"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " +"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" +" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" +" the progress of each task." +msgstr "" +"我们也可以通过调整视图管理监控项目, 现在我选择了列表视图, 在列表视图下, 我可以看到其余的信息例如, 工作时间进度。如果我点一下我的任务, 进入 " +"任务的表单视图, " +"在这里我可以编辑计划的时间并输入我的记工单。控制项目的时间进度并监控每个项目组成员花费的时间对于项目经理来说是一个很有用的工具。我在销售团队的培训上设置了24小时.今天," +" 我已经准备了相关的培训材料, 所以我会在记工单中记录4小时, 随后我们看到工作时间进度会自动更新。 多亏了记工单和集成功能, " +"项目经理可以深入的追踪每个任务的进度" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " +"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" +" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" +" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " +"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " +"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " +"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " +"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " +"planning." +msgstr "" +"Odoo项目中另外一个伟大的功能是预测工具。 当激活后, 我就可以计划项目资源以及工作量。因此，对其他项目的时间分配也就更加容易了。对于此项目, " +"我需要培训销售团队的成品。它将会需要我本周50%的时间。作为项目经理, " +"我可以对每个用户进行资源分配，并且根据其它的项目做出调。这样可以防止任何形式的时间重叠。我可以重新分配任务，或者调整截止日期。Odoo项目是战略规划和执行规划的完美应用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " +"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " +"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " +"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" +" each team member." +msgstr "" +"另外项目的所有方面都能通过报表功能进行分析。例如, 我们可以得到对比计划时间和实际花费的时间的报表。我们可以访问任何一个项目, 任务, " +"或者任何一个项目成员的盈利能力。我们还可以得到费配到每一个项目成员的时间等等。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" +" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " +"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " +"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " +"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" +" team." +msgstr "" +"ODoo项目管理的另一个有用因素是沟通交流功能, " +"沟通交流是所有项目的成败的关键因素。在项目的任务中所有股东直接的分享相关的项目文档非常有用。在Odoo项目管理中, 我们可以在Chatter功能区讨论," +" 而所需的操作仅仅是点几下鼠标而已。当然我们也可以跟项目组中的任何成员开启一个新的会话。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " +"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " +"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " +"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " +"issues." +msgstr "" +"Odoo项目管理还可以和客服和售后APP集成 配置了该功能, 我们可以跟进客户的所有反馈的问题, " +"甚至可以从该问题能创建一个新的支持项目该应用还会自动创建根据在任务或者问题上花费的时间的发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " +"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " +"app, it will help you get started quickly too." +msgstr "" +"ODoo项目管理是一个非常强大且易用的应用。首先我们用它设置我们的目标, 然后对项目进行设置, 一旦这些准备好, 你的项目就可以快速的开始。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 +msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" +msgstr "现在免费试用ODoo项目管理模块并用ODOO项目管理更好的管理你的项目！" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 +msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" +msgstr "现在就开始免费试用销售人员喜欢的CRM应用程式" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning your project" +msgstr "给项目做计划" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:3 +msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" +msgstr "如何计划和追踪分配给员工的工作？" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " +"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " +"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." +msgstr "跟进并计划员工的任务分派是个巨大的挑战，特别是需要管理大量员工的时候，幸运的是，使用 Odoo 项目管理，通过简单的点击就可以进行管理" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " +"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " +"install the application." +msgstr "唯一需要的配置就是安装 **项目管理** 模块，进入应用程序模块，查找项目并安装应用程序。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" +" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " +"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " +"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" +"如果你需要管理时间评估，需要在任务中激活工时表，从 **项目** ，进入菜单选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` " +"在下拉列表菜单中. **工时估算** , 选择 **在任务中管理工时估算** 选项。 不要忘记保存你的设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:28 +msgid "" +"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " +"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " +"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." +msgstr "该功能将会为你的任务创建一个进度条，每次员工在工时单中输入工时时，进度条会自动更新。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:36 +msgid "Manage tasks with views" +msgstr "管理带有视图的任务" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" +" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " +"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " +"and the calendar view." +msgstr "" +"Odoo 具备多类型的视图，你可以对多个任务同时进行预览，三个主要的视图将帮助你计划并跟进员工的任务: 看板视图，列表视图 (使用工时表) 和日历视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " +"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." +msgstr "来创建并编辑任务在管道中输入内容。记着填写负责人和预计日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:47 +msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" +msgstr "对带有看板视图的活动进行查看" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " +"ones having the higher priorities." +msgstr "看板视图看起来像是一个被分成不同阶段的便贴视图。这能让你清楚的看到你的任务所在的阶段以及较高优先级的任务。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:61 +msgid "Add/rearrange stages" +msgstr "添加或者重新排列阶段" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " +"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " +"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " +"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " +"stage." +msgstr "" +"通过新增列，可以很容易的自定义项目以满足业务需要，在看板视图，通过 **添加新列** " +"(看以下图片)添加阶段。如需重新排定阶段，你可以拖拉列到指定位置，你也可以合并阶段通过使用 **设置** 图标。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " +"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " +"Done." +msgstr "根据过程的阶段分别创建栏。例如在开发项目中, 阶段可能是 :说明定义, 开发, 测试, 完成。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +msgid "Sort tasks by priority" +msgstr "根据优先级排列任务" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " +"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " +"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " +"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " +"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." +msgstr "" +"在每列中，你可以根据任务的优先级进行排序。优先级的任务会自动的被移动到列的上方。在看板视图中，点击任务卡右下方的星标记该任务为 **高优先级** " +"。对于没有标记的任务, Odoo会自动的根据他们的最后期限进行划分。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " +"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." +msgstr "注意超过了最后期限的日期会显示红色(列表视图中也是), 所以你能很轻松的追踪每个任务的进展。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:97 +msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." +msgstr "记着你还能在过滤按钮上过滤任务。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:100 +msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" +msgstr "用列表视图追踪每个任务的过程" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " +"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " +"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" +" each time the employee will add an activity." +msgstr "" +"如果激活 **管理任务中的工时估算** ，你的员工将可以在任务中的 **工时单** 中录入考勤。 雇员录入后**工作时间进度** 条将自动更新。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " +"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " +"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " +"show you the progression of each task." +msgstr "" +"作为经理, 在列表视图下你可以查看所有员工花费在任务上的时间。要这样做, 进入所选的项目中并点击列表视图图标(见下图)。最后一列可以看到每个任务的进展。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:119 +msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "在日历视图中要留意最后期限" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " +"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " +"single window." +msgstr "如果在你的任务中添加最后期限, 他就回显示在日历视图中。作为一个经理, 这样的视图能够让你在一个窗口中查看所有的最后期限。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:128 +msgid "" +"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" +" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " +"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." +msgstr "所有的任务都根据任务的所有者的不同而标记不同的颜色。你可以在日期视图的右边勾选相关的勾选框轻易的根据员工过滤最后期限。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/assignments.rst:138 +msgid ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr ":doc:`forecast` " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "How to forecast tasks?" +msgstr "如何预测任务？" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction to forecast" +msgstr "预测的介绍" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," +" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +msgstr "计划和预测任务是管理项目的另外一种方式，在ＯＤＯＯ，预测选项给你进入甘特表的入口" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:11 +msgid "" +"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " +"progress of a project and its related tasks." +msgstr "到目前为止，你在显示项目进度以及相关任务的看板视图的基础上工作" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " +"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " +"team members to collaborate better." +msgstr "现在，通过预测选项，甘特视图给了你一个高度可视化的图片，对于复杂的项目很有用，帮助团队成员之间更好的协作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " +"workload and human resources." +msgstr "该选项对于工作量和人力资源的计划和组织很有帮助" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "How to configure the projects?" +msgstr "如何配置项目？" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the project application" +msgstr "配置项目应用" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" +" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" +" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " +"employee should complete it!" +msgstr "" +"**预测** 选择帮助你组织项目. 如果你需要为你的项目设置具体期限者将很有帮助. 因此, 雇员需要在每个任务指定具体的时间框架(工时总数)内完成任务!" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " +"application:" +msgstr "首先，你需要激活整个项目的 **预测** 选择 " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " +"Forecast option and click **Apply**." +msgstr "进到菜单选择:menuselection:`项目 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。选择预测选项并点击 **应用** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " +"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " +"all the projects that you manage)." +msgstr "一旦完成，你仍然需要为你的 **项目** 激活 **预测** 选项(或许你不需要为每个项目使用甘特图). " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Configure a specific project." +msgstr "配置特定的项目" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " +"Forecast\" in your project settings." +msgstr "当创建新项目时，请确保选择了\"允许预测\"的选项" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:51 +msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +msgstr "在最上方的菜单中你可以看到 **预测** 选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " +"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." +msgstr "如果你为已存在项目增加了预测选项，不管任务到期或者还未计划，任务都不会显示" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:59 +msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." +msgstr "项目中的这些任务不关联预测" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:62 +msgid "How to create a forecast?" +msgstr "如何创建预测？" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " +"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." +msgstr "在创建带有预测的项目前，列出所有任务计划花费的时间，这有助于协调工作" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " +"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " +"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." +msgstr "如果要在项目中显示甘特图，需要在任务页创建预测，点击左上方的任务, **创建预测** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " +"space in the Gantt chart calendar." +msgstr "你也可以在直接在甘特图中通过点击空白区域创建新的预测" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " +"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " +"take." +msgstr "预测接口会自动写入项目名称和任务，你只需要在任务中增加日期和时间" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" +" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " +"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." +msgstr "**有效时间** 字段只有在安装了 **工时单** 应用后才会显示，该选项通过集成的工时单帮助你查看任务的进度" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:91 +msgid "" +"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " +"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " +"in the Effective hours field." +msgstr "例如: 人员在项目中填写了工时10小时(分析会计)，预测将会在有效工时中显示10小时" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:96 +msgid "What are the difference between the views?" +msgstr "视图之间的差异？" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " +"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " +"by projects." +msgstr "在 **项目** 应用程序的 **预测** 菜单。 该子菜单将帮助你从不同视图查看甘特表 : 按用户或者按项目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:103 +msgid "By users : people management" +msgstr "通过用户: 人员管理" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " +"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." +" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." +msgstr "该选项将在甘特图中显示指派的人员，ＯＤＯＯ的甘特图通过大图片的形式显示哪些人员参与其中，对于分配资源很有效" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " +"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " +"third, you see which tasks they're on." +msgstr "在左边，第一层级，显示哪些人员在任务中，第二层级，具体指派给人员的项目，第三层级人员在哪些任务上" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " +"the duration of the task in the calendar." +msgstr "每个项目都会通过不同颜色的长方形显示，该长方形的长度将决定任务周期长度" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " +"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " +"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " +"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." +msgstr "" +"第一层级顶部的长方形是收集于第三层级的所有任务的汇总，如果是绿色显示，说明分配给该员工的总工时还没到100%. " +"如果红色显示，说明能够分配给该员工的总工时达到或者超过100%" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:126 +msgid "Plan the workload" +msgstr "计划工作量" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " +"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " +"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" +" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." +msgstr "" +"创建预测时，你必须选择该员工需要花费的工时，如果是100%，意味着该员工在这段时间不能参与其他任务，所以你可以决定不同任务直接员工需要花费时间的百分比1%" +" 到 100%" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " +"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " +"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." +msgstr "集成的优势在意避免重复预定人员的工作，比如该人员已经有40%在另外项目的任务中，你只能预定该人员60%的时间" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " +"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " +"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " +"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " +"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " +"that this is feasible." +msgstr "" +"在以下例子中, 用户\"管理员\" 在2个项目中工作 (\"IT1367 交付阶段\" and \"实施进度56\"). " +"该员工在两个任务中分配的时间是110%，这个太多了，项目精力需要更改. 否则, 项目管理会更改时间和日期以确保分配是合理的" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:191 +msgid "Gantt view advantages" +msgstr "甘特视图的优点" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:151 +msgid "" +"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" +" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " +"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " +"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " +"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." +msgstr "" +"按照用户的甘特视图能很好的帮助你计划人力资源，避免任务和用户分配的冲突.甘特表是高度可视化并帮助你一次性的理解所有不同的元素，你将迅速理解接下来做什么，该方法帮助你更好的理解任务之间的关系" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:193 +msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" +msgstr "ＯＤＯＯ中动态的甘特图允许你:" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +msgid "" +"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " +"the future or in the past" +msgstr "通过点击并滑动更改任务过去以及未来的预测时间和日期" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:198 +msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" +msgstr "在甘特图中迅速创建一个新的预测" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:200 +msgid "modify an existing forecast" +msgstr "修改已存在的预测" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:202 +msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." +msgstr "通过拉长或缩短矩形的长度来调整任务所需时间的长度" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:170 +msgid "By projects: project management" +msgstr "按项目：项目管理" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " +"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " +"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " +"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." +msgstr "" +"对于更好的理解任务之间的联系，甘特图是很好的视图，可以避免任务重叠，或者在前期任务未完成时过早开始新的任务，ＯＤＯＯ甘特图将清晰的帮助你协调不同的任务" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:177 +msgid "" +"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " +"level of hierarchy." +msgstr "该选项将在甘特表中显示项目的第一层级" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" +" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " +"they're on." +msgstr "在左边，第一层级，显示项目，第二层级，显示哪些人员指派到项目中，第三层级，人员在哪些项目上" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " +"Users** section)" +msgstr "该视图不显示你的人力资源时间，颜色不能应用 (查看 **按用户** 章节)" + +#: ../../content/services/support.rst:4 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "支持" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "支持的版本" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "Odoo为 **最近的3个主要版本** 提供支持和漏洞修复服务。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" +"托管在 **Odoo Online** 的用户也可使用中间版本（有时称为 *SaaS版本* " +"），Odoo同样为其提供支持。这些版本未在Odoo.sh或本地部署安装中发布。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "我的Odoo可享受哪些支持服务？" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "下表是每个版本的支持状态。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "**主要版本以粗体显示。**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "Odoo Online" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "Odoo.sh" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "本地部署" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "发布日期" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 14.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "|green|" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "2020年10月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "2019年10月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "Odoo 12.saas~3" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "无" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "2019年8月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 12.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "2018年10月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "Odoo 11.saas~3" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "|orange|" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "2018年4月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 11.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "|red|" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "2017年10月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~15" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "2017年3月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~14" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "2017年1月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 10.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "2016年10月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "Odoo 9.saas~11" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "2016年5月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 9.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "2015年10月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "Odoo 8.saas~6" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "2015年2月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 8.0**" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "2014年9月" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "|green| 支持的版本" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "|red| 结束支持" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "不适用 从未在此平台发布" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "|orange| 某些老客户可能仍在我们的Odoo Online服务器上运行这个版本，我们仅针对阻止问题提供帮助，建议你升级版本。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "🏁 未来版本，尚未发布" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:77 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "我仍在使用老版本的 Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "OpenERP 7.0、6.1、6.0和5.0在任何平台上均不再提供支持。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "TinyERP 4.0、3.0、2.0和1.0在任何平台上均不再提供支持。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "你应考虑`升级 <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_数据库。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:7 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "支持服务有哪些内容？" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:11 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "每周5天" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" +"您的 Odoo 在线订阅包括 **周一至周五免费的 24 小时无限制支持** " +"。我们的团队遍布世界各地，无论您身在何处，您都为您提供支持。您的支持代表可能从旧金山、比利时或印度与您沟通！" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "我们的支持团队可以通过` 在线支持表单联系<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:22 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "包括哪些支持？" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "为您提供相关资料（指南、产品文档等）" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "对标准 Odoo 数据库中可能遇到的问题的解答（例如\"无法关闭POS\"或\"找不到销售的关键绩效指标？\")" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "与您的帐户、订阅或计费相关的问题" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "解决错误（阻止问题或意外行为，不是由于配置错误或自定义造成的）" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "升级到较新版本后测试数据库中可能出现的问题" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " +"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "{Odoo 支持不会更改您的生产数据库，而是为您提供自己动手的材料和知识！" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:38 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "不包括哪些支持？" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "需要我们了解您的业务流程以帮助您实现数据库的问题" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "关于如何使用我们的软件（我们将引导您访问我们庞大的在线资源）" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "将文件导入你的数据库" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "有关在应用程序或数据库内应用哪些配置的指南" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "如何设置配置模型（示例包括：库存路线、付款条款、仓库等）" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "在你自己的服务器上进行任何干预/部署Odoo" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "在你自己的第三方账户上进行任何干预（Ingenico、Authorize、UPS等）" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "与 Odoo 或第三方进行的特定开发或自定义相关的问题（这仅特定于您的数据库或涉及代码）" + +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"您可以使用成功包获得此类支持。通过 `成功包<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-" +"packs>`__，我们的顾问将分析您的业务运营方式，并告诉您如何充分利用 Odoo 数据库。我们将处理所有配置，并指导您如何使用 Odoo。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:5 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "在哪里获取支持？" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Odoo 企业版" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" +"拥有有效Odoo企业版订阅的用户可随时通过我们的`支持表单 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_联系我们的支持团队，无论你选择哪种托管类型（Odoo " +"Online、Odoo.sh或在你自己的服务器上）。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:13 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "请在支持请求中提供：" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:15 +msgid "your subscription number," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "" +"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also " +"send the URL of your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "我们的代理将尽快回复你。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:22 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "Odoo社区版" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:24 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "*Odoo社区用户没有支持服务权限。*" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:26 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "以下是可能有用的一些资源：" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:28 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "我们的 `文档页面 <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "在`社区论坛 <https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_提问。" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +msgid "" +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and " +"bugfix services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:35 +msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e92e42040 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# max_xu <wangzhanwh@163.com>, 2021 +# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2021 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:22+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "用户和功能" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "作为数据库管理员,你有责任提供具有良好的可用性数据库给所有的用户,包括基于数据库所安装的各类应用." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" +"Odoo拥有及其多的功能 (包括企业资源计划，内容管理系统，客户关系管理应用，电子商务后端等等)， 但是它 *不是* " +"一个智能手机。在对你的数据库添加/卸载各类特性(特别是应用时) " +"，你需要额外小心，因为这些操作可能产生显著的费用投入(比如将你从一个免费用户升级为我们平台上的付费用户)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" +"本页包含了如何管理你的Odoo及其实例。在进行以下步骤前，我们 **强烈建议** " +"您先在复制的数据库上进行测试。这样的话，即便有错误，也不会影响到实际的业务运作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " +"installations." +msgstr "" +"查看如何复制数据用于:ref:`线上 <duplicate_online>` 和:ref:`本地部署 <duplicate_premise>`安装。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" +"如果你对这篇文章有任何问题或者当你执行程序时碰到问题，可以提交`支持请求 <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__来联系我们。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "禁用用户" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "当你想更改任何用户的状态时,请确保你拥有足够的 **管理权限** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " +"rights.**" +msgstr "在你的Odoo实例中,点击**设置**.在左边的菜单部分可以选择用户显示数据库中已经激活的用户账号.点击 **访问权限**." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:81 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "|设置|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:43 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "|浏览_用户|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:46 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "然后你将看到用户列表." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" +"筛选器中预设置了 *内部用户* 过滤条件，经过此过滤器条件显示的用户账号是付费账号 (区别于免费的 *门户账号* ) " +"。如果你删掉了这个过滤条件，那就显示所有的用户账号 (包括付费账号和免费账号)" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " +"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" +" to **Inactive** immediately." +msgstr "" +"在你的用户列表中,点击你想要取消激活的用户账号.进入用户表单后,将鼠标移到状态按钮**有效**(右上角)上.点击有效,然后你将看到这个按钮状态立即变为了**取消激活**状态." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "该用户账号目前处于停用状态." + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:67 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "**千万不要** 取消激活主用户 (*admin*)" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "卸载应用程式" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" +"请确保在进行任何正式改动前（ *尤其是* 安装或卸载应用程式时）在 :ref:`复制 <duplicate_online>`的数据库进行第一次测试。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "在你的Odoo实例中点击 **设置** ；在此应用程序中，你可以看到已安装的应用。点击**浏览应用程序**来访问你所安装的应用程序列表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:81 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "|浏览_应用|" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "在应用仪表板中，你可以看到所有应用的图标。点击你想卸载的应用，然后在应用表单内，点击 **卸载** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" +"一些应用之间有互相依存的关系，比如开票，电子商务等等... " +"因此，当你准备卸载这些应用时系统会弹出一个警告信息，告诉你哪些被依赖的应用会被相应卸载。如果你继续进行卸载，那所有被依赖应用也会被同时卸载 " +"(并且这些应用中的数据也会被永久删除) 。如果您确定仍要卸载被依赖的应用，请单击 **确认** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "最后，请检查警告消息（如有），然后单击 **确认** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:103 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "您已完成卸载应用程序。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "幸好知道" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:108 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" +"**卸载应用，管理用户，等等这些决定取决于你** " +":没有其他人可以比你更了解这些操作是否会影响到你的业务流程。如果我们帮你卸载了应用，那我们也无法告诉你哪些关联数据会被删除或者你的某项业务流程会停摆，因为我们" +" *不知道你的业务运作方式* 因此也无法验证这些操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" +"**Odoo各个应用之间有互相依存的关系** " +":这意味着一些你并不太会操作的模块,会因为其中的一些特性被需要而被系统自动安装。比如，如果你需要将你的客户报价用网页的形式展现，那网站构建器这个应用就会被自动安装。可能你完全不需要通过Odoo的网站，但是这个应用中的在线报价技术特性却是你的需求能正常工作的前提条件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:121 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" +"**总是在数据库副本上测试应用的安装/卸载** " +"(或者在一个免费的测试数据库上):通过这样的方式你可以知道哪些应用是被依赖的。这可以避免卸载应用产生的错误或者收到意外的付款通知。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po deleted file mode 100644 index b31d0f6e0..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,694 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2019 -# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2019 -# inspur qiuguodong <qiuguodong@inspur.com>, 2019 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:35+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../support.rst:5 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "支持" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "支持的版本" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " -"Odoo." -msgstr "Odoo为**最近的3个主要版本**提供支持和漏洞修复服务。" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " -"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " -"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." -msgstr "" -"托管在**Odoo " -"Online**的用户也可使用中间版本（有时称为*SaaS版本*），Odoo同样为其提供支持。这些版本未在Odoo.sh或本地部署安装中发布。" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17 -msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "我的Odoo享受哪些支持状态？" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "下表是每个版本的支持状态。" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "**主要版本为黑体字。**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "Odoo Online" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "Odoo.sh" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "本地部署" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Release date" -msgstr "发布日期" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "🟢" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "2019年10月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "Odoo 12.saas~3" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "N/A" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "2019年8月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 12.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "2018年10月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "Odoo 11.saas~3" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "2018年4月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 11.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "2017年10月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" -msgstr "*计划2020年10月结束支持*" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~15" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "🟠" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "2017年3月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~14" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "2017年1月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 10.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "🔴" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "2016年10月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "Odoo 9.saas~11" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "2016年5月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 9.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "2015年10月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "Odoo 8.saas~6" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "2015年2月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "**Odoo 8.0**" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "2014年9月" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 -msgid "🟢 Supported version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 -msgid "🔴 End-of-support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "无 从未在此平台发布" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 -msgid "" -"🟠 Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo Online " -"servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "🏁 未来版本，尚未发布" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:66 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "我运行老版本Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:68 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "OpenERP 7.0、6.1、6.0和5.0在任何平台上均不再提供支持。" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:70 -msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "TinyERP 4.0、3.0、2.0和1.0在任何平台上均不再提供支持。" - -#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." -msgstr "你应考虑`升级 <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_数据库。" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6 -msgid "Contribute to the documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9 -msgid "First of all..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15 -msgid "Edit an existing page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub " -"account <https://help.github.com/en/articles/signing-up-for-a-new-github-" -"account>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Pick a page in our `user documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`_. **Please take care of choosing " -"the right version of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19 -msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork " -"repository**, else you won't see this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax " -"called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's " -"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a " -"quick overview of RST commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable" -" format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your " -"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the " -"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a " -"longer explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44 -msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45 -msgid "Click on **Create pull request**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your " -"help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49 -msgid "" -"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in " -"your contribution message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55 -msgid "RST Cheat Sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "代码" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Display" -msgstr "显示" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Comments" -msgstr "注释" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62 -msgid "Text in *italics*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66 -msgid "Text in **bold** letters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Numbered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77 -msgid "Bullet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78 -msgid "List" -msgstr "列表" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "This is `a hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard " -"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85 -msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90 -msgid "" -"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation " -"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of " -"RST." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94 -msgid "Add images to your documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the " -"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on " -"improving this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101 -msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103 -msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large" -" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include " -"any personal data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page " -"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109 -msgid "" -"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128 -msgid "Technical Details for Nerds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository " -"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request " -"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133 -msgid "" -"See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-" -"user/blob/12.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138 -msgid "Developer documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside " -"`the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/12.0/doc>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143 -msgid "" -"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related " -"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36 -msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 -msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "支持服务有哪些内容？" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 -msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "每周5天" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" -msgstr "" -"您的 Odoo 在线订阅包括 [周一至周五免费的 24 " -"小时无限制支持]。我们的团队遍布世界各地，无论您身在何处，您都为您提供支持。您的支持代表可能从旧金山、比利时或印度与您沟通！" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "我们的支持团队可以通过我们的\"在线支持\"表单联系<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "包括哪些支持？" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "为您提供相关材料（指南、产品文档等）" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "对标准 Odoo 数据库中可能遇到的问题的解答（例如\"无法关闭销售点\"或\"找不到销售 KPI？\"" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "与您的帐户、订阅或计费相关的问题" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "错误解决（阻止问题或意外行为，不是由于配置错误或自定义造成的）" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "升级到较新版本后测试数据库中可能出现的问题" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " -"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "{Odoo 支持不会更改您的生产数据库，而是为您提供自己动手的材料和知识！" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "不包括哪些支持？" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "需要我们了解您的业务流程以帮助您实现数据库的问题" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "如何使用我们的软件的培训（我们将引导您访问我们的许多资源）" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 -msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "将文件导入你的数据库" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "有关在应用程序或数据库内应用哪些配置的指南" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "如何设置配置模型（示例包括：库存路线、付款条款、仓库等）" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 -msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" -msgstr "在你自己的服务器上进行任何干预/部署Odoo" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " -"etc)" -msgstr "在你自己的第三方账户上进行任何干预（Ingenico、Authorize、UPS等）" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "与 Odoo 或第三方进行的特定开发或自定义相关的问题（这仅特定于您的数据库或涉及代码）" - -#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"您可以使用\"成功包\"获得此类支持。通过一包<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-" -"packs>`__，我们的顾问将分析您的业务运营方式，并告诉您如何充分利用 Odoo 数据库。我们将处理所有配置，并指导您如何使用 Odoo。" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "在哪里获取支持？" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise" -msgstr "Odoo 企业版" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " -"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " -"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " -"server)." -msgstr "" -"拥有有效Odoo企业版订阅的用户可随时通过我们的`支持表单 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_联系我们的支持团队，无论你选择哪种托管类型（Odoo " -"Online、Odoo.sh或在你自己的服务器上）。" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 -msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "请在支持请求中提供：" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "your subscription number," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 -msgid "" -"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also " -"send the URL of your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 -msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "我们的代理将尽快回复你。" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 -msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "Odoo社区" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 -msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "*Odoo社区用户没有支持服务权限。*" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 -msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "以下是可能有用的一些资源：" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 -msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." -msgstr "我们的`文档页面 <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`。" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Ask your question on the `community forum " -"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." -msgstr "在`社区论坛 <https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_提问。" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 -msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and " -"bugfix services." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po deleted file mode 100644 index 41d74b750..000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1976 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2018 -# 苏州远鼎 <tiexinliu@126.com>, 2018 -# 思昀 邹 <1025772003@qq.com>, 2018 -# j d <catfire@qq.com>, 2018 -# 凡 杨 <sailfan_yang@qq.com>, 2018 -# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2018 -# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2018 -# 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019 -# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Xia Fajin <xia.fajin@elico-corp.com>, 2019 -# fausthuang, 2019 -# n37r06u3 <n37r06u3@gmail.com>, 2019 -# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2019 -# inspur qiuguodong <qiuguodong@inspur.com>, 2019 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:16+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" -msgstr "网站" - -#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "优化" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "如何在Google Analytics中跟踪你的网站流量" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "用Google Analytics跟踪网站流量的方法：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 -msgid "" -"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" -" you don't have any." -msgstr "如果没有Google Analytics账号，先到<https://www.google.com/analytics/>创建一个。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " -"ID." -msgstr "填写完新建表格后，接受用户条款并获得跟踪ID号。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "将这个跟踪ID插入到Odoo。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " -"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "进Odoo网址App的*配置*模式，在设置中打开Google Analytics并粘贴此跟踪ID号，保存页面。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " -"Documentation. " -"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" -msgstr "在Google Analytics中的首次操作请参阅Google 文献（Google Documentation）" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "如何从Odoo仪表中跟踪你的网站流量" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " -"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "有了Google Analytics，你可以直接从Odoo网站跟踪你的流量统计。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " -"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "准备步骤包括创建一个Google Analytics账号并在网址设置中输入跟踪ID（参见doc:`google_analytics`）" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" -"在Google API平台<https://console.developers.google.com>中生成Analytics " -"API证书，再用Google账户登录。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 -msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "选择Analytics API。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." -msgstr "创建一个新项目并命名（如Odoo），此项目用于存放你的API证书。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "启用API接口。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "创建一个用于Odoo的证书。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." -msgstr "选择*Web浏览器（Javascript）*作为呼叫源，选择*用户数据*作为数据类。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" -"接着创建一个客户端ID。输入应用的名称（如Odoo）及允许转向的页面。”授权JavaScript原点*是你的实例URL地址，*授权转向URI*是你Odoo实例的URL地址'/google_account/authentication'。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " -"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " -"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " -"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" -"输入产品名称（如在Odoo中输入Google " -"Analytics），完成用户许可步骤，可任意选择自定义选项（非强制）。只有第一次在Odoo中输入客户端ID时显示用户许可画面。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "最后，你会获得一个客户端ID。将此ID复制粘贴到Odoo。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" -" your Client ID." -msgstr "在Odoo中打开你的网站控制面板并链接到你的分析账户。来通过您的客户ID。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 -msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "最后，授权Odoo访问Google API接口。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" -msgstr "如何在Odoo中做搜索引擎优化(SEO)。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" -" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " -"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." -msgstr "" -"搜索引擎优化(SEO)是一种很好做法来优化你的网站, 让你获得像谷歌搜索引擎更好的排名。总之, 一个好的搜索引擎优化可以让你获得更多的游客。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " -"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " -"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "" -"一些SEO的规则例子：网页加载速度应该更快, " -"页面应该有且仅有一个标题```<h1>`，元标签（alt标签、标题标签）应与内容一致，网站应有一个``/sitemap.xml``文件等。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " -"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " -"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." -msgstr "" -"为了保证Odoo网站和Odoo电子商务用户拥有强大的SEO, Odoo提炼了SEO全部的技术复杂性，并用最好的方式为你处理一切。我们将在下面具体说明。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 -msgid "" -"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " -"content and the meta tags of your website." -msgstr "但首先，我们首先来看如何微调网站内容和元标签，从而轻松提升网站排名。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "元标签" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 -msgid "Title, Description" -msgstr "标题、描述" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " -"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " -"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" -" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " -"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." -msgstr "" -"每个网页都应该定义 ``<title>``、``<description>`` 和 ``<keywords>`` " -"。这些信息元素被搜索引起用于推广你的网站。它们根据网页标题和内容自动生成，但你可进行微调。确保它们符合网页内容，否则你将被搜索引擎降级。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 -msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "关键词" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " -"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " -"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " -"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " -"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." -msgstr "" -"为了撰写优质内容并提升你的流量，Odoo提供了``<keyword>``查找器。这些关键字是你想引至网站的搜索内容。对于每个关键字，你要关注它如何用在内容（H1、H2、网页标题、网页描述、网页内容）中及其与Google相关搜索的关系。使用的关键字越多，效果越好。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " -"search tags." -msgstr "如果你的网站使用多种语言，你可以为单个页面的每种语言使用Promote工具，并设置特定的标题、描述和搜索标签。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 -msgid "Content is King" -msgstr " 内容为王" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 -msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your website content:" -msgstr "当谈到搜索引擎优化时，始终记住内容为王。Odoo提供了几个模块，帮助你在网站上建立内容：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "* * Odoo博客* *：写的内容。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" -msgstr "" -"* * Odoo幻灯片* *：发表所有的PowerPoint或者PDF演示文稿。内容将自动在网页上进行索引。例如: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" -" Odoo.com landing pages)" -msgstr "" -"* *Odoo论坛 * *：让社区创建内容。例如: `https://odoo.com/forum/1 " -"<https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__(登陆odoo.com页面的30%账户)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" -"** Odoo邮件列表存档**：在网站上发布邮件列表档案。例如: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (每月的1000页)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." -msgstr "" -"404页是一个常规网页，你可以向Odoo的其他网页一样编辑它。这样，在访客输入无效URL时，你可以建立一个404页，将他重定向到你网站的内容顶部。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 -msgid "Use Social Networks" -msgstr "使用社交网络" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" -" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " -"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." -msgstr "社交媒体是为大众分享而建立的。如果很多人在社交媒体上分享你的内容，那么很可能会有更多的人链接到它，链接是SEO排名的一个重大因素。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 -msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" -msgstr "Odoo嵌入多项工具来通过社交媒体分享内容：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "社交网络" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." -" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." -msgstr "Odoo允许将所有的社交网络帐户链接到您的网站页脚。你只需要在公司设置中提及你的所有账户。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 -msgid "Social Share" -msgstr "社交分享" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." -" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " -"media wall." -msgstr "将构建块*分享*放在你想要访客分享的任何网页上。点击图标，他们会被提示在社交媒体上分享该页面。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " -"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " -"your page in the Promote tool." -msgstr "多数社交媒体使用图片来装饰分享发帖。Odoo默认使用网站标志，但你可在推广工具中为你的网页选择任何其他图片。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 -msgid "Facebook Page" -msgstr "Facebook账号" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" -" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " -"timeline, the next events and the messages." -msgstr "放置构建块*Facebook页面*，显示你的Facebook公司主页小工具，鼓励访客关注。你可展示时间表、后续活动和信息。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "Twitter 滚动条" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " -"will increase the number of tweets and shares." -msgstr "在你的网站上显示Twitter上的客户满意度评价。这将增加推文和分享的数量。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "测试你的网站" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 -msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" -msgstr "" -"你可以比较你的网站排名，对SEO而言，反对Odoo用woorank免费服务: `https://www.woorank.com " -"<https://www.woorank.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 -msgid "URLs Handling" -msgstr "URL处理" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 -msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." -msgstr "本节介绍Odoo如何让URL实现SEO优化。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "URL结构" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "一个典型的Odoo URL看起来是：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "有以下组件：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "**https://** = 协议" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "**www.mysite.com** = 你的域名" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" -" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " -"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = " -"网页的语言。如果访客浏览网站主语言，URL的这一部分将删除。因此，本页面的主版本是：https://www.mysite.com/shop/product" -"/my-great-product-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." -msgstr "**/shop/product** = 每个模块定义了命名空间（/ship是电子商务模块的目录，/shop/product是产品页面）。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"**my-great-product** = 默认情况下，这是本页所指产品的详细标题 。但你可根据SEO目的自定义其内容。名为“Pain " -"carré”的产品将变成“pain-carre”。根据命名空间，这部分可以是不同对象（博客发帖、网页标题、论坛发帖、论坛评论、产品类别等）。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "**-31** = 产品的唯一ID号" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "请注意，任何一个网址的动态组件都可以减少它的ID。举个例子，下面的URL重定了301：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (短的版本)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (更短版本)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (旧产品名)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "一些URL有几个动态部分，如这个(一个博客类别和一个职位)：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "在上面的例子 :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" -msgstr "*公司新闻*是博客的标题" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 -msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "*Odoo故事*是具体博客发帖的标题" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "当Odoo页面有一个寻呼机，页码直接在URL设置(没有得到GET论证)。这使得搜索引擎可索引每个页面。例如:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "在URLs & Titles中改进" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "当页面的网址改变(例如，一个你的产品名称的更友好的版本)，不必担心更新所有链接：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." -msgstr "Odoo将自动在新的URL更新所有链接。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new website." -msgstr "如果外部网站仍指向就得URL，301重定向将引导访客前往新网站" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "举个例子, 这 URL:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "http ://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" -msgstr "将自动重定向到：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "http ://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " -"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." -msgstr "总之，只要更改博客发帖的标题或产品名称，它将自动应用于网站所有页面。旧的链接仍适用于外部网站的链接，用301重定向可防止丢失SEO链接。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "HTTPS" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " -"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " -"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " -"equivalent." -msgstr "" -"搜索引擎会提高安全HTTPS/SSL网站的排名。因此，Odoo Online的所有实例在默认情况下完全基于HTTPS。如访客通过非HTTPS " -"URL访问你的网站，将通过301重定向到HTTPS网站。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 -msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" -msgstr "链接：Nofollow策略" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 -msgid "" -"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " -"is for your SEO." -msgstr "网页与外部和优质网站的链接越多，对SEO越有利。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 -msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "以下是Odoo管理链接的策略：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " -"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." -msgstr "你添加到网站的每一个链接都是\"dofollow\"，这意味着，该链接将有助于链接页面的SEO排名。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 -msgid "" -"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "由贡献者发布的每个链接（论坛发帖、博客评论等）在链接到自己的网站后也是“dofollow”。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "但贡献者的每个链接到外部网站的是“nofollow”。这样，你就不会有你的网站链接到坏名声的第三方网站的风险。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "请注意，当使用论坛时，可放心使用很多贡献者的Karma。在这种情况下，他们的链接不会有``rel=\"nofollow\"``的属性。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 -msgid "Multi-Language Support" -msgstr "多语言支持" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 -msgid "Multi-Language URLs" -msgstr "多语言URL" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "如果在多个语言中运行一个网站，在不同的URL将看到相同的内容，这取决于所使用的语言：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " -"here)" -msgstr "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1（主语言，这里为英语）" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (法文版本)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "在这个例子中，fr\\_FR是网页的语言。你甚至可以有同一语言的一些变化：pt\\_BR(巴西的葡萄牙语)，pt\\_PT(葡萄牙的葡萄牙语)。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 -msgid "Language Annotation" -msgstr "语言诠释" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 -msgid "" -"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " -"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" -" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" -"为了让搜索引擎知道第二个URL是第一个URL的法语翻译，Odoo将在文件顶端增加HTML链接元素。在主版本的HTML<head>部分，Odoo自动添加可指向其他翻译版本网页的链接元素；" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "用这种方法：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " -"language." -msgstr "搜索引擎将根据访客语言重定向到正确的语言。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " -"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " -"same content." -msgstr "如果页面还没有翻译，也不会被搜索引擎惩罚。实际上，它不是重复的内容，而是同一内容的不同版本。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 -msgid "Language Detection" -msgstr "语言检测" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" -"当访客首次登陆你的网站（例如，yourwebsite.com/shop），可能根据他们浏览器的语言偏好（例如，yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop）自动重定向到已翻译的版本。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 -msgid "" -"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " -"redirection." -msgstr "瑕疵，它会保存当前语言的cookie，以避免重定向。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" -"迫使客人使用默认语言，您可在链接中使用语言的默认编码，例如: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"这将让访问者只登陆英文版本的页面，而不使用浏览器语言。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 -msgid "Page Speed" -msgstr "页面速度" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "介绍" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 -msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " -"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " -"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" -" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " -"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" -" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " -"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" -"-billion-sales>`__." -msgstr "" -"加载页面的时间是搜索引擎的一个重要标准。更快的网页加载速度不仅可提高访问体验，也能提高你的网页排名。一些研究表明，如果加载网页时减少一半（例如，2秒而不是4秒），访客放弃率也会降低一半（25％到12.5％）。加载网页的时间增加一秒会导致`Amazon的销售减少16亿美元" -" <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" -"-billion-sales>`__。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " -"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " -"your website ranks using these two tools:" -msgstr "幸运的是, Odoo为您完成所有。下面, 你会发现Odoo使用加快页面加载时间的小伎俩。您可以比较你的网站排名是如何利用这两个工具 :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 -msgid "" -"`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -msgstr "`谷歌网页速度<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 -msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -msgstr " `Pingdom的网站速度测试<http ://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>` __" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "图片" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " -"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " -"for .JPG)." -msgstr "当你上传新图片时，Odoo自动压缩以减少大小（PNG和GIF无损压缩，JPG有损压缩）。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "点“上传\" 按钮时, 如果比起上传效率你更注重图片质量, 那你可以选择保持原有图片不变。 " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" -"当上传图片时, Odoo会自动压缩图片。因此，如果使用一个第三方的主题，它将提供有效地压缩的图像。但用于Odoo官方主题所有的图像会被压缩，这是默认的。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "当点击图像，Odoo显示``<img>``的ALT和TITLE属性。可点击图像, 设置自己的标题和ALT属性。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "当您点击这个链接后, 将会弹出以下窗口 :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" -"Odoo的象形文字字体的实现(`Font Awesome <https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-" -"Awesome/icons/>`__ 大多数Odoo主题)。因此，可尽情在网页上使用象形文字，这不会导致页面额外加载。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 -msgid "Static Resources: CSS" -msgstr "静态资源 : CSS" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" -msgstr "所有的CSS文件进行预处理、级联、精缩、压缩和缓存（服务器端和浏览器端）。结果：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 -msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "重新载入页面时, CSS文件仅加载一次" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "" -"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " -"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " -"resource." -msgstr "这个CSS文件共享并缓存其间的页面, 这样, 当访问者点击另一页上, 浏览器甚至不需要加载一个CSS资源。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 -msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "CSS文件被优化到更小" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 -msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " -"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " -"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " -"file." -msgstr "" -" **预处理 :** Odoo使用的CSS框架是Bootstrap。虽然某个主题可能会使用其他框架，大部分`Odoo 主题 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__延长并直接定制Bootstrap。由于Odoo支持Less和Sass，你可以修改CSS" -" 规则，而不是通过额外的CSS线覆盖它们，导致文件变得更小。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 -msgid "" -"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " -"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " -"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " -"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " -"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " -"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " -"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." -msgstr "" -" **级联：** " -"你在Odoo中可能使用的每个模块或库都有自己的一套的CSS、Less或Sass文件（电子商务、博客、主题等）。多个CSS文件对于模块化非常有用，但是对性能不太好，因为大多数浏览器只能执行并行6个请求载入的文件。对于像.JS和.CSS等小文件，等待传送文件的时间通常比实际的数据传输时间更长。因此，加载CSS资源的时间更多地取决于请求的数目而不是实际的文件大小。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 -msgid "" -"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " -"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " -"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " -"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " -"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" -msgstr "" -"为了解决这个问题，所有的CSS、Less、Sass文件合并为一个.css文件发送至浏览器。因此一位访客每页只需要加载一个.css文件，这是特别有效的。由于CSS是在所有页面共享的，当访问者点击另一页上，浏览器甚至无需加载新的CSS文件！" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr " **<head>中全部文件** " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr " **访问者得到什么(只有一个文件)** " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\ * From bootstrap.css \\* /" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr ".text-muted {" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "color: #666;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "color: #777;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "background: yellow" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "background: yellow;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 -msgid "}" -msgstr "}" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\ * From my-theme.css \\* /" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 -msgid "" -"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " -"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " -"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " -"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " -"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " -"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " -"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" -" backend (/web)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo发送的CSS包括所有CSS/Less/Saas " -"/模块。这样，用户不需要下载CSS文件就可浏览更多的页面。但一些模块可能包含巨大的CSS/JavaScript资源，因为太大, " -"可以不用放在第一页。在这种情况下，Odoo将资源转化为二部分，只加载页面时使用。举个例子, 只有当访问者登录并访问后端(/web)时才加载的后台程序。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 -msgid "" -"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " -"themes fit below this limit." -msgstr "" -"如果CSS文件非常大，Odoo会把它分成两个较小的文件，避免Internet " -"Explorer对于每个表单最大4095个选择器的限制。当然大多数主题都能满足这个限制。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 -msgid "" -"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " -"is minified to reduce its size." -msgstr " **精缩 :** 预先处理并且串联后, 所得CSS将被减小其尺寸。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr " **缩小前** " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 -msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr " **缩小后** " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "/\\ * some comments \\* /" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 -msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "被传递到浏览器之前, 最后结果被压缩。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 -msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" -"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" -" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." -msgstr "" -"然后, 一个缓存版本存储在服务器端（所以我们无需对每个请求预先处理、拼接、再压缩）和浏览器端（所以同一名访客只需加载一次其访问的所有页面）。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 -msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" -msgstr "静态资源：Javascript" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 -msgid "" -"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." -msgstr "与CSS资源类似，Javascript资源也被拼接、精缩、压缩和缓存（服务器端和浏览器端）。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 -msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "Odoo创建3个javascript包 :" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 -msgid "" -"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, etc.)" -msgstr "网站所有页面使用同一个Javascript包（包括视差效果、表单验证等代码。）" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 -msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" -msgstr "用于前端和后端共享的通用Javascript代码(Bootstrap)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 -msgid "" -"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" -" employees using Odoo)" -msgstr "一个后端特定的Javascript代码(Odoo员工使用的Odoo网络客户端界面)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 -msgid "" -"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " -"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " -"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " -"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." -msgstr "" -"网站的多数访客只需要前两个包，因此最多只需加载两个Javascript文件来渲染一个页面。由于这些文件在所有网页之间共享，同一位访客继续点击网页就不会加载任何其他Javascript资源。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 -msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "CDN" -msgstr "CDN" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 -msgid "" -"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " -"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" -" Network has three advantages:" -msgstr "" -"如果你激活Odoo的CDN功能，静态资源 (Javascript, CSS, images)从内容分发网络下载。使用内容分发网络有三个优点：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 -msgid "" -"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" -" around the globe)" -msgstr "从附近的一个服务器下载资源(大多数CDN已经在主要国家的服务器上)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " -"server)" -msgstr "有效缓存资源(在您自己的服务器上没有可使用的计算资源)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " -"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " -"domain)" -msgstr "不同的服务，允许加载更多的资源并行的资源加载(域限制浏览器的6个并行请求)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 -msgid "" -"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" -" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" -msgstr "你可从**网站管理员*程序中使用配置菜单配置CDN选项。这是配置示例：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 -msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "HTML 页面" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 -msgid "" -"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " -"server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "HTML页面可以压缩，但这通常由您的Web服务器（NGINX或Apache）处理。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " -"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." -msgstr "" -"Odoo网站构建器已经优化，以保证简短而干净的HTML代码。构建块已开发，用于制作干净的HTML代码，通常使用bootstrap和HTML编辑器。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 -msgid "" -"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " -"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " -"following code:" -msgstr "例如，如果你使用颜色选择器来改变一个段落的颜色, 同网站的主色调，Odoo将产生以下代码：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 -msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">文字</p>``" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " -"code:" -msgstr "而大多数的HTML编辑器(如CKEditor)会产生下面的代码：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 -msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "\" <p style=\\ \\ \"color : #AB0201\\ \" >一些文本</p> \\ \"" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 -msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "响应式设计" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 -msgid "" -"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " -"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " -"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." -msgstr "如果网站不适合移动设备，则将对其搜索引擎排名产生负面影响。所有Odoo主题依靠Bootstrap提供适合台式机、平板电脑或手机的高效渲染。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 -msgid "" -"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly." -msgstr "由于所有Odoo模块共享相同的技术，你的网站所有页面都绝对适合移动设备。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 -msgid "Browser Caching" -msgstr "浏览器缓存" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 -msgid "" -"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " -"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " -"your website." -msgstr "" -"JavaScript、图片和CSS资源有一个URL，当内容变化时, URL会动态变化。举个例子，所有CSS文件通过这个网址下载: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"如果修改网站的CSS, URL的``457-0da1d9d`` 部分URL会改变。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 -msgid "" -"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " -"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." -msgstr "这让Odoo树立了一个很长的缓存延迟 (XXX) , 对这些资源：XXX秒，即时更新如果你更新资源。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 -msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "扩展性" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 -msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " -"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " -"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:568 -msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " -"eCommerce." -msgstr "这里总结了Odoo网站和电子商务可扩展性的概览。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:574 -msgid "Search Engines Files" -msgstr "搜索引擎文件" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 -msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "站点地图" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:579 -msgid "" -"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " -"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " -"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." -msgstr "" -"网站地图向搜索引擎机器人指出索引的页面。Odoo将自动生成``/sitemap.xml``文件。基于性能原因，该文件被缓存，并将每12小时更新一次。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 -msgid "" -"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " -"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " -"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " -"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " -"chunks per file." -msgstr "" -"默认情况下，所有的URL将在``/sitemap.xml``文件，但是如果有很多页，Odoo将自动创建一个Sitemap索引文件，遵守`sitemaps.org" -" protocol <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ 在每个文件的45000中分组Sitemap " -"URL。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:589 -msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "每一个网站的入口有4个属性，自动计算：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:591 -msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "``<loc>`` : 一页的 URL" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:593 -msgid "" -"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " -"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." -msgstr "``<lastmod>``：资源的最后修改日期，基于相关对象自动计算。一页关联一个产品，这可能是该产品或页面的最后修改日期。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:598 -msgid "" -"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" -" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" -" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." -msgstr "" -"``<priority>``：模块可以基于自己的内容有优先级算法（例如：一个论坛可能基于投票的数量分配优先权）。静态页面的优先级是由它的优先级字段定义的，呈常规化（16是默认值）。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:605 -msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "结构化数据标记" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:607 -msgid "" -"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " -"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" -"presented search results." -msgstr "" -"结构化数据标记是用来在搜索引擎结果中生成Rich " -"Snippets的。这是网站所有者用于将结构化数据发送给搜索引擎机器人的途径；帮助它们了解你的内容，并产生良好的搜索结果。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 -msgid "" -"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " -"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." -msgstr "谷歌支持许多内容类型的丰富片段，包括：审核人、人、产品、企业、活动和组织。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " -"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " -"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " -"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo实现微观数据在`schema.org <http://schema.org>`__ 中定义，对活动, " -"电子商务产品，论坛帖子和联系地址的描述。这可以让你的产品页面显示在谷歌信息栏，如产品的价格和评级：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 -msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "robots.txt" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 -msgid "" -"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " -"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " -"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" -msgstr "" -"在编制网站索引时，搜索引擎首先查看``/robots.txt``文件的一般索引规则（允许的机器人、网站地图路径等）。Odoo自动创建该文件。其内容是：" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:631 -msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "用户代理：\\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 -msgid "" -"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " -"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " -"address." -msgstr "这意味着所有的机器人都可对你的网站进行索引，除以下地址的网站地图中规定的索引规则外，没有其他索引规则。" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:638 -msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " -"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," -" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " -"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "发布" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "如何使用你自己的域名" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " -"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " -"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" -"你的Odoo在线实例的网址默认为*.odoo.com*域名（包括URL地址和电邮），但可以更改为定制域名（即www.yourcompany.com）" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "哪些是好的域名" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " -"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " -"domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "你的网址与你公司或组织的品牌同样重要，因此要更改成一个合适的域名需要花些心思。见以下提示：" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "简单和显而易见的" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "便于记忆和拼写" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "越短越好" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "避免使用特殊字符" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "目标是一个.com和/或你所在的国家扩展名" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" -msgstr "" -"更多信息请参阅<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>：如何选择一个域名，使SEO最大化" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "如何收购一个域名" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "向主流注册机构购买域名" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr " GoDaddy " - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "`Namecheap官方网站 <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " -"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "购买域名的步骤非常直接。建议先查阅以下简明指引：" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy " - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -msgstr " Namecheap " - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " -"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " -"This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "随意购买一个邮件服务器，从而拥有带自己域名的邮件地址。但不要购买任何额外服务以创建或托管你的网址，因为这是Odoo的工作！" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "如何将我的域名应用到Odoo实例中" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 -msgid "" -"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "首先，对转向路径进行授权" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "从你自己的主页中打开你的Odoo.com账户" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "进入*管理数据库*页面。" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "点击数据库右边的*域名*即可转向。" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " -"www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "出现数据库域名提示符。输入你自定义的域名（例如www.yourcompany.com）。" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "现在可以从你的域名管理器账号应用转向了。" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "登录你的帐户，搜索DNS区管理页面。" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." -" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " -"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" -"创建一个指向*mywebsite.odoo.com*的CNAME记录*www.yourdomain.com*。如你要使用裸域名（如yourdomain.com），你需要将*yourdomain.com*重定向到*www.yourdomain.com*。" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "以下是一些创建CNAME记录的特定指引：" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "" -"`GoDaddy狗爹官方网站 <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -msgstr "" -"`OVH官网 " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "如何从我的Odoo实例中启用SSL (HTTPS)。" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " -"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." -msgstr "直到最近，Odoo用户还需要使用第三方CDN服务提供商，如Cloud Flare来启用SSL。" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 -msgid "" -"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " -"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " -"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " -"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " -"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." -msgstr "" -"但现在已经不需要了：Odoo通过集成`Let's Encrypt认证机构和ACME协议 <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-" -"works/>`__，为你自动生成证书。如要获取该证书，只需在你的客户门户添加域名（为指定的每个域名生成单独的证书）。" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:92 -msgid "" -"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" -" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." -msgstr "如果你已经使用CloudFlare或类似服务，你可继续使用或更换到Odoo。一切由你决定。" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 -msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" -msgstr "我的网站被谷歌索引了两次" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," -" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " -"Odoo cloud platforms/" -msgstr "" -"如果你为*mydatabase.odoo.com*设置了自定义域名*mydomain.com*，谷歌将在两个名称下编制网站索引。这是Odoo云平台的一个局限性/" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Multi Websites" -msgstr "管理多网站" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " -"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " -"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" -msgstr "Odoo的多网站功能为你的公司提供了多元化和客户细分的广泛可能性。只需点击几次，即可收获成倍的受众和更多收入！" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " -"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," -" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" -msgstr "" -"每个网站都可以完全独立的方式运行，体现在其主题、品牌、域名、页眉和页脚、页面、语言、产品、博客帖子、论坛、幻灯片、活动、实时聊天渠道等方面。我们来实际了解一下吧！" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → " -"Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " -"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" -" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " -"visitors to it using Geo IP." -msgstr "" -"根据后面的提示，设置新网站名称和特定域名。如果在Odoo数据库默认域名下发布新网站，则可以留空。你可以稍后设置 " -"一些国家小组，在使用GeoIP时将访客重定向。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " -"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " -"theme!" -msgstr "然后，选择一个主题。新网站可能与第一个网站的目的和受众完全不同。所以请自由选择不同的主题！" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " -"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." -msgstr "在选择主题后，你可以开始构建网站主页。跟随紫色水滴，它们会引导你开始。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" -" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 -msgid "Create the menu" -msgstr "创建菜单" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " -"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" -" the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 -msgid "Switch from one website to another" -msgstr "从一个网站切换到另一个" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " -"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " -"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" -" sign in." -msgstr "超级简单！编辑栏右侧有一个网站切换器。切换到另一个网站将连接到此网站的域。如果你在该网站使用另一个域，则需要用户登录。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 -msgid "" -"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " -"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " -"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 -msgid "Add features" -msgstr "添加功能" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" -" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " -"removing the menu item." -msgstr "你安装的网站应用程序（如幻灯片、博客）可用于你的所有网站。当然，你可以通过删除菜单项，在某个网站中将它们隐藏。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " -"First, select the website to configure." -msgstr "每个网站在设置中都有大量的特定选项。首先，选择要配置的网站。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " -"only impact the very website you are working on." -msgstr "然后，查看标有地球图标的选项。这意味着它们只会影响你正在开发的网站。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 -msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "例如，你可以设置特定的：" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 -msgid "languages," -msgstr "语言，" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 -msgid "domain names," -msgstr "域名，" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 -msgid "social media links," -msgstr "社交媒体链接，" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 -msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "客户门户模式（B2C或B2B），" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 -msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "专门的在线客服渠道，" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "等等" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 -msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." -msgstr "其他为全局选项，适用于所有网站。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 -msgid "Manage domain names" -msgstr "管理域名" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 -msgid "" -"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " -"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " -"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " -"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 -msgid "" -"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 -msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "自定义访客体验" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" -" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " -"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " -"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " -"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." -msgstr "" -"通过\\*定制\\*菜单，可深度定制客户体验。这里所有可用的视觉选项都针对的是每个网站。浏览各个页面并针对新受众进行调整。重点关注工作流程和自动化页面（如电子商务结帐、博客、活动等），因为这里的可用选项极多。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 -msgid "Publish specific content per website" -msgstr "按网站发布具体内容" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " -"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " -"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " -"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." -msgstr "" -"与静态页面一样，从前端创建的任何内容（产品、博客帖子等） " -"均只能在当前网站上发布。你可从后端编辑表单视图中更改，并将*网站*字段留空。这样就将在所有网站上发布。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " -"websites*:" -msgstr "以下是你可以链接到*一个或所有网站*的所有对象：" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "租赁产品" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 -msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" -msgstr "电子商务的产品类别" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 -msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "博客" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 -msgid "Slide Channels" -msgstr "幻灯片频道" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 -msgid "Forums" -msgstr "论坛" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "活动" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 -msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "工作岗位" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 -msgid "" -"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " -"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." -msgstr "当你从后端创建记录并发布时（通常是产品或活动），它在所有网站上均可用。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 -msgid "Publish a page in all websites" -msgstr "在所有网站发表某个页面" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 -msgid "" -"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." -" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration → Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " -"and set the new website." -msgstr "如果你只需将它复制到另外一个网站，请复制页面并设置新网站。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 -msgid "" -"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" -" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " -"being linked to all websites." -msgstr "再次编辑页面时，更改只影响当前网站。新页面被复制并绑定到网站上。原页面仍链接到所有网站。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 -msgid "" -"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " -"page behind each edited page." -msgstr "通过页面管理器按URL对页面进行分组，你可以快速找到每个编辑页面后面的原始页面。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "多公司" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" -"companies environment." -msgstr "在多公司环境中，每个网站都可以链接到你系统中的特定公司。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 -msgid "" -"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " -"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." -msgstr "利用这项配置，只有与公司相关的数据出现在网站上（产品、工作、活动等）。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 -msgid "" -"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " -"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " -"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " -"visitors." -msgstr "网站编辑只能查看和编辑他们有访问权限的记录页面，通常是属于他们目前的公司（及其子公司）的页面。访客也是如此。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 -msgid "" -"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " -"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" -" selector in the menu." -msgstr "如果网站是多公司，你在切换网站时无法切换公司。如要切换公司并查看相关内容，需使用菜单中的公司选择器。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 -msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" -msgstr "配置你的电子商务网站" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 -msgid "" -"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" -" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " -"website." -msgstr "电子商务是多网站环境中的一项关键功能。在我们的网站上，这项功能可定制，以适应每个网站的受众。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 -msgid "Products only available on one website" -msgstr "产品仅在一个网站可用" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 -msgid "" -"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." -" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " -"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." -msgstr "我们之前已经了解了如何仅在一个网站发布特定记录。你可使用产品编辑表单电子商务选项卡的\\*网站\\*字段。留空意味着在所有网站均可用。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 -msgid "Products available on *some* websites" -msgstr "产品在*部分*网站可用" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 -msgid "" -"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " -"should duplicate the product for each website." -msgstr "如要使产品在部分而不是所有网站可用，你应为每个网站复制产品。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 -msgid "" -"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " -"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " -"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" -" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " -"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." -msgstr "" -"如果你需要一个唯一引用来管理库存，你应安装*制造*应用程序并创建*工具包*物料清单。每个工具包将每个发布的“虚拟”产品链接到库存中管理的主要引用。这样，从你的网站出售的任何项目将在交付订单中转换为存储的项目。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 -msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "价格表" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 -msgid "" -"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " -"Prices per Product* in Website settings." -msgstr "如要按网站管理特定价格，你可在网站设置中启用*每款产品的多个销售价格*。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products → Pricelists` to create " -"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 -msgid "" -"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " -"this website." -msgstr "如需帮助。选择一个网站，创建仅用于此网站的价格表。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " -"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " -"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." -msgstr "如果选择了*可选择*，字段留空则意味着它适用于所有网站。否则，它只能用于销售和POS应用程序的后端操作。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 -msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" -msgstr "付款收单机构和交付方式" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 -msgid "" -"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" -" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " -"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " -"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." -msgstr "" -"默认情况下，所有网站都部署了已发布的付款收单机构和交付方法。你在网站配置中定义国家，即可通过Geo " -"IP确定每个国家使用的具体支付收单机构。你也可填写*网站*字段，对每个网站进行设置。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 -msgid "Customer accounts" -msgstr "客户账户" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 -msgid "" -"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " -"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " -"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " -"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " -"the visitor mind." -msgstr "" -"有一个设置可用于选择在网站设置中管理客户帐户的方式。你可以允许客户在所有网站使用同一个帐户，也可以强制要求他们为每个网站创建一个帐户。最后这种选项可避免给访客留下各个网站相互关联的印象。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 -msgid "Technical hints for customization" -msgstr "关于自定义的技术提示" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 -msgid "" -"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" -" make it work with multi websites:" -msgstr "如果你想在网站上发布自定义对象，以下几条提示将有助于它在多网站中运行：" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" -msgstr "网站地图：不要忘记仅发布路由中的域" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." -msgstr "只发布可用记录的路由中的域。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "访问：应在控制器中调用方法*can_access_from_current_website*，" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 -msgid "" -"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" -" can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "以确保访客可在当前网站中看到记录。" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 -msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" -msgstr "搜索：当显示记录列表时，" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 -msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." -msgstr "不要忘记指定域只显示当前网站可用的记录。" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "如何进行网址转换" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概览" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " -"possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "除了创造伟大的现代网站，Odoo让你尽可能用不同语言翻译。" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "处理" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" -" many different languages as you want." -msgstr "一旦你的网站建立之后, 你就有机会用所有你想用的各种不同语言去翻译它了。" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " -"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " -"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " -"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " -"install anything, and follow the next step." -msgstr "" -"有两种方法可翻译你的网站，可以手动或用Gengo App自动翻译。如果你想自动做，去* *App * *模块, 安装**Automated " -"translations through Gengo Api** 和**Website Gengo " -"Translator**。如果你想手动做，不要安装任何东西，并按照下一步。" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " -"**Add a language**." -msgstr "现在去你的网站。在页面的右下角，单击**添加一个语言**。" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " -"click on **Load.**" -msgstr "选择你想用来翻译你的网站的语言, 然后点击“加载\" 。 " - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " -"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " -"some of the text has been translated automatically." -msgstr "你会看到，英语的旁边是法语，这意味着该网页已翻译。你也可以看到，一些文本已自动翻译。" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " -"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "翻译网站的内容，点击**翻译**(这里 **Traduire** , 是因为我们想把网站翻译成法国)。" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "" -"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" -" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " -"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " -"ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" -"还有，如果你已安装了Gengo翻译，**Translate** 的按钮旁边还有按钮**Translate " -"automatically**。一旦你点击这个按钮，会问你一些关于账户上的信息。如果你还没有帐号，去 " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__创建一个。你需要一个公钥和一个私钥。" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "你希望翻译的内容将会被自动翻译。" - -#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " -"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " -"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " -"automatically." -msgstr "现在你可以看到，大部分的内容已用黄色或绿色突出了。黄色代表必须自己翻译。绿色代表已自动翻译。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5833d8cb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -0,0 +1,3786 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# 苏州远鼎 <tiexinliu@126.com>, 2021 +# Xia Fajin <xia.fajin@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# Robinxia <xiayoubin@me.com>, 2021 +# Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2021 +# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2021 +# 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2021 +# inspur qiuguodong <qiuguodong@inspur.com>, 2021 +# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2021 +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2021 +# Jonathon Li <jonathonli@gmail.com>, 2021 +# fausthuang, 2021 +# 思昀 邹 <1025772003@qq.com>, 2021 +# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2021 +# george liu <george@taotaome.com>, 2021 +# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2021 +# William Qi <qigl@inspur.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2021 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2021 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2021 +# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2021 +# 凡 杨 <sailfan_yang@qq.com>, 2021 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:23+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2021\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:3 +msgid "Websites" +msgstr "网站" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:4 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "电子商务" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "开始使用" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "如何定制我的目录页" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "产品目录" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "所有印刷的项目都会显示在你的目录（或 *商店* ）页面中" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "多数选项都可以在 *自定义* 菜单中找到，如显示属性、网址目录等" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "突出产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" +"加强星标/推广产品的可见性：将其置于顶部，放大，加一条可编辑的功能区（如促销、新品等）。打开商店页面，切换到编辑模式，点击任一项目自定义网格。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" +"查看操作方法：\n" +" https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "快速添加到购物车" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" +"如果您的客户一次采购大量物品，请通过在目录页面上启用采购功能来缩短他们的流程。 为此，添加产品说明并添加到购物车按钮。 在 *自定义* " +"菜单中打开以下选项：产品描述，添加到购物车，列表视图（以更好地显示产品描述）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "如何建立一个产品页面" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "在该网站点击右上角的 *新页面* 。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "再点击 *新产品* 并按照闪烁的提示操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "以下为产品页面的要素：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "可通过 *自定义* 菜单查看到这些要素。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "查看如何配置以下链接中的产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "管理我的产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "如何显示每个产品的多张图片" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "产品页默认只显示产品的主要图片。如需展示产品多角度的图片，可以将图片设为旋转模式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "在 :menuselection:`网站管理 --> 配置 --> 设置，中选择勾选 *每个产品多张图片* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "打开产品详细表格，从 *图片* 页签下上传图片。在编辑模式中点击 *创建* ，打开上传指引。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "这种额外的图片对于所有产品变量（如有）而言是很普遍的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to show product availability" +msgstr "如何显示产品的库存。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " +"your customers." +msgstr "产品库存可以在网站上显示，从而让你的顾客心中有数。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " +"an option in *Availability*." +msgstr "为显示库存，打开产品详情表中的 *销售* 选项卡，在库存中选择一个 *可用选项* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " +"delay, etc." +msgstr "顾客警示信息可能与库存紧张、送货延迟等有关。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 +msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." +msgstr "此工具不需要安装库存应用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " +"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " +"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." +msgstr "" +"如果一个产品下架了，可以从你的网站中抹除。如果产品来自一个特定的产品变量，可以在后端禁用这个变量（参见：doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "如何管理产品变量" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " +"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " +"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " +"available options." +msgstr "" +"产品变体用于在产品页面上向您的客户提供同一产品的变体。 例如，客户选择一件T恤，然后选择其尺寸和颜色。 在下面的示例中，客户选择一个电话，然后选择内存；" +" 可用选项中的颜色和Wi-Fi带宽。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "如何创建属性与变量" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " +"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "在 :menuselection:`销售 --> 设置，中选择启用 *产品可以有多个属性，定义这些变量（如尺码、颜色等）* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "从产品列表中选择一款产品，再选择 *变量* 选项卡。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " +"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " +"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "添加三种类型的多个属性：单选按钮、下拉菜单或颜色按钮。因为每种属性有多个变量，故你得到多个变量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "如何编辑变量" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "从产品模板详情表中查看多个变量" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "你可以编辑以下数据：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "图片（在网站中实时更新），" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "条形码，" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "内部货号（SKU#）," + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "数量，" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "重量，" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "活跃（是否在网站中、是否可以报价）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "条形码和内部货号都是特定的变量。一旦生成了变量，即需要确定它们。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" +"从 :menuselection:`销售 --> 促销 --> 产品变量，中选择然后编辑所有的变量。如果你管理着多个变量，这将节省您的时间。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "如何为每个变量设置特定的价格" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " +"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "你还可以点击产品详情表（左上角）的 *变量价格* ，为每一种变量设置特定的公开价格。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "每当选择了对应的属性值，都可以为产品价格添加额外价格。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "通过价格表公式为各种价格变量设置高级价格计算方法。参见：doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "如何禁用或归档变量" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "可以禁用或归档特定的变量，使它们不再出现在报价及网站中（从库存中丢弃），只需取消详情表中 *归档* 的勾号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " +"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "如需找回此类归档的项目，在搜索变量列表中点击 *已归档* 。可以用同样的方式再次激活这些项目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "最大限度地提升收入" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "如何销售附件和可选产品（交叉销售）" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "当你出售计电脑时， 为什么不鼓励您的客户购买一流的屏幕或额外保修？ 这就是交叉销售功能的目标：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "结账页上的配套产品，" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "新的 *添加到购物车* 屏幕上的可选产品（默认情况下未安装）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "结帐时配套产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "当客户在付款前查看购物车时，会显示配件（例如，电脑的配件：鼠标，键盘）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "在产品详细信息页面的 *销售* 标签中选择配件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "当多个产品被添加到购物车时，这是一种预测附件产品的最佳算法。如果某一附件对应多个加入购物车的产品，那么它很可能会出现在推荐附件的最顶端。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "添加到购物车时的可选产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" +"可选产品直接与加入购物车的产品相关（如对于电脑而言，质保期、操作系统软件、备件等）。如果主产品被放入购物车，则弹出新的窗口，提示下一个步骤。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "发布可选产品：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "在 *应用程式* 菜单中安装 *电子商务可选产品* 插件，移除默认过滤器并在插件上搜索，否则只会显示主要的应用程式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "从产品详细信息表格的 *销售* 选项卡中选择可选项目。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "添加到购物车的可选项目数量与主要项目相同。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Adapt prices to website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This section sheds light on pricing features found in the eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "根据地区调整定价，" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "让顾客选择他们偏好的货币。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: " +":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP automatically applies the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, visitors who aren't " +"logged in yet will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "登录后，可以看到与其本国货币对应的价格表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "币种选择器" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers " +"choose their own. Check the *Selectable* box to add the pricelist to the " +"website drop-down menu, which can be found in *Pricelists* under the " +"*Products* menu, located in the Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "如何创建和分享优惠码" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "想提升你的圣诞节销售额吗？可在促销中分享你的优惠码，运用各种折扣。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`促销 --> 设置，在 *销售价格公式* 中选择 *高级定价策略* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" +"进入 :menuselection:`网站管理 --> 目录 --> 价格表，创建一个带折扣规则的新价格表（参见doc:`定价` ，然后输入一个代码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "使促销代码字段在 *购物车* 页面上可用（ *自定义* 菜单中的选项）。 将产品添加到购物车即可。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "打开后，看到右侧出现一个新的小节。点击 *应用* 价格，在购物车中自动更新价格。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "顾客使用的优惠码存放于系统之中，因此你可以评估你的营销战略表现。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "显示每个价目表的销售量..." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "如何启用点评" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "发布和监测顾客的购买心得将有助赢得新客户，并且更好地与社区互动。双击后，可允许你的顾客反馈购买体验！" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "从产品网页的 *自定义* 菜单中激活评论和评分。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "用户必须登录方可发表评论。请确保他们能行使这一功能（参见门户文档）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "实时查看发贴" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "顾客发贴后，产品经理及产品的全体关注者均可在收件箱收到通知（ 在 *讨论* 菜单中）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "创建产品的用户自动默认为该产品的关注者。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "单击产品名称，以打开详细信息表单并查看评论（在产品讨论线程中）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "调解及删贴" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "可以通过沟通栏或在网页的产品详情页轻松地进行调解。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "如要删除某个评论，请打开产品网页，点击 *已发表* 按钮，使其变为红色（*删帖*）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "..提示::" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "点击 *已发布* 智能按钮可以从详情页访问网页（反之亦然）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "如何销售价格更高的替代产品（向上销售）" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "为了最大限度地提高您的收入，强烈建议您为基本商品推荐价格较高的替代产品。 这样，您的客户将花更多的时间浏览目录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "为此，你需要：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "从3个选项中选取 *替代品* （位于产品详情的 *销售* 页签下）就好了，不要发布过多的替代品，否则你的顾客会感到无所适从。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "从产品网页的 *自定义* 菜单中打开 *替代品* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" +msgstr "Odoo 电子商务应用介绍" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " +"time. The topics follow the buying process:" +msgstr "本文指导您快速使用电子商务网站。以下步骤是按照购买流程：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Product Page" +msgstr "产品页" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 +msgid "Shop Page" +msgstr "店铺页" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "价格" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "税率设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Checkout process" +msgstr "结帐流程" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 +msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" +msgstr "向上销售及交叉销售" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 +msgid "Shipping & Tracking" +msgstr "送货及跟踪" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "启动我的网站" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" +msgstr "如何使用 Authorize.Net 付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " +"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " +"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " +"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " +"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " +"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " +"you like." +msgstr "" +"Authorize.Net是北美地区最受欢迎的电子商务支付平台之一。与大多数其他与Odoo兼容的支付收单机构不同，Authorize.Net只能用作`支付网关" +" " +"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__。这样你可使用自己喜欢的`支付处理机构和商户" +" <https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "创建Authorize.Net帐户" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " +"'Get Started'." +msgstr "点击“开始”，创建`Authorize.Net账户 <https://www.authorize.net>`__。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" +" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " +"press the related option." +msgstr "如果想要将Authorize.net用作支付网关和商户，请在定价页面点击*立即注册*。如想使用自己的商户，请点击相关选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 +msgid "Go through the registration steps." +msgstr "完成注册步骤。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " +"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." +msgstr "账户默认设置为测试账户。你可通过这个测试账户从Odoo处理测试交易。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." +msgstr "准备好之后，切换到**生产**模式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 +msgid "Set up Odoo" +msgstr "设置Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " +"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." +msgstr "从 :menuselection:`网站、销售或会计 --> 设置 --> 付款收单机构`，在Odoo中激活Authorize.Net。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 +msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" +" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " +"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" +" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 +msgid "Go live" +msgstr "激活" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " +"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " +"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " +"production mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" +msgstr "评估Authorize.Net作为支付解决方案" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " +"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." +msgstr "你可创建`开发者账户 <https://developer.authorize.net>`__，免费测试并评估Authorize.Net。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" +" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." +msgstr "创建账户之后，你将收到沙箱凭据。根据上面的介绍在Odoo中输入凭据，确保仍在*测试*模式下。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " +"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." +msgstr "你也可登录`Authorize.Net沙箱平台 <https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__，配置你的沙箱账户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" +" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " +"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." +msgstr "" +"如要执行虚拟交易，你可使用`Authorize.Net测试指南 " +"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__中提供的虚拟卡号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`payment`" +msgstr ":doc:`payment`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" +msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "如何让购买者付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " +"Invoicing apps." +msgstr "Odoo嵌入了多个付款方法以支持eCommerce、促销和发票App上的支付行为。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 +msgid "What are the payment methods available" +msgstr "哪一种付款方式可用呢？" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 +msgid "Wire transfer" +msgstr "电汇" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " +"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" +" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" +"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "电汇是默认的可用付款方式，用于向顾客提供你的银行信息，以便让他们通过银行付款。这种方式简单易懂但效率缓慢，还是尽快采用网上支付方式吧！" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 +msgid "Payment acquirers" +msgstr "收款方" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" +" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" +" over time:" +msgstr "将顾客引导到你的支付平台上，轻松收款和跟踪付款状态（回调）。Odoo过一段时间将会支持更多的支付平台。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 +msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" +msgstr "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "Ingenico " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 +msgid "Authorize.net" +msgstr "Authorize.net " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 +msgid "PayUmoney" +msgstr "PayUmoney" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 +msgid "Sips" +msgstr "少量" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stripe" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 +msgid "How to go live" +msgstr "如何激活" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " +"activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "付款方法就绪后，使付款界面清晰可见，然后激活**生产**模式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 +msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" +msgstr "如何让顾客保存并再次使用信用卡" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " +"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." +" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" +"为便于老顾客付款，你可以让其保存并再次使用信用卡。为此，支付令牌会保存在Odoo中。这一选项需调用Ingenico和Authorize.net。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 +msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." +msgstr "你可以从收款方配置表中打开这一功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 +msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" +msgstr "如何将信用卡刷卡记入借方" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " +"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " +"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." +msgstr "" +"Odoo订阅<https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>允许多次发生的服务计费。因此，你可以自动将顾客的信用卡消费记入借方。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 +msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "这一选项需启用Ingenico 和Authorize.net。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 +msgid "" +"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " +"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" +" from the subscription." +msgstr "当顾客订阅服务后，记录一个付款令牌。一旦订阅开出发票，即自动记入借方。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 +msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" +msgstr "如何使用其他收款方式（高级）" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " +"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" +" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." +msgstr "Odoo能提交单笔付款请求并转到任何收款方。但没有回调，也就是说Odoo不会跟踪交易的状态。因此你收款后需要手动确认订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 +msgid "How to:" +msgstr "如何：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 +msgid "Switch to developer mode." +msgstr "切换到开发者模式" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 +msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." +msgstr "采用 **自定义** 付款方法。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " +"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " +"duplicate." +msgstr "根据收款方的指引设置付款表格（S2S表格模板）。可以从你能复制的*default_acquirer_button *按钮开始设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 +msgid "Other configurations" +msgstr "其他配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " +"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " +"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" +"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." +msgstr "" +"Odoo还可用于更多的高级付款过程，如分期付款（例如Paypal 分期付款Paypal Installment Plans " +"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " +"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " +"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`paypal` " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "如何管理已付订单与付款收单方" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" +" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " +"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." +msgstr "收款方授权后，Odoo可立即自动确认订单，触发送货流程。如果发票是基于订购数开具的，则系统还会请求你为此项订购开具发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "What are the payment status" +msgstr "什么是付款状态" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." +msgstr "销售员可以随时从订单中检查交易状态。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 +msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." +msgstr "*草稿* :正在处理的交易。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " +"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." +msgstr "*待定* :暂时冻结交易，你需要从收款方界面授权。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," +" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" +" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." +msgstr "" +"*已授权* " +":付款已获授权但尚未被收取。在Odoo中，订单已经被确认了。送货完成后，即可从收款界面（如果使用Authorize.net，则可以从Odoo）获取金额。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " +"confirmed." +msgstr "*完成* :付款已授权并获取。订单确认完毕。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " +"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." +msgstr "*错误* :交易期间发生错误, 客户需要重试付款。 订单仍在草稿中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " +"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." +msgstr "*已取消* :顾客在付款页面取消了付款，返回Odoo以修改订单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " +"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "交易完毕后，顾客被引导到Odoo，会针对每种付款状态向您的客户提供特定的消息。 要编辑此类消息，请转到付款方式的 *消息* 选项卡。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 +msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" +msgstr "在订单中自动验证发票" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " +"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " +"orders straight on." +msgstr "确认订单后，您还可以自动开具发票并付款。 这是针对直接开具发票业务的全自动产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " +"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " +"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " +"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" +" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " +"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " +"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " +"payments " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." +msgstr "" +"如果选择了这种模式，系统会要求你选择一个付款日记账户以便记录你账簿上的付款。此付款与发票系统连接，支付之后立即进行标记。银行账户收到付款后请选择**银行账户**，如未做选择，可以为收款方创建一个特定的日记账（类别=银行）。这样你就可以跟踪中间账户的在线支付情况，直至银行账户收到款项（参见“如何注册信用卡支付”）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "交货后付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 +msgid "" +"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " +"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " +"only available with Authorize.net." +msgstr "在此模式下，订单已确认，但金额保持不变。 处理完交付后，您可以从Odoo获取付款。 此模式仅可用于Authorize.net。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " +"*Capture Transaction*." +msgstr "为了获取付款，请从订单中打开交易，然后点击 *获取交易* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "对于其他付款收单方，你可以在自己的界面（非Odoo）中管理获取。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "配置你的Paypal账户" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" +"Paypal在世界各地都可以用，而且非常受欢迎。它不收取任何订阅费，创建帐户也非常容易。因此我们大力推荐Odoo新手使用Paypal。它就像我们无缝流程的一部分，将客户带到Paypal网站完成支付。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "Paypal账户" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " +"Business Account " +"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "Paypal中的设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "首先，我们来看如何设置Paypal账户，以创建与Odoo之间的无缝客户体验。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" +" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "自动返回" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " +"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" +"此URL是在Paypal中请求的，但实际上并未使用，因为Odoo在每次交易中都会将其发送。 如果您管理多个销售渠道或Odoo数据库，请不要担心。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "支付数据传输(PDT)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"*支付数据传输* 在支付处理完毕后向Odoo发出支付确认。否则，Odoo无法结束销售流程。这项设置也必须启动。保存时，将生成 *身份令牌* " +"。你稍后将被要求在Odoo中输入身份令牌。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "Paypal账户可选项" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "我们建议你在客户付款时不要提示他们登录Paypal账户。允许他们用借记卡/信用卡支付，否则你可能失去某些业务。确保启用这项设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "即时付款通知(IPN)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" +"支付数据传输(PDT)会发送订单确认，但仅发送一次。因此，在它发送时，你的站点必须正在运行；否则，就无法收到该信息。因此我们首先建议启用 " +"*即时付款通知* (IPN)。通过IPN，我们基本可以确保发送订单确认，因为IPN会重新发送确认，直到你的站点确认已收到。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "如要启用IPN，返回 *网站支付* 菜单并在 *即时付款通知* 中点击 *更新* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "支付信息格式" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "如果你为客户名称、地址等使用重音字符（或基本拉丁字符以外的任何其他字符）。你必须配置Odoo发送给Paypal的支付请求的编码格式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "如不配置此项设置，某些交易可能在无通知的情况下失败。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "如要进行此项操作，打开：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" +"`本页用于测试账户 <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-bin/customerprofileweb?cmd" +"=_profile-language-encoding>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" +"`本页用于生产账户 <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-" +"language-encoding>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "然后点击 *更多选项* ，将两个默认的编码格式设为 **UTF-8** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:105 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "你的Paypal账户已就绪！" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, " +"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." +msgstr "如你希望顾客在没有创建Paypal账户的情况下付款，需要打开**Paypal账户可选**。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" +"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" +"payments-ewp>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "在Odoo上设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:120 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "启用" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "从销售、账单和电子商务应用程序的配置栏或从*支付收单机构*配置菜单激活*Paypal*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:126 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "凭证" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "Odoo需要三种Paypal凭证：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "*邮件ID*是你在Paypal的登录电子邮件地址。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +"*Profile > About the business*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "如前所述，*Paypal PDT令牌*位于*网站支付*配置中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "手续费" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "你可以向顾客额外收费以冲抵Paypal向你收取的手续费。转到Paypal后，你的顾客将看到订单要额外收取费用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "如要启用本功能，进入Odoo Paypal配置的配置选项卡并点击*添加额外费用*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" +"fees>`__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" +"你可参考`Paypal费用 <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__进行设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 +msgid "" +"..note:: `Traders in the EU " +"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" +"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " +"with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:158 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "上线" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "你的配置已就绪。确保切换到*生产*模式。然后点击支付方式旁边的*发布*按钮，发布支付方式。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" +"Paypal现可电子商务、销售和发票应用程序中均可用。客户点击*现在支付*即会重定向到Paypal网站。在支付完成后，他们将返回Odoo确认页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:178 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "测试环境" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "你可利用Paypal沙箱账户，在Odoo中测试整个支付流程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "用你的Paypal凭据登录`Paypal开发人员站点 <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:184 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "这将创建两个沙箱账户：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:186 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" +"一个企业账户（用作商户，例如，`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:188 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" +"一个默认个人账户（用作购物者，例如，`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__）" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" +"用商户账户登录Paypal沙箱并按同样的配置指令操作。在Odoo中输入你的沙箱凭据并确保Paypal仍设置为*测试环境*。同时确保电子商户设置中未激活自动开单功能，以免在完成后虚拟交易后生成发票。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:196 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "用沙盒个人账号从Odoo中运行一笔测试交易。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:198 +msgid "See also" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:200 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:202 +msgid "" +"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "顾客如何访问其顾客账户" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" +"您的客户从未如此轻松地访问他们顾客的账户。忘掉那些数不清的注册表格吧，有了Odoo，注册步骤就像ABC一样轻松简单。建议他们在下订单时而不是之前进行注册（名称，电子邮件，密码）。" +" 确实，没有什么比买东西之前经历注册过程更烦人了。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "注册" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "当客户希望从订单确认电子邮件中可视化订单时，就会出现注册邀请。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "顾客账户" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "顾客登录后，可在下拉菜单中点击 *我的账户* 进行访问。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "顾客可以查看所有的历史记录。也可以修改主账单地址。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "如果你将顾客设置为地址簿中的公司联系人，对方能看到属于该公司的所有文件。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "如何电汇付款" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" +"**电汇** 是默认的可用付款方式，用于向顾客提供你的银行信息，以便让他们通过银行付款。这种方式简单易懂但效率缓慢，还是尽快采用网上支付方式吧！" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "如何向顾客提供付款指引" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "将付款指引置于付款方式的 **感谢电邮** 中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "顾客下单后即显示。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "收款后如何进行订单管理" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "顾客电汇后，订单停留在中间状态 **报价已发送** （即未付款的订单）。付款后，需要你手动确认订单，启动送货流程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "如何创建其他的手动付款方法" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "如果你管理一个B2B业务，可以创建其他需要人工处理的付款方式，如支票付款。只需要重新命名*电汇*或复制之。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "收税" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:4 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "在线客服" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:7 +msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" +msgstr "与网站访问者实时聊天" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " +"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " +"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," +" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " +"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " +"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +msgstr "" +"通过Odoo在线客服，你可与网站访问者建立直接联系。访问者屏幕上将会出现一个简单的对话框，并将与你的销售代表联系。这样，你可轻松将访问者转化为潜在商机。你还可以在此为客户提供协助。因此，它是改善客户满意度的完美工具。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" +" and then click on install." +msgstr "使用在线聊天功能，打开应用界面，找到“聊天功能”，点击安装。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " +"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +msgstr "在线聊天模块提供了一个直接聊天的工具，因此，您可以轻松加入，离开聊天。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 +msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" +msgstr "将在线聊天模块添加到Odoo网站" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " +"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" +" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " +"website." +msgstr "" +"如果你通过Odoo创建的网站，则在线客服已自动加入网页中。现在你只需前往 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> " +"设置`并选择需要关联到网站的频道。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" +msgstr "添加在线聊天模块到外部网站" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " +"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " +"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " +"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +msgstr "" +"如果你未使用Odoo创建网站，请前往在线客服模块并选择需要关联的频道。你只需要将提供的代码复制并粘贴到你的网站。页面还将提供一个特定的url，你将它发送给客户或供应商，即可进入实时聊天。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 +msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" +msgstr "根据规则可隐藏/显示在线聊天窗口" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " +"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " +"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" +" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " +"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +msgstr "" +"实时聊天的规则可在频道表单中定义。例如，你可选择在你能提供相应语言的国家显示聊天窗口。同时，你可在公司并无销售业务的国家隐藏聊天窗口。如你选择*自动弹出*，你还可设置聊天窗口出现的时长。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 +msgid "Prepare automatic messages" +msgstr "设置自动回复消息" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" +" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" +" through the live chat." +msgstr "在频道表单的*选项*版块，可输入几条信息，它们将自动出现在聊天窗口。这将提示访问者通过实时聊天与你联系。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 +msgid "Start chatting with customers" +msgstr "与客户开始聊天" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " +"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " +"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " +"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +msgstr "" +"如要开始与客户聊天，首先确保聊天频道发布在你的网站上。在频道表单右上角选择*未在网站上发布*，切换*发布*设置。然后，在操作人员加入频道后，实时聊天将开始。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " +"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +msgstr "如果无操作人员和/或如频道未发布在网站上，则实时聊天按钮不会向访问者显示。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " +"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " +"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +msgstr "访问者发起的对话将直接弹出信息，同时还会显示在讨论模块中。因此，无论你在Odoo的哪个页面，均可回答访问者问询。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " +"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +msgstr "如有多名操作人员加入频道，系统将随机分配访问者会话。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:99 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "使用命令" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " +"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " +"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +msgstr "命令是指完成特定操作或访问需要的信息的有用快捷方式。如要使用本功能，只需在聊天中键入命令。系统提供以下命令操作：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:105 +msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." +msgstr "**/help** ：提示帮助消息" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:107 +msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "**/helpdesk**：创建服务台服务单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:109 +msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "**/helpdesk\\_search**：搜索服务台服务单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." +msgstr "**/history**：可以看到最近访问的15个页面" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:113 +msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." +msgstr "**/lead**：创建新线索。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." +msgstr "**/leave**：离开频道。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " +"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " +"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "如果从聊天中创建服务单，则生成的对话将自动显示为服务单描述。在创建线索时也是如此。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:123 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "发送预设回复" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " +"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " +"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," +" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"预设回复用于创建常用一般语句的替代。只需键入一个词语即可显示整个回复，从而节约了时间。如要添加预设回复，前往 :menuselection:`在线客服 " +"--> 配置 --> 预设回复`并根据需要创建。然后，在聊天中只需键入“：”及你分配的快捷方式，即可使用预设回复。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " +"visitors, enjoy !" +msgstr "恭喜！您已经拥有了所有与访客聊天的工具，尽情体验一下吧！" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:4 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "网站" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "优化" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "如何在Google Analytics中跟踪你的网站流量" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "用Google Analytics跟踪网站流量的方法如下：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" +" you don't have any." +msgstr "" +"`如果没有Google Analytics账号，先到<https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ 创建一个。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " +"ID." +msgstr "填写完新建表格后，接受用户条款并获得跟踪ID号。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "将这个跟踪ID插入到Odoo。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " +"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +msgstr "进Odoo网址App的 *配置* 模式，在设置中打开Google Analytics并粘贴此跟踪ID号，保存页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " +"Documentation. " +"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" +msgstr "在Google Analytics中的首次操作请参阅Google 文献（Google Documentation）" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "如何从Odoo仪表中跟踪你的网站流量" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " +"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "有了Google Analytics，你可以直接从Odoo网站跟踪你的流量统计。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " +"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "准备步骤包括创建一个Google Analytics账号并在网址设置中输入跟踪ID（参见doc:`google_analytics`）" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" +"在 `Google API平台 <https://console.developers.google.com>`__中生成Analytics API " +"凭证，再用Google账户登录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "选择Analytics API。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " +"to store your API credentials." +msgstr "创建一个新项目并命名（如Odoo），此项目用于存放你的API凭证。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "启用API接口。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "创建一个用于Odoo的凭证。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "选择 *网页浏览器（Javascript）* 作为调用源，选择 *用户数据* 作为数据类型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" +" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " +"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" +"接着创建一个客户端ID。输入应用的名称（如Odoo）及允许转向的页面。*授权JavaScript源文件* 是你的实例URL地址，*授权转向URI* " +"是你Odoo实例的URL地址'/google_account/authentication'。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " +"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " +"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " +"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" +"输入产品名称（如在Odoo中输入Google " +"Analytics），完成用户许可步骤，可任意选择自定义选项（非强制）。只有第一次在Odoo中输入客户端ID时显示用户许可画面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "最后，你会获得一个客户端ID。将此ID复制粘贴到Odoo。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" +" your Client ID." +msgstr "在Odoo中打开你的网站控制面板并链接到你的分析账户。来通过您的客户ID。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "最后，授权Odoo访问Google API接口。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "使用链接跟踪器跟踪点击和访问者" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" +"链接跟踪器使您可以跟踪营销活动（电子邮件，横幅广告，博客，社交媒体帖子，会员链接等）。 " +"这样，您就可以确定最佳流量来源，并就行销预算的分配做出明智的决定。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设定` 并激活 *链接跟踪器* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "设置可跟踪的网址" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" +"进入 :menuselection:`网站 --> 转到网站 --> 推广 --> 跟踪此页面` 。 " +"在这里，您可以根据使用的推广活动，媒介和来源获得特定的跟踪URL。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "**URL** : 您要跟踪的页面的网址（例如，主页或产品页面）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "**活动** : 链接的撮要（例如特殊促销）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "**媒介** : 用于共享（提供）您的链接的渠道（例如电子邮件或Facebook广告）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "**来源** ：流量产生的平台（例如Google或Twitter）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "现在，单击 *获取跟踪链接* 以生成一个URL，您可以根据所确定的来源来发布或发送该URL。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "跟进追踪链接" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete " +"statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those " +"clicks." +msgstr "" +"要查看链接的统计信息，请访问：:menuselection:`网站 --> 转到网站 --> 推广 -->跟踪此页面` 。除了能够查看 *最多点击* 和" +" *最近使用的* 链接之外，还可以单击 *统计信息* 以查看有关点击次数和这些点击来源的完整统计数据。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "您还可以在浏览器中键入 *odoo.com / r * 来访问跟踪链接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "激活开发人员模式 (:menuselection:`设定 --> 激活开发人员模式`) 然后访问 *链接跟踪器* 应用及其后端功能。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" +"与 :doc:`Google Analytics 集成 <google_analytics>`, " +"这些跟踪器使您可以查看点击次数和访问者数，从而使您始终处于营销活动的首位。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " +"<../../../sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows you to " +"understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" +msgstr "如何在Odoo中做搜索引擎优化 (SEO)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" +"搜索引擎优化(SEO)是一种很好做法来优化你的网站, 让你获得像谷歌搜索引擎更高的排名。总之, 一个好的搜索引擎优化可以让你获得更多的访客。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" +"一些SEO的规则例子：网页加载速度应该更快，页面应该有且仅有一个标题```<h1>`，元标签（alt标签、标题标签）应与内容一致，网站应有一个``/sitemap.xml``文件等。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" +"为了保证Odoo网站和Odoo电子商务用户拥有强大的SEO，Odoo提炼了SEO全部的技术复杂性，并用最好的方式为你处理一切。我们将在下面具体说明。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "但首先，我们首先来看如何微调网站内容和元标签，从而轻松提升网站排名。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "元标签" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "标题、描述" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" +"每个网页都应该定义 ``<title>``和``<description>`` " +"元数据。这些信息元素被搜索引起用于推广你的网站。它们根据网页标题和内容自动生成，但你可进行微调。确保它们符合网页内容，否则你将被搜索引擎降级。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "关键词" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" +"为了撰写优质内容并提升你的流量，Odoo提供了``<keyword>``查找器。这些关键字是你想引至网站的搜索内容。对于每个关键字，你要关注它如何用在内容（H1、H2、网页标题、网页描述、网页内容）中及其与Google相关搜索的关系。使用的关键字越多，效果越好。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "如果你的网站使用多种语言，你可以为单个页面的每种语言使用促进工具，并设置特定的标题、描述和搜索标签。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr " 内容为王" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "当谈到搜索引擎优化时，始终记住内容为王。Odoo提供了几个模块，帮助你在网站上建立内容：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "**Odoo博客**：撰写优质内容。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1>`__" +msgstr "" +"* * Odoo幻灯片* *：发表所有的PowerPoint或者PDF演示文稿。内容将自动在网页上进行索引。例如: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" +" Odoo.com landing pages)" +msgstr "" +"* *Odoo论坛 * *：让社区创建内容。例如: `https://odoo.com/forum/1 " +"<https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__(登陆odoo.com页面的30%账户)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" +"** Odoo邮件列表存档**：在网站上发布邮件列表档案。例如: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (每月的1000页)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" +"404页是一个常规网页，你可以向Odoo的其他网页一样编辑它。这样，在访问者输入无效URL时，你可以建立一个404页，将他重定向到你网站的内容顶部。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "使用社交网络" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "社交媒体是为大众分享而建立的。如果很多人在社交媒体上分享你的内容，那么很可能会有更多的人链接到它，链接是SEO排名的一个重大因素。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "Odoo嵌入多项工具来通过社交媒体分享内容：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "社交网络" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "Odoo允许将所有的社交网络帐户链接到你的网站页脚。你只需要在公司设置中提及你的所有账户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "社交分享" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "将构建块 *分享* 放在你想要访问者分享的任何网页上。点击图标，他们会被提示在社交媒体上分享该页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "多数社交媒体使用图片来装饰分享发帖。Odoo默认使用网站标志，但你可在推广工具中为你的网页选择任何其他图片。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "Facebook页面" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "放置构建块 *Facebook页面* ，显示你的Facebook公司主页小工具，鼓励访问者关注。你可展示时间表、后续活动和信息。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "Twitter 滚动条" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "在你的网站上显示Twitter上的客户满意度评价。这将增加推文和分享的数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "测试你的网站" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" +msgstr "" +"你可以比较你的网站排名，对SEO而言，反对Odoo用woorank免费服务: `https://www.woorank.com " +"<https://www.woorank.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "处理 URLs " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "本节介绍Odoo如何让URL实现SEO优化。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "URLs 结构" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "一个典型的Odoo URL看起来是：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "有以下组件：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "**https://** = 协议" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "**www.mysite.com** = 你的域名" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = " +"网页的语言。如果访问者浏览网站主语言，URL的这一部分将删除。因此，本页面的主版本是：https://www.mysite.com/shop/product" +"/my-great-product-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "**/shop/product** = 每个模块定义了命名空间（/shop是电子商务模块的目录，/shop/product是产品页面）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"**my-great-product** = 默认情况下，这是本页所指产品的详细标题 。但你可根据SEO目的自定义其内容。名为“Pain " +"carré”的产品将变成“pain-carre”。根据命名空间，这部分可以是不同对象（博客发帖、网页标题、论坛发帖、论坛评论、产品类别等）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "**-31** = 产品的唯一ID号" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "请注意，任何一个网址的动态组件都可以减少它的ID。举个例子，下面的URL重定了301：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (短的版本)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (更短版本)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (旧产品名)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "一些URL有几个动态部分，如这个(一个博客类别和一个职位)：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "在上面的例子 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "*公司动态* 是博客的标题" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "*Odoo的故事* 是具体博客发帖的标题" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "当Odoo页面有一个寻呼机，页码直接在URL设置(没有得到GET论证)。这使得搜索引擎可索引每个页面。例如:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "在URLs 和标题中改进" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "当页面的网址改变(例如，一个你的产品名称的更友好的版本)，不必担心更新所有链接：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "Odoo将自动在新的URL更新所有链接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new website." +msgstr "如果外部网站仍指向就得URL，301重定向将引导访问者前往新网站。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "举个例子, 这 URL:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "http ://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "将自动重定向到：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "http ://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " +"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." +msgstr "总之，只要更改博客发帖的标题或产品名称，它将自动应用于网站所有页面。旧的链接仍适用于外部网站的链接，用301重定向可防止丢失SEO链接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" +"搜索引擎会提高安全HTTPS/SSL网站的排名。因此，Odoo Online的所有实例在默认情况下完全基于HTTPS。如访问者通过非HTTPS " +"URL访问你的网站，将通过301重定向到HTTPS网站。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "链接：Nofollow策略" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "网页与外部和优质网站的链接越多，对SEO越有利。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "以下是Odoo管理链接的策略：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "你添加到网站的每一个链接都是\"dofollow\"，这意味着，该链接将有助于链接页面的SEO排名。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "由贡献者发布的每个链接（论坛发帖、博客评论等）在链接到自己的网站后也是“dofollow”。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "但贡献者的每个链接到外部网站的是“nofollow”。这样，你就不会有你的网站链接到坏名声的第三方网站的风险。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "请注意，当使用论坛时，可以信赖拥有很多Karma的贡献者。在这种情况下，他们的链接不会有``rel=\"nofollow\"``的属性。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "多语言支持" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "多语言URL" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "如果在多个语言中运行一个网站，在不同的URL将看到相同的内容，这取决于所使用的语言：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1（主语言，这里为英语）" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (法文版本)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "在这个例子中，fr\\_FR是网页的语言。你甚至可以有同一语言的一些变化：pt\\_BR(巴西的葡萄牙语)，pt\\_PT(葡萄牙的葡萄牙语)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "语言注释" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" +"为了让搜索引擎知道第二个URL是第一个URL的法语翻译，Odoo将在文件顶端增加HTML链接元素。在主版本的HTML<head>部分，Odoo自动添加可指向其他翻译版本网页的链接元素；" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "用这种方法：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "搜索引擎将根据访问者语言重定向到正确的语言。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "如果页面还没有翻译，也不会被搜索引擎惩罚。实际上，它不是重复的内容，而是同一内容的不同版本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "语言检测" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" +"当访问者首次登陆你的网站（例如，yourwebsite.com/shop），可能根据他们浏览器的语言偏好（例如，yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop）自动重定向到已翻译的版本。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "下次，它会保存当前语言的cookie，以避免重定向。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" +"迫使客人使用默认语言，您可在链接中使用语言的默认编码，例如: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"这将让访问者只登陆英文版本的页面，而不使用浏览器语言。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "页面速度" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "介绍" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" +"加载页面的时间是搜索引擎的一个重要标准。更快的网页加载速度不仅可提高访问体验，也能提高你的网页排名。一些研究表明，如果加载网页时减少一半（例如，2秒而不是4秒），访问者放弃率也会降低一半（25％到12.5％）。加载网页的时间增加一秒会导致`Amazon的销售减少16亿美元" +" <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "幸运的是, Odoo为您完成所有。下面, 你会发现Odoo使用加快页面加载时间的小伎俩。您可以比较你的网站排名是如何利用这两个工具 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "`谷歌网页速度<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr " `Pingdom的网站速度测试 <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "图片" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "当你上传新图片时，Odoo自动压缩以减少大小（PNG和GIF无损压缩，JPG有损压缩）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "如果您更喜欢优化图像质量而不是性能，则可以从上载按钮中选择不更改原始图像。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" +"当上传图片时, Odoo会自动压缩图片。因此，如果使用一个第三方的主题，它将提供有效地压缩的图像。但用于Odoo官方主题所有的图像会被压缩，这是默认的。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "当点击图像，Odoo显示``<img>``的ALT和TITLE属性。可点击图像, 设置自己的标题和ALT属性。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "当您点击这个链接后, 将会弹出以下窗口 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" +"Odoo的象形文字字体的实现(`Font Awesome <https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-" +"Awesome/icons/>`__ 大多数Odoo主题)。因此，可尽情在网页上使用象形文字，这不会导致页面额外加载。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "静态资源 : CSS" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "所有的CSS文件进行预处理、级联、精缩、压缩和缓存（服务器端和浏览器端）。结果：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "重新载入页面时, CSS文件仅加载一次" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "这个CSS文件共享并缓存其间的页面, 这样, 当访问者点击另一页上, 浏览器甚至不需要加载一个CSS资源。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "CSS文件被优化到更小" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" +" **预处理 :** Odoo使用的CSS框架是Bootstrap。虽然某个主题可能会使用其他框架，大部分`Odoo 主题 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__延长并直接定制Bootstrap。由于Odoo支持Less和Sass，你可以修改CSS" +" 规则，而不是通过额外的CSS线覆盖它们，导致文件变得更小。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" +" **级联：** " +"你在Odoo中可能使用的每个模块或库都有自己的一套的CSS、Less或Sass文件（电子商务、博客、主题等）。多个CSS文件对于模块化非常有用，但是对性能不太好，因为大多数浏览器只能执行并行6个请求载入的文件。对于像.JS和.CSS等小文件，等待传送文件的时间通常比实际的数据传输时间更长。因此，加载CSS资源的时间更多地取决于请求的数目而不是实际的文件大小。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" +"为了解决这个问题，所有的CSS / Less / Sass文件合并为一个.CSS文件发送至浏览器。因此一位访客每页 **只需要加载一个.css文件** " +"，这是特别有效的。由于CSS是在所有页面共享的，当访问者点击另一页上，浏览器甚至无需加载新的CSS文件！" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr " **<head>中全部文件** " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr " **访问者得到什么(只有一个文件)** " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\ * From bootstrap.css \\* /" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr ".text-muted {" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "color: #666;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "color: #777;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "background: yellow" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "background: yellow;" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "}" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\ * From my-theme.css \\* /" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" +"Odoo发送的CSS包括所有CSS/Less/Saas " +"/模块。这样，用户不需要下载CSS文件就可浏览更多的页面。但一些模块可能包含巨大的CSS/JavaScript资源，因为太大, " +"可以不用放在第一页。在这种情况下，Odoo将资源转化为二部分，只加载页面时使用。举个例子, 只有当访问者登录并访问后端(/web)时才加载的后台程序。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" +"如果CSS文件非常大，Odoo会把它分成两个较小的文件，避免Internet " +"Explorer对于每个表单最大4095个选择器的限制。当然大多数主题都能满足这个限制。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr " **精缩 :** 预先处理并且串联后, 所得CSS将被减小其尺寸。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr " **缩小前** " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr " **缩小后** " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "/\\ * some comments \\* /" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "然后将最终结果压缩，然后再传递给浏览器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "然后，缓存版本存储在服务器端（所以我们无需对每个请求预先处理、级联、精缩）和浏览器端（所以同一名访问者只需加载一次其访问的所有页面）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "静态资源：Javascript" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "与CSS资源类似，Javascript资源也被级联、精缩、压缩和缓存（服务器端和浏览器端）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "Odoo创建3个javascript包 :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, etc.)" +msgstr "网站所有页面使用同一个Javascript包（包括视差效果、表单验证等代码。）" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "用于前端和后端共享的通用Javascript代码(Bootstrap)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "一个后端特定的Javascript代码 (Odoo员工使用的Odoo网络客户端界面)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +msgid "" +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" +"网站的多数访问者只需要前两个包，因此最多只需加载两个Javascript文件来渲染一个页面。由于这些文件在所有网页之间共享，同一位访问者继续点击网页就不会加载任何其他Javascript资源。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +msgid "" +"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " +"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" +" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " +"from their original versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "CDN" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" +"如果你激活Odoo的CDN功能，静态资源 (Javascript, CSS, images)从内容分发网络下载。使用内容分发网络有三个优点：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "从附近的一个服务器下载资源(大多数CDN已经在主要国家的服务器上)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "有效缓存资源(在您自己的服务器上没有可使用的计算资源)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "不同的服务，允许加载更多的资源并行的资源加载(域限制浏览器的6个并行请求)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "你可从 **网站管理员** 程序中使用配置菜单配置CDN选项。这是配置示例：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "HTML 页面" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +msgid "" +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "HTML页面可以压缩，但这通常由您的Web服务器（NGINX或Apache）处理。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" +"Odoo网站构建器已经优化，以保证简短而干净的HTML代码。构建块已开发，用于制作干净的HTML代码，通常使用bootstrap和HTML编辑器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "例如，如果你使用颜色选择器来改变一个段落的颜色, 同网站的主色调，Odoo将产生以下代码：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">文字</p>``" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "而大多数的HTML编辑器(如CKEditor)会产生下面的代码：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">文字</p>``" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "响应式设计" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "如果网站不适合移动设备，则将对其搜索引擎排名产生负面影响。所有Odoo主题依靠Bootstrap提供适合台式机、平板电脑或手机的高效渲染。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "由于所有Odoo模块共享相同的技术，你的网站所有页面都绝对适合移动设备。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "浏览器缓存" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: " +"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" +"JavaScript、图片和CSS资源有一个URL，当内容变化时, URL会动态变化。举个例子，所有CSS文件通过这个网址下载: " +"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"如果修改网站的CSS, URL的``457-0da1d9d`` 部分URL会改变。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "这让Odoo树立了一个很长的缓存延迟 (XXX) , 对这些资源：XXX秒，即时更新如果你更新资源。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "扩展性" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " +"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." +msgstr "这里总结了Odoo网站和电子商务可扩展性的概览。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:574 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "搜索引擎文件" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "网站地图" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:579 +msgid "" +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" +"网站地图向搜索引擎机器人指出索引的页面。Odoo将自动生成 ``/sitemap.xml`` 文件。基于性能原因，该文件被缓存，并将每12小时更新一次。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:583 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" +"默认情况下，所有的URL将在``/sitemap.xml``文件，但是如果有很多页，Odoo将自动创建一个网站地图索引文件，遵守`sitemaps.org" +" protocol <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ 在每个文件的45000中分组网站地图 URL。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:589 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "每一个网站的入口有4个属性，自动计算：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:591 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "``<loc>`` : 页面的URL" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:593 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "``<lastmod>``：资源的最后修改日期，基于相关对象自动计算。一页关联一个产品，这可能是该产品或页面的最后修改日期。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:598 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" +"``<priority>``：模块可以基于自己的内容有优先级算法（例如：一个论坛可能基于投票的数量分配优先权）。静态页面的优先级是由它的优先级字段定义的，呈常规化（16是默认值）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:605 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "结构化数据标记" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:607 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" +"结构化数据标记是用来在搜索引擎结果中生成Rich " +"Snippets的。这是网站所有者用于将结构化数据发送给搜索引擎机器人的途径；帮助它们了解你的内容，并产生良好的搜索结果。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:612 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "谷歌支持许多内容类型的丰富片段，包括：审核人、人、产品、企业、活动和组织。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo实现微观数据在`schema.org <http://schema.org>`__ 中定义，对活动, " +"电子商务产品，论坛帖子和联系地址的描述。这可以让你的产品页面显示在谷歌信息栏，如产品的价格和评级：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:625 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "robots.txt" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:627 +msgid "" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" +"在编制网站索引时，搜索引擎首先查看``/robots.txt``文件的一般索引规则（允许的机器人、网站地图路径等）。Odoo自动创建该文件。其内容是：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:631 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "用户代理：\\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "这意味着所有的机器人都可对你的网站进行索引，除以下地址的网站地图中规定的索引规则外，没有其他索引规则。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:638 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " +"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," +" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " +"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "发布" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own domain name" +msgstr "如何使用你自己的域名" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " +"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " +"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" +"你的Odoo在线实例的网址默认为*.odoo.com*域名（包括URL地址和电邮），但可以更改为定制域名（即www.yourcompany.com）" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +msgid "What is a good domain name" +msgstr "哪些是好的域名" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " +"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " +"domain. Here are some tips:" +msgstr "你的网址与你公司或组织的品牌同样重要，因此要更改成一个合适的域名需要花些心思。见以下提示：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +msgid "Simple and obvious" +msgstr "简单和显而易见的" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +msgid "Easy to remember and spell" +msgstr "便于记忆和拼写" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +msgid "The shorter the better" +msgstr "越短越好" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +msgid "Avoid special characters" +msgstr "避免使用特殊字符" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" +msgstr "目标是一个.com和/或你所在的国家扩展名" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" +msgstr "" +"更多信息请参阅: " +"`如何选择一个域名，使您的优化搜索引擎和提高你的网站排名<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a" +"-domain-name-maximum-seo/158951/>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +msgid "How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "如何收购一个域名" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "向主流注册机构购买域名" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" +msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" +msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " +"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" +msgstr "购买域名的步骤非常直接。建议先查阅以下简明指引：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " +"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " +"This is Odoo's job!" +msgstr "随意购买一个邮件服务器，从而拥有带自己域名的邮件地址。但不要购买任何额外服务以创建或托管你的网址，因为这是Odoo的工作！" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" +msgstr "如何将我的域名应用到Odoo实例中" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +msgid "" +"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" +msgstr "首先，让我们授权重定向（yourcompany.com -> yourcompany.odoo.com）：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." +msgstr "从你自己的主页中打开你的Odoo.com账户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." +msgstr "进入 *管理数据库* 页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." +msgstr "点击数据库右边的*域名*即可重定向。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " +"www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "出现数据库域名提示符。输入你自定义的域名（例如www.yourcompany.com）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +msgstr "现在，我们可以从您域名的管理员帐户中应用重定向：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "登录你的帐户，搜索DNS区管理页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." +" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " +"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." +msgstr "" +"创建一个指向*mywebsite.odoo.com*的CNAME记录*www.yourdomain.com*。如你要使用裸域名（如yourdomain.com），你需要将*yourdomain.com*重定向到*www.yourdomain.com*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "以下是一些创建CNAME记录的特定指引：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "" +"`GoDaddy官方网站 <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap " +"官方网站<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10" +"/how-can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" +msgstr "" +"`OVH官方网站 " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" +msgstr "如何从我的Odoo实例中启用SSL (HTTPS)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "直到最近，Odoo用户还需要使用第三方CDN服务提供商，如Cloud Flare来启用SSL。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" +"但现在已经不需要了：Odoo通过集成`Let's Encrypt认证机构和ACME协议 <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-" +"works/>`__，为你自动生成证书。如要获取该证书，只需在你的客户门户添加域名（为指定的每个域名生成单独的证书）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "**请注意，生成凭证可能需要24小时。**" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "如果你已经使用CloudFlare或类似服务，你可继续使用或更换到Odoo。一切由你决定。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:98 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "我的网站被谷歌索引了两次" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" +"如果你为 *mydatabase.odoo.com* 设置了自定义域 *mydomain.com* " +"，谷歌将在两个名称下编制网站索引。这是Odoo云平台的一个局限性/" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:105 +msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "管理多网站" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "Odoo的多网站功能为你的公司提供了多元化和客户细分的广泛可能性。只需点击几次，即可收获成倍的受众和更多收入！" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" +"每个网站都可以完全独立的方式运行，体现在其主题、品牌、域名、页眉和页脚、页面、语言、产品、博客帖子、论坛、幻灯片、活动、实时聊天渠道等方面。我们来实际了解一下吧！" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → " +"Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" +"根据后面的提示，设置新网站名称和特定域名。如果在Odoo数据库默认域下发布新网站，则可以留空。你可以稍后设置 " +"一些国家小组，在使用GeoIP时将访问者重定向。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "然后，选择一个主题。新网站可能与第一个网站的目的和受众完全不同。所以请自由选择不同的主题！" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "在选择主题后，你可以开始构建网站主页。跟随紫色水滴图标，它们会引导你开始。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "创建菜单" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" +" the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "从一个网站切换到另一个" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "超级简单！编辑栏右侧有一个网站切换器。切换到另一个网站将连接到此网站的域。如果你在该网站使用另一个域，则需要用户登录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "添加功能" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "你安装的网站应用程序（如幻灯片、博客）可用于你的所有网站。当然，你可以通过删除菜单项，在某个网站中将它们隐藏。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "每个网站在设置中都有大量的特定选项。首先，选择要配置的网站。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "然后，查看标有地球图标的选项。这意味着它们只会影响你正在开发的网站。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "例如，你可以设置特定的：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "语言，" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "域名，" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "社交媒体链接，" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "客户门户模式（B2C或B2B），" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "专门的在线客服渠道，" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "等等" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "其他为全局选项，适用于所有网站。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "管理域名" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 +msgid "" +"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "自定义访问者体验" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" +"通过 \\*定制\\* " +"菜单，可深度定制客户体验。这里所有可用的视觉选项都针对的是每个网站。浏览各个页面并针对新受众进行调整。重点关注工作流程和自动化页面（如电子商务结帐、博客、活动管理等），因为这里的可用选项极多。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "按网站发布具体内容" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" +"与静态页面一样，从前端创建的任何内容（产品、博客帖子等） 均只能在当前网站上发布。你可从后端编辑表单视图中更改，并将 *网站* " +"字段留空。这样就将在所有网站上发布。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "以下是你可以链接到 *一个或所有网站* 的所有对象：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "电子商务的产品类别" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "博客" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "幻灯片频道" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "论坛" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "活动" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "职位空缺" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "当你从后端创建记录并发布时（通常是产品或活动），它在所有网站上均可用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "在所有网站发表某个页面" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration → Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "如果你只需将它复制到另外一个网站，请复制页面并设置新网站。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "再次编辑页面时，更改只影响当前网站。新页面被复制并绑定到网站上。原页面仍链接到所有网站。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "通过页面管理器按URL对页面进行分组，你可以快速找到每个编辑页面后面的原始页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "多公司" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "在多公司环境中，每个网站都可以链接到你系统中的特定公司。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "利用这项配置，只有与公司相关的数据出现在网站上（产品、工作、活动等）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "网站编辑只能查看和编辑他们有访问权限的记录页面，通常是属于他们目前的公司（及其子公司）的页面。访问者也是如此。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "如果网站是多公司，你在切换网站时无法切换公司。如要切换公司并查看相关内容，需使用菜单中的公司选择器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "配置你的电子商务网站" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "电子商务是多网站环境中的一项关键功能。在我们的网站上，这项功能可定制，以适应每个网站的受众。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "产品仅在一个网站可用" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "我们之前已经了解了如何仅在一个网站发布特定记录。你可使用产品编辑表单电子商务选项卡的\\*网站\\*字段。留空意味着在所有网站均可用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "产品在 *部分* 网站可用" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "如要使产品在部分而不是所有网站可用，你应为每个网站复制产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" +"如果你需要通过唯一参考编号来管理库存，你应安装 *制造* 应用程序并创建 *套件* (BoMs) " +"物料清单。每个套件将每个发布的“虚拟”产品关联到库存中管理的主要参考编号。这样，从你的网站出售的任何项目将在交货单中转换为可库存的产品。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "价目表" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "如要按网站管理特定价格，你可在网站设置中启用 *每款产品的多个销售价格* 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products → Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "如需帮助。选择一个网站，创建仅用于此网站的价目表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "如果选择了 *可选择* ，字段留空则意味着它适用于所有网站。否则，它只能用于销售和POS应用程序的后端操作。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "付款收单机构和交货方式" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" +"默认情况下，所有网站都部署了已发布的付款收单机构和交货方式。你在网站配置中定义国家，即可通过Geo IP确定每个国家使用的具体支付收单机构。你也可填写 " +"*网站* 字段，对每个网站进行设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "客户账户" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" +"有一个设置可用于选择在网站设置中管理客户帐户的方式。你可以允许客户在所有网站使用同一个帐户，也可以强制要求他们为每个网站创建一个帐户。最后这种选项可避免给访问者留下各个网站相互关联的印象。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "关于自定义的技术提示" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "如果你想在网站上发布自定义对象，以下几条提示将有助于它在多网站中运行：" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "网站地图：不要忘记仅发布路线中的域名" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "只发布可用记录的网站地图中的域。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "访问：应在控制器中调用方法" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "*can_access_from_current_website* 以确保访问者可在当前网站中看到记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "搜索：当显示记录列表时，" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "不要忘记指定域只显示当前网站可用的记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "如何翻译我的网站" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "除了创造伟大的现代网站，Odoo让你尽可能用不同语言翻译。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "处理" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "创建网站后，您将有机会根据需要翻译成多种语言。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " +"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " +"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " +"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" +"有两种方法可翻译你的网站，可以手动或用Gengo App自动翻译。如果你想自动翻译，去 **应用** 模块, 安装 **通过 Gengo " +"Api自动翻译** 和 **网站Gengo翻译器** 。如果你想手动做，不要安装任何东西，并按照下一步。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "现在转到您的网站。在页面的右下角，单击 **添加语言** 。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "选择你想用来翻译你的网站的语言， 然后点击 **加载** 。 " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "你会看到，英语的旁边是法语，这意味着该网页已翻译。你也可以看到，一些文本已自动翻译。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "翻译网站的内容，点击 **翻译** (这里 **Traduire** , 是因为我们想把网站翻译成法文)。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" +" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " +"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " +"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " +"ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" +"还有，如果你已安装了Gengo翻译，**Translate** 的按钮旁边还有按钮**Translate " +"automatically**。一旦你点击这个按钮，会问你一些关于账户上的信息。如果你还没有帐号，去 " +"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " +"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__创建一个。你需要一个公钥和一个私钥。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "你希望翻译的内容将会被自动翻译。" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " +"automatically." +msgstr "现在你可以看到，大部分的内容在黄色或绿色高亮显示。 黄色代表您必须自己翻译的内容。 绿色表示已经自动翻译的内容。"